VHT'S 

rw    ' 

'DICTIONARY. 

vr  OF 

CHINES,  PROCESSES, 
PEERING. 


INDEXICAL  REFERENCES  TO  TECHNICAL  JOURNALS 

(1876-1880.) 


EDWARD   H.  KNIGHT,  A.  M.,  LL.  D. 

CHEVALIER  DE  LA  LEGION  D'HONNEUR. 

COMMISSIONER  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES,  PARIS  EXPOSITION,  1878;  MEMBER  OF  THE  INTERNATIONAL  JURIES, 

PHILADELPHIA,  1876,  PARIS,  1878,  AND  ATLANTA,  1881  ;  MEMBER  OF  THE  SOCIETE  D'ENCOURAGE- 

MENT  POUR  L'INDUSTRIE  NATIONALE,  PARIS;  OF  THE  SOCIETE  D'HISTOIRE  ET 

D'ARCHEOLOGIE,  BEAUNE  ;  FORMERLY  EXAMINER,  AND  IN  CHARGE 

OF  THE  CLASSIFICATION  AND  PUBLICATIONS, 

UNITED  STATES  PATENT  OFFICE. 


2flUu*trateD  totttj  more  tfjan  ttjree  ttjouaano 


"How  Index-learning  turns  no  student  pale, 
Yet  holds  the  eel  of  Science  by  the  tail." 

POPE. 


First  Steam  Engine. 

(Hero,  150  B.  C.) 


BOSTON: 
HOUGHTON,  MIFFLIN  AND  COMPANY. 

NEW  YORK:   11  EAST  SEVENTEENTH  STREET. 

GTbe  Etoerstoe  Iprcss, 
1884. 


Copyright,  1882  and  1883, 
BT  HOUGHTON,  MIFFLIN  &  COMPANY, 

All  rights  reserved. 


The  Riverside  Press,  Cambridge  : 
Electrotyped  and  Printed  by  H.  0.  Houghton  &  Co. 


PREFACE. 


THE  march  of  mechanical  improvement,  in  the  five  years  that  have  elapsed 
since  the  publication  of  the  AMERICAN  MECHANICAL  DICTIONARY,  renders  it 
necessary  to  issue  another  volume,  to  keep  the  work  abreast  of  the  time. 

The  two  great  Exhibitions,  at  Philadelphia  and  Paris,  —  with  each  of  which 
the  author  was  officially  connected  as  Delegate  or  Commissioner,  and  as  a  mem- 
ber of  the  respective  juries,  —  have  brought  forward  a  world  of  new  matter ; 
and  the  records  of  our  own  Patent  Office,  as  well  as  the  testimony  of  our  tech- 
nical journals,  bear  witness  to  the  fact  that  at  no  period  has  invention  been 
more  fertile,  more  brilliant,  or  more  important. 

The  difficulty  is  not  in  filling  a  book,  but  in  selecting  the  more  important 
subjects  to  fill  given  bounds ;  and  the  lavish  abundance  of  the  material  has  been 
such  that  it  has  necessitated  the  introduction  of  a  new  feature  into  the  work 
—  that  of  copious  references  to  the  technical  journals  of  the  period  1876-1880, 
inclusive,  —  for  fuller  statement  of  the  subject  matters  involved. 

The  author  cherishes  most  confidently  the  belief  that  this  feature  will  meet 

the  approbation  of  readers  and  inquirers,  and  hopes  that  it  may  prove  to  the 

student  in  machinery,  what  William  of   Malmesbury  said  of  a  cognate  subject, 

—  the  introduction  of  the  Arabic  [Indian]  numerals  into  Europe  by  Gerbert 

of  Auvergne,  —  "A  great  blessing  to  the  sweating  calculators." 

EDWARD   H.   KNIGHT, 

WASHINGTON,  D.  C.,  June  1,  1881. 


POSTSCRIPT. 

DR.  KNIGHT,  whose  name  is  so  honorably  connected  with  the  AMERICAN 
MECHANICAL  DICTIONARY,  did  not  live  to  see  the  final  publication  of  this  vol- 
ume. He  was  engaged  upon  the  final  section  when  he  was  taken  ill,  and  died 
January  22, 1883.  It  was  found,  after  his  death,  that  he  had  left  the  remainder 
of  the  work  in  such  a  forward  state  of  preparation  that  the  task  of  editing  was 
confined  chiefly  to  such  arrangement  of  his  material  as  would  bring  it  into  the 
order  which  Dr.  Knight  was  following.  While,  therefore,  the  Publishers  share 
with  the  patrons  of  the  work  the  regret  that  its  accomplished  editor  could  not 
give  the  final  touches  to  his  Dictionary,  they  take  satisfaction  in  knowing  that 
the  work  was  wholly  his. 

HOUGHTON,  MIFFLIN  AND   COMPANY. 

BOSTON,  November  1,  1883, 

270952 


LIST  OF  SPECIFIC  INDEXES. 


The  Specific  Indexes  in  the  following  List  are  to  be  found  in  their  alphabetical  placet  in  the  body  of  th«  work, 
ach  Index  embraces  the  technical  appliances,  etc.,  appertaining  to  its  subject. 


Agricultural  Implements. 

Air  Apparatus,  Blowers,  Ventilation,  etc. 

Anchor. 

Art,  in  various  materials. 

Aural  Instruments. 

Barrel  Making  Machinery. 

Barrow. 

Beet  Root  Sugar  Machinery. 

Bit. 

Blocks  and  Rope-leaders. 

Boat. 

Boiler  Fittings. 

Bolt. 

Bone  Instruments. 

Boring  Tools. 

Bronze. 

Bullet  Instruments. 

Carriage  and  Wagon  Hardware. 

Cement,  Plaster,  Glue,  etc. 

Ceramics. 

Clamping  Tools,  Vises,  Wrenches,  etc. 

Coil. 

Compositions,  Water-proofing,  etc. 

Core. 

Cotton  Machinery. 

Drawing,  Writing,  Copying  Instruments  and 

Processes. 
Ear  Instruments. 
Electricity,  Telegraphy,  etc. 
Embryotomy  Instruments. 
Explosives. 

Exsection  Instruments. 
Eye  Instruments. 
Fabric. 

Fine  Art  Metal-work. 
Fire-arms,  Ordnance,  Explosives,  etc. 
Fishing  and  Whaling. 
Forceps  (Surgical). 
Furnace. 

Galvanic  Battery. 
Gas. 
Glass. 

Grain  Cleaning  and  Grinding. 
Grinding  and  Polishing  Tools,  etc. 
Gun  Hand-tools. 
Gun  Machines. 
Hammer. 
Hand  Tools. 

Hardware,  House,  Carriage,  Wagon,  etc. 
Harelip  Instruments. 
Heating  and  Lighting. 
Hinge. 

Hoisting,  Shafting,  Gearing,  Grappling,  etc. 
Hook. 
Hydraulic  Engineering. 


Knife. 

Knot. 

Laryngeal  Instrument!. 

Lead  Alloy. 

Leather. 

Leather,  Tanning,  etc. 

Lens. 

Lifting  Jack. 

Line. 

Lock. 

Machine. 

Measuring,  Calculating,  Testing,  and  Record- 
ing Instruments. 

Meatus  Instruments. 

Metallurgy. 

Mill. 

Milling. 

Music. 

Nail. 

Nasal  Instruments. 

Nautical. 

Needle. 

Net. 

Optical  Instruments,  etc. 

Ovariotomy  Instruments. 

Paper,  Printing,  Books. 

Phonic  Apparatus. 

Pipes,  Valves,  and  Plumbing. 

Pipe  Coupling. 

Plow. 

Polishing. 

Porcelain  Colors. 

Portable  Engine. 

Presses. 

Pumps,  Water  Engines,  and  Wheels. 

Railway  Apparatus,  Running  Stock,  and  Parts. 

Rectal  Instruments. 

Saw. 

Scissors. 

Scrotal  Instruments. 

Shears,  Scissors,  etc. 

Sight. 

Skin  Grafting  Instruments. 

Spinning,- Textile  Machinery,  Fabrics,  Sewing, 
Knitting,  etc. 

Spiral  Spring. 

Spring. 

Steam,  Gas,  and  Air  Engines. 

Stone  Cutting. 

Testing  Machine. 

Urethra  Instruments. 

Urinometer. 

Uterine  Apparatus. 

Vehicles.  , 

Vehicles  and  Menage. 


LIST  OF  FULL-PAGE  PLATES. 


PLATE.  SUBJECT.  PAGE. 

I.    CLAYTON  DUPLEX  AIR   COMPRESSOR 14 

II.     GROTTO   AND   AQUARIUM   OF   THE   TROCADERO.      (Pans,  1878.)          .        44 

III.  BAND    SAW-MILL.      (By  Arbey  of  Paris.) 72 

IV.  POIREE'S   BARRAGE.      (At  Basseville,  River  Tonne,  France.)        ....         76 
V.     PATTERSON'S   BEETLING   MACHINE.      (Mather  fr  Plait,  Manchester,  England.)     87 

VI.     CALICO   PRINTING  MACHINE.      (In  Four  Colors.) 153 

VII.    PANELS   CARVED  IN  WALNUT  BY  PROF.  LUIGI  FRULLINI,  OF  FLOR- 
ENCE.    (Shown  in  Paris  in  1878,  now  in  the  Museum  of  Buda-Pesth.)     .         .         .174 
VIII.     COLLMANN'S   VARIABLE   CUT-OFF   STEAM  ENGINE.     (Perspective  View.)  .  238 

IX.     DEPOSITING  DOCK 252 

X.     DYNAGRAPH 281 

XI.    DYNAMO-ELECTRIC  MACHINES 283 

XII.    DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINES  284 

XIII.  ARC   ELECTRIC  LIGHTS 298 

XIV.  ELECTRIC   CANDLES  AND  INCANDESCENT  LAMPS 300 

XV.     SILSBY   FIRE-ENGINE.     SCHEFFLER   FIRELESS    LOCOMOTIVE.     (Cres- 
cent City  Railroad  Co.,  New  Orleans.) 338 

XVI.     PAUWEL-PERATE   GAS   AND   COKE  FURNACE.     (  Villette,  Paris.)  .        .        .378 
XVII.     PAUWEL-PERATE   GAS   AND   COKE   FURNACE.     (Villette,  Paris.)      .        .      379 

XVIII.     STEAM  ENGINE   GOVERNORS 408 

XIX.     STEAM  ENGINE   (ETC.)   GOVERNORS      .        .        .        .        .        .        .        .409 

XX.     GRAIN   CLEANERS    AND    SEPARATORS.     (French,  British,  American.)     .        .416 

XXI.     HOT-AIR   ENGINE.     ( Woodbury,  Merrill,  Patten,  and  Woodbury.)          .        .        .467 

XXII.     WHITWELL'S  HOT  BLAST  STOVES 470 

XXIII.  ICE   MACHINES 488 

XXIV.  DEVELOPMENTS    OF    INCLINED    PLANES    ON  PERUVIAN    RAILWAYS. 

(Reduced from  the  Surveys  in  the  Office  of  Senor  Henry  Meiggs,  Lima.)      .        .         .491 
XXV.     INTERIOR   OF  A   FRENCH  LAUNDRY.     (Pierron  et  Dehattre,  Paris.)         .        .  532 
XXVI.     AMERICAN   TYPICAL   LOCOMOTIVE.     (Central  Railroad,  New  Jersey.)  .        .      555 
XXVII.     FAST  PASSENGER  LOCOMOTIVE.     (Bound  Brook  Line,  New   York  and  Phila- 
delphia.)       555 

XXVIII.     MARINE   ENGINE.     (American  Transatlantic  Line.)  582 

XXIX.    BECK'S   "INTERNATIONAL"   MICROSCOPE 599 

XXX.     McCORMICK'S  MOWER  AND  SINGLE-WHEEL  REAPER       .        .        .        .620 
XXXI.    THE  "  PERNOT  "  OPEN  HEARTH  FURNACE,  SPRINGFIELD  IRON  WORKS, 

SPRINGFIELD,   ILLINOIS.     (General  Plan  of  Open  Hearth  Plant.)    ...      645 


Vlll 


LIST  OF  FULL-PAGE  PLATES. 


PLATE.  SUBJECT.  PAGE. 

XXXII.    THE    "PERNOT"    OPEN    HEARTH    FURNACES,    SPRINGFIELD    IRON 

WORKS,    SPRINGFIELD,  ILLINOIS.     (Vertical  Section.)       ....       645 

XXXIII.  FRENCH   OYSTER   IMPLEMENTS 651 

XXXIV.  FRENCH   PLATE-GLASS   HOUSE.     (Sectional Elevation  and  Plan.)          .        .      690 
XXXV.     PORCELAIN   KILN,    SEVRES.     (Section  and   Elevation.) 704 

XXXVI.     MOLDING   ROOM,  SEVRES.     (  With  Air  Compression  and  Exhaustion  Apparatus.)  704 

XXXVII.     HOADLEY'S   PORTABLE   ENGINE .711 

XXXVIII.    PORTABLE    STEAM    ENGINE.     (Marshall  and    Graves.)     PORTABLE   AND 

TRACTION  ENGINE.     (Hooven,  Owens,  Reutschler  $•  Co.)        .        .         .         .712 
XXXIX.     HOE'S   TYPE   REVOLVING  NEWSPAPER   PERFECTING   PRESS       .        .  720 
XL.    KNOWLES.  DIRECT-ACTING   COMPOUND  CONDENSING  PUMPING  EN- 
GINE  729 

XLI.  WESTINGHOUSE  AUTOMATIC  BRAKE.  (Car  Attachment.)  .  .  .  .740 
XLII.  WESTINGHOUSE  AUTOMATIC  BRAKE.  (Locomotive  Attachment.)  .  .  740 
XLIII.  APPLEBY'S  ENGLISH  LOCOMOTIVE  STEAM  CRANE  .  .  .  .741 

XLIV.    McCORMICK'S  TWINE-BINDING  REAPER 743 

XLV.     SPRINGS 847 

XL VI.     EIGHTY-TON   STEAM    HAMMER.     (Schneider  $•  Co.,  Creusot,  France.)  .         .       860 
XL VII.     SUGAR-HOUSE,  COMPLETE   INSTALLATION  OF  MACHINERY.     (Com- 

pagnie  de  Fives  Lille,  Abbeville,  France.) 873 

XL  VIII.     TELEPHONES .883 

XLIX.    EMERY'S  TESTING  MACHINE 887 

L.    FAIRBANKS'   TESTING  MACHINE .      888 

LI.     PORCELAIN  MOLDING   ROOM .        .894 

LII.     TORPEDOES 898 

Lilt    VERTICAL    SECTION    OF    REVOLVING    TURRET    FOR    HARBOR    OR 

LAND    DEFENSE 908 

LIV.     WASTE  BURNING  LOCOMOTIVE 936 

LV.     WASTE   BURNING   LOCOMOTIVE.     (Sectional  View.) 936 

LVI.    WOOL  WASHING  MACHINE  955 


KNIGHT'S  NEW  AMERICAN 

MECHANICAL    DICTIONARY. 

[An  asterisk  (*)  indicates  that  an  article  or  description  referred  to  is  illustrated.] 


A. 


A-ba'ting.  Properly,  bating.  A  steeping  pro- 
cess in  tanning.  See  BATING. 

A-bat-toir'.  A  city  slaughter-house,  where  are 
assembled  all  the  conveniences  for  butchering  the 
animals  and  putting  the  offal  into  merchantable 
form.  The  plans  usually  involve  humane,  rapid 
operations  and  relatively  cleanly  and  wholesome 
surroundings.  See  notices  of  the  abattoirs  of 

Philadelphia       .     .     .      *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1375. 
Brighton.     Lawson     .    .    '' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1939. 

Ab'scess  Knife.  A  pocket  instrument  with  a 
curved  blade,  the  edge  on  the  concave,  and  contained 
in  a  tortoise-shell  or  ivory  handle. 

The  abscess  lancet  is  a  pointed  thumb  lancet  in 
tortoise-shell  scales. 

Ab-sor'bent  Stra'ta  Wa'ter-pow'er.  An 
invention  of  M.  G.  Hanrian,  of  Meaux,  France,  for 
utilizing  the  descent  of  water  in  a  tube  leading  from 
a  water-bearing  to  an  absorbent  stratum  as  a  source 
of  power.  The  water  passing  downward  in  a  ver- 
tical well-tube  acts  upon  the  buckets  of  an  endless 
chain,  which  passes  over  a  wheel  above  and  rotates 
it. 

The  invention  is  described  and  illustrated  in  the 
"Bulletin  da  Socitfe  d' Encouragement  pour  V Indus- 
trie Nationale,"  and  is  reproduced  in  "Scientific 
American,"  *  xxxiv.  159. 

Ab-sorb'ing  "Well.  A  well  or  deep  pit  sunk 
into  an  absorbent  stratum,  and  used  .to  carry  off 
drainage. 

These  wells  are  used  in  certain  localities  in  the 
United  States  where  a  retentive  stratum  of  clay 
rests  upon  gravel  or  sand,  as  in  Alexandria,  Va., 
where  the  drainage  of  the  town  is  mostly  obtained 
in  this  way,  by  well  or  cesspools  dug  into  the  sub- 
stratum. 

Ab-sorp'ti-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Bunseu  for  measuring  the  absorptive  power  of 
gases. 

A-but'meiit.  (Add.)  1.  (Carpentry.)  The 
shoulder  on  a  joiner's  plane  between  which  and  the 
plane-bit  the  wedge  is  driven. 

A-but'ment  Crane.  A  crane  mounted  upon 
an  abutment  or  pier,  of  a  viaduct,  for  instance,  and 
ascending  with  the  elevation  of  the  structure. 

Figure  1  represents  a  small  crane  of  this  nature, 
used  at  the  Viaduc  de  1'Indre.  It  was  fixed  on  the 
piles,  and  then  upon  the  masonry,  being  readily 
raised  step  by  step  as  the  structure  advanced.  In 
the  instance  cited  two  horses  were  attached  to  the 
rope  by  which  the  material  was  drawn  up. 

Ac-cel'er-a'tor.  (Ordnance.)  A  cannon  with 
additional  charge  chambers,  exploded  consecutively 
in  the  rear  of  the  shot,  in  order  to  give  the  ball  the 
additional  force  due  to  the  consumption  of  a  large 
charge  without  the  strain  incident  to  exploding  too 


large  a  quantity  in  a  single  mass.  Lyman's  United 
States  patent,  No.  16,568. 

An  experimental  gun  on  this  principle  was  tested 
in  New  York  and  elsewhere  and  is  shown  and  de- 
scribed  in  Holley's  "Ordnance  and  Armor,"  *p.  885. 

Ac-cu'mu-la'tor.  1.  A  device  for  storing 
power  ;  as  in  the  case  of  Sir  William  Armstrong's 
invention,  in  which  the  water  from  a  pump  is 
caused  to  raise  a  series  of  weights  which  press  upon 
the  column,  and  form  a  reserve  of  power  for  the 
working  of  an  elevator,  a  punching  machine,  shears, 
or  a  riveter,  as  in  the  case  illustrated  in  Fig.  2. 

The  central  stem  of  the  accumulator  is  fixed, 
and  serves  as  a  guide  for  a  cylinder  which  slips 
upon  it  and  carries  the  weights,  which  in  the  present 
case  are  annular  iron  blocks  surrounding  the  cylin- 
der. The  water  forced  by  the  pump  arrives  from 
beneath  and  fills  the  annular  space  between  the 
cylinder  and  the  central  guiding  stem,  so  that  the 
weight  of  the  iron  blocks  and  the  cylinder  is  car- 
ried upon  the  column  of  water.  The  water  is  fur- 
nished by  two  pumps  of  1 .5"  diameter  and  3.5" 
stroke,  driven  by  band  and  pulley,  the  latter  mak- 
ing 100  to  120  revolutions  per  minute.  When  the 
weighted  cylinder  arrives  at  the  end  of  its  course 

Fig.  1. 


Abutment  Crane. 

it  actuates  a  rod  which  closes  the  induction  cocks 
of  the  pump,  and  cuts  off  the  supply  of  water. 

The  water  from  the  accumulator  enters  the  work- 
ing cylinder  of  the  riveting  machine  by  one  open- 
ing and  leaves  by  another,  each  being  provided 
with  valves.  A  hand  lever  admits  the  water  to 
make  the  effective  stroke,  the  water  exit  being 
closed  either  by  the  pressure  of  water  or  by  a 


ACCUMULATOR. 


ACCUMULATOR. 


spring.  The  induction  valve  remains  open  until 
the  rivet  is  finished,  or  for  any  length  of  stroke  re- 
quired, as  the  case  may  be,  and  when  it  is  desired 
to  arrest  the  motion  the  induction  valve  is  closed. 

To  make  the  reverse  motion,  the  water-exit  valve 
is  opened  by  a  motion  of  the  hand  lever  in  the  con- 
trary direction  from  that  to  admit  the  water  ;  the 
water  runs  out  of  the  cylinder,  mid  the  piston  is 
driven  backward  by  the  action  of  a  small  cylinder 
placed  in  the  piston  and  which  is  put  in  communi- 
cation with  the  accumulator  by  a  special  pipe  and 
valve. 

The  machine  is  designed  to  place  900  to  1,000 
rivets  of  30  millimeters,  in  sheet  iron  of  20  milli- 
meters, in  10  hours  :  and  in  smaller  works  to  place 
6  to  7  rivets  per  minute. 

Machines  in  which  the  suspended  swage  cylin- 
der is  capable  of  presentation  to  rivet  in  any  direc- 
tion are  noticed  under  RIVETING  MACHINE,  and 
one  is  shown  in  Fig.  4351,  page  1949,  "Mech.  Diet" 

The  weight-case  accumulator  is  shown  in  Fig.  4, 
page  9,  vol.  i. 

A  hydraulic  riveting  machine,  with  two  movable 
jaws,  but  without  accumulator,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
4354,  page  1949,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  2. 


Sir  William  Armstrong's  Accumulator  as  applied  to  a 
Riveting  Mncliine. 

In  Kinney's  hydro-pneumatic  accumulator,  com- 
pressed air  is  made  the  reservoir  of  power.  Like 
other  familiar  applications  of  the  accumulator  it 
is  designed  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the  hy- 
draulic press,  but  the  pumps  force  water  into  and 
compress  air  in  vertical  cylinders.  The  puinps 
work  continuously  until  a  stated  pressure  is  at- 
tained, when,  by  automatic  mechanism,  valves  are 
opened  which  prevent  any  further  delivery ;  the 
pumps  merely  working  the  water  to  and  fro  till  a 


remission  of  pressure  by  the  nse  of  some  of  the 
stored  force  puis  them  in  service  again. 

A  number  of  these  vertical  cylinders  are  con- 
nected in  series  by  pipes  above  (I)  11)  and  below  so 
as  to  have  communication,  by  which  the  pressure  in 
them  is  equalized,  and  for  use  in  charging  them 
with  air  at  the  desired  normal  tension.  See  view 
of  a  battery  of  accumulators,  page  121,  vol.  xxxviii., 
"  Sc.  American." 

The  cut  shows  a  section  of  one  of  the  accumula- 
tors, and  a  sectional  view  of  the  apparatus  for  ren- 
dering the  pump  ineffective  when  the  maximum 
stated  pressure  is  attained. 

Proceeding  from  the  gage  pipe  is  a  tube  A',  con- 
necting  with  a  small  chamber,  in  which  is  a  plunger 
with  a  weighted  lever  whose  arm  L,  when  the  level 

Fig.  8. 


Kinney's  Hydro- Pneumatic  Accumulator. 

is  lifted,  withdraws  the  valve  in  M,  and  opens  com- 
munication between  the  pump  cylinder  JN  and  the 
pipe  0,  leading  to  the  tank  from  which  water  is 
supplied. 

Hydraulic  accumulators  are  made  in  variety  un- 
der various  applications  by  Tweddell  of  England  ; 
such,  for  instance,  as  — 

Weight-case  accumulators. 
Differential  accumulators. 
Basement  accumulators. 

Morane,  of  Paris,  makes  them  specifically  for  the 
stearine  and  other  chemical  industries. 

Sellers  &  Co.,  of  Philadelphia,  for  riveting  ma- 
chines, etc. 

An  excellent  and  compact  arrangement  is  shown 
in  figures  8,  9,  10,  11,  article  "  Prcsse,"  Prof.  Chas. 
Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures" 
edition  of  1877. 

The  portable  hydraulic  accumulator  used  in  the 
works  at  the  St.  Gothard  tunnel  consisted  of  a  ver- 
tical cylinder,  in  which  a  piston  traveled,  and  which 
had  to  be  loaded  to  a  weight  equivalent  to  450  Ibs. 
per  square  inch.  When  the  lift  was  not  in  opera- 
tion, the  piston  was  raised  to  an  extent  proportionate 
to  the  quantity  of  water  introduced,  which  it  re- 
turned to  the  lift  when  the  ingress  cock  of  the  latter 
was  opened.  The  diameter  of  the  piston  was  11.81" 
diameter,  and. the  stroke  was  66.93".  The  volume 
of  water  contained  was  26.2  gallons,  and  the  pres- 
sure on  the  piston  21.18  tons;  the  piston  and  cross- 
head  weighed  1.18  tons.  A  load  of  20  tons  of  lead 
ingots  was  suspended  to  the  cross-head  at  the  top  of 
the  piston.  These  could  be  removed  at  will  to  fa- 


ACCUMULATOR. 


ACOUMETER. 


cilitate  the  moving  of  the  apparatus  from  place  to 
place  on  the  works. 

Views  of  the  accumulator  and  the  hydraulic 
pumps  are  reproduced  in  the  "  Scientific  American 
Supplement."  *  pages  104,  105. 

2.  (Electricity.)     a.  In  dynamo-electric  machines, 
one  iu  which  the  residual  magnetism  of  the  field 
magnets  generates  in  the  armature  coil  a  feeble 
initial  current  which  increases  the  magnetism  of 
the  field  of  force  magnets,  thus  producing  a  stronger 
current,  and  so  on  reciprocally  to  the  maximum. 

The  first  patent  in  which  this  feature  is  present 
is  S.  Hjorth's  English  patent  No.  2,198,  October  14, 
1854.  The  Dane  is  evidently  entitled  to  the  credit 
of  the  invention  of  this  most  important  feature  in 
dynamo  electric  machines. 

"  This  principle,  of  which  we  discover  the  appli- 
cation in  almo-t  all  dynamo-electric  machines,  is 
that  of  the  gradual  successive  increase  of  power  in 
an  electro-magnetic  system  under  the  influence  of 
the  currents  of  induction  which  it  develops.  It  is 
sufficient  for  the  purpose  that  a  trace  of  magnetism 
remains  in  the  armature  to  produce  the  amerfage 
and  augmentation  of  the  strength  of  the  armature 
until  the  maximum  is  reached,  dependent  upon  the 
strength,  the  resistance  of  the  circuit,  and  the  sat- 
uration of  the  armatures."  —  "La  Lumiere  Elec- 
trique." 

The  presentation  of  the  memoirs  of  Wheatstone 
and  Siemens  on  this  subject  at  the  Koval  Society 
Meeting,  February  4,  1867,  was  more  than  12  years 
snl)M-([ucnt  to  the  patent  of  S.  Hjorth,  of  Copen- 
hagen. See  DYNAMO-KLKCTRIC  MACHINE. 

b.  See  SECONDARY  BATTEKY.     Faure. 

3.  A  resilient  section,   in  a  chain  or  rope,  usu- 
ally a  drum  of  caoutchouc,  used  in  British  dredge- 
lines;  whereby  a  certain   amount  of  elasticity   is 
given  to  the  towing  rope,  preventing  the  parting  of 
the  rope,  and  giving  the  man  on  watch  a  chance  to 
cast-off,  to  prevent  losing  the  dredge,  which  has  be- 
come fouled  or  full. 

Beardslee's  method  is  to  have  a  certain  amount 
of  slack  rope  held  in  reserve  by  a  check  rope,  which 
breaks  when  a  given  strain  is  brought  upon  the 
main  rope.  See  CHKCK-ROPE. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

HYDRAULIC.     Merdach.    Paris.     "  Iron  Age."    xvii.,  January 

13,  p.  9. 
Grimshaw      (I'atont   April  16,   1878.)      "Iron 

Age,"  *  xxi.,  June  £0,  p.  7. 
Twedddl.     "  Railroad  Gazette,"    *  viii.  563. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Builder ,"  *  xii. 

105. 

"  Engineering,"  *  xxvi.  271. 
Best  4"  Marshall.     "  Scientific  American  Supple- 
ment,^ *  3659. 
"  English  Mechanic.'1'1*  xxvii. 

455. 
Kinney.       "  Scientific    American"      *  xxviii. 

127. 
Kingston-upon-IIull,   Eng.      "  Van    Nostrantfs 

Mag."  xviii.  211. 
ELECTRIC.       English  Patent.  No.  2198,  October  14, 1854. 

Ach'ro-mat'ic  Con-den'ser.  (Optics.)  An 
attachment  to  the  microscope, 
used  when  the  light  from  the 
concave  mirror  proves  insuffi- 
cient for  any  object  requiring 
an  intense  transmitted  light. 
The  condenser  slides,  by  its 
tube,  into  the  fitting  under  the 
stage  of  the  instrument,  in 
which  it  has  to  be  moved  up 
or  down  until  the  focus  of  its 
I  lenses  falls  upon  the  object, 
the  light  having  been  pievi. 
onsly  reflected  in  the  proper 
Achromatic  Condenser,  direction  by  the  mirror. 


Fig.  4. 


The  upper  figure  shows  a  simple  form  ;  the  lower 
is  Webster's  form  of  Crouch's  achromatic  conden- 
ser, provided  with  a  revolving  diaphragm  having 
various  forms  of  apertures. 

Ach'ro-mat'ic  Right'-an'gle  Prism.  An 
achromatic  form  of  the  right-angle  prism,  which  is 
an  attachment  to  the  microscope  designed  for 
throwing  rays  of  light  at  right-angles,  giving  more 
perfect  reflection.  See  RIGHT-ANGLE  PRISM. 

Ac'id  Pump.  A  pump  constructed  for  draw- 
ing off  corrosive  liquids,  emptying  carboys,  etc. 

It  is  a  portable  pump,  made  of  glass,  and  con- 
vertible into  a  siphon  by  the  addition  of  an  exten- 
sion tube  of  caoutchouc  to  the  nozzle.  A  large 
India-rubber  air  bulb  produces  the  vacuum  and  ex- 
pulsion, but  does  not  receive  any  of  the  liquid.  The 
valves  are  glass  poppets,  riveted,  while  hot,  into 
their  seats.  The  joints  in  the  pump  are  of  accu- 
rately ground  glass.  The  nozzle  is  also  so  jointed 
as  to  be  flexible. 

See  Nichols'  pump.     "  Scientific  American,'11  *  xliii.   232. 

Also  the  air-forcing  pump  of  Wyllie,  of  Heb- 
burn-on-Tyne,  England,  used  for  pumping  acid  to 
cisterns  at  a  height  of  80'.  The  air-pressure  regis- 
ters from  70  to  100  Ibs. 

"Engineering ,"  1876. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,'''  *  524. 

A'cier-age.  A  mode  of  coating  a  metallic  plate 
with  a  surface  of  iron  or  steel ;  used  to  enable 
stereotype  and  copper  plates  to  print  a  larger  num- 
ber of  impressions.  Invented  by  Gamier  of  Paris. 
See  Photographic  Journal,  vol.  vi.,  p.  31  et  seq.,  Sep- 
tember 15,  1859. 

A'corn-head'ed  Bolt.  A  carriage-bolt  with 
an  ornamental  head  finished  in  silver,  oroide,  or 
gold,  and  in  shape  resembling  an  acorn. 

A-cou'me-ter.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  for 
measuring  the  degree  of  hearing.  Acouometer,  Aco- 
eineter,  Acousimeter. 

The  instrument  affords  a  source  of  sound  of 
constant  intensity  and  pitch,  and  is  a  substitute 
for  the  whisper  and  the  watch,  each  of  which  has 
its  difficulties.  The  voice  is  a  complicated  sound, 
the  intensity  of  which  it  is  difficult  to  regulate,  and 
consonant  sounds  vary  greatly  in  their  audibility  at 
given  intensity.  The  watch  has  two  tones  with 
slight  intensity,  both  audible  when  close,  and  but 
one  at  a  greater  distance. 

The  first  acoumeter  was  made  by  Schafhautl, 
who  made  use  of  a  ball  falling  from  a  certain 
height  as  a  source  of  sound.  Wolke  invented  a 
pendulum  acoumeter.  He  employed  an  upright 
sounding-board  of  fir,  against  which  an  oaken  mal- 
let was  allowed  to  fall  through  a  given  space.  Itard 
had  a  freely  suspended  copper  ring  which  was 
struck  by  a  pendulous  metallic  ball.  The  elevation 
of  the  pendulum  was  measured  on  a  graduated 
quadrant,  and  the  intensity  of  the  tone  thereby  de- 
termined. 

Politzer's  acoumeter  gives  a  sound  of  unvarying 
character,  and  the  estimate  of  the  degree  of  hear- 
ing of  the  patient  is  obtained  by  making  the  clicks 
of  the  instrument  more  or  less  remote  from  the 
ear.  It  consists  of  a  steel  cylinder  4  millimeters  in 
diameter  and  28  millimeters  long,  set  in  vibration 
by  the  blow  of  a  small  steel  hammer,  and  applied 
in  the  vicinity  of  the  external  ear.  The  cylinder 
is  fastened  to  a  small  column  of  vulcanite,  the  ham- 
mer being  freely  suspended  from  a  slot  in  this  col- 
umn by  means  of  a  pin.  The  tail  end  of  the  ham- 
mer shaft,  projecting  behind  and  beyond  the  column 
can  be  depressed  to  a  certain  point,  and,  when  lib- 
erated, allows  the  hammer  to  strike  the  cylinder 


ACOUMETER. 


ACUPRESSURE   PIN. 


from  a  certain  height,  thereby  insuring  a  certain  in- 
tensity of  tone.  Half  rings  being  fastened  at  either 
end  of  the  vulcanite  column,  the  instrument  may 
be  held  between  the  thumb  and  forefinger,  the  mid- 
dle finger  being  free  to  sat  the  hammer  in  motion. 

Fig.  5. 


Politzer's  Acoumeter. 

A  small  disk  is  fastened  to  the  column  by  means 
of  a  pin,  and  is  used  for  testing  perception  for  tone 
conduction  from  the  mastoid.  The  illustration 
shows  this  application  of  the  instrument. 

The  determination  of  the  hearing  distance  is  usu- 
ally conducted  by  approaching  the  instrument  to 
the  ear  until  the  patient  announces  that  he  begins 
to  hear  its  tone,  and  it  is  well  to  require  him  to 
count  the  number  of  blows. 

"Archives  of  Ophthalmology  and  Otology,"  vi.,  603  et  seq. 

A'cou-sim'e-ter.  A  synonym  for  acoumeter. 
Itard.  See  ACOUMETER. 

A-cous'tic  Tel'e-graph.  One  which  trans- 
mits sonorous  vibrations-  The  articulating  tele- 
graph known  as  a  telephone,  is  at  present  the  acme 
of  the  art.  The  United  States  patent  of  Lancelot 
H.  Everitt,  of  New  Orleans,  dated  March  24,  1868, 
and  No.  75,886,  is  a  curious  item  in  the  history  of 
the  art.  See,  also,  his  patent  No.  40,616,  dated 
November  17,  1863.  The  summation  states  that 
"sounds  produced  at  one  end  of  the  telegraph  are 
transmitted  to  the  other  end  along  a  wire." 

The  first  claim  (of  four)  may  be  inserted  (Patent 
of  1868):  — 

"  Claim.  —  1.  An  acoustic  battery  for  telegraphing,  a  ma- 
chine which  creates  and  modulates  sounds,  that,  when  ar- 
ranged and  sounded  under  symbolic  formula;,  they  are  made 
to  represent  and  express  all  the  letters  of  the  English  alpha- 
bet and  all  Arabic  notations,  and  when  thus  evoked  into  ex- 
istence the  machine  reflects  these  sounds  and  transmits  them 
through  naked  wire,  buried  in  the  land  or  water,  to  their 
destination,  where  they  impart  their  various  interpretations 
with  such  distinctness  and  order  to  the  auditor  who  receives 
them  as  to  become  the  most  important  and  efficient  commis- 
sioners of  intelligence/' 

Ac'ti-nom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measu- 
ring the  power  of  the  sun's  rays. 

Herschel's  actinometer  (described  on  page  11, 
"  Mech.  Diet."),  consisted  in  a  small  open  recep- 
tacle, attached  to  a  fixed  standard. 

Pouillet's  pyrheliometer  (described  and  illustra- 
ted on  p.  1837,  "Mech.  Diet.")  was  of  polished  sil- 
ver. The  vessel  exposed  to  the  solar  rays  contained 
100  grams  of  water,  was  100  millimeters  in  diame- 
ter, and  15  millimeters  in  thickness.  It  was  covered 
on  the  exterior  with  lampblack.  This  instrument 
could  not,  however,  be  used  in  winter  when  the 
temperature  fell  below  32°  Fall. 

To  avoid  the  various  defects  of  the  instrument 
and  to  obtain  exact  measurement  of  the  intensity 
of  solar  heat,  Capt.  John  Ericsson  invented  the 
actinometer,  or  solar  calorimeter.  The  instrument 


is  fixed  on  a  movable  table  within  a  rotary  obser- 
vatory. It  consists  of  a  copper  receptacle,  filled 
with  water,  and  covered  with  lampblack  on  the 
exterior  exposed  to  the  sun.  A  thermometer 
placed  in  the  liquid  indicates  variations  of  temper- 
ature, and  an  agitator,  moved  by  a  belt  passing 
over  a  little  pulley,  keeps  the  water  in  motion  and 
insures  its  equable  temperature.  The  water-vessel 
is  placed  in  the  bottom  of  a  chamber,  the  flaring 
mouth  of  which  receives  a  plano-convex  lens 
whereby  the  rays  are  concentrated  upon  the  calo- 
rimeter. In  this  chamber  as  nearly  a  perfect  vac- 
uum as  is  possible  is  maintained,  and  a  water 
jacket  is  provided  so  that  the  interior  temperature 
may  be  constant. 

See  "Scientific  American  Supplement"  *  p.  1103, 
where  is  also  shown  a  modified  form  of  instrument, 
also  by  Ericsson,  for  obtaining  the  measure  of  the 
intensity  of  the  solar  radiation  at  a  given  moment. 

An  apparatus  to  measure  and  record  the  varia- 
tions of  daylight  throughout  the  day,  has  been  in- 
vented by  Herr  Kreusler,  of  Bonn. 

The  apparatus  has  a  special  bearing  upon  plant 
physiology,  and  consists  of  a  drum,  fixed  with  its 
axis  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian,  and  adjustable 
so  as  to  be  at  right  angles  to  the  sun's  rays.  This 
drum  has  its  border  divided  into  24  hours,  — 12 
noon  and  12  midnight  being  in  the  meridian  plane. 
A  strip  of  paper,  sensitized  witli  solution  of  bichro- 
mate of  potassium,  and  having  divisions  which  cor- 
respond to  those  on  the  drum,  is  placed  round  this. 
A  second  drum  closely  surrounds  the  first,  and  is 
turned  by  clock-work  (from  which  it  can  be  de- 
tached) once  in  24  hours,  in  the  direction  of  the 
sun's  apparent  course.  The  second  drum  has  a 
slit  for  admitting  light  to  the  paper ;  its  width  is 
such  that  any  point  on  the  paper  is  exposed  20  sec- 
onds as  the  slit  passes  over.  The  whole  apparatus 
is  placed  in  the  open  air  under  a  glass  bell  jar. 
The  paper  strip  is  placed  in  its  right  position  at 
night  or  under  artificial  shade  (to  avoid  coloration), 
and  the  outer  drum  slid  over  and  so  attached  to 
the  rotating  axis  that  the  "  insolation  slit  "  is  op- 
posite the  hour  then  present.  The  slit  then  begins 
to  move  round  the  inner  drum  correspondingly  to 
the  sun's  course.  The  impressed  slip,  when  re- 
moved in  the  evening,  may  be  fixed  by  dipping  in 
water  and  drying  between  blotting  paper,  and  shows 
a  mostly  continuous  succession  of  bands  of  various 
shades  of  brown.  For  comparison,  Herr  Kreusler 
made  a  scale  of  10  degrees  of  darkening,  exposing 
strips  of  the  paper  a  given  time  under  different  an- 
gles of  incidence  of  light.  Bands  of  the  experi- 
mental strip  that  appear  homogeneous  are  then 
measured  with  reference  to  breadth  and  intensity, 
and  the  sum  of  the  products  of  those  quantities  is 
taken  as  a  measure  of  the  action  of  light  rays  fall- 
ing on  the  instrument  in  a  given  time. 

Ac'tion.  (Fire-arms.)  Used  generally,  in  ref- 
erence to  the  position  or  some  characteristic  of  the 
firing  mechanism  ;  as  side  action,  snap  action,  etc. 

Specifically  —  the  iron  body  which  lies  between 
the  barrels  and  the  stock. 

Back  action  when  the  locks  are  bedded  into  the 
stock  alone. 

Bar  action  when  the  locks  are  bedded  partly  into 
the  stock  and  partly  into  the  action.  Also  called 
fore  action. 

Ac'tu-al  Cau'te-ry.  The  application  of  ac- 
tual heat,  as  of  the  searing  iron  or  galvanic  wire, 
for  searing  or  excision,  as  distinct  from  moxas  or 
caustics.  The  latter  are  included  under  the  terms 
potential  or  virtual  cautery.  See  CAUTERY. 

Ac'u-press'ure  Pin.  A  needle  for  arresting 
surgical  hemorrhage  by  insertion  and  torsion. 


ACUS. 


ADJUSTABLE   VISE. 


Fig.  Il4ft,  p.  38,  Part  I.,  *  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 
tarium Chirurgicum." 

A'cus.  A  needle.  The  term  is  especially  used 
in  reference  to  surgical  needles.  A  number  are 
mentioned  on  p.  12,  "  Mech.  Diet."  To  these  may 
be  added  the 

Acus  capitata  —  a  pin  ; 

Acus  invaginata ; 

Actts  paracentica,  or  acus  paracentelica  ; 

synonyms  for  the  a.  triquetra. 

See  also  ACUPUNCTURATOR  ;  DERMOPATHIC  IN- 
STRUMENTS ;  HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE,  etc.,  "Mech.. 
Diet." 

A-dapt'er.  1.  (Optics),  a.  An  attachment  to 
the  microscope  for  centering  or  throwing  out  of 
center  the  illuminating  apparatus ;  it  is  moved  by 
rack  and  pinion.  In  the  form  shown  it  is  specially 
contrived  for  Beck's  '•  International "  microscope. 

Fig.  6. 


A  dapter. 

b.  In  the  case  of  object  glasses  made  by  different 
makers,  and  having  different  screws,  a  means  for 
ennbling  such  to  be  fitted  to  a  body  not  specially 
adapted  to  receive  them.  . 

c.  An  arrangement  on  a  stand  to  facilitate  the 
use  of  the  object-glass  as  a  condenser. 

2.  In  physical  and  chemical  apparatus,  a  tube  of 
varying  sized  ends  for  uniting  apparatus  of  differ- 
ent sizes.  Made  of  glass  or  rubber. 

Add'ing  Pen'cil.  A  small  pencil-shaped  add- 
ing device  or  arithmometer,  usually  having  a  metal- 
lic case  and  longitudinal  slot  with  graduations  and 
a  traveling  pointer,  and  a  numbered  disk. 


Smith  4"  Potts,  *  "  Sc.  American  Sup.,''1  page  542. 
*"  Scientific  American,'"  xxxv.  86. 

OctoWr21,  1876. 
T  tuner,  Ger.,  *(' Deutsche  Gewerbe  Zeitung,''  reproduced  in 

"  Sc.  Am.  Supplement,"  *pp.  2701-2. 
neat's  Adding  Machine,  "  Sc.  Am.  Supplement,''  p.  742. 


Le 
Pascal 

Ad'it.  (Mining.)  A  level.  A  horizontal  drift 
or  passage  from  the  surface  into  a  mine. 

The  Joseph  II.  mining  adit,  at  Schemnitz,  Hun- 

fjiry,  begun  in  1782,  was  finished  October,  1878. 
ts  length  is  16,538  meters,  a  little  over  10^  miles; 
that  of  the  St.  Gothard  tunnel  being   14,920,  and 
the  Mont  Cenis  tunnel  12,233  meters. 

The,  object  of  the  adit  is  the  drainage  of  the  im- 
portant gold  and  .silver  mines  at  Schemnitz.  It 
furnishes  a  geological  section  more  than  ten  miles 
in  length,  and  gives  not  only  valuable  information 
as  to  the  downward  prolongation  of  the  lodes  known 
in  the  upper  levels,  but  some  new  ones  have  been 
traversed,  and  the  entire  series  of  rocks,  with  their 
mutual  limits  as  well  as  modifications  and  occasional 
transitions,  are  disclosed  without  interruption. 

The  entire  cost  of  the  tunnel  was  4,599,000  florins, 
—  about  $2,300,000.  Its  height  is  3  meters  ;  width, 
1.6  meter-  By  the  methods  of  working  employed 
during  the  last  three  years  it  would  have  taken  but 
27  years  to  do  the  entire  work. 

"  There  are  19  shafts  at  Pribram,  which  are  connected  at 


various  levels.  The  deepest  is  at  Adalbert,  which  has  reached 
the  depth  of  1,020.1  meters  and  has  thirty  levels.  It  is  the 
deepest  perpendicular  shaft  in  the  world.  At  the  thousand- 
meter  level  a  station  for  magnetic  observations  is  established. 
The  underground  workings  also  communicate  with  one  an- 
other through  the  great  drainage  tunnel  "  Joseph  II.," 
which  is  21,906  meters  long.  All  the  water  of  the  mines  is 
raised  to  the  level  of  this  tunnel,  which  is  445  meters  above 
.sea-level.  The  total  length  of  the  galleries  is  245,089  me- 
ters/' —  Prof.  James  D.  Hague,  "  Report  on  Mining  Indus- 
tries," "  Paris  Exposition  Reports,''  iv.  297- 

The  length  in  excess  of  the  former  statement  is 
due  to  the  inclusion  of  some  branch  adits. 

The  Rothschonberger  water-adit  at  the  Freiberg 
mines  was  completed  in  1877.  It  conducts  the 
water  of  the  mines  to  the  Elbe.  The  tunnel  is  ven- 
tilated by  eight  air-shafts,  and  lies  about  400  feet 
below  the  deepest  previous  Freiberger  water-adit. 
It  has  a  uniform  height  of  9.84  feet,  with  a  some- 
what smaller  breadth.  The  present  length  of  the 
adit  with  its  ramifications  is  43,000  meters  (all  of 
which  length  is  now  in  use),  and  will  be  when  com- 
pleted over  51,000  meters,  or  3l£  miles.  The 
cost  of  the  tunnel  is  estimated  at  12,000,000  marks 
or  $4,000,000,  and  will  be  paid  for  by  a  tax  on  all 
the  mines  which  it  directlj'  benefits.  The  gradient 
of  the  floor  is  only  0.03m.  in  100  meters. 

Ad-just'a-ble-Beam'  Plow.  One  which  has 
a  beam  adjustable  on  a  pivot  upon  the  standard  so 
as  to  throw  the  nose  of  the  beam  in  or  out  of  land, 
to  adapt  the  implement  to  two  or  to  three  horses. 

In  one  instance  the  beam  has  a  pivotal  connec- 
tion above  the  standard,  its  rear  end  being  adjust- 
ably attached  to  a  heavy  rod  that  connects  the  han- 
dles. The  beam  has  what  may  fairly  be  called  a 
center  connection,  the  pivotal  point  being  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  ivork,  or  center  of  resistance. 

Ad-just'a-ble-bed'  Press.  A  stamping,  cut- 
ting or  drawing  press,  for  sheet-metal  work,  which 
can  be  set  with  level  or  inclined  bed,  to  suit  the 
requirements  of  special  work  ;  notably,  the  making 
sheet-metal  pans,  box  covers  and  bottoms,  and 
similar  ware. 

Ad-just'a-ble  Plane.  A  joiner's  plane,  so  ar- 
ranged that  the  angle  of  the  bit  relative  to  the  bed 
is  adjustable  to  suit  the  kind  of  wood  being  worked. 

The  angle  of  the  bit  varies  with  the  work  ;  the 
harder  the  wood  the  steeper  should  be  the  pitch ; 
which  may  vary  from  43°  to  60° ;  indeed,  if  the 
spokeshave  be  included,  it  may  be  said  from  25°  to 
60°.  The  usual  angle  of  the  ground  plane-iron  is 
a  bevel  of  25°  ;  in  the  spokeshave  the  usual  back  of 
the  bit  becomes  the  bed. 

The  pitch  of  planes  is  considered  under  PITCH, 
6,  Planes,  p.  1793,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See,  also,  Hottxapffeft  "  Turning  and  Mechanical 
Manipulation,"  vol.  ii. 

Fig.  7. 


Adjustable  Plane. 

Ad-just'a-ble.  Vise.  One  the  jaws  of  which 
may  be  inclined,  being  pivoted  on  the  horizontal 
axis,  so  as  to  secure  any  desired  presentation  of  the 
work. 

Fig.  8  shows  a  form  of  vise,  the  jaws  of  which 
maintain  their  parallelism,  and  are  concertedly  ad- 
justable in  a  vertical  circle  to  give  an  inclined  pre- 
sentation, or  to  bring  either  of  the  respective  pairs 
of  jaws  into  position  for  work. 


ADJUSTER. 


AERATED    WATER   MACHINERY. 


Ad-jus'ter.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  for 
bringing  into  coaptation  the  parts  in  case  of  rup- 
tured perineum. 

Dr.  Agnew's,  Fig.  537,  p.  115,  Part  III.,  Tie- 
mann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum," 

Ad-just'ing  Cone.  An  oculist's  instrument 
for  measuring  the  distance  between  the  axes  of  the 
eyes. 

Fig.  8. 


Adjustable   Vise. 

The  instrument  is  shown  in  Fig.  9.  Being  held 
in  the  right  hand,  a  distant  object  should  be  looked 
at  with  the  right  eye  through  the  hole  in  the  right 
hand  cone;  the  other  cone,  fixed  to  an  adjusting 


Adjusting  Cone. 

arm,  should  then  be  moved  backwards  and  for- 
wards until  the  left  eye  sees  the  same  object 
through  the  aperture  in  the  left  cone,  and  the  two 
holes  appear  as  one.  The  distance  between  the 
eyes  is  then  indicated  on  the  cross  bar,  one  side  of 
which  is  divided  to  inches  and  tenths,  the  other  to 
millimeters. 

Adze.  A  wood-cutting  tool  used  with  a  sweep- 
ing blow,  and  with  a  blade  at  right  angles  to  the 
length  of  the  handle. 

Some  memoranda  of  history  and  principles  are 
given  on  pp.  16, 17,  "Meek.  Diet."  Fig.  10  shows 
strictly  modern  varieties  of  American  patterns. 

Adze-plane.  A  rabbeting  and  molding  tool, 
especially  adapted  to  solid  paneling  and  used  by 
coach  and  pattern  makers.  It  has  gage  adjust- 
ments for  depth  and  width  of  cut  and  for  sweep 
in  circular  or  crooked  work. 
Fig.  11. 


Adze-p'ane. 

The  plane-iron  is  adjustable  for  pitch  by  set 
screw  and  lever,  and  the  bed  relatively  thereto  by 
thumb-screw  on  the  side  of  the  handle. 


Fig.  10. 


Adzes. 


Flat  head  pattern. 
Square  head  pattern. 
Spur  head  pattern. 
Railroad  pattern. 
Round  eye  pattern. 
Ship  carpenter's  pattern. 


7.  Canoe  pattern. 

8.  Cooper's  pattern. 

9.  Special  pattern. 

10.  Stirrii])  pattern. 

11.  Special  pattern. 

12.  Special  pattern. 


The  small  slotted  arms  attached  to  the  sides  of 
the  adjustable  fulcrum  are  gages  for  depth,  and 
a  slotted  piece  on  the  bottom  regulates  horizontal 
distance  from  a  guiding  edge. 

The  cut  shows  an  adze-plane  and  specimen  of 
work. 

The  tool  is  perhaps  well  named  as  partaking  of 
the  characteristics  of  the  adze  and  plane  ;  but  it 
is  also  nearly  related  to  the  spokcshave,  though 
handled  in  a  different  manner. 

A'er-a-ted  Bat'ter-y.     (Electricity.)     One  in 
which  the  exciting  liquid  is  constantly  agitated  by 
air  injected  into  the  bath  in  order  to  depolarize  the 
negative  element. 
Byrne,  *"  Scientific  Amtrican  Sup.,''  Fig.  36,  page  2526. 

*  "  Telesr.  Jour.,''  vi.  222,  269,  particularly  used  in 
gal  van  o- cautery . 

Air  as  a  depolarizer  in  a  single  fluid  cell  is  found 
in  Piiluermacher's  battery,  "Teleg.  Jnnr."  vi.  388- 

A'er-a-ted  Wa'ter  Ma-ctiin'er-y.  Various- 
ly known  as  "  Soda-water  apparatus."  or  "  Machin- 
ery for  making  carbonated  waters,"  the  latter  being 
the  preferable  title. 

The  subject  has  been  considered  under  the  for- 
mer title  on  pp.  18-20  and  2236,  2237,  "Mecli. 
Diet."  Some  improvements  will  be  noticed  under 
CARBONATED  WATER  MACHINERY  (which  see), 
and  certain  specific  heads. 

Hay  ward,  Tyler  &  Co.'s  (British)  aerated  water 
machinery,  shown  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  1878,  is 
described  in  "  Engineering,"  *  xxvi.  287,  288,  and 
349-352. 

The  principle  of  an  apparatus  intended  for  mak- 
ing sparkling  liquids,  such  as  sparkling  wines,  cider, 
ginger-ale,  etc.,  is  readily  seen  in  Fig.  1 2,  which  is 
a  hand-worked  apparatus  capable  of  producing 


AEHATED-WATER   MACHINERY. 


AERIAL  TELEGRAPHY. 


Fig.  12. 


Non-continuous  Aerating  3Ja 


sixty  dozen  quart  bottles  per  day.  It  is  on  the  non- 
continuous  principle,  the  agitator  chamber  on  the 
left  being  charged  from  time  to  time  with  the  liquid. 
This  is  charged  by  means  of  the  gas-pump,  which 
receives  the  carbonic  acid  from  the  gas-holder,  and 
that  in  turn  from  the  generator  on  the  extreme 
right. 

The  wine  or  other  liquor  to  be  charged  with  car- 
bonic acid  gas  is  poured  through  the  gun-metal 
cap  on  top,  into  the  cylinder,  which  should  be  filled 
about  three-fourths  full ;  the  gas  is  then  drawn  from 
the  gasometer  by  the  gas  pump,  and  forced  into  the 
cylinder  containing  the  wine ;  when  the  indicator 
shows  the  requisite  pressure,  the  working  of  the 
pump  is  stopped,  and  the  agitator  in  the  cylinder 
turned  a  few  times,  which  will  cause  the  wine  or 
other  liquor  to  take  up  the  gas ;  a  further  quantity 
of  gas  is  then  supplied  by  means  of  the  pump,  and 
the  gas  must  be  renewed  as  the  liquor  is  drawn  off 
into  the  bottles. 

The  bottling  apparatus,  .shown  beneath  the  cyl- 
inder, has  two  cocks  fitted  into  the  cone' or  carriage, 
through  which  the  cork  is  driven  ;  one  is  for  sup- 
plying the  liquor  from  the  bottom  of  the  cylinder, 
the  other  takes  the  surplus  gas  and  foam  or  froth  ; 


Fig.  13. 


British  Arm  tins;  Filter. 


it  is  connected  by  a 
pipe  to  the  top  of 
the  cylinder,  and 
by  this  means  none 
of  the  liquor  or  gas 
is  wasted. 

A'er-'a-ting 
Fil'ter.  One  in 
which  a  current  of 
air  is  conducted 
through  the  de- 
scending water. 

That  made  by  the 
Sanitary  Engineer- 
ing Co.,  of  London, 
is  of  earthenware 
(Fig.  13).  The  up- 
per chamber  has  a 
movable  pan  with 
a  block  of  mineral 
carbon.  The  lower 
has  granulated  car- 


bon. The  water 
chamber  beneath  be- 
ing  closed,  the  de- 
scent of  water  dis- 
places the  air,  which 
ascends  through  the 
granulated  material 
iu  contact  with  the 
water. 

A'er-a'tor.     The 
apparatus    for    aera- 
ting   the    water    for 
the  fish-tanks  at  the 
Aquarium     of     the 
Trocadero,  shown  in 
Paris,  is  the   inven- 
tion of  M.  Gauckler, 
who  was  also  the  au- 
thor of  the  original 
plan   of   the   aqua- 
rium.    See   AQUA- 
RIUM. 

The  water  is  that 
of  the  Vanne  aque- 
duct, and  as  it  is  ob- 
tained very  near  the 
source  of  the  river  it 
is  deficient  in  oxy- 
gen, which  is  essential  to  the  life  of  the  fish,  and  is 
supplied  by  the  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  14.  It  is 
placed  in  the  center  of  the  system  of  tanks  in  the 
aquarium,  and  consists  of  an  application  of  the 
principle  of  the  Catalan  trumpet  (trompe)  used  to 
operate  the  bellows  in  the  iron  smelting  furnaces 
of  Spain,  Elba,  and  elsewhere.  It  has  a  number  of 
glass  tubes  into  which  water  is  forced  by  hydraulic 
pressure,  carrying  with  it  bubbles  of  air. 


Fig.  14. 


Apparatus  for  aera- 
ting distilled  water  on 
board  ship,  belongs  un- 
der DISTILLING  APPA- 
RATUS. 

A-e'ri-al  Light  Ap'- 
pa-ra'tus.  A  balloon, 
kite,  or  parachute  light, 
used,  iu  a  military  sense, 
for  discovering  the  posi- 
tion, etc.,  of  an  enemy's 
camp  at  night.  As  used 
in  recent  experiments 
at  Chatham,  Britain,  it 
consists  of  a  kite  covered 
with  loose  canvas,  hav- 
ing a  parachute  provided 
with  an  arrangement  for 

exploding  the  fire-balls  Gabr  Atr. 
which  are  sent  up  the  atins,  the  Water  Of  the  TTO- 
line  holding  the  kite.  cadcro  Aquarium.  (Vertical 
The  fire-balls  being  Section.) 
thus  discharged,  illuminate  the  surrounding  coun- 
try for  a  considerable  distance. 

A-e'ri-al  Fho'to-graph'ic  Ap'pa-ra'tus. 
An  apparatus  for  taking  negatives  from  elevated 
positions.  The  camera  is  supported  by  a  balloon 
steadied  by  guys,  and  the  slides  operated  by  cords 
from  the  ground.  It  is  especially  designed  for  map- 
ping out  an  enemy's  position,  reconnoitering,  etc. — 
"  Photographic  News." 

A-e'ri-al  Te-leg'ra-phy.  (Electricity.)  A 
method  of  telegraphing  between  points,  dispensing 
with  wires,  and  using  the  aerial  currents.  The 
current  is  reached  by  flying  kites  to  a  certain  height 
at  each  point,  the  strings  being  copper  wires  con- 
nected to  instruments  at  the  ground  ends  of  the 
wire.  Professor  Loomis  states  that  messages  have 


AEROHYDRIC  BLOWPIPE. 


AEROPHORE. 


been  thus  sent  by  him  between  points  twelve  miles 
apart,  using  the  atmospheric  currents  only  in  the 
interval  between  the  kites. 

A'e-ro-hy'dric  Blow'pipe.  A  blow-pipe  for 
burning  a  mixture  of  hydrogen  and  air,  giving  an 
intense  heat,  and  used  for  various  metallurgic 
works,  such,  for  instance,  as  soldering  platinum 
with  gold,  the  brazing  of  copper,  and  the  autogen- 
ous soldering  of  lead,  without  the  use  of  an  alloy  of 
tin.  The  latter  use  is  especially  called  for  in  the 
production  of  leaden  vessels  to  be  used  in  the  mak- 
ing of  sulphuric  acid.  One  form  of  the  apparatus 
is  shown  in  Fig.  738,  p.  309,  "  Mcc/t.  Diet."  The 
compound  blow-pipe  is  the  invention  of  Dr.  Hare, 
of  Philadelphia;  he  used  the  combination  of  ox- 
ygen and  hydrogen.  The  aero-hydric  was  invented 
by  the  Count  de  Richmont,  of  Prance.  It  is  elab- 
orately shown  in  Figs.  395-398,  article  "  CHALU- 
MEAU,"  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Sci- 
ences," vol.  i.,  edition  of  1877. 

A'er-o-phone.  1.  An  invention  of  Edison  for 
amplifying  sound. 

Its  object  is  to  increase  the  loudness  of  spoken 
words  without  impairing  the  distinctness  of  the  ar- 
ticulation. The  working  of  the  instrument  is  as 
follows :  — 

The  maguified  sound  proceeds  from  a  large  dia- 
phragm, which  is  vibrated  by  steam  or  compressed 
air.  The  source  of  power  is  controlled  by  the  mo- 
tion of  a  second  diaphragm  vibrating  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  sound  to  be  magnified. 

There  are  three  distinct  parts  to  the  instrument : 

A  source  of  power. 

An  instrument  to  control  the  power. 

A  diaphragm  vibrating  under  the  influence  of 
the  power. 

The  first  of  these  is  usually  compressed  air,  sup- 
plied under  constant  pressure  from  a  tank. 


Fig.  15. 


Edison's  Aerophone. 

The  instrument  is  shown  in  section  in  Fig.  15, 
and  consists  of  a  diaphragm  and  mouth-piece  simi- 
lar to  those  of  a  telephone.  A  hollow  cylinder  is 
attached  by  a  rod  to  the  center  of  the  diaphragm. 
The  cylinder  and  its  chamber,  E,  will  therefore  vi- 
brate with  the  diaphragm.  A  downward  move- 
ment lets  the  chamber  communicate  with  the  out- 
let //,  an  upward  movement  with  the  outlet  G. 
The  compressed  air  enters  at  A  and  fills  the  cham- 
ber, which  in  its  normal  position  has  no  outlet. 
Every  downward  vibration  of  the  diaphragm  will 
thus  condense  the  air  in  the  pipe  C,  at  the  same 
time  allowing  the  air  in  B  to  escape  via  F.  An  up- 
ward movement  condenses  the  air  in  B.  but  opens  /. 

The  diaphragm  D  is  shown  in  section  in  Fig. 
16.  Its  center  is  attached  by  a  rod  to  a  piston,  P, 
moving  in  a  cylinder.  The  pipes  C  and  B  are 
continuations  of  those  designated  by  the  same  let- 
ters in  the  preceding  figure. 

The  pipe  C  communicates  with  one  chamber  of 
the  cylinder,  and  B  with  the  other.  The  piston, 
moving  under  the  influence  of  the  compressed  air, 


moves  also  the  diaphragm,  its  vibrations  being  in 
number  and  duration  identical  with  those  of  the 
diaphragm  in  the  mouth-piece. 

The  loudness  of  the  sound  emitted  through  the 
directing  tube  F  is  dependent  on  the  size  of  the  dia- 
phragm and  the  power  which  moves  it.  The  former 

Fig.  16. 


Aerophone. 

of  them  is  made  very  large,  and  the  latter  can  be 
increased  to  many  hundred  pounds  pressure.  —  G. 
B.  Prescott. 

"Engineer,"  *  xlvi.,  425,  Figs.  32,  33. 

2.  An  invention  of  Edison's,  better  known  as  a 
megaphone.  It  consists  of  a  horn  for  talking,  and 
a  pair  of  horns  communicating  by  elastic  tubes 
with  the  ear,  for  listening.  See  MEGAPHONE. 

An  apparatus  by  Prof.  Mayer  for  ascertaining 
the  direction  of  sound  is  known  as  a  topophone,  and 
may  be  referred  to  in  this  connection.  See  TOPO- 

PIIONE. 

A'er-o-phore.  A  respiratory  apparatus  con- 
taining a  reservoir  of  vital  air  or  revivifying  corn- 


Fig.  17. 


position. 

The  ajrophore  de- 
vised by  Herr  Schultz, 
captain  of  the  fire  brig- 
ade at  Aschaffenburg, 
Bavaria,  depends  upon 
the  regeneration  of  the 
exhaled  air,  the  oxygen 
being  reproduced  as  it 
is  consumed.  It  con- 
sists of  a  simple  reser- 
voir of  sheet-iron,  into 
which  the  products  of 
respiration  are  re- 
turned. The  respired 
air  is  led  from  the 
mouth  by  a  flexible 
pipe  to  a  cylindrical 
tube  containing  a  layer 
of  wadding  to  intercept 
dust,  and  pieces  of 
pumice-stone  saturated 
with  caustic  potash  ab- 
sorb the  carbonic  acid. 
This  tube  is  in  direct 
communication  with 
the  reservoir,  as  is  also 
another  tube  on  the 
other  side  containing 
pumice-stone  saturated 
with  dilute  acetic  acid  and  sprinkled  with  crystals 
of  permanganate  of  potassium.  This  latter  is  for 
replacing  the  oxygen  absorbed  in  respiration,  and  for 
adding  a  certain  amount  of  humidity  to  the  air, 
which  makes  it  fresher  for  breathing.  Fig.  17 
shows  a  German  fireman  provided  with  the  appara- 
tus. The  flexible  tubes  for  inhalation  and  exhala- 
tion arc  connected  with  the  bottom  of  the  reservoir. 
The  apparatus  only  weighs  about  10  Ibs.,  and  may 
be  used  for  half  an  hour  together. 


Schultz's  Acrophore. 


AERO-STEAM   ENGINE. 


9 


AGATE   BURNISHER. 


The   Galibert  and   the  Rmiquayrol,  $•  Denayrouze 
respirators  are  shown  on  p.  1923,  *  "Mech.  Diet." 
See,  also,  "Scientific  American,'-  *  xxxviii.  99. 

A'er-o-steam  En'gine.  See  theory  of  the  en- 
gine by  Henderson,  quoted  by  Thurstoii,  "  Vienna 
Expos.  Rep'ts.,"  ii.  151-160. 

"Engineer "  contains  a  description  and  illustra- 
tion of  Wenham's  "  heated  air  engine,"  the  details 
being  taken  from  a  paper  read  by  C.  W.  Cooke  be- 
fore the  "  Institute  of  Mechanical  Engineers,"  in 
London.  It  belongs  to  that  class  in  which  the  fire 
is  inclosed,  and  fed  by  air  pumped  in  beneath  the 
grate  to  maintain  the  combustion,  the  whole,  to- 
gether with  the  gaseous  products  of  combustion, 
being  made  to  act  upon  the  piston. 

In  addition  to  the  British  and  United  States  pat- 
ents cited  on  pp.  20-23,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  the  follow- 
ing British  patents  may  be  noted  :  — 

Clark,  1,449  of  1863.  Air  is  driven  into  the  fur- 
nace, is  heated,  rises  with  the  products  of  combus- 
tion, meets  a  fine  spray  of  water,  which  is  instantly 
converted  into  superheated  stearn,  and  the  whole 
passes  to  the  cylinder. 

Miller,  932  of  1864.     Steam  and  air  combined. 

Boulton,  1,291  of  1864.  Steam  and  air  combined; 
mingles  gas  also. 

De  Rosen,  5,398  of  1826.  Volatile  products  of 
combustion  mingled  with  steam. 

Vrooman,  3,083  of  1861.  Charges  air  with  mois- 
ture, and  then  heats  it  in  spiral  passages. 

James,  1,445  of  1864.  High- pressure  steam  and 
compressed  air.  The  air  is  compressed  by  the  pis- 
ton in  the  lower  part  of  the  cylinder,  and  the  steam 
then  admitted  to  it. 

Stevens,  1864.  Vapor  of  oil  is  added  to  air, 
steam,  and  volatile  products  of  combustion. 

Cruickshanks,  Eng.  Pat,  No.  8,141,  of  1839.  Ex- 
pands air  (previously  condensed)  by  heat  obtained 
from  liquid  fuel  injected  upon  red-hot  clay  balls. 

Hull,  4,935  of  1824,  decomposes  steam  bypassing 
it  through  red  hot  fuel,  whence  the  gases,  together 
with  those  resulting  from  the  fuel,  pass  to  the 
working  cylinder. 

A'er-o-ther'a-py  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  appara- 
tus in  which  a  patient  is  inclosed  in  a  chamber  of 
compressed  air  as  a  therapeutic. 

It  is  the  opposite  of  the  tlffmrator,  described  on 
p.  687,  "Mech.  Diet."  in  which  the  expulsion  of 
morbid  matter  from  the  excretory  ducts  of  the  skin 
is  expedited  by  withdrawing  the  pressure  of  the 
atmosphere  from  the  surface. 

The  aerotherapy  apparatus  is  the  invention  of 
Dr.  Carlo  Forlanini,  of  Milan,  Italy.  It  is  claimed 
that  by  increasing  the  .pressure,  the  air  is  forced 
into  the  minutest  passages  of  the  lungs,  and  a  much 
greater  oxygenation  of  the  blood  is  secured.  This 
is  realized  by  those  who  descend  into  the  deep  cais- 
sons used  in  laving  subaqueous  foundations.  Fire 
and  Limps  also  burn  with  great  energy  under  these 
circumstances. 

A  view  of  the  Forlanini  apparatus  is  reproduced 
in  the  "  Scientific  American,"  *  xxxv.  63. 

See,  also,  Ware's  compressed-air  bath  shown  at 
Fig.  67,  page  31,  "  Mech.  Diet:' 

-ffis'the-si-om'e-ter.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment for  the  determination  of  the  cutaneous  sensi- 
bility. Invented  by  Dr.  Sieveking,  of  London, 
isr>s.  In  the  original  form  it  was  simply  a  modi- 
fication of  the  common  beam-compass.  See  Fig. 
279,  page  87,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "  Armamentarium 
Chirurgicitm." 

The  "  Medical  Record,"  1872,  gives  a  drawing 
and  description  of  an  instrument  by  Dr.  Alfred  L. 
Carroll,  constructed  on  the  general  plau  of  the  two- 


legged  compass,  but  with  each  free  extremity  di- 
vided into  two  points,  one  blunt  and  the  other 
sharp.  (Left-hand  instrument  in  Fig.  18.)  This 
arrangement  enables  the  observer  to  determine  the 
comparative  sensibility  to  contact  and  pain  at  differ- 
ent distances  by  simply  substituting  the  one  pair  of 
points  for  the 
other.  Dr. 
Clymer  p  r  o  - 
vicles  himself 
with  two  pieces 
of  cork  or  two 
small  shot,  and 
accompli  s  h  e  s 
the  same  result 
by  placing 
them  upon  the 
sharp  points  of 
the  ordinary  in- 
strument when 
he  desires  t  o 
test  the  sense 
of  contact 
without  danger 
of  exciting  that 
of  pain.  JEsthesimntter. 

The  right  hand  instrument,  by  Dr.  Vance,  exhib- 
its a  completely  portable  instrument.  When  closed, 
the  points  are  in  coaptation,  and  are  received  in  the 
case  the  same  as  the  blades  of  a  knife  shut  into  its 
handle.  When  opened  and  the  points  separated, 
the  distance  between  the  points  is  denoted  by  the 
position  of  the  slide,  which  is  so  arranged  as  to 
move  over  a  scale  engraved  on  one  arm  of  the 
asBthesiometer.  The  scale  is  divided  into  inches 
and  twelfths  of  an  inch.  The  points  can  be  sepa- 
Fig.  19. 


Dr.  Elberg's  sEsthesiometer. 

rated  to  the  extent  of  6".  When  closed,  the  in- 
strument is  4£"  in  length. 

Fig.  19  shows  Dr.  Elberg's  ^Esthesiometer  with 
electrode  points. 

See  description  of  the  principles  and  application 
of  the  instrument,  under  ESTHESIOMETER,  p.  809, 
"Mech.  Diet.'1''  Also,  article  by  Dr.  Reuben  A. 
Vance  in  "Canada  Lancet,"  iv.,  Feb.  1872;  and 
"Medical  World  "  of  the  same  year. 

After  Wale.  (Saddlery.)  The  body  of  a 
collar  ;  the  portion  against  which  the  names  bear, 
and  which  rests  upon  the  shoulders  of  the  horse. 
The  forward  part  of  the  collar  is  the  roll. 

Aft'gate.     The  tail-gate  of  a  sluice  or  lock. 

Ag'ate.  A  burnisher.  So  called  because  fre- 
quently made  of  that  hard  material.  Blood-stones 
and  dog's  teeth  are  also  used  for  burnishers. 

Ag'ate  Bur'nish-er.  A  burnisher  specially 
used  in  dental  operations  and  bookbinding;  in  the 
former  for  surface-finishing  cement  or  oxychloride 
fillings  ;  in  the  latter  for  smoothing  the  surface  of 
gold  leaf  on  book  edges  and  covers. 


AGAVE. 


10 


AGRICULTURAL   BOILER. 


Fig.  20  shows  some  forms  of  dentists'  burnishers. 

A-ga've.  Nets  of  agave  fiber  were  shown  in 
the  Agricultural  Hall,  Centennial  Exhibition,  from 
the  Argentine  Republic. 

"  The  pita  (Mexican  IHe)  is  a  variety  of  the  agave,  very 
prolific  and  yielding  fibres  varying  in  quality  from  the 
coarsest  hemp  to  the  finest  flax.  It  is  used  for  the  manu- 
facture of  thread,  cordage,  hammocks,  paper." — Xquier's 
"  States  of  Central  America,"  New  York,  1858.  See,  also, 
his  "  Notes  on  Central  America,"  1855. 

Fig.  20. 


Dentists'1  Agate  Burnishers. 

Age'ilig.  Imparting  the  characteristics  of  flavor 
of  ripeness  or  ago,  as  of  clay,  wine,  whiskey,  calico, 
etc.  See  p.  23,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Sweet's  apparatus  for  ageing  distilled  spirits  is 
shown  in  "Scientific  American  Su/>plement,"  *p.  181. 

Ag-glom'er-a'ted  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
One  in  which  the  deploarizing  salt  is  united  by  a 
cement  and  pressure  so  as  to  form  a  solid  block 
with  and  around  the  negative,  the  porous  cup  be- 
ing dispensed  with.  The  improved  Leclanche'  is 
an  instance. 

NiaurJel  (American  Translation),  *  189. 

"  Telf graphic  Journal'1'     .     .     .    *vii.3. 

Beaiifils'  sulphate  of  mercury  battery  has  a  solid 
depolarizer.  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  *  vi.  397. 

Ag'gry.  Glass  beads  found  in  Ashantee  and 
Fantee  countries,  and  very  highly  valued. 

They  nre  supposed  to  be  of  ancient  Egyptian 
manufacture.  They  are  of  many  colors  and  pat- 
terns, the  shades  well  marked  or  delicately  blended, 
many  of  them  resembling  agates,  for  which  they 
have  been  mistaken.  The  glaln  neidyr.  or  holy 
snake-beads  of  the  Druids,  found  in  Wales,  may 
have  had  a  similar  origin,  as  the  Phoenicians  traded 
to  both  places,  and  carried  Egyptian 
products.  There  are  abundantevidences 
in  the  museums  to  prove  the  capability 
of  the  ancient  Egyptian  glass-workers 
to  produce  these  objects  of  art.  See  list 
of  Egyptian  glass  in  Museum  of  "  New 
York  Histoiical  Society,"  on  p, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Ag'i-ta'tor.  1. 
A  stirring  device 
used  in  the  petro- 
leum refining  process 
for  mixing  the  o  i  1 
with  the  refining  and 
deodorizing  m  a  t  e- 
rials.  It  was  formerly 
a  series  of  revolving  _ 
scoops,  but  the  work  ^ 
is  now  done  by  blow-  I 

ing  in  air  which  bub- 

bles  up  through  the  oil.  — = — ^^  --~L 

A  pump  used  for  this  purpose 
is  shown  in  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  *  x.  128. 

The  oil  is  treated  with  one  and  one  half  per  cent, 
of  sulphuric  acid,  by  which  it  is  bleached.  It  is 
then  washed  with  a  solution  of  caustic  soda,  fol- 
lowed by  a  little  ammonia,  by  which  the  acid  is 
neutralized. 


2.  A  device  in  the  carbonated  water  apparatus 
to  stir  the  gas  and  water  together  and  cause  the  ab- 
sorption of  the  former  by  the  latter.  See  CAR- 
BONATED WATER  APPARATUS;  see  also  cuts  on 
p.  2236,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A-graffe'.  (Fr.  Agrafe.}  A  clasp.  A  hook, 
eyelet,  or  wire,  by  which  a  piano  wire  is  firmly  held, 
so  as  to  prevent  the  translation  of  vertical  vibration 
to  the  portion  of  the  string  between  the  bridge  and 
the  pin. 

Decker's  agraffe  is  a  stud  secured  directly  to  the 
wrest-plauk. 

Ag'ri-cul'tu-ral  Boil'er.  A  boiler  or  caldron 
for  cooking  food  for  animals. 

The  cooking  apparatus  made  by  Fouehe,  of  Paris, 
is  shown  in  Fig.  21.  It  is  made  iu  copper  or  iron, 
and  is  adapted  to  burn  all  species  of  fuel.  One 
Fig.  21 


Foucke's  Agricultural   lloilcrx. 

figure  shows  it  closed  for  cooking,  and  the  other  in 
position  for  discharging  its  contents. 

The  caldron  is  suspended  on  posts  rising  from 


Boriin's  Agricultural  Boiler. 

the  sides  of  the  furnace.  When  at  work,  the  bot- 
tom of  the  caldron  fits  within  the  top  of  the  fur- 
nace, cleats  on  the  vessel  resting  on  the  rim  of  the 
lower  section. 

When  the  caldron  is  to  be  discharged,  it  has  first 


AGRICULTURAL  BOILER. 


11 


AGRICULTURAL   IMPLEMENTS. 


to  be  lifted  clear  of  the  furnace  so  that  it  may     Chaff  sifter. 

Forage  press. 

swing  clear.     This  is  done  by  means  of  the  bail,  i  cheese^resfT 
cams  on  which  raise  the  axis  of  suspension  of  the  '  chicken  «K>P. 

Forking  spade. 
Fountain  pump. 

Frost  cog. 

kettle,  and  it  may  then  be  tipped,  as  shown  in  the     Chicken  feeder. 

Fruit  basket. 

figure.                                                                                                  Chopping  mill. 

Fruit-box. 

Bodin's  agricultural   boiler  is  made   in  several     cider'mill 
forms,  and  is  of  cast-iron.                                               '  ^^1  press. 

Fruit  dryer. 
Fruit  evaporator. 
Fruit  pitter. 

It  is  provided  with  grates  for  wood  or  for  coal,     Clevis. 

Fruit  press. 

and  has  additional  steaming  chambers,  which  may     Clod  clearer, 
be  fitted  on  when  required  to  increase  the  capacity,     cioverhujler. 
the  contents  of  each  being  kept  distinct.                        clover-seed  gatherer. 

Fruit  separator. 
Gage  wheel. 
Gang  cultivator. 
Gang  plow. 

It  is  easily  transported  in  sections,  economical  of     Cockle  separator. 

Garden  engine. 

fuel,  and    ready  for  immediate  use   in   any  place     ^olt^'    t-       , 
without  setting  iu  masonry.                                              Compound  cotton  prefiB. 

The  agricultural  boiler  of  Tr'dsclder,oi  Limoges,     Concasseur. 

Garden  loop. 
Garden  tools. 
Gate. 
Geddes  harrow. 

France,  is  portable,  and  has  a  circulation  of  water     Coop. 

Germination  apparatus. 

from  the  water-bath   to  the  interior  caldron,  and     ^0™  g^ker 

Gorse  cutter, 
drafting  tool. 

FIG.  23. 

Corn  cutter 

Grain  cleaner. 

•H 

Corn  drill. 

Grain  crusher. 

<r 

Corn  hook. 

Grain  cutter. 

_  jta^dfi^^s^v 

Corn  busker. 

Grain  drill. 

n^&     ife^T)  A 

Corn  mill. 

Grain  fan. 

B&JjM                 ^fep% 

Corn  planter. 

Grain  measurer. 

Corn  plow. 

Grain  screen. 

Jfel^Mt"                                i  '  Y^h^. 

Corn-stalk  cutter. 

Grain  ventilator. 

'-'  \  -M\\ 

Cotton  cultivator. 

Grape  crusher. 

VM.                            <MK 

Cotton  cylinder. 

Grape  mill. 

Cotton  gin. 

Grape  press. 

Cotton-picking  machine. 

Grapple  hay-fork. 

Cotton  planter. 

Grist  mill. 

Cotton  plow. 

Q  roomer. 

^^H/ 

Cotton  press. 

Grub  hoe. 

^B\       -^•<i*??i^:J9iiS%JV-,        ^B 

Cotton  scraper. 

Grub  hook. 

^B\;"'^SV;.  *;"••-.'.:  .  i>-.    J^H 

Cotton-seed  huller. 

Half-shovel  plow. 

^BV*  ffffr  f  f  i  f  wTMTun  f  1  1  rV^^I 

Cotton  sweep. 

Hand  corn-planter. 

VMI                        IBK 

Cotton-tie  fastener. 

Hand  cultivator. 

vHB^HBHHr 

Cotton  truck. 

Hand  rake. 

aBHSBf  _.  ^ 

Cotton-worm  destroyer. 

Hand  seeder. 

fc*.-.....v.-.   i                                      i  ;-IM^tfS' 

Cranberry  picker. 

Hand  thresher. 

TritsMer's   Circulating  Boiler. 

Creamery. 

Harpoon  hay-fork. 

Crutch. 

Harrow 

vice  versa.     The  water  flows  over  the  edge  into  the 

Cultivator. 

Harrow  cultivator. 

inner  vessel,  and  out  again  at  holes  in  the  bottom. 
The  flame  courses  twice  aiound  the  caldron,  fol- 

Cutter. 
Dairy  implements. 
Decorticator. 

Harvester. 
Harvester  cutter. 
Harvester  knife. 

lowing  a  helical  flue. 

Disk  harrow. 

Hay-band  machine. 

Beard's  hog  scalding  kettle  nnd  food-boiler  is  an 
oblong  sheet  metal  tub  with  a  fire  under  one  end, 

Ditch  cleaner. 
Ditching  machine. 
Divider. 

Hay-band  twister. 
Hay  carrier. 
Hay  elevator. 

like  some  species  of  evaporators. 

Double  harpoon  fork. 

Hay  fork. 

Banks'  farmers'  boiler  is  circular,  of  sheet-metal, 

Double-  mold-board  plow. 

Hay  knife. 

hung  on  trunnions  in  a  furnace,  the  front  part  of 
which  is  hinged,  and  is  moved  aside  when  the  cal- 
dron is  to  be  tipped  to  discharge  the  contents. 

Double  plow. 
Double  shovel  plow. 
Double-tub  press. 
Drag. 

Hay  loader. 
Hay  maker. 
.  Hay  press. 
Hay  rake. 

The  last  two  mentioned  are  made  in  Chicago. 

Drag  chain. 

Hay  tedder. 

Ag'ri-cul'tu-ral  En'gine.   A  steam-engine  for 
farm  work.     Used  especially  in   this   country  for 

Drain  cleaner. 
Drain-tile  layer 
Drill. 

Hay  un  loader. 
Hemp  knife. 
Hennery 

threshing,  but  having  a  very  much  wider  use   in 

Dropper. 

Hill-side  plow. 

Britain    and  France.     It   is   specially  constructed 

Drying  house. 

Hitching  post. 

when  designed  for  traction,  and  for  plowing.     See 
PORTABLE  ENGINE  STEAM  PLOW. 

Duck's  foot  cultivator. 
Duster 
Ear  lifter. 

Hoe. 
Hoeing  machine. 
Hog  scalder. 

Ag'ri-cul'tu-ral   Im'ple-ments.     See  under 

Ensilage. 

Hog  trough. 

the  following  heads  :  — 

Ensilage  cutter. 
Epinette. 

Honey  extractor. 
Hoof  cushion. 

Agricultural  boiler.                    Breaker. 

Equalizer. 

Hop  picker. 

Aplatisseur.                                  Broad  cast  seeder. 

Espalier. 

Horner. 

Apple  grinder.                              Brooder. 

Evaporator. 

Horse  biscuit. 

Artificial  mother.                          Broom-corn  scraper. 

Excavator. 

Horse  boot. 

Asparagus  buncher.                     Broom-corn  sizer. 

Expanding  cultivator. 

Horse  collar. 

Aspirator     winnowing     ma-    Broom  sewing-machine. 

Fanning  mill. 

Horse  groomer. 

chine.                                           Broom  trimmer. 

Farm  cart. 

Horse  hay-fork. 

Baling  press.                                  Broom  vise. 

Farmer's  tool-box. 

Horse  hoe. 

Balk.                                             Broom  winder. 

Farm  mill. 

Horse  power. 

Barb  wire.                                    Brush  plow. 

Feed  boiler. 

Horse  rake. 

Barley  fork.                                    Bush  hook. 

Feed  crusher. 

Horse  rough. 

Bean  mill.                                       Butter  box. 

Feed  cutter. 

Horse  shoe. 

Bee-house.                                    Butter  case. 

Feed  mill. 

Horse-shoe  stud. 

Beetle  destroyer.                          Butter  print. 

Fencing  machine. 

Hoverer. 

Beet-root  seeder.                          Butter  tub. 

Fertilizer  distributor 

Hurdle. 

Binder.                                          Butter  worker. 

Fertilizer  mill. 

Husking  glove. 

Binding  reaper.                            Cake  breaker. 

Fertilizer  sower. 

Hydromere. 

Bisoc.                                             Cake  grinder. 

Field  roller. 

Incubator. 

Blade.                                            Calf  pail. 

Flower-stand. 

Insect  destroyer. 

Black  land  plow.                          Cane  knife. 

Fodder  cutter. 

Intermediate  motion. 

Board  fence.                                 Cart  roller. 

Fodder  mill. 

Irrigator. 

Bramble  scythe.                           Chaff  cutter.                                  Forage  cutter. 

Jointer. 

AGRICULTURAL  IMPLEMENTS. 


AIR  BAG. 


Knife-head.                                   Seeding  barrow. 
Land  roller.                                   Seeding  machine. 
Lap  ring.                                        Separator. 

purposes  on  farms  and  plantations.    But  little  used 
as  yet  in  America,  but  much  used  in  parts  of  Eu- 

Lawn mower.                                Share. 

rope. 

Lawn  sprinkler.                            Share  harrow. 

See  the  following  :  — 

Lifting  gate.                                  Sheaf  band. 

Listing  plow.                                 Sheaf  binder. 
Litter  cutter.                                 Sheep-rack. 

Huston  4°  Proctor,  Br.     .      'Engineering  "   .     .   *  xxiii.  57. 
Wallis  if  Steevens,  Br.    .      'Engineering  "    .     .  *  xxiv.  142. 

Loose  box.                                     Sheep-shearing  machine. 
Maize  cutter.                                 Shoe  pad. 

Aveling  ff  Porter,  Br.      .      '  Engineering  ''    .     .    *  xxvi.  26. 
Brown  (f  May,  Br.      .     .      'Engineering''    .     .  *  x.  452,  467. 

Manger.                                          Shovel  plow. 

Howard,  Br  'Engineering  "    .     .  *  xxv   48 

Manure  drag.                                Sifter. 
Marc.                                              Single  shovel  plow. 

Aig'let.     The  metallic  sheath  at  the  end  of  a 

Meat  chopper.                               Skeleton  roller. 

lace  or  cord. 

Milk  cooler.                                  Skim-colter  plow. 

Ai'no  Cloth.     (Fabric.)     A  cloth  made  by  the 

Milking  tube.                               Skim-plow. 

Ainos  (tribes  of  the  Saghalien,  Yesso,  and  Kurile 

Milk  pan.                                      Sled  harrow. 
Milk  skimmer.                              Slip  share. 

islands),  from  the  divided  fibers  of  the  elm,  beaten 

Mole  trap.                                      Soil  pulverizer. 

so  as  to  obtain  bast   layers,  which   are   split  and 

Movable  fence.                             Spraying  machine. 

woven.     See  Prof.  Penhallow  *  in  "  American  Nat- 

Mowing ma  chine.                         Spring  hoe. 
Oat  crusher.                                  Sprinkler. 

uralist,"   also    "Scientific   American    Supplement," 

Oat  separator.                               Stable. 
Oil-cake  breaker.                          Stable  cleaner. 

Air  (or  fend  air).    A  molder's  term,  signifying 

Oil-cake  grinder.                           Stable  fittings. 

all  the  gases  generated  and   driven   through    the 

Oil-cake  mill.                                Stacker. 

sand  and  from  the  mold  by  the  hot  metal. 

Olive  press.                                    Stalk  cutter. 
One-horse  plow.                           Stall. 

Air-ap'pa-ra'tus,Blow'ers,  Ven'ti-la'tion, 

Overshot  separator.                      Steam  plow. 

etc.     See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Peat  spade.                                    Steam  plowing  engine. 

Picket  fence.                                 Steam  reaper. 

Aerated  water  machine.              Hot-air  syringe. 

Picket  pin.                                     Stone  clearer. 

Aerating  filter.                             Hot-blast  blow-pipe 

Pig  trough.                                   Straw  cutter. 

Aerator.                                         Hydraulic  blower. 

Fitter.                                            Straw  elevator. 

Aerophore.                                    Hydro-pneuin.  accumulator. 

Planter.                                         Straw  knife. 

Agitator.                                       Kite. 

Plant  sprinkler.                            Stream  fence. 

Air  bag.                                         Laboratory  forge. 

Plow.                                              String  binder. 

Air  brake.                                     Miner's  forge. 

Plow  fender.                                Stump  extractor. 

Air  chamber.                     .          Mine  ventilator. 

Plow  holder.                                 Subsoiler. 

Air  compressor.                            Organ  blower. 

Pony  plow.                                    Subsoil  plow. 

Air  engine.                                    Parachute. 

Portable  cider-press.                    Sugar-land  plow. 

Air  equalizer.                               Pneumatic  conductor. 

Porter.                                            Sugar  spile. 

Air  filter.                                      Pneumatic  dispatch. 

Post  auger.                                     Sulky  cultivator. 

Air  governor.                                  Pneumatic  elevator. 

Post-hole  spoon.                           Sulky  plow. 

Air  injector.                                  Pneumatic  grain  elevator. 

Potato  assorter.                             Sulky  rake. 

Air  moistener.                              Pneumatic  hoist. 

Potato-bug  destroyer.                  Sweep. 

Air-pressure  regulator.               Pneumatic  pump. 

Potato  coverer.                              Sweep  rake. 

Air  pump.                       .              Pneumatic  railway. 

Potato  digger.                                Sweet-potato  digger. 

Air  reservoir.                                  Pneumatic  screw. 

Potato  hook.                                  Swivel  plow. 

Air  ship.                                           Pneumatic  signal. 

Potato  planter.                              Tea-preparing  machine. 

Air  telegraph.                               Pneumatic  telegraph. 

Poultry  coop.                                Tedder. 

Air  trap.                                        Pneumatic  tube. 

Poultry  feeder.                             Thatch-making  machine. 

Air  valve.                                      Pneumatic  tubular  dispatch. 

Prairie  breaker.                            Three-horse  cultivator. 

Aspirating  filter.                          Portable  forge. 

Prairie  renovator.                         Threshing  engine. 

Aspirator.                                      Pressure  blower. 

Pruner.                                          Threshing  machine. 

Balloon.                                         Pressure  regulating  valve. 

Pruning  saw.                                Tie. 

Bench  forge.                                 Pressure  regulator. 

Pruning  shears.                            Tobacco  cultivator. 

Bellows.                                         Respirator. 

Pulverizer.                                     Tobacco  cutter. 

Blast  regulator.                            Riveting  forge. 

Rail  fence.                                    Tobacco      granulating      ma- 

Blower.                                          Rotary  blower. 

Rake,                                                    chine. 

Blowing  engine.                           Speaking-tube  whistle. 

Reaper.                                          Tobacco  hook. 

Blowing  machine.                        Steam  fan. 

Reaping  machine.                        Tobacco  spinning  machine. 

Blow-pipe.                                       Suction  fan. 

Rice  drill.                                      Tobacco  stripper. 

Brazing  blow-pipe.                      Traveling  forge. 

Rice  huller.                                   Toggle  press. 

Carbonated-beverage  app's.        Tube  whistle. 

Rice  machinery.                           Tongueless  cultivator. 

Compressed-air  engine.               Tuyere. 

Rice  thresher.                               Transplanter. 

Compressed-air  governor.           Vacuum  chamber 

Riddle.                                           Treble  tree. 

Compressed-air  pump.                 Vacuum  pump 

Ridging  plow.                               Trenching  plow. 

Damper.                                        Vanner. 

Riding  cultivator.                         Triple  gang  plow. 
Ripple.                                           Triple  plow. 

Damper  regulator.                       Vanning  machine. 
Double-blast  forge.                      Ventilating  apparatus. 

Road  grader.                                  Triple  shovel  plow. 

Exhauster.                                    Ventilating  cowl. 

Road  plow.                                    Trough. 

Exhaust  fan.                                  Ventilating  light. 

Roller.                                            Turning-mold-board  plow. 
Rolling  colter.                              Turnip  cutter. 

Fan.                                                   Ventilator. 
Fan  blower.                                     Water  aerating  apparatus. 

Rolling  colter  plow.                     Turnip  drill 

Fan  forge.                                        Wall  ventilator. 

Root  cutter.                                  Turnip  fingerer. 

Fan  jet.                                          Water     column     air-com- 

Root  grinder.                                  Vine  puller. 

Fanuing  mill.                                   pressor. 

Root  puller                                   Vineyard  implements. 

Fog  trumpet.                                 Water  tuyere. 

Root  pulper.                                 Vineyard  plow. 

Forge.                                            Whistle. 

Root  shredder.                              Walking  cultivator. 

Gas  blow-pipe.                              Wind  car. 

Root  slicer.                                   Walk  scraper. 

Greenhouse  ventilator.               Windmill. 

Root  washer.                                 Weed  scythe. 

Guibal  fan.                                   Wind-  wheel. 

Rotary  plow.                                   Wheat  riddle. 

Hand  blower.                                Workshop  forge. 

Round.                                           Wheat  separator. 
Row-marker.                                 Wheel  hoe. 

Air  and   Cir'cu-la'ting   Pump.     A   steam- 

Runner.                                            Wine  filter. 

engine,  which  in  addition   to  the  duty  of  the  air 

Scarificator.                                   Wine  press. 
Scraper.                                         Winnower. 
Screw  press.                                   Winnowing  machine. 
Scuffle  hoe.                                    Wire  fence. 

pump  in  condensing  engines,  pumps  the  water  from 
the  hot  well  into  the  boiler.     See,  for  instance,  the 
Blake  combined  air  and  circulating  pump,  "  Man- 

Seed drill.                                      Wire  trellis. 
Seeder. 

ufacturer  and  Builder."  *  xii.  4. 
Air  Bag.     1.  Air  bags  for  raising  sunken  ships 

Ag'ri-cul'tu-ral  Lo'co-mo'tive.   A  self-mov- 

were tried  bv  Captain  Gowan  on  the  wreck  of  the 

ing  steam-engine   especially   adapted   for  traction     U.  S.  steamer  "Missouri,"  in   1851,  and  again  on 

AIR  BAG. 


13 


AIR   COMPRESSOR. 


sunken  Russian  men-of-war  at  Sevastopol.  In 
1864  air  bags  were  applied  for  raising  a  steamer 
sunk  in  the  Lake  of  Borteu  ;  in  this  case  the  bags, 
owing  to  some  defect,  gave  way.  The  Alexandrov- 
sky  system  has  rendered  good  service  to  the  Govern- 
ment" and  commerce  of  Russia  on  several  occasions. 
"  The  bags  adopted  in  the  Russian  navy  are,  when  in- 
flated, of  cylindrical  form,  measuring  12'  in  diameter  and 
20'  in  length.  They  are  composed  of  three  layers  of  the 
thickest  canvas  saturated  with  India-rubber.  Their  lifting 
power  averages  sixty  tons.  In  order  to  lift  a  vessel,  several 
chains  are  drawn  by  divers  under  her  bottom,  and  air  bags 
attached  to  the  ends  of  each  of  them  as  near  the  ship's  bot- 
tom as  possible :  the  bags,  being  inflated  by  means  of  air- 
pumps,  cause  the  ship  to  rise.  Before  pumping  air  into  the 
bags,  all  the  chains  are  connected  in  a  transverse  direction, 
so  as  to  form  one  system,  thus  preventing  the  pairs  of  bags 
from  sliding  off  from  beneath  the  hull  of  the  ship.  As  the 
vessel  rises  the  surrounding  water-pressure  decreases,  and 
the  excess  of  air  passes  out  through  safety-valves.'1  —  "En- 
gineering.'' 

See,  also,  Fig.  4148,  p.  1847,  "Mech.  Diet." 
2.    (Surgical. )     Specifically,  Politzer's  air  bag  for 
inflating  the  Eustachian  canal  and  treating  diseases 
of  the  middle  ear.    See/,  Fig.  2678,  p.  1 1 85,  "  Mech. 
Diet.;  "  Fig.  1814,  p.  869,  ibid. 

See,  also,  Figs.  179-182,  184,  pp.  39,  41,  Part  II., 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Air  Box.     (Mining.)     A  wooden  tube  used  for 
ventilation  in  a  mine  when  there  is  only  one  shaft. 
Air  Brake.     (Railway.)     A  railway  brake  op- 
erated by  air,  either  by  the  compression  or  vacuum 
method. 

In  the  former,  the  air  is  compressed  by  a  pump 
on  the  locomotive,  and  conveyed  by  pipes,  and  by 
flexible  tubes  between  the  cars,  to  cylinders  under 
each  car.  Each  cylinder  has  a  piston  which  oper- 
ates the  brake  levers. 

The    Westing/louse  brake  is  an  instance,  and  is 
described  and  represented  on  p.  356,  "Mech.  Diet." 
The  Lotighridge  brake  is  similarly  actuated. 
In  the  latter  form  (vacuum),  the  air  is  exhausted 
from  the  device  beneath  the  car,  and  the  pressure 
of  the  atmosphere  operates  the  brake-levers. 
The  Eames  and  Smith  brakes  are  of  this  class. 
See  RAILWAY  CAR  BRAKE. 

Air  Bridge.  An  arrangement  for  injecting  air 
at  the  bridge  of  a  furnace,  in  the  rear  of  the  grate 
surface.  Examples  of  bridges  are  numerous  in 
Plate  LXL,  and  page  2327,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

McMurray's  corrugated-iron  air  bridge  and  fuel 
economizer,  is  shown  in  "Scientific  American," 
*  xxxvii.  374. 

Air  Cam'el.  A  lightering  device,  consisting 
of  a  caisson  placed  beneath  a  vessel  to  diminish  its 
draft  of  water  to  enable  it  to  pass  a  relatively  shal- 
low channel. 

The  early  use  of  the  camel  in  Holland  is  referred 
to  on  p.  1874,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  under  the  caption, 
RAISING  SUNKEN  VESSELS.  See  also  AIR  CUSHION. 
Air  Cham'ber.    In  Fig.  24,  a  is  an  air  chamber 
to  be  placed  over  the 
suction   cylinder  in 
deep    wells,     the 
pump  rod  working 
through  it. 

Also  used  as  a 
vacuum  chamber 
under  a  suction 
pump.  With  a 
force  pump  two  may 
be  used  with  advan- 
tage ;  one  as  an  air 
chamber  above,  and 
the  other  as  a  vac- 
uum chamber  be- 

Air  or  Vacuum  Chamber  for         neath  the  P^mp  cyl- 
Pumps.  mder. 


In  the  same  Fig.,  b  is  a  chamber  to  be  placed 
where  the  elbow  would  be  in  the  angle  of  the  as- 
cending suction  pipe  and  the  horizontal  water  pipe, 
or  placed  alongside  of  the  pump  when  the  situa- 
tion should  require  it. 

Air'-cock.     A  faucet  to  allow  escape  of  air  :  as 
in  the  case  of  the  air-cock,  otherwise  known  as  a 
pet-cock,  to  allow  escape  of  air  from  the  steam  cyl- 
inder when  starting  the  piston. 
Fig.  25. 


Air   Cocks. 


The  figure  shows  the  ordinary  straight  nose  air- 
cock,  and  the  bibb-nozzle  air-cock. 

See  also  CYLINDER  COCK. 

Air  Com-press'or.  Applications  of  compressed 
air  :  — 

Static  :  Employed  in  a  condition  of  permanent 
elasticity. 

1.  Air  reservoir  in  pumps.     Regulators.     Diving 
bells. 

2.  Pneumatic  piles  and  caissons.     Tubular  foun- 
dations. 

Dynamic :  Employed  in  movement. 

3.  Elevation  of  liquids  ;  ejectors. 

4.  Displacement  of  liquids. 

5.  Blowers:  rotary,  collapsible,  and  piston. 

6.  Air-guns. 

7.  Air-pumps  and  compressors. 

8.  Ventilation  by  chimney  draft  (vacuum). 

9.  Compression,   and  transport   of    compressed 
gas. 

10.  Compressed  air  locomotives. 

11.  Pneumatic  railway  brakes,  tubular    dispatch, 
and  telegraph. 

12.  Ventilation  by   injection   of  compressed  air 
(plenum). 

The  air  compressors  at  Mont  Cenis,  and  Hoosac 
Mountain,  are  referred  to  on  pp.  27,  28,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Under  the  caption  "  AIR  AS  A  WATER  ELEVA- 
TOR," various  devices  of  the  nature  of  ejectors  are 
shown  to  the  number  of  nine  illustrations,  embra- 
cing the  famous  device  at  Chemnitz,  and  many 
novel  devices  growing  out  of  the  deep  oil-wells. 
See  also  Calles'  AERO-HYDRO-DYNAMIC  WHEEL. 

AIR-COMPRESSING  MACHINES  are  shown  on  pp. 
31-33,  "Mech.  Diet."  both  simple  and  compound. 

Under  COMPRESSED-AIR  ENGINES,  are  shown  the 
Gowan  colliery  engine  of  Glasgow  and  the  Som- 
meilleur  apparatus  at  the  Bardonneche  end  of  the 
Mont  Cenis  tunnel.  The  latter  form  of  apparatus, 
depending  upon  the  compression  of  air  by  the  body 
of  descending  water,  is  maintained  in  the  Colladon 
apparatus,  yet  in  much  favor  on  the  Continent  of 
Europe,  in  positions  where  water  is  abundant  and 
fall  sufficient. 

The  tendency,  however,  is  to  the  steam-driven  air- 
pump,  of  which  one  or  two  examples  will  be  offered. 

The  Gowan  colliery  engine  is  also  shown  on  p. 
10,  article  Air  comprime,  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire 
des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  Fig.  3321,  Tome  iv.,  edi- 
tion of  1877. 

The  Modane  air  compressors  of  the  Mont  Cenis 
tunnel  are  shown  and  described  in  the  last-men- 
tioned work,  Figs.  3322,  3323,  and  accompanying 
text. 


AIR   COMPRESSOR. 


14 


AIR   COMPRESSOR, 


The  cornpresseur  Colladon  is  shown  in  the  same 
work  at  Fig.  3324,  article  "Air  comprime',"  Tome 
iv.,  edition  1877.  It  was  used  at  the  St.  Gothard 
tunnel. 

Brunniu's  water  column,  or  air-compressor,  is 
described  in  the  "Revue  Universelle  des  Mines," 
1879,  the  article  being  reproduced  in  "Van  Nos- 
trand's  Engineering  Magazine,"  *  xxi.  9. 

The  action  of  the  machine  is  in  two  periods  :  the 
first  consists  in  compressing  the  air  in  a  closed  cyl- 
inder by  direct  pressure  of  the  water ;  the  second, 
during  which  the  water,  having  done  its  work, 
flows  out.  The  compressor  has  a  cylindrical  reser- 
voir with  double  seal  valves  of  unequal  diameter, 
one  to  admit  the  water,  and  the  other  to  subse- 
quently discharge  it.  Two  other  valves  serve  sev- 
erally to  admit  fresh  air  and  to  discharge  com- 
pressed air  to  a  special  holder. 

The  air-compressor  designed  by  MM.  Dubois 
and  Francois,  to  drive  drills  for  sinking  shafts,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  26. 


Dubois  If  Frangois'  Air  Compressor  for  Drivin 

"  The  arrangement  consists  of  an  air  reservoir  of  280  cubic 
feet  capacity,  of  which  from  one  fourth  to  three  eighths  is 
occupied  by  the  injection  water,  and  the  remainder  by  the 
compressed  air.  Two  iron  pipes,  2"  in  diameter,  conduct  the 


iron,  ana  nas  two  vertical  iron  sranaarus  a.aoio"  in  diameter  ; 
each  standard  carries  a  horizontal  screw,  and  the  drill  is 
mounted  on  a  nut  moving  on  the  screw,  and  having  a  range 
of  half  a  circle.  During  the  period  of  blasting  and  extrac- 
tion of  the  spoil,  the  frame  and  drills  are  lifted,  and  when 
at  work  it  rests  upon  a  timber  substructure.  The  compressor 
is  intended  to  deliver  air  at  a  pressure  of  3J  atmospheres. 
It  is  actuated  by  a  steam  cylinder  29J"  stroke  and  13V  in 
diameter,  and  the  piston-rod  is  attached  direct  to  the  piston 
of  the  compressor.  The  compressor  cylinder  has  the  same 
stroke  and  diameter  as  the  steam  cylinder,  and  the  ends  are 
inclined  as  shown  in  the  section ;  they  are  fitted  with  two 
valves  for  the  admission  of  the  air,  and  at  each  end  there  are 
two  gun-metal  valves  arranged  as  shown.  Into  each  end  of 
the  cylinder  there  penetrates  the  perforated  extremity  of  a 
pipe,  and  through  these,  at  every  stroke,  water  is  injected 
against  the  piston  and  the  sides  of  the  cylinder  to  prevent 
the  heating  due  to  compression.  The  water  is  not  allowed 
to  accumulate  beyond  the  level  shown  in  the  section,  an 
overflow  being  provided,  operating  automatically.  The  fol- 
lowing advantages  are  claimed  for  the  arrangement:  1.  The 
area  of  the  inlet  valves  is  very  large.  2.  The  water  injection 
ceases  at  the  moment  when  it  becomes  unnecessary,  that  is 
to  say,  when  the  air  reaches  in  the  cylinder  the  same  pres- 
sure that  it  has  in  the  reservoir.  3.  The  compressor  may 
be  worked  at  a  speed  from  40  to  50  strokes  per  minute. 
At  the  coal  mines  of  Werister  it  was  used  in  sinking  two 
shafts,  each  t>56  ft.  deep,  and  the  results  of  working  with 
this  system  have  been  highly  satisfactory." —  Kevue  Indus- 
trielle. 

The  Clayton  duplex  air  compressor,  shown  in 
Plate  I.,  has  two  horizontal  steam  cylinders  and 
two  air  cylinders,  securely  bolted  on  a  very  strong 
frame,  the  steam  pistons  communicating  most  of 
the  power  through  the  yokes  to  the  compression 
pistons.  The  fly-wheel  is  placed  between  the  two 


compressors,  and  on  each  end  of  the  fly-wheel  shaft 
is  a  crank,  which  cranks  are  set  at  right  angles  to 
each  other,  so  that  when  the  full  compression  of  the 
air  is  attained  in  one  compressor  the  opposite  crank 
exerts  its  full  force  to  complete  the  strokes,  thus 
giving  an  even  and  uniform  motion  without  any 
danger  of  the  machine  sticking  on  the  center. 

In  the  later  form  shown  in  the  plate,  a  connect- 
ing rod  is  substituted  for  the  former  sliding  journal 
boxes  (shown  in  Fig.  1524,  p.  650,  "Meek.  Diet.")  ; 
the  yokes  are  connected  at  top  by  a  rod,  and  at  the 
bottom  by  a  distance  piece  which  serves  us  a  slide, 
working  on  a  long  slipper  guide  which  is  adjustable 
and  is  placed  inside  the  frame  to  relieve  the  cylin- 
ders from  the  wear  incident  to  the  weight  of  the 
pistons,  rods,  and  connections. 

The  steam  and  air  cylinders  are  united  by  ten- 
sion rods  above.  The  engine  is  duplex,  the  .two 
portions  acting  upon  the  same  crank  shaft,  the  fly- 
wheel on  which  occupies  the  center  of  the  machine. 
The  air  cylinders  are  cooled  by  the  application  of 

water  in  jackets  so 
arranged  that  the 
cold  water  is  first 
brought  in  contact 
with  a  portion  of 
the  top,  and  then 
forced  around  the 
extreme  ends  of 
the  cylinders  where 
the  heat  is  great- 
est, the.  water  then 
traveling  upward 
around  the  center 
or  cooler  portion  of 
the  cylinders. 
The  adjustable 

tripping  device  can 
Shafting  Dnlls.  ^    ^  ^   m    ^ 

discharge  valves  at  any  point  in  the  stroke,  afford- 
ing free  escape  for  air  in  the  cylinder  as  soon  as  it 
has  reached  the  working  pressure.  The  air  gover- 
nor can  be  set  to  any  pressure  desired,  and  will  not 
allow  the  pressure  on  the  rock  drills  or  other  ma- 
chinery to  vary,  notwithstanding  the  pressure  of 
steam  or  the  number  of  drills  at  work.  See  Fig.  27. 

The  lubricating  valve  supplies  the  air  cylinders 
at  each  stroke  with  a  fixed  amount  of  lubricating 
fluid. 

The  engines  are  disconuectable,  so  that  one  only 
may  be  worked  when  necessary  for  repairs  or  for 
other  rea*on. 

The  "Mining  Journal"  (British),  1877,  has  a  dis- 
cussion on  the  respective  constructions  and  uses  of 
several  air  compressors ;  the  article  is  in  part  re- 
produced in  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  *  p. 
1491. 

It  describes  the  "  Moonta,"  *  named  from  mines 
in  South  Australia,  and  in  use  in  the  Isle  of  Man, 
and  in  Cornwall ;  the  "  Flower  "  compressor,  used 
at  the  Powell  Duffryn  Colliery,  South  Wales,  and 
the  "Festiniog  "-tunnel  compressor.  It  also  re- 
fers to  the  cost,  and  some  points  in  connection  with 
the  following  air-compressors :  — 

Sommeiller.  Colladon. 

Cockerill  Foundry. 

The  following  references  to  air-compressors  may 
also  be  consulted  :  — 

Bowers *  " Iron  Age,''  xix.,  April  26,  p.  9. 

*  '£«§-.  £  Min  J.,^  xxv.  56. 

*  'Scientific  Amer.,-  xxxvii.  15. 
Brunnin Ton  Age,"  xxiv.,  July  20,  p.  13. 

1'r.  (water  column)     .  *   '  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xxi.  9. 
'Revue    Univerxelle    ties   Mines,'' 

1879. 
Burleigh *  "Eng.  £  Min.  J.,-'  xxii.  18& 


AIR  COMPRESSOR. 


15 


AIR  GAGE. 


Oaiiton *  "Afon.  §•  JS.,"ix.  9;  *  xii.  9;  *xii. 

100. 

*  "  Technologist,'''  Feb.,  1877. 

*  "Scientific  American,''''  Feb.,  1879. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  3,  p.  1. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Sept.  19;  Dec. 

19,  p.  1. 

*  "American   Manufact."    Jan.   9, 

1880,  p.  13. 

"Engineering  and  Min.  J.,''  Sept. 
14,  1878. 

Colladon Article    "Air    Comprime,"    Fig. 

3329,     "  Laboulaye's     Diction- 
ary,''1 vol.  iv. 

Cranston,  Br *  "Engineering,''-  xxii.  320. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  837. 
Dubois  If  Frangois    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  249. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup."  349. 

*  "Revue  Industrielle,"  1876. 
(duplex)  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  410. 

Ericsson *  "American  Artisan,"   March    18, 

1874. 

Ferroux 

FrizeU, * 

Genesee  Falls  .... 
Gowan  Colliery ,  Glasgow  * 

Guild  if  Garrison     .     .  * 
Hathorn,  Br * 


Ingersoll * 

Normandy  Stillwell  $  Co.  * 
Factory  at  Norwalk  .  .  * 
Norwali  (compound)  .  * 
Patton  ( water  elevator)  * 

Rant! * 

Hand  $  Waring  .     .     .  * 

Rider * 

* 

Robey,  Br * 

Royce * 

Sawtell * 

Sommeiller,  Modanc 


Steel  (Treatise),  Br.  .  .  * 
Sturgeon,  Br  .  .  .  .  * 

* 

Sutro  Tunnel  .  .  .  .  * 
Wetter-on-the-Ruhr,  Ger.* 
Wyllie,  Br * 


"Laboulaye's     Dictionary,' 
Fig  3321. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  310. 

"Engineer,"  xlvii.  116. 

"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  29,  p.  7. 

"Mining  Journal  "  (Br.),  Nov.  2, 
1877. 

''Min.  and  ,%.  Press,"  xxxvii.  177. 

"Engineer,"  xlvii.  352. 

"  Scientific  American ,"  xlii.  367. 

"Eng.  and  Min.  J.,"  xxx.  141. 

"Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  25. 

"Eng.  and  Min.  J.,"  xxx.  286. 

"American    Artisan,"    Feb.    15, 
1873. 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  23,  p.  1. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  263. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  129. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  774. 

" American  Engineer,"  Nov.  1874. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  390. 
Article  "Air  Comprime,"  "La- 
boulaye's     Dictionary,"     Fig. 
a322,"vol.  iv. 

"Engineer,"  xli.  473. 

"Engineering,"  xxvili.  51. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Jan.  9,  p.  1. 

"Engineer,"  xlix.  96. 

"Engineering,"  xxx.  185. 

"Engineering,"  xxi.  617. 


See:  — 

Za/mer's  "  Transmission  of  Motion  by  Compressed  Air." 
Pernolet's  "L'Air  Comprime.''     Paris,  1876. 
Drinker's  "  Tunneling,  Explosive   Compounds,  and  Rock 
Drills."    New  York,  1878. 

Air'-cool'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  See  AIR-RE- 
FRIGERATING APPARATUS  ;  ICE-MACHINE. 

Air'-cross'ing.  (Mining.)  An  arch  built  over 
a  horse-way  or  other  road,  with  a  passage  or  air- 
way above  it. 

Air  Cush'ion.  Air  cushions,  distended,  serv- 
ing to  support  a  vessel  upon  a  camel  or  shallow- 
water  ship-float,  are  shown  in  "Engineering,"  *  vol. 
xxiii.,  p.  369  ;  and  the  same  device  applied  to  grav- 
ing-docks, *  on  p.  51 1  of  the  same  volume.  The 
invention  of  the  engineers  Clark  and  Standfield. 

The  cushions  are  composed  of  layers  of  canvas 
and  rubber,  capable  of  resisting  a  strain  of  about 
40  Ibs.  to  the  inch,  and  they  are  inflated  by  means 
of  air  compressors  worked  by  engines  at  the  side 
of  the  dock.  They  are  protected  outside  with  rope 
matting.  The  form  of  the  bag  when  inflated  re- 
sembles a  bellows  with  a  cushioned  top,  and  the 
lower  expanding  section  has  inlet  and  relief  pipes, 
the  latter  employed  to  allow  the  air  to  escape  after 
a  given  pressure  has  been  exceeded.  Access  to 
any  part  of  the  ship's  bottom  can  be  gained  by  al- 
lowing the  air  to  escape  from  one  or  more  bags, 
and  so  making  it  clear  of  the  ship,  while  the  latter 
is  supported  by  the  adjacent  cushions. 

Air  Cyl'iri-der.     One  in  which  air  is  the  mov- 


ing power  to  operate  a  piston,  or  is  acted  upon  by 
the  moving  piston. 

Such  are  found  in  various  engines  and  devices :  — 

Air  engines.  Air  cylinders  of  car-brakes. 

Air  compressors.  Compressed-air  engines. 

Caloric  engines.  Air-pumps. 

Hot-air  engines. 

Some  of  which  names  are  synonyms. 

Air'-drain.  (Add.)  2.  (Molding.)  A  large 
passage,  often  of  considerable  length,  to  conduct 
the  gases  safely  from  heavy  castings  deeply  bedded 
in  the  floor  of  a  foundry. 

Air  En'gine.    An  engine  driven  by  heated  air. 

The  air  engine  of  Woodbury,  Merrill,  Patten  & 
Woodbury,  patents  June  8,  1880,  heats  and  cools 
the  same  air  alternately.  It  has  two  working  cyl- 
inders, 10"  diameter  X  24"  stroke,  and  two  revers- 
ers,  20"  diameter  X  12"  stroke.  The  essential  fea- 
tures of  the  engine  are  a  heater,  regenerator,  and 
cooler,  which  three  in  combination  are  termed  a 
reverser,  and,  in  conjunction'with  a  working  cylinder, 
constitute  a  single  acting  engine.  The  rapid  heat- 
ing and  cooling  of  the  air  is  necessary  with  each 
stroke,  and  the  rapidity  with  which  this  is  accom- 
plished is  one  of  the  peculiar  excellences  of  this 
machine.  The  heating  is  by  fuel  in  the  furnace ; 
the  cooling  by  the  circulation  "of  water  around  small, 
thin  copper  tubes  through  which  the  air  passes.  See 
HOT-AIR  ENGINE. 

The  term  air  engine  has  become  somewhat  gen- 
eral, and  instances  of  one  class  are  given  under 
Caloric  engine, 
Compression  engine, 
Hot-air  engine, 
and  of  another  under 

Compressed-air  engine, 
Air  compressor,  etc. 

See  list  under  AIR  APPARATUS. 

Air  E'qual-i-zer.  A  device  to  distribute  a 
blast  of  air  equally  throughout  the  working  space 
in  a  machine,  to  prevent  its  tendency  to  establish  a 
central  current  and  prove  inefficient  at  the  sides  of 
the  chamber. 

See,  for  instance.  Shaver's  device  in  middlings- 
purifiers,  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  2. 

Air  Fil'ter.  A  proteciive  ventilator  consisting 
of  a  cloth  interwoveu  with  thin  brass  wire  to  act  as 
a  filter  for  the  air.  It  is  to  be  attached  to  the  upper 
and  lower  sashes  so  as  to  close  the  openings. 

Gaston  Tissandier  has  made  some  investigations 
into  the  quantity  of  dust  contained  in  35.3  cubic 
feet  of  air,  by  causing  that  quantity  of  air  to  pass 
through  a  tube  packed  with  gun-cotton,  which  fil- 
ters out  the  particles.  He  then  dissolved  the  gun- 
cotton  in  ether,  and  was  thus  enabled  to  obtain 
the  particles  in  a  separated  condition.  After  a 
heavy  rain,  M.  Tissandier  has  collected  0.09  of  a 
grain  of  dust  in  the  above-mentioned  quantity  of 
air,  but  in  dry  weather  this  proportion  rose  to  0.3 
of  a  grain.  With  regard  to  the  nature  of  the  ma- 
terial, he  found  that  about  one  third  was  organic, 
one  third  silicious,  and  the  rest  composed  of  vari- 
ous substances. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  January  24,  p.  19. 

See  instances.  Figs.  95-100,  pp.  46,  47,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Air  Fur'nace.  (Metallurgy.)  One  depending 
upon  the  draft  of  a  chimney,  as  distinct  from  a 
blast  furnace.  A  wind  furnace. 

Air  Gage.  A  manometer  to  indicate  the  pres- 
sure of  air  or  gas  in  a  vessel  or  chamber. 

It  is  sometimes  similar  to  a  steam  gage,  but  in 
other  instances,  such  as  the  piezometer,  it  serves  to 
register  enormous  pressures  of  gas  in  the  explosion 
of  charges  of  powder.  See  list  under  "  MEASURING 
AND  RECORDING  APPARATUS,"  infra. 


AIR-GAS   APPARATUS. 


16 


AIR   GATE. 


Air'-gas  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Another  name  for 
the  Carburetor,  in  which  coal-gas  or  air  is  passed 
through  a  volatile  hydro-carbon  to  increase  or  con- 
fer the  illuminating  power.  See  CARBURETOR,  p. 
464,  "  Mcch.  Diet." 

Air  Gate.  (Molding.)  An  opening  direct  from 
a  large  mold,  through  which  the  displaced  air  es- 
capes at  the  time  of  pouring,  and  in  which  the 
metal  afterward  rises.  A  riser. 

Air  Gov'er-nor.     An  instrument  attached  to 

an  air-compressor,  or  blowing  engine,  to  regulate  the 

pressure  of  air  in  rock  drills,  blast  furnaces,  etc., 

where  a  uniform  pressure  of  air  is  desirable.     The 

Fig.  27. 


Air  Governor  on  Air-compressing  Machine. 

air  governor  may  be  set  to  any  desired  pressure, 
and  operates  to  turn  off  the  steam  from  the  steam 
cylinder  when  the  air  pressure  rises  too  high,  and 
turns  on  more  steam  when  the  air  pressure  goes 
down.  See  also  AIR-SPRING  GOVERNOR. 

Air  Gun.    A  compact  and  elegant  form  of  the 

Fig. 


air  gun,  in  which  the  whole,  of  the  hollow  sheet- 
metal  butt  is  utilized  as  an  air  reservoir,  charged 
by  a  piston  in  the  barrel,  may  be  seen  in  Labou- 
laye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  ft  Sciences,"  Article 
"  Air  Comprime'"  Tome  iv.,  Figs.  3317-3319,  edi- 
tion of  1877. 

In  the  same  article  is  the  device  by  M.  Bourdon 
for  testing  the  force  of  the  blow  delivered  by  the 
bullet  from  an  air  gun,  Fig.  3320. 

Hyde's  Air  Gun,  "Scientific  American,"  *xliii.  134. 

Air'-head.  (Mining.)  A  channel  driven  on  a 
level  with  the  top  of  the  gate  road,  about  four  yards 
distant  therefrom. 

Air  Heat'er.  Generally  :  a  device  to  heat  air, 
as  in  a  HEATING  STOVE  or  HEATING  FURNACE, 
which  see. 

Specifically :  a  device  to  heat  air  to  feed  fur- 
naces, whether  heating  or  metallurgic.  The  Sie- 
mens, Ponsard,  Bicheroux,  and  other  furnaces  of 
the  class,  have  regenerators  to  heat  the  incoming 
air.  See  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  REGEN- 
ERATOR, AIR  ENGINE,  etc. 

Thonger's  air  heater,  for  locomotive  furnaces,  is  shown  in 
"Scientific  American,''  *  xxxv.  102. 

The  Boswell  air  heater,  for  stoves,  furnaces,  laundries, 
fruit  dryers,  etc.,  is  shown  in  "Mining  and  Scientific  Press,'' 
*  xxxvii.  281. 

Air  heater  by  waste  gases,  '"  ''Engineer,''  xlviii.  321. 

Air  In-ject'or.  A  blowing  device  to  throw  a 
jet  of  air.  Such  arc  found  in  atomizers,  in  some 
classes  of  fine  sawing  machines,  to  blow  away  the 
dust,  and,  as  in  the  instance  shown,  in  connection 
with  dentists'  burring  engines. 

A  rubber  bulb  is  compressed  automatically  by 
means  of  a  simple  mechanism,  which  is  connected 
with  and  worked  by  the  driven  pulley.  The  air  is 
forced  from  the  bulb  through  the  connecting  rub- 
ber tube  to  a  fixed  nozzle  at  the  hand-piece,  whence 
it  is  thrown  into  the  cavity  of  the  tooth.  The  air 
thus  driven  out  of  the  bulb  leaves  a  vacuum  which 
is  instantly  filled  again  with  air  from  the  patient's 
mouth.  This  alternate  exhaustion  and  supply  is 
kept  up  so  rapidly,  even  at  the  ordinary  speed  of 
the  pulley,  that  the  air  is  injected  in  a  continuous 
stream  into  the  cavity.  This  appliance  operates  to 
keep  the  cavity  clear  of  bur-dust  and  cuttings,  and 
also  to  keep  the  bit  cool  while  in  use. 


Dr.  Hickman's  Air  Injector  for  Dental  Engines 


Air  Lock.  An  intermediate  chamber  between 
the  outer  air  and  the  compressed-air  chamber  of  a 
pneumatic  caisson.  See  Plate  II.,  op.  page  49, 
"  Mech.  Diet."  and  Figure  1021,  page  421,  ibid. 

The  air  lock  is  the  subject  of  a  paper  in  the 
"Annales  des  Fonts  et  Chausse'es,"  reproduced  in 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine,"  vol.  xxii.,  p.  151,  et  seq. 
The  paper  is  by  M.  A.  Heinercheidt,  and  particu- 
larly concerns  an  improved  closing  port  for  the 
discharge  in  lock.  It  is  well  illustrated. 

See  also  article  "Air  Comprime,"  in  Laboulaye^s  "Dic- 
tionnaire des  Arts  et  Sciences,''1  Tome  iv.,  tfigs.  3314-3316, 
edition  of  1877. 

Also  air  lock  and  dredging  apparatus.  Prague.  *" En- 
gineering,'' xxix.  14. 

Air  Lo'co-mo'tive.  A  locomotive  driven  hy 
heated  air  or  compressed  air,  usually  the  latter. 

See  COMPRESSED-AIR  ENGINES  ;  STREET  CAR 
MOTORS,  etc. 

See  notices  on  p.  603,  "Mech.  Diet."  of 

Bompas,  1828.  Parsey,  1847. 

Also,  on  pp.  2422-2424,  ibid.,  of 


Medhurst,  1800. 
Bompas,  1828. 
Wright,  1828. 
Mann,  1829. 
Surrey,  1856. 
Pinkits,  1834-39. 
Turnbull. 
Fontainemoreau,  1844. 


Anderson,  1846. 

Fell,  1847. 

Van  Kathen,  1847. 

Johnson, 1856. 

Creever  $  Keeney,  1859. 

Smith,  1871. 

Bowen,  1873. 


The  air  locomotive  of  Major  Beaumont,  R.  E. 
(British),  was  lately  tried  (1880). 

"  The  engine  having  received  a  charge  of  100  cubic  feet 
of  air,  with  a  pressure  of  1,000  pounds  to  the  square  inch, 
left  the  Royal  Arsenal  station,  on  October  6th,  at  12.22  p.  M.. 
for  a  run  to  Dartford  and  back,  about  16  miles.  In  order  to 
increase  the  energy  of  the  air,  it  was  heated,  on  being  ad- 
mitted to  the  cylinder,  by  a  very  small  quantity  of  steam. 
The  indications  on  the  pressure-gage,  as  different  stations 
were  passed,  were  940  pounds  at  12.27  P.  M.  ;  860  pounds  at 
12.33 ;  and  760  pounds  at  12.40  ;  540  pressure  being  the  store 
of  energy  on  arriving  at  Dartford  at  12.50.  Waste  having 
been  occasioned  by  shunting,  the  return  journey  began  with 
a  pressure  of  510  pounds  at  1.35  P.  M.,  and  Plumstead  station 
was  again  reached  at  2.10.  This  locomotive,  not  so  large  as 


AIR   GATE. 


17 


ATR-PUMP. 


one  of  our  common  street-cars,  weighs  about  10  tons,  and 
draws  a  load  of  16  tons  up  a  moderate  incline.  It  can  be 
charged  with  air  in  fifteen  minutes,  does  not  send  out  any 
rush  of  steam  or  noxious  gases,  and  makes  only  a  trifling 
noise.  Its  sanitary  advantages  for  underground  work  are 
obvious,  and  it  can  also  be  used  for  surface  roads."  —  British. 
Paper. 

The  compressed-air  locomotive  (model)  of  the  "  Polytech- 
nic College  of  Philadelphia, ':  is  noticed  in  "Scientific  Amer- 
ican iSitpplt.ment,"  p.  624. 

Sec,  also,  Official  Reports  of  Paris  Exposition  of  1878,  vol. 
iv.,  p.  461,  Commissioner  Anderson's  Report,  for 

*  JHekarski's  compressed-air  motor. 

*  La m m-Fr/t n ri/'. s  tireless  locomotive. 

See,  also,  for  Mekarski'f.  "Scientific  American,''  *xxxv. 
82. 

Air  Me'ter.  An  instrument  for  measuring  the 
rate  of  motion  of  an  air  current ;  used  in  mines, 
hospitals,  etc. 

Casella's  air  meter  is  shown  under  ANEMOME- 
TER, which  see. 

Air  Mois'ten-er.  An  evaporator  exposed  to 
the  heat  of  a  stove,  heating  pipes,  or  radiator,  to 
impart  moisture  to  the  atmosphere.  See  EVAPO- 
RATOR. 

Air  Pis'tol.  A  small  weapon  differing  in  no 
substantial  respect  but  size  and  portability  from 
the  air  gun. 

Air-press'ure  Reg'u-la'tor.  An  instrument 
for  preserving  an  even  pressure  in  pneumatic  ap- 
paratus. 

Fig.  29. 


Air-pressure  Regulator. 

A,  Chamber  filled  with  air  at  the  desired  pressure. 

B,  .Space  filled  with  water. 

<'.  Caoutchouc  membrane  separating  the  air  from  the  wa- 
ter, and  lifted  by  the  levers  HI  by  means  of  the  rod  T. 

D,  Pressure  pump,  with  its  supply  and  discharge-pipes 
F  E  respectively. 

G,  Water-pipe  leading  to  the  machines  in  communication 
with  the  chamber. 

(In  prolongation  on  the 
same  axis,  the  journals 
of  which  are  packed  in 
the  box  S. 

J,  Kod  terminating  in  a  cap-piece  R,  and  connecting  the 
slotted  sector-guide  P  to  the  lever  H. 

K,  Regulation  cock,  moving  automatically  by  means  of  its 


lever  and  a  link  connecting  it  to  the  rod  J.  Its  purpose  in 
.o  prevent  overstrain  of  the  caoutchouc  diaphragm  when  the 
latter  is  at  its  farthest  depression. 

L,  Counterpoise  on  the  belt-shipping  lever  axis  V. 

O,  Levers  fixed  on  the  axis  V,  and  connected  at  their  ends 
by  a  gudgeon  traversing  the  slot  of  the  sector  P. 

P,  Sector-guide  loose  on  the  axis  V. 

Q,  Forks  loose  on  the  arbor  V,  jointed  to  the  piece  JW, 
which  limits  their  movement. 

N  iV,  Fast  and  loose  pulleys  on  the  axis  of  the  eccentric 
V,  which  works  the  pump  rod. 

The  cut  represents  the  diaphragm  near  the  end 
of  its  downward  extension.  The  cock,  K,  is  nearly 
closed,  and  allows  passage  to  the  minimum  quan- 
tity of  water. 

In  the  disposition  of  parts  exhibited  in  the  cut, 
the  pump  is  about  to  start ;  the  ball  L,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  position  given  to  the  levers,  0,  by  the 
sector  P,  has  passed  the  vertical,  and  is  about  to 
draw  on  the  belt  fork,  and  bring  the  belt  upon  the 
fast  pulley  N. 

The  pump  continues  to  work  until  the  raising  of 
the  diaphragm  by  excess  of  water  shall  act  in- 
versely, by  the  connections  already  cited,  upon  the 
ball  L,  and  shift  back  the  belt  to  the  loose  pulley 
N'. 

Air'-pump.  The  uses  of  the  air-pump  have 
largely  multiplied  since  its  invention  by  Otto  von 
Guericke. 

Fig. 


\'__ySu&^^  -  --      -- ; 

Otto  von  Guericke's  Air-pump,  and  the  Magdeburg  Hemi- 
spheres.    (From  a  recent  photograph.) 

The  original  pump,  lately  brought  to  light  at  a 
loan  collection,  is  5'  high  ;  the  hemispheres  are  26" 
diameter  ;  two  receivers  form  a  part  of  the  group. 

See  Father  Schott's  "  Technica  Curiosa." 

1.  The  air-pump  used  by  divers  has  usually  three 
cylinders  and  three  single-acting  pistons,  operated 
by  a  three-throw  crank.     A  form  manufactured  in 
Boston    is   shown  under   SUBMARINE    AIR-PUMP. 
See  AIR   COMPRESSOR,   DIVING-HELL,   RESPIRA- 
TOR, etc.,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

2.  The  air-compression  pump  of  the  Westing- 
house  air-brake  has  a  steam  cylinder  and  air  cylin- 
der placed  in  line,  and  with  piston-rod  connecting 
the  two  pistons.     The  steam  and  air  admission  and 
exhaust  of  the  respective  cylinders  are  governed  by 
valves  in  the  passages.    See  RAILWAY-CAR  BRAKE. 

3.  The  air-pump  used  in  carburetors  is  usually 
a  form  of  meter  wheel,  or  a  device  like  the  tym- 
panum.    See  pp.  464  et  seq.,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

4.  An  air-pump  used  for  beer  fountains  is  shown 
in  Fig.  31.     It  is  somewhat  of  a  refinement  upon 
the  mere  lift-pump  leading  from  each  cask  to  the 
dispensing  tap  at  the  counter. 


AIR-PUMP. 


18 


AIR-REFRIGERATING   MACHINE. 


8.  The  independent  air-pump  is  one  driven  by 
another  motor, in  place  of  being  actuated  by  a  crank 
on  the  main  shaft.     Such  an  air-pump  is  sometimes 
used  in  connection  with  a  condenser,  and  being-  in- 
dependent, a  vacuum  may  be  formed  for  the  engine 
before  it  is  staited. 

Otherwise  the  air-pump  is  combined  with  a  cir- 
culating pump  which  takes  the  water  from  the  hot- 
well  and  semis  it  to  the  boiler. 

9.  (Surgical.)     Air-pump  for  cupping :  Fig.  195, 
p.  64,  Part  I.,  Tifinami'g  "Armamentarium  Chirur- 
gicum." 

Jtmod't  boot  and  arm,  for  drv  cupping.  Rid.  Figs.  176, 
177.  pp.  112,  113.  Part  IV. 

Air-pump  for  sprav  producer  and  atomizer.     Ibi  ' . 

S9,  Par*  II.  " 

s-ee  also  Als-Pl'XP.   p.  I'  Mech.    Ditt.''1     Aspt- 

9OL 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 


Air-pump. 


Otto  Von  Gufrickt 
Simple.     Hopkim 
Moll 
Weindtl 


Air-pump  and  Condenser.    Tangyt  *' 
Air-pump  Condenser  (Engl.)     .     ,  *' 
Air-pump  for  supplying  air-ves- 
pumps.      Wifptrman   4" 
Lneif      .........   *  ' 

Air-pump  "  Xiagara,1"  Duplex  .     .  *  • 
Air-pressure  acid  pump.  Wyllie  (Br.)  *' 


.Sc.  Am.,"  si.  35. 
Sc.  Am..''  xxxiv.  371. 
Sc.Am..-'  xx\' 

xxivii  343, 
'Engineering.-'  xxii.  51. 
N-.  Am.  Sup.."  1731. 


•Engineer,"  xlriii.  4ti2 
:S(.'Am.  Sup.."  499. 
•Se.  .4m.  S»w- 


Compressed-air  Beer-pump. 

A  single  pump,  D,  condenses  air  in  a  cylinder,  C, 
which  connects  by  pipes  to  the  spile-hole  of  each 
cask.  From  the  faucet  of  each  cask  proceeds  up- 
wardly a  pipe  through  the  case  B,  to  the  dispensing 
table  A.  F  is  a  manometer,  to  indicate  the  press- 
ure. 

Arrangements  on  similar  principles  are  used  in 
France  in  cellars  and  wine-vaults  for  transferring 
and  racking  wines ;  for  heating  them  on  the  new 
process,  to  give  the  quality  of  a^e.  etc. 

Air-pumps  of  this  class  are  largely  used  in  the 
United  States  in  breweries  and  other  factories, 
where  quantities  of  liquids  are  to  be  moved.  For 
this  purpose  direct  pressure  of  air  is  more  manage- 
able and  convenient  than  the  ordinary  liquid  pump 
of  whatever  class.  They  are  classed  as  air-pumps 
up  to  a  pressure  of  thirty  pounds. 

5.  Air-pumps    for  a  pressure    exceeding  thirty 
pounds  per  square  inch  are  known  as  air-compress- 
mq  machines,  which  see.     The   air  locomotive   of 
Colonel  Beaumont,  of  Woolwich,  England,  is  said  to 
start  with  a  reservoir  filled  at  a  pressure  of  66  at- 
mospheres, while  the  Dubois  and  Francois  air  com- 
pressor delivers  air  to  the  rock  drills  at  3$  atmos- 
pheres. 

6.  Blowers  may   be   classed   as   air-pumps,   but 
whether  for  urging  fires  or  for  ventilation,  their 
force  is  usually  far  inferior  to  that  of  the  ordinary 
air-compressing   engines,  for   the   service   of  rock 
drills,  for  instance. 

7.  Geissler's  air-pump  without  valve,  as  improved 
by  MM.  Alvergniat  Freres,  of  Paris,  and  which 
suppresses  respace  nuisibif,  is  shown  with  illustra- 
tion on  p.  491,  vol.  iii.,  of  the  "  Reports  of  Paris  Ex- 
hibition "  of  1867.     Succeeding  pages  describe 

*  KrarogTx  mercurial  air-pump. 

*  Riekar'it'  TalTeless  air-pump  (Plate  VIII.). 

*  Dtlatilf'  free-piston  air  pomp. 

The  Spmtgel  air-pump  is  shown  at  Fig.  393,  p.  170,  "Jaee*. 
Diet.-' 


Air-re-frig'er-a'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
constructed  by  Hall,  of  Partford.  Kugland,  for  re- 
frigerating the  hold  of  an  Australian  meat-ship, 
has  a  pair  of  horizontal  trunk-engines  mount*. d  on 
top  of  a  condenser.  To  one  side  is  bolted  a  com- 
pressing cylinder,  27"  diameter  and  IS"  stroke: 
to  the  other  side  is  bolted  the  expansion  cylinder, 
•2-2"  diameter  and  IS "  stroke.  Both  these  cylin- 
ders are  open-topped.  The  valves  are  placed  in 
the  bottoms  of  the  cylinders,  and  are  worked  by 
c-ims  on  the  crank-shaft  ami 

into  the  compressing  cylinder  on  the  up-stroke,  and 
delivered  on  the  down-stroke  into  the  surface  con- 
denser, at  a  pressure  of  about  50  Ibs.  to  55  Ibs.  on 
the  square  inch.  The  air  here  parts  with  its  heat 
in  the  condenser,  and  it  is  then  delivered  into  the 
expansion  cylinder,  the  valve  of  which  cuts  uff  at 
about  one  fourth  stroke.  The  expanded  un- 
delivered through  a  pipe  into  the  room  to  be  , 
About  fifty  per  cent,  of  the  work  expended  in  the 
compressing  cylinder  is  returned  in  the  expansion 
cylinder,  the  difference  being  made  up  by  the  en- 
gine. In  the  form  recommended  for  ordinary  use, 
the  height  is  kept  down  to  render  i:  s:  ecially  suit- 
able for  the  space  between  decks  ;  but  the  machine 
can  be  made  to  take  almost  any  form,  and  can  be 
made  of  any  dimensions  to  suit  particular  require- 
ments. The  condenser  or  refrigerate: 
nests  of  brass  tubes,  through  which  the  water  circu- 
lates. The  tubes  have  an  outside  diameter  of  f", 
and  are  accessible  through  man-holes. 

See  illustration  in  "  -Sc.  AM.  Supplement,"  p.  4039. 
See  also  ibid.,  4011.  See  also  *  "Engineer"  1.  24S. 
See  REFRIGERATOR. 

The  apparatus  of  MM.  Nezereanx  and  Garlandat 
has  a  perforated  plate,  over  which  a 
water  runs,  while  a  body  of  air,  driven  by  a  fan, 
courses  through  the  holes,  and  acquires  within  a 
few  degrees  the  temperature  of  the  water.  "  La 
Mature." 

See  also  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  82. 

By  the  use  of  an  air-compressor,  with  tanks  and 
cisterns,  the  temperature  of  a  given  space  may  be 
readily  reduced  nearly  to  the  freezing  point,  if  de- 
sired." Many  processes,  primarily  intended  for  pro- 


AIR-REFRIGERATING    MACHINE.         19 


AIR   TELEGRAPH. 


during  ice,  are  available  for  air-refrigerating  pur- 

AIR-COOLIXG   APPARATUS;  ICE-MACHINE  ; 
in  former  volume-. 

The  following  I'nited  States  patent*  may  be  ex- 
amined  :  — 


N     I 


\     - 

211.7"' 

87,0*1 
•j  t  9U 


19M74 

44,731 


N     • 

17  V-:-l 


Air  Res'er-voir.  The  reservoirs  constructed 
by  Dr.  C.  \V.  s;. 'incus,  for  Colonel  Beaumont,  of 
Woolwich,  Britain,  to  he  used  in  his  air  locomotive, 
and  withstand  a  pressure  of  1,000  Ihs.  to  the  square 
inch,  are  made  of  cylindrical  rii._  '.  rolled 

out  of  solid  ingots  in  a  tire-mill,  and  hemispheric*] 
ends  l>eaten  out  of  steel  boiler-plate. —  / 

•'•rs"  (Br. 
iuced  in   "  .^i-n  iitiric  Amt,  "         •  ment," 

The  Matthews'  reservoirs  of  similar  shape  made 

for  carbonated  waters,  and   used  rs  for 

carbonic-acid  gas  in  the  I'nited  S:at<  s  torpedo  ser- 

-heet  steel,  coated  with 

tin,  and    sweated    to^ctlier.      *-  -   .  iptiou  on  p. 

~  M.cli.  /- 

A  peculiar  arrangement  of  air  reservoirs  in 
pumps,  to  totallv  exclude  the  shock,  is  shown  in 
"  Dinylfrs'  Join-mil."  and  re]>roduced  in  "  Scimtiric 
American,"  xxx\  i 

Air'-spring.  A  spring  in  which  the  elasticity 
of  air  is  utilized  in  jilace  of  metallic  or  other  ma- 
terial. 

1.  The  air-spring  used  in  a  reciprocating  flat 
'.'inting-press,  to  -top  and  reverse  I  lie  move- 
ment of  the  bed.  is  a  very  importunt  improvement 
over  the  wire  spring,  being  almost  indisj" 
for  high  rates  i«f  speed.  To  overcome  the  mo- 
nieiitum  of  the  ;  -  X  46"  drum  cylinder 

•\ith  a  full  form  of  type  running  at  the  rate 
of  l.OOd  impressions  per  hour,  is  calculated  to  re- 
quire aUuit  _'.5."iO  pounds  of  resistance  on  each 
center. 

Fig.  32. 


2.  Air-springs  are  also  used  in  gun  carri.;. 
arrest  the  recoil  of  the  gun;  or  to  utilize  the  recoil 
of  the  gun  to  assist  in  elevating  the  gun  in  hatterv, 
after  being  depressed  for  loading. 

Notices  are  i;iven  on   p.   los;..  ••.!/•  .•/,.  Diet.,"  of 
the  invention  of  Ka.!s  ( lNl.V-1871 ). 

Moucrieff  has  another  form.     See  HvDuo-rNKf- 

MATIC    Gl  N  -CAliKIAGK. 

3.  The   use  of    the    air-spring   in  car-springs    is 
shown  in  Fi_-  17.V>.  "M< 

4.  The  air-spring  is  MM   in  the  spring  hammer 
of  Hotehkiss,  air  !>eing  used  as  the  elastic  medium, 
links  in  the  reciprocating  cylinder  allowing  free  in- 

,ud  egress  of  air.  insuring  a  perfect  cushion 
.   !i  stroke. 


r.   > 
4,965 

19,764 


Kl>l:     All:    AM>     I'M  I'M  \  !  K      M 

rncuinatir  Sjirinjr  (Railway). 

1'iu-u;  •  rarriage). 

riu'uni:iti<-  S]  ay). 

AirSjir::  :i,MV.Hgons. 

riu-\iiu:it.ir  Sprinsi  K'arri.i. 

rucuiii:itic  Si'mii:  1or  C;ir.N,  etc. 

riu-iunatu-  Sj.vn  . 

riifiuuatu-  Spring  (Railway). 

Air  Spriner  (Il:i, 

1'iu'ui  liailway). 

Air  Sprini;  (H:u 

1 'lit' uina tic  Spriiii:    llaih>  . 

riu-u.  ainl  KuM>t  r  Spring  ('Railway). 

I'lu-uiiiatic  Spring  (!;.• 

Automatic  Vent-i'iH-iKT  for  Air-jprings. 


Air'-spring  Gov'er-nor.  An  attachment  to 
an  air-spring  arrangement  to  regulate  the  pressure. 

The  instance  illustrated  represents  the  governor 
attached  to  an  improved  form  of  flat-bed  printing 
j  press,  to  regulate  the  pressure  of  the  air  in  the  re- 
coil spring."  Fig.  33  shows  the  governor  attached 
to  the  connecting  pipe,  with  the  plug  valve,  which 
it  oj>erates,  and  two  spring  gages  to  indicate  the 


Fi6.  33. 


Air-spring  Governor. 


•r  Bed  of  Printing 

The  air-spring  is  used  on  the  presses  of  several 
of  the  superior  makers.  The  press  spring  shown  in 
crnor  attachment,  by  which,  w  hen 
the  pr  d,  the  air-spring  is  automatically 

j>ut  on.  according  as  the  feed  progre.-s.-s.  and  in 
stopping  the  s|irinur  po\\er  is  decreased  ;us  the  feed 
declines.  The  bed  is  provided  with  two  cylinders 
•  ith  as  many  plungers  at  the  ends  of  the 
frame,  and  the  hollow  rods  of  these  plunders  are 
connected  by  a  pipe  running  alouir  the  lower  part 
of  the  frame ;  which  pipe  is  opened  or  closed  bv  the 
valve  of  the  governor.  (See  next  article.) 

The  plunger  has  a  hollow  rod  and  an  automatic 
valve  at  it-  extremity.  This  valve  rises  on  the  re- 
turn motion  of  the  bed,  and  prevents  a  vacuum 
forming  in  the  cylinder.  Fig.  32  shows  a  longitu- 
dinal section  of  the  device. 


amount  of  con- 
densation    in 
binders. 

The  val  ve  is 
shut  by  the 
motion  of  the 
lire  .-  s  w  li  e  n 
r  u  n  n  i  n  g  a  t 
speed,  a  n  d  is 
open  when  the 
.it  rest. 

T  h  i  s  enables 
the  press  to  l)f 
started  at  any 
point  without 
helping  it  over 
the  centers  In- 
hand.  Th'e 
spring  gages  indicate  the  pressure  in  the  air  cylin- 
ders, and  tin's  is  determined  by  setting  the  plunders 
backward  or  forward  on  their  rods,  readilv  adjust- 
ing the  amount  of  spring  to  the  speed  of  the  press. 
The  press  is  furnished  with  a  table  showing  the 
gaee  pressures  indicating  the  amount  of  spring  re- 
quired for  the  different  speeds  run.  The  workman 
simply  adjusts  the  plungers  until  the  gages  indi- 
cate the  pressure  laid  down  on  the  tablet 

Air  Strain'er.     A  gauze  or  perforated  plate  to 
prevent  ingress  with  the  air,  of  dirt,  dust,  or  in- 
Such  are  used  with  the  pump  of  the  railway 
air-brake,  in  lihering  the  air  for  ventilation,  etc. 

See  also  AIK  FILTER. 

Air  Tel'e-graph.  A  mode  of  communication 
known  in  France  under  the  name  of  Sounerie  tele- 
graphique,  systeme  Sparre.  The  principle  is,  that 
a  compression  of  air  produced  by  the  pressure  on 
or  squeezing  of  an  India-rubber  ball  at  one  end  of 


AIR   TELEGRAPH. 


20 


ALARM  WHISTLE. 


a  long  tube  (generally  a  leaden  pipe)  is  immedi- 
ately transmitted  to  the  other,  and  there  makes  au- 
dible signals.  This  mode  of  telegraphing  is  used 
in  hotels,  manufactories,  vessels,  etc.,  for  limited 
distances. 

Generally  known  as  Pneumatic  telegraph,  and  il- 
lustrated by  Fig.  3854,  on  p.  1755,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Air  Test'ing.  To  detect  the  presence  of  mi- 
ner's fire-damp,  various  instruments  have  been  em- 
ployed. See  FIRE-DAMP  DETECTOR  ;  GRISOUME- 
TER. 

Professor  Wanklyn  and  W.  J.  Cooper  have 
brought  before  the  Sanitary  Institute  of  England 
a  new  process  for  testing  air.  A  strongly  alkaline 
solution  of  permanganate  of  potassium  is  prepared, 
the  strength  of  which  is  determined  accurately. 
They  allow  a  known  volume  of  this  solution  to  act 
on  a  given  volume  of  air  heated  nearly  to  the  tem- 
perature of  boiling  water.  After  allowing  the  solu- 
tion to  act  on  the  air  they  again  determine  the 
strength;  the  loss  of  strength  represents  the  amount 
of  oxygen  consumed  by  a  known  volume  of  air. 
The  purer  the  air  the  less  the  consumption  of  oxy- 
gen. 

Air  Ther-mom'e-ter.  In  a  loan  collection  of 
scientific  apparatus  lately  exhibited  at  the  "  South 
Kensington  Museum,"  London,  the  air  thermom- 
eter of  Galileo  was  shown.  It  was  substantially 
like  that  of  Santorio,  of  Padua,  shown  at  Fig. 
116,  p.  53,  "Mech.  Diet."  The  illustration  in  the 
"Illustrated  London  News  "  of  the  period  is  repro- 
duced in  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  p.  742. 

The  same  work,  at  p.  8929,  gives  an  account  of  Witz's  air 
thermometer. 

For  Winstanley's  air  thermometer,  see  "Engineering,"" 
*  xxx.,  459. 

Air  Trap.  A  device  in  a  conduit  to  allow  air 
to  escape  at  the  more  elevated  portions  where  it 
passes  over  summits. 

A  stop-cock,  to  be  used  as  occasion  may  require, 
is  the  simplest  form,  but  automatic  appliances  have 
been  invented.  That  of  Felix  (French),  used  on 
the  pipe-lines  for  the  conveyance  of  beet-juice,  is 
an  iron  bell  tested  to  15  atmospheres,  placed  at  an 
elevated  point  on  the  pipe,  where  it  is  adjusted  by 
two  opposite  tubulures  soldered  to  its  lower  part. 
In  the  center  is  a  pump  cylinder  in  which  slides  a 
piston,  the  rod  of  which  passes  through  the  summit 
of  the  bell  and  communicates  motion  to  a  safety- 
valve.  The  air  rises  to  the  summit  of  this,  passes 
into  the  cylinder,  and  gradually  exercises  a  suffi- 
ciently strong  pressure  upon  the  piston  to  cause 
it  to  descend  and  open  the  escape-valve.  A  large 
portion  of  the  air  is  ejected,  the  piston  rises  and 
closes  the  valve,  and  so  on. 

Air  Valve.  A  valve  to  regulate  the  admission 
or  egress  of  air. 

1.  Such  are  used  in  bends  and  traps  of  water- 
pipes  to  allow  escape  of  accumulated  air ;  as  in  a 
of  Fig.  34. 

Fig.  34. 


Air   Valves. 


Self-acting  Air 
Valve. 


2.  A  valve  to  be  operated  by  a  float  to  close  a 
pipe  communicating  with  a  cistern  (b). 


3.  A  screw  valve,  c,  to  close  the  opening  of  an  air 
reservoir ;  such  as  an  air  cushion,  for  instance. 

4.  An  automatic  air  valve  is  shown  in  Fig.  35. 
It  consists  of  an  oblate  spheroidal  disk  placed  in  a 
chamber,  and  having  attached  to 

its  radial  axis  a  valve,  which  has 
its  seat  in  the  passage  to  be 
guarded.  Changes  in  the  heat 
of  the  disk  chamber  affect  the  ob- 
lateness  of  the  disk  and  move  the 
valve  toward  or  from  its  seat. 
Expansion  by  heat  acting  in 
greater  degree  upon  the  exterior 
surface  decreases  the  oblateness 
and  shuts  the  valve  opening.  A 
curved  plate  would  act  similarly. 
A  plate  of  two  metals  of  unequal 
expansibility  by  a  given  degree  of 
heat  would  do  the  same  without 
being  normally  curved.  See  in- 
stances of  thermostatic  arrange- 
ment in  LOW-WATER  ALARMS  (2), 
D  E  of  Fig.  3008,  p.  1359,  "M <•<•!». 
Diet."  See,  also,  THERMOSTAT, 
pp.  2551,  2552,  Ibid.,  especially 
Fig.  6374,  p.  2552. 

Al'a-bas'ter  Im'i-ta'tion. 
Coat  a  statue  of  plaster-of-paris,  or  of  papier-mache, 
with  thick  white  damar  varnish,  and  then  dust  with 
a  pulverized  glass. 

To  give  it  the  appearance  of  Carrara  marble,  var- 
nish it  a  second  time,  and  dust  it  with  coarsely  pul- 
veri/.ed  white  glass  or  mica.  If  the  marble  veins  be 
first  traced  on  it  with  some  delicate  blue  pigment, 
the  imitation  will  be  enhanced. 

ParafKne  wax  makes  a  fine  imitation  of  alabaster. 

Another  recipe  for  imitating  alabaster  ornaments 
prescribes  brushing  over  plaster-of-paris  models 
with  spermaceti,  white  wax,  or  a  mixture  of  the 
two,  or  steeping  the  models  in  the  warm  mix- 
ture. Or  instead  of  this  process,  they  may  be 
brushed  over  several  times  with  white  of  egg,  allow- 
ing each  coating  sufficient  time  to  dry. 

A-lan'dier.  (Ceramics,  French.)  A  species  of 
fire-place,  of  which  several  are  placed  around  the 
base  of  a  porcelain  kiln,  j?jg.  35. 

fed  from  the  outside. 
Some  of  them  have  a 
downward  draft  on  to 
the  fire,  from  which  the 
flames  a  r  e  conducted 
into  the  body  of  the 
kiln ;  others  are  ordi- 
nary furnaces  at  the 
base  of  the  kiln. 

The  porcelain  kilns  of 
Sevres,  and  the  fine  fai- 
ence kilns  of  Stafford- 
shire, have  furnaces  of 
this  kind. 

In  the  figure  :  — 

/,  Is  the  fire. 
b',  Entrance  of  air. 

6   Opening    used    only   in  Furnace  a  .Handler. 

starting  the  fire. 

y,  Chimney  leading  into  the  kiln. 
g,  Duct  for  flame  below  the  kiln  floor  k. 
x,  v,  Openings  to  examine  contents  of  kiln. 
u,  Duct  for  cold  air  when  required. 

A-larm'  Whis'tle.  (Steam.)  One  constructed 
to  be  automatically  sounded  when  water  in  the 
boiler  sinks  below  a  certain  level. 

In  Fig.  37,  the  sinking  of  the  float  moves  the 
counter- weighted  lever  and  opens  the  valve,  which 
permits  steam  to  escape  to  the  whistle. 


ALARM  WHISTLE. 


21 


ALIDADE. 


Alarm   whistles  have   also   been  constructed,  to 

be  sounded 
when  the  ab- 
normal heat  of 
n  chamber,  act- 
i  n g  upon  a 
thermostat, 
gives  an  alarm 
of  fire.  Tam- 
pering with  a 
lock  or  a  safe 
may,  by  electric 
connection, 
produce  t  h  e 
same  effect. 

The  alarm 
water-gage  of 
Ledent,  of 


Alarm   Whistle. 


Liege,  is  shown  in  "Scientific  American  Supple- 
ment:' *3899. 

Al'bert-type.  A  printing  process  from  films 
of  bichromated  gelatine  exposed  in  a  camera.  See 
]>.  57,  "Mech.  l)ict." 

A  modified  Albert-type  process,  to  produce  col- 
ored pictures,  was  described  in  the  New  York 
"  World,"  and  the  article  reproduced  in  the  "Sci- 
enlijic  American  Supplement,"  p.  2079. 

The  Albert  process  is  described  at  length  on  p.  18  of  the 
Report  of  Dr.  0.  A.  Doremus,  "  Vienna  Exposition  Reports,''1 
vol.  ii.,  section  D. 

Arbo-car'bon  Light.  One  in  which  the  ordi- 
nary illuminating  gas  is  enriched  by  the  volatiliza- 
tion of  so-called  (Mo-carbon,  the  solid  residuum  of 
creosote,  placed  in  the  form  of  cylinders  in  a  reser- 
voir adjoining  the  burner,  and  heated  thereby. 

"Enyinr-ering" xxTii.,  p.  157 

'•N •/(  uli fie  American  " xl.,  p.  201. 

Al-bu'meii-ized  Pa'per.  Paper  prepared  for 
photographic  uses  by  dipping  in  a  bath  of  white  of 
egg,  drying,  and  pressing. 

Al'cp-hol  En'gine.  In  this  connection  the  fol- 
lowing items  may  be  considered,  in  addition  to  the 
notices  on  pp.  58,  59,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Abbe  d'llauteville  (1682)  describes  an  engine, 
the  action  of  which  was  produced  by  alternately 
evaporating  and  condensing,  without  allowing  it  to 
escape.  —  '•Reflexions  sur  quelques  Machines  a  eleoer 
des  Eaux,"  p.'  9.  Paris,  1682. 

Sec,  also,  English  patent,  No.  5,262  of  1825. 

-<>,  No.  9,118  of  1841.  Tubes  of  alcohol  or  ether  in 
a  steam  boiler,  and  connecting  with  a  cylinder,  the  latter 
with  .-I  condenser.  Vapor  re-used. 

Also,  \V.  Ketland,  Eng.  Patent,  No.  7,526  of  1838.  Applies 
alcohol  to  condense  steam  that  has  worked  an  engine  and 
usi-<  I  he  vapor  generated  to  work  another  engine.  Saves  the 
condensed  spirit  vapor. 

Al'co-hol'me-ter.  The  alcoholmeter  of  Dr. 
Siemens  is  an  instrument  by  which  a  stream  of  al- 
cohol and  water  mixed  in  any  proportion  is  meas- 
ured in  such  a  manner  that  one  train  of  counter 
wheels  records  the  volume  of  the  mixed  liquor, 
while  a  second  counter  gives  a  true  record  6f  the 
amount  of  alcohol  contained  in  it. 

"  The  volume  of  liquid  is  passed  through  a  revolving 
drum,  divided  into  three  compartments  by  radial  divisions, 
and  not  dissimilar  in  appearance  to  an  ordinary  wet  gas- 
meter  :  the  revolutions  of  this  drum  produce  a  record  of  the 
total  volume  of  passing  liquid.  The  liquid,  on  its  way  to 
the  measuring-drum,  passes  through  a  receiver  containing  a 
float  of  thin  metal  filled  with  proof-spirit,  which  float  is  par- 
tially supported  by  means  of  a  carefully  adjusted  spring, 
and  its  position  determines  that  of  a  lever,  the  annular  po- 
sition of  which  causes  the  alcohol  counter  to  rotate  more  or 
less  for  every  revolution  of  the  measuring-drum.  Thus,  if 
water  only  passes  through  the  apparatus,  the  lever  in  ques- 
tion stands  at  its  lowest  position,  when  the  rotation  motion 
of  the  drum  will  not  be  communicated  to  the  alcohol  counter, 


but  in  proportion  as  the  lever  ascends  a  greater  proportion 
of  the  motion  of  the  drum  will  be  communicated  to  the 
alcohol  counter,  and  this  motion  is  rendered  strictly  pro- 
portionate to  the  alcohol  contained  in  the  liquid,  allowance 
being  made  in  the  instrument  for  the  change  of  volume  due 
to  chemical  affinity  between  the  two  liquids. :>  —  Nature. 

Ale  Re-frig'er-a'tor.  1.  An  apparatus  in 
which  malt  liquor  is  cooled  either  by  surface  ex- 
posure; in  pipes  exposed  to  a  cool  bath;  or  in  a 
vessel  traversed  by  pipes  containing  a  refrigerating 
liquid.  See  Fig.  631,  p.  264,  "  Mech.  Diet.;  "  see, 
also,  devices  in  CONDENSER,  Ibid. 

2.  A  case  or  box  in  which  barreled  beer  is  kept 
for  dispensing.  See  Fig.  632,  p.  265,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Areu-rom'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented  by 
M.  Boland  to  measure  the  elasticity  of  the  gluten 
of  flour,  when  submitted  to  the  temperature  re- 
quired to  bake  bread.  Described,  without  cut,  on 
p.  60,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  apparatus  has  a  bath,  K,  of  neat's-foot  oil, 
beneath  which  is  a  lamp.  The  bath  being  heated 
to  318  F.  (150  C.),the  cover  E,  with  the  tube  F,  are 
lowered  and  then  the  aleurometer  proper  is  put  in. 
This  is  a  brass 
tube,  D,  with  a 
movable  base- 
piece,  B,  and  a 
cap,  A,  in  which 
is  a  piston,  (7, 
the  upper  part 
of  which  has  a 
scale  graduated 
from  25  to  50. 
The  piston  be- 
ing down,  half 
the  space  be- 
neath it  is  filled 
with  a  ball  of 
gluten,  pre- 
pared by  knead- 
ing and  work- 
ing flour.  The 
effect  of  the 
heat  is  to  evap- 
orate the  water 
of  the  gluten  (66  per  cent.)  and  the  gluten  swells. 
Until  it  has  doubled  its  volume  the  piston  is  not 
moved.  Beyond  this  it  registers  from  25  to  50. 
Gluten  which  does  not  more  than  double  in  vol- 
ume is  not  fit  for  bread,  and  the  best  has  not  ex- 
ceeded 50. 


Boland'1  s  Aleurometer. 


'Sc.  American  Supplement  "  .  . 
'English  Mechanic"  .... 
'Sc.  American  "  (by  chloroform } 

'  Leffel's  Milling  and  Mech.  News  '• 


*  p.  1871. 

*  xxvi.  85. 
xxxvi.  323; 

120,  258. 

*  vii. 


xxxvii. 


'American  Miller" *  vii.  59. 

Al'ge-rine'.  (Fabric.)  An  all-wool  French 
goods. 

Al'i-dade.  1.  The  movable  arm  of  a  graduated 
instrument  carrying  sights,  or  a  telescope. 

2.  A  theodolite,  or  telemeter,  provided  with  such 
an  arm. 

Two  Viennese  alidades  shown  in  the  Austrian 
Exhibition  may  be  noticed :  — 

"  Kraft  &  Son,  of  Vienna,  had  on  exhibition  an  alidade, 
of  which  the  pillar  carrying  the  telescope  was  swung  on  a 
joint,  so  that  both  pillar  and  telescope  could  be  lowered  and 
made  to  lie  flat  and  parallel  with  the  rule.  The  object  of 
this  rather  hazardous  variation  from  the  ordinary  construc- 
tion was  to  make  the  instrument  more  portable  by  reducing 
the  size  of  its  packing-box. 

"  Starke  &  Kammerer,  instrument-makers  for  the  Austrian 
Polytechnic  Bureau,  exhibited  an  alidade,  with  a  telemeter 
attached  to  and  parallel  with  the  telescope,  by  which  the 
distance  of  the  instrument  from  the  divided  staff  was  deter- 
mined by  the  angle  subtended  by  two  fixed  points  on  the 
staff.  In  other  cases,  the  distance  was  obtained  by  observ- 
ing the  vertical  distance  on  the  staff  subtended  by  a  known 


ALIMENTARY   APPARATUS. 


ALLOY. 


angle  or  two  fixed  wires  in  the  diaphragm  of  the  telescope." 
—  Report  of  R.  D.  Cutts,  "Instruments  of  Precision,''1  Vienna 
Exposition  Reports,  TO!,  ii. ;  §  II,  p.  8. 

Al'i-ment'a-ry  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 
Devices  for  feeding  the  helpless  or  refractory,  such 
are :  — 

Nasal,  esophageal,  rectal.  See  Figs.  403-405,  p. 
101,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgi- 
cum." 

Masticator,  Fig.  406,  Ibid. ;  and  Fig.  3087,  p. 
1407,  "Meek.  Diet." 

A-liz'a-rine.  The  coloring  principle  of  mad- 
der. It  is  made  artificially  from  anthracine,  a 
white  crystalline  substance  obtained  from  coal-tar, 
which  contains  about  0.63  per  cent,  of  anthra- 
cine. 

Paper  by  Johnson  .  .  .  .  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2128. 
Alizarine.  Rum/iff  .  ...  "Sic.  American  Sup.,"  620. 
Alizarine  Blue.  Prud'/wmm£  .  "Sc.  American  Sup.,::  2080. 
Alizarine,  Printing  with  .  .  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  619. 
Alizarine "Sc.  American,''  xli.  232. 

Al'li-ga'tor  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  Forceps 
with  long  jaws  toothed  throughout  their  length. 

Such  are  Thompson's  urethral  forceps  for  litho- 
trity;  Figs.  169-171,  p.  45,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's 
"  Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Farabeuf's  and  Hamilton's  Osteophors,  Figs. 
536,  53  c,  p.  12,  Part  I.,  Ibid. 

And  numerous  other  instances. 

Al'li-ga'tor  Leath'er.  The  tanning  of  alliga- 
tor skins  was  commenced  about  1855,  and  now 
from  17,000  to  20,000  are  tanned  yearly,  which  are 
consumed  by  boot  and  shoe  manufacturers  in  the 
United  States,  as  well  as  exported  to  London  and 
Hamburg. 

Al-loy'.  Tellurium  has  been  proposed  as  a 
substitute  for  copper  as  an  alloy  for  gold  and  silver 
in  coinage.  "  Engineer,"  San  Francisco. 

The  Japanese  alloys  are  mostly  used  for  orna- 
mental castings,  statues,  musical  instruments,  and 
bells.  The  name  given  to  an  alloy  generally  cor- 
responds to  the  color  produced  by  the  treatment 
which  the  objects  have  to  undergo  before  they  are 
finished  ;  thus  some  of  the  alloys  are  named  green 
copper,  violet  copper,  black  copper,  etc.  This  color 
depends  both  upon  the  composition  of  the  alloy  and 
the  chemicals  used  in  coloring  the  metal.  There 
are  many  different  means  used  to  produce  one  and 
the  same  color,  and  it  so  happens  that  almost  every 
manufacturer  uses  particular  compositions  of  his 
own ;  generally  it  is  only  the  proportions  that 
differ,  but  sometimes  even  the  constituent  elements 
are  different,  although  the  alloy  is  called  by  the 
same  name. 

Green  copper  (Sei-Do)  is  composed  of  copper  and 
lead,  ov  copper,  lead,  and  tin. 

Sentoku-do  of  copper,  lead,  and  spelter  —  similar 
to  the  old  Corinthian  alloy  — is  said  to  have  been 
first  produced  by  a  large  conflagration  which  took 
place  in  China  during  the  earlier  part  of  the  fif- 
teenth century. 

Black  alloy  called  U-do,  of  copper,  lead,  and  tin  ; 
the  brass,  of  copper  and  spelter,  sometimes  with  a 
slight  addition  of  lead,  as,  for  instance,  in  Yechiu, 
one  of  the  chief  places  of  production  of  ornamental 
castings  inlaid  with  gold  and  silver;  the  purple 
alloy  is  composed  of  copper  and  lead. 

Gin-shibu-ichi  is  generally  composed  of  four  parts 
of  copper  or  alloy  and  six  parts  of  silver. 

Shaku-do,  copper  with  a  small  percentage  (two  to 
five  per  cent. )  of  gold,  which  produces  a  beautiful 
dark  blue  color,  and  is  mostly  used  for  articles 
formed  by  hammering,  or  for  repousse'  work,  gener- 
ally inlaid  with  gold  and  silver,  and  producing  de- 
signs somewhat  similar  to  Niello. 


Bronze  for  locomotive  whistles  :  — 

Copper 80 

Tin 18 

Antimony 2 

100 
Bronze  for  ball  valves  and  pieces  to  be  brazed  :  — 

Copper 87 

Tin 12 

Antimony 1 


100 


For  working  models  ;  easily  wrought :  — 


Copper 
Tin  . 
Zinc  . 


1 

0.26 


Phosphor-tin  for  journal  boxes  :  — 
Tin  with  from  2.5  to  5  per  cent,  of  phosphorus. 
Ravenue  if  Co.,  of  Berlin,  Ger.,  "Sc.  Am.,"  xl.  118. 

Professor  Silliman's  process  of  making  articles 
of  metallic  alloys  resonant  consists  in  exposing 
them  for  a  determinate  time  to  a  temperature  just 
short  (say  within  10°  Fah.)  of  their  melting  point. 
This  is  claimed  to  endow  them  with  a  musical  qual- 
ity.—  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  182. 
An  alloy  by  Matthey,  of  London  :  — 

Platinum 80.660 

Iridium 19.079 

Rhodium 122 

Iron 098 

Ruthenium 046 

Density  at  32°  Fah.,  21.6139. 

This  is  so  malleable  and  ductile,  that  it  may  be 
drawn  to  a  wire  a  few  hundredths  of  a  mm.  in  di- 
ameter. 

Organ  pipe  metal :  — 

Tin  and  lead  in  equal  parts,  cast  into  sheets  and 
smoothed  with  a  planer;  that  is,  with  a  flat  block 
beaten  by  a  hammer. 

White  alloy,  by  Beirman   &  Clqdius,  of  Hano- 


Copper 72.25 

Manganese 16.25 

Zinc 8.75 

Iron 2.50 

This  alloy  is  malleable,  does  not  change  when 
immersed  in  water  for,  forty  days,  takes  the  silver 
plating  well,  but  is  a  little  yellowish. 

White  alloy,  by  Le  Marquand,  of  Paris.  It  is 
not  liable  to  oxidation :  — 

Copper 750  parts. 

Nickel 140 

Oxide  of  cobalt 20 

Tin 18 

Zinc 72 

1,000 

Alloy,  for  jewelry,  having  the  appearance  of  red 
gold  ^o  fine.  By  Meiffren  &  Co.,  Marseilles  :  — 

Copper 800 

Platinum 25 

Tungstic  acid .  1C 

Gold 170 

The  three  former  are  melted  together  in  a  cruci- 
ble, and  then  granulated  in  — 

Water 1  cubic  meter. 

Slaked  lime 500  grams. 

Carb.  potassa 500  grams. 

The  granulated  metal  is  dried,  remelted,  and  the 
gold  added. 

The  flux  consists  of  boric  acid,  nitrate  of  sodium, 
and  chloride  sodium  in  equal  proportions. 

Alloy  for  jewelry,  in  imitation  of  silver  —  sider- 
aphthite—  (unchangeable  iron),  by  Meiffren  &  Co., 
Marseilles :  — 


ALLOY. 


23 


ALUMINIUM. 


Iron 66 

Nickel 23 

Tungsten 4 

Aluminum 5 

Copper  5 

The  first  two  are  melted  together  and  granulated 
in  a  bath  of  — 

Water 1  cub.  meter. 

Slaked  lime 1  kilo. 

Carb.  potassa 1  kilo. 

The  latter  three  ingredients  are  similarly  treated. 
The  flux  is  one  part  boric  acid  to  one  of  nitrate  of 
potassium.  Sodium  and  charcoal  are  added  in 
melting  the  last-mentioned  batch.  The  separate 
batches  of  granulated  metal  are  then  melted  to- 
gether. 

The  following  patents  may  be  consulted  :  — 


Aluminum  bronze   . 

223,900 

Webster 

Nov.  2,  1880 

Manganese  bronze    . 
Nickel-zinc 

206,604 
225,977 

Parsons 
Fleitmann 

July  30,  1878 
Mar.  SO,  1880 

Journal-box  metal   . 

179,616 

Schoenberg 

July  4,  1876 

Metal  coating  alloy 
Bell-metal  alloy  .     . 
Mook  silver    . 

234,482 
169,648 
153,154 

Jones 
Macker  .     . 
Campbell   . 

Nov.  16,  1880 
Nov.  9,  1875 
July  21,  1874 

219,265 

Hubbell       . 

Sept.  2,  1879 

„  .      -I  ' 

191,146 

Hubbell      . 

May  22,  1877 

209,265 

Hubbell      . 

Oct.  22,  1878 

219,097 

Hubbell      . 

Sept.  2,  1879 

Plating  alloy  .... 

194,365 
204,856 

Page       .     . 
Sparks  .     . 

Aug.  21,1877 
June  11,  1878 

Manganese  alloy      .     . 
Anti-incrustation  alloy 
Aluminum  alloy      .     . 

178,490 
169,810 
220,149 
211,630 

Ward     .     . 
Holden  .    . 
Howard 
Hubbell       . 

June  6,  1876 
Nov.  9,  1875 
Sept.  30,  18(9 
Jan.  28,  1879 

211,909 

Hubbell      . 

Feb.  4,  1879 

Manganese  bronze   .     . 

203,266 

Hale  .    .     . 

May  7,  1878 

Journal-bearing    alloy 

221,400 

Downs  . 

Nov.  11,1879 

tin  ,  copper,  antimony 
Door-knob  alloy  .     .     . 

149,506 

Morand 

April  7,  1874 

See  also  ANTI-FRICTION 

Notices  are   to   be   found 
heads : — 


METAL. 
under   the   following 


Aluminium  bronze;. 

Anti-friction  alloy. 

Anti-incrustation  alloy. 

Bell  metal. 

Bragg. 

Bronze. 

Bronze  iron. 

Chroineisen. 

Chrysoid. 

Dysiot. 

Electro-silicon. 

Ferro-manganese . 


Ferro-silicium. 
Fusible  metals. 
Gold  alloy. 
Lubricant  alloy. 
Manganese  bronze. 
Metallikon. 

Melting  point  of  alloys. 
Phosphor  bronze. 
Phosphor  tin. 
Sideraphthite. 
Silver  alloy. 
Solder. 


Numerous  recipes  for  alloys  for  solder,  fusible 
plugs,  white  metal,  type  metal,  jewelers'  uses,  and 
various  mechanical  purposes,  are  given  under  AL- 
LOYS, pp.  61-68  of  "Mech.  Diet."  On  p.  68  of  that 
volume  is  a  list  of  77  alloys,  which  are  considered 
in  their  alphabetical  order  in  the  volumes  of  "Mech. 
Diet." 

The  following  works  treat  on  the  subject :  — 

Guettitr's  "  Metallic  Alloys."  (Translated  from  the 
French.) 

Scoffre.n's  "  Useful  Metals  and  their  Alloys." 

Collins' s  "  Useful  Alloys." 

Overman's  "Metallurgy." 

Larkin's  "Practical  Brass  and  Iron  Founders'1  Guide.'" 

Graham's  "Brass-founders'1  Manual." 

Greenwood's  "Manual  of  Metallurgy." 

Sfiretson's  "Practical  Treatise  on  Casting  and  Founding." 

Al'lu-mette'.  A  match  or  taper  for  lighting  a 
lamp  or  candle. 

Al-lu'vi-um.  (Mining.)  A  deposit  of  loose 
gravel  between  the  superficial  covering  of  vegetable 
mould  and  subjacent  rock. 

Al'man-riv'et  (From  Allemand.)  A  form  of 
joint  in  German  armor  in  which  the  plates  were 
slotted  to  slide  on  rivets  to  give  flexibility  to  the 
armor. 

Al-pac'a.  (Fabric.)  1.  A  taffeta  woven  goods 
made  of  alpaca  wool. 


2.  A  dress  goods  of  cotton  chain  and  long  luster 
wool  weft. 

3.  Figured  fancy  weaving  makes  fancy  alpaca. 
Al-pa'ga.     (Fabric.)      A   French   dress   goods 

made  in  a  taffeta  loom.  It  has  a  cotton  warp  and 
Lincoln  wool  weft. 

Al'pine.  (Fabric.)  A  French  goods,  made  on 
a  "  serge  2  and  1  "  loom  ;  silk  warp  and  merino 
wool  weft. 

Alt-az'i-muth  In'stru-ment.  A  theodolite 
with  adjustments  for  altitude  and  azimuth. 

Al'ter-na'ting  Cur 'rent  Ma-chine'.  (Elec- 
tricity.) One  in  which  the  current  traverses  in  op- 
posite directions  alternately,  as  in  the  Gramme  ma- 
chine used  with  the  Jablochkoff  light. 

*  "Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  491; 

Al'ti-tude  Meas'u-rer.  Pickering'^  altitude 
instrument  is  designed  for  measuring  the  distances 
and  heights  of  mountains.  It  consists  of  a  common 
telescope,  with  a  level  attached,  a  scale  of  equal 
parts  in  the  eye-piece,  and  with  a  mirror  of  plate- 
glass  fastened  to  the  object-glass,  so  that  it  can  be 
set  at  any  angle.  Two  images  are  seen,  one  through 
the  glass,  and  the  other  by  reflection  from  its  sur- 
face, and  any  two  objects  may  be  made  appar- 
ently to  coincide  by  turning  the  mirror  through  the 
proper  angle.  Selecting  as  our  object  the  moun- 
tain whose  distance  is  to  be  measured,  and  as  the 
other  any  convenient,  well-defined  point,  the  tele- 
scope is  moved  through  a  known  distance,  and  the 
apparent  change  of  position  of  the  two  images  is 
measured  by  the  scale.  The  altitude  is  then  deter- 
mined by  leveling  the  telescope  and  reading  the 
apparent  elevation  from  the  graduated  scale,  which 
is  now  turned  round.  By  a  second  inclined  level 
higher  mountains  may  be  measured. 

Al'um  Bat/te-ry.  (Electricity.)  Useful  in  ope- 
rating open  circuit.  It  consists  of  zinc  and  copper, 
or  zinc  and  carbon,  without  porous  cups,  immersed 
in  a  concentrated  solution  of  alum. 

Sabtne,  "Electric  Telegraph,-'  1867,  p.  228. 

Niaudet,  American  Translation,  New  York,  p.  78. 

Al  u-min'i-um.  The  metallic  base  of  clay.  A 
white,  sonorous  metal  of  increasing  importance. 

The  history  of  the  production  of  the  chloride  of 
aluminium  from  alumina,  by  Oerstedt,  the  segrega- 
tion of  a  gray  metallic  powder,  by  Wohler,  in  1827, 
and  the  production  of  metallic  globules  of  alumin- 
ium by  the  last  named  in  1845,  are  mentioned  on 
p.  70  of  "Mech.  Diet."  The  modification  of  the 
Wohk-r  method,  by  M.  H.  Deville,  in  his  works  at 
Javelle,  near  Paris,  under  the  patronage  of  Napo- 
leon III-,  about  1857,  are  also  referred  to.  The 
Deville  process  of  that  time  is  described  with  more 
detail  in  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures,'" tome  iv.,  article  "Aluminium  "  (edition 
of  1877),  but  more  recent  improvements  have  ren- 
dered it  unnecessary  to  redescribe  it. 

Very  important  in  this  connection  are  the  suc- 
cesses of  M.  Deville  in  the  production  of  sodium, 
so  necessary  in  the  aluminium  process.  Starting 
with  the  foothold  acquired  by  MM.  Mareska  and 
Donny,  who  published  a  work  on  the  extraction  of 
sodium  in  1852,  "M. Deville  has  arrived  at  the  pro- 
duction of  sodium  with  a  facility  and  in  such  abun- 
dance as  but  a  short  time  ago  would  have  been  re- 
garded as  impossible."  —  Laboulaye.  See  the  lac- 
tionary  above  referred  to  for  details  of  the  sodium 
process. 

"  It  is  now  certain  that  the  fabrication  of  sodium  is  at 
least  as  easy  as  that  of  zinc,  with  which  it  has,  for  that  mat- 
ter, a  very  strong  analogy."  —  Dumas. 

Aluminium  (by  the  later  Deville  process;  is  man- 
ufactured by  decomposing  the  double  chloride  of 


ALUMINIUM. 


24 


ALUMINIUM. 


aluminium  and  sodium  (cryolite),  with  the  aid  of 
metallic  sodium.  The  sodium  is  obtained  by  heat- 
ing to  redness  a  mixture  of  100  parts  of  calcined 
soda,  15  parts  of  chalk,  aiid  45  parts  of  coal.  The 
chloride  of  aluminium  is  prepared  by  passing  chlo- 
rine gas  over  a  moderately  heated  mixture  of  pure 
alumina  (obtained  either  from  alum  or  the  mineral 
bauxite),  common  salt  and  coal  tar.  The  idea  of 
this  mode  of  producing  the  chloride  of  aluminium 
is  attributed  to  Thenard,  and  its  first  execution  to 
Oerstedt,  but  it  pussed  from  a  laboratory  expedient 
to  a  practical  use  in  the  hands  of  M.  Ueville. 


Chloride  of  Aluminium  Apparatus. 


The  operation  is  conducted  in  an  iron  gas-retort, 
and  the  result  of  the  interaction  of  the  several  sub- 
stances present  is  the  combination  of  the  coal  tar 
with  the  oxygen  of  the  alumina,  and  the  produc- 
tion of  aluminium  chloride,  which  unites  with  the 
chloride  of  sodium  (common  salt),  forming  a  double 
salt,  which  volatilizes  and  is  passed  off  into  a  sep- 
arate chamber,  where  it  condenses.  From  this 
method  of  obtaining  the  chloride,  it  is  impossible  to 
keep  it  free  from  chloride  of  iron,  for  which  reason 
the  Parisian  aluminium  is  invariably  adulterated 
therewith.  From  this  double  chloride  of  alumin- 
ium and  sodium  the  metallic  aluminium  is  ob- 
tained, either  by  passing  it  in  the  form  of  vapor 
over  a  heated  surface  of  metallic  sodium,  in  a  sim- 
ply constructed  and  connected  system  of  iron  cyl- 
inders appropriately  heated,  or  the  materials  are'at 
once  mixed  and  heated. 

The  apparatus  of  M.  Deville  is  shown  in  Fig.  36. 
The  principal  feature  is  a  retort  of  fire-clay,  like 
those  used  in  gas-works,  but  set  upright  in  the  fur- 
nace. The  retort  has  a  capacity  of  300  liters,  and 
is  heated  by  an  envelope  of  flame,  which  follows  a 
spiral  course  around  it.  It  is  pierced  with  three 
openings,  two  near  the  bottom,  and  two  at  and  near 
the  top.  The  opening  O,  near  the  bottom,  is  for 
a  tuyere  of  porcelain,  which  reaches  to  the  axis  of 
the  retort  and  introduces  the  chlorine  gas  into  the 
charge.  A  second  opening,  opposite  the  former,  is 
for  cleaning  out  the  debris  of  the  exhausted  charge. 

Of  the  openings  above,  one  on  top  is  for  the  in- 
troduction of  the  charge,  aud  the  other  at  the 
side  leads  the  volatile  choride  of  aluminium  into  a 
condenser  chamber,  L,  of  masonry;  or  it  may  be 
made  of  boiler  iron,  and  lined  with  glazed  faience 
tiles.  The  condensing  chamber  itself  has  a  conduit 
for  the  escape  of  waste  gaseous  products. 

The  alumina  employed  is  the  result  of  the  calci- 
nation of  ammoniacal  alum  or  sulphate  of  alumina. 
In  place  of  adding  to  the  alumina,  first  the  pulver- 


ized coal,  and  then  the  oil,  to  render  the  mixture 
plastic,  Deville  employed  simply  coal  tar,  the  refuse 
of  the  gas-works,  which  is  very  cheap  and  replaces 
the  oil  and  coal.  This  melange  is  calcined  in 
earthen  pots  in  a  reverberatory,  heated  from  the 
waste  heat  of  the  chloride  furnace. 

The  mixture,  being  calcined,  is  charged  into  the 
retort,  and  the  heat  is  gradually  raised  to  a  red. 
The  current  of  chlorine  gas  is  then  introduced  by 
the  tuyere  previously  referred  to,  the  production  of 
gas  being  in  stoneware  pots  containing  peroxide  of 
manganese  and  hydrochloric  acid,  heated  in  a  sand- 
bath. 

The  chlorine  does  not  attack  the  retort,  but  fol- 
lows its  axis  in  an  upward  direction,  not  extending 
laterally  more  than  two  decimeters,  so  that  the 
sides  of  the  retort  are  protected  by  a  thickness  of 
the  charge  not  attacked  by  the  gas.  The  chlorine 
is  totally  absorbed,  and  does  not  even  show  a  trace 
in  the  condenser. 

Rousseau  has  a  substitute  process,  in  the  heating 
of  a  melange  of  sea-salt,  alumina,  and  coal,  pro- 
ducing a  liquid  chloride  which  condenses  continu- 
ously. 

The  employment  of  Greenland  cryolite,  which  is 
a  double  fluoride  of  aluminium  and  sodium,  is  at- 
tributed to  Rose,  of  Berlin.  The  cryolite  is  heated 
with  an  excess  of  sodium,  when  metallic  aluminium 
and  fluoride  of  sodium  are  produced,  and  the  lat- 
ter compound  gotten  rid  of  by  treatment  of  the 
mass  with  caustic  lime. 

Of  late,  the  metal  has  been  manufactured  from 
the  mineral  bauxite,  especially  at  the  factory  in  Sa- 
lindres,  near  Alais  (Card),  France.  There  the 
bauxite  is  heated  with  soda  in  a  reverberatory  fur- 
nace, the  resulting  aluminate  of  soda  is  extracted 
by  means  of  water,  and  alumina  precipitated  by  a 
stream  of  carbonic  acid  ;  this  is  then  formed  into 
balls,  with  salt  and  coal,  and  heated  to  a  white  heat 
in  vertical  retorts  during  the  introduction  of  chlo- 
rine gas.  The  double  chloride  of  sodium  and  alu- 
minium, which  distills  over,  is  fused  with  the  addi- 
tion of  35  per  cent,  of  sodium  and  40  per  cent,  of 
cryolite  as  a  flux,  and  the  metal  which  settles  at 
the  bottom  of  the  crucible  is  poured  into  molds. 
The  cost  of  producing  one  kilog.  of  aluminium  is 
stated  to  be  80  f.,  while  the  selling  price  is  100  f. 

The  employment  of  bauxite  (lartfilc  r/V.s-  ]><tn.r) 
has  served  as  a  new  point  of  departure  in  the  alu- 
minium industry,  having  more  than  any  other  in- 
creased the  scale  of  production  and  the  diminution 
of  price  of  the  metal.  This  may  now  be  said,  in 
round  numbers,  to  cost  but  half  as  much  as  silver, 
and  as  it  is  but  one  quarter  the  weight  of  the  latter, 
the  metal  for  an  object  of  a  certain  size  in  alumin- 
ium costs  but  one  eighth  of  the  same  dimensions  in 
silver. 

Wilde's  process  has  attained  some  notoriety. 

Lead  or  sulphide  of  lead  melted  is  poured  on 
dried  or  burned  alum  ;  the  result  is  crucibled  with 
fluxes,  the  resulting  metallic  mass  contains  alumin- 
ium, which  is  separated,  or  the  alloy  can  be  used 
for  some  purposes. 

Aluminium  resists  the  action  of  the  air,  sulphur- 
ous gas  from  coal,  weak  acids,  but  is  attacked  by 
alkalies.  It  molds  well.  Its  appearance  resembles 
oxidized  silver  and  makes  it  suitable  for  statuettes 
and  vases;  it  is  useful  for  culinary  vessels,  bottoms 
of  sirup  pans,  and  in  many  cases  where  its  extreme 
lightness  is  an  important  consideration. 

The  difficult  problem  of  soldering  aluminium, 
seems  to  be  resolved  by  the  use  of  the  alloys  of  that 
metal  with  zinc.  See  also  ALUMINIUM  SOLDER. 

At  present  there  are  three  aluminium  works  in 
France  and  one  in  England.  Their  total  produc- 


ALUMINIUM. 


25 


ALUMINIUM   BRONZE. 


tion  amounts  to  about  $17,500  yearly,  of  which 
$10,000  are  produced  iu  France,  and  $7,500  in 
England. 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 

"Scientific  American." 

Uses xxiv.  136  :  xxxvii.  153. 

In  Telegraphy      .     .     .    xl.  232 ;  xlii.  106. 
Manufacture    ....     xxxviii.  121  ;  xl.  197. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement."1 
Uses  .  .    .  *552,    798,   1635,  3058,  3509,  3923, 

3906. 

In  Telegraphy      .     .     .    3502. 
Manufacture    ....    3908. 
Gallium  Alloy      .     .     .    3394,2153,2345. 
At  Riris  Exposition  .     .     2511,  2519. 
Wearing  Properties  .     .     1213. 

Production 1337, 1366. 

Oxidation 2170. 

"Iron  As;e.:' 

Uses xvii.,  May  18,  p.  7. 

l:ses  :md  Articles      .     .  xxiv. ,  August  7,  p.  7. 

In  Telegraphy      .     .     .  xxiv. ,  September  4,  p.  1. 

Resistance  to  Oxidation  xix.,  May  24,  p.  15. 

Electro-plating     .     .     .  xiv.,  January  25,  p.  25. 

Making xx.,  July  2l.i,  p.  24. 

In  (Jrrinany     ....  xxiii.,  April  10.  p.  7. 

Alloys xxiv.,  December  11,  p.  13. 

11  Engineering  $  Mining  Journal.'1' 

Uses xxi.  532;  xxiii.  157,  262,  302;  xxix. 

866,409. 

Making xxv.  SO  ;  xxvii.  28. 

In  Germany     ....  xxvii.  2i!>. 

Bronze xxvi.  :!  :t. 

Alloys xxix.  85, 186,  188. 

In  Telegraphy      .     .     .  xxv.  280  ;  xxviii.  6  :  xxix.  186,  188. 

"Mining  4"  Scientific  Press.'1' 

Uses xxxii.193:  xxxvi.  115. 

Wire        xl.  83. 

"Level's  Milling  (f  Mech.  News."1 

Uses ix.  131. 

"  Van  Nostrand'-s  Engineering  Mag.'' 

Making xxiii.  280. 

"Manufacturer  (f  Builder." 

Uses,  etc ix.  270  :  xii.  71,  143,  162. 

Manufacture    ....    xii.  127,  162. 

ix.  201  ;  x.  182. 

(lost  :   Coins     .     .     .     .     xi.  120. 
Bronze    .     .         ...     viii.  240. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal."' 
In  Telegraphy      .     .     .    vii.  53. 

"English  Mechanic.'1'1 

Its  .Kuturp xxiii.  454. 

tal xxiii  97. 

Alloys xxv.  228. 

United  States  Patents. 

M;uni!':H-turc  ....  Hinrnnl.  220,148  Sept.  30,  1879. 
Manufacture  of  Alloys  Howard.  220,149  Sept.  30, 1879. 
EnglUi  Patent  .  .  .  Thompson.  2,101  Mar.  27,  1879. 

Aru-min'i-um  Al-Ioy'.  Aluminium  now  en- 
ters as  an  inureilient  into  various  alloys;  that  with 
copper  is  perhaps  the  most  notable.  See  ALU- 

II  IN  I  I'M    BltON/K. 

Alloyed  with  10  per  cent,  of  copper,  the  alloy 
remains  ductile. 

Alloyed  with  small  quantities  of  zinc,  tin,  gold, 
or  silver,  it  remains  ductile,  but  is  rendered  harder 
and  more  brilliant. 

Alloyed  with  3  per  cent,  of  zinc,  is  a  superior 
metal.  —  Debnu/. 

Alloyed  with  7  per  cent,  of  tin,  can  be  worked, 
does  not  take  a  fine  polish,  but  is  rendered  non- 
bomogeneous  by  fusion. 

Does  not  alloy  with  lead. 

Alloyed  with  3  per  cent,  of  silver,  is  of  beautiful 
color. 

With  50  per  cent,  of  silver,  is  hard  as  bronze. 

With  1  per  cent,  of  gold,  is  hard,  ductile,  and 
greenish. 

With  10  per  cent,  of  gold,  is  crystalline. 


With  5  per  cent,  of  silver,  can  be  worked  like 
pure  aluminium,  but  is  harder,  takes  a  fine  polish. 
See  also  p.  71,  "Mech.  Diet." 

With  4  per  cent,  of  silver,  it  is  used  by  Sartorius, 
of  I'iottiugen,  for  the  beams  of  analytical  balances. 

One  per  cent,  of  aluminium  with  copper  makes 
the  latter  more  ductile,  more  fusible,  enables  it  to 
fill  the  mold  better,  harder,  more  capable  of  resist- 
ing chemical  re-agents. 

Copper,  with  2  per  cent,  of  aluminium,  is  used 
by  Christoflc,  in  Paris,  for  works  of  art,  and  nu- 
merous "  Articles  de  Paris." 

True  aluminium  bronze  has  from  5  to  10  per 
cent,  of  aluminium.  See  ALUMINIUM  BRONZE. 

Silver,  with  5  per  cent,  of  aluminium,  is  hard  as 
coin-silver,  and  is  excellent  for  coinage. 

Aru-min'i-um  Bat'te-ry.  (Eli-ctriclt;/.)  One 
in  which  one  or  both  of  the  elements  consists  of  a 
plate  of  aluminium. 

Aru-min'i-um  Bronze.  An  alloy  credited 
to  M.  De'bray,  in  which  aluminium  takes  the  place 
of  tin  or  zinc,  in  combination  with  copper,  to  form 
a  bronze. 

This  application  of  aluminium  is  at  present  the 
most  important  use  of  the  metal.  Even  so  small 
an  addition  as  1  per  cent,  of  aluminium  to  copper 
considerably  increases  its  ductility  and  fusibilitv, 
and  imparts  to  it  the  property  of  completely  filling 
the  mold,  making  a  dense  casting  free  from  air- 
bubbles.  At  the  same  time  the  copper  becomes 
more  resistant  of  chemical  re-agents,  increases  in 
hardness  without  losing  in  malleability,  and  unites 
in  itself  the  most  valuable  qualities  of  bronze  and 
brass.  The  "  alloy  formed  of  copper  9  and  allu- 
minium  1,  constitutes  a  new  precious  metal  for  in- 
dustrial uses,  which  will  find  still  more  numerous 
applications  when  its  price,  still  rather  high  (15  fr. 
the  kilo),  shall  be  reduced." — Laboulaye. 

On  account  of  its  grain,  it  is  especially  suitable 
for  parts  subjected  to  friction,  and  slides  of  loco- 
motives lined  with  aluminium  bron/e  have  out- 
lasted more  than  twofold  those  of  ordinary  bronze. 
Besides  its  great  tenacity,  which  much  extends  its 
applicability,  it  can,  like  iron,  —  and  it  is  the  only  al- 
loy which  possesses  that  property,  —  be  welded  and 
hammered  hot,  at  a  distance  sufficiently  remote 
from  its  point  of  fusion. 

The  true  aluminium  bronzes,  according  to  Ru- 
dolph Wagner,  were  first  made  by  John  Percy,  in 
1856.  They  are  alloys  containing  90  to  95  per 
cent,  of  copper,  with  10  to  5  per  cent,  of  alumin- 
ium. The  direct  mixture,  by  first  fusion,  of  10 
parts  of  aluminium  and  90  of  copper,  gives  a  brit- 
tle alloy,  which,  however,  increases  in  strength  and 
tenacity  by  several  successive  fusions.  At  each 
operation  a  little  aluminium  is  lost.  After  the 
compound  has  been  melted  three  or  four  times, 
however,  the  proportion  of  aluminium  does  not  ap- 
pear to  change,  and  the  alloy  may  be  again  re- 
melted  several  times  without,  alteration.  These 
fusions  are  effected  in  crucibles.  The  aluminium 
bronze  is  homogeneous,  and  possesses  sufficient  ex- 
pansion to  fill  the  remotest  parts  of  the  mold.  It 
affords  sharp  castings  that  can  be  worked  more 
readily  than  steel.  Aluminium  bronze  may  be 
forged  at  a  dull-red  heat,  and  hammered  until 
cooled  off  without  presenting  any  flaws  or  cracks. 
Like  copper,  it  is  rendered  milder  and  more  duc- 
tile by  being  plunged  into  cold  water  when  hot. 
The  bronze  polishes  beautifully,  and  possesses 
great  strength  —  according  to  Anderson's  experi- 
ments, an  average  of  75,618!-  Ibs.  per  square  inch. 
The  resistance  to  compression  is  feeble.  From  the 
experiments  of  Col.  Strange  on  the  relative  rigid- 
ity of  brass,  ordinary  and  aluminium  bronze,  it  ap- 


ALUMINIUM  BRONZE. 


26 


AMALGAMATOR. 


pears  that  the  last  named  is  four  times  as  rigid  as 
brass,  and  three  times  as  rigid  as  ordinary  bronze. 

According  to  M.  Morin,  the  director  of  the  man- 
ufactory of  Nanterre,  very  homogeneous  alloys  are 
obtained  with  copper  and  5,  7£,  and  10  per  cent,  of 
aluminium.  The  alloys  with  5  and  10  per  cent,  of 
aluminium  are  both  of  a  golden  color,  whilst  that 
with  7£  per  cent,  has  a  greenish  tint.  A  copper  al- 
loy with  2  per  cent,  of  aluminium  is  said  to  he  used 
in  the  Parisian  ateliers,  for  works  of  art.  It  works 
well  under  the  chisel  and  graver. 

It  is  considered  excellent  for  organ  reeds,  giving 
a  better  tone  than  brass  or  German  silver.  Also 
used  for  piano  strings,  and  vibrating  bars  of  music- 
boxes. 

The  uses  of  aluminium  bronze  in  making  various 
articles,  such  as  cutlery,  hardware,  works  of  art, 
etc.,  and  by  M.  Hulot,  of  the  Postage  Stamp  Fac- 
tory in  Paris,  are  mentioned  on  pp.  70,  71,  "  Mech. 
Diet. ; "  and  the  series  of  Farmer's  aluminium  al- 
loys is  given  on  p.  71,  Ibid. 

The  popularity  of  aluminium  bronze  is  due  to  its 
beautiful  golden  color,  which  has  enabled  it  to  re- 
place silver-gilt  to  a  considerable  extent.  Its  luster 
is  very  durable,  which  M.  De'bray  explains  by  the 
great  quantity  of  heat  liberated  when  aluminium 
is  combined  with  copper,  showing  that  the  alliance 
is  very  energetic  and  complete. 

In  England,  kettles  made  of  aluminium  bronze 
are  employed  for  making  preserves  and  ices  from 
acid  fruits. 

Morin  &  Co.,  of  Nanterre,  manufacture  weavers' 
shuttles  of  bronze,  which,  of  course,  do  not  oxidize 
so  readily  as  steel. 

Cambrien  recommends  this  alloy  for  type  cast- 
ing. Type  made  of  it  can  be  used  fifty  times  as 
long  as  those  from  lead  and  antimony. 

The  alloy 
is  largely 
nsed  in  the 
making  of 
mathemati- 
cal, optical  Alveolar  Abscess  Syringe. 


Has  a  color  like  18-carat  gold,  and  is  an  excel- 
lent alloy  for  jewelry,  and  should  be  soldered  with 
brass,  silver,  or  gold  solders.  Avoid  all  potash  for 
cleansing  or  as  flux  for  soldering. 


See,  also,  four  of  Farmer's  formulas  for  chrysoid  (Cu.  Al. 
Ag.  ;  Cu.  Al.  Zn.  ;  Cu.  Al.  Fe.  ;  Cu.  Al.  Ni.),  giving  alloys 
which  in  color  and  texture  resemble  gold.  Page  71,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Aru-min'i-um  G-un-met'al.  Two  per  cent, 
of  aluminium  added  to  the  usual  gun-metal. 

Declared  by  Schulter  to  be  equal  to  steel  for 
guns.  Good  for  statues,  and  bells  also. 

Al'u-min'i-um  Sil'ver. 

Silver 1 

Aluminium 4 


Melted  together.  Valuable  in  instruments  in  which  light- 
ness is  an  object,  such  as  sextants,  octants,  etc.,  which  will 
weigh  in  this  alloy  but  about  one  quarter  as  much  as  if  made 
of  silver.  Aluminium  pure  is  too  soft  for  such  -urposes  and 
works  with  difficulty. 

Al'u-min'i-um  Sol'der. 


Gold. 

Silver. 

Copper. 

Brass. 

Hard      .     . 

83 

0 

0 

_ 

Medium 

54 

£8 

18 

_ 

Soft   ... 

14 

67 

15 

14 

Bottone  recommends  in  preference  to  coat  the 
surfaces  to  be  soldered  with  a  layer  of  copper  in 
electro  bath,  and  then  use  ordinary  solder. 

Al've-o-lar  Ab'scess  Syr'inge.  A  syringe 
for  injecting  abscesses  in  the  alveolar  ridge  or  pro- 
cesses. It  has  straight  or  curved  canulas  for  more 
convenient  access  to  the  parts. 

See  "  Dental  Cosmos,"  November,  1876. 

Pig.  40. 


surgical,  and  scientific  instruments. 

"  Aluminium  bronze  is  used  in  France  for  making  the  large 
preserving  pans  used  by  wholesale  confectioners,  and  is  rec- 
ommended as  an  alloy  in  type  metal.  Lange,  in  Glashiitte 
(Saxony),  employs  an  aluminium  in  the  manufacture  of 
watch-springs.  The  new  springs  have  the  advantage  over 
the  old  in  not  being  subject  to  rust,  in  not  being  magnetic, 
and  in  possessing  greater  hardness  and  elasticity.  An  alloy 
of  100  parts  aluminium  and  5  silver  can  be  worked  like 
pure  aluminium,  but  is  harder,  and  takes  a  beautiful  polish. 
Au  alloy  of  5  parts  aluminium  and  100  silver  is  almost  as 
hard  as  ordinary  silver,  but  has  the  advantage  over  it  of 
containing  no  metal  which  is  of  a  poisonous  nature,  or  which 
can  effect  a  discoloration  of  the  silver."  —  "Engineering  and 
Mining  Journal,''  xxiii.  157. 

Farmer's  series  of  aluminium  bronzes  are  given 
on  p.  71,  second  column,  "Mech.  Diet."     They  are 
hard,  tenacious,  laminable,  and  ductile. 
See  United  States  Patents  :  — 
220.149  ....     Howard    .     September  30,  1879. 
223,900  ....     Webster     .    November  2,  1880. 

See  also  :  — 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder,''  viii.  240. 
"Eng.  and  Mining  Journal,''  xxvi.  364. 

Aru-min'i-um  Gold.     A  substitute  for  gold. 

Copper 90 

Aluminium 10 

100 
Has  a  color  like  14-carat  gold. 

Copper 85 

Aluminium 10 

Gold 5 

100 


Al've-o-lar  For'ceps.      (Dentistry.)     Forceps 
for  gnawing   away  portions  of   the    alveolar  pro- 
cess,  or  for  extraction    of  fragment  of   roots   he- 
Fig.  41. 


Bayonet-shaped  Alveolar  Forceps. 

neath  the  summit  of  the  alveolar  ridge.  They 
have  variously  shaped  beaks :  bayonet,  straight, 
curved. 

A-maTga-ma'tion.  (Galvanic  Battery.)  Coat- 
ing the  zinc  plate  with  mercury  so  as  to  present  to 
the  liquid  a  surface  of  metal  which  shall  be  equally 
affected  by  the  excitant,  in  order  to  prevent  the  es- 
tablishing of  local  currents,  which  the  impurities  of 
the  zinc  would  otherwise  occasion. 

Ganot,  "Physics,"  N.  Y.,  1877,  pp.  684,  692. 

It  is  usually  done  by  cleansing  the  zinc  plate 
with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  then  rubbing  over 
the  surface  a  small  quantity  of  mercury. 

A-marga-ma'tor.  The  amalgamating  machin- 
ery exhibited  by  the  Republic  of  Chili'.it  Philadel- 
phia, 1876,  was  a  facsimile  of  the  apparatus  in  use 
at  Autofagosta,  011  a  scale  of  -Jth.  It  is  under  the 
system  of  Krohnke.  The  series  of  machines  and 
operations  is  as  follows  :  — 


AMALGAMATOR. 


27 


AMALGAM  PLUGGEB. 


The  tcashiny  and  reduction  of  the  ore  is  accom- 
plished by  means  of  two  vertical  iron  rollers,  rest- 
ing on  an  iron  plate,  and  kept  in  motion,  thereby 
producing  the  necessary  friction.  The  rollers  sit 
in  an  iron  cup,  into  which  the  ores  to  be  ground 
are  received  by  means  of  a  self-feeder.  The  water 
necessary  is  conducted  to  the  cups  by  means  of 
pipes,  and  is  kept  running  continually.  The  re- 
duced ore  is  carried  with  the  water  through  gutters 
into  the  open,  flat  tanks  below,  and  there  allowed 
to  settle  ;  the  water  is  then  run  off,  and  the  ore  car- 
ried to  the  drying  shed. 

In  the  aina'/i/niiKitiiiij  section  are  12  large  and  2 
small  revolving  casks';  4  upright  tanks,  wherein  the 
chemical  solution  is  mixed  :  one  washer  ;  one  cen- 
trifugal machine. 

The  powdered  and  dried  ore  is  placed  in  the  large 
casks,  and  mixed  with  sufficient  cold  water  to  satu- 
rate the  whole  thoroughly.  The  necessary  quantity 
of  the  chemical  solution  from  the  tanks  is  then 
added,  previously  mixed  with  boiling  salt  water. 
After  revolving  the  cask  a  sufficient  length  of  time 
to  transform  the  silver  ore  from  a  sulphite  into  a 
chloride,  the  quicksilver  is  added,  and  the  whole 
subjected  to  the  action  of  the  amalgam.  Thence 
the.  contents  of  the  casks  are  run  into  the  washer 
and  there  freed  from  the  remaining  impurities, 
acids,  chemicals,  etc.,  etc.,  leaving  the  pure  silver 
and  quicksilver.  This  then  goes  into  the  centrif- 
ugal machine,  where  the  quicksilver  is  separated 
from  the  silver  as  much  as  this  can  be  done  by  me- 
chanical action.  In  case  there  should  still  be  left 
some  impurities,  which  may  be  easily  detected  by 
a  dark  color,  the  whole  is  returned  to  the  two 
smaller  casks,  and  there  washed  with  boiling  salt 
water,  until  its  appearance  shows  the  true  silver 
color.  It  is  then  discharged  and  stamped  into 
molds,  to  be  ready  for  section  three. 

The  condensing  and  smelting  apparatus  comprises 
four  condensers  and  one  smelting  furnace. 

The  condenser  consists  of  a  cylindrical  body 
closed  hermetically  at  the  upper  end,  while  the 
lower  end  is  open. 

The  cylinder  or  retort  rests  upon  an  iron  plate, 
one  third  of  which  is  below  and  two  thirds  is  above 
the  plate,  this  retort  is  surrounded  by  a  furnace 
made  of  tire-brick.  Below  the  retort  is  a  mechan- 
ical apparatus,  part  of  the  machinery  to  be  used 
to  raise  the  silver  into  the  retort.  This  appara- 
tus is  connected  with  a  railway  on  which  is  placed 
a  car  fitted  with  an  iron  water-bucket,  in  which  is 
an  iron  stand  whereon  the  mold  containing  the 
silver  and  the  residue  of  quicksilver  not  separated 
by  the  centrifugal  machine  is  placed  by  the  aid  of 
a  derrick.  The  mold,  which  is  made  of  two  equal 
pieces  fitted  and  held  together  by  means  of  iron 
pins,  is  then  taken  off,  the  car  is  run  on  the  me- 
chanical apparatus  and  the  bucket  filled  with  water, 
and  the  whole  wound  up,  so  that  the  silver  column 
enters  the  open  aperture  in  the  retort  and  with  the 
water-bucket  closes  this  hermetically.  The  bucket 
being  so  much  larger  the  retort  stands  from  five  to 
six  inches  in  the  water.  After  heating  the  silver 
column  a  proper  length  of  time  the  quicksilver 
begins  to  evaporate,  the  vapors  of  which  are  so 
heavy  that  being  brought  into  contact  with  the 
water  they  will  soon  condense  and  appear  as  me- 
tallic quicksilver  at  the  bottom  of  the  water-bucket. 
After  all  the  quicksilver  has  been  evaporated  and 
condensed,  the  silver  column  is  taken  to  the  smelt- 
ing furnace  and  there  molded  into  bricks  and  bars. 

Thirty-nine  tons  of  silver  ore  are  worked  daily, 
and  the  loss  is  stated  not  to  exceed  2  oz.  of  silver 
to  3  tons  of  ore,  Avhatever  the  quality  of  the  latter. 
The  machinery  cost  $230,500. 


Amalgamators  involving  electrical  action  are  :  — 

Nos. 


No*. 
34,881 
37,278 
61,866 
62,776 
66,529 
83,091 


Inventor. 
Davis. 
Deetken. 
Rae. 
Rae. 
Switk. 
Rae. 


86,249 
90,777 
90,965 
91.878 
96,931 


Inventor. 
McDougal. 
Rae. 
Paul. 
Partz. 
Stevens. 
Paul  if  Wood. 


The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 

*  "Scientific  American,''1  xli.  262. 

*  ''Engineering-'     .     .     xxvii.  43,  128, 

135. 
*" Engineering  "    .     .     xxvii.  473, 491. 

*  "Engineering"    .     .    xxvii.  190. 
Horn,  Wheeler- Patton, 
Patton,              Stevenson. 

*  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvi.       129, 

137. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  383. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix  271. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  131. 
"Iron  Age"      .     .     .     xviii.,      Nov. 

16;  18. 

*  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  145. 

*  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  193. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  275. 

*  "Eng.  and  Min.  J.,"1    xxvi.  310. 

*  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  136. 

*  "Min  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  97. 

*  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  372. 

*  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  153. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup."      .    xxvii.  56. 

A-mal'gam  Car'rier.    A  scoop  for  carrying  a 
small  quantity  of  amalgam   to  fill  a  cavity  in  a 

Fig.  42. 


Dickson     .     .     .     . 
Egleston    .     .    .     . 

Eslfston    .     .     .     . 
Egleston    .     .    .    . 

Wheeler, 

Varley, 
Forster- Firmin  .     . 

Fnrster-Firmin  .     . 
Forster- Firmin  .     . 

Incin 

Krohnke    . 

Kustel  fy  Hoffman 
Mitchell     .     .     .     . 

Peck 

Porter-Firmin    .     . 
Reynolds  .     .     .     . 

Russell 

Secor    

Slevenot    .     .     .     . 


Amalgam  Carrier  and  Burnisher. 


tooth.     In  the  form  shown,  the  back  of  the  bowl 

serves  as  a  burnisher. 

Fig.  43.  A-mal'gam  Ma-nip'u-la'tor.  An 
instrument  designed  to  facilitate  the 
preparation  of  amalgam  for  fillings,  hav- 
ing a  cup  at  one  end  for  taking  up  the 
desired  amount  of  filings  or  powder,  and 
a  curved  spatula  at  the  other  end  for 
combining  the  mercury  with  the  filings 
and  packing  it  in  the  cavity. 


Fig.  44. 


anor.  Amalgam 

A-mal'gam  Plug'ger.    A  dentist's  instrument 


AMALGAM   RETORT. 


28 


AMETROMETER. 


for  packing  and   condensing    amalgam  or   allied 
stopping  material  in  the  cavities  of  teeth.     Used 


116.  45. 


Amalgam  Retort. 


with  a  mallet. 

A-mal'gam  R  e  - 
tort'.  An  iron  retort 
with  a  luted  and  keyed 
lid,  with  a  hollow  inside 
the  hitter  for  expansion. 

Am'a-to'ri-i.  (  Cera- 
mics.) Dishes  in  ma- 
jolica with  portraits  of 
the  ladies  to  whom  they 
were  presented.  An 
Italian  device. 

Am'ber.  A  fossil 
resin,  noted  as  being  the 
first  electric  substance 
known.  It  is  largely 
found  on  the  shores  of 
the  Baltic,  which  was 
formerly  the  only  source 
of  supplv. 


The  word  electricity  is  derived  from  the  Greek 
name  of  this  substance,  tfKfXTpov.  Amber  is  largely 
used  as  mouth-pieces  for  pipes,  etc.  In  the  London 
Exhibition  of  1851  there  were  four  of  these  mouth- 
pieces, valued  collectively  at  £1,000. 

The  Baltic  is  the  principal  source  of  amber,  as  it 
was  perhaps  in  the  time  of  Nero,  but  it  is  also  found 
in  Roumania,  the  latter  the  product  of  a  different 
tree,  and  assuming  various  colors,  red,  pink,  brown, 
blue,  green,  and  black.  These  colors  are  frequently 
found  mixed  in  a  single  piece,  and  lumps  also  occur 
with  silver-colored  veins  and  gold  specks.  On  ac- 
count of  this  variety  of  colors,  the  Roumanian  am- 
ber is  highly  esteemed,  and  the  darker  and  more 
beautiful  pieces  are  more  costly  than  yellow  amber, 
especially  as  they  are  more  rare. 

German  amber  is  found  in  the  sea  or  in  alluvial 
earth  ;  the  Roumanian  amber  is  only  found  in 
mountainous  places  and  highlands,  where  it  is 
sought  and  dug  out  by  the  peasants. 

On  Amber.     Reboux    .     .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  1847. 
Sources  of  Amber    .     .     .  "Scientific  Amirican  Sup.,"    168. 

Am'ber,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  True  amber  is  the  fos- 
sil resin  of  a  pine. 

Artificial  amber  is  principally  colophony,  a  resin 
obtained  by  the  decomposition  of  turpentine. 

The  detection  is  by  means  of  heat  or  solution. 

True  amber  melts  at  545°-550°  Fah.  ;  the  spu- 
rious at  a  much  lower  temperature. 

True  amber  is  slightly  attacked  by  ether  and 
alcohol  ;  the  spurious  very  readily. 

Am'ber  Bronze.     A  mode  of  coloring  iron. 

An  artificial  bronze  surface  upon  iron,  obtained 
by  rubbing  brass  upon  the  smooth  iron  surface, 
and  protecting  with  varnish. 

U.  S.  Patent,  197,572,  November  27,  1877. 

Am'ber  Ce-meiit'.  A  solution  of  hard  copal 
in  pure  ether,  of  the  consistency  of  castor  oil.  — 
Rust. 

The  carefully-cleaned  surfaces  of  fracture,  coated 
with  the  solution,  should  be  pressed  together,  and 
retained  in  contact  by  a  band.  A  few  days  are  re- 
quired for  complete  hardening. 

Small  pieces  of  amber  may  bs  united  to  form  a 
much  larger  one  by  moistening  the  surfaces  to  be 
united  with  caustic  potash,  and  pressing  them  to- 
gether. 

Am'ber  Var'nish.  Yellow  amber  is  bleached 
by  being  treated  with  a  hot  solution  of  salt  ;  1  Ib. 
oi'  che  white  product  is  dried,  powdered,  and  melted 
over  a  fire  in  a  clean  iron  pot.  1  Ib.  of  fine  nut-oil 
is  then  added,  after  which  the  whole  is  well  stirred 
until  thoroughly  mixed.  The  pot  is  then  removed 


from  the  fire,  and  when  the  heat  is  sufficiently 
moderated,  2  Ibs.  of  the  essence  of  turpentine  is 
added  to  form  a  composition  of  the  proper  consist- 
ency for  use. 

"Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  35. 

Am'bu-lance.     Fig.  46  shows  one  style  of  am- 
bulance used  in  various  semi-Asiatic  armies. 


Fig.  46. 


Transport  of  the  Wounded.     Crimea. 

The  Turkish  ambulance,  on  porter-back,  is  shown 
in  a  picture  from  the  London  "Graphic,"  reproduced 
in  "  Scientific  American,"  *xxxvi.,  151.  See  cir- 
cular No.  6,  Surgeon  General's  Office,  U.  S.  *  pp. 
81-86. 

Am'bu-lance  Cot.  A  cot  adapted  to  be  folded 
(or  at  least,  as  to  the  legs)  to  fit  in  an  ambulance 
for  transportation,  or  to  stand  on  its  legs  when  in 
field-hospital  service. 

See  "  Art  of  War  in  Europe,"  Official  Report  by 
General  McClellan,  War  Department  Series  ;  *  p. 
80,  where  a  French  ambulance  cot  is  shown. 

Am'bu-lance  Stretch'er.  A  litter  to  oc- 
cupy a  place  in  an  ambulance  wagon.  Used  to 
convey  a  soldier  from  the  spot  on  which  he  falls  to 
the  ambulance  depot,  and  then  to  form  his  bed  in 
the  wagon. 

It  is  composed  of  two  wooden  frames,  the  lower 
one  with  handles,  carrying  an  upper  one,  secured 
at  one  end  with  a  hinge  («),  and  rising  slightly  to- 
wards the  other,  retained  in  the  inclined  position 
by  India-rubber  springs  at  b  and  c,  which  are  en- 
Fig.  47. 


Ambulance   Stretcher. 

cased  with  spiral  steel  cases.  The  bottom  of  the 
stretcher  is  formed  of  leather,  and  stuffed  at  the 
elevated  end  of  the  wooden  frame  to  form  a  pillow. 
Rollers  are  attached  to  the  under  part  of  the  lower 
frame  at  e  e,  to  facilitate  its  being  shoved  into  the 
ambulance  wagon  from  the  rear. 

A'me-trom'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Dr.  Thomson  for  the  diagnosis  of  refraction  in  the 
examination  for  defects  in  the  human  eye. 

"  It  consists  of  a  tmall  fixed  gas-jet  A.  a  second  one  II,  at- 
tached to  a  box  C,  which  slides  upon  a  bar  D,  the  jest  con- 
nected by  a  flexible  rubber  tube  G ;  the  end  of  the  bar  /•' 
forms  a  pointer,  which,  by  elevating  or  depressing  the  other 
end  of  the  bar,  can  be  placed  at  any  part  of  the  graduated 
half-circle  E,  which  is  fixed  firmly  to  the  thimble  H,  by 


AMETROMETER. 


29 


AMMONIA   ENGINE. 


which  means  the  entire  instrument  can  be  attached  to  a 
common  gas-burner,  and  the  lights  regulated  by  its  stop- 
cock. 

"  The  jets  having  been  lighted  and  turned  down  into  two 
small  flames  about  5  mm.  in  diameter,  the  patient,  placed 
5  meters  away,  is  directed  to  observe  the  flames,  and  to  say 
whether  he  sees  them  as  small  points  of 
light  separated,  or  as  diffused  enlarged  cir- 


cles which  can  be  made  to  come 
in  contact  at  their  margins  by 
sliding  movements  of  the  box  on 
the  bar  by  the  hand  of  the  sur- 
geon ;  bearing  in  mind  that  an 
emmetropic  or  corrected  ame- 
tropic  eye  will  resolve  the  lights 
into  two  until  they  pass,  one  be- 
hind the  other,  and  become  fused,  whilst  in  ametropia  the 
circles  will  seem  to  touch  :  whilst  a  distance,  depending  upon 
the  degree  of  :unetni|>ia,  remains  between  the  small  light 
points.  To  determine  the  kind  of  ametropia,  the  patient  is 
directed  to  pass  slowh  in  front  of  the  eye  under  examina- 
tion a  slip  of  red  glass  in  such  a  manner  as  to  color  ii.-ilf  of 
each  diffused  circle,  and  if  the  red  half  seems  to  be  on  the 
same  side  with  the  red  glass,  myopia  is  recognized,  and  if  on 
the  other  side,  hypermetropia  ;  this  may  be  as  well  done  by 
passing  before  the  eye  a  card  or  paper  in  such  manner  as  to 
exclude  from  view  one  half  of  each  circle. 

"  To  determine  the  degree  of  ametropia,  the  bar  has  been 
divided  on  one  side  into  spaces  of  2.5  cm.  with  a  half  space 
between,  and  on  the  other  into  English  inch  and  half-inches, 
and  it  will  be  found  that  each  space  of  2.5  cm.  will  indicate 
an  ametropia  of  one  dioptric,  metric  system,  and  each  inch 
•jt  of  the  old  system.  The  cut  represents  the  two  flames  as 
apart  2  dioptrics,  and  they  would  appear  to  a  person  having 
myopia  or  hypermetropia  of  2  dioptrics  or  -fa  as  two  circle3 
of  light,  with  their  mar- 
gins in  contact  at  one 
point,  separating  on 
the  removal  of  light  B, 
and  overlapping  when 
it  is  placed  nearer  to 
light  A. 

"  For  those  who  pre- 
fer the  old  system  to 
the  metric,  it  will  be 
remembered  that  the 
old  glasses  are  not 
based  upon  their  exact 
powers  of  refraction, 
but  are  ground  on  ra- 
dii of  Paris  inches, 
and  that,  owing  to  the 
index  of  refraction  of 
the  glass  commonly 
used,  they  by  a  happy 
chance  correspond  in 
focal  length  almost  exactly  with 
the  English  inch ;  hence  each 
inch  of  distance  between  the 
test-lights  as  determined  by  the 
use  of  the  inch  scale  on  the  bar, 
will  indicate  an  ametropia  of 
very  nearly  -^ ;  and  the  higher 
degrees  can  be  found  instantly 
P  by  dividing  40  by  the  number  of 
inches  between  the  lights  when 
Amid  Prism.  their  margins  seem  to  have  come 

into  contact."  —  "Beck.'1'' 

Aml-an'thus.  Earth  flax:  i.- e.,  ASBESTOS, 
which  see. 

A-mi'ci  Prism.  A  device  adopted  by  Amici, 
for  throwing  an  oblique  pencil  of  condensed  light 
upon  an  object.  See  Fig.  49. 

Am-mp'ui-a  En'gine.  The  ammonia  engine, 
which  utilizes  the  expansion  of  liquefied  ammonia, 
is  described  and  represented  on  p.  90,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
and  references  made  to  Dr.  Lamm,  and  to  the  dis- 
sertation of  Dr.  Barnard  on  the  subject. 


Gamjee's  engine,  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  240,000,  and 
dated  April  19,  1881,  uses  the  vapor  or  gas  of  am- 
monia expansively  to  the  extent  of  more  or  less 
complete  liquefaction,  and  then  reconverts  it  from 
the  liquid  to  the  vaporous  condition  by  means  of 
heat,  which  restores  it  to  its  original  tension.  See 
THERMO-DYNAMIC  ENGINE. 

Seyfort/i's  Ammonia  Engine,  "  Scientific  American" 
*  xxxix.  333. 

M.  Frot's  machine  is  described  in  article  "Air 
Chaud,"  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures," edition  of  1877. 

The  principle  upon  which  the  theoretical  utility 
of  ammonia,  as  a  motor,  is  based,  may  be  thus 
stated  :  As  the  gas  is  absorbed  by  water  its  latent 
heat  becomes  sensible,  and  the  temperature  of  the 
solution  consequently  rises.  This  heat  may  again 
be  used  for  the  expansion  of  liquid  ammonia  into 
a  gas,  under  great  pressure  —  the  pressure  thus 
generated  being  converted  into  work  behind  the 
piston  of  an  engine.  The  heat  thus  transformed 
into  work  cannot  be  recovered  and  utilized  as  heat, 
and,  consequently,  to  maintain  the  efficiency  of  the 
combination,  additional  increments  of  heat  must 
be  supplied,  from  external  sources,  to  be  again  con- 
verted into  work,  and  so  on. 

In  the  apparatus  of  Dr.  Emile  Lamm  (Fig.  50), 
the  liquefied  ammonia,  which  parted  with  its  latent 
heat  during  condensation  by  pressure,  is  placed  in 
the  inner  shell  A,  through  which  tubes  traverse, 
the  whole  being  inclosed  in  an  outer  shell,  B.  The 
fountain  communicates  with  the  valve  chest  of  the 
cylinder  C,  in  the  same  way  as  the  steam  induction 
pipe  of  a  steam-engine  connects  the  boiler  and  the 
fig.  50. 


Lamm's  Ammonia  Engine. 


cylinder.  In  the  outer  shell  B  is  placed  some  of 
the  water,  or  weak  solution  of  ammonia  that  was 
left  in  the  boiler  of  the  still,  of  a  suitable  tempera- 
ture to  generate  the  required  pressure  at  starting. 
This  heat  exists,  then,  in  the  liquefied  ammonia  as 
expansive  force,  and  passes  out  with  the  gas  to  the 
cylinder,  where,  a  portion  having  been  converted 
into  work,  the  remainder  passes,  with  the  exhaust 
gas,  back  to  the  weak  solution  in  the  shell  B, 
where,  the  latter  becoming  instantly  condensed,  the 
heat  is  again  rendered  sensible  and  passes  through 
the  walls  of  the  tubes,  to  generate  expansive  force, 
and  so  on,  the  total  loss  of  heat  for  a  given  amount 
of  work  being  the  equivalent  of  the  work  per- 
formed, plus  that  which  may  have  radiated  from 
the  shell  during  the  performance  of  the  work  ; 
while  the  loss  of  the  material  itself  is  only  that 
due  to  whatever  leakage  has  taken  place. 

An  oil-packed  stuffing-box  is  shown  at  D.     An 
annular    chamber    surrounding   the   piston-rod   is 


AMMONIA   ENGINE. 


30 


ANAL  DILATOR 


kept  supplied  with  oil  from  the  chamber  E,  through 
a  suitable  pipe  ;  this  forms  a  practically  impassable 
barrier  to  the  escape  of  free  ammonia.  The  oil 
becomes  more  or  less  saponified  by  the  action  of  the 
ammonia ;  but  this  does  not  interfere  with  the  use- 
fulness of  the  packing,  or  the  proper  lubrication  of 
the  moving  parts. 

Lamm's  United  States  Patents  :  — 
No.  105,581 

121,527 December  5, 1871. 

121,909 December  12,  1871. 

124,485 March  12,  1872. 

See  English  Patent,  No.  2,768,  of  1853.  A  hot- 
air  engine,  mixes  vapor  of  ether  with  air. 

Jean  Frot's  Ammonia  Engine,  No.  60,500,  De- 
cember 18,  1866.  Specially  designed  for  condens- 
ing, washing,  and  retaining  for  re-use  the  exhaust 
vapor. 

See  also  English  Patents  :  — 
5,212  of  1825. 
9,221  of  1842. 
Lauback,  U.  S.  Patent,  May  28, 1872  .     .     .    127,250. 

See  also  AIR  AND  GAS  ENGINES  FOR  PROPEL- 
LING CARS.  See  also  COMPRESSED-AIR  ENGINE. 

Bom/ias,  Engl.  Pat.   No.  5,644  .     .     .     1828,  Compressed  air. 
Stevens  If  Jierakaw  .     .  1,092       .     .    1863,  Compressed  air. 
S.  Carson,  U.  S.  Pat.    .     December  9,  1856. 
N.  H.  Harbour      .    .     .    March  14,      1865,  Garb,  acid  gas. 

Am-mo'ni-a  Me'ter.  An  instrument  by  Grif- 
fin, for  testing  liquid  ammonia ;  one  spindle,  with 
125°,  which  includes  the  strongest  ammonia  that 
can  exist  at  the  temperature  of  62°  F.,  and  extends 
to  all  weak  solutions  :  sp.  gr.  .875  to  1.000. 

Every  degree  shows  seventeen  grains  of  dry  am- 
monia in  a  decigallon  of  liquor.  In  "  Chemical  Rec- 
reations," p.  329,  a  table  is  given  which  shows  every 
particular  respecting  solutions  of  ammonia ;  the 
strength  in  atoms,  the  percentage  of  ammonia,  its 
weight  per  decigallon  in  grains,  the  comparative 
money  value  of  different  solutions  per  lb.,  etc. 

Am-mo'ni-a  Ore  Pro'cess.  The  copper  and 
silver  salts,  after  calcination  of  the  ore,  are  dis- 
solved by  means  of  ammonia  and  ammoiiiacal  salts ; 
this  solution  is  then  passed  througli  a  galvanic  tank, 
formed  by  a  suitable  and  economical  arrangement 
of  sheets  of  platinum  and  copper,  by  which  means 
the  whole  of  the  silver  is  deposited  in  practically  a 
pure  state,  whilst  the  copper  passes  on  —  still  in 
ammoniacal  solution  —  and  is  precipitated  as  oxide, 
by  passing  steam  into  the  solution,  with  the  simul- 
taneous addition  of  a  very  small  amount  of  caustic 
alkali.  Tin's  not  only  precipitates  the  copper  as 
oxide,  but  drives  off  the  ammonia,  which  may  be 
collected  for  re-use.  The  special  advantages  claimed 
for  the  ammonia  process  are  chiefly  its  economy 
and  simplicity,  and  the  purity  of  the  products  ob- 
tained. 

Am-mo'ni-a  So'da  Pro'cess.  A  process  of 
soda  manufacture,  the  success  of  which  is  mainly 
due  to  the  ingenuity  and  perseverance  of  M.  E. 
Solvay,  of  Couillet,  Belgium.  See  p.  2234,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

The  fundamental  reaction  in  the  manufacture  — 
the  decomposition  of  common  salt  in  solution  by 
bicarbonate  of  ammonium  into  insoluble  bicarbon- 
ate of  sodium  and  chloride  of  ammonium,  and  the 
regeneration  of  the  ammonia  by  treatment  with 
lime  —  as  contrasted  with  the  cycle  of  reactions 
involved  in  Leblanc's  process,  attracted  the  atten- 
tion of  technical  chemists  long  since.  As  early  as 
1838,  the  method  was  patented  in  England  by 
Dyar,  Gray,  Harrison,  and  Hemming. 

The  subject  is  fully  and  lucidly  treated  in  the 
Report  of  Dr.  Jenkins",  "  Paris  Exposition  Reports  " 
(1878),  vol.  iv.,  pp.  44  et  seq. 


See  also  "Scientific  American  Supplement  '-^  *2707,  2719, 
*  3969,  *  41 12. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  June  24,  1876  ;  and  vol.  *  xxxvi.  405. 

Am-mo'iii-a    Test    Ap'pa-ra'tus.      W.  W. 

Goodwin's  ammonia  and  sulphur  test   apparatus, 
for  gas  works. 

"American  Gas-light  Journal,"  *  July  3,  1876. 

Am'o-ri'ni  Vase.  A  vase  to  be  presented  as 
a  love-token.  For  instance,  one  at  the  Paris  Ex- 
position, by  Solon,  in  the  style  of  Louis  XVI.,  the 
body  in  celadon,  and  an  upper  zone  in  blue  with 
cupids  in  white.  The  vase  supported  by  cupids 
(amorini),  molded  in  oxydized  silver. 

Am'pli-fi'er.  (Microscope.)  A  plan  for  in- 
creasing the  magnifying  power  by  means  of  a 
double  concave  lens  placed  in  the  body  tube  of  the 
microscope,  between  the  object-glass  and  the  eye- 
piece. 

The  Tolles  amplifier  is  discussed  in  the  "Amtrican  Journal 
of  Microscopy?'  February,  1878.  The  remarks  are  repro- 
duced in  part  in  "Scientific  American,"1  xxxviii.,  152,  202. 

The  Rev.  J.  II.  Wythe.  M.  I).,  describes  two  amplifiers  used 
by  himself,  us  follows  :  — 

"  Either  of  them  is  used  in  a  sliding  tube  between  the  eye- 
piece aud  objective,  and  the  proper  position  is  found  by 
trial.  The  first  consists  of  a  cylindrical  lens,  conical  in 
shape,  with  the  smaller  end  concave,  toward  the  tibject-gla«i, 
and  the  larger  end  convex.  This  gives  a  large  incivuse  of 
magnifying  power  aud  excellent  definition  when  used  with 
the  strongest  eye-piece  of  Uundlach,  or  other  makers.  The 
second  form  is  better  still,  and  consists  of  a  double  concave 
lens,  having  a  virtual  focus  of  about  1J",  at  the  end  of  a 
tube  about  6"  long,  at  the  other  end  of  which  is  the  ordi- 
nary negative  eye-piece.  In  both  these  forms  the  extent 
and  flatness  of  the  field  is  quite  remarkable,  as  well  as  the 
amount  of  light,  while  the  amplification  is  very  great.  With 
a  periscopic  eye-piece  of  Gundlach,  or  the  No.  3  of  the  same 
maker,  or  with  the  strongest  eye-piece  of  Crouch,  my  ^th 
objective  defines  the  semi-lenses  on  the  frustule  of  Pleuro- 
sigma  angulatum,  the  markings  on  S.  gemma,  or  Gramma- 
lopliora  subtilissima ,  with  a  power  of  4,000  diameters." 

See  also  "  Carpenter  on  Microscope,"1  1875  ed. 

An'a-cos'ti-a.  (Fabric.)  A  French  goods  made 
on  a  serge  loom,  aud  having  a  worsted  warp  and 
merino  wool  weft. 

An'aes-thet'ic  In-ha'ler.  An  instrument  for 
the  administration  of  ether,  chloroform,  nitrous 
oxide,  etc.  See  pp.  92,  93,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

In  the  illustration  is  a  metallic  inhaler  consisting 
of  — 

A,  A  metallic  hood  containing 

B,  A  flexible  rubber  hood  covering  both  mouth  and  nose. 

C,  Exhaling  valve. 

D,  Two-way  stop-cock. 

/,  Packing  through  which  passes  a  silken  cord  attached  to 
a  mouth-gag. 

/,  Contains  the  inhaling  valve. 

F,  Hollow  sphere  containing  sponge  saturated  with  the 
anfesthetic  liquid  through  the  opening  G, 

H,  Cover  to  close  it  when  out  of  use. 

Fig.  51. 


Ancesthetic  Inhaler. 

Ansethesia,  Early  use  of    .     "Sc.  American  Sup.'1'  1290. 

Plant  .  .  .  "  Sc.  American  "  .  xxxv.  162. 
A'nal  Di-la'tor.  (Surgical.)  Instruments  for 
distending  the  sphincter  ani  to  permit  examination 
of  the  mucous  wall  of  the  rectum,  are  shown  in 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum ,"  as  fol- 
lows :  — 


ANAL   SPECULUM. 


31 


ANCHOR. 


Aual  Dilator,  Fig.  563,  p.  119,  Part  III. 

Thebtiud's  Sphincter  Ani  Dilator,  Fig.  534,  p.  119,  Part  III. 

Called  also  RECTAL  DILATOR. 

A'nal  Spec'u-lum.  (Surgical.)  Speculum  ani. 
An  iustrument  for  exposing  to  view  the  interior  of 
the  rectum.  The  references  are  to  Tiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium Chirurgicum  "  :  — 

Gorget-formed  Speculum,  Fig.  549,  p.  117,  Part  III. 

Trivalve  Trellis  Anal  Speculum,  Fig.  547.     Ibid. 

Ashton's  Fenestrated  Anal  Speculum,  Fig.  546.     Ibid. 

Bodenhamer's  Recto-colon  ic  endoscope,  Fig.  548.     Ibid. 

Bivalve  Speculum  Ani,  Figs.  534, 559.    Ibid. 

Williams'*  Rectal  Speculum,  Fig.  623.     Ibid. 

See  also  ANAL,  DILATOR  ;  HEMORRHOID  IN- 
STRUMENTS, etc. 

A'nal  Sup-port'er.      (Surgical.)     A   pad  of 

similar  application  to  a  truss,  for  supporting  the 
part  in  cases  of  prolapsus  ani.  Matthieu's,  Tiemann's 
"Armamentarium  Chirurgicum,"  Part  IV.,  p.  134, 
Fig.  207  ;  and  p.  19,  Fig.  46. 

An'a-lyz'er.  (Optics.)  The  upper  one  of  the 
two  Nichols'  prisms  in  the  polariscope  ;  the  lower 
one  being  the  polarizer.  See  POLARISCOPE. 

An-a-mor'pho-scope'.  A  device  to  illustrate 
certain  optical  effects. 

The  object  has  distorted  figures,  which  become 
perfect  on  being  looked  at  in  the  mirror. 
Fig.  52. 


Williams's  "  Reliance  "  anchor  is  without  a  stock, 
and  is  designed  to  be  non-fouling  and  self-canting. 
It  holds  by  both  flukes  at  once,  and  has  no  stock 


64. 


'Reliance  ''  Anchor. 


to  foul  the  cable,  like  the  Latham  anchor,  Fig.  190, 
p.  95,  "  Mech.  Did."  The  pair  of  flukes  hinged  in 
the  head  are  also  like  the  Latham  and  the  Morgan 
(Fig.  188,  Ibid.).  The  Marshall  (Fig.  189,  Ibid.), 
has  also  hinged  flukes,  but  they  are  independent. 


Fig.  55. 


Anam  orphoscope . 

An'a-tom'ic-al  Syr'inge.  For  injecting  the 
arteries  of  the  human  body  with  an  embalming 
fluid,  or,  in  subjects  for  demonstrating  anatomy, 
with  a  colored  fluid  which  solidifies  in  situ. 

An'chor.  1.  The  analogues  in  nature  of  the 
mariner's  anchor  are  amusingly  like  the  grapnel. 

The  upper  one  in  Fig.  53  is  from  a  relative  of  the 
sea-cucumber  (Leptosynapta  Cirardii).  It  is  covered 
with  the  symbol  of  the  deep.  The  skin  is  filled 
with  minute  perforated  oval  plates,  to  each  of 
which  is  attached  by  the  shank  a  perfect  little  an- 
chor. Doubtless  the  flukes  of  these  anchors  give  it 
the  means  of  keeping  itself  in  place.  The  lower 
specimen  is  the  Pheronema,  which  has  its  threads 
near  the  extremities  marked  by  projecting  notches, 
while  at  the  very  extremity  it  is  actually  anchor- 
shaped,  as  shown  by  a  thread  greatly  magnified. 
Fig.  53. 


Natural  Grapnels  of  a  Holothurian.    Anchor  and  Barbed 
Threads  of  a  Pheronema. 

Rosella,  also,  has  a  great  outlay  of  mooring- 
threads,  with  frequently  a  line  quadrate-barbed  at 
its  extremity.  These  "lines  have  actually  at  the 
bottom  a  four-hooked  grapnel. 


Tyzack's  Anchor. 


In  the  celebrated  Trotman  anchor  (Fig.  182),  the 
arms  are  hinged  to  the  shank. 

Tyzack's  anchor  (Fig.  55,  British)  has  a  shank, 
A,  made  in  two  parallel  parts  secured  together  by 
pins,  and  a  single  arm  with  a  fluke  /?,  fitted  with  a 
7"-head,  which  rests  against  a  pin  H.  The  advan- 
tages of  this  form  are  similar  to  those  just  recited  : 
Relative  lightness,  absence  of  stock,  ready  assump- 
tion of  holding  position,  ease  of  handling,  etc. 

This  anchor  was  tested  to  destruction  at  the 
Lloyd's  proving-house,  Netherton,  England,  finally 
giving  way  at  250  per  cent-  overproof. 

"Engineer,"  *  xliii.  355. 

The  Martin  self-canting  anchor  is  in  much  favor 
with  the  British  admiralty,  all  the  turret-ships 
being  provided  with  it,  has  no  stock,  nor  steadying 
arms.  Admiral  Inglefield's  modification  of  the 
Martin  resembles  the  latter  in  the  special  feature 
that  the  arms  are  on  parallel  lines,  and  so  grip  the 
ground  simultaneously.  It  differs  from  it,  how- 
ever, in  the  very  important  characteristic,  that  in- 
stead of  the  arms  being  made  of  one  forcing,  and 
working  through  the  crown,  they  are  formed  of 
separate  forgings,  and  are  attached  to  the  shank  by 
a  swivel  pin.  The  advantages  gained  for  the  an- 
chor are  greater  holding  power  and  less  liability  to 
foul. 

The  parts  of,  and  apparatus  concerned  with,  the 
anchor  and  cable  :  — 


Anchor  lift. 
Anchor  shackle. 


Arm. 

Bill. 


ANCHOR. 


ANCHORED   NET. 


Blade. 
Bower. 

Bull  rope. 

Buoy  rope. 

Cable  shackle. 

€apstaa. 

Cat. 

Cat  back. 

Clutch. 

Compressor. 

Controller. 

Crown. 

Deck  stopper. 

Devil's  claw. 

Dog  stopper. 

Fish. 

Fluke. 

Forelock. 

Grapnel. 

Hedge. 

Kedging. 

Kevel. 

Link. 

Messenger. 

Mooring  swivel 

Nippers. 

Palm. 

Passing  nippers 

Pawl. 

Pee. 

Point. 

Racking  turns. 

Ring. 

Shackle. 

Shank. 


Slip  stopper. 

Square. 

Stock. 

Stopper. 

Stream  anchor. 

Stud. 

Swivel. 

Swifter. 

Throat. 

Trend. 

Warping. 

Whelps. 

Wing  stopper. 


East  River  bridge  are  shown  in  Figs.  56  and  57. 
In  the  former  the  cable  and  anchor  are  shown  in 
position,  and  in  the  latter  figure  an  anchor-plate  is 
shown  separately. 

Each  anchor-plate  weighs  23  tons,  and  is  made 
with  10  radiated  arms.  Four  of  these  anchors  are 
required  at  each  end  of  the  bridge,  two  meeting  on 
the  central  longitudinal  line,  and  the  others  disposed 
one  at  each  side.  Each  is  imbedded  in  concrete 
in  the  third  row  of  stone.  Through  apertures  left 

fig.  59. 


Section  of  a  Pier,  East  River  Bridge,  New  York. 
The  followiug  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 


Smith  (Stockiess),  Br.  .  * 
Spedden  if  Stafford  .  .  * 
Swinburn  (Portable),  Br.  * 

* 

Tyzack,  Br * 


'Engineer,"  xlvii.  219. 

'  Scientific  American,"  xli.  7. 


'Engineer,"  xliii.  427. 
'Scientific  American  Sup. 
'Engineer,"  xliii.  355. 
1  Scientific  American  Sup. 


Fig.  57. 


Anchor-plate,  East  River  Bridge,  N.  Y. 
2.  The  anchors  for  the  suspension  cables  of  the 


Traction  Rope  Anchor  for  Steam  Plow. 


in  the  centers  of  the  plates  the  first  set  of  bars  for 
the  chains  is  placed.  Each  chain  has  10  sets  of 
links  and  two  sets  lead  from  each  plate.  The  sec- 
tion Fig.  56  exhibits  the  arrangement.  To  each 
pair  of  bars  a  strand  of  the  cable  is  attached  so 
that  19  strands  in  all  will  be  fastened  to  the  ends 
of  two  chains  of  bars  loading  from  each  anchor- 
plate.  The  strain  on  each  of  the  four  cables  is 
estimated  at  1,833  tons,  or  7,332  tons  on  the  col- 
lected four  cables.  Against  this  is  the  dead  weight 
of  the  masonry  structure,  amounting  to  44, (-00  tons. 
There  is  besides  a  pressure  on  the  joints  of  the  im- 
bedded links  which  has  been  considered  and  pro- 
vided for. 

"  Scientific  American  " *xxxiv._15. 

See  also  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"1  *  (54,  (55, 

3.  A  movable  pulley  carriage  to  which  the  trac- 
tion wire-rope  of  a  steam  plow  passes  at  the  head- 
lands. 

The  frame  carries  a  horizontal  sheave  and  rests 
on  thin  disk  wheels,  which  cut  into  the  ground, 
and  resist  the  side  strain  of  the  engine  and  imple- 
ment. It  is  moved  along  the  headland  by  the  mo- 
tion of  the  sheave  or  pulley,  which  is  turned  by  the 
rope  :  the  sheave  is  connected  by  gear  to  a  drum, 
which  winds  up  a  rope  stretched  along  the  head- 
land, and  keeps  the  anchor  opposite  its  work.  The 
apparatus  is  provided  with  a  steerage,  which  ena- 
bles it  to  be  worked  along  a  crooked  headland,  and 
is  managed  by  a  boy,  who  also  attends  to  shifting 
rope-porters.  The  box  is  to  hold  stones,  intended 
as  a  counterpoise,  to  prevent  the  anchor  from  being 
pulled  over  when  doing  very  heavy  work. 

The  particular  form  shown  is  designed  for  the 
'roundabout  system.  Two  anchors  are  employed, 
occupying  positions  opposite  to  each  other  on  the 
headlands,  and  proceeding  at  a  right  angle  to  the 
course  of  the  plow.  This  form  of  anchor  is  auto- 
matically moved  the  regulated  distance,  equal  to 
the  width  of  cultivation  of  the  implement  at  one 
passage,  and  this  without  the  draw-rope  reaching 
to  a  claw-anchor  at  the  other  end  of  the  field. 

See  STEAM  PLOW,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

An'chored  Net.  (Fishing.)  One  secured  by 
sunken  anchors  or  stones,  as  with  some  seines.  In 
contradistinction  to  drifting  or  staked  nets. 


"1471. 
-1282. 


ANCHOR   FISH-HOOK. 


33 


ANEMOGRAPH. 


Fig.  59. 


An'chor  Fish'-hook.  An  anchoring  hook 
for  fish-nets  or  lines.  The  line  is 
bent  around  the  grommet  and 
lashed. 

An'chor  Lift.  A  device  to  lift 
the  pile  or  pole  wherewith  a  dredge 
or  lighter  is  anchored.  Such  a 
pile  is  known  —  in  Mississippi 
River  parlance,  at  least  —  as  a 
grouser,  which  see. 

Canan's  anchor-lift  is  a  device 
on  the  dredge  operated  by  hy- 
draulic power  to  grip  the  anchor- 
ing pile  during  its  upward  move- 
_____  inent,  and  slacken  from  it  on  the 

Anchor  Fish-hook.   r?tunl.  m°tio11'  and  SO  b?  a  .Suf es' 
sion  ot  movements  to  raise  it  from 

the  mud  or  sandy  bottom  into  which  it  had  been 
driven. 

"Scientific  American,"  *xxxv.  70. 

An'chor  Shack'le.  (Nautical.)  The  bow  or 
clevis,  with  two  eyes  and  a  screw  bolt,  or  bolt  and 
key,  for  securing  the  cable  to  the  ring  of  the  an- 
chor. Also  used 
for  coupling 
lengths  of  chain 
cable. 

An'chor 
Shot.  (Life- 
saving  Appara- 
tus.) A  three- 
fluked  anchor, 
with  cord  at- 
t  a  c  h  e  d,  fired 

Anchor  tackles.  f[Om    a    gun    on 

snore  or  aboard : 

in  the  first  case,  to  afford  communication  with  a 
stranded  vessel;  in  the  second  case,  to  get  a  rope 
ashore,  to  enable  boats  to  land  through  the  surf. 
A  grapple-shot ;  or  barbed  shot,  which  see. 

Fig.  fil. 


Fig.  60. 


Chandler's  Anchor  Shot.     Before  firing  and  after  firing. 

The  invention  of  Capt.  Ralph  Chandler,  U.  S. 
Navy ;  the  shot  has  hinged  anchor  flukes  project- 
ing from  its  sides,  and  folding  back  into  slots,  so  as 
not  to  interfere  with  the  entrance  of  the  shot  into 
the  gun  ;  but  expanding  when  fired,  to  catch  in 
the  rigging.  To  the  rear  of  the  shot  a  chain  or 
wire  rope  is  attached,  and  carried  to  the  front  of 
the  shot  through  another  slot. 

3 


"Ordnance  Report,"  1878,  Appendix  P,  p.  313,  and  Plate 
LI  I. 

"Army  and  Navy  Journal,'*  April  27,  1878.  p.  607. 
"Harpers  Weekly,"  June  15,  1878. 

An'chy-lo'sis  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Suryical.)  An 
apparatus  for  the  gradual  extension  of  contracted 
muscles.  Used  also  for  the  breaking  up  of  false 
anchylosis.  Also  as  a  safeguard  against  malposi- 
tion, allowing  the  joint  to  anchylose  in  the  position 
of  greatest  usefulness  in  cases  where  a  cure  is  im- 
possible. 

See  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Oiirurgicum,"  Part  IV. 
Elbow-joint  Apparatus,  Fig.  53,  p.  23. 
Long  Knee-joint  Apparatus,  Fig  90,  p.  48. 
Short  Knee-joint  Apparatus,  Figs.  91,  92,  p.  49. 
See  also  Fig.  202,  p.  79,  "Mech.  Diet." 

An'der-son  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  The  or- 
dinary zinc  and  carbon  elements  are  employed;  the 
zinc  being  placed  in  the  porous  cell  and  immersed 
in  a  solution  of  muriate  of  ammonium,  and  the 
carbon  in  oxalate  of  chromium  and  potassium,  in 
combination  with  free  bichromate  of  potassium  and 
hydro-chloric  acid. 

"Scientific  American,'''  *  xliii.  115. 

A-ne'mi-us.  A  small  chemical  smelting  fur- 
nace. 

A-nem'o-graph.  The  vane  for  recording  the 
direction  of  the  wind,  used  in  the  observatories  of 
France,  consists  of  two  connected  strips  of  thin 
copper,  about  2'  in  length,  attached  to  an  axis  at 
A,  and  having  a  counterpoise,  which  enables  the 
vane  with  its  axis  to  turn  with  great  readiness. 

Fig.  62. 


Wind  Vane  of  French  Anemograph. 
The  axis  has  four  copper  disks  attached.  These 
are  shown  detached  to  the  left  of  the  cut,  F\s-  62, 
and  also  in  Fig.  63.  Each  disk  is  so  cut  that  only 
T^ths  of  its  circumference  has  the  full  size;  this 
portion  only  comes  in  contact  with  a  metallic 
spring,  of  which  there  is  one  for  each  disk,  and  this 
wire  connects  with  electric  apparatus  in  the  office 
of  the  observer.  But  two  of  the  disks  can  be  in 
electric  connection  at  the  same  time. 

Take  the  left-hand  disk  (Fig.  63),  for  instance, 
Its  surface  has  the  16  divisions,  but  only  the  6,  from 
E.  N.  E.  to  W.  N.  W.,  are  on  the  extended  portion 
of  the  perimeter,  so  as  to  touch  the  spring  belong- 
ing to  this  di.-k.  The  other  disks  have  each  also 
the  same  proportionate  parts  of  extended  perime- 
ters :  the  second  disk  from  N.  N.  W.  to  S.  S.  W., 
and  so  on. 

To  illustrate,  by  tracing  the  action  through  a 
portion  of  a  revolution,  —  at  the  compass  point  N. 
N.  E.  the  North  disk  (a,  Fig.  63 )  alone  touches  a 
wire,  and  but  one  pencil  records  upon  the  traveling 


ANEMOGRAPH. 


34 


ANEMOMETROGRAPH. 


paper  ribbon  until  N.  N.  W.  is  reached,  when  the 
West  disk  (b)  closes  the  electric  circuit,  and  two 
pencils  record  until  W.  N.  W.  is  reached,  when 
the  circuit  of  the  N.  disk  is  broken,  and  the  W. 
disk  alone  records.  So  on  of  the  other  portion  of 
the  circuit. 

It  will  be  noticed  that  at  the  cardinal  points,  N., 
W.,  S.,  E.,  and  two  points  on  each  side  (32  points 


a  b  c 

Frenc.li  Anemograph  JJisicf  on  turning  uxi*. 

to  the  compass),  only  one  telegraphic  pencil  is  at 
work  ;  at  intermediate  points  two  pencils  record. 
Thus  the  direction  of  the  air  current  is  read  within 
a  point  or  two.  Greater  accuracy  might  be  attained 
by  multiplying  the  number  of  disks.  The  French 
observatories  have  four  recording  cylinders  moved 
by  clock-work.  In  the  United  States  instruments 
one  cylinder  receives  the  four  traces. 

The  anemograph  of  M.  Redier,  of  Lyons,  has  a 
vane  supported  on  a  wheeled  tripod  revolving  on  a 
circular  rail.  The  axis  prolonged  downward  has 
a  paper-currying  cylinder  upon  it ;  this  is  gradu- 
ated vertically  and  horizontally,  and  a  pencil  ap- 
plied to  the  paper  is  moved  vertically  by  clock- 
work. The  tracing  gives  wind  direction  and  time. 

An'e-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  ascer- 
taining the  rate  of  the  wind. 

Casella's  anemometer  is  a  portable  instrument, 
and  is  especially  intended  for  measuring  the  veloci- 
ty of  currents  of  air  passing  through  coal-mines, 
aiid  the  ventilating  spaces  of  hospitals  and  other 
public  buildings. 

The  indications  are  shown  by  a  large  dial  and 
hand,  and  five  smaller  ones.  The  large  dial  is  di- 
vided into  100  parts,  and  represents  the  number  of 

Fig.  64. 


Casella's  Am-tiiiimttrr. 

feet  up  to  100  traversed  by  the  current  of  air.  The 
five  smaller  dials  represent  1,000,  and  so  on,  multi- 
plying successively  by  10,  to  10,000,000=  1,893 
miles.  By  means  of  the  large  dial,  as  low  a  motion 
as  50  feet  per  minute  may  be  measured.  By 
means  of  the  catch,  a,  the  work  is  put  out  of  gear. 
A  handle  and  universal  joint,  e,  allow  the  appa- 
ratus to  be  lifted  to  a  higher  level,  or  thrust  into  an 
aperture. 

See  the  following  papers  by  J.  W.  Osborne, 
"Proceedings  of  the  American  Association  for  the 
Advancement  of  Science  " :  — 


"  Construction  of  a  Sensitive  Wind-vane," 

*  St.  Louis  Meeting,  Aug.,  1878. 
"  Wind-vane  Rotations,''     *  Nashville  Meeting,  Aug.,  1877. 

See  also  — 

Anemometer,  Electric.  Hardy  .     .     "  Teleg.  Jour.,''  iv.  134. 
Anemometer  ....  Lons.     .     .     "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  1746. 
Anemograph  ....  French  .     .     "Sr.  Am.  £M/;.,"  112. 
Anemometer  .     .     .     .  Negretti     .  *"Man.  if  B.,"  x.  156. 
Anemoscope,  Br.     .     .    Vernon      .  *  "Engineer"  xlviii.  268, 

326. 

An'e-mo-met' ro-graph.  An  instru- 
ment for  recording  the  rate  and  direction  of 
the  wind. 

The  anemometrograph  of  VEcole  des  Ponts 
e.t  Chaitsse'es  of  France,  is  composed  of  two 
parts  which  may  be  regarded  as  distinct :  the 
anemometer  proper  and  the  register. 

The  anemometer  is  on  the  principle  of  that 
invented  forty  years  since  by  Dr.  Robinson, 
of  the  Armagh  Observatory,  Ireland.  It  is  com- 
posed of  a  hollow  vertical  shaft,  of  which  the  lower 
portion  is  secured  on  a  mast  of  any  convenient 
height.  The  upper  end  carries  four  radial  hori- 
zontal spokes,  b,  at  angles  of  90°,  each  terminated 


Anemometrograph  of  the.  Fonts  et  Chaussees,  France. 

(Elevation.) 

by  a  light  hemispherical  metallic  cup  a,  so  disposed 
that  the  concavity  of  each  is  presented  towards  the 
convexity  of  the  next  one. 

When  this  windwheel  —  as  it  may  be  called  —  is 


ANEMOMETROGRAPH. 


35 


ANEMOMETROGRAPH. 


exposed  to  a  current  of  air,  the  wind  strikes  in  the 
hollow  of  that  cup,  the  concavity  of  which  is  fa- 
vorably presented,  but  glides  from  the  convexity  of 
the  others.  Thus  the  windwheel  assumes  a  rotary 
motion  on  its  axis.  It  was  demonstrated  by  Dr. 
Robinson  that  the  number  of  turns  in  a  given  time 
are  proportioned  to  the  rate  —  that  is  force  —  of 
the  wind,  and  it  has  been  found  'that  the  number  3 
expresses  the  relation  between  the  speed  of  the 
wind  aud  the  space  traversed  by  the  wings.  Thus 
an  anemometer,  of  which  the  circle  described  by 
the  center  of  the  wings  is  equal  to  1.67  meter,  will 
give  for  each  turn  of  the  wings  an  indication  of 
5.01  m.  as  the  distance  traversed  by  the  wind. 

Below  the  windwheel  is  a  counter,  which,  by 
means  of  an  electric  wire  (  Fin  Fig.  65),  transmits 
to  the  register  (Fig.  67),  the  indications  of  speed. 

Farther  beneath,  on  a  horizontal  arbor,  are  fixed 
two  large  wheels  R  R',  with  inclined  vanes,  which 
are  driven  by  the  slightest  current  of  air. 

The  spokes  of  the  wind-cups  a  a  are  mounted 
on  a  small  vertical  axis,  c  (Fig.  65),  the  pointed 
foot  of  which  reposes  upon  an  agate  plate  in  a 
socket.  A  worm-wheel  on  the  axis  rotates  a  wheel, 
d,  which  has  200  teeth,  and  which  carries  on  its 
side  face  two  metallic  pins  which  successively  touch 
in  passing  a  spring,  e  e.  A  wire  g  connects  this 
spring  with  a  binding-post,  i,  to  which  it  is  se- 
cured. 

The  shaft  which  supports  the  windwheel  and  the 
counter  is  hollow  to  permit  passage  to  the  insulated 
wire  (],  and  is  united  by  a  screw-joint  to  the  por- 
tion beneath,  in  which  the  axis  of  the  windwheels 
R  R'  is  journaled.  J  is  a  cap  to  protect  from  rain 
and  dust. 

Fig.  66. 


Anemometrograph.     Fonts  et  Chaussees.    (Plan.) 

The  horizontal  arbor  of  the  wheels  R  R'  operates 
by  means  of  the  wlnelsand  pinions  o  v  "  (Fig.  66), 
and  a  pinion  meshing  into  a  fixed  crown  wheel, 
c  c,  attached  to  the  body  X  Y  Z,  which  supports 
the  whole  instrument.  Owing  to  this  arrangement, 
when  the  wheels  commence  to  turn  under  the  in- 
fluence of  the  wind,  the  pinion  p  turns  also,  but, 
in  virtue  of  the  reaction  which  it  receives  from 
the  fixed  teeth  of  the  crown-wheel  c  c,  it  is  dis- 
placed, and  the  wheels  take  a  movement  of  trans- 
lation around  the  vertical  axis  M  Af  (Fig.  65),  un- 
til the  plane  of  their  wings  becomes  parallel  to 
the  direction  of  the  wind.  The  axis  M  Arrests  in 
a  socket,  t.  A  brass  ring,  it,  secured  by  a  screw,  ?/, 
holds  it  in  the  socket,  and  at  the  same  time  pre- 
serves ths  necessary  connection  between  the  mov- 
ing and  fixed  portions  of  the  instrument. 

A  cross-piece,  /  /,  attached  to  the  moving  portion 
of  the  instrument,  carries  two  springs,  x  r,  which, 
drawn  by  the  movement  of  translation,  strike  suc- 


cessively on  four  metallic  sectors,  separated  one 
from  the  other,  and  inlaid  in  an  insulated  disk. 
From  these  four  sectors,  which  correspond  to  the 
cardinal  points,  N.,  S.,  E.,  W.,  proceed  four  electric 
wires,  N  S  E  0  (Fr.)  as  seen  in  Fig.  65.  The 
binding  post  i  communicates  with  another  spring, 
which  strikes  in  all  positions  upon  a  metallic  circle, 
also  imbedded  in  the  insulated  disk.  The  metallic 
contacts  of  the  springs  on  the  sectors,  or  on  the  cir- 
cle, suffice  to  establish  electric  connection  with  the 
register,  which  remains  to  be  described. 

The  registration  is  effected  on  a  paper  ribbon,  e  e 
(Fig.  67),  which  is  unrolled  from  a  bobbin,  A,  and 
which,  having  passed  over  an   anvil,  B  B',  envel- 
Fig.  67. 


Nfr 


Anemometrographic  Register.  Fonts  et  Chaussees.  ( Elevation.) 

ops  in  part  the  engine-turned  cylinder  C",  on  its 
way,  in  turn  to  be  again  wound  on  the  wooden 
drum  of  a  pulley,  D,  which  is  turned  by  a  weight, 
p,  suspended  by  a  silken  cord  from  its  axis. 

The  cylinder  C"  is  governed  by  a  clock  move- 
ment inclosed  in  the  box  H,  which  gives  the  paper 
a  uniform  rate  of  motion.  The  inscription  of  the 
meteorological  indications  derived  from  the  appa- 
ratus formerly  described,  takes  place  upon  the  paper 
ribbon  by  means  of  5  steel  points,  v,  n,  s,  e,  o,  put  in 

Fig.  68. 


Anemomtlrographic  Register.     Fonts  et  Chaussees.     (Plan.) 

movement  by  the  passage  of  an  electric  current  in 
the  electro-rnagnct  corresponding  to  each  point. 

The  5  electro-magnets  are  identical  with  the  pul- 
sating armature  electric  bells  ;  an  improvement 
due  to  M.  Herve  Mangon,  now  Director  of  the  Con- 
servatoire des  Arts  et  Metiers. 

The  following  is  M.  Herve  Mangon 's  arrange- 
ment of  the  electro-magnet  in  the  registering  appa- 
ratus of  the  A  nemometrograph  of  I'Ecole  des  Fonts 
et  Chauss&s  of  France. 


ANEMOMETROGRAPH. 


36 


ANGLE   BRICK. 


One  of   the  poles  of   the  battery  communicates 

with  the  extremity  a  (Fig.  69),  of  the  wire  of  the 

bobbin  A.     The  other  extremity  of  the  wire  of  the 

bobbin  is  fixed  by  the  screw  b  to  the  steel  spring 

Fig.  69. 


Electro-magnet  of  the  Anemometrographic  Register.    (Eleva- 
tion.) 

d'  d.  The  other  pole  of  the  battery  connects  by 
the  wire  f,  with  a  metallic  piece,  c  c,  which  sup- 
ports by  a  steel  spring  the  soft  iron  armature  p, 
the  rod  p',  and  the  tracing  point  V.  An  insulator 
block,  i,  separates  the  spring  b  d'  d  from  the 
piece  c. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the.  electric  current  entering 
at  a,  follows  the  wire  of  the  bobbin,  arrives  at  6  d' 
d,  passes  by  the  contact  d,  in  the  palette  p,  arrives 
at  the  piece  c,  and  passes  off  by  the  wire  f.  As 
soon  as  a  current  is  thus  established  the  soft  iron 
core  of  tbe  electric  coil  attracts  the  palette  p ;  the 
point  V  descends,  and  strikes  the  paper  placed 
beneath  it  on  the  anvil  E.  This  descent  destroys 
the  contact  between  d  and  p,  and  breaks  the  cir- 
cuit, consequently  the  palette  p,  obeying  the  spring 
which  sustains  it,  rises  to  resume  its  former  posi- 
tion and  elevates  the  point  V.  The  contact  is  re- 
established in  d  and  the  preceding  phenomena  are 
repeated. 

The  point  V  thus  receives  a  rapid  vertical  vibra- 
tion as  long  as  the  current  is  maintained. 

It  will  thus  be  understood,  referring  to  Fig.  65, 
that  the  point  v  will  strike  every  time  that  the 
current  shall  be  closed  by  the  contact  of  the  pin 
on  the  wheel  d  d,  and  the  spring  e  e ;  that  is  to 
say,  each  time  that  the  windwheel  makes  100 
turns. 

As  to  the  matter  of  the  direction  of  the  wind,  it 
will  be  recalled  that  the  striking  springs  are  always 
in  contact  with  one,  or,  at  most,  two  of  the  four 

sectors  answering 


Fig.  70. 


Angle  Blocks.    (  Upper  and  lower.) 


to  the  winds  of  the 
cardinal  points. 
It  results  from  this 
that  the  electric 
current  will  pass 
by  one,  or  at  most 
by  two,  of  the  elec- 
tro-magnets N  S 
E  0.  The  traces 
left  then  on  the 
paper  ribbon  indi- 
cate the  successive 
directions  of  the 
wind.  If  the  two 
springs  are  in  si- 
multaneous c  o  n- 
tact  with  two  op- 
posite sectors,  the 
two  electro-mag- 
nets correspond- 
ing thereto  will 
operate  together, 
and  will  indicate 


that  the  direction  of  the  wind  is  comprised  between 
the  two  cardinal  points  to  which  the  two  sectors 
appertain. 

The  anemometograph  of  M.  Secchi  is  shown  in 
article  Met€oroyraplies,  vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  Laboulaye's 
"  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Sciences,"  Figs.  14,  15. 

An'e-roid.  (Preferably,  a-ne'roid.)  Pillischer's 
(London),  is  self-registering,  at  certain  intervals, 
by  means  of  electro-magnets  and  a  break-circuit 
clock.  Shown  at  Vienna,  1873. 

Aneroid,  on  the     .     .   *  "Engineering,"'  xxi.  223,  490. 

*"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.'-'  xviii.  104. 

*201. 
Cf.  Plympton's  "  The  Aneroid  and  how  to  use  it." 

An-gel'o-phone.  An  English  name  for  a  har- 
monium or  parlor  organ. 

A»'§le  Block         Fig.  71.  Fig.  72. 

1.      (Bridge-build- 
ing.)  Figs.  70,  71. 
A    casting  at  the 
junction    of    the 
braces  with   the     ^ 
chord,  in  a  bridge  fjr 
truss,  and  afford- 
ing points  of  bear- 
ing  for  the    sus- 
pension rods. 

2.  (Nautical.) 
Fig.  72.  A  swivel 
dock-block  used  in 
changing  the  di- 
rection of  a  rope 
in  h  o  i  s  t  i  n  g  or 
moving  cargo,  etc.  Portion  of  Bridge  Truss. 

It  has  usually  an  iron  frame  and  sheave,  and  is 
anchored  to  a  stake,  or  lashed  to  a  ring-bolt. 

An'gle  Bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  carpenter's 
machine  for  boring  mortises.  The  semi-circular 
guides  allow  the  standard  to  be  set  at  any  angle 
with  the  base  which  lies  flatly  upon  the  timber,  in 
order  to  allow  the  holes  to  be  bored  at  any  desired 
angle. 

Fig.  73. 


Angl 


Mac/tine. 


An'gle  Brick.  Bricks  specially  formed  to  en- 
able other  than  square  angles  to  be  turned  ;  either 
to  make  acute  or  obtuse  angles,  or  to  make  the 
quoin  ornamental.  The  angle  bricks,  shown  in  Fig. 
74,  are  of  the  latter  character,  admitting  of  a  mold- 


ANGLE   CAR-BORING   MACHINE.          37        ANGLE-IRON  BENDING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  74. 


ing  in  the  corner,  either  cylindrical  or  with  assizes 
of  varying  diameter. 

An'gle  Car-bor'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  framing 
machine  adapted  for  car  shop.*,  bridge  work,  etc. 

being  capable  of 
straight,  angle, 
and  end  boring, 
saving  the  mov- 
ing of  the  tim- 
ber by  being  it- 
sell'  adjustable. 
(See  Fig.  75.) 
Especially  useful 
in  boring  holes  in 
truck  and  body 
bolsters  for 
truss-rods.  The 
spindle  has  a 
horizontal  move- 
ment of  24". 
The  head  has  a 
horizontal  move- 
ment in  planed 
slides  in  the 
frame,  which 
permits  it  to  be 
brought  close  up 
to  the  stuff  when 
doing  angle- 
work.  The  head  is  adjusted  vertically  by  the  hand- 
wheel,  obviating  the  necessity  for  movement  of  the 
timber.  The  overhead  belt  is  kept  at  a  proper  ten- 
sion by  a.  weighted  pulley,  which  is  hung  in  a  slack 
loop  of  the  belt. 


Fig.  76. 


.77. 


Angle  Cock  for  Sugar- 
house  use. 


Angle  Check  Valve. 

Aii'gle  Check  Valve. 
A  valve  in  a  pipe  meeting 
another  at  an  angle. 

An'gle  Cock.  One  oc- 
cupying a  position  at  a  turn  or  bend  of  a  pipe,  as 
in  the  instance  shown,  Fig.  77,  which  is  one  adapted 
to  sugar-house  use. 

An'gle-cut'ting  Cir'cu-lar  Saw.  One 
adapted  by  adjustable  bed  and  fences  to  rip,  groove, 
or  cross-cut,  on  any  line  oblique  to  the  general 
working-line  of  the  piece. 


Angle  cutting  adjustments  are  found  on  other 
classes  of  saws,  such  as 
baud  and  jig  saws.  See 
under  those  heads.  See 
also  BEVEL  SCROLL-SAW, 
Fig.  669,  p.  279,  "Meclt. 
Diet.,"  where  the  princi- 
ple of  the  bevel  is  carried 
out  by  adjustment  of  the 
saw  itself. 

An'gle-iron  Bend'- 
ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  bending  angle- 
irons  for  the  rings  of  boil- 
ers. It  consists  of  a  largei 


Angle  Car-boring  Machine. 

circular  cast-iron  table,  to  one  side  of  which  the 
bending  mechanism  is  attached.  There  are  one 
large  and  three  small  vertical  rolls.  The  larger 
one  revolves  upon  a  fixed  spindle,  while  the  spin- 
dles of  the  others  can  be  traversed  by  means  of 
screws.  The  angle  iron  to  be  bent  is  gripped  be- 
tween the  fixed  and  the  middle  traversing  roll,  and 
the  two  outer  ones  are  then  moved  forward  simul- 
taneously to  bend  the  bar  to  the  curves  required. 
One  of  the  large  hand-wheels  is  used  for  moving 


Fig.  78. 


Angle-iron  Bending  Machine. 


ANGLE-IRON  BENDING   MACHINE.       38 


ANGLE   VALVE. 


the  "-ripping  roller,  and  the  other  for  traversing  the 
bending  rolls,  the  screws  employed  for  this  being 
geared  together.  The  two  gripping  rolls  are  driven 
by  the  gearing  shown  in  the  drawing,  the  moving 
roll  being  connected  to  the  gearing  by  universal 
clutches,  which  allow  a  free  motion  to  be  given  to 
the  sliding  bearings.  The  two  bending  rolls  are 
free  on  the  spindles,  and  are  not  driven.  For  car- 
rying the  angle-irons  upon  the  table,  rollers  may  be 
recessed  into  its  face. 

The  machine  illustrated  in  Fig.  78,  was  made  for 
bending  angle-irons  for  boilers  8'  in  diameter. 
"Engineering,"  *  xxiii.  421. 

An'gle  Meas'u-rer.  Rutherford's  glass  scale, 
for  the  mensuration  of  angles  of  astronomical  pho- 
tographs, is  about  10"  in  diameter,  divided  to  10 
minutes  of  arc,  and  adapted  to  a  spectrometer  sim- 
ilar to  the  one  used  by  Mascart,  and  described  in 
his  paper  on  the  measurement  of  wave  lengths. 
The  measurements  are  read  by  two  microscopes, 
each  magnifying  75  diameters.  —  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can," xxxv.  133. 

Fig.  80. 
Fig.  79. 


An'gle    Pies s'u r e- 
valve.     A  weighted  valve         Angle  Safety-valve. 
at  the  bend  of  a  pipe.     Fig.  79. 

An'gle    Safe'ty-valve.     One  placed  at  the 
bend  or  angle  of  a  steam-pipe.     Fig.  80. 


The  shear  is  operated  by  a  heavy  wrought-iron 
lever  within  the  housing.  An  independent  stop- 
motion  will  permit  the  blades  to  rest  open.  The 

Fig.   82. 


An'gle-shear'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  shear 
adapted  for  cutting  angle-iron  while  resting  on  tres- 
tles. Fig.  81. 

The  blades  have  no  shear  given  to  their  edges  ; 
but  by  punching  the  angle  off  with  a  cut  extending 
over  all  parts  of  the  iron  with  uniform  pressure, 
the  piece  cut  off  is  not  bent  out  of  shape. 


Hydraulic  Angle-shear. 

lower  blade  is  in  two  pieces.  The  speed  is  144 
revolutions  per  minute,  and  the  machine  will  shear 
6"  X  6"  angles. 

Fig.  82  represents  a  hydraulic  angle-shearing  ma- 
chine, made  by  Tweddell  for  the  French  govern- 
ment dockyard  at  Toulon. 

It  is  a  quadruple  angle-shearing  and  punching 
machine,  and,  with  1,500  Ibs.  pres- 
sure per  square  inch  in  the  mains, 
will  cut  clean  6£"  X  6£"  X  |"  angle 
iron  or  any  equal  section,  punching 
1-iuch  holes  in  the  same.  The  ma- 
chine is  really  composed  of  four  dis- 
tinct tools,  having  independent  con- 
nections to  the  main.  In  the  shop 
the  machine  is  partly  sunk  below  the 
ground  line. 

Fig.  88. 


Angle   Valt-es. 
a.  Angle  valve  in  bend. 
6.  Full-way  angle  bib-valve. 
c.  Full- way  angle  stop-valve. 

An'gle  Valve.     1 .  One  placed  at  a  bend  of  a 
pipe  or  tube.     In  a,  Fig.  83,  it  is  operated  by  a 


ANGULAR  BELTING. 


39       ANIMAL  CHARCOAL  REVIVIFIER. 


Angular  Belting. 


screw  ami  hand-wheel,  and  has  screw   connection 

sockets. 

Fig.  84.  2.  One     having 

an  angular  presen- 
tation relatively  to 
the  line  of  direc- 
tion of  the  pipe,  as 
in  6,  c,  Fig.  83. 

An'gu-lar 
Belt'ing.  A  belt- 
ing made  of  trun- 
cated wedging 
pyramids  of 
leather  of  many 
plies,  cemented 
and  riveted  t  o- 
gether,  the  whole 
strongly  riveted 
to  a  conveying 
strap  of  leather. 
(See  Fig.  84.)  The 
belt  fits  into  the 
angular  peripheral 
channel  of  the  belt 
pulley,  and  has 
great  adhesion. 
An'gu-lar  Bench  Drill.  A  portable  drill  at- 
tachable to  a  bench,  and  capable  of  angular  presen- 
pj  §5  tation  relatively  to 

the   surface  of  the 
latter.     Fig.  85. 

The  clamp  H  at- 
taches   it    to    the 
bench.     The 
hollow  shaft,  B, 
may  be  slipped, 
or  it  may  be  ro- 
tated    in     the 
clamp  C  on  the  stand- 
ard   A,   upon    which 
the  clamp  itself  is  ver- 
tically adjustable. 

An'gu-lar  Bif- 
stock.  A  n  extension 
member  to  the  ordinary 
brace  having  a  joint  for 
the  angular  transmission 
of  the  movement  to  the 
bit  so  that  the  latter  may 
reach  an  object  to  which 
the  brace  cannot  be  applied  vertically.  Fig.  86. 

Fig.  86.  An'gu-lar 

Trans-mis'sio  11 
Mpve'ment. 
This  is  familiar  in 
the  gimhal  joint 
commonly  used ; 


as  in   the    connecting 
members  of  the  tumbling 
of     threshing    machines. 
2218,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Bevel  gears  come  under  the 
title. 

The  Clemens  movement  is 
shown  in  "Iron  Age,"  *xviii., 
September  28,  p.  1. 

An'i-line  Pen'cil.  From  Portuguese  anil,  de- 
rived from  nil,  the  Sanskrit  name  of  indigo,  the  in- 
dicium of  Pliny. 

French  aniline  pencils  are  made  in  grades,  ac- 
cording to  the  hardness,  very  much  like  common 
lead  pencils.  The  materials  used  are  aniline, 
graphite,  and  kaolin,  in  different  proportions. 


Angular  Bench  Drill. 


Made  into  a  paste  in  cold  water,  the  material  is 
pressed  through  a  screen  that  divides  the  mass  into 
the  slender  sticks  used  in  filling  the  pencils.  When 
dry,  the  sticks  are  fitted  to  the  wooden  parts,  and 
these  are  glued  together  in  the  usual  way.  They 
may  be  used  in  copying,  marking  in  permanent 
color,  and  in  reproducing  writing  or  designs.  In 
copying,  a  thin  sheet  of  moistened  paper  is  laid 
over  the  letter,  design,  or  document,  and  the  lines 
are  traced  with  the  pencils.  The  action  of  the  water 
on  the  aniline  gives  a  deep,  fast  tracing,  resembling 
ink  in  color.  On  ordinary  dry  paper  they  give  a 
well-defined  mark  that  cannot  be  removed  by  india- 
rubber.  When  the  paper  is  dampened  with  water, 
the  markings  assume  the  appearance  of  ink.  Moist- 
ened sheets  laid  over  the  writing,  under  a  slight 
pressure,  will  transfer  good  impressions,  that  do 
not  blur,  and  that  resemble  the  original  in  every 
respect. 

An'i-mal  Char'coal  Re-viv'i-fi-er.  The  fab- 
rication of  bone-black,  employed  in  sugar  houses  as 
a  decolorant  and  absorbent,  consists  in  the  carboni- 
zation of  bones  in  a  closed  retort;  the  bones  hav- 
ing previously  been  broken,  and  deprived,  by  boil- 
ing, of  their  fatty  components.  Green  bones  give 
a  maximum  of  organic  substance  rather  than  those 
long  exposed  to  the  air,  and  give  by  calcination  a 
more,  active  decolorant. 

The  revivification  of  the  charcoal  consists  in  the 
processes  employed  to  restore  the  decoloring  prop- 
erty. For  this  purpose  it  is  first  washed  to  remove 
soluble  matters,  and  then  calcined  anew,  to  carbon- 


Fig.  87. 


Animal  Charcoal  Washer. 


ize  the  organic  matters  absorbed.  This  may  be 
done  twenty  to  twenty-five  times,  as  the  loss  is 
from  4  to  5  per.  cent,  at  each  operation.  This 
loss  represents  the  diminution  in  weight,  but  the 
loss  in  value  is  greater,  as  the  quality  also  deterio- 
rates. 

The  washing  may  take  place  in  water  or  in  an 
alkaline  liquor ;  but  the  preference  is  given  to  a 
weak  solution  of  hydrochloric  or  acetic  acid.  Fol- 
lowing the  washing  in  the  acidulated  solution, 
which  has,  in  the  beet  sugar  process,  for  its  special 
object,  the  separation  of  the  carbonate  of  lime  ab- 
sorbed, it  is  necessary  to  wash  in  clear  water  to  re- 
move the  lime  and  traces  of  acid  not  neutralized. 
The  washing  takes  place  in  the  apparatus,  Fig.  87, 
or  Fig.  88  ;  the  former  being  customary  in  France, 
and  the  latter  —  the  Klusemann  washer — being 
used  principally  in  Germany. 

The  action  of  the  French  machine  is  evident, 
the  bone-black,  fed  in  at  one  end,  is  passed  to  the 
other  by  means  of  the  endless  screw,  being  sub- 
jected to  jets  of  water  from  the  horizontal  pipes 
throughout  its  whole  course. 

The  German  machine  receives  the  charcoal  from 
the  hopper  A,  at  the  lower  end  of  the  machine. 
A  stream  of  water  is  introduced  at  the  other  end, 
and  the  charcoal  is  advanced  against  the  stream  by 
successive  liftings  from  one  paitition  to  another, 
until  it  is  dumped  at  the  upper  end. 

Furnaces,  for  recalcination  of  the  bone-black,  are 
shown  in  Figs.  786,  787,  p.  328,  "  Meek.  Diet."  The 
usual  French  charcoal  revivifying  furnace  is  that 


ANIMAL   CHARCOAL   REVIVIFIER.        40 


ANODE. 


Kluftmnnn's  Animal  Charcoal  Washer. 

of  Blaise,  mentioned  in  most  books  treating  of  the 
Beet-roue  industry  (which  see).  A  favorite  German 
furnace  i  s  Fjg  8S)  t  h  a  t  o  f 

S  h  a  1 1  e  n,    ,___ shown 

Fig.  8  9. 
stores  360 
per  tube 


per 


Animal  Charcoal  Furnace. 


\  n 

This  r  e- 
kilogra  m  s 
24  hours. 

From  the  hearth 
A  the  gas  passes 
to  the  furnace  B, 
in  which  the  cast- 
iron  retort   tubes 
are  vertically  dis- 
posed, having  hor- 
i  z  o  n  t  a  1   plates 
which  separate 
the  space  around 
the   retorts   into 
four   divis- 
ions.    The 
upper   and 
second 
quarters  of 
the    tubes 


are  exposed  to  moderate  and  increasing  heat  re- 
spectively. In  the  third  is  the  full  heat  of  the  fire, 
and  the  lower  extends  beneath  the  furnace  bottom 
and  allows  the  bone  black  to  cool  before  being  dis- 
charged by  the  withdrawal  of  the  register,  which 
closes  the  lower  end.  The  upper  end  of  the  retort 
is  open,  and  the  bone-black,  somewhat  dried  upon 
the  platform  over  the  chimney,  is  shoveled  into  the 
tubes,  the  production  being  at  the  rate,  say,  of  11 
pounds  per  20  minutes,  that  quantity  being  retired 
below,  and  additional  charge  shoveled  in  above. 
The  temperature  is  about  275°  C.,  and  the  mate- 
rial augments  in  density  in  varying  proportions, 
ranging  from  77-80,  np  to  90-115. 

It  has  been  proposed  by  MM.  Laurent  and 
Thomas  to  revivify  charcoal  by  superheated  steam 
at  a  heat  of  300°  C.,  but  it  has  not,  according  to 
M.  C.  Laboulaye,  been  reduced  to  practice. 

An'kle  Boot.  (Mane'ge.)  A  covering  for  the 
ankle  of  a  horse,  to  protect  it  from  injury  when 
struck  by  the  other  feet ;  made  of  leather  or  heavy 
felt,  with  a  small  piece,  called  a  shield,  placed  over 
the  part  to  be  protected. 

An'kle  Com-press'or.  (Surgical.)  An  ap- 
plication of  the  nature  of  a  bandage,  consisting  of  a 
rubber  sac  around  the  joint,  with  tubes,  by  which 

hot  or  cold  water  can  be  passed   through.  —  Dr. 

t> 

bai/re. 

An'kle -j oint  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  An 
apparatus  for  maintaining  the  leg,  foot,  and  ankle 


in  proper  and  unvarying  adjustment,  for  treatment 
of  the  ankle.  —  Sayrr. 

Sayre's  Ankle-joint  apparatus,  Fig.  98.  p.  52. 

Andrews'  Extension  bandage  for  inflamed  ankle,  Fig.  186,  p. 

Izl. 

Weak  ankle  support,  Fig.  60,  p.  27. 
Talipes  equinus  apparatus,  Fig.  62,  p.  28. 

Talipes  varus  apparatus,  Fig.  63,  p.  29. 
15all  and  socket  club-foot  shoe,  Fig.  64, 

p.  30. 

Talipes  valgus  apparatus,  Fig.  65,  p.  31. 
Talipes  calcaneus  apparatus,  Fig.  67, 
p.  31. 

All  in  Tiem ami's  "Armamentarium 
Chirwgicum,'"  Part  IV. 

An'kle  Shack'le.  A  man- 
acle for  the  ankles  ;  sometimes 
furnished  with  chain  and  ball. 

An-neal'ing.  (Glass.)  A 
process  the  reverse  of  tempering. 
See  TEMPERED  GLASS. 

(Metals.)  In  annealing  cast- 
iron  the  malleable  iron  castings  are  put  into  iron 
boxes  inclosed  in  pounded  iron-stone  or  lime.  The 
boxes  are  luted,  rolled  into  a  furnace  or  oven, 
heated  for  five  days,  and  allowed  to  cool  gradually 
in  the  furnace. 

Slow  cooling  of  bronze  produces  hardness. 
See  the  following  :  — 

Annealing  Castings,  Process  for. 

Robinson *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  5,  p.  7. 

Annealing  Furnaces,  Construction  of. 

*  "Iron  Age,'''  xxi.,  March  28,  p.  7. 
Annealing  Furnaces. 

Chess *"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Nov.  29,  p.  5. 

Ives *"Iron  Agt,"  xx.,  Nov.  22,  p.  5. 

Annealing  Oven,  Iron  .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  7,  p.  7. 
Annealing  Oven,  Glass. 

Siemens *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4078. 

Annealing  by  Electricity,  Machine  for. 

Warrington  ....  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  129. 

An-neal'ing  Lamp.  An  alcohol  lamp  and  hot 
plate  used  by  dentists  for 
softening  gold  foil  by  heat, 
in  order  to  render  it  adhesive 
when  used  in  plugging  teeth. 
The  plate  keeps  it  warm  dur- 
ing the  operation. 

An'nu-lar  Fur'nace. 
Fletcher's  annular  melting 
furnace  (British)  for  cruci- 
ble work  is  shown  in  "  Iron 
Age,"  *xxii.,  November  21. 
p.  1;  also  in  "Engineering," 
*xxvi.,  140. 

An'nu-lar  Pis'toii  En'- 
gine.  An  engine  with  a  ring- 
shaped  piston,  moving  in  the 
space  between  two  concentric 
cylinders. 

See  ANNULAR  CYLINDER 
ENGINE,  pp.  115,  116,  and 
Figs.  253-255,  "  Mech.  Diet."  Also,  Fig.  1 742,  p. 
739,  Ibid. ;  also,  Figs.  4035,  4036,  pp.  1830,  1831, 
Ibid. 

In  Robertson's  steam-engine    the   piston    recipro- 
cates in  the  arc  of  a  circle. 
"Scientific  Ameriran  Supplement,"  *  1232. 

Borsig,  of  Berlin,  has  introduced  a  compound  45 
horse-power  steam-engine  with  peculiar  valve  gear, 
and  with  annular  pistons.  It  is  shown  and  de- 
scribed in  "Iron  Age,"  *  xxv.,  February  26,  p.  1. 

Young's  annular  cylinder  marine  engine  (Brit- 
ish), is  shown  in  "Engineer,"  *  xlii.  407,  412. 

An'ode.  (Electricity.)  The  positive  pole  or 
"upway,"  so  named  by  Faraday. 

The  wire  or  plate  connected  to  the  copper  or 


White's  Annealing 
Lamp. 


ANTERIOR  CURVATURE  APPARATUS.  41 


ANTIQUE    BRONZING. 


other  negative  plate  of  the  battery,  and  which  leads 
the  positive  current  to  the  object. 

Werners  Nickel  Anode,  *  "Sc.  American,''  xxxix.  150. 

An'te-ri-or  Cur'va-ture  Tib'i-a  Ap'pa- 
ra'tus.  (Surf/leal.)  The  instrument  consists  of 
two  upright  steel  stems  fastening  below  to  a  shoe, 
and  above  to  a  calf  band.  A  leathern  band  passes 
forward  over  the  arc  of  the  curvature,  and  around 
the  stems,  i-o  as  to  constantly  afford  a  backward 
pressure  upon  the  deformity  of  the  tibia. 

An'te-ri-or  Splint.  (Surgical.)  A  frame  of 
stout  wire  suspended  above  a  fractured  limb,  the 
latter  being  fastened  to  and  suspended  from  the 
splint  by  rollers.  The  limb  lies  in  a  cradle  of  wire 
gauze. 

See  Smith's  anterior  splint  and  Byrd's  wire 
gauze  supporter,  Figs.  102,  103  a,  10*'/;,  pp.50, 
54,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Cliirur- 
gicum." 

An'the-mi-on.  An  ornament  in  classic  archi- 
tectural decoration,  derived  from  various  floral 
forms,  but  especially  the  honeysuckle. 

Worimni'S  "Analysis  of  Ornament." 

An'thra-cene.     A  product  of  coal  tar. 

Anthracene  Manufacture,  Fennfr,  *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxiv.  226. 
See  U.  S.  Patent,  Perkin,  No.  127,426,  June  1.  1872. 

An'thra-cite  Coke  Fur'nace.  The  anthra- 
cite coke  furnace  of  Pen  rose  &  Richards,  of  Swan- 
sea, Wales,  has  a  gas  generator,  not  immediately 
in  contact  with  the  boiler,  composed  of  iron  rings, 
keyed  and  luted  and  lined  with  fire-brick.  The 
carbonic  acid,  formed  at  the  interior  part  of  the 
furnace,  is  reduced  to  carbonic  oxide  in  passing 
through  the  incandescent  fuel,  and  the  requisite 
Fig.  91.  oxygen  for  its 

consumption  is 
furnished  by  a 
pipe,  shown  in 
dotted  lines, 
which  has  ori- 
fices through 
which  the  heat- 
ed air  under 
pressure  reaches 
the  interior  of 
the  furnace. 

c  .is  the  sup- 
ply hopper. 

An'thra- 
cite  Dust 
bakraeite  Coke  Fur'nace.  A 
furnace  for 
burning  the  dust  or  slack  of  anthracite  coal.  This 
accumulates  by  millions  of  tons  in  the  anthracite 
regions  of  Pennsylvania  and  Wales,  and  is  a  mate- 
rial addition  to  the  cost  and  waste  of  mining  opera- 
tions in  those  regions.  See  WASTE  COAL  BURN- 
INC;  LOCOMOTIVE,  for  description  of  J.  E.  Wooten's 
locomotive. 

An'ti-clink'er  Grate.  A  stove  grate  placed 
below  the  fire-pot  so  as  to  leave  an  annular  open- 
ing between  the  two  through  which  the  clinkers 
can  be  raked  out  from  the  (ire. 

Aii'ti-fric'tion-ate.  A  name  given  by  the  in- 
ventors to  a  combination  of  materials  welded  into 
a  solid  mass,  for  machinery  bearings,  or  bearing 
linings.  Patents  July  6,  and  .Tulv  27,  1875. 

Aii'ti-fric'tion  Bear'ing.  "This  subject  has 
been  considered  under  many  heads  :  — 


anit    Hicharilx' 
Furnace. 


Anti-friction  bearing. 
Palier  glissant. 
Anti-friction  box. 
Anti-friction  metals. 


Anti-friction  pulley. 
Anti-friction  step. 
Anti-friction  wheel,  etc. 


See  pp.  118,  119,  etc.,  "Merh.  Diet." 

Avery's  anti-friction  has  a  circle  of  partially  imbedded 
rollers  in  the  journal.  "Scientific  American,"  *  xl.,  278; 
article  "Rouleaux,"  *  Labnu'.aye's  " Dictionnaire  rjes  Arts  et 
Manufacture.'!,'''  iv.,  ed.  1877,  where  Chauffour's  and  Brti*- 
saut's  (*)  systems  are  described. 


One  with  roller  bear- 
Fig.  92. 


An'ti-fric'tion  Block. 

ings. 

Such  are  seen  in  the 
"  Climax  "  door-hang- 
er, and  in  Fig.  263,  p. 
119,  "Mech.  Diet." 

In  the  illustration, 
Fig.  92,  the  pin  C  is 
keyed  fast  into  the  hub 
of  the  sheave  G,  and 
rests  and  turns  on  the 
roller  bearings,  one  on 
each  side  of  the  block. 
The  sheave  G  turns 
5  times  while  //  turns 
once.  The  smaller 
rollers,  E,  F,  are  t  o 
keep  the  axis  C  in 
place.  The  strap  A  is 
broken,  to  expose  the 
parts. 

An'ti-fric'tion  Met'al.    Belgian  anti-friction 
metal  is  composed  of  — 

Copper .20 

Tin 4 

Antimony 0.5 

Lead 0.25 

Mix  all  the  other  ingredients-before  adding  the  copper. 

Doubleday's  consists  of  cast-iron,  copper,  glass,  antimony, 
tin,  spelter,  and  lead.     U.  S.  Patent,  178,841. 

Coline.  ( French  )  Asbestos  and  graphite  in  equal  parts  ; 
mix,  and  reduce  to  a  paste  by  addition  of  silicate  of  soda  or 
potash.  Pressed  to  shape  in  a  hydraulic  press,  or  pressed  to 
a  block  and  turned  to  shape  when  solid.  When  the  bearing 
is  shaped,  steep  in  hot  melted  paraffine  or  wax  ;  in  solution 
of  paraffine,  benzole,  or  other  mineral  oil. 
See  U.  S.  Patents  :  — 


Anti-friction  Block. 


189,684 
162,065 
157,509 
154,317 
136,163 
234,482 
175,841 
217,946 
153,154 


Behrens      .     ,     .  April  17,  1877. 

Harrington     .     .  April  13,  1875 

Guile    ....  December  8,  1874. 

Campbell   .     .    .  August  25,  1874. 

Hunt     ....  February  25.  1873. 

Hunt     .          .     .  November  16,  1880 

DoublerJay          .  June  20, 1876 

Jackson      .     .     .  July  29,  1879. 
Campbell. 


An'ti-fric'tion  Plow.  One  with  rollers  on 
sole,  land  side,  or  mold-board,  to  avoid  friction  of 
the  passing  soil.  A  doubtful  expedient. 

Such  were  shown  at  the  Centennial  by  two  Swed- 
ish exhibitors  :  Catherineholm's  Foundry,  and  L. 
P.  Eklundh. 

It  is,  however,  an  old  device.  See  d,  e,  f,  Fig. 
3823,  p.  1745,  "Mech.  Diet."  Wilkie's  plow  of  this 
class  dates  from  1825. 

An'ti-in-crus'ta-tor.  A  material,  process,  or 
device  to  prevent  the  incrustation  of  steam  boilers 
resulting  from  the  adherence  of  a  scale  of  salts  of 
lime,  etc.  See  list  on  p.  1177,  "Mech.  Diet.'" 

Vigier  Process  .     .     "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  x.  124. 

Zinc "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  158. 

"Scientific  American  Svpplftnent,"  518. 
Morehouse     .     .     .     "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  374. 
Holders  Alloy      .    " Scientific  American  Supplement,"  468. 

An'ti-mo-ny  Pho'to-graph.  A  process  in- 
vented by  F.  Jones  (Br.). 

The  process  is  based  upon  the  reaction  which 
takes  place  between  sulphur  and  antimoniated  hy- 
drogen or  stibine  in  the  presence  of  li  ght,  by  which 
sulphide  of  antimony  results  as  the  product  of  de- 
composition. "  British  Journal  of  Photography" 
1876.  Reproduced  in  "  Scientific  American  Supple- 
ment," 352. 

An-tique'  Bronz'ing.    A  process  designed  to 


ANTIQUE  BRONZING. 


42 


ANVIL   VISE. 


give  the  patina  or  surface  effect  seen  on  ancient 
bronze,  and  due  to  exposure  and  the  effect  of  time. 
Also  known  as  ORUGO,  which  see. 

The  repeated  applications  on  copper  or  brass  of 
alternate  washes  of  dilute  acetic  acid,  and  exposure 
to  the  fumes  of  ammonia,  will  give  a  very  antique- 
looking-  green  bronze,  but  a  quick  mode  of  produ- 
cing a  similar  appearance  is  often  desirable.  To 
this  end  the  articles  may  be  immersed  iira  solution 
of  one  part  of  perchloride  of  iron  in  two  parts  of 
water.  The  tone  assumed  darkens  with  the  length 
of  immersion. 

Or,  the  articles  may  be  boiled  in  a  strong  solu- 
tion of  nitrate  of  copper. 

Or,  they  may  be  immersed  in  a  solution  of  two 
ounces  nitrate  of  iron,  and  two  ounces  hyposul- 
phite of  soda  in  one  pint  of  water.  Washing,  dry- 
ing, and  burnishing  complete  the  process.  See  also 
BRONZE  COLORING. 

An'ti-ra'cer.  A  governor  for  propeller  engines 
to  prevent  the  racing  of  the  screw  when  the  ship 
pitches  and  throws  the  propeller  out  of  the  water. 

Durham,  Br.    .     "Engineer" *1878. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement"  *2397. 

See  MARINE  ENGINE  GOVERNOR. 

An'ti-rat'tler.  An  attachment  to  a 
carriage  coupling 
or  fifth  wheel  to 
prevent  the  rattling  of 
parts,  one  against  the 
other.  See  Fig.  93. 


Fig.  93. 


Anli-nittlers. 

a.  Represents  Ladd's  anti-rattler  for  shaft  or  pole  coup- 
lings. A  spring  presses  against  the  thimble  to  keep  it  from 
chattering  on  the  bolt. 

6.  Is  a  fifth  wheel  anti-rattler.  A  caoutchouc  pad  rests  iu 
the  bearing. 

c.  Wilcox's  fifth  wheel  anti-rattler.  A  rubber  sleeve  is 
placed  in  the  recess,  and  the  rivet  fastens  down  upon  it. 


Fig.  94. 


gical.)  An  atomizing  apparatus  for  suffusing  the 
atmosphere  with  vapor  of  an  antiseptic  solution  in 
the  vicinity  of  a  wound  while  being  dressed,  or 
upon  a  cut  surface  during  an  operation.  Mr.  Lis- 
ter is  the  principal  authority  in  the  matter,  and  his 
practice  is  most  observed. 

The  apparatus  is  generally  a  steam  atomizer,  an 
alcohol  lamp  making  a  jet  of  steam  which  converts 
the  antiseptic  liquid  into  spray.  The  apparatus  of 
Hank,  Weii\  tleud,  Little,  and  Tiemann,  are  shown 
in  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgiciim,"  Part 
1.,  Figs.  408-412,  pp.  119-123. 

Figure  94  shows  that  of  Dr.  Weir,  of  New  York. 
See  ''  New  York  MedicalJournal,"  December,  1877. 

A  somewhat  similar  apparatus  is  that  of  Dr. 
Louis  Sass,  of  New  York,  described  in  "  Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  *  1164. 

An'trum  Tre-phine'.  A  small  crown  saw 
used  by  dentists  when  it  is  desired  to  enter  the 
antrum  through  a  tooth  socket. 

Antrum  Drill,   Pope's,  Fig.  50,  p.  12,  Part  I.,    Tiemann's 
"Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

An'vil.     A  plate  or  cup  inside  the  head  of  a 
Fig.  95. 


Antrum  Trepltine. 


Antiseptic  Spray  Apparatus. 

An'ti-sep'tic   Spray  Ap'pa-ra'tua.      (Sur- 


cartridge to  strengthen  it. 
ANVIL. 


See  CUP  ANVIL  ;  DISK 


Anvil  for  Paper  Cartridge  Shells,   Saget,  *"5'c.  American," 

xxxv.  63. 

An'vil  Cup'per.  (Cartridge.)  A  machine  for 
making  the  inside  cup  or  case  of  the  cartridge, 
which  holds  the  fulminate  ;  the  stamp  cuts  them 
out,  and  by  a  die  working  inside  the  stamp,  draws 
them  to  the  required  length. 

Km.  9i>. 


Anvil  and  Vise  Cumbini-d. 


Aii'vil  Vise.  A  compound  tool  in  which  the 
anvil  forms  one  jaw  of  the  vise. 

Two  forms  are  shown,  in  Figs.  96  and  97.  One 
has  a  screw  jaw  at  the  square  end  of  the  anvil,  and 


Combined   Vise  and  Anvil. 


the  other  has  a  long  jaw  worked  by  treadle  against 
the  side  of  the  anvil. 


APAREJO. 


43 


APPLIQUE. 


Ap'a-re'jo.  A  pack-saddle,  or  the  whole  appa- 
ratus necessary  for  loading  pack  animals.  It  is 
one  of  a  number  of  terms  such  as  "sinch"  (Span- 
ish cincho,  a  girth)  and  "  cabresto  "  (Sp.  cabestro,  a 
halter),  which  are  working  into  our  language  from 
our  Mexico-Spanish  frontier. 

Ap'er-ture  Sight.  (Rifle.)  Another  name 
for  the  open  bead  siyht. 

See  BEAD  SIGHT. 

A'pex.  (Mining.)  The  top  or  highest  point 
of  the  mineral. 

Aph'lo-gis'tic  Lamp.  A  flameless  lamp  ;  one 
with  platinum  sponge  and  glass  wick-holders.  Also 
known  as  the  Dobereiner  lamp,  and  Hydrogen  lamp. 

A-phon'go-scope.     See  MEGASCOPE. 

Ap'la-nat'ic  Search'er.  (Optics.)  Another 
name  for  the  amplifying  lens.  See  AMPLIFIER. 
That  of  Dr.  Royston  Pigott  is  described  in  "  Mi- 
croscopic Journal." 

A-plat'is-seur.  A  name  from  the  French.  A 
grain-flattening  mill.  Used  for  the  rough  crushing 
of  grain  for  feeding  stock.  It  has  a  pair  of  rollers 
between  which  the  grain  is  fed  from  a  hopper. 

See  GRAIN-CRUSHER. 

Ap'o-neu'ro-tome.  (Surgical.)  A  blunt 
pointed  curved  knife,  the  blade  on  the  concave 
edge,  used  in  supra-pubic  lithotomy  in  cutting  the 
tendinous  membranes,  aponeuroses. 

Fig.  155,  p.  42,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "  Armamentarium 
GiiruTgicwn." 

Ap-par'i-tor  Au'ris.  A  species  of  ear-cornet 
in  which  the  canal  is  elongated  and  overbridged  so 


Fig.99 


Apple   Corer  and  Slice 


A/i/ia/ilof  Aitris. 


that  sound  entering  the  aperture  A  (Fig.  98),  can- 
not diffuse,  but  is  conducted  within  the  tunnel 
through  the  meatus  anditorius  fito  the  tympanum. 

The  instrument  is  of  silver,  with  flesh-colored 
enamel,  is  so  shaped  as  to  be  worn  within  the  con- 
cha, and  is  sold  in  pairs,  one  for  each  ear. 

Ap'ple  Co'rer  and  Sli'cer.  An  implement, 
Fig.  99,  which  acts  by  a  simple  downward  thrust, 
removing  a  cylinder  of  apple  containing  the  core, 
and  cutting  the  apple  into  eight  pieces. 

Ap'ple  Gra'ter.  The  Boomer  &  Boschert 
apple  grater  has  an  iron  cylinder  with  planed 
grooves  to  receive  the  knives  (8)  which  are  adjust- 
able by  set  screws  above  and  below  at  each  end, 
and  held  in  their  places  by  a  heavy  wrought  iron 
band  shrunk  on  at  each  end  of  the  cylinder.  The 
concaves  consist  of  five  iron  levers  with  movable 
weights. 

"Scientific  American.''  *  xlii.  242. 

Ap'ple  G-rin'der.  A  mill  for  grinding  apples 
previous  to  pressing  the  pomace. 


Grinder. 

Fig.  100  shows  the  galvanized  cast  iron  nut  and 
concave  of  the  "  Peekskill  "  apple  grinder. 

Fig.  101.  Fig.  101  shows  an 

apple-mill  made  by 
E.  Bodin,  of  Trois- 
C  r  o  i  x,  R  e  n  n  e  s, 
France.  The  art  of 
cider-making  is  in- 
digenous in  Brit- 


Bodin's  Apple  Grinder,  Reiines,  France. 

tany,  and  it  is  considered  that  the  crushing-mill  is 
superior  to  the  grater,  giving  a  pomace  which  af- 
fords a  clearer  juice,  with  less  pulp,  and  conse- 
quently less  tendency  to  ferment.  The  nuts,  or 
toothed  cylinders,  have  six  teeth,  and  can  be  ap- 
proached or  parted  by  means  of  two  screws. 

The  duty  is  from  175  to  200  gallons  per  hour,  by 
the  moderate  work  of  two  men. 

Ap'ple  Par'er.  The  "  Missouri  "combined  ap- 
ple parer,  corer,  and  slicer,  works  by  a  horizontal 
motion,  the  circular  movement  of  the  shaft  rotating 
the  apple,  and  the  endwise  movement  of  the  shaft 
giving  the  sweep  to  the  knife ;  after  which  a  sim- 
ple thrust  delivers  the  apple  to  the  corer  and  quar- 
terer,  the  quarters  dropping  to  the  table  while  the 
fork  withdraws  with  the  core.  See  Fig.  102. 
Fig.  102. 


Combined  Parer,  Corer,  and  Quarterer. 


Ap'pli-ca'tor.  (Surgical.)  Uterine  and  ure- 
thral  applicators,  for  introducing  medicaments, 
caustic,  sponge  tents,  etc. ;  pp.  21,  65,  73,  77,  82, 
83,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgi. 
cum." 

Ap-plique'.  1.  (Fine  Art  Metal  Working.)  Or- 
naments produced  by  affixing  portions  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  object.  The  metal  is  previously  rolled 
or  stamped  into  figures,  scrolls,  braids,  etc.,  and 
these. are  soldered  on  to  the  object  to  be  orna- 
mented. The  result  resembles  repousstf,  which  is, 


APRON. 


44 


AQUARIUM. 


however,   produced  by  indenting  the   metal  from 
the  interior. 

2.  In  cloth  work,  also  known  as  opus  consutum,  or 
cut  cloth  work,  the  patterns  are  cut  out  and  then 
sewed  on. 

Fig.  103. 


Apron. 

A'pron.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  A  protect- 
ing surface  of  logs  and  brush  anchored  by  rip-rap 
(or  similar  contrivances),  to  protect  or  to  form  re- 
vetment for  river  sides,  or  to  form  a  jetty. 

See  instance  of  apron  in  Charleston  Harbor  im- 
ovements.      "  Re/tort  of  Chief  of  Engineers   U.  S. 

/!_...,•>'    lQ7n"*;     7Q/I 


provements 
Fig.  104. 


Army,"  1879,  *  i.  734. 

Savannah  River.     Ibid.,  *  i.  742. 

Fig.  103  shows  a  portion  of  a 
cross-section  of  an  apron.  It  con- 
sists of  rip-rap,  lying  on  brush  an- 
chored by  poles  and  founded  on 
logs. 

A'pron  Fas'ten-er.  A  spe- 
cies of  catch,  resembling  a  buckle, 
used  for  fastening  the  apron  cover 
on  the  dash-board  of  a  vehicle.  It 
consists  of  an  apron  hook  and  an 
apron  ring. 

A'qua-me'ter.  A  name  for 
the  pulsometer,  a  vacuum  steam- 
pump.  See  AQUOMETER. 

A'qua-pult'.  A  portable  force- 
pump.  The  foot  of  the  barrel 
stands  in  a  bucket  of  water  and 
the  foot  of  the  operator  is  on  the 
Douglas?  Aqua-  gtep  of  t]le  ))OSt  ,,(  pj<r  104.  The 

pump  being  thus  steadied,  the  han- 
dle is  worked  up  and  down,  and  the  stream  of 
water  may  be  directed  upon  plants,  fire,  carriage, 
or  what  not. 

A-qua'ri-um.  The  aquarium  of  Brighton  is 
described  in  some  detail,  on  p.  127,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
and  reference  made  to  parlor  aquaria. 

The  late  Exposition  at  Paris  has  furnished  a 
most  admirable  work  of  the  kind,  shown  in  Plate 
II. 

The  aquarium  is  upon  the  hill  of  the  Trocadero, 
and  is  for  fresh-water  fish  only.  The  site  was  quar- 
ried out  of  the  hill,  the  natural  rock  being  left  to 
form  the  sides  of  the  tanks  and  galleries.  It  cov- 
ers a  surface  of  3,200  square  meters. 

The  surface  of  the  water  is  exposed  to  the  rays 
of  the  sun,  and  light  is  admitted  through  the  water 
to  the  grotto. 

These  tanks,  24  in  number,  are  connected  with 
each  other  in  a  gradually  descending  series,  and  the 
water  overflowing  each  in  succession  is  received 
into  the  one  next  below,  the  whole  presenting,  when 
viewed  above  ground,  the  pleasing  appearance  of  a 
rivulet  spanned  by  numerous  rustic  bridges  and 
skirted  by  artistically  planned  and  well-arranged 
walks.  From  these  walks  the  visitor  can  observe 
the  motions  of  the  fish  in  the  tanks  below  him,  but 
a  more  accurate  survey  and  closer  observation  can 
be  had  from  the  interior  and  lower  level,  where  the 
fish  are  rendered  plainly  visible  by  reason  of  the 
effects  of  the  light  passing  through  the  water. 

The  area  of  the  walks  on  either  side  of  the  tanks 


is  sufficient  for  the  accommodation  of  2,000  visitors 
at  a  time.  The  basins  which  contain  the  water  are 
formed  by  the  original  excavations  and  artificial 
rock-work,  made  to  imitate  stalactites.  These  sus- 
tain the  frames  holding  the  glass  plates,  which  are 

^Af"fn  thickness, 
and  number  about 
250  in  all.  The 
water  used  is  the 
same  as  that  sup- 
plied to  the  city 
of  Paris,  from  the 
headwaters  of  the 
Vanne,  and  has  a 
temperature  dur- 
ing the  summer  of  from  12°  to  15°  C.  A  supply 
can  also  be  obtained  from  the  Seine  if  necessary. 

As  the  water  is  obtained  very  near  the  source  of 
the  river,  it  is  deficient  in  oxygen,  and  in  order  to 
supply  this  element,  so  essential  to  the  existence  of 
the  fish,  an  apparatus  for  aerating  the  water  was 
introduced,  the  invention  of  M.  Gauckler,  chief  en- 
gineer of  roads  and  bridges,  who  was,  in  fact,  the 
author  of  the  original  plan  of  the  aquarium. 

Some  of  the  basins  arc  1 5'  in  depth,  and  the 
total  capacity  of  the  tanks  is  about  2,000  cubic 
yards.  Forty-six  different  species  and  varieties  of 
fish  are  contained  in  the  tanks,  and  one  peculiarly 
interesting  operation  was  performed  in  this  aqua- 
rium in  1878  :  the  hatching  of  35,000  eggs  of  Cal- 
ifornia salmon,  sent  by  Prof.  Spencer  F.  Baird  to 
the  French  Socie'/e'  d'Acclimatation.  Twenty-six 
thousand  were  hatched  under  the  care  of  M.  Car- 
bonnier. 

When  it  is  remembered  that  the  eggs  were  taken 
(artificially)  from  fish  caught  on  the  McCloud 
River,  California,  and  thence  transported  across 
the  American  continent  by  rail,  and  across  the  At- 
lantic Ocean  by  steamship,  the  loss  of  only  10,000 
eggs  was  a  great  triumph  for  American  and  French 
fish  culture.  The  young  fish  were  distributed  as 
follows :  — 


To  tli  e  Sarthe 
To  the  Vienne     . 
To  the  Yonne 
To  the  Adour 
To  the  Gave  de  Pau 


f),000 
5,000 
5,000 
5,000 
5,000 


The  remaining  1,000  were  placed  in  Tank  No.  18 
of  the  aquarium.  The  safe  deposit  of  these  fish  in 
the  above-named  streams  was  a  matter  of  great  re- 
joicing to  the  French. 

The  cost  of  the  aquarium  was  50,000  francs. 

The  London  Crystal  Palace  aquarium  is  400' 
long  and  70'  broad,  and  the  total  capacity  of  all 
the  tanks  is  200,000  gallons  of  water,  weighing 
1,000,000  pounds.  Of  sea-anemones  alone  there 
are  already  in  the  aquarium  over  3,000  specimens. 
These  flower-like  animals,  being  deprived  in  their 
captivity  of  the  ocean  currents  which  bring  them 
their  food,  have  to  be  fed  at  frequent  intervals, 
each  having  given  to  it  a  morsel  of  food  suited  to 


See  the  following  notices  of  aquaria  :  — 

AQUARIA  :        "  Scientific  American. 

At  Paris- *  xxxvi.  7  ;  xxxv.  407  ;  *  xxxri.  7. 

At  Brighton     .     .     .     .  *  xl.  23. 

At  New  York  ....  *  xxxv.  305. 

At  Westminster    ...  *  xxxiv.  200. 

At  Centennial       ...  *  xxxiv.  401. 
Parlor,  Directions  for    .        xlii.  395. 

Emptying *  xxxiv.  34. 

Marine    . *  xxxv.  135  :  xxxvii.  202,  236. 

Cement xxxvi.  251 ;  xxxviii.  250;  xli, 59. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement. :) 

At  Paris *  2116. 

At  Berlin  Expos.       .     .     .  *  3751. 


AQUO  METER. 


45 


ARCH   SCREW  PRESS. 


At  Westminster  .  . 
At  Birmingham,  Eng. 
At  Tynemouth  .  . 


.  .  »216. 
.  .  *3008. 
.  .  *  2374. 

'  Agriculturist . ' ' 
.     .  *  xxxv.  145. 
'' Engineering." 
.     .  *  xxv.  42,  85. 


A'quo-me'ter. 

Kig.  105. 


Parlor      .    .     . 

At  Paris  .     .     . 

"Paris  Exposition  Reports." 

At  Paris *  v.  449. 

"Iron  Age." 

At  New  York xvii.  June  1,  p.  17. 

"Mining  and  Scient(ftr.  Press." 

Ornamental xxxv.  46,  60,  337. 

With  Bird-cage     ....      xxxvi.  113. 

" Manufacturer  and  Builder." 

Parlor x.  163. 

"English  Mechanic." 

Construction xxiii.  45,  361,  387. 

Construction  and  Sugges- 
tions     xxv.  212,  243,  266,  315,  345,371, 

391,  516. 

Cement  for xxv.  319,  345,  368. 

Marine,  Notes  on  .     .     .     .      xxvi.  257 

Rockwork xxvi.  100  ;  xxvii.  275,  557. 

"Appleton's  Journal.'* 

At  Brighton *  xi.  1-5. 

UNITED   STATES   PATENTS   ON   AQUARIA. 

21,719   Ckihott  et  al.     Securing  glass  to  corner  posts. 

22,019  Davis  .     .     .     Mirror  on  rear  plate. 

31,040  S/ilarbaitm    .     Suspended  against  a  wall. 

31,657  /.  A.  Cutting    Air  forced  into  the  tank. 

46,801  A.  leers   .     .     Flow  and  overflow  pipes. 
143,456  /.  Moore  .     .     Flow  and  overflow  pipes. 
164,074  J.  Chase  .     .     Aquarium,  fernery,  and  bird-cage. 
165,639   Wenmacker      Water-space  inclosing  an  apartment. 
188,911  Peltier  et  al.     Aquarium  fountain  and  flower-stand. 
192,595  Paten  et  al.      Arched-shaped  water-chamber. 

Prall  &  Burr's  aquometer 
steam-pump  acts 
by  the  direct  pres- 
sure of  the  steam 
upon  the  water. 
It  has  two  work- 
ing chambers,  and 
a  n  intermediate 
pressure  chamber. 
A  double  acting 
balanced  valve 
alternately  admits 
the  steam  to  each 
working  chamber 
where  its  pressure 
closes  the  water 
induction  valve, 
opens  the  water 
eduction  valve  on 
that  side,  and 
forces  the  water 
contained  in  the 
chamber  out  into 
the  discharge  pipe. 
During  this  time 
the  induction 

valve  of  the  other 
Aquometer.    (Elevation.)  chamber     being 

open,  and  the  eduction  valve  closed,  that  chamber 
becomes  filled  with  water.  The  steam  having  ex- 
pelled all  the  water  from  the  other  chamber,  through 
the  rapidity  of  its  exhaust  and  condensation,  a  vac- 
uum is  formed  in  the  chamber,  the  unequal  pressure 
on  the  ends  of  the  steam  valve  shifts  that  valve  so 
that  the  steam  passes  into  the  other  chamber  which 
has  now  been  filled  with  water  by  atmospheric  pres- 
sure, and  at  the  same  time,  the  water  valves  in  the 
one  chamber  are  thrown  into  their  proper  positions 
to  admit  and  retain  the  water  ascending  through 


the  suction  tube,  and  in  the  other  to  permit  the 
water  to  be  expelled  KiK   106 

therefrom     by    the 
steam  pressure. 

Burden's  vacuum 
steam-pump  has  been 
described  under  that 
caption  on  p.  2687. 
"Mech.  Diet."  Set- 
also  early  forms,  page 
2336,  Ibid. 

Van  Dusen's  and 
Nye's  are  also  forms 
of  the  same  kind  of 
apparatus. 

Art>or,  Ex-pand'- 
ing.  A  mandrel  hav- 
ing a  wedge-shaped 
feather,  capable  o  f 
being  slipped  so  as  to 
grip  interiorly  the 
hollow  of  a  piece  of  Aquometer.  (  Vertical  Section.) 
work,  or  of  u  circular  cutter. 

In  Fig.  108,  C  is  the  steel  mandrel;  B  B  are  two 
of  the  three  keys  that 
are  drawn  up  and 
pushed  down  by  the 
nut  ;  a  groove  is 
turned  inside  the  nut 
A,  which  catches  the 
heads  of  the  keys  B, 
and  thus  draws  them 
up  to  tighten  the 
work;  in  the  outside 
of  the  nut  A  is  a  ta- 
per hole  which  the 
pin  D  fits,  and  which 
answers  for  a  wrench, 
/^represents  the  tool  Aquometer  Valve.  (Section.) 

operating  on  a  piece  of  work. 

Arch.    (Add.)    2.  (Mining.)  A  piece  of  ground 
left  unworked  near  a  shaft. 

Fig.  108. 


Expanding  Mandrel. 


3.  The  fire-chamber  of  a  furnace.     The  term  is 
used  especially  in  glass-furnaces. 

4.  The  front  opening  of  the  ash  pit  beneath  a 
furnace  grate. 

Arch  Bar.  1.  A  bar  forming  a  lintel  to  the 
mouth  of  an  ash-pit ;  taking  the  place  of  the  or- 
dinary brick  arch. 

Fire-place  arch  bar,  Wickersham,  * "  Scientific 
American,"  xxxv.  22. 

2.  The  curved  upper  member  of  a  round-topped 
truss. 

3.  A  curved  bar  in  a  frame  depending  upon  its 
camber  for  its  stiffness. 

Arch  Screw  Press.  One  in  which  the  punch 
and  its  slide  are  supported  on  a  frame  arched  above 
the  die-bed ;  in  contradistinction  to  one  with  an 


AREOTHERMIC   BALANCE. 


46 


ARMOR   COMPOUND. 


over-hang  arm  or  bracket  support  for  the  punch- 
slide. 

A're-o-therm'ic  Bal'ance.  An  invention  of 
M.  Blondeau  for  determining  the  density  of  liquids. 

Its  advantages  are  the  facility  with  which  the 
operations  may  be  performed,  and  the  readings 
taken,  the  approximation  of  the  specific  weight  up 
to  the  fourth  decimal,  and  its  adaptation  to  liquids 
either  heavier  or  lighter  than  water. 

The  instrument  has  a  base,  F,  and  leveling  screw, 
G,  and  a  hollow  column,  I,  in  which  the  stem  of 
the  upper  part,  K  ff,  moves  up'  and  down,  being 
held  at  any  vertical  adjustment  by  the  binding 
screw  P.  H  is  a  bearing  for  the  knife  edges  that 


Fig.  109. 


Blondtau's  Areothermic  Balance. 


support  the  beam  ;  K,  the  scale-beam  guide;  J  «/' 
points  to  show  the  equilibrium  of  the  beam.  A  2, 
a  weight  which  is  suspended  from  the  hook  of  the 
10th  division  when  the  specific  weight  of  a  liquid 
heavier  than  water  is  sought.  M  n,  hooks  for  sus- 
pension of  the  plunger  with  its  thermometer,  from 
the  hook  of  the  balance  so  that  it  may  dip  into  the 
liquid  whose  density  is  sought,  and  which  contains 
the  test-glass.  One  of  the  arms  of  the  beam  car- 
ries at  its  extremity  a  cylindrical  counterpoise,  in 
the  center  of  which  is  the  point, ./'  ,•  and  the  other 
is  divided  into  ten  equal  parts,  numbered  from  1  to 
10.  At  each  division  there  is  an  angular  notch  for 
receiving  a  weight.  The  method  of  regulating  and 
using  is  described  in  a  French  paper  translated  and 
reproduced  in  "  Scientific  American  Supplement," 
*3773. 

Ar'gen-tif'er-ous.  (Mining.)  Containing  sil- 
ver. 

Ar'gen-ti'na.  (Ceramics.)  A  name  given  by 
M.  Hausen,  of  Stockholm,  to  his  method  of  cover- 
ing unglazed  porcelain  with  a  coating  of  gold,  silver, 
or  copper.  The  process  is  supposed  to  be  as.  fol- 
lows :  The  porcelain  articles  are  dipped  in  a  solution 
of  the  metal,  similar  to  that  used  for  electro-plating, 
and  then,  by  a  peculiar  process  of  reduction  (per- 
haps by  means  of  phosphorus  vapors),  the  salt  is  de- 
composed, and  the  metal  is  deposited  within  the 
pores  of  the  earthenware.  Articles  covered  with 
a  metallic  coating  according  to  this  process,  present 
every  appearance  of  being  entirely  composed  of  the 
metal. 

Ar'ith-mom'e-ter.  A  calculating  machine. 
A  number  of  forms  are  shown  in  Figs.  325-329, 
pp.  143,  144,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Staffers  arithmometer  is  provided  with  an  at- 
tachment, which,  if  an  impossible  operation,  such 


as  dividing  a  number  by  another  larger  than  it- 
self be  attempted,  stops  the  machine  and  rings  a 
bell. 

Ar'ith-mo-pla-mm'e-ter.  An  invention  of 
M.  Lalanne ;  an  extension  of  the  principles  of  the 
planimeter  for  calculating  certain  formulas. 

Reference  is  made  at  page  1728,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
to  the  plauimeter  of  Oppikoffer,  and  the  polar  pla- 
nimeter of  Amsler  is  shown  there  in  Fig.  3794. 

The  conical  planimeter  of  Lalanne  is  furnished 
with  longitudinal  and  transverse  scales  for  calcula- 
tions, and  is  shown  in  Fig.  353,  Article  "  Calcnlcr" 
tome  i.,  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts,"  etc., 
edition  1877. 

Arm.  (Siir</icaf.)  A  dry  cupping  chamber, 
inclosing  the  arm.  See  DKPURATOR,  p.  687,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

The  apparatus  is  known  as  "  Junod's  Arm,"  from 
I  the  name  of  the  introducer   in    Parisian    medical 
^practice,  about  1855  ;  but  it  was  patented  in  Eng- 
land by  Smith,  in  1802.     It  is  a  metallic  receiver 
with  an  elastic  band,  to  exclude  access  of  air,  the 
atmosphere  being  exhausted  from  the  interior  by 
an  air-pump. 

See,  also,  AEROTHERAPY  APPARATUS. 
Ar'ma-dil'lo.     An  electro-magnetic  remedy  for 
HO.  nervous   diseases.     It   consists 

of  a  number  of  voltaic  ele- 
ments, copper  and  zinc  for  in- 
stance, flexibly  jointed  together 
as  plates,  in  shapes  for  belts, 
shoe-soles,  etc,  and  worn  on 
the  body,  limbs,  feet,  as  the 
case  may  be. 

Ar'ma-ture.  (Electricity.) 
The  bar  at  the  end  of  the 
helix,  by  which  the  circuit  is 
opened  and  closed. 

Numerous  forms  are  shown 
in  treatises 
on  eloctric- 
ity.  A  com- 
p  e  n  d  is 
given  in 
"  Scientific 
.1  merica  n 
S  u  p  p  I  e- 
in  <•  n  t,  "  * 
fa  2.900.  See, 
pi  also  DYNA- 

-      -MO-KLEC- 

|F     TRIC    MA- 
_  CHINK,  and 

Arm  Boxing  Machine.         jjst  l|1R|er  KLECTItICITY. 

Arm  Box'ing  Ma-chiiie'.  A  machine  for 
boring  the  hubs  of  wheels  for  the  reception  of  the 
box  for  the  arm  of  the  axle.  The  wheel  is  held, 
chucked  as  it  were,  by  three  equidistant  points  on 
the  rim,  and  the  boring  device  thus  presented  at 
the  exact  center,  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  the 
wheel. 

Ar'mor  Com'pound.  Ship's  armor,  having  a 
steel  face  and  iron  backing.  Made  under  English 
Patents  to  Ellis  and  Wilson,  by  Messrs.  Brown  and 
Cammell,  of  Sheffield,  England,  respectively.  See 
"Iron,"  1879. 

The  steel  dees  its  work  in  preventing  penetration 
by  causing  the  shot  to  break  up  on  impact,  and  the 
more  tenacious  and  ductile  iron  performs  its  part 
in  preventing  the  destruction  of  the  steel  by  being 
shivered. 

In  making  the  compound  armor,  the  liquid  steel 
is  poured  upon  the  hot  iron  plate,  the  heat  of  the 
former  being  in  excess  of  the  welding  heat  of  the 
latter,  and  a  semi-steel  is  formed  between  the  two 


ARMOR   COMPOUND. 


47 


ARTERY  CONSTRICTOR. 


by  fusion.  Steel-faced  iron  plates  are  the  latest 
improvement  in  the  art. 

The  iron  plates  are  placed  horizontally  in  a  fur- 
nace when  a  steel  plate  is  to  be  cast  on  to  a  single 
iron  one,  but  when  a  steel  plate  is  to  be  sandwiched 
between  two  of  wrought  iron,  the  latter  are  fixed 
vertically  and  the  steel  run  in  between  them.  This 
is  Wilson's  plan;  that  of  Sir  Joseph  Whit  worth 
proceeds  on  quite  a  different  principle,  that  of  plug- 
ging a  shield  of  soft  steel  with  pins  of  harder  qual- 
ity. 

Ar'mor  Plate.  An  iron  or  steel  skin  for  a  ves- 
sel of  war.  See  Figs.  337-358,  and  Plate  IV.,  pp. 
1 50-1 55,  "  Mech.  Diet."  See,  also :  — 

*  "Sr..  Am.  Siy?.,'>931. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2013. 

"Iron  Age,"    xx.,  July  5, 
p.  15. 

*  "Engineer,''      xlii.     183. 
"Sc.  Am.,''  xxxiv.  247. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup  ,''  789. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlviii. 465,468. 
"Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  1732. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  14, 

p.  14. 
*"Sc.  Am.  SMj/.,"1789. 

*  "Engineering,'"  xxvii.  70. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  419. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1789. 

"Nautical  Magazine." 
"  Van     Nostrand's    Maga- 
zine," xxi.  28. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1777. 
"Sc.  Am.,''  xl.  312. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2357. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2145. 
Patent  March  13,  1877. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvi.  407. 

"  Van    Nostrand's   Mag.," 
xvi.  285. 


Experiments 

Trial,  Shoeburyness  . 

Plates  and  Projectiles 

Plate  Machine,  Br 


Chilled  Cast  Iron ,  Ger. ,  Gruson 

Compound  Eng 

Br.,  Brown  and  Cammett 


Compound 

Effect  of  Shot  and  Shell 

Furnace,  Br. ,  Wilson    . 

Wilson     . 

Iron  and  Steel  .... 


Steel,  Eng 


Targets,  Eng 

WhitworWs 
Yates 


Gun,  Krupp 

Consult :  — 

A.  L.  Holley's  "  Treatise  on  Ordnance  and  Armor,"  1865. 
EaiTs  "Si/stem  of  Naval  Defences,"  1868. 
Reed's  "Our  Iron-dad  Ships,'"  London,  1869. 

"Ship-build ing  in  Iron  and  Steel,"  1869. 
Dislcre's  "La  Marine  Cuirassee,"  Paris,  1873. 
King's  "  Report  on  European  Ships  of  War,"'  Ex.  Doc.  xxvii., 

1877. 

Secretary  of  Navy's  "Report  on  Armored  Vessels,"  1864. 
Noble's  "Report  on  Penetration  of  Armor  Plates,"-  1876. 

Arm  Sling.  (Surgical.)  A  wire  gauze  cradle 
for  a  fractured  or  dislocated  arm,  supported  by  a 
sling  over  the  shoulder. 

Tiemann'x  "Wire  Arm-sling,"  Fig.  152,  p. .93,  Part  IV., 
" Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Arm  Splint.  (Surgical.)  A  stiffening  bandage 
apparatus,  for  holding  parts  in  position  rigidly  dur- 
ing the  junction  of  the  bony  parts,  in  cases  of  frac- 
ture, or  the  parts  in  position  in  cases  of  luxation. 

The  splints  are  various,  according  to  the  part 
and  nature  of  the  fracture.  Reference  to  Tie- 
manri's "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum"  Part  I V.  :  — 

Fig.  123,  p.  76. 


Clavicle Levis     .     . 

Clavicle,    Scapula,  and    Hu- 
merus   Richardson 

Colles's  Fracture Hewit    .     . 

Shrady .     . 

Elbow Hamilton  . 

Neck  of  Humerus 

Dislocated  Clavicle   ....     Mayor   .    '. 

Olecranon Clark     .    '. 

Ununited  Fracture  of  the  Hu- 
merus   Smith    .     . 

Ununited  Fracture  of  the  Fore- 
arm       Smith   .     . 

Elbow  and  Wrist Andrew.     .  ti 

Contracted  Wrist Fig.  208,  p.  135 

Ar'mure.  (Fabric.)  1.  The  character  of  the 
weave. 

The  system  of  harnesses  with  which  the  loom  is 
armed,  or  provided,  to  produce  a  definite  tissue. 

There  are  four  fundamental  or  classical  forms, 


Fig.  124,  p.  76. 
Fig.  128,  p.  79. 
Fig.  129,  p.  79. 
Fig.  148,  p.  91. 
Fig.  149,  p.  92. 
Fig.  150,  p.  92. 
Fig.  153,  p.  94. 

Fig.  172,  p.  109. 

Fig.  173,  p.  110. 
P. 


from  which  all  the  varieties  of  simple  tissues  are 
derived. 

(a.)  Taffeta,  having  2  harnesses,  forming  a  sin- 
gle interlacement. 

(b.)    Twilled,  or  Batavia  Weave,' ±  harnesses. 

(c.)    Serge,  having  3  harnesses. 

(d.)    Satin,  G  or  more  harnesses. 

See  under  those  heads.     See  also  FABRIC. 

2.    A  silk  and  wool  French  dress  goods. 

Ar'my  Mill.     A  portable  mill  standing  on  a 

tripod,  driven  by  two  men  at  the  hand  cranks,  and 

grinding  into  a  sack  suspended  beneath.     It  is  a 

French  invention,  costs  $40,  grinds  44  pounds  per 

Fig.  111. 


Army  MM. 

hour,  and  four  of  them,  packed  in  two  boxes,  are  a 
load  for  a  mule  on  the  march. 

Ar'my  Scales.  A  portable  form  of  scales 
which  closes  up  in  a  box  compact  for  transporta- 
tion ;  such  scales  have  a  capacity  from  600  to  1,200 
pounds.  When  closed,  the  working  parts  are  en- 
tirely protected. 

Ar'rage.  (Mining.)  A  sharp  edge  or  corner 
in  an  adit  or  drift.  — Arris. 

Ar'row-head  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument for  the  extraction  of  the  heads  of  Indian 


Fig.  112. 


Arrow-head  Forceps. 

arrows,  which  frequently  are  purposely  made  to 
become  detached  from  their  shnfts. 

Ar-te'ri-al  Com-press'or.  (Surgical.)  A 
clamp,  to  be  placed  upon  an  artery  to  prevent  effu- 
sion of  blood. 

Speir's  artery  constrictor  is  a  species  of  hook,  pulling  into 
a  case  and  clamping  the  artery.  Fig.  87,  Tiemann's  "Arma- 
mentarium Chirurgicuin,'-  Part  I. 

Billroth's  artery  clamp  is  a  small  screw  clamp,  holding  the 
artery  between  curved  plates.  Fig.  91  b,  Ibid. 

Steams'1  artery  claws  are  hows  of  pliable  but  not  flexible 
metal,  pinched  upon  the  artery  by  forceps.  Fig.  89,  Ibid. 

Artery  compressors  in  lieu  of  tourniquets  during  amputa- 
tion. 

Erichson^s Fig  108. 

Buck's Fig.  109. 

Skeys Fig.  110.     Ibid.,  Part  I 

Ar'te-ry  Con-strict'or.  (Surgical.)  A  hook- 
ended  instrument  capable  of  being  introduced  into 
a  wound  to  grasp  and  pinch  an  artery  to  prevent 
effusion  of  blood.  See  ARTERY  COMPRESSOR. 


ARTERY   FORCEPS. 


48 


ART. 


Ar'te-ry  For'ceps.  An  instrument  for  catch- 
ing an  artery  and  holding  ic  while  being  ligated. 
There  are  numerous  forms,  but  all  are  of  the  nature 
of  tweezers  or  nippers. 

113. 


Artery  Forceps. 

a.  Spring-catch  forceps. 

6.  Massachusetts  General  Hospital  forceps,  with  five  teeth. 

c.  Spring-catch  fenestrated  forceps. 

d.  Sugar's  slide-catch  forceps 

e.  Combined  artery  and  needle  forceps. 
/.  Fenestrated  self-holding  forceps. 

g.  Wight's  curved  forceps. 

h.  Stohlmann'a  combined  needle  and  artery  forceps. 

i.   Cleborne's  double  forceps. 

See,  also,  TORSION  FORCEPS. 

Ar'te-ry  Nee'dle.  (Surgical.)  A  curved 
needle,  or  thread-carrying  hook,  for  passing  a  liga- 
ture around  an  artery. 

See  ANEURISM  NEEDLE,  Fig.  211,  p.  102,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Suture,  ligature,  and  ruptured  perineum  needles 
are  similarly  formed,  but  have  some  special  char- 
acteristics ;  p.  28,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamenta- 
rium Chirurgicum ." 

Ar'te-ry  Scis'sors.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment having  on  one  blade  a  prolonged  gorget-end 
to  follow  the  artery.  Fig.  149,  p.  48,  Part  I.,  "Ar- 
mamentarium," ut  supra. 

Ar-te'sian  Well  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  114  is  a 
boring  machine  for  artesian  and  other  deep  wells, 
operating  by  means  of  the  diamond  rock  drill. 

The  foot  of  the  drill  rod  is  shod  with  an  annular 
ring  of  black  diamonds,  and  the  rod  is  rotated  by 
steam  engine  and  intermediate  gearing.  The  rod 
is  lowered  or  raised  by  steam  pressure  in  the  pair 
of  vertical  cylinders  attached  to  the  frame,  acting 
upon  a  yoke  which  is  clamped  to  the  rod  when  re- 
quired. Consult :  — 

Artesian  Well. 

Charleston "  Sc.  Am.,"  xxx.  150. 

Pesth,  Hungary, 3,120',  161° F.   "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  1972. 
Pesth,  Hungary         ....     "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  47. 

San  Francisco *" Sc.Am.Sup.,"  2473,  2518. 

Vittoria,  Spain "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxix.  291. 

Boring  Tools *"Sc.Am.  Sup.," 2526, 2543. 

Ar-tic'u-la-ting  Tel'e-graph.  A  name  for 
the  telephone. 


Ar-tif'i-cer's  Knot.   A  form  of  knot  in  which 
a  rope  is  bent  around  a  spar  or  handspike  so  as  to 
jam  when  pulled  taut.     It  is  shown  at  8,  9,  Fig. 
2777,  p.  1240,  "  Mech.  Diet.'' 
fig.  114. 


Artesian  Well  Boring  Machine. 

Ar'ti-fi'cial  Moth'er.  A  warm  chamber  for 
young  chicks ;  made  as  a  substitute  for  a  brooding 
hen  to  foster  the  young  birds  hatched  in  an  incu- 
bator. 

The  brooding  chamber  has  a  long  napped  blan- 
ket and  is  heated  with  hot  water,  by  a  lamp,  or  in 
some  cases  by  fermenting  manure.  The  villous 
coating  of  the  chamber  walls  and  ceiling  afford 
nestling  places  for  the  young  birds. 

Ar'ti-fi'cial  Stone.  See  STONE,  ARTIFICIAL; 
MARBLE,  ARTIFICIAL;  BETON,  etc. 

Art,  in  various  materials.  See  under  the 
following  heads :  — 


Amatorii. 
Applique. 
Argentina. 
Automaton. 
Aventurine. 
Bat  printing. 
Bidiri  ware. 
Black  basalt  ware. 
Black  glass. 
Blacking. 
Bohemian  glass. 
Bone  porcelain. 
Bronzed  glass 
Bronzing. 
Cameo  cutting. 
Cameo  glass. 
Cameo  incrustation. 


Carving. 

Casing. 

Champ-leve'. 

Chasing. 

Checking. 

Cire-perdue. 

Cloisonne1. 

Coin. 

Colored  glass. 

Crackle-ware. 

Cream- ware. 

Crystal. 

Damasceening. 

Damasking  metals. 

Decalcomanie. 

Deglaziug. 

Delft  ware. 


ART. 


49 


ASBESTOS. 


Depoltahing. 
De-vitrifi  cation. 
Diamond. 
Doubled-glass. 
Doulton  ware. 
Egg-shell  ware. 
Electro-plating  china 
Email  ink. 
Enamel. 
Enameled  glass. 
Encaustic. 
Encaustic  tile. 
Engraved  colored  glass. 
Engraved  glass. 
Etched  enamel. 
Etched  glass. 
Etching  on  porcelain. 
Faience. 
Faience  d'O.'ron. 
Faience  stannifere. 
Feathers,  artificial. 
Filigree  glass. 
Fine  art  metal-work. 
Flag. 

Flashed  glass. 
Flat  chasing. 
Flooring  tile. 
Flowers,  artificial. 
Fluted  glass. 

Frosting. 

Gem,  artificial. 
Gem  engraving. 
Gilding  on  glass. 
Glass  carving. 
Class  cutting. 
Glass  enamel. 
Glass  engraving. 
Glass  etching. 
Glass  polishing. 
Glass  silk. 
Glass  silver. 
Grafito. 
Half  clear. 
Hard  paste. 
Heliogravure. 
Henri-Deux  ware. 
Hyalithe. 
Incrusted  work. 
Inlaying. 
.Iridescent  glass. 
Iridiated  glass. 
Irisated  wire. 
Irisation. 
Ivory-dyeing. 
Ivory  porcelain. 
Ivory  work. 
Jasper  ware. 
Jet. 

Jewelry. 
Kuft  work. 
Lac  work. 
Lacquer. 
Luster. 
Majolica. 
Marhleized  glass. 
Metalized  glass. 


Metal  seal. 

Mezza-niajolica. 

Milling. 

Mirror. 

Mixed-clay  ware. 

Modeling  clay. 

Modeling  wax. 

Mosaic. 

Mosaic  glass. 

Mousselaine  glass. 

Mural  tile. 

Murrhine. 

Muslin  glass. 

Niello. 

Oi'ron  ware. 

Onyx  glass. 

Opal  glass. 

Orugo. 

Palissy  ware. 

Parcel  gilt. 

Parian  biscuit. 

Pate  changeante. 

Pate-sur-pate. 

Patina. 

Pearl. 

Pearl  inlaying. 

Piercing. 

Plaque. 

Plaster  bronzing. 

Plaster  casts. 

Plastic  crystal. 

Plastilina. 

Platinizing  glass. 

Porcelain. 

Porcelain  pate  tendre 

Pottery . 

Rafaeile  ware. 

Repousse^. 

Rose  glass. 

Ruby  glass. 

Satining. 

Sculpture. 

Seal. 

Sevres  porcelain. 

Sgraffito. 

Silvering  glass. 

Silver  glass. 

Snarling. 

Soft  paste. 

Spinning. 

Spun  glass. 

Staining  wood. 

Stannif.erous  glaze. 

Stoneware,  decorated. 

Tender  porcelain. 

Terra-cotta. 

Terre-cuite. 

Tile. 

Tissue  glass. 

Tortoise-shell  ware. 

Transfer  printing. 

Ultramarine. 

Under-glaze. 

Wax  flowers. 

Wedgwood. 

Zinc  decorating. 


As-bes'tos.  A  curious  fibrous  mineral ;  a  vari- 
ety of  hornblende  and  pyroxene.  It  is  found  in 
many  parts  of  the  world,  is  of  very  various  quali- 
ties, and  requires  careful  preparation  for  some  of 
the  uses  to  which  it  is  applied.  See  p.  167,  "Meek. 
Diet." 

In  the  application  of  asbestos,  it  is  used  loose,  or 
is  made  into  sheets,  felt,  boards,  braid,  or  rope, 
sometimes  with  a  cementing  substance,  such  as 
paper  pulp,  cement,  mortar ;  or  as  a  covering  or 
lining  to  hair-felt,  to  prevent  the  charring  of  the 
latter  when  used  as  a  covering  to  steam  boilers  and 
pipes. 

For  steam-packing  the  fibres  are  covered  with 
braid,  and  made  in  coils  of  convenient  length. 

As  a  paint,  it  is  mixed  with  metallic  pigments, 
and  used  on  wooden  structures,  roofs,  ceilings,  and 
partitions. 

The  best  asbestos  is  found  in  Italy.  An  exhibi- 
tion of  asbestos  has  recently  been  held  at  the  Si- 
monetti  Palace  in  Rome;  the  material  in  numerous 
different  crude  forms  being  exhibited,  as  also  all 
4 


the  known  applications  of  it  in  the  useful  arts.  The 
cabinet  of  Mr.  C.  A.  Wilson,  of  Genoa,  is  said  to 
contain  one  hundred  distinct  varieties  from  the 
Alps.  It  is  largely  exported  from  Italy  to  the 
United  States. 

See  "Waste  Products  and  Undeveloped  Substances.''  by 
Simmons.  London,  1876. 

The  uses  of  Asbestos  are  recited  on  pp.  167,  168,  "Meek. 
Diet.'':  — 


Molded  articles. 

Paper. 

Piston  and  rod  packing,  either 

in  rope  or  loose  form. 
Porcelain. 
Refrigerators. 
Roofing  cement. 
Ropes. 
Safes. 
Wrapper  for    articles  to    be 

consumed. 
Yarn. 


Nes 


Patent  104,873,  June  28,  1870. 


Absorbent  in  lamps. 

Boiler  covering. 

Coffins. 

Cremation  shrouds. 

Electric  insulators. 

Fire  brick  and  crucibles. 

Firemen's  clothes. 

Flooring  cement. 

Fuel  bed  for  petroleum. 

Ink. 

Journal  bearings,  Ingredient 

in. 
Lamp-wicks. 

To  these  may  be  added  :  — 

Cellar  ceilings,  to  prevent  radiation  of  heat. 

Sheathing  paper,  for  walls  and  ceilings. 

Fire-proof  boxes,  for  shelves,  etc. 

Theatrical  scenery. 

Converting  hydro-carbon  into  gas  fuel. 

Packing  and  lubricant,  Jennings  ;  U.  S.  Patent,  1828. 

Mill  boards,  for  steam  joints. 

Gaskets,  for  man-hole  plates. 

Filtering  acids. 

It  is  used  in  the  shape  of  trays  of  cardboard,  for  contain- 
ing molten  metals  at  high  temperature. 

As  a  sponge,  to  contain  concentrated  sulphuric  acid  in  that 
form  of  lighting  apparatus  known  as  oxy genes,  No.  18  of  the 
series  of  lighting  devices  recited  on  p.  1315,  "  Meek.  Diet.'' 

Asbestos  is  used  in  Italy  as  a  fire-bed  in  a  furnace,  petro- 
leum being  poured  thereon  and  burned  beneath  the  steam 
boiler.  —  Scientific  American,  xxxvi.,  217.  Modifications  of 
this  form  the  subjects  of  many  patents  in  England  and  the 
United  States. 

See,  also,  ASBESTOS  STOVE,  p.  168,  "  Mech.  Diet."- 

As  a  coating  for  metals  in  a  furnace  :  — 

Fire  Clay 

Soap-stone 

Asbestos 

BRITISH  PATENTS. 

No.     145    Lamp-wick,  silk  and  asbestos  woven  together. 
2,647    Plaited  and  felted  asbestos  for  wicks. 
1,413    Asbestos  pulp  for  paper.     Boiled  ;  fibres  segrega- 
ted and  mixed  with  alum. 
6,555    Safes. 

2,048    Lubricant  of  asbestos,  mercury,  fat,  and  oils. 
213    Lubricant  of  asbestos  and  clay.     (Laubereau.) 
362    Insulator,   and  non-conductor  in   electrical  ap- 
paratus. 

UNITED  STATES  PATENTS. 

1870.    Refrigerators,  as  a  non-conductor.    (F.  Hyatt,  V.  S.) 
1828.     Packing  for  pistons,  piston-rods,  pump  plungers, 
joints,  etc.,  etc.    (Israel  Jennings.) 

August  22,  1865.  Lubricant :  asbestos,  soapstone,  and  cot- 
ton. (Devlan.) 

March  29,  1870.  Cord  in  a  rope  packing  of  asbestos.  ( Ste- 
vens.) 

October  4,  1874.     Loose  asbestos  packing.    (Botticher.) 
November  8,  1870.     Asbestos,  graphite,  and   iron   filings. 
(Kelly.) 

1868.     Made  into  sheets  with  felt  or  pulp.    (Johns.) 
September  18, 1866.     In  carburetors.     (Bassett.) 
August  14,  1866.     In  lamps  as  an  absorbent.     (Beschke.) 
Nos.  112,647  and  112,648,  Packing.     ( Stevens.) 
Nos.  112,649  and  112,650,  Mode  of  treating  asbestos.     ( Ste- 
vens.) 

See  under  the  following  references  :  — 

' '  Engineering. ' ' 
Faucet  Packing,  Dcwrance.      xxi.  68. 

"Mining and  Scientific  Press.'' 

Uses xxxiii.  180,  344,  4 

232,  297,  393. 
Felt xxxvi.  307. 

"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal.'' 

Powder xxi.  347. 

California  Mines     ....      xxiv.  404  ;  xxix.  ! 

At  Rome xxii.  141. 

Patents xxii.  347  ;  xxiv.  i 

Pipe  Covering xxvi.  443. 


> ;  xxxvii. 


ASBESTOS. 


50 


ASPHALT   PAVEMENT. 


Packing xxvi.  58. 

Uses xxx.  444. 

"Scientific  American." 
At  Italian  Exposition  .     .     .       xxxv.  79. 
Roof  and  Boiler  Covering     .    *xxxiv.258;  xliii.  357. 
Uses  and  History     ....      xxxv.  392 ;  *  xxxiv.  258. 
Fire  Surface xxxvi.  217. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement." 

Packing    • 2947. 

"Polytechnic  Review,"  August  26,  1876. 
"Lejfel's  Milling  anil  Mechanical  News." 

Uses *  vi.  31. 

"Iron  Age.'' 

Uses xix.,  Jan.  11,  p.  15;  xx.,  Sept. 

13,  p.  7. 

Kire  Surface  .     .     .     .     .  xix.,  May  24,  p.  1. 

Koman  Exhibition  ....       xviii.,  Sept.  28,  p.  1. 

"Manufacturer  anil  Builder."1 

Uses ix.  102,  127  ;   viii.  176  ;  xii. 

227  ;  x.  65  ;  xi.  68. 

Paint xi.  236. 

Artificial x.  5. 

Roofing ix.  102;  xii.  228. 

Boiler  Covering ix.  102  ;  xii.  31. 

"American  Railroad  Journal.'1'' 

Fire-proofing liii.  160, 193. 

Mineral  Wool liii.  843,  1231. 

"  Telegraph  Journal." 

Uses v.  285. 

"English  Mechanic.'' 

Fire  Surface xxiv.  440,  531. 

"Engineer." 
Asbestos  and  Patents  .     .     .      xlii.  396. 

Cardboard xliii.  352 

"American  Builder,"  xiii.  9. 

See  paper  by  Mr.  Lloyd,  "Philosophical  Transactions,"  vol. 
xiv.,  p.  823,  A.  D.  1684.  See  "Abridgments,'"  vol.  ii.,  pp.  548- 
554.  Several  articles. 

See,  also,  "Munsell  on  Paper,"  pp.  20,  25,  102. 

As-bes'tos  Pa'per.  Rosenthal's  method  of  dis- 
integration of  asbestos,  for  paper-making,  is  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

The  asbestos  is  put  into  wooden  tanks  lined  with 
lead,  covered  with  water,  and  chemicals  added. 
Steam  is  introduced,  and  it  is  boiled  four  to  six 
hours.  When  disintegrated  it  is  passed  through  a 
pair  of  rolls,  the  top  one  covered  with  rubber,  and 
a  rubber  apron  running  on  the  lower  one,  by  means 
of  which  the  water  is  driven  from  the  fiber.  It  is 
then  dried,  and  manufactured  into  board  on  a  spe- 
cial machine. 

The  Italian  asbestos  paper  costs  40  cents  per 
pound.  The  paper  mills  are  at  Tivoli,  where  Vic- 
toria made  his  successful  attempt  to  manufacture 
this  paper,  which  is  specially  adapted  for  valuable 
documents,  etc.  It  has  recently  undergone  most 
conclusive  tests  by  the  Marquis  de  Bariera  at  an 
exhibition  of  objects  made  of  this  substance,  held 
in  Rome.  Two  card-board  boxes  containing  papers, 
one  made  of  ordinary  material  and  the  other  of 
asbestos,  were  thrown  into  the  fire.  The  former 
was  entirely  consumed,  while  the  latter  remained 
intact,  together  with  the  papers  it  contained.  It  is  ' 
also  made  into  theatrical  hangings.  This  is  an  ex- 
cellent use  of  it.  —  "  La  France  Nouvelle." 

As-bes'tos  Felt.  Mr.  F.  A.  Gooch,  of  Cam- 
bridge, Mass.,  describes  a  mode  of  preparing  a  felt 
of  anhydrous  asbestos  for  filtering  material. 

The  felt  is  prepared  by  scraping  white  silky  as- 
bestos to  a  fine,  short  down,  boiling  it  with  hydro- 
chloric acid,  and  washing  it  by  decantation.  "it  is 
then  deposited,  by  the  aid  of  the  Buusen  pump,  on  ! 
the  bottom  of  a  platinum  crucible  perforated  with 
fine  holes ;  or,  better,  the  bottom  may  be  made  of 
fine  platinum  gauze.  The  process  is  described  in 
the  proceedings  of  the  American  Academy. 


As-cen'sion.  (Mining.)  The  theory  that  the 
matter  filling  fissures  was  introduced  from  below. 

Ash'lar.     (Masonry.)     Cut  stone  masonry. 

When  regular,  it  is  ashlar;  but  when  smaller 
cut  stones  break  the  regularity,  it  is  called  broken 
ashlar,  as  in  the  right  hand  illustration. 

Fig.  115. 


I       ' 


1 . '7* . '  .  ' 


I      l      ' 


'.'.' 


LJ__L 


Fig.  116. 


Asparagiu  Buncher. 
aturated  with  bituminous  mut- 


Ashlar. 

Small  asltlar,  when  the  assizes  are  less  than  a 
foot  in  height. 

Rough  ashlar,  squared,  when  the  face  is  only 
quarry-faced  or  pitch-faced. 

As-par'a-gus  Bunch'er.  The  Sartrouville 
bunchtT,  shown  in 
Fig.  116,  has  two 
U-shaped  frames 
in  which  the 
sprouts  are  laid, 
the  tips  symmetri- 
cally gathered  in 
the  contracted 
space,  and  the  | 
bunches  tied. 

As-phalt' 
Fave'ment.  As- 
phalt is  limestone 
ter.  —  Leon  Malo. 

The  first  quarry  opened  and  worked  was  the  fa- 
mous bed  of  Val  de  Travers,  on  the  Neufchatel 
Pontarlier  Railroad,  Switzerland.  The  bed  extends 
over  a  distance  of  six  miles,  and  is  1.75  miles  wide. 
The  thickness  of  the  bed  varies  from  3  to  16  feet, 
the  annual  production  of  the  mine  fluctuating  be- 
tween 40,000  and  50,000  tons,  occasionally  exceed- 
ing the  latter  figure.  The  deposit  was  first  discov- 
ered in  1712  by  Eirinus,  a  Grecian  physician,  who 
obtained  mineral  rights  from  the  King  of  Prussia, 
at  that  time  in  possession  of  Neufchatel.  Eirinus 
sold  the  product  obtained  by  him  chiefly  as  a  ce- 
ment for  woodwork,  masonry,  etc.,  exposed  to  water. 

Eirinus  finally  abandoned  Val  de  Travers  and 
went  to  Alsace,  where  he  opened  new  mines.  After 
his  death  the  asphalt  industry  collapsed  entirely, 
other  parties  who  obtained  control  of  the  mines 
using  them  for  distilling  oils  which  were  sold  as 
wonderful  reined ies.  It  was  not  till  1802,  when 
asphalt  beds  were  discovered  at  Seyssel,  on  the 
banks  of  the  Rhone,  France,  that  a  new  impetus 
was  given  to  an  industry  which  has  since  steadily 
grown  in  importance. 

Natural  asphalt  must  contain  nothing  else  but 
carbonate  of  lime  and  bitumen,  and  the  latter  must 
thoroughly  impregnate  the  rock,  the  grain  of  which 
must  be  as  fine  as  possible.  It  must  not  contain 
less  than  7  per  cent.,  and  not  more  than  1 1  per  cent., 
of  bitumen,  and  the  latter  itself  must  not,  when 
warmed  for  a  long  time,  lose  more  than  2  per  cent, 
by  weight.  Greater  loss  indicates  that  bitumen  is 
not  wholly  tarry  matter.  The  following  analyses 
show  the  composition  of  the  asphalt  from  the  most 
important  mines  of  the  Continent,  No.  I.  being  from 
Val  de  Travers,  No.  II.  from  Seyssel,  and  No.  III. 
from  Lobsann,  in  Alsace  :  — 

I.        IT.      III. 

Water  and  other  substances  evap- 
orating below  90°  C    ....      0.50      1.90      3  40 

Bitumen 10.10      8.00    11.90 


ASPHALT  PAVEMENT, 


51     ASPIRATING  WINNOWING   MACHINE. 


Carbonate  of  lime 87.95    89.55  69.00 

Carbonate  of  magnesia   ....      0.30      0.10  0.30 

Mineral  matter  insoluble  in  acids      0.45      0.10  305 

Other  substances 0.70      0.35  2.90 

Sulphur 5.00 

Sulphuret  of  iron 4.45 

Total 100.00  100.00  100.00 

The  asphalt  rock  is  blasted  with  the  aid  of 
powder,  dynamite  having  proved  inefficient,  proba- 
bly owing  to  the  elasticity  of  the  rock.  It  is 
ground,  or,  rather,  torn  to  pieces  between  two  roll- 
ers rotating  at  different  velocities  and  provided  with 
steel  teeth,  a  10  to  12  horse-power  mill  being 
capable  of  reducing  to  suitable  size  from  8  to  12 
tons  of  rock  per  hour.  The  grinding  is  completed 
in  a  22  to  25  horse-power  Carr  disintegrator,  run- 
ning at  a  speed  of  5UO  revolutions  per  minute,  and 
turning  out  5  tons  of  powdered  rock  per  hour.  The 
fine  asphalt  is  then  melted  in  a  cast-iron  semi- 
cylindrical  vessel,  provided  with  a  system  of  mix- 
ing knives  attached  to  a  shaft.  During  the  opera- 
tion a  varying  quantity  of  mineral  pitch  is  added. 
For  a  3-ton  vessel  this  operation  lasts  about  3£ 
hours,  the  greatest  care  being  taken  not  to  allow 
the  temperature  to  fall  below  175°  C.,  or  go  above 
230°  C.  The  product  thus  obtained  is  called 
"mastic1,"  which  possesses  the  valuable  property  of 
rendering  the  asphalt  capable  of  being  melted, 
while  the  asphalt  rock  alone  would  only  be  con- 
verted into  a  powder  even  by  the  application  of  the 
highest  temperatures.  As  soon  as  the  mastic  is 
thoroughly  mixed,  it  is  run  into  molds.  For  use, 
the  bricks  are  broken  up  and  melted  with  a  small 
quantity  (from  2  to  3  per  cent.)  of  pure  pitch,  and 
from  30  to  40  per  cent,  of  clean  gravel. 

See  PAVING. 

Asphalt "Se.  American  Sup.,"  1939. 

Asphalt    and    Wooden    Road 


Construction,  On,  (10  Figs.)  * 
Asphalt  Manufacture     .     . 
Asphaltum,  Manufacture  of 
Asphaltum  Road-making  . 

Asphalt  Tiles 

Asphalt  Pavements  of  Paris 


'Engineer,''  xlvi.  117. 
'•Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  Jan.  17,  3. 
'  Sc.  American  Sup.,'1'  1176. 
'Man.  If  Build.,-'  xi.  143. 
1  Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  7. 
lSc.  American,''  xxxix.  65. 


As-phalt',  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  The  "  Lyons  "  as- 
phalt, introduced  by  M.  Gobin  into  Belgium,  is  com- 
posed  of  15  parts  of  bitumen,  35  parte  of  coal  slack, 
10  parts  by  weight  of  coke  powder,  130  parts  of 
lime,  and  160  parts  of  fine  gravel.  The  bitumen 
and  coal  slack  arc  mixed  together  in  a.  boiler,  and 
skimmed  until  the,  formation  of  a  scum  ceases. 
The  coke  powder  and  lime  are  mixed,  heated  to 
about  300°  C.  in  order  to  dry  them,  and  then  they 
are  added  to  the  material  in  the  boiler.  The  gravel 
is  embodied  in  the  mixture  as  the  last  ingredient. — 
"Monitew  fndustritl." 

As-phalt'  Tiles.  In  a  Bavarian  method  of 
making  flooring  tiles  from  asphalt,  the  drawing  of 
the  intended  design  is  first  made  on  coarse,  heavy 
paper.  This  is  then  covered  with  bits  of  china 
and  glass,  so  as  to  form  a  mosaic.  Lastly,  a  bor- 
der is  made  to  the  sheet,  and  liquid  asphalt  is 
poured  upon  it.  After  the  whole  has  been  covered, 
the  paper  is  taken  away  with  cold  water,  and  the 
tile  is  finished. 

As-phalt'o-type.  (Photor/raphy.)  The  process 
of  Niepce;  producing  the  image  on  a  plate  cov- 
ered with  bitumen  of  Judea.  See  pp.  673,  1683, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

As-phal'tum.  See  paper  on  Petroleum,  Bitu- 
minous Rocks,  Shales,  Asphaltum,  etc.,  Brodhe.ad' s 
Report  of  Group  I.  ;  Centennial  Report,  vol.  iii.,  in- 
cluding :  — 

Page  Page 

Petroleum 3    Shales    of     New    South 

Bituminous    rocks    in  Wales 11 

America 10     Albertite 12 


Page 

Coorongite 17 

Kauri  gum IjJ 

Auiber 18 


Page 

Grahamite 14 

Asphaltum 14 

Asphalt .16 

Ozocerite   ....          .16 

As'pi-ra'ting  Fil'ter.  One  in  which  the  action 
is  expedited  by  the  withdrawal  of  air  from  beneath 
the  filtering  material.  Fig.  117. 

By  compressing   the  rub- 
ber ball  in  the  hand,  the  slit 
in     the    India-rubber    tube, 
which  acts  as  a  valve  at  13, 
doses,  and    the  air  it  con- 
tains is  ejected  through  the 
valve   at    C.     On  removing 
the  pressure  from  the  ball, 
valve    C    closes    by   atmos- 
pheric   pressure,  leaving    a 
partial  vacuum  in  the  ball ; 
air  passes  from     the    flask 
through   valve   B   into   the 
ball,  to  restore  the  equilib-        Aspirating  Filter. 
rium,  and  a  partial  vacuum  is  created  in  the  flask 
which  is  increased   by  a  second   squeezing  of  the 
ball.     The  liq- 
uid  material  in 
the    filter,    i  n 
conseq  u  e  n  c  e, 
will  be  rapidly 
forced  into  the 
flask  by  atmos- 
pheric pressure 
on  its  surface. 
—  Partridge. 

The  aspira- 
ting filter  appa- 
ratus, Fig.  118, 
ope  rates  by 
steam  genera- 
ted in  the  globe 
A,  which  pass- 
ing by  D  into 
E,  issues  at  the 

point  of  the  latr  &          Aspirating  Filter. 

ter,  drawing 

with  it  through  K  the  air  from  the  bottle  L.     M  is 

the  supply  funnel ;  B,  the  steam-gage ;    C,  water 

supply. 

As'pi-ra'ting  Win'now-ing  Ma-chine'.  One 
which  draws  air  through  the  grain  instead  of  blow- 
ing it.  Action  by  suction  instead  of  blast.  This  is 
very  common  in  the  United  States  in  smut  mills 
and  machines  of  that  class,  but  the  principle  is 

Fiff-  119. 


Aspirating   Winnower. 

more  commonly  adopted  with  winnowers  in  France 
than  with  fts.  Fig.  119  is  a  French  machine.  The 
fan  c  draws  air  in  the  direction  of  the  arrow. 
The  grain,  falling  from  the  hopper  b,  meets  the 


ASPIRATOR. 


52 


ASPIRATOR. 


blast  entering  at  g,  and,  according  to  the  compara- 
tive levity  of  the  grain,  seeds,  chaff,  dust,  etc.,  each 
falls  or  issues  at  compartments  f,  f ,  eh.  d  is  a 
counterbalanced  valve,  by  which  the  force  of  the 
in-draft  is  regulated,  e  is  another  regulator. 

As'pi-ra'tor.  An  apparatus  or  instrument  for 
drawing  air.  In  Fig.  120,  ^1  represents  the  dome 
aspirator- neeale,  with  the  cut-  pjg-  120. 

ting  point  projected,  ready  for 
puncture  ;    G,  a  magnified  dia- 
gram of  the  same,  after  inser- 
tion, with  the  dome  advanced  so 
as  to  protect  the  interior  of  the 
cavity    during     aspiration;     E, 
bulb  in  upright   position,  to  in- 
sure the  best  action  of  valves ; 
C  C,  valves  ;  D,  en- 
trance tube  ;  E,  exit 
tube;    F  F,  bits  of 
glass    tubing, 
through    which     to 
observe  the  presence 
or  absence  of  fluid.  — 
nal,"  November,  1877. 

Fig.  121  is  an  aspirator  which  can  also  be  used 
as  an  injector.  The  instrument  consists  of  three 


Pitch's  Aspirator. 
New  York  Medical  Jour- 


Fig.  121. 


Aspirator. 

needles  of  assorted  sizes,  a  rubber  stopper  which 
fits  into  a  jar,  and  through  which  passes  a  double- 
current  tube  provided  with  stop-cocks.  This  com- 
municates by  an  elastic  hose,  at  B,  with  a  pump, 
and  at  A,  by  another  hose,  with  the  needle  or  capil- 
lary tube  to  be  used. 

By  putting  the  stopper  in  the  bottle,  closing  the 
cock  A,  opening  B,  and  giving  25  or  30  strokes  of 
the  pump,  the  air  is  exhausted  from  the  bottle ; 
then  close  B,  and  the  apparatus  is  ready  for  use. 
The  tube  is  introduced,  and  cock  A  being  opened, 
aspiration  commences. 

To  inject  with  the  same  instrument,  connect  the 
air-tube  with  the  outward  flow  of  the  pump  ;  put 
the  desired  liquid  in  the  bottle,  and,  while  hold- 
ing the  latter  in  reversed  position,  pump  air  into 
it.  After  having  obtained  the  desired  pressure  in 
the  bottle,  close  B,  and  detach  the  pump ;  intro- 
duce the  tube  into  the  object  to  be  injected,  and 
open  A. 

The  rotating  aspirator  point  for  use  as  a  trocar 
is  a  flat  blade  twisted.  —  Dr.  Warren. 

Aspirators  are  used  in  trades  which  produce  del- 
eterious dust,  also  to  remove  shavings  and  sawdust 

from  wood- 
working ma- 
chinery. 

Va  r  i  o  u  s 
prin  c  i  p  1  e  s 
i  are      used. 
The   Sturte- 
vant  suction 
Aspirator  for  Dry   Grinding.     Chatellerault.  fan     is     em- 


ployed. At  the  works  of  ChAtcllerault,  in  France, 
the  jet  of  compressed  air  is  used.  A  is  a  cylindrical 
tube,  having  a  length  at  least  five  times  its  diameter. 
B  is  a  tube  throwing  a  jet  of  compressed  air  into 
the  tube,  the  air  at  the  rear  being  drawn  forcibly 
through  the  passage  a  a1  by  the  suction  produced". 

Another  form  of  aspirator  is  that  used  in  ventila- 
tion; in  fact,  any  exhaust  pump  or  suction  fan 
comes  within  the  definition.  Such  are  used  in 
buildings  of  importance,  hospitals,  public  buildings, 
and  halls ;  also  in  mines. 

Such  machines  operate  on  various  principles : 
the  piston,  revolving  fan,  inverted  caisson  resem- 
bling a  gas-holder.  The  former  two  are  shown  in 
Figs.  5,  6,  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et 
Sciences,"  tome  iii.,  article  "  Ventilation." 

The  hydro-pneumatic  aspirator  of  M.  Legat  has 
been  applied  to  paper-making  machinery,  to  replace 
the  air-pumps,  which  serve  10  make  a  vacuum  be- 
neath the  web,  on  which  the  pulp  collects  to  form 
paper.  The  effect  of  the  withdrawal  of  the  air 
from  beneath  the  web  is  to  drain  out  the  water  of 
the  pulp,  which  becomes  solidified  sufficiently  to 
take  off  and  pass  to  the  calenders. 

The  hydro-pneumatic  aspirator  is  on  the  princi- 
ple of  the  Giffnrd  injector,  and  a  view  and  descrip- 
tion of  it  are  given  in  Fig.  3,237,  Laboulaye's  "  Dic- 
tionnaire des  Arts  ct  Sciences,"  tome  i.,  article  "  As- 
pirateur." 

Fig.  123  shows  the  aspirating  principle  applied 
to  grinding-rnills,  to  prevent  the  accumulation  of 


Fig.  123. 


Aspirator  Grinding  Mill. 

flour  dust  in  the  husk.     It  is  the  invention  of  .MM. 
Jaacks  and  Behrns,  of  Lubeck,  Germany. 

A  fan  exhausts  air  through  the  pipe  a,  from  the 
mill-stone  hoop,  and  fresh  air  enters  with  the  wheat 
at  the  eye  of  the  stone  and  passes  between  the 
buhrs,  dd,  cc.  The  hoop  is  air-tight,  and  has  but 
the  one  inlet,  k,  and  two  outlets  :  one  at  <j  for  the 
chop,  and  the  other  at  a,  for  the  warm  and  damp 
air.  Leakage  of  air  at  the  eye  is  prevented  by  au 
arrangement  of  two  rings,  h,  i,  one  fast  to  the 
stone,  and  the  other  suspended  by  a  leathern  cylin- 
der from  the  hoop  e.  The  screw  s,  in  the  chop 
tube,  presses  out  the  meal,  which  is  sufficiently 
tightly  packed  therein  to  prevent  passage  of  air. 

In  order  to  retain  the  flour-dust  within  the  hoop 
a  cloth  of  long-haired  flannel  is  stretched  and  laced 
up  in  zig-zag  shape  over  a  frame,  m,  which  is  sus- 
pended by  hooks  under  the  top  of  the  curb,  and  the 
flannel  is'tacked  loosely,  but  dust-tight,  against  the 
top,  at  the  outer  and  inner  diameters  of  the  frame. 
The  flannel  detains  the  flour-dust,  but  allows  the 
warm  air  and  vapor  to  pass.  The  dust  gathers  on 
the  cloth,  and  is  removed  by  occasionally  striking 
the  pin  /,  which  causes  it  to  drop,  and  go  out  with 
the  chop.  The  valve  r  governs  the  force  of  the 


ASPIRATOR. 


53 


ASTRONOMICAL    MIRROR. 


WithC 
With  T 


air  current ;  q  is  a  vacuum  gage ;  o  is  a  felt  non- 
conducting lining. 

The  following  notices  may  be  consulted  :  — 

ith  Compressor,  Marangoni     *  "Scientific  Am.,''  xliii.  11. 

ith  Trocar,  Dieulafoy     .    .    *  "Mech.   Diet.,'1'   Fig.   6665, 

p.  2629. 
By  Flow  of  Hydrant  Water. 

Richards *  "  Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  808. 

For  Laboratories,  Hanks    .     .     *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  101. 

As-say'.  (Mining.)  To  test  ores  by  chemical 
or  blow-pipe  examination. 

Assaying  Outfit     .     *  "Eng.  and  Min.  Journal,'1''  xxv.  443. 
Assay  Office  Model        "  Scientific  American  Supplement,-' 211. 

UNITED  STATES   PATENTS. 

181  304,  Berge Furnace  and  Muffle. 

94,508,  Phillips      ....     Automatic  Assay  Apparatus. 
227,8o2,  Snow  and  Seamans    Burner  for  Crucible  Furnace. 
220,895,  Wight Cupel  Furnace. 

Consult :  — 

Lieber's  "Assayers*  Guide." 

Mitchell's  "Manual  of  Practical  Assaying."     London,  1868. 

Boclemann  and  Kerl's  "  Treatise  on  Assaying  "  (Transl.). 
New  York,  1865. 

Buil^e's  "'Practical  Miners'  Guide."1     London,  lobo. 

Bylnnd's  "Assay  of  Gold  and  Silver  Wares." 

KerVs  "  Practical  Treatise  on  Metallurgy." 

Overman's  "Practical  Mineralogy,  Assaying  and  Mining." 
Philadelphia,  1863. 

North's  "Practical  Assayfr."     London,  18/4. 

Riclcett's  "Mints  nml  A<sfty  Offi'es  of  Europe." 

Knapp's  "Chemical  Technology.'' 

As-sernHbling.  For  account  of  the  parts  and 
methods  used  in  the  manufacture  of  fire-arms  on 
this  principle,  see  RIFLE. 

As-tat'ic  Gal'va-nom'e-ter.  One  the  mag- 
netized needle  of  which  is  balanced  so  as  to  make  it 
normally  quiesescent  in  any  position. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder,"1  *  xi.  276. 

A-stig'ma-tism  Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

••  \stigmatism  is  that  condition  of  the  eye  in  which  the 
refraction  is  different  in  different  meridians  of  the  eye, 
owiiii,'  to  the  refractive  media  not  being  perfectly  symmet- 
ric;)!. An  eye  with  acornea  shaped  like  the  bowl  of  a  spoon, 
in^tnd  of  like  a  portion  of  a  sphere,  would  be  astigmatic. 
Dr.  Anderson's  instrument  was  exhibited  at  the  meeting  of 
the  British  Association  at  Swansea.  In  it  the  observations 
and  measurements  are  made  by  the  observer,  and  are  en- 
tirely independent  of  the  patient's  sensations.  The  image 
thrown  on  the  retina  being  used  as  an  object,  the  error 
arisiiu,'  from  the  vessels  or  optic  nerve  being  before  or  be- 
hind the  retina  is  avoided.  The  refraction  and  uccommoda- 
tion  of  the  observer  does  not  affect  the  result:  it  is  only 
iip<v~:,ry  that  he  should  be  able  to  see  whether  certain 
lines  arc  sharply  defined. 

"A  lamp  (A,  in  the  engraving)  is  provided  with  a  con- 
di-iisii)!;  lens,  which  has  a  screen  of  radiating  wires,  B, 
across  its  front,  thus  giving  a  bright  field  with  black  lines. 
This  slides  on  a  graduated  bar,  K,  at  the  other  end  of  which 

is  a  convex 

Fig.  124.  lens,  C.    It  is 

better  to  have 
two  of  these  of 
different  pow- 
ers, 4  and  10 
dioptrics  being 
c  on  v  en  lent. 
Close  to  the 
lens,  and  at  an 
angle  of  45° 
to  it,  is  a  plane 
silvered  mirror 
D,  which  re- 
flects the  rays 
at  right  angles 
to  their  former 
path.  The  in- 
strument i  s 
held  so  that 

this  pencil  of  rays  enters  the  observed  eye  and  when  the 
screen  is  at  the  proper  distance  an  image  of  it  is  formed  on 
the  retina.  The  mirror  has  its  center  left  unsilvered,  and  has 
an  ordinary  disk  of  lenses,  E,  behind  it  to  render  the  retina 
and  the  image  on  it  visible  to  the  observer  by  the  ordinary 
direct  method.  The  bar  is  so  graduated  that  when  an 


Dr.  Anderson's  Astigmatism 
Apparatus. 

A,  Lamp.  B,  Condensing  lens 
and  wires.  E,  Graduated  b*r.  C. 
Convex  lens.  D,  Mirror.  E,  Disk  of  lenses. 


image  of  the  whole  or  part  of  the  screen  is  sharp  on  the 
retina,  the  figure  opposite  the  screen  expresses  the  refrac- 
tive error  of  the  meridian  by  which  the  imago  is  produced. 
Hence,  if  the  image  of  the  whole  screen  is  seen  to  be  equally 
sharp,  the  eye  is  known  to  be  not  astigmatic,  and  the  gradu- 
ation gives  the  number  of  dioptrics  by  which  it  is  myopic  or 
hypermetropic.  If  the  lines  be  not  all  sharp  at  once,  then 
the  most  distant  point  at  which  any  of  them  is  distinct  gives 
the  refraction  of  the  meridian  of  minimum  refraction,  and 
the  point  at  which  that  at  right  angles  to  the  former  is  dis- 
tinct, gives  that  of  maximum  refraction.  The  least  of 
these  gives  the  spherical  element  of  the  correcting  spectacle 
required,  and  their  difference  that  of  the  cylindrical  ele- 
ment. The  meridian  of  maximum  refraction  is  that  in 
which  the  line  appears  distinct  when  the  screen  is  at  the 
greatest  distance.  If  the  cylindrical  lens  be  convex  its 
axis  must  be  in  this  meridian  ;  if  concave,  then  at  right 
angles  to  it.  The  makers  are  Cook  &  Sons,  York.  — 
Lancet. 

The  ametrometer  is  also  capable  of  being  used 
to  detect  the  existence  or  extent  of  astigmatism. 
See  AMETROMETER,  pp.  28,  29. 

Referring  to  the  ametrometer,  it  may  be  stated 
that  when  astigmatism  is  suspected,  the  patient 
should  be  directed  to  observe  whether  the  flames 
are  longer  in  one  direction  than  the  other,  and  if 
so,  by  the  rotation  of  the  bar  on  a  pivot  opposite  to 
the  fixed  light,  the  two  lights  being  placed  some 
distance  apart  so  that  they  do  not  appear  to  touch, 
the  apparatus  affords  one  of  the  most  accurate 
means  of  ascertaining  the  meridians  of  greatest  and 
least  refraction,  since  it  will  become  easy  for  the 
patient  to  say  when  two  elongated  points  or  ovals 
of  light  are  placed  so  as  to  have  the  same  direc- 
tion ;  and  when  this  has  Fig.  125. 
been  fixed,  the  pointer  on 
the  instrument  will  indi- 
cate on  the  half-circle  the 
exact  angle  at  which  the 
lights  are  placed,  and 
hence  the  position  of  the 
meridian  of  greatest  ame- 
tropia. 

On  bringing  the  flames 
into  contact  at  this  an- 
gle, the  real  distance  of 
the  lights  apart  will  in- 
dicate the  degree  of  ame 
tropia,  and  having  thus 
found  one  meridian,  the 
lights  can  be  placed  at 
right  angles  to  it,  and 
the  refraction  of  the  sec- 
ond be  ascertained. 

As'tro-labe.  S  e  v- 
eral  astrolabes  of  antiq- 
uity, and  of  the  fifteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries, 
are  referred  to  on  p.  172,  "  Mech.  Diet."  The  as- 
trolabe of  Sir  Francis  Drake  is  shown  in  Fig.  125. 
It  was  recently  shown  at  a  loan  collection.  It  was 
constructed  for  him  previous  to  his  first  expedition 
to  the  West  Indies,  in  1570,  and  was  preserved  in 
the  Stanhope  family  till  1783,  when  it  was  presented 
to  the  Duke  of  Clarence,  who,  in  1833,  deposited  it 
in  Greenwich  Hospital.  It  is  about  9"  high. 

As'tro-nom'i-cal  Mir'ror.  An  instrument 
devised  by  M.  Collin  to  obtain  a  fresh  reflecting 
surface  of  mercury  to  reflect  the  image  of  stars 
under  observation.  To  obviate  the  necessity  of 
removing  the  film  from  the  surface  of  the  mercury, 
the  metal  becomes  cleaned  during  its  escape  from 
the  reservoir  in  which  it  is  kept  hermetically  in- 
closed. It  is  thus  always  pure  and  brilliant.  The 
reservoir  shown  on  the  left  is  a  pump  cylinder,  in 
which  a  piston  is  operated  by  means  of  the  screw 
represented  above.  This  forces  the  metal  out  upon 
a  large  circular  shallow  vessel  through  a  connecting 
tube.  In  order  to  operate  the  apparatus  conven- 


Astrolabe   of  Fir  Francis 
Drake. 


ASTRONOMICAL    MIRROR. 


54 


AUDIOMETER. 


iently,  it  is  mounted  on  a  carriage  on  rails.  Be- 
tween the  latter  is  a  graduated  scale,  so  that  the 
mirror  can  be  readjusted  at  any  desired  point.  The 
vertical  screw  shown  on  the  right  serves  to  fix  it  in 
place. 

Fig.  126. 


Astronomical  Mirror. 

As'tro-nom'i-cal  Time  Mark'er.  An  in- 
strument for  indicating  fractions  of  a  second  by 
means  of  a  sliding  vernier  attached  to  a  graduated 
scale,  which  it  traverses  second  by  second.  A  spe- 
cies of  metronome. 

Invented  by  E.  K.  Horn,  and  shown  in  the  "  En- 
gineer" 1876.  Reproduced  in  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can Supplement"  *  204. 

As'tro-pho-tom'e-ter.  An  instrument  de- 
signed by  Zollner  to  measure  the  brightness  of  the 
stars  by  comparing  them  with  an  artificial  star  of 
standard  brightness. 

"  The  telescope  is  directed  to  the  natural  star,  and  the 
light  of  the  artificial  star  is  introduced  through  a  lateral 
tube.  A  petroleum  lamp  serves  for  this  object,  the  lateral 
tube  carrying  a  diaphragm  with  a  minute  perforation  in  the 
center.  In  the  interior  of  the  principal  tube,  a  plane  glass 
mirror  with  parallel  surfaces,  placed  at  an  angle  of  forty-five 
degrees,  reflec's  the  light  of  the  artificial  star  to  the  eye  ; 
and  as  the  mirror  has  a  sensible  thickness,  two  images  are 
perceived  with  a  small  space  intervening  between  them. 
The  image  of  the  natural  star  is  brought  to  occupy  this  in- 
termediate space.  The  lateral  tube  contains  a  polarization 
apparatus,  by  means  of  which  the  light  of  the  artificial  star 
may  be  modified  both  for  color  and  for  brilliancy.  The  first 
adjustment  is  for  color.  By  rotating  the  polarization  sys- 
tem the  tint  which  corresponds  to  that  of  the  real  star  ob- 
served is  easily  obtained,  as  in  the  saccharimeter.  Then  by 
turning  one  of  the  prisms  of  the  system,  the  brightness  of  the 
artificial  star,  which  is  always  at  first  superior  to  that  of  the 
real  object,  is  gradually  subdued  until  the  two  intensities 
are  sensibly  equal.  As  the  image  reflected  from  the  first 
surface  of  the  mirror  is  necessarily  the  brighter  of  the  two, 
this  one  is  selected  as  the  standard  of  comparison.  The 
other  serves  as  a  lower  limit,  and  between  the  two  the  de- 
termination can  be  very  accurately  made."  —  Barnard. 

Ath'a-iior.  The  alchemist's  base-burning  fur- 
nace. It  is  described  on  p.  1 75,  "  Mech.  Diet."  and 
is  to  be  found  in  — 


Hebert 
p.  109. 


's  "Engineer's  Encyclopedia,"  London,  1850,  vol.  i., 

Francis's  "Dictionary  of  Arts."* 
Partington's  "•Dictionary,"'  2  vpls. 
Weale's  "Dictionary  of  Terms  in  Art.' 

At'mo-ly'zer.     (  Gas. )    An  instrument  for  il- 
lustrating the  separation  of  gases. 

Fig.  127. 


Atmolyzer. 


In  the  figure,  the  bag  of  impure  gases  communi- 
cates by  a  porous  earthen  pipe  with  the  receiver. 
The  pipe  has  an  envolving  sheath,  the  interior  of 
which  connects  with  an  aspirator,  so  that  a  partial 
vacuum  is  maintained  around  the  porous  pipe. 
Gases  ejected  by  the  bag  are  separated  by  the  pas- 
sage of  the  lighter  gas  through  the  pores  of  the 
pipe  to  the  aspirator. 

At'mos-pher'ic  Brake.  (Railway.)  A  brake 
operated  by  pressure  of  air;  an  air  brake.  The 
term  is  properly  applied  to  that  form  of  air-brake 
in  which,  the  air  being  exhausted,  the  pressure  of 
the  atmosphere  becomes  the  moving  agent.  A 
vacuum  brake. 

At'mos-pher'ic  En'gine.  The  engine  of 
Newcomen,  Fig.  5658,  p.  2337,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

See,  also,  AIR  ENGINE  ;  CALORIC  ENGINE  ;  COM- 
PRESSED-AIR ENGINE;  HOT-AIR  ENGINE,  etc. 


*  "Engineer,'1'  xlviii.  4C 

*  "Engineer,"  xlix.  84. 


Atmospheric  Engine,  Br. 
Newcomen  (1712)     . 
Coalbrookdale  (1776)     . 

At'mos-pher'ic  Gas'-en'gine.  A  name 
given  in  England  to  the  Otto  and  Langen  gas  en- 
gine, in  which  coal-gas  is  exploded  in  atmospheric 
air  in  a  cylinder.  See  GAS  ENGINE. 

At'mos-pher'ic  Ham'mer.  A  power  ham- 
mer driven  by  the  force  of  compressed  air. 

Butterfield's  "Scientific  American  Supplement, ''  *  689. 

At'mos-pher'ic  Re-cor'der.  An  apparatus 
for  registering  the  various  meteorological  phenom- 
ena. The  force  and  direction  of  the  wind,  the 
height  of  the  barometer,  the  temperature,  amount 
of  rain-fall,  humidity  and  electrical  condition  of  the 
air,  are  all  recorded  upon  an  endless  paper  band, 
moved  by  clock-work  mechanism. 

See  ANEMOMETROGRAPH,  METEOROGRAPH. 

At'om-i-zer.  Fig.  128  shows  a  number  of  at- 
omizers all  involving  the  same  principle,  the  spray- 
ing of  a  fluid  by  a  blast  of  air  or  steam. 

Atomizer  and  Volatilizer. 

Wells  and  Duluce,*  'Journal  Materia  Medico,''  Feb.,  1877. 
Antiseptic  Atomizer. 

Hanks    ....     "Medical  Record,"  January  13, 1877. 
Atomizer  and  Eye  Douche. 

Burrall  ....     "Medical  Record,"  August  25, 1877. 

At-tri'tion  Mill.  One  operating  by  impact 
and  mutual  attrition  of  the  material  under  treat- 
ment. A  flouring  mill  in  New  York  working  on 
this  principle  has  a  wheel  of  some  3'  in  diameter 
and  3"  thick,  inclosed  in  a  box  of  about  4'  in  diam- 
eter and  8"  thick.  The  wheel  makes  2,000  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  receives  the  wheat  in  its  center, 
and  whirls  it  around  with  such  violence  that  by 
rolling  friction  against  the  sides,  but  especially  by 
mutual  friction  or  attrition,  it  becomes  pulverized. 

A  disintegrator.  See  Fig.  1565,  p.  707,  "Mech. 
Diet."  Cited  in  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  May, 
1877. 

At'wood  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made 
by  a  process  in  which  iodide  of  potassium  is  used 
to  take  up  the  phosphorus  existing  in  the  iron. 

Van  Nostrand'x  "Engineering  Magazine,  '  xvi.  280. 

Au'di-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Professor  Hughes.  It  is  a  combination  of  the  tel- 
ephone, a  new  form  of  microphonic  key,  and  a 
Leclanche  battery.  By  its  means  the  power  of 
hearing  sounds  can  be  accurately  gaged  and  re- 
corded on  a  suitable  arbitrary  scale.  The  one  in 
use  is  divided  into  200  degrees,  the  zero  being  the 
point  of  positive  silence,  the  absence  of  recogniza- 
ble sound  produced  by  the  instrument  through  the 
telephone,  and  the  maximum  being  audible  to 
every  one  not  actually  deaf.  The  first  point  ob- 


AUDIOMETER. 


55 


AURAL   INSTRUMENTS. 


Vig.  128. 


•i.  Dr.  Kniif/it'*  atomizer.  The  rial  is  connected  with  the 
tnlic  by  a  metallic  cup,  which  is  screwed  on,  and  may  be  so 
i  iirnt'J  as  to  nearly  exclude  air  and  render  the  spray  exceed- 
ingly fine. 

';.   Dr.  Clark's  atomizer,  with  the  addition  of  a  shield. 

c.    The  "  Constant  "  atomizer. 

'/.   The  Boston  atomizer,  with  single  bulb. 

f.f.    Other  forms. 

§•.  Steam  atomizer.  It  has  a  brass  boiler,  steam  outlet 
tube,  rubber  packing,  through  which  the  atomizing  tube 
passes  ;  a  safety  valve  ;  a  suspended  medicine-cup ;  a  flaring 
face  shield,  and  the  waste  cup  to  catch  the  drops. 

served  with  the,  instrument  is  that  the  power  of 
hearing  sound  is  very  sharply  denned.  The  sound 
is  abruptly  lost  within  a  range  of  one  hundredth 
part  of  the  entire  scale,  both  when  the  person  can 
hoar  audibly  and  when  he  is  more  or  less  deaf.  If 
i  be  sound  be  suddenly  moved  from  15°  to  5°  on  the 
scale,  the  weaker  sound  is  inaudible,  though  if  the 
scale  had  been  gradually  moved  the  sound  at  5° 
would  have  been  easily  heard.  Filling  the  chest 
and  holding  the  breath  increases  the  capacity  for 
hearing  for  a  few  seconds.  Holding  the  breath 
with  the  chest  not  full  does  not  produce  the  same 
result.  Most  persons  hear  better  with  the  right 
ear  than  with  the  left,  but  physicians  who  have  ac- 
customed themselves  to  use  the  stethoscope  with 
the  left  ear  hear  better  with  it  than  with  the  right ; 
and  four  persons  who  habitually  listened  to  public 
discourses  from  the  left  side  also  heard  better  with 
the  left  ear.  See  also  SPHYGMOPHONE. 

"Telegraphic  Journal" vii.  213. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.''     .     .     .     2960. 

Au'di-phoiie.  (    An   instrument   accredited   to 


R.  S.  Rhodes,  of  Chicago,  for  convey- 
ing sound  through  the  medium  of  the 
teeth. 

The  instrument  is  simply  a  thin  plate 
of  vulcanized  rubber  shaped  like  a 
Japanese  fan.  When  in  use,  it  is 
curved  to  give  it  the  requisite  tension 
by  means  of  cords  attached  to  the  outer 
edge  of  the  fan  and  fastened  at  the 
junction  of  the  handle.  When  the  top 
of  the  fan  is  placed  against  the  upper 
teeth  the  impinging  sound  waves 
create  a  sensible  vibration  which  is 
conveyed  through  the  teeth  and  the 
bones  of  the  face  (or  possibly  by  the 
dental  nerves)  to  the  auditory  nerve. 
With  a  little  practice,  the  sounds  thus 
received  are  interpreted  the  same  as 
if  they  reached  the  nerves  of  hearing 
through  the  ear  ;  aud  thus  the  deaf 
are  made  to  hear  more  or  less  dis- 
tinctly, provided,  of  course,  that  the 
auditory  nerve  itself  is  not  defective. 

Newspapers,  pamphlets,  card-board, 
answer  the  same  purpose  in  certain  de- 
grees. 

A  rod  of  wood,  with  its  ends  placed 
against  the  teeth  or  bony  structure  of 
the  heads  of  the  speaker  and  hearer 
respectively,  has  been  used,  and  is  a 
natural  suggestion  from  Wheatstone's 
contrivance,  mentioned  on  p.  2515, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  writer  recollects  as  a  boy,  trad- 
ing two  pocket  musical  boxes  to  an 
old  and  deaf  naval  officer,  turned  por- 
trait-painter, and  watching  the  pleas- 
ure he  derived  from  hearing  them 
play  when  placed  against  his  teeth. 

Resting  the  head  against  the  piano 
or  harpsichord  is  as  old  as  the  instru- 
ments. 

The  head  of  the  violinist,  or  of  the  harper,  rest- 
ing against  his  instrument,  conveys  the  musical  vi- 
bration through  the  bony  structure  to  the  brain. 
The  old  Egyptian  who  swept  the  strings  of  his 
standing  harp  in  the  time  of  Rameses  the  Great, 
laid  his  head  against  the  instrument,  as  the  paint- 
ings discovered  by  Bruce  clearly  show.  See  c,  Fig. 
2404,  "Mech.  Diet." 


xli.  342,  377  ;  xlii.  240. 
2081, r 


"Scientific  American  " 
" Sc.  Am.  Supplement''  . 
"Min.anti  *'c.  Press"     .     xl.  151,  172. 
"Ens;,  and  Min.  Journal"  xxix.  67. 
"Manufac.  and  Builder"     xii.  7,  125. 
"Iron  Age  "... 


xxiv.  Nov.  27, p.  1 ;  xxvi.  Jan.  22, 
p.  5  ;  April  22,  p.  16. 

Au'ral  Ill's tru-ments.  (Surgical.)  These  in- 
clude those  for  exploration,  diagnosis,  prothesis, 
operation  :  for  the  external  meatus,  the  membrana 
tympani,  the  Eustachian  canal.  The  list  includes 
the  following :  — 


Air  bag. 

Angular  forceps. 

Basin. 

Bistoury. 

Catheter. 

Catheter  holder. 

Caustic  holder. 

Conversation  tube. 

Cotton  holder. 

Curette. 

Diagnostic  tube. 

Director. 

Douche. 

Drill. 

Eustachian  canal  inflator. 

Explorer. 


Eyelet  forceps. 

Forceps. 

Furuncle  knife. 

Gorgeret. 

Gouge. 

Hook. 

Inhaler. 

Manometer. 

Maryngotome. 

Mastoid  process  knife. 

Meatus  knife. 

Mirror. 

Otoscope. 

Polypus  forceps. 

Polypus  knife 

Polypus  snare. 


AURIFEROUS. 


56 


AUTO-KINETIC   TELEGRAPH. 


Port-acid  glass. 
Probe. 
Kongo  ur. 
Scissors. 
Scoop. 
Screw  hook. 
Speculum. 
Spoon. 


Spout. 

Spray  apparatus. 

Syringe. 

Tensor-tympani  instrument. 

Trumpet. 

Tuning  fork. 

Tympanum,  artificial. 

Tympanum,  perforator. 


Au-rif'e-rous.     (Mining.)     Containing  gold. 

Au-ro'ra  Tube.  A  tube,  of  uranium  glass 
preferably,  through  which  discharges  from  an  in- 
duction coil  are  transmitted  to  produce  the  optical 
effect  of  aurora. 

Au'ro-type.  (Photography.)  Hunt's  process 
upon  paper,  produced  by  a  preparation  of  gold. 

Aus'cul-ta'tor.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
for  diagnosis  of  diseases  of  the  chest  by  listening 
to  the  sounds  within  the  thorax.  The  stethoscope 
is  the  principal  instrument ;  see  STETHOSCOPE. 
The  word  is  from  the  act  of  listening,  but  the  diag- 
nosis by  pleximetur  and  percussor  is  not  held  to  be 
strictly  within  the  term. 

Camann's  cylindrical  and  intercostal  ausculta- 
tors,  Figs.  254,  255,  p.  82,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium Chirurgicum." 

Aus-tra'li-an  Crape.  (Fabric,)  A  cotton  and 
wool  French  goods. 

Au-tog'e-nous  !->ol'der-ing.  Soldering  by 
melting  the  adjacent  surfaces  of  the  material  itself, 
without  the  intervention  of  solder. 

The  application  of  autogenous  soldering  to  the 
making  of  perfect  platinum  stills  for  sulphuric  acid, 
by  Johnson,  Matthey  &  Co  ,  of  London,  is  described 
in  Professor  Jenkins'  Report  on  Chemical  Indus- 
tries, "Purls  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  vol.  iv.,  p. 
65. 

Au'to-graph'ic  Press.  A  press  for  making 
copies  of  autographic  documents,  letters,  etc.,  either 
upon  stone  or  a  bichromated-gelatine  pad. 

The  form  shown 
in  Fig.  129,  made  by 
Deplaye  &  Co.,  of 
Paris,  is  on  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  litho- 
graphic press  ;  the 
stone  or  plate  lying 
upon  a  bed  which 


Hannot,  Belgium     .     "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  269. 
Sars,  Norway  .     .     .     "Scientific  American,'"'  xxxvii.  .326. 

Au'to-graph'ic  Tel'e-graph.  The  Meyer  ap- 
paratus has  substituted  the  Caselli  on  the  French 
lines  served  by  that  form  of  apparatus.  The  Ca- 
selli system  is  described  on  p.  191,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Fig.  130. 


Transmitter. 


graph 


Autographic.  Press. 

travels  beneath  a  pressure  bar,  the  latter  being 
shown  in  the  cut  as  detached  and  swung  aside. 

The  press  is  intended  for  lithography  and  chro- 
molithography,  as  well  as  phototypy,  and  some 
other  gelatine  processes  of  reproduction. 

Au'to-graph'ic  Pro'cess.  A  mode  by  which 
a  manuscript  or  drawing  made  with  a  peculiar  ink 
may  be  transferred  to  stone  and  then  printed. 

The  definition  may  be  somewhat  extended,  now 
that  a  variety  of  processes  operating  with  gelatine, 
with  gelatine  films,  bichromated  gelatine,  etc.,  have 
been  devised.  As  mechanical  copying  processes, 
the  HECTOGRAPH,  COPYGRAPH,  etc.,  are  familiar. 

Two  autographic  litho-processes  mav  be  men- 
tioned :  — 


"  In  the  Meyer  instrument  the  sending-cylinder  A  is  in- 
sulated, and  upon  it  is  wound  the  message  written  with  an 
insulating  ink  upon  a  sheet  of  metallic  paper.  An  endless 
screw,  H,  is  moved  by  clock-work,  and  carries  a  car  armed 
with  a  brush  of  metallic  wires,  D,  and  a  metallic  point.  C. 
The  brush  and  point  are  insulated  from  each  other,  and  rub 
constantly  against  the  surface  of  the  paper. 

"  For  each  turn  of  the  cylinder  A,  the  car  moves  forward 
one  thread  of  the  screw,  or  a  distance  of  \  millimeter,  so  that 
each  point  of  the  surface  of  the  cylinder  is  brought  success- 
ively in  contact  with  the  point  C.  This  point  is  connected 
permanently  with  the  ground. 

"  At  the  transmitting  station,  the  positive  pole  of  the  bat- 
tery is  connected  constantly  on  the  one  hand  with  the  brush 
D,  and  on  the  other  with  the  line-wire.  The  battery  is 
therefore  continually  in  action,  but  the  distribution  of  its 
current  depends  upon  the  position  of  the  stylus  C.  When 
the  latter  touches  the  metallic  surface  of  the  paper,  the  cir- 
cuit is  closed  by  the  way  of  the  brush  D,  the  paper,  the  sty- 
lus, and  the  ground.  Almost  the  entire  current  passes  into 
this  short  circuit,  and  the  line  receives  only  a  small  portion, 
which  may  be  left  altogether  out  of  account.  When,  on 
the  contrary,  the  stylus  C  touches  a  part  of  the  insu- 
lating ink,  the  short  circuit  is  broken,  and  the  battery 
current  passes  entirely  over  the  line. 

•'  The  receiving  cylinder  carries  a  spiral  thread  which 
extends  entirely  around  the  cylinder.  This  thread  rubs 
continually  against  an  ink-roller.  The  paper  is  unrolled 
by  clock-w'ork,  and  brought  up  to  the  spiral  by  the  ac- 
tion of  an  electro-magnet 

"The  apparatus  for  synchronism  is  also  similar 
to  that  before  described. 

"  If  the  circuit  is  closed  and  the 
paper  is  brought  in  contact  with  the 
spiral  during  a  whole  turn  of  the  lat- 
ter, a  straight  line  is  drawn  across  it  :  at 
the  commencement  of  another  turn  a 
new  line  is  begun,  and  so  on.  It  will 
thus  be  seen  that  whenever  the  trans- 
mitting stylus  touches  the  ink,  per- 
mitting a  current  to  pass  over  the  line, 
the  paper  receives  an  impression  cor- 
responding to  the  length  of  the  emis- 
sion. The  writing  on  the  metallic 
paper  is  thus  reproduced  at  the  re- 
ceiving end."  —  Lines. 

See  "Report  on  Vienna  Exposition,'1'' 
vol.  ii.,  Section  I.,  pp.  37,  40. 

D'Arlincourt's  automatic  telegraph  is  described  in  Lines' 
"Report  on  Vienna  Exposition,"'  vol.  ii.,  Section  1.,  *  p.  40. 
"Telegraphic  Journal"'     ....     *  vi.  495. 
*  vii.  28. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement  "  *  2433,  *  2645. 
Sawyer's  autographic   telegraph,  or    Panlelf graph,  is  de- 
scribed in  "  Telegrapher,1*'  *  1876.     Reproduced  in  "Scientific 
American  Supplement,"1  *  302. 

Au'to-in-suf-fla'tor.  An  instrument  for  the 
self-administration  of  medicine  in  the  form  of  pow- 
der. Figure  131. 

Au'to-ki-iiet'ic  Tel'e-graph.  (Electricity.) 
An  English  name  for  a  form  of  municipal  tele- 
graph for  fire-alarms,  police,  etc. 

See  "Teleg.  Journal"     ....      *  iv.  241. 
"Engineering'' *   xxiii.402. 


AUTO-LARYNGOSCOPE. 


57 


AUTOPHONE. 


Dr.   Bridge's  Auto-insufflator 


Au'to-la-ryn'go-scope.  An  instrument  by 
which  one  may  inspect 
his  owu  larynx.  See 

"Treatise  on  me  Laryngo- 
scope," by  Dr.  Sieveking, 
"Lancet,"  April  8,  1865, 
p.  360. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Air'- 
brake.  (Railway.)  West- 
inyhouse.  The  air  is  co'm- 
])ressed  by  a  steam-pump 
on  the  engine,  and  is 
stored  in  tanks  on  the 
engine,  and  under  the 
tender  and  cars,  connec- 
tion being  made  by  pipes 
and  flexible  hose. 
"When  the  brakes  are  to  be  applied,  compressed  air  is 
admitted  from  the  tank  on  the  engine  to  a  valve  called  a 
triple,  valve  under  each  car,  which  releases  the  compressed 
air  stored  up  in  the  tank  under  that  car  and  admits  it  to  a 
cylinder  provided  with  a  piston  which  is  connected  with  a 
pyx  tern  of  brake-levers,  and  the  pressure  of  the  air  is  thus 
transmitted  to  the  brake-shoes.  In  this  brake  the  air  for 
operating  the  brakes  on  each  car  is  stored  up  in  a  tank  on 
that  car,  whereas  in  other  systems  of  air-brakes  the  com- 
presst'd  air  to  operate  the  pistons  under  each  car  must  all 
flow  from  the  tank  on  the  engine,  and  in  vacuum-brakes  the 
air  from  the  appliances  on  the  car  used  to  operate  the  brakes 
must  flow  forward  to  the  engine  before  the  brakes  can  be 
applied.  This  consumes  an  appreciable  amount  of  time, 
whereas  the  application  of  the  automatic  brake  is  almost  in- 
stantaneous. The  triple-valve  is  so  arranged  that  the  brakes 
can  be  applied  from  each  car  by  pulling  a  cord,  and  they 
will  also  be  applied  to  the  rear  part  of  a  train  in  case  it 
should  break  in  two  parts,  if  one  or  more  cars  should  be  sep- 
arated from  the  rest  of  the  train.''  —  Forney. 
See  Figs.  655-745,  "  Car- Builders'  Dictionary." 
" Engineering, "  *  xxv.  203. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Bor'ing  Tool.  An  instrument 
on  the  principle  of  what  is  known  as  the  Persian 
drill.  See  Fig.  3650,  p.  1671,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  132. 


Automatic  Boring  Tool. 

A  spiral  on  the  stem  is  rotated  by  endwise  press- 
ure on  the  handle,  and  when  the  pressure  is  with- 
drawn the  case  is  restored  by  a  spring  to  its  former 
position.  Used  for  small  drilling,  such  as  dentists' 
and  jewelers'  work,  etc. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Car'-brake.  See  RAILWAY 
CAB-BRAKE. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Clock.  One  that  will  continu- 
ally or  recurrently  wind  itself.  Such  have  fre- 
quently been  suggested.  Two  are  mentioned  on  p. 
576,  "  Mech.  Diet."  Another  is  described  in  the 
"Journal  of  German  Engineers,"  as  the  invention  of 
F.  Hellig.' 

The  power  winding  it  up  is  change  of  tempera- 
ture, which  expands  or  contracts  glycerine  con- 
tained in  a  cylinder  and  supporting  a* piston  ;  the 
piston-rod  is  connected  by  means  of  a  toothed  rack 
to  ratchet  wheels,  so  arranged  that  the  motion  of 
the  piston  will  wind  up  the  clock  whether  this  mo- 
tion is  upward  or  downward.  The  clock  mav  have 
a  weight  or  a  spring.  It  is  evident  that  such  a 
clock  must  not  be  placed  in  a  room  where  the  tem- 
perature is  equal,  but  will  act  best  when  exposed  to 
extremes,  such  as  are  found  on  the  top  of  meteoro- 
logical observatories,  for  which  the  inventor  espe- 
cially recommends  it. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Cut'-off  En'gine.  One  self- 
operating,  cutting  off  steam  at  such  portion  of  the 


stroke  as  shall  maintain  a  regular  rate  of  motion. 
The  cut-off  device  is  usually  operated  through  the 
governor.  See  CUT-OFF. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Print'ing  Tel'e-graph.  An 
instrument  or  system  which  transmits  a  message, 
previously  prepared,  on  a  paper  strip,  which  is  sim- 
ply drawn  through  the  instrument.  The  message 
is  usually  punched  in  the  strip,  the  dots  or  dashes 
signifying  letters. 

It  is  used  in  connection  with  a  printer,  which,  in 
ordinary  cases,  is  a  puncher. 

Edison's,  Phelps',  Meyer's*  described  by  Lines, 
in  his  "  Report  from  the  Vienna  Exposition,"  1873, 
p.  37  et  seq. 

Little's  Automatic  Telegraph,  *  Lines'1  "Report  on  Vienna 
Exposition  "  of  1873,  vol.  ii.,  Section  I. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Re-peat'er.  (Electricity.)  One 
which  is  thrown  into  action  by  the  current  itself. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Sig'nal  Tel'e-graph.  One  set 
in  action  by  an  original  impulse  derived  from  — 

A  thermostat,  in  case  of  fire. 

Tampering  with  a  safe,  for  instance,  by  a  robber. 

The  turning  of  a  handle,  as  that  of  a  fire-alarm 
box,  etc. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Steam  En'gine.  One  having 
a  cut-off  self-adjusted  from  the  governor.  See  CUT- 
OFF. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Su'ture.    A  spring  claw,  for 

Fig.  133. 


Hoff's  Automatic  Suture. 

holding  together  the  lips  of  a  wound.  Used  in 
vesico-vaginal  operations,  etc.  The  clasp  is  held  on 
the  end  of  an  applicator,  and  thus  applied,  a  slide 
pin  releases  it,  and  it  is  then  self-holding. 

Au'to-mat'ic  Switch.  1.  (Electricity.)  A 
device  used  in  many  forms  of  electric  apparatus  to 
turn  the  current  in  another  direction,  to  reverse  it, 
etc. 

An  automatic  device,  to  reverse  the  current  in 
the  electric  candle  of  the  Jablochkoff  light.  See 
"  Scientific  American  Snp.,"  *  2574. 

2.  (Railways.)  A  self-setting  switch,  or  one  op- 
erated by  agencies  set  in  motion  by  the  train,  for 
instance. 

Au'tp-mat'ic  Ven'ti-la'tor.  (Railway.)  A 
car  ventilator  arranged  so  as  to  be  self-adjusted, 
according  to  the  direction  in  which  the  car  is  mov- 
ing. 

Au-tom'a-ton. 

"  Psycho,"  Eng. 


Cornet  Player,  etc. 
Houdiri's,  etc.   . 


'•Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1684. 
'Scientific  American,"1  xxxiv.  342. 
''Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  28,  p.  24. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2482. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxvii.,  April  6,  p.  7. 

Au'to-oph-thal'mo-scope.  An  instrument 
by  which  one  may  inspect  the  interior  of  his  own 
eye.  Fig.  3403,  p.  1563,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

See  "Treatise  on  the  Use  of  the  Ophthalmoscope,'-  by  Dr. 
Hutchinson,  "  Clinical  Reports  of  the  London  Hospital," 
1867,  1868,  p.  182. 

Au'to-phone.  An  accordeon  or  organ,  in 
which  a  music-sheet  of  Bristol  board,  perforated 
for  the  notes,  is  passed  through  the  instrument ; 
the  notes  sounded  are  as  air  passing  through  the 
respective  perforations  is  admitted  to  the  appro- 
priate reeds  or  pipes. 

Invented  by  Merritt  Gaily.     See  — 

"  Manufac.  and  Builder  "  *  xi.  124. 

•'  Scientific  American  "     .  *  xl.  351 ;  xli.  342. 


AUTOPOLYGRAPH. 


58 


AXE. 


Au'to-pol'y-graph.  An  autographic  printing 
process.  See  Hectograph,  etc. 

Bauer's  Process,  "  English  Mechanic,"  xxri.  46,  74. 

A-ven'tu-riiie.  (Class.)  1.  Aventurinus  lapis. 
A  variety  of  translucent  quartz  or  feldspar  spangled 
throughout  with  scales  of  yellow  mica.  —  DANA. 

2.  A  precious  quartz  spangled  with  crystals  or 
flakes  of  gold,  giving  it  a  brilliant  appearance. 

3.  Artificial  acenturine  is  an  imitation  of  the  nat- 
ural, and  consists  of  glass  intermingled  with  little 
flakes  of  copper  which  look  like  grains  of  gold.  — 
Gold-stone. 

Menage  says  that  the  mode  of  making  artificial 
aventurine  being  discovered  by  accident  among 
the  Murano  glass-workers,  the  stone  was  called 
avventurino,  that  is,  pierre  d'aventure,  and  that  this 
name  was  eventually  applied  to  the  natural  stone, 
which  the  artificial  gem  resembles. 

Artificial  aventurine  is  made  in  Murano,  Venice, 
by  a  secret  process.  It  is  yellow,  and  in  the  mass 
are  to  be  seen  imbedded  numerous  small  brilliant 
crystals  of  copper,  or,  according  to  some  chemists, 
of  silicate  of  protoxide  of  copper.  When  polished, 
this  glass  affords  a  brilliant  object  for  mounting  by 
jewelers. 

It  is  evident  that  the  crystals  are  produced  in 
the  body  of  the  glass  while  the  latter  is  in  a  state 
of  fusion.  Among  the  elements  which  compose 
the  glass  are  found  the  oxides  of  iron  and  tin,  and 
M.  Peligot  deems  it  probable  that  it  is  due  to  the 
redaction  of  the  bioxide  of  copper  by  these  metals 
that  the  production  of  the  crystals  of  copper  is  to 
be  attributed. 

M.  Hautefeu'ille  has  made  aventurine,  the  recipe 
for  the  ingredients  being  as  follows  :  — 


Glass  (St.  Gobain) 

Nitre 

Flakes  of  copper 

Peroxide  of  iron 


.     2,000  gr. 

200  gr. 

.        125  gr. 

60  gr. 


When  the  glass  is  completely  melted,  and  while 
jet  in  the  crucible,  add  86  gr.  of  fine  iron  turnings 
wrapped  in  paper,  and  mix  by  means  of  a  red-hot 
iron  rod.  The  glass  becomes  blood-colored,  opaque, 
and  at  the  same  time  doughy  and  bubbly.  Stop  the 
draft  of  the  furnace,  put  the  cover  on  "the  crucible 
and  cover  with  cinders ;  allow  the  furnace  and  cru- 
cible to  cool  very  slowly.  The  following  day  break 
the  crucible  and  the  glass  will  be  found  permeated 
with  crystals,  regularly  disseminated  in  parts,  in 
others  stratified  and  irregular,  according  to  the  suc- 
cess in  mixing  the  materials. 

It  has  been  suggested  to  add  the  filings  to  the 
pounded  glass  or  frit,  in  order  to  obtain  more  com- 
plete dissemination. 

Green  aventurine  or  aventurine  de  chrome,  as 
termed  by  its  inventor,  M.  Pelouze,  is  compounded 
of  the  following :  — 

Sand .    250  gr. 

Carbonate  of  soda      .        .        .        .  100  gr. 

Carbonate  of  lime         .        .        .        .        .      60  gr. 

Bichromate  of  potassa  ....  40  gr. 
The  glass  which  results  from  this  combination 
contains  from  6  to  7  per  cent,  of  oxide  of  chrome, 
of  which  about  half  is  combined  with  the  glass,  and 
the  remainder  assumes  the  form  of  brilliant  crys- 
tals or  flakes. 

The  color  of  the  aventurine  de  chrome  is  that  of 
the  third  yellow-green,  the  thirteenth  tone  in  the 
chromatic  circle  of  M.  Chevreul.  It  is  very  bril- 
liant and  its  radiant  power  is  stated  by  M.  Pelouze 
to  be  second  to  the  diamond  only.  It  is  harder 
than  window  glass,  which  it  cuts  easily,  and  is  much 
harder  than  the  aventurine  of  Venice. 

Awl  Clip.  A  board  and  clip  pin,  to  hold 
blanks,  message,  or  memorandum  paper,  etc.  The 


pin  penetrates  the  pile  of  papers,  which  are  re- 
moved from  time  to  time  with  a  slight  tear  in  the 


Fig.  134. 


Awl  Clip. 

Awn'ing  Block.  A  small  wooden  block  for 
suspending  or  stretching  an  awning  over  the  quar- 
ter-deck, or  elsewhere. 

Made  plain  or  rope  strapped,  and  with  an  eye. 
Awn'ing  Cleat. 
A  small  becket  on 
which   to  belay  ;m 
awning  rope. 

A  w  n  '  i  n  g 
Hinge.  One  to 
which  an  awning 
rod  is  joimialcd. 


Curved  Horn  Awning  Cleat. 


See  Fig.  136. 

Awn'ing  Slide.    A  holder  with  a  tube  through 
which  the  rod  of  the  awning  slides. 


Fig.  136. 


Vig.  137. 


Awniny  Hins;e. 


Awning  Slide. 


Axe.  The  poll  is  formed  from  a  solid  bar  of 
iron  by  a  machine  that  operates  two  punches  simul- 
taneously to  form  the  eye  for  the  reception  of  the 
handle  The  heated  bar  is  placed  under  shears 
that  cut  off  a  piece  sufficient  for  the  poll,  which 
piece  is  placed  in  the  machine,  the  two  punches 
working  from  either  edge,  a  supplementary  punch 
finishing  the  eye  and  a  set  of  dies  forming  the 
sides,  when  the  poll  drops,  still  red  hot,  ready  to 
receive  the  bit.  The  after  insertion  of  the  steel 
bit  and  shaping  the  axe  are  done  by  ordinary 
forging. 

The  axes  are  then  sent  to  the  hardening  and 
tempering  room,  which  is  partially  darkened.  The 
hardening  ovens  are  circular,  having  a  vertical 
shaft  in  the  center  to  which  are  attached  rotating 
tables,  on  which  the  axes  are  laid  with  the  bits  to- 
ward the  outside.  The  table  turns  slowly  but  con- 
tinually, bringing  the  axes  over  furnaces  of  anthra- 
cite coal  alternating  with  spaces.  When  brought 
to  the  proper  redness  by  heat,  the  axes  are  hung 
on  hooks  on  a  revolving  frame,  the  bits  dipping  into 
a  tank  of  brine,  which  is  kept  in  constant  circula 
tion  by  a  pump.  When  cool,  the  axes  are  tem- 
pered, which  is  done  by  heating  them  in  a  rotary 
oven  like  that  used  for  the  hardening,  except  that 
the  fuel  used  is  charcoal.  One  of  the  batch  of  per- 
haps 200  which  are  tempered,  or  drawn,  at  one 
time  is  brightened,  and  serves  as  a  test  of  all  the 
others,  the  rotary  action  of  the  shelves  insuring 
equal  heating.  When  the  brightened  axe  shows 
the  right  color,  the  entire  batch  is  removed,  and 
the  axes  are  then  ready  for  the  subsequent  finish- 
ing operations  of  grinding  and  polishing. 

Several  kinds  of  axes  are  used  among  fishermen 
and  whalemen. 

Boat  hatchet  :  For  cutting  the  harpoon  line  at  the 
bow,  if  it  become  tangled  in  "  paying  out." 


AXE. 


59 


Head  axe :  For  cutting  off  the  head  of  the  whale ; 
opening  the  skull  to  obtain  the  spermaceti ;  cutting 
off  the  baleen,  etc. 

See  also  SPADE. 

Rollins's  axe,  with  detachable  bits,  is  described  in 
"Scientific  American,"  *  xxxvi.  355. 

(Stone  Working.)  Stone  axes  are  of  several 
kinds ;  their  distinguishing  peculiarity  is  having 
an  edge,  while  the  hammer  has  &  face  and  a  pick 
has  a  point. 

The  cavil  has  a  face  at  one  end  and  a  point  at 
the  other. 

See  list  under  HAMMEUS  AND  STRIKING  TOOLS. 

Axe  Wedge.  A  small  iron  wedge  driven  into 
the  end  of  the  axe-handle,  within  the  eye,  in  order 
to  expand  the  wood,  and  prevent  the  head  flying 
from  the  helve. 

Axe-han'dle  Lathe.     This  is  a  machine  on 


the  Blanchard  spoke-lathe  principle,  and  is  adapted 
to  work  by  pattern.  It  is  shown,  Fig.  138,  as  mak- 
ing a  spoke.  The  pattern  spoke  is  at  the  left,  and 
rotates  against  a  guide-piece,  so  that  the  swinging 
frame  in  which  the  pattern  spoke  and  the  blauk 
are  chucked  moves  back  and  forth  as  the  pattern 
traverses  against  the  guide.  The  frame  has  a  mo- 
tion endwise,  and  the  revolving  cutter  dresses  the 
blank  in  accordance  with  the  governing  piece 
against  the  pattern. 

It  will  turn  out  20  to  25  dozen  3  feet  axe-haudles, 
or  150  to  300  spokes  per  day,  according  to  size. 
The  machine  feeds  itself  after  the  work  is  in,  work- 
ing by  a  pattern,  and  is  so  arranged  that  the  same 
pattern  will  make  several  sizes,  and  stops  feeding 
when  the  end  of  the  stick  is  reached  by  the  cutter. 
It  is  also  arranged  with  adjusting  screws  to  level 
up  the  tilting  frame  for  different  sizes  of  work. 


Fig.  138 


Axe-handle  Lathe. 


Ax-ilia  Ther-mom'e-ter.  A  thermometer, 
so  named  from  the  axilla  affording  a  convenient 
place  for  the  instrument  in  the  observation  of  per- 
sonal temperatnre.  See  also  CMNICAI,  THERMOM- 
KTER. 

Fig.  139. 


Axilla   Thermometer. 


Ax'le.  The  rubber-cushioned  carriage  axle  is 
shown  in  the  hub,  Fig.  140,  and  detached,  but  with 
the  cushions  in  place,  in  Fig.  141. 


Miller's   Rubber -cushioned  Axle-box. 


A,  Hub.  B,  Axle-box.  C,  Axle  arm.  D,  Rubber  cush- 
ions. E,  Compression  nut.  F,  Cavities  in  compression  nut 
admitting  points  of  the  wrench  when  compressing  cushions. 
G,  Slotted  retaining  sleeve.  H,  Spur  on  axle-box.  J,  Space 
between  axle-box  and  hub. 


It  consists  of  a  vulcanized  rubber  cushion  in  the 
form  of  a  thick  band  interposed  between  the  axle- 
box  and  the  wood  of  the  hub,  as  shown  by  Fig. 
140,  giving  a  sectional  view  of  an  ordinary  hub,  to 
which  the  cushioned  axle  is  applied. 

Adjustable  axles  to  regulate  height,  are 
common  in  reapers,  and  their  adjustment  at 
the  divider,  on  the  grain  end  of  the  cutter 
bar,  is  one  of  the  points  of  regulation  in  fit- 
ting the  machine  to  cut  to  a  certain  height 
of  stubble. 

The  axles  of  wheeled  cultivators   have   also  an 
Fig.  141. 


Rubber-cushioned  Axle. 
adjustability  to  raise  or  lower  the  machines,  accord- 
ing to  the  required  depth  of  tillage. 

Lincoln's  Patent  Axle,  *" Mining  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.289. 
Axle  centering  machine,  *"Railroad  Gazette,"  xxvi.  59. 

Fig.  142. 


Spring  and  Axle  Block. 


AXLE   BLOCK. 


60 


AXLE   LATHE. 


Ax'le  Block.  A  block  bolted  to  a  vehicle  axle 
to  form  a  seat  for  the  spring.  See  Fig.  142. 

Ax'le  Box.  (Hallway.)  A  cast-iron  box  iu- 
closiiig  the  eud  of  the  axle,  its  bearing  brasses, 
the  key  or  saddle,  and  the  receptacle  for  grease  or 
oil  and  waste. 

The  accompanying  cut,  Fig.  143,  is  from  For- 
ney's "Car-builders'1  Dictionary  : — 

The  following  may  be  consulted  :  — 
Axle,  Austrian  .  Paget,  Becker,  *  "R.  R.  Gaz.."  xxii.  559. 


Axle,  Br.  .     .     . 

Axle,  Self-oiling, 


Attack    . 
Tomlinson 
Tomlinson 
Windmark 


Axle,  Radial  . 

Ax'le  Box  Met'al. 

Lining  Metal  for  Axle  Boxes 


*  "Engineering,''    xxix.280. 

*  " Sc.  Amer.,"1  xxxyi.  54. 
*"Sc.Amer.  Sup.,"  1875. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  333. 


Tin 24 

Copper      4 

Antimony    .....  8 

Melt  and  then  add  tin 24 

60 


Fig.  143. 


Axle,   Wheel,  and  Axle  Box 


A.  Center  of  axle. 

B.  Neck  of  axle. 

C.  Wheel-seat. 

D.  Dust-guard  bearing. 

E.  Journal. 

F .  Axle  collar. 
3.  Stop-plate. 

7.  Journal  bearing. 


8.  Journal  bearing  key. 

9.  Stop-key  journal-bearing. 

10.  Journal  box. 

11.  Journal-box  cover. 

12.  Journal-box  cover  hinge- 

pin. 

13.  Journal-box  cover  spring. 

14.  Journal-packing. 


15.  Dust  guard  and  chamber. 

16.  Dust  collar. 

17.  Equalizing-bar  seat. 

18.  Pedestal. 

19.  Pedestal  horns. 

20.  Pedestal  jaw. 

21.  Hub  of  wheel. 

22.  Wheel-plate. 


23.  Kim  of  wheel. 

24.  Face  of  rim. 

25.  Tread  of  wheel,  or  wheel 

tread. 

26.  Wheel-flange. 

27.  Journal-bearing  stop-key. 

28.  Oil  cellar. 

29.  Stop  journal-bearing. 


Axle  Box  Guides.  (Railway.)  Slips  on  the 
inner  faces  of  the  pedestals  of  a  railway  truck,  to 
guide  the  axle  brasses  as  they  move  up  and  down. 

Ax'le  Cen'ber-ing  and  Siz'ing  Ma-chine. 
A  machine  tool,  to  be  used  in  connection  with  an 
axle  lathe,  to  center  the  rough  axle,  and  after  it  has 
been  turned  to  size  in  its  journals  and  rough-turned 
in  the  ./ft,  to  finish  this  part  accurately,  and  to  dress 
off  the  ends  as  well  as  to  re-center.  This  machine 
is  provided  with  a  powerful  chuck  lined  with  brass 
to  clamp  the  axle  by  its  outer  collar.  It  is  arranged 
with  fast  and  slow  motions  on  the  driving  gear. 

Fig.  144. 


Axle   Centering  and  Sizing  Machine. 

The  axle  rests  in  an  adjustable  V-guide  at  its  end 
farthest  away  from  the  driving  head;  a  squaring- 


up  tool  finishes  the  end  of  the  axle,  and  at  the 
same  time  re-centers  it.  The  Jit  part  of  the  axle  is 
brought  to  size  by  a  hollow  reamer  provided  with 
adjustable  cutting  blades. 

Ax'le  Clip.  A  saddle-shaped  clamp  which 
binds  a  spring  to  its  axle,  a  spring  bar  to  its  spring, 
etc.,  etc.  Various  forms  of  axle  clips  are  shown 
in  Fig.  145. 

Ax'le  Collar.  An  enlargement  on  an  axle 
to  form  a  butting  ring,  that  is,  to  receive  a  thrust. 

The  collar  is  ordinarily  on  the  shoulder  of  the 
axle  arm  in  road  vehicles,  but  is  also  placed  on  the 
outer  eud  in  car  axles.  Ex- 
amples of  each  are  given  on 
pp.  198-203,  and  Figs.  1091- 
1093,  p.  459,  "  Mech,  Diet." 

Ax'le  Lathe.  1.  A  lathe, 
Fig.  146,  for  turning  car  axles. 
The  shears  or  bed  is  in  the 
form  of  a  continuous  cylinder 
of  requisite  strength,  with  flat 
surfaces  added  to  the  cylinder 
for  attachment  of  heads  and 
bearing  of  slide-rest.  The 
live-head  or  driving-head  is 
simple  and  powerful.  The 
face  plate  is  fitted  with  the 
Clement  driver,  which  insures 
rotation  of  the  axle  with  no  lateral  strain  on  the 
centers.  The  back-head  has  a  very  large  spindle 


AXLE   LATHE. 


61 


AXLE   LATHE. 


Fist.    14:,. 


Fig.  147. 


Axle  Clips. 

a.  Flat,  sharp  center  bent  axle  clip. 

b.  Sharp  center  bent  axle  clip  for  spring  bars. 

c.  Sharp  centor-ribbed,  bent  axle  clip  for  spring  bars. 

tl.  Sharp,  wide  center,  ribbed,  bent  axle  clip  for  spring  bars. 

e.  Sharp  center,  0.  G.,  bent  axle  clip  for  spring  bars. 

/.  New  pattern,  sharp  center,  O.  G.,  bent  axle  clip  for  buggy 

perch-plates  and  sleigh  work. 
g.  Coach  axle  clip. 

with  large  center,  and   a  clamping  arrangement, 
which  insures  the  spindle  being  held  central  and 
at  the  point  nearest  to  the  work.     It  has  a  rack- 
Fig.  146. 


Car-axle  Lathe. 

feed  with  quick  hand  traverse  to  bottom  rest ;  pat- 
ent adjustable  tool  holders,  automatic  feed  motion, 
which  can  be  started  instantly;  rate  of  feed,  15  to 
the  inch. 

2.  A  machine,  Fig.  147,  for  turning  the  spindles 
of  wagon  and  carriage  axles.     It  swings  over  ways 


Wagon-axle  Lathe. 
18";  the  bed  is  8'  long;  with  plain  head,  especially 
adapted  for  turning  wagon  axles,  with  taper  at- 
tachment to  carriage.  This  lathe  can  also  be  used 
for  turning  any  regular  tapers  or  irregular  shapes, 
by  guide  or  pattern,  which  can  be  fastened  to  a 
rail  on  back  side  of  the  bed-piece. 

3.  A  machine  for  turning  spindles  of  wooden 
axles  for  the  reception  of  thimble-skeins.  The  ma- 
chine, Fig.  148,  turns  the  axle  to  a  pattern,  making 
the  wooden  spindle  fit  any  inequality  in  the  thimble 
skein,  filling  it  throughout. 

A  is  the  driving  pulley,  which  rotates  the  mech- 
anism supporting  the  knife 
in  the  standard  G.  B  is  a 
curved  cutter  bar,  to  the 
outer  end  of  which  is  se- 
cured the  knife  C,  and  which 
enters  the  sliding  block  D, 
as  a  fulcrum.  Block  D  trav- 
els in  the  ways  F,  and  is 
actuated  therein  by  the  feed 
gearing  shown  at  E.  At  H 
is  the  clamp  which  holds  the 
axle  while  it  is  operated 
upon,  and  at  /  is  the  pattern, 
just  below  which  is  shown 
the  end  of  the  bar  B,  project- 
ing, which,  terminating  in  a  friction  roller,  enters 
the  skein,  and  is  held  against  the  inside  surface  of 
the  same,  thereby  guiding  the  knife  in  its  revolu- 
tion, thus  necessarily  causing  the  axle  to  be  turned 
to  an  accurate  fit. 


Fetu  §•  Deliege,  Liege      .     .   *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  413. 
Axle-lathe  Hoist.    Thomas.    *  "Railroad Gazette,"  viii.  289. 


Fig.  148 


Axle-turning  Mar/line. 


AXLE   LUBRICATOR. 


62 


AZOTINE. 


Ax'le  Lu'bri-ca'tor.     Eggleston's  axle  lubri- 
cator has  a  cap-piece  inserted  into  the  upper  side 


Fig.  149 


Axle  Lubricator. 

of  the  arm,  and  wick  protruding  up  through  it, 
and  extending  downward  into  an  oil  reservoir.  See, 
also,  AXLE-BOX,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ax'le  Pack'iiig.  (Railway.)  A  dust  guard 
around  a  car  axle,  to  prevent  access  of  dirt  to  the 
interior  of  the  axle-box.  Figs.  1091,  1092,  p.  459, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Ax'le  Sad'dle.     A  saddle-shaped  clip,  for  se- 
F.     lgo  curing  a  spring  to  an 

axle.  A  plate  or  yoke 
slips  over  the  screwed 
ends,  and  is  secured  by 
burs. 

Ax'le  Seat.  (Rail- 
way.) The  opening  in 
a  wheel,  fitted  to  re- 
ceive the  axle  arm. 

Ax'le    Set     and 
Gage.   An  apparatus, 
Fig.   151,  for  enabling 
the  wheelwright  to  get 
Axle  Saddle.  the  height  and  dish  of 

wheel :  the  taper  of  spindle  :  to  set  the  spindle  for 
the  dish  :  to  obtain  the  gather. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  steel  bar,  A,  6'  3" 
long,  and  an  index  and  gage  bar,  B,  3'  9"  long, 
which  slides  against  the  former,  and  has  a  scale 
cut  upon  it  to  adapt  the  apparatus  to  any  sized 
wheel.  The  bar  B  is  attached  to  the  main  bar, 
13"  from  the  end,  by  a  straight  standard,  K,  pro- 
jecting 4"  from  one  edge  and  3"  from  the  other.  A 
screw,  passing  through  the  center  of  this  standard, 
serves  as  a  pivot  for  the  index  and  .gage-bar  B.  A 

Pig.  151. 


Axle  Yokes. 


Carleton's  Axle  Set  and  Gage. 


vertical  sliding  rule,  .7,  on  the  bar  B,  is  designed 
to  show  the  dish,  while  the  graduated  scale  on  the 
bar  shows  the  height  of  wheel.  A  movable  arm- 
rest, L,  is  attached  to  the  bar  A,  to  support  the 
gage  horizontally  over  the  center  of  the  axle,  the 
rest  L  and  standard  K  resting  on  opposite  shoul- 
ders of  the  spindles,  while  the  taper-taker  is  placed 
over  the  end  of  the  spindle  to  be  set.  The  taper- 
taker,  or  graduated  double  caliper,  is  fitted  with  a 
movable  arm,  scale,  and  graduated  sliding  gage.  It 
is  moved  on  the  index  bar  B,  through  a  socket, 
and  held  in  place  by  a  set  screw.  The  short  cali- 
per, and  the  short  ends  of  standards,  3"  long  each, 


are  placed  on  the  opposite  ends  of  the  bar  A,  on 
the  "  gather  side." 

Bex's  axle  setter,  patented  December  21,  1875, 
is  for  straightening  bent  axle  arms.  It  is  of  the 
type  of  Fig.  507,  p.  200,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  "Scientific  American  " '    *  xxxv.  18. 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press"    .     .     .     *  xxiv.  289. 

Ax'le  Stop'-key.  (Railwny.)  A  plate  abut- 
ting upon  the  end  of  the  car-axle,  to  resist  excess- 
ive lateral  motion  and  take  the  wear. 

Ax'le-turn'ing  Ma-chine'. 

See  AXLE  LATHE. 

Ax'le  Yoke.  A  plate  benenth  the  axle ;  a 
cross-bar  through  which  the  ends  of  the  spring 
saddle-  clip  are  passed,  and  bo-  t-lir 

neath  which  they  are  secured 
by  nuts.     Fig.  152. 

Ax-om'e-ter.  An  instru- 
ment to  determine  the  proper 
height  of  the  bridge  of  the 
spectacles,  in  order  that  the 
lenses  may  be  properly  centered 
vertically  with  regard  to  the 
pupils.  'Fig.  153. 

The  patient  having  put  on  the  spectacles,  the 
movable  bridge  j-jj,.  153. 

of  the  instru- 
ment is  raised 
or  lowered  until 
the  pupils  are 
seen  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  cir- 
cle. This  done, 
the  axometer  is 

^  j  Jizomeier. 

p  1  a  c  e  d  on   a 

sheet  of  paper,  and  the  bridge,  along  with  the  lower 

half  circles,  is  traced  thereon  with  :i  pencil. 

Az'i-muth  In'stru-ment.  Sir  William  Thom- 
son's instrument  for  taking  azimuths,  which  he 
terms  the  "  azimuth  mirror,"  was  patented  Nov. 
19,  1878,  No.  210,068. 

In  it  the  axis,  on  which  the  mirror  is  pivoted,  is 
above  the  plane  of  the  lens,  which  is  contained 
within  the  inclined  tubular  leg,  which  arrange- 
ment allows  of  the  interval  of  no  vision  between 
mirror  and  lens  to  be  reduced  to  a  minimum,  by 
reason  of  the  inner  straight 
ed<ie  of  the  mirror  cutting 
out  of  sight  with  a  sharp  or 
fine  line  that  portion  of  the 
lens  which  it  hides,  where- 
y  the  image  of  the  object 
is  seen  disiinctly  on  the  de- 
gree scale  of  the  compass- 
card. 

The  azimuth  circle  and 
azimuth  compass  are  con- 
sidered on  pages  203,  204,  ''Mech.  Diet."  The 
brass  azimuth  of  Benares,  India,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
571,  page  204,  Ibid.  It  was  built  by  Jay-Singh, 
Rajah  of  Jayanagar,  in  the  17th  century.  The 
equatorial  and  equinoctial  dials  of  the  same  holy 
city  of  the  Ganges  are  shown  on  page  692,  Fig- 
ures 1624,  1625,  Ibid.  The  subject  is  discussed  in 
Dr.  Hooker's  "Himalayan  Journals,"  "  Transactions 
American  Oriental  Society,'"  vol.  vi.,  Dr.  Hooker's 
"  Notes  on  Bengal,  Nepaiil,  etc." 

Az'o-tine."  An  explosive:  Saltpeter,  69.05; 
carbon,  15.23  ;  sulphur,  11.43  ;  petroleum,  4.29  per 
cent. 


BABBITING   LADLE. 


63 


BACKING   PAN. 


B. 


Babt>it-ing  La'dle.  An  iron  ladle  for  hold- 
ing and  pouring  the  melted  alloy  known  as  babbit- 
metal,  and  used  for  bearings. 

Ba-biche'.  (Fishing.)  Properly  barbicke.  A 
common  name  in  France  for  the  nigelle  de  Damas; 
called  also  araiynee  (spider),  barbe  de  capucin,  and 
cheveux  de  Venus.  Used  in  net-making. 

Back  Band.  (Manege.)  That  portion  of  the 
harness  attached  to  the  gig-saddle  under  the  jockey, 
and  used  as  a  support  for  the  shaft-tug. 

Back  Board.  (Boat.)  The  board  across  the 
stern-sheets  of  a  boat  for  supporting  the  backs  of 
the  passengers. 

Back  Cyl'in-der-head.  (Steam.)  That  head 
of  a  cylinder  through  which  the  piston-rod  passes. 

Back  End.  (Minim/.)  That  part  of  a  judd 
(an  undermined  mass  of  coal)  which  is  left  after 
the  lump  is  brought  down. 

Back'ing  Boards.  A  pair  of  wooden  jaws, 
Fig.  154,  to  grip  a  book  in  the  book-binder's  vise. 


Kg.  154. 


Backing  Boards.  Backing  Hammer. 

Back'ing  Deals.  (Mining.)  Timbers  placed 
behind  cribs  to  keep  back  loose  strata. 

Back'ing  Ham'mer.  (Bookbinding.)  The 
hammer,  Fig.  155,  used  in  beating  the  backs  of 


Fig.  156. 


books   in   condens- 
ing and    rounding 


them. 
Back'ing  I'ron. 

1  (Bookbinding.)    An 
i  appliance    used   in 
giving  the  rounded 
shape  to  the  backs 
of  books.      On   its 
face  it  has  depres- 
s  i  o  n  s.  of  varying 
depth  and  width. 
Back'ing  Ma-chine'.     (Bookbinding.)     A  ma- 
chine used  in  rounding  the  backs  of  books.     That 
shown  in  Fig.  160  is  adapted  to  back  blank  books 
from  |"  to  4"  wide,  and  .30"  long  and  under.    The 


Backing  Iron 


Fig 


Backing  Pan  on  Leveling 
Stand. 


revolving  backing-iron 
is  hollow,  and  is  heated 
from  the  center  bv  gas 
or  steam.  On  the  right 
of  the  cylinder  is  the 
adjusting  screw,  and  at 
the  same  end  is  the  de- 
vice which  secures  the 
cylinder  on  the  groove 
desired. 

B  a  c  k'i  n  g  Pan. 
(Stereotyping.)  A  pan, 
Fig.  157,  in  which  the 
electrotype  shell  is 
placed,  face  downward, 
while  the  melted  metal 
is  poured  on  its  back. 

The  table  being  per- 
fectly level,   the    stand 
the  floor  by  its  feet.     The  pan  is 


is  secured   to  .   r 

swung  on  to  the  stand,  and  the  metal  poured  on  to 


Fig.  158. 


Back-geared  Lathe-head. 

the  shell,  commencing  at  one  of  tbe  corners  and 
Kg.  159. 


Spur-wheel  with  Back-lash  Spring. 

gradually  running  it  over  the  whole  until  it  is  of 
sufficient  thickness. 

Ki-.  160 


Book-backing  Machine. 


BACK-GEARED   LATHE. 


G4 


BACK-TRUCK   LOCOMOTIVE. 


Back'-geared  Lathe.  One  having  a  set  of 
variable  gears  iu  the  head-stock. 

Back'-lash  Spring.  A  spring  interposed  be- 
tween an  engine  or  horse-power  and  the  machinery 
driven,  to  prevent  a  jerking  motion  iu  transmission. 
The  spring  is  wound  upon  the  shaft,  its  ends  con- 
nected to  the  driver  and  driven  portion  respectively, 
so  as  to  absorb  a  sudden  jerk. 

Fig.  159  represents  the  spur-wheel  of  a  thresher, 
with  a  casing  for  the  spring  cast  in  its  center. 

Fig.  161,  a,  represents  a  spring  and  hub  detached 


Fig.  161. 


Fig.  162. 


.  He ff 'tier's  BackJash  Springs. 

from  the  casing.      The  hub  is  keyed  to  the  shaft ; 

the  inner  end  of  the  spring  is  connected  to  the  hub, 
and  the  outer  end  to 
the  wheel.  Fig.  161, 
b,  is  a  bevel-wheel  of 
a  side-gear,  forming 
a  casing  for  the 
spring. 

Fig.  162  is  Alsop's 
spring  wound  upon 
the  shaft,  and  hav- 
ing a  similar  func- 
tion to  the  above  de- 
scribed. 

In  Fig.  162,  A  is 
a  mill-spindle ;  D  the 
spiral  spring,  one  end 
clamped  to  the  spin- 
dle, and  the  other 
end  to  the  driver  C, 
Alsop's  Back-lash  Spring.  which  presses  by  its 

pins  a  a  upon  the  spokes  of  the  pinion  B. 


Fig.  163. 


Fig.  164. 


Back-task  Spring,  ap- 
plied to  Tumbling- 
rod  Coupling. 

Fig.    163    shows    a    bevel- 
wheel  with  spring  in  a  case.  • 
Fig.  164  shows  a  spring  in 
Back-lash  Spring.      a  case  to  form   part  of  line- 
shaft  of  a  horse-power. 

See  also  BACK-LASH,  p.  206,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Back'-log.     A  casting  or  a  work  in  earthen- 
ware in  semblance  of  a  back-log  or  pile  of  wood, 
and   hollow  to  admit   gas  from   the   service-pipe. 
The  surface  of  the  back-log  has  minute  perfora- 


tions at  which  gas  is  emitted  and  burned,  resem- 
bling a  log  on  fire. 

Back-press'ure   Valve.     A  valve  which    is 
free  in  the  normal  direction  of  the  flow,  but  closes 
automatically  against                   |,.jir   ^- 
back-pres.su re.  _„  _ — ,-£. 

lu  the  sectional  view,  VfeHMraBjaME/ 

Fig.  165,  the  valve  can 
be  screwed  down  tightly, 
but  normally  yields  to 
upward  flow,  and  is  closed 
at  any  time  against  down- 
ward flow. 

In  Fig.  166  the  valve 
is  normally  closed  by  a 
weighted  lever,  but  yields 
to  direct  pressure  of  a 
given  tension  while  al- 
ways opposed  to  any  re- 
turn current. 

Back    Saw.     One 
with  a  stiffening   bar  at 
the  back.    That  shown  in 
Fig.  167  has  a  back  less     Giobe 
than  the  full  length  of  the  saw,  and  has  a  recess 
in  the  handle  for  the  thumb. 

Fig.  106. 


Weighted  Back-pressure  Valve. 

Back  Skin.  (Mining.)  A  leathern  covering 
worn  by  miners  when  working  in  wet  places. 

Back  Spring.  (Vehicle.)  A  spring  at  the 
rear  of  a  ve- 
il i  c  1  e  body, 
but  more  es- 
pecially a  C- 
spring  which 
rides  up  in 
the  rear  of  Back-sale. 

the    carnage, 

and  from  the  forward  pendent  end  of  which  the 
body  is  suspended.  A  pair  of  C-springs  is  shown 
in  Fig.  1541,  page  655,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Back  Stay.  In  a  carriage:  (I),  one  of  the 
rods  extending  from  the  reach  or  perch  to  the 
outer  end  of  the  hind  axle.  The  stay-end  is  the 
end-piece,  which  is  fitted  to  the  axle,  and  is  some- 
times sold  separately  as  a  piece  of  carriage  hard- 
ware, the  lengthening-rod  being  added  by  the 
blacksmith. 

2.  One  of  the  standing  flaps  on  the  back  of  the 
carriage-top,  on  each  side  of  the  curtain. 

Back  Strap.  (Manfye.)  A  broad  strap  used 
instead  of  a  pad  on  common  harness.  In  some 
sections  of  the  country  the  strap  that  extends  from 
the  hames  back  to  the  hip-straps  is  more  generally 
known  as  the  turn-back. 

Back'-truck  Lo'co-mo'tive.  One  having  a 
truck  with  a  pair  of  wheels  under  the  rear  of  the 


BACK-TRUCK   LOCOMOTIVE. 


65  BAGRATION  BATTERY. 

t      which  hold  the  mouth  of  the  bag  distended  while  bei' 
j     filled. 

Masher's  bag-holder  has  two  telescopic  standards,  wi 
1     curved  flanges  to  hold  the  bag. 


locomotive,  as  distinct  from  the  usual  truck  in  front 
of  the  drivers.  The  engine  is  intended  to  run 
equally  well  in  either  direction,  being,  in  fact,  a 
double-ender,  adapted  for  sharp  curves  and  steep 
grades.  The  9X16  and  10  X  16  engines  of  this 
style  are  well  adapted  to  suburban  roads  and  spe- 
cial service  on  wide  or  narrow-gage  roads,  and 
light  shifting  on  wide  gage. 

Fig.  168. 


H.  K.  Porter  if  Co.'s  Back-truck  Locomotive. 

A  4-  wheel  truck  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the 
2-wheel,  the  tank  being  placed  over  the  rear  truck. 

Baffle  Plate.  (Steam.)  A  plate  in  a  steam- 
furnace,  to  direct  or  divert  the  course  of  name  and 
gases.  Placed  in  a  space  traversed  by  water-tubes, 
it  will  determine  the  course  of  the  heated  gases 
toward  portions  of  the  boiler  which  would  not 
otherwise  be  as  fully  exposed  to  the  heated  cur- 
rent. 

Bag.  (Fishing.)  The  middle  portion  of  a  large 
haul-seine,  the  last  to  come  ashore.  The  portions 
on  each  side  of  the  bag  are  the  wings. 

Ba-gasse'  Dry'er.  An  apparatus  for  drying 
the  refuse  cane-stalk  from  the  mill.  Page  "208, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Berry,  Br.    .     .     .     ,     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  204. 
*  "Engineering.'"  xxx.  482. 

Bag  Ear-syr'iiige.     An  ear  douche,  with  elas- 
tic rubber  bag  for  ejecting  the  liquid. 
Bag  Fill'er.   A  funnel  used  in  filling  bags.  See 

also  B  A  G-H  O  L  D  I  N  G 
m  -»«-.. 

IRUCK.  Machines  on 
a  larger  scale  for  filling 
flour-bags  of  various  di- 
mensions are  shown  un- 
der FLOUR  PACKER. 

Bag'gage  Bar'row. 
A  two-wheel  hand-ve- 
hicle for  conveying 
trunks.  See  Fig.  170. 

Bag'gage  Truck. 
A  hand-truck  adapted 
to  receive  trunks.  Fig. 

171  shows  the  pattern  used  on.  the  Eastern  Railway 

of  France. 

Bag-hold'er.   A  device  to  hold 

a  bag  or  sack  while  being  filled. 

T  here    are    many     varieties  :    a 

truck    which     holds    the    bag  : 


riff. 


Baggage  Barrow. 

funnel  held  upon  a  tripod,  or  on  the  end  of  a 
weighing  beam,  etc.  See  BAG-HOLDING  TRUCK  ; 
SACK  LIFTER  ;  SACK  FILLER,  etc. 

FairchiM's  bag-holder  has  a  metallic  funnel  attached  to  a 
standard,  and  to  the  funnel  are  attached  four  steel  hooks 


a    uiig-uuiuer   lias    iw< 
nges  to  hold  the  bag. 

Fig.  171. 


Baggage   Truck. 


The  bag-holding  truck 
Fig.  172. 


Bag-hpld'ing  Truck. 

of  Bodin  of 
Rennes,  France, 
is  shown  in  Fig. 
172.  It  has  a 
slanting  frame, 
supported  by  a 
strut,  and  a 
clip-ring  at  top 
to  hold  the  dis- 
tended mouth 
of  the  bag. 

A  similar  de- 
vice is  made  by 
Pitner  of  Chi- 
cago. 

.  rB.  a  & '~  n  e  *•  Bag-holding  Truck, 

(c  ishing.)    A 

purse-shaped  net,  or  part  of  a  net.  In  some  cases 
a  sort  of  dip  net,  like  Fig.  3318,  p.  1522,  "Mech. 
Diet.;"  sometimes  a  portion  of  a  net  into  which 
fish  collected  by  the  wings  are  driven  or  led.  See 
list  under  NET. 

Fig.  173. 


Romaine's  Sack-fittfr  and  Weigher. 

Ba-gra'tion  Bat'te-ry.     {Electricity.)    One  in 
which  the  zinc  and  copper  elements  are  immersed 


BAG   WEIGHER. 


66 


BAIT   MILL. 


Fig.  174. 


in  a  jar  filled  with  earth,  sprinkled  with  chloride  of 
ammonium.  —  DC,  la  Rive. 

Bag  Weigh'er.  Fig.  173  shows  a  French  de- 
vice. 

A  tripod  supporting  a.  scale-beam,  on  one  end  of 
which  is  a  funnel  to  which  the  open  mouth  of  a 
bag  is  clamped.  The  bag  hangs  beneath  a  spout, 
and  when  a  prescribed  weight  of  grain  has  passed 
from  the  spout  into  the  sack,  the  shutter  is  closed, 
the  bag  removed  and  tied,  and  an  empty  sack  sub- 
stituted. The  bag  is  clipped  by  a  ring  to  the  fun- 
nel, which  is  suspended  by  a  notch  on  the  end  of 
tin-  weigh-beam.  The  scale  is  centessimal,  —  the 
scale-weight  being  one-hundredth  of  the  weight  of 
grain  which  makes  its  equipoise. 

Bail.  (Milliny.)  The  arch-shaped  support  of 
a  mill-stone.  The  balance-rynd. 

In  the  figure,  C  is  the 
hail  resting  upon  the 
cock-head  a  of  the  spin- 
dle. B  is  the  driver, 
with  two  cushioned 
horns,  c  d,  which  in  the 
figure  are  exposed  to 
view  by  the  lifting  of 
the  bail  out  of  place, 
but  in  operation  occupy 
recesses  in  the  bail. 

The  cushions,  being 
yielding,  allow  tbe  stone 
to  be  self-balancing. 

Bain-  Ma'rie.    A 
water-bath ;  used  in  per- 
f  u  m  e  r  y  manufacture. 
See    for  particulars    p. 
Bacon's    Cushioned    Bail   and  393,  vol.  vii.,  "Chambers' 
DnveT-  Encyclopedia,"     article 

"  Perfumery,"  where  is  given  an  interesting  ac- 
count of  the  flower-farms  and  processes  of  the  Var, 
France. 

'•''Art  of  Perfumery,''''  Septimus  Presse.    London,  1855. 

" British  Perfumer,"  C.  Lilly.     London.  1822. 

"Libraire  Roret,"  Mine.  Celnart.  Translated  by  Morfit 
of  Philadelphia. 

"Treatise  on  Perfumery,''  Pradal  If  Malepeyre.  Translated 
by  Dussauce. 

"  A  Practical  Guide  for  the  Perfumer,"  Dussauce. 


Kiit.   17;'). 


Bait,  Ar'ti-fic'ial.  (Fishing.)  Tin  minnows, 
roach,  dace,  and  gudgeon. 

Gutta-percha  minnows. 

Tin  blue-fish  squids. 

White  bone  blue-fish  squids. 

Insects  :  Imitations  of  grasshoppers,  hornets,  bee- 
tles, spiders,  wasps,  May-grubs,  grubs,  etc. 

Ke.Uogg's  patent,  No. 
74,378,  is  for  an  ice- 
chest  for  bait,  for  fish- 
ing-vessels. 

Burnham,  No.  84,855, 
uses  u  saturated  solu- 
tion of  lime  to  preserve 
bait. 

Thorp's  fish-bait,  No. 
96,288,  is  a  baked  crack- 
er, made  of  equal  parts 
of  coarsely-g  r  o  u  n  d 
wheat,  oats,  rye,  and 
corn. 

Goo/lman,  No.  135,- 
113,  uses  to  make  bait 
more  attractive,  oils  of 
anise,  asafoHida,  and 
cardamons  ;  black  root 
and  buzzard-flesh  (!)  a 
few  drops  on  the  bait. 

Bait   Box.      1. 

The  cistern  or  tank 

in  which  bait  of  fish        -  BaU 

or  clams  is  carried  to  the  fishing-grounds. 

2.  On  a  smaller  scale,  the  angler's  bait-can  for 
worms  or  what-not. 

Kepner's  can  for  live  bait,  No.  163,498,  has  a  perforated 
false  bottom  and  openings  at  the  sides,  to  allow  circulation 
of  water  when  the  can  is  set  therein. 

Hitchcock's  bait-kettle,  No.  181,844,  has  ice-cooler,  min- 
now-bucket, and  trays. 

Lasater,  No  194,253,  has  a  combined  minnow-trap  and 
can. 

Bait  Cut'ter.  A  bait-cutting  machine.  See 
BAIT  MILL. 

Bait  Mill.  A  grinding  mill  to  mince  bait,  fre- 
quently on  the  principle  of  a  sausage-cutter. 

UNITED    STATES   PATENTS. 

No.  35,472.  N.  Richanlson.  Triangular  teeth  on  each  of 
two  rollers,  working  together. 

No.  73,464.  N  Richardson.  Strips  containing  teeth  are  re- 
movable. 

No.  74,682.  Z.  G.  Greenleaf.  Like  a  roller  sausage-ma- 
chine. 

Fig.  176. 


'keif-acting  Balance  Pe 


BAL. 


67 


BALANCE   ENGINE 


No.  83;048.  V.  Doane.  Holler-knives  and  stationary 
blades. 

No.  101,260.  S.  Hamblin.  Knives  spirally  arranged  on 
roller. 

No.  129,576.  W.  M'Kay.    Circular  saws  on  roller. 

No.  172,777.  tf.  Richardson.     A  roller  cutter-mill. 

Voss,  1876.  Like  a  sausage-cutter. 

Bal.     (Minimj.)     Cornish —  ;i  mine. 

Balance  Crane.  One  in  which  the  load  is  in 
part  or  entirely  balanced  by  a  counterpoise  on  the 
crane-frame  extension. 

The  manner  in  which  the  load  on  the  lifting- 
diuin  acts  on  the  counter-balance  weights  will  be 
readily  understood  from  the  engraving,  Fig.  176. 
The  rigid  rods  which  tie  the  jib-head  to  the  side- 
frames  in  ordinary  railway-track  cranes  are  here 
replaced  by  two  short  tie-rods,  each  with  a  chain- 
sheave  at  its  lower  end.  One  end  of  each  of  the 
chains  passing  over  these  sheaves  is  attached  to  a 
chain-barrel  fitted  with  worm  and  wheel-gear,  while 
the  other  ends  are  coupled  to  the  short  arms  of  two 
bell-crank  levers,  having  a  fulcrum  in  the  top  of 
tlio  side-frames ;  the  lower  ends  of  the  long  limbs 
of  the  bell-crank  levers  are  fitted  with  weights  con- 
nected by  strong  wrought-irou  links  to  the  axis  of 
a  cylindrical  balance  weight,  which  is  free  to  roll 
on  the  tail-pieces  of  the  crane  framing.  When  the 
load  is  being  lifted  the  strain  due  to  the  weight  of 
the  load  passes  through  the  tie-bars  and  chains 
to  the  short  arms  of  the  bell-cranks,  and  the  strain 
thus  applied  causes  the  long  arms  and  weights  to 
rise  out  of  the  vertical  position  and  to  draw  the 
cylindrical  weights  into  the  position  shown,  or 
until  they  are  at  a  distance  from  the  center  suffi- 
cient to  counterbalance  the  load  being  lifted. 
When  the  load  is  released,  the  levers  resume  the 
vertical  position  shown  in  the  dotted  lines. 

The  action  is  therefore  entirely  automatic, 
there  are  few  parts,  none  of  them  liable  to  de- 
rangement, and  all  so  strong  and  simple  in  con- 
struction that  these  cranes  have  never  been  known 
to  fail  iu  securing  the  safety  and  certainty  which 
they  were  designed  to  afford. 

The  chain-barrel  is  fitted  with  a  tangent  wheel 
and  worm  which  serve  to  adjust  the  jib  to  any  an- 
gle or  radius  required,  as  well  as  to  lower  it  down 
for  traveling. 

The  under  carriage  and  side-frames  are  of 
wrought  iron. 

Bal'anced  Draw'bridge.  A  counter-weighted 
bascule  or  lifting  drawbridge.  Instances  are  to  be 
found  iu  the  drawbridges  of  fortifications,  of  coun- 
terpoising by  means  of  suspended  weights  from 
chains  passing  over  pulleys. 

Bnrdon's  draw- 
bridge balanced  by 
hydraulic  pressure 
is  shown  in 

"  Manufacturer  and 
Builder,"  *  xi.  29. 

Bal'ance  Dy'- 
n  a-m  o  m'e-t  e  r. 

An  invent!  o  n  of 

Samuel  Batchelder 

of  Boston.      It   is 

placed  in  the   line 

of    communication 

between  the  motor    * 

and  the  machinery 

to   be   moved,   the 

power  exerted  on  the  machinery  being  measured 

by  the  steelyard  and  weight  which  form  a  part  of 

the  machine. 

_  A  A  and  JSBare  two  pairs  of  belt  pulleys,  each  pair  con- 
sisting of  a  fast  and  loose  pulley.   A  is  driven  by  a  belt  from 


Fig.  177. 


the  prime  motor,  and  a  belt  from  B  communicates  motion 
to  the  machine  to  be  driven. 
The  first  pulley,  A,  and 
the  bevel  Wheel  D,  are  fast 
upon  the  shaft  C,  which 
revolves  in  bearings  /.  The 
bevel  wheel  F  is  connected 
with  the  pulley  B  by  a 
sleeve,  K,  which  is  capable 
of  turning  on  the  shaft  C. 
The  bevel  wheels  D  F  are 
geared  together  by  the  bevel 
wheels  E  E,  which  run  upon 
a  cross  shaft  having  a  boss, 
G,  through  which  the  main 
shaft  passes  freely.  It  is 
evident  that  if  this  cross 
shaft  is  not  retained  in  its 
place  by  some  adequate 
force,  the  motion  of  the 
bevel  wheel  D  will  only 
cause  the  cross-shaft  t  o 
move  round  upon  the  shaft 
C,  and  the  wheels  E 
will  roll  upon  the 
wheel  F,  without  com- 
municating motion  to 

it  or  to  the  pulley  B ;        L 

but  if  the  wheels  E  and  the 
cross-shaft  are  held  station- 
ary, the  motion  of  the  pul- 
ley A  will  be  communicated 
to  the  pulley  B  through  the 
bevel  wheels,  and  the  force 
there  applied  to  retain  the 
shaft  G  and  wheels  E  in 
place  will  indicate  the  Balance  Dynamometer  (Plan.) 
power  transmitted  through 

the  dynamometer.  The  amount  of  power  is  ascertained  by 
means  of  a  graduated  scale  beam,  H  J,  connected  with  the 
shaft  of  the  wheels  E  by  straps,  o. 


Balance  Dynamometer  (Elevation). 

The  weight  M,  fastened  to  the  shorter  arm  of  the  graduated 
beam  by  a  set  screw,  affords  a  means  of  balancing  the  beam 
when  the  machine  is  at  rest,  and  the  weight  W,  like  that  of 
a  common  balance,  moved  on  the  graduated  arm  of  the  lever, 
will  indicate  the  strain  upon  the  belt.  The  number  of 
pounds  thus  indicated  multiplied  by  the  number  of  feet 
through  which  the  belt  moves  per 'minute  will  give  the 
number  of  pounds  raised  one  foot  high  per  minute.  The 
product  divided  by  33,000  gives  the  horse-power  expended 
in  driving  the  machinery. 

A  worm,  Y,  on   the  end  of  the  shaft  C.  is  made  to  move 
an  index  which  shows  the  number 
of  feet   through  which  the  belt  or 
surface  of   the   pulley  moves   in   a 
given  time. 


Balance  Plow. 


Bal'ance    En'gine.      A   name  applied   to    a 
form  of  steam-engine  which  has  two  pistons  acting 
in  opposite  directions  in  the  same  cylinder.     "" 
instance  :  — 


For 


BALANCE   PLOW. 


68 


BALING   PRESS. 


Welts    .     .     "Engineer,"  *xlvii.  332. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  281. 
"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,"  xxvii.  237. 

Bal'ance  Flow.  A  plow  used  in  steam  cul- 
ture. The  ends  are  duplicates,  one  balancing  the 
other,  as  shown  in  Fig.  179.  The  implement  is 
drawn  across  the  field,  back  and  forth,  without 
being  turned  at  the  ends.  When  it  reaches  the 
end  of  its  course  the  plows  are  lifted  from  the 
ground  and  the  other  set  lowered  to  do  the  plow- 
ing on  the  return  trip.  See  STEAM  PLOW,  pp. 
2354-2356,  "Meek.  Diet.,'"  et  infra,  for  installation 
and  method  of  working. 

Barance-wheel  Turn'ing  Ma-chine'.  A 
machine-tool  for  the  automatic  turning  of  the  cir- 
cular rims  of  balance  wheels,  such  as  are  used 
upon  sewing-machines  and  other  light  machin- 
ery. The  work  is  performed  by  two  tools  op- 
erating upon  opposite  sides  of  the  wheel  at  the 
same  time.  These  tools  are  automatically  re- 
volved in  a  horizontal  plane,  about  the  rim  of  the 
wheel,  in  opposite  directions,  so  that  one-quarter 
revolution  of  each  tool-post  completes  the  half- 
circle,  and  then  both  spindle  and  tool-posts  cease 
revolving. 

The  centers  around  which  the  tool-posts  revolve  are  ad- 
justable, and  allow  a  variation  in  the  size  of  wheel  to  be 
turned,  of  from  6"  to  1"  in  diameter.  This  adjustment  is 
made  by  simply  turning  a  screw.  The  feed-works  are  in- 
closed in  the  base  of  the  machine,  and  are  readily  accessible 
for  oiling,  etc.  The  cone  has  two  speeds. 

See  "Scientific  American,"  *xxxviii.  271. 

Balance-wheel  adjusting  apparatus. 

Ide *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  307. 

Ba-la'ta.  The  gum  of  the  Achras  dissecta  of 
the  family  Sapoteas  (Mex.  Zapotl)  found  in  Gui- 
ana, and  having  properties  similar  to  gutta  percha. 
It  may  be  vulcanized  by  digesting  with  sulphur. 

Bald'win  Bit.  (Manege.)  A  bit  having  two 
mouth-pieces,  the  inner  one  working  on  levers ; 
claimed  to  possess  superior  advantages  over  others 
for  driving  horses  that  are  hard  to  control  or  have 
bad  or  vicious  habits. 

Ba-leen'.  Views  and  diagrams  showing  the 
manner  in  which  the  baleen 
(whalebone)  is  arranged  in  the 
head  of  the  whale  (Balcena  mys- 
ticetus)  were  given  in  "Land 
and  Water,"  1877,  and  repub- 
lished  in  "Scientific  American," 
xxxviii.  88. 

The  house  of  Meyer,  in 
Hamburg,  is  probably  the  larg- 
est manufacturer  of  whalebone 
wares  and  walking-sticks  in  the 
world.  The  value  of  the  prod- 
uce of  the  former  in  1871  was 
£362,000,  and  the  number  of 
sticks  and  whips  was  175,000 
dozen,  valued  at  £65,000. 

Fig.  180. 
Tl 


a  curved  blade,  F,  in  a  metallic,  plate,  C  D,  with 
handles  A  B.  The  knife-edge  is  parallel  with  the 
upper  edge  of  the  directing  notch  E. 

Bale  Hooks.  1.  Large  lifting-hooks  suspended 
in  pairs  from  the  chain  of  a  crane  or  winch.  See 
Fig.  181. 

2.  Small   hand-hooks,  Fig.   182,  used  by   'long- 
shoremen in  handling  bales. 
.  181. 


Bale   Hook*. 


Bal'iiig  Press.  Two  continuous  baling  presses 
took  high  honors  in  Paris  in  1878,  —  those  of  Ded- 
erick  and  Dodge. 

The  former  has  a  plunger  or  piston  in  connection  with  a 
reciprocating  feeder,  which  drives  a  bunch  of  hay  within 
the  range  of  the  plunger  before  each  stroke  of  the  latter. 
A  certain  quantity  being  thus  compressed  into  a  compart- 
ment at  the  end  of  the  chamber,  is  tied  with  wire  ainl 
dropped  from  the  machine. 

In  the  Dodge  machine  the  hay  is  thrown  loosely  on  the 
feed-table  or  troughs  in  front  of  the  press,  whence  iron 
teeth  carry  it  right  into  the  open  mouth  of  the  machine, 
when  it  is  seized  by  the  revolving  cones  in  the  head-piece 
and  drawn  in  from  the  feed-table  in  two  continuous  streams, 
and  built  up  into  a  bale  26"  in  diameter.  The  diameter  of 
the  bale  is  never  increased,  but  the  bale  grows  longer  as 
layer  after  layer  is  built  up.  In  doing  this  the  density  of 
the  bale  is  regulated  by  the  friction-clutch,  which  has  been 
previously  made  tight.  After  the  bale  is  built  such  length 


Fig.  183. 


Baleen  Splitting-knife. 

Ba-leen'  Knife.  A  knife 
used  in  splitting  the  baleen  into 
rods  of  the  required  size. 


The  baleen  is  held  in  a  bench-vise  and  split  in 

*-i    A  *»t^rtd-i*-*i-»    r\f   ?fo    £KAi«a  '"FVm    b-nifo       PTirr      1  ftO      TiQC 


the  direction  of  its 


,  Fig.  180,  has 


Mabit/e  Frews'  Hay  Press. 

as  desired,  the  action  of  the  compress-screw  is  brought  into 
play  by  simply  shifting  one  cog-wheel,  and  in  a  lew  serondH 


BALING  PRESS. 


69 


BALL   AND   SOCKET   PIPE. 


rhe  bale  is  compressed  endwise  and  shortened  about  one- 
fourth  or  one-fifth  its  length  without  increasing  its  diam- 
eter. While  the  compression  is  going  on,  the  man  attending 
the  press  is  passing  around  and  fastening  the  two  wires. 
When  this  is  done,  the  pressure  is  released,  the  bale  dropped 
out,  and  the  press  set  for  another  bale. 

Fig.  183  represents  a  baling  press,  made  by  Mabille  Freres 
of  Amboise,  and  worked  by  horse-power.  The  rotation  of 
the  band-wheel  is  transferred  by  bevel  gearing  to  the  verti- 
cal shaft,  and  that  by  spur  pinion  to  the  system  of  gearing 
on  top  of  the  machine,  which,  is  of  different  speeds  and  pow- 
ers for  rapid  work  at  the  first  of  the  pressing^,  followed  by 
slower  and  more  powerful  condensation  as  the  truss  ap- 
proaches its  final  dimensions. 

A  multitude  of  small  baling  presses  are  used  in  France, 
both  for  packing  rations  for  cavalry  and  for  stowing  away 
in  convenient  form  for  handling,  the  straw  or  hay  of  a 
farm. 

One  of  the  smaller  kind  is  that  made  by  Guitton  of  Cor- 
beil,  France.  It  has  three  pliable  steel  bands,  which  are 


Fig.  184. 


(1  a : itmi's  Ration  Press. 

laid  back  against  the  bar  (one  is  shown  in  this  position) 
while  the  crate  is  being  filled.  The  bands  are  then  laid 
over,  the  ends  brought  down  in  front,  and  secured  to  hooks. 
These  are  forcibly  drawn  down  by  pressing  the  foot  on  the 
treadle,  each  band  being  in  turn  attached,  a  catch  holding 
each  firmly  until  the  encircling  cord  is  placed  and  tied. 
Each  steel  band  being  then  released,  the  bundle  is  thrown 
out. 

The  machines  make  bundles  from  30"  to  40"  long.      A 
larger  size,  made  on  the  same  principle,  but   mounted  on 
wheels,  makes  bundles  of  from  60  to  80  Ibs.  weight. 
See  baling  presses,  etc. :  — 

Ertel *  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,'''  xxxvii.  25. 

Albaret *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1949. 

Jia'n!  Tie,  Hayden    .     .    *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  310. 

liarlecker    .     .     .          *  "  Sc.  American,1'  xxxviii.  229. 
Hoop  Tightener. 

Knowles  ....  *"  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  274. 
Hale-wire  Ends,  Securing. 

Smith. *  "Scientific  Ameri&zn,"  xxxv.  66. 

Trillins;,  Guilhem,  *  Knight's  Report. 

"  Paris  Exposition  Report,"  v.  236. 
Kation,  Guitton    .     .     .     Ibid.,  v.  237. 

Balk.  (Agriculture.)  The  space  between  rows 
of  plants  in  a  field,  as  of  corn  or  cotton. 

Bal'laiid.  (Mining.)  Derbyshire :  Dusty  lead 
ore. 

Ball  and  Spck'et  Coupling.  A  coupling 
which,  by  affording  a  joint,  permits  flexure. 

Fig.  185. 


Ball  and  Socket  Coupling.     (Parts  Detacher!.) 
Figs.  185,  186,  show  a  ball  and  socket  coupling 
for  line  shafting,  —  a  more  compact  device  than 
the  gimbal  joint  of  the  tumbling  shaft. 

It  has  not  a  perfect  ball,  but  the  leaves  are  the 
equivalent,  and  operate  against  plates  in  the  case. 
The  rounded  edges  of  the  leaves  allow  flexure  with- 
out cramping.  A  divergence  from  the  straight  of 
5"  in  12'  is  readily  permitted. 


Ball  and  Market  Coupling. 
(Parts  Connected.) 


Ball   and  Sock'et  Hang'er.     One  the  axis 

of  the  opening  in 
which  is  adjust- 
able so  as  to  be 
capable  of  being 
brought  in  line 
with  a  shaft. 

In  Fig.  187,  a 
is  the  frame  or 
hanger ;  b,  the 
upper,  and  c,  the 
lower  portion  of  the  box.  This  box  is  provided, 
top  and  bottom,  with  spherical  surfaces,  so  placed 
as  to  be,  in  reality,  portions 
of  a  sphere  which  has  its 
center  in  the  center  of  tin- 
axis  of  the  box ;  d  and  <•- 
are  what  are  called  the 
plungers.  These  are 
screwed  into  the  frame, 
and  are  provided  with  cnp- 
shaped  ends  to  clasp  the 
spherical  parts  of  the  box. 
The  box  can  rock  to  a 
limited  extent  in  every  di- 
rection in  these  cup-shaped 
ends.  The  plungers  serve 
a  double  purpose:  1st,  of 
providing  the  socket  for 
the  sphere  to  roll  in  ;  2d, 
to  permit  of  a  vertical  ad- 
justment of  the  entire  box 
to  bring  them  in  line  one 
with  another;  f  is  an  oil 
dish  to  catch  the  drippings 
from  the  box. 

Ball  and  Sock'et 
Pillow  -  block.  O  n  e 
which  is  capable,  within 

certain  limits,  of  accommodating  itself  to  the  line  of 
direction  of  the  shafting. 

Fig   188. 


Ball  and  Socket  Pillow-block. 

Fig.  188  shows  a  ball  and  socket  pillow-block, 
and  beneath  it  are  all  the  parts,  detached. 

Ball  and  Sock'et  Pipe.  One  having  a 
flexible  joint  which  permits  the  sections  to  be  laid 
out  of  mutual  line. 

Kig.  189. 


Ball  and  Socket  Pipe. 

The   illustration   shows  a  pipe  with   two   such 
joints,  each  inclosed  with  casing  plates  bolted  to- 


BALL  AND  SOCKET  TRUSS. 


70 


BALLOON   MUSKET. 


gether.  The  ball  at  the  end  of  one  section  rolls  in 
a  spherical  cavity  in  the  other,  as  shown  in  section 
in  Fig.  541,  p.  219,  "  Mech.  Diet.";  but  in  the  pres- 
ent, each  section  is  tubular. 

Ball  and  Sock'et  Truss.  (Surgical.)  One, 
the  pad  of  which  is  attached  to  the  strap  by  a  ball 
and  socket  joint  which  allows  the  pad  to  adjust 
itself  to  the  surface  of  the  body. 

Ballast  Ham'mer.  A  track-layer's  hammer, 
having  two  Fi  190 

rounded  faces, 
and  used  in 
packing  the  bal- 
last beneath 
ties,  and  also, 
on  occasion,  in 
driving  spikes  Ballast  Hammer. 

Ball-cock. 

1.  One  in  which  a  globular  valve  takes  the  place  of 
a  disk,  spigot,  sliding  plate,  etc.,  which  are  other 
forms  of  devices  for  closing  an  aperture  in  a  pipe. 

2-  One  opened  or  closed  by  a  lever  attached  to 
a  floating  ball.  See  Fig.  234.  See  also  p.  220, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Ball  valve,  Br.    Jefferies  .     .     .    *  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  377. 

Ball  Grind'er.     A  pulverizer  for  minerals.     It 
depends  upon   the  attrition  of  spheres  rolling  in- 
side a  rotating  cylinder,  the  periphery  of  which  is 
provided  with   a  cast-steel   ring,  perforated   with 
Fig.  191. 


Brueckner's  Ball  Grinder. 


small  holes.  The  heads  of  the  cylinder  are  made 
of  heavy  cast  iron,  lined  with  steel.  It  is  rilled 
with  steel  balls  from  2"  to  5"  in  diameter,  in  quan- 
tities of  1,000  to  1,200  Ibs  for  a  48"  cylinder.  The 
steel  ring  is  the  crushing  plate  upon  which  the 
balls,  by  a  combined  stamping  and  grinding  action, 
break  up  the  material  to  a  size  varying  from  a 
powder  to  the  size  of  the  holes  of  the  ring.  The 
broken  material  which  has  passed  through  the 
holes  of  the  steel  plate,  is  sorted  by  the  first  wire- 
screen,  all  that  are  larger  than  the  mesh  being  re- 
turned to  the  grinding  chamber  by  the  passage 
shown  on  the  right  hand.  This  process  is  repeated 
on  the  second  outer  screen,  which  regulates  the 
size  of  the  final  product,  all  stuff  not  coming  up 
to  the  required  degree  of  comminution  also  being 
returned  to  the  grinding  chamber. 
"  Iron  Age,r  February  20,  *xxiii.,  p.  1. 

Ball  Hy'drant.  One  having  a  metallic  box 
containing  a  self-acting  globular  valve  of  gutta- 
percha  or  material  relatively  lighter  than  water, 
so  as  to  be  normally  closed  against  its  seat  by  its 
levity,  and  more  firmly  by  the  pressure  beneath  it. 


The  top  of  the  box  has  two  L  lugs  so  as  to  form 


a  bayonet-joint  with 
the  portable  stand  - 
pipe  to  which  it  is 
attached. 

Ball'- joint 
Hinge.  One  having 
a  flexible  knuckle. 
In  the  form  illus- 
trated it  is  a  hinge 
for  a  stern-post  shut- 
ter ;  when  made  on 
this  principle  each 
can  be  adjusted,  in 
fixing,  to  the  bevel 
of  the  post,  so  that 
hinges  from  one  pat- 


Fig.  192. 


Ball  Hydrant. 


tern  will  answer  for  all  the  different  rakes  and  bev- 
els of  the  various  posts.     See  Fig.  193. 

Ball  Mounting.  (Manege.)  A  pattern  of 
harness  mountings  having  a  ball  at  the  point  where 
the  ring  is  attached  to  the  base. 

Fig.  193. 


Ball-joint  Hinge. 

Bal-loon'.  Hartness's  sectional  balloon,  the 
parts  resembling  the  lobes  of  an  orange,  was  pat- 
ented May,  1874.  This  is  a  substitute  for  the  gores 
of  which  the  balloon  is  ordinarily  made,  and  pre- 
vents the  puncturing  of  a  section  from  being  fatal 
to  the  whole.  It  is  like  making  a  ship's  hull  or  a 
life-preserver  in  compartments. 

See  the  following  notices  :  — 
Balloons "  Scientific  American  >'«/>.,"  792. 

Giffard's  Captive     .  *"  Scientific   American,''  xxxix.  130. 
Paris,  1878.  154. 

*  "  Engineering,"  xxvi.  106,  231,  127, 

214. 
*"  Scientific  American  Sup.,'1  *  726, 

2021,  *2320. 

"  La  Presse  Jllustree,"  ix..  No.  539. 
Captive  "  Pioneer  "  .     "  Scientific  American,'1'  xli.  32. 
Captive,  Badgley      .  *"  Scientific  American,''  xii.  18. 
Military,  Eng.      .     .     "  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  326. 
Military,  sectional   .     "  Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  July  31,  1. 
Voyage  to  North  Pole,  proposed,  Eng. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  375. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  183. 
On  Aeronautics,  Gerner    "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xix.  439. 

Bal-loon'  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  form  of 
Daniell's  or  Meidinger's  battery  in  which  an  in- 
verted flask  forms  a  reservoir  of  crystals  and  liquid, 
the  mouth  of  the  flask  being  beloV  the  surface  of 
the  liquid  in  the  cell. 

Niaudet.    American  translation,  *101. 

Bal-loon'  Mus'ket.  One  for  perforating  bal- 
loons of  observation.  As  specially  made  by  Krupp 
for  the  German  army  it  was  designed  to  pick  off 
the  postal  balloons  from  Paris  during  the  siege  of 
that  city.  It  was  a  heavy  rifle  swiveled  on  a  stand- 
ard upon  an  artillery  wagon.  —  "  La  Nature."  Its 
range  enabled  it  at  times  to  pick  off  balloons  at 
3,200  .feet  elevation. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement ,"  *  638. 


BALLOON   TORPEDO. 


71 


BAND   SAW. 


Fig.  194. 


Bal-loon'  Tor-pe'do.  A  torpedo  elevated  and 
floated  over  an  enemy  by  a  balloon,  and  dropped  by 
time  arrangement  (fuse  or  clockwork),  or  by  means 
of  electric  connection  through  wire  reaching  from 
the  point  of  dispatch. 

"  Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  404. 

Ball'-peeu  Ham'mer.  One  whose  peen  is 
round,  or  ball-shaped.  See 
PEKN,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Ball    Probe.      (Surgical.) 
A    urethral    sound ;    a   slight 
staff'  with  a  ball   on  the  end. 
The  olivary  bougie  or  bougie  n 
hoitle  are   of  similar  character 
but  different  proportions.  Page 
ii.,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  Arnm- 
nii-ntiiriinii  Chirnrgicum." 
Ball  Seat'er.  A  tool  used  in 
loading  metallic  shells,  to  place 
the  axis  of  the  ball  accurately 
in  line  in  its  seat  in  the  shell. 
See  RELOADING  TOOLS. 
( Cartridge  -  making. )      The 


Ball-peen  Hummer. 

a.  Hand-hammer. 

b.  Riveting  Hammer 

Ball    Trim'mer. 


balls  after  they  come  from  the  bullet  machine  are 
trimmed  botli  side  and  end  by  this  machine,  work- 
ing on  the  principle  of  the  lathe. 

Bal'us-ter  Lathe.  A  lathe  for  turning  arti- 
cles of  wood  which  have  to  be  frequently  repeated, 
such  as  ornamental  stair-balusters,  the  legs  of  ta- 
bles or  chairs,  bed-posts,  etc.  Between  the  head- 
stocks  a  sliding-frame  is  arranged  and  fixed  to  suit 
the  dimensions  ;  this  slide  contains  two  knives,  both 
the  entire  length  of  the  article,  the  one  knife  to 
rough-out  nearly  to  size  in  advance  of  the  one  to 
finish ;  both  are  set  on  the  skew  in  order  to  take 
the  work  in  detail ;  the  first  blade  merely  brings 
the  piece  of  wood  approximately  to  form,  while  the 
other  blade  is  cut  out  exactly  to  pattern  with  all 
the  irregularities  of  the  required  article.  One  pas- 
sage of  the  slide  with  its  two  instruments  in  mov- 
ing past  the  revolving  article  finishes  the  work. 

Barn-boo'.  A  plant  of  the  grass  family.  The 
tubular  stem  is  of  great  use  in  the  mechanic  arts, 
and  the  splits  therefrom  are  used  in  making  mats, 
baskets,  etc. 

Bamboo,  uses  of  .     .     "  Scientific  American,1'  xl.  279. 
"  Scientific  American,''  xlii.  240. 

Band.  The  metallic  cap  on  the  outside  of  the 
hub  or  nave  of  a  vehicle.  Made  of  many  fancy  pat- 
terns for  carriages  of  luxury. 

Ban'dage.  (Surgical.)  A  wrapping,  support, 
or  dressing  of  various  kinds  and  uses.  For  instance 
(the  figures  refer  to  "  Tiemann's  Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum,"  Part  IV.)  :  — 

Abdominal,  bandage,  for  supporting  the  abdomen 
after  parturition,  etc.  Figs.  40-44. 

Suspensory,  for  the  scrotum.     Fig.  46. 

Umbilical,  a  truss  for  the  umbilicus.     Fig.  16. 

Fracture,  various  in  kind,  material,  and  mode  of 
application.  Figs.  122,  123,  125-127. 

Esmarch's  tourniquet.     Fig.  184. 

Rubber,  vulcanized  gum  cloth. 

Roller,  cloth  in  strips. 

Plaster-of- Paris,  cloth  saturated  with  a  thin  paste 
of  gypsum,  placed  on  a  part  of  the  body  to  harden 
in  situ. 

Carbolized,  saturated  with  solution  of  carbolic 
acid.  See  also  p.  225,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Ban'dage  Shears.  Curved-tip  shears  for  trim- 
ming and  cutting  bandage  cloth ;  or  in  cutting 
away  portions  of  a  plaster-of-Paris  fracture  ban- 
dage for  inspection. 

f  Figs.  165, 189,  202,  203,  204,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's 
"Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 


Ban'dages,  Flas'ter  Spread'er   for. 

device,  Fig.    195,   is  ]?ig.  195. 

for    simply    rolling 

bandages,  or   to  ap- 

ply   silicate  of  soda, 

dextrine,   or   plaster 

simultaneously   with 

the  winding  process. 


The 


Greene's   Bandmff    Winder 
and  Plaster  Spreader. 


"  Medical  Record," 
October  13, 1877. 

Baud  Cut'ter. 
A  tool  for  cutting 
the  bands  of  sheaves, 
when  feeding  to  the 
threshing  machine. 

In  the  latest  practice  the  band  is  of  wire  or  string. 

Graham,  and  Haines    .     *  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  April   8,9. 

Cliadbourne     ....     *  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  11,  20. 

In  some  British  threshing  machines,  the  band  is 
cut  by  a  revolving  knife  in  the  floor  of  the  hopper 
down  which  the  sheaf  slides  into  the  throat  of  the 
threshing  concave. 

Ban'de-role.  The  flag  formerly  known  by 
that  name  was  a  company  color. 

Band'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Hat  Making.)  A  form 
of  hat-body  blocking  machine  specially  adapted  to 
make  the  band,  the  term  used  in  the  trade  for  the 
sharp  angle  at  the  junction  of  the  side-crown  and 
brim.  See  BLOCKING  MACHINE. 

Band'ing  Ring.  (Hat  Making.)  The  circular 
band  which  grips  the  hat  at  the  band ;  the  angle 
formed  by  the  side-crown  and  brim.  It  is  used  in 
hat-blocking  machines. 

Band  In'stru-ments.  See  report  on  band  in- 
struments by  H.  K.  Oliver  on  Group  XXV.,  in  vol. 
vii.,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  p.  50. 

Band  Mount'ing.  (Mane'ge.)  A  pattern  of 
harness  the  ring  of  which  is  broad  and  flat,  with 
square  edges. 

Ban'do-leer'.  A  case  containing  a  musket 
charge  and  fastened  to  the  shoulder  belt. 

Band  and  Jig  Saw  Combined.  ( W»»d 
Working.)  A  machine  by  Western  &  Co.,  of  Lon- 
don, in  which  are  provided  alternative  band  and 
jig  saws,  each  furnished  with  its  own  pulleys  fixed 
and  loose.  The  band  is  adapted  to  saw  wood  up 
to  10"  thick,  and  the  jig  up  to  6". 

Band  Saw.  The  band  saw,  consisting  of  an 
endless  steel  ribbon  with  serrated  edge,  is  the  in- 
vention of  William  Newberry,  of  London,  Eng 
land,  and  was  patented  in  1807. 

M.  J.  L.  Perin,  of  Paris,  France,  overcame  the 
difficulty  which  long  prevented  the  invention  from 
becoming  of  general  utility,  and  his  celebrated 
blades  are  yet  unsurpassed. 

"  Analyzing  the  peculiar  principles  of  action  of  the  band 
saw,  it  may  be  said  to  have  a  blade  of  superior  thinness, 
capable  of  tension  in  varying  degrees,  moving  in  right  lines 
through  the  material,  at  a  speed  that  is  almost  unlimited,  and 
capable  of  exceeding  that  of  circular  saws  ;  operating  too  by 
machinery  consisting  only  of  rotating  parts,  and  of  the  most 
simple  construction,  the  sawdust  all  carried  down  through 
the  timber,  offering  no  obstruction  in  following  lines. 

"  Add  to  this  the  peculiar  adaptation  of  the  band  saw  to 
curved  line?,  and  its  advantages  cannot  be  over-estimated. 
The  speed  of  sawing,  or  the  cost  of  sawing,  which  is  much 
the  same  thing  as  the  movement  of  the  teeth,  is  with  the 
band  saw  almost  unlimited.  Its  performance,  contrasted 
with  reciprocating  saws  for  cutting  plain  sweeps  or  scroll 
work,  shows  a  gain  of  time,  or  cost,  of  three  or  four  to  one, 
with  the  important  advantage  of  being  easier  to  operate."  — 
Richards. 

The  latest  form  of  band  saw  is  shown  in  Fig.  196. 
The  machine  has  a  planed  iron  table  pivoted  for 
bevel  sawing ;  a  shipper  with  frictional  brake,  for 
arresting  the  motion  of  the  saw ;  a  vertical  guide 
bar  with  retracting  spring,  for  instantly  adjusting 
it  to  the  desired  height ;  an  elastic  steel  upper 


BAND  SAW. 


72 


BAND-SAW  HOLDER. 


wheel ;  cast  steel  shafts,  with  self-oiling  boxes  and 
adjustments  to  take  up  the  wear;  and  methods  of 

n> 


Clement 
Fay  4"  Co.  . 


Kesawiug  Machine,  Fay  .    * 
Hand  power,  Frank    .     .    * 

* 

For  timber,  Furness   .     .  * 

Foot  power,  Kiniball  .     .  * 

London,  Berry  (f  Orion  * 

Margeilant      .     .     .     .  * 

Xewbeny  (1808),  Br.     .  * 

Perin,  Fr * 

Ptriti,  Pauchard  et  dr.  * 

Poll/blank,  Br.     .     .     .  * 

Hiuisome,  ting.   .     .     .  * 
Kicharcts,  London  if  Kelly  * 

Rogers * 

Whitney * 

Worssam,  Br.       ...  * 


"Man.  *•  Builder,"  xi.  184. 
"Thitrslon's  Vienna  Kept.."  iii. 

259. 

"Engineer,"  xli.  463. 
"  Sc.   American,'-  xxxvii.  310. 
"Sc.  American,''  xxxv.  31. 

".Sc.  American,'-  xliii.  387. 

'Man.  if  Builder,'-'  xi.58. 

'Engineering,"  xxvii.  235. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  May  29,  1. 

'Sc.  American,"  xl.  1. 

'Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  70. 

'Engineering,"  xxix.  43. 
"Thwston's  Vienna  Rept."  iii. 

284. 

"Engineer,"  xlvii.  293. 
"Engineer,'-'  xlvii.  171. 
"  Tliitrston'x  Kept.,"  iii.  2ti6. 
"Tkvrfton's  Kept.,"  iii.  254. 
••  Knuinefr,"  xlvi.  134. 
"  Tltiirxton's  Kept.,"  iii.  253. 
"Engineer,"  1.  245. 


Band  Saw. 


keeping  the  saw  at  its  proper  tension,  allowing  at 
the  same  time  flexibility  to  the  parts,  to  compen- 
sate for  any  sudden  impact,  and  prevent  breakage 
of  the  saws  by  buckling  or  friction  on  the  back  or 

Fig.  197. 


Horizontal  Hand  Saw. 


sides.  The  weighting  device  gives  positiveness  to 
the  amount  of  tension  the  saw  is  receiving,  at  the 
same  time  compensating  for  any  variation  in  the 
length  of  the  saw  by  change  in  temperature,  or 
strain.  Friction  guide-wheels  receive  the  back 
thrust  of  the  saw,  and  wooden  guides  are  provided 
at  the  side. 

The  following  references  to  Baud  Saws  may  be 
consulted  :  — 

Bentel,  Marpedant  fr  Co.  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  409. 

*  "Man.  Sf  Builder,"1  viii.  129. 


Band  Saw'-mill.  The,  band  saw  has  been  ap- 
plied to  the  sawing  of  logs  into  boards,  and  the  re- 
sawing  of  timbers.  Three  illustrations  are  given  <>f 
English,  French,  and  American  machine*  respect- 
ively. 

The  horizontal  baud  saw  of  Western  &  Co.,  of 
London,  is  shown  in  Fig.  197.  It  is  shown  as 
splitting  into  heavy  balks  a  log  already  squared  and 
mounted  on  a  horizontally  moving  carriage.  The 
saw  wheels  are  simultaneously  adjusted  for  height 
by  a  single  wheel:  for  tension,  by  adjustment  of 
the  right-hand  wheel.  The  saw  guides  are  sepa- 
rately adjustable  to  the  vicinity  of  the  log. 

1'late  III.  shows  the  band  saw-mill  of  Arbey, 
of  Paris.  It  has  a  continuous  roller  feed,  pivotal 
table  for  bevel  sawing,  and  the  various  adjustments 
for  tension  of  the  blade,  elevation  of  the  guide,  ap- 
proach of  the  feed  rollers,  etc. 

Fig.  198  shows  by  side  and  end  elevations  the 
baud-saw  mill  of  Richards,  London  &  Kelly. 

It  has  wrought  iron  wheels  72"  in  diameter,  re- 
ceives blades  45'  long  to  5"  wide,  and  is  shown  ope- 
rating upon  a  small  round  log. 
The  wheels  are  covered  with  wood 
and  faced  with  leather  or  gum  : 
the  upper  one  has  an  adjustment 
of  18",  the  supports  resting  on 
springs  which  equalize  the  tension 
of  the  blades.  The  Perin  saw 
blades  are  used.  The  wheel  is 
carried  on  a  steel  shaft  85"  in  di- 
ameter, with  brass  bearings. 

The  guide  stem  is  3£"  diameter, 
of  wrought  iron,  counter-balanced, 
and  supported  in  iron  brackets 
bolted  to  the  main  column.  The 
lower  guide  is  also  mounted  on 
an  iron  bracket,  connected  to  the 
main  column,  and  has  no  attach- 
ments to  the  floor.  The  lower  or 
main  shaft  is  4-i"  diameter,  with 
bearings  12"  long.  The  ti<:ht  aud 
looSe  driving  pulleys  are  30"  in 
diameter,  10"  face.  Thermatic 
oilers  are  applied  to  the  bearings. 
Baiid'-saw  Hold'er.  An  apparatus  (Fig. 
199)  used  in  brazing  band  saws.  It  consists  of  a 
holding  device  and  brazing  tongs. 

File  a  taper  for,  say  \"  on  each  end  of  the  blade, 
so  that  when  brought  together  the  ends  will  be  of 
even  thickness  with  the  rest  of  the  saw.  When  ad- 
justed properly,  so  that  the  teeth  will  match,  clamp  in 
the  scarfing  frame,  so  that  the  ends  will  be  pressed 
together.  Wash  the  saw  and  solder  with  acid,  place 
a  slip  of  solder  between  the  laps  of  the  saw,  heat 
the  welding  tongs,  grasp  the  joint,  and  when  the 
solder  is  melted  allow  the  saw  to  cool  gradually. 


PLATE  in. 


BAND  SAW-MILL,   BY   ARBEY  OF   PARIS. 


See  page  72. 


BAND-SAW   SETTER. 


73 


BANK-NOTE   ENGRAVING. 


Fig.  198  The     machine     is 

wholly  of  metal,  ex- 
cept the  rims  of  the 
wheels.  The  vise  is 
arranged  to  close  in- 
stantly for  a  length 
of  24" ',  by  means  of 
cams  on  the  front. 

Fay  &  Co.'s  baud- 
saw  setter  is  a  ma- 
chine of  similar  char- 
acter, the  saw  being 
strained  upon  the 
wheels  and  passing 
between  the  jaws  of 
the  setting  machine. 
The  feed  pawl  feed« 
two  teeth  at  a  time. 

Band  '-s  a  w 
S  h  a  r  p'e  n-i  n  g 
Frame.  A  frame  in 
which  band-saws  are 
stretched,  and  each 
portion  of  the  blade 
clamped  in  turn,  in 
order  that  it  may  be 
sharpened.  When 
the  clamp  is  slack- 
ened, the  rotation  of 
the  crank  brings  a 
new  portion  of  the 
blade  within  the  loos- 
e  n  e  d  jaws  o  f  the 
clamp.  See  Fig.  201. 

Band'-saw   Tongs.      A    pair    of    flat-lipped 
Band'-saw    Set'ter.     Fig.  200   is    Richards'     tongs  which  are  heated  sufficiently  to  melt  silver 


Saw-mill. 


baud-saw  setting  machine  and  riling  frame. 

The  setting  is  done  by  a  hammer  in  the  hand  of 
the  operator.     The  saw  is 
Fig.  199. 


solder,   and    then    clasped    over    the    scarfed  and 
Fig.  201. 


strained  and 
passes    between 


two  steel  blocks, 
feed  is  imparted 
to  the  saw  by  a 
pawl,  operated 
by  the  hammer 
handle.  Every 

blow  of  the  hammer  sets  a  tooth,  and  the  setting 

can  be  done  at  the  rate  of  about  6'  per  Fig.  200. 

minute.      The   feed  is  adjustable  to  any 

pitch  of  tooth  in  an  instant. 


Band  Haw  Brazing 
Device. 


Frame  for  Sharpening  Band  Saws. ' 

matched  ends  of  a  band  saw,  to  melt  the  film   of 
solder  placed  between  the  lapping  edges.    Shown  in 
BAND-SAW  HOLDER,  Fig.  199. 
Band  Set'ter.     A   tool   for  setting  bands  on 
carriage  wheels. 

It  operates  as  a  plane. 
Cutter  B,  Fig.  202,  pares 
off  the  surface  on  which 
the  band  is  driven  ;  A  cuts 

shoulder. 
The   end    of    the    axle 


should  be  raised  so  that  the  wheel  can  be  made  to 
Fig.  202. 


Band  Setter. 


Band-saw  Setter  and  Filing  Frame. 

revolve  rapidly,  and  then,  while  the  wheel  is  in  mo- 
tion, hold  the  plane  to  the  hub  until  it  is  shaved  off 
sufficiently  to  drive  on  the  band. 

Bank'-note  En-grav'ing.  The  subject  is 
considered  on  pp.  228,  2368,  2369,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Mr.  George  W.  Casilear,  Superintendent  of  En- 
graving in  the  United  States  Treasury,  Bureau  of 
Engraving  and  Printing,  describes  an  improved 
method  for  engraving  denominations  or  lettering 
upon  lathe-work  counters,  used  on  bonds,  bank 


BANK-NOTE  ENGRAVING. 


74 


BARB  WIRE. 


notes,   and   other   securities,   by  the  transfer  pro- 
cess :  — 

"  Instead  of  proceeding  as  heretofore  by  hardening  the  die 
laid  down  from  the  shell,  and  taking  up  a  roll  for  cutting  out 
the  white  figures  or  letters,  and  then  hardening  the  roll  and 
laying  down  a  second  bed-piece  for  finishing  with  the  graver, 
then  in  turn  taking  up  a  second  roll  called  the  finished  roll. 
My  improvement  consists  as  follows,  in  taking  the  original 
die  as  made  from  the  shell,  and  transferring  with  my  numeral 
or  alphabet  rolls  directly  upon  the  face  of  the  lathe  work  the 
required  denomination  or  lettering.  The  parts  of  the  lathe- 
work  appearing  over  the  face  of  the  figures  is  then  scraped 
and  burnished  away  and  a  new  surface  gained,  by  having  the 
die  or  plate  set  up  from  the  back  in  the  usual  manner  known 
by  engravers  and  trausferrers,  using  the  precaution  to  have 
a  bit  of  paper  between  the  anvil  and  plate  to  protect  the 
lathe-work,  the  paper  only  to  cover  those  parts  of  the  lathe- 
work  which  are  to  appear  intact. 

By  this  improved  process  a  roll  is  saved,  also  a  bed-piece, 
and  the  lathe  work  is  purer  and  sharper,  being  transferred 
direct  from  the  shell  while  there  is  no  engraving  of  the  de- 
nomination or  figures  on  the  die  or  plate,  as  the  work  is  all 
done  by  the  transferrer.  The  result  being  more  perfect,  and 
a  great  saving  of  cost."' 

Bank'-iiote  Pa'per.  See  SAFETY  PAPER. 
Bank'-note  Press.  One  for  pressing  and 
packaging  bank  notes.  It 
has  grooves  for  cords  in 
the  bed  and  follower,  so 
that  the  notes  may  be  tied 
up  before  the  platen  of  the 
press  is  raised. 

B  a  n '  n  e  r.  Formerly, 
the  small,  square  flag  of  a 
knight,  and  charged  with 
his  arms. 

B  a  n '  n  e  r  Net'ting. 
For  painted  signs  or  ban- 
ners to  be  hung  across  a 
"street.  The  open  work 
avoids  injury  by  the  wind. 
Bar.  Bars  of  furnaces 
are  bearer  bars,  and  grate 
bars :  the  former  hold  up 
the  latter,  and  these  the 
fuel. 

Bar  and  Open  Bead 
(Rifle.)      A 


Fig.  207. 


208. 


Fig.  203. 


Bank-note  Press. 


Fig.  206. 


Fig.  206 


Fig.  204.  Sight. 

form  of  sight  in  which 
the  aperture  is  supported 
on  a  segment  plate  in 
the  ring.  Fig.  204. 

Bar    and    Slit 
Sight.  (Rifle.)  A  form 
Bar  and  Open  of  sight  having  a  plate     Ear  and  Slit 
£ead  Sight.    w;tn     a    vertical     slit.          Sight. 
Also  called  a  slit-bar  sight.     See  Fig.  205. 

Barbed  Shot.  (Life-saving  Apparatus.)  A 
ball  having  grap- 
nels attached  and 
intended  to  be  fired 
from  a  mortar  to 
carry  a  line  be- 
tween a  shore  and 
Barbed  Shot.  a  Branded  vessel, 

or  vice  versa. 

Otherwise  known  as  an  ANCHOR-SHOT,  or  GRAP- 
PLE-SHOT, which  see. 

Barbed  Sca'ler.  An  instrument.  Fig.  207, 
designed  to  pass  between  and  around  the  necks  of 
teeth  which  are  loosened  by  old  deposits  of  tartar. 
Being  in  pairs,  with  the  barbed  edges  on  opposite 
faces,  they  admit  of  application  right  and  left,  and 
on  proximate  surfaces.  While  holding  the  tooth 
with  the  finger  upon  it  firmly  in  the  socket,  they 
can  be  used  either  by  pushing  to  scale  with  the 
chisel  edge,  or  hy  making  the  draw-cut  with  the 
barbed  edge. 


Dentist's  Sealers. 

Barb'ing  Pinch'ers. 
A  tool  especially  adapted 
for  closing  and  clinch- 
ing wire  staples  upon 
fence-wire. 

Barb  Wire.  Wire  with  iron  spikes  or  points 
clinched  upon  it,  to  prevent  breaking  by  cattle 
when  strung  between  posts  as  a  fence. 

Fig.  209. 


Barbed  Fence-wires. 

Fig.  209  shows  the  prominent  features  in  the 
history  of  the  barb  wire. 

The  tipper  illustration,  a,  shows  the  Hunt  wire,  a 
rough  and  incomplete  invention,  but  involving  the 
bottom  idea,  i.  e.,  a  fence  wire  provided  with  spurs 
or  barbs.  Spur  wheels  or  single  spurs  are  shown 
attached  to  the  wire. 

b.  Shows  the  next  step,  Kelly's  patent,  in  which 
pointed  spurs  are  strung  on  the  wires  and  held  to 
place  by  twisting  a  second  wire  around  the  first. 

Glidden,  c,  substituted  for  the  sheet-metal  spur, 
a  barb  of  wire  twisted  about  one  strand  and  held  in 
place  by  the  pressure  of  the  other.  The  number 
of  modifications  of  this  idea  is  extremely  large. 

Haish,  d,  is  the  pioneer  in  that  form  in  which, 


BARB   WIRE. 


75 


BAROMETRIC   BALANCE. 


with  specially  wrapped  wires,  the  conjoined  ends 
are  hooked  together  and  form  projecting  spikes. 

Frentress,  e,  is  probably  the  pioneer  in  that  class 
in  which  separate  sheet-metal  plates,  so  cut  as  to 
have  projecting  barbs,  are  wholly  fastened  to  the 
rod  by  twisting  the  wire. 

In  f,  Allis's,  the  material  is  a  rod  with  two  flanges, 
one  of  which  is  cut  into  spurs  and  spaces,  and  the 
whole,  being  twisted,  presents  the  barbs  on  all 
sides. 

Fig.  210. 


Two-spur  and  Four-spur  Barb  Wire. 

Fig.  210  shows  the  barb  wire  in  two  forms,  two- 
pointed  and  four-pointed.  Each  is  shown  in  per- 
spective and  in  cross-section.  The  cable  consists  of 
two  strands  twisted  together,  and  the  barbs  are  fast- 
sened  between  and  around  both  strands,  and  their 
points  stand  out  at  right  angles  to  the  cable.  The 
wire  is  painted,  galvanized,  or  japanned. 

Bar'-cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  heavy  shears 
for  cutting  bar-iron. 

Ba-rege'.  (Fabric.)  A  French  worsted  dress 
goods,  woven  on  a  gauze  or  open  taffeta  loom,  and 
having  a  cotton  warp  and  an  English  wool  weft. 
Usually  printed. 

Bar'-i-ron  Test'er.  A  form  of  machine  for 
testing  bar-iron.  See  TESTING  MACHINE. 

Bark'ing  Ma-chine'.  Forsaith's  barking  ma- 
chine for  rossing  logs  for  the  making  of  wood  pulp 
is  au  annular  plate,  set  with  plane  bits,  and  revolv- 
ing in  a  vertical  plane. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  *xii.  193. 
Nomaison,  Fr.     .  *  "  JSnfinerring,'"  xxii.  299. 
Decorticator,   Fr.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2478. 

Bar'ley  Fork.  A  four-pronged  light-tined 
pitching  fork,  especially  adapted  for  pitching  un- 
bound gavels  of  cut  grain. 

Bar'ley  Hum'mel-er.  A  machine  for  taking 
the  awns  off  the  grains  of  barley. 


Fig.  211. 


Barley  Hummeler. 


The  barrel  is  made  of  iron,  and  in  it  is  a  rapidly 
revolving  spindle,  furnished  witli  knives  so  shaped 
as  to  feed  the  grain  towards  the  exit. 

Barm.  Yeast.  Sometimes  used  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  core-sand,  to  make  it  adhesive. 

Barn-door'  Hang'er.  A  suspending  device 
for  sliding-doors.  Sec  Fig.  1687,  p.  721,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 


Anti-friction. 
Brown  Sf  Curtis. 


*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.  p.  9,  July  26. 


Barn-door'  Rail.  The  rail  on  which  the 
sheave  of  a  barn-door  traverses.  See  Fig.  1687, 
p.  721,  "  Mecli.  Diet." 

Bar  Net.  (Fishing.)  The  intercepting  por- 
tion of  a  net  set  across  a  stream  to  direct  fish  into 
a  wing  pound.  See  STAKE-NET. 

Ba-rom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  determining 
the  weight  or  pressure  of  the  atmosphere. 

In  Dexchanel's  "Natural  Philosophy,''  Part  I.,  may  be 
found  illustrations  of  the  following  barometers  on  the  pages 
noted.  (American  edition.) 

Torricelli's ....  110  Sympiesometer  .     .  156 

Fortin's      ....  147  Aneroid     ....  157 

Tripod 149  Counterpoised    .     .  159 

Siphon 154  Fahrenheit's  .     .     .  ItiO 

Wheel 155 

The  "  Farmer's  Weather-case,"  or  Indicator,  and  direction 
for  its  use,  furnished  in  the  circular  of  the  United  States 
Meteorological  Signal  Office,  is  shown  in  "Harper's  Weekly," 
supplement  of  September  21,  1878. 

^The  following  references  may  also  be  consulted  :  — 

*  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  ix.  61. 


•     • 

Valton  ... 
Glycerine,  Kew 
Martotti     .     . 
Optical.     .     . 

Kedier * 

Registering,   Barnes    * 
Water 


'  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  742. 
'Scientific  American,"  xliii.  134. 
' Engineering,"  xxiii.  314. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  148. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  574. 
'Scientific  American,'"  xxxiv.  308. 
'Manufacturer  If  Builder,"  viii.  37. 
Barometer  and  Thermometer  combined. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  246. 
Barometric  Governor  for  Ventilating  Fan. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  354. 

Works  on  the  subject :  — * 

Plympton's  "  The 
Aneroid  Barometer : 
Its  Construction  and 
Use." 

Williamson  "On 
the  Barometer." 

Ba-rom'e-ter 
Flow'ers.  Ar- 
tificial flowers  col- 
ored with  chloride 
of  cobalt.  When 
exposed  to  sun 
and  dry  air  the 
leaves  become 
deep  blue ;  when 
the  air  is  satu- 
rated with  mois- 
ture they  become 
pinky.  Interme- 
diate shades  are 
easily  observed. 

Ba-ro-met'ric 
Bal'ance.  An 
invention  of  M. 
Redier,  of  Paris. 
It  has  a  long  in- 
dex-needle h  a  v- 


Redier's  Barometric  Balance. 


ing  an  arc  of  vibration  of  large  amplitude,  30  to  60 
centimeters,  which  makes  it  visible  at  a  considera- 
ble distance. 

B  B  B  are  three  aneroid  barometer  cases.     To 
the  first  case  to  the  left  is  attached  a  frame  which 


BAROMETRIC   BALANCE. 


76 


BARREL-BORING   MACHINE. 


carries  the  counterpoises  M  and  E.  On  the  same 
frame  is  fixed  the  large  index  needle.  The  whole 
apparatus  pivots  on  a  knife  blade,  T,  and  the 
counterpoises  M  and  E  being  movable,  the  appara- 
tus can  be  balanced  in  such  a  way  as  to  cause  the 
index  to  point  to  any  division  desired.  The  cases 
are  attached  to  a  second  frame,  V.  When  the 
pressure  increases,  these  cases  are  expanded  and 
the  two  counterpoises  move  toward  the  right.  The 
equilibrium  is  thus  broken  and  the  needle  moves 
toward  the  same  side.  When  the  pressure  dimin- 
ishes the  contrary  effect  is  produced,  and  the  nee- 
dle moves  to  the  left. 

Ba'ro-mo'tor.  A  portable  hand  and  foot 
power  invented  by  Bozerain  (France).  It  has  two 
treadles  connecting  with  cranks  on  a  fly  shaft. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Builder  "      .     .     .     *  ix.  280. 
"Scientific  American" *  xxxvii.  242. 

Bar'o-met'ro-graph.  (Add.)  Laboulaye's 
"  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed. 
1877,  article  "Mete'orographes,"  Figs.  1-7,  gives  de- 
scriptions of  those  of  — 


*  Breguet. 

*  Hipp. 


*Gros- Claude. 
*  Seccki, 


Bar'on  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made  by 
the  Mackintosh  process,  for  which  "  Baron  "  is  an 
adopted  name.  See  MACKINTOSH  STEEL. 

Bar'rage.  A  movable  dam.  Views  of  the  bar- 
rages used  in  the  river  improvements  between  Paris 
and  Auxerre,  and  a  description  of  the  substitution 
of  a  continuous  navigation  upon  the  upper  Seine 
and  Yonne  by  the  aid  of  movable  dams,  for  the  in- 
termittent navigation  by  flashes,  are  to  be  found  in 
the  report  of  Dr.  Watson,  "Civil  Engineering,  Pub- 
lic Works  and  Architecture  ;  "  "  Vienna  Exposition 
Reports,"  vol.  iii.,  section  C,  chapter  V. 

Poiree's  movable  dam  or  barrage,  at  Basseville, 
at  the  crossing  of  the  Yonne  over  by  the  Nivernais 
canal,  is  shown  in  Plate  IV. 

"  It  consists  of  a  succession  of  iron  frames  called  fermettes, 
placed  parallel  with  the  current,  and  turning  around  their 
bases  in  bearings  which  are  firmly  attached  to  a  carefully- 
prepared  bed.  The  fermettes  are  united  above  by  bars,  hav- 
ing jaws  or  catches  at  their  extremities.  Against  these  fer- 
mettes, thus  united,  rests  a  screen,  placed  vertically,  and 
composed  of  a  number  of  wooden  battens  about  0.075  meters 
square  and  2  meters  long,  called  needles  ;  the  bottoms  of 
these  needles  are  placed  against  the  sill,  and  their  tops  rest 
against  the  fermette  bars  placed  near  the  level  of  the  water, 
which  the  barrage  is  intended  to  maintain.  Each  fermette 
is  trapezoidal;  the  two  bases  are  horizontal.  The  lower 
base  is  terminated  by  gudgeons,  which  are  received  by  two 
cast-iron  bearings.  The  upper  bases  support  a  foot-bridge, 
used  by  the  lock  keeper  to  work  the  barrage.  The  details  of 
the  hooks,  bars,  washers,  etc.,  which  serve  to  unite  the  fer- 
mettes, are  shown  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  plate.  When 
it  is  required  to  open  the  barrage,  the  lock-keeper  and  his 
assistant  remove  the  needles  one  by  one ;  the  bars,  planks, 
hooks,  etc.,  are  removed,  and  the.  fermettes,  turning  on  gud- 
geons at  their  basen,  fall  into  a  recess  prepared  for  them  be- 
low the  level  of  the  sill.  When  it  is  required  to  raise  the 
barrage,  the  lock-keeper  lifts  the  fermettes  by  grappling  for 
them  under  the  water,  reconstructs  his  foot-bridge,  and  re- 
places the  needles.  The  time  required  to  raise  the  fermettes 
and  place  the  needles,  is  about  one  and  a  -half  minutes  per 
running  meter;  and  the  time  to  open  the  barrage  thirty 
seconds  ;  for  the  complete  opening  and  lowering  of  the  waters 
fifty  seconds."  —  Poirce. 

Formerly,  during  the  low  water  season  on  the 
Yonne,  the  navigation  was  intermittent,  and  took 
place  by  a  system  of  flashing,  which  may  be  thus 
described  :  In  the  upper  parts  of  the  river,  the  water 
was  accumulated  by  movable  dams  ;  a  part  of  one 
of  these  dams  being  suddenly  removed,  an  artificial 
flood  called  an  e'clnse'e,  or  flash,  was  formed.  Barges 
and  rafts,  previously  collected  above  the  dam,  were 
carried  by  the  flood  down  the  river  with  a  velocity 
of  from  0.50  m.  to  1.50  m.  per  second. 

In  Plate  IV.  the  upper  figure  shows  the  plan  of 


the  crossing  of  the  Yonue  River  by  the  Nivernais 
canal  at  Basseville. 

Next  beneath  is  an  elevation  of  the  Bassevillo 
barrage,  showing  half  the  barrage  closed  with  the 
fermettes  raised,  and  the  other  half  closed  with  the 
fermettes  lowered. 

Next,  a  plan  of  the  same. 

Next,  a  transverse  section  on  a  much  enlarged 
scale,  showing  the  needle,  the  fermette  and  its  bear- 
ings. 

On  the  left,  at  the  bottom  of  the  plate,  an  eleva- 
tion and  plan  of  the  details  for  uniting  adjacent 
fermettes. 

On  the  right,  beneath,  transverse  section  and 
plan  of  the  gudgeons  and  bearings  of  a  fermette. 

Plate  XIV.  of  Dr.  Watson's  report  above  cited, 
gives  details  and  drawings  of  Chanoine's  bar- 
rage dam  at  Port  a  1'Anglais,  on  the  Seine,  near 
Paris. 

See  also  article  "  Barrage,"  vol.  iv.,  Laboulaye's 
"  Diciionnaire  des  Arts  el  Manufactures,'''  cd.  1877. 

Barrage,  Godavery,  India,  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  340. 
Barrage,  Nile     ....     *  "Engineering,'''  xxi.  40. 

*" Engineering"   xxi.    101,   143, 
218,  245. 

See,  also,  references  under  DAM. 

Bar'rel.     1.  A  cask. 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 

Barrel  for  shipping  bottled  liquors. 

Strauss *  "  Scientific  American,''''  xl.  103. 

Barrel  head  making  machine,  Eng. 

Worssam    ....     *"  Engineer,"  xlviii.  397. 


Barrel-hoop,  corrugated. 

Eiselein  .... 
Machine,  Holmes  .  , 
Charring,  McNurtrie  . 
Machine,  Monroe.  .  . 
Machine,  Ger.,  Guelpk 
Machine,  Ransome 
Barrel  machinery,  on. 
Windlass,  Holmes  . 


"  Scientific  American,"  xli.  291. 

"  Engineer,"  xli.  431. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1072. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1299. 

''  Engineer,"  1.  266. 

"  EnginKring"  xxi.  453,  502,  547. 

"  Engineering ,"  xxi.  95. 

"  Engineer."  xli.  431. 


Cask  washing  machinery,  Brewery  (3  Figs.).  Austria. 
*  "  Engineer,"  iii.  404. 

2.  A  description  of  the  mode  of  manufacture  and 
the  proving  of  rifle  barrels  may  be  seen  in  "Scien- 
tific American  Supplement,"  *  386. 

Bar'rel  Bolt.  A  form  of  door-bolt.  One  with 
a  round  bolt  moving  in  a  cylindrical  case. 

Bar'rel-bor'iiig  Ma-chine'.    (Fire-arms.)    A 

Fig.  213. 


Holmes's   Barrel-chamfering,  Crazing,  and  Hoioeling 
Machine. 


PLATE  IV. 


POISE'S   BARRAGE,   AT  BASSEVILLE,  RIVER   YONNE,   FRANCE.  Seepage  76 


BARREL-CHAMFERING. 


77 


BARREL-HEAD    ROUNDER. 


lathe  specially  adapted  to  boring  out  gun-barrels. 
See  RIFLING  MACHINE. 

Bar'rel-cham'fer-iiig,  etc.,  Ma -chine'. 
This  machine  is  designed  to  chamfer,  howel,  level, 
and  croze  a  cask  of  imperfect  periphery,  and  to 
finish  both  ends  of  the  cask  at  once.  See  Fig.  213. 

To  accomplish  this,  the  three  tools  are  placed  in 
one  revolving  head,  which,  while  revolving  with 
high  speed  inside  of  the  cask,  is  controlled  by  the 
rest  upon  the  outside,  compelling  a  uniform  thick- 
ness and  depth  of  chine,  while  it  levels  the  same  in 
a  perfect  manner  ;  the  rest  and  cutting  head  oscillat- 
ing to  conform  to  the  outside  irregular  form  of  the 
cask  while  the  latter  makes  one  revolution  ;  it  hav- 
ing been  placed  within  the  chuck  rings  for  that 
purpose. 

All  kinds  of  barrels,  such  as  turpentine,  oil,  whis- 
key, pork,  syrup,  cement,  sugar,  flour,  and  other 
barrels,  are  made  upon  this  machine,  and  it  will 
finish  any  size  desired  by  using  the  proper  sized 
chuck  rings.  Rings  for  different  sized  barrels  will 
n't  the  machine.  The  performance  is  1,200  tight 
or  2,000  slack  barrels  per  diem. 

"Engineer,"''  *xli.  431. 

Bar'rel  Clamp.  A  hoisting  clutch  or  sling 
for  barrels.  The  Yale  barrel-clamp,  "American 
Miller,"  vii.  275. 

Bar'rel  Cock.  A  faucet.  The  one  shown  is 
for  racking,  or  draw- 
ing off  the  contents 
by  P'PC»  tne  °uter 
end  of  the  faucet 
having  a  screw  coup- 
ling. 

Bar'rel-cro'zing 
Ma-chine'.    A  ma- 
chine for  making  the        Barrel  Cock'  wlth  «"'/''"<?• 
cr<r,i  in  the  heads  of  casks.     The  croze  is  the  groove 
in  which  the  edge  of  the  head  is  inserted  and  held. 
See  BAKKEL-CHAMFEUING  MACHINE. 

Bar'rel-fa'cing,  Cro'zing,  and  Cham'fer- 
ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  dressing  the  ends 
of  casks,  and  making  the  head  croze. 

Kig.  215. 


Fig.  214. 


Barrel-facing,  Crazing,  and  Chamfering  Machine. 

The  machine  shown  is  that  of  Arbey,  of  Paris. 
The  cask  is  chucked  in  a  revolving  head,  and  each 


portion  of  the  end  circumference  brought  in  turn 
against  a  rotating  tool  which  planes  and  rounds  the 
interior  near  the  end,  makes  the  croze  groove,  and 
chamfers  the  chine.  The  tool  has  all  the  requisite 
longitudinal  and  lateral  adjustments. 


Fig.  216. 


Bar'rel  Gage. 
A  gage  for  testing 
the  diameter  of  gun- 
barrels  according  to 
a  standard ;  the  in- 
strument has  sev- 
eral tapered  slips, 
each  graduated,  and 
having  a  certain 
range  of  sizes,  the  diameter  of  the  barrel  being  de- 
termined by  slipping  the  gage  into  the  muzzle. 

Bar'rel-head  Dressing  Ma-chine'.    A  ma- 
Fig.  21 


Gun-barrel  Gage. 


Barrel-head  Dressing  Machine. 

chine  for  leveling,  facing  and  dressing  on  one  side 
the  rough  barrel-head,  made  of  staves  doweled  to- 
gether. 

The  prepared  head  is  laid  on  the  table,  is  fed  by 
four  corrugated  feed-rolls  above,  and  its  under  side 
dressed  by  a  planer  cylinder  rotated  by  a  belt  shown 
on  the  left  hand.  The  pulleys  on  the  right  actuate 
the  feed-rolls,  which  are  held  against  the  head  by 
weighted  levers  acting  upon  the  bearings.  The 
revolution  of  the  feed-rolls  carries  the  head  over 
the  planer  knives  which  smooth  off  the  heads  at 
the  rate  of  20  per  minute,  feeding  rapidly  in  suc- 
cession. 

Bar'rel-head  Joint'ing  and  Dow'el-ing 
Ma-chine'.  A  machine  which  dresses  the  edges 
of  staves  for  heads,  and  bores  the  holes  for  the 
dowel-pins  which  hold  the  head-staves  together. 

The  machine,  Fig.  218,  has  a  metallic  disk  with 
three  radial  cutters  which  act  upon  the  edge  of  a 
stave  presented  to  them  while  lying  upon  the  side- 
rest  diametrically  of  the  rotating  disk. 

The  stave  is  then  removed  to  the  upper  rest, 
and  the  two  rotating  augers  which  bore  the  dowel- 
holes  are  brought,  against  it  by  pressing  the  foot 
upon  the  treadle. 

Bar'rel-head  Round'er.  A  machine  (Fig. 
219)  which  works  upon  the  head-blank,  rounding 
it  and  beveling  the  edge  to  fit  the  croze  of  the. 
cask. 

The  head-staves,  being  jointed  and  doweled  to- 


BARREL-HEAD   ROUNDER. 


78 


BARREL  MAKING   MACHINERY. 


Fig.  218. 


revolving  cutter,  and  is  rotated,  to  bring  each  part 
of  its  periphery  to  the  tool. 

Fig.  220. 


Barrel-head  Jointing  and  Doweling  Machine. 

gether,  are  placed  between  the  two  clamps,  one  of 
which  is  on  each  side  of  the  posts,  so  that  the  head, 
being  in  a  vertical  plane,  revolves  between  them. 
This  clamping  is  done  by  treadle,  the  head  with 
pins  being  made  to  approach  the  round  disk  on  the 
left.  A  circular  saw  brings  the  head  to  a  round 
shape,  and  cutters  chamfer  the  edge.  This  ma- 
chine follows  Fi<i\  217,  the  head  dresser. 


Arbey^s  Barrel-head  Turner. 


Suspension  hooks   in  pairs, 
b?    thc  Fig.  221. 


Barrel  Hooks. 


Barrel-head  Rounder. 


Bar'rel-head  Turn'iiig  and  Bev'el-ing  Ma- 
chine'. Fig.  220  is  a  French  machine  for  this 
purpose,  made  by  Arbey  of  Paris.  The  head  is 
carried  in  a  frame,  which  has  a  horizontal  adjust- 
ment to  bring  it  in  relation  to  the  concave-faced 


Bar'rel  Hooks. 

for    hoisting    casks 
chines. 

Bar'rel  Lev'el-ing  Ma- 
chine'. A  machine  (Fig. 
223)  which  brings  the  end  of 
a  cask  or  barrel  to  a  level, 
that  is,  to  a  plane  at  right 
angles  to  the  axis  of  the  cask, 
so  that  it  will  stand  squarely 
and  vertically  upon  the  floor. 

Two  end  truss  hoops  are 
put  on  to  the  cask,  which  is 
then  rolled  into  the  press,  the 
power  applied,  and  the  mova- 
ble disk  driven  up  against  one 
end  of  it,  bringing  it  into 
shape,  leveling  it  and  driving  the  truss  hoops  in  an 
instant. 

The  machine  has  an  iron  frame,  upon  which  are 
placed  two  leveling  plates  upon  slides  or  guides, 
and  operated  by  cams.  Two  other  plates  or  slides 
are  worked  by  cranks.  Upon  the  latter  are  hoop- 
drivers.  The  leveling  plates  are  first  moved  by 
their  cams,  and  then,  while  the  cask  is  in  shape, 
the  hoop  drivers  advance  and  force  all  the  truss- 
hoops  to  their  places.  The  leveling  plates  and  driv- 
ers then  recede,  .and  one  barrel 
is  discharged  from  the  machine 
by  the  introduction  of  another. 
The  capacity  is  from  4,000  to 
5,000  barrels  per  day. 

Bar'rel  Lift'er.  1.  A  han- 
dled hook  for  lifting  a  cask  by 
the  chine.  Used  in  warehouses, 
and  for  stowing  away  barrels 
and  kegs  in  holds  of  vessels. 

2.  In  another  sense  :  an  appa- 
ratus for  hoisting  barrels. 
Brown       .     .     .     .     "  Scientific  American,''  xli.  327. 
German    ....     "Scientific  American  Supplement ,"  731. 

Bar'rel  Mak'ing  Ma-chin'e-ry.     Machines 
for  making  hogsheads,  casks,  barrels,  and  kegs,  are 


Barrel  Lifter. 


BARREL  MAKING   MACHINERY. 


79 


B  ARR  E  L   S  ETTING-UP   MACHINE. 


Vig.  223. 


classed  l)v  size,  by  their  nature,  whether  for  tif/ht  or 
slack  work,  and  whether  for  working  on  staves  for 
sides  or  heads,  for  working  on  hoops  of  wood  or 
iron,  for  putting  up  and  finishing,  etc. 
Stave  Machinery :  — 

Stave  riving  and  sawing  machines. 

Dressing  rived  or  sawed  staves. 

Stave  jointing  and  listing. 

Stave  equalizer. 

Stave  su\v. 
Head  Machinery:  — 

Heading  saw. 

Head  turning  machines. 

Head  dressing  and  leveling  machines. 

Heading  jointing  and  doweling. 

Head  rounding  machines. 
Hoop  Machinery :  — 

For  punching,  flaring,  and  riveting  iron  hoops. 

For  bending  and  rendering  flexible  wooden  hoops. 
Barrel  Mur/ii/i ,ri/:  — 

Power  windlass,  for  putting  up. 

Chamfering,  howeling,  and  cro/.ing  machines. 

Leveling  and  trussing  machines. 

Truss-hoop  driving  machine. 

Turning  and  smoothing  machine. 

Setting-up  forms 

Barrel  elevators. 

Barrel  heaters. 

See  under  the  various  heads  and  in  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Bar'rel  Pitch'iiig  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  appa- 
ratus  for  pitching  the  interior  of  casks. 

The  machine  (Fig.  224)  is  provided  with  two  lines 
of  rollers,  one  of  which  has  a  screw  thread  upon  its 
periphery  which  imparts  a  lateral  as  well  as  rotary 
motion  to  the  cask,  which  is  placed  upon  and  be- 
tween the-  two  rollers,  and  thus  passed  from  one 
end  of  the  machine  to  the  other,  the  liquid  pitch 
being  distributed  over  its  whole  interior. 

In  Vollmer's  apparatus  for  pitching  barrels,  the 
pitching  material  is  placed  in  the  barrel,  which  is 
made  to  rotate;  a  blast  of  hot  air  being  forced  in 
melts  the  pitch,  and  spreaders  give  to  the  inside  of 
the  barrel  a  uniform  coating. 


Holmes'!  Barrel  Leveling  Machine. 

Bar'rel  Saw.     An  annular  or  cylindrical  saw 
for  curved  work. 
See  Avrillon,  2d  Series  French  Brevets,  vol.  xxiv.,  pi.  2. 


Bar'rel  Set'ting-up'  Form.  An  annular  tray 


and  elevated  hoop  for 
holding  a  set  of 
staves  while  being 
placed  in  position  to 
form  a  cask,  shown 
in  Fig.  225.  The 
form  is  made  ad- 
justable, to  suit  the 
size  and  kind  of  bar- 
rel. 

Bar'rel  Set'ting- 
up'  Ma-chine'.  A 
machine  (Fig.  226) 
by  which  the  ends 
of  staves  are  drawn 


Fig.  225. 


Setting-up  Form. 


together,  ready  to  receive  the  head  truss-hoop,  after 
they  have  been  set  up  in  the  setting-up  form,  Fig. 
225. 

Fig.  226. 


Brenner's  Barrel  Pitching  Machine. 


Power  Windlass  for  Setting-up  Casks. 


BARREL   SETTING-UP   MACHINE.        80 


BASE-LINE   INSTRUMENTS. 


The  machine  has  a  frame,  upon  which  is  planted 
a  windlass  operated  by  friction  wheels  and  sup- 
plied with  a  rope. 

The  cask,  having  been  set  up  with  the  ends  of 
the  staves  in  one  head  truss-hoop,  is  placed  in  the 
machine,  and  the  rope  wound  around  the  flaring 
ends  of  the  staves.  The  friction  wheels  are  brought 
in  contact,  which  starts  the  windlass  and  draws  in 
the  ends  of  the  staves  ready  to  receive  the  other 
truss-hoop. 

Bar'rel  Skid.  Fig.  227  shows  a  skid  with 
pawls,  which  yield  to  the  pressure  of  the  cask  in 
ascending,  but  oppose  its  return.  The  pivoted 
stops  swing  in  one  direction,  but  are  locked  in  the 
other. 

Fig.  227. 


while  the  plane  is  kept  in  line  by  the  back  arm  of 
the  machine,  the  operator  having  only  to  guide  it. 


Vie.  229. 


German  Barrel-skid . 

Bar'rel  Stand.     See  CASK  STAND. 

Bar'rel  Truss'ing  Ma-chine/  A  machine 
(Fig.  228)  for  operating  upon  slack  barrels;  com- 
pressing a  barrel  endwise  to  make  it  symmetrical 
and  enable  it  to  stand  vertically  when  placed  upon 
end,  at  the  same  time  driving  all  the  truss-hoops. 
The  machine  receives  the  barrel  with  all  the  truss- 
hoops  upon  it,  but  not  driven  ;  by  placing  the  foot 
on  the  treadle  and  the  hand  on  the  lever,  the  ma- 
chine being  in  motion,  the  drivers  are  brought  in 
contact  with  all  the  truss-hoops,  forcing  them  to 
their  proper  places  and  at  the  same  time  leveling 
the  cask. 

Fig.  228. 


Combined  Leveling  and  Truss-hnop  Driving  Machine  for 
Slack  Barrels. 

Bar'rel  Turn'ing  Lathe.  (Fire  Arms.)  See 
MILLING  MACHINE. 

Bar'rel  Turn'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
(Fig.  229)  in  which  a  barrel  is  chucked  and  revolved 


Hum  I   Turning  Machine. 

Bar'rel  Wash'er.  The  barrel  is  placed  on  four 
adjustable  supports  and  rinsed  by  jets  of  water 
from  the  pipe  extending  in  at  the  bung-hole.  (Fig. 
230.)  It  is  so  arranged  that  when  the  barrel  is 
placed  on  the  supports  the  water-supply  valve  is 
opened  ;  and  is  closed  by  means  of  a  spring  when 
the  barrel  is  removed. 

A  more  pretentious  machine  is  that  shown  in 
Fig.  231,  in  which  each  barrel  receives  two  mo- 
tions, one  on  the  axis  of  the  chucks  which  hold  it, 
and  the  other  by  the  revolution  in  a  vertical  plane 
of  the  whole  frame  in  which  the  barrels  are  held. 
The  former  motion  throws  the  water  from  end  to 
end  and  the  latter  from  bilge  to  bilge. 

Bar'ri-er.  (Mining.)  A  strong  pillar  of  mineral 
left  between  two  mines,  or  between  two  distinct 
drifts  or  workings. 

Bar'row.     See  — 

Baggage  barrow.  Dumping  barrow. 

Baggage  truck.  Pump  barrow. 

Bloom  truck.  Railway  barrow. 

Box  barrow.  Sack  truck. 

Carboy  barrow.  Stone  truck. 

Coke  barrow.  Tub  barrow. 

See  24  varieties  of 
French  wheelbarrows 
in  "Scientific  American 
Supplement,"  *  2622- 
24. 

B  a  r'r  o  w  -  w  a  y. 
(Mining.}  An  old  term 
for  a  way  in  a  working. 
Now  tram-way. 

Bar  Shear.  A 
heavy  shearing  m  a- 
chine  for  cutting  bar 
iron. 

Bar  Weir.     (Fish- 
ing.)    A  weir  which  is 
raised  as  the  tide  flows 
into  a  pond,   estuary, 
or  inclosed  space ;  and 
drops  automatical  1  y 
when    the    tide    com- 
mences   to    ebb,    thus 
preventing    the  return 
seaward  of  the  fish. 
Base.     (Electricity.)     The   part   of  an   electro- 
magnetic instrument  containing  the  helix,  switch, 
primary  nnd  secondary  binding  posts,  etc. 

Base'-line  In'stru-ments.  For  the  measure- 
ment of  the  foundation  line  of  a  trigonometrical 
survey. 

See  p.  2461,  "  Mech.  Dirt.,"  and  "Report  of  Secretary  of 
War,"  1878,  vol.  ii.,  Part  III.,  p.  1401,  et  «?.,  and  Fig.  4. 


T 


BASE   ROCKER. 


81 


BASIN   TRAP. 


Base  Rock'er.     A  chair  which  rocks  upon   a 
base  piece,  having  supporting  casters. 
Fig.  230. 


Zoller's  Machine -for   Washing  (Kinsiiig)  Kegs. 

Bas'ic  Liii'ing.     As  applied  in   converters  or 

boshes  of  metallurgic  furnaces ;  a  lining  which  has 

a  tendency  to  absorb  the  phosphorus  present  in  the 

iron. 

Fig.  231. 


charge  of  metal  to  insure  a  highly  basic  and  calca- 
reous  slag,  in  which  phosphorus  is  retained  and  l>y 
which  it  is  removed. 

Jacob  Reese's  Patent,  1866. 
Thomas's  British  Patent,  and  United 
States  Patent  216,910,  June  24,  1879. 

Ba'sin  Cock.     A  faucet  to  a  wash- 
basin.    See  Fig.  232. 

Fig.  233  shows  the  posi-      Fig.  233. 
live  self-closing  cock,  which 
has  a   spring  to  force  the 
disk  on  to  its  seat,  and  is 
removable    by  pressing  to- 
^?  gether     the    two     horns. 
The    pressure    withdrawn, 
the    spring 
recloses  the  valve-way. 

Fig.  234  shows  the  Ful- 
ler-Meyer basin  cock,  in 
which  a  couoidal  plug  of 
caoutchouc  is  forced  into 
a  conical  opening  while 

Fiji.  234. 


Barrel  Washer. 

In  the  Thomas  furnace  a  basic  calcareous  or 
magnesian  lining  is  used  in  the  converter,  and 
lime,  or  lime  and  oxide  of  iron,  is  added  to  the 

Fig.  232. 


Basin  Cocks. 

a.  Telegraph  basin-cock  :  on  account  of  the  shape  of  the 
trigger,  resembling  the  key  of  the  telegraph  instrument. 

b.  Bracket  basin-cock. 

c.  Combination  basin-cock  ;  for  hot  and  cold  water. 

d.  Ground  basin-cock. 

e.  Combination  basin-cock,  with  rubber  tube  and  sprink- 
ler, for  shower-bath  or  shampooing. 


Basin  Cock. 


Basin  Cock  and  Ball  Cock. 

the  pressure  of  the  water  tends  to  confirm  the  joint. 

Fig.  234  also  shows  a  Fuller-Meyer  ball  cock,  simi- 
lar to  the  basin  cock 

Fig.  235.  Fig.  236.  in  the  special  feature 

mentioned. 


Basin  Grate.          Basin  Plug. 


Basin  Stopper. 


Ba'sin  Grate.  A  grated  opening  to  the  waste- 
pipe  of  a  basin  or  bath-tub,  opened  by  screwing  up, 
and  closed  by  the  reverse  motion.  Fig.  235. 

Ba'sin  Plug.  The  stopper  of  a  standing  wash- 
bowl. Fig.  236. 

Ba'sin  Stop'-per.  A  plug,  Fig.  237,  for  the 
waste-pipe  of  a  standing  wash-bowl. 

Ba'sin  Trap.  A  seal  against  sewer-gas  in  the 
waste-way  of  a  standing  wash-bowl. 

The  arrangement  shown  in  Fig.  238  excludes 
sewer-gas,  whether  water  is  in  the  trap  or  not,  — 


BASIN  VALVE. 


82 


BATH   HEATER. 


the  porcelain  valve  seating  itself  upon  the  upturned 

cud  of  the  pipe. 

Fig.  238.  Ba'sin  Valve.     A 

plug  for  the  aperture  at 
the  bottom  of  a  stand- 
ing wash-basin. 

Sec  BASIN  STori'KK. 
Ba'sin  Waste.  A 
pipe  at  the  bottom  of  a 
standing  wash-basin  for 
the  discharge  of  water. 
Stopped  by  a  valve. 

Fig.  239  is  a  substi- 
tute for  the  usual  chain 
and  plug  for  stopping 
the  waste  of  wash-ba- 
sins. Touching  the 
knob  on  one  side  of  the 
bowl  opens  or  closes  the 
valve. 

The  figure  also  shows 
a  trap  provided  with 
check-valve  to  prevent 
passage  of  sewer-gas. 

B  a's  i  11  Wrench. 
A  plumber's  wrench 
with  the  nipper-jaws  presented  laterally  to  enable 
screws,  nuts,  and  collars  to  be  reached  in  peculiar 
situations. 

Fig.  239. 


Basin  Trap 


Weaver's  Basin   Waste. 


Bas'son-Quinte.  (Music.)  A  double-reed  iu- 
strumeut,  the  diminutive  of  the  bassoon,  its  pitch 
being  one  fifth  higher. 

Ba-ta'vi-a  "Weave.  (Weaving.)  SeeTwinasD 
AKMUKI:. 

Bath.  1 .  For  bathing  the  person.  See  p.  246, 
"Meclt.  Diet." 

Arrangement  oi  building  for  Turkish  baths. 

*  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"'  ix.  184. 
Swimming  Hath,  London. 

*"  Scientific  American  Supplement"  1348. 
Roman  Bath.     *  "Plumber  and  Sanitary  Engineer,"  ii.  67. 


Fig.  241. 


Bas'ket.     (A</<1.)     2.    (Fabric.)     An    all-wool 
fancy  French  coating. 


Fis;.  210 


Bas'ket-rack.  ( Railway.)  A  receptacle  in  a 
passenger  car  for  holding  baskets,  shawls,  etc. 

Bass  Clar'i-net.  (Music.)  An  instrument  an 
octave  below  the  clarinet,  in  B  flat. 

Bas'si-net.  (Fr.,  dim.  of  bassin.)  A  light 
basin-shaped  helmet  without  a  vizor. 


Fig.  242. 


2.  Used  in  laboratories  and  factories  for  heat- 
ing the  objects 
plunged  therein. 
The  reservoir 
may  be  a  sand- 
bath,  water-bath, 
oil-bath,  mercury- 
bath,  lead-bath, 
bain-marie,  etc., 
according  to  cir- 
cumstances. 

Bath'-boirer 
Un'ion.  A  coup- 
ling in  the  pipe 
uniting  the  boiler 

and  the  bath  res- 

Bath-boiler  Union. 

It  is  made  straight  or  goose-neck,  according  to 
convenience. 

Bath  Cock.  A 
faucet  for  bath  use. 
In  superior  i  n- 
stances  the  arrange- 
ment has  separate 
cocks  for  hot  and 
cold  water,  and 
waste,  with  e  n- 
graved  labels.  The 
cocks  have  gun- 
metal  stuffing 
boxes,  brass  levers, 
uuiou-j  o  i  n  t  s  ,  the 
water  cock  \"  di- 
ameter, and  the 
waste  !£•". 
.  Bath  Heat'er. 
A  special  arrange- 
ment for  heating 
baths,  when  it  is  not  convenient  to  connect  it  to  the 
usual  house  service  of  hot  and  cold  water 

A  small  stove  is  surmounted  by 
a  flue,  A  B,  Fig.  243,  leading  to 
the  chimney.  Surrounding  the 
flue  fire-chamber  is  a  water  reser- 
voir, M  N,  which  communicates 
with  the  bath-tub  faucets.  Cold 
water  enters  in  the  direction  of 
the  arrows. 

Fig.  244  shows  a  portable  hath- 


Stove  Balh-hrater. 


BATH  HEATER. 


83 


BAYONET. 


tub  heated  by  gas,  which  requires  but  an  elastic 
tubular  coimectiou  with  a  burner  in  the  room.  A 
ring  of  gas-jets  burns  beneath  the  tub,  and  at  the 
foot  end  the  exhaust  gases  pass  out  at  a  grated 
opening. 

Bath  heater.     "Manufacturer  If  Builder,"  viii.  43. 
Fig.  244. 


Gas  Bath-heater. 

Bath'iiig  Car.  A  car  fitted  up  to  contain  the 
apparatus  of  a  Turkish  bath.  The  invention  of 
C.  H.  Cooper. 

The  internal  arrangement  is  a  parlor  or  draw- 
ing-room, 10'  by  15' ;  Russian  and  plunge  bath,  8' 
by  7i' ;  three  shampooing  rooms,  6'  by  7£' ;  tepida- 
rium,  10'  by  23' ;  movable  closets,  2^'  by  10' ;  pas- 
sages 18"  wide.  The  temperature  in  the  various 
rooms  will  vary  from  80°  to  160°.  The  whole  is 
lighted  by  blue  glass.  The  car  may  be  used  on 
trains  or  side-tracked  at  towns  where  no  such  es- 
tablishments are  in  operation. 

Bath-om'e-ter.  The  name  given  by  Dr.  C. 
W.  Siemens  to  his  instrument  for  sounding  the 
depth  of  the  sea  without  the  use  of  a  line.  The 
principle  upon  which  the  action  of  this  instrument 
depends  is  the  diminution  of  the  influence  of  grav- 
itation upon  a  weighty  body,  produced  by  a  de- 
crease in  the  density  of  the  strata  immediately  be- 
low it ;  thus  the  density  of  sea-water  being  about 
1.026  and  that  of  the  solid  constituents  which 
form  the  crust  of  the  earth  about  2.75,  it  follows 
that  an  intervening  depth  of  sea-water  must  exer- 
cise a  sensible  influence  upon  total  gravitation  if 
measured  on  the  surface  of  the  sea. 

"Engineering  " *  xxi.  260. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,''''  *  368. 
"Scientific  American"     ....     *  xxxiv.  231. 
Laboulaye'.i  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iii., 
article  "  Sondage  a  la  Mer.'' 

Fol's Bathometer,  ^"Scientific  American,-  *  xxxvi.  260. 

See  also  SOUNDING  APPARATUS,  p.  2247,  et  seq., 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  FLYING  SOUNDER,  infra. 

Bath  Stove.  A  stove  with  circulating  pipes 
connecting  with  and  designed  to  heat  a  bath.  See 
BATH  HEATER. 

Bath  Tub.     Fig.  245  shows  a  tub  of  flexible 


Fig.  245. 


Bath'-tub  Strain'er.  A  perforated  pln<.  or 
plug-cover  in  the  waste  of  a  bath  to  keep  soap 
linen,  or  what  not  from  entering  the  waste-pipe. 

Ba'ting.  (Tanning.)  Steeping  hides  in  a  lix- 
ivium of  hen  manure,  after  coining  out  of  the  lime- 
vats. 

The  process  tends  to  separate  the  lime,  oil,  and 
glutinous  principle,  and  to  make  the  skins  pliant, 
porous,  and  ready  to  imbibe  the  tanning  principle.' 

Ba'tiste.  A  fine,  thin  French  cassimere  made 
for  use  in  tropical  countries  in  place  of  cotton  and 
linen  fabrics. 

Bat  Friiit'ing.  (Ceramics.)  An  adaptation  of 
the  transfer-printing  process  as  applied  to  pottery. 

An  impression  in  glue  (instead  of  ink)  from  a 
copper  plate,  is  transferred  to  the  biscuit,  and  ou 
this  viscous  surface  metallic  color  in  powder  is 
dusted.  The  ware  is  subsequently  glazed  and  baked. 

Ba-to're-om'e-t/3r.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Professor  Giordano  of  Naples,  for  measuring 
minute  variations  of  thickness,  as,  for  instance,  the 
increased  thickness  of  a  pane  of  glass  due  to  heat 
derived  from  a  finger  resting  upon  it. 

A  vertical  tripod  is  traversed  by  a  very  fine  mi- 
crometer screw,  and  surmounted  by  a  "dial,  the 
border  of  which  is  marked  off  into  divisions  accord 
ing  to  a  certain  scale. 

The  object  is  laid  upon  the  table  and  the  microm- 
eter screw  caused  to  approach  it.  As  soon  as  con- 
tact takes  place  an  electric  current,  shown  by  a 
galvanometer,  passes  between  the  point  of  "the 
screw  and  the  table.  If  the  object  to  be  meas- 
ured be  a  poor  conductor,  it  is  coated  with  eold- 
leaf. 

Bat'te-ry.  ( Electricity .)  An  electro-magnetic 
instrument,  taken  as  a  whole. 

The  part  of  the  machine  composed  of  the  jars 
containing  the  plates  and  exciting  fluids. 

See  GALVANIC  BATTERY;  and  list  under  ELEC- 
TRICAL APPARATUS. 

(Naval.)    See  IRON-CLAD,  ARMOR,  etc. 
Stevens's  Battery,  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  19,  p.  1. 

(Military.)  See  BATTERY  GUN,  MACHINE  GUN, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

(Mining.)     An  embankment. 

Bat'tle-dore.  (Gtass-makinp.)  The  wooden 
paddle  used  in  shaping  articles  while  blowing.  For 
instance,  it  is  held  against  the  inside  of  a  tumbler 
to  render  it  circular  in  shape  while  the  article  is 
revolved. 

Bau'de-kin.      (Fabric.)     An  English  brocade. 

Name  derived  from  Baldachin!,  from  Baudas, 
Baldac,  i.  e.,  Baghdad.  From  the  use  of  the 
stuff  in  canopies,  the  word  has  been  transferred  to 
the  latter.  —  Col.  Yule's  '•  Marco  Polo." 

Bay'o-net.  The  Rice  trowel-bayonet,  the  in- 
vention of  Col.  Edmund  Rice,  and  the  Elcho  saw 
bayonet,  invention  of  Lord  Elcho,  are  shown  in 


Portable  Bath   Tub. 

material  wiih  braces  sufficiently  strong  to  preserve 
the  outline  of  the  upper  edge  of  the  tub  when  ar- 
ranged for  use,  but  sufficiently  flexible  to  admit  of 
their  being  bent  so  as  to  be  inclosed  in  the  tub  when 
it  is  folded.  There  are  also  vertical  props  for 
supporting  the  sides  and  an  air-cushion  for  the  head. 


Elcho  and  Rice  Bayonets. 


Fig.  246.  It  has  been  proposed  to  issue  them  in 
certain  proportions  to  troops.  See  "Ordnance  He- 
port,"  1872,  1873. 

The  Snider  bayonets  for  the  British  Government, 
triangular  in  section,  are  forged  from  l^g"  round 
steel  bar,  which  is  drawn  down  under  a  power  ham- 


BAYONET. 


84 


BEAM  ENGINE. 


mer,  about  4"  remaining  untouched  to  form  the 
socket.  The  bar  is  next  bent  or  "  broken  down," 
as  the  term  is,  in  two  places.  After  being  cut  off 
from  the  bar,  sufficient  metal  being  left  for  the 
blade,  it  is  stamped  in  a  pair  of  dies  ;  the  blade  is 
then  drawn  out  by  the  hammer.  The  rolling  is 
performed  by  Barnes'  patent  rolling  machines,  in 
which  there  are  two  horizontal  spindles,  each  carry- 
ing four  cams,  in  which  the  dies  are  fixed.  These 
cams  occupy  about  one  third  of  a  circle ;  and  the 
dies,  which  are  cut  on  the  periphery,  are  set  so  as 
to  give  the  required  thickness  to  the  bayonet  blade. 
After  the  bayonet  has  been  trimmed,  it  is  hardeued 
and  ground.  The  socket  is  next  drilled  and  milled, 
the  slot  for  forming  the  attachment  to  the  rifle  be- 
ing afterwards  cut;  and  after  the  further  operation 
of  "  blueing  "  and  polishing,  the  bayonet  is  com- 
plete. 

See  also  "  Ordnance  Report,"  1877,  appendix  L, 
p.  565,  and  Fig.  99. 

Bay'on-et-tooth  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  A 
tooth  forceps,  the  prongs  of  which  are  set  off  from 
the  side  though  parallel  with  the  general  trend  of 
the  instrument,  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  position 
of  the  bayonet  relatively  to  the  barrel  of  the  mus- 
ket. 

Bay  Win'dow.  A  projecting  window  with 
angular  corners.  A  compass  window. 

Beach  Com'bi-na'tion  Sight.  A  sight  for 
near  or  distant  „. 

shooting :  in  the 
former  case  with 
the  globe  down, 
exposing  the  fin ; 
and  for  distance, 
with  the  globe 
and  its  protect- 
ing ring  erected. 

B  e  a'  c  o  n  . 
A  mode  of  il- 
luminating sea  beacons  by  gas  from  a  position  on 
shore  is  described  in  a  paper  by  J.  Wigham,  "  Brit- 
ish Association,"  Mechanical  Section,  1878.  "New 
Applications  of  Gas  for  Lighthouses."  Reported  in 
"  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  *  2339. 

A  small  light  is  kept  by  day  by  means 
of  a  by-pass  connection,  and  full  gas  turned 
on  at  night. 

Fig.  248. 


(As  Open.)  (As  Globe.) 

Beach,  Combination  Sight. 


An  open  bead  has  a  cir-  Fig.  249. 

c  u  1  a  r  opening  through 
a  bead  somewhat  larger 
than  a  solid  one.  Also 
called  Aperture  sight. 

Combined       sometimes 
with  a  bar.    See  BAR  AND 

BEAD   SIGHT.  Bead.  Open  Bead. 

Beam.     1.  Curved  wooden  beams  are  of  four 
kinds  :  scarfed,  bent,  f -itched,  laminated,  which  see. 

See  also  pp.  254-257,   "  Meek.  Diet." 
Curved  beam.     *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"1  2035. 

2.  A  weighing  scale,  Fig.  250. 
or  the  main  member 

of  a  lever  scale. 

An  even-beam ;  one 
hung  by  the  middle, 
as  in  the  regular  bal- 
ance. 

A  cloth-beam  is  for 
determining  the 
weight  per  yard  by 
weighing  the  piece  of 
cloth. 

A  paper-beam  is  for 
determining  the  num- 
ber of  pounds  to  the 
ream  by  weighing  one 
sheet  of  paper. 

A  cotton-beam  (Fig. 
251 )  is  for  weighing 
bales.  All  these  are 
applications  of  the 
Statera,  the  balance- 
Romaine. 

3.  (Leather.)      An 
inclined    block    at 
which  a  currier  stands 
to  shave  the   leather 
with   a   knife,  which 
agrees   in    the  shape 


Cloth  and  Paper  Beams. 


of  its  edge  with  the  plate  of  mahogany  or  lignum 
vitce  which  forms  the  face  of  the  beam. 
Fig.  251. 


Bead  Planes. 

(a.)  Full  boxed  bead.         (6.)  Dovetail  boxed  bead. 
(c.)  Double-boxed  bead. 

Bead.    1.  (Planes.)    An  inserted  guide 
in  the  sole  of  a  molding  plane.     Fig.  248. 

2.  (Glass.)     Glass  beads  are  made  from 
glass  tubes. 

See    also    BEAD,    BEAD-FURNACE,   pp. 
253,  254,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

3.  (Architecture.)     Globular    ornaments 
carved  on  moldings. 

Bead'er.  (Sheet-metal  Working.)  A  ma- 
chine for  making  beads  on   round    boxes,  such  as 
blacking  boxes,  for  instance. 

Bead  Sight.  (Rifles.)  One  form  of  sight;  a 
small  circular  object  elevated  on  a  thin  stem  and 
placed  in  the  line  of  sight.  Also  called  pin-ball 
sight. 


Cotton-weighing  Beam 

Beam  Com'pass.     Suggested  forms  :  — 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement,'1'  *  315. 

"Railroad  Gazette" *  viii.  212. 

"Engineering" *  xxi.  139. 

Beam  Eii'gine.     See  the  following  references  : 


BEAM   ENGINE. 


85 


BEER. 


Beam  Engine. 
Cluckering  Factory. 
Corliss,  Phila.,1876 


'Sc.  Amer."  xxxix.  255. 

'Engineer,"  xli.  413. 

'Engineering,"  xxi.  413. 

'Sc.  Ame 

.  Sup.,"  2829. 

'Enginee 

,"  xlvii.  69. 

'  Enginee 

ing,"  xxvii.  101. 

'Enginee 

ing,"  xxvii.  50. 

'Enginee 

,"  xlvii.  99. 

'  Enginee 

,"  xlvii.  190. 

(France) 

Heslop,  1790,  Br.     .     .     . 

Thomas  £  Powell,  Fr. 

Windsor,  Fr 

La  Concorde  Mine,  Belg. 

Beam'er.     A  beaming  machine. 

Beam'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  for  filling  yarn 
beams  of  looms.  Fig.  252. 

Kosseter's  self-stopping  beaming  mill  (British)  is 
described  and  shown  in  the  "Textile  Manufacturer," 
1878,  and  reproduced  in  "Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement," *p.  1938. 


Bean  Mill.  A  mill  used  in  Britain  for  crush- 
ing beans  for  horse-feed,  and  known  there  as  a 
kibbler. 

Bidwell's  has  triangular  blades  placed  around 
the  circumference  of  two  lateral  disks. 

Bean  Sli'cer.  An  invention  of  A.  Bens,  Dev- 
enter,  Netherlands.  A  machine  for  slicing  French 
beans. 

Bear'er  Bar.  A  bar  in  a  furnace  beneath  and 
supporting  the  grate  bars. 

Bear'ing  Feel'er.  An  arrangement  invented 
by  Alley  of  Glasgow,  whereby  the  melting  of  a 
plug  of  hard  lubricant  caused  by  the  heating  of  a 
bearing,  allows  a  spring  to  drive  a  hammer  and 
make  a  number  of  strokes  on  a  bell,  thus  calling 


252. 


Beaming  Machine. 


attention  to  the  fact  that  the  bearing  has  become 
heated. 

"Engineering,''  *  xix.  120  ;  *  xxi.  96. 


A  ham- 
Fig.  253. 


Beat'ing  Ham'mer.     (Bookbinding.) 
mer  with  two  round  faces ;  used 
in  condensing  and  shaping  backs 
of  books  in  the  process  of  bind- 
ing. 

Beat'ing-out'     Ma-chine'. 
A  machine  for  shaping  shoe-soles 

which  are  presented  on  a  last  to    , 

,  , ...     ,    ,  Beating  Ham'mer. 

a  form  above,  being  lifted  by  a 

toggle,  operated  by  foot  or  by  power.  Fig.  254.  It 
is  a  machine  forming  a  substitute  for  the  ham- 
mer. 

Beat'-away.  (Mining.)  To  excavate.  Usu- 
ally applied  to  hard  ground. 

Beat'er.  (Add.)  6.  (Mining.)  An  instrument 
for  packing  stemming  on  a  charge  of  powder  in  a 
blast-hole. 

Fig.  254.  Fig.  255. 


Becket  Block. 
"  American'"  Beating-out  Machine. 

Beck'et  Block.    A  tackle-block  with  a  becket 
beneath  to  which  a  rope  may  be  bent.     Fig.  255. 


Beck'et  Hitch.  Another  name  for  the  FISH- 
ERMAN'S KNOT,  which  see. 

Becque-rel'  Bat'tery.  (Electricity.)  1.  The 
sulphate  of  lead  battery,  consisting  of  zinc  in  sul- 
phate of  zinc  and  lead  in  sulphate  of  lead. 

2.  The  oxygen-gas  battery.  A  glass  tube  con- 
taining solution  of  potash,  closed  at  the  bottom 
by  a  porous  partition,  is  placed  in  a  flask  contain- 
ing nitric  acid.  In  each  liquid  is  placed  a  bar  of 
platinum,  which  being  put  in  metallic  connection, 
a  current  is  produced,  the  water  is  decomposed,  the 
hydrogen  goes  to  the  nitric  acid,  which  it  reduces, 
and  consequently  there  is  no  polarization.  The 
oxygen  goes  to  the  potash  which  surrounds  the 
platinum  plate.  This  was  the  first  battery  employ- 
ing two  liquids  or  a  porous  diaphragm,  and  conse- 
quently the  first  one  to  give  a  constant  current. 

"Niaudet,"  American  translation,  239. 

Bed.  I.  Fracture  beds  with  limb  elevators  and 
suspenders,  counter-extension  apparatus,  splints, 
cradles,  etc.,  are  shown  in  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 
tarium CMrurgicum,"  Part  IV.,  pp.  57,  97,  104. 

2.  (Mining.)  A  horizontal  seam  or  deposit  of 
mineral. 

Bed-mor'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  large  mor- 
tising machine  for  working  on  beds  and  frames  of 
railway  cars,  etc. 

Fay  4-  Co.,  *  ThursCon's  "  Vienna  Report,"  iii.  260. 

Bed'stead  Joint.  The  mode  of  connecting 
the  side-rails  to  the  head  and  foot  portions  re- 
spectively, so  as  to  be  detachable. 

The  patents  on  this  subject  are  numerous.  Two 
modes  are  shown  in  Figs.  625,  626,  p.  262,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Beef  Sha'ver.  1.  A  knife  set  in  a  stock  in 
manner  of  a  spoke-shave  or  slaw-cutter,  for  slicing 
dried  beef. 

2.  A  swinging  knife  pivoted  on  a  frame  so  as  to 
make  a  draw-cut  on  the  beef  which  is  advanced 
in  the  trough  beneath.  Fig.  256. 

"Iron  Age,"  *xxi.,  March  28,  p.  19. 

Beer.     See  the  following :  — 
Barreling  Apparatus,  Austria. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  458  (Figs.  45,  46). 


BEER. 


86 


BEET-JUICE  PAN. 


Condenser "  Scientific  American  Sup   "  87. 

Coolers,  Austria     ...  *  "Engineer,"  1.  266,  303. 

Coolers '<  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  4076. 

(Figs.  6,  7,  8). 

Preserver,  Weinmar    .     .  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  67. 
Refrigerator,  Hoerr    .     .  *" Scientific  American,"  xl.  22. 
Beer  Resuscitating  Apparatus,  Austria. 

*"Engineer,"  \.  462  (Figs.  49,  50). 


Fig.  256. 


'•  Champion  "  Dritil  Kref  Shaver. 

Beer,  Con-densed'.  Beer  reduced  in  a  copper 
vacuum  pan  to  ^th  its  bulk  iri  solids,  and  an  equal 
quantity  of  alcohol  :  36  gallons  of  beer  making  2 
gallons  of  solids  and  2  of  alcohol,  to  be  remixed. 

Dr.  Bartlett  in  "  Scientific  American  Supple- 
ment," 191. 

Beer  Cool'er.  The  devices  are  numerous. 
Two  are  shown  at  Figs.  631,  632,  pps.  264,  265, 
"  Mech.  Diet.'"  They  take  the  form  shown  in  other 
industries,  and  various  shapes ;  the  same  in  princi- 
ple may  be  found  under  "Condenser,"  "  Evaporator." 
Ibid. 

The  "Refrigerant  Dubuc,"  made  at  Carignan  (Ardennes)  is 
a  favorite  in  France.  It  is  on  the  method  of  trickling  over 
pipes,  —  the  Derosne  principle.  Fig.  1421,  p.  609,  Ibid. 

The  Kaos  refrigerator  follows  the  same  idea. 

The  Trage.ier  cooler  also. 

The  Austrian  beer  cooler,  by  Raimond  Metsche,  at  Olmutz, 
has  a  system  of  circulating  pipes  in  the  wort  or  beer  back. 

Weinhagen's  beer  cooler  is  for  quickly  cooling  a  small 
quantity  of  beer  for  testing  the  strength  of  the  wort. 

Woerle's  cooler  consists  of  tin  vessels  freighted  with  ice 
swimming  in  the  vat. 

An  elaborate  apparatus,  Patent-gegenstrom  Bierkuhlappa- 
rat,  on  the  system  of  Briider,  Noback,  and  Fritze,  of  Prague, 
was  shown  at  Paris.  It  consists  of  convolutions  of  double 
pipes,  one  carrying  the  beer  and  the  other  the  cold  water, 
circulating  continuously  in  different  directions. 

Beer  Pre-serv'er.     An  arrangement  by  which 

Fi<*.  2o7. 


the  space  in  the  barrel  above  the  beer  is  filled  with 
carbonic  acid  gas  from  a  reservoir  alongside.  Wiese- 
brock's. 

The  apparatus  of  Otto  Zwietusch,  of  Milwaukee, 
is  a  regular  carbonic  acid  gas  generator,  with  mar- 
ble-dust and  acid  chambers,  gas  washer,  holder, 
etc.,  with  connecting  pipes  and  valves,  to  serve  a 
row  of  barrels  or  kegs  under  draft.  Patents  May 
19,  and  July  2,  1874. 

Beer    Pump.     A    hand-pump,  forming  a  con- 


Fig.  258. 


It  resembles  the 


Betr  Preserver. 


nection  between  a 
counter  in  a  saloon 
and  the  barrel  in 
the  cellar.  The 
pump  has  two 
tubes,  with  a  bar- 
rel cock  at  one  end 
and  a  dispensing- 
goose-neck  at  the 
other. 

Bees.  (Nauti- 
cal.) O  f  a  bow- 
sprit :  bee-blocks. 
Pie cesof  wood 
bolted  to  the  outer 
end  of  a  bowsprit 
to  reeve  the  fore- 
topmast  stays 
through. 

Bees'wax.  A 
fraudulent  imita- 
tion of  beeswax  is 
made  of  a  mixture 

of  paraffine  and  common  resin.  „  .^,. „.„,„„  „..,. 
genuine  article  very  closely  in  color,  fracture,  and 
adhesiveness. 

The  cakes  are  generally  covered  with  a  thin  coat 
of  genuine  beeswax. 

Beet  Gra'ter.  A  machine  for  grating  beet- 
root for  obtaining  the  juice  by  expression  or  diffu- 
sion in  the  manufacture  of  sugar. 

"  In  the  California  machine,  of  the  Union  Iron  Works, 
San  Francisco,  the  beets  are  fed  continuously  into  a  hopper, 
which  is  at  the  top  of  the  machine.  Directly  under  the  hop- 
per are  two  ways,  or  sluices,  in  which  the  feeding  plungers 
slide.  The  plungers  are  actuated  by  the  revolution  of  a 
cranked  shaft,  through  the  medium  of  slotted  levers  and 
connecting  links.  The  turning  and  sliding  of  the  cranks  in 
the  slotted  levers  gives  a  quick  return  motion  to  the  plun- 
gers, and  causes  their  forward  motion  to  be  almost  constant. 
The  forward  motion  of  the  plungers  presses  the  beets,  which 
have  fallen  into  the  sluices,  while  they  are  drawn  back, 
against  a  quick  revolving  drum,  which  makes  about  600  or 
800  revolutions  in  a  minute.  The  drum  consists  of  three 
grooved  flanges,  about  22"  diameter,  mounted  on  a  shaft, 
and  having  8"  space  between  them.  The  grooves  are  in  the 
inside  faces  of  the  flanges,  and  near  their  circumferences. 
They  are  filled  with  strips  of  steel  saws,  with  a  strip  of 
wood  setting  back  from  the  points  of  the  teeth  between  each 
two  of  the  blades.  About  400  saws  are  necessary  to  fill  a 
double  drum  of  these  dimensions.  The  drum,  revolving  at 
a  high  speed,  grates  the  beets  which  are  pressed  against  it, 
and  discharges  the  pulp  into  a  chute  which  leads  it  into 
movable  hoppers,  by  which  it  is  transported  to  the  centrif- 
ugal machines." 

See,  BEET-RASPING  MACHINE. 

Beet-juice  Def'e-ca'tion  Pan.  The  purify- 
ing process  formerly  adopted  with  beets  was  as  fol- 
lows :  The  juice  in  the  defecsiting  pan  was  rapidly 
heated  to  185°  F.  At  this  moment  milk  of  lime 
was  poured  into  the  juice  and  well  stirred  in. 
When  a  thin  layer  of  scum  had  formed  on  the  top 
of  the  juice,  the  supply  of  steam  was  gradually  shut 
off,  so  that  at  the  moment  of  ebullition  the  supply 
of  steam  was  one  fourth  the  original  quantity.  The 
steam  was  suddenly  cut  off  when  ebullition  was 
fully  developed,  indicated  by  an  eruption  of  clear 
juice  on  the  surface. 

The  juice  was  then  filtered  through  animal  char- 


PLATE  V  PATTERSON'S  BEETLING   MACHINE      (MATHER  &  PLATT,   MANCHESTER,   ENGLAND.)       See  page  SI 


BEETLE  DESTROYER. 


87 


BEET   PRESS. 


coal.  CARBONATATION  (which  see)  has  been  largely 
substituted  for  the  above  process. 

Bee'tle  De-stroy'er.  An  implement  or  ma- 
chine for  killing  the  potato  bug.  Numerous  kinds 
are  noted  under  INSECT  DESTKOYKR,  which  see. 

Bee'tling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  finishing 
linen  or  cotton  goods  by  a  hammering  process.  The 
beetling  machine  referred  to  on  p.  265  of  "Mcch. 
Diet."  had  a  series  of  vertical  stamps  lifted  by  pins 
or  cams  in  manner  of  an  ore-stamping  mill,  but  the 
Patterson  beetling  machine  made  by  Mather  &  Platt, 
of  Manchester,  England,  and  shown  in  Plate  V., 
has  a  series  of  spring-hammers  worked  at  high 
speed.  These  hammers  are  worked  by  eccentrics 
on  a  shaft  which  extends  along  the  top  of  the  ma- 
chine, there  being  interposed  between  the  eccentric 
rods  and  the  hammers  a  spring  connection  which 
relieves  the  working  parts  from  the  recoil  of  the 
blows,  and  materially  reduces  wear  and  tear.  The 
spring  connection  is  made  by  suspending  each  ham- 
mer from  a  leathern  belt  attached  to  a  semicircular 
steel  spring. 

In  the  old-fashioned  beetling  machines  the  hammers  or 
fullers  were  lifted  by  cams,  and  allowed  to  drop  by  gravity, 
while  the  utmost  speed  at  which  they  could  be  run  was 
about  sixty  blows  per  minute.  In  the  Patterson  machine 
the  hammers  each  give  420  blows  per  minute,  while  the 
striking  effect  of  each  blow  is  the  same  as  in  the  old  machine. 
The  hardness  of  the  blow  can,  however,  be  varied  by  altering 
the  speed. 

The  cloth  being  operated  upon  is  carried  by  one  of  three 
rollers  which  revolve  in  bearings  carried  by  disks,  as  shown, 
these  disks  being  themselves  capable  of  revolving.  The 
three  cloth  rollers  can  thus  be  brought  successively  under 
the  action  of  the  hammers,  and  the  operation  of  the  machine 
is  thereby  rendered  continuous,  the  filling  and  stripping  of 
the  rolls  not  interfering  with  the  beetling. 

"  Engineering^  *  xxvi.  91. 

Beet  Press.  One  for  pressing  the  juice  from 
the  grated  pulp  of  the  sugar  beet. 

The  beet  industry  has  attained  its  great  propor- 
tions since  the  hydraulic  press  has  been  in  com- 
mon use,  and  this  description  of  press  in  various 
modified  forms  is  well  adapted  to  this  industry. 

Lalouette  introduced  the  arrangement  which  dis- 
pensed with  the  use  of  sacks  which  were  and  are 
used  in  the  stearin e  and  Haxseed-oil  works.  He 
made  a  chest  with  strong  iron  bars  lined  within 
with  a  perforated  copper  sheet.  Sheets  or  cloths 


divided  the  marc  into  layers.  A  second  pressing 
was  necessary,  the  first  was  frequently  done  in  a 
filter-press  (which  see),  and  the  pulp  fell  from  that 
into  the  chest  of  the  Lalouette  press.  Sixtv  per 
cent,  of  the  juice  was  obtained. 

The  direction  now  seems  to  be  in  the  line  of  con- 
tinuous presses,  which  so  much  reduce  labor  in 
handling.  They  usually  depend  upon  rollers. 

The  cylinders  of  continuous  presses  are,  (1) 
constructed  with  apertures  perforating  their  roll- 
ing surface,  so  that  the  juice  is  caused  to  pour 
into  the  interior,  from  which  it  is  allowed  to  escape, 
as  in  the  presses  of  Pecquer,  Champonnois,  and 
Lebee  ;  or  (2)  the  pulp  is  carried,  by  means  of  end- 
less belts  of  linen  or  jute,  between  a  series  of  solid 


Fig.  259. 


Champonnois''  Continuous  Press. 

rollers,  effecting  a  gradually  increasing  pressure,  as 
in  the  presses  of  Poizot  and  Manuel  &  Socin. 
1.  Pecquer  commenced  with  cylinders  perforated 


Fig.  260. 


Manuel  If  Socin' s  Continuous  Beet-press.    (Frfnr/i.) 


BEET  PRESS. 


BEET  PRESS. 


Cq  = 


with  round  holes,  but  Champonnois  improved  upon 
this  by  making  longitudinal  slits  in  the  cylinder 
and  adding  a  spiral  wire  covering,  which  gives  au 
infinitude  of  extremely  narrow  exits  for  the  juice. 
Fig.  259. 

The  Lebee  press  has  cylinders  whose  peripheries 
consist  of  movable  frames  made  of  narrow  bars 
and  intervals  respectively  0.05"  and  0.004"  wide. 
These  are  soldered  in  sets  to  be  replaced  readily. 
The  pulp  requires  several  pressings.  After  passing 
between  the  first  set  of  filtering  cylinders,  the  pulp 
passes  under  a  solid  cylinder,  rolling  upon  one  of 
the  filtering  cylinders,  after  which  it  is  treated  with 
a  spray  of  water,  and  again  passed  under  solid  cyl- 
inders, rolling  upon  another  filtering  cylinder. 

In  the  Collette  press  the  filtering  surfaces  consist 
of  sheets  of  finely  perforated  copper. 

In  the  Dujardin  press  the  cylinders  are  covered 
with  heavy  brass  sheeting  about  .08"  in  thickness. 
The  openings  made  in  this  metallic  sheet  are  cylin- 
drical for  a  short  distance,  after  which  they  ex- 
pand conically  toward  the  under  side,  and  by  this 
means  the  difficulty  of  choking  the  holes  is  largely 
avoided. 

The  difficulty  encountered  in  these  presses  by  the 
escape  of  pulp  with  the  liquid  is  somewhat  obvi- 
ated by  the  addition  of  milk  of  lime  to  the  juice, 
which  seems  to  solidify  the  pulp. 

2.  The  continuous  presses  which  ha^e  an  end- 
less cloth  filtering  surface,  depend  upon  the  princi- 
ple of  subjecting  the  pomace  to  a  gradually  increas- 
ing pressure  by  passing  between  different  series  of 
rollers,  the  pomace  being  carried  between  endless 
belts  of  the  material  mentioned  above.  The  first  of 
these  presses  is  stated  by  Basset  to  have  been  de- 
vised in  1812,  but  Poizot  seems  to  have  been  the 
first  to  make  an  effective  one,  and  to  apply  it  in 
industrial  work. 

That  described  by  Basset  consisted  simply  of  an 
endless  sheet  carried  between  two  rollers  held  in 
contact  with  each  other  by  means  of  levers  to  the 
farther  end  of  which  weights  are  attached.  The 
material  was  distributed  upon  this  belt  and  by  it 
carried  between  the  rollers. 

Poizot's  press,  according  to  his  first  design, 
had  two  belts  between  which  the  pulp  was  carried 
around  a  large  cylinder,  against  which  smaller  roll- 
ers were  forced  with  a  gradually  increasing  pressure 
in  the  course  of  the  series,  followed  by  a  pressure 
between  two  large  rollers,  Poizot  now  uses  a  sin- 
gle web  of  cloth,  the  pulp  passing  over  the  small 
rollers  and  in  contact  with  the  large  cylinder.  The 
pulp  falls  from  the  web  into  a  tank,  is  subjected 
to  a  spray  of  water  and  passes. to  a  second  press. 

The  Manuel  &  Socin  press  (Fig.  260)  depends 
upon  the  same  principle,  but  the  system  of  rollers 
is  arranged  horizontally,  and  consists  of  five  pairs 
of  cylinders  of  the  same  size.  The  distance  be- 
tween the  cylinders  of  each  pair  varies  respectively, 
according  to  its  distance  from  the  point  of  supply. 
The  pressure  exerted  by  each  pair  of  rollers  is 
governed  by  a  strong  steel  spring,  the  power  of 
which  may  be  increased  or  diminished  at  will  by 
means  of  a  screw  regulator. 

The  pomace  from  A  falls  between  the  feed-roll- 
ers upon  the  endless  belt  B,  and  is  carried  between 
the  solid  rollers  D  D  D  D  D  and  E  E  E  E  E. 
The  pressure  exerted  by  the  rollers  is  adjusted  by 
means  of  screws  and  springs  attached  to  the  jour- 
nals. 

The  Leroy  press,  constructed  by  Messrs.  Mariolle  Brothers, 
of  Saint  Quentin,  is  provided  with  rollers  and  an  endless 
sheet  upon  which  pulp  is  distributed  by  means  of  a  special 
apparatus  called  the  preparaleur ,  founded  upon  the  same 
principle  as  the  press  properly  co  called  ;  that  is  to  say,  in 
the  preparateur  the  material  coming  directly  from  the  trough 


BEET  PRESS. 


89 


BEET-RASPING  MACHINE. 


of  the  rasp  and  equally  distributed  upon  an  endless  sheet  is 
submitted  to  an  energetic  preparatory  pressing  by  means  of 
a  series  of  rollers,  gradually  approaching  each  other  more 
and  more,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  distribute  upon  the  press 
only  pulp  partially  exhausted  of  its  juice. 

The  endless  sheet  is  here  a  thin  sheet  of  steel  pierced  with 
a  large  number  of  small  holes,  forming  the  filtering  surface 
for  the  juice.  In  the  press  the  endless  sheet  is  of  the  same 
nature,  but  it  is  doubled,  as  it  were,  by  a  woolen  sheer,  upon 
which  the  pulp  to  be  pressed  is  distributed.  Good  nitration 
of  the  juice  is  thus  assured,  and  at  the  same  time  almost  all 
the  fatigue  is  referred  to  the  metallic  sheet.  —  La  Sucrerie 
Indigene,  xii.  367. 

The  Pieron  press  (Fig.  261)  is  more  simple  in 
construction.  It  consists  of  a  screw  arranged  hori- 
zontally within  a  perforated  cylinder  of  copper, 
and  the  whole  hermetically  inclosed  in  an  envelope 
of  cast  iron  provided  with  internal  channels  for 
flow  of  the  juice.  The  blades  of  the  screw  are  of 
*  copper,  and  the  axis  of  bronze.  The  blades  are  in 
sections,  and  may  readily  be  removed  and  cleaned. 
The  pulp  to  be  pressed  is  forced  into  the  cylinder 
by  means  of  a  strong  pump,  and  is  carried  by  the 
revolving  screw  toward  the  other  end.  When  it 
first  enters  the  press,  the  pulp  is  submitted  to  very 
slight  pressure,  but  the  pressure  increases  as  the 
pulp  approaches  the  other  end,  where  it  is  forced 
out  through  a  valve  so  arranged  that  the  discharge 
of  pulp  may  be  regulated  at  will.  A  portion  of  the 
axis  of  the  screw  is  hollow,  and  the  portion  beyond 
the  discharge  orifice  connects  with  the  water  sup- 
ply, so  that  a  small  quantity  of  water  may  be  con- 
tinuously added  to  the  pulp  at  the  latter  part  of 
the  pressing  to  effect  a  saving  in  the  sugar  that 
would  otherwise  be  left  in  the  pulp. 

To  secure  effective  work  with  this  as  with  other 
continuous  presses,  the  method  of  double  pressing 
must  be  employed,  and  for  ordinary  working  six 
presses  are  used  for  the  first  pressing,  and  two  for 
the  second  pressing.  For  the  first  pressing  the 
motive  force  required  by  each  press  is  one  and  a 
half  horse-power,  and  for  the  second  two  horse- 
power. The  advantages  claimed  for  the  press  are 
its  solidity,  slight  liability  to  accident  and  repairs, 
and  small  amount  of  labor  required  in  its  man- 
agement. The  work  of  grinding  and  pressing  be- 
ing altogether  automatic,  one  man  can  attend  to 
both  operations.  There  is  no  opportunity  for  the 
juice  to  come  in  contact  with  the  air  between  the 
press  and  the  liming-vat,  and  there  is  consequently 
little  or  no  change.  The  pulp  of  the  first  pressing 
contains  80  to  83  per  cent,  moisture,  and  7  to  9  per 
cent,  of  sugar  ;  and  that  of  the  second  pressing 
contains  4  to  5  per  cent,  of  sugar.  The  final  pulp 
represents  26  per  cent,  of  the  beets  worked. 

Sec  report  by  Dr.  W.  McMurtrie,  "On  the  Sugar  Beet  aiirl 
the  Manufacture  of  Sugar  therefrom.''  Special  Report,  No. 
28,  Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  1880. 

The  following  continuous  presses  are  referred  to  in  Dr. 
McMurtrie's  Report  on  the  pages  indicated. 

French.  Poizot Plate  XVI. 

Lfbte, Plate  XVII. 

Manuel  #  Socin       .     .    Page  142.     Plate  XVIII. 
Champonnois       .     .     .    Page  140.    Plate  XIX. 

Dujardin Page  141.    Plate  XX. 

Pieron Page  142.     Plate  XXI. 

See  also  the  following  journals  and  treatises  :  — 
Maumene     ....     "  Traite  de  la  Fabrication  du  Sucre ." 
La  Be.tlerave  a,  Sucre. 
La  Surrerie  Indigene. 
Basset's         "  Guitle  pratique  dufabricant  de  Sucre."1 

"  Journal  (Jen  Fabri rants  de  Surre."1 
Stammer's    "  Traite  tlieorit/ue  et  pratique  de  la  Fabrication 

de.  Sucre." 
WalkoJjTs    .  "  Traite  de  Fabrication  et  Raffinage  du  Sucre  de 

Betteraves." 

Grant's  .  .  "  Beet  Root  Su^arand  Cultivation  of  the  Beet." 
Beet  Root  Cultivation  .  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1032. 
Beet  Sugar  Industry. 

Drouyn  de  Lhuys  .     .   "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  169. 

Beet-rasp'ing   Ma-chine'.       The   machines 


for   rasping  beets  are  of  several  forms,  three  of 
which,  of  different  constructions,  are  presented. 

It  is  necessary  that  the  cellular  structure  of  the 
beet  shall  be  entirely  degraded  in  order  that  there 
shall  be  as  little  loss  as  possible  in  the  subsequent 
operation  of  pressing,  which  requires  to  be  very 
carefully  performed,  and  is,  in  fact,  repeated  to 
express  the  last  attainable  quantity  of  saccharine 
juice  from  the  pulp.  See  BEET  PRESS. 

In  the  greater  number  of  sucreries  on  the  Continent  of 
Europe,  the  rasping  machine  forms  the  first  of  the  series  of 
apparatus  in  the  establishment ;  but  of  late  another  system 
has  come  into  extensive  use,  and  is  increasing  in  popularity. 
It  is  to  have  the  raperies  in  the  villages  or  communes,  or  on 
farms  of  extensive  area,  and  to  convey  the  juice  by  un- 
derground pipe-lines  to  a  central  sucrerie  where  the  subse- 
quent operations  are  conducted.  This  enables  a  single  sugar 
factory  to  work  up  the  beets  of  a  much  larger  area  than 
would  be  possible  were  the  roots  to  be  carted  to  the  central 
factory. 

The  system  is  the  invention  of  Linard,  and  some  data  in 
reference  to  it  are  given  under  PIPE-LINE,  which  see. 
.    Its  advantages  are  in  — 

Placing  the  heavier  portion  of  the  work,  and  that  in  which 
the  larger  number  of  workmen  are  employed,  in  the  villages 
in  which  they  reside. 

Increasing  the  area  of  the  profitable  cultivation  of  beet  in 
the  neighborhood  of  a  sucrerie. 

The  decreased  weight  to  be  transported. 

The  transference  of  the  transport  from  the  roads,  which 
are  injured  by  the  heavy  carts. 

Leaving  the  residual  pulp  in  the  communities  where  it  is 
needed  for  cattle  and  sheep  feed. 

The  opportunity  of  purchasing  the  juice  by  the  saccha- 
rometer  tests  instead  of  by  the  weight  of  the  roots. 

The  Lampadius  and  Kluseman  rasps  have  cylin- 
drical drums  furnished  with  knives,  acting  upon 
the  roots  placed  in  a  hopper,  which  partially  in- 
closes the  circumference  of  the  rasping  cylinder. 
The  rape  of  Lampadius  is  shown  at  Plate  XL  of  Dr. 
McMurtrie's  Report  on  the  Culture,  etc.,  of  the 
Sugar  Beet,  Special  Report,  No.  28,  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture,  1880. 

The  calculation  for  effectiveness  is  that  a  ma- 
chine which  has  70  square  decimeters  of  rasping 
surface,  and  650  turns  per  minute,  which  answers  to 
a  developed  surface  of  27,300  meters,  will  produce 
1,000  kilograms  of  pulp  per  hour.  One  horse- 
power is  estimated  for  each  450  kilograms  per  hour. 

In  order  to 


Fig.  262. 


prevent  obstruc- 
tion  of  the 
blades  by  clog- 
ging of  their 
intervals  a  jet 
of  water  is  pro- 
vided, in  quan- 
tity equal  to  20 
to  25  per  cent, 
of  the  weight  of 
roots. 


Kluseman's  Beet-rasping  Machine. 

Kins' man's  rasping  machine,  Fig.  262,  has  a 
drum  A,  whose  perimeter  is  furnished  with  radial 
blades.  The  roots  are  put  into  the  hopper  B,  and 
passing  downward,  are  caught  in  the  flutes  of  the 
roller  c,  which  makes  one  turn  — towards  the  rasp 
—  for  every  25  revolutions  of  the  rasp.  Its  duty 
is  to  hold  the  roots  against  the  rasp,  and  these 
escape  into  the  box  beneath  when  they  are  jrrated 
sufficiently  fine  to  pass  the  throat  piece  which  is 


BEET-RASPING   MACHINE. 


90 


BEET-ROOT  DIGGER. 


adjustable  from  beneath,  a  is  the  cog-wheel  which 
turus  the  roller  c ;  the  gearing  of  the  rasp  cylinder 
on  the  axis  b  is  hidden  by  the  machine. 

The  Champonnois  rasp,  Fig.  263,  has  an  axis  V, 


I'hamponnoi^  Beet-rasping  Machine. 


with  heavy  cast-iron  arms,  P,  which  revolve  at  a 
rapid  rate,  and  by  centrifugal  force  and  actual 
grinding  action  force  the  roots  delivered  in  the 
hopper  V  against  a  series  of  rasps  which  are  ar- 
ranged circumferentially  as  at  B  B' ,  tearing  them 
into  fragments,  and  pushing  them  through  the 
interstices  between  the  rasps,  whence  they  fall 
into  the  box  below. 

The  series  of  marks,  looking  like  bars,  appearing 
beyond  the  roots,  are  the  rasps  which  are  set  thus 
close  together.  At  T"is  shown  the  pipe  for  the  in- 
jection of  water  into  the  interior  of  the  rasp. 

The  rasp  of  Champonnois  is  powerful,  and  pro- 
duces from  6,000  to  7,000  kilograms  of  pulp  per 
hour,  if  it  be  actively  fed,  and  is  one  of  the  most 
efficient  root  graters. 

Another  form  of  coupe-ratine  is  that  shown  in 
Fig.  264,  which  consists  of  a  cast-iron  vase  of  a 
frusto-conical  shape  mounted  on  a  vertical  shaft 
which  receives  from  200  to  400  turns  per  minute. 
The  vase  has  6  straight  openings  like  the  throats 
of  a  plane,  and  each  of  these  has  a  toothed  blade 
which  grates  the  roots,  and  the  fragments  pass  out 
at  the  openings. 

A  fixed  metallic  plate  descends  into  the  interior 
of  the  vase,  acting  as  an  abutment  for  the  roots,  to 
prevent  their  revolving  with  the  vase,  and  is  dis- 
tant from  the  surface  of  the  blades  4  or  5  mm. 
The  size  of  the  pieces  is  from  0.005  to  0.010  m.  X 
0.003  to  0.004  m.  They  are  expelled  by  centrifu- 
gal action,  and  the  apparatus  requires  a  casing, 
which  is  not  shown  in  the  cut. 

Beet-root  llasp,  Fr. 

Lampadius,      "Dept.  Agric.  Sp.  Report,"  No.  28,  PI.  XI. 
Champonnois,  "Dept.  A'gric.  Sp.  Report ,"  No.  28,  PI.  XII., 
XIII. 

Beet'-root  Dig'ger.  This  generally  consists 
of  a  sort  of  fork  mounted  on  a  wheeled  frame  and 
slanting  downward  so  as  to  include  the  root  be- 
tween its  prongs,  and  lift  it  upward  and  forward. 
It  injures  the  beet  to  bruise  it  or  to  break  the  tap- 
root, as  it  bleeds  and  wastes  the  sweet  juice.  Fol- 
lowing the  fork  are  prongs  which  lift  the  roots 
clear  of  the  soil  in  which  they  are  more  or  less  im- 


Beet-root  Rasping  Machine. 

bedded,  as  they  are  simply  upset  and  dragged  from 
the  ground. 

265. 


Btel-roHl  Digger. 


BEET-ROOT   DIGGER. 


91 


BEET-SEED   DRILL. 


Figs.  266  and  267  are  other  forms,  made  by  De- 
lahaie-Tailleur  &  Bajac,  Lianeourt,  France. 

The  former  has  a  bow-shaped  standard,  having 


Beet-root  Puller. 

a  lifting  share  in  front  and  several  prongs  behind, 
to  raise  the  beets  and  leave  them  on  the  surface  of 
the  ground. 

The  latter  example  has  a  precedent  share  (coupe 
collet)  for  cutting  off  the  leaves  of  the  beet  simulta- 
neously with  the  pulling  of  the  root.  Several  forms 
of  interchangeable  shares  are  furnished  with  the 
implement :  shares  without  branches,  or  with  two 
or  three  branches,  according  to  the  kind  of  beet 
and  the  nature  of  the  soil.  The  work  performed  is 
1  hectare  (2£  acres)  per  diem. 


Fig.  267. 


timely  and  excellent  treatise  on  the  inception,  prog- 
ress, and  success  of  the  beet-root  sugar  industry  in 
Europe,  see  Dr.  McMurtrie's  Report,  "U.  S.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture,  Special  Report,  No. 
28,"  1880. 

It  includes  also  tables  and  maps,  indica- 
ting the  regions  in  the  United    States  in- 
cluded in  the  belt,  where  the  meteorologi- 
cal conditions  favorable  to   beet    culture   prevail. 
Also  dissertation    011   varieties   of  beet,    analyses, 
culture,  manuring,  harvesting,  and  manufacturing 
ring  processes  and  apparatus. 

Decauville's  beet-root  machinery  and  still,  at  Petit  Bourg, 
France,  are  described  in  Laboulaye's  "  Diclionnaire  des  Arts 
ft  Manufactures,''  vol.  iv.,ed.  1877,  Article  "Distillation.'' 

See  also  ''Sucre  "  in  same  work,  iii. 

Beet  Pul'ler.     See  BEET-ROOT  DIGGER. 
Beet'-ropt  Su'gar  Ma-chin'e-ry.   The  se- 
ries of  machines  made  by  the  Union  Iron  Works 
of  San  Francisco  is  as  follows  :  — 


Beet-washing  machine. 
Bone-black  washer. 
Carbonic  acid  pump. 
Centrifugal  machine. 
Charcoal  filter. 
Defecating  pan. 
Evaporator. 
Filter  press. 

Notices  or  references  will 
heads  :  — 

Animal  charcoal  revivifier. 
Beet  grater. 

Beet  juice  defecation  pan. 
Beet  press. 


Keel-root 


French  lieet-root  pullers  are  shown  in.  Knight's  "  Heport 
on  Agricultu'tt'  Implements,'''  Paris  Exposition  Reports, 
*  vol.  v.,  |ip  ")1,  f>:>. 

See  also  "  Scientific  American,'''  *  xxxix.  165. 

Beet'-root  Sli'cer. 

The  centrifugal  root  cutter  of  the  "  Union  Iron  Works," 
San  Francisco,  "  is  composed  of  a  stationary  drum,  in  the 
form  of  a  truncated  cone,  provided  with  six  grooves,  into 
which  are  fastened  as  many  grooved-toothed  knives.  To  this 
drum  is  attached  the  feed  hopper.  A  horizontal  shaft  which 
is  keyed  to  the  head  pulley,  carries  at  one  of  its  ends  a  cast 
iron  disk,  armed  with  two  flyers,  turning  in  the  stationary 
drum,  and  leaving  a  working  space  between  the  edge  of  each 
and  the  inner  wall  of  the  drum.  The  beets  come  from  the 
washing  machine  through  a  channel  into  the  hopper,  and 
thence  to  the  drum.  Here  the  flyers  of  the  disk  drive  them 
violently  against  the  blades  of  the  stationary  drum,  where 
they  are  cut  into  slices  of  a  uniform  thickness  of  one  six- 
teenth of  an  inch,  and  a  width  of  about  three  eighths  of  an 
inch.  The  stationary  drum  is  surrounded  by  a  thin  casing 
of  sheet  iron,  the  object  of  which  is  to  direct  the  slices 
thrown  out  of  the  machine,  downward.  This  casing  is  mov- 
able, so  as  to  give  access  to  the  knives,  and  allow  them  to  be 
taken  out. 

This  machine  can  cut  three  tons  of  beet-root  in  half  an 
hour,  with  the  shaft  moving  at  the  rate  of  350  revolutions 
per  minute.  A  single  horse  power  is  all  that  is  necessary 
to  actuate  it.  The  blades  are  fastened  into  the  grooves  by 
screw  bolts,  and  can  be  adjusted  and  set  at  any  desired  dis- 
tance apart  within  given  limits." 

Beet'-root  Su'gar  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  For  a  recent 


Grating  or  pulping  machine. 

Hydraulic  press. 

Lump  breaking  machine. 

Monte-jus. 

Sugar-mixing  machine. 

Vacuum  pan. 

Vapor  pump. 

Vivifying  kiln. 

be  found  under  the  following 

Beet-seed  drill. 

Bone  black  revivifier. 

Cane  cutter. 

Cane  mill. 

Carbonatation. 

Centrifugal  filter. 

Charcoal  washer. 

Concentrating  apparatus. 

Condenser. 

Cube-sugar  machine. 

Cultivator,  Beet. 

Defecator. 

Diffusion  process 

Evaporator. 

Filter. 

Filter  press. 

Hand  drill 

Hydraulic  press. 

Malaxator. 

Ridging  plow. 

Root  cutter,  Beet. 

Root  digger.  Heet. 

Seed  drill 

Silo  for  beers 

Sugar  diffusion  process. 

Vacuum  |>;tn. 

Beet-seed'  Drill.  A  machine  for  drilling 
beets,  usually  upon  a  ridge  listed  up. 

Fig.  268  is  a  drill  for  beet-seed  or  turnips,  made 
by  Corbett  &  Peele,  of  Shrewsbury,  England.  It  is 
specially  adapted  for  sowing  on  the  summits  of 
ridges.  The  machine  drills  two  parallel  rows.  On 
each  side  of  the  machine  is  a  concave  ridging-roller, 
a  hollow  share  which  receives  seed  from  the  box 
above,  and  an  iron  roller  for  covering  the  seed.  The 
seed-wheels  are  of  the  usual  English  form,  having 
little  hemispherical  cups  which  dip  up  seed  and 
drop  it  into  hoppers,  from  which  conductors  lead 
to  the  hollow  shares  which  open  the  furrows. 

The  beet-seed  drill  of  Smyth  &  Sons,  of  Peasen- 
hall  (Suffolk),  England,  has  a  range  of  5  hoes  with 
a  distance  apart  of  0.45  meter,  but  the  machines 
vary  in  the  number  and  interval  distance  of  the 
hoes  and  in  price.  ^ 

The  seeding  is  performed  by  its  own  set  of  con- 
ductors and  hoes,  in  such  manner  that  the  fertilizer 
is  covered  with  earth  in  advance  of  the  deposit  of 
the  seed,  which  is  not  placed  in  contact  with  the 
fertilizer,  so  that  the  special  nourishment  to  the 
roots  of  the  young  plant  is  not  furnished  until  they 


Beet  rasping  machine. 
Beet-root  digger. 
Beet-root  slicer. 
Beet-root  sugar  apparatus. 


BEET-SEED  DRILL. 


92 


BELL  AND  HOPPER. 


Fig.  268 


Beet-seed  or  Turnip  Drill. 

have  attained  a  certain  development.  The  concave- 
faced  rollers,  which  are  independent  of  the  hoes,  fol- 
low in  the  rear  and  make  a  little  ridge  over  the  seed 
and  fertilizer,  which  compacts  the  soil  and  makes 
the  row  of  plants  more  conspicuous  in  the  earlier 
stages  of  their  growth. 

Fig.  269. 


nots,"  to  give  the  signal  for  the  massacre. 
The  bell  refrain  in  "  Les  Cloches  de  Cor- 
nouai/les  "  is  familiar  to  most  of  us. 

Sets  of  bells  are  used  in  military  music, 
a  number  being  fixed  one  above  another 
on  a  frame  of  iron,  and  ranged  diatoni- 
cally  in  the  order  of  their  sizes.  They  are 
made  to  vibrate  by  a  little  hammer.  See 
GLOCKENSPEIL,  GONG,  PA  VILLON  CHI- 
NOIS,  "Meek.  Diet." 

The  bells  in  Japan  are  not  gounded  with  clap- 
pers, but  with  suspended  levers  of  wood,  used  like 
u  battering-ram,  striking  the  bell  on  the  outside. 

,-^ee  Report  on  Bells  by  H.  K.  Oliver,  in  Group 
xxv.,  vol.  vii.,    "Centennial  Exhibition  Rfports,"- 
p.68." 
Casting   ....     *  "Manufacturer  anil  Builder," 

viii.  54,  228. 
Clapper  and  Hammer,  Br. 

Mackenzie     *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  268. 

Kiggs    .     .     *" Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  230 
....       "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Dec.  26,  p.  13. 

2.  The  enlarged  end  of  a  pipe  which  receives  the 
smaller  end  of  the  next  pipe  in  line.     The  joint  is 
usually  packed  with  lead  or  cement.     The  other 
usual  mode  of  connection  is  by  flange,  which  see. 

3.  The  cover  in  the  hopper  of  a  blast  furnace 
top.     See  BELL  AND   HOPPER. 

Bell  and  Hop'per.     (Metallurgy.)    The  charg- 

Fig.  271. 


Mending 
Church 


Bells  for  Mains. 


Beet-seed  Drill. 

The  device  shown  in  Fig.  270  is  for  attachment 
to  the  ordinary  drills  of  this  firm  to  adapt  them  to 
drilling  beet  seed.     The  roller  has  flat,  concave,  or 
convex  face,  as  may  be  ordered. 
Fig.  270. 


a.  Bell  T-Pipe. 

b.  Double  Bell. 

c.  Bell  and  Reducer. 
cl.  Flanged  Bell. 

e.  Saddle-flanged  Bell. 


ing  device  on  top  of  a 
blast  furnace.  The 
bell  is  dropped  to  al- 
low the  contents  of 
the  hopper  to  fall  into 
the  shaft. 

A  is  the  hopper  in  which  the  stock  is  placed  to 
feed  the  furnace.  B  is  an  extension  of  the  hop- 
per, called  the  mouth-piece.  C  is  the  bottom  of 

Fig.  272. 


Beet-seed  Planter. 

English  and  French  beet-drills  are  shown  in  Dr.  Mc.Mur- 
trie's  Report  No.  28,  Special,  Dep.  of  Agriculture;  and  in  Dr. 
Knight's  report,  "  Paris  Exposition  Reports,''  *  v.,  115-117. 

Bell.  (Music.)  1.  An  instrument  in  an  orches- 
tra, used  for  dramatic  effects.  According  to  tone 
they  are  known  as  high  bells  or  low  bells.  Berlioz 
quotes  the  use  of  the  former  in  the  graceful  chorus 
in  the  second  act  of  "Guillaume  Tell,"  of  which  the 
burden  is  "  void  la  nuit ; "  and  of  the  bell  in  low  F, 
in  the  4th  act  of  Meyerbeer's  opera,  the  "  Hugue- 


the  hopper  called  a  bell,  which  is  lowered  a  suit- 
able distance  when  feeding  the  stock  to  the  fur- 
nace. D  is  an  apron  or  fender,  attached  to  the 


BELL   CHUCK. 


93 


BELT   CLAMP. 


mouth-piece  B,  to  prevent  the  stock  from  striking 
the  walls  of  the  furnace.  The  apron  is  secured  to 
the  hopper  by  straps  d  d. 

Bell   Chuck.     Whitworth's  lathe  chuck,  made 
bell-shaped,  with  set-screws    by  which 
the  object  is  clamped.  Fig.  273. 

Bell  Cord.  (Railway.)  A  cord 
running  continuously  through  the  cars, 
and  leading  to  a  signal  bell  on  the  en- 
gine. It  forms  a  means  of  communi- 
cation between  the  conductor  and  en- 
gineer. 

For  all  the  parts  and  fittings,  see  "  Car  Build- 
ers'  Dictionary,"  pp.  8-10,  and  illustrations 
cited,  pp.  392  et  seq. 

The  inventor  of  the  bell  cord  on  cars  was  Capt.  Ayres, 
who,  'in  1842,  introduced  it  on  the  train  of  which  he  was 
conductor.  —  Paterson  (N.  J.)  Press. 


Chuck. 


Fig.  274. 


Bell  Mag'net.  An  audible  alarm.  A  clapper 
is  caused  to  strike  the  bell 
by  completing  the  electric 
circuit,  the  connecting 
wire  leading  from  t  h  e 
apartment  whence  the  call 
proceeds. 

Electric  bells  are  now 
extremely  common  in  de- 
partments, offices,  manu- 
factories ;  placing  a  pro- 
prietor or  superintendent 
in  connection  with  any 
office  or  department  in  his 
building  or  abroad. 

Bell  Met'al.  An  alloy 
which  does  not  tarnish  nor 
crack,  has  a  good  sound, 
and  relatively  moderate 
weight,  is  prepared  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

Nickel  1  pound, copper 
6  pounds,  are  melted  and 
cooled. 

Add  zinc  1  pound,  alu- 
minum £  ounce.  Melt 
and  cool. 

Melt  .and  add  £  ounce  quicksilver  and  6  pounds 
melted  copper. 

Other  recipes :  — 


Sell  Magnet. 


Copper. 

Tin. 

Lead. 

Iron. 

Zinc. 

Useful  bell  metal  . 

144 

53 

3 

Useful  bell  metal  . 

53.5 

10 

2.13 

_ 

llcnisc  bells  .     .     . 

16 

4 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Soft  musical  bells 

16 

3 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Common  bells  .     . 

50 

15 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Bells  of  Rouen 

40 

5 

2 

_ 

3 

Chinese  gongs   . 

40 

10 

- 

An  imitation  silver,  having  sonorous  quality  :  — 
Take  one  part  of  pure  pulverized  manganese,  one  part  of 
copper  filings,  and  two  parts  of  animal  charcoal.  Intimately 
mix  these  substances  and  expose  the  mixture  to  a  high  tem- 
perature in  a  graphite  crucible.  After  cooling,  will  be 
found  at  the  bottom  of  the  crucible,  a  substance  having  the 
appearance  and  sound  of  silver.  This  substance  is  ductile, 
malleable,  and  easily  takes  the  finish  of  silver. 

Bel'lows  Steam-en'gine.  A  form  of  engine 
invented  by  Reilley,  in  which  steam  extends  longi- 
tudinally an  expansible  bellows-sided  chamber,  the 
head  of  which  carries  gudgeons  which  connect  by 
rods  to  the  crank  shaft.  The  moving  head,  the 
equivalent  of  a  piston,  is  in  fact  placed  between 
two  such  chambers,  which  act  upon  it  in  succession. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,"  *181. 


Bell  Pump.  A  bell-shaped  pump ;  used  in 
cleaning  gas  and  service  pipes. 

Harris,  Grifftn  &  Co.,  in  "American  Gas-light  Journal," 
*  July  3,  1876,  p.  9. 

Bell  Punch.  A  hand-punch,  for  perforating  a 
ticket  or  trip  slip.  It  secures  the  piece  punched 
out,  and  rings  a  bell ;  in  some  instruments  it  also 
registers  the  fares  collected. 

Bell  Ring'er.  Reese's  bell-ringer,  for  ringing 
the  bells  of  locomotives,  is  an  application  of  steam 
to  a  small  piston,  which  acts  upon  a  sliding  bar 
connected  to  the  bell  crank. 

"Railroad  Gazette,"  *  xxiv.  415. 

Bell  Rope.     See  BELL-CORD. 

Bell  Strap.  A  signal  strap  hi  a  street  car, 
reaching  along  the  ceiling  to  a  bell  at  the  forward 
end.  It  forms  the  means  of  communication  be- 
tween the  conductor  and  the  driver ;  or,  in  some 
cars,  the  passengers  and  the  driver. 

Bell  Tel'e-graph.  An  indicator  for  hotels, 
steamers,  etc.  A 
series  of  plates  in- 
scribed with  the 
numbers  of  the 
rooms;  the  ordinary 
wants  of  the  guests, 
etc.,  are  connected 
by  wires  with  the 
various  apartments, 
and  are  displaced 
so  as  to  attract  the 
attention  of  the 
clerk  in  waiting,  by 
touching  appro- 
priate knobs  in  the 
various  rooms. 

In  the  illustration 
the.  apparatus  is  an 
alarm  telegraph,  in 


Fig.  275. 


Bell  Telegraph. 


which  an  indicator  for  each  of  six  apartments 
may  show  where  the  entrance  of  unauthorized  per- 
sons has  taken  place. 

Bell  Tel'e-phone.  The  articulating  telephone 
of  Alexander  G.  Bell.  See  TELEPHONE,  TRANS- 
MITTER, etc. 

Bel'ly-pipe.  A  flaring  blast-pipe  nozzle  for 
blast  furnaces.  In  Vielhaber's  patent,  182,621, — 
the  belly-pipe  nozzle  is  hollow,  and  has  inlet  and 
outlet  pipes  for  the  circulation  of  water  there 
through.  See,  also,  WATER  BREAST. 

Belt.  (Mining.)  1.  A  body  strap  with  chain  at- 
tached by  which  miners  draw  corves  in  the  work- 
ings. 

2.  A  strap  for  transmitting  motion. 

The  following  dimensions  and  weights  of  large  belts  are 
given  in  the  journals  :  — 

New  Jersey  Zinc  Co.,  Newark,  N.  J..  102'  lone,  4/  wide, 
2,200  Ibs.  weight. 

J.  B.  Hoyt,  New  York,  186J'  long,  5'  wide,  2,212  Ibs. 
weight. 

P.  Jewell  &  Sons,  Hartford,  Conn.,  147*'  long,  3'  wide, 
1,130  Ibs.  weight. 

N.  Y.  Belting  and  Packing  Co.  (Makers),  331'  long,  4'  wide, 
4,000  Ibs.  weight.  For  use  in  N.  Y.  Central  and  Hudson 
River  Railroad  Elevator,  Sixtieth  Street,  New  York. 

Sampson  &  Co.,  Manchester,  England,  90'  long.  38"  wide. 
Said  by  "British  Trade  Journal''  to  be  "the  largest  ever 
made  in  England." 

Belt  Clamp.  A  device  for  approaching  the 
ends  of  belts  in  position  in  order  to  lace  or  other- 
wise attach  them. 

Fig.  276  has  two  wooden  vises  clamped  fast  to  the 
respective  belt-ends,  and  drawn  together  by  cords 
and  pulleys  in  order  to  approach  the  ends  of  the 
belt  and  hold  them  while  being  laced. 


BELT   CLAMP. 


94 


Fig   276. 


Fig.  278. 


Spiers'*  Belt  Clamp. 

Belt  Coupling.     A  device  for  attaching  the 
ends  of  a  belt.     See  BELT  FASTENER. 
Belt  Fast'en-er.    In  addition  to  the  examples 
Fig  277.  of    means    for 

attaching  the 
ends  of  belts, 
and  shown  in 

Fig.  649,  "Mech. 
Lincoln's  Belt  Fastener.  Di^»      Bevcral 

others  are  here  shown.     See  also  BELT  SCREW. 

In  Fig.  278  a  row  of 
holes  being  made  i  n 
each  end  of  the  belt,  the 
staples  are  inserted  there- 
in, and  the  ends  turned 
down  and  clinched. 

Fig.  279  shows  Greene's 
belt-fastener  and  the  tool 
for  inserting  the  headed 
pins. 

In  Fig.  280,  in  addition 
to  the  security  of  the  usual 
method  of  attaching  the 
cord  to  the  coupling, — 

screwing  it  in  and  then  riveting,  —  a  gimlet- 
Fig  279. 


Clinched  Staple  Bell 
Fastener. 


BELTING. 

Fig.  280. 


McEricie's  Coupling  for  Round  Belts  and  Cords. 

teeth  and  hammer  it  on.  Hepeat  the  operation, 
with  the  other  end  of  the  strap  011  the  remaining 
set  of  teeth.  The  9R, 

curve  of  the  plate 
ives  the  hooking 
position     to     the 
teeth. 

The  following 
notices  may  be  re- 
ferred to :  — 


Greene's  Bell  Fastener. 


pointed  screw,  of  the  same  pitch  as  the  threads  in 
the  coupling,  penetrates  the  center  of  the  cord. 

Harris's  belt  fastener  is  a  shield-shaped  piece 
with  hooking  studs.  It  is  applied  as  follows  :  Lay 
the  casting,  teeth  uppermost,  on  something  solid, 
place  one  end  of  the  strap  on  one  of  the  sets  of 


Harris's 


Several  belt  coup- 
lers, Scholl's  "Me- 
chanic's Guide,"  483- 
485. 

Ends  of  belt  scarfed, 
glued,  pressed,  and 
fastened  with  shoe 
pegs,  Cooper's  "Belt- 
ing," 183. 

Dried  eel-skin  lac- 
ings, Cooper's  "Belt- 
ing," 183. 

Wilson'  6  belt 
hooks,*  Cooper's 
"Belting,"  184. 

Blake's  belt  studs,* 
Patents  April,  I860, 
March,  1861. 

"  Champion  ''  belt 
hook,*  C  ooper  's 
"Belting,"  186. 

Mclntosh  If  Sons,  Scotch,  machine  riveted,*  Cooper's 
"Belting;,"  186. 

Linco/ne,  belt  fastener,*  "Engineer,"  Jan.  27,  1870. 

Belt  coupling,*  Howarth,  "Mech.  Mag.,"  xciv.  289. 

J.  B.  Hoyt  4"  Co.,  Cooper's  "Belting,"  188. 

Belt  fastener,  Badger,  Br.,  *  "Engineer,"  1.  119. 

Belt'ing. 

Rnhrer's  "  Improved  Union  Belting  "  is  made  by  cementing 
between  two  or  more  thicknesses  of  leather,  one  or  more 
layers  of  heavy  duck,  and  then  riveting  or  stitching  through- 
out the  entire  length. 

Walrus  hide  belting  is  manufactured  from  these  hides, 
which  are  from  0.5"  to  1.25"  in  thickness.  —  "London  Min- 
ing Journal.'" 

Holbrook's  folded-twist  belting  is  a  round  lathe  belt.  Pa- 
tented June  18,  1872. 

Alexander  Bros,  patented  belting.  June  15, 18i5,  concerns 
the  mode  of  cutting  the  hide  and  making  the  belt,  so  as  to 
put  the  firmest  portion  of  the  leather  on  the  edges  of  the 
belt,  to  prevent  them  from  becoming  convex  on  their  edges. 

Sheep  intestines  (which  average  55' in  length)  have  been 
used  for  belting. —  Cooper  "Belting,"  xv. 

Eel  skins,  for  bands  and  ropes,  "Journal  Franklin   Insti 

Gut  bands,  Clark's  "Exhibited  Machinery  of  1862,"  Lon- 

Steel  belting,  "American  Artizan,"  Aug.  2,  1865,  p.  201. 

Round  belts  of  catgut  or  hemp,  Fairbairns'  "Mills  and 
Millwork,"  ii.  1. 

Round  belts  in  multi-grooved  pulleys,  *Newton  s  Jour- 
nal, "  1857,  N.S.vi.  163. 

Comparison  of  rubber,  gutta-percha,  and  canvas,  with 
leather.  J.  B.  Iloyt,  quoted  in  Cooper's  "Belting,"  97  ;  Ran- 
kine's  "Machinery  and  Millwork." 

Gut  woven  into  ribbons,  Edwards,  Eng.,  Cooper's  Belt- 
ing." 128. 

Woolen  bands,  Heywood,  Eng.,  Cooper's  "Belting,    1 

Gutta-percha  with  wire-gauze  core,  Rattier,  Eng.,  Cooper  s 
"Belting,"  129. 

Raw  hide,  "Engineering,"  June  19,  1874. 

Russian  sheet-iron,  Spiers,  Cooper's  "Belting,'  1 

Alexander,  Wide  leather  belting,*  Patent  June  15, 18<o. 

Vulcanized  rubber  belts,  Cooper's  '-Belting,"  19_3. 

Edge-laid  belt,*  Leigh,  Cooper's  "Belting,"  19(  ;  see  also 
Haines,  Eng.,  Patent  Feb.  14,  1860. 

Paper  belting,   Crane,  Cooper's  "belting,"  J 

Water-proofed  belting,  Cooper's  "Belting,"  200. 

Angular  belting,  Underwood,  Cooper's  "Belting,    Ml. 


BELTING. 


95 


BENCH  DRILL. 


Angular  belting,  J.  B.  Hoyt,  Cooper's  "Belting,"  205. 

Compound  leathern  belts,  European,  Amkindoss,  "Paris 
Exposition  Report,"  1867. 

Steel  wire  Hat  woven  belting,  "Practical  Mechanical  Jour- 
nal," Nov.,  1867,  237. 

Thin  sheet  metal  coated  with  rubber,  Sanderson,  i'lnjr., 
Patent  Dec.  8, 1862. 

Strips  of  metal  covered  with  guin,  made  into  a  flat  band, 
with  a  weft  of  hemp,  Spile,  Eng.,  Patent  Nov.  9,  1859. 

Woolen  belt  covered  with  resinous  cement,  "London  Meek. 
Mag.,"  March,  1863. 

Alternate  links  of  leather  and  metal,  Clissold.  "Franklin 
Institute  Journal,"1  Aug.,  1863,  p.  121. 

Consult  Cooper's  "Treatise  on  the  Use  of  Belting,"  310  pp. 
Phila.,  1878. 

It  contains  a  large  collection  of  authorities,  figures,  tables, 
rules,  and  formulas. 

U'oven  cotton  .     .     .     .     "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  10,  24. 

Calculating  power  of     .     "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  612. 

Jewells' factory    .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American,'1''  xlii.  95. 

Belt'ing  Ce-ment'.  For  leathern  belting. 
Take  common  glue  and  American  isinglass,  equal 
parts,  place  them  in  a  boiler  and  add  water  suffi- 
cient to  just  cover  the  whole.  Let  it  soak  ten 
hours,  then  bring  the  whole  to  a  boiling  heat,  and 
add  pure  tannin  until  the  whole  becomes  ropy  or 
appears  like  the  white  of  eggs.  Apply  it  warm. 
Buff  the  grain  off  the  leather  where  it  is  to  be  ce- 
mented ;  rub  the  joint  surfaces  solidly  together,  let 
it  dry  for  a  few  hours,  and  it  is  ready  for  practical 
use  ;  it  is  said  that,  if  properly  put  together,  it  will 
not  need  riveting. 

Belt  La'cing. 

Dried  eel  skins Cooper's  "Belting,"  183. 

Directions  for  lacing  paper  belting     Cooper's  "Belting,"1 187. 
Annan "Sc.  Am.,"  Jan.,  1866. 

Belt  Screw.  A  clamp  screw  for  fastening 
belts.  The  fastening  consists  of  two  screws,  one 
with  a  right  and  one 
with  a  left  hand  thread. 
The  former  is  of  bronze 
and  has  a  coarse  exte- 
rior thread  cut  coni- 
cally,  while  the  hollow 
has  a  fine  thread 
tapped  inside.  The  in- 
terior screw  is  of  steel, 
and  has  a  conical  shoul- 


Fig.  282. 


SonnenthaFt  Belt  Screw. 


der  underneath.  The 
heads  of  both  screws  are 
slightly  rounded  and  formed  with  circular  grooves 
on  the  under  side,  to  give  them  a  firm,  grip  on  the 
leather.  The  conical  screw  is  first  run  into  the 


Fig.  283. 


Fig.  284. 


Belt  Shipper. 


Noyes'  Belt  Tightener. 

leather,  and  the  steel  screw  is  then  in- 
troduced. The  belt  is  run  with  the 
head  of  the  latter  on  the  inner  side. 

"Engineering,"  *  xxviii.  69. 
"Engineer,"    .    *  xlriii.  84. 


Belt  Ship'per.    1.  A  pivoted  lever,  to  shift  a 


belt  from  a  tight  to  a  loose  pulley,  or  vice  versa. 
Fig.  653,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  hand  implement:  a  conical  pin  with  a 
flange,  on  the  end  of  a  staff.  See  Fig.  273. 

Selig "Engineering,'1'  *  xxiv.,  135. 

Cooper  on  "Belting,"  209. 

Belt  Ten'sion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Apparatus  for 
determining  the  variation  of  tension  of  belts,  used 
by  A.  Morin,  *  Cooper's  "Belting,"  244.  See  also 
"J/onV.s  Mechanics,"  N.  Y.,  I860. 

Belt  Tight'eii-er.  In  Is'oyes'  belt  tightener 
the  pulley  is  journaled  in  au  iron  frame  capable  of 
being  moved  in  slides  by  means  of  rack  and  pinion, 
to  increase  or  diminish  the  frictional  adherence  of 
the  belt. 

Tightener     .     .     .     Walker  .     .     .      *  "Am.  Miller,"  v.  141. 
Tightening  pulleys,  Seller*   .     .     .      *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  64. 

Cresson     .     .     .      *  "Engineer."  xlii.  64. 

Jones  4°  LaugUin.  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  64. 


Fig.  285. 


Jidt  Punch  and  Cutter. 

Belt  Tool.     A  combination  of  punch,  cutter, 
awl,  and  nippeiv-. 

Fig.  286. 


Heynolds's  Joiners'1  Bench  Cramp  (English). 

Bench  Cramp.  A  clamping  tool  used  on  a 
bench  in  securing  pieces  of  work  together,  or  hold- 
ing a  piece  while  under  treatment. 

Fig.  287. 


Bench  Drills.     (Atlantic  Works.) 

Bench  Drill.     A  hand  or  machine-drill  attach- 
able to  a  bench. 
Fig.  287  shows  :  — 
a.  A  hand-drill  on  vise-bench,  the  spindle  horizontal 


BENCH  DRILLING   MACHINE. 


96 


BEND. 


b.  Drill  arranged  with  cone  for  countershaft,  and  adapted 
to  be  driven  by  power  or  by  hand  ;  the  spindle  adjusted  by 
the  foot. 

r.  Drill  on   vise-bench ;  Fig.  288. 

spindle  vertical. 

Bench  Dril'ling 
Ma-chine'.  In  Sir 
Joseph  Whitworth's 
bench  drill,  the  ma- 
chine is  fixed  to  a 
bench,  and  the  work 
on  the  rest  is  raised 
to  the  drill  by  hand- 
lever  or  treadle. 

Bench  Forge.  A 
small  hearth  and 
blower,  to  be  used  on 
a  workman's  bench. 
Fig.  289.  Such  a 
forge  will  weigh  50 
pounds,  and  heat  t  o 
redness  |"  iron  in  two 
minutes. 

Bench  Hatch'et. 
One  of  the  form  shown 
in  Fig.  293,  is  used  in 
bench-work. 

Bench  Lev'el. 
A  machinist's  level, 


against  the  pulling  of   the  sailmaker  as  he  hauls 
his  canvas  taut  to  make  a  straight  seam. 

Bench  Screw.     The  screw  for  fastening  the 
vise  jaw  of  a  carpenter's  bench. 


Whitworth's  Bench  Drilling 

Machine. 


Fig.  290,  used  in  setting  up  machines  in  placing 
their  beds  strictly  horizontal. 

Fig.  289. 


"Empire''  Bench.  Fo, 
Bench  Sail'-hook.     A  hook   used  by  sailors 


Bench  Level. 

and  sail-makers  as  a  holder  for  the  sail  when  sew- 
Fig.  291. 


Sat/makers'  Bench  Hook. 


ing.     The  loop  being  passed  over  a  nail  or  other 
object,  the  sail  is  caught  upon  the  hook  and  held 


Bench  Screws. 


a,  is  the  ordinary  wooden  bench  screw. 

b,  is  an  iron  screw  with  iron  handle. 

c,  d,  are  iron  screws  with  wooden  handles. 


Bench  Stop.  A  device  on  a 
carpenter's  bench  which  can  be 
raised  to  hold  a  piece  which  is 
being  worked,  against  the  thrust 
of  a  plane.  In  the  ordinary  form 
it  is  a  square  prism  which  is  lifted 
above  the  general  level  of  the 
bench,  but  in  the  superior  forms 
shown  in  Fig.  294  the  piece  is  of 
iron,  has  a  talon  and  is  adjusta- 
ble. The  bench  stop  on  the  left 
in  Fig.  294  has  a  screw  socket  in 
which  the  stop  is  raised  and  held 
by  a  screw.  The  other  bench 
stop  in  the  figure  is  held  by  a  cam- 
piece  which  is  controlled  by  a  screw. 


Fig.  293. 


Broa'!  or  Bench 

Hatchet. 


Bench  Stops. 


Bend.     A  flexed  pipe,  changing  the  direction. 
If  it  be  angular,  it  becomes  a  branch. 


BENDING   MACHINE. 


97 


BENT   BEAM. 


Bend'ing  and  Straight'en-ing  Ma-chine'. 

A  machine  for  bending;  or  straightening  iron  bars 
or  plates. 

Fig.  295. 


Pi  fie   Rend*. 


a.  Eightli  hfiul. 

6.  Flanged  eighth  bend. 

c.  L  or  quarter  bend. 

d.  Flanged  L  bend. 


t.  Offset  bend. 

/.  Flanged  offset  bend. 

g.  Return  bend. 

h.  Double  hub  bend. 


Bement's  machine  is  capable  of  bending  plates  of 
any  length  up  to  104'.  Both  lower  rolls  have  a  posi- 
tive motion  by  gearing  and  are  driven  by  two  belts, 
by  which  they  can  be  run  in  either  direction.  Each 
of  the  rolls  is  cast  upon  a  large  wrought  iron  shaft 
forming  the  journal  bearings,  the  upper  one  being 
extended  at  one  end  to  receive  the  pressure  of  a 
screw,  which  supports  the  upper  roll  when  a  circle 
or  flue  is  to  be  removed  at  the  other  end,  the  jointed 
bearing  being  movable  for  that  purpose.  The  two 
ends  of  the  upper  roll  have  a  vertical  adjustment, 
together,  or  separately,  by  hand-wheels  at  the  end 
of  the  machine.  The  usual  diameter  of  the  lower 
rolls  is  10",  upper  roll  11". 

Tweddell'a  hydraulic  bending  and  straightening 
machine  for  angle-iron,  beams,  pipes,  etc.,  has  no 


Fig.  296. 


riveting,  punching,  and  shearing  machines  work  ; 
but  they  can  be  made  to  work  at  any  other  pressure 
if  desired.  The  position  of  the  abutting  blocks  is 
altered  by  means  of  a  right  and  left-handed  screw, 
thus  ensuring  exact  work  and  saving  much  labor. 

The  stroke  of  the  machine  can  be  varied  from 
nil  to  the  maximum  travel ;  this  is  an  advantage 
over  a  geared  machine,  or  when  a  cam  is  used, 
since  the  cam  must  either  complete  its  revolution, 
or  else  a  break-down  occurs,  should  too  large  a  piece 
of  work  be  put  in.  By  means  of  the  tappet-gear 
exact  uniformity  of  stroke  can  be  obtained  for  con- 
secutive operations  ;  the  valve  can  be  worked  by  the 
man's  foot  if  desired,  leaving  his  hand  free ;  and 
the  pressure  can  be  kept  on  as  long  as  desired. 

Several  of  these  machines  of  different  powers 
are  found  in  the  British  and  French  government 
dock-yards. 
Hyd.     Toulon   Arsenal       .     ^"Engineer,"  xliii.  24. 

Bennie,  Br .  *"Engineer,y  xliv.  386. 

Bar  Straightening  Machine     .     " Iron  Age,'"  xix.,  Jan.  18,  3. 

Howetts *  "Scientific  Am., "  xxxiv.306. 

Fig.  297. 


Twtddc'JFs  Hydraulic  Bending  and  HmigliteningMachine.- 


gearing,  and  the  pressure  cannot  exceed  that  due 
to  the  accumulator.  The  machines  are  generally 
mftde  to  work  at  a  pressure  of  1,500  Ibs.  per  square 
inch,  this  being  the  pressure  at  which  Tweddell's 

7 


Blacksmith's  Bending  Machine.     (French.) 

Bend'ing  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  297  shows  a 
French  bending  machine,  for. cart  and  wagon  tires. 
It  is  adjustable  in  respect  of  the 
proximity  of  the  wheels,  in  or- 
der to  regulate  the  radius  of  the 
curve  of  the  tire  to  suit  wheels 
of  varying  sizes. 

Bend'ing  Tool.  (Black- 
smithing.)  A  tool  for  bonding  a 
heated  rod.  In  one  form  shown 
in  Fig.  298  it  is  a  hand-bar  with 
a  crotch ;  in  the  other  the 
crotch  is  to  be  planted  in  the 
hardy-hole  of  the  anvil,  in  the 
manner  of  a  swage-tool. 

Bent  Beam. 

An  article  on  bent  and  built  arched 
beams,  published  in  the  "Building 
News,"  was  reproduced  in  "Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  *  2035.  It  has 
numerous  references,  ancient  and 
modern. 

See  also  Figs.  312-316,  pp.  138, 139, 
"Mecfi.  Diet.,"  and  Price's  "British 
Carpenter." 


L'Orme's  "Nouvelles  Inventions  pour  bien  Bastir,"  1561. 
Emy's  "Nouveau  Systeme  d'Arcs  pour  les  Grandes  Char- 
pentes."     Paris,  1828. 

Tredgold's  "  Carpentry.''1 

Owilfs  "  Cyclopedia  of  Architecture." 


BERARD   STEEL. 


98 


BETON. 


Be-rard'  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made 
by  adding  hydrogen  gas  to  the  air-blast  of  Besse- 
mer, to  remove  sulphur,  phosphorus,  and  arsenic. 

Fig.  29S. 


Bending  Toots. 

Beii-zine'.     A   hydro-carbon  product  of  petro- 
leum. 

Ben-zole'.  A  hydro-carbon  product  of  coal, 
made  from  coal-tar.  Distinguishable  from  benzine 
by  placing  a  piece  of  pitch  in  a  test-tube.  Benzole 
dissolves  it  into  a  tar-like  mass  Benzine  is  scarcely 
colored  by  the  pitch. 
Benzole,  its  compounds  and  derivatives, 

"Scientific  American,''  xliii.  200. 


Bent  Trimmer. 


Bent  Trim'mer.  A  tailor's  shears,  bent  in  the 
handle  so  as  to  make  the  scissors  run  more  readily 
upon  the  board  on  which  the  cutting  is  being  done. 

Bent  Wood  Fur'ni-ture.  A  Vienna  indus- 
trv  which  has  been  widely  extended  of  late. 

The  wood  employed  is  Carpathian  mountain 
beech.  The  practice  in  Kohn's  factory,  in  Vienna, 
is  about  as  follows  :  — 

"  The  wood  to  be  utilized  is  cut  in  the  forest,  by  means  of 
easily  transportable  steam  saw-mills,  directly  into  strips  of 
the  dimensions  that  the  separate  pieces  of  the  furniture  have 
in  the  rough.  These  strips  are  then  conveyed  to  the  factory, 
where  a  considerable  quantity  is  simultaneously  subjected 
to  the  action  of  steam,  until  it  is  both  thoroughly  saturated 
therewith,  and  the  vegetable  juices  largely  removed.  In  this 
condition  the  wood  is  extremely  flexible,  and  when  dried  is 
far  more  durable  than  when  in  its  natural  state,  inasmuch 
as  the  operation  washes  out  all  the  soluble  constituents  and 
leaves  the  unalterable  cellulose,  or  woody  fibre,  behind. 

"  After  steaming,  each  of  the  pieces  is  forced  into  an  iron 
form,  having  the  shape  which  the  stock  is  finally  destined  to 
possess,  and  allowed  to  remain  there  until  quite  dry.  The 
several  subsequent  processes  of  joining  and  finishing,  in- 
volved in  the  union  of  the  bent  sticks  into  the  completed  ar- 
ticle of  furniture,  need  not  be  described. 

"The  advantages  possessed  by  furniture  constructed  of  bent 
instead  of  sawed  pieces  may  be  briefly  summarized  as  fol- 
lows :  The  bent  wood  furniture  possesses  superior  strength 
and  durability,  with  the  smallest  quantity  of  material,  which 
permits  of  that  admirable  combination  of  lightness  with  ele- 
gance of  design  which  characterizes  this  class  of  furniture. 
The  widest  scope  is  allowed  for  the  exercise  of  artistic  talent 
since  the  bending  process  permits  of  the  production  of  the 
most  varied  and  intricate  patterns." —  Official  Report. 

Ber'lin  I'ron  Work.  Very  fine  cast-iron  work 
such  as  jewelry,  chains,  etc.,  made  in  Berlin.  The 
art  is  -said  to  have  originated  in  1813,  when  the 
people  of  Prussia  generally  gave  their  jewelry  to 
the  government  to  assist  in  resisting  Napoleon, 
and  received  in  exchange  similar  articles  made  of 
cast  iron.  Some  of  the  separate  pieces  of  which 
these  articles  are  made  up  are  so  small  that  it  is 
said  that  there  are  nearly  10,000  in  a  pound  weight. 

Berth.  A  bed  in  a  vessel's  cabin  or  state-room, 
or  in  a  sleeping  car. 

Berth,  Ship's,  Self  Leveling. 

Huston       .     .       '"Scientific  American,''1  xlii.  341. 
Berth,  Swinging. 

Andrews  .  .  *"  Scientific  American  Supplement,''  125. 
Couch,  Equilibrio. 

Anderson    .     .     *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  134. 

2.  A  position  occupied  by  a  vessel  alongside  a 
quay  or  wharf. 


Be-si-clom'e-ter.     (Optical.)     An  instrument 
which  indicates   the  proper   breadth  of  spectacles 

Fig.  300. 


Besiclometer. 

between  hinges ;  that  is  to  say,  the  breadth  of  the 
forehead. 

Bes'se-mer  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made 
in  converters  from  cast  iron.  A  blast  of  air  is 
driven  through  the  molten  metal  to  oxidize  the 
carbon  and  silicon.  Spicgeleisen  is  added  to  remove 
oxides.  See  pp.  277,  2364,  2365,  "Mecli.  Diet." 

"  At  the  period  of  the  Crimean  war.  the  British  annual 
production  of  all  kinds  of  steel  was  only  about  50,000 
tons,  but  immediately  after  the  close  of  that  war  the 
Bessemer  process  was  invented,  and  in  1878  no  less 
than  850,000  tons  of  steel  were  made  by  it  alone  in  Great 
Britain. 

"  The  production  of  Bessemer  steel  in  all  countries  in 
1879  was  about  2,700,000  gross  tons  of  ingots  and  1,900,- 
000  tons  of  rails. 


:P  = 

^                  COUNTRY. 

Ingots. 
Gross  tons. 

Rails. 
Gross  tons. 

829,439 

610,683 

834,711 

,720,231 

450.000 

350,000 

250.000 

225,000 

100,000 

76.000 

100,000 

76,000 

50,000 

40,000 

20,000 

None. 

Total  

2,634,150 

1,895,913 

"  There  are  eleven  establishments  in  the  United  States  for 
the  manufacture  of  Bessemer  Steel  —  one  in  New  York,  five 
in  Pennsylvania,  one  in  Ohio,  three  in  Illinois,  and  one  in 
Missouri :"  all  of  these,  except  the  last,  were  in  operation  in 
1878.  Each  establishment  has  two  converters."  —  Hon.  D. 
J.  Marrell. 

See  A.  L.  HoUfy's  report  of  Group  I.,  "Centennial  Re- 
ports,''1 iii.,  pp.  35-37. 

"  The  Bessemer  practice  of  the  United  States  is  not  equaled 
by  that  of  any  other  country  in  the  world.  Even  Great 
Britain  falls  far  behind  it.  With  114  converters,  a  majority 
of  which  may  be  presumed  to  have  been  active,  that  country 
produced  in  1878  only  850,000  tons  of  ingots  ;  while  the 
United  States  in  the  same  year,  with  22  converters,  not  all 
of  which  were  active,  produced  exactly  653,773  English  tons 
of  ingots. 

"  The  firm  of  Brown,  Bayley  &  Dixon,  of  Sheffield,  Eng- 
land, exhibited  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  1878,  a  rail  130'  long, 
rolled  direct  from  the  ingot,  and  bent  into  four  lengths  of  32' 
each,  the  whole  measuring  4}'  across."  —  Hon.  D.  J.  Mor- 
rell. 

The  following  may  be  consulted  :  — 

Bessemer,  Account  of     .     .     .    "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  3881. 

Converter  bottom,  Jones  .     .*"  Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  1,  5. 
Bessemer's  Inventions    .     .     .     "Sr.  Am.,"  xxxix.  372. 
Ladle  stopper,  Lance,  Br.     .  *{l Engineer,''  xlvii.  243. 
Bessemer  plant 

Brown.  Bayley  fy  Dixon, KT.  *"  Engineer,-'  xlv.  242. 
Cambria  Iron  Works      .     .     *"  Engineering,''  xxvi.  107. 

Cleveland *"  Engineering,"  xxii.  404. 

Edgar  Thomson  Co.  .     .     .        "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,23 

Holland *"  Sc.  Am.  Sup.  "1310. 

Basic  process,  Holley   .     .     .     *" Engineering?'  xxx.  403. 

*"  Engineering,"    xxiii.  183, 

208. 

"Iron  Age,''  xviii.,  July  13,  15. 
"Van   Nostrand's   Mag.,'" 

xviii.  239. 
*"Sc.  Amer.,''  xli.  127. 


Vulcan  Iron  Co.,  St.  Louis. 


Bessemer  steel,  "  Times 

Steel  apparatus     .     . 

Be'ton.      The    aqueduct    from   La   Vanne  to 

Paris,  135  miles  long,  is   nearly  entirely  of   beton 

Coignet.     The  Fontainebleau  section  of   37  miles, 

over   dry   quicksand,  is  composed   of  a   series   of 

arches,  "some   of  them   50'   high.      Eight   or   ten 


BETON. 


99 


BEVELING   MACHINE. 


bridges  of  span  from  75'  to  90'  are  also  of  beton. 
For  foundation  and  gravel  walls,  the  composition 
is,  sand  2^,  gravel  2^,  hydraulic  lime  1,  Portland 
cement  £.  For  pillars,  abutments,  etc.,  sand  4, 
hydraulic  lime  1.  The  other  portions,  sand  4,  hy- 
draulic lime  1,  Portland  cement  |  to  £. 

The  ingredients  are  mixed  in  a  dry  state,  then 
slightly  moistened  and  ground  in  a  mill  that  trans- 
forms it  into  a  paste  almost  dry,  which  is  then  di- 
rectly put  into  the  molds.  The  latter  are  made  of 
wood  lined  with  sheet  iron  on  the  inside.  The  ma- 
terial is  thrown  into  them  by  hand  and  stamped. 
As  soon  as  the  mold  is  filled  it  is  turned  out  and 
left  to  dry  for  a  few  days,  as  it  is  only  then  that  it 
will  bear  transportation.  Compressed  be'ton  pipe  is 
hard,  compact,  homogeneous,  and  resists  a  very 
high  pressure.  It  has  a  smooth  surface,  so  that 
the  flow  of  the  water  is  greatly  facilitated.  As 
this  pipe  is  absolutely  tight,  filtration  of  noxious 
matter  is  impossible. 

The  Santorin  beton  used  at  Pola,  was  composed  of  Santorin 
earth  —  a  volcanic  product  from  the  Greek  island  of  Santo- 
rino  —  and  common  lime  paste,  in  the  proportion  of  7  cubic 
iWt  (if  the  former  to  2  cubic  feet  of  the  latter,  forming  the 
hydraulic  mortar;  and  to  this  was  added  7  cubic  feet  of 
broken  stone  of  the  size  usually  employed  in  making  con- 
crete. The  whole  yielded  a  batch  containing  9  cubic  feet, 
WHS  made  into  a  conical  heap,  and  tempered  by  open  air  ex- 
posure for  a  period  varying  from  one  day  to  three  days, 
when  the  heaps  were  ready  to  be  used  under  water. 

General  Q.  A.  Gillmore's  Report  on  Beton  ugglomerc,  or 
Ooignet  Beton,  is  the  subject  of  a  Report  of  the  Corps  of 
Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,  Washington,  1871,  and  contains  full 
and  detailed  information  on  the  subject. 

Consult :  — 

Beton *  "Manufact.  and  Builder,''  x.  126. 

Beaton,  Examples  of    .     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1872. 
Manufacture,  Goodridge    "  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  201. 
Repairing  with,  Goodridge  "  Scientific  American   Sup.,"  1509. 
Underwater      ....     "Scientific  American,'''  xxxvi.  246. 
Fountain  in  Prospect  Park,  Brooklyn. 

*  '•  Sc.  Am.,''  xxxviii.215. 
Aqueduct  of  La  Vanne.     *  "Sc.  Am.,'1  xxxiv.  194. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  660. 
Manufacture  of  Be'ton  blocks,  N.  Y.  Docks. 

*uSc.  Am.  Sup.,"  364. 

List  of  uses  of  Beton  :  fountains,  arches,  tunnels,  foun- 
dations, buildings,  piers,  Moors,  etc.  *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''- 
pp.  1872-74. 

Bev'el.     An  instrument  with  a  handle  and  ad- 
301.  jus  table   blade,  the 

latter,  in  the  exam- 
ple    shown,   being 
secured  at  any  an- 
by  a  peculiar  arrangement. 
By   moving   the  thumb-piece    at 
the  lower  end  of  the  handle  the 
longer  lever  acts  upon  the  shorter 
one,  which  latter,  being  attached 
to  a  nut  inside  the  upper  end  of  the 
handle,  operates  as  a  wrench  to  turn  it 
upon  the  screw,  and  thus  fasten  or  re- 
lease the  blade. 
Bradshaw's  bevel,  *  "Sc.  Amer.,'"  xxxv.  338. 

Bev'eled  Fur'ni-ture.    (Printing.) 
The  side-sticks  and  foot- 
sticks  used  in  imposing  forms  or  lock-        Fig-  302> 
ing  up    galleys;    beveled    (tapered) 
pieces  of   wood  or  metal,   less  than 
type  high. 

Bev'eled  Wash'er.     A  washer 
with  an  upper  face  oblique  with  the 
base,  so  that  a  nut  with  oblique  pre- 
sentation   may    seat    itself  squarely  Beveled  Washer. 
upon  it. 

Bev'el  Fel'ly-pla'-ner.  A  machine  for  dress- 
ing the  sides  of  fellies  or  bent  rims,  either  square 
or  beveling.  It  has  a  strong  feed,  easily  regulated, 
and  is  adjustable  for  different  sizes  of  fellies,  and 


Fig.  303. 


Bevel  Fell i/ -planer.    (Fay  fy  Co.) 

from  square  to  bevel  work.  It  bevels  the  rims  be- 
fore they  are  rounded  inside,  ready  for  finishing  by 
the  sand  belts. 

Bev'el-gear'  Cut'tiiig  Ma-chine'.  Corliss's 
bevel-gear  cutting  machine  was  shown  in  the  Ma- 
chinery Hall,  Philadelphia,  1876,  near  the  great 
beam-engine.  See  "Centennial  Report," 

Grub's  bevel-gear  cutter  was  shown  in  the  Ger- 
man section  of  the  same  Exhibition.  See  GEAR 
CUTTER. 

Corliss  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  288. 

Corliss *  "Engineer,''  xlii.  364. 

Corliss *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"'  783. 

Corliss. *"Sc.  American  Sup.,''  369. 

Anton,  Fetu  If  Deliege,  Belg.  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  195. 

Bev'el-head   Bolt.     A   carriage  bolt  with   a 
truncated  conical  head,  as  seen   in    Fig.     FJB.  m 
304. 

Bev'el  Hub.     A  form  of  bent  pipe 
connection.     See  HUB,  BEND. 

Bev'el-ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  (Stereo- 
typing.) A  machine  for  dressing  off  and 
beveling  the  edges  of  stereotype  and  elec- 
trotype plates  equally  on  all  sides,  and 
parallel  to  the  matter.  The  edge  of  the 
printing  matter  is  placed  against  an  ad- 
justable side  gage,  secured  in  this  posi- 
tion by  clamps,  and  passed  quickly  be- 
fore the  revolving  cutter,  a  stationary 
cutter  at  the  same  time  taking  off  the 
sharp  corner  from  the  under  edge  of  the 
plate.  The  table  can  be  adjusted  in 
height  and  also  inclined  to  give  a  bevel 
more  or  less  acute,  and  the  revolving  cutter-head 
is  adjustable  horizontally  to  suit  the  position  of  the 
table.  A  brass  cover  over  the  cutter  prevents  the 
chips  from  flying,  and  drops  them  into  a  box  be- 
low. 

2.  (Bookbinding.)  A  clamp  for  holding  binders' 
boards  while  being  beveled  by  the  knife. 

In  Sanborn's  machine,  Fig.  305,  the  board  is 
placed  between  the  jaws,  and  the  upper  jaw 
brought  down  by  the  treadle  to  clamp  and  hold  the 
board.  The  board  is  adjusted  by  back  and  front 
gages.  The  paring  knife  has  the  two  metallic 
edges  to  guide  it. 

Fig.  306  is  Hoe's  machine  for  the  same  purpose. 


BEVELING    MACHINE. 


100 


BEVEL   SAWING   MACHINE. 


Foot  Beveling  Machine. 

It  is  of  metal.  The  plane  runs  in  an  oblique  chan- 
nel so  as  to  use  the  whole  edge  of  the  knife,  and 
give  a  shearing  cut  to  the  board.  The  table  is 
Kig.  306. 


Beveling  Machine  for  Binders'  Boards. 
adjustable  to  give  any  required  bevel.     The  front 
gage  or  stop  is  formed  by  the  farther  edge  of  the 
groove  ;  the  end  gage  is  movable  on  the  table. 

Fig.  307 


Bev'el  Jack.  An  intermediate  gearing  between 
a  prime  motor  and  a  machine  to  be  driven,  when 
the  motion  of  a  tumbling  rod  is  to  be  communi- 
cated to  a  band,  and  thereby  to  the  machine. 

In  the  bevel  jack  the  gearing  is  by  bevel-wheel 
and  pinion. 

In  England  called  an  intermediate  motion. 

Bev'el  Joint.  A  miter  or  sloping  joint,  the 
faces  being  dressed  to  an  angle,  usually  of  45°. 

Bev'el  Pla'ter.  A  mill  for  rolling  bevel-edged 
circular  plates.  The  thickness  is  decreased  from  a 
center  circle  to  the  edge;  such  plates  being  used 
for  shingle  and  veneering  saws. 

Jepson "Scientific  American' Sup., r  *  p.  89. 

Pedder  if  Abel  .    .     .     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  *  714. 

Bev'el  Pro-tract'or.     A  drafting  instrument 
Fig.  308. 


Bevel  Protractor. 


with  a  pivoted  sliding  arm,  which  has  a  semi-circle 
divided  to  degrees.     Fig.  308. 
Bev'el  Rest  for  Band  Saw  Cut'ting.     A 

Fig.  309. 


Rest  for  Bevel   Cutting  with  Band  Saw      (Arbey,  Paris.) 

holder  for  stuff  on  the  band-saw  table,  capable  by 
arc  adjustment  of  being  inclined  so  as  to  present 
the  stuff  obliquely  to  the  table  base  to  be  split  at 
any  angle  by  the  saw. 

Fig.  310. 


Bevel  Jack. 


Bevel   Sawing  Machine. 

Bev'el  Saw'ing  Ma-chine'.    A  machine  the 
table  of  which  has  underneath  sector  adjustment, 


BIARETZ. 


101 


BINOCULAR   TELESCOPE. 


so  as  to  be  set  at  any  inclination,  and  present  the 
stuff  to  be  split  obliquely  by  tbe  saw. 

See  also  BAND  SAW,  Fig.  196  supra,  and  Plate  III.,  opp.  p. 
76  ;  also  BEVEL  SCROLL-SAW,  p.  279,  Fig.  669,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Bi'ar-etz.  (Fabric.)  A  French  goods,  warp 
and  weft  of  merino  wool,  and  woven  with  a  corded 
or  cannel  armure. 

Bi'as  Meas'ure.    A  graduated  measure  with 

Fig.  311. 


Bias  Measure. 

ends  at  angles  of  45°  with  the  base,  to  assist  in 
measuring  and  marking  off  or  cutting  goods  to  be 
"  cut  on  the  bias." 
Bibb.     A  bent-nosed  faucet. 

Plumbers  catalogues  cite  many  varieties  :  three  are  shown 
in  Fig.  672,  p.  280,  "Mech.  Diet.'1    Others  are  known  as  — 
Plain  Bibbs,  Compression  Bibbs, 

Hose  Bibbs,  Telegraph  Bibbs, 

Wash-tray  Bibbs,  Bath  Bibbs,  etc. 

Biche'roux  Fur'nace.      (Metallurgy.)      One 
form  of  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  which  see. 

May  consult  :  — 

"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,''  *  xxi.  55  ;  xxiv.  362. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,"     *  Ixxxviii.  1331. 
"Iron  Age"     ........     *  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  24 


Age 
"Engineer 


.          . 

xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  24. 
Jan.  29,  p.  1. 
*  xlvi.  91. 


Bi-chro'mate  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
in  which  bichromate  of  potash  with  dilute  sulphuric 
acid  is  used  as  an  exciting  fluid. 

Grenet's  is  a  familiar  instance,  having  a  zinc  ele- 
ment between  two  carbons. 

Prescott's  "  Electricity  "     .....  *  p.  72 

"Niaudet,"  American  translation   .     .       211,  *  223. 
"English  Mechanic"       ......        xxiii.  *  12,  *466. 

Simple  form  of.     "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  *  2263. 
Erck,  "  Scientific  American"        .    .     .        xl.  169. 
Ergstrom,  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"     .     .        3791. 
McCarty.  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"     .     .        3791. 

Bi'cy-cle.  A  two-wheeled  vehicle,  the  ultima 
ratio  of  the  old  velocipede.  . 

The  "  Paragon  "  may  serve  as  an  example.  The 
spokes  are  of  wire,  and  on  the  spider-web  princi- 
ple, each  spoke  having  an  independent  tension. 
The  fellies  are  of  angle  iron,  the  angle  holding 
the  round  hoop  of  caoutchouc,  £"  diameter,  which 
is  secured  by  cement.  The  backbone  is  tubular  ; 
the  front  wheel  runs  on  conical  bearings. 

The  pedals  are  of  two  kinds  :  wooden  blocks  with 
steel  bushes  and  pins,  and  oval  or  triangular  pedals 
composed  of  steel  pins,  mounted  in  brass,  and  cov- 
ered with  India-rubber. 

The  handles  are  of  rosewood,  ebony,  or  ivory, 
upon  a  steel  rod,  the  support  of  polished  gun- 
metal,  level  with  the  top  of  tbe  socket,  an  arrange- 
ment found  to  render  it  easier  to  mount  and  dis- 
mount, and  giving  more  command  over  the  ma- 
chine generally,  both  in  ascending  hills  and  on  the 
level. 

Leg-rests  are  of  two  kinds,  one  of  which  is  fixed 
to  the  front  fork,  folding  up  when  not  in  use,  and 
the  other  over  the  front  wheel. 

The  saddle  is  placed  as  near  the  wheel  as  practi- 
cable, to  enable  a  rider  to  use  a  machine  with 
wheels  as  high  as  possible. 


Turner,  Eng *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1999. 

English    .......     *"Sc.  American  Sup.."  856. 

"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1283. 

"Columbia" *  "Sc.  American,"  xl.  35. 

*  " Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2585. 

Garrood ,    *  "Sc.  American  Sup."  1569. 

Manufacture *  "Sc.  American,"  xlii.  181. 

Otto *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  42. 

"Paragon,"  "  Ariel,"  etc.      *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1160. 

Bi-cus'pid  For'ceps.      (Dentistry.)     Forceps 


Forceps  for  Upper  or  L 


with  moderately  narrow  curved  beaks,  adapted  for 
the  extraction  of  bicuspid  teeth. 

Bi-det'.    A  wash-pan,  having  special  uses. 

Bid'i-ri.  (Fine  Art  Metal  Worltinff.)  A  species 
of  damascening  or  inlaying  upon  an  object  made 
of  an  alloy  of  copper,  lead,  and  tin,  blackened  by 
dipping  in  a  bath  of  sal-ammoniac,  saltpeter,  salt, 
and  blue  vitriol.  Named  from  Beder  in  Hyder- 
abad. 

Big'gin.     1.  A  hood  or  cap. 

2.  A  percolator  or  strainer    for   holding    coffee 
while  boiling  water  is  poured  through  it. 

3.  ( Welsh,  pigyn;  Gaelic,  pigean.)  A  small  earthen 
pitcher  or  pot. 

Bil'let.  (Harness.)  1.  A  short  strap  punctured 
with  holes  and  attached  to  various  parts  of  the  har- 
ness ;  used  for  connecting  by  a  buckle  different 
straps  and  portions. 

2.  (Metallurgy.)  A  bloom  or  loup  of  iron  in  the 
furnace  or  mill. 

Billiards.     See 

Billiard  cushion  rail.     Coltender.  *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  147. 

Billiard  table   .     .     .     Collender.  *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  22. 

Billiard  table  leveler      May..     .  *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxv.  211. 

Billiard  table  manufacture     .     .  *  "  Sc.  Am.,"  xl.  302. 

Bind.     (Mining.)     Derbyshire:  indurated  clay. 
Biiid'er.     1.  A  binding  reaper.     See  REAPER; 
REAPER  AND  BINDER. 

2.  A  machine   for   binding  gavels   left   in   the 
swath  by  a  reaper. 

Fig.  315  shows  a  one-horse  machine,  having  a 
gathering-rake  in  front  which  passes  beneath  the 
gavel,  raises  it  by  the  assistance  of  a  rake  reel,  and 
discharges  it  on  to  a  rear  platform,  where  it  is 
bound,  and  from  whence  it  is  discharged.  The 
machine  follows  in  the  wake  of  a  self-raking  reaper. 

3.  An  implement   to   assist   in   hand-binding  of 
sheaves.     See  SHEAF  BINDER. 

4.  (Mining.)    A  piece  of  iron  attached  to  a  truck 
or  barrel,  and  to  which  the  pit  rope  is  fastened. 

Bind'ing  Post.     (Electricity.)   A  device  with  a 


Fig.  314. 


screw,  which  secures  the  end  of  an  elec- 
Fig.  313.          trie  wire. 

The  examples   are  a 
double  table   binding- 
post,  Fig.  313,  and  a 
binding-screw,  Fig.  314. 
Bi-noc'u-lar    Tel'- 
e-s  cope.      Ponti's 
(Venice)    portable     bi- 
nocular   telescope    con- 
sists  of    two    conjoined 
parallel     telescopes     of 
Binding-post.      equal  power  and  length 
of  focus.     The    object-glass  and  tube  Binding-screw 
of   each   are   square,   and    each    tube 
has  a  micrometer  screw  for  the  adjustment  of  the 


BIOSCOPE. 


102  BI-SULPHIDE   OF   CAKBON. 


Johnston's  Sheaf  Binder. 


focus.  The  square  form  permits  the  eye-pieces  to 
be  brought  to  the  same  distance  apart  as  the  axes 
of  the  eyes  of  the  observer. 


Binocular  microscope. 

Molera  If  Cebrian 
Binocular  vision 


*"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  3869. 
.  "Sc.  American,''  xxxvi.  20. 


Bi'o-scope.  A  double-vision  instrument.  In 
a  recent  invention  of  M.  Eugene  Simmonar,  a  por- 
trait is  shown  with  the  eyes  sometimes  open,  some- 
times shut.  The  illusion  of  the  same  person  alter- 
nately awake  and  asleep  is  very  perfect.  To  obtain 
this  effect,  the  inventor  takes  a  double  photograph 
of  a  sitter  in  exactly  the  same  position,  only  in  the 
first  the  eyes  are  open,  in  the  second  closed.  From 
these  two  negatives  prints  are  taken,  one  on  the 
right  side,  the  other  on  the  reversed  side  of  the 
same  sheet  of  paper,  in  such  a  way  that  the  two 
images,  when  viewed  by  transmitted  light,  accu- 
rately coincide  ;  this  can  easily  be  done  by  the  car- 
bon process.  By  means  of  a  small  instrument  ar- 
ranged for  the  purpose,  the  light  and  reversed 
sides  of  the  paper  are  alternately  illuminated,  and 
the  face  is  seen  with  the  eyes  successively  open  and 
shut.  Thus  the  illusion  of  a  person  rapidly  wink- 
ing can  be  perfectly  produced. 

Bird  Foun'tain.  A  drinking  vessel  for  birds, 
on  the  principle  of  the  fountain  inkstand. 

Bis'cuit  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  making 
crackers,  biscuit,  etc.  See  CRACKER  MACHINE. 

Bi-sec'tor.  (Suryical.)  A  lithotomic  instru- 
ment used  in  connection  with  a  grooved  staff  in 
cutting  the  prostate  gland  in  operating  for  stone  in 
the  bladder. 

Fig.  133,  p  38,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Ckirurgicum."1 

Bis'muth  Al-loy'.  A  careful  statement  of 
the  character  and  uses  of  various  bismuth  alloys  is 
to  be  found  in  "Guettier's  Metallic  Alloys."  Copied 
into  "Polytechnic  Review,"  and  also  into  "Engineer- 
ing and  Mining  Journal,"  xxii.,  p.  137. 

Bismuth  extraction  process.    Painter's  "Report   Vienna  Ex- 
position,-' iv.  94. 

Bis'muth  Bronze.  An  alloy  composed  as  fol- 
lows :  — 


Hard  Bronze. 

Soft  Bronze. 

Bismuth     

1 

1 

Lead      

3 

5 

6 

12 

Nickel    

15 

30 

25 

52 

50 

"  London  Mining  Journal.'' 
See  also  "  Mining  and  Sc.  Press  "•      .  xxxv.  339. 
Said  to  withstand  oxidation,  and  to  be  particularly  suit- 
able for  the  preparation  of  lamp  reflectors. 

Bi-soc'.  (Agriculture.}  The  French  name  for 
a  two-furrow  plow,  or  gang  plow  with  two  bodies. 
See  GANG  PLOW. 

Bis'tou-ry.  (Surgical.)  A  small  surgical 
knife.  Fig.  692,  p.  287,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  figures  ensuing  refer  to  the  pages  in  Tiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium Chirurgicmn." 

The  bistoury  cache  has  a  concealed  knife.  Fig.  49,  Part  II., 
and  Figs.  76,  584,  591,  Part  III. 

Stap/iylorrhaphy  Bistouries,  pp.  66,67,  Part  II.,  and  p.  10, 
Part  V. 

Tenotome,  p.  61,  Part  I. 

Sharp-pointed  Bistouries,  pp.  6,  46,  56,  Part  I. 

Probe-pointed  Bistouries,  pp.  6,  46,  56,  Part  1. 

Hernia  Bistouries,  pp.  6,  46,  56,  Part  I. 

Finger  Bistouries,  pp.  6,  46,  Part  I. 

Ear  Bistoury,  p.  46,  Part  II. 

Bi-sul'phide  of  Car'bon  Ap'pa-ra'tus.    In 

addition  to  the  reference  to  the  Ellis  engine,  p.  287, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  consult  Engl.  Pat.  11,615  of  1847. 
Two  engines,  one  worked  by  steam,  the  other  by 
vapor  of  ether,  etc.  The  exhaust  steam  of  one  en- 
gine vaporizes  the  ether  of  the  other. 

No.  11,625  additional  thereto. 
No.  96  of  1854,  uses  bi-sulphide  of  carbon. 
Pecoi/l,  No.  1,008  of  1855,  spiral  tubes  containing  steam 
are  coiled  in  each  end  of  the  cylinder. 

Sulphuric  ether  is  injected  into  each  end  of  the  cylinder 
alternately  and  vaporized  in  the  tubes. 
2,768  of  1853  mixes  vapor  of  ether  with  air. 
See  also  :  — 
Bi-sulphide  of  Carbon  Apparatus. 

*  "Mining  and  Scientific  Press,"  xxxvi.  337. 
Bi-sulphide  of  Carbon  Engines. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  xii.  110. 
Bi-gulphide  of  Carbon  Motors,  Eng. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxv.  February  5,  p.  15,  March  25,  p.  1L 


103 


BLACK   MORTAR. 


Bit.  (Mini('//f.)  The  variety  of  bits  used  in 
England  much  exceeds  our  knowledge  of  the  ma- 
ne'ge.  The  following-  are  those  on  sale  :  — 

Breaking  bits.  Spring  hooks  and  snaffles. 

Van  and  cab  bits.  Regulation  officers'  tee  pa- 

\Vilson  snaffles.  droons. 

Snaffles  and  bits,  polished,        Slabbering  bits. 

tinned,  or  galvanized.  Ladies'  riding  bits. 

Ilackney  bits  and  bradoons.       Hanoverian  bits. 
Pelhams.  Australian  ring  snaffles. 

Cig;  bite.  Indian  snaffles  and  bits. 

Buckstone.  or  fancy-cheek        Hackney  curbs. 

carriage  bits.  Carriage  curbs. 

Carriage  swivel  bradoons.  Gig  curbs. 

Stallion  bars  and  chains. 

A  French  electric  bit  is  thus  arranged  :  The  coachman  has 
under  his  seat  an  electro-magnetic  apparatus,  which  he 
works  by  a  little  handle.  One  wire  is  passed  through  the 
rein  to  the  bit  and  carried  to  the  crupper,  so  that  a  current 
(nice  set  up  goes  the  entire  length  of  the  animal  along  the 
spine.  A  sudden  shock  will,  it  is  stated,  stop  the  most  vio- 
lent runaway. 

Bit  Brace.  A  crank  handle  for  working  a  bit. 
Figs.  856-858,  p.  353,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

Hit-stock     .     .     De  Bert     .     .     *  "Sc.  American,"1  xli.  18. 

Bit'-brace   Die.     A  screw-cutting   die  get  in 


Fig.  316. 


Bit-brace  Die. 


the  end  of  a  bit  to  be  worked  by  a 
brace.  Fig.  316.  The  tool  is  use- 
ful for  re-dressing  bolts,  clips,  sta- 
ples, etc.,  that  have  lost  nuts,  when 
set  in  wood- work  where  it  is  de- 
sirable to  cut  them  without  re- 
moval or  marring  paint ;  also,  for 
cutting  stove  rods  and  small  bolts, 
in  tin-shops  and  elsewhere.  The 
collets,  of  malleable,  iron,  measure 
in  their  largest  diameter  l£".  The 
dies  are  made  of  one  piece  of  steel, 
split  on  one  side,  held  in  position 
in  the  collet  and  adjusted  by  three 
screws. 

Bit  Stand.  A  turned  piece 
of  wood  with  perforations  in  which 
bits  may  be  stuck  to  keep  them  in 
order  and  ready  for  use.  For 
dentists'  purposes  principally. 

Bit  Strap.  (Mnne'ije).  A' short 
strap  used  to  attach  the  bit  to  a 
short  cheek  bridle,  or  to  a  halter. 

Bit'ting  Har'ness.  (Afan&je.)  A  harness  con- 
sisting of  a  plain  halter,  a  girth  with  wooden  up- 
rights placed  in  the  center  of  the  pad  and  set  at  an 
angle,  and  leather  reins  with,  rubber  web  ends. 
Kings  are  attached  to  the  uprights  and  sides  of  the 
girth,  into  which  the  ends  of  the  reins  are  buckled 
after  being  passed  through  the  ring  of  the  bit. 
Used  for  breaking  colts  to  the  bit.  Also  called 
breaking  harness. 

Bi'valve  Spec'u-lum.  (Suryical.)  One  hav- 
ing two  leaves  or  flaps. 

The  figures  refer  to  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirur- 
gicum."1 

Bivalvular  Anal  Speculum,  p.  118,  Part  III. 
Bivalvular  Ear  Speculum,  p.  34,  Part  II. 
Bivalvular  Nasal  Speculum,  p.  55,  Part  II. 
Bivalvular  Vaginal  Speculum,  pp.  60,  66,  Part  III. 

Black-ba'salt  Ware.  (Ceramics.}  One  of 
the  contributions  of  the  admirable  Wedgwood  to 
the  Ceramic  art.  Invented  by  him  in  1766.  It  is 
a  fine  black  ware,  choice,  and  an  article  de  luxe. 

Black  Brick.  Bricks  colored  by  heating  red- 
hot,  and  dipping  the  exposed  surface  into  a  pan 
containing  half  an  inch  or  so  of  melted  coal-tar. 
Soft  bricks  are  the  best.  "American  Architect.''' 

Black  Flux.  Composed  of  7  parts  of  crude 
tartar,  6  parts  of  saltpeter,  2  parts  of  common  bot- 
tle ulass,  and  by  some  a  small  amount  of  calcined 
borax  is  added.  These  ingredients  are  first  finely 


pounded  and  mixed,  and  then  gradually  heated  in 
an  iron  pot  or  ladle  so  as  to  burn  them  together. 
Care  should  be  taken  to  not  overheat  the  mixture, 
and  as  soon  as  it  is  thoroughly  melted  and  mixed 
together  it  should  be  removed  from  the  fire  and 
allowed  to  cool.  After  it  has  cooled  it  is  finely 
pulverized  and  sifted,  and  is  then  ready  for  use. 

Black  Glass.  The  black  glass  made  in  Venice 
is  famous  for  the  intensity  of  its  color.  M.  Kay- 
ser,  a  Nuremberg  chemist,  has  ascertained  by  anal- 
ysis that  manganese  is  the  substance  used.  To 
confirm  this  result,  he  melted  in  a  small  furnace  a 
mixture  of  sand  and  sulphur,  in  which  he  intro- 
duced 15  per  cent,  of  peroxide  of  manganese.  He 
thus  obtained  a  glass  of  a  deep  black  color;  in  very 
fine  threads  or  thiu  splinters  it  was  of  a  sombre 
violet. 

Black'ing.     1.  For  Iron  Castings  :  — 

Common.  —  Coal  tar. 

Finer.  —  Japan  varnish. 

Work  exposed  to  heat.  —  Graphite. 

Work  exposed  to  weather.  —  Black  varnish,  dusted  with 
dry  graphite,  and  brushed. 

Ornamental  Castings.  —  Heat  to  blue  annealing  heat,  coat 
with  black  copal  varnish,  and  dry  at  same  heat.  To  polish, 
give  another  light  coat,  and  heat  moderately. 

Mantels. — Enamel  varnish. 

Lead-color  Paint.  —  Oxide  of  lead  heated  in  a  pot,  and 
flower  of  sulphur  and  oil  stirred  in. 

2.  For  Leather  :  — 

Harness  and  Bridle  Leather.  —  A  decoction  of  iron-rust 
and  vinegar,  or  iron-rust  and  sour  wine  or  sour  beer,  ap- 
plied to  the  grain  side  of  the  leather  after  it  has  been  stained. 
The  vinegar  solution  is  the  best.  After  this  application  the 
leather  is  said  to  be  blacked  on  the  grain. 

Wax  Leather,  -  A  compound  of  lampblack  and  soft  soap, 
laid  on  the  flesh  side  with  a  brush.  The  skin  is  now  said  to 
be  blacked  on  the  flesh,  or  waxed. 

3.  (Founding.)     Charcoal  in  fine  powder  dusted 
from  a  bag  on  the  mold  or  applied  as  black  wash. 

Black'ing  Bag.  (Founding.)  A  linen  bag 
from  which  ground  charcoal  is  dusted  on  to  the  sur- 
face of  a  mold. 

Black'ing-box  Press.  A  sheet-metal  press 
expressly  for  cutting  and  drawing  blacking-boxes 
and  covers.  See  STAMPING  PRESS. 

Black'-land  Plow.  A  light,  one-horse,  7" 
cut,  steel  plow.  The  model  of  its  mold  and  share 


Fig.  317. 


Avery's  Black-land  Plow. 

is  low,  long,  and  narrow,  and  it  is  designed  ex- 
pressly for^  the  black,  waxy  prairie  lands  of  the 
south. 

Black  Lead.  Properly,  graphite.  It  is  used 
sometimes  for  mixing  with  sand,  and  for  blacking 
molds ;  also  frequently  for  polishing  patterns  to 
prevent  adhesion.  It  exceeds  all  other  carbona- 
ceous matter  in  incombustibility.  Thf  uses  of 
graphite  are  multifarious  ;  for  pencils,  crucibles, 
polish,  lubricant,  electrotyping,  etc.,  see  GRAPH- 
ITE, page  1010,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Black  Mor'tar.  Take  good  fat  lime,  and  use 
no  sand,  but  mix  it  with  fine  coal-dust  instead  of 
sand.  Merely  to  paint  the  joints  black,  mix  lamp- 
black with  boiled  linseed  oil.  In  the  first  case  it  is 
put  in  place  with  the  pointing  tools  ;  in  the  second 


BLACKSMITHS'   CHISEL. 


104 


BLAST  FURNACE. 


case,  it  is  applied  by  the  particular  kind  of  brush 
u-cd  by  house-painjfers  for  that  purpose. 


Black'smiths'   Chis'el. 

tool  with  one  sharp  edge,  and 
used  in  cutting  iron  by  a  blow 
delivered  with  a  hammer. 

Black'smith's  Lathe. 
A  lathe  of  moderate  size, 
adapted  especially  for  per- 
forming repairs  in  workshops 
and  factories.  A  special  lathe 
for  this  purpose  turns  12" 
in  diameter  over  shears,  is 
arranged  to  be  driven  by 
steam,  water,  horse  or  hand- 
power,  is  self-acting,  with 
means  of  varying  the  feed, 
and  can  be  employed  for 
turning,  boring,  or  drilling,  as 
occasion  may  require. 

Black'smith's    Sledge, 
wielded   by  the   blacksmith's 
helper,   and   having   a  cross  or 
straight  peen. 

Black  Wash.  (Molding.) 
A  fluid  application  to  the  sur- 
face of  dry  sand  molds,  loam 
molds  and  "cores,  consisting  of 
very  thin  day  wash,  with  an  ad- 
dition of  powdered  charcoal. 
When  dried  it  forms  a  thin 
layer,  which  prevents  sane?  burn- 
ing, and  gives  a  clear  skin  to 
the  casting,  performing  the  same 
function  as  blacking  dust  on 
green  sand  molds.  It  is  also 
vised  as  a  parting  in  loam  mold- 
ing. 

Blad'der  In-ject'or.  An 
instrument  to  wash  out  the 


A   hammer-shaped 
Fig.  318. 


JilnrLnnithx'  Chisels, 
(a.)  Gouge  chisel, 
(h.)  Hot  chisel. 
A   heavy   hammer 
Fig.  319. 


Blacksmith's  Oross- 
peen   Sledge. 


Fig.  320. 


bladder.     It  consists  of  a  soft  rubber  catheter,  with 
injection  apparatus  and  valves. 

The  instrument  may  be  described  by  a  detail  of  the  man- 
ner in  which  the  patient  uses  it. 

He  prepares  eight  ounces  or  more  of  the  injection  fluid  at 
a  temperature  of  110°  F.     The  bag,  filled  with  the  warm 
fluid,  is  hung  up  about  6'  from  the  floor.     The  stopcock  is 
now  turned  on  till  all  the  air  is  forced  out  of  the  tube  and  a 
jet  of  water  follow?.      The  instrument 
is  now  charged  for  use,  and  no  subse- 
quent disturbance  can  make  it  possible 
for  any  air  to  be  thrown  into  the  blad- 
der.  Now,  standing  before  a  stool  bear- 
ing some   receptacle,  the  patient  elowly 
introduces  his  catheter,  dipped  in  vase- 
line, and  already  attached  to  the  large 
metallic  mouth-piece. 

As  soon  as  the  urine  begins  to  flow, 
he  immediately  couples  the  large  nozzle 
of  the  stopcock  and  the  large  metallic 
mouth-piece   with   which    his  catheter 
has  been  provid- 
ed, and  the  urine 
flows      promptly 
through     the 
short     rubber 
tube  into  the  vase 
on   the  stool  be- 
fore him.    When 
the    urine    has 
escaped,  he  turns 
the  stopcock  and 


'  Injector. 

soonVas'the  organ  begins  to  feel  distended,  he  turns  the 
stopcock  again.  The  simple  motion  of  turning  a  stopcock 
does  not  communicate  the  slightest  jar  to  the  neck  of  the 
bladder  while  the  water  flows  in  and  out  of  the  body,  obey- 
ing the  natural  law  of  gravitation,  so  slowly  and  quietly 
that  the  patient  scarcely  perceives  it. 

He  may  thus  wash  his  bladder  very  thoroughly  four,  five, 
or  six  times,  without  any  change  of  the  instrument  or  its 
adjustment,  except  the  simple  turning  to  and  fro  of  a  stop- 


cock ;  and  this  he  does  until  the  water  flows  comparatively 
clear  from  his  bladder. 

Blad'der  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  These 
are  of  various  kinds,  not  including  those  for  ope- 
rating for  stone  in  the  bladder,  lithotomic,  lithotri- 
tic,  lithoclastic  instruments. 

The  figures  refer  to  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Cltirur- 
gicum.'' 

Bladder  evacuating  apparatus      .     .     .     pp.  37,  44,  Part  III. 
Extrophy  (inverted  bladder)  apparatus     p.  47,  Part  III. 
Puncturing  apparatus  ;  trocars   .     .     .     p.  30,  Part  III. 
Tapping  apparatus ;  aspirator      .     .     .     p.  30,  Part  III. 
Washing  apparatus  ;   syringes,  cathe- 
ters, etc p.  44,  Part  III. 

Blan'ket  Riffle.  A  blanket  is  taken  and  cut 
into  strips,  and  these  strips  sewed  together  so  as  to 
fit  into  the  sluice  under  the  settler.  The  edges  of 
the  strips  of  blankets  then  form  a  series  of  riffles 
for  catching  quicksilver,  gold,  and  sulphurets.  The 
blanket  riffles  are  about  6"  apart. 

Under  the  blanket  are  several  half  oval  bars  of 
iron  flat  side  down,  which  extend  longitudinally 
through  the  sluices,  and  are  fastened  together.  A 
bell-crank  motion  moves  these  bars  laterally  back 
and  forth  under  the  blanket  riffles,  and  they  serve 
to  keep  the  material  gently  stirred  up  so  that  the 
tailings  will  flow  off  readily.  By  this  lateral  mo- 
tion of  the  bars  under  the  blanket,  the  pulp  is  pre- 
vented from  packing.  The  edges  of  the  blanket 
riffles  are  of  the  best  form  for  catching  gold  and 
quicksilver,  and  the  blankets  can  be  taken  out  and 
washed,  or  eventually  burned  in  the  usual  way. 

Blank  Flange.  *  A  round  plate  to  be  bolted 
on  the  flanged  end  of  a  pipe  to  close  the  aperture. 

Blank'ing  Press.  A  stamping  press  for  sim- 
ply cutting  out  blanks. 

'Blank'-work  Fold'er.  A  paper-folding  ma- 
chine, especially  adapted  for  folding  blank-work  in 
sections,  quires,  or  single  sheets. 

Blast  Fur'nace.  (Metallurgy.)  One  depend- 
ing upon  a  column  of  air  driven  into  it  by  mechani- 
cal means,  as  distinguished  from  an  air  furnace  or 
wind  furnace,  which  depends  upon  chimney  draft. 
Plenum  and  not  vacuum. 

"The  number  of  blast-furnaces *in  the  United  States  is 
now  700,  of  which  not  quite  300  were  in  blast  in  1877  and 
1878."  —  Morrell. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Blast  Furnaces. 

At  Bessemer.  111.       .     *" Engineering,"    xxi.    462,  486. 

j->atty "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  im. 

Bethlehem,  Pa.     .     .     *  "Iran  Age,''  xx.,  Nov.  8,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,    14(5. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  159,  p.  163. 

Buttgenbach,  Prussia     *  "Blake's  Report,    Vienna  Exposi- 
tion,'' iv.  82+. 

Carinthian  .     .     .     .  *  Kid.,  *  iv.  21,  f«  seq. 

Cedar  Point      ...  *  "Engineering,    xxiv.  465. 

Clausthal     ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  1 

Durham,  Pa.    .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  loO. 

Hof,  Bavaria    .     .     .  *  "Engineering'  ,  xxiv.  II 

Japanese      ....  "Iron  Age,  '  xyu.  Apr, JO,  p.  lo. 

Lonsdaie,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineering, -  xxu.  402. 

"  Lucy  Iron  Works  "  *  "Engineering,'1'  xxvi.  410. 

"  Lucy  "  Ironton     .  *  "  Engineering  S'  xxvm.  162. 

Maria-ell,  Styria       .  *  "Blake's  Report,  Vitnna   Exposi- 
tion,'1'' iv.  43  +. 

Meier  Iron  Co.,  111.  .  *  "Engineering,"-  xxvii.  315. 

Of  Great  Britain   .     .  "Scientific.  American  Sup •       28.. 

On  the  form  of     .     .  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  IS,  p.  I. 

Stephens       ....  *  "ton  Age,'''  xx  ,  Nov   15 .p.  5. 

Warwick      ....  "Iron  Age,' '  xxii.,  July  11,  p.  26. 

Weimer             ...  *  'Engineer,''  xlii.  235. 

Furnace  Charger     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'  19<. 

Weimer  If  Berkenbine   *  "Engineering,'   xx.  9.. 

*  "Polytechnic  Rev.,"  n.  iW. 
Williamson,  Br.    .     .  "Iron  Age,''  *xi---ruly'26'1!P^  °; 

Furnace  Feeder,  Moore    *  "Iron  Age,-'  xx., October  1»,  p.  &. 
Furnace  Fuel,  Anthracite.  . 

Lebanon,  Pa.   .     .     .     *  "Engineering,     xxiv.  286. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  iwo 
Hydro-carb.,  Cassell      *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  22,  p.  5. 


BLAST   GAS   FURNACE. 


105 


BLASTING   GELATINE. 


Liquid  Fuel     .     .     . 

Natural  gas      .     .     . 

Petroleum  in,  Belg. 
Furnace  Hearth. 

Lmmann  .... 
Furnace  Linos. 

Hartman  .... 
Blast  Furnace  Plant. 

Crown  Point,  N.  Y.  . 

Cumbria  Iron  Works. 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  47. 
"Iron  Age,-'  xxvii.,  Feb.  17,  p.  1. 
"Scientific  American,'"  *  xxv.  83. 

''Eng.  and  Min.  J.,"  xxi.  128. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  March  4,  p.  1. 

;  "Engineering,'1'  xxv.  220. 
"  Engineering,"  xxvi.  154. 


Blast    Gas    Fur'nace.      An   apparatus  used 
for  the  fusiou  of  refractory  metals,  etc. 
Fig.  321. 


of  0.5"  of  water,  and  the  blast  of  air  about  ten 
times  that  pressure.  The  quantity  of  gas  used  in 
an  hour  is  about  100  cubic  feet. 

When  the  gas  is  lighted  and  the  blast  of  air  is 
put  on,  the  name  produced  by  the  gas-burner  is 
quite  blue  and  free  from  smoke.  It  is  2"  in  diam- 
eter and  3"  high,  and  the  point  of  greatest  heat 
is  about  2"  above  the  flat  face  of  the  gas-burner. 
Above  this  steady  blue  flame  there  rises  a  flicker- 
ing, ragged  flame,  several  inches  in  height,  varying 
with  the  pressure  of  the  gas.  In  the  blue  flame, 
thin  platinum  wires  fuse  readily. 

Blast  Gate.  The  stop-cock  or  vulved  aperture 
of  a  blast-pipe. 

Fig.  324. 


It  lias  a  particular  form  of  gas-burner,  which  is 
supplied  with  gas  at  the  usual  pressure,  and  with  a 
blast  of  common  air,  supplied  by  bellows  or  a  blow- 
ing machine,  at  about  ten  times  the  pressure  at 
which  the  gas  is  supplied. 

The  furnace  is  built  up  round  the  flame  that  is 
produced  by  the  gas-burner,  and  the  crucible  that 
is  exposed  to  ignition. 

Fig.  321  shows  the  arrangement  of  the  apparatus, 
Fig.  322  a  vertical  section  of  the  burner,  and  Fig. 
323  gives  a  horizontal  section  of  the  burner. 

The  gas  burner  is  a  cylindrical  iron  reservoir, 
constructed  as  shown  in  Fig.  322.  It  contains  two 
chambers,  which  are  not  in  communication  with 
one  another.  Into  the  upper  chamber,  gas  at  or- 
dinary pressure  is  allowed  to  pass  by  the  tube 

m:\rked  GAS. 
Into  the  lower 
chamber,  air  is 
forced  by  the 

Fig.  323. 


Kurnn-  of  Btusi   Gas  Furnace. 


Section  of  Blast 
Gas  Furnace. 


tube  marked  AIR.  The  upper  part  of  the  burner  is 
an  inch  thick  in  the  metal.  Through  this  solid  roof 
holes  are  bored  for  the  escape  of  the  gas.  The 
air  passes  from  the  lower  chamber  through  a  series 
of  small  tubes  placed  in  the  center  of  the  gas- 
holes,  and  continued  to  the  surface  of  the  burner, 
so  that  the  gas  and  air  do  not  mix  until  both  have 
left  the  gas-burner,  and  then  a  current  of  air  is 
blown  through  the  middle  of  each  jet  of  gas.  The 
bottom  of  the  gas-burner  is  made  to  unscrew,  and 
the  division  between  the  two  chambers,  which  car- 
ries the  air-tubes,  is  removable,  for  the  purpose  of 
being  cleaned.  The  gas  has  usually  had  a  pressure 


Blast  Gate. 


Blast-heat'ing  Stove.     A  stove  or  oven  for 
heating  air  for  blast  furnaces. 


Durham,  Pa. 
Lonsdale,  Br. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  161. 

*  "Engineering, ,''  xxxii.  480. 


Blast'ing.     Rending  by  exploding  substances. 
Blasts "Sc.  American,"  xl.  391. 


Blasting  Cartridges 
Blasting  Explosives  . 
Blast  at  Hell-gate  .  . 
Blasting,  Principles  of 
Dynamite  under  water 


"Sc.  American,''  xxxiv.  391. 
"«:.  American  Sup.,"'  2018. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  476. 

*  "R.  R.   Gazette,"  xxii.  217,  229. 

*  "Engineer,''  xliii.  261. 


Noted  effective  blasts  :  — 

Glendon  Iron  Quarry,  Easton,  Pa.,  12,000  Ibs  powder,  dis- 
placing 60,000  tons  of  rock. 

Reservoir  Ditch  Co.,  Yuba  Co.,   Cal.,  50,000  Ibs.  Judson 
powder,  displacing  250,000  tons  of  gravel. 

Consult :  — 

Drinker's  "Tunneling,  Explosive  Compounds,  etc.,"  New 
York,  1878. 

Andre's  "Rock  Blasting,"  London,  1878. 

General  Newton's  Annual  Report  "  On  Removal  of  Obstruc- 
tions at  Hell-gate,''  1873-76. 

Williamson  4"  Heuer's  "Report  on  Removal  of  Blossom 
Rock.'' 

General  Burgoyne's"  Blast  ing  and  Quarrying  of  Stone  and 
Blowing-up  of  Bridges.'' 

Blast'ing  Com'pound.  Huetter's  gun-cotton 
and  nitrate  of  baryta. 

"  Chemiker  Zeitung.'' 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,"  2800. 

See,  also,  list  under  EXPLOSIVES. 

Blast'ing  Gel'a-tine.  A  new  explosive  agent, 
discovered  by  M.  Nobel.  This  substance,  called  in 
England,  "  Blasting  Gelatine,'"  is  formed  by  dis- 
solving collodion  cotton  in  nitro-glycerine  in  the 
proportion  of  10  per  cent,  of  the  former  to  90  per 
cent,  of  the  latter.  The  result  of  the  solution  is  a 
gelatinous,  elastic,  transparent,  pale-yellow  sub- 
stance, having  a  density  of  1.6,  and  the  consistence 
of  a  stiff  jellv.  The  new  explosive  is  in  itself  much 
less  easily  affected  by  blows  than  ordinary  kiesel- 
guhr-dynamite ;  but  it  may  be  rendered  far  more 
insensible  to  mechanical  impulse  by  an  admixture 


BLASTING   GELATINE. 


106      BLIND-LATH   PUNCHING   MACHINE. 


of  a  small  proportion  (from  4  to  10  per  cent.)  of 
camphor.  Experiments  have  been  carried  out,  the 
result  of  which  is  to  prove  that  'the  new  explosive 
possesses,  weight  for  weight,  25  per  cent.,  and  bulk 
for  bulk,  40  per  cent,  more  explosive  power  than 
ordinary  dynamite.  With  moist  gun-cotton,  gel- 
atine compares  nearly  as  favorably. 

See  article  by   II.  Baden  Pritchard  in  "Nature;"  repro- 
duced in  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  2869. 
See,  also,  "Engineering  ami  Mining  Journal,"1  xxvi.  271. 

Blast  Lamp.      One   with   an  artificially   pro- 
duced draft  of  air  to  aid  combustion. 
Lavender,  *  "Engineer,'-  xlii.  309. 

Blast  Noz'zle.  The  opening  of  the  blast-pipe 
at  the  foot  of  the  smoke-stack  of  a  locomotive. 

Annular,  Mallet,  Fr *  "Engineering,"1  xxv.  221. 

Annular,  Brown,  Winterthur   .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  170. 

Noise  suppressor,  Aveling     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlii.  41. 

Shaw   ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  41. 

Blast-Re-cord'er.  An  instrument  for  keeping 
a  record  of  the  time  a  hot-blast  oven  is  in  blast. 
The  ovens,  of  the  Whitwell  class,  for  instance,  are 
used  alternately,  the  work  of  each  being  intermit- 
tent, as  is  the  case  also  with  the  Siemens'  and 
Ponsard  regenerators,  and  the  punctual  shifting  of 
the  blast  to  the  respective  sides  of  the  twin  stoves 
is  important.  See  REGENERATOR,  GAS  GENER- 
ATING FURNACE,  etc. 

In  the  illustration,  Fig.  325,  the  recorder  is 
adapted  to  indicate  the  performance  of  twenty-one 
pairs  of  ovens,  each  of  which  has  its  iron  pencil 
which  records  the  performance  on  the  paper,  in 
manner  following :  — 

A  pipe  leading  from  the  blast  pressure  termi- 
nates at  a  cross-bar  opposite  the  drum,  to  which 
the  pencil  mechanism  is  fastened ;  when  the  blast 
comes  on  a  small  piston  is  caused  to  project  for- 
ward forcing  the  pencil  upon  the  paper;  the  joint 


Fig.  325. 


Bailey's  Blast- Recorder. 

is  made  air-tight  by  means  of  an  elastic  diaphragm, 
about  an  inch  in  diameter.  The  diagram  completes 
a  revolution  by  clockwork  once  a  week,  and  the 
number  of  hours  worked  by  each  oven  can  be  at 
once  seen  by  the  length  of  the  stroke  which  its 
pencil  has  made  upon  the  paper. 

See  "  Enginee r  "    ....  *  xlv.  30. 

"  Scientific  American,  '•   *  xxxviii.  131. 


Blast  Reg'u-la'tor.  Hoge's  blast-governor, 
for  grain  separators,  has  a  blast-regulating  valve, 
automatically  adjusted  by  means  of  another  valve 
or  piston  suitably  connected  to  it,  the  latter  being 
actuated  by  the  difference  in  pressure  of  the  blast 
and  the  external  air.  Patent,  No.  138,563. 

Bleach'e-ry  Boil'er.  The  blcachery  boilers 
of  Lawrie,  of  Glasgow,  are  shown  in  Fig.  241,  Ar- 
ticle " Blcmchiment, '  Laboitlaijf'ti  "  Diclionnaire  des 
Arts  tt  Manufacture*,"  Tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

See  also  KEIH  and  BUCKING  KEIR  in  " M«-lt. 
Diet." 

Blende.  (Mining.)  An  ore  of  zinc,  consisting 
of  zinc  and  sulphur. 

Blind.  A  window  screen.  Made  in  several 
forms  :  a  series  of  slats  strung  upon  cords ;  a  win- 
dow shutter  with  slats  in  the  panels  ;  a  shutter  of 
iron  slats  wound  upon  a  roller  and  letting  down  in 
front  of  a  store  window  to  protect  it  at  night. 

Blinds,  metallic. 
Hayes.     .... 


.     *"Man>tf.  and  Builder,"  ix.161. 
*"Manuf.  and  Builder,''  x.  102. 

Blind  Clamp.  A  machine  on  which  the  parts 
of  a  blind  are  brought  together  and  pressed  into 
shape.  In  the  example,  Fig.  326,  this  is  done  by  a 
single  motion. 

Vis.  326. 


Blind  Clamp. 

Carpenters'  and  joiners'  clamps  and  similar  de- 
vices for  boxes,  sash,  doors,  etc.,  are  mentioned 
uuder  their  respective  heads. 

Blind'-fast.  The  fastening  of  a  blind  or  shut- 
ter. 

Blind  Ink.  Invented  by  Edison.  An  ink  which 
at  first  makes  a  grayish-white  mark,  but  soon  swells 
up  into  relief  on  the  paper,  so  as  to  be  traced  by 
the  touch  of  the  fingers. 

Blind'-lath  Punch'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  perforating  the  slats  of  Venetian  blinds 
for  the  running  cord  by  which  they  are  adjusted. 


Fig.  327. 


Venetian.  Blind-lath  Punching  Machine.     (Eng. 


Beneath  the  lever  is  a  curved  cutter,  oblong  in  sec- 
tion, like  the  opening  to  be  punched.  See  Fig. 
327. 


BLIND-RELISHING   MACHINE. 


107 


BLIND   STITCH. 


Blind'-rel'ish-ing   Ma-chine'.      See    SASH- 
RELISHING  MACHINE. 
Blind'-slat  Crimp'ing  Ma-chine'.      A  ma- 


Fig.  328 


chine  used  for  compressing  the  ends  of  stationary 
blind  slars  so  as  to  tit  and  till  the  mortises.  It  may 
be  operated  by  hand  or  power.  The  slats  are 
placed  in  a  hopper,  or  receiver,  at  the  top  of  the 
machine,  and  the  rotary  motion  given  to  the  bal- 
ance wheel  operates  the  dies  by  a  combination  of 
cams,  and  this  motion  will  drop  a  slat,  carry  it  to 
the  dies,  compress  both  ends,  and  throw  it  oft. 

Bliiid'-slat  Pla'ner.  A  planing  machine  for 
finishing  sluts  for  window-blinds,  doing  the  work 
on  both  sides,  and  rounding  the  edges  simultane- 
ously. /  /  are  hand-wheels  by  which  the  edge- 
cutters  G  are  re-^tilnted  to  any  width  of  slat.  The 
table  is  regulated  by  screws  underneath.  C  D  are 
the  pulleys  of  the  upper  and  lower  cylinders,  each 
of  which  has  four  cutters.  The  machine  has  four 
sets  of  feed-rolls.  F  E  are  bands  from  pulley  B, 
leading  to  the  edge-cutter  arbors. 

Fig.  329. 


Blind'-slat  Ten'on-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine which  operates  upon  long  rods  which  have 
been  dressed  to  the  shape  for  slats.  The  slat  is  fed 
endwise  through  rotating  chucks,  the  shoulder  be- 
ing pressed  against  an  adjustable  gage  for  reg- 
ulating the  length  of  slat.  By  the  peculiar  con- 
Fig.  330. 


Blind-slat  Planer. 


Blind-slat  Tenoning  Machine. 

struction  of  the  revolving  cutting  tools,  two  tenons 
are  cut  and  divided  with  one  cutter  head  simulta- 
neously at  one  operation.  A  pressure  upon  the 
treadle  causes  a  rotation  of  the  slat  and  at  the  same 
time  depresses  the  chucks  carrying  the  slat  against 
the  cutting  tools,  enabling  them  to  form  a  perfect 
tenon  on  each  end. 

By  releasing  the  treadle  the  chucks  are 
instantly   stopped,  in   order  that  the  slat 
may  be  fed  to  the  gage,  at  the  same  time 
the  driving  belt  is  slackened,  so  as  to  slip 
and  not  drive.     It  will  work  any  length  of 
slat  from    1|"   up    to    24", 
and  will  make  any  size  of 
tenon     desired.      See    also 
Blind    Machinery    on    pp. 
298-300,  "Mech.  "Die/.'" 

Blind'-  stile  Bor'er 
and  Mor'tis-er.  This 
machine  acts  upon  two 
stiles  at  once,  and  will  make 
mortises  of  any  length,  from 
>\  round  hole  up  to  2-J" ;  or 
it  will  bore  stiles  with 
round  holes  for  rolling  blind 
slats.  See  Fig.  331. 

Blind'-stile  Rout'er. 
A  machine  for  cutting  the 
recesses  for  blind-rods ;  in 
fact,  a  boring  machine  for 
the  tenons  of  slats  which 
occupy  each  an  oblique  mor- 
tise in  the  stile.  See  Fig. 
332. 

Blind  Stitch.  (Har- 
ness.) An  ornamental  stitch 
placed  upon  the  outside 
cover  to  a  blind  or  strap, 
the  under  side  of  which  is 
covered  by  the  lining.  A 
stitch  that  is  shown  on  one 
side  only  of  the  leather. 


BLIND-WIRING   MACHINE. 


108 


BLOCKING   HAMMER. 


Blind-wir'iiig  Ma-chine'.  This  machine 
(Fig.  333)  has  guides  for  conducting  the  staple  to 
the  rod  ;  a  device  for  feeding  the  staple  between  the 
guides,  a  driver  for  forcing  them  into  the  rod,  and 


Fig   331. 


the  fourteenth  century.     See  BLOCK-PRINTING,  p. 
303,  "Mech.  Diet." 

S.  (Arch.)    A  plainer  enriched  projecting  divis- 
ion in  an  entablature. 


Blind-stile  Borer  anil 


a  device  for  moving  the  rod  forward  any  required 
distance  as  each  staple  is  driven. 

It  is  mounted  on  a  substantial  iron  column  and 
worked  by  foot,  leaving  the  operator  free  with  both 
hands  to  manipulate  his  work.  It  will  space  off, 
and  set  and  drive  at  the  rate  of  80  staples  per  min- 
ute. 

Fig.  332. 


Blind-stile  Router. 

Blis'ter  Steel.  (Metallurgy.}  Another  name 
for  cement  steel ;  made  from  wrought  iron  in  a 
cementation  furnace.  Figs.  1197,  1198,  p.  509, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Block.  7.  (Add.)  An  engraved  wooden  stamp, 
used  for  printing  fabrics  before  the  invention  of 
the  roller  printer. 

Block-printed  linen  was  produced  in  Flanders  in 


(Pulleys.)    Bouc/ie,  the  metallic  bushing  of  the 

Channel,  the  opening 
in  the  shell  to  hold  the 
sheave. 

Cheeks,  the  sides  of 
the  shell. 

Coa/c,  the  bushing  of 
tin;  sheave. 

Gorge,  the  groove 
uround  the  sheave. 

I'in,  o  r  Pintle ;  on 
which  the  sheave  runs. 

Score,  the  grooves  on 
the  body  to  hold  the 
strap. 

Sheave,  the  groove- 
edged  wheel  for  t  h  e 
rope. 

Shell,  the  body. 

Strap,  or  Strop,  the 
band  of  iron  or  rope 
which  goes  around  the 
block. 

Sw  all  ow, 

the  space  be-   -jjjg?.-^ 
tween       the 
5j=s^   sheave     a  u  d  w^ 
_    ^  shell      i  11 
which     the 
rope  runs. 

Block-mak- 
ing   machin- 
See  p.  303,  *"Mec/i. 


Blocks      and 
R  o  p  e'-l  e  a  d-e  r  s. 

See  under  the  follow  - 


cheeks. 


ing  heads : — 

Angle  block. 

Anti-friction  block. 

Awning  block. 

Becket  block. 

Boom-sheet  block. 

Bull's  eye. 

Buntline  leader. 

Cargo  block. 

Chain  pulley-block. 

Clothes-line  block. 

Davit  block. 

Dead  eye. 

Deck  block. 

Differential  block. 

Differential  pulley  block. 

Dock  block. 

Eye  block. 

Gin  block. 

Heart. 

Hoisting  block. 

Hook  and  swivel  block. 

Horse  hay-fork  block. 

Iron  strapped  block. 

Jib-sheet  block. 

Lizard. 

Loose-hook  block. 


Blind-wiring  Machine. 

Man-rope  eye. 
Match-hook  block. 
Open-sheave  block. 
Parrel-truck. 
Peak  halliard  block. 
Power  hoisting-block. 
Pulley  block. 
Roofing  block. 
Rope  eye. 

Rope-strapped  block. 
Sheave. 

Sister-hook  block. 
Snatch  block. 
Stiff-hook  block. 
Swing-block. 
Swivel-block. 
Swivel-hook  block. 
Tackle  block. 
Thimble. 

Thimble-eye  block. 
Top-mast  truck. 
Traveler  rope. 
Truck. 

Well-wheel  block. 
Wire  rope  thimble. 


Block'er.  (Hat  Making.)  A  hat  blocking  ma- 
chine. See  BLOCKING  MACHINE. 

Block'ing  Ham'mer.  1.  A  steel  hammer 
from  one  to  two  pounds  weight,  used  in  breaking 
masses  of  flint  to  form  blocks  from  which  flakes 
can  be  detached  by  the  flaking  hammer.  Called 
also  a  quartering  hammer.  —  Evans'  "Ancient  Stone 
Implements  of  Great  Britain,"  17. 

2.  A  hammer  used  Kig  334. 

in  straightening 
sawvS.  The  face  at  A 
is  slightly  rounded, 
and  its  shape,  com- 
bined with  its  line 
of  motion,  gives  it 
a  sort  of  draw  blow, 
which  spreads  the  Blocking  Hammer. 


BLOCKING   MACHINE. 


109 


BLOCKING   MACHINE. 


force  of  the  displacement  of  material  iii  a  given 
direction,  and  not  merely  equally  on  all  sides. — 
"  Scientific  American,"  *  xxxvi.  259. 

Block'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  in  which 
the  crude  cone-shaped  hat-body  is  brought  to  shape. 

The  operation  consists  in  pulling  out  the  edge  to 
develop  the  brim,  and  widening  out  the  upper  part 
to  form  the  tip  and  the  side  crown. 

It  is  necessary,  in  order  to  stretch  the  hat,  to 
soften  the  felt  in  boiling  hot  water,  and  the  han- 
dling is  exceedingly  difficult. 

The  first  machine  for  the  purpose  was  invented  by  D. 
Beard,  of  Guilford,  N.  C.,  and  patented  May  28, 1816.  It  was 
a  blocker  made  of  a  number  of  pieces  hinged  at  their  lower 
ends  to  a  bench  and  spread  from  the  center  by  a  treadle, 
while  the  hat  body  was  held  on  the  block  by  the  operator. 
This  was  the  only  invention  in  this  part  of  the  hat  manufac- 
ture until  that  of  \V.  A.  Fenn,  of  Danbury,  Conn.,  patented 
April  21,  185T. 

In  Fenn's  machine,  two  pairs  of  conical  rollers  were  put 
into  a  frame  so  arninjred  that  the  upper  pair  could  be  pressed 
upon  the  lower  ones.  The  forward  pair  of  these  rollers  re- 
volved at  a  slightly  faster  speed  than  the  other  pair,  and, 

Fig.  335. 


Eickemeyer's  Hat-stretching  Machine. 

when  the  edge  of  a  hat  body  was  clamped  between  the  lower 
and  upper  rollers,  that  part  of  it  which  was  between  the  two 
pairs  was  drawn  out,  and  the  hat  body  thus  gradually 
stretched  around  the  edge  until  sufficiently  flattened  to  form 
the  brim.  See  also  his  patents,  April  14,  1857  ;  January  19, 
1858. 

A  number  of  machines  of  this  kind  came  into  use,  but, 
their  action  being  slow  and  doing  but  part  of  the  work,  the 
machines  did  not  prove  of  sufficient  advantage  to  bring  them 
into  general  use. 

The  first  machine  which  performed  the  stretching  of  a  hat 
body  successfully,  on  wool  as  well  as  on  fur  hats,  was  the 
corrugation  stretcher  invented  by  R.  Eickemeyer,  and  this 
machine  in  its  various  modifications  to  suit  the  different 


Fig.  336. 


kinds  of  work  is  now  almost  exclusively  used  in  the  hat  fac- 
tories of  this  country. 

The  machine  illustrated  in  Fig.  335  represents  a  stretcher 
now  in  use  in  the  wool  hat  factories. 

A  ribbed  and  recessed  former  is  mounted  upon  an  up- 
right spindle,  which  receives  motion  through  a  walking-beam 
and  connecting-rod  from  the  crank-shaft.  Upon  the  cast- 
iron  side  frames  the  head  of  the  machine  is  supported : 
in  this  head  the  stretching  devices  are  suspended.  The  de- 
tails are  more  clear  in  some  respects  in  the  sectional  view, 
Fig.  336. 

A  series  of  levers,  L,  cor- 
responding in  number  with 
the  recesses  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  fanner, D,  is  sus- 
pended upon  bearings  and 
held  in  position  by  a  plate, 
H,  upon  which  a  rubber 
spring,  G,  is  pressed  by  a 
screw-wheel,  G1.  In  the 
lower  ends  of  the  forked 
levers  smooth  rounded  roll- 
ers have  their  bearings. 

Another  series  of  rollers, 
M,  with  levers,  N,  and  cor- 
responding in  number  with 
the  ribs  in  the   lower  part 
of  the  former,  is  also  sus- 
pended   from    this     head, 
and  these  latter  levers  are 
adjustable     by     a     hand-     r 
wheel,    F,    nearer    to    or    Head    with    Stretching    Levers 
farther  from  the  center  of          (Hat-stretching  Machine). 
the  machine,  as  shown  in  dotted  lines  on  one  side  of  the 
sectional  view. 

A  hat  body  properly  wetted  with  hot  water,  or  by  steam, 
is  placed  upon  the  former  while  the  machine  is  in  motion. 
The  former  moving  upward  brings  the  hat  body  in  contact 
with  these  rollers  which  enter  the  recesses  between  the  ribs 
of  the  former,  and  the  hat  body  is  thus  readily  stretched. 
Five  or  six  upward  motions  are  required  to  develop  the  tip 
and  brim  fully,  the  operator  shifting  the  hat  body  around  the 
center  every  time  the  former  is  at  its  lowest  position,  to  pre- 
sent other  parts  of  the  hat  body  for  contact.  The  hat  hav- 
ing been  stretched,  it  now  remains  to  make  what  is  called  in 
the  trade  the  band,  namely,  the  sharp  angle  formed  by  the 
junction  of  the  brim  and  side-crown. 

This  operation  is  performed  on  the  blocking  machine,  of 
which  Fig.  337  is  a  perspective  view,  while  in  Figs.  338,  339, 

Fig.  337. 


Wool-hat-body  Blocking  Machine. 


BLOCKING   MACHINE. 


110 


BLOMARY. 


The     block-carrier    t, 

Bawling  Machine.     First  Position.    w;th   the   block  rf,   has 
in  the  mean  time  also  moved  up  to  position  shown  in  Tig. 

ooo 
GOO. 


Fig.  339. 


Fig.  340. 


and  340  the  action  of  the  machine  upon  the  hat  is  illustrated. 

The  machine  consists  of  a  frame,  in  which  an  upright  slid- 
ing-spindle  is  centrally 
mounted.  Upon  this 
spindle,  which  is  ope- 
rated from  the  crank- 
.,  shaft  by  the  walking- 
J  be.iui,  is  the  block  d 
(Fig.  338,  etc.),  upon 
which  the  hat  to  be 
drawn  is  placed.  A 
supporting  plate,  e, 
which  receives  motion 
through  two  rods  from 
a  lever,  r-,  from  the  ad- 
justable crank  on  the 
side  of  the  machine, 
receives  the  hat.  When 
the  plate  e  is  raised,  a 
plate,  f,  which  rests 
upon  brackets  on  the 
frame,  clamps  the  hat 
brim,  and  the  two,  con- 
tinuing to  move  up, 
draw  the  hat  body  over 
the  banding  shell  h. 
The  block-carrier 

1 

Fig. 

The  clamping  plates  e 
f  now  commence  to  de- 
scend, while  the  block  rf 
continues  to  move  up, 
and  enters  the  banding 
shell,  drawing  the  side- 
crown  over  the  round 
edge  of  the  shell  h,  as 
seen  in  Fig.  339. 

These  motions  continue 
until    the   plates  e  f  rest 
upon   the   flange  of    the 
block-carrier    /,  and   the 
hat    is    drawn     perfectly- 
smooth   upon   the    block 
d,  as  shown  in  the  last  of  j 
the    sectional    diagrams,   j 
Fig.  340. 

The  spindle  now  begins 
to  move  down,  when  the 

Second  Posi-    upo^u'i^H-ac'kets  'of  the 
"""•  frame,  the  hat  and  block 

are  removed,  and  the  operation  repeated  on  the  next -hat. 

With  the  use  of  the  stretcher,  Fig.  337,  and  one  of  the  block- 
ers  here  described,  20 
dozen  of  wool  hats  can 
be  stretched  and  blocked 
per  hour  by  two  opera- 
tors. 

To  adapt  the  principle 
of  stretching  by  corruga- 
tion to  fur  hats,  a  num- 
ber of  modifications  were 
required.  It  was  found 
advantageous  to  separate 
the  brim-stretcher  from 
the  tip-stretcher,  and  to 
substitute  round-edged 
bars  for  the  round-edged 
rollers. 

See  BRIM-STKETCHER, 
TIP-STRETCHER. 

For     the      finishing- 

blocker,  see  HAT-SHAPING  JlUWm 

MACHINE.  Banding  Machine.       Third  Posi- 

-_,        ,  tion. 

Block    Plane. 

A  plane,  the  bit  of  which   is  set  at  a  very  acute 

Fig  341. 


"  Victor  "Block  Plan' 

angle  to  the  working  surface,  to  enable  it  to  plane 


across  the  grain  of  the  wood  :  as  distinguished 
from  a  smooth  plane,  which  see  and  compare. 

Block  Sys'tem.  A  system  used  to  prevent 
more  than  one  train  from  occupying  a  given  space 
between  stations  at  the  same  time. 

By  this  system  a  train  is  not  allowed  to  leave 
station  A  until  the  signal-man  at  A  learns  from 
the  signal-man  at  B  that  the  preceding  train  has 
reached  B,  or  that  the  line  is  clear  between  .1  and 
B, 

The  system  is  confounded  in  some  cases  with  the 
interlocking  system  of  switches  and  signals;  the 
latter,  however,  is  used  only  in  connection  with 
switches  at  stations,  junctions,  etc  ,  and  has  noth- 
ing to  do  with  the  movements  of  trains  between 
stations. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
Block  signaling      .     .     *  "Telegraphic  Journal, "  iv.  21. 

*  llTeligraphir  Journal,"  iv.  33,  69. 
"Telegraphic  Journal,"'  iv.173,  208. 

Automatic     ....     *  "Eiufiim  rinu, ''  xxi.  428. 

*  "Railroad  tln-.ttr,"  xxii.  113. 
"Engineer,"  xli.  359. 

Needle  disk  signaling  instrument. 

Spagnoletti  .  .  .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"'  iv.  34. 
Semaphore  three-wire  signaling  instrument. 

Preece *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''''  iv.  54. 

Preece's  single  wire  instrument. 

*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  iv.  82. 

Saxby  fy  Farmer    .     *  "Railroad  Gazette,"*  xxii.  341. 
Tyer  If  Norman      .     *  "  Telegraj/liic  Journal,"  iv.  129. 
Walker's  semaphore    *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  115. 
Whyte "Amer.  Railroad  Jour.,  xlix.  861. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Man.,"  xxii.  457 
"  Scientific  American  $up.,"  x.  1. 

Block  Truck.  A  small  strong  four-wheeled 
truck  for  single  ^ig.  342. 

heavy  packages. 
Blom'a-ry.  (Met- 
allurgy.) 1.  A  form 
of  furnace  for  the 
extraction  of  mallea- 
ble iron  from  ore. 

The  term  may  be  held 

to    include   the   various  Uotk  Tmck- 

native  processes  not  yet  disused  entirely  in  Europe,  ;md 
practiced  from  time  immemorial  in  Asia  and  Africa  (see  Km. 
5220,  p.  2221,  "Mfch.  Diet.'')-  These  furnaces  me  on  a  small 
scale,  open  at  top,  and  are  frequently  made  of  clay  or  earth, 
with  openings  below  for  the  tuyeres  of  the  rude  bellows 
used  to  urge  the  fire.  Iron  sand,  or  rich  pulverized  ore.  are 
heated  with  charcoal,  and  the  metal  agglutinates  into  a  lump 
(loup),  which  is  hammered  to  remove  dross,  and  then  forms  a 
bloom.  The  heat  of  the  furnace  is  not  sufficient  to  melt  the 
metal.  The  Catalan  furnace  is  a  notable  example  (see  Cata- 
lan Furnace,  Fig.  1185,  p.  502,  "Mtch.  Diet") ;  but  the  same 
form  is  found  in  Silesia  and  Bohemia,  as  well  as  in  other 
iron  countries  of  Europe,  as  a  ready  method  of  working 
rich  ores  where  wood  is  abundant,  and  without  much  ex- 
pense for  plant. 

The  description  by  Diodorus  Siculus  of  the  process  used 
in  the  island  of  Elba  in  his  time  is  quite  lucid, and  his  state- 
ment that  it  forms  an  iron  sponge  brings  him  in  technical 
accord  with  the  metallurgists  of  to-day  ;  or  us  with  him,  let 
us  say. 

In  the  Catalan  furnace  the  ore  is  principally  deposited 
upon  a  sloping  wall  of  the  furnace  opposite  the  tuyere,  and 
the  rest  of  the  cavity  filled  with  charcoal.  The  iron  sinks 
to  the  bottom,  and  the  agglomerated  mass  is  removed  at 
intervals  of  time. 

In  the  German  blomary  the  furnace  is  filled  up  with  burn- 
ing charcoal,  and  the  broken  ore  is  placed  on  top,  being  re- 
newed from  time  to  time  as  it  sinks  down  through  the  fuel  ; 
until  enough  has  gathered  at  bottom  to  form  a  loup,  which 
is  withdrawn  and  forged  into  a  bloom. 

The  German  blomary  has  been  somewhat  extensively  in- 
troduced into  the  United  States,  and  the  names  it  is  known 
by,  the  Champlain  forge,  Jersey  forge,  indicate  the  places 
and  classes  of  ores  upon  which  it  has  been  successfully 
used.  The  Northern  New  York  blomaries  furnish  large 
amounts  of  metal  for  the  Pittsburg  steel  maker.-. 

The  original  forges  among  rude  nations  were  small  pits  or 
clay-walled  structures  ;  refractory  stone  was  then  used,  but 
iron  boxes  are  now  frequent,  lined  with  refractory  bricks. 

The  French  Catalan  forge  is  about  40"  X  32",  24"  deep. 

The  German  blomary  forge  is  about  21"  X  14",. 15"  deep. 

The  Northern  New  York,  28"  X  32",  36"  deep. 


BLOMARY. 


Ill 


BLOWER. 


The  figures  vary  very  much,  but  these  are  approximate. 

At  the  Moisic  works,  on  the  Lower  St.  Lawrence,  the  mag- 
netic iron  sands  are  worked  in  a  German  bloniary,  with  a 
hot  blast  at  600°  Full.,  and  the  slag  is  withdrawn  from  above 
the  iron  by  tapping. 

Pig-iron  is  converted  into  blooms  in  58  bloinaries,  which 
are  mainly  located  in  Pennsylvania. 

Blooming  mill,  Springfield,  111.    *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  372. 

2.  A  furnace  iu  which  pig-iron  is  purified,  and 
made  fit  to  be  forged  into  a  bloom  of  malleable 
iron.  A  puddling  furnace. 

Bloom.  (Leather.)  A  yellowish  deposit  upon 
the  grain-side  of  a  hide  or  skin  derived  from  the 
bark  used  in  tanning.  Its  ease  of  removal  de- 
pends upon  the  hardness  of  the  water  used  by  the 
tanner.  The  softer  the  water  the  more  readily  can 
the  bloom  be  removed. 

Bloom  Truck.      A  small  iron  truck  on  two 


Fig.  343. 


Bloom  Truck. 


wheels,  for  carrying  blooms  or  fagots  of  iron  from 
the  furnace  to  the  hammer  or  squeezer. 

Blot'tiiig  Pa'per.     Description  of  the  grades, 
makes,  and  methods  of  manufacture  of  various  blot- 
Fig.  344. 


Disston's  Pressure  Blower. 


ting  papers.  —  "Paper  Trade  Journal,"  reproduced 
in  "  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  p.  266. 

Fig.  345. 


Baker's  Pressure  Blower. 


Blow.     (Founding.)     A  casting  is  said  to  blow 
when,  in  consequence  of  the  dense  nature  of  the 
sand  or  the  inadequate  vent  provided  by  the  molder, 
Fig.  346. 


Root's   Pressure  Blotvtr. 


the  gases  and  steam  force  their  way  through  the 
molten  metal  instead  of  passing  quietly  off.     This 


Fig.  347. 


takes  place  occa- 
sionally with  great 
violence  and  noise, 
masses  of  the  fluid 
metal  being  thrown 
from  the  mold. 

Blow'er.  1. 
Additional  to  the 
forms  of  duplex 
rotative  pistons 
(shown  on  p.  1985, 
"  Mech.  Diet.")  act- 
ing in  concert  and 
forming  what  are 
known  as  pressure 
blowers,  —  inas- 
much as  the  air  in- 
closed is  absolutely  Mackenzie's  Pressure  Blower. 
driven,  —  are  some  (Smith,  Sayre  $  Co.) 

other  forms,  which  do  not  need  specific  detailed  de- 
scription,   as     the 
sectional      views 
will  be  readily  com- 
prehended. 

Root's  miim  ven- 
tilator is  a  form  of 
blower.  See  "  Sci- 
ent  ifi  c  A  merican 
Sup.,"  x.  1588. 

The  terms  blow- 
er, blowing  engine, 
blowing  machine, 
though  perhaps 
readily  d  i  s  t  i  n- 
guishable,  are  used 
somewhat  i  n  d  i  s- 
criminately.  The 
blowing  engine  i  s 
properly  a  ma- 
chine having  the 
power  within  itself, 
and  in  this  respect 
the  air-compress- 
i  n  g  machine 

/      ?  •      i  , 

allied'  The        »**  P"'"  ^,v,  (French). 


are  all  forms  of  air-pumps,  and  mechanical  ventila- 
tors are  congeners.  Insufflators,  injectors,  ejectors, 
atomizers,  aspirators,  also  have  many  features  iu 
common  with  blowers.  Bellows,  perhaps,  are  the 
most  common  examples  of  the  class. 


BLOWER. 


112 


BLUE   GLASS. 


Fig.  349. 


Emery's  Report,  "Centennial  Reports,'11  vol.  vi.,  Group 
XX.,  contains  notices  of  — 

Sturtevant *  p.  41. 

Root *p.41. 

(Gas  exhauster) *  p.  42. 

Baker *  p.  42. 

Weimer  (piston) *  p.  44. 

Fig.  348  is  a  French  form  of  blower,  the  rotative 
motion  of  the  hand-wheel  being  converted  by  crank 
and  pitman  into  a  reciprocating  motion  of  the  pis- 
ton in  a  cylinder.  It  is  double-acting. 

Fig.  349  shows  a  blowing  machine  for  the  labo- 
ratory or  assay  office,  to  be  used  in  connection  with 
a  blast  gas-furnace  (which  see),  or  similar  appa- 
ratus. 

2.  (Mining.)  A 
strong  discharge  of 
gas  from  a  hole  or 
fissure. 

Blow'-guii.  A 
tube  with  a  missile 
propelled  by  the 
breath. 

Blow'ing  En'- 
gine.  The  recip- 
rocating piston- 
blower,  driven  by 
b  e  a  m-engine,  i  s 
shown  in  Figs.  3, 
4,  article  "Ma- 
chines Sufflantes," 
tome  ii.,  Laboulaye's 
"  Dictionnaire  des 
Arts  et  Manufac- 
tures," ed.  1877. 

The  same  article  has 

the    trompe,    bellows,  

tympanum,  helix,  etc.  — ^ 

See   under    the    fol-   ^_ 
lowing      references     ~~- 
also  :  — 
Blowing  engine. 

Baker *  " Eng.  fy  Min.  Jour., "  xxii.  282. 

Bethlehem,  Penn.  .     .     *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  199. 

Beverley  If  Atkins,  Eng.  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2253. 

Cambria  Iron  Co.    .     .    *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  233. 

Crown  I'oiut,  N.  Y.     .     *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  208. 

Disston *  "Eng.  $  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  298. 

Georgshiitte,  Ger.   .     .     *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  28. 

Knowles *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Feb.  10,  p.  1. 

Knowlts *  "Eng.  $  Min%Jour.,"  xxii.  247. 

Lebanon,  Penn.      (See  Weimer). 

Lonsdale,  Br.      ...     *  "Engineering,''  xxii.  498. 

"  Lucy  Iron  Works"  .     *  "Engineering,"  xxvi. 411. 

*  "Engineeiing,"  xxviii.  161. 
Morris,  vertical ...     *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  95. 

"Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  20,  p.  3. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  128. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  322. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.  ,"610. 

Pribram,  Austria     .     .        "Iron  Axe,"  xvii..  May  11,  p.  16. 
Reading  Hyd.  Works  .     *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Oct.  12,  p.  1. 

Root *  "Eng.  4'  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  268. 

Weimer  Works,  Penn.      *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  294. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sitp.,"  799. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Oct.  9,  p.  1. 

*  " Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Sept.  30,  p.  3. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  June  3,  p.  1. 
Blower. 

Boston  Blower  Co.       .    *  "Man.  If  Builder,"  x.  1. 
"Keystone'1.    .     .     .     *  "  Iron  Age."  xviii.,  Dec. 21,  p.  7. 
"  Cyclops,''  Rownson,  Drew  Sf  Co.,  Br. 

*  "Engineering,'"  xxi.  8. 
Steam,  for  smithy,  Korting. 

*  "  Scientific  American  S«p.,"616, 
Reversible,  Sturtevant    *  "Manufac.  If  Builder,"  xi.  102. 

Root *"  Scientific  American  Sup."  800. 

Forge,  Roof   ....     *  "Iron  Age"  xix.,  June  28,  p.  1. 
Rotary,  Aland    ...     *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,  ix.  76. 

Blower  and  exhauster. 

Brakell,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  239. 

Braked ,     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  839. 

Blow-pipe  furnace. 

Brustltin,  Fr.      .     .     .     *  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  15,  p.  15. 


French  Circular  Bellows. 


Blow'iiig  Fur'nace.  (Glass.)  One  from 
which  the  melted  glass  is  worked,  after  having 
been  previously  fused  in  a  melthuj  furnace,'  and 
then  transferred  to  the  blowing  furnace  ;  the  con- 
tents of  the  melting-pots  being  transferred  in  suc- 
cession. This  is  the  preferable  practice  when  fuel 
is  cheap.  In  America  the  glass  is  usually  worked 
direct  from  the  melting  furnace. 

Blow'iug  Ma-chine'.  See  BLOWER  ;  BLOW- 
ING ENGINE. 

(Mining.)     A  small  set  of 


Blow'ing  Tools. 

blasting  instruments. 

Blow'-off  Cock. 


A  faucet  to  allow  a  part  of 
Fig.  350. 


'Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  204. 
'  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  115. 
'Sc.  Amer.  Sitp.,"  698. 
'Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1510. 
'Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  99. 


Blow-off  Cocks, 
a.  Blow-off  bib-cock.  b.  Blow-off  hose-cock. 

the  contents  of  a  boiler  to  escape  to  get  rid  of  mud, 
sediment,  or  saturated  salt  water. 

Blow'-pipe.  The  following  references  may 
be  consulted  :  — 

Dodge  $  Gushurst "    "Sc.  Amer.  Stfp.,"  896. 

Bellows,  Casamajor      ....     *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup."  2081. 

Dodge *"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  374. 

Landauer *  'Sc.  Amer  ,'^xxxiv.  131. 

Pocket,  Casamajor  .... 

Rumley 

And  spectroscope  .... 
And  gas  generator,  Thomson 
Foot  power,  Burgess  .  .  . 

The  blow-pipe  for  glass  working  is  described  in  Laboulaye's 
"Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iii.,  Article 
"  Souffler  le  Verre."  Blow-pipe  of  combustible  vapors.  Ibid. 
Fig.  398,  tome  i. ,  Article  "  C/ialumeau." 

See,  also,  Planner's  "Blow-pipe  Analysis;"  Plymptoji's 
"Blow-pipe  Analysis." 

Blow'-pipe  Furnace.  One  in  which  the  air, 
combustible,  and  sometimes  steam  therewith,  are 
blown  into  a  metallurgic  furnace  for  smelting,  re- 
ducing, or  vaporizing  metals.  Duryea's  blow-pipe 
ore-furnace  is  an  example. 

Blow'-through  Cock. 
passage  to  steam  from 
a  cylinder  or  other 
chamber  in  the  process 
of  heating  the  same 
and  expelling  the  air 
b  y  blowing  steam 
through  it. 

Blub'ber     M  i  n'- 
cing  M  a  -  c  h  i  n  e'.        Slow-through  Plug  Cock. 

A  machine  for  cutting  up  whale  blubber  for  trying 
out. 

Patent  3,290 Soule  #  Carsley. 

9,478 Ricketson. 

28,179 Hunter. 

The  blubber  knife,  blubber  hook,  and  blubber  fork  are 
used  in  preparing  and  handling  the  blubber. 

Blue  Bronze.  A  blue  powder  for  dusting  on 
a  prepared  adhesive  surface. 

Mix  powdered  mica  with  a  blue  pigment,  add  the 
mixture  to  varnish,  and  lay  on  with  a  brush. 

See  "Manufacturer  If  Builder,"  vi.  299 ;  viii.  263. 

Blue  Glass.  Glass  colored  with  cobalt,  man- 
ganese, etc.  Has  some  peculiar  effects  on  vegeta- 


A   faucet    to   allow 
Pig.  :ir,l. 


BLUE  PROCESS  FOR  COPYING. 


113 


BOAT. 


tive  growth,  and  the  same  is  claimed  to  be  true  iu 
respect  of  animal  growth. 

Sec  Gen.  A.  J.  Pleasanton's  Patent,  September  26,  1871. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  113. 
"Iron  Age,''  xix.,  February  22,  p.  3. 
Mang.  and  Chrome     .     "Sc.  American  Supplement,"  2080. 

Blue  Pro'cess  for  Cop'y-ing.  A  mode  of 
copying  tracings  in  lieu  of  re-tracing  them. 

On  a  board  as  large  as  the  tracing  lay  two  thick- 
nesses of  blanket  to  give  a  yielding  backing  ;  lay  on 
this  the  copying  paper,  sensitized  side  upward,  and 
upon  this  the  tracing,  which  is  covered  by  a  glass 
plate  to  hold  all  smoothly.  Expose  in  sunlight  for 
from  six  to  ten  minutes,  or  under  a  sky-light  for 
thirty  minutes.  Remove  the  paper,  drench  it  with 
water,  and  hang  by  one  corner  to  dry. 

For  tbe  sensitizing  solution,  take  iu  vessel:  — 
If  oz.  citrate  of  iron  and  ammonia. 
8  oz.  clear  water. 
In  another  vessel  :  — 
I1,  oz.  red  prussiate  of  pot:is-,-i. 
8  oz.  water. 

Mix  solutions,  and  keep  in  yellow  bottle  or  away  from  light. 

The  solution  is  applied  with  a  sponge,  and  the  paper  laid 

aw:iy  in  the  dark.    VVhen  dry,  the  paper  is  yellow  or  bronze  ; 

after  exposure,  a  darker  bronze  ;  after  washing,  the   blue 

tint  appears  with  lines  in  white. 

Blu'ing.  A  fine  blue  tint  is  obtained  by  boiling 
in ni  or  steel  articles  in  the  following  mixture:  — 
Dissolve  4  oz.  hyposulphite  of  soda  in  1|  pint  of 
water,  and  then  add  a  solution  of  1  oz.  acetate  of 
lead  in  1  oz.  of  water. 

Bluii'ger.  (Ceramics.)  A  revolving  bar  in 
which  the  materials  for  pottery  are  incorporated. 

The  materials,  with  sufficient  water  to  form  a 
slip,  are  agitated  by  paddles,  on  a  horizontal  axis 
which  revolves  in  the  box.  The  slip  is  run  off  to 
the  strainer  or  consolidator  (which  see). 

Blunt  Gor'get.  (Surgical.)  A  lithotomic  in- 
strument for  forcing  an  opening  through  the  pros- 
tate gland,  in  place  of  cutting. 

Fig.  139,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Ckirur- 
gicum." 

Blunt  Hook.      (Surgical.)     One  for  grasping 
Fig.  352. 


and  bed  are  made  of  cast  iron,  the  shears  and  shaft 
of  cast  steel.  The  board  is  first  cut  into  long 
strips,  and  then,  by  the  adjustment  of  a  latch,  the 
bed  carries  in  the  strips  for  cross-cutting. 

Fig.  354. 


Obstetric  Blunt  Hook. 

without  piercing.  Used  in  various  operations. 
The  figures  refer  to  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chiruryicinn." 

Staphylorraphy  hook      ....  Page  10,  Part  V. 

Trachea  hook Page  93,  Part  II. 

Obstetric  hook .  page  112,  Part  III. 

Vesico-vaginal  hook Page  68,  Part  III. 

Board  Clip.  A  device  for  holding  paper  on  a 
board.  Especially 
intended  for  tele- 
graph dispatch 
blanks  which  are 
written  upon  the 
top  blank  of  a  pile 
and  then  torn  off. 

Board   Cut'ter. 
1.  (Bookbinding.)   A 
machine  with  circu- 
lar  shears   for   cut-  Board  Cl,p. 
ting  binders'  board  into  sizes  for  use.     The  frame 


Fig.  353. 


Board  Cutter. 

Board  Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  2.  A  machine 
for  cutting  thin  boards  from  balks  or  squared  logs. 

A  powerful  machine  of  this  character,  invented 
by  Bartlett,  has  an  oblique  knife  the  length  of  the 
log,  and  the  boards  are  shaved  off  in  the  manner 
of  a  veneer. 

"Scientific  American,'''  *  xxxviii.  143. 
For  the  various   machines   used  in  Veneer  cutting  and 
working,  see  Figures  6937-6952,  pp.  2699-2702,  "Mech.  Diet.'1 

Board'ing.  (Leather.)  Doubling  the  leather 
with  the  flesh  sides  together,  and  driving  the  fold 
forward  and  drawing  it  backward  by  the  graining- 
board.  It  makes  the  leather  supple  and  raises  the 
grain. 

Board'ing  Knife.  ( Whaling.)  For  cutting 
the  blanket  piece  of  blubber ;  the  long  piece  which 
is  flensed  or  peeled  from  the  sides  of  the  whale. 

Board  Scale.     A  weighing  balance  for  assort- 
ing, and  for  ascertaining  the  number  of  sheets  of 
pasteboard    to    make    up    bundles    of    50 
pound^. 

Board  Sea'son-ing  Ma-chine'.     A 
machine  in  which  boards  are  subjected  to 
heat    and   pressure   in  order  to   dry  them 
straight.    A  large  machine  of  this  character 
has  large,  flat,  steam-heated  boxes,  which 
are  in  vertical  series,  and  pressed  together  by  hy- 
draulic power. 


Pfeffer 


*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  143. 


Boat.     For  boats,  parts,  fittings,  etc.,  see 


Back  board. 

Boat  lowering  apparatus. 

Bottom  board. 

Canoe. 

Cat  boat. 

Cat  rig. 

Center  board. 

Clamp  (for  mast). 

Collapsible  boat. 

Davit. 

Ducking  boat. 

Folding  boat. 

Grapnel. 

Gunwale. 

Head  sheet. 

Ice  boat. 

Kyak. 

Launch. 

Launch  engine. 

Lazy  painter. 

Life  boat. 

Life  raft. 


Mast  hinge. 

Nautilus. 

Oar. 

Painter. 

Poppets. 

Portable  boat. 

Portable  raft. 

Rowing  gear. 

Rowlock. 

Rudder  lanyard. 

Skiff. 

Slings. 

Sneak  box. 

Steadying  line. 

Step. 

Stern  benches. 

Stern  sheets. 

Stretcher. 

Surf  boat. 

Thwarts. 

Well  sneak. 

Yawl. 


BOAT. 


114 


BOGIE. 


See,  also  :  — 

Building *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1066. 

Cheap *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1088. 

Collapsing,  Bert/ion,  Br.  *" Engineer,"  xlviii.  162. 

"  Van  Noxtranii's  Mas.,"  xix.  94 
*" Engineer,''  xlviii.  162. 
Folding,  OsgoorJ  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  38. 

Bert/ion  ...  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1327. 
Duplex,  Bert  ho  n  .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  438. 
Collapsible,  Crispin  .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  343. 

Folding "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  19,  p.  1. 

Murray  §•  Baker  *" Scientific  American,"  xliii.  98. 
Ancient  Lacustrine  .     .  *" Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  41. 
Lowering  apparatus. 

Brief *" Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  150. 

*  '-'Scientific  American,"  xli.  412. 

*  '-'Engineer,"  1.  401. 
*" Engineer,1'  xliv.  430. 

"Engineer,"  1.  281 

*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  165. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2817. 
Engineer,"  xlii.  357. 


Donovan,  Br.    .     . 

Lawrence,  Br.   .     . 

Lawrence       .     .     . 

Hydraulic,  Pinker 
Model,  "  Sharpie  "  . 
Non-heeling  .  .  . 
Propeller,  Fetherston 
Rigs 


Fig.  355. 


' Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  166. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2586. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2085. 
Sectional,  Bert/ion    .     .  *  ' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3823. 

The  "Nautilus-  crossed  the  ocean   in   1878  in  45  days. 
She  was  19'  long,  6'  beam,  '2?  3"  depth,  and  drew  6£"  water. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,''  *23UO. 

Boat  Hook.     One  used  in  navigating  a  boat 
among  other  craft,  or  at  a 
landing. 

Boat  Knot.  (Nautical.) 
A  hitch,  shown  at  23,  26, 
Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Boat  Low'er-ing  Ap'- 
pa-ra'tus.  Davit  appara- 
tus for  launching  a  boat 
from  on  ship-board. 

The  apparatus  for  detaching 
boats  from  their  davits,  invented 
by  Albert  Magnus,  of  Gothen- 
burg, is  shown  in  "Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  *2543. 

The  apparatus  of  E.  G.  Law- 
rence, of  Dundee.  Britain.  Ibid. , 
*  1728. 

See,  also,  Shaw's  apparatus, 
patented  April  1,  1873,  and  Figs. 
745-749,  pp.  313,  314,  "Mech. 
Diet.,'"  and  p.  678,  Ibid.  Also 
DAVIT,  infra. 

Boat   Plug.      Removed 
to  allow  rain-water  to  pass 
out  of  the  boat  which  is  se- 
cured on  deck.     The  plug  is 
Fig.  356. 


Boat  Plug. 


Boat  Hooks. 

a  has  an  indicator  on 
the  staff  which  shows 
how  the  hook  stands 
when  in  the  water  out 
of  sight. 

b  c  are  two  modes  of 
making  the  hook  of  usual 
form. 

d  is  a  double  hook. 


replaced  before  swinging  the  boat  by  the  davits  to 
launch  it  overboard.  The  two  flanges  have  holes 
for  securing  the  socket  to  the  outer  and  inner  skin 
of  the  boat.  Many  a  boat's-load  has  been  swamped 
by  the  loss  of  the'boat  plug  in  the  hurry  of  launch- 
ing. 

Boat'swain's  Tog'gle.  A  pin  of  wood,  cross- 
wise, at  the  end  of  a  rope ;  acting  instead  of  a  hook 
when  the  object  to  be  attached  has  a  loop  or  bight 
through  which  the  toggle  may  be  rove. 

Boat  Yoke.  A  tiller  secured  on  top  of  the 
rudder,  and  having  holes  for  attaching  the  steering 
ropes.  See  Fig.  357. 


Bob'bin  Wind'er.     A  machine   for  winding 
conical  bobbins.     The  yarn  guide  is  on  a  carrier 
KiR.  357. 


Steering  Yoke, 


which  has  a  certain  range  of  vertical  motion  to 
build  up  the  shape  ;  when  the  set  size  is  reached  a 
cone  on  the  sleeve  which  carries  the  guide  is 
brought  into  contact  with  the  cap,  and  raises  the 
guide  so  as  to  bring  its  excursions  to  a  higher 
level.  Dornan  Bros.  See,  also,  KNITTING  MA- 
CHINE. 

Body    Loop.      The    iron   which    secures   the 
body  of  the  vehicle,  to  the  running  gears. 

Fig.  358. 


Body  Loops, 
a.  Single-lip  body  loop.  c.  Double-lip  body  loop 


b.  Ordinary  body  loop. 


d.  Strap  loop. 


Bo'gie.     1.  A  wheeled  swiveling  truck  beneath 
a  locomotive. 

The  terms 

Double  bogie  locomotive  (two  pair  wheels), 
Single  bogie  locomotive  (one  pair  wheels), 
Leading  bogie  locomotive  (bogie  in  front), 
Bogie  tank  locomotive  (bogie  under  tank  or  tender), 
indicate  the  character  of  the  position  of  the  t-wiveling  truck. 

See 
Bogie  and  axle  boxes,  oscillating. 

Haswell,  Austria     .     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  13. 
Oar  truck. 

Gt.  Western  Railway,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,''  xlii.  432. 
Tank  locomotive,  N.  E.  Railway  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  46. 
Truck,  Japanese *" Engineering,"  xxix.  143. 

2.  (Saw  Mill.)     A  small  carriage  running  on  a 
transverse  track  on  a  log  carriage,  to  shift  the  po- 

Kig.  350. 


Log  Bogie. 

sition  of  a  log  relatively  to  the  saw  in  cutting  on  a 
line  not  coincident  with  that  of  the  main  track. 
See  SAW  MILL. 


BOHEMIAN   GLASS. 


115     BOILER   SHELL  DRILLING   MACHINE. 


Bo-he'mi-an  Glass.  (Glass.)  Consists  of  a 
silicate  with  potash  and  lime  base ;  a  small  quan- 
tity of  alumina,  from  the  pots,  aud  of  oxide  of  iron 
impurity  from  the  materials.  Potash  is  often  re- 
placed for  common  ware  by  soda,  owing  to  the 
lower  cost  of  the  latter.  Carbouate  of  potash,  as 
pure  and  as  rich  as  possible,  is  preferred,  free  from 
soda.  It  is  chiefly  extracted  from  wood  ashes,  but 
in  Austria  the  refuse  of  the  beet  manufacture  yields 
a  good  deal.  Also  known  as  Lime  glass. 

Boil'er.     See  the  following  references  to  boilers, 
setting,  attachments,  etc. :  — 
Air  and  steam  injector. 

Matthews *  "Scientific  American,'1'  xl.  227. 

Casing  and  setting,  Reilly  *"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  682. 
Cleaner,  Cronin  ....  *"•  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  130. 
Hotctikiss    .     .     .  *"Manufac.  §  Builder,"  xii.  247. 

*"  Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii.  291. 

Kemp      .     .     .     .  *" Mining  $  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  1. 
*'•  Scientific  American,"  351. 

Clothing " Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"'  266. 

Corrugator.    See  FLUE  CORRUGATOR. 

Covering,  Ashcrnft    .     .     .  *'-Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  163. 
Beamic/i    .     .     .      "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  292. 
Burgess     .     .     .  *"  Scientific  Amer.,-'  xlii.  182. 
Drilling  and  turning  machine 

Butterfield,Kr.      .     .     .*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  398. 
Drilling  machine. 

Garvie,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  167. 

Harvey *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  136. 

Twei/'tell,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  340. 

Bowker *" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  4105. 

Bowker,  Br *  "Engineer,"  1.  307. 

Kendall  §  Gent,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"1  xxix.  434. 

*" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1047. 

Economizer,  Reilly,  Br.     .  *" Engineering,"  xxii.  18. 
Explosions  in  1877   .     .     .  *"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Nov.  28,  p.  15. 
Feeder,  self-acting. 

Cohnfeld *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2209. 

Feeder,  automatic. 

Fromentin *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  3880. 

Feed  regulator,  Pope,  Br.  *" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2050. 


Feeder,  Rice 

Flue  corrugator,  Fox 


*li  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  6. 

*"  Engineer,"  xlv.  213. 

*  "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  67. 

*" Engineering,"  xxv.  260. 

*" Engineer,"  xlii.  32. 

*" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  606. 

*" Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  323. 


"Scientific  Amer.  Sup."  917. 


Flue  tester,  Hr.          .     . 
Fountain,  Hamper  . 

Pontifex,  Br. 
Furnace,  hot  blast,  Pilce 
High  pressure. 

Adam  son,  Br.  .     .     . 
Indicator. 

Let/iuillier  If   Pinel,  Fr.     "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2751. 
Making  machines,  Centennial. 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Aug.  3,  p.  5. 

Setting,  Reilly,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  18. 
Shell  tester,  Tangye,  Br.  .  *" Engineer,"  xli.  10. 
Smith,  Campbell  (f  Hunter  *  "Engineer,"  1.  229. 
Stays,  machinery  for  fixing. 

Allan,  Br "Engineer,"  1.  193. 

Tester,  Howard   ....  *  'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  246. 
Tube  cleaner,  Titcomb .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  294. 
Washer,  Hayes     .     .     .     .  *" Railroad  Gazette,"  xxxiii.  364. 

Boil'er  Clamp.     A  form  of  clamp  for  holding 
parts    i  n    apposition   while  v-     qfin 

being  drilled  or  riveted.  That 
shown  opens  4"  in  the  jaw  and 
runs  back  4|". 

Boil'er  Cov'er-ing.  The 
Chalmers-Spence  covering  has 
a  dead  air  chamber  of  one  inch 
or  more  between,  the  covering 
aud  the  surface  covered. 

This  is  secured  by  taking  a 
wire  cloth  to  which  "is  fastened 
every  4"  or  6"  a  stud  of  an 
inch  or  more  in  length  which 
keep  the  wire  that  distance  Le  Count's  Boiler  Clamp. 
from  the  surface  of  the  object  covered.  A  non- 
conducting composition  is  plastered  over  the  wire. 
Patents,  80,709,  Aug.  4,  1868  ;  96,738,  Nov.  9, 1869. 

Asbestos  fiber  in  sheets,  or  mixed  with  some  cement,  is 
used  with  advantage. 

Sawdust  mixed  with  flour  paste.  —  "  Textile  Manufactu- 
rer." 

See  also  references  under  BOILER,  supra. 


Boil'er  Peed'er.  Cook's  automatic  boiler- 
feeder  is  operated  primarily  by  the  uncovering  of 
the  open  lower  end  of  a  vertical  pipe  which  pro- 
jects downward  into  the  boiler.  The  water  sinking 
below  the  open  end  of  the  pipe  allows  steam  to 
pass  upward  and  operate  the  devices  which  supply 
water  until  the  level  rising  closes  the  pipe  opening. 

The  boiler  feeders  of  Pratt  &  Whitney,  of  Hart- 
ford, Conn.,  and  Macabie's  Alimentateur  Automoteur, 
made  by  Voruz,  of  Nantes,  France,  act  by  means 
of  a  head  of  water  and  a  float  in  a  chamber  gov- 
erning the  valved  steam  passages. 

See  also :  — 

Self-acting,    Colmfeld  .     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2209. 

Automatic,    Fromentin    *  "Scientific  Ameri can  Sup.,"  3880. 

Regulator,     Pope, Engl.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2050. 

Rice      .     .     *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  6. 

See  also  FEED-WATER  HEATER,  etc. 

Boil'er    Fer'rule.      A   tubular   bushing  for  a 
hole  in  a  domestic  heating  boiler,  af-      Fjg  ggj 
fording   means   of  attachment   for  a 
pipe  of  supply  or  discharge. 

Boil'er  Fit'tings.  Those  por- 
tions or  attachments  which  are  addi- 
tional to  the  mere  shell.  The  term 
includes  the  following,  but  they  may 
not  all  be  present  in  every  boiler  :  — 


Bearers. 
Blow-off  cock. 
Damper. 
Dead  plate. 
Economizer. 
Feed  valve. 


High  water  indicator. 

Injector. 

Low  water  indicator. 

Man-hole  cover. 

Mud-hole  cover. 

Safety  valve. 


Boiler  Ferrule. 


Fi 


Feed-water  apparatus.  Steam-pressure  gage 

Furnace  front.  Stop  valve. 

Fusible  plugs  in  tubes.  Tube  plate. 

Gage  cocks.  Ventilator. 

Grate  bars.  Water  gage. 

Boil'er  In'di-ca'tor.  The  electric  boiler  in- 
dicator of  Lethuillier  Sf  Pinel,  of  Rouen,  shown  in 
Paris  in  1878,  consists  of  a  float  and  stem,  the  lat- 
ter-making electric  connections  at  various  heights, 
which  are  communicated  by  wire  to  an  indicator- 
tablet,  like  an  annunciator,  fixed  anywhere,  say  in 
an  office,  or  at  the  rooms  of  the  boiler  inspector. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,"  *  2751. 

Boil'er  Patch  Bolt.  A  peculiar  form  of 
bolt  for  securing  a  patch  to  a 
boiler.  It  is  threaded  into  the 
boiler,  the  chamfer  rests  against 
the  patch  and  the  square  is  for  the 
application  of  the  wrench. 

Boil'er  -plate  Clip'per.  A 
shears  specially  arranged  for  sheet- 
iron.  In  that  of  Fisher,  the 
plate  lies  upon  a  table  traversing 
a  track,  and  the  shears  work  at 
such  an  angle  as  to  give  the  proper 
calking  bevel  to  the  edge  of  the 
sheet.  The  tail  of  the  lever  which 
works  the  movable  shear  is  worked 
by  a  cam.  •  Eoiler  Patch  Bolt- 

Boil'er  Shell  Drilling  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  drilling  rivet  holes  in  boilers.  An  ap- 
proved form  drills  on  both  sides  of  a  boiler  verti- 
cally suspended  above  the  standing  headstocks. 
The  shell  is  rotated  for  presentation  to  the  piercing 
and  countersinking  drills. 


Kendall  (f  Gent,  Br. 

Bowker,  Br. 

Tweddell,  Br.  .  . 

Harvey,  Br.      .  .     , 

Garvie,  Br.       .  . 

Butterfielfi,  Br.  . 


'Iron." 

'•  '•Scientific  American  Sup.,"  *  1047. 
'Engineering,"  xxix.  434. 
'Engineer,"  1.  307. 
'  Scientific  American  Sup. ,"  4106. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii.  340. 
'Engineering,'-  xxviii.  136. 
'Engineering,"  xxx.  167. 
Engineering,"  xxix  398. 


BOILER   SMITH. 


116 


BOLT   CLIPPER. 


Boil'er  Smith.  A  machine  for  flanging  boiler 
plates. 

Campbell  ((  Hunter,     "Engineer,''  *  1.  229. 

Boil'er  Test'er.  A  machine  for  proving  boil- 
ers. See 

Flue  testing,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  260. 

Shell  testing,  Tangye,  Br.    .     .     *  '•'Engineer,'''  xli.  116. 
Testing  machine,  Howard    .     .     *  ".Ve.  Amer. ,"  xxxiv.  246. 
See  also  p.  320,  Fig.  763,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Boil'er  Wash'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The  sys- 
tem of  washing  locomotive  boilers  of  S.  J.  Hayes, 
Superintendent  of  Motive  Power,  of  the  Illinois 
Central  Railroad,  is  shown  and  described  in  "Rail- 
road Gazette,"  *  xxiii.  364. 

A  2£"  pipe  hung  from  the  roof  trusses  of  the  round-house 
is  carried  completely  around  it  in  a  line  directly  over  the 
back  dunes  of  the  engines  as  they  stand  in  the  pits,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  stop  valve  at  each  pit.  A  steam  pump  supplies 
water  under  heavy  pressure.  Each  engine  has  a  crown  wash- 
pipe  and  an  attachment  for  washing  the  cylindrical  part  of 
the  boiler.  The  operation  is  performed  after  every  round 
trip. 

Bo-la'ta  Gum.  A  substitute  for  gutta-percha, 
It  is  the  milky  sap  of  the  bully  tree  on  the  banks 
of  the  Orinoco  and  Amazon  rivers  in  South  Amer- 
ica. The  operation  of  winning  the  gum  is  similar 
in  every  respect  to  that  employed  with  caoutchouc 
and  gutta-percha.  It  much  resembles  gutta-percha, 
but  has,  however,  some  superior  qualities.  It  is 
tasteless,  has  an  agreeable  odor  on  being  warmed, 
can  be  cut  like  gutta-percha,  is  tough  and  leathery, 
is  more  elastic  than  gutta-percha,  and  consequently 
more  flexible.  It  becomes  soft,  and  may  be  joined 
together  at  about  120°  F.,  but  requires  2700>F.  be- 
fore melting,  higher  than  gutta-percha.  It  is  com- 
pletely soluble  in  benzole  and  carbon  bi-sulphide  in 
the  cold.  It  becomes  strongly  electrified  by  fric- 
tion, and  is  a  better  non-conductor  of  heat  and  elec- 
tricity than  gutta-percha. 

Also  known  as  batata. 

Bol'ster-plate.    A   plate   in   a  wagon  where 
the    front    bolster 
turns  on  the  axle  or 
the  sand  board. 
Bol'ster  Spring. 
1.    (Railway.)    One 

(80,  Fig.  364)  inter-       ^r—~     &£J&^?*  "«> 
posed    between   the 
transverse      beam 
(43)  of  a  truck  and  Solster  Plale- 

the  truck-bolster  (30)  which  receives  the  weight  of 
the  car  on  the  center  plat  (63). 

Fig.  354. 


needle-gun  which  drives  home  the   cartridge,  and 
carries  in  its  axial  recess  the  firing  pin. 

Fig.  365. 


Railway  Truck  Bolster  Spring. 

2.  (  Wagons.)  a.  A  caoutchouc  spring  between 
the  bolster  and  axle  to  give  a  degree  of  elasticity 
to  the  bed. 

6.  Fig.  365  shows  a  steel  spring  interposed  be- 
tween the  wagon-bed  and  its  bolster  to  absorb  the 
jar  and  make  the  riding  more  easy. 

"/row  Age,"  *  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  9. 

Bolt.     (Fire  Arm.)    1.    The  sliding  piece  in  a 


Wngoti  Bolster  Spring. 

2.  The  part  which  in  a  snap-gun  passes  into  the 
lump  of  the  barrel,  to  hold  the  barrel  into  the  ac- 
tion when  the  gun  is  closed. 

3.  (Mining.)  A  passage  leading  from  the  gate 
road  into  a  side  of  work. 

For  machinery  and  hardware  bolts  see,  — 
Acorn-head  bolt.  Machine  bolt. 

Bevel-head  bolt.  Plow  bolt. 

Bridge  bolt.  Railway-truck  bolt. 

Boiler  patch  belt.  Ring  bolt. 

Button-head  bolt.  Round  countersunk  bolt. 

Carriage  bolt.  Round    countersunk    square 

Clip  king  bolt.  head  bolt. 

Cone-head  bolt  Safety  bolt. 

Countersunk  -  head     square    Shackle  bolt. 

shank  bolt.  .Shaft  bolt. 

Cultivator  point  bolt.  Ship  ring-bolt. 

Elevator  bolt.  Shoe  bolt. 

Elliptic-head  bolt.  Sink  bolt. 

Eye  bolt.  Sleigh-shoe  bolt. 

Felly-joint  bolt.  Square  countersunk  bolt. 

Flour  bolt.  Square  head  bolt. 

Flush  bolt.  Square  shank  bolt. 

Guard  bolt.  Steeple  head  bolt. 

Hanger  bolt.  Step  bolt. 

Key  bolt.  Stove  bolt. 

Key-head  bolt.  Tap  bolt. 

King  bolt.  Tire  bolt. 

Knob  screw.  Track  bolt. 

Lag  bolt.  U-bolt. 

Loop  bolt.  Whiffletree  bolt. 

Bolt  Clean'er.  A  machine  or  attachment  for 
cleansing  the  bolting  cloth  of  mills  of  the  adhering 
flour  and  offal. 

Collins's  automatic  cloth  cleaner  is  applied,  not 
to  bolts  precisely,  but  to  the  sieves  of  middlings 
purifiers.  It  has  beaters  of  soft  leather  arranged 
in  spiral  form  on  a  shaft  beneath  the  sieve-cloth,  so 
as  when  revolving  to  slap  the 
cloth  lightly. 

"American  Miller,"  *  viii.  369. 

The  Cogswell  &  Finn  flour-bolt 
cleaner  has  a  brush  suspended 
over  the  reel  by  arms  secured  to  a 
shaft  which  projects  through  the 
side  of  the  chest,  so  that  the 
brush  can  be  lifted  and  dropped 
as  desired.  A  coil  spring  pre- 
vents the  brush  jumping  when 
passing  over  the  ribs  of  the  reel. 

Bolt  Clip'per.  A  double  lever 
tool  for  cutting  off  the  superfluous 
length  of  bolt  beyond  the  nut. 
The  nut  E  lies  in  a  square  of  the 
jaw  D,  and  the  bevel  edge  of  the 
jaw  C  is  brought  against  the  bolt. 
The  tool  is  of  cast  steel  except 
the  handles,  A,  B,  and  the  catches 
in  the  arm  Fgive  different  ran<] 
of  leverage.  Bolt  Clipper. 


Fig.  366. 


BOLT  CUTTER. 


117 


BOLT  FORGING. 


Bolt  Cut'ter.     A  machine  for  threading  bolts. 
Fig.  367  is  Pratt  &  Whitney's  baud  bolt-cutter. 


Hand  Bolt-cutter. 

The  bolt  is  I  it-Id  in  the  vise,  which  has  a  right  and 
left-hand  screw,  and  is  tightened  by  the  hand-wheel. 
The  die  is  revolved  to  cut  the  thread,  and  the  bolt 
is  advanced  by  the  lever,  which  moves  the  vise 
slide  in  the  shears.  The  machine  is  placed  on  a 
bench,  and  is  intended  for  carriage  and  jobbing 
shops.  The  crank  is  lengthened  or  shortened  at 
will ;  for  tapping,  the  collet  on  the  spindle  is  re- 
placed by  a  tap-chuck,  and  the  nuts  are  held  in  the 
vise. 

Schlenker's  stationary  die  bolt-cutter  is  shown  in 
Fiy-.  368.     The  bolt   is  held  and   revolved  in  the 


Fig.  3HS. 


ary  Die  Bull-cutter. 

head  chuck,  which  is  hollow,  so  that  a  rod  can  be 
advanced  axially  to  have  a  thread  cut  on  its  end. 
The  arrangement  of  the  dies  is  such  that  as  soon 
as  they  begin  to  cut  they  will  close  as  far  as  the 
stop  will  allow  them,  and  a  series  of  bolts  may  thus 
be  cut  of  the  same  size.  As  soon  as  the  bolt  is  cut 
the  required  length,  the  dies  are  opened  by  the 
lever  and  the  bolt  taken  out  without  running  the 
die  off  the  thread.  The  action  of  the  dies  is  simi- 
lar to  that  of  a  lathe  tool. 

The  "  National  "  double  head  bolt-cutter  is  an 
open-die  machine  in  which  the  bolt-cutter  head  is 
advanced  to  the  bolt,  the  latter  being  held  and  ro- 
tated in  the  hollow  lathe-head  and  chuck.  The 
bolt  is  instantly  released  when  threaded ;  the  die 
blocks  contain  chasers  made  on  the  interchangeable 
system, 


See  the  following  references  :  — 
Revolving  die. 


Pratt  (f  Whitney 


Nut  tapper,  Schlenker.  * 


.  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  42. 

'Am.  Manuf.,'*  Oct.  31,  1879,  p.  12. 


' Iron  Age.''  xvii.,  Jan.  29,  p.  1. 


'Iron  Age,"  xxii  ,  Nov.  7,  p.  1. 
Wiley  4"  Russell       .     .  *   'Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  54. 

*   'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  April  11,  p.  3. 

Wood  fy  Light    .     .     .*   'Manufacturer  §  Builder,"  xi.  5. 
Trimmer,  Butler     .     .  *   'Scientific  American,''  xli.  310. 
Table  of  preparations  of  nuts  and. 

"  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  53. 

Bolt-cut'ter  Chuck.     A  chuck  for  holding  a 


Fig.  369. 

—  -— -si..._ 


bolt  to  be  cut  in  a  tur- 
ret-head machine.  I  n 
these  machines  the  bolt 
is  held  in  a  chuck  and 
advanced  alternately  to 
one  or  other  of  the  dies 
in  the  turret  head. 

See  Fig  6824,  p.  2665, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Bolt-cut'ter  Head. 

Fig.  370  shows  the  die 
of  the  Schlenker  bolt 
cutter.  It  is  stationary, 
the  bolt  being  revolved 
and  advanced  to  the 
cutter,  see  Fig.  368.  The  chasers  are  simultane- 
ously advanced  or  receded  in  the  head  by  means  of 
a  lever  which  has  an  adjustable  stop,  so  as  to 
t'ig.  370.  limit  their  penetration  in 

.^^j—.^^^          making  a  number  of  bolts 
"^^        of  similar  size. 


Bolt-cutter  Chuck. 


Bolt-cutter  Head. 


Bolt  Die. 


Fig.  372. 


Bolt  Die.  A  nut  with  a  thread  chased  in  it, 
used  for  cutting  threads  on  bolts  and  rods.  Fig.  371. 

Bolt  Dog.  Used  in  chucking  bolts  to  be  turned 
or  chased.  It  is  bolted  to  the 
face  plate,  spans  the  center,  and 
has  a.  square  to  engage  the  bolt 
head.  Made  in  sizes  from  -fa" 
to  2'  inclusive.  Fig.  372. 

Bolt  Feed'er.  An  apparatus 
to  feed  the  meal  to  the  flour  bolt 
in  equable  quantities.  D,  Fig. 
373,  is  the  case,  E  the  spout  lead- 
ing to  the  bolt,  and  B  the  lever 
for  lifting  the  screw  A. 

Bolt  Fpr'ging  Ma-chine'. 

A  machine  for  forging  iron 
bolts.  -^^^^^ 

Burdict's  bolt  -  forging  ma-  Bolt  Dog  (Le  Count's). 
chine  is  operated  without  clutch  gear,  cam,  or 
springs,  the  main  shaft,  slide,  and  forging  dies  are 
in  constant  motion,  and  the  blank  is  advanced  to 
the  dies  h«-  means  of  a  connecting-rod,  pawl,  shaft, 
and  toggle,  and  the  blank  is  automatically  dis- 
charged when  headed.  The  blank  rests  against  a 
stop,  and  is  only  guided  centrally  by  the  holding 
dies  while  being  forged,  thus  leaving  them  full 
size  under  the  head.  The  machine  is  capable  of 
making  from  3,000  to  8,000  square  head  blank  bolts 
in  10  hours,  according  to  size. 

The  Abbe  bolt  forging  machine  is  a  machine  of 
similar  capacity  and  quality 


BOLT-HEADING   MACHINE. 


118 


BOMB  LANCE. 


Bolt-head'ing   Ma-chine'.      Another  name 
for  the  bolt-forging-  machine,  which  sec.     The  Brit- 
373 


Bolt  Feeder. 

ish  machine  of  Greenwood  $•  Batley,  Leeds,  is  ver- 
tical in  its  action. 

A  vertical  fast-moving  screw,  with  three  square 
threads,  raises  the  work-holder  to  the  die,  the  latter 
being  stationary.  The  hot  bolt-head  is  thus  brought 
into  tlie  die,  and  swaged  to  form.  The  bolt-holder 
has  a  dwell  at  its  upper  position,  and,  as  it  de- 
scends, a  pin  beneath  pushes  out  the  bolt. 

Bolt  Hook.  (Manage.)  A  check-rein  hook; 
the  base  or  point  by  which  it  is  attached  sets  flat 
upon  or  passes  between  or  under  the  plates  of  the 
saddle-tree,  and  is  secured  by  a  bolt. 


Bolt  Holder. 


Bolt  Hold'er.  A  clamping  tool  to  hold  the 
head  of  a  bolt  to  prevent  its  turning  while  the  nut 
is  being  screwed  on.  It  is  a  frame  containing  a 
sliding  bar,  having  on  one  of  its  sides  a  rack  which 
is  engaged  by  a  sector  lever.  It  is  shown  as  ap- 
plied to  put  on  a  tire  bolt. 

B  o  1 1 '  i  n  g-c  loth  Clean'er.  See  BOLT 
CLEANER. 

Bolt'ing  Mill'stone.  A  French  invention  by 
M.  Aubin. 

The  lower  millstone  has  panes  with  screening 
cloth  of  wire  gauze,  to  allow  the  meal  to  escape 
before  reaching  the  skirt. 

The  device  is  shown  at  Fig.  375.  Starting  from 
the  bosom  of  the  stone,  every  other  furrow  is  sup- 
pressed, and  a  metallic  box  inserted  containing  the 
wire  gauze.  A  knocker  is  suspended  in  the  box 
to  hasten  the  sifting. 

Anoints.  Safford's  Report  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Re- 
ports," *  Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  180. 

Bolt'ing  Saw.  A  machine  in  which  stuff  is 
sawed  out  of  the  log  or  balk  to  bolts  or  pieces  of  a 
size,  adapted  for  working  into  the  object  required. 


Bolt-point'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
pointing  or  shaping  the  ends  of  bolts  of  from  4"  to 
1"  diameter. 


Fig.  375. 


Bolting  Millstone. 


The  bolt  to  be  pointed  is  held  in  the  vise,  which  is 
adjustable  on  the  column  of  the  machine  and  is  op- 
erated by  a  lever  and  riyht-  jnid  left-  hand  screw. 


37t>. 


Bolt-pointing  Mac/tint. 

The  head,  arranged  to  slide  on  the  column,  is 
brought  to  the  bolt  by  action  of  the  foot-lever,  the 
bolt  passing  through  a  bushing  to  steady  it  while 
the  revolving  cutter  is  doing  its  work.  Bolts  too 
short  to  reach  from  the  vise  to  the  cutter  in  the 
head  may  be  held  in  a  socket. 

Bolt-turn'ing  Lathe.  A  lathe  specifically 
adapted  for  cutting  large  bolts;  smaller  machines, 
on  the  lathe  principle,  are  bolt-cutters. 

Bom-bar'don.  (Music.)  A  low  wind  instru- 
ment without  keys,  and  with  three  cylinders.  The 
quality  differs  but  little  from  the  ophicleide. 

Bomb  Har-poon'.  A  harpoon  with  an  ex- 
plosive, to  be  ignited  inside  the  whale.  See  list  of 
U.  S.  Patents  under  HARPOON. 

Bomb  Lance.  A  lance  containing  a  bomb  to 
be  exploded  in  the  whale.  It  is  generally,  but  nut 
always,  projected  from  a  gun. 

See  list  of  United  States  Patents  under  HARPOON 

Bomb  lance,  Pierce.    *  "Scientific  American,'1'  xliii.  403. 


BONE    BLACK. 


119 


BONE   MILL. 


Bone  Black. 

for  sirups,  etc. 


Calciued   boues,  used  iu  filters 


See  :  — 

Testing,  Bartlett.  .  .  . 
Washer,  Automatic  .  . 
Revivifier,  Fr.,  Schreiber 


"  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  260. 
*  "Scifniijic  Am.  Sup.,-1  *4052. 
"Dept.  Agric.,  Special  Report,'' 

xxviii.,  PI.  XXXI. 
See  also  ANIMAL  CHARCOAL,  supra. 

Fig.  377. 


.1  is  the  top  breaker  fitting  on  the  vertical  mill-shaft  K. 
The  breaker  is  varied  with  the  kind  of  work  to  be  performed. 

B  is  the  nut  which  secures  the  breaker. 

C,  circular  grinder  or  middle  breaker  with  holes  for  stud 
bolts,  to  tighten  the  grinding  sections  DD  on  cone  /. 

F,  stationary  grinding  plates.  G,  lower  cylinder  sectional 
plates,  held  by  nuts  HH. 

O,  lighter  lever,  etc.,  for  adjusting  upward  pressure  of 
cone  /and  its  plates  DD,  against  the  concave  G. 

JJ,  wipers  to  dischai-ge  ground  stuff. 

L,  feathers  on  upright  shaft  K. 

M,  step.  N  P,  driving  gear. 

R  It,  fast  and  loose  pulleys. 

S,  fly-wheel.         TT,  bolts  holding  cover. 

Bone  Black,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  Woody  matters 
impregnated  with  phosphate  of  lime  dissolved  in 
hydrochloric  acid.  The  phosphates  are  thus  dis- 
tributed as  they  are  in  natural  bones.  The  mass 
thus  prepared  is  ignited.  The  difficulty  consists  in 
obtaining  products  of  a  sufficient  density  and  min- 
eral richness,  and  free  from  foreign  salts.  The 
charcoal  obtained  has  to  be  washed  in  excess  of 
water  to  remove  chloride  of  calcium,  if  poor  copro- 
lites  have  been  employed.  —  M.  Melsens. 

Bone  Glass.  A  semi-translucent  glass  used 
for  lamp-shades  and  globes.  A  proportion  of  bone 
dust  is  added  to  the  frit,  and  it  is  supposed  that 
the  phosphate  of  lime  remains  suspended  in  the 
glass.  Philip  Fischer  in  "  Glashutte." 

The  result  resembles  the  cryolite  glass,  otherwise 
known  as  fused  porcelain.  See  CRYOLITE. 

Bone  Hold'er.  (Surgical.)  A  bone-grasping 
forceps,  in  some  ca.ses  combined  with  a  ronyeur,  or 
bone-gnawer. 

Dr.  Darby's,  Fig.  79,  p.  24,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 
tarium Chirurgicum." 

Bone  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Those 
used  iu  osteotomy,  and  in  some  ca.ses  of  fracture 
and  necrosis. 

Among  them  are  the  following,  which  see :  — 

Bone  drills. 


Periosteotomes. 
Exsection  instruments. 

Saws  :  Amputating,  exsecting,  subcutaneous,  bow,  circu- 
lar, lley:s,  metaoarpal,  bead,  trephine,  antrum  drill,  etc. 
Osteophor  ;  forceps  of  various  kinds  and  sizes. 
Bone  cutters,  bone  staffs,  hooks  and  levators. 
Trepanning  elevator  and  raspatory. 

Bone  Mill.  A  machine  for  crushing  bones  for 
use,  as  animal  charcoal  in  sugar  processes,  or  for 
a  fertilizer. 

Fig.  377  is  a  vertical  sectional  view  of  Baugh's 
mill  for  crushing,  grinding,  and  pulverizing  bones, 
phosphatic  rocks,  minerals,  ores,  slags,  etc. 

Fig.  378  is  a  French  bone  mill  on  the  Chilian 
principle.  It  resembles  some  forms  of  oil-mills, 
amalgamators,  and  cement  mills,  having  an  edge 

Fig.  378. 


Jannotftls,  Treil  (Seine  et  Oit>e). 


stone  and  scrapers.  It  lias  also  an  elevating  device 
which  lifts  the  stuff  from  the  annular  pan  and  dis- 
charges it  down  a  screen  and  in  front  of  the  stone. 

In  the  machine  of  Picksley,  Sims  &  f!o.,  of  Manchester, 
England,  the  bones  intended  to  be  ground  are  thrown  into 
the  hopper,  and  after  falling  upon  the  cutting  bed,  they  are 
pressed  by  feed  rams  against  the  teeth  of  a  revolving  cylin- 
der in  rapid  motion.  The  reduced  boues  fall  into  an  oscillat- 
ing or  revolving  riddle  attached  to  the  mill,  which  separates 
them  into  two  qualities,  namely,  dust,  and  half-inch  bones. 
At  the  first  operation  the  following  proportions  are  obtained  : 

Dust    .     ...........     45  per  cent. 

Half-inch  bones     ........     30  per  cent. 

Coarser  sample  (to  be  re-ground)     .     .     25  per  cent. 
Davids'  bone-mill  is  a  disintegrator  on  the  same  principle 
precisely   as   the   disintegrator  (Carr's),   Fig.  1655,   "Meek. 
Diet." 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
HuU,  Br  .........     *  "  Engineering,"  xxx.  57. 

Saville  St.  Foundry  Co.,  Br.     .    *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  295. 

See  also  article  "Engrais,"  Lnbonlnye's  "  Dictionnaire  ties 
Arts  et  Manufactures,''  Figs.  766,  767.  Tome  ii.,  ed.  1877. 

See  also  FERTILIZER  MILL  ;  GRINDING  MILL  ;  ORE  MILL  ;  DIS- 
INTEGRATOR ;  CHILIAN  MILL,  etc. 


BONE   SAW. 


120 


Stohlmann's  Bone  Saw. 


Bone  Saw.  Stohlmanu's  bone  saw,  for  surgi- 
cal purposes,  F.  379 
shown  at  1<  ig. 
379,  is  a  substi- 
tute for  tlie  chain 
saw,  and  consists 
of  two  handles 
connected  by  a 
•wire  of  cast  steel, 
on  which  is 
strung  a  series  of 
steel  beads  with 
sharp  cutting 
edges. 

Bone     Por'- 
ce-lain.        ( Ce- 
ramics.)   A  ware 
into  the  composition  of  which  enters  phosphate  of 
lime  in  the  form  of  bone  dust. 

Bone'si-late.  A  compound  with  a  base  of  bone 
dust  and  an  aggregating  cement ;  used  in  place  of 
ivory,  real  or  artificial,  or  hard  rubber,  for  buttons, 
door-knobs,  billiard  balls,  etc. 

It  can  be  polished  and  colored,  and  is  harder 
than  celluloid. 

It  is  much  like  the  French  material  known  as 
EBURINI-;,  which  see,  refer  to  — 

"  Scientific  American  •'     ....     xlii.  345. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Buililer  •'    .     .     xii.  111. 

"  Iron  Age" xxv.,  May  20,  p.  26. 

"  Van  Nostrancl's  Eng.  Mas;.''    .     .     xxiii.  263. 

Bone  Staff.  (Sin-ijical.)  A  director  or  re- 
tractor instrument  with  a  curved  end  :  serving  to 
hold  a  bone  while  o  erating  subcutaneously,  or  to 
replace  fragments. 

Figs.  63,  63  b,  Part  I  ,  Tietnann's  "Armamentarium  Chirur- 
gicum."' 

Book  Back'ing  Frame.  (Bookbinding.)  A 
frame  or  vise  in  which  a.  sewed  book  is  placed  to 

Fig.  380. 


BOOK    KOLLIXG    MACHINE. 

Fig.  381. 


Book  Backing  Frame.     (Pierron  et  Dehaitre,  Paris.) 

have  the  back  rounded  before  being  cased  or  cov- 
ered. The  jaws  are  brought  together  by  pressure 
on  the  treadle,  and  the  book  back  is  rounded  by 
the  beating-hammer.  The  machine  shown  is 
French. 

Book  Back'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  machine  for 
rounding  the  backs  of  books  before  casing  or  cov. 


Power  Book-barking  Machine. 

ering.  An  improvement  on  the  hand-roller  ma-* 
chine  in  respect  of  obviating  the  labor  attached  to 
the  process-of  backing,  excepting  the  placing  of  the 
book  between  the  jaws  ami  bringing  a  moderate 
pressure  upon  the  treadle  ;  the  power  then  tightens 
the  jaws,  the  roller  pa>ses  over  till  the  backing  is 
completed,  the  jaws  relax,  and  the  book  is  taken 
out. 

Book'bind-ing.  Bookbinding  machinery  con- 
sists of  sheet  folding,  signature  sewing,  edge  cut- 
ting, back-rounding  machines,  presses,  etc. 

See  list  on  pp.  330,  331,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  references :  — 

Schmitz *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  19. 

Corner  protector,  Way  ff  Rankin.  *  "Sc.  Ainer.,''  xl.  131. 

Book  factory *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xliii.  207. 

Sewing  machine.  Sinner  .     ...  *  "&V.  Amer  ,"  xxxv.  223. 

Sulsberg *  "Relievre,"  "  Laboulaye's 

Diet., "m.,  Fig.  2331. 
Stitching  machine,  Neirllinger      .  *"Sr.  Am.  .*)/;).,''  1748. 

See  Nicholson's  "A  Manual  of  the  Art  of  Book-binding. '' 

Book'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  machine  for  making 
up  tobacco  leaves  into  piles  and  packages. 
Book  Roll'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  machine   f«  r 
•    Fig-.  3S2. 


Book  Rolling  Machine. 

rolling  folded  sheets  instead  of  pressing  them.  The 
folded  signatures  being  laid  upon  the  platen  are 
run  between  the  rollers.  The  upper  roller  is  ver- 


BOOK   SAWING   MACHINE. 


121 


'BOOM. 


tically  adjustable,  equally  at  both  ends,  by  means  of 
the  hand-wheel  and  bevel-gearing. 

Book  Saw'ing  Ma-chine'.      A  machine  for 
sawing  channels  in  the  hack  of  a  pile  of  signatures 
Fig.  383. 


Book  Sniping  Machine. 

to  hold  the  cords  to  which  the  separate  signatures 
are  sewn.  See  SEWING  PRESS,  Fig.  4884,  p.  2124, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  machine,  Fig.  383,  has  a  frame  of  cast  iron, 
and  a  spindle  of  cast  steel  running  in  composition 
boxes.  It  has  5  saws  adjustable  on  the  mandrel 
to  any  length  of  book,  and  tlr-re  tirmly  held  by  nut. 
The  bed  is  planed  smooth  and  hung  on  journals  at 
one  end,  the  free  end  being  elevated  to  such  degree 
as  to  give  the  required  protrusion  of  the  saws 
through  the  slots  in  the  table.  The  fence  or 
guide  is  adjustable,  and  held  by  set  screws. 

Book  Sew'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
sewing  signatures  on  to  a  band  or  cord  for  binding. 

The  book  sewing  machine  of  the  Swiss  inventor, 
Sulzberg,  is  described  under  article  "  Reliure," 
tome  iii.,  Fig.  2231,  Laboutaye's  "Dictiounaire  des 
Arts  et  Manufactures,"  ed.  1877. 

It  folds  by  successive  action  between  rollers  in 
pairs,  as  in  the  ordinary  folding  machines ;  then 
pierces  and  sews  the  signature. 

The  Singer  book-sewing  machine  takes  sheets 
already  folded  and  stitches  them  along  the  line  of 
the  final  fold  which  is  given  them  by  a  pair  of  roll- 
ers between  which  they  are  passed. 

"  Scientific  American ''    .    .    .    *  xxxv.  223. 

It  is  adapted  for  the  stitching  of  signatures,  but 
docs  not  appear  to  be  adapted  to  sewing  them  to- 
gether to  common  bands  or  cords. 

Smyth's  >ewing  machine  has  as  many  stitches  as 
cords,  each  being  independent.  The  signatures  are 
hung  upon  the  horizontal  arms  of  a  four-arm  reel 
which  presents  them,  then  drops,  makes  a  quarter 
revolution,  rises,  and  presents  the  next  signature 
which  hangs  upon  the  next  arm  in  succession.  The 
signature  is  clamped,  the  row  of  needles  come  into 
operation,  secure  the  signature,  and  the  arm  then 
drops  away,  and  another  is  presented  as  before. 

The  Wheeler  &  Wilson  book-sewing  machine 
produces  a  book,  the  signatures  of  which  are  firmly 
united  by  loops  of  the  band-thread,  secured  by  a 
metallic  pin  within  the  center  of  each  folded  signa- 
ture, each  loop  being  so  formed  as  to  completely 
encircle  the  metallic  securing  pin. 

To  operate  the  machine,  the  table  in  front  of  the  bed  is 
raised  to  its  full  height,  the  driving-wheel  turned  until  the 
needles  are  above  the  throat-plates,  the  signature  (opened)  is 
then  placed  upon  the  needles,  the  pressers  then  force  the  sig- 
nature firmly  to  the  throat-plates,  the  needles  recede,  form- 
ing loops  into  which  the  material  to  form  the  securing  pin 
is  passed  and  severed  ;  the  needles  now  recede  quickly,  and 


by  the  loops  of  thread  draw  the  securing  pin  down  to  the  cen- 
ter of  the  signature,  and  the  signature  firmly  upon  the  table 
in  front  of  the  bed.  During  this  operation  the  arms  above 
the  bed  recede  far  enough  to  permit  that  part  of  the  signa- 
ture which  lay  under  them  to  be  closed  by  means  of  a  folder 
(placed  in  the  rear  of  the  needles),  upon  the  part  already 
drawn  upon  the  table.  This  folder  is  provided  with  a  pro- 
jection from  its  lower  front  edge,  which  forces  down  the 
table  upon  which  the  signature  is  folded  to  a  distance  equal 
to  the  thickness  of  the  signature  last  closed  upon  it,  so  that 
the  top  of  the  last  signature  is  always  in  the  same  relative 
position  to  the  bed  and  needles  as  was  its  predecessor  during 
the  time  of  sewing.  To  secure  firmness  of  stitch,  each 
thread  is  provided  with  tension  devices,  as  is  common  to  all 
sewing  machines,  and  operates  in  a  similar  manner. 

Book  Stitch'ing  Ma-chine'.  Neidbruger's 
stitching  machine  for  bookbinders  is  shown  in  "Sci- 
entific American  Supplement,"  *  1748.  It  operates 
on  single  signatures. 

See  also  WIUE  BOOK-SEWING  MACHINE.  HevTs 
machine  for  fastening  signatures  to  bands  by  means 
of  wire  staples. 

Book  Trim'mer.     A  machine  for  squaring  the 

Fig.  384. 


Book  Trimmer. 

top,  bottom,  and  front  edge  of  a  pile  of  books  un- 
bound. In  the  machine,  Fig.  384,  two  of  such  piles 
are  shown  in  the  clamp,  the  backs  of  the  books 
towards  each  other,  so  as  to  expose  the  other  edges 
of  each  of  the  piles.  The  carriage  being  pushed 
up  to  position,  the  foot  is  pressed  upon  the  treadle, 
when  the  knife  quickly  descends,  making  a  draw- 
cut,  and  then  at  once  returns  to  its  starting-point. 
The  pile  is  then  withdrawn,  rotated  90°  to  bring  a 
new  face  to  the  knife,  the  cutting  action  repeated, 
and  so  on  for  each  of  the  four  faces. 

The  Standard  Machinery  Co.'s  Steam  Power 
Automatic  Book  Trimmer  operates  as  follows  :  — 
Books  are  placed  on  the  table,  and  clamped  as  with 
other  trimmers  ;  upon  moving  the  shipper,  the  ta- 
ble advances  to  the  knife,  and  the  cut  on  one  side 
is  made,  thereupon  the  table  recedes,  makes  a  quar- 
ter turn,  advances  again  to  the  knife,  again  recedes, 
and  so  continues  in  operation  till  all  four  sides  are 
cut,  when  the  machine  stops,  the  books  can  be  re- 
moved, and  a  fresh  lot  substituted.  As  the  table 
works  perfectly  free  while  cutting,  and  needs  no 
attention,  the  operator  is  at  liberty  to  get  ready 
another  lot  of  books,  thereby  saving  a  large  pro- 
portion of  time. 

Boom.  (Lumbfrmg.)  An  artificially  inclosed 
bay,  in  which  logs  are  collected  to  prevent  their 
drifting  away  by  a  current  or  tide. 


BOOM. 


122 


BORING  BAR   WRENCH. 


The  boom  is  usually  made  of  spars  or  timbers 
chained  together  at  the  ends,  and  so  anchored  or 
staked  as  to  inclose  an  area  of  water.  A  boom  is 
found  at  each  end  of  a  slide,  which  is  a  chute  to 
help  logs  over  falls,  rapids,  or  shoals.  See,  also, 
SHKER-HOOM. 

Boom    Sheet   Block.      Tin;    block   through 
which   the   sheet  of   the   boom    is 
rove.     In  the  example,  Fig.  385, 
the  block  is  double. 

Boom  Tack'le.  (Nautical.) 
A  tackle  consisting  of  a  double 
and  single  block  and  fall,  used  in 
rigging  out  or  in  a  studding-sail 
boom. 

Boot.  1.  (Surgical.)  Juuot's 
dry  cupping  boot  is  a  gum  boot 
with  an  air-tight  band  on  its  upper 
border,  and  an  air-pump  to  ex- 
haust the  air  from  around  the  leg. 
See  DEPUKATOR,  "  Meek.  Diet."  ; 
and  AKROTHEKAPY  APPARATUS, 
supra. 

2.  (Mane'(je.)  A  covering  for 
any  portion  of  a  horse's  leg ;  made 
of  leather,  or  of  felt  and  leather. 

Boot  Clean'ing  Ma-chine'. 
A  machine  with  expansible,  last  to 
snit  different   sizes  of  boots,  and  Double  Block  for 
with  means  for  rotating  the  boot       Boom  sheet' 
while  the  brush  is    briskly  reciprocated    upon   it. 
The  motions  are  obtained  by  turning  the  handle, 

Fig.  386. 


Boot  Cleaning  Machine. 

and  the   position  of  the  boot  is  modified  by  the 
motion  of  the  lever. 


Kent's  Boot  cleaning  machine. 


"English  Mechanic.1" 
"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,'-  6( 


Boot  Sew'ing  Ma-chine'.  See  SHOE  MA- 
CHINERY ;  SOLE  ;  HEEL,  etc.,  and  pp.  335-337, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Bor'der  Knife.     A  knife  for  cutting  the  edges 


of  grass  plats,  of  grass  borders 
to  walks,  of  beds  cut  out  of 
sod.  Fig.  387. 

B  o  r '  i  11  g  An'chpr.  A 
method  of  setting  piles  for 
foundations  or  for  anchorage 
by  giving  them  a  screw  point 
or  shoe,  Fig.  388,  which  is  sunk 
into  the  earth  by  rotation.  See 
SCREW-PILE,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 

B  or 'ing     and     Turn 'ing 


Fig.  387. 


Border  or  Edging 
Knife. 


Mill.     A  machine-tool  which  has  its  operative  tools 
above  while  the  work  is  chucked  on  a  revolving 


bed  below.  It  is  a  vertical  drill  or  boier,  or  a  hor- 
izontal lathe.  The  boring  bars  operate  at  all  an- 
gles and  have  a  quick  return  motion. 


Bohlken's  Boring  Anchor. 


The  counterweight  acts  on  a  line  directly  through  the  cen- 
ter of  the  tool-holding  bar.  The  swing  of  the  large  sized  ma- 
chines is  120".  The  feeds  are  automatic  in  every  direction  ; 
a  disk  drivinga  friction  wheel,  operates  them,  the  rapidity 
of  the  feed  is  controlled  by  moving  the  friction  wheel  in  or 
out  on  the  surface  of  the  disk,  and  the  greatest  or  least 
change  can  be  made  instantaneously  ;  and  by  removing  the 
friction  wheel  across  the  center  of  the  disk,  the  feed  is  re- 
versed. The  tool-holder  admits  of  the  tool  being  set  in  any 
way  ;  it  can  be  removed  from  the  bar  and  any  other  form 
substituted.  The  face-plate  rests  in  an  annular  bearing  un- 
der its  extreme  outside  edge  ;  it  has  also  a  center  spindle,  12" 
in  diameter,  and  5'  long,  provided  with  a  steel  step  ;  a  taper 
key  passes  beneath  this  step,  and  the  amount  of  vertical 
strain  on  the  outside  bearing  can  be  regulated  by  turning  a 
screw  (the  head  of  which  is  seen  at  the  bottom  of  bed-plate), 
this  is  quickly  accomplished,  and  is  a  valuable  provision  for 
setting  work,  boring  and  turning  on  smaller  pieces,  etc.  ; 
when  a  heavy  or  large  piece  of  work  is  once  set,  a  quarter 
turn  of  the  screw  communicating  with  the  taper  key  brings 
the  face-plate  to  its  outside  bearing,  and  the  machine  works 
with  all  the  steadiness  of  a  heavy  planer  and  all  the  precis- 
ion of  the'most  accurate  lathe. 

The  pulley  turning  attachments  consist  of  the  extra  head, 
the  equalizing  driving  plate  with  the  two  carriers  (shown  on 
the  table),  and  the  tail  stock  (shown  on  the  cross  rail). 

Fig.  389 


Boring  and  Turning  Mill.     (Niks'  Tool  Works.) 

Bor'ing-bar  Wrench.  A  wrench  with  a  hook 
to  fit  the  square  of  the  boring  bar  or  boring  rod. 
It  is  to  rotate  it,  and  to  hold  it  on  occasion,  as  the 

Fig.  390. 


Boring-bar  Wrench. 

collar  of  the  rod  may  rest  on  the  wrench  which  lies 
upon  the  platform.  See  WELL-BORING  TOOLS, 
pp.  2757,  2758,  and  Plate  LXXIV.  "Mech.  Diet." 


BORING  HEAD. 


123 


BOTTLE  GLASS. 


Bor'ing  Head.  vig.  391 

A  collet  or  head 
shod  with  black 
diamonds,  and  used 
i  n  drilling  b  o  r  e- 
holes  in  rock.  Sec 
DIAMOND  DRILL, 
"Meek.  Diet." 

Bor'ing  Ma- 
chine'.    Fig.  392 
shows  a  boring  ma- 
chine   which    has 
three   different 
speeds  for  large,  medium,  and  small  holes  ;  can  be 
adjusted  to  any  angle  or  position,  raised,  lowered, 
and  turned  on  its  axis,  inclined  or  revolved. 
Fig.  392. 


Annular  Boring  Head. 


Universal  Horizontal  Boring  Machine. 

The  following  notices  of  machines  may  be  consulted  :  — 
Lathe  attachment    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  404. 

Rice     ......  *"  Scientific  American,'''  xxxix.  86 

Drilling,  etc.,  Bement  .  *  "Engineering,''xxii.  270. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxi.  15. 
Universal,  Bentel  §  Co.  *  "Engineer,''  xli.  412. 
Horizontal,  Fay  If  Co.      "  Tkurston's  Vienna  Kept.,"1  iii.  264. 

Neil',  Br  .....  *  "Engineering,'1''  xxii.  397. 
Carpenter's,  Phillips     .  *  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  42. 

Richards  if  Atkinson.  *  ''  Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  July  31,  p.  1. 
Jig-saw.   Robinson,  Br     *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  276. 
Vertical,  Walker   Bros.  *  "Scientific  America!}"  xxxvii.  326. 
And  spacing,   Co/burn.  *  "  Manuf.  and  Builder,"  xii.  235. 
Tapers,  boring     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,'1''  xxxvii.  389. 
And  turning,  Bement  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  254. 

Bement    .....  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  306. 


And  grooving,  Alork 
Cylinders,  vertical 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  356. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Man- 
itf.,"  i.,  Fig.  86,  article  "  Alesoir." 

Bor'ing  Rod.  The  rod  which  carries  the  drill 
in  deep  boring.  Usually  in  sections  united  by 
screw-coupling  or  by  socket  and  key.  The  illus- 
tration, Fig.  583,  shows  the  latter  method.  See  Plate 
LXXIV.,  opposite  p.  2759,  "Merh.  Diet." 
DEEP  BORES  AND  SHAFTS. 

Artesian  well,  Pottsdam,  Mo  .......    5,500  feet. 

Salt  spring,  Sperenberg,  Prussia       ....     4,175  feet. 

Coal  shaft,  Viviers-Kemus,  Belgium    .     .     .    3,542  feet. 

Adelbert  shaft,  Pribram,  Bohemia        .    .     .    3,280  feet. 

See  the  following  references:  — 
Food  carrier  for  imprisoned  miners, 

British      .....  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  69. 
Electric,  Plants    .     .     .      "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  120. 
Europe,  deep,  Jefferson  .     "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'"  xix.  310. 
Drawing  rods   ....  *'•  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1153. 
Rod  grapnel,  Allison,  Br.  *  "Engineer,'1''  xliii.  165. 

Bor'ing  Tool. 

See  AUTOMATIC  BORING-TOOL,  for  the  Persian  drill. 

An  expansion  boring  tool,  in  which  a  cutter  is  thrust  out 
laterally  for  under-cutting,  coring-out  boxes,  sweeps  and 
curves,  is  showii  In  "  Scientific  American,'"  *xxxviii.  181. 


Van  Haagen's  expansion  tool,  instead  of  extending  laterally 
at  right  angles,  as  in  the  one  just  mentioned,  has  a  sweep 
upon  an  axis  at  right  angles  to  that  of  the          _.     „„„ 
stock  in  which  it  is  held. 

Bor'ing  Tools. 

See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 
Angle  boring  machine.      Expansion   hollow- 
Angular  bench-drill. 
Angular  bit-stock. 
Antrum  trephine. 
Auger. 
Auger  bit. 

Automatic  boring  tool. 
Barrel  busher. 
Bench  drill. 
Bit. 

Bit  brace. 
Blacksmith's  drill. 
Bodkin. 
Boring  tool. 
Bow-drill  stock. 
Brace. 
Breast  drill. 
Bung-hole  borer. 
Chisel. 
Churn-drill. 
Clutch  drill. 
Combination  auger. 
Corkscrew. 
Countersink. 
Crank  rachet  brace. 
Dental  drill. 
Differential  rachet 

brace 
Drill. 

Drill  bench. 
Drilling  press. 
Earth  borer. 
Equilibrium  tool. 


Excavator. 
Expanding  drill. 
Expanding  reamer. 
Expansion  bit. 


auger. 

Fluted  tap. 

Gas-main  drill. 

Gimlet. 

Gimlet  bit. 

Gouge  chisel. 

Hand  drill. 

II  drill. 

Hollow  auger. 

Lip  auger. 

Marlinespike. 

Nerve  canal  reamer. 

Nerve  cavity   instru- 
ment. 

Perforator. 

Pin-bush. 

Plugger. 

Post  auger. 

Post-hole  auger. 

Post-hole  digger. 

Pricker. 

Pump  auger. 

Quick-speed  hand-drill. 

Katchet  brace. 

Ratchet  drill. 

Reamer. 

Ship's  auger. 

Sinus  probe. 

Slot  borer. 

Spiral  auger. 

Tap. 

Taper  tap. 

Track  drill. 

Treenail  auger. 

Twist-drill. 

Worm  auger. 


Bo'som  Staff.     An  instrument  used  in  testing 
the  straightness  of  the  faces  of  mill-stones. 

The  bosom  of  the  mill-stone  is  a  central  depression, 
and  the  staff  is  adjust-  .     „„, 

able   to  test  the  sym- 
metry of  the  concavity. 

Fig.  394. 


Bosom  Staff. 


French  Wine-bottle  Carrier 


Bot'tle  Car'rier.  An  appliance  used  in  wine 
cellars  in  carrying  uncorked  bottles.  A  teat  above 
enters  the  mouth,  and  the  cup-shaped  depression 
in  the  bottom  of  the  bottle  rests  on  the  spring-pad. 

Bot'tle  Glass.     (Glass.) 

French  Recipe  :  — 

River  sand  from  the  Rhdne 100 

Slacked  lime 24 

Sulphate  of  soda .    .  8 

Belgian  Recipe :  — 

Sand  from  near  Charleroi 10 

Peat  ashes  from  Holland 20 

Sulphate  of  soda 15 

Limestone 5 

Gullets  (broken  glass)  .          ....         ...  50 

100 

France  produces  annually  100,000,000  to  120,000,000  bot- 
tles, representing  a  value  of  $4,000,000.  The  price  is  from 
$2.50  to  $3.50  per  100  bottles  of  from  21  oz.  to  2  20  pounds. 
Champagne  bottles  having  to  bear  the  pressure  of  the  wine, 
cost  from  $4.60  to  $5.60,  according  to  quality. 


BOTTLE  GLASS. 


124 


BOWER. 


The  operation  of  blowing  the  bottle  is  as  follows  :  — 

A  piece  of  metal  (melted  glass)  is  gathered  on  the  end  of 
the  ponty,  is  blown,  swung,  and  rolled  till  brought  to  a  given 
size  (according  to  the  description  of  bottle)  and  shape  :  then 
placi'il  in  a  two-part  mold  (generally  of  iron),  and  by  means 
of  a  compressing  piston  expanded  against  the  inside  of  the 
mold  which  shapes  it.  When  withdrawn  from  the  mold  the 
bo;  mm  is  /iiis/ieil  (for  some  kinds  of  bottles);  is  detached 
from  the  ponty  by  cracking  the  glass  by  means  of  a  piece  of 
cold  iron.  The  bottom  of  the  bottle  is  put  in  a  spring-tool  ; 
the  neck  is  re-heated  and  the  mouth  properly  shaped  by  a 
piiiri'rs  which  has  forming  blocks  and  fits  the  inside  and  out- 
side of  the  mouth. 

Sometimes  the  bottom  alone  is  formed  in  the  mold. 

A  furnace  in  France  generally  consumes  about  374  pounds 
of  coal  for  every  100  bottles  of  28.80  ounce  weight,  or  1,320 
pounds  of  coal  for  220  pounds  of  bottles. 

Bot'tle  Hold'er.  A  stand  for  holding  bottles, 
either  iii  the  bin  or  the  rack  —  full  or  empty. 

Fig.  396. 


Bottle  Holder.    (  Vins  Moussewx.) 

Fig.  396  is  a  French  bottle-holder  for  holding 
the  champagne  bottles  before  wiring  (tourniquet 
porte  bouteilles).  Made  by  Tricout  &  Cie.,  Reims. 

Bot'tle  Jack.  A  portable  screw-jack  in  form 
of  a  bottle.  Fig.  Fig-  393. 

397.  Also  known 
as  a  cotton  screw, 
from  being  used 
in  packing  bales 
on  board  ship. 

Tig.  397.     . 


Bottle  Jack. 


Scale  Bottoms. 


a.  Folding     bottom,    for    weighing 
goods  in  sacks. 
6.  Plain  bottom. 


Bot'tling  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     See  — 

Ae'rated  water. 

Hayward.  Taylor  S(  Co.,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"-  xxvi.  351 
Spencer  if  Giilman,  Br.   .     .  *  •'•Engineer,1'  xlix.  235 


Stopper,  Pochtler,  Austria        .  *".S'c.  Amer.,'1'  xxxix.  405. 

Hart      .     .     '. *  "Sc.  Arner.,"  xliii.  310 

Washer,  Cody *"Sc.  Amer.,''  xliii.  374. 

Bot'tom.  1.  The  support  in  a  scale  for  the 
matter  to  be  weighed.  See  Fig.  398- 

2.  (Nautical.)  That  part  of  a  ship  or  boat  below 
the  wales. 

Bot'tom-ing  Tap.  One  for  carrying  the 
thread  of  full  size  to  the  bottom  of  tin1  hole.  See 
Tap  c,  Fig.  6211,  p.  2495,  "Mech.  Diet."' 

Bot'tom  Plate.  (Paper-making.)  The  gang 
of  knives  forming  the  concave  or  bed  beneath  the 

Fig.  399. 


Paper  Mills. 


cylinder  of  a  rag-grinding  machine  or  pulping  en- 
gine. See  Fig.  4020,  p.  1824,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Bot'tom-set  Line.  (Fishing.)  A  line  an- 
chored at  the  ends.  See  TRAWL  LINE,  for  in- 
stance. 

Bouche.  (Nautical.)  Of  a  block.  The  bush- 
ing for  the  pin,  in  the  cheeks  of  a  block.  The  coak 
is  the  sheave  bushing. 

Bou'gie.  (Surgical.)  A  smooth  dilating  in- 
strument for  meati. 

See  Fig.  838,  p.  346,  "Mech.  Dict.,r  and  accompanying  de- 
scription. 

For  varieties  Bee  the  following,  the  figures  refer  to  Tie- 
mann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum  : ''  - 

Bougie  a  boule page  9,  11,  Fart  111. 

Bougie  a  trois  noeuds     ....  page  9,  11,  Part  111. 

Bougie  conique page  9,         Part  111. 

Bougie  conique  a  ventre     ....  page  9,        Part  III. 

Bougie  filiform page  9,  11,  Part  III. 

Bougie  olivaire  (olive  shaped)     .     .  page  9,        Part  III. 

Bougie  olivaire  a  ventre     ....  page  9,  11,  Part  III. 

Bougie,  oesophageal        page  84,      Part  III. 

Bougie  ointment   .......  page  21,      Part   II. 

Bougie  tOtis's)  a  boule page  11,      Part  III. 

Bougie,  pile page  124,     Part  III. 

Bougie,  rectal page  117,     Part  III. 

Bougie,  urethral page  6,        1'art  III. 

The  terms  probe,  dilator,  rlivulsor,  catheter,  etc.,  relate  to 
thrusting  instruments  of  various  forms  used  for  a  variety  of 
purposes.  See  list  under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS 

Boul'der  Crack'er.  A  heavy  iron  rod  used 
in  boring  deep  wells,  to  drop  upon  a  bowlder  which 
may  be  accidentally  encountered  in  the  boring,  in 
order  to  crack  it  and  allow  the  boring  to  proceed. 

Bou-liii'i-kon.  A  floor  covering ;  a  substitute 
for  carpet  or  floor-cloth. 

It  is  constituted  entirely  of  animal  and  vegetable  fibre, 
animal  hair  and  wool  entering  largely  into  its  construction, 
and  the  whole  being  bound  together  by  means  of  the  skin  of 
the  buffalo,  reduced  to  its  natural  fibre.  These  materials 
are  formed  into  a  thick  cloth,  and  afterwards  saturated  with 
a  solution  of  vegetable  oxide  and  coloring  matter,  by  means 
of  which  boulinikon  is  made  almost  as  noiseless  as  carpet, 
while  from  the  non-conducting  nature  of  its  elements,  it  is 
warm  and  comfortable  to  the  feet. 

Bow  Ab-dom'i-nal  Sup-port'er.  (Surgi- 
cal.) One  having  a  bow-shaped  spring  to  compress 
the  abdomen,  iii  place  of  obtaining  the  pressure  by 
cincture. 

Fig.  37,  p.  16,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum." 

Bow'er.  (Nautical.)  One  of  the  large  work- 
ing anchors  at  the  bow.  They  are  called  best  bower 


BOWL. 


125 


BOX  HOOK. 


and  small  bower ;  not  on  account  of  size,  but  posi-  j 
tion. 

The  best  bower  is  starboard. 

The  small  bower  is  port. 

Bowl.  (Fis/tiny.)  The  poiuul, 
pot,  or  crib  of  a  weir  or  pound  net. 
See  POUND  NET. 

Bowline  Knot.    (Nautical. 
A  combination   of  the  reef-knot 
and  can-irk  bend  used  for  fnrnish- 
Fig.  400. 


Fig.  403. 


Bowline  Knot. 

ing  ;v  bight  that  will  hold  upon  a 
rope's  end  ;  as  a  bight  on  a  boat's 
painter,  to  be  throwu  over  a  post 
on  a  wharf. 

A  running  bowline-knot  has 
the  knot  made  on  the  bight,  in- 
stead of  on  the  standing  part,  and 
makes  a  bight  that  travels  upon 
the  standing  part. 

Bow'line  on  a  Bight.  (Naut- 
icai.)  A  form  of  knot  or  bend. 
See  17,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Bow'sprit  Shrouds.  (Nautical.)  Ropes  or 
chains  from  the  outer  end  of  the  bowsprit  to  the 
luff  of  the  bow,  giving  lateral  stay  to  the  bow- 
sprit. 

Bow  I'ron.     One  of  the  bow-shaped  straps  at- 
tached 'to   the   sides   of   a 
wagon    body   to    hold    the  FiS- 40L 

end  of  the  bows  on  which 
the  tilt  is  stretched  and 
supported. 

Bow   Joint.      One  of 
the  pieces  concerned  in  the  Bow  Iron" 

folding  members  of  a  carriage  top. 

Box  Bar'row.   A  capacious,  four-sided  barrow, 
such  as  is  used  for  carrying  coke,  saw-dust,  etc. 
"Scientific  American  '•'    .     .     .     *  xxxix.  322,  Fig.  7. 

Box  Coil.  (Heating.)  A  steam  or  hot-water 
coil  of  many 
members,  occu- 
pying a  cubical 
space  compara- 
ble in  its  pro- 
portions to  a 
box. 

BoxEn'giiie. 
A  peculiar  form 
of  engine  in 
which  the  parts 
are  all  in  com- 
pression, and 
which  has  but 
two  joints.  It  is 
singularly  com- 
pact, as  a  25  horse-power  engine,  with  steam  at 
65  pounds,  occupies  a  space  14"  X  32"  X  13?", 
and  weighs  364  pounds. 

The  engine  consists  of  a  cast-iron  casing  forming  a  cylin- 
der traversed  at  the  middle  of  its  length  by  the  crankshaft. 
The  piston  is  formed  of  two  rings  connected  by  means  of  dis- 
tance pieces,  while  a  plate  is  secured  to  each  end,  and  be- 
tween these  plates  the  sectors,  which  act  as  connecting  rods 
move  freely. 

The  use  of  these  sectors  or  quadrants  in  place  of  the  ordi- 
nary connecting  rods  forms  one  of  the  features  of  the  engine. 
The  rectors  roll  on  the  inner  faces  of  the  piston  plates,  and 


.  402. 


Box  Coil  wit/i  Return  Bends. 


Outridge's  Box  Engine. 

are  supported  by  bridle  rods  of  wrought-iron,  the  wearing 
parts  are  case-hardened,  and  the  pins  on  which  they  move  are 
of  steel.  In  the  ends  of  the  sectors  are  fitted  the  crank-pin 
brasses,  so  arranged  that  they  may  easily  be  set  up  until  they 
are  completely  worn  through  ;  the  motion  of  the  arcs  of  the 
sectors  being  a  rolling  motion,  there  is  practically  no  fric- 
tion. The  brasses  of  course  are  under  the  same  conditions  as 
those  of  an  ordinary  engine. 

The  valves  used  are  of  cylindrical  form,  having  passages 
for  the  inlet  and  outlet  of  the  steam,  one  valve  being  placed 
at  each  end  of  the  cylinder.  They  are  held  between  centers 
of  hardened  steel  (as  they  do  not  bear  on  the  shell  there  is 
very  little  if  any  wear)  and  are  actuated  by  an  eccentric  at- 
tached to  a  rod  connected  to  both  by  means  of  short  levers  ; 
the  motion  of  the  eccentric  causes  the  valves  to  vibrate.  The 
engine  is  solely  under  the  control  of  the  reversing  lever,  and 
may  be  stopped,  started,  reversed,  or  linked  up  with  the 
greatest  ease,  the  valves  always  being  in  equilibrium. 

The  clearance  spaces  are  small,  the  amount  being  only  one 
fortieth  part  of  the  cubic  contents  of  the  cylinder,  as  com- 
pared to  one  twelfth  part,  which  is  the  general  practice  in 
small  engines  of  the  ordinary  type.  This  object  is  gained  by 
the  use  of  very  short  steam  ports,  the  general  practice  being 
to  make  the  ports  f  "  in  length. 

A  lubricator  is  fitted  on  the  steam-pipe  and  the  oil  is  car- 
ried past  the  valves  into  the  interior  of  the  cylinder  in  the 
usual  manner.  An  oil  cup  is  also  fitted  to  the  hand-hole 
door,  by  means  of  which  oil  is  introduced  between  the  inner 
faces  of  the  piston -plates  ;  in  this  the  crank-pin  is  partially 
submerged  at  each  revolution,  the  splashing  caused  by  the 
passage  of  the  crank  through  the  oil  thoroughly  lubricates 
all  the  working  parts  inclosed  within  the  diameter  of  the 
cylinder,  and  oilways  are  cut  in  the  bearing  brasses,  through 
which  the  oil  constantly  trickles  and  thereby  reduces  the 
chances  of  hot  bearings.  When  once  the  lubricator  has  been 
charged  and  a  proper  quantity  of  oil  placed  between  the  pis- 
ton-plates, the  engine  will  run  for  twenty-four  hours  with- 
out attention. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

*" Engineer  '' xlv.  55. 

*  "Engineering  •' xxv.  52. 

*"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "     .     .  1805. 

Box  Form'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
forming  sheet-metal  boxes,  such  as  those  for  con- 
diments, baking  powder,  cocoa,  etc. 

"TronAge" *  xx.,  November  22,  p.  1. 

Box  Hook.  1.  A  hook  used  in  handling  boxes  ; 
somewhat  like  a  cotton-hook,  which  see. 

2.  A  hook  made  on  the  plan  of  a  cant-hook  ;  used 
in  closing  boxes  packed  full  of  fish. 


BOXING   MACHINE. 


126 


BRACKET   CUTTING-OFF  SAW. 


3.  Hooks   used   in  pairs  in  Fig.  404. 

swinging  boxes  from  a  lifting- 
tackle.     Fig.  404. 

Box'ing  Ma-chine'.  A 
machine  for  boring  out  the 
boxes  of  hubs.  Fig.  405.  It 
is  adjustable  to  bore  either  a 
straight  or  taper  hole. 

The  upper  figure  shows  the 
chuck  for  the  larger  end,  with 
the  device  for  varying  the  ta- 
per of  the  hole.      The  lower 
figure  shows  the  chuck  for  the 
smaller  end,  and    also   shows 
the  interior,  a  portion  of  the 
hub  being  broken  away  to  expose  it.     The  adjust- 
ing rule,  shown  between  the  figures,  enables  the 
operator  to  set  the  bits  for  cutting  a  straight  hole 
or  one  with  any  required  taper. 

Fig.  405. 


Box  Hooks. 


Double-chuck  Hub-boxing  Machine. 

Box  Man'gle.  One  of  which  the  weight  is 
formed  by  a  box  containing  stones  or  blocks.  Fig. 
3043,  p.  1383,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Box  Fack'ing.  Fibrous  waste  saturated  with 
oil  for  the  packing  of  axle  boxes. 

Box  Re'lay.  (Electricity.)  A  portable  relay 
instrument  which  is  inclosed  in  a  box. 

Box  Scra'- 
per.  A  tool  for 
scraping  names 
off  boxes  for 
re-addressing. 

The  illustra- 
tion shows  a 
double  handle 
scraper,  a  sin- 
gle  handle 
scraper,  and  an 
adjustable 
scraper  with 
plane  bit. 

Box  Valve. 
A  box  section 
in  a  pipe  con- 
taining a  valve, 
and  having  a 
cover  for  ac- 
cess. Fig.  407.  Box  Scrapers. 


Bra-bant'  Plow.      A    peculiar  form  of  plow, 
made  either  single,  double,  or  turuiug-mold-board. 

It  is  named  from  Brabant,  in  Flanders,  and  is 
rapidly  sp  r  e  a  d  i  n  g 
over  the  North  of 
France.  What  ever 
may  be  the  peculiarity 
of  the  mold  -  board, 
one  or  more,  the  plow 
hits  always  its  beam 
adjustable  in  the 
standard  of  the  avant- 
train. 

Greenhouse  Box  Valve. 
See  — 

Knight's  "Report,  Paris  Exposition,''-  *  v.,  Figs.  4,25-28,49. 
"  Scientific  American  " *  xxxix.  163. 

Fig.  408. 


Brabant  Single  Plow. 

Brace.     4.    (Add  )     A  revolving  tool-holder,  of 
which  three  forms  are  shown  in  Fig.  409  :  Straight, 

v\>s.  •ion. 


Braces. 

Ratchet,  Angular.  An  extension  brace  is  one  wirli 
a  lengthening  section  for  very  deep  holes. 

8.  (Mining.)  (Add.)  b.  The  platform  over  the 
mouth  of  the  shaft  or  winze,  and  to  which  the  tackle 
is  hooked. 

Brace  Tre-pan'.  (Surgical.)  A  trephine  saw 
mounted  on  a  brace :  in  effect,  an  annular  bit  in  a 
brace. 

Fig.  72,  p.  20,  PartT.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  C/iirur- 

Brack'et  Cock.  One  projecting  from  a  wall 
in  manner  of  a  bracket,  as  distinguished  from  one 
on  a  post  rising  from  the  basin  slab.  Fig.  410. 

Brack'et  Cut'ting-off'  Saw.  A  cross  cut- 
ting saw  mounted  on  a  projecting  bracket,  its  arbor 
traversing  to  and  fro  so  as  to  carry  the  saw  across 


BRACKET  CUTTING-OFF   SAW. 


127 


BRAIDING   MACHINE. 


the  stuff  which  lies  upon  the  table  beneath.  Fig. 
411.  The  table  has  rollers  to  facilitate  the  end- 
ways motion  of  the  timber  between  cuts. 

Fig.  410. 


combined  with  the  latter  a  braiding  apparatus 
which  presents  the  braid  to  the  needle  always  in 
the  direction  of  the  feed,  so  that  it  will  stitch  it  to 
the  cloth  in  its  center. 

Fig.  412. 


Bracket  Basin  Cock. 

The  machine  is  specially  de- 
signed for  car  and  bridge  shops, 
ship-yards,  etc.  The  bracket  is 
adjustable  vertically  on  the  wall- 
plate,  to  compensate  for  the  wear 
of  the  saw.  The  saw  carriage  is 
gibbed  to  the  ways,  and  the  trav- 
erse movement  is  by  rack  an*'  pin- 
ion connected  with  the  hand-wheel 
in  front.  The  traverse  is  38" ;  saw- 
ing capacity  for  boards  is  30"  wide, 
and  for  timbers  12"  X  24". 

Brad  Driv'er.  An  instrument, 
Fig.  413,  especially  designed  for 
nailing  moldings  to  the  panels  of 
doors.  It  has  a  brad-holder  and  a 
plunger  driven  by  a  mallet. 

Bra-doon'.  (Man#/e.)  A 
small  bit  having  loose  rings  ;  used 
as  a  second  bit  for  bearing  reins 
in  curb  bridles.  Gag  bradoons  have 
holes  in  the  rings  through  which 
a  strap  is  passed,  the  ends  of  which 
are  connected  with  the  reins  ;  when 
made  in  this  way  they  are  very 
severe,  and  are  used  only  for  riding  bridles.  Link 
and  T  bradoons  are  bits  having  links  or  T-s  attached 
Fig.  411. 


Bracket  Cutting-off  Saw,  with  Traversing  Arbor. 
to  the  rings,  by  which  the  head  collar  is  attached ; 
they  are  used  only  for  military  purposes ;  bradoons 
are  made  with  stiff  and  with  jointed  mouths. 

Braid'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  which  sews 
braid  on  to  cloth.  A  species  of  embroidering  ma- 
chine. 

Coraely's  braiding  machine  (Paris)  is  founded 
upon  the  Bonnaz  embroidering  machine,  having 


Comely  s  Braiding  Machine. 

The  braiding  apparatus  consists  of  a  braiding  disk  a,  which 
is  fitted  within  the  rim  or  crown  of  the  large  wheel  A. 
Upon  turning  the  crank  handle  E,  the  wheels  B,  C,  D  turn 
the  wheel  A  and  the  braiding  disk  a,  which  presents  the 
braid  to  the  needle  always  In  the  direction  of  the  feed. 

To  use  the  braiding  apparatus  a  braiding  guide  must  be 
selected,  through  which  the  braid  can  slide  easily.  Braid- 
ing disks  are  adapted  for  the  respective  sizes  of  braid. 

Withdraw  the  slide  c,  raise  the  plate  d  by  inserting  the 
curved  point  of  the  hook  knife  into  the  hole,  lift  the  end  of 
the  braid  by  means  of  the  wire-hook  through  the  slot  Z,  in 
wheel  A,  and  draw  it  through  the  braiding  guide.  Place  the 
spool  F  on  its  spool-holder,  g,  and  the  India-rubber  washer 
upon  the  end  of  the  spool-holder  to  prevent  the  spool  from 
sliding  off.  Set  the  braiding  disk  a  upon  the  rim  of  the 
wheel  A  and  in  such  a  manner  that  its  projection  m  enters 
into  one  of  the  recesses  of  said  rim. 


Fig.  413. 


Thorndike''s  Brad  Driver. 

It  is  very  important  that  the  guide  from  which  the  braiil 
issues  should  always  be  in  a  true  radial  line  with  the  feed 
lever  r  of  the  machine,  and  that  the  braid  should  fit  nicely 
in  said  guide,  or  else  it  will  not  be  stitched  in  its  center ;  it 
should,  however,  not  be  too  tight  in  the  guide,  as  in  that 
case  it  would  draw  and  ruffle  the  material. 

In  case  it  should  be  necessary  to  adjust  the  braiding  guide 
it  can  be  done  by  adjusting  the  position  of  the  wheel  A.  To 
accomplish  this,  raise  the  lever  h,  and  push  the  wheel  £  to 


BRAIDING   MACHINE. 


128 


BRAKE-SHOE   VALVE. 


the  right,  thus  the  wheel  C  becomes  free,  and  the  wheel  A 
can  be  turned  independently  of  the  crank  handle  E ;  adjust 
the  braiding  disk  to  its  true  position,  push  the  wheel  B 
against  the  wheel  Cand  lock  it  by  means  of  the  lever  h. 

The  braid  should  always  pass  from  below  the  spool  F  into 
tlii>  passage  Z,  as  shown  in  dotted  lines,  ami  never  from  above 
the  spool,  as  it  will  bear  against  the  side  of  the  passage  Zand 
thus  draw  or  ruffle  the  material. 

For  embroidering  purposes  a  plate,  H,  is  supplied  with 
each  machine,  and  is  to  be  used  instead  of  the  plate  d. 

To  change  the  needle-hole  in  plate  o,  loosen  the  screw  k, 
push  the  disk  o  out  of  plate  H,  turn  it  until  the  needle-hole 
to  be  used  will  be  in  the  center  of  plate  H,  and  push  it 
home  into  the  plate  H,  taking  care  that  the  tooth  4  enters 
one  of  the  notches  in  the  circumference  of  disk  o,  and  tighten 
the  screw  k. 

The  Wheeler  Sf  Wilson  new  No.  10  sewing-machine  is  a  per- 
fect braider. 

Brain  Knife.  (Surgical.)  A  knife  used  in 
making  sections  of  the  brain  in  post-mortem  exam- 
inations and  for  microscopic  purposes. 

Fig.  326,  p.  95,  Part  I.,  "Tiemann's  Armamentarium  Chi- 

rifgicnm."1 

Braize.  Charcoal  powder.  It  accumulates 
around  charcoal  works  at  furnaces,  and  is  a  source 
of  danger.  Suggested  to  be  blown  into  the  fur- 
naces of  the  hot  blast.  —  "  Mining  Journal." 

Brake.  1.  (Railway.)  Sec  AIR  BRAKE,  VAC- 
UUM BRAKE,  etc.  For  details  of  various  car- 
brakes,  see  Forney's  "Car-builders'  Dictionary." 

2.  In  casemate  and  ships'  guns  :  a  compressor 
to  check  the  recoil  of  a  gun.     See  description  on 
pages  500,  501,  "Ordnance.  Report.,"  1877. 

3.  (Manege.)      A  severe    bit,  formerly  used   in 
England.     It  is  referred  to  by  Nares. 

4.  A  form  of  testing  device.     See  DYNAMOME- 
TER ;  DYNAGRAPH,  "  Mech.  Diet."  et  infra. 

See,  also :  — 
Automatic  friction 

Becker,  Austria 
Car  (for  tests). 

Westinghouse  .     , 

Car  lor  testing. 

Westinghouse  .    , 
Continuous 


.  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3996. 

.  *" Engineer,"  xlv.  380. 
*" Engineer,"  xlv.  402. 

.  *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  470. 

.  *  " Engineering,"  xxiv  262, 363,  369. 

Sanden *  "Engineering,''  xxi.  241. 

Railway,  Massauge      ,  *"  Van  Nostrand:s  Mag.,"  xxii.  9. 
For  locomotives. 

Hickey *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1600. 

Brake  Beam.  {Railway.)  The  suspended 
beam  to  which  the  brake  shoe  is  immediately  at- 
tached. —  Forney. 

Fig.  414. 


Trussed  Brake  Beam,  Hanger,  and  Carrier. 

The  parts  concerned  are  as  follows  :  — 

2.  Brake-block.  11.  Brake  lever. 

4.  Trussed  break-beam.  13.  Brake  lever-stop. 

7,  9.  Brake  hanger  and  link.        15, 16.  Parallel  brake. 


Brake  Cyl'iii-der.  (Railway.)  The  air  cylin- 
der of  a  brake  arrangement ;  containing  the  piston 
against  which  the  compressed  air  works  to  move 
the  brake  lever.  — Forney. 

Fig.  415. 


r 

Westinghouse  Car-brake  Cylinder 


The  parts  are  as  follows  :  — 

2.  Cylinder. 

3.  Piston,  3"  piston-rod. 
8.  Follower-plate. 


9.  Packing  leather. 

10.  Packing  expander. 

11.  Follower  bolt. 


Brake  Hose-cpup'ling  Valve.  (Railway.) 
In  the  clutch-coupling  of  the  Westinghouse  brake. 
A  puppet-valve  which  is  contained  in  a  chamber 
in  a  coupling-case  to  prevent  the  escape  of  air  from 
the  hose  when  the  latter  are  uncoupled.  —  Forney. 

Fig.  416. 


Brake-hose   Clutch-coupling. 


3.  Coupling  case. 

4.  Coupling  cap. 

5.  Coupling  valve. 


6.  Valve  spring. 

7.  Packing  ring-washer. 

8.  Packing-ring. 


Brake  Pur'chase.     A  lever  power  for  work- 
ing a  windlass.     A  pair  of  pivoted  sockets  receive 

Fig.  417. 


Fig.  418.  » 


Amazeen  "  Beam. 

the  handspikes  and  act  alternately  upon  the  central 
lever,  which  has  rod  connection  to  the  clutches  011 
the  windlass  beneath  the  deck. 

Brake'-shoe.     The  rubber  in  a  car-brake  ar- 
rangement. 

The    Congdon 
brake-s  hoe    has 
pieces  of  wrought] 
iron  cast  into   the) 
general  surface  of 
the  cast  iron  shoe, 
to   give  it  greater 
adherence. 

Brake'-s  hoe 
Valve.  A  valve 
arranged  to  be 
operated  by  the 


BRAKE-SHOE   VALVE. 


129 


BRASS   COLORING. 


brake  shoe  when  the  friction  on  the  brake-shoe  ex- 
ceeds the  amount  sufficient  to  skid  the  wheels. 
Fig.  419. 


H".  stinghouxe's  Brake-shot 
Value. 

The  shoe  A  is  suspended  by  a  link  B 
from  the  end  K  of  the  lever  C,  con- 
nected with  a  valve  F,  which  is  so  con- 
structed that  when  the  friction  of  the 
brake-shoe,  or  rather  the  strain  which  it  exerts  on  the  link 
.B,  exceeds  an  amount  assumed  to  be  sufficient  to  skid  the 
Wheels,  the  valve  will  release  some  of  the  air  in  the  brake 
cylinder,  and  thus  reduce  the  pressure  on  the  piston  and  on 
the  brake-shoes  When  the  car  is  running  in  one  direction 
the  strain  on  the  link  _Z>  will  of  course  be  downward,  and 
when  running  in  the  opposite  direction  the  strain  will  be 
upward. 
"  Kailroail  Gazette'' *  xxiii.  99. 

Branch.      A    bi- 

furcated  pipe, 
known  as  a  Y,  from 
the  similarity  of 
form  to  that  letter. 

a.  Branch  or  Y. 

b.  Double  Y. 

c.  Reduced  Y; 
one     o  f     the     arms 
being  of  smaller  di- 
ameter. 

d.  Reduced  double 
Y;  both  the  subsidi- 
ary  pipes    being   of 
smaller    d  i  a  m  e  ter 
than  the  main  stem. 

e.  T-branch. 
When   it  leads  to 

lateral  water-closet 
hoppers,  it  is  known 
as  a  soil  branch, 
which  see. 

See    also    BEND, 
HUB,   etc.,    and    list 


Pipe  Branches. 


on  page  1708,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Bran   Ma-chines'.     For  clearing-  flour   from 
bran,  for  packing,  baling,  etc. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Baler,  Kennedy       ....     *  "American  Miller,''  viii.  198. 
Cleaner,  Davario,  Switz.      .     *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  250. 

Mills *  "American  Miller,''  vii.  209. 

Dresser,  Lanton  fy  Arndt     .     *  "American  Miller,''  viii.  197. 
"American  Miller,''  viii.  832. 
"American  Miller,"  vii. '188. 
Duster,  Bradfield  $  Oliver  .     *  "American  Miller,''  v.  54. 

Dresser "American  Miller,"  vi.  108. 

Duster,  Hughes *  "American  Miller,"  vi.  77. 

"American  Miller,''  vi.  144. 

Rakes *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  115. 

Package "American  Miller,"  viii.  377. 

Packer, "  Eureka,"  Mattison    *  "American  Miller,''  v.  93. 
"American  Miller,"  v.  88. 

Brass.     An  alloy  of  copper  and  zinc.     See  pp. 
358,  359,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A  native  brass  is   found  on  the  south   fork  of  the  Yuba 
River,  California,  analyzing  as  follows  ( Stillman) :  — 

Copper 85.02 

Zinc 11.02 

Antimony 3.82 

Iron 0.09 


99.05 

"  The  specimens  are  in  the  form  of  small,  somewhat  flat- 
tened, concretionary  masses,  from  j  toj  centimeters  in  diame- 
ter, and  destitute  of  apparent  crystalline  structure.     Color, 
from  dark  reddish-brown  to  yellowish-white  ;  streak,  faint 
9 


yellowish-white;  specific  gravity,  8.33;  somewhat  brittle; 
slightly  incrusted  with  green  carbonate  of  copper."  — •' Min- 
ing Record." 

See  Larkin's  "Practical  Brass  and  Iron  Founder's  Guide  " 
12mo. 

Recipes  :  — 


Tin. 

Zinc. 

Copper. 

Lead. 

Hard.     Chantrey's     .... 

5 

5 
16 

32 
32 

3 

2 

33 

65 

"Malleable"    

43 

57 

15 

24 

White  

1 

2 

16 

Red      

1 

9 

Red.     Hegermuhl  

2 

11 

Nails    

16 

20 

2 

2 

9 

oldbr 

3 

32 

2 

4 

32 

3 

3 

1 

32 

Sheathing  and  bolts  .... 

4 
6 

6 
16 

- 

On  brass,  Kirk       .... 
Blackening       

Brassing,  Electro  .... 

Coloring 

Thurston's  expts.  in  ... 

Furnace * 

Filings  separator  .... 

Malleable 

Manufacture, Benedict,  et  al.  * 
Coloring  and  finishing   .     . 
Works,  Scoville  Co.   .         .  * 
Brazing  furnace     .     .     .     .  * 
Brazing  burner  .  * 


'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Mar.  14,  p. 5. 
'Sc.  American,-'  xxxiv.  386. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  3. 
'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv   276. 
''  S:.  American,"1  xxxvii.  65. 
•'Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  Mar.  28,  p. 5. 
'Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,''  xxx.  91. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2662. 
"  Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  271. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xli.  281. 
'Scientific  Amer..''  xli.  375. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  404. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxv.,May  27,  p.  3. 


Brass  Black'ing.  A  dead  black  color;  used 
freely  with  French  optical  instruments. 

Make  a  strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  in 
one  dish,  and  of  nitrate  of  copper  in  another.  Mix 
the  two  and  plunge  the  brass.  Remove,  and  heat 
evenly  until  the  required  dead  blackness  is  ob- 
tained. 

Brass  Col'or-ing.  Surface  coloration  by  lac- 
quer or  chemical  action. 

To  obtain  — 

Browns  of  all  shades,  immerse  in  solution  of  nitrate  or  per- 
chloride  of  iron,  the  strength  of  the  solution  determining 
the  depth  of  the  shade. 

Clean  the  brass,  leave  in  damp  sand,  then  polish  with  a 
dry  brush. 

Violet :  Dip  in  solution  of  chloride  of  antimony. 
Chocolate :  Burn  on  the  surface  of   the  brass  moist  red  oxide 

of  iron,  and  polish  with  graphite. 

Olive  Green :  Make  the  surface  black  by  means  of  a  solution 
of  iron  and  arsenic  in  muriatic  acid,  polish  with  a  black- 
lead  brush,  and  coat,  when  warm,  with  a  lacquer  composed 
of  one  part  of  lac  varnish,  four  of  turmeric,  and  one  of 
gamboge.  • 
Green  and  light  coating  of  Verdigris:  Dilute  acid,  followed 

by  spontaneous  drying. 

Orange,  inclining  to  gold :  Polish,  and  plunge  for  a  few  sec- 
onds in  a  warm,  neutral  solution  of  acetate  of  copper. 
Grayish  Green :  Dip  in  a  bath  of  copper. 
Moire  :  Solution  of  sulphate  of  copper. 

Steel-gray  Bronze :  Dilute  boiling  solution  of  chloride  of  ar- 
senic. 

Blue  Bronze :  Strong  hyposulphite  of  soda. 
English  Brass  Color:  Heat  to  redness,  dip  in  sulphuric  acid, 

then  in  dilute  nitric  acid,  wash,  dry  in  saw-dust. 
Black  Bronze:  Coat  with  solution  of  platinum,  or  chloride 

of  gold  mixed  with  nitrate  of  tin. 
Japanese  Bronze  :  Solution  of  sulphate  of  copper,  alum,  and 

verdigris. 

Black :  Polish  with  tripoli,  wash  with  solution  of  nitrate  of 
tin,  1 ;  chloride  of  gold,  2. 

Or,  dip  in  bath  obtained  by  dissolving  copper  filings  in 
nitric  acid ;  then  heat  over  charcoal ;  repeat  to  develop 
color. 

Or,  mix  a  strong  solution  of  nitrate  of  silver  in  one  dish 
and  nitrate  of  copper  in  another,  mix  the  two,  plunge  the 
brass,  heat  to  develop  color. 

The  following  is  a  recipe  which  gives  to  brass  a  variety  of 
shades,  according  to  the  length  of  the  exposure  or  the  amount 
of  the  application.  First  appears  a  light  color,  then  all  shades 
successively  from  red,  dark  blue,  light  blue,  and  finally 
brown :  Dissolve  60  grains  bitartrate  of  potassa  in  a  liter  of 


BRASS   COLORING. 


130 


BREAKING   DOWN   MACHINE. 


water,  to  which  add  30  grains  tin  salt  (protochloride  of  tin) 
dissolved  in  u  fifth  of  a  liter,  heat  to  boiling,  and  allow  the 
resulting  precipitate  to  settle.  The  clear  liquid  is  now  to 
be  poured,  under  constant  stirring,  into  a  solution  of  180 
grams  of  hyposulphite  of  soda  in  one  fourth  liter  of  water, 
and  again  heated  to  boiling,  during  which  operation  a  quan- 
tity of  sulphur  will  be  separated.  The  resulting  clear  solu- 
tion is  then  ready  for  use. 

Old  German  Recipe:  The  sulphide  of  copper  produces 
similar  effects. 

Brass  Fin'ish-ing. 

See  article  from  "Ironmongers'  Review11'  (Br.)  on  Brass 
Finishing,  including  — 

Turning.  Bronzing. 

Spinning.  Lacquering. 

Burnishing.  Etc. 

Coloring. 
Reproduced  in  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  7. 

Brass'ing.  Electro-brassing  is  done  by  first 
washing  in  hot  potash  bath,  then  pickling  the  ar- 
ticle to  obtain  a  clean  metallic  surface,  free  from 
oxide,  and  removing  the  black  scale  by  scouring, 
and  then  exposing  in  the  depositing  bath  with 
strong  battery  power. 

The  methods  employed  for  brassing  cast  iron,  zinc,  steel, 
are  detailed  by  Mr.  Alex.  Watt, and  reproduced  in  "Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  2610. 

Brass  Lac'quer-ing.  A  means  of  preserving 
brass  from  tarnishing  without  giving  it  an  artificial 
color.  (For  the  latter  see  BRASS  COLORING.) 

The  brass  is  pickled,  scoured,  and  washed ;  dipped  in  ni- 
trous acid  for  an  instant,  washed  in  clean  water,  dried  in 
saw-dust.  Then  dipped  an  instant  in  nitric  acid,  washed  in 
a  weak  solution  of  argol,  and  dried  in  warm  saw-dust. 

"  So  prepared,  the  goods  are  conveyed  to  the  lacquer  room, 
where  they  are  heated  on  a  hot  plate  and  varnished. 

"  The  varnish  used  is  one  of  spirit,  consisting,  in  its  sim- 
ple form,  of  one  ounce  of  shellac  dissolved  in  one  pint  (im- 
perial) of  methylated  spirits  of  wine.  To  this  simple  varnish 
are  added  such  coloring  substances  as  red  sanders,  dragon's 
blood,  and  annatto,  for  imparting  richness  of  color.  To 
lower  the  tone  of  color,  turmeric,  gamboge,  saffron,  Cape 
aloes,  and  saudarach  are  used.  The  first  group  reddens,  the 
second  yellows  the  varnish,  while  a  mixture  of  the  two  gives 
a  pleasing  orange. 

"  A  good  pale  lacquer  consists  of  three  parts  of  Cape  aloes 
and  one  of  turmeric  to  one  of  simple  lac  varnish.  A  full 
yellow  contains  four  of  turmeric  and  one  of  annatto  to  one 
of  lac  varnish.  A  gold  lacquer,  four  of  dragon's  blood  and 
one  of  turmeric  to  one  of  lac  varnish.  A  red,  32  parts  of  an- 
natto and  eight  of  dragon's  blood  to  one  of  lac  varnish. 

"  Lacquers  suffer  a  chemical  change  by  heat  and  light,  and 
must,  therefore,  be  kept  in  a  cool  place  and  in  dark  vessels. 
The  pans  in  use  are  either  of  glass  or  earthenware,  and  the 
brushes  of  camel's  hair,  with  no  metal  fittings." — Iron- 
mongers- Review 

Lacquer  for  small  arms  and  bright  work 
of  ordnance  is  made  of  turpentine,  oil,  and 
beeswax,  sometimes  with  the  addition  of  li- 
tharge or  of  resin.  In  the  latter  cases  the 
compound  is  really  a  paint  or  a  varnish,  and 
the  term  lacquer  is  a  misnomer. 

Brat'tice  Cloth.  A  cloth  used 
in  a  mine  in  place  of  a  brattice  of 
plank. 

Proposed  to  be  made  of 
wire  cloth,  so  as  to  prevent 
being  burned  by  explosion 
or  other  accident. —  "Min- 
ing Journal." 

"Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement,'' 948. 

Bray '-plank 

(Grain  Mill.)  The 
beam  supporting  the 
'adjustable  end  of  the 
bridge-tree. 

Bra'ziers'  Hearth. 
An  open  fire  used  by 
braziers. 


Brazing  Blow-pipe. 


Fig.  421. 
k 


Braz'ing  Blow-pipe.  A  brazing  blow-pipe 
used  by  Dr.  Cryer  in  his  lectures  on  continuous 
gum  and  other  dental  work,  is  shown  in  Fig.  421. 

In  this  bench  apparatus  the  blow-pipe  attach- 
ment is  connected  with  the  main  tube  by  a  swivel- 
ing  gas-joint.  The  air  is  admitted  at  A,  passing 
through  a  small  tube  enclosed  in  the  gas-pipe  B. 
The  supply  of  gas  is  regulated  by  the  stop  cock  C. 
See  article  by  Edward  Kirk,  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  3. 

Braz'ing  Tongs.  A  flat,  heavy  jawed  tongs 
used  in  brazing  baud-saws.  The  tongs,  being  heated 
in  the  furnace,  is  clapped  upon  the  scarfed  ends  of 
the  saw,  between  which  a  slip  of  solder  is  laid. 
See  Fig.  199. 

Bread  Sli'cer.  A  guillotine  knife,  working 
in  a  guide,  to  cut  slices  from  a  loaf.  The  BEEF 
SHAVER  (which  see)  is  a  similar  implement. 

At/iearn's  bread  slicer  descends  in  oblique  guides  so  as  to 
make  a  draw-cut. 

Anderson's  is  a  detached  knife  with  guides,  whiqh  merely 
direct  it  vertically. 

Break.  4.  (Architecture.)  (Add.)  b.  A  part  of  a 
wall  projecting,  to  destroy  the  continuity  and  di- 
versify the  line. 

(Add.)  7.  (Mining.)  A  fissure  or  crack  found 
in  the  vicinity  of  old  workings,  caused  by  the  sub- 
sidence of  the  strata. 

8.  (Electricity.)  An  opening  in  the  circuit,  pre- 
venting the  passage  of  electricity. 

Break'-cir'cuit.  (Electricity.)  An  arrange- 
ment on  an  electro-magnetic  or  magneto-electric 
instrument,  by  which  an  operator  can  open  or  close 
the  circuit  at  pleasure. 

Break'-down  Van.  A  British  name  for  a 
wrecking  car,  sent  to  clear  and  repair  the  track 
after  derailment  of  a  train  or  cars. 

Break'er.  A  plow  adapted  for  breaking  new 
ground,  as  distinguished  from  a  stubble  plow  or 
sod  plow. 

The  timber  laud  breaker  and  prairie  breaker  are 


Fig.  422 


Deere '«  "Prairie  Queen"  Breaker. 


essentially  different,  the  former  more  nearly  ap- 
proximating the  normal  plow.  The  latter  is  shown 
in  Fig.  422.  In  construction  it  is  light  and  strong, 
and,  like  plows  of  its  class,  turns  a  flat  furrow.  It 
has  a  slip-share,  wrought  frog,  and  adjustable  3- 
horse  clevis. 

Break'er  Card.  The  first  carding  machine 
which  receives  weighed  quantities  of  cotton  upon 
its  feeding  apron  and  forms  it  into  a  lap.  The  sec- 
ond carder  is  the  finisher. 

Break'ing-down  Ma-chine'.  (Gunpowder.) 
A  machine  used  in  the  manufacture  of  gunpowder 
to  break  the  lumps  of  crude  powder  into  a  fine  state 
of  division,  to  facilitate  the  operation  of  pressing. 

The  breaking-down  machine  consists  of  a  pair  of 
gun-metal,  cylindrical  rollers,  grooved  longitudi- 
nally. They  are  placed  side  by  side,  their  axes 
horizontal  and  parallel.  The  journal  boxes  of  one 
roller  are  adjustable,  and  held  in  position  by  a 
weight.  They  revolve  in  opposite  directions,  and 


BREAK   LATHE. 


131 


BRICK   KILN. 


break  the  powder  into  a  meal.    A  second  pair  com- 
pletes the  operation. 

See  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  III.,  Fig. 
6,  and  description  on  p.  102. 
*  ''Engineering,''  xxv.  95. 

Break  Lathe.  (Much.)  Oue  having  a  gap 
in  its  bed  to  increase  the  swine/,  or  capacity  for 
turning  objects-of  large  radius.  In  the  Whitworth 
self-acting  break-lathe,  a  very  large  face  plate  is 
used,  and  the  tail  stock  is  mounted  on  a  supple- 
mentary bed,  and  has  the  usual  adjustments.  See 
also  GAP-BED  LATHE. 

Break'wa-ter. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Block  Island     .     .        "  Scientific  American,"   xl.  342. 
Brm;x<  »IO-H       .     .     *  "  Scientific  American  Supplement,''  397. 
St.  Michael,  Azores      "Scientific  American  Supplement,-'  210. 

Breast  Rope.  (Nautical.)  A  band  fastened 
between  the  shrouds  for  the  safety  of  the  man  in 
the  chains  when  sounding.  He  leans  against  it 
when  reaching  over  to  let  the  lead  swing  clear. 

Breath  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  thermo- 
electric battery  adapted  to  be  used  as  a  transmitter 
in  a  telephone  circuit. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement "     ....     *  2552. 

Breach'-loaoVing  Fire'-arms.  Norton's  re- 
port in  quarto  on  American  breech-loading  fire- 
arms, contains  notices  of  the  following  arms  (*  il- 
lustrated) :  — 

Breech  loader.     Temp.  Henry  II.,  of  France. 
Matchlock  revolver.     Temp.  Henry  II.,  of  France. 
Snap-hammer  self-loading  -petronel.      Temp.   Charles   I., 
Britain. 

Breech-loading  rifles.     Temp.  Henry  VIII.,  Britain. 
Breech-loading  arm.     Hall,  Britain,  1664. 
Breech-loading  arm.    Hall,  United  States,  1811. 
Breech-loader,  —  Breech-loader,  — 

Ferguson,*  1776.  Earnest.* 

Remington.*  Milbank.* 

Peabody.*  Spencer.* 

Ward-Burton.*  Maynard. 

Springfield.*  Hammond.* 

Joslyn-Tomes.*  Roberts. 

Berdan ,*  converted.  Ball-Lamsou 

Berdan,*  bolt.  Broughton. 

Whitney.*  Meigs.* 

Revolver,  Smith  &  Wesson.*     Machine  gun,  Gatling.* 

Colt. 

The  following  guns  were  subjected  to  the  tests  of  the  Board 
of  Ordnance.  See  Ordnance  Memoranda,  No.  15,  where  they 
are  described  and  illustrated. 


LIST   OF   ARMS. 


No.  1. 
2. 
3. 
4. 
5. 
6. 
7. 


Wooden  model  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Carbine  .... 
Magazine-carbine 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Wooden  model  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .433 
Carbine,  cal.  .50 . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .42  . 
Carbine,  cal.  .42 . 
Musket  .... 
Musket  .  .  .  .  ' 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  caJ.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Carbine,  cal.  .50 . 
Carbine,  cal.  .50. 
Musket,  ca).  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50  . 
Musket,  cal.  .50 . 
Musket,  cal.  .50 . 


Edwin  Sleeper. 
B.  S.  Roberts. 
W.  T.  Scott. 
W.  R.  Evans. 
Sharps'  Rifle  Co. 
F.  W.  Worrell. 
I'eabody  Rifle  Co. 
Peabody  Rifle  Co. 
I'eabody  Rifle  Co. 
K.  Whitney. 
10.  Whitney. 
E.  Whitney. 
E.  Whitney. 
.1.  D.  Greene. 
William  Morgenstern. 
Frederick  Wohlgemuth. 
Frederick  Wohlgemuth. 
John  Broughton. 
E.  Remington  &  Sons. 
E.  Remington  &  Sons. 
E.  Remington  &  Sons. 
E.  Remington  &  Sons. 
E.  Remington  &  Sous. 
W.  II.  Elliot. 

A.  T.  Freeman. 
Ward-Burton. 
Ward-Burton. 

B.  S.  Roberts. 

C.  M.  Spencer. 

E.  Remington  &  Sons. 
W.  S.  Smoot. 
Oscar  Snell. 


34.  Musket,  cal.  .42  . 

35.  Musket,  cal.  .52  . 

36.  Musket,  cal.  .50  . 

37.  Musket,  cal.  .50  . 

38.  Musket,  cal.  .50  . 

40.  Musket,  cal.  .50 

41.  Musket,  cal.  .43  . 

42.  Musket,  cal.  .50  . 


.  S.  F.  Van  Choate. 

.  W.  II.  Robertson. 

.  Capt.  J.  M.  Whitteuiore. 

.  John  L.  Kirk. 

.  Smith  &  Chamberlain. 

.  B.  F.  Joslyn. 

.  E.  Remington  &  Sous. 
Updegraff. 


43.  Musket,   cal.    .50  (Ryder 

extractor) E.  Remington  &  Sons. 

44.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .    .     .  James  F.  Thomas. 

45.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  John  Broughton. 

46.  Musket,  cal.  .42.     .     .     .  Wesley  Richards. 

47.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  Schofleld-Remington. 

48.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  Springfield,  mod.  1870. 
4S£.  Carbine,  cal.  50      .     .     .  Springfield. 

49.  Wooden  model    ....  Alfred  Beals. 

50.  Musket,  ca!.  .50.     .     .     .  J.  M.  Milbank. 

51.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  J.  M.  Milbank. 

52.  Magazine-musket,  cal.  .44  Stetson. 

53.  Musket,  cal.  .50 ....  James  Lee. 

54.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  James  Lee. 

55.  Wooden  model    .     .     .     .  G.  R.  Remington. 

56.  Revolving  carbine .     .     .  Helm . 

57.  Musket,  cal.  .42.     .     .     .  Berdan-Russian. 

58.  Magazine-carbine,  cal.  .45  Ward-Burton. 
69.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  A.  T.  Freeman. 

60.  Musket,  cal.  .58 .     .     .     .  Mont-Storm. 

61.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  James  Lee. 

62.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  Oscar  Snell. 

63.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  Peabody. 

64.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  B.S.Roberts. 

65.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  Earnest. 

66.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  Springfield-Stillman. 

67.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  Remington-Ryder. 

68.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  Springfield-Alliu. 

69.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .    .     .  Springfield. 

73.  Carbine,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  Springfield. 

74.  Wooden  model    ....  J.B.  Rumsey. 

75.  Carbine,  cal.  .50      .     .     .  B.  S.  Roberts. 
7i>.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  A.  T.  Freeman. 

77.  Carbine,  cal.  .50.     .     .  E.  Whitney. 

78.  Repeating  musket,  cal.  .45  Winchester. 

79.  Musket,  cal.  .42.     .     .     .  John  Broughton. 

80.  Carbine,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  W.  II.  Elliot. 

81.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  Sharps' Rifle  Co. 

82.  Locking  rifle,  cal   .50.     .  Remington. 

83.  Musket,  cal.  .50 .     .     .     .  Merrill. 

S4.  Musket,  cal.  .50.     .     .     .  William  Conroy 

85.  Navy  rifle,  cal.  .50  .     .     .  Remington. 

86.  Musket  (Ryder  extr.)  .45  Remington. 

87.  Magazine-musket,  cal.  .42  William  Gardner. 

88.  Musket,  cal.  .45 .          .     .  Springfield. 
97.  Magazine-musket,  cal.  .46  Ward-Burton. 
99.  Musket,  cal.  .45 .    .     .     .  Springfield. 

Brew'ing.  Consult  arrangements  in  the  fol- 
lowing references :  — 

Australian *  "Engineer,''  1.  346. 

Fountain,  Pontifex  if  Wood,  Br.  .  *  "•Engineering,"  xxix.  34. 

Machinery,  vats,  coolers,  etc. ,Br.  *  "Engineer,"'  xlviii.  259. 

Austrian  brewery  plant  (48  figs.)  *  "Engineer,"1  1.  266,   303, 

404,458,462. 

Sectional  view,  Cannock  Co.,  Br.,  *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  63. 

Steam  "Phoenix,"  New  York  .     .      "Sr.  Am.  Sup.,"  952. 
See  Byrn's  "  Tlie  Complete  Practical  Brewer.''' 
Erne's  "  Theoretical  and  Practical  Chemistry  of  Fermenta- 
tion." 

ScMilzenberger  "On  Fermentation.'''' 

Brew'er's  Fau'cet.  A  faucet  with  two  brass 
cocks. 

A  double  faucet :  that  is,  two  faucets  from  a  sin- 
gle stem  which  enters  the  barrel  or  vat,  and  a  small 
faucet  at  the  fork  for  sampling.  A  RACKING 
FAUCET,  which  see. 

Brick  Bar'row.  A  flat-bottomed,  sideless, 
high  front  board  wheelbarrow,  for  off-bearing  bricks, 
and  conveying  baked  bricks  to  the  kiln.  The  wheel 
is  set  farther  back  than  usual,  and  the  bricks  piled 
in  ranks  on  each  side. 

Brick,  Hollow.  A  brick  with  cells,  for  ven- 
tilation or  to  prevent  passage  of  moisture.  See 
Figures  897-899,  "Mech.  Diet." 

French  hollow  bricks  are  made  by  Gaillon,  Levallois-Per- 


Brick  Kiln.     Two  systems  of  continuous  kilns 
for  burning  bricks,  tiles,  etc.,  have  come  into  prac- 


BK1CK   KILN. 


132 


BRIDGE. 


tical  use  —  the  French  system  of  Colas,  also  known 
as  that  of  Borie  (Fig.  901,  p.  371,  "Mech.  Diet.")  ; 
and  the  German  system  of  Hoffmann,  the  well- 
known  annular  kiln  or  Ringoven  (Fig.  903,  Ibid.). 


Brick  Barrows. 

The  principle  of  the  kilns  of  Colas,  Borie,  and  their  imi- 
tators, consists  in  placing  the  air-dried  bricks  on  small  rail- 
way trucks  forming  a  long  train.  This  is  slowly  moved 
through  an  arched  chamber,  provided  in  its  center  with  fixed 
fireplaces  for  burning  the  bricks  ;  the  fire  in  these  kilns  is 
stationary,  while  the  bricks  are  moved  forward.  The  princi- 
ple of  the  Hoffmann  kiln  is  just  the  reverse  ;  here  the  bricks 
are  stacked  in  an  annular  burning  chamber,  and  remain 
stationary  while  the  fire  travels  through  them,  leaving  burnt 
bricks  in  the  rear  and  advancing  into  and  among  the  green 
bricks.  The  annular  shape  of  the  burning  chamber  allows 
a  continuous  operation  of  the  kiln,  the  fire  progressing  in 
the  circuit  without  interruption,  while  the  burnt  bricks  be- 
hind the  fire  are  continually  replaced  by  green  bricks.  The 
first-named  system  is  also  worked  continuously,  the  train 
being  supplied  in  the  rear  with  trucks  containing  green 
bricks,  at  the  same  rate  as  trucks  with  burnt  bricks  are  with- 
drawn in  the  front. 

On  the  Colas  principle  is  the  Dueberg  kiln  described  in  — 

"Engineer  " *  xlvi.  191. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement  "     *  2358. 

The  Foster  kiln,  for  which  see  — 

'•Engineer'' *  xlvi.  385. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement   .    *  2071,  2546. 

Of  kilns  on  the  Hoffmann  principle  are  the  Lancaster, 
"Scientific  American  Supplement, "  *  2357. 

Hoffmann,  "  Vienna  Exposition  Report,''1  vol.  iv.,  p.  20. 

Hoffmann,  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire,"  i.,art.  " Briques ." 

See  also  "Continuous  Brick  Kiln"  (Br.),  "Engineer  and 
Mining  Journal,"  xxv.  348. 

Hamilton's  perpetual  brick  kiln  has  a  number  of  compart- 
ments arranged  in  a  line  and  divided  by  a  sheet-iron  door, 
capable  of  being  raised  or  lowered,  so  as  to  let  the  heat  pass 
from  one  to  the  other. 

Adams'  Brick  kiln  (patent  July  21,  1868)  has  steam  intro- 
duced into  the  furnaces  to  distribute  the  heat  through  the 
interstices  of  the  stack  of  bricks. 


Bricklay-ers' 

Fis-.  424. 


Ham'mer.  A  hammer  for 
trimming  bricks  for  caps,  lin- 
tels, quoins,  etc.  The  art  of 
ornamental  brick-work  can  be 
scarcely  said  to  exist  in  the 
United  States.  Such  edifices 
as  exist  in  Turin  and  other 
cities  in  Northern  Italy  have 
no  parallel  on  this  side  of  the 
Atlantic. 

Bricklaying  machine. 
Bricklayer's  Hammer.        Franke     .  "Sr.  Amer.  Sup.,"  149. 

Brick   Ma-chine'.     A   machine  for  molding 
bricks. 

See  Report  of 'Gen.  Q.  A.  Gillmore,  "Centennial  Exhibi- 
tion,'' voL  iii.,  Group  II.,  p.  184. 

The  subjects  are  divided  into  :  — 

Dry  clay  machines.  Tempered  clay  machines. 

Crude  or  moist  clay  machines.        Slush  or  mud  machines. 

Includes  description  of  the  machines  of 

Garretson *  p.  186. 

Morand *p.  187. 


Chambers  Bros  If  Co *  p.  188. 

Tiffany *p.!93. 

Durand  If  Marais *  p.  195. 

Schlickeysen *  p.  197. 

Gard *  p.  200. 

Gregg *  p.  204. 

"  Peerless  ;' *  p.  206. 

"  Combination  ''  (  Gregg) *  p.  212. 

"  Excelsior  "  (  Gregg) *  \\.  :i!4. 

"  Triple  Pressure  "(  Gregg) *  p.  215. 

Aiken 220. 

See  also  Figures  908-920,  pp.  371-378, " Mech.  Diet.,"  where 
brick  machines  of  three  classes  and  six  sub-varieties  are 
described  and  illustrated.  Branches  of  the  subject  are  also 
considered  under  PUG-MILL,  CLAY-MILL,  TILES,  etc. 

A  short  resume  is  in  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.,  202. 
See  also  "  Guide  du  Briqitetier,"  par  M.  E.  Lejeune,  Paris. 
Ancient  bricks,  "Builder,"  "Van  Nostrand's  Mag."  xix., 
353,  and  page  368,  Figures  895,  896,  "MecA.  Diet.--     See  also 
Wilkinson,  Rawlinson,  Lepsius,  etc. 
See  "  Brick  and  Tile  Making,"  Dobson. 
"Bricklayers'  Tables,''  Laxton. 

The  following  references  to  Brick  Machines  may  also  be 
consulted  :  — 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  February  14,  p.  1. 

English       ....  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  399. 
Allemand  ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3869. 
Armitage  Sf  liter,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  342. 

Boulet  Bros.,  Fr      .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  50. 
Bradley    if    Craven, 

Eng *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-'  2176. 

Brownhill,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  299. 
Brownhill  .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  211. 
Brownhill,  Eng.  .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1236. 
Craven.  Eng.      •.     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  627. 
Durand  (f  Marais    .  *  "Engineering,"  xx.  261. 
Durand  fy  Marais  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  172. 

Gard *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  287. 

Gregg *  "American  Manf.,"  April  4, 1879,  p.  7. 

Gregg,  Br.      .     .     .  *  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  xi.  76. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  627. 

*  "Polytechnic  Review,"  April,  1876. 
Gregg  Represser     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  243. 
Mar/ten  Rotary   .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  271. 
Newbold,  Fr.       .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  29,  p.  1. 
Peerless  Brick  Co.    .  *  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  ix.  53. 
Pfnfold,  Eng.      .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1059. 
Stubbs,Br.      .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  251. 

Talcott *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  406. 

Vanier *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  115. 

Warner  If  Lee,  Br.   .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxvi.  302. 

Bridge.  See  the  following  data  and  reference 
to  technical  journals  of  the  period,  1876-80  :  — 

Tay  Bridge,  Scotland,  commenced  1871,  finished  1877.  Par- 
tially destroyed  by  a  gale.  Total  length,  10,321',  85  spans ; 
the  13  over  the  channel  245'  each,  and  88'  above  high  water. 

Syzran  and  Orenburg  Railway  Bridge  over  the  Volga. 
Total  length  4,732'  feet ;  13  spans  of  364'  each.  Piers  80/. 
high  above  the  water.  Ice  cutters  35'  high.  Cost  $3,500,000. 

Forth  Bridge,  Scotland  (projected).  Total  length,  7,860' 
Two  suspension  spans  1,600' each  over  deep  channels.  These 
are  united  by  2  spans  of  165'  each,  and  each  by  3  spans  to 
anchorage  towers,  which  are  connected  respectively  to  the 
north  shore  by  9  spans,  and  the  south  by  14  spans.  Total 
spans,  33.  The  channels  are  186'  and  210'  deep.  The  highest 
towers,  597'  high.  The  suspension  spans  150'  above  high 
water. 

Railway  Bridge  in  British  India.  Total  length,  9,300', 
64  spans  of  142'  each.  Brick  and  iron. 

Poughkeepsie  Railway  Bridge  over  the  Hudson  (building). 
4  piers,  two  of  which  are  founded,  respectively  112'  and  97', 
below  the  surface.  Piers  130'  above  the  water;  depth  of 
truss  60'.  Railway  track  190'  above  the  water. 

Cincinnati  Southern  Railway  Bridge,  over  Kentucky  River. 
Total  length,  1,125'.  Three  spans300',  375', 300'.  Shorespaus, 
150' each.  Height  above  water,  275'. 

The  height  of  the  Niagara  Railway  Bridge  track  above  the 
water  is  250'. 

A  Swiss  bridge  with  a  span  of  154'  is  254'  high. 

One  on  the  Andes  has  a  span  125',  and  is  252'  high. 

"  Albert,''  Montreal,  St.  Lawrence  (proposed),  15,000', 
nearly  3  miles  ;  one  span  between  500'  and  600' ;  height,  130' 
above  high  water  ;  estimated  cost,  $4,000,000. 

"  Victoria,"  St.  Lawrence,  Montreal.  Tubular.  Total 
length,  10,380'.  Two  abutments  and  24  piers  ;  25  spans 
Channel  span,  330' ;  the  others,  242' each.  60'  above  summer 
level  of  water.  Cost,  $1,250,000.  Commenced  1854,  finished 
1859. 

Wesel  Bridge,  over  the  Rhine,  has  a  total  length  of  6,220'. 
including  4  spans  of  313'  each. 

The  Graudenz  Bridge,  over  the  Vistula,  has  12  spans  of 

oxx. 


BRIDGE. 


133 


BRIDGE. 


Mech.  Diet.''' 
ipans  of  the  iron 


Tay 

Susquc hanna  River  .  .  . 
Vistula,  (iraudenz 

Rhine,  Wesel 

Lessart,  France  .... 
Ohio  River,  Steubenville  . 
St.  Lawrence  River  .  .  . 
Ohio,  Parkersberg  .  .  . 
Rhine,  Mayence  .... 
Volga,  Orenburg  Railway  . 
Ohio,  Louisville  .... 
Kentucky  River  .... 
Ohio,  Louisville  .... 
Vistula,  Dirscb.au  .  .  . 
Con  way,  N.  Wales  .  .  . 
Ohio,  Cincinnati  .... 

Inn,  Passau 

Saltish 

Menai  Straits 

Hudson,  Poughkeepsie  . 
Lek,  Holland         .... 
Ohio,  Cincinnati   ... 


245 
307 
300 
313 
314 
319 
330 
342 
345 
364 
368 
375 
396 
397 
400 
415 
420 
455 
460 
500 
515 
518 


Phoenix  Bridge  Co 


J.  H.  Linville. 
Rob't  Stephenson. 
J.  II.  Linville. 
Qerber. 

Albert  Fink. 

C.  S.  Smith. 

Albert  Fink. 

Lentze. 

Rob't  Stephenson. 

J.  H.  Linville. 

I.  K.  Brunei. 
Rob't  Stephenson. 

G.  Van  Diesen. 
J.  H.  Linville. 


To  this  may  be  added  the  list  of  bridges  over  the  Missis- 
sippi, between  Winona  and  St.  Louis. 


At 

When 

built. 

No. 
Spans. 

Longest 
Span,  feet. 

Draw. 

1871 

16 

240 

Ifift 

La  Crosse      
Prairie  du  Chien   .     .    . 

1876 
1875 
1868 

10 

8 

240 
Pontons 
240 

160 

Clinton    

1865 

14 

180 

1871 

7 

250 

Burlington  
Keokuk    

1868 
1870 
1868 

10 
12 

24 

200 
240 
160 

160 
160 
160 

1871 

3 

940 

1873 

]1 

256 

200 

St.  Louis  

1874 

3 

515 

one 

The  following  notices  may  be 

Arched  Masonry 

Ashtabula,  Railway 

Ashtabula,  Railway 

Bascule 

Beaver,  Penn.,  Truss     .     .     .     . 

Belgium,  Revolving 

Black  wall,  Railway 

Bosphorus,  Eads  $  Lambert  .  . 
Brisbane,  Australia,  Truss  .  . 

Brooklyn,  "  Clefbridge,"  Beaton 
Chinese,  Suspension  .  .  .  . 
Canada,  Credit  Valley  .  .  .  . 
Derwent,  England,  Iron  Arch  . 
Douro,  Portugal,  Truss  Arch 


consulted :  — 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  664. 
*"R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxi.  86. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup., "961. 
*"Man.  4-  B.,"  xi.  29. 

*  "R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxiv.  540. 

*  "Engineer."  1.  498. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  744. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  408. 

"  Technologists,"  xl.  38. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  553. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  152. 

*  "Man.  4"  S.,"  x.  29. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  691. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  154. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2830. 
*"  Eng' ing,"  xxi.  110, 149. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  457, 

463,  485. 

*  "EngHng"  xxvi.  39,  416. 

*  "  Engineer, "x.lv.  409,  446. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  39,  94. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  103. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1425. 

*  "Eng.   4-  Min.  J.,"   xxv. 


Dublin,  Arch * 

E.  River,  N.  Y.,  Suspension,  Cost  * 

Footway * 

Serving  the  cable    ....  * 

Cable  drums,  etc * 

* 

East  River,  Black  well's  Island  .  * 
Forth,  Railway,  Proposed,  Bouch  * 

1600'  span * 

Hamburg  &  Harburg  Ry .     .    .  * 

Hudson  River 

Iwakuni,  Japan * 

Kennebec,  Me 


'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1264. 
'Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  64. 
''Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  143. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  287. 
;'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  754. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  899. 
'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1172. 
'  Engineer,"  xlviii.  314. 
'Eng'ing,"  xxix.  153, 173. 
' Engineer,"  xlix.  104. 
'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  627. 
'Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  151. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  8. 


Kentucky  River,  Bouscaren  .     .  * 


Kuilenburg,  Holland,  Truss      .  * 

Laughery  Creek,  Ind.,  Truss      .  * 
Lee,  Cork,  Lifting  Span     .     .     .  * 

Louisville * 

Manawater,  New  Zealand  .     .     .  * 
Manchester,  Eng.,  Fowler      .     .  * 

Salford,  Eng * 

* 

Manchester,  Br * 

• 

Marseilles,  Swing * 

Matina  River,  Costa  Rica  .     .     .  * 

Medway,  Engl * 

Montreal,  "  Royal  Albert "     .    .  * 


Nile,  Kohe * 

Orange  Riv.,  Cape  of  Good  Hope  * 
Oxley  Creek,  Queensland  .  .  .  * 
Penn.  Railway,  examples  .  .  * 

Freight  transfer * 

Philadelphia,  Callowhill  St.  .     .  * 

Carriage,  40th  St * 

Girard  Avenue * 

Lansdowne  Valley,  Fairmont  * 
* 

Over  Penn.  R.  R * 

Pittsburg,  Arched  truss     ...  * 

Iron * 

Monongahela,  Wilson     .     .  * 

Suspension * 

Plattsmouth,  Neb.,  Mo.     .     .    .  * 

Portage,  N.  Y 

St.  Charles  R.  R * 

St.  Louis  &  Illinois * 

• 

St.  Maurice,  Can * 

Sarpsfos,  Norway * 

Severn,  England, * 

Susquehanna,  Penn.,  Railway  .  * 
Sutlej,  India,  "  Empress  "  .  .  * 
Tay,  Scotland,  Entire,  broken  . 

Site * 

Piers .  * 


Piers 
10,321' 


Thames,  New,  London  .    .    , 

Old,  London,  history,  etc. 
Proposed,  Tower     .     .     . 


High  level 
London 


Vescorali,  Rome,  Treatise  on 
Volga,  Syzran,  Rus.,  Railway  .  * 

Wear,  Eng.,  Railway     .     .     .     .  * 

Yardleyville * 

Zwartkops  River,  S.  Africa    .     .  * 
Also  :  — 

American  iron       

On  historical,  "Building  News  " 

Military * 

3iers  on,  Smith 

warge  span  Railway  .... 

Spar 

Temporary,  Bouilliant,  Fr.  . 
Hetallic  arches  for  tunnels  . 
Ton  bridge  of  long  span  .  . 


"R.  R.  Gaz.."   xxi.   403, 
413,  423,  433. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1503. 

"  Technolosiste ."     xxxix 
119. 

"Am.  Manuf."  June  25, 
1880,  p.  8. 

"Engineering,"  xxix.  222. 

"Engineering,"  xxix. 450. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  360. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1542. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1094. 

"Engineer,"  xlix.  442. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1204. 

"Engineer,"  xliii.  148. 

"Engineer,"  xliii.  233. 

"Engineer,"  xlvi.  206,222. 

"Eng1  ing,"  xxix.  24,  48. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1540. 

"Engineering,"  xxi.  256. 

"Engineer,"  xli.  149,  174. 

;'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  17. 

'Engineering,"        xxviii. 
132,  144. 

'Engineering,'1'  xxvii.371. 

^Engineer ,"  xlii.  414. 
"Engineering,"  xxiii. 

"Eng'ing,"  xxiv.  22,  28. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxiv.  271. 
"R.  R.  Gaz., "xxi.  75, 109. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  28,  49. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  90. 

"Se.  Am.  Sup.,"  674. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1055. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  528. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxv.  143. 
"Eng'ing,"  xxx.  274,290. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  533. 
"JR.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxiv.  640. 
"Sc.  Am.  Si/p.,"458. 
"Sc  Am.,"  xxxiv..  162. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xli.  379. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  125. 
"Eng1  ing,''  xxvi.  175, 182. 
"Eng'ing,"  xxv.  10,26, 61. 
"Engineering,'"     xxxviii. 

314,  322. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1490. 
"Engineering,"  xxx.  490. 
"Eng'ing,"  xxvi.  454,486. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  1. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  21. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  26,  30, 

230,  264. 
"Iron  Age,"    xxv.,    Jan. 

29,  p.  1. 

"Man.  (f  B.,"  ix.  120. 
"Engineering,"  xxii.  531. 
"Engineering,"  xxix.  88. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  713. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1541. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  329. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  361. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  290. 
"Engineering,"  xxiii. 467. 
"Engineer,"  xlv.  217,220. 
"Engineering,"  xxvii.  411. 
"Engineering,"  xxviii.  50. 
'  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,1' 

xxiii.  434. 
'Van  Nostrand's  Mag,," 

xxiii.  331. 
'Engineering"     xxx.    4. 

626,  30,  52,  72. 
"Engineer,"  1.  368. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,1'  615. 
"Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  477. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  500. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag..'' 

xxii.  425. 

"Sc.  Am.  S«p.,»480. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  310. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2436. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,1'  1128. 
"Sc.  Am.  Su,p.,"  3802. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  70. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xlii.  53. 


The  following  works  may  be  consulted  :  — 

Haupt's  "  Theory  of  Bridge  Construction." 

Fairbairn's  "Application  of  Cast  and  Wrought  Iron  to 
Building  Purposes."  New  York,  1864. 

Fairbairn's  "Britannia  and  Cornvay  Tubular  Bridges," 
Tiondon,  1849. 


BRIDGE. 


134 


BRIQUET. 


McMaster's  "Bridge  and  Tunnel  Centers." 

Cain's  "Maximum  Stress  in  Framed  Bridges." 

Dempsey's  "  Tubular  and  Iron  Girder  Bridges.'''  (Weale's 
Series.) 

Buck's  "Practical  and  Theoretical  Essay  on  Oblique 
Bridges.'1'1 

Buck's  "Modern  American  Bridge  Building."1 

Haskall's  "  Railway  Construction  for  the  East.''    London. 

Haskall's  "  Examples  of  Bridge  and  Viaduct  Construction.'1' 
London. 

Humber's  "Practical  Treatise  on  Cast  and  Wrought  Iron 
Bridges  and  Girders."1  58  plates.  Imperial  4to. 

Humber's  "  Complete  Treatise  on  Cast  and  Wrought  Iron 
Bridge  Construction.1'''  2  vols.  4to.  London,  1870. 

Humber's  "  Record  of  the  Progress  of  Modern  Engineering." 
4to. 

Bfnder's  "  Proportions  of  Pins  used  in  Bridges." 

Bender's  "Continuous  Bridges."     New  York,  1876. 

Merrill's  "Iron  Truss  Bridges."     New  York,  1875. 

Shreve  "  On  Bridges  and  Roofs."     New  York,  1873. 

Whipple  "On  Bridge  Building."     New  York,  1873. 

Roebling's  "Bridges."    New  York,  1869. 

Chanute's  "Kansas  City  Bridge.''    New  York,  1870. 

Jenken's  "Bridges,  Treatise  on  Construction  of."  Edin- 
burgh, 1878. 

Collum's  "Military  Bridges." 

Haupt's  "Military  Bridges."    New  York,  1864. 

Pope's  "  Treatise  on  Bridge  Architecture."     1811. 

Gaudard's  "De  divers  Systemes  de  Ponts  en  Fer."  Paris, 
1865. 

Baker's  "On  Long-span  Raihvay  Bridges."  Philadelphia, 
1867. 

Boilers  "Iron  Highway  Bridges."     New  York,  1876. 

Unwinds  "  Wrought  Iron  Bridges  and  Roofs."     1869. 

Woods's  "  Construction  of  Bridges  and  Roofs."  New  York, 
1876. 

Conrolle's  "Les  Pont  de  V Amerique  du  Nord."    Paris,  1878. 

2.  A  plank  to  cover  the  gap  between  the  plat- 
forms of  two  connected  cars. 

Bridge,  safety,  Frazer  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  5. 

3.  An  arrangement  for  measuring  the  resistance 
of  an   element  in  the  circuit,  Fig.  1840,  p.  779, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Meter  resistance,  Hockin     .    .     .  *  "  Teleg.  Journal"  v.  239. 
W/ieatstone  .     .  *  "  Teleg.  Journal,''  v.  288. 

Bridge  Guard.  A  suspended  system  of  ropes 
used  to  warn  train-men  of  bridges  which  are  not 
high  enough  to  permit  them  to  stand  on  top  of  the 
cars.  To  a  horizontal  arm  which  projects  over  the 
track  wires  are  attached,  and  to  these  pieces  of 
rope.  The  height  from  the  top  of  the  car  to  the 
lower  end  of  the  wires  is  sufficient  to  allow  a  man 
to  stand  upright,  but  if  he  does  so  in  passing  under 
the  guard  he  is  struck  by  the  ropes,  which  warn 
him  that  the  train  is  approaching  the  bridge,  which 
without  such  warning  he  might  strike. 

"Railroad  Gazette'' *  xxiv.  627. 

Bridge'pot.  (Milling.)  T^he  socket  of  the  mill 
spindle  carried  by  the  lighter-screw  which  adjusts 
the  vertical  height  of  the  runner  to  grind  close  or 
coarse. 

Fig.  425. 


Arch  Bridgepot. 

The  arch  bridgepot,  shown  in  Fig.  425,  is  in- 
tended to  be  used  for  straddling  the  driving-shaft 
where  bevel-gear  is  used.  On  bridgepots  used  in 
portable  mills  the  fnlerum  is  so  arranged  as  to  al- 
low of  placing  the  lighter-screw  to  the  right  or  left 
of  the  meal  spout  at  will. 

Bridge  Sad'dle.  The  block  which  rests  upon 
the  summit  of  the  pier  of  a  suspension  bridge,  and 
over  which  the  wires  pass,  and  upon  which  they 
rest.  See  Fig.  4519,  p.  2011,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Bridge  Test'ing  Car.  A  car  with  a  tank  ca- 
pable of  being  loaded  to  the  required  strain  in  situ. 

A  car  said  to  be  owned  by  the  State  of  Connecticut,  and 
used  in  testing  railway  bridges,  is  thus  described  :  — 

"  The  car  is  to  be  used  on  every  railroad  bridge  in  the 
State  at  least  twice  a  year.  It  consists  of  an  iron  tank  resting 
upon  three  trucks,  the  tank  being  capable  of  holding  eighty 
tons  of  water.  On  the  center  truck  are  four  hydraulic  j.-icks, 
operated  by  one  lever,  and  by  these  the  entire  weight  of  car 
and  contents  can  be  thrown  upon  the  center  truck.  In  rase 
a  weakness  is  discovered,  the  floodgates  are  opened  1>3P  a  sin 
le  lever  and  the  water  instantly  let  off,  relieving  the  bridge 
of  80  tons  weight.  The  car  will  weigh  about  60  tons, -md 
when  the  80  tons  of  water  are  added,  the  full  test  will  be  14U 
tons.  This  weight  may  be  lessened,  of  course,  if  desired."— 
Chicago  Railway  Review. 

Brim-poun'cing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
shaving  hat  brims,  to  remove  the  shaggy  fibres. 
See  POUNCING  MACHINE. 

Brim  Stretch'er.  A  machine  for  stretching 
the  brims  of  felt  hats,  developing  them  out  of  the 
edge  of  the  crude  cone.  See  Fig.  427. 

The  brim-stretching  ribs  which  support  the  brim  are 
mounted  upon  a  vertically  reciprocating  spindle  which  is 
operated  by  the  treadle,  and  these  ribs  are  provided  with  a 
spreading  mechanism  and  are  operated  by  the  hand  lever  on 
the  side  of  the  machine.  An  adjustable  metallic  block  sup- 
ports the  crown,  and  by  its  position  determines  the  height  of 
it.  The  upper  stretching  devices  consist  of  a  series  of  auto- 
matically reciprocating  brim-stretching  ribs,  arrayed  in  a 
horizontal  plane,  equidistant  from  each  other,  in  a  circular 
line ;  each  operating  from  a  common  center  in  a  different 
vertical  plane'.  A  crank-shaft  which  has  its  bearings  in  the 
framing  receives  motion  through  the  belt  from  a  counter- 
shaft, and  should  make  500  revolutions  per  minute. 

Through  the  connecting  rod  a  reciprocating  motion  is  given 
to  the  rocking  shaft  and  the  rods  which  cam  the  ring  to 
which  the  outer  ends  of  the  vibrating  stretching  ribs  are  at- 
tached. 

The  hat  body  to  be  stretched,  having  previously  been 
drawn  out  on  the  tip  by  a  tip-stretcher,  is  placed  upon  the 
former  of  this  machine  and  the  treadle  depressed,  bringing 
the  two  sets  of  stretching  ribs  in  working  position.  The  hand 
lever  is  now  gradually  raised,  and  the  hat-body  thus  spread 
to  cause  the  vibratory  ribs  to  act  upon  it. 

When  the  hand  lever  has  been  raised  sufficiently  high  to 
bring  the  spreading  ribs  to  their  full  extension,  the  former  is 
lowered,  the  hat-body  shifted  slightly  upon  it  and  the  opera- 
tion repeated  until  the  brim  is  perfectly  flattened  out. 

The  rapid  motion  of  the  vibrating  ribs  enables  the  operator 
to  stretch  the  hat  while  it  is  hot  and  injury  by  tearing  is  there- 
by prevented. 

Machines  made  on  the  same  principle  for  use  in  factories 
where  all  the  work  is  done  by  hand  are  now  very  generally 
used,  and  but  a  very  small  percentage  of  all  the  soft  wool 
and  fur  hats  are  now  blocked  in  the  old  manner. 

The  finishing  of  fur  hats  is  done  upon  a  fur  hat  blocking 
machine  which  has  an  oval  former,  and  acts  upon  the  crown 
and  brim  simultaneously.  See  HAT-SHAPING  MACHINE. 

Brine-for'cing  Pump.     A  pump   for  inject- 
Fig.  426. 


Ham  Pump 


ing  brine  around  the  bone  of  hams  and  shoulders 
to  insure  the  curing. 

Bri-quet'.  Fuel  compressed  into  brick-like 
blocks.  A  product  of  increasing  economic  value, 
composed  chiefly  of  inferior  coal  or  coal  waste,  to 
which  is  added  coal-tar  as  a  cement. 


BRIQUET. 


135 


BROADCAST   SEEDER. 


France,  Belgium,  Germany,  and  even  Great  Britain  manu- 
facture this  new  fuel,  France  obtaining  part  of  her  supply  of 
the  raw  material  from  Wales;  and  finding  a  market  for  the 
sale  of  a  portion  of  the  manufactured  product  in  Italy,  where 
it  is  used  as  fuel  for  locomotives.  Machines  for  the  manu- 

Fig.  427. 


Eickemeyer's  Power  Hat  Brim   Stretcher. 

facture  of  this  fuel  are  numerous,  and  several  forms  are 
shown  under  PEAT  MACHINE,  p.  1646,  "Mech.  Diet.'1'  France 
annually  produces  about  700,000  tons  of  briquets  and  Bel- 
gium about  500,000  tons;  Germany  and  Great  Britain,  re- 
spectively, manufacture  large  quantities.  At  present  the 
use  in  Europe  is  mainly  upon  steamships  and  in  locomotives. 
In  the  United  States  a  successful  attempt  to  manufacture 
compressed  fuel  from  anthracite  coal  dust  has  been  made  on 
a  large  scale  at  Fort  Ewen,  near  Rondout,  N.  Y.,  and  to-day 
the  enterprise  is  firmly  established,  the  fuel,  which  is  in  large 
lumps,  being  supplied  to  steamships  and  locomotives.  Loi- 
seau's  apparatus  has  attracted  and  deserved  marked  attention. 
Two  large  manufactories  of  patent  fuel  are  running  in 
Wales,  one  the  Crown  Preserved  Coal  Company,  of  Cardiff, 
under  the  II.  Walker  Wood  Patent,  having  a  capacity  for 
600 ,000  tons  annually.  The  process  has  been  worked  there 
since  1857. 


Another,  the  Coal  Company  of  Merthyr,  Swansea,  produ- 
cing 200,000  tons  annually.  The  composition  is  small  coal 
and  coal-tar  pitch.  The  process  has  been  carried  on  there 
for  twenty  years. 

See  FUEL,  ARTIFICIAL,  p.  921,  "Meek.  Dict.,r-  et  infra. 

Marseilles.     Engineering,''1  xxvi.  367. 

Bris'tle  Pro'bang.  (Surgical]  A  probang 
having  on  a  section  of  its  length  a  number  of  bris- 
tles arranged  lengthwise,  so  as  to  catch  over  and 
include  fungoid  or  other  matters,  and  furnish  a 
means  for  the  withdrawal  of  the  same.  There  are 
several  forms,  either  a  bunch  of  bristles  tied  at  each 
end,  or  a  frame  upon  which  cords  are  strained  so 
as  to  form  a  sort  of  cage. 

Fig.  336,  p.  83,  Part  II.,  and  page  5,  Supplement,  Tiemann's 
"  Armamentarium  Chirurgicum," 

Brit'ish  Gum.  Torrefied  starch  ;  used  in  calico 
manufacture.  Dextrine.  See  p.  691,  "Meek.  Diet." 


or  enlarging 
fig.  428. 


Broach.     A  reamer,  for  rouudiu 
a  drilled  bore. 

Broach'ing  Press.  A  ma- 
chine designed  to  make  holes 
by  the  planing  action  of  a  ver- 
tically moving  tool ;  especially 
useful  in  making  holes  of  such 
diametrical  form  that  they  can- 
not he  finished  by  any  rotary 
motion,  as  by  drilling  or  boring. 
It  may  be  used  as  a  slotter,  and 
also  for  finishing  the  outside  of 
work.  The  pitman  which  car- 
ries the  slide  is  attached  to  a 
worm-wheel  that  runs  in  a  pan 
of  oil ;  a  heavy  balance-wheel 
and  the  Pratt  friction-clutch 
furnish  the  means  for  a  steady 
equable  motion,  and  for  stop-  Broack"1^ffor  Rock' 
ping  and  starting  instantly  at 
any  point  of  the  stroke,  which  is  from  I"  to  1" ' . 

Fig.  429. 


Broaching  Press.    (Pratt  Sf  Whitney.) 

Broad'cast.  (Printing.)  Matter  set  up  to 
run  the  long  way  of  a  page,  and  having  its  top 
along  the  left-hand  edge. 

Broad'cast  Seed'er.  A  machine  for  scatter- 
ing seed  upon  the  ground,  as  distinguished  from 
one  which  sows  it  in  drills. 

Broadcast  seeders  are  power  and  hand,  and  each 
of  those  kinds  has  as  representatives  two  varieties : 
those  which  scatter  widely,  imitating  the  human 
hand  in  throwing,  and  those  which  sow  a  breadth 
equal  to  the  width  of  the  implement. 

Of  the  power  machines  :  The  Cahoon  machine  acts  upon 
a  scattering  principle.  The  seed  hopper  is  carried  in  a  wagon 
and  discharges  on  to  a  wheel  rotated  by  chain  connection 
from  a  sprocket  wheel  on  the  hind-wheel  axles.  The  rota- 
tion of  the  scatterer  disperses  the  seed  widely,  from  16  to  36 
feet  in  total  width,  according  to  the  seed  ;  timothy  and  wheat 
being  at  the  opposite  ends  of  the  scale.  The  scattering  wheel 
revolves  in  a  vertical  plane. 

In  Buist  &  Alden's  machine  the  wheel  is  horizontal. 

In  the  hand  form  of  the  scattering  kind,  the  Cahoon  drill 
consists  of  a  bag  carried  in  front  by  a  neck  strap,  and  a  scat- 
tering wheel  rotated  by  hand. 

In  a  French  form  of  the  same  implement,  shown  in  Fig. 
430,  and  made  by  Pernollet,  of  Paris,  the  scattering  wheel  is 
vertical  as  in  the  Oahoon,  and  the  width  of  wheat  sown  is  7 
to  8  meters. 

Fig.  431  shows  on  a  larger  scale  the  apparatus  detached 


BROADCAST   SEEDER. 


136 


BROMINE   APPARATUS. 


Fig.  430. 


\\\  iN/j^y/x 

*///, 


Sowing  with  the  Pornollefs  Centrifugal  Broadcast  Sower. 


Fig.  431. 


from  the  person.  An  index  on  the  side  shows  the  condition 
of  the  opening  which  graduates  the  passage  of  seed  according 
to  the  quantity  desired  to  be  sown. 

In    regard    to    machines 
for  sowing  widths  equal  to 
the    track    machines,   such 
|  are  both  power  and  hand. 

Of  the  power  machines 
there  are  at  least  three  va- 
rieties :  — 

The  convertible  drill,  in 
which  the  shares  and  seed 
tubes  are  replaced  by  spouts 
which  .scatter  the  seed  upon 
\  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
'  each  of  the  eight  spouts 
covering  with  seed  its  pro- 
portionate width  of  the 
track  of  the  machine. 
Many  of  the  American  seed 
drills  are  thus  convertible. 
In  France  the  same  practice 

^^_  is  pursued,  a  broad  casting 

,,    .  spout  of  sheet  metal  being 

Centrifugal  Broadcast  Sower,   substituted    for    the    see(1B 

conductor.  See  Fig.  124,  p.  113,  Knight's  report,  "Paris  Ex- 
position Reports,"  vol.  iv. 

Another  form  of  broadcaster  is  represented  by  the  "  Buck- 
eye "  11-foot  broad-cast  sower.  This  has  a  force-feed  at  each 
of  7  openings,  and  has  conductors  which  lead  the  seed  near 
to  the  surface  of  the  soil ;  but,  instead  of  dropping  it  in  the 
rear  of  the  shares,  —  none  of  which  are  present,  —  the  seed 
drops  on  a  scattering  plate  from  which  it  bounces  on  to  the 
ground. 

A  third  form  of  the  machine  broadcaster  is  that  common 
in  England  and  on  the  Continent  of  Europe.  The  seed, 

Fig.  432. 


issuing  from  the  series  of  spouts,  falls  down  an  inclined 
board,  whose  length  is  equal  to  the  width  of  the  bout,  and, 
striking  against  triangular  studs,  arranged  in  quincunx  fash- 
ion, is  dispersed  over  the  whole  space  of  ground  between  the 
wheels  of  the  machine.  The  machine  illustrated.  Fig  432, 
is  Danish,  made  by  Kamussen  &  Co.,  of  Stubbekjobing,  but 
resembles  in  all  material  respects  that  made  by  Smyth  & 
Sons,  of  Peasenhall,  England.  The  Danish  machine,  how- 
ever, is  so  constructed  as  to  be  capable  of  being  whirled 


Kamussen's  Broadcast  Seeder  on  its  Cross-a.rlf. 

around  so  as  to  travel  upon  a  cross-axle,  in  order  to  ;illo\v  it 
to  pass  along  narrow  roads  and  through  gateways.  'The  mo- 
tion of  the  seed-distributor  is  obtained  from  the  rear  wheel, 
seen  in  Fig.  432,  on  the  ground,  and  in  Fig.  433,  as  mounted 
on  the  cross-axle. 

Broad'-tread  Wheel.  (Railway.}  A  wheel 
with  an  extra-wide  tread  to  enable  it  to  travel 
safely,  varying  within  a  range  of  say  \\"  difference 
of  gage. 

Also  known  as  a  compromise  wheel. 

Broil 'er.     1.  A  gridiron. 

2.  A  hearth  for  broiling  steaks,  etc.,  on  a  large 
scale.  It  is  heated  with  charcoal,  has  a  gridiroii 

Fig.  434. 


Ram ussen's  Broadcast  Seeder. 


Charcoal  Broiler. 

sliding  on  ways,  a  canopy  to  conduct  the  fumes  to 
the  chimney,  a  pit  beneath  for  draft  and  ashes,  and 
a  sliding  cover,  to  contract  at  pleasure  the  open 
space  above  the  gridiron. 

B  r  o  k '  e  n  Ashlar. 
(Masonry.)  A  form  of  cut- 
stone  work  in  which  I  he 
continuity  of  courses  is  not 
maintained.  See  ASHLAR. 
Brok'en  Range  Work. 
(Masonry.)  A  form  in 
which  the  level  of  courses 
is  not  strictly  maintained. 
See  RANGE. 

Bro'mine  Ap'pa-ra'- 
tus.  The  source  of  bro- 
mine in  the  United  States 
is  the  mother  liquor  which 


BROMINE   APPARATUS. 


137 


BRONZE    COLOKINO. 


remains  after  the  extraction  of  salt.  The  following 
description  of  the  process  is  condensed  from  the 
"  Moniteur  Scientijique  "  :  — 

"  The  saline  liquors,  when  first  pumped  up  from  the  pit, 
mark  9°  Baume.  They  are  evaporated  in  long  iron  boilers  to 
15°  Baume,  allowed  to  settle,  then  farther  evaporated  to  the 
crystallizing  point  in  wooden  tubs  heated  by  steam.  The 
first  crystallization  forms  the  salt  of  commerce.  The  tubs, 
five  in  number,  are  placed  side  by  side,  and  every  day  the 
liquor  is  decanted  from  one  to  another,  —  from  No.  1  to  No. 
2,  then  to  No.  3,  and  so  on  to  No.  5.  The  crystallized  salt  is 
removed  from  each  tub  after  draining  off  the  liquid.  When 
the  brine  reaches  tub  No.  5  it  has  become  mother  liquor,  and 
consists  principally  of  chlorides  of  calcium,  magnesium,  so- 
dium, and  a  little  chloride  of  aluminium,  with  varying  pro- 
portions of  bromides  of  sodium  and  calcium.  Tub  No.  1  is 
filled  every  day  with  fresh  brine,  so  that  the  process  becomes 
continuous,  the  mother  liquor,  marking  30°  to  38°  Baume, 
is  evaporated  to  45°,  thus  separating  a  new  quantity  of  salt. 
The  liquor  is  then  decanted  into  stone  stills  ;  materials  for 
the  production  of  chlorine  are  added  ;  and  heat  is  applied 
in  the  form  of  steam  injected  directly  into  the  still,  until  all 
the  bromine  has  been  eliminated  and  evaporized.  It  then 
passes  into  a  condenser,  and  thence  into  a  receiver." 

See  — 

•'»•;>  -ntijir  American,''  xli.  240. 

Dr.  Jenkins'  report  in  "Paris  Exposition  Reports,''  1878, 
iv.  54,  .V.. 

Bromide  of  Ethyl  Apparatus,  "Manufacturer  If  Builder," 
xii.  157. 

U.    S.    liliOMIMC    PATENTS. 


No. 


Invento 


5,658.  Alter  &  Cillespie. 

12,077.  E.  Stieren. 

62,464  I).  Alter. 

62,988.  D.  Alter. 


82,309. 
93,099. 


G.  A.  Hageman. 
H.  Leruer. 


103,253.     Stieren  &  Nesbet. 


No. 

110,662. 
132,296. 
137,222. 
137,512. 
181,617. 
217,076. 
219,004. 


Inventor. 
J.  J.  Juhler. 
Leruer  &  Harpold 
Leyert  &  Winter. 
D.  C.  Turner. 
V.  W.  Arvine. 
J.  N.  J.  Dubreuil 
Miiller  &  Bockel. 


Bronze.  An  alloy  of  copper  and  tin  :  the  most 
ancient  artificial  alloy. 

The  molds  for  casting  bronze  articles  are  found  in  many 
European  countries,  as  are  also  pieces  of  runners  and  sprues 
made  in  running  the  metal  into  the  mold.  In  general,  the 
proportions  are  Hi)  copper,  II)  tin:  but  tables  in  Wilson's 
1  Prehistoric  Man,''  pp.  310,  312,  and  vol.  i.,  p.  388,  of  the 
"Mechanical  Dictionary,''  indicate  various  proportions  and 
additions,  in  many  cases,  doubtless,  unsuspected  impurities. 

The  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  iron,  insisted  upon  of 
late  as  so  valuable  in  the  constitution  of  brasses  and  bronzes 
is  seen  by  table  on  p.  61,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  to  have  been  antici- 
pated in  the  ancient  bronze  weapons  of  England  and  Ire- 
land, the  coins  of  Rome,  weapons  of  South  America,  and  the 
Chinese  packfong. 

Herrera  specifies  "crucibles  to  melt  copper,"  as  contained 
in  the  canoe  met  near  one  of  the  Guanaja  isjands,  manned 
by  a  Yucatan  cacique,  his  wives,  children,  and  25  rowers. 

See  also  Worsaal,  "  Primeval  Antiquities  of  Denmark,"  pp. 
13  1  ,  loS. 

In   addition   to    the  compositions  given  on  pp.  387-389 

Mech.  Dirt  ,''  the  following  may  be  noted.     Patentsof  — 

Double'Jay,  No.  160,885.     Copper,  glass,  antimony,  tin,  spel- 

ter, and  lead. 
No.  201,536.     Copper,  tin,  arsenic. 

AUSTRIAN   STATE   RAILWAY    BRONZES   AND   BRASS. 


Copper. 

Tin. 

Zinc. 

For  locomotive  bearings,  slide  valves, 

valves,  etc  

84 

1ft 

For  coach  and  car  bearings       .     . 
For  cocks  .... 

85 
90 

15 
ift 

- 

For  boiler  tubes  

70 

Article  on  casting  of  bronze  figures  in  built  molds  ;  cire 
perdue  ;  zinc  molded  in  copper  molds  (imitation  or  French 
S5OI!??J '  Jlth  the  subsequent  finishing  and  mounting,  from 
toe  "N.  Y.  Tribune."  — "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  1601. 

Various  alloys  known  as  bronzes  are  considered 
under  the  following;  heads ;  though  many  are  not 
true  bronzes  (copper-tin),  being  destitute  of  tin. 
The  word  "  bronze  "  is  a  favorite,  and,  though  pro- 
miscuously applied,  protest  is  useless. 


See:  — 

Aluminium  bronze. 
Antique  bronzing. 
Bismuth  bronze. 
Bronze  blacking. 
Bronze  coloring. 
Bronzed  glass. 
Bronze  paint. 
Bronze  steel. 
Bronzing. 
Carbon  bronze. 
Cupro-manganese . 
Deoxodized  bronze. 
Electro-bronzing. 


Inlaying  bronze. 
Japanese  bronzes. 
Malleable  bronze. 
Manganese  bronze. 
Manganese  copper. 
Mildew  bronze. 
Nickel  bronze. 
Orugo . 
Patina. 

Phosphide  of  copper. 
Phosphor  bronze. 
Tungsten  bronze. 
White  bronze. 


See  also  under  the  following  references  :  — 

"•Iron  Age." 

For  machinery      .     xxii.,  Dec.  19,  p.  13. 
Artistic  castings    .     xx.,  Nov.  22,  p.  24. 
Properties  of     .     .    xxiv.,  Nov.  27,  p.  9  :  Dec.  4,  p.  15 ;  Dec 

11,  p.  9:  Dec.  18,  p.  3. 

Malleable      .     .     .    xxv.,  Feb.  25,  p.  26  ;   May  13,  p.  17. 
Coloring  ....     xxiv.,  Dec.  25,  p.  1. 
Casting     ....     xxiv.,  Dec.  11,  p.  16. 
Bronzes    ....    xvii.,  May  4,  p.  23. 
Antique  bronze      .     xvii.,  March  23,  p.  9. 
Electro  bronzing   .     xvii.,  May  18.  p.  16. 
Bronzing  metals    .     xxiv.,  Dec.  18,  p.  7. 
Bronze    stem    for 

corvette,  Br.  .     .     xix.,  March  8,  p  15. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder.1'1 

Colored x.  264. 

Blue viii.  263. 

Ornaments    ....'...  xi.  235. 

Japanese xi.  83. 

Patina xii.  263. 

Bronzing  iron xii.  204. 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press." 

For  valves xxxv.  147. 

Alloys xxxvii.  39. 

French  imitation xxxvii.  358. 

For  machinery xxxviii.  19. 

Malleable xl.  135. 

"Scientific  American." 
Experiments      .     .     Thurston.    xxxvii.  65. 

Japanese *  xxxv.  255  ;    xl.  249 ;  xxir. 

385:  xl.24;  xli.  217. 

Malleable xlii.  178. 

Cleaning xxxvi.  203. 

Bronze  steel  &  guns  Uchatius.  *  xxxvii.  403. 

Vienna *  xl.  10. 

On  bronzes xl.  122. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement.1'1 

Finishing 620. 

Art-working  in     ...     Vors.  77. 

Japanese 1831,  389,  442. 

Composition 3341. 

Casting 1601. 

French 2690. 

Bronze  steel  .    .     .     Uchatius.  1299. 

"Engineer.''' 

Bronze  steel  .    .    .    Uchatius.    xlii.  331 ;  xliv.  254,  310. 
"English  Mechanic.'' 

Cleaning xxvi.292;  xxvii.  76. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine." 
Bronze  age    .     .     .     Burnouf.      xix.  502. 

Bronze  Black'ing.  A  concentrated  solution 
of  R  R  B  methyl  violet  in  a  boiling  solution  of  4 
parts  shellac  and  1  part  of  borax,  in  15  to  20  of 
soft  water. 

Bronze  Col'or-ing. 

"  The  soft  bronze  color  of  medals  is  obtained  by  rubbing 
with  a  mixture  of  blood-stone  and  graphite,  applied  with  a 
brush. 

"Antique  green  effects  are  reached  by  dipping  the  metal 
into  a  solution  of  10  parts  by  weight  of  salt,  10  parts  of 
cream  of  tartar,  10  parts  of  acetate  of  copper,  30  parts  of  car- 
bonate of  soda  in  200  parts  of  vinegar. 

"  Satin  finish  is  produced  by  green  vitriol  or  copperas  and 
subsequent  treatment  with  wax. 

"  Olrl  gretn  is  obtained  by  several  coats  of  acid  and  a  final 
coat  of  wax. 

"  Grayish  green  is  produced  by  sal-ammoniac.''  —  M.  Gri- 
nanrl,  in  Paris  "  Technologiste." 

In  the  Japanese  practice,  the  coloring  is  done  in  many  dif- 
ferent ways,  each  manufacturer  having  his  own  particular 
process,  which  he  modifies  according  to  the  composition  of 


BRONZE   COLORING. 


138 


BRONZING. 


the  alloy  and  the  color  he  wishes  to  produce.  The  chemicals 
used  for  this  purpose  are  very  few  in  number,  and  limited 
to  vinegar,  copper  sulphate,  and  verdigris  as  the  principal 
substances;  other  materials  used  less  frequently,  consist  of 
iron  sulphate,  red  oxide  of  iron,  lacquer,  and  an  infusion  of 
Eryanlhus  tinctorius. 
See  BRONZING  ;  see  also  PATINA,  OROGO. 

Bronzed  Glass.  A  new  kind  of  ornamental 
glass,  so  called  from  its  dark  metallic  appearance, 
like  old  bronze.  It  is  a  dark  green  glass,  which  has 
been  subjected  to  corrosive  vapors  in  such  a  way  as 
to  bring  out  the  iris  hues  and  give  the  appearance 
of  great  antiquity.  This  effect  is  enhanced  by  the 
classical  shapes  in  which  the  vases  are  blown,  re- 
sembling the  ancient  Roman  glass  of  the  museums. 
Viewed  by  transmitted  light  this  glass  is  dark 
green,  like  glass  colored  by  oxide  of  copper. 

See  IRISATED  GLASS. 

Bronze  Paint. 

Recipe  :  —  For  iron.    Ivory  black,  1  oz. 

Chrome  yellow,  1  oz. 
Chrome  green,  2  Ibg. 

Mix  with  raw  linseed  oil,  adding  a  little  Japan  to  dry  it. 
It  gives  a  bronze  green.  Gold  bronze  may  be  put  on  the 
prominent  parts  of  the  object,  rubbing  on  with  a  piece  of 
plush  before  the  paint  is  quite  dry. 

Another :  — 

To  one  pint  of  methylated  finish  add  4  oz.  of  shellac  and 
J  oz.  benzoin  ;  put  the  bottle  in  a  warm  place,  shaking  it 
occasionally.  When  the  gum  is  dissolved  let  it  stand  in  a 
cool  place  two  or  three  days  to  settle,  then  gently  pour  off 
the  clear  mixture  into  another  bottle,  cork  it  well,  and  keep 
it  for  finest  work.  The  sediment  left  in  the  first  bottle,  by 
adding  a  sufficient  quantity  of  spirit  to  make  it  workable, 
will  do  for  the  first  coat  or  coarser  work  when  strained 
through  a  fine  cloth.  Next  take  J  Ib.  of  finely  ground 
bronze  green  —  the  shade  may  be  varied  by  using  a  little 
lamp  black,  red  ocher,  or  yellow  ocher  ;  let  the  iron  be  clean 
and  smooth,  then  take  as  much  varnish  as  may  be  required, 
and  add  the  green  color  in  sufficient  quantity  ;  slightly  warm 
the  article  to  be  bronzed,  and  with  a  soft  brush  lay  on  it  a 
thin  coat.  When  that  is  dry,  if  necessary,  lay  another  coat 
on,  and  repeat  until  well  covered.  Take  a  small  quantity  of 
the  varnish  and  touch  the  prominent  parts  with  it ;  before  it 
is  dry,  with  a  dry  pencil  lay  on  a  small  quantity  of  gold 
powder,  and  then  varnish  the  whole. 

Bronze  Steel.  Name  given  by  Uchatius  to 
his  gun-metal  alloy.  The  Rosthorn  gun-metal, 
Austrian  Navy  brass,  Parke's  British  gun-metal, 
and  Overman's  bell-metal,  contain  notable  quanti- 
ties of  iron  in  their  composition. 

"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  403 
"  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  1299. 
"Engineer,"  xlii.  831  ;  xliv.  254,  310. 

See  also  list  of  "Brasses  and  Bronzes  with  the  addition  of 
Iron^  table,  p.  61,  "Mec/t.  Diet." 

Bron'zing.  Giving  the  appearance  of  bronze 
to  a  surface  by  a  covering  of  metallic  dust. 

The  surface,  if  of  metal,  is  usually  covered  with 
oil  varnisli,  and  when  almost  dry  the  bronze  powder 
is  dusted  upon  it. 

BRONZE    COLORS. 

Real  Gold.  —  Made  of  scraps  of  gold  leaf,  mixed  with 
honey  or  gum,  ground  on  a  tablet,  washed  and  dried.  Dif- 
ferent shades  are  obtained  by  alloying  with  silver  and  cop- 
per :  red,  reddish,  deep  yellow,  pale  yellow,  greenish.  Gold 
powder  may  also  be  obtained  by  dissolving  in  aqua  regia, 
and  drying. 

Imitation  Gold.  — Obtained  from  the  waste  of  Dutch  leaf, 
triturated  in  gum,  washed  and  dried.  The  color  depends  on 
the  proportions  of  copper  to  zinc.  Violet  and  green  shades 
are  obtained  by  heating  with  oil,  parafftne,  or  wax. 

Mosaic  Gold.  —  Tin  64.63,  sulphur  35.37  ;  soluble  in  hy- 
drochloric acid,  aqua  regia,  or  boiling  caustic  potash.  Used 
for  bronzing  plaster  casts,  copper,  and  brass,  by  mixing 
with  6  parts  bone-ash  and  rubbing  on  wet. 

Mosaic  gold  may  also  be  obtained  by  heating  sulphur  6 
and  tin  amalgam  16  with  mercury  1  and  sulphur  4. 

Or,  stannic  acid  8,  sulphur  4. 

Or,  fuse  pure  tin  12,  mercury  6,  to  an  amalgam,  and  mix 
with  flowers  of  sulphur  7,  and  sal-ammoniac  6.  Heat  in  a 
retort,  and  after  the  vapors  escape  the  mosaic  gold  will  be 
found  at  the  bottom. 

Silver  Bronze.  —  Scraps  of  silver  foil  triturated  in  oil. 

Imitation  Silver  Bronze.  —  Imitation  silver  leaf  similarly 
treated. 

Mosaic  Silver.  —  Amalgam  of  tin  60,  bismuth  60,  and  mer- 


cury 25.  The  metals  being  melted  and  stirred  and  the  mer- 
cury added.  When  cold,  grind  with  a  muller  on  a  stone. 

Copper  Bronze.  —  Copper  foil  rubbed  fine  and  ground. 

Bronze  Powder  or  Antique  Bronze.  —  16  copper  and  1  tin 
beaten  into  leaves  and  ground.  Bright  yellow,  copper  83 
parts,  zinc  17  :  orange,  copper  90  to  95,  zinc  6  to  10  ;  copper 
red,  copper  97  to  99,  zinc  1  to  3. 

Greenish  Copper  Bronze.  —  Copper  bronze  mixed  with 
acetate  of  copper  (verdigris).  Imitates  the  antique  Patina. 

Patina  Powder.  —  Bronze  treated  with  different  salts  :  Vin- 
egar, nitrate  of  copper,  sal-ammoniac,  oxalate  of  potash, etc. 

Brownish  Gold  Bronze.  —  Iron  rust  mixed  with  any  of 
the  copper  bronzes  according  to  color. 

Gold-colored  Copper  Bronze. — Boil  together  an  amalgam 
of  zinc  1,  mercury  12,  some  hydrochloric  acid,  a  solution  of 
tartar  crystals,  and  copper  bronze  precipitated  from  the  ni- 
trate by  iron.  The  color  is  varied  by  shorter  or  longer  boil- 
ing. 

Or,  boil  the  copper  bronze  with  a  solution  of  1  part  gold  in 
aqua  regia  :  evaporate,  dissolve  in  water  8  parts,  and  add  £ 
part  ignited  magnesia,  then  boil.  The  precipitate  of  oxide 
of  gold  is  filtered,  placed  in  a  flask,  and  8  parts  cyanide  of 
potassium  poured  over  it. 

Blue  Bronze .  —White  bronzes  colored  with  aniline  blue. 

SUBSTITUTES   FOK    BRONZING. 

Tungsten  Bronze.  —  Tungstate  of  soda  and  tungsten  form- 
ing gold-yellow  crystals ;  magenta  or  violet  bronze,  a  tung- 
state  of  tungsten  and  potash. 

Chromium  Bronze,  or  violet  chromium  chloride. 
Titanium  Bronze,  Crystallized  Iodide  of  Lead,  etc. 
Coal  Tar  Bronzes,  such  as  acetate  of  rosaniline,  murexine, 
and  green  hydrochinon. 

Mica  Bronze.  —  Mica  pounded  into  fine  flakes,  assorted  in 
fineness  and  dusted  on  to  a  prepared  or  varnished  surface. 
Colored, —  . 

Pink,  by  cochineal. 

Carmoisin,  by  bluish  fuchsia. 

Violet,  by  Hofmann's  violet. 

Blue,  by  prussian  blue. 

Violet-blue,  by  logwood. 

Green,  in  shades,  by  turmeric  and  aniline  blue. 

Golden,  by  turmeric. 

Sih-er,  pure  mica. 

Black,  by  logwood  and  litmus. 

A  ground  of  proper  color  must  first  be  laid  on,  and  the  mica 
powder  dusted  on  before  the  ground  is  quite  dry.  Excess  of 
mica  is  brushed  off. 

For  Cast  Iron,  without  the  use  of  metal  or  alloy.  — The  arti- 
cle is  cleansed,  coated  with  a  uniform  film  of  some  vegetable 
oil,  and  then  is  exposed  in  a  furnace  to  the  action  of  ;t  high 
temperature,  which,  however,  must  not  be  strong  enough  to 
carbonize  the  oil.  In  this  way  the  cast  iron  absorbs  oxygen 
at  the  moment  the  oil  is  decomposed,  and  there  is  formed  at 
the  surface  a  thin  coat  of  brown  -oxide,  which  adheres  very 
strongly  to  the  metal,  and  will  admit  of  a  high  polish,  giv- 
ing it  quite  the  appearance  of  fine  bronze. 

Process  for  producing  a  Green  Bronze  on  Iron.  —  One  part 
of  sylvate  of  silver  is  dissolved  in  twenty  parts  of  oil  of  lav- 
ender, forming  a  sort  of  varnish,  which  imparts  a  beautiful 
and  permanent  green  bronze  appearance  to  cast  and  wrought 
iron,  sheet  iron,  and  wire.  The  surface  to  be  bronzed  is 
cleansed  and  dried,  but  need  not  be  polished.  The  varnish 
is  thinly  applied  with  a  camel's-hair  brush,  and  the  object 
heated  quickly  to  30u°  Fah.  The  proper  temperature  is  in- 
dicated when  the  article  shows  an  even  bright  green  color.  — 
Paul  Weiskopfin  "Dingler's  Journal.'' 

For  Cast  Iron.~-  Coat  the  surface  of  the  iron  (cleaned  by 
acid  and  well  etched)  with  fcrrocyanide  of  copper,  applied 
with  linseed  oil.  Before  this  coating  is  entirely  dry,  apply 
bronze  powder  by  means  of  a  fine  brush,  and  then  polish 
with  a  burnisher.  When  the  surface  is  entirely  dry,  wash 
and  etch  to  the  color  desired.  The  use  of  the  alkaline  sul- 
phides for  the  etching  produces  olive-green  and  black  colors, 
which  closely  resemble  those  on  the  Japanese  bronzes. 

For  Rifle  Barrels,  to  Prevent  Rusting.  —  A  modification  of 
the  Barff  process.  Pass  the  current  of  air  slowly  and  at  a 
high  temperature  over  the  articles  to  be  covered,  care  being 
taken  to  secure  an  entirely  free  circulation  about  the  articles. 
Articles  exposed  for  five  hours  at  a  temperature  of  536°  Fah., 
resisted  the  action  of  emery  paper  and  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

See  various  recipes  and  processes,  p.  389,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

See,  also,  BRONZE  PAINT. 

For  giving  Bronze  Color  to  articles  of  Copper,  Brass,  or 
Zinc.  —  Roncou's  process  :  Treat  with  a  composition  of  — 

Sulphate  of  potassium 6 

A  salt  of  lead fl 

Ammonia 12 

Acetic  acid 8 

Hydrochloric  acid 3 

Antique  Imitation.  —  Apply  alternate  washes  of  dilute 
acetic  acid  and  exposure  to  the  fumes  of  ammonia. 

A  quicker  method  :  Immerse  the  articles  in  a  solution  of 


BRONZING. 


139 


BROOM   TRIMMER. 


1  part  perchloride  of  iron  in  2  parts  of  water.     The  tone  as- 
sumed darkens  with  the  length  of  immersion. 

Or  the  articles  may  be  boiled  in  a  strong  solution  of  nitrate 
of  copper. 

Or  they  may  be  immersed  in  a  solution  of  2  ozs.  nitrate  of 
iron  and  2  ozs.  hyposulphite  of  soda  in  1  pint  water.     Wash- 
ing, drying,  and  burnishing  complete  the  process. 
Chinese  Process  of  Bronzing  Copper. 
The  following  ingredients  ai-e  pulverized  and  mixed  :  — 
Verdigris      ..............     2 

Cinnabar     ..............     2 

Sal  Ammoniac      ............     5 

Alum      ...............     5 

Beak  and  liver  of  duck      .........    2(!) 

Make  into  a  paste  with  vinegar  and  spread  over  the  scraped 
surface  of  the  copper.  The  object  is  exposed  an  instant  to 
the  fire,  cooled,  and  the  operation  repeated  until  the  re- 
quired tint  is  attained.  Addition  of  sulphate  of  copper 
gives  a  browner  tint,  and  borax  a  yellower  shade.  The  color 
is  durable  and  not  affected  by  air  or  rain. 

Bronzing  Wood,  Leather,  Paper,  etc.  :  Dissolve  gum  lac  in 
four  parts  by  volume  of  pure  alcohol,  and  then  add  bronze 
or  any  other  metal  powder  in  the  proportion  of  one  part  to 
three  parts  of  the  solution.  The  surface  to  be  covered  must 
be  very  smooth.  In  the  case  of  wood,  one  or  several  coats 
of  Mendon  or  Spanish  white  are  given,  and  the  object  is  pol- 
ished with  an  iron  of  proper  shape.  The  mixture  is  painted 
on,  and  when  a  sufficient  number  of  coats  have  been  given, 
the  object  is  well  rubbed  ;  the  coating  obtained  is  not  dull, 
but  can  be  burnished.  A  transparent  varnish  is  applied  to 
preserve  the  metallic  appearance  thus  obtained. 

Soluble  Glass  in  Bronzing.  —  "Bottger  varnishes  objects 
of  wood,  porcelain,  glass,  or  metal  with  soluble  glass,  and 
then  shakes  bronze  powder  over  them."  —  Dingler's  Journal. 

Plaster  Casts.  —  The  casts  receive  first  several  coats  of  a 
rapidly  drying  linseed  oil  varnish.  When  the  surface  has 
been  thickly  and  evenly  covered,  and  the  varnish  is  com- 
pletely hardened,  another  coat  is  given  with  a  varnish  com- 


,  - 

posi-d  ;is  follows  :  Linseed  oil  varnish,  1  part  :  copal  varnish, 
1  part  ;  oil  of  turpentine,  1-15  part.  The  copal  varnish  must 
be  free  from  alcohol.  This  varnish  will  be  dry  enough  in 
from  18  to  24  hours  ;  the  coat  must  be  quite  glossy  and  ad- 
here slightly  to  the  fingers.  Powdered  gold,  silver,  or  cop- 
per bronze  is  now  applied  with  a  soft  brush.  The  surface  is 
then  rubbed  with  cotton  wadding,  by  which  a  very  beautiful 
finish  is  imparted  to  it.  The  most  important  point  is  that 
the  linseed  oil  varnish  is  perfectly  dry  before  the  other  var- 
nish is  applied,  and  the  latter  must  be  of  the  proper  con- 
sistence before  bronzing  it.  —  Chern.  Xeitung, 

Sec  the  following  references  :  — 
"Iron  Age. 


. 

ique     .....  xvii.,  Mar.  23,  p.  9  :  xxi.,  June6,  p.  19. 
t-iron    .....  xxi.    March  7,  p.  1. 
tro-bronzing    .     .  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  pp.  3,  18  ;  xxiii.,  Feb.  6, 
p.  17. 


Antique 

Cast 

Elec 

.      . 

On  wood,  paper,  etc.  .  xxiii.,  March  13,  p.  17. 
On  metals      ....  xxiv.,  Dec.  18,  p.  17. 

"American  Manufacturer  and  Iron  World.'1' 
On  metals      ....  xxv.,  Dec.  26,  p.  12. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Engineering  Magazine.'-' 
On  iron      .....  xviii.  103. 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press." 
On  iron       .....  xxxvi.  3. 
On  leather,  paper,  etc.  xxxviii.  215. 
Bronze  green      .     .     .  xxxviii.  319. 
Plaster  statues    .     .     .  xxxviii.  231. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder." 
On  leather     .    .     .     .  ix.  77. 
Antique     .....  x.  148. 
On  iron      .     .     .     .     .  xi.  96;  xii.  204. 
Plaster  statues    .     .     .  xi.  24. 
Bronze  varnish  .     .     .  xi.  120,  287. 

"Engineering  (f  Mining  Journal.'1 
Soluble  glass  in       .     .  xxvii.  204. 

"Scientific  American." 
Iron       ......  xxxiv.  243  :  xxxv.  76. 

Paint     ......  xxxiv.  312;  xxxvii.  118. 

Plaster  casts  .     .     .     .  xl.  122. 

Compound      ....  xxxvi.  87. 

Powder      .....  xxxiv.  243  ;  xxxvii.  363  ;  xxxviii.  28. 

Aniline      .....  xxxvii.  213. 

Liquid  ......  xxxix.  75. 

Size  for      .....  xli.  331. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement.''' 

On  iron     .     .    .  3748,  1510.       On  plaster  casts  .     .    .  2686. 
On  feathers    .     .  2591.  Electro  ......  2610. 


"English  Mechanic.'' 

On   plaster  casts     .     .  xxv.  470,  494  ;  xxvi.  342  ;  xxvii.  533. 
Florentine      ....  xxv.  189. 
Dull  black      ....  xxvii.  659. 
Powders     .....  xxv.  341,  367  ;  xxvi.  463,  487. 

On  brass xxvi.  368,  389. 

On  zinc xxv.  470.  494. 

Relacquering      .     .     .  xxvii.  274,  425. 
On  copper       ....  xxiii.  527. 

Antique xxvii.  177. 

Fluid  aniline  bronze    .  xxiv.  309. 

"Engineer.1' 

Castings xlvi.  431. 

Bron'zing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  apply- 
ing bronze-powder  to  paper,  foil,  or  cloth  previously 
printed  with  size.  See  United  States  Patents,  Nos. 
161,  734;  175,450. 

In  addition  to  what  has  been  said  and  shown  on  pp.  389, 
390,  "Mech.  Diet.,''  the  French  method  may  be  consulted  in 
the  article  "  Poudreuse.  on  Bronzeuse  Meranique,"'  *  Labow- 
laye'.t  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv.(  ed.  1877. 

Brood'er.  A  chicken  protector.  In  some  cases 
a  coop  of  remarkable  neatness  and  extent. 

Again :  a  protector  with  artificial  warmth,  on 
the  principle  of  the  incubator,  but  allowing  ingress 
and  egress.  See,  also,  ARTIFICIAL  MOTHER. 

Broom'-corn  Scra'per.  A  rotary  toothed 
cylinder  is  operated  Fi  435 

through  its  multiply- 
ing gearing  by  either 
hand  or  power,  and  is 
used  for  clearing 
broom-corn  brush  of 
its  seed. 

The  ripple  has  been 
used  for  4,000  years  in 
Egypt  in  removing  the 
seed  of  dlmra  from  the 
stalk,  and  is  yet  used 
in  hand  processes  with 
flax.  See  Fig.  4341, 
p.  1946,  "Mech.  Diet." 

B  r  o  o  m'-  corn 
Siz'er.      A   machine 
for  sizing  or   prepar-     cyhnfler  Broom-corn  Scraper. 
ing  the  corn  to  regular  lengths,  for  the  various  sizes 
of  brooms  as  required. 

Broom  Ma-chin 'e-ry. 

UNITED   STATES   PATENTS. 
Broom-making  machines. 

Clamp,  Day 69,780 

Day 59,977 

Day,  reissue 2,495 

Cutting  and  assorting  machine,  Bradley    .     .     .'  .  80,443 

Sizing  machine,  Truair 33,968 

Sorting  machine,  Grosvenor 7,892 

Cutting  and  separating  machine,  Walrath  #  Snell .  131,138 

Sizing  machine,  Walrath, 165,458 

Blood  §•  Topping 166,065 

Handle  socket,  Anderson  If  Houghton 156,324 

Rowe 18,770 

Anderson  £  Houghton 150,669 

Anderson  If  Houghton,  reissue 6,275 

Warner 5,444 

Lyon  4"  Hopkins 62,548 

Beaman 3,219 

Allen 167;051 

Hinton 3,483 

Spooner 718 

Sherman 38,341 

Split  brooms,  Crum  $  Lanvitt 6,233 

Walker 11,451 

Needle,  Cowardin 119,745 

Press,  Thomas 6  717 

Boyer 162,997 

Sewing  machine,  Stackpole 91,784 

Tying  machine,  Congdon 118,845 

Winding  machine,  Walrath.  (f  Branson 168,814 

Broom  Sew'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  species  of 
vise,  with  clamping  jaws  operated  by  a  screw  so  as 
to  firmly  hold  the  broom  while  it  is  being  sewed. 

Broom  Trim'mer.     A  rack  with  a  bevel-slot- 


BROOM   TRIMMER. 


140 


BRUSHING   MACHINE. 


ted  aperture,  on  the  end  of  the  rear  post  that  sur- 
mounts the  table,  and  holds  the  broom  with  the 
assistance,  of  the  adjustable  clamp  on  the  table, 
while  the  pivoted  knife  trims  it  off. 

Fig.  436. 


Broom  Trimmer. 

Broom  Vise.  A  clamp  in  which  the  round 
bunch  of  corn  brush  is  flattened  and  held  while  be- 
ing sewn. 

They  are  made  to  work  with  levers  or  with 
screws.  Fig.  437  shows  the  former. 


Fig.  437. 


Fig.  438. 


Broom  Vise. 


Broom  Winder. 


Broom  Wind'er.  A  machine  for  winding 
corn  brush,  and  tying  it  with  cord  or  wire  into  a 
round  bunch  preparatory  to  flattening  it  in  the 
vise  and  sewing.  Fig.  438. 

Broth'er-hood  En'gine.  A  popular  form 
in  Britain  of  a  THREE-CYLINDER  ENGINE,  which 
see.  See,  also,  DYNAMO-ELECTRIC  ENGINE,  infra. 

Brown'ing.  To  confer  a  brown  tint  on  iron 
or  steel,  dissolve  in  — 

Water 4  parts. 

Crystallized  chloride  of  iron 2  parts. 

Chloride  of  antimony 2  parts. 

•Gallic  Acid ' 1  part. 

Apply  the  solution  with  a  sponge  or  cloth  to  the  article 
and  dry  it  in  the  air.  Repeat  this  any  number  of  times,  ac- 
cording to  the  depth  of  color  which  it  is  desired  to  produce. 
Wash  with  water  and  dry,  and,  finally,  rub  the  articles  over 
with  boiled  linseed  oil.  The  metal  thus  receives  a  brown 
tint  and  resists  moisture.  The  chloride  of  antimony  should 
be  as  little  acid  as  possible. 

Bruis'ing.  (Leather.)  Doubling  the  grain  side 
of  a  hide  together,  and  rubbing  it  on  the  flesh  with 
a  graining-board. 

Brush.  Machines  for  making  brushes  have 
been  adapted  to  manufacture  certain  kinds.  The 
majority  of  kinds  are  hand-made.  See  pp.  392-394, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Brush  binder,  for  clamping  the  bristles  to  the  handle,  Blair, 

*  "Scientific  American,  xxxiv.  118. 
Brush  machine. 

Woodbury,  *  "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder,"  x.  198. 


Woodbury,  *  "  Vienna  Exposition  (1872)  Report,"  vol.  Hi. 
p.  309. 

Woodbury,  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  351. 

In  the  making  of  artists'  brushes  the  following  bristles 
and  hair  are  employed :  — 

Hogs'  bristles,  varnishing  brushes. 

Bears'  fur,  varnishing  brushes. 

Badger  hair,  graining  and  gilding  brushes. 

Sable  tail  hair,  finest  artists'  brushes. 

Camels:  hair,  second  only  to  the  sable. 

Ox  hair  (from  the  insides  of  the  ears),  striping  and  letter- 
ing brushes. 

Askworlk's  brush-comb,  for  the  hair  or  the  manage,  has 
steel  wires  attached  to  an  elastic  caoutchouc  membrane  on 
the  handle. 

Brush  Dike.  A  device  for  causing  deposits  to 
take  place,  and  for  deflecting  the  current  in  locali- 
ties that  are  to  be  built  out. 

The  floating  brush  dike  is  made  by  taking  saplings  from 
20'  to  30'  long  and  from  4X/  to  6  or  8"  in  diameter,  and  nail- 
ing, or  fastening  to  them  with  wire,  scraggy  brush  of  any 
kind  obtainable  in  the  locality.  This  forms  what  is  known 
as  the  weed.  Instead  of  the  saplings  rope  may  be  used  to 
hold  the  brush.  To  one  end  of  this  weed  is  attached  an  an- 
chor of  sufficient  weight  to  hold  it  in  position  against  the 
current ;  to  the  other  a  buoy  to  hold  up  the  downstream  end 
and  prevent  it  from  going  to  the  bottom  under  the  pressure 
of  the  current  against  it.  These  weeds  are  placed  from  10  to 
20'  apart,  thus  forming  the  floating  dike. 

Their  action  is  to  check  the  current  gradually  without 
producing  that  scouring  effect  to  which  the  solid  dike  gives 
rise.  This  done,  a  portion  of  the  material  that  is  rolling 
along  the  bottom  or  being  carried  down  in  suspension  is  de- 
posited, and  causes  a  rise  in  the  bed  of  the  river,  which 
changes  its  channel  to  the  direction  desired. 

See  DAM  ;  DIKE  ;  FLOATING  BRUSH  DIKE,  etc.  See  list 
under  HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING. 

Brush  Hold'er.  (Surgical.)  A  staff  for  a 
brush  for  applying  medicaments  to  the  larynx, 
ossophagus,  conjunctiva,  etc. 

Figs.  97,343,  344,  349,  349  b,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Arma- 
mentarium Ckirurgicum.'1' 

Brush'ing  Ma-chine'.  1 .  A  machine  used  to 
brush  up  the  nap  on  woolen  under-shirts,  jackets, 
drawers,  or  stockings,  and  put  a  good  surface  on 
the  goods. 

It  consists  of  a  framing  of  cast-iron,  with  two  fluted  roll- 
ers for  drawing  in  the  goods,  also  a  pair  of  wooden  rollers 
clothed  with  teazles  or  wire  cards,  according  to  the  quality  of 
the  goods  to  be  operated  on.  The  fluted  rollers  revolve 
slowly  and  take  in  the  goods  whilst  the  covered  rollers  re- 
volve at  a  great  speed,  brushing  the  goods  as  they  are  passed 
through. 

2.  Curtis  &  Marble's  machine  for  dressing  and 
cleaning  the  surfaces  of  piece  goods,  has  calender- 
ing rolls  and  dampening  box  attached.     It  is  ar- 
ranged with  one  brush  and  two  card  rolls  for  cadi 
side  of  the  goods,  and  is  intended  to  finish  them  by 
once  running   through.     It  is  entirely  covered  in, 
and  has  a  fan-blower  arranged  underneath  to  carry 
off  dust  and  lint. 

3.  A  wheat-cleaning   machine.      In  some   cases 
combined  with  a  smutter,  so  as  to  have  the  scour- 
ing quality  of  the  latter  with  the  polishing  action 
of  the  former. 

In  the  Becker  brush  the  concave  jacket  is  of  punched  iron 
and  steel  wire,  between  which  and  the  brush  the  wheat 
passes,  polishing  and  scouring  and  taking  the  dust  out  of 
the  crease,  and  the  fuzz  off  the  end  of  the  berry,  without  dis- 
turbing the  bran.  The  brush  may  be  raised  or  lowered 
while  in  motion.  A  suction  fan  removes  offal.  Fig.  439. 

The  "  Victor  "  brush  has  a  series  of  annular  inclined  trays 
and  brushes,  through  which  the  wheat  passes  in  succession. 
It  is  known  as  a  double-brush,  the  grain  passing  moving  and 
stationary  brushes,  while  a  blast  of  air  is  drawn  by  an  aspi- 
rating fan  in  the  reverse  direction.  Fig.  440. 

The  brushing  is  done  by  a  series  of  concave  circular 
brushes  attached  to  an  upright  shaft,  which  act  against  an 
opposed  series  of  convex  brushes,  c,  which  remain  fixed  to 
the  case.  The  surfaces  of  the  brushes  coalesce  when  at  the 
closest  adjustment,  but  when  at  work  are  separated  by  a  suf- 
ficient distance  to  give  passage  to  the  wheat.  The  grain 


BRUSHING   MACHINE. 


141 


BUCKSKIN   LOOM. 


/alls  upon  the  upper  surface  of  the  fixed  upper  brush,  gravi- 
tates to  the  center,  and  is  caught  by  the   upper  revolving 

Fig.  439. 


Becker  Cone-brush. 

brush,   driven    up    the   incline    by   centrifugal  force,  and 
dropped  again  to  have  the  same  operation  twice  again  re- 
Fig.  440. 


"  Victor"  Brush  Scourer. 

r Each  set  of  brushes  has  an  independent  ventilator 

•which  carries  the  dust  upward  to  the  suction  fan,  whence  it 
is  expelled  from  the  machine. 

e  is  the  final  discharge  spout ;  n  the  driving  drum  ;  g,  ven- 
tilator shaft ;  k,  cover  of  brush  chamber;  I,  fans  and  fan- 
case. 

Brush  Jack.  (Hydr.  Engineering.)  A  tool 
for  grasping  brush  and  confining  it  while  being 
bound  into  fascines  for  dikes  or  dams.  The  sap- 
lings are  pinched  between  two  hooks. 

It  is  also  used  in  making  mats  :  the  saplings  and  brush 
being  placed  in  layers,  the  hook  is  thrust  through,  engaging 
the  lower  pole,  and  the  upper  hook  thrust  down,  pinching 
between  them  a  mass  of  limbs,  which  are  then  tied  to  the 
pole  by  the  aid  of  the  needle.  The  handle  has  two  hook- 
clutches  which  are  slipped  over  the  upper  end  of  the  rod, 
and  the  upper  hook  is  worked  down  by  using  the  handle  in 
the  manner  of  a  pump-brake.  See  BRUSH  NEJBDLB. 


Fig.  441. 


Brush  Nee'dle.  (flydr.  Engineering.)  A  nee- 
dle for  passing  a  wire  around  a  bunch  of  brusli  in 
a  mat.  Fig.  442. 

The  wire  is  passed  through 
the  eye  of  the  needle-bar  and 
pushed  through  the  mat.  A 
man  below  removes  it,  and  on 
the  needle  being  pushed 
through  on  the  opposite  side  of 
the  pole  replaces  the  wire  in 
the  eye  to  be  drawn  back.  The 
wire  is  cut,  the  two  ends 
twisted  together,  and  the  jack 
released  by  prying  or  hitting 
the  lower  or  hook  clutch  on 
the  back  end. 

Brush  Flow.  A  strong 
plow,  the  land  side  welded  to 
the  share,  which  latter  is  of 
hard-rolled  untempered  steel. 
Adapted  for  plowing  among 
roots  and  brush  in  new 
ground.  Fig.  443. 

Buckt>oard.  A  spring- 
board wagon,  Fig.  444,  in  which 
the  yielding  of  the  board  gives 
the  elasticity  to  the  seat. 

In  the  illustration  the  buck- 
board  is  combined  with  thor- 
ough-brace springs,  F,  G, 
which  add  to  the  ease  of  the 
rider.  Side  bars,  B,  connect 
the  front  bolster,  A,  with  the 
rear  axle.  C  C  are  side  braces. 

"Sc.  American,"  *  xxxviii.  166.  Brush  Jack. 

Buck'et.  1.  A  vessel  for  holding  or  lifting 
water. 

Fig.  442. 


Brush  Needle. 
2.  A  valved  plunger  in  a  pump-stock. 

Bucket  plunger  pump,  Wright  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  420. 
Rubber  bucket  for  chain  pumps. 

Kenyan *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  310. 

Bucket  ear,  Darkin  .     .    .     .  *"Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  206. 


Fig.  443. 


Brush  Plow. 

Buck'et  Lift.     (Mining.)     A  set  of  iron  pipes 
attached  to  a  lifting  pump. 

Buck'-horn  Sight.  A  fowling- 
piece  sight  with  a  branching  horn  on 
each  side  of  the  sight-notch. 

Buck'skin  Loom.  A  German 
pattern-chain  loom,  with  certain  pe-  _^_, 

culiarities,  and  named  from  the  dense  „ 

...     •  ....  Buck-horn  Satta. 

and  soft  character  of  its  product. 

•' Zeitschrifl  fur   Textil -Industrie."    Reproduced  in  "Sci- 
entific American  Supplement,''  *2705. 


BUCKWHEAT  HULLER. 


142 


BUFFING  MACHINE. 


Buck'wheat    Hul'ler.      A   machine  for   re- 
moving the  hull  of  buckwheat  before  grinding,  by 

Fig.  444. 


Sheffield,  England.     Other  forms  are  shown  on  p. 


Buck-board  Spring  Wagon. 

¥issing  between  sandstones,  adjusted  by  tram-studs, 
he  upper  stone  is  stationary,  and  can  be  turned 
over  to  use  either  surface  and  utilize  nearly  the 
whole  thickness  of  the  stone.  A  riddle  removes 
foreign  matters  from  the  grain  before  it  reaches 
the  stone. 

Fig.  446. 


The  machine  has  a  separating  trunk  and  fan  by 
which  the  hulls  are  separated  from  the  grain,  and 
the  former  blown  into  a  refuse  trunk. 


Cransori's  *  "•American  Miller 


viii.  336. 


Buck'wheat  Shuck'er.  Another  name  for 
the  buckwheat  huller,  which  see. 

Bud'dle.  A  species  of  ore-separating  device, 
using  water  on  an  inclined  surface.  See  Fig.  962, 
p.  398,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Hichards's  huddle  is  on  the  principle  of  the  Bar- 
ker mill,  the  water  and  slime  escaping  at  the  ends 
of  hollow  arms  projecting  from  a  hollow  and  ro- 
tating shaft,  and  received  on  a  circular  table  which 
has  a  slightly  convex  surface. 

"  Mining  and  Scientific  Press  "      .     .     .     *  xxx v.  153. 

Buffer.  1.  A  block  of  India-rubber  placed  on 
furniture  to  prevent  the  defacement  of  walls  by 
contact  of  the  furniture.  A  door-stop. 

2.  A  spring  block  or  pad  to  receive  the  impact 
of  connected  or  colliding  railway  carriages  in  a 
train,  to  absorb  the  jar. 

Fig.  447  is  a  British  form,  made  by  Ibbotson,  of 


399,  "Meek.  Diet." 


rig.  447. 


Turton's  Wrought  Iron  Spring  Buffer. 
The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 


Thomas,  Br * 

Tijou,  Br * 

Turton,  Br * 

Garey * 

London  $  S.  W.  Railway      .  * 


'  Engineer,''  xlix.  358. 
'Engineering,''  xxx.  294. 
'Engineering,"  xxx.  568. 
'  Railroad  Gazette,'"  viii.  87. 
'Engineer,''  xlvi.  7,  167. 


Buffing.     (Leather.)    Taking  off  thin  shavings 

from  the  grain  side  with  a  buffing-slicker  until  the 
skin  is  very  thin ;  the  object  being  to  make  cow- 
hide imitate  calfskin.  The  operation  is  finished  by 
whitening. 

Buffing  Lathe.      A  polishing  lathe  used  by 


448. 


silver  and  nickel  platers,  etc.  The  buffer  of  leather, 
cotton,  walrus  hide,  or  other  material,  is  placed  on 
the  end  of  the  arbor,  which  is  shown  empty,  and 
secured  by  the  screw-nut.  The  buffer  is  used  with 
emery,  crocus,  rouge,  rotten  stone,  putty  powder, 
etc. 

Buffing    Ma-chine'.      A     machine    with     a 
wooden  roller  covered  with  sand-paper  and  used 


Fig.  449. 


Shoe-sole  Bufftr. 

for  buffing  shoe-soles,  etc.  A  suction  blower  runh 
upon  the  same  shaft  and  draws  the  dust  into  the 
partially  enveloping  sheath  and  discharges  it  by  a 
duct. 


BUGGY  SPRING. 


143 


BUILDER'S   HOIST. 


The  paper  is  held  by  a  clamp,  dispensing  with 
nails. 

Bug'gy  Spring. 

The  Brewster  spring  has  half-springs  interposed  between 
the  axles  and  the  side  bars,  and  other  half -springs  between 

fig.  450. 


and  facing  millstones.  See  MILLSTONE  DRESSER  ; 
FURROWING  AND  FACING  MACHINE. 

Buhr  Dri'ver.  The  stud  or  projection  on  the 
millstone  spindle  which  acts  upon  the  bail  of  the 
millstone  to  drive  the  latter.  The  ordinary  device 
is  shown  at  G,  Plate  XXII.,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  article 
"Grinding  Mill."  The  bail  is  also  called  a  balauce- 
rynd. 

Fig.  453  shows  several  forms  of  drivers. 

•     Fig.  453. 


Brewster  Side-bar  Wagon  Spring. 


the  body  and  side  bars,  giving  the  effect  of  a  full  elliptic 
spring,  while  retaining  the  modern  and  stylish  appearance 
of  the  half-spring  wagon.  They  can  be  made  lighter,  hung 
lower,  and  are  as  suitable  lor  country  roads  as  the  full  ellip- 
tic spring  wagon. 

The  "Dexter"  spring  consists  essentially  of  two  "Con- 
cord," or  side  springs  on  each  side  ;  one  spring  above  the 

Fig.  451. 


Dexter''''   Spring. 


other  and  parallel  to  it.  The  two  springs  are  rigidly  con- 
nected at  their  centers,  and  pivoted  at  their  ends  to  spring 
links  above  or  on  either  side  of  the  axle  and  spring-bar. 
The  spring-links  are  rigidly  attached  to  the  head  block  and 
rear  axle  respectively. 

The  parallel  motion  of  the  springs  prevents  rocking  of  the 
axles.  One  spring  being  above  the  other  prevents  side  motion 
and  the  settling  of  the  body  to  one  side.  The  absence  of  a 
reach  allows  either  wheel  to  pass  over  an  obstruction  almost 
independently  of  the  other  wheels.  The  elasticity  of  the 
springs  takes  much  strain  off  the  fifth  wheel,  and  cushions 
the  stroke  when  striking  an  obstruction. 

Patents,  June  16,  September  15,  1874,  June  15,  1875. 

The  Stiver's  circular  combination    spring  has  a  circular 


Fig.  452. 


Stiver's  Circular  Combination  Spring. 


spring  used  in  connection  with  end  half  springs,  securine  the 
effect  of  the  full  elliptic  spring. 

Bu'gle.  (Add.)  The  simple  bugle  or  clarion 
is  written  on  the  G  clef  like  the  trumpet.  It  pos- 
sesses 8  notes.  There  are  bugles  in  B  h,  C,  and  in 
E  p.  The  keyed  bugle  has  7  keys  which  traverse 
chromatically  a  compass  of  more  than  two  octaves 
from  B  #  beneath  the  stave  up  to  C  above.  The 
bugle  with  pistons  or  with  cyliuders  has  a  lower 
compass  than  the  keyed. 

Buhr  Dress'er.    An  implement  for  channeling 


Bukr  Drivers. 

a,  is  the  Duvall  central- 
cross  mill-buhr  driver. 

6,  is  the  "Universal" 
buhr-driver. 

c  c',  show  Sergeant's 
back -lash  bail  mill-buhr 
driver. 

Each  of  them  aims  to 
have  a  perfect  drive  free 
from  rattle  and  with  such 
a  degree  of  freedom  that 
the  runner  stone  shall  ad-  i 
just  itself  to  the  face  of  | 
the  bed-stone. 

See  "American  Miller ,'•'  *  vii.  300,  and  elsewhere. 
Buhr  Rub'ber.     A  block  composed  of  emery 
and  a  cement ;  used  in  cleaning,  sharpening,  and 
facing    down    buhrs.      Millstone    levelers,    Furrow 
dressers,  are  synonyms  or  analogous  devices. 

Build'er's  Hoist.  A  form  of  steam-hoist  used 
in  lifting  stone,  brick,  mortar,  lumber,  etc.,  in  con- 
structing buildings.  The  cage,  the  barrow,  or  the 
material,  as  the  case  may  require,  is  suspended 

by   a   rope   from  a  tackle,  the        Fig.  454. 

fall  passing  to  the  drum. 

Of  a  larger  size,  but  of  the 
same  general  construction,  are 
hoists  for  railways,  docks,  and 
harbors,  for  lifting  up  to  three 
tons.  More  powerful  engines 
assume  a  substantially  different 
form. 

When  employed  for  hoisting  build- 
ing materials,  the  en- 
gine is  usually  put 
down  in  a  central  po- 
sition, and  the  chains 
or  ropes  are  carried 
away  in  opposite  di- 
rections to  the  two 
extreme  ends  of  the 


Appleby's  Double-cylinder  Builder's  Hoist. 


works,  and  there  hoist  the  bricks,  mortar,  etc.,  in  barrows 
on  to  the  scaffolds,  along  which  they  are  wheeled  to  serve 
the  bricklayers. 


BUILDER'S   HOIST. 


144 


BULLET   SEEKER. 


The  hoists  are  usually  made  with  two  speeds  :  one  for  or- 
dinary building  work,  and  a  slow  speed  for  hoisting  columns 
and  girders,  timbers,  stones,  etc.  The  weight  lifted  direct 
from  the  barrel  is  about  1,500  pounds,  and  for  heavier  loads 
blocks  and  falls  are  used.  The  size  employed  for  lifting  bar- 
rows is  3-horse  power  nominal,  but  they  are  made  up  to  12- 
horse  power,  and  with  single  or  double  cylinders.  Fig.  454. 
The  euds  of  the  shafts  are  extended,  so  that  a  capst.m.  :i 
pump  arm  or  pulley  may  be  fitted  for  transmitting  power  for 
other  purposes,  and  each  engine  has  reversing  gear  and  all 
the  usual  appliances. 

Build'er's  Knot.  A  form  of  knot  shown  at 
27,  Fig.  -2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  t)ict." 

Build'ing  Block.  Material  shaped  into  blocks 
for  building.  See 

Clayton      ......     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxv.  242. 

Hollow  concrete     ....     "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  406. 

Stone,  marble,  cement,  etc.      "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2020. 
See  also  BETON  ;  CONCRETE  ;  STONE,  ARTIFICIAL,  etc. 


Build'ing  Iron. 

Fig.  455. 


(Electrotyping.)  A  heated 
iron  applied  to  a 
strip  of  wax  to  cause 
it  to  flow  down  from 
the  point  on  to  the 
blank  of  the  model 
in  order  to  make 

Building  Iron.  corresponding       de- 

pressions in  the  plate  in  the  larger  spaces  where 
there  is  no  type. 

Build'ing  Wax.     Wax  used  in  building  u 
the  blanks  in  the  molds  for  electrotype  plates. 
is  cut  in  strips  8"  to  10"  long-  by  f  "  wide,  and  must 
be  kept  dry. 

Bulb  Syr'inge.     A  dentist's  syringe  used  for 
blowing  debris  from  cavities  after  excavating. 

Fig  456. 


ffi 


Bulb  Syringe. 

A  valve  in  the  base  end  of  the  bulb  admits  the 
air  instantaneously. 

Bulk'head  Door.  A  door  in  the  bulk-head 
of  a  ship  built  in  compartments.  It  is  to  be  capable 
of  instant  closure,  and  self-fastening.  Some  are 
closable  from  the  deck  in  emergencies.  See 

Hartley,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  144. 

Simey,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  268. 

Device  for  closing,  Simey,  Br.  *  "Engineer,'''  xlvii.  453,  473. 

English *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2398. 

Bulk'head  Union.  A  pipe  coupling  where 
the  pipe  passes  through  a  v-lr 

bulkhead  or  partition. 

Bull'dog      For'ceps. 

(Surgical. )  Forceps  with 
pointed  teeth  for  fistula,  for 
grasping  an  artery,  etc. 

Figs.  131,  343,  Part  I.,  Tie- 
tnann's  ''Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum." 

Bull'en  Nail.     An  up- 
holsterer's nail,  with  a  round  Bulkhead  Union,  with  Fly- 
head  and  short  shank. 

Carmoy's  machine  (Fr.)  *  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des 
Arts  et  Manufactures,'' vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "Clous  de 
tapissier.'' 

Bul'let.     1 .  A  missile  for  a  fire-arm. 
Bullets  with  wings,  the  counterpart  of   rifling : 
boulets  tournants. 


Systemes  Cavalli. 
Gras. 


Systemes  Tamisier. 
Burnier. 


Bullet. 


*  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire.  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  vol. 
iv.,  article  "Boulets,"  Figs.  3426  it  serj. 

2.    (Nautical.)      Or   jib-sheet    block;    the    latter 
name  indicating  the  purpose.     Made       ?•„,_  45$. 
of  lignum  vitre. 

Bul'let  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An 
instrument  to  be  introduced  into  a 
wound  to  grasp  and  extract  a  bullet. 
See  BULLET  EXTRACTOR,  Fig.  970, 
p.  402,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  I'nited  States  Army  bullet  forceps  has 
scoop-shaped  ends.  Fig.  115,  p.  40,  Part  I., 
TII  in  it  mi's  "Armamentarium  Chirur^iri/m." 

Ilinni/toii's  bullet  forceps  is  a  long-nosed 
pincers  with  toothed  jaws.     Fig.  124,  p.  42, 
Ibid.    It  resembles  the  sequestrum  forceps,  Fig.  4834,  p.  2094, 
"Mech.  Diet.'' 

Thomasin's  has  scoop  and  claw.     Fig.  128,  Tiemann. 

Gross's  has  loop  and  claw.     Fig.  1236,  Ibid. 

Bul'let  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Instru- 
ments used  in  exploring  for  and  extracting  bullets 
from  the  person. 

They  are  known  by  names  which  are  expressive  of  their 
uses  and  application  :  — 

Bullet  forceps.  Bullet  extractor. 

Bullet  scoop.  Bullet  screw. 

Bullet  seeker.  Bullet  probe. 

Bullet  Ma-chine'.  (Cartridges.)  Lead  is 
fed  in  bars,  which  are  2'  or  3'  long,  and  have  the 
diameter  of  a  bullet ;  the  compressing  and  shaping 
dies  cut  off  pieces,  compress  and  shape  them. 

British,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1877,  Appendix  L.,  p.  563  and 
Figs.  97z-97z.  The  process  is  about  as  follow*  :  — 

At  Woolwich  :  The  melted  metal  is  poured  into  a  receiver, 
and  as  soon  as  it  solidifies,  but  before  it  is  cold,  it  is  forced 
by  hydraulic  pressure  through  cylindrical  holes  in  the  form  of 
long  strings.  This  process  is  to  prevent  the  formation  of  air 
bubbles  in  the  bullet,  which  would  cause  it,  when  fired,  to 
swerve  from  its  course.  The  leaden  strings  are  thence  car- 
ried to  the  bullet-molding  department,  where  they  are  cut 
into  lengths  and  roughed  ;  then  shaped  in  one  machine,  and 
finished  in  another.  They  have  now  to  be  plugged.  These 
plugs  were  formerly  made  of  wood,  but  are  now  prepared 
from  a  special  powder,  which  solidifies  after  being  pressed 
into  form. 

Bul'let  Patch'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  enveloping  the  cylindrical  portion  of  rifle  bul- 
lets with  paper,  to  prevent  the  "  leading "  of  the 
grooves  of  the  barrel. 

In  Borchardt's  machine,  the  operating  arrangements  are 
on  a  circular  table,  supported  by  a  hollow  standard,  through 
which  an  upright  shaft  passes  from  the  actuating  pulley 
that  runs  under  a  false  floor.  The  connection  is  made  !>y 
friction  wheels,  which  insures  the  instant  stoppage  of  the 
machine  in  case  of  any  impediment.  The  bullets  are  led 
to  the  machine  by  hand,  and  the  patch  is  presented  to  the 
bullet  and  secured  by  a  minute  drop  of  mucilage,  fed  auto- 
matically, and  is  rolled  closely  around  the  bullet  by  the  fric- 
tion of  flexible  rolls,  at  the  rate  of  45  or  50  per  minute,  or 
about  20,000  per  day  of  ten  hours,  including  stoppages.  Two 
operatives  are  required  to  run  the  machine  properly.  The 
action  of  the  machine  is  easily  controlled  by  means  of  a  foot- 
lever  and  clutch.  The  machine  may  be  adapted  to  all  sizes 
and  styles  of  rifle  projectiles.  The  bullet-patches  are  cut 
out  with  dies.  The  patches  require  damping  to  insure  neat 
and  uniform  folding. 

Bul'let  Scoop.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
with  a  scoop-shaped  end,  to  be  used  as  a  bullet  ex- 
tractor, the  scoop  being  passed  behind  the  bullet. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum,"  Part  I.,  p.  40, 
Fig.  116. 

Bullet  Screw.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
with  a  fine  gimlet-screw  point,  to  be  screwed  into 
a  bullet  as  a  means  of  withdrawal. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurificum,"  Part  I.,  p.  40, 
Fig.  119. 

Bullet  Seek'er.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
of  the  nature  of  a  probe  with  an  enlarged  head,  to 
introduce  into  a  wound  to  find  the  bullet,  either  by 


BULLET   SEEKER. 


145 


BUNG   MACHINE. 


the  jar  of  impact  or  by  the  coloration  of  the  bulb- 
ous head  of  the  instrument. 

• 

The  references  are  to  Part  I.  of  Tiemanri's  "Armamenta- 
rium Ckirurgirum.1' 

Tiemiuin'x  bullet  seeker  has  a  burr  head  which  acts  as  a 
rasp  upon  the  bullet  and  shows  traces  of  contact.    Fig.  117. 

Nelalon's  has  a  rough  porcelain  head  which  is  marked  by 
contact  with  the  lead.     Figs.  120,  126. 

Ti,  itiiain's  bullet    seeker,    Fig.   121,  Fig.  459. 

has  ;i  flexible  stem. 

^nyre's  instrument  has  a  vertebrated 
stem,  and  follows  the  windings  of  a 
deflected  bullet.  Fig.  122. 

Sec,  also,  Bullet  Probes,  pp.  40,  42,  as 
above,  and  p.  403  of  "Meek.  Diet.'' 

Bull'-head  Axe.  A  poll- 
axe.  One  with  ;i  small  poll  for 
stunning  a  bullock,  by  striking 
it  on  the.  forehead. 

Bullion  Point.  ( Class. ) 
The  thick  portion  at  the  center 
of  a  disk  of  crown  glass. 

Bull  Net.  (Pishing.)  A 
large  hoop-net,  worked  with  ropes  and  blocks. 

Bull'-nose    RabTaet  Plane.     A   plane  with 
the  hit  at  the  end,  in  order  to  enable  it  to  work  up 
close  into  corners.     Named  from  a  fancied  resem- 
Fig.  460.  Fig.  461. 


Bull-head  Axe. 


Bull-nose  Rabbet  Plane. 

blance  to  the  muzzle  of  a  bull.  It 
is  made  open  or  close  by  a  screw  on 
top. 

Bull's  Eye.     1.  A  strong  round     Bull's  Eye. 
glass  in  a  metallic  frame  let  into  a  deck  or  side  of  a 
vessel  to  give  light  to  a  cabin.     Fig.  461. 

2.  A  form  of  rope-leader  (Fig.  462)   without  a 
Fig.  462.  sheave.    Known  by 

other   names    also, 
lizard  for  instance. 

Fig.  463. 


Bull's  Eye. 

a.  Floor  bull's  eye  of  lignum  vit.T 
ft.  Lignum  vitae  bull's  eye  for  iro 

c.  Bull's  eye  for  wire  or  hempen    u  „,  „      , 

rope  Bull's-eye  Condenser. 

Bull's-eye  Con-den'ser.  (Optics.)  A  means 
for  condensing  the  light  from  a  lamp,  or  of  obtain- 
ing parallel  rays  from  diverging  ones.  It  consists 
of  a  plano-convex  lens  of  deep  focus.  Fig.  463. 

Bump.     (Fire  Arm.)     The  corner  of  the  stock 
at  the  top  of  the  heelplate. 
10 


Bung.     Several  forms  of  automatic  vent,  the 


Fig.  464. 


siphon,  gravitating  ball,  and  sepa- 
rated chamber  and  ball,  are  shown 
in  Figs.  2554-2556,  Laboulayvs 
" Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufac- 
tures," tome  iii.,  ed.  1877,  Article 
"Vin." 

Tulley's  bung  has  a  vent  in  a 
recess,  so  that  the  bung  may  be 
driven  flush  with  the  outside  of  the 
cask.  The  vent  has  side  openings 
and  a  piston  valve. 

Bung  Buck'et.  Also  known 
as  a  vel.inckc,  water  thief,  thief-tube, 
etc.  See  Fig.  6925,  p.  2696,  "Mech. 
Diet."  A  sampling  tube.  A  tube  open  at  both 
ends  is  inserted  at  the  bung-hole ;  the  upper  end 
being  closed  with  the  Fi_  465 

finger,  the  tube  with, 
its  contents   is   with- 
drawn. 

Bung  Bush. 
More  correctly,  bung- 
hole  bush.  The  bush 
is  tapering  inside  and 
outside,  the  outer  sur- 
face having  a  screw 
thread  for  screwing 
into  the  bung-hole. 
The  wrench  for 
screwing  the  bush 
into  place  consists  of 
a  shank  and  a  conical  plug  or  core ;  the  core  has 
an  irregular  base,  around  which  are  loosely  fitted  a 
series  of  sections,  which  press  equally  in  all  direc- 
tions against  the  interior  of  the  bush  as  the  core  is 
rotated. 

Bung'-hole  Bor'er.    An  auger  and  annular 
reamer.      It    bores     a    complete 
round    hole,   regular    taper,    and 
holds  its  own  chips.     Fig.  466. 

Bung'-hole  Brush.  A  tool 
for  cleaning  the  insides  of  bar- ' 
rels. 

The  illustration,  Fig.  467,  shows 
it  in  position  for  entering,  and  for 
operating,  respectively. 

Bung  Lathe.  A  lathe  for 
turning  taper  bungs.  Fig.  468. 

That  shown  is  by  Arbey,  of 
Paris.  It  is  a  small  special  lathe 
with  an  oblique  tool  on  the  rest 
which  slides  transversely  in  cut- 
ting down,  and  in  adjusting  for 
bungs  of  different  diameters. 

Bung  Ma-chine'. 

In  Kirby's  bung-cutting  machine  the 
square  blocks  are  placed  in  a  vertical     ;?„„.,  /   /    K 
pile  in  the  hopper,  and  fed  automatically 
one  by  one  to  the  plunger,  by  which  they  are  forced  through 
Fig.  467. 


Cornell's  Screw  Bung  Bush  and 
Wrench. 


Fig.  466. 


Bung-hole  Brush. 


BUNG   MACHINE. 


146 


BUN  SEN  BURNER  FURNACE. 


the  circular  cavity  of  the  cutter,  and  formed  into  cylindrical 
blanks.  Each  block  as  it  is  fed  into  the  machine  serves  as  a 
cutting-board  for  the  next  preceding  block.  The  bungs  are 
subjected  to  a  great  pressure  so  as  to  condense  the  wood. 


Arbey's  Bung  Lathe. 


Bung   Spout.     An 

the  bung-hole  -  to 
form  a  lip  for  the 
latter,  and  enable  the 
contents  to  be  dis- 
charged without  drib- 
bling. Especially  in- 
tended for  heavy  oils 
and  molasses. 

Bung  Start.  An 
instrument  to  start  a 
bung  by  beating  'the 
bung  stave  of  the 
cask.  Kflogger. 

Bun'ion  Ap'pa- 
ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 


attachment  to  a  cask  at 

Fig.  469. 


Bung  Spout. 

An  apparatus  which  permits 
Fig   470. 


Bung  Start. 

freedom  of  motion  in  the  vertical  plane  while  the 
malposition  of  the  toe  is  gradually  rectified  by  con- 
stant lateral  traction.  The  apparatus  consists  of 
a  delicate  lever  of  spring  steel,  with  an  oval  ring 
in  the  center  which  is  provided  with  hinges  at  its 
anterior  and  posterior  margins.  It  is  attached  to 
the  instep  by  a  laced  band,  and  the  toe  to  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  spring  by  a  piece  of  webbing. 

Fig.  78,  p.  39,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
mrgicum." 

Bun'sen  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  hav- 
ing amalgamated  zinc  in  sulphuric  acid  and  carbon 
in  nitric  acid,  with  an  intervening  porous  cell. 

Prescott's  "Electricity,"  *  p.  66  ;  Qanot,  *  687,  688. 

Noad,  London,  1859,  *  281. 

Du  Moncel,  Paris,  1850,  69. 

De  la  Kive,  London,  1853,  *  46. 

Shaffner,  New  York,  1859,  *  95. 

"  Scientific  American,"  *  xxxix.  139. 

Niaudet,  American  translation,  *158. 

"Engineer,"  xlv.  268. 

Azapis'1  improvement  consists  in  replacing  the  acidulated 
solution  of  the  Bunsen  by  the  cyanide  of  potassium,  etc. 
"Scientific,  American,'1''  xxxviii.  266  ;  xliii.  266. 

Fitzgerald,  mod.  of  Bunsen  ;  depolarizes  by  a  secondary 
current,  calcic  dihydro-chromate  is  substituted  for  the  nitric 
acid.  "  Scientific  American  Supplement,'1'  764. 

Bun'sen  Burn'er.  A  form  of  gas  burner,  the 
invention  of  Bunsen,  and  especially  adapted  for 
heating.  Its  performance  depends  upon  the  proper 
admixture  of  gas  and  air.  See  14  Figures,  pp.  241 1 , 
2412,  "Mech.  Diet." 

"  It  can  be  made  of  glass.  A  tube  of  glass,  4/x  or  5"  long 
by  i"  to  J"  wide,  is  taken,  and  by  blowing  out  the  glass, 
heated  at  two  points  by  the  pointed  flame,  the  air  holes  at 
<iie  bottom  are  produced.  The  gas  is  introduced  at  the  cen- 


ter of  the  bottom  of  the  tube  by  an  upward-bent  glass  quill 
tube,  with  the  delivery  end  shaped  like  a  cross  ( X  ),  a  form 
well  adapted  to  mix  the  rising  current  of  gas  with  the  air. 
This  tube  is  fastened  to  the  lamp  by  a  foot,  made  of  plaster 
of  Paris,  in  which  it  is  imbedded.  A  short  piece  of  glass  tub- 
ing may  be  fastened  by  a  rubber  coupling  to  replace  frac- 
tures. This  lamp  is  much  better  for  the  flame  reactions  than 
the  ordinary  metal  lamps."  —  Dingler\<<  Journal. 

Wallace's  improved  Bunsen  burner  has  an  adjustable  cap 
of  perforated  metallic  plate,  which  enables  it  to  burn  a  much 
more  inflammable  mixture  of  air  and  gas  than  is  possible 
with  the  ordinary  burner.  The  tendency  to  light  within  is 
also  completely  prevented,  whatever  may  be  the  pressure, 
quality,  or  quantity  of  gas  passing.  By  raiding  the  cap  to 
the  necessary  height  a  perfectly  solid  flame  is  obtained,  — 
a  novel  and  valuable  feature,  since  it  allows  any  substance 
to  be  heated  to  be  put  much  nearer  than  usual  to  the  center 
of  the  flame  without  interfering  with  combustion.  It  can  be 
made  from  one  inch  to  two  inches  in  diameter,  and  is  capa- 
ble of  buruing  as  much  as  40  cubic  feet  of  gas  per  hour. 


Fig.  471. 


Fi<r.  472. 


Wallace's   Fulfil   Fin 
Bumen  Burner. 


Godtfroy's 

Bunsen  Burner. 


M.  Godefroy's  new  burner,  Fig.  471,  is  composed  of  four 
concentric  sheet-iron  cylinders.  The  first  and  third  arc 
pierced  with  lateral  holes  at  the  base.  The  intervals  between 
the  cylinders  communicate,  some  with  the  pipes,  «,  and  <2, 
joining  the  exterior  gas  tube,  T, and  others  \\ith  the  tubes, 
«3,  (,,  which  unite  with  the  tube,  T,.  Wire  gauze  placed  at 
the  base  of  the  apparatus  prevents  the  flame  from  flickering, 
while  it  regulates  the  introduction  of  the  air.  Only  two 
internal  cylinders  may  be  used  if  desired,  in  which  case  a 
high  and  regular  white  flame  is  produced. 

Solid  flame,  Wallace      .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  100. 
*  "Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,''  xxi.  80. 
Retort,  Kendall  If  Gent,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  419. 

Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv., 
Fig.  3462,  article  "  Chauffage." 

Lecture  on  the  theory,  ftof.  Thorpe,  Chemical  Society, 
London.  Reported  in  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"1 
1060. 

Bun'sen  Burn'er  Fur'nace.  Fig.  473  repre- 
sents forms  of  the  Bunsen  burner  furnace. 

The  figure  on  the  left  shows  tlie  top  of  a  burner 


Fig.  473. 


Bunsen  Burner  Furnace. 

inside  the  chimney,  c.  A  sole  plate,  d,  rests  on  a 
trivet,  b,  and  supports  an  iron  ring,  e.  f  is  the 
dome  covering,  and  y  the  chimney. 

The  next  figure  shows  an  evaporating  furnace, 
and  the  figure  on  the  right  is  a  section  of  the  same, 
minus  the  pan.  It  has  a  rose  burner,  which  is  pref- 
erable for  evaporating,  as  the  single  jet  is  for  melt- 
ing metal  in  crucibles. 


BUNSEN  BURNER  FURNACE. 


147 


BURRING  ENGINE. 


Figs.  474,  475  show  other  forms  of  the  furnace 
Fig.  474.  Fig.  475. 


Bunsen  Crucible  Furnace. 


Fig.  476. 


Buntline  Leader. 


Single-jet  Burner  Furnace. 

with  a  single  jet  burner  and 
crucibles  in  position  on  their 
rings. 

Bun'sen    Lamp.       See 
BUNSEN  BURNER. 

Bun'ter.  The  bumper  or 
buffer  of  a  railway  car.  The 
bar  on  the  front  end  of  the  car,  which  strikes 
against  a  similar  bar  on  an  adjacent  car  in  coup- 
ling. It  often  forms  the  draw- 
head.  See  BUFFER. 

Bunt'liiie  Lead'er.  An  eye- 
let for  rope,  —  specifically  for  a 
buntline. 

Buoy.  The  illuminated  buoy 
is  the  invention  of  a  German, 
Pintsch.  The  buoy  is  made  the 
recipient  for  a  large  body  of  com- 
pressed, rich,  aiid  heavy  gas,  pro- 
duced by  distilling  shale  or  any 
fatty  material.  An  ingenious  reg- 
ulator provides  for  the  regular 
supply  of  the  lamp,  which  will  burn  three  months, 
night  and  day,  with  only  one  filling,  the  light  be- 
ing visible  at  a  distance  of  about  four  miles.  An 
electric  lighting  apparatus  might  be  employed,  so 
that  the  light  could  be  extinguished  at  sunrise  and 
restored  at  night,  giving  a  much  longer  duration  to 
the  working  of  the  buoy. 

*" Engineer" xlvii.  289. 

The  illuminated  buoy  of  Lieut.  Cook,  R.  N.,  is  mentioned 
under  BUOY,  "Meek.  Diet.'1'1  Phosphide  of  calcium  is  added 
to  the  composition  of  the  fuse,  and  takes  fire  on  being  wetted 
when  the  buoy  is  thrown  overboard,  and  burns  persistently 
even  in  rough  water  which  dashes  over  it. 

Bu-rette'.  A  graduated  glass  tube  for  trans- 
ferring small  quantities  of  fluids.  See  p.  408, 
"Mech.  Diet."  Similar  instruments  are  known 
under  various  names,  such  as  DROPPING  TUBE, 
DOSIMETER,  PIPETTE,  etc.,  which  see. 

Dr.  Bunte's  gas  burette  for  t"he  examination  of  mixtures 
of  gases.  "  Journal  for  Gas  Lighting,"  *  reproduced  in 
"  Scientific  American  Supplement,''  *  1603. 

Bur'glar  A-larm'.  A  bell,  located  in  the  sleep- 
ing room,  when  set  for  the  night,  rings  upon  the 
opening  of  nny  door  or  window  in  the  night.  The 
connection  is  by  electric  wires.  See  varions  forms, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  pp.  408,  409. 

Western  Electric  Manufacturing  Co. ;  the  elec- 
tric connection  is  made  with  any  or  all  rooms,  can 
be  turned  off  in  the  morning  by  hand  or  automati- 
cally, can  be  arranged  to  keep  on  ringing  until 
stopped ;  connection  can  be  made  to  doors,  shut- 


ters, and  windows,  the  latter  so  arranged  that  they 
may  be  left  open  for  ventilation  at  any  desired 
height,  and  yet  give  an  alarm  if  disturbed.  The 
system  may  be  connected  to  a  police  station,  and 
applied  to  safes  and  banks. 

Powell *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  210. 

Window  fastening,  Saurbrey.     .    *"Sc.  Amer."  xxxvii.  294. 

Bur-goyne'.      The   British    name   for   an    in- 
trenching tool ;  a  combination  of  spade,  axe,  and 


The  Burgoyne. 

mantlet.  The  handle  is  jointed  to  facilitate  pack- 
ing. The  sharp-edged  spade  forms  an  axe ;  when 
used  as  a  mantlet  against  bullets,  the  soldier  fires 
through  a  hole  in  the  blade. 

See  INTRENCHING  TOOLS,  Fig.  2691,  and  TROW- 
EL BAYONET,  Figs.  6673,  6674,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Burn'er.  The  tubular  wick,  with  access  of  air 
to  exterior  and  interior,  is  the  invention  of  Argand. 
See  page  142,  "Mech.  Diet."  and  list  on  page  1247, 
Ibid. 

Lungren    .         .  *"  Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  365. 
Carcel  burner    .  *  "American  Manuf.,"  Jan.  10,  1879,  p.  13. 
See  also  BUNSEN  BURNER  ;  GAS  BURNER. 

Burn'er  Pli'ers.  Pinchers  for  unscrewing  or 
screwing  burners  and  small  Fj 

connections.     Fig.  478.  — 

Burned  Sand.    (Mold- 
ing.)    Sand   in   which    the 
tenacity   imparted    by   the 
clayey  part   has   been    de-   9 
stroyed  by  heat. 

This  happens  to  all  that 
part  which  comes  in  con- 
tact with  the  casting,  ex- 
tending, in  the  case  of  large 
castings,  to  a  considerable 
depth.  It  is  removed  as 
far  as  possible  with  the 
casting.  That  which  re- 
mains renders  the  old  sand 
weak.  When  fresh  river  or  sea  sand  cannot  be 
had,  burned  sand  may  be  used  for  partings. 

Bur'nish-er.  A  tool  for  smoothing  by  mechan- 
ical compression  in  rubbing. 

Fig.  479. 


Gas-fitters''  Burner  and 
Meter  Pliers. 


Dentists'1  Burnishers. 

Fig.  479  shows  an  array  of  dentists'  burnishers, 
for  smoothing  dentures  and  fillings. 

Bur'laps.  A  coarse  canvas  used  in  upholstery 
and  elsewhere. 

Bur'ring  En'gine.  An  electric  substitute  for 
the  various  foot-power  machines  which  have  been 
devised  for  facilitating  operations  on  the  teeth,  ex- 
cavating and  shaping  cavities,  dressing  down  and 
polishing  fillings,  separating  teeth,  etc. 

The  speed  is  about  2,500  revolutions  per  minute. 
A  gear-joint  allows  motion  at  any  angle.  The  mo- 
tion is  reversed  at  will.  The  engine  complete 
weighs  1 2  ounces. 

See  DENTAL  DRILL. 


BUR    THIMBLE. 


148 


BUTTER  WORKER. 


Bur  Thim'ble.  An  attachment  to  the  finger 
to  support  the  end  of  Fi  4g0> 

the  bur  drill  when 
operating ;  designed 
for  the  protection  of 
the  hand  and  the  easy 
operation  of  the  in- 
strument. 

Bush  Ham'mer. 
(Stone  Working.)  A 
square  prism  of  steel, 
with  ends  cut  into 
pyramidal  points. 
The  cutting  face  is 
from  2"  to  4"  square. 
One  end  has  some- 
times the  form  of  an 
axe.  The  tool,  Fig.  Bur  Thimble. 
481,  is  used  in  dressing  and  stunning. 

The  various  forms  and  methods  of  stone  working  are  con- 
sidered under  their  special  heads,  and  collections  of  the 
terms  may  be  found  under  MASONS'  TOOLS,  etc.,  page  1405, 
"  Mech.  Diet.''  and  STONE  WORKING,  infra.  See  also  lists 
under  HAND  TOOLS  ;  MACHINES,  infra. 

Bush-ham'mered  Stone  Work.  (Stone  Cut- 
ting.) Work  in  which  the  roughnesses  of  the  stone 
are  pounded  off  with  the  bush-hammer.  The  se- 
quence of  operations  with  limestone  is  (1)  rough- 
Fig.  481. 


ary  ice  chambers  —  saving  a  great  deal  of  inconvenience  in 
filling  the  chamber  with  ice  or  removing  unnecessary  ire  and 

Fig.  484. 


0 


Bush  Hammer. 


pointing;  (2)  tooth-axeing ;  (3)  hush-hammering. 
Sandstone  is  seldom  bush-hammered,  as  the  stun- 
ning makes  it  scale. 

Bush  Hook.     A  brier  hook ;  bramble   hook  ; 

Fig.  482. 


Bush  Hook. 


bill-hook.     A  hook-ended  cutting  tool  for  cutting 
bushes,  grubs,  briers,  etc. 

Bush'ing.     (Nautical.)     The  metallic  reinforce 


Fig.  483. 


of  the  cheeks  of  a  tackle-block, 
where  the  pin  passes.  The 
bushing  of  the  sheave  is  the 
coak.  See,  also,  BUNG-BUSH. 

But'ter  Pr infer.  A 
double-hinged  mold  that,  ad- 
mits of  opening  out  freely, 
and  detaching  itself  from  the 
butter  without  marring  it. 

The  butter  is  weighed  and 
placed  in  the  mold,  when  it  is 
forced  by  a  plunger  on  the 
block  at  the  bottom  of  the 
mold  that  contains  the  impression.  The  plunger 
is  operated  by  a  lever  in  connection  with  the  main 
frame,  and,  when  the  pressure  is  removed,  is  retired 
by  the  action  of  a  spiral  spring.  Fig.  484. 
"  But'ter  Tub.  A  tub  in  which  butter  is  stored 
and  shipped,  especially  the  latter.  Fig.  485. 

Koehler's  butter  tub  is  oval,  of  white  cedar,  bound  with 
galvanized  iron  or  brass  hoops.  Within  the  tub  is  fitted  the 
tin  cooler,  having  a  removable  chamber  for  ice  at  each  end  — 
which  is  a  great  improvement  on  the  old  style,  with  station- 


Block  Buskins;. 


liiitter  Printing  Apparatus. 

water  therefrom.  On  the  tin  are  constructed  a  series  of 
ledges,  on  which  rest  the  shelves  for  supporting  the  print 
butter,  being  used  without  shelves  for  roll  butter.  The 

Fig.  485 


Butter   Tub. 

hinged  cover  having  a  fixture  at  one  end  and  a  hinge  hasp  at 
the  other  can  be  locked  for  shipping.  Hinges,  hasps,  and 
fixtures  are  tinned  to  render  them  rust-proof. 

But'ter  Work'er.    A  tray  with  roller  to  press 
the  butter-milk  from  the  butter. 

The  illustrations  show  three  forms  with  rollers. 

In  Fig.  486  the  roller  is  pivoted  at  the  end  and  rolls  in  a 
sector. 

Fig.  486. 


Whipple's  Butter  Worker. 

In  the  rotary  butter-worker,  Fig.  487,  vhe  butter  is  placed 
on  a  rotary  circular  table  and  is  confined  by  a  rim.  The 
crank  shaft  which  revolves  the  table  also  rotates  the  frusto- 
conical  presper  that  works  the  butter.  As  the  presser  turns, 
the  paddles  as  they  leave  the  butter  slightly  raise  it,  which 
allows  the  passage  of  the  buttermilk  to  a  groove  around  the 
periphery  whence  it  passes  by  a  tube  to  the  well  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  table. 

The  butter-worker,  Fig.  488,  consists  of  a  tray,  and  a  roller 
with  paddles  which  is  turned  by  a  crank,  ;md  traverses 
from  end  to  end  of  the  tray.  The  roller  is  removed  from 
the  tray  by  turning  the  long  end  of  small  buttons  on  the 
side  of  the  tray,  which  admits  of  the  roller  coming  nearer  to 
the  end  of  the  tray,  and  allows  the  clamps  which  hold  the 


BUTTER   WORKER. 


149 


BYE-PASS. 


Embrie's  Butter   Worker. 


roller  down  to   be  raised  from   the  rack   underneath,  when 
the  roller  can  be  lifted  out. 

Fie.  488. 


Reid's  Butter  Worker. 
May  refer  to 

Butter,  Artificial,  Mott.     "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  760,  774. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  337. 

Packing,  Semis   .     .    .  *  tl  Scientific,  American,''  xxxvii.  66. 
Worker,  Sands    ...  *  "Scientific  American"  xxxvii.  5. 

Butt  Hinge.  A  door  or  casement  hinge 
adapted  to  be  fastened  to  the  edge  of  the  object, 
and  hidden  when  the  latter  is  closed.  Differs  from 
the  hook  strap,  T,  and  other  long-membered  or 
ornamental  hinges  which  are  displayed  upon  the 
door. 

Tig.  489. 


Single  and  Double  Action  Spring  Butts. 

Geer's  butts,  shown  in  Fig.  489,  exhibit  several  points  ol 
value.  The  figure  on  the  left  is  for  a  single  door  of  the  usual 
action,  but  with  a  spring  to  close  the  door  automatically  and 
having  it-  givitest  power  at  the  point  of  closure,  the  least 
when  opened  to  a  right  angle  ;  and  also  holding  the  door  in 
open  position.  The  double  action  hinge  allows  the  door 
to  swing  either  way.  They  are  not  rights  and  lefts,  but 
adaptable  to  either  edge  of  a  door. 

Loose-pin *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  April  11,  p.  9. 

Spring,  Geer     ....    *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Feb.  7,  p.  1. 

Butt  Lathe.  A  stock-turning  lathe,  invented 
by  Blanchard.  A  gouge  18"  in  diameter,  that 
makes  from  3,400  to  3,600  revolutions  per  minute, 


is  guided  by  an  iron  pattern  the  shape  of  the  stock 
required.  The  stock  goes  through  a  set  of  these 
machines  before  it  is  ready  for  polishing. 

But'ton.  (Surgical.)  A  species  of  clamp  for 
holding  the  suture,  iu  operations  for  vesico-vaginal 
fistula.  The  invention  of  Bozeman. 

See  Figs.  268-271,  Part  III.,  Tiemanri's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum." 
The  button-adjuster  and  button-shaper  are  accessories. 

But'ton  Fas'ten-er.  A  clasp  which  hooks 
over  the  eye  of  a  shoe  button  and  is  then  clinched 
to  the  shoe. 

Fig.  490. 


Heaton's  Button-setting  Instrument. 

The  illustration  shows  the  article,  its  attachment, 
and  the  tool.  It  is  applied  without  previous  pier- 
cing of  the  leather ;  has  sufficient  freedom  of  mo- 
tion ;  can  be  removed  by  unclinching  the  points. 

Button  apparatus,  Covered     .    .   *  "Sc.  Amer.,''''  xxxvii.  176. 
Button  sewing-machine,  Fries.      *  "  Sc.  Amer.,'"  xxxv.  6. 

But'ton-head  Bolt.  A  carriage  bolt  with 
spheroidal  head.  Fig.  491.  Fig.  491. 

But'tress.     (Add.)   Buttresses  are 

Close,  like  extended  pilasters. 

Open,  with  perforations  in  the  pro- 
file. 

Flying,  with  half  an  arch  suspended, 
bearing  against  the  clerestory  or  a 
wall. 

But'ty-gang.    A  word  used  among 
English  contractors  to  signify  a  gang 
of  from  10  to  13  men,  who  do  a  piece 
of  work  for  a  given  sum  divided  equally    Button-head 
among  them,  except  a  small  additional  Cama£ 
sum  to  the  head  of  the  gang.     Helps's  "Life  of 
Thomas  Brassey." 

Buz'zer.  1.  A  small,  rapidly-revolving  wheel, 
used  in  grinding  or  polishing  small  objects.  It  is 
plied  with  emery,  crocus,  rouge,  etc.,  according  to 
requirements.  Named  from  its  whirring  sound. 

2.  A  telegraphic  call  in  which  a  vibrating  ham- 
mer strikes  a  sounding  piece  and  gives  out  a  buzz- 
ing sound,  which,  in  certain  cases,  is  preferable  to 
a  bell. 

Buzz  Pla'ner.  A  small  planing  machine  for 
wood.  It  is  named  from  the  whirring  hum  of  its 
rapidly  revolving  knife-cylinder,  and  is  used  to  take 
out  of  wind  and  smooth  up  small  stuff. 

Bye'-pass.  1.  A  cut  across  furnished  by  an 
extra  pipe  of  smaller  dimensions,  leading  around 
a  certain  chamber,  valve,  or  apparatus  which  is 
temporarily  cut  out  of  the  circulation. 

The  by t -pass  is  found  in  :  — 
Mackenzie's  surface  condenser. 

*  "American  Gas-light  Journal,"  July  3, 1876,  p.  12. 
Smith  If  Sayre's  gas  exhauster. 

*" American  Gas-light  Journal,"  Ibid.,  pp.  10,  11. 
Woodbury  §  Merrill's  hot-air  engine.     Infra. 

The  illustration  shows  Farmer's  hydraulic  main,  with  dip- 
pipe  and  bye-pass.  —  "American  Gas-Light  Journal,"  Julys, 
1876,  p.  20. 

See  GAS  COMPENSATOR  ;  GAS  EXHAUSTER. 


BYE-PASS. 


150 


CABLE   CARRIER. 


Fig.  492. 


Fanner's  Bye-puss  Dip-pip 


2.  A  protecting  pipe  around  the  tip  of  a  gas- 


burner  to  prevent  the  light  being  extinguished  bv  a 
gust  of  wind.  Used  in  lighthouses.  See  Major 
Elliot's  Report,  U.  S.  Engineers.  The  top  of  the 
bye-pass  is  pierced  with  holes  supplied  with  gas 
from  a  source  independent  of  that  of  the  main 
flame,  and  will  relight  the  former  immediately, 
should  it  be  extinguished. 

gee,  also,  paper  by  Wigham,  Mechanical  Science  section  of 
British  Association,  1878,  reproduced  in  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can Supplement,"  *  23S9. 

Byrne  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  form  of 
pneumatic  battery. 

The  negative  electrode  consists  of  a  copper  plate, 
coated  with  lead  on  one  side,  and  the  other  side 
faced  with  platinum.  Two  of  these  are  used,  be- 
tween which  is  a  zinc  plate.  The  exciting  liquid 
is  agitated  by  injection  of  air. 

"Niaudet,"  American  translation,  226. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "    .     .  *  p.  2526,  Fig.  36. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal" *vi.222,  269. 

"Engineer" *  xlv.  279,  406. 

"Scientific  American'' *  xxxviii.  293. 

Dr.  J.  H.  Thompson's  Report,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Re- 
ports," vol.  vii.,  Group  XXIV.,  p.  53. 


o. 


Cab.  1.  A  city  passenger  vehicle  for  hire  by 
course  or  hour. 

2.  The  shelter  on  a  locomotive  for  the  engineer 
and  fireman. 

See  notices :  — 
Chariot  cab,  Murch 
Murch 


Heretic 

Locomotive  cab. 
Pa.  Railway    . 


*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  191. 
Patents  147,421, 152,244, 154,572, 

151,240,  149,779. 
;  "  Scientific  American  Sup,"1  3901. 


.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  105. 

Cab'in.  A  saloon  for  officers  or  passengers  on 
board  ship. 

Swinging  cabin,  Bessemer,  "  Van  No-strand's  Mag.,"  xvi.  569. 

Cab'in  Car.  (Railway.)  A  car  carried  at  the 
rear  of  a  freight-train  to  accommodate  the  con- 
ductor and  train-hands.  Known  also  as  a  caboose. 

Pennsylvania  Railway    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  413-417. 

Cab'i-net  Ma'ker's  Clamp.  A  species  of 
vise  for  bringing  parts  of  a  frame  together  and 

Fig.  493. 


Cabinet  Maker's  Clamp. 

holding  them.  The  heads  are  adjustable  by  stir- 
rups on  the  rail,  which  has  a  notched  lower  edge, 
and  one  of  the  heads  has  a  screw  for  clamping  the 
object. 

Ca'ble.     A  large  rope,  warp,  or  hawser. 

The  catenary  of  a  suspension  bridge. 

East  River  Suspension  Bridge. 

*  'Scientific  Amer.  ,"  xxxvii.  63. 

*  '  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  303-6. 
Fastening     .     .     .     .  * 

Making  .....  * 
Gear,  wire. 

S.  S.  "Moewe,"1  Br.  * 
Grapnel  ......  * 

Grappling,  Capt.  Stead  * 


'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  79. 
'  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  755. 

'Engineer,"  1.  494. 

'  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  979. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  6,  p.  8. 


Hauling  gear,  telegraph. 

Johnson  $  Phillips,^.  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  205. 
Making  for  suspension  bridges. 

HMenbrand  .  .  .  *  "  Van  Nost.  Mag.,"  xvii.  171,  *193. 
Towing *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  143. 

Ca'ble  Car'ri-er.  A  means  of  transporting 
rough  materials;  stone,  sand,  lime,  coal,  earth,  by 
a  suspended  bucket  traveling  on  a  wire  cable. 
Fig.  494. 

Fig.  494. 


lirowti's  Cable  Carrier. 

While  filling  the  tub,  the  carrying  bail  2  is  turned  back,  and 
when  filled  the  bale  is  turned  upright,  and  there  locked  by 
the  dumping  bail  4.  The  bail  is  then  attached  by  hook  3 
to  block  5,  through  which  the  hoisting  rope  6  passes,  thence 


CABLE  CARRIER. 


151 


CAGE. 


over 
the 

and  pass  over  the  block,  falling  together  beneath  it.  The 
block  is  then  lowered  and  rests  upon  them,  transferring  the 
load  from  the  rope  to  the  hooks. 

These  hooks  are  attached  to  levers  19  pivoted  at  A  and 
having  a  limited  movement,  the  weight  depresses  their  inner 
and  raises  their  outer  ends,  unhooking  them  from  pin  18  on 
the  holding  block  15.  Simultaneously  with  the  transfer  of  the 
weight  to  the  hooks,  the  hoisting  rope  and  drum  are  released 
from  the  power  and  the  carriage  with  its  load  descends  the 
cable  17 ;  and  when  it  reaches  the  point  where  it  is  desired 
to  deposit  its  load,  the  drum  is  again  thrown  into  connection 
with  the  power,  arresting  the  outward  progress  of  the  car- 
riage, and  starting  it  simultaneously  upon  its  return.  The 
hoisting  rope,  passing  under  roller  21,  between  the  two  parts 
of  dumping  hook  13,  is  by  it  deflected  downwards  as  the  car- 
riage passes  out,  and  when  the  drum  is  thrown  into  gear  the 
straightening  of  the  rope  raises  the  hook  which  is  pivoted 
upon  levers  11  and  12,  brings  its  point,  13',  in  contact  with 
the  dumping:  bale,  unlocks  the  tub,  which  capsizes,  ejects 
its  contents,  attains  its  upright  position,  and  relocks  itself 
while  upon  its  return. 

When  the  carriage  reaches  the  holding  block  it  is  stopped, 
and  the  tub  is  raised  until  the  block,  acting  upon  projections 
26  on  the  inner  sides  of  the  hooks ,  forces  them  apart  sufficiently 
to  allow  of  its  passing  down  between  and  clear  of  their  points. 
A  notch  on  lever  14  retains  them  apart  until  the  block  has 
passed  their  points  and  strikes  the  jointed  lever  25,  which, 
through  rod  24,  raises  lever  14,  releasing  and  allowing  them 
to  fa'l  together. 

The  tub  is  then  lowered  and  the  operation  repeated. 

By  the  use  of  this  machine  (hoisting  power  being  fur- 
nished) material  can  be  conveyed  a  thousand  feet,  and  piled 
to  any  height,  with  the  labor  of  one  man. 

See,  also,  WIRE-WAY,  Fig.  7006,  p.  2798,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Ca'ble  Screw.  A  fastening  for  boot-soles  ;  a 
wire  in  shape  of  a  twisted  cord. 

Ca'ble  Screw  Ma-chine'.  One  for  putting 
screw  pe.ys  into  boot  and  shoe  soles.  It  goes  round 
the  sole  in  15  seconds,  putting  in  80  to  85  wire 
pegs. 

Ca'ble  Test'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  machine 
shown  in  Fig.  495  is  made  in  accordance  with  the 


Fig.  495. 


troduction  used  on  our  Western  plains.     Properly 
Cabestro :   Cabresto  in  Portuguese. 

Ca-ca'o  Grind'er  and  Sort'er.    A  machine 

for  grinding  the  cacao  nut  and  sorting  the  result 

Fig.  496. 


French  Cacao  Machine. 

into  different  finenesses.  The  distance  between  the 
cylinder  and  its  concave  is  adjustable  in  order  to 
determine  the  fineness  of  the  result.  The  ground 
cacao  is  sorted  into  six  sizes,  and  refuse. 

In  the  cacao  mill  of  De  Batiste,  Paris,  France,  the  cacao  is 
put  in  a  hopper  having  at  the  bottom  a  screw  which  partially 
grinds  the  nut  and  feeds  it  into  the  center  of  a  pair  of  stones, 
similar  to  a  pair  of  grist-mill  stones.  These  grind  it  into  a 
liquid  which  collects  in  a  pan  surrounding  the  lower  stone. 

Cacao  manufacture "Sc.  American  Sup.,-'  1014. 

Chocolate  machinery,  Menier    .  "Engineering ,"  xxv.  443. 
Cocoa "  Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  278. 

Fig.  497. 


(.'/lain  Cable  and  Anchor  Testing  Machine. 

"Board  of  Trade"  (British)  regulations,  operating 
by  medium  of  dead  levers  upon  an  active  weight. 
The  series  of  levers  is  similar  to  that  in  compound 
beam  scales,  the  strain  being  given  by  a  hydraulic 
ram  of  8'  stroke.  The  great  length  of  stroke  is 
for  the  purpose  of  taking  up  the  stretch  of  the 
cable  when  testing  lengths  of  20  fathoms  at  a  time. 
1  he  machines  are  made  to  test  up  to  200  tons.  A 
hydraulic  gage  indicates  upon  a  scale  the  strain 
upon  the  levers. 

For  chain-testing  establishments,  in  addition  to  the  testing 
chines  there  are  required  steam-pumpingapparatus,  cable- 
shears  for  cutting  out  defective  links,  capstans  for  hauling 
he  chains,  a  hydraulic  anchor  crane,  and  a  blacking  appara- 
it  is  usual  also  to  add  a  more  powerful  short  machine 
to  test  a  few  links  of  the  largest  cables  to  destruction 
,    •  e11*oe" testing  apparatus  of  Giffard's  captive  balloon 
iris,  1878,  was  a  hydraulic  press  mounted  above  a  frame  so 
o  bring  a  strain  upon  a  section  of  the  cable  which  had 
two  eye-splices  to  the  holder  and  puller  respectively,  the  lat- 
ter depending  from  the  piston  of  the  press.   An  accumulator 
is  arranged  to  prevent  any  shock  from  the  rupture  affecting 
tne  manometer  which  registers  the  tension. 

" Scientific  American  " *  xxxix.  194. 

CaTDres-to.    A  halter.    A  word  of  Spanish  in- 


Cafe-ti-ere'.    A 

French  apparatus 
for  making  infusion 
of  coffee. 

The  apparatus 
has  two  bulbs  and 
connecting  neck 
with  ejector  tube. 

As  shown  in  Fig.  497 
the  lower  bulb  contains 
water  which  is  in  pro- 
cess of  being  heated  by 
the  alcohol  lamp.  When 
steam  forms  above  the 
water,  the  latter  is 


Cafeti&re. 


raised  in  the  central  tube  and  poured  down  upon  the 
ground  coffee  in  the  npper  vessel.  The  lamp  is  then  re- 
moved, the  steam  soon  condenses  and  the  water  is  drawn 
down  through  the  coffee  so  as  to  have  the  grounds  as  dry  as 
fresh  sawdust. 

The  Etzenberger  steam  tea  and  coffee  filter  is  on  larger 
scale  but  involves  the  same  principle  of  action. 

Cage.     (Add.)    6.  A  prison  of  iron  bars. 

Iron  cages  are  now  frequently  made  for  prisons 
in  the  South  and  West,  to  be  used  when  there  is 
no  conveniently  available  material  except  wood. 


CAISSON. 


152 


CALENDERING  MACHINE. 


Cais'soii.  An  iron-liued  shaft ;  or  a  shaft  used 
in  pneumatic  subaqueous  excavation.  Pages  49, 
420-42^,  "J/ec/t.  Diet." 

Arsenal  of  Nagasaki     .     .     .     .  *"  Engineer,"  xliv.  60-64. 
Air-lock,  Hudson  lliver  Tunnel   *  "Engineer  "  1.  327. 
Subaqueous,  Antwerp      .     .     .  *" Engineering,"  xxviii.  280. 


Cake  Griud'er. 

seed  oil  cake 
for  food  f  o  r 
stock.  The 
cake  is  dropped 
into  the  hopper 
edgewise,  is 
broken  in 
pieces,  and 
these  ground 
by  passing  be- 
tween toothed 
rollers. 

Cake  Ma- 
chine'. A  ma- 
chine for  cut- 
ting dough  into 
cakes. 

Ruger's  soft 
cake  and  jumble 
machine  takes  the 
dough  previously 
prepare  d  in  a 
dough  mixer, 
spreads  it  on  an 


A  machine  for  breaking  lin- 
Fig.  498. 


Oil  Cake  Grinder. 


apron,  and  cuts  it  into  cakes  of  the  required  size  and  shape  ; 
cakes,  snaps,  jumbles,  drops,  fingers,  bars,  etc.  The  cakes  are 
taken  from  the  apron  with  a  peel.  There  is  no  automatic 
scrapper  as  in  some  forms  of  cracker  machines.  See  CRACKER 
MACHINE. 

Cake  Steam'er.  A  machine  for  washing 
cakes,  snaps,  and  crackers.  It  has  an  iron  frame 
having  an  endless  chain  apron  for  carrying  the 
pans  of  cakes  underneath  a  dome  where  steam  and 
water  are  sprayed  upon  the  cakes,  causing  them  to 
spread,  and  then  by  filling  the  dome  with  hot  steam 
a  thin  skin  forms  over  the  cakes,  by  which,  when 
baked,  they  acquire  a  rich,  cracked  top,  and  glossy 
color. 

Cal-cim'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Scheibler,  and  modified  by  Pellit  &  Salteron,  for 
making  volumetric  analyses  of  bone-dust,  meer- 
schaum, and  other  compounds  containing  lime. 

" Scientific  American  Supplement :'     .     .    *  x.  4002. 

Cal'ci-mine.  A  superior  kind  of  wash  for 
walls.  See  also  KALSOMINE,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p. 
1222. 

Cal-cin'ing  Fur'nace.  A  furnace  for  roasting 
ores. 

In  the  Gestenbrofer  furnace,  named  after  the  in- 
ventor, was  first  introduced  the  feature  of  burning 
the  sulphur  of  pyritic  ores  to  accomplish  the  calci- 
nation. 

In  practice,  the  sulphurous  fumes  are  used  to 
make  sulphuric  acid,  which  is  used  to  make  soda 
from  common  salt. 

SOP  paper  by  Holloway  read  before  the  "  Society  of  Arts," 
London,  February,  1879,  "Ore  a  New  Application  of  a  Process 
of  l\npid  Oxidation  by  which  Sulphides  are  Utilized  for 
Fuel,'1'  referred  to  in  " Engineering  and  Mining  Journal,'' 
xxvii.  201 ;  xxix.  423. 

See  also  Dr.  Jenkins's  report,  "Paris  Exposition  Reports" 
1878,  vol.  iv.,  pp.  9  et  seq.,  74,  80  et  seq.,  etc. 
Boston     and    Colorado 

Works *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  290. 

Borrie,  Br *  "Iron  Age"  xxiii.,  June  12,  p.  1. 

Howson  §  Wilson,  Br.    .  *  "Iron  Age,''  xxiii.,  June  12,  p.  1. 

Cal'ci-um  Light.  An  improved  form  of  the 
calcium  light  has  been  invented  by  Khotinsky,  a 
Russian  naval  officer. 


A.  thin  pyramidal  crayon  of  Jime  or  magnesia  is  supported 
(adjustably)  in  a  vertical  position,  with  its  thinner  end  facing 
the  orifice  of  the  burner  below,  which  surmounts  two  tube.s, 
for  coal-gas  and  oxygen,  both  controlled  by  one  stop-cock! 
The  two  gases  only  mix  at  the  mouth  of  the  burner.  The 
crayon,  immersed  iu  the  flame,  is  successively  heated  from 
below,  without  any  sudden  difference  of  temperature  occur- 
ring in  its  several  parts.  The  same  crayon  will  last  fifteen 
days,  with  daily  use.  The  burner  consumes  about  0.014  cub. 
meters  of  oxygen  per  hour,  and  as  much  coal-gas,  giving  a 
light  equal  to  about  1.5  Carcel  burner. 

Cal'cu-la-ting  Ma-chine'.  An  arithmometer. 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  pp.  143,  144. 

Circle,  Boucher    .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  498. 

Grant *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  12. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  295. 

Babbage's  and  Scheutz's  *  machines,  described,  article 
"  Culculer,  Machine  a,''  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  dts  Arts  et  Manu- 
factures, vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877.  See  also  pp.  423-24,  "  Mech.  Diet.'1'1 

Stamm's  "Machine  d  equations,"'  *  Ibid. 

Cal'en-der-ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  (Laundry.) 
A  machine  for  smoothing  clothes  or  linen.  A  man- 
gle. Much  used  in  France.  Machines  of  this 
character  are  made  by  Pierron  &  Dehaitre,  Paris. 
See  LAUNDRY. 

2.  Machines  for  smoothing  piece  goods  in  course 
of  manufacture  after  washing,  dyeing,  bleaching, 
etc. 

See  Fig.  1026,  p.  426,  "Mech.  Diet."  Also  Fig.  262,  article 
"Blanchiment,:'  Laboulaye's  "  Diet  ion  na  ire  des  Artset  Manu- 
factures," tome  i.,  ed.  1877. 

3.  A  machine  fov  giving  lustre  to  stuffs  by  press- 
ure, which   may  be   accompanied    by   heat.     The 
French  calendering  machine   has   rollers  of  plane 
tree  wood  or  paper  alternating  with  cast  iron. 

See  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
article  "Calandre,"  Fig.  498,  tome  i.,  ed.  1877. 

Fig.  500  is  a  French  machine  of  two  cylinders,  of 
which  the  lower  one  is  paper  covered.  The  iron 
roller  is  adapted  to  be  heated  by  steam  or  gas. 
Machines  of  the  same  class,  with  three  cylinders, 
are  made,  adapted  for  cloths  or  linen,  for  the  use 
of  dressers,  dyers,  laundries,  etc.  See  also  BEET- 
LING MACHINE. 

Fig.  499. 


Poole'f  Super-calender  Rolls. 


1'1.\TE  VI. 


CALICO  PRINTING   MACHINE.     (In  four  colors.) 


See  page  153. 


CALENDERING   MACHINES. 


153 


CALICO-PRINTING   MACHINE. 


Fig.  500. 


French  Calendering  Machine 

Small  machines  are  made  for  watering  or  moir- 
ing  ribbons,  etc. 

4.  In  paper-making  for  expressing  the  moisture 
from  the  felted  web,  and  giving  a  surface  to  the  in- 
cipient paper. 

Poole's  calender  rolls  are  shown  in  Fig.  499. 

The  figure  represents  a  stack  of  super-calenders  for  a  paper 
machine,  but  their  rolls  are  adapted  for  various  uses,  working 
in  paper,  rubber,  gutta-percha,  brass,  copper,  flour,  etc.  As 
shown,  the  rolls  A  A',  etc.,  are  of  chilled  iron,  B  B',  etc.,  are 
puper.  The  number  and  dimensions  are  varied  to  suit  the 
work  required  of  them.  They  are  put  in  motion  by  a  friction 
pulley,  and  the  strain  is  carried  by  large  wrought  iron  rods, 
connecting  the  caps  of  the  upper  with  the  lower  bearings 
of  the  lower  roll.  The  gearing  at  the  side  belongs  to  the 
winding  arrangement. 

5.  A  machine  for  running  rubber  into  sheets,  or 
spreading  it  upon  cloth. 

\Vhon  the  rubber  has  been  thoroughly  mixed,  it  is,  by 
means  of  large  iron  calender  rolls,  "  run  »  into  sheets  of  the 
required  thicknesses —  three  to  four  feet  wide — and  then 
rolled  or  cut  into  various  shapes  and  sizes,  and  .made  up  by 
the  workmen  into  the  various  articles  required,  ready  for  vul- 
canizing. Cotton  fabrics  are  combined  as  a  base  of  strength 
with  the  sheets  intended  for  belting,  hose,  and  other  articles 
requiring  it. 

"  Kn^ineirin^  ami  Mining  Journal,"  *  xi.  1. 
Machine,  Voitli,  Ger.     .     *  "Eit-f'nifering,"  xxviii.  392. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  68. 

*  " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3899. 
Rolls,  Poole     ....*"  Scientific  Awer.  Sup.,"  ii.  659. 

Of  paper *"  Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  360. 

Grinding.  Ponle   .     .     .     *  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  vij.  2769. 

Calf  Pail.     A   pail  for  feeding  a  young  calf. 
The  teat  in  the  center 
is  hollow,  and  the  milk  FiS-  501- 

is  drawn  through  it  by 
the  natural  action  of 
sucking. 

Calf  muzzle,  Miller,  *  "Sc, 
Amer.,"  xxxvi.  386. 

Cari-co-print'ing 
Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  printing  tis- 
sues. It  was  originally 
designed  for  cotton 
prints  or  calicoes,  but 
has  more  lately  been 
applied  to  a  very  great 
variety  of  fabrics  of  French  Calf  Pail 


i  4"  Dehaitre,  Paris.) 


wool,  linen,  silk,  and  other  materials,  and  of  various 
mixtures  of  these  and  others. 

The  modes  of  printing  are  various,  but  the 
greater  number  concern  the  chemical  side  of  the 
question  and  are  described  on  pages  426-429, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Plate  VI.  shows  a  machine  for  printing  in  four 
colors  which  will  give  a  clearer  understanding  of 
the  construction  and  operation  than  one  for  print- 
ing in  twenty-four  colors,  which  might  have  been 
selected.  The  latter  has  a  larger  central  cylinder 
so  as  to  make  it  possible  to  arrange  around  it  a 
series  of  twenty-four  different  impression  rollers, 
each  having  its  own  paraphernalia  of  color-roller, 
color-trough,  doctor,  and  the  necessary  means  for 
adjustment. 

The  plate  shows  a  transverse  vertical  section  of 
the  machine.  A,  is  the  frame  of  the  machine  on 
which  the  various  parts  are  mounted.  B  is  the 
impression  cylinder,  and  around  it  are  four  .en- 
graved cylinders,  c  c  c  c,  which  receive  their  color 
from  felt-covered  copper  rollers  which  revolve  in 
the  color-troughs,  E  E  E  E.  Each  of  the  graven 
cylinders  has  two  doctors,  D  D,  one  to  remove  su- 
perfluous ink  in  advance  of  the  impression  being 
delivered,  and  the  other  one  to  catch  and  remove 
any  fluff  or  fibre  which  might  adhere  to  the  cylinder 
and  so  be  carried  into  the  color.  The  doctor  is  a 
steel  blade  held  by  an  adjustable  screw  against  the 
cylinder  and  having  a  back  and  forth  movement  in 
the  direction  of  ils  length. 

The  plate  shows  three  webs  passing  around  be- 
tween the  impression  cylinder  and  the  engraved 
cylinders.  That  passing  from  Q  is  the  fabric  to 
be  printed.  It  passes  over  several  wing  rollers  and 
flat  surfaces  which  spread  it  evenly  and  remove 
folds  and  wrinkles;  the  tension  being  maintained 
by  a  weighted  strap,  s,  which  acts  as  a  brake  upon 
the  axes  of  the  cloth  roller  and  prevents  its  paying 
out  too  fast. 

Next  to  the  tissue  to  be  printed  is  a  cloth  called 
a  don  bier  (doublier)  which  unrols  from  R  and  has 
the  same  smoothing  devices  and  brake  weight  s  as 
previously  mentioned. 

The  doubler  lies  at  the  back  of  the  fabric  to  be 
printed,  and  is  itself  liacked  by  an  endless  blanket, 
which  is  shown  coming  past  the  roller  T  and  the 


CALICO-PRINTING   MACHINE. 


154 


CALLAUD   BATTERY. 


spiked  roller  H  ;  this  lies  next  to  the  impression 
cylinder,  the  doublet'  and  blanket  together  acting 
just  as  the  blankets  of  an  ordinary  copper-plate 
printing-press,  to  form  tin  elastic  spongy  backing 
to  the  fabric  and  force  it  in  to  the  graven  lines  from 
which  it  absorbs  the  colors. 

Each  graven  cylinder,  as  has  been  said,  has  its 
own  set  of  devices,  color  roller,  and  trough,  and 
these,  with  it,  are  mounted  upon  a  carriage  which 
can  be  set  towards  or  from  tlie  impression  cylinder 
B.  A  system  of  gearing,  M  N  o  L  K,  actuates  these 
altogether,  but  individual  adjustments  of  any  one 
set  are  made  by  a  screw  G,  which  acts  upon  its  own 
set. 

The  cylinder  is  rotated  by  a  gear-wheel  on  its 
shaft,  and  the  graven  cylinders  by  the  planetary 
gears  H  H  H  H. 

On  the  right  are  shown  the  tissue,  with  the 
doubler  and  the  felt  proceeding  toward  the  drying 
chamber. 

The  Monteith  (Glasgow)  hydraulic  press,  for  calico  print- 
ing from  flat  plates,  is  shown  in  article  "Impression  sur 
Stoffet^'ftg.  43,  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  lies  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures, tome  iii.,  ed.  1877. 

Machine  for  printing  in  24  colors.     Ibid,  Fig.  63. 

Cf.  "Sketch  of  the  History  of  Calico.''  Paper  read  before 
a  literary  society  of  Melrose,  Mass.  "  Boston  Journal,"  re- 
produced in  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  401. 

Copper  facing  calico  rolls.  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  14,  p. 
20. 

Cf.  O'Neill's  "Chemistry  of  Calico  Printing,"  etc. 

O'Neill's  "Dictionary  of  Calico  Printing  and  Dyeing." 

Cal'i-f  or'ni-a  Sight.    A  hind  sight  for  a  gun ; 


Fig.  502. 


California  Sight. 

capable,  by  elevation  of  the  rear  portion  on  one  or 
other  of   the   steps  of   the  fin,  of   adjustment  for 
ranges  of  varying  distance.     Fig.  502. 
Cal'i-pers.      Standard  calipers   are   made   for 

T,.     ..no  outside    and    for 

a  iff.  Ovo.  _     . 

inside     measure- 

ments;  the 
prongs  answering 
for  the  former, 
and  the  bar  for 
the  latter.  They 
are  preferred  to 
plugs  and  rings 
for  some  p  u  r- 
poses.  See  CYL- 
INDRICAL GAGE. 
They  are  both 


Standard  Caliper  Gage. 
light  and  strong.     They  are  used  as  standards  in 


i  of  these  gages  is  arranged  in  a  case,  and  con- 
i  \"  to  2J"  diameter,  varying  by  _L/'. 


a  "shop,  to  which  all  workmen's  measurements  must 
conform. 

Each  full  set 
tains  sizes  from 

Form  and  use  of *  "Sic.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  3. 

Manufacture  of *  "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  85 

Micrometer,  Brown  If  Sharpe       *  "Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  9. 

Gages  and  caliper  machines,  "American  Manufacturer," 
1879,  March  28,  p.  13,  and  April  4,  p.  13. 

Cal'i-per-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine,  Fig. 
504,  used  in  a  shop  for  testing  work.  A  sort  of 
stationary  caliper,  with  capacity  for  fine  adjustment. 
It  is  on  the  principle  of  the  Whitworth  measuring 
machine,  Fig.  3104,  p.  1414,  "Afech.  Diet.." 

It  has  a  fine  screw,  with  a  larsre  graduated 
wheel,  and  a  tangent  screw  for  fine  adjustment. 

"American  Manufacturer,"  *  1879,  April  4,  p.  13. 
"Iron  Age  " xxiii.,  Jan.  30,  p.  3. 


Kig.  504. 


Cal'i-per  Rule.  One  with  a  sliding  member 
which  protrudes  at  the 
end ;  the  foot  may  be 
used  to  measure  outside 
dimensions,  in  the  man- 
ner of  calipers.  Fig.  506. 

Calk'ing  I'ron.  A 
chisel  by  which  oakum 
is  driven  into  the  seams 
between  the  planks  of  a 
wooden  ship.  The  chis- 
els vary  in  form  accord- 
ing to  the  size  or  position 
of  the  seam.  Fig.  507. 

Calking  Joint. 
One  tightened  by  a  calk- 
ing tool,  as  in  some  riv- 
eted boilers. 


Fig.  505. 


IBM 


Calipering  Machine. 

Connery's  method  of  calking 
is  with  a  round  ended  (tool  in- 
stead of  one  with  an  angle  edge. 
The  advantage  is  that  it  does  not 
cut  the  iron,  making  incipient 
cracks,  but  simply  drives  the 
metal  in  between  the  two  sheets, 
wedging  it  tight.  The  dark 
parts  in  the  cut  represent  the 
portions  disturbed  by  the  tool. 

Cal'lan  B  at'te-ry. 
(Electricity.)      A   modified 
Cannery's  Method  of  Calk-  form   of  Grove   battery  in 
tn»-  which  the  platinum  and  ni- 

tric acid  are  replaced  by  platinized  lead  and  a  mix- 
Fig.  506. 


Caliper  Rule. 

ture  of  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids,  and  saturated  so- 
lution of  nitrate  of  potassium. 
"Dela  Rive,"  London,  1859,  283. 


Fig.  507. 


Calking  Irons. 

Call  An-nun'ci-a'tor.  An  audible  call  device 
which  has,  in  addition  to  the  gong,  a  board  on 
which  are  arrows  (or  what  not)  which  indicate  the 
source  whence  the  call  proceeded.  Such  are  used 
in  hotels  and  elsewhere.  See  ANNUNCIATOR, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Cal'laud  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  The  orig- 
inal gravity  battery,  invented  by  Jean  Armand 
Callaud.  See  p.  430,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Prescott,  "Electricity,"  79. 
Niaudet,  American  translation,  *  118. 
Plush,  imp't  on  Callaud,     *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2655,  * 2751 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  333. 
"Journal  Franklin  Institute." 


CALL   BELL. 


155 


CALORIE. 


Call  Bell.  A  bell  situate  to  be  sounded  by  the 
distant  closing  of  an  electric  circuit. 

Such  are  used  constantly  on  telegraph  and  tele- 
phone circuits 

The  illustration,  Fig.  508,  shows  the  latter. 
Above  is  the  transmitter,  below  are  two  call-bells ; 


Fig.  508. 


Magneto  Call  Bell. 

Call  But'ton.  A  small  stud  which  is  pressed 
to  close  an  electric  circuit  and  sound  a  gong  at  a 
distant  station ;  an  office,  guard-room,  servants' 
quarters,  or  what  not. 

Fig.  509  shows  one  which  is  stationary  in  a  wall ; 
another  pendent  at  the  end  of  a  cord. 

Cal'li-graph'.     A  writing  machine. 

Cal'o-ric  En'gine.  The  narfle  given  by  Eric- 
sson to  the  heated-air  engine.  His  earlier  form  of 
engine  was  given  in  Fig.  84,  p.  40,  "Mecfi.  Diet.," 
and  accompanying  description.  His  device  was  fol- 
lowed by  a  host  of  others.  See  Figs.  85-94,  pp.  41- 
45,  lbl,f. 

The  illustrations  below  show  the  latest  and  a  very 
compact  form  of  the  Ericsson  engine. 

Fig.  510  is  a  perspective,  and  Fig  511  a  sectional  view  of  the 
Fig.  510 


on  the  left  hangs  the  receiving  j 
instrument;  on  the  right  is  the  j 
crank  of  the  magneto-electric  j 
instrument. 

A  buzzer  is  sometimes  used 
instead  of  a  bc-ll  to  call  a 
clerk  without  making  a  noisy 
alarm. 

Fig.  509. 


Delamater's  Ericsson  Caloric  Engine.    (Perspective  View.) 


engine  pump  and  furnace.  The  engine  is  specially  intended 
for  domestic  use  in  lifting  and  forcing  water  from  wells  and 
cisterns,  or  from  city  mains,  to  tanks  on  upper  floors  of 
buildings. 

No  steam  is  employed,  and  any  kind  of  fuel  will  answer 
for  this  engine,  but  coal-gas  is  preferable,  the  consumption 
being  15  cubic  feet  per  hour  for  average  house  use. 

The  action  of  the  engine  is>  to  alternately  heat  and  cool  the 
air  confined  below  the  air-piston  b  in  cylinder  cl,  the  heating 
of  the  air  generating  a  pressure  which  acts  on  the  air-piston, 
causing  it  to  move  through  its  upward  stroke,  actuating  the 
pnmp  r  and  fly-wheel  by  means  of  beam  a  and  links  j  h  g. 
The  momentum  of  the  fly-wheel  and  contraction  of  the  air 
cause  the  return  stroke.  The  office  of  the  transfer  piston  c, 
by  its  movement  derived  from  the  crank  through  link  /  and 
bell  crank  k,  is  to  displace  the  air  from  the  lower  or  heated 
part  of  the  cylinder  d  to  the  upper  or  cold  part,  and  vice 
versa. 


Fig.  511. 


Delamater's  Ericsson  Caloric  Engine.    (Sectional  View.) 

u  is  the  gas  furnace,  t  the  vacuum  cylinder,  x  the  water 
jacket,  e  fly-wheel  bracket, /beam  center  bearing. 

The  Brown  caloric  engine  has  the  furnace  separated  from 
the  working  cylinder,  has  valved  connections  between  the 
two,  and  uses  the  hot  air  expansively.  The  inlet  and  outlet 
valves  operate  independently  of  each  other.  The  furnace  is 
supplied  with  coal  by  a  cut-off  bottom  hopper  while  the  ma- 
chine is  in  motion 

The  steam  siren  fog  signal  at  the  Centennial  was  operated 
by  one  of  these  engines.  See  FOG  TKUMPET. 

Compound,  Beaumont,  Br.     *  "Scientific  Amer.,'-  xliii.  385. 
Brown        *  "Manuf.  If  Builder  "  x.  97. 

*  "Eng.  *  Min.  ./.,"  xxvi.  349. 

*  "Iron  Age,"*  xx.,  Dec.  6,  p.  1. 

Ebert. #  "Scientific  Amer. Sup., '^  1412. 

Roper *  "Manuf.  $  Builder"  xi.  177. 

Van  Rennets       ....     *  "Sc.  American,''  xxxix.  307. 

"Tom  Thumb"     ....     *  "Sc.  American,"'  xlii.  373. 
Pumping  engine,  Ericsson      *  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  xii.  150. 

Wilcox *  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  etc.,iv., 

article  "Air  Chamber." 
Compression  engine,  Rider.    *  "Polytechnic  Review,"  ii.  195 

*  "Am.  Artisan,"  No.  12, 1874. 

Cal'o-rie.   The  amount  of  heat  required  to  raise 


CALORIMETER. 


156 


CAMERA   OBSCURA. 


the  temperature  of  1  kilogram  of  distilled  water  1° 
Centigrade  ;  about  equal  to  2.2  pounds  raised  1.8° 
Fab. 

Caro-rim'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  quantity  of  heat  given  out  by  bodies  in 
parsing  from  one  temperature  to  another. 

For  Keynaulfs,  see  Laboulaye''s  "Dictionnair?,"  etc.,  arti- 
cle, "  Chaleur  Specifiijue,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

For  sugar,  *  Ibid.,  vol.  iii.,  Figs.  75,  76,  article,  "Sucre." 

Hare's *  "Scientific  Amur.  Sup.,"  vii.  2627. 

Ericsson's *  "Scientific  Amer.  Si///."  iii.  1103. 

Liquid  "Les  Monties,"  .      "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  185. 

VioUt,¥r *  "Scientific  Amtricatt,''  xli.  53. 

Massachusetts  Inst.  .     .      "Scientific  American,'1  xxxv.  164. 

Cal'va-ri-an  Hook.  (Surgical.)  A  post- 
mortem hook,  used,  as  its  name  indicates,  in  work- 
ing upon  the  skull. 

Ca-ma'cho  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  per- 
fluent  battery  in  which  the  cells  are  arranged  in 
steps.  The  exciting  liquid  (solution  of  bichromate 
of  potassium)  is  contained  in  a  reservoir,  and  con- 
ducted from  cell  to  cell  by  means  of  siphons. 

Niaudft.  American  translation *  231. 

"Engineer" *  xlii.  203. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "    .     .     .     *  749. 

Cam'ber-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  giv- 
ing a  vertical  curve  to  a  railway  rail.  Such  rails 
are  used  at  the  summits  and  feet  of  inclines  and  at 
the  junction  of  grades  of  varying  inclination. 

Also  used  to  curve  a  rail  to  such  a  degree  that  it 
will  be  straight  when  cooled. 

See  Figs.  8,  9,  and  pp.  372,  "Engineering,'''  xxix. 

Cam  Cut'ter  A  special  machine-tool  made  to 
cut  and  finish  cams  of  all  curves  up  to  5"  diameter. 
It  is  made  with  either  single  or  double  heads.  The 
carriage  for  reception  of  the  blank  is  gibbed  to  the 
bed,  and  has  sufficient  traverse  toward  or  from  the 
cutter-spindle  to  cut  to  any  required  depth.  The 
cones  of  the  cutter-spindles  carry  2"  belts.  The  feed 
is  by  worm  and  gear,  and  has  variable  speeds. 
Machines  are  built  for  cutting  either  periphery  and 
face  or  periphery  alone. 

Cam'el.  (Hyd.  Eng.)  A  float  for  raising  a 
vessel. 

Ships  over  shoals. 

Clark  if  Standfield,  Br.     .     .     *  "Engineering,''  xxiii.  370. 

See,  also,  DEPOSITING  DOCK  :  DOCK  ;  FLOATING  DOCK,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  et  infra. 

Cam'el's  Hair  Pen'cil.  A  small  brush  used  by 
artists,  the  tuft  being  made  of  the  hair  of  the  camel. 
Similar  brushes  of  differing  degrees  of  elasticity 
are  made  of  fitch,  badger,  squirrel,  goat,  and  sable. 

Cam'e-o  Cut'ting.  In  the  process  of  cameo- 
cutting  the  method  in  Italy  is  as  follows  :  — 

The  shell  is  first  cut  into  pieces  the  size  of  the  required 
cameo  by  means  of  diamond  dust  and  the  slitting  mill,  or  by 
a  blade  of  steel  fed  with  emery  and  water.  It  is  then  shaped 
into  a  square,  oval,  or  other  form  on  the  grindstone,  and  the 
edge  finished  with  oil  stone.  It  is  next  cemented  to  a  block 
of  wood,  which  serves  as  a  handle  to  be  grasped  by  the  artist 
while  tracing  out  with  a  pencil  the  figure  to  be  cut  on  the 
shell.  The  pencil-mark  is  followed  by  a  sharp  point,  which 
scratches  the  desired  outline,  and  this  again  by  delicate  tools 
of  steel  wire,  flattened  at  the  end  and  hardened,  and  by  files 
and  gravers  for  the  removal  of  the  superfluous  portion  of 
the  white  enamel. 

The  cameo  cutter  selects  from  the  shells  which  possess  the 
three  layers  :  (1)  those  which  have  the  layers  strongly  ad- 
herent to  each  other  ;  (2)  those  in  which  the  middle  layer  is 
thick  ;  (3)  those  in  which  there  is  a  good  distinction  of  color 
between  the  layers  ;  and  (4)  those  in  which  the  inner  layer 
is  of  the  color  suited  for  his  purpose. 

The  central  layer  forms  the  body  of  the  relief,  the  inner 
layer  being  the  ground,  and  the  outer  the  third  or  superficial 
color,  which  is  sometimes  used  to  give  a  varied  appearance 
to  fhe  surface  of  the  figure. 

See,  also,  article  in  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  69. 

A  fictitious  cameo  is  made  from  lava  or  from  steatite.  In 
the  case  of  the  latter,  after  the  cutting  is  finished  the  cameos 


are  inclosed  in  an  air-tight  crucible,  heated  at  a  reddish  glow 
for  several  hours,  and  allowed  to  cool  slowly.  They  are 
then  flint-hard.  Color  is  given  by  immersion  for  several 
hours  in  dyes,  —  saffron,  gumboyl,  canipeche,  dragon's 
blood,  etc. 

Cam'e-o  Glass.  Glass  cut  in  imitation  of 
cameos. 

Cups  and  bowls  for  this  purpose  are  formed  of  an  inner 
body  or  layer  of  dark  blue  glass,  with  an  outer  coating  or 
layer  of  even  thickness  of  opaque  white  glass,  in  which  the 
design  is  wrought  by  carving  or  grinding  down  to  the  dark- 
colored  sub-layer,  or  foundation.  This  outer  white  layer  is 
about  \"  thick,  and  is  chiseled  in  high  relief,  in  a  similar 
manner  to  that  by  which  the  Portland  Vase  in  the  British 
Museum  was  formed,  and  also  the  Pompeiian  Vase  in  the 
museum  at  Naples.  It  is  a  difficult  task  to  get  glass  mixtures 
that  have  exactly  the  same  degree  of  shrinkage  on  cooling. 
The  two  differently  colored  pastes  must  shrink  exactly  alike, 
or  cracking  would  result,  especially  when  the  outer  layer  is 
chiseled  away  in  forming  the  design.  —  Blake. 

Cam'e-o  In'crus-ta'tion.  (Glass.)  A  fig- 
ure, say  a  small  porcelain  bust,  is  introduced  into 
a  small  cylinder  of  glass,  which  is  then  closed  upon 
it. 

Cam'e-o  Press.  A  small  screw-press  for  giv- 
ing a  convex  roundness  to  photograph  portraits. 
The  bed  and  platen  are  in  cameo  and  intaglio  re- 
spectively, and  the  object  is  pressed  between  them. 

Cam'e-ra.  A  chamber  used  in  obtaining  pic- 
tures. See  p.  433,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  2079. 
*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2506. 
'  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  181. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2243. 
'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2505,  2507. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,"  455. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,''  212. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2505. 

Manvfact.  and  Builder,''  ix.  1. 

Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  73. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2506. 

Cam'e-ra  Lu'ci-da.  A  glass  prism,  attached 
to  the  eye-piece  of  a  micro-  y\%.  512. 

scope.  Describe^  and  shown 
at  Fig.  1043,  p.  434,  "Mech. 
Diet."  The  instrument 
shown  at  Fig.  512  has  a  lens 
to  magnify  the  pencil  point ; 
a  very  important  adjunct  in 
making  drawings  of  micro- 
scopic objects.  Beck's  Camera  Lucida. 

Cam'e-ra   Ob-scu'ra.      The   camera  obscura 

shown  at  Fig.  1044,  p.  434,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  was  for 

a  long  time  but  little  more  than  a  toy.     Though 

its  development  into  the  photographic  camera  now 

Fig.  613  1'ig.  514. 


Enlarging,  Edwards 

Field        

Lucida,  Hofmann,  Fr. 


Multiplying  .  .  .  .  * 
Obscura,  Kettett  .  .  .  * 

Obscura * 

Obscura,  sketching  .  .  * 
Photographic,  Basham  * 
Portable * 


JT -> 

r~~3 


The  Camera  Obscura.  Bowditch's  Camera  Stand. 

removes  it  far  from  this  criticism,  yet  it  has  only 
lately  been  adapted  in  a  worthy  way  to  its  original 
use  :  the  throwing  of  an  image  on  a  piece  of  paper, 
to  facilitate  making  sketches,  drawings,  and  views. 


CAMERA   OBSCURA. 


157 


CANDLE   BALANCE. 


The  camera  obscura,  shown  in  Fig.  513,  has  a  reflector  and 
a  lens,  by  which  the  magnified  image  is  thrown  upon  the 
paper  in  the  camera,  the  only  light  entering  at  that  point. 
A  curtain  at  the  back  of  the  draftsman  occludes  other  light. 
The  lens  is  in  a  sliding  tube,  which  may  be  raised  or  lowered 
to  adjust  the  focus.  The  height  of  the  box  must  not  be  less 
than  the  focal  length  of  the  lens.  The  mirror  is  hinged  to 
adjust  its  direction. 

Cam'e-ra  Stand.  A  table  to  support  the 
photographic  camera,  having  adjustments  for  height 
and  inclination. 

Cam  Loom.  One  in  which  the  harness  is  ope- 
rated by  cams  instead  of  by  pattern  chain,  jac- 
quard,  or  other  device. 

Cam  Press.  One  in  which  the  action  of  the 
punch  or  shear  is  due  to  the  rotation  of  a  cam  :  as 
distinct  from  a  screw,  lever,  or  pendulum  press. 

Cam  Pump.     A  steam  pump,  the   motions  of 
which  are  obtained  by  the  media  of  cams  ;  as  dis- 
tinct from  other  mechanical  means. 
Fig.  515. 


Dayton  Cam  Pump. 

In  the  case  illustrated  in  Fig.  515,  the  steam  valve  is  a  plain 
slide  valve,  worked  by  means  of  a  cam  bolted  on  the  piston- 
rod,  and  moving  with  it,  and  by  the  shape 
of  the  cam  the  stroke  is  slowed  down  at  each 
end,  giving  ample  time  for  the  water  cylin- 
der to  fill,  and  water  valves  to  close  before 
the  return  stroke.  This  insures  a  full 
stream  every  stroke,  and  prevents  the 
pump  piston  from  striking  against  the 
water  when  the  cylinder  is  but  partly  filled, 
it  being  impossible  for  the  steam  valve  to 
be  thrown  into  such  a  position  as  to  shut 
off  steam  and  stop  the  pump. 

Cam/py-lom'e-ter.  An  in- 
vention of  M.  Gaumet.  A  pocket 
instrument  capable  of  giving  at  one 
reading  the  metric  length  of  any 
line,  straight  or  curved,  on  a  map  or 
plan  ;  and  the  natural  length  corre- 
sponding to  the  graphic  length  on 
maps,  with  a  scale  of  one  80,000th  or 
one  100,000th,  or  multiples  or  sub- 
multiples  of  these  scales. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  xii.  157. 

Ca-nal'.  See  following  notices :  — 


Boat  propulsion,  Legouge    .     .     .  *  "Sc.Amer.,"  xxxiv.  278. 
Boat  propeller  (jet),  Bugbfe      .     .  *  " Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  89. 
Boat  propulsion,  Hetzler      .     .     .  *  "Manuf.  If  B.,"  xii.  128. 

Lift,  hydraulic,  Br "Engineering,"  x\i.  227. 

Lock  working,  Marq.  Caligny,  Fr.  *  "  Watson's    Vienna   Ex- 
pos. Rept.,"  iii.  64. 
Lock,  Aubois,  Loire,  Watson   .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,1' 

xix.  85. 
Locks,  Barrage  of  the  Nile        .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxi.  41. 

Hydraulic  canal  lift  at  Anderton  on  the  river  \Veaver : 
Paper  read  before  the  "  Institute  of  Civil  Engineers  "'  (Lon- 
don), by  Mr.  Duer.  Reproduced  in  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  295. 

Canal-boat  lift  by  caisson  and  inclined  plane,  from  Poto- 
mac River  to  Chesapeake  and  Ohio  Canal,  by  William  R. 
Ilutton.  "Proceedings  of  Am.  Soc.  of  Civil  Engineers.'' 

The  invention  of  M.  Girard  for  avoiding  a  part  of  the  waste 
of  water  in  the  descent  of  a  boat  from  a  superior  to  a  lower 
level,  is  described  in  Laboulaye's  " Dir.tionnaire  des  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  Paris,  1877,  cap.  "£cluse." 

Can'al-ic'u-lar  Iii'stru-ments.  (Surgical.) 
For  operating  upon  the  lachrymal  duct. 

Jaeger  bistoury  cached 

Beaumont's  concealed  canalicular  knife. 

Greenslade's  concealed  canalicular  knife. 

Agnew's  canalicular  knife. 

Petit's  Fistula  lachrymalis  knife. 

Lachrymal  canula,  etc. 

Page  10,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Ckirur- 
gicitm.''  See,  also,  CANALICULAR  SCISSORS,  a  Fig.  4672  p 
2054,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Can  Bod'y  Form'er.  (Sheet  Metal  Working.) 
A  machine  for  forming  the  bodies  of  cans.  The 
locks  for  the  seams  being  first  formed  on  the  blanks, 
and  they  placed  in  position,  a  single  movement  of 
the  lever  presses  the  former  into  the  mold  and  two 
hinged  side-pieces  spring  forward  and  clasp  the 
ends  of  the  blank  around  the  back  of  the  former. 

Can'dle.  (Electricity.)  An  arrangement  of 
carbons  in  an  electric  light.  The  carbons  are 
placed  parallel,  and  as  the  waste  of  the  two  must 
be  equal,  they  are  fed  by  alternating  currents.  See 
ELECTRIC  CANDLE. 

The  Jablochkoff  electric  light  is  the  most  noted 
of  the  class  ;  in  this  the  carbons  are  separated  by 
a  material  known  as  columbin.  Caudles  without 
columbin  are  the  Wilde,  Janim,  and  Debrun.  The 
Jablochkoff  combines  the  characters  of  the  candle 
and  the  arc. 

Can'dle  Bal'ance.      An  instrument  for  indi- 


Bude  in  Cornwall  .  .  . 

"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  340. 
"  Teclinologiste,"  xl.  389. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  55. 
".V.  .-tmer.,"xxxix.  296. 
"Sc   Am    Sup   "2752 

Darien,  d'Aoust  .... 

Du  Midi.  Ir.  ... 

Florida  ship  .  .  . 

Inter-oceanic 

Obi  &  Jenissei,  Sidoroff 
Suez,  history  of 

"  Technologiste',"  xl.  291. 
"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  93. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xl.  240. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1729. 
"  Technologiste,"      xii. 
606. 
[  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  44. 
*  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.." 
xv.  385,  481. 
*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  402. 

U.  S.  Consul  Farman's  Rept.  on 
Bridge,  Bl:ickburn,  Engl.  .  .  . 
St.  Petersburg,  Momma  .  .  . 

Tug.  steam,  St.  Clare  Byrne  .  . 
Works,  Sooukesala  Canal,  India  . 

Boat  elevator,  Clark  $  Duer,  Eng. 

Goodwin's  Candle  Balance. 


eating  when  a  candle  has  consumed  a  set  amount 
of  the  material  of  which  it  is  composed. 

The  instrument  is  shown  in  Fig.  516,  G  being 
at  zero,  the  weight,  B,  is  made  to  counterpoi-e 
the  candle.  The  weight,  G,  being  then  shifted  to 
the  mark  indicating  the  amount  to  be  consumed, 
the  candle  is  lighted.  When  the  amount  is  con- 
sumed, the  balance-lever  falls,  an  electric  circuit  is 
completed  at  E,  and  the  armature  is  drawn  to  the 
magnet  //. 

"American  Gas-light  Journal  "   .     .  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  6. 


CANDLE   LAMP. 


158     CANDLE-POWER  JET  PHOTOMETER. 


Candle  Lamp. 


Can'dle  Lamp.      A  lamp,  the  stem  of  which 
holds  a  candle  forced  upward 
by  a  coiled  spring.     Used  in 
railway    cars    and    traveling 
carriages. 

Can'dle-mold'ing  Ma- 
chine'. A  candle-molding 
machine,  made  by  Wunch- 
manii  of  Leipzig,  was  shown 
at  the  Centennial  Exhibition, 
1876. 

It  is  constructed  of  iron, 
and  designed  for  molding 
either  paraffine,  stearine,  or 
tallow  candles. 

The  molds,  100  in  number,  stand 
in  two  double  rows  in  a  close  cast- 
iron  box,  where  they  are  made 
steady  in  the  upper  and  lower 
walls,  but  so  that  they  can  be  taken  out,  one  by  one,  with 

Each  of  the  molds  is  a  tubular  structure  open  at  both 
sides.  In  it  moves  a  piston  that  constitutes  the  mold  for  the 
apex  of  the  candle, 
and  is  itself  attached 
to  a  slender  iron 
tube.  At  the  lowest 
stage  the  piston 
shuts  the  somewhat 
conically  shaped 
mold  close  and  tight. 

All  the  pistons  are 
secured  to  a  frame 
by  means  of  long 
slender  tubes,  and 
are  raised  and  low- 
ered simultaneously, 
by  a  crank,  pinion, 
and  notched  bar. 

In  the  lower  part 
of  the  machine  is  the 
wick-box,  which  can 
be  closed.  It  con- 
tains a  hundred  wick 
spools,  the  wicks 
passing  through  the 
box-cover  into  a  pis- 
ton tube  traversing 
the  piston  itself,  but 
by  means  of  a  simple 
contrivance  shutting 
it  up  so  closely  that 
the  liquid  mass  can- 
not permeate. 

Above  the  two  troughs  that  inclose  the  double  row  of 
molds  at  the  top,  is  an  apparatus  called  the  clasper,  that 
serves  the  purpose  of  holding  the  candles  on  their  being 
raised  from  the  molds.  It  can  be  turned  on  hinges  back  over 

Fig.  518. 


to  the  side  of  the  machine  till  it  rests  against  two  supports. 
It  is  opened  and  shut  by  means  of  small  levers  and  eccentrics. 
There  is  a  simple  attachment  to  centralize  and  hold  fast  the 
wicks  immediately  over  the  molds. 

The  procedure  in  operating  is  as  follows :  When  the  wicks 
have  been  introduced,  they  are  in  the  first  instance  made 
fast  to  a  little  piece  of  wood  laid  crosswise  over  the  clasper. 
The  centralizing  apparatus  is  then  applied,  and  steam  is  ad- 
mitted into  the  compartment  containing  (he  molds,  which 
are  thus  quickly  heated  by  its  playing  around  them.  The 
liquid  is  then  admitted.into  both  troughs,  and  the  mold  thus 
filled. 

The  centralizing  apparatus  is  then  withdrawn,  and  cold 
water  introduced  into  the  compartment. 

As  soon  as  the  liquid  surface  over  the  molds  has  become 
sufficiently  firm,  it  is  cut  off  by  a  shovel  adapted  lor  the 
purpose.  When  the  candles  have  cooled  Ihev  are  raised  out 
of  the  molds  by  turning  the  crank,  and  draw  the  wick  from 
the  spools  along  with  them.  The  candles  pass  through  the 
open  claspers,  and,  on  reaching  the  highest  stage,  are  there 
made  fast.  The  crank  is  then  turned  backward  till  the  pis- 
tons shut  up  the  lower  ends  of  the  molds.  In  due  time  the 
wicks  are  cut  and  the  caudles  removed. 

The  cut,  Fig.  618,  shows  the  candles  in  raised  position,  as 
held  by  the  claspers. 

Can'dle   Pol'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.     Fig.  519 


Fig.  519. 


Machine/or  Clipp.ng,  Polishing,  and  Marking  Can<lt<s. 
shows  a  machine  made  by  Morane,  of  Paris,  for 
clipping  to  a  length,  polishing,  'and  marking  can- 
dles. The  saw  and  pad,  which  are  concerned  in 
the  length,  the  polisher,  and  the  marker,  are  all  ad- 
justable. 

A  French  polishing  machine  for  candles  is  shown  in  Fig. 
274,  article  "Bougies,"  Laboulaye'-s  "  Dirtionnaire.  dts  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  tome  i.,  ed.  1877.  The  candles  on  an  apron 
pass  beneath  a  succession  of  rollers. 

Can'dle-pow'er  Jet  Fho-tom'e-ter.  An  in- 
strument for  measuring  the  light  of  a  burning  gas- 
jet. 

Fig.  520. 


Wunchmann's  Candle-molding  Machine. 


English  Candy-rolling  Machine. 


CANDY-ROLLING   MACHINE. 


159 


CANE   MILL. 


Goodwin's,  "American   Gaslight  Journal,'''  *  July  3,  1876, 
p.  6. 
See  JET  PUOTOMETEB. 

Can'dy-roll'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  with 
various  patterns  of  rollers  for  stamping  candy  in 
sheets.  The  pan  is  8£"  wide,  and  each  roller  is 
provided  with  lever  and  clutch  wheel,  so  that  any 
one  can  be  thrown  in  or  out  of  gear  instantly,  with- 
out affecting  the  work  of  the  others. 

Can'dy  Sli'cer.  A  guillotine  machine  for 
cutting  candy  into  strips  or  blocks. 


Fig.  521. 


The  cutting-knife  is  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of  a 
crank-wheel,  and  a  shearing  motion  is  imparted  by  the  in- 
clined guides  A.  The  carry  ing  bed  h;is  a  rack,  and  is  moved 
forward  by  the  action  of  a  pinion-wheel  on  a  shaft  which 
carries  at  its  outer  end  the  ratchet-wheel,  B,  operated  by  a 
pawl  attached  to  an  arm,  7,).  The  outer  end  of  this  fits  in 
a  slot  in  a  vibrating  arm,  C,  up  and  down  which  it  is  adjusted 
to  regulate  the  width  of  the  candy  slices. 

Cane  Cul'ti-va'tor.  An  implement  made  for 
the  Cuba  and  West  India  market,  with  three  broad, 
round-nosed  flat  shares,  and  an  expansible  frame. 

Cane  Cut'ter.     See  CANE  MILL. 

An  implement  for  cutting  sugar- 


Fig.  522. 


Cane  Knife. 

cane.  It  varies 
in  different  coun- 
tries and  prov- 
inces, from  the 
shape  of  a  butch- 
er's cleaver  to  that 
of  a  broad -sword. 
See  MACHETE. 

Cane  Mill. 
The  French 
process  of  Phi- 
lippe is  a  depar- 
ture from  the  or- 
dinary, consisting 
in  cutting  the  cane 
into  thin  slices 
with  a  machine, 
submitting  them 
t  o  levigation  i  n 
water  in  a  trunk 
in  which  a  lifting  screw  rotates,  and  pressing  them 
in  a  rotary  eccentric  press.  See  also  Mignon  & 
Kourt,  "  Technologiste,"  xxxviii.  81. 


Cane  Knives.     Louisiana  Pattern. 


pace. 

Ihe  cane  cutter  of  Philippe  is  shown  in  Fig.  523,  and 
consists  of  two  root-cutters,  composed  of  cast-iron  disks, 
A  A',  keyed  upon  the  same  axis,  B,  furnished  with  a  fixed 
pulley,  p,  which  communicates  the  movement,  and  a  loose 
pulley, />',  which  receives  the  belt  when  the  motion  of  the 
cutters  is  to  be  stopped. 

The  axis  i',  turns  in  brass  boxes  in  the  pillow-blocks  b  b' 
cast  with  a  cisti-rn,  D',  which  receives  the  sliced  cane  from 
the  cutting-mill,  and  which  serves  at  the  same  time  by  its 


Fig.  523. 


Mitt. 


large  extent  to  afford  a  seat  for  the  elevating  screw.    The 
whole  is  bolted  to  the  stone  columns  in  masonry  M,  in 

Fig.  524. 


Cane-cutting  Levigator. 

common  with  the  two  hoppers  C  C't  into  which  the  cane  is 
thrown  by  armfuls. 

Four  slicing-knives  a,  are  fixed  on  the  face  of  each  disk, 
inclined  in  their  seats  like  the  bits  of  planes, 

The  slices  of  cane  obtained  by  the  action  of  the  cutters, 
and  arriving  at  the  bottom  of  the  cistern,  are  subjected  to  lev- 
igation.  The  bottom  of  the  cistern  corresponds  in  shape  with 
the  Archimedean  screw  D,  the  lower  end  of  which  re- 
volves in  a  step,  d,  with  an  adjusting  screw,  while  the  upper 
end  rotates  in  a  bronze  collar  in  the  cap  whjch  closes  the 
upper  end  of  the  inclined  cylinder  of  translation.  The 
endless  screw  receives  rotation  from  a  hclicoidal  gear  whose 
axis  carries  the  pulley  E.  On  the  top  of  the  inclined 
trunk  are  two  boxes  which  cover  the  orifices  by  which  the 
liquid  arriving  by  the  pipes  F  F  is  distributed  in  the  interior 
over  the  blades  of  the  screw. 

The  endless  converger  is,  so  to  speak,  the  instrument  of 
levigation  of  the  slices  which  readily  traverse  the  trunk  in- 
closing the  screw,  imbibing  the  liquid  and  undergoing  osmo- 
sis more  or  less  complete.  When  the  slices  arrive  at  the 
summit,  they  fall  into  the  hopper  G  of  the  rotary  press, 
which  consists  of  a  cylindrical  shell  G,  cast  with  a  bed- 
plate, and  with  ends  in  which  are  bearings  of  the  arbor,  H, 
on  which  is  keyed  the  hollow  drum  7,  which  is  eccentric 
with  the  shell  G. 

The  pressing  is  done  by  six  palettes  of  bronze,  j,  carried  by 
the  drum,  which  catch  the  mass  of  slices  from  the  hopper 
and  carry  them  into  a  more  and  more  confined  space  be- 
tween the  drum  and  the  concave  shell,  finally  arriving  at 
the  discharge  spout  g,  placed  at  that  part  of  the  envelope 
where  the  slices  escape  from  the  point  of  greatest  pressure. 

The  drum  /is  cast  iron,  and  its  periphery  is  pierced  with 
a  multitude  of  small  openings  leading  to  parallel  circular 
channels  covered  with  perforated  steel  plates,  so  that  the 
juice  expressed  from  the  slices  escapes  into  the  interior  of 
the  drum  from  whence  it  is  discharged  laterally  at  an  open- 
ing in  the  central  vertical  line.  Thence  is  taken  by  a  pipe, 
J,  and  pump,  j,  and  elevated,  to  be  poured  again  by  the  pipe 
F'  into  the  trunk  where  the  elevating  screw  operates. 


CANE   MILL. 


160 


CANNON. 


Fig.  525. 


Fig.  526. 


Cane  Telrscope. 


Can  Fill'er.  A  machine 
for  filling  cans  with  fruit,  etc. 

In  Bucklin's  can-filler,  to- 
rn a  t  o  e  s,  —  for  instance,  — 
which  have  been  previously 
peeled,  are  separated  from  the 
juice  with  a  sieve,  and  then 
go  forward  into  the  hopper 
and  roll  thence  to  the  gradu- 
ally tapered  end  of  the  cylin- 
der. The  can  is  placed  on 
the  rests  and  is  pressed  down, 
which  brings  the  can  opening 
directly  opposite  the  cylinder. 
The  treadle  is  now  brought 
down  and  the  plunger  forces 


The  six  bronze  palettes  are  cast  hollow,  and  are  connected 
in  pairs  diametrically  across  the  wheel.  Each  pair  has  a 
yoke  in  the  mid-length,  and  they  slip  radially,  the  ends  of 
the  palettes  keeping  their  places  against  the  interior  periph- 
ery of  the  concave  shell. 

The  drum  /  turns  slowly,  the  power  being  applied  by  a 
pinion  on  the  axis  of  the  wheel  R  to  the  spur-wheel  B. 

The  concentration  of  the  juice  is  performed  by  means  of  a 


author  is  indebted  for  the  basis  of  the  foregoing  account. 

The  process  bears  some  relation  to  the  Roberts  diffusion 
process,  which  also  employs  water  to  dissolve  the  sugar  of  the 
cane,  a  substitute  for  the  ordinary  cane  mill. 

Cane-juice  bleacher,  Lescale  .  *  "  Sc.  Amer.,"'  xxxiv.  86. 
See  also  DIFFUSION  PROCESS,  page  702,  "Mech.  Diet.,1'  et  infra. 

Cane  Tel'es-cope.  An  instrument  with  seats 
for  the  eye  and  object  glasses  upon  a  walking  stick. 
The  object-glass  is  adjustable  for  focus  and  may 
serve  as  a  microscope  on  occasion.  See  Fig.  526. 


the  tomatoes  into  the  can. 


Canning  fruits, etc.,  Cutting  Co.,  Cal.     " Sc.  Am.,''  xli.  148. 
Can  opener,  Wilson "Sc.  Am.,"  xlvi.  307. 

Can  LaTDel-ing  Ma-chine'.  In  Bigelow's  la- 
beling machine,  the  can  is  placed  at  the  head  of  the 
incline  ;  rolling  down  which  it  passes  over  a  padded 
roller  rotating  in  a  reservoir  of  paste,  and  thence 
over  the  label,  taking  it  up  as  the  pasted  surface  on 
the  can  adheres  to  it,  rolling  itself  in  it. 

In  passing  down,  the  can  strikes  a  lever  which  by 
its  connection  with  a  second  reservoir  pastes  one 
end  of  the  next  label,  at  the  same  time  acting  on 
the  feed  screw  and  raising  the  labels  the  thickness 
of  one. 

Can'nel.  1.  (  Weaving.)  A  style  of  weaving; 
making  a  corded  or  rep  tissue. 

2.  A  variety  of  coal :  candle-coal,  highly  bitu- 
minous. 

Can'iion.     The  cannon  shown  in  Figure  527  is 


527. 


KIKHT  OP  SHELL  JOOO  IBS 


Armstrong  100-ton    Gnu. 


one  of  eiirht  made  by  Sir  W.  G.  Armstrong  &  Co., 
of  Elswick  ordnance  works,  Newcastle-upon-Tyne, 
for  the  Italian  government,  to  be  placed  on  board 
the  turret-ships  "Duilio"  and  "  Dandolo."  One  of 
these  ships  was  built  at  Spezzia  and  the  other  at 
Castellamare,  and  each  is  of  7,000  tons  burden. 
The  gun  is  made  on  the  well-known  Armstrong 
principle,  having  27  grooves  and  as  many  bands  of 
about  equal  width.  The  rifling  is  an  increasing 
spiral  on  the  parabolic  development,  winding  up 
with  a  twist  of  1  in  45  calibers.  The  depth  of  the 
grooves  is  £"  throughout.  See  p.  158,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  weight  of  the  gun  is  227,360  pounds. 
Extreme  length,  32'  10J". 


Length  of  bore,  30'  6". 

Diameter  of  bore,  17". 

Outside  diameter  of  gun  :  muzzle,  29". 

Outside  diameter  at  breech,  77". 

The  barrel  is  in  two  pieces  made  into  one  in  the  building 
up.  There  are  three  layers  of  coils  over  the  thickest  end  of 
the  gun. 

The  weight  of  the  projectile  is  2,000  pounds. 

Work  developed  at  the  muzzle,  39,000  foot  pounds. 

Velocity  1,400'  per  second. 

The  loading  gear  is  hydraulic. 

Albini  ........  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2734. 

America's  contribution  to 
modern  artillery    .     .     .      "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  353. 


Armstrong 
100-ton,  Br 


Sc.  American  Sup.."  1125. 
"Engineer,'1'  xlii.  102. 
"Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  1,  p.  1. 


CANNON. 


161 


CANULA. 


Armstrong    .          ....     *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  255. 
Laboutaye's  "Dirt.,''  iv.,  ar- 
ticle "Boulets." 
"Engineer,''  xliii.  355. 
"Engineer,"1  xlix.  187. 
*  "Engineer,''''  xliii.  355. 

etc.,  iv.,  article  "Boulett." 
Woodbridge,   Apparatus    for 
measuring  pressure      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  134,  170. 

Dean's  field-piece  made  by  a  peculiar  process  for  condens- 
ing and  hardening  the  metal  of  the  bore  ;  "Ordnance  Report," 
*  1877,  Appendix  S. 
See  also  FIELD-PIECE. 
Thompson's  12"  breech-loading  rifle  gun,  "Ordnance  Re- 
port," 1876,  Plate  I.,  p.  96. 
Sutcliff'e  9"  breech-loading  rifle,  Ibid.,  1876,  p.  108. 
10"  Rodman  converted  to  9"  rifle      Ibid.,  1876,  p.  134. 
10"  Rodman  converted  to  8"  rifle.     Ibid.,  App.  K,  p.  142. 
Woodbridge  10"  rifle,  breech-loader.     Ibid.,  1876,   Appen- 
dix N,  Plates  I.  to  XI. 
Illustrated  Papers  on  construction  of  rifled  cannon. 
11"  m.  1.  rifle,  converted  from  15"  Rodman.     "Report  of 
Chief  of  Ordnance,"  1879,  *  p.  61. 
3"  b.  1.  rifle.     Ibid.,  1879,  *  p.  67. 
3.16"  m.  1.  rifle.     Ibid.,  1879,  *  p.  71. 
3.17"  m.  1.  rifle.     Ibid..  1879,  *  p.  73. 
4.5"  b.  1.  rifle.     Ibid.,  1879,  *  p.  77. 
i  "Report  on  the  Manufacture  of  Life  Saving  Guns."    Ibid., 
1879,  *  p.  270,  with  7  plates. 
Frazer  System  (British),  Cols.  Barnard  and  Wright's  report, 
U.  S.  Engineer  Dept.,  1871,  pp.  84-90. 
Krupp,  system  compared.    Ibid.,  p.  90  et  seq.    Plates  XIX.- 
XXI.,  and  p.  102. 
Krupp,  breech  loading  field-piece.     Ibid.,  Plate  XXXI.,  p. 
104. 
Krupp,  breech  loading  heavy  guns.     Ibid.,  Plates  XXII.- 
XXV. 
Muzzle-pointing-gun  carriages.     Ibid.,  page  182  et  seq. 
Frazer,  35-ton  gun.     Ibid.,  *  Plate  XXXVI. 
Moncrieff    carriages.     Ibid.,   *   Plate    XXXVII.,   p.    200. 
App.  XI. 
Moncrieff,  hydro-pneumatic  carriage.    Ibid,  *  p.  215.   App. 
XII. 
Cf.  Butler's  "Projectiles  and  Rifled  Cannon." 
Benton's  "Ordnance  and  Gunnery." 
Holley's  "  Ordnance  and  Armor." 

Can'non  Car.     (Railway.}     a.  A  car  especially 
constructed  for  transporting  heavy  pieces. 
6.  A  car  with  carriage  for  mounting  a  gun,  and 
usually  provided  with  a  screen  for  the  gunners. 
Can'non  Re-vol'ver.     See  MACHINE   GUN  ; 
GATLING  GUN  ;  GUNWALE  GDN. 
Ca-noe'.  The  canoe  "  Maria  Theresa,"  designed 
by  Rev.  Baden  Powell  of  England,   built    by  E. 
Waters  &  Sons,  of  Troy,  N.  Y.,  and  rowed  by  N. 
H.  Bishop  of  Lake  George,  N.  Y.,  from  the  Gulf  of 
St.  Lawrence  to  Gulf  of  Mexico,  has  the  following 
dimensions  :  — 

Length,  W.                             Weight  of  Canoeist,  130  Ibs. 
Beam,  18".                               Weight  of  outfit,  90  Ibs. 
Depth  amidship,  9".              Total  weight,  278  Ibs. 
Weight,  58  Ibs. 

Cruising      'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''2G07. 
Fijeau     'St.  Am.  Sup.,"  1778. 
Folding,  Berthon,  Br  'Engineer  ''  xlvii  333. 

"Sc.Am.  .SW/7.,"*759;  *614; 
*  1314  ;  4073. 
81-ton      "Iron  Age,'"  xvii.,  Jan.  6,  11. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  183. 
"Engineering,''  xxi.  536. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sap.,"  Iv.  760. 
Trials,  80-ton   .     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"1  1046. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  235. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  24,  16. 
Trials       .               ...  *"Sr.Am    Sup   "1237 

Tests        *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  73,91,317. 
Woolwich     *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  187. 
9.2"-gun.     Woolwich    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  453. 
40-toa,  Armstrong     .     .      "Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xvi. 
478. 
38-ton  carriage,  lir.  .     .   *  "Engineer,''  xlii.  411. 
38-ton,  Engl  "Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  324. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  501. 
12-pounder,  field,  Br.    .   *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  251. 
Mountain,  Armstrong   .  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  254. 
13-dr  field-piece,  Br.      .  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  4087. 
'•  Duilio,"  bursting  of  .      "Sc.  American,"  xlii.  272. 

Elephant   *  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.  ''2534 

Klsurck,  39-ton  br.-loader        *  •''Engineer,"  xliii.  200. 
38-ton.    Target,  etc.      .  *"  Engineer,"  xliii.  200. 
Kssen,  making  at    ....      "Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  Aug.  21,  3. 

etc.,  iv.,  art.  "Boulets." 
ffaidier,  Cast  Steel      .    .     .     "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1543. 
Heavy        ...         ...      "Sc.Am.  Sup   "2698  2735 

Hotclikiss  revolver      .     .     .  *"  Sc.Am,  Sup.,''  735. 
Illuminating  Shell      .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  79. 
Italian,  100-ton       ....      "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  4,  18. 
Working,  SS.    "  Italia  :>  *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  153. 
Albini,  Ital  *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  156. 
Tests  100-ton,  Spezzia   .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  445,  448. 
And  targets       ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  426,  431. 
*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,'-  982. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  1. 
Johnson,  Br.  loading  attach.  *  "Sc.  American,"  xl.  230. 
Breech-loading  field  gun  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup  .,"  1968. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  443. 
Krupp  and  Woolwich      .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag,"  xxii. 
172. 
Krupp,  Works    "Sc.Am.  Sup   "638 

Field    *  "Engineer,"  x'viii   121 

Making    "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  29,  p.  6. 
Construction     ....     "Sc.  American,'''  xl.  250. 
126-ton     "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Apr.  6,  p.  7. 
72-ton      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xx.  522. 
"Iron  .dsT,"  xxiii.,  M'ch  27,  7. 
71-ton  )  Meppen   ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  119,  128. 
52-ton  )  and  others  (20  figs.) 
16"  gun  ...          .     .      "Sc  Am   Sup  -"2580 

14"  gun,  mounted     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  44. 

Heavy      *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2656. 
Masked     *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  931. 
Protected  non-recoil  .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  295. 

Folding,  Berthon      '  Sc.  Am   Sup    "2873. 

Mode  of  working  heavy    *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  24. 
Line    throwing,   Eggers    Sf 

Life  boat,  "  Evangelist,"  Australia.       'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1778. 
Racine    '  Sc  Am   "  xlii   231 

Steam,  "  Nina  "  'Sc.  Am.  "  xl   142. 

Maquaii  breastwork    .     .     .  *  "  Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  200. 
Mniici  -ifff  carriage  .     .     .     .      "  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  76. 
Molt,  submarine      ....      "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2015. 
Mule-back.    Jointed  for  .     .      "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  40. 
Palliser,  Br.  Breech-loader,  .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  361. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlix.  169. 
Powerful    "  Sc   American  "  xli  265 

See,  also,  BOAT. 

_  Cant.     (Saw-milling.)     A  log  slabbed  on   two 
sides  and  ready  to  turn  down  to  be  sawed  the  other 
way. 
Cant'ing  TaHble.     In  a  band  sawing  machine  a 
table  capable  of  inclination  so  as  to  present  the 
stuff  to  the  saw  in  such  position  as  to  saw  beveling. 
Such  a  table  is  shown  in  Fig.  553,  p.  226,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 
Cant  Splice.     (Nautical.)    A  loop  splice  ;  also 
known  as  cut  splice.     See  k  n,  Fig.  5435,  p.  2279, 
"  Mfch.  Diet." 
Ca-nu'la.     (Surgical.)     A  tube.      Its  uses  are 
various,  and  construction  adapted  to  special  pur- 
pose. 

The  references  are  to   Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  C/ti- 
rurgicum." 
The  epistaxis  canula  of  Belocq,  Fig.  246,  Part  II. 
Gooche's  canula  for   ligating    hemorrhoidal    tumors  ;    a 

Prussian  field-gun  .     .     .     .      Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  etc.,  i., 
article  "Bouche  a  feu." 
Russian,  heavy    ...             *  "Engineering  "  xxiii   179 

Carriages,  cyclads      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xivii.  336. 
Foundry       "Iron  A"e  ''  xix    May  24  19 

Span,  navy  breech-loading  .  *  "  Engineer,'"  1.  79." 
Sto  mi  !,'ear  for,  Br.      ...      "  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine," 
xviii.  286. 
"  Thunderer,  "Br.  Exploded   *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  244. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  45. 
Sister  of  expl.  gun,  Br.  *"  Engineer,"     xlix.    97,    117 
153,  261. 
*  "Sc.  American,"  xli.  130. 
Uc/iatius,  Aust.  Bronze  steel  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  403. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1299. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  255. 
Vavasseur,  13.5-ton      .     .     .  *  "  Engineer,"  1. 

11 


CANULA. 


162 


CAPSTAN. 


double  canula  for  conducting  the  ligature  to  a  deep-seated 
part,  the  loop  projecting  at  the  end.  Fig.  592,  Part  III. 

lachrymal  canula,  Fig.  57,  Part  II. 

Nasal  polypus  canula,  double  like  the  hemorrhoidal  just 
cited,  Fig.  245,  Part  II. 

Double  canula  and  obturator.  Fig.  389,  Part  II. 

Trachea  canula  for  preserving  an  opening  in  a  divided 
trachea,  Fig.  381,  b,  Part  II. 


Can'u-la-ted  Nee'dle.      (Surgical.) 
Fig.  528. 


A  hol- 


Currie's  Canulate 


low  needle  which  affords  a  passage  for  the  ligating 
wire  or  thread  throughout  its  length.  Such  is 
Tiemann's  hollow  needle  for  wire  sutures,  in  which 
the  silver  wire  passes  through  the  length  of  the 
handle  and  issues  near  the  needle-point. 

Currie's  double  canulated  needle  is  a  means  of  introducing 
a  wire  or  silk.  The  views  show  it  closed  and  open.  Being 
closed  upon  the  opposite  edges  of  a  wound,  for  instance, 
the  wire  is  passed  through  the  canal,  issuing  at  the  op- 
posite member  of  the  instrument.  The  upper  figure  shows 
a  mode  of  drawing  through  a  silk  by  means  of  a  fine  flexible 
hook. 

Caout'chouc.  An  elastic  gum  obtained  from 
the  siphonia,  ficus,  urceola,  etc.,  of  South  America 
and  tropical  Asia. 

See  the  following  references :  —         < 

Cf .  Articles,  manufacture  of,  Longden. 

*  "Scientific.  American,"  xxxvi.  150. 
Factory  and  machinery  *  "Scientific  American,'*  xliii.  15. 

*  "Eng.  4'  Mining  Journal,"  xi.  1. 
Gathering  and  manufacture. 

Bolas *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3958. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  3991. 
*'  Scientific.  American  Sup. ,:' 4008. 

Gathering  and  preparation . 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2288. 
Uses  and  manufacture. 

Pavoux *  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  369. 

Manufacture    .     .     .     .  *  ''Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  262. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  105. 

Caout'chouc  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  To  a  thick  solu- 
tion of  glue  add  tungstate  of  soda  and  hydrochloric 
acid.  A  compound  of  tungstic  acid  and  glue  is 
precipitated  which,  on  cooling,  may  be  drawn  into 
sheets. 

Caout'chouc  Ce-ment'.  Pulverize  shellac; 
soften  in  10  times  the  quantity  of  ammonia.  This 
will  become  liquid  in  time,  and  will  dissolve  the 
surface  of  caoutchouc,  rendering  it  easy  to  unite  it 
with  glass. 

Caout'chouc  Sol'venta. 

Of  the  solvents  of  caoutchouc,  its  distillate  caoutchoucine 
may  be  placed  at  the  head  of  the  list ;  the  others  best  known 
are  pure  chloroform,  carbon  disulphide,  rosin,  oil,  and  coal 
naphthas,  rectified  oils  of  turpentine,  gutta-percha,  tar,  lav- 
ender, sassafras,  ocoten,  rosemary,  amber,  ambereupion,  ter- 
ebene,  benzine  —  C12  HB  —  hydrochlorate  of  terebene,  ben- 
zole—  Ci4  H,;.  Anhydrous  oil  of  turpentine  dissolves  49  per 
cent,  of  caoutchouc.  A  mixture  of  6  to  8  per  cent,  of  abso- 
lute alcohol  and  100  of  carbon  disulphide  is  an  excellent 
solvent.  Sulphuric  ether,  which  alone  is  but  a  poor  solvent, 
dissolves  rather  more,  if  about  5  per  cent,  of  anhydrous  alco- 
hol be  added  thereto.  Hot  alcohol  dissolves  out  about  4.712 
per  cent,  of  a  soft  resin.  It  is  sparingly  soluble  in  hot  fused 
oil  —  hydrate  of  amyl  C10  Hn  HO  ;  readily  at  a  gentle  heat 
in  melted  hog's  lard,  or  in  very  hot  whale  oil.  After  swell- 
ing up  in  oil  of  turpentine  or  in  naphtha  it  is  soluble,  in  hot 
linseed  oil. 

Cap.  (Add.)  14.  (Fire-arm.)  The  metallic  cov- 
ering placed  on  the  end  of  a  pistol-shaped  handle. 

15.  A  short  terminal  section  of  a  pipe,  with  a  re- 
movable stopper  called  a  plug. 


16.  (Mining.)     a.  A  vein  is  "in  the  cap  "  when 
it  is  much  contracted. 

6.  A  flat  piece  of  wood  placed  between  the  top  of 
the  punch  and  the  roof  of  the  mine. 

17.  (Man&je.)  A  small  crescent-shaped   piece  of 
leather  placed  on  top  of  a  collar.    Not  the  pad  which 
is  sometimes  of  metal  and  goes  below  it  on  the  neck 
of  the  horse. 

Ca'pel.  (Mining.)  A  rock  composed  of  quartz, 
schorl  and  hornblende,  occurring  in  connection  with 
tin  and  less  frequently  with  copper  ores. 

Cap'il-la-ry  BoVtle.  A  dropping  bottle  con- 
taining a  liquid  used  in  mounting  microscopic  ob- 
jects. 

Capillary  electrometer.      .     .     .     *  "Engineering,"  xxiii  453. 
Capillarity  Instrument,  Romilly  *  ''6'c.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  306. 

Cap'per.     A    tool    Fig.  529.  Fig.  530. 

used  in  placing  the 
priming  cap  on  its  seat 
in  the  rear  end  of  the 
metallic  shell. 

Cap  Screw.  A  ma- 
chine screw  with  a  cu- 
bical head,  used  for 
screwing  on  the  cylin- 
der head. 

Cap  Shore.  (Nau- 
tical.) A  .supporting 
spar  between  the  cap 
and  the  trestle-tree. 

Cap'stan.  The 
Brotherhood  engine, 

which  has  three   cylin-    „ 

T      .  .  •;„„«    Cavil  ary  Bottle. 

ders,  and  pistons  at  120° 

working  to  a  common  three-throw  crank,  is  es- 
pecially adapted  to  direct  circular  movement  and  is 
shown  in  Fig.  531.  It  is  more  direct  and  less  ex- 
Fig.  531. 


Cap  .V 


Dock  Capstan  with  Brotherhood  Engine. 

pensive  than  the  multiple  geared  hydraulic  cap- 
stans. In  the  size  shown,  the  capstan  has  a  capaci- 
ty for  a  three-ton  pull  upon  the  hawser,  the  capstan 
head  being  26"  diameter.  The  engine  is  reversible. 
The  capstan  has  sockets  for  hand-spikes,  and  is  fitted 


CAPSTAN  KNOT. 


163 


CARBONATATION   PAN. 


with  pawls  for  hand  work.     The  lubrication  is  all 

from  above. 

Portable  Steam  Capstan  .   *  '•'•Scientific  American,'''  xxxvi.  4. 

Cap'staii  Knot.  ( Nautical. }  A  form  of  knot, 
shown  at  11,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  '/  Mech.  Diet." 

Cap'sule.  A  cover,  cap,  or  sac.  The  word  has 
many  uses ;  all  allied.  See  page  457,  "  Mech. 

Diet'." 


Filling  of  Wafer  Capsules. 
Capsuling  medicines,  Limousin 


'Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  1484. 
'  .S'c.  American,-'  xxxiv.  259. 


Car.     A  wheeled  vehicle.     Specially  :  a  railway 


carriage. 

Bullet  proof  ....... 

Coal,  Pennsylvania  Railway      .  * 

Rhenish  Railway,  Ger.      .     .  * 

4-wheeled,  N.  Y.  Central       .  * 

Composite  Bogie,  Festiniog,  Br.  * 

Director's,  Penn.  Railway    .     .  * 

Dump,  Dai-is      ......  * 

Elevated,  Metropolitan,  N.  Y.  * 
Freight,  on  construction  of,  Br. 

W.  Railway  of  France       .     .  * 

Austrian  State  Railway     .     .  * 

(i  ravel,  Penn.  Railway      .     .     .  * 

Iron,  Kellogg  If  Nearer    ...  * 

Painting,  paper  by  Robertson   . 

Passenger.  K.  Hallway  of  Fr.     .  * 

1st  class,  E.  Railway  of  Fr.  .  * 

3d  class,  K.  Railway  of  Fr.    .  * 

1st  class,  Austrian  State  Ry.  * 

2d  class,  Austrian  State  Ry.  * 

3d  class,  Austrian  State   Ry.  * 

Eastern  Railway  of  France   .  * 

1st  class,  W.  Railway  of  Fr.  .  * 

* 

3d  class,  W.  Railway  of  Fr.  .  * 
Western  Railway  of  France  .  * 
Bogie,  Buenos  Ayres  R.  R.  .  * 

Western  Railway  of  France  .  * 
Composite,  W.  Railway  of  Fr.  * 
2d  class,  W.  Railway  of  Fr.  *  ' 
Southern  Railway  of  France  * 
Pennsylvania  Railway  .  .  * 

Cost  of  .........  * 

Saloon,  S.  W.  Railway,  Br.  .  .  * 
6-wheeled  truck,  Midland  R.  R. 

Br  .........  * 

Sleeping,  Austrian  State  Ry.  .  *  ' 
Door  fastener,  Buser  if  Shaw  .  * 
drain  door,  Susemihl  if  Milltr  * 

Van  Lieuw  .......  * 

* 

Hibbert  ........  *  ' 

Lock,  Jelly  4"  Jones,  Br.   .     .     .  * 

Maxwell,  Br  ......  * 

L&mf,  Westingfiouse,  N.  Br.  Ry.  * 
Lamp  step       ....... 

Lighting,  IT-  .\iiiiif  house  .  .  .  *' 
Spring  tester,  Riehl&'s  .  .  .  *  ' 
Seat  spring,  Delessert,  Fr.  . 

Se  it.    llfl/iriin/t 

Starrer,  I'/ilr/iard's      .     . 


Step,  .S'iv  rrilt       ......   *  ' 

Window.  l),/i'i>i.t  .....  *  ' 

MnclaiU       .......   *  ' 

Flexible  blind,  Wilson  .  '.  .  *' 

For  varieties  of  car-lamps,  see 
Dictionary,  p.  94. 


R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxi.  181. 

'R.  R.  Gazette,"  viii.  149. 

'Engineering,'*  xxx.  430. 

'R.  R.  Gazette,"  viii.  391. 

'Engineer,"  xlix.  338. 

•  Kiigini f/Mir,"  xxiv.  460. 

R.  R.  Gaz., "xxii.  489. 

"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  310. 

"Van    Nostrand's   Mag.," 

xvi.  135. 

"Engineering,"  xxix.  30. 
"Paris  Exp.,"  1878,  iv.  448. 
"  Kii^/iieering,"  xxiv.  469. 
"R.  li.  Gaz.,"  xxiii.  43. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  357. 
"Engineering,"  xxvi.  69. 
•'  Kinfiiurr,''  xlvi.  278. 
"  Kiiifineir,"  xlvi.  314. 
"Paris  Exp.,"  1878,  iv.  44". 
"Paris  Exp.,"  1878,  iv.  448 
"  Paris  Exp.,"  1878,  iv.  448. 
'•  Knifineering,"  xxvi.  192. 
••  l-:>i^ineer,"  xlix.  160,248. 
"  Purls  Exp.,"  1878,  iv.  446. 
"Engineering,"  xxxvi.  406. 
"Engineering,''  xxx.  22. 
"  Engineer,"  xliv.  220,  224, 

238,  246. 

"Engineering,"  xxvii.  341. 
"Engineering,"  xxviL  433. 
'Engineering,"  xxviii.  170. 
"Engineering,"  xxvii.  230. 
"Engineering,"  xxiv.  404, 

458. 

"Sc.  American,"  xli.  209. 
"Engineer,"  xlv.  111. 

"Railroad  Gaz.,"  viii.  368. 
'Paris  Exp.,"  1878,  iv.  448. 
"Sc.  Amer.,-'  xlii.  179. 
"R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxiii.  481. 
"K.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxiii.  411. 
"R.  R.  Gaz., "xxi.  527. 
'Sc.  Amer.,"  xliii.  226. 
"Engineer,"  xlviii.  206. 
•'Engineer,"  xliii.  293. 
"Engineer,"  xlvii.  388. 
"R.  R.  Gaz.,'- xxiv.  264. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii.  264. 
'R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxii.  64. 
'Engineering,"  xxx.  196. 
'R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxi.  200. 
'•'Min.  Sf  Sc.  Pr., "  xxxvi.  1. 
'•'Sc.  American,"  xliii.  99. 
'Sc.  American,"  xli.  414. 
'•'Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  168. 
'Sc.  American,"  xlii.  195. 
'R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxii.  184. 
Forney's  "  Car   Builder's 


Car  Ax'le.  At  the  Centennial  Exhibition 
(1876)  were  shown  several  axles  which  had  for 
their  object  to  allow  the  wheels  of  each  pair  to  re- 
volve independently  of  each  other. 

In  the  S.  L.  Harrison  axle,  each  wheel  is  fixed  to  a  sheath 
which  extends  to  the  center  of  the  axle,  and  which  revolves 
with  the  wheel  to  which  it  is  attached,  upon  the  axle. 

The  Attchinloss  axle  is  divided  in  the  middle,  and  there 
held  in  place  by  a  sleeve  about  two  feet  long,  in  which  the 
parts  can  revolve  separately.  In  this  case  each  wheel  revolves 
with  its  own  half  of  the  axle. 

"  The  axle  of  the  Miltimore  Car  Axle  Company  was  applied 
to  one  of  the  trains  running  in  the  Centennial  grounds,  and 
with  a  notable  diminution  of  the  friction  in  passing  round 
the  very  sharp  curves  on  this  railway.  In  the  construction 
of  the  Miltimore  axle,  the  wheel  A  is  mounted  on,  but  not 


fixed  to,  a  sleeve,  C  D,  which  revolves  round  the  fixed  axle 
B,  upon  whk-h  the  ear  rests  ;  the  sleeve  being  kept  in  place 
by  the  axle  boxes  H,  which  are  fixed  to  the  main  axle  ;  the 


532. 


Miltimore  Car  Axle. 

wheel  A  can,  moreover,  revolve  round  the  sleeve  D,  when, 
by  reason  of  a  curve  or  inequality  in  the  road,  one  wheel  is 
required  to  move  with  more  rapidity  than  the  other.'' - 
('apt.  Gallon.    See,  also  :  — 

Standard *  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxiii.  555. 

Frame *  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxii.  133. 


Tests,  Chamberlain  . 

Boxes,  European,  on,  Brotvne  * 

Tomlinson * 

Trunnion,  Hill * 


'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1793. 
'R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxii.  389,  399. 
'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1875. 
'Scientific  Am.,"  xxxix.  358. 
'R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxi.  443. 


Journal  bearing,  Pullman 

Journal  box  cover,  Hewitt   .  *  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxiii.  448. 

Carnbo-az'o-tine.     An  explosive :  — 

Nitrate  of  potassium    ....          61.04 

Sulphate  of  iron 0.73 

Lampblack     .   ' 24.65 

Sulphur 13.58 


100.00 

Car-bol'ic  Ac'id  Pa'per.  Used  for  packing 
fresh  meats,  in  order  to  preserve  them. 

Prepared  by  melting  5  parts  stearin  at  a  gentle 
heat,  and  then  stirring  in  2  parts  carbolic  acid, 
and  afterwards  5  parts  melted  paraffin.  The  mass 
is  well  stirred  until  cool,  and  is  then  applied  with 
a  brush  to  the  paper. 

Paper  saturated  with  other  tar  or  petroleum 
products  is  also  used  for  defending  clothes,  furs, 
etc.,  from  moths  or  ants.  U.  S.  Patents  88,519; 
105,160;  94,357. 

Car'bon-a-ta'tioii  Pan.  (Sugar.)  Carbon- 
atation  is  the  saturation  of  the  defecated  beet-juice 
with  carbonic  acid  gas. 

"  The  carbonatation  pans  in  which  the  defecated  and  the 
scum  juices  are  treated,  are  furnished  at  the  bottom  with  & 
pipe,  pierced  with  three  parallel  rows  of  small  holes,  \"  in 
diameter,  through  which  the  carbonic  acid  is  forced  into  the 
liquid.  There  are  also  coil  pipes  or  double  bottoms,  for  heat- 
ing by  steam  while  the  process  is  going  on.  When  foaming 
has  ceased,  the  carbonated  juice  is  drawn  off  into  large  re- 
ceivers or  settling  tanks,  where  it  is  allowed  to  settle,  after 
which  the  juice  is  ready  for  the  filters,  unless,  as  is  often 
done,  it  is  subjected  to  a  second  carbonatation.  In  many 
works,  the  carbonic  acid  gas  is  produced  from  the  calcination 
of  limestone,  instead  of  the  combustion  of  charcoal. 

"  In  the  Perier  if  Possoz  process  of  defecation  and  car 
bonation,  the  milk  of  lime  which  is  used  must  be  finely  di- 
vided through  a  close  metallic  sieve,  and  must  contain  two 
per  cent,  of  lime,  indicated  by  10°  on  Beaume's  areometer. 
One  measure  of  this  solution  is  gradually  added  in  eight  or 
ten  successive  additions,  to  every  forty  measures  of  the 
juice  which  is  to  be  operated  on.  During  this  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  juice  is  raised  from  138°  to  168°  Fan.  Carb.-acid 


CARBONATATION  PAN. 


164 


CARBON   PROCESS. 


gas  is  now  turned  into  the  juice,  while  it  is  being  stirred, 
and  at  the  same  time  a  small  stream  of  milk  of  lime  is  con- 
tinuously fed  into  it.  This  lime  is  quickly  dissolved  and 
precipitated,  carrying  down  with  it  most  of  the  coloring 
matters  and  the  impurities  contained  in  the  liquid.  The 
proper  moment  for  arresting  the  carbonatation  is  indicated 
by  a  chemical  test  of  the  juice.  When  this  point  is  reached, 
the  juice  is  drawn  into  settling  tanks  and  allowed  to  settle 
for  about  twenty  minutes.  From  these  tanks  it  is  run  into 
a  second  set  of  defecating  pans,  where  more  lime  is  added. 
The  carbonic  acid  is  at  once  turned  on,  and  continues  to 
flow  into  the  juice  until  complete  saturation  is  effected, 
which  is  known  by  a  chemical  test,  nearly  the  same  as  be- 
fore. The  juice  is  now  brought  to  the  boiling  point,  to 
drive  out  the  free  carbonic  acid,  and  is  then  run  into  a  sec- 
ond set  of  settling  tanks.  In  these  tanks  it  remains  until  it 
has  cleared  itself  sufficiently,  when  it  is  ready  to  be  con- 
veyed to  the  charcoal  filters  for  further  treatment. 

"  In  Jelinr.k's  process,  defecation  and  carbonatation  are 
simultaneous,  and  terminate  in  a  single  operation,  instead  of 
two  successive  ones,  as  in  the  previous  method. 

"  The  pans  which  are  used  are  furnished  with  a  carbonic 
acid  coil-pipe,  and  are  deeper  than  the  ordinary  defecating 
pans.  The  juice,  as  it  is  admitted  to  them,  is  comparatively 
cold,  and  must  never  exceed  a  temperature  of  140°  Fah. 

"  At  least  two  per  cent,  in  weight  of  lime  is  added  to  the 
juice,  in  the  shape  of  milk  of  lime  ;  and  carbonic  acid  gas 
being  admitted,  the  heat  is  gradually  increased  until  the 
precipitates  form  rapidly  and  tall  to  the  bottom. 

"  This  process  is  based  on  the  tkeory  of  acting  on  cold 
juice  at  first  so  as  to  produce  a  solution  of  saccharate  of  lime, 
out  of  which  the  carbonic  acid  gas  precipitates  the  lime  as 
carbonate  of  lime,  which  carries  with  it  a  certain  amount  of 
organic  matter,  freeing  at  the  same  time,  the  sugar,  which  re- 
combines  with  a  portion  of  the  lime,  to  be  again  freed  by  asec- 
ond  decomposition  of  the  saccharates  and  a  consequent  pre- 
cipitation of  carbonate  of  lime,  and  so  on  for  an  indefinite 
number  of  times  during  the  period  of  a  single  operation." 

Car'bon-a'ted    Bev'er-age    Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

Apparatus  for  impregnating  liquids  with  carbonic 
acid  gas. 

In  the  apparatus,  Fig.  633,  a  corrugated  agitator  is  em- 
ployed in  a  stationary  fountain.  The  beaters  G  are  of  tinned 
copper  attached  to  a  tinned  bronze  frame,  and  the  bearings 

Fig.  53a 


Matthews'1  Corrugated  Agitator. 


E  F  and  the  agitator  itself  are  covered  with  tin  to  avoid  con- 
tamination of  the  beverage.  The  agitator  is  revolved  by  the 
handle  O,  which  passes  through  the  stuffing  box  E.  The 
corrugated  beaters  carry  up  the  liquid  into  the  gas  space  and 
also  submerge  the  gas  in  the  liquid,  bringing  the  two  into 
intimate  contact  and  causing  the  rapid  absorption  of  the  gas 
by  the  water.  See  also  pp.  2235-2237,  "Mecti.  Diet." 

Aerated  water  machinery,  Hayioard,  Tyler  Sf  Co.,  Br. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  287,  349. 

Car'bon-a'ted  Stone.  An  artificial  stone  in 
which  carhonic  ncid  and  steam  are  used  artificially 
as  re-agents  in  the  composition.  The  object  is  to 


hasten  the  carbonation  beyond  that  incident  to  the 
exposure  to  the  air,  by  exposing  the  compound 
sand  and  cement  to  an  atmosphere  of  carbonic-  acid 
and  vapor  of  water. 

Car'bon-ates.  (Minim/.}  Soft  carbonates ;  salts 
containing  carbonic  acid,  with  a  base  of  lead.  Hard 
carbonates :  the  same,  with  iron  for  a  base. 

Car'bou  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  carbon  replaces  the  copper  element. 

The  original  and  most  important  of  this  class  is 
that  of  BUNSEN,  which  see.  See  also  FAUKE  BAT- 
TERY, see  also  Jablochkojf',  "Tec/moloyiste,"  xl.  3  ; 
LECLANCHE  BATTERY. 

Car'bon  Bronze.     An   anti-friction   alloy  in- 
vented by  Baldwin  &  Weisman.    Its  basis  is  copper, 
and  it  is  made  in  Pittsburg.     See  — 
"  Iron  Age"  .     .     .  xvii.,  May  4,  p. 24  :  xxii.,  Sept.  19,  p.  23. 
"  Mining  and  Sc.  Press,''  xxxviii.  227. 

Car'bon  But'ton.  A  variety  of  lamp  black 
compressed  by  a  screw  press  in  steel  dies  to  form  a 
disk  about  -fa"  long  and  \"  diameter.  It  is  used 
as  a  portion  of  an  electric  circuit,  as  an  electrical 
resistance.  In  practice  it  is  placed  in  a  small  case, 
into  which  is  dropped  a  little  disk  faced  with  pla- 
tinum. Contact  is  made  at  the  top  and  bottom 
with  wire.  It  may  be  adjusted  to  any  resistance 
within  the  range  of  its  own  limit  which  may  be 
chosen.  The  limits  mny  be  varied  also  by  the 
pressure  employed  in  making  the  carbon  button. 
If  the  pressure  be  increased  the  sensitiveness  of  the 
button  is  very  materially  augmented.  —  Edison. 

See  CARBON  TELEPHONE. 

Car'bon  Clamp.  (Electricity.)  The  metallic 
connector  for  the  carbon  element  in  the  battery. 
It  is  screwed  to  the  carbon,  and  a  binding  screw 
affords  attachment  for  the  wire.  See  Fig.  534. 

Car-bon'ic  Ac'id.     See  the  following 
notices  :  —  Fig.  534. 

Industrial  uses  of.  *  "  Sc. 
American,"  xxxiv.  386. 

Production  of,  for  sucre- 
ries.  Fig.  40,  article  "Su- 
cre," tome  iii.,  Laboulaye's 
"  Dictionnaire  ilf.s  Arts  et 
Manufactures"  ed.  1877. 

See  also  CARBONATATION 
PAN  ;  CARBONATED  WATER 
APPARATUS. 

See  also   Dr.  McMurtrie's          „    ,       rin^rT 
report,  special,  No.  28,  U.  S. 

Department  of  Agriculture. 

Car'bon  In'di-ca'tor.  See 
CARBON  TESTING  INSTRUMENT  ; 
CARBUROMETER  ;  F  i  R  E-D  AMP 
DETECTOR;  GRISOUMETER,  etc. 

Car'bon-i-za'tion.  The  car- 
bonization of  wool  and  woolen 
cloth,  as  is  commonly  called,  is 
a  misnomer ;  it  is  the  vegetable 
refuse  which  is  found  in  the  wool 
of  Australia  and  South  America, 
which  is  carbonized  as  a  means 
of  removal  from  the  animal  fibre. 

See  article    from    "  Textile   Manufac- 
turer" reproduced  in  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can Supplement,'''  vi.  2335. 
See  also  SEPARATOR,  5,  p.  2094,  "Meek.  Diet." 
Carbonization  of  coal  for  the  production  of   illuminating 
gas  is  considered  under  GAS,  COKE,  etc.     See  also  apparatus 
on  p.  2292,  *"  Scientific  American  Supplement.'' 
See  also  CHARCOAL  FURNACE,    .     .     *  p.  527,  "Mech.  Dirt. 
Hugon's  furnace  for  conservation  of  wood  by  carbonizing 
the  surface.     *  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et   Manu- 
factures," vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "Conservation  des  bo/s. 

Carbonization  pits  for  charcoal,  *  Ibid.,  tome  i.,  article, 
"Carbonization,"  Figs.  367-370. 

See  also  COKE  FURNACE,  GAS  AND  COKE  FURNACE,  infr",  and 
COKE  OVEN,  Fig.  1384,  p.  593,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Car'bon  Fro'cess.    (Photography.)    A  photo- 


CARBON   PROCESS. 


165 


CARBURETOR. 


graphic  process  in  which  prints  are  obtained  in  car- 
bon, either  in  lamp-black  or  in  ink.  See  CARBON 
PROCESS,  p.  461,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Kmun's  Curium  Process  (Doruach,  Alsace-Lorraine).  The 
method  is  as  follows  :  A  negative  is  obtained  by  the  ordinary 
collodion  process.  Paper  covered  with  a  mixture  of  gelatine, 
coloring-matter,  and  bichromate  of  potassium  is  exposed  to 
light  behind  the  negative.  On  removal  from  the  copying- 
press,  a  layer  of  caoutchouc  is  placed  on  the  gelatine.  This 
is  then  washed  in  lukewarm  water,  and  the  paper  and  part 
of  the  gelatine  thus  remove  J.  \Vhen  the  remaining  gelatine 
is  dry,  it  is  attached  to  the  paper  backing  by  means  of  a  thin 
layer  of  gelatine  spread  on  the  latter,  and  the  caoutchouc  is 
dissolved  off  by  benzine.  .Must  beautiful  carbon  prints  are 
thus  obtained.  The  process  requires  nice  manipulation  and 
great  care,  but  does  not  necessitate  an  outlay  for  presses  and 
their  appurtenances. 

Obe.riiKtt.T's  process  (Munich).  This  is  very  similar  to  that 
of  Albert  (p.  57,  "Meek.  Diet.").  The  first  part,  viz :  the 
preparation  of  the  two  coatings,  is  almost  identical.  After  the 
exposure  behind  the  negative,  however,  Obernetter  covers  the 
gelatine  with  impalpable  zinc-powder,  and  then  heats  it  in  an 
oven  to  200°  C.  The  plate  is  then  subjected  to  the  action  ot 
dilute  hydrochloric  acid  and  washed,  and  it  is  thus  rendered 
capable  of  receiving  an  ink  on  those  parts  where  no  zinc  is 
attached.  Obernetter  thus  obtains  a  plate  from  which  more 
impressions  can  be  taken  than  from  even  that  of  Albert. 
The  grain  produced  in  the  picture  is  also  of  great  advantage 

See,  also  :  — 

Farguier "  Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  242. 

"Manufacturer  if  Builder, •'  x.  240 
Brit.  Jour,  of  Photograph //,  ",S'c.,  American  Sup.,"  1642. 

Car'bon  Tel'e-phone.  That  form  of  tele- 
phone invented  by  Edison,  in  which  a  piece  of  com- 
pressed carbon  is  placed  iu  a  galvanic  circuit,  the 
vibrations  of  the  diaphragm  causing  by  pressure 
variations  in  the  electrical  resistance  of  the  carbon, 
resulting  in  the  production  of  an  undulatory  cur- 
rent capable  of  producing  in  the  receiving  instru- 
ment sonorous  vibrations  similar  to  those  which 
were  made  at  the  transmitting  end  of  the  wire. 

"English  Mechanic  " *  xxvii.  381. 

In   Fig.  535,   the  ferro-  Fig    535. 

type  diaphragm  of  the 
mouth-piece  lies  upon  7>, 
which  is  a  piece  of  rubber 
resting  on  an  ivory  disk,  C, 
beneath  which  is  a  piece 
of  platinum,  D.  The  block 
of  compressed  or  gas-car- 
bon is  represented  by  E, 
and  beneath  that  is  a  plate 
of  platinum,  If,  with  a 
screw  to  attach  it  to  the 
stem.  The  latter  can  be 
advanced  or  withdrawn  by 
means  of  the  screwed  emi- 
piece,  sO  as  to  bring  tin- 
ivory  disk,  and  conse- 
quently the  carbon,  with 
more  or  less  force  au  iin>i 
the  diaphragm. 

Car'bon  Testing 
In'stru-ment.      An 

instrument  for  the  de-      Edison's  Carbon  Telephone. 
termination  of  the  relative  quantity  of  carbon  in 
steel.     See,  also,  CARBON  INDICATOR,  supra;  and 
CABBUROMETER,  //</;•«. 

For  fire-damp  detectors  see  GRISOUMETER,  and 
references  passim. 

Me  Creath's  analysis  app.   .     .  *  "Eng.  (f  Min.  J.,"  xxiii.  159. 
Ryder  *  magnetic  testing  instr.  *  "Eng.  $  Min.  J.,"  xxiii.  27. 

Carbon-zinc  Con-nect'or.  A  binding  post 
used  m  making  the  necessary  connections  between 
the  elements  of  the  galvanic'battery. 

Car-bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  boring  machine 
of  large  size  for  boring  the  sills  and  other  timbers 
of  cars. 

Such  are  horizontal,  angle,  etc.  See  ANGLE 
CAR-BORING  MACHINE. 

Also  Fig.  818,  p.  341,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Car'-box  Bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
to  bore  the  brass  boxes  for  car  axles;  it  is  fur- 


nished with  two  boring  bars  of  steel  2|"  diameter, 
and  so  arranged  that  either  bar  may  be  used  inde- 
pendently of  the  other.  A  slide-rest  is  provided 
for  each  bar,  and  is  so  arranged  that  four  boxes 
may  be  operated  upon  at  the  same  time,  on  each 
rest. 

Fig.  536. 


( ar-box  Boring  Machine. 

The  rests  are  operated  by  means  of  a  rod  feed ; 
can  be  used  in  either  direction,  or  instantly  de- 
tached and  operated  with  a  quick  hand  movement. 
The  boring-bar  is  of  sufficient  length  to  admit  cut- 
ters for  rounding  both  ends  of  the  boxes  without 
removing  them  from  their  places  after  being  bored. 
"Railroad  Gazette"1 *  xxi.  415. 

Car'-box  Drill.  A  tool  for  removing  broken 
cap-bolts  from  car-truck  boxes. 
The  horns  projecting  below 
the  base  are  made  to  include 
the  box,  and  the  pointed  set 
screws  take  hold  of  it.  — 
Thome  $•  De  Haven. 

Fig.  537. 


Car-box  Drill. 

To  remove  the  broken 
bolt,  a  hole  is  drilled 
in  it  for  a  short  dis- 
tance, the  drill  then  re- 
moved, and  a  square 
drift  with  tapering 
edges  substituted  in  the  spindle  and  forced  into  the  hole 
by  the  feed-screw,  until  its  edges  are  slightly  imbedded  in 
the  bolt.  By  turning  the  crank  and  feed-screw  in  the  re- 
verse direction,  the  broken  bolt  will  be  readily  backed 
out. 

See  also  "Railroad  Gazette"    .         ....     *xx.  75. 

Car'-box  Grinding  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  fitting  car  brasses  by  means  of  an  emery  wheel 
turned  to  the  correct  circular  shape  by  means  of  a 
diamond  tool.  See  Fig.  538. 

The  brass  to  be  ground  is  put  in  a  clamp,  which 
is  set  in  planed  ways  and  passed  beneath  the  em- 
ery wheel.  The  detached  portions  below  (B  CD  E) 
represent  parts  and  boxes  in  various  conditions. 

Car'boy.     A  large  globular  bottle  for  acids. 

Carboy  barrow,  Fr *  " Sc.  American,'''  xxxix.  322. 

Carboy  holder,   iMquas,  Fr.  .  *  " Sc.  American,''  xxxix.  324. 
Carboy  pump,  Nichols  .     .     .  *"Iron  Age,"   xxii.,   Sept.  5, 
p.  9. 

Car  Brake.     See  RAILWAY  CAR  BRAKE. 

Car'bu-ret'or.  A  machine  for  impregnating 
with  the  vapor  of  a  hydro-carbon.  Page  464, 
~  "Mech.  Diet." 


'  Alpha  '' *  "Engineer,"  xxiii.  69. 

Pew  If  Weart       ....     *  "Scientific  American,"  xl. 


262. 


CARBUROMETER. 


166 


CARD-BOARD   CUTTER. 


Car-box  Grinding  Machine. 

Car'bu-rom'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented 
by  M.  Coquillon  for  determining  ihe  composition  of 
gases  contained  in  fuel,  as  regards  their  contents 
in  carbonic  oxide,  hydrogen,  and  hvdro-carburets. 

The  general  principle  of  the  apparatus  is  the 
same  as  the  inventor's  GRISOUMETER  (which  see), 
(fire-damp  detector),  the  hydrogen  and  hydro-carbon 
being  determined  by  means  of  combustion  in  con- 
tact with  palladium  wire,  while  the  other  constitu- 
ents are  absorbed  by  special  solvents. 

"Engineering  " *  xxiv.  317. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement  ':    .     .     .     *  1615. 

Car'cel-bec.  The  French  unit  of  illumination. 
Given  the  preference  over  candle-power  and  the 
equivalent  German  and  other  words,  at  the  Elec- 
trical Congress,  in  Paris,  1881. 

Car  Coupler.  A  link,  hook,  or  bolt  connec- 
tion between  adjacent  railway  cars. 

Miller's  arrangement  is  automatic,  and  used  with  his  plat- 
form. It  consists  of  two  heavy  iron  hooks  which  act  as 
draw-bars,  and  are  made  to  engage  with  each  other  by 
springs  when  the  cars  come  together.  See  ('  C1,  Fig.  1607, 
p.  466,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Janney's.  The  outer  end  of  the  draw-bar  is  made  of  a 
forked  or  U-shape,  and  to  one  arm  an  L-shaped  knuckle  or 
clutch  is  pivoted,  so  that  when  the  two  draw  -bars  come  to- 
gether the  two  knuckles  engage  into  each  other.  A  buffing 
or  compressing  device,  consisting  of  two  buffers,  one  on  each 
side  of  the  draw-bar,  is  also  used  in  connection  with  the 
self-coupling  apparatus  described. 

Forney's  "  Car  Builder's  Dictionary  "     .     .     *  364. 

" Railroad  Gazette  " *  xxiii.  13. 

"Scientific  American  Sitpp'ement  "    .     .     .     *  2fil9. 
English  railway-car  couplings  are  considered  in  ;.  paper  by 
T.  Atwood  Brockelbank,  read  before  the  "  Society  of  Arts,-' 
London,  1876  ;  and  reproduced  in  "Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement,'' *  i.  333. 

It  considers  the  history  of  car  couplings  ;  cites  early  meth- 
ods and  patents,  and  illustrates  Spooner'f,  Sterne's,  Brock- 
elbank's,  etc.  See  also  Fig.  1107,  p.  456,  "Mech.  Diet." 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,'1  513. 

Bailey *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  690. 

Becker,  Austria      .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  424. 
*  "Engineer,'''  xlii.  444. 

Chandler,^ *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  268. 

*" Engineering,"  xxviii.  413. 
Douglas,  Br.      .     . 
Harrison,  l?r. 
Walker,  TV.   ... 

F?nwick."RY *  "E"gineer,"  xlvii.  117. 

Harrison,  Br *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  493. 

Haswell,  Vienna    ...  *  "Engineer,"1  xlii.  220. 

Heavener *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  198. 

King,  Br        *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  145. 


*  "Engineering,'1'  xxv.  182. 


Lahaye "Am.  Railroad  Jour., "•  xlix.  261. 

Mawlam,  Br *  "Engineering,-'  xxx.  8. 

*  "Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  131- 

Patterson *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  5. 

Peck *  "Scientific  American,'''  xlii.  260. 


Buffer,  Turton,  Br. 
Walker,  Br.   . 
Harrison,  Br. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  568. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  188. 


Card'-board  Cut'ter.  Packer's  card  board 
cutter  is  designed  for  cutting  card  and  mill  board 
for  paper-box  manufacturers,  etc.,  who  require  ma- 
terial cut  in  oval  and  circular  forms.  The  card- 
board is  placed  upon  a  stand  in  certain  positions  ac- 
cording to  the  shape  required,  and  is  passed  between 
two  disks  witli  knife  edges  operated  by  a  crank. 

See  also  diagrams  of  blanks,  page  1616,  "Midi. 
Diet." 

Dickinson's  gang  card-cutter  is  composed  of  two 
series  of  circular  shears,  upper  and  lower,  mounted 
on  iron  axes,  on  which  they  are  adjusted  by  means 
of  wooden  flanges.  The  shear  axes  are  driven  by 
belt. 

Fig.  539  is  a  wooden  frame  card-cutter  with  a  pivoted  knife 
utting  neainst  a  straight  edge.     In  front  is  an  adjustable 
gage. 

Fig.  539. 


Wooden  Frame  Card-cutter. 

Fig.  540  is  a  rotary  card-cutter  which  has  a  circular  cut- 
ting disk  traversing  against  a  straight  edge.  The  adjustable 
gage  has  a  pair  of  sliding  extension  rods  and  set  scie\vs. 


rig.  o40. 


Cirnilur  f'ai'il-ciitter. 

The  machine  of  Pierron  &  Dehaitre,  of  Paris,  has  gangs  of 
circular  knives  for  cutting  card-boards  in  bands,  and  the 
bauds  into  cards. 

Fig.  541. 


Circular  Car/I -cutter.    (Pierron  If  Dehaitre,  Paris.) 


CARD-BOARD   CUTTER. 


167 


CARDING   MACHINE. 


It  is  made  to  work  by  hand,  foot,  ov  power ;  is  made  of  ca- 
pacities to  suit  the  merchant  sizes  of  card-board,  and  the 
blades  are  adjustable  in  width  for  the  specific  sizes  of  cards 
required. 

See  also  Kig.  392,  article  "Cartes  a  jotter,"  Labonlaye's 
"  LUrtioniuiire  cles  Arts  et  Manufactures,'*  tome  i.,  ed.  1877. 

Card'-griiid-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
grinding  the  card  clothing  of  carding  machines,  to 
give  the  shape  and  sharpness  to  the  ends  of  the 
wires. 

The  card  1'oller  or  flat  is  placed  in  hearings  or 
chimps  in  the  machine,  and  the  grinding  wheel 
traversed  back  and  forth  in  front  of  it.  The  wheel 
runs  clear  past  the  end  of  the  roller  or  flat,  as  the 
ca-e  may  be,  before  it  stops  and  commences  the 
backward  motion.  The  traversing  grinding  roller 
is  held  to  be  an  improvement  upon  a  full-length 
roller,  the  inequalities  of  which  are  repeated  upon 
the  card-roller  or  flat. 

Fig.  542  represents  the  Hardy  traverse-wheel  grinder,  for 
grinding  from  1  to  4  top-tints  at  a  time,  with  a  cylinder 


Fig.  542. 


Roy's  Trarerse-whrel  Card-grinder. 

20  times  per  minute,  according  to  the  length  of  the  card. 
The  motion  of  translation  is  by  an  endless  chain  and  bevel 
gear?  inside  of  the  sleeve,  which  is  at  the  same  time  the  axis 
of  the  wheel. 

Edwards's  mode  of  clothing  the  grinding  cylinders  with 
emery  cloth  is  described  in 

"Scientific  American  Supplement"  .    .    .    .    *vi.  2179. 

The  grinding  machine  of  Platt  Bros.,  of  Oldham,  Britain, 
shown  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition,  in  1876,  was  arranged 
for  grinding  either  two  rollers  or  two  clearer?  at  the  same 
time,  and  for  carding-engines  both  40"  and  48"  on  the  wire. 

In  the  most  modern  construction  the  machine  carries  a 
ventilating  fan,  and  has  setting-on  apparatus  to  move  the 
parts  to  be  ground  parallel  with  the  emery  cylinder ;  this 
machine,  however,  is  not  adapted  for  two  widths  of  carding 
engines. 

The  machine  of  Dobson  Sf  Barloiv,  of  Bolton,  Britain,  is 
for  grinding  rollers  and  flats,  one  of  each  at  the  same  time. 


Traverse-wheel  Card-grinder. 

brush  for  cleaning  out  the  teeth  before  the  grinding  is  done 
perfectly.  The  motion  of  the  grinding  wheel  is  caused  by  a 
screw  inside  of  the  slotted  and  hollow  shaft  on  which  the 
wheels  slip  and  with  which  it  rotates. 

Kig.  543  shows  Roy's  mode  of  traversing  the  grinding- 
wheel  ;  the  motion  is  rapid,  the  wheel  traversing  from  10  to 

Fig.  543. 

PTr3 


It  has  a  cylinder  12"  in  diameter,  and  can  have  a  fan  ap- 
plied. It  occupies  but  a  small  space.  The  flat  passes  slowly 
over  the  cylinder  while  grinding,  and  returns  quickly,  thus 
saving  time  in  grinding.  This  is  a  small-sized  machine,  but 
they  are  made  to  grind  two  or  more  rollers  or  flats,  as  re- 
quired. 

lu  the  machine  of  M.  A.  Forbusk,  of  Philadelphia,  the 
grinding  cylinder  has  an  angular  thread  cut  from  one  end  to 
the  other,  and  the  card  cylinder  rests  in  bearings  on  the 
frame  and  is  revolved  by  a  belt  from  a  pulley  on  the  grinder- 
shaft.  Klour  of  emery  and  oil  are  used,  and  the  shape  of 
the  end  of  each  wire  on  the  card  agrees  with  that  of  the  an- 
gular tooth. 

In  the  carding  machine  of  Platt  Bros.,  of  Oldham,  Britain, 
the  card  clothing  on  the  flats  is  ground  when  the  machine 
is  in  full  work,  thus  avoiding  any  loss  of  time  and  any  ne- 
cessity fur  a  separate  grinding  machine. 

Car'di-a-graph'.  An  instrument  for  record- 
ing the  beats  of  the  heart.  It  is  usually  applied 
to  the  chest. 

The  sphygmograph,  as  its  name  indicates,  is  ap- 
plied to  the  pulse. 

The  pntumoijraph  and  myograph  are  also  instru- 
ments of  research  of  allied  character. 

The  sphygmograp/i  of  Dr.  Keyt  (see  SPHYGMOGRAPH)  is  also 
capable  of  being  used  as  a  cardiograph,  for  tracing  the  action 
of  the  heart's  apex  against  the  chest  wall.  The  base  of  the 
instrument  is  pressed  down  upon  an  intercostal  space,  at  the 
point  of  greatest  impulse,  which  is  usually  between  the 
fourth  and  fifth  ribs. 

The  cardiac  apparatus  of  Marey  is  referred  to  in 

"Scientific  American,''  *  xxxvi.  61. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,''''  *  i.  117. 

Labouldye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Artset  Manufactures,"  tome 
iv.,  article  *'  Graphiyues,"  ed.  1877. 

The  telephone  is  used  in  auscultation,  for  cardiac  mur- 
murs and  different  varieties  of  respiration  ("Boston  Medical 
and  Surgical  Journal'1'1)  and,  it  may  be  added,  though  not 
apropos  of  the  chest,  that  the  microphone  has  been  used  by 
Sir  Henry  Thompson  in  lithotrity  to  detect  by  sound  the 
contact  of  the  lithotrite  (or  sound)  with  fragments  of  stone. 

See,  also,  PLETHYSMOGRAPH  ;  CHEILOANGIOSCOPE. 

Car-di-am'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  rate  or  force  (or  both)  of  the  heart  action. 
See  CARDIAGRAPH. 

Cammann's  cardiameter  is  an  instrument  for  measuring 
the  distance  of  the  apex  beat  from  the  median  line.  It  is  of 
the  nature  of  a  compass,  with  sliding  bar  and  graduated 
index. 

Fig.  273,  p.  84,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum.'' 

Car'di-gan-jack'et  Ma-chine'.  A  knitting 
machine  adapted  to  making  knit  jackets.  It  is  a 
circular  rib  machine,  making  the  polka  or  one-and- 
one  stitch  ;  and  the  one  shown  by  Gimson  &  Colt- 
man,  of  Leicester,  England,  at  the  Centennial,  had 
an  action  by  which  it  could  form  a  welt  at  any 
time,  according  to  the  length  of  jacket  required.  It 
is  fitted  with  a  dial  for  indicating  the  length  and 
number  of  courses  made.  It  will  produce  in  a  day 
6  dozens  of  bodies. 

See  also  SLEEVE  MACHINE. 

Lamb's  Cardigan-jacket  machine  is  also  adapted  for  the 
polka,  or  one-and-one  rib  stitch. 

It  is  described  in  G.  W.  Gregory's  report  on  knitting  ma- 
chines. —  "  Centennial  Reports." 

Card'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  revolving,  or  trav- 
eling-flat carding  machine,  exhibited  by  Dobson  & 
Barlow,  of  Bolton,  Britain,  at  the  Centennial,  has  a 
cylinder  50"  in  diameter,  40"  wide  on  the  wire ; 
//offer  24"  diameter,  takers  in  9"  diameter,  also  70 
iron  flats  2"  broad,  which  have  been  tested  by  an 
apparatus  which  insures  perfect  accuracy. 

The  flats  travel  over  the  cylinder  supported  on  a  flexible 
iron  bend  which  has  5  adjusting  screws,  and  by  this  means 
the  flats  can  always  be  accurately  set  at  the  proper  working 
distance  from  the  cylinder.  The  machine  has  fixings  for 
grinding  the  flats  while  the  card  is  at  work  :  also  for  grind- 
ing the  cylinder  and  doffer  separately.  No  less  than  27  flats 
are  always  at  work  on  the  cylinder  at  any  time. 

The  machine  has  a  taker-in  with  inserted  wire,  and  con- 
taining eight  separate  coils  in  every  inch.  This  make  of 


CARDING    MACHINE. 


168 


CAR    HEATER. 


Fig.  544 


Dobson  if  Barlow's  Carding  Machine. 


taker-iii  is  preferred  on  account  of  its  not  being  so  liable  to 
choke  as  the  ordinary  wire,  but  is  always  clean,  and  requires 
no  grinding.  This  card  is  also  arranged  for  stripping  out  the 
cylinder  by  power,  and  has  an  angular  bar  casing  under  the 
cylinder  only,  with  adjustable  plate  to  and  from  the  doffer, 
adjustable  knife  under  taker-in,  and  sheet-iron  division  be- 
tween the  cylinder  and  the  taker-in,  to  keep  the  waste  from 
each  separated. 

The  advantages  of  this  card  are,  that  the  flats  can  be 
ground  on  the  machine.  The  fixings  for  supporting  the 
flats,  knives,  etc.,  are  fitted  on  planed  surfaces  cast  with  the 
bends,  so  that  they  are  not  liable  to  be  moved  from  their 
proper  positions.  All  the  flats  are  well  borne  up  when  not 
working  on  the  cylinder,  so  that  the  person  setting  them 
may  be  able  to  test  their  accuracy  without  difficulty. 

The  cylinder  and  doffer  can  be  ground  separately  at  one 
time,  if  required. 

The  composite  carding  machine  of  Dobson  §  Barlow,  of 
Bolton,  England,  has  a  cylinder  45"  in  diameter,  40"  wide 
on  the  wire  ;  doffer  22"  diameter,  taker-in  9"  diameter,  two 
rollers  6"  diameter,  two  clearers  4"  diameter,  and  16  flats  2j" 
wide,  stripped  in  three  different  ways.  The  six  flats  at  back 
nearest  the  feed  roller  are  stripped  three  times,  the  five  cen- 
ter ones  twice,  and  the  five  at  front  once,  thus  stripping 
those  flats  most  charged  with  waste  more  frequently  than 
the  flats  nearest  the  doffer  which  are  least  charged. 

This  stripper  is  so  arranged  that  a  quick  motion  is  given 
during  the  time  the  flat  is  being  stripped,  in  order  to  prevent 
any  collection  of  fly  in  its  absence  from  the  cylinder.  The 
flat  stripper  is  also  cleaned  by  a  top  stripper,  thus  allowing 
the  flat  stripper  to  pass  underneath  the  flat  perfectly  clean, 
and  without  the  necessity  of  touching  the  wire,  except  in 
one  direction,  and  that  when  stripping  the  flat. 

See  also,  French  carding  machine  ;  Figs.  1324-1326.  arti- 
cle "Lninfs,"  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  el  Manu- 
farturis,"1  tome  ii.,  ed.  1877. 

In  Platt  Bros.  (Oldham,  Britain)  carding  machine,  the  oil- 
ing apparatus  for  wool  is  applied  under  the  first  burring 
(steam)  cylinder,  the  oil  being  supplied  to  a  trough  in  which 
a  smooth  roller  works  ;  above  this  roller,  and  in  contact 
•with  it,  is  another  roller  covered  with  cloth,  which  is  also  in 
contact  with  the  burr  roller.  The  oil  is  taken  from  the 
smooth  roller  by  the  covered  roller,  and  from  the  covered 
roller  to  the  teeth  of  the  burr  roller,  by  which  it  is  imparted 
to  the  wool  as  it  passes  over  the  same.  The  oil  is  fed  regu- 
larly to  the  trough  from  a  cisftrn  by  means  of  a  siphon. 

In  the  triple  burr  roller  arrangement  the  wire  on  the  first 
roller  is  of  the  coarsest  pitch,  that  on  the  second  of  an  inter- 
mediate pitch,  and  that  on  the  third  roller  of  a  finer  pitch  ; 
the  large  burrs,  etc..  are  thrown  out  by  the  first  guard  roller, 
the  intermediate  burrs  are  thrown  out  by  the  second  guard 
roller,  and  the  finest  burrs  by  the  third  guard  roller. 


Car  Gain'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
cutting  slots  transversely  in  car  timbers  or  grooves 
across  the  face  of  a  beam. 

See  GAINING  MACHINE,  Fig.  2144,  p.  935,  "Mc<-h. 
Diet." 

Car'go  Block.  A  device  used  in  lifting  and 
depositing  bales  or  other  packages  It  is  really  a 
self-detaching  hook  which  disengages  itself  from 
i  the  sling  of  the  package  as  soon  as  the  latter  touches 
bottom,  enabling  the  man  at  the  crane  to  lower 
away  and  detach  his  hook. 
Lawrence's  cargo  block 


'Iron,-''  1880. 

'Sc.  American  Strp.,"  x.  4027. 


Car  Heat'er.  lu 
the  Baker  heater  the 
heat  is  applied  to  the 
car  by  means  of  hot 
water  led  round  the 
car  on  the  floor  level, 
with  bends  to  carrv 
pipes  horizontally  u  n  d  e  r 
each  row  of  seats ;  the  water 
is  heated  by  coiling  a  por- 
tion of  the  pipe,  and  passing 
this  coiled  portion  through 
a  circular  iron  stove,  the 
fire-box  of  w  h  i  c  h  is  of 
wrought  iron,  and  inclosed 
in  an  envelope  of  the  same 
material,  which  terminates 
at  the  chimney.  The  fire 
is  fed  by  opening  a  grated 
lid.  Both  ends  of  the  pipe 
terminate  in  a  close  cylin- 
drical cistern  .placed  on  the 
roof  of  the  car.  A  safety- 
valve  is  loaded  to  150  Ibs, 
and  an  indicator  dial  shows 
the  pressure.  The  liquid 
used  is  a  saturated  salt 
water.  The  allowance  of 


Baker  Car  Heater. 


CAR  HEATER. 


169 


CARPET  MATCHING  MACHINE. 


heating  surface  is  4^'  of  pipe  per  passenger.     See 
also  page  484,  "  Mech.  Die/." 

The  French  system  of  heating  cars  is  by  portable  hot- 
water  heaters  placed  on  the  floors  of  the  cars.  The  apparatus 
by  which  they  are  expeditiously  heated  in  sufficient  num- 
bers at  large  depots  is  described  in  a  French  report,  and  re- 
produced in  "Scientific  American  Sii/ip.'i  m,  ,a  "  *  vii.  2815. 

Acetate  of  soda  in  solution  is  now  used  on  the  Paris,  Lyons, 
&  Mediterranean  Railway.  The  substance  has  great  latent 
heat  ;  being  heated,  the  salt  dissolves  :  in  cooling,  crystal- 
li/i'S  ;  is  again  heated  to  redissolve  the  crystals. 

.<ee,  also,  FOOT-WARMKR. 

Simple  steam-pipes  from  the  locomotive  conducted  through 
the  train  by  pipes.  "Scientific  American,"-  xxxviii.  223. 

Keating  apparatus       .     .      "  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxix.  406. 

E.  Railway  of   France  *  "Enginrerini;,"  xxvi.  427. 
*  "En^iiiirriiii,',"  xxvi.  193. 

Stove,  Rice *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  86. 

Stove,  steel-cased  .     .     .  *"  Railroad  Gazette,'1  xxiii.  607. 

Spear.     Forney's '•  Car  Builder's  Dictionary,"     *  p.  411. 

Baker.     Ibid *  p.  416. 

Ca-ril'loii.  1.  A  chiming  or  bell-ringing  ap- 
paratus :  or  the  chime  itself.  Page  472,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

2.  A  stand  of  belly  mounted  on  a  frame,  and 
usi'd  with  brass  bands. 

In  (iillest  &  Inland's  (British)  carillon  machine 
described  in  ''  Iron,"  and  reproduced  in  "  Scientific 
American,''  the  difficulty  of  keeping  correct  time, 
owing  to  the  different  power  required  to  drive  the 
barrel  in  different  passages  of  the  music,  is  thus 
avoided  :  — 

The  hammers  are  always  kept  raised,  and  are  only  allowed 
to  drop  by  the  agency  of  the  musical  barrel.  The  instant 
they  fall  they  are  lifted  again,  and,  so  long  as  the  lifting  is 
accomplished  quickly  enough,  the  time  of  lifting  has  noth- 
ing to  do  with  the  production  of  the  air.  That  is  determined 
solely  by  the  musical  barrel,  which,  being  relieved  of  the 
work  of  lifting,  has  little  or  no  strain  on  it,  can  be  made 
small  and  light,  and  will  always  revolve  at  the  same  rate, 
and  so  insure  that  the  tune  shall  be  played  in  perfect  time. 
It  also  follows  that  rapid  passages  can  be  played  with  great 
ease  and  precision. 

The  carillon  of  the  Champ-de-Mars  at  the  Paris  Exposition 
of  1878  was  the  manufacture  of  M.  Bollee,  at  Mans,  and  the 
statement  was  made  in  the  presence  of  the  author  that  the 
carillon  of  Buffalo  was  made  by  the  same  founder. 

Carillons "Manuf.  if  Build.,"  x.  252. 

French  Exposition  ....  *  " Sc.  American  Sup.,''  2093. 
Chimes.  Centennial  ....  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  29, 

p.  3. 
Chiming  clock,  Bombay  Univ.  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  946. 

See  also  BELL,  CHIME,  and  list  under  MUSICAL  INSTRU- 
MENTS, "Mech.  Diet.,'-'  page  1501,  et  infra. 

Car  Jour'nal  Bear'ing  Bor'ing  Ma-chine'. 
See  CAR-BOX  BORING  MACHINE. 

Car  Load.  Nominally,  a  car  load  is  20,000 
pounds.  It  is  also  — 


70  barrels  of  salt. 
70  barrels  of  lime. 
90  barrels  of  flour. 
60  barrels  of  whiskey. 
6  cords  of  soft  wood. 
18  to  20  head  of  cattle. 
60  to  60  head  of  hogs. 
80  to  100  head  of  sheep. 
9,000  feet  of  boards 


17,000  feet  of  siding. 
13,000  feet  of  flooring. 
40,000  shingles. 
340  bushels  of  wheat. 
200  sacks  of  flour. 
3'iO  bushels  of  corn. 
680  bushels  of  oats. 
400  bushels  of  barley. 
360  bushels  of  flaxseed. 


(One  half  less  of  hard  lum-  360  bushels  of  apples, 

ber,  one  fourth  less  of  green  430  bushel*  of  Irish  potatoes, 

lumber,    one    tenth    less    of  360  bushels  of  sweet  potatoes, 

joists,  scantling,  and  all  other  1,000  bushels  of  bran, 
large  timber.) 

—  "Butter,  Cheese,  and  Egg  Reporter." 

Car  Ma-chin'e-ry.  Machines  and  tools  for 
metal  and  wood  work  on  cars  are  assembled  in 
lists  on  pages  1425,  1426,  2814,  2815,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
For  machinery  in  general  see  list  under  MACHINES, 
infra. 

Boring  machine,  horizontal.       *"R.R.  Gaz.,"   xxiii.   220; 

Fay *  xxiv.  109. 

Wheel  borer,  Bement  .     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"1  xxi.  505. 

Putnam  Machine  Co.  ...  *  "Sc.  American,"  xli.  210. 

Bement *  " Sc.  American  Sup.,"  518. 

Box  grinder  .......  *"  Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  54. 


Mortiser  and  borer,  Fay       .     .  * '•  Railroad  Gaz.,''  xxiii.  67. 
Truck  drill,  Bnnnit    .     .     .        *  "Engineering,''  xxii.  69. 
Wheel  lathe,  Pfaff,  Saxony      .  *  •'  Engineering.''  xxii.  174. 

Double,  Fftu  $"  Deliege,  Fr.  *" Engineering,''  xxviii    148. 

Collier,  15r *"  Engineering,''  xxvii   .'>•!. 

Wheel  tire  lathe,  Collier,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  187 

Car  Mor'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  class  of 
large  mortising  machines,  for  working  ou  sills  and 
other  parts  of  car  frames 

See  Fig.  3237,  p.  1482,  "Meek.  Diet." 

The  bed  of  Fay's  machine  will  receive  timber  up  to  17" 
square,  and  the  chisel  will  cut  a  mortise  to  the  center  16"  long 
and  8"  deep  ;  or  by  changing  the  face  of  the  stick  it  c:in  be 
made  to  work  clear  through.  It  has  two  boring  attachments, 
one  on  a  line  with  the  chisel  to  bore  for  the  mortises,  which 
will  bore  to  10",  from  the  center  of  column  ;  also,  an  adjust- 
able auxiliary  boring  attachment,  for  boring  bolt  holes, 
which  will  borfe  17"  stuff. 

See  also  CAR-SILL  MACHINE. 

Car'pet.     A  cloth  or  rug  to  cover  a  floor. 

Loom,  Gates *"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  102. 

*"Sc.  Arntr.  Sup.,"  1254. 

Manufacture  of,  Philadelphia  .      "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  947. 
Brussels,  manufacture  of      .     .      "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  613. 
Rag  looper,  Wyckoff     ...  *"Sr.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  118. 
Sewing  machine,  Hesse  (Singer)  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  3802. 
Smyrna  and  Persia,  manuf.  of  .      "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  264. 
Thread  dressing  Machine    .    .   Short  .          .  Patent,  139.521. 

Carpet  printing  machine     .    .   Crossley 95,777. 

Printed  piled  carpet  ....   Crossley 139,706. 

Loom    .     .' Murkland     ....  123,037. 

Matching  machine 149,956. 

History  of  the  rise  and  development  of  carpet- weaving  in 
America  :  Hayes  in  "  Centennial  Report,"  v.  70-75.  See  also 
page  475  et  seq.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Car'pet  loom.  The  Dornan  ingrain  carpet 
weaving  needle  loom  is  arranged  for  16  colored 
wefts,  the  vertical  lifters  being  arranged  in  two 
ranks  and  the  threads  being  passed  through  holes 
in  them  so  that  the  thread  appropriate  to  the  pat- 
tern is  lifted  into  the  path  of  the  carrier  needle  and 
carried  into  the  middle  of  the  shed  where  it  is  met 
by  a  hook  which  catches  the  weft  thread  and  retires 
with  it  to  the  other  selvage  where  it  is  knit  in  by  a 
latch-needle. 

The  Jacquard  mechanism  determines  the  selection  of  the 
colored  weft  thread  by  raising  the  weft-lifter.  The  spools  of 
yarn  are  placed  on  skewers  on  a  frame  upon  the  floor.  A 
part  of  the  pattern  is  given  by  the  warps  of  solid  color,  being 
due  to  the  concurrence  of  the  same  colors  in  the  warp  and 
weft.  The  warp  is  laid  double  in  the  shed. 

A  forked  temple  is  combined  with  the  jaw  temple  and  a 
finger  extending  over  the  lay  holds  the  several  weft-threads 
in  position.  The  lay  operates  the  let-off  and  take-up,  and  the 
connection  with  the  lay  is  controlled  by  a  pivoted  piece.  The 
Jacquard  has  a  counterpoise  motion,  having  one  top-board 
and  two  trap-boards.  The  journals  are  operated  by  hooked 
bars  placed  in  and  out  of  gear  with  the  slides  which  support 
the  trap-boards. 

See,  also,  NEEDLE-LOOM. 

The  Murkland  power  carpet  loom  is  also  for 
weaving  ingrain  carpets  and  operates  by  Jacquard 
and  by  shuttles.  It  carries  20  shuttles  and  weaves 
16  colors.  The  shuttles  are  carried  in  boxes  on 
each  side  and  the  selection  of  color  is  controlled  by 
the  Jacquard,  which  also  governs  the  warp  so  as  to 
float  the  required  weft  colors  in  accordance  with 
the  pattern.  The  loom  is  perfectly  automatic. 

Car'pet  Match'ing  and  Meas'ur-ing  Ma- 
chine'. Carpets  which  are  woven  in  patterns  for 
matching  often  vary  in  the  distance  from  center  to 
center  of  the  figure  from  various  causes,  although 
the  greatest  care  be  taken  to  have  them  alike.  The 
variations  being  sufficient  to  prevent  some  of  them 
from  matching  properly,  it  is  customary  to  measure 
each  piece  with  a  measure  corresponding  to  the 
length  of  the  figure,  and  note  the  difference,  whether 
over  or  under  the  standard,  on  the  tag,  so  that  the 
pieces  which  agree  in  length  of  the  figures  may  be 
put  together. 

Short's  machine  for  matching  and  measuring  carpets  has 
an  endless  belt  with  divisions  of  its  length  corresponding 


CARPET   MATCHING    MACHINE 


no 


CATl   SEAL. 


Kig.  546. 


with  the  distance  from  center  to  center  of  the  figure  of  the  car- 
pet to  be  matched:  also  mechanism  in  connection  therewith  for 
drawing  the  goods  over  a  table 
alongside  of  the  belt  in  unison 
with  its  movement,  by  which 
the  variatioYi  of  each  piece,  in 
the  distance  from  center  to  cen- 
ter of  the  figures  if  any,  is 
shown  in  the  aggregate  at  the 
end  of  each  piece,  where  it  can 
be  accurately  measured  with  a 
rule,  to  be  noted 
on  the  tag  at- 
tached to  the  piece 
when  rolled. 

Combined  with 
the  mechanism 
employed  for 
drawing  the  goods 
along  the  match- 
ing device,  and 
operating  the  lat- 
ter, is  mechan- 
ism for  measur- 
ing, singeing,  Carpet  Winder. 
brushing,  and 

rolling  the  goods  at  the  same  time  they  are  matched,  by  which 
one  movement  of  the  goods  answers  for  all  these  several  op- 
erations. 

Car'pet  Wiiid'er.     A  machine  on  which  car- 
pet is  smoothly  wound 
in  rolls  from    the  pile 
or  from  the  floor.     In 
Fig.   546    the    axis    is 
horizontal,  and  in  Fig- 
557,  the   roll  is  verti 
cal,  being  a  wheel  with 
^  a  vertical  spike  revolv- 
•  ing  on  a  stand  placed 

Carpet  Winder.  on  the  floor  of  the  car- 

pet room. 

Car  Push'er.  A  lever  for  moving  a  car  by 
making  a  fulcrum  on  the  rail  and  lifting  against 
the  wheel. 

See  PINCH-BAR,  Fig.  3725,  p.  1706.  "Mech.  Diet."1 
Blakeslee.     *  "  Scientific  American."1  xliii.  38. 
Fexsenden.     U.  S.  Patent,  December  31,  1878. 

Car-re'  Bat/te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  Daniel  bat- 
tery using  parchment  paper  for  the  porous  parti- 
tion. 

"Niaudet,"1  American  translation,  108. 

Car  Re-pla'cer.  A  device  for  replacing  de 
railed  cars. 

Newcnmb *  "Railroad  Gaz.,"  viii.  191. 

Northern  Railway  of  Fr.     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  459. 

Car'riage.  Specifically  :  a  four-wheeled  vehicle 
for  passengers  and  capable  of  being  closed.  See  list 
of  various  vehicles  on  pages  2695,  2696,  "  Mfch. 
Diet.,"  and  parts  of,  appliances  and  tools  for,  Ibid., 
page  2696. 

Axle,  Hendry  ....  *  "Iron  Age,''  xviii.,  Dec.  14,  p.  1. 
Building,  history  of  the 

art,  Thrupp,  Engl.  .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  901,  920. 
" Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1178. 
Factory,  Brewster  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  A?ner.,r  xl.  79. 

Springs *  "Am.  Manuf.,r.  Feb.  7, 1879,  p.  13. 

Dexter *  "Iron  Age,",  xviii.,  Aug.  10,  p.  1. 

Car'riage  and  Wag'on  Hard'ware.  See 
under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Anti-rattler. 

Anti-rattler  fifth  wheel. 

Apron  fastener. 

Axle  block. 

Axle  clip. 

Axle  lubricator. 

Axle  saddle. 

Axle  yoke. 

Back-stay  end. 

Band. 

Billet. 

Body  coop. 

Bolster  plate. 

Bolt. 

Bow  iron. 

Bow  joint. 

Carriage  bolt. 


Carriage  spring  lock. 

Clip  king-bolt. 

Clip  plate. 

Clip  yoke. 

Coach  clip. 

Coach  door  handle. 

Coach  lock. 

Corner  iron. 

Dash. 

Dash  foot. 

Dash  frame. 

Dash  lamp. 

Door  handle. 

Drive  knob. 

Eye. 

Eye  ferrule. 

Ft-i'd-box  hasp. 


Shaf<;  loop. 

Shaft  rubber. 

-  haft  tip 

Shifting  carriage  rail. 

Shitting  rail. 

Side  bar. 

Side  bar  spring  shackle. 

Slat  iron. 

Sleigh  shaft  coupling. 

Spring  bar  clip. 

Spring  block. 

Spring  butter. 

Spring  clip. 

Spring  coupling. 

Spring  shackle. 

Standard  brace. 

Stay-chain  hook. 

Stay-end. 

Stay-end  clip 

Stay-eud  tie'. 

Step. 

Step  pad. 

Step  shank. 

Stump  joint. 

T  brace. 

Thimble  skein. 

Top  brace. 

Top  joint 

Top  prop 

Top  prop  nut. 

Tufting  button. 

Wagon-box  rod  plate. 

Wagon  coupling. 

Wear  iron. 

Whiffletree  brace. 

IVhiffletree  circle. 

\Vhiffletree  coupling. 

Whiffle  ree  Imok. 

Whiffletree  plate. 

Whiffletree  tip. 

Whiffletiee  tongue. 

Whip  socket. 

Yoke. 


Felloe  holder. 

Felloe  plate 

Fifth  wheel. 

Foot  rail. 

Front  stay  end. 

Full  circle. 

Gridiron  step. 

Hammer  strap. 

Hand  plate. 

Head-block  plate. 

Joint  end. 

Joint  eye. 

King  bolt. 

King  bolt  tie. 

King  bolt  yoke. 

Loop  head. 

Loop  yoke. 

Neck  yoke  socket. 

Offset, 

Perch  loop. 

Perch  iron. 

Perch  plate. 

Perch  stay. 

Platform-spring  shackle. 

Pole  coupling. 

Pole  crab. 

Pole  eye. 

Pole  socket. 

Pole  tip. 

Pole  yoke. 

Prop. 

Prop-block  washer. 

Prop  nut. 

Reach. 

Reach  plate. 

Reach  socket. 

Reckaway  band. 

Rub  iron. 

Saddle  clip. 

Safety  loop. 

Seat  fastener. 

Seat  lock. 

Shaft  coupling. 

Shaft  eye. 

Car'riage  Cut'ting-off  Saw.  A  cross-cut- 
ting saw,  mounted  on  a  table  which  has  a  sliding 
carnage  on  which  the  work  is  placed  to  be  pre- 
sented to  the  saw.  See  CUTTING-OFF  SAW. 

Car'riage  Spring.  The  spring  shown  in  Fig. 
548  consists  essentially  of  two  semi-elliptic  side 
springs  upon  each  side.  The  two  springs  arc  rigid- 
ly attached  to  each  other  at  their  centers,  and  are 
pivoted  at  their  ends  to  spring-links  above,  or  on 
either  side  of  the  axle  or  head-block.  The  spring 
shackles  are  rigidly  attached  to  the  head-block  and 
rear  axle  respectively.  The  parallel  motion  of  the 
springs  prevents  rocking  of  the  axles.  One  spring 
being  above  the  other,  prevents  side  motion  and 
the  settling  of  the  body  to  one  side.  The  absence 
of  a  reacli  allows  either  wheel  to  pass  over  an  ol>- 


Fig.  548. 


Carriage   Spring 


struction  almost  independently  of  the  other  wheel. 
The  elasticity  of  the  springs  takes  much  strain  off 
the  fifth  wheel,  and  cushions  the  stroke  when  strik- 
ing an  obstruction. 

See,  also,  BUGGY  SPRING. 

Car  Seal.  A  disk  of  lead  or  pewter  inclosing 
the  ends  of  a  piece  of  wire  which  has  been  rove  in 
a  hasp  or  ring  in  a  car-door  fastening.  The  disk  is 
stamped  so  as  to  prevent  the  opening  of  the  door 


CAR-SILL   DRESSING   MACHINE.         171 


CARTRIDGE. 


Fig.  549. 


Ransome's  Car-sill  Mar /line. 


without  the  cutting  of  the  wire  or  defacing  the 
device. 

Car'-sill  Dress'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  traverse 
planer  especially  adapted  for  trueing  and  bringing 
ont  of  wind  the  timbers  for  car-sills.  These  are 
planed  to  absolute  shape  by  being  dogged  to  stiff 
bed,  and  not  merely  dressed  to  thickness. 

The  Daniel  Is  or  traverse  planer  is  used,  Fig.  3796,  p.  1728, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Car'-sill  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  having  ar- 
ranged upon  it  all  the  various  tools  for  preparing 
the  sills  or  sole  plates  of  railway  cars.  The  bed 
has  rollers  on  which  the  sills  move  longitudinally 
to  present  them  to  the  various  tools  for  mortising, 
boring,  gaining,  recessing,  etc.  See  Fig.  549. 

Car'-ten'on-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  large  sized 
tenoning  machine,  adapted  for  working  on  sills 
and  parts  of  framing  of  cars. 

Such  a  one  is  the  Gap-bed  Tenoning  Machine,  Fig.  6305, 
p.  2532,  ".IfrcA.  Diet." 

See.  also,  CAB-SILL  MACHINE. 

Car'ti-lage  Knife.  (Surgical.)  A  stout,  scal- 
pel-shaped knife  for  severing  cartilage.  Used  in 
dismembering,  post-mortem,  dissection. 

Figs.  146,  314,  350,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chinirgicum." 

Car'ti-lage  Scis-sors.  A  heavy  pair  of  scis- 
sors for  dividing  cartilages. 

Fig.  550. 


Cartilage  Scissors. 

Car  Trans'fer  Truck.  See  CAR-TRUCK 
SHIFTER. 

Car'tridge.  (Fire-arm.)  A  loaded  capsule  or 
case.  The  case  is  made  of  paper  or  metal ;  the 
former,  until  of  late  years  ;  now  almost  universally 
of  metal,  —  copper  or  brass. 

Cases  are  cylindrical  or  bottle-nosed :  in  the  latter, 
the  portion  containing  the  powder  is  one  or  two 
bores  larger  than  the  actual  bore  of  the  piece,  the 
chamber  being  reamed  ont  for  that  purpose.  By 
this  means  a  shorter  case  may  be  used  and  the 
proper  charge  of  powder  retained. 

In  cartridge-making  IS  different  machines  are  used :  8  to 
form  the  ease.  3  for  the  bullet,  5  to  make  the  anvil  or  cap. 
and  2  for  loading  the  cartridge. 

Tin-  first  process  is  called  cupping,  which  is  done  with  a 
'!'<•  working  inside  a  cutter.  A  sheet  of  copper  3"  wide  is 


fed  under  the  cutter  by  the  attendant  and  a  circular  blank 
1J"  in  diameter  is  cut,  and  then  pushed  through  a  ttaring- 
mouthed  die  by  the  punch,  thus  making  it  into  a  cup-shape 
about  1"  in  diameter  and  J"  deep. 

In  the  next  machine,  called  the  first  draw,  the  cup  is  fed 
over  the  die  by  the  revolving  plate  and  an  automatic  move- 
ment, which  takes  one  at  a  time  off  the  plate  and  places  it 
over  the  die,  which  is  somewhat  smaller  than  the  one  in  the 
cupping  machine.  It  is  then  pushed  through  by  the  punch. 
It  passes  subsequently  through  four  more  drawing  nuichines. 
each  one  making  it  longer  and  narrower,  until  it  becomes  2" 
long  and  J"  in  diameter.  After  the  third  draw  it  is  annealed, 
having  become  hard  by  working. 

After  passing  through  the  fifth  draw  it  is  put  in  the  trim- 
ming machine,  and  the  edge  made  even  by  a  revolving  cutter 
which  reduces  it  to  a  certain  size. 

The  capsule  is  next  put  into  a  machine  called  the  hender, 
which  spreads  the  closed  end  into  a  head  by  pressing  it  into 
a  mold. 

The  ninth  process,  anvil-cupping,  is  the  same  as  the  first, 
except  that  it  produces  a  cup  about  %"  diameter  and  J,"  deep 
for  the  cup  to  hold  the  fulminate.  The  anvil  is  then  trimmed 
In  another  machine  ;  in  the  next,  called  a  venting  machine, 
two  small  holes  are  punched  in  the  head  to  afford  passage 
for  the  fire  of  the  fulminate  to  reach  the  charge.  It  next 
has  an  impression  made  in  the  outside  of  the  head  for  the 
wafer  of  fulminate,  and  is  next  put  in  the  priming  machine, 
where  it  receives  the  fulminate.  The  practice  with  central 
tire  and  rim-fire  cartridges  diverges  at  this  pojint ;  in  the  lat- 
ter case  the  fulminate  is  secured  by  crimping  thy  case  from 
the  outside,  the  same  machine  tapering  the  open  end  of  the 
case  to  receive  the  bullet. 

The  bullets  are  made  by  a  machine  which  cuts  about  1" 
from  a  rod  of  rolled  lead  \"  in  diameter,  and  presses  the 
leaden  blank  in  a  mold,  which  gives  the  shape  and  makes 
the  three  circumferential  grooves.  The  next  machine  trims 
the  bullets,  which  then  pass  through  the  lubricator  which 
fills  the  grooves  with  Japanese  wax,  the  object  of  which  is 
to  keep  the  barrel  of  the  gun  lubricated. 

The  last  machine  is  the  cartridge  loader:  the  cases  come 
successively  under  a  powder  reservoir  where  a  charge  of  72 
grains  is  dropped  into  each,  after  which  the  bullet  is  put  in, 
and  the  shell  pressed  around  it  to  hold  it  firmly. 

The  following  is  a  list  of  the  machines  included  in  the 
exhibit  of  the  War  Department  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition, 
1876,  under  the  orders  of  Lieutenant  Metcalfe,  in  the  Gov- 
ernment Building  ;  several  machines  are  practically  dupli- 
cated, as  the  successive  drawing  machines  for  instance  :  — 


Priming  machine. 
Loading  machine. 
Drawing  machine. 
Clamp  milling  machine. 
Bullet  machine. 
Heading  machine. 
Milling  machine. 
Rifling  machine. 
Bedding  machine. 


Cupping  machine. 
Anvil  cupper. 
Lubricator. 
Case  trimmer. 
Impression  machine. 
Butt  lathe. 

Barrel-boring  machine. 
Barrel-turning  lathe. 
Straightening  machine. 
Tapering  machine. 

See  account  in  "Scientific  American  Sup.,1'  *369 

Norton's  report  on  "American  Breech-loading  Fire  Arms," 
N.  Y.,  containing  a  description  of  the  following  cartridges  :  — 

Boxer,  British,  central  fire. 

Daw,  British,  central  fire. 

Chassepot,  French. 


CARTRIDGE. 


172 


ZmiditaiJclgewf/ir,  German. 
lUeigt. 

V.  S.  Cartridge  Co. 

See  report  on  "  Performance  of  Metallic  Cartridges,'' at 
Frankfort  Arsenal,  Penn.,  by  Major  Treadwell,  U.  S.  Army, 
1873.  Notices  and  illustrations  are  given  of  the  following 
(*  illustrated) :  — 

.  *  1860. 

.  *  1860. 

.  *  1864,  rim  primed. 

.  *1864. 

.  *  1865. 

.  *  1866,  center  primed. 

.  *  1866. 

.  *  1865. 


CARTRIDGE  SCALES. 


Fig.  552. 


Burnsicii 

Maynard  . 

Spencer  .  . 

Primitive  . 
LaiUley  . 
Novelty 
Bar-anvil 

Galling  .  . 

Canister  .  . 
Benton    . 

Tibbal     .  . 

Benet       .  . 

Service    .  . 

Benet       .  . 

Crispin   .  . 

Coll    .     .  . 

Martin    .  . 

Corliss    .  . 

Prince      .  . 
Milbank 

Milbank,  et  al. 

ReTnforeed  . 

Frankford  . 


.  *  1867,  cup  reinforce. 

.  *  1869. 

.  *  1868,  cup  anvil. 

.  *  1868,  blank  cartridge. 

.  *  1866,  center-primed. 

.  *  1867,  combination :  paper  and  metal. 

.  *  1868. 

.  *  1869. 

.  *  Front  ignition. 

.  *  Front  ignition. 

.  *  1870,  reloading. 

.  *  Primer. 


.  *  Gas  check. 
*  Attached  head. 

Rodman- Crispin    *  1863,  wrapped  metal. 

Boxer-Henry    .     .  *  1872,  wrapped  metal. 

Frankford   ...  *  1872,  cast  base. 

Hotchkiss    ...  *  1868,  solid  head. 

Benet      ....  *  1868,  solid  head. 

U.  S.  Cartridge  Co.  *  1868,  solid  head. 

Dutch  musket      .  *  Reloading  shells. 

Dutch  carbine      .  *  Reloading  shells. 

Farringlon  ...  *  Solid  head. 
Navy    ....  *  Front  lubrication. 

Frankford   ...  *  1865. 

See  report  of  Major  Bell  to  Colonel  Craig,  Chief  of  Ord- 
nance, May  16,  1856,  on  the  firing  of  Dr.  Maynard's  breech- 
loading  rifle  charged  with  a  metallic  cylindrical  water-proof 
cartridge. 
Cartridge,  Tyler    ....  *  "Scientific  American,'-'1  xli.  246. 

Making *  "&"c.  American  Sup.,''  2670. 

Center  fire,  Saget      .     .     .  *  ^Scientific  American,-' xllii.  36. 
Cartridge  shot,  Schleber      .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xl.  212. 

The  Russian  small  arm  cartridge  factory  near  St.  Peters- 
burg is  described  in  "  Ordnance  Report,'1'1  1877,  pp.  519  et  seq. 

Car'tridge  Block.  A  wooden  block,  bored  to 
receive  8  cartridges,  and  having  attachments  b\r 
which  it  is  secured  to  the  gun  in  convenient  posi- 
tion for  loading.  It  is  shown  in  Fig.  552  as  at- 
tached to  a  Peabody- Martini  military  rifle. 

Car'tridge   Cap'per.     An  instrument  for  se- 
curing caps  on  cen-  Fig  551 
t  r  a  1  fire   cartridge- 
cases.     The   pivoted 
lever  has  a  stud  be- 
neath, which  presses 
the  cap  firmly  upon 
its  seat.     Fig.  551. 

Car'tridge- 
head'ing  Ma- 
chine'. A  machine 
for  forming  the  head 
or  rim  of  a  cartridge 
case.  It  consists  of 
ahorizontal  die, 
countersunk  at  one 
end  for  shaping  the 
head  ;  a  feed  punch, 
to  insert  the  tubes  Parker  Bro-'s  Cartridge  Capper. 
into  the  die;  and  a  heading  punch,  to  flatten  the 
closed  ends  of  the  tubes  into  the  countersink. 

The  tubes,  which  are  a  little  longer  than  the  completed 
cases,  are  fed  into  the  inclined  trough  of  the  machine, 
whence  thev  are  taken  up  on  the  feed-punch.  A  shoulder 
on  this  punch,  at  a  distance  from  its  extremity  equal  to  the 
inner  depth  of  the  headed  case,  prevents  it  from  penetrating 
to  the  full  depth  of  the  tube,  and  a  surplus  of  metal  is 
thereby  left  at  the  closed  end  of  the  tube  for  the  formation 
of  the  head. 


Metcalfe's  Cartridge  Block. 

The  feed-punch  inserts  the  tube  into  the  die  and  holds  it 
while  the  heading  punch  advances,  presses  and  folds  the 
surplus  end  of  the  tube  against  the  countersink  die,  thus 
shaping  the  head  or  rim.  The  headed  case  is  left  in  the  die 
as  the  feed-punch  retreats,  and  is  expelled  by  the  next  case. 

The  rate  is  65  per  minute. 

Car'tridge-head  Test'er.  A  hydrostatic  press 
invented  by  Col.  Treadwell,  U.  S.  Army,  for  test- 
ing strength  of  cartridge  heads. 

Plate  XXIII.,  Ordnance  Report,  U.  S.  Army,  "Metallic  Car- 
tridges," 1873.- 

Plate  XXIV.  et  seq.  of  the  same,  show  the  powder  test  by 
eprouvette. 

Car'tridge  Load'ing  Ma-chine'.  1 .  A  ma- 
chine for  loading  powder  and  bullet  into  a  car- 
tridge case. 

It  consists  of  a  revolving  circular  plate  with  holes,  and  a 
hopper  and  powder  measure. 

The  powder  is  placed  in  a  brass  hopper  above  the  machine, 
and  is  fed  to  the  cases  through  a  paper  tube  :  the  whole  in- 
side of  a  conical  shield  of  boiler  iron. 

The  cases  and  bullets  are  fed  on  revolving  plates  :  the 
former  lifted  into  the  receivers,  passed  under  the  hopper 
and  measure  fora  charge  of  powder, and  then  under  the  bul- 
let-feeder to  receive  a  lubricated  bullet.  The  edge  of  the 
case  is  crimped  on  the  bullet  by  lifting  the  former  into  a 
contracted  space  of  the  receiver  around  the  neck  of  the  bul- 
let. 

A  bell  indicates  any  failure  in  the  supply  of  a  full  charge 
of  powder,  and  the  rate  is  35  per  minute. 

2.  On  a  smaller  scale,  a  machine  for  reloading 
cartridge  shells. 

Fig.  uo3. 

The  machine  is  clamped  to  a 
table,  leaving  the  crimper  crank 
10  free  to  turn.  The  reservoir  7 
being  furnished  with  powder, 
the  changer  9  is  set  to  the  num- 
ber of  drams  required .  Hold  the 
shell  under  the  aperture  of  12  in 
the  lower  shelf  of  charger,  and 
dump  the  powder  therein.  Hav- 
ing loaded  the  shells  with  pow- 
der, remove  the  funnel  and  re- 
lease the  rammer  ;  put  the  shell 
in  the  receiver  2,  place  the  wad 
on  the  powder  and  ram  home. 
Fill  the  reservoir  with  shot,  set 
the  charger  at  the  gage  desired, 
drop  the  charge,  place  a  wad  on 
the  shot  and  ram  as  before  ;  or 
crimp  the  shell,  placing  it  in  the 
cradle  6,  and  rotating  the  revolv- 
ing hub  by  the  crank  10.  The 
shell  may  be  shortened  before 
crimping  by  placing  it  on  5  and 
rotating  it  while  the  knife  4  is 
pressed  upon  it. 

Car'tridge    Scales. 

A  machine  for  automatically 
verifying  the  weight  of  car- 
tridges ;  invented  by  Goot- 
koffsky,  of  the  ordnance 
works,  St.  Petersburg,  Rus- 
sia. WeW>s  Cartridge  Loader, 


CARTRIDGE   SCALES. 


173 


CARVING. 


"  The  scales  are  composed  of  eight  balances,  slung  to  the 
tyre  of  a  small  fly-wheel  which  is  brought  into  action  by  the 
main  shafting.  The  cartridges  placed  by  the  workmen  in 
the  box  are  caught  up  by  the  scales  themselves  and  are 
placed  in  the  balances.  The  cartridges  are  equipoised  by  a 
reacting  weight  placed  on  the  opposite  ends  of  the  balances  ; 
on  the  farther  rotation  of  the  fly-wheel,  the  balance  gradu- 
ally comes  to  an  equilibrium,  upon  which  the  cartridges  of 
a  normal  weight,  and  heavier  than  the  normal  weight  are 
declined  along  with  the  outer  end  of  balance  down  ward,  and 
are  thus  pushed  off  by  the  scales  themselves  into  the  re- 
ceiver, from  whence  they  fall  into  a  box  placed  on  the  floor. 
The  cartridges  which  are  of  less  than  the  normal  weight,  are 
raised  upward  and  are  thrown  off  by  the  scales  themselves 
into  another  receiver,  from  whence  they  fall  into  a  locked- 
up  box.  The  fly-wheel  with  the  balances  makes  7J  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  that  is,  performs  3,600  weighings  per  hour, 
or  30,000  per  day,  allowing  for  subsidiary  work  and  chance 
stoppages." 

Car'tridge  Var'nish-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine to  coat  the  interior  of  metallic  rifle  shells  with 
an  impermeable  elastic  varnish,  to  prevent  chemi- 
cal action  between  the  salts  of  the  gunpowder  and 
the  material  of  the  shells. 

The  shells  are  placed  in  a  hopper,  several  hundreds  at  a 
time,  and  fed  singly  into  a  wheel,  with  which  they  revolve, 
while  they  are  also  rotated  in  the  chucks  which  hold  them  ; 
this  in  order  to  spread  the  varnish.  Forty  of  them  are  in 
different  stages  of  the  process  at  the  same  time,  and  the  work 
is  done  at  the  rate  of  2,000  per  hour.  The  machine  is  per 
fectly  automatic.  The  shells  are  subsequently  dried  in  a 
sheet-iron  furnace. 

Cart  Roller.  A  roller  which  has  a  cart  body 
mounted  upon  it.  Used  in  some  parts  of  France 
for  transporting  manure  on  soft  prairie  ground. 

Car  Truck.      The  wheeled  frame  beneath  the 
body  of  a  railway  car. 
Iron,  Challender  .     .     .  *"  Railroad  Gazette,''  xxi.  198. 

English *  "Sc.  American,-'  xxxviii.  226. 

Passenger,  Ramapo  Co.  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''1  xxi.  257. 
42-inch,  Ramapo  Co.    .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.."  1298. 
Pennsylvania  Railway  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  366,  375-378. 
Safety  device,  Root  .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  142. 

The  principal  forms  are  shown  in  Forney's  "Car-builder's 
Dictionary.''' 

Car'-truck  Frame  Drilling  Ma-chine'. 
A  multiple  drill  machine,  for  drilling  at  one  op- 
eration the  different  holes  required  in  car  truck 
frames. 

The  frame 'to  be  drilled  is  laid  upon  the  table,  which  is 
then  fed  up  to  the  drills,  either  automatically  or  by  hand 
through  the  gearing.     The  drills  are  mounted  on  an  upper 
frame,  at  the  standard  distance  apart,  and  are  driven  by   I 
gearing  from  the  coned  pulleys.     The  drill  spindles  slide  in 
the  vertical  holders,  which  are  tubular,  and  they  can  he  j 
locked  in  any  desired  position  by  set  screws  at'  the  ends  of  ' 
the  holders.     The  drill  spindles  can  be  adjusted  on  the  cross 
frame  to  different  distances  apart  so  as  to  suit  different  pat- 
terns of  car  frames. 

Car'-truck  Shift'er.    An  invention,  for  chang 
ing  the  trucks  of  cars  on  roads  having  differ- 
ent gages,  as  well  as  for  changing  trucks  when 
repairs  or  new  trucks  become  necessary. 

AA  represent  level  outside  tracks  along  the  depressed 
main  tracks ;  EE  represent  trucks  on  the  outside 
tracks,  and  F  the  cross-bars  or  beams  for  carrying  the 
car  boilv. 


To  separate  trucks  from  a  car  body,  the  car  is  run  to  the 
incline  of  the  pit  B,  and  tho  small  truck  E  placed  <m  each 
side.  The  supporting  beams  or  cross-bars  F  are  then  placed 
under  the  frame  of  the  car  between  the  bolsters,  the  ends  of 
the  cross-bars  resting  on  the  side  trucks  at  opposite  sides  of 
the  car.  Then,  by  moving  the  car  over  the  pit  B,  the  car- 
trucks  D  run  down  the  incline  rails,  leaving  the  car  body 
supported  by  the  side  trucks  E  and  supporting  beams  F .  To 
connect  trucks,  after  the  above  described  process  is  accom- 
plished, they  are  run  up  the  incline  until  the  bolt-hole  of 
the  truck  connects  with  the  king-bolt  of  the  oar,  and  then, 
by  moving  the  car  forward,  the  king-bolt  draws  the  trucks  up 
to  their  proper  place. 

•American  Railroad  Journal  "...  xlix.  1080. 

'Polytechnic  Revieiv  " Sept.  9,  1876 

'•Iron  Age,"1 xviii.,  Sept.  7,  p.  1. 

•Railroad  Gazette  " .  xxiv.  267. 

'Scientific  American  Supplement  "  .     .  705. 

Car  Un-load'ing  Plow.  Dowling's  plow  for 
unloading  platform  gravel-cars,  is  a  V-shaped  im- 
plement which  has  two  flaring  wings.  The  cars 
being  made  stationary,  the  locomotive  is  detached, 
and,  being  connected  to  the  plow  draws  it  the  whole 
length  of  the  train  from  car  to  car,  depositing  on 
each  side  of  the  track  the  gravel  with  which  the 
cars  are  loaded.  See  also  Patents  63,139,  91,440; 
grain-scoops  for  unloading. 


'Railroad  Gazette  '•' 


*  xxiii.  249. 


Car  Ven'ti-la'tor.  A  device  for  renewing  the 
air  of  a  railway-car.  See  CAR  VENTILATOR,  *  pp. 
490,  491,  "Mech.  Diet.,''  and  AIR  FILTER,  *  pp. 
46,  47,  Ibid. 

Winchell's  Car  Ventilator  consists  of  an  air-chamber  at- 
tached to  the  roof  of  the  ear  and  extending  its  entire  length. 
Each  end  is  furnished  with  a  hood,  protected  by  very  fiqe 
wire  gauze  screens,  through  which  air  alone  is  admitted  to 
the  chamber.  Each  drum  is  furnished  with  a  cut-off,  op- 
erated by  a  lever  within  the  car,  by  means  of  which  the  sup- 
ply of  air  may  be  regulated.  A  number  of  registers  in  the 
bottom  of  the  chamber  admit  the  air  to  the  car.  When  the 
train  is  in  motion  the  cut-off  in  the  forward  end  of  the  car  is 
opened,  and  the  air  enters,  passes  down  through  the  registers, 
enters  into  the  car,  and,  having  served  its  purpose,  makes  its 
exit  through  the  rear  hood  or  through  the  windows,  if  they 
are  open.  In  connection  with  the  air-chamber,  and  for  sum- 
mer use  only,  are  deflectors  on  the  outside  of  each  window, 
whose  purpose  is  to  act  as  an  exhaust,  and  not  only  draw  out 
the  impure  air  from  the  car,  but  prevent  the  admission  of 
smoke,  dust,  cinders,  and  rain  through  the  open  window. 
These  deflectors,  which  are  made  of  glass,  so  as  not  to  im- 
pede the  view  from  the  windows,  are  operated  simultane- 
ously by  an  iron  rod  running  along  the  side  of  the  car. 

WincheU     .     .     .     .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine.,''  xiv.  187. 
"American  Railroad  Journal,''  xlix.  318. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  262. 

Carv'ing.  The  ancient,  mediaeval,  and  modern, 
the  Orient  and  the  Occident,  vie  in  wood  carving. 

Fig.  554. 


Ramsey's  Car-truck  Shifter. 


CARVING. 


174 


CARVING   LATHE. 


i'ig.  555. 


Arbey^s  Carving  Attachment  for  Lathes. 


It  may  be  said  that  the  art  has  a  renaissance,  and 
the  exhibitions  show  in  great  numbers  imitations  of 
the  antique,  the  grotesque  and  ornate  works  of  the 
laborious  Orient,  and  the  labors  of  the  graceful 
modern  school. 

The  Japanese  carvings  in  ivory  are  familiar,  and 
it  may  almost  be  said  are  beyond  praise. 

The  Chinese  carvings  in  wood  are  usually  in 
teak,  box,  and  rosewood.  Much  of  the  carving  in 
light  wood  comes  from  Ningpo ;  the  dark  from 
Canton.  Gilding  and  painting  of  conventional  de- 
signs in  bright  colors  are  more  common  than  in 
the  Japanese. 

The  carving  of  India  is  all  hand  work.  Sandal- 
wood  carving  is  carried  on  largely  in  the  Bombay 
Residency,  at  Surat,  Bombay,  Ahmedabad,  and 
Canara.  The  two  former  are  low  relief  and  foliated 
ornament.  The  Ahmedabad  is  in  flat  relief,  floral 
and  mythological.  The  Canara,  high  relief  and 
mythological. 

Ebony  is  carved  at  Bijnur  and  Monghyr  in  geo- 
metrical designs. 

Ivory  is  carved  all  over  India :  gondolas,  ele- 
phants, cows,  peacocks,  statuettes,  mythological  fig- 
ures, etc.,  at  Amritsar  in  the  Punjab ;  Benares, 
Behrampore,  and  Murshedabad  in  Bengal ;  Travan- 
core  and  Vizianagram  in  Madras. 

The  agate  vases  of  Boroach  and  Cambay  have 
been  celebrated  as  murrhine  vases  from  the  time  of 
Pliny. 

Black  marble  is  carved  at  Gya,  white  marble  and 
reddish  sandstone  at  Ajmere  and  other  parts  of 
Rajpootna.  The  latter  province  is  celebrated  for 
its  white  marble  idols  colored  in  red,  green,  and 
gold.  Jade  is  carved  in  Cashmere. 

The  most  conspicuous  work  in  Paris,  in  the 
Champ  de  Mars,  was  the  Italian.  Usually  in  low 
relief,  the  designs  were  copies  from  plants  and 
natural  objects,  and  the  beauty  of  the  execution 
left  little  to  be  desired. 

Plate  VII.  shows  four  panels  carved  in  walnut 
by  Prof.  Luigi  Frullini,  of  Florence,  and  purchased 
for  the  Museum  of  Buda-Pesth. 

In  regard  to  the  choice  of  wood  for  carving,  it  is  said  that 
the  magnificent  carvings  of  Grinliug  Gibbons,  at  Chatsworth, 
Petworth,  Burghley,  Gatton,and  other  mansions  in  England 
are  almost  exclusively  in  lime-tree  wood  (tilia).  The  wood 
is  soft  and  pliable,  and  is  little  liable  to  split  and  splinter.  It 
takes  a  stain  well,  and,  when  merely  varnished,  resembles 
box. 

American  walnut  is  more  open  in  its  grain  than  lime,  and 
more  fragile.  The  color  is  a  great  point  in  its  favor  —  at 
present. 

Sycamore  is  used  for  large  and  coarse  work,  —  bread-plates 
and  bowls,  for  instance.  Chestnut  is  used  also.  Holly  is  a 
very  superior  light-colored,  even-grained  wood. 


Oak  is  admirable  for  certain  classes  of  work,  and  there  is 
more  carving  extant  in  oak  than  in  any  other  one  wood.  The 
European  walnut  is  much  harder  and  more  enduring  than 
the  American,  and  much  harder  to  work. 

Boxwood  is  the  best  of  all  white  woods,  but  is  small  in 
size  and  hard  almost  as  bone.  Its  use  is  confined  to  delicate 
work.  Ebony  is  the  best  of  black  woods.  Pear  and  apple 
are  excellent  in  their  way,  being  hard,  rigid,  and  tough. 
Ironwood  and  dogwood  are  favorite  woods  for  turners  and 
carvers,  approximating  boxwood  in  quality. 

Carv'izig  Lathe.  A  lathe,  Fig.  555,  with  an  at- 
tachment which  qualifies  it  for  grooving,  channel- 
ing, and  ornamenting  columns,  balusters,  table  and 
piano-legs,  and  similar  articles  of  irregular  shape. 

The  carving  attachment  is  placed  on  a  traveling-cai-mire, 
and  supported  on  an  adjustable  cylindrical  standard,  to 
which  the  balanced  arms  of  the  cutter  shaft  are  pivoted,  the 
latter  being  revolved  by  a  pulley  and  belt  connection  with  a 
traveling  pulley  of  the  cutter-actuating  shaft.  The  cutter 
shaft  is  movable  on  its  bearings  by  a  lever  handle,  while 
the  pulley  is  retained  by  a  clutch  connection  with  a  fixed 
brace  of  the  weighted  arms,  and  it  is  raised  or  lowered  by 
means  of  a  curved  arm  and  guide-roller  passing  along  the 
pattern  of  the  form.  When  a  table-leg  or  other  object  is 
held  in  position  of  rest  in  the  lathe,  the  cutting  tool  passes 
longitudinally  along  the  same,  and  works  out  in  it  a  groove 
or  channel.  The  dividing  disk  being  turned  for  the  distance 
of  one  sub-division  after  each  channel  is  completed,  the  next 

Fig.  556. 


Carving  and  Paneling  Machine. 


PANELS   CARVED   IN   WALNUT   BY  PROF.  LUIGI   FRULLTNI,  OF    FLORENCE. 
PLATE  VII.  SHOWN  IN  PARIS  IN  1878,  NOW  IN  THE  MUSEUM  OF  BUDA-PESTH.  See  page  174. 


CARVING   LATHE. 


175 


CAR   WHEEL. 


channel  is  then  produced  by  the  return  motion  of  the  car- 
riage. By  turning  the  object  slowly  in  the  lathe,  simul- 
taneously with  the  revolving  and  traversing  motion  of  the 
cutter,  helicoidal  channels  or  grooves  are  formed.  For  groov- 
ing conical  parts,  the  cutter  shaft  is  guided  along  an  in- 
clined guide  pattern,  or  its  axis  is  placed  at  an  angle  to  the 
longitudinal  axis  of  the  lathe.  The  cutter  adjusts  itself  to 
the  shape  of  the  object,  and  carves,  by  its  uniform  forward 
motion,  an  ornamental  groove  of  equal  deptli  throughout 
the  entire  length.  For  the  purpose'  of  pearling  or  doing 
other  ornamental  carving,  the  cutting  tool  is  guided  to  the 
work  by  a  handle,  while  the  object  is  turned  in  the  regular 
manner  by  the  dividing  disk,  so  that  the  pearls  may  be 
formed  at  uniform  distances. 

The  adjustability  of  the  cylindrical  standard,  in  connec- 
tion with  the  balanced  cutter  shaft  and  handles,  admits  of 
the  convenient  and  accurate  handling  of  the  carving  attach- 
ment, so  that  a  large  variety  of  ornamental  work  may  be 
accomplished  on  this  machine  quickly  and  economically. 

Fig.  557 


£kn>-  Carrinff  Chad, 


Carring  Tools. 

Carv'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  pro- 
ducing carvings  and  recessed  or  relieved  panels  on 
the  surface  of  work ;  for  making  edge-molding, 
ornamental,  fret,  or  bracket  work,  etc.  Fig.  556. 

A  hollow  iron  column  supports  the  cutter  spindle  and  the 
table,  which  latter  is  adjusted  and  regulated  to  form  the 
required  depth  of  moldings  or  carvings  by  means  of  a  hand- 
wheel  and  screw,  and  has  sufficient  vertical  movement  to 
admit  of  working  stuff  of  4"  thick  and  under.  The  table  is 
elevated  by  a  notched  treadle  to  bring  the  material  in  con- 
tact with  the  cutter,  and  the  piece,  after  being  carved,  is  re- 
moved by  an  auxiliary  treadle  which  disengages  a  pawl  and 
allows  the  table  to  drop  to  its  original  position.  The  cutter 
may  be  driven  in  either  direction. 

And  molding,  Boult  .     .  *  "Engineer,'1'  xli.  430. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"bSO. 
And  paneling,  Fay    .     .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  393. 


Pantograph  principle. 

Blackman  .  .  .  *" Scientific  American,'"  Aug.  14,  1875. 
Arbey,  Fr *" Scientific  American,"  xli.  243. 

Carv'ing  Tools.  Figs.  557,  558  show  a  num- 
ber of  carving  tools,  each  with  its  name  subscribed. 
Selected  from  a  still  greater  number,  these  yet 
show  considerable  variety. 

Car'-wash'ing  Ma-chine'.  An  invention  of 
Lord  Caithness  for  washing  the  sides  of  carriages. 

It  consists  essentially  of  two  large  vertical  brushes  driven 
by  a  steam  engine.  A  number  of  dirty  carriages,  making  up 
a  train  of  any  length,  is  passed  slowly  between  these  revolv- 
ing brushes  ;  water  is  thrown  upon  the  side  of  each  railway 
carriage,  2'  in  advance  of  the  brush,  from  a  vertical  iron 
pipe  pierced  with  small  holes,  placed  at  an  average  distance 
of  8"  from  each  other.  A  second  water  pipe,  pierced  with 
similar  holes,  directs  another  series  of  small  jets  of  water  di- 
rectly upon  the  brushes.  The  whole  arrangement  is  not 
very  dissimilar  in  principle  to  that  of  hair  brushing  by  ma- 
chinery. 

Car  Wheel.  Car  wheels,  cast,  wrought,  com- 
pound, and  compressed  are  shown  on  pp.  493,  494, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  559  shows  two  forms  of  car  wheels,  the  Rad- 
din  and  the  Bryant. 

The   former,   on   the   left,  is   an   elastic   wheel. 
Being  cast  in  three  parts,  rubber  cushions  are  in- 
terposed   between    the    web 
Fig.  659.  an(j   tiie   hub,  so   that    iron 

does  not  touch  iron,  and 
jars  and  concussions  are  ab- 
sorbed by  the  rubber. 

Fig.  660. 


Raddin's  Elastic  Car 

Wheel. 

Bryant's  Self-lubricating 
Car  Wheel. 


LobdeWs  Car  Wheels. 


The  Bryant  wheel,  on  the  right,  runs  on,  not 
with,  the  axle,  and  has  a  large  chamber  for  oil 
which  oozes  through  a  sponge  to  the  axle. 

Fig.  560  shows  two  of  Lobdell's  wheels :  the 
hollow-spoke  wheel,  and  the  combination  double- 
plate  wheel. 

The  Atwood  railway  car-wheel  is  another  elastic 
in  which  hempen  packing  is  interposed  between  the 
rim  and  the  tire. 

Hemp  is  packed  into  the  chamber  K,  between  the  rim  D 
and  the  tire  A.  The  latter  is  held  to  the  wheel  by  a  lock 

Fie.  561. 


Carving  Tools. 


Atwood  Railway  Car  Wheel. 


CAR   WHEEL. 


176      CAtt   WHEEL   GRINDING   MACHINE. 


joint  F  G,  and  a  dovetail  ring  31  N.    C  Care  the  spokes.   H 
bolts  to  secure  plate.     .F  grooves  in  rim. 

"  Hrrr  Kritpp  has  lately  patented  an  ingenious  mode  of 
manufacturing  car  wheels.  A  skelp  is  first  formed  of  a  long 
flat  plate  of  iron,  with  a  central  rib  above  and  corresponding 
groove  beneath,  and  wide  at  each  end.  One  end  is  secured 
to  a  rotating  mandrel  and  is  coiled  on  itself,  forming  the 
hub  ;  the  coiling  being  continued,  the  narrow  portion  of  the 
skelp  is  wound  on  itself,  forming  the  web  ;  the  coiling  of 
the  outer  wider  end  forms  the  rim.  The  blank  thus  formed 
is  placed  in  the  furnace,  heated  to  a  welding  hear,  and 
welded  under  pressure  into  a  homogeneous  mass  of  the 
proper  shape,  forming  the  completed  wheel.  Apart  from  the 
facility  of  manufacture,  the  invention  results  in  the  produc- 
tion of  an  article  of  very  superior  merit,  as  the  fibres  of  the 
iron  are  all  arranged  parallel  to  the  periphery  instead  of 
being  tangential  or  radial,  as  in  wheels  constructed  by  pro- 
cesses hitherto  pursued."  —  "Railway  Review,"  xiii.  172. 

The  endurance  of  some  cast-iron  car  wheels  is  very  great. 
Some  of  the  Salisbury  wheels  of  Barnum,  Richardson  &  Co., 
have  made  the  following  record  on  the  Lake  Shore  and  Michi- 
gan Southern  Railroad :  — 

4  wheels  averaged 185,049  miles. 

2  wheels  averaged 220,528  miles. 

2  wheels  averaged 196,967  miles. 

3  wheels  averaged 189,397  miles. 

Lobdell  showed  at  the  Centennial  wheels  which  had  been 
25  years  in  service  on  the  New  York  &  Erie  Railway. 

Austrian  car  wheels  by  Ganz  &  Co.,  Buda-Pesth,  made  on 
the  American  style,  were  shown  in  Paris,  1878,  one  having 
run  329,400  miles,  and  another  380,000  miles. 

"  The  paper  car-wheels  of  the  Pullman  Palace  Car  Co.,  are 
calculated  to  run  450,000  miles/'  — "  Chicago  Railway  .Re- 


Stevenson,  1826,  Bonney,  1829,Elgur,  1833,  etc.,  including  — 


Truscott,  Wolf,  and  Dougherty,  *  1838. 
Bonney,  Bush  &  I,obdell,  *  1838. 
Bush  &  Lobdell  (double  plate.)  * 
G.  W.  Eddy,  *  1845. 
Whitney. 

Washburn,  *  1850. 
Lobdell  (single  plate).  * 
Lobdell  (combination).  * 

Forney's  "  Car-builder's  Dictionary,"  gives  the  following 
list  with  descriptions.     See  Figs.  181-184  :  — 
Broad-tread. 
Combination  Plate. 
Combination. 
Compromise. 
Double-plate. 
Elastic. 
Hand-car. 
Hollow-spoke. 
Narrow-tread. 
Open-plate. 
Pair  of  Wheels. 
Paper. 
Plate. 

Sax  and  Rear. 
Single-plate. 
Spoke. 
Steeled. 
Steel-tired. 
Steel 

Street-car. 
Washburn. 
Wrought-iron. 

The  parts  of  a  car-wheel  are,  according  to  its  construction  ; 

Flange.  Plate. 

Tread.  Ribs. 

Rim.  Spokes. 

Face  of  Rim.  Center. 

Tire.  Hub. 

Retaining  Rings.  Axle-seat. 

See  also  PAPER  CAR-WHEEL. 


Wood-centered,  Clemirtson,  Br. 

Lurge  vs.  small * 

for  collieries,  Had  field  .  .  .  * 
Disk,  Handyside,  Br * 

* 

Mold * 

Securing  to  axles,  Jessop  If  Sons  * 
Tire  fastening,  Kuaelowsky,  Ger.  * 
Wooden  disk,  Kitson,  Br.  .  .  * 
Turned  chilled,  Lobdell  .  .  . 


Paige 
Paper 


Balancing,  Paris,  Lyons  if  Medit. 

* 

Foundry,  Penn.  Railway      .     .  * 

* 

Tires,  fracture  of.    Paper  on    . 
Self  oiling,  Phillips      .     .     .     .  * 

Steel-tired .  • 

Large  rs.  small.  Wallis    .     .     .  * 
Swedish  wrought  iron      ...  * 


"Iron  Age,"1  xxv.,  .Ian.  1, 
p.I. 

"Railroad  Gaz.,''  xxi.  96. 
"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,'-  Io65. 
"Engineering,"  xxii.  392. 
"Engineer,"  xlii.  :ill!l. 
"Iron    Age,"    xxiii.,    May 

15,  p.  1 . 

"  Sc.  American,''  xliii.  70. 
"EnginefritiK,''  xxx.  80. 
"  Eiigiiftrinx."  xxii.  '271. 
"  Sc.  American   Su/i.,"  227. 
"Railroad  Gaz.,"  xx.  229. 
'•.S'r.   Ann  rinui   NII/I.,''  2. 
''Iron   Atff,"    xviii.,    Sept. 

21,  ii.li. 
"Railroad  Gaz.,"  xx.  317. 

/,'.  A1. 

"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2794. 
"Engineering,'1''  xxiii.  358. 
"Engineering,"  xxiv.  104. 
"Sr.  American  Sup.,"  917. 

•'.V.  American,-'  xxxix.  8. 
"A".  R.  Gaz.,"  xx.  653-554. 
"Sr.  An/er.  Sup.,"  1057. 
"Railroad  Gaz.,'-  xx.  280. 


Car  Wheel  Bo'rer.  A  machine  tool  for  boring 
true  the  axle  holes  in  car-wheels.  It  is  a  form  of 
boring  machine  of  special  adaptation.  The  wheel 
is  chucked  centrally  and  horizontally  on  the  bed 
and  the  boring  tool  brought  upon  it  axially. 

The  car  wheel  lathe,  Fig.  1172,  "Meclt.  Diet.,"  is 
adapted  for  similar  work,  while  it  is  capable  of  other 
duties  also. 

Car  Wheel  Chuck.  A  chuck  adapted  for  hold- 
ing a  car  wheel  centrally  upon  a  face  plate  for  bor- 
ing or  trueing  the  rim.  fforton.  It  is  a  form 
of  universal  chuck  in  which  the  jaws  are  simulta- 
neously and  equally  approached  by  a  single  move- 
ment, so  as  to  maintain  exactly  equal  radial  dis- 
tance from  the  center  of  the  chuck. 

Car  Wheel  Grinding  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  trueing  worn  car  wheels  by  dressing  the 
rim  and  flange. 

In  Gowan's  machine,  shown  in  Fig.  562,  the  pair 

Fig.  562. 


Paper,  Allen 

Tire-fastening,  Atherton,  Br. 
Steel  tired,  Atwood  .  .  . 

Atwood 

Hamilton 

Baltimore  Car  Wheel  Co.  . 
Barnum,  Richardson  tf  Co.  . 
Cast  and  wrought  .... 
Composite,  Cleminson,  Br.  . 


"Iron  Age,-'-  xxi.,  Jan.  31, 

p.  18. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  198. 
.  *"  Railroad  Gaz.,'' xxi. 446. 

|  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  463. 

.  *  "Railroad  Gaz.,'' xxi.  464. 
.  *  "Railroad  Gaz.,''  xxi.  516. 
.  *  "Railroad  Gfiz.,"  xxi. 307. 
.  *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  427. 


Gowan'x  Car  Wheel  Grinding  Machine. 


of  wheels  is  chucked  in  a  lathe,  and  two  emery- 
wheel",  mounted  on  tool  rests,  are  applied  to  them. 
The  object  is  to  dress  them  to  absolute  roundness 
and  normal  shape  of  tread  and  flange,  eliminating 
all  flat  places  and  every  irregularity.  The  chilled 
car  wheels  revolve  the  reverse  way  to  the  ordinary 
lathe,  at  a  rate  of  l£  revolutions  per  minute. 
The  abrading  wheels  are  of  No.  16  corundum, 
strong  and  porous,  running  at  600  revolutions  per 
minute,  18"  wheel.  A  pair  of  18"  X  \\"  wheels 
will  true  up  200  pairs  of  new  33"  chilled  wheels, 
provided  they  are  truly  fitted  to  the  axle.  An  ex- 
haust fan  withdraws  the  dust  from  both  wheels. 

"  Railroad  Gazette  "........*  xxiv.  625- 


CASE. 


177 


CAST  PORCELAIN. 


Case.  Add.  (Mining.)  b.  A  vein  of  quartz, 
not  containing  ore,  and  forming  an  angle  with  the 
lode. 

8.  (Founding.)     The  cope. 

9.  (Fire-arms.)     The  capsule  of  a  cartridge. 
Case'mate.     A  vault  with  an  embrasure. 

The  Gnison  chilled  iron  casemate  (German)  is  shown  in 
I'hites  XXV1.-XXX. ,  Barnard  &  Wright's  report  on  "  Fabrica- 
tion of  Iron  for  Defensive  Purposes,"  U.  S.  Engineer  Depart- 
ment, Washington,  1871. 

Casemate  carriage  for  British  10-ton  and  25-ton  guns.  Same 
report,  p.  99,  and  Plate  XVIII. 

Casemates.     Addendum  to  Supplement  21  of  same  report. 

Case  Trim'mer.  (Cartridges.)  An  implement 
or  machine,  one  or  the  other,  used  for  trimming 
the  mouths  of  shells  for  cartridges.  These  are  fed 
by  a  funnel  to  the  too],  which  has  a  knife  to  cut 
them  to  an  adjusted  length. 

Case    Smoothing   Ma-chine'.      (Bookbind- 

Fig.  563. 


Sanborn's  Case  Smoothing  Machine. 

ing.)  A  machine  for  smoothing  cloth  cases  for 
books  ;  an  efficient  substitute  for  the  bone  folder. 
The  cases  are  passed  between  the  rubber  rollers, 
two  at  a  time,  insides  face  to  face.  The  top  roller 
is  adjustable  by  means  of  set  screws,  to  suit  any 
thickness  of  cover. 

Cash'mere.  (Fabric.)  1.  A  fine-wool  French 
dress  goods,  woven  with  a  twill  on  one  side  and 
piece-dyed. 

Merino  has  both  sides  twilled. 

2.  A  mixed  fabric  with  cotton  warp  and  XX. 
merino  wool  weft,  made  in  imitation  of  the  Cash- 
meres d'Ecosse,  which  are  all  wool. 

This  goods  is  called  Coburg  in  England. 

Cashmere  shawls.  Hayes  in  "  Centennial  Reports,''1  v. 
75,  76. 

Cash  Re-cord'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
on  which  is  made  and  kept  a  tally  of  sums  received 
or  recorded. 

A  given  sum  being  received  by  a  salesman,  for 
instance,  he  touches  the  knobs  corresponding  to 
(say)  $,  1,2, .,  4,  7,  and  the  record  $12.47  appears  at 
a  slot,  and  is  at  the  same  time  printed  on  a  slip 
(along  with  the  date  and  name  of  the  firm)  which 
serves  as  a  receipt,  and  on  a  second  strip  the  series 
of  sums  which  constitute  a  record  of  the  day's  re- 
ceipts. 

"Scientific  American" *  xxxviii.  95. 

Cas'ing.      (Add.)      4.    (Glass.)      Enclosing   a 

blown  object  in   another   blown    piece  of   similar 

shape  and  different  color,  and  then   blowing  the 

inner  one  so  that  it  expands  against  its  envelope, 

12 


when   they  may  be   firmly  united   by  firing,   and 
then  finished  as  one  piece. 

5.  (Mining.)     A  plank  partition. 

Cask.     See  BARREL. 

Cask  Stand.  A  support  or  stillion  for  casks, 
having  an  ad- 
justable back  Fig-  564. 
support  to  tilt 
the  cask  when 
necessary.  The 
lift  is  by  a 
square  chased 
screw,  in  order 
to  give  a  steady 
movement  to 
avoid  disturbing 
the  liquor. 

Cas'se-role. 
A  small  pan, 
like  a  French 
stew-pan,  used  Cask  Stand. 

in  laboratories.  ( 

Cas-so-lette'.     A  pan  or  tray  for  perfumes. 

Cas'ter.     A  rolling  foot. 

Martin *  "Iron  Age,'-  xxii.,  August  8,  p.  1. 

Glass  ball,  Adigate     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  374. 

Ball,  Konz *  "Scientific  Amer.,""  xxxviii.  6. 

Anti-friction  rollers. 

Gardner *  U.  S.  Patent,  111,193. 

Cas'ter  Rol'ling-col'ter.  A  wheel  colter 
mounted  on  a  swivel,  so  as  to  present  in  any  direc- 
tion the  plow  may  be  guided.  Fig.  1391,  p.  596, 
"  Mech.  Diet."  See  COLTER. 

Cast  Gate.  (Founding.)  The  channel  through 
which  metal  flows  into  a  mold.  Ingate. 

Cast'ing.  References  to  devices  may  be  found 
as  follows  :  — 

Preventing  honeycombs  in  .  .  .  .  "Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  1842. 
Small  objects,  Hopkins  ....  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  272. 
Steel,  Wright,  Smith  fy  Butler,  Engl.  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  904. 
Case  hardening "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  i.  353. 

Cast'ing  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  net  in  extensive 
use  in  the  West  Indies,  Florida,  and  elsewhere  on 
the  southern  coast. 

It  consists  of  a  circle  of  netting,  varying  in  diameter  from 
4/  to  15'  or  more,  to  the  circumference  of  which  are  attached, 
at  short  intervals,  leaden  weights.  There  is  a  ferrule  of 
bone  or  metal  at  a  central  opening  in  the  net.  One  end  of 
a  long  rope  passes  through  this  ferrule,  and  to  it  are  attached 
numerous  cords  extending  to  the  lead  rope.  The  net  is  used 
by  gathering  up  the  casting-rope  in  a  coil  on  one  arm,  and 
taking  the  net  itself  on  the  other.  By  a  dexterous  fling  of 
the  arm  containing  the  net,  this  is  thrown  in  such  a  way  as 
to  spread  out  completely,  and  it  is  hurled  so  as  to  fall  per- 
fectly flat  on  the  surface  of  the  water.  The  leads  sink  im- 
mediately, forming  a  circular  inclosure,  and  imprisoning 
any  fish  that  may  happen  to  be  under  it  at  the  time.  The 
rope  is  then  hauled  in  from  the  other  end,  causing  the  entire 
circumference  to  pucker  inwardly,  and  the  leads  and  puck- 
ered portion  come  together  in  a  compact  mass,  in  which  the 
fish  are  entangled. 

Cast  Por'ce-lain.  1.  A  milk-white,  somewhat 
translucent  glass  made  from  pure  cryolite. 

2.  A  uniformly  colored  or  marbled  variety  of 
opaque  glass  made  from  impure  cryolite. 

The  mixture  for  the  milky  variety  is  :  1  part  of  oxide  of 
zinc,  4  parts  of  cryolite,  and  10  parts  of  sand  ore,  fused  in  a 
common  pipe-clay  crucible,  developing  a  large  amount  of 
fluosilicic  acid.  The  pipe-clay  is,  however,  not  attacked 
much  by  it.  This  development  continues  throughout  thl1 
fusion,  and  even  after  it,  during  the  working  to  a  small  ex- 
tent. This  glass  possesses  a  considerable  hardness  and  power 
of  resistance  ;  even  as  a  powder  it  is  not  attacked  by  strong 
acids.  According  to  an  analysis  of  Mr.  Hagemann  the  com- 
position is  as  follows  :  — 

Per  cent. 

Oxide  of  zinc 6.50 

Silicic  acid  63.40 

Alumina ,    .     .      3.67 

Soda 585 

Oxide  of  iron  and  manganese 4.40 

Undecomposed  cryolite ,     .     .    16.14 


CAST   PORCELAIN. 


178 


CATION. 


The  properties  of  this  glass  probably  depend  upon  the 
presence  of  the  uudecomposed  cryolite  ;  for  glass  of  the 
above  composition,  without  any  combinations  of  fluorine,  is 
transparent  and  not  colored.  Glass  with  a  small  amount  of 
cryolite  has  a  milky-white,  translucent  color,  and  great  bril- 
liancy, refractive  power,  and  strength.  With  a  higher  pro- 
portion it  becomes  opalescent,  and  with  more  cryolite, 
opaque  ;uid  like  porcelain. 

Cat'a-lan  Forge.  (Metallurgy.)  See  Fig.  1185, 
p.  502,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  BLOMARY,  supra. 

See  also  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufac- 
tures," tome  ii.,  article  "Forges  Catalanes,"  Fig.  1035. 

"  Catalan  forges  for  smelting  iron  ore  and  blomaries  for 
refining  pig-iron  are  largely  used  in  Italy,  their  number 
being  about  200.  Charcoal  is  the  principal  fuel  used  in  the 
furnaces,  forges,  and  blomaries,  the  Appenine  forests  fur- 
nishing the  most  of  it. 

"  In  the  island  of  Elba  they  are  of  unsurpassed  richness. 
The  iron  ores  on  this  island,  and  in  other  parts  of  Italy,  were 
used  long  before  the  Christian  era.  There  are  three  princi- 
pal iron  districts  in  Italy  additional  to  Elba — Lombardy, 
Piedmont,  and  Tuscany.  In  all  Italy  there  are  about  40 
blast  furnaces,  many  of  which,  owing  to  the  scarcity  of  fuel, 
have  not  recently  been  in  operation . 

"  There  are  yet  in  operation  in  the  United  States  64  Cata- 
lan forges,  for  the  direct  conversion  of  iron  ore  into  wrought 
iron  ;  these  forges  are  mainly  in  New  York  and  Tennessee, 
and  in  the  former  State  they  are  wholly  engaged  in  the  pro- 
duction of  iron  for  the  manufacture  of  steel."  —  Morrell. 

Saranac "•Iron  Age,'1'  xviii.,  Sept.  1,  p.  9. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  628 

See  also  TROMPE. 

Cat' a-ma-raii'.  1.  A  fishing  raft  used  on  the 
Coromandel  coast  of  India.  The  name  signifies 
"  tied-trees,"  and  correctly  describes  the  raft  made 
of  4  or  5  pieces  of  timber  6'  or  T  long  lashed  to- 
gether to  form  a  width  of  2-J',  narrowed  to  a  point 
at  one  end.  The  fisherman  kneels,  and  sits  on  his 
heels,  as  shown  at  Fig.  1186,  p.  502,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  The  name  has  been  applied  to  other  craft,  es- 
pecially used  on  the  Hudson  River,  and  in  New 
York    harbor.      These   vessels    have    twin    hulls 
united,  and  carry  a  cloud  of  canvas,  being  remark- 
ably staunch. 

3.  A  steam  twin  vessel  similar  to  the  last  de- 
scribed, except  in  the  means  of  propulsion  and  the 
necessary  appendages  of  each  respectively. 


'"Scientific  American  Sup.," 
'•  "Scientific  American  Sup.," 
*  "Harper's  Weekly,"  July  27,  1878. 


3911. 
1860. 


Malay  rig 

Herreshojf   . 

N.  Y.  Yacht  Club,  "  John  Gilpin.  • 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1661,  1679. 
Steam      .      .     .     .  *  "Manufacturer  if  Builder,"  xii.  177. 

Cat'a-ract  In'stru-ment.   (Surgical.)  Knives, 
needles,  scissors,  forceps,  scoops.     Specifically,  — 

The  Figures  refer  to   Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirur- 
gicum,"  Part  II. 

Figs. 

Cataract  knife 113-115. 

Cystotome,  for  lacerating  the  capsule  ,.  116,  117. 

Linear  knife 118,  129.  b,  c. 

Tractor 119. 

Lens  scoop 120, 125,  b,  c. 

Lens  spoon     .     .     . 121. 

Hooked  needle 122. 

Cataract  scissors 126. 

Bistoury,  for  enlarging  the  section    .     .  127. 

Iridotomy  scissors 127,  b. 

Keratome  scissors 128,  b. 

Forceps  needle,  for  false  membranes      .  129. 

Iris  forceps 130.  131,  141,  c. 

Knife  needle 182. 

Iris  knife 134,135,141. 

•Iris  scissors 137,  139,  141,  b. 

Canulated  forceps 140. 

Stop  needle 142. 

Cataract  needle 143-145. 

Grooved  needle,  for  soft  cataract  .     .     .  147. 
Tattoeing    needle,   for    coloring    white 

spots  on  the  cornea 148-150,  b. 

Soft  cataract  exhauster 151,  152. 

Canulated  needle 138. 

Lens  forceps 140,  b. 

Ca-tarrh'al  Douche.     (Surgical.)     A  syringe 
for  irrigating  the  fauces. 


Fig.  364  d,  p.  90,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarnnn 
C/iinir^icum."1 
See,  also,  Fig.  3297,  p.  1512,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Cat  Boat.  A  small  boat,  with  a  triangular 
sail,  without  yard  or  gaff. 

A  very  common  rig  of  fishing-boat,  but  also 
known  among  pleasure-boats  of  small  and  medium 
size. 

They  may  have  one  or  two  masts.  See  models  Nos.  12,099, 
25,026,  29,537,  26,585  iu  the  U.  S.  Fishery  Museum. 

See,  also,  "Scientific  American  Supplement,''  *  vi.  2114. 

Catch'all.  A  tool,  Fig.  565,  for  withdrawing 
from  drilled  wells  broken  tools  or  bars  which  may 
have  fallen  in.  Several  forms  are  shown  in  Plate 
LXXIV.,  p.  2756,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Catch  Hook.  Fjg.  505. 

A  tool  used  in 
hauling  pipe.  It 
is  pushed  into  the 
pipe,  the  tongue 

Fig.  566. 


Catch  Hook. 


Catchalls. 


lying  flatly  on  the  shank.  When  the  team  is 
hitched  to  the  stem,  the  tongue  is  lifted  to  catch 
against  the  inside  and  prevent  retraction.  Fig.  566. 
Cath'e-ter.  (Surgical.)  A  tube  for  drawing 
off  a  liquid.  The  word  is  principally  applied  to 
nrethral  and  Eustachian  instruments.  See  Fig. 
1190,  p.  504,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  specific  names  refer  to  shape,  material,  application, 
etc. 

Compound.  Soft  rubber. 

Double  current.  Velvet-eye. 

Eustachian.  Vulcanized. 

Prostatic.  Sigmoid. 

The  surgeon's  case  also  contains  catheter  holders,  catheter 
syringes.  The  insulated  catheter  electrode  is  for  electriza- 
tion of  the  male  genital  organ.  Fig.  379,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's 
" Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

"  The  flexible  metallic  catheter  is  without  eyes.  The  base 
is  a  hollow  silver  tube  which  continues  for  4"  ;  the  metal  is 
then  twisted  spirally,  diminishing  gradually  till  it  terminates 
in  a  point  not  more  than  1-32"  diameter.  Through  the  cen- 
ter a  strong  wire  is  passed,  the  point  terminating  in  a  small 
steel  bend  which  is  riveted  to  the  wire.  When  the  instru- 
ment is  to  be  introduced,  the  wire  is  drawn  tight,  bringing 
the  bend  up  to  the  point  and  protecting  the  membranes  as 
the  catheter  passes  through.  After  the  bladder  has  been 
entered,  the  wire  is  pushed  forward,  and  the  urine  can  flow 
freely  through  every  portion  of  the  spiral  tube.'' — Dr.  J.  H. 
Thompson's  Report  on  Group  XXIV. ,  p.  63  ;  vol.vii.  "  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition  Rfpons." 

Tiemann's  "  velvet-eye  "  catheter  has  a  perfectly  smooth 
eye,  avoiding  the  irritation  due  to  the  use  of  Nelaton's  and 
those  of  Jacques ',  the  eyes  of  which  are  punched. 

Cath'e-tom'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Dulong  %•  Petit,  and  employed  in  physics  to 
measure  the  vertical  distance  between  two  points. 

Described  on  page  504,  "Mech.  Diet."1  An  illustration 
may  be  found,  if  desired,  on  page  146,  Deschanel's  "Natural 
Philosophy,"1  Part  I.,  American  edition. 

Prof.  Mayer's  cathetometer,  *  " Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  iii.  1221. 
Ca'tion.     (Electricity.)     The   product  which  is 


CATION. 


179 


CELESTIAL  INDICATOR. 


evolved  at  the  zinc  pole  in  a  voltaic  battery.  The 
positively  charged  molecules  in  a  voltaic  battery. 
—  Gordon. 

Anion  is  the  product  which  is  evolved  at  the  cop- 
per pole  of  a  voltaic  battery.     The  neg- 
atively charged  molecules  in  a  voltaic  bat- 
tery. —  Gordon. 

Cat'ling.  (Surgical.)  A  delicate  con- 
cave-curved amputating  knife. 

Cat  Rig.    (Nautical.)    See  CAT  BOAT. 

Cat'tle  Car.  (Railway.)  A  car  for 
live  stock.  A  stock-car.  Among  the  vari- 
ous kinds  may  be  mentioned  :  — 

Double  deck,  for  sheep  and  hogs. 

Single  deck,  for  cattle  and  horses. 

Combined  cattle  and  box  car,  convertible  into 
either.  _ 

Box  cattle-car,  with  grated  windows,  closing  in  cold 
weather 

Slat  cattle-car,  open  sides  fur  air  in  warm  weather. 
Feeding  en  route,  Tingleij  .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  436. 
"  Mnnitf.  Sf  Builder,''   xii.172. 
*  "Scientific.  Amer.,"1  xliii.  374 
Walter *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  407. 

Caun'ter  Lode.  (Mining.)  A  lode  which 
forms  a  considerable  angle  with  others  in  the  vi- 
cinitv. 

Caus'tic  Hold'er.  (Surgical.)  A  staff  or  cup 
to  hold  and  apply  caustic  to  a  deep-seated  part. 

Caustic  probes,  and  caustic  syringes  arc  in-tru- 
ments  for  the  like  application  in  specific  manners. 

The  use  of  the  electric  cautery  has  to  a  large  extent  super- 
seded the  devices  used  in  potential  cautery. 

The  figures  refer  to  Tiemanns  "Armam.  Cliirurgicum.'' 

The  caustic  holder  may  be  like  a  porte-crayon  to  hold  the 
stick  of  luna  caustic,  Figs.  154  6,  159  b,  155,  Part  I. ;  Fig.  45, 
Part  III. 

Or  a  scoop  .     .     .    Fig.  200,  Part  II . 

Or  a  brush  .     .     .     Fig.  349,  Part  11. 

Or  a  tube    .     .    .     Fig.  345,  Part  II.,  49,  365,  Part  III. 

Or  a  probe  .     .     .     Fig.  346,  Part  11.,  310,  Part  III. 

Or  a  forceps     .     .     Figs.  286,  297,  298,  577,  Part  III. 

Or  a  syringe     .     .     Figs.  54,  366,  Part  III. 

Cau'ter-y.  (Klertn'city.)  A  burning  instrument 
usually  consisting  of  an  electro-resisting  wire  or 
band  of  platinum,  used  in  surgical  operations  in- 
stead of  the  heated  spatula.  See  also  ELECTRIC 
CAUTERY. 

Fig.  567  is  Dawson's  universal  electrode  for  galvanic  cau- 
tery operations.  The  various  attachments  constitute  it  a 

Fig.  567. 


Dawson's  "  Universal"  Cautery  Electrode. 

cautery  e'craseur,  cautery  knife,  needle,  applicator,  etc.  As 
an  e'craseur  in  the  principal  instance,  Fig.  567  A  is  a  solid 
hard  rubber  handle,  through  which  pass  the  conducting  rods 
CC,  connected  with  the  conducting  wires  at  B.  The  rods 
CC,  being  hollow  half  their  length,  admit  of  the  rods  running 
from  the  ivory  tip  E  to  slide  in  and  out  like  a  telescope, 
which  they  are  made  to  do  by  turning  the  small  wheel  F. 
This  telescoping  of  the  rods  keeps  up  perfect  current  connec- 
tion, and  at  the  same  time  causes  a  slow  contraction  of  the 
wire  cautery  loop  at  E,  the  ends  of  the  wire  being  secured 
in  the  ivory  clamps  G  on  the  rods  CC.  The  current  is  regu- 
lated or  cut  off  and  on  from  the  batterv  bv  the  screw  D. 


Fig.  568. 


Fig.  569. 


Schroter's  Lari/ngeal  Cautery  Electrodes. 

and,  being  heated  by  the  battery,  cuts  the  tumor  off 
gradually.  The  instrument  is  applied  cold,  it  be- 
comes heated  instantly  at  the  moment  the  circuit  is 

completed,  which  is    done  by  attaching    the  wires  in  the 

socket  at  the  extremity  of  the  handle. 

Fig.  569  shows  Schroter's  electric  cautery,  for  removing 

laryngeal   polypi.     No.  1   is  a   snare  of   platinum  wire  ;  2 

lancet;  3,  porcelain  burner:  4,  knife;  5,  Vottotini's  knife; 

6  blunt  cautery.    Hard  rubber  handle,  sea-horse  mounted. 


A  galvanic  battery  of 
Fig.  570. 


Galvano-cautery  Sling. 


Either  of  the  three  smaller  instruments  is  used  by  with- 
drawing the  tip  with  its  rods  and  adjusting  the  substitute 
into  the  open  ends  of  the  rods  CC 

In  Fig.  568,  the  loop  is  formed  of  flexible  platinum  wire. 
By  turning  the  wheel  on  the  handle,  the  loop  is  contracted, 


Cau'te-ry  Bat'te-ry. 
relat  i  v  e  ly  la  rge 
electro-motive  force 
and  low  internal  re- 
sistance, to  be  used 
to  heat  the  platinum 
wire  of  a  cautery 
electrode. 

Cau'ter-y  In'- 
stru-ments.  (Sur- 
gical.) The  appli- 
cation of  actual  cau- 
tery by  the  battery 
has  many  media ; 
among  these  are  — 

gcraseurs. 

Moxas. 

Scoops. 

Knives. 

Olives,  etc. 
See  CAUTERY,  etc.  Cautery  Battery. 

Cav'al-ry  Bit.  One  having  an  extended  S 
check-piece,  with  a  loose  ring  at  the  lower  end,  and 
a  loop  above  the  mouth-piece  for  receiving  the 
bridle-strap.  The  check  and  mouth  are  solid,  the 
latter  being  made  with  or  without  a  port. 

Ca'ves-son.  (Manege.)  A  portion  of  the  ap- 
paratus used  in  breaking  a  colt, 
the  main  feature  of  which  is 
the  nose-piece,  which  is  buckled 
around  the  nostrils,  having  a 
long  rein  attached,  and  by  which 
a  colt  is  controlled  until  he  be- 
comes accustomed  to  the  bit. 

Cav'il.     (Stone  Working.)     A 
heavy  stone  hammer  with  one  blunt  face  and  one 

pyramidal  or  pointed  peen.     It  is  used    ,,,    ,.«, 
•  j?  i    i        •  f 

in  a  quarry  for  rough  dressing  stones  for 

transportation.     Weighs  from  15  to  20 
pounds. 

Cav'i-ty  Dry'er.  (Dental.)  A  syr- 
inge for  drying  dental  cavities  with 
warm  air,  and  removing  cuttings  and 
bur-dust  from  excavations. 

The  rubber  air-bulb  is  covered  with  silk  net- 
ting. The  other  bulb  is  metallic,  and  heated 
over  a  spirit  lamp.  In  using,  the  air  is  ex- 
pelled, the  bulb  heated,  and  the  air  is  then 
heated  by  inspiration,  and  again  by  expiration 
as  it  passes  to  the  tooth. 

Ce-les'tial  In'di-ca'- 
tor.  An  apparatus  by  which 
the  relative  positions  of  the 
constellations  and  principal 
stars  tire  indicated,  so  as  to  enable  a 
person  to  find  them  by  setting  the  in- 
strument so  that  its  meridian  is  in  ;i 
line  with  the  observer  and  the  north  Cavity 
Star.  Dryer. 


Cavil. 


CELL. 


180 


CELLULOID. 


Invented  by   Mauperin,  *  "La  Nature,''  reproduced   in 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,'"  *  622. 
See  also  COSMOGRAPH. 

Cell.  1 .  ( Optics. )  A  little  frame  or  shallow  box 
to  hold  or  surround  a  microscopic  object ;  lying 
sometimes  on  a  slide,  and  surmounted  by  a  glass 
cover. 

They  are  made  of  glass,  block-tin,  ebonite,  etc., 
and  are  of  many  shapes  and  sizes. 

2.  (Electricity.)  A  jar  or  vessel  containing  the 
exciting  fluid  of  a  battery.  See  GALVANIC  BAT- 
TERY. 

Cel'lar  Crane.  A  device  used  in  confined  sit- 
uations in  streets  and  warehouses. 

The  jib  of  the  crane  is  fixed  in  the  cellar  and  is 
made  telescopic,  so  that  the  load  is  first  lifted  from 
any  point  within  the  radius  of  the  crane,  and  is  af- 
terward lifted  and  carried  in  a  diagonal  direction 
through  the  doors  or  flaps  until  it  is  high  enough 
to  be  deposited  in  the  street  or  on  a  truck. 

Cel'lar  Lift.     A  hoist  for  raising  or  lowering 

Fig.  573. 


Appleby's  Cellar  Lift. 


goods  to  or  from  the  pavement  and  the  cellar.  It 
works  vertically  in  guides,  or  on  the  incline  of  a 
ladder,  according  to  convenience. 

It  is  shown  in  the  act  of  lowering,  the  man  hold- 
ing the  brake. 

Cell  Cut'ter.  A  tool  for  cutting  cells  out  of 
thin  wax  :  it  resembles  a  wad  cutter ;  any  circular 
tube  with  a  sharp  edge  will  answer  the  purpose. 

Cel'lu-loid.  A  product  having  pyroxyline  or 
soluble  gun-cotton  as  its  base.  A  substitute  for 
hardened  caoutchouc.  Inflammable  and  dangerous. 

Parkesine.  Pyroxyline  incorporated  with  linseed  oil.  Used 
for  knife  handles,  etc.  Named  after  the  English  inventor, 
Mr.  Parkes. 

Celluloid.    Pyroxyline  and  camphor  :  — 

A  solution  containing  about  equal  parts  of  camphor  and 
tetrachloride  of  carbon,  dissolves  or  softens  pyroxyliue  very 


readily  ;  and  if  sucli  a  solution  is  incorporated  with  a  suf- 
ficient proportion  of  the  soluble  nitre-cellulose,  a  dough-like 
mass  is  obtained,  which  hardens  ou  the  evaporation  of  the 
tetrachloride  of  carbon  ;  but  the  material  may  be  again 
made  plastic  and  workable  by  being  heated  to  a  temperature 
between  100°  and  125°  Centigrade. 

Or:  the  materials  may  be  mixed  mechanically  at  a  regu- 
lated temperature. 

Or  :  the  camphor  may  be  dissolved  in  carbon  di-sulphide, 
liquefied  sulphurous  acid,  or  other  solvents. 

Parkes  process:  Nitro-cellulose  softened  in  alcohol  and 
forced  into  molds  under  pressure. 

The  business  in  this  country  is  understood  to  be  practi- 
cally under  the  Hyatt  patents,  and  celluloid  made  of  fine  tis- 
sue paper  and  camphor  treated  with  chemicals  by  the  pat- 
ented process.  The  material  is  made  by  the  company  and 
sold  to  parties  to  make  into  various  articles,  the  price  being 
graduated  according  to  the  ability  of  the  article  to  stand  a 
given  price.  The  material,  while  of  one  quality,  is,  for  in- 
stance, 60  per  cent,  cheaper  for  umbrella-handle  making 
than  for  jewelry. 

Celluloid  may  be  any  color,  or  mottled.  Imitation^  of 
ivory,  coral,  ebony,  horn,  tortoise-shell,  porcelain,  malachite, 
amber,  are  easily  made. 

Celluloid,  in  its  use  as  a  substitute  for  ivory,  has  already 
exercised  a  great  effect  upon  the  ivory  industry. 

This  composition  is  used  for :  — 


Billiard  balls. 

Combs. 

Backs  of  brushes. . 

Hand  mirrors. 

Toilet  articles. 

Whip  and  cane  handles. 

Umbrella  handles. 

Harness  trimmings. 

Foot  rules. 

Chessmen. 

Knife  and  fork  handles. 

Pencil  cases. 

Dental  plates. 

Jewelry. 


Pocket-books. 

Mouth-pieces  for  pipes. 

Cigar-holders. 

Musical  instruments. 

Doll  heads. 

Porcelain  imitations. 

Hat  bands, 

Neckties. 

Optical  goods. 

Shoe  tips  and  insoles. 

Thimbles. 

Emery  wheels. 

Shirt  cuffs. 

Collars,  etc. 


The  French  process  is  thus  given  in  the  "Bull,  de  la  Soc. 
Industrielle  de  Rouen  :  :'  — 

"  Paper  is  treated  by  a  continuous  process  with  5  parts  of 
sulphuric  acid  and  2  of  nitric  acid,  which  convert  it  into  a 
sort  of  gun-cotton.  The  excess  of  acid  is  removed  by  press- 
ure, followed  up  by  washing  with  abundance  of  water. 
The  paste  when  thus  washed,  drained,  and  partially  dried, 
is  ground  in  a  mill,  mixed  with  camphor,  ground  again, 
strongly  pressed,  dried  under  a  hydraulic  press  between 
leaves  of  blotting-paper,  cut,  bruised,  laminated,  and  com- 
pressed again  in  a  special  apparatus  suitably  heated.  It  is 
said  to  be  hard,  tough,  transparent,  elastic,  fusible,  becom- 
ing plastic  and  malleable  at  125°  C.  It  ignites  with  difficulty, 
is  decomposed  suddenly  at  140°  C.  without  inflammation,  and 
gives  rise  to  reddish  fumes.  It  is  inodorous,  and  doe.s  not 
become  electric  on  friction." 

Other  compositions  of  various  materials  may  be  found  ag 
follows  :  see  also  list  under  COMPOSITIONS. 

Bone-silate.  Ebonite. 

Bois-durci.  Eburine. 

Boulinikon.  Ebony,  artificial. 

Coral,  artificial.  Ivory,  artificial. 

Cellulose.  Hemacite. 

The  following  list  includes  the  United  States  Patents,  1867, 
to  January  1, 1881,  on  celluloid  and  allied  compounds  :  col- 
lodion, pyroxyline,  xyloidine.  Processes,  apparatus,  and  ap- 
plications :  — 

65,267  Pierson,  Plastic  compound  of  vegetable  fibres. 

77,304  McClelland,  Plastic  for  dental  plates. 

79,261  Seely,  Solidified  collodion. 

81,089  Hulbert  $  Follett,  Fabric  coated  with  collodion. 

86,841  Kendall  $  Tresterl,  Coating  of  fabrics  with  celluloid. 

85.228  Streeter,  Veneering  articles  with  pyroxyline. 

88.229  Streeter,  Dentists'  flasks. 

*88,260  Streeter,  Compound  for  dental  plates. 

88,624  Hyatt,  Coating  billiard  balls. 

*88,633  Hyatt,  Compound  for  artificial  ivory. 

*88,634  Hyatt,  Coating  billiard  balls. 

89.253  Streeter,  Dental  plate. 

89.254  Streeter,  Treating  pyrole,  pyroxyline,  etc. 
89,582  Hyatt  If  Blake,  Ivory  dust,  etc.,  compounded. 

*90,765  McClelland,  Celluloid  dental  plate. 

90,766  McClelland,  Treating  collodion. 

91,341  Hyatt  If  Hyatt,  Solid  collodion. 

91.377  Spill,  Xyloidine  compound. 

91.378  SpM,  Telegraph  wire  insulator. 
91,393  Whitehouse,  Xyloidine  insulator. 

90.765  McClelland.  Dental  plate. 

90.766  Me  Clellaml,  Machine  for  treating  collodion. 
93,076     Hill,  Dental  plate. 

96,132     McClelland,  Forming  collodion  articles. 


CELLULOID. 


181 


CELLULOSE. 


3.777  (Reissue)  McClelland,  Collodion  compound. 

3.778  (Reissue)  McClelland,  Material  for  dental  plates. 
97,454  Spill,  Dissolving  pyroxyline. 

101,175  Spill,  Manuf.  of  xyloidine,  etc. 

105,338  Hyatt  $  Hyatt,  Molding  pyroxyline. 

(Reissue,  5,928  ) 

105,823  McClelland,  Coating  objects  with  collodion. 

113,055  Hyatts  (f  Perkins,  Pvroxyline  dental  plates. 

113,272  Deitz,  Wayne  If  .Stone,  Billiard  balls. 

113.735  Brockway,  Molding  apparatus. 

113.736  Brockway,  Dental  plates. 

114,242  Winsborougli,  Pyroxyline  for  dental  plates. 

114,915  Hyatt,  Billiard  balls,  handles,  etc. 

119,710  Hyatt,  Inlaying. 

120,130  Troutmtin,  Attaching  teeth  to  plates. 

121,522  Hyatt  if  Hyatt,  Molding  dental  plates. 

125,979  Newton,  Attaching  pyroxyline  base  to  teeth. 

126,575  Pursell,  Apparatus  for  attaching  teeth  to  base. 

127,656  Smith,  Composition  for  dental  plates. 

128,729  Hyatt  if  Hyatt,  Enameling,  checkers. 

133,229  Hyatt  If  Hyatt,  Apparatus  for  making  pyroxyline. 

133,969  Dietz  Sf  Wayne,  Manufacture  of  pyroxyline. 

135,918  Hyatt  £  Hyatt,  Toilet  combs. 

136,735  Jones,  Truss  pads. 

138,254  Hyatt,  Manufacture  of  pyroxyline  articles. 

143,772  McClelland,  Collodion  compound. 

143,865  Anthony,  Preparing  soluble  cotton. 

150,722  Smith,  Artificial  coral. 

152,232  Hyatt,  Apparatus  and  process  celluloid. 

153,196  Hunt,  Molding  celluloid  for  dentists. 

156.352  Hyatt  Sc  Hvatt,  Solidified  collodion. 

156.353  Hyatt  if  Hi/all,  Manufacture  of  celluloid. 

156.354  Hyatt  if  Hyatt,  Factitious  ivory. 
162,128  White,  Dental  pots. 

162,752  Hunt,  Softening  and  molding  celluloids. 

165.234  Hyatt  Sf  Hyatt,  Grinding  mill. 

165,303  Cannon,  Treating  celluloid  for  dental  vases. 

172,995  Greening,  soluble  gun  cotton . 

173,865  Reagles,  Composition  for  dental  plates. 

177,153  Pitman,  Celluloid  boat. 

184,481  Sweeney,  Graphite  and  collodion  lubricant. 

195,010  Hyatt,  Brushes. 

199.908  Hyatt,  Celluloid,  sheets  of. 

199.909  Hyatt,  Celluloid  combs. 
200,939  Satiborn,  Cult's,  collars,  etc. 

201,348  Hyatt  If  Hyatt,  Imitations  of  celluloid. 

202,441  Hyatt,  Coating  with  celluloid. 

203,631  Lockwood,  Martingale  rings,  coated  with  celluloid. 

203,838  Hyatt,  .Shoe-tips. 

204.227  Hyatt,  Covering  cores  and  tubes  of  celluloid,  etc. 

204.228  Hyatt,  Tubes,  etc.,  of  celluloid. 

204.229  Hyatt,  Apparatus  for  coating  bars  with  celluloid. 
205,271  Hyatt,  Sheets  of  celluloid,  etc. 

205,880  Lockwood,  Strips  for  coating  articles. 

208,584  Fontayne,  Ornamenting  glass. 

210.611  Hyatt,  Apparatus  manuf.  nitrocellulose. 

210.612  Hyatt,  Apparatus  for  washing  pulp. 
210,780  Hyatt,  Piano  keys. 

212,948  Kanouse,  Sweat  band  for  hats. 

214,665  Kai/s  if  Hulsey,  Lathe  for  turning  celluloid. 

216,474  Tribouillet  if  Besaucele,  Solid  collodion. 

217,111  Johnson,  Molding  celluloid,  etc. 

217,232  McCaine,  Treating  pyroxyline. 

218,019  Halxey,  Neckties  and  bows. 

218,122  Hyatt,  Cards  and  labels  of  celluloid. 

219,218  Carpenter,  Celluloid  taper  tubes. 

219.235  Edson,  Drying  celluloid. 
219,279  Lefferts,  Pitchers  and  vessels. 
220,386  Kanouse  (f  Sanborn,  Collars  and  cuffs. 
220,502  Spencer,  Frames  for  optical  instruments. 
221,070  Hyatt,  Manufacture  of  celluloid. 
221,977  Sanborn,  Collars  and  cuffs. 

222,229  Benin  if  Thomas,  Handles  for  cutlery,  etc. 

222,678  Dobbins,  Celluloid  dental  vases. 

223,311  Booth,  Combs  from  celluloid. 

224,682  Halsfy,  Thimbles,  blanks  of  celluloid. 

229,477  Sckmerber  if  Arrault,  Grinding  and  mixing. 

230,216  Arrault  if  Schmerbcr,  Nitro-derivatives  from  cellu- 
lose. 

232,037  Hyatt,  Applying  veneers  of  celluloid. 

232,095     Whiting,  Celluloid  boxes. 

233,076     Corvin,  Celluloid  ornamentation. 

233,414  Hni/s  if  Hays,  Celluloid  wearing  belt. 

233,558  Schmerber,  Treatment  of  nitro-derivatives  of  cellu- 
lose. 

233,558     Srhmerber  If  Schmerber,  Treating  pyroxyline. 

233,604  Dfutsch  Sf  Kanause,  Drumhead  of  celluloid. 

233,824     Whittemore,  Crutch  top. 

233,851  Hart  if  Bacon,  Decorating  celluloid. 

233,878     Stinborn,  Elastic  pressing  die. 

233,898      Villiers,  Die  for  molding  thimbles. 

234,665  Fox,  Cuffs  and  fronts. 

234.823     Treated,  Faucet  and  gage-cock. 

235.932  Carpenter,  Celluloid  tubes. 

325.933  Carpenter,  Celluloid  doll.s. 


235.953  Lefferts,  Syringes. 

235.954  Lefferts,  Spoons  and  forks. 

235.958  Otto,  Bougies,  pumps,  etc. 

235.959  Otto,  Pessaries. 

See  also  the  following  references  :  — 

Man.  &  uses  .     .     "Iron  Age,''1  xxiii.,  May  22,  p.  7;  xxiv., 

Dec.  25,  p.  13. 
Applications  .     .     "  Iron  Age,''  xxvi.,  July  29,  p.  7  ;  Aug. 

19,  p.  13. 

Explosions     .     .     "  Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Dec.  11,  p.  20. 
Patent  decision  .     "  Iron  Age,"1  xxv.,  June  24,  p.  5. 
Incendiary     .          "  Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  3,  p.  15. 
Uses,  etc.,      .     .     "Manuf.  if  Builder,''  vii.  219  ;    viii.  206- 

208';  ix.  47  ;  xii.  7,  73,  95, 144. 

Emery  wheels    .      '  Manuf  and  Builder,''''  viii.  233  ;  ix.  125. 
Printing  plates  .      '  Manuf.  and  Builder,"1  xii.  255. 
Paper  celluloid  .      '  Manuf.  and  Builder,'1''  x.  18. 
Preparation  of    .      'Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,''  xxiv.  208. 
Uses,  etc.  ..."  Eng.  and  Min.  Jour..''  xxvii.  279,  409  ; 

xxviii.  300  ;  xxix.  50. 
Printing  Plates  .     "  Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,'1'  xxx.  125,  141. 

"Mining  Sf  Scientific  Press,''  xxxii.  166, 

xxxviii.  23. 

Chute  ....     "Technologiste,"  xxxviii.  346. 
Uses.          .     .     .     "Am.  Man.  If  Iron  World,'-'  xxv.,  May  23, 

p.  8;  xxvi.,  Jan.  23,  p.  13. 
Veneers     ..."  Am.  Man.  If  Iron  World,"  xxvi.,   July 

23, p.  8. 
Stereotypes    .    .     "Am.  Man.Sf  Iron  World,"  xxvi.,  Sept. 3, 

"LeffePs  Mill.  Sf  Mech.  News,"  ix.  119, 138. 
Applications.     .     "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  147,  204  ;  xl.  225. 

"Sc.  American  Supplement,''  1101,  3617. 

"English  Mechanic,"  xxiii.  416. 
Parkesine       .     .     "English  Mechanic,"  xxvi.  223. 
Apparatus      .     .     "English  Mechanic,"  S.  S.  White's   Den- 
tal Catalogue,  *  ed.  1878,  pp.  56,  335. 

Cellu-loid  Heat'er.    A  small  oven  for  pack- 
ing while  heating  celluloid  plates.     It  has  an  inner 

Fig.  574. 


Heindsmann^s  Celluloid  Heater. 

and  outer  chamber,  the  latter  affording  a  contin- 
uous circulation  of  heated  air.  The  bottom  is 
ribbed,  and  the  intercostal  space  filled  with  plaster 
to  prevent  too  rapid  heating.  The  door  is  hinged. 
The  flask  containing  the  teeth  and  plate  is  set  in, 
and  a  clamp  screw  set  through  the  top  of  the  heater 
impinges  upon  the  top  of  the  flask.  The  plaster  of 
the  bottom  is  heated,  and  the  evaporation  produces 
the  moist  heat  which  is  desirable  in  the  earlier  part 
of  the  process. 

Cel'lu-lose'.  The  fiber  of  vegetables ;  useful 
especially  in  the  industrial  arts  as  the  foundation 
material  for  paper;  but  also  of  importance  as  in- 
gredient in  the  group  of  objects  of  which  pyroxy- 
line, celluloid,  etc.,  are  examples,  and  as  a  material 
which  is  saturated  with  nitro-glycerine  to  produce 
explosives,  under  various  names. 

Refer  to  ...     "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder,"  x.  231. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  41. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,"  3341. 
Miturherlich   .     "  Terhnologiste,"  xxxvii.  76. 


CEMENT. 


182 


CEMENT. 


Ce-meiit'.  A  material  for  uniting  objects  or 
protecting  their  surfaces. 

The  compositions  differ  greatly,  and  the  term  is 
of  so  wide  a  signification  that  it  includes  mortar, 
building  cements,  sticking  compositions  of  gum  or 
resin  in  solution,  pastes,  and  badigeon  for  stopping 
cracks  or  hiding  faults  in  Mrork  ;  luting  for  glass  or 
ceramic  tubes  and  vessels.  See  also  CEMKNT,  pages 
507-509,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Besides  the  recipes  and  directions  found  in  the 
following  list,  there  are  numerous  varieties  known 
uncUr  special  names,  such  as  BADIGEON,  BETOX, 
BRECCIA,  CONCRETE,  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT,  MOR- 
TAR, POZZUOLANA,  SCAGLIOLA,  STUCCO,  etc.,  in 

"  Mech.  Diet."  et  infra.  See  list  on  page  1405  of 
the  work  cited. 

Arid  proof:  Melt  caoutchouc,  and  add  6  to  8  per  cent,  of 
tallow  ;  stir :  add  dry  slaked  lime  to  bring  it  to  the  consist- 
ency of  paste  ;  then  add  20  per  cent,  of  red  lead. 

Or  —  To  a  solution  of  caoutchouc  add  twice  its  weight  of 
raw  linseed  oil ;  then  an  equal  weight  of  pipe-clay. 

As  a  lining  of  cells  to  make  them  acid  proof  :  line  them 
with  slats  of  barytes  joined  with  a  cement  of — 

Caoutchouc 1 

Turpentine 2 

Pulv.  barytes 4 

To  protect  a  cork  from  nitric  acid :  Soak  it  in  a  solution  of 
silicate  of  soda  ;  when  hardened,  insert  cork,  and  cover  with 
a  paste  of  silicate  of  soda  and  pounded  glass ;  wash  with  so- 
lution of  chl.  calcium.  Good  for  luting. 

For  protecting  wood  from  acids,  alkalies,  and  corrosive 
gase* :  6  parts  colophony,  3  wood  tar,  fused  together,  and  4 
parts  of  brickdust  stirred  in  ;  apply  warm. 

To  unite  metal  to  glass :  Powdered  litharge     ...     2 
Dry  white  lead     ....     2 

Mix;  and  work  up  with  linseed  oil  (3)  and  copal  (1)  to  a 
dough.  The  cement  is  attached  to  the  metal,  the  glass 
pressed  on,  and  superfluous  cement  scraped  off. 

Or  take  —  Thick  solution  of  glue 2 

Linseed  oil  varnish 1 

Boil  and  stir. 

Or—  Rosin 3 

Caustic  soda 1 

Water 5 

boiled  and  mixed  with  half  the  weight  of  gypsum. 

For  fastening  letters  on  glass :  Dilute  white  of  egg  with 
water,  and  add  carbolic  acid  to  prevent  decomposition  ;  fil- 
ter :  paint  the  glass  with  a  badger  brush  ;  apply  the  gold  or 
silver  leaf ;  dry  ;  mark  the  letters  with  a  stencil ;  put  in  a 
warm  bath,  and  remove  with  the  nail  superfluous  metal. 

To  stop  cracks  hi  glass :  Dissolve  casein  in  cold  saturated 
solution  of  borax  ;  with  this  solution  paste  strips  of  softened 
bladder  on  the  cracks  ;  dry. 

Strong  transparent  cement,  for  glass,  wood,  porcelain, 
stone.  Rub  together  in  a  mortar  — 

Nitrate  of  lime 2 

Water 25 

Powdered  gum  arable 20 

For  glass :  1  part  India-rubber,  dissolved  in  60  parts  chlo- 
roform :  34  mastic  ;  digested  at  a  gentle  heat. 

Another:  Orange  shellac,  bruised 4 

Rectified  spirits 3 

Put  in  a  warm  place,  and  shake  occasionally  till  dissolved. 

To  attach  wood  to  glass :  Solution  of  isinglass  in  acetic  acid. 

To  attach  tin  to  metal :  Mucilage  tragacanth.  .  10 
Honey  of  roses  ...  10 
Flour 1  Mix. 

Waterproof  cement :  Gelatine  .     .          5 

Soluble  acid  chromate  of  lime     1 
Cover  the  broken  edges,  press  together,  and  expose  to  sunlight. 

To  attach  wood  to  wood,  or  to  make,  cracks  in  wood  water- 
tight :  Lime  clay,  and  oxide  of  iron  ;  kept  dry  till  wanted,  then 
mix  with  water  and  use. 

To  stick  paper,  leather,  or  wood  to  metal:  To  a  gill  of  glue 
dissolved  in  water  add  a  tablespoonful  of  glycerine. 

To  stick  leather  to  metal :  Powdered  nutgalls  dissolved  in 
8  parts  of  distilled  water ;  settle  6  hours  and  filter.  Apply 
this  to  the  leather.  Then  take  a  similar  quantity  of  water 
and  add  to  it  1  part  (by  weight)  of  glue.  Let  it  remain  in 
solution  24  hours.  Apply  to  the  metal,  which  should  be 
roughened  and  heated. 

Lay  the  leather  on  the  metal  and  dry  under  pressure. 

Rubber  Cement :  1  part  India-rubber  dissolved  in  2  parts 
linseed  oil ;  add  quantity  sufficient  bole,  say  3  parts. 

For  tortoise-shell,  amber,  etc. :  Equal  parts  mastic  and  lin- 
seed oil,  gently  warmed,  make  a  good  cement,  applied  warm. 

For  uniting  wood  to  wood :  Shellac  dissolved  in  alcohol. 
It  is  well  to  interpose  gauze  or  thin  fabric  between  the  two 
surfaces.  Or  shellac,  mastic,  and  turpentine  heated,  to  which 
isinglass,  in  small  pieces,  is  added,  may  be  employed. 


Attaching  small  articles  to  hard  surfaces:  Colophony  tur- 
pentine, yellow  wax,  with  a  small  proportion  of  pulverized 
sealing  wax. 

For  bone,  ivory,  mother  of  pearl,  etc. :  Glue,  dissolved  in 
water  and  quicklime ;  pulverized  chalk  may  also  be  em- 
ployed. 

For  ivory:  Place  pure  gelatine  in  a  strong  solution  of  alu- 
mina. When  penetrated  by  the  latter  withdraw  and  use  im- 
mediately. When  dry  polish. 

For  porcelain  :  White  of  eggs  mixed  with  solution  of  glue. 

Or :  4  parts  pulverized  oyster  shells,  and  2  gum  arabic ; 
preserve  in  a  tightly  stopped  bottle  and  when  required  for  use 
mix  with  white  of  eggs  or  warm  water  to  a  doughy  consist- 
ency. 

Or:  8  parts  well-burnt  alabaster  gypsum,  2  parts  fine  gum 
arabic,  mixed  with  water  into  a  thick  paste  and  40  to  50 
drops  oil  of  turpentine  added  to  each  ounce  of  the  compound. 

Caseine  Cements,  for  glass,  porcelain,  stone,  and  wood: 
Old  cheese  rubbed  fine  and  mixed  with  water,  forming  a  paste 
to  which  ^  part  of  pulverized  lime  is  added. 

Or:  1  part  quicklime  in  water,  f  pulverized  lime  or  sand- 
stone, 1  pulverized  cheese. 

Caseine  water  glass :  The  caseine  is  separated  from  skimmed 
milk  by  adding  acetic  acid,  filtering  and  washing,  and  is 
mixed  with  6  times  its  bulk  of  concentrated  water  glass. 

For  artificial  meerschaum,  coating  artificial  Jtoicers,  etc.: 
Two  to  4  parts  of  the  above  is  rubbed  up  with  cold  borax  so- 
lution till  a  thick  liquid  is  obtained  that  becomes  clear  on 
standing.  This  is  useful  for  stiffening  and  waterproofing 
goods. 

Water  glass  cement.  For  glass,  porcelain,  earthenware,  etc.  : 
Rub  together  1  part  finely  pulverized  glass  and  2  pulverized 
tiuor  spar,  add  water  glass  solution  till  the  proper  consistency 
is  attained. 

For  the  joints  and  edges  of  stone  and  marble  slabs :  Water 
glass,  mixed  with  hydraulic  cement  to  form  a  thick  dough. 

For  cementing  stone,  and  filling  up  crevices  previous  to 
painting  ;  fresh  blood,  slaked  lime,  brick-dust,  coal  ashes, 
hammer-slag,  and  sand  in  various  proportions. 

For  the  joints  of  water-pipes,  etc.:  2  parts  fine  brick-dust, 
2  quicklime,  and  2  hammer-slag,  made  into  a  dough  with  lye 
or  hot  oil. 

For  rendering  Hessian  clay  retorts  impenetrable :  Fresh 
slaked  lime  rubbed  into  concentrated  solution  of  borax  ;  the 
solution  is  applied  with  a  brush  and  after  drying-  the  retort  is 
heated  until  the  glazing  begins  to  fuse. 

German  cement  for  closing  joints  of  stoves :  Clay  mixed 
with  water,  fresh  warm  blood,  and  quicklime  ;  it  is  applied 
while  hot.  A  compound  of  wood  ashes,  fire  clay,  and  salt 
mixed  with  water  is  also  employed. 

Iron  cement:  5  parts  clay,  1  salt,  and  15  iron  filings. 
Good  to  resist  heat. 

White  marble  cement :  Take  8  parts  of  resin  and  1  of  wax, 
to  which,  when  melted  together,  add  4  parts  of  plaster  of 
Paris.  This  is  used  while  hot.  Apply  only  a  thin  coating. 

Or:  Mix  12  parts  of  Portland  cement,  6  parts  of  slaked 
lime,  6  parts  of  fine  sand,  and  1  part  of  infusorial  earth,  and 
make  up  into  a  thick  paste  with  silicate  of  soda.  The  object 
to  be  cemented  does  not  require  to  be  heated.  It  sets  in 
twenty-four  hours,  and  the  fracture  cannot  be  readily  found. 

For  wood,  porcelain,  or  glass:  To  a  strong  solution  of  gum 
arabic,  8i  fluid  ounces,  add  a  solution  of  30  grains  sulphate 
of  aluminium  dissolved  in  §  of  water. 

For  outside  brick-work:  Mix  20  parts  clean  river  sand,  1  of 
quick  lime,  and  sufficient  linseed  oil  to  form  a  thin  paste. 
This  is  also  useful  as  a  cement  for  broken  stone. 

Oil  cements.  1.  For  porcelain  and  for  luting  chemical  ap- 
paratus :  Fine  brick-dust  mixed  with  an  equal  quantity  of 
red  lead  and  rubbed  or  ground  with  old  boiled  linseed  oil ; 
after  being  applied,  sand  is  strewn  upon  it. 

2.  6  litharge,  4  pulverized  fresh  burned  lime,  2  parts  white 
bole,  mixed  with  cold  linseed  oil. 

3.  For  iron  water-pipes:  12  parts  Roman  cement,  4  white 
lead,  1  litharge,  J  colophony  —  pulverize,  mix.  and  triturate 
2£  or  3  pounds  with  old  linseed  oil,  in  which  2  oz.  colophony 
has  been  boiled. 

Or :  Equal  parts  lime,  Roman  cement,  and  potters'  clay, 
finely  ground,  sifted,  and  well  mixed  with  linseed  oil. 

4.  Common  lead  luting  is  made  of  litharge  and  red  lead 
mixed  with  old  boiled  oil. 

Another  is  composed  of  2  parts  red  lead,  5  white  lead,  and 
5  fine  clay  —  mix  with  boiled  oil. 

5.  For  wood :  1  part  pulverized  slaked  lime  and  2  of  rye 
flour,  mixed  with  linseed  oil  varnish. 

6.  To  make  water-holders  tight:  Pulverized   slaked   lime 
and  cod-liver  oil :  chemical  apparatus  may  be  made  tight  by 
oil  cake  or  pressed  almond  cake,  rubbed  up  with  water. 

7.  10  parts  red   lead,  25  white    lead,  20  pipe-clay—mix 
with  boiled  oil. 

Water  cement :  10  parts  slaked  lime,  19  brick-dust,  16  sand, 
5  blacksmiths'  dross,  5  powdered  quick  lime— mix  with 
water. 

Iron  and  blood  cement:  100  parts  pulverized  lime,  tritu- 
rated with  bullocks'  blood,  200  parts  cement,  and  5  to  10 
parts  iron  filings. 


CEMENT,  PLASTER,  GLUE,  ETC.          183 


CEMENT   TESTER. 


Ce-ment',  Flas'ter,  Glue,  etc. 

See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Alabaster,  imitation. 

Amber  cement. 

Asphaltum,  artificial. 

Belting  cement. 

Bdton. 

Black  mortar. 

Caoutchouc  cement. 

Carbonated  stone. 

Cement  (see  list). 

Cement  cask. 

Cement  mill. 

Clay  mill. 

Clay  tempering  mill. 

Concrete. 

Cutler's  cement. 

Distemper. 

Floor  cement. 

Glass  cement. 

Glue. 

Glutine. 

Glvrerine  cement. 

Hammond  artificial  stone. 

Hydraulic  cement. 

India-rubber  cement. 

Insoluble  cement. 

Iron  cement. 

.le\vclcrs'  cement. 

Lamp  cement. 

Leather  cement. 

Lime  cracker. 

Lime  kiln. 

Lime  mill. 


Lime  screen. 
Marble,  artificial. 
Marble  cement. 
Marbleuing  iron. 
Marine  glue. 
Mixing  machine. 
Mortar. 

Mortar  machine. 
Mortar  mill. 
Mortar  mixer. 
Mouth  glue. 
Mucilage. 
Plaster. 
Plastering. 
Plastering  machine. 
Plaster  mill. 
Portable  glue. 
Portland  cement. 
Pozzuolana. 
Rust  cement. 
Sand  dryer. 
Sand  screen. 
Sand  sifter. 
Screen. 
Slag  cement. 
Stamp  mucilage. 
Steam  proof  cement. 
Stone,  artificial. 
Stone,  carbonated. 
Stucco. 

Water-proof  cement. 
Whitewash. 


See  the  following  references  to  cements  :  — 


Acid  proof 

Architectural,  "Engineer' 

Bottle  sealing 

Caoutchouc  to  metal    .     . 

Calcimine 

Cement-making  plant. 

Michele 

Cutlers' 

Castings,  holes  in     .     .     . 

Cast  iron 

Glass  . 


Hydraulic,  American    . 

Iron 

Insoluble 

Manufacture,  Goodridge  .     . 

Metallic  to  non-metal,  articles 

Metals  to  glass 

Metals  to  glass  windows    .     . 

Ornaments 

Philadelphia,  1876,  at  ... 

Pipes  

Portland  (tests) 

Making * 

Faija 

Adulteration  of     i     ... 
"Building  News"     .     .    . 

Sewage  dryer,  Wilson,  Br. 

Tester,  Fairbanks     .     .     .     .  * 

Holste,  Ger * 

Jacob,  Br * 

Adelaide  water  works    .     .  * 
Valuation  of,  Michaelis     .     . 
Waterproof 


"Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.213. 
"  Van  Nost.  Mag.,"  xix.  498. 
"  Scientific  Am.,''  xxxix.  231. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  454. 
"  Scientific  Am.,''  xxxiv.  394. 

"Engineer,"  xlvii.  186. 
"Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.  214. 
"Scientific.  Am.,"  xxxix.  197. 
"Scientific  Am.,"  xl.  182. 
•Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.  213. 
'Scientific  Am.,"  xl.  184. 
•Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  June3,15. 

Scientific  Am.,"  xxxiv.  181. 
'  Scientific  Am.,"  xxxix.  399. 
•Man.  $  B.,:'  ix.  282. 
•Scientific  Am.,"  xxxv.  23. 
•Sc.Am.,"x\.  104,243. 

Scientific  Am.,''  xxxvi.  25. 
'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  692. 

Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1011. 

Engineering,"  xxii.  408. 

Scientific  Am.,''  xxxv.  209. 
•Man.  if  Builder,"  ix.  32. 

Van  Host.  Mag.,"  xxii.  463. 

Van  ffost.  Mag.,"  xxiii.  27. 

Van  Nost.  Mag.,"  xxii.  156. 
•Engineering,"  xxviii.  378. 
•Man.  If  £.,'•  xii.  280. 

Engineering,"  xxvi.  163. 
•Engineer,''      xlviii.      397 ; 
*  xlviii.  438. 

Engineer,''  xlix.  100. 

Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  1813. 

Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.  199. 

Scientific  Am.,"  xxxv.  353. 

Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1105. 

Q.  A.  Gillmore,    "  Centen- 
II.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  147  et  seq. 

Vicat's  cement. 
Hydraulic  lime. 
Artificial  stone. 
Phoenix  stone. 


Wooden  baths      .... 

See  Report  on  Cements  by  Gen 
nial  Exhibition  Reports,"  Group 
Including  — 

Puzzuolana. 

Trass. 

Roman  cement. 

Portland  cement. 

See  also  :  — 

Gilmore's  Practical  Treatise  on  Limes,  Hydraulic  Cements, 
and  Mortars." 

Gillmore's  "  Cpignet  Beton  and  Other  Artificial  Stone." 
Reid's  "Practical  Treatise  on  Manuf.  of  Portland  Cement." 
Reid's  " Pract.  Treatise  on  Concrete,  and  How  to  Make  it." 
Austin's  "Practical  Treatise  on  Calcareous  and  Hydraulic 
Limes  and  Cements." 

Dobson's  "Foundations  and  Concrete  Works.''1 
Burnell's  "Rudimentary  Treatise  on  Limes,  Cements, Mor- 
tars, Concretes,  Mastics,  Plastering,"  etc. 


Ce-ment'  Cask.  Casks,  or  rather  cisterns  of 
cement  have  been  used  in  Zurich  since  1871,  by  M. 
Bollert,  for  storing  wine. 

First  coat  selected  portions  of  the  cellar  walls  roughly 
with  cement-mortar,  and  then  with  the  best  pure  Portland 
cement  form  the  other  portions  of  the  vessels  by  ponring  the 
material  into  suitably  constructed  wooden  molds.  The  fin- 
ished vessels  may  be  similar  in  external  appearance  to  the 
wooden  ones  if  desired.  After  the  interior  is  sufficiently  har- 
dened, fill  with  water  for  10  days,  to  ascertain  whether  they 
are  tight,  and  also  to  extract  the  caustic  ingredients  of  the 
cement.  The  latter  object  is,  however,  better  accomplished 
with  a  solution  of  carbonate  of  ammonia  and  subsequent 
rinsing  with  water. 

Ce-ment'  Mill.  1.  A  mill  for  crushing  the  au- 
riferous gravel  cemented  with  clay  found  in  the 
placers  of  California. 

One  belonging  to  the  New  York  &  Calaveras  Mining  Com- 
pany is  cylindrical  in  form,  41'  long  and  6J'  diameter,  set  on 
an  incline  of  J"  to  the  foot  and  revolved.  Interior  flanges 
break  the  cement  in  passing,  water  being  supplied  freely 
and  spaces  left  to  allow  the  crushed  cement  to  pass  out.  The 
bowlders  and  blocks  of  cement  grind  against  each  other  in 
transitu  and  the  cement  is  degraded. 

2.  A  mill  for  grinding  cement  stone  to  powder 
suitable  for  making  mortar,  be'tou.  etc. 

The  machine  of  Jannot  fits,  of  Triel  (Seine-et-Oise), 
France.,  has  a  Chilian  edge-stone  traversing  in  an  annular 

Fig.  575. 


Cement  Mill.     (Jannot fils,  Triel,  France.) 

pan,  and  with  various  scrapers  which  lift  the  cement  and 
throw  it  again  and  again  into  the  path  of  the  stone.  A  horse 
is  hitched  to  the  horizontal  axis  of  the  stone. 

It  is  used  for  grinding   plaster  for  building,  pozzuolana, 
charcoal,  etc. 


(Dentistry.) 
Fig.  676. 


An  instru- 


Ce-ment'  Flug'ger. 

ment  for  plugging 
carious  teeth  with 
oxychl o  r  i  d  e  ce- 
ment. 

Ce-ment' 
Steel.  (Metal- 
lurgy.) Steel  ob- 
tained b  y  piling 
bars  of  wrought 
iron  in  a  furnace  Atkinson's  Cement  Pluggers. 

interstratified  with  charcoal  and  exposure  to  heat 
without  access  of  air.  See  Figs.  1197,  1 198,  p.  509  ; 
also  p.  2364,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  Blister  Steel. 

Ce-ment'  Test'er.     A  machine  for  ascertain- 


CEMENT   TESTER. 


184 


CEMENT    TESTER. 


ing  the  breaking  strain,  or  the  crushing  resistance 
of  cement. 

Fig.  577. 


Michaelis'  Cement  Tester  (  German). 

Fig.  577  shows  the  apparatus  devised  by  M.  Mi- 
chaelis,  of  Berlin,  and  which  is  largely  used  in 
Germany. 

Tt  has  a  standard  15"  high,  to  which  are  attached  two 
levers,  the  power  of  the  upper  one  being  10  to  1,  and  the  lower 
1  to  1.  The  lower  lever  carries  one  of  the  jaws  for  holding 
the  briquette,  while  the  other  jaw  is  attached  to  the  base 
plate  of  the  machine,  and  is  vertically  adjustable  by  means 
of  a  hand-wheel  and  screw.  From  the  end  of  the  long  limb 
of  the  upper  lever  is  suspended  a  weight-pan,  with  hooks  at 
the  lower  end  of  its  framing  for  carrying  a  receiver  for  hold- 
ing shot.  When  at  rest,  the  knife-edges  of  the  levers  should 
be  on  a  level,  their  adjustment  being  effected  by  means  of 
the  counter-weight  on  the  short  limb  of  the  upper  lever.  In 
operating  » ith  this  apparatus  the  briquette  is  placed  in  the 
ho)  ling  jaws,  which  are  then  adjusted  by  means  of  the  hand- 
wheel  and  screw.  Fine  shot  is  then  poured  into  the  sus- 
pended receiver  until  the  fracture  of  the  briquette  takes 
place.  The  receiver  with  the  shot  is  then  weighed  by  an 
ordinary  p:iir  of  scales,  or  it  may  be  weighed  on  the  appara- 
tus itself  by  hanging  it  on  the  hook  of  the  connecting  link 
between  the  two  levers,  the  weights  being  placed  in  the 
weight-pan.  Weighing  by  independent  scales,  however,  is 
more  expeditious.  The  weight  of  the  receiver  and  shot, 
multiplied  by  50,  represents  the  tensile  strength  of  the  bri- 
quette per  square  inch  of  sectional  area.  The  apparatus  is 
portable  and  does  not  require  to  be  fastened  down  for  use. 
It  is  about  28"  high  and  25"  long,  and  only  weighs  a  little 
over  50  pounds. 

Fig.  57& 


a  small  reservoir  or  the  summit  of  the  machine. 
A  graduated  glass  tube  indicates  the  weight  of  the 
liquid  in  the  can,  and  when  the  cement  is  broken, 
a  trigger  closes  the  tap  and  stops  the  flow  of  water. 
The  cement  tester  of  M.  nerve  JMangoii,  con- 
structed for  the  Laborutoire  cles  Fonts  et  CliatiKxe't'S 
of  France,  is  shown  in  Fig.  579. 

The  block  of  cement,  molded  into  the  form  shown  at  B,  is 
held  between  two  clasps,  the  upper  one  of  which  is  .Sus- 
pended from  the  short  arm  of  the  beam  and  the  lower  cme 
retained  by  a  rod  fastened  to  the  frame  of  the  machine, 
and  capable  of  adjustment  as  to  length  by  a  hand-wheel.  D 
which  screws  on  the  thread  of  the  rod.'  Weights,  A,  prox- 
imately  sufficient  for  the  purpose,  are  placed  on  the  swinging 
platform,  which  is  suspended  from  the  end  of  the  long  lever, 
and  the  smaller  weight  P  is  then  advanced  along  the  grad- 
uated beam  by  means  of  the  hand-wheel  ( '  and  the  worm, 
or,  for  still  more  delicate  movement,  by  the  wheel  (,'',  which 
moves  the  worm  by  pinion  and  cog-wheel. 

M.  Mangon  remarks  that  mortar  formed  of  cement  1,  and 
sand  2,  should  not  be  subjected  to  test  in  less  than  (>  to  10 
hours  ;  and  that  a  test-block  0.04  m.  on  each  side  at  the  nar- 
rowest part,  or  0.16  m.  square  in  cross-section  should  support, 
after  five  days  at  least,  70  kilos  before  breaking. 

The  machine  made  by  Paupier,  of  Paris,  is  adapted  either 
for  traction  or  crushing. 

M.  Herv6  Mangon  speaks  as  follows  of  the  Portland  ce- 
ment :  — 

"  The  applications  of  Portland  cement  are  extremely  nu- 
merous. Mortar  of  cement  is  about  as  easily  employed  as 
that  made  from  hydraulic  lime.  Mason-work  in  Portland 
cement  has  a  solidity,  proof  against  all  tests,  and  resists  even 
the  action  of  sea-water.  With  this  cement  are  erected  the 
light  and  bold  arches  and  vaults  which  are  among  the  aston- 
ishing constructions  of  the  day.  It  serves  to  build  and  line 
the  great  reservoirs  of  the  cities.  It  gives  surfaces  as  fine 
and  moldings  as  delicate  as  plaster,  with  absolute  unaltera- 
bility.  It  furnishes  flagging  stones  of  a  durability  equal  to 
stone,  and  a  much  cheaper  rate.  It  enters  into  the  compo- 
sition of  the  belong  agg/omere's  of  M.  Coignet,  employed  so 
extensively  in  the  public  works  of  Paris,  and  particularly  in 
the  construction  of  the  grand  aqueduct  for  conveying  the 
water  of  the  Vanne  to  Paris." 

The  hydraulic  lime  of  Teil,  France,  is  said  to  contain  66 
per  cent,  of  silicate  of  lime,  and  to  form  one  of  the  strongest 
cements  known.  It  is  used  by  the  "Fire-proof  Building 
Co.''  of  New  York. 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 
Holste    '. *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  163. 


Fig.  579. 


Bailey  $  Co.'s  Cement  Tester  (English). 

Another  machine,  on  the  same  principle,  is  made 
by  Bailey  &  Co.,  of  Salford,  England;  but  the 
weight  consists  of  a  can,  into  which  water  flows  from 


Michaelis 

Richie     . 
Fairbanks 

Bailey    , 


Herve  Mangon' s  Cement  Tester  (French). 

u  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  3748,  2335. 
"  Van  Nostmnd's  Engineering  Mas.,"  xvii.17. 
"Manufacturer  and  Builder,''  xi.  108. 
"Manufacturer  and  Builder,''  xii.  280. 
"American  Railroad  Journal,''  xlix.  667. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  130. 


CENTER    BEARING. 


185 


CENTRIFUGAL   PUMP. 


Cen'ter  Bear'ing.  (Railway.)  The  bearing 
for  a  car  on  the  center  of  the  truck  frame.  The 
body  center-plate  rests  on  the  truck  center-plate  d, 
Fig.  1159,  p.  488,  "Mecli.  Diet.,"  and  A7,  Fig.  1161, 
p.  489,  II>i</. 

See  also  pp.  242-247,  *  Forney's  "  Car  Builder's  Dictionary.'' 
Center  Plate,  "Railroad  Gazette  ?)      .     .     *  xxii.  409.- 

Cen'ter  Board.     A  hoard  lowered  on  the  lon- 
gitudinal central  line  of  a  boat,  acting  as  an  exten- 
sion of  the  keel,  to  keep  the  vessel  from  drifting  to 
leeward  when  under  canvas. 
Roller  center  board,      .    *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2126. 

Cen'ter-ing  Lathe.  A  machine-tool  for  cen- 
tering car  axles  and  shafting,  at  both  ends  at  the 
same  time.  It  has  a  long  bed,  head  and  tail  stock, 
and  two  rests,  with  adjustments  vertical  and  lat- 
eral. 

Centering  tool  .     .     .          *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  100. 
Lathe  attachment,  fir  own,*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.326 
Chuck *"  Scientific  Amer.,"xxxviii.  210. 


Fig.  580. 


Howard's  Centering  Lathe. 


Cen'ter-mold. 

center,  and  used 
to  make  circular 
moldings  in 
plaster,  such  as 

those  around  ro- 

n     rwl     Center-mold  ,  for  circular  ceiling  orna- 


templet sweeping   upon   a 
Fig.  581. 


ings. 

Cen-tes'i-mal  ATco-hpl'me-ter.  An  instru- 
ment by  Gay  Lussac  for  testing  the  relative  quan- 
tity of  alcohol  in  a  solution  of  the  sarqe.  It  has  a 
glass  spindle,  scale  0°  to  100°,  each  degree  showing 
1  per  cent,  by  volume  of  pure  alcohol  of  sp.  gr. 
0.795,  in  any  mixture  of  spirit  and  water,  at  the 
temperature  of  1  5°  Centigrade,  or  59°  F. 

Trails'  s  alcoholmeter  also  has  centesimal  gradu- 
ation. 

Cen-tes'i-mal  Scale.  1.  A  scale  in  which  the 
poise  and  the  object  bear  the  relation  1  to  100. 

2.  A  scale  graduated  in  hundredths.  The  French 
meter  ;  the  Centigrade  thermometer,  invented  by 
Celsius  ;  and  the  Gay  Lussac  alcoholmeter,  are  in- 
stances. 

Cen-trif'u-gal  Ma-chine'.  Called  also  Dryer, 
Wringer,  Hydro-extractor,  Centrifugal  Filter,  Sugar 
Dryer,  etc.  ;  under  all  or  some  of  which  heads  it  is 
noticed  in  the  "Mcch.  Diet.,"  et  infra. 

*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  465. 

*  "•Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  147. 
Maumenc,  Fr.,  *  "  Dept.    Agric.  Report,''  Special  28,  Plate 

xxix. 

Cen-trif'u-gal  Pump.  The  term  rotary  is  usu- 
ally applied  in  America  to  those  which  have  rotarv 
pistons,  and  the  term  centrifugal  to  those  of  the 
Gwynne  and  Appold  class. 

notary  pumps,  preserving  this  distinction,  are  il- 
lustrated by  17  Figs.  4465,  4466,  pp.  1988,  1989, 
"Meclt.  Diet."  In  Fig.  4466  are  also  one  centripetal 
and  four  centrifugal  pumps.  The  rotarv  blowers, 
p.  1985,  and  rotary  steam-engines,  p.  1991,  Ibid., 
are  many  of  them  exactly  similar  in  construction. 

Fig.  1216,  p.  515,  Ibid.,  illustrates  some  of  the  forms  of 
centrifugal  pumps,  and  among  them  the  pump  of  Cogniard 
I  C,  Fig.  1216),  as  shown  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1867. 


Attention  has  of  late  been  much  drawn  to  the  centrifugal 
pump  for  draining  and  wrecking  purposes,  cases  involving 
the  lifting  of  large  bodies  of  water  to  a  moderate  height, 
and  the  French  have  exploited  the  systems  of  Appold  and 
Gwynne,  the  English  engineers  of  most  prominence  in  this 
line.  Cogniard  at  Paris,  Malo-Belleville  at  Dunkerque,  and 
Uumout  &  Xeut  at  Lille,  are  among  the  principal  Continental 
manufacturers  in  this  line. 

Gwynne  of  Hammersmith,  England,  has  built  at  Codi- 
goro,  near  Ferrara,  a  set  of  immense  centrifugal  pumps  for 
the  purpose  of  draining  the  Ferrara  marshes  of  Italy,  which 
cover  an  area  of  200  square  miles,  and  from  which  they  are 
expected  to  be  capable  of  lifting  2,000  tons  of  water  per 
minute  to  a  height  of  12'  as  a  maximum.  The  mean  lift  will 
be  9'  3".  Eight  pumps  are  to  do  this  work.  They  are  ar- 
ranged in  pairs,  each  pair  driven  by  a  compound  engine. 
The  diameter  of  the  disks  of  the  pumps  is  5',  that  of  the 
pipes  W.  The  casing  is  15'  in  diameter.  The  driving-en- 
gines have  cylinders  27^"  and  46$"  diameter,  with  a  stroke  of 
piston  of  2j'.  The  cylinders  are  steam-jacketed.  The  cranks 
are  so  placed  as  to  make  an  angle  of  130°  with  each  other. 
Surface-condensers  are  used  of  750  square  feet  of  cooling- 
surface  each.  Steam  is  supplied  by  ten  boilers,  each  having 
30  square  feet  of  grate  and  730  square  feet  of  heating-sur- 
face. These  are  probably  the  largest  centrifugal  pumps,  and 
the  whole  constitutes  the  most  powerful  set  of  pumping  ap- 
paratus ever  constructed. 

The  capacity  of  each  of  the  8  pumps  at 
the  mean  lift  of  7'  3"  is  57,000  gallons  per 
minute;  the  aggregate  456,000  gallons  per 
minute  or  856,640.000  gallons  per  day  of  24 
hours.  This  is  about  6  times  the  supply  of 
London,  6  times  the  capacity  of  the  Croton 
aqueduct,  and  double  the  quantity  passing 
down  the  Thames  above  Hampton  Court. 

A   model  of    the   Codigoro    pumps    was 
shown  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition,  1876. 
The  drainage    pumps    of    the    Haarlem 
Meer,   South   Holland,   are  shown  on  pp. 
*116,  *739,  *1830,  "Mech.Dict:-     These 
engines  are  3  in  number,  and  raise  2,000,000  tons  of  water 
per  24  hours,  a  maximum  height  of  17.75  feet. 

The  Heald  and  Sisco  centrifugal  pump,  exhibited  in  Phila- 
delphia in  1876,  has  two  forms  :  A  concave  arm  piston  and  a 
hollow  arm  piston.  In  the  latter  case  the  piston  may  be  de- 
scribed as  a  wheel  having  four  curved  box-shaped  hollow 
spokes,  through  which  the  water  is  drawn  from  the  center 
through  a  hollow  journal  and  forced  out  at  the  periphery  of 
the  wheel.  Between  the  outer  face  of  the  latter  and  the 
walls  of  the  shell  there  is  a  space  which  gradually  widens  as 
the  water  approaches  the  exit  until  it  attains  the  full  dimen- 
sions of  the  discharge  pipe. 

The  Andrews  centrifugal  pump,  also  shown  in  Philadel- 
phia, is  illustrated  at  F,  Fig.  1216,  p.  515,  "Mech.  Diet.'" 
Gwynne's  at  A,  Coignard's  at  B  C,  same  Fig. 

The  Enterprise  Hydraulic  Works  (Phila.)  pump  is  under 
Alden's  Patent,  April  18,  1848,  No.  5513.  It  has  a  cast-iron 
volute-shaped  case,  in  which  rotates  a  disk  that  has  curved 
tapered  wings  bolted  to  each  side. 

MM.  Dumont  &  Neut's  later  improvements  in  this  line  are 
shown  in  Fig.  582,  which  is  a  central  vertical  section  and  par- 
tial elevation.  The  improvements  particularly  concern  the 
withdrawal  of  air  which  collects  at  the  apex  of  the  turbine 
chamber  and  which  is  a  cause  of  diminution  of  effectiveness 
and  frequently  of  stoppage  ;  the  latter  particularly  in  cases 
where  the  lift  is  moderate  and  air  is  apt  to  enter  at  the  inlet 
which  may  not  be  entirely  submerged  at  all  times.  In  some 
cases  the  air  gathers  in  the  center  of  the  turbine  where  the 
pressure  is  least  and  throws  the  pump  out  of  action.  M. 
Cogniard  devised  a  plan  for  removing  the  air  from  the  center 
of  the  turbine  by  means  of  a  small  pump,  but  the  device 
shown  in  Fig.  582  is  considered  more  simple  and  efficacious. 
It  frequently  happens  in  drainage  operations,  that  air  en- 
ters at  the  foot  valve  of  the  induction  pipe.  In  this  case  a 
communication  is  established  between  the  circumferential 
chamber  and  the  center  of  the  turbine  by  openings  s  s'. 
When  a  certain  quantity  of  air  is  introduced  into  the  turbine 
it  escapes  in  part  by  virtue  of  its  levity  at  these  openings, 
but  a  portion  remains  around  the  central  axis.  When  a 
quantity  of  air  has  thus  accumulated,  the  openings  s  s'  eject 
jets  of  water  at  high  pressure  and  drive  the  air  into  the  vor- 
tex of  water  with  which  it  passes  to  the  eduction  pipe,  or 
rising  into  the  apex  of  the  chamber  is  withdrawn  by  faucet 
at  the  foot  of  the  vase  J. 

The  stuffing  box  is  in  two  parts  o  o',  with  a  metallic  ring  c, 
and  water  from  the  turbine  chamber  reaches  the  journal  by 
pipes  q  and  boles  pp. 

Din  the  discharge  pipe  ;   G  G  the  driving-belt  pulleys; 
H H  the  standards  of  the  pillow  blocks  ;  I  the  bed  plate  ; 
F  F,  the  stuffing  boxes  ;  A  M,  the  case  of  the  turbine  N  b. 
The  following  references  may  be  consulted :  — 

Brotherhood *  "Engineering,"   xxi.  532. 

Gwynne *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  8,  9,  12. 

(Perrara  Marshes)     .     .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxv.  60,  62. 
(Dordrecht)      ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  192-197. 


CENTRIFUGAL   PUMP. 


186 


CERAMICS. 


S.S.  "Gallia" 
Greindl    .     .    .    . 


G  wynne  (Ferrara) 
Lawrence  &  Porter 
Gwynne,  'Gallia  " 
Appold      .... 
Theory  of     ... 

Bush    .  .     . 


History  and  laws  of 
Appold     .... 

Lawrence  (f  Porter 

diri/nne's  Ferrara 

"  Invincible  " 


"Engineering,"1  xxviii.  450 

"Eng'g,"  xxvii  569,  573. 

"Engineering,'''  xxv.  490. 

"Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,''  3353 

"Sn.  Amer.  Sup.,''  136. 

"Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,"  352. 

"Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,'1'  3309. 

"Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,"  538. 

"Engi.  If  Mill.  Jour.,'' 
xxiv.  147. 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Aug- 
ust 31,  p.  5. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Eng'g 
Mag.,"  xvii.  484. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Eng'g 
Mag.,"  xviii.  211. 

"Engineer,"  xli.  208. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  117. 

"Engineer,"  xlvii. 


Fig.    582. 
i 


Ce-ram'ics.  Subjects  in  Ceramics, 
including  bricks  and  earthenware  gener- 
ally, are  considered  under  the  following 

heads  :  — 


Brick  machine. 
Brick  press. 
Brick   re-pressing 

chine. 

Cast  porcelain. 
Ceramic  decoration. 
Colifichet. 
Consolidator. 
Crackle-ware. 
Cream  ware. 
Crucible. 
lid  ft  ware. 
Depolighlng. 


Alandier. 

Amorini. 

Amatorii. 

Argentina. 

Asphalte  tile. 

Bat  printing. 

Black  basalt  ware. 

Bl  unger. 

Bone  purcelain. 

lirick. 

Brick,  barrow. 

Brick,  hollow 

Brick  kiln. 


Dumont  Sf  Neut's  Centrifugal  Pump, 


Ferrara     .     "Scientific  American."  xxxiv.  129. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.246. 
Heald  $  Sisco  •  .  .  *  "Min.  and  Sci.  Press,"  xxxiv.  369. 
Poillon "  Technologiste,''-  xxxix.  305. 

Thurston's  "  Vienna  Report,"  1873. 

Gwynne.    London ii.,  195. 

Bernay.    London ii.,  197. 

Neut  &  Dumont.    France ii.,  197. 

Coignard.    France       ii.,198. 

Nagel  4"  Kaemp.    Hamburg          ii.,198. 

Scheile.     Germany ii  ,  199. 

Boulton  #  Imray.    Britain ii.,  199. 

Ceii-trif'u-gal  Screw.  The  centrifugal  screw 
has  many  applications  in  CENTRIFUGAL  PUMPS 
and  VENTILATORS.  See  under  those  heads.  The 
screw  propeller  itself  has  many  features  in  com- 
mon with  the  centrifugal  pump,  and  though  now 
it  acts  free,  in  the  sea,  in  one  of  the  early  forms 
(Ericsson's)  the  screw  acted  in  a  cylindrical  trunk. 
Shaw's  propeller  pump  is  shown  in  Fig.  3977,  p. 
1810,  "Mech.  Diet."  On  pages  *  516,  517,  are 
other  illustrations  of  the  same  principle,  and  on 
p.  *  2073,  Ibid.,  the  same  feature  is  shown  as  ap- 
plied to  a  marine  governor ;  the  screw  working  in  a 
resisting  medium  is  employed  to  regulate  the  throt- 
tle valve  of  a  propeller  engine.  The  pulley  shaft 
is  driven  by  a  belt  connection  with  the  engine,  and 
the  apparatus  is  so  adjusted  that  any  excess  of 
speed  translated  by  the  propeller  shaft  to  the  screw 
in  the  governor,  partially  closes  the  throttle. 
Screw  ventilator.  Pelzer  .  .  .  .*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup. ,':  4073. 

Cen-trip'e-tal  Rail'way.  It  consists  of  a 
central  or  bearing  rail,  and  lateral  steadying  rails. 
The  running  stock  has  double-flanged  wheels  bear- 
ing upon  the  central  rail,  and  wheels  without  flanges 
on  the  side-rails.  Each  set  of  wheels  has  a  sepa^ 
rutc  and  independent  axle,  and  all  are  arranged  to 
have  a  swinging  and  lateral,  as  well  as  perpendic- 
ular motion,  each  independent  of  the  other. — 


Dipping  vat. 

Pate-sur-pate. 

Doulton  ware. 

Pernette. 

Drain-pipe  machine. 

Pipe. 

Drain  tile  machine. 

Pipe  press. 

Drying  room. 

Plaque. 

Earthenware. 

Plate  machine. 

Egg-shell  ware. 

Porcelain. 

Electro-plating  china. 

Porcelain  colors. 

Enamel. 

Porcelain,  electro-plating. 

Enameling. 

Porcelain  kiln. 

Encaustic. 

Porcelain  molding. 

Encaustic  tile. 

Porcelain  muffle. 

Etching. 

Porcelain  pate  tendiv. 

FaVence. 

Porcelain  plate  machine. 

FaYence  d'Oiron. 

Porcelain  stove. 

Faience  stannifere. 

Potter's  wheel. 

Fire  brick. 

Pottery. 

Flint  brick. 

Pottery  furnace. 

Flooring  tile. 

Pottery  mill. 

Frit. 

Printing. 

Frit  furnace. 

Pug  mill. 

Frit  mill. 

Queensvvare. 

Glaze. 

Rafaelle  ware. 

Grafito. 

Re-pressing  press. 

Grand  feu. 

Scroddled  ware. 

Granite  ware. 

Beggar. 

Green  ware. 

Sevres. 

Handling. 

Sgraffito. 

Hard  paste. 

Slip. 

Henri-deux  ware. 

Soft  paste. 

Iron-stone  china. 

Sole  tile. 

Ivory  paste. 

Spur. 

Ivory  porcelain. 

Staffordshire  ware. 

Jasper  ware. 

Stanniferous  glaze. 

Kiln. 

Stilt. 

Luster 

Stone-  ware. 

Majolica. 

Stone-ware  kiln. 

M  ezza-ma  j  olica. 

Tempering  wheel. 

Mixed  clay  ware. 

Tender  porcelain. 

Mixing  mill. 

Terra  cottn. 

Modeling  clay. 
Mold. 

Terre-cuite. 
Throwing  wheel. 

Muffle. 

Tile. 

Mural  tile. 

Tile  machine. 

Oi'ron  ware. 

Tortoise-shell  ware. 

Palissy  ware. 

Transfer  printing. 

Parian  biscuit. 

Under-glaze. 

Paste. 

Wedge  wood. 

Pate  changeante. 

White  brick.        > 

See  also  list  on  page  1779, 

"Mech.  Diet." 

CEPHALOTRITE. 


187 


CHAFF   CUTTEli 


Fig.  584. 


Excavating  and  Deodorizing  Apparatus. 


scissors,  smooth  or  tooth-edged,  for  amputation  of 
the  cervix. 


Ceph'a-lo-trite.     (Surgical.)      An   instrument  I      Cer'vix  U'te-ri  Scis'sors. 

for  crushing  the  fetal  skull  in  obstructed  labor. 

Lvsk's  cephalotrite  is  shown  at  Fig.  1219,  p.  516,  "Mech. 
Diet."  ;  Braun's  and  Simpson's  nre shown  at  Figs.  534, 534  b, 
Part  III.,  "Tiemanti's  "Armamentarium  C/u'rurgicum." 

The  Cra.niot.omy  forceps  (Meigs  and  Thomas),  and  Simp- 
son's Cranioclast,  are  crushing  instruments  of  a  more  dis- 
tinctly forceps-shape. 


Ce-ram'ic  Kiln.  One  for  baking,  burning, 
and  firing  pottery.  The  term  baking  is  applied  to 
the  comparatively  moderate  heating  of  green  ware 
to  bring  it  to  the  biscuit  condition.  Firing  and 
Iniriiliii/  are  optional  terms,  referring  to  the  final 
heating  where  the  glaze  is  melted  and  the  colors 
vitrified.  See  various  terms  in  list  on  page  186. 

See  PORCELAIN  KILN,  POTTERY  KILNS,  etc.,  "Meek.  Dirt."' 
Also  Report  by  Gen.  Q.  A.  Gillmore,  "  Centennial  Exhibi- 
tion Ke/iorts,"  vol.  iii.,  Group  II.,  p.  222  et  xeq. 
Including  the  kilns  of  — 

Momml *  p.  222. 

Gregg *p.  225. 

Mfnhehii  ((ins) *  p.  229. 

See  also  BRICK  KILN,  supra. 

Cer'a-tome.  (Surgical.)  A  knife  to  divide 
the  iris.  Kemtome. 

Cer'e-sin.  A  mineral  or  fossil  wax,  the  puri- 
fied product  of  ozocerite,  found  near  the  extensive 
coal-beds  of  lower  Germany  and  Austria.  A  sub- 
stitute for  beeswax. 

Amber,  kauri,  ozocerite,  are  fossil  gums. 

See  list  of  gum  resins  and  gums,  p.  1921,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  and  list  of  fossil  resins,  etc.,  p.  51,  supra. 

Cer'vix  U'te-ri  Di-la'tor.     (Surgical.)     The 


Fig.  583. 


Dr.  John  Ball's  Cervix  Uteri  Dilator. 

internal  os  is  expanded  by  the  instrument,  which  is 
introduced  while  closed,  and  then  expanded  with 
parallel  jaws  by  pressure  upon  the  lever. 

Dr.  Hauk's  dilator  is  of  hard  rubber. 

Dr.  Vussdorff's  of  tupelo  wood  ;  a  species  of  Nyssa,  grow- 
ing iu  Florida. 


Figs,  on  p.  81,  Part  III.,  Tiemanris  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum  .  '  ' 

Cess'pool  Pump.  An  apparatus  for  empty- 
ing cesspools  by  means  of  pump,  hose,  and  wheeled 
reservoir.  Fig.  584. 

A  600-gallon  tank  is  mounted  on  wheels,  and  has  inlet  and 
outlet  valves.  A  4"  smooth-bore  rubber  hose,  with  imbedded 
spiral  to  prevent  collapse,  is  used  in  lengths  of  15'  for  suc- 
tion and  discharge,  having  the  usual  couplings.  The  air  in 
the  tank,  as  displaced,  is  driven  through  a  deodorizing  can 
shown  in  front  of  the  tank,  on  the  rear  of  which  is  an  indi- 
cator. A  force-pump  connects  by  suction  hose  with  the 
vault,  and  by  force  hose  with  the  tank.  A  peculiar  flexible 
rubber  tube  forms  the  valve. 

Cess'pool  Trap.  A  water  joint  made  at  the 
entrance  to  a  cesspool  or  pipe  leading  thereto,  to 
prevent  reflex  current  of  fetid  gas.  See  SEWER 
TRAP. 

C.  Gr.  S.  (Electricity.)  (Centimeter-gramme- 
second.)  An  abbreviated  expression  for  one  dyne. 
—  Gordon. 

Cha'fing  Plate.  A  metallic  plate  interposed 
between  two  objects  to  take  the  wear.  Instances 
are  to  be  found,  in  the  transom  c/ia  /ing-plate  and  the 
truck-bolster  chafing  -plate  of  a  car  truck. 

Chaff  Sift'er.  A  machine  used  to  separate 
seeds  and  dust  from  the  chaff  which  comes  from 
the  thresher. 

Chaff  Cut'ter.      The  machine,  with  the   Ed- 
wards (Br.)  improvement,  for  preventing  accident, 
is  perhaps  the  safest  machine  extant.      One   can 
stop  the  machine,  change  the  direction  of 
feed,  or  change  the  length  of  cut,  by  a  sin- 
gle  lever.     This  is  shown  at  the  right  of 
the  machine,  and  is  convenient  to  the  left 
hand  of    the    person  who   might  find    his 
right   hand  about   to    be  nipped    by    the 
rollers.     Fig.  585. 

Another  machine  places  the  shifting  lever  in  such  position 
that  a  simple  pressure  oven  of  the  body  in  leaning  against 
it,  will  stop  and  reverse  the  machine. 

In  another  British  machine,  the  same  handle  which  alters 

the  length  of  cut  also  acts  as  a  stop-motion,  instantaneously 

arresting  the  progress  of  the  rollers.     Should  any  hard  sub- 

stance get  into  the  feed  when  working  by  power,"  the  attend- 

I  ant  moves  the  handle,  which  at  once  stops  the  rollers  and 


CHAFF  CUTTEK. 


188 


CHAIN  LOOM. 


Fig.  585. 


Ed  wards' s  Chaff  Cutter. 

throws  back  the  feed  about  f  "  from  the  knives,,  so  that  the 
hard  substance  cannot  be  struck  again.  To  draw  the  feed 
quite  back  into  the  hopper  the  attendant  has  only  to  pull 
round  the  wheel  at  the  end  of  the  machine,  which  can  be 
done  while  the  fly-wheel  is  running  at  full  speed. 


Fig.  586. 


Albaret's  Chaff  Cutter  (French). 

Albarefs  Chaff  Cutter  (French),  Fig.  586,  shows  the  favor- 
ite French  feed  motion,  by  chain.  The  knives  have  the  same 
disposition  as  the  British,  the  best  principle  as  it  appears  to 
the  writer,  that  is,  a  curved  knife  (or  knives)  revolving  in  a 
plane  across  the  direction  of  feed.  See  ENSILAGE  CUTTER. 

Chain.     See  the  following  references  :  — 

Belt *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'1  89. 

Brake,  railway  automatic,  Park  If  Webb,  Br. 

"Engineering,"  xxx.  73. 
'Engineer,''  xxv.  46,  104. 
'Sc.  American  Sup."  677, 
"Engineering,''1  xlix.  190. 
"Scientific  Am.  "  xxxviii.  393. 
"Am.  Manuf.,''  Jan.  17,  1879, 

p.  13. 
See  also  CABLE  TESTER,  supra. 

Chain    Bit. 

mouth-piece. 


L.  &  N.  W.  Railway,  Br. 

Making,  hand 

Coupling,  Vitiat,  Br.      .     . 

Pump,  Wattis 

Testit     machine,  Richte    . 


Chain  Bucket. 


Chain  Hook.  (Add.)  3.  (Surgical.)  A  chain 
with  claw-hooks  at  the  ends,  used  in  post-mortems 
and  dissecting  to  keep  parts  distended. 

Figs.  317,  319,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum.'' 

Chain  Tag.     A    steam    vessel         Fig-  587. 
which    moves    by   winding    on    a 
chain    laid    in    the     bed     of     the 
stream. 

Probably  derived  from  taglia,  It. ,  a  pul- 
ley ;  a  word  adopted  into  English  and  rec- 
ognized by  Brande  ;  now  but  little  used. 

See  TOWAGE,  p.  2605,  "Mech.  Diet.*' 
CHAIN  TOWING,  p.  521,  Ibid. 

Chain  Buck'et.  The  valve 
on  the-chain  of  a  pump.  It  is  elas- 
tic, fills  the  pipe  in  ascending,  and 
lifts  and  discharges  the  water.  See 
CHAIN  PUMP. 

Chain-Ca'ble  Shear.  A  heavy  shear  with 
jaws  specially  fitted  for  cutting  iron  for  links  of 
chain  cables.  The  knife  is  made  stepped,  so  as  to 
cut  only  on  one  side  of  the  Fig.  588. 

cable  at  once,  which  re- 
duces the  diameter  of  the 
cylinders.  Tweddell's  hy- 
draulic chain-cable  shear  is 
made  double,  to  suit  cables 
varying  from  3"  to  l|" 
diameter.  The  water  works 
under  a  pressure  of  1 ,500 
pounds  per  square  inch  in 
the  cylinder. 

Chain  Dog.  A  chain 
with  a  driving  dog  at  each 
end,  to  be  driven  into  ad- 
jacent logs  in  a  raft  to  hold 
them  together. 

Chain  Guide.  A  di- 
recting course  for  a  lifting 
chain  in  a  tackle-block  of  chain  Gtlide- 

the  differential  class.   See  DIFFERENTIAL  PULLEY- 
BLOCK. 

Chain  Har'row.  A  laud  harrow  made  of 
chain  net-work,  with  teeth  at  the  intersections. 

Fig.  589. 


(Manege.}     One  having  a  chain 


Chain  Harrow. 

Drawn  over  the  ground,  it  laps  upon  and  into  all 
inequalities  and  makes  a  very  efficient  implement 
in  certain  conditions  of  the  ground. 

Chain  Hoist.  A  lifting  tackle  in  which  the 
power  is  communicated  through  the  medium  of  a 
chain  which  runs  over  an  indented  wheel  of  the 
tackle.  In  Figs.  590,  591,  the  chain  is  continuous, 
and  operates  a  wheel,  on  the  shaft  of  which  is  a 
worm  which  gears  into  a  cog-wheel  on  the  shaft  of 
the  lifting  pulley  over  which  the  hoist  chain  runs. 
When  one  hook  of  the  latter  is  elevated  the  other 
is  down,  and  the  hoist  chain  is  used  back  and  forth 
alternately. 

Chain  Loom.  A  loom  in  which  the  harnesses 
are  controlled  by  patterns  on  a  chain  ;  as  distin- 
guished from  those  operated  by  cams,  or  by  Jac- 
quard. 


CHAIN   PUMP. 


189 


CHALLIS. 


Fig.  590 


Chain  Pump. 

Ki,r   591 


Pulley  Blocks. 

In  which  the  buckets  are  at- 
tached  to  a  continuous  chain. 
See  Figs.  1228-1231,  pp.  520- 
522,  "Mech.Dict." 

Murray's  chain  pump  is  spe- 
cially adapted  for  hydraulic  con- 
structions, drainage,  sewage 
works,  etc.,  having  no  clacks  nor 

Fig.  592. 


Chain  Stop'per.  A  tunnel  with  a  pivoted  flap 
to  engage  a  link  of  chain  to  prevent  the  paying  out 
of  the  latter. 

Chain-tap'pet  Loom.  A  loom  for  fancy 
weaving,  in  which  the  harnesses  are  operated  by 
tappets  upon  a  pattern-chain. 

Chair.  (Add.)  4.  (Glass.)  The  bench  of  the 
glass-blower  at  which  he  sits,  rolling  the  ponty  to 
the  end  of  which  the  glass  under  treatment  is  at- 
tached. Fig.  2243,  p.  980,  "J/ecA.  Diet." 

While  thus  being  rotated,  rolling  by  the  left  hand,  the 
right  has  the pucellas,  shears,  battlt-i/ore,  to  shape  or  trim; 
and  the  swinging,  rolling,  reheating-,  blowing,  and  shaping  by 
tools  constitute  the  manipulations  by  which  the  workman, 
principally  guided  by  his  eye,  gives  the  form  desired  to  the 
plastic  mass.  Compasses,  calipers,  a  rule,  and  a  marver  com- 
plete the  equipment.  The  cage,  and  the  forked  slick  for  re- 
moving the  articles,  belong  to  the  boy  who  runs  with  them  to 
the  annealing  oven,  technically  known  as  the  leer. 

Chair  Mor'tis-er.  Fig.  594  is  a  machine 
adapted  to  all  kinds  of  chair  mortising,  straight  or 
round  work  ;  also  as  a  horizontal  boring  and  miter- 
ing  machine. 

The  principle  of  the  machine  is  rotary  ;  the  fixed  end  of 
the  boring  bar  moves  in  a  ball-and-socket  joint,  allowing  the 
bar  to  revolve  and  the  vibrating  end  to  be  moved  in  any  di- 
rection desired. 

The  variations  from  straight  to  mortises  of  different  curves, 
are  produced  by  the  position  of  the  curved  bar,  upon  which 
the  bearing  of  the  movable  end  of  the  boring  bar  slides  ; 
when  the  bar  is  placed  with  the  curve  horizontal  the  mor- 
tises are  straight,  and  changed  to  its  greatest  curve  when 
perpendicular. 

Fig.  594. 


Chain  Hoist.  Murray's  Contractor's  Chain  Pump. 

valves  proper  to  be  obstructed  by  mud,  sand,  or 
weeds.  The  lift  is  pivoted  and  slung  to  the  chain, 
and  assumes  its  position  in  the  up-shaft.  If  any 
obstruction  enters,  a  back  turn  of  the  chain  im- 
mediately releases  it,  the  lift  folding  up,  and  allow- 
ing the  obstruction  to  be  carried  up  in  the  stream. 
Fig.  593. 


Chain  Stopper. 


Lfmman's  Chair  Mortiser. 

The  range  in  length  of  mortise  is,  from  boring  a  hole  to  a 
length  of  mortise  equal  to  the  greatest  travel  of  the  cutting 
bit,  and  is  changed  by  the  stroke  of  the  crank  pin  being  made 
greater  or  less,  and  also  by  the  arrangement  of  a  handle 
moving  the  end  of  the  connecting  rod,  to  any  position  desired, 
upon  a  curved  rod  which  produces  a  greater  or  less  length  of 
the  connecting  rods,  giving  any  length  of  mortise  desired 
within  the  capacity  of  the  machine. 

The  depth  of  the  mortise  is  regulated  by  moving  the  table, 
holding  the  stuff,  by  a  lever  in  connection  with  a  pinion  and 
rack.  The  table  is  raised  vertically,  by  a  screw  and  hand 
wheel,  and  provided  with  three  clamp?,  of  different  forms, 
for  holding  the  stuff  in  the  position  required  for  the  work. 

Chair-stretch'er  Lathe.  A  lathe  with  a  hol- 
low head  ;  like  a  broom-handle  lathe.  It  has  four 
feeding  rolls,  two  forward  and  two  back  of  the  hol- 
low cutter,  and  heavy  gearing  with  reversible  feed. 

Chal'lis.     (Fabric.)     A  French  worsted    dress 


CHAMBER. 


190 


CHARCOAL   GRINDING   MILL. 


•roods  woven  upon  a  gauze  or  open  taffeta  loom.  It 
has  a  silk  yreye  warp,  and  merino-wool  weft.  It  is 
generally  printed.  It  differs  from  bar&je  in  the 
material  of  the  warp,  which  in  barege  is  of  cotton. 

Cham'ber.  (Add.)  10-  (Fire-arm  and  Ord- 
nance. )  The  space,  enlarged  or  otherwise,  occupied 
by  the  charge. 

Cham'ber  Kiln.     A  brick  or  tile  kiln  in  com- 
partments ;  sometimes  capable  of  being  heated  in 
succession   as  with    Hoffman's,   Fig.    903,    p.  371, 
"Meek.  Diet.'" 
Johnson,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  210. 

See  also  BRICK  KILN. 

Chair  Bal'ance.     A  chair  suspended  from  a 
spring   balance   to   weigh    per- 
sons. 

Cham'oied.  (Leather.) 
Shamoyed.  See  TAWING,  p. 
2500,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Champ-le-ve'.  (Fine  Art 
Metal  Working.)  A  species  of 
enameling  on  metal. 

Lines  are  engraved  on  the 
metallic  surface  and  are  filled 
with  enamel.  It  is  allied  to 
Niello. 

Differs  essentially  from  clois- 
onne',  which  see.  See  also  INLAY- 
ING. 

Cham'fer-ing  Ma-chine'. 
1.  A  machine  for  beveling  the 
ends  of  staves  after  being  set 
in  a  cask.  See  BARREL-CHAM- 
FERING MACHINE. 

2.  A  machine  for  rounding  or 
cornering  timbers,  preparatory 
to  putting  on  the  sand-belt ;  es- 
pecially used  in  carriage  and 
implement  work. 

In  the  cornering  and  rounding  machine,  Fig. 
596,  the  several  heads  of  the  spindle  are  each  pro- 
vided with  differently  shaped  cutters.  The  amount 
of  corner  to  be  taken  off  is  governed  by  the  dis- 

Fig.  596. 


Chair  Balance. 


Cornering  or  Hounding  Machine. 


tance  the  bevel-guards  are  set  apart,  they  being 
adjustable  and  retained  in  position  by  a  set  screw 
in  the  foot  of  each.  A  chamfer  of  any  bevel  may 
be  made  by  having  the  guards  of  a  bevel  to  cor- 
respond to  it.  Also  known  as  a  radial  planer. 

Cham'pagne  Do'sing  Ma-chine'.  An  ap- 
paratus for  dosing,  that  is,  adding  to  the  wine  a 
portion  of  sirup,  which  produces  the  sparkling 
ebullition  peculiar  to  this  class  of  wines.  Fig.  597. 

The  bottle  of  champagne  being  uncorked,  the  mouth  is 
placed  against  the  cork-covered  mouth  of  the  spout,  the  bot- 
tom of  the  bottle  being  pressed  by  a  spring-pad.  The  handle 
of  the  interior  faucet  is  then  turned  and  replaced,  a  jet  of 
sirup  being  injected  into  the  bottle.  The  faucet  is  of  silver, 


moving  on  glass,  and  the  pipes  all  of  silver,  polished  in- 
side, in  order  to  prevent  oxidation  or  lodgment  of  foreign 
matters.  When  the  bottle  is  removed,  it  is  ready  for  final 
corking  and  wiring. 


Chang  e'a- 
ble-speed 
Gear.  A  nest 
of  gearing  placed 
between  the  mo- 
tor a  n  d  t  h  e 
driven  object 
and  so  arranged 
that  the  speed  of 
the  latter  can  be 
varied  .at  will  by 
the  motion  of  a 
lever. 

The  illustration. 
Fig.  598,  is  the 
changeable  g  e  a  r 
of  the  "  Climax  •' 
mower.  By  moving 
the  shifting  lever  to 
the  left,  the  double 
clutch  is  thr.own 
into  gear  with  the 
slow  or  ordinary 
motion.  By  moving 
it  to  the  right,  this 
same  clutch  is 
thrown  into  gear 
with  the  fast  mo- 
tion. By  moving 
this  lever  on  to  the 
pin  in  the  center  of 
the  shifting  lever- 
holder,  the  machine 
is  thrown  out  of 
gear  entirely. 


Fig.  597 


Mac/lined  dose  r.    Tricourt  fy  Cie.,  Reims. 
(Bridye.)       In    long   truss 


Chan'nel   Span.      (Ltnaye.)      in    long  truss 
bridges  over  shallow  rivers,  the  trusses  of  the  spans 


Fis.  598. 


Changeable-speed 

are  frequently  placed  i  •  below  the  grade,  to 
save  height ;  but  over  |R  the  channel  the  truss 
is  above  the  grade  to  per  mm  rait  passage  of  boats. 
Such  are  seen  at  Cincin  jjj  nati  and  Louisville, 
for  instance. 

Chan'nel-ing  Machine'.    A  machine  for  mak- 
ing channels  or  grooves  in  stone  in  the  quarry  to 
make  a  line  of  separation. 
Vermont  Stone-cutter  Co.     .     .    *  "Engineering,"  xxii   267. 

Chap'let.  (Add.)  2.  (Founding.)  A  wrought 
iron  stud  for  holding  a  core  in  position  within 
the  mold.  Also  called  a  qrain. 

Char'coal  Grind'ihg  -Mill.  (Gunpowder 
Making.)  Shown  in  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879, 
Appendix  I.,  Plate  I.,  Fig.  1,  and  description  on  pp. 
98,  99.  It  is  in  the  style  of  a  bark  mill,  a  conoidal 
grinder  in  a  case  of  corresponding  shape. 
British *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  37. 


CHARCOAL  PENCIL. 


191 


CHECK   VALVE. 


Char'coal  Peii'cil.  The  charcoal  crayon  of 
Heilmanu  is  made  from  the  saw-dust  of  willow, 
lime,  or  poplar,  pressed  in  molds,  dried  in  air, 
charred  in  a  retort.  The  crayons  are  rubbed 
smooth,  cased  in  paper,  packed  for  sale.  —  "Papier 
Zeitung." 

"  Scientific  American  " xxxviii.  326. 

Char'coal  Wash'er.  A  machine  for  washing 
bone-black  for  sirup  filters.  See  ANIMAL  CHAR- 
COAL WASHER,  supra,  and  BONE-BLACK  CLEAN- 
ING-APPARATUS, p.  327,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Kluseman    .  Dept.  As;ric.,  Sp.  Report,  xxviii.,  Plate  XXIX. 
Schrieber    .  .  Dept.  Agric.,  Sp.  Report,  xxviii.,  Plate  XXX. 

Char'ger.  An  instrument  for  measuring  pow- 
der and  shot, 
and  loading  into 
a  fowling-piece. 
One  is  shown  at 
Fig.  1250,  p. 
528,  "Mech. 
Did." 

Dougall's    char- 
ger   is    a    dipper, 
Vougall  Charter.  gruduatable       b  y 

slide  for  quantity, 

and  discharging   the   contents   into  the  gun  by  pressing  the 
lever  with  the  thumb. 


-  599- 


Char'ging  Bar'row. 


Charging  Barron>. 


A  double-wheel  barrow, 
for  use  in  iron 
furnaces  for 
conveyance  of 
coal,  coke,  lime- 
stone, and  ore, 
to  be  dumped 
in  at  the  tunnel- 
head  of  the 
blast  furnace. 
It  is  made  of  a 
height  in  ac- 
cordance with 
that  of  the  curb 
of  the  furnace 
mouth,  in  order 
to  insure  the 
charge  being 
properly 
dumped.  See 
BELL  AND  HOP- 
PER, p.  92. 


Cha'ser.  (Add.)  3.  A.  billet.  A  short  strap  on 
the  curtain  of  a  carriage,  fastening  to  a  buckle  on 
the  back-stay  of  the  top. 

Made  raised  and  creased.     See  BILLET. 

Cha'sing.  1 .  ( Fine  Art  Metal  Working. )  A  mode 
of  ornamenting  silver  ware.  It  ordinarily  follows 
the  snarling  tool  used  in  repousse  work. 

The  vessel  being  filled  with  a  resin  composition 
is  placed  on  a  pad,  and  the  surface  indented  by 
punches  of  various  forms  according  to  the  pattern, 
and  the  texture  of  surface  required.  Fig.  1256, 
"Mech.  Diet."  Fig.  11,  p.  290,  vol.  xxxvi.,  "Scien- 
tific American." 

2.  Thread  cutting  on  a  lathe,  by  slide  rest  tool 
or  by  comb.  See  Fig.  1256,  above  cited. 

See  also  admirable  collection  of  tools,  "  Scientific  Ameri- 
can," *  xl.  223. 

Check  Chain  (Railway.)  A  chain  connect- 
ing the  car  body  with  its  truck,  and  intended  to 
keep  the  truck  from  swinging  cross-wise  of  the 
track  if  the  truck  should  become  derailed. 

Check  Guard.  A  means  of  preventing  tam- 
pering with  bank  checks,  raising  the  figures,  etc. 

Check-testing  apparatus,  bank,  Grafelman. 

*  "Scientific  American,'1  xxxvii.  227. 


Fig.  601. 


Check  protector,  Adah.     D.  S.  Patent,  March  5,  1872,  perfo- 
rates amounts,  both  figures  and  words. 

Check'ing.  Engraved  cross-hatching  on  cer- 
tain parts  of  a  rifle,  gun  or  pistol  stock,  to  increase 
the  security  of  grip  in  handling. 

Checking  machines  are  used  in  armories  for 
cross-hatching  the  swivel  keys  of  rifles,  etc. 

Check  Row'er.     1 .  A  "corn  planter. 

2.  An  attachment  to  a  corn  planter  by  which  it 
is  made  automatically  to  drop  the  seed  corn  at  reg- 
ular intervals  of  distance  across  a  field ;  dispensing 
with  the  furrowing  out  of  a  field  previous  to  cross- 
ing it  with  the  planter,  and  dispensing  also  with  the 
assistant  at  the  dropping  lever.  Ilaworth. 

See  CORN  PLANTER. 

Check  Stop.  A  device  used  in  dredging.  The 
light  line  c  breaks  when 
the  dredge  fills  or  is 
foul,  brings  the  slack  of 
the  drag-rope  d  on  the 
davit  A  into  play,  and 
gives  time  for  the  check 
slop  —  a  drum  of  rubber 
—  to  come  into  play. 
See  DREDGE  ;  also  AC- 
CUMULATORS, p.  3,  supra. 
See  also  DREDGE. 

Check  Strap. 
(Manage.)  a.  The  strap 
of  a  harness  whereby 
the  collar  is  connected 
between  the  fore-legs  to 
the  belly-baud,  to  keep 
the  collar  from  riding  up 
when  the  horse  is  hold- 
ing back  in  descending  a  Check  Stop  for  Dredge  Lines. 
hill  or  backing. 

b.  A  strap  which  couples  back  the  bit  of  the  off- 
horse  to  the  gears  of  the  one  on  the  near  side,  to 
hold  back  the  off-horse  when  hitched  on  the  single- 
line  method,  common  in  the  West.  A  hold-back 
strap. 

Check  Valve.  A  valve  to  prevent  reflux  of  a 
liquid. 

The  most  familiar  instance  is  the  valve  below  the 
plunger  barrel  of  a  pump,  which  prevents  the  return 
to  the  well  of  the  water  in  the  stock. 

The  most  familiar  distinction  of  check  valves  arises  from 

Shape.  Position.  Purpose. 

Globe.  Upright.  Injector. 

Disk.  Horizontal.  Pump. 

Flap.  Angle.  Sewer  gas. 

Ball.  Oblique.  Trap. 

Butterfly.  Swinging.  Brake. 

Piston.  Alarm. 

Cone.  Back  pressure,  etc. 

(Railway.)  In  the  Westinghouse  driving-wheel  brake  ;  a 
valve  which  is  placed  in  the  pipe  which  connects  a  driving- 
wheel  brake-cylinder  with  the  air-reservoir.  The  pressure  in 
the  reservoir  causes  the  valve  to  seat  itself  or  close.  The  air 
must  then  flow  through  a  small  hole  which  is  drilled  in  the 
valve,  which  prevents  the  brakes  from  being  applied  too 


Fig.  602. 


Fig.  603. 


Sewer-gas  Check  Valve. 


Boiler  Check   Valve. 


CHECK   VALVE. 


CHEILOANGIOSCOPE. 


Pump   Check   Valve.  Cushion-seated  Check  Valve. 

Fig.  605  shows  Shaw's  cushion-seat  check  valve,  designed 
to  prevent  hammering  on  the  seat.  A  portion  of  the  pumped 
liquid  is  confined  in  the  annular  space  around  the  disk, 
which  in  falling  seats  itself  upon  a  cushion  of  liquid. 

Ball,  Hay  If  Bassett     .  *"  Scientific  American,'-  xxxvii.  182. 
Swinging *  "Manufacturer  $  Builder,"  x.  220. 

Check.  (Add.)  13.  (Mining.)  The  side  or 
wall  of  a  vein. 

14.  (Manage.)     That  portion  of  a  bit  outside  of 
the  horse's  mouth. 

15.  (Nautical.)    Of    a  block;  one  of  the   pieces 
forming  the  sides  of  the  shell.     These  have  scores 
on  the  outside  for  the  strap,  and  holes  with  bushing 
for  the  pin. 

Cheek  Re-tract'or.  (Surgical.)  A  smooth 
flat  hook  to  hold  the  cheek  retracted  and  mouth  dis- 
tended when  operating  for  cleft  palate,  staphytorra- 
phy ;  or  in  grafting  in  cases  of  deficiency  of  the  soft 
palate,  uraniscoplasty . 

See  Figs.  298,  2986,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgir.um.-' 

Dr.  Roe's  mouth-gag  and  cheek  retractor  is  a  modification 
of  the  instrument  of  Luer,  in  respect  of  the  addition  of  a 

Fig.  606. 


Hoe's  Cheek  Retractor. 

triangular  or  wedge-shaped  block  to  the  external  surface  of 
the  cheek  retracting  portion  of  the  instrument,  this  portion 
passing  between  the  teeth  and  distending  the  jaws.  A  cord 
is  passed  through  the  hole  in  the  handle  and  tied  behind  the 
head. 

Cheese  Box  Ma-chine'.  A  bench  used  in 
making  cheese  boxes.  A  horizontal  stem  holds  the 
former  on  which  the  box  is  to  be  built.  The  box  is 
in  fact  a  cage  of  slats  and  hoops  which  are  put  to- 
gether on  the  former,  the  latter  acting  as  a  core  for 
the  frame  during  construction.  Fig.  607. 

Cheese  Knife.  A  device  for  cutting  a  given 
weight  of  cheese  in  retailing.  Fig.  608. 

The  cheese  is  weighed  and  placed  on  the  platform,  which 
is  rotatable  by  the  small  crank  at  the  side.  By  referring  to 
the  table  on  the  column  supporting  the  knife,  there  is  found 
opposite  the  number  representing  the  weight  of  the  cheese 
the  number  of  revolutions  or  fractional  parts  thereof  the 
small  crank  has  to  be  turned  to  measure  off  a  pound.  Then 
by  turning  the  large  crank,  the  knife  blade  descends,  cutting 
off  the  required  sector  by  a  single  stroke. 


Cheese-box  Machine. 

Cheese    Press.      A   press  for   squeezing  the 
curd  in  the  hoops  to  expel  the 
whey  and  form  cheeses.    See  pp. 
533,  534,  "  Mech.  Diet:' 

A  cheese  press  for  acting  upon  a 
whole  row  of  cheeses  in  their  hoops,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  609. 

The  hoops  (and  contents)  are  placed 

Fig.  608. 


Retailer's  Cherse  Knife. 

in  a  horizontal  frame,  and  advanced  by  a  screw.  The  screw 
device  is  adjustable  on  such  part  of  the  length  of  the  frame 
as  may  suit  the  number  of  cheeses  to  be  operated  upon. 
The  crank  handle  being  then  turned 
gives  the  first  pressure  ;  the  power  is 
increased  by  the  use  of  the  lever,  — 
a  ratchet  on  which  acts  upon  a 


Frazer   Gang  Cheese  Press. 

wheel  upon  the  screw.     A  trough  beneath  receives  the  ex- 
pressed whey. 

Compound  lever  cheese  press  .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup  ,•'  2468. 

Chei'lo-aii'gi-o-scope.  An  apparatus  designed 
by  Dr.  Huber,  of  Greifswald,  to  enable  the  circula- 
tion of  blood  of  a  person  to  be  examined. 

The  previous  methods  of  ocular  demonstration  of  the 
circulation  have  been,  by  placing  the  foot  of  a  frog  on  the 
stage  of  the  microscope,  exhibiting  the  circulation  in  the 


CHEILOANGIOSCOPE. 


193         CHLORIDE   OF   LIME   BATTERY. 


web.  Ptrkinje's  experiment,  by  which  an  observer  is  enabled 
to  observe  the  circulation  in  his  own  retinal  blood-vessels, 
is  ill  so  familiar. 

Dr.  llulier  fixes  the  head  of  the  subject  to  be  examined 
in  ii  frame  not  unlike  that  used  by  photographers,  on  which 
is  fixed  a  holder  for  the  microscope  and  a  lamp.  He  then 
draws  down  the  lower  lip  of  the  subject  upon  the  stage  of 
the  instrument,  with  its  delicate  inner  surface  upward  for  in- 
spection, throws  a  strong  lighten  the  same  with  a  condenser, 
and  focuses  the  microscope,  provided  with  a  low-power 
objective,  down  upon  the  delicate  net-work  of  blood-vessels, 
which  can  be  seen  there  even  with  the  naked  eye.  By  this 
simple  means  the  circulation  can  be  observed  with  the  great- 
est case  and  perfection. 

Chem'i-cal  Fire  En'gine.  A  fire  extinguisher 
which  depends  upon  the  evolution  of  carbonic  acid 
gas,  alone  or  in  company  with  water,  for  the  ex- 
tinction of  fire.  See  FIRE  ANNIHILATOR,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Che'iiot  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  A  peculiar 
iron  is  carbonized  with  such  matters  as  fat,  resin, 
tar. 

Chick'eii  Feed'er.     See  EPINETTE. 

Chick'ley.  A  gum  resembling  gutta-percha, 
obtained  from  one  of  the  sa/iotecc,  in  Guiana. 

Chif'ney  Bit.  (Manege.)  A  curb-bit  having 
a  movabJe  short  arm  attached  to  the  cheek-piece, 
just  above  the  mouth-piece,  for  receiving  the  check- 
straps  of  the  bridle,  the  gag-rein  or  strap  being  at- 
tached to  the  short  arm  of  the  cheek-piece. 

Chill.  1.  The  hardened  part  of  a  casting:  as 
the  tread  of  a  car-wheel. 

2.  A  portion  of  a  mold  against  which  the  molten 
metal  is  sud- 


denly cooled  in 
order  to  harden 
the  castino-. 

Chilled 
Plow.  A  plow 
the  mold-board 
of  which  is  cast 
on  a  chill  to 
harden  it  and  in- 
crease its  wear- 
ing and  polish- 
ing qualities. 

Chilled 
Roll.  See  CAL- 
ENDER ROLL. 

Che  m'i  s  t  's 
Forge.  A  lab- 
oratory forge. 
That  shown  in 
Fig.  610  is  by 


Fi£-  61°- 


lantern  bellows  in  the  cylinder,  worked  by  a  treadle 
and  lever.  It  is  primarily  intended  for  lamp  or 
gas  blow-pipe,  but  has  many  convenient  applica- 
tions. (  >ther  forms  are  shown  under  LABORATORY 
FORGE,  BLOWPIPE,  etc. 

Chime.  1.  (Music.)  A  succession  of  bell 
sounds.  Bells  are  usual  ;  wires  or  bars  are  occa- 
sionally used.  Evelyn  mentions  a  chime  of  porce- 
lain dishes. 

Electric  chime  for  clocks    .     .  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,1''  *  ii.  702. 
Chiming  ~clock,  Bombay  Univ.  "Si:.  Amer.  Sup.,"  *  iii.  946. 
Centennial  chime  .....  "Iron  Age,''  xvii.,.Tune  29,  3. 
French  carillon       .....  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,'1'  *  2093. 
Carillon     ........  "Manuf.  and  -Su/Wer,''  x.  252. 

See  also  CARILLON. 

2.  (Casks.)     See  CHINE. 

Chim'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  chiming  machine 
consists  of  a  drum  studded  with  pins  and  turned 
by  a  crank,  after  the  manner  of  a  barrel-organ, 
whereby  the  ropes  of  the  bells  are  pulled  so  as  to 
produce  particular  tunes  mechanically.  See  CA- 
RILLON. 

13 


Chim'ney.     1.  A  flue. 

Climbing  apparatus,  Ger.  *  "Engineer,''  xli.  23. 

Exterior *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  149. 

Construction,  Bancroft  .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1841. 

Climber *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  386. 

Glasgow  (454  feet)      .     .      "  Van  Nostrum!'.*  Mag.,-'  xvi.  91. 
Cowl,  Engl *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  69. 

See  Armstrong's  "Chimneys  for  Furnace,  Fire- 
places, and  Steam-boilers." 

2.  (Mining.)  Chimneys  are  the  richer  spots  in 
lodes  as  distinguished  from  poorer  ones. 

Chi'na  Grass.  A  fiber  resembling  the  Rhea. 
It  is  prepared  for  manufacture  by  treating  with  a 
hot  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda. 

Chine.  1.  The  end  of  a  stave  at  the  head  of  a 
cask  or  tub. 

2.  The  edge  formed  by  the  ends  of  the  staves. 

Chi'nese  Pa'per.  Commonly  known  as  rice 
paper.  This  is  prepared  by  the  Chinese  from  the 
stems  of  a  leguminous  plant,  Aralia  papyrifera  ; 
these  are  cut  so  as  to  form  a  continuous  spiral  film, 
which  is  then  pressed  flat,  and  afterwards  dyed  or 
otherwise  prepared.  They  also  make  a  true  paper 
from  bamboo  stems  by  pulping  and  forming  into 
sheets. 

The  Egyptian  papyrus  was  also  a  pith  paper,  but  the  de- 
scription of  its  manufacture  by  Pliny  does  not  convey  (as 
translated)  the  right  impression  as  to  the  mode.  The  stem 
is  a  triangular  prism  ;  the  sides  were  pared  off,  and  the  slips 
thus  obtained  united  by  their  edges  while  yet  damp,  by 
means  of  pressure. 

The  Japanese  and  Chinese  make  pa  per  also  from  Brousso- 
netia  papyrifera.  See  p.  1606,  "Mech.  Diet.-'  This  source 
yields  also  the  tapa  cloth  of  Hawaii,  the  masi  of  the  Fijians. 
See  "Atlantic  Monthly,"  xxxi.  233. 

Chin-chilla.  (Add.)  (Fabric.)  b.  A  camel's 
hair  French  goods. 

Chintz.  (Fabric.)  From  Hindu,  chint  or  chete, 
"  variegated  "  or  "  spotted,"  whence  cheta,  the  hunt- 
ing leopard. 

Chip  Syr'inge.  A  rubber  bulb  syringe  used 
by  dentists  to  wash  away  detritus  from  a  tooth 
under  treatment.  See  BULB  SYRINGE. 

Chip  Break'er.  1 .  A  plate  on  the  back  of  a 
plane  bit,  to  bend  up  the  chip  and  prevent  splitting 
of  the  board. 

2.  A  clip  or  piece  on  the  side  cutter-head  frame 
in  a  matching  machine ;  breaking  the  chip  prevents 
splitting  of  the  edge  of  the  board. 

Chis'el.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  driven  by 
a  mallet  for  cutting  bone.  The  gouge  is  a  chisel 
with  a  curved  edge,  and  has  a  similar  use-  Used  in 
osteotomy,  post-mortems,  and  dissecting.  Chisels  are 
edge  or  end  sharpened,  and  some  have  specific 
names. 

The  figures  refer  to  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirur- 
gicum.'' 

Knife  chisel Fig.  86  b,  Part  I. 

Chisel Figs.  86,  331,  Part  T. 

Gouger Figs.  84,84  b,  85,  86  c,  Part  I. 

Rachitome Fig.  321,  Part  I, 

Costotome      . Figs.  322,  333,  Part  I. 

MacOwen's  bone  chisel  is  used  in  operations  for  bow-legs 
and  knock-knees. 

Chis'el  Tooth  Saw.  A  saw  tooth  which  ex- 
poses a  chisel  edge  to  the  wood  in  sawing,  aiming 
rather  to  cut  than  to  tear.  Fig.  611  shows  the  Hoe 
insertable  tooth  saw,  two  only  of  the  teeth  of  a  cir- 
cular saw  being  included  in  the  cut.  Behind  the 
saw  is  the  tool  with  two  studs,  by  which  the  tooth 
is  set  in  or  removed  from  its  socket  by  a  movement 
of  rotation. 


See  INSERTABLE  TOOTH  SAW,  Fig. 
JDfet." 


6,   p.  2035,   "Mech. 


Chlo'ride  of  Lime  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
Niaudet.  The  positive  electrode  is  a  plate  of  zinc, 
and  the  negative  a  plate  of  coke,  surrounded  with 


CHLORIDE   OF   LIME    BATTERY. 


194 


CHROMOMETER. 


Fig.  611. 


Chisel-edged  Intertable  Tooth,  Saw. 

coke  fragments.  The  zinc  is  in  a  solution  of  chlo- 
ride of  sodium,  and  the  coke  surrounded  with  chlo- 
ride of  lime  in  a  vessel  of  biscuit  ware  or  parchment 
paper. 

Niaudet     .  " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3341,  3359,  *3490. 

Chlo'ride  of  Sil'vei  Bat'te-ry.  (Electrici- 
ty.) Marie-Davy  appears  to  have  been  the  first  to 
use  chloride  of  silver  in  batteries.  It  has  become 
more  important  since  improved  by  De  la  Rue.  A 
positive  element  of  zinc  and  a  negative  element  of 
chloride  of  silver  are  suspended  in  a  solution  of 
chloride. 

"Niaudet,''  American  translation  .     .     .  201,  *  206. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal'1'' *  vi.  50. 

Gaiffe  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,''1 *  vi.  398. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "  .  .  *  2490,  *  1829,  1922. 
"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Engineers  "  ....  *  vii.  54. 

Chlo'ride  of  Tin  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
Invention  of  Adolph  Gutensohn.  One  in  which  a 
salt  of  tin,  preferably  the  chloride,  is  used  in  the 
chamber  containing  the  negative  plate. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "     ....  3791. 

Chlo'ri-na'tion.  (Metallurgy.)  A  solution  pro- 
cess in  extracting  metals.  See  p.  542,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Copper  process  .  "Painter's  Report,  Vienna  Exp."  iv.  130. 
Furnace,  O'Harra,  *  "Mining  $  Scientific  Pres.s,"  xxxiv.  297. 

Chlo'ro-form  In-ha'ler.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument for  administering  this  anaesthetic.  See 
INHALER,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Chock.  (Add.)  (Nautical.)  4.  A  block  with 
recess  and  horn-  j-jg.  612. 

shaped  projections, 
between  which  a  cable 
or  hawser  is  rove 
when  being  hauled  on 
or  in.  Chock' 

Chock  Block.     A  scotch  for  the  wheels  of 

Fig.  613. 


Chop'ping  Mill.  A  mill  for  coarse-grinding 
grain  for  stock.  In  France  it  is  an  a/ilatisseur,  con- 
casseur,  or  broyeur.  In  England  a  kibbling  mill, 
grinding  mill,  etc. 

Chop  Sep'a-ra'tor.  (Milling.)  A  machine 
for  treating  the  meal  coming  from  the  roller  mill, 
to  separate  the  flour  from  the  cracked  grain. 


Lampert 


*  "American  Miller,''''  vii.  385. 


machinery  to  be  used  without  dismounting,  such 
as  threshing  machines. 

See  "Engineering" *  xxii.  161. 


Chro'ma-trope.  A  device  in  a  stereopticon 
to  illustrate  color  effects ;  kaleidoscopic  patterns, 
etc. 

Morton     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xxxiv.  5 ;  xxxiii.344. 

Chrome  Leath'er.  Hides  tanned  by  means 
of  chrome.  Invented  and  patented  by  Dr.  Hein- 
zerling,  in  Germany. 

" Chemical  Review,'*  Eng.     .   "Scientific  Amer.  Sup. ,"  4057. 

Chro'mic  Ac'id  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
One  in  which  a  solution  of  bichromate  of  potassium 
takes  the  place  of  nitric  acid  in  the  Bunsen  bat- 
tery. 

Scientific  American  Supplement  "....*  2525. 

Chro'mo-graph.  An  apparatus  for  reprodu- 
cing maps,  plans,  etc.  It  consists  of  a  shallow  zinc 
box  containing  a  white  gelatinous  composition. 
The  writing  is  made  with  a  special  ink,  laid  face 
downward  on  the  composition,  and  the  hand  passed 
lightly  over  it ;  about  one  minute  is  required  to 
secure  a  transfer.  A  number  of  copies,  from  10  to 
40,  may  be  obtained,  according  to  the  condition  of 
the  ink  and  the  composition,  by  laying  the  sheets 
successively  upon  the  transfer  and  lightly  pressing 
by  the  hand.  The  writing  may  be  washed  off  the 
composition.  Also  known  as  HECTOGRAPH,  and 
by  many  other  names. 

Chrome  Steel.  An  alloy  of  iron  and  chrome. 
It  is  made  by  melting  in  a  crucible  of  refractory 
material  a  mixture  of  Bessemer  or  Siemens-Martin 
steel,  and  of  pig  or  refined  iron  with  an  addition 
of  chrome  iron  and  of  calcined  and  ground  lime- 
stone. —  Kern. 

"Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  8,  p.  11. 

"Iron  Age"  xvii.,  Aug.  17,  1876. 
Chromeisen     ....     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  ii.692. 

See  also  Baur's  U.  S.  Patents,  Nos.  47,510,  49,495,  99,624, 
123,445. 
See  also  CHROME  STEEL,  p.  2366,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Chro'mo-li-thog'ra-phy.  Picture  making  by 
successive  impressions  in  various  colors  from  stones. 
See  pp.  545,  546,  "Mech.  Diet.1' 

History  and  Technics,  "Silcox's  Vienna  Exh.  Rep."  1873. 

Chro-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument  designed  by 
Professor  Koenig  for  making  delicate  determina- 
tions of  the  amount  of  metals  in  ores.  It  is  based 
upon  the  optical  fact  that  complementary  colors 
extinguish  each  other  if  mingled  in  proper  propor- 
tions. Professor  Koenig  has  applied  this  principle 
to  the  colors  which  certain  metals  —  as  iron,  man- 
ganese, copper,  etc.,  —  produce  when  fused  with 
borax. 

He  prepares  glasses  or  beads  containing  known  quantities  of 
a  metal  in  one  hundred  parts,  and  observes  how  thick  a  glass 
of  the  complementary  color  must  be  to  produce  extinction. 
To  accomplish  this  the  instrument  is  furnished  with  a  glass 
wedge  of  a  green  or  red  color,  cut  at  a  very  acute  angle. 
By  moving  this  wedge  before  the  glass  bead,  with  the  help 
of  a  suitable  rack  movement,  a  scale  moves  at  the  same 
time,  and  when  the  point  of  extinction  of  color  is  arrived 
at,  the  reading  of  the  scale  refers  to  a  table  showing  the 
percentage  of  metal  contained  in  the  examined  substance. 
By  this  method  of  analysis  a  correct  determination  of  man- 
ganese in  an  iron  ore  can  be  made  in  15  minutes,  or  a  copper 
estimation  in  30  minutes 


CHROMOPHOTOGRAPHY. 


195 


CIDER  PRESS. 


Fig.  614. 


Fig.  615. 


Chucking  Machine. 

Chro'mo-pho-tog'ra-phy.  Photographing  in 
colors. 

Processes "Scientific  American  Sup., ''  2079. 

"Scientific  American,"  xli.  260. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  33. 

Chro'mo-strob'o-scope.  An  instrument  in- 
vented by  Prof.  A.  Ricco,  with  colored  glass  and 
various  designs.  It  is  one  of  a  class  of  scientific 
toys  depending  for  its  effects  upon  the  persistence 
of  visual  impressions. 

*  "English  Mechanic,"  xxiii.  168. 
Ricco *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  212. 

See  ANORTHOSCOPE,  STROBOSCOPE, 

CHROMATROPE,  THAUMATROPE, 

PHENAKISTOSCOPE,          ZOETROPE, 
in  "Mech.  Diet." 

Chron'o-graph.  The  British  test  of  powder 
is  by  the  velocity  of  the  projectile,  a  given  quantity 
with  a  service  projectile  from  a  proof-service  gun. 

The  Boulengd  chronograph  is  used.  The  first  target  is  45' 
from  the  gun,  the  second  165'.  The  pressure  in  the  bore  is 
determined  by  the  crusher-gage,  —  a  modification  of  Rod- 
man's pressure  piston.  See  INTERNAL  PRESSURE-GAGE,  CUT- 
TER, DYNAMOMETER,  PIEZOMETER. 

The  Boulenge  chronograph  used  at  the  arsenal  of  Spandau, 
Prussia,  is  shown  at  Fig.  36,  Appendix  L.,  "Ordnance  Re- 
port," 1877,  and  p.  533. 

See  Laboufai/e.'s  "Dictionnaire.  des  Arts,''  etc.,  tome  iv., 
article  "Instruments  d'Optique,"  ed.  1877. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement ,"  417. 

See  also  ELECTRIC  CHRONOGRAPHS  AND  CHRONOSCOPES. 
Chron'o-scope.   An  instrument  for  measuring 
small  intervals  of  time. 

The  following  electro-chronoscopes  are  described 
by  Dr.  Barnard  in  his  Report  on  the  Paris  Expo- 
sition of  1867  :  — 


mometer  is  ob" 
served  to  be  get" 
ting  ahead  of  the 
watch,  the  light 
under  the  water- 
bath  is  slightly 
lowered  (this  be- 
ing easily  effected 


Breton  Churn. 


Col.  Benton. 

Capt.  Martin  de  Brettes. 

Prof.  Bashford. 


Prof.  \Vheatstone. 

Prof.  Henry. 

Capt.  F.  P.  E.  Schultz. 

Capt.  Navez. 
Dr.  C.  W.  Tiemens    .     .    "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  328.' 

See  also  ELECTRIC  CHRONOGRAPHS  AND  CHRONOSCOPES. 
Chro'iio-ther-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument, 
the  invention  of  Mr.  R.  P.  Wilson  and  used  in  the 
testing  room  of  the  petroleum  association  of  Lon- 
don. The  design  is  to  raise  the  temperature  of  the 
oil  at  the  rate  of  20°  in  15  minutes. 

The  invention  consists  of  a  watch  movement  in  conjunc- 
tion with  a  circular  thermometer.  The  watch  is  provided 
with  but  one  hand,  and  the  balance-wheel  is  so  adjusted  that 
this  hand  moves  through  20°  of  the  thermometer  scale  in  15 
minutes.  It  is,  therefore,  merely  necessary,  in  making  an 
experiment,  to  set  the  hand  when  the  mercury  reaches  80°, 
and  to  regulate  the  lamp  so  that  the  quicksilver  and  the 
watch-hand  travel  round  the  dial  pari  passu.  If  the  ther- 


by  the  mechanical  arrangement  in  the  wick-holder),  and,  of 
course,  vice  versa. 

The  inner  line  of  degrees  marked  on  the  thermometer  scale 
represents  minutes  (1  to  15),  and  the  outer  line,  degrees  of 
Fahrenheit's  scale,  20  of  which  (80  to  100),  it  will  be  observed, 
are  equivalent  to  the  15  minutes,  though,  of  course,  in  the 
construction  of  the  instrument,  any  other  desired  rate  of 
heating  may  be  provided  for. 

"  English  Mechanic  "..... *  • 

•'  Scientific  American  Supplement" *  181. 

Chry'soid.  A  name  given  by  Farmer  to  his 
alloys  of  aluminum  which  resemble  gold  and  are 
adapted  for  watch-cases,  chains,  and  jewelry. 

Four  series  of  formulas,  — 
Cu.  Al.  Ag.  Cu.  Al.  Fe. 

Cu.  Al.  Zn.  Cu.  Al.  Ni. 

are  given  with  varying  proportions,  on  p.  71  of  "Mech.  Diet." 

Chuck'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  form  of  machine 
lathe.  Fig.  614  shows  a  revolving-head  drilling 
or  chucking  machine  with  8  spindles.  Instead  of  a 
common  tail-stock  there  is  a  revolving  or  rocking 
head,  revolving  in  a  vertical  plane,  with  several 
spindles,  for  facing,  drilling,  reaming,  and  counter- 
boring  small  work. 

By  this  means  a  piece  may  have  several  opera- 
tions performed  upon  it  without  being  removed  from 
the  chuck  or  face-plate.  The  several  tools  are 
brought  forward  as  desired  or  in  turn  by  the  hand- 
wheel. 

Churn.  The  Breton  churn  is  shown  in  Fig.  6 1 5. 
The  cream  jar  is  clamped  upon  its  stand  and  the 
dasher  reciprocated  vertically  and  rapidly  by  hand 
crank  and  gearing. 

Churn  Drill.  A  form  of  drill,  the  earliest  type 
of  which  is  in  one  of  the  forms  of  implements  for 
obtaining  fire  by  friction  of  one  piece  of  wood  on 
another. 

For  an  improved  form  see  HAND  DRILL. 

Ci'der  Press.  The  Boomer  &  Boschert  cider 
press,  Fig.  616,  has  a  special  grinder  with  an  iron 
cylinder  furnished  with  8  steel  knives  placed  in 
planed  grooves  across  the  face  of  the  cylinder  and 
held  in  place  by  iron  bands  ateach  end.  Five  con- 
caves of  flat  steel  springs  are  adjustable  to  any  re- 
quired distance  from  the  cylinder,  and  each  regu- 
lated to  any  degree  of  stiffness,  but  giving  way  to 
any  foreign  matter,  such  as  stones. 

The  power  press  has  a  double  platform  which  runs  on  rol- 
lers so  that  one  cheese  may  be  building  while  another  is 
pressing. 


CIDER   PRESS 


196 


CIRCLE. 


In  running  down  the  press  the  right-and-left  screw  is  ro- 
tated approaching  the  knees  of  the  pair  of  toggles,  passing 
through  nuts  in  the  knees,  and  rotated  by  the  hand  wheel 
at  first  but  by  means  of  the  pulley,  gearing,  and  chain  as  the 
work  proceeds  and  more  power  is  required.  The  movement 

Fig.  616. 


Power  Cider  Press. 

becomes  relatively  slower  as  the  toggles  straighten,  and  the 
power  increased  in  a  like  proportion. 

The  follower  is  permanently  attached  to  the  end  of  the 
toggle  arms  so  that  it  does  not  require  placing  and  repla- 
cing. 

The  cheese  consists  of  regular  successive  layers  of  pomace, 
each  about  4"  thick,  completely  enveloped  in  cloth,  each 
being  shaped  in  a  square  frame  which  is  raised,  leaving  the 


Fig.  617. 


Press  of  David  of  Orleans. 

same  in  position.     Racks  of  wooden   strips  are  laid  between 
each  layer  of  poinace. 


The  press,  Fig.  617,  made  by  David  of  Orleans,  is  one  of  the 
screw-presses  of  a  type  so  common  in  France.  Its  general 
features  will  be  readily  understood  from  the  illustration  : 
The  nut  is  revolved  upon  the  screw  and  pushes  down  the 
follower  or  upper  member  of  the  press.  What  is  notable  is 
the  compact  mode  of  obtaining  the  three  powers.  Quick 
motion  and  relatively  small  power  at  the  first,  the  motion 
deci  easing  in  rate  and  increasing  in  power  at  each  subsequent 
stage. 

The  first  motion  is  by  the  central  wheel,  which  has  handles 
projecting  upward.  The  next  power  is  by  the  hand  wheels  at 
the  ends,  pinions  on 
the  wheels  engaging 
the  crown  wheel. 
Third  and  lastly, 
the  brake  1  ever s 
which -act  by  pawl 
and  ratchet  upon 
the  pinion  shafts 
in  the  manner  of 
windlass  brakes. 

The     cider     and 
wine     hand-press 
made   by  Nains,  of 
Terrel   des  Chenes, 
is  shown  in  Fig.  618. 
It  has  an  exterior 
and   interior  crate, 
so  that  the  pomace 
is     in    a    compara- 
tively    thin    body, 
rendering   the   es- 
cape   of    the    juice 
more    ready    and 
complete     It    may 
be  said  to  have  two 
powers  ;    that  is,  in 
the  first  stage  the 
master  wheel  is  ro- 
tated by  the  crank 
arm,    and    subse-  _ 
quently  by   swing-  g 
ing  the  weight  up   5 
on  the  spokes.    The 
follower,  it  will  be 
seen,  is  guided  up-  ^ — 
on    the     standards  _^_____ 
and  descends  in  the  _  — •_  ' 
annular    space    be- 
tween the  crates.  Wine 

See    also     WINE 


Cider  Hand  Prt-xs.     (Ruins, 

Terrel  del  Chenes. ) 
PRESS  ;  OIL  PRESS  ;  OLIVE  PRESS. 

Mill,  portable,  Sikes  .     *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  86. 
Press,  toggle  motion. 

Boomer  If  Boschert .     *  "Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  242 

Ci-gar'-box  Tel'e-graph.      Named  from  the 
compactness  and  portability  of  the  instrument. 
" Scientific  American  '' xxxvi.  20. 

Cig'a-rette'  Ma-chine'. 

French  cigarette  machine,  *  "Scientific  Amer.,'1'  xxxviii.  344. 

Cil'i-a  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  Tweezers  for 
removing  the  eyelashes.  A  species  of  depilating 
forceps. 

Figs.  7,  9,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgi- 
cum."1 

Cin'der  Notch.  (Metallurgy.)  A  notch  on 
the  top  of  the  dam  of  a  blast  furnace,  to  allow  the 
slag  to  run  off. 

Cin'der  Wool.  A  fibrous  glass  obtained  by 
the  action  of  a  jet  of  air  or  steam  upon  molten  slag 
as  it  issues  from  the  blast  furnace.  See  SLAG,  10; 
MINERAL  WOOL. 

Cin'na-bar.     (Mining.)    Sulphuret  of  mercury. 

Ci'pher-wri-ting  Frame.  A  writing  frame, 
paneled  or  otherwise,  arranged  for  writing  secret 
messages  on  a  preconcerted  plan. 

Eerghold    .     .    .     *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  406. 

Cir-cas'sienne.  (Fabric.)  A  French  dress 
goods  woven  on  a  taffeta,  loom  ;  it  has  a  silk  grege 
warp,  and  a  mohair  or  silk-and-mohair  warp. 

Llanov  has  a  cotton  warp. 

Cir'cle.  A  traverse-circle.  An  arc-shaped  track 
on  the  terre-plein  or  gun  platform,  on  which  the 


CIRCLE. 


197 


CIRCULATING  BOILER. 


wheels  beneath  the  chassis  of  a  gun  traverse  as  the 
gun  is  horizontally  adjusted.  Two  such  circles  are 
shown  beneath  the  Krupp  gun-carriage,  Plate  VIII., 
p.  448,  "Mech.  Diet." 

In     British     practice     known     as 
racers. 

Cir'cle    Cut'ter.     An  optician'? 


The  lumber  is  fed  to  the  saw  by  four  rollers, 
which  are  expansively  geared  in  pairs,  so  that 
at  whatever  point  they  may  be  placed,  the  gearing 

Fig.  621. 


Fig.  619. 


Circle  Cutter. 


tool  with  a  diamond 
on  the  arm,  for  cut- 
ting circles  in  thin 
glass  for  covers  for 
objects  on  slides. 

Cir'cuit.  ( Eli-.c- 
tricity.)  The  path 
along  which  the  cur- 
rent travels. 

Cir'cuit  Break'- 
er.  (Electricity.)  A 
device  by  which  the 
circuit  is  closed  or 
opened  at  pleasure, 
or  automatically.  See 
TELEGRAPH  KEY. 

Cir'cuit   Clo'ser. 
A    key,  for    instance, 
for  making  a  contact 
to  complete  a  circuit. 
The  breaker  and  closer 
are    usually  one,    the 
alternate  motions  of  the  key  closii 
and  opening  the  circuit. 
See  TELEGRAPH  KEY. 

Ktre ir/inger  §•  Doerflin     .  *  "Engineer,-''  xliii.  153. 

For  torpedoes,  Abel,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  96. 

Matftisson,Bi *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  96,  224 

McEvoy,  Br *  "Engineering."'  xxi.  96. 

For  torpedoes,  Livermore    . 

Cir'cu-lar  Bal'ance. 

a  pointer  which  traverses  a  graduated  and  num- 
bered dial. 

Cir'cu-lar  Com'pass.  An  instrument  in- 
vented by  M.  Duchemin,  in  which  an  annular  piece 
of  metal  is  substituted  for  the  needle.  The  annulus 
has  its  N.  and  S.  poles  at  opposite  points  of  the 
same  diameter.  The  advantages  claimed  are  greater 
sensibility  and  less  disturbance  from  the  vessel's 
motion. 

Cir'cu-lar  Knit'ting  Ma-chine'.  One  with 
a  circular  race,  making 'a  tubular  knitted  fabric. 
See  Figs.  2769,  2771,  pp.  1236,  1237,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Cir'cu-lar  Loom.  One  for  weaving  tubes, 
hose,  etc. 

United  States  Patents  in  circular  looms. 

No. 
16,248 
17,353 
26,585 
32,461 
39,197 
41,466 
43,937 
44,902 


"Engineering,''  xxi.  404. 
A  spring  balance  having 


No. 
51,040 
52,718 
53,372 
59,138 
72,362 
81,438 
91,305 
98,738 
*  124,288 


Inventor. 
Greenough. 
Hull. 
Danby. 
Slayton  et  ul. 
Buser. 
Wagner. 
Brooks. 
Bryant. 
Reed. 


Inventor. 
Nelson. 
Carney. 
Grunwald. 
Bonard. 
Darker. 
Slayton. 
Veerkamp  et  al. 
Walton  et  al. 
45,208        Slayton. 
45,629        Palmer. 

*  Reissued. 

Cir'cu-lar  Plane.  A  plane  with  a  flexible 
steel  face,  capa- 
ble of  adjustment 
to  t h e  arc  re- 
quired, within  spe- 
cific limits. 

Cir'cu-lar 
Re-saw'ing 
Ma-chine' .  A 
machine  for  mak- 
ing  bevel-siding 
and  weather- 

boarding      from  "Victor"   Circular  Plane. 

thicker  stuff. 


Fig.  620 


Circular  Re-sawing  Machine. 

has  the  same  effective  feeding  force.  The  rollers 
are  hung  upon  ball-and-socket  joints,  which  gives 
them  an  adjustment  for  bevel-sawing,  and  presents 
the  center  of  the  stuff  to  the  saw,  however  the 
thickness  may  vary.  The  saw  arbor  has  a  lock 
attachment  to  keep  it  from  moving  while  the  saw 
is  being  sharpened  or  replaced.  There  are  three 
speeds  of  feed  to  accommodate  different  widths  of 
lumber. 

Cir'cu-lar  Rib'bing  Ma-chine'.  A  knitting 
machine  having  a  circular  race,  and  adapted  for 
rib-work,  such  as  Cardigan  jackets  and  sleeves. 

The  machines  of  Gimson  If  Coltman,  of  Leicester,  Eng- 
land, are  described  in  G.  W.  Gregory's  report  on  knitting  ma- 
chines, Group  XXII.,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports." 

Cir'cu-lar  Saw.  (Add.)  2.  (Surgical.)  A 
round  saw  used  in  osteotomy  in  deep-seated  parts. 
A  substitute  for  Hey's  saw. 

Grcefe's Fig.  66,  Part  I. 

Tiemanri's Fig.  57,  Part  I. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  C/iirurgicum." 

Cir'cu-lar  Spring  Bal'ance.  See  CIRCULAR 
BALANCE. 

Cir'cu-lar  Slide  Valve.  A  species  of  fau- 
cet valve.  A  cylindrical  valve  with  ports  made  by 
depressions  in  its  periphery,  bringing  the  respective 
ends  of  the  cylinder  in  alternate  connection  with 
the  steam  chest  and  exhaust  port. 

The  term  is  not  a  Fi     622 

peculiarly  happy 
one,  and  will  apply 
as  well  to  the  valves 
of  the  Corliss  and 
Wheelock  engines. 
See  CUT  OFF. 

Cir'cu-la't  ing 
Boil'er.  A  boiler 
in  connection  with  a 
heater,  through 
which  latter  the 
water  circulates  to 
become  heated.  Circular  Slide  Valve. 

Fig.  623  shows  a  heater  for  a  domestic  range,  connected  by 
circulating  pipes  with  the  boiler. 


CIRCULATING  DRUM. 


198 


CLAMP  FORCEPS. 


Fig.  623. 


A  circulating  boiler,  one  of  the  very  earliest  of  Us  class,  is 
shown  under  INCUBATOR,  "Mech.  Diet.,"'  which  see.  The  in- 
vention of  Bonne-main,  1777. 

;;co    system    of    steam-heating,   Fig. 
2473,  p.  1089,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Cir'cu-la'ting  Drum.     1.  A 

chamber  belonging  t  o  some 
forms  of  steam-boilers,  i  u 1  o 
which  the  water,  heated  by  the 
immediate  proximity  of  the  fire 
on  the  grate,  is  caused  to  flow  to 
give  place  to  other  bodies  of 
water,  from  the  feed,  or  from 
portions  of  the  boiler  less  ex- 
posed to  the  urgency  of  the  fire. 

2.  A  chamber  above  or  around 
a   stdve   into   which   the    heated 
gases  pass  in  order  to 
radiate  heat. 

3.  A  water-cham- 
ber in  a  hot-water 
heater  into  which 
passes  the  hot  water 
from  the  coil  exposed 
Circulating  Boiler.  to  the  fire. 

Cir'cu-la'ting  Pump.  1.  One  for  supplying 
water  for  the  condensers  of  engines.  The  speed 
should  be  in  proportion  to  the  temperature  of  the 
circulating  water  and  the  working  conditions  of  the 
engine. 

2.  The  air  and  circulating  pump  is  specially 
adapted  for  marine  condensing  engines.  It  is  a 
direct-acting  pump,  and  the  two  pumps  are  driven 
from  the  same  steam  cylinder. 

Cir'cu-la'ting  Steam  Boil'er.  One  consist- 
ing of  two  portions  unequally  exposed  to  the  heat 
of  the  furnace,  and  with  connecting  pipes  or  pas- 
sages by  which  the  water  rises  from  the  over-heated 
and  descends  from  the  relatively  colder,  maintain- 
ing a  circulation. 

Stead's  ...     *     Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  243. 
Other  illustrations  may  be  found  in  Plate  LXI.,  opposite  p. 
2326,  "Mech.  Diet."1 

Cir'cu-la'ting  Tube.  In  a  steam  boiler;  a 
tube  leading  from  one  part  of  a  boiler  to  another  to 
establish  a  circulation  in  a  given  direction,  as  from 
the  hotter  to  the  portions  more  removed  from  the 
direct  contact  with  the  furnace  or  flue  plates. 

There  are  numerous  illustrations  of  this  feature.  See 
Plate  LXI.  and  pp.  2327,  2328,  "Mech.  Diet."1 

See  also  O/ce,  "Engineering,"'  *  xxii.  328. 

See  list  under  STEAM,  "Mech.  Diet.,'"  et  infra. 

Cir'cum-cis'ion  In'stru-ment.  (Surgical.) 
An  instrument  for  excising  the  projecting  portion 
of  the  prepuce  beyond  the  glans  in  cases  of  phi- 
mosis. 

Phimosis  instruments,  Figs.  1-7,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  '•'Ar- 
mamentarium Chirurgicum.'' 

Dr.  Baruth's  circumcision  scissors  have  a  guard  finger 
upon  one  blade  which  acts  to  prevent  the  clinging  of  the 
prepuce  to  the  other  blade  when  the  blades  are  parted. 

The  phimosis  instrument  of  Dr.  Levis  is  for  the  excision 
of  the  inner  inelastic  membrane  of  the  prepuce,  or  a  partial 
ablation  of  the  preputial  integument,  instead  of  complete  re- 
moval. 

Cire  Per-due'.  Bronze  casting  in  wax.  A 
model  in  wax  is  inclosed  in  a  plaster  mold,  the 
wax  melted  out  and  bronze  poured  in.  Thus  the 
wax  is  perdue,  or  wasted.  The  plaster  being  re- 
moved the  bronze  object  appears.  See  JAPANESE 
BKOXZES;  also  pp.  500  and  1462,"  Mech.  JJict." 

Cis'tern. 

Filtering,  Moscucri,  Fr.  .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2305. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii.  340. 

Day *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii.  403. 

Rainwater ''  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2393. 

Filter ,     .      "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1748. 


Clam'mer.  A  forceps  closed  by  a  weight,  used 
as  a  tongs  in  deep-sea  soundings  to  obtain  speci- 
mens of  the  bottom,  shells,  or  of  living  occupants 
thereof. 

Clam'ond  Bat'te-ry.  A  thermo-electric  bat- 
tery. See  p.  2545,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

An  improved  form  consists  of  an  alloy  of  two  parts  of  an- 
timony and  one  of  zinc  as  the  negative  metal,  ami  ordinary 
tinned  sheet  iron  an  the  positive  element  —  the  current  at 
the  heated  junction  flowing  from  the  iron  to  the  alloy. 
This  alloy  is  cast  in  the  form  of  a  flat  bar,  broader  in  the 
middle  than  at  the  ends,  and  measuring  from  2"  to  2|"  in 
length  by  §"  to  I"  in  thickness.  The  sheet  iron,  properly 
stamped  out,  is  placed  in  a  mold  into  which  the  melted  alloy 
is  poured  :  before  the  alloy  has  cooled,  the  mold  is  opened 
and  the  bars  are  removed.  This  alloy  melts  at  500°  Fah., 
and  expands  considerably  on  cooling.  It  improves  on  re- 
castiug,  but  is  always  very  brittle.  The  bars  are  arranged 
radially  around  a  temporary  brass  cylinder,  a  thin  slip  of 
mica  being  inserted  between  the  iron  and  the  alloy  to  pre- 
vent contact  except  at  the  point  of  junction.  Eight  or  ten 
of  these  bars  form  a  ring,  and  the  several  rings  are  placed 
one  above  another,  insulated  from  each  other  by  a  circle  of 
asbestos.  The  inner  ends  of  the  bars  are  heated  by  a  Bun- 
sen  burner,  the  name  issuing  in  small  jets  in  the  annular 
space  between  the  burner  and  the  bars. 

See  also  THERMO-ELECTRIC  BATTERV. 

Clamp.  (Add.)  8.  (Surgical.)  A  jawed  holder, 
to  maintain  parts  in  apposition,  to  prevent  circula- 
tion on  a  line  of  excision,  etc. 

Harelip  clamp Figs.  252,  253,  Part  II. 

Nasal  clamp  ( Epistaxis) .     .    Fig.  239  c.         Part  1 1 . 
Ovariotomy  clamp      .     .     .     Figs.  439-444,  Part  III. 

Pile Fig.  579,  Part  III. 

Scrotal Figs.  175,  176,  Part  1IF. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

9.  (Boat.)     An  iron    brace    to   hold   the    boat's 
mast. 

10.  (Leather.)     A  wooden  bench-screw,  carrying 
two  checks,  used  to  prevent  the  leather  from  mov- 
ing during  the  operation  of  stoning  or  slicking. 

11.  A   stirrup-shaped    metallic  piece  and   bind- 
ing screw  to  hold  one  of  the  elements  of  a  battery 
and  make   the  electric  connection.     See  CARBON 
CLAMP. 

Clamp  Coupling.  A  means  of  uniting  the 
adjacent  ends  of  two  shafts  in  a  thimble.  The 

Fig.  624. 


Fig.  625. 


Clamp  Coupling. 

coupling  is  formed  from  one  casting',  combining 
the  inner  clasps  with  the  outer  casing,  between 
which  are  inserted  lengthwise  fine  thread  taper 
screws.  The  clamps  are  divided  across  the  center 
of  the  coupling,  and  are  independent,  embracing  the 
ends  of  the  respective  shafts, 
which  may  thus  differ  slightly 
from  each  other  without  im- 
pairing the  bite. 

See  also  COMPRESSION 
COUPLING. 

Clamp  Dog.  Used  for 
finished  work  and  many  other 
purposes  :  a  means  of  holding 
them  in  the  lathe  so  as  to  par- 
take of  the  motion  of  the  head 
spindle. 

Clamp  For'ceps.  (Den- 
tistry.) A  forceps  for  holding 
the  little  sheet-metal  clamp  Le  Count's  Clamp  Dog. 


CLAMPING   TOOLS,  ETC.  199 


CLEANING   HOLE. 


which  holds  the  rubber  dam  in   position    on    the 
tooth.     See  DAM  CLAMP. 
Clamp'iiig  Tools,  Vises,  Wrenches,  etc. 

See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Adjustable  vise.          Laryngeal  forceps. 
Alveolar  forceps.         Main-spring  vise. 
Anvil  vise.  Matrix  pliers. 

Arrow-head  forceps.  Molar  forcep;. 
Artery  forceps.  Needle  forceps. 

Backing  boards.          Nose  compress. 
Band-saw  brazer.         Nut  wrench. 
Band-saw  holder.        Parallel  vise. 
Band-saw  tongs. 
Basin  wrench. 
Bench  cramp. 
Bench  screw. 
Bench  stop. 


edge  as  will  he  exposed  to  the  weather ;  and  the 
exposed  edge  jointed  or  molded. 

The  frame  of  the  clapboard  planer  is  of  iron,  and 

626. 


Biscuspid  forceps. 
Boring  bar  clamp 


Pinchers. 
Pine-litter's  vise. 
Pipe  grip. 
Pipe  tongs. 
Pipe  vise. 
Pipe  wrench. 
Placenta  forceps. 


Boring  bar  wrench.    PI ite  nippers. 

Brazing  tongs.  Pliers. 

Burner  pliers.  Plug  plie:-s. 

Cabinet-maker's  Polypus  forceps. 

cl:imp.  Ratchet  wrench. 

Calking  vise.  Rigger  screw. 

Cant  hook.  Root  forceps 


Carpenter's  clamp.     Rubber-dam  forceps. 


Castrating  clamp. 
Chemist's  tongs. 
Clamp  dog. 
Clamp  forceps. 
Clamp  screw. 
Clevis  tonjrs. 
Cock  wrench. 
Condensing  forceps. 
Cork  presser. 
Cow-horn  forceps. 
Craniotomy  forceps. 
Crow. 

Crowded  teeth  forceps. 
Dental  forceps. 
Dentes-sapientise  forceps. 
Die  dog. 
Die  holder 
Dilating  forceps. 
Door  clamp. 
Double-jaw  vise. 
Double-screw  vise. 
Dressing  forceps. 
Drilling  clip. 
Ear  forceps. 
Excising  forceps. 
Floor  cramp. 
Foot  vise. 
Frame  clamp. 
Gas-tube  vise. 
Hand  clamp. 
Hand  vise, 
llorse-shoers'  vise. 
Hose  wrench. 
Incising  forceps. 
Incisor  forceps. 
Joiners'  clamp. 


Sash  clamp. 

Saw  cramp. 

Saw  filing  clamp. 

Saw-filing  vise. 

Screw  clamp. 

Screw  forceps. 

Screwing  stock. 

Screw  wrench. 

Scrotal  clamp. 

Seizing  forceps. 

Separating  forceps. 

Shackle  jack. 

Spanner. 

Spicula. 

Sudden  grip  vise. 

Swan's-neck  needle  forceps. 

Swivel  vise. 

Tape  forceps. 

Tap  wrench. 

Tenaculum  forceps. 

Tire-bolt  clamp. 

Tire  shrinker. 

Tire  upsetter. 

Tongs. 

Trachea  forceps. 

Tube  chuck. 

Tube  tongs. ' 

Upending  tongs. 

Upright  vise. 

Uterine  forceps. 

Vesico-vaginal  clamp. 

Vise. 

Vise  clamp. 

Wrench. 

Wrench  handle. 

Y. 


Clamp  Mill'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Fire-arms.)  A 
machine  used  for  special  parts  of  the  Springfield 
rifle,  such  as  the  firing-pin,  etc. 

Clap'pers.  Two  thick  plates  of  iron,  between 
which  thin  steel  springs  are  placed  while  hot  to  be 
hardened. 

Clap  Net.  One  having  hinged  sections ;  used 
in  bird-catching. 

Clap'per  Stay.  A  detent  for  the  clapper  in  a 
bell.  Used  in  silent  practice  on  tower  or  church 
bells  ;  a  substitute  for  muffling  with  pieces  of  rope. 

"Engineer "....• *  xlvii.  243. 

Clapboard  Pla'ner.  A  machine  for  planing 
clapboards.  This,  in  the  Eastern  States,  means  sid- 
ing or  outside  weather-boarding  for  houses.  In  the 
West,  the  term  is  applied  to  a  3'  or  4'  board  used 
for  roofing- 
Referring  to  the  first  meaning,  as  the  machine 
under  consideration  is  of  Vermont  manufacture, 
the  practice  is  to  saw  clapboards  directly  from  the 
log,  towards  the  center,  making  a  thick  and  a  thin 
edge.  Such  boards  are  4'  or  6'  long,  subsequently 
planed  to  a  thicknesfe  as  far  back  from  the  thicker 


Fig.  627. 


Clapboard  Planer. 

the  feed-rollers  have  a  length  for  taking  two  clap- 
boards at  a  time,  sticking  a  molding  on  the  edge  of 
each  while  running  through. 

The  countershaft  and  pulleys  are  shown  on  the 
floor  alongside  of  the  machine. 

Clar'i-net.  (Music.)  A  reed  instrument  hav- 
ing a  compass  of  three  and  a  half  octaves  written 
on  the  G  clef.  Four  registers  are  reckoned  on 
the  clarinet :  the  low,  the  chaluineau,  the  medium, 
and  the  high.  There  are  four  clarinets  in  general 
use.  The  small  clarinet  in  E  [>;  the  clarinets  in  C, 
B  \>,  and  in  A.  The  alto  clarinet  is  one  in  F  (low)  ; 
the  bass  clarinet  an  octave  below  the  B  y  clarinet. 

See  also  CORNO  DB  BASSETTO. 

Clasp  Bend'er.  A  dentist's  tool,  for  making 
clasps  for  teeth. 
It  is  a  simple 
pliers  in  which 
the  respective 
prongs  are  con- 
vex and  con- 
cave so  as  to 
bend  to  a  cir- 
cular form  any- 
thing pinched 
between  them. 

Claude  Lor-raine'.  (Optics.)  A  landscape 
mirror.  It  condenses  or  diminishes  the  view  into  a 
true  perspective  effect. 

Clav'i-cle  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical)  Braces, 
supporters,  splints,  and  bandages  for  dislocation 
and  fracture. 

Figs.  66,  123-127,  147,  150,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Arma- 
mentarium C/iirurgicum." 

Clay  Heat'er.  A  heater  for  houses  and  halls 
in  which  baked  clay  is  substituted  for  iron  in  order 
to  avoid  the  disagreeable  or  injurious  effects  of 
the  "  burning  of  the  air."  It  is  a  rude  return  to 
brick  stoves,  the  ultimate  quality  of  which  is  porce- 
lain. See  PORCELAIN  STOVE. 
Crary  clay-heater  .  *  " Manufacturer  and  Builder,''  xi.  139. 

Clay  Tem'per-ing  Wheel.  A  \yheel  for 
working  clay  with  water  to  develop  the  plasticity. 
See  CLAY  MILL,  p.  563,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Mill,  Hind,  Br *  "Engineer^"  xli.  247. 

Mill  and  Engine,  Jackson,  Br.  *  "Engineering,'''  xxiii.  154. 

*  "  Sc.  American  Sup.,''  1105. 
Tempering  mill *  "Manuf.  $  Builder,'1''  ix.  33. 

Clean 'ing  Hole.  (Locomotive.)  A  term  ap- 
plied to  the  means  for  cleaning ;  cleaning  plugs 


Dentist's  Clasp  Bender. 


CLEAR. 


200 


CLIP  CHAIR. 


being  placed  in  the  corners  of  the  fire-box,  and 
blow  off  cock  in  front. 

Clear.  (Glass.)  Said  of  glass,  ware  or  window, 
which  is  free  from  dcpolish,  etching,  or  other  pro- 
cess which  dulls  the  surface. 

The  dcpolishing  may  be  made  by  grinding,  acid, 
sand-blast,  etc. 

Half-dear  is  applied  to  objects  which  are  partly 
dcpolished. 

Clear'ing  Bat'te-ry.  (Brewing.)  A  device 
used  in  straining  the  wort  from  the  vat ;  operating 
to  moderate  the  flow  when  the  depth  of  wort  is 
considerable. 


Austrian  . 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  Fig.  6,  *  4077. 
"  Engineer,"  *  1.  266. 


Clear'iug  Ring.  (Fishing.)  One  to  lower 
down  the  line  to  detach  a  hook  from  a  root  or  other 
obstruction  :  or  from  the  mouth  of  a  fish.  The  lat- 
ter is  known  also  as  a  disgarger. 

Clear'ing  Stone.  (Leather.)  A  fine  whetstone, 
used  to  remove  from  the  currier's  knife  the  scratches 
made  by  the  rub-stone.  The  Water-of-Ayr  and 
Welsh  clearing-stones  are  generally  octagonal  slips, 
4"  thick,  and  from  6"  to  8"  long. 

Clear  Sto'ry.  (Railway.)  An  upper  row  of 
windows  in  a  passenger  car,  above  the  main-roof, 
and  on  the  side  of  the  raised  or  monitor  roof. 

Clear  Way.     Said  of  a  valve,  hydrant,  etc. 

One  which  lifts  its  valve  entirely  out  of  the  way 
of  obstructing  the  flow ;  not  compelling  the  water 
to  flow  around  it.  Also  called  full-way. 


the  figure  a  guard  is  placed  in  the  interior  of  the 
thimble  to  fit  loosely  over  the  body  of  the  clew  to 
prevent  the  rope  from  chafing  against  the  upper 
portion  of  the  eye  to  which  it  is  attached. 

Cli'ma-tom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  indi- 
cating the  fluctuations  in  the  conditions  of  sensible 
temperature.  See  instrument  of  Mr.  J.  W.  Os- 
borne,  called  also  Esther moscope,  Fig.  6368,  p.  2550, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Professor  Forbes's  instrument,  described  in  a  paper,  "  Ob- 
servations relative  to  the  Temperatures  to  which  the  Human 
Body  is  exposed,"  1  is  intended  to  determine  the  "  M-nsible 
warmth  of  the  air,"  by  which  is  meant,  not  the  physical 
temperature  which  would  be  measured  by  an  ordinary  ther- 
mometer, but  what  might  be  termed  the  physiological  tem- 
perature or  warmth  of  the  skin,  as  it  is  estimated  by  nervous 
persons.  The  questions  of  humidity,  evaporation,  movement 
of  the  air  enter  intimately  into  the  question. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  cylindrical  can  filled  with  hot 
water  and  covered  with  a  non-conductor.  In  this  a  copper 
rod  is  plunged,  its  upper  end  expanding  into  a  cup  which 
incloses  the  bulb  of  a  thermometer.  The  heat  of  the  can  be- 
ing assumed  as  constant,  the  rod,  the  lower  portion  of  which 
is  plunged  in  the  can,  parts  at  the  exposed  portion  with  its 
heat,  and  this  rate  depends  upon  the  length  of  rod  exposed 
and  the  atmospheric  conditions.  The  length  of  the  rod  is 
made  variable  by  sliding  in  and  out  of  the  heated  vessel. 
The  length  is  adjusted  to  give  a  constant  thermometrical 
reading,  and  the  length  required  to  give  the  constant  is  the 
measure  of  the  sensible  warmth  of  the  air. 

1  [In  a  letter  by  Prof.  George  Forbes,  dated  May,  1879,  and 
published  in  the  "Journal  of  the  Scottish  Meteorological  So- 
ciety," vol.  v.,  p.  273.] 

Climb'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     See  CHIMNEY. 

Fig.  630. 


Clevis  Tongs. 


Clev'is  Tongs.    A  form  of  pipe  tongs  with  a 
swinging  jaw  like  a  cant-hook. 


Fig.  629. 


Clews. 


a.  Heart  clew. 

b.  Clew  thimble. 

c.  Ear-ring  clew 


d.  Clew-bow. 

e.  Clew-bar. 

f.  Spectacle  clew. 


Clew.  (Nautical.)  A  loop  and  thimble  at  the 
corner  or  clew  of  a  sail.  The  means  of  attachment 
of  the  hook  of  the  clew-tackle  to  the  sail ;  the  hook 
engaging  with  the  loop,  and  the  lashing  passing 
around  the  thimble  and  the  sail  rope. 

Clew  Thim'ble.  A  metallic  guard  or  sheath, 
(shown  at  b,  Fig.  629,)  over  the  rope  forming  the 
eye  of  the  sail,  in  order  to  prevent  chafing.  In 


Clinical  Thermometers. 

Clin'i-cal  Ther-mom'e-ter.  A  thermometer 
for  ascertaining  the  temperature  of  the  person. 
It  is  common  to  place  the  bulb  in  the  axilla,  and 
the  bulb  of  the  lower  instrument,  in  Fig.  630,  is 
curved  for  that  purpose.  The  next  instance  above 
Fig  631  t^iat  's  a  straight  thermometer,  with  a  con- 
'  traction  in  the  stem  at  A,  to  prevent  the 
index  slipping  down  into  the  bulb.  The 
pencil-case  thermometer  is  peculiarly  con- 
venient. The  bent  stem  thermometer,  Fig. 
631,  has  also  an  evident  provision  against 
loss  of  index.  In  the  best  form  of  thermom- 
eter the  front  surface  of  the  tube  is  made  in 
the  form  of  a  cylindrical  lens,  the  focus  of 
which  is  in  the  col- 


umn  of  mercury,  thus 
magnifying  it,  ren- 
dering it  easily  read 
off.—  Bed;. 


Bent 

Stem 
Thermr.  Clinometer  Level. 

Cli-nom'e-ter  Lev'el.  An  improved  form  of 
hand-level,  having  also  an  arc  divided  into  angles 
of  elevation  and  divisions  for  slopes. 

Clip  Chair.  A  form  of  chair  used  on  some  rail- 
ways in  England,  to  fasten  the  rail  to  the  metallic 
sleeper. 

The  sleeper  is  an  inverted  trough,  and  through  square 
holes  punched  in  this  trough  a  clip  chair  of  rolled  wrought 
iron  or  cast  steel  is  slipped  from  the  under  side.  The  clip 
chair  is  of  horse-shoe  shape,  one  side  forming  a  hook  about 


CLIP   CHAIR. 


201 


CLOD   CRUSHER. 


2J"  wide,  and  the  other  side  is  like  one  jaw  of  an  ordinary 
railway  chair  for  taking  a  wooden  railway  key.  The  wooden 
key  fastens  the  rail  tightly  upon  the  sleeper,  as  well  as 
holding  the  clip  chair  in  its  place. 

r  1ST 

Clip  King'-bolt.  (Vehicles.)  A 
clip  which  embraces  the  forward  axle, 
and  the  upward  extension  of  which 
forms  a  king-bolt. 

Clip'ping  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
in  which  the  clipping  shears  (Fig.  1330, 
]>.  567,  "Mech.  Diet."}  is  driven  by 
power;  to  clip  horses.  Similar  ap- 
paratus are  used  to  cut  hair,  and  to 
shear  sheep.  Fig.  4942,  p.  2139,  Ibid. 

Horse  clipper,  Casey,  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  210. 


Spring  Saddle  Clip  Plate. 

Clip  Plate.  (Carriafjf.  Hardware.)  A  plate 
lying  upon  the  spring  of  a  carriage,  and  having 
channels  above  for  the  bows  of  the  clip  which  at- 
tach it  to  the  axle. 

Clip  Pul'ley.  A  pulley  arranged  for  a  wire 
rope.  The  perimeter  Fj  gg5 

of  the  pulley  is  made 
up  of  pivoted  clips  in 
pairs,  and  these  close 
in  upon  the  rope  and 
grasp  it,  which  p  r  e- 
vents  its  slipping  upon 
the  wheel.  The  nip- 
ping action  of  the 
clips  is  xipon  at  least 
half  the  diameter  of 
the  pulley,  so  that  the 
wear  of  the  rope  is  al- 
most nil,  the  nipping 
action  ceasing  imme- 
diately and  automat- 
ically the  moment  the 
rope  begins  to  diverge 
from  the  circumfer- 
ence. 

Clip    Swage. 

(Blacksmithing.)  A    A-PPM"?*  Clip  Pulley,  for  Wire 

swage   inserted   in  the  Rope  Transmission. 

hardy-  hole  of  the  anvil,  used  in  finishing  the  clips 
on  horse-shoes.  -^.     ggg 

Clip  Yoke.  A  small  plate 
through  which  the  ends  of  a  stirrup- 
shaped  clip  pass,  and  against  which 
the  nuts  are  screwed. 

Clock.  See  the  following,  which 
refer  to  instances  of  curious  or  other- 
wise remarkable  clocks.  cliP 

Century,  Hile #  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup. ,"  688. 

Curious,  Engle "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  24, 

p.  3. 

Lovelace, Br "Iron  Age,"  xix.,   June 

14,  p.  3. 

Gin/met *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  371: 

xxxv.  401 ;  xli.  132. 

Remarkable "Sc.Amer,"  xxxiv.  17. 

Gas,  EngI "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  325. 

Maker's  hand-turning  tool     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1381. 

Monster,  Dent "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  31. 

Mysterious,  on,  Lockert      .     .     .      "  Tec/mnlogiste,"  xl.  79. 

Rosset *"Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  226. 

Theodore *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  297. 

"  Technologiste,'1  xl.  207. 
Caclot,  Fr.      ......    .  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  214; 

xxxvii.  194. 

"Technologiste,"    xxxix. 
318. 


"Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  405. 
"Man.  §•  Bui/tier,''  xi.38. 
"  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1711. 
" Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,-'  212. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  133. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March 

14,  p.  9. 

"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  440. 
"Sc.  Amer.,''  xli.  191. 


Secrets  of  mysterious     ....  * 

Dials,  luminous          

Self-winding 

Three-wheeled .  * 

Westminster 

Washington  Observatory    .     .     . 

Without  hands,  Gillett  If  Bland  * 

Wonderful,  Meier * 

See  also  DIAL  ;  ELECTRIC  CLOCK. 

Clock     Reg'is-ter    Ther-mom'e-ter.       A 

means  for  enabling  the  meteorologist  to  ascertain 
the  temperature  of  any  given  hour  of  either  day  or 
night  at  will  by  automatic  registration. 

Negretti  £  Zambra  provide  for  this  need  in  a  very  inge- 
nious way,  \vhich  they  term  their  "  patent  recording  ther- 
mometer." The  tube  of  the  thermometer  is  bent  at  the  mid- 
dle so  as  to  form  two  parallel  vertical  arms,  and  it  is  con- 
tracted at  its  union  with  the  bulb,  so  that  when  it  is  turned 
over  and  upside  down,  all  the  mercury  which  is  in  the  arm 
above  the  contraction  runs  round  into  the  other  branch  of 
the  tube,  and  there  measures  exactly  the  same  length,  and 
indicates  the  same  number  of  degrees  on  the  scale  that  it  did 
in  the  first  branch  in  the  original  position.  The  clock  which 
carries  the  thermometer  is  set  like  an  alarum.  It  turns  the 
thermometer  over,  and  so  secures  the  register  of  the  temper- 
ature at  the  hour  at  which  its  mechanism  and  hands  are  set. 

"Journal  of  the  Society  of  Arts  "       1877. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement  " 935. 

Clod  Clear'er.  A  French  machine  to  remov6 
clods  from  grain. 

The  tray  has  a  rocking  motion  on  supporting  bars,  the 
crank  making  115  turns  per  minute.  The  foul  grain,  etc., 
entering  at  A  is  divided  to  each  side,  bounced  from  side  to 
side,  and  sorted  according  to  gravity  ;  the  slope  is  toward  to* 
apex. 

Fig.  637. 


Aspirating  and  Vibrating  Stone  and  Clod  Clearer. 
(Hignette,  Paris.) 

Stone  and  clods  leave  at  the  point  V,  the  grain  passes  into 
the  aspirator,  where  it  is  sorted  by  quality  :  D  second  qual- 
ity, .E  heavy  waste,  P  second  waste  ;  the  good  wheat  has  it* 
discharge  on  the  other  side  (not  shown). 

See  Knight's  Report  Paris  Exposition  1878  .     .  *  v.  199. 

Clod  Crush'er.  A  rough-faced  roller  for  break- 
ing clods  in  the  field. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Class  76  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of 
Fig.  638. 


Clod-crusher  and  Compressor.    (Demarly,  Origny-Sainte- 
Benoite,  France.) 


CLOD    CRUSHER. 


202       CLOTH   MEASURING    APPARATUS. 


1878,  contains  views  of  the  following  (see  "Paris  Exposition 
(1878)  Reports,"  vol.  v.,  pp.  99-lul)  :  — 

Clod-crusher,  Lowcoclc  if  Burr,  Engl. 

''Excelsior  '-clod-crusher,  Pickxley  If  Sims,  Engl. 

Crosskill  clod-crusher,  Puzennt,  Fr. 

Clod  crusher  and  compressor,  Demarly  et  Cie,  Fr. 

Fig.  638  shows  the  Demarly  implement.  Besides  the  un- 
equal sizes  of  the  roller  sections,  in  alternate  order,  they 
have  an  ability  to  slip  transversely  upon  the  axis.  By  this 
means,  though  of  varying  size,  they  may  present  themselves 
in  straight  line  upon  a  level  surface  ;  either  may  lift  in  yield- 
ing to  a  large  clod  ;  and,  as  the  surface  rotation  of  each  is 
equal,  the  rate  of  motion  of  the  larger  ones  on  the  common 
axis  is  slower  than  that  of  the  smaller  rings,  and,  therefore, 
any  clods  g-etting  between  them  are  ground  to  powder,  and 
the  spaces  between  them  are  not  choked. 
Kaiidell's  clod  crusher,  Br.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  35. 

Cloi-SOii-ne.  1,  (Fiw  Art  Metal  Working.)  A 
pattern  is  raised  on  a  metallic  surface  by  means  of 
wire  or  strips  welded  on  to  it,  and  enamel  spread 
in  the  spaces,  doisons,  between  the  raised  metal. 

A  species  of  inlaying  resembles  it  in  this  respect, 
that  the  lines  are  engraved,  wires  laid  into  them 
and  the  surface  burnished  down  to  hold  the  wire  in 
position. 

Champ-leve  has  lines  engraved  in  the  metal  and 
filled  with  enamel. 

Shushikuiva.il "  Technologists, '•  xli.  519. 

See  lists  FINE  ART  METAL  WORKING  ;  ART  IN 
VARIOUS  MATERIALS  ;  CERAMICS. 

2.  A  coin  on  which  a  subsequent  impression  has 
been  imposed  on  the  previous  one. 

Clos'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  sewing  machine  for 
boot-closing,  stitching  soles  to  welts,  and  for  light 
harness  work.  The  machine  makes  a  lock-stitch 
with  two  threads,  botli  sides  alike. 

Cloth-cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  Of  the  three 
power  cloth-cutting  machines  shown  at  the  Centen- 
nial Exhibition  in  1876  :  — 

Albin  Warth's  machine  employs  a  reciprocating 
cutter  blade  in  a  turning  head  at  the  end  of  a 
pivoted  arm  guided  on  a  track  or  rail  at  the  side  of 
the  table  on  which  the  cloth  rests.  It  operates  bet- 
ter than  n  rotary  knife  on  curved  lines  and  corners. 

Sanson's  machine  is  a  spring-arm  band-saw  ma- 
chine, accurate  and  swift. 

Fenno  employs'  a  rotary  cutter  at  the  end  of  a 
universally  movable  arm. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
Cutter  band  knife, 

Powis  Bale  $  Co.,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  235. 
Cutting  machine,  Sanson,  Br.  *  "Engineer,''1  xli.  393. 
Cutting  machine,  Sanson,  Br.  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  4312. 

Warth "Thurston's  Vienna  Kept." 

Hi.  820. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  320. 
Cloth  finishing  machine, 

Pierron .if  Dehaitre,  Fr     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  4023. 
Folding  machine  (Fr.)     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  178. 
Inspector.  Bolting  cloth,  Deal.  *"Sc.  American,"  xl.  326. 
Press,  Boomer  If  Bos.che.rt    .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer."  xlii.242. 
Testing  machine,  Riehl  .     .     .  *"Manf.  if  Builder,"  xi.  178. 

Hausner *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1236. 

Clothes  Dry'er.  An  application  of  the  cen- 
trifugal machine  to  the  partial  drying  of  clothes, 
preliminary  to  the  drying  closet,  which  see. 

The  essoreuse  shown  in  Fig.  639  is  made  to  go  by 
hand  or  by  power,  being  one  of  the  smaller  sizes. 

Brooks "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxiv.  99. 

Clothes  wire-fastener,  Almont*  "Scientific  Am.,''  xxxv.  166. 
Clothespins *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.  227. 

Clothes  Pin.     The  machinery  used  in  making 
clothes  pins  consists  of 
Bolting-up  saw  for  working  log  into  slabs. 
Splitting-saw  for  working  slabs  into  rods. 
Cross-cutter  or  cutting-up  machine. 
Lathe  for  rounding. 
Slotter. 

Cloth  In-spect'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
in  which  the  cloth  is  exposed  in  a  smooth,  inclined 


Fig.  639. 


French  Clothes  Dryer.    (Beaitme  a  Boulogne.) 

surface  to  the  view.  It  may  also  be  brushed,  burled, 
or  trimmed  during  momentary  stoppage  of  the  au- 
tomatic motion. 

Fig.  640. 


Cloth  Brushing,  Trimming,  and  Inspecting  Machine. 
Cloth  Meas'ur-ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     A  wind- 


h'ig.  641. 


ing  machine  winch  takes 
the  cloth  from  the  bolt  or 
pile,  runs  it  over  a  meas- 
uring roller,  then  over 
stretching  rollers  at  the 
back  of  the  machine,  and 
from  thence  to  the  wind- 
ing jaws  which  bold  the 
board  on  which  it  is 
wound.  The  measuring 
roller  has  a  worm  which 
operates  the  vertical 
shaft,  on  the  top  of  which 
is  a  dial  which  indicates 
the  length  wound,  and 
the  pointer  is  set  to  zero 
for  each  operation. 

In  the  cloth-measuring  ma- 
chine of  White,  Child,  $  Co.,  of 
London,  the  cloth  runs  upon 
a  smooth  and  level  table  and 
underneath  a  wheel  of  known 
circumference,  the  revolu-  Cloth  Measuring  and  Winding 
tionsof  which  are  counted  by  Machine. 


CLOTH   PRESS. 


203 


CLUB-FOOT  APPARATUS. 


worm  gearing  and  dial.     It  is  adapted  for  measuring  and 
rolling  cloth  m  salesrooms. 

" Scientific  American'1'  ...          .          *  xxxix.  54. 

Cloth  Press.  A  machine  for  pressing  cloth 
in  transitu  or  in  bolt. 

Nussey  $  Leachman,  Leeds,  England,  make  a  powerful 
automatic  machine,  in  which  the  woolen  cloth  is  fed  inter- 
mittingly  between  steam-heated  platen  and  bed-piece.  These 
are  driven  together  with  a  force  of  1  ton  to  the  square  inch, 
by  a  steam-pump  acting  as  a  hydraulic  press.  The  whole 
surface  i.s  such  that  the  aggregate  pressure  is  153  tons,  and 
the  pressure  is  maintained  for  lo'7.  The  platen  then  retreats, 
the  cloth  is  automatically  advanced,  bringing  a  fresh  position 
between  the  pressure  surfaces,  which  are  again  advanced, 
and  so  on.  The  cloth  at  the  fee;l-cnd  is  fed  over  smoothing 
rollers.  The  machine  was  shown  at  the  Centennial  Exhibi- 
tion. 

In  the  continuous  cloth  press  of  Harwood  $  Quincy,  of 
Boston,  Mass.,  the  cloth  goes  direct  from  the  shearing  ma- 
chine to  the  press  where  it  is  brushed  and  pressed  simul- 
taneously. 

The  cloth  to  be  pressed  passes  over  bars  and  friction  roll- 
ers, then  over  the  upper  part  of  a  brush,  and  thence  between 
a  roller  and  concave  bearing,  and  finally  over  another  roller 
and  the  plaiter.  The  bearings  are  heated  or  not,  as  desired  ; 
the  pressure  may  be  brought  up  by  the  lever  to  6  tons. 
When  no  pressure  is  required,  the  machine  may  be  used  as  a 
brushing  frame  only.  For  the  purpose  of  steaming  the  fab- 
ric it  is  necessary  to  heat  the  roller,  and  to  cover  it  with  a 
thick  felt.  —  "  Textile  Manufacturer.'' 

The  machine  of  M.  Hirst  is  described  in  Laboulaye's  "Dic- 
tionnaire  ties  Arts,-'1  etc.,  article  "Laine,"1  *vol.  ii.,ed.  1877. 
Boomer  if  Boschert   .     .  "Scientific  American,''  *  xlii.  242. 
"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  *  2326. 

Cloth-shear'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  to 
cut  the  nap  of  undressed  cloth.  See  pp.  575,  576, 
and  Figs.  4922-4924,  p.  2135,  "Mech.  Diet." 

For  French  woolen  cloth-shearing  machine,  see  Figs.  1339- 
1351,  article  "  Laines,"  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  ties  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  tome  ii.,  ed.  1877.  Machines  of 

Lewis  $  Davis Figs.  1339-1343. 

Vai-is Figs.  1344-1348. 

Pouixtrt Figs.  1349-1351. 

Cloth  Stretch'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  stretching  and  softening  fabrics. 

In  the  machine  of  Devilder  (France)  several  cylinders  and 
rollers  are  supported  by  a  cast-iron  frame,  and  operated  by 
power  transmitted  by  a  belt  and  gearing.  The  necessary 
pressure  on  the  goods  is  produced  by  a  weight,  pulleys,  and 
levers.  The  goods,  rolled  on  the  lower  cylinder  in  the  rear 
part  of  the  machine,  are  carried  between  a  zinc  cylinder 
and  a  wooden  roller  situated  directly  above  the  lower  cylin- 
der. The  zinc  cylinder  runs  in  a  trough  filled  with  water. 
By  this  means  the  necessary  degree  of  moisture  is  imparted 
to  the  goods.  They  are  next  taken  up  by  a  bar  at  the  top  of 
the  machine,  which  may  be  regulated  so  as  to  increase  or 
lessen  the  tension  of  the  goods.  From  this  bar  the  goods 
pass  to  the  stretching  cylinder,  which  is  composed  of  sixteen 
copper  plates  revolving  around,  and  alternately  approaching 
to  and  receding  from,  a  common  axis.  The  approach  takes 
up  the  first  half  of  the  revolution  and  the  return  the  sec- 
ond half.  The  goods,  by  this  means,  are  well  stretched  ; 
they  are  afterwards  rolled  on  a  wooden  cylinder  below  the 
stretcher.  —  *  "•Revue  Industrielle."1 
" Scientific  American  " *  xl.  227. 

Cloth  Test'er.  A  machine  for  testing  the 
strength  of  cloth  by  direct  pull. 

Richie  Brothers'  cloth-testing  machine  is  shown  in 
Fig.  642.  One  end  of  the  sample  of  cloth,  paper, 
or  twine  is  inserted  in  a  clamp  attached  to  the 
weighing  mechanism  and  the  other  end  wrapped 
around  a  roller.  The  strain  is  put  on  by  turning 
a  hand-wheel,  and  the  beam  kept  in  equipoise  by 
shifting  the  running  weight.  The  strain  is  con- 
tinued until  the  sample  breaks,  the  result  of  the 
test  being  indicated  on  the  scale  in  pounds.  The 
scale  levers  are  inclosed  in  the  box  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  frame. 

Yarn,  fiber,  and  paper  testers  operate  in  a  similar  manner. 
See  list  under  MEASURING,  ETC.,  INSTRUMENTS. 

"  The  official  test  of  resistance  of  tissues  and  cordage  shows 
the  nature  of  the  yarn  and  the  quantity  of  matters  contained 
thei'eiu  by  the  following  triple  method  :  — 


"a.  The  weight  of  the  tissue  per  square  yard  is  taken  after 
the  samples  have  been  well  dried  in  the  stove  or  in  the 
sun. 

Fig.  642. 


Riehle  Brothers'   Cloth   Tester. 

"  b.  The  number  of  threads  in  warp  and  weft  is  ascertained 
by  the  ordinary  thread  counter  of  a  quarter-inch  field. 

"  c.  The  resistance  to  traction  of  either  tissues  or  cordage  is 
measured  by  means  of  an  apparatus  which  has  two  jaws,  be- 
tween which  the  tissue  or  cord  is  fixed,  one  jaw  being  station- 
ary and  the  other  connected  with  a  lever,  which  is  loaded 
until  the  sample  breaks.  In  France  the  apparatus  used  is 
the  dynamometer  of  Perreaux.  For  tissues  the  trials  are  made 
with  bands  16"  long  and  2"  wide,  one  cut  lengthwise  and  an- 
other crosswise  of  the  stuff 

"The  following  are  the  conditions  required  by  the  navy 
and  public  offices  for  the  following  principal  tissues  :  — 


Resistance 

per  centi- 

of a  band 

Kind  of  Tissue. 

meter. 

Weight 
per 

5  cm.  wide. 

o)  • 

a   • 

square 

ji 

"S  *•* 

•$& 

meter. 

bo  5] 

£* 

££ 

f? 

«S 

Hand  loom  cloth      

k. 
435 

k. 

32,~33 
22 

10,11 
18 

345 

540-560 
330-370 
550 

130 
270 
200 
275 

140 
330 
290 
410 

Tilt  cloth     

Double  yarn  hammock  cloth  . 
Sail  cloth,  No.  1   

Sail  cloth.  No.  6  
Sail  cloth,  No.  8,  single  yarn  . 

24,  25 
16-18 

10 
13,  14 

350 

2711 

170 
135 

255 
200 

"  After  experimenting  on  samples  well  dried  at  a  tempera- 
ture of  about  30°  C.,  the  same  should  be  repeated  with  oth- 
ers damped  with  water,  which,  of  course,  generally  offer 
greater  resistance  than  dried  samples.'' 

The  cloth  tester  of  MM.  Chavin  and  Marin-Darbel,  of  Paris, 
is  shown  in  '•'•Scientific  American,'''  *  xxxix.  211. 

The  cloth  tester  used  by  M.  Oiffard  in  testing  the  fabric  of 
his  captive  balloon,  Paris,  1878, is  shown  in  "'Scientific  Amer- 
ican,''' *  xxxix.  194. 

See  also  Riehle  .  *  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  xi.  178. 
Hausner  .  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  1236. 

Cloth-Wind'ing  Ma-chine'.  See  CLOTH 
MEASURING  AND  WINDING  MACHINE;  CARPET 
WINDER. 

Clouds,  Ap'pa-ra'tus  for  Meas'ur-ing 
heights  of.  John  Harmer  of  Wick,  near  Arundel, 
Britain,  has  invented  a  method  of  estimating  the 
height  of  clouds  by  photography  and  the  stereoscope. 
Described  in  "Nature,"  Dec.  30,  1880,  pp.  145, 195. 

**tt * ^»_          r     f-t    -        i.  A 


Fig.  643. 


Clov'er  Leaf  Sight.  A  rear 
gun-sight  having  side  lobes,  which 
slightly  resemble  two  foils  of  the 
clover  leaf. 

C 1  u  b'-Foot    Ap'pa-ra'tus. 
(Surgical.)     Apparatus  to  bring  a 
constant  pressure  upon  the  foot  to 
bring  it  to  symmetrical  position.  Q 
The   talipes     apparatus    varies    according    to   the 
nature  of  the  deformity. 


CLUB-FOOT    APPARATUS. 


204 


COAL  ELEVATOR. 


The  figures  following  refer  te  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum." 

For  talipes  varus Fig.  63,  Part  IV. 

Kor  talipes  valgus Figs.  64,  65,  Part  TV. 

<<'or  talipes  cafcaneus          1'igs.  67,  68,  Part  IV. 

Artificial  muscles Fig.  76,  Part  IV. 

Appa;  atus  to  evert  the  feet    ....  Fig.  77,  Part  IV 
Apparatus  for  contracted  tendoachillis, 

talipes  equinus Fig.  62,  Part  IV. 

Shoe  tor  partial  paralysis  of  the  foot  .  Fig.  143  a,  b,  Part  IV. 
Club  foot  extension  apparatus    .     .     .  Fig.  23,  supplement. 
MacOwen's  chisel  for  bow  legs,  etc.    .  supplement. 

Clus'ter  Spring.  (Railway.)  One  formed  of 
a  number  in  a  group.  A  group  spring.  See  Fig. 
1 143,  p.  483,  "Meek.  Diet."  " 

Clump.  A  thick  outer  sole  attached  by  springs 
or  cement  to  the  ordinary  boot  sole. 

Clutch.  (Nautical.)"  The  reentering  angle  at 
the  junction  of  the  arm  and  shank  of  an  anchor. 
The  throat.  See  d,  Fig.  191,  p.  96,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Clutch  Coupling.     Fig.  644  shows  a  clutch 

Fig.  644. 


Clutch  for  Countershafts. 

coupling  as  applied  to  countershafts.  It  has  no 
shock  in  starting  or  reversing,  nor  any  sudden  ten- 
sion of  the  belt.  The  shipper  slide  slips  the  cone 
against  the  clutch  jaws,  expanding  them  and  bring- 
ing the  surfaces  in  contact  to  produce  motion.  See 
also  FRICTION  CLUTCH. 

For  rolling  mills,  Beauresard  *  "Min.  le  Se.  Press'11  xxxvii. 
65. 

Gear,  Burrett,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  442. 

Pulley,  Hunter *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  275. 

Clutch  De-tach'er.  'A  device  for  throwing  off 
the  clutch  in  a  rolling  mill  train. 

Lloyd     .     .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxv  ,  June  17,  p.  11. 

Clutch  Drill.  A  drill  the  motion  of  which  is 
obtained  by  a  lever  which  binds  upon  the  stock  in 
the  forward  motion  and  runs  free  on  the  backward 


Fig.  645 


Friction  Clutch  Drill. 

motion ;  pins  on  the  lever  head  traveling  inclines  on 
tlie  hub  of  the  drill  stock.  The  head  can  be  moved 
from  end  to  end  of  the  stock,  a  feather  traveling  in 
a  slot.  The  strain  is  divided  on  three  points  around 
the  spindle. 

Clys'ter  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     An  enema  syringe. 

Coach.  1.  (Railway.)  A  first  class  passenger 
car,  as  distinguished  from  a  drawing  room  car,  or 
second  class. 


2.  A  passenger  vehicle  plying  for  hire. 

Herdic      .     .  ^Scientific  American  Supplement"  3901. 
Murch.     Patents         147,421.  151,240. 

152,244.  149,779. 

See  also  CAB.  154,572.  7,166.        7,445. 

3.  A  private  close  carriage  of  size  and  preten- 
sions. 

Coach  Bit.  (Manege.)  One  having  large  scroll 
or  straight  checks  made  stationary  on  the  mouth- 
piece, loops  for  the  driving  rein  being  placed  at  dif- 
ferent distances  from  the  mouth-piece,  by  which 
the  leverage  is  increased  or  diminished. 


Fig.  646. 


Coach  Lock. 

Coach  Lock.     A  spring  latch  operated  either 
by  the  cross-bar  handle  on  the  exterior,  or     Fig.  647. 
by  a  lever  from  within  side  the  carriage. 

Coach  Screw.  A  peculiar  form  of 
screw,  with  a  V-thread  and  a  square 
head  like  that  of  a  machine  bolt. 

Coach  Whip.  (Nautical.)  Another 
name  for  the  pennant. 

Coak.  (Nautical.)  The  metallic 
strengthening  piece  in  the  middle  of  a 
block-sheave  ;  pierced  for  the  pin. 

Coal    Dust   Burn'ing   Grate.    A 
grate    peculiarly   constructed    to   burn 
the  anthracite  slack,  which  has  accumu- 
lated to  such  an  enormous  extent  in  the 
anthracite  coal  regions  of  Pennsylvania 
and   Wales.      The  grate  has  usually  a 
large  surface  and  moderate  intervals  be- 
tween bars,  and  the  dust  is  distributed  by 
a  fan-like  motion  of  the  shovel.    In  some  Co 
cases  it  is  introduced  in  a  gentle  and  constant  shower 
by  mechanical  means.     See  WASTE-BURNING  LO- 
COMOTIVE. 

Coal-dust  fuel  ....      '•Scientific  American?'  xxxv.  179; 
xxxviii.  33. 

Loiseau "Scientific   Amtr."   xxxiv.  163; 

xxxviii.  116. 
Furnace,  Stevenson,  Br.  *" Engineer,"  xliii.  335. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  1295. 
Locomotive,  Woollen  .     .  See  WASTE-COAL  LOCOMOTIVE. 
Coal  economizer    .     .     .  See  ECONOMIZER. 

Coal  El'e-va'tor.  The  projecting  track  C 
supports  a  carriage  B,  over  which  and  through  the 
running-block  A,  the  hoisting  rope  runs,  the  end 
being  fastened  to  the  carriage  B. 

When  the  hoisting  engine  starts  the  rope  in  motion,  the 
running-block  A,  with  the  loaded  tub  attached,  rises  verti- 
cally from  the  hold  of  the  vessel  until  the  block  A  strikes 
the  carriage  B.  The  engine  continuing  in  motion,  draws 
both  the  carriage  and  the  bucket  of  coal  up  the  inclined  track 
C,  until  the  bucket  is  over  the  bin  or  car,  where  it  is  dumped. 
The  rope  is  then  slackened  and  the  carriage  and  empty 
bucket  run  back  on  the  track  to  B,  when  the  carriage  is 
stopped  by  an  adjustable  chock  and  the  bucket  descends  to 
the  hold  of  the  vessel  to  be  refilled.  The  running  block  A 
is  hooked  to  another  tub  already  filled  and  ready  to  be 
hoisted. 

When  not  in  use,  the  whole  track  C  swings  on  hinges 
back  against  the  side  of  the  building  entirely  out  of  the  way. 

The  performance  is  usually  25  to  30  tons  per  hour. 

In  Mariller's  hydraulic  coal-hoist,  used  at  Hull,  England, 


COAL  ELEVATOR. 


205 


COAL-TESTING  APPARATUS. 


4 
I 

Fig 

^^ 

^^       fc 

.  648. 

0 

—  —  ^»  __ 

cutting  out  all  the  four  faces  of  the  drift  by  revolving  the 
head  of  the  machine  in  a  vertical  plane  so  as  to  present  the 
jib  below,  above,  or  on  either  side.     The  machine  has  two 
cylinders,  6"  diam.,  12"  stroke,  and  works  by  compressed 
air.     Motion  is  given  to  the  cutters  by  bevel  gearing,  and 
the  shaft  driving  the  cutters  is  capable  of  being  revolved  in 
a  vertical  plane  about  the  horizontal  shaft. 
The  Payton  &  Holmes  machine  (London,  England)  has  a 
species  of  saw  jib  having  a  number  of  teeth  to  which  a  pe- 
culiar pecking  motion  is  given  by  means  of   short   curves 
or  eccentrics.     The  jib  (or  saw)  has  a  swinging  motion  in 
cutting  in  or  out  and  when  sunken  in  the  face  to  its  full 
depth  the  machine  is  traversed  on  rails  along  the  face  of  the 
breast. 
See  notices  under  the  following  references  :  — 
Report  on  coal-mining  machinery  by  A.  Jottrand.  "  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition  Reports,''  Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  338  —  in- 
cluding — 
McDermott's  coal-drilling  machine     *  p.  340. 
Gledhill's  coal-cutter      p  341 
Holmes  $  Payton's  coal  cutter  *  p  342 

* 

b 

, 

m 

Coal  j 

tie  coal  wagons  are  hauled  b. 
He  rising  platform,  and  are 
tie  required  level,  when  thev 

Elevator. 

f  a  Brothe 
loisted  by 
are  run  o 

rhood  capstan  on  to 
a  hydraulic  ram  to 
a  to  the  middle  plat- 

Brown's  coal  cutter      *  p  347 
Coal-breaker,  Hull,  Br.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  135. 
Chute  for  tenders       .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  275. 
Coaling     *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxii   193. 

"  Monitor,"  Brown     .  *  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi'v.  365. 
*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.  ,"  1702. 
Lilienthal  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2587. 

form  over  the  hopper,  and  are  discharged  by  opening1  the 
hopper  doors  and  by  tipping  with  special  hydraulic  apparatus 
for  end-tip  wagons.  While  the  wagons  are  being  discharged, 
the  lifting  platform  is  descending,  and  is  lifted  again  with 
another  wagon  by  the  time  the  previous  one  is  empty.  The 
empty  wagon  passes  on  to  the  second  moving  platform,  and, 
by  means  of  its  weight,  controlled  by  a  hydraulic  brake,  is 
lowered  to  the  ground  level,  and  passes  out  on  to  the  empty 
siding.  The  brake  ram,  being  connected  to  the  hydraulic 
main,  is  of  sufficient  power  to  raise  the  lowering  platform 
ag;iin  to  the  top  without  the  expenditure  of  any  power  be- 
yond that  obtained  from  the  empty  wagon  in  its  descent 
The  tipping  arrangements  allow  of  the  wagon  being  tipped 
in  either  direction,  and  the  hoist  is  fitted  with  the  usual  ap- 
pliances for  adjusting  the  hoppers  and  coal  chutes. 

With  properly  hoppered  wagons,  constructed  to  discharge 
the  coal  freely,  300  tons  of  coal  per  hour  can  be  shipped  by 
the  hoist. 

Colliery  hoist  at  Epinac,  France  *  "  Engineering,"  xxvii.  367. 

Coal  Gas  Test'er.  See  GAS-TESTING  APPA- 
RATUS, infra.  See  also  Fig.  651,  next  page. 

Coal  Miii'iiig  Ma-chine'.  The  coal  under- 
cutting machine  of  Lechner  protrudes  into  the  coal 
a  horizontal  shaft,  armed  with  cutters  and  driven 
by  chain-leaving.  It  advances  straight  into  the 
breast  of  coal. 

The  Brown  machine  traverses  along  the  breast  and  under- 
cuts to  a  depth  of  4'.  It  uses  cutters  on  an  endless  chain 
protruded  into  the  coal . 

The  Gledhill  machine  (British)  also  advances  along  the 
breast.  The  endless  chain  of  cutters  passes  over  a  jib  which 
extends  into  the  coal,  and  the  jib  has  a  capacity  for  a  swing- 
in;:  motion  in  a  horizontal  plane  so  as  to  cut  out  at  the  end. 

Fig.  649 


Shipping,  Smith,  Br. 
Tipping.  Rigg        .     . 
Truck,  Penn.  Railway 
Washing,  Robinson  If  Son 

Stutz 


Hurd's  Coat-mining  Machine. 

The  machine  of  Hurd  &  Co.,  of  Wakeford,  Britain,  has 
also  a  jib  which  protrudes  into  the  coal  and  around  which 
the  chain  of  cutters  passes  ;  but  the  machine  is  capable  of 


*f-J      «« 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  498. 
Lechner *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  78. 

*  "Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  130. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xlii.  81. 
Payton  if  Holmes    .     .  *  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  288. 

Discharging,  B°.uvry,  Fr.  *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  98. 
Getting,  Scotland  .     .     .  *"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  3754. 
Handling,  Sugar  Refinery  *  "Eng.  $  Min.  J.,"  Aug.  23,1879. 
Hoist,  Nuneaton,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  184. 

Hydraulic,  Br "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.- 16,  p.  7. 

Hydraulic  hoist      ...  *  "Engineering,''  Ivii.  231. 
Mining,  Schuylkill,  Pa.  *"Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour."  xxiii.  40, 

.56,72,88. 
Screen,  spiral,  Schmitt  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  416. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  373. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  290. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  8. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  7,  p.  1. 
"Am.  Manuf ,''  Feb. 7, 1879,  p.  11. 

.  *  "  Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  13,  p.  1. 

Evard,fr *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  42. 

Molicres,J?i *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  84,  96. 

Bessiege,  Fr *  "Engin'g,"  xxix  122,  201,  260. 

Washing,  Osterpey,  111.  .  *  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  88. 

Coal   Oil  Fur'nace.     See  PETROLEUM  FUR- 
NACE. 

Coal  Sledge.     A   peculiarly  formed   hammer 
of   from  5   to  8  Fjg.  559 

pounds  weight, 
used  in  coal  min- 
ing and  break- 
ing lumps. 

Coal    Test'- 
ing  Ap'pa-ra'-  Coal  Sledge. 

tus.  An  apparatus  by  which  the  director  of  a  gas- 
works may  readily  ascertain  the  quality  of 
coal. 

Fig.  651  shows  an  apparatus,  designed  by 
M.  Andouin  of  Paris,  by  which  can  be  deter- 
mined, in  less  than  an  hour,  the  quality  of  coal 
from  the  point  of  view  of  the  production  of 
gas,  the  quantity  of  gas  and  coke,  the  lighting 
power  of  the  gas  produced,  and  whether  the 
purification  of  the  gas  is  easy  or  otherwise. 

This  apparatus  serves  not  only  to  deter- 
mine the  value  of  different  coals, "but  also  to 
assist  in  judging  of  the  conditions  under  which 
the  gas-works  is  operated  day  by  day,  in  com- 
paring results  under  diverse  treatment.  It 
also  enables  the  director  to  determine  whether 
the  difference  in  results  is  due  to  change  in 
^^  the  nature  of  the  coal  or  to  changes  in  the 
mode  of  operation  in  the  gas-works. 

The  mode  of  operating  the  apparatus  is  as  follows  :  — 
An  average  sample  of  the  coal  being  selected,  is  crushed 
and  charged  into  an  iron  crucible.     The  weight  of  a  charge 
is  100  to  200  grams,  or  more,  according  to  the  size  of  the  ap 


COAL-TESTING   APPARATUS.  206 


COFFEE  COOLER. 


Andouiri's  Coal-testing  Apparatus. 


paratus.  The  iron  tube  which  has  the  function  of  the  retort 
is  raised  to  the  required  temperature  by  means  of  the  special 
means  indicated  in  the  figure. 

The  furnace  is  heated  by  gas,  which  allows  the  requisite 
degree  of  temperature,  a  bright  red,  to  be  maintained  steadily 
by  means  of  a  gas  regulator  which  determines  the  pressure, 
shown  by  a  manometer  communicating  with  the  tube  f, 
which  brings  the  gas. 

As  soon  •  as  the  required  temperature  of  the  furnace  is 
attained  (in  about  half  an  hour  after  lighting  the  gas), 
which  is  determined  by  a  pyrometer,  the  tubular  retort  is 
introduced  and  the  opening  A  closed.  The  gas,  as  it  is  disen- 
gaged, passes  to  the  gas-holder  G  after  parting  with  its  tar 
and  ammoniacal  water ;  the  holder  has  a  capacity  of  about 
60  liters  and  maintains  a  pressure  at  0°.  The  distillation  ter- 
minated, the  gas,  which  is  measured  in  the  holder,  is  con- 
veyed to  the  purifier  and  then  to  the  photometer  to  be  tested 
for  quality. 

The  retort  is  withdrawn  from  the  chamber  and  rapidly 
cooled,  and  the  weight  of  the  coke  is  readily  ascertained. 

The  right-hand  portion  of  the  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  661 
is  ordinarily  at  some  distance  from  the  retorts,  but  they  are 
shown  close  together  for  convenience  of  illustration.  The 
break  is  visible  near  the  arrow  s .  B  is  the  washer ;  D  the  con- 
denser ;  the  cooled  gas  escapes  by  the  pipe  s  to  the  gas-holder 
6,  thence  by  the  purifier  E  and  the  meter  to  the  photometer. 
1 1  are  the  chambers  in  which  cold  water  circulates  around 
that  part  of  the  retort  outside  of  the  furnace,  c  is  a  screw 
to  close  the  tube. 

Coal-still,  Clements,  Engl.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  85. 

Coal-tar  still " Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2895 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  213. 
Scotland *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2740. 

Coal-tip'ping  Ma-chine'.  One  for  discharg- 
ing the  corves  or  mine  cars  down  a  grated  incline 
into  railway  cars  or  boats.  The  screen  removes 
grades  of  dust  and  small  coal  which  fall  into  cars 
or  receptacles  beneath. 

Riggs *  "Scientific  American,''''  xli.  290. 

Coal-whip'ping  Ma-chine'.  A  form  of  hoist- 
ing apparatus  for  quickly  lifting  the  large  loaded 
buckets  out  of  a  ship's  hold.  It  was  formerly  done 
by  a  set  of  men  called  coal-whippers,  who  used  the 
simple  form  of  apparatus  known  as  a  whip.  De- 
scribed on  page  2770,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Tn  the  coal-whippers'  machine  the  cylinders  act  directly 
upon  the  barrel,  and  an  up-and-down  rope  is  used  ;  the  en- 
gine and  boiler  are  made  separate,  and  are  as  light  as  possi- 
ble, so  that  they  can  be  taken  in  a  boat  alongside  a  sailing 
ship,  and  readily  hoisted  on  board  by  the  ship's  tackle. 

In  some  cases  the  whole  of  the  winches  required  to  work 
the  cargo  in  and  out  of  the  ship  are  driven  from  one  engine 
placed  amidships  by  means  of  a  high-speed  cord  carried 
along  the  deck,  and  protected  by  wooden  casings. 

Co'ap-ta'tion  Splint.  (Surgical.)  A  stiff 
cradle  bandage  to  hold  the  broken  ends  of  bones 
in  apposition.  See  SPLINT. 


Cobalt  Pla'ting.  Cobalt  electro-plating  is 
done  in  a  bath  of  a  neutral  solution  of  the  double 
sulphate  of  cobalt  and  ammonium  ( Gaijfe),  or  the 
chloride  of  cobalt  combined  with  the  chloride  of 
ammonium  and  magnesium,  or  the  sulphate  of  co- 
balt with  sulphate  of  ammonium  or  sulphate  of 
magnesium  (Adams).  See  also  ELECTRO-PLATING. 

"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal'' 
"  Scientific  American  Supplement  " 

Cob  Stack'er.  An  attachment  to  a  power 
corn  sheller  to  raise  the  cobs  from  the  machine  and 
pile  them  at  a  distance.  See  CORN  SHELLER. 

Cock  Al-loy'.  The  Society  of  Mechanical 
Engineers,  of  Vienna,  have  decided  upon  the  fol- 
lowing alloys  as  best  suited  for  cocks  and  valves. 

No.  3. 


xxvi.  136. 
207. 


No.  1. 

Copper 84. 

Tin 22.9 

Zinc 8.4 

Lead 4.3 

Iron     .  ...       .4 


No.  2. 
83 
17 


100 


100 


Total 120 

The  freshly  cast  alloy  to  be  cooled  rapidly  with  water. 
Cock  valve,  Mayer,  Austria    *  "Engineering,''1  xxx.  259. 

Coffee  Clean'er.  1.  A  machine  for  rubbing 
the  parchment  envelope  which  incloses  the  asso- 
ciated seeds. 

2.  A  machine  for  cleaning  mold,  dust,  and  trash 
from  raw  coffee. 

Stafford's  coffee  cleaner  (Br.)  has  a  magnetic 
nail  detector  to  remove  nails.  The  inclined  sieve 
removes  dust. 


"  Scientific  American,    xl. 


"  Scientific  American 

*  "Scientific  American 
*"  Scientific  American 

*  "-Scientific  American 

*  "Scientific  American 


xxxvi.  83. 
xxxvii.  182. 
xxxix.  168. 
xxxvi.  83. 


Cleaning  .... 
Dryer,  Guardiola  . 
Pot,  Sherwood 

Place 

Huller,  Guardiola 
Washer,  Guardiola . 

Coffee  Cool'er.  An  apparatus  for  cooling 
coffee  after  being  roasted  or  kiln-dried  after  treat- 
ment to  clean  it. 

The  machine  consists  of  a  large  blower  or  exhaust,  26"  in 
diameter,  and  a  large  double-bottomed  box,  the  false  bottom 
being  of  heavy  wire  cloth.  The  box  is  supported  on  two 
wheels,  so  that  it  may  very  readily  be  moved  to  receive  the 
material  from  the  roaster  or  dryer  ;  and  so  arranged  that, 
when  the  open  end  is  attached  to  the  open  side  of  the  blower, 
the  air  is  exhausted  from  between  the  bottoms,  and  so  drawn 
down  through  the  material,  and  cooled,  without  dust  or 
smoke  entering  the  room  ;  the  same  being  blown  into  any 
chimney  or  flue,  or  out  at  any  convenient  opening.  — 
Burns. 


COFFEE   HULLER. 


207 


COILING   MACHINE. 


Coffee  Hul'ler.  A  machine  for  operating 
upon  the  coffee  berry  to  remove  the  husk,  or  parch- 
ment envelope  of  the  grains. 

In  Lombard's  coffee  huller  the  coffee  is  placed  in  a  hopper 
that  discharges  011  an  endless  chain  apron  which  carries  it 
in  contact  with  a  system  of  elastic  pads.  The  pads  treat 
each  berry  according  to  its  size,  retiring  and  returning  read- 
ily as  the  grain  of  varying  sizes  pass  under  them. 

The  coffee,  as  it  leaves  the  apron,  is  riddled  by  a  screen 
below,  being  at  the  same  time  cleaned  by  a  fan  working  in 
connection  therewith,  and  falls  into  a  well,  from  which  it 
is  elevated  by  buckets  on  an  endless  belt,  and  discharged  on 
to  a  second  endless  chain  apron  that  draws  it  under  a  stiff 
brush,  by  which  the  berries  are  polished. 

The  berries  then  fall  on  a  second  riddle  that  separates  them 
according  to  size,  and  they  are  discharged  at  their  separate 
spouts. 

Coffee  Mill.      In  the  granulating  coffee-mill, 
Fig.  652. 


Fig.  653. 


Granulating  Coffee  Mill. 

Fig.  652,  the  berries  are  cracked  by  a  coarse  roller, 

and  the  grains  removed  by  the  revolving  sieve  as 

soon  as  they   attain  a  certain  degree    of  fineness, 

the  object  being  to  obtain  uniformity  df  size.     The 

sieve  revolves  on  flanged  friction-wheels,  the  toothed 

roller  and  concave  do 

not    touch    when  the 

machine  rnns  empty. 

The  sieve  is  made  up 

of  6  semi-c  i  r  c  u  1  a  r 

divisions,     which 

successively   return 

their  quotas  of  coarse 

stuff  to  the  grinder. 

Fig.  653  is  a  retail- 
er's mill,  the  roller 
axis  shifted,  one  cover 
removed,  and  the  cut- 
t  i  n  g  disk  exposed. 
The  coffee  from  the 
hopper  above  passes 
between  the  attrition 
surfaces  and  falls  into 
the  tin  vessel. 

Coffee  Roast'er. 

A  multitude  o  f 
small  domestic  and 
larger  warehouse  cof- 
fee roasters  are  in 
the  market. 

A  French  c  o  ff  e  e 
roaster  has  a  spheri- 
cal chamber  of  glass, 
rotating  over  a  special 
.small  furnace.  Coffee  MM. 


Kig.  654. 


The  coffee  roaster  of  Hignette  (Paris)  lias  a  globular  vessel 
C,  in  which  the  coffee  is  roasted  by  the  heat  of  a  brazier  D. 
which  is  placed  beneath  it 
during  the  operation ,  but 
retired,  as  shown  in  the 
figure,  and  a  funnel  sub- 
stituted when  the  coffee  is 
to  be  discharged  from  the 
roaster  into  the  cylindrical 
sifter,  where  the  dust  and 
pellicles  are  removed  from 
it.  The  globu-  ^ 

lar    roaster    re- 
ceives the  coffee 
from    above 
when  the  open- 
ing   is    brought 
into  temporary  apposition 
with  the  flue  hole  in  the 
cover,  J,  of  the  apparatus. 

Fig.  655  shows  Smith:s 
portable  coffee  roaster, 
adapted  to  be  placed  over 
a  stove  or  range.  It  is 
automatic,  revolving  by 
steam  pressure. 

C  o  f  f  e  r     Dam. 

(Hydraulic     Engineer-  c°ffee  Roaster  and  Sifter. 
ing.)       An     inclosure         (    ignette,  Pans.) 
from  which  water  is  pumped,  to  expose  the  surface 
of  the  ground  or  bottom. 

Fig.  655. 


Portable  Coffee  Roaster. 


The  coffer  dam  at  dam  No.  4,  Kanawha  River  improve- 
ments, is  shown  in  "Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers.  V.  S. 
Army,"  1878,  *  ii.  467. 

Conn.  River,  Burrall  .  *  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  366. 
Harlem  River      .     .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  May  11,  p.  15. 
Portable,  "Centennial"  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  22,  p.  1. 
Walsh,  New  York    .     .  *  "Scientific  American," May  8,  1875. 

Coil.  (Heating.)  1.  A  convoluted  pipe  used  as 
a  heater,  evaporator,  condenser,  as  the  case  may 
be.  The  names  of  coils  are  derived  from  their 
construction,  shape,  purpose,  and  application.  See 
the  following :  — 

Bell.  Manifold. 

Box  coil.  Pipe  stand. 

Branch.  Radiator. 

Circular  tank  coil.  Return  bend. 

Coil  hanger.  Return  bend  coil. 

Coil  heater.  Ring  plate. 

Coil  plate.  Sleeve. 

Coil  screen.  Soap  coil. 

Coil  stand.  Spiral  tank  coil. 

Condensing  coil.  Square  spiral  tank  coil. 

Cone  joint.  Square  tank  coil. 

Double  cone  coil.  Taper  screw  joint. 

Flat  coil.  Tee. 

Flat  square  coil.  Trunnion  coil. 

Heater  coil.  Tuyere  coil. 

Helical  tank  coil.  Tymp  coil. 

Hour-glass  coil.  Vertical  tube  coil. 

See  also  instances  under  CONDENSER,  REFRIGERATOR,  RADI- 
ATOR, FEED-WATER  HEATER,  etc.,  etc. 

2.  (Electricity.)  a.  The  bundle  of  soft  iron  wires 
in  the  center  of  the  helix,  b.  The  wrapping  of  in- 
sulated wire  around  the  core  of  an  electro-magnet. 
Fig.  2672,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Coining  Ma-chine'.  The  ovens  and  machine 
for  coiling  bars,  for  making  tubes  for  cannon,  is 
shown  in  Plate  II.,  Appendix  I.  d,  "Report  of  Chief 
of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  A.,"  1877,  pp.  400, 412.  See  also 
Appendix  L,  Fig.  75,  and  p.  549,  same  report. 


COIL  PLATE. 


208 


COLD   SHUT. 


Coil  Plate.  A  plate  with  hooks  or  rings  to 
support  the  horizontal  coils  of  a  radiator  ;  a  steam 
or  hot-water  heater,  evaporator,  or  condenser. 

Fig.  656. 


Coil  Plates. 


a.  Ring  plate. 
6.  Hook  plate. 
r.  Corner  plate. 


rf.  Rosette  plate. 
e.  Movable-hook  plate. 
/.  Wall  plate. 


Coil  Stand.  A  pair  of  coil-plates  (which  see), 
arranged  to  stand  upon  a  floor  and  to  support  the 
various  coils  or  convolutions. 

Coil  Screen.  An  ornamental  open-work  of 
wire  concealing  a  coil,  but  allowing  passage  of  ra- 
diated heat  through  the  openings. 

Coil  Steam  Boil'er.  One  in  which  the  water 
in  coiled  iron  pipe  is  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the 
furnace. 

See  Fig.  5636.  Plate  LXI.,  p.  2317,  "Mech.  Diet.";  also, 
Fig.  2686,  p.  1191,  Ibid. 

A  double  coil  steam  generator  was  shown  in  Paris,  1878, 
by  M.  N.  Roser,  St.  Denis  (Seine). 

Coin  Al-loy'.  An  alloy  for  coins,  prepared 
by  Johnson,  Matthey,  &  Co.,  of  London,  is 

Aluminum 98 

Nickel 2 

Jt  is  light  (Sp.  gr.  2.75),  does  not  tarnish;  and 
is  too  light  to  be  mistaken -for  silver.  See  also 

supra. 

*  "  Manufacturer  and  Builder,'''  ix.  118. 
"  Iron  Age,''1  xxi.,  March  28,  p.  7. 

*  "Scientific  American,'1''  xxxviii.  355. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2892. 

*  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnairf    desArts  et 

Manufactures,''  article  "Monnaie,'1'1 
vol.  ii.,  ed.  1877. 

Bar'row.      A    large,    semi-cylindrical 


Detector,  Sutton 
Silver  dollars 
Tester,  Doherty  . 
Philadelphia  mint 
Apparatus      .     . 


Coke 


Coke  Barrow. 


sheet-iron    two-wheeled   barrow    used    about   coke 
ovens  and  furnaces. 

French     .     ;     .     .     .  "Scientific  American,1"  *  xxxix.  322. 

Coke-con-sum'ing  Bat'te-ry.    (Electricity.) 


The  coke  is  imbedded  in  melted  nitrate  of  potas- 
sium or  sodium  ;  the  former  being  burned  at  the 
expense  of  the  oxygen  of  the  latter.  Tin-  negative 
electrode  is  cast-iron.  Invented  by  Jalilnclikoff. 

Niaudet,  American  translation '1  in. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement," 1759. 

"English  Mechanic" *  xxvi,  109. 

Coke  Fork.  A  ten-tined  fork  for  shoveling 
coke. 

Coke    Fur'nace.       See   the    following   refer- 
ences :  — 
Oven,  Aiken     ....     .  *"  Scientific  Am.  Sup,"  1026. 

Carre,  Besseges,  Fr.  ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  399. 
Stove,  article,    "  Chntiffage  '•'•      Laboulaye's  "Diet,  ties  Arts," 

etc.,  iv.,  Fig.  3458. 
Self-coking,  Fr-rrie   .     .          .      "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  24, 16 

System,  Carve "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  17, 11. 

From  anthracite  dust,  WisUr      "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  30,  9. 
Crusher,    Thwaite  If   Carbutt  *  "Engineer,"    xliii.  159. 
Furnaces,  Br.  ......  *  "Enginee ring,''  xxiv.  227. 

Self-coking,  Ferrie,  Ironton  *  "Iron  A^i ."  xvii..  Feb.  3,  1. 

Manufacture *"/•>•.  Ann rimn,"  xxxiv.  34. 

Ovens,  Bennington  ....  *  "Iron  AW,  ": xxiii.  ,.Iune  26, 1 
Oven,  Ait  ken *  "Iron  Agr,J'  xix.,  Jan.  11,  1. 

See  GAS  AND  COKE  FDRNACE,  infra. 

Cold  Air  •  Ma-chine'.  See  AIK  REFRIGE- 
RATING MACHINE. 

Also  "Scientific  American  Supplement ,"  4011. 

Cold'-i-ron  Saw.  A  circular  saw  for  removing 
the  fag  end  of  a  rolled  rail.  It  saws  through  a 
cold  steel  rail  5J"  deep  in  18  minutes. 

The  cold  saw  used  at  the  Landore  Siemens  Steel  Co.  is 
shown  at  Figs.  18,  19,  p.  14,  vol.  xlii.,  "Engineer." 

Also  used  for  cutting  bar  iron  into  lengths  for  piling,  re- 
heating, and  re-rolling. 

Sellig,  Sonnenthal  ((  Co.,  Br.  *  "Engineer"  xlviii.  472. 
For  rails *  "Engineering,"  xxr.8&&. 

Cold-press'ing  Ma-chine'.      A  machine  for 


Cold-pressing  Machine. 

finishing  by  cold  drawing,  or  for  pressing  forgings. 
It  has  a  pressure  of  from  300,000  to  400,000  Ibs. ; 
stroke  1"  to  6".  It  stops  and  starts  instantly  by 
means  of  Pratt's  friction  clutch. 

Cold  Shot.  (Foundry.)  Small  globules  of 
iron  found  in  chilled  portions  of  a  casting. 

Cold  Shut.  (Add.)  2.  (Founding.)  An  im- 
perfection in  a  casting  owing  to  the  cooling  of  the 
metal  while  flowing. 


COLD   SOUND. 


209 


COLORED   GLASS. 


Cold  Sound.  (Surgical.)  Psychrophor.  In- 
vention of  Dr.  Winternitz,  of  Vienna.  An  instru- 
ment for  treating  pollutions,  spennatorrhea,  and 
chronic  gonorrhea. 

Fig.  659. 


Cold  Sound 

A  double  current  catheter  without  eyes,  the  two  canals 
communicating  near  the  point  of  the  instrument.  It  is  in- 
troduced into  the  urethra  until  its  point  has  passed  the  pars 
prostatica,  and  it  is  then  attached  by  rubber  tubing  to  a  res- 
ervoir containing  water  of  the  desired  temperature.  On 
turning  the  stop-cock,  the  water  flows  into  one  canal  and  out 
through  the  other.  In  this  way  the  caput  gallinaginis  and 
the  entire  mucous  membrane,  are  exposed  to  the  mechanical 
action  of  pressure  and  the  sedative  action  of  cold. 

See  also  Fig.  56,  Sup.,  Tietnann's  "Armani.  Chirurgicum." 

Co-li-fi-che.  (Ceramics.)  A  little  prism  or  tri- 
pod of  refractory  clay,  used  in  a  faience  or  porce- 
lain kiln  to  support  the  enameled  or  decorated 
ware  in  the  second  firing.  They  are  known  as  stilts 
and  s/iurs  in  England.  See  SEGGAR,  Figs.  4815- 
4816,  p.  2089,  "Mech.  Diet."  where  rings,  ridges, 
and  studs  are  shown  supporting  the  ware  in  the 
seggars. 

Col-lap'si-ble  Boat.  One  capable  of  folding 
for  convenient  transportation. 

Crispin's    .     .     .  *  "  Scientific  American,'1  xxxviii.  343. 
Bert/ion's,  Br.      .  *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,''  1327. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  162. 

*  "  Van  Nostranri's  May.,1'  xix.  94. 
Osgood       .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  38. 

"Iron  Age,''  xx.,  July  19,  p.  1. 
See  also  BOAT  :  FOLDING  BOAT. 

Collar.  (Nautical.)  1.  A  bite  at  the  end  of  a 
shroud  or  stay,  to  go  over  the  mast-head. 

2.  A  rope  formed  into  a  wreath,  with  a  dead-eye 
in  the  bight,  to  which  the  lower  part  of  the  stay  is 
secured. 

3.  The  neck  of  a  bolt. 

4.  A  circular  enlargement  on  a  rod. 
Col'lar-laun'der.     The  pipe  or  gutter  at  the 

top  of  a  lift  of  pumps  by  which  water  Is  conveyed 
to  the  cistern. 

Col'lar  Ma-chine'.  Vapey's  horse-collar  block- 
ing machine  consists  of  a  former,  which  can  be  va- 
ried in  length,  and  a  tightener  rope  to  draw  the 
leather  close  to  the  former  or  mold  by  means  of 
lever  and  screw. 
Collar  stuffing  machine,  Lichliter  *  "Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  38. 

Collar  Nail.  A  nail  used  in  blind-soling  boots 
iind  shoes.  Field  §•  Sons.  p,.  ggg 

The  nail  being  driven  into  the  heel 
(or  sole)  as  far  as  the  collar,  the 
outer  lift  (or  sole)  is  driven  on  to 
the  projecting  pin,  and  thereby  held, 
without  the  head  of  the  nail  appear- 
ing upon  the  outer  surface. 

Col'lar    Swage.       (Blacksmith- 
int/. )     A  swage  set  in  the  hardy  hole 
of  an  anvil  and  used  in  swaging  a 
collar  on  to  a  rod.      The  depression 
in  the  swage  is  equal  to  one  half  the 
size  of  the  rod  and  collar  ;  a  top  tool 
laid   upon    the   iron    completes    the     CoUar  Nail- 
form,  the  piece  being  swaged  between  the  two  by 
the  blows  of  a  hammer.    See  also  FULLER,  SWAGE, 
etc.     See  Fig.  661. 

Col-lo'dion.  Gun-cotton  dissolved  in  ether  or 
chloroform. 

It  is  used  for  many  purposes.  See  PYROXYLINS, 
p.  1831,  "Mech.  Diet'"  ;  GUN  COTTON,  p.  1036,  Ibid. 

See  also  CELLULOID,  supra. 
14 


Col'lo-type.  (Photography.)  A  name  given 
to  the  process  in  which  the  image  is  taken  upon 
a  sensitive  colloid  film. 

The  first  attempts  were  made  on  metallic  plates, 
and   the   adhesion  of  the   film 
was  effected  by  the  oxydation     Flg-  661> 
of  the  metallic  surface.     Albert 
introduced    the    use    of    glass 
plates,    Obernetter    used    very 
thin  zinc   plates.      Description  of  his 
process  in  "  Photographisch.es    Wochen- 
blatt."       Reproduced     in     "  Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  2671. 

Col'o-phene.  A  viscid  colorless 
oil,  obtained  by  distilling  oil  of  turpen- 
tine with  sulphuric  acid.  See  Clarke's 
Patent,  No.  6,001,  June  2,  1849. 

Col'or  Com-par'a-tor.      An  ap- 
paratus  by  Dr.  Leeds,  of  the  Stevens 
Institute,  for  making  comparisons  of  Collar  Swage. 
tints  of  color. 

A  rack  holds  ten  comparison  tubes  of  equal  caliber  and 
contents.  An  adjustable  mirror  reflects  the  light  downward 
through  these  comparison  tubes,  and  the  light,  after  passing 
through  slits  ( j"  long  and  \"  wide),  cut  in  a  stage  beneath, 
is  reflected  outward  to  the  eye  by  a  similar  adjustable  mir- 
ror placed  below.  In  the  original  apparatus,  the  supports  of 
the  upper  mirror  are  placed  at  the  front  corners,  so  as  to 
make  the  axis  of  the  mirror  in  front  of  the  upper  row  of 
holes,  and  permit  the  tubes  to  be  lowered  into  their  places 
from  the  top.  Later,  it  was  found  more  convenient  to  slip 
the  tubes  in  from  below,  which  can  be  done  without  rising 
from  one's  seat,  and  in  this  case  the  axis  of  the  mirror  was 
put  directly  over  the  centers  of  the  line  of  holes,  and  the 
mirror  made  somewhat  narrower  (3")-  A  black  cloth,  hung 
from  the  back  upper  corners,  prevents  any  light  reaching  the 
eye  except  that  reflected  from  the  lower  mirror. 

The  comparison  is  effected  by  a  prism  nearly  filled  with  a 
suitable  colored  liquid.  The  prism  is  constructed  by  ce- 
menting within  four  straight  walls  of  plate  glass  the  inclined 
top  and  bottom  sides  of  the  prism  It  is  10"  long,  1J"  wide, 
2J"  at  the  base  of  the  prism,  narrowing  to  3-16"  at  the  apex. 
The  prism  is  cut  off  in  this  manner  at  the  apex,  because, 
when  filled  with  liquid  of  the  most  suitable  intensity  of  color, 
the  graduations  beyond  this  point  are  too  inconsiderable  to 
be  of  value.  The  liquid  is  introduced  through  an  orifice  in 
the  base,  over  which  is  afterward  cemented  a  glass  cover. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "     ....  *  2135. 

Col'or ed  Glass.  (Glass.)  Glass  colored  in 
the  pot ;  as  distinguished  from  enameled,  which  has 
a  surface  of  verifiable  color  baked  on. 

It  consists  commonly  of  two  layers,  white  and 
colored  melted  into  junction,  or  one  laid  upon  the 
other  :  in  some  instances,  white  glass  overlaid  with 
three  or  four  colors.  There  are,  however,  other 
modes.  See  list  under  GLASS,  "Mech.  Diet."  et 
infra. 

The  oxides  of  the  different  metals  form  the  col- 
ors: — 

For  blues:  oxide  of  cobalt  or  safre,  oxide  of  iron,  etc. 

Shades  of  blue,  such  as  violet  or  celestial:  different  propor- 
tions of  cobalt. 

Light  blue,  for  spectacles :  a  mixture  of  cobalt  and  red 
oxide  of  iron. 

London  smoke :  a  mixture  of  oxides  of  copper,  iron,  and 
manganese. 

Black:  by  increasing  proportions  of  the  last  mentioned. 

Purple:  oxide  of  manganese.  Potash  glass  with  manga- 
nese gives  a  bluish  purple  ;  soda  glass  verges  on  the  red.  The 
color  is  made  of  a  deeper  blue  by  the  addition  of  cobalt. 

Brown  purple  :  a  mixture  of  oxides  of  manganese  and  iron. 

Ancient  purple  :  a  mixture  of  oxide  of  manganese  and  red 
oxide  of  iron. 

Yellow  :  a  mixture  of  oxides  of  iron  and  manganese ;  char- 
coal is  supplied  in  the  shape  of  wood  sawdust,  an  increase  of 
which  gives  an  orange,  or  in  excess  red. 

A  mixture  of  ochre  and  silver  applied  to  the  surface  and 
baked  in. 

Green :  a  mixture  of  black  oxide  of  copper  and  oxide  of 
iron  ;  or  replace  a  part  of  these  oxides  by  one  third  of  their 
weight  of  bi-chromate  of  potassium. 

Blue  green :  add  oxide  of  cobalt  to  the  above. 

Yellow  green :  add  yellow  oxide  of  uranium  to  the  recipe 
for  green. 

Red  or  ruby :  brown  oxide  of  copper,  oxides  of  lead  and 


COLORED   GLASS. 


210 


COMBINATION   LOCK. 


tin,  scales  of  iron,  and  borax,  are  added  to  the  batch  in  the 
pot  and  melted.  The  glass  is  dipped  out,  broken  or  ground, 
and  remelted,  with  additional  quantities  of  the  oxides  and 
borax.  The  color  is  not  developed  until  repeated  heatings. 

Opal :  calcined  bones  are  added  to  the  batch  of  glass  in  the 
pot.  Cryolite,  ID;  white  sand,  20:  oxide  of  zinc,  20  :  iu:\k<> 
an  opal  glass,  called  Hot  cast  porcelain.  >>ee  also  CRYOLITE. 

Fluor  spar  added  to  the  batch. 

Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  ties  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  Arti- 
cle "  Verrr." 

"Scientific  American  "       xxxiv.  263. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement  "...     129. 

Fig.  062. 


Colters. 


a.  Rolling  colter 

b.  Caster  colter. 


r.  Knife  colter. 
d.  Standing  colter. 


Fig.  663. 


Col-o-rim'e-ter.  Dr.  Scheibler's  method  con- 
sists in  a  number  of  parallel  tubes  in  which  solu- 
tions of  sugar  and  syrups  are 
examined  for  relative  depths 
and  qualities  of  color. 
Nanquette,"  Terhnologiste,"  xl.  362. 

See  also  DIAPHONOMETER,  infra. 

Col'or-ing  Met'als 

Prepare  a  solution  of  sul- 
phide of  lead  by  dissolving 
\  oz.  of  hyposulphite  of  so- 
dium in  1  11).  of  water,  aud 
adding  |  07..  of  acetate  of 
lead  dissolved  in  8  o/.  of 
water.  Heat  to  200°  Fall., 
and  the  sulphide  of  lead  is 
precipitated  in  brown  flakes. 

Metals  exposed  to  the  solution 
become  colored  — 

Brass  in  the  following  order, 
according  to  the  time  of  exposure, 
and  consequent  thickness  of  the 
coat:  gold,  copper-red,  carmine, 
dark  red,  blue,  blue-white,  red- 
dish white. 

Iron  becomes  steel  blue. 

Zinc  becomes  brown. 

Copper,  the  order  of  brass,  ex- 
cept that  the  gold  color  does  not 
appear. 

If,  instead  of  the  acetate  of  lead, 
sulphuric  acid  be  added  to  the  hy- 
posulphite of  sodium,  the  brass 
becomes  red,  green,  brown,  with 
green  aud  red  iris  glitter. 

See  also  BRONZING,  etc. 

Col-peu-ryn'ter.  (Sur- 
gical.) An  inflatable  bag  in- 
troduced into  the  vagina  to  /•  ^in  cutter 

IT.  Sword  cut 


prevent  prolapsus  uteri. 


. 
g-.  Sword  cutter. 


Fig.  664. 


Col'ter.     The  sward  cutter  in  advance  of  the 
plowshare  and  mold-board.     See  Figs.  662,  663. 
Rotary  colter  grinder      .     *  '•'•Scientific  American,'''  xlii.  198 

Co-lum'bin.  (Electricity.}  The  non-conduct- 
ing material  placed  between  the  parallel  carbons 
of  the  ELECTRIC  CANDLE,  which  see. 

Col'umii.  Built  wrought  iron  columns,  so 
much  used  in  modern 
engineering,  are  made 
in  segments,  which  are 
bolted  together.  The 
construction  of  two 
prominent  forms  is  evi- 
dent at  a  glance.  Figs. 
664,  665. 

Col'umn  Bat'- 
te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
One  in  which  the  ele- 
ments are  formed  into 
a  column.  See  VOL- 
TAIC PILE. 

Comb.  (Add.)  8. 
(Fire-arms.).  The  to]) 
corner  of  the  stock, 
where  the  cheek  rest.- 
iu  tiring. 

Comb  making,  *  "  I\l«»n 
factnrer  and  Buililtr," 
x.  129. 

Com'bi-na'tion 
Au'ger.  An  auyer 
used  in  well  or  shaft 
boring.  It  has  a  long 
barrel,  inclined  throats  at  the  lower  end,  and  de- 
tachable horizontal  cutters.  Used  in  clay,  sand, 
and  other  soft  or  friable  strata. 

Fig.  665. 


Built  Iron  Column. 


Braun's,  Fig.  420,  p.  90 
tarium  Chirurgicum." 


,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 


Pheenix Iron  Co.'s  Wrougkt-iron  Column. 

Com'bi-iia'tion  Ba'sin  Cock.  A  shampoo- 
ing arrangement  in  ^.vhich  the  tube  and  sprinkler 
connect  with  hot  and  Fi 

cold  water  faucets,  so 
as  to  receive  a  min- 
gled stream  of  the  re- 
quired warmth. 

C  o  m'bi-na'tion 
Lock.  1.  A  bank  or 
safe  lock,  the  mechan- 
ism of  which  is  ope- 
rated by  two  gradu- 
ated dials,  whereby 
one  bolt,  common  to 
both,  is  controlled  by 
either  of  the  two  inde- 
pendent dials,  which 
latter  may  be  set  on 
two  different  combi- 
nations, thus  giving  the  control  to  either  o 
persons. 

2.  A  aentafatvm  lock:  see  Figs.  3646-3648,  p. 

1669,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Combination  Cock. 


COMBINATION   PLANE. 


211 


COMPARATOR. 


Com'bi-na'tion  Plane.     A  joiner's  plane,  ca- 
pable, by  adjustments  and  attach- 
ments, of  assuming  various  capaci- 
ties :  such  as  plow,  fillister,  dado, 
rabbet-p  1  au  e, 
m  at  c  h  i  u  g  - 
plane,  etc. 

The  in  a  i  n 
feature  of  the 
plane  is  that  it 
has  a  fence  or 
guide  which  is  Bai/e"  S  Combmatwn  Plane. 

made  to  change  to  one  side  or  the  other,  as  the 
nature  of  the  work  requires,  the  fence  being  also 
vertically  adjustable. 

Com'bi-iia'tion  Plow.  A  plow  having  a 
number  of  optional  shares,  so  as  to  be  convertible 
to  a  number  of  different  uses. 

Combination  plows  are  generally  those  of  the 
smaller  class,  sucli  as  are  used  in  tending  crops, 
rather  than  those  for  breaking  ground  ;  many  are 
found  in  the  varieties  adopted  for  special  culture, 
such  as  beets,  grapes  and  garden  crops. 

Horusby's  (English)  plow  has  a  number  of  mold 
boards ;  also  potato  diggers,  hoe  frames,  etc.,  either 
of  which  can  be  attached  to  the  beam. 
Fig.  668. 


Combination  Plow. 

Farquhar's  convertible  plow,  Fig.  668,  has  double 
shovel,  single  shovel,  subsoil,  bull-tongue,  ridging 
shares  and  bodies. 

Com'bi-na'tion  Open  and  Peep  Sights. 
A  species  of  gun-sight,  Fig.  669,  hav- 
ing several  sights  for  different  distances. 
When  the  leaf  is  down,  a  low  slit-sight 
is  exposed.  When  the  leaf  is  lifted,  the 
peep  sight  may  be  slipped  up  and  down 
on  the  graduated  stem,  according  to  the 
distance  of  the  object. 

Com'bi-na'tion    Spring.      One 
made  by  the  multiplica- 
tion  of   several   similar 
parts 

In  elliptic  springs  for  rail- 
ways see  numerous  examples 
in  Fig.  1144,  p.  483,  "Mech. 
Diet  •' 

Instances  of  the  spiral 
kind  in  Fig.  1148,  same  page.  Combination  Open  Peep  Sight. 

Combinations  of  steel  and  caoutchouc  :  Figs.  1142-1144, 
pp.  482,  483,  Ibid. 

Com'bi-na'tion  Scale.  A  scale  with  several 
beams. 

«.  A  dairy  scale  beam  which  admits  of  weighing 
the  milk  brought  by  a  number  of  farmers,  at  the 
same  draft,  keeping  the  weight  of  each  on  its  own 
beam.  See  CREAMERY  SCALE. 

b.  A   postal-scale   having    separate   beams    and 
poises,  the  graduations  in  grains  and  ounces  (and 
fractions)  on  each  respectively. 

c.  A  weighing  scale  with  one  beam  for  the  cart, 
and  another  for  the  load  ;  with  the  addition  of  a 


third  beam  for  small  weights,  the  second  being  for 
the  thousands. 

d.  A  furnace  scale  for  charging  the  barrow  with 
the  respective  quantities  of  ore,  coke,  and  limestone, 
to  be  dumped  into  the  hopper  of  the  blast  furnace. 
See  FURNACE  CHARGER. 

"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal'"    .     .     .  *  xxvi.  313. 

Com-bined'  Car.  (Railway.)  One  with  sepa- 
rate compartments  for  different  purposes,  as  a  com- 
bined bagyaye  and  express  car,  or  a  combined  mail 
and  passenger  car,  etc. 

Or  :  one  capable  of  being  converted  to  distinct 
uses  ;  as  a  combined  box  and  cattle  car. 

Comb'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  cotton  combing 
machine  of  Heilmann,  of  Alsace,  is  a  marvel  of  in- 
genuity in  preparing  cotton  for  fine  counts  of  yarn. 
The  machine  has  been  somewhat  simplified  by 
Dobson  &  Barlow,  of  Bolton,  England.  The  action 
is  intermittent,  by  means  of  nippers  and  combs.  In 
the  Dobson  &  Barlow  machine  the  nipper  holds 
the  cotton  to  be  combed  against  the  fluted  feed  roll- 
ers. The  cotton  is  drawn  up  into  the  top  comb  by 
the  detaching  rollers,  which  draw  it  in  a  straight 
line  from  the  grip  of  the  two  feed  rollers. 

Some  of  the  following  references  concern  flax, 
and  other  cotton  :  — 

Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures." 
Girard,  French  .     .     .     .  *  ii.,  art.  "  Lin,"  Figs.  1424-1429. 
Worstwortk.  Engl.   ...»  ii.,  Figs.  1430,  1431. 
Fairbairn,  Engl.       ...»  ii.,  Figs.  1432,  1433. 
Wtsttey  4"  Lawson,  Engl.  *  ii.,  Figs.  1450-1452. 

Heilmann *  iy.,  art.  "Peigneuse." 

*  ii.,  art.  "Laines.'' 

Linen,  Homer *  "  Technologiste,"  xxxvii.  24. 

Ward *"  T^chnologiste,"  xxxvii.  27. 

Stephen,  Cotton  (f  Co.    *  "  Technologiste,''  xxxvii.  30. 

Combe  if  Harbour    .     .  *  "  Technologiste ,"  xxxvii.  41. 

VanoutryvK     ....       "  Technologiste. ,"  xxxvii.  215. 
Heilmann,  Lille    .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  3896. 
Pierrard *" Scientific  Amer .  Sup.,''1  2581. 

Com'fit  Pan.  For  making  comfits  and  all 
ixiuds  of  confections  known  as  pan  goods.  The 
pan  i<  heated  by  steam  conveyed  through  an  india- 
rubber  tube.  Another  tube  conveys  away  water  of 
condensation.  It  does  not  revolve,  but  has  a  pecul- 
iar rocking  motion.  See  CONFECTION  PAN. 

Com'mu-ta'tor.  (Electricity.)  An  instrument 
or  arrangement  used  to  change  the  currents  from 
primary  to  secondary,  or  the  reverse  ;  to  change 
the  polarity  of  a  current ;  or  to  change  from  one 
to  more  cells  in  a  constant  battery. 
Mercury,  Lartigue  .  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  153. 

Com-par'a-tor.  a.  An  instrument  for  com- 
paring measures  of  length  together.  The  objects 
to  be  compared  are  laid  on  an  iron  bed,  and  micro- 
scopes with  micrometric  eye-pieces  placed  vertically 
over  the  bed  for  observation  and  comparison. 

In  the  comparator  of  M.  Tresca  but  one  microscope  is 
used  ;  the  bars  to  be  measured  are  placed  side  by  side  upon 
the  bed,  which  is  movable  both  laterally  and  longitudinally. 
One  end  of  the  standard  is  first  brought  under  the  micro- 
scope, and  afterward,  the  corresponding  end  of  the  scale  to 
be  tested  is  by  a  lateral  movement  similarly  brought  into 
the  field  of  view,  and  by  the  slow  movement  of  the  scale 
itself,  if  necessary,  its  terminal  mark  is  brought  into  coin- 
cidence with  the  cross-wires  of  the  microscope.  The  whole 
system  is  then  moved  longitudinally  until  the  opposite  ends 
of  the  bars  come  under  observation,  when  without  disturb- 
ing the  microscope  the  mark  on  the  standard  rule  is  first 
brought  into  coincidence  with  its  cross-lines,  and  subse- 
quently that  on  the  rule  to  be  tested,  the  difference  in 
length,  if  any,  between  the  two  being  measured  by  the  mi- 
crometer. 

b.  Saxton's  comparator  consists  essentially  of  a  mirror, 
which  reflects  a  beam  of  light  over  double  the  angle  through 
which  the  mirror  is  revolved,  and  this  beam  acts  as  an  index 
by  being  caused  to  sweep  over  a  graduated  scale,  having  for 
its  center  the  center  of  the  axis  of  the  mirror.  It  will  be 
obvious  how  measurements  may  be  made  bv  this  ;in-ange- 
ment.  It  is  applied  by  Prof.  A.  F.  Mayer  to  the  observation 


COMPARATOR. 


212 


COMPOUND   ENGINE   PUMP. 


and  measurement  of  the  changes  in  the  dimensions  of  iron 
and  steel  bars  on  their  magnetization. 

See    "Fneniific    American    Supplement  ,''    *  1519,    *  1595. 

*  1(537,  *  lt>94. 

f  .  Lissajous"  comparator  "  consists  of  a  diapason,  to  one 
limb  of  which  is  attached  the  object-glass  of  a  compound 
microscope  :  the  body  of  the  microscope  being  detached  and 
supported  by  an  independent  stand.  If  the  diapason  be 
thrown  into  vibration,  the  image  of  any  small  object  seen 
through  the  microscope  will  appear  to  have  a  similar  motion  , 
which  will  be  magnified  by  all  the  power  of  the  instrument. 
Let  the  object  be  itself  a  point  in  a  vibrating  body,  having 
its  direction  of  vibration  at  right  angles  to  that  of  the  ob- 
ject-glass, and  the  combination  of  the  two  motions  will  pro- 
duce figures,  from  the  analysis  of  which  the  character  of  the 
vibration  of  the  body  observed  may  be  deduced.  When  the 
vibrating  body  is  a  string,  or  other  object  without  conspicu- 
ous points  suited  to  be  used  in  the  comparison,  it  is  necessary 
to  mark  it  in  some  manner.  Different  observers  have  adopted 
different  expedients  for  this  purpose  ;  but  in  order  to  avoid 
loading  the  body  or  altering  its  condition  by  adding  coloring 
matters,  Mr.  Lissajous,  in  the  case  of  strings,  has  employed 
a  cylindrical  lens  to  throw  a  sharp  line  of  light  across  the 
object.  This  creates  a  brilliant  point  moving  with  the 
string  without  in  any  manner  disturbing  its  mode  of  vibra- 
tion.'' —  Dr.  F.  A.  P.  Barnard,  "Paris  Exposition  Reports,''' 

*  iii.  508,  509. 

See  also  ELECTRICAL  DIAPASON. 


Com'pass. 

Mi-ch.  Diet." 


See   list   under  COMPASS,  p.  599, 


'  Scientific  American,''  xli.  81. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  760. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  255. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  67. 
'Telegraphic  Journal,''  iv.  75. 
"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  568. 


Alarm 

Correction,    Thompson 
Differential,  lie   .     .     . 

Japanese 

Nickel  needle,  Fr.    .     . 
Sir  William  Thompson 

See  also  AZIMUTH,  etc. 

Com-pen'sa-tor.  (Gas.)  An  aid  to  the  gov- 
ernor of  the  gas-exhauster  engine,  in  order  to 
maintain  equal  pressure  in  the  main  when  the  ex- 
hauster may  be  working  in  excess  of  the  produc- 
tion of  gas.  The  object  is  to  limit  the  vacuum,  to 
prevent  its  reaching  a  dangerous  degree.  The 
raising  of  a  bell  in  the  compensator  opens  a  valve 
in  the  bye-pass,  <md  allows  the  gas  to  pass  around 
the  exhauster  ineffectively.  See  GAS  COMPENSA- 
TOR ;  GAS  GOVERNOR. 

Com-pos'ing  Ma-chine'.  Flamm's  (French) 
and  Sweet's  (American)  machines,  acting  by  the 
consecutive  impressions  of  types  upon  cliches, 
which  form  molds  for  stereotyping.  Described  in 
article  "Imprimerie"  Laboidaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des 
Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Frazer's  composing  machine  was  shown  in  operation  at 
the  Paris  Exposition,  1878. 
See  TYPE-SETTING  MACHINE,  p.  2675,  "Mech  Diet." 


Com'po-si'tions, 

See  the  following :  — 

Amber. 

Amber,  artificial, 

Asbestos. 

Asbestos  felt. 

Baleen . 

Beeswax,  artificial. 

Black  lead. 

Bois  durci. 

Bolata  gum. 

Bonesilate. 

Boulinikon.         f 

Caoutchouc. 

Caoutchouc,  artificial. 

Caoutchoi  c  solvents. 

Carbolic-acid  paper. 

Cartonpierre. 

Celluloid. 

Cellulose. 

Ceresin. 

Chrome  leather. 

Coral,  artificial. 

Cork  board. 

Cork  leather. 

Corundum. 

Cosina. 

Ebonite. 

Ebony,  artificial. 


Wa'ter-proof'ing,    etc. 


Eburine. 

Eburite. 

Felt. 

Fire-proofing. 

Fire-proofing  cloth. 

Fire-proofing  fabrics. 

Fire-proofing  paper. 

Fire-proofing  wood. 

Fly  paper. 

Gas  and  water-tight  cloth. 

Gas  cloth. 

Grafting  wax. 

Graphite. 

Hemaoite. 

lleveenoid. 

Incombustible  wood. 

India  rubber. 

Ivorine  minerale. . 

Ivory,  artificial. 

Kerite. 

Leather,  artificial. 

Leather,  imitation. 

Leatheroid. 

Leather  waste. 

Lining  felt. 

Meerschaum. 

Meerschaum,  artificial. 


|  Metaline. 
i  Metallikon. 

Mica. 

Mineral  wool. 

Oil  cloth. 

Paper  carpet. 

Paper  fabric. 

Paper  preservative. 

Paper,  fire-proofing. 

Papier-mache. 

Parakite. 

Pastille. 

Pate  de  bois. 

Plumbago. 

Rubber  solvent. 

Shoemaker's  wax. 

Silicate  board. 

Silicate  cotton. 

Slag. 

Slag  cloth. 

Slag  wool. 


Soluble  glass. 
Spence  s  metal. 
Straw- wood. 
Sulphurine. 
Sulphur-sulphide. 
Tar. 
Thiate. 
Tripoli. 
Usudurian. 
Vegetable  leather. 
Vegetable  tallow. 
Vegetaline. 
Veneer,  celluloid 
Vulcanite. 
Vulcanized  fiber. 
Water- proofing. 
Water-proofing  fabric. 
Water-proofing  paper. 
Wax. 

Whalebone. 
Wooden  wall-covering. 


Com-pos'ite  Por'trait.  One  obtained  by 
combining  a  number  of  portraits  into  a  single  re- 
sultant figure. 

See  paperread  by  Francis  Galton,  F.  R.  S.,  before  the  An- 
thropological Institute,  London. 
Partly  reproduced   in  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  389. 

Com-pos'i-to.  (Ship-building.)  A  composite 
vessel  is  one  built  partly  of  iron  and  partly  of 
wood  :  e.  g.,  some  of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  vessels 
which  have  hulls,  the  frames  and  beams  of  which 
are  of  iron  and  the  planking  of  wood. 

See  Wilson's  "Ship-building,"  Wiley  &  Sons,  New  York. 

Com'pound  Ar'mor.  An  iron  plate  with 
steel  facing.  See  ARMOR  COMPOUND;  also  ARMOR 
PLATING,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Com'pound  Cot'tpn  Press.  One  in  which 
a  hydraulic  ram  of  relatively  small  area  and  rapid 
movement  is  used  to  compress  the  cotton  up  to  a 
certain  point,  and  then  a  relatively  larger  and  more 
powerful,  slow-moving  ram  is  used  to  complete  the 
pressure. 

Watson "Engineer,''  *xlv.  38,  46. 

Com'pound  Beam  En'gine.  A  beam  engine, 
with  compound  cylinders,  in  which  the  steam  is 
used  successively  at  a  higher  and  then  lower  press- 
ure. 

See  in  list  of  references  under  COMPOUND  STEAM  ENGINE. 

Com'pound  En'gine.  See  COMPOUND  STEAM 
ENGINE. 

Com'pound  En'gine  Pump.  Appleby's  com- 
pound engine  applied  to  the  centrifugal  pump  is 
shown  in  Fig.  670,  and  is  used  in  Egypt,  where  it 
forms  a  remarkable  contrast  to  the  norias,  shadufs, 
etc. 

The  whole  arrangement  is  self  contained,  all  the  various 
parts  being  attached  to  one  deep  massive  cast-iron  bed-plate, 
which  carries  the  crankshaft  pedestals  and  the  pedestals  for 
the  pump  spindle.  The  engines  are  of  the  vertical  type,  com- 
pound and  condensing.  The  high  pressure  cylinder  is  7"  di- 
ameter, and  the  low  pressure  cylinder  14"  diameter,  so  that 
the  areas  are  in  the  proportion  of  1  to  4,  and  each  has  a  pis- 
ton stroke  of  14".  The  valve  boxes  are  between  the  cylin- 
ders, a  cover  being  provided  at  the  top  for  examination,  etc., 
and  the  cylinders  and  valve  boxes  are  felted,  and  lagged  with 
mahogany.  The  valve  of  the  low  pressure  cylinder  is  the 
ordinary  D  valve,  but  the  high  pressure  engine  is  fitted  with 
a  Mayer's  expansion  gear,  whereby  the  expenditure  nl  str;mi 
can  be  regulated  in  accordance  with  the  height  to  which  the 
water  has  to  be  pumped.  Each  of  the  cylinders  is  mounted 
on,  and  cast  with  a  pair  of  strong  iron  standards,  which  also 
form  the  guides  for  the  cross-head,  a  portion  of  them  being 
bored  for  this  purpose. 

The  jet  system  of  condensation  is  used,  the  condensing 
chamber  being  formed  in  the  bed-plate.  The  cock  for  regu- 
lating the  supply  of  injection  water  and  the  air  pump  are 
in  the  foreground  of  the  engraving,  the  latter  of  the  ram  and 
bucket  principle,  is  driven  by  a  crank  arm  and  pin  on  the 
end  of  the  crankshaft,  the  valves  being  india-rubber  disks  • 
working  on  gun-metal  gratings.  A  spur  fly-wheel  is  keyed 
on  to  the  end  of  the  crankshaft,  this  drives  a  pinion  on  the 


COMPOUND   ENGINE  PUMP. 


213 


COMPOUND  STEAM  ENGINE. 


pump  spindle,  so  that  the  pump  disk  makes  three  revolutions 
for  each  double  stroke  of  the  engines  ;  this  enables  the  en- 
gines to  imiint.tiu  a  very  moderate  speed,  and  obviates  the 
necessity  of  the  constant  repairs,  which  frequently  are  a 

Fig.  670. 


Compound  Engine  and  Centrifugal  Pump. 

source  of  inconvenience  in  very  high  speeded  engines.  The 
pump  has  12"  suction  and  delivery  pipes,  the  suction  pipe 
having  a  foot  valve  on  it,  and  the  delivery  being  provided 
with  a  sluice  valve.  The  pump  disk  makes  about  600  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  and  delivers  2,500  gallons  per  minute  to  a 
height  of  20'.  Small  covers  are  provided  on  each  side  of  the 
pump  casing,  so  that  the  disk  may  be  examined  without  tak- 
ing the  pump  to  pieces. 
See  also  references  under  COMPOUND  STEAM  ENGINE. 

Com'pound  Lathe  The  tour  compost  of  the 
French.  The  term  may  be  held  to  include  the 
geometric,  rose  engine,  oval,  and  engine-turning 
lathes.  Which  see. 

See  elaborate  article, cap.  "Tours  Composts,''1  Laboulaye-s 
"Dictionnaire,"  etc.,  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Com'pound  Lo'co-mo'tive.  One  using  the 
steam  in  two  successive  cylinders. 

The  compound  locomotive  has  but  two  cylinders  ;  they 
are  placed  on  the  outside,  and  act  at  right  angles  to  each 
other,  as  in  ordinary  locomotives  with  outside  cylinders,  the 
only  difference  being  that  the  cylinders  have  different  diam- 
eters, and  that  the  smaller  one  alone,  in  the  regular  working 
of  the  engine,  receives  the  boiler  steam  directly,  discharging 
it  after  a  first  expansion  into  the  larger  one,  which  in  turn 
discharges  it  into  the  chimney. 

When  the  engine  is  to  be  started,  the  boiler  steam,  by 
means  of  a  special  apparatus,  which  constitutes  the  sole  ad- 
dition to  the  ordinary  locomotive,  and  which  from  its  design 
and  purpose  is  called  the  undoing  valve,  is  delivered  directly 
into  both  the  large  and  small  cylinders,  and  the  latter,  in- 
sti  ad  of  discharging  it  into  the  former,  discharges  it  into  the 
chimney,  the  engine  in  this  case  acting  like  an  ordinary  lo- 
comotive. This  independent  action  of  the  steam  in  the  two 
cylinders  can  also  be  employed  when  the  engine  has  to  over- 
come a  momentarily  greater  resistance,  like  a  short  steep  as- 
cent, for  instance. 

The  system  just  described  has  been  for  the  first  time  ap- 
plied by  M.  A.  Mallet  to  three  locomotives,  constructed  at 
Creuzot,  for  the  branch  railroad  from  Bayonne  to  Biarritz. 


They  weigh  in  service  from  19  to  20  tons  each,  and  have  cyl- 
inders of  9  7-16ths  and  15|"  diameter,  with  pistons  of  17|" 
stroke.  They  have  four  coupled  wheels  of  4~!\"  diameter. 
The  boiler  has  484.4  square  feet  of  heating  surface,  and  is 
worked  with  a  pressure  of  142  pounds  per  square  inch  above 
the  atmosphere. 

Report  of  M.  Mallet  to  "French  Academy  of  Sciences,''  re- 
ported in  "Engineering  and  Mining  Journal  " 

See  also  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  260. 

See  other  references  under  list  in  COMPOUND  STEAM  EN- 
GINE. 

Com'pound  Pla'ner.     A  machine  tool  made 
by  Pratt  &  Whitney.     It  combines  two  planers  in 
one.     One  machine  has  a  stroke  of  10",  and  the 
other  of  6",  but  the  length  of  the  stroke  may  be 
reduced  to  any  point  below  these  limits.     The  tool- 
slide    has    a    quick    return 
stroke,  and   the   cross-feed   is 
automatic  and  adjustable. 

Com'pound  Plate  Bat'- 
te-ry.  O  n  e,  the  negative 
plate  o  f  which,  instead  o  f 
being  of  one  material,  is  con- 
structed of  several  different 
metals  soldered  together. 
Byrne's  "Engineering,"'  *  xxv.  421. 

Com'pound  Spec'ta- 
cles.  1.  a.  One  in  which  sup- 
plementary frames  of  colored 
glass  are  hinged  to  the  ordi- 
nary spectacles,  for  use  upon 
occasion. 

b.  The  same  adaptation  of 
additional  lenses  to  increase 
the  power. 

2.  The  Franklin  spectacles 
of  two  half  glasses  of  different 
character  in  each  bow. 
Chevalier  in  " Sc.Am.Sup.,*'  *  2264. 

Com'pound  Spring.    A 

spring  in  which  several  differ- 
ent types  of  springs  are  united  to  produce  a  simple 
effect. 

Specifically :  a  steel  spring  surrounding  or  con- 
fining a  cylinder  or  block  of  caoutchouc. 

See  instances  in  Figs.  1142,  1143,  1144,  pp.  482, 
483,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A  combination  spring  may  be  defined  as  one  in 
which  several  similar  parts  are  multiplied  to  in- 
crease the  resisting  power. 

Com'pound  Steam  Boil'er.  One  consisting 
of  several  separated  but  communicating  chambers, 
usually  having  some  different  functions  ;  for  in- 
stance, boiler  and  superheater,  or  sectional  portion 
with  elevated  chamber,  etc. 

German  forms :  — 

Steinmilller "Engineer,"''  June  11  1880. 

Pregardien "Engineer,"  1.  228. 

Piedbaeuf "Engineer,"'  1.228. 

See  several  examples,  Plate   LXI.,  p.  2327,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Com'pound  Steam  En'gine.  An  engine 
using  the  same  steam  successively  in  two  cylinders 
at  diminishing  pressures. 

The  Hornblower  engine,  mentioned  on  page  601 , 
"Mech.  Did."  dates  from  1781.  The  Heslop  engine, 
patented  by  him  in  England  in  1790,  has  lately  at- 
tracted a  good  deal  of  attention.  Nine  of  these 
engines  were  built,  and  one  remains,  being  pro- 
served  in  the  South  Kensington  Museum,  Lon- 
don. 

"  The  Heslop  engine  has  two  open-topped  cylinders,  called 
respectively  the  hot  and  cold  cylinder,  one  on  each  side  of 
the  main  center  of  the  beam  ;  both  are  single  acting,  their 
pistons  acting  in  the  same  direction.  The  steam,  on  being 
admitted  into  the  first  or  hot  cylinder,  helps  to  raise  the  pis- 
ton by  its  pressure  underneath  ;  the  return  stroke  is  then 
made  by  the  weight  of  the  pump-rods,  etc.,  in  the  pit,  sus- 


COMPOUND   STEAM  ENGINE. 


214 


COMPOUND   STEAM    EJNGINE. 


pended  by  a  chain    working  over  an    arched   beam-head. 
During  the  down-stroke  of   the   pump-rods,  the   reduction 
valve  being  opened,  the  steam  passes  from  the  hot  cylinder 
to  the  second  or  cold  cylinder  by  means  of  a  connecting  pipe 
constantly  immersed  in  cold  water,  which  pro  luce.s  sufficient 
condensation  to  kilt  or  reduce  it  to  atmospheric  pressure  as 
it  enters  and  fills  the  cold  cylinder.    The  cold  piston  having 
arrived  at  the  top  of  its  stroke  and  its  cylinder  being  thus 
filled  with  steam,  the  injection  valve  is  opened,  admitting  a 
jet  of  water  beneath  the  piston,  thus  bringing  a  vacuum 
into  play.     In  the  case  of  rotative  engines,  the  return  stroke 
is  made  by  the  weight  of  the  connecting-rod,  crank,  and  a 
heavy  pair  of  links  attaching  the  hot  piston  to  the  beam, 
assisted  by  the  momentum  of  the  fly-wheel.     The  two  pis- 
tons are  heavily  weighted  in  equilibrium,  probably  to  keep 
the  chains  taut,  and  the  action  of  the  steam  in  the  hot  cyl- 
inder simply  takes  off  the  weight  of  the  hot  piston,  and  al- 
lows that  of  the  cold  piston  to  come  into  play." 

See  the  following  notices  by  adaptors  or  of  adaptations  of 
the  compound  principle  :  — 
Borsig  Ger  *  "Iron  Age,"  xy.\.,  Feb.  26, 

Marine,  Sells,  Br  

*  "Engineer,"'  xlii.  272. 

Sells,  Br.    . 

Vile,  Br.     .     . 

•  "  Engineer,''  xlviii.  16^ 
*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  28, 
fc9,  132. 
*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  806. 
*  -'Engineer,"  xliv.  458. 
*  "  A'ngtiww,"  xlv.  4,  26. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  127. 
*  "Sc.  Amer.  Si//;.,"  3946 
*  "Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  380. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  1!;9,  132. 
*  "Sc.Amer.,"  xxxviii.  2iJ9. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  400, 
435,  475,  496. 
*  "Sr..  American,"1  xl.  238. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  98. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  43,  61. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  341. 
*  "Engineer"  xlvii.  28,  46, 
82,  98,  170. 
*  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  288. 
*  "Engineering,''  xxix.  279. 
*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"   3767. 
".V.  Amer.  Sup.,"  666. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  63. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  247. 
*  "Engineer  ,"  xli.  324. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  228. 
*  "Engineer,"'}.  101,  214. 
*  "Engineer,"  i.  440,  444. 
*  "Engineer,"  1.  386,  424. 
*  "Engineer,"  xli.  317-320. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  320. 

"Iron  Age,"   xxiv.,   July 
31,  13. 
*  "Technologiste,"  xli.  498. 
*  "  Engineer,"  \.W,  44,397. 
*  "Engineering,''  xxx.  44. 
*  '•  Engineering,"  xxx.  538. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  336. 
*  "Engineer,''  xli.  187,  194. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  338. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  424. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  58. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  18. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  341. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  198,202. 
*  "Man.  if  Builder,''  ix.80. 
*  "Engineer,-'  1.  232,  262. 
*  "Engineering,"'  xxiv.  10. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  128. 
*"Eng'ing,"    xxviii.  432. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  204. 
*  "Engineering,"        xxvii. 
274,  277. 
*  "Engineering,''  xxix.  105. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  405. 
*  "Engineering,''  xxx.  517. 
*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1345. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  9. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  337. 
*  "Engineering,''  xxx.  402. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  150, 
206,276,439;  *  xxiii. 
110,  129. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  452. 
*  "  Engineering,"  xxvi.510. 
*  "Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  363. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  191. 
*  "Iron  Age,"    xxii.,   Aug. 
8,  pi  1. 
*  "Sc.Am.  Sup  ,"2194. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  9. 
*  "Eng'ing,"  xxvii.  194. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  288. 
*  "  Engineer,'''  xlviii.  247. 
*  "Engineering."  xxi.  228. 
*  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  art. 
"  Biitfau  a.  Vapeur,"  vol. 
iv.,  Figs.  3417,  bis  et  ter. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  423. 
•  ••  I'.niiineering,"  xxix.  412. 
*  ••  Engineering,"-  xxii.  256. 
*  ••  l-:ituiiieer,"  xlvii.  102. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  314. 
*  "Sc.  vlwer.,"  xxxvii.  191. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  126. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  390. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  60. 
*  "Eng'ing,"  xxvii.  577. 
*  "Engineer,"  1.  440,  444. 

S.  S.  "  Arizona,"  Br.    .     .     . 
"  Britannic,"  

"  City  of  New  York,''  Br. 
"  City  of  New  York,''  Br. 
"  City  of  Rome,'"  Br.     . 

"  Dante."  Br.  ... 
"  Urangemouth,"  Br.    . 
"  Uraiigemouth,"  Br.   .     . 
"  Grecian,"'  Br  

"  Isa,''  Yacht,  Br.     .     .     . 
"Iris,''  Br  
"  Limerick,"  Br.      .     .     . 
"London  Castle,"  Br.  .     . 
"  Lord  of  the  Isles,"  Br.   . 

"  Mytho  " 

p.  1. 
Eurgh,T$T  *  "Engineering,11  xxiv.  471. 

"  Nelson,''  Br.  Navy     .     . 

"  Nipsic,"  U.  S   Navy  .     . 
"  Ohio,"  "  Penn.,"'  Cramp. 

*  "Sir.  American,''  xl.  66. 
Donlcin  Br  "  Engineering,''  xxi.  212. 

Goodfellow  (wire  rope  gear),  Br.  *  "Eng'ing,"  xxiii.  381. 
*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1268. 
Locoge   Fr              *"  Technologiste,"  xli.  628. 

"  Rover,"  Br  

"  Ville  d'Oran,"  Fr.      .     . 
"  Wanderer,"  Yacht      .     . 
steeple,  "  Lady  Tyler,"  Br.  . 
paddle,  "  Hirondelle,"  Fr.    . 
inclined,    Soc.  John   Cock- 
erill,  direct  acting,  Belg. 
(See  also  SCREW.) 
Portable,  Br  

Pearson  if  Spun  Br  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  2032. 

S.  S.  "  City  of  Rome,'7  Inman     .  *  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  3946. 
8.  S.  "  Nelson,"  Br.Navy  ...  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  3767. 
Trials  of,  19  Figs.,  Br    ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.311. 
Urqukart   Hor        *"Sc.Amer.  Sup.,"  1920. 

U   S   Navy  Trials     "Engineering,"'  xxiii.  381. 

Watt   *"Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  2844. 

Westptial,  Ger  *  "  Technologiste,"  xli.  320. 

Yacht  "  Isa,"  Br  *  "Sc.  American,"  xl.  238. 

Also  —  arranged  by  character  of  engine  :  — 

Garrett   Br                . 

Marshall,  Br  

Powell,  TT  *  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  1. 
Blowing,  Klein,  Ger  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  372. 
Wetter-on-the-Ruhr     ...  *  "Engineering,"       xxix. 
170,  175. 
Condensing,  Claparede,  Fr.    .     .  *  "Engineer,"    xlvii.    120, 
135. 
Day  if  Co.,  dir.  act.,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  465. 
Galloway,  expanding,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  226,240. 
Gutehofnuiig  Schtitte  ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  88. 
S.  S.  "  Limerick,"  incl.,  Br.    *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  43,  61. 
S.  S.  "Nipsic,"  U.  S.  Navy    .      "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  656. 
Su/zer,  exp.,  Switz.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"'  xlvi.  147. 
See  also  Horizontal  Condensing. 
Corliss,  Douglas  if  Grant,  Br.     .  *  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1023. 
beam      *  "  Engineer,"  xliii.  62. 

Pumping,  Chichester,  Br.  .     .     . 
Comstock  .          
differential,  Croydon,  Br.     . 

Good  hope  Co.,  Br  
Lawrence,  beam      .... 
Nijni-Novgorod,  Rus.  .     .     . 
San  Francisco      
Selden    
Stavel'ij,  horizontal,  Br. 
Sydney,  Australia   .     .     .     . 
Tangye  Br                   ... 

Vienna,  Austria  
Rolling-mill   Br  

Reversing,  Br.     .     .          .     . 

Phoenix  Iron  Co  
Screw,  disconnecting  Twin,  Law- 

horizontal,  Br  *  "Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  487. 
Pawtucket       *  "Ensrini-ering,"       xxviii 
154,  189. 
Direct  acting,  Henderson   ...      "  U.  S.  Patent,''  Dec.  24, 
1869. 
Disconnecting,  Br.          .     .          .  *"  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3799. 
Factory,  Bates  If  Co.,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  379. 
Ferryboat,  "  Loftus  Perkins,''  Br.  *  "  Engineer,"  xlix.  3. 
Horizontal,  Alsaciennes  Soc.,  Fr.  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  4. 
Avonside  Engine  Co.,  Br.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  242. 
*"Sc.  yhwff.,"  xxxvii.  370. 
Brearley,  Br  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  238,  258. 
Herman-  Lachapelle,  cond.    .  *  "  Technologiste,"  xli.  89. 
Ho/borow,Bv  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  386. 
Stribo  mines,  cond.,  Bohem.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  169. 
Sulzer,  condensing,  Switz.   .      "Engineering,"  xxvi.  133. 
Turnbull,  condensing,  Br.     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  214. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  202. 
Urquhart    .     .    '  *  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1920 
launch,  exp.,  Kingdon,  Br.    .     .  *  ".Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3848. 
Tipping,  Br.   *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  229. 
Tipping,  Br  *  "Engineer"  1.  140,  156. 
Wilson,  exp.,  Br  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  24 
Locomotive,  21  Figs  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  85. 
Fr  "  Van  Nostranil's  Mag.," 
xv.  379. 
Mallet   Fr        "Technologiste,'"    xxxvii. 

S.  S.  "Lord  Jeffrey,"  Br.     . 
S.  S.  "  Otter.''     
Discon.  Rankin  fyBlackmore 
Ross  If  Duncan,  Br.     .     .     . 
Soc.  John  Corkerill,  Belg. 
U.  S.  Navy      

Semi-portable,  Fowler,  Br.     .     . 
Single  cylinder,  Westphal.,  Ger. 
Street-car,  Block,  Hawthorn  If  Co. 
Three  cylinder      
Brotherhood    

Yacht  "  Isa,''      
S.  S.  "  Mytho,"  
"  Orient,"   
"  Rover,"  Br  
French  Navy  

Torpedo  boat,  Normand,  Fr.  .     . 
Tug  boat,  discon.  "  Mt.  Etna  •'  . 
Rankin,  Br  
Twin-cylin.  direct  act.,  Beniay's 
Variable  cut-off,  Bolton,  Br.  .     . 
Vertical,  Fowler  Sf  Co.,  Engl.      . 
Fowler,  Br  
Perkins,  Br.    ..:... 
Watts,  Br  
Willam,  Br  

114. 
Mallet,  Fr  *  "Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  17,58. 

Mallet,  Fr  "Iron  Age,"    xxiv.,  Aug. 
7,  p.  15. 
Mallet,  Fr  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.," 

xxii.  6  ;  xxiii.  418. 
"  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  260. 
Marine,  Claparede,  Fr  *  "Engineer,"     xlvi.     385, 
388. 

Escher,  Wyss  If  Co.,  Switz.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  345. 

Yacht  "  Wanderer,"  Br.     .     .     . 

COMPOUND   STB  AM  ENGINE. 


215 


COMPRESSED   AIR  PUMP. 


See  also  the  following  references  :  — 

Galloway,  (!t.    Britain.     Engine  exhibited  at  Vienna  1873. 

See*  T/iitrx.'tin  '.s  "Kept.    Vienna  Exposition"   .     .     ii.  30. 

Schneider  4"  Co.'s,  Oreusot,  France,  *  Ibid  .....     ii.  31. 

Ekrhardt's,  Zweibrucken,  Ibid  .........     ii.  31. 

Burmeisttr  if  17am',  Copenhagen,  *  2fcV/  .....     ii.  51. 

Motala  Works,  Sweden,  for  twin-screw  gunboats,  Ibid.    ii.  59. 

Galloway  compound  condensing  engine  drove  the  British 
machinery  at  the  Paris  exposition  of  1878. 

Compound  three  cylinder  marine  engine  of  the  French 
Navy.  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  i/es  Arts  el  Manufac.,"  vol.  iv., 
ed.  1877,  article  "•Bateau  a  Vapeur,''1  Figs.  3417  bis  et  ter. 

See  :   Mallet's  "  Compound  Engine."' 

Ti'inbull's  "Treatise  on  the  Compound  Engine."' 

Com'press.  (  Surgical.  )  The  pledget  compress 
has  been  referred  to,  p.  602,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Arterial  compressors  are  of  the  nature  of  tourni- 
quets. 

Erichson's,  Buck's,  and  Skey's,  Figs.  108-110,  Part  I.  of 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurg-icum,''  Part  I. 

Briddon's  artery  compressor,  Ibid  ,  Fig.  112. 

Gross's,  Ibid.,  Fig.  150. 

Liinzmberk'*  bandage  clamp  for  the  Esmarch  bloodless 
method  of  amputation,  IbirL,  Fig.  1116. 

Esmarrh  bandage  clamp,  Ibid.  .  Fig.  111. 

Tourniquets,  Ibid.,  Figs.  104-107,  113,  114. 

•Seminal  cord  compress,  Ibid.,  Fig.  206,  Part  IV. 

Trusses,  Ibid.,  p.  9,  Part  IV. 

Corn-pressed'  Air  Brake.  That  form  of  rail- 
way-car brake  in  which  air  compressed  by  some 
form  of  pump  on  the  locomotive  is  conveyed  by 
pipes  and  flexible  hose  beneath  the  cars  to  cylinders 
and  pistons  under  each  car,  by  which  the  pressure 
is  transmitted  to  the  brake  levers  and  thence  to  the 
brake-shoes. 

The   West  ins;  liouse  and  Loughridge  are  notable  examples. 
The  other  class  are  known  as  vacuum  air-brakes. 
See  also  CoUado>i'n(Vr.)  brake,  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  *2814. 

C  o  m-p  r  e  s  s  e  d'  Air  Eii'gines  and  Ma- 
chin'e-ry.  The  following  references  may  be  ex- 
amined :  — 

Lamm's  patents  are  :  .     .     No.  105,581. 

No.  121,527.     December  5.  1871. 
No.  124,495.     March  12,  18?2. 
Tellier    .......    No.  121,909.     December  12,  1871. 

See  also  Air  and  Gas  Engines  for  propelling  cars. 
Bo  in  pas'  English  patent      .     No.  5,644,  1828,  compressed  air. 
Stewart  if  Kershaiv,Eng.  pat.  No.  1,092,  1863,  compressed  air. 
S.  Carson,  U.  S.  patent  .     .     December  9,  1856. 
N.  H.  Barboitr,  U.  S.  patent    March  14,  18o5,  carb.  acid  gas. 
Stewart   Sf   Kersliaw,  cited  above,  compress  air  by  water- 
power  at  stations  along  the  road.     The  engine  has  small  res- 
ervoirs disposed  along  the  center  of  its  frame.     Air  is  first 
used  in  high-pressure  cylinder,  then  in  low  pressure. 

Harrison's  Air  Engine,  3,034,  is  a  turbine,  driven  by  com- 
pressed air.  See  also  reaction  wheel  worked  by  compressed 
air,  1,451  of  1866. 

See  also  AIR  ENGINE  and  COMPRESSED  AIR  ENGINE,  "Mech. 
Diet."1 
Beaumont,  Woolwich,  Bngl.  .     .      "Sc.Amer.   Sup.,"  1041, 

*3943. 

"Brit.  Trade  J.,"  June  1, 
1880. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xl.51. 

*  -'Paris  Expo.  1878  Kept.,-' 

vol.  iv.,  p.  462-464. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.  ,"216. 
.      "Polytechnic  Rev.,''  Dec. 

23,  1876. 

Schneider,  St.  Got  hard  tunnel    .  *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,'1'  xvi.  20. 

Bushnell,  New  York  .....      "  Sc.  Amer."  xxxix.  129. 

Haupt's   Report  on    the  use  of   compressed-air  motors  for 

streetcars      .......      "Sc.    Am.    Sup.,"    2795, 

2813,  2891. 
Lamm  ff  Franrq,  Paris  tramways  *"  Paris   Exposition  (1878) 

Repts  ,"  iv.  465. 

Zakner's  "  Transmission  of  Power  by  Compressed  Air." 
See  also  Air  Car    ......      "Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  789. 

Air  compressor.  Burleigh     .     .     .      "  Technologiste,''  xxxviii. 

389. 
Air  engine,  Beaumont  ....      "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,'J  xxxvii. 

84. 

Air  locomotive,  Beaumont,  Engl.      "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  966. 
"Engineer"'    ......      "Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'1'1 

xxiii.  225. 


Mfkarski,  Paris 


Polytechnic  college,  Phila. 


Air  machines "Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  2448. 

Air  in  mines,  Johnson,  Engl.       .      " Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"1  2223. 
Air  motor,  Fallart,  Brussels   .     .      "Mining  anil  Sc.  Press," 

xxxvii.  307. 
Lecauchet "  Technologiste,"   xxxvii. 

116. 
Air-pump  and  condenser. 

Tangye,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  40. 

Air  pump,  "  Hartford  "      .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  298. 
Air  receptacles,  Siemens    .     .     .      "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"1  19U6. 
Air  (etc.)  reservoirs,  Siemens      .  *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  287. 
Air  street  car,  Mckarslci     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  142. 
Air,  Transmission  of  power  by. 

Zahner "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.," 

xix.  446,  481. 

Corn-pressed'  Fuel.  Fuel  made  of  materials 
artificially  compounded  and  pressed  into  blocks. 
See  BRIQUETTE  ;  FUEL,  ARTIFICIAL. 

In  the  works  of  the  "  Crown  Preserved  Coal  Co.,''  at  Car- 
diff, Wales,  the  fine  coal  from  the  colliers  is  tipped  from  the 
wagons,  pulverized,  mixed  with  pitch  automatically,  passes 
to  the  heating  furnaces  to  be  made  plastic,  and  is  thus  deliv- 
ered to  the  molds,  each  of  which  receives  60  tons  pressure, 
forming  the  block  and  stamping  the  name  on  it.  An  end- 
less band  carries  the  blocks  to  the  stacking  ground.  The 
blocks  are  regular  in  shape,  weigh  26  Ibs.  each,  and  are  made 
at  the  rate  of  40  per  minute. 

Corn-pressed'  Glass.  A  process  by  Siemens, 
of  Dresden,  Saxony. 

The  glass  is  tempered  by  being  cast  or  pressed  in 
chilled  molds.  It  is  claimed  to  lie  stronger  than  the 
glass  tempered  in  oil  by  the  De  la  I-Jastie  process 
(see  TEMPERED  GLASS]  in  the  proportion  of  5  to  3. 

The  fracture  is  fibrous  ;  the  glass  may  be  bored 
and  wheel  polished  ;  is  fractured  by  the  diamond. 

Siemens "  Technologiste,"  xxix.  342. 

Corn-pressed'  Air  Pump.  A  windmill  works 
an  air  compressing  pump,  and  the  air  is  conducted 
by  a  pipe  to  the  submerged  apparatus  shown  in 
Fig.  671. 

Two  merged  chambers  rest  upon  a  frame,  pivoted  to  allow 
them  a  certain  amount  of  rocking  motion  in  a  vertical  plane. 

Fig.  671. 


Compressed  Air  Pump.    (Hurt ford  Pump  Co.) 

Each  cylinder  has  a  valved  inlet  at  bottom,  and  a  discharge 
pipe  at  bottom  on  the  inner  side,  the  respective  pipes  pass- 
ing to  a  common  upright  main.  An  air  valve  above  deter- 
mines the  access  of  compressed  air  to  the  chambers  alter- 
nately. This  valve  is  operated  by  the  rise  and  fall  of  the 
chests:  the  compressed  air  being  always  directed  to  the 
lower  chest.  As  soon  as  a  chamber  is  emptied  it  becomes 
relatively  lighter  than  the  other,  ascends,  works  the  lever 
and  valve,  and  directs  the  air  into  the  other. 


COMPRESSED   GAS    GOVERNOR.        216 


CONCAVE   MIRROR. 


Corn-pressed'  Gas  Gov'er-nor.  See  GAS 
GOVERNOR. 

Corn-pressed' Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  con- 
densed by  hydraulic  pressure,  while  yet  fluid,  to 
give  it  density,  tenacity,  and  freedom  from  blow 
holes.  See  WHITWOKTII  STEEL. 


•^W»*D  IU^IA  cipfMicu.       JLIIC  cucut  10   »t>ij<    uuncuuiai   iu  uujjjjci, 

but  on  brass  the  result  is  just  the  contrary. 
Whitwortk  .     .     "Iron  Age."  xxiv.,  Dec.  4,  p.  15. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mas;.,"  xv.  536  ;  xvi.  184. 
Steel-press,  Fig.  5747,  p.  2369,  "Mee/t.  Diet.,'- 

Com-pres'sioii  Cock.     One  with  an   elastic 
Fig.  672. 


Fig.  674. 


Compression  Faucet. 

valve,  which   is   compressed  in  seat- 
ing itself,  the  pressure  of  water  being 
also  toward  the  seat, 

Com-pres'sion  Coup'ling.    A  means  of  unit- 
ing adjacent  ends  of  shafts.    The  compression  rings, 
B,  are  forced  up   the   inclines  of  the  sleeve  from 
Fig.  673. 


Compression  Coupling. 

each  entl  by  a  flange  at  one  end  and  a  screw  thread 
at  the  other  end  of  the  cover,  C,  which  is  rotated 
by  a  spanner. 

See  also  CLAMP  COUPLING. 

Com-pres'sipn  Hpt'-air  E  11 '  g  i  n  e.  The 
terms  hot-air  engine,  air  engine,  caloric  engine,  are 
somewhat  arbitrarily  given. 

The  Rider  engine,  Fig.  674,  is  shown  as  a  pump- 
ing engine.  Cold  air  admitted  to  cylinder  A  is 
compressed  to  one  third  its  normal  volume  by  the 
descent  of  compression  piston  C,  the  air  being 
transferred  through  the  regenerator  H  into  the 
h<-ater  F  without  appreciable  change  of  volume. 
Heated  by  the  passage  through  the  regenerator 
and  then  by  the  tire,  the  expansion  of  the  air  raises 
the  power-piston/),  in  turn  depressing  the  compres- 
sion piston  C,  and  so  on. 

"Scientific.  American,'1'1  .  .  .  *  xxxiv.  66  ;  *  xxxviii.  131. 
"Railroad  Gazette'1'1  ....  *  xxiv.  189. 

See  also  AIR  ENGINE  ;  CALORIC  KXGINE  :  HOT-AIR  ENGINE. 


Rider's  Compression  Engine. 

Com-press'or.  1  .  A  device  on  the  stage  of  a 
microscope  by  which  an  object  is  compressed  be- 
tween glass  plates. 

2.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  for  grasping  a 
uterine  turnor  and  severing  the  pedicle.  An  Ecra- 
seur. 

Com-pres-so'ri-um.  A  compressor  for  micro- 
scopic objects. 


Microscope,  Holman 


.  "Manuf.  if  Builder  ,"  xii.  205. 


Com'pro-mise    Wheel.     (Railway.)      One 
adapted  by  an  extra  breadth  of  tread   to  run  upon 
tracks  of  gages  varying  say  1  \"  in  width. 
A  broad-tread  wheel. 

Con'cas-seur.     A  French  coarse-grinding  mill 
for  grain  or  feed.     A  corn  cracker. 

Con'cave  Mir'ror.     A  mirror,  M,  attached  to 
a  microscope  to  throw  oblique  rays  upon  the  object. 
It  is  adjustable  in  any  direction,  as,  besides  swing- 
ing in  a  rotating  semicircle,  N,  it  is  attached  to  a 
bar,   0,  with   a  joint  at 
Fig.  675.  each  end,  allowing  a  lat- 

eral movement. 
Fig  676. 


Concave  Mirror. 


Concave  Saw. 


CONCAVE    SAW. 


217 


CONDENSING    COIL. 


Con'cave  Saw.  A  dish-shaped  saw  for  saw- 
ing out  bowls  or  curved  stuff.  See  Fig.  676. 

Con-cen'tra-ting  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Aii  appa- 
ratus for  eliminating  extraneous,  refuse,  or  diluting 
matter.  The  term  has  many  applications.  See  p. 
604,  "Mech.  Diet."  and  list  under  METALLURGY,  p. 
1424,  Ibid.,  for  the  names  of  those  machines  con- 
cerned in  mining. 

Ore,  Richards    .     .     .  *  "Mining  4"  fie.  Press,'1  xxxv.  161. 

Tnltes *" Mining  If   Sc.  Prm*,"   xxxiv.  17; 

*  xxxiv.  237. 

Buet  sugar  process,  Fr.  "  De/it.  Agri.    Sp.   Report,"  128,   PI. 
XXVI. 

Laboulaye'l&  ''Diet.,''  "Sucre,"  Hi. 
'•'Meek.  Diet."1 


For  syrups       .     .     .     . 
See  also  CONDENSER. 

Con  cer-ti'na. 


(Music.)  An  instrument  of 
the  accordeou  family.  It  is  a  small  elastic  box, 
held  horizontally  between  both  hands  It  is  played 
by  knobs  pressed  by  the  points  of  the  fingers,  and 
which,  raising  a  valve,  cause  to  pass  over  the  reeds 
of  brass  the  column  of  air  supplied  by  the  bellows 
between  the  two  sides  of  the  box.  The  sides  hold 
the  knobs  on  the  outside,  and,  on  the  inside,  the 
vibrating  piates.  The  bellows  has  no  valves,  but 
tills  and  empties  by  means  of  the  reed  valves,  which 
inspire  and  expire,  each  in  turn,  the  air  necessary 
for  the  vibration  of  the  reeds.  The  bass  concertina 
has  the  compass  of  the  violoncello  ;  the  alto  that  of 
the  viola ;  the  soprano  that  of  the  violin. 

Con'crete.     A  mixture  of  mortar  with  gravel 
or  spawls. 


Architectural  treatment 

Blocks  . 

Wonilhouse,  Eng. 
Building 

Bell,  Engl.       .... 
Block  lowering,  Jersey. 
Concrete  and  iron,  Hyatt 
Dwelling  house  .... 
House  building  .... 

b'ire-proof 

Foundation,  Matthews 

Mill 

Mixer,  Messent.  Eng. 

Day  If  Lamparrl,  Br.  . 
Tank' 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  683. 
1  "Manuf.  4'  Builder,"  ix.  112. 

"Iron  Age,,''  xix.,  Feb.  1,  p  24. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  408, 
534,  1524. 

"  Scientific  American  Sitp.,"  899 
'  "Engineering,''  xxiii.  282. 

"  Scientific  American  Su/>.,"  1939. 

''  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1895. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1767. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  921. 

"Scientific  American  >S'i//>.,"  245. 

"Mining  if  Sc.  Press,"1  xxxv.  273. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  97. 

"Engineer,''  xlv.¥354. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'1 3742. 


See  also  BETON,  CEMENT,  etc. 

2.  (Sugar.)  Sugar  boiled  down  to  a  solid  mass; 
to  be  worked  up  subsequently  in  factories  provided 
with  superior  machinery.  See  CONCRETOR. 

Coii-cre'tor.  An  apparatus  for  evaporating 
sugar,  bringing  the  whole  juice  of  the  cane  to  a 
solid  mass,  to  be  subsequently  treated  with  superior 
machinery.  Fryer's  process. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  three  parts :  1st,  a  rectangular 
pan  of  cast-iron,  made  in  sections,  and  in  all  25'  or  30'  long 
by  6'  wide  and  6"  deep,  with  a  number  of  partitions  running 
across,  extending  alternately  from  each  side  nearly  to  the 
other,  and  set  with  a  slight  inclination,  so  that  the  juice  runs 
in  at  one  end,  and  in  a  stratum  of  not  more  than  i"  in 
depth,  by  a  long,  zigzag  course,  escapes  at  the  other.  The 
pan  is  heated  by  direct  fire  from  below,  and  in  passing 
through  it  about  two-thirds  of  the  water  is  evaporated.  The 
juice,  now  of  syrupy  consistence,  goes  thence  to 
the  interior  of  a  hollow  cylinder  of  sheet-cop- 
per, heated  on  the  outside  by  the  flue  gases  from 
the  fire  under  the  pan  (or  by  the  vapor  from  the 
juice  therein),  while  through  the  inside  a  cur- 
rent of  air  is  driven,  heated  by  the  exhaust  steam 
of  the  small  engine,  which  furnishes  power. 
This  cylinder  is  20'  long  by  3?  6"  in  diameter, 
open  at  the  ends,  with  the  exception  of  a  little 
rim  to  retain  the  syrup,  set  with  a  slight  incli- 
nation from  the  horizontal,  and  made  to  revolve 
slowly  — about  6  or  8  times  per  minute  —  on  its 
axis.  Thence  the  syrup,  now  of  thick  consist- 
ence, passes  to  the  exterior  surface  of  a  copper- 
faced  iron  cylinder  of  4'  in  diameter  by  4'  long, 
over  which  it,  is  evenly  distributed  in  a  thin  layer.  This  cyl- 
inder is  heated  from  within  by  exhaust  steam,  revolves  upon 
its  axis  twice  per  minute,  and  receives  on  the  outside  a  steady 
blast  of  heated  air,  by  which  the  evaporation  is  rapidly  com- 


pleted and  the  syrup  brought  to  the  consistence  of  a  soft 
solid,  which  is  removed  by  a  scraper,  and  can  be  molded 
while  warm,  but  on  cooling  sets  into  perfectly  hard  slabs, 
ready  for  storage  or  shipment.  The  time  required  for  the 
passage  of  any  given  portion  of  sugar  from  end  to  end  of  the 
whole  apparatus  is  only  about  15  minutes,  and  with  the 
above  dimensions  of  parts  the  product  is  about  half  a  ton  of 
concrete  per  hour.  Of  course  the  arrangement  may  be  used 
to  produce  crystallized  sugar,  but  it  is  specially  adapted  to 
its  intended  use  of  rapidly  putting  the  crude  juice  into  a 
condition  in  which  it  may  be  kept  free  from  alteration  and 
in  small  bulk  for  shipment,  to  go  in  due  time  into  the  hands 
of  the  refiner. 

Mallet's  report  on  Group  III.,  in  vol.  iv. ,  "Centennial  Ex- 
hibition Reports,''  1876. 

Coii-cus'sioii  Ta'ble.  a.  An  ore-sorting  table 
to  which  concussion  is  imparted  in  order  to  sepa- 
rate the  broken  ore  by  gravity.  A  percussion  table. 

Rittinger's  double  concussion  table,  *  "Mining  and  Scien- 
tific Press,"  xxxiv.  217. 

b.  A  species  of  grain  cleaner.  See  CLOD 
CLEARER,  supra. 

Con-den'ser.  A  word  with  several  applica- 
tions, referring  to  the  concentration  of  volume  of 
an  object,  as  of  a  solution,  a  syrup,  a  gas,  an  ore, 
or  slime  mixed  with  ganyue  or  impurities. 

Pelouze  4'  Andoin's  condenser  for  the  mechanical  separation 
of  vapor  held  in  suspension  by  gases.  Smedberg's  improve- 
ment. "Mining  4*  Scientific  Press,"  *  xxxvi.  393. 

Dahlgren's  fume  condenser,     "fie.  American  Sup.,'"  *  629. 

Me  Carter's  steam-engine  condenser  without  air  pump. 
"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  *  643. 

Rice's  condenser  for  pharmaceutical  stills.  ''Scientific 
American  Sup.,"  *  1511. 

Deane's  independent  condensing  apparatus  is  a  circulatory . 
pump  attached  to  any  non-condensing  engine,  and  made  at 
Holyoke,  Mass. 

Fontenay's  marine  condenser,  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire 
r/es  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  article  "Bateau  a  Vapeur,"  tome 
i.,  Figs.  7,  8. 


*  "Engineer,''  1.  1192. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xl.  374. 
*"  Engineer,"1  xlii.  112. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  34. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  133. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  454. 


Brassard  

Steam,  Brassard    .... 
Steam  engine,  McCarter,  Br. 
Air  pump.     Separate. 

Hathorn,  Davis  4"  Co.,  Br. 
Exhauster,  Rodger,  Br. 
Exhausting  and  boiler  feed. 

Candlisk  ft  Norris,  Br.    . 
Feed-water  heater. 

Robertson  Sf  Henderson,  Br.     .  *  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2094. 
Streetcars.     Surface,  Rowan      .  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  488. 

Surface,  Craig *  "Eng.  if  Min.  J.,"  xxvii. 

89. 

Expansion  engine,  JVb/eJ,Belg.     .  *  "Engineer,1-  xlvii.  222. 
Horizontal  engine. 

Rusten  Sf  Proctor,  Br.      .     .     .   *  "  .SV.  Am.  Sup.,"  206C. 

Paris,  1878 *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix. 4. 

Socicte  Swiss *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2084. 

A  portion  of  a  cotton-gin  which  acts  upon  the 
lint  from  the  gin  and  presses  it  into  a  sort  of 
fleece,  in  a  compacted  condition  to  place  it  in  con- 
venient form  for  handling,  and  save  room.  See 
GIN,  COTTON. 

Con-den'sing  Coil.  A  coil  in  which  steam  is 
condensed.  In  Fig.  677,  which  represents  a  con- 
densing flat  return-bend  coil,  the  sectional  area  of 


Fig.  677. 


Condensing  Coil. 

pipe   decreases   as    the   steam  4 progressively   con- 
denses. 


CONDENSING   FORCEPS. 


218 


CONSOLIDATOR. 


Con-deii'sing  For'ceps.     Dental  forceps  for 

Fig.  678. 


Condensing  Forceps, 

condensing  plugs  situated  between  the  teeth,  near 
their  necks  or  their  lingual  or  palatine  edges. 

Con'duc-tiv'i-ty.  (Electric.)  The  conveying 
po*er  of  an  object.  Opposed  to  resistance. 

Con'duc-tom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  illus- 
trating the  comparative  power  of  different  objects 
for  conducting  heat,  electricity,  etc. 

Con-duc'cor  Head.    A  funnel  spout  and  lead- 


Fig.  679. 


Conductor  Head. 


ing  pipe,  to  conduct  a 
liquid  into  a  reservoir 
horizontally  or  nearly 
so. 

Used  in  creameries 
in  pouring  the  milk 
from  the  cans  of  the 
collecting  wagons  into 
the  can  on  the  scale  inside  the  receiving-house. 

Con-duc'tors'  Valve.  (Railway.)  A  valve 
connecting  with  the  Westing-house  automatic  brake, 
and  placed  at  some  convenient  point  in  a  car,  and 
operated  by  a  cord  extending  through  the  car 
within  reach  of  the  conductor. 

Cone.  (Spinning.)  One  of  the  taper  drums  in 
the  headstock  of  a  mule,  and  known  as  the  backing- 
q/fand  drawinq-up  cones  respectively. 

Cone  Gear.  (Add.)  Conical  gearing  for  va- 
rying motion  was  described  in  Bramah's  planing 
machine.  English  Patent,  1802. 

Cone  and  Cra'dle  Mill.  A  mill  which  has  a 
conical  muller  or  grinder,  reciprocating  in  a  semi- 
cylindrical  concave. 

Cone  Joint.  A  pipe  joint.  The  abutting  ends 
of  the  pipes  are  conical,  and  are  drawn  by  a  screw- 
sleeve  against  a  leaden  gasket,  and  thus  make  a 
tight  joint. 

Fig.  680. 


Cone  Joint  for  Hydraulic  Pipes. 

Con-fec'tion-er'y  Stove.  A  sheet  metal 
stove  with  holes  to  fit  a  variety  of  sizes  of  confection 
pans,  one  at  a  time. 

Steam  confection  pan,  Brown   .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xli.  226. 
French  confectionery "He.  Am.  Sup.,"  194. 

See  also  Fig  1428,  p.  611,  "Mech.  Fjg  682 


Diet. 


Fig.  681 


taking  the  shape    of   the    head    at  the  hat  band. 
Used  in  shaping  hats  to  fit  the  head. 

Hat  conformator  and  shapes  of  heads  of  many  distin- 
guished persons,  "Scientific  Aitierican,''  *  xxxviii.  143,  146 

Con'ic-al  Bear'ing.  A  compensating  bearing 
for  the  spindles  of  shafts  in  wood  machines.  The 
bearing  passes  through  the  shell,  and  the  end  abuts 
against  the  end  of  an  adjustable  screw  of  hard  brass 
having  a  core  diameter  equal  to  that  of  tliu  spindle. 
Surrounding  the  bearing  between  the  end-thrust 
screw  and  the  spindle  is  an  annular  cavity  for  oil 
and  fibrous  packing.  Fig.  682. 

Con-junc'ti-va  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical) 
Instruments  for  operating  upon  the  mucous  mem- 
brane of  the  eye  and  lid. 

Scissors  curved  on  the  flat Fig.  96,  Part  II. 

Pterigium  scissors  (for   removing   excres- 
cences from  the  internal  canthus  of 

the  eye) Fig.  97,  Part  II. 

Caustic  holder Fig.  97  ft,  Part  II. 

Brush .     .     .  Fig.  97  c.  Part  II. 

Of   Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Con-nect'ing  Rod.  A  rod  intervening  be- 
tween the  piston  rod  or  cross-head  and  the  wrist  of 
a  crank  or  driving  wheel. 

Fig.  682  shows  a  connecting  rod  forged  in  a  single  piece 
and  mortised  for  the  reception  of  the  brass  boxes,  which  are 
curved  on  their  backs  and  fit  the  cheek-pieces  between  which 

Fig.  683. 


Connecting  Rod. 


LOCKS  ana  set  screws. 

Connecting  rod  with  solid  ends  on  Brown  engine  at  the 
entennial,  "Scientific  American."  *  xxxvi.  20. 


Confectionery  Store. 

Con-form'a-tor. 


Richards'  Conical  Bearing. 
An    instrument     used     in 


they  can  turn  to  adjust  themselves  to  the  pins,  in  the  plane 
of  the  axis  of  the  rod.  The  adjustment  for  wear  is  by  wedge- 
blocks  and  set  screws. 

Co 
Ceu 

Con'ning  Tow'er.      The   pilot   bouse   of   an 
iron  clad,  usually  forward  of  Fig  684. 

the  funnel  in  the  British 
practice,  and  having  no  sight 
holes.  A  reflecting  mirror 
may  be  exposed  above  its 
open  top. 

Con'sole.  A  bracket  on 
a  wall ;  in  the  present  case 
for  supporting  a  hydraulic 
motor  or  other  object. 

Con-sol'i-da'tion.  (Lo- 
comotive.) A  type  of  freight 
locomotive,  the  name  of  the 
engine,  the  first  in  its  class, 
built  in  1866,  at  the  Bald- 
win locomotive  works,  on  the 
plans  of  Mr.  Alexander 
Mitchell,  to  operate  a  grade 
of  1  in  40  on  the  Lehigh 
Valley  Railway,  and  spec- 
ially for  the  Mahouy  plane, 
which  rises  133'  to  the  mile. 

It  had  cylinders   20"    -f  24'' 
four  pairs  of  48"  diameter  (pony) 
driving  wheels,  connected  :  and  a 
two-wheel   swing   truck   in  front 
equalized  with   the  front  driving  "TT 
wheels.    The  weight  of  the  engine  C'onsolt. 

at  work  was  90,000  pounds,  of 
which  u.11  but  10,000  was  on  the  driving  wheels. 

Con-sol'i-da'tor.     (Ceramics.)     A   system  of 
strainers  in  which  slip  is  filtered  through  a  series 


CONSTANT   BATTERY. 


219 


COOLING  CUP. 


of  bags.  The  consolidate!  of  Neeclham  and  Kite 
is  used  in  England. 

Con'stant  Bat'te-ry.  (Galvanic  Battery.)  One 
in  which  the  energy  is  kept  constant  by  prevention 
of  the  polarization  of  the  negative  element.  That 
is  to  say :  the  polarization  of  the  negative  plate  is 
prevented  by  surrounding  the  same  with  a  liquid 
which  unites  with  the  hydrogen  which  is  given  off 
from  the  positive  plate. 

The  Daniell's  battery,  for  instance,  has  an  inner 
vessel  of  porous  clay  in  which  is  a  rod  of  zinc  with 
a  solution  of  sodium  chloride,  or  dilute  sulphuric 
acid;  the  outer  cell  has  a  solution  of  copper  sul- 
phate maintained  at  saturation  by  crystals  on  a 
shelf. 

The  action  is  as  follows  :  when  the  circuit  is  closed  de- 
composition of  the  dilute  acid  takes  place  in  the  inner  cell ; 
the  oxygen  of  the  acid  combines  with  the  zinc  to  form  oxide, 
which  is  dissolved  by  the  acid  to  form  zinc  sulphate.  The 
hydrogen,  set  free  by  the  decomposition,  is  liberated  on  the 
surface  of  the  copper  element,  but  instead  of  remaining 
meets  the  copper  sulphate  solution  which  is  also  being  de- 
composed Into  (1)  oxygen,  with  which  it  combines  to  form 
water  ;  (2)  copper,  which  is  deposited  upon  the  plate  of  the 
same  metal  ;  and  (3)  sulphuric  acid,  which  permeates  the  po- 
rous cell,  replacing  that  with  which  the  zinc  was  dissolved, 
and  so  automatically  refreshing  the  inner  cell. 

The  depolarizing  liquid  is  usually  separated  from  the  ex- 
citing liquid  by  a  porous  diaphragm  or  cup,  but  in  the  grav- 
ity battery  the  separation  is  effected  by  the  differing  specific 
gravities  of  the  liquids  themselves. 

Becquerel's  oxygen  gas  battery  was  the  first  constant  bat- 
tery. It  was  the  first  to  employ  two  liquids  or  a  porous  cell. 
See  MKCQ.UEREL  MATTERY. 

Sec  also  Constant  Mattery,  depolarizing  by  secondary  cur- 
rent, u Scientific  Ami  rinui  f*itp/>lfmc:it,"  764. 

The  following  buttons  conic  within  the  definition  of  Con- 
stant :  — 

Hunsen  battery.  Leclanche1  battery. 

Daniell  battery.  Ponci  battery. 

Gravity  battery.  Smee  battery. 

Grove  battery.  Some  of  which  are  synonyms. 

The  following  diagram  will  explain  the  reactions  that 
take  place  in  a  Uaniell's  cell  when  the  circuit  is  closed :  — 


Zinc.               j  7.n                                   7nSO. 

Zinc    sulphate 
in  inner  cell. 
ISu  1  ph  uric 
acid  ,     ready    to 
dissolve        more 
zinc. 

[     Copper  ;       de- 
posited in  outer 
(  cell. 

pi- 

TT2SO4  < 

Sulphuric  J 
acid 

iso4- 

Copper         (Ou  
Sulphate     I  ar. 

Copper        j  C'u 

fin. 

In  this  diagram  the  water  is  not  considered,  as  the  reac- 
tions are  explainable  without  including  it  in  the  statement. 
Sec  also  list  under  GALVANIC  MATTERY. 

Con-su'mers'  Test  Me'ter.  (Gas.)  An  ap- 
paratus for  testing  the  accuracy  of  the  indications 
of  gas  meters  in  situ. 

It  is  usually  a  5-light  diaphragm  meter  with  a 
circular  dial,  the  outer  circle  showing  1'  divided 
into  lOths,  the  second  circle  10',  and  the  third  100' 
per  revolution.  The  pointers  are  all  adjustable. 
Unions  and  gum  hose  connect  the  meter  with  a 
pedestal  and  burners.  The  test-meter  is  verified  by 
the  METER  PROVER;  which  see. 

Con'tact  Break'er.  An  arrangement  or  de- 
vice to  interrupt  a  circuit.  The  feature  of  making 
and  breaking  circuit  is  the  essence  of  numberless 
telegraphic  inventions. 

One  invented  by  Herr  F.  Niemolleris  thus  described  :  — 

•'  To  the  middle  of  a  wire  stretched  horizontally  is  attached 
a  platinum  point  which  touches  the  surface  of  mercury  held 
by  a  small  vessel.  The  current  passes  through  the  wire,  and 
over  that  part  of  the  wire  through  which  the  current 
passes  when  all  the  apparatus  in  its  normal  state  is  a  small 
magnet.  This  magnet,  acting  on  the  current,  causes  vibra- 
tions in  the  wire,  and  «o  breaks  and  makes  contact.  The 


number  of  vibrations  can  be  readily  modified  by  changing 
the  length  of  the  wire,  and  as  high  a  number  as  1,000  breaks 
per  second  can  be  obtained.  My  passing  an  intermittent  cur- 
rent over  the  wire,  it  can  be  set  in  vibration  without  the  in- 
tervention of  mechanical  means.  This  happens  when  the 
fundamental  note  of  the  string  is  in  unison  with  the  pitch 
of  the  breaker." 

Con'tact-vein.  (Mining.)  A  vein  along  the 
contact  plane  of,  or  between  two  dissimilar  rock 
masses. 

Con-tin'u-ous  Brake.  (Raihony.)  One  which 
is  attached  to  each  car  of  a  train,  and  by  connec- 
tion of  the  several  cars  can  be  operated  upon  all 
simultaneously,  and  from  points  on  the  engine  and 
each  car. 

The  systems  are  various  :  — 

Air  compression.  Hydraulic. 

Vacuum.  Mechanical. 

Steam.  Electric. 

Con-trol'ling  Valve.  A  supplementary  steam 
valve  adjustable  to  the  maximum  amount  of  steam 
which  the  foreman  thinks  proper  to  carry,  while 
another  valve  is  used  to  reduce  this  quantity,  more 
or  less,  at  the  discretion  of  the  workman. 

Nosh's "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  166. 

Con-trolling  Noz'zle.     A  means  of  control- 
Fig.  686. 


Controlling  Nozzle. 

ling  the  size  of  a  stream  issuing  from  a  nozzle, 
by  means  of  a  cone  valve  F,  which,  by  rotation  of 
the  sleeve  M,  is  projected  forward  or  retracted  so 
as  to  partially  (or  entirely)  close  the  opening,  or 
leave  the  water  full  scope.  By  this  means  the  pipe- 
man  is  able  to  control  the  size  of  the  stream  ac- 
cording to  the  abundance  and  pressure  of  the  wa- 
ter. 

Con-trol'  Watch.  A  time-piece  used  as  a 
watchman's  time  detector.  See  Figs.  7083,  7084, 
p.  2734,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Con-ver'sion.  Changing  the  bore  or  fitting  of 
a  gun,  as  — 

1.  The  conversion  of  a  smooth-bore  to  a  rifle. 

2.  A  muzzle-loader  to  a  breech-loader. 

A  report  on  the  fabrication  of  wrought-iron  tubes  at  the 
West  Point  foundry  for  conversion  of  Rodman  10"  smooth- 
bore guns  into  8"  rifles,  is  contained  in  the  "Report  of  Chiff  of 
Ordnance,  U.  S.  A.,'~  1877,  iii.,  pp. 400-412,  and  Plates  I. -VII. 
accompanying. 

Small  arms,  French  system,  Tabatifre,  Ibid.,  App.  L,  Fig. 

Small  arms,  English  system,  Snider,  Ibid.,  App.  L,  Fisr.  92. 

10"  smooth-bores  into  8"  and  9"  rifles,  Ibid.,  1876,  App.  H, 
p.  55. 

15"  smooth-bores  into  11"  muzzle  loading  ritle.  Ibid.,  1879, 
Appendix  II,  p.  61. 

Con-vert'or.  The  vessel  used  in  the  Bessemer 
process.  See  p.  613,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Furnace,  Ponsard, *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  $&6. 

Furnace,  Crescent  Steel  Works. 

Pittsburg        *  "Engineering."  xxiv  394 

Appr.  for  working *  "Engineering,'1'  xxv.  99. 

Ladle,  Catpersson "Am.  Manuf.,"  Dec.  31, 

1880,  p.  12. 

Cool'ing  Cup.     An  invention  of  Toselli. 

It  is  described  in  "  Les  Mnndes,"  and  consists  of  a  cylindri- 
cal cup  for  holding  any  liquid  into  which  may  be  plunged  an 
inner  goblet  shaped  like  an  inverted  truncated  cone,  and  hav- 
ing a  lid  which  rests  on  the  outer  cup.  Putting  150  grams 


COOLING  CUP. 


220 


CORKING   MACHINE. 


of  nitrate  of  ammonia  in  the  inner  goblet,  filling  it  with  cold 
water,  and  stirring  it  so  as  to  hasten  the  solution,  the  tem- 
perature of  the  outer  liquid  is  soon  reduced  to         j,-j 
a  sufficiently  low  temperature  for  a  beverage. 
The  salt  may  be  used  for  an  indefinite  period, 
by  spreading  it  on  a  plate  after  each  trial,  and 
exposing  it  to  the  sun   until   it  crystallizes 
anew. 

Coop'er's  Punch.  A  lever  punch 
for  makiug  rivet  holes  in  iron  hoops. 
It  punches  two  holes  at  a  time. 

Coo  p'e  r  -  a  g  e 
Ma-chine'.  See 
list  under  BARREL 
MACHINERY. 

Cop'per.      See 
the  following  refer- 
ences :  — 
Ore  working 

"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  t- 

209. 
Process,  Roessler,  Ger. 

"Eng.   IT   Min.    J.,'' 

xxx.  369. 

Hunt  4"  Douglas 


Smelting  process,  Altenare 


Cooper's  Punch. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  419, 

437. 
"Painter's  Rept.,    Vienna 

Exp.,'>  iv.  106. 
Bukowina  proc.,  176,  Lower  Harz.       Ibid.,  iv.  129. 
Hungarian  proc. ,195,  Mansfield  .      Ibid.,  iv.  133. 

Tyrolese Ibid.,  iv.  165. 

Smelting  furn.,  Swed.,  Norw.,Ger.   Ibid.,  iv.  21. 

Cop'per  Bolt.  A  copper  bit ;  a  soldering 
tool. 

Cop'per  Cast'ing.  Copper  highly  heated  and 
cast  under  water,  acquires  a  very  beautiful  and 
persistent  rose  color.  A  Japanese  art.  —  Dr.  Percy. 

Cop'per-plate  Print'ing. 

Cylindrical  system  by  roller  and  scraper,  Godchaux  (Fr.). 

Flat  plate  system,  Robert  Neale  (Patented  in  England,  Jan 
oary,  1853). 

Hydraulic  pressure,  Silbermann. 

Described  in  article  "Imprimerie,''  Laboulaye's  "Diction- 
naire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Cop'y-graph.  Writing  done  on  paper  with  a 
peculiar  ink,  preferably  aniline,  is  allowed  to  dry, 
and  then  laid  upon  a  slab  of  gelatine  and  glycerine 
which  absorbs  the  ink  and  parts  with  it  to  paper 
laid  upon  it.  It  yields  a  large  number  of  copies,  if 
promptly  taken. 

The  following  is  the  recipe  for  making  the  slab  :  Best  gel- 
atine or  glue,  1  part,  soaked  over  night  in  cold  water  and  the 
excess  of  water  poured  oif  ;  the  glue  is  then  warmed  in  a 
water  bath  with  from  10  to  12  parts  of  glycerine,  to  which  is 
added  4  to  6  parts  of  freshly  precipitated  sulphate  of  baryta 
and  1  part  of  dextrine,  well  mixed  with  constant  stirring. 
During  the  summer  less  glycerine  should  be  added  than  in 
winter,  as  the  glycerine  softens  the  mixture,  while  the  glue 
and  dextrine  harden  it.  While  soft  it  is  poured  into  a  zinc 
box  and  cooled.  For  ink,  the  aniline  ink  called  Violet  de 
Paris,  is  best. 

The  lithogram,  chromograph,  copygram,  hectograph,  and 
numerous  other  processes  are  substantially  the  same.  It  is 
the  invention  of  Stein,  of  Vienna. 

Cop'y-ing  Lathe.  A  lathe  which  reproduces 
a  pattern.  This  may  either  be  a  templet,  in  which 
case  the  slide-rest  works  against  the  templet,  which 
thus  governs  the  distance  of  the  tool  from  the  axis 
of  rotation  of  the  stuff.  The  result  is  symmetrical. 
The  work  may  consist  of  table-legs,  billiard-cues, 
etc. 

Another  form  has  a  capacity  for  irregular  shapes, 
the  pattern  revolving  and  governing  the  position  of 
the  revolving  cutter. 

See  SPOKE-LATHE,  Figs.  5451,  5452,  p.  2283,  "Mech.  Diet."1 

See   LAST  LATHE,  Fig.  2825,  p.  1259,  "Mech.  Diet."1 

See  LATHE     .     .    Figs.  2836,  2837,  p.  1264,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Arbey's  (Fr.)  copying  lathe  for  lasts,  etc.,  *"Engineer" 
ilvii.  262. 

Cop'y-ing  Pen'cil.  Composed  of  graphite, 
kaolin,  and  blue  violet  aniline.  Gum  arabic  may 
be  substituted  for  the  kaolin. 


See  also  Ink "Sc.  Amer.,"    xxxvi.  386: 

xxxvii.  327. 

Pad "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  325. 

Paper "Sc.Amer.  Sup., "  2438. 

Pencil "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  344. 

Process,  Adler,  Gelatine      .     .     .  ".Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  1. 

Alisoff,  Polygraphic  paper    .  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  339. 

Blue "Engineer,"  xlv.  279. 

Gelatine "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  284. 

Hannot "Sc.  Amer.,"-'  xxxvii.  259. 

Holtzman "Patent,"  May  8,  1880,  No. 

227,629. 

Ridout "Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  100. 

Sars,  Lithographic  ....  "Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxvii  326. 

See  BLUE  PUCK  KSS  ;  GELATINE  COPYING  PRO- 
CESS ;  HECTOGRAPH,  etc. 

Cop'y-ing  Tel'e-graph.     See  — 

Chemical.    D'Arlincourt     .  Lines  " Rept.  Vienna.  Exp.,"  1873. 

Writing Laboulay^s   "Dictionnaire,''    ii. 

art.  "Bcritvret," 
See  also  AUTOGRAPHIC  TELEGRAPH  :  FAC-SIMILK  TELEGRAPH. 

Cor'al,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  Yellow  rosin,  4;  ver- 
milion, 0.2  ;  melt  and  mix  carefully. 

Cord  Car'ri-er.  (Suryical.)  A  means  of  car- 
rying a  ligating  cord  to  a  deep-seated  part. 

Obstetric  cases Fig.  496  b,  Part  III. 

Knot-tyer Fig.  92,  Part  I. 

Ligature  Needle Figs.  94-96,  Part  I. 

Compress  for  seminal  cords     .  Fig.  206.     Part.  IV. 

All  in  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicitm." 

Cord-mak'ing  Ma-chine'.  Binns'  cord-mak- 
ing machine  (Bradford,  Eng.),  automatic  machine 
for  making  silk  cord,  trimmings,  fringes,  etc. 

" Manufacturer  if  Builder  " xi.  203. 

Core.  (Add.)  It  is  oftfen  made  of  green  saud, 
but  usually  of  core  sand,  molded  in  a  core  box,  or 
of  loam  struck  up  upon  a  spindle  or  core  plate  ;  it  is 
dried  and  black  washed.  It  must  be  sufficiently 
strong  to  bear  the  flow  of  metal  around  it,  and  suf- 
ficiently porous  to  allow  free  vent  for  the  gases. 
There  are  many  varieties  :  — 


Dry  sand. 
Flour. 
Steam  flour. 
Loam  and  sand. 
Rosin. 


Molasses  water. 
<!lu<>  water. 
Sour  beer. 
Brickbat. 
Charcoal. 


(Electricity.)  A  bundle  of  wires  in  the  center  of 
the  helix,  made  of  soft  iron,  so  that  it  may  mag- 
netize and  demagnetize  as  rapidly  as  possible. 

Core  Lift'er.  A  collar  or  thimble  lowered  into 
a  bore,  made  by  an  annular  rock  drill,  in  order  to 
bring  up  the  core  left  by  the  drill.  The  collar  is 
of  the  size  of  the  bit,  and  has  on  its  interior  periph- 
ery a  catch  which,  on  the  retraction  of  the  collar, 
engages  the  core  and  lifts  it  to  the  surface. 

Core  Wheel.  A  wheel  with  recesses  which 
answer  as  the  interspaces  of  cogs,  or  into  which 
wooden  cogs  may  be  driven.  Fig.  687.  Such  a 
wheel  is  made  with  cores,  which  are  placed  in  the 
mold  to  form  the  openings  in  the  wheel. 

Cork  Arm'-board.  (Leather.)  A  graining- 
board,  made  of  the  outer  or  dead  bark  of  the  cork- 
oak.  It  has  no  grooves. 

Cork  Board.  Ground  cork  incorporated  with 
paper  pulp  in  mixing  machines  and  with  powerful 
presses.  The  material  is  springy,  light,  a  poor 
conductor  of  heat  and  sound.  A  French  inven- 
tion. 

Cork'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  form  of  corking 
machine  used  at  Bordeaux  is  shown  in  Fig  688 
The  bottle  is  placed  on  its  stand,  a  pan  being  placed 
around  it  to  catch  the  wine  in  case  any  bottle 
should  break.  The  cork  is  in  the  sleeve  imme- 
diately about  the  mouth,  and  is  forced  into  the 
bottle  by  the  piston  operated  by  the  lever.  It  is 
simple  and  efficient. 


CORK   LEATHER. 


221 


CORN  CRACKER. 


Core  W/ieet 


Cork  Leath'er.  Fine  slices  of  cork  placed  be- 
tween and  attached  to  layers  of  leather.  De  Beer- 
eski  $•  Co.,  Fr. 

Slices  of  cork  coated  on  each  side  with  India- 
rubber  solution  ;  on  one  side  a  sheet  of  cloth  can- 
Fig.  088. 


French  Corking  Machine.    (Syst&me  Gervais.) 

vas  or  thin  leather  is  laid,  and  on  the  other  a  cot- 
ton or  linen  fabric.  The  laminated  fabric  is  then 
pressed  between  rollers.  To  be  used  for  trunks, 
driving  belts,  etc.  Veneered  with  wood  for  panels. 
Block,  En o-l. 

Cork  Ma-chine'.  Armstrong's  machine  for 
making  corks  is  shown  in  Fig.  689.  The  upper 
figure  is  the  machine  for  cutting  the  slab  of  cork 
into  strips.  The  cork-slab  is  laid  011  the  iron  table 
A,  which  is  secured  by  lugs  D  E  to  a  wooden  table. 
C  is  the  revolving  knife  and  B  the  gage. 

In  the  lower  figure,  A  is  a  hollow  spindle  driven  by  the  pul- 
ley B,  and  capable  of  slipping  back  and  forth  in  its  bearings 


in  the  standards  C  C.  On  the  right-hand  end  of  the  spin- 
dle A  is  the  flange  D,  the  edge  of  which  runs  in  a  groove  in 
the  lever  E,  the  latter  giving  the  spindle  its  end  motion. 
On  the  other  end  of  the  spindle  A  is  the  tubular  cutter  /, 
which  has  parallel  sides,  and  an  edge  produced  by  beveling 

Fig.  689. 


Fig.  690. 


Cork  Machine. 

off  the  outside.  F  is  a  long,  stationary  rod,  which  runs  from 
the  set  screw  H  through  the  spindle  A,  and  nearly  through 
the  cutter  7.  A  piece  of  cork  being  placed  against  the  block 
of  hard  wood'fi,  resting  on  the  gage  L,  the  lever  F  is  moved, 
bringing  the  spindle  A  to  the  left,  and  forcing  the  cutter 
through  the  cork.  Being  retired,  the  central  rod  F  forces 
the  cork  out  of  the  cutter.  AT  is  the  mode  of  adjustment  for 
the  abutment  J. 

The  cork  is  tapered  by  presentation  to  a  steel  disk,  while 
itself  is  slowly  rotated 

Armstrong *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  528. 

Procuring  cork    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2649. 

C  o  r  k '  s  c  r  e  w. 

Fig.  690  shows  the 
lever  for  lifting  the 
corkscrew  and  the 
cork  out  of  the  bottle 
without  jarring  it  or 
disturbing  the  c  o  n- 
tents.  A  collar  on  one 
arm  rests  on  the 
flanged  lip  of  the  bot- 
tle, and  the  other  arm 
has  its  bearing  under 
a  collar  on  the  cork- 
screw stem. 

Cork'screw  Ma- 
chine'. A  machine 
for  twisting  steel  wire 
into  corkscrews.  Clough  &  Williamson. 

Cor'liss  En'gine.  A  form  of  engine  described 
under  CUT-OFF,  which  see. 

See  also  references  as  follows :  — 

At  Centennial *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  12. 

"Iron   Age,"  xvii.,  April 

13,  p.  11. 
*" Harper's   Weekly,"1    May 

27,  1876. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup. ,"402 

And  boilers *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.£ 29* 

Horizontal,  compound,  Bombay  *  "Polytechnic  Rev.,"  ii.  I. 
Harris- Corliss  .     ....     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  95. 

Corn  Clean'er.  A  machine  with  a  combined 
rolling  screen  and  suction  fan,  for  the  separating 
of  cobs  from  shelled  corn,  and  the  cleaning  of  the 
corn  for  shipment. 

Corn  Crack'er.  A  farm  or  plantation  mill 
having  an  outer  iron  shell  with  a  corrugated  inner 
surface,  and  a  core  or  cone  with  sharp  projections 
which,  rotating  within  the  shell,  coarsely  grin^fc 
the  corn  for  stock  feed.  Used  for  grinding  on  the 

cob. 

The  British  corn-mill  is  for  grain  of  any  kind  for  feed ; 
corn  being  generic  there,  not  maize. 


Lever  Cork-screw. 


Ransomt's,  Br *  "Engineering,' 


xxvii.  319. 


A  pair  of  conical  rollers  on  a  horizontal  axis  rotating  and 


revolving  in  a  flat  pan. 

Cruardiola 

Grater,  Wood 


*"  Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  83. 
.  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xlii.  324 


CORN  CULTIVATOR. 


222 


CORNET. 


Corn  Cul'ti-va'tor.     See  CULTIVATOR. 

Corn  Cut'ter.  A  large  form  of  straw-cutter, 
adapted  by  size  and  power  for  cutting  maize  stalks. 
Corn  fodder  is  thus  prepared  by  some,  and  with 
great  advantage,  but  the  principal  use  of  the  ma- 
chine is  for  cutting  the  green  corn  stalks  for  ensi- 
lage. See  ENSILAGE  CUTTER. 

Corn-cutting  machine  (barn). 

Dick *  "  Mining  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  225. 

*  "  Scientific  American"  xxxvii.  115. 
Silver  4"  Deming  .        *  "Iron  Age,'"  xix.,  Jan.  4,  p.  5. 

Corn  Drill.  A  machine  for  planting  corn  in 
drills.  The  machine  for  planting  it  in  hills  is 
called  a  CORN  PLANTER,  which  see. 

Drills  and  planters  are  made  for  either  one  or  two  horses, 
and  also  to  be  worked  by  hand. 

In  the  Campbell  corn-drill  a  slotted  solid  wheel  acts  as  a 
roller  iu  breaking  clods,  and  helps  to  prepare  the  seed-bed 
for  the  corn.  It  also  is  the  drive-wheel  which  through  its 
pitman  rod  and  geared  connections  automatically  operates 
the  force-feed  of  the  seed  from  the  hopper,  which,  dropping 
down  through  the  hollow  share  that  has  just  provided  its 
bed,  is  followed  by  the  adjustable  covering  shares  that 

Fig.  691. 


Fig.  G93. 


Corn  Drill. 

complete  the  work.     A  fender  in  front  curving  back  to  the 
point  of  the  seed-share  clears  the  track. 

There  are  three  circles  of  cogs  on 
the  drive-wheel  which  give  three  dif- 
ferent rates  of  feed,  dropping  a  grain 
of  corn  at  greater  or  lesser  intervals, 
say  from  12"  to  20". 

Cor'ne-al    In'stru-ments 

( Surgical. )  This  includes  para- 
centesis,  and  cataract  instru- 
ments. 

The  former  are  needles  and 
trocars. 

The    latter    are    enumerated 
under   CATARACT   IN- 
STRUMENTS, which  see. 

See  also  IRIS  INSTRU- 
MENTS. 

Cor'ner  Cut'ter.  1. 
A  machine  for  cutting 
the  corners  off  cards  or 
books.  Pass-books  have 
the  corners  removed  in 
order  to  avoid  dogs-ears. 
The  machine  makes  a 
round  corner.  Some 
cards  are  also  rounded 
on  the  corners  to  .suit 
the  fancy  or  prevent 
bending  too  readily  at 
the  corners.  Some  play- 
ing cards  are  thus 
trimmed.  The  machine 
works  by  a  treadle,  or  by 

power ;  "in    r  h  e  former  

manner    in    Fig.  692.  Rountl-carntr  Cutter. 

The  spring  clamp  descends  upon  the  object  and 


holds  it  while  the  cutter  descends,  and  cuts  through 
the  book  to  the  wooden  block  beneath  it. 

2.  A  machine 
for  cutting  out 
notches  from 
blanks  of  card- 
board, intended 
to  be  bent  up  to 
form  boxes.  The 
making  of  a  cor- 
ner notch,  and 
the  scoring  par- 
tially through  at 
the  bending 
places,  prepares 
the  blank  for  be- 
ing bent  into 
shape- 

Fig.  693  shows 
a  treadle  motion 
corner  cutter. 
The  blank  is  laid  , 
on  the  table  and 
the  desceudru;. 
cutter  makes  an 
.  entering  angle, 
differing  in 
this  respect 
f  r  o  m  r  h  e 
machine,  Box-maker's  Corner  Cutter. 

Fig.  692,  which  merely  rounds  the  salient 
ane'le  of  the  book  or  card.  See  PAPEH- 
HOX  MACHINE,  page  1616,  "  Mech.  Diet.," 
where  various  methods  and  forms  of  cut- 
ting are  represented. 

Cor'ner-ing     Ma-chine'.      A    ma- 
chine  for   rounding   off   the   corners    of 
stuff;  especially  used  in  implement  and 
carriage  work.     See  CHAMFERING  MACHINE. 

Cor'ner  Valve.  A  valve  at  a  corner,  or  bend 
in  a  pipe.  See  ANGLE  VALVE. 

Cor'net.  (Music.)  The  cornet  with  three  pis- 
tons and  with  cylinders  has  a  compass  of  two  oc- 
taves and  two  or  three  notes.  Its  mechanism  al- 
lows of  its  giving  all  the  chromatic  degrees  within 
its  range. 

Cornets  are  of  many  varieties  as  to  key,  and 
some  have  lengthening"  pieces  by  which  the  tone  is 
lowered,  but  the  facility  of  modulating  by  the  pis- 
tons renders  this  mode  of  variation  less  needful. 

The  "  Four-in-one  "  cornet  of  Conn  ty  Du- 
pont,  patented  January  22,  1878,  is  a  sliding 
valve  instrument,  so  constructed  that  it  may 
be  changed  from  a  higher  to  a  lower  key  by 
the  introduction  of  additional  piping.  Quot- 
ing from  the  inventors  :  — 

The  principle  is  this  :  First  build  a  cornet 
in  E-tiat,  which  may  be  lowered  in   pitch  to 
the  keys  of  C,  B-flat,  and  A.     Now,  that  the 
valve  may  be  tuned  to  correspond  with  open 
or  main  pipes  of  the  horn,  on  each  valve  is 
placed  a  bend,  through  which  the  air-current 
when  the  open  tone  is  used.     Precisely 
the  same  length  of  pipe  is  added  to  the  valve- 
slides.    This  enables  the  player  when  he  low- 
ers the  pitch  of  the  cornet,  to  draw  out  the 
valve-slides,  that  they  may  be  in   tune  with 
the  lowered  pitch     This  bend  on  the  valves  is 
a  part  of  the  body  of  the  instrument  when  the 
open  tone  is  used,  but  is  cut 
off  and  its  equivalent  trans- 
ferred   to    the    valve-slides 
when  the   valve    tones    are 
produced." 

8ee  also  cornets  and  horns, 

Fig.  2564,  page  1122,  and  pages  1500-1501,  "  MrcA.  Din.,"1 
where  musical  instruments  are  listed  and  classed  in  order 
of  their  nature  and  also  alphabetically.  See  also  Fig.  3263, 
page  1498,  Ibid,  for  table  of  the  compass  of  instruments 
and  voices,  showing  the  place  whi»h  each  occupies  on  the 
scale. 


CORN  HOOK. 


223 


CORN  PLANTER. 


Corn  Hook.  A  hand  implement  for  cutting 
corn  on  the  stalk.  It  is  used  by  a  draw  motion, 
pulling  upward.  Fig.  694  shows  the  corn  knife 
and  corn  hook.  See  also  CANE 
KNIFE  ;  MACHETE,  infra. 

Corn  Husk'er.  A  machine 
for  husking  ears  on  the  stalk. 

Across  the  end  of  Hie  frame  near  the 
top  are  placed  two  picking  rolls  provided 
with  spiral  grooves  between  which  the 
stalks  are  fed,  so  that  passing  through 
the  rolls  they  are  divested  of  the  ears 
both  large  and  small.  The  stalks  then 
drop  upon  an  elevator  and  are  taken 
away. 

The  ears,  as  they  arc  severed  from  the 
stalks,  drop  upon  the  husking  rolls  that 
are  placed  lower  down  in  the  frame, 
at  right  angles  to  the  picking  rolls,  and 
in  an  inclined  position.  Upon  the  sur- 
tuce  of  these  rolls  are  spiral  grooves  for 
the  purpose  of  allowing  spikes  to  be  put 
on  the  surface  of  the  opposite  roll,  and  ^^Sijjv.-, 
also  to  allow  the  ear  to  settle  down  be- 
tween the  rolls,  so  that  the  hold  upon 
the  husk  may  be  more  certain.  These 
depressions  and  spikes  being  arranged  spirally  upon  th« 
rolls,  holding  the  husks  at  one  end  of  the  ear,  and  continu 
ing  the  grasp  to  the  opposite  end,  make  the  process  of  strip 
pini:  the  husk  very  similar  to  husking  by  hand. 

Fig.  695. 


lire  of  the  air,  acting  upon  the  top  of  the  piston. 

should  depress  the  latter  and  with  it  one  end  of 

Fig.  696. 


Corn  Husker. 


As  the  ears  slide  down  over  the  rolls,  the  husks,  being  torn 
off  by  the  steel  spikes,  are  dropped  upon  the  elevator,  while 
the  ears  pass  on  to  the  end  of  the  rolls,  and  are  there  received 
into  a  basket,  thus  delivering  the  stalks  and  husks  in  front, 
and  the  corn  in  the  rear  of  the  machine  at  the  rate  of  from 
25  to  50  bushels  per  hour  according  to  the  condition  of  the 
corn,  etc. 

Cor'nice  Ma-chine'.  1 .  A  machine  for  shap- 
ing sheet  metal  into  sham  cornices  for  buildings. 

2.  A  machine  for  planing  wood  into  shapes  for 
interior  wall  cornices. 

Hayes *  "Manufacturer  awl  Builder,'1'  xi.  217 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  May  15,  p.  7  :  May 

22,  *p.  3:  *xxiv.,  Oct.  2,  p.  7. 
Sheet  metal     .    .     .  *  "Iron  Age"  xviii.,Sept.  7,  p.  17  ;  Oct. 

26,  *  p.  1. 

Cor'nish  Boil'er.  A  boiler  formerly  made 
wagon-shaped  (A,  Plate  LXI.,  opp.  p.  2326,  "  Mech. 
Diet."}  hut  now  of  a  stronger  form,  cylindrical,  high- 
er pressure  being  required  than  in  the  atmospheric 
engine,  where  steam  was  only  used  to  fill  the  space 
below  the  piston,  in  order  that  by  its  condensation 
a  partial  vacuum  might  be  produced,  and  the  press- 


Applebi/'s  Cornish  Boiler. 

the  walking-beam,  lifting  by  consequence  the  pump- 
rod  at  the  other  end  of  the  beam. 

Fig.  698  shows  two  of  a  batlery  of  Cornish  boilers  of  the 
form  built  by  Appleby  Brothers,  of  London,  for  the  locomo- 
tive shops  of  the  East  Indian  state  railways.  The  fittings 
consist  of  a  furnace  front  with  ventilator,  grate  bars,  bearers, 
dead-plate,  and  damper,  man-hole  and  mud-hole,  with  mud- 
hole  cover  and  bridge,  stop-valve,  safety-valve,  feed-valve, 
gage-cocks,  glass  water-gage,  Bourdon's  steam-pressure  gage, 
blow-off  cock,  fusible  plug  in  the  crown  of  each  tube,  and 
high  and  low-water  indicator. 

Cor'ni  di  Bas-set'to.  (Music.)  A  reed  in- 
strument like  a  clarinet  in  F  (low),  excepting  that 
it  has  a  brass  bell-mouth,  which  elongates  its  lower 
extremity  and  descends  to  a  lower  note. 

Cor'no  In'glese.  (Music.)  A  double  reed  in- 
strument, the  alto  of  the  oboe,  with  a  compass  of  2i 
octaves.  It  is  written  on  the  G  clef. 

Corn  Plant'er.  Walking,  riding,  and  hand 
corn  planters  are  shown  on  pp.  626,  627,  "  Mech. 
Diet:'  Fig.  697  shows  a  complete  machine,  with 

Pig.  697. 


Corn  Planter  and  Marker. 

the  driver,  dropper,  and  marker.  The  weights  of 
the  operators  practically  balance  each  other.  The 
shape  of  the  runner  makes  a  distinct  channel  in 
the  ground  for  the  reception  of  the  seed.  Th# 
depth  of  the  channel  is  regulated  by  shoes  orer 
the  faces  of  the  runners.  By  projections  on  the 
wheels  conforming  to  the  width  of  the  channels 
the  earth  is  pushed  over  the  corn,  and  the  furrows 
are  rolled  by  the  broad-faced  wheels  which  support 
the  machine.  The  planter  can  be  thrown  out  of 
the  ground  when  turning  at  the  end  of  the  row 
and  held  in  position  by  a  catch,  until  the  point  of 
starting  on  a  new  bout  is  reached,  when,  by  a  move- 


CORN  PLANTER. 


224 


COSMOSCOPE. 


merit  of  the  foot  of  the  driver,  the  machine  is  again 
placed  in  working  position. 

The  machine  is  used  principally  for  planting  in  check- 
rows by  placing  a  boy  on  the  machine  to  move  the  lever 
when  crossing  the  check-marks,  or  is  made  to  act  automat- 
ically as  a  drill  or  hill-planter  when  check-rows  are  not  de- 
sired. The  marker  shown  as  projecting  from  the  off-side  is 
to  mark  the  ground  as  a  guide  for  the  next  bout ;  when  re- 
turning, the  marker  will  be  shifted  to  the  near  side,  and  so 
on  alternately  as  the  machine  goes  to  and  fro  across  the 
field. 

Jn  the  bottom  of  each  hopper  is  a  round  dropping-plate 
with  a  circle  of  pockets  :  into  these  the  grain  falls,  aud  the 
rotation  of  the  plate  brings  the  hole  over  the  tube  and  the 
corn  passes  by  the  tube  to  the  open  furrow  at  the  heel  of  the 
runner.  The  motion  of  the  dropping-plates  is  derived  from 
the  wheels,  and  different  dropping-plates  are  used  for  differ- 
ent quantities  of  seed,  1,  2,  3,  or  4  kernels  .  optional  pinions 
used  for  dropping  in  drill-rows  are  of  sizes  for  dropping  at 
19",  15",  10",  7",  distance  respectively. 

The  single  row  planter  has  the  appearance  of  the  walking 
cultivator,  Fig.  1468,  p.  62~,"Mech.  Diet., "'or of  the  machine 
shown  at  CORN  DRILL,  supra. 

Check  row  planter,  Graetzel,  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xlii.  243. 
Corn  planter,  Du  Souchet     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xl.  99. 
Hand  planter,  Noel      ...  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  86. 

Corn  Plow.  The  principal  corn  plow  is  a  cul- 
tivator, and  is  considered  under  that  caption. 

There  are,  however,  special  plows  made  for  corn 
and  for  cotton  cultivation,  some  of  them  adapted 
for  either.  Those  with  shifting  shares,  for  oper- 
ating upon  the  growing  plant  at  different  stages 
of  its  growth,  are  considered  under  combination 
plow.  , 

Single  and  double  plows  and  several   other  forms,  men- 
tioned in  the  list  under  AGRICULTURAL   IMPLEMENTS,  belong 
to  this  order. 
Corn  plow  and  marker,  Burns,  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  99. 

See  also  CULTIVATOR. 

Corn  Shel'ler.  A  machine  for  removing  corn 
from  the  cob.  See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  628. 

Goddard *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  134. 

Hutchison *  "American  Miller,"  v.  6. 

Livingston  (f  Co.      .     .  *  "American  Miller,"1  v.  16. 

Cor'po-ra'tion  Stop.  A  stop  cock  in  a  gas 
or  water  main,  outside  of  a  house,  to  he  used  by 
official  parties  only. 

Cor-rect'ive  Gage.    A  correct  standard  gage, 
kept  in  a  shop  to  try  the  calipers  by,  in 
order   to   preserve    both   exactness   and 
uniformity    throughout    the     establish- 
ment. 

Fig.  698  shows  a  good  form  of  the  instrument. 
It  has  the  appearance  of  a  step  gage,  but  is  ac- 
tually made  up  of  a  series  of  disks  slipping 
upon  a  mandrel,  and  inclosed  in  a  case  with  a 
hinged  lid.  The  disks  are  independent,  and 
ground  separately  to  size,  the  same  as  cylindri- 
cal gages ;  their  limit  of  accuracy  is  -g^Q-Q  ov 

Fig.  698. 


As  a  cutting  agent,  Jenks 
Occurrence  and  distribution 


Corrective  Gage. 

!_  according  to  the  precision  required,  and  the  limit  of 
expense.  The  sizes  are  from  \"  to  2i"  by  16ths  ;  from  2£" 
to  4J"  by  8ths,  making  49  sizes. 

Cor-ru-ga'ted  Boil'er.  A  form  of  house- 
heating  or  greenhouse  boiler,  which  occupies  a  po- 
sition inside  a  furnace,  and  the  shape  of  which  ex- 
poses a  large  surface  to  the  fire. 

Cor'si-can  Fur'nace.  Another  name  for  the 
Catalan  furnace.  See  CATALAN  FORGE. 

Co-run'dum.  A  crystalline  alumina  used  as 
an  abradant. 


.  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  972. 
.  "Sc.  Am.,''  xxxix.  193. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  672. 
Wheels,  paper  on,  by  Bntcman,  Engl.  "Sc.  Am.  Hup.,*'  1989 
See  Report  of  J.  M.  Sajford,  "  Centennial   Exhibition  Re- 
port, Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  189:  Localities,  Varieties,  M  ode  of 
preparing. 
See  also  EMERY  ;  EMERY  WHEEL. 

Co-ruii'dum  Points.     (Dental.)     A  grinding 
and  abrading  tool  used  on  the  end  of  the  spindle  of 


Fig.  699. 


A  grinding  tool  made  of 

Fig.  700. 


Millstone  Facing  Tool. 


Dentists'  Corundum  Points. 

a   dental  drill  ;  either  in  mechanical  or  operative 
dental  operations. 

The  set  consists  of  wheels,  olives,  points,  cher- 
ries, cones,  etc. 

Co-run'dum  Tool, 
a  block  compounded 
with  emery,  or  faced 
with  the  same. 

The  term  is  somewhat 
generic,  a  multitude  of 
tools  deriving  their  vir- 
tue and  usefulness  from 
degraded  corundum; 
but  the  specific  applica- 
tion of  the  term,  in  the 
present  case,  is  to  a  tool 
for  dressing  the  surface 
of  millstones,  restoring 
the  natural  grit ;  the  flat  for  trueing  the  face,  and 
the  angles  for  the  furrows.  See  MILLSTONE 
DRESSER. 

Co-si'na.  A  dye  produced  by  Dr.  Carr  of 
Stuttgart,  Germany.  Its  solutions  in  alcohol  are 
of  a  delicate  rose  color  in  transmitted,  and  a  pure 
yellow  in  reflected  light. 

Prepared  from  fluorescin,  by  treatment  with  bro- 
mine in  combination  with  potash. 

"  Scientific  American  " xxxiv.  130. 

Cos'mo-graph.     An  instrument  resembling  an 
armillary  sphere  for  pop- 
u  1  a  r  i  z  i  n  g  astronomical 
knowledge,  erected    as  a 
public  monument. 

The  long  rod  indicates 
the  earth's  axis,  and 
points  to  the  polar  star  ; 
the  vertical  circle  is  the 
meridian  ;  the  circle  at 
ri«;ht  angles  thereto  the 
equator ;  a  vertical  point 
shows  the  zenith  ;  others 
mark  the  tropics  and  po- 
lar circles. 

See  also  ARMILLARY  SPHERE, 
Fig.  336,  p.  149,  "Mech.  Dirt.,'' 
and  TELLURIUM,  *  p.  2^25,  Ibid. 

Cos'mo-scope.  An 
instrument  to  demonstrate 
the  positions,  relations, 
and  movements  of  the 
sun,  earth,  and  moon.  A 
form  of  orrery.  Lexr.ellcnl., 
"  Tecfinologiste,"  *  xl.  125. 


Riviere's  Cosmograpk 


COSMORAMA   LENS. 


225 


COTTON  PRESS. 


Cos'mo-ra'ma  Lens.  (Optics.)  A  large-sized 
double  or  plano-convex  lens. 

Cos'to-tome.  (Surgical.)  Rib-cutter.  A  post- 
mortem chisel  or  shears  for  opening'  the  thoracic 
cavity. 

Chisel  costotome,  Fig.  322  ;  shears  costotome,  Fig.  68  ; 
Parti.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Cfiirurgicum.'' 


An  elevated  oven   range 
Fig.  702. 


Cot'tage    Range. 

with  dividing  hori- 
zontal flue,  making  a 
direct  draft  around 
the  lower  and  upper 
ovens. 

Cot'ton  Cul'ti- 
va'tor.  A  three- 
share,  expansible- 
frame,  wheelless  cul- 
tivator. 

Cot'ton  Cyl'in- 
der.  A  roller  used 
in  drawing  libers  or 
slivers  in  cotton  ma- 
chinery. See  DRAW- 
ING, I)  R  A  w  i  N  G- 

F  R  A   M   K,       ''  .)/  6C  k. 

"    Osgood'ssub-                    Cottage  Range. 
stitute   for  the  ordi- 
nary cylinder,  covered  with  cloth  and  leather,  is 
gelatine  treated  with  bichromate  of  potassium. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement  " 223. 

Cot'ton  Gin.     See  GIN. 

Cot'ton  Hold'er.  (Surgical.)  A  staff  to 
hold  a  pledget  of  cotton  or  lint  for  application  to 
a  wound  or  cavity. 

Cot'ton  Ma-chin'er-y.  The  following  list 
gives  the  series  of  machines  shown  by  the  Willi- 
mantic  Linen  Co.  in  their  complete  exhibit  of  ma- 
chines, from  the  bale  of  cotton  to  the  spool  thread  ; 
working  upon  sea-island  cotton.  Atlanta  Exhibi- 
tion, 1881. 


Lynch 
Smith 


*  "Scientific  American  Supplement."  240. 
U.  S.  Patent,  April  10,  1877. 


Cot'ton  Plant'er.  A  machine  which  opens  a 
furrow,  drops  the  cotton  seed,  and  then  covers  it 

There  are  many  machines  for  the  purpose.  A 
force  feed  is  useful  on  account  of  the  fibrous  cling- 
ing quality  of  the  seed. 

Conner's  cotton  planter,  Fig.  703,  has  a  tooth  in  front,  fol- 
lowed by  the  disk  wheel,  which  makes  the  seed-bed.  The  drive 
wheel,  through  an  endless  chain,  operates  the  force  feed  in  the 
hopper  that  furnishes  the  seed,  and  is  followed  by  a  coverer 
that  is  pivoted  to  the  frame  of  the  planter,  and  adjusted  and 
held  in  position  by  a  rod  to  the  handle  frame  above. 

Fig.  703. 


Cotton  gin. 
Cotton  picker. 
Three  FOBS   &  Pevey 

cards. 

Railway  head. 
Comber  doublet. 
Comber. 

First  drawing  frame. 
Second  drawing  frame. 
Slubbing  frame. 
Intermediate  frame. 
Roving  frame. 
Ring  spinning  frame. 


Bobbin  spooler. 
Two-ply  doubler.. 
cotton    First  twisting  frame. 
Spooler. 

Three-ply  doubler. 
Second  twisting  frame. 
Reel. 

Skein  spooling  machine. 
Winding  machine. 
Ticketing  machine. 
Automatic  spool  turning  ma- 
chine. 
Color  card  winding  machine. 


aner    .  Figs.  1485, 1486,  pp.  633-634, " Mech.  Diet.1" 

.     .     .  "Scientific  American  Sup .,"  1749. 


New  cotton  machinery  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  484,  512. 

*  "Engineer,"  1   383,  437. 

Vobson  if  Barlow    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2756. 
Copping  apparatus  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  484. 

Cot'ton  Op'en-er.  A  machine  in  which  bale 
cotton  is  picked  to  pieces,  opened,  shaken,  and 
blown,  to  make  it  separate  and  light,  and  remove 
dirt.  It  is  delivered  in  a  fleecy  condition  in  a  sort 
of  lap. 

Cotton  cleai 
Buckley 

Cot'ton  Parch'ment.      A   material   made  in 
sheets    by   the  following    process.      Cotton   fiber, 
cleaned,  digested  in  a  solution  of  sulphuric  acid, 
glycerine,  and  water.     Rolled  into  sheets. 
Xi/lvestre .     .  "  Technologiste,''  xliii.  170. 

Cot'ton  Pick'er.  A  machine  for  picking  cot- 
ton from  the  boll,  in  the  field.  Fig.  1488,  p.  635, 
"Mech.  Diet."  See  also  :  — 

Powell     ....  *" Scientific     American,"     xxxviii.     86; 
xxxv'i.  84. 

15 


Cotton  Planter. 


The  "Globe"  cotton  planter  gave  the  best  satisfaction  at 
the  Atlanta  Exposition.  It  has  a  barrel  which  rolls  over  the 
ground,  being  supported  by  end  wheels.  Around  the  equa- 
tor of  the  barrel  are  round  holes  for  the  seed  to  issue.  A 
hoop  closes  them  or  opens  them  to  any  extent.  A  spiked 
shaft  in  the  middle  remains  stationary  while  the  roller  and 
contents  revolve.  This  keeps  the  seed  stirred.  It  has  the 
opening  share  and  covering  board  respectively  in  advance 
and  rear  of  the  seed  cylinder. 
Seymour *  "Scientific  American,'"  xxxiv.  64. 

Cot'ton  Plow.  A  form  of  cultivating  plow 
differing  but  little  from  that  employed  in  tending 
other  crops  which  are  planted  in  rows  and  plowed 
during  growth. 

Avery's  combination  cotton  plow  has  adaptations 
for  various  duties  in  cotton  tending,  as  turning  plow, 
scraper  sweep,  shovel-plow  and  bull- tongue ;  five 


Fig.  704. 


Combination  Cotton  Plow. 

implements  with  one  stock.  The  half-shovel  and 
scooter  may  be  added  if  desired. 

The  rudder  wheel  acts  as  a  guide,  and  as  a  ful- 
crum in  turning  or  regulating  depth,  and  .prevent- 
ing the  implement  from  dodging  and  shotting  into 
the  line  of  plants. 

See  also  COMBINATION  PLOW. 

Cot'ton  Pow'der.     See  TONITE. 

Cot'ton  Press.  See  BALING  PRESS,  "  MecJi. 
Diet.,"  et  supra.  Also  :  — 

Compress,  Burr      .  *  "Scientific  American,'-  xxxvii.  159. 
Hydraulic,  Taylor    *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  190. 

*  "Scientific  American,''1  xxviii.  15. 


COTTON  PRESS. 


226 


COUNTER-SINK. 


Watson,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  38. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1808. 
Wilson      ....  *  "Engineer,"-  xliv.  329. 

*  ''Scientific  American  Supplement,"  39. 
Seft  list  under  PRESSES  ;  and  HEPRESSING  PRESS,  Fig.  4624, 

p.  1919,  "Mech.  Diet:- 

Cot'ton.  Scra'per.  A  cotton  cultivator  for 
scraping  the  earth  to  or  from  the  plants,  as  may  be 
required  at  different  periods  of  the  cultivation.  The 
scraper  share  is  shown  attached  to  the  stock  in 
COTTON  PLOW,  which  see. 

Cot'ton  Spin'ning.    The  Clement  process  for 
spinning  cotton  direct  from  the  seed  cotton  is  men- 
tioned in  man}1  of  the  journals  of  the  day. 
" Engineering  and  Mining  Journal'1'      ....  xxviii.  423. 
Louisville  "Ecening  Post  and  Press  "    .     .     .     .  Dec.,  1879. 

The  machine  is  a  combined  gin  and  card,  making  slivers 
from  seed  cotton. 

It  consists  of  a  3Q"  top-flat  self-stripping  card  ;  the  attach- 
ment (which  is  a  diminutive  gin  18  X  18  X  36"),  is  substituted 
for  the  licker-in  and  feed  rollers  of  the  card  ;  its  saws  are  '" 
in  diameter,  with  fourteen  teeth  to  the  inch,  and  revolve 
from  100  to  200  times  per  minute.  The  brush  connected  with 
the  saws  is  a  cylinder  covered  with  bristles  :  its  periphery  re- 
volves a  little  faster  than  the  saws,  and  has  also  a  traverse  or 
horizontal  motion.  The  periphery  of  the  card  travels  a  little 
faster  than  the  brush  ;  a  feed  table  is  placed  above  the  card 
and  connected  with  the  attachment  by  a  chute,  and  gives  a 
regular  supply  of  seed  cotton  to  the  attachment.  A  stop- 
motion  is  used  to  save  waste  in  case  of  accident.  These,  with 
a  small  drawing  roller  between  the  doff  er  and  calender  rollers, 
to  reduce  the  sliver  to  the  ordinary  working  size,  and  a  cam 
motion  to  receive  said  sliver,  are  all  the  changes  and  addi- 
tions made  to  the  card. 

The  seed  cotton  is  spread  upon  the  endless  apron  of  the 
feed  table,  and  passes  thence  through  the  chute  into  the  at- 
tachment, where  the  lint  is  removed  from  the  seed,  and  while 
on  the  fine  saw  teeth  (after  passing  the  ribs)  passes  through 
a  set  of  combir.g  plates,  which  removes  all  extraneous  mat- 
ter, and  delivers  the  filaments  to  the  brush,  which  delivers 
them  to  the  card,  and  thence  through  the  doffer,  small  draw- 
ing and  calender  rollers  ;  being  delivered  as  perfect  sliver  into 
a  revolving  can. 

Cot'ton  Stalk  Pul'ler.  A  machine  for  pulling 
out  of  the  ground  the  old  cotton  stalks  preparatory 
to  chopping  or  making  into  windrows  and  burnmg. 

Brown   .  *  "Scientific  American,1'  xxxiv.  358  ;  *  xxxvii.  230. 

Cot'ton  Sweep.  (Agric.)  A  form  of  plow 
used  in  cultivating  the  balk  between  cottou  rows  : 
also  used  in  corn  cultivation. 


Fig.   705. 


Cotton  Sweep. 

Cot'ton-tie  Fast'en-er.  An  apparatus  to 
draw  together  the  ends  of  cotton-bale  ties,  in  order 
that  they  may  be  riveted  or  buckled :  generally  the 
latter,  though  the  buckle  is  really  but  a  square 
loop,  around  which  the  ends  are  bent.  See  BALE 
TIE,  Fig.  540,  p.  218,  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  where  30  kinds 
are  illustrated. 

Fig.  706. 


Cotton-tie  Fastener. 


The  Greenle of  cotton-tie  fastener  is  a  clamp,  the  two  mem- 
bers holding  each  a  tie  and  approached  by  means  of  a  crank 
pinion  and  rack. 

Cot'ton  Truck.  A  two-wheeled  truck,  the 
sides  ending  in  flat  points  instead  of  the  usual 
loop. 

Cot'ton  Worm  De-stroy'er.  Apparatus  for 
destroying  the  cotton  worm.  There  are  numerous 
forms  :  some  adapted  for  rose,  potato,  vine,  and 
melon  bugs. 

Comstoek's  "Report  upon  the  Cotton  Worm,''  U.  S.  Agric. 
Depart.,  1879,  gives  varied  information  on  this  subject  and 
shows  the  following  apparatus :  — 

Whitman,  fountain  pump  sprinkler  ....  *  p.  239. 

Daughtry,  spraying  machine *  p.  242. 

Willis,  atomizer *  p.  243. 

Johnson,  sprayer *  p  245. 

Young,  sifter *  p.  246. 

A/l.tn,  duster *  p.  247. 

Willis,  sifter *  p.  248. 

Davis,  sifter *  p.  249. 

Levy,  sifter *  p.  250. 

Etdridge,  sifter *  p.  251. 

Robinson,  sprinkler  and  duster *  p.  252. 

Helm,  brush  and  collector *  p  253. 

Ewing,  brush  and  collector *  p.  255. 

Heard,  moth  trap *  p.  262. 

McQue en,  trap-lantern *  p.  265. 

Garrett,  trap-lantern *  p.  266. 

Duke,  trap-lantern *  p.  267. 

S/e.phens,  trap-lantern *  p.  267. 

Pitman,  trap-lantern *  p.  268. 

Dudley,  trap-lantern *  p.  269. 

Cranston,  trap-lantern *p.270. 

Pugh,  trap-lantern *p.271. 

Byrne  if  Strunk,  trap-lantern *  p.  272. 

Kigel,  trap-lantern *  p.  273. 

Stlth,  trap- Ian  tern *  p.  274. 

Couch'ing  Nee'dle.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment for  depressing  the  opaque  lens  in  cataract. 

See  Needles.  Spuds,  Spatulas,  Curettes,  etc.,  p.  27,  Part  II., 
Tiemann's  "  Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Cou-lomb'.  (Electricity.)  A  term  for  a  unit  in 
electricity.  It  was  suggested  at  the  Electrical 
Congress  in  Paris,  1881,  that  the  name  coulomb 
shall  be  given  to  the  quantity  of  electricity  defined 
by  the  condition  that  an  amp&re  gives  one  coulomb 
per  second.  At  latest  advices  the  matter  of  no- 
menclature of  units  is  yet  unsettled. 

Coun'ter-bal'ance  Crane.  One  having  a 
load  on  its  frame  opposite  to  the  jib  to  partially 
counterbalance  the  object  lifted  and  remove  strain 
from  the  pintle,  or  prevent  oversetting  in  the  case 
of  movable  cranes;  j,  Fig.  1507,  p.  643,  "  Mech. 
Diet."  is  an  instance.  See  also  LOCOMOTIVE 
CRANE.  See  also  BALANCE  CRANE,  Fig.  176, 
p.  66,  supra. 

Coun'ter-bore.  A  cylindrical  counter-sink, 
usually  made  with  a  pin-drill. 

Coun'ter  Brace.  A  member  in  a  frame  which 
transmits  strains  in  an  opposite  direction  to  a  main- 
brace. 

Coun'ter  Cock.  A  faucet  upon  a  counter 
for  drawing  beverages.  See  Fig.  707. 

Coun'ter  Gear.  Driving  gear,  for  lathes,  for 
instance,  attached  to  a  ceiling  or  post,  and  connect- 
ing by  band  with  the  machine  or  machine-tool  to 
be  driven. 

"Engineer1'' *  xlii.  258. 

"  Scientific  American  " *  xxxv.  342. 

Coun'ter  Pump.  A  pump  beneath  a  counter 
for  drawing  liquids  from  barrels  in  a  cellar  be- 
neath. See  Fig.  708. 

Coun'ter-sink.  1.  (Fire-arms.)  The  recess 
in  the  rear  of  the  chamber  in  which  the  rim  of  the 
cartridge  fits. 

2.  (Blacksmithing.)  A  tool  with  a  conical  point 
to  punch  a  tapering  enlargement  to  a  hole  to  re- 
ceive the  head  of  a  screw. 


COUNTERSINK. 


227 


COUPON  TICKET  MACHINE. 


Fig.  707. 


Fig.  708. 


Counter  Cock 


Counter  Pump. 


3.  (Metal  Workinrj. 
Fig.  709 


Fig. 


A  tool  for  chamfering  the 
metal-     Fig.  709. 

4.  (  Wood  Working.)  Barber's  counter- 
sink, Fig.  710,  is  a  gun-metal 
block  which  is  screwed  fast  to 
the  shank  of  the  bit  and  car- 
ries an  oblique  steel  cutter 
which  chamfers  the  edge  of 
the  hole. 

Fij:.  711  is  another  counter- 
sink, with  adjustable  gage. 


Countersink 
for  Metal. 

Welles    . 


Countersink        Countersink  and  Gage 
for  Wood.  for  Wood. 

.    *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  119. 


A  countersunk  head-bolt  is  one  the  head  of  which 
is  buried  in  a  depression 
in  the  object  so  as  to  be 
flush  with  its  surface  and 
not  project. 

Coupled  Steam 
Eii'gine.  An  arrange- 
ment in  which  two  steam 
engines  net  in  concert 
upon  a  single  object ;  the 
term  is  more  particularly 
applied,  perhaps,  to  twin 
engines.  The  term 
coupled  is  perhaps  a  lit- 
tle astray  in  character- 
izing a  grouping  of  a 
larger  number,  but  the  three-cylinder  engine  of 
Brotherhood,  or  the  six-cylinder  engine  of  West 
are  coupled,  in  one  permissible  application  of  the 
word,  i.  e.,  connected.  This  obtains  in  the  aryan 


Round  Countersunk  Head- 
screw. 

Square  shank  Countersunk 
Head-bolt. 


Fig.  713. 


Coupled  Steam  Engine. 


coupler,  which  connects  two  or  more  of  the  ranks  of 
keys. 

The  instance  adduced,  however,  refers  to  a  pair 
only  in  the  twin  cylinder  engine  of  Bernays,  of 
London,  in  which  the  crank  is  rotated  by  the  in- 
tervention of  a  triangular  connecting  rod,  made 
practicable  by  an  ingenious  arrangement  of  eccen- 
tric and  valve-gear. 

The  two  upright  double-acting  cylinders  are  placed  with 
sufficient  space  between  them  to  receive  the  crank -shaft. 
The  pistons  are 
connected  to  one 
crank  by  means  of 
a  triangular  con- 
necting-rod, which 
causes  them  to 
move  as  if  con- 
nected to  two 
cranks  at  right  an- 
gles to  each  other. 

The  steam  dis- 
tribution in  the 
two  cylinders  is 
governed  by  one 
ordinary  eccentric 
and  its  connections, 
in  a  munner  anal- 
agous  to  that  by 
which  the  main 
crank  governs  the 
motions  of  the  two 
pistons. 

Two  eyes  are  pro- 
vided on  the  eccen- 
tric-ring, carrying 
rods  or  levers, 
through  which  the 
valves  are  acted 
upon.  The  posi- 
tion of,  and  distance  between,  these  eyes  bear  the  same  re- 
lation to  the  throw  of  the  eccentric  as  the  measurements  of 
the  main  connecting-rod  bear  to  the  throw  of  the  crank, 
reproducing  on  a  smaller  scale  the  triangular  connection 
between  the  crank  and  the  two  piston-rods  in  the  eccentric 
and  valve-rods,  and  the  steam  is  correctly  distributed.  The 
eccentric  is  loose  on  the  shaft  and  is  thrown  to  the  right  or 
left  for  the  purpose  of  reversing  the  engine.  The  position 
of  the  crank-shaft  in  relation  to  the  cylinders  may  be  varied 
in  height  to  suit  any  required  purpose. 

In  this  engine  there  is  no  dead  point,  for  the 
reason  that  the  two  pistons  can  never  be  at  the 
ends  of  their  respective  strokes  at  the  same  time, 
since  they  reach  their  limit  of  movement  when  the 
crank-pin  passes  a  point  in  line  closest  to  the  pin 
of  the  triangle  to  which  either  engine-piston  at- 
taches. 

"Iron  Age" *  xxiv.,  July  10,  p.  1. 

Sweeney's  Report,  "Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"1 
*  iv.  382. 

Couplet.  Two  united,  acting  together,  as  of 
two  elliptic  springs,  side  by  side,  acting  as  a  single 
spring.  Coupled  springs  are  shown  on  p.  483, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Triplet,  quadruplet,  etc.,  express  still  multiplied 
combinations  of  the  same  order. 

Coupling.  See  under  various  heads,  COM- 
PRESSION COUPLING  ;  CAR  COUPLING  ;  CLUTCH, 
etc.  See  list  on  pp.  638,  639,  ''Mech.  Diet." 

Locomotive  coupling  rods,  Hose,  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  490. 
Safety  coupling  chain      .     .     .     *  R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxiv.  428. 

Coupling  Valve.  (Railway.)  A  valve  con- 
tained in  the  case  of  the  hose-couplipo1  of  an  air- 
brake arrangement.  See  BRAKE-HOSE  COUPLING 
VALVE. 

Cou'pon  Tick'et  Ma-chine'.  Hoe's  modifi- 
cation of  the  cylinder  press  for  this  purpose  prints 
railway  coupon  tickets  at  the  rate  of  1 ,200  per  hour. 
The  paper,  laid  by  the  operator  sheet  by  sheet 
upon  the  feed  table,  is  delivered  automatically  to 
the  cylinder,  printed,  numbered,  perforated,  brought 
back  and  laid  down  printed  side  up  upon  the  rack 


COUPON   TICKET  MACHINE. 


228 


CRADLE. 


under  the  eye  of  the  attendant.  The  form  and 
numbering  wheels  are  on  the  same  bed,  and  receive 
their  ink  from  the  same  rollers.  The  impression 
cylinder  gears  into  the  bed,  turning  forward  and 
backward  with  it,  and,  instead  of  fingers,  has  cords 
that  run  around  in  the  spaces  between  the  coupons. 
A  numbering  plate  is  arranged  for  each  different 
spacing  of  coupons,  so  that  no  time  is  lost  in  ad- 
justing the  wheels. 

Cou'pon  Num'ber-ing  Ma-chine'. 

The  French  machine,  for  numbering  coupons,  checks,  lot- 
tery tickets,  stock-books,  etc.,  is  made  by  Pierron  et  Dehaitre, 
of  Paris.  It  is  worked  by  a  pedal,  and  advances  the  sheet  of 
paper  at  each  stroke  of  the  pedal  a  regulatable  distance. 

Cou-ronne'  de  Tasses.  (Electricity.)  The 
first  cell  battery.  Invented  by  Volta,  the  author 
of  the  first  pile,  which  the  Couronne  is  said  to  have 
preceded.  (Niaudet.)  It  consists  of  a  series  of 
glass  cups  placed  in  a  circle,  and  each  containing  a 
zinc  and  a  copper  element,  connected  to  the  adjoin- 
ing one  of  opposite  polarity  in  the  next  cup. 

Court  Plas'ter. 

Soak  isinglass  in  a  little  warm  water  for  74  hours  ;  evapo- 
rate nearly  all  the  water  by  gentle  heat,  dissolve  the  residue 
in  a  little  proof  spirits  of  wine,  and  strain  the  whole  through 
a  piece  of  open  linen.  The  strained  mass  should  be  a  stiff 
jelly  when  cool.  Stretch  a  piece  of  silk  or  sarsnet  on  a 
wooden  frame,  and  fix  it  tight  with  tacks  or  packthread. 
Melt  the  jelly,  and  apply  it  to  the  silk  thinly  and  evenly, 
with  a  badger-hair  brush.  A  second  coating  must  be  applied 
when  the  first  has  dried.  When  both  are  dry,  apply  over  the 
whole  surface  two  or  three  coatings  of  balsam  of  Peru. 


"  Scientific  American  '' 


xl.  182  ;  xlii.  105. 


Cov'ered  Sight.  (Fire-arms.)  One  having 
the  sight  inclosed  in  a  ring  or  tube.  See  BAR  AND 
BEAD  SIGHT  ;  BEACH  COMBINATION  SIGHT  ; 
GLOBE  SIGHT,  etc. 

Cove  Plane.  A  molding  plane,  making  a 
quarter  round  or  scotia.  See  j,  Fig.  3194,  p.  1465, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  714. 


Cow-Horn  Forceps. 

Cow'-Horn  For'ceps.  (Dentistry.)  Forceps 
for  the  extraction  of  molar  roots  when  the  crowns 
are  decayed  below  the  process. 

They  are  made  in  pairs,  right  and  left,  for  upper 
and  for  lower  jaw. 

Fig.  715. 


the  machines  are  usually  known  as  crackers  in  this 
country,  while  they  are  called  biscuit  (bis  cuit)  in 
Europe.  Lately,  in  this  country,  products  called 
by  the  names  oyster,  butter,  soda,  milk,  are  known 
as  crackers ;  while  sweet  goods,  such  as  lemon, 
sugar,  cream,  tea,  albert,  etc.,  are  called  biscuits. 

The  machines,  besides  the  generic  names  of  bis- 
cuit or  cracker  machines,  are  known  as  cutting  ma- 
chines when  they  simply  cut  out  the  crackers  from 
the  blanket  of  dough,  and  cutting  and  scrapping  ma- 
chines when  they  automatically  remove  the  scraps 
of  dough  from  between  the  crackers.  A  short  cut- 
ting machine  is  one  with  a  short  apron  beyond  the 
cutter,  and  may  be  a  two-peel  machine  as  holding  on 
that  portion  of  its  apron,  the  peel-end  of  the  ma- 
chine, but  two-peel  lengths  of  crackers.  A  three- 
peel  machine  has  an  apron  of  one  half  greater 
length  beyond  the  cutter. 

The  complete  cracker  machine  rolls  and  dusts  the  dough, 
cuts  into  crackers,  biscuits,  cakes,  and  snaps,  separates  the 
cracker  from  the  scraps,  and  places  the  work  on  pans. 

The  process  of  cracker-making  by  machinery  is  as  fol- 
lows :  In  the  first  place,  the  flour  is  run  through  a  sifter,  then 
put  into  troughs,  where  all  the  ingredients  are  mixed  in  by 
hand  and  left  to  stand  until  the  chemical  process  is  com- 
pleted. The  material  is  then  run  through  the  dough  mixer, 
and  from  thence  several  times  through  the  dough  brake.  It 
is  piled  up  on  a  table,  covered  with  cloth,  and  left  to  stand 
until  it  is  properly  proved,  or  gets  light,  then  run  again 
through  the  brake  several  times,  being  doubled  over  each 
time,  and  finally  rolled  out  in  a  long  strip  the  proper  width 
for  the  machine.  It  is  then  placed  on  the  hopper  board  of 
the  machine,  and  goes  through  the  rollers,  where  it  is  re- 
duced to  the  proper  thickness,  falls  on  the  apron  or  carrier, 
passes  under  a  revolving  brush,  then  to  the  cutter,  which  is 
changed  to  cut  different  shapes.  After  the  crackers  or  bis- 
cuits are  cut,  the  sheet  of  cut  dough  passes  to  the  fingers  and 
scrap  apron,  where  the  scrap  is  run  over  the  upper  apron, 
and  the  crackers  pass  below  and  drop  into  pans  placed  on 
the  lower  or  third  apron,  and  the  pans  are  then  placed  in 
the  oven  and  baked,  which  requires  from  7  to  15  minutes, 
according  to  the  kind  of  goods  being  baked.  The  largest  set 
of  machinery  and  oven  will  bake  from  50  to  70  barrels  of 
flour  into  crackers  in  ten  hours. 

See  also  Prof.  Horsford's  "Report  on  Vienna  Bread," 
"  Vienna  Exposition  Reports,"  vol.  ii.,  §  B. 

Crack'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Milling.)  A  machine 
for  fine-lining  the  surface  of  a  millstone.  The 
scores  increase  the  grinding  efficiency.  See  MILL- 
STONE DRESSING  MACHINE. 

Crack'le  "Ware.  1.  (Ceramics.)  Fr.  craauelle. 
Ware,  the  enamel  of  which  has  a  multitude  of  fine 
cracks,  making  a  sort  of  reticulated  surface.  The 
art  is  Chinese ;  but  as  an  actual  effect,  .though 
not  designedly  so,  many  wares  overbaked  have  a 
cracked  glaze.  The  Chinese  had  the  art  of  giving 
the  crackle  to  definite  portions  of  the  surface,  so  as 
to  produce  ornamental  effects,  and  to  vary  the 
openness  of  the  patterns. 

2.  (Class.)     Glass  with  a  finely  cracked  exterior 
surface,  for  ornamental  effect. 

Cra'dle.     (Railway.)     The  bed- 
frame  of  a  freight  car.  For  instance, 


Turton, 

*" Engineer,-'  xlii.  328. 


Ruger's  Cracker  Cutting  and  Scrapping  Machine. 

Crack'er  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  cutting 
crackers  from  dough.  The  names  of  the  machines, 
as  also  of  their  products,  differ.  The  products  of 


CRADLE. 


229 


CRANK  PLANER. 


2.  The  infant's  rocking  crib. 

Automatic,  Vandevort  .  *  "  Scientific  American,'"  xxxiv.  99. 

Attachment  for  bedsteads. 

Robertson *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  230. 


.'3.    (Miitiii;/. 
shafts. 

Cran'dall. 


A  suspended   scaffolding   used  in 

(Stone  Working. 
Eig.  716. 


Crandall. 


A  hammer  made 
up  of  a  gang  of 
pointed  steel  bars 
occupying  a  slot 
)  3"  X  8"  in  the 
head  of  the  bar. 
There  are  10  bars 
in  the  gang, 
pointed  at  each  end,  £"  square,  and  held  by  a  key. 
Used  for  putting  a  certain  kind  of  dressing  on 
ashlar.  See  list  of  tools  under  STONE  WORKING. 
Cran'daled  Stone  Work.  (Stone  CuMiny.) 
An  ;tshlar  dressed  by  dotting  its  surface  with  rows 
of  points,  made  with  a  crandall.  When  other  rows 
at  ri^-lit  angles  to  the  first  are  introduced  the  stone 
is  said  to  be  cross  craiidaled. 

Crane.  A  lifting  apparatus  with  a  neck  or  jib 
from  a  planted  post.  The  points  which  distinguish 
the  crane,  derrick,  winch,  sheers,  whin,  gin,  etc., 
respectively,  are  given  on  p.  63  and  elsewhere,  and 
a  list  occurs  on  pp.  1110,  1111,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  cranes  for  handling  the  steel  ingots  at  the  Krupp 
works  are  shown  in  Fig.  41,  Appendix  L,  "  Ordnance  Report," 
1877. 

Austrian  hydraulic  cranes  for  handling  heavy  guns.  Ibid., 
Fig.  35. 

The  new  crane  of  Woolwich,  England,  which  has  occupied 
four  years  in  construction,  exceeds  1800  tons  in  weight,  and 
is  capable  of  lifting  1200  tons. 

See  also  RAILWAY  CRANE  ;  BALANCE  CRANE. 


See  Automatic,  Watson,  Br. 

Crab  bucket,  Wilson,  Br.    .     . 

Locomotive,  Dubs  if  Co.,  Br.  . 
Black,  Hawthorne  If  Co.,  Br 
Appleby      ...... 

Coaling  locomotives,  Wendt,  Ger 

Portable,  Wilson,  Br.     .     . 

70-ton,  Taylor,  Dundee,  Br. 

100-ton,  I  Creusot,  Fr.   .     . 

160-ton,  )  Creusot,  Fr.    .     . 

Traveling  (Belgium)  .     .     . 

Traveling      ...... 

Steam,  Paris  Exposition     . 


"Engineer,'-  xlv.  53. 
"Engineer,''  1.  279. 
"Engineering,''''  xxiii.510. 
"Engineering,"1  xxii.  312. 
".Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  147. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  120. 
"Engineer,"  1.  279. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  Nov.  6, 1875. 
"Engineer,"  xlv.  335. 
" Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2051. 
"Sc.  Amer'.  Sup.,"  744. 
"Sc.Amer.  Sup.,"  658. 
"Exposition    tie    Paris," 
No.  54,  Mar.,  1878. 


Crane  Steel/yard.  One  suspended  from  the 
jib  of  a  crane  to  weigh  objects  in  transitu.  Ro- 
maine  en  I'air. 

Fig.  717. 


French  Crane  Steelyard. 

Cra'iii-o-clast        (Surgical.)     A    forceps    for 
crushing  the  fetal  skull. 

Simpson's,   Fig.  532,  Part    III.,   Tiemann's    "Armamenta- 
rium Chirurgictim." 

Cra'ni-ot'o-my    For'ceps.      (Suryical.)    An 
Fig.  718. 


Dr.  Meigs'  Craniotomy  Forceps. 

alligator  forceps  for  crushing   the    fetal    skull    in 
cases  of  obstructed  labor. 


Fig.  719. 


Crank.     See  the  following  references  :  — 
Axles,  modes  of  forging,  Me  Lean  *  "  Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Sept. 

25,  p.  1. 

Bending  appa.  hyd.,  Clarke,  Br.     *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  438. 
Pin  driver,  Shaffer    .....  *  "Am.   Manuf  ,"  Mav  23, 

1879,  p.  13. 

Pin  turner,  Webb,  Br  .....  *  "Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  260. 
Shaft,  "  Trenton,  '•  .....  *  "iS'c.  Amer.  Sup.,"  415. 
Shaft  repair,  "  Colima  "  .  .  ,  *"  Sc.Amer.  Knp."  491. 

Crank  and  Fly'wheel  Steam  Pump.    A 

form  of  steam  pump,  as  distinct  from  the  direct  act- 
ing. 

A  crank  shaft  and  rods  is  interposed  between  the 
steam  cylinder  and  pump  cylinder. 

Crank'-pin  Cup.  A  lubricator  for  the  crank 
of  an  engine.  The  instance  in 
Fig.  719  is  one  for  a  propeller. 
The  great  and  constant  strain 
renders  special  provision  neces- 
sary ;  as  it  was  aforetime  with 
the  paddle-wheel  shafts,  which 
lifted  at  each  revolution  a  quan- 
tity of  oil  and  poured  it  on  the 
journal. 

Crank'-pin  Jack.  An  ap-  1 
plication  of  the  hydraulic  press 
to  the  pressing  on  or  off  of  the 
crank  pins  of  locomotives.  The 
press  is  supported  on  a  barrow, 
and  is  shown  as  supported  by 
tie  bars  from  the  wheel  in  the 
act  of  pressing  in  a  crank-pin. 
"Railroad  Gazette  "  .  .  *  xxi.  550. 

Crank'-pin    Turn'er.      A 

machine  for  turning  crank-pins 
in  position,  and  while  the  wheels 
are  under  the  engine. 


Crank-pin  Cup  for 
Propeller  Engine. 


It  is  fastened  by  means  of  scroll  and  self-centering  jaws  at 
one  end,  to  the  collar  of  the  crank  pin,  upon  which  there  is  no 
wear.  It  is  then  clamped  in  position  by  bolts  passing  through 
the  spokes  of  the  driver.  The  tail-stock  center  is  then  run 
up,  and  if  the  pin  is  not  bent  will  fit  in  the  old  center,  and 
the  machine  is  ready  to  operate.  The  cutter  is  driven  and 
fed  either  way  by  the  crank  and  intermediate  gearing  which 
gives  motion  to  the  screw.  The  cutter  is  bent  and  fastened 
by  a  set  screw  in  the  extreme  end  of  the  cutter  bar. 


"  Iron  Age," 

"Mini-rig  If  Scientific  Press  " 


*  xx.,  Nov.  29,  p.  1. 

*  xxxvi.  278. 


Fig.  720. 


Dudgeon^s  Crank-pin  Jack. 

Crank  Pla'ner.  A  metal-planing  machine,  in 
which  the  tool  stock  is  moved  on  ways  above  the 
bed  by  pitman  attachment  to  a  wrist  on  a  crank 
wheel. 

A  special  machine,  for  planing  cranks,  having  a 
short  and  rapid  or  variable  stroke,  is  made  by  Hull 
&  Belden.  It  has  the  usual  horizontal  bed  on 
track  ;  12"  at  full  stroke,  and  Whitworth  quick  re- 
turn motion.  Cross  and  angular,  or  cross  and 
down  feed,  as  desired.  The  screw  runs  the  length 


CRANK  RACKET   BRACE. 


230 


CREOSOTING  APPARATUS. 


of  the  bed,  enabling  the  operator  to  change  position 
of  stroke. 

Crank  Ratch'et  Brace.    A  ratchet  brace  in 


Fig.  721 


Crank  Ratchet  Brace. 

form  of  a  crank ;  the  upper  member 
has  the  drill ;  the  lower  has  the  bear- 
ing in  apposition,  and  is  screwed  up 
as  the  drilling  proceeds.  The  ratchet 
is  in  the  upper  head,  so  that  the  drill  moves  only 
during  the  effective  stroke.  See  RATCHET  BRACE. 

Crate   Hasp.     Hinged  hasp  and  staple  for  se- 
curing the  lids  of  jig.  722. 
boxes  and  crates. 

C  r  a  y  '  o  n 
Cut'ter.  For 
pointing  cray-  Crate  Hinge. 

ons  :  two  circular  rasps  on  a  lathe  arbor  set  obliquely 
so  that  their  interval  gives  the  required  chamfer  to 
the  crayon  point.  The  chamfering  machine  for 
wood,  though  on  a  very  much  larger  scale,  may 
give  an  idea  of  the  apposition  of  the  rasps. 

Cray'on  Mold.  A  hinged  mold  in  two  parts, 
each  containing  a  series  of  semi-circular  depres- 
sions, the  corresponding  parts  of  each,  when  the 
mold  is  closed,  form  cylinders,  in  which  the  crayon 
material  is  molded. 

Cream'e-ry.  An  apparatus  or  closet,  with  fa- 
cilities for  cooling  or  heating,  in  which  to  place 
milk  jars  under  favorable  conditions  for  cream- 
raising. 

The  Ferguson  bureau  creamery  is  a  large  press  with  shelves 
for  cream,  inclosing  doors,  and  with  a  cupboard  above  for 
ice,  and  one  below  for  the  heater  which  is  used  in  winter. 
U.  S.  Patent,  August  22,  1876. 

The  Moseley  creamery  has  deep  cans  suspended  in  a  closet, 

Fig.  723. 


Moseley  Creamery. 


and  with  means  for  drawing  off  the  milk  beneath,  in  lieu  of 
skimming  the  cream. 

The  SroviUe  creamery  has  a  wooden  box  designed  to  be  set 

Fig.  724. 


Hcovdle   Creamery. 

in  the  ground,  and  has  pipes  for  entry  and  discharge  of 
spring  water.  '  The  deep  tin  pails  have  cream  gages  in  inches 
at  the  sides. 


Scovill  Creamery     . 

Cream  raiser,  Plumb 

Weldon    . 


scale  with    several 

Fig.  725 


.  *  "American  Inventor,''  iv.  173 
.  *  "Sc.  American,'''  xli.  7. 
.  *  "Sc.  American,''  xl.  134. 

Cream  Ware.  ( Ceramics. )  a.  A  name  given 
by  Wedgwood  to  a  fine,  light,  yellow  paste,  invented 
by  him  in  1762.  He  also  called  it  queen sware, — 
a  compliment  to  Queen  Charlotte. 

b.  The  ordinary  queensware  of  the  present  is 
stone  ware. 

Cream'e-ry  Scale.  A 
beams,  each  having  a  sliding 
poise,  specially  adapted  for 
creameries  and  cheese  facto- 
ries. 

Such  scales  are  made  of 
from  600  to  1 ,000  Ibs.  capacity, 
and  are  intended  to  weigh 
at  a  single  draft  the  milk 
brought  to  the  factory  by  sev- 
eral different  persons,  that  of 
each  being  weighed  upon  a 
separate  beam. 

Furnace  charging  scales  are 
made  with  the  same  functional 
arrangement  for  weighing  re- 
spective quantities  of  ore, 
coke,  and  limestone  in  the 
same  charge. 

C  r  e  e  p'e  r.  A 
spiral  inside  a  revolv- 
ing cylindrical  grain 
screen  to  pass  the 
grain  towards  the  dis- 
charge end.  A  con- 
veyor or  a  spiral  on 
the  inner  surface.  Creamery  Scale. 

Cre-ma'ting  Car.  One  for  burning  bodies  in 
transitu  to  the  Columbaria,  disposing  of  the  corpse 
en  route.  Decrescit  eundo.  Kuborn  $•  Jacques. 

Furnace 'Sc.Amer.  Sup.,"24~. 

Temple *   'Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  49. 

Turner,  Temple  at  Woking,  Br.     *   '  Tec/mologiste,'-'  xli.  367. 

In  Japan *  '  Technologiste,"  xli.  108. 

Lisaagaray,  superheating  .     .     .  *   '  Technologiste,"  xli.  496. 
Moist  system *   '  Technologiste,''  xli.  508. 

Cre-mom'e-ter.  A  specific  gravity  instrument 
of  the  hydrometer  form,  invented  by  Chevalier. 
The  scale  shows  percentages  in  mixtures  of  water 
and  pure  milk. 

Cre'o-so-ting  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Apparatus  for 
saturating  timber  with  a  solution,  to  prevent  decay. 


CREOSOTING   APPARATUS. 


231 


CROSS   HEAD. 


Fig.  75 


Bethel's  English  Patent,  1833. 

The  works  of  E.  II.  Andrews,  South  Boston,  Mass.,  under 
llayford's  patent  method  of  creosoting  timber,  are  shown  in 
"Railroad  Gazette" *  xxiv.  267. 

See  also  cut  7337,  p.  2811,  "Mech.  Diet." 
"Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Dec.  27,  p.  7. 

See  "  Treatise  on  Dry  Rot  in  Timber,'1'  by  T.  A.  Britton,  Spon. 

Crest'ing.  The  ornaments  or  finials  on  the 
summits  of  iron  posts,  or  along  the  rails  of  an  iron 
fence,  a  balustrade,  or  on  the  crest  of  a  roof. 

Cre-torme'.  (Fabric.)  A  French  dress  goods 
woven  on  a  taffeta 
loom  :  it  has  a  doubled 
and  twisted  cotton 
warp,  and  a  woolen 
weft.  The  close  spin- 
ning of  the  war])  gives 
a  peculiar  elasticity  to 
the  goods. 

Crib.  (Add.)  a. 
(Mining.)  A  circular 
frame  of  wood,  used  as 
a  foundation  for  brick- 
ing in  a  shaft,  or  for  a 
pneumatic  caisson. 

b.  A  timber  lining  to 
a  shaft,  or  the  plank  re- 
vetment   of    a   wall. 
Cribbing. 

c.  (Fishing.)      The 
bowl  or  pound  of 

a  POUND   NET, 
which  see. 

Crib  Break'- 
wa-ter.  One 
made  of  logs  or 
timbers  notched 
into  each  other 


Jamison's  Crimping  Machine. 


in  the  manner  of  a  log    house.     See  instance  in 
Breakwater  at  Michigan  City,  Ind. 
"Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers,   U.  S.  Army,'-  1879,  *  ii., 


Crib  Dam.  One  made  log-house  fashion,  sup- 
porting a  bank  of  earth  which  holds  the  water. 

See  plans  and  sections  of  a  dam  at  New  Harmony  Cut-off, 
on  the  \Vabash  River.  "  Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S. 
Army,"  1879,  *  ii.,  1440. 

Kanawha  River,  Ibid.,  1878,  *  ii.  467. 

Rock  Island,  111.  "Report  of  Chief  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  A.," 
1877,  *  354,  and  Plate  XII. 

Fox  River,  Wis.  Ibid.,  1876,  vol.  ii.,  Part  II.  Appendix  x. 
4,  p.  416. 

Crib  Muz'zle. 

(Manege.)  A  muzzle 
used  to  correct  the 
equine  habit  of  crib- 
bing. 

Crimp  Brake. 
See  CRIME  ING  MA- 
CHINE. 

Crimp'ing  Ma- 
chine'. 1.  (Sheet 
Metal  Working. )  A 
machine  for  crimping 
the  tops  and  bottoms 
on  can  bodies. 

2.  A  machine    for 
crimping  the  ends  of 
stationary  blind  slats. 
An  effective  machine 
swages    the    ends  of 
150  slats  per  minute. 

3.  A  machine   for  / 
crimping   uppers    of 

boots     and     bootees.  Makepeace  Crimp  Brake. 

The  piece  of  leather 

is  forced  over  a  curve-edged  board  to  give  it  shape. 


The  Jamison  machine,  Fig,  726,  has  a  pair  of  descending 
cheeks  which  slip  over  the  sharp  edge  of  the  bent  former, 
crowding  the  leather  over  the  latter  and  pressing  it  at  all 
points,  to  prevent  wrinkles,  and  to  produce  regular  thickness. 
It  is  driven  by  power. 

The  Makepeace  machine,  Kig.  727,  is  driven  by  hand,  and 
the  action  is  the  reverse  of  the  other  machine,  the  bent  former 
descending  and  crowding  the  leather  into  the  slit  between 
the  two  cheeks,  which  press  forcibly  against  it  and  smooth 
out  all  wrinkles. 

The  French  cambreuse,  of  Pilon,  Mans.  France,  operates 
in  yet  another  way,  the  jaws  ascending  to  press  the  leather 
over  the  suspended  and  rigid  former.  It  is  specially  intended 
for  making  upper  and  back  in  one  piece,  and  joining  at  the 
back  (bottes  d'officier,  dites  "jointure  derriere  '•). 

Croch'et.  (Surgical.)  An  obstetric  hook  for 
withdrawing  the  fetus. 

Fig.  728. 


Crochet,  or  Blunt  Hook. 

Crooke's  Mill.  Another  name  for  the  radi- 
ometer of  Professor  Crooke.  See  RADIOMETER. 

"Manufncturer  and  Builder  "       .          .     ,  *  ix.  229,  241. 

Crop'per.  A  powerful  hand  machine  for  shear- 
ing off  bolts  or  rod  iron.  It  has  holes  of  varying 
diameters  for  different  sizes  of  iron,  and  the  shears 
operates  by  a  long  lever. 

Cross.    A  quadrangular  pipe  coupling. 
Fig.  729. 


Pipe  Crosses. 

a.  Grose  ;  two  bell  ends.  r .  Four-flanged  cross. 

b.  Reducing  cross  ;  two  bell      d.  Reducing  globe  cross, 
ends.  e.  Corner-fitting  globe  cross. 

Cross'-bar.  (Fire-arms.)  The  small  bar  in  a 
break-joint  breech-loader,  which,  when  the  barrels 
are  falling,  presses  out  the  extractor. 

Cross'cut  Saw.  Hand.  Crosscut  saws  are 
one  or  two-handled,  see  p.  649,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Power.  The  cross-cutting  sawing  machine,  for  the  woods, 
is  usually  a  drag  saw,  of  which  one  instance  is  given  in  Fig. 
1522,  p.  649,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Cross-cutting  machines  for  the  factory  are  described  under 
CUTTINO-OFP  SAW,  which  see. 

See  also  BRACKET  CUTTING-OFF  SAW. 

Cross  File.  One  having  curved  faces  un- 
equally convex. 

Cross-gam'mg  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
cutting  gains  or  slots  in  timbers  crosswise  of  the 
grain  or  stuff.  See  Fig.  2144,  p.  935,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Cross  Head.  1.  The  cross-bar  on  the  end  of 
a  connecting-rod  or  piston,  having  gibs  on  each 
side  to  fit  the  slides. 

In  the  instance  given,  the  cross-head  has  adjust- 
able gibs  on  each  side,  turned  to  fit  the  slides, 
which  are  cast  solidly  in  the  frame,  and  bored  out 
exactly  in  line  with  tha  cylinder.  This  permits 
it  to  freely  turn  on  its  ?rxis,  and  in  connection  with 
the  adjustable  boxes  in  the  connecting-rod,  allows 
a  perfect  self-adjustment  to  the  line  of  the  crank- 
pin.  Fig.  730. 

2.  (a.)  A  cruciform-shaped  four-handled  bar,  at 
the  upper  end  of  a  drill-rod  or  earth-auger,  and 
by  which  the  latter  is  turned  ;  used  for  drilling  or 
sounding  wells  or  shafts.  Fig.  731. 


CROSS   HEAD. 


232 


(/>.)  A  sleeve  witli  hooks  for  the  suspension  tackle 
of  a  well-drill.     Fig.  731. 


CROWN   TELEPHONE. 


Fig  730 


Fig.  731. 


Cross  Head  of  Steam  Engine.        Well  Drilling  Cross  Heads. 
Cross-head,  locomotive,  Alexander.    *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxv.  246. 

Cross-peeii'  Ham'mer.  One  the  peen  of 
which  is  crosswise  of  the  direction  of  the  handle. 

Cross    Rais'ing    Ma-chine'.     A   Fig.  732. 
machine  for  cross  raising   the  nap  of 
cloth. 

In  cotton  machinery  a  machine  for 
this  purpose  carries  bands  of  cards  by  a 
circular  motion  in  one  direction  over  the 
face  of  the  cloth. 

In  Delamare  &  Chandelier's  machine  (Rouen, 
France),  the  cloth  is  carried  by  and  is  stretched 
across  a  pair  of  rollers  ;  over  the  suspended  part 
of  the  cloth,  rollers  covered  with  metallic  cards  Cross-peen 
revolve  in  a  direction  at  right  angles  to  that  of  Hammer. 
the  traverse  of  the  fabric  ;  these  rollers  have  at  the  same 
time  a  to-aud-fro  motion  across  the  piece,  so  as  to  insure  their 
action  upon  the  whole  width  of  the  piece. 

"Bulletin  of  the  Industrial  Society  of  Rouen,'1'  reported  in 
the  "  Textile  Manufacturer  "  and  "  Scientific  American  Sun..'' 
•8681. 


Cross  Tube  Boil'er. 

Fig.  733. 


In  the  usual  vertical 
form,  this  boiler  has 
one  or  more  horizon- 
tal cross  tubes,  6" 
to  8"  in  diameter, 
placed  across  the 
fire-box.  See  VER- 
TICAL BOILER.  The 
water  circulates  in 
these  while  the 
heated  gases  pass 
around  them,  and 
are  then  conducted 
by  a  straight  flue  to 
the  chimney. 

Fig.  733  is  another 
form  in  which  the  tubes 
are  smaller  and  more 


Appleby's  Cross  Tube  Hotter.  (British.)  Cross  Valve. 

numerous.     The  upper  and  lower  portions  of  the  shell  are 


Fig.  735. 


connected  by  flanged  joints  bolted  together,  and  the  up- 
take is  secured  to  the  crown-plate  in  a  similar  manner. 
The  lower  part  of  the  fire-box  is  circular,  but  above  the  fire- 
door  it  is  worked  into  a  square  form  to  receive  a  square 
upper  box,  into  which  are  fitted  a  number  of  parallel  tubes 
of  such  diameter  as  may  be  most  suitable  for  the  si/c  of 
boiler  and  the  heating  surface  required  These  traverse 
horizontally  the  flame  space,  the  volatile  products  pacing 
upward  among  the  tubes  and  escaping  by  the  vertical  cen- 
tral flue.  The  tubes  connect  the  water-space  which  forms 
a  jacket  around  the  fire-box  and  flue. 

Cross  Valve.  A 
valve  at  the  crossing 
or  rectangular  divari- 
cation of  a  pipe.  Fig. 
734. 

Croup  Ket'tle. 
(Surgical.)  A  small 
kettle  and  alcohol 
lamp  for  quickly 
raising  a  steam  for  in- 
halation in  cases  of 
croup. 

Crow.  An  imple- 
ment for  gripping  be- 
neath a  main  and 
holding  a  tapping- 
brace  above  it,  when 
tapping  street  mains. 

Crowd'ed-teeth 
For'ceps.      (Dentist- 
ry.) A  narrow-beaked 
full-curved  forceps  for  removing  superfluous  teeth 
which  mar  the  symmetry  of  the  row. 

Fig.  736. 


Crow. 


Crowded   Teeth  Forceps. 

Crown  Arch.  An  arched  plate  over  a  furnace 
supporting  the  crown  sheet. 

Darby's  crown-arch  for  locomotive  fire-boxes  replaces  the 
ordinary  crown  bars  by  an  arched  plate,  5-16"  thick,  with  a 
rise  in  the  center  of  6J".  This  is  riveted  at  each  end  of  the 
crown  sheet  and  then  stayed  in  the  ordinary  way  between 
the  ends,  with  7-8"  bolts  spaced  \\"  from  center  to  center. 
Angle  iron  is  riveted  to  the  top,  to  which  suitable  sling  stays 
are  attached. 

"Railroad  Gazette"1 *  xxii.  356. 

Crown  Bar.  (Locomotive.)  One  of  the  bars 
supporting  tlie  crown  sheet  of  a  boiler. 

Crown  Poun'cing  Ma-chine'.  (Hat  Mak- 
ing.) A  machine  for  pouncing  the  crowns  of  hats. 
The  name  is  derived  from  pounce  or  fine  sand,  and 
the  operation  consists  in  sand-papering  the  surface 
of  the  hat  body,  or  the  hat  after  it  has  been 
blocked.  See  POUNCING  MACHINE. 

Crown  Tel'e-phone.  An  instrument  consist- 
ing of  two  magneto-electric  crown  telephones  united. 
Each  of  these  consists  of  a  coil,  diaphragm  of  iron, 
and  six  permanent  magnets,  which  latter  are  placed 
with  their  like  poles  together  in  the  center  of  the 
coil,  the  other  poles  being  bent  round,  into  con- 
tact with  the  periphery  of  the  diaphragm.  Thus 
the  diaphragm  forms  the  other  pole  to  that  within 
the  coil,  and  in  this  way  the  magnetic  field  is  in- 
tensified. In  the  double-crown  form  the  two  dia- 
phragms are  separated  by  an  air-chamber,  with  a 
mouth-piece  or  orifice,  into  which  a  person  speaks. 
The  coils  are  so  connected  in  circuit  that  the  vocal 
currents  generated  in  each  coil  strengthen  one 
another.  —  Phelps. 


"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  ', 
*  vi.  476. 


See  also  Hinkley's,  Ibid., 


CROWN   TREPHINE. 


233 


CRYOLITE. 


Crown  Tre-phine'.  (Surgical.)  A  crown  saw 
used  in  removing  sections  of  the  cranium,  b,  Fig. 
6647,  p.  2624,  "Mec.h.  Diet." 

Cro'zing  Ma-chiiie'.  A  machine  for  making 
the  grooves  in  casks  to  receive  the  edges  of  the 
heads. 

The  work  when  done  by  machinery  is  usually 
combined  with  chamfering  and  howeling  and  some- 
times with  leveling. 

See  BARREL  CROZING  MACHINE  ;  CHAMFERING  MACHINE  ;  see 
list  under  BARREL  MACHINERY. 
"Manufacturer  if  Builder,"1     ....     *  xi.  55. 
Steel  if  Munxon's  machine     ....     Patent  Nos.  160,  966. 

Cru'ci-ble  Fur'nace.  One  of  the  most  nota- 
ble departures  in  crucible  furnaces  is  that  of  M. 
Fiat,  of  Paris,  in  which  the  crucible  and  furnace 
are  moved  together  to  the  place  where  the  casting 
is  to  be  made. 

The  crucible  is  fixed  within  the  furnace  wall,  the  weight 
of  both  coming  upon  trunnion.-:  when  thi-y  are  lifted  from  the 


Fig.  737. 


Fiat's   Crucible  Furnace  on  Movable   Carriage. 

lower  furnace  wall.  The  space  between  the  crucible  and  the 
refractory  lining  of  the  furnace  wall  is  filled  with  combusti- 
ble, the  ashes  from  which  fall  through  holes  in  the  furnace 
into  the  ash-pit  when  the  crucible  is  over  the  draft.  It  is 
moved  on  a  car  or  by  crane  to  the  place  of  casting,  and  tipped 
on  its  trunnions  to  pour  the  metal. 

Fletcher's  annular  hot-air  furnace  for  melting  metals  has 

no  fire-bars,  but  a 
dished  bottom  se- 
cured by  a  lever. 
The  draft  from  the 
fan  is  admitted  at 

A,  and  courses 
through  the   ducts 
around  the  fire-clay 
lining  F.    The  cru- 
cible stands   on    a 
fire-clay  pillar  and 
is   surrounded    by 
fuel,   the    gaseous 
products  escape  at 

B.  C  is  the  hinged 
cover    or   lid  with 
fire-clay   lining  D. 
E   is    the    hinged 
bottom  with   lever 
G  and  detent  H.  I 
is  the  outer  case  or 
lining,   K  the  legs 
of  the  stand. 

The  French  cale- 
basse,    a    form    of 


Hot-air  Crucible  Furnace. 


crucible  used  in  Europe  in  melting  quantities  of  iron  below 
the  usual  duty  of  a  cupola,  is  shown  in  Laboulaye's  "  Dic- 
tionnaire,"  etc.,  i.,  Figs.  355-357,  ed.  1877,  article  "  Cale- 
basse." 

On  Crucibles,  Kirk     .     .      "Iron  Age,"1  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  3. 

Furnace *  "Sc.  American,''1  xlii.  35. 

Annular,  Fletcher,  Br.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  74. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,'-  2271. 
Tilting,  Piat "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  29,  p.  9. 

*  "Sc.  American  Slip..''  2111. 
Making  crucibles             .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  242. 


Cru'ci-ble  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made 
in  crucibles.  The  Indian  plan  for  making  wootz. 
The  invention  of  Huntsman,  of  Sheffield,  England. 
Cast  steel. 

Cruik'shank  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  The 
original  trough  battery  invented  by  Cruikshank. 
The  partitions  forming  the  cells  in  the  trough  were 
composed  of  two  plates  of  copper  and  zinc  soldered 
together  and  the  spaces  filled  with  acidulated  water. 

Niaudet,  Am.  trans *  p.  14. 

Crush'er.  A  machine  for  degrading  rock,  fos- 
sil manure,  etc.  See  STONE  CRUSHER,  DISINTE- 
GRATOR, etc. 

See  Blake *  "Min.  $  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  257. 

(New) *  "Sc.  American,'1'  xlii.  210. 

Stone,  ore,  etc.,  Blake  .  .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xlii.  210. 
mil,  Walker *  "Sc.  American,-'  xxxix.  341. 

Baus/i *  "Eng.  if  Min.  •/.,"  Nov.  4. 1876. 

Crush'er  Gage.  A  registering  instrument  ex- 
posed in  the  bore  of  a  gun  to  measure  the  pressure 
developed  by  the  explosion  of  a  charge.  See  PIE- 
ZOMETER ;  CUTTER. 

To  illustrate  :  a  16-ton  steel  gun  of  Vavasseur,  fired  at 
Woolwich,  had  a  projectile  of  400  pounds,  70  pounds  of  peb- 
ble powder  made  up  into  a  cartridge  25"  long.  The  charge 
being  fired  at  the  center,  the  crusher  gage  at  the  rear  of  the 
charge  showed  a  pressure  of  21  tons  to  the  square  inch,  the 
gage  at  the  base  of  the  shot,  18  tons  ;  initial  velocity  of  the 
shot  1412'  per  second.  The  charge  fired  at  the. base,  the  gage 
gave  pressures  of  45.1  and  50.1  tons  respectively  at  the  rear 
of  the  charge  and  base  of  the  shot. 

"Engineer" Sept.  16,  1870. 

"  Scientific  American . '' xl.  133. 

" Scientific  American'' xlii.  393. 

Cry'o-lite.  Greek  kryos,  "ice,"  lithos,  "  stone," 
from  its  beautiful  snowy  appearance.  This  mineral 
is  a  double  fluoride  of  sodium  and  aluminium,  and 
has  long  been  known  in  cabinets,  and  to  chemists, 
but  has  but  lately  assumed  commercial  importance. 

It  has  been  found  at  Miask,  in  the  Ural  Mountains,  in 
limited  amounts,  but  its  great  source  is  the  west  coast  of 
Greenland,  where  it  is  procured  in  immense  quantities  at 
Ivigtout,  on  Arsuk  Fiord,  between  Julian's  Hope  and  Fred- 
erick's. The  main  deposit  here  forms  a  mass,  according  to 
reliable  authority,  600'  in  length,  and  200'  in  width,  and  de- 
scending to  an  unknown  depth. 

The  mineral  occurs  in  partially  translucent  masses  of  a 
snowy  white  color,  having  very  much  the  appearance  of 
snow  ice,  whence  its  name.  It  is  frequently  associated  with 
galena,  blende,  iron  and  copper  pyrites,  and  spathic  iron  ore. 

In  1850,  Julius  Thomson,  a  Danish  chemist,  discovered  a 
cheap  method  of  rendering  cryolite  available  for  the  manu- 
facture of  soda  and  alum. 

The  employment  of  Greenland  cryolite  in  the  manufacture 
of  aluminium  is  attributed  to  Rose,  of  Berlin.  It  is  also 
used  in  the  later  Deville  aluminium  process.  See  ALUMIN- 
IUM. 

Cryolite  is  largely  used  by  the  Pennsylvania  Salt  Manufac- 
turing Company  at  Natrona,  Penn.,  and  a  number  of  cryo- 
lite products  are  there  made. 

It  has  been  used  also  in  making  what  has  been  variously 
called  "  cryolite  glass,''  or  "  hard  porcelain,"  a  vitreous 
semi-translucent  material,  well  fitted  for  some  purposes. 
The  proportions  used  are  about,  cryolite  1,  sand  3 ;  the  i-e- 
sulting  glass  is  easily  molded  and  cut,  and  is  noted  for  its 
tenacity.  See  CAST  PORCELAIN. 

For  the  milky  variety  a  mixture  is  employed  consisting  of 
the  following  materials :  One  part  of  oxide  of  zinc,  four  parts 
of  cryolite,  and  ten  parts  of  sand,  fused  in  a  common  pipe- 
clay crucible,  developing  a  large  amount  of  fluosilicic  acid. 
The  pipe-clay  is,  however,  not  much  attacked  by  it.  This 
development  continues  throughout  the  fusion,  and  even  after 
it,  during  the  working,  to  a  small  extent. 

"  The  utilization  of  cryolite  depends  upon  Thomsen's  ob- 
servation, that  the  mijreral  may  be  completely  decomposed 
by  treatment  with  lime,  either  in  the  wet  or  dry  way,  the 
products  of  this  treatment  being,  generally  speaking,  caustic 
soda,  aluminate  of  sodium,  and  fluoride  of  calcium.  The  ease 
with  which  this  decomposition  can  be  effected,  and  the  nota- 
ble percentage  (35  per  cent.)  of  soda  which  the  mineral  thus 
yields,  renders  it  a  very  valuable  commercial  source  of  soda 
and  its  compounds.  The  alumina  which  it  contains  is  used 
for  the  production  of  alum  salts. 

"  Where  the  dry  process  is  employed,  the  cryolite  is  dried, 
ground  to  a  fine  powder,  and  mixed  with  slaked  lime,  or 


CRYOLITE. 


234 


CULTIVATOR, 


with  pulverize'1  chalk,  in  such  proportions  that  for  each 
equivalent  of  cryolite  there  shall  be  about  six  of  lime.  This 
mixture  is  then  calcined  in  a  furnace  at  a  dull  red  heat, — 
not  sufficient,  however,  to  fuse  it.  After  a  charge  has  cooled, 
it  is  lixiviated,  and  the  dissolved  soda  and  aluminare  of  soda 
drawn  off  from  the  insoluble  residue  (fluoride  of  calcium). 
By  passing  carbonic  acid  gas  (obtained  from  the  combustion 
of  coke)  through  this  solution,  the  soda  is  converted  into  the 
carbonate,  and  the  alumina  is  precipitated. 

u  In  the  wet  process,  the  cryolite  is  boiled  with  milk  of 
lime  ;  and  according  to  the  proportions  of  lime  employed, 
the  resultant  products  are  caustic  soda  and  aluminate  of  so- 
dium, or,  where  the  proportion  of  lime  is  greater,  caustic  soda 
and  aluminate  of  lime,  fluoride  of  calcium  being  formed  of 
course  in  both  cases.  The  latter  process  gives  all  the  soda  of 
the  cryolite  in  the  caustic  state,  the  only  operation  required 
being  evaporation  to  dryness. 

"  The  aluminate  of  sodium  produced  in  the  operation  above 
described  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of  soaps,  in  place  of 
soda  and  potash  lye.  It  is  completely  decomposed  by  pass- 
ing carbonic  acid  gas  through  it,  and  the  resulting  alumina 
which  is  precipitated  is  converted  into  sulphate  of  aluminium 
and  alum.  The  fluoride  of  calcium,  which  is  a  by-product 
of  the  treatment  of  cryolite,  is  used  as  a  flux  in  the  reduc- 
tion of  gold,  iron,  and  other  metals."  —  Polytechnic  Review. 

See  the  following  references :  — 

"Iron  Age,'' xx.,  Sept.  13,  p.  7. 

"  Scientific  American,''''      ....  xxxv.  375. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  (uses).  990. 

"Manufacturer  $  Builder,"  .     .     .  ix.  215 ;  xii.  192,  256. 

"Mining  If  Scientific  Press''      .     .  xxxviii.  177. 

Cryp'to-graph.  An  apparatus  designed  for 
secret  correspondence. 

A  metallic  plate  is  perforated  with  holes. 

A  tablet  is  marked  off  with  squares.  A  plate  of  the  same 
size  and  rulings  is  perforated  at  a  number  of  the  squares  in 
an  irregular  manner.  The  plate  being  laid  on  the  tablet, 
the  message  is  written,  the  letters  in  the  consecutive  holes 
as  they  may  run  in  the  line  and  succeeding  lines.  The  plate 
is  then  rotated  one  quarter  round  and  the  message  continued, 
so  on  for  the  other  two  positions  of  the  plate.  The  result  is 
a  confused  lot  of  letters  with  breaks  of  continuity.  It  may 
be  read  by  a  similarly  perforated  plate  laid  on  the  paper, 
and  moved  successively  as  by  the  writer. 

Crys'tal.  (Glass.)  Another  name  for  flint 
qlass ;  a  silicate  with  a  base  (usually)  of  lead  and 
potash  ;  but  the  Bohemian  has  a  base  of  lime  and 
potash. 

Cube  Pow'der.  Large  grained  gunpowder  for 
slow  burning  in  large  charges  in  heavy  ordnance. 
Prismatic  powder. 


.    .    .    Sept.  16, 1870  :  March  17, 1876,  p.  185. 
Foot    Meas'u-rer.      An    apparatus 


"Engineer"1 

Cu'bic 

used  in  estimating  and  testing  gas. 

Goodwin     .     *  "Am.  Gas-lis;/it  Journal,"  July  3,  1876,  p.  4'. 

Cuff  Frame.  A  knitting  machine  specially 
constructed  for  knitting  cuffs  for  cardigan  jackets 
and  underwear  Campbell  &  Clute. 

Cul'ti-va'tor.     Fig.  739  is  the  turning  cultiva- 


Fig.  739. 


Steam  Turning  Cultivator.    (Fowler  if  Co.,  Leeds,  England.) 

tor,  adapted  to  he  worked  by  all  systems  of  steam- 
plow  machinery.  It  may  carry  from  5  to  13  tines, 
and  rests  on  3  wheels,  one  of  which  is  the  steering- 
wheel.  The  axle  of  the  two  hind-wheels  is  cranked, 
so  that  by  its  being  turned  the  frame  is  raised  or 
lowered,  and  by  this  means  the  penetration  of  the 
tines  adjusted. 


The  long  end  of  a  draft  bar  or  turning  lever  is  provided 
with  two  arms  to  which  the  two  ends  of  the  rope  are  at- 
tached. The  arms  are  set  at  an  angle  for  keeping  the  tail 
rope  clear  of  the  implement.  The  lever  itself  is  held  by  a 
vertical  stud  fixed  to  the  frame  considerably  behind  the 
steering-wheel.  This  position  of  the  draft-stud  gives  the 
necessary  liberty  and  power  to  the  steering-wheel  and  en- 
ables it  to  lead  the  implement  at  almost  any  angle  out  of 
the  line  of  the  pulling-rope. 

On  the  short  end  of  the  turning-lever  is  a  chain  commu- 
nicating with  a  quadrant  on  the  crank-axle,  and  as  the  lever 
is  pulled  round,  the  chain,  acting  on  the  quadrant,  turns 
the  axle,  lifts  the  frame,  and  raises  the  tines  out  of  the 
ground. 

The  plan  of  operation  is  as  follows  :  As  soon  as  the  culti- 
vator is  brought  up  to  the  headland,  the  reverse  pull  brings 
the  lever  around,  turns  the  quadrant,  rotates  the  bent  axle, 
and  lifts  the  tines  out  of  the  ground,  in  which  position  the 
cultivator  frame  is  held  up  by  a  catch  ;  when  lifted  the  re- 
quired height,  the  lever  strikes  against  a  stop,  and  the  im- 
plement turns  into  new  ground.  The  man,  w-ho  never  leaves 
his  seat,  releases  the  catch,  the  tines  drop  into  the  ground, 
and  the  implement  is  re-drawn  across  the  field. 

This,  after  the  plow,  is  the  most  important  and  efficient 
implement  of  the  series.  Its  size  is  only  limited  by  the 
power  of  the  engines,  which  are  thus  used  up  to  their  capa- 
bility. It  pulverizes  the  soil,  working  steadily  to  a  uniform 
depth.  The  largest  machines  require  but  one  man  in  at- 
tendance upon  them. 

Fig.  740  shows  the  steam  cultivator  for  very  deep  working, 
say  16".  It  may  have  3  or  5  tines,  which  lift  the  soil  and 
leave  it  loose.  It  has  a  strong  flanged  steel  frame,  shares  of 
various  widths  from  2"  to  13",  and  oblique  wings  to  lift  the 
soil.  The  tines  rock  on  the  frame,  so  that  when  the  iniple- 


Fie.   740. 


Double  Action   Steam  Cultivator.     (Howard,  Bet/ford, 
Eiii;/and.) 

ment  is  to  return  across  the  field  the  points  at  work  ar« 
slightly  depressed  and  the  hinder  points  raised. 

The  Deere  walking  cultivator  is  shown  in  Fig.  741.  It  has 
the  usual  two  double-shovel  plows,  attached  to  a  two-wheeled 
frame  with  a  tongue  alongside  of  which  are  hitched  the  two 
horses  which  travel  on  the  respective  sides  of  the  row  under 
cultivation. 

It  is  peculiarly  open  and  clear,  not  obstructing  the  view  of 
the  crop,  and  the  spring  coupling  lifts  the  plows  on  their 
pivots  to  any  adjustable  extent,  so  that  a  part  of  the  weight 
is  carried  and  they  bear  with  any  desired  force  upon  the 
ground  to  turn  a  moderate  furrow  when  the  corn  is  small,  or 
a  deeper  one  when  the  crop  is  more  matured.  The  pitch  of 
the  shovels  is  also  adjustable  by  vertical  adjustment  of  the 
end  of  the  beams.  The  distance  apart  of  the  shovels  is  ad- 
justable. One  of  the  wheels  is  broken  to  expose  the  parts 
more  fully. 

Cultivators  are  classed  as  :  — 

Ordinary,  Disk, 

Wheeled,  Walking, 

Rotary,  Riding, 

Straddle-row,  Vineyard. 

Parallel.  Expanding. 

Besides  these  characteristic  names,  several  of  which  apply 
to  single  implements,  as  for  instance  the  popular  Western  im- 
plement, the  Walking,  Straildle  Row,  Wheeled  Cultivator, 
there  are  several  other  classes  of  implements  which  naturally 
fall  under  so  general  a  caption  as  cultivator :  such  are  known 
as  scarifiers,  extirpators,  shovel  plows,  horse-hoes,  etc.  Which 
see  in  "Mech.  Diet.,"  el  infra. 

The  author's  report  on  Class  76  at  the  Paris  Exposition 
shows  the  following  ("Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  vol. 
v.,  pp.  90-93):  — 

French  horse-hoes. 

French  scarifiers. 

English  lever  cultivator. 

French  extirpator. 

"  Peerless  "  cultivator,  U.  S.,  American  riding  cultivator- 


CULTIVATOR. 


235 


CURD   KNIFE 


English  Five-tine  horse-hoe  and  grubber. 
Also:  French  vineyard  cultivators,  Figs.  221-231,  pp.  216- 
240. 

English  steam  cultivators,  Figs.  84-88,  pp.  83-86.     Ibid. 

Fig.  741. 


Fig. 


Walking  Cultivator. 


Cultivator  for  beets,  "Depi.  Agric.  Spec.  Rept.,''  No. 

French,  Bertel.  28,  Plates  V.,  VJ. 

Cultivator  with  saws,  Stone  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"1'  xxxv.  4. 

Cul'ti-va'tor  Plow.  Fig.  742  shows  an  Eng- 
lish single-row  horse- hoe  or  cultivator  plow,  made 
for  cultivating  root  crops  in  drills.  The  imple- 
ments can  be  adapted  either  for  flat  or  ridge  culti- 
vation. 

The  share  with  lateral  wings  precedes,  and  is 
followed  by  cultivator  shares,  these  by  harrow 
tines,  and  lastly  by  a  chain  harrow. 


Fig.  742. 


Cultivator  Plow.     (Corbelt  if  Peale,  England.) 


Fig.  7 


Cul'ti-va'tor-point  Bolt.  A  bolt  of  peculiar 
form  used  to  connect  the  shares  of 
cultivators  with  their  standards  or 
sheths.  The  head  has  two  flat  sides 
and  two  straight  bevels,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  743,  to  adapt  it  to  the  two- 
sided  countersink  of  the  shovel. 

Cup.     An   oil  cup.     See    CRANK 
CUP;  OIL  CUP;  LUBRICATOR. 

Cup  An'vil.  A  cup-shaped  re- 
inforce inside  the  head  of  a  cartridge 
to  strengthen  it.  Fig.  744.  See  also 
DISK  ANVIL,  U.  S.  Ordnance  "  Re- 
port on  'Metallic  Cartridges,'"  \%- 3 1  Cultivator-point 
Plates  XXIX.,  XXX.  Bo" 

Cup  Leath'er.     A  leather  to  fasten  around  a 
pump  plunger  or  bucket.     Cups 
are  made  like  sleeves  for  buck- 
ets and   with  solid  bottoms  for 
plungers. 

Quilted  cups  are  used  for  hot 
liquors. 

Cu'po-la.  A  melting  fur- 
nace in  a  foundry.  See  p.  658, 
"M«-li.  Diet." 

And  tuyere,  Lawrence.  Cup  Anvil. 

*  '-Iron  Age,"1  xviii.,  Oct.  5,  p   1. 
Return  Hue,  McKenzie,  straight.   *  "Iron  Age,-'  xx.,  Oct.  18, 

p.  16;*  xx., Nov.  8, 19. 
Furnace,  Voisin,  Fr *"Iron    Age."  xvii.,  May 

18,  p.  6. 


Fig.  744. 


Cup'ped  Sound.  (Surgical.)  A  urethra]  syr- 
inge with  cup-like  depressions  on  its  surface. 

Van  Buren's,  Fig.  52,  Part  III.,  Tiemnnn's  " Armamenta- 
rium Chirurgicum." 

Cup'ping  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Di- 
vided into  bloody  and  dry. 

liUiody  cupping.  See  Fig.  1552.  p. 
659,  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  and  SCARIFICATOK, 
Fig.  4662,  p.  2052,  Ibid. 

Cupping  glasses  are  shown  in  Roman 
tombs  as  emblems  of  the  profession  of 
the  deceased. 

Dry  cupping.  See  DEPURATOR, 
"Meek.  Diet. ; "  AEROTHERAPY  APPARA- 
TUS, p.  8,  supra.  For  Junot's  arm  and 
boot,  see  ARM  ;  BOOT. 

Cup'ping  Ma-chine'.  (Cartridge.) 
The  first  machine  in  bullet- 
making.  It  has  two  stamps 
or  dies,  one  working  inside 
the  other;  the  outer  one 
cuts  the  blank  out  of  a  sheet  of  copper, 
and  the  next  draws  it  into  a  cup-shape, 
making  it  ready  for  subsequent  draw- 
ing in  other  machines. 

Cup'ping  Tool.  A  blacksmith's 
swage  of  cup  shape,  used  in  pairs.  The 
one  with  a  square  shank  stands  in  the 
hardy  hole  of  the  anvil.  The  other  has 
a  handle,  and  is  struck  by  a  hammer, 
the  piece  of  iron  under  treatment  being 
between  the  two  cups. 

Cu'pro  Man'ga-nese.  See  MAN- 
GANESE BKONZE. 

Curb.  (Mining.)  See  CRIB. 
Curb  Sen'der.  (Telegraphy.)  An 
instrument,  the  joint  invention  of  Sir 
Wm.  Thomson  and  Prof.  F.  Jenkin, 
designed  to  gain  speed  in  the  working  Blacksmiths 
or  telegraphic  cables  by  overcoming  the  Cupping  Tool, 
tailing  out  of  the  signal. 

The  object  is,  that  as  soon  as  the  receiving  end 
has  received  sufficient  current  to  move  the  indicator, 
the  charge  remaining  in  the  cable  should  be  imme- 
diately removed  ;  that  is  to  say,  instead  of  putting 
the  line  to  earth  immediately  after  making  contact 
with  the  battery,  as  is  done  liythe  ordinary  sending 
key,  the  curb-sender  automatically  puts  the  line  to 
the  other  pole  of  the  battery,  i.  e.,  the  removal  of 
the  residual  charge  is  effected  by  the  application  at 
the  sending  end  of  an  electro-motive  force  opposite 
in  kind  to  that  by  which  the  signal  had  been  pro- 
duced. 

"Telegraphic  Journal'' *  v.  27. 

Sir  W.  Thomson,  "Engineering"1       ....  *  xxiii.  103. 
Thomson  if  Jenkin.    Well  illustrated  paper  in 

"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.     .    , *  v.  213,  248. 

Fig.  746. 


Curd  Knives. 

Curd  Knife-  A  cutting  implement  passed 
through  the  cheese  curd  in  the  vat  in  order  to  di- 
vide it  into  small  cubical  blocks,  to  facilitate  drain- 
age from  it  of  the  whey. 


CURD   KNIFE. 


236 


CUSHIONED   AXLE. 


The  knives  shown  are  perpendicular  and  hori- 
zontal respectively,  and  by  suitably  using  each 
in  turn  the  curd  is  equally  and  rapidly  divided. 

Fig.  747. 


Knife  Curd  Mill. 


Curd  Mill.  A  cutting  machine  for  dividing 
cheese  curd  into  small  fragments.  In  use  the  hop- 
per (shown  removed)  is  placed  over  the  knives, 
which  are  rotated  at  a  rapid  rate  by  means  of  mul- 
tiplying gewr. 

Cu-rette'.  A  scoop,  loop,  or  finger,  for  remov- 
ing foreign  matter  from  a  cavity.  For  instances :  — 

Fig.  78  b,  p.  22,  Part  I. 

Fig.  194  a,  p.  44,  Part  II. 

Fig.  201,  p.  45.  Part  II. 

Fig.  92,  p.  27,  Part  II. 

Fig.  105,  p.  13,  Part  V. 

Fig.  57,  p.  120,  Part  III. 

Figs.  295,  299,  p.  74,  Part  III. 

Fig.  294,  p.  74,  Part  III. 
Tiemanns  "Armamentarium  Ckirwgicum."1 
Quires'  nasal  and   ear  curette,  "Medical  If  Surgical  Re- 
porter,'' July  3, 1880. 
See  also  ENUCLEATOR. 


Hebrews  bone  scoop  . 
Buck's  ear  curette    . 
Speir's  ear  curette    . 
Daviel'x  eye  curette 
Emmet?  s  curette  forceps 
Tiemnn's  rectal  curette 
Hitmen's  uterine  curette 
.SVwi's  uterine  curette  . 


Cu-rette'  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  A  long,  nar- 
row forceps,  with  hollow  prongs  to  grasp  and  con- 
tain foreign  substances  in  the  process  of  extraction. 
See  reference  in  CURETTE. 

Curl'ing  Stick.  A  slightly  tapering  hot-water 
tube,  around  which  to  curl  the  hair. —  Oppenheimer. 

Cur'rent.  [Electricity.)  The  supposed  flow  or 
passage  of  electricity  or  electric  force.  It  originates 
at  the  zinc  surface  in  contact  with  the  solution,  and 
passes  from  the  zinc  to  the  copper  or  other  negative 
metal  in  the  lii/uid  of  the  battery,  and  from  the  neg- 
ative metal  through  the  connections  externally  to 
the  zinc.  The  quantity  of  current  flowing  through  a 
given  conductor  is  measured  by  the  heat  generated, 
by  its  influence  on  a  neighboring  permanent  mag- 
net, or  by  the  amount  of  gas  set  free  by  its  electro- 
lytic action. 

Cur'rent  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Hydraulic  Engineer- 
ing.) Devices  used  to  ascertain  the  strength,  rate, 
etc.,  of  a  current.  See  CURRENT  METER. 

Cur'rent  Cool'er.  (Brewing.)  One  for  cool- 
ing a  liquid  in  transitu. 

Fig.  631,  p.  264,  "Mech.  Diet.''  Also,  for  Austrian  forms, 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  Fig.  8,  *  4077.  Also  forms  of 
condensers,  "Mech.  Diet.,''  pp.  507-609. 

Cur'rent  Me'ter.  The  subject  of  current  me- 
ters has  been  very  carefully  considered,  and  the 
apparatus  tested  in  determining  the  velocity  of  the 
Connecticut  River. 

See  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  1878, 
*  ii.  304  and  Plate  VII.  The  plans  adopted  were  by  surface 
floats  and  the  Waltman  tactiometer. 

Cur'rent  Reg'u-la-tor.  An  apparatus  for 
regulating  the  motion  of  dynamo-electric  machines. 

That  of  Hospitaller  is  composed  of  a  resistance  bobbin, 
formed  of  insulated  wire  wound  on  in  a  single  layer,  and 
having  each  turn  stripped  of  its  insulating  covering  for 
about  0.4  of  an  inch  at  the  same  spot.  A  curved  lever,  con- 
trolled by  an  electro-magnet  at  one  end,  and  by  an  adjusta- 
ble spring  on  the  other,  moves  forward  or  backward  on  the 
bare  portion  of  the  bobbin  if  the  current  weakens  or 
strengthens,  until  the  resistance  is  adjusted  by  the  decreased 
or  increased  number  of  tums  in  the  circuit,  and  equilibrium 
is  produced. 


Hospitaller 
Maxim 


"  Telegraphic  Jour.,"1  vii.  153 ;  *  216 
"Scientific  American,'1'  xliii.  255. 


Cur'rent  Slide.     A  device  used  in  microscopy 
for  the  examination  of  blood.     The  slide  is  a  slip 

Fig.  748. 


P! 


Holman's  Current 


of  glass  with  two  basins  ground  in  it,  ami  covered 
by  a  thin  glass  plate.  A  small  canal  unites  the 
two  cups,  and  the  blood,  which  only  partially  fills 
the  cups,  is  driven  from  one  to  the  other  by  press- 
ure of  the  finger  on  the  cover,  being  examined  in  a 
thin  film  in  transitu. 

"  Manufacturer  4°  Builder  "      ......     *  xii.  205. 

Cur'rent  Wheel.     One  driven  by  the  force  of 
an  open  water  current. 
Cleaveland      ......  *  "Am.  Miller"  vii.  41  :  *  307. 

Submerged,  Hill  .....  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  131. 

Cur'tain.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  A  woven 
curtain  of  willows,  used  to  reduce  a  current  and 
promote  deposit  of  silt.  See  WILLOW  CURTAIN. 

Cur'va-ture  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  Ap- 
paratus for  correction  of  spinal  or  other  curvature. 

The  Figures  refer  to   Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum."1 
Shoulder  brace   ..........     Fig.  3,  Part  IV. 

Spinal  caries  apparatus    .......     Fig.  14,  Part  IV. 

Potts'  curvature  brace  (posterior)      .     .     .     Fig.  4,  Part  IV. 
Lateral  curvature  brace  (scoliosis)     .     .     .     Figs.  7,  9. 
Tibia  brace  for  anterior  curvature    .     .     .     Fig.  75,  Part  JV. 
Knock-knee  brace  .........     Fig.  74,  Part  IV. 

Weak  leg  supporter     ........     Fig.  69,  Part  IV. 

Bow-leg  brace     ..........     Fig.  73,  Part  IV. 

Torticollis  brace     .........     Fig.  11,  Part  IV. 

Wry  neck  brace      .........     Kig.  13,  Part  IV. 

See  also  CLUB-FOOT  APPARATUS. 

See  also  under  various  heads,  in  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  list 
under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 

Curve.  A  bend  in  a  pipe,  less  than  a  quarter. 
See  BEND. 

Curve  In'stru-ment.  Instruments  for  mak- 
ing curves  by  means  of  a  pen  connected  with  two 
pendulums  swinging  in  planes  at  different  angles  to 
each  other,  or  a  pen  to  one  pendulum  and  the  paper 
platform  to  another  ;  with  discussions  of  the  meth- 
ods of  Donkin,  Tisley,  Spiller,  Knoblauch,  Peaucil- 
lier,  Lissajou,  Woodward  :  "Scientific  American 
Supplement,"  *  505,  726,  727. 

Delineator,  Schejfler     .     .     .    *  "Railroad  Gaz.,"1  xxii.  491. 
Measurer,  Dale,  Br.     .     .     .     *  -'Engineer,rxl\i.  223. 
Curvograph,  Curve  Scribe  Co.  *  "Man.  4"  Builder^"  viii.  136. 
*  "Iron  Age,1'  xvii.   May  25, 
p.  9. 

Curved  Mat'tress  Nee'dle.  (Hydraulic  En- 
gineering.) A  needle  for  sewing  brush  mats  with 
No.  13  wire.  The  brush  is  laid  in  two  layers,  with 
a  stratum  of  hay  between,  and  sewed  in  seams  4' 
apart,  and  then  "diagonally  ;  or  the  brush  may  be 
laid  in  two  layers  at  right  angles,  and  sewn  diago- 
nally at  right  angles.  Fig.  749  shows  the  curved 
needle  on  a  much  enlarged  scale  ;  the  form  of 
stitch,  and  a  piece  of  mat  with  portions  of  one  cor- 
ner removed. 

Cushioned  Ax'le.  One  with  a  rubber  cush- 
ion interposed  between  the  axle-box  and  the  wood 
of  the  hub,  in  order  to  absorb  the  jar.  See  AXLE, 
Fig.  141,  p.  62,  su/>ra. 

Miller's    .....     "Iron  Age,"  *  xx.,  Aug.  2,  p.  18. 


CUSHIONED   HAMMER. 


237 


CUT-OFF. 


Kig.  749. 


Mattress  ]\'eedle. 

Cushioned  Ham'mer.  A  hammer  with  cush- 
ions interposed  between  the  power  and  the  hammer 
helve.  See  Bradley'  's,  Fig.  6449,  p.  2571,  "Meek. 
Diet." 

Cus'pa-dore.  A  slop  jar,  or  spittoon  of  vase- 
shaped  pattern. 

Cutch'er.  (Pnprr.)  The  cylinder  around 
which  passes  the  endless  felt  in  a  paper  machine. 

Cii'ti-pmic'tor.  An  instrument  for  punctur- 
ing the  skin  to  introduce  medicament.  See  Acu.- 
PUNC'rriiAToR,  Fig.  27,  p.  12,  "Meek.  Diet.'1' 

Dr._fhern-firx    ....     "Medical  '  Record,"  *  Jan.  3,  1880. 
Ef'iott'x    ......     "  Scientific  American,"  *  xxxv.  22. 

Cut'lers'  Ce-meiit'.    For  fastening  blades  of 


to  the  cylinder,  the  advantage  of  which  arrange- 
ment is  apparent  and  would  be  considerable. 

There  were  several  instances  in  which  an  addi- 
tional valve  on  the  back  of  the  main  slide  had  some 
form  of  trigger  release  for  working  expansion, 
which,  controlled  by  a  governor,  can  close  sud- 
denly, while  some  few  others  used  four  separate 
slides  —  two  for  admission  and  two  for  exhaust  — 
placed  at  the  ends  of  the  cylinder.  Some  of  the 
compound  engines  had  a  single  slide  for  both  cylin- 
ders. There  wero  some  examples  of  receiving- 
valves,  double-beat,  above  the  cylinder,  with  slide 
valves  for  their  exhaust  placed  below  the  cylinder. 

The  usual  practice  in  horizontal  engines  is  to  place  at  least 
the  exhaust  valves  underneath  the  cylinder,  in  order  to  al- 
low :  ready  escape  for  water,  the  receiving  valves  being  on 
top  of  the  cylinder;  but  there  were  examples  where  all  four 
of  the  valves  were  below  the  cylinder  or  were  arranged  on 
its  side.  In  engines  having  Corliss  valves  the  usual  ar- 
rangement was  maintained  of  placing  the  valves  above  and 
below  the  cylinder. 

The  Wheelock  engine  valves  are  all  beneath  the  cylinder. 

Valve  movements  were  in  large  variety  in  Paris,  the  most 
important  being  those  having  an  automatic  variable  cut-off 
controlled  by  the  governor.  This  point  receives  more  atten- 
tion in  Europe  than  any  other  single  feature  in  steam  en- 
gines. 

-Many  novel  methods  are  in  use,  but  all  those  using  pi>ton 
or  double-beat  valves  employ  some  arrangement  for  tripper- 
gearing,  by  the  introduction  of  a  detent,  or  the  alteration  of 
the  position  of  a  wedge  or  incline.  In  some  cases  the  mo- 
tion is  taken  from  the  pitman,  but  generally  from  an  eccen- 
tric on  the  main  shaft  or  on  a  lay-shaft  alongside,  the  gov- 


dinner   knives    in   ivorv    handles;    rosin,    4    parts;  ernor  controlling  the  position  of  the  device  for  deteriniu- 

beeswax,  1  part  ;  brick-dust.  1  part.     Fill  the  hole  I  iu£  the  P°int  of  cut-off. 

in  the  handle  with  the  cement    heat  the  tancr  nf  tho  Several  automatic  cut-off  arrangements  are  in  use  in  Ku- 
an, neat  tnt  tang  Ol  the  |  rope  witn  giide.vaive  engines,  but  the  larger  portion  of  them 

nlarfa     'iurl    i.i-d^v   if   IY-»*-J^  (-ho    li<m<-I  ir*  i  *.  *        ,°,.,, 


blade,  and  press  it  into  the  handle. 

Cutlery  manufacture,  Sheffield  .  "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  297. 
Pocket  ......     ,     .  "3/17/1.  If  Builder,"  xii.  155. 


have  some  form  of  extra  slide-valve,  whose  position  is  deter- 
mined by  right  and  left  screws,  the  screw-shaft  being  ro- 
tated by  the  governor.  Either  this  arrangement,  or  some- 
thing its  mechanical  equivalent  covers  all,  excepting  those 


Cut'-off.     1.  An  apparatus   used  in   steam  en-  I  where  the  R'dfr  gear  is  ™ed_and  some  other  cases  where  the 
rr .  Mil-  governor  rotates  an  eccentric  which  varies  the  point  of  clo- 

gmes  to  admit  steam  to  the  cylinder  during  a  por-  ;  sure. 

tion  only  of  the  stroke  of  the  piston,  allowing  it  '  The  Wheelock  steam-engine  furnished  the  power  to  oper- 
to  work  expansively  after  the  entrance  of  live  steam  ate  the  machinery  in  the  United  States,  Swedish,  and  \or- 
from  the  boiler  has  been  ait  off.  \  p^n  sectionsat  the  Paris  Exposition, and  received  a (J rand 

I 'ages  665,  667,  "Meek.  Diet.,"  give  illustrations,         The  peculiarities  of  this  engine  are  a  reduction  to  the  sim- 
Figs.  1566-1571, 

of  the  cut-off  ar-  El«-  75°- 

rangements  of 

Corliss. 
Winter. 

Stevens. 

Allen. 

Slide  Valce. 
Sliili'  Valve,  Mi  r- 
rictr. 

Siduk. 

At  the  Paris  Ex- 
position, 1878,  a 
-reat  variety  of 
cut-off  valves  was 
:*hown,  the  slide 
valve,  however, 
b  e  i  n  i;  used  by 
more  than  half 
the  builders  rep- 
resented ther  e. 
Double-beat 
valves,  C  o  r  1  i  s  s 
valves,  and  a  few 
of  piston  form  Wheelock' s  Steam  Engine.  (Longitudinal  section  through  cylinder.) 

were  used  by  the  remainder.  !  piest  expression  of  the  instantaneous  cut-off  valve,  which 


the  cylinder,  close  behind  the  port,  one  main  and  one  cut-off 


but  few  cases  did  the  plan  obtain  of  dividing  the 

valve  in  two  parts,  that  is,  placing   a  valve    at    each  '  valve",  views  of  which  are  shown  hi  Figs.  750  and  751 

end  of   the  cylinder,  SO  as  to  reduce  the   port   con-  i  main  valve. has  a  cavity  for  exhaust    is  slightly  conical  in 

..    •  Shane,  and  is  carried  in  hardeneil-stcc    bnshps  011   hnrilcnpil- 


tents,  or  distance  from  the  under  face  of  the  valve  i  steel  trunnions 


CUT-OFF. 


238 


CUT-OFF. 


Behind  the  small  chest  in  which  each  main  valve  works, 
is  a  cut-off  valve  having  double  puns  to  provide  tor  quick 
admission  of  steam.  These  are  also  conical  and  carried  in 
the  same  way  that  the  main  valves  are.  The  steel  bush  is 
so  adjusted  that  the  valves  are  held  back  sufficiently  to  pre- 


Fig.  751 


Wheelock's  Steam  Engine.    (Side  view  of  cylinder,  showing  valve  glass.) 


nicated  through  a  lever,  a,  to  the 
lower  end  of  a  toggle,  4,  the  other 
end  of  which  attaches  to  and  oper- 
ates the  valve-stem,  c. 

The  variable  motion  from  the  gov- 
ernor controls  the  duration  of  admis- 
sion of  steam  into  the  cylinder,  being 
communicated  to  the  toggle  by  a  rod 
d,  one  end  of  which  attaches  to  the 
toggle  and  the  other  to  a 
slide,  «,  carried  on  an  arm, 
./'.  worked  by  the  posi- 
live  motion,  the  posi- 
tion of  which  slide  on 
ihe  arm  is   regulated 
by    the  action  of  the 
governor,  through  the 
rod  g,  the  arm  /i,  and 
the  rod  ?',  and  the  re- 
nt motion  gives  a  determined 
movement,  which  raises  and  low- 
ers) the  steam-valve  for  all  degrees 
of  cut-off.     The  valve  is  never  al- 
lowed   to    drop,    but    is    quickly 
raised  and  quickly  lowered.     The 
exhaust  valve  may  be  operated  in. 
an}'  convenient  manner. 


vent  contact  between  the  sliding  surfaces,  thus  transferring 
the  slight  wear  to  the  gudgeons  and  bushes,  which  would 
be  inconsiderable  in  very  long  service.  The  cut-off  valves 
are  released  by  the  action  of  the  governor,  and  are  closed  by- 
weights  falling  in  dash-pots. 

The  arrangement  not  only  reduces  the  clearance  to  a  min- 
imum, but  guards  against  a  trouble  found  in  four-port  cylin- 
ders, in  a  waste  of  steam  through  the  exhaust-port  if  there 
be  a  leakage  in  the  cut-off  valve. 

The  mechanism  for  moving  the  valves  is  exceedingly  sim- 
ple and  effective,  easily  gotten  at,  and  not  liable  to  exces- 
sive wear. 

The  packing-rings  are  self-adjusting  segmental  lap-joint 
ring*,  making  an  effective  and  tight  piston.  This  was  dem- 
onstrated on  several  occasions  by  removing  a  cylinder-head 
and  operating  the  engine  with  the  cylinder  open. 

The  dimensions  of  the  engine  exhibited  were  — 

Diameter  of  cylinder,  17". 

Fig.  752. 


The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 

*  "Engineering." 

Ashiuorth     .     .          .        *  xxi.  314. 

Gen.  Engine  if  Boiler  Co.*  xxi.  367-359. 

Corliss    ......  *xxviii.  154,  189,  487;  *  xxix.  324. 

Corliss     ......      xxi.  187,  413,  356;  xxii.  12. 

Tremper      .....  *  xxii.  2. 

Wanneick  fy  Koppner    .  *  xxiii.  173. 

Colt-man      .....  *  xxiv.  473  ;  xxv.  46  ;*  xxviii.  109. 

Duvergier    .....  *  xxv.  428. 

Dick  4"  Stevenson     .     .  *  xxv.  184. 
Winterthur.     Brown     .  *  xxv.  475. 
Marshall      .....  *  xxvi.  31,  450,  453  :  *  xxviii.  4,  24. 

Sttlzer  Bros  .....  *  xxvi.  133. 

Hftlpin    ......  *  xxvii.  480. 

Virck       ....,.*  xxviii.  187-90. 

Hitrtnell  ......  *  xxviii.  3. 

Proell       ....,.*  xxix.  416. 

Trappen       .....  *  xxvii.  520. 

"  Engineering  and  Mining  Journal." 
Buchye  Eng.  Co.   .  *  xxiii.  334  ;  xxvi.  224 
Weslon  ...          ,  *  xxvi.  220. 

"  Mining  and  Scientific  Press." 
Dingley     ......  *  xxxvii.  361. 

Wlieelock  ...      xl.  257-265. 

xl.  56,  364,  369. 

"  Paris  E-rposition  Reports." 
W/ieelock  ......  *  iv.  369. 

Powell        .,..„.*  iv.  371. 
Collmann  ......  *  iv   372. 

Winterthur     .....  *  iv.  375. 

Beer  ......-.*  iv.  376. 

Sulzer  Bros  ......  *  iv.  377. 

Herman-  Lachapelle  .  *  iv   379 

Brotherhood    .....  *  iv.  380. 


"  Iron  Age.'' 


Corliss  Steam  Engine. 


Length  of  stroke,  48". 
Diameter  of  fly-wheel,  14'. 
Width  of  face,  25". 
Average  steam  pressure,  60  Ibs. 
Revolutions  per  minute,  62. 
Estimated  horse-power,  125. 

The   arrangement  of   the  Corliss  valves  is  shown  in  Fig. 
752.     There  were  in  Paris  many  representatives  of  this  form 


of  engine  from  most  European  countries ;  although,  as  at 
Vienna,  in  1873,  Mr.  Corliss  personally  did  not  exhibit,  yet 
"lis  engine  was  largely  and  admirably  shown  by  other  par- 
ies.    See,  also,  Fig.  5666,  p.  2341,  "Mech.  Dict.r 
The  steam-engine   exhibited  by  A.  Collmann,  of  Vienna, 


hi 

iigine  exhibited  by 
Austria,  has  an  ingenious  arrangement  of  valve-gear  differ- 
ing from  the  usual  system  of  catches  and  pawls. 

The  engine  is  shown  in  a  perspective  view  in  Plate  VIII., 
and  in  transverse  section  in  Fig.  753. 

The  valves  for  the  admission  of  steam  are  caused  to  ope- 
rate by  means  of  the  combination  of  two  motions,  one  of 
which,  taken  from  the  main  shaft  through  miter-wheels,  is 
constant,  while  the  other,  taken  from  a  governor,  is  vari- 
able. Referring  to  the  Plate,  a  constant  motion  is  commu- 


xviii.,  Sept.  7,  p.  7. 
.      xviii.,  Sept.  7,  p.  7 
xviii.,  July  27,  p   1. 
xviii.,  July  27,  p.  1 
xviii.,  Sept.  21,  p.  3. 
xviii..  Sept.  21,  p.  d. 
xviii.,  Sept.  21,  p.  3. 
xviii.,  Sept.  21,  p.  3. 
.    .xviii.,  Sept.  21,  p.  3. 

*  xxvi.,  July  8,  p.  1. 
Bitgram     '.'.'.    .......  *  xx.,  Oct.  18.  p.  1. 

Collmann        .........  *  xx.,  Nov.  14  p.  1. 

Prorter-Allen  .........  *  xxii.,  Oct.  10,  p.  1. 

Tappen       ..........  *  xxiv.,  Aug.  i,  p.  1. 


C.  B.  Brown  (f  Co. 

Buckeye  Eng.  Co. 
Corliss 
Putnam  Mach  Co 
Wheelock 

Woodruff'  *  Beach 
Wetherell  if  Co 
Mirrless,  Tail  Sf  Watson 
Goldie  &  McCuUoeh    ..... 


"  Manufacturer  and  Builder.'1' 

Buckeye  Engine  Co  ............  *  x|-  7J 

Cobb   ................  *  x!:  1^- 

Whitehill      ......     -     .......      xii.  241. 

"  Mining  and  Scientific  Press." 
Buckeye  Eng  Co.       .      xl.  209,  217. 

"  Engineer.'* 

Corliss      ,          ...  *  xli.  319,  413  ;  *  xlii.  276  ;  *  xlv.  405. 
Crokn  .....  *  xli.  394. 


CUT-OFF. 


239 


CUTTER. 


Collmriiin's  Variable  Cut-off'  Steam-engine  (  Transverse  i 
''Mining  and  Scientific  Press  ''  (continued). 

Huston,  Proctor  If  Co *  xlvii.  400. 

Dai-ey,  PaxmanlfCo *  xlviii.  3. 

Gray *  xliv.  41. 

"  Buckeye  " *  xlii.  262. 

Coltmann *  xlv.  144. 

Rigg *  xlvi.  421. 

Sulzer xlvi.  149. 

Galloway *  xlvi.  241. 

Dinghy *  xxxvii.353,  361. 

"  English  Mechanic.'1' 

Slirlr '    .    *  XXV.  16.  ' 

Corliss xxiv.  155. 

"  Scientific  American^ 
Harris- Corliss  .     .     .     .  *  xli.  175  ;  *  xxxv.  95  :  *  xli.  175. 

Collins *  xli.  102. 

Collmann *  xxxviii.  386. 

Corliss *  xxxiv.  351  ;    *  xxxv.  340. 

"  Buckeye''       ....  *  xxxviii.  310. 
Putnam  Machine  Co.     .  *  xxxv.  351. 

Dinghy *  xxxix.  31. 

Fish, *  xxxvi.  166. 

Brown *  xxxvi.  1. 

Cobb *  xl.  310. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement.'1 

Sulzer *2322 

"Buckeye" 370. 

Penny *  404. 

Corliss 274:  *  402,  403  ;*  1023. 

Sickels 703. 

Soc.  Anon,  de  Marcinelle      ...  *  4136. 
Wannieck *  xxiv.  387. 

"American  Miller." 
Regulations  for  tests,  Cincinnati,  1880 viii.  55. 

"Polytechnic  Review.'' 

"Buckeye" *  Aug.  12,  1876. 

Biigram       *  Jan.  27,  1877. 

See  also  EXPANSION  VALVE  GEAR. 

2.  A  device  in  a  stove  magazine  to  separate  the 
ashes  and  clinker  from  the  fire,  and  to  hold  the  fire 
in  position  while  the  ashes  and  clinker  are  tumbled 
off  the  grate  and  then  removed.     The  grate  being 
restored,  the  cut-off  is  withdrawn,  and  the  fresh 
fire  is  allowed  to  fall  upon  the  grate. 

3.  (Sewing  Machine.)      A   device    used  with  a 


hooked  needle  for  the  purpose  of  closing  and  open- 
ing the  barb,  to  retain  the  thread  in  the  needle 
during  its  passage  through  the  goods  or  leather, 
and  allow  it  to  escape  after  the  needle  is  with- 
drawn. 

Cut'-off  Saw.     See  CUTTING-OFF  SAW. 

Cut'-out.  (Electricity.)  A  device  for  discon- 
necting telegraph  instruments  from  the  main  line. 

In  E.  Gray's  (Patent  110,970),  two  springs  hinged  to  the 
plates  to  which  the  terminals  of  the  main  Hue  are  connected, 
and  separated  by  an  insulating  block,  are  provided  each  with 
a  platinum-tipped  contact-screw,  and  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  when  turned  into  one  position  said 
screws  bear  against  each  other  and  complete  the 
main  circuit ;  but  when  in  the  other  position,  the 
springs  bear  against  the  terminal  beveled  studs  of 
the  loop  or  instrument  circuit,  thereby  separating 
the  contact  screws  and  completing  the  circuit 
through  the  loop. 

—  Cut  Splice.  (Nautical.)  A  loop  splice 
made  by  a  short  piece  of  rope,  the  strands 
laid  open  at  the  ends  and  spliced  into  a 
standing  rope,  as  in  k  n,  Fig.  5435,  p.  2279, 
"  Mech.  Diet.'" 

Cut  Stone.  (Stone  Cutting.)  Another 
name  for  ashlar,  which  see.  The  term 
covers  all  squared  stones  with  smoothly- 
dressed  beds  and  joints. 

The  following  are  modes  of  face-dressing  (which 
see) :  — 

Bush-hammered.  Pointed. 

Crandaled.  Rough  pointed. 

Fine  pointed.  Rubbed. 

Peen-hammered.  Tooth-axed. 

Cut'ter.  1.  (Ordnance.)  An  instru- 
ment for  determining  the  pressure  per  square  inch 
exerted  within  the  bores  of  cannon  or  small  arms 
by  the  ignition  of  powder. 

This  form  of  instrument 
for  the  purpose  derives  its 
name  from  the  fact  that  the 
pressure  of  the  igniting  pow- 
der is  exerted  upon  a  piston, , 
the  reverse  of  which  has  a 
cutter  which  makes  a  mark 
(cut)  upon  a  copper  block. 
See,  also,  CRUSHER  GAGE  ; 
PIEZOMETER. 


Fig.  754. 


Plates  III.,  X.,  accompanying 
Appendix  I.  b,  to  "Report  of  Chief 
of  Ordnance,  U  S.  A.,"  1877,  are 
illustrations  of  such  cuts,  and  the 
text  accompanying  pp.  373-396,  de- 
scribe the  instrument  and  results, 
referring  to  Plates  I.-X. 

Several  forms  of  cutters  are  there 
described. 

The  Rodman  cutter  is  also  used 
in  Lieutenant  Metcalfe's  recoil  dy- 
namometer for  small  arms.     "On/-  ,T-,,- 
nance  Report,''  1878,  Appendix  N.,  MOUngC>ater».   (Brown 
p.  109.  If  Sharpe.) 

2.  (Ayr [culture.)     An  instrument  attached  to  the 
plow  to  cut  the  sod  or  weeds  in  advance  of  the 
share  or  the  breast  of  a  plow. 

There  are  several  kinds  ;iml 
modes  of  attachment.  See 
COLTER. 

3 .  ( Ma  ch  inert/.)     A  c  u  1 1  i  1 1  g 
tool    in    a    lathe,   planer,   or 
milling  machine.       Figs.  754, 
755,   756,  show  several  forms 
of  rotary  in  milling  machines 
and  some  forms  of  special  ma- 
chinery of  cognate  character. 

Fig.  754  shows  two  forms  of  mill- 
ing  cutters  :  the   upper  one  is  for  Milling  Cutter. 
cutting  the  teeth  of  gear  wheels, 


Fig.  755. 


CUTTER. 


240        CUTTING    AND   DRAWING   PRESS. 


Fig.  756. 


Fig.  758. 


Fcrew-slotting  Cutters. 

a.  For  making  twist  drills. 

b.  For  grooving  taps  and  reamers. 
r.  (irooving  and  milling  cutter. 
it.  Angular  cutter. 

and  can  be  sharpened  by  grinding  without  changing  their 
form. 

The  lower  cutter  in  the  figure  is  for  milling  sewing  ma- 
chine  and  e;un  parts  of  irregular  form. 

Fig.  755  is  a  screw-slotting  cutter. 

Fig.  756  shows  four  cutters. 

Cut'ter  Grind'er.  Is  a  tool  for  shops  and  man- 
ufactories in  which  rotary  cutters  of  any  style  are 
used  for  gear-cutting,  milling,  or  slotting.  A  col- 
umnar support,  with  a  broad  base,  sustains  the  spin- 
dle-head, the  cutter-holder  and  guide.  The  platen 
to  which  the  holder  and  guide  are  attached  may  be 
adjusted  in  height  to  suit  the  diameter  of  the  cutter 
to  be  operated  upon.  The  guide  rests  against  the 
tooth  that  is  being  ground,  thus  gaging  the  work 
accurately,  even  though  there  may  be  irregularity 
in  the  size  of  the  teeth.  The  machine  is  adapted  to 
cutters  of  all  sizes  and  styles  of  teeth,  whether 
straight,  beveled,  or  spiral. 

Fig.  757. 


Cutttr  Heads. 


ing  sash,  door,  straight-cap,  slotted  combination 
molding,  panel, -matching,  grooving,  gaining,  bead- 
ing, coping,  etc. 

Cut'ting  and  Draw'ing  Press.  A  machine 
made  iu  various  sizes  for  different  grades  of  work 
in  cutting  a  blank  out  of  sheet-metal  and  forming 
it  into  shape  at  one  operation.  The  machine  shown 
is  adapted  for  articles  not  exceeding  8"  in  diameter 
and  I  £"  deep. 

.  The  die  A  is  secured  to  the  bed  of'  the  press  and  the  cut- 
ting punch  B,  which  also  acts  as  blank-holder,  to  the  adjust- 
able plate  ('.  The  pressure  of  the  punch  upon  the  blank  is 
regulated  by  the  screws  F  F,  which  are  bored  out  to  receive 
the  casing  GG,  on  the  lower  end  of  which  are  rubber  wash- 
ers to  allow  for  difference  iu  the  thickness  of  the  tin.  The 


Fig.  759. 


Cutter  Grinder.    (Smith  $  Coventry,  British 

Either  small  grindstones  or  emery  wheels  may 
be-  attached  to  the  spindles. 

Cut'ter  Head.  (  Wood  Working.)  A  rotary 
cutter  stock  in  a  planing,  grooving,  matching,  or 
similarly-acting  machine. 

The  illustration  shows  a  variety  of  heads,  includ- 


Cutting  and  Drawing  Press. 

cams  H  H  force  down  the  cutting  punch  and  blank  holder 
and  a  central  drawing  punch  forces  the  blank  into  the  shape 
required.  The  slide  is  kept  against  the  cams  by  a  weight. 

The  Bliss  cutting,  drawing,  and  stamping  press  performs 
atone  operation,  the  cutting  of  the  blank,  drawing  it  into 


CUTTING  AND   DRAWING  PRESS.        241 


CYCLOSCOPE. 


shape  and  embossing  any  required  design  upon  it.  It  is  par- 
ticularly designed  for  work  that  is  lettered,  beaded,  counter- 
sunk or  embossed,  such  as  sardine  and  blacking  boxes,  cov- 
ers and  bottoms  of  cans  and  lard  pails,  etc. 

Cut'ting    and    Screwing    Ma-chine'.     A 

machine  especially  adapted  for  ctittiug  off  wrought- 
iron  pipe  and  tapping  the  ends  for  coupling  lengths. 
The  pipe  is  held  in  the  hollow  head  which  has  a 
universal  chuck,  and  the  dies  are  held  on  an  adjust- 
able pillar.  The  chuck-head  is  revolved  by  crank 
and  fly-wheel  or  by  power. 
Fig.  760. 


Cutting-off  saws  are  of  several  kinds  :  single  and  double  ; 
the  latter  may  be  double-aiders,  for  sawing  boards  toa  length, 
cutting  off  both  ends  at  once. 

1.  In  the  railway  cutting-off  saw  the  saw  arbor  is  on  a 
carriage  which  traverses  on  planed  guides,  to  and  fro.     Fiz. 
4134,  p.  1867,  "Meek.  Diet." 

2.  The  bracket  cutting-off  saw  traverses  on  a  bracket  above 
the  table  upon  which  the  staff  lies.    See  BRACKET  CUTTING- 
OFF  SAW,  supra. 

3.  The  siring  cutting-off  saw  is  pendulous  from  the  ceil- 
ing, Fig.  6127,  p.  2471,  "Mtc/i.  Diet.-' 

4.  The  carriage  cutting-off  saw  has  a  carriage  in  which  the 
stuff  lies  and  which  moves  on  ways  transversely  to   present 
the  stuff  to  the  saw. 

Fig.  7<32. 


Mf  Machine. 

Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  cutting 
crackers  from  the  blanket  of  dough.  See  CRACKER 
MA  CHINK. 

Cut'ting-off  Lathe.  A  machine  with  which 
rods,  bars,  and  pipes  are  cut  to  length.  The  ob- 
ject is  passed  through  a  collet  at  the  rear  end  of 
the  spindle,  and  held  in  front  by  a  concentric 
chuck.  The  steadying  collets  are  changed  to  fit 
various  sizes  of  bars.  The  feed  is  automatic  or  by 
Fig.  761. 


Cutting-off  Lathe. 

hand  and  the  speeds  variable.  The  Slate  cutting- 
off  tool  is  used,  the  stock  of  which  receives  the  cut- 
ter in  a  channel  on  its  side,  and  the  cutter  is  held 
in  place  by  flanges  on  the  stock  and  two  hook- 
headed  bolts,  allowing  the  cutter  to  be  advanced  as 
it  is  ground  for  sharpening. 

*  "  Engineer  " xlii.  42. 

Cut'ting-off  Saw.     The  cutting-off  saw  is  a 
•cross  cutting  machine  adapted   to   the  shop.     The 
cross  cutting  machine  for  the  woods  is  a  draa-s&vf. 
Fig.  1739,  p.  738,  "Mech.  Diet." 
16 


Carriage  Cutting-off  Saw. 

Cut'ting-off  Shears.  A  bar  shears  for  cut- 
ting bar  or  rod  iron  to  lengths.  Fig.  586,  p.  241, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Cut'ting  Punch.  A  circular-edged  punch  used 
for  cutting  grommet  holes  in  sails,  cutting  wads 
from  cloth  or  paper,  disks  or  planchets  from  leather 
or  metal,  making  tongue-holes  in  straps  and  in  va- 
rious other  uses  and  connections.  See  WAD-PUNCH, 
Fig.  7001,  p.  2717,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Oval  or  oblong  cutting  punches  are  used  for 
some  purposes,  —  for  settiug-iu  oblong  grommets, 
for  instance. 

Cy'clad.  A  circular  iron-clad.    A  style  adopted 
in  several  vessels  of  the  Russian  navy,  as  the  "  Nov- 
gorod," "  Admiral  Popoff." 
"Engineer  "    .    ' *  xli.  75,  93,  244. 

Cy-cloid'o-graph.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Dr.  S.  Zmurko,  for  the  practical  drawing  of  cy- 
cloids. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement '' 505. 

Cy'clo-graph.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Worthiugton  (Eng.),  for  drawing  arcs  of  great  ra- 
dius. 

It  is  a  rolling  instrument  having  two  wheels  of 
different  diameters  on  a  single  shaft,  one  being  ca- 
pable of  adjustment  towards  or  from  the  other. 
The  nearer  the  two  are  in  relation  to  each  other, 
the  smaller  will  be  the  radius  of  curve  described  by 
a  pencil  attached  to  the  shaft  near  the  larger  wheel. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement" *  3907. 

Cy-clom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  counting 
revolutions.  Shown  as  adapted  to  a  bicycle  in  — 

"Engineer" *  xlv.  234. 

"  English  Mechanic  " *  xxvii.  321. 

"Mining  fy  Scientific  Press xxxvi.  403. 

Cy'clo-scope.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Professors  McLeod  and  Clarke  of  the  Royal  Indian 
Engineering  College. 

Its  purpose  is  to  measure  the  velocity  of  revolu- 
tion, and  enable  it  to  be  determined  at  the  moment 
of  observation. 

B,  Fig.  763,  is  the  cylinder  with  its  ruled  paper  covering. 
The  wheel  R  serves  to  put  it  in  communication  with  the 
machine,  the  rotary  speed  of  which  is  to  be  measured.  The 
movable  box  contains  a  reed  or  vibrating  lance,  which  per- 
forms the  functions  of  a  tuning-fork,  and  to  which  is  fas- 
tened a  small  plate  of  zinc,  in  which  there  is  a  slit  about 
equal  in  width  to  the  breadth  of  the  lines  traced  upon  the 
cylinder.  The  lance  vibrates  60  times  per  second.  The 


CYCLOSCOPE. 


242 


CYLINDER   GLASS. 


small-toothed  wheel  T,  and  the  wheel  D,  being  situated 
upon  the  same  axis  with  the  box  Aj  the  latter  can,  by  sim- 
ply turning  the  wheel  D.  to  the  right  or  left,  be  moved  to 
any  position  in  front  of  the  cylinder.  At  S  is  an  opening 
through  which  the  lines  are  examined ;  it  contains  a  lens 
for  the  purpose  of  magnifying  the  images.  When  the  appa- 
ratus is  to  be  operated  the  plate  is  caused  to  vibrate  by 
means  of  a  small  bellows,  the  tube  of  which  is  seen  at  C  C'. 
The  box  A  carries  an  index  by  means  of  which  the  speed  is 


we  meet  witn  tne  stationary  wave  wnicn  nas  serveu  10  ueter- 
mine  the  divisions  ;  the  index  O  will  then  point  to  the  fig- 
ure that  indicates  the  speed. 

The  idea  of  the  machine  is  founded  upon  the  observation 
that  if  a  series  of  objects  (points,  for  instance)  are  moving 
with  a  certain  velocity,  the  eye  loses  their  outlines  and 


Fig.  76. 


Diagram  of  Ruled  Paper  for  Cycloscope. 

blends  them  together  into  a  line.  The  ruling  of  the  paper 
on  the  cylinder  is  such  that  the  lines  are  much  farther  apart 
at  one  end  than  the  other,  and  this  is  conveniently  accom- 
plished by  cutting  an  oblong  piece  sufficient  to  wrap  the 
cylinder,  out  of  a  piece  ruled  as  in  the  figure. 

It  will  be  evident  that  when  the  cylinder  is  revolving  at  a 
given  rate  the  number  of  repetitions  of  the  line,  which,  as 
viewed  through  the  slit,  is  equivalent  to  a  dot,  will  be  much 
greater  at  one  end  of  the  cylinder  than  at  the  other. 

The  device  is  much  more  fully  described  in  "Proceedings 
of  the  Royal  Society,"  in  "Popular  Science  Review-'  and 
"La  Nature,''  and  copied  into  the  "Scientific  American,-' 
xli.  *  131;  "Scientific  American  Supplement,'1'1  1188,  1366. 
See  also  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  *  225. 

Cyl'in-der  Bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  cylinder 
borer,  portable,  and  adapted  to  the  reboring  and 
refaciug  of  locomotive  cylinders  while  the  cylinder 
is  attached  to  the  engine,  is  made  by  the  New  York 
Steam  Engine  Co.  under  Chapman's  patent. 

The  machine  is  so  arranged  that  it  can  be  attached  to  an 
engine  standing  on  the  track,  and  is  driven  or  worked  either 
by  hand  or  power  to  bore  the  cylinder  and  turn  and  face  the 
edges  of  the  flanges.  The  boring  head  slides  upon  a  bar  4" 


in  diameter,  one  end  of  which  is  placed  in  a  bushing  fast- 
ened in  a  stuffing-box,  and  the  other  end  runs  in  a  bearing 
bolted  to  the  cylinder-flange.  The  boring  head  has  three 
tool-holders,  which  will  receive  either  boring,  facing,  or 
turning  cutters,  and  each  or  all  of  the  cutters  have  an  auto- 
matic and  a  hand  feed.  These  machines  will  bore  a  cylinder 
as  small  as  15"  and  as  large  as  20"  in  diameter,  with  an  ex- 
treme traverse  of  head  of  32". 
Boring  machine. 

Sharpe,  Stewart  $  Co.,  Br.  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  2094. 

Portable *  "R.R.  Gaz.,-'  xxii.  355. 

Flanders *  "Min.  $  Sc.  Pr.,"  xxxvi.  289. 

Measuring  instr.,  Giegly      .  *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  259. 
Holding,  Tuck *  ".Sc.  Amer.,'-  xxxv.  51. 

Cyl'in-der  Car.  A  cylinder  with  wheel-ends 
adapted  to  run  on  a  railway  track.  The  cylinder 
is  loaded  full,  and  rolls,  the  load  not  being  supported 
on  axles. 

There  have  been  many  patents  on  this  idea. 
Prosser's     .     .     "  Scientific  Amtrican,"1  xli.  293. 

"American  Mannf.,"  March  26,  1880,  p.  12. 

Cyl'in-der  Cock.  Figure  765  shows  a  cock 
operated  by  pressure  of  an  eccentric  against  a  valve 
normally  closed  by  the  pressure  of  ssteam  in  the 
cylinder. 

he  tube  A 


is  the  seat  ot  valve  (  .  Ine 
eccentric  of  the  lever  D  is 
pivoted  at  f,  and  is  moved 
by  the  rod  E,  pressing  the 
eccentric  against  the  stem 
5  of  the  valve,  g  is  the 
exit  for  the  steam  or  the 
water  of  condensation,  as 
the  case  may  be. 
"Railroad  Gazette,"  i 
*  xxiii.  436. 

Cyl'in-der  For'- 
ging  Mill.  Blakey's 
forging  mill  for  mak- 
ing tubes  consists  of  a 
rotating  mandrel,  op- 
erating in  combination 
with  a  series  of  sur- 
rounding rolls,  which  Hayes  £  SrMtirk'*  Locomotive 
first  bend  the  blank, 

then  weld  it,  and,  by  continued  rolling,  impart  a 
finish  to  the  welded  article. 

"  Iron  Age.  " *  xviii.  July  27,  p.  1. 

Cyl'in-der  Glass.  (Glass.)  This  method  of 
manufacture  is  much  older  than  is  generally  sup- 
posed. It  is  so  much  superior  to  the  crown-glass 
process  that  it  has  at  length  almost  entirely  super- 
seded it. 

The  Venetians  and  Bohemians  blew  cylinders  for  the  win- 
dows of  the  12th  and  13th  centuries. 

Cylinder  blowing  was  introduced  into  France  from  Bohe- 
mia'in  the  beginning  of  the  18th  century. 

France  now  manufactures  it  in  great  quantity.  La  Com- 
pagnie  des  Verreries  de  la  Loire  produces  annually  590,000 
square  yards  of  white,  and  89,000  yards  of  colored  glass. 

In  the  north  of  France  25  to  30  furnaces  of  8  pots  produce 
4,500,000  to  5,000,000  square  yards. 

Annual  production  value  :  1873,  $4,400,000. 
1878,  $3,000,000. 

Composition  of  French  window  glass  :  — 

White  sand 100 

Sulphate  of  soda 35  to  40 

Lime 25  to  35 

Powdered  coke 1.5  to  2.0 

Binoxide  manganese 0.5 

Cullets  in  variable  quantity,  usually  the  same  quantity  as 
the  sand.  Arsenic  is  sometimes  added  to  refine  the  glass  ; 
vaporizing  in  the  pot,  it  passes  through  the  glass,  stirring 
the  mass,  and  refining  it. 

Green  sticks  of  wood  are  used  for  the  same  purpose,  and, 
in  Bohemia,  a  potato  at  the  end  of  an  iron  bar.  It  is  the 
steam  in  each  case  which  escapes  through  the  metal,  as  the 
melted  glass  is  termed. 

A  workman  usually  blows  during  20  hours  and  averages 
from  16  to  17  per  hour,  making  sheets  22"  X  21". 

The  cylinders  are  split  with  a  diamond  on  the  stick,  guided 


CYLINDER   GRINDER. 


243 


CYLINDER  MILL. 


along  the  edge  of  a  wooden  rule  laid  inside   the   cylinder. 
See  FLATTENING  OVEN. 

Cyl'iii-der  Grind'er.  A  machine  tool  with 
automatic  traverse  feed,  for  finishing  cylindrical 
gages,  such  as  those  for  gun-bores,  etc.  See  CY- 
LINDRICAL GAGE. 

Cyl'in-der  LuHbri-ca-tor.     An  apparatus  for 
supplying  a  regulated  and  constant  quantity  of  oil 
Fig.  766.  to  a  cylinder. 

The  cup  being  empty 
and  the  valves  closed, 
the  top  is  removed  and 
the  cup  filled  with  oil 
up  to  the  hole  in  the 
central  pipe.  The  cover 
replaced  and  the  steam 
valve  opened,  the  con- 
densation of  steam  in 
the  chamber  above  the 
oil,  and  collecting  be- 
neath it,  causes  the 
overflow  of  the  oil  down 
the  central  pipe  to  the 
cylinder.  Adjustment 
of  the  pipe  vertically 
increases  or  diminishes 
the  size  of  the  chamber 
of  condensation,  and  so 
regulates  the  quan- 
tity of  oil  passing 
to  the  cylinder. 


Cylinder  Lubricator. 

Cyl'in-der  Mill.    A  grinding  mill  in  which' 
the  action  of  rollers  is  substituted  for  that  of  face 
stones. 

(Milling.)  The  cylinder  or  roller  mill,  the  Wal- 
zenmuhle  of  the  Hungarians,  consists  of  two  small 
parallel  horizontal  steel  or  porcelain  cylinders 
placed  near  to  each  other,  arranged  for  adjustment 
and  revolving  from  above  towards  each  other.  In 
the  great  mill  of  Pesth  the  rollers  are  about  5" 
in  diameter,  the  surfaces  of  some  having  sharp  lon- 
gitudinal furrows. 

Fig.  767  shows  a  mill  with  three  pairs  of  rollers  and  an 
F-     -fi~  intervening  space  between    the 

pairs.  The  action  depends  upon 
the  distance  of  the  rollers  from 
each  other  and  the  character  of 
their  surfaces. 

Smooth,  and  revolving  with 
uniform  speed,  the  action  is  to 
crush  soft  wheat  or  split  hard 

Fig.  768. 


"    Wegmann's   Porcelain-cylinder 
Cylinder  Grinding  Mill.  Mill. 


wheat  into  fragments  ;  or,  if  far  apart,  to  split  the  berry 
lengthwise.  ^ 

Smooth  and  revolvin^i'ith  unequal  velocities,  the  action 
is  to  mash  the  grain. 

Grooved  cylinders,  with  equal  velocity,  indent  and  crack 
the  grain  ;  with  unequal  velocities  tear  it. 

The  product  is  not  heated  ;  no  dust  Hour  is  produced.  In 
the  Pesth  mill  the  wheat,  before  attaining  its  last  disinte- 
gration, passes  between  from  18  to  24  pairs  of  rollers.  Its 
effect  is  a  grade  between  high  milling  and  low  milling 
(which  see). 

It  is  claimed  to  render  grits  and  middling  purifiers  un- 
necessary. 

That  it  is  impossible  to  injure  the  quality  of  the  flour  in 
milling. 

To  secure  a  larger  proportion  of  clean,  pure  flour. 

Fig.  768  is  a  sectional  view  of  Wegmaiui'f  porcelain-cylin- 
der mill,  aa  are  the  feed  cylinders  ;  bb,  the  porcelain  cylin-. 
ders  :  cc,  scrapers  with  glass  edges  to  clean  the  cylinders. 

Fig.  769. 


Fig.  770. 


Buchkolz  Cylinder  Grinding  and  Boltin 

See  also  GRITS  MILL. 

Figs.  769,  770,  show  the  Bmhholz  roller  mill. 

The  cylinders  revolve  with  unequal  velocity  and  are  all 
set  in  motion  by  a  single  large  cog-wheel  M.  The  pointed 
and  purified  grain  is  fed  in  between  the  highest  pair  of  roll- 
ers L  L,  to  be  cracked,  as  it  passes  through,  into  coarse 
fragments,  and  more  or  less  flour,  grits,  and  bran,  which 
are  received  upon  the  in- 
clined shaking-sieve  N,  where 
they  are  sorted  ;  the  grits  and 
fine  flour  passing  through  to 
the  trough  P,  to  be  discharged 
into  the  upright  receiver  K. 
The  groats  and  bran  pass  on 
to  the  next  pair  of  rollers,  to 
be  further  reduced  to  finer 
groats,  grits,  flour,  and  bran. 
Falling  upon  the  second  sieve 
the  flour  and  grits  pass 
through  to  the  trough  P, 
while  the  bran  and  groats 
pass  on  to  the  next  pair  of 
rollers,  and  so  on  until  the 
groats  having  been  reduced 
to  grits  and  flour,  all  the  bran 
is  collected  in  T  T,  and  all 
the  flour  and  grits  in  5  S. 
The  screw  conducts  the  flour 
and  grits  to  a  bolt,  where  the 
flour  is  bolted  off,  and  the 
remaining  grits  graded  in  the 
centrifugal  machine. 
Beyer  ,  *  "  Technologists, ! ' 

xxxix.  348. 

The  whole  system  of  mill- 
ing has  undergone  great  al-  Buchholz  Roller  Grinding  Mill. 
terations  within  a  few  years  (End  View.) 

past,  and  the  new  processes,  which  have  given  a  name  (new 
process)  to  the  flour  produced  are  largely  used  at  the  prin- 
cipal flour  centers  of  the  United  States,  Minneapolis,  for  ex- 
ample. Some  of  these  improvements  concern  the  method  of 
grinding,  high  or  low ;  others  the  principle  of  grinding,  at- 


CYLINDRICAL   GAGE. 


244 


DADO    PLANE. 


trition  (stones),  or   mashing  (rollers);   others  the  mode  of  j 
handling  the  result,  bolting  and  purifying. 

Cy-lin'dri-cal  Gage.  A  gage  for  measuring 
Fig  772.  the  external  or  internal  diameter  of  cylin- 
ders. The  plan  was  initiated  by  Whit- 
worth,  of  England,  and  the  system  is 
often  referred  to  under  his  name  a  s 
'•  Whitworth  "  gages. 

They  are  made  in  sets,  arranged  in  a  box,  of 
sizes  from  -j'g"  to  2",  varying  by  sixteenths  of  an 
inch. 

They  consist  of  steel  cylinders  and  rings  hard- 
ened   and    ground    very   accurately   to    standard 
sizes.     These  fit  into  each  other.     The  first  is  used 
for  measuring  the  size  of  holes,  and  the  last  for 
measuring     the   outside   of 
cylindrical  objects,  and  they 
are  called   internal  and   >.<- 
ternal    cylindrical    gages. 
They  are  generally  used  as 
standards  alone,  from  which 
other    tools  and  gages    are 
made  of  the  proper  size. 

Cy-liii'dri-cal 
Glass.  1.  A  form  of 
glass  made  to  correct 
astigmatism  ;  i.  <?.,  a  non-spherical  form  of  the  cor- 
nea of  the  eye. 

2.  A  reading  glass,  for  avoiding  the  distortions 
produced  by  an  ordinary  spherical  reading  glass. 

Cy-lin'dri-cal  Saw.  "  General  Sir  Samuel 
Bentham  made  cylindrical  and  crown  saws  for  the 
British  Admiralty  previous  to  1804.  Its  extensive 
application  is,  however,  American."  —  Richards. 

In  the  form  shown  in  Fig.  772  the  length  of  stuff  that 
can  be  sawed  is  limited,  but  in  another  form  described  by 
Richards  it  consists  of  a  tubular  shaft  or  cylinder,  around 
Fig.  772. 


Fig.  773. 


Cylindrical  Gage. 


Straight  Cylinder  Saw. 

Bilging  Cylinder  Saw. 

which  the  belt  passes  supported  in  semicircular  or  half-bear- 
ings of  the  same  diameter  :  to  the  end  is  attached  a  short 
crown  saw  that  is  as  much  larger  than  the  cylinder  as  will 
clear  the  belt.  The  belt  is  wide,  very  thin,  and  uniform  in 
thickness.  The  wood  is  carried  over  this  saw  by  means  of 
a  carnage,  the  saw  cutting  out  a  semicircular  core,  the  belt 
running  in  the  kerf&nA  passing  through  with  the  saw.  It  is 


Fig.  774. 


Whitney's  Stave  Saw. 

intended  for  making  cylindrical  wooden  pipes,  or  more  es- 
pecially eave  troughs  and  conductors  for  the  roofs  of  build- 
ings. 

Fig.  773  shows  Whitney's  cylindrical  saw,  for  making 
pail-staves  out  of  the  balk.  A  steel  cylinder  with  teeth  at 
one  end  is  carried  at  the  extremity  of  a  well-supported  hori- 
zontal spindle.  The  length  of  the  cylinder  is  somewhat 
greater  than  that  of  the  bucket  for  which  the  staves  are 
destined,  and  its  diameter  is  such  as  to  give  them  the  requi- 
site curve. 

Cy-lin'dri-cal  Sieve.  One  in  which  the  wire 
surface  is  cylindrical  ;  the  material  being  usually- 
fed  in  at  one  end  and  discharged  at  the  other. 

See  GRAIN  CLEANER,  STARCH  SIEVE,  DRYING 
MACHINE,  etc..  for  examples. 

Cy  r-tom'e-ter.  (  Surgical.  ) 
An  instrument  for  diagnosis": 
for  measuring  the  chest. 

Flint's  cyrtometer  is  a  com- 
pass with  short  arms  holding 
strips  of  lead  long  enough  to 
encircle  the  chest.  An  indica- 
tor may  be  set  at  any  point  by  a 
thumb-screw.  The  strips  of 
lead  are  easily  molded  so  as 
to  fit  any  elevation  or  depres- 
sion of  the  chest  ;  the  thumb- 
screw is  then  loosened,  and  the  , 
instrument  removed.  The  parts 
being  restored  to  their  former 
position  and  placed  on  paper, 
the  exact  shape  of  the  chest  can 
be  traced  by  a  pencil. 

Fig.  272,  p.  84,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chinirgicinn." 

Dr.  Weeds'  cyrtometer  has  flexible  aluminium  strips  to 
bend  around  the  chest,  and  is  not  designed  to  obtain  the 
shape,  but  the  circumference  merely. 

Cys-ti'tis  Eye'let.  (Surgical.)  A  short 
flanged  tube,  used  in  inflammation  of  the  bladder. 


weed's  Cyrtom- 
eter. 


D. 


Da'do.  (Add.)  (Arch.)  A  die  with  a  project- 
ing panel. 

Da'do  Plane.  A  tool  consisting  of  two  sec- 
tions :  a  main  stock  with  two  bars,  and  a  sliding 
section,  having  its 'bottom  face  level  with  that  of 
the  main  stock. 

It  can  be  used  as  a  dado  of  any  required  width  by  insert- 
ing the  bit  into  the  main  stock,  and  bringing  the  sliding 
section  snugly  up  to  the  edge  of  the  bit.  The  two  spurs, 
one  on  each  section  of  the  plane,  will  thus  be  brought  ex- 
actly in  front  of  the  edges  of  the  bit.  The  gage  on  the 
sliding  section  will  regulate  the  depth  to  which  the  tool  will 
cut. 


Fig.  775. 


Dado  Plane. 


DAIRY  IMPLEMENTS. 


245 


DAMPER  REGULATOR. 


By  attaching  a  guard-plate  to  the  sliding  section  the  tool 
may  be  converted  into  a  plow,  fillister,  or  matching-plane. 

Dai'ry  Im'ple-ments.  See  CREAMERY  ; 
CHEESE  ;  CHURN,  etc. 

Dam.  1.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  A  bank  or 
structure  across  a  stream. 

Mattress  and  rubble  dams  in  river  and  harbor  improve- 
ments, jetties,  revetments,  and  dams  proper,  are  shown  in 
the  "  Reports  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army.''  Among 
others  the  following  :  — 

Savannah  River,  1879 *  i.  742. 

Corpus  Christi,  1879 *  i.  934. 

Coffer  Dam  (Kanawha  River),  Ibid.,  1878  *  ii.  466. 

Crib  dam,  Ibid.,  1879 *  ii.  1440. 

Crib  and  rubble,  "Report  of  Chief  of  *  364,  and  Plate 

Ordnance,"  1877      .     .     .    XII. ;  1880,  *  ii.  1753-1762. 
Movable  dam,  "Report  of  Chief  of  Engi- 
neers,- 1879      .    . *  ii.  1338, 1342. 

Mat  and  stone  dam,  Wisconsin  River  Improvements,  "Re- 
port of  Chief  of  Engineer,*;,  U.  S.  Army,"  1876,  Appendix  X, 
4,  vol.  ii.,  Part  II.,  pp.  402,  412,  and  Figs.  1  to  12. 

See  also  Reports  of  General  Weitzel  and  Colonel  Merrill, 
"Reports  of  Chief  of  Engineers,'1-  U.  S.  A.,  1874-1876. 

Chanoine'.s  system      .     "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  313. 
Chanoine  barrage,  Seine,  Port  a  1'Anglais.    Watson's  Report 
on  Civil  Engineering,    "  Vienna  Exposition  Reports,"1 
vol.  iii.,  §  c,  pp.  37-43,  Plates  A,  B,  C,  D. 
Davis  Island,  Ohio,  "Eng.  $  Min.  Journal,"  1879,  456. 

"Scientific  American,''  xli.  392. 

Kanawha  River,        "Sc.  American  Supplement,'''  1251. 
See  also  BARRAGE  ;  CURTAIN  ;  DIKE  ;  MATTRESS,  etc.    Also 
list  under  HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  "Meek.  Diet.,"  et  infra. 

2.  (Mining.)     a.   A   stopping  of   sand,  clay,  or 
brick-work  built  across  a  passage  to  exclude  water 
or  choke-damp,  or  prevent  access  of  atmospheric 
air  to  fire-damp. 

b.  Choke-damp  or  foul  air  (Cornish). 

3.  A  shield  of  sheet  rubber  clasped  around  the 
crown  of  a  tooth  to  exclude  saliva  while  the  tooth 
is  being  excavated  and  filled. 

Dam'as-ceen'ing.  (Fine  Art  Metal  Working.) 
The  art  of  incrustiug  one  metal  on  another  and 
thoroughly  incorporating.  Generally,  the  incrust- 
ing  is  of  gold  or  silver  wire  on  the  surface  of  iron, 
steel,  or  bronze. 

The  surface  is  engraved  and  undercut,  the  wire 
laid  in,  and  the  object  is  then  hammered. 

There  are  several  common  forms  of  damasceening :  Kuft 
worK  and  bidiri  work,  for  instance.  Cheap  kuft  work  is 
merely  gold  leaf  laid  on  to  a  rough  etched  surface,  to  which 
it  adheres,  while  it  is  wiped  off  the  smooth  surfaces. 

Bidiri  work  has  for  a  ground  an  alloy  of  copper,  lead,  and 
tin,  blackened  by  dipping  in  a  bath  of  sal-ammoniac,  salt- 
peter, salt,  and  blue  vitriol. 

Da-mas'cus  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  A  steel 
made  from  the  native  iron  obtained  by  bloomary 
process ;  broken,  melted  in  a  crucible  with  pieces 
of  wood,  the  crucible  luted  and  the  steel  melted. 
It  is  an  Indian  cast-steel,  better  known  as  Wootz, 
See  p.  2264,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

"Mining  $  Sc.  Press  " xxxvii.  87. 

Dam'ask-ing  Met'als.  (Add.)  (Fine  Art 
Metal  Work.)  The  Japanese  process  called  moku- 
me,  which  may  be  translated  "  veins  of  the  wood," 
is  a  sort  of  damask  pattern  composed  of  variously 
colored  metals,  chiefly  white  silver,  red  copper,  and 
a  dark  blue  alloy.  Pieces  of  this  very  difficult  sort 
of  workmanship  are  produced  by  overlaying  and 
soldering  together  a  certain  number  of  plates  of 
the  metals  or  alloys,  by  hammering,  welding,  re- 
soldering,  filling  up  the  hollow  spaces  with  new 
metal,  and  repeating  these  operations  many  time^; 
finally,  when  stretched  out  into  a  thin  sheet,  this 
composition  shows  a  peculiar  pattern,  composed  of 
veins  of  the  different  metals. 

Dam  Clamp.  (Dentistry.)  A  device  to  hold 
a  rubber  dam  in  position  around  the  tooth.  Fig. 
776  shows  several  forms  and  patterns,  one  of  them 
in  situ. 


Fig.  776. 


Rubber  Dam  Clamps. 


(Dentistry.)      A  de- 


Fig.  777. 


Dam  Clamp  For'ceps. 
vice  for  putting  a 
rubber  dam  clamp 
in  position  around  a  ^j^^-.jai 
molar.  The  prongs 
are  held  at  their  dis- 
tention  by  the  slider 
on  the  handles,  studs 
on  the  forceps  jaws 
engaging  in  perfora- 
tions in  the  flanges 
of  the  clamp.  —  Dr. 
Elliott. 

Dam  p'e  n-ing. 
1.  (Leather.)  The 
moistening  of  hides 
previous  to  skiving 
or  shaving. 

Leather  under 
treatment  is  occa- 
sionally moistened 
with  a  wet  sponge  to 
make  it  dry  evenly. 

2.  (Copying.)  The 
wetting  of  bibulous 

paper  or  tablets  for  copying  letters,  etc. 

3.  (Printing.)     The  wetting  of  paper  previous  to 
printing. 

Damp'en-ing  Box.     A  case  in  which  tablets 

Fig.  778. 


Hoe's  Dampening  Box. 

are  dampened  for  use  in  copying.  Superfluous 
water  is  removed  by  drawing  the  tablet  past  the 
squeegee,  which  is  held  by  the  other  hand. 

Damp'er.    A  device  to  regulate  or  moderate  a 
fire-draft. 


Automatic,  stove-pipe. 
Taber       .     .     . 


Plate  for  fire-place,  Hanes  * 

Regulator * 

Kelly * 

"  Peerless  "  .  * 


'  Scientific  American 
'  Scientific  American 
'  Scientific  American 
''Manufac.  &  Build. 
'Manufac.  if  Build. 
'Manufac.  $  Build., 


'  xli.  310. 

xlii.  102. 
'  xlii.  36. 

xi.  172. 

xii.  30. 
ix.  232. 


Damp'er  Reg'u-la'tor.  A  self-acting  arrange- 
ment in  which  pressure  of  steam  acts  upon  a 
damper  or  register  to  regulate  the  sectional  area  of 


DAMPER  REGULATOR. 


246 


DARNING  MACHINE. 


a  flue  or  draft-hole.  As  the  steam  increases  in 
pressure  in  a  chamber,  a  piston  or  diaphragm  is 
moved,  and  acts  upon  the  damper  in  the  flue. 
There  are  many  forms  of  the  device,  agreeing  in 
the  main  features. 

Barrett's  Hue  damper  is  a  butterfly  valve  regulated  by  the 
steam  pressure  in  a  special  chamber,  connecting  by  steam- 
pipe  with  the  boiler,  and  adjusted  by  means  of  a  balance 
arm  and  ball. 

In  Kelly :s  and  Woodruff's  the  steam  acts  upon  rubber  di- 
aphragms, passing  between  them,  lifting  the  upper  one  and 
depressing  the  lower,  the  effective  motion  being  the  sum  of 
the  two. 

In  Walton's  device  (British),  the  escaping  steam  from  a 
safety  valve  fills  a  subsidiary  chamber,  and,  by  depressing 
the  piston,  acts  upon  the  lever  of  the  damper. 

In   the   "Peerless''   damper-regulator,   steam   from    the 
boiler    enters    the    chamber    and 
presses    upon    the    water    therein, 
forcing  the  diaphragm  upward,  and 
acting  upon   the    series   of    levers 

Fig.  779. 


"Peerless  "  Damper  Regulator. 

which  controls  the  damper.  The  steam  pressure  is  always 
present,  and  its  extent  is  the  measure  of  the  area  of  sectional 
opening  in  the  flue. 

The  Norcross  steam  Fig.  780. 

damper-  regulator 
•works  without  dia- 
phragm or  plunger, 
acting  by  displace- 
ment of  water  in 
a  counterbalanced 
arm. 

Fig.  78U  gives  two 
views  of  the  Nason 
draft  or  damper-reg- 
ulator. The  upper 
view  is  a  perspective 
of  the  side  of  the 
low-pressure  boiler 
furnace ,  showing 
the  apparatus  in  situ, 
and  the  connection 
with  the  draft  doors. 
The  lower  figure  is 
an  enlarged  sectional 
view  of  the  appara- 
tus itself. 

Damp  Sheet. 

(Min  i  n  g. }  A 
large  sheet  placed 
across  the  gate 
road  to  divert  the 
course  of  the  air. 
Dam  Punch. 
(Dentistry.)  A 
cutting  punch, 
for  perforating 
coffer-dam  rub- 
ber, to  be  used  in 
excluding  saliva 
from  a  t  o  o  th 
while  being  filled. 


be  rotated  to  bring  either  hole  beneath  the  punch.     Stretch- 
ing enlarges  the  size  of  the  hole  to  go  over  a  tooth.     Dr. 

Aiiisworth. 

Daii'cing  Flame.  A  small  drum  has  a  very 
delicately  sensitive  elastic  skin  stretched  over  it. 
A  stream  of  gas  passed  through  this  drum  will 
burn  as  usual  till  some  one  begins  to  sing  near  it, 
when  the  flame,  under  the  influence  of  the  vibrating 
skin,  commences  to  shake  in  a  manner  which  is  va- 
ried indefinitely,  according  to  the  pitch  and  inten- 
sity of  the  notes  of  the  tune. 

Daii'iell  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.}  One  hav- 
ing its  zinc  in  sulphuric  acid,  and  its  copper  in 
sulphate  of  copper,  with  an  intervening  porous 
cell.  "  The  most  perfect  battery  yet  invented." 
Niaudet. 

See  CONSTANT  BATTERY. 


Damper  Re^ulnttir. 


It  has  on  one  jaw  a  solid  cone  which  cuts  against  either 
one  of  a  series  of  perforations  of  graded  sizes.     The  die  may 

Fig 


Dam  Punch 


Prescott's,  '•'Electricity  ''    . 
Sabine,  "Electric  Telegraph  " 
Niaudet,  Am.  translation   . 

Noad 

lt  English  Mechanic  ''     .     . 

du  Moncel 

^haffner  ....          .     . 

Kiemer,  impt.  on  Daniell   . 
Watson,  mod.  of  Daniell   . 
Hall,  impt.  on  Daniell . 
Lodge,  impt.  on  Daniell     . 

Browning,  impt.  on  Daniell 
Carre,  impt.  on  Daniell 
Krugtr,  impt.  on  Daniell    . 
Trouve,  impt.  on  Daniell    . 
Onimus,  impt.  on  Daniell  . 


*  p.  48  :  Oanot,  *  686. 

.      London,  1S67,  p.  221. 

*  London,  1867,  p.  86. 

*  London,  1859,  p.  209. 

*  xxvii.  321. 

.  Paris,  1S.-.6,  p.  101. 
.  *  N.  Y.,  1859,  p.  91. 
.  Sabine,  224. 

"Sc.  Am.  Xup.,"  *524. 

Sbaffner,  *  94. 

"  Teleg.  Jour.,'''  vi.  54. 

"Sc.  Am.  Siip.,''  1815. 

"Sc.  Amer.,"  *  xliii.  181. 
.      Niaudet,  p.  108. 
.       Niaudet,  p.  128. 

"Eng.  Mechanic,"  *  326. 
"Sc.  Am.,"1  *  xxxv.  67. 

Dark  Tent.  A  portable  dark  chamber  for 
photographers  in  the 
field.  It  is  mounted  on  a 
light  tripod  stand.  The 
tent,  camera,  trays,  and 
plate  pack  in  a  box.  The 
windows  are  of  orange- 
colored  silk  oil-cloth,  pro- 
tected by  yellow  cloth. 

Two  forms,  for  buggy 
and  for  hand  respectively, 
are  made. 

Darn'ing  Ma-chine'. 
A  machine   for   darning 
stockings,    clothing,   etc. 
The   article  or 
fabric    to    be 
darned  is   held 
between  notch- 
ed   blocks, 
which  throw  it 
into     corruga- 
tions SO  that  the  Rabbin's  Dark  Tent. 
series    of    nee- 
dles carried  by  a  reciprocating  needle-bar  will  pass 
through  and  through  portions  of  the  fabric. 

Fig.  782. 


Darning  Machine. 


DARNING   MACHINE. 


247 


DECANTER. 


Dash  Lamp. 


The  eye-pointed  needles  move  in  grooves  in  the  blocks, 
their  eyes  in  the  same  horizontal  plane,  and  when  they  are 
passed  through  the  fabric  are  all  threaded  by  the  same 
thread.  This  thread  is  then  drawn  out  in  loops  from  be- 
tween each  needle,  and  each  loop  is  placed  on  a  pin  of  a  loop- 
holder  (shown  to  the  left)  adjustable  to  or  from  the  work- 
holding  blocks  to  adapt  the  loop  to  the  size  of  the  hole,  and 
on  the  return  movement  of  the  needle  bar  each  needle  draws 
a  doubled  loop  through  the  fabric  at  each  side  of  the  hole 
to  be  darned,  and  leaves  the  thread  extended  across  the  hole. 
The  loops  of  thread  are  then  cut  at  the  eyes  of  the  needles 
and  the  fabric  is  turned  on 

the     holding     blocks     and  Fig.  784. 

clamped,  so  that  the  needles 
in  their  next  movement 
will  draw  the  loops  then  to 
be  formed  across  and  inter- 
weave them  with  the  loops 
of  thread  or  yarn  previously 
laid  by  the  needles. 

Dash  Lam  p.     A 

lamp  for  the  dash-board 
of  a  vehicle. 

Daub'ing.  (Leather.) 
Or  dubbing.  A  mix- 
ture of  tallow  with 
either  neat's-foot  oil  or 
sperm  oil.  With  it 
dampened  leather  i  s 
coated,  rendering  the  leather  supple  and  impervious 
to  water.  Stuffing. 

Dav'it.  The  boat-lowering  and  hoisting  ap- 
paratus of  the  vessels  of  the  American  Steamship 
Company  (British)  is  shown  in  Fig.  785. 

The  davits  a  are  of  round  iron  bent  to  the  form  shown, 
and  hinged  to  brackets  b  on  the  deck.  Each  davit  passes 
through  a  slot  in  a  hori-  „ 

zontal  guide  c,  attached  to  *'B-   '86. 

suitable  standards,  and  con- 
nected with  the  hand-rail 
of  the  ship.  The  bout  is 
slung  from  eyes  in  the 
heads  of  the  davits  by  suit- 
able tackle,  and  is  supported 
upon  the  standards  by 
blocks  (I.  These  blocks  are 
hinged  to  the  standards,  and 
the  davits  are  kept  in  the 
ordinary  position  by  a  key 
and  pin  passing  through  the 
slot.  When  it  is  desired  tc 
lower  a  boat  the  pin  and  key 
are  removed,  the  support- 
ing blocks  thrown  over  on 
their  hinges,  and  the  davits 
fall  forward,  throwing  the 
boat  clear  of  the  ship's  side. 
It  can  then  be  lowered  by 
the  tackle.  The  illustration 
also  shows  the  form  and  po- 
sition on  board, of  the  sheet- 
iron  rafts  which  these  ves-  Ship's  Davit 
sels  all  carry.  The  rafts  (American  Steamship  Co 
are  stowed  under  the  boats, 
the  whole  being  very  compactly  arranged,  but  always  ready 
for  an  emergency. 
Boat-lowering  apparatus, 

Allardyce,^ *  "Engineer,'11  xli.325. 

And  Life-raft,  Cramp  ...    *  "Engineering,''  xxii.  262. 
American  Steamship  Co.  Br.      *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,'1'  723. 
Parker,  Br *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,'''  802. 

See  BOAT-LOWERING  APPARATUS,  p.  114,  supra;  DAVIT,  p. 
678,  "Mech.  Diet." ;  BOAT-LOWERING  DAVITS,  p.  314,  Ibirl. 

Dav'it    Block. 

(N  au  t  i  c  al .)  One 
specially  adapted  for 
the  tackle  of  ships' 
davits.  The  figure 
shows  three  kinds. 

a.  Swivel-hook  block. 

b.  Swivel-eye  block. 

c.  Screw-bolt    and  nut- 
block 

Other  davit-blocks  have 
beckets  to  complete  the 
combinations.  See  also 
DETACHING  HOOK.  Davit  Blocks. 


Dead  Blocks.  (Railway.)  Blocks  projecting 
from  the  end  of  a  freight  car  to  receive  the  concus- 
sion when  the  buffer  springs  are  compressed. 

Dead  Lock.  1.  One  having  a  supplementary 
bolt  which  acts  as  a  detent  to  the  main  bolt  to  pre- 
vent its  being  moved  even  by  the  key. 

2.  (Railway.)  A  car-door  lock  operated  in  each 
direction  by  the  key  alone. 

Dead  Stroke  Ham'mer.  A  hammer  the 
stroke  of  which  is  not  affected  by  the  recoil  of  the 
crank  or  helve  by  which  it  is  operated.  Fig.  1600, 
p.  680,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Hull  if  Belden,  *  "Engineering  Sf  Mining  Jour.,"  xxiii.  338. 

Dead  Weight.  The  weight  of  rolling  stock, 
the  live  weight  being  the  load.  The  following  is 
from  the  report  of  Captain  Galton,  one  of  the  Brit- 
ish Commission  at  the  Philadelphia  Exhibition, 
1876:  — 

The  folio-wing  Table  shows  a  Comparison  betiveen  the 
Weights  and  Carryin     Capacity  of  some  Railway 


ights 
Cars  :  — 


Gage. 

Weight  of 
Car  in  Ibs. 

Capacity  in 
Ibs. 

Total 

Weight. 

Proportion 
of  Dead 
Weight  to 
Paring 
Loads. 

Flat  Car. 

4'  8J"  .... 
3'  

16,000 
7,500 

20,000 
19,OJO 

36,000 
26,500 

1  to  1.25 
1  to  2.5 

Box  Car. 
4'  8"  

17,000 

20000 

37,000 

1  to  1.17 

3'  

10,000 

17,600 

27,600 

1  to  1.6 

Coal  Car. 

4'  8i"   
3'  

17,000 
9,000 

30,000 
20,000 

47,000 
29,000 

1  to  1.7 

1  to  2.2 

Deal  Frame.  A  saw-mill  for  ripping  pine  logs 
into  boards,  p.  2042,  and  Fig.  1601,  p.  680,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Eansome,  Br.  ...              .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxv.  424. 
Worssam,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  490. 

Det>ris  E-vac'u-a-tor.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument for  removing  powder  and  fragments  of 
calculi  after  crushing,  in  the  operation  of  lithot- 
rity. 

The  following  may  be  found  on  pp.  44,  45,  Part  III.,  Tie- 
mann's  "  Armamentarium  Chirurgicitm  "  :  — 

Nelaton's  evacuating  apparatus. 

Van  Buren's  debris  syringe. 

Glover's  evacuating  apparatus. 

Tiemann's  debris  tube  and  obturator. 

Van  Burni's  evacuating  catheter. 

Tiemann's  double  current  catheter. 

Nott's  double  current  catheter. 

See  also  SYRINGES  in  same  work.  See  also  CHIP  SYRINGE, 
supra  and  list  under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 

De-carco-ma'nie.  The  art  of  ornamenting 
by  transfer. 

De-can'ter.  1.  An  apparatus  designed  by 
Evrard,  of  St.  Etienne,  for  sorting  the  tailings  of 
coal  washings. 

AHhan's  report  in  Group  I.,  "  Centennial  Exhibi- 
tion Report,"  *  vol.  iii.,  p.  297. 

2.  A  glass  bottle  to  contain  wine  at  table. 

3.  An  apparatus  for  transfusion  of  wine. 

The  machine  by  Tricout  &Co.,  of  Reims,  is  constructed 
of  unoxdizable  material,  and,  being  for  the  champagne  cel- 
lar, operates  without  the  loss  of  gas.  A  machine  with  4 
faucets  operates  on  1,500  pint  bottles  per  day.  The  full  bot- 
tles being  beneath  and  the  empty  ones  above,  a  turn  of  the 
handles  reverses  the  relative  position,  and  the  wine  passes 
into  the  other  bottles.  See  Fig.  787. 


DECAPITATING  HOOK. 


248 


DEEP   WATER   BOTTLE. 


Fig.  790. 


Deck  B'ock. 


Machine  a   Transvaser. 

De-cap'i-ta'ting  Hook.  (Surgical.)  A  curved 
instrument,  sharp  in  the  concave,  for  beheading  the 
fetus  in  cases  of  obstructed  labor. 

Fig.  527,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.   Chirurgicum." 

Dec'i-mal  Meas'ur-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  lever 
scale  in  which  the  weight  and  the  object  weighed 
are  as  1  :  10.  The  bascule-dec imale  is  much  used 
in  France.  Made  by  Paupier,  of  Paris  ;  Duru,  of 
Bordeaux. 

Ken,  Br *  "Engineer,"1  xliii.  162. 

Deck   Block.     (Nautical.)      One  attached  to 
the  deck,  as  in  the  illustration,  in 
which  a  small  block  is  pivoted  to 
a  base-piece,  which  is  bolted  to  the 
deck. 

Other  deck  blocks  are  connected 
by  beckets  to  deck-hooks,  or  by 
hooks  to  deck-eyes. 

Deck  Hoist'ing  E  n '  g  i  n  e. 
(Nautical.)  A  hoisting  apparatus 
on  deck,  used  for  getting  in  and  out 
cargo  and  stores,  getting  guns,  etc., 
aboard.  It  is  also  used  on  the  deck 
of  a  lighter  for  pile-driving,  or 
snag-lifting.  As  shown,  Fig.  790,  it  is  intended  for 
working  from  two  different  points.  The  drums  are 
worked  independently  of  each  other  by  friction, 
and  the  operations  of  hoisting,  lowering,  and  stop- 
ping are  controlled  by  the  use  of  levers  on  the  side 
of  the  engine,  no  foot-brake 
being  needed. 

Deck  Pipe.  One  lead- 
ing through  a  deck,  affording 
a  passage  for  a  smoke-pipe, 
wind-sail,  etc. 

Deck  Pump.  One  ar- 
ranged to  screw  into  a  me- 
tallic deck-plate  when  r  e  - 
quired  for  use,  and  to  un- 
ship the  whole  working  gear 
when  not  required ;  a  cap 
covering  the  opening  in  the 
plate,  and  leaving  the  deck 
perfectly  clear. 


Deck  Pipes. 


a.  Plain  deck  pipe. 

b.  Water  deck  pipe. 


Bacon's  Deck-hoisting  Engine, 

De-com-pos'ing  Fur'nace.  A  chemical  fur- 
nace. Used  in  the  soda  industry  in  decomposing 
chloride  of  sodium  with  sulphuric  acid. 

Jones  if  Walsh's  decomposing  furnace,  Middlesborough, 
England.  Paper  read  before  Newcastle  Chemical  Society, 
March  23,  1876.  Reported  in  "Scientific  American  Sup.," 
305.  See  also  Professor  Jenkins's  Report,  "Paris  Exposition 
Reports,'"  1878,  iv.,  pp.  44  et  seq. 

De-cor'ti-ca'tor.     An  instrument  or  machine 
for  removing  the  skin,  such  as  the  bran  of  wheat  or 
other  grain ;  the  surplus  bark  or  moss  from  neg- 
lected fruit-trees,  etc. 
Glove  and  bow,  Sabate,  *  "Scientific  American,'1'  xxxvi.  182. 

De-coy'.  When  artificial,  a  wooden,  tin,  or 
real-plumaged  bird  to  induce  wild  birds  to  settle 
within  range  of  the  ambushed  gunner. 

Ducks,  brants,  pigeon,  plover,  curlew,  snipe,  are 
among  the  commoner  kinds. 
Decoy  duck,   Redmond         *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  247. 

Deep  Sea  Ther-mom'e-ter.  One  for  ascer- 
taining the  temperature  of  the  sea  at  any  required 
depth.  It  has  in  some  respects  the  features  of  a 
sounding  instrument,  as  the  knowledge  of  the 
depth  is  one  part  of  the  problem.  See  SOUNDING 
APPARATUS,  pp.  2247-2249,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  thermometer  is  contained  in  a  heavy  brass  frame, 
finished  at  the  bottom  by  a  propeller-like  spiral  fan.  The 
fan  revolves  as  it  passes  through  the  water,  and  a  registering 
device  put  in  motion.  The  required  depth  being  reached, 
the  motion  is  stopped,  by  which  action  the  thermometer  is 
turned  over  and  the  temperature  registered. 

Subject  discussed  in  a  paper  by  Dr.  Mann,  read  before  the 
Society  of  Arts,  and  reproduced  in  "  Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement," 934,  935. 

Net*retti  if  Zambra  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  83. 

Deep  Wa'ter  Bot'tle.  A  bottle  for  fetching 
up  sea-water  from  determinate  depths  to  ascertain 
its  saltness,  aerial  contents,  and  temperature. 

Four  Swedish  instruments  for  this  purpose  were  shown  at 
the  Philadelphia  Exhibition  in  1876.  They  are  all  grounded 
on  the  same  principle.  The  water-specimen  is  drawn  up  in 
a  cylindrical  vessel,  the  walls  of  which  form  a  separate  piece, 
which,  while  the  instrument  is  sinking  in  the  water,  is 
raised  above  the  bottom  and  top  of  the  vessel,  but  falls  and 
unites  with  these  at  the  depth  from  which  the  sample  is 
required.  Thus  during  the  descent  the  water  passes  freely 
through  the  cylinder,  but  at  the  depth  required  the  differ- 
ent parts  of  the  vessel  come  together  and  inclose  therein  the 
water,  which  is  thus  obtained  altogether  unmixed  with  the 
water  of  the  upper  strata. 

The  instrument  of  Ekman  of  Stockholm,  is  shown  in  Fig. 

791.     a  is  the  open  cylinder,  sliding  on  two  bars  b  b :  before 

the  instrument  is  immersed  in  the  water,  the  cylinder  is 

raised  and  suspended  by  the  hook  c.    Attached  to  the  cylin- 

'  der  is  a  horizontal  flange,  rf  d,  the  size  of  which  is  so  calcu- 

i  lated,  that  its  resistance  against  the  water,  when  the  instru- 


DEEP-WATER  BOTTLE. 


249 


DENSIMETER. 


ment  is  descending  at  the  rate  of  about  6  decimeters  per 
second,  is  equal  to  the  combined  weight  of  the  flange  anc 
cylinder.  As  the  instrument  really 
sinks  faster  than  that,  the  cylin- 
der, as  soon  as  the  descent  begins, 
is  immediately  raised  somewhat 
more,  and  the  hook  c  falls  aside. 
The  cylinder  nevertheless  still 
continues  raised  in  consequence 
of  the  water's  resistance  to  the 
flange,  as  long  as  the  instrument 
continues  to  sink  ;  but  as  soon  as 
the  line  to  which  it  is  fastened  is 
hauled  in,  the  cylinder  falls.  Its 
under  and  upper  (down-turned) 
edges  then  enter  into  the  ring- 
shaped  grooves  m  m  and  n  n  in 
the  bottom  and  top,  which  are 
filled  with  a  compound  of  wax 
and  tallow,  in  which  marks  have 
been  previously  made  with  the 
cylinder.  The  cylinder  contains 
the  last  body  of  water  which  oc- 
cupied it ;  that  at  the  level  where 
its  downward  course  was  arrested. 

Def'e-ca'tor.  An  appa- 
ratus for  removing  the  fecu- 
lencies  of  juices  and  sirups. 
See  p.  683,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Vibrans  (sucre). 

"  Technologiste,"  xxxvii.  323. 


Fig.  791. 
2^V£\_JE? 

£* 

s  » 

'<!/          F\ 
A             A 

I 

B 

E£ 

IP 

•i            i.n 

Ehnan's  Deep-water 


De-flec-tom'e-ter.  As- 
kenasy's  apparatus  for  meas- 
uring the  curve  of  deflection  of  a  metallic  bridge 
under  a  passing  load,  and  used  upon  a  bridge  over 
the  Rhine  at  Mayence,  has  a  drum  attached  by  a 
clamp  to  the  brid'ge  and  moved  by  interior  clock- 
work to  rotate  it  once  in  10  minutes.  At  the  ap- 
proach of  a  train  the  detent  is  released  and  the  drum 
commences  to  rotate.  By  a  special  arrangement 
the  rate  of  movement  of  the  drum  may  be  regu- 
lated to  obtain  curves  of  equal  length  for  trains  of 
different  speeds.  The  drum  is  covered  with  a  roll 
of  paper  gummed  at  the  edges,  so  as  to  answer  for 
numerous  experiments,  tn*e  portion  covered  by  the 
curve  being  detached  after  each  experiment.  The 
tracing  is  made  by  a  pencil  in  a  stationary  position, 
the  drum  oscillating  vertically  in  .front  of  it. 
Shown  in  Class  54,  Group  VI.,  Paris  Universal  Ex- 
position. See  also  EXTENSION  MEASURING  APPA- 
RATUS. 

De-form'i-ty  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  In- 
struments for  curvature  of  the  spine  or  legs,  for 
club  feet  (talipes),  etc.,  are  classed  under  this  head. 

Fig.  792. 


Mills'1  Degerminator. 


See  CURVATURE  APPARATUS,  CLUB-FOOT  APPARATUS,  TORTI- 
COLLIS, TALIPES  APPARATUS,  etc. 

De-germ'i-iia'tor.  (Mill ing.)  A  mill  for  rup- 
turing the  wheat  berry  along  its  crease  to  detach 
the  germ,  which  is  afterwards  separated  from  the 
split  wheat  by  a  short  reel  covered  with  wire  cloth. 

Mills'  degerminator  is  of  iron,  with  two  furrowed 
disks  16"  in  diameter,  of  the  same  metal,  between 
which  the  wheat  is  rolled  and  cracked,  freeing  the 
germ.  The  disks  E  F  have  marginal  rounded  cor- 
rugations, with  smooth  depressed  bosoms.  Fig.  792. 

A  is  the  frame  ;  the  spindle-head  U,  resting  in  the  oil-pot 
K,  supports  the  runner  F,  which  is  raised  and  lowered  by 
the  lighter-bar  //and  handwheel  G. 

D  is  the  hopper  ;  C  the  husk  which  carries  the  upper  sta- 
tionary disk  E,  which  is  trammed  to  the  lower  one  by  the 
set-screw  O  and  bolt  N.  T  is  the  tallow-pot  and  S  a  set- 
screw  regulating  the  gib  R.  Mis  the  delivery  spout. 

The  wheat,  previously  graded  as  to  size,  rolls  on  its  side 
along  the  bosom 

till  it  reaches  the  pjg,  793. 

corrugated  skirt ; 
ascends  the  easy 
incline  (see  sec- 
tional view),  ro- 
tating on  its  ax- 
is, until  it  bears 
with  its  creased 
side  on  one  or  the 
other  disk,  when 
it  is  split  open 
and  the  germ 
escapes  from  the 
broken  grain. 

The  figures  are 

—  a  vertical  sec-  Sectional  View  of  Disks  in  Degerminator. 
tion  ;    a    section          Wheat  Natural  and  Determinated. 
illustrating   the 

action  of  the  disks ;  and  wheat  in  its  natural  and  degermi- 
nated  conditions. 

De-gla'zing.  (Glass.)  The  process  of  giving 
a  dull  or  ground  surface  to  glass  by  acid  or  me- 
chanical means. 

De-gum'ming  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  used 
in  treating  silk  before  dyeing.  See  SILK-DEGUM- 
MING  MACHINE. 

De  la  Rue  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  bat- 
tery in  which  chloride  of  silver  forms  the  negative. 
See  CHLORIDE  OF  SILVER  BATTERY. 

Delft  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  Ware  made  at  the 
city  of  Delft  in  Holland,  which  has  been  celebrated 
for  its  potteries  for  over  three  centuries.  As  Eng- 
land was  largely  supplied  from  that  city,  the  word 
became  a  synonym  for  table-ware  pottery. 

Ware  of  the  better  kinds  was  made  as  thin  as  China  porce- 
lain, pure  in  color  and  of  most  various  and  fantastic  shapes  ; 
sets  of  dishes  to  represent  all  the  viands  served  upon  them 
being  among  the  number. 

Pottery  probably  came  from  Delft  to  England. 

"  Crockery,  china,  and  delft ''  was  the  refrain  of  an  Eng- 
lish song. 

Dem'i-fixed.     Or  semi-fixed.     Said  of  a  steam- 

mgine  which  is  not  intended  to  be  stationary,  but 

which  has  supports  of  such  a  nature  that  it  may  be 

moved  by  proper  appliances,  but  has  not  wheels  for 

transportation  like  the  portable  engine. 

Dem'on-stra'tion  Len'ses.  (Optics.)  A  set 
of  lenses  showing  the  various  forms,  viz. :  — 


Double  concave. 
Double  convex. 
Piano  convex. 


Piano  concave. 
Meniscus  convex. 
Meniscus  concave. 


Den-sim'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  ascertain- 
ing the  density  or  specific  gravity  of  an  object. 

1.  The  instrument  of  Colonel  Mallet  and  M. 
Bianchi  for  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of  gun- 
3owder,  is  described  on  p.  685,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  densimeters  used  in  the  office  of  the  constructor  of 
ordnance,  U.  S.  A.,  for  determining  the  specific  gravities  of 
metal  for  cannon,  and  for  ascertaining  the  specific  gravities 
of  large  grained  powders,  are  described  and  illustrated  in  the 


DENSIMETER. 


250 


DENTAL  APPARATUS. 


"Report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  A.,''  1377,  iii.  pp. 
394-400,  and  Plates  I.,  II.,  accompanying. 

In  the  British  service  the  density  of  powder  is  rigorously 
determined,  each  cake  being  tested. 
The  density  of  rifle  powder  is  fixed  at  .     .     .     .     1.725 

Pebble  powder 1.77  to  1.81 

R.  L.  G 1.07 

The  densimetre  d  mercure  is  employed  in  the  Russian  arse- 
nals to  obtain  the  specific  gravity  of  gunpowder.  Shown  at 
Plate  II.  accompanying  Appendix  1  (c),  '' Ordnance  Report,'' 
1877. 

See  also  the  mercury  densimeter  of  Colonel  Mallet  of  the 
French  army,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  p.  Ill, 
and  Plate  VI.,  Fig.  14. 
Densimeter  for  gunpowder,  Br.  .  *  " Engineering, ''  xxv.  236. 

2.  The  instrument  invented  by  Professor  Hilgard 
of  the  U.  S.  Coast  Survey,  for  determining  the  den- 
sity of  sea-water  by  its  refractive  power,  is  shown 
in  Fig.  794.  It  is  an  efficient  substitute  for  the  hy- 
drometer or  salinometer,  as  it  is  not  affected  by  the 
motion  of  the  ship.  See  U.  S.  Coast  Survey  Re- 
port, "  Methods  and  Results,"  Appendix  No.  10, 
Report  for  1877. 

The  Hilgard  densimeter  follows  the  suggestion  of  Prof. 
Wolcott  Gibbs  for  an  apparatus  for  the  "  Hassler  "  in  1871, 
1872. 

The  basis  of  this  instrument  is  the  Fig.  794. 
change  in  the  refractive  power  of  a 
saline  solution  of  greater  or  less  den- 
sity. The  instrument  consists  of  a 
hollow  prism  filled  with  the  water 
under  observation,  transmitting  from 
a  collimating  telescope  a  line  of  mon- 
ochromatic light  to  an  observing-tel- 
escope  in  which  the  refracted  posi- 
tion of  that  line  is  read  by  means  of 
a  micrometer.  The  monochromatic 
light  employed  is  a  sodium  flame  ob- 


and  from  this  and  the  ascertained  law  construct  two  tables 
for  its  use :  one  giving  the  reduction  to  the  standard  tempe- 
rature of  60°  Fahr.,  in  terms  of  micrometer-divisions,  the 
other  giving  the  specific  gravity  for  the  difference  of  reduced 
readings  on  distilled  water  and  on  the  specimen  of  sea-water 
under  observation. 

3.  Huch's  densimeter  is  adapted  to  indicate  in 
either  degrees  Baume  or  Brix,  the  exact  density  of 
saccharine  solutions  continuously  during  the  whole 
operation  of  boiling. 

"A  chamber  like  a  salinometer  tube  or  water-gage  is  at- 
tached to  the  head  of  the  boiler,  and  in  this  is  a  floating 
areometer.  A  platinum  weight  is  suspended  from  the  areom- 
eter, and  being  in  the  solution,  which  is  continually  re- 
newed, the  areometer  index  finger  shows  constantly  the 
graduation  corresponding  to  the  gravity  of  the  sirup. — 
"Dingler's  Journal.^  Reproduced  in  "Scientific  American 
Sur,.,''  *  2560. 

Den'si-ty.  (Electricity.)  Used  erroneously  as 
an  equivalent  to  intensity  or  tension.  The  same 
ijnantity  of  electricity  may  pass  through  different 
sized  wires,  but  the  density  of  the  current  passing 
through  the  smaller  wire  will  be  greater  than  the 
density  of  the  current  passing  through  the  larger 
wire.  Other  tilings  being  equal,  the  density  bears 
an  inverse  proportion  to  the  sectional  area  of  the 
conductor. 

Den'si-ty      and  F'g-  "95. 

Spe-cif'ic  Grav'i- 
ty  Ap'pa-ra'tus. 
An  apparatus  for 
testing  as  to  relative 
and  actual  weight. 

Goodwin's  density  and 
specific    gravity   appara- 


Professor  Hilgard's  Optical  Densimeter. 


talned  by  adding  a  small  proportion  of  a  solution  of  common 
salt  to  the  alcohol  of  the  lamp.  The  temperature  of  the 
liquid  under  observation  is  found  by  means  of  a  thermom- 
eter inserted  through  the  neck  of  the  hollow  prism,  but 
which  is  withdrawn  when  the  optical  observation  is  made. 

The  glass  prism  rests  on  three  little  knobs  so  as  to  have  a 
firm  support.  Attached  to  the  stand  carrying  the  telescopes 
are  two  guides,  by  means  of  which  the  prism  is  made  always 
to  occupy  exactly  the  same  position,  so  that  all  observations 
are  made  under  the  same  angle.  A  small  thumb-screw  on 
the  side  of  the  prism,  not  seen  in  the  plate,  forces  the  prism 
closely  into  the  guides. 

The  slit  in  the  focus  of  the  collimating  lens  is  very  readily 
made  by  drawing  a  fine  line  through  a  black  coating  (such  as 
engravers'  etching  ground)  on  the  inner  surface  of  a  glass 
diaphragm.  In  the  illustration  this  diaphragm  appears 
mounted  on  a  micrometer  slide,  which  was  deemed  desirable 
for  general  experimental  purposes,  in  order  to  make  the  ob- 
servations under  the  condition  of  equal  refraction  on  both 
faces  of  the  prism  :  but  in  the  instruments  for  practical  use 
on  board  ship  the  slit  is  in  a  fixed  position.  The  image  of  the 
slit  in  the  field  of  the  observing- telescope  is  a  sharply-defined 
bright-yellow  line,  which  is  pointed  upon  with  a  fine  dark 
spMer  line  carried  by  the  micrometer. 

The  relation  of  the  angle  of  refraction  to  the  density  of 
sea-water  having  been  ascertained  experimentally  in  the 
office,  as  well  as  the  temperature-corrections  for  different  de- 
grees of  salinity,  it  is  only  necessary  to  determine  for  each 
instrument  the  difference  of  micrometer  reading  between  dis- 
tilled water  and  sea-water  of  an  ascertained  specific  gravity, 


tus  for  gas  testing,  "American  Gas- 
light Journal,'1  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  6. 

See  also  DENSIMETER,  infra  ;  SPE- 
CIFIC GRAVITY  APPARATUS,  infra,  and 
pp.  2255-2257,  "Mech.  Diet."  ;  also 
BALANCE,  p.  212;  HYDROMETER,  p. 
1153  ;  AREOMETER,  p.  141,  Ibid. 

Den'tal        Ap'pa-ra'tus. 
See  Dr.  J.  H.   Thompson's  re- 
port," Centennial  Exhibition  Re- 
ports," vol.  vii.,  Group  XXIV., 
p.  11,  et  seq.     "History  of  the 
art   in  the  United   States,  its 
progress  and   mod- 
ern practice.     Base  n 
plates  of  Vulcanite,  It 
Celluloid,  etc. ;  '// 
Dentures;    Me- 
chanical and  Opera- 
tive Dentistry." 


Dental  foil  manufac- 
ture, Williams,  *  "<Sfc. 
Amer.,"  xxxv.  18. 

See  also  list  on  p. 
685,  "Mech.  Diet." 


White's  Water  Motor  Dental 
Engine. 


DENTAL  ENGINE. 


251 


DEPOSITING  DOCK. 


Den'tal  En'gine.  A  machine  for  running  the 
dental  burs,  drills,  etc.,  which  act  by  rotation.  In 
the  ordinary  dental  engine,  the  S.  S.  White  and 
Morrison  patterns,  the  power  is  by  treadle  to  a  fly- 
wheel and  a  baud  from  this  to  a  grooved  pulley  on 
the  summit  of  the  column,  thence  by  flexible  shaft 
to  the  drill.  The  illustration,  Fig.  795,  shows  the 
application  of  a  water-motor  engine,  which  has  from 
15  to  20  pounds  pressure.  The  multiplying  effect 
is  such  that  a  speed  of  3,000  revolutions  per  minute 
of  the  bur  is  attained. 

A  counterbalance  is  connected  with  the  rocking 
arm  by  a  chain,  the  links  of  which  are  caught  over 
a  hook  or  pin.  By  lengthening  or  shortening  the 
chain  the  tension  may  be  varied  at  pleasure;  or  the 
counterbalance  may  be  so  adjusted  that  the  rocking 
arm  will  remain  in  any  position  in  which  it  is 
placed. 

The  water  motor  is  attached  to  the  portable 
stand  and  swivels  or  turns  in  the  top  of  the  column. 
The  frame  of  the  motor  carries  the  driving  wheel 
to  the  trunnions  of  which  the  rocking  arm  is  hinged. 
The  supply  and  waste  water-pipes  are  shown  in  the 
cut. 

Petit,  Electro-magnetic,  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  259. 
Allen,  Plugger,  electric,  *  "Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  209. 

Den'tal  File.  These  are  very  numerous,  mi- 
nute, and  peculiar,  adapted  for  plug  finishing,  for 
lateral  and  crown  cavities,  etc.  See  Fig.  796. 


Fig.  796. 


fit 


Mur/i/ii/'s   Dtntitl  Files. 

Den'tal  Grind'stone.  Grinding  stones  fast- 
ened on  mandrels  and  made  in  a  variety  of  forms 
for  the  delicate  and  minute  operations  of  mechani- 
cal am  operative  dentistry. 

They  are  made  of  Arkansas  stone,  Hindostan 
stone,  or  Scotch  stone  (Water  of  Ayr). 


Dental   Grindstones. 


Den'tal  Mal'let.  1 .  A  small  //«n<7-mallet  for 
striking  the  plugger  in  the  operation  of  filling 
teeth. 

A  live-blow  mallet  is  of  steel. 

Wood-cased  mallets  are  of  seasoned  laurel  or  brier  rog*? 
filled  with  metal  a  little  harder  than  pure  lead. 

Metal-cased  mallets  are  seamless  tubes  filled  with  lead, 
and  give  a  dull  blow.  They  are  in  sizes  3,  4,  6  ounces. 

Tin  mallets  are  made  in  sizes  1J,  2^,  3J  ounces 

Composition  mallets  are  of  an  alloy  a  little  harder  than 
lead. 

2.  An  automatic  hammer,  operated  by  spring  in- 


teriorly. See  Figs.  1610,  1611,  p.  686,  "  Mech. 
Diet." ;  also  Figs.  3835,  3836,  p.  1749,  Ibid. 

3.  An  electric  mallet,  in  which  the  impulse  is 
given  by  electro-magnetism.  See  p.  1749,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  and  instances  cited.  Fig.  3837,  p.  1750,  Ibid. 

Spencer *  "Scientific  American,'1'  xxxv.  18. 

Den'ti-phone.  An  instrument  for  conveying 
audible  pulsations  of  the  air  by  way  of  the  teeth  to 
the  bony  structure  of  the  head,  and  thus  to  the  ear. 
See  AUDIPHONE. 

Deii'tist's  Lathe.  A  small  table  lathe  adapted 
for  turning,  grinding,  drilling,  polishing,  etc.,  in 
mechanical  dentistry.  The  dental  engine  occupies 
the  same  relation  in  operative  dentistry. 

The  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  798  will  perform  the  du- 
ties of  both  laboratory  and  operative  lathe.  It  is  shown 


Fig.  798. 


White's  Dentist's  Lathe. 

mounted  as  a  lathe  proper,  but  the  parts  are  shown  lying 
upon  the  table  which,  when  mounted,  constitute  the  appa- 
ratus as  an  engine  or  drill,  having  the  functions  shown  in 
Fig  795. 

De-ox'yd-ized  Bronze.  A  mixture  of  cop- 
per and  tin,  conpounded  under  certain  conditions 
of  proximate  purity,  and  with  a  certain  flux. 

It  is  said  to  possess  superior  malleability,  approaching 
gold  alloys  in  this  respect,  while  its  tenacity  and  solidity 
are  very  great.  It  flows  readily,  is  easily  handled,  and  is 
capable  of  being  re-worked.  It  is  also  receptive  of  a  high, 
smooth  finish  :  wears  well,  and  is  used  for  machine  journals, 
car  bearings,  etc.  It  is  now  in  use  at  the  Philadelphia  Mint. 

De-phos'pho-riz-ing  Prp'cess.  (Metal- 
lurgy.) A  process  for  the  elimination  of  phospho- 
rus from  iron  in  the  refining  furnace. 

Snelus,  in  England,  patented  in  1872  the  use  of  lime  or  of 
limestone  for  the  lining  of  furnaces,  in  which  iron  is  refined 
while  fluid. 

Thomas  &  Gilchrist  patented  in  1879  a  basic  calcareous  or 
magnesian  lining  for  converters,  adding  lime  or  oxide  of  iron 
and  lime  to  the  charge.  See  BASIC  LINING. 

The  U.  S.  Patent  of  Jacob  Reese  is  dated  1866. 

Kunkel's  U.  S.  Patent,  dated  1866,  claims  the  use  of  dolo- 
mite in  the  treatment  of  iron. 

See  also  Hargreave's  English  Patent.  2461,  of  1868. 

See  discussion  in  "American  Manufacturer,"  June  6,  1879, 
p.  10,  etc.,  and  authorities  therein  cited. 

Dep'i-la-tor.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument, 
tweezers,  for  example,  for  pulling  hairs. 

Henry's  depilating  forceps p.  2,  Part  II. 

Cilia  forceps p.  2,  Part  II. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum.'' 

De-pol'ish-iiig.  (Ceramics.)  A  term  applied 
to  the  process  of  removing  the  vitreous  glaze  from 
porcelain,  and  leaving  it  with  the  peculiar  dull  luster 
of  the  ordinary  surface  of  ivory.  It  is  known  as 
ivory  porcelain.  Gold  work  ornaments  show  upon 
it  with  a  fine  effect. 

The  parallel  process  in  glass  working  is  called 
deglazing. 
Lockert  on "  Technologiste,"1  xl.  51. 

De-pos'it-ing  Dock.  (Hydraulic  Engineer- 
ing.) A  caisson  for  raising  vessels  clear  of  the 


DEPOSITING   DOCK. 


252 


DESK. 


water  and  depositing  them  on  staging  for  examina- 
tion, cleaning,  or  repairs,  the  caisson  retiring  to 
repeat  the  operation  on  other  vessels. 

The  depositing  dock  of  Clark  Sf  Standfield,  of 
London,  built  for  the  Russian  Government  at  Nico- 
laieff  on  the  Black  Sea,  is  shown  in  Plate  IX.  Its 
duty  is  to  raise  or  lower  vessels,  to  deposit  them 
upon  fixed  timber  staging  and  again  remove  them 
when  required ;  also  to  lower  into  the  water  vessels 
built  upon  an  even  keel  on  such  staging. 

The  staging  on  which  the  vessels  are  deposited  consists  of 
a  number  of  parallel  rows  of  piles  driven  into  the  ground  in 
a  direction  transverse  to  the  length  of  the  vessel :  the  space 
between  each  row  is  clear  and  open  and  of  sufficient  width 
to  receive  the  projecting  pontons  of  the  dock,  which  carry 
the  vessel  at  a  height  somewhat  above  the  top  of  the  piles. 

The  pontons  of  the  dock  are  tubular,  parallel  and  fixed  at 
one  end  to  a  longitudinal  frame  or  floating  girder  ;  at  the 
other  end  they  are  free  so  that  the  whole  structure  repre- 
sents a  comb,  of  which  the  pontons  are  the  teeth  and  the 
girder  the  back.  The  dock  is  sunk  beneath  the  vessel,  and 
the  water  being  pumped  out  the  dock  rises,  carrying  the 
vessel  with  it.  It  is  then  floated  to  the  staging,  the  pontons 
entering  into  the  openings  between  the  stages,  and  the  ves- 
sel itself  with  its  gridiron  and  bilge-blocks  being  clear 
above  them.  A  little  water  admitted  into  the  pontons  al- 
lows them  to  sink  and  deposit  the  vessel  and  its  grid  on  the 
staging.  The  girder,  to  which  the  horizontal  pontons  are  con- 
nected, and  which  form  the  floor  of  the  dock,  carries  a  row  of 
hollow  vertical  cylinders  of  such  a  length  that  when  the  pon- 
tons are  submerged  beneath  the  vessel,  the  tops  of  the  cyl- 
inders are  a  convenient  height  above  water.  A  platform  oc- 
cupies the  tops  of  the  cylinders,  and  this  vertical  portion 
contains  the  engines,  pumps,  aud  valves  for  working  the 
dock. 

The  stability  of  the  structure  is  effected  by  an  arrange- 
ment of  parallel  bars  attached  to  a  floating  caisson  at  the 
back  of  the  dock,  so  that  while  the  dock  is  free  to  ascend  or 
descend  in  the  water  it  cannot  move  out  of  its  horizontal 
position  without  capsizing  the  caisson,  which  is  made  suffi- 
ciently wide  and  heavy  to  render  such  movement  impossible. 
The  pontons  have  sufficient  buoyancy  to  support  the  vessel 
without  any  assistance  from  the  floating  girder  or  vertical 
tubes.  The  latter  are  in  fact  carried  by  the  girder. 

Each  of  the  pontons  is  divided  into  6  independent  water- 
tight compartments,  irrespective  of  the  compartments  in  the 
girder  and  vertical  tubes,  and  the  pontons  vary  in  number 
in  action  from  15  to  30  ;  the  whole  dock  is  divided  into  from 
100  to  200  separate  water-tight  compartments  connected 
with  the  pumps  by  independent  pipes  and  valves.  A  num- 
ber of  compartments  are  horizontally  sealed  up,  so  that  the 
structure  cannot  entirely  sink  even  were  the  valves  to  be 
left  open. 

The  dock  is  so  constructed  that  it  can  be  divided  at  mid- 
length  into  two  halves,  each  provided  with  its  own  engine 
and  pumps,  and  either  part  is  capable  of  docking  the  other. 

"  Engineer  " *  xlvi.  64  ;  *  76. 

"  Sc.  Am.  Supplement" *  392;*  661. 

See  also  list  under  DOCK. 

De-pres'sor.  (Surgical)  A  clamp  or  valve  to 
hold  an  object  out  of  the  way  during  an  operation. 

Tongue  depressor Fig.  2656,  Part  n. 

Vaginal  depressor Fig.  246,  8,  Part  III. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Der-i-va'tion  Reg'u-la'tor.  (Electricity.)  A 
form  of  polyp/tote  regulator  for  voltaic  arc  lights  in 
which  the  regulation  is  effected  by  the  variations 
in  the  differences  of  potential  in  the  lamp.  There 
is  but  one  regulating  electro-magnet,  with  fine  wire 
and  in  derivation.  —  "Electrician." 

The  Gramme  and  Crompton  regulators  on  the 
continuous  current  principle  and  the  Mersanne, 
Ge'rard,  and  Lontin  fed  by  alternating  currents,  are 
of  the  derivation  order. 

Der'ma-to-log'i-cal  In'stru-ments.  (Sur- 
gical.) Instruments  for  skin-grafting,  etc.  See 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Transplantation  scissors Fig.  291,  Part  I. 

NKVUS  needle Fig.  80,  Part  V. 

Scarifying  spud Fig.  84,  Part  V. 

Epilating  forceps Fig.  85,  Part  V. 

Glass  pleximeter Fig.  90,  Part  V. 

Piffard's  needles Figs.  82,  83,  Part  V. 

Depilating  forceps,  etc Fig.  7,  Part  II. 


Dermopathic  instruments  are  considered  under 
ACUPUNCTURATOR,  HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE,  SCAR- 
IFICATOR,  LEECH  ARTIFICIAL,  DEPURATOR,  COP- 
PING GLASS,  etc. ;  also  in  "Mech.  Diet." 

Der'rick.  A  species  of  hoisting  apparatus  :  the 
term  properly  includes  the  machines  which  have  an 
adjustable  boom  stayed  from  a  central  post  which 
is  held  vertical  by  guys. 

Mason *  "Scientific  Amer.,-'  xxxviii.  223. 

Steam,  Lyman     .     .    *  "Am.  Manfr.,-'  June  27, 1879,  p.  13. 
Revolving    ....     *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  114. 


The  winch  or  hoisting    ar- 


Der'rick  Crab. 

raugement  at  the  foot 
of  the  leg  of  a  derrick. 
The  distinction  made 
on  p.  687,  and  else- 
where, "Mech.  Diet.," 
being  maintained  — a 
derrick  has  one  leg, 
with  a  swiveled  post ;  a 
shears  has  two  legs,  a 
crane  has  a  post  and 
jib,  or  a  -curved  jib 
which  answers  for 
both  when  a  sufficient 
anchorage  or  base  can 
be  obtained  to  render 
a  stay  for  the  upper 
end  of  the  post  un- 
necessary ;  a  whin  has 
a  vertical  axis  on 
which  a  rope  winds 
and  is  moved  by  a 
horse  sweep ;  a  cap- 
stan has  a  vertical 
drum  rotated  by  bars, 
etc. 

Fig.  799  shows  one  of 
Appleby's  crabs  for  der- 
ricks, adapted  to  be  run 
by  hand  cranks  (not 
shown).  The  actual  der- 
rick shown  is  for  1J  tons 
and  is  erected  in  Columbo 
Harbor,  Ceylon. 

De-sil'ver-iz-ing  Lead.   A  process  used  in  re- 
ducing argentiferous  galenas. 

Lautenthal "Eng.  $  Mining  Jour.,"  xxx.  236. 

Flach's  zinc  process  .     .     "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi. 233. 
See  also  PATTINSON'S  POTS,  pp.  1638, 1639,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Desk.     Figs.  800,  801,   show  a  flat  top  office 
desk,  the  lower  sections  of  which  are  pivoted  to  the 


Derrick  Crab. 


Woototi  Flat  Top  Office  Desk.    (Open.} 

frame-work  of  the  body  of  the  desk  and  can  be  ro- 
tated so  as  to  expose  the  pigeon  holes  or  shelves, 
or  to  hide  and  shut  them.  The  cases  are  rotated 
by  the  turn  of  a  key,  and  the  whole  interior  space 
exposed  to  view. 

The  Stiles  combined  folding  paper-rack  with  read- 
ing and  writing  desks  was  shown  at  the  Centennial 
Exhibition,  Philadelphia,  1876. 


DESK. 


253 


DIAGONAL  PLANER. 


Fig.  801. 


Woo  ton  Flat  Top  Offi 


Atkinson      .     .     ...     .  *  "Scientific  American,'-  xxxiv.  246. 

Stiles "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  326. 

Chair,  Taylor  ....  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xxxv.  294. 
Satchel,  Kaplan   .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American,'' x.1.  323. 

Des'si-ca-tor.  An  apparatus,  in  a  laboratory, 
for  promoting  the  absorption  of  the  moisture  of 
bodies.  A  porcelain  dish  with  capsules  or  watch 
glasses,  under  a  bell-glass,  an  absorber  of  moisture 
being  included  under  the  bell. 

The  term  is  also  applied  — somewhat  inaccurately 
—  to  a  similar  iuclosure  to  keep  substances  dry 
while  weighing. 

A  bain-marie,  or  a  sand-bath,  may  be  used. 

De-sul'phur-iz'ing  Fur'nace.  A  roasting 
furnace  for  ores  containing  sulphur.  See  p.  690, 
"  Mech.  Diet.,1'  and  CALCINING  FURNACE  ;  DECOM- 
POSING FURNACE  ;  ROASTING  FURNACE,  etc.,  supra 
et  infra. 

Willard  .    .     *  "Mining  If  Scientific  Press,"  xxxvii.145. 

De-tach'a-ble  Tooth  Saw.  Another  name 
for  the  insertable  tooth  saw. 

See  26  examples,  Fig.  4593,  p.  2035,  "Mech.  Diet.''  Also 
as  applied  to  stone  saws,  20  examples  in  Fig.  5884,  p.  2402. 
Ibid. 

Brunei  Sf  Cachet's  French  patent,  Brevets,  vol.  iv.,  Plate  XV. 

De-tach'ing  Hook.  1.  One  for  releasing  the 
traces  of  a  horse  from  the  carriage.  Referred  to  ou 
p.  690,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  One  for  casting  loose  the  cage  from  the  hoist- 
ing rope  in  case  of  overwinding  in  mine  shafts. 


Fig.  802. 


King's  safety  detach- 
ing hook  for  mines  and 
collieries,  is  shown  in 
Fig.  802.  It  prevents 
the  cage  from  passing 
over  the  wheel  in  case 
of  overwinding,  that  is, 
when  the  steam-engine 
is  not  stopped  in  time. 
The  tiitures  show  it  as  it 
nppeara  at  work,  and  as 

Fig.  803. 


King's  Safety  Detaching  Hook. 


Cathcart's 
Detaching  Hook. 


detached  in  the  case  of  accident.  Also  the  safety  plate  on 
which  the  cage  remains  suspended  in  case  of  becoming  de- 
tached. 1500  of  these  hooks  are  said  to  be  in  use  in  British 
mines. 

3.  One  for  releasing  a  boat  from  the  davit  tackle, 
as  soon  us  the  water  is  struck.  Figs.  1596,  1597,  p. 
678,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  803  shows  Captain  Cathcart's  detaching  hook.  It  has 
a  gravitating  trigger  which  throws  the  ring  out  of  the 
hook  as  soon  as  the  weight  is  taken  off  the  latter.  The  fig- 
ure shows  it  in  both  conditions. 

De-tect'or  Gal-va-iiom'e-ter.  (Electricity.) 
A  low  resistance  galvanometer  used  in  testing  con- 
dition of  wires,  etc.,  in  laboratories  and  telegraph 
offices. 

Dev'il's  Claw.  (Nautical.)  A  hook  used  to 
stopper  the  cable  when  the  windlass  is  wanted  for 
other  uses. 

De-vit'ri-fi-ca'tion.  (Glass.)  A  process  of 
subjecting  glass  for  a  long  time  to  a  high  heat  ren- 
ders it  opaque  and  hard  like  white  porcelain. 

Reaumur,  in  1727,  succeeded  in  the  experiment  by  expos- 
ing it  as  described  for  12  hours.  It  becomes  extremely  hard, 
acquires  a  noticeable  fibrous  structure,  becomes  a  better 
electrical  conductor.  Glasses  with  a  potassic  base  are  more 
amenable  to  the  process  than  those  with  a  sodic  base. 

Bottle  aud  window  glass  devitrify  readily,  and  the  contents 
of  a  pot  in  working  will  sometimes  acquire  the  quality,  los- 
ing its  transparency. 

D  i'a  g-n  o  s't  i  c  In'stru-meiits.  ( Surgical.) 
Those  for  exploring,  to  ascertain  the  condition, 
natural  or  morbid,  of  parts. 

The  list  embraces  the  following.  They  may  be  found  in 
the  specific  lists  (surgical),  and  under  their  specific  titles, 
infra  and  in  "Mec/i.  Diet."  Also  in  Part  I.,  Tiemann's 
'•'•Armamentarium  Chirurgicum,''  ou  the  pages  noted  :  — 

Clinical  thermometers  . Page  75. 

Urinary  examination  apparatus     ....  Page  77. 
Auscultation  instruments,  stethoscopes,  plex- 

imeter,  and  percussor Page  81. 

Stethometer Page  84. 

Cystometer Page  84. 

Cardiameter Page  84. 

JEsthesiometer Page  85. 

Sphygmometer Page  87. 

Haemarheunioscope Page  88. 

Dynamometer Pages  88, 285. 

Piezometer Page  88. 

Microscope See  infra. 

Di'a-gom'e-ter.  Palmieri's  diagometer  is  an 
instrument  designed  to  test  the  quality  of  oils,  and 
is  based  upon  the  principle  that  olive  oil  is  a  poorer 
conductor  of  electricity  than  any  other  oil  in  com- 
mon use.  The  oil  is  poured  into  a  glass  vessel, 
into  which  dip  two  brass  rods  which  are  kept  the 
same  distance  apart  while  experimenting  with  dif- 
ferent oils  which  are  in  succession  poured  into  the 
glass.  An  electroscope  determines  the  relative 
conductivity  of  the  oils  as  the  electricity  passes 
from  point  to  point  through  the  oil. 

The  instrument  may  also  be  employed  to  detect 
the  presence  of  cotton  in  silk  fabrics.  —  Professor 
Ricco. 

"Scientific  American'' *  xxxix.  185. 

Di-ag'o-nal  Pla'ner.  A  wood-planing  ma- 
chine in  which  the  planing  cylinder  has  an  oblique 
position  relatively  to  the  line  of  motion  of  the  stuff 
under  treatment.  The  machine  is  especially  in- 
tended as  a  substitute  for  hand-planes  in  making 
doors,  frames,  blinds,  etc.  A  door  is  shown  as 
passing  through  the  machine,  beneath  the  feed- 
roller,  then  under  the  diagonal  planing  cylinder, 
and  then  below  the  polishing  disk.  Fig.  804. 


"Milting  and  Scientific  Press1 
"Manufacturer  and  Builder  " 


.  *  xxxv.  49 
.  *  x.  151. 


DIAGRAPH. 


254 


DIAMOND   BAND-SAW. 


Fig.  804. 


The  luminous  clock  dial  of  M. 
Balmain,  of  Paris,  is  painted  with 
a  composition  into  which  enters  a 
phosphorescent  salt ;  storing  up 
the  light  of  day  to  give  it  out  at 
night.  Sulphide  of  calcium  in  var- 
nish is  stated  as  the  preferable 
agent. 

Fig.  806. 


Diagonal  Planing  and  Polishing  Machine. 


Di'a-graph.    A  platting  instrument,  combining 
a  protractor  and  scale. 

Fig.  805. 


Harriett's  Diagraph. 


Dial.  A  graduated  circle  with  numbers  or  point 
marks. 

See  illustrated  article   "Cat/rans    Solitaire,"    Laboulaye's 
"  Dictionnaire  ties  Arts  et  Manufactures,''  vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877. 
One  found  at  Tusculum  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4098. 
Self  recording, Davis      .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  616. 
Self  registering  sun,  Br.      '"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  97. 
Illuminated      ....      "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxix.  402. 
Luminous  watch  .     .     .      "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2822. 

(Add.)  6.  (Mining.)  A  compass  for  taking 
bearings  in  mines. 

7.  (Lock.)     The  lettered  or  numbered  face-plate 
of  a  permutation  lock. 

8.  Various  modes  have  been  proposed  and  some 
of  them  put  in  practice  for  illuminating  dials  and 
signs  at  night. 

Recordon's  plan  for  watch  dials  is  to  place  a 
Geissler  tube  containing  a  gas  which  gives  a  bril- 
liant light  in  front  of  the  dial.  A  battery  about  the 
size  of  a  thimble  is  attached  as  an  ornament  to  the 
watch  chain.  To  consult  the  watch,  press  a  spring 
and  the  current  passes  and  illuminates  the  dial. 
The  battery  lasts  a  year  in  operation. 

A  plan  for  an  illuminated  public  clock  dial,  is  to 
employ  a  magic  lantern  to  throw  the  picture  of  a 
common  watch  upon  a  suitable  white  screen  in  a 
public  place. 

Illumination  of  a  town  clock  dial  by  gns  in  the 
rear  of  the  glass  dial  plate  is  common  ;  also  by  re- 
flected light,  p.  1171,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Phosphorescent  paints  for  luminous  dials  and  signs  :  — 

1.  Heat  strontium  theo-sulphate  for  15  minutes  over  a 
Bunsen  lamp  and  then  for  5  minutes  over  a  blast  lamp. 

Or  2.  Heat  equal  parts  of  strontium  carbonate  and  lac  sul- 
phuris  gently  for  5  minutes  and  then  strongly  for  25  minutes 
over  a  Bunsen  lamp,  and  then  over  a  blast  lamp  for  5  min- 
utes. 

Or  3.  Precipitate  strong  aqueous  solution  of  strontium  chlo- 
ride by  means  of  sulphuric  acid  ;  dry  the  precipitate  and 
heat  to  redness  for  some  time  in  a  current  of  hydrogen. 
Then  over  a  Bunsen  lamp  for  10  minutes,  and  20  minutes 
over  a  blast  lamp. 

Mix  either  of  these  with  pure  paraffine  for  use  as  a  paint 
and  expose  to  sunlight. 

1  and  2  give  greenish  phosphorescence ;  3  a  bluish  phos- 
phorescence. 


Dial   Telegraph. 

Di'al  Tel'e-graph.  A  simple  form  of  telegraph 
adapted  for  the  use  of  persons  who  do  not  know 
the  special  systems  or  alphabets.  It  is  only  neces- 
sary to  move  the  handle  to  any  letter  or  number 
on  the  dial  and  a  delicate  needle  in  a  corresponding 
instrument  will  point  to  the  same  letter.  The 
needle  of  the  receiving  instrument  is  shown  in  the 
center  of  the  dial,  the  sending  handle  on  the  exte- 
rior. The  needle  of  the  receiving  apparatus  passes 
through  the  center  of  the  hollow  shaft  of  the  trans- 
mitting apparatus,  and  the  same  dial  answers  for 
both.  A  call-bell  is  attached  to  the  instrument. 

Di-al'y-sis  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  a  large  flask  with  a  faucet,  a  series  of 
glass  funnels  and  connecting  siphons,  and  a  final 
receiving  vessel.  Each  funnel  has  a  plaited  filter 
made  of  parchment  paper. 

The  process  is  described  and  the  apparatus  represented  in 
"  Joiirn.  de  Pharm.  et  Chim."  Reproduced  in  "  Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  *  2672. 

Di'a-mag-net'ic.  (Electricity.)  A  term  ap- 
plied to  substances  like  glass,  resin,  bismuth,  the 
poles  of  which  tend  to  move  from  the  strong  to  the 
weak  places  of  electro-magnetic  force.  —  Gordon. 

Dia'moiid.  Mechanical  uses  of  the  diamond 
are  noted  in  the  following  references :  — 

Millstone  dresser,  Millot    *  "Engineer,-  xlvi.  255. 

Drill  (Pa.  Co.)     .     .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  495. 

Boring  machine, 

Penn.  Diam.  Drill  Co.    *  "Engineer,"  xli.  447. 
Mounting  tools, 
Millot  Switz    ....  *  "Engineer,''1  xlvi.  255. 

*  "Min.  4"  Sc.  Press,''  xxxiv.  177. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Dec.  14,  p.  5. 


Stone-saw,  Emerson 
Technical  uses  of    . 
See  also  pp.  696,  697,  "Mech.  Diet."  ' 

Dia'mond,  Ar'ti-fi'cial. 

clear  white  strass. 


A  gem  made   of  a 


Loysel's  paste  :  Pure  silica 100 

Red  oxide  of  lead 150 

Potash,  calcined 30 

Borax,  calcined 10 

Arsenious  acid     .........      1 

The  paste  has  great  brilliancy,  refractive  and  dispersive 
powers  and  a  specific  gravity  similar  to  that  of  the  oriental 
diamond.  It  fuses  at  a  moderate  heat,  and  acquire •*  Lrn -ar 
brilliancy  by  keeping  in  a  fused  state  for  several  days  to  ex- 
pel the  superabundant  alkali  and  perfect  the  refining. 

Dia'mond  Band'-saw.  An  application  of 
the  band-saw  to  the  cutting  of  stone.  The  endless 
blade  is  set  with  diamonds  and  propelled  by  mech- 
anism, which  at  the  same  time  moves  a  bed-plate 
carrying  the  material  to  be  sawn. 

For  sawing  curves  and  scrolls  narrow  blades  are 
used.  The  feed  is  made  A'ariable  according  to  the 
kind  of  stone  and  its  thickness.  On  one  occasion, 
at  the  American  Institute  Fair,  it  sawed  a  block  of 


DIAMOND   BAND-SAW. 


255 


DIE. 


Diamond  Band  Stone-cutting  Saw. 

Newark  brownstone,  3'  2i"  X  3'  3",  a  superficial 
area  of  cut  of  1,501£  sq.  inches  in  22  minutes. 

For  circular  stnnu  <n\v  see  Fig.  5883,  p.  2401,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Dia'mond  Pan'eled  Stone  Work.  (Stone 
Cutting.)  Stone  ashlar  with  the  margin  tooled  and 
the  face  rising  gradually  in  four  triangular  planes 
to  an  apex  at  the  center. 

The  sunk  diamond  panel  has  a  sunken  margin, 
while  the  raised  diamond  panel  starts  immediately 
from  the  inner  line  of  the  usual  tooled  margin. 

Dia'mond  Stone  Saw.  A  saw  furnished  on 
its  edge  with  diamonds  and  used  in  cutting  stone. 

See  DIAMOND  BAND  SAW,  Fig.  807 ;  STONE  SAW  CIRCULAR, 
Fig.  5m  p.  2401,  ".l/'v/i.  Diet.-- 

Young's  diamond  reciprocating  stone  saw.  Hinton's  lie- 
port,  "  Vienna  Exposition  Reports,-'  1S72,  vol.  iv.,  section 
D,  p.  16. 

Witlarrf,  Whittier,  if  Go's,  diamond  saw  quarrying  ma- 
chine. Ibid.,  p.  17. 

Dia'mond  Tool.  1.  A  tool  which  has  a  dia- 
mond mounted  in 
a  handle  or  holder 
and  used  to  dress 
and  turn  up  emery 
wheels,  grind- 
stones,  hardened 
steel  calender 
rolls,  etc. 

2.  For  forms  of 
carbon  points,  see 
Fig.  1098,  p.  461, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  808  shows 
diamond  holders 
in  which  carbons 
are  set  perma- 
nently or  in  ad- 
justable stems  for 


Diamond  Lathe  Tools. 


the  purposes  above  expressed.    The  lower  figure's  in 

the    cut     show 

Dickinson's  pa-  Fig.  809. 

tent  clamp. 

Fig.  809  is  a  C 
diamond  hand- 
tool. 


Diamond  Hand-tool. 


Dia'mond  Truck.  (Railway,)  A  car-truck 
with  iron  side-frames  which  are  diamond-shaped. 
The  journal-boxes  are  rigidly  bolted  to  the  sides, 
and  have  no  vertical  motion  in  the  frame.  See  fig- 
ures on  p.  489,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Di'a-nem'o-scope.  An  instrument  invented 
by  M.  Stanek,  and  having  for  its  object  the  analy- 
sis of  the  more  complicated  motions  of  a  double 
slide-valve  system. 

Proceedings  of  the  "Institution  of  Architects  and  Engi- 
neers in  Bohemia.-  Reported  in  '-Engineering."  *xxiii. 
420. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  1332. 

Di'a-pa'son  Clock.  A  form  of  clock  made  by 
Breguet,  of  Paris,  ill  which  a  diapason  (timing- 
fork),  is  substituted  as  a  regulator  in  place  of  a 
pendulum  or  spring  balance-wheel. 

*  "Reports  of  Artisans  at  Paris  Exposition  to  the  London 
Society  of  Arts,'-  p.  361.     (Published  by  Bell  &  Bately,  Lon- 
don, 1867.) 

Di'a-pho-nom'e-ter.  An  instrument  used  in 
testing  spirits  (Savalle,  Fr.).  By  it  is  determined  the 
relative  transparency  of  the  sample  when  the  reac- 
tive principle  is  added  to  the  spirit.  The  degree 
of  transparency  preserved  is  the  measure  of  the 
purity,  and  the  comparison  is  made  by  the  eye,  the 
sample  being  held  alongside  specimens  of  determi- 
nate quality.  *  "  Technoloyiste,"  xl.  169. 

Di'a-phragm  Fur'iiace.  (Metallurgy.)  A 
roasting  furnace  in  which  ore  is  treated  while 
dropping  from  one  to  another  of  a  series  of  dia- 
phragms in  a  vertical  shaft.  —  Haskins. 

Di'a-phragm  Valve.  One  which  closes  by  the 
pressure  of  a  diaphragm  against  an  opening,  and 
vice  versa.  See  Fig.  1636,  p.  698,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  810  shows  the  principle  adapted  to  a  ball  valve,  where 
the  ball  floating  in  a  cistern  or  boiler  closes  the  water-induc- 
tion opening  on  arriving  at  a  certain  height  in  the  cistern. 

Fig.  810. 


Diaphragm  Ball  Valve. 


Another  form  of  diaphragm  valve  is  that  in  which  a  dia- 
phragm expanded  or  extended  by  steam  or  air  becomes  the 
means  of  moving  a  valve,  as  in  some  forms  of  damper  and 
steam  regulators. 

Di'a-tom  Prism.  (Optics.)  An  equilateral 
prism  fitting  under  the  stage  of  the  microscope,  and 
brought  in  contact  by  means  of  water  or  oil  with 
the  back  surface  of  a  slide  upon  which  an  object 
is  mounted,  enabling  a  very  oblique  angle  of  light 
to  be  transmitted  through  the  slide. 

Di-chro'i-scope.   (Optics.)   An  appliance  used 

Fig.  811. 


Sorby:s  Dichroiscope. 

with  a  double  image  prism  to  give  the  complemen- 
tary colors  of  an  object  examined  under  the  micro- 
spectroscope.  See  Fig.  1640,  p.  699,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
Die.  A  hollow  screw-cutter  for  cutting  threads 
in  bolts,  etc. 

Fig.  812  is  Wiley  &  Russell's  adjustable  die.    A  is  the  die 


DIE. 


256 


DIETHEROSCOPE. 


Wiley  if  Russell'1  s  Adjustable  Die. 


proper  ;  B,  the  collet  or  holder ;  D,  taper-head  screws  which 

govern  the  size  of  the 

Fig.  812.  cut;   the  points  of 

these  screws  hold  in  a 
rim  at  the  bottom  of 
the  socket ;  E,  binding 
screws  which  close  the 
dies  together  from  the 
sides    and    hold   them 
firmly ;   F,  guides  for 
bolts  being  threaded, 
fig.  813  is  the  Pratt 
&    Whitney    die.      It 
consists   of   four  cha- 
sers  inserted  in  radial 
ivrrsscs  iu  an  iron  disk 
or  collet,  encircled  by 
a  heavy  wrought-iron  ring,  with  adjusting  screws.    Each 
chaser  is  beveled  in  the  ring,  and  is  grooved  on  one  side  to 
receive  the  hardened  point  of  a 
Fig.  813.  screw  that  is  inserted  in  the  col- 

let to  hold  it  firmly  in  position. 
Four  screws  extend  up  through 
the  central  flange  of  the  collet, 
two  of  which  serve  to  draw  down 
the  ring  and  move  the  chasers 
simultaneously  toward  the  center 
to  reduce  the  cutting  size  of  the 
die,  the  other  two  screws  hold 
the  ring  in  the  desired  position 
or  force  it  upward  to  enlarge  the 
die. 

The  chasers,  when  dull,   can 
Pratt  $  Whitney's  Adjust-   be  slipped  out  and  ground  on  an 
able  Die.  ordinary  grindstone,  and  be  thus 

sharpened  till  worn  out. 

Fig.  814  is  the  Morse  adjustable  die.     The  die  is  fitted  with 
chasers  which  are  readily  adjusted  to  take  up  wear  or  any 
variation  in  the  size  of  the  pipe.     They  can  be  sharpened 
when  dull  by  grinding.     The  parts 
are  made  interchangeable.  Fig.  815. 

Fig.  814. 


Morse   Ttvist  Drill  Co. 

Adjustable  Die. 

Fig.  815  is  the  Morris,  Tasker  & 
Co.  die,  with  six  chasers  set  up  by 
screws.  It  is  to  be  used  in  the  Morris  Tasker  If  Co. 

head  of  their  screwing  machine.  Screw  Die. 

See,  also  — 

Nozzle  tempering,  Harmstead  *"  Scientific  Amer.,1'  xl.  307. 
Stock,  Walker  fy  Williams  .     .  *  "Engineer?-  1.  420. 

"Scientific  Am.,''  xliii.  230. 

Lead  pipe  press      .....  *  "Man.  Sf  Builder,'1'  ix.  173. 
Ore  stamps  .......  *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,n  1512. 

Die  Hold'er.  A  head  clutch  or  clamp  for  dies 
in  a  stock,  brace,  or  machine.  It  is  a  form  of  chuck, 
the  obverse  of  the  drill  chuck,  shown  on  p.  276,  infra. 


816 


FiS-  816  is  Brown 
4"  Sharpe's  die  hold- 
er for  use  in  the  re- 
volving heads  of 
screw  machines,  es- 
pecially where  it  is 
desirable  to  cut  the 
thread  up  to  a 
shoulder  or  to  a 
given  point,  or  to 
run  the  tap  into  a 
shoulder  for  a  given 
distance  only,  and 
this  is  necessarily  a 
delicate  operation,  requiring  expertness  to  avoid  breaking  the 
threading  tool  or  injuring  the  shoulder  of  the  screw.  The 
engraving  represents  a  patented  device  to  remedy  this  diffi- 
culty, without  regard  to  the  skill  with  which  it  is  operated. 

Fig.  817  shows  a  solid  die  and  die  holders  of  the  Morris 
Tasker  fy  Co.  screwing  machine. 

Di'e-lec'tric  Ma-chine'.  A  simple  and  pow- 
erful static  conduction  machine  constructed  by  M. 
Carre'.  It  has  revolving  wheels  of  hardened  rub- 
ber, the  electricity  being  supplied  by  friction  on 


Die  Holder. 


stationary  rubbers  placed  in  front.  It  is  a  ma- 
chine of  singular  power  and  capacity  as  evinced  iu 
the  production  of  sparks,  illumination  of  Geisler 
tubes,  piercing  of 
glass  and  charging 
batteries  of  Ley  den 
jars. 


Abbe  le  Dantec. 
*"Sc.  Am.  SK 


3902. 


D  i  e-s  ink  'in  g 
Ma-chine'.  In  prin- 
ciple this  niiichiue  is 
similar  to  the  profil- 
ing machine,  but  it 
has  a  far  greater 
range.  The  work 
may  be  moved  iu  all 

directions,   and    may 

,  -iir  .     J       a.  Solid  die. 

be  guided  by  a  pattern     6.  Soli(]  die  ho]aer  for  use  in 

or   controlled    by  the  head  of  screwing  machine. 

hand  of  the  operator.     c-  Reducing  pieces  for  holding 

It  is  well  adapted  to  S4uare  dies' 

forming  recesses  of  a  circular,  annular,  or  irregular 

shape  ;  works  very  smoothly  and  free  from  chatter. 

The  various  feeds  are  entirely  independent. 


The  work  to  be  operated  upon  is  held  in  the  vise,  which 
may  be  moved  in  all  directions  horizontally  by  compound 
slides  on  the  table  of  the  machine,  and  may  be  elevated  or 
depressed  by  the  vertical  movement  of  the  platen.  The  cut- 
ter, which  may  be  of  any  suitable  size  or  form,  revolves  with 
the  spindle  which  is  driven  by  a  belt,  giving  much  smoother 
action  than  is  possible  with  gears.  The  greatest  distance 
between  the  end  of  the  spindle  and  top  of  the  table  i?  24'^. 
The  platen  has  a  vertical  adjustment  of  16",  and  the  hori- 
zontal movements  of  the  vise  are  10".  The  countershaft  has 
two  sets  of  pulleys,  giving  two  speeds,  which  may  be  varied 
on  the  spindle  by  a  cone  with  three  grades. 

Di'e-ther'o-scope.  An  instrument  invented 
by  M.  Lurini  for  measuring  the  variations  in  the 
refractive  condition  of  the  atmosphere. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "      .     .     .     .  *  477. 


DIFFERENTIAL. 


257 


DIFFERENTIAL   PUMP. 


Dif'fer-en'tial.  (Electricity.)  A  coil  of  elec- 
trified wire  having  such  relation  to  another  elec- 
trified coil  or  to  an  armature  (or  ueedle)  common 
to  both  as  to  produce  polar  action  contrary  to  that 
produced  by  such  other  coil. 

(Electric  Lamps.)  A  conductor  of  high  relative 
resistance  —  used  with  electric  lamps  in  series, — 
which  operates  in  the  twofold  capacity  of  shunting 
surplus  current  to  the  next  lamp  and  of  shorten- 
ing the  arc  of  its  own  lamp,  so  as  to  maintain  equal 
action  in  all  lamps  of  the  series.  (See  ELECTRIC 

L  AMI'S.) 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  See  under  the 
following  references  and  the  articles  infra.  DIF- 
FERENTIAL PULLEY,  etc. 

Thermometer,  Dufours  .     .    .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,1*'  3952. 
Pump,  Hntlwrn,  Davis  if  Co.,  Br.  *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  197. 

Screw  .lack *  "Engineering,"1  xxv.  522. 

Wheels,  C.  \\'.  MacCord     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2123. 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Gal'va-nom'e-ter.  (Elec- 
tricity.) An  apparatus  consisting  of  a  needle  as  in 
an  ordinary  galvanometer,  but  round  the  frame  of 
which  are  coiled  two  wires  of  the  same  kind  and 
dimensions  carefully  insulated  from  one  another  ; 
separate  currents  being  passed  through  them  in  op- 
posite directions,  the  needle  by  the  direction  and 
extent  of  its  disturbance  indicates  which  current 
is  the  stronger  and  in  what  degree. 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Gov'er-iior.  A  water-wheel 
governor.  The  motion  is  positive,  the  revolving 
balls  are  merely  indicative  of  the  speed  of  the  mo- 
tor and  are  not  regulators. 

The  operation  of  the  governor  is  as  follows  :  — 

Two  pulleys,  A  and  B.are  geared  respectively  to  C  Cand 
-D  D.  Pulluy  .-1  is  the  frustum  of  a  cone,  its  diameter  at 
the  center  of  its  face  being  the  same  as  that  of  the  regular 
pulley  />.  The  gears  C  C  and  D  D  are  loosely  set  on  the 
shaft  F.  The  gear  marked  E,  enters  into  C  and  D,  and  is 
loose  on  a  stud  which  is  fastened  to  the  shaft  F.  The  shaft 
carrying  the  pulley  A  has  upon  its  end  a  small  gear  (not 
Mown  in  the  engraving)  which  communicate!  motion  to  the 


Fig    819. 


Weaver's  Differential  Cfovernor. 

gears  C  C.  Upon  the  end  of  the  shaft  carrying  the  pulley  B 
is  a  similar  small  gear  (not  shown  in  the  engraving),  which 
gives  motion  to  the  gears  D  D.  Motion  is  communicated  to 
pulleys  A  and  B  by  a  belt  running  in  the  direction  indicated 
by  the  arrows.  On  the  lower  end  of  the  governor  shaft,  G, 
is  a  small  gear,  which  receives  its  motion  from  the  gear  D. 

17 


When  the  belt  is  running  in  the  center  of  the  two  pulleys 
A  and  B,  the  speed  of  both  is  the  same,  as  their  diameter  in 
the  center  of  face  is  the  same.  Consequently  C  C  and  D  D 
run  at  the  same  speed,  and  have  an  equal  action  on  the  gear 
E  :  and  hence  the  stud  upon  which  the  gear  E  revolves  is  held 
stationary.  Now,  upon  the  addition  of  a  load,  the  speed  will 
be  checked,  and  the  balls  of  the  governor  will  fall.  By  this 
act,  the  belt  on  pulley  A  is,  by  proper  connections,  moved 
towards  the  larger  end  of  the  cone,  thus  causing  the  gears, 
C  Cand  D  D,  to  revolve  with  unequal  velocity.  This  mo- 
tion of  the  gears  causes  the  gear  E  to  be  carried  around 
on  the  gears  C  C,  which,  by  means  of  connections  with  the 
shaft,  opens  the  gate.  Upon  the  decrease  of  the  load,  this 
operation  is  reversed,  and  the  gate  shut.  The  purpose  of  the 
lever  H  is  to  throw  the  governor  out  of  gear  by  means  of 
the  flange  O,  and  tha  clutch  /.  The  flange  is  held  out  of 
gear  by  the  latch  marked  S.  The  object  of  this  arrangement 
is  to  enable  one  to  hoist  the  gate,  and  when  the  proper  speed 
is  attained  to  throw  the  governor  into  gear  by  lifting  the 
latch  S. 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Move'ment.  For  the  princi- 
ples and  illustrative  instances  of  the  transference 
of  a  movement  at  different  rates  in  other  directions, 
conversion  of  movements,  etc.,  see  "Differential," 
Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufac- 
tures,'" Paris,  1877,  vol.  i.  • 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Press'ure  Reg'u-la'tor.  A 
contrivance  to  enable  steam  to  be  taken  from  a 
Fig.  820. 


Hand's  Differential  Pressure  Regulator. 

boiler  or  steam-pipe  at  any  initial  pressure  and  de- 
livered equally  at  any  pressure  for  which  it  is  set 

Steam  is  taken  from  pipe  A  and  passes  Fig.  821. 
to  the  chamber  where  it  acts  equally  upon 
the  apposed  surfaces  of  B  and  C,  being  so 
far  balanced.  The  steam,  however,  passes 
by  duct  D  beneath  the  piston  Cand  exerts 
an  upward  pressure  ;  this  is  balanced  by 
the  weight  on  the  lever  which  tends  to  de- 
press C.  If  the  steam  pressure  should  rise 
above  that  for  which  the  lever  ball  is  ad- 
justed, the  steam  will  raise  Cand  partially 
close  duct  D,  so  that  the  quantity  of  steam 
passing  to  the  object  to  be  heated  is  di- 
minished in  proportion  to  its  increased 
pressure  and  heat. 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Pulley  Block. 
Fig.  821  show  the  Moore's  im- 
proved form  of  differential  pulley 
block  as  manufactured  by  the  Prov- 
idence Tool  Co.  It  has  the  following 
features  :  — 

The  lifted  weight  cannot  run 
down  of  itself  when  suspended  ; 
both  chains  take  an  equal  share  of 
the  load,  so  that  the  block  hangs 
plumb  ;  a  hook  can  be  attached  to 
each  end  of  the  lifting  chain  so 
that  when  one  load  is  raised  the  -^^ 
other  hook  is  in  position  ready  for  rjifferential  Pul, 

Work-  ley  Block. 

Weston 

Western  ,  .        . 

Weston  .....  *  "Min.  If  Scientific  Press,"  xxxvi.  226. 
Cherry    .....  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  33. 

Differ-en'tial  Pump.  In  Davey's  steam 
pump  (Hathorn,  Davis  and  Davey,  Leeds,  Eng- 
land), the  slide  valve  derives  its  motion  both  from 
the  main  cross  head  and  from  a  rod  connected  with  a 


*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  17,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  851. 


DIFFERENTIAL   PUMP. 


258 


DILATOR. 


cataract  piston  moving  with  a  uniform  velocity,  the 
two  motions  being  so  connected  that  the  cut-off  de- 
pends upon  the  velocity  of  motion  of  the  main 
cross-head — in  other  words,  upon  the  resistance 
encountered  or  work  to  be  done  by  the  piston.  In 
the  differential  pumping  engine  the  cataract  piston 
is  connected  with  a  subsidiary  steam  piston  working 
in  a  separate  cylinder  fitted  with  a  small  slide 
valve. 

The  invention  is  shown  and  described  in 
"frit  nt  ific  American  Slip."1  .     .  *  2369. 
Hat/writ,  Dni'is  If  C'o.,Br.     .     .  *  "Engineering,"1  xxvi.  197. 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Ratch'et  Brace.     One  on  the 

principle  of  the  differential  screw 
(Fig.  1649,  p.  701,  "Mech.  Diet.") 
in  which  while  the  bit  rotates  by 
impulses  in  one  direction,  it  is  ad- 
vanced in  the  line  of  its  axis  at 
each  revolution  in  a  degree  the 
difference  in  the  pitch  of  the  two 
screws. 


Fig.  822. 


Differential  Rac/iet  Brace. 

See  also  RATCHET-BRACE,  RATCHET-DRILL,  p.  1882,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Dif'fer-en'tial  Reg'u-la'tor.  (Electricity.) 
A  means  of  regulating  an  arc  voltaic  light,  in  a 
polvphote  arrangement,  by  the  differential  action 
of  the  main  current  that  produces  the  voltaic  arc 
and  of  a  highly  resistant  derivation  established  be- 
tween the  two  carbons ;  thus,  their  distance  apart 
depends  both  on  the  intensity  of  the  current  and  on 
the  difference  of  potential  at  the  base  of  the  two 
carbons ;  and  equilibrium  is  established  for  each 
lamp,  when  the  intensity  and  the  difference  of  po- 
tential have  reached  the  point  requisite  for  the  good 
working  of  the  lamp.  "Electrician." 

The  Siemens'  differential  lamp  has  two  solenoids 
that  work  on  one  rod.     The  Brush  and  the  Weston 
have  one   electro-magnet  on  which  are  coiled  two 
wires  that  act  in  inverse  directions. 
Dif'fer-en'tial  Screw  Pipe  Joint.    A  pipe 
„  003  joint,    the    invention 

of  M.  Brurry,  of  St. 
Gallen,  Switzerland. 
The  ends  of  the  pipes 
to  be  connected  are 
threaded  with  screws 
of  a  different  pitch 
and  respectively  right 

_.     ,  .  .       and  left  handed.     A 
Screw  Pipe  Joint.       ^^  correspond. 

ingly  threaded,  screws  on  to  them  simultaneously 
and  draws  them  together  with  great  force. 


Bourry,  Switz.  . 


.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  388. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  1272 


invented  by  Graham  to  ascertain  the  rate  at  which 
diffusion  of  gases  among  one  another  takes  place. 

A    glass    tube     of    \"   caliber,  1'   in  Fig.  ^-1. 

length,  is  stopped  at  one  end  with  a  po- 
rous plug  of  gypsum  or  graphite.  The 
tube  is  filled  with  hydrogen,  for  instance, 
the  open  end  plunged  in  a  bath  of  mer- 
cury, and  diffusion  takes  place  through 
the  plug.  The  law  that  the  diffusibility 
of  gas  is  in  proportion  to  the  square  root 
of  their  densities  is  illustrated  by  the 
intercharge  of  hydrogen  and  atmos- 
pheric air,  at  the  expense  of  the  latter, 
and  the  tube  is  eventually  emptied. 

D  i  f-f  u '  s  i  o  n.  ( Electricity. ) 
The  power  of  a  galvanic  current 
to  extend  its  influence  in  all  di- 
rections, that  influence  being 
never  limited  to  the  two  elec- 
trodes. 

Dif-fu'ser.  A  portion  of  the 
apparatus  in  Clamond's  thermo-electric  battery,  con- 
sisting of  a  series  of  plates 'of  copper  placed  all 
round  the  battery,  and  which  effect  the  removal 
and  rapid  dispersion  of  the  heat  of  the  solderings 
by  means  of  the  great  surface  which  they  present. 

Described  in  "La  Nature,''  1880.  Also  in  "Manufacturer 
and  Builder,'1'  *xii.  86. 

Dif-fu'sion  Pro'cess.  The  Roberts  diffusion 
process  is  mentioned  and  illustrated  on  p.  702, 
"  M«-h.  Diet."  It  has  been  very  elaborately  ex- 
tended in  some  European  sucreries.  See 

Roberts,  Fr.  .  "Dept.  Agric.  Sp.  Rep.,"  No.  28,  Pi.  XXTTI. 
Rotative,  Ger.  .  " Dept.  Agric.  Sp.  Rep.,''  So.  28,  PI.  XXIV. 
Continuous  process. 

'  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4109. 


Dif'fer-en'tial  Steth'o-scope.  (Surgical.) 
A  double  stethoscope  with  elastic  tubular  branches 
and  bells  capable  of  being  applied  to  different  por- 
tions of  the  thorax  so  as  to  compare  the  indications 
at  different  points. 

Allison,  Fig.  268,  p.  83,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentari- 
um Chirurgicum." 

Die  Dog.  A  lathe  dog  adapted  to  hold  a  screw 
cutting  die.  Fig.  824. 

Dif-fu'si-om'e-ter.      (Gas.)      An  instrument 


Die  Uug. 


Dig'ger.     A  spading  machine. 


Steam,  Darby,  Eng.  . 
Knight,  Br.    .     .     . 


.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2458. 
.  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  394. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  83. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sur.,"  455. 

Dike.     1.  A  levee,  bank,  or  dam. 

In  Japan  the  dike  is  formed  thus  :  A  kind  of  strong  cylin- 
drical bag,  often  eight  yards  and  more  in  length,  is  made  o1 
split  bamboo,  with  wide  meshes,  and  is  then  filled  up  with 
big  stones.  A  certain  number  of  these  bags,  arranged  on  a 
wooden  grating,  form  the  foundation  of  the  breakwaters  or 
dikes.  When  the  current  is  very  strong,  the  ends  of  the 
bags  are  allowed  to  pass  the  gratings  and  to  hang  down  into 
the  sandy  bed  of  the  river  ;  gradually  they  sink  deeper  and 
deeper,  and  finally,  being  entirely  buried  in  the  mud,  form  a 
solid  mooring.  The  object  of  the  bags  is  to  keep  the  stones 
together,  till  all  the  interstices  are  filled  up  with  sand  and 
mud,  when  the  construction  is  transformed  into  a  solid  mole. 
The  bamboo  is  said  to  be  of  great  durability  ;  stems  of  this 
tree  are  also  used  for  weirs  and  the  temporary  surroundings 
of  breakwaters.  The  exterior  parts  of  dikes  are  often  covered 
with  grass  matting,  so  as  to  prevent  their  being  washed 
away. 

2.  (Mining.)  A  wall-like  mass  of  mineral  mat- 
ter filling  fissures. 

Di-la'tor.     (Surgical.)     An  instrument  for  di 
tending  a  natural  or  artificial  opening.     The  term 
is   specially   applied    to    certain   instruments,   but 
really  includes   speculi.      See  Figs.   5360-5363,  p. 
2260,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  list  of  DILATORS,  p.  703,  Ibid.,  and  LN- 
DOSCOPE,  infra. 

The  subject  may  be  pursued  by  reference  to  the  following 
figures  in  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum  •' :  — 


DILATOR. 


259 


DIPPER    EAR-TRUMPET. 


Lithotrity       ....  Page  43,  Part  III. 

Meatus  uriuarius  •     .  Pant-  2,  i'art  III. 

Esophageal    ....  Page  84,  Part  II. 

Krrtal Page  118.  Part  III. 

S] ..mite Page  14,  Part  V. 

Tracheal Pages  93-94,  Part  II. 

Tupelo Page  11,  Supplement. 

Urethral Page  23,  Part  III, 

Uterine Pages  77-79,  Part  III.,  13,  Supp. 

Vaginal Page  66,  Part  III. 

Di-la'tiiig  For'ceps.  (Suryical.)  Forceps  the 
prongs  of  which  are  used  to  expand  a  passage  or 
meatus.  The  cervix  uteri  dilator,  for  instance, 
Fig.  1220,  p.  516,  "  Mech.  Diet."  et  infra. 

Di-men'sion  Saw'ing  Ma-chine'.  One 
adapted  to  sawing  stuff  to  a  given  size  for  manufac- 
turing purposes. 

Kii'/mrifs"    ...          .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  151. 
Preston's *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  403 

Di-men'sion  Stone  Work.  (Masonry.)  Said 
of  masonry  when  the  dimensions  of  the  stones  en- 
tering into  it  are  fixed  by  specification.  See  list 
under  MASONRY. 

Di-min'ish-iiig  Valve.  A  valve  to  regulate 
high  pressure  steam  so  as  to  give  out  a  constant 
and  uniform  supply  of  low  pressure  steam. 

The  valve  is  shown  by  section  in  Fig.  825.  Its  operation 
is  a>  follows  :  A  is  the  inlet  for  high  pressure  steam;  BBis 


Diminishing  Valve. 

a  double  beat  valve,  with  a  hole  through  the  stalk  C,  and 
which  shuts  against  the  brass  seatings  SD  :  E  is  a  connecting 
roil,  si'cured  with  nuts  and  washers  to  the  bottom  of  the 
valve  BB,  and  also  to  the  circular  corrugated  metallic  disk  F, 
which  is  held  in  position  betwixt  GG.  Suppose  there  is  a 
pressure  of  60  Ibs.  per  square  inch  at  the  inlet  A,  and  10  Ibs. 
per  square  inch  is  required  at  the  outlet  K,  set  the  weight  H 
on  the  lever  Jat  10  Ibs.,  which  pressure  will  raise  the  corru- 
fpiteil  metallic  disk  F,  thereby  shutting  off  the  excess  of  steam 
over  and  above  the  10  Ibs.  required.  The  pressure  at  the 
outlet  may  be  varied  by  moving  the  weight  H  on  the  lever  J. 

Diii'gy.  (Fishery.)  A  small  fishing  boat.  See 
list  under  BOAT. 

Bert/ion's  duplex  dingy,  Br.      ,     .     *  "  Engineer,1'  xlix.  438. 

Di-o-nys'i-us'  Ear.  An  aural  instrument  for 
the  very  deaf.  It  has  a  capacious  pavilion  swiveled 
on  a  stand  which  is  planted  on  the  floor,  and  an 
elastic  tube  with  a  nozzle  to  be  applied  to  the  ear. 

Fig.  227,  Part  II.,  Tiemanris  "Armam.  CMmrgicum.'' 

Di-op'tric  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The  refraction  sys- 
tem of  lighting  as  distinguished  from  catoptric. 
See  p.  704,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  also  following  in- 
stances :  — 

Little-Basses,  Ceylon  ....  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  945. 
For  electric  light,  Henderson, 

Br *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  246. 


Flashing  apparatus,  Little-Bas- 
ses light *  "Engineering,"*  xxii.  355. 

For  light-ships,  Sautter,  Lemon- 

nier  If  Co.,  ?r.  .  .  .  *  "Engineering,'''  xxvii.  211. 

Revolving  light,  Sautter,  Le- 

monnier,  $  Co.,  Fr.  .  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxvii.  269. 

Di-or-rex'ine.  An  explosive  analyzed  by  M. 
Fels. 

Consists  of  Picric  acid,  1.5        Nitrate  potassium     .       )  gQ 
Wood  charcoal     .     .     7  Nitrate  sodium     .     .       ) 

Birch  sawdust     .     .  10  Sulphur 12 

Water 9.5 

Made  principally  at  Brunn  and  Trieste. 

"E/iif.  #  Mining  Journal,"  xxviii  263. 
Another  published  recipe  gives  :  — 

Nitrate  of  potassium 50 

Nitrate  of  sodium 25 

Sulphur 12: 

Hard  wood  sawdust 13. 

100      .; 

Di-plei'o-scope.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Bloxam  to  determine  true  meridian.  Dipleido- 
scope,  p.  704,  "Meek.  Diet." 

The  instrument  is  represented  in  Fig.  826,  the 
upper  view  showing  it 
in  position  for  observa- 
tion, and  the  lower  a  di- 
agram illustrating  the 
principle  of  its  opera- 
tion, which  is  founded 
on  the  property  of  pol- 
ished bodies,  to  reflect 
rays  at  an  angle  equal 
to  that  of  their  inci- 
dence. 

The  instrument  is  o  n  a 
horizontal  base,  and  its  an- 
terior face  is  perpendicular 
to  the  meridian  of  the  place. 
It  is  an  equilateral  glass 
prism  with  one  face  exposed, 
the  others  being  opaque  and 
constituting  mirrors.  D  C 


Fig.  826. 


Dipleioscope. 


represents  the  exterior  face  of  the  instrument,  and  D  B,  B  C 
are  mirror  planes.  Suppose  that  the  ray  1  striking  DC  at  E 
be  reflected  towards  the  eye  in  the  direction  1',  the  image  of 
the  sun  will  appear,  as  time  lapses,  to  advance  in  the  direc- 
tion from  D  towards  C.  The  ray  2,  traversing  D  C,  is  re- 
flected by  CB  on  to  D  B,  and  thence  towards  the  eye  in  the 
direction  2',  and  the  second  image  of  the  sun  has  an  appar- 
ent motion  in  the  direction  from  C  to  D,  and  as  the  sun  cul- 
minates the  two  images  mutually  approach. 

Supposing  that  the  ray  1  shall  arrive  at  3  and  the  ray  2 
impinge  upon  4,  it  is  evident  that  they  will  be  each  reflected 
in  the  common  direction  3'  and  4'  ;  that  is  to  say,  that  the 
two  images  will  coincide  at  the  instant  of  true  meridian. 
The  moment  passed,  the  rays  continuing  to  advance,  the  im- 
ages again  separate  themselves,  changing  their  relative  posi- 
tions and  mutually  recede. 

Dip'lo-graph.  A  writing  apparatus  for  the 
blind,  invented  by  M.  Recordon,  of  Geneva,  Swit- 
zerland. 

Speaking  in  general  terms,  it  has  lettered  disks  rotated  by 
the  blind  writer  so  as  to  bring  letter  after  letter  in  position 
to  imprint  upon  a  paper  which  moves  along  before  the  writ- 
er. It  is  simple  but  clumsy,  far  inferior  to  a  type  writer, 
which  it  would  be  easy  to  furnish  with  raised  letters  on  its 
plungers  :  it  is  hardly  worthy  of  the  praise  bestowed  by  "La 
Nature.''  Shown  in  "Scientific  American,"1  *  xxxvii.  210. 

Dip'per.  A  form  of  dredging  machine  which 
has  a  large  ladle  on  the  end  of  a  spar.  This  is 
plunged  under  water,  scoops  along  the  bottom,  and 
then  rises  to  the  surface,  and  discharges  its  load 
into  a  lighter. 

The  principle  is  shown  in  Fig.  1896,  vol.  i.,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
though  the  machine  there  shown  is  not  aquatic. 

Dip'per  Ear'-trum'pet.  An  aural  instrument 
with  a  dipper  or  cup-shaped  pavilion.  The  sound 
waves  entering  the  flaring  mouth  are  reflected  by 
the  parabolic  bottom  towards  a  common  center, 
and  thence  conducted  by  a  tube  to  the  ear. 


DIPPING   WHEEL. 


260 


DISINTEGRATOR. 


Figs.  226,  226,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  C/ti- 
rurgicuin.'' 

Dip'ping  Wheel.  (Fishing.)  A  contrivance 
used  in  Southern  rivers  to  meet  local  demand  for 
fish. 

Fig.  826. 


Dipping  Wheel. 

It  is  set  in  the  stream  so  as  to  be  turned  by  the 
current,  and  has  a  number  of  dip-nets  which  raise 
the  fish  and  tumble  them  out  at  the  axis  in  the 
manner  of  the  scoop-wheel.  The  inclination  of  the 
nets  is  toward  the  catching-box  at  the  side. 

Dip'ping  Vat.  (  Ceramics.)  The  trough  con- 
taining fine  glazing  slip  in  which  biscuit  ware  is 
dipped  to  be  covered  with  the  material  which, 
baked  on,  forms  glaze. 

Dip  Reg'u-la'tor.  (Gas.)  A  device  used  in 
gas  works  for  regulating  the  seal  of  the  dip-pipes 
in  the  hydraulic  main,  and  for  drawing  off  the  heavy 
tar  from  the  bottom  of  the  main  without  disturbing 
the  seal.  See  Fig.  1660,  p.  705,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Di-rect'-coup'led  Steam  En'gine.  A  form 
of  engine  in  which  the  piston-rods  of  two  engines 
are  coupled  directly  to  the  same  crank. 

The  term  is  held  to  include  the  form  shown  in 
Fig.  713,  in  which  the  crank  is  rotated  by  the  in- 
tervention of  a  triangular  connecting-rod. 

Di-rect'  Fire.  1.  (Fire-arms.)  That  kind  of 
action  in  which  the  plungers  lie  and  strike  the  ig- 
nition in  a  line  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  barrel. 

2.  (Glass.)  A  glass  furnace  with  no  artificial 
draft  other  than  derived  from  the  chimney  or  stack. 

Di-rect'  I'roii  Pro'cess.  A  process  for  pro- 
curing directly  from  the  ore  an  iron  which  is  prac- 
tically pure  chemically,  although  mechanically 
mixed  with  certain  impurities.  The  Catalan,  the 
most  ancient  of  processes,  employed  to  produce 
charcoal  blooms. 

The  modern  direct  methods  arc  discussed  in  a  report  by 
A.  L.  Holley,  Group  I.,  "Centennial  Reports,"  vol  iii.,  p.  40. 
Blair's  and  Siemens's  processes  are  considered  :  — 

"  Blair's  consists  in  deoxidizing  the  ores  rapidly  by  gas 
and  solid  fuel,  but  without  fusion,  and  then  withdrawing 
the  iron-sponge  cold,  without  allowing  it  to  tixidize  again. 
The  sponge  is  compressed  and  charged  into  the  open-hearth 
furnace,  or  it  is  reheated  or  charged,  or  it  is  melted  in  a  cu- 
pola and  then  treated  in  the  open  hearth .  The  best  manner 
of  using  the  sponge  does  not  appear  to  be  fully  settled. 
Siemens's  process  consists  in  melting  ore,  together  with  coal 
and  limestone  enough  to  reduce  it,  in  a  rotating  furnace, 
tapping  off  such  slag  as  will  run,  squeezing  the  remaining 
slag  out  of  the  ball,  and  charging  the  ball  hot  in  to  the  open- 
hearth  furnace.  The  radical  trouble  in  all  direct  processes 
has  been  the  waste  of  iron  in  getting  it  from  the  sponge  into 
merchantable  form.  The  addition  of  the  open-hearth  pro- 
cess greatly  relieves  this  difficulty. '•  —  Holley. 

See  also  ROTATOR  ;  SPONGE. 

Di-rect'or.     (Surgical.)    A  grooved  instrument 


to  serve  as  a  guide  to  a  knife,  probe,  scissors,  bis- 
toury, herniatome. 

Exploring  director Fig.  135,  p.  44,  Part  I. 

Exploring  director Fig.  184,  p.  61,  Part  1. 

Al/ni^/min's  anal  scissors  director    Fig.  589,  p.  121,  Part  III. 
Anal  and  rectal  director  ....     Fig.  591,  p.  122,  Part  III. 
Ltvis,  hernia  director      ....     Fig.  629,  p.  126,  Part  III. 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Di-rect'  Pro'cess.  (Metal/imft/.)  One  by 
which  a  metal  is  obtained  in  working  condition  by 
a  single  process  from  the  ore.  It  is  said  of  malle- 
able iron  obtained  in  loups  for  blooms  by  open- 
hearth  process,  in  contradistinction  to  the  double 
operation  of  obtaining  pig  iron  by  blast  furnace 
and  converting  pig  into  malleable  iron  by  puddling 
and  hammering.  See  DIRKCT  IRON  PROCESS. 

Dis-gorg'er.  (Fishing.)  An  implement  used 
in  discharging  a  gorged  hook  from  the  mouth  or 
stomach  of  a  fish.  It  is  pushed  down  along  the 
line,  pushes  back  the  barbed  point,  and  thus  assists 
in  retracting  the  hook. 

Dis'iii-fect'ing  Stove.  A  stove  with  adja- 
cent drying  chamber  provided  with  bars  on  which 
to  hang  the'  clothes  while  exposing  them  to  a  heat 
of  159°  C. 

In  the  Chemical  Department  of  Public  Health  of  Dresden 
the  following  is  given  as  the  relative  value  of  the  articles 
stated,  as  disinfectants,  —  chloride  of  lime  and  sulphuric  acid 
being  100  :  — 

Chloride  of  lime,  with  sulphuric  acid 100 

Chloride  of  lime,  with  sulphate  of  iron     ....  99 

Luder  and  Liedloff's  powder 92 

Carbolic  acid  disinfecting  powder 85.6 

Slaked  lime 84.6 

Alum 80.4 

Sulphate  of  iron 76.7 

Chloralum          74.0 

Sulphate  of  magnesia 57.1 

Permanganate  of  potash,  with  sulphuric  acid     .     .  51.3 

Dis-in'te-gra'tor.  A  pulverizing  machine  op- 
erating by  percussion. 

The  success  of  Carr's  disintegrator,  shown  at  Fig.  1665,  p. 
707,  "Afcc/i.  Diet  ,''  has  been  the  incentive  to  the  invention 
of  a  large  class  of  machines  which  go  by  the  name  of  disin- 
tegrators, the  common  feature  of  which  consists  in  pulveriz- 
ing by  percussion,  in  the  breaking  by  blows  of  rapidly  re- 
volving arms,  spokes,  or  cages,  as  distinct  from  the  grinding 
by  attrition  between  surfaces. 

The  range  of  material  to  which  the  disintegrator  has  been 

Fig.  828. 


Vajiart  Disintegrator. 


DISINTEGRATOR. 


261 


DISPLACEMENT  APPARATUS. 


adapted  has  also  been  very  much   extended,  and  includes 
breaking  and  pulverizing  — 


Asphalt  rock. 
Bark. 
Bones. 
Cement. 


Grain  of  all  kinds. 
Graphite. 
Guanos. 
Minerals. 


Coal  for  patent  fuel  and  coke  Mixing  chemicals,  clays,  col- 
making,  ors,  fertilizers,  sugars. 
t'oprolites.  Oilcake. 
Fertilizers.  Ores. 

The  Vapart  disintegrator  consists  of  three  horizontal  plat- 
forms keyed  to  a  vertical  shaft.  The  platforms  are  fitted  with 
vanes  placed  radially.  The  shaft  is  supported  below  by  a  foot- 
step, and  above  by  an  ordinary  bearing.  The  platforms  are 
inclosed  in  a  cast-iron  cylindrical  casing,  fitted  with  two  doors 
to  give  access  to  the  interior.  Between  the  platforms,  and 
attached  to  the  casing,  hoppers  are  fixed  to  deliver  the  ma- 
terial to  the  center  portion  of  the  platforms,  and  opposite 
the  platforms  serrated  segments  of  chilled  cast  iron  or  steel 
are  attached. 

The  shaft  and  platforms  are  made  to  revolvo  rapidly,  and 
the  material  is  first  delivered  into  the  machine  near  the  cen- 
ter of  the  first  platform,  where  the  velocity  is  low.  It  is 
then  guided  by  the  vane,  and  by  centrifugal  force  is  pro- 
jected violently  against  the  first  series  of  segments.  The 
broken  material  falls  by  its  own  weight  down  the  first  hopper 
to  the  center  of  the  second  platform,  and  is  again  thrown 
violently  against  the  second  series  of  segments,  and  after- 
wards against  the  third,  when  the  material  finally  falls  out 
of  the  machine  in  a  thoroughly  disintegrated  state.  Two 
arms  fixed  under  the  last  platform  serve  to  keep  the  machine 
clear.  The  pulverized  material  can  then  be  led  away  on  a 
belt  or  otherwise,  as  may  be  convenient. 

\arious  forms  of  disintegrators  are  found  in  the  columns 
of  '-Engineering,"  October  18,  1878;  and  proximate  dates 
including  :  — 

*  Carr-s.  *  Wilson's, 

*  Sheririii's,  *  Vapart. 

*  Carter's, 

The  machines  of  Hnwksley  and  of  Western  ({Co.,  of  Lon- 
don, and  Bir/wit  4-  OV.,  of  Paris,  have  been  prominent  at 
late  expositions. 

Carr *   -Sr.  Am.  Sup.,"  2496. 

'  Coin.  Trade  Jour.,"'  Br.,  June  8,  1878. 
Cnrt,r       .     .     .     .*    'Engineering,"  xxi.  135. 

*  'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,  240. 

Sherwin,  Br.      .     .  *   'Engineer,"  xlv.  354. 
Vapart,  Fr.  .     .     .  *   ' Engineering,''  xxiii.  448. 

'Iron  Age,,'"  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American,  xxxvii.  67. 

Disk  An'vil.     A  strengthening  plate  or  rein- 
Fig.  829.  Fig..  830. 


Disk  Anvil. 

force  placed  inside  the  head  of  a 
cartridge  to  support  the  impact  of 
the  striking  pin  which  explodes 
the  fulminate.  See  also  CUP  AN- 
VIL. 

Disk  Car'ri-er.  (Dentistry.) 
A  device  for  holding  a  cutting, 
grinding,  or  separating  disk  at  the 
end  of  a  handle  while  it  is  rotated 
by  a  flexible  shaft  driven  by  the 
dental  engine.  It  is  used  in  sepa- 
rating the  teeth,  cutting  out  lin- 
gual and  buccal  fissures,  and  fin- 
ishing fillings  and  rough  surfaces. 

Disk  Cut'ter.  An  instru- 
ment for  cutting  circles  of  thin  glass  for  covers  of 
microscopic  objects  on  slides.  A  diamond  is  on  the 
end  of  the  arm',  which  is  adjustable^  suit  the  ra- 
dius of  glass  cover  required.  See  CIRCLE  CUT- 
TER. 

Disk  E-lec'trpde.  (Electricity.)  An  elec- 
trode for  telegraphic  instruments  in  which  the  con- 
nection is  secured  by  the  contact  of  the  peripheries 
of  two  disks,  the  axes  of  which  are  at  right  angles. 


Dr.  Hickman's 
Disk  Carrier. 


The  contact  is  a  mere  point  or  dot.  The  disks  are 
of  brass  with  platinum  wires  let  into  grooves  on 
their  peripheries,  the  densely-drawn  hard  wire  per- 
mitting a  fine  and  small  contact Gumming.  See 

TELEGRAPH  KEY  ;  also  Fig.  847,  p.  266,  infra. 

Disk  En'gine.  A  form  of  steam  engine  in- 
vented by  Dakcyne  in  1830.  Improved  by  Bishop, 
Ericsson,  and  others. 

See  Bishop,  c,  Fig.  1666,  p.  708,  "Mech.  Diet.-  (Wab- 
bling). 

Ericsson,  A,  B,  same  figure  (revolving). 

Taylor  and  Davis,  1886,  1838.     (Br.  patents.) 

Gorsage,  1838. 

Geiss,  1870. 

See  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire,"  etc.,  tome  iv.,  article 
"  Machines  a  VapeurJ'  Figs.  3644-3646. 

See  also  FOUR-CYLINDER  ENGINE,  SIX-CYLINDER  ENGINE. 

Disk  Har'row.  (Agric.)  A  harrow  having  a 
triangular  frame,  with  a  driver's  seat  mounted 

Fig.  831. 


Nishwitz's  Disk  Harrow. 

upon  it,  and  carrying  a  number  of  sharp-edged  and 
concave  disks,  set  at  such  an  angle  in  relation  to 
the  line  of  draft  that  in  revolving  they  pulver- 
ize the  soil,  cutting,  lifting,  and  turning  it  over  in 
small  furrows.  A  scraper  is  provided  for  each 
disk,  so  as  to  keep  it  constantly  free  from  dirt. 
La  Dow  .  .  *  "American  Manuf.,"  July  16,  1880,  p.  13. 


Fig.  832. 


Fowler's  Disking  Machine. 

Disk'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Agric.)  A  steam-cul- 
tivating implement  to  be  drawn  by  an  engine  over 
sod  or  plowed  sod,  to  renew  the  ground,  or  to  pre- 
pare for  seeding.  Circular  steel  disks  are  pre- 
sented obliquely  to  the  line  of  draft  so  as  not 
merely  to  cut  into  the  ground  but  make  a  slight 
furrow. 

Dis-place'ment  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  G  u  e  r  i  n '  s 
continual  displacement  apparatus  consists  of  a  ver- 
tical series  of  vessels ;  at  bottom  a  flask  in  a  sand 
bath,  a  percolator,  receiver,  and  condenser,  verti- 
cally in  the  order  stated.  The  vapor  of  the  lower 
member  condenses  in  the  upper  one,  is  received  in 
the  next  below  it,  and  thence  flows  intermittingly 
into  the  percolator,  from  whence  it  reaches  the  flask 
at  bottom. 


"Scientific  American  '' 


*  xlii.  180. 


DISLOCATION   APPARATUS. 


262 


DITCHING   MACHINE. 


Dis'lo-ca'tion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  This 
includes  buudiiges,  splints,  apparatus  for  reducing, 
and  fur  maintaining  restored  parts  in  situ,  and  for 
prevcn  ting  recurrence. 

The  figures  refer  to  Tieman.ri's  "Armamentarium  Ckirur- 
gicum"  1'art  IV. 

Ilumerus Figs.  55,  131. 

Clavicle Figs.  56,  150. 

Hip figs.  87-89,  132,  133. 

Knee Figs.  93,  146. 

Phalanges Figs.  134-137. 

Elbow Fig.  148. 

Radius  and  ulna Fig.  151. 

Dis-sect'ing  Hook.  A  fine  two-clawed  hook 
used  as  a  prehensor  in  imikiiig  dissections. 

Fig.  833. 


Dissecting  Hook. 

Dis-sect'ing  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  The 
list  embraces  a  variety  of  instruments,  post-mor- 
tem and  dissecting,  the  larger  number  of  which  may 
be  found  under  their  specific  titles.  See  list  under 
SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  infra  and  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Among  them  are  the  following  :  the  figures  refer  to  Tie- 
mann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum,"  Part  I. 

Anatomical  syringe      ....  Fig.  313. 

Cartilage  knife Fig.  314. 

Dissecting  hook        Figs.  315,316. 

Grappling  hook Fig.  318. 

Chain  hook Figs.  317, 319. 

Reamer  .........  Fig.  320. 

Rachitoine Fig.  321. 

Costotome Figs.  322,  323,  333. 

Scalpel Fig.  325. 

Brain  knife Fig.  326. 

Euterotome Fig.  327. 

Calvarian   hook Fig.  328. 

Saws Figs.  329,  332,  333. 

Hammer  and  chisel Figs.  330,331. 

Scissors Fig.  151. 

Dis-sect'ing  Ta'ble.  One  with  arrangements 
devised  for  the  convenient  presentation  of  the  sub- 
ject, the  disposition  of  the  disjecta,  etc. 

A  table  with  arrangements  for  disposition  of  effluvia  is 
shown  in  Laboulaye's  '  Dictionnaire  rles  Arts  el  Manufacl.,''' 
Figs.  3630-3632,  article  "Insalubres,''  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Mcllroy's  table,  shown  at  the  Philadelphia  Exposition, 
1876,  is  of  convenient  size  and  height,  is  supported  on  a  stem 
connecting  with  a  scale  beam  in  the  stand,  affording  the 
means  of  weighing  the  subject ;  it  is  dished  to  the  center 
to  collect  the  liquid  of  ablution  or  effusion  ;  has  means  for 
the  exhibition  of  disinfectants,  etc. 

Dis-sue'ing.  ( Mining. )  Breaking  away  the 
rock  from  off  the  walls  of  a  small  and  rich  lode,  in 
order  that  the  ore  may  be  moved  without  the  ac- 
companying worthless  gangue. 

Dis'tance  Meas'ur-er.  An  angulometer,  te- 
lemeter, etc.  (which  see)  :  — 

The  instrument  invented  by  Lieutenant  Unge  of  the  Swed- 
ish service  is  a  stop  watch  to  measure  the  interval  between 
flash  and  sound.  The  pointer  is  placed  at  XII.,  and  when 
the  flash  is  observed  a  button  is  pressed,  and  the  pointer  be- 
gins to  traverse.  When  the  sound  is  heard  the  knob  is  re- 
leased and  the  distance  observed.  The  dial  is  divided  into 
special  peripheries  according  to  the  seasons. 
Distance  indicator,  Watkin  .  "Scientific  Amer.,'''  xxxvi.  22. 
See  also  TELEMETER,  Figs.  6255,  6256,  pp.  2513,  2514,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Dis-til'liiig  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Baird's  distilling 
apparatus  for  making  potable  water  by  condensa- 
tion of  steam  from  the  boiler  is  used  on  board  ves- 
sels of  the  United  States  Navy.  Fig.  834. 

It  consists  of  an  aerator,  condenser,  and  filter.  The  aera- 
tor is  at  A ;  the  steam  passing  towards  the  coil  draws  in  air  at 
a  number  of  circumferential  holes,  and  the  air  and  steam 
pass  together  into  the  flat  coil  of  copper  twined  inside.  Sea 
water  enters  the  condenser  fat  Band  passes  off  at  E.  The 
water  of  condensation  then  passes  by  pipe  to  a  filter,  F.  of 
purified  granulated  animal  charcoal  to  deprive  it  of  organic 


matter  and  oils  which  come  over  with  the  steam.     See  also 
STILL,  "J/ccA.  Dice." 

Dis-trib'u- 
ting  Ta'ble.  A 

table  on  which  let- 
ters  are  collected 
and  from  which 
they  arc  distrib- 
uted into  mail  bags 
suspended  around 
it  in  a  horse-shoe 
form,  the  distribu- 
tor standing  in  the 
middle.  Fig.  835. 

Ditch  Clean'- 
er.  A  square-end- 
ed scoop  set  at  an 
angle  with  the 
handle  to  reach 
the  bottom  of  a 
ditch  while  stand- 
ing on  the  surface 
of  the  ground. 

Two  kinds  are 
shown  :  one  to 
push  and  the  other 
to  pull.  Fig.  836. 

Ditch'ing  Ma-chine'.    A  machine  for  digging 
or  plowing  ditches. 

Fig.  835. 


Band's  Distilling  Apparatus. 


Distributing  Table. 

The  ditching  machine  of  Theodore  F.  Randolph 
is  shown  in  Fig.  837. 

The  digger  share  operates  in 
the  grooved  periphery  of  a  rotary 
flanged  wheel,  and  has  an  adjust- 
ing attachment  that  regulates 
the  depth  of  penetration.  The 
flanged  peripheries  of  the  wheel 
penetrate  and  its  rotation  ele- 
vates the  loosened  soil,  depositing 
it  on  the  slide-way  or  apron  that 
sheds  it  clear  of  the  ditch  on 
either  side,  optionally.  A  chisel- 
shaped  cleaner  attached  to  the 
slide  -  way  works  between  the 
flanges  of  the  wheel,  cleansing 
it  of  its  load,  and  guiding  the 
dirt  to  the  apron. 

The  large  machine  requires  an 
eighteen    horse-power  engine 
operate  it  :  and  it  is  calculated  ] 
that    it    will    dig     eight     cubic 
yards    a    minute  in    clay    soil ; 
equal  to  a  man's  work  for  a  day, 
per  minute. 

The  machine  has  adjustments  for  depth,  and  means  for 
guiding  under  the  control  of  the  man  who  stands  upon  the 
platform.  See  also,  — 

Machine,  Gonfllaz  .     .     .     .  *  "f-riftitific  Amer.,''  xxxv.  159. 
Plow,  locomotive,  Buchanan  *  "Engineering,'1'  xxx.  166. 


Ditch   Cleaners. 


DITCHING   MACHINE. 


263 


DOCK. 


Fig.  837, 


Randolph's  Ditching  Machine. 

Plow,  Snyder *  " ScientificAm.,''  xxxviii.  185. 

Plow  and  scraper,  railway    •  *  "Railroad  Gaz.,''  xxiv.  513. 

Di-vid'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  divid- 
ing a  circle,  bar,  or  slip  into  equal  parts.  Used  in 
graduating  rules,  scales,  etc.  See 

Mass.  Institute   Technology  *  "Scientific  Am."  xxxv.  195. 
Linear,  Stevens  Institute    .     *"  Scientific  Am.  Sup,?'  704. 

P.  Ditmovlin-Froment  .  .  Wolcott  Gibbs'  report,  "Vienna 
Exposition  (1873)  Reports,"1 
vol.  ii.,  §  F,  p.'6 

Perreaux 7'/>V/,-p   6. 

P.  Dumoulin-Froment  .  ,  Prof.  Barnard's  report,  "Paris 
Exjiosition  Report,"1  1867, 
vol.  Hi.,  p.  613. 

Perreaux Ibid.,  p.  613. 

Div'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     Sub-aqueous  appurte- 
nances and  machinery  for  the  protection  and  assist- 
ance of  divers.     See 
Signaling  apparatus. 

Protheroe,  Br *  "Engineering,"'  xxiv.  127. 

*  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1478. 

Diving  apparatus,  Richardson  *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  3848. 
Improvised  apparatus, 

Magilalena  River       .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  1952. 
Bell,   article  "Plongeur,"   Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed.  1877  ;  describing  apparatus  of:  — 
Smeaton.  Cave. 

Rennie.  Hallett  if  Williamson.* 

Coulomb. 

Dress,  article  "P/otifffiir,'1'  section  "Scaphandres,''  Ibid  ,  iv., 
ed.  1877  ;  describing  apparatus  of  :  — 

Leonardo  ila  Vinci.  Hnnquayrol-Denayroiize.* 

Dean  fy  Siebf.  Heinke. 

Bridge  of  Tarascon. 

See  also  Figs.  4272,  p.  1923;  6025,6026,  p  2437,  "Mech. 
Diet." ;  Figs.  359-361,  pp.  155-157,  Ibid. 

Di-vis'ion  Cath'e-ter.  (Surgical.)  A  double 
current  catheter,  allowing  liquid  to  be  injected  and 
withdrawn  by  distinct  ducts  in  the  same  instru- 
ment and  simultaneously. 

Fig.  1190  e,  p.  504,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Di-vis'ion  Reg'u-l^'tor.  (Electricity.)  A 
regulator  adapted  to  aHow  several  or  many  lights 
on  one  circuit.  Usually  called  a  polyphote  or  many- 
light  regulator. 

They  are  of  three  kinds  :  — 

Differential. 

Derivation. 


Fixed  interval  (Regulators  a  fcart  fixe).  See 
POLYPHOTE  REGULATOR,  and  the  above. 

Di-vul'sor.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  to  rend 
asunder  the  walls  of  a  constricted  passage.  The 
urethral  divulsor  for  obliterating  strictures  is  the 
most  notable  instance.  See  STRICTURE  DILATORS, 
Fig.  5995,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  term  dilator  in  one  sense  includes  divulsors 
and  in  another  direction  speciili ;  the  latter  use  being 
to  expose,  while  in  the  former  case  it  is  to  expand. 

Thompson's,  Gouley's.  and  Hott't  stricture  divulsors  are 
shown  at  Figs.  64,  67,  66,  Part  III.,  Tiemnnn's  "Armamenta- 
rium C/iirurgicutn,'*  in  company  with  other  instruments 
called  dilators,  but  the  use  of  which  is  practically  the  same. 

Anal  divulsors  and  dilators  on  p.  119,  Part  III.,  Ibid. 

Dob'by  Ma-chine'.  (  Wearing. )  A  loom  for 
weaving  fantastic  patterns ;  such  a  loom  for  instance 
may  contain  from  12  to  30  blades.  The  mechan- 
ical principle  is  similar  to  that  of  the  Jacquard,  of 
which  it  might  be  termed  a  simplification.  In  the 
dobby  machine  the  pattern  is  obtained  by  means 
of  little  pegs,  which  according  to  the  requirements 
are  placed  in  the  holes  of  the  bars  of  a  lath  work. 
The  bars  correspond  to  the  cards  of  the  Jac- 
quard. 
Ainswortli's  .  .  *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  3896. 

Dock.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  a.  (  Wet.)  A 
basin  to  contain  vessels  for  loading  or  discharge. 

b.  (Dry.)    An  excavation  into  which  a  vessel  is 
admitted,  inclosed,  and  exposed  by  pumping  out 
the  water  contained  in  the  dock.     A  graving  dock, 
Fig.  2308,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

c.  A  caisson  which  is  sunk  in.  position  beneath  a 
vessel  and  then  floated  therewith  by  pumping  out 
the  water  contained  in  the  caisson,  Plate  XIX.,  p. 
884,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

d.  A  depositing  dock,  which  raises  a  vessel  by 
means  of  sunken  and  subsequently  floated  caissons 
or  camels  and  then   shifts  it  to  a  staging  which  it 
may  occupy  for  any  required  time,  while  the  float- 


DOCK. 


264 


DOOR  SPRING. 


ing  apparatus  repeats  the  process  on  other  vessels. 
See  DEPOSITING  DOCK,  supra. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Air  cushion  for  dry  dock    .     .     .  *  " Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1328. 
Avonmouth,  Bristol,  Engl.     .     .      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag."  xx. 

179. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1124. 
Ayr,  Scotland *  "Engineering,"'        xxvii. 

196, 242. 

Bombay  "  Princes  " *  "Engineering,' '  xxiv.  266. 

Clyde,  (New) "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  9, 

p.  5. 
Dry  Docks "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2070. 


Ilolyhead 
Liverpool      .     .     . 
Nicolaieff ,  Russia . 


Philadelphia,  Crump  .  .  . 
Portable  dock-engine,  Mundy 
Thames,  "  Victoria  Extension 


.  *  "Engineer,"  1.  86. 
.  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.150. 
.  *  "Engineer?'1  xlvi.  64,  75. 
»"Sc.   Amer.  Sup  ,'•   399, 

661. 
"Iron    Age,"   xvii.,    May 

25,  p.  15. 

.  *  "Iron    Age,"'    xix.,   May 
10,1;  xviii.  Sept.  21,9. 

*  "Engineer,''     xliv.     20 ; 

xlix.  457  ;  1.  10. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  246 

*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1956. 

Tubular "  Man.  Sf  B.,"  xviii.  180. 

Woolwich,  "  Royal  Albert :>  .     .  *  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3838. 

Consult :  "  The  Dockyards,  Shipyards,  and  Marine  of 
France."  P.  Barry.  London,  1869. 

"  The  Naval  Dry  Docks  of  the  United  States.  Charles  B. 
Stuart.  Illustrated  with  24  fine  steel  engravings.  New  York, 
1870. 

Dock  Block.     A  tackle-block  secured  on  a 
Fig.  S38.  Fig.  839. 


pump,  for  use  when  the  major  engine  is  not  in  op- 
eration ;  or  for  specific  purposes  at  any  time  ;  fire, 
bilge-water,  washing  decks,  etc. 

'Engineer,"  xliii.  328. 
'  Engineer,"  xliv.  50. 
'Engineer,"  xliii.  441. 
'Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  83. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  162. 

Door.     See  various  references  to  doors  and  ad- 
juncts, as  follows :  — 

'Scientific  American."  xl.  198. 
'  Scientific  Amer."  xliii.  310. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  356. 


Kristin,  Br * 

Gillett,  Br * 

Lfupotd,  Br * 

* 

Sulzer,  Switz * 


Door  bolt,  Hoesly  .  .  . 
Double,  Brachmann  .  . 
Door-check,  Collins  .  .  . 

Perkins     

Door  for  fastening  barn  . 
Double-handle.  Lock-nut. 

Harland,  Br 

Door-knob,  Whipple  .  . 
Door-knob  screws  .  .  . 
Door-spring,  concealed. 

Barker      .... 
Door-spring,  Torsion  rod. 

Gray "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  42. 

Door  Clamp.  (Car.pen.tnj.)  A  bench  and 
frame  on  which  the  various  parts  of  a  door  are  as- 
sembled and  .then  pushed  together  and  held  by 
clamps. 


'Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  131. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  402. 

'Engineer,"  xliv.  395. 
'Scientific  Amer."  xxxv.  153. 
'Scientific  Amer."  xxxvi.  275. 

"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  17,  p.  18. 


Dog  Head. 

Dock  Block.  dock  or  wharf  to  change  the  Direc- 
tion of  a  rope  passing  to  a  cargo-lifting  tackle.  It 
has  a  universal  ball-and-socket  joint,  to  permit  the 
block  to  swing  in  any  direction. 

Dog'-Head.  A  hammer  used  by  saw  makers 
in  stretching  the  blade,  that  is,  in  removing  a  ten- 
sion. The  weight  is  about  3  pounds  and  the  length 
5£".  The  handle,  14"  long,  stands  at  an  angle  of 
85°  with  the  body  of  the  hammer.  Its  face  is 
rounding  and  of  an  even  sweep.  Fig.  839. 

Do-mes'tic  Mo'tor.  One  adapted  for  house- 
hold use,  to  run  sewing  or  knitting-machines, 
pump  water,  etc. 

Many  small  forms  of  steam  engines  have  been 
specially  invented  and  offered  for  this  purpose. 
Gas,  hot-air,  and  caloric  engines  are  specially  well 
adapted.  Hydraulic  motors,  operated  by  water  from 
the  mains,  have  an  aptitude  for  this  use.  Also 
spring  and  electro-magnetic  motors. 

See  under  the  various  heads.  Also  p.  2123,  "Mech.  Diet.,'1 
and  list  of  72  patents  of  SEWING-MACHINE  MOTORS,  on  p. 
2115,  Ibid. 


fig.  841. 


See  also  — 

"  Revue    Scientifique  " 

Ti/son  ......  * 

Ericsson    ..... 

Domestic  steam-engine. 
Landis   .....  * 


Van  Nostranrl's  Mas;.,"  xxiii.  6. 
Ens:.  $  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  365. 
Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxx.  91. 


Scientific  American"  xxxvi.  22. 

Dome'-top  In'stru-ment.  (Surgical.)  Said 
of  hollow  instruments  of  introduction,  such  as  a 
speculum  or  trocar,  which  has  a  rounded  end. 

Don'key    Pump.      A    supplementary  steam- 


Door,  Sash,  and  Blind  Clamp. 

each  end  of  the  tenon  of  each  rail,  the  side-pressure  being, 
given  by  treadle  while  the  end-pressure  is  given  by  hand. 

Door  Piece.  The  valve  chamber  of  the  stock 
of  a  Cornish  pump-lift.  A 
section  containing  a  door 
or  cover,  which  may  be  re- 
moved to  admit  examina- 
tion of  the  valve  and  seal, 
or  removal  for  repairs. 

See  Fig.  1467,  page  626, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Door  Rel'ish-ing  Ma- 
chine'. (Carpentry.}  A 
machine  for  trimming  a 
tenon.  See  SASH  RELISH- 
ING MACHINE. 

Door  Spring.  An  at- 
tachment to  a  door  to  close 
it.  In  some  cases  the  spring 
operates  to  keep  it  open 
after  it  has  passed  90°  of  rotation  on  its  hinges. 
See  BUTT  HINGE.  One  form  of  door-spring  is 
shown  at  Fig.  1688,  p.  721,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

Six  other  forms  are  shown  in  Fig.  842,  pneumatic,  spiral, 
and  caoutchouc,  arranged  in  various  forms. 


Door  Piece. 


DOOR   SPRING. 


265 


DOUBLE  CURRENT   CATHETER. 


Door  Spring. 

a.  "  Boss  "  door-spring. 

b.  Snbin's  lever  door-spring,  with  a  maximum  when  the 
door  is  closed. 

c.  "  A.  B.  C.,':  india-rubber  door-spi'ing.  fl.  "Centennial." 

e.  Geer's  air-cushion  door-spring  ;  the  greatest  pressure  at 
the  point  of  closure. 

f.  "  Hercules  "  door-spring ;  the  same  action  as   the  pre- 
vious one,  but  not  pneumatic. 

Dor'mant  Scales.  Warehouse  scales,  the 
platform  of  which  is  let  in  even  with  the  floor, 
so  as  to  roll  a  truck  upon  them. 

Do'ry.  (Fishing.)  A  small  flat-bottomed  fish- 
ing boat. 

Do-sim'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measuring 
prescribed  quantities.  The  term  is  frequently  ap- 
plied to  a  drop-meter  such  as  that  of  Prof.  Thurstou, 
which  consists  of  a  steel  wire  tapered  to  a 

r  .     ,,  c1:,,    0,10 

point  and  affording  a  means  of  obtaining 
small  drops  of  equal  quantity. 

The  dosimeter,  Fig.  843,  is  a  glass  tube  with 
a  taperend  and  graduated  to  indicate  drops,  min- 
ims, and  other  measures  according  to  the  require- 
ments of  any  given  purpose  or  capacity.  In  the 
top  is  fixed  a  syringe  with  a  rod  which  has  an 
adjustable  stop  to  limit  the  stroke  of  the  piston 
to  any  required  extent.  By  this  means  any  de- 
sired quantity  may  be  drawn  into  the  syringe 
and  the  traverse  of  the  piston  is  watched  to  ob- 
serve the  quantity  ejected  if  it  be  less  than  the 
whole. 

See  BURETTE,  PIPETTE,  DROP  METER. 

Dou'ble  Act'ing  Pump.  One  which 
is  effective  at  each  stroke,  to  and  fro.  See 
references  :  — 

Amos  if  Smith,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  462. 
Citrr       .     .     .     .  *"Manuf.  If  Builder,"  x\\.  US. 

Dou'ble  Bass.  (Music.)  A  stringed 
musical  instrument,  the  largest  of  its  class. 

It  has  three  strings  tuned  in  5ths,  or 
four  strings  tuned  in  4ths.  The  compass 
is  two  octaves  and  a  quarter.  To  this 
instrument  belong  the  lowest  sounds  in 
the  harmony. 

Dou'ble  Bas-soonJ.  (Mimic.)  A 
wind  musical  instrument  of  lowest  pitch 
in  its  class. 

A  double  reed  instrument  which  bears 
the  same  relation  to  the  bassoon  that  the   Colmar's 
double-bass  does  to  the  violoncello. 


Dosimeter. 


Dou'ble    Beam    Bal'ance.      One   with  two 


beams  graduated  in  two  systems ;  the  postal  bal- 
ance, for  instances,  in  grams  and  ounces :  the 
creamery  or  dairy  balance  for  weighing  successive 
portions  of  cream  or  milk  at  a  single  draft ;  the 
furnace  scale  for  weighing  respective  portions  of 
ore,  limestone,  and  coke  at  a  single  draft.  See 
under  the  above  heads. 

Dou'ble  Bell  Pipe.  One  with  a  cup-shaped 
enlargement  at  each  end  to  receive  the  ends  of  those 
in  line  with  it.  See  h  in  BEND. 

Dou'ble  Blast  Forge.  One  with  two  tuyeres 
acting  upon  the  same  bed  of  coals.  Enjer,  Paris. 

Dou'ble  Bo'gie.  One  with  a  bogie  at  each  end. 
A  DOUBLE  ENDER.  See  BACK  TRUCK  LOCOMO- 
TIVE, Fig.  168,  supra. 

Car,  Midland  Railway,  Br.  *  "Engineering,''  xxi.  533. 
Locomotive,  Fairtee  ...  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup..''  72. 
*  Anderson's    report,  "Paris  Ex- 
position (1878)   Reports."  vol. 
iv.,  p.  452. 

<•  Dou'ble  Bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
with  two  augers,  bits,  drills,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Boring  and  facing,  Bede  et  Cie.,  Fr.    .     *  "Engineer,''  xli.  5. 
See  also  DOUBLE-TRAVERSE  DRILL,  infra  ;   MULTIPLE  DRILL, 
etc. 

Dou'ble  Cal'i-pers.     Two  calipers  upon  the 
Fig.  844. 


u 

Double   Calipers. 

same  bar  graduated  respectively  on  each  side  of 
the  central  zero  abutment. 

Useful  for  making  two  separate  measurements  of 
an  object,  as  the  width  and  thickness  of  a  quadri- 
lateral steel  bar. 

Dou'ble  Car'-axle  Lathe.  A  lathe  in  which 
the  axle  is  passed  through  the  center-head  and 
turns  on  dead  centers  at  the  respective  ends.  Each 
end  of  the  axle  is  operated  upon  at  the  same  time 
and  finished  without  turning  end  for  end.  An 
equalizing  driver  attached  to  the  side  of  the  driving 
wheel  distributes  the  driving  force  uniformly 
through  the  whole  axle,  overcoming  the  tendency  to 
lateral  strain.  Changes  of  feed  for  roughing  and 
finishing  without  changing  wheels.  Fig.  845. 

Dou'ble  Coil  Garva-nom'e-ter.  A  refine- 
ment of  the  astatic  galvanometer,  invented  by  Sir 
William  Thomson.  It  has  two  coils,  one  above  the 
other,  exactly  alike  in  their  effect  upon  the  compass- 
needle,  situated  in  the  middle  of  each.  A  bar  magnet 
above  serves  to  give  direction  to  the  needles  and  may 
be  moved  up  and  down  so  as  to  nearly  neutralize 
terrestial  magnetism  if  desired.  The  connections 
at  the  base  serve  to  keep  the  coils  in  combination, 
either  as  acting  together  or  counteracting  one  an- 
other. Used  in  submarine  telegraphing. 

"Manufacturer  and.  Builder  "       .....  *  xi.  276. 

Dou'ble-cone  Lamp.  A  lamp  the  glass  of 
which  consists  of  a  cylindrical  equatorial  zone,  and 
conico-frustal  zones  above  and  below. 

Dou'ble-cone  Re-flect'or.  A  form  of  ven- 
tilating reflector  for  the  ceilings  of  auditoriums. 
Made  in  various  sizes,  diameter  25"  and  upward, 
with  from  6  to  150  burners.  Fig.  846. 

Dou'ble  Con-nect'er.  (Electricity.)  A  con- 
necter with  two  binding  screws  for  'as  many  wires. 

Dou'ble  Cur'reiit  Cath'e-ter.  (Surgical.) 
A  catheter  with  two  tubes  or  a  divisional  tube,  so 


DOUBLE  CURRENT  CATHETER.    26G 


DOUBLE   DOOR. 


Fig.  845. 


Niles'  Double   Car-axle  Lathe. 


as  to  permit  a  current  to  be  injected  into  the  blad- 
der through  one  duct,  while  the  washing  of  the 
bladder  passes  out  through  the  other  duct.  See  c, 

Fig.  846. 


Double-cone  Reflector. 

Fig.  1 190,  p.  504,  "Medi.  Diet:'  Also  known  as  a 
Division  Catheter.  See  also  DEBRIS  EVACUATOR. 
Dou'ble  Cur'rent  Key.  (Electricity.}  A  tel- 
egraph  key  with  points  or  contacts  at  each  end,  the 
two  legs  being  insulated  and  a  third  (middle)  con- 
tact being  connected  with  the  base.  For  data  see 
DISK  ELECTHODE. 

Fig.  S47. 


axes  at  right  angles  to  each  other  ami  having  fine  platinum 
wire  inserted  in  grooves  on  the  peripheries. 

Kisc/i *  "  Telegraph  Journal,"1  vii.  93. 

Dou'ble  Cut  Saw.  A  mill  saw  having  one 
half  the  teeth  turned  towards  one  end  of  the  saw 
and  the  other  half  the  other  way,  each  way  from 
the  center.  Intended  to  cut  equally  up  and  down 
and  discharge  the  saw-dust  on  top  and  bottom. 
The  latter,  of  course,  is  not  an  object  but  an  inci- 
dent. —  Davis. 

Dou'ble  Cut'ting-off  Ma-chine'.  1 .  A  two- 
headed  lathe  for  railway  axles  and  shafts  up  to  8" 
diameter.  Tool  slides  work  at  either  end  .simulta- 
neously, feeding  together  or  separately. 

2.  A  double  cut-off  saw,  used  by  box-makers  to 
square  off  both  ends  of  dimension  stuff  at  the  same 
time. 

Dou'ble  Deck'er.  Said  of  two-story  or  two- 
tier  arrangements. 

«.  A  ship  with  two  decks  above  the  water-line. 

b.  A  railway  car  or  street  car  with  seats  on  the 
roof.     Common  in  Europe. 

c.  A  hog  or  sheep  car  with  two  decks. 

d.  A  steam-boiler  furnace  with  two  tiers  of  firing 
chambers. 

Fig.  848- 


Double   Current  key. 

Of  the  two  points  with  which  the  ends  of 
the  key  connect,  one  leads  to  a  battery  with 
its  positive  pole  to  the  line  and  the  other  to 
the  corresponding  negative  pole.  The  right 
hand  of  the  key  (as  shown)  being  depressed, 
makes  a  contact  with  the  point  below,  and  the 
current  passes  (say  from  the  positive  of  the 
battery)  through  these  contacting  points,  the 
trunnions  of  the  key  and  to  the  base.  When 
the  lever  is  raised,  the  reversed  current  from 
the  negative  of  the  battery  flows  through  the 
other  arm  of  the  key  to  line  by  the  middle 
connection. 

The  three  points  on  the  base  are  insulated  from  each  other 
and  are  connected  only  by  the  depressing  and  raising  of  the 
key  lever  The  special  device  shown  is  that  of  Oumrnings, 


Nichols'  Double  Edger. 
.,  ..  .  Dou'ble  Door.    a.  A   door   in   two   portions, 

kev  lever     The  special  device  shown  is  that  o       umnnngs,  i;j;^,   ir,rl0^«n,ln,,f1,- 

which  has  contacting  disks  for  contact,  the  disks  being  on     upper  and  lower,  swinging  or  sliding  independent!)  . 


DOUBLE    DOOR. 


267 


DOUBLE-JAW   VISE. 


used  in  express  and  mail  cars.  A  pair  of  half 
doors  in  fact. 

/).  A  pair  of  doors  swinging  or  sliding,  mutually 
approaching  or  receding,  to  close  or  open  the  door- 
way. 

Dou'ble  Edg'ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  (Wood 
Wnrk-itKj.}  A  machine  having  a  pair  of  circular 
rip  saws  at  a  regulatable  distance  apart,  to  dress 
both  edges  of  a  hoard  at  once. 

The  Nichols'  double  edge  r  is  particularly  designed  for  edg- 
ing boards  in  saw-mills,  and  sawing  plank  and  boards  from 
the  mill  into  joists,  scantling.  Mooring,  battens,  shingle- 
lath,  etc.  Fig.  848. 

It  has  a  feed  roll  in  front,  composed  of  small  saws  and 
(•(.liars  alternately,  and  has  a  fluted  roll  behind  the  saw>, 
over  which  is  a  weighted  flanged  press-roll,  which  serves  to 
keep  the  board  straight.  For  edging,  one  saw  is  made  sta- 
tionary and  the  oilier  saw  adjusted  to  any  width.  For  rip- 
ping, an  adjustable  gage  is  provided  with  a  lever  running  to 
the  operator  and  a  screw  on  the  front  feed-roll,  which  keeps 
the  stuff  to  the  itage. 

'•Iron  Aue  " *  xx.,  November  22,  p.  1. 

2.  (Sheet  Metal  Working.)  A  machine  for  fold- 
ing the  edges  of  blanks  for  pieced  tin-ware  prepara- 
tory to  seaming.  It  is  arranged  to  fold  the  paral- 
lel edges  of  rectangular  blanks  to  form  cans  from 
6"  to  22"  in  length". 

Dou'ble  End'er.  1.  (Wood  Workint/.)  A 
cross-cut  sawing  machine,  which  has  a  pair  of  cir- 
cular saws  at  a  regulatable  distance  apart  to  cut  off 
both  ends  of  a  hoard  at  once. 

Staves  are  brought  to  a  length  in  a  similar  manner  by 
sawing  both  ends. 

The  box-board  double  cut-off  saw  machine  of  Richardson, 
Mfrriam,  if  Co.  is  for  equalizing  stuff,  squaring  off  both 
end-  of  box  stuff  at  the  same  time.  It  has  a  frame  with  a 
light  sliding  carriage  OH  which  the  stuff  is  fed  to  the  pair  of 
circular  saws  which  are  upon  the  same  arbor  but  regulatable 
as  to  distance  apavr. 

2.  A  file  with  two  points,  either  end  capable  of 
being  placed  in  the  handle. 

3.  (Nautical.)     A  ship  capable  of  moving  in  ei- 
ther direction,  having  bow  and  rudder  at  each  end. 
A  frequent  form  in  ferry-boats. 

On  double-ender  ships "Engineer,"  xli.  431. 

4.  (Railway.)     A  locomotive  with -pilot  at  each 
end.     A  switching  locomotive.     See  BACK-TRUCK 
LOCOMOTIVE,  Fig.  168,  p.  65,  supra. 

Anderson's  report,  "  Paris  Exposition,  1878.  Rep.,"  *iv.  452. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'    .  *  72. 

Dou'ble-faced  Ham'mer.  1.  An  engineer's 
hammer,  with  two  flat  faces;  as  distinguished  from 
the  hammer  with  one  face  and  one  peen.  The  lat- 
ter may  be  square,  cross,  or  pointed. 

2.  The  stonemason's  double-faced  hammer  has 
two  square  faces  ;  is  a  heavy  tool,  weighing  from 
20  to  30  pounds,  and  is  used  in  the  quarry  in  the 
roughest  work. 

Dou'ble-face  Mil'ling  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine tool  suitable  for  milling 
pieces  that  have  pivots  on  opposite 
sides,  such  as  main-spring  stirrups 
or  swivels  for  guns.  A  geared 
shaft,  with  cone  pulley  of  three 
grades,  drives  a  face-plate  which 
revolves  the  piece  to  be  finished. 
The  feed  is  accomplished  by  means 
of  rack,  pinion,  and  levers,  which 
move  the  foot-stock  spindle,  carry- 
ing one  mill  against  the  revolving- 
piece,  and  press  the  pirfce  against  a 
mill  held  in  the  head-stock.  — Pratt 
fjr  Whitney. 

Dou'ble-face    Valve.      One- 
coming  fairly  against  a  seat  on  each 
side  of  it.    The  valve  jams  between 
two  faces,  an  element  of   security  j)oublf.face  Valve. 
and  support.  (Section.) 


Dou'ble  Fire'-cock.  One  having  two  connec- 
tions, bv  Y-branch,  for  two  hose,  operated  by  a  sin- 
gle screw  valve. 

Dou'ble  Fluid  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
having  the  elements  in  different  fluids  to  secure 
depolarization.  A  constant  battery,  which  see. 

Becquercl's  oxygen  jar  battery  was  the  first  to 
use  two  liquids,  or  a  porous  cell,  and  was,  the,  first 
constant  battery.  See  BECQUEREL  BATTERY. 

Dou'ble  Fur'nace  Boil'er.  One  having  two 
firing  chambers,  either  double-tier,  parallel,  or  at 
opposite  ends. 

Roivan,  Br *  "Engitmr,"  xliv.  413. 

.Saltaire  Mills,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xli.  274. 

Dou'ble-fur'row  Plow.  (Agric.)  One  for 
plowing  two  furrows  at  once.  A  GANG  PLOW  ;  the 
invention  of  Lord  Somerville,  the  latter  portion  of 


Fig.  850. 


British  Double-furrow  Plow. 

the  last  century,  but  much  improved  of  late.  The 
original  form  was  of  two  plows  locked  in  parallel 
position.  That  form  is  scarcely  found  now,  except 
an  implement  made  at  Nancy,  France. 

Dou'ble-gate  Valve.  A  valve  for  gas  or  wa- 
ter mains,  having  on  each  side  a  face  which  fits 
against  its  own  seat.  —  I  shell. 

See  DOUBLE-FACE  VALVE. 

Dou'bled  Glass.  (Glass.)  A  glass  made  of 
several  colors  superposed.  See  FLASHED  GLASS. 

"  It  is  worked  in  a  different  manner  from  plain  glass.  Col- 
ored glass  when  first  made  is  generally  drawn  into  sticks  of  a 
certain  length  and  annealed.  Suppose  we  now  wish  to  blow 
an  article  made  of  white  glass  with  a  thin  sheet  of  outside 
colored  glass.  A  stick  of  colored  glass  is  taken  and  heated 
gradually  ;  the  workman  now  takes  up  this  stick  on  the 
end  of  his  pouty  and  heats  the  glass  in  the  glory-hole. 
When  this  is  sufficiently  plastic  a  quantity  is  cut  off  and  at- 
tached to  a  blow-pipe  also  having  a  small  lump  of  hot  glass 
at  its  end.  The  colored  lump  is  now  heated  again  and  blown 
in  the  usual  way  into  a  hollow  ball.  This  ball  is  opened 
and  formed  into  the  shape  of  a  cup.  In  the  mean  time  an- 
other workman  has  gathered  and  blown  another  sphere  of 
white  glass  of  a  suitable  size.  This  sphere  is  now  put  into 
the  cup-shaped  colored  glass,  blown,  and  rubbed  together 
while  hot  so  as  to  make  them  adhere.  We  now  have  a  ball 
of  white  glass  inside  and  colored  glass  outside.  This  may  be 
finished  to  any  shape  desired,  in  the  usual  way,  with  molds 
or  tools. '•  —  Colnc. 

Dou'ble  Har-poon'  Fork.  A  hay-elevating 
fork  having  two  harpoons  forming  a  pj-shaped  im- 
plement with  barbs  on  the  points.  A  duplication  of 
the  harpoon  fork,  Fig.  2409,  p.  1065,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Dou'ble  Hook.  (Surgical.)  a.  A  tenaculum 
with  two  claws. 

l>.  A  two-clawed  hook  for  fixing  the  eye  during 
operation.  Double  tenaculum,  Fig.  79,  Part  II.,  Tie- 
mann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

c.  A  prehensile  two-armed  instrument  with  two 
claws  on  each  arm  to  grasp  the  eye  in  operation 
for  extirpation.     Fig.  78,  Ibid. 

d.  See,  also,  Extirpation  and  Fixation  Forceps, 
Ibid.,  p.  25,  Part  II. 

Dou'ble  Im'age  Prism.  (Optics.)  A  prism 
of  Iceland  spar  giving  a  double  image  of  the  object 
of  complementary  tints,  and  also  used  by  revolving 
the  images  to  measure  the  angle  of  crystals  exam- 
ined under  the  microscope. 

Dou'ble-jaw  Vise.  A  vise  having  two  pairs 
of  jaws,  either  of  which  may  be  brought  into  play. 

See  ADJUSTABLE  VISE,  p.  5. 

*  "Engineer  " xlii.  182. 


DOUBLE-LENS  LANTERN. 


268 


DOUBLE-TEA  VERSE   DRILL. 


One  having  a  lens 
Fig.  851. 


Double-lens  Lantern. 


Dou'ble-leiis  Lan'tern. 
on  opposite  sides  to  throw 
rays  in  opposite  directions. 
Used  as  a  tail  side-light 
for  trains,  throwing  light 
forward  and  aft. 

Dou'ble-lip  Safe'ty 
Valve.  One  with  two 
circular  concentric  ave- 
nues of  egress  for  the 
steam  as  the  valve  rises. 

Dou'ble-nose  Piece. 
(Optics.)  A  means  for 
using  two  object-glasses 
without  unscrewing, 
whereby  either  is  brought 
into  the  optic  axis  of  the 
instrument. 

Dou'ble      P  i  s't  o  n 

Baranced  En'gine.  A  form  of  engine  in  which 
two  pistons  of  equal  area  reciprocate  in  a  cylinder, 
mutually  advancing  and  retreating.  See  next  arti- 
cle. 

Dou'ble  Pis'ton  En'gine.  One  having  a 
pair  of  pistons  mutually  advancing  and  retreating 
in  the  same  cylinder,*  each  traversing  half  the 
length  of  the  cylinder,  the  steam  being  alternately 
admitted  between  the  pistons,  to  force  them  apart ; 
and  at  their  ends  to  force  them  together.  —  W ells. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder  '' *  xi.  49. 

See  also  BALANCED  ENGINE. 

Dou'ble  Pit'man  Press.  A  heavy  stamping 
press  for  sheet-metal  work,  the  slide  being  operated 
by  two  pitmaus  having  eccentric  connection  with  the 
same  shaft.  A  measure  of  strength  and  steadiness. 

Dou'ble  Plan'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Metal  Work- 
ing.) A  large  planing  machine  having  two  pairs  of 
independent  heads  on  opposite  cross-slides  movable 
to  any  position  on  the  bed.  The  two  slides  swivel  to 
any  angle  and  have  variable  automatic  feed  in  all 
directions.  The  movement  of  the  table  is  by  screw 
and  gearing  driven  by  two  belts  separately  shifted. 

Dou'ble  Plate  Wheel.  (Railway.)  A  car 
wheel  which  has  two  plates  connecting  the  hub  and 
the  rim.  The  plates  are  generally  corrugated  in 
cast  car-wheels,  but  are  flat  in  the  compound 
wheels. 

The  Washburn  wheel  has  a  double  corrugated  plate  next  to 
the  hub,  about  half  way  to  the  rim,  and  a  single  corrugated 
plate  beyond  it.  a  a'  Fig.  1170,  p.  493,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Dou'ble  Flow.  (Agric.)  a.  A  double  furrow 
plow,  or  one  turning  two  furrows.  See  GANG 
PLOW. 

b.  A  plow  adjustable  to  turn  a  furrow  to  the  right 
or  to  the  left.  A  side-hill  plow ;  a  turning  mold- 
board  or  reversible  plow.  There  are  four  forms  of 
this  implement ;  see  under  the  various  heads. 

The  illustration  is  the  Brabant  double  plow,  which  is  per- 
haps the  prime  favorite  in  France  at  the  present  time.  It  has 

Fig.  854. 


Brabant  Ijoui/it    fuiw. 


the  skim  share  or  jointer,  and  to  reverse  the  plow  and  throw 
the  furrow  to  the  left,  it  is  unlocked  at  the  rear  and  revolved 
180°. 

Double  plows,  French  and  American,  Knight:s  report, 
"Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Report,"  *  vol.  v. 

See  also  "Scientific  American  "  *  xxxix.  163. 

Dou'ble  Pur'chase.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of 
tackle  also  known  as  gun-tackle  purchase  with  two 
single-sheave  blocks,  c,  Fig.  6159,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  reef  tackle  is  also  a  double  purchase. 

Dou'ble  Rach'i-tome.  (Sun/teal.)  An  in- 
strument with  two  parallel  saws  for  making  an  ex- 
section  of  the  spine. 

Fig.  333,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurgir.um.'' 

Dou'ble  Rud'der.  A  pair  of  rudders.  Very 
common  on  our  Western  rivers,  and  on  ferry-boats 
there  and  elsewhere,  but  not  so  much  so  on  sea- 
going vessels.  Twin  screws  and  twin  rudders  are 
however,  becoming  more  common  in  some  classes  of 
war  vessels. 
And  movable  propeller,  Sadler  .  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1922. 

Dou'ble  Safe'ty  Valve.  A  pair  of  safety 
valves  on  the  same  steam-pipe  or  dome.  A  meas- 
ure of  safety  in  case  of  one  becoming  rusted  fast,  or 
otherwise  inoperative.  Fig.  853. 

Dou'ble  Screw.  Said  of  a  vessel  with  two 
screw-propellers. 

Tug-boat,  Howden,  Br.     .  *  "Engineering,"1  xxi.  253. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  363. 
See  also  TWIN  SCREW. 

Dou'ble  Screw  Up'right  Vise.  A  parallel- 
leg  vise.  A  screw 

above  and  one  be-  Fte-  853. 

low  being  operat- 
able  by  the  same 
handle  maintain  a 
perfect  parallel- 
ism of  the  jaw 
faces. 

The  upper  screw 
is  connected  by 
chain  to  the  lower 
one  so  as  to  make 
their  motion  si- 
multaneous and 
equal. 

Dou'ble  Shap'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  shaper, 
the  heads  in  duplicate,  so  as  to  act  upon  two  por- 
tions of  an  object  dogged  to  a  common  table. 

Wood,  Robinson,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlv.276. 

Dou'ble-shear  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Blister 
steel,  heated,  rolled,  and  tilted  to  improve  the  qual- 
ity, and  the  process  repeated. 

Dou'ble  Steam-ket'tle.  One  kettle  within 
another,  the  joint  steam-tight,  and  steam  occupy- 
ing the  interval. 

Dou'ble  Sur'fa-cing  Ma-chine'.  A  wood- 
planing  machine  which  acts  upon  the  upper  and 
lower  surfaces  of  the  board  simultaneously. 

Dou'ble  Ten-ac'u-lum.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument with  two  claws  apposed  by  pivoting,  in 
the  manner  of  scissors. 

Figs.  454,  461,  462,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum.'' 

The  double-claw  tenaculum,  Fig.  21,  Part  I.,  Ibid. 

Dou'ble  Trans-mis'sion  T  e  l'e-g  r  a  p  h. 
(Electricity.)  A  form  of  duplex  telegraph. 

Sieitr.     .     .  *  "Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  375. 

Dou'ble-trav'erse  Drill.  A  machine-tool 
for  boring  holes  simultaneously,  at  both  ends  of  a 
bridge-link,  for  instance,  to  insure  exactness  where 


Double  Safety  Valve. 


DOUBLE   TRAVERSE   DRILL. 


269 


DOUBLE    WHIP. 


mauy  pieces  of  precisely  the  same  size  and  propor- 
tions are  required.  The  double-traverse  drill  has 
right  and  left-hand  boring  machines,  sliding  on  a 
solid  bed,  and  adjustable  to  or  from  each  other  to 
suit  the  required  length  of  links. 

The  boring  machines  are  so  placed  as  to  permit  the  links 
to  be  put  in  place  from  one  side,  and,  when  done,  passed  out 


Sellers'  Double   Traverse  Drill. 

on  the  other  side  of  the  machine.  The  driving  is  effected 
by  horizontal  belts  passing  over  guide- pulleys,  and  around  a 
drum  on  the  spindles.  The  cutters  are  kept  cool  by  water 
fed  ti>  them  through  the  center  of  the  spindle.  The  two 
he.-nl.-  are  united  by  bars  of  wnmglit-iron,  and  can  slide 
freely  on  the  cast-iron  bed.  The  expansion  of  the  wrought- 
iron  bars  being  the  same  as  the  expansion  of  the  link  being 
bored,  insures  uniformity  in  the  length  of  the  finished 
work. 

Dou'ble-truck  Lo-co-mo'tive.  (Railway.) 
A  form  of  locomotive  in  which  a  leading  pony  truck 
is  added  to  the  driving.  See  instance  in  ''Railroad 
Gazette,"  *  vol.  xxiv.,  p.  8,  and  full-page  plate;  a 
locomotive  of  the  Denver,  South  Park,  and  Pacific 
Railroad.  The  pony  truck  in  this  case  is  to  carry 
the  overhanging  weight  of  the  cylinder  and  to  pro- 
tect the  front  driving-wheels  from  wear. 

Dou'ble-tub  Press.  A  cider  or  wine  press 
which  has  two  concentric  cylinders,  the  pomace  or 


Double-tub  Press.     (Boomer  if  Boshert.) 


marc  occupying  the  space  between  the  two,  the 
piston  or  follower  of  the  press  being  annular.  A 
French  press  is  shown  in  Dr.  Knight's  report,  "Par- 
is Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  *vol.  v.,  p.  232.  The 
double  tub  gives  two  surfaces  at  which  the  liquid 
may  exude,  and  the  arrangement  is  verv  effective, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  especially  difficult  to  drain  the 
interior  of  the  mass  of  pomace. 

In  the  instance  shown  the  power  is  applied  by  means  of  a 
toggle  which  is  particularly  suitable,  the  force  increasing 
as  the  knees  become  more  and  more  extended.  To  put  the 
press  in  action  the  platen  is  depressed  by  means  of  a  small 
hand-wheel  placed  at  the  end  of  the  screw.  When  the  press- 
ure thus  obtained  is  not  sufficient,  a  stronger  force  may  be 
obtained  by  the  lever  and  ratchet-wheel. 

See  also  Fig.  618,  p.  196,  supra. 

Dou'ble  Tur'bine.  a.  A  pair  of  turbine 
wheels  on  the  same  shaft,  one  receiving  the  water 
from  the  other.  A  doubtful  expedient. 

b.  A  pair  of  turbines  on  the  same  shaft,  receiving 
the  water  between  them  and  each  discharging  out- 
wardly.    A  double-head  wheel. 

c.  A  turbine  with  a  partition  in  the  middle  of 
the  tier  of  buckets,  dividing  the  wheel.     More  cu- 
rious than  useful,  and  the  name  a  misnomer. 

d.  A  combination  of  two  kinds  of  turbine  on  the 
same  shaft,  —  one  a  vertical  and  the  other  a  central 
discharge.     Leffel.     Each  receives  its  water  from 
the  same  set  of  guides  at  the  same  time,  half  the 
water  passing  to  each  wheel.     This  is  believed  to 
afford  a  freer  escape  for  a  large  volume  of  water 
than  if  the  same  area  of  opening  were  employed 
in  a  single  wheel  on  either  the  vertical  or  central 
system  of  discharge. 

D  p  u'b  1  e  Turn'ing-mold'-board  Plow. 
(Agric.)  A  double-furrow  plow,  having  the  addi- 
tional capacity  for  turning  the  furrows  either  to 
the  right  or  to  the  left.  A  gang-plow  adapted  for 
hill-side  work. 

The  instance  shown  is  the  Brabant  double  bisoc,  —  a  favor- 
ite French  form.  It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  adaptability 
for  mold-board  turning  is  not  (in  France)  for  the  purpose  of 
plowing  side-hills,  but  to  enable  the  plowman  to  begin  at  the 

Fig.  866. 


Brabant  Double    Tut  nine -mold-board  Plow. 


Dou'ble  Wheel'-lathe.  A  lathe  adapted  to 
receive  a  pair  of  wheels  while  on  their  axle,  as  in 
the  wheel-lathe,  Fig.  7 1 85,  Fiir.  857. 

p.  2767,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Dou'ble  Whip 
(Nautical.)  A  whip  is  a1 
rope  wove  through  a  sin- 
gle block ;  in  a  double 
whip  the  rope  passes 
through  a  lower  or  hook 
block,  and  the  standing 
end  is  secured  to  the 
upper  block  or  other 
point  of  attachment.  See  Double  Y  Branch. 

also  Fig.  6159,  p.  2480,  "Meek.  Diet." 


DOUBLE  Y  BRANCH. 


270 


DOWEL   POINTER. 


Dou'ble  Y  Branch.  A  triple  pipe  connection, 
one  central  and  two  branching,  from  ;i  single  main. 

Dpu'bling  Wind'hig  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
used  in  thread  manufacture  to  double  and  at  the 
same  time  wind  the  doubled  yarn,  ingenuity  being 
displayed  in  securing  uniform  winding  speed  not- 
withstanding the  increasing  diameter  of  the  wound 
yarn. 

Boyd's  doubling  winder,  *"  Textile  Manufacturer^  1878; 
reproduced  in  "Scientific  American  Supplement,''  *2179. 

Douche.  (Surgical.)  A  syringe  constructed 
for  special  applications  and  deriving  its  name  there- 
from, as,  — 


Catarrhal. 
Eye. 
Ear. 
Nasal. 
See  Fig.  1727,  p.  732, 


Uterine. 
Vaginal. 
Hemorrhoidal. 
Rectal,  etc. 
'Meek.  Diet." 


Dough  Brake.  A  bakery  machine  for  knead- 
ing dough.  It  takes  the  material  from  the  mixing 
machine,  and  makes  it  ready  for  the  cracker  ma- 
chine. Dough  brakes  are  simple  or  return.  In  the 
former  case  the  dough  is  laid  upon  a  table,  passed 
between  rollers,  and  discharged  on  to  a  lower  shelf 
whence  it  is  picked  up  and  laid  on  the  upper  table 
for  the  repetition  of  the  process.  In  the  return 
dough  brake  the  labor  of  lifting  the  dough  is  saved. 


Fig.  858. 


Dough  Brake. 

The  dough  is  placed  on  the  table,  taken  by  the  roll- 
ers, passed  between  the  rollers,  and  carried  over 
the  upper  one  back  to  the  table  ready  to  be  doubled 
and  passed  through  again. 

Dough  Cut'ter.  A  circular  cutter  for  stamp- 
ing out  cakes  from  a  sheet  of  dough.  A  spring 
piston  ejects  the  cake  from  the  cutter. 

Collins  *  "Scientific  American,"1  xxxiv.  356. 

Dough  Knead'er.  A  machine  for  incorpora- 
ting dough  :  violent  and  repeated  pressure  is  neces- 
sary. See  DOUGH  BRAKE.  The  name  of  the 
brake  is  from  the  pivoted  lever  upon  which  the 
weight  of  the  man  was  formerly  swung  in  the  old 
method  of  preparing  cracker  dough. 

The  Durand  dough  kneader  is  an  annular  trough 
driven  by  steam,  and  with  stirring  devices  which 
revolve  in  the  trough  while  the  latter  revolves. 


Pfleiderer,  Br. 


.  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  483. 
"Scientific  American,"  xl.  246. 


Dough  Mix'er.  A  bakery  machine  for  com- 
pounding the  ingredients  of  bread,  cake,  crackers, 
as  the  case  may  be.  The  machine  illustrated  is 
for  mixing  soft  cake  dough,  beating  eggs,  and 
preparing  the  dough  for  the  machine  which  rolls 


Fig.  859. 


the  paste,  and  cuts  and  pans  the  cakes.  See 
CRACKER  MACHINE.  The  dough  mixer  is  a  hori- 
zontal cylinder  with  an  axis  provided  with  arms 
which  cut,  stir,  and  intimately  incorporate  the  ma- 
terials. It  is  discharged  below  when  the  gate  is 
opened. 

The  hard  dough-machine  is  on  the  same  princi- 
ple, but  the  discharge  of  the  much  more  solid 
dough  is  by  a  spout  in  the  manner  of  a  sausage- 
stuffer. 

Doul'ton  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  A  ware  with 
an  ordinary  clay  body  and  the  salt  glaze  of  stone 
ware,  made  by  Doulton,  of  London. 

Thu  pieces  are  thrown,  not  molded,  and  are  highly  artistic, 
being  cut,  carved,  and  incised,  with  small  ornaments  in 
body  of  another  color,  added  in  lines  or  bands.  Some  col- 
ored slips  are  used,  and  a  few  metallic  oxides  contribute  to 
the  richness  of  coloring  which  the  final  glazing  in  the  open 
salt-glaze  kiln  imparts. 

.  860. 


Dovetail  Clutch-coupling. 

Dove'tail  Clutch'-coup-ling.  A  device  in 
which  the  interlocking  parts  are  formed  of  dove- 
tails which,  when  the  driving  strain  is  brought  to 
bear,  draw  together  instead  of  pushing  apart. 

Dove'tail-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
cutting  fan-tail  tenons  and  corresponding  mortises. 

Armstrong    ....      "  Thurston's  Vienna  Rejiort,''  iii.  265. 
Tight-Hamilton,  Br.    *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  386. 
Hamilton,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  47. 

*  "  Iron  Age,''  xvii.,  Jan.  6,  p.  11. 
Stengel *  "Engineer"  xlv.  435. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  246. 

Dow'el  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  turning 
dowels ;  the  smnll  cylindrical  pegs  wherewith 
jointed  boards,  table-leaves,  or  staves  are  connected. 
It  is  like  a  rod  lathe,  the  stuff  passing  through  the 
hollow  head  and  turned  by  a  chisel  or  by  a  special 
tool,  a  sort  of  hollow  auger.  A  rod,  pin,  and  dowel 


machine.  Fig.  4394,  p.  1961,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Dow'el  Point'er.    A  hollow  cone  wi 


with  a  bit 


DOWEL   POINTER. 


271 


DRAIN  CLEANER. 


Dowel  Pointer. 


projecting  inward- 
1  y  ,  into  which  a 
dowel  is  thrust  to 
point  or  chamfer 
the  end  to  facili- 
tate its  entrance  in 
driving. 

Draft  Chain. 
A  chain  by  which 
the  draft  of  a  plow- 
team  is  thrown  bark 
on  to  the  part  of  the  beam  near  the  standard,  in- 
stead of  hitching  direct  to  the  forward  end  of  the 
beam. 

A  draft  rod  answers  the  same  purpose,  and  is  shown  in 

Fig.  3826,  p.  17-ki,  "Mtch.  Diet."1 

Draft'ed  Stone.  (Stone  Cutting.)  Ashlar  stone 
the  face  on  which  is  surrounded  by  a  chisel  draft, 
the  space  inside  the  draft  being  left  rough. 

Draft'ing  In'stru-ments.  See  list  on  p.  736, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  also  the  following  references:  — 

Templet,  Dam- *  "St.  Am.  Sup.,"  3757. 

Easel,  Boudriot,  Ger *  "Sc.  Ai».,"  xlii.  338. 

Table *"Sc.Am.,:'  xxxviii.  114. 

Instruments  and  pens    ....  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  453. 

Pen,  Faber *  "  Engineering,''  xxx.  168. 

See  also  list  of  DRAWING,  WRITING,  COPYING  INSTRUMENTS 
AND  PROCESSES  on  pp.  272,  273  infra.  Also  list  under  GRAPH, 
p.  1009,  "Mech.  Dirt.'' 

Draft  Reg'u-la'tor.  A  means  of  governing 
the  energy  of  a  fire  by  means  of  limiting  the  access 
of  air  thereto,  or  the  egress  of  air  therefrom :  by 
devices,  that  is  to  say,  which  control  the  admission 
of  air  to  the  tire,  or  govern  the  sectional  area  of  the 
chimney.  Such  is  a  d(tni)>er.  The  subject  is  con- 
sidered under  DAMPER  REGULATOR,  which  see. 

Woodruff's  draft  regulator  arts  by  pressure  of  steam  on  a 
diaphragm,  excess  of  pressure  closing  a  damper  in  the  chim- 
ney to  a  regulated  extent. 

The  ''  acme  ;'  draft  regulator  acts  by  displacement  of  water 
by  steam.     Patent,  October  11,  1875. 
For  stoves,  Andrews     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  339. 

'•  Aeme  " *  "Scientific  Amtr.,"  xxxv.  179. 

Franklin *  1;. Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  231. 

T,ir( *  ".Mam//,  if  Builder,"  xii.  76. 

Draft  Tug.     (Harness.)     a.  A  trace. 

b.  A  short  section  attached  to  the  draft  eye  of 
the  hame,  and  to  which  the  trace  proper  is  buckled. 

c.  A  spring  section  in  a  trace  to  relieve  the  horse 
from  sudden  jerks. 

Smalley's    ....     *  "Scientific  American,''1  xlii.  100. 

Drag.  (Spinning.)  A  device  to  act  as  a  gentle 
brake  upon  the  rotation  of  a  bobbin  in  throstle 
spinning  and  doubling  frames.  —  "Textile  Manu- 
facturer." 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  " *  2705. 

Drag  Chain.     A  chain  dragged  by  a  plow  in 
Fig.  862. 


Right  Hand  Plow  with  Rolling  Colter  and  Drag  Chain. 

such  a  position  as  to  gather  and  turn  weeds  and 
trash  over  into  the  furrow  to  be  covered  by  the 
plow.  Fig.  862  shows  the  mode  of  attachment. 


Not  to  be  confounded  with  drajl  chain,  which  is 
a  means  of  drawing  the  plow  without  hitching  to 
the  nose  of  the  beam. 

Drag  Mill.  (Metallurgy.)  Another  name  for 
the  arrastra.  Blocks  of  porphyry  are  dragged 
around  in  the  pan.  See  Figs.  367-371,  pp.  159, 
160,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  also  AMALGAMATOR,  Ibid. 

Drag  Saw.  A  cross-cutting  saw  for  logs. 
The  fact  that  the  cut  is  upon  the  draw  and  not 
upon  the  thrust  motion  is  the  occasion  of  the  name. 
See  Fig.  1 522,  p.  649,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Alters  (f  Basington  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  21. 
Giles *  ''Scientific  American,"  xli.  230. 

Drail'ing  Tack'le.  (Fishing.)  A  trawling 
tackle,  the  line  with  bait,  real  or  artificial,  being 
towed  over  the  surface  by  the  moving  boat. 

Drails.  A  jig  or  artificially- baited  hook,  used 
in  trawling. 

Drain'age.     See  notices  under  the  following  :  — 

Haarlem  Mere *  "Mech.    Diet.,'*  pp.   116,  739. 

House, *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2850. 

Willett *"  Scientific  Am.  Sap.,"  509. 

Lac  Fetzara,  Italy,  Sure  .    .      "Technologiste,"  xli.  802. 
Lac  Fucino,  Durant-Claye  .      "  Technolog-iste ,"   xl.  32-38. 
*  "Engineering."    xxi.   17,  33; 

xxii.  517;  *xxvii.  249. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.," 

xviii.  437. 

"Sc.  American,''1  xl.  10. 
Mines,  16  figures,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  332. 

Pipe  machine *  "Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,"1  xxvi. 

419. 

Pipe  making *"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  31. 

*"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1048. 
St.  Germain  sluice      .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  127-130. 

Zuyder  Zee *  "Engineer,"  xli.  2. 

Engines "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  126, 127, 136, 

137. 

Plat *"Eng.  $  Min.  J.,»  xxvi.  133, 

151. 

"Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  193 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,  1232. 

Consult:  Klippart's  "The  Principles  and  Practice  of  Land 
Drainage."1  Cincinnati,  1868. 

Dempsey's  "Draining  Districts  and  Lands."  "Drainage 
and  Sewerage  of  Towns  and  Buildings." 

Elkington's  "A  Systematic  Treatise  on  Draining  Land," 
London. 

French's  "  The  Principles,  Process,  and  Effects  of  Draining 
Lands,  etc." 

Drain'age  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Spe- 
cifically, tubes  placed  in  a  wound  to  withdraw  pus. 

Inclusive  also  of  trocars,  canulae,  and  aspirators 
in  one  of  their  functions.  See  Fig.  6665,  p.  2629, 
"Mech.  Diet.";  and  Figs.  120,  121,  p.  52,  supra. 

Instruments  for  paracentesis  abdominis  are  given  on  p.  162, 
Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum,"  including  :  — 

Drainage  trocar.  Clamp  Forceps. 

Drainage  tubing.  Trocars. 

Drainage  spiral.  Aspirator  needles,  etc. 

Instruments  for  paracentesis  cornece,  Ibid.,  p.  29,  Part  II. 
Instruments  for  paracentesis  thoracis,  Ibid.,  p.  131,  Part  I. 

Drain'age  Tent.  A  dilating  instrument  intro- 
duced into  the  cervix  uteri. 

The  uses  and  value  of  sponge,  sea-tangle  (laminaria],  tu- 
pelo,  and  solid  and  tubulous  tents,  discussed  by  Dr 
Sussdorf,  "Richmond  if  Louisville  MedicalJournal,'1' 
May,  1879. 

Drain'age  Tube.  A  tube  introduced 
into  a  wound  to  form  a  means  of  discharge 
of  matter. 

Dr.  J.  B.  Hamilton's  drainage-tube  carrier 
consists  of  a  stylet,  with  a  hook  at  the  end 
within  a  canula ;  the  stylet  is  moved  by  a 
button  over  a  side  slot  in  the  canula. 

Drain  Cock.  A  faucet  attached  to  a 
cylinder  to  draw  off  water  of  condensed 
steam. 

Drain  Clean'er.  A  long-handled  spade,  the 
blade  set  on  at  an  angle  in  order  to  be  able  to  reach 
the  bottom  of  a  ditch  when  standing  on  the  surface 
of  the  ground.  See  DITCH  CLEANER. 


DRAIN   GAGE. 


272 


DRAWING,   ETC.,   PROCESSES. 


Drain  G-age.  A  device  to  measure  the  perco- 
lation of  moisture — rain,  liquid  manure,  etc. — 
through  soil,  and  involving  elaborate  apparatus,  is 
erected  at  llothamstead,  England,  and  a  descrip- 
tion is  given  in  "Scientific  American  Supplement," 
*  1607. 

Drain  Grate.  A  grid  at  the  entrance  of  a 
sewer  in  a  yard  or  street. 

Fig.  863. 


Draw  Bar.  (Railway.)  An  open-mouthed  bar 
at  the  end  of  a  car  to  which  the  coupling-links  are 
attached,  and  with  which  the  car  is  drawn.  The 
draw-bars  are  usually  provided  with  springs  to 
give  elasticity  to  the  connection  between  the  cars, 
and  arranged  so  as  to  resist  both  the  tension  and 
compression  to  which  the  draw-bar  is  subjected.  — 
Forney. 

These  springs  are  shown  in  the  longitudinal  sectional 
view  of  the  draw  gear  for  freight  cars  of  the  Pennsylvania 
Railroad,  Fig.  864. 

Figs.  8(35  and  866  are  respectively  the  bolt  draw  bar,  and 
the  three-link,  or  Potter  draw  bar. 

Fig.  866. 


Steam  Draining  Plow.    (Fowler  if  Co.) 

Drain'ing  Plow.  (Steam  Culture.)  A  plow 
for  opening  furrows  or  drains  for  water.  Fig.  863 
shows  the  Fowler  draining  plow,  adapted  to  be 
drawn  by  the  plow-engine,  which  is  applicable  to 
various  duties  of  steam  husbandry. 

It  is  drawn  by  the  winding  engine  and  rope  ;  see  Fig. 
5706,  p.  2354,  "Mtch.  Diet.'1''  It  is  used  either  as  a  mole 
plow,  or  to  put  in  drain  tile,  and  is  worked  to  a  depth  of  42". 
The  wire  rope  passes  over  the  sheave,  and  so  draws  the  plow 
at  but  half  the  rate  that  it  would  were  it  hitched  directly  to 
the  front  of  the  implement. 

See  also  DITCHING  MACHINE,  and  items  in  lists  of  AGRICUL- 
TURAL IMPLEMENTS,  "Mtch,  Diet.,''  and  supra. 

Drain  Tile  Lay'er.  a.  A  long  handle  with  a 
piece  projecting  at  right  angles  from  the  lower 
end,  to  place  in  position  drain  tile  at  the  bottom  of 
a  trench. 

6.  Some  forms  of  draining  machines  also  lay 
tile.  Some  are  noticed  on  p.  741,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Drain  Tile  Ma-chine'.    See  TILE  MACHINE. 

Fig.  864. 


tuna 

Draw  Gear  for  Freight  Cars.     (Pennsylvania  Railroad.) 

Drain  Trap.  A  device  at  the  opening  of  a 
drain  or  sewer  to  allow  passage  to  liquids  by  pre- 
venting emission  of  gases. 

Banner,  Br *  "Engineer,"1  xli.  51. 

Fig.  865. 


Bolt  Draw  Bar. 


Three-link,  or  Potter  Draw  Bar. 


Fig.  867  is  a  safety  draw  bar,  which  accommodates  itself 
to  draw  heads  of  varying  height. 


Fig.  867. 


1.  Coupling-link  Rivet. 

2.  Fast  Coupling-link. 

3.  Fast  Coupling-pin. 


4.  Draw-bar  Bolt. 

5.  Draw-bar  Face-plate. 


Kafford's  Safety  Draw  Bar. 

Continuous,  Griffith  Sf  Patterson  *"R.  R.Gaz.,"  xxi.  559. 

Hibbert *  "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xliii.  226. 

Safety,  Potter *"A'.  K.  Gaz.,"  xxii.  315. 

S-ifford *"fi.  11.  6'02.,':  viii.  164. 

Drawbridge.  A  bridge  capable  of  being 
moved  to  leave  a  free  channel  for  vessels.  They 
are  lifting,  swing  or  turning,  bascule,  rolling.  See  pp. 
241,742,  1721, 1965,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  references; 
also  list  on  p.  380,  Ibid. 

Harlem *  "Man.  (f  Builder,"  xi.  6. 

Lifting *  "Man.  y  Builder,'-  xi.  29. 

Thames,  proposed      .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  290. 

Draw'ing.  (Add.)  5.  (Glass.)  Glass  is  drawn 
into  tubes  or  sticks  by  attaching  a  ponty  to  the  end 
of  a  bulb  held  on  the  blowing  tube,  find  running 
away  with  it ;  so  that  the  glass  is  elongated  be- 
tween the  polities  held  by  the  respective  men. 

In  drawing  tubes,  the  glass  is  blown  to  a  globe,  so  that  a* 
the  workman  runs  off  the  stick  is  hollow  ;  the  thickness  of 
the  glass  and  bore  of  the  tube  are  regulated  by  tht>  quantity 
of  metal  in  the  globe,  the  size  of  the  latter,  and  the  rate  of 
the  motion  of  the  retreating  workman. 

The  stick  or  tube  is  constantly  rotated,  and  when  the 
workman  has  attained  his  distance  the  glass  is  laid  on  the 
floor  to  cool  straight.  It  is  divided  into  lengths  by  cold 
tongs.  Such  tubes  furnish  the  material  for  beads. 

Draw'ing,  Writ'ing,  Cop'y-ing  In'stru- 
ments  and  Pro'ces-ses.  See  under  the  follow- 
ing heads  :  — 

Albertype.  Blind  ink. 

Autographic  process.  Blue  process,  for  copying. 

Autopolygraph.  Brush. 

Bank  note  engraving.  Camera  lucida. 

Beam  compass.  Camera  obscura. 

Bevel  protractor.  Carbon  printing. 


DRAWING,  ETC.,  PROCESSES. 


273 


DRAWING  PRESS. 


Carbon  process. 

Charcoal  pencil. 

Chromophotograph. 

Composite  portraits. 

Copygram. 

Copygraph. 

Copying  devices. 

Copying  ink. 

Copying  pad. 

Copying  paper. 

Copying  pencil. 

Copying  press. 

Copying  processes. 

Crayon  cutter. 

Crayon  nioM. 

Curve  delineator. 

Curve  instrument. 

Curve  scribe. 

Curvograph. 

Cyclograph. 

Cycloidograph. 

Diagraph. 

Dividers. 

Easel. 

Electric  pen. 

Ellipsograph. 

Engrat 

Kii.ni-jtx  inir,  Electric 

Knuraving  and  chasing  ma- 
cliinc. 

Engraving  machine. 

Ktrhinjr  liquids. 

fountain  pen. 

Galvanoplastic  process. 

Gelatine  process. 

Hectograph. 

lleliogravmv. 

Horograpli. 

India  ink. 

Ink. 

Ink  eraser. 

Ink  marks,  Removing. 

Ink  pencil. 

Ink  powder. 

Ink,  Restoring  faded. 

Inkstand. 

Ink,  Sympathetic. 

Lithogram. 

Lithographic  crayon. 

Lithographic  ink. 

Manigraph. 

Mirni.-cnpic-drawing  appara- 
tus. 

Mucilage  brush. 

Odograph. 


Pantograph. 
Papyrograph. 
Pen. 
Pencil. 

Pencil,  Indelible. 
Perspective. 
Perspective  linead. 
Perspective  ruler. 
Perspeetograph. 
Photo-collograph. 
Photo-collotype  process. 
Photo-engraving. 
Photographic    printing    sur- 
face. 

Photographic  relief  process. 
Photolithography. 
Photo-mezzotint  engraving. 
Photo-printing  process. 
Phototype. 
Photozincotype. 
Planigraph. 
Pneumatic  pen. 
Point  finder. 
Polar  pantograph. 
Poly  type. 
Porotype. 
Profilograph. 
Proportional  dividers. 
Protractor. 
Pyrostereotype. 
Quill. 

Quill  manufacture. 
Radiograph. 
Reducing  squares. 
Reflecting  drawing  board. 
Relief  process. 
Shading  pen. 

Short-hand  writing  machine. 
Sketching  frame. 
Slate  pencil. 
Steel  pen. 
Stencil  paste. 
Stencil  pen. 
Stenochrome. 
Stylographic  pen. 
Sun  engraving. 
Tablet. 

Tracing  apparatus. 
Tracing  copying. 
Tracing  table. 
Voltaic  pencil. 
Woodburytype. 
Writing  multiplier. 
Writing,  Restoring  faded. 
Zincography.      . 


Fig.  868. 


Fig.  869. 


Draw'ing  Hook.     A  clutch-hook 
used  in  lifting  well-rods. 

Draw'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Add.) 
4.  (Cartridye  Making.)  In  making 
fixed  ammunition  iu  the  United  States 
factories  there  are  five  draws  to  the 
shell,  coming  in  consecutive  course. 
These  machines  elongate  the  shell  and 
lessen  its  diameter  by  means  of  verti- 
cal dies  descending  into  depressions 
beneath.  The  shells  are  fed  into  each  Drawing 
machine  on  a  horizontal  wheel.  Hook. 

Drawing  machine  for  cutters,  Figs.  1-5,  "Engineering,11 
xxx.  484. 

Draw'ing  Press.  A  machine  for  cutting  and 
drawing  sheet  metal  into  hollow  ware.  In  making 
articles  of  moderate  size  it  cuts  the  blank  and  forms 
the  article  at  one  operation.  The  work  ranges 
from  lantern  bottoms,  rim-covers,  patty -pans,  pie- 
plates,  etc.,  up  to  30-quart  dish-pans  and  equally 
large  work  of  other  descriptions. 

Power  is  communicated  to  the  large  pulley  on  the  right, 
which,  by  means  of  a  simple  clutch,  operated  by  the  treadle 
shown  under  the  bed^s  thrown  into  or  out  of  gear  at  will. 
From  this  pulley  power  is  transmitted  to  a  horizontal  shaft 
passing  through  the  lower  portion  of  the  frame,  on  which 
shaft  is  a  heavy  cam,  A,  and  also  two  cranks  B.  The  cam, 
in  its  revolution,  acts  upon  a  roll  above  it,  and  so  elevates 
the  carrier  C,  of  the  cutting  and  drawing  dies,  which  carrier 
travels  in  slides  in  the  frame.  To  the  cranks  are  connected 
pitmen,  D  D,  which  connect  with  a  wrought-iron  yoke,  to 
which  is  secured  the  drawing  punch-rod,  E.  At  F  is  a  cross- 

18 


Double-acting  Drawing  Pi-ess. 

piece  between  the  two  sides  of  the  frame,  through  which 
piece  operates  the  cutting-punch. 

When  the  cam-shaft  is  rotated,  the  cam  raises  the  die  car- 
rier, and  the  cranks,  pulling  down  the  pitman,  force  the 
cutting-punch  against  the  metal  and  into  the  die  below.  This 
will  be  more  clearly  understood  from  the  section  a,  Fig.  870, 
in  which  G  is  the  drawing  die,  H  the  cutting  die,  /  the  cut- 
ting-punch (stationary ),  and  J  the  drawing-punch.  As  the 
die  carrier  rises,  the  metal  is  first  pressed  against  the  cutting- 
punch  /,  between  the  outer  edge  of  which  and  the  cutting  die 
Hit  is  quickly  cut,  and  the  punch  /,  entering  the  die,  then 
holds  the  edges  so  cut  out  as  in  a  vise.  At  this  point  the 
drawing-punch  J  comes  down  and  forces  the  metal  into  the 
drawing  die  G,  thus  completing  the  operation. 

To  obviate  the  difficulty  incident  to  working  in  sheet  metal 
not  of  uniform  thickness,  in  which  case  the  metal  will  be  im- 
perfectly held  between  the  rising  die  and  the  stationary  cy  lin- 

Fig.  870. 


Sectional  Views  of  Drawing-press  Dies. 


der  I,  the  lower  portion  of  the  drawing  die  G  is  made  hemi- 
spherical so  as  to  form  a  ball-and-socket  joint,  which  enables 
the  upper  face  to  correspond  with  the  face  of  the  cutting- 
punch  /,  notwithstanding  some  slight  difference  in  the  thick- 
ness of  the  intervening  sheet-metal.  The  device  shown  in 
section  a,  Fig.  870,  is  especially  intended  for  small  ware. 

The  arrangement  shown  at  6,  the  same  figure,  is  intended 
for  large  pans  and  like  objects.  In  this  there  is  no  cutting 
of  the  metal  by  the  machine,  this  having  been  previously 
done ;  there  is,  therefore,  no  cutting-die  nor  punch  in  this 
style  of  machine.  The  drawing  die  is  a  simple  concavity 


DRAWING  PRESS. 


274 


DREDGING   TUBE. 


without  peculiar  features,  the  essential  points  of  the  device 
being  found  in  another  means  of  holding  the  edge  of  the 
blank.  The  punch  K  passes  directly  through  the  ball  por- 
tion, L,  which  is  confined  by  a  ring,  M,  held  by  the  screw 
bolts,  one  of  which  is  shown  on  the  left.  The  edges  of  the 
blank  are  compressed  and  held  between  the  surface  of  the 
die  and  a  lower  ring,  N,  which  is  upheld  by  another  set  of 
screw  bolts,  one  of  which  is  shown  on  the  right.  These 
bolts  pass  through  a  large  bore  in  the  ball  portion,  L,  thus 
allowing  the  latter  its  free  play  and  shoulder  in  said  ball,  as 
shown,  so  that  the  latter  and  the  ring  are  closely  united. 
The  ring  N,  therefore,  follows  the  play  of  the  spherical  por- 
tion, and  consequently  automatically  adapts  itself  to  the 
thickness  of  the  metal.  The  punch  then  descends  in  man- 
ner similar  to  that  already  described. 

e,  Fig.  870  is  a  section  of  a  simpler  form  of  drawing  press 
without  cutter,  but  possessing'  the  adjustable  feature  of  a. 

Referring  to  Fig.  869,  it  will  be  observed  that  the  lower 
slide  C  is  carried  up  by  the  cam  A  on  the  main  shaft,  and 
the  shape  of  the  cam  is  such  that  the  slide  dwells  after  cut- 
ting the  blank,  while  the  die  on  the  lower  end  of  the  plun- 
ger E  forces  the  sheet-metal  into  shape.  The  upper  slide  is 
Drought  down  by  the  yoke  G,  operated  by  the  pitmen  D  D, 
from  cranks  B  on  the  main  shaft.  Thus  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  strain  at  the  critical  moment  comes  on  the  main 
shaft,  pitmen,  and  yoke, — all  of  steel  or  wrought  iron, — 
relieving  the  cast-metal  frame.  The  frame  bows  at  the 
point  where  the  drawing  takes  place,  thus  affording  a  slight 
spring  and  a  wider  space  in  which  to  manipulate  the  blanks 
and  the  ware.  See  the  following  references :  — 


Bliss  If  Williams     .    .     .  *  "Iron  Age,''1  xvii.,  April  13,  p.  1. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  May  6,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.S'  546. 
Deep  work *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Mar.  13,  p.  1. 

*  "Iron  Age,""  xxiii.,  June  5,  p.  1 
Double-crank      ....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix  ,  Feb.  8,  p.  1. 

Inclined *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi  ;  March  7,  p. 

Ferracute  Machine  Co.     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Sep.  7,  p.  1. 


*  "Iron  Age"  xxv.,  April  8,  p.  1. 

Draw'ing  Splice.  (Nautical.)  Used  for  ca- 
bles. Made  by  unlaying  several  fathoms  of  the 
two  ropes  to  be  joined,  making  a  short  splice,  then 
tapering  the  ends  of  the  strands  and  laying  them 
along  in  the  contlines  of  the  rope,  where  they  are 
secured  by  seizing. 

Draw  Stop.  (Music.)  The  mechanism  in 
an  organ,  by  drawing  out  which  the  organist  makes 
such  and  such  a  stop  speak.  See  STOP,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Draw  Tube.  (Microscope.)  A  means  for  in- 
creasing the  magnifying  power  of  the  microscope 
by  lengthening  the  dis- 
tance between  the  ob- 
ject-glass  and  eye- 
piece without  changing 
for  lenses  of  different 
power. 

Fig.  871  shows  the 
draw-tubes  D  E  of  a 
binocular  microscope. 

Draw'-up  Press. 
A  small  domestic  press 
for  jelly,  fruit,  or  what 
not,  in  which  the  platen 
is  drawn  up  by  a  screw, 
and  presses  the  mate- 
rial against  the  lid, 
leaving  a  space  beneath 
in  which  the  liquid  ex- 
pressed may  collect. 
Fig.  872. 

Dredge.     A  ma- 
chine   for    excavating 
the  bottom  of  a  river  or  channel  to  increase  the 
depth  and  facilitate  navigation. 

The  Eads  dredging  machine  is  a  sort  of  plow 
with  a  throat,  comparable  to  a  carpenter's  plane, 
4'  in  width,  and  with  arrangements  for  limiting 
the  depth  of  its  cut  on  the  silt  of  the  river-bottom, 
so  that  the  silt  and  water  shall  bear  a  quantitative 
relation,  the  silt  occupying  so  much  of  the  16"  of 
throat  as  the  nature  of  the  plowed-up  material  shall 


Draw   Tube. 


Draw-up   Press. 

warrant.  An  Andrews  cataract  pump  of  27"  di- 
ameter suction  is  the  lifting  apparatus,  and  the  dis- 
charge is  into  tanks  of  1,000  tons  capacity,  with 
overflows  for  water  as  the  silt  settles  to  the  bottom. 
The  dredge-boat  is  200'  in  length,  propelled  by 
horizontal  high-pressure  engines,  each  7'  stroke 
and  21"  diameter,  turning  paddle-wheels  28'  diam- 
eter. It  is  designed  to  move  at  the  rate  of  from 
10,000'  to  15,000'  per  hour. 

Adelaide,  Australia. 

Simons *  "  Engineer,"  xli.  460. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  146. 
"Scientific  Amer.  Sup., "2688. 

Antwerp *  "Engineering,'''  xxviii.  389. 

"  Atlanta  Dredging  Co."      "Trans.   Am.     Soc.    Civ.    Engi- 
neers," vii.,  No  clxxiv. 
Buckets,  Kinipple,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  273. 

*" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1583. 

Simons, "Rt *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2683. 

Calcutta,  dredge  and  fire- 
engine  boat      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  265. 

Carr *  "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxviii.  390. 

Danube  improvements    .  *" Engineering,"  xxvi.  147,  235. 

Davis *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  50. 

Dennison, "  Ingurgitator  " 

(suction)     ....  *  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  121. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1488. 
Eads,  Mississippi    .     .     .      "Manuf.  If  Builder,"  x.  35. 

*  "  Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  9,  p.  1. 

Holland,  Reitscholen  etal.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  259. 
Kurrachee,  India  .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  341. 
Lake  Fucino      ....  *  "Enginer.ring,''  xxi.  17. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  120.. 
Newton  (suction)  ...  *  "Min.  (f  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  241. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1583. 
Patna  Canal,  India. 

Fouracres *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  199,  202. 

Pneumatic *  "Scientific    American,"    xxxvii. 

371 ;  xxxiv.  179. 


432. 

See  also  EXCAVATOR,  infra,  and  figures  on  pp.  747-749,  and 
814,  "Mech.  Diet." 

(Add.)  2.  (Fishing).  A  rake  or  scoop,  with  a 
net  attached,  drawn  with  open  mouth  in  the  wake 
of  a  vessel  to  gather  oysters  or  flat-fish,  coral,  or 
other  objects.  See  TRAWL  NET. 

Fig.  873  shows  the  dredge  and  tangles  of  the  ex- 
pedition ship  "  Challenger." 

Dredg'ing  Tube.  A  tube  which  is  lowered 
from  a  vessel  or  scow  and  bun  owing  in  the  silt  re- 
moves it  by  means  of  a  connected  steam-pump  which 
draws  up  the  solid  portions  together  with  water. 

This  is  a  feature  common  in  pneumatic  dredgers  ;  see  list 
of  references  under  DREDGE.  See  also  Figs.  1(62,  1(6.3,  p. 
749,  "Mech.  Did." 

One  form  is  a  closed  tube  which  is  lowered  into  position 
and  then  filled  by  exhausting  the  air  by  pump ;  after  which 
the  tube  is  lifted  and  discharged,  shown  m  *"  Scientific 
American,"  xxxvii.  371. 


DRESSER. 


275 


DRILLING  SCOW. 


Kig.  873. 


Dredge  and  Tangles  of  the  "  Challenger." 

Dres'ser.  1.  (Mining.)  A  heavy  pick  used  for 
preparing  the  large  bunches  of  ore  for  loading  on 
the  skips. 

2.  A  plumber's  wooden  mallet,  or  rather  paddle, 
for  closing  sheet-lead  joints. 

Dres'sing  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment used  in  applying  and  removing  dressings. 


Bayonet-curve  Dressing  Forceps. 


Dress'ing  Tat>le.  1.  (Stereotyping.)  A  ma- 
chine for  straightening  and  trueing  the  edges  of 
stereotype  plates  ;  and  for  beveling  and  cutting  off 
curved  plates  for  newspaper  work  and  for  perfect- 
ing presses.  See  figures  on  pp.  2378-2381,  "  Mech. 

Dirt." 

2.  A  brickmaker's   table  on   which    bricks    are 
dressed,  to  make  them  symmetrical  for  house-front 
courses.     Fig.  1764,  p.  749,  "Mech.  Diet." 

3.  A  bench  on  which  copper   or  other  ores  are 
hammered,  and  sorted  into  qualities. 

Drift  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  gill  net  suspended 
from  a  cork  line  and  having  leads  at  its  lower  edge. 
A  float  at  each  end  carries  a  lantern  and  it  floats 
with  the  tide  or  current.  Such  a  net  is  usually  300 
yards  long,  and  a  number  of  such  are  cast  parallel 
with  an  intervening  space  of  50  to  80  feet.  The 
gilling  ground  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  is  famous. 

Drill.  1.  (Surgical.)  A  boring  instrument  in 
operations  in  osteotomy. 

Brainard's,  Tiemann's,  Hamilton's,  Howard's,  and 
Buck's  drills  are  shown  on  p.  8,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's 
"Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

See  list  under  Surgical  Instruments,  "Mech.  Diet.-'  et  infra. 


Drill  for  ununitud  and  oblique  fractures,  Ibid., 
Fig.  61,  Part  I. 

2.  (Dentistry.)     A  boring  tool  used  in  mechani- 
cal or  operative  dentistry.     See  DENTAL  DUILL, 
supra,  and  Fig.  1609,  p.  685,  "Mech.  Diet." 

3.  (Machinery.)     A  boring  tool  for  metals.    See 
pp.  750-752,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  the  following  refer- 
ences :  — 

Boiler  work,  Adamson,  Br.    *  ' 

Allan,  Br *  ' 

Brown,  Br *  ' 

•    Buckton  Sf  Co.,  Br.      .     .  * 

Buckton  if  Wickstead,  Br.  * 

Dickenson,  Br *  ' 

Hall,  Br * 

Hutchinson,  Br * 

Jordan,  Br *  ' 

Kennedy,  Br *  ' 

McKay,  Br *  ' 

Thorn,  Pr *  ' 

Welch,  Br * 

Car  truck  frame,  Bement.  *  ' 
Chuck.  See  DRILL-CHUCK. 
Chucking,  Pratt  Qr  Whitnuj  * 
Cleaner,  Prenliss  .  .  .  .  *  ' 
Forms  and  principles  .  .  *  ' 
Machine,  Aitt *  ' 

Bement *  ' 


Ferris  if  Miles     ....*' 

Notes  on  early,  Br.      .     .      ' 
Pratt  if  Whitney     .     .     .  *  ' 
Sharpe,  Stewart  If  Co.,  Br.  *  ' 
Treatise  on   ......      ' 

Hall      .......  *' 

Multiple,  Br  ......  *  ' 

Oil  wells  .......  * 

Power,  Pratt  If  Whitney  .  *  ' 
Press,  Ferris  if  Miles  .  .  .  *  ' 
Recessing  mach.,  and,  du- 

plex, Kershaw,  Br.      .     .  *  ' 
Self-feeding,  Combs  if  Bawde 
Pratt  Sf  Whitney      .     .     .  *  ' 


'Engineering,"  xxvi.  434. 
Engineering,''  xxvi.  434. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  434. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  414. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  414. 
•Engineering,"  xxvi.  434. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  434. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  414. 
' Engineering,"  xxvi.  414,  434. 
•Engineering,"  xxvi.  434. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  414. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  434. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  414. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.226. 

'Engineer,"  xlii.  42. 
•Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii.  85. 
'  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  387. 
•Iron  Age,"  xxii.,0ct.  24, p.  1. 
•Engineering,"  xxi.  552. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  582. 
'Engineering,"  xxi.  437- 
•Engineering,"  xxvii.  534. 
'Engineer,"  xlii.  24. 
•Kii^imiriii!;."  xxvi.  518. 
Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  1,  p.  7. 
'Engineering,"  xxvi.  414. 
•Scientific  Amf.r.,"  xxxiv.  191. 
'  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.  ,"1644. 
'Manuf.  if  Builder,"  xii.  16. 
'R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxi.  119. 

'•Engineer,"  xlii.  429. 


Slotting  mach.,  and,  Lowry 
Square  hole,  Hall      ...     . 


Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvii.  278. 
Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  12,  p.  11. 
Engineer,"  xli.  122. 
Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,'' 248. 
M.  if  Sci.  Press,"  xxxvii.  291. 
*  "Scientific  Amer,,"  xxxix.  311. 

Stone  working *"Sci.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1796,  Fig 

18. 

Drill  Bench.     See  BENCH  DRILL. 

Fig.  874. 


Cushman's  Drill  Chuck. 

Drill   Chuck.      A    lathe-drill    holder.      Figs. 
874,  875,  876,  show  various  drill-chucks. 


*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  6. 

*  "Polytech.  Rev.,"  Jan.  27,  1877. 
" 


Planer  chuck     .     . 
Pratt,  "  Victor  "     . 

Self-centering    .     . 
Sweetland  if  Horton 


Almond     .... 

Brown  if  Sharpe .,„_,..  „_,     „„..,,.„.,. 

Chucking,  On    ....     *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  52. 
Horton *  "Polytech.  Rev.,"  Jan.  27,  1877. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii. 383. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  245. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Feb.  28,  p.  1. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  210. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  406. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Nov.  6,  p.  1. 

Drill  Hold'er.  A  lathe  rest  or  fork-attach- 
ment, or  both,  to  hold  a  drill  in  position,  or  steady 
it,  while  held  up  to  its  work  by  the  tail  center. 

"Scientific  American" *  xl.  164,  Fig.  22. 

Drilling  Clip.  A  vise  or  clamp  to  clasp  a  gas 
or  water  main,  and  having  an  arm  on  its  upright 
shaft  to  form  the  upper  bearing  for  a  brace  or 
ratchet  drill.  Fig.  877. 

Drilling  Scow.  A  vessel  fitted  up  with  ap- 
paratus for  subaqueous  drilling. 


DRILLING   SCOW. 


276 


DRIVING  PULLEY. 


The  drilling  scow,  built  for  excavating    lie  channel  for  the 
improvement  of  the  Des  Moines  Rapids,   is   shown  in   the 

Fig.  875. 


Drill  Chucks. 
"  Oneida  "  chuck.  c.   Whiton  chuck. 


b.  "  Danbury  "  chuck. 


Fig.  876. 


Drill  Chucks. 


a.  Beach  chuck. 

b.  Adjustable  drill  chuck. 

c.  "  1876  "  chuck. 


d.  Center  drill  chuck. 

e.  "  Acme  "  chuck. 


Report  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  1880, 
1556. 

See  also  drilling  plat- 
brm  and  scow,  Ahnepee 
-larbor,  Wis.  ;  "Report  of 
Chief  of  Engineers,"  1879. 

i.  1510. 

The  United  States  dril- 
ing  scow,  East  River,  N. 
is  shown  in  "Scientific 
American,"  *  xli.  131. 

See  also  Report  by  Sir 
John  Hawkshaw  on  the 
lydraulic  Engineering 
jroup,  British  Reports  on 
;he  Centennial  Exhibition, 
1876. 

Drip     Pump.  A 

Cumber's    pump  for 

•amoving  drip  or  col- 
Fig.  878. 


Evarts'  Drive  Chain. 


Drilling  Clip. 


lections  of  water  incident  to  accidents  to  pipes 
or  in  clearing  up  after  work. 

Drive  Chain.  A  detachable  link  chain  used 
in  connection  with  sprocket  wheels,  to  drive  machin- 
ery. Each  link  has  a  hook  and  bar  at  its  respective 
ends,  and  these  may  be  connected  in  certain  rela- 
tive position,  but  cannot  be  detached  when  stretched. 
Fig.  878. 

Drive  Well.  A  tube  driven  into  an  aqueous 
stratum,  and  forming  the  stock  for  a  pump  at- 
tached to  its  upper  end. 


Dri'viiig  Pul'ley.  One  receiving  motion  from 
a  belt,  and  concerned  in  driving  machinery  :  as 
distinguished  from  a  loose  pulley,  which  runs  free 
on  the  shaft,  and  does  not  communicate  motion. 
The  belt  is  shifted  from  the  loose  to  the  driving 
pulley  when  the  machine  is  to  be  started,  and  vice 
versa. 

Fig.  879. 


Hafner's  Equilibrium  Driving  Pulley,  for  Millstones. 


DRIVING   PULLEY. 


277 


DROPPER. 


Hafner's  equilibrium  driving  pulley,  designed  for  driving 
mill-stones,  is  intended  to  prevent  the  side  draft  of  the  belt 
on  the  pulley  from  putting  the  stone  out  of  tram.  The  hub 
A  of  the  pulley  works  in  the  bearing  B,  which  rests  on  the 
bridge-tree  H,  by  means  of  the  step  G.  C  is  the  spindle  of 
the  stone  resting  on  G,  and  E  E  are  drivers  on  the  hub, 
which  project  upward  into  the  jaws  D  of  the  coil  spring. 
The  arms  of  the  pulley  are  curved  down,  so  that  the  strain 
of  the  belt  is  on  the  center  of  the  bearing  B,  and  the  side 
strain  does  not  communicate  to  the  spindle,  ae  the  drivers  E 
have  a  freedom  of  motion  in  the  jaws  of  the  spring. 

Dri'viiig-wheel  Brake.  (Railway.)  One  ap- 
plied directly  to,  usually  between,  the  driving- 
wheels  of  a  locomotive.  Fig.  749.  Forney's  "Car- 
builder's  Dictionary,"  p.  475. 

Drogue.  A  drag-anchor,  thrown  overboard 
from  a  vessel  to  keep  a  ship's  head  to  the  wind 
when  drifting.  See  DRAG  ANCHOR,  *  p.  737, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Drop  and  Traiis'fer  Ta1>le.  (Railway.)  An 
arrangement  for  taking  out  the  wheels  of  car 
trucks  without  removing  the  trucks  from  under  the 
car. 

Kirby's  arrangement  is  shown  in  Fig.  880,  which  gives  a 
side  elevation  of  the  truck  rind  a  section  of  the  pit,  which  is 
transverse  to  and  below  the  line  of  rails.  The  drop  table  is 
a  truck,  C,  which  runs  on  wheels  on  a  rail  under  and  trans- 
Terse  to  the  main  line  of  rails,  A,  and  has  a  screw-jack,  E, 
which  is  brought  beneath  the  axle  of  the  pair  of  wheels,  F, 
to  be  removed.  These  being  lifted,  a  hinged  section,  B,  of 
the  rail  is  swung  open,  and  the  pair  (E}  of  wheels  lowered 
into  the  pit,  as  shown  by  dotted  lines,  the  transfer  moved 
off,  and  a  new  pair  introduced  in  a  corresponding  manner. 

Fig. 


Drop  Bot'tle.  One  for  using  in  small  quan- 
tities iodine,  creosote,  acids,  etc.,  in  the  laboratory. 

Warm  the  bulb  over  the  flame 
of  a  spirit-lamp,  or  in  warm  Fjg-  331. 

water,  to  expel  the  air,  immerse 
the  point  of  the  pipette  in  the 
liquid,  and  the  latter  will  ascend 
as  the  air  condenses.  When  cool, 
place  in  the  bottle,  which  should 
have  enough  of  the  liquid  to 
cover  the  point  of  the  pipette. 

When  required  to  be  used  take 
it  from  the  bottle,  and  the 
warmth  of  the  hand  on  the  bulb 
will  force  the  liquid  out  a  drop 
at  a  time. 

See  also  DOSIMETER;  BU- 
RETTE ;  PIPETTE,  etc. 

Drop  Cut'-off.  (Steam.) 
That  form  of  cut-off  in  which  a 
weighted  bar  is  released  at  a 
regulatable  point,  and  by  its  fall 
closes  the  valve.  The  Corliss  ar-  Dr°P  Bottle- 
rangement  is  a  familiar  instance. 

Drop  For'giiig.  One  made  in  that  form  of 
press  in  which  the  blow  is  by  impact  instead  of  by 
mere  pressure.  A  forging  made  by  a  drop  ham- 
mer. 

Parts  of  sewing  machines,  watches,  guns,  pistols, 
drill-chucks,  spinning  rings,  wrenches,  clinch  rings, 


JTL 


shuttles,   locks,   thumb-screws, 
etc.,  are  thus  made. 

Drop     Glass.      (Surgical. 
A  tube  like  a  pipette  for  drop- 
ping a  liquid  into  the  eye.  __ 

Figs.   27,  354,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  §: 

"Armamentarium   Chirurs;icmn.' 


See  also  DROPPER  ;  DOSIMETER,  infra. 


Drop  and  Transfer  Table. 


Drop  Ham'mer.  A  swaging  hammer  having 
a  vertical  motion  in  guides,  or  suspended  by  spring 
connection  from  a  reciprocating  portion.  See  DEAD 
STROKE  HAMMER,  DROP  PRESS,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

See  following  references  :  — 

Haase,  Br *  "Engineering,"1  xxviii.  396. 

Hill *  "Scientific,  American,"1  xxxv.  67. 

Hotchla'is  If  Stiles     .    *  "  Tkursion' s  Vienna  Report,''-  ii.  237. 

Peek *"Iron   Age.,''   xxi.,   May    2,   p.   41; 

xxii.,  Dec.  5,  pp.  24,29. 
Pratt  4-  Whitney  .     .    *  "Eng.  $  Mining  Jour.,"  xxi.  298. 

Drop-lev'er  Scales.  A  weighing  scales  with 
a  lever  to  raise  the  platform  entirely  off  the  working 
parts  of  the  scale  while  it  is  being'loaded. 

Drop  Light,  A  gas-light  vertically  adjustable 
to  bring  it  from  a  chandelier  to  convenient  table- 
height. 

Taylor *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1363. 

Drop  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  net  suspended  over 
the  water,  and  dropped  vertically  over  a  passing 


school  of  fish.  See  Fig. 
3317,  p.  1522,  "Mech.  Diet." 
A  very  common  device  in 
the  Oriental  and  Malaysian 
seas. 

Drop   Me'ter.    See  DO- 
SIMETER ;    PIPETTE  ;    BU- 
RETTE ;  DROPPER,  etc. 
(Ar/ric.)     A  form  of  reaper  in 


Drop'per.     1. 

which  the  grain  falls  backward  from  the  knife  on 
to  a  slatted  frame  which  is  dropped  at  intervals  to 
discharge  the  gavel.  As  the  rear-end  of  the  frame 
drops  to  the  ground  the  heads  of  the  cut  grain 
catch  in  the  stubble,  and  the  gavel  is  pulled  off  in 
a  compact  bunch  of  a  width  equal  to  the  length  of 
the  knife-bar.  The  dropping  is  done  automatically 
at  regulated  intervals,  or  can  be  operated  at  the 
will  of  the  driver.  When  the  dropper  falls,  a  hori- 
zontal rod  descends  temporarily  to  arrest  the  fall- 
ing grain  so  that  it  shall  not  trail  off  at  the  rear  of 
the  gavel.  When  the  dropper  rises  the  rod  also  as- 
cends and  allows  the  grain  to  fall  freely  and  collect 
on  the  dropper.  See  middle  figure,  Plate  XLVI., 
p.  1892,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  pipette.  A  tube  with  a  small  aperture  at  its 
lower  and  an  elastic  bulb  at  its  upper  end.  Fig.  882. 
By  compressing  the  bulb,  and  plunging  the  lower 
end  into  a  liquid,  the  tube  is  rilled,  and  the  liquid 
ejected  in  drops  by  gentle  compression  of  the  bulb. 


CHOPPING  TUBE. 


278 


DRYING  CASE. 


Drop'ping  Tube.  A  pipette,  burette,  or  dosim- 
eter. See  DROPPER. 

Drop  Shut'ter.  (Photography.)  An  arrange- 
ment for  giving  a  very  rapid  exposure  to  a  plate  in 
instantaneous  photography. 

It  is   essentially   constructed    of 
Fig.  882.  two  heart-shaped  disks,  A  A,  revolv- 

ing on  one  axis,  which  is  attached 
to  the  lower  part  of  the  mount  of 
the  lens.  These  two  plates,  when 
released  by  the  trigger,  have  a  re- 
ciprocal motion  imparted  to  them 
by  means  of  the  weight  F,  which 
hangs  suspended  from  the  upper 
part  of  each.  The  apertures  in 
each  plate  are  thus  simultaneously 
brought  in  front  of  the  lens,  and 
the  exposure  rapidly  effected.  The 
exposure  commences  and  termi- 

Fig.  883. 


Dropper. 


Duplex  Drop  Shutter. 


nates  at  the  lower  side  of  the  center,  E,  of  the  lens,  so  that  the 
foreground  will  get  slightly  more  light  than  the  upper  por- 
tion of  the  picture,  an  advantage  which  will  be  readily  appre- 
ciated by  photographers. 

D  is  a  ring  adapter  fitted  to  the  mount  of  the  lens.  G 
is  a  trigger  with  cord  attached,  fitting  into  notches  H.  When 
the  exposure  is  completed  the  stop  at  /  comes  in  contact 
with  an  overhanging  hook  near  the  trigger  G. 

Drop  Tube.  A  PIPETTE.  See  DROPPER; 
DOSIMETER. 

Drum.  (Add.)  (Surgical)  A  circular  frame 
over  which  a  membrane  is  stretched  as  an  object  on 
which  are  tested  the  delicate  edges  of  eye  instru- 
ments. 

See  Fig.  35  6,  Part  II.,  Tie-matin's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum.'1'' 

Drum  Bar 'rage.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.) 
The  invention  of  M.  Desfontaine,  late  chief  engineer 
of  the  navigation  of  the  Marne. 

"The  drum  barrage  consists  of  a  system  of  hausses  of  a 
height  a  little  more  than  double  the  difference  of  level  in 
the  upper  and  lower  bays,  and  movable  around  an  axle,  a, 
placed  in  the  middle.  They  are  curved  below  the  axle  and 
have  the  form  a  b  c.  The  axle  is  fixed  to  the  upper  lip  of  a 
cast-iron  box.  This  box  is  partly  open  to  allow  the  motion  of 
the  hausse,  and  has  the  contour  a  efg  k,  with  a  curved  por- 
tion from/ to  d,  which  stops  at  d,  thus  allowing  the  hausse 
to  move  from  the  position  b  a  c  d  to  the  position  6'  a1  c'  d', 
leaving  the  two  orifices  I  and  k,  outside  of  its  path.  The 
upper  part  of  the  box  is  flat,  one  portion  below  the  other, 
so  that  the  hausse,  when  lowered  into  the  position  a  b',  is  a 
little  below  the  level  a  e,  and  thus  hidden  by  it. 

"  Each  hausse  is  fitted  to  a  special  box  or  drum,  but  all 


Fig.  884. 


Desfontaine'1  s  Drum  Barrage. 

the  boxes  are  pierced  with  oblong  holes,  I  and  k,  so  that  they 
communicate  when  arranged  side  by  side.    The  drums  are 


fitted  together  by  flanges  around  these  holes,  thus  affording 
a  communication  along  the  whole  line  of  the  barrage,  both 
before  and  behind  the  hausses,  with  the  water  in  the  upper 
bay. 

"It  is  now  evident  that  if,  by  means  of  sluice-gates  or 
valves,  the  tube  I  is  put  in  communication  with  the  upper 
bay  and  the  tube  k  with  the  lower  bay,  the  difference  of 
pressure  on  the  face  of  the  hausse  will  cause  it  to  rise  and 
take  the  position  b  a  c  d.  If,  on  the  other  hand,  the  tube  k 
is  by  a  second  system  of  sluice-gates  put  in  communication 
with  the  upper  bay  and  I  with  the  lower  bay.  the  system  is 
reversed  and  the  pressure  forces  the  hausse  to  take  the  posi- 
tion b'  a1  c'  d1 ;  i.  e.,  lowers  the  hausse. 

The  simple  turning  of  a  valve  thus  opens  the  whole  bar- 
rage. The  time  for  opening  is  one  and  a  half  minutes  ;  the 
time  for  closing  four  and  a  half  minutes. I;  —  Prof.  Watson, 
in  "  Vienna  Exposition  Reports.''1 

See  also  "  Van  Nostrand's  Engineering  Mag.,"  *xvii.  253. 

Drum  Guard.  (Agric.)  A  British  invention, 
to  prevent  a  man  while  feeding  a  threshing  machine 
from  falling  into  the  throat,  and  being  mutilated  by 
the  cylinder.  In  the  British  practice  the  feeder  is 
on  top  of  the  machine.  Fig.  6395,  p.  2557,  "  Mech. 
Diet."  In  the  American  practice,  no  such  attach- 
ment is  used. 
Clayton  if  Shuttleieorth,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  2S55. 

*  "Engineering,'''  xxviii.  477. 

Fison,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  36. 

Hunt 

*  "Engineering,"    xlviii.   81, 

100. 


Fison 

Ruston  4"  Proctor    .     . 

Gibbon 

Robey , 

Marshall,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xxvii.  580. 

Nalder,  Br I*  "Engineer,"  x\vi. 424. 

Ransome,  Br f 

Robey,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  471. 


Ruston  4"  Proctor,  Br. 
Wallis  $  Stevens,  Br. 


.  *  " Engineering,"  xxviii.  446. 
Engineering,"  xxvi.  27. 


Drum  Weir.  The  drum  barrage  of  M.  Des- 
fontaine. See  DRUM  BARRAGE. 

Dry  Cup'ping  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 
An  apparatus  in  which  a  limb  is  placed  while  the 
pressure  of  the  surrounding  air  is  withdrawn^ 

For  Junod's  apparatus  see  ARM  ;  BOOT.  See  also  DEPURA- 
TOR,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  AEROTHERAPY  APPARATUS,  supra. 

Dry  Dock.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  A  ba- 
sin, structure,  caisson,  etc.,  in  or  by  which  a  vessel 
is  exposed  clear  of  the  water,  for  examination, 
cleaning,  or  repairs. 

See  list  on  p.  715,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  DEPOSITING  DOCK, 
supra.  Also  GRAVING  DOCK,  FLOATING  DOCK,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
et  infra. 

Dry  E-lec'tric  Pile.  A  name  applied  to  a 
hermetically  sealed  pile  ;  not  that  there  is  no  ex- 
citing liquid,  but  it  is  inclosed  in  insulated  and  air 
and  water-tight  envelope. 

C.  L.  Van  Tenac,  Paris,  *" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  913 

Dry'er.  One  form  of  dryer  is  that  operating  by 
centrifugal  action  in  a  wire  cage,  and  is  largely 
used  with  sugar,  wringing  clothes,  etc.  It  has  va- 
rious names  :  centrifugal  machine,  centrifugal  filter, 
hydro-extractor,  or  sugar  dryer,  wringer,  etc.,  under 
some  or  all  of  which  heads  it  is  noticed  in  the  "  Mech. 
Diet."  See  the  various  heads  supra  et  infra. 

Fig.  883  shows  a  drying  machine  of  a  size  to  be 
driven  by  hand,  and  such  as  is  used  in  French  laun- 
dries. See  also  list  of  DRYERS,  page  758,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Dry'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     See  the  following :  — 


Hot  air,  Redfern,  Br *  "  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1014. 

Oven,  Rohrbeck *  "Sc-  American,"  xlii.  180. 


Dry'ing  Case.  (Optics.)  A  copper  case  sur- 
rounded with  a  chamber  containing  hot  water,  for 
drying  tissues  and  hardening  balsam  preparations 
for  the  microscope. 


DRYING   CHAMBER. 


279 


DUBBING. 


Fig.  885. 


1'niir/i    Launiiri/   Dryer. 

Dry'ing  Chani'ber.  The  closet  in  which 
printed  stuffs  are  artificially  dried  ;  the  tissue,  ac- 
companied by  its  doublier,  passes  in  a  zigzag  man- 
ner over  a  large  series  of  rollers  near  the  ceiling 
and  floor  respectively  of  the  room.  After  a  certain 
course  the  </onblit:r  parts  and  goes  to  its  own  roller, 
while  the  tis-ue  proceeds  to  the  folding-room. 

Dry'ing  Clos'et      An  apartment  made  up  of 


Drying  Closet. 


a  series  of  "  draw-out  horses  "  for  the  suspension  of 
clothes  to  dry.  It  is  heated  in  any  suitable  way, 
and  is  used  in  asylums  and  public  laundries. 

Dry'ing  House.  1.  (Powder  Making.)  A  build- 
ing remote  from  those  in  which  the  mechanical 
operations  of  powder-making  are  carried  forward, 
and  heated  by  steam  from  a  distant  boiler-house. 

The  steam  pipes  are  laid  along  the  floor,  and  have  expan- 
sion joints.  The  temperature  by  thermometer  is  visible 
through  a  pane  of  glass,  and  the  ventilators  operable  from 
the  exterior.  Wooden  racks  hold  trays  of  sheet  copper,  or 
wooden  frames  with  canvas  bottoms  to  contain  the  powder 
The  maximum  temperature  is  130°  F.,  and  the  time  employed 
18  hours,  with  an  additional  6  hours  for  cooling.  Pebble 
powder  requires  135°  F.,  and  36  hours  exposure. 

Russian  dry  house,  Fig.  22,  accompanying  appendix  to 
"Ordnance  Report,'''  1877.  ( 

2.  (Fruit.)  A  structure,  usually  a  tall  wooden 
one-story  out-house  in  which  trays  of  fruit  are  ex- 
posed in  an  ascending  column  of  heated  air.  See 
FRUIT  DRYER. 

Dry'ing  Ma-chine'.     (Add.)     2.  The  centrif- 


ugal machine  is  also  used  for  drying  fabrics,  sugar, 
and  other  material.  See  DRYEK. 

3.  A  machine  used  in  England  for  drying  cali- 
coes and  printed  cloths,  consists  of  a  furnace  heat- 
ing a  column  of  air  in  a  flat  or  slightly  inclined 
trunk,  through  which  the  cloth  passes  on  an  end- 
less apron.  See  Fig.  2262,  article  "  Lechoir," 
Labou/aye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
tome  iii.  The  French  machine,  article  "impression 
sur  Etoffes,"  Figs.  45,  46,  Ibid.,  tome  ii. 

Dry'ing  Room.  1.  (Ceramics.)  The  room  in 
which  green  ware  is  dried  previous  to  baking  or 
burning,  as  the  case  may  be.  Some  wares  are 
baked  to  the  biscnit  condition,  then  ornamented 
and  glazed ;  subsequently  burned. 

2.  (Linen.)     See  DRYING  CLOSET. 

3.  (Calicoes.)  See  DRYING  MACHINE. 
Dry'ing    Stove.      1.  (Gunpowder.)      A  close 

chamber  in  which  powder  is  dried.  A  drying  house, 
which  see. 

See  also  "  Ordnance  Report,'''  1879,  pp.  108, 109  ;  and  Plate 
V.,  Fig.  10. 

Drying  stove,  for  testing  samples,  Ibid. ,  Plate  X.  6. 

2.  ( Founding. )  A  large  fire-proof  room  usually 
heated  by  an  open  fire,  used  for  drying  cores,  dry 
sand,  and  loam  molds.  It  is  furnished  with  racks 
and  shelves  inside,  and  is  usually  provided  with  a 
flat  carriage  traveling  on  rails  extending  to  the 
crane,  and  has  large  iron  doors. 

Dry  Pile.  (Electricity.)  A  voltaic  battery  in 
which  the  positive  and  negative  plates  are  disposed 
alternately  with  an  intervening  fibrous  disk,  com- 
bined with  a  deliquescent  salt. 

Zamboni'StG&not'a  "  Physics,"  693,  N.  Y.,  1877. 

Prescott's  "Electricity,''1  1879,  p.  83. 
For  the  ordinary  voltaic  pile,  Ganot,  *  682. 
Prescott's  "Electricity,''  *  42  ;  N.  Y.  1879. 
Dissertation,  Niaudet's  "Electric  Batteries,"1  pp.  235-237, 
American  translation. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,''''  *  2489. 

Dry  Screen.  (Mining.)  A  machine  in  which 
crushed  dry  mineral  is  sifted  into  sizes  in  order  to 
treat  it  farther  by  processes  which  tend  to  sepa- 
rate different  qualities  by  differences  in  speed,  cen- 
trifugal or  otherwise,  principally  due  to  differences 
in  specific  gravity. 

Revolving  dry  screen   .  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  *  xxxiv.  33. 

Dry  Wash'er.  A  machine  for  sorting  min- 
erals by  means  of  agitation,  impulse,  or  air-blast, 
without  the  use  of  water,  and  so  arranged  that 
metals  —  gold  or  tin  especially  —  are  selected  from 
the  gravel,  etc.,  by  virtue  of  their  greater  specific 
gravity. 

There  are  many  devices  which  come  under  this  definition. 
Krom''.i  ore  concentrator,  for  instance,  Plate  XXXIV.,  p. 
1567,  "Mec/i.  Diet.,"  and  Figs.  3415,  3416,  Ibid.  Also  OBK 
SEPARATOR,  p.  157,  and  Figs.  3421,  3422,  Ibid. 


Du'al    Burn'er.      A 

wicks :  flat  or  argaud. 

Du'al  Tel'e-phone.  In- 
vented by  Pritchett.  One 
end  of  a  hinged  and  covered 
magnetized  bar  is  fitted  with 
a  padded  receiving  ear-piece, 
and  its  other  end  is  fitted  with 
a  transmitting  mouth-piece. 
It  is  held  by  one  hand,  and 
adjusted  to  the  ear  and  mouth 
by  one  motion  ;  obviating  the 
use  of  two  instruments. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Journal  "  .  vi.  471. 

Dub'bing.     (Leather .) 
Daubing.     A   mixture  of  tal- 


lamp    burner   with    two 


Dual  Burner. 


DUBBING. 


280 


DUST   COLLECTOR. 


low  and  either  neats-foot  or  sperm  oil.  The  dam- 
pened leather  is  coated  therewith  and  rendered 
supple  thereby.  Stuffing. 

Duck'ilig  Boat.  A  low-sided  boat  with  a  well 
in  the  center  for  the  fowler,  and  sharp  at  both 
ends,  so  as  to  be  readily  paddled  either  end  for- 
ward. A  double-en der. 

A  cedar  duck-boat  of  some  celebrity,  "  Central  Republic,'' 
is  12'  long,  8'  11"  beam,  depth  12".  This  boat  was  navigated 
by  Mr.  Bishop,  of  Lake  George,  from  Pittsburg,  Pa.,  via  the 
Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers  and  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Cedar 
Keys,  Florida,  during  1875, 1876. 

Duck's'-foot  Cul'ti-va'tor.  A  cultivator 
with  wide  flanged  shares,  resembling  the  splayed 
foot  of  a  duck.  Such  a  cultivator  has  usually  an 
expanding  frame  held  to  the  width  desired  by 
perforated  connecting  rods  and  set  screws.  See 
shape  of  hoes  in  Fig.  2521, /;,  p.  1107,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Dudg'eon  Ex-pand'er.     (Plumbing.)      A  tool 

Fig.  888. 


Dudgeon  Expander. 

for  expanding  leaden   packing  into  the   internal 
flange  recesses  of  pipe  connections. 

Dum'my.  Add.  4.  (Print.)  A  blank  book  in 
which  copy  and  cuts  are  pasted  in  the  way  desired 
for  the  make-up  of  a  book  to  be  printed. 

5.  A  card  on  which  a  number  of  cuts  or  views 
are  arranged  to  be  copied  as  a  group,  photographi- 
cally or  otherwise. 

6.  (Binding.)     A  book  made  up  with  leaves  of  a 
given  number  and  size  and  weight  of  paper,  and 
bound  in  such  a  style  as  to  represent  the  finished 
book  in  external  appearance  and  size. 

Dump  Car.  See  reference,  p.  761,  *  "Mech. 
Diet."  ;  also,  — 

Car,  New  England  Car  Co.      .     .  *  "Sc.  Am  ,"  xlii.  306. 
Car,  Screw  lever,  Van  Warmer  .  *"R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxiv.  695. 

Cart,  Wiestling *  " Sc.  Am.,"  xxxii.  111. 

Scow,  Allen *  "  Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvi.  166. 

Dump'ing  Bar'row.  A  barrow  arranged  to 
upset  its  load.  Used  especially  iu  furnaces.  See 
CHARGING  BARROW. 

Fig.  889. 

French  dumping  bar- 
rows, Figs.  8,  9,  p.  322, 
*  "Scientific  American," 
xxxix. 

Dump'ing 
Buck'et.  A  sus- 
pended bucket,  dis- 
charging by  flap  bot- 
tom when  a  latch  is 
withdrawn. 

Willis  If  Rowe. 
*" Scientific  American," 
xxxvi.  4. 

Dump'ing  Grate. 

A  tipping  grate  in  a 
stove  or  heater. 

D  u  m  p  '  y  Bit. 
( Manege. )  A  curb 
bit  having  the  length 
of  the  lower  arm  of 
the  cheek  piece  so 
reduced  that  it  is 
but  a  trifle  larger 
than  the  upper  arm. 


French,  Dumping  Bucket. 


Dump'y  Lev'el.  A  surveyor's  level  with  a 
hort  telescope  of  large  aperture. 

Dancer,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  140. 

Du'plex  Air  Com-pres'sor.  See  AIR  COM- 
•RESSOR,  Plate  I.,  p.  14. 

Du'plex  Bor'ing  and    Fa'cing  Ma-chine'. 

tool  intended  for  such  work  as  boring  out  both 
uds  of  a  coupling  rod  at  once,  or  boring  two  cylin- 
ers  at  the  same  time,  or  facing  two  valve  seats  on 
he  same  piece  simultaneously. 

Bede  et  Cit.,  Verviers,  Belgium    .     "Engineer,"1  *  xli.  5. 

Du'plex  Bor'ing,  Turn'ing,  and  Groov'ing 
Vla-chine'.  A  machine  having  the  characteris- 
ics  of  a  double-ended  gap-lathe,  with  two  face 
>lates  and  tail  stocks  and  separate  driving  gear ; 
ilso  a  hollow  head  spindle,  which  admits  of  the 
mssage  of  a  car  axle  so  as  to  present  the  ends  of 
he  axle  or  the  wheels  thereon  for  simultaneous 
iction  by  the  various  tools  for  turning,  boring,  or 
tey-way  grooving. 

Atock "Engineering,'1'1  *  xxi.  310. 

Du'plex  Ma-chine'.  One  capable  of  perform- 
ng  similar  operations  upon  two  pieces  of  work 
ilmultaneously.  Instances  are  given  under  two 
leads ;  supra  et  infra. 

Du'plex  Plan'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  having 
duplicated  parts  capable  of  acting  upon  two  faces 
of  the  same  piece,  or  two  pieces  independently,  etc. 
The  adjustments  are  according  to  construction  and 
purpose.  Adamson's  is  furnished  with  two  tables, 
3ach  provided  with  independent  driving  gear,  the  ar- 
rangement being  such  that  the  tables  may  be  worked 
either  together  or  separately.  The  machine  can 
thus  be  used  as  one  large  planing  machine  with  in- 
dependently set  cutters  operating  on  two  faces,  or 
as  two  smaller  independent  machines.  Or  a  piece 
may  be  bolted  to  one,  and  operated  by  a  tool  car- 
rier on  the  other. 

"Engineering'1 *  xxi.  291,  294. 

Du'plex  Slide  Rest.  A  lathe  with  a  tool- 
rest  on  either  side  of  the  object  being  turned.  See 
DUPLEX  LATHE,  Fig.  1803,  p.  763,  "Mech.  Did." 

Du'plex  Tel'e-graph.  An  instrument  for 
sending  two  messages  over  the  same  wire  simulta- 
neously. See  p.  764,  *  "Mech.  Diet." 

"Engineering,"  xxiv.  74. 
"Jour.  Soc.  2W.  £n§V'vi.205. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2737. 
"  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  82. 

Br.  Patent,  2,575  of  1855. 
"Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  292. 
"  Telegraphic  Jour.,''1  iv.  23. 
"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  80. 
"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  v.  473. 
"  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  iv.  45. 
"Telegraphic  Jour.,"  iv.  290. 
"Rept.  Vienna  Exp.,"  1873. 
"Eng.  IfMin.  J.,"  xxvi.  166. 
"  Teleg.  Jour.,"  vii.  160, 177. 
"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vi.  360; 

*  534  ;  vii.  104. 
"Engineering,"1  xxvii.  169. 
Lines'1  "Rept.  Vienna  Exp."  1873. 
"  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  163. 
"  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  227. 
"Engineering,"  xxix.  448. 
"Scientific  Am er.  Sup. ,"1053. 

Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii.  149 

Du'plex  Wheel  Lathe.  (Machine  Tools.)  A 
double  wheel  lathe.  See  WHEEL  LATHE,  Fig.  7 1 83, 
p.  2767,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Dust  Col'lar.  (Railway.)  A  ring  or  flange 
around  an  axle  to  keep  dust  from  entering  the  axle 
box.  See  AXLE  Box. 

Dust  Col-lect'or.  A  device  in  flouring  mills 
or  factories  to  collect  the  dust  which  furnishes  the 
material  for  explosion  or  is  injurious  to  the  health 
of  the  operatives. 


Aillhaud,  Fr * 

* 

Banker * 

* 

Berstein  Multiplex     .     . 
Dennett,  Translator   .    .  * 

fPInfrevitte * 

Electro-mechanical    .     .  * 
Fahie,  Paper  by     ...  * 

Hafkins * 

Koch. * 

Lines,  history  of  early  .  * 

Morel 

Muirhead * 

Schwendler,  on  Theory  of 

Sieur,  Fr * 

Stearns  (submarine)  .     .  * 

The.iler * 

Treatise  on * 

Vianixi * 


PLATB  X. 


DYNAGRAPH. 


See  page  281. 


DUST  COLLECTOR. 


281 


DYNAGRAPH. 


Blower,  Norcross,  Stover  .  * 
Fairbanks  .... 

Conductor,  Stover  ...  * 
Fairbanks  ....  * 
Stur levant  ....  * 

Flour  mills,  Smith  ...  * 


"Manuf.  If  Builder,'1'1  xi.  150. 

"Mantif.  4-  Builder,''  ix.  126. 
"American  Miller,''  vii.  311. 

Dust'er.     (Add.)  3.  A  machine  for  sifting  dry 
poisons  upon  plants  to  destroy  insects. 


. 

Allen's  duster  for  destroying  cotton  worm,  "Comstoclc's 

eport  on  Cotton  Insects,"1  1879,  *p.  247. 

See  also  COTTON-WORM  DESTROYER,  p.  226,  supra. 


Rep 


4.  A  dusting  brush.  Feather  brushes  and  tails 
of  animals  were  anciently  used. 

Dust  Guard.     A  device  to  prevent  dust  from 
entering  the  journal-box  of  a  car-axle,  and  the  oil 
from  escaping  thence.     See  p.  459,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
Balch  if  Heintzelman,    *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii^p.  307. 

Dust'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  remov- 
ing the  dust  from  crude  granulated  gunpowder. 

"Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  IV.,  Fig.  9. 
and  description  on  pp.  106,  107. 

Dusting  reel,  Br  .....  *  "Engineering,''''  xxv.  138. 

Dy'na-graph.  (Railway.)  A  machine  for 
recording  the  phenomena  occurring  to  a  train  in 
traveling  upon  a  railway  track. 

Pambour,  in  his  book  on  Locomotive  Engines 
(edition  of  1836,  p.  83),  discusses  the  question  of 
determining  the  friction  and  resistance  of  railway 
rolling  stock,  and  details  the  difficulties  which  ac- 
companied the  attempts  to  solve  the  problem.  The 
interposition  of  a  dynamometer  between  the  engine 
and  the  car  or  cars  was  the  means  applied. 

The  apparatus  of  Prof.  P.  H.  Dudley  is  placed 
in  a  car  and  uses  14  recording  pens  which  make 
diagrams  of  the  various  phenomena. 

The  dynagraph  track  inspection  record  is  traced 
on  a  continuous  roll  of  profile  paper  wound  in  a 
length  of  150'  upon  a  drum.  The  paper  has  va- 
rious groups  of  rulings  and  the  tracings  are  made 
by  glass  tube-pens  filled  with  eozine. 

The  following  diagram  gives  the  nature  and  order 
of  the  indications  on  the  record,  —  the  broad  paper 
ribbon  which  is  shown  in  Plate  X.,  as  passing  be- 
neath the  pens  and  wound  upon  a  roller  at  the  left 
of  the  machine. 

The  places  of  the  tracings  and  explanations  are 
shown  in  the  column,  which  is  not  &fac-simile  but 
merely  an  explanatory  statement  in  columnar  form. 
NORTH  TRACK. 
£  x    f  North  rail. 
l.S    I  '  Tracing.) 


0  £    !  Horizontal  scale  50'  to  1"  of  paper. 
8  Jj  1  Vertical  scale  full  size. 


South  rail. 

f  North  rail. 
(Tracing.) 

Alignment  of  joints. 

( Tracing. ) 
South  rail. 


Distance  by  instrument. 


X- 


Mile  posts  and  stations. 

Oscillations  of  car. 
(  Tracing.) 


10  seconds. 


Seconds. 
( Tracing. )    Representing  elevation  of  rail  on  curves. 


The  machine  as  represented  in  Fig.  1,  Plate  X.,  is  placed  in 
an  eight-wheeled  car,  50'  long,  constructed  especially  for  the 
purpose.  The  draw-bar  of  this  car  is  connected  with  a  pis- 
ton which  works  in  a  cylinder  under  the  floor,  and  which  is 
filled  with  oil.  (Figs.  2,  3.)  These  are  so  arranged  that  if 
the  draw-bar  is  subjected  to  strains  of  either  tension  or  com- 
pression they  are  resisted  by  the  oil  in  the  cylinder,  and  the 
former  is  therefore  subject  to  the  pressure  due  to  the  strains 
on  the  draw-bar  or  the  resistance  of  the  train.  The  cylinder 
is  connected  by  a  pipe,/,  Figs.  1,  2,  and  3,  with  a  smaller 
cylinder  a,  7-16"  in  diameter  at  the  top  of  the  machine.  This 
has  a  piston  fitted  into  it  which  is  connected  by  a  rod  with 
the  parallel  motion  bed.  This  latter  carries  a  pen,  e,  which 
draws  a  diagram  of  the  resistance  of  the  train  on  a  roll  of 
paper,  A  A,  30"  wide.  Part  of  the  diagram  drawn  by  this 
pen  is  shown  at  gg.  The  roll  of  paper  is  placed  in  the  drum 
C,  and  is  drawn  over  the  table  A  A  by  feed-rolls,  D  D,  and 
is  wound  up  on  the  drum  B.  These  drums  and  rolls  are 
driven  by  a  worm-gear  on  the  axle,  shown  in  Figs.  4  and  5, 
which  operates  the  vertical  shaft  E  E,  Fig.  1.  The  worm- 
gear,  being  on  the  axle,  is  underneath  the  floor  of  the  car, 
and  is  not  shown  in  Fig.  1.  The  shaft  E  has  a  miter-wheel 
at  the  upper  end  which  gears  into  a  pair  of  miters,  FF, 
which  are  loose  on  a  horizontal  shaft,  G  F. 

A  clutch  collar  N  is  attached  to  the  shaft  by  a  feather  and  is 
arranged  so  that  it  can  engage  with  either  of  the  miter  wheels, 
so  that  the  machine  can  be  used  in  running  in  either  direction. 
The  shaft  G  F  has  a  pinion  on  it,  not  shown  in  the  engrav- 
ing, behind  the  pair  of  change  gear  wheels  G.  This  pfnion 
engages  with  one  of  the  wheels  G  and  that  with  the  wheel 
H  on  the  horizontal  shaft  L  I.  On  this  shaft  are  four 
worms,  L,  K,  J,  and  /.  /  and  L  are  keyed  to  the  shaft,  but 
/and  /Care  attached  to  sleeves  which  are  loose  on  the  out- 
side of  the  shaft.  Either  J  or  K  can  be  driven  by  the  clutch 
M,  which  is  attached  to  the  shaft  by  a  feather.  The  worms 
/  and  L  drive  the  worm-wheels  O  and  P.  which  are  con- 
nected to  the  shafts  of  the  drums  by  the  friction  produced 
by  springs  (one  of  them  shown  at  h)  against  disks,  i,  i,  the 
purpose  of  the  drums  being  simply  to  wind  and  unwind  the 
paper,  and  keep  it  taut ;  which  is  effected  by  the  friction 
arrangement.  The  paper  is  fed  over  the  table  uniformly  for 
the  distance  traveled  by  either  pair  of  the  feed-rollers  D  or 
D'.  Only  one  of  each  pair  of  these  rollers  is  shown,  the 
other  being  below  the  surface  of  the  table.  These  rollers 
are  2.472"  in  diameter,  and  are  made  of  steel  and  ground 
with  the  utmost  precision,  so  as  to  be  0.003"  larger  in  diam- 
eter in  the  center  than  at  the  ends,  the  object  of  this  being 
to  draw  the  paper  through  evenly.  If  the  rolls  were  made 
perfectly  straight  they  would  be  liable  to  seize  the  paper  on 
one  side  more  than  on  the  other  The  paper  can  be  wound 
by  the  mechanism  in  either  way,  that  is,  from  Con  to  B,  or 
from  B  on  to  C,  so  that  the  instrument  can  be  used  while 
running  the  car  in  either  direction. 

As  stated  before,  the  pen  e  draws  a  diagram  of  the  resist- 
ance of  the  train.  A  stationary  pen,  _;',  draws  a  straight 
base  line  on  the  paper  as  it  is  rolled  across  the  table.  When 
there  is  no  tension  or  compression  on  the  draw-bar  and  cyl- 
inder underneath  the  car,  and  consequently  no  pressure  on 
the  fluid  in  the  cylinder  a,  its  piston  is  drawn  back  by  the 
springs  ,««  and  with  it  the  lever  be,  so  that  the  position  of 
the  pen  e  corresponds  with  that  of  j  and  the  base  line  which 
the  latter  draws.  So  soon  as  there  is  any  pressure  in  the 
cylinder  a  its  piston  is  forced  outward  against  the  tension  of 
the  springs  *  s,  and  consequently  the  pen  e  is  carried  away 
from  the  base-line  a  distance  proportional  to  the  pressure, 
and  the  diagram  thus  indicates  the  tension  on  the  draw-bar. 

The  speed  of  the  train  is  recorded  by  means  of  an  electri- 
cal attachment  with  the  chronometer  clock  Q.  This  is  ar- 
ranged so  as'  to  break  an  electrical  circuit  every  second, 
which  releases  an  armature  of  an  electro-magnet  at  R,  with 
which  one  of  the  pens,  shown  at  k,  is  connected.  This 
moves  the  pen  1-16"  horizontally,  which  produces  an  in- 
dentation in  the  line  which  is  drawn  on  the  paper.  The  dis- 
tance between  these  indentations  indicates  the  space  trav- 
eled over  in  one  second.  The  next  pencil  to  k  is  arranged 
so  as  to  make  a  similar  record  every  ten  seconds.  Still  an- 
other pen  can  be  used  to  record  minutes. 

A  pen  is  also  arranged  so  that  by  an  electrical  connection 
it  records  each  revolution  of  the  driving-wheels.  Another 
records  the  mile-posts  as  they  are  passed,  which  is  done  by 
an  assistant,  who  touches  an  electrical  key  at  each  post.  The 
alignment  of  the  road,  that  is,  the  curves  and  straight  lines, 
are  recorded  by  a  pen  in  a  similar  way.  A  pen  next  to  this 
is  connected  with  a  water-meter  attached  to  the  feed-pipe  of 
the  locomotive,  and  records  the  quantity  of  water  consumed 
at  different  times  and  places.  Still  another  pen  is  arranged 
so  that  an  assistant  on  the  locomotive  records  every  shovel- 
ful of  coal  as  it  is  put  on  the  fire.  The  same  pen  has  been 
used  to  record  the  time  that  black  smoke  escaped  from  the 
chimney.  A  pen  is  also  provided  which  records  the  distance 
run  by  the  car,  and  another  records  the  indications  of  an 
anemometer  on  top  of  the  car.  At  z  is  the  fourteenth  pen, 
which  records  the  surface  of  the  track.  This  is  done  by  a 
small  vessel  or  cylinder  about  3"  in  diameter,  which  is  at- 
tached to  the  equalizing  lever  immediately  over  the  journal- 


DYNAGRAPH. 


282 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   ENGINE. 


box.  This  vessel  is  filled  with  oil  and  covered  with  a  thin 
metallic  diaphragm,  which  is  pressed  down  by  a  spiral 
spring.  The  chamber  containing  the  oil  is  connected  by  a 
pipe  with  a  gage,  m,  which  also  has  a  similar  diaphragm 
which  acts  against  a  compound  lever  carrying  the  pencil  z. 
The  jolting  of  the  car  over  inequalities  of  the  track  produces 
pulsations  in  the  diaphragm  over  the  journal-box,  and  con- 
sequently more  or  less  pressure  on  the  liquid,  which  pres- 
sure is  communicated  to  the  upper  diaphragm  at  m,  and 
thus  recorded  by  the  pen  z. 

An  integrating  apparatus  is  also  attached  to  the  instru- 
ment at  S.  This  consists  of  a  plate,  .S',  which  is  attached  to 
the  end  of  a  vertical  shaft  driven  by  the  gear-wheel  O  and  a 
worm,  not  shown  in  the  engraving.  The  speeds  are  so  ar- 
ranged that  the  plate  makes  three  revolutions  per  mile  run 
by  the  car.  A  small  wheel,  n,  which  is  attached  to  a  rod,  g, 
connected  with  the  piston  in  the  cylinder  a,  bears  on  the 
plate  S.  When  there  is  no  pressure  in  the  cylinder,  the 
small  wheel  n  is  exactly  in  the  center  of  S,  and  conse- 
quently the  revolution  of  .S'  does  not  cause  the  wheel  n  to  re- 
volve. When  the  piston  is  forced  out  by  the  pressure,  the 
small  wheel  is  carried  beyond  the  center  of  the  plate  S,  and 
consequently  the  movement  of  the  latter  then  causes  the 
small  wheel  to  revolve.  Of  course  the  greater  the  pressure 
in  the  cylinder  a  the  farther  will  the  wheel  n  be  carried  from 
the  center  of  Sand  the  greater  will  be  the  path  on  which  it 
rolls,  and  consequently  the  larger  the  number  of  its  revolu- 
tions. At  each  revolution  of  the  wheel  it  breaks  an  electrical 
circuit,  and  connecting  by  a  wire  with  one  of  the  electro- 
magnets at  R  operates  a  lever  which  carries  one  of  the  pens 
shown  at  k.  It  is  obvious  from  this  that  the  greater  the 
pressure  on  the  cylinder  a.  the  larger  the  number  of  revolu- 
tions which  will  be  made  by  the  small  wheel  n,  and  there- 
fore that  they  will  be  a  measure  of  the  work  done  ;  so  that 
multiplying  the  number  of  revolutions  by  a  known  constant 
will  give  the  number  of  foot-pounds. 

The  disk  S  is  graduated  on  the  edge,  and  has  a  vernier  at- 
tachment with  which  very  minute  measurements  can  be 
made  of  the  distance  run. 

The  battery  jars  for  working  the  electrical  apparatus  are 
carried  underneath  the  car  in  a  locker,  and  are  connected 
with  the  magnets  by  the  wires  shown  at  r. 

The  pens  consist  of  small  glass  tubes,  which  are  drawn  to 
a  fine  point  and  filled  with  eozine,  one  of  the  products  of 
coal-tar  distillation.  A  half  grain  of  this  is  dissolved  in  an 
ounce  of  water,  and  makes  a  beautiful  red  color. 

The  draw -bar  cylinder  B  is  shown  in  plan  in  Fig.  2,  and  in 
section  in  Fig.  3,  and  is  4"  in  diameter,  and  has  a  pair  of 
large  pistons,  A  A,  which  fit  into  it  at  each  end.  Into  these 
an  auxiliary  pair  of  pistons,  ('  C',  are  fitted.  These  are  used 
in  making  experiments  with  light  loads.  The  packing  is  of 
the  ordinary  kind  used  in  hydraulic  rams.  D  is  the  draw- 
bar which  is  connected  with  the  pistons  by  a  frame,  E  E.  In 
drawing  a  train  the  cross-bar  G  presses  against  the  piston 
C',  and  in  pushing  the  bar  F  presses  against  C,  so  that  in 
either  case  the  strain  on  the  draw -bar  produces  a  correspond- 
ing pressure  on  the  liquid  (oil)  in  the  cylinder.  The  pipe  L 
connects  the  main  cylinder  B  with  the  smaller  cylinder  a, 
Fig.  1,  on  the  dynagraph  above,  the  working  of  which  has 
already  been  described. 

Figs.  4  and  5  represent  the  worm  gear  on  the  axle  by 
which  motion  is  transmitted  to  the  mechanism  above  through 
the  shaft. 

See  account  of  Bavarian  experiments  by  Baron  M.  M.  Von 
Weber,  "Transactions  of  Am.  Soc.  C.  E.,''  February,  1879, 
and  reference  to  same  in  "Railroad  Gazette,"  *xxiv.  375. 

See  also  the  following  references  to  dynagraph  cars  :  — 
E.  Ry.  of  France  .     .     .      "Engineering,"  *xxvi.  290,  *307, 
*"330. 

Dudley      .....      "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,'"  xxii.  37. 

"American  R.  R.  Jour.,''1  liii.  619. 
"Scientific  Amer.  Sup,"  131,1145. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  264. 
"Railroad  Gazette,"  xx.  317. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  494. 

"Engineer,"  xliii.  380. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  402. 

*  "Engineering,^  xxv.  470. 

In  connection  with  this,  subject  the  following  references 
will  be  useful,  —  the  number  of  .United  States  patent,  the 
name  of  the  inventor,  and  the  subject  matter  of  the  patent 
being  given :  — 

SPEED,  COURSE,    GKADE,   AND   DISTANCE    RECORDERS. 

No.  Inventor.  Subject. 

16,902  Adams  Sf  Clark,  Grade  delineator. 

27,764  Billings,  Speed  register. 

32,959  Bogardus,  Grade  recorder. 

30,528  Collier,  River  course  delineator. 

155,605  Crawley,  Velocimeter. 

205,844  Dorpmiillrr,  Speed  recorder. 

196,643  Dunlap  if  Magill,  Speed  and  distance  recorder. 

202,433  Gobel,  Distance  and  velocity  recorder. 


Brake  car  for  tests. 
Westinghouse    . 


231,799  Hergenroder,  Surveyor  and  plotter. 

179,200  Kettett,  Station  indicator  and  speed  recorder. 

36,411  Krausrh,  Engine  recorder. 

222,293  LioJers,  Shock  recorder. 

183,479  Manger,  Recording  surveyor. 

15,017  PfVfrlfii,  Ship  recording-compass. 

229,456  Pelri,  Speed  indicator  and  recorder. 

147,021  Rankiii,  Ship's  course  recorder. 

138,437  Richardson,  Locomotive  recorder. 

219.527  KirhnnJsoii,  Speed  and  time  recorder. 

47,906'  Schon,  Recording  surveyor. 

118,160  Sheltman,  Speed  recorder. 

176,584  Simonds,  Time  and  distance  recorder. 

37,650  Van  Horn,  Profiler.     River  bed. 

20,908  Wampler,  Graphod'ometer. 

153,470  Wi/the,  Railway  speed  recorder. 

173,251  Wythe.  Railway  speed  recorder. 

198,232  Wythf,  Railway  speed  recorder.     (Pencil  carrier. ) 

203,865  Wythe,  Railway  speed  recorder. 

See  also  English  patents  :  - 

2,692  of  1855.  581  of  1867. 

2,141  of  1860.  890  of  1858. 

11,619  of  1847.  8,645  of  1840. 

2,892  of  1856.  1,673  of  1857. 

1,407  of  1863.  2,285  of  1863. 

See  also  United  States  Patents  :  — 
Lfwis,  1867,  Velocimeter. 
Horn,  1868,  Mileage  register. 
Guebharcl  if"  Tronclion,  1873,  Cab  register. 
Keeler,  1864,  Speed  indicator. 
Bowsher,  1868,  Speed  indicator. 
Bilgram,  1871,  Speed  indicator. 
Speed  4"  Poage,  1874,  Speed  indicator. 
Liernur,  1858,  Speed  recorder. 
Bewcktrt,  1857,  Speed  indicator. 
Brown,  1874,  Revolution  indicator. 
Elliott,  1874,  Tachometer. 

See  also  Figs.  5366,  5367,  5372,  5373,  5374,  and  pp.  2261- 
2264,  "Meek.  Diet.-'1 

See  also  under  the  following  heads  in  this  and  former  vol- 
umes :  — 

Delineator.  Log. 

Grade  recorder.  Odometer. 

Sounding  instruments.  Surveying  instruments. 

See  also  specific  indexes,  METERS,  p.  1427,  "Mech.  Diet.;" 
MEASURING  and  RECORDING  INSTRUMENTS,  infra. 

Dy-iiam'ic  E'lec-tric'i-ty.  Electricity  in  a 
state  of  action.  The  opposite  of  static. 

Dy'nam-ite.  A  mixture  of  iiitro-glycerine  and 
infusorial  silica.  See  p.  767,  "  1;<"*A  Tl!"f  " 


Mech.  Did.' 


See  also  the  following  references  :  — 


Rovx 


'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  May  18,  p.  7. 


Apparatus *  "  Engineer,''  xli.  171. 


In  agriculture . 

In  Germany 
In  plowing  . 
In  clearing  . 
Nobel  .  . 
Manufacture 


Sobrero     .     .     . 

Pile  driving. 
Paper  by  Lockert 


Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2136. 
"Scientific  American,'1'  xxxv.  242. 
"  Technologiste,''1  xxxviii.  17. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  2,  p.  11. 
"/row  Age,"1  xviii.,  Nov.  30,  p.  1. 
"  Technologiste,"1  xli.  94. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  276. 
"Scientific  American,'1'  xxxiv.  83. 
" Scientific  Arner.,'}  xxxviii.  58. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  692. 
"  Technologist ,"  xxxvii.  161. 
"  Van  ffostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  480. 


"•Teclinologiste,"  xl.  37. 

Dy-na'mo-e-lec'tric  En'gine.  A  steam-en- 
gine adapted  for  driving  a  dynamo-electric  ma- 
chine. While  many  forms  of  steam-engine  have 
been  used  for  this  purpose,  the  direct  acting  has 
some  more  peculiar  features  of  compactness  and 
special  adaptation. 

Fig.  890,  Plate  XI.,  shows  the  adaptation  of  the  Brother- 
hood three-cylinder  engine  to  driving  a  Gramme  machine. 
The  engine  consists  of  three  steam  cylinders  arranged  n 
dially  around  a  framing  at  equal  angular  distances  .ipart. 
their  axes  converging  in  a  point :  within  the  central  space 
around  this  point  revolves  a  crank  axle,  which  is  kept  m 
rotation   by  the  successive    impulses  of   the   three  pistons 
which  are '  connected  to  its  crank-pin  by  connecting  r 
the  heads  of  which  are  provided  with  brasses  bearing  agams 
it ;    and  a  circular  distributing  valve  revolving  with  tl 
shaft  regulates  the  admission  of  steam  to  each  cylinder  i 
succession   and  determines  the  position  of  the  cut-oft,  and, 
therefore,  the  period  during  which   each  cylinder  is   being 
worked  by  the  expansive  force  of  its  imprisoned  steam. 


Brotherhood  Engine  with  Gramme  Dynamo-electric  Machine. 


FIG  893.     Gramme  $  Ivernois  Magneto-electric  Machine 


FIG.  892.     Lontin  Dynamo-electric  Machine. 


FIG.  894.     Gramme  Electric  Light  Machine. 


(Elevation.) 
FIG.  891.     Pacinotti  Magneto-electric  Machine. 


PLATE  XI. 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC  MACHINES. 


'  See  pages  ZS3,  284 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   ENGINE. 


283 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


The  shaft  and  armature  spindle  lie  in  the  same  line  and 
are  coupled  direct  to  one  another,  thus  avoiding  the  use  of 
belting  or  gearing.  The  apparatus  represented  was  con- 
structed for  the  British  government  for  torpedo  work,  the 
current  being  utilized  in  a  Serrin  lamp.  The  machine  ab- 
sorbs 13  horse-power,  rv.nning  at  500  revolutions  per  minute, 
when  it  produces  a  light  of  43,000  normal  sperm  candles. 

The  consumption  of  steam,  which  is  worked  at  80  Ibs. 
to  the  square  inch,  is  41.1  Ib.  per  indicated  horse-power  per 
hour.  The  weight  of  the  whole  apparatus  is  4,256  Ibs.,  of 
which  the  Gramme  machine  represents  2,240. 

Dy-na'nio-e-lec'tric  Ma-chine'.  Speaking 
generally,  the  term  dynamo-electric  machine  is  ap- 
plied to  any  one  which  produces  a  current  of  elec- 
tricity, by  the  conversion  of  dynamic  or  mechanical 
energy  into  electric  force  by  the  movement  of  some 
of  its  parts  in  the  neighborhood  of  others. 

More  definitely,  "  An  electro-voltaic  generator 
whose  magnetic  field  is  derived  from  an  electro- 
magnet,  in  contradistinction  to  a  magneto-electric 
generator  whose  magnetic  field  is  derived  from  a 
permanent  magnet."  —  Sawyer. 

In  the  still  more  modern  terminology,  a  machine 
for  translating  motion  into  electricity,  in  which  the 
magnetic  field  in  which  the  armature  rotates  is 
formed  by  electro-magnets  having  their  coils  con- 
nected in  a  circuit  with  the  coils  of  the  armature 
and  the  main  line,  whereby  upon  starting  the  ma- 
chine with  a  minimum  of  magnetism  in  the  cores 
of  the  field  magnets,  an  inter-reacting  cumulative 
action  takes  place,  the  initial  magnetism  creating 
an  initial  current  in  the  armature,  which,  flowing 
around  the  field  magnets,  increase  their  force,  in 
turn  reacting  on  the  armature  coils,  and  so  oil  un- 
til the  maximum  current  is  produced  when  the 
field  cores  attain  saturation. 

The  discovery  of  electric  induction  by  Prof.  Faraday,  in 
the  year  1831,  drew  the  attention  of  the  scientific  world  to 
the  possibility  of  utilizing  motive  power  as  a  means  of  gene- 
rating a  current  of  electricity. 

"  Faraday  demonstrated  before  the  Royal  Society  that  if  a 
magnetized  bar  of  steel  be  introduced  into  the  center  of  a 
helix  of  insulated  wire,  there  is  at  the  moment  of  introduc- 
tion of  the  magnet  a  current  of  electricity  set  up  in  a  cer- 
tain direction  in  the  insulated  wire  forming  the  helix,  while 
on  the  withdrawal  of  the  magnet  from  the  helix  a  current  in 
an  opposite  direction  takes  place. 

"  lie  also  discovered  that  the  same  phenomenon  was  to  be 
observed  if  for  the  magnet  was  substituted  a  coil  of  insu- 
lated wire,  through  which  the  current  from  a  voltaic  ele- 
ment was  passing  :  and  further,  that  when  an  insulated  coil 
of  wire  was  made  to  revolve  before  the  poles  of  a  permanent 
magnet,  electric  currents  were  induced  in  the  wires  of  the 
coil.  It  is  on  these  discoveries  that  are  based  the  action  of 
all  magneto-electric  machines.''  —  "Journal  of  the  Society  of 
Arts.'' 

Pixii  was  the  first  to  construct  a  magnetic  machine.  His 
machine  had  a  revolving  permanent  vertical  horse-shoe  mag- 
net above  which  was  fastened  an  electro-magnet,  and  the  poles 
of  the  two  brought  into  close  proximity.  As  the  poles  of  the 
permanent  passed  those  of  the  electro-magnet,  a  series  of  re- 
versed currents  were  set  up  in  the  wires  of  the  latter.  A 
small  circular  commutator  was  placed  below  the  horse-shoe 
magnet  and  revolved  with  it. 

Saxton  placed  the  permanent  magnet  horizontal,  and  the 
axis  of  the  revolving  electro-magnet  in  corresponding  posi- 
tion, lie  also  increased  the  relative  size  of  the  horse-shoe 
magnet. 

Clarke  placed  the  axis  of  the  electro-magnet  at  the  side  of 
and  at  right  angles  to  the  permanent,  so  that  its  poles  were 
made  to  pass  those  points  of  the  latter  where  the  greatest 
strength  was  to  be  obtained.  A  commutator  placed  on  the 
spindly  of  the  electro-magnets  corrected  the  reversal  of  the 
currents  generated. 

In  the  Niaudet  machine  the  current  is  continuous.  A 
number  of  bobbins  with  soft  iron  cores  are  fixed  parallel  to 
an  axis  with  which  they  revolve.  The  poles  of  these  bob- 
bins turn  between  the  poles  of  the  permanent  horse-shoe 
magnets,  one  magnet  being  at  each  end  of  the  bobbins  ;  a 
sort  of  duplication  of  the  Clarke  machine.  The  bobbins  are 
joined  in  series,  with  connection  made  at  the  point  of  junc- 
ture to  a  commutator.  Two  contact  springs  make  the  con- 
nections to  the  terminals  of  the  machine. 

The  Nollet  ("  Alliance  ")  machine  (1850)was  originally  in- 
tended by  its  inventor  for  the  decomposition  of  water,  the 
hydrogen  gas  to  be  carbureted  by  passing  through  camphene, 
and  used  for  lighting  purposes.  It  contains  a  number  of 


gun-metal  disks  running  on  a  horizontal  shaft,  and  carrying 
near  the  circumference  of  each  disk  a  series  of  16  bobbins 
with  soft  iron  cores,  arranged  equidistant  and  parallel  to 
the  shaft,  and  free  to  turn  with  the  disks  between  the  poles 
of  8  horse-shoe  permanent  magnets,  the  poles  of  which  are 
placed  radially  to  the  shaft.  The  faces  of  the  magnets  are 
pa.rallel  to  the  disks,  so  that  in  each  circumference  there  are 
16  poles  corresponding  to  the  16  bobbins.  The  bobbins  are 
connected  in  series,  one  end  of  the  wire  being  connected  to 
the  shaft,  and  the  other  to  an  insulated  ring  upon  the  shaft; 
to  these  are  connected  the  terminals. 

The  machine  has  been  largely  used  for  light-houses  in 
France  :  at  La  Ileve  and  Grinez,  for  instances. 

The  Holmes  machine  (1856)  differs  from  the  Nollet  in  the 
arrangement  of  the  bobbins.  They  are  held  between  two 
brass  disks  in  two  or  more  concentric  circles,  the  bobbins 
rotating  in  front  of  the  poles  of  a  number  of  permanent 
magnets  fixed  on  the  frame,  and  arranged  radial  to  the  axis. 
This  gives  a  quicker  succession  to  the  contacts.  A  commu- 
tator directs  the  alternating  currents  so  as  to  pass  off  in  the 
same  direction.  The  South  Foreland  light,  and  afterwards 
the  Dungeness  lighthouse,  were  lighted  by  means  of  this 
machine.  In  later  machines,  the  magnets  are  made  to  turn 
while  the  bobbins  are  fixed. 

In  the  Siemens-llalske  machine  (1854)  the  electrical  mag- 
net was  replaced  by  a  cylindrical  bar  of  soft  iron  with  four 
longitudinal  grooves  X  section,  in  which  insulated  wire  is 
wound  parallel  to  the  axis,  so  as  to  form  a  complete  cylin- 
der. One  end  of  the  wire  was  soldered  to  the  axis,  and  the 
other  to  an  insulated  ring  at  the  extremity  of  the  axis  ;  these 
connected  to  the  respective  terminals.  The  poles  of  a  per- 
manent magnet  were  so  formed  as  to  embrace  the  cylinder 
without  touching. 

The  \Vheatstone  machine  is  in  general  use  for  private 
wires  in  Great  Britain,  applied  to  the  ABC  telegraph.  At- 
tached to  the  poles  of  a  permanent  compound  magnet  is  a 
set  of  4  bobbins,  the  soft  iron  cores  of  which  are  fixed  per- 
manently to  the  magnet,  two  to  each  pole.  In  front  of  these 
cores  is  a  soft  iron  revolving  armature.  The  cores  of  the 
bobbins  being  fixed  to  the  poles  of  the  magnet,  receive  po- 
larity from  them  and  form  4  poles,  2  North,  and  2  South. 
The  turning  armature  passing  in  front  of  these  poles  induces 
currents  in  the  bobbin  wires,  which  by  connections  actuate 
the  needle  of  the  telegraph  instrument. 

The  original  dynamo-electric  machine,  or  accumulative 
generator,  is  described  in  the  English  patent  of  Soren  Hjorth, 
of  Copenhagen,  No.  2,198,  October  14,  1854.  It  is  perhaps 
the  most  remarkable,  from  one  point  of  view,  of  the  series. 
It  describes  and  illustrates  a  "  Magneto-electric  Battery,''  so 
constructed  that  "  the  currents  induced  in  the  coils  of  the 
revolving  armature  are  allowed  to  pass  round  the  electro- 
magnets ;  consequently,  the  more  the  electro-magnets  are 
excited  in  the  said  manner  the  more  will  the  armatures  be 
excited,  and  more  electricity  of  course  be  induced  in  the  re- 
spective coilings  ;  and  while  a  mutual  and  accelerating  force 
is  thus  produced  in  this  manner  between  the  electro-mag- 
nets and  the  armatures,  an  additional  or  secondary  current 
is  at  the  same  time  induced  in  the  coiling  of  the  electro- 
magnets by  the  motion  of  the  armatures,  the  said  current 
flowing  in  the  same  direction  as  that  of  the  primary  current 
after  having  passed  the  commutator.  The  direction  of  the 
current  induced  in  the  coils  of  the  armatures  will  of  course 
be  reversed  according  to  the  change  of  the  respective  polari- ' 
ties,  and  the  commutator  is  therefore  applied  for  the  pur- 
pose of  causing  the  same  to  flow  constantly  in  the  same  di- 
rection." 

The  cores  may  be  cast-iron,  or  steel  magnets. 

It  would  seem  that  the  invention  of  Soren  Hjorth  and  the 
English  patent  of  1854  had  been  entirely  overlooked  by  the 
British,  German,  and  French  experts  ;  and  the  claim  of  Dr. 
Siemens  and  Sir  Charles  Wheatstone  to  the  invention  of  the 
accumulation  generator,  in  1867,  was  made  in  apparent  ig- 
norance of  the  claims  of  the  Swedish  inventor  of  13  years 
previous.  The  latter  claims  are  now  revived,  and  the  history 
of  the  dynamo-electric  machine  must  be  re-written  :  e.  g., 
the  account  in  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  307  :  xxviii.  63,  etc.  — 

"  Early  in  1867,  an  announcement  was  made  to  the  Royal 
Society  simultaneously  by  Dr.  C.  W.  Siemens  and  Sir  Charles 
Wheatstone,  of  the  discovery  made  independently  by  Dr. 
Werner  Siemens  and  Sir  Charles,  of  the  reaction  principle  of 
magnetization,  by  which  a  very  powerful  electric  current 
may  be  generated  through  the  building  up  of  the-  effects  of 
action  and  reaction  taking  place  between  an  electro-magnet 
and  a  magneto-electric  inductor  revolving  in  its  magnetic 
field,  and  included  in  the  same  circuit." 

It  appears  that  the  discovery  was  announced  by  Dr.  Wer- 
ner Siemens  to  the  Berlin  Academy  of  Science  a  month  be- 
fore its  announcement  to  the  Royal  Society.  Mr.  S.  A. 
Varley  and  Mr.  M.  G.  Farmer  were  also  working  on  the 
same  invention  apparently  about  the  same  time. 

The  Wilde  machine  (1866)  is  one  of  the  foundation  ma- 
chines, using  a  Siemens-Halske  armature  between  the  poles 
of  a  field  electro-magnet,  which  is  excited  by  a  small  hand 
magneto-electric  machine.  It  may  be  compared  to  one 
small  Siemens  machine  placed  on  top  of  another  of  larger 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


284 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


size.  The  current  from  the  smaller  one  is  used  for  mag- 
netizing the  two  powerful  electro-magnets  of  the  larger 
one :  the  latter  replacing  the  permanent  ones  ordinarily 
used  in  the  Siemens. 

The  first  machine  for  the  production  of  an  electric  current 
constant  in  direction  and  intensity  was  the  electro-magnetic 
ring  machine  of  Dr.  A.  Pacinotti,  of  Pisa,  Italy,  I860,  and 
described  in  ".//  Nuovo  Cimento,"  June,  1864. 

The  peculiarity  of  the  machine  was  the  movable  electro- 
magnet in  the  form  of  a  circular  iron  ring  in  which  the  mag- 
netic poles  were  movable,  instead  of  remaining  stationary,  as 
in  the  previous  machines.  The  machine  as  shown  in  Kig. 
891,  Plate  XI.,  and  the  description  following,  have  reference 
to  its  application  as  an  electro-magnetic  machine,  but  Paci- 
notti  indicated,  in  the  Italian  publication  referred  to,  a  way 
in  which,  by  the  use  of  the  same  annular  armature,  the 
electro-magnetic  may  be  converted  into  a  magneto-electric 
machine  capable  of  producing,  by  the  constant  use  in  con- 
nection with  it  of  a  permanent  or  electro-magnet,  a  continu- 
ous current  of  a  constant  direction. 

"  This  movable  ring  of  iron  had  the  shape  of  a  spur-wheel 
of  16  teeth,  and  was  firmly  secured  to  the  axis  of  the  ma- 
chine by  means  of  four  strips  of  brass.  Small  wooden 
wedges  were  placed  upon  the  teeth  of  the  ring,  and  the  space 
so  formed  between  each  two  of  the  wedges  filled  up  regu- 
larly with  insulated  copper  wire.  These  spools  were  all 
wound  in  the  same  direction,  and  the  terminal  end  of  each 
was  soldered  to  the  beginning  of  the  one  succeeding  it,  so 
that  the  whole  system  of  16  spools  virtually  formed  a  single 
coil  of  wire  surrounding  the  ring  in  a  regular  manner,  and 
returning  upon  itself. 

"  Wires  were  soldered  to  the  separate  points  of  juncture 
and  were  led,  parallel  to  the  axis  of  rotation,  to  an  equal 
number  of  insulated  pieces  of  brass,  mounted  in  two  rows 
upon,  and  slightly  projecting  from,  the  surface  of  a  disk 
firmly  secured  to  the  axis. 

"  The  iron  ring,  with  the  bobbins  wound  upon  it  in  the 
manner  already  described,  was  mounted  in  a  horizontal  posi- 
tion between  the  two  legs  of  a  powerful  upright  electro- 
magnet, the  distance  of  which  from  the  ring  could  be  ad- 
justed at  pleasure  by- means  of  a  set  screw  and  a  slot  in  the 
lower  connecting  cross-piece.  Contact  rollers  kk  were  made 
to  press,  one  on  each  side  of  the  axis,  against  the  lower 
wooden  disk  carrying  the  strips  of  brass,  so  that  during  the 
rotation  of  the  ring  all  of  the  latter  were  brought  succes- 
sively into  contact  with  them.  When,  therefore,  the  termi- 
nal posts  h  h'  are  placed  in  connection  with  the  poles  of  a 
galvanic  battery  the  current  will  pass,  supposing  it  to  enter 
at  A  (  +  ),  by  way  of  the  binding-post  /  to  the  roller  k,  and 
through  the  strip  of  brass  on  the  disk  against  which  the  rol- 
ler may  happen  to  press  at  the  time,  up  to  the  two  wire  coils 
of  the  armature  whose  point  of  juncture  is  in  connection 
with  the  strip  of  brass. 

The  current  here  divides,  each  portion  passing  in  an  oppo- 
site direction  through  the  spools  surrounding  each  half  cir- 
cumference of  the  ring,  to  meet  again  to  form  one  current 
at  the  left  contact  roller  k,  whence  the  reunited  current 
passes  to  the  second  binding-post  I'.  From  here  the  current 
proceeds  to  the  leg  A  of  the  electro-magnet,  circulates  around 
it,  and,  after  acting  similarly  with  regard  to  the  other  leg, 
B,  passes  back  by  way  of  the  binding-post  h'  to  the  negative 
pole  of  the  battery.  Magnetic  poles  thus  became  developed 
in  the  iron  ring  at  the  points  N  S,  the  position  of  the  con- 
tact rollers  having  been  so  chosen  as  to  bring  about  this  ef- 
fect, and  the  actions  of  attraction  and  repulsion  taking 
place  between  them  and  the  poles  of  the  stationary  electro- 
magnet gave  rise  to  the  rotation  of  the  ring. 

"  In  order  to  turn  the  action  of  the  electro-magnet  upon 
the  magnetized  iron  ring  to  the  greatest  possible  account, 
Pacinotti  provided  the  two  poles  with  armatures,  A  A  A, 
B  B  B,  of  soft  iron,  which  were  made  to  surround  the  ring 
very  closely  for  over  two  thirds  of  its  circumference.  Strips 
of  brass,  E  E,  F  F,  attached,  served  to  give  them  greater 
security.  In  the  elevation  of  the  machine  here  given  these 
armatures  have  been  omitted  in  order  not  to  conceal  the  ring 
and  its  surrounding  spools."  —  Prof-  Hfnrt/  Morton. 

In  the  Lontin  machine,  Fig.  892,  Plate  XT.,  the  revolving 
armature  is  in  the  form  of  a  central  boss,  P,  into  which  are 
fixed  10  or  more  radial  bars,  D,  of  soft  iron,  circular  in  sec- 
tion, and  slightly  conical,  and  each  wound  with  a  coil  of  in- 
sulated copper  wire,  the  ends  of  which  are  connected  to- 
gether in  series  and  to  a  cylindrical  commutator.  The 
armature  wheel  revolves  in  the  field  of  two  powerful  elec- 
tro-magnets, A  A,  fixed  vertically  into  an  iron  base-plate,  by 
which  they  become  the  two  limits  of  a  horse-shoe  electro- 
magnet. The  cores  of  the  radial  magnetic  inductors  as  they 
revolve  approach  very  close  to  the  poles  of  the  inducing 
magnets  A  A,  being  at  their  point  of  closest  proximity  when 
in  horizontal  position.  When  the  machine  is  revolving  in 
the  direction  of  the  arrow  all  the  radial  bobbins  above  the 
horizontal  line  are  receding  from  the  left  hand,  the  South 
pole  of  the  magnet,  and  approaching  the  North  pole,  and  the 
bobbins  below  the  horizontal  line  vice-versa,  the  currents 
in  the  upper  half  of  the  circuit  are  in  one  direction,  and 
those  below  are  inverse. 


The  coils  are  coupled  together  in  series,  and  each  pair  of 
contiguous  coils  is  connected  to  a  sector,  C,  of  the  cylindri- 
cal commutator,  there  being  as  many  sectors  as  bobbins,  and 
insulated  from  one  another  by  strips  of  vulcanized  rubber. 
Against  the  surface  of  this  commutator  collectors  are  pressed 
by  springs,  the  one  taking  off  the  positive  current  and  the 
other  the  negative,  and  the  currents  so  induced  are  trans- 
mitted through  the  coils  of  the  large  vertical  electro-mag- 
nets, the  machine  being  on  the  dynamo-electric  or  reaction 
principle. 

The  figure  shows  a  Lontin  machine  with  4  induction 
wheels  fixed  on  the  same  shaft,  each  wheel  carrying  10  bob- 
bins. The  bobbins  are  monnted  helically  on  the  shaft,  so  as 
to  avoid  any  interval  of  inaction. 

Up  to  the  period  of  the  invention  of  the  Pacinotti  machine 
the  armature  had  its  magnetism  reversed  as  it  rotated,  in- 
volving a  loss  (mil  waste  of  power.  The  Italian  inventor  de- 
vised the  idea  of  the  ring,  and  rotating  the  ring  between  the 
poles  of  a  magnet  in  such  a  way  that  there  should  be  no  re- 
versal of  poles,  but  merely  the  traveling  of  the  poles  around 
in  the  ring.  This  ring  was  surrounded  with  wires  from 
which  the  induced  current  was  taken.  The  idea  involved 
was  embraced  in  the  Gramme  machine,  and  accepted  by 
electricians  only  after  much  dispute  and  opposition.  Gramme 
appears,  however,  to  have  been  an  independent  and  original 
inventor. 

The  Gramme  machine,  Fig.  893,  Plate  XI.,  consists  of  a 
permanent  field  magnet,  between  the  poles  of  which  are  ar- 
matures of  peculiar  construction,  formed  by  coiling  around 
a  soft-iron  core  a  wire  of  copper,  forming  the  entire  coil  into 
an  endless  bobbin,  in  the  shape  of  a  cylinder  or  ring  ;  the 
wire  being  provided  at  suitable  intervals  with  metallic  rods 
or  conductors  for  allowing  the  proper  exit  of  the  electric  cur- 
rent generated.  These  rods  extend  axially  of  the  core,  and 
at'their  ends  on  diametrically  opposite  sides  of  said  axis  con- 
nect with  two  rolling  commutators  which  lead  to  line. 

It  must  be  said,  however,  that  neither  Pacinotti  nor 
Gramme  originated  the  ring  armature  ;  for  Elias,  in  1842, 
constructed  an  electro-magnetic  motor,  the  armature  of 
which  was  an  annular  coil  surrounding  a  ring  core,  having 
6  polar  protuberances  at  equal  distances  apart,  and  which 
revolved  within  a  similar  ring,  forming  the  field-magnet. 

In  Kig  893,  Plate  XI.,  H\»  the  permanent  electro-magnet, 
having  additional  poles,  h  h' ,  of  a  circular  shape,  so  as  to  cor- 
respond with  that  of  the  cylinder  or  endless  large  bobbin,  A, 
The  poles  are  kept  insulated  from  each  other  by  means  of  the 
non-magnetic  portions,!  i',and  the  large  bobbin  or  cylinder 
A  is  composed  of  a  continuous  series  of  small  bobbins  con- 
nected end  to  end,  the  junctions  being  each  connected  to  a 
conductor,  C,  which  conductors  are  kept  insulated  from 
each  other ;  on  the  free  ends  of  these  conductors  act  the 
rubbers  or  connecting  rollers,  S  S',  for  carrying  the  cur- 
rents respectively  to  the  posts  X  X'.  The  cylinder,  or  large 
bobbin,  A.  revolves  by  means  of  the  shaft  D  in  standards  />'. 
and  motion  may  be  transmitted  to  the  shaft  D  by  means  of 
the  crank  /,  anil  pulleys,  or  other  mechanical  contrivances. 
A"1  represents  the  soft  iron  coreof  the  cylinder  or  large  bob- 
bin A. 

In  the  earlier  form  of  the  Gramme  machine  the  inventor 
mounted  three  rings  upon  one  spindle,  each  revolving  within 
the  magnetic  field  of  two  very  large  rectangular  electro-mag- 
nets. One  of  these  rings  supplied  the  current  by  which  all 
the  electro-magnets  were  excited,  and  the  others  were  united 
so  as  to  produce  the  external  or  useful  current.  But  in  the 
newer  and  far  more  powerful  machines  this  arrangement  is 
superseded,  there  being  but  one  induction  ring,  and  the 
coils  of  the  electro-magnet  are  included  in  the  circuit,  the 
whole  of  the  current  traversing  them.  Fig.  894,  Plate  XI., 
represents  the  modern  Gramme  machine,  such  as  is  used  for 
illumination  purposes.  The  ring  is  mounted  on  a  horizontal 
shaft  which  is  revolved  at  a  speed  of  900  revolutions  per 
minute  within  the  electric  field  of  the  four  horizontal  elec- 
tro-magnets shown  in  the  cut.  The  two  upper  magnets  are 
united  to  a  common  pole-piece,  which  embraces  about  three- 
eighths  of  the  circumference  of  the  ring,  and  the  two  lower 
magnets  are  connected  to  a  similar  pole-piece  opposite  in 
polarity  to  that  attached  to  the  upper  magnets. 

The  Siemens  machine,  Fig.  895,  Plate  Xll.,  has  a  cylin- 
drical armature,  the  "  longitudinal  induction  bobbin  :'  re- 
volving between  two  double  poles  of  two  pairs  of  electro- 
magnets. 

The  armature  consists  of  a  metallic  cylinder  with  copper 
wires  wound  axially  over  its  surface.  The  peculiar  system 
of  winding  is  the  invention  of  Von  Alteneck,who  was  thus 
associated  with  Dr.  Siemens  in  the  device.  The  system  of 
winding  and  the  possible  variations  are  the  subject  of  an 
elaborate  article  by  M.  Breguet,  published  in  "Engineer- 
ing^ and  reproduced  in  "  Van  Nostrand's  Engineering  Mag- 
azine," *  xxii.  375- 

These  longitudinal  coils  of  wire  completely  envelop  the 
iron  cylinder  or  armature,  each  section  being  wound  paral- 
lel to  a  different  plane  passing  longitudinally  through  the 
axis  of  the  cylinder,  there  being  as  many  of  such  planes  as 
there  are  sections  to  be  wound,  and  at  equal  angular  dis- 
tances from  each  other  around  the  circumference  of  the 


(Longitudinal  Section)  FIG.  898.     Weston  Dynamo-electric  Machine.  (Cross  Section.) 


Kiu.  896.     Brush  Dynamo-electric  Mac/tin 


H,  900,     Sdison  Dynamo-electric  Machine. 


FIG.  897.     Wallace-Farmer  Dynamo-electric  Machine. 


\laxim  Dynamo-electric  Machin 


KIG.  895.     Siemens'  Bros.  Dynamo-electric  Machine. 


PLATE  XII 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC  MACHINES. 


See  pages  284,  285. 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE.         285          DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


cylinder.  The  ends  of  these  coils  are  connected  to  a  num- 
ber of  copper  sectors  insulated  from  one  another,  which  to- 
gether build  up  a  cylindrical  commutator  rigidly  attached  to 
the  armature  spindle  with  which  it  revolves ;  and  the  cur- 
rents are  collected  in  a  similar  manner  by  conducting 
brushes  pressing  against  the  commutator  as  it  revolves. 

This  system,  consisting  of  the  iron  cylinder  with  its  en- 
veloping coils,  is  rotated  at  a  high  velocity  within  a  power- 
ful magnetic  field  produced  by  a  series  of  electro- magnets, 
the  coils  of  which  are  included  in  the  circuit  of  the  rotating 
armature  through  the  brushes,  and  are  magnetized  thereby. 
The  curved  bars,  seen  above  and  below  the  revolving  arma- 
ture, are  of  soft  iron  of  rectangular  section,  and  are  the  pro- 
longation of  the  cores  of  the  powerful  electro-magnets, 
shown  on  each  side  of  the  armature,  the  cores  of  which  are 
long  Hat  bars  wound  with  insulated  wire. 

The  magnet  cores,  instead  of  being  flat  continuous  plates, 
are  divided  longitudinally  into  several  bars  having  air  spaces 
•between  them,  the  object  of  which  is,  firstly,  to  prevent 
cross-currents  being  induced  in  the  magnets ;  secondly,  to 
maintain  the  lines  of  magnetic  force  parallel  to  the  length 
of  the  bar  :  thirdly,  to  permit  of  a  circulation  and  escape  of 
air  between  the  revolving  armature  and  the  magnets,  so  as 
to  reduce  the  accumulative  heating  of  the  machine  ;  lastly, 
for  convenience  of  manufacture. 

Of  the  curved  portions  of  the  magnetic  cores,  each  sur- 
rounds two  sixths  of  the  entire  circumference  of  the  induc- 
tion cylinder,  so  that  two  thirds  of  it  are  embraced  by  the 
magnets,  and  the  coils  of  each  set  of  magnets  are  so  wound 
as  to  produce  a  point  or  pole  in  the  center  of  the  length  of 
the  cores,  a  North  consequent  pole  being  produced  at  the  mid- 
length  of  the  upper  set  of  magnets,  and  a  South  consequent 
pole  being  produced  at  the  corresponding  point  in  the  lower 
set  of  magnets.  Thus  a  very  intense  magnetic  field  is  formed 
within  the  cylindrical  space  included  between  the  upper  and 
lower  sets  of  magnet  bars,  and  within  this  space  is  revolved 
at  a  high  velocity  the  induction  cylinder  or  armature,  which 
u  described. 

In  the  Brush  machine,  Kig.  896,  Plate  XII.,  the  wires  are 
wound  in  slots  in  the  revolving  cylinder,  and  the  projecting 
parts  between  the  slots  are  brought  nearer  to  the  faces  of  the 
poles  of  the  field  magnets  than  in  the  Siemens  machine. 

Keferring  to  Fig.  896,  the  machine  is  seen  to  consist  of  two 
large  horse-shoe  electro-magnets  placed  with  their  similar 
poles  facing  each  other,  the  armature  revolving  between 
them.  The  currents  are  generated  in  the  coils  of  copper 
wire  wound  upon  the  armature.  The  coils  are  8  in  number, 
opposite  ones  being  connected  end  to  end,  and  their  termi- 
nals carried  to  the  commutator,  which  consists  of  segments 
of  brass,  secured  to  a  ring  of  non-conducting  material  carried 
on  the  shaft.  The  commutator  is  so  arranged  that  at  any 
instant  3  pairs  of  coils  are  interposed  in  the  circuit  of  the 
machine.  The  current  is  conveyed  from  the  commutator  by 
means  of  brushes  made  of  strips  of  hard  brass  joined  to- 
gether at  their  outer  ends  and  connected  with  a  binding  screw 
on  the  base. 

The  Wallace-Farmer  machine,  Fig.  897,  Plate  XII.,  has  a 
magnetic  field  produced  by  two  electro-magnets,  with  the 
poles  of  opposite  character  facing  each  other.  Between  the 
arms  of  the  magnets,  and  passing  through  the  uprights  sup- 
porting them,  is  the  shaft,  carrying  at  its  center  the  rotating 
armature.  The  latter  consists  of  a  disk  of  cast-iron,  near 
the  periphery  of  which,  and  at  right  angles  to  either  face, 
are  iron  cores  wound  with  insulated  wire,  thus  constituting 
a  double  series  of  coils.  These  armature  coils  being  con- 
nected end  to  end,  the  loops  so  formed  are  connected  in  the 
same  manner  on  to  a  commutator  of  the  same  construction 
as  that  of  the  Gramme.  As  the  armature  rotates  the  cores 
pass  between  the  opposed  North  and  South  poles  of  the  field 
magnets,  and  the  current  generated  depends  on  the  change 
of  polarity  of  the  cores. 

In  the  Weston  machine,  Fig.  898,  Plate  XII.,  the  rotating 
magnet  is  inclosed  in  stationary  coils  in  an  annular  station- 
ary iron  shell.  The  coils  are  wound  in  cylindrical  form 
upon  a  skeleton  frame  of  non-magnetic  material,  within 
which  the  electro-magnet  rotates.  The  latter  is  mounted 
upon  a  neutral  axis,  and  its  periphery  moves  in  close  prox- 
imity to  the  surrounding  coil.  Apertures  at  the  end  of  the 
cylinder  admit  air  into  the  space  within  the  coils.  The  skel- 
eton frame  is  divided  into  8  segments,  and  each  of  the  three 
coils  traverses  the  entire  exterior  of  the  skeleton  frame,  ex- 
tending across  the  ends  of  the  cylinder,  from  the  segment  on 
one  side  to  the  segment  diametrically  opposite,  and  the  free 
ends  of  the  coil  are  respectively  connected  with  two  station- 
ary brushes  bearing  upon  directly  opposite  sides  of  the  cy- 
lindrical commutator. 

In  a  late  patent  of  Weston,  the  skeleton  core  is  rendered 
discontinuous  by  a  series  of  deep  transverse  grooves,  and  by 
a  longitudinal  slit  from  end  to  end  of  the  armature,  and  cur- 
rents of  air  are  passed  through  to  counteract  the  heat  pro- 
duced by  the  resistance  of  the  current,  and  which  might  de- 
stroy the  insulation  and  does  increase  the  resistance. 

Maxim's  dynamo-electric  machine,  Fig.  899,  Plate  XII., 
has  an  armature  of  soft-iron  rings  with  the  wire  wound  par- 
allel with  the  axis,  both  plates  and  wires  being  so  arranged 


that  a  free  circulation  of  air  is  admitted  through  the  arma- 
ture to  prevent  dangerous  heating.  The  commutator  is 
large  and  heavy,  and  the  sections  curved  in  a  right  and  left 
spiral,  so  as  to  avoid  any  break  in  the  current. 

Maxim's  current  regulator,  a  governor  for  dynamo-electric 
machines  (Patent  No.  228,543),  is  automatic  in  case  of  an 
over-current  to  cause  the  operation  of  electro-magnetic  de- 
Fig.  901. 


Edison's  Dynamo-electric  Machine. 
(Field  Magnet,  Horizontal.) 

vices,  releasing  or  bringing  into  action  mechanism  for  shift- 
ing the  position  of  the  brushes,  and  thus  reducing  the  cur- 
rent. 

The  Edison  magneto-electric  machine,  Fig.  904,  Plate  XII., 
and  Figs.  901.  to  905,  has  a  revolving  armature, 


Fig.  902. 


of  wood  with  two  iron  heads,  and  around  the  cylinder  and 
between  the  heads  fine  iron 
wire  is  wound.  At  the  ends 
of  the  cylinder,  outside  the 
iron  heads,  are  disks  of  hard 
rubber,  and  the  wires  form- 
ing the  induction  helix  are 
wound  lengthwise  of  the 
cylinder  into  notches  in  the 
edges  of  the  disk. 

The  Edison  machine  exhib- 
ited at  the  Electrical  Con- 
gress, Paris,  1881,  is  shown 
in  Figs.  904,  905,  and  is  thus 
described  by  Comte  Th.  du 
Moncel :  — 

"  The  field  magnets  were 

Fig.  903. 


(Top  View.)  (Transverse  Section.) 

Edison's   Dynamo-electric   Machine. 

arranged  as  a  derivation  taken  from  the  commutator,  put- 
ting it  into  the  induced  circuit,  as  in  Wheatstone  and  Sie- 
mens' systems.  Then  the  armature  was  arranged  on  Sie- 
mens' principle,  so  that  the  wire  consisted  of  bars  of  copper. 
These  bars  lie  close  to  each  other  around  the  cylinder  which 
forms  the  armature,  and  they  generate  the  current.  Their 

Fig.   904. 


Revolving  Armature  of  Edison's  Dynamo-electric  Machine 
'  (Detached). 

extremities  correspond  to  disks  of  copper  (at  right  angles  to 
them)  laid  one  against  the  other  at  the  ends  of  the  cylinder, 
and  insulated  from  each  other.  Each  bar  is  fastened  to  its 
corresponding  disks  in  such  a  way  as  to  form  a  single  circuit 
enveloping  the  cylinder  longitudinally,  and  which  is  made 
perfect  through  the  coupled  bars  two  and  two  with  the  com- 
mutator blocks  (made  after  the  Gramme  pattern).  Figs. 
904  and  905  give  an  idea  of  this  new  arrangement.  The  cen- 
ter of  the  cylinder  itself  is  occupied  outside  of  the  rotating 


DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE.         286  DYNAMO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


axle  by  a  cylinder  of  wood,  which,  in  its  turn,  is  surrounded 
by  a  thick  tube  made  of  a  series  of  very  thin  disks  of  iron', 
separated  from  each  other  by  tissue  paper.  This  arrange- 

Fig.  905. 


Gramme 


Revolving  Armature  of  Edison's  Dynamo-electric  Machine 
(Longitudinal  Section). 

ment  facilitates  the  rapid  changes  of  polarity  in  the  plates. 
This  tube  is  terminated  at  its  two  extremities  by  two  thick 
clamping  disks  which  are  made  to  compress  the  others  lat- 
erally, and  the  copper  disks  of  the  working  coil  occupy  the 
two  compartments  at  the  extremities  ot  tne  cylinder,  as  seen 
in  Fig  905.  Under  such  conditions  as  those  the  resistance  of 
the  generator  is  small,  and  permits  of  great  subdivision  of 
the  current  in  multiple  arc ;  nor  is  there  any  insulation 
to  be  burned,  and  it  is  even  possible,  in  case  of  deterioration 
of  the  bars,  to  renew  them  easily,  for  they  are  simply  screwed 
against  the  upper  disks  corresponding  to  them.  Jn  another 
arrangement  adopted  by  Mr.  Edison,  the  field  magnets  lie 
horizontal  instead  of  being  placed  vertical  •' 

Seeley's  disk  armature  is  an  amplification  of  the  idea  of 
"  Arago's  disk."  The  disk  is  constructed  of  insulated  wire 
revolving  in  a  magnetic  field  arranged  radially  with  reference 
to  the  axis  of  the  armature. 

The  disk  consists  essentially  of  wire  wound  in  radial  direc- 
tions, so  that  the  radii  on  entering  may  be  moved  before 
magnet  poles  of  the  same  name,  while  the  radii  oiitg  ling 
move  before  the  opposite  poles.  The  whole  mass  of  the  itisk, 
so  far  as  it  is  practicable,  is  filled  out  or  made  up  of  the  ra- 
dial winding,  and  the  sectors  of  out  and  in  wires  are  equal  in 
number  and  symmetrical  in  form  and  arrangement. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Allan *  "Journal  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 

236,  pi.  6. 

>lra^o,  Ball *"La  Lumicre  Electr. ,"\.  219. 

"  Alliance,"  Nollet  .         .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  401. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  513. 

*  LabouJaye's    "Diet.,"  iv.,     ed. 

1877,    art.    "Equivalent    de 
rElectricitc." 

*  "LaLumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  259. 

*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxii.  403. 
Ayrton,  Prof.,  Electricity 

as  a  motor    .     .          .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xii.  213. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxi.  478. 
Breguet *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  1. 

"Sc.  Amer.  SMp.,"1814, 1974. 

Breguet- Gramme  .  .  .  *  "  App.de  rElectricite,"  v.523. 
Brush *  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  240. 

*  "  Engineer,"  xlv.  447. 

*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag."  xxii.  416. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  Jan.  9,  p.  7. 
*"La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.343; 

*  iv.  6. 

Burgin "La   Lumicre   Electr."    i.   89; 

*  ii.  209. 

Cance *  "La  Lumicre  Elec.,"  ii.  388. 

Ckataux "Scientific  Amer.  Swp.,:;605. 

Clark *  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxii.  402. 

Demoget *  "La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  i.  75. 

de  Meritens *  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxii.  444. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  372. 
*"La    Lumicre   Electr.,"  ii.  135, 

*190:  iii.  23:  *  iv.  175. 

die  Moncel,  paper  by  .  .  *  "App.  de  I'Electricitc,''''  v.  537. 
Edison *  "Scientific  Amer.,"x\i.  242. 

*  "La  Lumicre    Elec.,"    i.    169; 

*  v.  1,  *  88,  *  205. 

Elias  (1842) "Dingler's  Jour.,"  1842,  p.  395. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  Jem.  14,  1882. 
Farmer.    See  Wallace-Farmer. 

Fein *  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  iv.  59. 

Fitzgerald *  "Engineer,"  1.  284. 

Gary *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xl.  144,  145,151. 

Gramme *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  63,  327, 

412. 

^"Engineer"'    xlv.  447  ;    *  xlix. 
174. 

*  "App.  de  I'Electricite,"  v.  522. 

*  "La  Lumiere    Electr."  i.  114  ; 

*  ii.  87  ;  *  iv.  117  ;  *  v.  336. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Mar.  11,  p.  1. 

*  "Engineering."  xxix.  134. 


Gramme-tV  Ivernois 

Giddier 

Hefner-Altenek  .  . 
Hopkins  .... 
Hopkinson-MuirAea/l 


Lackaussce * 

Lachinojf * 

Ladd * 

Lambotte * 

Leblanc * 

Lontin    .  .     .  * 


.    "Van    Nostr.    Mag..''  xv.    49; 

*  xxii.  412-414, 418. 

*"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2468. 

*  "Journal  Soc.   Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 

239,  pi.  7. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Elec.tr. S'  v.  371. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  iii.  431. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2553. 

*  "La  Lumicre  Ett-ctr."  v.  51. 
Hospitalier *  "La    Lumicre  Electr."  ii    151, 

*171. 
Houston- Thomson    .     .     .  *" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2708. 

Hjort/i *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng."  viii.  229, 

pi.  4. 

Jablochkoff *  "  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2187. 

'La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  iii.  348. 
'La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  iv.  387. 
'La  Lumicre  Electr."  iii.  360. 
'  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,''  xxii.  405. 
'La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  iv.  387. 
•La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  iv.  72. 
'Engin eering,"  xxv.  49  ;  xxviii. 
174. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1223,  1814. 

*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mug.,"  xxii.  443. 

*  "App.  de  I ' Electr. ,"•  v.  534. 

*  "Jour,  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii.  237, 

pi.  8. 

*  "La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  i.  15  ;  ii. 

21. 

Maxim *  "La   Lumicre   Electr."  ii.  412, 

•418. 

*  "  Manf.  If  Build.,"  xii.  196,  223. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  130, 

150,  262. 

*  "La  Lumicre  Electr. ."  v   15. 

Maxim  (Governor)  .     .     .  *  "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii.  255. 
Meritens.     See  de  Meritens. 

Millward  (1851)    .     .     .     .  *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii.  255, 

pi.  1,2. 
Morton,  Prof.,  paper  by    .  *  "  Van   Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxii.  397, 

441. 

Nelson,  Br "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  104. 

Niaudet *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  401. 

Niaudet- Breguet  .     .     .     .  *  "App.  de  I' Electr. ,"  v.  525. 

Nollet.     See  ' '  Alliance . '  'j 

Pacinotti *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  217. 

*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.."  xxii.  406. 

*  "La  Lumicre  Electr.."  v.  434. 

*  "  IlNuovo  Cinxento"  June,  "64. 
"Kept.  U.  S.  Lighthouse  Board,"- 

1879. 
Pixii *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  383. 

*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxii.  402. 
"La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  ii.  270. 

*  '  Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng., "viii.  242. 

pi.  9. 

*  "Die    Magnet-    unil    Di/namo- 

electrisc/ien  Mac/iinen,"  Koln, 
1879,  p.  79. 

*  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng., "viii.  228, 

p.  3. 
Schuckert *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  119. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  45. 
Siemens      .                    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  63,  101, 

327  ;  xxiv.  307. 

*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  v.  273. 

*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxii.  405. 
Lighthouse    ....  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  401. 

Siemens-Halske  ,     .    .     .  *  "La  Lumicre  Electr.,"  v.  369. 
Siemens- Hefner-Altenek    .  *  "App.  del'Electricite,"  v.  526. 
Societe  V Alliance.     See  "Alliance. " 
Transmission  of  power  by 
electricity.  "Engineer"  xliv.  451. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xx.  334. 

Siemens *  "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  127. 

Trouve *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  4131. 

Treatise   on,  from   "Engi- 
neering"      #"Van   Nostr.  Mag.,"   xviii.  o55, 

375 :  *  xxii.  340. 
Wallace- Farmer  ....  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  447. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii  ,  Jan.  9,  p.  7. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  343. 

Western    Union  Telegraph  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xlii.  63. 
Weston *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  157. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Jan.  11,  p.  19  ; 

*  xxiv.,  July  17,  p.  1. 

*  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  ix.  246. 
*" Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  150. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  i.   172; 

iv.  311. 

Factory *  "Scientific  American,"  xii.  399. 

Ude  .    .     .  *"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,' '  xxii.  404. 

Journal  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 
235,  pi.  5;  *240,  pi.  8. 


Rapieff  . 
Roberts    . 

Schellen's 


Schottlander 


Wilde 


DYNAMOGRAPH. 


287 


DYNAMOMETER. 


Dy-nam'o-graph.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
for  registering  the  muscular  power  of  the  hand  of 
an  individual  applied  to  the  compression  of  an  el- 
liptic spring.  See  DYNAMOMETER. 

Dyn'a-mom'e-ter.  1.  (Suryical.)  An  ellip- 
tic spring  with  indicating  ringer  and  graduated 
arm,  to  be  collapsed  by  the  grasp  of  the.  hand,  as  a 
measurer  of  the  muscular  power  of  the  hand  of  the 
individual. 

Fig.  283,  Part  1,  Tiemanii's  "Annum.  Chirurgicum."  An- 
other instrument  has  a  bulb  to  be  compressed  by  the  hand, 
ejecting  a  liquid  which  rises  in  a  tube  against  a  graduated 
scale.  Fig.  285,  Ibid. 

2.  A  machine  used  for  testing  the  lifting  streneth 
of  persons.      See   HEALTH   LIFT  ;  LIFTING   MA- 
CHINE ;  EXERCISING  MACHINE. 

3.  An  instrument  for  measuring  the  compression 
exerted  by  a  charge  of  powder  in  explosion. 

Such  an  instrument  is  also  known  as  an  internal-pressure 
gage,  or  a  piezometer  :  each  of  which  see. 

Lieut. -Col.  Bfnton's  dynamometer  is  designed  to  be  used 
in  connection  with  the  Rodman  pressure  gage,  for  the  pnr- 
pose  of  determining  tho  pressure  per  square  inch  exerted 
within  the  bores  of  cannon  and  small  arms  by  the  ignition 
of  powder,  It  may  also  be  used  for  testing  the  strength  of 
materials,  or  for  measuring  their  compression  within  certain 
limits. 

The  apparatus  is  described  in  the  "  Report  of  the  Chief  of 
Ordnance,  U.  S.  A,"  1877,  *  374  and  Plates  I.-V 

Lieut.  Metcalfe's  dynamometer  for  measuring  the  recoil  of 
fire-arms,  measures  the  recoil  by  means  of  a  cut  made  in  a 
material  of  uniform  resistance,  such  as  copper  or  lead,  by  a 
Rodman  knife  interposed  between  the  metal  and  the  butt  of 
the  gun.  See  Appendix  N  and  plate,  "Ordnance  Report."1 
1878,  p.  109. 

4.  An  instrument   for  measuring   tractile  force 
exerted  by  an  engine  or  team. 

A  simple  form  is  that  of  Miller.     It  is  self-registering,  and 
v.     w,,  consists  of  an  ordi- 

nary dynameter 
spring,  a  a,  with 
needle,  b,  and  grad- 
uated scale,  c. 

A  strip  of  paper 
carefully  ruled  t  o 
correspond  with  the 
graduated  scale  is 
caused  to  pass  under 
the  needle  at  a  uni- 
form rate,  by  means 
of  rollers  moved  by 
a  train  of  gearing, 
Miller's  Dynamometer.  with  a  fly  to  regu- 

late   the    motion. 

This  mechanism  is  inclosed  in  a  box  beneath  the  graduated 
scale.  Every  impulse  of  the  power  is  accurately  noted  upon 
the  graduated  paper  by  a  pencil  attached  to  the  needle,  ena- 
bling the  operator  to  determine,  not  only  the  mean  and 
extreme  draft,  but  also  the  unsteadiness  of  draft  as  indicated 
by  the  range  of  vibration  of  the  needle. 

The  instrument  is  connected  to  the  object,  the  draft  of 
which  is  to  be  tested,  and  to  the  power  used,  by  a  hook  and 
clevis. 

The  dynamometer  of  Berg,  Kjobenhavn,  Denmark,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  907.  Draft  upon  the  double-tree  condenses  a 

Fig.  90 


spring  and  causes  a  pointer  to  traverse  a  graduated  sector 
and  show  the  force  exerted.  Attached  to  the  pointer  arm  is 
a  rod  which  moves  a  traversing  pencil,  the  point  of  which 
rests  on  a  traveling  band  of  paper,  which  is  rotated  by  a 
small  trailing  carriage. 

The  dynamometer  of  Baldwin  fy  Eickemeyer  was  used  at 
the  Centennial  Exhibition  in  1876  in  testing  the  mowing 
machines.  It  differs  from  other  dynamometers  in  so  far  as 
it  compounds  the  average  draft  applied  to  the  machine  for  a 

Fig.  90S. 


Berg's  Dynamometer 


Baldwin  4°  Eickemeyer's  Dynamometer. 

given  distance,  —  say,  100  feet, — and  thus  facilitates  the 
tests  very  materially,  as  all  calculations  of  diagrams  are 
avoided. 

Two  coiled  springs,  C  O,  united  by  cross-bar  D,  and  at- 
tached by  clevis  D1  to  the  double-tree  of  the  team,  form  the 
connection  between  the  draft-power  and  the  pole  of  the  ma- 
chine to  which  the  apparatus  is  hooked.  The  cross-head  D 
is  the  forward  end  of  a  T-shaped  bar  fitted  into  the  frame  on 
the  extreme  end  of  which  the  belt-guide  E  is  fastened.  The  • 
position  of  the  belt-guide  thus  depends  upon  the  amount  of 
power  applied  to  the  clevis  D',  as  the  springs  lengthen  or 
contract  by  variations  in  the  said  force. 

To  record  and  average  the  draft  so  applied  is  the  function 
of  the  recording  mechanism.  The  base-line  of  100'  is  meas- 
ured by  a  tape  line  100'  long,  wound  up  in  the  tape  case  F, 
which  is  drawn  out  through  a  slot  and  passes  between  the 
rubber  friction  roller  G  and  the  driving  pulley  H.  One  end 
of  a  string  is  fastened  to  the  ring  in  the  end  of  the  tape 
line  and  the  other  end  of  the  string  to  a  peg  in  the  ground 
As  soon  as  the  team  starts,  the  tape  line  begins  to  pay  out, 
turning  the  driving  pulley  H  until  the  100'  is  expended,  and 
setting  in  motion  the  recording  mechanism  which  ceases 
when  the  tape  is  expended.  A  pair  of  bevel  wheels  connects 
the  shaft  of  the  driving  roller  H  with  the  conical  roller  /, 
giving  it  a  determined  number  of  revolutions  during  the 
expenditure  of  100'  of  tape 

Above  the  conical  roller  7  is  a  parallel  roller  K,  which  is 
sustained  on  conical  end  screws,  and  its  shaft  carries  a  worm 
K,  which  engages  the  gear  on  the  periphery  of  the  drum  of 
the  indicator  dial.  An  endless  cord  passes  between  the  roll- 
ers I  K,  issuing  through  a  guide  F,  carried  by  the  post  E 
on  a  stem  of  the  T-bar  D.  When  no  strain  is  applied  to  the 
clevis  D',  E  is  at  the  rear  position  shown  in  the  cut,  and 
were  the  apparatus  even  in  motion  by  means  of  the  strain 
upon  the  tape  line,  the  end  of  which  was  fast  to  the  ground 
peg,  no  indication  would  be  given  upon  the  recording  dial, 
because  as  the  endless  cord  is  on  the  point  of  the  roller  it 
gives  no  motion  to  the  roller  K,  and,  through  the  latter,  to 
the  dial.  When,  however,  strain  is  brought  by  draft  on  the 
clevis  D',  the  endless  cord  is  drawn  forward,  and  the  cord 
passes  between  rollers  IK  at  such  point  between  the  apex 
and  the  base  of  roller  J  as  the  draft  may  have  occasioned. 
The  heavier  the  draft  the  larger  the  portion  of  the  roller  1 
traversed  by  the  cord  and  in  exactly  the  same  proportion  is 
the  motion  of  the  roller  K  and  accordingly  of  the  dial.  Any 
fluctuation  in  the  draft  exerted  is  immediately  manifest  by 
the  creeping  of  the  cord  toward  the  point  or  toward  tho 
base,  as  the  power  exerted  diminishes  or  increases,  and 
equally,  the  indicator  travels  more  or  less  slowly.  The  ex- 
tent of  the  motion  of  the  indicator  is  tho  sum  of  all  the 
effects,  and  it  is  set  to  zero  at  the  commencement  of  each 
trial. 

The  reading  of  the  indicator  is  the  perfected  record,  and 
no  calculations  of  diagrams  are  necessary. 

Emerson's  dynamometer,  in  one  form,  is  shown  at  5,  Fig 
1813,  p.  768,  "Mech.  Diet."  Quite  a  variety  of  lever  dyna- 
mometers, fixed  and  portable,  are  now  made  on  this  princi- 
ple. These  dynamometers  are  graduated  by  applying  the 


DYNAMOMETER. 


288 


DYNAMOMETER. 


O 


Mean  of  work  by  the  four  reap- 
ers. d.8155  kilos  per  sq.  meter 
=  8,155  kilos  per  hectare. 

Mean  of  work  by  the  four  mow- 
ers, 1.355  kilos  per  sq.  meter  -= 
13,550  kilos  per  hectare. 

!  ? 

' 

iD                    QC 

Weight  of  Wheat   cut 
per  Square  Meter. 

CD                     1-                    CO                    O 
M                     -^                          ^                          CM                          O 

'A               o                   O                   O                   O 

=      (2 

Estimate  of  Power  re- 
quired to  cut  ; 
t  One  Hectare  of  Wheat. 
JOne  Hectare  of  Lucern. 

IE         g              |              S              {g~ 

I—                          OS                          1—                       -*< 

O                        i—  <                        *O                    £O 
'X>                       CD                       CO                     »O 
•H-                       -H-                       -H-                    -H- 

eakor  sjiriiiirs 

a  short  stulili 
s  Arts  fi  Mcti 

Price  of  Machine. 

u         QOO        OOO        000        000 
C          OOO        O  O  O        »C  iO  >O        »-7?  >  -  >  7* 
53         OOO       OOO        1—  I—  I—       OOO 

C-l  C>l  c3        1—  I-  1*—  1—        1-  I  —  I—        1—  1—  1  — 

CCCDCO        CDCDCDCD        CCCDCD        CCCCCP 

=     It 

-—          ^     *- 

£          IM'cMC-f       CMCM'CM        rni-HrH        i-TrH  rH 

5     tt|i 

Total  Weight. 

J2          CO  CO  CO        CO  CO  CO        Cvl  £3  M        iO^CtC 

£ 

SS5  llii  888  IIS 

t.               S   ? 

*      6  S 

S            aj 
o          ^=O 

Weight  of  Driver. 

CM  CM  CM        CM  CM  CM        CM  CM  CM        (M  CM  CM 

•-                  '~.      ~.     ~.             OiO^Oi             O2  O5  O5             Ol  Oi   Oi 

M  <M  (M        CM  C-l  C-l  (M        C4  C*l  94        M  Ol  <M 

O5  O3  O5        Oi  Oi  O5  Ci        O5  O5  O5        Oi  Oi  Oi 

C            Q  a 
«             ;3   r 
G                i 

>>         s*. 

73            St 

Weight  of  Machine. 

^O          _-_-*.         „._*,},        oj  CO  CO        lO  O  'O 

«««  ^8g  ««  BiS 

•5+;     §^ 
_.  a     "3 
^2     -°  ? 
>..  a     *.  S 

_0  3        «  fl 
^-i  cuff 

£           O5  Oi  O5         I—  1—  1~         I—  I—  t--         »C  1C  1C 
£          SSrH        SSrH        000        000 

i^2S    SSi^S    SSS    §§§ 

Lssag 

*35^S 

£      ood     odd     ddo"     odd 

OOO       OOOO       OOO       OOO 

s's-sii 

5»f3i 

Rate  of  Motion  per  Sec- 
ond. 

OwlC^i        »O  CM  OO       O  O5  *C       COOI  — 
*2          T^ICMCO        OiOiCM        TjH^—Tt*        CM  CO  CO 

8O5  OO        OS  1—  CO  O        C4  <M  CD        1—  C^l  (M 
OtQ        CCCOOltN        <M  QC  •—  t        OCOO5 
r^  ,—  i  ,-H        Oi  ^  O  rH        I-H  -^  CO        r-i  CO  CO 

•slflM 
l§Iil 

Time  of  Course. 

CD  •**<  "*i       OOOO        COCMCD       O  CO  CM 

5       06  1-  co      -*  oi  cd     odcMic      03-rd 

I—  L—  OO        rH  ^H  OO        I—  Oi  1--        CO  OO  OO 

CD  C-l  O        <M  ^  M  O        (M  C-I  CD        ^  CD  O 

CO  CM  »O        1—  lr»  O  CO        r-  1  ^  CO        C5  C>1  3i 
t'-OSOi        i-Hr-<i-HO5        COL—  GO        CiCOl— 

i'~  I  -a'i 
J|||] 

Length  of  Course. 

£       ooo     ooo     ooo     ooo 

OOO        OOOO        OOO        OOO 

fe         S 

1 

3 

Effort  corresponding  to 
one  Meter  of  Width  of 

Cut. 

5  «       CO  <M  CM       ^*^iC       »C  CO  CO       1—  COO 

£  £     cococo      co  os  co      •*  co  cq     i—  os  co 

0  S        •*CD-«<        CDCOCO        rHr-!r-i        OOCOCO 
—  S        (MOOCO        <MOOl~        rHOSCO        CO-J-CO 

U!C     ^ 

111  in  si  11 

a 
A 

iS 
CM 

Width  of  Cut. 

E             OOCOCO          I-HrHrH          OO  OO  OO          OOQ 

C$  CN  CM        CN  O)  CSI  (M        <N  CM  Ol        G*  CM  CM 

2 

s 

'Z 

g 

Corresponding  Effort. 

|E    S5S    SSS    SSS    So?S 

fcc*-        -r*-Cr6»O        O---O        CDrJ^CD        CO»OiO 
^g         S^O^          ^COr-l          [^^^          S^0 

5" 

C-1COO        I-I^CDCO        COOCO        O-*O 
CDOCO        •^(M-^1^        i—  'OiCO        (Ml—  iji 

0, 

p. 

3 

t 

3     . 
73  b 

Mean  Ordinate. 

S         ooco^      00*—  i  •**      cocr-(M      COOQCO 

-    /        kOOr-  '        T—  ilO^O        I—  ODC^        COdC^l 

•So3        I-^CO'-H        OD^io        CDCOOi        O5CDlf5 

g"    ^£y    r-'r-'r-<    ^^ 

Oi  T**  O       COCOOSO       <MiCOO       OCO^ 
CMOO        (MC5OOCD        iCCD»C>        C^  iC  t^- 

-:    'M 

•e      ta  " 
^    I? 

C    fcjo 

Length  of  Trace  on  Pa- 

«          T^OOtD        C^OSCO        »COCD        iCC^^O 

slrl  ill!  l§s  §!§ 

o   as 

rH       ^^ 

-          .H.H^        rHCOrH        rnrHrH        rH  rH  rH 

rH         O  ^ 

"   -SI 

Surface  of  Diagram, 
measured    by    the 
Planimeter. 

5^       OOO       OOO        O*CO       OOO 
£        CO  »£t'  CO        "^  I—  Oi        CD  -^  O        "—    ~-  '  .7 

§.|        CMiO^i        CMCOrH        CMr-rH        rH 

S 

•^    ~    II    X 
•  fi    "    3 

Ills 

t-1  °    fcJD^j 

g;ooC 

1.  At  work. 
2.  Moving  ;  in  gear  but 
not  cutting. 
3.  Moving  ;  not  in  gear. 

1-HOqCO        -HC«CO        rHCMCO        I-HCMCO 

-t-  +H- 
4—  4-f 

i—  ICMCO          rH     (N  CO       rHCMCO       rH  CN  CO 

a-l!8-° 

S  a;  rH  ti 

•§1  Hi 

=  ~  H  - 

«*H 

o 

if 
i 

II  11  11  11 

S.S        s=g        S|        >S" 
•  •°           -So        -0                  •" 

s^i  ti   !*i  I's 

111  ?l     SS!  |s 

O             ^             ft             ^ 

|-               S  |  g              SI             1 

o  J3          -  o         »2 
g  ®          cJ^gO          ^"g          pt 

ll          «^&r       g-|         <S 
|§         ^^Ig      11         Sg 

if      -Is  •&  3^      ^a 

^          is             P     :     * 

Meter  =  39.  37079 
Millimeter,  1-100 
Kilo,  i.  «.,  kilogr 
Kilogrammeter  = 

DYNAMOMETER. 


289 


EARTHQUAKE  INDICATOR. 


weights  at  a  point  which,  if  revolving,  would  describe  a 
circle  of  a  given  number  of  feet,  the  smallest  size  at  4,  the 
larger  from  10  to  60,  depending  somewhat  upon  the  speed 
they  are  run. 

The  same  method  is  used  to  compute  the  power  as  de- 
scribed in  water-wheel  tests.  Suppose  the  instrument  to  be 
graduated  upon  a  4'  circle,  pulley  making  500  revolutions 
per  minute,  weight  indicated  after  deducting  centrifugal 
force,  35  pounds,  500  X  4  =  2,000  X  35=:  70,000-^-33,000  — 
2.12. 

The  manner  of  using  the  portable  dynamometer  is  to  place 
it  between  the  motor  and  the  machine  to  be  tested,  level 
and  secure  it  to  the  floor,  then  belt  from  motor  to  driving 
pulley  of  dynamometer,  and  observe  the  weight  indicated, 
caused  by  centrifugal  force  of  the  levers  (equivalent  to  bal- 
ancing scales),  then  belt  from  pulley  of  dynamometer  to 
pulley  of  machine,  from  the  weight  then  indicated,  deduct 
the  centrifugal  force,  then  compute  as  before  described. 

These  dynamometers  are  usually  made  in  two  sizes.  The 
small  size,  capable  of  testing  up  to  5-horse  power,  and  large 
one  up  to  25-horse  power. 

The  table  on  the  opposite  page  gives  the  tests  of  harvesting 
machines  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878.  The  trials  took 
place  at  Marmont  near  Paris,  and  the  writer  was  member  of 
the  special  jury  as  well  as  of  the  class.  It  is  appended  as 
indicating  the  thorough  method  of  testing  :  — 

The  machine  operating  in  crop. 

The  machine  operating  but  not  in  crop. 

The  machine  empty,  moving  but  not  in  operation. 

The  column  "  Estimate  of  power  required  to  cut  one  hec- 
tare "  is  the  ultimate  result  in  nuce. 

^ee  the  following  references  :  — 

Batchelder *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxix.  127. 

*  "Se.  Am.,'1'  xxxviii.  130. 

Blackinton *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  66. 

Eastern  Ry.  of  France,  Car .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"   xxvi. 

290,  307,  330. 


Edison "Sc.  Amer.,">TL\\. 36,276 

Froude,  Propellers *  "JSng-'m^,"  xxiv.  67,  90. 

Propellers *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  1407. 

Giffard,  Balloons,  Paris,  1878  .     .      "  Sc.  Am.,"  xxxix.  179. 

Hausner,  Fabrics *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,'1  1236. 

Killiches,  Locomotives,  Ger.     .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag." 

xix.  560. 

Maxim *  "Mantif.    if     Builder,'' 

xii.  223. 
Reaper  trial,  Br.,  1876      ....      "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  681. 

Prony  brake *"Sc.   Am.    Sup.,"    704, 

Fig.  7. 

"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  130. 
Electric  currents,  Weber      ...  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,';  3985. 

Dynamometer  for  threads  and  tissues,  article  Dynamom- 
Ater,  Laboulaye' 's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Dynamometers  of  Tresca,  Morin,  Bentall,  Ibid.,  tome  i., 
article,  Dynamometer. 

See  also  TESTING  MACHINE,  and  list  tinder  MEASURING  IN- 
STRUMENTS, infra. 

Dyne.  (Electricity.)  The  unit  of  force,  namely  : 
A  force  which,  acting  on  a  mass  of  one  gram, 
for  one  second,  imparts  a  velocity  of  one  centime- 
ter per  second  or  increases  or  diminishes  the  initial 
velocity  of  such  mass  by  that  amount.  —  Gordon. 

Dy'si-ot.  A  German  alloy,  a  whitish  brass, 
readily  fused. 

Copper 62 

Lead 18 

Tin 10 

Zinc 10 

100 


E. 


Ear  For'ceps.    (Surgical.)   An  instrument  for 
extracting  foreign  bodies  from  the  external  meatus. 


Fig.  909. 


The  prongs  are  fine,  and  come  into  complete  appo- 
sition in  the  mode  of  some  bullet  forceps.  Dr. 
Francis  H.  Brown. 

Ear  In'stru-ments.      (Surgical.)     These  are 
of  three  kinds  :  — 

1 .  For  exploration  and  diagnosis. 

2.  For  operation. 

3.  For  prothesis. 


See  :  — 

1.  Otoscope. 
Reflector. 
Diagnostic  tube. 
Ear  probe. 
Explorer. 
Tuning  fork. 
Specula. 

2.  Curette. 

Hook  for  foreign  bodies. 
Polypus  knife. 
Polypus  forceps. 
Polypus  snare. 
Eustachian  catheter. 
Meatus  knife. 
Eustachian  canal  inflator. 
Ear  spoon. 
Powder  blower. 


Port  acid  glass. 
Mastoid  process  knife. 
Ear  syringe. 

Eyelets  and  eyelet  forceps. 
Angular  forceps. 
Tympanum  perforator. 
Nose  clamp. 
Tensor  tympani  instr. 
Air-bag. 
Ear  forceps. 

Capillary      spray     instru- 
ment. 

Maryngotome. 
Bistoury. 

3.  Auricle. 

Apparitor  auris. 
Ear  trumpet. 
Cornet. 


Ear  Lift'er.  (Harvesting.)  A  long  projecting 
guard  finger  on  the  knife  bar  of  a  reaper,  to  insinu- 
ate itself  beneath  the  grain  which  has  been  storm 
beaten,  or  laid  in  the  field.  A  row  of  lifters  is 
placed  in  advance  of  the  regular  guards.  Hornsby. 
19 


Ear  Pow'der-blow'er.     An  instrument  to 
introduce  powder  into  the  ear  by  the  way  of  the 
Fig.  910. 


Ear  Insufflator. 


external  meatus.  One  section  of  the  stem  has  a 
sliding  cap,  which  is  withdrawn  to  allow  the  pow- 
der to  be  introduced.  Compression  of  the  bulb 
ejects  the  powder  at  the  nozzle.  A  form  of  syr- 
inge. 

See  AUTO-INSUFFLATOR  AND  ATOMIZER,  Figs. 
128,  131,  pp.  55  and  57  respectively,  supra. 

Ear  Spout.  A  trough  which  hangs  by  a  wire 
to  the  ear  and  conducts  outflow  water  to  a  basin, 
while  syringing. 

Earth  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in  which 
the  elements  are  imbedded  in  the  earth  to  be  acted 
upon  by  the  moisture  of  the  ground. 

Cerpaux's  earth  electric  battery  consists  of  a  combination 
of  plates  of  zinc  and  copper,  separated  by  slats  and  blocks  of 
wood,  inserted  in  moist  earth  or  sand. 

"  Scientific  American ,  Supjrilement  " 452,  *  2489. 

Sabine's  "Electric  Telegraph  " 230. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement'' *  774. 

"Scientific  American''1 xxxiv.  296. 

Earth  Flax.     Amianthus.     See  ASBESTOS. 

Earth  Pit.  A  sunken  trench  or  pit,  Fig.  911, 
in  which  to  protect  plants  during  winter,  using  the 
heat  of  the  earth  below  and  around,  and  exclud- 
ing the  cold  above  by  means  of  sashes,  and  any 
necessary  shutters  or  matting  in  very  cold  weather. 
A  cold  pit. 

Earth'quake  In'di-ca'tor.  An  instrument 
to  indicate,  and  in  some  instances  record,  the  per- 


EASEL. 


290 


EBONY,  ARTIFICIAL. 


Fig  911. 


Earth,  Pit. 


turbations  of  the  ground  in  case  of  earthquakes. 
See  SEISMOMETER,  "Meek,  Diet."  et  infra. 

Ea'.sel.  A  frame  or  tripod  on  which  a  board, 
canvas,  or  other  object  is  supported  at  a  convenient 
angle  for  drawing,  plotting,  or  painting. 

That  shown  is  by  Boudriot,  of  Hague,  Germany. 

The  drawing  board  is  suspended  from  two  sliding  frames 
by  ropes  passing  over  pulleys  on  the  top  of  the  easel,  and  it 


Fig.  912 


table,  and  the  hand-rest  adjusted  to  a  convenient 
height  and  position  to  bring  the  hair  pencil  to  bear 
upon  the  object,  which  is  chucked  on  the  table  by 
means  of  centering  pins  in  the  flanged  rim. 

Eas'ing  Valve.  A  small  valve  in  the  center 
(say)  of  a  large  valve,  the  former  being  lifted  by  a 
moderate  power,  to  equalize  the  pressure  before  the 
large  valve  opens. 


Draftsman's  Easel. 

is  balanced  by  a  ball  weight  attached  to  the  ropes.  The 
board  can  be  inclined  at  any  angle  by  means  of  adjustable 
telescoping  struts.  The  easel  has  adjustable  arms,  carrying 
sliding  carriages,  from  one  of  which  a  lamp  is  suspended, 
and  a  small  table  for  the  instruments  from  the  other.  The 
easel  can  be  adjusted  to  suit  persons  of  different  heights,  and 
to  accommodate  different  kinds  of  work. 

Fig.  913  shows  Brownell's  easel  for  painting  and 
striping  pottery.     The  vase  is  placed  on  the  turn- 
Fig,  913. 


'Engineer,"  xlv. 


Porcelain  Painter's  Easel. 


format**  188. 

McNaught,  *  297. 
Borsig,  *297. 

Eb'o-nite.  Another  name  for  hard  black  rub- 
ber. The  inventor,  Charles  Goodyear,  between 
1840  and  1850,  made  a  number  of  finely  molded 
articles  in  this  material. 

It  is  produced  by  the  process  of  vulcanization,  the  heat, 
quantity  of  sulphur,  and  time  employed  being  in  excess  of 
the  ordinary  vulcanization.  The  hard  and  fibrous  rubbers  of 
the  Malayan  Archipelago  are  preferred  to  the  Para  or  the 
African  rubber  for  this  purpose. 

The  carefully  washed  and  dried  rubber  is  mixed  by  means  of 
heated  rollers  with  from  25  to  50  per  cent,  of  sulphur  (which 
must  be  free  from  acid),  according  to  the  hardness  required. 
3  per  cent,  of  lampblack  may  be  added  to  improve  the  color, 
and  calcined  magnesia  is  sometimes  added.  The  material 
becomes  plastic  while  hot,  and  non-elastic  when  cold. 

The  ebonite  is  cured  in  steam  at  135°  C.  during  a  period  of 
from  6  to  10  hours,  according  to  the  thickness  of  the  article. 
At  a  heat  of  140°  to  150°  C.  the  process  is  shortened. 

Ebonite  in  its  plastic  state  is  molded  in  tin,  type  metal,  or 
tinned  brass  molds.  A  very  slight  application  of  oil,  fol- 
lowed by  black-leading,  prevents  adhesion. 

Ebonite  works  like  horn  or  ivory,  and  can  be  turned,  but 
requires  a  high  rate  of  speed.  It  is  dressed  down  by  flour- 
glass  paper  and  fine  emery,  and  polished  by  cloth  charged 
with  fine  brick-dust  and  water,  oil,  or  paraffine  ;  subse- 
quently by  rotten-stone  or  tripoli. 

When  heated,  it  may  be  bent  to  shape,  so  that  articles 
such  as  bracelets  are  made  flat,  heated  to  100°  C.,  and  bent 
to  shape.  Junctions  are  easily  made  in  the  vulcanizer  when 
the  ebonite  is  not  at  its  hardest  condition. 

The  uses  of  ebonite  depend  largely  upon  its  properties  of 
hardness,  elasticity  (in  certain  grades),  electrical  non-con- 
ductivity, compactness,  inertness  toward  most  chemical 
products,  capacity  for  shaping  by  molds,  turning,  polish- 
ing. 

Gutta-percha,  shellac,  asphalt,  graphite,  are  added  to  some 
compositions,  and  sulphur  as  high  as  60  per  cent.  An  ap- 
proved formula  is 

Rubber .100 

Sulphur 

Gutta  percha 10 

Combined  under  heat.  Molded  in  a  material  not  affected  by 
the  sulphur ;  exposed  to  a  heat  of  315°  F.  in  a  steam  pan,  at 
a  pressure  of  12  pounds  to  the  square  inch. 

Eb'o-ny,  Ar'ti-fi'cial. 

Boil  oak  wood  for  48  hours  in  a  solution  of  alum, and  then 

brush  over  with  a  decoction  of  logwood,  prepared  as  follows:  — 

Boil  1  part  of  logwood  in  10  parts  of  water ;  filter,  evaporate 

to  one  half.     To  each  quart  of  this  solution  add  12  drops 

saturated  neutral  solution  of  indigo. 

After  the  application  of  the  dye  rub  the  wood  with  a  satu- 
rated filtered  solution  of  verdigris  in  hot,  concentrated  acetic 
acid,  and  repeat  till  the  required  black  color  is  attained. 

Or.  Boil  2  quarts  of  water  with  £  pound  of  logwood  and 
add  1  ounce  pearl-ash ;  wash  the  wood  with  this  first,  and 
then  with  the  following  wash  :  2  quarts  of  water  boiled  with 
J  pound  of  logwood,  J  ounce  sulphate  of  iron,  £  ounce  of 
acetate  of  copper,  and  i  pound  rusty  steel  filings. 

Or  :  Dip  in  a  solution  of  logwood.  When  dry,  rub  clean, 
dip  in  a  solution  of  bichromate  of  potassium  ;  dry  and  rub 
again. 

Or :  Wash  repeatedly  in  a  solution  of  sulphate  of   iron. 
Dry  ;    then  wash  repeatedly   in   hot  solution   of  logwood. 
Dry  ;  wash  with  sponge  and  water.     Dry :  rub  with  linseed 
oil. 
See  the  following  references  :  — 

"Iron  Age?'  xxiii.,  April  10,  p.  1. 
"Manufac.  Sf  Builder,"-  ix.96, 120. 

Ebonite "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  4008. 

"Mining  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxii.  23. 
"Eng.  Mechanic,''  xxv.  142, 165. 

Ebonizine  wood  .  .  .  "Manufac.  $  Builder,'1''  x.  240. 
"Mining  If  Sc.  Press,"  xl.  263. 
"Scientific  American,''''  xxxviii. 

191/219,251;  xxxiv.  40. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxyii.  137. 
145. 


EBONY,  ARTIFICIAL. 


291 


ECCENTRIC   LATHE. 


"English  Mechanic,''  xxv.  644. 

Imitation "English  Mechanic,-'  xxvii.  135. 

Polishing "English  Mechanic,-'  xxiii.  363. 

E-bul'li-o-scope.  (Add.)  The  cbullioscope 
of  M.  Malligand,  of  Paris,  is  an  instrument  for 
ascertaining  the  quantity  of  alcohol  present  iu 
liquids.  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  173,128. 

It  was  found  by  the  Abb6  Brossard-Vidal  that  alcohol  hold- 
ing certain  matters  in  solution,  such  as  sugar,  resins,  citric 


Malligand's  Ebullioscope. 

and  tartaric  acids,  gives  a  different  result,  the  presence  of 
these  matters  in  moderate  quantities  not  affecting  the  boil- 
ing-point of  the  alcohol  in  which  they  are  dissolved.  This 
fact  led  to  the  method  of  estimating  the  proportion  of  alco- 
hol present  in  wines  and  other  alcoholic  liquors  by  compar- 
ison of  their  boiling-points  with  the  boiling-points  of  differ- 
ent mixtures  of  alcohol  and  water  in  known  proportions. 

hi  using  the  apparatus,  pure  water  is  placed  in  the  boiler 
until  it  reaches  the  lower  ring/,  or  mark,  in  the  boiler.  The 
water  is  then  boiled,  the  boiling-point  being  noted  by  bring- 
ing the  zero  of  the  movable  scale  E  opposite  the  degree  in- 
dicated by  the  mercurial  column  C.  The  water  is  then  re- 
placed by  the  liquid  to  be  tested,  care  having  been  taken  to 
rinse  out  the  boiler  with  some  of  the  same,  so  that  no  water 
is  allowed  to  remain.  The  boiler  is  then  filled  up  to  the 
upper  ring  g,  or  mark,  in  the  boiler,  and  cold  water  supplied 
to  the  condenser-vessel  b,  attached  at  the  top  of  the  instru- 
ment. The  lamp  is  then  lighted,  and  as  soon  as  the  mercurial 
column  becomes  stationary  in  the  stem,  then,  by  means  of 
the  mercury  above  the  scale  E,  the  degree  of  the  boiling  is 
at  once  indicated. 

The  peculiarities  of  the  instrument  consist  in  the  con- 
densers a  b  for  returning  the  vapors  of  the  liquids  under 
test,  so  as  to  keep  them  at  normal  strength  ;  in  heating  the 
liquid  in  detail  by  pipe  F  through  the  flame,  thus  insuring 
circulation  and  proximate  equality  of  temperature  through- 
out the  boiler  B. 

See  HYPSOMETER,  for  the  instrument  for  ascertaining  alti- 
tudes by  the  observation  of  the  boiling  point  of  water. 

E'bur-ine.  Dust  of  ivory  or  bone  compounded 
with  gum  tragacanth  or  albumen,  by  pressure  and 
heat ;  colored  at  pleasure.  The  name  adopted  by 
the  French  inventor,  Latry. 

A  cement  is  usually  added,  but  the  organic  matter  in  the 
bone  seems  to  answer  if  the  heat  be  carefully  regulated. 

The  material  is  a  grayish-white,  but  may  be  colored  by 
pigments,  an  addition  which  renders  albumen  necessary. 
It  is  used  in  connection  with  bois-durci  or  wood  concrete 
(made  of  sawdust  and  bullocks'  blood). 

Eburine  may  be  colored  and  molded,  and  made  to  imitate 
jasper,  malachite,  lapis-lazuli ;  to  form  moldings,  seals,  cam- 
eos, ornaments  of  various  kinds. 

Latry "  Technologists,"  xxxix.  221. 

See  list  under  COMPOSITIONS,  p.  212  supra;  also  EBONITE, 
p.  290. 

Etmr-ite.    See  EBCKINE. 


Ec-cen'tric  Chuck.  An  oval  and  eccentric 
lathe  chuck  of  considerable  range  and  variety  of 
work  is  shown  in  "English  Mechanic,"  and  repro- 
duced in  ''Scientific  American  Supplement,'''  *  1413. 

See  also  Penney *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  308. 


Ec-cen'tric  Clamp, 
stone  monuments,  col- 
umns, pillars,  etc.,  which 
should  not  be  defaced 
by  leaving  holes  or  by 
clamps  which  mar  the 
bin-face  of  the  object. 

The  lifting  of  the  load 
turns  the  eccentrics  and 
binds  the  rubber-faced 
plates  firmly  against  the 
object.  The  size  is  ad- 
j  usted  by  the  t  u  r  n- 
buckles  at  the  sides. 

Ec-cen'tric  Geared 
Press.  An  iron-shear- 
ing and  punching  twin- 
power  press  in  which  the 
power  is  transmitted 
through  eccentric  gear- 


A  lifting  arrangement  for 
Fig.  915. 


Eccentric   Clamp. 


The  middle  shaft  receives  a  uniform  velocity  by  its  large 
spur-wheel  driven  by  a  pinion  below.  On  this  shaft  is  an 
elliptic  gear  hung  eccentrically,  which  alternately  imparts  to 
the  eccentrics  on  the  right  and  left  respectively  a  slow  mo- 
tion during  the  penetrating  dowu-stroke  and  a  rapid  motion 

Fig.  916. 


Eccentric  Geared  Press. 

during  the  up-stroke,  increasing  the  power  two-fold  in  the 
former  case  and  the  speed  two-fold  in  the  latter,  proximately. 
The  greater  part  of  the  upward  stroke  is  in  fact  accom- 
plished in  one-sixtti  of  the  time  occupied  in  the  revolution 
of  the  shaft  carrying  the  shear  or  punch,  as  the  case  may  be. 


Ii-ens  $f  Brooks 


.  *  "Engineer,"  xli  450. 


Ec-cen'tric  Lathe.  A  lathe  with  a  compound 
face  plate  or  sliding  frame  with  guides  by  which  the 
object  is  so  presented  that  the  tool  works  an  ovnl 
upon  it. 

Maxwell  of  Cincinnati,  in  1866,  made  an  important  im- 
provement in  so  arranging  the  lathe  that  the  amount  of 
ponderable  weight  was  at  all  times  the  same  on  every  side  of 
the  axis,  independent  of  the  piece  being  turned.  This  pre- 
vented the  very  serious  vibration  incident  to  rapid  running 
of  eccentric  lathes  not  thus  arranged. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  917  is  made  by  Arbey  of  Paris. 


ECCENTRIC   LATHE. 


292 


EDGE    SETTER. 


Fig.  91T. 


Eccentric  Lathe. 

Ec-ceii'tric  Mill.  In  the  Bogardus  eccentric 
mill,  both  plates  revolve  in  the  same  direction  (with 
nearly  equal  speed),  on  centers,  which  are  apart 
from  each  other  one  or  two  inches,  more  or  less; 
the  center  of  the  one,  or  the  axis  thereto  affixed, 
resting  on,  or  revolving  upon  a  stationary  bearing  ; 
whilst  the  prime  mover,  by  means  of  a  belt  or  gear- 
ing, causes  the  motion  of  the  other  plate. 

The   driven   plate  communicates  motion  to  the 

Fig.  918. 


Bogardus  Eccentric  Mill. 

other,  the  circles  which  are  cut  in  the  plates  acting 
as  a  revolving  shears.  The  faces  of  the  plates  are 
variously  formed  for  different  purposes. 

Ec-ceii'tric  Valve.    A  stop  valve  moved  by 
an  eccentric  upon  the  valve  stem,  or,  as  in  the  case 
cited,  by  an   equivalent  motion  of  a  short-throw- 
crank. 
See  Elliott  $  Burnett,  Br.     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  193. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  98. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup . ,"  1570. 

Ech'o-scope.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  in- 
vented by  Dr.  Speir  to  intensify  sounds  produced 
by  percussion  of  the  thorax. 

Fig.  267,  p.  83,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum."  % 

E-con'o-mi'zer.  An  apparatus  for  heating  the 
feed  water  by  the  waste  heat  from  a  boiler  or  fur- 
nace. See  FUEL  ECONOMIZER. 

E-cra'seur.  (Surgical.)  A  flexible  loop  for 
cutting,  or  tearing  loose  a  tumor,  polypus,  etc. 

The  following  figures  sefer  to  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Ch  irurgicum.'' 

The  ecraseurs  of  Chassaignac,  Edwards,  Emmett,  Tiemann, 
and  Barnes,  for  uterine  and  ovarian  tumors,  are  jointed 
chains.  Pages  92,  93,  Part  III.  Of  the  same  class,  is  Sims' 
porte  chain  e'craseur,  Fig.  470,  Part  III. 

The  instruments  of  Smith,  Braxton,  Hicks,  and  Van  Bu- 
ren  for  tne  same  purposes,  are  of  wire.  Ibid. 


The  galvano-cautery  sling  or  ecraseur,  Ibid.,  p.  100.  See 
also,  Ibid.,  p  113,  Part  I. 

Gibbs'  Laryngeal  ecraseur,  Ibid.,  Fig.  338,  Part  II. 

Some  (Scraseurs  are  shown  under  CAUTERY  INSTRUMENTS, 
supra. 

The  Ecraseur  of  Dr.  J.  Harry  Thompson  is  designed  for 
the  rapid  removal  of  uterine  polypoid  growths.  It  enable* 


Fig.  919. 


Dr.  J.  H.  Thompson's  Ecraseur. 

the  operator  to  readily  pass  the  chain  around  the  tumor,  the 
steel  springs  keeping  it  taut  until  the  tumor  has  been  com- 
pletely encircled. 

Dr.  Nott's  rectilineal  e'craseur  is  especially  intended  for 
the  removal  of  hemorrhoids,  and  division  of  the  pedicle 
of  ovarian  tumors.  It  is  a  species  of  clamp  with  screw  fast- 
ening handles,  the  jaws  being  respectively  a  blade  and  a  slit. 
See  Fig.  6,  p.  64,  vol.  vii.,  Dr.  Thompson's  report  of  Group 
XXIV.,  *  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports.'' 

E-de  ma-glot'tis  Tube.  (Surgical)  A  flat 
spring  ring  to  be  introduced  into  the  glottis  to  pre- 
vent its  being  closed  by  swelling. 

Edge  Grind'stone.  One  the  peripheral  edge 
of  which  is  the  portion  utilized ;  as  distinguished 
from  surface  grindstone. 

Edge  Key.  A  tool  used  in  boot-making  for 
rubbing  and  burnishing  the  edges  of  soles.  The 
disks  are  made  of  patterns :  plain,  convex,  scotch 
edge,  fluted,  etc. 

Edge  Laid  Belt.  One  made  by  cutting  up  the 
hides  into  strips  of  the  width  of  the  intended  thick- 
ness of  the  belt,  and  setting  them  on  edge.  These 
strips  have  holes  punched  through  them  about  £" 
diameter  and  \"  apart.  Nails,  made  of  round  wire, 
clinched  up  at  one  end  for  a  head  and  flattened  at 
the  other,  are  used  for  fastening  the  leathern  strips 
together. 

Edge  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  for  cutting 
moldings  on  the  edges  of  boards,  the  latter  lying 
upon  a  table  and  presented  to  a  revolving  cutter 
which  projects  upwardly  through  a  hole  in  the 
table.  Fig.  3200,  p.  1468,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
Bentel,  Margtdant  if  Co.  *  "  Manuf.  and  Builder,"  xii.  153- 
*  "Engineer ,"  xli.  412. 

Edge  Pla'ning  Ma-chine'.  A  planing  ma- 
chine specially  arranged  and  adapted  for  planing 
the  edges  of  boiler  and  armor  plates.  Sir  Joseph 
Whitworth's  machine  operates  on  plates  up  to  15' 
length. 

Edge  Rolled  Spring.  A  flat  bar  laid  spirally 
as  in  v,  Fig.  1143,  p.  483,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Edge  Set'ter.  A  small  lathe  for  burnishing 
the  edges  of  boot  soles. 

In  the  Tayman  edge  setter  the  shoe  is  carried  on 
a  jack  and  the  burnisher  held  in  the  hand. 

Fig.  920. 


•Edge  Setter. 


EDGE   TRIMMER. 


293 


ELECTRICAL   DIAPASON. 


Edge  Trim'mer.  (Boot-Making.)  A  small  ma- 
.  chine  for  paring  the  boot  sole.  The  boot  is  held  on 
a,  jack,  moving  automatically,  and  the  knife  trims 
the  edge  and  takes  out  the  feather.  —  Tayman. 

Edg'ing  and  Di-vid'ing  Bench.  A  circular 
aaw  of  special  adaption  for  sawing  block*  into  vous- 
soir  shapes,  used  in  one  form  (Mausel's,  Br. )  of  car- 
wheels. 

The  bed  is  moved  to  and  fro  by  a  screw,  and  the  travel  of 
the  bed  is  adjusted  and  determined  by  the  movable  projec- 
tions attached  to  the  bed,  which,  by  communicating  motion 
to  the  system  of  levers,  throw  the  strap  on  to  one  of  the  three 
pulleys  for  stopping,  or  for  motion  in  one  or  other  direction. 
The  table  has  a  fast  return  motion  given  it  by  means  of  a 
double  ring  of  cogs,  on  the  crown  wheel  fixed  to  the  screw. 

Robinson,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  216. 

Edg'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Machine-tool)  A  ma- 
chine with  horizontal  adjustable  bed,  and  one  or 
more  cutters  on  vertical  spindles  :  used  for  milling' 
around  the  inside  or  outside  edges  of  irregular 
shapes,  and  for  surfacing  and  inside  milling.  A 
profiling  machine.  Jones,  Lamson  &  Co. 

The  Pratt  ff  Whitney  edging  machine  has  an  accurate  au- 
tomatic movement  for  cutting  circles  of  less  than  3"  diam- 
eter, and  their  tangents.  Made  with  one,  two,  or  three 
spindles. 

Edg'ing  Saw.  A  circular  saw  arranged  upon  a 
bench  for  ripping  boards  to  make  strips  or  straight- 
edges. The  board  is  placed  on  a  movable  table  and 
fed  past  the  saw.  Sec  also  DOUBLE  EDGER. 

Eel  Spear.  (Fishing.)  A  spear,  Fig.  921,  with 
3  or  more  barbed  prongs  for  catching  eels  by  thrust- 
ing it  into  the  mud  they  inhabit.  See  also  GRAINS. 

Patents  :  S.  Hedges No.  172.312. 

C.  M.  Knowles 218J540. 

Egg  Beat'er.  The  Dover  egg-beater  has  two 
revolving  flat  loops  on  „.  „„, 

different     shafts,     each 
passing   alternately   in- 
side of  the  other,  gath- 
Fig.  921. 


Eel  Spear. 


Dover  Egg-beater. 


ering  the  egg  towards  the  center  of  the  bowl  and 
whirling  it  in  cross  currents. 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted :  — 

»ar«r    Mnnn  *   ' Scientific  American,"  xlii.  1 15. 

Scientific  American,'1''  xxxviii.  354. 

'Scientific  American,"1  xxxv.  195. 

'Se.  Am.,"  xxxvi.  275,  408;  xl.  88. 

'Scientific  American,-'  xli.  399. 

'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  131. 

'Scientific  American,''''  xxxix.  328. 

'Scientific  American,'1  xlii.  83. 

Egg'-end  Steam  Boil'er.  A  form  of  stenm 
boiler  with  hemispherical  ends.  When  of  large 
size,  the  longitudinal  seams  are  double  riveted. 
When  dished  ends  are  used,  the  larger  sizes  have 
longitudinal  or  gusset  stays,  or  both. 


Beater,  Mann 

Boiler * 

Paper  cup,  Washburne,  * 
Dessicated  . 
Holder,  Birch 
I'linili'  nult  . 
Opener,  Kry 
Tongs,  Koska 


Tester. 


Egg'-shell  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  A  name  ap- 
plied to  very  thin  porcelain,  resembling  the  egg- 
shell in  its  extreme  lightness.  Made  in  Japan,  and 
imitated  in  Europe. 

See  Prof.  Wurtz,  Report  (Centennial)  on  Japanese  Porce- 
lain. 

Egg  Test'er.  A  dark  lantern,  having  an  open- 
ing at  which  an  egg  is  Fi  923 
placed  in  order  to  ob- 
serve the  condition  of 
its  contents  ;  the  traus- 
lucency  of  a  fresh  egg, 
or  the  condition  of  the 
embryo  chick  observed. 
The  fertility  of  the  egg 
can  be  determined  after 
being  under  heat  for  48 
hours.  Used  for  com- 
mercial purposes  in  test- 
ing freshness  of  eggs, 
and  in  connection  with 
incubators  in  observing  the  fertility  of  the  egg  and 
progress  of  the  embryo. 

E-ject'or.  A  form  of  pump.  See  p.  775, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Frierlmann'ls     ....     *  "Scientific  American"  xli.  319. 
Nagel  If  Kaempt  .     .     .     *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  292. 
Vacuum  brake  ejector     .     *  Forney's  "Dictionary,"'  435. 

E-las'tic  Wheel.  (Railway.)  A  car-wheel  in 
which  some  elastic  material  is  interposed  between 
the  tire  and  the  wheel-center  or  hub  to  resist  the 
concussions.  Different  substances  are  used,  such 
as  paper,  wood,  india-rubber,  oakum,  etc.  See 
Figs.  1170,  1171,  pp.  493,  494,  "Mech.  Diet." 

El'bow.  A  bent  pipe  coupling  or  L  joint.  See 
also  BEND. 

El'bow  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  1.  An  ap- 
paratus for  the  gradual  extension  of  contracted 
muscles  of  the  arm  ;  false  anchylosis  of  the  elbow. 

Fig.  53,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.   Chirurgicum." 

2.  A  splint  for  luxated  elbow. 

Hamilton's  elbow  splint,  Fig.  148,  Part  TV.,  Ibid. 
Andrews'  elbow  splint,  p.  123,  Part  IV.,  Ibid. 

El'bow  Scis'sors.  (Surgical.)  Scissors  bent 
in  the  blade  or  shank  for  convenience  in  cutting. 
See  several  instances  in  Figs.  4671,4672,  p.  2054, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

El'der  Brake.  (Raihi-ay.)  A  brake  for  eight- 
wheeled.cars,  with  a  horizontal  lever  having  a  fixed 
fulcrum  under  the  car-body,  at  its  center,  and  pul- 
leys at  each  end,  over  which  a  chain  passes,  which 
is  connected  with  the  brake-levers  of  each  truck. 
One  lever  on  each  truck  also  has  a  pulley  or  sheave 
at  its  end,  over  which  a  chain  runs  which  is  con- 
nected with  the  opposite  lever,  and  also  with  the 
central  lever.  The  latter  is  connected  by  rods  and 
chains  with  brake-windlasses  by  which  the  brakes 
arc  applied  at  each  end  of  the  car.  —  Forney. 

E-lec'tri-cal  Di'a-pa'son.  An  apparatus  in- 
vented by  George  M.  Hopkins,  for  compounding 
rectangular  vibrations,  so  as  to  produce  both  sounds 
and  figures. 

Sir  Charles  W/ientstone  contrived  a  small  machine  for  the 
purpose,  vising  tuning-forks ;  Prof.  Do/bear  used  mirrors  on 
a  whirling  table  to  describe  curves  upon  a  screen;  Lissajou 
drew  curves  by  means  of  two  pendulums.  In  each  of  these 
there  was  a  certain  incompleteness  ;  the  forks  lacked  continu- 
ity of  action,  the  mirrors  gave  no  sound,  the  pendulums 
(as  arranged  without  sustaining  power)  had  neither  continu- 
ity nor  sound.  It  must  be  said,  however,  that  Lissajoti 
has,  since  his  first  invention,  applied  electricity  to  maintain 
the  vibration  of  the  diapason. 

Hopkins'  apparatus  has  two  reeds  or  tongues  vibrated  by 
an  electric  current  and  connected  with  a  single  mirror,  the 
latter  receives  a  beam  of  light  from  a  lantern  and  reflects  it 


ELECTRICAL  DIAPASON. 


294        ELECTRIC  CHRONOSCOPES,  ETC. 


through  a  lens  upon  a  screen.  The  steel  tongues  are  pivoted 
at  one  end  and  are  arranged  relatively  so  that  they  vibrate  in 
planes  at  right  angles  to  each  other.  They  are  thus  the 
equivalent  of  the  Lissajou  pendulums.  The  jmage  upon  the 
screen  is  the  resultant  of  the  two  rectangula'r  vibratory  mo- 
tions. 

If  only  one  tongue  vibrates  a  straight  line  will  appear  on 
the  screen,  which  will  be  inclined  at  an  angle  of  45°  from 
the  horizontal.  The  line  produced  by  one  of  the  tongues 
forms  a  right  angle  with  the  line  produced  by  the  other,  and 
when  both  tongues  vibrate  simultaneously  the  two  motions 
combine,  and  the  reflected  pencil  describes  a  more  or  less 
complex  curve,  the  form  of  which  depends  on  the  number  of 
vibrations  of  the  two  tuning-forks  in  a  given  time. 

The  tones  of  the  tongues  are  varied  by  moving  the  slide  so 
that  any  possible  combination  of  tones  within  the  given  com- 
pass (in  this  case  an  octave  and  a  half)  may  be  produced. 

"Scientific  American"1 xxxix.  223. 

See  also  COMPARATOR,  Prof.  Barnard's  Report  Paris  Expo- 
sition, 1867,  *  pp.  507-509. 

E-lec'tri-cal  Gen'er-a'tor.  See  DYNAMO- 
ELECTRIC  MACHINE  ;  ELECTRO-MAGNETIC  MA- 
CHINE. 

E-lec'tri-cal  Ma-chine'.  Franklin's  electri- 
cal machine  is  in  possession  of  the  Franklin  Insti- 
tute of  Pennsylvania,  and  was  shown  at  the  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition. 

Fig.  925  is  the  Toepler  lloltz  electrical  machine.  The  sta- 
tionary glass  plate  e  is  held  in  rubber  supports  upon  the 
platform,  with  the  armatures  c  c  at  the  back.  The  inner 

Fig.  924. 


Holtz  Electrical  Machine. 

circular  revolving-plate  e  is  attached  to  the  axis,  the  metal- 
lic disks  outward.  The  arms  a  a'  are  attached  to  their  sock- 
ets in  such  away  that  the  metallic  brush  just  touches  the 
brass  disks  when  the  plate  «  is  rotated,  but  does  not  touch 
the  plate,  i  i  are  the  condensers. 

To  operate  the  machine  place  the  balls  close  together,  turn 
the  wheel  in  the  direction  of  the  arrow  until  the  sparks  pass 
between  the  balls,  then  separate  them  gradually  ;  the  wheel- 
plate  being  rapidly  revolved,  a  torrent  of  brilliant  sparks 
will  discharge  between  the  balls.  The  small  brass  disks  on 
the  anterior  surface  of  the  plate  e,  when  revolved  rub  against 
the  metallic  brushes,  on  a  a',  a  small  quantity  of  electricity 
is  carried  around  to  the  armatures  c  c',  upon  the  back  of  the 
large  stationary  plate,  the  initial  charge  is  thus  given  to  the 
outer  plate  e,  this  in  turn  reacts  on  the  revolving  plate. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Holtz ) 

Carre >  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  261. 

Thomson  .     .    .     . ) 

Gramme    ....     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  6"4. 

Holtz "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1058. 

Military,  Fr.     .     .     .    *"  Scientific  American    Sup.,''1  4055, 

1456. 
Frictional. 

Marum  $  Winter    .    *  "Manufac.  $  Builder,"  viii.  204. 
Induction,  Holtz  .     .     *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  v.  126. 
Battery,  Onimus   .     .     *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  67. 

Plante,  Paper  by  Ni- 

audet     ....    *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vii.  75. 
Paper  on  Wiesendangir  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  4028. 

E-lec'tri-cal  Sold'er-ing  I'ron.  A  tool  for 
use  in  tin-shops  and  at  the  jeweler's  or  mechanical 
dentist's  bench. 

It  consists  of  two  metallic  conductors  placed  side  by  side, 


laying  electric  cables  (French).  "  L( 
trique,"  reported   in  "  Scientific  An, 


with  a  small  space  between  them  for  insulation,  and  joined 
at  the  end  by  a  small  piece  of  platinum  or  other  refractory 
substance  having  a  high  electrical  resistance.  A  handle  is 
provided,  having  the  proper  insulation  and  binding  screws 
for  the  wires.  A  simple  form  of  switch  is  also  provided  for 
regulating  the  current.  When  the  current  flows  through 
the  tool,  the  platinum  point  is  raised  to  a  high  tiniperature, 
and  may  be  used  to  melt  gold  or  silver  solders. 

E-lec'tric  Bat'te-ry.  1.  (Static.)  The  Ley- 
den  jars. 

2.  (Dynamic.)  The  battery  consisting  of  a  se- 
ries of  galvanic  elements.  See  GALVANIC  BAT- 
TERY, and  list,  infra. 

E-lec'tric  Brush.  1.  A  brush  with  wire  bris- 
tles, and  having  metallic  plates  in  the  handle  which 
cause  a  galvanic  action,  especially  when  the  brush 
is  dipped  in  water  or  used  in  brushing  the  damp 
hair.  —  Dr.  Post. 

2.  A  brush  included  in  an  electric  circuit,  and 
used  upon  the  hair  or  flesh  as  a  therapeutic. 

3.  A  circuit  closer  consisting  of  a  bunch  of  wire 
used  in  telegraphic  instruments  using  perforated 
slips. 

E-lec'tric  Bul'let-probe.  (Sure/teal.)  An 
instrument  which  indicates  contact  with  the  bullet 
by  a  sound  induced  by  the  completion  of  an  electric 
circuit  between  the  points  of  the  forceps  and  through 
the  bullet.  Fig.  3966,  p.  1 803,  "  Mech.  Diet.'1 

E-lec'tric  Ca1>le.  Plow  for  trenching  and 

La  Luitiiere  Elec- 
nerican,'*  *  xlvi. 
246. 

E-lec'tric  Call.  An  audible  signal  communi- 
cated by  electricity.  An  annunciator,  call-bell,  buzzer, 
etc. 

E-lec'tric  Can 'die.  (Electricity.)  A  form  of 
electric  light  in  which  the  carbons  are  placed  paral- 
lel ;  as  in  the  Jablochkoff  light. 

The  waste  of  the  two  must  be  equal,  and  they 
are  therefore  fed  by  alternating  currents. 

1.  Candles   with   co/umbin ;  that   is,  a   material 
which  separates  and  insulates  them,  —  the  Jabloch- 
koff, which  combines  the  incandescent  and  the  arc. 

2.  Candles  without  columbin  are  arc  lamps.    The 
Wilde,  Jamin,  and  Debrun  are  of  this  class.     The 
distance  apart  of  the  carbons  is  permanently  fixed 
(a  tfcartjixe ). 

The  Clerc  and  Burean  lamps,  known  as  solar 
lamps  (lampe-soliel)  have  nearly  parallel  carbons, 
and  are  allied  to  the  incandescent  class  by  the  in- 
terposition of  lime  between  the  carbon  points  made 
incandescent  by  the  passage  of  the  current  across 
them. 
See  — 

Co/inc,  Eng "Scientific  Am erican,r  xli.  265. 

Regulator,  Heinric/i,  Br.   *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  413. 

Jablochkoff    ....  *  "Eng.  fy  Min.  Jour.,'-'  xxviii.  45. 
"Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"*  xxxv.  42. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  339. 
"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1240, 
1249,  1337, 13S6. 

Plant^ "Manufact.  £  Builder,'''  ix.  205. 

"Manufact.  4"  Builder,"1  x.  14. 
Scaife "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1720. 

E-lec'tric  Chro'no-scopes  and  Chron'o- 
graphs.  References  to  the  following  ^electric 
chronographs  and  chronoscopes  with  electric  actu- 
ation are  to  be  found  in  Comte  du  Moncel's  " Ex- 
pose des  Application  de  I' filet-Incite,"  tome  iv.,  Paris, 
3d,  edition,  at  the  pages  noted  :  — 

Page. 

*  Atwood  machines 298 

*  Bash  ford 240,  266 

Bond 237 

*  Breguet 20' 

*  Breguet  If  Konstantinoff    .     .       2U 

*  Breguet  K  Marcy 232 

*  Cornu 245 

Digney •»' 


Figure.      Plate. 
9-10          vi. 
51 

11  vi 

8  Ti. 

49 
55 


ELECTRIC   CHRONOSCOPES,   ETC.         295 


ELECTRIC  GOVERNOR. 


Page.           Figure.      Plate. 
*  Fleurais    242                52 

Page.     Figure.      Plate. 
Gondola  et  Ferret    56 
*  Grasset           .                              .             141               13       III 

Gloesner                            .          .        218 

*  Hardy  &  Strange  .     .                     227                44 

*  Hipp     52              13 

Hipp        207,  238 

147        27-30 
*  Italian  42              16          I 

Hirscfi  &  Plantamour      .     .     .201,  208 
Hughes         260 

*  Kaiser  58                 2        IV 

58              15 
*  Kerikuff   166              35 

*  Liais   234                50 

*  Laguerenne    61,  94                7        IV 

234                19            yi. 
*  Lctwy  287               57 

*  Lasseau     72                6       IV 

145             12         V. 
145             20 
*  Leclanche  (f  Napole     ....                8           1,  2 
37               7 
*  Liais,  E  11                4        TV. 

*  Marcel  Deprez  228                45 
*  Martin  de  Brettes  216,  261           6,  7           vi. 

220                42 

Pouillet     208  254 

120              24 
31              16       III. 
19             15          I. 
117               1        II. 
*  MUd&    34               6 

Sc/iultz  §"  Lissajous   ....  225,  267 
Siemens   220 

Tkalen      281 

Vignotti  225 

*  Villarceau     190                41 

158               3       IV. 
158       33,  34 
100       22,  23 
*  Mouilleron    154        11,  12         II. 

*  Wfieatstone  206,  252               1            vi 

See  also  *  Walkins,  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  £»§-.,"  ix.  121. 

E-lec'tric  Clock.    (Horology.)    The  first  clock, 
the  pendulum  of  which  received  its  impulse  from 
electricity,  was  probably  that  of  Mr.  Bain. 
The  bob  was  made  with  a  hole  through  it,  and 
passed    over  two    soft-iron   cylinders,   alternately 
magnetized  by  an  electrical  current  at  each  beat  o"f 
the  pendulum. 
An  accurate  regulator  may  control  a  number  of 
subsidiary  clocks,  either  upon  the  foregoing  plan  or 
by  electricity  operating  upon  their  escapements,  so 
as  to  cause  their  pallets  to  move  the  escapement 
wheel,  the  pinion  of   which   drives   the  wheels  to 
which  the  hands  are  connected. 

In  Shepherd's  gravity  escapement  the  pallet  is  raised  by  a 
temporary  magnet,  and  then  acts  on  the  pendulum  when 
swinging  in  one  direction.    Subsequently  he  made  his  mag- 
nets to  attract  and  repel  alternately. 
Carpenter  &  Martin     .    .    .    *  "  Telegr.  Journal,^  vi.  221. 
Electrical  clocks  are  made  by  — 
Autenreith  &  Himmer,  New  York.    ,T.  B.  Kerz,  Mayence. 
E.  Deschiens,  Paris.                            .T.  Ferucci,  Udine,  Italy. 
Dumontin,  Paris.                                 B.  Egger,  Vienna. 
E.  Barbier,  Paris.                                M.  Illitsch,  Vienna. 
A.  Postel  &  Co.,  Paris.                       A.  Gerard,  Luttich,  Belg. 
Matt  Hipp,  Neufchatel.                      Paul  Miller,  Cologne. 
Arzberger,  Brunn. 
References  to  the  following  electric  clocks  and  time  mark- 
ers may  be  found  in  Comte  du  Moncel's  "Expose  des  Appli- 
cations fie  I'Electricite,'"  vol.  iv.,  Paris,  3d  edition,  at  the 
pages  noted  :  — 
Page.          Fig.         Plate. 
*  Ant/ioine  et  Langreynay  .     .     .           155              51 
*  Bain      43  68 

*  Nollet    48              10          I. 

*  Paris  Observatory  87              21 

*  Regnard    46          8-10 

81             20 
*  Robert-Houdin  28     6,  6,  13          I. 

135             11         V. 
127          5-10        II. 
127             25 
See  also  du  Moncel,  ii.  118. 
*  Royer    139              13         II. 

Perpet.  calendar  ....            169              36 

*  Vcrite    86  124                3         II. 

*  Volcke  45                1        IV. 

12               2       IV. 
Weare    115" 

*  Wheatstone    13,  64         16-18 

E-lec'tric  Disk.    A  concave  hollow  pan,  filled 
with  hot  water  and  included  in  an  electric  circuit, 
used  upon  the  flesh  therapeutically.     Electro-Mas- 
seur. 
E-lec'tric  Egg.    An  electric  manifestation  in 
an  egg-shaped  glass  vessel  exhausted  of  air,  and 
having  conductors  above  and  below.     The  connec- 
tion with  the  induction  coil  being  made,  the  tuft  of 
light  between  the  rods  assumes  an  ovoidal  form 
and  becomes  more  nearly  spherical  as  the  air  be- 
comes more  rare. 

Hopkins  ....     *  "-Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  2645. 

E-lec'tric   Fur'nace.     An  invention  of  Dr. 
C.  W.  Siemens  for  melting  in  a  guarded  crucible 
highly  refractory  metals.     It  has  the  advantage  of 
compactness,  obviates  the  need  of  chimney,  is  more 
economical  in  the  concentration  of  the  effect  of  the 
energy  of  coal,  and  excludes  the  atmosphere  from 
the  object. 

In  Siemens'  furnace,  exhibited  before  the  Royal  Society, 
the  positive  electrode,  which  was  made  of  iron,  entered  from 
below  the  crucible  containing  the  metal  to  be  melted,  whereas 
the  negative  electrode,  which  was  a  rod  of  carbon,  was  at- 
tached by  means  of  a  lever  to  a  solenoid  regulator.     The 
crucible  was  surrounded  by  charcoal  contained  in  a  copper 
vessel  to  prevent  loss  of  heat,  and  so  intense  was  the  heat 
accumulated  that  in  about  20  minutes  two  pounds  of  broken 
files  were  completely  melted. 

E-lec'tric  Gov'er-nor.    A  device  to  limit  the 
passage  of  an  electric  current.     There  are  many 
forms  and  purposes  ;  some  are  referred  to  subject- 
ively as  in  connection  with  the  electric  light. 

Siemens'  electric  current  governor  is    founded   upon  the 
stretching  of  a  wire  by  the  heating  incident  to  the  passage  of 
the  electric  current  through  it.     This  idea  is  the  foundation 
of  some  of  the  devices  in  electric  arc-lamps  for  regulating  the 
distance  between  the  carbons,  and  also  one  or  more  of  the 
Edison  regulators  for  limiting  the  passage  of  the  current  in 
the  process  of  subdivision  of  current  for  the  multiplication 
of  lights. 
Siemens'  device  for  giving   sensitiveness  and  promptness 

115             17          I. 
*  Breguet      49        11   12          I 

51                4         v'. 
55              14 
68               5V. 
152          7-10      III. 
*  Callaud     15,  156              32 

See  also  du  Moncel,  2d  ed.,  i.  317. 
*  Caselli  33                5 

27,64               3 
*  Collin-Wagner    70               19 

Combines      138 

*  Detouclie    52,  127             89           I 

8       IV. 

78            1-6       III. 
14          V. 
Elec.  Chr.  Strikers      ....      91-108        11,  12       III. 
*  Everts        .              16                5        IV 

Faye      20 

*  Foucault         12              14          I 

*  Froment    126                 4         II 

See  also  du  Moncel,  ii.  120.                  20               41. 
*  Gamier                    20            13          I 

13         9,  10        II. 
*  Gamier  fits    .            143           67          V 

Gerard      161 

Gloesner    .                                         13.  67 

ELECTRIC   HAMMER. 


296      ELECTRICITY,   TELEGRAPHY,   ETC. 


"Electrician,"  reproduced  in   "Scientific  American,"  *xl. 

Byrne  battery. 

Electrolysis. 

184. 

Callan  battery  . 

Electrolyte. 

See  also  DIFFERENTIAL  ;  REGULATOR. 

Call  annunciator. 

Electro-magnet. 

E-lec'tric  Ham'mer.     An  apparatus  consist- 

Callaud battery. 
Call  bell. 

Electro-magnetic  brake. 
Electro  -magnetic  machine. 

ing  of  three  hollow  coils  of  insulated  wire  having  a 

Call  button. 

Electro-magnetic  telegraph. 

movable  core  or  rod  of  soft  iron  which  is  free  to 

Camacho  battery. 

Electro-medical  apparatus. 

move  up  and  down  under  the  axial  attraction  of 
the  coils  when  a  current  circulates  in  them.     The 

Caudle. 
Carbon  battery. 
Carbon  button. 

Electrometer. 
Electromotograph. 
Electro-motive  force. 

central  coil  is  traversed  hy  a  constant  current  which 

Carbon  indicator. 

Electro-motor. 

magnetizes  the  rod  or  hammer,  and  the  two  ex- 
treme coils  are  traversed  hy  alternating  currents 

Carbon  telephone. 
Carbon-zinc  connector. 

Electro-motor  copying  press. 
Electro-motor  printing  tele- 

from a  dynamo-electric  machine  in  such  a  manner 

Cathode. 

graph. 
Electro-plating. 

that  they  alternately  attract  and  repel  the  magnetic 

Cation. 

Electroscope. 

rod  up  and  down  so  as  to  make  it  beat  like  a  ham- 

Cautery. 

Electro-semaphore. 

mer.     The  range  of  blow  is  limited  on  one  side  bv 

Cautery  battery. 
Cell. 

Electro-silicic  light. 
Elements. 

a  spiral  spring  placed  within  an  elastic  cushion. 

C.  G.S. 

Engine-room  telegraph. 

—  Siemens  $•  Halske. 

Chloride  of  lead  battery. 

Erg. 

The  apparatus  is  primarily  intended  for  working 

Chloride  of  silver  battery. 
Chloride  of  tin  battery. 

Exchange. 
Exchange  switch. 

a  rock  drill. 

Chromic  acid  battery. 

Extra  current. 

The  idea  is  familiar  in  dental  pluggers.     Fig. 

Circuit. 

Fac-simile  telegraph. 

3837,  p.  1750,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Circuit  breaker. 

Farad. 

E-lec'tric  Hose.     An  arrangement  by  which 
the  fireman  at  the  nozzle  may  communicate  with 

Clamp. 
Clamond  battery. 
Coil. 

Faradaic  generator. 
Faure  battery. 
Filar  suspension. 

the  engineer  at  the  fire-engine. 

Coke  consuming  battery. 

Filings  separator. 

A  wire  runs  along  in  the  cotton  or  rubber  part 
of  the  hose,  continuing  the  connection  as  each  sec- 
tion is  attached,  and  over  this  passes  electricity, 

Column  battery. 
Commutator. 
Compound  plate  battery. 
Conductivity. 

Fire  alarm. 
Fire-alarm  telegraph 
Fixed  interval  regulator. 
Flowing  battery. 

generated  by  one  of  the  fly-wheels  of  the  engine. 

Conductor. 

Friction  machine. 

Connected  with  the  nozzle  is  a  little  contrivance  bv 

Connection. 

Frommhold  cell. 

which  the  engineer  can  be  directed  to  turn  on,  cut 
off,  slack  up,  or  what  not,  by  signals  upon  a  gong 

Constant  battery. 
Constant  current. 
Contact  breaker. 

Fulgurata. 
Fuller  battery. 
Gaiffe  battery. 

attached  to  the  engine. 

Core. 

Galvanic  battery. 

Couronne  de  tasses. 

Galvanic  current. 

"  Manufacturer  If  Builder  "      xii.  18. 

Cruikshank  battery. 

Galvano-caustic. 

E-lec-tric'i-ty.      Electrical  nomenclature  set- 

Curb sender. 
Current. 

Galvano-caustic  battery. 
Galvanometer. 

tled  by  the  Electrical  Congress  in  Paris,  1881  :  — 

Current  regulator. 

Gas  battery. 

1.    The  fundamental    units   to    be    centimeter, 

Curves. 

Gas-lighting  by  electricity. 

gram,  and  second  (C.  G.  S.),  as  heretofore. 
2.  The   practical  units,  ohm  and  volt,  to  retain 

Cut-out. 
Cyclograph. 
Cycloscope. 

Graphite  battery. 
Gravity  battery. 
Grenet  battery. 

their  present  definition. 

Daniell  battery. 

Grove  battery 

3.  The  unit  of  resistance,  or  ohm,  to  be  repre- 

De la  Rue  battery. 

Harmonic  telegraph. 

sented  by  a  column  of  mercury  of  a  square  milli- 

Density. 
Dentiphone. 

Harmonograph. 
Helix. 

meter  section  at  the  temperature  zero  centigrade. 

Derivation  regulator. 

Hill  battery. 

A  committee  to  ascertain  and  report  height  of 

Detector  galvanometer. 

Hydraulic  electric  machine. 

such  column  in  millimeters. 

Dia-magnetic. 

Hydrostat. 

4.  The  name  ampere  to  be  given  to  the  current 

Dianemoscope. 
Dielectric  machine 

Incandescent  light. 
Inconstant  battery. 

produced  by  a  volt  in  an  ohm. 

Differential  regulator. 

Induced  current. 

5.  The  name  coulomb  to  be  given  to  the  quantity 
of  electricity  defined  by  the  condition  that  an  am- 
pere gives  one  coulomb  per  second. 

Diffuser. 
Diffusion. 
Division  regulator. 
Double  connector. 

Induction  apparatus. 
Induction  balance. 
Induction  coil. 
Inductophone. 

6.  The  name  farad  to  be  given  to  the  capacity 

Double-fluid  battery. 

Inductorium. 

defined  by  the  condition  that  a  coulomb  in  a  farad 

Dry  electric  pile. 

Inker. 

Dry  pile. 

Insulated. 

gives  a  volt. 
7.  The  French  carcel-bec   given   the   preference 

Duplex  telegraph. 
Dynamic  electricity. 

Insulator. 
Intensity. 

over   the   English   "candle-power,"  and   over  the 

Dynamo-electric  machine. 

Interrupted  current. 

German  and  other  standards,  as  the  arbitrary  stand- 
ard of  illumination.     But  this  to  b^.  considered  only 
provisional  and  subject  to  revision. 

Dyne. 
Earth  battery. 
Electrical  apparatus. 
Electrical  machine. 

Interrupter. 
Inversion  battery. 
Ion. 
Jack-knife. 

E-lec-tric'i-ty,  Te-leg'ra-piiy,  etc. 

Electric  battery. 

Latimer-Clark  battery. 

Electric  call. 

Leclancht^  battery. 

See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Electric  candle. 

Ley  den  battery. 

Aerated  battery.                           Automatic  switch. 

Electric  clock. 

lightning  rod. 

Aerophone.                                    Bagration  battery. 

Electric  diapason. 

Linkage. 

Agglomerated  battery.                 Base. 

Electric  governor. 

Local  action. 

Alternating    current    ma-          Battery. 

Electric  hammer. 

Lock  switch. 

chine.                                         Bequerel  battery. 

Electric  hose. 

Log. 

Alum  battery.                               Balloon  battery. 

Electric  lamp. 

Magazine  battery. 

Aluminium  battery.                    Bell  magnet. 

Electric  lantern 

Magnet. 

Amalgamation.                             Bell  telephone. 

Electric  light. 

Magnetic  battery. 

Anderson  battery.                        Bichromate  battery. 

Electric  light  engine. 

Magnetic     inclination,    etc., 

Anode.                                           Binding-post. 

Electric  light  regulator. 

apparatus. 

Aphongoscope.                              Bi-polar  telephone. 

Electric  measurement  appa- 

Magnetic induction. 

Armature.                                     Board  clip. 

ratus. 

Magnetic  instruments. 

Articulating  telegraph.               Box  relay. 

Electric  pen. 

Magnetic  scale. 

Audiphone.                                   Break. 

Electric  railway. 

Alagneto  call-bell. 

Autograph  telegraph.                  Break  circuit. 

Electric  switch. 

Magneto-electric  machine. 

Autographic  printing  tele-        Breath  battery. 

Electric  telegraph. 

Magneto-printing  telegraph. 

graph.                                        Bunsen  battery. 

Electro  ballista. 

Magneto  telephone  call. 

Automatic  repeater.                     Burglar  alarm. 

Electrode. 

Magnophone. 

Automatic  signal  telegraph.       Buzzer. 

Electro-harmonic  telegraph. 

Many-light  regulator. 

ELECTRICITY,   TELEGRAPHY,  ETC.     297 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


Marie-Davy  battery. 
Marine  battery. 
Maynooth  battery. 
Mechanical  battery. 
Megalographe. 
Megaphone. 
Meidinger  battery. 
Menotti  battery. 
Mercury  battery. 
Micro-battery. 
Microfarad. 
Microphone. 
Microtasimeter. 
Micro  telephone. 
Moist  battery. 
Monophote  regulator. 
Motographic  receiver. 
Motophone. 
Mouse-mill. 
Muirhead  battery. 
Muncke  battery. 
Musical  telegraph. 
Needle  annunciator. 
Negative. 
Niaudet  battery. 
Nickel  battery. 
Non-conductor. 


Rheometer. 

Rheostat. 

Rheotome. 

Sal  ammoniac  battery. 

Sand  battery. 

Sea  battery. 

Secondary  battery. 

Secondary  coil. 

Secondary  current. 

Security  hook. 

Seismophone. 

Seuiatrope. 

Short  circuit. 

Shunt  box. 

Siemens-Halske  battery. 

Single-fluid  battery. 

Siphon  recorder. 

Siphon  telegraph  recorder. 

Siren. 

Skeleton  bell. 

Smee  battery. 

Soldering  pot. 

Sounder. 

Speaking  electric  telegraph. 

Spiral  battery. 

Standard  battery. 

Static  electricity. 


Octoplex  printing  telegraph.      Stock  reporting  and  printing 
Ohm.  telegraph. 

One-light  regulator.  Storage  battery. 

Oxidation.  Submarine  electric  light. 

Pantelephone.  Sulphate  of  lead  battery. 

Paper  clip.  Sulphate  of  mercury  battery. 

Para-magnetic.  Switch. 

Paratonnere.  Switch-board. 

Pencil  holder.  Switch-loop  plug. 
Perchloride  of  iron  battery.        Switch  table. 

Perrtuent  battery.  Tangent  galvanometer. 

Peroxide  of  lead  battery.  Target,  electric. 
Peroxide   of  manganese  bat-    Tasimeter. 

tery.  Telautograph. 

Phonautograph.  Telectroscope. 

Phoneidoscope.  Telegraph. 

Phonic  apparatus.  Telegraph  cable. 

Phonic  wheel.  Telegraph  cable  apparatus. 

Phonograph.  Telegraph  inker. 

Phonomotor.  Telegraph  instruments. 

Phonophone.  Telegraph  key. 

Phonophote.  Telegraph  pole. 

Phonoscope.  Telegraph  wire. 

Photophone.  Telemachon. 

Pin  switch.  Telephone. 

Plunging  battery.  Telephone  call  signal. 

Pneumatic  battery.  Telephone  exchange  appara- 
Pneumatic  telegraph.  tus. 

Pneumatic  tube.  Telephone  exchange  table. 

Pocket  relay.  Telephonograph. 

Poggendorf'battery.  Telephote. 

Polarized  relay.  Tension. 

Polarization.  Thermo-electric  battery. 

Polemoscope.  Thermo-electric  pile. 

Poles.  Thermo  multiplier. 

Polyphote  regulator.  Thermophone. 

Ponci  battery.  Thermotelephone. 

Porous  cup.  Thomson  battery. 

Positive.  Tom  Thumb  battery. 
Potassium-chlorate  battery.        Topophone. 

Primary  coil.  Translator. 

Primary  current.  Transmitter. 

Printing  telegraph.  Tray  battery. 

Prism  battery.  Trembler. 

Private-line  instrument.  Triple  fluid  battery. 
Private-line     printing     tele-    Trough  battery. 

graph.  Trouve  battery. 

Proof  plane.  Tyer  battery. 

Pseudophone.  Under  current. 

Pulvermacher  battery.  Underground  telegraph  wire. 

Pyrophone.  Urine  battery. 

Quadrant  electrometer.  Vacuum  shunt. 

Quadruplex  telegraph  Varley  battery. 

Quantity.  Vibrating  armature. 

Quicksilver  battery.  Volt. 

Register.  Voltaic  pencil. 

Regulator.  Voltaic  pile. 

Relay.  Walker  battery. 

Repeater  sounder.  Weber. 

Replenisher.  Window  tube. 

Reservoir  battery  Wire  resistance. 

Resistance.  Wollaston  battery. 

Rh(5  electrometre.  Writing  telegraph. 
Rheophore. 

Consult :  — 

Althouse's  "Medical  Electricity,  Theoretical  anil  Practical," 
London. 

Arnold's  "The  Electrician."     London. 


Beard  and  Rockwell  "Practical  Treatise  on  the  Medical  and 
Surgical  Uses  of  Electricity.'' 

Bliss1!  "Condensed  Manual  of  Photography."1 

Latimer  Clark's  "Electrical  Measurement.''     London,  1868. 

Clark  and  Sabine's  "Electrical  Tables  and  Formula.''*  Lon- 
don, 1871. 

Culley's  "Handbook  of  Practical  Telegraphy." 

Davis  and  Rae's  "Electrical  Diagrams." 

Aug.  De  la  Rive's  "  Treatise  on  Electricity."   London,  1853. 

Comte  du  Moncel's  "Expose  des  Applications  de  I'Elec- 
tricite."  Paris,  1872-1878. 

Comte  du  Moncel's  "  The  Telephone,  Microphone  and  Phono- 
graph.'' London,  1879. 

Ganot's  "Physics  "  (Atkinson).     New  York,  1877. 

Gore's  " Electro-metallurgy." 

J.  E.  H.  Gordon's  "Physical  Treatise  on  Electricity  and 
Magnetism."  London,  1880. 

ffaskins'  "Galvanometer." 

P.  Rings'1  "  The  Electric.  Light."     London,  1879. 

Jenkins'  "Electricity  and  Magnetism.'1'    New  York,  1873. 

Loring's  "  Handbook  of  the  Electro-magnetic  Telegraph.'' 

J.  Clerk  Maxwell's  "Treatise  on  Electricity  and  Magnet- 
ism." London,  1875. 

Niaudet's  "  Electric  Batteries."  Translation,  New  York, 
1880. 

H.  M.  Noad's  "Manual  of  Electricity."1    London,  1859. 

Pope's  "Modern  Practice  of  the  Electric  Telegraph." 

G.  B.  Prescott's  "Electricity  and  the  Electric  Telegraph." 
New  York,  1879. 

G.  B.  Prescott's  "The  Speaking  Telephone,"  etc.  New 
York,  1879. 

Preece  and  Sivewright's  "Telegraphy." 

Roseleur's  "  Galvano-plastic  Manipulations."  Philadel- 
phia, 1872. 

R.  Sabine's  "  The  Electric  Telegraph."    London,  1867. 

Sawyer's  'Electric  Lighting."     New  York,  1881. 

Tal.  P.  Shaffner's  "The  Telegraph  Manual."  New  York, 
1859. 

"Journal  Society  Telegraph  Engineers."    London. 

John  T.  Sprague's  "Electricity:  Its  Theory,  Sources,  and 
Applications."  London,  1875. 

S/ioolbred's  "Electric  Light."    London. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal."     London. 

"  The  Journal  of  the  Telegraph." 

See  also  list  of  works  under  ELECTRIC  LIGHT,  infra, 

E-lec'tric  Laii'tern.  A  glass  envelope  for  an 
electric  light. 

Ground  and  opal  glasses  have  been  used  with  the 
Jablochkoff  light,  but  the  result  is  the  absorption 
of  from  30  to  50  per  cent,  of  the  light. 

M.  Clemandot  stuffs  the  double  glass  envelope  with  glass 
wool. 

The  transparent  part  of  the  lantern  is  conical  in  shape  and 
tapers  downward.  The  walls  are  made  of  united  glass 
tubes,  like  Pandean  pipes,  each  filled  with  glass  wool,  and 
closed  at  top  and  bottom  to  exclude  dust.  Not  more  than 
15  per  cent,  of  the  total  light  is  absorbed  by  this  process ; 
the  opacity  can  be  varied  at  will  by  introducing  less  or  more 
wool  into  the  tubes  ;  and  the  light  can  be  tinted  any  desired 
color,  either  by  the  stain  given  to  the  spun  glass,  or  the 
tubes  which  build  up  the  wall  of  the  lantern. 

E-lec'tric  Light.  The  history  of  the  electric 
light  commences  with  the  discovery  of  Galvanism 
by  Galvani,  of  Bologna,  and  Volta,  of  Como;  and 
the  voltaic  arc  was  first  produced  by  Davy,  in  1813, 
between  the  charcoal  points  of  two  conducting 
wires.  He  used  for  the  purpose  a  trough  battery 
of  2,000  elements. 

The  invention  had  not  emerged  from  the  domain 
of  expensive  experiment  until  the  discovery  of 
magneto-electricity  by  Faraday,  in  1831.  The  mag- 
neto-electric machines  of  Pixii,  Saxton,  Clark,  Ni- 
audet, Siemens-Halske,  Holmes,  and  Nollet,  fol- 
lowed, and  the  light  was  adapted  to  and  used  in 
lighthouses:  at  Dungeness,  in  England,  in  1862; 
and  at  La  Heve,  in  France,  in  1863.  See  DYNAMO- 
ELECTRIC  MACHINE,  supra,  and  p.  781,  "Mecli. 
Diet."  The  history  of  the  electric  light  has  two 
branches,  the  generator  and  the  applicator  :  the 
machine,  and  the  light  proper. 

A  great  improvement  upon  the  Holmes  and  "  Al- 
liance" (Nollet)  machines  was  made  by  Dr.  C.  W. 
Siemens,  who  invented  a  peculiar  form  of  armature 
known  as  the  inductive  cylinder.  This  was  fol- 
lowed in  1866  by  the  machine  of  Wilde,  who  made 


ELECTRIC  LIGHT. 


298 


ELECTRIC  LIGHT. 


the  remarkable  discovery  that  if  a  current  from  a 
small  magneto- electrical  machine  was  made  to  pass 
around  the  coils  of  a  large  magnet,  the  attractive 
power  of  that  magnet  would  be  immensely  greater 
than  the  force  of  the  magnets  in  a  small  machine. 
Thus,  by  working  a  small  machine,  passing  the 
currents  through  the  electro-magnets  of  a  large 
one,  and  then  taking  from  the  armature  of  the 
large  one  the  current  to  be  used,  great  electric 
power  was  obtained  in  a  small  compass. 

The  discovery  of  the  reaction  principle  of  mag- 
netization by  Hjorth,  of  Stockholm,  Sweden,  in 
1 854,  was  a  remarkable  one  in  the  history  of  the 
art,  but  it  seems  to  have  slumbered  unnoticed  until 
the  announcement  by  Wheatstone  and  Siemens,  in 
1867.  By  this  principle  of  action  a  powerful  elec- 
tric current  may  be  generated  through  the  building 
up  of  the  effects  of  action  and  reaction  taking 
place  between  an  electro-magnet  and  a  magneto- 
electric  inductor  revolving  in  its  magnetic  field  and 
included  in  the  same  circuit.  The  subject  has, 
however,  been  considered  on  p.  283,  supra. 

Leaving  machines  (pp.  283-286,  supra),  it  may  be 
said  that  the  electric  lights  naturally  divide  into 
two  groups : 

Incandescent.  Arc. 

The  Werderman  is  a  sort  of  cross,  having  an  in- 
candescent point  with  an  arc  around  it. 

"  The  voltaic  arc  is  a  portion  of  the  electric  circuit,  pos- 
sessing all  the  characteristics  of  other  portions  of  the  circuit. 
The  molecules  entrained  constitute  between  the  two  points  a 
movable  chain,  possessing  more  or  less  conductivity,  and 
more  or  less  heated,  according  to  the  intensity  of  the  current 
oil  one  hand,  and  the  nature  and  distance  apart  of  the  elec- 
trodes on  the  other.  What  occurs  is  precisely  as  though  the 
electrodes  were  united  by  a  wire  or  a  carbon  rod  of  very  small 
section,  and  thus  it  may  be  said  that  the  light  produced  by 
the  voltaic  arc  and  the  light  produced  by  incandescence  are 
results  of  the  same  cause,  namely,  the  heating  of  a  bad  con- 
ductor interposed  in  the  circuit."  —  Fontaine. 

Each  plan  has  its  own  class  of  difficulties  to  contend  with. 
The  arc  is  formed  by  the  passage  of  the  current  between  two 
separated  carbons.  These  burn  away  gradually,  the  positive 
twice  as  fast  as  the  negative  carbon.  It  is  necessary  that 
they  shall  preserve  an  exactly  equal  distance,  and  this 
brings  the  necessity  for  automatic  regulation.  It  is  this 
feature  that  has  given  rise  to  the  greater  number  of  the  pat- 
ents on  the  arc  class  of  electric  lights.  Various  inventions 
in  this  department  are  due  to  Arc/iereau,  Lacassauge-TMers, 
Gaiffe,  Foucaull,  Ditboscq,  Hefner- Alteneck ,  Serrin,  Brown- 
ing, Siemens,  Brush,  Thomas,  Jamin,  Thomson-Houston, 
Sawyer,  etc. 

The  other  side  of  the  question,  the  incandescent  class  of 
lights,  has  also  had  its  own  class  of  difficulties:  the  neces- 
sity for  finding  a  material  which  shall  not  appreciably  waste 
when  heated  to  the  violent  degree  necessary.  Platinum,  iri- 
dium,  and  carbon,  are  the  principal  substances  employed. 

Platinum  leaf  was  preferred  to  indium  by  Starr,  in  his 
English  patent  of  1845.  (King,  Scotch  Patent,  Nov.  26,  1S45, 
communication.)  He  afterward  used  gas  retort  carbon  in  a 
vacuum. 

In  the  case  of  the  carbon,  it  is  of  course  necessary  to  ex- 
clude oxygen.  This  has  been  done  in  a  satisfactory  degree 
by  exhaustion,  absorption,  and  exclusion. 

By  exhaustion,  as  in  Edison's,  by  means  of  air-pump. 

By  absorption ;  by  exposure  of  chemicals  which  absorb 
oxygen  in  the  globe. 

By  exclusion  :  filling  the  globe  with  nitrogen  gas,  as  in 
Kosloff's,  Sawyer's,  Farmer's,  etc. ;  or  filling  the  globe  with 
hydro-carbon  vapor,  as  in  Maxim's.  The  exhaustive  process, 
and  the  exclusion  by  nitrogen,  were  used  by  Depretz,  in  1849, 
in  his  incandescent  lamp,  consisting  of  carbon  in  a  sealed 
glass  globe. 

The  Jablochlcoff  candle  of  two  parallel  carbons  separated  by 
insulation  material,  belongs  to  another  class. 

The  multitude  of  devices  is  now  so  great  that  it  is  neces- 
sary, in  the  present  abridged  resume^  to  do  little  more  than 
cite  the  inventions  and  give  references  in  the  cases  of  over 
100  inventors  of  electric  lights,  cited  in  the  list  below  (pp. 
301,302). 

The  electric  light  is  now  used  in  lighthouses  in  Britain, 
France,  Russia,  Austria,  Sweden,  and  Egypt.  The  usual 
limit  is  machines  equal  to  200  carcel  burners. 

The  introduction  of  the  electric  light  into  streets,  works, 
and  factories,  is  treated  of  in  an  article  reproduced  in  "  Van 
Nostrand^s  Magazine,"  xx.  70-84. 

Plates  XIII.,  XIV.,  show  the  principal  electric  lamps. 


Brush's  electric  light  mechanism  consists  of  an  arrangement 
by  which  the  carbon  sticks  are  automatically  adjusted  and 
kept  in  proper  relation.  See  Fig.  925,  Plate  XIII. 

The  movable  pencil  is  surrounded  by  an  annulus  which 
binds  it  and  prevents  its  descent,  until,  by  the  increase  of 
distance  between  the  carbon  pencils,  the  current  is  so  far 
weakened  as  to  cause  an  electro-magnet  to  lower  its  carbon- 
holding  armature  and  release  the  bind  of  the  annulus  upon 
the  pencil,  which  slips  downward  until,  by  the  proximity  of 
the  carbon,  a  current  of  sufficient  force  is  established  to  re- 
store the  electro-magnetic  device  to  its  former  position. 

A  is  a  helix  of  copper  wire  through  which  a  current  flows, 
making  an  electro-magnet  of  the  soft  iron  axial  core  which 
carries  the  carbon-holder  B.  The  current  passes  from  point 
P  to  point  N,  embracing  the  coil,  armature  carbon-holders, 
and  carbons  F  F'  in  its  passage. 


. 

away,  the  increased  length  of  the  electric  arc  increases  its 
resistance  and  weakens  the  magnetism  of  the  helix,  and, 
therefore,  the  rod  and  carbon  move  downward  by  the  force 
of  gravity,  until,  by  the  shortening  of  the  arc,  the  magnetism 
of  the  helix  is  strengthened  and  the  downward  movement 
arrested. 

An  enlarged  view,  Fig.  926,  Plate  XIII. ,  shows  the  annulus 
D,  the  armature,  carbon-holder  B,  lifting  tongue  O  of.  the 
core  C,  clamp  B',  carbon  F,  set-screw  D'. 

The  Maxim  arc  lamp  Figs.  927,  928,  Plate  XIII. ,  has  a  pair 
of  vertical  carbons,  the  holders  of  which  are  so  connected  by 
gearing  or  rolling  contact  in  the  case  beneath,  that  they  mu- 
tually approach  and  establish  the  current.  Thereupon  a 
current  passes,  an  electro-magnet  is  excited,  and  its  arma- 
ture draws  downward  a  cord  and  separates  the  carbons,  the 
result  of  which  is  the  establishment  of  the  voltaic  arc.  As 
the  carbons  waste  the  arc  becomes  larger,  the  resistance 
greater,  the  electro-magnet  feebler,  and  the  carbons  are  again 
gradually  approached. 

Siemens'!  is  an  arc  lamp  ;  his  improvements  concern  the 
regulator  by  which  the  degree  of  proximity  of  the  carbons 
is  automatically  accomplished.  The  upper  carbon  B,  Fig. 
929,  Plate  XIII.,  passes  through  the  core  of  an  electro-mag- 
netic regulator  F.  The  lower  carbon,  A,  is  continually 
pressed  upward  by  the  action  of  a  weight,  a,  and  restrained 
by  a  clamp,  c,  which  loosens  as  the  carbon  consumes.  The 
upper  carbon  is,  by  the  release  of  a  wheel,  /,  allowed  to  de- 
scend as  it  wastes,  and  the  tube  carrying  the  upper  carbon  is 
kept  floating  in  balance  by  the  action  of  the  solenoid  E  on 
its  core  P1,  automatically  adjusting  the  distance  of  the  car- 
bon points  to  suit  the  voltaic  arc. 

The  Skinner  ((  Thomas  arc  electric  light,  Fig.  930,  Plate 
XIII.,  employs  (preferably )  for  the  negative  electrode  an  ind- 
ium-tipped rod  <?,  which  is  practically  indestructible,  and 
secures  the  immobility  of  the  point  of  light ;  the  problem  of 
automatic  adjustment  is  thus  restricted  to  the  positive  elec- 
trode H,  which  is  of  carbon.  The  maintenance  of  the  pre- 
determined arc-interval  until  the  complete  consumption  of 
the  positive  is  obtained  by  the  following  means :  — 

The  positive  wire  P  from  the  generator  connects  with  a 
helix  F  of  insulated  wire  around  the  non-magnetic  bobbin 
A,  consisting  of  a  thin,  longitudinally  split  brass  tube,  the 
ends  of  which  are  respectively  secured  in  collars  B,  C,  of  vul- 
canite. This  helix  E,  constituting  the  terminus  of  the  pos- 
itive wire,  has  an  axial  extension  of  twice  the  length  of  the 
carbon  rod.  From  the  collar  c  depends  the  loop  F,  bearing 
the  erect  negative  6,  of  copper  tipped  with  iridium.  Inside 
the  hollow  bobbin  A,  is  a  loosely-fitting  soft  iron  armature,  or 
suction-core  K,  the  brass  stem  of  which,  J,  terminates  in  the 
clamp  of  the  positive  electrode  —  the  carbon  H.  The  weight 
of  the  core  and  its  adjuncts  is  nearly  balanced  by  the  coun- 
terpoise chains  and  weight-cups  of  shot,  and  the  diminution 
of  the  weight  of  the  consuming  carbon  is  equipoised  by 
the  passing  over  of  the  chains  from  the  outside  to  the  inside 
of  the  helix.  To  a  cross-bar  o,  on  the  carbon  stem  J,  are  fas- 
tened two  erect  brass  rods,  R,  R,  on  the  upper  ends  of  which 
are  two  wheels,  Q,  Q,  which  press  lightly  against  opposite 
sides  of  the  helix  E,  on  lines  left  naked  by  the  removal  of 
the  insulating  material,  establishing  electrical  connection. 
One  side  of  the  pendant  F  communicates  by  wires  N>  N" 
with  the  negative  rheophore. 

The  action  is  as  follows :  — 

The  shunt  wheels  Q  Q',  having,  with  their  supporting 
frame  o  R  R',  been,  by  means  of  set-screw  .;',  fixed  at  their 
proper  height  relatively  to  the  core  K.  and  the  counterpoise 
M  having  been  so  loaded  as  to  diminish  the  virtual  weight  of 
core  and  adjuncts  to  that  which  just  insures  their  descent  at 
any  relaxation  of  the  coil-magnetism,  connection  of  the 
wires  P  N,  with  the  generator,  causes  the  current  to  flow  as 
indicated  by  the  arrows,  and  thus  to  impart  magnetic  prop- 
erties to  the  helix  B,  which,  in  turn,  results  in  elevating 
the  core  and  its  attached  electrode  H,  so  as  to  create  an  arc- 
interval. 

Disintegration  of  the  carbon  tip  increases  the  arc-interval 
and  consequent  tension  and  decrease  of  current,  with  corre- 
sponding reduction  of  coil-magnetism.  This  permits  the 


FIG.  932.     Wallace- Farmer  Arc  Electric  Light 


Fio.  925.    Brush 
Electric  Light. 


KIG.  930.     Skinner  If  Thomas  Arc  Electric  Light 


KIG  931.     Thomson  $  Houston  Arc  Li%ht 


Fio.  926.     Brush 
Carbon  Regulator 


FIG.  929.     Siemens  Electric  Light. 


Fio.  928.     Maxim  Regulator.  PIG  927.     Maxim  Arc  Lamp 


PLATE  XIII. 


ARC   ELECTRIC  LIGHTS. 


See  pages  298,  299. 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


299 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


weight  of  the  positive  element  to  prevail  over  tho  upward 
drag  of  the  coil-suction  until  the  two  opposing  forces,  gravity 
and  magnetism,  being  restored  to  equilibrium,  the  normal 
arc-interval  is  reestablished.  These  movements  are  so 
prompt  and  delicate  that  a  sensibly  uniform  light  is  ob- 
tained. 

The  right-hand  portion  of  Fig.  930,  Plate  XIII.,  shows 
the  device  for  the  equalization  of  arc  electric  lamps  in  se- 
ries, and  is  termed  the  "  differential."1 

It  is  well  known  that  no  two  arc  electric  lamps,  employed 
in  series,  behave  precisely  alike.  In  one  lamp  the  magnetic 
lift,  incident  to  increased  current-flow,  takes  place  more 
promptly,  and  with  greater  facility,  with  a  consequently 
greater  arc-interval  than  in  the  others.  Such  dispropor- 
tionate increase  of  arc-interval  in  one  lamp  necessarily 
weakens  the  current  throughout  the  series,  and  thus  de- 
tracts from  the  lifting  power  of  all,  but  most  so  from  those 
of  the  most  sluggish  movement.  The  heavier  working  lamps, 
thus  dwindling  in  illuminative  action,  cease,  one  by  one,  to 
respond  to  the  continually  waning  magnetic  energy.  In 
strong  contrast  with  and  at  the  expense  of  this  enfeebled 
action  of  the  weaker  lamps,  the  arc  of  the  most  susceptible 
or  easiest  working  lamp  continues  to  expand  until  it  prac- 
tically monopolizes  the  effective  activity  of  the  entire  cir- 
cuit. 

The  remedy  for  such  unequal  action  lies  in  a  provision 
whereby  —  when  the  arc-resistance  of  any  given  lamp  be- 
comes higher  than  normal —  the  current  is  automatically  di- 
verted from  the  arc  of  that  lamp  to  the  next  lamp  of  the 
series  —  or  to  "  line  ?'  or  generator,  as  the  case  may  be,  —  to 
sufficiently  reduce  or  counteract  the  "  helix-suction  "  of  the 
lamp  thus  regulated,  to  restore  its  arc-interval  to  normal 
length,  and  at  the  same  time,  by  diminution  of  its  arc-resist- 
ance, to  secure  resumption  of  normal  current-flow  through- 
out the  series. 

Skinner  If  Thomas's  device  for  this  purpose  is  shown  in 
the  right-hand  portion  of  Fig.  930,  Plate  XIII.  On  the  core 
K  is  wound  a  helix  n  of  fine  wire,  which  communicates  from 
a  point  in  the  positive  element  (above  the  electrode)  directly 
with  the  negative  rheophore  jv,  so  as  to  shunt  the  arc.  The 
portion  Q  of  the  differential  wire,  which  communicates  from 
the  differential  helix  to  the  rheophore  if,  is  convoluted  so  as 
to  permit  the  free  descent  and  ascent  of  the  core. 

By  the  expression  "differential"  is  meant  that  the  said 
helix  s  is  so  wound  as  to  induce  on  the  core  magnetism  of 
opposite  polarity  to  that  induced  by  the  main  helix,  whose 
magnetism  (when  a  current  is  passing  through  the  differen- 
tial), being  thus  more  or  less  neutralized,  operates  with  di- 
minished suction  so  as  to  permit  the  descent  of  the  electrode 
until  the  normal  arc-interval  is  resumed.  The  prime  and 
the  differential  coil-magnetisms  consequently  preponderate 
alternately  at  each  respective  change  of  arc-interval  above 
and  below  the  normal  one. 

Proper  adjustment  of  the  parts  is  had  when  the  resistance 
of  the  differential  is  such  that,  in  the  normal  condition  of 
the  arc,  the  magnetism  induced  in  fhe  core  by  the  prime 
helix  minus  the  counter-magnetism  induced  in  the  core  by 
the  differential  helix  just  balances  the  surplus  weight  of 
core  and  adjuncts  over  that  of  the  counter-balance. 

By  aid  of  this  system  of  regulation  a  current  can  be  al- 
most indefinitely  divided  and  the  double  benefit  be  secured 
of  preventing  excessive  activity  of  any  individual  lamp,  and 
of  insuring  to  each  lamp  in  the  series  its  proper  share  of 
illuminative  action.  See  also  REGULATOR,  infra. 

The  T/iomson- Houston,  Fig.  931,  Plate  XIII.,  is  an  arc 
lamp,  and  the  invention  particularly  concerns  the  regula- 
tor. 

The  carbons  are  fed  by  mechanical  means  controlled  by 
electro-magnetic  detent  in  a  shunt  of  the  main  circuit.  One 
of  the  carbon  electrodes  is  attached  to  the  armature  of  an 
electro-magnet,  and,  on  the  passage  of  an  electric  current, 
said  armature  is  attracted  to  said  electro-magnet,  and  then 
held  in  a  fixed  position  in  respect  thereto,  thus  effecting  sep- 
aration of  the  electrodes.  The  motion  of  the  other  electrode 
is  under  the  control  of  a  separate  electro-magnet,  whose 
coils  are  in  a  shunt-circuit  around  the  arc  between  the  elec- 
trodes. When  the  distance  between  the  electrodes  is  in- 
creased by  their  consumption,  the  shunted  current  operates 
an  escapement,  which  allows  the  slow  approach  of  the  elec- 
trode. Said  approach  ceases  when  the  distance  between  the 
electrodes  has  reached  the  normal.  This  cessation  of  feed- 
ing occurs  when  the  escapement  above  referred  to  is  thrown 
out  of  action  from  the  weakening  of  the  current  in  the 
shunt-magnet.  These  actions  are  independent  of  consider- 
able variations  in  the  current  strength. 

In  the  Kapieff  light  the  voltaic  arc  is  produced  between 
four  carbon  rods  arranged  in  pairs,  each  forming  the  letter 
V.  The  apices  of  the  V's  meet  in  a  common  center.  A  reg- 
ulator is  attached  which  keeps  the  carbons  at  an  invariable 
distance.  One  of  the  carbons  at  a  time  can  be  detached 
without  interrupting  the  current. 

In  the  Wallace,  lamp  the  light  is  produced  between  the 
edges  of  two  carbon  plates,  which  last  100  hours.  The 
edges  gradually  consume,  and  the  light  flies  to  the  point 
where  the  plates  are  nearest  in  contact. 


The  lamps  of  WrigM,  1845,  Molt,  Lontin,  and  Reynier  em- 
brace the  plate,  disk,  or  roller  principle. 

The  Wallace-  Farmer  electric  light  is  shown  in  Fig.  932, 
Plate  XIII. 

Like  the  one  just  mentioned,  the  frame  carries  two  gas 
carbons,  forming  the  electric  wick.  These  slats  are  9"  x  3", 
the  positive  (upper)  J"  thick  and  the  negative  (lower)  £" 
thick.  The  lower  is  fixed,  the  upper  adjustable.  In  the 
absence  of  current  the  upper  rests  on  the  lower  ;  but  as 
soon  as  a  current  passes,  the  armature  by  which  it  is  sus- 
pended is  raised  in  the  coil,  and  separates  the  carbons  ^". 
The  electro-magnet  is  contained  in  the  box,  and  the  sectional 
view  shows  clearly  its  construction.  The  arc  chooses  the 
nearest  points  of  the  carbon  edges  and  gradually  wears  them 
away,  the  electro-magnet  being  adjusted  to  keep  an  equal 
distance  between  the  nearest  points  of  the  carbons  at  any 
one  time. 

The  Reynier  lamp  has  assumed  two  forms,  arc  and  incan- 
descent respectively  :  the  former  has  two  carbon  disks  re- 
volving in  planes  inclined  to  each  other,  so  that  the  edges 
approach  and  a  voltaic  arc  spans  the  interval. 

The  Jamin  electric  light  is  an  arc.  It  has  at  least  two 
nearly  parallel  carbons  and  in  some  cases  not  less  than  three 
groups  of  two  each  ;  one  member  in  each  case  is  adjustable 
towards  its  fellow.  The  candle  has  thus  two  vertical  rods 
which  differ  from  the  Jablochkoff  in  that  there  is  no  insula- 


agnet controlling 
distance  between  the  two  ends.    Fig.  933,  Plate  XIV. 

The  carbon  pencils  are  surrounded  with  an  elliptical  coil 
of  wire,  through  which  passes  the  current  that  gives  the 
light.  The  coil  is  in  the  same  vertical  plane  as  the  carbon 
rods.  A  more  elaborate  arrangement  is  shown  in  "  Plumber 
if  Sanitary  Engineer,"  *  iii.  400. 

The  IVeston  is  an  arc  light,  having  two  erect  nearly  paral- 
lel carbon  rods,  the  positive  twice  the  bulk  of  the  negative. 
They  are  supported  in  sockets,  the  negative  being  pivoted  so 
that  its  upper  end  can  be  adjusted  towards  and  from  the 
positive,  towards  which  it  is  inclined  by  a  spring.  As  soon 
as  electric  connection  is  made,  the  armature  of  an  electro- 
magnet withdraws  the  movable  carbon  from  contact  and 
the  voltaic  arc  is  established. 

Jablochkofs  invention  is  an  electric  caudle  :  his  object  is 
the  "absolute  suppression  of  any  mechanical  regulator."'  In- 
stead of  automatically  feeding  them  towards  each  other  he 
fixes  them  parallel  at  a  short  distance  from  each  other  and 
separates  them  by  an  isolating  substance  which  is  consumed 
at  the  same  time  with  the  carbons.  Fig.  934,  Plate  XIV. 

The  separating  substance  is  an  earthy  infusible  powder 
put  around  the  carbons  in  a  closed  envelope  of  asbestos.  The 
electric  stream  gradually  dissipates  the  intractable  substance, 
clearing  it  away  from  the  carbons  and  exposing  them,  some- 
what as  the  wick  of  a  candle  is  exposed  by  the  burning  away 
of  the  tallow. 

a  b  are  the  carbons,  e  the  asbestos  case,  rf/metallic  sheath, 
hj  jaws,  k  tightening  screw,  p  n  terminals. 

The  Lontin  lamp  and  the  Reynier  keep  a  slender  rod  of  car- 
bon in  contact  with  a  slowly  revolving  wheel,  touching  it  on 
the  outer  rim  and  keeping  a  certain  length  of  the  rod  incan- 
descent. 

The  Reynier  lamp,  Fig.  935,  Plate  XIV.,  has  a  slender  pen- 
cil of  carbon,  c,  which  is  traversed  through  a  portion  of  its 
length  by  the  current  (from  I  to  B),  and  is  impelled  axially 
against  a  revolving  contact  which  carries  off  the  ashes  of  the 
carbon.  The  portion  of  the  pencil  between  the  upper  con- 
tact I  and  the  lower  revolving  contact  B  becomes  incandes- 
cent, and  burns,  tapering  away  towards  the  end,  the  rod  being 
continually  fed  forward. 

Kosloffs  (1875)  is  an  incandescent  light,  the  current  passing 
through  sticks  of  carbon  in  a  globe  filled  wfth  nitrogen  gas, 
the  carbon  is  mounted  on  an  inserted  metallic  conductor  and 
placed-between  two  insulating  supports  of  porcelain,  clay, 
or  other  material.  The  carbons  are  in  a  globe,  hermetically 
sealed,  filled  with  nitrogen  gas. 

In  the  Sawyer  electric  lamp  the  feeding  of  the  carbon  pen- 
cil to  the  contact  piece  is  effected  by  a  spring  and  cord  run- 
ning over  pulleys.  The  pencil  of  carbon  is  heated  to  incan- 
descence in  a  hermetically  sealed  glass  globe  filled  with 
nitrogen  gas  or  exhausted  of  air.  The  summit  of  the  upper 
carbon  is  pressed  between  grooved  rollers.  The  base  of  the 
lamp-globe  is  imbedded  in  a  cup  having  an  annular  space, 
and  the  base  of  the  lamp  is  in  two  sections,  for  facilitating 
the  renewal  of  the  carbon.  Fig.  936,  Plate  XIV. 

The  Sawyer-Man  is  an  incandescent  lamp.  The  incandes- 
cent strip  is  automatically  fed  through  one  conductor  and 
against  another,  the  part  between  the  two  conductors  giving 
a  light.  The  two  conductors  are  supported  by  spiral  stand- 
ards, the  length  and  extent  of  surface  serving  to  dissipate 
the  heat  and  thus  preserve  the  insulation.  The  whole  is 
incased  in  a  glass  globe  filled  with  nitrogen.  Fig.  937,  Plate 
XIV. 

Edison's  carbon-arc  lamp  is  an  incandescent  lamp.  The 
arc  F  is  attached  by  clamps  G  G'  to  the  platinum  wires  ur, 
which  are  sealed  in  the  summit  of  the  interior  glass  dome.  At 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


300 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


a  lower  point  is  an  enlargement  E  E'  upon  which  sits  the 
lower  end  of  the  tube,  the  upper  portion  of  which  is  the  de- 
vice A  around  the  incandescent  arc.  The  patent  No.  230,255 
particularly  concerns  the  mode  of  sealing  the  wires  in  the 
foot,  and  the  mode  of  exhausting  and  sealing  the  dome,  to 
secure  entire  freedom  from  oxygen  in  the  interior.  B  is  the 
pillar  of  the  lamp  and  D  D'  binding  posts  for  the  wires. 
Fig.  938,  Plate  XIV. 

In  one  form  of  the  carbon  arc  lamp  the  carbons  are  of  slips 
of  paper  or  cardboard  cut  to  horse-shoe  shape  and  charred, 
then  mounted  by  platinum  clamps  on  the  sealed  wires. 

One  of  Edison's  regulators  is  an  automatic  shunt  fitted  to 
the  lamp,  by  which  a  portion  of  the  current  is  diverted  from 
the  circuit  of  the  light  producing  portion  of  the  apparatus 
whenever  its  temperature  approaches  an  injurious  limit. 

Edison's  expansion,  pneumatic,  and  vibratory  regulators 
are  described,  illustrated,  and  compared  in  an  article  by 
F.  R.  Upton,  in  "Scribner's  Monthly,'*  vol.  xix.,  pp.  531-544. 

In  another  of  Edison's  electric  regulators  he  makes  use  of 
a  coil  of  wire  with  a  pyro-insulating  material  between  the 
coils,  and  a  surrounding  case  rendered  incandescent  by  the 
heat  of  the  coil.  In  the  same  lamp,  which  is  adapted  to  be 
used  in  multiple  arc,  a  thermal  circuit  is  arranged  so  that 
the  amount  of  light  can  be  varied  at  pleasure  by  an  adjust- 
ing-screw that  regulates  the  point  at  which  the  thermal  reg- 
ulator acts  to  open  the  electric  circuit  and  lessen  the  cur- 
rent, so  that  the  incandescent  case  can  be  more  or  less  lu- 
minous. The  claim  for  a  thermostatic  regulator  is,  however, 
held  by  Maxim  in  his  patent,  No.  247,380,  Sept.  20,  1881. 

Edison's  safety  device,  for  preventing  an  abnormal  flow  of 
current  through  any  branch,  consists  of  a  piece  of  very  small 
conductor  interposed  in  the  main  conductors  of  a  house  or  in 
the  derived  circuit  of  a  lamp.  It  is  preferably  interposed 
between  the  line  wires  and  every  lamp,  limiting  to  the  latter 
the  amount  of  current  designed  for  it. 

Farmer's  is  an  incandescent  lamp,  the  globe  of  which  con- 
tains a  vacuum,  or  an  artificial  atmosphere  —  say  nitrogen. 
From  the  stopper  of  the  globe  rise  two  uprights,  between 
which  is  held  a  removable  carbon  slip,  which,  upon  passage 
of  the  current,  becomes  incandescent.  Fig.  939,  Plate  XIV. 

The  Maxim  is  an  incandescent  lamp,  the  light  being  pro- 
duced by  a  strip  or  conductor  of  low  conductivity,  forming 
a  part  of  the  electric  circuit.  Fig.  940,  Plate  XIV. 

The  illumination  takes  place  in  a  glass  chamber  deprived 
of  oxygen,  but  instead  of  excluding  the  air  by  exhaustion,  or 
filling  the  globe  with  nitrogen,  the  air  is  displaced  with  a 
hydro-carbon,  preferably  gasoline,  and  such  liquid  then  ex- 
pelled by  heat,  so  as  to  leave  in  the  globe  a  hydrocarbon 
partial  vacuum,  or  a  highly -attenuated  atmosphere  of  hydro- 
carbon vapor  surrounding  the  conductor  or  light-giving  part 
of  the  lamp.  The  continuous  incandescent  conductor  is 
mounted  upon  electrical  connections  of  platinum. 

Edison's  carbon  coil  lamp  is  an  incandescent ;  a  filament 
of  carbon  either  in  arc  or  coil  shape,  that  is,  of  "carbon  wire 
or  sheets  coiled  or  arranged  in  such  manner  as  to  offer  great 
resistance  to  the  passage  of  the  electric  current,  and  at  the 
same  time  present  but  a  slight  surface  from  which  radiation 
may  take  place." 

The  electricity  is  conducted  into  the  vacuum  bulb  through 
platinum  wires  sealed  in  the  glass. 

In  Fig.  941,  Plate  XIV.,  a  represents  a  carbon  coil  attached 
to  platinum  conductors  '/  //'  by  a  plastic  composition  of  lamp- 
black and  tar.  c  c',  k  are  clamps. 

Khotinsky  (French  patent,  No.  107,307,  of  March  19,  1875) 
shows  an  incandescent  carbon  lamp,  having  in  its  base  resist- 
ance coils  and  a  switch  whereby  the  current  can  be  passed 
wholly  through  the  carbon  or  wholly  through  a  resistance 
equal  to  the  resistance  of  the  carbon,  or  if  a  partial  light  is 
desired,  then  partly  through  the  carbon  and  partly  through 
a  resistance,  the  arrangement  being  such  that  the  total  re- 
sistance is  always  equal  to  a  certain  amount.  The  current 
is  shifted  automatically  to  another  carbon  in  same  lamp 
when  one  breaks. 

The  Werr/ermann  lamp  has  a  vertical  rod  of  carbon  which 
impinges  at  its  upper  end  upon  a  disk  of  carbon,  Fig.  942, 
Plate  XIV.  The  upper  end  of  the  rod  becomes  incandescent, 
and  a  voltaic  arc  is  also  formed. 

The  upper  part  only  of  the  carbon  rod  is  in  the  circuit,  ami 
the  length  of  this  portion  can  be  increased  or  diminished  by 
shifting  the  collar  which  transmits  the  current.  The  rod  is 
kept  pressed  against  the  disk  by  a  cord  and  weight,  and  con- 
sumes very  slowly.  The  disk  is  negative  ;  1"  in  diameter,  1" 
thick,  encircled  by  a  band  of  copper,  which  is  prolonged  to  a 
terminal.  The  positive  carbon  is  a  round  pencil  3  mm.  in 
diameter,  and  slides  in  a  tube. 

"  Dr.  Tyndall  and  Mr.  Douglass,  chief  engineer  to  the 
Trinity  Board,  in  reporting  lately  to  the  Elder  Brethren  upon 
the  power  of  these  machines  and  their  applicability  to  light- 
houses, give  a  table  showing  that  a  machine  weighing  not 
more  than  3  cwt.  is  capable  of  producing  a  light  equal  to 
1250-candle  power  per  horse-power  expenditure  of  mechani- 
cal energy.  Assuming  that  each  horse-power  is  maintained 
with  an  expenditure  of  3  Ibs.  of  coal  per  hour  (which  is  an 
excessive  estimate),  it  would  appear  that  1  Ib.  of  coal  suf- 
fices to  maintain  a  light  equal  to  417J  normal  candles  for  one 


hour.  The  same  amount  of  light  would  be  produced  by  139 
cubic  feet  of  gas  of  18-candle  power,  for  the  production  (if 
which  30  Ibs.  of  coal  are  consumed.  Assuming  that  of  thrs 
quantity,  after  heating  the  retorts,  etc.,  50  per  cent,  is  rc- 


ratio  ot  lo  to  l  in  tavorot  the  latter.  Add  to  the  advantages 
of  cheapness  in  maintenance,  and  of  a  reduced  capital  ex- 
penditure in  favor  of  the  electric  light,  those  of  its  great  su- 
periority in  quality  and  its  freedom  from  the  deleterious 
effects  of  gas  in  heating  and  polluting  the  atmosphere  in 
which  it  burns,  and  it  seems  not  improbable  that  it  will  su- 
persede before  long  its  competitor  in  many  of  its  applica- 
tions.''— Dr.  C.  W.  Siemens,  Address,  January  23,  1878. 

The  annual  report  of  the  United  States  Light-house  Board 
contains  the  details  of  some  recent  tests  with  electric  lamps, 
made  at  the  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology  by  Prof.  Mor- 
ton. The  results  of  these  experiments  are  embodied  in  the 
following  table,  in  which  the  term  hand-lamp  is  employed 
to  signify  that  the  distance  between  the  carbons  was  regu- 
lated by  hand :  — 


> 

> 

| 

| 

Sc?| 

OK 

ff« 

c  ^  n 

Machine. 

Lamp. 

3  n 

5 

rf? 

P. 

~ 

'-^L 

i 

71      n 

Maxim   (ordinary 

type)  .... 

Maxim    .     .     . 

3,297 

5.483 

729 

Maxim    .... 

Hand  lamp 

3,930 

5.  585 

704 

Siemens  .... 

Siemens       .     . 

4,651 

4.863 

956 

Siemens  .... 

Siemens       .     . 

4,548 

4  742 

969 

Weston  .... 

Hand  lamp 

8,585 

4769 

1,800 

Weston  .... 

Maxim    .     .     . 

7,787 

4.683 

1,668 

Weston  ..... 

Siemens       .     . 

7,262 

5056 

1,436 

Weston  .... 

Weston  .     .     . 

6,063 

4552 

1,332 

Maxim  (with  mag- 

nets  of  low  re- 

sistance) .     .     . 

Maxim    .     .     . 

7,524 

7.400 

1,017 

Brush      .... 

Brush      .    .     . 

4,365 

2.8467 

1,533 

Brush     .... 

Siemens       .     . 

3,532 

29573 

1,194 

The  results  of  the  attempts  at  the  "  Division  of  the  Elec- 
tric Light,''  may  be  divided  into  four  classes,  seiies,  multiple 
arc,  multiple  series,  and  the  commutator  system 

The  serifs  system,  i.  e.,  with  the  lamps  all  arranircd  in  suc- 
cession in  one  unbranched  circuit,  was  the  first  one  emplciyiV,, 
and  is  still  found  to  be  the  best  when  arc  lamps  arc  iiM'd. 

In  the  multiple  arc  system  the  conductor  is  divided  into 
numerous  branches,  in  each  of  which  is  placed  one  lamp. 
Two  main  conductors  are  run  out  from  the  generator  ami  di- 
vided and  sub-divided  while  still  remaining  in  pairs,  and  at 
various  points  the  lamps  are  connected  so  as  to  bridge  the 
said  pair.  A  ground  return  is  sometimes  substituted  for  one 
of  the  conductors.  The  first  mention  of  multiple  arc  light- 
ing appears  in  du  Moncel's  "Erpose  des  Application!  de 
I'Electricite,''  Paris,  185".  It  has  the  advantage  over  the  se- 
ries system,  that  the  extinguishment  or  breakage  of  one 
lamp  does  not  materially  affect  the  others,  but  as  all  the 
lamps  are  in  parallel  branches  the  total  external  resistance 
is  exceedingly  small,  and  for  this  reason  the  system  is  more 
particularly  adapted  for  incandescent  lamps  which  are  made 
of  such  high  resistances  as  100  and  200  ohms  on  that  ac- 
count. 

The  multiple  series  system  is  a  combination  of  the  first  and 
second.  The  circuit  is  divided  as  in  the  multiple  arc,  but 
more  than  one  lamp  is  placed  in  each  branch,  so  that  the  re- 
sistance may  be  made  such  as  desired.  This  system  seems  to 
have  been  first  described  in  a  patent  to  Sawyer  and  Man, 
205,303.  June  25,  1878.  Brush  (patent.  No.  261,077,  July  11, 
1882)  shows  and  claims  a  multiple  series  system,  in  which 
the  different  branches  are  connected  by  cross  connections 
between  the  lights  in  such  a  manner  that  the  breaking  of 
circuit  at  one  lamp  will  have  no  appreciable  effect  on  any  of 
the  other  lamps  in  the  system. 

In  the  fourth  system  a  commutator  is  employed  which  so 
divides  the  current  among  different  branch  conductors  each 
having  one  or  more  lamps,  that  each  lamp  is  traversed  by 
the  current  for  a  small  fraction  of  a  second.  By  means  of 
a  sufficiently  rapid  commutator  the  impulses  to  each  light 
follow  each  other  in  such  quick  succession  as  to  give  the  ef- 
fect of  a  continuous  light. 

Secondary  batteries  were  described  by  Jablochoff  in  his 
French  patent  of  1876,  as  in  a  branch  or  shunt  around  each 
light.  Fox,  in  his  English  patent  of  1878,  shows  a  network 
of  conductors  between  which  and  the  ground  return  are 
connected  up  in  multiple  arc  incandescent  lamps  and  secon- 
dary batteries. 


FIG.  935.     Reyniu 
Incandescent  Electric  Light. 


FIG.  934.     Jnblochkoff  Electric  Candle. 


PLATE  XIV. 


ELECTRIC   CANDLES   AND   INCANDESCENT   LAMPS.  See  pages  299,  300. 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


301 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


E-lec'tric  Light.  Notices  of  the  various  Elec- 
tric Lights  in  the  technical  journals  of  the  period, 
1876-1880  inclusive,  may  be  found  as  follows  :  — 

Abney,  Capt.  W.  r/eW.  paper  by  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,'1'  2087. 
Adams,  W.  G.,  paper  by  .  "Jour.  Frank.  Ins.,'1  Oct.  '81. 
Andre- Brougham  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  Amer."  xlii.  245. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  175. 

Andrews *  "l.a  Lumiere  Electr.,"  v.  6U. 

Archereau  (1849) *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  365. 

*  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,'1'  2575. 

*  "App.    de    rEltctricite,"    v. 

477. 

Atl.'is  Co.,  steam  engine  for  .  *  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  139. 
BaUiache "App.de  fElectricite,"  v.  611. 


Barkt  r,  paper  by 

Btrgot * 

Berlin,  at 

Blooker,  railroad  cars   .     .     . 
Bolton,  Col.,  historical  notes  * 


'T(dino!ogiste,"xl\.  86 
' LaLu/tiicre  Electr.,"  iv.  294. 
'  TerJinologiste,"  xlii.  201. 
'  Teck*ologistt,"jLU.44Q,  401. 
'Jour.   Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 


213-281. 

Bouleguine "App.  del'Etectricite,"  v.  514. 

Bourne *  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,''  vii.  656. 

Brain,  "  Pyramid  "  .     .     .     .  *  "Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  184. 

friges *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2451-52. 

At  Washington  .     .     .     .      "  Technologiste,"  xli.  40. 

British  Museum "  Technologiste,"  xlii.  154. 

Brockie *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  268. 

*  "Jour.   Soc.   Tel.  Eng."   ix. 

151. 

"La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  294. 
Brougham-Andre      ....  *  "Engineer,' 'xlix.  190. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Ap.  8,  p.  1. 
Brush *"Am.  Man/.,"  Jan.  10,  1879. 

p.  12. 

"Engineering,"  xxix.  13. 
"Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.."  xxvi. 

240. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Jan.  16, 

p.  7  ;  xxv.,  Feb.  26,  p.  1. 

*  "Min.  4"  SC'  Press,"  xxxvii. 

201,  217. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  296. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2572. 

*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  21. 
*"La    Lumiere    Electr."    iii. 

121 ;  iv.  *  6. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxi.  395. 
"  Technologiste,"  xlii.  442. 
"  Technologiste,"  xlii.  48, 483 
"Mfr/i.    Did."   p.   782,   Fig. 

1845. 
Brussels "  Technologiste,"  xlii.  429. 

*  "  La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  243. 

*  "La  Lumie're  Electr.,"  v.  251. 
"App.  del' Elec.,"  v. 466, 500. 
"Technologiste,"  xli.  99. 

*"Jour.  Soc.   Tel.  Eng."  viii. 
213-281. 

*  "La  Lumie're  Electr. ,"iv.  37. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlix.  323. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii   17. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  340. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  ii.  269. 

Crookes *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  189. 

Daours "  Technologiste,"  xxxix.  4. 

Debrun "LaLumicre  Electr.,"  iii. 206. 

Deleuil *  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii  ,  ar- 
ticle "Eclairage." 

App.  de  I'Electricite"  v.  489, 

*555. 

de  Mcritens.     See  Mcritens. 
de  Mersanne.     See  Mersanne. 

de  Moleyns *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.  "  viii 

250,  p.  10. 

Denayrouze *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  19, 1. 

Duboscq  (1850) *  Laboulaye's  "Dict.,"ii.,  ar- 
ticle "Eclairage  '' 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2674. 
"  App.  de  I'Electricite,"  \.  483, 

*508. 

*  "Mech.  Diet."  Fig.  1844,  781. 
"Technologiste,"  xli.  156. 
"App.de  I'Electricite,"  v.  549. 
"App.   de    I'Electricite,'1''    v. 

558-581. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  113. 

*  "Engineering,,"  xxix.  38. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  14,  p. 

6  ;  xxv..  Jan.  1,  p.  1. 

*  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  xii.  1. 
"  Tec/iHologiste,"x\.338  ;  xli. 

42,  785;  xlii.  103,442. 
"Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  414. 


In  mines 
Browning    . 


BOrgin 

Cance 

Carre 

Cernosson,  report    on   .     . 
Chronology  of  Bolton,  Col. 

Clerc  4"  Bureau     .... 

Grampian 

Regulator      .... 


Ducretet      .  • .     .     .    . 

du  Moncel,  Divisibility 

Applications .    .     . 

Edison 


Edison 


Paper  in    .  . 

Far/o,  portable  . 

Fa/irig,  burner  . 

Farmer   . 


Use  in  1S59,  letter  by 
Fernat 
Fontaine 
Foucault  (1848)    .    .    . 


Foucault-  Duboscq 

French  application  of   . 
Fuller      ', 


Gaiffe    . 
Gauduin 


German  navy 
Girouard     . 


Gordon  . 
Gramme 


Guest 


Gukher  .  .  . 
Harrison  (1856) 
Hedges  .  .  . 


Hfihnann  Sf  Steinlen 
Heinrich,      ,     . 


Hickley  .... 

Higgins      .     .    . 

Hippodrome,  Paris 
Holcombe    .     . 
Hopkins      .     .     . 


Hospitalier 

Hughes,  paper  by,  action 

sonorous  vibrations  in  . 

Jablochkoff 


Jablochkoff-Dtnayrottze 


Jackson 


Jacquelain 
Jamin    . 


Paper  by  . 
Jamin-Krupp  . 

Jaspar    .     .     . 


.     .  *"La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  i.  8; 

*  ii.    12,  29;    *   iii.   124; 

*  v.  1 ;  *  v   359. 

*"  Scientific  Amer."  xl.  185; 
xlii.  19. 

*  "  Teleg.  Jour.,"  vii.  165,  230. 
.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  513. 

.     .      "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxvii.  70. 
.     .  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxix.  327. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2576. 

.     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xlii.  131. 

"  Technologiste,"  xlii.  442. 
.      "Technologiste,"  xl.  17. 
.     .      "App.derEtectricite,"v.5lQ. 
.    .      "App.  del'Etectricilc,"  v.  515. 

*  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii.,  arti- 

cle "Eclairage." 
*"&.  American  Sup.,''  2574. 
"App.  del'Etectricite',''  v.  482. 
.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  365. 

*  "App.  de  l'Eltctricitc,''\.  485. 
.     .      "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  116. 
.     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  212. 

*  "Scientific  Am. Sup.,"  2832. 
"La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  i.  39. 
"  Telfg.  Jour."  vii.  117,  130. 

.     .  *  "App.    de    I'Etectricitc."   v. 

480. 
.    .      "App.    de    I'Electricite,"    v. 

467. 

.     .  *" Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  4130. 
,     .  *  "App.    de    I'Electricite,"    v. 

495. 

"LaLumicre  Electr.,"  iii.  27. 
,     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  382. 

*  "Engineer,"   xliv.   435,  436, 

457. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Elec.,''  iii.  363. 

*  "  Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvii.  195. 
.     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xliii.  5. 

"La  Lumiere  Elec."  ii.  311. 
.  *  "La  Lumiere  Elec."  v.  571. 
.  *  "App.  de  I'Elfctricitc,"  v.  500. 
,     .  *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.   Eng."  ix. 
147. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Elec.,r  v.  200. 
,     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  457. 

.  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  163. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Dec  25,  1. 

*  "La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  iii.  211. 
.  *  "Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  229. 

"Iron  Age."  xxiii.,  June  19, 1. 
'  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  199. 
.  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  xxvii.  71. 
.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii,  371. 
.  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  200  ; 
xli.  274. 

*  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2363, 
.  *  "Sc.  American,"  xli.  101. 

of 

.  *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2024. 
"Engineering,"    xxiii.    384 ; 
xxvi.  125,  "364. 

*  "Jour.    Soc.    Tel.  Eng.,"  vi. 

303;  ix.  135. 

*"La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  i.  13. 
"Scientific   Amer.,"    xxxvii. 

64;  xxxix.  326. 
"  Technologiste,"         xxxviii. 

22;  xxxix.  70,369. 
*"Sc.  American,  Sup.,"  2089, 
*  2573,  *  2654. 

*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  11. 
"App.    de    I'Electricite',"    v. 

472, *  515 

"  Scientific  Am .."  xxxvi.  368. 
"  Van     Nostrand's     Mag.," 

xvii.  15. 
,  *"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.Eng."\iii. 

265,  p.  18. 

"App.  de  I'Electricite,"  v.  465. 
"Engineering,"  xxix.  457. 

*  "Plumber  &  Sanitary  Eng.," 

iii.  400. 

*  "Manuf.  4"  Builder,"  xii.  182. 
*" Scientific  American,"  xli.  4. 

"Technologiste,"     xli.     355; 

xlii  343. 
"Jour.  Soc.   Tel.  Eng.,1'  ix. 

323. 
"La  Lumiere  Electr.,"  i.  17  ; 

Ii.  234,  236. 

.     "Scientific  Am.  Sup. ,"2098. 

"IronAge,"  xxiv.,July3, 15. 

.  *  "App.  de  rjSlectricitc,"  v.  479. 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


302 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


Joel    

"La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  ii.  461. 
"App.  fie  I'Electricite,"  v.  512. 
"App.  de  I'Electricite,"  v.  512. 
"App.  de  I'Electricilc,"?.  475. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  167. 
*  "Sc.  American,''  xl.,402. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  199. 
"App.    de    1'Electricitc,"    v. 
505,  *  556. 
*  "La  Lumiere  Eleetr.,"  v.  25. 
"App.  de  I'Electricite,"  \.  500. 
"Technologiste,"      xli.     273, 
289,  305,  353. 
"Technologiste,"  xlii.  119. 
"Technologiste,"  xlii.  109. 
"  Technologiste,"  xlii.  154. 
"  Teehnologiste,"  xlii.  201. 
"Technologiste,"  xxxix.47. 
"App.  de  I'Electrintc,"  v.  475. 
"App.  de  VEle.ctricite,"  v.480. 
"Sc.  American,"  xl.  51. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  362. 
"  App.de  I'Electricite,"  \A9"i. 
"  Technologiste  ,"  xxxix.  213. 
"  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  197. 
"Sc.  American,"  xlii.  121. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,'1'  vii.  147. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  451. 
*  "App.  de  I'Eleclricite,"  v.  508. 
*  "Engineering  xxvii.  364. 
*  "  Technologiste,"  xli.  691. 
*"  Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2846. 
*  "App.  deTElectricitc,"  v.  518. 
*  "  Manuf.  $  Builder,"  x.  222  ; 
xii.  196,  223,  249. 
*"  Scientific    Amer.,"    xxxix, 
175;  *xl.  184;  *xliii.  127, 
*151  ;  *  242,  *  255. 
*  "Sc.  American  Swp.,-'2572. 
*  "Scientific  Amer.,"'  xliii.  255. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  96. 
*  "La  Lumitre  Elec.,"  ii.  212. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  451. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  393. 
"App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  498. 
*  "La  Lumiere  Eleetr.,"  v.  189. 
*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  383. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  231. 
*  "Plumb.  4"  San.  Eng.,"  ii.  1. 
*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2404. 
*  "Kept.  Lighths.  Bd.,"  '79-80. 
*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1575. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  v.  305. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1563. 
*  "La  Lumiire  Eleetr.,"  ii.  11  ; 
in.  *  38,  *57,  *  75;  iv. 
*326. 
*  "Mach.  Eleetr.  a  Cour.  cant." 
Paris,  1882. 
*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  vii.  184. 
"App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  608. 
"Technologiste,"  xlii.  119. 

*  ii 

*  11 

*  " 
*  " 

*  " 
#  '• 

*  L 

*  11 
*  ti 
*  " 
*  11 
*  11 

#  >> 

*  11 

*  11 
*  ii 
*  ii 
*I 

#  'i 

*  » 

*  ii 

*  ii 

*    !> 

#   II 

#   1' 
*   II 

*   " 
*   1' 

*   II 

#    " 

#   « 
*    " 

*    II 

*    11 
*  II 
*   II 
*   II 
#    II 
*   11 

*   " 

Kosloff  

Shuckert       
Sergueeff     

Lane-Fox   

Lemolt  (1849)  
Lockert,  paper  by     .... 

In  Paris    

Regulator      

British  Museum     .     .     . 

Shoolbred,  paper  by       ... 

Applications  of  .     .     .     . 
Lodygine     

Siemens,  influence  on  vegeta- 
tion   

Paris,  Lyon  Railway  .     . 

At  Berlin       

Siemens  et  Hafner-Altenek    . 

Silliman,   in  Paris,  paper  by 
Souter  point  lighthouse,  Br. 
South  Foreland  lighthouse    . 
Spinning  mill  (Ricards) 
Sguire,  for  surgical  operations 
Sta?>e(1846)         

Magasin  du  Louvre     .     . 
Marfais  
Marshall,  portable  engine  for 

Martin  de  Brettes    .... 

Current  regulator  .     .     . 

Sf  anton  Iron  Works      .     .     . 
Starr  ("Journal  of  Science  ") 
Early  history  of      ... 

Street  lamp  lighting     .     .     . 
Swan      

On   subdivision      .     .     . 
Tchikoleff   

Tests,  U.  S.  Lighthouse  Board 
Thiers,  Lacassange  et  T.  . 
Thomson-  Houston   .     .    . 

Trant,  paper  by  ,  "  Nature  "  . 
Trowbridge,  paper  by    ... 
Tynriall,  paper  by    .... 
Report  by      

Meritens,  de    
Mersanne,  de        

Morton,  paper  by      .     .     .     . 

Munro,  paper  by       .... 
On  development  of     .    . 
N.  Railway  of  France 

Van  Malderen  

In 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  164. 
*  "La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  iii.  141. 
*  "Jour.   Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 
259,  pi.  14. 
*  "La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  ii.  295. 
"App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  554. 
"  Technologiste,  "  xlii.  320. 
*"  Engineer,"  xlvi.  389. 
*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2793. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  16. 
*"  Engineering,''  xxvii.  51. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  4. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2132,  2575. 
"  Technologiste,"  xl.337  ;  xli. 
152. 
"Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi   334, 
360,  430,  497  :  *  vii.  43. 
*  "Scientific   Amer.,"   xxxviii. 
34;  *  xxxix.  11,  228;  *xli. 
166,  194. 
"  Technologiste,"  xl.  122. 
"La  Lumiere  Eleetr.  ,"  i.  16; 
*  ii.  248  ;  ii.  311,  *  459. 
*"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1318, 
2152,  2183,  *  2576. 
*  "App.  de  I'  Eleetr.,"  v.  502. 
*  "  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  49. 
*  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxi.  88. 
*  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 
262,  pi.  17. 
*  "  Teleg.  Jour.,"  vii.  63,  103. 
"  Technologiste,"  xxix.  1. 
"Technologiste,  xlii.  429. 

Partz      

Van    Nostrand's    Mag.,    ed. 
Resum^    

Pilleux  if  Qufsnot    .... 

Railway,  Paris,  L.  &  Med.     . 
Runsomes  portable  engine  for 

For  railways       .... 
Rapieff 

Way  

"Moderator"     .     .     .     . 

Werdermann    
Westingho/t}.t,  uu  lly.  cars     . 

Regulator      

Roberts  ....              .     . 

Wilde           .         

Woolwich,  •     . 
Wright  (1845)        

Robey,  steam  engine  for    .     . 

Rubuen,  at  Brussels      .     . 

"Engineer,"  xlix.  358. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  230. 
"  Telegraphic  Jour.,''  vi.  477. 
"La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  ii.  176. 
"  Technologiste,"1  xli.  85,  309. 
"Engineer,"  xlvii.  5. 
"Scientific    Amer.,"     xxxix. 

304,  *  350  ,  xl.  145. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup."  2577. 
"Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  7. 
"La  Lumiere  Elec..''  iv.  125. 
"Technologiste,"  xxxix.  113. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii.,  art. 

"Eclairage  " 

"La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  i.  217. 
"Eng'ing,"   xxvi.  363,  365. 
"App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  490. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2574. 
"Enginrering,"  xxvi.  362. 
"Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  9451,  2514. 
''Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Feb.  13,  9. 

'  Technologiste,"  xlii.  196. 
"  Engineering,''  xxvii.  163. 
'' Technologiste,"  xlii.  254. 

'La  Lumiere  Eleetr.,"  ii.  36, 

*  95  ;  iv.  *  68. 
"App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  494. 
''  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  ii.  292 

'Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2261,  2269. 

I  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  947. 
"Engineer,"  xliv.  302. 
"Engineer,"  xliv.  451. 
"Engin?(ri.ng,"  xlvii.  230. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii.,  art. 

Eclairage." 
"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 

259,  261,  pi.  12, 13,  16. 
"Technologiste,"  xlii.  105. 

'  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xx.  298. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xl.  40 
"Technologiste,"  xlii.  234. 
"'Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1249. 
"Engineering,"  xxx.  377. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  182. 

'La  Lumiere  Elec.,''  ii.  486  ; 

111.  26;  v.  *  1. 

'Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  x. 339. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii.  116. 
"La  Lumiere  Elec.''  ii.  165, 
*274. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  170. 
App.  de  I '  Eleetr.,  v.  505,556. 

'Engineer,"  xlvi.  295. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Jan.  16,  7. 
Sc.  American  Sup.,''  2469. 

'  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  415. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2514. 

'  Scientific  American,"  xl.  25. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  180. 

'Scientific  Am.  Sup."  1643. 

'Pop.Sc.  Monthly," Mar.  "76. 
"App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  512. 

'Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xx.  70. 

Engine.er,"  xlvi.  295. 

Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  54. 
'Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2572. 
'  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  431. 
'Technologiste,"    xli.     344; 
xlii.  443. 

App.  de  I'Electr.,  v.  549. 

App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  510. 
"Engineer,"  xlvi.  312. 
'Iron  j4^e,''xxii.,Nov.21.15. 
'  Scientific  Am.,"  xxxix.  373. 

Technologiste,"  xli.  164 

Scientific.  Am.  Sup. ,"2576; 
2491,  2492. 

Jour.  Soc.   Tel.  Eng.,"  viii. 
259,  pi.  15  ;  *  ix.  149. 

'La  Lumiere  Eleetr.,''  i.  16, 

112,  *  203  ;  *  iv.  232. 
Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  455. 

II  Technologiste,"  xli.  294. 
"Iron  Age,"xx\v.,  July  17,1 
"Manuf.  4-  Builder,"  xi.  145. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2574. 

La  Lumiere  Elec.,"  iv.  311. 
Engineer,"  xlvii.  385. 
Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vii.  47. 
Technotogiste,"  xlii.  109. 
App.  de  I'Electr.,"  v.  500. 
Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  *viii. 
256,  pi.  11. 


ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


303 


ELECTRIC  RAILWAY. 


Adams,  W.  G.  "  Scientific  Principles  Involved  in  Electric 
Lighting.''  "Journal  of  Franklin  Institute,''  Oct.,  Nov., 
Dec.,  1881.  (Cantor  lectures  before  London  Society  of  Arts.) 

Alglave  tt  Boulard.  "La.  Lumicre  Electrique."  Paris, 
1882. 

Armengand,  Ainc.  "Manuel  r/e  I' Edairage  Electrique." 
Paris.  1881.  (Complete  abstract  of  French  patents  on  elec- 
tric lighting.) 

"Blue  Book.'1  "  Report  on  Lighting  by  Electricity."  Tes- 
timony of  Siemens,  Thomson,  and  others.  Printed  by  order 
of  House  of  Commons,  June,  1879. 

Boltar,  Colonel.  "Some  Historical  Notes  on  Electric 
Light."  "Journal  Society  of  Telegraphic  Engineers,''' No.  27, 
vol.  viii.  (1879),  contains  abstract  of  English  patents. 

Fontaine.  H.  "L' Edairage  a  I' Electricite"  2ded.,  Paris, 
1879. 

Hedges,  Killingworth.  "Hints  on,  Electric  Lighting.'' 
London,  1882. 

Higgs,  Paget.     "The  Electric  Light.-'     London,  1879. 

Higgs,  Paget.  "Candle  Power  of  the  Electric  Light." 
London,  1882. 

Higgs,  P.  "Electric  Transmission  of  Power.''  London, 
1879. 

Hospitalier,  E.  "Les  Principales  Applications  de  I'Electri- 
citc."  2d  ed.,  Paris,  1882. 

Moncel.  Comte  du.  "Expose  des  Applications  de  I'Electri- 
citc.''  Paris,  1876. 

Morton,  Prof.  "Report  of  the  Lighthouse  Board."  United 
States.  Washington,  1879,  1880. 

Niaudet,  A.  "Machines  Electriques it  Courants  Continue." 
2ded.,  Paris,  1881. 

Prescotl,  G.  B.  "The  Speaking  Telephone,  Electric  Light, 
and  Other  Novelties,"  New  York,  2d  ed.,  1879. 

Schellen's  "Die  magnet-  und  dynamo-electrischen  Mas- 
chincn"  Koln,  2d  ed.,  1882. 

Sawyer's  "Electric  Lighting."     New  York,  1881. 

Tyndall,  J.  "Electric  Light."  "Popular  Scientific 
Monthly,"  March,  1876. 

Urquhart,  J.  W.  "Electric  Light  :  Its  Production  and 
Use."  London,  1880. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine,"  Reports  from.  "Incandes- 
cent Electric  Lamps,  etc."  No.  57  Van  Nostrand's  Science 
Series. 

E-lec'tric  Light  Meter.  An  invention  of 
Edison  for  measuring  the  quantity  of  electric  cur- 
rent passing  to  a  light  or  to  a  house.  A  part  of  the 
system  of  divisional  current  arrangement  for  public 
lighting. 

The  current  goes  from  Hue  by  the  house-wire  to 
the  apparatus,  passing  through  two  contacting  pla- 
tinum points  and  thence  to  a  magnet.  The  device 
is  to  cut  a  house  out  of  the  circuit  if  too  great  a  flow 
of  electricity  should  occur.  In  the  latter  case  the 
magnet  will  draw  down  a  lever  and  sever  the  con- 
tact of  the  platinum  points,  thereby  breaking  the 
circuit. 

E-lec'tric  Light  Reg'u-la'tor.  An  appara- 
tus or  device  :  — 

1.  To  determine  the  amount  of  current  passing 
to  the  electric  lamp. 

2.  To  adjust  the  carbons  of  the  arc  light  so  that 
they  shall  preserve  their  exact  relative  distance. 

Of  these  there  are  two  orders  :  — 
a.  The  monophote,  or  one-light,  regulator. 
;.  The  poluphote,  many  light,  or  division  regulator. 
The  poli/p/wte  has  three  classes  :  — 

a.  Differential. 

b.  Derivation. 

c.  Fixed  interval,  or  regulator  a  teartfixe. 

The  Serrin*  Mersanne*  Jablochkoff,   Lontin,  Rapieff  reg- 
ulators are  described  on  pp.  362-365,  "Engineering,''  xxvi 
in  a  paper  read  by  Mr.  Shoolhed  before  the  British  Associa- 
tion at  the  Dublin  meeting,  1878. 

See  also  list  under  ELECTRIC  LIGHT.  Many  of  the  objects 
there  cited  are  regulators,  as  upon  that  feature  of  the  appara- 
tus more  ingenuity  has  perhaps  been  expended  than  on  other 
—  excepting  generators. 

E-lec'tric    Meas'ure-ment    Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

An  apparatus  consisting  of  a  box  of  graduated  or 
cumulative  resistances,  and  a  galvanometer  for  de- 
termining the  electro-motive  force,  resistance  and 
strength  of  batteries,  and  resistance  of  conductors  : 
for  locating  faults,  breaks,  and  crosses  on  telegraph 
lines  or  cables ;  for  measuring  *he  amount  of  any 


metal  deposited  in  a  given  time  in  electro-plating ; 
and  for  determining  the  specific  conductivity  of 
metals. 

E-lec'tric  Pen.  The  electric  pen  consists  of  a 
small  electro-magnetic  engine,  mounted  upon  the 
top  of  a  tube  pointed  at  the  end.  Within  the  tube 
is  a  needle  to  which  is  given  an  exceedingly  rapid 
vertical  motion  by  cams  upon  the  rotating  engine- 
Fig.  9i3. 


Editon's  Ei/ectric  Pen. 

shaft.     This  needle  is  projected  from  the  small  end 

of  the  tube  at  the  rate  of  50  times  per  second.     If 

the  pen  be  held  in  writing  position  upon  a  sheet  of 

writing  paper  placed  on  some  soft  substance,  a  letter 

i  may  be  written  as  fast  as  with  an  ordinary  pen,  but 

|  the  characters,  unlike  the  ink  mark  formed  by  the 

;  ordinary  pen,  will  be  composed  of  innumerable  holes 

!  punctured  in  the  paper  by  the  rapid  projection  of 

;  the  needle  from  the  tube.  The  result  is  a  perforated 

,  paper,  which,  treated  as  an  ordinary  stencil,  will 

give  similar   result.     The   motive   power  used   to 

drive  the  engine  of  the  pen  is  derived  from  a  voltaic 

,  battery  of  two  Buusen  cells,  shown  in  Fig.  943. 


See  references :  — 

|  Edison  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  511 
"  Technologiite,"  xli.  544. 
"Manufacturer  (r  Builder. 


E-lec'tric  Pho-tom'e-ter.  Goodwin's  electric 
photometer  extinguishes  candle  and  gas,  and  stops 
meter  and  clock  by  electricity. 

"American  Gas-light  Journal  "      .    *  July  3,  1876,  p.  5. 

E-lec'tric  Plow.  A  substitution  of  a  dynamo- 
electric  machine  for  the  steam  traction-engine,  for 
the  purpose  of  working  the  plows.  The  same  ar- 
rangement of  plow,  rope,  and  installation  is  used 
(see  STEAM  PLOW,  "Mech.  Diet."),  but  the  power  is 
conveyed  to  the  winding  drum  on  the  head-lands  of 
the  field  by  wire  from  the  central  station  where  the 
engine,  boiler,  and  current  generator  are  situated. 

The  apparatus  was  invented  by  Chretien  &  Felix, 
of  Sermaize  (Marue),  France.  The  Gramme  ma- 
chine is  used. 

*  "Revue  InJustrielle." 

*  "Engineer'' xlvii.  434. 

*  "  Scientific  American  " July  17, 1879 

E-lec'tric  Rail'way.  The  car  travels  on  in- 
sulated rails  which  form  a  part  of  the  circuit,  and 
the  current  works  the  dynamo  machine  on  the  car 
to  rotate  the  wheels. 

Siemens'  electric  railway  at  Berlin,  between  the 
suburbs  Lichtenfeld  and  the  Cadetteuhaus,  is  one 
and  a  half  miles  long  with  a  gage  of  3',  the  rails  of 
the  ordinary  pattern.  A  single  car  is  propelled  at 
9  miles  per  hour,  but  might  travel  much  faster ;  the 
car  holds  20  persons  ;  the  dynamo  machine  is  under 
the  car;  one  rail  positive  and  the  other  negative. 
The  dynamo  machine  transmits  its  movement  to  the 
wheels  by  spiral  steel  springs.  In  addition  to  the 
ordinary  brakes,  means  are  provided  to  short  cir- 
cuit the  machines  on  the  carriages  and  to  cause 
them  to  act  as  powerful  brakes.  Large  stationary 
engines  are  used. 


ELECTRIC  RAILWAY. 


304       ELECTRIC   WRITING  APPARATUS. 


In  the  earlier  experiments  a  central  rail  brought  the  cur- 
rent from  the  generator,  the  current  returning  by  -the  outer 
rails  A  copper  brush  on  the  car  collected  the  current  from 
the  central  rail.  Several  forms  have  been  assumed  from  time 
to  time.  See  references,  infra 

Chutter't  engine,  "English  Mechanic,''  has  also  the  feature 
of  the  positive  and  negative  rails. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement '' *  301. 

The  attention  directed  to  the  matter  has  unearthed  a  num- 
ber of  old  devices.  The  Lilly  if  Cotton  electric  locomotive 
described  in  the  "Scientific  American  "  for  Sept.  25,  1847 ; 
Bone's  French  patent,  1848. 

The  Edison  railway  has  a  current  conveyed  to  the  track 
by  two  copper  wires,  one  for  each  rail.  The  armature  of 
the  locomotive  makes  4  revolutions  for  one  of  the  wheel 


Fig.  944. 


Gross-  LichterJ  'Me  Electric  Railway  Car. 

There  are  six  systems  of  electric  traction  at  present  in  use, 
or  being  experimented  with,  namely  :  — 

1.  The  small  traction  machine  of  Siemens  with  an  isolated 
center  rail,  which  was  worked  at  the  Berlin  and  Brussels  Ex- 
hibitions. 

2.  A   self-moving  carriage  on   isolated  rail  and  elevated 
road.    This  is  an  idea  of  Siemens,  which  has  been  tempora- 
rily abandoned. 

3.  The  Gross-Lichterfelde  Railway.     An  auto-mobile  car 
with  isolated  rails,  running  since  May  16,  1881. 

4.  The  tramway  shown  at  Electric  Exposition  in   Paris, 
1881.     Auto-mobile  car,  with  road  on  ground  level,  and  con- 
ductor suspended  above  the  way. 

5.  Electric  tramway  with  accumulators.   System  of  Philip- 
part,  Faure,  and  Reynier,  Auto-mobile  car  having  in  it  its 
own  electric  store. 

6.  The  tricycle  built  by  M.  Trouve'.     It  is  worked  by  the 
secondary  piles  of  Gaston  PlanttS,  and  by  a   Siemens'   coil 
motor  with  Trouv^'s  improvement 

Car,  Siemens     ....     *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  487. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,  "301. 
"  Van  Noatr.  Mag  ,-1  xxiii.  515. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,'-  vii.  222. 

*  "Mariuf.  &  Builder,"  xii.  228. 

*  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,-  3743,  *  3850. 
Edison  ......     *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,'1  xii.  123. 

*"Sc.  American,"  xlii.  354,  368. 

E-lec'tric  Reg'is-ter.  An  automatically  re- 
cording apparatus  in  which  electricity  is  the  mov- 
ing agent. 

The  applications  are  very  numerous,  and  a  number  are 
stated  in  the  list  following. 

Cooley's  electric  register  for  rapid  vibrations  is  an  electro- 
chemical instrument  in  which  the  vibrating  body  closes  an 
electric  circuit  at  each  vibration  and  makes  an  autographic 
record  on  a  traveling  band  of  prepared  paper,  through  which 
the  current  is  caused  to  pass.  The  number  of  dots  within  a 
given  length  of  the  paper,  which  travels  at  a  calculated 
speed,  indicates  with  great  delicacy  the  number  of  vibrations 
in  a  given  time.  —  *  "  Scientific  American  Sitp.,"  1563. 

Various  forms  of  electric  registers  are  to  be  found  in 
Comte  du  MoncePs  ''Expose  des  Applications  de  I'Electricite," 
tome  iv.,  Paris,  3d  edition,  at  the  pages  here  noted  :  — 

Page.    Figure.  Plate. 

Anemographs,  History  of  303 

Anemograph.    .     .    .  *  du  Moncel    .    .    805      1-3    VIII. 


,  .. 

Locomotive,  Cliutter 
Railway,  on,  Edison 
Siemens  f  Halskt 

Siemens          . 


Anemograph 


Anemoscopes .     . 
Anemoscope  . 
Barometrograph 


.    nerve    Mangon 

*  One  wire  .     .     . 

*  Hardy      .     .     . 
Hough      .     .     , 

*  Wheatstone   .     . 


Barometrograph  et 

Thermometrograph  . 
Distance  Measurer .  . 
Electr.  Phys.  Registers 
Flexion  Registers  . 
Galvanomerograph  . 
Mareograph  .... 
Max.  &  Min.  Register 
Melodiograph  .  .  . 
Holograph  .  .  .  . 
Meteorograph  .  .  . 


Yates   .  . 

*  Hardy .  . 

*  HOUK/I  . 
Riatti  .  . 

Hipp    .     . 

*  du  Moncel 

*  Boeck 

*  Mart/ foy  . 
Rcgnard   . 
du  Moncel 
Liais    . 

*  du  Moncel 


329 

331  68 

332  69-71 
340 

342      14 
343 
344 

352  15 
354  72 
359 


V. 


Oscillograph  .  .  .  . 
Reservoir  depth  reg'r 
Seismograph  .  .  .  . 
Thermometrograph 

Udometrograph  .  .  , 
Vianieter  (navy) 


Berttlli     ,     .     . 
Guiot  .... 

*  Hough      .     .     . 
Rcgnard  .     .     . 
Schubart  .    . 

*  Secchi  .... 

*  Theorell    .     .     . 

*  Van  Baiimhauer 
Van  Rysselberghe 

*  Wiieatslone   .     . 
Wilde  .... 
Berlin  .... 
Deschiens       .     . 
Palmieri  et  al.   . 
Morin  .... 
Wlieatstone   .     . 

*  Salleron    .     ,     . 

*  Bain    .... 


422      85-88 

437      91 

441      92 

445 

430 

364-7  15      VI. 

446      !)3-95 

452 

373 

351 

392      84 

350 

412 

381      74-83 

402      2        VIII. 

420 

408 

371      12 

396 

435 

431 

367 

352 

346 

362      72 

433      89 


3-6    VIII. 
VI. 


*  Salleron 


305      58-61 
325      62-67 


See  also  in  lists,  GRAPH,  METER,  SCOPE  in  "Meek.  Diet.," 
and  list  under  MEASURING,  ETC.,  INSTRUMENTS,  infra. 

E-lec'tric  Ro-ta'tor.  An  instrument  opera- 
ting through  electrical  devices  to  demonstrate  the 
earth's  rotation. 

Fouville  4°  Lontin      .  *  "Scientific  American."1  xliii.  52. 

*  "  Sc.  American,''  xxxix.  1,  37,  100. 

See  also  GYROSCOPE,  p.  1045,  "Mech.  Diet.,''  and  references 
to  Foucault's  Pendulum,  pp.  1045  and  1662,  Ibid. 

E-lec'tric  Switch.  A  device  for  turning  on 
the  current  to  lights,  etc.,  which  gradually  changes 
the  current  from  an  outside  path  to  a  path  through 
the  light  by  cutting  out  successively  resistances  in 
the  lamp  circuit  and  simultaneously  cutting  in  re- 
sistances in  the  by-path  circuit. 

E-lec'tric  Writ'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The 
autographic  telegraph  of  Casclli  is  described  on  p. 
191,  <l  Mech.  Diet.,'"  and  the  Meyer  apparatus,  *p. 
56,  supra.  Sawyer's  and  d'Arlincourt's,  are  also  re- 
ferred to  on  the  last-mentioned  page.  Bonelli's 
facsimile  telegraph  is  mentioned  on  p.  784,  "Mech. 
Diet."  See  also  FACSIMILE  TELEGRAPH  ;  PAN- 
TELEGRAPH,  infra. 

Fig.  945  shows  several  views  of  Cowpers  appara- 
tus. Fig.  1  in  the  cut  represents  the  sending  in- 
strument in  plan,  and  2  is  an  elevation  of  the  same. 
The  writer  holds  the  pen,  which  is  rigidly  con- 
nected to  the  traveling  contacts,  and  also  to  the 
batteries.  The  slip  of  paper  on  which  the  mes- 
sage is  written  moves  under  the  pen  instead  of  the 
pen  traveling  over  the  paper. 

"  Two  sets  of  thin  metallic  plates,  C  c,  form  the  contact 
apparatus  ;  D  D  are  the  light  connecting  rods,  the  ends  of 
which  make  contact  with  the  plates  ;  F  F  are  the  resistance 
coils  connected  to  the  contact  plates,  one  coil  for  each  plate, 
except  the  first  of  the  series,  which  is  connected  direct  to 
line.  It  will  be  noticed  that  the  strength  of  the  current  en 
tering  the  line  depends  upon  the  plate  with  which  contact 
is  made  by  the  connecting  rod.  As  the  rod  travels  from  the 
first  of  the  series  the  resistance  increases,  the  current  hav- 
ing to  pass  through  M  —  1  resistance  coils,  as  well  as  the 
line  wire,  N  being  the  number  of  plates  from  the  first  of  the 
series  to  the  point  at  which  contact  is  made.  Generally,  how- 
ever, as  one  contact  piece  travels  from  the  first  of  the  series, 
the  other  travels  towards  the  first  of  its  series,  and  thus, 
while  the  current  decreasiugly  varies  in  one  line,  the  varia- 


ELECTRIC   WRITING   APPARATUS.      305      ELECTRO-CHEMICAL   TELEPHONE. 


Coicper's  Electric  Writing  Apparatus. 

tion  is  increasing  in  the  other.  A  slight  knowledge  of  co- 
ordinate geometry  will  enable  the  student  to  plot  the  curve 
of  any  letter,  and  to  calculate  the  variations  in  the  strengths 
of  the  currents.  Figs.  3  and  4  show  respectively  an  eleva- 

Fig.  946. 


Written  Message  by  Cowper's  Instrument. 

tion  and  plan  of  the  thin  metal  plates,  which  are  insulated 
the  inn-  from  the  other  by  paper  soaked  in  parafflne.  The 
receiving  instrument,  shown  in  plan  and  elevation  in  Figs. 
5  ami  6,  differs  from  the  sending  instrument  :  II  H  are  light 
soft  iron  bars  on  delicate  bearings,  having  the  ends  sur- 
rounded by  the  coils  I  I,  to  which  the  bars  form  a  movable 
core.  Through  these  coils  the  varying  currents  of  the  line 
are  sent,  which,  of  course,  have  a  varying  action  on  the 
core.  J  J  J  J  are  four  permanent  or  electro-magnets,  be- 
tween the  poles  of  which  the  coils  just  named  are  placed  .  K 
is  a  syphon  pen.  The  pen  is  adjustable  from  the  bridge  L, 
and  the  ink  reservoir  is  shown  at  M.  The  light  connecting 
ro.ls  x  N  transmit  the  motions  Of  the  movable  cores  to  the 
pen  ;  o  o  are  springs  to  enable  the  pen  to  resist  the  pull  of 
the  niiignets,  the  connections  are  shown  in  O1  O2  O^,  the  lat- 
ter being  attached  to  a  fixed  post  O4 

"  The  currents  sent  through  the  line  wire  by  the  send- 
ing instrument  vary  in  strength  or  power,  and  cause  the 
light  bar  of  soft  iron  to  move  with  varying  power  by  its 
attraction  to  the  stationary  magnets :  and  in  order  to  cause 
it  to  take  its  proper  position  according  to  each  variation  in 
power,  a  varying  resistance  is  opposed  to  it,  such  as  a  spring 
which  requires  more  power  to  compress  it  the  more  it  is 
compressed,  that  the  action  of  the  soft  iron  bar,  combined 
with  that  of  a  precisely  similar  bar  actuated  by  the  second 
line  wire,  will  cause  the  position  of  the  pen  in  the  receiving 
instrument  to  follow  the  position  of  the  pen  in  the  hand  of 
the  operator  at  the  sending  instrument,  and  thus  form  the 
letters.  The  total  strength  of  the  spring  or  varying  resist- 
ance can  be  regulated  at  will,  so  that  the  letters  formed  by 
the  pen  shall  be  of  the  same  proportionate  height  and  width 
as  the  letters  written  by  the  operator  at  the  sending  instru- 
ment. One  convenient  way  of  applying  the  varying  resist- 
ance to  the  light  bar  of  soft  iron  is  by  placing  a  very  light 
spring  to  pull  at  the  end  of  the  bar  in  the  direction  of  its 
length,  but  allowing  of  the  motion  of  the  bar  which  will 
thus  cause  the  spring  to  act  with  more  and  more  leverage  as 
it  moves  more  out  of  line  with  the  spring.  When  so  ar- 
ranged there  is  required  another  spring  to  keep  the  connec- 
tion with  the  pen  tight,  if  such  connection  is  flexible,  so 
that  the  pen  may  go  backwards  as  well  as  forwards  over  the 
paper,  as  the  light  bar  of  soft  iron  moves  either  one  way  or 
the  other.  But  the  spring  or  variable  resistance  may  be  made 

20 


to  act  both  to  give  the  increasing  resistance  and  the  power 
to  draw  back  the  pen  as  well,  if  the  spring  is  made  to  pull 
by  a  flexible  or  jointed  connection  at  a  fixed  point,  the  line 
of  such  pull  being  parallel,  or  nearly  so,  to  the  light  bur  of 
soft  iron,  while  another  rigid  or  flexible  connection  from 
the  end  of  the  bar  to  the  connection  to  the  spring  has  the 
pen  attached  to  it  at  about  the  middle  of  its  length,  which 
arrangement  will  give  the  same  result  as  the  two  springs 
before  described.''  —  "Engineering." 

E-lec'tro  Bal-lis'ta.  An  apparatus  for  meas- 
uring the  rapidity  of  flight  of  a  shot.  See  BAL- 
LISTA.  Electro-ballistic  pendulum,  "A/ec/i.  Diet." 

In  Boulengc'x  apparatus  the  shot  is  made  to  break  through 
two  wire  screens.  The  screen  is  a  framework  with  fine 
wires,  which  are  cut  by  the  shot.  One  screen  is  near  the 
muzzle  of  the  gun,  and  the  other  at  100'  distance.  The 
screens  are  in  connection  with  electro-magnets  in  the  instru- 
ment house.  While  the  wires  in  front  of  the  screen  are  per- 
fect, an  electric  current  passes  without  interruption,  and  the 
electro-magnets  suspend  two  rods  of  iron.  When  the  shot 
is  fired,  No.  1  screen  is  torn,  and  the  rod  suspended  to  No.  1 
magnet  drops  :  an  instant  afterward,  when  the  shot  has 
reached  No  2  screen,  No  2  magnet  detaches  the  second  rod. 
The  time  between  the  falling  of  the  two  rods  is  so  small,  that 
ere  the  first  has  fallen  half  its  length  the  second  has  dropped 
upon  a  trigger,  which  strikes  the  side  of  No.  1  rod.  The  lat- 
ter is  examined  for  the  mark  of  the  trigger,  and  the  measure 
of  this  mark  from  the  end,  giving  the  distance  traversed  by 
the  first  detached  rod,  the  rate  being  known,  furnishes  a  fig- 
ure which  has  only  to  be  compared  with  a  prepared  scale  in 
order  to  read  off  the  number  of  feet  per  second  at  which  the 
shot  moved. 

E-lec'tro-bronz'ing.     A  process   for  putting 
on  iron  a  durable  electro-bronze  finish,  resembling 
j  real  bronze. 

The  articles  to  be  bronzed  are  first  put  in  a  bath  of  paraf  • 
fine,  which  stops  further  oxidation  :  they  are  then  coated 
with  a  metallic  substance  and  subjected  to  the  electro- bronz- 
ing bath,  after  which  they  are  treated  with  a  peculiar  pro- 
tecting varnish,  and  are  then  ready  for  use. 

E-lec'tro-cap'il-la-ry  Mo'tor.  A  philosophic 
toy  by  M.  Lippmann,  founded  upon  the  effect  pro- 
duced upon  the  capillary  constant  of  mercury  when 
an  electric  contact  is  made  therewith. 


on  the  mercury,  eacn  ounuie  oeing  connected  aoove  wim 
one  end  of  a  walking  beam,  to  the  prolongation  of  which  is 
attached  a  connecting  rod,  crank,  and  fly-wheel.  By  means 
of  a  commutator  on  the  axis  of  the  fly-wheel  the  mercury  in 
each  cylinder  is  alternately  connected  with  a  small  battery  ; 
its  capillary  constant  is  changed,  its  ascent  in  the  tubes  in- 
creased, that  side  preponderates,  and  causes  semi- rotation  of 
the  fly-wheel.  This  sends  the  current  to  the  other  cylinder, 
which,  acting  similarly,  completes  the  rotation. 

E-lec'tro-cau'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  See  CAU- 
TERY INSTRUMENT. 

E-lec'tro-chem'i-cal  Tel'e-phone.  A  tel 
ephonic  receiver  by  Edison,  in  principle  similar  to 
the  electro-motograph,  which  see. 

If  a  strip  of  bibulous  paper,  slightly  moistened  with  a 
weak  solution  of  potassium  hydrate,  be  laid  upon  a  strip  of 
metal,  which  by  means  of  a  key  or  contact  maker  can  be  con- 
nected to  one  pole  of  a  voltaic  battery,  and  a  metallic  strip, 
tipped  with  platinum,  and  connected  to  the  other  pole  of  the 
battery,  be  gently  drawn  over  the  surface  of  the  paper,  it 
will  encounter  a  resistance,  the  amount  of  which,  all  other 
things  being  equal,  will  be  determined  by  the  coefficient  of 
friction  between  the  platinum-tipped  spring  and  the  surface 
of  the  moistened  paper.  The  instant,  however,  that  the  cir- 
cuit is  closed  by  depressing  the  key,  the  friction  between  the 
two  surfaces  is  reduced,  and  assuming  a  uniform  tractive 
force  to  be  exerted  upon  the  strip,  it  will  be  found  to  slip 
over  the  surface  of  the  paper  every  time  that  the  key  is  de- 
pressed ;  and  if  the  key  be  moved  up  and  down,  a  series  of 
pulsations  or  minute  jerks  will  be  felt  by  a  person  holding 
the  strip,  which  pulsations  are  isochronous  with  the  move- 
ments of  the  key. 

The  instrument  shown  in  Figs.  947-950  consists  of  a 
diaphragm  which  is  set  into  vibration  by  the  variations  of 
friction  taking  place  between  a  metallic  strip  and  a  chem- 
ically prepared  rotating  cylinder  under  variations  of  the 
strength  of  an  electric  current  passing  at  the  point  of  con- 
tact of  the  metallic  strip  and  the  cylinder.  The  diagram, 
Fig.  949,  shows  the  disposition  of  the  principal  parts  of  the 


ELECTRO-CHEMICAL   TELEPHONE.      306 


ELECTRO-DYNAMOMETER. 


Fig.  947. 


Electro-chemical  Telephone. 

apparatus.  A  is  a  cylinder  composed  of  chalk  and  potassium 
hydrate  with  a  small  quantity  of  mercury  acetate  molded 
round  a  flanged  roller  or  reel  of  brass  which  is  lined  with 
platinum  on  those  surfaces  which  are  in  contact  with  the 
mixture,  which  is  kept  in  a  moistened  condition  Upon  the 
upper  circumference  of  the  cylinder,  which  is  caused  to  re- 
Fig.  948 


Electro-chemical  Telephone.     (  Vertical  Section.) 


vx>lve  on  the  horizontal  spindle  B  B,  a  metallic  strip  C  \ 


ameter,  and  firmly  fixed  by  its 
Fig    949.  circumference.     The    cylinder 

is  connected  to  the  copper  ele- 
ment of  a  battery,  and  the  strip 

Fig.  950. 


Cto  the  zinc  pole,  with  a  transmitting  telephone  included  in 
the  circuit.  If,  when  no  current  is  passing  through  the  in- 
strument, the  cylinder  be  rotated  at  a  uniform  ^peed  away 
from  the  diaphragm,  the  friction  between  the  cylinder  and 
the  strip  (/causes  the  diaphragm  to  be  drawn  inwards,  i.  e., 
towards  the  cylinder,  and  the  diaphragm  would  take  up  a 
fixed  position  dependent  upon  its  own  rigidity  and  the  fric- 
tion between  the  cylinder  and  the  strip.  The  instant,  how- 
ever, that  a  current  is  transmitted  through  the  instrument 
that  friction  is  reduced  and  the  diaphragm  flies  back  by  its 
own  unopposed  elasticity,  the  variation  of  friction  being  pro- 
portional to  the  variation  of  the  strength  of  the  electric  cur- 
rent :  and  so  extremely  sensitive  is  this  combination  that  the 
variations  in  the  strength  of  the  electric  current  caused  hy 
the  human  voice  speaking  against  a  carbon  transmitting  tele- 
phone instantly  produce  their  corresponding  variations  ot 
friction,  and  the  diaphragm  repeats  the  words,  but  very  much 
louder  than  they  were  originally  uttered  at  the  distant  station. 

Of  the  other  parts  :  H  H  is  the  cast-iron  bracket  holding 
the  principal  parts  of  the  apparatus  G  is  a  shaft  by  which 
the  forked  lever  L  may  be  raised  occasionally  to  bring  the 
damping  roller  /;  from  the  trough  T  against  the  roller  A. 

"Engineering"'' .     .     *  xxvii   239. 

E-lec'trode.  (Electricity.)  1.  A  pole  of  a  bat- 
tery. 

2.  An  instrument  used  in  the  application  of  elec- 
tricity usually  attached  to  the  free  extremities  of 
conductors  or  cords.     Sometimes  called  rhfo/iho7-e. 

3.  (Surgical.)      Electrodes  for   various   applica- 
tions in  electro-therapeutics   are   made   of   shades 
appropriate.     Among  them  may  be  mentioned  :  — 

Plates  for  the  feet,  throat,  temple,  ankle. 

Belts  for  the  waist,  wrist,  arm,  leg,  knee,  etc. 

Insulated  for  rectum,  vagina,  urethra,  bladder. 

In  form  of  needles,  pessaries,  forceps,  plugs,  balls,  plates, 
sponges,  brushes,  pads. 

50  forms  are  shown  in  the  catalogue  of  the  "  Western  Elec- 
trir  Manufacturing  Company.'* 

4.  One  of   the  carbons  (in  some  cases  metal)  in  the  arc 
electric  light 

E-lec'tro-dy-na-mom'e-ter.  A  measurer  of 
the  force  of  an  electric  current. 

Fig.  951. 


Electro-chemical  Tflephone. 
(Sectional  diagram.) 


Electro-chemical  Telephon". 
( Detached  view  of  dia- 
phragm and  roller.) 


Electro-dyn  amometer. 

The  electrical  current  traverses  the  two  large 
spirals  of  copper  ribbon,  and  also  the  smaller  spi- 
ral, whose  bifilar  suspension  keeps  it  at  right  an- 
gles to  the  larger  spirals  when  no  current  passes. 
The  smaller  spiral  carries  a  small  mirror,  and  the 
readings  are  taken  from  a  distant  scale,  the  light 
spot  serving  as  an  index.  The  circuit  is  completed 
through  the  smaller  spiral  by  means  of  mercury 
cups  kept  cool  by  water  running  through  their  hol- 
low walls. 

Invented  by  Trowbridge  and  improved  by  Edi- 


ELECTRO  GILDING. 


307        ELECTRO-PHYSICAL   REGISTER. 


E-lec'tro  Gild'ing.     See  ELECTRO  PLATING. 

B-lec'tro-graph.  An  instrument  used  for  en- 
graving the  cylinders  of  copper  or  brass  employed 
in  the  printing  of  woven  fabrics  and  paper-hanc:- 
insrs.  Voltaic  electricity  is  used  to  communicate 
the  necessary  movements  in  advancing  the  cutting 
tools  at  the  appropriate  times. 

The  cylinder  to  be  engraved  is  first  coated  on  its  outer 
surface  with  a  film  of  varnish.  The  required  number  of 
copies  are  then  scratched  through  the  ground  by  a  series  of 
diamond  points  arranged  on  the  axis  of  the  machine  paral- 
lel with  the  axis  of  the  cylinder.  The  metallic  surface  is 
thereby  exposed  in  certain  parts  and  is  "bitten  in  "with 
acids.  Each  diamond  point  is  in  connection  with  a  small 
temporary  magnet,  and  the  entire  series  is  so  arranged  en 
riipport  with  the  original  design,  that  intermittent  voltaic 
currents  are  established,  which  result  in  the  diamonds  being 
withdrawn  from  action  at  proper  intervals. 

E-lec'tro-har-mon'ic  Tel'e-graph.  An  in- 
vention of  Kli.sha  Gray,  of  Chicago,  by  which  nu- 
merous musical  tones  or  a  number  of  messages  may 
be  sent  by  telegraph  simultaneously,  on  a  single 
wire. 

Figs.  6266-6269,  pp.  2516-2518,  "Merh.  Diet." 

Gray "  Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Ap.  13,  p.  3. 

Papers  by  F.  L.  Pope  .  *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2088,  2097. 

*  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,'1  vii.  356. 

E'lec-trol'y-sis.  (Electricity.)  The  process 
of  resolving  compound  substances  into  their  con- 
stituent elements  by  voltaic  action. 

Ktitk's  apparatus 


E-lec'tro-mag'net. 

references :  — 

Magnets,  Bessin.     .... 

F/ndlcntr 

forms  of 


"Engineering  and  Min.  Jour.,'' 
xxvi.  26,  37,  59. 

See  under  the  following 


Penning 

Papc;r  by  Trowliriilge    . 
Electro-inag.  engine,  Camacho 
engine  motor,  D'prez,  Fr. 

Exxes,  Austria  .... 
machine,  Gramme  .  .  . 
testing  machine,  Herring 

motor,  Lndwig   .... 

engine,  Pixii 

engine,    Saici/cr       .     .     . 
machine,  Varley       .     . 
Werdermann    .... 


"fir.  Am.,"1  xxxix.  104. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  xxxii. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,">  2897- 

2899. 

"  Telegr.  Jour.,''  iv.  139. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,'1'  367. 
"Sc.  Am.,"1  xxxv.  310. 
"  Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug. 

7,  p.  15. 

"ftr.  Am.  Sup  ,  1240. 
"Engineer,"  xlvi.  329. 
"  Van  No*trand's  Mag.,'' 

xx.  4'05. 

"Sc.  American,"1  xlii.  1. 
"Engineer,''  xliv.  383. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  301. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  1892. 
"Teleg.  Jour.,''  vi.  22. 


E-lec'tro-mag-net'ic  Brake.  A  railway 
brake  operated  through  electric  devices. 

Af/iard *  "Scientific American,"  xliii.18. 

N.  Railway  of  France     .  *  "Engineer,"1  xlv.  456. 
Spottiswooil       ....  *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  SOT. 

"Manuf.  and  Builder,'"  xi.  228 

E-lec'tro-mag-net'ic  Mal'let.  An  instru- 
ment for  plugging  teeth.  The  plunger  is  recipro- 
cated by  a  small  electro-magnetic  engine.  See 
PLUGGER,  p.  1750,  *  "Mech.  Diet." 

E-lec'tro-mag-net'ic  Tel'e-graph.  The  his- 
tory of  the  magnetic  telegraph,  and  the  intimate 
connection  of  Prof.  Joseph  Henry  therewith,  with 
an  account  of  the  origin  and  development  of  Prof. 
Morse's  invention,  are  so  well  told  in  a  "  Historical 
Account "  of  the  same  by  William  B.  Taylor,  of 
Washington,  D.  C.,  that  it  relieves  the  author  from 
adding  to  that  which  he  has  said  on  the  same  sub- 
ject in  "Mech.  Diet.,"  pp.  787-789.  The  "  Histori- 
cal Account"  is  published  in  the  "Smithsonian  Re- 
port for  1878,"  and  as  a  brochure.  See  "Biograph- 
ical Memoir  of  Joseph  Henry,"  p.  158,  et  seq. 

The  "Handbook  of  Electrical  Diagrams  and  Con- 
nections," by  Davis  &  Rae,  New  York,  1876,  gives 
an  excellent  description  and  series  of  cuts,  showing 
the  instruments,  connections,  and  arrangements  of 
various  kinds  and  systems. 


Telegraphy,  Thomasi,  Fr  ,  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  40. 

German  historical  collection  of  Instruments  Description 
and  history,  "Lines'  Report,  Vienna  Exposition,"  1873. 

See  list  under  ELECTRICITY  for  various  systems  and  instru- 
ments. 

E-lec'tro-mas'sage.     See  ELECTRO-MASSEUR. 

E-lec'tro~masrseur.   An  instrument  for  appli- 
cation of  electricity  to  the  human  body. 
A   small  hollow  metallic  roller  filled     Fig.  955. 
with  hot  water,  and  connected  with  a 
Gaiffe  battery ;   it  is  rolled   over  the 
surface  of  the  body.    Electro-masaaye. 

It  is  also  made  in  other  forms. 

E-lec'tro-med'i-cal  Ap'pa-ra'- 
tus.  See  CAUTERY  INSTRUMENT, 
ELECTRIC  BULLET  SEEKER  ;  BAT- 
TERY ;  GALVANIC  BATTERY  ;  and  list 
under  ELECTRICITY. 

See  also  list  under  SUR- 
GICAL INSTRUMENTS,  pages 
2459-2461  "Mech.  Diet.,"  et 
infra. 

E'lec-trom'e-ter.  An 
instrument  for  measuring 
the  force  of  an  electric  cur- 
rent, p.  789,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  ELECTRO-DYNA-    Post's  Electro-masseur. 
MOMETER,  supra. 

*  "Engineering,''   xxiii.  179,  201,  259, 

319. 

*  "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder,"  xi.  253. 

Hopkins *  Sc.  American,"  xli.  99  ;  xxxix.  185. 

Absolute,       Physical 

Society,  London     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1690. 

Capillary *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1319. 

Reflection,  Maxrart   .  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4103. 
Reversing  key.  Lodge  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  208. 

E-lec'tro-mo'to-graph.  (Electricity.)  An  in- 
vention of  Edison  by  which  to  obtain  mechanical 
effects  with  an  exceedingly  small  electric  force,  and 
upon  long  circuits,  without  the  intervention  of  any 
electric  organ. 

It  is  based  upon  the  principle,  that  if  a  sheet  of  slightly 
roughened  paper,  dipped  in  certain  solutions,  be  laid  upon  a 
platinized  metallic  plate,  and  there  be  passed  over  it  a  strip 
of  sheet  metal  (lead,  thallium,  or  platinum),  on  the  passage 
of  a  current  a  certain  slipperinessof  the  surface  is  produced, 
which  makes  the  friction  much  less.  A  metallic  bar,  held 
by  a  spring,  is  dragged  onward  by  the  friction  of  the  travel- 
ing paper,  but  springs  back  each  time  a  current  passes. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal" *  vi.  382. 

"  Scientific  American  '• *  xxxix.  17. 

"Lines'  Report,  Vienna  Exposition."  1873. 

See  also  ELECTRO-CHEMICAL  TELEPHONE. 

E-lec'tro  Mo'tor.  See  DYNAMO-ELECTRIC 
MACHINE;  MAGNETO-ELECTRIC  MACHINE. 

E-lec'tro-phone.  A  telephonic  instrument  de- 
vised by  M.  Louis  Maiche',  consisting  of  an  ordinary 
Bell  receiver  and  a  special  transmitter.  The  lat- 
ter lias  a  glass  imbedded  in  wadding,  and  placed 
with  its  concavity  opposite  to  the  mouth  tube  of 
the  transmitter.  Upon  the  upper  edge  of  the  dish 
rests  a  ball  of  carbon,  and  upon  the  latter  a  second 
ball.  When  the  sound  waves  set  the  glass  dish  in 
vibration  the  carbons  will  be  sensible  of  varying  de- 
grees of  pressure,  and  their  conductivity  will  be 
thereby  varied.  The  corresponding  variations  of 
resistance  to  the  current,  and  consequent  variations 
of  potential  in  the  circuit,  are  revealed  as  soon  at 
the  receiver.  —  "Electrician." 

Maiche *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  4098. 

Pfeiffer,  de  Courbetles     .     *  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  161. 

E-lec'tro-phys'i-cal  Reg'is-ter.  The  sub- 
ject of  registering  phenomena  of  life  is  considered 
in  da  Moncel's  "Expose"  des  applications  de  VElec- 
tricite',"  *  iv.  439.  The  memoirs  on  this  subject,  by 
Helmholtx,  are  referred  to,  and  the  apparatus  of 
Boeck,  called  by  him  the  Kymographion. 


ELECTRO-PHYSICAL   REGISTER.        308     ELECTROTYPE   MOLDING   MACHINE. 


SPHYGMOGRAPH. 

PNEUMOGIIAPH. 

CHEILOANGIOSCOPB. 


See  CARDIAORAPH. 

MYOGRAPH. 

PLETHYSMOGRAPH. 
and  references  passim . 

E-lec'tro  Pla'ting.  On  porcelain  :  In  France 
the  object  is  painted  with  a  mixture  to  form  a  basis 
for  the  electro  deposit  This  is  made  by  dissolving 
sulphur  in  oil  of  lavender  to  a  syrupy  consistence 
and  mixing  it  under  a  gentle  heat  with  chloride  of 
gold  or  chloride  of  platinum  dissolved  in  sulphuric 
ether.  This  is  evaporated  to  the  consistence  of 
paint  and  applied  with  a  brush  to  the  pa  its  of  the 
china  on  which  the  plating  is  desired.  The  objects 
are  baked  to  a  biscuit  before  being  plunged  in  the 
bath. 

"Scientific  American  flip.,'"  626. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  177. 

"  Scientific  American ,v  xxxv.  47. 

'Scifntific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  127. 

'Iron  Age,''  xix.,  .Ian.  25,  p.  1. 

'Scientific  Amer.,'''  xxxv.312. 


Cf.:  — 

Prof.  Wright  .  .  . 
Leaves,  etc.  .  .  . 
Machinery  .  .  . 
Machinery  and  plant 
Originator  of  ... 
Aluminium,  etc. 

Bertrand      .     .     . 
Iron 


'Iron  Age,'1  xix.,  Jan.  26,  p.  27. 

Van  Kostr.  Mas;.,"  xvii.  285. 
'Manitf.  and  Builder,"  ix.  143. 

For  aluminium.  Bath  of  double  chloride  of  aluminium 
and  ammonium  ;  use  a  strong  battery. 

For  magnesium.  Bath  of  a  double  chloride  of  magnesium 
and  ammonium  in  aqueous  solution  gives  strongly  adherent 
layer  of  magnesium  on  copper. 

For  cadmium.  Use  the  bromide  to  which  a  little  sulphuric 
acid  has  been  added.  An  acidulated  sulphate  gives  good  re- 
sults. 

For  bismuth.  Deposited  upon  copper  or  brass  from  a  solu- 
tion of  the  double  chloride  of  bismuth  and  ammonium  by 
the  current  from  a  Bunsen  element. 

For  antimony.  Use  double  chloride  of  antimony  and  am- 
monium. 

For  palladium.  Use  double  chloride  of  palladium  and  am- 
monium, with  or  without  the  battery. 

"Comptes  Renting"1 xxxiv.  227. 

Gilding.     Prepare  bath  of 

Potassium  cyanide 14  to  16  ozs. 

Water 1  gal. 

Gold  oxide J  oz. 

The  gold  oxide  is  made  by  digesting  in  a  capsule  over  a 
water  bath,  — 

Gold 1 

Aqua  regia 20 

The  aqua  regia  consists  of  — 

Nitric  acid 1 

Hydrochl.  acid 3 

When  the  gold  has  dissolved,  the  solution  is  digested  with 
calc.  magnesia  and  the  precipitated  gold  oxide  washed. 

Articles  of  copper,  brass,  or  german  silver  are  boiled  for  a 
few  minutes  in  a  solution  of  caustic  potash,  washed  in  clear 
water,  plunged  for  a  few  minutes  in  an  acid  dip  :  — 

Nitric  acid 6  1-5  pounds. 

Water 1  gallon. 

''Scientific  American  Sup." 2540. 

E-lec'tro-scope.  The  electroscope  of  M.  Ra- 
meaux  consists  of  two  fine  fibres  of  white  silk,  each 
fixed  at  one  end  by  means  of  a  little  wax  to  any 
support,  and  free  to  oscillate  in  any  direction  under 
their  point  of  attachment,  and  the  respective  fibres 
so  separated  that  they  cannot  foul  each  other  during 
their  swing,  or  influence  each  other  reciprocally. 
One  of  the  threads  is  charged  by  means  of  a  glass 
rod  wirh  positive  electricity.  The  other  is  charged 
by  means  of  a  stick  of  resin  with  negative  electricity. 
Every  body  which  attracts  one  of  the  threads  so 
charged  and  repels  the  other  is  necessarily  electri- 
fied. Its  electricity  is  of  the  same  sign  as  that  of  the 
thread  which  it  repels.  The  sensibility  of  these 
electroscopes  is  greater  within  certain  limits  as  the 
threads  are  made  finer,  longer,  and  less  conducting. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal  " vi.  73. 

" Scientific  American  Sup  " xxxviii.  183. 

E-lec'tro-sem'a-phore.  (Railway.)  A  sem- 
aphore worked  by  electricity  to  give  signal  to  ap- 
proaching trains. 

In  the  block  system  of  railway  management,  for 


instance,  the  road  is  divided  into  sections  and  elec- 
tric semaphores  placed  at  their  termini. 

They  are  also  used  in  the  interlocking  system 
which  has  attained  such  a  great  development  in  the 
railway  termini  of  the  large  capitals. 

The  electro-semaphore  is  described  and  represented  in 
"KailroarJ Gazette,"  *  xxiii.  93. 

E-lec'tro-si-lic'ic  Light.  A  modification  of 
the  electric  light  arrangement  in  which  one  elec- 
trode is  applied  to  a  glass  tube,  or  wall  of  a  glass 
vessel  containing  a  saline  solution.  A  white  vapor 
is  given  off,  having  a  slight  alkaline  reaction.  The 
glass  is  strongly  attacked  and  devitrified.  The 
spectrum  indicates  the  silicic  character  of  the  light 
although  the  intense  brightness  renders  it  difficult 
to  perceive  the  lines.  Contact  with  pure  silicon  in 
the  shape  of  crystal  of  hyaline  quartz  affords  the 
same  character  of  light.  —  Plante. 

E-lec'tro-ther 'mo-pile.  (Electricity.)  A 
battery  in  which  a  current  is  produced  by  the  sub- 
jection of  an  element  or  group  of  elements  to  heat. 

See    TlIERMO-ELECTRIC    BATTERY. 

E-lec'tro-typ'ing.  A  substitute  for  stereotyp- 
ing. See  page  791,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  bath  for  depositing  an  iron  surface  on  electrotype 
plates  consists  of  a  concentrated  solution  of  sulphate  of  iron 
and  ammonium  ;  the  battery  of  four  Meidinger  cells.  The 
anode  is  an  iron  plate  with  a  surface  eight  times  that  of  the 
cathode  ;  the  latter  is  of  copper.  On  leaving  the  bath  the  iron 
is  brittle  and  hard,  but  when  heated  to  a  cherry  red  it  be- 
comes malleable  and  soft.  —  Klein. 

Or :  Take  100  parts  of  ferrous-ammonia  sulphate,  together 
with  50  parts  of  sal-ammoniac  ;  dissolve  in  500  parts  of  pure 
water,  a  few  drops  of  sulphuric  acid  being  added  to  acidulate 
the  solution.  The  copper  plate  is  connected  to  the  negative 
pole  of  a  battery  of  2  or  3  Bunsen  elements,  an  iron  plate  of 
equal  size  being  employed  as  an  anode.  The  solution  is  main- 
tained at  60°  to  80°.  The  deposit  of  iron  is  of  a  hard,  steel- 
like  quality.  —  Bottger. 

Statue,  12'  high "Se.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  338. 

Plates  from  drawings,  Brown,  Br.  "«Sc.  Amer.Sup.,''  2242. 

Iron  electro "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup. ,"  1457. 

"Sc.  Amer.,'1  xlii.  184. 

Article  "  Galvanoplastiqite,"  Laboulayejs  "  Dictionnaire 
des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

E-lec'tro-type    Mold'ing    Ma-chine'.      A 

hydraulic  press  for  taking  a  wax  impression  of  a 
form. 

The  platen  has  a  projecting  table  upon  which  the  form 
and  mold  are  placed  before  being  placed  in  the  press.  The 
pump  is  supported  by  a  frame-work  on  the  cistern  below  the 
cylinder,  and  has  a  safety-valve  graduated  to  give  any  re- 
quired pressure. 

Fig.  953. 


Electrotype  Molding  Machine. 


ELECTROTYPE   MOLDING   MACHINE.    309 


ELEVATOR  ENGINE. 


The  molding  case  having  been  warmed  is  placed  on  a  level 
table,  and  the  melted  wax  poured  in  to  make  a  level  surface. 
It  is  tlien  black-leaded  with  a  soft  brush  ;  the  form  is  put  on 
the  platen,  and  the  molding  ease  in  reversed  position  on  the 
head  of  the  press,  immediately  over,  but  not  touching  the 
form.  The  bed  is  then  raised  to  give  the  proper  impression. 

El'e-ments.  (Electricity.)  In  a  galvanic  bat- 
tery, the  metals  or  carbon  acted  upon  by  the  ex- 
citing fluid.  See  various  materials  iu  list  of  bat- 
teries iu  GALVANIC  BATTERY. 

El'e-va'ted  Rail'way.  An  urban  railway 
above  the  line  of  street  travel.  See  Figs.  1856- 
1858,  pp.  792,793,  "  Mec/t.  Diet." 

New  York    .    .  *  "Engineering,'1'  xxix.  10,  50,  210,  240. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  234  ;  xxii.  125. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  25  ;  xxxviii. 

18,   62,  66,  175,  178,  367,  370  ;  xli.  255, 

310,  338. 

Early  examples      "Scientific  American,''  xliii.  281. 
New  York    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1933. 

El'e-va'tor.  1.  The  elevator  belt  with  cups  is 
the  invention  of  Oliver  Evans,  of  Philadelphia,  1780. 

2.  The  elevator,  as  a  building  for  the  shipment, 
transhipment,  and  storage  of  grain  is  described  on 
pp.  *794,  795,  "  Mech.  Diet."  See  also  the  fol. ow- 
ing references  :  — 


El'e-va'tpr  Chain.  A  chain  used  with  ice-el- 
evators. It  is  flat,  runs  over  pullevs  above  and  be- 
low, and  has  jogs  or  bars  upon  it  which  form  rests 
for  the  ice  as  the  chain  mounts  the  incline.  Figs. 
956  and  957  show  several  forms  and  detached 
parts.  See  also  ICK  ELKVATOK. 

Fig.  956. 


Engine,  Cooke  if  Beggs 
Stokes  if  Parrish    . 
Dai-is  ...... 

Freight,  endless  chain. 
B'ttes 

Grain,  Canton,  Mil.  .  ) 
N.  Y.  Central  11.  R  ) 
St.  Louis,  Mo.  .  .  . 
Erie,  Pa 


Hoist,  Mason  If  Co. . 

Hydraulic,  Bunion   . 

Howard  Lou  Works 

Lane  (f  KorJ.'ey  .     . 

Stokes  Sf  Parris/i    . 
Passenger. 

Cooke  if  Be.zgs  .     . 

Potter  .     .'.     .     . 

Emus 

Trocadero,  Paris  .  . 
Stciiiii,  Baron  .  .  .  . 
Transfer  of  grain  by  , 
Water  Power,  Hale  .  . 


*  "Manufacturer  If  Builder,''  xi.  9. 

*  "Iron  Axe,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  18. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  41. 

*  "Builder  $  Woodworker,''  xvi.  233. 

*  "Engineering.''  xxii.  485. 539, 523, 

519. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  390. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1256. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  73.". 

*  "Iron  Aft,''  xviii.,  July  2-1,  p   1. 

*  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  16.  p.  39. 

*  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  ix.  121,  146. 

*  "//•«/!  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  1,  p.  1. 

*  "Iron  Age,''  xix.,  May  24,  p   1. 

*  "Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Sept.  20,  p.  1. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan   3,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  156. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xliii   24. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  2236. 

*  "Afanufact.  if  Builder,''  viii.  217 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xli    207. 

*  "Mnnufact.  if  Builder,''  viii.  49. 


3  (Surgical.)  a.  An  instrument  for  lifting  an  ex- 
cised or  depressed  portion  of  the  cranium  in  tre- 
panning. 

b.  An  instrument  for  replacing  the  uterus. 

c.  A  forceps  or  screw  for  lifting  a  tooth  or  root. 
El'e-va'tor  Bolt.     An  iron  bolt  with  a  pecul- 


.    !i;,4 


Fig    955. 


Elevator  Bolt. 

iar  flat  head  which 
is  countersunk  by 
pressure  into  the 
working  face  of  the 
belt,  while  the 
threaded  end  and 
the  iiut  secure  the  bucket  to  the  belt. 

El'e-va'tor  Boot. 

vator  leg.  Fig.  955.  See  Fig.  1863,  p.  795,  "  Mech. 
Diet."  It  is  of  iron  and  holds  the  lower  roller, 
around  which  the  elevator  belt  runs. 


Elevator  Boot. 

Fig.  954. 
The  lower  end  of  an  ele- 


Ire  Elf  i-a tor  Chains. 

El'e-va'tor  En'gine.  One  used  in  connection 
with  a  passenger  cage,  or  platform  for  hoisting 
merchandise. 

Fig.  957. 


Hawkins 


*  "American  Miller,"  vii.  8. 


Ice  Eevator  and  Carrier  Chains. 

The  "Metropolitan"  elevator,  shown  in  Figs. 
958  and  959  comprises  (1)  a  double  cylinder  and 
reversible  steam  engine;  (2)  a  winding  drum  im- 
mediately connected  with  the  engine  ;  (3)  a  safety 
drum  placed  over  the  hatchway;  (4)  guide-posts 
extending  from  cellar  to  roof,  faced  with  safety- 
locks,  ratchets,  and  between  which  (5)  the  safety 
platform  is  raised  and  lowered  by  a  wire  lifting- 
rope,  suspending  it  from  the  safety  drum,  while 
another  wire  rope  connects  the  safety  drum  at  the 
top  of  the  hatchway  with  the  drum  at  the  foot  of 
the  hatchway  and  immediately  connected  with  the 
engine. 

The  speed  of  the  platform  is  optional,  from  60'  to  200' 
per  minute,  and  wherever  it  is  stopped  it  is  immovably  held 
by  a  strong  brake,  combined  with  the  engine  and  winding 
drum.  The  brake  is  so  arranged  as  to  be  brought  into  and 
released  from  action  simultaneously  with  the  stopping  and 
starting  of  the  engine,  but  pausing  no  friction,  while  the 
engine  is  running.  The  platform  is  fitted  with  safety-lock- 
ing pawls,  combined  with  a  steel  spring,  and  mechanism  for 
forcing  the  pawls  into  contact  with  the  safety-lock  ratchets 
on  the  vertical  guide-posts  in  case  the  rope  should  break. 
The  greatest  possible  distance  the  cage  should  fall  is  3",  the 
pitch  of  the  ratchets.  The  safety-drum  is  the  medium 
through  which  the  motion  of  the  engine  is  communicated  to 
the  platform.  Its  duty  is  to  limit  the  rate  of  motion  of  the 
platform,  and  to  stop  it  if  any  portion  of  the  engine-gear 
should  break.  A  governor,  P,  and  tripping  gear,  K  I  H,  will 
in  the  latter  case  bring  the  break  F  into  action  and  stop 


ELEVATOR   ENGINE. 


310        ELLIPTICAL   MOLDING  MACHINE. 


the  platform.     An  automatic  stop-motion  limits  the  distance 
the  platform  can  traverse  to  the  space  between  the  upper 

Fig.  958. 


Elevator  Engine. 

and  lower  landings,  automatically  shutting  off  steam  at  those 
points. 

Fig    959 


Safety  Drum. 

El'e  va'tor  Scales.  Large  scales  weighing 
100  bushels  of  wheat  at  a  time,  and  placed  in  the 
upper  s'orv  of  an  elevator  to  weigh  incoming  grain 
before  discharging  into  the  storage  bins.  See  GRAIN 
WKKJHING  MACHINE,  infra. 

Ell.  An  L-shaped  pipe  coupling,  at  a  bend  of 
the  circulation.  An  elbow.  See  BEND.  The  ell  is 
plain,  huhbed,  or  flanged. 

El-ler-hau'sen  Steel.  (Metallurgy-)  Steel 
made  by  adding  iron  ore  (magnetic)  to  the  bath  of 
pig-iron,  to  reduce  the  carbon,  relatively. 

El-lip'so-graph.  An  instrument  for  describing 
ellipses.  Toulmin's  ellipsograph  is  a  frame  placed 
upon  the  pnper  on  the  drawing-board  in  a  certain 
relation  to  the  axes  of  the  ellipse  to  be  drawu. 


A  description  of  the  mode  of  using  will  explain  the  con- 
struction :  Place  the  center  points  upon  a  line  drawn 
through  the  minor  axis  and  equidistant  from  the  center  of 
the  ellipse.  Set  the  pen  point  at  the  extremity  of  the  major 
axis,  and  clamp  it  by  means  of  the  binding  screw  on  the 
arm,  then  turn  the  arm  9(J°  to  the  minor  axis  and  set  the 
pen  to  its  extremity  by  loosening  the  binding  screw  between 


Ellipsograph.. 

lipses,  see  that  the  pen  point  is  set  perfectly  square  with  the 
arm  D.  When  the  pen  is  set  immediately  under  the  arm  F, 
the  pen  will  draw  a  straight  line.  When  the  arm  F  is  out- 
side the  pen  point,  the  motion  of  the  pen  is  n -versed.  First 
start  the  pen  on  a  slip  of  paper  laid  on  top  of  the  paper,  then 
when  it  runs  off  the  slip  on  to  the  paper,  stretched  and  pre- 
pared for  drawing,  it  will  draw  a  figure  complete,  and  the 
lines  will  join. 

Toulmin     ....        li  Patent  i  fir  Amtriran  Sup.,''  689. 

Balcli *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  324. 

The  latter  is  an  attachment  to  ordinary  compasses,  and 
has  a  double  leg,  which  is  used  in  rotation  around  the  angle 
of  a  rectangular  triangle  laid  on  the  paper. 

El-lip'ti-cal  Mpld'ing  Ma-chine'.  An  at- 
tachment to  a  molding  for  sticking  elliptical  or  cir- 
cular moldings  on  any  radius,  or,  when  molding  el- 
lipses, to  work  on  a  changing  radius  ;  as  in  finishing 
arches,  window  and  door  heads,  and  architraves. 

The  Boult  elliptical  molding  attachment  is  shown  in  Fig. 
961,  and  is  used  in  connection  with  an  upright  spindle.  The 

Fig.  961. 


Elliptical  Molding  Machine. 

parts  of  the  attachment  are  erected  upon  an  independent 
bed-plate.  The  work  is  attached  to  a  pattern  of  the  desired 
shape  which  has  adjustable  pressure  plates  for  holding  the 
work  to  the  proper  position.  It  has  an  automatic  worm- 
•feed,  controlled  by  a  friction  clutch  matching  into  a  loose 
pulley. 

A  is  the  pulley  that  drives  the  feed-works,  and  receives  :ts 
motion  by  belt  from  a  pulley  on  the  counter-shaft  that  drives 


ELLIPTICAL  MOLDING  MACHINE.      311 


EMBOSSING  PRESS. 


M;vde  by  Louis  Miiller, 


the  main  spindle.     B  is  a  friction  clutch  that  connects  the     cinnabar)  of  its  natural  color.    Thereafter  desiccation  corn- 
pulley  with  A,  and  drives  the  screw-shaft.     C  is  a  screw  pin-     meuces,  and  it  indurates  so  as  to  last  for  any  time.     Modifi- 
ion  that  meshes  into  a  worm  on  shaft  above,  by  which  means  j 
the  feed  roller  D  is  driven.    E  shows  the  upright  cutter  head. 
F  is  the  form  or  pattern  used  with  the  work  at- 
tached :   ///fare  adjustable  pressure  plates   or 
guides  for  holding  the  work  in   place.      K  is  an 
adjustable  gage  or  fence  governing  the  thickness 
of  the  work.     G  is  a  piece  of  the  work  finished. 

The  machine  will  run  in  either  direction  tor 
feeding  the  stuff  and  working  the  molding,  and 
will  work  moldings  of  any  width  from  I"  to  5", 
and  up  to  1.75"  in  thickness. 

E-mail'  Ink. 

Leipzig. 

Colored  inks  —  black,  white,  red,  blue  —  used 
with  a  quill  on  glass,  porcelain,  ivory,  marble, 
bone,  mother  of  pearl,  or  metal.  Cannot  be  re- 
moveil  by  any  liquid. 

E-maille'.  (Fine  Art  Mttal  Work- 
ing.) The  process  of  inlaying  metal  with 
metal ;  an  oriental  process  of  great  labor 
and  patience,  consisting  of  engraving,  in- 
laying the  metal  which  is  secured  by  un- 
dercutting, and  burnishing.  Modern  sci- 
ence has  much  simplified  the  methods. 

The  object  to  be  inlaid  is  entirely  covered  with 
varnish,  portions  of  which  are  removed  by  a 
pr.iviT  so  as  to  form  the  design;  and  thus  pre- 
pared, it  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  galvanic 
bath  of  gold  or  silver,  which  deposits  the  metal 
in  the  places  laid  bare  by  the  graver. 

Or:  after  the  removal  of   the  varnish,  according 
to  the  pattern  made  by  the  graver,  the  object  is 
plunged  into  a  solution  of  cyan!  Je  of  silver.   The 
salt  is  deposited  on  the  lines  from  which  the  var- 
nish  lias  been  removed  ;    the  object  is  heated  in 
a  muffle   furnace,  and  the  metal  appears  on   the 
black  patina.     Inlaid  patterns  of  gold  and  silver 
may  be  obtained,  either   of  their  natural  bright- 
ness  or   with   a  dead    surface,  the   latter   being 
effected  by  different  processes  of  oxidation  ;  so  that,  on  the 
same   object,  by  making  use  of  the  protecting  varnish,  de- 
signs in  gold  and  silver  of  various  degrees  of  luster  may  be 
combined.  —  Morin. 


Em-balm'ing  Pump.  Tiemann's  embalming 
pump,  shown  in  Fig.  962,  is  made  of  brass  nickel- 
plated,  and  with  metallic  valves. 

Gaurel  injected  the  veins  with  sulphate  of  alumina.  Fal- 
coni  injected  into  the  body  sul- 
phate of  zinc.  Chloride  of  zinc 
and  sulphate  of  soda  are  also 
sometimes  used 

For  temporary  preservation  of 
bodies  for  anatomical  investiga- 
tions the  following  requisites  arc 
necessary.  The  body  should  re- 
main in  a  soft  and  flexible  condi- 
tion for  a  period  of  at  least  three 
months,  the  tissues  should  not 
change  color,  the  material  should 
not  be  injurious  to  the  health  of 
the  operator,  nor  spoil  the  instru- 
ments used  in  the  operation,  and 
it  must  be  either  free  from  or  have 
an  agreeable  odor,  and  be  cheap. 

Dr.  Wywodzoff,  of  St.  Peters- 
burg, Russia,  recommends  thymol 
diluted  with  water  and  glycerine: 

R  Thymolis  .  .  .  sc.  ij. 
Glycerine  .  .  .  Ibs.  iv. 
Aq Ibs.  ij. 

The  Brunelli  process  :  — 

1.  Cleanse  the  circulatory  system 
with  cold  water  till  the  latter  is- 
sues clear.  Time  required,  2  to  5 
hours. 

'2.  Inject  alcohol  to  absorb  water      15  minutes. 
3    Kther  to  abstract  fat.    2  to  10  hours. 

4.  Solution  of  tannin  to  form  insoluble  compound  with 
the  tissues.    2  to  10  hours. 

5.  Dry  the  body  in  a  current  of  air  previously  passed  over 
heated  chloride  of  calcium.    2  to  5  hours. 

The  Tranchina  method:  Eight  decigrams  of  arsenious 
acid,  combined  with  a  little  cinnabar,  are  dissolved  in  9  kil- 
ograms of  spirits  of  wine,  and  injected,  secundum  artem, 
into  the  carotid  artery.  For  more  than  two  months  the 
body  remains  fresh,  inodorous,  inflexible,  and  (thanks  to  the 


Embalming  Pump. 


Hoe's  Embossim*  Press 


cations  by  Gannal  and  others  have  improved  upon  Tran- 
china's  method.  — "Lancet." 

Ancient  Egypt    ...         .  "Sc.  Am."  xxxvii   117. 

Embalming  injector,  Richardson  *  "Sc  Am.  Sup.,"  813,2472. 
See  also  History  and  Kecipes  :  page  797,  "Mech..  Diet.''1 

Em-bank'meiit.     See  — 

Thames "  Van  Nostrand's  Mae;.,r  xviii.  569. 

French  railways,  Laboulaye,  "  Dictionnaire  cles  Arts,  etc.,'' 
"Cheminx  tie  fer,''  i.,  Fig.  31. 

Em-blem'a-ta.  (Fine  Art  Metallurgy.)  Orna- 
mental figures  in  relief,  which  are  large  and  de- 
tachable from  the  object. 

Em-boss'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Add.)  3.  Emboss- 
ing machine  for  stuffs,  Fig.  1869,  p.  798,  "  Mech. 
Diet."  See  also  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  ctes  Arts, 
etc.,"  article, "  Impressions  sur  e'toffes,"  tome  ii.,  Figs. 
61,62. 

Steinlein's  machine  for  embossing  fabrics,  *  "Sci- 
entific American  Supplement,"  p.  229. 

Em-boss'ing  Press.  1.  (/3ookbindinf>.)  A 
press  used  in  embossing  or  gilding  on  card-board, 
leather,  book  covers,  etc. 

The  bed  is  guided  by  the  frame,  so  that  it  does 
not  tilt  in  giving  pressure  at  the  corners.  The 
feed  guides  or  bed  are  adjustable  in  either  direc- 
tion. The  toggle  is  driven  by  a  crank  within  and 
by  means  of  a  friction  clutch ;  the  bed  can  be 
started  or  stopped  without  reverse  or  jar.  The 
bed  is  constantly  in  motion  and  it  has  sufficient 
travel  in  order  to  allow  the  operator  time  to  take 
off  and  place  the  work.  An  ink  fountain  and  ink- 
ing attachment  are  affixed  when  necessary 

2.  A  press  which  takes  the  place  of  a  drop-press 
in  embossing  the  handles  of  silver  spoons,  forks, 
ladles,  etc.,  and  for  stamping  medals.  The  press 
will  give  a  pressure  of  1,000  tons  and  receive  dies 
2"  X  12"  or  4"  round  dies.  The  upright  steel  col- 
umns that  take  the  principal  strain  are  5"  diame- 
ter and  the  large  nuts  have  worm  gear  on  their 


EMBROIDERING  MACHINE. 


312 


ENAMEL. 


sules,  operated  by  hand  wheel,  giving  very  delicate 
adjustment. 
Em-broid'er-ing   Ma-chine'.     The   Bonnaz 

Fig   904 


Embroidering,  (J'.'tr^eaining,  and  Braiding  Machine 

tnachine  is  adapted  to  embroider  cloth  with  a  chain- 
stitch,  and  to  stitch  braid  or  chenille  upon  the  cloth 
in  fancy  patterns. 

A  hooked  needle  is  supplied  with  thread  at  each  descent 
below  the  material  by  a  rotary  reciprocating  thread-carrier, 
and  the  thread  is  drawn  above  the  cloth.  The  loop  so 
formed  is  held  above  and  upon  the  surface  of  the  material 
until  the  needle  descends  within  and  draws  a  new  loop  up 
through  it.  The  fabric-feeding  foot  is  universal  as  to  the 
direction  of  its  movement,  and  consequently  moves  the 
fabric,  in  any  desired  direction  from  the  needle,  thereby  per 
mitting  the  stitching  to  follow  any  pattern  or  design  printed 
or  stamped  on  the  fabric.  A  crank-handle  controlled  by  the 
operator  changes  the  direction  of  the  feed  according  to  the 
design  upon  the  fabric  to  be  embroidered 
Kose  .  .  .  .  *  "Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  ix.  118 
Heitmann  .  .  *  Laboiilaye's  " Dirtionnaire  des  Arts,  etc  ,' 
tome  i.,  article,  "Brouitrie  " 

Em-bry-ot'o-my  In'stru-ments.  (Surgi- 
tiitl.)  Instruments  for  cutting  a  foetus  into  pieces 
within  the  womb  in  cases  of  obstructed  labor.  In- 
cluding those  instruments  which  are  fatal  to  the  fe- 
tus, though  they  do  not  sever  the  parts,  the  follow- 
ing is  an  approximate  list :  — 

Perforators  Craniotomy  forceps. 

Forceps  of  various  kinds         ("ephalotrite. 

Blunt  hook.  Placenta  forceps. 

Crochet  Vectis. 

Decapitating  hook  Saw  forceps. 

Representatives  of  each  of  which  are  placed  under  their  al- 
phabetical heads,  and  more  in  ertfnso  in  Tiernann's  "Arma- 
mentarium Ch intrgicitm."1  pp  103-114,  Part  III 

Em'e-ry  Board.  Card-board  pulp  mixed  with 
30  to  50  per  cent,  emery  of  the  required  grade  and 
poured  into  cakes. 

•'Manufacturer  and  Builder" ix.  269. 

Em'e-ry  G-rind'ing  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  968  is 
a  machine  for  sharpening  chisel-bits.  It  has  a  trav- 
ersing way  for  grinding  on  the  fl;it.  and  a  swinging 
rest  for  the  face  of  the  wheel,  together  with  adjust- 
able nippers.  See  list  following  :  — 


Band   ... 

Band  polisher,  Slack 

Board  .... 

Grinder. 

Brrthon  if  Bell,  Br 
Dexter  .... 
Tanite  Co * 


*  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  278. 

*  "  Engineer,"  xlvii.  IS". 
"Manufact   if  Builder, r  ix.  269. 

*  "  Engineer,"  xlvi.  248. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  30,  p.  1. 

Manwf.  If  Builder,"  viii.  26,  36. 


Thomson  if  Sterne     .  *  "Eiig'ins,'"  xxiv.  500  ;   xxv.  447. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup."  1854. 
Union  Stone  Go.     .     .  *  "  Scientific  Am.,'''  xxxiv.  70,  210 


Fig.  965. 


Bit-grinding  Machine. 


Lap  machine,  Thomson, 
Sterne,  If  Co.,  Br.  . 
Vulcanite  wheel  .     .     . 
Wheel   cushioned. 

Harding 

Butler,  Br.     .    •.     .     . 

Lehigh 

Kansome,  Br.    .     .    . 
Manufactory. 

Tanite  Co.    .     .     . 
Wheels,  paper  on,  by 

Bateman,  Br.     .     .     . 
Wheel  stand 

Shoener  4"  Allen      .     . 
Wheel-balancing        .     . 

Bateman 

Wheels,  celluloid      .     . 
Wheels,  on 

Report  of  J.  >I  Safford, 
1876,  Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,  p 


"Engineer,"  xlix.  386. 

"Eng.  if  Mm  Jour.,'1'  xxiii   86. 

"Scientific  American,"1  xxxiv.  86. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  26. 
"Scientific  Amer  ,"  xxxviii   265. 
"Engineer,"  xliv.  4. 

'  " Scimtific  American,"  xlii.  Ill 
>  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1989. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  294 
"Scientific  American,'1'  xxxvii.  65. 
"  Van  tiost  's  Mag  ,"  xviii.  502. 
"Manufacl.  if  Builder,''  ix.  125. 
"Iron  Age,"  xx  ,  Dec   13,  p.  68. 

"Centennial  Exhibition  Reports," 
189. 


Em'e-ry  Pla'ner.  A  machine  tool  with  a  trav- 
ersing bed,  and  an  emery  wheel  which  takes  the 
place  of  the  cutter  or  chisel  of  an  ordinary  planer. 
—  Newman. 

Em'e-ry  Stone.  A  mixture  of  gum-shellac 
and  emery.  Soluble  glass  is  substituted  for  the 
shellac  in  Germany,  with  apparent  advantage.  — 
"Rente  Indttstrielle." 

Em'e-ry  Wheel  Dres'ser.  A  tool  to  replace 
diamond  tools  in  dressing  emery  wheels  to  shape. 


Fig.  966. 


Paris,  1878 


.  *  "Scientific  American,  "  xxiix.  67. 


Huntington's  Emery  Wheel  Dresser. 

The  head  of  the  tool  has  independent  loosely- 
jointed  sharp-toothed  cutters  on  a  steel  mandrel. 
The  hooks  on  the  under  side  of  the  tool  are  for 
catching  upon  the  rest  when  applying  the  tool  to 
the  rotating  corundum  wheel. 

The  Union  Stone  Co.'s  emery  dresser  is  a  dia- 
mond mounted  in  a  stock. 

E-nam'el.  (Fine  Art  Mftal  Working.)  Enamel- 
ing on  metal  is  of  several  kinds  :  — 

1  Simple  overlaying  of  vitreous  colors  which  are  fused  in 
a  muffle. 

2.  Translucent  enamel  colors  laid  over  a  design  which  has 
been  etched  on  (engraved),  or  hammered  out  (repousse),  of 
the  metal. 

3  Cloisonne  Pattern  raised  on  the  surface  by  means  of 
wire  or  strips  of  metal  welded  on  to  it,  and  enamel  spread 
in  the  spaces  between  the  metal. 

4.  Chamfi-Ieve.     Lines  and  surfaces  cut  out  of  the  metal 
and  filled  with  enamel.    Allied  to  niello 

5.  Enamel  is  coarsely  laid  on,  then  outlined  with  strips  of 
copper  or  gold.     A  Japanese  imitation  of  true  cloisonne. 

6.  A  thick  coat  of  enamel  is  meited  on  and  covered  while 
still  hot  with  a  network  or  shape*  of  thin  gold  which  imbed 
in  the  enamel     Finished  with  the  graver.    A  Bengalesc  art. 


ENAMELING. 


313 


ENGINE. 


E-nam'el-ing. 

Enameling  was  practiced  by  the  Egyptians,  Persians,  Etru.« 
cans,  and  Greeks.    The  practice  was  to  cut  out  the  figure  t 
receive  the  enamel  which  was  burnt  in.     It  was  practiced  in 
Italy  as  far  back  as  the  time  of  Porsenna,  and,  later,  Faenza 
and  Castle  Durante  were  famous  for  it.     James  Tontin,   o 
Chasteauilun,  in  1630,  invented  the  opaque  enamel ;  Mortiere 
used  it  in  rings  and  watch  cases  ;  Chartier  in  flowers  :  Peti 
tot  and  Uordier  in  portraits  ;  Louis   Guernier  in  excellen 
miniatures. 

See   article  "Emailla%e,''   tome  iv.,  ed.   187",  Labouliye\ 
"  Dictionnairc  i/ex  Arts  et  Manufactures,''  on  iron,  porcelain 
*  For  composition,  Ibii/.,  tome  ii.,  article  "Email." 

(  Ceramics.)  The  enameled  steatite  figures  of  the  Egyptian 
pantheon  are  among-  the  earliest  examples  of  the  use  o: 
enamel.  The  colors  are  white,  yellow,  blue,  green,  and  pur- 
ple, and  the  blue  especially  is  of  unsurpassed  quality.  The 
base  is  probably  stanniferous. 

Bricks  found  in  the  ruins  of  the  Mesopotamian  cities  are 
also  found  with  stanniferous  glaze. 

At  Wurka  have  been  found  great  numbers  of  earthenware 
coffins,  many  glazed  and  some  decorated. 

The  Saracens  during  their  occupancy  of  Spain  made  greal 
advance  and  the  llispaiio-moresque  vases  and  dishes,  as  wel! 
as  the  tiles  known  as  Azulejos,  testify  to  the  tafte  and  skill  oi 
this  remarkable  people.  The  colors  were  brilliant ;  red,  blue, 
green,  yellow,  and  white,  and  the  decorations  in  the  style 
familiarly  known  as  arabesque. 

The  convent  of  St.  Paul,  at  Leipsic,  is  perhaps  the  earliest 
surviving  instance  in  Christian  Europe  of  the  use  of  enameled 
tiles.  The  monument  of  Henry  IV.,  of  Silesia  (d.  1290),  in 
the  Kreuzkirche  of  Breslau,  is  a  fine  instance  of  glazed  pot- 
tery with  a  life-sized  figure  of  the  deceased. 

The  stanniferous  enamel  of  the  Saracens  was  rediscovered 
by  Luca  della  Kobbia,  of  Florence,  in  the  15th  century,  and 
largely  superseded  the  lead  glaze.  Luca  della  Kobbia  orna- 
mented with  bassi-rilievi  the  Campanile  of  the  Duomo,  of 
Florence  The  process  was  again  rediscovered  by  Bernard 
Paliss.v  in  the  middle  of  the  Ifjtti  century. 

At  the  Vienna  Exhibition  in  1873  specimens  were  shown  of 
the  beautiful  tea  set  presented  to  Lord  Dudley  on  his  mar- 
riage. The  decoration  consists  of  turquoise  blue  enamel  put 
on  in  drops  near  together,  so  that  the  surface  appears  to  be 
thickly  set  with  turquoise.  Each  cup  and  saucer  is  care- 
fully mounted  in  a  stuffed  morocco  case.  The  small  set  of  6 
pieces  was  valued  at  $6,'K)0. 

(Gto«.)  Wares  or  panes  with  vitrifiab'e  colors  baked  on 
the  surface.  Glass  euaniel  contains  lead,  oxide  of  tin,  or  ar- 
senious  acid,  besides  metallic  colors. 

Among  other  modes  of  enameling  glass,  the  following  is 
the  practice  with  etchetl  enamel:  — 

The  enamel  in  paste  is  laid  with  a  brush  upon  the  glass, 
dried,  etched  in  patterns  or  designs  by  tools,  and  the  glass 
fired  to  vitrify  the  enamel  and  cause  it  to  adjiere  to  the  glass 
surface. 

Flocked  enamel  is  when  the  surface  of  the  glass  has  previ- 
ously been  deglazed,  giving  it  a  dull  semi-opaque  surface. 

Among  the  most  celebrated  specimens  of  glass  enamel  are 
the  sapphire  nuptial  goblet,  the  work  of  a  Muranese  artist  of 
the  loth  century  and  novv  in  the  museum  of  Venice  :  and 
the  Tazza,  of  St.  Mark's  Treasury,  Venice,  blown  in  black 
glass,  enameled  in  various  colors  and  gold,  with  medallions 
and  Coptic  inscriptions  divided  in  zones.  The  tazza  is  of  the 
llth  or  12th  century,  and,  though  not  over  6"  high,  is  valued 
at  80,000  francs.  It  was  taken  from  Venice  to  France  by 
Napoleon,  but  afterwards  restored. 

(Cast  Iron.)  Si  lesian  process  :  After  pickling  and  cleaning 
the  vessels,  they  are  covered  with  a  ground  made  as  fol- 
lows :  Quartz,  50  ;  fluorspar,  7.5,  and  borax  22.5  parts  fused 
together.  Of  this,  16  parts,  6.5  to  12.5  of  quartz,  4  to  6.5  of 
clay,  and  .5  of  borax,  are  ground  in  a  wet  mill,  with  an  ad- 
dition of  2.5  clay  and  .66  borax.  This  is  laid  on  and  burned, 
forming  a  yellowish-brown  mass.  For  the  outer  coating  2  5 
powdered  fluorspar,  1  zinc-white,  4.75  tin  oxide,  .75  bone-ash, 
and  .08  to  .5  smalt  are  well  mixed.  Of  this  9  kilograms  are 
mixed  with  16  of  finely-ground  fluorspar,  9.5  borax,  3  25 
soda,  and  1.25  to  1.5  niter,  and  the  whole  fused  together 
The  product  is  powdered,  and  30  kilograms  of  it  are  wet 
ground  with  six  cups  of  about  140  c.  c.  of  white  clay,  and 
.3  of  zinc  oxide.  This  is  laid  on  and  burned,  completing  the 
work.  Hinth  in  "Dingler's  Journal.'" 

See  also  ENAMEL,  p.  800,  ENAMELED  WARE,  p.  801,  "Meek 
Diet.'-'  See  also  GRANITE  WARE,  infra. 

"Manufacturer  fy  BuiMer,"  ix.  269. 
"Manufacturer  Sf  Builf/er,''  ix.  245. 

Cooking  vessels  .     .     .     " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  749. 
"  Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  21. 

Hardware "Iron  Age,"1  xix.,  June  7,  p.  9;  xix., 

June  28,  p.  1. 

Hollow-ware.     .     .     .     "Am.  Manufacturer,''  July  23, 1880 
p.  12. 

Leather Laboiilaye's  "Diet.,"1  article  "  Cuirs 

Vernis.'' 


Fig.  967. 


E-nam'el-ing  Forge.  The  enameling  forge 
and  table  of  Enfer  et  sesjils,  Paris,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
967.  Beneath  the  table 
is  the  Chinese  lantern 
bellows  worked  by  the 
foot.  The  air  jet  is  on 
top,  the  lamp  or  fur- 
nace is  not  shown  in 
position. 

En-caus'tic.  Wax 
bleached  in  sea-water 
and  steeped  in  natron 
dye  was  the  basis  of  *he 
classical  encaustic 
painting.  Encaustic 
tiles  were  first  made  in 
England  by  Italians  set- 
tled there. 


Enfer's  Enameling  Forge. 
French. 


Article  "Peltries,1"  Figs.  3700,  3701,  Laboiilaye's  "Diction- 
naire  iJex  Arts  el  Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed.  1877. 
Article  "Encaustique,"  tome  ii.,  Ibid. 

End'less  Belt  Grind'er.  A  grinding  or  pol- 
ishing machine  having  a  belt  running  over  pulleys 
and  payed  with  emery,  crocus,  putty-powder,  or 
what  not,  to  grind  or  polish  objects  held  against  it. 

End'less  Bed  Pla'ner.  A  wood-planing  ma- 
chine which  has  a  roller  bed,  or  an  endless  slat  bed 
traveling  on  rollers. 

Goodeli  4"  Waters     .  *  "Manufacturer  $  Builder,"'  ix.  271. 

End'less-chain  Horse'-pow-er.  One,  the 
inclined  track  of  which  passes  over  pulleys,  as  in 
A  B,  Fig.  2568,  p.  1125,  "Mech.  Diet." 

En-der'mic  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  In- 
struments for  the  administration  of  medicine,  etc., 
through  the  skin.  See  HYPODERMIC  SYRINGE, 
Eig.  2630,  p.  1160,  "Mech.  Diet."  Also  called  DER- 
MOPATHIC  INSTRUMENTS.  See  also  ACUPUNCTU- 
RATOR. 

En'do-scope.  (Surgical.)  A  speculum;  for 
examination  of  the  urethra,  bladder,  rectum ;  spe- 
cifically applied  to  the  urethral  speculum;  the  lat- 
ter is  also  known  as  a  meatoscope. 

See  the  following  from  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
urgicum :  "'  — 

Figs.  9,  10, 11  b p.   2,  Part  III. 

Fig.  548 p.  117,  Part  III. 

Fig.  59 p.  17,  Supplement. 

The  instrument  has  three  parts  :  a  glass  tube  with  flaring 

Tig.  968. 


Dr.  Skene's  Endoscope. 

mouth ;  a  mirror  with  handle  attached ;  a  hard  rubber 
sheath,  with  a  fenesti-a,  by  which  application  can  be  made  to 
diseased  points.  Light  is  thrown  into  the  tube  by  means  of 
a  concave  mirror. 

End  Play.  The  allowance  made  for  end-mo- 
ion  in  an  axle-shaft,  etc.  End-shake  in  watch- 
making. 

En'gine.    A  motor.     See  STEAM  ENGINE,  AIR 
INGINE,  GAS  ENGINE,  etc. 
See  references  as  follows  :  - 

Coupling,  Haswell,  Austria  *  "Engineer,"  1.  279. 
Hotter,  Austria  ....  *  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  161 


ENGINE. 


-  314 


ENSILAGE   CUTTER. 


Jack,  Tai/lor      .     . 
Lathe,  weighted 
Pratt  if  Whitney 


.  *  " Scitntific  Amer.,"*  xxxv.  83. 

*  "Engineer.''  xlii.  24. 
.  *  "  Thurxt  oil's   Vitnna  Report,'''1 

ii.  227. 

Turning  lathe,   Tour  a.  guillocher  *  in  art'.cle  "  Tours  Com- 
poses,'' Laboutaye's  "Dirt.,''  iv. 

See  also  ROSE  ENGINE,  p.  1983,  "Meek.  Diet."  ;  GEOMETRIC 
LATHE,  963,  Ibid. 

En'gine  Coun'ter.  A  register  for  keeping  ac- 
count of  the  revolutions  of  a  shaft,  the  pulsations 
of  a  beam  or  what  not.  Usually  on  the  principle 
of  the  gas  meter ;  a  train  of  wheels.  Illustrations 
may  be  found  under  AIUTHMOMETKK,  pages  143, 
144,  "Aleck.  Diet."  % 

Fig   969. 


Engine  Counter. 

The  instrument  shown  is  used  for  indicating  the  speed  oi 
engines,  pumps,  machines,  shafting,  printing  presses,  brick 
machines,  etc.  The  dials  register  up  to  100,000,000. 

En'gine  Cup.  An  oil  cup  for  an  engine  shaft 
or  cylinder.  See  LUBRICATOR,  Fig.  3011,  p.  1361, 
"Mec/t.  Diet." 

En'gine  Reg'u-la'tor.     A  governor. 

Specifically  :  an  invention  by  Sterberg,  of  Mag- 
deburg, in  which  the  centrifugal  motion  of  glycer- 
ine in  a  bowl-shaped  vessel  on  a  vertical  shaft  is 
made  to  lift  a  disk,  and  so  operate  a  stem  and  gov- 
ernor valve. 

"Scientific.  American"1 *  xl.  195. 

En-gi-neer's'  Ham'mer.  A  hammer  with  one 
flat,  round  face,  and  a  transverse  edge  peen. 

Fig.  970. 


Engine-room  Telegraph.    (British  Navy.) 


En'gine-room  and  Steer'ing  Tel'e  graph. 

A  means  of  communication  between  the  officer  on 
the  bridge  and  the  engine-room  or  wheel-house. 

Fig.  9 TO  shows  the  engine-room  telegraph,  which 
consists  of  a  brass  pillar  on  the  bridge,  with  a  com- 
municator dial,  index  handle,  and  lamp. 

The  figure  also  shows  the  pillar  dial,  and  engine- 
room  dial,  and  a  portion  of  the  bevel-wheel  and 
shaft  arrangement  for  communication. 

The  steering  telegraph  is  similar,  with  the  neces- 
sary variation  in  the  dials,  showing  the  compass- 
points. 

English  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of  knot 
shown  at  39,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mecli.  Diet." 

En-graved'  Glass.  Glass-cutting  and  engra- 
ving are  described  on  pp.  978,  979,  "  Mecli.  Diet." 
A  late  process  of  great  beauty  is  as  follows  :  — 

Upon  a  groundwork  of  milk-white  or  opal  glass  thin  coat- 
ings of  blue  and  rose-pink  glass  are  spread  successively. 
The  pink  colors  are  especially  remarkable  for  their  delicate 
gradations  and  shades  of  color.  A  great  variety  of  small 
objects  for  decoration  are  made  in  this  manner.  They  are 
handed  over  to  the  engraver,  who  with  his  wheel  cuts 
through  the  outer  coats  of  color  down  to  the  groundwork  of 
white  glass.  Extremely  fine  lines  and  delicate  effects  may 
be  so  produced.  The  process  invites  and  requires  careful 
drawing  and  skilled  designing.  At  the  Paris  Exposition, 
1878  were  exhibited  services  in  Egyptian,  Celtic,  Indian,  As- 
syrian, Persian,  Arabian,  Greek,  ar.d  Byzantine  designs. 

Among  the  purely  decorative  objects  were  a  pair  of  vases, 
each  about  15"  high,  upon  which  portions  of  the  group  upon 
the  frieze  of  the  Parthenon  are  copied  by  cutting  in  minia- 
ture,—  on  one  vase  in  intaglio  and  on  the  other  in  relief. 
Two  years  were  required  for  the  engraving.  They  are  valued 
at  about  $2,000  each.  One  two-handled  vase,  about  20" 
high,  is  a  most  elaborate  work,  representing  Pluto  and  Pros- 
erpine in  intaglio  on  the  body  of  the  vase,  with  Grecian  and 
Pompeian  ornamentation  on  the  handles  and  neck. 

En-gra'ver's  Glass.  A  lens  placed  in  a  small 
horn  tube,  and  held  by  the  muscles  of  the  eye  orbit. 
Similar  to  a  watchmaker's  glass.  Fig.  708,  p.  2734, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

En-gra'ving  Ma-chine'.  See  p.  804,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

And  chasing,  Atchison.    *  " Scientific.  American,"  xxxiv.  274. 

Electric "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,'1'  448,  2434. 

Bellet "  Telegraphic  Journal,"1  vii   100. 

Machine,  Konigslow  .  *  "Am-  Manufact.,"  Jan.  3,  1879^ 
Photographic,  Scamoni 

Process 

Cleaning  engravings     . 


"Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  82. 
"Scifntific  American,"1  xxxv   134. 


"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii  339. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1975. 
Transferring  to  glass    .     "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  342. 
Barrere,   Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  ties  Arts  et   Manufac- 
tures,'' tome  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "Epicycloides." 

See  also  article  "  Grown,"  Ibid.,  tome  ii.,  Figs.  110* ,  1107 
bis. 

Also  article  "  Tours  Composes,"  Ibid.,  tome  iv. 
Barrtre.  Gallet. 

Perkins.  Perreauz. 

Contc.  Collas. 

See  also  ELECTEOGRAPH,  supra. 

En'si-lage  Cut'ter.  A  machine  for  cutting 
green  corn  stalks  or  other  green  feed,  to  be  stored 
in  pits  (silos)  for  winter  feed. 

The  process  of  keeping  reminds  one  of  sawer  krovt,  the 
material  being  cut  small,  pounded,  pressed,  and  placed  in  a 
vessel,  the  sides  and  bottom  of  which  are  air  and  water- 
ti"ht.  The  corn-stalks  gathered  at  the  time  of  i-ilkini:  are 
cut  to  a  length  of  say  4-10",  deposited  at  once  in  the  silos, 
spread,  tramped,  covered  with  boards  upon  which  a  heavy 
weight  is  placed  to  condense  the  ensilage.  In  winter  it 
taken  out  in  such  a  way  as  to  expose  but  moderate  surface 
to  the  air,  operating  in  the  manner  indicated  by  Fig.  9 
The  pit  becomes  charged  with  carbonic  acid,  and  excludes 
air  when  there  is  no  agitation. 

The  process  is  the  invention  of  M.  Auguste  Gojfart,  ot 
Burtin,  Sologne,  France. 

See  Dr.  Knight's  report  on  agricultural  implements  at 
Paris  Exposition,  in  1878,  vol.  v.,  pp.  243-254,  cuts  of  Go/ 
fan's  silos. 

The  best  cutter  for  the  purpose  is  that  of  the  New  iorl 
Plow  Co.,  the  President  of  which,  Mr.  J.  B.  Brown,  has 
translated  M.  Goff art's  pamphlets  and  been  chiefly  iristru- 


ENSILAGE  CUTTER. 


315 


EPINETTE. 


Fig.  971. 


Brown's  Ensilage  Cutter. 

mental  in  introducing  the  ensilage  of  maize  to  the  American 
farmer 

TliH  cutter  shown  in  Fig.  971  has  three  curved  blades  on  a 
wheel,  rotating  in  a  pl:imj  across  the  throat  of  the  machine. 
The  knives  have  a  long  draw-cut,  so  arranged  that  the  cut 
is  cnnrinnons  and  steady,  a  following  knife  commencing  to 
cut  before  the  previous  one  concludes  its  cut.  The  ma- 
chines are  adjusted  to  cut  jj"  or  \*  ,  or  to  J"  and  1". 

The  feed  is  stopped  ami  started  instantly  by  a  lever.  The 
cover  over  the  knife  is  not  shown.  The  curve  of  the  knife 

Fig.  972. 


Emptying  a   Silo. 

is  such  as  to  slip  away  any  stones.  The  steel  cutting-plate 
is  separated  from  the  face-plate.  The  rollers  are  combed. 
An  endless  band  elevator  raises  the  cut  stuif  and  drops  it  into 
the  silo.  The  cutting  power  is  from  2  to  10  tons  of  green 
stalks  per  hour,  according  to  size  of  machine.  The  speed  of 
wheel,  300  to  400  revolutions  per  minute.  The  power,  from 
2  to  4-horse. 

Ensilage  pits,  Fatter  .     .     "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  3846,  3861,  3926. 

The  British  llache-mais,  for  the  French  market,  is  made 
by  Richmond  &  Chandler,  and  French  machines  are  also 
made  for  the  same  purpose.  See  CHAFF  CUTTER,  page  158, 
sufira. 

En'to-mo-log'i-cal  Pin.  A  delicate  thin  pin 
for  impaling  objects. 

E-nu'cle-a-tor.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument, 
the  name  of  which  is  derived  from  the  act  of  uncov- 
ering and  removing,  as  a  nut  from  its  kernel. 

The  figures  refer  to  Tiemann's  "Armam.  C/iirurgiciim." 

Fig.  973.  l-  ,A"    ins,tru- 

ment  with  a  loop 
end  for  removing 
uterine  and  ova- 
•  r  i  a  n  tumors, 
Sims',  Fig.  467, 
Part  III. 

2.  A  sharp 
comb  or  claw 
attachable  in 
manner  of  a 
thimble  to  the 
end  of  the  finger, 
to  detach  and 
remove  a  sac  or  tumor.  Emmett's,  Fig  102,  Part  V. 

In  Yarrow'*,  Fig.  55,  Supplement,  the  thimble  carries  a 
loop  to  place  over  the  object:  it  is  practically  a  serrated 
scoop  on  an  extension  of  the  index  finger.  See  Fig.  973. 

3.  An  instrument  to  grasp  and  extract  the  eye-ball  in  the 
operation  of  extirpation,  p.  25,  Part  IT. 

See  ECRASEUR  for  an  instrument  for  a  somewhat  similar 
purpose,  but  of  different  construction. 


Dr.   Yarrow's   Enucleator. 


En/vel-ope  Ma-chine'.  The  machines  of 
Cohen,  Lockwood,  and  Kaynor  &  Co.  were  shown 
in  operation  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition. 

Cohen's  uses  blanks  previous^'  made  on  cutting  press.  It 
folds,  gums,  and  finishes  48  envelopes  per  minute. 

Loc/civoor/'s  machine  works  from  the  web  of  paper,  wast- 
ing very  little  stock  and  making  the  square  pocket  envelope, 
pasted  up  each  side,  and  with  a  gummed  Hup.  It  cuts  from 
the  roll,  folds,  gums,  and  counts  120  per  minute,  delivering 
in  bunches  of  25  each,  equal  to  72,000  per  day.  It  has 
worked  to  160  per  minute. 

liaynor  if  Co.'s  machine  gums  and  folds  envelope  blanks, 
previously  cut  upon  a  press.  Bali's  patent  ;  making  48  per 
minute. 

"  Scientific  American"  ........     xxxvi.  281. 

Ep'i-cy'cloid-al  Mining  En'gine.     A   ma- 

;  chine  for  forming  templates  to  be  subsequently  used 
as  guides  in  shaping  the  cutters  for  gear  cutting  ma- 
chines. In  these  machines  it  is  essential  that  the 
contour  of  the  milling  cutter  conform  precisely  to 
that  of  the  space  between  two  teeth.  The  machine 
is  somewhat  intricate,  very  ingenious,  and  is  made 
by  Pratt  $•  Whitney. 

"  Ep'i-glot'tis  Pin-cette'.  (Surgical.)  Along, 
delicate  forceps,  having  curved  prongs  with  hooked 
ends  for  introducing  into  the  epiglottis  to  remove 
foreign  substances. 

Brim's,  Fig.  330,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirur^irum.'' 

Throat  forceps,  laryngeal  forceps,  and  probangs  for  the 
same  purpose,  are  shown  on  pp.  82,  83,  Ibid. 

Ep-i-nette'.  A  chicken-feeding  arrangement 
used  in  France. 

A  cylinder  with  5  stories  and  14  faces,  with  3 


Fig.  974. 


Kpinette  (Jardin  d'Acclimatation),  Paris. 

compartments  each,  is  mounted  on  a  vertical  axis, 
so  that  either  face  may  be  presented  towards  the 
attendant.  The  box  of  the  attendant  (yaveur)  is 
connterweighted  so  that  he  can  bring  himself  and 
his  feeding  apparatus  opposite  either  of  the  stories. 
The  capacity  is  210  fowls. 

On  the  box  of  the  operator  is  the  feed  cylinder,  the  contents 
of  which  are  ejected  by  pressure  upon  a  pedal ;  a  dial  shows 
the  amount  of  food  passing.  The  gfireur  seizes  a  chicken  by 
the  head,  presses  upon  each  side  of  the  beak  to  open  the 
mouth,  introduces  the  nozzle  of  the  feed  pipe,  presses  upon 
the  pedal  and  injects  the  required  quantity  of  food,  keeping 
his  eye  upon  the  dial.  He  then  takes  th«  next  fowl,  completes 


EPINETTE. 


316 


EQUILIBRIUM   SCALE. 


the  round  by  turning  the  cylinder  one  face,  winds  himself 
up  to  the  next  story,  and  so  on.  Duty  :  400  chickens  per 
hour.  The  time  required  for  fattening:  chickens,  18  days  ; 
geese,  20 ;  ducks,  15  ;  turkeys,  25.  Food  is  a  thin  paste  of 
barley  and  corn  meal  mixed  with  milk  and  water.  Quantity 
from  10  to  20  centiliters  =  0.7  to  1.4  of  a  gill  at  a  feed,  the 
maximum  being  gradually  reached. 
Epinette  on  a  smaller  scale  .  .  *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  1295. 

Ep'i-la-tiiig  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  The  in- 
strument for  transplanting  hairs  in  the  skin-graft- 
ing process. 

Piffard's,  Fig.  85,  Part  V.,  Titmann's  "Armamentarium 
diirurgieum." 

E-pi-stax'is  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  In- 
struments to  avert  bleeding  of  the  nose.  Among 
such  are  the  following  :  — 


Nasal  clamp. 
Epistaxis  plug. 
Nasal  douche. 
Canula. 


Rubber  tampon  (inflatable). 
Laryngeal  and  posterior  uares 

syringe. 
Rhinoscope. 


E-prou-vette'.  An  instrument  for  testing 
strength  of  cartridge  heads  by  explosion  of  powder, 
is  shown  in  Plate  XXIV.,  Report  on  "Metallic 
Cartridge/!,1'  by  Major  Treadwell,  U.  S.  Army, 
1873. 

See  also  article  Poudre,  Figs.  2194,  bis  el  ter,  Laboulaye's 
"Diclionnaire,''  iii. 

E'qual-bar  Nest  Spring.  (Railway.}  A 
multi-coil  spring  in  which  each  coil  has  a  resistance 
proportioned  to  its  diameter.  S,  Fig.  1143,  p.  483, 
"  Mfch.  Diet." 

E'qual-i-zer.  1.  A  three-horse  evener,  to 
throw  the  strain  equally  upon  three  horses  abreast. 

The  illustration,  Fig.  975,  shows  American,  Brit- 
ish, and  French  forms,  in  the  order  named. 


"Expose"  des  Applications  de  L'Electricite'"  iv.  294, 
3d  edition. 

Professor  Langley's  apparatus  for  eliminating 
personal  equation  by  suitable  devices  during  the 
act  of  observation,  is  described  in  the  "American 
Journal  of  Science  and  Arts,"  and  reproduced  in 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  170. 

E'qua-tp'ri-al.  A  telescope  mounted  for  ad- 
justments in  altitude  and  azimuth;  clock-work 
gives  the  motion  in  right  ascension. 

Reflector  (mirror  0.80  m.),   by   Foucault,   at   Marseilles, 
*  Lnboulaye' 's  "  Dictionnaire  dm  Arts  ft  Manufacture*,"  iv., 
ed   1877,  article  "Instruments  d'  Opiiqiif,"  Fig.  37. 
Telescope,  8",  Grubb,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"1  xxviii.278. 

Vienna *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  425. 

27",  Vienna *  "Engineering,"  xxix  7,200, 

310,  391,  409,  467. 
Stand,  home-made,  Simonton  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sttp.,"  1241. 

E'qui-bus.  A  name  applied  to  a  proposed  form 
of  carriage,  which  spans  the  horse,  and  has  two 
wheels. 

"  Scientific  American '* *  xxxviii.  265. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder  "   ....     *  x.  115. 

E'qui-lat'e-ral  Prism.  (Optics  }  An  equal 
angled  prism  mounted  upon  a  stand,  and  used  for 
throwing  oblique  light  upon  an  object  under  exam- 
ination with  the  microscope. 

E'qui-lib'ri-um.  Equilibrium  cock.  See  EQUI- 
LIBRIUM VALVE. 

Equilibrium  balance.    See  EQUILIBRIUM  SCALE. 

Equilibrium  couch,  Anderson,  Br.,  *  "Engineer,"1  xliv.  42 

E'qui-lib'ri-um  Scale.  A  scale  which  keeps 
itself  in  constant  equilibrium,  and  records  all 
changes  in  the  weight  of  the  object,  such  as  the 
growth  of  a  plant,  the  evaporation  of  soil  or  of 
Fig.  976. 


Bascule  a  ct/uiUbre  constant.     (Redier.  Pans. 


Equalizers. 

2.  An  arrangement  to  divide  the  strain  on  all 
the  levers  of  a  horse-power;  connecting  all  the 
horses  together,  so  that  if  one  pair  should  make  a 
sudden  pull,  it  draws  upon  the  other  horses  instead 
of  upon  the  power,  and  so  does  not  transmit  the  ir- 
regularity of  motion  to  the  machine  driven. 

E'qual-i-zing  Bar.  (Railway.)  A  bar,  the 
ends  of  which  rest  upon  the  upper  boxes  of  the 
axle  bearing,  and  upon  which  rest  the  springs  sup- 
porting the  truck  frame,  seen  at/,  Fig.  1159,  p. 
488,  "Mech.  Diet." 

E-qua'tion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Electric  appara- 
tus for  determining  the  personal  equation  of  astro- 
nomical observers  is  described  in  Comte  du  Moncel's 


plants,  the  waste  of  tissues  on  the  living  subject  in 
breathing,  reading,  etc. 

On  a  stand  next  to  the  platform  are  placed  the  registering 
cylinder,  the  clock-work,  which  rotates  slowly,  and  the 
double  wheel-work,  which  determine  the  state  of  constant 
equilibrium.  The  principle  by  whith  the  equilibrium  is  re- 
stored, as  soon  as  it  has  been  disturbed  by  some  cause  or 
other,  is  this  :  If  we  place  on  an  ordinary  balance  a  glass 
full  of  water,  counter-balanced  by  a  weight,  and  if  we  dip 
into  that  glass  a  mass,  whatever  it  may  be,  hanging  from  a 
thread,  the  equilibrium  will  be  destroyed  ;  in  proportion  as 
the  plunger  penetrates  more  or  less  into  the  liquid,  it  will 
more  or  less  disturb  the  equilibrium.  It  is  such  a  plunger 
which  Mr.  Herve' Mangon  has  made  use  of  to  establish  the 
state  of  constant  equilibrium  on  the  platform  scale  in  ques- 
tion. 

Under  the  little  platform  of  the  instrument  is  a  cylindri- 


EQUILIBRIUM   SCALE. 


317 


ETCHING. 


cal  vaj-e,  three  fourths  filled  with  water;  a  cylindrical 
plunger,  of  which  the  supporting  thread  is  rolled  over  a 
pulley,  is  lowered  or  hoisted  by  the  wheels  of  the  pulley  as 
soon  as  the  large  platform  experiences  any  augmentation  or 
diminution  of  weight.  The  equilibrium  restores  itself  im- 
mediately, and  the  motions  of  the  pulley  are  transmitted  to 
the  lead  pencil  which  passes  over  the  surface  of  the  register- 
ing cylinder,  leaving  on  the  unrolled  paper  traces  of  all  its 
movements.  The  wheels  of  the  pulley  are  the  same  as  those 
used  in  the  registering  barometer  of  Kedier  ;  the  one  goes 
constantly  to  the  right,  with  an  escape  ;  the  other  to  the 
left,  with  twice  the  speed  of  the  first,  and  the  extremity  of 
the  balance,  by  its  motions,  determines  the  freedom  of  the 
fan  of  the  second  wheel-work,  which  makes  the  pulley  turn 
in  the  desired  direction. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Builder  " *  x.  205. 

E'qui-lib'ri-um  Tool.  A  drilling  or  boring 
tool  for  metals;  having  a  center  steadying  pin  and  a 
ring  of  cutters  which  make  an  annular  groove. 

The  case  holding  the  cutters  is  a  hydraulic  cylinder 
which  is  fitted  into  the 
drilling-machine  spindle 
socket,  being,  in  fact,  au 
annular  ram  carrying  But- 
ters, inside  of  which  is  a 
steadying  pin,  with  a  piston 
at  its  upper  end  working  in 
the  cutter  rain.  The  cylin- 
der is  charged  with  soapy 
water,  and  when  the  tool  is 
at  rest  the  cutter  ram  is  kept 
up  by  two  exterior  springs, 
and  the  center  pin  is  full 
out.  When  the  center  pin 
is  placed  on  the  center-pop 
the  pressure  is  transferred 
by  the  piston  to  the  outer 
ram  with  the  cutters,  and 
when  the  pressure  is  with- 
drawn the  cutters  ngaiu  re- 
tire, being  elevated  by  the 
springs. 

E'qui-lib'ri    um 
Valve.     1.  A  valve  in 

which  the  pressures  on 

,'.         .  ,  Equilibrium  Tool. 

th'j  respective  sides  are 

in  equilibrio  ;  this  much  decreases  the  labor  of 
moving  them,  especially  in  large  stop  valves  of 
water  mains. 

lin^nkaw  4"  Sons  (Br.),  equilibrium  sluice  valve  has  bal- 
ancing pressures  above  and  below,  the  escapes  being  bi-lat- 
eral. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement'' *  1472. 

Booker's  (Br.),  equilibrium  blow-off  cock,  has  a  small  valve 
in  the  center  of  the  larger  one.  The  former  being  easily  and 
promptly  lifted  by  a  quick  screw,  the  water  above  the  valve 

Fig.  978. 


Equilibrium  Valve  with  Flanged  Inlet. 

esciipes  and  reduces  the  pressure  so  that  the 
water  from  the  boiler  forces  the  valve  up- 
ward and  opens  the  outlet.     Conversely,  by  closing  the  small 
valve  the  operation  is  reversed. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement" *  1441. 

Fig.  978  is  an  equilibrium  ball  valve  for  boilers  with  equal 
pressure  upon  the  inner  faces  of  the  two  valves  upon  the 
same  stem. 

2.  The  equilibrium  valve  in  the  Cornish  engine 
opens  a  communication  between  the  top  arid  bottom 
of  the  cylinder,  to  render  the  pressure  equal  on  both 
sides  of'the  piston,  Fig.  1884,  p.  808,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
See  also  article  "  Tiroirs  Equilibrist  *  Laboulaye's  "Diet, 
des  Arts  et  Manufactures,''  iv.,  ed.  1877. 


E-quip'ment.     (Railways.)    The  running  stock 
to  make  up  a  train.     The  passenger  train  equip- 
ment includes  the  baggage,  mail,  ex-     Fio.  9-9 
press  cars,  and  passenger  coach  ;  with 
parlor  coach  or  sleepers  in  many  cases. 

E-rect'ing  Glass.  (Optics.)  A 
tube  with  lenses  placed  in  the  draw  tube 
of  the  microscope  to  erect  the  image 
of  the  object  under  view.  See  DRASV 
TUBE. 

Erg.  (Electricity.)  The  unit  of 
work  done  by  one  dyne.  —  Gordon. 

Es-cape'ment  Reg'u-la'tor.  A 
contrivance  of  Breguet  in  which  the 
escapement  is  controlled  by  a  tuning- 
fork.  Li ster's  Erect- 

ins;  Crtass. 

The  tuning-fork  is  about  a  foot  long,  and  gives  one  hundred 
vibrations  in  a  second.  About  midway  upon  one  of  the 
prongs  there  is  a  sliding-weight,  by  which  the  number  of 
vibrations  can  be  regulated.  Projecting  from  the  end  of  the 
prong  is  a  small  pin,  which  acts  in  the  fork  of  a  lever.  The 
lever  makes  one  hundred  vibrations  in  a  second,  correspond- 
ing to  the  tuning-fork.  Attached  to  this  lever  is  a  pair  of 
pallets,  which  act  upon  an  escapement-wheel  having  ten  teeth, 
and  making  four  revolutions  in  a  second.  The  tuning-fork 
in  this  case  regulates  the  speed  of  the  train.  The  pallets  and 
escapement-wheel  act  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  escapement 
of  the  striking-train  in  arepeating-watch.  It  was  found  by 
experience  that  the  vibrations  of  the  fork  should  be  confined 
to  about  one  degree  to  give  the  best  results.  These  vibrations 
are  so  completely  isochronal  that  an  increase  of  power,  from 
4  pounds  to  60  pounds  on  the  train,  made  no  difference  in  its 
time-rate.  The  second-hand  made  a  complete  revolution  in 
one  second.  The  dial  being  divided  into  one  hundred  parts, 
with  a  proper  contrivance  for  starting  and  stopping,  it  might 
be  of  service  in  recording  time  to  the  hundredth  part  of  a 
second.  —  Carpenter. 

E'so-pha'ge-al  Ins'tru-ments.  (Suryical.) 
The  term  includes  :  — 

Throat  forceps  Throat  lancet. 

Throat  scoop.  Dilator,  etc. 

Probang.  Sponge  holder. 

See  list  under  surgical  instruments,  "Mech.  Dict.^'et  infra. 
E-soph'a-gus  Bou'gie.  A  spiral  flexible  instru- 
Fig.  980. 


Esophagus  Bougie. 

ment  for  dilating  strictures  of  the  esophagus.  Made 
in  a  variety  of  sizes.  —  Dr.  Crawcour. 

Es'pou-line.  (Fr.)  The  pecu'iar  India  tex- 
ture of  the  Cashmere  shawl. 

Es-ther'mo-scope.  An  instrument  invented 
by  J.  W.  Osborne,  of  Washington,  D.  C.,  a  ther- 
moscope  of  peculiar  construction  to  {rive  expression 
to  the  aggregate  of  the  climatic  influences  which 
tend  to  affect  the  normal  temperature  of  the  body. 

See  Fig.  6368,  p.  2530.  "Mer/i.  Dirt."  Also  paper  by  Mr. 
Osborne  in  the  "  Proceedings  of  the  American  Association  for 
the  Advancement  of  Science,''  Detroit  meeting,  August,  1875. 
See  also  CLIMATOMETER,  p.  200,  supra. 

Es'the-si-om'e-ter.     See  ^ESTTTESIOMETER. 

Etched  E-nam'el.  (Glass)  A  process  of  or- 
namenting glass  by  laying  the  enamel  on  the  sur- 
face in  the  form  of  pa'ste,  and  then  etching  it  into 
designs  or  patterns  by  means  of  tools. 

Etch'ing.  (Glass.)  Etching  on  clear  and  dead 
white  ground  is  done  by  means  of  hydro-fluoric  acid. 

Combined  with  modern  photographic  processes 
which  allow  copies  of  prints  to  be  thrown  upon 
grounds,  reproductions  may  be  made  at  slight  ex- 
pense and  of  remarkable  beauty. 


Etching  on  glass 


'Srient/fic  American,"  xxxv.  199- 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  149. 


ETCHING. 


318 


EVAPORAMETER. 


A  fluid  made  by  Kesfler  of  Paris,  is  used  with  a  common  pen 
hi  etching  on  glass.  Shown  at  Paris  in  1878.  Kessler  is  said 
to  be  the  inventor  of  etching  on  giass  in  depolish  with  flu- 
oric acid. 

For  steel :  concentrated  acid 40 

Absolute  alcohol 

Nitric  acid 10 

~~60 


Or  :  dissolve  soda  .  .  . 
Iodide  of  potassium 
In  water  .  .  .  . 


20 

50 

400 

470 

For  copper:  fuming  nitric  acid 100 

Water 700 

Add  a  boiling  solution  of  chloride  potassium   .     .      20 
In  water 200 

For  zinc :  crushed  galls 40 

Water 660 

Strain  and  add  nitric  acid     ....        2 

Hydrochloric 3  —  Hen-burger. 

For  Fichtntr's  etching  proc.,  see"Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.200. 

( Ceramics.)  A  mode  of  ornamenting  ware  in  which  the 
glazed  surface  is  covered  with  a  varnish,  the  pattern  etched 
with  a  point,  the  exposed  glaze  "  bitten  "'  with  fluoric  acid, 
the  varnish  removed,  the  etched  lines  filled  with  some  strong 
color  or  gold,  and,  finally,  the  piece  re-fired  ;  the  glaze  soft- 
ening covers  and  holds  the  color. 

Practiced  by  Mr.  W.  Goode,  and  exhibited  by  Minton,  at 
Paris  Exposition,  1878. 

E'ther  In-ha'ler.  (Surgical.)  For  administra- 
tion of  the  vapor  of  ether  as  an  anaesthetic. 

Squibb's,  Allis's,  Chisolm''s,  Cheatham's,  Speir's,  Morton's, 
Junker's,  Figs.  400-406,  pp.  115  118,  Part  I.,  'fiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium Chirurgicum." 

See  also  p.  1184,  "Mech.  Diet.-'1 

Fig.  981. 


Ether  Inhaler. 

Fig.  981  is  Dr.  Morton's  ether  inhaler.  It  has  a  gaping 
mouth-piece,  A,  and  valves  B  C  to  allow  air  to  pass  through 
the  sponge  chamber  Also  valves  D  E  for  direct  passage  of 
air  through  the  instrument  without  being  impregnated  with 
ether.  This  valve  is  used  when  the  breathing  becomes  ster- 
torous, and  obviates  the  necessity  of  removing  the  instru- 
ment from  the  mouth. 

Eu'di-om'e-ter.  A  giis  testing  npparatus.  See 
EUDIOMETER,  p.  810,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Gas  testing  apparatus,  or  eudiometer  test. 
"American  Gas-light  Journal "    .     .*  July  3, 1876,  p.  3. 
See   also    FIRE-DAMP   TESTER;    GRISOUMETER,  infra;  COAL 
GAS  TESTER,  supra,  and  references  passim. 

Eus-ta'chi-an  Ca-nal'  In'stru-ments.  (Sur- 
gical.) For  treating-  the  canal.  Air  bag  for  inflating 
the  canal.  See  AIR  BAG. 

Inhaler  for  forcing  vapors  into  the  canal. 

Eustachian  spray  instrument. 

Eustachian  catheter. 

Nose  clamp  for  holding  the  catheter. 

Eus-ta'chi-an  Tube  Cath'e-ter.  (Surgical.) 
A  tube  for  following  the  course  of  the  eustachian 
tube,  acting  as  a  dilator  and  discharger. 

E-vac'u-a-tiiig  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 
An  instrument  for  discharging  the  debris  of 
calculi  after  lithopaxy,  Fig.  982. 

Bigelow's  instrument  consists  of  a  large  catheter,  preferably 
straight  with  a  distal  orifice,  the  extremity  of  which  is  shaped 
to  facilitate  its  introduction  and  during  suction  to  repel  the 


bladder  wall.  The  elastic  exhausting  bulb  acts  partly  as  a 
siphon.  Below  the  bulb  is  a  glass  receptacle  for  debris. 

Fig.  983   shows    Dr.  Joseph  j.j_  gg2 

Warren's  vermicular  pointed 
evacuating  tube.  Its  shape 
facilitates  introduction,  as  it 
rotates  when  passing  through 
the  urethra. 

E-v  a  p'o-r  a  m'e-t  e  r. 
An  instrument  for  deter- 
mining the  evaporation  at 
a  given  place. 

It  consists  of  a  flat  ves- 
sel of  known  urea  and  ca- 
pacity, in  which  rain,  etc., 
is  collected,  and  which  is 
either  measured  or 
weighed  to  determine  the 
loss  by  evaporation. 

The  apparatus  shown  at  Fig. 
1892,  p.  813,  "Mech.  Diet.,'' 
is  perhaps  better  adapted  for 
reservoir,  river,  or  tide  gage 
and  recorder,  than  strictly  for 
the  purpose  of  an  evaporameter. 

Erlcman,  of  Stockholm,  Swe- 
den, showed  at  the  Centennial 
Exhibition   in  1876  a  portable 
evaporameter  and  a  fixed  one    Bladder  Evanmting  Appa- 
resembhng  that  in  use  at  the  ratuv 

Karingo  Station  in  the  Skager 

Rack,  where  the  wind  has  free  access  from  all  quarters.  These 
evaporameters  are  circular,  shallow,  straight-sided  cisterns 
of  Portland  cement,  showing  a  surface  of  50'  square  (Swed- 
ish). The  observer  has  to  register  not  only  the  linear  sink- 
ing of  the  surface,  but  also  the  quantity  of  water  wLich  in 

Fig.  983. 


Evacuating  Tube. 

the  course  of  the  year  is  poured  into  or  drawn  off  from  each 
evaporameter.     A  small  channel  at  the  bottom  is  provided 

Fig.  987. 


Ragona's  Registering  Evaporameter. 


EVAPORAMETER. 


319 


EXERCISING   MACHINES. 


for  the  latter  purpose.     The  tests  for  height  of  water  are  by 
a  graduated  tubular  glass  stem,  or  a  plunger  rod. 

The  registering  evaporameter  of  Sig.  Kagona,  director  of 
the  Modc-na  Observatory,  consists  of  a  glass  vessel,  K,  Fig  984, 
containing  water :  it  is  placed  on  the  platform  of  a  balance 
of  which  the  arm  is  represented  by  B.  A  counterpoise  sus- 
pended by  the  cord  C  holds  the  vessel  in  equilibrium  ;  bat 
this  equilibrium  is  equitable,  as  the  contents  of  the  vessel 
are  continually  diminishing  by  evaporation,  so  a  second 
counterpoise,  adapted  to  an  eccentric,  is  disposed  (as  shown 
in  the  figure)  in  such  a  way  as  to  support  the  vessel  while  it 
diminishes  in  weight.  This  counterpoise  does  not  prevent 
the  vessel  containing  water  from  rising  with  the  rod  M,  which 
supports  it,  in  proportion  to  its  diminished  weight.  While 
ascending,  the  rod  M  carries  with  it  a  lead  pencil,  which 
traces  a  curve  on  the  surface  of  a  paper  cylinder,  which  is 
rotated  slowly  by  means  of  the  clock-work  O. 

E-vap'o-ra'tor.  See  illustrations  of  many  forms 
in  "Mech.  Diet.,"  *  pp.  811-813. 

Badoux's  evaporator  has  a  wheel  made  of  circu- 
lating tubes  and  carrying  series  of  coils  which  dip 
into  the  liquid  and  raise  it  to  be  evaporated  by  the 
air.  It  exposes  a  greater  surface  than  Schroder's, 
shown  at  D,  Fig.  1887,  p.  81 1,  "Mech.  Diet."  They 
both  act  upon  the  same  principle.  The  Badoux 
evaporator  is  used  in  sugar  and  glue  work. 

Fig.  985. 


Badoux's  Evaporator. 

Conk's,*  with  portable  furnace.  J\Ial/ft's  Report  on  Group 
III.,  vol.  iv.,  "Centennial  E.r/iibition  Reports,"  p.  55 

Bndoux's  evaporator,  Ibid.,  p.  56. 

tiillieux's  and  ('ail's  apparatus  for   sugar-house,  see  La- 
bnulaye's   " Dietionnaire  des   Art*  et  Munufartures,"  article 
"EKaporateur,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 
App.  for  salt,  Piccard,  Fr.,    *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2336,  2448, 

3982. 
Moistening  air,  Parmenter,  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  12,  p.  7 

3'ven  Scales.  Scales,  the  beam  of  which  is 
suspended  at  mid-length,  so  that  the  poise  and  the 
object  are  of  equal  weight. 

3-ver'sion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  1.  Feet 
eversion  apparatus.  See  CLUB-FOOT  APPARATUS  ; 
CURVATURE  APPARATUS. 

2.  Entropium  force/is ;  also  called  Trichiasis  for- 
ceps. Fig.  1877,  p.  805,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ex'ca-va'ting  Pump.  1.  A  form  of  dredging 
machine  in  which  the  water  pumped  draws  up  with 
it  silt,  mud,  sand,  etc.,  from  a  bar  or  shallow  river 
bottom.  See  DREDGE. 

2.  A  vault  emptier,  Fig.  584,  p.  187,  supra. 

Ex'ca-va'tor.  A  dredge,  digger,  scoop,  borer, 
pump,  as  the  case  may  be.  See  p.  814,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

See  also  the  following  references :  — 

Batt "Min$Sc.  P>-.,"  xxxvi.  49. 

Calais  Harbor *   'Engineer,"*  xlix   406. 

*  'Sc.  American  Sup  ,'r  3787. 
Chaplin,  Steam,  Br.      .    .    .  *  'Engineer,''  xlii.  378. 

*  'Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1009. 

'  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,''  xyi.  288. 


Cniirreux,  Danube     .     .     .     . 
Diaclc,  borer  and  bag,  Japan 


"Sf.  American  Sup  ,''  314. 

"Engineer,''  xliv.  291. 

".Sc.  American  Sup.,''  1631. 
Dunbar  If  Ruxton,  Steam,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  360. 
*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1378. 

Fourarres,  India *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  153. 

Fowler,  scoop,  Br.    .     . 


Kiml-Chaudron,  Belgium 
Ghent  ship  canal      .     . 


*  " Engineering, ''  xxv.  446. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  51. 
*"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1296. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  314. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  367  ; 

xl.  54. 

Price *"A/in.  if  Sc  Pr.,"  xxxiv-  347. 

Priestman,  Br *  "Engineer,'1'  1.  74. 

Reeves,  pump *  ".Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  8. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"1  1617. 
Ruston  Sf  Procter,  Br.    .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"1  xliii.  80. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1075. 

Ex-change'.  (Telephone.)  A  central  office  in 
which  the  wires  of  any  two  telephone  stations  are 
connected,  on  call  of  either. 

Ex-ci'sing  For'ceps.   (Dental.)   Gnawing  for- 

Fig.  986. 


Straight  Beak  Excising  Dental  Forceps. 

ceps,  for  cutting  off  projecting  parts  of  carious 
teeth. 

Ex'er-ci-sing  Ma-chines'.  The  Centennial 
Exhibition  of  Philadelphia,  1876,  and  the  Paris  Ex- 
position of  1878,  had  remarkable,  varied,  and  inge- 
nious appliances  for  the  exercising  of  the  muscles 
of  the  body. 

The  Mechanico-Therapeutic  Institution,  of  Stockholm,  es- 
tablished by  Dr.  G.  Zander  in  1836,  led  the  way  in  the  vari- 
ety of  its  apparatus,  a  part  only  of  which  was  shown  in 
Philadelphia.  The  full  set  consists  of  67  machines. 

17  machines  for  active  arm  movements. 

18  machines  for  active  leg  movements. 

9  machines  for  active  body  movements. 
23  machines  for  passive  movements. 

The  passive  movements  are  worked  by  a  steam-engine,  and 
consist  of  movements  as  follows,  applied  to  body,  head, 
limbs,  abdomen,  etc.  :  — 

Shaking.  Rubbing. 

Chopping  Swinging. 

Tapping  Balancing. 

Kneading  Expansion  of  the  chest. 

The  Mechanico-Therapeutic  Institution  is  open  from  the 
1st  of  October  to  the  1st  of  June,  4£  hours  daily  for  gentle- 
men, and  2  to  3  hours  for  ladies.  Every  patient  receives  a 
prescription  in  which  the  movements  to  be  performed  are 
enumerated,  and  the  number  of  the  graduated  scale  of  the 
machine  corresponding  to  the  force  or  the  need  of  the  pa- 
tient is  fixed.  12  movements  are  generally  performed  daily  ; 
after  12  days  all  or  a  part  of  the  movements  are  changed 
according  to  the  nature  of  the  case  treated. 

The  following  is  from  a  spectator-  "One  machine,  when 
its  handles  are  grasped  by  the  patient,  twists  the  arms  ;  an- 
other exercises  the  flexor  and  extensor  muscles  of  the  wrist, 
a  third  pulls  the  arms  back;  a  fourth  exercises  the  knee 
muscles;  a  fifth  exercises  the  muscles  which  carry  the  leg 
outward  :  and  a  sixth  exercises  the  ankle  muscles.  On  the 
seventh  the  patient  lies  down  and  is  shaken  up  so  that  the 
extensor  muscles  of  the  back  are  exercised.  Another  ma- 
chine is  very  complicated,  and  calculated  to  excite  some 
dismay  in  the  patient,  whose  'thorax  is  pulled  upward  by 
means  of  two  levers,  while  a  pad  makes  a  horizontal  pressure 
on  the  back.  The  trunk  is  thereby  elongated  a  few  inches, 
and  the  spine  and  walls  of  the  chest  are  stretched.'  There  is 
something  about  all  this  dismally  suggestive  of  the  rack. 
In  another  machine  the  patient  is  put  through  all  the  mis- 
ery of  horseback  riding  without  any  of  the  accompanying 
pleasures.  He  is  seated  on  a  saddle,  and  the  latter  then  be- 
comes possessed  of  a  desire  to  shake  him  off.  '  This  causes 
the  abdominal  viscera  to  be  kneaded  and  rubbed  together 
against  each  other  and  the  abdominal  walls.'  There  is  still 
another  machine,  consisting  of  a  couple  of  wheels  having 
peripheries  of  padded  bars.  These,  when  revolved,  serve  to 
warm  the  feet,  the  latter  being  pressed  against  them.  Lastly 
there  is  a  hammering  machine,  which  has  a  number  of  verti- 
cal beaters  which  are  set  in  rapid  vibration,  so  as  to  hammer 
the  patient  in  the  small  of  the  back  or  at  any  desired  point." 

Another  elaborate  display  in  Paris  was  from  the  Grand 
Qymnase  of  Eug.  Paz.  The  apparatus  is  very  complete,  each 


EXHAUST  CHAMBER. 


320 


EXPANSION  VALVE  GEAR. 


of  the  14  machines  being  capable  of  many  different  applica- 
tions (Eugene  I'az,  34  Rue  des  Martyrs,  Paris). 

Ex-haust'  Cham'ber.  A  chamber  in  the 
smoke-box  of  a  locomotive,  so  placed  as  to  prevent 
the  unequal  draft  of  the  tubes.  A  modification  of 

the  petticoat  pipe.     Pollock  $•  Williams. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement" *  2236. 

Ex-haus'ter.  An  aspirator,  exhaust-fan,  suc- 
tion-fan, known  by  many  names  according  to  con- 
struction or  purpose. 

For  plauing  mills     .  *  "Manvf.  and  Builder,"  ix.  125-129. 

Ex-haus'ter  Gov'er-nor.  (Gns.)  An  ar- 
rangement for  governing  the  speed  of  a  gas-ex- 
hauster engine  by  the  pressure  of  the  gas  within 
the.  governor,  i.  e.,  the  governor  is  self-acting,  the 
make  of  gas  being  made  to  regulate  the  speed  of 
the  engine.  When  the  charges  are  being  drawn 
from  the  retorts  the  production  is  small  and  the 
speed  of  the  engine  reduced.  When  the  gas  is 
generated  rapidly  the  pressure  of  the  gas  increases 
the  speed  of  the  engine.  See  GAS  EXHAUSTER, 
and  ci rations  passim. 

Ex-haust'  Noz'zle.  Shaw's  quietiug  arrange- 
ment for  exhaust  nozzles  of  locomo- 
tives is  shown  in  Fig.  987.  The  lower 
end  is  screwed  to  the  safety-valve  pipe, 
the  upper  is  closed  with  a  cap ;  the 
sides  are  bored  for  numerous  small 
tubes  to  equal  in  their  sum  the  total 
outlet  required.  The  effect  is  to  pre- 
vent the  loud  sound  of  escaping  steam. 

Brainerd's  exhaust  nozzle  for  locomotives 
has  a  sleeve  upon  the  nozzle  pipes  to  confine 
the  steam  to  issue  axially  and  create  full  draft 
through  the  cone  beneath  or  by  opening  side 
ports  to  deflect  the  relief  steam  into  the  cone 
chamber  and  decrease  the  effectiveness  of  the 
draft. 

"Scientific  American  '' .     .  *  xxxviii.  98,  262. 


Fig.  987. 


I 


Ex-haust'  Pu'ri-fi-er.  A  machine 
for  sorting  grain,  or  purifying  mid- 
dlings by  a  suction  draft,  as  distinct  from 
a  blower.  An  aspirator,  which  see. 

Ex-hi-bi'tion.  The  following  fig- 
ures are  given  as  to  the  number  of  ex- 
hibitors and  visitors  on  the  occasions 
named :  — 


London  .  ..  1851 

Paris    .  .  .  1855 

London  .  .  1862 

Paris    .  .  .  1867 

Vienna  .  .  1873 

Philadelphia  1876 

Paris  .  .  .  1878 


Exhibitors. 
13,917 
23,954 
26,653 
50,236 
20,205 


I 


IB 
j 
j 


P 


Visitors. 
6,039,195 
5,162,330 
6,211,103 
8,805  969      Quieting 
6,740,500  Blast  Nozzle. 
9,857,625 
16,159,719 


Ex-pand'ing  Chuck.  A  chuck,  the  jaws  of 
which  are  opened  or  closed  to  admit  objects  of  va- 
rying sizes.  See  DRILL  CHUCK  for  instances, 
though  other  chucks  have  simi- 
lar adjustment. 

Ex-pand'iiig  Cul'ti-va'- 
tor.  One  with  hinged  bars,  ca- 
pable of  being  spread  apart  at 
the  rear,  so  as  to  adjust  the 
width  of  tilth. 

Ex-pan'sion  En'gine.  A 
steam  engine  working  steam  ex- 
pansively. The  invention  of 
Wolff.  See  CUT-OFF;  EXPAN- 
SION VALVE. 

Ex-pan'sion  Hang'er.  A 
suspended  hanger  for  radiator 
pipes,  permitting  the  changes  in 
length  due  to  expansion  by  heat. 

Ex-pan'SlOU  Joint.    A  slip   Expansion  Pipe  Joint 


joint,  to  allow  the  contraction  or  extension  of  tubes 
incident  to  the  changes  of  temperature.  Applied 
to  coils  or  lines  of  steam,  hot  water,  or  condenser 
pipes. 

In  ordinary  instances,  it  has  a  cast-iron  body, 
with  brass  sleeve  and  screw  ends. 

Ex-pan'sion  of  Met'als  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An 
instrument  devised  by  Prof.  A.  M.  Mayer,  of  Ste- 
vens Institute,  for  the  purpose  of  determining  ex- 
perimentally the  co-efficient  of  expansion  of  metals 
and  alloys. 

The  bar,  whose  co-efficient  of  expansion  is  to  be  deter- 
mined, is  supported  on  standards  in  a  brass  tube,  which  is 
made  about  ^"  shorter  than  the  bar.  Against  the  ends  of 
the  bar  are  placed  rubber  washers,  which  are  perforated  so 
as  to  allow  the  ends  of  an  abutting  screw  and  a  rod  connect- 
ing with  the  moving  mirror  of  the  comparator  to  come  in 
contact  with  the  ends  of  the  bar.  Arrangements  are  pro- 
vided which  hold  the  washers  perfectly  water  and  steam 
tight  against  the  ends,  while  the  bar  is  perfectly  free  to  ex- 
pand or  contract  in  the  tube.  Inside  the  tube  are  support- 
ing springs,  which  relieve  the  standards  in  some  degree  from 
the  weight  of  the  bar. 

"Scientific  American  " *  xxxvii.  351. 

See  also  DEFLECTOMETER,  p.  249,  and  reference  there  cited. 

Ex-pan'sibn  Valve  Gear.  An  automatic 
apparatus  to  cut  off  live  steam  from  the  cylinder 
at  any  required  portion  of  the  stroke. 

The  Corliss  system  has  been  very  largely  adopted 
in  this  country  and  in  Europe,  and,  to  follow  the 
words  of  M.  de  Wilde,  may  be  defined  — 

"As  consisting  of  an  assemblage  of  parts,  acting  as  one 
upon  the  cylinder  valves  under  the  impulse  of  an  eccentric 
or  cam,  while  the  governor  of  the  engine  at  the  desired  mo- 
ment causes  the  separation  of  the  assemblage  into  two  dis- 
tinct portions,  of  which  one  continues  to  obey  the  action  of 
the  eccentric  or  cam,  while  the  other,  which  is  in  immediate 
contact  wj0h  the  valves,  escapes  from  its  influence  and  closes 
the  steam-port. ;1 

Hartnell's  expansion-valve  gear  consists  of  a  sensitive  gov- 
ernor acting  through  a  link  and  die  upon  an  expansion  cut- 
Fig.  989. 


Hartnell  Sf  Gut/trie's  Expansion-valve  Gear. 

off  valve  working  at  the  back  of  the  main  slide  valve,  the  or- 
dinary throttle  valve  is  dispensed  with,  and  the  speed  of  the 
engine  controlled  by  means  of  the  expansion  valve  which 
rctrulates  the  admission  of  steam  into  the  cylinder  exactly  in 
proportion  to  the  duty  performed  by  the  engine. 
See  also  CUT-OFF,  supra. 

Ashivorth *  " Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  438. 

Bt rx h of,  Hungary *  "Engrniering,''  xxix.  35. 

Brown,  Br *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  271. 

Calow,  Ger *  "  Engineering,"  xxx.  483. 

Crohn,  Br * '' Engineering,"   xxi.   616; 

*  xxx.  179. 

Collmnnn,  Ger *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  472. 

De  Negri *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  451. 


EXPANSION   VALVE   GEAR. 


321 


EXPLOSIVE   BULLET. 


Galloway,  Br *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvi.  241. 

Guinotle,Vi *  ThurMon's  ''Vienna  Kept.." 

iii.  63. 

Hartnell,Er *  "Engineering,"  xxii  474. 

Joy,  Br *  "Engineer,"  1.  114. 

*"EHginetri*g,>-  xxx.  179. 

Kaiser,  Br *  "Engineering,1'  xxx.  271. 

Knuttel *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  848. 

Marshall,  Br *  "Engineering,"    xxx.   127. 

271. 

Melvin,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  149. 

Proell,  Ger *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  416. 

Wi^f,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  423. 

Thompson,  "  Buckeye  ''  .     .     .  *  "  Engineer,''  xlii.  it>2. 
Winding  engines,  Essen   .     .     .  *  "Engineering"  xxx.  258. 

Walsc/iaert,  ttelg *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  159. 

Weatherkogg,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  3H2. 

*  "Sc.  American  .Si//?.,'1  962. 
Zimmermann-Walilmann,  Ger.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  205. 

Lemounier  iS:  Vallee  (Fr.)  *  Laboulai/e's  "  Dictionnaire  dfs 
Arts  et  Manufactures,'1  vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "Detente, 
Soupape  a." 

Ex-pan'sive  Hol'low  Au'ger.  One  having 
an  adjustability  for  cutting  round  tenons  of  vary- 
ing sizes.  See  page  185,  "Aleck.  Diet." 

Ex-plor'iiig  In'stru-ment.  1.  (Surgical.) 
A  diagnostic  instrument,  various  in  kinds  and  ap- 
plications. For  instances :  — 

Eustachian  canal Fig.  189,  Part  II. 

Exploring  trocar Fig.  181  c.  Part  III.  ; 

288-290,  Part  I. 

Small  trocar  and  acupuncture  for 
rectal  explorations Fig.  60S,  Part  III. 

Uterine  probes  and  sounds      .     .     .     Page  73,  Part  III. 

Bougies  for  exploring  urethral  stric- 
tures       Page  9,  Part  III. 

Exploring  director  for  bistouries     .     Page  135,  Part  I. 

All  in  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirmgicum.'' 

See  also  BULLET  SEEKRR  ;  PROBE  ;  SOUND  :  BOUGIE,  etc. ;  see 
List  under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  "  Mecli.  Diet.,''  et  infra. 

2.  (Dentistry.)  A  fine-pointed  probe,  right,  left, 
straight,  bent,  bayonet-shaped,  etc.,  for  testing  the 
depth  or  existence  of  cari1  s  in  teeth. 

Ex-plo'sion  Ma-chine'.  A  motor  which 
depends  for  its  force  upon  the  explosion  of  sub- 
stances generating  a  gas  which  is  used  under  pres- 
sure in  an  engine  or  apparatus. 

Several  gunpowder  engines  are  noticed  on  p.  1041,  "  Mech. 
Din  '• 

The  gunpowder  pile  driver  on  same  page. 

The  gas  engines  on  pages  'J48,  949,  Ibid. 

See  also  GAS  ENGINE,  iiifni. 

Lnboulayr'ls  "  Diction  inure,"1  ii. ,  article  "Explosion,"'  men- 
tions Brown's  machine,  1830,  and  that  of  Selligne,  1834; 
the  latter  for  moving  boats  without  the  intervention  of 
mechanism,  the  gases  issuing  at  the  stern  and  impinging  on 
the  water. 

Ex-plo'sives.  These  may  be  classed  general! v 
as  follows :  — 

Gunpowder. 
Gun  cotton. 
Nitro  compounds: 

Nitre-cellulose. 

Nitro-gliicose. 

Nitro-starch. 

Nitro-glycerine  and  its  compounds. 
Picric  acid  : 

A  trinitro-phenol. 
Fulminates  : 

Fulminating  mercury". 

Fulminating  silver. 

Chlorate  of  potassium  and  sulphide  of  antimony  ;  needle- 
guns  of  Germany. 

Sulphur  and  chlorate  of  potassium. 

Red  phosphorus  and  chlorate  of  potassium.  Armstrong'1.':. 

The  mixture  of  nitro-glycerine  with  dry  pulverized  ab- 
sorbent substances  has  given  rise  to  a  variety  of  explosives 
of  which  the  name  dynamite  is  perhaps  generic.  The  fol- 
lowing names  have  been  given  to  various  compositions,  or  the 
article  furnished  by  various  manufacturers.  Many  of  these 
names  are  found  in  their  alphabetical  places  in  the  present 
volume.  The  difference  between  the  articles  is  largely  in 
the  proportions  of  the  materials  :  — 


Dualin. 
Giant  powder. 
Hercules  powder. 


Jupiter  powder. 
Lignose. 
Mica  powder. 


Neptune  powder.  Titanite. 

Potentia  powder.  Titan  powder. 

Rendrock.  Vigorite,  etc. 

Sebastine.  Vulcan  powder. 

Thunderbolt  powder. 

The  report  of  the  United  States  Board  of  Army  Engineers 
presents  the  following  table  as  the  result  of  two  years'  trial 
of  the  relative  efficiency  of  the  various  modern  explosives, 
taking  ordinary  dynamite  as  the  standard  :  — 

Dualin Ill 

Hercules  powder,  No.  1 106 

Dynamite,  No-  1 100 

Rendrock 94 

Gun  cotton 87 

Dynamite,  No.  2 83 

Hercules  powder,  No.  2 8cJ 

Mica  powder 83 

Vulcan  powder 82 

Nitro-glycerin 81 

To  which  may  be  added  for  comparison  :  — 

Blasting  gunpowder,  No.  1 30 

See  also  table  by  Bertholet  on  p.  818,  "Merit.  Diet." 
Explosive  by  Prof.  Emerson  Reynolds,  Dublin :  — 

Chlorate  potassium 75 

Sulphurea 25 

The  latter  is  a  product  of  gas  manufacture. 
The  articles  may  be  stored  and  carried  separately  without 
any  danger,  and  the  article  produced  instantaneously  by  a 
comparatively  rough  mixture  of  the  components. 

See  Abbot's  report  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,''  vol. 
vi.,  Group  XVI.,  p.  52  et  seq.  Including  :  — 

Nitrates.  Pebble  and  pellet  powder. 

Chlorates.  Nitro-glycerine. 

Gun  cotton.  Picrates. 

Fulminates. 

Dussauce's  "Treatise  on  the  Fabrication  of  Matches,  Gun- 
cotton,  anil  Fulminating  Powder." 

Burgoyne,  "Blasting  and  Quarrying  of  Stone,  and  Blow- 
ing-vp  of  Bridges.''1 


iSc.  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  2,  102  ; 

xxxviii.210;  xxxix.  191, 

360  ;  xl.  259 ;  xlii.  276. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,-'  134,  2018, 

3874. 
"Eng.  *  Min.  J.,'1'  xxv.  346, 

361. 

See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 
Azotine.  Nitro-glycerine. 

Blasting  gelatine.  Papyroxyline. 

Breaking-down  machine.  Pebble  powder. 

Carbo-azotine.  Pebble-powder  machine. 

Cube  powder.  Pellet  powder. 

Diorrexine.  Pellet-powder  machine. 

Drying  house.  Petralite. 

Drying  stove.  Potentite. 

Dualin.  Poudre  brutale. 

Dusting  machine.  Powder  dusting  machine. 

Dynamite.  Powder  paper. 

Explosive  gelatine.  Powder-pressing  machine. 

Gelatine,  blasting.  Priming  machine. 

Glazing  barrel.  Prismatic  powder. 

Granulated-wood  powder.  Pyrophore. 

Granulating  machine.  Pyrophorus. 

Gravel  powder.  Pyroxyline. 

Gun  cotton.  Saltpeter  and  sulphur-grind- 

Gunpowder.  ing  mill. 

Gunpowder  machine.  Saltpeter,  sulphur,  and  char- 

Ilerakline.  coal  mixing  mill. 

Jelly  powder.  Sehastine. 

Johnite.  Squib. 

L.  S.  G.  Tonite. 

Lignose.  Vigorite. 

Nitro-gelatine.  Vulcan  powder. 

Ex-plo'sive  Bullet.   Two  explosive  bullets  are 
mentioned  under  BULLET,  p.  401, 
"'Mech.  Diet."  These  were  intended 
for  war,  but  the  military  service  of 
civilized  nations  has  not  been  dis- 

•raced  by  their  use  to  any  extent. 

The  Dougall  explosive  bullet  for  heavy 
game  is  made  thus  :  in  pouring  the  bullet 
a  small  copper  bottle  is  suspended  in  the 
center  of  the  mold,  so  that  it  is  inclosed 
by  the  lead  except  at  the  front  where  a 
tige  holds  the  bottle  and  forms  the  fu-  v ,_/„. ,-„.  vh,,, 
ture  charging  opening  It  is  charged  P  W 


Fig. 


EXPLOSIVE   BULLET. 


322 


EYE  BAR. 


with  pqual  parts  of  sulphuret  of  antimony  and  chlorate  of 
potassa,  or  with  common  powder,  and  primed  with  a,  fulmi- 
nate. It  is  used  for  elephant,  lion,  tiger,  and  alligator  shoot- 
ing especially. 

Ex-sec'tion  Iii'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  In- 
struments for  removing  sections  of  bone  by  sawing 
in  two  places,  or  by  circular  incision. 

Special  bow  saw.  Trephine. 

Metacarpal  saws.  Elevator. 

Chain  saw.  Kaspatory. 

Interosseous  saw.  Sequestrum  forceps. 

Circular  saw.  Antrum  drill. 

Chisels.  Kongeur. 

Hone  drills.  Retractors. 

Bone  forceps.  Subcutaneous  saw. 

Ex'sic-ca'tor.     A  dessicator,  wliich  see. 

Ex-ten'sioii  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  To  extend  a 
fractured  limb  in  order  to  maintain  the  coaptation 
of  parts.  See  COUNTER-EXTENSION  APPARATUS  ; 
EXTENSION  APPARATUS,  "Mech.  /Jict." 

Dr.  l*vi!s  adjustable-weight  leg  extension  apparatus. 

"Scientific  American  Sttpplmie.iit  "• *  ^101. 

Ex-ten'sioii     Meas'ur-ing     Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

An  instrument  for  measuring  minute  extensions, 
deflections,  and  compressions  by  means  of  a  multi- 
plying optical  arrangement. 

A  A  is  the  test-piece  ;  EB  clips  on  the  test-piece  carrying 
Fig.  991. 


Willis's  Measuring  Apparatus. 

pins  :  C  C,  weighted  drop  pieces  forming  connecting  rods  ;  D, 
a  telescope  fitted  with  a  cross  hair :  E  E,  two  mirrors  turning 
on  axes  These  have  each  a  line  across  them  for  ad.ju.-t- 
.  inent.  F  Fare  two  scales  carried  on  rails  on  a  beam  fixed 
to  the  roof,  so  that  they  can  be  adjusted  to  zero  for  any 
length  of  specimen.  In  looking  through  the  telescope  both 
scales  are  seen  at  once  reflected  in  E  E,  and  the  figure  on 
each  covered  by  the  cross  hair  is  that  which  is  read  oif  for 
each  strain.  If  both  readings  alter,  the  sum  of  the  change 
is  the  extension  of  the  bar.  The  short  scale  is  for  the  end 
of  the  specimen  next  the  lever  of  the  machine,  which  should 
not  move  sensibly,  but  which  does  move  small  amounts  due 
to  the  take-up  of  collars,  and  to  differing  positions  of  the 
steel-yard.  The  distance  from  the  scales  to  the  mirrors  is 
about  11'.  The  radius  of  the  levers  (t  G,  which  cause  the 
partial  rotation  of  the  mirrors  as  the  specimen  lengthens,  is 
about  \l"  with  the  doubling  of  the  angle  caused  by  reflec- 
tion ;  this  gives  a  total  magnifying  power  of  about  140  to  1. 
The  extension  between  certain  definite  points  only  on  the  bar 
is  measured  which  eliminates  errors  due  to  the  taking  up  of 
the  bearings  of  collars,  etc.  The  reading  is,  by  estimation, 
up  to  l-4l)uO".  See  also  TASEOMETER. 

Extension  measuring  upp., Willis,  Br.  *"  Engineer,''  xlvii. 
385. 
See  also  EXPANSION  OF  METALS  APPARATUS,  p.  320,  supra. 

Ex-ter'nal  and  In-ter'nal  Gages.  Stand- 
ard caliper,  ring,  plug  screw,  and  nut  gages  made 
to  exact  size  and  used 
for  measurement  and 
testing  accuracy  of  tem- 
plates, taps,  etc. 

The  system  may  Vie  said  to 
have  originated  with  Whit- 
worth,  but  is  now  carried  to 
great  accuracy  in  several 
countries.  In  one  case  the 
instruments  are  of  3  classes, 
on  a  scale  of  precision. 

Class  A  guaranteed  to 
1-25,000". 

Class  B  guaranteed  to 
1-10,000". 

Class  C  guaranteed  to 
1-5,000". 

Class  A  adjusted  at  75° 
Fah. ;  B  and  C,  60°  to  80 \ 
"  to  J"  in  length  ;  are  ar- 


Fig.  992. 


Standard  Caliper  Gage. 
They  have  a  parallel  fit  from 


ranged  by  sixteenths  of  an  inch  from  {"  to  2J"  ;  by  eighths 
to  4"  ;  by  fourths  to  larger  sizes.     Made  also  in  millimeters. 

Kig.  992.  External 
caliper  gage  for  turn- 
ing: crescent  pattern. 

Kig.  993  is  the  Hat- 
bar  pattern,  internal 
gage  :  for  boring. 

Plain  external  and 
internal  gages  are 
shown  under  CYLINDRI- 
CAL GAGE,  Fig.  772,  p. 
244, supra. 

Kig  994  shows  screw-  Standard  Internal  Gage. 

thread  gages,  external  and  internal. 

Ex'tir-pa'tion    For'ceps.     (Surgical.)     For- 


Fig.  994. 


ceps  having  on  each 
arm  double  claws 
for  reaching  around 
and  grasping  the 
eye-ball  in  the  op- 
eration of  extirpa- 
tion. 

Blitz's,  Fig.  80, /,  Part 
II.,  Tiemann's  "Annn- 
mentarium  Chirurgi- 
cum.'' 

Ex-tract'or. 

(Fire-arm.)  The 
device  which  with- 
draws the  spent 
cartridge  capsule  in 
the  motion  of  uncovering  the  breech  for  reloading. 

Ex'tra  Cur'rent.  (Electricity.)  The  appreci- 
able current  in  the  primary  coil,  which  is  due  en- 
tirely to  induction. 

Eye.  (Add.)  1. 
(Nautical.)  A  sheave 
for  a  rope  ;  sec  DEAD- 
EYE  ;  Bui- L'S  EYE; 
HEART.  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  (  Vehicles.)  The 
socket  on  a  shaft  or 
pole  which  connects 
with  the  clip  on  the 
axle. 

Eye,  Ar'ti-fi'cial. 
A  false  eye  for  per- 
sons, stuffed  animals, 
etc.,  and  dolls. 

Pole  and   Shaft  Eyes. 


Scrtw-lhrfail  Gages. 


Fig.  995. 


a.  Pole  eye. 

b.  Shaft  eye. 

c    Shaft  eye  plain. 

rf.  Completed  coupling. 


The  material  for  the  arti- 
ficial eye  is  a  rod  of  ejlass 
about  the  size  of  a  pencil. 
On  the  end  of  this  a  bulb 
is  blown  of  the  size  of  the 
eyeball  with  which  it  is 
to  match,  and  having  a 

slight  ovality.  At  the  place  for  the  iris  and  pupil  the  little 
sphere  is  flattened,  and  a  circular  patch  of  black  pigment 
placed  in  the  center  to  form  the  pupil.  The  painting  of  the 
iris  is  a  very  delicate  matter,  and  the  colors  and  proportion 
are  studied  from  the  sound  eye  of  the  patient.  With  enamel 
colors  from  a  palette  the  zone  around  the  pupil  is  colored, 
and  then  a  bulb  of  clear  crystal  glass  is  placed  over  it  to 
form  the  cornea,  flat  side  down,  and  is  fastened  by  fusing  its 
edge  by  the  blow-pipe  flame.  The  red  veins  of  the  ball  are 
imitated  from  the  sound  eye,  being  fine  films  of  red  glass 
laid  on,  and  subsequently  fused.  The  fitting  to  the  slump, 
as  the  remaining  portion  of  the  ball  is  termed,  is  a  matter  of 
great  nicety. 

Eyes  for  birds,  etc.,  are  made  in  great  quantity,  both  for 
museums  and  for  the  dressing  of  ladies:  hats.  Finch,  hum- 
ming-bird, partridge,  pheasant,  blue  creeper  (African),  ami 
scarlet  tanager,  are  among  the  most  common.  Eves  for 
foxes,  stags,  rocking-horses,  wax  figures,  prize  animals  ami 
winners,  trophies  of  the  chase,  dolls,  are  also  made  in  large 
quantities,  varying  from  1  cent  per  dozen  to  75  cents  per 

Siemens'  sensitive  artificial  eye,  *  " Sc.  American,''  xxv.  374. 
Eye  Bar.  An  iron  bar,  with  a  round  eye  at 
each  end  usually.  Much  used  in  iron  bridge  bnild- 
ing.  Machine  for  drilling  eyes;  Fig.  854,  p.  269, 
sujira. 


EYE   BLOCK. 


323 


FABRIC. 


Eye  Block.  A  tackle  block  with  an  eye  or 
loop  above,  for  shackle  or  lashing. 

Eye  Douche.  (Surgical*)  An  apparatus  for 
sending  a  fine  shower  of  water  upon  the  eye.  Ag- 
new's  has  an  elevated  pan,  hung  upon  a  hook,  and 
a  caoutchouc  tube  with  spray  nozzle. 

Fig.  95,  p-  27,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Cki- 
rur^icum." 
See  also  EYE  CUP,  p.  819,  "Meek.  Diet.'* 

Eye  Fer'rule.     A  thimble  with   an  eye  loop. 
Used  with  swingle  trees,  and  for          f.     g9g 
many  other  purposes. 

Eye  Glass.  (Add.)  A  single 
myopic  or  presbyopic  glass  worn 
in  the  eve. 


A  double  glass  with  a  spring  in  a  pince- 
nez.  See  Fig.  1909,  p.  819,  "Meek. 
Diet."'  Also  SPECTACLES,  Fig.  5355,  p. 
2258,  Ibid. 

Bletken's  eye-glass. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  6.        Eye   ferrule. 

Eye  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.]  These  are 
for  diagnosis  and  exploration,  operation,  prothesis. 
See  under  the  general  heads,  l>,  e,f,  g,  h  ;  and  un- 
der the  special  titles  in  following  list :  — 
a.  Instruments  for  operating  on  the  lids  and  lachrymal  ducts :  — 
Entropium  forceps.  Depilating  forceps. 

Triehiasis  forceps.  Eye  speculum. 

Eyelid  tourniquet.  Eyelid  retractor. 

Cilia  forceps.  Lachrymal  duct  dilator. 

Eyelid  compressor.  Drop  glass. 

Cai»:tlicula  dilator.  Lachrymal  syringe. 

Prohe.  Suhpalpebral  syringe. 

Kyo  syringe.  Lachrymal  gouge. 

Conjunctiva  forceps.  Fistula  knife. 

Cauterizing  canula.  Canalicula  syringe. 

Bistoury  cache.  Needle  forceps. 

b.  Strabismus  instruments. 
c.  Fixation  and  extirpation  instruments :  — 
Fixation  hook  Extirpation  forceps. 

Fixation  forceps.  Double  hook. 

Tumor  Forceps.  Ophthalmostate. 

Pamard's  pique.  Lid  forceps. 

d.  Instruments  for  removing  foreign  bodies  from  the  eye: 
Spud.  Spatula. 

Needle.  Curette. 

Gouge.  Spoon. 

Hook.  Eye  douche. 

Couching  needle.  Forceps. 


Fig.  997. 


e.  Conjunctiva  instruments. 

f.  Corneal  instruments. 

g.  Cataract  instruments. 

h.  Iris  instruments.     Itidectomy  Instruments. 

Eyelet  Grom'met.     A  worked  hole  in  a  sail, 
reenforced  by  an  eyelet.     See  GROMMET. 

Eye'-piece  In'di-ca'tor.  A  small  pointer  with 
lateral  movement  in  the 
eye-piece  of  the  top  lens, 
for  pointing  out  any  partic- 
ular portion  of  an  object 
under  view. 

The  eye-piece  microme- 
ter is  adjusted  across  the 
line  of  sight,  and  its  cross 
markings  divide  the  field 
into  squares  of  known  size. 

Eye-piece,  microscopic. 

*  "Manuf.  4"  Builder,"  xi.  37. 
Telescopic,  Nystrom. 

*  "Sc   American  Sup.,"  101. 


a.  Kye-piece  Indicator. 
6.  Eye-piece  Micrometer. 


Eye  Pro-tec'tor.  Glasses,  goggles,  or  gauze 
worn  over  the  eyes. 

Smoke,  or  other  colored  glasses,  to  moderate  the  light ; 
goggles  to  exclude  side  light;  gauze,  to  exclude  dust  and 
cinders.  See  SPECTACLES,  p.  2358,  "MecA.  Diet."1 

The  coquille  glass  is  egg-shell  shaped. 

Millers'  and  turners'  glasses  are  merely  white  panes  of 
glass  or  mica,  to  protect  the  eyes  from  chips.  See  also  GOG- 
GLES, Fig.  2263,  p.  991,  Ibid.  Also  IRIS  DIAPHRAGM,  Fig 
2697,  p.  1195,  Ibid. 

hood   or   vizor 


(Optics.)     a.  A 

Fig.  998. 


Eye  Shade. 

over  the  eyes  to 
protect  from  up- 
per light. 

b.  A  hood  fixed 
on   the  eye-piece 
of   a    microscope 
to  prevent  lateral 
rays   from  enter- 
ing the  eye. 

c.  A  piece  fitted 
around  the  cap  of 

the  eye-piece  of  a  microscope,  and  intercepting  the 
view  of  that  eye  which  is  not  in  use  ;  in  order  to 
prevent  the  distraction  of  the  attention,  or  obviate  the 
necessity  for  the  muscular  closing  of  the  unused  eye. 


Eye  Shade  (c). 


F. 


Fab'ric.     (Falric.)     A  woven  or  felted  goods. 
The  character  depends  upon  the  material  and  the 
armnre  or  character  of  the  weave. 
Varieties  of  armure  :  — 

1.  Taffeta  with  2  harnesses. 

2.  Twilled  with  4  harnesses. 

3.  S&f/e  with  3  harnesses. 

4.  Satin  with  5  or  more  harnesses. 
Different  effects  are  produced  — 

By  derivatives  from  these  fundamental  tissues. 

By  greater  or  less  torsion  of  the  threads. 

By  the  direction  in  which  the  yarns  are  twisted. 

By  variations  in  the  relative  sizes  of  the  warp 
and  weft  threads. 

By  causing  the  weft  to  pass  alternately  over  two 
threads  and  one  thread  of  the  warp ;  making  a 
rep  or  corded  tissue. 

By  different  materials  of  warp  and  weft. 

By  colors. 

By  mixtures  of  materials  in  the  yarn. 

By  printed  threads  making  hit-or-miss,  or  mix- 
tures. 


By  looping  threads,  to  make  pile  fabrics ;  and  cut- 
ting or  non-cutting  the  loops. 

By  printing. 

By  dyeing. 

By  floating  the  weft  to  make  dots,  spots,  stripes, 
or  figures. 

By  character  of  material,  as  of  soft  and  fine  wools 
or  of  hard  and  lustrous  combing  wools. 

By  two  or  more  warps  which  are  brought  to  the 
surface  as  required  by  the  figure. 

By  setting  up  bands  of  colors  or  varying  yarns  in 
the  warp  to  form  stripes. 

By  adding  to  the  last  mentioned  a  similar  ar- 
rangement in  the  weft  to  make  checks  or  plaids. 

By  combinations  of  the  crossing  threads  which 
occur  at  variable  places. 


See  Aino  cloth. 
Algerine. 
Alpaca. 
Alpaga. 
Alpine. 
Anacostia. 
Armure. 


Arras. 

Australian  crape. 

Baize. 

Barege. 

Basket. 

Batavia  weave. 

Baudekin. 


FABRIC. 


324 


FAIENCE. 


Biaretz. 

Bolivar. 

Bomba/ane. 

Bourdalisandre. 

Brilliuntine. 

Brocade. 

Buckiaun. 

Burlaps. 

Calico. 

Cambric. 

Camel's  hair. 

Cannel. 

Cashmere. 

Cashmere  de  beige. 

ChalliR. 

Chambery  gauze. 

Chinchilla. 

Chintz. 

Circassienne. 

Cordwain. 

Cotton. 

Cramoisy. 

Crape  of  Spain. 

Cretonne. 

Cypresse. 

Damask. 

Debeige. 

Delaine. 

Diagonal. 

Diaper. 

Dimity. 

Drap  d'AIma. 

Drap  d'Alpes. 

Drap  d'Nationelle. 

Drap  cl'lSte. 

Drugget. 

Duck. 

Km  press. 

^pensjline. 

Eplngle. 

Frieze. 

Fustian. 

Gauze. 

Gingham 

Grenadine. 

Grisaille. 

Henrietta  cloth. 

Hernani. 

Imperial  silk  serge. 

Jean. 

Jupon. 

Kerseymere. 

Knickerbocker. 

Lindsey-wolsey. 


Llanos. 

Luster. 

Manteau. 

Metelasse. 

Melango. 

Merino. 

Merino  tulle. 

Mexican  cloth. 

Mohair. 

Mohair  glac6. 

Moire. 

Moulleton. 

Mousseline. 

Mou.sselin  de  beige. 

Mozambique. 

Muslin. 

Nankeen. 

Palampore. 

Paramatta  cloth. 

Pongee. 

Poplin. 

Punjam. 

Kayne. 

Hep. 

S.ilampore. 

Sarsnet. 

Satin. 

Satine. 

Satin  weare. 

Si-ndal. 

Serge. 

Serge  armure. 

Sicilienne. 

Siclatoun. 

Sindon. 

Taffeta. 

Taffetas. 

Taffetas  armure. 

Tamise 

Tamise  rep. 

Tars. 

Tissue. 

Toile  de  Saxe. 

Turenne  cloth. 

Turquoise. 

Tusser  silk. 

Twilled  armure. 

Valencia. 

Velours. 

Veloutine. 

Velvet. 

Vigogne. 

Vode. 

Worsted. 


Face.     (Mining.)     The  end  of  a  drift  or  tunnel. 

Face  Ham'mer.  (Masonry.)  One  with  one 
blunt  and  one  cut- 
ting end.  The  lat- 
ter used  for  roughly 
squaring  stones  pre- 
paratory to  the  use, 
of  finer  tools. 

Face  Lathe.  1 . 
A  pattern-maker's 
lathe  for  turning 
bosses,  core  prints, 
and  other  face  work. 
The  instance  shown 
works  up  to  16"  di- 
ameter, and  stands 
on  2'  X  2'  on  the 
floor.  The  spindle 
is  of  steel,  with  brass 
bearings. 

2.  A  lathe  with  a 
large  face-plate  and 

a   slide   rest   adiust- 

,  ,     .      t  J    ..  Face  Lathe. 

able  in  front  on  its 

own  shears.     Transverse  usually  but  not  necessa- 
rilv. 


Fetu  If  Deliege,  Fr. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  117. 


Face'-plate.  ( Add.)  2.  A  covering  plate  for 
an  object  to  receive  wear  or  shock. 

Fa'cing  Ma-chine'.  (Milling.)  A  machine 
for  dressing  the  faces  or  lands  of  mill  stones;  that 


is,  the  spaces  between  furrows.  A  furrowing  ma- 
chine. See  MILL-STONE  DKESSEK. 

Fa'cing  Tool.  See  COKUNDUM  TOOL;  MILL- 
STONE DKESSER. 

Fac-sim'i-le  Print'ing  Pro'cess.  A  term 
including  the  various  systems  of  printing  from  a 
pad  —  usually  of  glycerine  and  gelatine  —  upon 
which  the  original  writing  in  aniline  ink  has  been 
transferred.  See  COPYOHAPH  ;  COPYING  PENCIL; 
HECTOGRAPH  ;  and  other  titles  there  cited. 

Fac-sim'i-le  Tel'e-grapt.  One  reproducing 
autograph  messages. 

Sawyer11*  autographic  telegraph  ;  also  called  copying  tele- 
graph, pantelegrnpk,  panlograpkir  telegraph,  was  described 
and  illustrated  in  "Telegrapher,''  1876;  reproduced  in  "Sci- 
entific American  Sup  ,"  *3i)2.  See  also  "Iron  Age,"  xviii., 
July  20,  p.  3. 

It  operates  by  placing  the  thin  plate  containing  the  trans- 
ferred message  upon  a  cylinder  at  the  transmitting  end  and 
a  sheet  of  chemically  prepared  paper  around  a  similar  cylin- 
der at  the  receiving  end.  As  the  cylinders  are  moved  along 
by  threads,  the  synchronous  styles  are  carried  around  the 
cylinders  and  make  the  synchronous  contacts  as  the  trans- 
mitting style  crosses  the  lines  of  writing.  See  AUTOGRAPHIC 
TELEGRAPH,  "  Merh.  Diet.,''  et  sui/ra.  See  nlso  ELECTRIC 
WRITING  APPARATUS,  supra,  and  PANTELEGRAPH,  infra. 

D'Arlincourt     .     .     "Jour.  Soc.  Telegr.  Eng'rs.,"  viii.  15. 

Fa'ger-sta  Steel.  Steel  made  by  the  partial 
decarbonization  of  crude  cast  iron  containing  a  con- 
siderable portion  of  manganese,  by  running  the 
molten  iron  direct  from  the  blast  furnace  into  a 
Bessemer  converter,  where  the  carbon  and  man- 
ennese  are  partially  removed  by  being  burned  out 
by  the  oxygen  of  the  air  used  in  the  Bessemer  pro- 
cess This  leaves  in  the  metal  the  required  amount 
of  carbon  and  manganese  to  render  it  suitable  for 
use.  The  usual  Bessemer  practice  is  first  the  re- 
moval of  all  the  carbon  and  afterward  to  recarbon- 
ize  with  spiegeleisen,  which  is  a  compound  of  iron, 
carbon,  and  manganese. 

"Iron  Age  " xix.,  Feb.  1,  p.  15. 

Fag'got-ed  Ax'le.  One  made  of  a  pile  of  bars 
or  rods  tilted. 

Faience  (pr.fa-ian-s).  (Ceramics.)  Enameled 
pottery.  There  are  two  species  of  faience  .  the 
common  faience  (fa  fence  commune)  which  is  a  soft 
paste,  and  the  tine  faience  (J'a'ience  Jine)  which  has 
a  hard  paste. 

1.  COMMON  FA'I'ENCE  is  supposed  to  have  originated  in  Per- 
sia, having  been  brought  thence  by  the  Saracens  and  intro- 
duced into  Africa  and  Spain. 

The  stanniferous  glaze  which  distinguishes  fa'i'ence  (pot- 
trie  emaillces)  from  the  ordinary  pottery  with  plombiferous 
glaze  (poterie.  ttnrJre  rernissee*)  was  known  to  the  Egyptians 
and  to  the  Mesopotamiun  nations  ;  but  the  art  of  enameling 
ceramic  ware  and  tiles  seems  to  have  been  again  invented 
by  successive  persons. 

The  stanniferous  enamel  ware  of  the  Saracens  of  the  12th 
century  is  very  famous,  being  in  extremely  brilliant  colors. 
The  tiles  known  as  Azulejos,  and  the  Hispano-Moresque 
pliquesand  vases  are  also  celebrated.  The  Saracenic  pottery 
of  the  island  of  Majorca  gave  a  name  to  the  ware  majolica. 
The  mezza  majolica  of  the  15th  and  16th  centuries  had  a 
leaden  glaze.  See  MEZZA  MAJOLICA. 

The  name  faience  comes  from  Faenza,  in  Italy,  a  town 
celebrated  for  its  wares,  and  the  most  famous  potter  on  the 
peninsula  is  Luca  della  Robbia,  of  Florence,  who  flourished 
about  the  middle  of  the  15th  century.  He  rediscovered  the 
stanniferous  enamel  which  soon  largely  superseded  the  pre- 
viously used  lead-glaze,  which  still,  however,  held  its  place 
for  common  ware,  as  it  does  to  this  day  ;  the  third  order  in 
the  first  class  of  Brogniart's  classification.  See  POTTERY. 

French  faience  took  its  rise  with  the  admirable  Bernard 
Palissy,  of  Saintes,  about  1535.  His  work  had  raised  deco- 
rations, principally  of  aquatic  subjects,  such  as  fish,  lizards, 
shells,  and  water  plants.  He  died  in  the  Bastile  for  his 
faith. 

Common  fa'ence  has  a  soft  body  (pate  tendre),  and  a  tin 
glaze,  colored  with  various  metallic  oxides,  and  is  twice 
fired.  The  body  is  composed  of  plastic  clay,  argillaceous 
marl,  and  sand.  The  clays  are  washed. 

The  following  proportions  are  those  of  M.  Bastenaire  d' 
Audeuard :  — 


FAIENCE. 


325 


FAIENCE. 


Silex  .... 
Ferruginous  clay 
Carbonate  of  lime 


White  Faience.  Brown  Faience.   ! 
0.35  0.38 

0.58  0.57 

0.07  0.05 


1.00 


1.00 


The  fashioning  is  done  by  molding  or  on  the  wheel,  ac- 
cording to  the  character  of  the  object.  The  baking  of  the 
green  ware  is  done  in  a  kiln  at  a  temperature  from  a  cherry -red 
to  a  black-red,  and  the  subsequent  tiring  after  enameling  at 
a  somewhat  higher  temperature.  The  first  firing  is  fre- 
quently done  in  the  same  kiln  at  a  point  more  remote  from 
the  ingress  of  the  flame. 

The  ware  in  the  kiln  is  inclosed  in  some  way  ;  the  modes 
diil'er.  The  style  known  in  France  as  Penfourntment  en  echap- 
jini/i ,  cmisists  in  building  up  within  the  kiln  a  series  of  stories 
with  refractory  Hat  tiles  and  perpendicular  supports,  the  ware 
being  thus  in  cells,  where  it  rests  on  the  tiles  directly,  or  on 
the  points  or  edges  of  little  prisms,  or  tripods  (colijich.es)  of 
refractory  clay.  See  SKGGIR. 

See  Figs.  3SS2,  3i*26,  3^27,  "Meek.  Diet.''  Also,  Figs.  2169, 
2180,  Lahoulaye's  "Dictioniiairt,"  ed.  of  1877,  tome  iii.,  cap- 
tion "Poicrie."  For  the  system  of  inclosure  iu  the  kiln, 
see  SEGGAR,  p.  2089,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Another  system  is  called  I'tnfoiirnement  t.n  cazette  a  per- 
ne'ies,  and  consists  of  a  seggar  in  which  the  dishes  or  plates 
are  supported  by  shifting  ledge  pieces  which  tit  into  grooves 
around  the  inside  of  the  cazetle,  or  tire-cUy  box.  See  SEGGAR. 

The  enamel  for  brown  faience  is  composed  of  :  — 

Minium 0  52  to  0.53 

Peroxide  of  manganese 0.07  to  0.05 

Common  brick,  pulverized 0.41  to  0.42 

l.i  10      100 

The  enamel  for  white  fa'.'ence  is  of  two  kinds,  differing 
principally  in  the  proportion  of  tin  in  the  metallic  oxides 
which  form  an  ingredient  in  the  frit. 

Hard  Enamel.    Soft  Enamel. 

Oxide  of  lead  I  NO   1   I  °'77      No  2  I  °'82 

Oxide  of  tin    |      '     '     '     :No<1-{u.23      No'  J    0.18 


1.00 
0.45 


1.00 


Take  of  :  No.  1 

No.  2 

Minium 0.02 

Washed  quartz  sand  .     .  0.45 

Marine  salt 0.05 

Soda  of  Alicante  .     .     .  0.03 


0.45 

0.45 
0.07 
0.03 


1.00  1.00 

Color  is  given  by  Naples  yellow,  lazuli,  manganese,  or  cop- 
per scales. 

The  ingredients  are  brought  to  an  impalpable  powder  and 
then  to  a  fine  creamy  condition  in  which  the  slip  is  aspersed 
over  the  object,  or  the  latter  is  dipped  into  it. 

Common  fa  ence  is  much  employed  for  wall  and  floor  tiles, 
stoves,  chimney  plaques,  etc.,  for  which  purpose  any  ten- 
dency to  crack  with  the  heat  may  be  avoided  by  giving  more 
fusibility  to  the  paste  by  the  addition  of  lime  or  alkali,  but 
the  addition  of  lime  in  any  great  quantity  makes  them  apt 
to  split  with  sudden  variations  of  temperature. 

2.  FINE  F.UENCK,  otherwise  known  as  English  faience,  or 
Enx/is/i  i-hiiui,  is  a  ware  of  MM  en'irely  different  description 
from  common  faTcnee  :  it  is  an  English  discovery,  and  the 
best  qualify  is  still  made  there.  It  is  the  invention  of  \Vil- 
liam  \Vedge\vood,  born  at  liurslem,  in  Staffordshire,  in  1730. 

Fin r  ^hii-nre  is  characterized  by  an  opaque  white  paste, 

ii leiise  texture,  and  sonorous  quality.  It  is  essentially 

composed  of  a  washed  plastic  clay,  calcined  flint,  or  finely 
ground  quartz. 

The  glaze  is  a  fritted  compound  of  silex,  soda,  oxide  of 
lead,  with  the  addition  sometimes  of  boracic  acid 

There  are  three  principal  compositions,  the  names  of  which 
nignify  the  use  of  notable  quantities  of  certain  ingredients  in 
the  respective  pastes. 

a.  Calcareous  or  pipe-clay  faience.    (Schumann.) 

Pipe-clay 0.854 

Silex 0.130 

Chalk 0.016 

1.000 

b.  Flint  faience.    (Oppenheim  and  Hastenaire.) 

Pipe-clay  of  Montereau  or  Dreux      .     .     .    0.87 
Silex 0.13 

1.00 
Or  :  (Oppenheim  and  St.  Amans.) 

English  pipe-clay 0.87 

Silex 0.13 

1.00 


c.  Feldspathic  faience.     (St.  Amans.) 

English  pipe-clav 0.62 

Kaolin  ..." 0.16 

Silex 0.19 

Feldspar 0.03 

1.00 
Or:  for  "  Cream  color."    (St.  Amans.) 

English  pipe-clay 0.82 

Silex 016 

Feldspar 0.02 

1.00 
Or:  (AiUcn.) 

English  pipe-clay 0.64 

Kaolin 0.16 

Silex 0'16 

Feldspar 0.04 

1.00 

Chalk  is  present,  however,  in  all  the  pastes,  as  it  is  an  in- 
cident to  the  clay  and  the  flint. 

The  materials  are  washed,  ground  extremely  fine,  sifted, 
made  into  a  slip  which  is  strained,  the  pulp  condensed  by 
heat,  and  laid  in  cellars  to  ripen:  after  the  manner  of  the 
Chinese,  who  use  the  clay  prepared  by  their  fathers,  and 
prepare  a  new  batch  for  the  coming  generation. 

The  paste  is  fine,  plastic,  and  easily  worked,  and  the 
pieces  are  made  on  the  wheel  with  templets,  gage  slips,  etc.  ; 
but  many  parts,  such  as  handles,  are  made  in  molds  and  at- 
tached. Objects  not  symmetrical  are  either  molded,  or,  as 
in  convoluted  work,  thrown  and  then  pressed  to  form. 

The  green  ware  is  baked  in  the  faVence  kiln,  and  the  bis- 
cuit is  treated  with  the  glaze  slip  either  by  immersion  or 
sprinkling.  The  following  are  some  recipes  for  the  glazes  of 
the  respective  wares  cited  above  as  a,  4,  c. 

a.  Glaze  for  pipe-clay  fa'.'ence.    (Schumann.) 

Calcined  feldspar 0.07 

Sand 0.31 

Minium 030 

Litharge 0.27 

Borax 003 

Flint  glass 0.02 

1.00 
Or:  (Bastenaire-d'Audenard.) 

Quartzose  sand 0.36 

Minium 0.45 

Carbonate  of  soda 0.17 

Niter 0.02 

Cobalt  blue 0.00001 


1.00 

(Aiken.)  (Bastenaire.) 

0  40  0.42 

Minium 0.23  0.26 

Borax 023  0.21 

Carbonate  of  soda     .     .     .    f.14  0.11 

Cobalt  blue      .    .         .     .    0.00001  000001 


b.  Glaze  for  flint  fa'i'ence. 
Feldspathic  sand  . 


1.00  1.00 

c.  Glaze  for  feldspathic  fa'i'ence.   "  Cream  color/'   (Aiken.) 

Flinty  kaolin 0.25 

gilex 0.13 

Oxide  of  lead 0.52 

Flint  glass 0.10 

1.00 
For  printed  fa'i'ence.    (Shaw.) 

Flinty  kaolin 0.28 

Silex 016 

Carbonate  of  lime 0  04 

Oxide  of  lead 0.30 

Boracic  acid 0.06 

Carbonate  of  soda 016 

1.00 

The  small  quantity  of  cobalt  blue  in  some  of  the  above 
glazes  is  merely  to  correct  the  yellow  color. 

The  decree  of  heat  in  the  final  firing  of  the  three  classes 
of  fine  faVence  above  noted  are  respectively  :  — 

Pyrometric. 

a.  The  pipe-clay  biscuit  and  glazed  ware      .     26°  to  30° 

b.  The  flinty  biscuit 60° 

The  flinty  ware 12° 

c.  The  feldspathic  biscuit 100° 

The  feldspathic  ware 20°  to  30° 

The  setting  of  the  green  ware  or  the  glazed  article  in  the 
kiln  is  by  the  same  means  as  described  under  common  fa'i'- 
ence (2).  See  SEGGAR. 

The  fa'i'ence  kiln  of  Staffordshire,  Fig.  3926,  p.  1779,  "Mer.h. 
Diet.,'"  is  inclosed  in  a  large  dome,  which  serves  to  conduct 


FAIENCE. 


326 


FARE   WICKET. 


Fig.  1000. 


upward  the  smoke  anJ  flame  issuing  at  the  openings  of  the 
kiln  proper.  The  furnaces  are  d  alundier,  so  called,  proba- 
bly, from  the  way  the  fuel  is  supported  on  the  grate.  The 
furnaces  are  placed  around  the  base  of  the  kiln,  and  the 
draft  is  downward  through  a  furnace  hole  into  the  fire,  and 
thence  by  ducts  below  the  floor  and  chimney  to  the  kiln 
chamber.  See  Fig.  36,  p.  20,  supra. 

Faience  d'Oi'ron.  (Ceramics.)  Also  known 
as  Henri  Deux  ware.  Attributed  to  a  private  pot- 
tery establishment,  the  atelier  of  Helene  cle  Ilan- 
ge>t-Genlis,  widow  of  Arthur  Gotiffier,  and  after- 
wards carried  on  by  her  son.  Evidently  a  labor  of 
love  and  art  devotion. 

Biscuit  of  fine  clay  is  graven  and  the  lines  filled 
in  with  colored  clays,  the  object  glazed  and  fired. 
It  is  very  rare.  See  HENRI-!)EUX  WARE. 

Faience  Stan'ni-fere.  (Ceramics.)  Ware 
with  glaze  of  oxide  of  tin. 

Fake.  A  coil  or  disposition  of  rope  in  zig-zag, 
so  as  to  run  free  when  let 
go,  or  when  a  shot  attached 
to  one  end  of  the  line  is  fired, 
as  in  life-saving  apparatus 
for  stranded  vessels. 

Fak'ing  Box.  (Life-snv- 
ing  Apparatus.)  A  box  to 
contain  the  lines  for  shot  fir- 
ing to  communicate  with 
stranded  vessels.  A  fake  is 
a  coil  of  rope;  it  is  usually 
a  helix,  and  anumberof  such 
built  one  upon  another  form 
a  tier.  In  the  faking  of 
ropes,  however,  in  the  life- 
saving  apparatus  the  fakes 
assume  another  form  to  en- 
able  the  rope  to  pay  out  with 
the  least  impediment,  so  as 
to  allow  good  range  of  the 
projectile  without  excessive 
charge  and  also  avoid  break- 


Fan  Forge.  A  transportable  form  of  forge  and 
fan  is  shown  in  Fig.  1001.  It  has  tool-chest,  two 
vises,  and  weighs  800  pounds.  See  BLOWER  ; 
FORGE  ;  BELLOWS,  etc. 


a.  French  faking. 
6.  Whale  faking. 
c.  Chain  faking. 
el.  Fake  basket. 


age  of  the  shot  line.  ''Ordnance  Report,"  1878,  Ap- 
pendix P,  p.  200  et  seq.  Also,  p.  260. 

Fall'er.  (Add.)  '2.  A  vertical  stamp  in  a  full- 
ing, milling,  or  stamping  machine  ;  usually  lifted  by 
cams  and  allowed  to  drop  vertically  and  endwise. 
See  STAMPING  MILL.  See  also  BEETLING  MA- 
CHINE, supra. 

Fuller  motion  (spinning),  see  page  824,  "Mech. 
Diet." 


Faller  motion  (mule) 


*  "Engine>ring,"  xxx.  511,  Figs.  13 
to  17. 


Fall'er  Ma-chine.  A  machine  with  vertical 
stamps  or  fallers,  used  in  milling  goods. 

False  Joint  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  Ap- 
paratus for  un  united  fractures. 

Femur,  Smith's Figs.  170,  ISO. 

Humerus Figs.  51,  172. 

Tibia Figs.  80,  171. 

Forearm Fig.  173. 

Tiemann's  "  Armamentarium  Chirurgir.um  ,"•  Part  IV. 

Fan.     A  form  of  blower  or  ventilator. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Automatic,  Meyer *  "Sc.  Am."  xxxix.  38. 

Blower,  "  Eclipse,"  Lanclis     .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,''  xix.,  May 

17,  p.  3. 

Slurtevant *  "Iron  Age,''  XXT.,  Feb. 

12,  p.  1. 

Kxhibition  (Liverpool) "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1559. 

Guibal,  Sucre  Mwiame  Colliery,  Fr.       "  Engineer,"1  xlvi.  368. 
Japanese,  mode  of  making      .     .     .      "  Sc.  ^4w.."xxxvii.  138. 

Mill  and  elevator,  Engl *"Sc.  Am    Si/^.,''2476. 

Foot  bellows *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1382. 

Fan'cy  Broad  Loom.  An  efficient  loom  for 
weaving  fancy  goods,  worsted  coatings,  fancy  cassi- 
meres,  etc.  It  is  made  up  to  92"  wide,  27  harnesses, 
and  4X4  shuttle- boxes.  —  Crompton. 


1001. 


Fig  1002. 


Fan  Forge. 


Fun  Jet. 


Fail  Jet.  A  form  of  nozzle  for  watering-pots 
and  engines  having  a  fan  or  spoon  shaped  lip  which 
deflects  the  stream  of  water  into  a  wide  and  thin 
expanding  film. 

Far'ad.  (Electricity.)  The  capacity  of  a  con- 
denser which  holds  one  weber  at  a  potential  of  one 
volt.  —  Gordon. 

Far-a-da'ic  Cur'rent.  (Ehctricit;/.)  An  in- 
duced current,  as  contrasted  with  a  voltaic  or  direct 
constant  current. 

Far-a-da'ic  Gen'e-ra'tor.  A  generator  of  elec- 
tricity named  by  its  inventor  after  Prof.  Faraday. 

The  armature  below  revolves  between  the  iron  blocks  on 
which  theeloctro-magnets  stand.  It  consists  of  a  cylinder  of 
\\  ood  which  is  wound  around  with  iron  wire  (see  DYNAMO-ELEC- 
TRIC MACHINE,  Fig.  900,  Plate  XII.),  like  a  spool.  Around  the 
w.iole  spool  are  numerous  loops  of  insulated  copper  wire  run- 
ning lengthwise  of  the  armature.  The  ends  of  these  loops 
are  takeii  to  the  cylindrical  commutator  which  is  on  the 
armature  shaft,  and  from  this  brushes  made  of  copper  wire 
take  the  current  from  the  machine  to  line. 

EJison      .     .     .    *" Scientific  American,"  xli.  239,  305. 

Fare  In'di-ca'tor.  1.  A  device  for  counting 
and  registering  fares.  The  wicket-gate,  ticket- 
punch,  conductor's  passenger  register,  etc.,  are  fa- 
miliar instances. 

2.  A  device  for  indicating  distance  traveled.  See 
ODOMETER,  p.  1544,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  FARE  PUNCH  ;  TICKET  PUNCH. 

Fare  Reg'is-ter.  A  device  to  keep  a  record  of 
the  number  of  passengers  carried  in  a  public  vehicle. 

The  conductor's  ticket-punch  is  one  form. 

Fig.  1003. 


Fare  register,  Johnson     . 
Sketch  of  various  devices 


"Monitor''''  Fare  Register. 

The  register,  shown  in  Fig.  1003,  is  a  form  in 
which  the  partial  rotation  of  a  rod  rings  a  bell  and 
advances  the  hand  on  the  dial  one  figure. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  3. 
'Scientific  Amer."  xxxvii.  144. 

Fare  Wick'et.  1 .  A  gate  at  which  the  passers- 
by  are  counted  and  registered,  as  at  toll-bridges, 
exhibition  grounds,  etc.  A  turn-stile. 

The  turn-stiles  used  at  the  Centennial  grounds, 
Philadelphia,  1876,  are  shown  at  pp.  576,  577,* 
vol.  i.,  "  Report  of  the  U.  S.  International  Exhibition, 
1876." 


FARE   WICKET. 


FEEDER. 


Fig.  1004. 


Purler's  Farm  Locomotive, 


2.  An  opening  in    the  door  of  a  street-car  for 

Eurchasing  tickets  of  the  driver,  or  for  passing  of 
ires  to  the  conductor. 

Fa-ri'iia  Boil'er.  A  saucepan  with  double 
chamber,  the  inner  portion  being  in  a  bath  of  wa- 
ter. A  double  boiler. 

Farm  Lo'co-mo'tive.  A  traction  engine, 
with  adaptations  to  the  operations  of  plowing, 
threshing,  etc.  See  Fig.  1004. 

See  TRACTION  ENGINE  ;  ROAD  ROLLER  ;  PORTABLE  ENGINE  ; 
STEAM  PLOW,  etc.,  "  Mech.  Diet.,'"  et  infra. 

Aveling  &  Porter,  Br *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  162 

Farm  machinery,  on,  Knight  .  .  *  " Sc.  Am.,"  xxxix.  244. 

Steam  culture  machines,  Knight,  *  "Paris  Exposition  Re- 
ports,'1 v.,  pp.  53-89. 

Farm  Mill.  A  mill  for  coarse  grinding  feed 
for  stock.  See  GRAIN  MILL,  and  various  other 
titles,  pcutM, 

Fas-cine'.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  A  bun- 
dle of  brush,  bound  into  a  cylindrical  bundle,  and 
secured  with  withes.  Used  in  fortifications ;  in 
revetments  for  river-banks ;  in  making  mats  for 
dams,  jetties,  etc.  The  fascine  for  mat-making  is 
about  10"  in  diameter,  12'  long,  and  bound  with  3 
withes.  Six  of  such  fascines  are  secured  by  poles 
to  form  a  mat.  See  MAT. 

For  fascine  making,  see  "  Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers  of 
U.  S.  Army,''  1876,  vol.  ii.,  Part  II.,  p.  404,  and  Fig.  2. 
River-bank  protection. 

(.'h'tplin *  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xix.  129. 

Fast  and  Loose  Pul'leys.  The  loose  pulley 
has  a  smaller  diameter  than  the  fast  pulley,  in 
order  that  the  belt  may  run  slack  when  shifted  to 
the  loose  pulley.  —  Crafts  $•  Filbert. 

Shinn,  Philadelphia,  Cooper's  "Belting,"1  168. 

Fau'cet.  See  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  *p.  827,  and  fol- 
lowing references :  — 

Lemper  t *  "  Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  351. 

And  vent,  Talley   .     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American,"1  xxxiv.  198. 
Bushing,  Mantey  .     .     .     .*  "Sc.  American,''  xxxiv.  38. 
Hose  attachment,  Trembley  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  182. 

Faure  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in  which 
the  carbon  is  made  in  form  of  a  cell  filled  with  nitric 
acid  and  closed  with  a  stopper;  the  pressure  due  to 
the  evolution  of  the  fumes  in  the  vessel  forces  the 
acid  through  the  walls  of  the  cell,  which  thus  per- 


forms the  double  function  of  a  porous  pot  and  a 
negative  pole. 

Niniirlet.     American  translation 174. 

See  also  SECONDARY  BATTF.RV. 

Feath/er,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  Artificial  ostrich 
feathers  are  made  in  New  York  of  celluloid,  rattan, 
and  silk,  and  are  an  excellent  imitation  of  the  orig- 
inal. Patented  machines  make  the  silk,  the  flue, 
the  quill,  and  combine  the  flue  and  silk.  The  quill- 
making  machine  takes  an  ordinary  piece  of  rattan 
or  celluloid  and  produces  the  quill  in  15  seconds; 
the  material  is  drawn  between  two  grooved  rolls. 
In  the  manufacture  of  the  flues,  the  .-ilk  is  stretched 
between  two  machines  75  feet  apart,  which  wind, 
twist,  cut,  and  spin  it  into  a  flue. 

Feath'er  Plush.  A  French  fabric  in  which 
the  down  of  feathers  is  mixed  with  wool  to  form  a 
warp  to  be  interwoven  with  similar  weft  or  one  of 
wool  alone. 


"Scientific  American,'1'  xlii.  232. 
Fig.  1005. 


"Textile  Manufacturer" 

Feed  Boil'er.  See 
AGRICULTURAL  BOIL- 
EK,  su/>ra. 

Feed  Crush'er. 
A  mill  for  flattening 
grain  f>  render  it  more 
easily  masticated.  A 
substitute  forgrinding. 
The  a/ilutisseur  of  the 
French.  See  GRAIN 
CRUSHER. 

Feed  Cut'ter.  A 
straw  or  chaff  cutter. 

Straw,    Silver  If  Demins. 
*"Iron  A%e,"  xix.,  Jan. 

4,  p.  5. 

Fodder,  Dck. 
*"Sc.   Amer.,''    xxxvii. 

115. 
*  "Minim  *ft.  ft-M*,"  Feed   crusher. 

xxxv.  225. 
See  CHAFF  CUTTER,  ENSILAGE  CUTTER,  STRAW  CUTTER,  etc. 

Feed  Door.  A  furnace  door  for  entry  of  coal. 
For  automatic  feed,  see  FURNACE  DOOR, "etc. 

Feed'er.  1 .  A  portion  of  an  apparatus  at  which 
the  material  enters  to  be  treated. 

In  many  machines  the  feeder  is  merely  a  hopper 


FEEDER. 


328 


FEED  WATER  HEATER. 


such  as  in  various  mills.  In  other  cases  the  feeder 
is  a  definite  portion  of  the  machinery  which  con- 
ducts the  ma'erial  in  regulated  quantities.  See 
BOLT  FEEDER  ;  GIN,  COTTON. 

2.   (Minim/.)  A  small  vein  adjoining  a  larger  one. 

Feed'ing  Tube.  (Suryicai.)  These  have  va- 
rious applications :  for  use  in  cases  of  lock  jaw, 
mania,  choking  pare  tics,  paralysis  of  the  throat, 
fractured  jaw. 

The  instruments  are  introduced  by  the  mouth,  nose,  or 
anus. 

The  mouth  instruments  are  gags,  spoons,  and  tubes 

The  nasal  operation  may  be  by  a  simple  funnel,  a  tube  in 
the  pharynx,  a  tube  directly  into  the  stomach.  The  latter 
introduced  by  Dr.  Tuke.  A  soft  rubber  Nelaton  catheter  is 
now  used. 

The  rectal  administration  is  by  enema. 

Feed  Mill.     See  GRINDING  MILL 
Feed  Pump.     A  boiler  supply  pump.     It  as- 
sumes many  forms.     See  list  under  PUMP;  STEAM 
ENGINES  AND  APPARATUS,  "  Mech.  Diet."    See  the 
following  references  :  — 

Clegs; *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  358. 

Garrett,  Br *  "•Engineer,'''  xlviii.  430 

"  Kclipse,"  Schiiltz     .     .  *  -'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  16,  p.  1. 
"  Economic,1'  Danx  .     .  *  '•'•Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Dec.  12,  p.  11. 
*  "Scientific  American,"1  xli.  150. 

Feed  Reg'u-la'tor.  A  device  for  graduating 
the  feed  to  the  necessity  of  the  object,  as  of  fuel  to 
a  furnace,  witter  to  a  boiler,  material  to  a  machine. 
See  FEED  WATER  REGULATOR. 

Feed  Wa'ter  Clean'er.  See  FEED  WATER 
HEATER. 

Feed  Wa'ter  Heat'er.  An  apparatus  to  use 
escaping  steam  or  flue  heat  in  raising  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  water  destined  to  feed  the  boiler. 

These  apparatus  are  of  many  forms,  but  of  two 
general  classes  :  — 

1 .  Those  in  which  the  stenm  comes  in  direct  con- 
tact with  the  feed  water,  as  in  the  common  open 
heater. 

2.  Those   in   which    the   feed   water  circulates 

through  pipes 
which  course 
through  a  cham- 
ber heated  by  the 
exhaust  steam, 
or  through  a  flue 
heated  by  the  vol- 
atile products  of 
combustion. 

1.  The  feed 
water  an  d  e  x- 
haust  steam  min- 
gled. 

The  Stilhvell 
combined  lime- 
extracting  heater 
and  feed-water  ni- 
ter is  shown  in 
Fig.  1006. 

Steam  enters 
the  heater  at  A, 
is  divided  into  two 
currents,  upward 
and  downward, 
and  escapes  at  B. 
Cold  water  enters 
at  C,  pours  over 
the  edge  of  the 
over-flow  cup  D 
upon  the  corru- 
gated depositing 
BtillwtU  Lime-crtmcting  Feed  Water  shelves,  aud  then 
Heater.  passes  through 


Fig.  1007. 


chamber  E,  which  is  filled  with  a  filtering  material, 
and  issues  at  a  side  opening.  The  bottom  cock  is 
for  drawing  off  sedi- 
ment. The  theory  of 
operation  is  that  the 
boiling  of  the  feed  wa- 
ter liberates  the  car- 
bonic acid,  sets  free  the 
salts  in  solution,  and 
precipitates  them  upon 
the  removable  shelves. 
In  the  Armstrong 
water  heater,  Fig.  1007, 
lime  catcher,  and  pu- 
rifier, the  water  enters 
at  17,  overflows  at  the 
central  opening  of  the 


Armstrong's  Feed  Water  Ueattr. 

pan,  thence  into  the  second  pan,  over  the  margin 

Fig.  1008. 


Green  Feed  Wattr  Heater. 


FEED   WATER   HEATER. 


329 


FEED   WATER   HEATER, 


of  which  it  drips,  am]  so  on  through  the  series  of 
six  pans,  eventually  reaching  the  settling  chamber 
b.  The  water  then  passes  upwardly  through  a  fil- 
ter, and  then  through  an  oil  absorbent,  k,  made  of 
burlaps,  m  is  the  outlet  hot-water  pipe,  e  inlet 
steam  pipe,  and  G  outlet;  A,  movable  caps,  to 
allow  examination  and  cleaning  ;  i,  mud  valve. 

In  the  Jasper  apparatus,  instead  of  catching  the 
lime  and  other  impurities  on  shelves  or  in  pans, 
these  matters  are  detained  in  the  mass  of  char- 
coal in  the  niters. 

In  the  Green  feed  water  heater,  Fig.  1008,  the 
water  entering  by  the  cold-wa'er  pump  passes 
through  a  valve-way,  the  position  of  the  valve 
being  regulated  by  a  float  below  operating  through 
levers,  its  own  position  being  determined  by  the 
water  level  which  corresponds  to  that  in  the  boiler. 
The  exhaust  steam  is  admitted  below,  and  parts 
with  its  heat  to  the  water  which  trickles  in  rain 
through  the  perforations  in  the  plate  beneath  the 
valve.  The  surplus  steam  then  passes  to  the  sep- 
arating box  above. 

The  Waters  heater  operates  also  by  bringing  the  spray  of 
exhaust  steam  in  contact  with  a  shower  of  water  in  a  cham- 
ber. 

The  feed  water  heater  of  MM.  Legris  &  Choisy,  Laboulaye's 
" J)ictio*naire,"  iv.,  Fig.  3453, article  "  Chaleu'r  Perdue,'' ed. 
1877,  is  also  founded  upon  the  principle  of  introducing  the 
water  of  alimentation  in  a  fine  spray  in  a  pipe  traversed  by 
the  exhaust  steam  of  the  engine. 

2.  The  other  class  of  feed  water  heaters  consists  of  appa- 
ratus in  which  the  heat  of  the  exhaust  steam  is  transferred 
by  conduction  through  metallic  walls  to  the  feed  water. 

This  is  an  old  form  of  condenser  ;  also  long  common  on 


Fig.  1009. 


Feed  Water  Heater. 

the  Western  rivers  for  heating  feed  water  for  boilers  of  non- 
condensing  engines. 
In  VVetherill's,  Fig.  1009,  the  iron  exhaust  steam  cylinder  has 


bonnets  at  the  ends, 
and  the  feed  water  is 
heated  by  passing  it 
through  numerous 
coils  of  copper  pipe  1" 
in  diameter.  It  is  used 
directly  in  non-con- 
densing engines,  and 
in  condensing  engines 
occupies  a  position  be- 
tween the  cylinder 
and  the  condenser. 

The  Ilawksley  & 
Wilde  (Br.)  apparatus 
is  similar  in  princi- 
ple. 

In  Atkinson's  appa- 
ratus (lir. )  the  steam 
passes  by  a  circuitous 
route,  ascending  and 
descending  in  vertical 
pipes  surrounded  by 
water  in  a  cylindrical 
chamber. 

The  Berry  man 
heater  is  also  of  this 
class.  The  apparatus 
is  placed  between  the 
engine  and  condenser, 
B  being  the  exhaust 
steam -pipe  from  the 
engine,  and  A  the 
steam-pipe  to  the^on- 
denser.  Cold  water 
from  the  pump  enters 
the  lower  part  of  the 
cylinder  surrounding 
the  pipes,  and  departs 
at  the  upper  end  to  the 
boiler.  The  number 
of  pipes  is  such  as  to 
exceed  by  20  per  cent, 
the  area  of  the  exhaust 
steam-pipe  JB. 

In  another  form  of 
feed  water  heater  the 
system  of  coils  con- 
taining feed  water  is 
placed  in  the  chim- 
ney. Such  are  some 
of  the  arrangements 
where  the  departing 
heat  of  a  blast  furnace 
is  caused  to  heat  the 
boiler  driving  the 
blast-engine. 


Fig.  1010. 


Berryman  Feed  Water  Heater. 


Fig.  1011. 


ffi 


Green's  Fue',  Economizer. 


Of  this  class  are  the  Twibill,  Babcock  &  Wilcox  and 
Green  fuel  economizers:  the  last  mentioned  of  which  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1011.  A  number  of  upright  water-pipes  are 
placed  in  the  main  flue,  beyond  the  boilers,  and  have  scrapers 
or  cleaners  which  move  up  and  down  the  tubes  to  prevent 
the  deposit  of  soot,  which  acts  as  a  non-conductor.  See 
FUEL  ECONOMIZER  ;  FIRE  Box. 

Heater,  Atkinson,  Br.     .  *  "Engine-?,''  xlvj.  5". 

*  "  Rnginerrinsf,''  xxv.  436. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"*  2239 

Filter,  Babcock  if  Wilcox  *  "Iron  Age,'-  xxiii.,  May  1   p  9 
Heater  and  purifier. 

Baragwanatk  (f  Pirn  *  "Am.  Manufacturer.1'1  Oct.  3,1879, 

p.  12. 
Heater,  Berryman     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  31,  p.  1. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxix.,  Feb.  6,  p. 

188. 


Carvalho 

Dnvies  $  Dawson,  Br. 

Green 

Hayes 

Hawksleylf  WWe,Br. 
Lime    catcher,    locomo- 
tives, 111.   Centr.  Ry. 

Heater  and  purifier. 

Lovegrov      .... 
Heater,  Martin. 
Locomotives,  Mazza,  It. 

Northcott,  Br.     .     .     . 

Norton 


"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  467. 
'Manufacl.  (f  Builder,"  xi.  6". 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  118. 
'  Scientific  American  Sup..,"  1777. 
''Engineer,"  xliv.  454. 
;'  Scientific  American,'1''  xxxv.  358. 
'  Scientific,  American,'1  xxxiv.  242. 
•'Engine-ring,''  June  11,  1880. 

'Engineer,-'  xlviii.  466. 
'R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxiii.  279. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  319. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2519. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii.  24. 
'Engineering,"  xxi.  169. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  293. 
'Engineering,"  xxii.  103. 


FEED   WATER   HEATER. 


330 


FELLY  ROUNDING  MACHINE. 


Norton *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  244. 

Purifier,  Paucksk  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  130. 
Heater,  Poole  if  Hunt    .  *  "  R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxi.  5. 

*  "Manufact.  $  Builder,"  x.  31. 

(7  Figs.) *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  161. 

Robertson   if    Hen<ler- 

*  "Engineer,"1  xlvii.  171. 

*  " Scitntific.  American  Ifup.,"  4090. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,'1  viii.  543. 


son,  Br. 

Robey 

Stillwll  If  Bierce    . 
Heater  and  purifier. 

Strong 

Tretheway 

Locomotives,  Waters 
Counterpoised  float    . 


Fig.  1012. 


.  *  "Manufact.  Sf  Builder,'-  xii.  124. 
.  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxv. ,  March  18,  p.  9. 
.  *  li  R.  R.  Gazelle,"  xxi.  335 
.  *  "M.c/t.  Diet.,"  fig.  701,  p.  320. 

Feed  Wa'ter  Pu'ri-fi'er.  A  filter  or  lime 
catcher  to  purify  water  for  steam  boilers,  to  pre- 
vent incrustation.  Usually  combined  with  a  heater. 
See  FEED  WATER  HEATER. 

Peed  Wa'ter  Reg'u-la'tor.  One  which  pro- 
portions the  feed  to  the  need  of  the  boiler. 

The  Maxim  fred  water 
regulator  was  designed 
for  steam  yachts.  A  is 
an  ordinary  feed-pump, 
and  the  regulator  on  the 
right  is  placed  between 
the  pump  and  the  suction. 
B  is  a  piston-valve, 
pressed  down  by  a  coil 
spring,  the  valve  stem 
rising  and  falling  in  the 
bar  ('.  D  is  a  limiting 
screw,  and  E  a  set  screw. 
His  a  feed- valve,  and  G 
holes  communicating 
with  chamber  beneath 
the  valve  B.  When  the 
screw  D  is  close  down 
the  valve  B  is  inopera- 
tive and  the  boiler  re- 
ceives water  due  to  the 
full  stroke  of  the  pump. 
When  the  screw  D  is  up 
to  O°,  the  water  simply 
passes  to  and  fro  between 
the  regulator  chamber 
and  the  pump  cylinder 
which  are  of  equal  sizes. 
The  screw  D  is  regulated 
against  gage  F  for  any 
quantity  between  full 
stroke  and  O°. 

In  the  "  Peerless  "'  feed 
water  governor,  steam  for 
operation  enters  the  out- 
Maxim^s  Feed  Water  Regulator,     er  chamber  of  the  valve 
casing,   through  the  up- 
per pipe,  and  circulates  around  the  valve  chamber  which  is 
closed  by  the  valves.     These  are  cone-shaped  and  to  their 
stem  is  suspended  the  hollow 
copper  float  which  rises  and 
falls  with  the  water  in  the 
boiler,  and    thus    regulates 
the     valve     opening.      The 
valves  are  balanced  and  upon 
one  spindle.    (Fig.  1013.) 

Berryman's  feed  water  reg- 
ulator is  simply  a  hollow 
sphere  suspended  from  a 
steelyard  balance,  and  is 
connected  with  the  water- 
space  by  two  pipes  of  small 
diameter,  one  of  which  ter- 
minates just  above  and  the 
other  just  below  the  proposed 
water-line.  When  the  water 
falls,  steam  enters  the  upper 
pipe  and  fills  the  globe.  The 
weight  of  the  unloaded  ves- 
sel is  insufficient  to  counter- 
balance the  opposite  weight, 
and  it  falls,  putting  on  the 
feed  as  it  descends.  When 
the  feed  has  entered  in  suffi- 
cient quantity  to  raise  the 
water-level  above  the  mouth 
of  the  upper  tube,  water  as- 
cends through  that  tube  into 
the  globe,  taking  the  place 
of  the  steam  as  the  latter 

''Peerless"  Water  Regulator,     condenses,  and    the    weight 
of     the    now    filled    vessel 
causes  it  to  descend,  shutting  off  the  supply  of  feed. 


Fig.  1013. 


The  F.  A.  Pratt  boiler  feeder  and  return  steam  trap  (patent 
Oct.  31,  1876)  has  a  sphere  suspended  on  one  end  of  a  lever 
in  a  receiving  vessel  above  the  level  of  the  boiler,  the  other 
end  of  the  lever  being  fast  to  a  spindle  which  goes  through  a 
stuffing  box  to  the  outside  of  the  receiver  and  carries  a  coun- 
terpoised lever.  A  tilting  lever  actuated  as  the  feeder  fills 
and  is  emptied  of  water,  actuates  the  steam  valve 

See  also,  for  counterpoise  and  float  actuating  a  valve,  Fig. 
761,  p.  320,  "Mech.  Diet.'1  See  also  LOW-WATER  ALARMS,  Fig. 
3008,  p.  1359,  Ibtd. 

In  the  Nathan  &  Dreyfoos  regulator  the  injector  of  the 
locomotive  works  freely,  untrammelled  by  adjusting  contriv- 
ances :  but  the  actual  feed  to  the  boiler  is  regulated  by  a 
controlling  cock,  the  handle  in  the  cab,  by  which  means  a 
portion  of  the  feed  water  passing  through  the  delivery  pipe 
from  the  injector  to  the  boiler  is  diverted  and  turned  through 
a  pipe  to  the  tender. 

British *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  228. 

Finney,  Br *  "Engineer  "  xlix.  259. 

Pope,Br *  ".Engineer,"  Jtlv.  288. 

Maxim *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  289. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  198. 

Stead *  "Manuf.  §  Builder,"  xii.  22(i. 

Fel'ler.  A  machine  for  felling  trees.  See  Figs. 
1935-1937,  pp.  831,  832,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  1017  shows  Ransome's  portable  horizontal  engine, 
dogged  to  the  tree,  which  it  is  engaged  in  sawing  down. 

Fig.  1014. 


Ransome's  Portable  Felling  Engine. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup."  1277. 

Electric  feller  ....  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  370. 
Felling  engine,  Smyth  .  *  "Min.  fy  Sc.  Press,'-  xxxviii.  97. 

Fell/ing  Engine.  See  FELLER;  FELLING 
SAW. 

Fel'ly  Beiid'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
bending  timber  to  form  the  rims  of  wheels.  The 
heavier  classes  of  fellies  are  sawn  ;  lighter  ones  are 
bent. 


principle. 

Fel'ly  Hold'er.  A  plate  at  a  felly  joint.  See 
FELLY -JOINT  BOLT. 

Felly  plate,  Cremer   .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  274. 

Fel'ly-joint  Bolt  One  adapted  to  clasp  the 
joining  portions  of  the  vim  of 
a  wheel.  Shown  at  Figure 
1015.  The  bolt  is  halved 
into  the  abutting  ends  of  the 
junction,  and  the  plates  em- 
brace the  exterior  and  inte- 
rior periphery  respectively  of( 
the  rim. 

Fel'ly  Ma-chine'.  A 
machine  for  bending,  boring, 
dressing,  planing,  rounding, 
sawing,  etc.,  fellies  for  wheels. 

See  p.  802,  "Mech.  Diet.."  and  list  of  WOOD-WORKING 
TOOLS,  p.  2814,  Ibid.  Also  RIM-PLANING  MACHINE,  Fig.  4330, 
p.  1944,  Ibid. 

Fel'ly  Fla'ning  Ma-chine'.  One  for  dress- 
ing the  edges  of  rims  for  carriage  wheels.  See 

*  FELLY  DRESSER,  p.    832,   "  Mech.    Diet.,"   and 

*  RIM-PLANING  MACHINE,  p.  1994,  Ibid. 
Fel'ly  Round'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  machine, 

Fig.  1016,  for  rounding  the  inner  peripheries  of 
rims  for  carriage  wheels.  It  is  a  species  of  cham- 
fering machine,  planing  off  the  salient  edges  and 
giving  the  required  curve. 


Felly-joint  Bolt  and 
Plate. 


FENCE. 


331 


FERRULE. 


Fig.  1016. 


Felly  J\oniii/ing  Machine. 

Fence.  A  guide  on  a  machine  to  direct  the 
stuff  to  the  tool,  or  maintain  it  in  line  while  pass- 
ing the  tool.  Fig.  1017  shows  the  Arbey  adjust- 
able fence  and  self-regulating  roller  for  band-saw 

tables. 

Fig.  101 j. 


Fen'cing   Ma-chine'.    Hall's   machine   for 
making  fence  works  upon  poles  and  second  growth 
timber,  cutting  the  posts  and  rails  to  proper  length, 
making  the  mortises  in  one  and  the  tenons  on  the 
other.     The  posts  are  straightened  in  the  line  of 
bearings,  and  countersunk  to  parallel  sides  in  the 
process  of  boring.     The  rails  are  sawed  to  uniform 
length,  tenons  and  shoulders  formed  in  their  ex- 
tremities fitting  the   bearings   on   the   posts;    all 
parts  are  interchangeable. 

Flat  iron  fence     .     .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxil.,  Oct.  31,  p.  18. 
Iron  fence  post,  Carpenter  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xli.  149. 
Fencing  machine,  Hall     .  *  "Engineer,'1'  xli.  463. 
Iron  fence,  Martin  ...  *  "  Sc.  American,''  xxxix.  57. 

See  also  machine  for  making  combined  wood  and  wire 
fence,  Fig.  7280,  p.  2792,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fend'er.      A  screen  against  a  carriage  or  car 
step,  to  keep  dirt  or  mud  from  being  thrown  upon 
it  by  the  wheels.     A  fender  board. 
Fender  for  vessels,  Hulster,  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  230. 

Fen'es-tra'ted  In'stru-meiits.  (Surgical.) 
Said  of  instruments  such  as  some  forceps,  scoops, 
enucleators,  etc.,  the  grasping  ends  of  which  have 
openings,  or  loops  which  engage  and  partially  em- 
brace the  object. 

Fenestrated  artery  forceps. 

Fenestrated  ear  scoop. 

Fenestrated  lens  scoop,  etc. 

Obstetric  forceps  are  fenestrated  in  the  largest  sense. 

Fer'men-ta'tion  Bung.  One  adapted  to  allow 
the  carbonic  acid  gas  to  pass  away  from  the  cask 
or  vat,  but  at  the  same  time  excluding  the  vital 
air. 

Bung,  beer  (Fig.  27),  Austria,  *  "Engineer,''  1.  303. 
\ it,  article  "Biere  "   .     .     .    *  Labonlaye's  "Diet.,"'  etc.,  i., 
Fig. '229. 

Fer'ro-chrome.  The  invention  of  Berthier. 
Chromium  augments  the  hardness  and  tensile  re- 


sistance of  iron,  but  cannot  take  the  place  of  car- 
bon. 

Chromized  steel  is  manufactured  in  Brooklyn  from  Balti- 
more chromite  as  follows :  The  pulverized  ore,  mixed  with 
charcoal  dust,  is  fused  with  a  suitable  flux,  in  graphite  cru- 
cibles, to  obtain  a  white  chromium  alloy,  corresponding  to 
that  of  Berthier,  and  called  ferro-chrome,  after  the  analogy 
of  ferro-manganese.  —  "Engineering  and  Mining  Journal."1 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press''      .     .     xxxvii.  178. 

"IrnnAge" xix.,June  14,  p.  9. 

Fer'ro-man'ga-nese.  A  mineral  compound 
of  iron  and  manganese,  of  which  spiegeleisen  is  the 
most  prominent  example. 

Ferro-manganese  ores  contain  from  5  to  40  per 
cent,  of  metallic  manganese,  and  varying  quanti- 
ties of  silicon. 

As  manufactured  for  steel  works,  in  the  Bes- 
semer process,  for  example,  ferro-mangauese  con- 
tains up  to  95  per  cent,  of  manganese. 

The  method  used  at  Terre  Noire,  for  the  manufacture  of 
ferro-manganese,  is  as  follows  :  Metallic  iron,  finely  divided, 
is  well  mixed  with  finely  ground  manganese  ores.  This 
mixture  is  moistened  with  a  weakly  ammoniacal  or  acid  so- 
lution, and  is  pressed  into  forms.  The  material  thus  made 
is  smelted  in  a  blast  furnace  blown  at  a  high  pressure  with 
very  hot  blast.  The  ore  used  seems  to  be  a  carbonate  of 
manganese.  —  M.  Emit  Huwaldt. 

See  under  the  following  references  :  — 

"Iron  Age,"1  xx.,  Sept.  6,  p.  11 ;  xxii.,  Aug. 

29,  p  20;  xxv.,  April  1,  p.  1. 
Imports  of  .  .  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Dec.  26,  p.  20. 
•At  Terre  Noire  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  May  15,  p.  24. 

"Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi  419;  xxiv.  127. 
In  England      .  "Engineering  and  Mining  Journal ,"  xxi.  62. 
In  An>tria  .     .  "Eng  and  Min.  Journal,"  xxi.  418,  419. 
Manufacture  .  "Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  217,  398,  451. 
Carbon  in    .     .  "Eng.  and  Mining  Journal"  xxiii.  457. 
At  Terre  Noire  "Eng.  4°  Min.  Journal,"  xxiii.  109  ;  xxv. 41. 
American    .     .  "Eng.  and  Mining  Journal,"  xxiii.  215. 
In  France   .     .  "Eng.  and  Mining  Journal,"  xxv.  63. 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press,"  xxxvi.99. 
Uses  .     .     .     .  "Engineering,"  xxi.  253. 
Mauuf.  in  U.  8.   "Engineering,"  xxv.  235. 
Uses  .    .     .     .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Eng'ing  Mag.,"  xiv.  529. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  367. 
In  Italy      .     .  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  197. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  323, 1121. 
Paper  by  Lock- 
ert  .     .     .    .  "  Technologisie,"  xxxviii.  322. 


A  compound  :  iron  asso- 


Fer'ro-phos'phide. 

ciated  with  phosphorus. 

At  the  Horde  Works  in  Germany,  instead  of  blowing  gray 
pig  rich  in  silicon,  it  was  found  possible  to  treat  white  pig, 
if  it  contained  a  sufficient  amount  of  phosphorus.  Far  from 
being  afraid  of  phosphorus,  about  2  per  cent,  of  that  body  is 
required  in  the  pig,  in  order  to  give  a  sufficient  degree  of 
heat  to  the  bath.  Horde  has  begun  to  make  ferro-phosphide 
with  20  per  cent,  of  phosphorus,  and  will  presently  make 
this  alloy  to  contain  50  per  cent,  phosphorus.  This  will  be 
sold  to  mix  with  white  pig,  since  the  crude  metal  must  con- 
tain phosphorus  or  silicon  enough  to  carry  up  the  bath  to 
the  heat  required  At  Horde  all  sorts  of  pig,  even  cinder  pig, 
with  3  per  cent,  phosphorus  and  0.5  per  cent,  silicon  are 
treated.  The  presence  of  0.2  to  0.3  per  cent,  sulphur  could 
also,  it  was  found,  be  tolerated.  The  steel  made  contained 
under  0.1  phosphorus  and  no  silicon.  —  "Journal  de  Liege."1 

Fer'ro  Si-li'ci-um.  A  metallic  compound  used 
in  steel  processes,  the  Bessemer,  for  example. 

The  use  of  silicon,  iron  ore,  and  silicon-pig,  is  mentioned  in 
a  whole  series  of  patents  by  Nes,  of  York,  Pa., 

Numbers  104,873,  108,287, 

109,752,  112.068, 

123,191,  145;005, 

but  not  under  the  name  of  ferro  silicium.    See  also  SILICON 
STEEL. 

Fer'rule.  A  tubular  coupling  in  a  service  pipe. 
Fig.  1018. 

a  and  c  have  ground  union  joints  tinned  for  lead  pipe. 

a,  c,  d,  e,  have  screwed  joints  for  iron  pipe. 

Fig.  1019  has  a  screw  plug  in  the  upper  part  of  the  stern, 
and  this  may  be  screwed  down  into  the  part  k,  in  which  posi- 
tion it  acts  as  a  efop  valve. 


FERRY-BOAT. 


332 


FIBER   TESTER. 


Fer'ry-boat.     See  the  following  references  :  — 

Fulton's        "Sc.  Amrrican,"  xli.  132. 

*  "  Transactions,  Am.  Soc.  of 
Civil  Engineers,"  clxxiv. 
p.  71,  et  Sf(j. 

Thames *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  210. 

Thames *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  165. 

Steamers,  Br *  "  Engineering,"  xxix.  252. 

"  Solano,''  San  Francisco  .     .      "Sc.  American,''  xli.  82. 

Fer'ry  Push-car.  A  platform  car  which  is 
Fie  1018  made  very  long  and  used  for 

pushing  or  pulling  other  cars 
on  or  off  a  ferry-boat  when  the 
latter  must  be  approached  by 

a  ~^r  "  an  incline  which  is  too  strep 

for  locomotives.  The  ferry 
cars  are  used  to  connect  those 
cars  which  are  »to  be  taken  on 
or  off  the  boat  witli  the  loco- 
motive, so  that  the  latter  can 
push  or  pull  the  cars  on  the 
Fig.  1019. 


Pipe  Ferrules. 

a.  Straight  ferrule. 

b.  Driving  ferrule. 

c.  Elbow  ferrule. 

d.  Three-way  ferrule. 

e.  Four-way  ferrule. 


Morris's  Stop-valve  Ferrule. 


boat  without  running  on  the  incline.  —  Forney. 

Fer'til-iz-er  Mill.  Fig.  1020  shows  a  mill 
for  grinding  and  mixing  materials  for  artificial  fer- 
tilizers. It  is  constructed  on  the  principle  of  the 
Carr  disintegrator. 

Fig.  1020. 


Fertilizer  MM. 

The  double  operation  may  be  performed  with  advantage  in 
the  machine  shown,  which  is  formed  of  two  cylindrical 
cages  of  iron  bars,  which  are  rotated  rapidly  in  contrary  di- 
rections. The  materials  thrown  in  fragments  in  at  the  cen- 
tral opening  issue  mixed  and  in  a  fine  powder  at  the  circum- 
ference. 

See  also  BONE  MILL. 


Fer'til-iz-er  Sow'er.  The  machines  for  sow- 
ing dry  fertilizers  resemble  those  for  sowing  grain, 
and  in  many  cases  are  combined  therewith.  See 
GRAIN  DRILL,  pp.  1002,  1003,  and  WHEAT  DRILL, 
Fig.  7163,  p.  2761,  "Mech.  Diet." 

When  the  fertilizer  is  long  and  damp  a  different  mode  of 
Fig.  1021. 


discharge  becomes  necessary.  British  and  French  fertilizer 
sowers  are  made  on  the  principle  of  the  machine  shown  in 
Fig.  1021.  It  is  made  by  M.  Joxxr,  of  Ormesson,  France, 
and  is  particularly  adapted  to  dump  and  deliquescent,  fertil- 
izers, which  are  discharged  by  endless  revolving  chains  pass- 
ing through  the  hopper  and  drawing  out,  the  pulverulent 
material  which  is  disengaged  and  dropped  upon  the  ground. 
See  also  LIQUID-MANUKE  CART,  p.  1326,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fi'ber-faced  Pa'per.  A  means  of  security 
against  the  restoration  of  the  surface  of  check  or 
draft-paper  after  it  has  been  tampered  with. 

It  consists  in  imbedding  in  the  pulp,  on  one  or 
both  sides  thereof,  a  layer  of  fibers,  the  outer 
ends  of  which  are  then  raised  in  the  form  of  a  nap, 
confused  or  intermingled  by  rotary  brushes  or 
other  suitable  means,  and  sized  to  form  a  surface 
for  printing  or  writing.  —  Anderson. 

Fi'ber  Test'er.  A  means  for  determining  the 
strength  of  fiber  by  dynamometer.  See  CLOTH 
TESTER,  supra;  YARN  TESTER,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fischer "  Technologiste,''  xli.  533 

IrlanUe "  Ttchnologiste,'1''  xxxvii  28. 

Methods  of  testing  to  distinguish  jute,  phormium  tenax, 
flax,  hemp,  etc.,  are  devised  to  determine  purity  of  sample. 
The  method  of  M.  Vetillard  requires  a  good  microscope, 
and  is  as  follows  :  — 

The  object  being  a  piece  of  the  fiber,  is  colored  according 
to  its  nature  by  means  of  two  solutions  :  one  of  iodine,  dis- 
solved in  a  solution  of  iodide  of  potassium  ;  the  other  glyc- 
erine, mixed  with  sulphuric  acid,  and  the  process  is  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

a.  From    the    tissue,    perfectly    washed,   lixiviated,   and 
cleared  of  all  impurities,  threads  are  drawn  from  warp  and 
weft,  and  are  observed  separately. 

b.  Dip  the  thread  in  the  iodic  liquid,  and  dry  it  with  a 
piece  of  linen,  or,  better  still,  white   blotting  or  filtering 
paper. 

c.  Lay  it  on  a  piece  of  glass,  such  as  is  used  for  microsco- 
pic observation,  and  divide  and  spread  out  the  fibers  with 
the  aid  of  the  point  of  a  needle. 

d.  Place  another  glass  on  the  fibers,  set  the  whole  in  the 
microscope,  and  then  introduce  a  single  drop  of  the  sulphu- 
ric solution  between   the  two  pieces  of  glass,  and  observe 
the  color  which  the  fibers  assume  when  the  acid  touches 
them:    flax   turns  blue,  mixed   more  or  less  with  yellow; 
hemp,  green,  mixed  with  gray  ;  jute  and  phormium,  yel- 
low ;  China  grass,  gray  ;  flat-rib  of  gray-blue  color.     U'ith  a 
little  practice  of  this  method  it  is  easy  to  see  the  difference 
between  jute  and  phormium  on  the  one  hand,  and  flax  and 
hemp  on  the  other,  which  is  of  itself  of  great  importance 
when  there  is  a  question  of  adulteration  ;  but  it  is  very  diffi- 
cult, to  distinguish  jute  from  phormium  and  flax  from  hemp, 
as,  according  to  the  manner  in  which  they  have  been  pre- 
pared, they  assume  each  other's  tints,  or  so  nearly  as  to  de- 
ceive the  eye.     By  means  of  nitric  acid,  in  which  the  fibers 
are  steeped,  the  distinction  between  flax  and  hemp  and  jute 
and  phormium  is  clearly  shown,  the  former  not  being  af- 
fected at  all,  while  the  latter  takes  a  fine  red  tint. 

Testing  Mixed  Silk  and  Wool. 

If  a  piece  of  tissue  of  mixed  wool  and  silk  is  plunged  in 
hydrochloric  acid,  the  silk  is  soon  dissolved,  while  the  wool 
remains,  so  that  by  careful  weighing  before  and  after  the 


FIELD   CAMERA. 


333 


FILTER. 


operation,  the  proportion  of  the  two  fibers  is  easily  ascer- 
tained.    See  also  SEPARATOR,  5,  p.  2094,  "Meek.  Diet.'' 

Field  Cam'e-ra.     See  CAMERA. 
Field  Gun.     A   transportable  gun   for   opera- 
tions in  the  field.     See  CANNON  ;  also  :  — 

French  breech-loader,  Fr.      *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2178. 

Steel,  Fr *  "Engineer,"  xlv.,  421. 

Breech-loader,  13  dr.,  Br.     *  "Engineer,"  1.  323. 

Moffhtt  breech-loading  field-piece,  Plates  I.,  II.,  III.,  p. 
86,  "Ordnance  Report,'*  *  1876. 

Sutcliffe  breech-loading  field-piece,  Ibid. ,  *  94. 

Field  Rol'ler.    See  CLOD  CRUSHER  ;  ROLLER. 
Field  Tel'e-graph.     A  military  telegraph,  for 
use  in  field  operations. 


"  Tilegrnphic  Journal,"  viii.  121. 
"  Scientijic  Amtr.  Sup.,''  1815. 

Fig.  1022. 


Wire  wagon  and  barrow 

Fifth  Wheel. 
A  wheel  or  seg- 
ment  above  the 
fore-axle  on  which 
the  bed  swivels  in 
turning  the  car- 
riage. 

Fig  1022  shows  two 
forms  :  one  full-plate 
and  one  part-plate. 

Fig.  1023  is  the  Dex- 
ter fifth  wheel,  which 
is  so  constructed  as  to 
steady  the  axle  by 
three  centers  :  one  un- 
der the  upper  spring 
bar,  one  about  the  clip 
king-bolt, and  one  un- 
der the  axle. 

Fifth'-wheel 
True'ing  Plate. 
A  swage-plate  with 
a  number  of  circles  of  varying  diameter  on  which 
fifth  wheels  are  made  true  by  hammering.  See 
Fig.  1024. 

Fig   1023 


a.  Larkin's  anti-rattler  fifth  wheel. 

b.  Full  circle  fifth  wheel. 


Dexter  Fifth  Wheel. 


a.  Spring  link. 

b.  Spring  bar. 


c.  Head  block, 
rf.  Axle. 


e    Lower  center 

Fight'ing  Lan'tern.  A  lantern  for  ships  of 
war,  having  a  revolving  shade  to  instantaneously 
screen  the  light,  if  required.  That  shown  in  Fi<r. 
1025  is  the  British  Admiralty  pattern,  made  to 
burn  candles. 

Fig'ure-of-8  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of 
knot.  See  7,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Filar  Sus-pen'sion.  (Electricity.)  Said  of 
a  magnetic  needle,  which  is  suspended  by  a  filament 
of  silk,  as  distinguished  from  one  poised  on  the 
point  of  a  stud. 

Si-filar  suspension  is  when  the  needle  is  sus- 
pended by  two  slightly  separated  extremely  delicate 
filaments  of  raw  silk,  by  which  the  needle 'is  caused 


to  more  promptly  resume  its  normal  position  ;  i.  e., 
is  given  a  normal  tendency  to  zero. 

File.     Files  have  been  made  Fig.  1025. 

of  separate  pieces  of  steel 
clamped  together. — Enylish 
"Ironmonger,"  1880. 

Mentioned  also  by  Kirkwood  at  a 
meeting  of  the  Royal  Scot.  Soc  of 
Arts.  Shown,  however,  in  several ' 
American  patents. 

Harston      .     .     .     Jan.  19,  1858. 

Oubberley .     .     .    June  2, 1868. 

Clark     ....    July5,  1870. 

The  Hapstontall  file  (Patent,  1876) 
has  an  abrading  surface  formed  by 

Fig.  1024. 


Fifth  Wheel  Tnteing  Plate. 


Fighting  Lantern. 


successive  series  of  diagonal  teeth  in  alternate  sections  and 
at  opposite  angles. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Files,  American *  ''Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  860. 

File-cutting  machine. 

Dnbxon  Sf  Muc/ge,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  351. 
File  holder *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  161. 

*  "Eng.  If  Min.  J ,»  xxvi.  328. 

File,  Hapttonstatt  ....  *" Scientific  Am.,"1  xxxiv.  291. 
How  to  use  a,  Rose      .     .     .      "Scientific  Am.,''  xxxix  53. 
Filing,  a  wrinkle  in.  Rose   .  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxix.  245. 
Files  vs.  Emery  wheels,  etc.        "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  995 
Files.    Paper  by  Roue       .     .      "Ens;.  !f  Min.  J.,''  xxvi.  828. 
Files  and  handles   .     .     .     .  *  "Man.  If  Buildtr,'"  xii.  84. 

Guide,  Roth *  "Scientific  Am.,"1  xxxiv.  6. 

Sharpening  by  sand-blast. 

Ti/ghman *  "Man.  If  BviMer,''  x.  228. 

Richardson *  "Eng.  If  Min.  J.,''  xxvi.  149. 

*  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.406. 
Tdghman *  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxii.  394. 

File  Card.  A  tool  for  cleaning  the  metallic 
dust  out  of  files.  It  is  a  section  of  card  clothing, 
such  as  is  used  in  carding-machines  for  wool  or 
cotton. 

File  Guard.  A  grooved  wooden  holder  in 
which  a  file  is  inserted,  so  that  the  file  may  be  used 
without  abrading  the  fingers.  *  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can," xl.  131. 

File  Hold'er.     A  helve  for  a  file. 

See  FILE  CARRIER,  Fig  1966,  p  841,  "Mech.  Diet.,''  and 
*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  117. 

Fil'i-form  Bpu'gie.  (Surgical.)  One  of  the 
most  delicate  (hair-like)  proportions. 

Fil'ing  Vise.  A  clamp  in  which  a  saw  is  held 
while  being  filed.  See  VISE  ;  also  BAND-SAW  SET- 
TING AND  FILING  MACHINE. 

Fil'ter.     See  list  on  p.  8-16,  "  Mech.  Dirt." 

Adolph  Le  Tellier's  filter,  made  at  St.  Gilles,  near 
Brussels,  has  a  raised  bottom  in  which  are  inserted 
a  number  of  removable  vertical  tubes,  with  perfo- 
rated walls,  and  with  handles  at  the  top.  These 
tubes  are  surrounded  with  flat  felt  filtering  rings, 
through  which  the  liquid  must  pass  before  escap- 
ing through  the  perforations  in  the  tubes.  The 
supply-pipe  has  a  compression  shut-off,  actuated  by 
a  float  and  lever. 

Weiskopf,  of  Morchenstern,  Bohemia,  employs  spun  glass 
as  a  filtering  material. 

See  the  following  :  — 
Intermittently  drying,  Denton,  Br    *  "Engineer,"1  xlii.  357. 

Denton,  Engl *"Sc.Amer    Sw/>.,"888. 

Press Laboulaye's  "Diet.,'-  Hi., 

art    "Sucre ,"   Figs 

36,  56. 
Rapid  (Laboratory),  Hindley  .    .  *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1786. 


FILTER. 


Rapid,  Holthof 

Filtration,  on,  "Inst.  Civil  Eng.,'1 
Br.  Higgm * 

System,  Jennings * 

Cloth  stretcher,  Johnson      .     .     .  * 
Floating  well,  LjimJtay  .     .     .     .  * 

Water  (Montreal) 

Kotary,  Perrttt,  Br * 

Universal,  Plait * 

Kotary  clearing,  Pitlsometer  Co.  .  * 

Engl * 

Sugar 

Water,  Snook * 


Filtering  Apparatus * 

Stock     .  .  * 


"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1363. 
"  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1671. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.."1 

xxii.  72. 

"Man.  If  Uuild.,"1  x.  169. 
"Sc.  Am."  xxxviii.  65. 
"  Engineer,"1  1.  265. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xlii.  20. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  472. 
"Engineer,"1  xiii.  101. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2581. 
"Engineer,'1'  xlviii.  124. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"1  1060. 
Laboitlaye,  ' '  S  u  c  r  e , '  ' 

Fig.  50,  vol.  iii. 
"Mia.    4"    Sc.    Press,"1 

xxxvi.  321. 

"Sc.  Am.  Sup., "2471. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,1'  2689. 


FIRE 

ALARM. 

Fine  Art  Met'al-work.     See  under  the  fol- 

lowing heads  :  — 

Antique  bronzing. 

Incrusted  work. 

Applique. 

Inlaying. 

liidiri  work. 

Irisation. 

Bronze  coloring. 

Japanese  bronzes. 

Champ  leve. 

Kuft-work. 

Chasing. 

Milling. 

Cire  perdue. 

Niello. 

Cloisonne1. 

Orugo. 

Damasceening. 

Parcel  gilt. 

Damasking  metals. 

Patina 

Electro-bronzing. 

Pearl  inlaying. 

Emaille. 

Repousse. 

Enamel. 

Satining. 

Flat  chasing. 

Snarling. 

Frosting. 

S|iimiint;. 

Fin'ger   Mir'ror. 

A  small  mouth-mirror  at- 

Fil'ter  Press.  (Suyar  Manufacture.)  One  in 
which  the  liquid  is  pressed  from  a  mass  —  beet-root- 
pulp  in  the  present  instance  — and  the  solid  portion 
retained  by  a  straining  device. 

The  Farinaux  press,  shown  in  Paris,  1878,  has  a  series  of 
gridiron-shaped  frames,  the  faces  of  which  are  covered  with 
a  filtering  surface  of  linen  or  jute  cloth.  These  frames  are 
arranged  parallel  to  each  other  upon  a  strong  support,  and 
are  brought  into  close  contact  by  means  of  a  .screw-press 
fixed  to  one  end  of  the  support.  The  material  to  be  filtered 
is  forced  between  the  frames  through  a  passage  along  the 
side  or  through  the  center,  and  distributes  itself  over  the 
filtering  surface  ;  the  liquid  portion,  finding  its  way  into 


Fig.  1026. 


Farinaux  Filter  Press. 

the  interior  of  the  frame,  is  drawn  off  at  the  bottom  by 
means  of  a  stop-cock  attached  to  each  one,  while  the  solid 
portion  is  held  back  between  the  filtering  surfaces.  When 
the  press  is  fully  charged,  the  pressure  holding  the  frames 
together  is  removed,  the  frames  separated,  and  the  pulp  al- 
lowed to  fall  into  a  recipient  underneath.  If  necessary,  the 
cloth  is  cleaned  by  means  of  a  rush. 

Press,  Fr    Farinaux  .     .  "De.pt.  Agrir.  Sp.  Kept  ,"  xxviii. 
Plate  XXV. 

Centrifugal Ibid.,  xxviii.,  Plate  XXIX. 

Beet-press,  Poizot  .     .     .  Ibid.,  Plate  XVI. 

Lebee Ibid.,  Plate  XVII. 

Dujardin      ....  Ibid  ,  Plate  XX  ,  and  page  141. 

Champannois    .     .     .  *  p.  87,  supra. 

Manuel  et  Socin    .     .  *  p.  87,  supra. 

Pieron *  p.  88,  supra. 

Find'er.  (Optics.)  a.  As  applied  to  the  tele- 
scope, a  small  low-power  glass  fitting  on  the  side  of 
the  large  one  for  finding  an  object. 

b.  As  applied  to  the  microscope,  a  means  for 
registering  the  position  of  an  object  on  a  slide  so 
that  it  can  be  readily  found  again.  The  Maltwood 
finder. 


tached  to  a  finger  clasp  ;  used  by  dentists. 

Fin'ger  Steel.  (Leather. )  A  steel  instrument 
like  a  skewer  or  awl  used  for  restoring  the  edge  of 
the  currier's  knife  while  in  use. 

Fin'ger  Tray.  A  small  pan  attached  by  a 
clasp  to  the  finger;  used  by  dentists  for  carrying 
amalgam  or  plastic  filling. 

Fin'ish-ing  Press.  A  machine  for  pressing 
fabrics. 

A  and  B  are  steam  drums  having  toothed  wheels  acted 
upon  by  cam  wheels  on  the  shaft  n,  which  is  turned  by  an 
endless  screw  and  toothed  wheel,  receiving  their  motion  from 
a  belt  and  pulley.  The  cam  wheels  turn  the  drums  in  oppo- 

Fiir.  1027. 


Houston's  Cloth  Finishing  Press. 


site  directions  ;  one  cam  wheel  only  works  at  a  time,  the 
drum  not  acted  upon  by  the  cam  wheel  being  carried  along 
by  the  friction  pulley.  Thus  the  operator  is  enabled  to 
change  the  motion  of  the  drum  as  often  as  necessary.  From 
the  drum  A  to  the  drum  B  a  long  sheet  or  band  of  copper  or 
steel  extends,  and  alternately  winds  ;,nd  unwinds  round  both 
drums,  carrying  the  goods  along.  The  fabric  is  unrolled 
from  a  cylinder,  T,  moved  solely  by  the  tension  of  the  goods 
as  they  are  rolled  on  the  cylinder  B.  The  copper  band  is 
heated  on  the  cylinder  A  and  catches  in  descending  the  sheet 
of  fabric,  and  rolls  up  along  with  the  same  on  the  cylinder  B. 
Thus  the  entire  surface  of  the  goods  comes  in  contact  with 
the  heated  metal,  and  is  equally  exposed  to  the  pressure  ex- 
erted by  the  concentric  sheets  of  copper.  The  goods  a  re  imt 
strained,  but  subjected  to  heat  and  pressure  only,  removing 
all  folds.  —  Musce  del' Industrie. 

Fire  A-larm'.   Sec  the  following  references :  — 


Indicator,  electrical,  Bright 

Electric,  Gaulnier 

And  bell  pull,  electric, 

Gaulnier, 

Gong,  German 

And  water  indicator,  Geraid  . 
Ships  holds,  Higgins  .  .  .  . 
Telltale,  Electric,  Leblanc,  Fr. 


Signals,  London 
Telegraph,  Spanish 


*  "  Ttleg.  Jour.,"  vii.  56. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  246 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  4. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  4C3. 

*  "Sr.  Amer.,'''  xl.  102. 

*  "  Teleg.  Jour.,"  vi.  271. 

*  '•Engineering,"  xxvi.  445. 
"Sc.Am.  Sup.."  xxiv.  34. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  135. 
"Teleg.  Jour.,'1'  iv.  199. 


FIRE   ALARM. 


335 


FIRE-ARMS,  ORDNANCE,  ETC. 


German  *  "<Sc.  Ain.^"  xxxviii.  402. 

Cprtridge      varnishing      ma- 

L. G.  R. 

Telegraph,  Prague  ....  *  "Engineering^'  xxx.  225,  287. 

chine. 

Leaf  sight. 

Telegraphs,  various  systems  *  "J^ii^nieerin^.''      xxiii.     223, 

Case. 

Level. 

402. 

Casemate. 

Lever. 

Fire  Arm.     Fig.   1028  shows   the  new  service 

Ciise-trimmer. 
Chamber. 

Life-saving  rocket. 
Lignose. 

gnu  of  Capt.  Gras,  adopted  for  the  French  nrmy. 

Charcoal-grinding  machine. 

Limber. 

The  upper  figure  shows  the  piece  in  the  position  as  the 
cartridge  i.-i  being  extracted,  and  the  lower  figure  as  it  is  ready 

Charger. 
Circle. 
Clamp  milling  machine. 

Line-throwing  gun. 
Loading  machine. 
Loading  plug. 

u  :  „.     1  AOQ 

Clover  leaf  sight. 

Loop. 

rig.   JUiO. 

Coiling  machine. 

Lubricator. 

£3k_ 

Comb. 

Lump. 

if* 

Conversion. 

Machine  gun. 

• 

Countersink. 

Magazine. 

*   f^L             ^r-^—^     -^Si^.                                          J 

Covered  sight. 

Magazine  gun. 

Cross-liar. 

Magazine  rifle. 

pT5ss25&>  ~lBf3S~  '  -~i~-Jp-^  ^taBSS***    '  r<iiL'a^J 

Crusher  gage. 

Maneuvering  wheel. 

L         ^^^»2^_"       "    .                  '"      —  S.fl_  —  —I 

Cube  powder. 

Mantlet. 

^^ 

Cup  anvil. 

Mat. 

jf*JP* 

Cupping  machine. 

Match. 

Decoy. 

Mitrailleuse. 

Deringer. 

Mixing  machine. 

^vC                if   f^ 

Dice. 

Mortar. 

^^^\^r 

Diorrcxine. 

Mortar  carriage. 

^^"•^^       /'A            f 

Direct  fire. 

Mortar  truck. 

f~~'~    S~~  "  ~r~i  -•    '  }  "?""•    '  -">»,-  ....  t  '  

Disk  anvil. 

Mountain  gun. 

tffil 

Drawing  machine 

Mountain  howitzer. 

^j»-'  '-  ""-"J^.—  Lu-v.  •T5!y^.^u_<JH|!!*!P™'*'^ 

Drying  hou?e. 

Muzzle. 

i—~~~r~~~r^\~"  '  _^S        ~~fm^i  _i»"^  '  ""  ^J?:T—  - 

Drying  stove. 

Muzzle-pointing  gun. 

4      "»     jffZF^    .kmag^ssasasssis/  ____!!! 

Dualiu. 

Muzzle  sight. 

n     .-^-iA-^i/H/^' 

Dusting  machine. 
Dynamite. 

Needle  gun. 

Jj3C—  —  '       S\              •              Jf 

Eprouvette. 

Nitro-gelatine. 

^^^\^^ 

Explosive  bullet. 

Nitro-glycerine. 

^^feS^^ 

Explosive  gelatine. 

Oblique  fire. 

2%e   Gras  7f(/7e.     TVie  French  Service  Arm. 

Explosives. 

Obturator. 

Extractor. 

Open  bead  sight. 

to  fire,     x  is  the  movable  breech  piece  operated  by  the  lever. 

Field  gun. 

Open  sight. 

C  is  the  dog,  at  the  end  of  which   is  a  button,  to  which  the 

Field-piece, 

Pack  saddle. 

rod  D  of  the  firing  pin  E  is  attached.     F  is  the  coiled  spring, 

Fire-arm. 

Palstave. 

which  throws  the  pin   forward.     For  loading  the  gun,  the 

Fog  gun. 

Papyroxyline. 

parts  are  drawn  back  as  shown  in  the  upper  figure.    The 

Fore  -end. 

Pebble  powder. 

cartridge  is  inserted  and  the  bolt  A  by  the  lover  B  is  drawn 

Fort. 

Pebble-powder  machine. 

forward.     While  this  is  being  done,  a  stop,  o.  enters  a  cam 

Front  sight. 

Peep  sight. 

groove,  H.  in  the  side  of  the  bolt  A  so  that  the  latter  is  forced 

Fuse. 

Pellet  powder. 

to  turn  as  it  is  brought  forward      In  the  lower  figure  it  will 

Gas  check. 

Pellet-powder  machine. 

be  noticed  that  the  notch  on  the  dog  C  is  almost  in  contact 

Gas  gun. 

Percussion  fuse. 

with  the  spring  stop  /governed  by  the  trigger.     By  pulling 

Gatling  gun. 

Pin-ball  sight. 

on  the  latter,  this    stop  is  withdrawn,   and  the  needle  is 

Gelatine,  Blasting. 

Pistol. 

thrown  forward  by  its  spring,  striking  and  exploding  the 

Glacis. 

Pistol  grip. 

cartridge.     At  J  is  the  extractor,  the  part  containing  which, 

Glazing  barrel. 

Pistol  handle. 

though  drawn  back,  does  not  turn  with  the  movable  breech, 
PO  that  the  spring  hook  always  grasps  the  rim  of  the  cartridge 

Globe  sight. 
Graduating  sight. 

Pistol  rifling  machine. 
Plain  sight. 

case  from  above.    With  this  gun  it  is  stated  that  45  shots  can 

Granulated-wood  powder. 

Plate. 

be  fired  in  three  minutes,  effective  at  a  range  of  5,120  to  5,440 

Granulating  machine. 

Plunger. 

feet. 

Grapple  shot. 

Potentite. 

Breech-loader,  MacNaugfuen  *  "Engineer,"  1.  400. 

Gravel  powder. 

Poudre-brutale. 

Royal  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  66. 

Grenade. 

Powder-dusting  machine. 

See  also  MAGAZINE  FIRE-ARM,  infra. 

Guard. 
Gun. 

Powder  paper. 
Powder-pressing  machine. 

Fire'-arms,  Ord'nance,  Ex-plo'sives,  etc. 

Gun  barrel. 
Gun  barrow. 

Pressure  gage. 
Primer. 

Action.                                             Blow  gun. 

Gun  brush. 

Primer  extractor. 

Air  gun                                           Bolt. 

Gun  carriage. 

Priming  machine. 

Air  pistol.                                       Bomb  lance. 

Gun  cotton. 

Prismatic  powder. 

Ambulance.                                  Brake. 

Gun  flint. 

Pyrophore. 

Ambulance  cot.                           Breaking-down  machine. 

Gunpowder. 

Pyrophorus. 

Ambulance  stretcher.                 Breech. 

Gunpowder  machine. 

Pyroxyline. 

Anchor  shot.                                Breech-loading  fire-arm. 

Gun-stocking  machine. 

Racer. 

Anvil.                                              Breech  wrench. 

Gun-stock  lathe. 

Rear  sight. 

Anvil  cupper.                               Buck-horn  sight. 

Gunwale  gun. 

Rebounding  gun-lock. 

Aperture  sight.                              Bullet. 

Gyro-pigeon. 

Recapper. 

Armored  gun.                              Bullet  machine. 

Hammerless  gun. 

Recoil  check. 

Armor  plate.                                Bullet-making. 

Hand. 

Reflecting  sight. 

Armstrong  gun.                           Bullet-patching  machine. 

Hausse. 

Reinforce. 

Army  wagon.                                 Bump. 

Heel-plate. 

Reloading  tool. 

Assembling.                                   Burgoyne. 

Herakline. 

Repeating  rifle. 

Balloon  musket.                          Butt  lathe. 

Hind  sight. 

Re-primer. 

Balloon  torpedo.                          California  sight. 

Hoop-heating  furnace. 

Rast. 

Fall  seater.                                     Camp  cot. 

Hoop-shrinking  apparatus. 

Revolver. 

Ball  trimmer.                               Cannon. 

Howitzer. 

Revolving  cannon. 

Ba    and  bead  sight.                     Cannon  lock. 

Hydraulic  buffer. 

Rib. 

I!a    and  slit  sight.                       Cannon  revolver. 

Hydro-pneumatic     gun     car- 

King. 

1'a  bed  shot.                                   Cap. 

riage. 

Rifle. 

lia  rel.                                             Capper. 

Impression  machine. 

Rifle  battery. 

Ba  rel-boring  machine.               Carbine. 

Incorporating  mill. 

Rifle  cane. 

Battery  gun.                                   Cartridge. 

Indirect  pointing  apparatus. 

Rifling  machine. 

Bayonet.                                        Cartridge-block. 

Infernal  machine. 

Rocket. 

Bayonet  manufacture.                Cartridge-capper. 

Intrenching  spade. 

Safety  pin. 

Beach  combination  sight.           Cartridge-heading  machine. 
Bead  sight.                                   Cartridge-head  tester. 

Jacketed  gun. 
Jack  lamp. 

Salpeter  and  sulphur  grind- 
ing-mill. 

Blasting  apparatus.                     Cartridge  loader. 
Blasting  compound.                    Cartridge  making. 

Jelly  powder. 
Jerk  snare. 

Saltpeter,  sulphur,  and  char- 
coal mixing-mill. 

Blasting  gelatine.                        Cartridge  scales. 

Lead-wire  apparatus. 

Sear. 

FIRE-ARMS,  ORDNANCE,  ETC. 


336 


FIRE-DAMP  DETECTOR. 


Sebastine. 

Thumbing. 

the  iron  tubes  beyond  the  bridge  wall.     When  two  of  these 

Set  trigger. 

Time  gun. 

sections  are  placed  one  on  each  side  of  a  boiler,  and  the  top  of 

Shell. 

Toe. 

chamber  B  is  connected  with  the  top  of  the  boiler  by  means 

Shell  reducer. 

Tonite. 

of  the  pipe  G,  and  a  water  connection  is  made  with  the  lower 

Shell  truck. 

Torpedo. 

part  of  the  boiler  and  the  section  by  the  pipes  1)  and  E,  then 

Shot. 

Torpedo  boat. 

the  water  from  the  boiler  will   flow  through  the  ten  brass 

Shot-gun. 

Torpedo  carriage. 

tubes  to  the  end  of  the  iron  tubes,  and  when  fire  is  applied 

Side  action. 

Torpedo  catcher. 

the  steam  will  rise  through  the  space  between  the  brass  and 

Sight  (varieties,  see  list.) 

Torpedo  depot  ship. 

iron  tubes  into  the  chamber  B  and  through  the  pipe  G  into 

Skate. 

Torpedo  launch. 

the  boiler,   producing  a  rapid   circulation,  not  only  in  the 

Sling  wagon. 

Torpedo  vessel. 

tubes  but  also  increasing  the  circulation  in  the  boiler. 

Slit-bar  sight. 
Small  arm. 
Snap  action. 

Training  gearing. 
Traveling  forge. 
Traverse  circle. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
Locomotive,  Belpaire,  Belg.       ,     *  Thurston's   "  Vienna    Re- 

Spar torpedo. 

Traverse  rack. 

port,  '  ii.  1  9. 

Spear-head. 
Spirophorus. 

Traverse  wheel. 
Trowel  bayonet. 

*  ".R.  R.  Gaz.  ,-'  xxiv   365. 
Engine,  Fox  4"  Greig,  Br   .          .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  45. 
Tubular  flue  boilers, 

Sporting  sight. 

Tube. 

Squib. 
Stacking  swivel. 

Tumbler. 
Turret. 

Locomotive,  Kaselowsky,  Berlin.  *"  Sc.  Ainer.  Sup.,"  934. 
Locomotive,  Penn.  Railway    .     .  *  "R.  R.  Gaz.,''  viii.,  139. 

Stock. 
Straightening  stand. 

Turret  gun. 
Twisting  rod. 

Crown  arch,  Rajputna  State  Ry.  *  "Engineer,'1'  xlviii.   378, 

Strap 
Stretcher. 
Submarine  gun. 

Uncapping  knife. 
Vernier  scale  sight. 
Vest-pocket  pistol. 

Locomotive,  Ten-brink.     .     .     .  *  "Ending,"1  xxvii  455. 
Staying,  Wehrenfennig,  Aust.      .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  455. 
Locomotive,  Woollen     ....  *"R.R.  Gaz.,''  xxiv.  495. 

Sword. 

Vigorite. 

Woollen  *  •'Engineer,'-  1.  282. 

Syringe  gun. 

Volley-gun. 

Tapering  and  crimping  ma- 

War engine. 

Fire  Brick.      Usually  made  of  silica  and  re- 

chine. 
Target. 

Whale  gun. 
Whaling  rocket. 

fractory  clay,'with  a  small  proportion  of  cementing 

Telescopic  sight. 

Whitworth  gun. 

material. 

Tent. 

Wind  gage. 

Some  fire  bricks  are  made  into  which  clay  does  not  enter 

Throwing-stick. 

Wind-gage  sight. 

as  an  ingredient. 

Fire  Bar.     See  the  following  :  — 

Chain,  Welch,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  72. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  3881. 
Revolving,  Schmidt  .     .      "Revue  Industrielle." 
Rocking *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2050. 

See  also  GRATE  ;  GRATE  BAR,  infra. 

Fire  Box.  The  chamber  of  a  furnace.  In  the 
instance  shown  in  Fig.  1029,  the  sides  of  the  fur- 
nace are  made  up  of,  or  rather  lined  with,  flat  con- 
geries of  pipes,  which  act  as  feed  water  heaters. 
Known  as  economizers.  See  FEED  WATER  HEATER; 
FUEL  ECONOMIZER  ;  HOT  BLAST  APPARATUS  ; 
REGENERATOR,  etc. 

Fire  boxes  in  the  present  instance  consist  of  two  sections, 
each  made  of  ten  wrought-iron  tubes,  C,  3"  diameter  and  10' 
long ;  one  end  of  each  of  these  tubes  is  secured  to  a  larger 


Fire-Box  and  Eronoinizer. 

chamber  B;  the  other  end  is  closed  with  a  cap  and  reaches 
beyond  the  bridge-wall.  The  chamber  B  is  divided  by  par- 
tition F,  and  into  this  partition  ten  brass  tubes  are  secured 
which  are  open  on  both  ends  and  reach  to  uear  the  end  of 


In  England  quartz  is  ground  and  freed  from  iron  by  sul- 
phuric acid.  It  is  considered  better  than  sand.  In  \Valcs 
bricks  are  made  of  ground  quartz  with  one  per  cent,  of  lime 
and  water  sufficient.  The  brick  is  pressed  in  iron  molds, 
and  the  lime  acts  as  a  flux  to  cement  the  quartz. 

The  composition  of  good  fire  bricks  is  indicated  by  three 
analyses  :  — 

Carter  County,  Kentucky,  Clay. 

Silica 45  to  64 

Alumina 23  to  43 

Oxide  of  iron,  a  trace. 
Lime,  a  trace. 

Potash 0.212  to  2.093 

Soda 0.283  to  0.728 

Belgian  Fire  Clay. 

Silica 64.2 

Alumina 32.2 

Oxide  of  iron 2.4 

Lime 0.0 

Alkalies 1-2 

100 

Clays  of  Forges-les-Eaux  and  Ardennes,  in  France ;  Bel- 
gium;  Stonebridge.  England;  Klingeiiberg,  Germany,  vary 
between  the  following  }  roportion  :  — 

Silica 64  to  71 

Alumina 22  to  38 

Oxide  of  iron 0.2  to  4 

Lime trace  to  J 

Alkalies trace  to  1 

Fire  bricks,  see  on,  "Blake's  Reports  on  Ceramics,'-'  "French 
Exposition  (1878)  Rtpnrls,''  vol.  iii.,  215  et  s<q. 
Fire  bricks,  Dvnnachie  on,  "  Van  Xottranrl's  Jlfog-.,"  xvi.  6. 
Fire  Cock.     A  cock  attached  to  a  stand  pipe 
in  a  building,  one  cock  to  ^.     logo 

each  floor,  and  having  a 
hose  attached  capable  of 
reaching  any  part  of  that 
story  of  the  building,  or 
the  part  destined  to  be 
within  range  of  that  par- 
ticular stand  pipe.  In  the 
illustration  the  apparatus 
has  a  cap  to  be  removed 
and  the  hose  coupling  at- 
tached. 

Fire-damp'  A-larm'. 
One  for  automatically  giv- 
ing notice  of  presence  of 
fire-damp  in  a  mine. 

See  also  FIRE-DAMP  DE- 
TECTOR. 

Fire-damp'  De- 
tect'or.  An  instrument  for  detecting  the  pres- 


Fire  Cock. 


FIRE   DAMP  DETECTOR. 


337 


FIRE   ESCAPE. 


eiicc  of  proto-carbide  of  hydrogen  in  a  mine.     Co- 
quillou's  test  for  quantity  is  considered  under  GKI- 

SOUMETER. 

Forbes'g  test  for  presence  is  founded  on  the  facts  that 
sound  travels  quicker  in  light  gases  than  in  denser  ones,  and 
that  air  containing  fire-damp  is  lighter  than  pure  air.  The 
instrument  detects  0.5  per  cent,  of  impurity. 

The  test  for  fire-damp  by  the  observation  of  the  blue  fringe 
of  the  Davy  safety-lamp  is  only  practicable  where  the  at- 
mosphere contains  at  le.ist  3  percent,  of  the  explosive  gas. 
M.  Galloway  has  shown  that  0.75  per  cent,  is  explosive  in 
presence  of  fine  coal-dust. 

MM.  Mallard  and  le  Chatelier  propose  a  safety-lamp  in 
which  a  jet  of  hydrogen  gas  is  burned  instead  of  the  ordinary 
oil.  The  flame  is  hot,  gives  but  little  light,  and  in  burning 
the  explosive  gas  elongates  and  exhibits  freely  the  blue 
fringe.  0.25  per  cent,  is  detectable  by  this  means. 

Another  instrument  by  Prof.  Forbes  for  detection  of  fire- 
damp consists  of  a  resonator  of  variable  dimensions  and  a  tun- 
ing-fork of  definite  pitch.  The  resonator  is  a  metallic  tube, 
1"  in  diameter  and  14"  long,  in  which  a  piston  slides,  so  as  to 


sounueu  ana  me  piston  is  moved  until  me  proper  length  is 
found,  which  is  indicated  by  the  resonator  intensifying  the 
stiMinl  of  the  tuning-fork.  Barometric  pressure  produces  no 
difference  on  the  instrument.  The  temperature  correction  is 
made  by  reading  off  a  thermometer  of  the  proper  dimensions 
instead  of  reading  off  a  fixed  mark  on  the  piston.  The  only 
error  is  by  the  presence  of  dense  carbonic  acid  gas,  but  the 
carbonic  acid  gas  tends  to  destroy  the  explosive  character  of 
fire-dnnip,  and  it  appears  that  if  the  presence  of  carbonic  acid 
prevented  the  instrument  from  indicating  fire-damp  it  would 
certainly  be  sufficient  to  prevent  the  explosive  character  of 
fire-damp. 
See  the  following  references  :  — 

Coqui!lon,Fi.      .    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  33. 

*  "Setmtific  American  So;?.,"  4060. 
Forbes,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  213. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2303. 
Lii-fing *  "Scientific  American  Sw/?.,'- 4030. 

See  also  GRISOUMBTER  ;  FIRE-DAMP  PHOTOMETER. 

Fire-damp  Me'ter.  An  instrument  for  de- 
termining the  amount  of  proto-carbide  of  hydrogen 
in  a  mine.  Coquillon  has  contrived  several  forms : 
one  for  use  in  a  mine  and  the  other  for  the  labora- 
tory. Both  depend  on  the  principle  that  hydrogen 
and  its  gaseous  carbides  are  completely  burned  in 
presence  of  oxygen  and  a  palladium'  wire  heated 
to  white  redness  See  GRISOUMETKK. 

Fire-damp'  Pho-tom'e-ter.  An  apparatus 
by  Liveing,  of  London,  for  the  detection  of  the 
presence  of  proto-carbide  of  hydrogen  in  air.  It 
acts  upon  the  principle  of  using  the  electric  current 
for  causing  the  combustion  of  the  fire-damp  and  a 
photometer  for  observation  of  the  luminous  inten- 
sity. 

A  platinum  wire -rendered  incandescent  by  the 
pas.-age  of  an  electric  current,  is  more  brilliant  in  air 
contaminated  with  the  fire-damp,  and  proportion- 
ally so  by  increasing  the  quantity  of  the  proto- 
carbide.  The  comparison  is  made  by  the  photom- 
eter of  the  incandescent  wire  in  pure  air  and  the 
wire  in  mixtures  of  definite  proportions  of  air  and 
fire-damp,  and  thus  a  scale  is  obtained.  —  "Transac- 
tions Physical  Society  of  London."  "Scientific 
American  Supplement,"  *  4030. 

Fire  En'gine.  The  SiNby  fire  Engine,  Plate 
XV.,  has  a  steam  ro- 
tary pump,  shown  in 
section  in  Fig.  1031. 
The  boiler  is  tubulous 
and  vertical,  and  H 
shown  in  Fig  1032. 
The  engine  and  the 
pump  are  substantially 
similar,  in  the  former 
case,  however,  the 
pressure  of  steam 
drives  the  three-toed 


Fig.  1031. 


SUsby  Fire  Engine  Pump. 


pistons,  and  in  the  latter,  the  pistons  drive  the  water. 
Steam  j.istou  and  pump  pistons  are  coupled  and 
connected.  The  boiler,  shown  in  Fig.  1032,  has  de- 
pending tubes  and  vertical  Hues  giving  a  large  heat- 
ing surface.  One  of  the  water  tubes  is  shown  sepa- 
rately at  the  left  of  the  boiler.  Plate  XV.  shows 
the  complete  engine. 

The  La  France  steam  fire  engine  also  has  the 
rotary  principle. 

Fig.  1032. 


Vertical  Fire  Engine.  Sailer. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Amoskeag  Co *  "Polytechnic.  Rec.,">  Mar., 

1876,  p.  18. 

Chemical,  Babcock *  "Amir.  Man.,"  Apr.  18, 

1879,  p.  6. 

Chemical,  Clapp *  ".Ve.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.lll. 

Floating,  Edwards  ff  Symes,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  125, 

127. 

English "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  255. 

Engine  pump,  Br "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1906. 

Steam,  Engl *  "Sc.  Amer.,''1  xxxix.  246. 

London *  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1747. 

Gould *"Sc.  Amer.  *'«/>.,"  419. 

*  "Polytechnic  Rev.,"  Mar., 

1876,  p.  19. 

*  "  Engineering,"  xxi.  432. 
Injector  hydrant,  Greathead,Br.  *  "Engine>ring,"  xxviii.  80. 

Iland.JfwW  . *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  127. 

Steam,  Moor/en *  "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  319. 

Steam,  Rumble,  Engl *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2447. 

Steam,  Shaiid  $  Mason,  Br. 


Fire-engine,  rotary,  Sttiby 
Silsby 


22 


"Engineer,"     xliv.    423; 
xlvi.  165. 

"f!c.  Amer.,'1'1  xxxv.  115. 
"  T/nirston'x    Vienna    Re- 
port," ii.  104. 

Reports  of  trials,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,''  vol. 
vi.,  Group  XX.,  includes  the  following  :  — 

GouU *  p.  283. 

Clapp  if  Jones *  p.  285. 

Silsby *p.  289. 

Amoskeag *  p.  292. 

Fire  Es-cape'.  Figs.  1033,  1034,  show  re- 
spectively French  and  American  forms  of  clutches 
to  run  on  ropes  when  »  person,  suspended  to  either 
of  them,  is  descending  from  the  window  of  a  burn- 
ing house. 


FIRE   ESCAPE. 


338 


FTRELESS   LOCOMOTIVE. 


In  Fig.  1033,  the  rope  being  firmly  attached  iu  the  room, 
the  person  is  suspended  from  the  hook  below,  and  the  rope 


Fig.  1033. 


Fig.  1034. 


French  Fire  Es- 
cape. 


Rope  Clutch. 


being  roven  through  the  grooves,  the  friction  opposes  its 
rapid  motion  ;  the  friction  is  increased  by  grasping  the  rope 
while  descending. 

In  Fig.  1034,  the  rope  runs  through  a  fair  leader  groove 
in  a  hinged  box  ;  the  two  parts  of  which  compress  the  rope 
in  any  required  degree,  so  as  to  prevent  too  rapid  descent  of 
the  person  suspended  therefrom  by  the  hook  D ;  A  is  the  pul- 
ley-wheel, and  C  the  pinch  screw. 

See  the  following : 

Allen * 

Clutch * 

Portable,  mounted,  Davis      .    ,  * 


Portable  ladders,  Falk  .     .     .     .  * 

Portable,  Falk * 

Portable,  Hydraulic,  Gerard  .     .  * 
Hydraulic,  Gerard  If  Turnbull    .  * 

Houghton * 

Automatic,  Leavitt * 

Lescale * 

Net  on  poles * 

Shishmanian * 

Ladder,  Winter * 


"Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  163. 
"  Sc.  Amer.."  xxxvi.  335. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii. ,  Dec. 

12, p   7. 
"Manufact.  §•   Builder,'' 

ix.  150. 
"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  2, 

p.  9. 
"Iron  As;e,"    xxii.,   Oct. 

81,  p.  7. 
"Ens;,  if  Min.  J.,"  xxvii. 

150. 

11  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  294. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  255. 
"Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxix.  169. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix.  19. 
"Sc.Amer.,"  xxxviii.  147. 
"Sc.  Amer.,"xli.  230. 


Fire  Ex-tin'guish-er.  The  subject  of  the 
portable  or  fixed  apparatus,  for  projecting  carbonic 
acid  gas  and  water  upon  a  fire,  is  considered  on  pp. 
866,  867,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  including  a  reference  to 
Sir  William  Congreve. 

The  larger  apparatus,  mounted  as  fire  engines,  are  now  in 
use  in  our  cities,  known  as  the  Babcock  Fire  Engine. 

Fig.  1035. 


See  also  the  following  :  — 
Apparatus.  Atlantic  Fire 

Annihilator  Co.      .     .     .  * 
Compound,  Reec    .... 
Portable,  Douglass     .     .     .  * 

On  shipboard,  Granger       .  * 

# 

Shipboard,  Thompson    .     .  * 

Automatic,  Tenner    .     .     .  * 
Apparatus,  "  Tribune,'1 


"Man.  $  Suilciir,"  viii.  145. 

"He.  Ainer.,"  xxxvi.  2'28. 

"  Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  June  26, 

p.  5. 

uEmf.  $  Min.  /.,'•  xxiii.  454. 
"S, .  Amtr.,''  xxxvi.  383. 
•'Man.  $  Builder,''  viii.  16. 
'•&:.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  101. 
"Sc.Amer.,"  xxxvii.  246. 
"  Sc.  Amer."  xxxiv.  146. 


Fire'-hole-ring  Riv'et-er.  The  portable  hy- 
draulic riveter,  for  fire-hole-rings,  originally  de- 
signed by  Tweddell  for  the  special  purpose  of  riv- 
eting up  locomotive  fire-hole  door  rings  at  Crewe. 

The  gap  is  3.5"  when  intended  for  locomotive  work,  and 
6"  to  6"  when  used  for  riveting  on  marine  boiler  front  and 
back  end  plates. 

This  riveter  is  centered  in  a  toothed  wheel,  which  is  put  in 

Fig.  1036. 


Fire  Extinguisher  for  Mills. 

The  Anderson  &  Proctor  apparatus,  shown  in  Fig.  1035,  is 
especially  intended  for  mills,  and  is  automatically  operated 
through  the  medium  of  electricity,  as  described  in  §  c,  Fire 
Alarm,  p.  849,  "Mecti.  Diet."  Thermometers  are  placed  freely 
at  different  parts  of  the  establishment,  and  the  raising  of  the 
mercury  in  either  to  a  certain  height  completes  a  galvanic 
circuit,  and  opens  a  valve  connecting  by  pipes  with  the  spe- 
cial department  from  which  the  alarm  proceeded  and  flood- 
ing it  with  steam. 


Fire-hole-ring  Riveter. 


motion  by  a  pinion,  and  the  machine  thus  revolves  in  a  ver- 
tical plane  on  its  own  center  and  in  a  very  small  space.  A 
swivel  joint  between  the  outer  rock  and  the  suspending 
chain  allows  the  riveter  also  to  revolve  freely  in  a  horizontal 
plane. 

The  machine  exerts  a  force  of  33,000  foot  pounds  at  each 
stroke,  weighs  400  pounds,  and  can  make  20  to  30  strokes  per 
minute. 

Fire'less  Lo-co-mo'tive.  A  locomotive  for 
street  railways.  That  shown  was  designed  for  the 
Crescent  Citv  Railroad  Company,  of  New  Orleans, 
by  Schemer."  Plate  XV. 


pressure  of  220  pounds  per  square  inch  —  390°  Fah.  With 
this  charge  it  runs  about  6  miles,  the  pressure 
being  down  to  about  40  pounds  at  the  end  of  the 
run. 

The  driving  wheels  are  30"  in  diameter,  and 
the  leading  wheels  20",  with  a  wheel  base  of 
5'  7".  The  cylinders  are  4J  X  10".  The  valve 
gear  consists  of  a  main  valve,  which  works  full 
stroke  at  all  times,  and  controls  the  exhaust, 
with  a  steam  valve  on  top  worked  by  a  link, 
which  governs  the  admission.  Both  valves  are, 
however,  worked  by  the  same  link.  The 
weight  of  the  engine,  with  the  tauk  full  of 
water,  is  8,700  Ibs. 
The  L'imin  &  Francq  motor,  used  on  the  Paris  Kalways, 

has  a  reservoir  containing  1,800  liters  of  water  at  400°  Fah. 

.Franc?,  Fr "Manufacturer  If  Builder,"  xi_.  9. 

'    "rancq,  Fr.  *  "Engineering,"'  xxviii.  306,  375. 

*  "Scientific   American    Sup.,"    1760, 

2125,  2521,  *  2766. 

*  Andt rson:s  Report,   "Paris   Exposi- 

tion Reports,"  iv.  466. 

*  Ibid.,  iv.  462. 

"Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  Nov.  27,  p.  7. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  383. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  239. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  220. 


Lamm  ff  Fro, 


Mekarski,  Paris 
Scheffler,  N.  0. 


Figure  1031. 


SILSBY  FIRE-ENGINE. 


See  page  337. 


SCHEFFLEK    FIRELESS  LOCOMOTIVE. 
( Crescent  City  Railroad  Co.,  New  Orleans.) 


See  page  \ 


FIREMAN'S   AXE. 


339 


FISH  CULTURE. 


Fire'man's  Axe.  A  chopping  axe  with  a 
talon  on  the  poll. 

Fire'place  Stove.  A  description  of  heater 
in  which  a  close  stove  occupies  the  position  of  a 
parlor  »Tate,  has  a  protruding  front  and  doors  with 
mica  panels.  Also  known  as  a  latrobe.  See  Fig. 
1998,  p.  869,  "  Mech.  Diet."  Fig.  2843,  p.  1205; 
Fig.  5909,  p.  2410,  Ibid. 


"  Alhambra  " 
Ventilating 


*  "Scientific  American,''1  xxxix.  261. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1747. 


Fig.  1037. 


Fire  Plug.  A  device  for  connecting  street 
mains  with  suction  pipe  of  fire 
engine,  or  with  hose  for  street 
watering  or  tire  purposes.  Used 
also  in  factories  and  large  estab- 
lishments of  various  kinds.  See 
also  FIRE  COCK. 

Fire  Pot.  A  solderer's  fur- 
nace. 

Fire-proofing.  See  follow- 
ing recipes  and  references  :  — 

Wood:  Follarhi's  plan.  Place  the 
wood  on  gratings  and  separated  in  a 
close  vessel.  Pump  in  following  solu- 
tion and  boil. 

Sulphate  of  zinc,  55  Ibs.;  potash,  22 
Ibs.;  alum,  44  Ibs  ;  oxide  of  manga- 
nese, 22  Ibs.;  sulphuric  acid  of  60°, 
22  Ibs.;  water,  55  Ibs.;  all  of  the  solids 
are  to  be  poured  into  an  iron  boiler 
containing  the  water  at  a  temperatnre 
of  45°  C.,  or  113°  Fah.  As  soon  as  the 
substances  are  dissolved  the  sulphu- 
ric acid  to  be  poured  in  little  by  little, 
until  all  the  substances  are  com- 
pletely saturated. 

Theatrical  scenery:  boracic  acid,  5; 
sal  ainmon.,  15:  potassic  feldspar,  5j 
gelatine,  1.05;  size,  50  ;  water,  100. 

Fabfics:  In  14  parts  of  water, 
heated  to  ISO3  Fah.,  dissolve  101  lo»- 
gelatine  and  21  Ibs.  castor-oil  soap. 
Then  add  10J  Ibs.  gum  lac,  shaking 


Fire  Plug  (section). 


the  liquid  until  the  last  is  completely  dissolved.  Remove 
from  the  fire,  and  add  in  small  quantities  21  Ibs.  powdered 
alum  until  the  alum  dissolves.  This  forms  an  insoluble 
alumina  soap,  closely  incorporated  with  the  gelatine  and 
the  gum  lac.  Apply  with  a  brush. 

Cloth  :  Apply  tungstate  of  soda. 

Or  :  a  solution  of  4  parts  borax  and  3  of  sulphate  of  mag- 
nesia, which  precipitates  an  incombustible  and  insoluble 
compound,  the  borate  of  magnesia,  in  the  fibers. 

Or  :  phosphate  of  ammonia,  6  per  cent  solution. 

Or  :  solution  of  acetate  of  lime  and  chloride  of  calcium. 

Or  :  sulph.  amm.  and  sulph.  calcium. 

Or  :  5  per  cent,  phosphate  of  amm.  and  5  per  cent.  alum. 
Requires  reimpregnation  after  washing. 

Or  :  for  cloth,  8  parts,  by  weight,  of  sulph.  amm. ;  2.5  parts 
carb.  ammon.;  3  parts  boracic  acid  ;  1.7  borax  ;  2  parts  starch 
in  100  water. 

Canvas  or  cordage,  wood,  or  straw :  6  parts  boracic  acid  ;  15 
parts  sal  amm.;  3  parts  borax  in  100  parts  water. 

Paper:  8  parts  sulph.  amm.;  3  parts  boracic  acid  ;  1.7  parts 
borax.  Applied  at  122°  Fah. 

Paper :  made  from  a  pulp  of  vegetable  fiber  .  1.00 
asbestos  .  .  .  2.00 
borax  ....  0.01 
alum 0.02 

The  ink  is  made  of  graphite      .     .  .  85.00 

copal  varnish  .  .    0.08 

copperas     .     .  .    7.50 

tinct.  nutgalls  .  30.00 

indigo  carrn.    .  .     q.  s. 


Buildings,  "Engineer  " 
Cloth 


Concrete,  "Architect  "     . 
Construction,  Bayless     . 


Hutton 


"Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'''  xvii. 

439. 

"Man.  if   Builder,''1  ix.  1. 
"  Eng .  $  Min .  J. , ' '  xxvi .  333. 
"Sc.  American,"  xli.  218. 
"Sc.  .4m.,"   xxxiv.  103,  405. 
"  Van  Nostr,  Mag.,"  xvi.  237. 
"Iron  Age,''  xix.,  Apr.  26,  p.  22. 

*  "Iron  Age,''1  xxv.,  Jan.  15,  p.  3. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  104. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  43. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1363. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  158. 


Northcrnft,  Kngl.    .     . 
Paper  by  Schumann  . 


Curtain 


"Sc.  American  Sup.,"1  973. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  2174,  2209. 
"Polytechnic  Review,''  Dec.  23, 

1876. 

"Sc.  American,''  xxxvi.  277. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  5,  p.  7. 
"//•ore  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  p.  18. 
"Sc.  Amtr.,"  xxxv.  127    159. 
" Sc.  American  Sup.,''  1110. 
"  Van  NostratuJ's  Mag.,"  xvii. 

475. 

"Sc.  American,"  xli.  86. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  290. 
"Sc.  American,''  xli.  218. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  557. 
"  Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  307. 
"Iron  Age,''  xix.,  May  10,  p.  24. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxi. 

477. 

"Sc.  American,'"  xli.  103. 
"Sc.  Aine.rican  Sup.,''  702. 

Fig.  1038. 


Dress 

Flooring,  Evans  §'  Swain   . 
Floors,  roof,  Noitncrofl  .     . 

Paper  

Shutter,  Pollock    .... 
Theatrical  scenery      .     .     . 

Tower 

Walls 

Wooden  buildings          .     . 
Wood,  "Building  News  "  . 

Folacci  .... 

Fire   Pump.    A 

pump  designed  to  be 
used  for  extinguish- 
ing fires. 

The  Stone  pump, 
shown  by  two  sec- 
tional views  taken  in 
planes  at  right  an- 
gles to  each  other 
(Figs.  1038,  1039),  is 
the  favorite  pump  in 
several  European  na- 
vies. The  pump  has 
three  pistons,  opera- 
ting one  above  an- 
other in  a  single  cyl- 
inder placed  on  the 
deck  of  a  vessel  and 
worked  by  hand 
cranks.  The  opera- 
tion of  the  pistons  is 
by  a  two-throw 
crank,  and  the  suc- 
tion pipes  connect 
with  either  of  six 
different  parts  of  the 
vessel.  The  same 
pump  may  be  used  to 
draw  water  from  the 
ship's  reservoir ;  from 
a  barge  alongside  to 
replenish  reservoir ; 

from  the  sea  to  wash     , 
,     ,  , .          .  ,       Ship  s  Fire  Pump.  British  Navy. 

decks  or  extinguish 

fire  ;  bilge  water  from  the  hold,  etc. 

Fire  Reg'u-la'tor.  An  apparatus  which  regu- 
lates the  draft  by  governing  the  area  of  the  air- 
duct  or  flues.  In  the  instance  shown  in  Fig.  1040, 
the  pressure  of  steam  in  a  chamber  beneath  the  lever 
has  the  effect  of  turning  the  butterfly  valve  on  its 
axis,  and  so  increases  or  decreases  the  area  of  the 
duct.  When  the  pressure  of  steam  increases,  the 
lever  rises,  partially  closes  the  damper,  and  thus 
moderates  the  briskness  of  the  fire  :  and  vice  versa. 
—  Le  Van. 

Fish  Cul'ture.  A  number  of  the  devices  used 
in  modern  fish  culture  may  be  reached  by  means 
of  the  following  list  of  United  States  patents  :  — 

No.         Inventor.  Invention. 

68,871     Green,  A  wire  bottom  box  anchored.    Inclined,  to 

keep  water  flowing  in  at  bottom. 
72,177    Drexter,  A  pen  to  inclose  crabs,  turtles,  etc. 
78,952    Furman,  Spawn  chamber  and  receiver  for  young 

fish. 
80,775    Smidtk.  Air  pumped  through  the    sea   water    in 

chamber. 
105,176     Collins,  A  collecting  screen  beneath  the  spawning 

box. 

116,112     Stone,  Box  carbonized  on  inside. 
116,995     Sabin,  Fish  nursery.    Spawning  boxes. 


FISH   CULTURE. 


340 


FISH  HATCHING  APPARATUS. 


No.         Inventor.  Invention. 

136,834     Motion,  Spawn  trays  with  upward  current. 
148,035     ('/ark.  Hatching  trays  with  artificial  current. 
149,198     Clark,  Eggs  preserved  in  layers  of  moss  in  refriger- 
ator. 

Fig.  1039. 


Ship's  Fire  Pump. 

Ifil  ,080  Bryan,  Floating  anchored  hatching  box. 
160,002  Bond,  Spawning  trays  and  egg  collectors. 
166,413  Roth,  Egg  basket  and  containing  box  in  current. 

Fig  1040. 


Fire  Regulator. 


173,262    Brackett,  Hatching  box  with  wire-netting  bottom. 
180,085     Wilmot,  Ova  suspended  in  receptacle   by  upward 

flow. 

Iff.) ,527     Ferguson,  Ova  in  vessels  mechanically  agitated. 
207,333     Wright,  Hatching  box  floats  and  its  agitation  lifts 

valves  in  the  bottom  and  causes  upward  flow  of 

water. 

See  also  reports  United  States  Fish  Commission,  and 
Plaster  casts  of  fish      ....      "Sc.Amer.   &ip."  2003 
breeding  apparatus      ....  *"  Sc.Amer.  Sup.,'1'  177. 

Culture,  Pennelt *  ".St.  Amer.  Sup.,''  177. 

Fish  skin,  numerous  uses  of     .      "&>.  American,"  xlii.  88. 
Fish  hatching  (Havre  de  Grace)      "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  1^9. 
Transporting  carriage,  Austrian  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  367. 

Fish'er-mau's  Knot.  The  knot  made  in  net- 
ting. Fig.  1041. 

It  is  the  same  as  Fig.  1041. 

used  in  the  neo- 
lithic age  of  Eu- 
rope, as  is  proved 
by  the  fragments 
of  nets  found  in 
the  lake  villages 

of  the    Swiss    re-  Fisherman's  Knot. 

gion. 

Fish  Flour.  Fish  flesh  dessicated  and  ground 
into  a  flour  of  varying  fineness,  according  to  taste. 
Largely  used  in  Norway. 

Fish  Hatch'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The  most 
practical  and  instructive  collection  of  this  descrip- 
tion of  apparatus  is  in  the  Museum  of  the  United 
States  Fish  Commission,  Washington,  D.  C.  It 
contains  — 

Models  of  hatching  houses  at  Bucksport,  Me.,  and  Grand 
Lake  Stream,  Me. 
Hatching  apparatus  of 

Green.  Stillwttt  If  Atkins. 

Brackett.  Holton. 

Williamson.  Bannister. 

Furman.  Roth. 

Clark.  Bryant. 

House.  Coste. 

Ferguson.  Mather. 
Spawning  screens  of 

Ainsworth.  Bond. 

Collins. 
Transporting  tanks  and  cans  of 

Mather.  Stone. 

Stone  If  Hooper.  Clark. 

Rogers.  Wilmot. 

Atkins.  Green. 

Slack.    And  numerous  accessories. 

See  list  under  FISH  CULTURE. 

Wilmot's  apparatus,  Fig.  104°,  dispenses  with  a  pcreen  to 
prevent  the  loss  of  eggs  with  the  overflow  water  and  substi 
tutes  a  regulation  of  the  force  of  the  water-flow  so  as  to  float 
off  worthless  matter,  imperfect  eggs,  and  prevent  deposit  of 
sediment  on  the  ova. 

The  water  from  the  reservoir  A,  Fig.  1042. 

by  a  connection  of  pipes  passes 
through  the  tube  E  downwardly 
into  the  bottom  of  the  hatching 
basin  1>,  or  upwardly  through  the 
tube  /,  in  each  case  the  water  being 
discharged  into  the  basin  at  or 


iy 


ing  i 


lottom,  glancing  off 
around  the  slant- 
of  the  basin,  and 
ip  with  it  the  ova  or 
eggs  O;  the  ova  following  the 
cnrrent,  roll  toward  the  tube 
E;  the  heavy  or  sound  eggs 
fall  to  the  bottom  of  the  basin  at  the  sides  of  the  jacket  or 
tube  to  be  again  moved  by  the  circulation  of  water,  while 
the  light  or  imperfect  eggs,  together  with  sedimentary  sub- 


FISH   HATCHING   APPARATUS. 


341 


FISHING  AND   WHALING. 


stances  in  the  water,  pass  up  the  outside  of  the  jacket  by 

190,222    King,  A  pair  of  spring-hook  claws. 

the  upward  flow,  and  are  carried  off  with  the  waste  water 

191,165     Miller,  A  supplementary  pivoted  spring-hook. 

through  the  spout  H. 

196,648     Edgar,  A  tongue  or  mousing  extending  to  the  barb. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "      ....  *  629. 

199,926     Mitchell,  Plunger  driven   into   the  mouth  of   the 
fish. 

Fish  Hook.     The  general  run  of  the  line  of 

208,581     Falvey,  Rubber  crawfish  bait  on    an    adjustable 
hook. 

invention  in  this  class  may  be  gathered  from  the 

211,996    Hill,  Arrangement  of  movable  spoon   guide  and 

following  list  of  United  States  patents  :  — 

rod. 
218,345     Wakaman,  Artificial  revolving  minnow,  with  hooks. 

No.        Inventor.                       Subject  of  invention. 

223,194     Vachc,  Trigger  and  spring  to  jerk  the  hook. 

6,2^7    Johnson,  Spring-hook  :  21  kinds  of  hook  and  modes 
of  attachment. 

Fish'iiig  and  Whal'ing.     The  following  list 

7,709     Warner  et  al.    Spring-hook. 

embraces  the  heads  under  this  class  :  — 

8,853    Buels,  Trolling-hook. 

10,771    Buels,  Spring-hook. 

Accumulator.                               Fish  preparing  and  preserv- 

10,761     Siglers,  Combination  spring-hook. 

Anchored  net.                                  ing. 

13.081     Cook,  Spring-hook. 

Aquarium.                                    Fish  slide. 

13,'  68    De  Saxe,  Trolling-hook.     A  spring  shield  covers 

Axe.                                               Fish  spear. 

the  point  of  the  hook  when  fishing  among  weeds. 
13,649    Johnson,  Spring-hook. 

Babiche.                                        Fish  transporting  carriage. 
Bag.                                                  Fish  trap. 

14,706    Buels,  Fly  or  trolling-hook. 

Bag-net.                                         Fish-way. 

17,803    McLean,  Self-setting  trap-hook. 

Bait,  artificial.                              Flitehing  knife. 

25,507     Haskels,  Trolling-hook. 

Bait  box.                                       Float. 

31,396     Morris,  A  spring  draws  the  bearded  points  together 

Bait  cutter.                                   Fly-hook. 

into  the  fish. 

Baiting  needle.                             Folding  net. 

43  694     Leinhart,  A  trigger  raises  hooks  which  transfix  the 

Bait  knife.                                    Fyke  net. 

fish. 

Bait  mill.                                      Gaff. 

44,368     Gardner,  Spring-hook. 
50,799     Crandell,  Combination  double-lever  hook. 

Bait-mill  knife.                            Gear. 
Bait  net.                                        Gill-net. 

51,051     Dans  et  al.,  Spring-  hook. 

Baleen.                                           Grains. 

59,814     Kins:,  Spring-hook. 

Baleen  knife.                                Grapple  hook. 

59,893     Crosby,  Fish-hook  (flattened  in  bend). 

Banner  netting.                            Grappling  gear. 

51,951     Livermore,  Wire  loop  to  prevent  fish  from  stealing 

Bar  net.                                         Grappling  tongs. 

the  bait. 

Bar  weir.                                       Gun  harpoon. 

54,251    Johnson  et  al.,  Spring  or  spear-hook. 

Becket  hitch.                                Gunwale  winch. 

64,684     Chapman,  Trolling-hook,  with  spring  and  fly. 

Blubber  fork.                               Half-round  spade. 

58,404     Goodwin,  Spiral  spring  around  the  hook  to  press 

Blubber  hook                               Hammock  net. 

the  bait  down  to  point. 

Blubber  knife.                              Handle  net. 

60,786     Rhodes,  Spring-hook,  spinner. 

Blubber  mincing  machine          Hand  Line 

62,042     Lee,  The  shank  made  in  form  of  spiral  spring. 

Boarding  knife.       .                     Harpoon. 

68,027    Angilard,  Lever-hook,  and  striking-hook  to  fasten 

Boat  hatchet.                                Harpoon  gun. 

the  fish. 

Boat  knife.                                    Hatching  box. 

70,868     Lciiihart,  Spring-hook. 

Boat  spade.                                   Haul  seine. 

70,913     Sterling,  One  hook  on  swivel  to  hold  bait,  the  other 

Bob.                                               Head  axe. 

to  grapple  the  fi~h  while  pulling  from  the  water. 

Bomb  harpoon.                             Heading  knife. 

69,221     Kidders,  Spring-hook      Two  hooks,  separate  when 

Bomb  lance.                                  Head  knife. 

the  fish  bites. 

Bottom-set  line.                           Head  spade. 

77,365     FfV<,  Hook. 

Bowl.                                             Heart. 

79,446     Christian,  Trolling-hook,  with  artificial  bait. 

Bull  net.                                        Heart  net. 

80,  I'll     Dennett,  Spring-hook. 

Casting  net.                                  Heart  seine. 

86,154     Heltz,  Ilook,  with  an  eye  to  attach  hook. 

Cast  net.                                        Hook. 

94,893     Krmlo,  Lock-hook. 

Check  stop.                                    Hook  net. 

94,X'.Ji     Kemlo,  Lock-hook. 

Check  knife                                  Horse  net. 

94,S95     Kemlo,  Grapple-hook,  with  guard  to  prevent  fish 

Chopping  knife.                           Ice  chisel. 

from  getting  loose  from  barb. 

Clam  hook.                                    Ice  chopper. 

95,755    Angers,  Three   hooks.     When  the  middle  hook  is 

Clam  knife                                    Ichthyocolla. 

pulled,  it  loosens  the  outer  hooks,  which  expand 

Clamms.                                        Isinglass. 

in  the  mouth  of  the  fish. 

Clap  net.                                       Jack-lamp. 

104,93'")     Chapman,  Propeller  or  trolling-hook. 

Clearing  ring.                               Jerk  net. 

111,898     Arnold,  Mode  of  attaching  hook  to  line. 

Collecting  seine.                         Junk  hook. 

115,434     Chapman,  Propeller  or  trolling-hook. 

Cork  line.                                      Lance. 

117,719    Arnold,  Mode  of  attaching  hooks  to  lines. 

Crab  net.                                       Lance  hook. 

121,182     Mann,  Trolling  spoon-hook. 

Crib.                                               Landing  gaff. 

123,844     Sinclair,  Trolling-hook. 

Cutting  spade.                              Landing  net. 

129,053     Pitcher,  Hook,  with  double  spear,  to  thrust  into 

Dip  net.                                         Land  line. 

fish. 

Dipping  wheel.                             Leader. 

139,180     Mtdlaly,  Artificial  fly,  hook  concealed  by  the  wings. 

Disgorger.                                     Latch. 

141,910     Allen,  Hook  has  quadruple  bends. 

Drailing  tackle.                            Lever  hook. 

143,146     Harper  et  a?.,  Trolling-hook  with  oppositely  revolv- 

Drails.                                          Lily  iron. 

ing  spoons. 

Dredge.                                          Line  (varieties,  see  list). 

146,443     Fitzgerald,  A  squid  jigger,  with  a  ring  of  prongs. 

Dredging  tube.                             Line-hook. 

146,764    James,  A  spinning-squid,  with  fins  which  revolve  it. 

Drift  net.                                      Lint. 

148,926     Cahoon,  A   mackerel  jig,  the   hook  secured  in  a 

Drop  net.                                         Lip  hook. 

socket. 

Eel  bob.                                         Lock  hook. 

149,123     Hazzard,  A  trolling-spoon  fish  shaped. 

Eel  pot.                                          Mackerel  latch, 

151,394     Huard  ft  al.  A  spring  fish-hook  is  inclosed  in  the 

Eel  spear.                                      Mackerel  plow. 

artificial  fish. 

Fatting  knife.                               Mesh. 

153,854     Skinner,  The  spoon  is  corrugated  to  make  it  more 

Finning  knife.                              Meshing  net. 

attractive 

Fish-breeding  apparatus.            Meter. 

157,480     Perry,  Hooks  spring  outward  when  bait  is  touched. 

Fertilizer.                                     Mincing  knife. 

163,930     Dunlap,  Secondary  spring-hook  strikes  the  fish. 
167,784     Pierce,  Two  spoons,  position  controlled  by  springs. 

Fish  apparatus  and  processes     Mincing  machine, 
for  oil  and  manure.                 Mincing  spade. 

171,697     Place,  Squid  jigger,  with  a  circle  of  prongs. 

Fish  cutter.                                  Minnow  propeller. 

171,768     Buel,  Duplicate  spoon  fishing-tackle. 

Fisherman's  knot.                       Net  (varieties,  see  list). 

171,769     Buel,  Spinning-tackle  ;  adjustable  spring-hook  on 

Fish  grapple.                                Net  machine. 

sliding  ferrule. 

Fish-hatching  apparatus.           Net-maker's  knife. 

177,639     Hill,  Spoon  can  move  along  the  wire. 

Fish  hook.                                    Oyster  culture. 

181,308     Brush,  Float  attached  to  the  shank  of  the  troller. 

Fishing  line.                                 Oyster  dredge. 

184,627    Jones,  Swivel  attachment  for  lines. 

Fishing  line  reel.                         Oyster  knife. 

185,914     Gregg,  Artificial  worm  of  rubber. 

Fishing  net.                                  Oyster  rake. 

186,134    Jahne  et  al.,  A  leader  swiveled  to  the  line  and  having 

Fishing  rod.                                 Oyster  tongs. 

two  snoods. 

Fishing  torch.                              Pew  gaff. 

189,805     Smith,  A  circular  system  of  pivoted  hooks  sprung 

Fish  knife.                                    Pisciculture. 

inward. 

Fish  nursery.                               Pocket  net. 

FISHING  AND  WHALING. 


342 


FISHING  ROD. 


Tackle. 

Throating  knife. 
Throat  spade. 
Throwing  line. 
Tilting  net. 
Toggle  line. 
Tongs. 
Torpedo. 
Towing  net. 
Trailing  net. 
Trammel  net. 
Trap. 
Trap  net. 
Trawl. 

Trawl-boy  swivel. 
Trawling  hook. 
Trawl  line. 
Trawl  line  roller. 
Trawl  net. 
Trolling  bait. 
Trolling  spoon. 
Trot  line. 
Tunnel. 
Vat  net. 
Weir. 

Whalebone. 
Whaling  apparatus 
Whaling  gun. 
Whaling  rocket. 
Whaleman's  knife. 
Whaleman's  tools. 
Whiffing  tackle. 
Wide  spade. 
Wing. 
Wing  net. 
Worm. 


Pot. 

Pound. 

Pound  net. 

Probing  awl. 

Projectiles. 

Propeller. 

Purse  net. 

Purse  seine. 

Reel. 

Kipping  knife. 

Rocket  harpoon. 

Scaling  knife. 

Scoop  net. 

Seaming. 

Seine. 

Seine  windlass. 

Set  line. 

Sheath  knife. 

Sheave  block. 

Sinker. 

Skim  net. 

Slivering  knife. 

Snood. 

Spade. 

Spawning  screen 

Spear. 

Spilliard. 

Spinner. 

Splitting  knife. 

Spoon. 

Spoon  bait. 

Spring  hook. 

Spring  net. 

Squid  jig. 

Squid  line. 

Stake  net. 

Swivel. 

Fish'ing  Line.     See  LINE. 

Fish'ing  Line  Reel.  The  following  con- 
densed description  of  United  States  Patents  will 
give  an  idea  of  the  general  tendency  of  invention 
in  this  line  :  — 

No.         Inventor.  Invention. 

854     Tiffany,  Rollers  for  seine  line  on  rail  of  vessel. 
15,466    Bailey,  Crank  wheel  thrown  in  or  out  of  gear  with 

reel. 
16,626    Deacon,  Crank  wheel  thrown  in  or  out  of  gear  with 

reel. 

24,987     Biilingkurtt,  Line  winds  on  a  skeleton  ring. 
27,305     Palmer,  Reciprocating  line  guide,  to  wind  evenly. 
41,494     Dougherty,  Friction  brake  to  control  unwinding. 
43,460     Van  Gieson,  Frictional  instead  of  positive  connec- 
tion between  crank  and  reel. 

43,485    Ellis,  Crank  wheel  can  be  disconnected  from  reel. 
43,546     Cummings,  A  spring  catch  and  hook  to  connect 

reel  and  rod. 

49,663  Stuart,  Reel  in  the  handle;  line  passes  through 
rod  ;  arrangement  for  winding  snug  ;  disconnect- 
ing crank  and  reel. 

55,653     Hatch,  Skeleton  spool  for  line. 
56,937     Hartill,  Mode  of  hanging  spool  and  "  drag  "  on  pay- 
ing out  of  line. 

71,344     Vom  Hofe,  Arrangement  for  reel  gearing. 
78,546     Stacy,  An  elastic  gum  nipper  for  hand  lines. 
82,377     Bradley,  Reel  with  two  concaved  disks. 
83,740     Stetson,  A  screw  clamp  holds  the  line  sheave  on  the 

boat's  gunwale. 
87,188     Mounier,  A  pivoted  clamp  holds  the  reel  for  the  set 

line.     A  bell  alarms  when  bait  is  taken. 
88,026     Foster,  A  mackerel  latch  ;  a  button  and  line  chan- 
nel. 

95,839     Ross,  A  skeleton  ree.l. 

96,652    Altmaeir,  Reel  set  between  two  sections  of  the  rod. 
103,668     Skeletons,  Reel  like  a  kite-string  holder. 
112,326    Decker,  Mackerel  latch;    a  pinch  grip  beneath  a 

cleat. 

121,020     Terry,  Frictional  device  for  angler's  reel. 
128,137     Fowler,  Annular  reel  of  hard  rubber. 
134,917    Mooney,  Mode  of  attaching  to  rod  and  operating 

reel. 

135,283    Noe,  Fan  regulator  connected  to  reel  gear. 
147,414    Mac  Caret,  One  reel  may  be  quickly  substituted  for 

another. 

150,883     Orvis,  Perforated  disks  to  allow  line  to  dry. 
161,314     Winans  et  al.,  A  friction  brake  to  prevent  overrun- 
ning. 
162,845    McDonald,  A  roller  with  several  grooves  on  the 

gunwale. 
166,241     Winslow,  Reel  in  the  handle  of  the  rod  with  an 

outer  movable  cylinder. 

175,227     Winans  et  at.,  Reel  cover  and  spring  brake. 
177,544    Noe,  Brake  to  prevent  overrunning  of  the  line. 


191,813  Philbrook,  Reel  with  thin  metal  sides,  and  click 
mechanism. 

195,578  Copelanet,  Reel  in  the  handle,  with  bevel  gears  and 
exterior  crank. 

214,495     Dickson,  Multiplying  gearing  in  the  cap. 

216,243  Voss,  A  crank  and  shaft  in  the  dory  to  wind  trawl 
lines. 

219,328  Vom  Hofe,  Construction  of  reel  and  control  of  mo- 
tion. 

220,776  Wart/well,  Crank  can  be  disconnected  from  reel  ;  a 
reciprocating  guide  for  winding  line. 

Fish'ing  Nets.  The  following  condensed  de- 
scription embraces  the  principal  features  of  the 
subject :  — 

647    Evarts,  Floating  seine  extended  from  boats. 

763    Hale,  A  square  net  alongside  drawn  into  bag  form, 

to  inclose  school  of  fish. 

932     Tracy,  Seine  with  bottom  and  semi-circular  sides. 
3,004     Cook,  Gill-net,  submerged       Small  floats  on  seine 

line,  and  larger  on  surface  of  the  water. 
3,056     Downs,  Form  for  making  nets  for  taking  eels. 
3,741     Can,  Shannon  If  Co.,  Fyke  for  eels. 

10.794  De  Saxe,  Landing-net  with  expansible  frame. 
20,125     Hall,  Seine  with  bag  attached. 

20,725     Merritt,  Net  rigged  overboard  by  booms. 

34,887     GooeJwin,   Leading  nets  and  funnel   entrances  to 

slat  trap. 
39,676    Randolph,  Guide  nets  leading  to  pounds  or  shoal 

water. 

55,635     Fielet,  A  bag  net. 

56,917     Ftrl  £  Larkin,  A  drop  net,  Fig  3317,  "Mec/i   Diet." 
o9,429     Maxwell,  Net.  double,  with  rigid  mouth,  the  inner 

being  a  funnel  entrance. 
62,481     Grossman,  Net,  attached  to  side  of  boat,  so  as  to  be 

lowered  or  raised.    Fig.  3318,  "Meek.  Diet." 
66,669    Arnold,  Net  fabric 
72,177     Drexel,  Securing  and  feeding  crabs. 
76,284     Will,  Gill-net,  with  rings  for  sinkers. 
76,387    Bell,  Net-attachment  for  boats,  with  guys  to  mast, 

to  hoist  or  lower. 

78,716     Arnold,  Mode  of  making  nets 
80,274     Cotlines,  Perpendicular  wooden  braces  extend  below 

the  sinker  line. 

82,490  Cartwright,  Set-net,  to  be  anchored  ;  the  boat  t?  at- 
tached about  midway  of  the  net,  and  a  line  is  at- 
tached to  small  end  of  bag,  and  can  be  raised  and 
emptied. 

82,913    Allen,  Eel-pot. 

83,493  Harper,  Bottom  of  seine  longer  than  top,  large  sink- 
ers. 

83,429     Wilcox,  Pound  net  or  trap 
87,740     Ward  miller,  Dip-net 
99,713     Sabins,  Purse-net,  with  bait-box,  the  net  stretched 

on  wires  similar  to  umbrella. 

113,292    Hammond,  Fish-trap  net  with  two  hinged  Haps. 
113,572     Rider,  Net-supporter,  to  swing  with  the  tide 
113,817     Tierman,  Pound-net. 

117,957    Alexander,  Bottom  seine,  with  pursing  linos. 
120,974    Jeffrey,  Seine,  with  pursing  lines. 
124,635     Smith,  Purse  seine,  with  a  portion  of  its  circumfer- 
ence depressed  below  the  surface. 
132,476    Liraitdais,  Umbrella-shaped  purse-net. 
137,930    Kelcham,  A  leader  and  heart  conducting  to  a  pound. 
144,888     Campbell,  Stake  for  seines. 

155.140  Breivster,  A  leader  heart  and  pound  towed  abaft  a 

vessel. 

167,189     Nason,  A  landing-net. 
194,434    Howes,  A  bottom-net  or  pocket. 
197,313    Bates,  A  dip-net  set  on  bottom. 
215,031     Webb,  Pound  net.     See  NET. 

Fish'ing  Rod.  See  the  following  list  of  United 
States  Patents :  — 

10.795  De  Saxr.,  Hollow  rod  contains  all  the  tackle ;  float 

has  a  trigger  to  jerk  the  hook. 

20,309     Underwood  et  al.,  Tip  has  a  sheave  at  the  end. 
25,693     Pritckard,  Line  leaders  on  adjustable  ferrules   on 

rod. 

35,339     Vom  Hofe,  Sheave  on  the  end  of  the  rod. 
58,833    Isejiacs,  Enamel  surfaces  to  line  guides. 
72,667     Montrose,  Rod  has  hinged  sections  and  slipping  fer- 
rules. 
100,895    Hubbard,  Parts  of  the  socket  are  attached  to  each 

section,  and  screw  together. 

119,251     Tout,  Rod  of  lamina}  of  wood  and  whalebone. 
137,015     McHarg,  Mode  of  securing  the  reel  plate. 
140,655     Smith,  Mode  of  locking  the  foot  of  one  section  in 

the  socket  of  the  other. 

142,126  Senieur,  A  post  and  socket  to  hold  the  foot  of  the 
rod. 

154.141  Hill,  A  mode  of  jointing  the  sections  ;  a  trigger  and 

spring  to  jerk  fish. 


FISHING  ROD. 


343 


FISHWAY. 


164,828     Graves,  Line  passes  through  center  of  rod. 

169,181     Leonard,  Mode  of  constructing  the  socket  ferrules. 

170,183     Perry,  Fishing  rod  case  of  light  wood,  canvassed. 

173,534     Encticott,  Expansible  guide  and  reel  bands. 

198,879  Fisher,  Tip  formed  of  a  wire  helix  coilt-d  into  tubu- 
lar shape. 

206,264  Robertson,  The  butt  is  in  two  parts,  one  in  the 
other. 

207,665     Leonard,  Split  stay  strips,  to  reinforce  rod. 

208,500  Van  Altena,  Reel  contained  in  slot  of  rod.  Line 
check. 

222,681  Earle,  The  entering  action  has  a  cap  which  in- 
closes the  socket  over  which  it  slips. 

Fish'ing  Torch.  Hamline;  a  ball  of  cotton 
is  fed  by  a  spout  from  a  reservoir  behind  the  re- 
flector. 

Wilson  &  Keagle ;  a  wire  gauze  tube  filled  with 
asbestos,  which  forms  the  wick. 

Fijh  Knife.  A  great  variety  of  knives  is  found 
in  use  among  fishermen,  cleaners,  curers,  and  pack- 
ers of  fish;  for  ripping,  heading,  crimping,  and 
trimming  offish.  Among  them  are  the  following: 
some  of  them  are  synonyms :  — 

Bait  knife.     For  cutting  up  flesh  for  bait. 

Bait-mill  knife.  Used  on  the  rollers  of  bait-mincing  ma- 
chines. 

Cfiet/c  knife      For  trimming  cod-fish. 

C/iofifiing  knife.     For  mincing  bait 

Clam  knife      For  opening  clams. 

Fatting  knife  Used  in  creasing  the  sides  of  inferior 
mackerel,  to  make  them  resemble  No  I  mackerel. 

Finning  knife      For  removing  the  fins  of  large  fish. 

Ftitching  knife.  For  slicing  halibut,  etc.,  into  steaks  or 
flirches,  in  preparation  for  salting  and  smoking 

Hearting  knife.  For  cutting  off  the  heads  of  halibut,  or 
other  large  fish 

Mackerel  Plow  Also  known  as  a  fatting  knife,  for  creas- 
ing the  sides  of  lean  mackerel  to  improve  their  appearance. 

Net-maker's  knife.  A  blade  (2")  without  a  handle,  and 
the  heel  of  the  blade  curved  so  as  to  fit  the  finger  like  a  ring 

Oyster  knife      A  stout  knife  for  opening  oysters. 

Rijjping  knives.  For  splitting  the  fish  to  remove  the  vis- 
cera. 

fiira 'mi,'  knife  For  removing  scales.  Sometimes  has  a  saw 
edge. 

Sheath,  knife.    The  fisherman's  knife,  worn  at  the  belt 

Slivering  knife.  For  slicing  the  flesh  from  the  sides  of  fish 
to  be  used  as  bait. 

Splitting  knife.  For  ripping,  and  for  halving  the  fish  be- 
fore salting. 

Throating  knives.  For  opening  behind  the  gills,  and  then 
ripping  the  fish.  Frequently  double-edged. 

Fish  Nurs'er-y.  A  place  where  spawn  is  gath- 
ered and  the  young  fish  protected  from  the  ravages 
of  their  natural  enemies.  See  FISH  CULTURE. 

Fish  Slide.  (Fishing.)  An  inclined  box  set 
in  a  stream  at  a  small  fall  or  ripple  to  catch  fish 
descending  the  current. 

The  open  end  of  the  box  is  presented  up  stream  and  the 
bottom  being  slippery  the  fish  are  dashed  to  the  upper  end  of 
the  box  and  scooped  with  a  landing  net 

Used  in  the  southern  rivers  of  the  United  States  to  supply 
local  demand  for  fish. 

Fish  Spear.  A  lance  for  bleeding  captured 
whales,  etc.,  or,  on  a  small  scale,  a  leister  or  gig  for 
spearing  fish  from  canoes  or  in  holes  of  streams. 
See  also  GRAINS. 

Fish  Trans-port'ing  Car'riage.  The  trans 
portation  of  fish  and  of  fish  ova  is  an  important 
consideration  in  fish  culture,  and  many  devices  for 
packing  ova  and  removal  of  fish  from  'place  to  place 
have  been  devised. 

Fig  1043  shows  a  fish  transporting  carriage  by  llammerle, 
of  Austria  It  consists  of  a  large  tank  mounted,  and  with 
devices  by  which  the  running  gear  is  caused  to  work  the  bel- 
lows and  drive  a  continuous  stream  of  air  through  the  tank 
to  aerate  the  water.  The  lever  F,  rod  E,  and  spiral  spring 
D  operate  the  bellows  B,  forcing  air  through  pipe  T  and  dis- 
tributor O  into  tha  tank  Mis  an  ice  tray  and  Pa  filter. 
N,  draw-off  cock.  G,  handle  for  working  the  bellows  when 
the  wagon  is  at  rest.  —  "La  Nature.''1 

See  collection  in  United  States  Fish  Commission  Museum, 
AVashington,  D.  0.  Cans,  barrels,  tanks,  force  pumps,  si 
phons,  aerators,  aquaria,  bellows,  dippers,  etc. 


3,056 
7,709 
16,014 
16,217 
20,343 
22,644 
23,154 
75,075 

76,489 


Fish  Trap.  A  device  set  to  catch  fish.  Snares, 
pounds,  grapples,  etc.,  come  under  this  class.  See 
also  NKT. 

See  also,  DIPPING  WHEEL,  supra. 

List  of  United  States  Patents. 

Downs,  Forming  blocks  for  making  eel  baskets. 

Warner  et  el.,  frpring  grapple. 

Horton,  Spring  grab  hooks. 

Van  Hosen,  Spring  jaws  and  bait  trigger. 

Garl,  Baited  detent  and  spring  nippers. 

Gray,  Slat  cage,  with  expansible  opening  slats. 

Bowman,  Dark  chute  entrance  to  trap. 

Talbot,     Angler's  tackle  to  signal   when   the  fish 

takes  the  bait. 
McCaughan,  Set  line  with   trigger  and  weight  to 

strike  and  hook  the  fish. 
Koehler,  Set  line  with  trigger  and  spring. 
Allen,  Eel  pot  with  funnel  of  perforated  sheet  rub- 

ber. 

Beach,  Baited  trigger  and  falling  cage. 
Hammond,  Folding  net  of  basket  sections  sprung 

by  a  line. 
Puller,  Float   with  spring  lever  to  strike  when  the 

baited  hook  is  pulled. 

Harcourt  et  al.,  Self-closing  trap  door  to  cage. 
Livautlais,  An  umbrella-shaped  net  closed  by  trig- 

ger and  springs. 
Ketcham,  Pound  of  net  has  a  funnel  entrance  and  a 

door  to  close  the  entrance. 
Pavonanus  et  al.,  Cylinder  with  semi-circular  door 

sprung  by  trigger. 

Peck.  Spring  arm  to  throw  baited  lines. 
McKoberts!  Gravitating  door  lifted  by  entering  fish. 
Davis,  For  fishing  in  ice-holes  ;  hooked  fish  makes 

signal. 

McBryr/e,  Swinging  gates  and  mirror  for  decoy. 
Davis,  Fish  approaching  bait  press  on  spring  fingers 

and  enter  cage. 

Hesse,  A  spring  lever  to  strike  fish  at  the  bait. 
Robertson,  A  spring  lever  to  strike  fish  at  the  bait, 


85,199 
113,292 

123,164 

131,439 
132,476 

137,930 
141,588 
156,648 

Juu'37o 

188,5u3 

198,894 
201,504 

2^2,818 
202,962 


with  reel  to  wind  in  line. 
204,538     Ctarlcetal.,  Sunken  cage  with  baited  trigger  and  fall- 

ing door. 

215,031      Webb,  Anchored  seine  with  flaps  and  pockets. 
218,737     Henderson,  A  glass  vessel  in  a  trap  to  hold  live  bait. 

Fishing     Electric  light  under  water,  Fr.  "Teleg.  X,"iv.  32. 
Fishing  boats,  Berlin  Exposition       *"Sc.  Am.  Suj>.,"'  3835 

Fish'way.  The  museum  of  the  Fish  Commis- 
sion, at  Washington,  D.  C.,  affords  the  best  oppor- 
tunity for  study  of  this  subject  ;  and  the  catalogue 
of  the  collection  contains  detailed  information.  The 
devices  are  capable  of  classification,  as 


Gap. 

Groove. 

Step 

Box  or  pool. 

Inclined  plane 


Tunnel. 

Compartmental. 
Spiral. 
Moving. 
Partitional. 


55,929  Steck,  A  series  of  inclined  planes  in  vertical  series. 

57,159  Livermore,  Inclined  series  of  chambers  with  tubular 

connections.     Fig.  2003,  "Mech.  Diet.-' 

126,257  Brewer,  Zigzag  way  in  bottom  of  chute. 

132,349  Brackett,  Zigzag  chute. 

154,216  Brewer,  Offset  boards  on  bottom  of  chute. 

208,408  McDonald,  Force  of  water  directed  up  the  chute. 

218,299  McDonald,  Chambers  and  inclines  in  chute 


McDonald 
Rogers 


*  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  275. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  22. 


FISSURE   KNIFE. 


344 


Fis'sure  Knife.  (Stugical.)  A  bistoury  used 
in  operations  for  anal  fissure. 

Figs.  586,  587,  p.  124,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamenta- 
rium Chirurgicum.'' 

Fis'sure  Vein.  (Mining.)  A  fissure  or  crack 
in  the  earth's  crust  filled  wiih  mineral  matter. 

Fis'tu-la  Knife.  A  probe-pointed  knife  for 
fistula  in  ano.  Dr.  Kelsey. 

Fig.  1044. 


Fistula  Knife. 

Delicate  knives  are  also  made  for  fistula  laclirymalis:  bis- 
touries also  :  CANALICULAR  INSTRUMENTS  are  mentioned  un- 
der that  caption  on  page  157,  supra. 

Fit.  In  car-axles,  that  part  upon  which  the 
wheel  is  forced. 

Five  Cant  File.  One  for  filing  M-toothed 
saws,  it  has  one  angle  of  108°  and  two  of  3ti° 
each. 

Fix'a-tion  In'stru-ment.  ( Surgical.)  A  hook 
or  forceps  with  delicate  sharp  claws  lo  hold  the 
eyeball  steady  during  an  operation. 

Figs.  78-80  d,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "  Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum.'' 

Fixed  In'ter-val  Res'u-la-tor.   (Electricity  ) 
A  form  of  polyphote  legulator  for      f.     1Q45 
voltaic  arc  lamps  in  which  the  regu- 
lation of  the  carbons  is  effected  au- 
tomatically at    definitely   recurring 
intervals   of   time.      Rupicjf's    and 
IBi-okies1  lamps  are  of  this  order. 

Fixed  Fis'ton  Pump.  One 
in  which  the  cylinder  moves,  the  pis- 
ton being  relatively  fixed. 

Fig  1045  represents  the  pump  Donnadieu 
in  which  the  valved  piston  De  is  on  the 
summit  of  the  induction  pipe  E  L  K,  on  a 
base  M.  H  is  an  outer  cylinder  in  which 
the  skirt  P  attached  to  the  chamber  ABC 
G,  moves  up  and  down  d  is  the  eduction 
valve. 

Flake  Stand.  The  cooling  tub 
or  vessel  of  a  still-worm. 

Flak'ing  Ham'mer.  A  steel 
hammer,  bluntly  pointed  at  each  end 
and  used  in  striking  flakes  from  a 
flint  nucleus.  See  Fig.  2,  .p.  18, 
Evans"  "Anrient  Stone  Implements  of 
Great.  Britain." 

Flam'beau-let.  A  small  torch, 
an  alluinette. 

Flame'less    Lamp.       A    lamp 
with  incandescent  spongy  platinum. 
lamp. 

Fig.  1046. 


Fixfd 
Piston  Pump. 

An  auhlornsti 


Koenig's  Flame  Manometer. 

Flame  Ma-nom'e-ter.  An  instrument  to  ob- 
tain graphic  representation  of  the  condition  of  the 
human  vocal  organ.  The  invention  of  Koenig. 


FLANGING   HAMMER. 

Fig.  1047. 


Flume  Pictures  of  Healthy  and  Diseased  Voices. 

Ij  is  composed  of  a  large  cube  whose  four  vertical  sidc« 
ure  covered  with  mirrors,  and  which  is  revolvable  about  a 
vertical  axis  ;  of  a  gas  jet,  burning  with  a  small  flame  :  and 
of  a  mouth-piece  which  terminates  in  a  lenticular  box  or  cap- 
sule. A  very  thin,  tense,  and  impermeable  rubber  mem- 
brane divides  this  capsule  into  two  compartments,  in  one  of 
which  the  sounding  tube  terminates,  while  the  other  serves 
as  a  passage-way  for  the  gas  from  the  conducting  tube  to  the 
jet  at  which  it  is  burned. 

On  singing  or  speaking  into  the  mouth-piece,  pound  waves 
are  produced  by  the  alternate  condensation  and  rarefaction 
of  the  air  within  the  tube  ;  the  rubber  membrane  acquires  a 
corresponding  rate  of  vibration,  and  so  modifies  continuously 
the  rapidity  of  the  delivery  of  the  gas  to  the  burner,  causing 
the  gss  flame  to  leap  up  and  down  in  unison  with  the  sounds 
transmitted.  On  rotating  the  prismatic  mirror  this  but 
slightly  perceptible  motion  is  rendered  distinctly  obvious, 
persistence  of  vision  spreading  out  the  image  of  the  flame 


into  a  broad  serrated  band  of  light. 
These  serrations  vary  with  the  char- 
acter of  the  tones  produced,  as  well 
as  the  degree  of  the  diseased  condi- 
tion of  the  vocal  chords.  In  the 
latter  case  especially  the  difference 
in  appearance  of  the  image  becomes 
so  striking  that  a  skilled  observer 
can  very  readily  form  a  correct  idea 
as  to  the  actual  state  of  the  vocal 
organs.  The  flame  pictures  shou  n 
in  Kig.  1047  give  some  idea  of  the 
results  :  — 

Series  1-4  are  healthy  notes  in 
different  pitches ;  highest  above  and 
the  others  successively  lower. 

Series  5-8  are  the  same  in  pitch, 
but  with  a  voice  slightly  hoarse. 

Series  9, 10  are  the  result  of  severe 
hoarseness. 

Series  11, 12  are  the  result  of  dis- 
ease, the  voice  being  almost  inaudi- 
ble, glottis  open,  and  the  chords 
scarcely  vibrating. 

Flange.  A  plate  for  cover- 
ing, or  partly  closing,  the  end 
of  a  pipe  or  cylinder. 

Flange    Bush/ing.       A   flange 


Fig.  1048. 


a.  Flange 

4    ]!(>>•  c<l  Hange. 

c.  Oval  ilange. 

d.  Collar. 


carrying   a 


shell  which  acts  as  a  bushing  to  a  hole.     In  the  ex- 
ample   the    bushing   is   for  a  Fig.  1049. 
block  sheave  and  has  anti  fric- 
tion rollers. 

Flange  Coup'ling.  A 
device  for  connecting  pipes  at 
any  angle  from  0°  to  90°.  It 
has  two  circular  plates,  each 
flat  upon  one  side  and  having 
on  the  other  a  short  internally- 
threaded  tubular  projection, 
inclined  at  an  angle  of  45°  to 
the  plane  of  the  plates.  The 
plates  are  slotted  to  receive  the  Flange  Bushing. 
coupling  bolts.  Fig.  1050. 

Flange  Pipe.  One  havinirat  the  end  'or  ends) 
an  annular  projection  with  holes  for  bolts,  by  which 
it  is  fastened  too  similar!  v  provided  pipe  or  other 
object.  See  Fig.  2007,  p.  876,  "  Me<h.  Diet." 

Flange  Pul'ley.  One  with  rims  to  keep  the 
belt  from  running  off.  Fig.  1051. 

Flan'ging  Ham'mer.  A  machine  for  turning 
flanges  on  sheet-metal  for  boilers,  tanks,  furnace- 


FLANGING   HAMMER. 


345 


FLANGING  PRESS. 


Fif*.  1050. 


Fig.  1051 


Flange  Coupling 


Flange 

Pulley. 


fronts,  girders,  parts  of  steam  vessels,  etc  The 
machines  differ  much  in  size  and  form,  according 
to  the  requirements  of  special  work  and  the  size 
of  the  object  under  treatment. 

Tn  the  machine  of  Campbell  &  Hunter,  Leeds,  England, 
the  flanging  block  with  separate  anvil  is  mounted  upon  a 

Fig.  1052. 


Flanging  Hammer. 

swiveling  slide,  upon  which  it  can  be  moved  as  required. 
The  block  has  a  projecting  angular  face  in  front,  upon  which 
is  carried  an  adjustable  roller  or  rollers  for  taking  the  end 
thrust  of  the  flues,  plates,  etc.  On  each  side  of  the  roller 
carriage  are  two  wrought-iron  arms,  and  two  others  on  each 
side  of  the  anvil  block,  each  arm  having  a  small  runner  at 
the  outside  end  :  these  arms  keep  the  flue  square,  and  the 
runners  assist  it  when  being  turned  round.  For  turning  the 
flue  round  when  flanging,  two  chain  barrels  with  ratchet 
motion  and  sufficient  chain  are  provided ;  these  barrels  are 
fixed  in  frames  upon  the  foundation  plate,  one  on  either 
side  of  the  flue :  the  chain  is  given  a  lap  around  the  flue  and 
is  wound  on  to  the  empty  barrel  as  it  unwinds  from  the  lull 
one,  or  the  flue  can  he  revolved  by  hand.  Flues  up  to  4'  in 
diameter  can  be  done  at  one  heat. 

The  anvil  block  is  arranged  to  admit  a  variety  of  anvils 
for  flanging  end  plates  up  to  15'  in  diameter,  tube  plates, 
dished  crown  plates,  etc., and  for  setting  back  the  bottoms  of 
vertical  fire-boxes,  and  the  guide  block  will  admit  heads  to 
suit. 

Campbell  &  Hunter  •     .     *  "Engineer,"-  1  229 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  354. 

Flan'ging  Ma-chine'.  (Sheet-metal  Working.) 
One  for  making  round  and  oval  sunk-head  cans, 
such  as  are  used  for  packing  butter,  lard,  etc.,  the 
heads  of  such  cans  being  joined  to  the  bodies  by  a 
double  senin,  without  solder. 

The  flanging  machine  throws  out  the  edge  of  the 
body,  and  ihe  double-seamer  closes  the  top  for  bot- 


tom) in  four  movements  ;  but  at  a  single  setting  of 
the  can,  while  it  is  either  empty  or  full. 

In  Hanson's  flanging  machine  (Br.),  the  steel  roller,  A,  re- 
volves on  the  end  of  a  segmental  rack,  its  angle  of  relation 
to  the  bending  flange  of  the  cylinder  B  being  adjusted  by 

Fig.  1053. 


Flanging  Machine. 


worm  wheel.  Wheel  A  rotates  by  friction,  and  the  cylinder 
by  miter  gearing  from  pulley  E.  The  distance  between  the 
roller  A  and  flange  Bis  adjusted  to  suit  various  thicknesses 
of  plate  by  means  of  the  slide  on  the  standard  G,  and  the 
miter  wheels  on  its  summit.  The  roller  D  serves  to  guide 
and  steady  the  cylinder. 

Flan'ging  Press.  Fig.  1054  represents  Pied- 
boauf's  hydraulic  press,  for  flanging,  stamping,  or 
straightening  boiler  plates.  As  illustrated,  the 
press  is  arranged  for  flanging  plates. 

The  plate  to  be  flanged,  having  been  heated,  is  placed  on  a 
ring,  A,  the  interior  of  which  is  of  a  form  corresponding  to 

Fig.  1054. 


Flanging  Press. 

that  to  be  given  to  the  plate.  This  ring  A  \?  carried  on  col- 
umns which  rest  on  the  movable  table  jF,  this  table  being 
raised  by  the  ram  E,  working  in  th«  hydraulic  cylinder  D. 


FLANGING  PRESS. 


346 


FLESHER. 


The  cylinder  D  is  attached  to  a  strong  cast-iron  frame,  which 
is  connected  by  the  four  columns  to  the  fixed  upper  table. 

In  addition  to  connecting  the  upper  and  lower  tables,  the 
columns  serve  as  guides  for  the  moving  table  E,  the  latter 
being  furnished  with  four  bushes,  which  embrace  the  col- 
umns as  shown.  Four  rams  in  the  auxiliary  cylinders  are 
run  up  first,  and  by  means  of  a  table,  i>,  hold  the  plate  about 
to  be  flanged  against  the  block  ('and  prevent  buckling,  and 
as  the  table  F  is  raised  by  the  ram  of  the  press,  the  plate  to 
be  flanged  is  pressed  to  the  shape  of  block  C'by  the  passing 
ever  it  of  the  ring  A. 

Brown,  Br *  "Engineer,"1  xlix.  173. 

Flan'nel.  1.  The  first  stage  in  the  manufac- 
ture of  plain  cloth. 

•2.  A  class  of  woolen  goods  of  various  qualities 
an, I  finish. 

Domett  flannels  have  a  cotton  warp  and  wool  filling. 

American  blue  flannel,  for  coating,  is  sheared  and  finished 
like  cloth,  but  retains  the  lightness  and  pliability  of  the 
llunnel  texture. 

French  plaid  is  a  fancy  flannel  ;  it  consists  of  plaids,  or 
broken  plaids  and  checks,  dyed  in  the  wool. 

See  liayes'  "  Centennial  Heport,''  v.  49-52. 

Flap  Hold'er.      (Surgical.)     A  delicate  pre- 


Fig.  1055. 


Dr.  Turnipseed's  Flap-holder. 


hensile  instrument  for  holding  flaps  of  sutures  in 
confined  situations;  in  operations  for  vesico-vaginal 
fistula,  etc. 

Flashed  Glass.  (Glass.)  Also  known  as 
doubled -glass.  A  glass- made  of  several  colors  su- 
perposed ;  it  is  worked  in  a  different  manner  from 
plain  glass. 

Colored  glass  is  drawn  into  sticks  of  a  certain  length  and 
annealed.  A  piece  of  this  glass  is  heated,  attached  to  the 
end  of  a  blow-pipe,  blown  into  a  hollow  ball.  The  ball  is 
opened,  and  formed  into  a  cup.  A  ball  of  white  glass  is 
blown  by  another  workman  and  introduced  into  the  cup. 
The  two  are  blown  and  rubbed  together  while  hot,  to  make 
them  adhere. 

The  two  are  then  treated  as  a  single  piece,  and  finished  in 
any  ordinary  way  by  molds  or  tools. 

Flash'ing.  (Hydrnilic  Engineering.)  Artifi- 
cial assistance  to  navigation  by  ponding  a  river, 
and  suddenly  removing  the  harrier,  to  carry  barges 
and  rafts  over  shallow  places  in  the  stream. 

"Mech.  Dirt.,"  p.  87b'.     See  also  "Ban-aye.." 
System  on  the  Yonne,  etc.,  Fr.    "  Vienna  Exposition  Reports,'1 
Watson's  Report,  iii  p.  27. 

Flash  Light  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  device  for  au- 
tomatically giving  sudden  flashes  of  light  at  spe- 
cific intervals  as  a  signal.  Flash  lights  are  used  in 
lighthouses  as  a  means  of  varying  the  character  of 
the  lighting.  See  LIGHTHOUSE,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  menus  adopted  are  large  and  small  govern- 
ors ;  the  small  one  giving  gas  enough  to  keep  the 
light  going,  and  the  larger  one  acted  upon  by  a  time- 
piece through  the  medium  of  electric  arrangements. 
"Journal  of  Gas  Lighting." 


Peebles    .... 
Flash  light  on  car 


1  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1287. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,1''  979. 
"Mechanical  Dictionary,''  p.  877. 


Flask  Clamp.  A  dentist's  clamp,  for  holding 
the  flask  in  which  the  denture  is  exposed  to  heat  in 
the  muffle.  Fig.  1056. 

Flat  Bar  Spi'ral  Spring.  One  made  by  bend- 
ing a  flat  bar  so  that  its  wide  face  is  radial  to  the 
axis  of  the  core  or  mandrel  on  which  it  is  wound. 
s,  t,  v,  Fig.  1143,  ]>.  483,  "  Mech.  Diet  " 


Flask  Clamp. 


Flat  Cha'sing.     (Fine  Art  Metal-wo>ki»g.} 
mode  of  ornamenting  sil- 
ver ware,  producing  figures 
by  dots  and  lines  made  with 
a  punching  tool. 

Flat  Coil.  A  heater 
coil,  in  steam  or  hot-water 
arrangements,  the  pipes  of 
which  are  coiled  so  as  to  lio 
in  a  plane.  Such  are  used 
against  walls,  for  heating 
buildings,  and  on  the  bot- 
tom of  evaporating  pans. 

Flat'-foot  Ap'pa-ra'- 
tus.    (Surgical.)    A  curved 
steel  sole  worn  inside  the  shoe  to  correct  the  ab- 
normal flatness  of  the  sole. 

Flat  Mir'ror.  (0/>tics.)  One  for  reflecting 
parallel  rays;  as  distinguished  from  a  condensiixj 
mirror,  etc. 

Flat  Rib  Knit'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  making  shirt  cuffs,  bottoms  for  drawers,  etc. 
Campbell  &  Clute. 

Flat'ten-er.     (Blacksmith  ing.)     See  FLATTER. 

Flat'ten-ing.  (Leather.)  The  same  as  shaving, 
except  in  some  cases  the  skin  after  skiving  is  shaved 
across  (i.  e.,  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  skiving), 
and  then  flattened  by  being  shaved  again  in  the 
same  direction  as  the  skiving. 

Flat'ten-ing  Ov'en.  (Glass.)  A  heated  cham- 
ber in  which  split-glass  cylinders  are  flattened  for 
window  glass.  See  Fig.  2014,  "^/ech.  Diet." 

The  usual  style  of  oven  has  flattening,  cooling,  and  piling- 
up  sections.  The  flattening  stone,  supported  on  a  small 
truck,  runs  on  rails  into  the  oven. 

Regard,  of  Auxin,  France,  has  two  stoves  carried  on  car- 
riages, running  on  rails  at  different  elevations,  so  that  one 
can  be  returned  while  the  other  is  going,  one  passing  under 
the  other.  Work  performed  :  600  cylinders  in  24  hours. 

In  another  form  of  oven  the  cylinders  are  introduced  into 
a  compartment  when  they  are  heated,  then  flattened  upon  a 
stone  carriage  ;  the  carriage  is  pushed  into  a  compartment  at 
the  head  of  the  leer  (oven)  and  from  the  carriage  the  sheet  is 
pushed  upon  iron  bars  which  run  longitudinally  of  the  leer, 
and  lie  in  channels  sunk  in  the  stone  floor  The  bars  run 
upon  rollers,  and  are  lifted  by  a  system  of  levers  so  as  to 
raise  the  glass  from  the  floor  to  move  it  along  in  the  leer 
when  another  sheet  is  to  be  laid  down.  The  sheets  thus  ad- 
vance, step  by  step,  till  they  reach  the  cool  end  of  the  oven, 
the  bars  after  each  forward  motion  being  lowered  and  re- 
turned to  their  original  position.  The  oven  con  tains  9  sheets, 
which  make  the  course  in  from  20  to  30  minutes. 

Another  form  of  leer  has  a  rotating  stone  and  compart- 
ments. 

A  form  of  flattening  oven  much  used  in  France  for  baking 
colors  on  enameled  glass  consists  of  a  leer,  with  compartments 
attached,  for  heating  and  flattening  the  glass.  The  flattening 
compartments  contain  the  usual  flattening  stone  mounted 
upon  a  carriage  traveling  b;;ck  and  forth  upon  rails  from 
the  heating  to  the  flattening  chamber.  The  Ifer  contains  a 
number  of  rollers  mounted  on  cross  shafts,  and  near  enough 
to  one  another  to  give  a  sufficient  resting  support  for  the 
sheets  of  glass.  These  rollers  receive  a  slow  rotary  motion. 
The  cylinder  being  heated,  flattened  on  the  stone,  run  into 
the  chamber  opposite  the  mouth  of  the  leer,  the  sheet  trans- 
ferred to  the  rollers  which  take  it  gradually  and  continu- 
ously to  the  discharge  end  of  the  leer.  Both  sides  have  a 
chance  to  cool. 

See  Cnlne's  Report,  "Paris  Exposition  Reports,"  1878,  vol. 
iii.,  p.  239. 

Flat'ten-ing  Stone.  (Glass.)  A  flat  stone 
carried  by  a  small  truck  running  on  rails,  and  car- 
rying the  cut-glass  cylinder;  the  stone  is  run  into 
the  flattening  oven  to  allow  the  glass  to  flatten  out. 
See  FLATTENING  OVEN. 

Flattening  table,  Laboulaye's  "Die  tionanj,"  article"  Verre,*' 
iii.,  Fig.  2544,  ed.  1877. 

Flat'ter.  (Blacksmithing.)  A  swaging  tool  or 
fuller,  a.  Fig.  2124,  p.  922,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Flesh'er.  (Leather.)  Or  Fleshing  Jen  iff.  A 
long,  two-handled  and  somewhat  blunt-edged  knife, 


FLESHER. 


347 


FLEXIBLE   WHEEL  BASE. 


curved  to  fit  the  sloping  rest  of  the  beam.  Its 
cross-section  is  concave  downward.  It  is  used  to 
scrape  off  the  hair,  scarf-skin,  loose  flesh,  and  cel- 
lular tissue. 

Flesh'ing  Knife.  (Leather.)  A  currier's  knife 
used  iu  removing  cellular  tissue,  etc.,  from  the 
hide.  See  FLESHER. 

Flesh  Side.  (Leather.)  The  side  of  a  skin  or 
hide  next  to  the  flesh.  As  opposed  to  grain  side. 

Flex'i-ble  Coupling.  An  angle  joint  for 
transmitting  motion.  A  substitute  for  the  yimbal. 


Fig.  1057. 


Flexible  Mandrel. 


Clement'  Mechanical  Movement. 

The  coupler  arms  are  carried  in  pairs  in  their  jaws 
by  their  hinge-jointed  hubs  on  the  pivot-pins  E. 
The  outer  ends  of  the  arms  are  coupled  together 
by  ball-and-socket  joints.  The  weight  preserves  the 
balance.  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  230. 
Flex'i-ble  Man'drel.  A  device  for  bending 

metallic     tubes 
regularly     and 
quickly,  without 
flattening.       1 1 
is  a  stout  spiral 
of   closely    laid 
steel  wire,  pref- 
erably flattened  so  as  to  give   extended 
bearing  surface.     Being  introduced  into  a 
tube,  any  desired  curve  may  be  made  ;  and 
by  rotating  the  helix  against  its  leading 
direction,  it  is  made  smaller,  and  may  be 
withdrawn  without  difficulty. 

Flex'i-ble  Pipe  Coupling.  A 
connection  for  pipes  which  allows  them  to 
be  laid  out  of  line  without  leaking,  ;ind  to 
expand  longitudinally  without  impairing  the  joint. 
A  tubular  section  with  flanged  ends  fits  in  the  bells 
of  the  respective  pipes. 

Fig.  1059. 


flexible  Pipe  Coupling. 

Flex'i-ble  Shaft.  A  pliable  power  transmit- 
ter. A  coil  of  steel  wire  is  overwound  with  an- 
other spiral  in  a  reverse  direction,  this  by  a  third, 
and  so  on.  The  ends  of  the  wires  are  brazed,  and 
the  whole  covered  with  a  hose.  Its  uses  are  nu- 
merous. 

Thirion'g  flexible  coupling  was  shown  in  Paris  in  1867. 


Fig.  106Q. 


Fig.  1061. 


Stowe  Flexible  Shaft. 

*"  Engineering  "       xxii.  40. 

*  "Engineering  and  Mining  Journal  "  xxii.  75. 

*  "Mining  and  Scientific  Press  "     .     .  xxxiv.  81. 

*  "Iron  Age  •'    .     .     .' xxi.,  April  25,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American  Supplement  "  .  816. 

Flex'i-ble    Sole    Plane.      See  CIRCULAR 
PLANE. 

Flex'i-ble  Valve.  Perreaux's  valve  (French) 
of  india-rubber  opens  as  it  de- 
scends, by  the  pressure  of  the 
water  beneath,  but  closes 
against  a  n  v  pressure  from 
above.  It  is  used  for  lift 
pumps,  especially  in  cases 
where  it  is  required  to  pump 
liquids  which  corrode  metals. 
They  shut  quickly,  are  durable 
and  retentive. 

The  upper  figure  shows  the  form 
of  valve,  the  lower  one  its  applica- 
tion. It  is  so  designed  that,  in  addi- 
tion to  being  a  bucket  valve,  it  forms 
a  cup  to  keep  the  bucket  tight  in  the 
barrel. 

Similar  valveg  have  been  made  in 
the  United  States  for  deep  oil-well 
pumps. 

Flex'i-ble   Wheel    Base. 

,  T)    •;          \     A  r  Perreaux^s  flexible 

(hallway.)   A  system  of  arrang-  Valve. 

ing  car  trucks,  which  consists  in 
mounting  the  axles  with  their  axle-boxes,  guards 
and  springs  in  frames  separate  from  the  main 
under-frame  of  the  carriage.  The  end  frames  have 
central  pivots,  around  which  they  swivel  freely, 
while  the  middle  frame  is  so  arranged  that  it  cnn 
slide  transversely.  The  three  frames  are  connected 
together  by  articulated  radiating  gear,  so  that  they 
act  sympathetically,  and  each  axle  assumes  a  posi- 
tion coincident  with  the  radial  lines  of  the  curve, 
instead  of  remaining  parallel  to  each  other,  as  in 


FLEXIBLE   WHEEL   BASE. 


348 


FLOGGER. 


Fig.  1002. 


Flexible  Wheel  Bate. 

the  ordinary  construction,  in  which  the  wheels 
grind  their  way  along  the  sides  of  the  mils.  The 
wear  and  tear  of  ties  and  rails  is  thus  greatly  re- 
duced, because  the  flanges  of  the  tires  are  always 
parallel  with  the  rails. 

Flint  Brick.  A  fire-brick  made  of  powdered 
silex,  w  ith  a  sufficient  flux  to  assist  it  to  agglutinate 
at  practicable  temperatures. 

Flint  Glass.  (  Glass.  )  The  use  of  cnlcined 
flints,  to  furnish  silica  for  the  glass,  is  the  origin  of 
the  name. 

In  England,  a  glass  containing  lead.  Called  by 
French  and  Belgians  crystal.  Germans  call  all 
white  glass  crystal,  whether  or  not  lead  enters  into 
it  ;  the  Bohemian,  for  example,  which  has  H  potash 
and  lime  base;  and  ground  quartz  furnishes  the 
silex. 

The  equivalent  of  what  is  called  in  England 
white  ijlass  is  here  known  as  lime  glass,  and  is  not 
equal  in  brilliancy  to  flint  glass,  which  is  an  Eng- 
lish invention,  and  that  country  produces  the  best 
specimens. 


165,867     Quinn,  Board  float  loaded  at  one  edge :  for  trawl 

lines. 

|  179,490     Sunder,  Net  float  with  attaching  slot. 
18t!,i32     Davis,  Glass  floats  for  gill-net. 
188,755     Redfield,  A  spiral  coil  of  wire  at  each  end. 

2.  For  raising  sunken  vessels.     A  camel  or  cais- 
son.    See    those    heads:    also    Fig.   4148,   p.   1874, 
"Meek.  Diet."     Fig.   1617,  p.  688,  and  list  under 
HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING,  Ibid.,  et  infra. 

C:ark  (f  Stand  field    *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2071. 

3.  A  ball  on  a  lever,  floating  in  a  cistern  to  ope- 
rate a  faucet. 

Benton    ....     *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  310. 

4.  A  wooden  trowel,  to  smooth  a  mortar  surface. 

5.  (Mining  )      Loose   rocks,   or  such   detached 
from  the  original  formation. 

Float'ing  Board.  A  cast-iron  plate,  ribbed 
beneath  and  planed  true  on  top,  for  "  floating  up  "' 
tin  cans;  i.  e.,  soldering  the  ends  inside,  the  can 
standing  upon  the  heated  plate  till  the  solder  runs. 

Float'ing  Bridge.  The  landing  platform  of 
a  ferry-boat;  so  called  by  Fulton  in  his  description 
of  the  Hudson  River  ferry,  started  August,  1812. 
See  FERRY-BOAT. 

Hoogly,  Calcutta  .     "Van  Nostrand's  Magazine,"  xviii.  475. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1897. 

Float'ing  Brush  Dike.  (Hydraulic  Engi- 
neering.) A  device  to  check  the  current  of  a  stream 
and  form  a  deposit. 


It  is  said  to  have  originated  in  this  way  :  When  wood 
began  to  be  scarce,  and  coal  was  substituted  as  a  fuel,  it  was  i 
necessary  to  cover  the  glass  pots  to  keep  out  impurities  which  j 
colored  the  glass.  As  this  diminished  the  heating  power,  it  I 
was  difficult  to  melt  the  frit,  and  red  lead  was  added  as  a  | 
flux. 

Materials  usually  employed  :  — 
Carbonate  of  potash  ...........     1 

Ked  lead  ...............     2 

Sand   ..........     .     .....    3 

Oxide  of  manganese  in  small  quantities  acts  as  a  corrective 
of  color. 

ISoracic  acid  has  been  used,  and  permits  of  the  substitu- 
tion of  oxide  of  zinc  for  red  lead,  and  of  lime,  soda,  or  baryta 
for  potash.  The  result  is  a  beautiful  glass  suitable  for 
table-ware  or  optical  purposes,  remarkable  for  limpidity, 
whiteness,  and  brilliancy. 

Flitch  Beam.  A  beam  made  in  layers  of  ma- 
terial pinned  together.  The  invention  of  De  Lorme. 
"Nouvdles  Inventions  pour  bien  Bastir,"  1561. 

The  beam,  specifically  known  as  the  filched  beam,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  313,  p  139,  "Mech.  Diet.,'''  and  differs  from 
the  laminated,  which  is  of  thin  and  bent  material,  as  in 
Figs.  312,  316,  pp.  138,  139,  Ibid. 

See  also   "Scientific  American  Supplement,'1''  *  2035. 

Flitch'ing  Knife.  (Fishing.)  For  slicing  hal- 
ibut. etc.,  into  steaks  or  flitches,  in  preparation  for 
salting  and  smoking. 

Float.  '(Fishiny.)  1.  A  ncjling  line  floats  are  of 
cork,  quill,  or  light  wood. 

Xet  floats  are  of  cork,  cedar,  glass  globes,  rubber 
tubing,  etc. 

Harpoon-line  floats  are  empty  kegs,  bladders,  in- 
flated seal-skins,  etc. 

The  floats  of  the  gill-nets  of  Lake  Michigan  are  splinters 
of  cedar,  30"  X  J"  X  1". 

Glass  floats  are  very  common  in  Europe,  having  been  used 
in  Norway,  Sweden,  and  elsewhere.  Were  shown  in  quan- 
tity at  the  Centennial  in  the  Scandinavian  department. 

See  the  following  patents  :  — 

No.       Inventor.  Subject. 

86,609     Terrell,  Made  of  hollow  glass. 
99,572     Ingram,  A  wire  loop  above  and  pin  below,  lock  the 

line. 
127,218     Brown  et  al.,  Vulcanized   rubber  with   projecting 

ears. 

128,885    Jewell,  The  float  body  has  a  longitudinal  wire  pro- 
longed into  a  spiral  at  each  extremity. 


It  is  made  by  taking  saplings  from  20'  to  30'  long  and  from 
4"  to  8"  diameter,  and  nailing  or  wiring  to  them  scraggy 
brush  of  any  kind.  This  forms  what  is  known  as  the  weed. 
Instead  of  the  saplings  rope  may  be  used  to  which  to  fasten 
the  brush.  One  end  of  the  weed  is  anchored  and  the  other 
supported  by  a  buoy.  Th3  weeds  are  placed  in  the  river  10' 
to  20'  apart,  and  check  the  current  gradually  without  giving 
rise  to  the  scouring  action  produced  by  a  solid  dike.  A  willow 
curtain  acts  in  a  similar  manner 

See  "Report  U  S.  Engineers,''  1880,  *  ii.  1452.  Ibid.,  1878, 
*  ii  655,  sketches  Nos.  1,  2. 

Float'ing  Dam.     An  anchored  dam. 

Floating  dam  in  the  Dorran  Canal,  Vienna,  *  "Engineer,''  xli . 

190. 

Float'ing  Dock.  One  which  is  floated  beneath 
a  vessel  to  raise  it.  See  "Bermuda,"  Plate  XIX., 
opp.  p.  884,  "Meek.  Diet."  See  also  DEPOSITING 
DOCK,  supra,  and  the  following  references  :  — 

Float,  Clark  $  Standfield    .  *"Sc.Amer.  Sup.,''  352,  2070._ 
"Marine  Engineering  Neivs,'' 
1878. 

*  "Engineering,-'  xxvi.  119. 

Paper  on,  Clark     ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  382. 
Pouton,  Lauria,  Italy     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  188. 

"Scientific  Am.  Sup  ,"  1507. 
Depositing,  Nicolaieff,  Rus.  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  293,  294. 

*  "Engineering,"'  xxi  311. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  28. 

*  "Scientific  American,'"  xl.  147. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  392. 

Victoria  Docks,  Br.  *  "  Engineer,"  xlv.  272,  279. 

Wheeden       *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  182. 

Float'ing  Lev'er.  (Railway.)  A  name  applied 
to  the  horizontal  brake-levers  beneath  the  car-body. 

Float'ing  Wire  Dike.  (Hydraulic  Engineer- 
ing.) An  open  wire  screen  anchored  at  its  lower 
edge  and  sustained  by  buoys  along  its  upper.  Its 
object  is  to  arrest  matters  floating  in  the  stream 
and  by  causing  an  obstruction  obtain  a  deposit  of 
sediment. 

"Report  of  U.  S.  Engineers,''  1880  ....  p.  1452. 

Flocked  E-nam'el.  (Glass.)  Enamel  orna- 
mentation on  glass  whose  surface  has  been  previ- 
ously dulled  by  grinding  or  acid. 

Flog'ger.  A  bung-starter.  An  instrument  for 
beating  the  bung  stave  of  a  cask  to  start  the  bung. 


FLOOR  ARCH. 


349 


FLUE. 


Floor  Arch.     An  arch  with  a  flat  extrados. 

Floor -boring  Ma-chine'.  One  with  a  large 
and  heavy  bed-plate  to  which  the  work  may  be 
dogged  while  the  drill  press  is  moved  to  position  to 
work  upon  it. 

Floor    Ce-  Fig.  1063. 

ment'.  A  concrete 
for  cellar  Hoors  and 
walks. 

Broken    stone    or 
gravel  and  sand     .  4 

Lime 1 

Hydraulic  cement    .  1 

Mix  the  ingredients 
dry  excepting  the  lime. 
Slack  the  lime  sepa- 
rately and  add  it  to  the 
remainder  Work  thor- 
oughly and  MS  dry  as  Floor  Cramp. 
possible.  A  p  p  1  y  a 
thickness  of  6".  When  set  add  a  coating  of  cement  1,  sand  2. 


Fig.  1064. 


Floor  Hanger. 


Floor  Cramp.    A 

device  for  closing  up 
the  joints  of  flooring 
boiirds  previous  to 
nailing.  Fig.  KK>3. 

"  Crown,'' 

"Engineer,"  xlv.  417. 

Floor     Fend'er. 

A  knob  fastened  to  a 
floor,  to  receive  the  im- 
pact of  an  opening  door 
and  thus  protect  the 
wall  of  the  room. 

Floor     Hang'er. 
A  shaft    bearing    fas- 
tened    to     the     floor. 
Used  for  running  countershafts  and  lines  when  it  is 
not    convenient    to 

suspend  them  from  ^i&-  1065. 

the  ceiling  joists. 

Flooring  Tile. 
Ceramic  ware  for 
paving.  See  TILE. 

Floor  Light. 
A  frame  with  glass 
panes  in  a  floor. 

Flour  Bolt. 
Fig.  1005  shows  an 
Austrian  arrange- 
ment for  bolting 
meal.  Each  of  the 
various  cylinders 
makes  a  simple  di- 
vision of  its  con- 
tents and  the  ulti- 
ni  ite  division  of  the 
numerous  grades  is 
made  by  successive 
actions :  Each  cyl- 
inder rotates  in  a 
tight  chamber,  and 
has  beaters  inside 
to  expedite  the  pas- 
sage through  the 
cloth  of  the  finer 
particles.  It  is 
par  t ic ularly  in- 
tended for  roller 
mills  in  which  the 

work    of    grinding    Hole's  Bolting  Chests.    (Vienna.) 
is  by  numerous  suc- 
cessive actions,   each   detaching   portions   of   flour 
from  the  material  under  treatment.   See  CYLINDER 
MILL,  p.  243,  supea,  and  HIGH  MILLING,  infra. 


Fig.  1066  represents  a  form  of  flour-bolting  chest  made  by 
Ruston,  Proctor,  &  Co.  (Br.)  The  cylinder  is  of  hard  wood, 
covered  with  wire  gauze  of  varying  fineness.  The  shaft  has 
horse-hair  brushes  ;  the  feed  is  automatic,  and  the  issues 
for  the  various  grades  of  fineness  discharge  into  separate 
sacks. 

Fig.  1066. 


English  Flour  Bolt. 


The  numerous  successive 
process  methods,  and  in  the 
have  much  increased  the  us 

See  the  following :  — 

Alger 

Rathbun 

Shulllfworth  Sf  Morse  .  . 
Chest,  Smith 

"  Troy,"     Campbell      If 

Sitisher 

Dresser,  "  Victor "     .     .     . 

Martin,  Austria      .     .     . 

"  Victor'' 

Sifter,  Thomas      .     .     .    . 


boltings  in  the  high-milling  new 
roller  and  cylinder  mill  processes 
es  of  the  bolt. 


'  Scientific,  Amer.,"1  xxxv.  306. 
'American  Miller,"  v   124. 
'American  Miller,"  viii.  39. 
'  Scientific  Amer. ,"  xxxiv.  166. 

'  American  Miller,"  iv.  62. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2754. 
'Engineer,'-  xlvi.  105. 
'Engineer,*'  xlvi.  434. 
'Scientific  Amer.,'''  xlii.  50. 


Flour  Core.  A  dry-sand  core  in  which  flour 
has  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  ad- 
hesiveness and  strength  of  the  sand  when  dried. 

Flour  Mill.     See  the  following  references  :  — 


Detwiler 
Oliver  Evans 


Haxall,  Richmond,  Va. 
Large,  Minneapolis  .  . 

''  Washburn,  A."  .  . 
Portable,  Munson 


.  *  "American  Miller,"  vi.  101. 
.  *  "American  Miller,"1  vii.  1. 

*  "American  Miller,"  viii.  114. 
.  *  "Scientific  Am.  £up.,''  1731. 
.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xli.  291. 
.  *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"1  3913. 
.  *  "American  Miller,"  vi  209. 


Mills  in  U.S *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  589. 

Roller  mill *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  617. 

See  also  GRINDING  MILL,  ROLLER  MILL,  CYLINDER  MILL,  and 
list  under  MILL. 

Flour  Fack'er.  A  machine  for  barreling  flour. 
A  flour-chest  and  spout  are  made  in  accordance 
with  the  size  of  barrel  to  be  packed  by  the  machine. 
The  horizontal  shnft  communicates  motion  by  mi- 
ter-wheels to  the  vertical  shaft  and  auger  which 
presses  the  flour  into  the  barrel,  the  tube  receding 
as  the  barrel  fills.  The  machine  is  started  by  a 
simple  movement  of  a  lever,  and  stops  automatically 
when  the  barrel  is  filled.  By  change  of  auger  and 
spout  ic  is  adapted  for  any  of  the  usual  sizes  of 
pnckajres.  A  cut-off  valve  holds  the  flour  in  the 
bin  when  changing  sizes.  See  Fig.  1067. 

Flow'ing  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  Or  per- 
fluent  battery.  One  in  which  the  battery  is  kept 
constant  by  "the  flowing  of  the  exciting  liquid 
through  the  cell  or  cells.  See  PERFLUENT  BAT- 
TERY. 

Flue.    A  duct  for  heated  products  of  combus- 


FLUE. 


350 


FLUTED   GLASS. 


Fig.  1067. 


Flour  Packer. 

tion  ;  a  chimney.  Fig.  1068  shows  Fox's  flue  (Br.), 
in  which  the  metal  receives  greater  strength  by 
corrugations. 

Fig.  1068. 


Corrugated  Boiler  Flue. 

Flume.  A  long  artificial  channel  or  chute  for 
conveying  logs  or  lumber  from  an  elevated  situa- 
tion to  distant  mill  or  works. 

A  chute  for  conveying  water  for  use  in  hydraulic 
or  placer  mining. 

"Cherokee"  gravel  mines  *"Min.  $  •<%.  Prrs*,"  xxxv.  313. 
Lumber  .  ....  *  "Min.  $  ST..  Press,''  xxxiv.  161. 

California *  "Se.  Am.  Sup.,"  1840    * 1509. 

Smartsville  Cal *  "Mech.  Dictionary,'  p.  891. 

Flume  Car.  A  car  to  travel  in  a  flume  ;  wheels 
rest  on  the  sides  of  the  flume,  and  the  water  runs  a 
paddle  wheel. 

" Engineering  and  Mining  Journal  "     ....    xxi.  223. 

Flue  Cut'ter.  A  tool  for  cutting  out  a  faulty 
flue  or  tube,  to  be  replaced  by  a  perfect  one. 

Fig.  1069  shows  a  section  of  boiler  with  flue  cutter  in  po- 
sition for  use,  and  the  same  in  detail.  The  mandrel  and 
tool  carrier  A  is  inserted  in  the  flue  to  be  cut  off,  and  held 
in  position  by  the  clamps  B  B.  The  shaft  is  attached  by 
means  of  the  hand-piece  F,  which  is  also  the  means  of  start- 
ing and  stopping  the  cutter  when  in  use.  The  cutters  D 
are  forced  out  against  and  through  the  flue  as  it  is  cut,  by 
means  of  the  feed-screw  E. 


Fig.  1069. 


Flue  Culler. 


Flush  Box.  A  cistern  for  especial  use  in 
dwellings  where  the  supply  of  water  is  intermittent. 
The  action  of  Morris's  waste  preventive  flush  box 
is  follows :  — 


Fig.  1070. 


Waste   Preventive  Flush  Box. 

When  the  lever  is  pulled,  it  first  closes  the  communication 
between  the  large  cistern  and  the  Hush  box,  and  then  opens 
the  outlet  or  discharge-valve,  and  is  so  arranged  that  in  no 
case  can  the  valve  communicating  with  the  large  cistern  and 
the  discharge-valve  be  open  or  partially  open  at  one  and  the 
same  time ;  so  that  no  more  than  the  contents  of  the  flushing- 
box  (about  2  gallons)  can  by  any  possibility  be  used  at  one 
operation. 

Flush  Deck  Pump.    One  the  upper  surface 
of  which  is  even  with  the  deck,  the  chamber  de- 
pending  beneath.      It  has  a   hinged 
Fig.  1071.       cover  and  the  plunger  is  removable. 


Fig.  1072. 


Flush  Deck  Pump. 


Flush  Tank. 


Flush  Tank.  Field's  flush  tank  is  a  cistern 
with  a  siphon  which  latter  comes  into  action  when- 
ever the  liquid  attains  a  certain  height  in  the  cis- 
tern. It  is  adapted  for  the  automatic  periodical 
emptying  of  the  cistern.  May  be  useful  apparatus 
in  the  periodical  flushing  of  drains. 


' Manufacturer  and  Builder  '' 


.  *  x.  280  ;  *  xi.  187. 


Flu'ted  Glass.  (Glass.)  A  mode  of  treating 
glass  to  render  it  a  perfect  transmitter  of  light  but 
prevent  observation  throngh  it.  Used  in  partitions, 
doors,  and  windows.  It  is  much  used  in  Europe, 
and  has  semi-circular  Outings  pressed  into  it. 


FLUTED   GLASS. 


351 


FLYING   SOUNDER. 


It  is  made  by  blowing  a  pear-shaped  piece  which  is  then 
introduced  into  a  brass  mold  having  a  number  of  deeply 
channeled  flutings  inside.  The  glass  is  now  blown,  as  usual 
in  cylinder  blowing,  and  retains  the  imprints  of  the  flutings. 
It  is  finished  in  the  usual  manner,  care  being  taken  not  to 
rotate  the  peaty,  as  that  would  distort  the  flutings  The 
cylinder  in  expanding  and  lengthening  reduces  the  depths  of 
the  flutes,  but  the  flutings  in  the  mold  are  sufficiently  exag- 
gerated to  meet  the  flattening  of  the  subsequent  operation. 


Flu'ted  Tap.  A  tap  for  making  screw 
Longitudinal  grooves  in  the  sides,  F-  10 
constitute  the  thread  —  cutting 
edges.  See  Fig.  6211,  p.  2495, 
"JAr//.  Dirt." 

Flu'ting    Iron.      A    laundry 
iron    for   fluting    clothes.     There 
are  many  form*.   See 
Fins.  2044,  2046,  pp. 
893,   894,     "  Mec/i. 
Diet."     The   d  a  in  p 
cloth   is  pressed    be- 
tween  the    two    sur- 

faces of  the    heated  Fluting  Iron. 

iron.     Flutes  may  be  nickel-  plated. 


holes. 


Fluter,  Knnx 


*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Sept.  21,  p.  19. 


Flu'ting  Ma-chint .     One  for  grooving  balus- 
ters, table-legs,  etc.     The  stick  is  placed  on  centers 

Fig.  1074. 


fluting  Machine. 

as  in  a  lathe  and  passed  beneath  the  circular  cutter 
which  is  mounted  on  a  mandrel  and  rotated  by 
band-pulley.  See  also  FLUTING  LATHE,  Fig.  2045, 
p.  894,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

Flu'ting  Scis'sors.  An  instrument  for  fluting 
linen,    etc.     One 
member  is  hollow 
to   hold  a  heated 
iron  rod. 

Fly.  (Add.)  13. 

The  fore  flap  of  a  Flutmg  Scissors. 

bootee.  A  strip  of  leather  which  overwraps  the 
front  vamp  and  receives  the  strings  or  other  fasten- 
ing. 

Fly  Hook.  (Fishing.)  One  arranged  with  an 
artificial  fly. 

Fly'ing  Ma-chine'.     See  references  :  — 

Machine "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  1838. 

Man,  Ignazio,  Italy      .  *  " Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  232. 
Machine,  Ritchell      .     .      "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  405. 
*  "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder  j'  x.  166 
Simonds  .          .     .     .     "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  96. 

Fly'ing  Sound'er.  A  name  applied  to  Sir 
William  Thomson's  deep-sea  sounding  apparatus. 
It  consists  of  a  glass  tube  lashed  to  a  length  of  line 
above  the  sinker  and  connected  to  a  line  of  piano- 


Fig.  107 


forte  wire  wound  upon  a  reel  from  which  it  is  payed 
out  when  sounding.  By  worm  on  the  reel  shaft, 
actuating  gearing  on  a  counter,  the  length  of  line 
payed  out  is  shown,  but  the  principal  determination, 
of  depth  is,  after  the  tube  has  been  hauled  on  board 
again,  by  means  of  the  observed  condensation  of  air 
in  the  tube  when  compared  with  a  scale  graduated 
to  fathoms  according  to  the  known  law  of  compres- 
sion of  air  at  given  depths.  The  interior  of  the 
glass  tube  is  lined  with  a  preparation  upon  which 
the  entering  sea-water  —  or  a  liquid  contained  in 
the  enveloping  metallic  tube  acted  upon  by  the  sea- 
wafer —  shall  mark  the  distance  that  liquid  has  been 
forced  into  the  glass  tube,  which  may  be  said  to  con- 
stitute a  pressure-gage. 

The  intention  is  to  measure  the  depth  of  water  below  the 
ship  at  any  time  without  reducing  her  speed,  but  it  is  equally 
well  adapted  for  taking  soundings  when  ly- 
ing to.  As  a  matter  of  observation,  in 
sounding  from  a  steamer  running  at  14 
knots  in  water  of  70  fathoms  depth,  the 
sinker  has  been  found  to  draw  about  195 
fathoms  of  wire  off  the  reel  and  to  take 
about  40  seconds  of  time  to  reach  bottom. 
The  counter  driven  by  the  wheel  indicates 
the  length  of  line  payed  out  when  bottom  is 
reached  and  the  depth  may  be  instantly  de- 
clared, if  there  has  been  sufficient  experi- 
ence in  similar  circumstances  of  apparatus, 
speed  of  ship,  currents  and  weather,  but 
the  observation  of  the  gage  tube  when 
brought  on  board  again  after  sounding  af- 
fords the  more  definite  determination. 

The  glass  tube,  Fig.  1076,  is  of  sufficiently 
small  bore  to  obviate  the  splashing  of  water 
within  it  during  sounding.  It  is  guarded  by 
an  outer  metallic  tube,  o,  which  is  attached 
by  a  length  of  hempen  line  to  the  wire. 
The  lining  of  the  tube  is  chromate  of  silver 
mixed  with  gum  to  enable  it  to  adhere  to  the 
tube,  and  the  mark  is  made  by  the  chem- 
ical action  of  the  sea-water  which  is  forced 
out  of  the  sheath  into  the  tube  as  the  appa- 
ratus descends.  The  action  is  to  induce  a 
double  decomposition.  The  chlorine  leaves 
the  sodium  of  the  common  salt  and  com- 
bines with  the  silver,  while  the  chromic 
acid  and  oxygen  leave  the  silver  and  com- 
bine with  the  sodium.  The  chloride  of  sil- 
ver, white  and  insoluble,  remains  on  the 
glass  in  place  of- the  yellow  chromate. 

The  tube  o,  shown  with  its  case  o,  and 
the  graduated  comparing  stick  in  Fig.  1076, 
is  closed  at  the  upper  end  and  open  at  the 
other  (x),  and  slips  within  a  metallic  case  o, 
the  lower  end  resting  upon  a  piece  of  vul- 
canite, r,  to  prevent  shocks  on  reaching  the 
bottom.  The  upper  endp  is  removed  for 
the  introduction  of  the  tube  and  then 
closed,  the  openings  q  allowing  sea-w^ter 
to  enter  as  the  apparatus  descends.  The  Thomson's  Deep 
lower  end  of  the  case  o  has  a  screw  plug  re-  flea  Sounding 
movable  for  purpose  of  cleaning.  Tube. 

Figs.  1077,  1078  show  the  apparatus  in 
side  and  end  elevations. 

On  the  bed  A  are  the  standards  C  L  which  hold  the  reel  B 
and  the  brake-drum  K  respectively.  The  reel  is  rotated  by 
handles  D,  and  on  its  axis  is  a  worm,  F,  which  actuates  gear- 
ing a  b  h  i,  to  revolve  index  fingers  ff  on  the  dials  II  to  indi- 
cate amount  of  wire  payed  off. 

H  is  a  brake  rope  which  takes  a  turn  round  the  drum  G 
and  is  fastened  at  its  respective  ends  to  the  brake-weeel  K , 
and  the  pivoted  weight  I.  N  is  a  weight  which  exercises,  in 
the  position  shown  at  x,  a  retarding  force  of  6  ot  8  pounds  on 
the  drum,  but  which,  when  elevated,  allows  the  brake  rope 
to  slacken  so  that  the  wire  can  be  readily  wound  back  on  the 
reel  after  a  sounding  is  had. 

n  n  show  the  position  of  the  sounding  lead  and  n'  its  arm- 
ing. 

When  it  is  desired  to  obviate  the  necessity  of  previous 
chemical  or  other  preparation  of  the  tube,  a  pressure-tube  is 
used,  open  at  each  end  and  provided  with  valves,  one  at  the 
lower  end,  to  let  sea-water  enter  when  the  sinker  is  going 
down,  the  other  at  the  upper  end  to  let  air  escape  when 
it  is  drawn  up,  each  of  these  valves  remaining  closed  except 
when  urged  in  its  opening  direction  by  a  small  definite 
amount  of  force. 

Using  this  apparatus,  the  White  Star  steamer  "  Britannic  " 
now  takes  soundings  regularly,  running  at  16  knots  over  the 
Banks  of  Newfoundland  and  in  the  English  and  Irish  Chan- 
nels, in  depths  sometimes  as  much  as  130  fathoms. 


rTI 


FLYING   SOUNDER. 


352 


FOG   TRUMPET. 


Fig.  1077. 


Fi     ,0-9 


S<>  William  Thomson's  Flying  Sounder.    (Side  E'ei-ation.) 


The  steel  wire  weighs  about  li  pounds  per  100  fathom? 
and  bears  when  new  from  230  to  240  pounds  without  break- 
ing. Its  circumference  is  0.03  inch. 

See  address  of  Sir  William  Thomson,  Royal  Society,  Feb- 
ruary 4,  1878. 

See  also  SOUJ.DING  APPARATUS. 


Fig.  1078. 


Sir  William  Thomson's  Flying  Sounder.    (End  Elevation.) 

Fod'der  Cut'ter.  A  machine  for  cutting  corn 
stalks  for  feed. 

See  ENSILAGE  CUTTER;  CHAFF  CUTTER; 
STRAW  CUTTER. 

Fod'der  Mill.  1.  A  mill  for  coarse  grinding 
of  graiu  for  feeding  stock. 

2.  A  mill  for  grinding  corn  fodder,  to  render  it 
more  easy  to  feed  in  mangers,  and  more  readily 


mixed  with  bran,  or  other  enriching 
matter.  A  substitute  for  a  fodder 
cutter. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  *  xi.  70. 

Fog  Bell.  The  fog  bell  of  Zaf- 
farini,  of  Ferrari),  Italy,  is  rung  bv 
a  rocking  air-tight  float,  which  car- 
ries a  pair  of  erect  hammers  with 
pliable  stems.  See  illustrations,  p. 
898,  "Mtch.  Diet." 

Fog  Gun.  A 
signal  gun,  fired 
as  a  warning  to 
mariners  during 
foggy  weather. 

Explosive  gas  is 
sometimes  used. 
See  GAS  GUN. 

Major  Elliott's  ac- 
count of  the  fog  sig- 
11  si  1  experiments  at 
Dover,  England,  U 
found  in  his  lleport 
U.  S.  Engineers, 
"European  Lixlit- 

hou>e    Systems.-'    Referred  to  in  "  Van  Fax  t-ixmit. 

JVos/rand's  Magazine,''  xiv.,  pp.  109-111. 

\Vigham "Technologiste,"  xxxix  3C9. 

Fog  Sig'nal.  Nearly  allied  to  the  gun  is  the 
fog  signal,  made  by  the  discharge  of  a  ball  of  com- 
pressed gun  cotton  in  the  focus  of  a  parabolic  re- 
flector. 

See  FOG  BELL  ;  FOG  GUN  ;  FOG  TRUAIPET,  etc  , 
"Mech.  Diet."  et  infra,  and  the  following  references  : 

Acoustic  signals *  "Engineer,"'  xli.  37,  46. 

*"Sc.Am.  >'«£.,"  183,  184. 
Automatic,  floating    .     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  An/er.,''  xxxvii.  118. 

Horn,  Barker *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  411. 

Horns,  guns,  whistles,  etc.      .  *  "Engineer,"'  xli.  46. 
Compressed  air,  Sautter,  Lemonnier  Sf  Co.,  Fr. 

*  "Engineering."'  xxx.  366. 

Fog  signals,  paper  by  Wigham  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2398. 
Whistle,  Leighlon      .    .     .    .  *  "Sc.  Amer  ,"  xlii.  1. 

Fog  Trum'pet.  The  siren  is  a  stiam  trum- 
pet. See  Fig.  5114,  p.  2191,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  sound  is  caused  by  the  passage  of  steam  at 
70  Ib.  to  the  square  inch  through  the  openings 
made  by  the  revolution  of  one  cli>k  with  radial 
slits  cut  in  it  in  front  of  a  similar  disk  fixed  in  the 
trumpet.  The  most  effective  rate  of  rotation  is 
!  from  2400  to  2800  revolutions  per  minute.  The 
trumpet  is  of  cast-iron. 

Fig.  1080  shows  Brown's  siren  fog  signal,  the 
trumpet,  valve,  and  rotating  mechanism  being 
mounted  on  a  semi-portable  steam  boiler. 

Steam  is  generated  in  A  and  passes  to  the  valve  B,  which 
is  a  perforated  disk  mounted  on  an  axis  and  rapidly  rotated 
by  a  belt  from  the  engine-wheel  D,  in  apposition  to  a  sta- 
tionary disk  similarly  perforated,  so  that  the  steam  passes 
when  the  holes  come  in  correspondence,  and  thus  causes  a 
series  of  puffs.  The  degree  depends  on  the  pressure,  the 
pitch  on  the  rapidity  of  the  succession  of  the  puffs,  the  dura- 
tion upon  the  time  the  throttle  is  left  open,  the  quality  upon 
questions  relating  to  the  material  of  the  trumpet,  shape  of 
opening,  etc. 

The  fog  trumpet  of  Amadi,  of  Trieste,  was  exhibited  at 
Vienna  in  1873. 

It  consists  of  a  trumpet,  formerly  operated  by  compressed 
air,  but  now  directly  by  steam  ;  is  provided  with  an  automatic 
distributing  steam- valve,  and  with  a  special  valve,  with  fin- 
ger-board, to  produce  sounds  of  varying  pitch. 

This  trumpet,  set  up  on  Point  Salvore,  Istria,  is  operated 
by  an  8-horse  power  steam  boiler,  at  25  Ibs.  pressure  ;  can 
produce  30  blasts  in  30  seconds,  and  is  audible  at  15  nautical 
miles  distance  in  clear  weather. 

Report  of  Major  George  H.  Elliott,  Corps  of  Engineers,  U. 
S.  Army.  Van  Nostrand. 

See  also  "  Van  Nostrand'.i  Magazine,"  xiv.  105. 

The  ordinary  fog-horn  is  a  brass  trumpet  8'  6"  long,  3"  di- 
ameter at  the  mouthpiece,  and  about  23"  at  the  mouth.  It 


FOG  TRUMPET. 


353  FOOT  WARMER  HEATER; 


Urown'f  Siren  Fog  Signal. 

h-is  a  steel  reed,  10J"  3"  wide,  \»  thick,  which  is  adjusted  to 
suit  the  fundamental  note  of  the  trumpet,  and  made  to  vi- 
brate by  air  at  18  Ib.  pressure. 

Fog  Whis'tle.  For  data  on  fog  whistles  and 
fog  horns  see  "A  Summary  on  Researches  in  Sound 
by  Professor  Henry  during  1865-1867,"  "Smithsim- 
ian  Report,"  1879,  and  "lUfech.  Diet.,"  p.  898. 

Leighton's  whistle,  shown  partly  in  section  in  Fig.  1081,  is 
intended  to  ree'uforce  the  sound  of  a  steam  whistle.     It  con- 
Fig.  1081. 


Fig.  1080.  of  receiving  the  most  various  colors 

and  forms,  will  have  many  uses  in 
decorative  art.  —  i'rof.  Litlegg. 

See  DAMASKING  METALS,  p.  245, 
fupra. 

Fold'er.  (Sheet  Metal 
Working.)  A  machine  for 
turning  locks  or  tapping  edge  s 
of  cans.  Being  adjustable,  it 
will  turn  narrow  or  wide  locks, 
or  round  edges  for  wiring. 

Fold'ing  Boat.  See  list 
under  Boat,  p.  114,  supra,  and 
Fig.  2057,  p.  899,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fold'ing  M  a  -  c  h  i  11  e'. 
(Sheet  Metal  Working.)  A  ma- 
chine for  folding  the  edges  of 
blanks  preparatory  to  seaming. 
Generally  called  a  double-edging 
machine. 

(Printing.)  A  folder  attached 
to  a  perfecting  printing  ma- 
chine. 

(Bookbinding.)  A  machine 
for  folding  sheets,  signatures, 
or  quires. 

Quire,  Richmond,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  314. 
Folding  and  perforating,  Lawrence, 

Br.       *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2096. 

*  "Iron,"  1878. 

Fold'ing  Net.  (Fishing  )  One  made  to  shut 
together  to  inclose  the  prey.  A  purse  »et  is  a  variety. 

Food  Car.  One  used  in  a  hospital  or  asylum 
to  convey  rations  or  food  to  the  wards. 

Foot   Ap'pa-ra'tus,      (Surgical.)      Includes: 


Whistle. 


sists  of  a  fog-horn  containing  a  stoam  whistle,  behind  which 
there  is  an  adjustable  resonance  chamber.  The  whistle  has 
straight  parallel  sides  and  straight  orifices. 

Foil  Car'ri-er  and  Plug'ger.  A  species  of 
pliers  for  grasping  foil  or  "other  filling  and  with 
curved  ends  which,  when  brought  into  apposition, 
form  a  plugging  tool. 

Foil,  Va'ri-e-ga'ted. 

Japanese:  Thirty  or  forty  thin  plates  of  gold,  silver,  cop- 
pi1]-,  and  various  alloys,  are  laid  one  over  the  other  in  a  given 
order,  and  soldered  together  at  tlie  edges,  so  that  the  whole 
forms  a  stout  plate  of  metal  Punches  of  various  shapes, 
conical,  pyramidal,  with  triangular,  square,  or  pentagonal 
sides,  are  now  used  to  make  a  pattern  of  perforated  figures, 
which  exhibit  on  their  inner  sides  concentric  circles,  trian- 
gles, and  other  forms,  corresponding  to  the  punches  used. 
The  plate  so  prepared  is  hammered  and  rolled  until  it  has 
become  quite  thin,  the  holes  disappear,  and  the  figures  have 
spread  out,  preserving,  however,  their  parallelism.  A  num- 
ber of  broken,  straight,  and  curved  lines  are  thus  produced, 
which,  as  in  a  Damascus  blade,  are  free  of  each  other, 
though  consistent  in  themselves  in  the  same  metal,  their  ef- 
fect being  further  enriched  by  the  use  of  acids  to  modify  the 
colors.  It  will  easily  be  understood  that  thin  plates  pre- 
pared in  this  way,  having  an  extremely  flexible  nature,  ad- 
mitting relief,  with  stamped  or  engraved  designs,  and  capable 
23 


Apparatus  for  eversion. 
For  club-foot(talipes). 
Apparatus  for  flat  feet. 
Splints,  bandages,  and  slings, 

for    fractured    or    luxated 

parts. 


Artificial  feet. 
Support  for  weak  ankles. 
For  short  leg. 
Contracted  tendo  achillis. 
For  over-riding  toes, 
for  bunions,  etc. 


Foot  power,  Lane     .    .    . 
Foot  drill,  Pratt  (f  Whitney 
Foot  lathe,  Cornell  Vnie. 
Shepherd , 


Fig.  1082. 


Foot  Pow'er.  The  baromotor  of  Gaston  Bo- 
zcrain,  of  Pan's,  is  a  combined  treadle  and  hand- 
lever  motor.  Shown  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  1878. 

"Man.  (f  Builder,"  ix.  280. 

".v.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  242. 

"Sc.  Am.."  xxxix  294,  370. 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  July  6,  1. 

"Engineering,"  xxv.  240 

"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  2,28. 

Foot  Vise.  A  device  used  in  the  smaller  op- 
erations of  black- 
smithing;  making 
calks  on  horse- 
shoes, heading 
bolts,  etc. 

Foot  Wall. 
(Mining.)  The 
layer  of  rock  im- 
mediately under  the 
vein. 

Foot  Warm'er 
Heat'er.  Appa- 
ratus for  warming 
the  contents  of  the 
foot-pans  which  are 
used  in  the  railway 
cars  of  Continental 
Europe  to  warm 
the  feet  of  the  pas- 
sengers. In  the  ap- 
paratus on  the  Par- 
is,  Lyons,  and 
Mediterranean 
Railway  the  injec- 
tion of  steam  has  foot  Vise. 


FOOT   WARMER   HEATER. 


354 


FORGE. 


and    refilling    with   hot 


substituted   the  emptying 
water. 

The  apparatus  at  a  station  will  heat  240  foot-warmers  per 
hour  to  a  temperature  of  185°  Fah. 
Paris,  Lyonf,  if  Med.  Ky.    .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxvii.  111. 

*  "  Scientific  A iner.  Hup.,  V2794. 

Verloop,  Ger *  "Engineering,-'  xxx.  208. 

W.  By.  of  France    ....  *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  i25. 

For'age  Cut'ter.  A  chaff  cutter.  See  ENSI- 
LAGE CUTTER;  STRAW  CUTTER,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Russian  military  ration  of  forge  :  — 

Biscuits  of  oatmeal,  pea  flour,  rye  meal,  ground  linseed  ; 
28  small  biscuits  a  ration.  The  nutriment  equal  to  LJ  IDS. 
oats,  at  one-fifth  the  bulk. 

For'age  Press.  See  BALING  PRESS,  Fig.  184, 
p.  69,  supra. 

Force.     The  upper  die  in  a  stamping  machine. 
In  zinc  stamping  the  workman  has  various  irregu- 
lar shapes  to  manage.     See  description  in  "  Iron 
Age,"  xxiii.,  March  6,  p.  27. 

For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  A  grasping  tool,  having 
two  parts  hinged  scissors-fashion.  The  names  are 
generally  descriptive  of  the  purpose,  or  of  the  part  to 
which  they  appertain.  The  list  following  is  de- 
rived from  "  Tiemann's  Armani.  Chirurgicum."  See 
also  list  on  p.  903,  "Mec/t.  Diet."  The  larger  num- 
ber of  the  instruments  here  cited  are  to  be  found 
under  their  alphabetical  captions  in  this  volume 
or  in  the  "Mechanical  Dictionary." 


List  of  surgical  forceps  :  — 

Alligator. 

Arrow  extracting 

Artery. 

Bone-cutting. 

Bone-holding. 

Bull-dog. 

Bullet. 

Canulated. 

Caustic. 

Cilia. 

Clamp. 

Conjunctiva 

Craniotomy. 

Curvilinear. 

Dental. 

Depilating. 

Dilating. 

Dissecting. 

Dressing. 

Ear. 

Embryotomy. 

Entropium. 

Epiglottis. 

Epilating 

Extirpation. 

Eye. 

Eyelet. 

Fenestrated. 

1'ixation. 

Gouge. 

Gullet. 

Hare  lip. 

Hemorrhoidal 

Iris. 

Laryngeal. 

Lens. 

Ligating. 

Lithotomy. 

Luxation. 

Microscopic. 


Midwifery. 

Nail  extracting. 

Nasal. 

Necrosis. 

Needle  holding. 

Obstetrical. 

Phymosis. 

Pile. 

Placenta. 

Pol}- pus. 

Punching. 

Kongeur. 

Root. 

Sac. 

Saw. 

Seizing. 

Self-holding. 

Sequestrum. 

Slide  catch. 

Spring  catch. 

Spicula. 

Splitting. 

Sponge. 

Strabismus. 

Tenaculum. 

Throat 

Tissue. 

Tongue. 

Tooth. 

Torsion. 

Tracheal. 

Trepanning. 

Trichiasis. 

Twisting. 

Urethral. 

Uterine. 

Vulsellum. 

AVire  cutting. 

Wire  twisting. 

Wisdom  tooth. 


Tig.  1083. 


Fore  Car'riage.  The  frame  and  pair  of  wheels 
on  which  the  front  end  of  the  beam  rests  in  many 
forms  of  European  plows. 

Fore'-end.  (Firearm.)  The  wooden  piece 
under  the  Imrrel  forward  of  the  guard. 

Fore'-hearth.  (Metallurgy.}  The  forward 
extension  of  the  hearth  of  the  hlnst-furnace ;  it  is 
closed  by  the  dam.  Fig.  704,  p.  293,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Forelock.  (Nautical.)  The  wedge  passing 
through  a  mortise  in  the  shackle  of  an  anchor. 

Forge.      (Metallurgy.)     a.  A  form  of  furnace 


Fore  Carriage. 

for  obtaining  iron  by  direct  process  from  the  ore. 
See  BLOMARY  ;  DI- 
RECT   IRON      PRO-  Fi«-  1085- 
CESS  ;     IRON    PRO- 
CESS ;  HEARTH,  etc. 

Fig.  1084. 


Portable  Forge.  Portable  Forge. 

b.  A  blacksmith's  fire-place.  Figs.  1084,  1085 
show  English  forms  of  portable  forges.  Many  other 
forms  are  noticed  under  BLOWER;  JEWELERS' 
FORGE  ;  LABORATORY  FORGE,  etc. 


Buffalo  Forge  .     .     .     . 

Patterson 

Thwaites  If  Carbutt,  Br. 
Hammer,  Longworth,  Br. 

Rowlings 

Tangye,  Br 

Alker   '. 


'Iron  Age,'1'1  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  19. 
' Scientific  Amer.  "  xxxviii.  3'A, 
'Man.  S(  Builder,"1  x.  57. 
'•Engineering,'1''  xxvi.  35. 
'Engineer,"  xliv.  4. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  1363. 
'Engineer,''  xlii.  378. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  166. 


Forging  Machine. 


FORGING  MACHINE. 


355 


FOUR  SPINDLE   DRILL. 


For'ging  Ma-chine'.  Ma«sey's  forging  ma 
chine  (Hr. )  is  intended  for  a  class  of  forgiugs,  such 
as  spindles,  bolts,  studs,  rollers,  pins,  files,  and  a 
great  variety  of  other  articles  in  common  use. 

It  has  four  pairs  of  blocks  or  hammers,  3y  diameter. 
The  lower  blocks  can  be  set  up  or  down  while 
the  machine  is  running.     The   eccentric   shaft    **S-  1087. 
is    steel,    running    in  very   large  white -metal          '" "'"" 
bearings.      The  machine  can  be  worked  from 
both  sides,  so  that  two  or  more  men  can  use  it 
at  the  same  time.     Speed,  7oO  revolutions  per 
minute.     Weight  7,000  Ibs.     Power  required  to 
drive,  about  one  horse.     Floor  space  required, 
4'  3"  by  3'  9".     Height  over  all,  6'  6". 

See  STEEL  PRESS,  Fig.  5747,  p.  2369,  "Meek. 
DictS'  Also,  paper  on  the  •' Systdme  Haswetl,"1 
at  Vienna,  by  Butler,  of  Leeds,  England.  De- 
bate by  Paget,  Sir  Joseph  VVhitworth,  and 
others.  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  712. 

Fork'ing  Spade.  A  bifurcated  dig- 
ging tool.  The  tool  with  several  tines 
is  a  digging  fork. 

Forin'ing  Iron.  Fig.  1088. 

(Forging.)  A  spe- 
cies of  swage  block, 
used  by  the  black- 
smith in  rounding 
rods.  The  grooves 
of  various  radii  to  forming  Iron. 
suit  different  requirements. 

Form'ing  Ma-chine'.        1.    (Sheet 
Metal    Working.)     A  machine  for  bend- 
ing tin  plate  to  circular  form.       The  di- 
ameter of  the  circularly  bent  plate  depends  upon 
the  relative  proximity 
of  the  three  rollers  be-  Fig.  1089. 

'tween  which  the  plate 
passes. 

See  also  STAMPING  PRESS, 
Figs.  5643-5545,  pp.  2304, 
2305,  "Meek.  Diet." 

2.  The  forming  ma- 
chine,    Fig.    1039,     is 
adapted  for  felt,  buck- 
ram,  straw,    tin,    and 
what  not. 

See  also  HAT-FORMING 
MACHINE. 

3.  A    machine   for 
laying  up  strands  into 
rope,  Fig.  1090.     It  is 
on  the  same   principle 

as   Fig.   4442,   p.    1981,  Forming  Machine. 

"Mec/i.  Diet." 

For'no-con-ver'tis-seur.  A  French  name, 
familiar  to  English  speaking  metallurgists  as  the 
title  of  the  Ponsard  furnace  for  the  manufacture  of 
steel. 

Fig.  1090. 


Forking 
Spade. 


See  article  by  J.  Sylvain  Pe'risse',  member  of  the  national 
jury  in  Paris,  1878,  published  in  the  "Journal  of  the  British. 
Iron  and  Steel  Institute,''1  and  reproduced  in  "Fore  Nos- 
trann^s  Engineering  Magazine,"1  xxi.  252. 

See  also  PONSARD  FURNACE. 

The  Ponsard  furnace,  like  the  Siemens-Martin  and  others, 
whether  applied  to  metallurgic  or  other  purposes,  is  a  gas 
geuerat:ng  furnace  and  has  a  peculiar  regenerator.  See  GAS 
GENERATING  FURNACE;  Siemens',  Figs.  1159,  1160,  and  Pon- 
sard's,  Figs.  1161,  1162,  pp.  386,  387,  infra,  both  of  them  as 
applied  to  gas  works. 

Forty'five  De'gree  El'bow.  A  pipe  coupling 
equal  to  £  bend.  See  BEND. 

Foun'dry  Fur'nace.  System  of  Piat,  Paris  -. 
Reverberating  and  blast  furnaces.  The  furnace  of 
sheet-iron  containing  the  crucible  is  on  trunnions,  or 
can  be  unshipped  and  moved  by  crane  or  by  hand 
to  the  flask.  See  CRUCIBLE  FURNACE. 


*  "Scientific  American  Supplement  •' 


2857. 


Foun'dry  La'  die.  One  for  carrying  molten 
metal  from  the  cupola  to  the  flnsks. 

See  LADLE  ;  SHANKS,  "Mech.  Diet."  et  infra. 

Aikin  4"  Drummond's  mounted  ladle  is  supported  on  two 
wheels  at  a  point  on  the  shank,  which  enables  a  stout  boy  to 
counterpoise  and  push  it,  holding  by  the  crotches. 

Pintsch's   ladle,   Fuerstenwalde,   Prussia,   is   of  wrought 
iron,  and  the  iron  flows  from  a  partitioned  channel  riveted 
along  the  side  of  the  kettle.  and  opening  into  the  same  near 
the  bottom.    This  excludes  floating 
dross.  Fig.  1091. 

French  foundry  ladle,  Lnbou- 
laye's  "Dictionnaire,"  ii.,  Figs.  930, 
931,  947,  article  "  Fonderie  de  fer." 

Foun'tain     Pen.      One 

carrying  a  supply  of  i  n  k, 
fed  gradually  to  the  point 
of  the  instrument.  The  pens 
shown  in  Fig.  1091  have 
abandoned  any  attempt  at 
graceful  writing,  being  merely 
hollow  handles  with  tubular 
points.  A  fine  needle  inside 
governs  the  flow  of  the  ink  in 
the  Stylographic  pen,  —  the 
two  figures  on  the  right.  In 
the  McKinnon  pen,  the  tubu- 
lar point  is  fine,  and  yields  < 
ink  when  pressure  is  applied. 
Foun'tain  Pump.  A  gar- 
den or  syringing  pump,  for 
watering  flowers,  or  applying 
wet  poisons  to  the  cotton 
worm,  etc. 

Oomstock's  "  Report  upon  Cotton 
Insects,"  1879,*  p.  239,  and  Fig. 
51.  -•*• 

See   also    SPRAYING     MACHINE  ;          Fountain  Pens. 
SPRINKLER  ;  INSECT   DESTROYER,  infra. 

Four-cyl'in-der    En'gine.     See  the  follow- 
ing :  — 

Brown,  Winterthur  .     .  *  "Engineering." 
xxi.  126.  177. 
Vosper,  Br  .....  *  "Engineering," 

xxvii.  569. 

Compound,  Watts,  Br.    *  "Engineering," 
xxvi.  118. 

Four-high  Mill.  A  rolling 
mill  with  four  rollers  in  tier.  "Iron 
Aye,"  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  3. 

Four  Screw  Chuck.  A  lathe 
chuck  in  which  the  object  is  cen- 
tered by  the  use  of  four  screws 
quadrantically  disposed.  See  DRILL 
CHUCK,  p.  276,  supra. 

Four  Spindle  Brill.  A  gang 
drill  with  four  spindles. 


Rope-forming  Machine. 


Pratt  $  Whitney, 


Thurston's   Vienna 
Report,"  ii.  224. 


FOUR   STRANDED  SPLICE. 


356 


FRESNEL   LENS. 


Four-strand'ed  Splice.  (Nantical.)  A  splice 
made  in  a  four-stranded  rope,  or  four  cant  rope. 

Four  Valve  Spec'u-lum.  A  urethral,  or 
other,  speculum  which  has  four  expanding  fingers 
as  in  several  of  the  instances,  Fig.  5360,  p.  2260, 
"Mech.  Diet."  Certain  speculi  are  always  referred 
to  under  their  specific  names,  as  otoscope,  rhinoscope, 
etc.  See  list  under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS  and 
SCOPE,  p.  2056,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Four'-way  Cock.  1.  (Railway.)  A  faucet 
J7i  the  air-brake  arrangement  with  two  passages  in 
it,  and  used  for  opening  and  closing  communication 
between  the  brake  cylinder  reservoir,  brake  pipe, 
and  triple-valve.  See  TRIPLE- VALVE. 

2.  A  bath  tub  cock  with  index,  "  Hot,"  "  Cold," 
"  Waste,"  "  Shut." 

Frac'ture  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  The 
li>t  includes  splints,  bandages,  swings,  extension 
apparatus,  bedsteads,  etc.  The  distinctions  are  also 
drawn  from  the  part  affected.  See  SPLINT,  EX- 
TENSION APPARATUS,  COUNTER  EXTENSION  AP- 
PARATUS, etc.,  in  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  list  under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS  AND  APPARATUS,  pp. 
2459-2461,  "Mech.  Diet."  The  following  references  are  to 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum,''  Part  IV. 

Femur Figs.  102, 103, 105-111. 

Fracture  bed      ...  Figs.  104,  158,  159,  168,  169 

Patella Figs.  112-118. 

Lower  leg      ....  Figs.  119-121. 

Lower  maxillary    .     .  Fig.  122. 

Clavicle Figs.  123-127. 

Lower  arm Fig.  128. 

Suspending  apparatus  Figs.  102,  103.  120,  130, 140, 154, 156, 
167, 1(4. 

Frame  Clamp.    A  device  for  putting  picture 


Fig.  1092. 


and  looking-glass 
frames  together.  To 
a  single  lever  A  mov- 
ing over  a  rack  D, 
four  stretchers  are 
connected  each  to 
one  of  the  corner 
clamps  C  so  as  to 
draw  them  equally. 
The  clamps  C  are 
adjustable  on  the 
stretchers,  as  seen 
in  the  detached  view, 
according  to  the  size 
of  the  frame. 

Frame  Drilling 
Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine, Fig.  1 093, 
with  several  self-act- 
ing drilling  h.ead 
stocks  for  operating 
on  different  parts  of 
a  locomotive  frame  Frame  Clamp. 

at  the  same  time.  —  Whitwarth. 

Frameless  Spec'ta-cles.  Those  in  which  the 
nose-piece  and  temples  are  attached  directly  to  the 
lenses ;  bows  being  dispensed  with. 

Frame  Pla'ning  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  with 
independent  self-acting  cross  slides  and  tools,  for 
planinsr  different  parts  of  a  locomotive  frame  at 
the  same  time. 

Frame  Slot'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
working  on  locomotive  frames,  having  several  self- 
acting  head-stocks  capable  of  being  independently 
operated. 

Franklin  Spec'ta-cles.  The  lens  in  ench 
bow  is  divided  on  its  major  axis ;  the  upper  section 
for  far,  and  the  lower  for  near  observation ;  for 
distance  and  for  reading. 

Freezing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (SwyicnL)  See 
ATOMIZEK;  SPRAY  APPARATUS,  etc.,  Fig.  181,  p. 


Frame  Drilling  Machine. 

93,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  Fig.   128,  p.  55,  supra.     See 
also  ICE. 

Freezing  mixtures,   "Mechanical  Dictionary,"  p.  1167. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,"  142D. 

Freight  Car.     One  for  carrying  freight,  as  dis- 
tinct from  passenger,  express,  mail,  etc.,  cars,  on  the 

Fig.  1094. 


Box  Freight  Car. 

one  hand,  and  gravel,  coal,  and  construction  cars 
on  the  other.  Fig.  1094  shows  a  box  freight  car 
with  frame  made  of  tubular  iron. 

See  the  following  references 
Light 


Iron 
Metallic 


N.  Y.  Central » 

Lake  Shore  and  Mich.  S.       .  * 

Standard  box,  N.  Y.  C.  .  .  * 
Freight  stock  car,  Chalender  * 
Hoist  and  conveyor  .  .  .  * 


"Se.  American  Sup.,''  847.* 
" Iron  Age,''  xxiii.,  Feb.  20,  7. 
"Iron  Aye"  xxi.,  Jan.  24,  p. 

7  ;  May  14,  p.  7. 
"Engineering,-'  xxi.  444. 
'•SV.  American  Sup.,''  285. 
"Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  610. 
' liailroad  Gazette,''1  viii.  119. 
•'Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  261. 
•'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  March  16,1. 


Freight  Truck.  A  hand-truck,  for  moving 
heavy  packages,  known  as  a  freight  tarrow-truck  or 
freight  woe/on -truck  according  to  whether  it  has  2 
or  4  wheels  respectively. 

Fresh'et  Sig'nal.  An  apparatus  to  give  an 
alarm  upon  the  occurrence  of  a  rapid  rise  in  a 
stream. 

Gros's  freshet  signal  apparatus,  used  in 
the  Lot.  Aveyron,  France,  indicates  auto- 
matically, by  electrical  means,  any  vari- 
ations in  level  from  a  higher  to  a  lower 
point.  A  float  at  the  higher  point  com- 
municates its  upward  and  downward  move- 
ment, by  means  of  a  batteiy  and  wire, 
to  a  needle  pointing  on  a  graduated  scale. 
When  the  rise  is  such  that,  there  is  danger, 
a  bell  is  rounded  which  sets  in  action  a 
number  of  bells  in  the  houses  of  inhabit- 
ants along  the  banks  and  warns  them  of 
the  coming  flood. 

Fres-nel'  Lamp.  One  with  a 
cylindrical  lens  formed  of  prismatic 
zones  above  the  equatorial  region.  Fresnel  Lamp. 

Fres-nel'  Lens.  (Optics.)  A 
lens  consisting  of  a  central  portion  of  spherical  sec- 


FRESNEL  LENS. 


357 


FKICTION   MACHINE. 


Fig.  1096. 


Fresnel  Lens. 


tion  and  surrounding  rings,  so  adapted  as  to  direct 
the  rays  practically  parallel,  and  preveut  their  loss 
by  radiation  in  useless  directions. 

The  Fresnel  is  the  third  in  the  series  of  the  great 
improvements  which  are  now 
universally  adopted  in  light- 
houses, using  the  dioptric  system. 
These  three  inventions  are 
French,  and  are  the  Argand 
burner  (1774),  the  mechanical 
lamp  (Carcel),  and  the  Fresnel 
lens  (1810).  The  light  is  in  the 
focal  center  of  a  series  of  lenses, 
which  assume  what  may  be 
roughly  called  a  barrel-shape, 
around  the  burner.  The  equatorial  portion  of  the 
series  is  a  sort  of  cylindrical  hoop,  the  vertical  section 
of  the  band  of  glass  showing  such  lines  that  the  rays 
passing  through  it  are  diverted  to  a  horizontal  plane ; 
the  rays  striking  above  or  below  the  central  zone 
are  intercepted  by  rings  of  prismatic  section,  and 
are  so  refracted  as  to  assume  a  direction  parallel  to 
those  proceeding 
from  the  equato- 
rial region  of  the 
glass  envelope 
surrounding  the 
burner.  See  DI- 
OPTRIC LIGHT, 
Fig.  1657,  p.  704, 
"Aleck.  Diet." 

Fret  Saw.  A 
jig  or  band  saw, 
for  bargeboard, 
bracket,  and  Sor- 
rento work. 

MrChrsney,  Br. 

*  "Engineer  ''  xliii. 

55. 

*" Manufacturer   if 
Atifcfer,"  xi.  220. 
Rogers. 

*  "Engineer,''1  xlvi. 

1£4 

Fric'tion 
Brake.  1. 


t  Clutch.. 


Proni/'s  brake.    A  form  of  dynamometer.   Fig.  2102, 
p.  915,  '•  Mech.  Diet." 

Richards "Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Aug.  30,  p.  11. 

2.  A  measurer  of  the 
lubricity  of  oils.  See 
FRICTION  METER,  OIL 
TESTER. 

Fric'tion  Clutch.  A 
device  by  which  a  pullev 
is  made  fast  to  a  shaft  so 
as  to  partake  of  the  mo- 
tion of  the  latter  ;  or  one 
shaft  made  to  partake  of 
the  motion  of  another 

Fig.  1097  shows  Friable  g 
clutch,  which  fastens  by  the 
hub.  The  cone  is  moved  by 
the  shipper  expanding  the  lev- 
ers and  so  locking  the  parts 
together  that  the  frictional 
adherence  ig  equal  to  the  duty 
of  transmitting  the  motion  of 
one  part  to  the  other. 

Mason's  clutch,  Fig  1098, 
operates  by  expanding  the  Fiiction  C\a  ck. 

friction  segments  against  the 

inner  rim  of  the  wheel :  a  longitudinal   sliding  movement  of 
the  sleeve  towards  the  pulley  effects  this  ;  and  fice  versa. 

A  Belgian  friction  clutch  operates  by  contact  of  two  disks 
with  interlocking  face  grooves. 

See  the  following  :  — 

Arldyman *  "  Engineer,"  xlix.  268. 

Am.  Clutch  Co *  "Iron  Age"  xvii.,  June  8,  p.  5. 


Coupling,  Bags'iaw,  Br.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  100. 

Belgian        *  "  $c.  American,''  xxxvi.  147. 

PJie<U>rer,Rr *  "  Engine  ring,"  xxvii.  243. 

Drum,  MM iid y     .     .     .     .*  "Scientific  Amer.."  xxxvi.  338. 

Pulley,  Bean *  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  250. 

Brown     .  .     .     .  »  "Merit.  Dirt.,''  Fig  2103,  p.  916 : 

Fig.  1351,  p.  578. 
*  "American  Miller,"  viii.  225. 


1099. 


Fric'tion  Drum  Hoist.  A  hoisting  engine 
operated  by  friction  from 
a  constantly  moving 
shaft.  Fig.  1099  shows 
Mundy's  friction  drum 
hoisting  machine,  used 
for  pile  drivers  and  der- 
ricks. It  is  a  portable 
engine  and  hoist,  but  the 
drum  can  be  locked  to  or 
freed  from  the  shaft  by 
means  of  a  lever.  Thus, 
the  weight  may  be  lifted 
and  the  drum  then  sud- 
denly freed,  allowing  the 
weight  to  fall  instantly  ; 
or,  by  partially  freeing 
the  drum  the  load  may 
be  lowered  gradually. 
Fric'tion  Gear'ing. 
A  power  transmit- 
ting device  which  de- 


Friction  Drum  Hoist. 

peuds  upon  the  frictional  adherence  of  the  allied 

parts. 
In  Van  Haagen's,  the  wheels  have        Fig.  1100. 

square  grooves  in  their  peripheries 

which  interlock  so  as  to   form  inti- 
mate bearing  surfaces. 

See  also  Fig.  1601,  p.  680,  "Mech. 

Diet.,"  where  friction  gear  is  shown 

as  working  the  feed  of  a  sawmill. 

French  *  Art.    "Engrenage,"   La/ioiifm/f's 
"Diet."  iv.,  Figs. 
a526,  3527. 

Round  belt  in  multi- 
grooved  pulleys 

*  "Neii'ton's  Jour- 
nal, -157,  N.  S., 
vi.  163. 

Paper  by  Wicklin. 

*  Cooper's     "Belt- 
ing." 288.  Friction   Gearing. 

Pump  driver,   Hind, 

Br *  "Engineering,''  xxii.  118. 

Gear *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  147. 

Fric'tion  Heat'er.  A  device  for  obtaining 
heat  from  friction.  A  cylinder  of  water  has  an 
iron  end  plate,  against  which  revolves  a  disk,  and 
the  friction  of  the  two  generates  heat,  which  is 
communicated  to  the  water.  The  latter  is  con- 
ducted in  any  usual  way  to  different  parts  of  the 
house.  —  Prof.  Wills. 

Fric'tion  Ma-chine'.  An  electric  machine, 
generating  electricity  by  contact  with  amalgamated 
silk. 


FRICTION  METER. 


358 


FRUIT  DRYER. 


Fric'tion  Me'ter.     A  test  for  lubricators. 

The  block  A  is  pressed  against  the  periphery  of  the  wheel 
by  :m  arm  C,  which  is  a  segment  of  a  roller,  balanced  and 
pivoted  on  the  short  arm  of  the  bell  crank  D  1),  the  long 
end  of  which  is  connected  by  a  link  to  the  lever  F,  which 

has  a  weight,  E,  on 
the  outer  end  of  it  : 
and  a  chain  con- 
nects the  friction 
block  A  to  a  sprinir 
balance.  The  wheel 
is  to  be  made  to 
turn  to  the  right  at 
any  desired  velocity 
of  circumference, 
by  means  of  a  band 
from  a  lathe,  or 
otherwise,  w  hen 
the  friction  of  the 
wheel  on  the  fric- 
tion block  will  tend 
to  curry  the  latter 
along  with  the 
former  :  but  it  is 
prevented  from 
doing  so  by  the 
chain  to  the  spring 
balance,  which  in- 
V  dicates  the  amount 

_  _J  of  the  tendency  of 

Friction  Meter.  tlle  block  to  move 

along  the  wheel,  or, 

in  other  words,  the  total  amount  of  friction  on  the  rubbing 
(surface.  —  Napier. 
See  also  OIL  TESTER  ;  LUBRICANT  TESTER. 

Fric'tion  Roller  Drop.  An  arrangement 
for  working  a  drop  hammer.  Hotehkiss  &  Stiles. 
See  Fig.  2104,  FRICTION  HAMMER,  p.  910,  "Alech. 
Diet." 

Fric'tion  "Wheel.  One  operating  by  the  fric- 
tion of  its  surface ;  as  in  some  ca:-es  a  large  buff- 
covered  wheel  driving  a  number  of  spindles  by 
frictional  contact. 

See  some  notices  in  Cooper's  "Bflting,''  206. 
See   also  FRICTION   GEAR  :    FRICTION   CLUTCH,  supra ;  and 
FRICTION  WHEEL;  FRICTION  HAMMER,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Friez'ing  Cut'ter.  A  rotative  bit  for  making 
friezes,  moldings,  etc. 

Friez'ing  Ma-chine'.  An  edge-molding  ma- 
chine. The  vertical  cutter  projects  up  through  the 
table  of  the  machine  and  works  molding  on  the 
stuff  fed  up  to  it.  It  is  called  a  friezing  machine, 
as  it  is  adapted  to  making  frieze  moldings  for  ceil- 
ings. See  Fig.  3200,  p.  1468,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Frit.  (Ceramics.)  The  material  for  glaze  of 
pottery. 

A  frit  for  stoneware  glaze :  — 

Ground  feldspar 25 

Ground  quartz  or  flint 25 

Sal  soda 25 

Clay 15 

Boracic  acid 10 

100 

After  being  fused  in  a  frit  fitrnacr,  it  is  run  into  a  stone 
vat,  cooled,  broken  into  fragments,  and  ground  into  a  fine 
paste  with  water  in  a  frit  mill.  The  result  is  a  fine  slip  to 
which  white  lead  as  a  i'use  and  cobalt  as  corrective  of  yellow 
are  added. 

The  porous  biscuit  is  dipped  in  this  slip. 

Frit  Fur'nace.  ( Ceramics.)  A  reverberating 
furnace  in  which  frit  for  glaze  is  fused. 

Frit  Mill.  (Ceramics.)  A  tub  mill,  with  huhr- 
stones  in  which  the  material  for  glaze  (see  FRIT) 
is  ground  into  an  impalpable  slip. 

Fromm'hpld  Cell.  A  single  liquid  battery 
having  a  platinized  leaden  plate  clamped  between 
two  zinc  plates  with  intermediate  insulation.  Im- 
mersed in  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

See  Slater  &  Watson's  English  Patent,  1852. 


Frost   Valve. 


Front  Cyl'in-der  Head.  That  head  which 
is  opposite  to  the  piston.  The  back  end  has  the 
stuffing  box  for  the  piston-rod. 

Front  Sight.  As  distinguished  from  rear  or 
hind-sight.  The  sight  on  a  gun  near  the  muzzle. 
It  may  be  y/obe,  aperture,  open,  or  pin.  See  SIGHT. 

Frost  Cog.  A  toe  or  projection  on  a  horse 
shoe  to  keep  the  animal  from  slipping  on  ice  or 
frozen  ground. 

Frost'ing.  (Fine  Art  Metal-iforkinfj.)  Making 
a  dead  surface  on  the  metal  so  as  to  give  a  sombre 
tint;  or  it  may  be  done  over  a  part  of  the  surface 
so  as  to  throw  the  bright  portions  into  greater  prom- 
inence and  so  obtain  variety. 

Frost  Valve.     A  valve  which  opens  to  allow 
water  to  escape  from  the  portion  of  the  pipe  or 
pnmp  where  it  is  lia- 
ble  to    be    frozen.  F,g.  1102. 
Stone's  frost  valve  is 
so  arranged  that  the 
act  of  screwing  down 
the  hydrant  to  close 
it     opens    the    small 
frost    valve    and    al- 
lows  the  hydrant  to 
free  itself  of  water. 

Fruit  Dry'er.  The 
Reynolds  fruit  dryer 
is   a  shaft    iu   which 
the  shelves  are   hori- 
zontal.    The  trays  of 
fresh  fruit  are  put  in 
at    the    bottom,    the 
pile    of    trays    beiny; 
lifted  temporarily  for  that  purpose  by  means  of 
the  lifting  bottom  D.  crank  shaft  C  B,  and  handle 
A.     From  12  to 20  trays 
are   used  ;    the  heat  is  Fig.  1103. 

about  200°  Fah.,  and 
the  fruit  iu  the  upper 
trays  is  bathed  in  the 
steam  and  aroma  of  the 
fresher  fruit  more  im- 
mediately exposed  to 
the  fire. 

The  point  of  delicacy  in 
management  consists  i  n 
prompt  drying  after  cutting 
to  avoid  discoloration. 

It  is  a  good  plan  to  sub- 
ject the  freshly  cut  frui'  to 
the  fumes  of  sulphurous 
acid  gas,  obtained  by  burn- 
ing sulphur  in  a  chamber  or 
ca?k  in  which  the  cut  fruit 
is  exposed.  This  is  a  plan 
used  from  time  immemorial 
to  prevent  acetic  fermenta- 
tion in  wine  and  cider  casks, 
and  also  to  delay  the  vinous 
fermentation  with  wine  or 
cider.  The  trays  with  the 
finished  article  are  removed 
from  the  rop  one  at  a  time 
In  Fig.  1103  the  apparatus 
has  a  supplementary  cham- 
ber above  for  finishing  the 
operation  when  a  tray  of 
doubtful  completion  has 
been  removed.  Gold  medal 
at  Paris,  1878. 

In  a  California  machine 
the  trays  are  similarly  dis- 
posed but  hung  on  a  carrier-, 
chain.      The    Williams  ma- 
chine has  a  high  tower  with 
a  furnace    at    the    bottom, 
and  endless  chains  with  wire 
trays   which  revolve  slowly, 
causing  the  fruit  last  put  in- 
to   pass    first    through    the  Fruit  Dryer 
hottest  part.   Bleaching  with 
sulphur  is  used.    The  Alden  process  is  somewhat  similar. 


FRUIT   DRYER. 


359 


FUEL,   ARTIFICIAL. 


The  Jones  dryer  (Farquhar,  York,  Pa.)  is  made  in  three 
forms,  horizontal,  portable,  riouble-flue  upright. 

In  the  Horizontal  fruit  dryer  a  current  of  heated  air  is 
drawn  through  the  two  horizontal  fruit  chambers  by  an  ex- 
haust fan.  The  chambers  are  one  above  the  other  with  side 
doors  for  the  introduction  and  removal  of  fruit  trays. 

In  the  portable  the  trays  are  in  vertical  columns  in  a  sheet 
iron  box  at  bottom  of  which  is  a  furnace.  The  trays  are  put 
in  at  bottom,  the  pile  being  raised  for  that  purpose,  and  the 
trnys  with  finished  fruit  removed  from  the  top.  The  trays 
are  covered  with  netting. 

The  /loiib/e-Jiue  is  larger,  parts  are  duplicated,  and  it  occu- 
pies the  height  of  two  stories,  or  a  cellar  and  one  story 

Dietz  California  fruit  dryer  has  a  number  of  sloping  cham- 
bers one  above  another  The  fruit  in  wire  trays  is  put  in 
at  front  and  pushed  back  from  time  to  time  as  new  trays  are 
ready ,  and  the  dried  fruit  removed  at  the  back.  The  fire-heat 
circulates  in  all  the  chambers,  the  fresh  fruit  being  exposed 
to  the  hottest  part. 

Al'len *  "Mining  anil  Sc.  Press,"1  xxxviii.  26". 

BosweU *  "Mining  and  Sc,  Press,''1  xxxvii.  281  ; 

xxxviii.  268. 

Blower *  "Mining  ami  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  249. 

Harris *  "Mining  and  Sc.  Press,-'1  xxxvi.  289. 

Mieinbrue    ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  162. 
On  drying  fruit  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  146. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  2103. 
"Scribner's  Magazine,1'  June,  1878. 

Fruit  Pit'ter.  A  device  to  remove  the  stones 
of  fruit,  such  as  peaches  and  plums. 

Hatch's  pitter  splits  the  fruit  and  F"g-  1104. 
removes  the  pit.  Each  half  of  the 
tubular  opening  carries  its  own  sec- 
tion of  the  knife,  and  the  two  are 
hinged  together  so  as  to  expaud  to 
any  necessary  size. 

See    also    CHERRY,   PEACH,    etc. 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Fruit  pitter,   Lillie  *"Min.   #  Sc.    Press," 
xxxiv.  289. 

Fruit  Press.  Cider,  wine,  and 
oil  presses  are  considered  under  their 
own  captious.  Figs.  1105,  1 106  show 
domestic  presses  for  small  fruit,  and 
useful  also  for  stuffing  sausages.  See 
also  DRAW-UP  PRESS,  Fig  872,  p.  274,  supra,  and 
list  under  PRESSES,  infra. 

Fruit  (or  Seed)  Sep'a-ra'tor.  A  machine 
which  separates  and  grades  cran-  . 

berries,  beans,  and  seed.  £' 


Fig.  1105. 


Fruit  Pitter. 


Fruit  Press  ( Open 


Fruit  Press  (  Closed). 


The  detachable  feeder  runs  on  top,  and  has  a 
trembling  motion,  combined  (optionally)  with  lat- 
eral motion.  The  sieves  are  lettered  for  kinds  of 
grains  and  seeds,  and  numbered  for  places  where 
used.  —  Brown. 

Fruit  Sli'cer.  An  open-bottomed  box  with 
a  follower,  to  contain  fruit,  aud  slipped  back  and 
forth  in  grooves  over  a  knife  fixed  like  that  of  a 
slaw-cutter  beneath.  —  Wliarry. 


Specific 
Gravity. 

Pounds  of  Water 
Evaporated. 

Com  par. 
Values. 

Welsh  coal      .... 

1.315 

9.051 

1.000 

Newcastle  coal    .     .     . 

1.256 

8.01 

0.885 

Derby  and  York  coal    . 

1.292 

7.581 

0.837 

Lancashire  coal  . 
Scotch  coal     .... 

1.273 
1.260 

?;»$(.  By  trial 

0.877 
0.851 

British  average   .     .     . 

1.290 

8.13  1 

0.898 

Irish  anthracite  .     .     . 

1.590 

9.85 

1.088 

Patent  fuels    .... 

1.167 

9.20  J 

1.016 

French  coal  (average)  . 

1.310 

8.00) 

0.884 

Lignites  (average)    .     . 

1.198 

6.661 

0.736 

1.300 

4.52  !  , 

0.500 

Coke  (average)     .     .     . 
Oak    

0.750    . 
0.930 

y.(lU!-Approx. 
4.52 

0.995 

0.500 

0.660 

2.50  J 

0.276 

Fu'el.  The  table  gives  the  comparative  evapo- 
rative value  of  fuels. 

The  feed  water  being  212°  Fan.  when  it  enters  the  boiler, 
the  following  results  were  obtained  from  the  consumption 
of  1  pound  of  the  undermentioned  fuels.  The  first  eight 
give  the  average  of  many  samples  tested  by  Messrs.  Delabeche 
and  Playfair :  — 


Wood  for  Fuel  as  compared  with  Coal.  —  It  is  safe  to  as- 
sume that  2J  Ibs.  of  dry  wood  is  equal  to  1  lb.,  average 
quality,  of  soft  coal,  and  that  the  fuel  value  of  the  same 
weight  of  different  woods  is  very  nearly  the  same,  —  that  is, 
a  pound  of  hickory  is  worth  no  more  for  fuel  than  a  pound 
of  pine,  assuming  both  to  be  dry.  If  the  value  be  measured 
by  the  weight,  it  is  important  that  the  wood  be  dry,  as  each 
10  per  cent,  of  water  or  moisture  in  the  wood  will  detract 
about  12  per  cent,  from  its  value  as  a  fuel. 

The  weight  of  one  cord  of  different  woods  (air  dried)  will 
be  found  to  be  about  as  follows,  for  an  honest  cord  of  split 
wood  :  — 

Hickory,  or  hard  maple 4,500  Ibs. 

White  oak 3,850  Ibs. 

Beech,  red  oak,  and  black  oak    ....    3,250  Ibs. 
Poplar  (white-wood),  chestnut, 'and  elm  .     2,350  Ibs. 

The  average  of  pine 2,000  Ibs. 

The  fuel  value  as  compared  with  coal  is  about  as  fol- 
lows :  — 
1  cord  air-dried  hickory  or  hard  maple 

equal  to 2,000  Ibs.  coal. 

1  cord  air-dried  white  oak  equal  to   .     .     1,725  Ibs.  coal. 
1  cord  air-dried  beech,  red  oak,  or  black 

oak  equal  to 1,450  Ibs.  coal. 

'    1  cord  air-dried  poplar,  chestnut,  or  elm 

equal  to 1,050  Ibs.  coal. 

1  cord  air-dried  average  of  pine  wood 

equal  to 925  Ibs.  coal. 

Buckeye  Engine  Co. 

Fu'el,  Ar'ti-fi'cial. 

The  artificial  fuel  of  Loiseau  is  made  under  Patents 
78,982,  104,471, 147,663-147,666, 167,913, 167,914. 

1868  Patent :  coal  dust,  clay,  saleratus,  and  shellac  made 
into  a  paste,  formed  in  molds  and  dried. 

1870  Patent  :  a  protecting  covering. 

1874  Patents  :  1.  a  mixing  apparatus. 

2.  Clay  is  dried,  reduced  to  powder,  mixed  with  the  coal 
dust,  moistened  with  milk  of  lime,  kneaded,  molded  into 
lumps,  the  lumps  waterproofed  with  a  resinous  material. 

3.  Mixing  and  molding  apparatus.     The  coal  dust  with 
clay,  and  lime-water  is  placed  .in  a  pug-mill,  delivered  to  com- 
pressing rollers  in  a  broad  sheet,  and  the  compressed  lump 
falls  upon  a  conveying  apron. 

4.  A  machine  for  coating  the  artificial  fuel  with  a  water- 
proofing composition.     An  apron  dipping  into  a  tank. 

5.  Molding.     The  balls  are  formed  by  two  hemispheres, 
which  are  fastened  together  by  bolts.     Wire  cloth  aprons 
are  confined  between  the  hemispheres. 

1875  Patents  :  1.  Mixing  and  molding.     Stirrer  blades  on 
revolving  shafts  feed  the  composition  to  the  molding  cylin- 
ders. 

2.  Coal  waste  mixed  with  pulverized  clay  and  diluted 
rye  and  lime  paste. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 

Dixon "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1. 

In  France,  etc "Engineering,'1'  xxvi.  379. 

Paper  on,  Loiseau    .     .     .    "Man.  If  R,"  x.  178,  *202. 

Loiseau "Iron  Age,''  xvii.,  Ap.  20,  p.  7. 

Loiseau "Report   Juries   of  Group   I., 

Paris  Ex.  Rep.,"  1876,p.55. 
Loiseau "  Van  Nost.'s  Mag.,"  xix.544. 


FUEL,   ARTIFICIAL. 


360 


FULLER   BATTERY. 


Loiseau "Scientific  Am.,''  xxxviii.  339. 

Compressed "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''-  24(59. 

Amianthine  coal." 

.  "Scientific  Am.,''  xxxix.  149. 

.  "Scientific  Am.,"1  xxxix.  273. 


Rocker,  Fr.  . 
Fuel,  gas,  Strong     . 
Fuels,  liquid. 

Paper  by  Aydon   . 

Tan-bark  fuel,  Fr. 

Press,  Grant,  Br. 


.  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  1890. 
.  *" Scientific  Am.  Hup.,'"  3895. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  11,  p.  20. 


See  also  BRIQUETTE.     See  Siemens'  "Fuel." 

Fu'el  E-con'o-mi-zer.  An  invention  of  Twi- 
bill,  of  Manchester,  England.  A  feed-water  heater 
by  the  waste  heat  escaping  at  the  chimney. 

Fig.  1107. 


Furl  Economizer. 

Statement :  "  There  are  two  sources  of  waste  in  all  steam 
boilers  which  may  in  a  measure  be  made  to  neutralize  each 
other.  The  gases  going  to  the  chimney  carry  off  on  an  aver- 
age, according  to  good  authority,  31  per  cent,  of  the  fuel, 
and  in  the  most  economical  boiler  this  cannot  be  reduced 
below  12  per  cent.  The  feed-water,  on  the  other 'hand,  has 
to  be  heated  from  the  normal  temperature  to  that  of  the 
steam  before  evaporation  can  commence,  and  this  generally 
at  the  expense  of  the  fuel  which  should  be  utilized  in  mak- 
ing steam.  This  temperature  at  75  Ibs.  pressure  is  320°,  and 
if  we  take  60°  as  the  average  temperature  of  feed,  we  have 
260  units  of  heat  per  pound,  which,  as  it  takes  1151  units  to 
evaporate  a  pound  from  60°,  represents  a  loss  of  22.5  per 
cent,  of  fuel.  All  of  this  heat,  therefore,  which  can  be  im- 
parted to  the  feed-water  from  the  waste  heat  iu  the  escaping 
gases  is  just  so  much  saved." 

The  economizer  is  placed  parallel  to  the  battery  of  boilers* 
between  them  and  the  chimney  shaft  It  consists  of  36 
transverse  rows  of  vertical  pipes,  there  being  12  pipes  in 
each  row,  connected  at  top  and  bottom  by  transverse  hori- 
zontal pipes.  The  pipes  are  of  cast  iron  and  cylindrical,  the 
lower  end  turned  slightly  conical  and  pressed  into  a  socket  in 
the  transverse  pipe  beneath,  in  which  it  is  planted.  The  trans- 
Terse  pipes  communicate  at  their  ends  with  transverse  longi- 
tudinal pipes,  and  to  these  the  inlet  and  outlet  for  the  feed- 
Fig.  1108. 


TwMWs  Fuel  'Economizer. 

water  are  attached,  the  arrangement  being  such  that  the 
cold  water  admitted  at  the  bottom  circulates  upward,  ex- 
posed to  the  heat  of  the  pipes,  which  are  surrounded  by  the 
flame  and  the  heated  escaping  gases  passing  from  the  furnace 
to  the  chimney.  The  water  is  led  off  to  the  boilers  at.  a  heat 
of  280°  Fah. 

A  scraper  is  provided  for  each  pipe  to  remove  foot  from 
the  exterior  to  keep  the  heat-conducting  character  of  the 
iron  intact.  These  are  coupled  in  groups,  and  kept  contin- 


ually moving  up  and  down  by  means  of  gearing,  pulleys,  and 
scraper  chains. 

The  Bttbcoclc  (f  Wileox  fuel  economizer  holds  a  similar 
place  between  the  furnace  and  chimney.  The  tubes  are 
connected  at  top  and  bottom  with  horizontal  tubes,  the 
lower  row  of  which  are  connected  to  a  mud-drum,  and  the 
upper  row  are  connected  together  at  the  end  diagonally  op- 
posite to  the  mud-drum.  The  feed-water  enters  at  one  end 
of  the  mud-drum  and  passes  out  at  the  opposite  end  of  the 
upper  connecting  pipe.  The  hotter  gases,  filling  the  upper 
portion  of  the  chamber,  come  in  contact  with  the  water  at 
its  highest  temperature,  so  that  it  is  possible  to  heat  the  lat- 
ter very  nearly  to  the  temperature  of  the  escaping  gases 
before  it  flows  to  the  boiler. 

Ample  provision  is  made  for  cleaning  the  interior  of  the 
vertical  and  horizontal  tubes,  and  the  mud-drums,  by  means 
of  hand-holos  with  metallic  joints  opposite  the  ends  of  each 
tube.  This  is  important,  as  in  most 
hard  waters  sediment  will  form  in 
the  economizer  more  readily  than  in 
the  boiler. 

By  means  of  a  direct  flue  to  chim- 
ney, the  economizer  may  be  cleaned 
wi'hout  stopping  the  boilers. 

Mechanical  scrapers  worked  from 
above  are  provided  for  removing  de- 
posits of  soot  from  the  exterior  of  the 
tubes,  the  soot  falling  into  a  chamber 
below,  from  which  it  may  be  re- 
moved at  convenience. 

The  Miller  economizer  con- 
sists of  rows  of  tubes  lining 
the  sides  of  the  fire  chamber  be- 
neath, and  partially  alongside 
of  the  boiler.  The  system  of 
pipes  connects  with  the  lower  and  upper  portions 
of  the  boiler  and  causes  a  circulation,  as  well  as 
adding  a  large  amount  of  heating  surface. 

Mason  if  Alcock,  Br.  *  "Engineering,''  xxix.  261. 
Wavish,  Br.     ...  *  "Engineer,"1  xlviii.  451. 
Babcock  If  Wileox    .  *  "Eng.  S{  Mm.  Journal,'"  xxviii.  109. 
*  "Manufacturer  and  Buildtr,"  xi.  1. 
See  also  list  of  references  under  FEED  WATER  HEATER,  pp. 
328-330,  supra.    See  also  HOT-BLAST  APPARATUS,  infra,  for  a 
device  of  somewhat  similar  construction  but  for  the  purpose 
of  heating  air  for  metallurgic  furnaces.     See  also  REGENERA- 
TOR and  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  for  other  methods  of  util- 
izing escaping  furnace  heat. 

Fuel  Feed'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  In  Jucke's  de- 
vice the  fuel  is  placed  on  an  endless  chain  curried 
by  two  rollers  and  driven  by  the  engine.  This  end- 
less chain  forms  the  fire-bars,  and  moves  so  slowly 
that  the  fresh  fuel  placed  upon  it  at  the  furnace 
month  is  gradually  carried  backward,  consumed, 
and  delivered  at  the  rear  in  the  form  of  ashes  and 
clinkers.  The  rollers  and  chain  are  carried  on  a 
sort  of  trolly,  so  that  the  whole  can  be  drawn  out 
•when  necessary,  and  the  rate  of  motion  is  made  ad- 
justable to  regulate  the  supply  of  fuel. 

See  al>o  STOKER,  MECHANICAL. 

Ful'gu-ra-ta.  (Electricity.)  A  spectro-electric 
tube  in  which  the  decomposition  of  a  liquid  by  the 
passage  of  an  electric  spark  is  observed. 

In  that  of  M.  Duboscq,  the  vertical  tube  has  a  pair  of  plati- 
num wires  :  the  upper  one  extends  nearly  to  the  lower  end, 
and  the  lower  one  is  surrounded  with  a  short  conical  glass 
tube,  which  by  capillary  attraction  continually  supplies  the 
fluid  under  examination  which  covers  the  point  of  the  lower 
electrode.  "Telegraphic  Journal,"1  *  iv.  285. 

Full  Cir'cle.    A  form  of  FIFTH  WHEEL,  q.  v. 

Fuller  Bat'te-ry.  (KUctricity.)  One  having 
a  zinc  element,  which  is  permanently  amalgamated 
by  placing  its  enlarged  base  in  mercury  in  the  po- 
rous cell,  which  is  otherwise  rilled  with  water.  The 
carbon  plate  is  placed  in  the  outer  vessel  in  a  so- 
lution 01  sulphuric  acid  and  bichromate  of  potas- 
sium. 

The  thin  portion  of  zinc  is  covered  with  wax,  parafftne, 
caoutchouc,  or  the  like. 

"Telegraphic  Journal'' *  v.  9,  *  53. 

Niaiitlet,  American  translation      ....    218. 

"English  Mechanic  " *  xxiii.  321. 

" Scientific.  American  Sup." *  628,  *  1127. 


FULLING   MILL. 


361 


FUNNEL  BOX. 


Fulling  Mill.  1.  The  old  fulling  mills  were 
generally  of  wood,  and  the  n  ;ssity  for  weight 
gave  rise  to  their  being  of  ei.ormous  size.  The 
beating  mill,  which  the  nearest  resembles  the  an- 
cient tramping,  —  practiced  in  Asia  with  camel's 
hair  for  thousands  of  years  past,  —  is  shown  iu 
Figs.  2125,  2126,  p.  923,  "Mech.  Diet."  The  roller 
mill,  which  is  mure  compact,  is  shown  in  Figs. 
2127,  2128,  Ibid. ;  but  a  still  more  improved  form 
is  the  Rodney  Hunt,  shown  in  Fig.  1109. 

In  this  mill,  the  shape  of  the  box  answers  to  the  require- 
ments of  the  work,  to  avoid  useless  quantity  of  suds.  The 

Fiji.  1109. 


Rotary  Fii'lin<f  Mill.     (  TOJI  riming  removed.) 

frame  is  of  iron,  and  casing  of  hard  pine.  The  main  squeeze 
rolls  have  cast-iron  shafts  covered  with  wood,  the  fiber  of  the 
wood  being  presented  endwise  outward.  The  bottom  rolls 
have  brass  flanges  between  which  the  top  rolls  run.  The 
rolls  are  geared,  and  pressure  is  obtained  by  elliptic  springs. 
All  the  inside  working  surfaces  are  of  wood  or  brass,  to  avoid 
staining  the  goods.  By  certain  attachments  the  fuller  has 
control  of  the  goods,  felting  and  stretching  lengthwise,  or 
felting  the  width  as  he  may  desire.  An  automatic  stop-mo- 
tion stops  the  mill  in  case  of  the  "knotting  up"  of  the 
goods. 

Baldwin    .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  38. 
£enoit,  Fr.    .     .     .  *  Laboulaye's  u Dictionnaire,"  ii.,  article 
"Lame,"  Figs.  1328,  et  seq.,ed.  1877. 

2.  A  machine  in  which  wool  hats  are  felted ;  an 
operation  equivalent  to  the  sizing  formerly  doue  at 
the  battery. 

The  hat  body  having  been  formed  by  a  fleece  of  wool  from 
the  carding  machine  wound  upon  the  cone,  and  thence  re- 
moved and  given  a  certain  amount  of  consistence  known  as 
Hardening  (sea  HAT-HARDENING  MACHINE),  is  then  to  be  felted 
or  fulled  to  give  it  strength,  an  operation  which  compacts 
the  fibers  and  makes  the  cone  much  smaller. 

The  principle  of  felting  is  probably  sufficiently  well  under- 
stood, and  need  not  be  explained  here.  See  pp.  833,  834, 
"jUtr/i.  Dirt."1 

The  precursor  of  the  fulling  mill  was  a  machine  invented 
In  .lames  S.  Taylor,  of  Danbury,  Conn.,  and  patented  May  3, 
1833,  as  a  hat-shrinking  machine. 

It  had  four  rollers  set  with  their  axes  in  relatively  angular 
position,  which  caused  a  roll  of  hats  placed  between  them  to 
travel  slowly  along  while  turning  around  between  the  roll- 
ers. Two  of  the  rollers  had  also  a  vibratory  motion,  and  the 
effect  was  a  rubbing  pressure,  and  an  advancing  motion.  An 
ingenious  device,  and  useful  in  its  day. 

The  first  successful  fulling  mill  was  used  in  the  factory  of 
the  "  Seamless  Clothing  Manufacturing  Company,"  of  Matte- 
awan,  N.  Y.,  about  1860,  at  which  time  the  company  com- 
menced the  manufacture  of  wool  hats ;  and  it  may  be  re- 
marked that  the  use  of  the  fulling  mill  is  yet  principally 
confined  to  the  wool  hat  factories,  the  sizing  of  fur  hats 
being  almost  wholly  done  by  hand  on  ihe  battery. 

Various  styles  of  fulling  mills  are  now  used. 

Fig.  1110  shows  a  mill  called  a  pusher,  which  is  used  to 
start  the  hats  —  to  follow  the  language  of  the  factory  — 
when  they  leave  the  hardening  machine.  Tho  beater  is 
driven  by  a  bell  crank,  which  receives  motion  from  a  crank 
shaft  by  means  of  a  connecting  rod,  which  is  adjustable  in  a 
curved  slot  in  the  bell  crank  to  vary  the  stroke  of  the  beater. 

Sometimes  one  beater  is  used,  but  generally  two  beaters 
acting  in  opposite  directions,  and  placed  side  by  side  in  the 


Fig.  1110. 


Crank  Mill  for  Fulling  Wool  Hat  Bodies. 


same  fulling  bed,«nd  consequently  acting  upon  two  batches 
of  hats  in  the  respective  ends  of  the  bed. 

To  finish  the  hat  body  another  kind  of  fulling  mill  is  used, 
having/idling'  stocks. 

Four  cast-iron  frames  are  bolted  to  a  solid  foundation  ; 
these  form  the  bearings  for  the  beater  shafts,  and  contain  the 
fulling  beds.  A  driving  shaft  operates  two  large  gear-wheels, 
to  which  the  lifting  toes  which  actuate  the  beaters  are  at- 
tached. Two  beaters  operate  in  each  bed,  and  the  hat  bodies 
placed  in  a  body  in  each  bed,  slowly  turning  by  the  succes- 
sive blows,  are  gradually  fulled  to  a  suitable  size. 

In  some  cases  acidulated  water  is  used  to  facilitate  the 
fulling  of  the  hat  bodies,  but  in  most  cases  fuller's  soap  is 
employed. 

Full  Way  Valve.  A  pipe  valve  which  lifts 
entirely  out  of  the  current.  Also  called  a  dear-way 
valve. 

Fume  Con-den'ser.  An  arrangement  for  con- 
densing heated  vapors  and  fumes,  arsenic,  zinc, 

Fig.  1111. 


Fume  Condenser. 

mercury,  etc.  See  CONDENSER,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  et 
supra. 

Thnt  shown  in  Fig.  1111  has  canvas  roof  and 
sides  flooded  with  water. 

Fu'nis  Clamp.  (S"rgical.)  A  clamp  with  two 
steel  plates  and  catch  for  compressing  the  umbili- 
cal cord. 

Fun'nel  Box.  (Mininrj.)  An  apparatus  for 
collecting  slimes  from  water.  Spitzknsten.  It  is  a 
row  of  square  funnels  increasing  in  size  and  depth, 
the  slime-carrying  water  passing  from  one  funnel 
box  to  another,  the  increasing  capacity  of  each  de- 
creasing the  rate  of  movement  of  the  water,  and 
thereby  depositing  in  the  successive  boxes  solid  mat- 
ter of  increasing  fineness. 

"Mining  If  Scientific  Press  " *  xxxlv.  145. 


FUR  BLOWING  MACHINE. 


362 


FURNACE   FEEDER. 


Fur  Blowing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  to 
loosen  out  fur  and  remove  hair  and  other  impuri- 
ties. The  invention  of  William  B.  Rotch. 

A  number  of  pickers  are  made  to  operate  upon  the  fur, 
which  is  fed  into  the  machine  by  a  feed  upon  A.  The  fur  is 
presented  to  the  rapidly  revolving  picker  by  two  small  feed 

Fig.  1112. 


Hatch's  Fur  Blowing  Machine. 

rollers  which  take  the  fur  from  the  feed  apron.  The  fur 
being  held  by  the  rollers  is  combed  out,  and  the  lighter  por- 
tion is  thrown  by  the  picker  into  the  upper  chamber  B,  while 
the  heavier  part  falls  upon  a  screen  c,  which,  being  shaken 
by  double  cams  on  the  shaft  d,  causes  the  hair  and  other 
small  particles  to  collect  in  the  box  e,  while  the  larger  pieces 
fall  upon  an  endless  apron  and  are  carried  back  to  be  op- 
erated upon  a  second  or  a  third  time  until  all  the  fur  is  re- 
moved. 

The  chamber  6  is  covered  with  a  wire  cloth  to  allow  the 
fine  dust  to  escape  with  the  current  of  air  which  is  created 
by  the  rapid  motion  of  the  picker,  and  which  carries  the 
lighter  portions  of  fur  into  the  chamber,  where  it  is  deposited 
upon  a  second  endless  fur  apron,  passed  by  a  second  pair  of 
feed  rolls  to  the  next  picker,  where  the  same  operation  is 
repeated,  and  so  on,  until,  the  fur  having  passed  from  3  to  6 
separate  pickers,  is  delivered  in  an  even  bat  ready  to  be  used 
in  the  forming  machine  See  HAT-FORMING  MACHINE. 

Fur'nace.     See  the  following  :  — 


Air  furnace. 
Blast-furnace. 
Blomary. 

Blow-pipe  furnace. 
Calcining  furnace. 
Carbonizing  furnace. 
Catalan  forge. 
Cementation  furnace. 
Coke  furnace. 
Coke  oven. 
Copper  furnace. 
Corsican  furnace. 
Crucible. 
Crucible  furnace 
Cupellation  furnace. 
Decomposing  furnace. 
Forno-convertisseur. 
Foundry  furnace. 
Gas  furnace. 
Gas-generating  furnace. 
Hot  blast  oven 
Hot  blast  stove. 
Ladle  furnace. 
Lead  furnace. 


Mercury  furnace. 
Open  hearth  furnace. 
Ore  furnace. 
Osmium  crucible. 
Pattinson's  pots. 
Petroleum  furnace. 
Ponsard  furnace. 
Puddling  furnace. 
Reducing  furnace. 
Refinery. 

Regenerator  furnace. 
Reverberatory. 
Roasting  furnace. 
Roasting  hearth. 
Shaft  furnace. 
Siemens'  furnace. 
Siemens-Martin  furnace. 
Smelting  furnace. 
Steel  furoace. 
Tempering  furnace. 
Terrace  furnace. 
Turf  furnace. 
Turning  furnace. 
Wind  furnace. 


Fur'nace  Char'ger.  The  Weimer  furnace- 
charger  consists  of  an  inverted  cone  placed  over  the 
hopper,  and  doors  in  the  cone  opening  to  admit  the 
ore,  flux,  and  fuel.  These  doors  slide  on  hinges  se- 
cured to  a  revolving  ring  on  top  of  the  cone.  Near 
the  tunnel  head  is  a  post  on  which  a,  beam  vibrates ; 
the  bell  inside  the  tunnel-head  is  hung  to  one  end,  and 
a  piston  is  suspended  from  the  other  and  moves  in 
the  vertical  cylinder.  The  horizontal  cylinder  moves 
the  ring  to  which  the  sliding  doors  are  hung. 

Fur'nace  Char'ging  Bar'row.  See  CHAR- 
GING BARROW.  Fig.  600,  p.  191,  supra. 


Weimer's  Furnace  Charger. 

Fur'nace-char'ging   Scales.     A  scale  with 
several  beams  and  poises  so  as  Fi 

to  fill  into  a  barrow  separate 
quantities  by  weight  of  the  ore, 
fuel,  and  flux  which  go  to  make 
a  charge.  This  allows  the  pro- 
portional quantities  to  be  col- 
lected in  the  barrow  instead  of 
obliging  them  to  be  separately 
emptied  into  the  furnace.  The 
principle  is  the  same  as  the 
CREAM  KRY  SCALES,  which  see. 

Fur'nace  Door.  The  fuel 
opening  in  front  of  a  furnace. 
Contrivances  have  been  intro- 
duced for  causing  water  to  cir- 
culate through  the  hinges  and 
doors  to  moderate  the  extreme 
heat  of  the  engine  room. 

Ashcroft's  balancing  furnace 
doors  are  shown  in  Figs.  ni4, 
1115,  in  perspective  and  section. 

Fur'nace   Feed'er.      Methods  of  feeding  fur- 
naces automatically,  and  also  means  for  avoiding 

Fig.  1114. 


Furnace  Door- 


Ashcroffs  Balancing  Furnace  Door. 

the  wasteful  production  of  smoke,  are  described  on 
pp.  2224-2226,  "Mech.  Diet."  Base  burning,  bot- 
tom feed'ag,  secondary  consumption,  the  dead-plate 
system,  the  revolving  furnace,  and  steam  injection, 
are  there  described.  See  also  list  of  FURNACES, 
"  Mech.  Diet.,"  et  supra. 

Fig.  1116 shows  Frisbie's  bottom  feeding  furnace,  in  vhich 
the  coal  is  fed  from  beneath  ;  being  filled  into  a  box  while  in 
the  posi  ion  shown  in  the  fi:;ure,  the  wheel  is  _  subsequently 
revolved,  bringing  the  box  into  position  immediately  beneath 
the  furnace  when  the  piston  in  the  bottom  of  the  box  is 
raised  and  the  coal  expelled,  taking  its  place  as  the  lower 


FURNACE   FEEDER. 


363 


FUSE. 


Bottom-feeding  Furnace. 

stratum  of  the  fuel.     A  plate  on  the  feed  wheel  holds  up  the 
cial  when  the  box  is  again  brought  forward. 
Fig.  1117  shows  the  Schultz  furnace  feeder.    The  coal  is 


Fig.  1117. 


1118. 


Dead-plate  Automatic  Feeder 

placed  in  a  hopper  and  fed  hy  a  continuously  moving  screw 
c  mvcyor  on  to  the  deal  plate  in  the  furnace  where  it  is  first 
converted  into  coke,  the  gas  escaping  through  the  incandes- 
cent fuel. 
See  also  G.\s  AND  COKE  FURNACE. 

See  :  Butcher   .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  79,  118, 177,213, 

273. 
Frisbie *   '  Enginteriny,"  xxi.  244, 

*  'Scientific  American,"*  xxxv.  358. 
McDottgalt,  Br.  .     .  *   'Engineer,"  xliv.  262. 

Schultz,  Ger.       .     .  *   '  Scientific  American  Xnp..'>  2523. 
Helix,  Smith,  Br.    .  *   ' Engineering,"  xxv.  514. 

'   '  Scientific  ^American   Sup.,''1  2193. 

*  '•Iron  Age,''  xxiii.,  April  17,  p.  1. 
Grate,  H'tnler,  Br.  .  *   'Engineering,"1  xlvii.  408. 
Hoist  and  drop,  Lonsr/ale,  Br. 

*  "Engineering,'1'  xxii.  497,  549. 

The  "  helix  •'  furnace  of  Smith  (Br.)  has  a  long  screw 
conveyor  which  removes  coal  from  a  hopper  and  has  subsidi- 
ary screws,  one  for  each  furnace,  which  continuously  bring 
their  portions  of  coal  and  deposit  it  in  the  lower  stratum  of 
fuel. 

Fur'nace    Scales.     See  FURNACE-CHARGING 

SCALK. 

Fur'nace  Shield.  A  heavy  iron  door  lowered 
in  front  of  a  puddling  furnace  to  shield  the  men 
from  the  intense  radiated  heat. 


McDonald's  Furnace  Shicl/. 

Fur'nace  Slag  Glass.  (Glass.)  See  SLAG 
GLASS. 

Fur'ni-ture  Plush.  (Fabric.)  Also  known 
as  Utrecht  velvet.  A  fabric  with  a  mohair  weft  in 
the  commoner  qualities,  hut,  in  the  hest,  of  mohnir 
entirely,  the  warps  being  cut  in  the  same  manner  as 
the  silk  warps  in  velvet.  See  MOHAIR. 

Fur'row  Dres'sing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  cracking  and  dressing  the  furrows  of  millstones. 
See  MILLSTONE  DRKSSING  MACHINE. 

Fur'row  G-age'-staff.  An  instrument  for  ga- 
ging the  furrows  in  millstones.  The  middle  bar  has 
a  face  the  ^hape  of  the  bottom  of  the  furrow,  and 
the  side  pieces  B  B  are  adjustable  for  the  required 
depth  of  furrow  and  are  set  by  bolts.  In  using,  the 
face  of  the  portion  A  is  painted,  so  as  to  indicate 
when  it  touches  any  protruding  point  in  the  fur- 
row. —  Tuft. 

Fig.  1120. 

Fit:.  1119. 


Furrow  Ga%e-*taff. 


Furrow  Rubber. 


Fur'row  Rub'ber.  An  emery  tool  for  dressing 
out  the  furrows  of  millstones. 

Fur'row-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
making  or  dressing  the  furrows  of  millstones.  See 
MILLSTONE  DRESSER. 

Fu-run'cule  Knife.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment with  a  small  triangular  lateral  blade  on  its 
end  for  lancing  boils  in  the  meatus  auditorius. 

Fuse.  An  exploder,  time  or  percussion,  applied 
to  shells  or  other  explosive  charges.  "  Mech.  Diet." 
Fig.  2132,  p.  928. 

Official  trials  of  fuses,  "  Ordnance  Report,''  1878,  Appen- 
dix S,  2,  p.  399,  et  ,<*?. 

Hotchkis.i,  percussion  fuse  .     .     .  Plate  I  ,  p.  399. 
Sckenckl,  percussion  fuse     .     .     .  Plate  II.,  p.  400. 
Ahsterdam,  percussion  fuse      .     .  Plate  III.,  p.  401. 
Eggo,  percussion  fure      ....  Plate  IV.,  p.  402. 
German,  percussion  fuse     .     .     .  Plate  V.,  p.  403. 
Pettman  (British),  percussion  fuse  Plate  VI.,  Fig.  1,  p.  404. 
Royal  Laboratory   (British),  per-  Plate  VI.,  Fig.  2,  p.  405. 

cussion  fuse. 
Lissberger,  percussion  fuse  .     . 

time  percussion  fuse 
German,  time  percussion  fuse  . 
M'Intyre,  time  percussion  fuse 
Gill,  combination  fuse  (No.  1) 
Gill,  combination  fuse  (No.  2) 
O'Reilly,  combination  fuse 
Thompson,  combination  fuse  . 
Ware,  combination  fuse  (No.  1) 

combination  fuse  (No.  2) 
Trtailwett,  combination  fuse 
Ruben  &  Fornerod,  combination 

fuse      .    .    .    =     ....     .  Plate  XVII.,  XVIII.,  p.  416. 


.  Plate  VII.,  Fig.  1,  p.  406. 

.  Plate  VII.,  Fig.  2,  p.  407. 

.  Plate  VIII  ,  p.  408. 

.  Plate  IX.,  p.  409. 

.  Plate  X.,  p.  410. 

.  Plate  XI.,  p.  411. 

.  Plate  XII.,  p.  411 

Plate  XIII.,  p.  412. 

Plate  XIV.,  p.  413. 
.  Plate  XV.,  p.  414. 
.  Plate  XVI.,  p.  415. 


FUSE. 


364 


GADDING  CAK. 


M'Intyre,  combination  fuse     .     .  Plate  XIX  ,  p.  418. 

Plumaciier,  percussion  fuse      .     .  Plate  XX].,  p.  420. 

Stateham *  "Sc.  Am.  k'lip., v  2644 

French,  time Laboutaye's" Diet.," art. 

u Artifices  de  guerre," 
i.,  Fig.  171- 
percussion Ibirl.,  i.,  Fig.  169. 

Prussian,  percussion Ibid. ,  i  ,  Fig.  170. 

Fu'si-ble  Met'al.  An  alloy  with  a  determi- 
nate fusing-  point,  and  placed  in  a  position  to  melt 
and  allow  escape  of  steam  or  to  sound  an  alarm 
when  the  slated  temperature  is  exceeded. 

A  number  of  tallies  of  alloys  with  indicated 
melting  points  are  given  on  p.  62,  "Mech.  Diet." 
To  these  may  be  added, — 


Bismuth. 

Lead. 

Tin. 

Anti- 

nuiny. 

Melting  Point, 
Degrees,  iah. 

D'Arcet    .     . 

8 

5 

3 

_ 

Below  212 

2 

5 

3 

_ 

Below  212 

Valker     .     . 

8 

5 

4 

1 

- 

Jnion      .     . 

5 

3 

2 

- 

Below  197 

Fig.  1121. 


By  adding  to  the  last  given,  mercury  1  part  on  taking  the 
metal  from  the  fire,  an  alloy  will  be  obtained,  which  is  liquid 
at  170J  Fab.,  and  only  solid  at  140°.  Used  for  anatomical 
injections. 

French  cliche;  molds  are  made  of  the  Walker  alloy. 
.Electrotype   molds  of  d'Arcet's  and  Walker's.     Also  for 
metallic  pencils  and  laboratory  baths. 
Fu'si-ble  Plug.     ( >ne  placed 
on  a  steam  boiler  or  in 
an  electric  circuit  (tire 
alarm),   which    mel;s 
when  subjected  to   a 
heat     exceeding    the 
point   for   which   the 
alloy    is    constituted. 
See  FUSIBLE  ALLOY. 


Fu'sing  Disk.  An  invention  of  Jacob  Reese,  of 
Pittsburg,  for  cutting  round  steel  bars. 

It  consists  of  a  disk  of  soft  steel  3-16"  thick  and  42"  diam- 
eter, making  240  revolutions  per  minute,  which  gives  a 
travel  of  about  2500'  to  the  edge  of  the  saw.  The  round  bar 
travels  in  rhe  same  direction  '/CO  revolutions  per  minute,  so 
that  the  edge  of  the  disk  and  the  surface  of  the  bar  move  in 
opposite  directions. 

A  round  bar  of  steel  1|"  in  diameter  is  fused  in  two  in  10 
seconds  without  being  at  any  time  in  contact,  the  kerf  being 
5-16"  wide.  The  disk  remains  cool ;  the  bar  is  heated. 

"Engineer'- *  1.259. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement"'     .     .     .     4138. 
The  circular  saw  for  the  removal  of  the  fag  ends  of  rails 
and  bars  while  yet  hot  from  the  rolls  is  an  apparatus  used  in 
many  rolling  mills.    See  HOT  IRON  SAW,  injra. 

Fyke  Net.  (Fisliimj.)  A  bag  net  with  dis- 
tended mouth  and  succe.-Mon  of  funnel-shaped  com- 
partments. 

In  the  upper  part  of  the  illustration  a  long  l«i<l>  r 
is  shown  conducting  the  fish  along  shore  into  the 
fyke  net.  The  netting  of  the  wings  is  not  shown, 
but  extends  from  the  stakes  to  the  mouth  of  the 
fyke,  and  the  end  of  the  leader  enters  between  the 
displayed  wings',  which  are  perhaps  5'  high  and  20' 
long.  The  leader,  100'  long,  5'  deep.  The  fyke 
has  5  hoops,  9'  to  15'  in  circumference. 

Under  NET  will  be  found  a  list  of  names  of  various 
pounds  and  traps,  some  of  which  embrace  the  same 
feature. 

Fig.  1122. 


The  plug  shown 
is  covered  with  fu- 
sible metal  and  the 
spaces  filled  with 
the  same.  Water 
from  the  boiler  cir- 
culates in  the  tube 
around  the  plug : 
the  latter  being 
screwed  into  place  is 
readily  removed,  re- 
filled, and  replaced. 


Fu* 


Tyson  Fyke  Net 


G. 


GaHbi-on.  A  basket,  or  frame  of  open  work, 
used  in  hydraulic  and  harbor  works  to  form  a  bar, 
dyke,  or  jetty.  Cognate  contrivances,  as  fascines, 
mats,  etc.  (which  see),  have  a  similar  purpose; 
forming  a  nucleus  for  the  holding  of  broken  stone, 
gravel,  or  sand ;  or  for  the  collection  of  sand  or  silt 
brought  by  the  current,  tides,  or  waves.  See  list 
under  HYDRAULIC  ENGINEERING. 

The  gabions  of  the  Galvpston  jetty  works  are  thus  made  : 
A  bottom  of  2"  planks  is  bored  for  the  reception  of  upright 
pine  poles,  which  have  the  bark  left  on  them  and  these  are 
held  in  position  by  a  frame  fastened  to  their  tops.  They  are 
then  wattled  with  the  southern  cane,  which  is  so  abundant. 
The  gabions  are  stayed  with  cross  braces  internally,  a  bal- 
last of  concrete  laid  over  the  bottom  and  rammed,  the  top 
stayed  by  planks,  the  stakes  nailed  to  the  planking  above  and 
below,  and  the  top  and  bottom  planks  tied  together  with  f" 
iron  bolt  rods.  The  gabion  then  receives  two  coats  of  cement 
and  is  allowed  to  dry  for  two  weeks  ;  such  a  gabion  is  12'  X 
6'  and  6'  high.  The  gabions  are  sunk  upon  a  foundation  mat 
of  canes  wattled  on  a  frame  of  wood,  and  fascines  of  cane 
are  thrust  into  the  intervals  between  the  standing  gabions, 
which  are  planted  by  means  of  guide  poles  and  are  sunk  by 


pumping  them  full  of  sand.  Mats,  fascines,  and  concrete 
blocks  are  arranged  upon  and  around  the  group  of  gabions 
by  divers. 

See  JETTT,  infra,  where  the  system  adopted  by  the  Dutch  is 
represented.  See  also  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  245. 

Ga'bi-oii-ade'.  A  structure  consisting  of  a 
number  of  gabions  filled  with  sand  or  stone  and 
sunk  in  lines  upon  fascines  or  hurdle  mats,  as  a 
core  for  a  sand  shonl  in  harbor  improvements.  See 
"  Works  in  Galveston  Harbor." 

'•Engineering'' *  xxiv.  235. 

Gad'ding  Car.  (Quairyinr/.)  One  arranged  to 
carry  a  drilling  machine  so  as  to  present  it  to  drill 
a  series  of  holes  in  line.  Used  especially  in  getting 
out  dimension  stone. 

See  also  CHANNELING  MACHINE,  Fig.  1246,  p. 
526,  "  Mech.  Diet.;"  the  latter,  however,  works 
with  chisels  and  makes  a  groove  instead  of  a  series 
of  holes  for  as  many  gads,  by  driving  which  the 
stone  is  riven  on  the  line  of  holes. 

Fig.  1123  shows  the  drill  mounted  on  car  for  gad- 


GADDING   CAR. 


365 


GAGE  GLASS. 


ding.  It  may  be  presented  horizontally  for  heading, 
and  lowered  or  raised  ou  the  column  so  as  to  make 
the  horizontal  holes  at  any  altitude  or  at  any  angle. 

The  name  is  derived  from  the  gads,  or  wedges  which  are 
used  to  rive  the  block  after  the  row  of  holes  has  been  drilled 
or  jumped.  The  #w/is  shown  in  Fig.  2140,  page  932,  " Meek. 
Diet.''  Another  mode  of  splitting  dimension  stone  upon 
the  line  of  a  row  ol  holes  is  by  means  of  the  plug-and- feather, 
Fig.  a,  3834,  p.  1749,  Ibid.  In  this  case  a  wedge  is  driven 
between  two  oblique-faced  plugs  previously  introduced  into 
the  hole.  Each  hole  of  a  linear  series  being  thus  furnished, 
the  wedges  or  gads  are  tapped  in  order  down  the  line,  again 
and  again,  until  the  stone  parts  on  the  line  thus  weakened 
and  strained. 

Fig.  1123. 


Gail  fling  Car  and  Drilling  Mac/line. 

Gaff.  (Fishing.)  A  hook  on  a  staff  used  in 
landing  heavy  fish  ;  for  salmon,  halibut,  cod,  dory, 
etc. 

The  pewgaff  is  used  in  handling  and  pitching 


Fig.  1124. 


fish. 

Gaff-top'sail  Hook.  (Nau- 
tical.) A  mousing  hook  for  a  gaff 
topsail  with  rope  sheet. 

Gag.  (Surf/leal.)  An  appara- 
tus for  distending  the  jaws  during 
examination  of  or  operation  upon 
the  month,  fauces,  etc.,  or  in  re- 
ducing lock-jaw.  S/ieculum  oris. 

Figs.  259,  264,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's 
"Armamentarium  C/iiritrgicum." 

See  also  Fig.  3245,  p.  1487,  "M'ck. 
Dirt.,''  and  CHEEK  RETRACTOR,  Fig.  606, 
p.  192,  supra. 

Gage.  A  tool  for  measurement, 
inside  or  outside.  Gaff-topsail  Hook. 

See  CALIPER  ;  CYLINDRICAL  GAGE  ;  MEASURING  MACHINE  ; 
CORRECTIVE  GAGE,  etc.,  supra,  infra,  and  in  "JMech.  Diet. ;:: 
also  list  under  GAGE,  p.  933,  Ibid. 

See  also  list  under  MEASURING  AND  CALCULATING  INSTRU- 
MENTS, infra. 
Gaging  and  measuring  imple-    *  "Am   Manufact.,''  Mar.  28, 

ments.  1879,  p.  13. 

Gages  and  Calipers,  Standard    *  "Journal    Franklin    Inst.,"* 
March,  1879. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  407. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Jan.  31, 

p.  63. 


Gaging  appa.,  Barrel,  Aust.    .  *  "Engineer,''  1.  404. 
Gage,  Carpenter's,  etc.,  Stoner  *  "fie.  Airier.,"  xxxvi.  406. 

Gages        *  "Sc.  Amer.,"1'  xxxvi.  373. 

Gaging  casks,  etc Keene.'s  "Handbook  of  Practi- 
cal Gauging.'' 

Gage  Cock.     A  trycock  to  ascertain  depth  of 
water  in  a  steam  boiler. 


Borden    .... 
Me  Cool  £  Elliott  . 


*  " Scientific  American,"1  xxxvii.  294. 

*  "Iran  Age,''  xxi.,  April  18,  p.  5. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  March  30,  p.  1. 

Fig.  1125. 


Gage  Cocks. 

a.  Gage     valve;      wooden    d.  New  York  gage  cock, 
wheel.  e.  Mississippi  gage  cock. 

b.  Gage  cock  ;  lever  handle,    f.  Gage  cock. 

c.  Gage  cock. 

Gage  Glass.  A  glass  placed  on  a  boiler  to 
show  the  water  level  therein. 

Fig.  1126  shows  the  gage  glass  of  Damourette, 
Paris. 

The  instrument  on  the  left  is  intended  to  be  placed  directly 
upon  the  boiler  and  has  a  float  operating  an  alarm  whistle 
when  the  water  sinks  below  a  given  level.  The  dotted  lines 
show  the  position  of  the  glass  tube. 

The  instrument  on  the  right  communicates  with  the  boiler 


Fig.  1126. 


French  Gage  G'ass. 


by  two  pipes  for  water  and  steam,  and  has  all  the  fittings, 
gage  cocks,  glass,  tube  cocks,  sediment  cock,  etc. 

The  interposition  of  the  chamber  makes  a  slack-water  be- 
tween the  boiler  and  gage  glass  which  prevents  the  effect 
of  ebullition  manifesting  itself  in  the  latter,  and  the  cham- 
ber also  acts  as  a  sediment  catcher,  keeping  the  glass  clean. 

Gage  glass  fittings,  Blake,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  186. 


GAGE  LATHE. 


366 


GALVANIZING   FURNACE. 


Gage  Lathe.  A  lathe  for  turning  work  to  size  : 
handles  of  all  kinds,  chair  legs,  pillars  and  rounds, 
bedstead  rails,  beaded  work  and  nulled  spindles  are 
turned  to  patterns  also,  but  this  speciality  consti- 
tutes the  machine  tool  a  nulling  lathe. 

In  the  more  perfect  forms  of  gage  lathes  for  turning  excep- 
tional shapes,  three  cutting-tools  are  used  :  one  for  turning 
the  stick  to  a  rough  cylindrical  form  ;  a  second  to  rough  out 
the  irregular  outlines  wanted  ;  and  a  third  to  smooth-finish  it. 
The  second  cutter  is  caused  to  approach  or  recede  from  the 
line  of  centers  by  a  templet,  against  which  the  tool-holder 
rests  and  along  which  it  slides.  The  roughing-tools  are 
of  the  usual  V-shape.  The  finishing-tool  is  a  long  blade,  set 
at  an  angle  with  the  center  line  of  the  lathe  in  order  to  take 
a  smooth  shaving.  Its  edge  is  given  such  a  shape  that  it  fin- 
ishes the  work  accurately . 

The  piece  to  be  turned  is  supported  between  centers  by  a 
ring,  and  the  workman  is  thus  enabled  to  turn  a  compara- 
tively long  and  slender  stick.  The  movement  of  the  slide- 
rest  which  actuates  the  cutters  is  checked  at  the  end  of  its 
throw  by  a  self-acting  stop. 

Gage  Saw.  A  hand  saw  with  a  gage  bar  ad- 
justable to  determine  the  depth  of  kerf. 

Fig.  1127. 


Gage  Wheel.  (Agricultural.)  A  wheel  on  the 
forward  end  of  plow  beam,  to  limit  the  depth  of 
furrow.  Fig.  850,  p.  267,  supra,  shows  a  plow  with 
a  pair  of  gnge  wheels. 

Gage  Ta'ble-shears.  A  machine  for  cutting 
straw  and  mill  hoards  to  a  regulated  width,  for  book 
covers,  box  making,  etc.  See  BOARD  CUTTER, 
supra,  and  Fig.  739,  p.  31 1,  "  Mr-ch.  Diet." 

Gag'ger.  (Molding.)  A  piece  of  iron  in  a  mold 
to  hold  a  core  in  place.  A  chap/et. 

Gaiffe  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  There  are 
several  forms  of  batteries  by  this  inventor. 

a.  Chloride  of  silver  battery,  "Niaudet,''  American  trans- 
lation, *  206  ;  "  Telegraphic  Journal,-'  *  vi.  398. 

b.  Sulphate  of  mercury  battery,  "Niaudet,"  *  147.     (Else- 
where credited  to  Man 't- Davy.) 

c.  Improvement  on  Leclanche,  " Scientific  American  Sup.,"> 
3189 ;  " Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  185. 

rf.  Chloride  of  zinc,  "  Technologists,''  xli.  43. 

A  number  of  holes  are  drilled  into  a  porous  carbon  cylin- 
der, and  filled  with  a  coarse  powder  of  manganese  ore.  The 
cylinder  is  connected  with  a  rod  of  amalgamated  zinc,  and 
the  whole  plunged  in  a  solution  of  20  parts  of  chloride  of  zinc 
in  100  parts  of  water.  —  "  Comptes  Renrliis." 

See  also  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  129. 

Gain.  A  notch,  as  made  in  the  side  or  edge  of 
a  piece  of  timber  to  receive  another  bar  of  the 
frame.  See  illustration  in  SCARF,  Fig.  4660,  p. 
2051,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  also  GAINING  MACHINE, 
Fig.  2044,  p.  935,  Ibid. 

Gal'ley  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of  knot. 
See  10,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1246,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Gal-van'ic  Bat'te-ry.  See  under  the  follow- 
ing heads : — 


Aerated  battery. 
Agglomerated  battery. 
Alum  Battery. 
Aluminium  battery. 
Anderson  battery. 
Bagration  battery. 
Balloon  battery. 
Becquerel  battery. 
Bichromate  battery. 
Breath  battery. 
Bunsen  battery. 
Callan  battery. 
Callaud  battery. 
Camacho  battery. 
Carbon  battery. 


Carre1  battery. 
Chloride  of  lime  battery. 
Chloride  of  silver  battery. 
Chloride  of  tin  battery. 
Chromic  acid  battery. 
Clttmond  battery. 
Coke  consuming  battery. 
Column  battery. 
Compound  plate  battery. 
Constant  battery. 
Couronne  de  tasses. 
Cruikshank  battery. 
Daniell  battery. 
De  la  Rue  battery. 
Double  fluid  battery. 


Peroxide  of  manganese  bat- 
tery. 

Plunging  battery. 
Pneumatic  battery. 
Poggendorf  battery. 
Ponci  battery. 
Potassium  chlorate  battery. 
Prism  battery. 
Pulverniacher  battery. 
Quicksilver  battery. 
Reservoir  battery. 
Sal  ammoniac  battery. 
Sand  battery. 
Secondary  battery. 
Sea  battery. 

Siemens- 1  lalfke  battery. 
Single-fluid  battery. 
Smee  battery. 
Spiral  battery. 
Standard  battery. 
Storage  battery. 
Sulphate  of  lead  battery. 
Sulphate  of  mercury  battery. 
Thermo-electric  battery. 
Thomson  battery. 
Tom  thumb  battery. 
Tray  battery. 
Triple-fluid  battery. 
Trouvti  battery. 
Trough  battery. 
Tver  battery. 
Urine  battery. 
Varley  battery. 
Voltaic  pile. 
Walker  battery. 
Wollaston  battery. 


Dry  pile. 
Earth  battery. 
Klectric  battery. 
Faure  battery. 
Flowing  battery. 
Frommhold  cell. 
Fuller  batiery. 
(iiiiffe  battery. 
Galvano-caustic  battery. 
Gas  battery. 
Graphite  battery. 
Gravity  battery. 
Grenet  battery. 
Grove  batter v. 
Hill  battery. 
Inversion  battery. 
Latimer-Clark  battery 
LeclanchtS  battery. 
Ley  den  battery. 
Magazine  battery. 
Magnetic  battery. 
Marie-Davy  battery. 
Marine  battery. 
Muynooth  battery. 
Mechanical  battery. 
Meidinger  battery. 
Menotto  battery. 
Mercury  battery. 
Micro-battery. 
Moist  battery.  ' 
Muirhcad  battery. 
Muncke  battery. 
Niaudet  battery. 
Nickel  battery. 
Perchloride  of  iron  battery. 
Perfluent  battery. 
Peroxide  of  lead  battery. 

See  also  the  following  :  — 
Ersslrom.      Howell.    } 

McCarthy.     Stater.  "Scientific  American  Siif.,"1  3791. 

Giilfnsohn.  ) 

Plush ''Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2761. 

Watson *  "Scientific  American  Flip.,"  524. 

The  lists  commencing  on  the  next  page  include  all  that 
is  important  in  galvanic  batteries  up  to  date,  so  far  as  covered 
by  patents. 

Gal-van'ic  Cur'rent.  (Electricity.)  The  di- 
rect current  from  the  galvanic  battery.  The  pri- 
mary current. 

Gal'van-i-zing.  Treated  on  p.  939,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

"  Pickle  the  article  six  or  eight  hours  in  water  containing 
about  1  per  cent,  of  sulphuric  acid  held  in  wooden  vessels  ; 
the  acid  requires  to  be  renewed  from  time  to  time,  according 
to  the  quantity  of  iron  pickled.  After  pickling,  scour  and 
wash  well  in  clean  water.  Keep  the  article  under  clean 
water  (in  which  a  little  freshly  burnt  lime  has  been  stirred) 
until  ready  for  the  next  process.  Immerse  in  chloride  of  zinc 
for  one  or  two  minutes  until  a  skin  of  fine  bubbles  is  formed 
on  the  surface.  Chloride  of  zinc  may  be  formed  by  satura- 
ting hydrochloric  acid  with  metallic  zinc  until  effervescence 
ceases,  then  decanting  and  adding  a  little  sal-ammoniac. 
Dry  the  article  on  a  heated  iron  plate,  then  immerse  it  in  a 
bath  of  molten  (not  glowing)  zinc  until  it  acquires  the  tem- 
perature of  the  zinc  bath.  The  surface  of  the  molten  zinc 
should  be  protected  by  sal-ammoniac,  or  some  other  sub- 
stance. In  some  cases  there  is  a  partition  at  the  surface 
of  the  bath,  one  portion  of  the  surface  being  protected  with 
sal-ammoniac,  the  other  with  a  layer  of  charcoal.  Beat  the 
article  while  hot,  to  remove  the  excess  of  zinc.'; — Moles- 
worth. 

Galv.  electric  bath,  Potin  .   .  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxiv.  54. 

A  carefully  written  and  full  article  on  the  zincing  of  iron 
surfaces,  "Scientific  American  Supplement,''  2798. 

Iron "Iron  Age,'1'  xxiii.,  Jan.  16,  p.  9. 

l(- 'Manufacturer  if  Builder,"  ix.  157. 
Bath *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  2560. 

Gal'van-i-zing  Fur 'n  ace.  The  bath  of 
molten  zinc  in  which  iron  is  plunged  to  coat  it. 

The  galvanizing  furnace  of  Thum,  of  Laubach,  Germany, 
is  a  reverberatory  in  which  the  zinc  bath  is  heated  from  above. 
It  has  a  fireplace  and  a  chimney  at  each  end,  the  part  of  the 
hearth  connecting  the  two  being  arched  over.  The  rest  of 
the  rectangular  hearth  is  perfectly  open  above,  so  that  the 
heat-conducting  power  of  the  metal  is  relied  upon  to  keep  it 
at  the  proper  temperature  in  that  part  of  the  hearth.  The 
slabs  of  fresh  zinc  are  introduced  through  doors  communi- 
cating with  the  hot  ends. 


GALVANIC  BATTERY. 


367 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


h" 

~  3 


s     § 


, 


. 

|i  HI  ifi^ii  in 
*!sfjfi!  JH!  fit 

§l 


1—1         "• 


1    k  3       —  'c.a  3l          1  i 

!?  !  6  1  2  a  §  S  S'  S  "o  «: 

5.S  S.  5  S  £  U3  6.  S.  6.  e  B 

c.  -  cuK.=  :2Ti  o,  o.  c.  a  ^ 

o^  c  ^!=  —  5  o  cos— 


_• 

B.  i  S.  & 

o,  cs  o.  a. 


O  H 
^S 

='S 


llilli 


t| 

xO. 


°—    °  — 

e.  o  a.        73 


- 
li'i 


a 


.5  c  s  5  =  c 


'-  O          CU--« 


•^          •  '-  >«  :     '  '-^     - 

Jl4i  s?l^"ll0^»"2-t^  s«d« 

5111!          f  HIM  Ii  i 

Ss3ll(fi(2g«ia5l^la53  fills 


H 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


368 


GALVANIC    BATTERY. 


C 


£__iiSiii>i        .11 

*>  e  a  «      *j  S3 


CSrt  -2 


a. 

.       i        .Ei.o..!  'o..       '  o. 

t  s  e  s  «^      ^  s  5      s  s  s      il  C  ^          d  (9  t!      h  •<  S  0  a  B  t! 

gocca      i  =  .r      ceo      S£5      -3oo»      Sigccc* 

:•••§    &-S      •••         £:   .-- 


Cs—         Sctrt         COO         ft.«c5O 


lll|S|lll|lll.| 


T"1  d 

t3        O-lO-lojIllll 


llll-S 


egC^oOO 

S  o,-,  —  '         p.         p. 


i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i    i       i    i    i    i    i    i    .    .  i  -5  i  o.  i    i    i    i 

i          «£  -a  2 

£  hfj1    "3    1 


„„ 
a  '  o.  a  ' 


.  £ 


gfi      l'     £=1 

''         ' 


cc  .  -  , 

I.E5.5.S     .E.E.S     .=  .5.2     .£  o.S     -5.S.E.S     ..=  =.S.S.5.S 


fe.S^as2g.,vs  .*-Sl5A*||^J3S^-gl5.s^.2S^i=la5:ig^*59 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


369 


GALVANIC  BATTERY. 


fc     S 


3      £_s' 


a|  's  s  g  o  "a 

|_i    4)   &..-.   O.  w  w    ^ 

g^  "3  03 15  ^c 

2  —.a  <*  "  t"  N 

£  -5  S  •"  _:  to  *  - 

o  a  S  o  3  g' 


o  -*J         ;3 

.  S-e  2 
>  3  a?  o 

Eisi 

sg|s. 

*:  «  2  a 


jgiil- 

"S^  o>  J  fa 


1  3  > 
»7!  *• 


p. 


.isi  "i.iii'|if««i 


a 
I     -I 

i   1-2  . 
5    g  a^ 


•-a     'S  ^  S 


o  3; 


•g||      Ijlc   a 

o  *  §          §.£    .  o>      3 

Tl   "~  _  £  i—(   G   ^>jJ  E 


.2  IS 


al" 


o  S  o  .2* 


£38 

.2-S 

•a«^ 
g-s-S 

Z"~  O 
.8  ^^ 

li£ 

PI 

3  iS   S 
-SHO 


h  a  = 
E  c  3 

111 


•S.&&&  |. 


8.3. 


?  9.  °  -.^ 


cog  .  o  o  S  « 

j;^2O.  «wJ2j3.~g- 

XX  S  t.^t.-"Q, 

?5SO  J)oJo3    =    0 


S  S  i  111 

S  2      a'  h  a 


.a 
!«;  '1st 

es        an, 

3£     §8.=- 


2"  § 

1  i  I1  s^i' '  fj-' ' ' '  'ii  jp ' ' ' '  •  •  &'  * '  «i 

" "  j= "  °.    v.        s^-si  «•  • 

33     S-a3       3  ^_;      £>  *  K2 

33C33  3  JSJS-~X  3  'cO 

• n     w • •         x  ccao  w  BO 


2  ,  5 


0.0 

"is. 


i  "3,  i  i 


i   i   i   i      ii 


i  i   i   i 


!  ifl 

i  «  d      ^3 
6  H    .  = 

.25R3 
o  o  o  MS 

— —   o       -^ 


I     l^l     I 


I 


-g 

§1 
'!?! 


Lg5 

:S° 

i  O.  •-) 


i       &  '  S  .5 


o 

21  • 

"rs 

•»J  '2 

2  S- 


~  »  g-3 

x  3        S-a 
2-        S" 
'   i   ig.a  '   '   '    'I         P.=  '    i  old 

Mail     ssi 

If          5111        a°s 


. .  . 


o  o 

9.9 

'3  3 


i 

1  g-s 


o.  i  * 

g    a 


;  a      c  c  c  c  s  a 
1  '3     -3  '3  '3 


UV         -*-=WO         •*•   C  Q   C?  C)          W          ^UOOCJU 

.S  .5      o  .S  .2     g  .£  .2  .S  .S     .S     S  .£  .S  .2 .5  .S . 


§0005-- 
OOI-C 


- 1— *  •£.  ^5 »— i  i  i  r.  i '-  ?*i  ."t  i  -  ?o  O  •— •  -   - 

i^co  *  ao^c^ccjx^i^o^o^  CD  o  c^i  co  c 

1  ^  Ol  C-1  (M  tM  iM  (M  C-1  (M  ^  tM  ;M  C-l  4<1  C 


§1  c§  oS  co 

CM  C"l  OJ  C^l 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


370 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


GALVANIC  BATTERIES.      LIST   OF  BRITISH  PATENTS. 


Name. 

Date. 

Number. 

Positive. 

Partition. 

Negative. 

Metal. 

Liquid. 

Liquid. 

Metal. 

Kemp   
Becquerel      .... 

1828 
1829 

1836 
1836 
1839 
1839 
1840 
1842 
1842 
1842 
1842 
1849 
1841 

1842 

1843 
1846 

1847 
1847 

1848 
1848 

1849 

1849 
1849 

1850 
1850 
1861 
1852 

1852 
1852 
1852 

1852 
1852 
1852 
1853 
1853 

1853 
1853 
1853 

1854 
1854 

1854 
1854 

1854 

1854 

1854 
1854 
1855 
1855 
1855 

1855 

1856 
1856 

1856 

* 
* 

* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
* 
• 
* 

9,053 
9,374 

9,745 
11,448 

11,576 
11,776 

12,039 
12,212 

12,772 

12,847 
12,899 

12,959 
13,142 
13,613 
13,963 

14,198 
14,330 
14,346 

595 
595 

169 
634 

944 

1,785 
2,003 
2,361 
2,486 
629 

713 

1,575 
1,714 

1,920 

2,455 

2,555 
2,556 
1 
148 
1,649 

2,662 

755 

987 

1.5i6 

fluid    amalga 
zinc. 

zinc  amalg. 
zinc, 
zinc  amalg. 
zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc  amalg. 
platinum, 
zinc  amalg  . 
iron, 
zn.  lead,  mer. 
zinc. 

zinc  or  plat. 

zinc, 
zinc  amalg. 

zinc, 
perf.    zinc, 
zino  amalg. 
zinc, 
liq  zn.  amalg. 
in  a  bag,  lead. 
-{  zinc. 

I  Wire    gauze 
zinc  amalg. 
zinc. 

zinc. 

gold, 
zn.  U-shaped. 

tin. 
lead. 

^  zinc. 
Decomposa- 
[  zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc, 
lead,  zn.,  tin. 

lead     alloys, 
anti.,  zn..  tin. 
zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 
Antimonic, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

uses      spoiled 
sodium,   zinc, 
and  mercury, 
zinc       coated 
with  mercury, 
tin,  and  lead, 
iron  and  zinc 

zinc, 
zinc, 
cast  iron, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

iron, 
mercury. 

zinc.  iron. 

m  of  zinc, 
sulp.  acid. 

sulp.  acid, 
chloride  am. 
sulp.  acid, 
sulp.  zinc, 
sulp.  acid, 
sulp.  acid, 
oxygen, 
sulp.  acid, 
dil.  sulp.  acid, 
sulp.  acid 
ammon.  chl. 

bye-products 
nitric  acid, 
earth, 
sulp.  ac.  ,  salt 
water. 

ammon.  salt, 
nit.  or  act.  ac. 

hydro  chl  'ate 
am.,  nitr.  pot. 
or    punctured 
sulp.  acid, 
sulp.  acid. 

alum;  soluble 
earthy  sulph. 

(dry  pile.) 

aq.  regia.  nit. 
ac.  or  salts, 
sulp.  acid. 

sulp.  acid, 
ble   nitrogen- 
ferrocy.    pot. 
sulp.  acid, 
chrom.    pot. 
nit.  sulp.  ac. 
cyanogen  or 
chrom.  salt, 
salt. 

sulp.  acid. 

II.  Cl. 

phosphoric,  or 
salt. 

or  impure  acid 
hypochlorous 
acid, 
carb.  gulp,  or 

partly  covered 

sol.  of  zinc, 
water. 

H.  Cl. 

chl.  sod. 

acid, 
iodid.  pot. 

nit.  «.(•.  &'  H. 

Gyps.,  porcel.  clay 
with  sea  salt, 
ox  gullet, 
membrane, 
membrane, 
brown  paper, 
thin  earthenware, 
porous  cup. 
acid,    water. 

porous  cup. 
sycamore, 
porous  cup. 

earth, 
porous  cup. 

sand, 
sponge,  sand. 

porous  cup. 

plates, 
thread,  asbes.,  gyp. 
clay,  graphite  and 
sal.  amm. 

sand,  sponge,  etc. 
thin  paper. 

fabric, 
ous  matter. 

arsenic   acids   with 

glue,  paper,  porous 
cement,  sponge, 
partly   impervious 
conden.  graphite. 
s,  etc. 
asbestos. 

phos.  sod.  permang. 
or  arsen.  pot. 

with  caoutchouc. 

layer  of  cloth, 
sand, 
paper. 

paper  gun-cotton. 
SO..1 

salt  of  copper. 

sulp.  copper, 
sulp.  copper, 
nitr.  acid, 
sulp.  copper, 
sulp.  copper, 
nitr.  acid, 
hydrogen. 

strong  nit.  ac. 
suln.  iron, 
nit.  am.  sulp. 
acid, 
sulp.  pot.,  etc. 

earth, 
nitric  acid. 

chl.  calc. 
amm.  salt. 

nitric  acid. 

bichr.  pot. 
nitric  acid. 

chl.  calc. 
(dry  pile.) 

nit.  ac.  or  ni- 
trates, 
nitric  acid. 

nitr.  silver, 
nitric  acid, 
chrm.  pot. 
nitr.  iron, 
nitric  acid. 

chl.  gas. 
powdered  glass 
acet.  lead. 

sulp.  iron. 

pyrolig.  mang. 
acid, 
neg.  salt, 
sulp.  cop. 

hypochl.  lime, 
nitr.  soda  and 
H2S04. 
H.  Cl  &  crys. 
nitr.  soda, 
acid, 
iod.  pot.  and 
iodine. 

copper. 

copper. 
copper. 

platinum, 
copper, 
lead  or  cu. 
coke, 
platinum, 
cast  iron, 
iron. 
cast  iron, 
platinum. 

platinum. 

copper, 
charcoal. 

copper, 
cop.  coke. 

copper, 
carbon, 
platinum.  • 

copper. 

elec.  copper, 
plumbago, 
carbon  on  iron 
plates, 
platinum. 

glass      plate 
graphited. 
iron. 

platinized  lead 
iron. 

antim.  alloys, 
rare  metals, 
carbon    and 
plat,  gauze, 
powd.    graph, 
charcoal, 
carbon, 
or  starch, 
lead. 

platinum  and 
iron  alloy, 
cast  iron. 

copper, 
copper, 
coal, 
carbon, 
carbon. 

copper,  granL 
platinum, 
carbon, 
carbon. 

cast  iron,  carb 

Mulling     

Grove  

Spencer     

Roberts     

Wohler  &  Weber  .    . 

de  Moleyns    .... 

Bain     

Brett  &  Little    .    .    . 
Weare       

Staite    

Petrie  &  Staite  .    .    . 

Petrie  &  Staite  .     .     . 
Pulvermacher    .    .    . 

Highton    

Greenough    .... 

Jackson    

Petrie    

Slater  &  Watson     .    . 
Slater  &  Watson     .    . 
Slater  &  Watson    .    . 
Desvignes  &  Kukla     . 
Straite  

Fuller  

Fontainemoreau     .     . 
Fontaiuemoreau     .     . 

Archereau     .... 
Archer  

Callan  

Callan  

Fontainemoreau     .     . 
Fontainemoreau     .    . 

Puls      

*  Not  patents,  but  discoveries. 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


371 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


GALVANIC   BATTERIES.      LIST   OF   BRITISH  PATENTS    (Continued). 


Name. 

Date. 

Number. 

Positive. 

Partition. 

Negative. 

Metal. 

Liquid. 

.    Liquid. 

Metal. 

Fontair.emoreau     .    . 
Cumins  &  Hunter  .     . 
Pulvermacher    .     .     . 

Burleigh  &  Danchell  . 
R'eare        

1856 
1867 
1857 

1857 

1858 
1858 
1858 
1858 
1858 
1858 
1858 
1858 

1858 
1859 

1859 
1859 

1859 
18bO 

1860 

1860 
1860 
1860 
1861 
1861 

1861 
1861 

1861 

1861 
1862 

1862 
1863 

1865 
1865 
1865 
1866 
1866 

1866 

1866 
1866 

1866 

1868 
1868 

1868 
1869 

1869 

1869 
1869 

1870 
1870 

1871 
1871 

1871 

1871 
1871 
1871 

2,290 
680 
2,411 

3,164 

165 

282 
296 
805 
2.187 
2,439 
2,818 
2,888 

2,937 
1,696 

1,896 
2,503 

2,922 
211 

486 

994 
1,515 
2,047 
1,147 
1,503 

2,127 

2,298 

2,464 

2,656 
340 

1,550 
1,732 

619 
2,213 
2,421 
338 
670 

947 

966 
1,637 

2,623 

2,836 

1,258 

3,129 
1,250 

1,441 

2,003 
3,324 

1,055 
3,308 

974 
1,535 

1,643 

2,219 
2,759 
3,366 

rolled  zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc. 

aluminium, 
lead, 
zinc, 
zinc  wire, 
zinc, 
zinc  amalg. 

zinc  wires, 
insulat.  amag. 
on  zinc, 
plates    of  an 
zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc. 

imbedding  car 
zinc, 
earth  battery, 
zinc. 

uses  chlor-hy 
zinc. 

zinc  in  mere. 

zinc  wire, 
iron,  zinc, 
lead,  carbon, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc, 
covers  liquids 
zinc. 

the  cells  are 
zinc. 

zinc. 

magnesium, 
mercury. 

aux.  zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc  wire. 

zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

sulp.  pot. 

bi'-hr.  and  bi- 
sulp.  pot,  salt. 

chl.  calc. 

sulp.  acid, 
sulp  acid, 
chl.  ziuc. 

sulp.  zinc, 
sulp.  mercury, 
sulp.  acid. 

earth  battery 

bon  in  the  sur 
sulp,  acid. 

sulp.  acid. 

drate  and  oleic 
gulp.  acid. 

sulp.  acid. 

acid, 
sulp    of  alk. 
and  earths, 
water, 
chl.   or  nitr. 
pot. 
112S04. 

persulp.   mer. 
with  grease  or 
hydrochl.  am. 

lined  with  resi 
hydrochl.  am. 

hydrochl.  am. 

sulp.  magn. 
hydrochl.  ac., 
chl.  pot. 

saline  sol. 

Na.cl.or  NH4 
cl. 
am.  NH4  cl. 

the  sea. 

bichr.   pot., 
lime,   H2S04. 
bich.  and  nit. 
pot. 
water. 

board, 
graphite  cell, 
cup. 
cup. 
sawdust. 

earth, 
cup,  partly  imper- 
vious, 
in  deliquescent  salts, 
paper  pulp  ;   saw- 
dust. 

carbon  pot.    coated 
inside  with  platin. 
gum  and  gypsum, 
faces  of  glass  vessel 
sawdust. 

acid, 
wood  or  bar 

thread, 
double  porous  cen. 

sand, 
charcoal  and  tan. 

oxi.  or  carb.  zinc, 
chl.  calc. 

oil. 
sand. 

nous  cement  and  ac 
porous    cell     and 
sand, 
sawdust. 

porous  cell. 

clay  and  ox.  zinc, 
binox.    mere,    sal 
am. 
porous  cell  partly 
vanished. 

clay  and  powdered 
graphite, 
sawdust. 

paper  or  plaster, 
porous  cell. 

chloride  cop. 
nitric  acid. 
nitric  acid, 
nitric  acid, 
sulp.  cop. 

sulp.  cop. 
bichr.  pot. 

nitric  acid. 

sulp  cop. 

sulp.  lead, 
nitr.  ac.  in 
oxygen. 

s. 
sulp.  cop. 

sulph.  of  pro- 
tox.  mere. 

chl.  nat.  sod. 

acid, 
acids  charged 
with  chl.  gas. 
sulp.  cop. 
nitr.  ac. 

sulph.  cop. 

oxide  of  cop. 
carb.  cop. 

id  sawdust, 
perox.    mag. 
hydrochl.  am. 
perox.   mag 
hydrochl.  am. 
sulp.  cop. 

H4  So4.  bichr. 
sulp.   iron 
chloride  lead. 

perox.  mang. 

lead  binoxide, 
copper  oxide, 
silver  chl. 

sal.  mum  . 
binox.  mang. 

sulp.  mere, 
bl.  ox.  mang. 

copper, 
steel, 
carbon. 

carbon,  gum- 
my cement, 
copper. 

carbon, 
carbon, 
copper, 
copper  wire. 
copper, 
metalized  car- 
bon, 
copper  wire, 
two  platinum 
plates 

copper. 

tin. 
platin.  coke. 

copper, 
carbon. 

oxide  copper, 
copper  ore. 
rough  copper 
electro  silv'd. 
copper  wire, 
sub-sulp.  cop. 
platin.  iron, 
copper, 
cast  iron  or 
carbon, 
copper, 
carbon, 
carbon. 

copper. 

carbon  and 
parafflne. 

graphite, 
graphite, 
copper. 

copper. 

pot  :      proto. 
sulp.   sod. 

calcined  car- 
bon. 
brass    or    sil- 
ver vessel. 

copper,  etc. 
graphite. 

carbon  or  plat, 
with   broken 
cinders, 
carbon. 

carbon, 
platinum. 

Hunt         

Meidinger      .... 

Beardmore     .... 

Silver  &  Barwick   .     . 
Morris  «fr  Mupple    . 
Thomson  &  Jenkiu     . 

Callaud     

Tolhausen     .... 
Morris  etal  

Pulvermacher    .    .     . 

Cook     

StilW     

Varley  

Piggott      

Horwood  &  Brumfit    . 
Leclanche      .... 

Martin  &  Varley     .     . 
Leclanch^      .... 

Leclanch^      .... 

Gedge   

Lyttle   

Lyttle  

Abel     

Webers      

Fitzgerald      .... 

Lyttle  

Highton    

Lake     

GALVANIC  BATTERY. 


372 


GALVANIC   BATTERY. 


GALVANIC  BATTERIES.      LIST   OF  BRITISH  PATENTS   (Continued). 


Name. 

Date. 

Number. 

Positive. 

Partition. 

Negative. 

Metal. 

Liquid. 

Liquid. 

Metal. 

Highton     

1872 

1872 
1872 
1872 

1872 

1873 
1873 
1873 
1874 

1874 
1874 
1S74 
1874 
1875 
1875 

1875 
1876 
1876 

1S76 
1876 

1877 
1877 

1877 

1877 
1877 

1877 
1877 

1877 
1878 

1878 

1878 
1878 
1878 

1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 
1879 

1879 
1879 

1879 

485 

807 
1,596 
1,638 

3,672 

1,270 
2,232 
2,956 
3,943 

1,255 
3,222 
3,420 
4,453 
807 
1,169 

4,289 
52 
524 

1,900 
3,782 

492 
1,116 
1,702 

2,194 
2,313 

2,892 
2,997 

4,803 
719 

1,522 
3,367 
3,713 

4,348 

477 
1,015 
2,905 
3,410 
3,436 

3,858 
3,943 

4,346 

zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc, 
iron  wire. 

zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc. 

zinc, 
•zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

iron, 
zinc. 

zinc, 
zinc,  mere. 

zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc  8,  mere.  1. 
zinc. 

amag.  iron, 
zinc, 
iron. 

nickel, 
zinc,  mere, 
zinc, 
zinc, 
zinc. 

zinc. 

nitr.  sod. 

sulp.  zinc, 
feces. 
bisulp  mere. 

chl.  ;u  n  in. 

sulp.  zinc  and 
H2S04. 
bichr.  pot. 

II  Cl. 

sod.  and  pot. 
hydrate 
alkaline  chlo. 
arid  hydrates. 
amm.  salt. 

sulp.    acid, 
sulp.  pot. 

hydrate    or 
protox.  pot. 

urine,  Na.  ch. 

pulv.  salt  of 

.•iiiiiii. 
salt. 

II.  cl.  chl.  am. 
II2S04. 

sea  water, 
bichr.  pot. 

Na.  cl. 

sulp.  ,-1111111. 

Na.  cl. 
nitr.  and  sulp. 
sod. 
acid. 

amm.  hydro, 
sulp. 
chl.  amm.  or 
bichr. 
vinegar. 

II2S04. 
biehr.  pot. 

parchment  paper, 
lime  or  plaster. 

porous  cell, 
capillary  siphon. 

porous  cell  partly 
varnished, 
porous  cell. 

diaphragm. 

wood  ;  sand. 

paper,  felt,  cloth, 
tinder, 
carbon  vessels. 

parchment  paper. 

iron  ore  in  flannel 
bag  paraffined, 
porous  cell. 

hard  sandstone, 
water-proof  fabric. 

sand,  chlorates,  pot. 
nitr.,  ox.  mang.  , 
in  porous  cell. 

porous  cell. 

sesquicarb.  of  amm. 
in  porous  cell, 
sulp.  or  nitr.  acid 
in  porous  cell, 
paper,  felt,  flannel. 

water  in  porous  cell. 

salt  of  amm. 
&  bi-tart.  pot. 
sulp.  cop. 

carbon  mang. 
perox.  sulp. 
cop.  amm. 
carb.  111:1111:. 
chrom.  ac. 
crys. 
carbon   and 
carburet  iron, 
sulp.  cop. 

sulp.  iron. 

monohydrate 
sulp.  ac.  urine 
nitric  acid, 
caustic  soda, 
perox.  mang. 

hydrated  ses- 
qui-ox.  iron. 

carb.  mang. 
nitr.  cobalt, 
pyrogallic  ac. 

bichr.  pot. 
sulph.  cop. 

perox.  mang. 
chl.  of  silver 
or  chl.  plati. 
fused    nitr. 
sod.  or  pot. 
acid. 

granular 
graphite  oxide 
mang. 

bichr.  pot.  ox. 
iron  ag.  cl. 

powd.  carbon, 
perox.  mang. 

H,So4. 

pulv.  mang. 
chl.  lime. 

sulp.  nickel 
and  amm. 
white  mang. 
perox.  mang. 

oxal.  ac.  bichr. 
pot.  and  acid 
or  salt. 
acid, 
sulp.  nitr.  chl. 
or  chrom.  tin. 
sulphur  II  cl. 
perox.  mang. 

copper. 

copper  or  lead, 
copper, 
carbon  sulph. 

carbon. 

iron, 
copper, 
iron, 
coke. 

graphite, 
carbon. 

clay  and  saw- 
dust charred, 
pt.  c.  au  co. 
ag.  ni.  fe. 

copper, 
broken  graph, 
copper. 

platin.  black, 
carbon. 

carbon, 
carbon, 
carbon. 

carbon, 
carbon. 

copper, 
carbon. 

carbon  . 

carbon, 
charcoal, 
copper. 

iron  filings, 
graphite, 
carbon. 

carbon. 

Weber  

Varley  

Bennett     

Smith  

Clark    

Bonneyville  .... 
Elcock  

Fulvermacher   .    .    . 
Pulvermacher   .     .    . 

Jablochkoff  .... 

De  Sussex  &  Brasseur 
Watte  ville     .... 

Wilson           .     .    . 

Grabinger  
Fuller  &  Higgins    .     . 

Wilson  

Slater    

Morgan  &  Brown    .    . 

Gutensohn     .... 
Anderson  

GALVANO   CAUSTIC. 


373 


GANG. 


Fig.  1128. 


Gal-va'no  Caus'tic.  (Electricity.)  An  elec- 
tro-cautery. See  p.  179,  supra. 

Gal-va'no-cau'te-ry  Bat'te-ry.  (Surgical.) 
For  performing  cautery  by  means  of  the  heated 
platinum  wire. 

Fig.  1128  is  Dr.  Dawson's  depolarizing  battery,  which  is  com- 
posed of  two  cells,  in  each  of  which  arc  two  positive  (zinc)  and 
one  negative  (plati- 
num) plates,  all  meas- 
uring 44"  by  6".  The 
zincs  (A)  are  perfo- 
rated, and  adjusted 
\"  apart,  and  between 
them  a  platinum 
plate  is  placed  and 
held  in  position  by 
uprights  (B).  On 
each  side  of  the  plat- 
inum plates  are  hard 
rubber  or  celluloid 
pumps  or  agitators 
(  C),  worked  by  means 
of  a  small  knob.  D 
and  E  are  the  con- 
necting screws,  and 
F  a  knob  for  lifting 
the  elements  out  of 
the  cells.  The  bat- 
tery requires  2J  pints 
of  fluid,  the  action 
being  prolonged  by 
the  moving  up  and 
down  of  the  pumps 
( C),  more  or  less 
quickly,  according  to 
the  intensity  of  the 
heat  desired.  By  this 
action  the  old  and 
exhausted  fluid  be- 
tween the  plates  is  Galvano-  Caustic  Battery. 
thrown  out  through 
the  perforations,  and  fresh  fluid  is  made  to  take  its  place. 

See  CAUTERY  ELECTRODE. 

See  also  Dr.  J.  H.  Thompson's  report  on  Group  XXIV., 
vol.  vii.,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  p.  63  et  seq. 

Gal-va-nom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  force  of  an  electric  current. 

The  reflecting  galvanometer  of  Sir  William 
Thomson  is  used  in  working  submarine  cables. 
In  the  astatic  form  it  is  used  as  a  receiving  instru- 
ment, placed  in  a  box  or  curtained  apartment,  and 
the  receiver  calls  off  each  word  to  an  attendant 
who  writes  it  down.  The  spot  of  light  wanders 
over  the  scale  in  an  apparently  aimless  manner,  but 
the  operator,  by  practice,  interprets  the  motions. 

The  siphon  recorder  is  a  substitute  for  the  reading 
of  the  vibratory  pencil  of  light. 

The  recording  galvanometer  of  Hopkins,  shown 
in  Fig.  1129,  proceeds  by  the  application  of  a  dis- 
ruptive spark  from  an  induction  coil. 

The  helixes  are  wound  with  rather  coarse  wire  (No.  22). 
The  needle  is  astatic,  the  inner  member  swinging  in  the 

Fig.  1129. 


Recording  Galvanometer. 


central  opening  in  the  helixes  in  the  usual  way,  the  outer 
member  being  located  behind  the  helixes.  The  arbor  sup- 
porting the  needle  has  very  delicate  pivots,  and  carries  a 
long  aluminium  index,  which  is  counterpoised  so  that  it 
assumes  a  vertical  position  when  no  current  passes  through 
the  helixes,  and  the  needle  is  unaffected  by  terrestrial  mag- 
netism. 

The  upper  end  of  the  index  swings  in  front  of  a  graduated 
scale,  and  is  prolonged  so  as  to  reach  to  the  middle  of  the 
cylinder  carrying  a  sheet  of  paper  upon  which  the  move- 
ments of  the  needle  are  to  be  recorded.  This  cylinder  is  of 
brass,  and  its  journals  are  supported  by  metal  columns  pro- 
jecting from  the  base  upon  which  the  other  parts  of  the 
instrument  are  mounted.  The  scale  is  supported  by  vul- 
canite studs  projecting  from  the  columns,  and  to  one  of  the 
latter  is  attached  a  clock  movement  provided  with  three 
sets  of  spur  wheels,  by  eirher  of  which  it  may  be  connected 
with  the  arbor  of  the  cylinder.  One  pair  of  wheels  connects 
the  minute-hand  arbor  of  the  clock  with  the  cylinder,  re- 
volving the  cylinder  once  an  hour  ;  another  pair  of  wheels 
connects  the  hour-hand  mechanism  with  the  cylinder,  so 
that  the  latter  is  revolved  once  in  twelve  hours  ;  while  a 
third  pair  of  wheels  give  the  cylinder  one  revolution  in  six 
days. 

This  instrument  is  designed  especially  for  making  pro- 
longed tests  of  different  batteries  in  order  to  determine  the 
characteristics.  It  is  provided  with  four  binding  posts, 
one  of  which  connects  the  wires  of  the  batteries  under  test 
with  the  helixes.  The  other  binding  posts  are  connected 
respectively  with  the  posts  supporting  the  needle  and  with 
the  journals  of  the  recording  cylinder.  These  posts  receive 
wires  from  an  induction  coil  capable  of  yielding  a  spark 
from  £"  to  \"  long. 

The  induction  coil  is  kept  continuously  in  action  by  two 
Bunsen  elements  and  a  stream  of  sparks  constantly  pass 
between  the  elongated  end  of  the  index  and  the  brass  cylin- 
der, perforating  the  intervening  paper  and  making  a  perma- 
nent record  of  the  movement  of  the  needle. 

The  paper  upon  which  the  record  is  made  is  ruled  in  one 
direction  into  degrees  and  in  the  other  into  hours  and  min- 
utes. Refer  to  :  — 

Internal  current,  Cooke  * 
Mirror,  Delajield  ...  * 

Deprez * 

Edison * 

Astatic,  Faraday      .     .  * 

Reflecting,  Thomson     .  * 

* 

Lantern,  Niftier   .    .     . 
Recording,  Hopkins      .  * 

Paper  on * 

For    testing    lightning- 
rods,  Buclintr    .     .      "  Technologist,"  xxxvii.  327. 

Gal-va'no-plas-tique'.  1.  (Bronze.)  A  par- 
ticular kind  of  bronze  work  produced  by  depositing 
a  heavy  coating  of  bronze  by  the  galvanic  process 
upon  a  plaster  of  paris  model,  and  afterward  re- 
moving the  model. 

2.  (Glass.)  M.  Alexander's  process  rests  on  the 
application  of  electro-metallurgy  to  the  decoration 
of  glassware,  mirrors,  etc.,  either  for  the  exterior 
or  interior  decoration  of  houses,  furniture,  etc. 

The  substance  which  serves  for  tracing  the  design  on  the 
glass  is  a  metallic  paste  of  good  conducting  power,  mixed 
with  a  solvent  and  thinned  with  an  essential  oil.  The  de- 
sign once  executed  on  the  glass,  the  latter  is  submitted  to 
the  action  of  fire  in  either  a  muffle  or  a  furnace,  and  is  not 
withdrawn  until  perfectly  cold. 

The  glass  is  then  immersed  in  a  metallic  bath  and  a  gal- 
vanic current  passed  over  it ;  by  this  means  the  metal  in  sus- 
pension in  the  bath  is  precipitated  on  the  design.  The  glass 
is  withdrawn  as  soon  as  the  coating  becomes  as  thick  as  re- 
quired. Finally,  if  necessary,  the  metallic  design  is  finished 
up  by  chiseling  or  other  means,  and  is  left  thus  ;  or,  indeed, 
another  layer  of  a  like  or  different  metal  may  be  deposited 
on  it.  —  "Moniteur  dela  Ccramique  :> 

See  also  ELECTROTYPE. 

Laboulaye's  "Diclionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,''  cap- 
tion "  Galvanoplastic,'"  vol.  ii. 

"Scientific  American,1" xxxix.  136. 

Gang.  (Sawing.)  Round  and  live  gang  are  sy- 
nonymous, one  being  the  Eastern  and  the  other  the 
Western  term  for  the  same  thing.  It  means  such 
an  arrangement  of  the  saw-mill  as  causes  the  whole 
log  to  be  cut  up  into  boards  at  one  operation.  A 
slabbing  gang  is  one  by  which  from  onlv  the  two 
sides,  of  a  log  slabs  are  cut  off,  while  the  middle 
part  remains  as  a  thick  beam.  When  the  log  is 


'Engineering^'  xxiii.  91. 
'Engineering,"  xxiii.  62. 

'*  Sflf.ntlfif    Ainetirn-n    Ktm     '' 


GANG  DRILL. 


374 


GANG  PLOW. 


carried  forward  on  a  carriage  termed  a  saddle,  it  is 
called  a  saddle  slabber.  After  a  beam  has  been 
flattened  by  passing  through  the  slabber  gang,  it 
can  be  sawn  into  boards  of  equal  width  in  the  flat 
gang,  when  it  will  be  straighter  than  if  sawn  only 
on  a  round  or  live  gang.  A  pony  is  a  single  or  small 
flat  gang,  used  for  sawing  thin  boards  out  of  the 
best  quality  of  timber. 

Fig.  1130. 


saw  ;  the  guides  have 
site  ends  of  a  yoke. 

The  stuff  is  fed  be- 
the  former  being  ad- 
thickness  of  stuff. 

*  ''Manufacturer    If 


adjusting  screws  at  the  oppo- 

tween  upper  and  lower  rolls, 
justable    to     admit    varying 

.    xi.  53. 


Gang  liritt. 

Gang  Drill.  A  machine-tool  having 
a  number  of  vertical  drills  in  a  single  head, 
each  with  its  own  belt  and  pulley  from  a 
common  shaft,  and  with  speed  pulleys 
common  to  the  gang. 

The  Pratt  &  \Yhitney  gang  drill  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1130,  without  bands  to  the  drill  spindles,  which 
are  three  in  number.  The  counter  shaft  is  shown 
detached,  lying  in  inverted  position  upon  the  floor. 
The  bench  has  vertical  adjustment,  and  a  certain 
amount  of  traverse  by  means  of  a  treadle. 

*  Thvrston's  "  Vienna  Report,"  ii.  223. 
Gang  Edg'er.  A  machine  with  ; 
number  of  circular  saws  on  a  common 
mandrel,  and  adjustable  as  to  relative  dis- 
tance, so  as  to  split  wide  planks,  etc.,  into 
boards  or  scantling  of  the  desired  width. 
The  saws  are  from  3  to  6  in  number. 

In  the  Lane  &  Bodley  gang  edger  the  saws  are 
not  held  on  the  mandrel  by  grooved  collar  and 
fork  but  by  guide  fingers  on  opposite  sides  of  the 

1131. 


Moline  Gang  Plow. 
Fig.  1133. 


British   Gang  Plow. 
Fig.  1134. 


Gang  Eclger. 


Ransomed  Multiple  Plow. 

Gang  Plow.     A  plow  with  two  or  more  shares 
and  mold-boards. 

That  shown  in  Fig.  1132  is  the  Deere  gang-plow  (Moline), 
which  is  all  ot  iron  and  steel. 

The  plows  are  rigidly  connected,  rock  upon  the  axle,  and  a 
operated   by  one   lever.     It  is  run   by  either  three  horses 
abreast,  or  four  horses  strung  out  in  pairs,  or  any  large 
number  in  pairs,  one  wheel  in  the  furrow.   The  plow  is  oper- 
ated entirely  by  one  lever,  which  locks  the  plows   m  the 
ground  at  various  depths  ;  and  the  same  lever,  in  connection 
with  a  lug  on  the  hub,  lifts  the  plow  clear  of  the  ground  for 
turning  at  the  ends,  without  any  effort  of  the  operator    The 
tongue  and  clevis  are  attached  to  the  beams  by  a  swivel  bolt, 


GANG  PLOW. 


375 


GARDEN  NET. 


Fig.  113r-. 


Meixmoron  de  Dombaxle's  Gang  Plow. 

giving  it  a  free  vertical  motion,  relieving  the  horses'  necks  of 
all  pressure,  and  affording  a  natural  draft  from  the  ends  of 
the  beams,  and  from  the  end  of  the  tongue. 

It  received  a  gold  medal  at  the  Paris  Exprsi- 
tion  of  1878,  after  the  trial  at  Marmont,  near 
Paris,  the  same  summer. 

Fig.  1133  is  a  British  gang-plow,  shown  in  two 
positions  ;  the  lower  one  illustrates  the  means  for 
allowing  it  to  travel  on  the  surface  of  the  ground 
without  penetrating,  in  moving  to  and  from  the 
field  and  turning  at  the  ends  of  the  lands.  Of 
its  threw  wheels,  one  is  for  gage  of  depth  ;  one  to 
run  in  the  furrow  and  support  the  plow  behind  the 
share,  reducing  the  friction  ;  and  the  third  is  only 
used  to  support  the  fore  end  of  the  plow  in  turn- 
ing, while  the  rear  end  is  supported  by  the  stirrup- 
sll:lped  piece. 

Fig.  1131  is  Ransome's  multiple  plow  with  three 
shares.  The  body  is  of  the  usual  British  type,  an 
open  frame  of  bar  iron  to  the  beams  of  which 
the  plow  standards  are  bolted.  A  single  handle  projects  at 
the  rear,  and  the  depth  of  the  furrows,  or  the  complete 
removal  of  the  plows  from  the  soil  is  accomplished  by  a 
lever  which  governs  the  crank-axle  of  the  carrying  wheels, 
elevating  or  depressing  the  plow  frame  and  bodies  simul- 
taneously. 

Fig.  1135  is  Uie  bisoc  of  Meixmoron  de  Dombasle,  of  Nancy, 
France.  It  is  composed  of  two  plows  attached  to  a  single 
frame  (avant  train),  which  is  supported  by  wheels,  and  car- 
ries the  clevis,  which  has  adjustments  for  land  and  for 
depth.  The  axle  of  the  fore-carriage  carries  a  long  lever, 
projecting  upward  and  rearward,  and  by  the  depression  of 
the  upper  end  the  crank  axle  is  rotated,  throwing  the  wheels 
forward  and  lifting  the  front  end  of  the  plow,  so  that  the 
shares  leave  the  ground.  This  is  used  in  turning  at  the  end 
of  a  furrow,  and  also  as  a  means  of  setting  the  plow  for  any 
given  depth,  pins  on  the  vertical  post  holding  the  lever  at 
any  inclination.  It  received  a  gold  medal  at  the  trials  at 
Marmont,  near  Paris,  Exposition  of  1878. 

American,  British,  and  French,  *  Knight's  Report,    "Paris, 

Paris,  1878 Expos.  Repts.,''  v.  28-49. 

*"Sc.Am.,»  xxxix.  163. 

Trials,  Dynamometrical  table     .      "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxix,  180. 
Steam  (4-f iirrow),  Fowler,  Br.     .  *  "  Kng'ing,"  xxii.  485. 

Howard,  Br *  "Eng'-ing,"  xxvi.  471. 

*  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  409. 

/tatuom«,Br *  "Eng'ing,"  xxvii.  436. 

Stanley *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xlii.  306. 

Gang  Press.  One  for  operating  upon  a  pile  or 
row  of  objects  in  a  gang. 

Seen  in  some  forms  of  oil  and  stearine  presses  ;  see  also 
FILTER  PRKSS,  where  the  cases  are  in  gangs.  See  also  CHEESE 
PRESS  ;  HOT-PRESS  ;  HYDRAULIC  PRESS. 

Gang  Saw.  Several  saws  in  a  frame  or  on  a 
spindle,  acting  simultaneously,  either  gate  or  circu- 
lar. See  Fig.  2157,  p.  942,  "Mech.  Diet."  See 
GANG. 

"  The  vast  systems  of  roller  gang  mills  in  America  have  no 
parallel  in  the  world."  —  Richards. 

"A  circular  saw  for  edging  and  squaring,  with  a  gang  for 
slitting  the  stocks  at  one  operation,  is  the  equipment  of  a 
modern  saw-mill.  This  outfit  is,  of  course,  duplicated  many 
times  in  a  large  mill.  At  St.  Anthony,  in  Minnesota,  there 
are  as  many  as  12  such  mills  in  a  single  establishment." 

"  The  speed  of  the  teeth,  or  the  number  of  teeth  that  oper- 
ate in  a  given  time,  is  the  exponent  of  the  performance  of 
saws.  The  rate  of  feed  varies  with  the  timber ;  and  saw- 
mills, like  other  machinery,  are  governed  by  mechanical  laws 
which  admit  of  theoretical  demonstration. 


"  A  single  reciprocating  saw  of  30"  stroke,  180  a 
minute,  has  a  cutting  movement  of  450'  in  the 
game  time.  In  a  gang  of  20  saws,  making  in  a 
minute  150  strokes  of  24",  the  cutting  movement 
in  the  aggregate  is  6000'  per  minute.''—  Richards. 
Marston  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,'-'  xxxvi.  6. 
Snyder  ...  *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  xi.  175. 

Gan'try.  (Gawntree.)  A  scaffolding  or 
frame,  carrying  a  crane  or  other  structure. 

See  TRAVELING  CRANE,  Fig.  6623,  "Mech.Dict." 
OVERHEAD  CRANE,  Fig.  3451,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 
STEAM  CRANE,  Fig.  5052.  "Meek.  Diet.'1' 

Gap'-bed  Lathe.     One  with  an  open- 
ing in  the  bed  or  shears  to  allow  a  larger 
object  to  be  turned.     Technically  :  to   in- 
crease the  swing. 
With  traveling  crane,  Watson  .  *  "Engineering,'1  xxvii.  154. 
*  "Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Aug.  9, 

p.  1. 
*"Sc.Am.,"  xxxvi.  255. 

Fig.  1136. 


Gap-bed  Engine  Lathe. 


A   self-sealing  pail  for 
Fig.  1137. 


Gar'bage    Burn'er. 

holding  kitchen 
garbage.  It  is  sus- 
pended within  an 
outer  cylinder 
adapted  to  be 
placed  on  a  stove, 
so  that  the  garbage 
may  first  be  dessi- 
cated  and  then 
dumped  into  the 
stove. 

Pavement  garbage 
box,  Jon  ax,  Br.,  *  "En- 
gineer,'' xlix.  190. 

Garbage  furnace, 
Foote,  *  " Scientific 
American,"  xl.  198. 

Gar'den  En'- 
gine.  A  pump  for 
watering  the  gar- 
den. See  AQUA- 
PULT,  H  Y  D  R  O-  Garbage  Pail. 

NETTE,  IRKIGATOU,  etc. 

Pump,  Eiclcford   .     .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  April  11,  p.  5 
Sprinkler,  Hoilel  if  Stauher  *  " Sc.  American,-'  xxxix.  3/0. 

Fig.  1138. 


Garden  Plow. 

Gar'den  Net.     One  placed  over  fruit  trees  or 
vines  to  guard  against  depredation  by  birds. 


GARDEN  PLOW. 


376 


GAS. 


Fig.  1139. 


French  Garden  Tools. 


Gar'den  Flow.  A  small  hand  plow  for  culii 
vating  vegetables  in  rows.  It  has  a  variety  of 
hoes.  See  Fig.  1138. 

Gar'den-ers'  Tools.  Fig.  1139  shows  a  vari- 
ety of  French  garden  tools :  for  digging,  cultivating, 
trimming,  pruning,  and  transplanting. 

Gar'den  Syr'inge.  See  AQUAPULT  ;  IRRIGA- 
TOR;  SPRINKLER,  etc. 

Gas.     See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Air-gas  apparatus. 

Back  log. 

Bye-pass. 

Carburetor. 

Coke  fork. 

Coke  manufacture. 

Compensator. 

Consumers'  test  meter. 

Double-gate  valve. 

Exhauster. 

Exhauster  governor. 

Fire-damp  detector. 

Fire-damp  photometer. 

Fire-damp  test. 

Gas  absorber. 

Gasalier. 

Gas  analyzer. 

Gas  and  coke  furnace. 

Gas  apparatus. 

Gas  bag. 

Gas  bath. 

Gas  blow -pipe. 

Gas  burner. 

Gas  burner  regulator. 

Gas  compensator. 

Gas  compressing  pump. 

Gas  condenser. 

Gas  detector. 

Gas  drip  pump. 

Gas  economizer. 

Gas  engine. 

Gas  exhauster. 

Gas  exhauster  governor. 

Gas-fitter's  torch. 

Gas  furnace. 

Gas  generating  furnace. 

Gas  governor. 

Gas  grate. 

Gas  heater. 

Gas  holder. 

Gas  indicator. 

Gas  lantern. 

Gas  lighter. 

Gas  light  governor. 

Gas  lighting. 

Gas  lighting  torch. 

Gas  liquefaction  apparatus. 

Gasing  machine. 

Gas  machine. 


Analyzer,  Goodwin  .     . 

Orsat,  Fr 

Schwackkoefer ,  Austr. 
Apparatus,  Lowe  .    .     . 

Chandler 

Melville 


Balloon,  Giffard,  Paris, 

1878 

Battery,  Grove  .  .  . 

Paper  by  Niaudet  .  . 
Burner 

Me  George      .     .     .     . 

Argand,  Sugg,  Br. 

And  Ian  tern,  Sugg,  Br. 

Heating,  Ehret  .  .  . 
Paper  on,  Patlinson  . 
Regulator  .  .  .  . 
Self-lighting. 
Stockwell  .  . 


"Engineer."  xiv.  »o. 
"Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  137. 
*"Eng.  $  Mm.  J.,"  Nov.  20,  1875. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  24. 

*  "Amer.  Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3, 

1876,  p.  9. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.," 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.," 
"  Galv.  ba'teries,"  Am.  trans. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.," 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii. 
"Engineer,"  xlvii.  106. 
"Engineering,''  xxvii.  142. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,'' 
" Scientific  American  Sup.," 
"Scientific  American  Sup.," 
"Scientific  American  Sup.," 


2430. 
2526. 
,  242. 
2772. 
312. 


3963. 
460. 
291. 
2291. 


Gas-main  drill. 

Gas  making. 

Gas  meter. 

Gas  meter  cock. 

Gas  oven. 

Gas  pipe. 

Gas  pipe  connection. 

Gas  pipe  valve. 

Gas  pressure  gage. 

Gas  process. 

Gas  producer. 

Gas  prover. 

Gas  purifier. 

Gas  range. 

Gas  regulator. 

Gas  soldering  apparatus. 

Gas  stove. 

Gas  tar  pump. 

Gas  tester. 

Gas  trap. 

Gas  tube  vise. 

Gas  valve. 

Gas  verifier. 

Grisoumeter. 

Illuminating  power  meter. 

Jet  photometer. 

Nitrogen  gas  apparatus. 

Nitrous  oxide  apparatus. 

Overflow  gage. 

Oxygen  gas  apparatus. 

Ozone  apparatus. 

Ozonizer. 

Photometer. 

Pressure  and  vacuum  gage. 

Pressure  and  vacuum  register 

Red  litmus  paper. 

Retort  furnace. 

Scrubber. 

Siphon  gage. 

Specific  gravity  apparatus. 

Station  meter. 

Steam  jet  exhauster. 

Sulphur  and  ammonia  test. 

Tell  tale. 

Tempering  Gas  heater. 

Test  meter. 

Thermometer. 

Turmeric  paper. 

Water  gas. 


Self  regulating. 

McMillan  .     .     .     , 

Check  

Cloth,  Gas  tight,  Hirzel 

Coke  oven  .... 
Compressing  pump.  . 

Bouvet 

Brush. 

Condenser,  Cross  .  . 

Pelnuse  Sf  Andouin 

Herring  §•  Floyd     . 

Mackenzie      .    .     . 
Engine,  Paper  on  .     . 

Armengaud    . 

Barber 

Bischoff    .... 


Brayton    .     .  .  . 

Clayton,  Br. .  .  . 

Clerk,  Br.       .  .  . 

Gilles,  Ger.   .  .  . 
Gilles  4"  Humboldt 

Hugon,  1858  .  . 

Hard,  Br.      .  .  . 

Labon,  1799  .  .  . 

Langen,   Otto  .  . 

Leavitt      .    .  .  . 

Lenoir 

Mead,  1794    .  . 

Otto      .     .     .  .  . 


Refer  to  the  following  :  — 
Absorber,   Gore    .    .    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2031. 


Utto-Langen 


Papin,  1688 
Havel    . 
Simon,  Br. 


Stre-t,  1794   .     .     . 

Exhauster,  Beale,  Br 

Root 


Prosper  (f  Ray    . 

Smith  If  Sayre  . 

Mackenzie      .     . 

Korting     .     .     . 

Exhauster  governor, 

ten 


*  Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  243. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  211. 

*  "Engineer,"    xliii.  170. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  4. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  439. 

"  iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  p.  19. 
" Scientific  Artier.,'*  xxxix.  838. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  107. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxxiii.  397. 

*  "Scientific  American,  xxxviii.  73. 
.  *"  Scientific  American  Sup  .,"  300. 
.  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  22. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  489. 

.  *"Am.    Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3, 

1876,  p.  13. 
.  *  "Am.    Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3, 

1876,  p.  12. 
.  *  "Manufact.  if  Builder,"  x.  188. 

*"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1507. 
.      "  Techno'ogiste,"  xl.  84-90. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xx.  148. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii..  Feb  6,  p.  11. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix. 390. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  331. 

.  *  "  Vienna  Exp.  Reft.,"  "i.  A.,  165. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  339. 
.  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  26. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  24. 

.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  691. 

.  *  "Scientific.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  178. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  39. 

.     "  Vienna  Exp.  Rept.,"  iii.  A  ,  167. 

*  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xx.  148. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  June  25,  1880. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  356. 
"  Van  Nostrands'  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 

.  *  "Polytechnic  Review,''  May,  1876. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  420. 

.  "  Vienna  Exp.  Kept.,"  iii.  A.,  163. 
.  "  Vienna  Exp.  Rept.,"  iii.  A.,  163. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 
.  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 
.  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xx.  148. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  339; 

*  1853, *  2323. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  195; 

xxxix.  386.' 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  31,  p.  1. 

*  "Polytechnic  Rev.,"  May  1816,  49. 

*  "Engineering,"         xxvii.       665 ; 

*  xxvi.  155. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mas,"  xviii.  66. 
"  Mining  $  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  211. 
.  *"  Vienna  Exp.  Rept.,"  iii.  A. ,168. 
"Van  Nostrand's  Mag .,"  xx.  148. 
"Deschanel's  Nat.  Phil.,"  i.  491. 

*  "Eng.  tf  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  '-05. 
"  Vitn  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 

.'      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  28b9. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  43. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"'  xx.  148. 
.  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  227. 
.  *  "Am.  Gas-light  Jour.,'    July   6, 

1876,  p.  17. 
.  *  Ibid.,  p.  11. 
.  *  Ibid.,  p.  11. 
,     .  *  Ibid.,  p.  11. 

*  "Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  464. 

Al- 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  15. 


GAS. 


377 


GAS. 


Exhaust  gov.,  Goodwin 
Fuel,  gas  as  a,  Strong   . 

on,  Muir  
Furuace,  Bicheroux 

Bocliits      

Brook  4"  Wilson      .     . 

Cttxsnn        .            .      .      . 
Casson-Bicheroux  .     . 
Casxon-Dormoy 
Crotl               .... 

*  "A/it.   Gas-light   Jour.,''    July   3, 
1876,  p.  4. 
"  Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  346. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2833. 
'  Vint,  Nostrand's  Mas;.,"  xix.  39. 
*    'Eng.  <y  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  55. 
*   'Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiv.  362. 
*   'Sc.  Am.  Su/>.,"  88,  1331. 
*   -Iron  Age,"  xxvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  24. 
*   'Iron  Age,"  xxvii..  Jan.  20,  p.  1. 
*   'Engineer,''  xlvi.  91. 
*  'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1346. 
*   'Engineer,"  xliv.  5. 
*   'Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  4000. 
*  'Engineering,'1'  xxx.  200. 
*   'Engineer,''  1.  192. 
*   'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  596. 
*   'Iron,  Age,''  xxv.,  May  6,  p.  1. 
*  'S'-ienlific  American,"  xl.  22. 
*   'Manuf.  if  Builder,"  viii.  198. 
*   'Engineer,"'  xliv.  454. 
*   'Engineer,"  xlv.  234. 
*   'Engineering,"  xxx.  200. 
*   'Engineer,"  1.  192. 
*   'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4000. 
*   'Iron  Age,"  xxvi.,  Oct.  7,  p.  3. 
*  'Iron  Age,"1  xxii.,  Dec.  19,  p.  3. 
*  'Engineering,"  xxix.  2. 
*   'Engineering,-  xxix.  2. 
*  "Iron  Age,-  xxv.,  March  11,  p.  1. 
*  "Man.  |  Builder,"  viii.  166,  169. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  200. 
*   'Engineer,"  1.  191. 
*   'Engineering,"  xxx.  200. 
*   'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4000. 
*   'Engineer,''  1.  192. 
'Engineering,"  xxix.  2. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xxvii.,  Mar   16,  p.  5. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  450. 
*  'Iron  Age,''  xxv.,  March  25,  p.  7. 
*   'Engineer,''  xlvi.  231. 
*  'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2355. 
*   '  Van  Noslrand's  Mag.,"  xxi.  252. 
*  'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Dec.  12,  p.  1. 
*   'Engineer,"1  1.  191. 
*   'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2176. 
*    'Engineer,"  xlv.  457. 
*  'Iron  Ag","  xxvi.,  Oct.  7,  p.  1. 
*  'Eng.  if  Min.  Jour  ,''   xxvii.  93; 
xxix.  151,  372. 
*  "American  Manuf.,"'   xxvi.,  May 
7,  p.  5. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  12,  p   5. 
"Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Dec.  20,  p.  3. 
"Iron  Age  "  xxv.,  April  22,  p.  13. 
"Manuf.  if  Builder,"  xii.  270. 
'English,  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  657. 
*   'Engineer,''  xlii.  62. 
*   'Eng.  $  Min.  Jour.,"  xxx.  315. 
*   'Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  Aug.  14,  p.  1. 
*   'Engineering,"  xxviii.  458. 
*   'Engineering,''  xxix.  318. 
*  '  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3820. 
*   'Am.  Man.."  xxvii.,  Aug.  8,  p.  12. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Oct.  23,  p.  1. 
*  'Am.  Man.,"  July  16,1880,  p.  12. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  110. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2889. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  p.  19. 
"Scientific  Ami-rican,"  xxxix.  338. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2645. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  42. 
*  "Am.  Gas-light  Journal,"  July  3, 
1876,  p.  6. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  308. 
*  "R.  R  Gazette,"  vii.,  opp.  p.  138. 

*  "Appleton's  Encyclopedia,"  vii., 
"Furnace." 

Griffin's  "  Technical  Handicraft." 

*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  404. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  616. 
*  "Manufact.  £  Builder,"  x.  4. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  49. 
*  "Engineer,"  1.  175. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.  ,"  2739. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  318. 
*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1615. 
*  "  Gilmore's  Centennial  Exhibition 
Report,"  ui.  231. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlix  210. 

Lighter,  automatic,  Fox, 
Br  

*  "  Engineer,"  xlv.  29. 
*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  137. 
"Scientific  American,  xxxiv.  88. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv  341. 
*  'Engineering,"  xxv.  325.  410. 
*   'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  111. 
'Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  249. 
*   'Manufact.  if  Builder,"  x.  61. 
'  Telegraphic  Jour.,"  vi.  38,  152. 
*   '  Scientific  American  Sup.,"Zi2S. 
*  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2030,2031. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  901. 
*  "Manufact.  If  Builder,"  x.  132. 
*  "Scientific  Am."  xxxviii.  64,  71, 
147,  186. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1783. 
'  Technologiste,"  xl.  2. 
*  'Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,''  xxv.  112. 
'  Van  Nosl.'s  Mag.,"  xviii.  251. 
'Scientific  American  Su/t.,"  2485. 
'  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  386. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  14,  p.  7. 
'Am.  Man.,"  Feb.  14,  1879,  p.  12. 
'Scientific  American,"  xliii.  1. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  86. 
"Manufact.  Sf  Builder,"1  viii.  88. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  31,  p.  7. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1273. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1301. 
"Am.    Gas-light   Jour.,"  July   3, 
1876,  p.  10. 
*  "Am.    Gas-light  Jour."  July   3, 
1876,  p.  16. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2227. 
*  "Am.   Gas-tight  Jour.,"  July  3, 
1876,  p.  7. 
*  "Am.    Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3, 
1876,  p.  8. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  403. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  168. 
Lnboulaye's  "  Diclionnaire,"  art. 
Eclairage,  tome  iv. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  41. 
*  "Scientific  Amtr.,"  xxxvii.  290. 
*  "Amer.  Gas-light  Jour."  July  3, 
1876,  p.  3. 
*  "Amer.  Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3, 
1876,  p.  6. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1201. 
*  "Manufact.  $  Builder,"  ix.  220. 
*  "Scientific.  American  Sup.,"  29. 
*  "Amer.  Gas-light  Jour."  July  3, 
1876,  p.  19. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1553. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  42. 
"Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  23. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  15. 
"Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  24. 
*  'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  May  4,  p.  1. 
*  'Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  63. 
*   'Manufact.  if  Builder,"  ix.  262. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  31. 
*   'Eng.  4"  Mining  Jour.,"  xxv.  74. 
*  'Min.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  137. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  266. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  836. 
*   'Amer.  Gas  light  Jour.,'1'  July  3, 
1876,  p.  19. 
"Scientific  American  Sup."  1811. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  29. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  197 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1176. 
*  "Amer.  Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3. 
1876,  p.  19. 
*  "Manufact.  if  Builder,"  ix.  220. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiii..  May  1,  p.  15. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1617. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xxvii.,  Jan.  20,  p.  1. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xxvii  .  Mar.  16,  p   1. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  14,  p.  1. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  318. 
*   '  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3820. 
*   'Engineering,"  xxviii   457. 
*  'Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Oct.  23.  p.  1. 
'Am.  Man.,"  July  16,  1880,  p.  12. 
*   'Engineer,"  xlv.  110. 
*   'Amer.  Gas-light  Jour.,"  July  3, 
1876,  p.  4. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  2757* 
*  "Engineer,"  xlix   350. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.t"  914. 

Lighting  of  London  .     . 
Lighting,  origin  of     .     . 
Liquefying,  Caillettt 

Determining  volume  . 
Pictet-Cailletel  .     .     . 
Le  Blanc,  Fr.     .     .     . 
M<i«nus    .         ... 

Picttl    

Paper  on  "Iron  "    .    . 

Solidification     .     .     . 
Machine  (carburetor) 
Maxim      .          ... 
Domestic,  Thomas 
'•Springfield"  .     .     . 
•'  Victor  "      .... 
Main  drill     

Fichet,  Fr  

Frew,  Br  

Grobe   

Hartmann     .     .     .     . 

Illuminatiog     .     .    . 

Main  tapper      .... 
Main  valve,  Isbett  .    .     . 

Minary      

Mutter  4"  Fichet  .     .     . 
Purkes,  Br  

Making,   history  of  im- 
provements, Hull    . 
Meter,  Goodwin   ,    . 

American  Meter  Co.  . 

Indicator,  Pric°, 
Motor.     See  Engine. 
Natural  gas,  use  of. 
Emerson   
Peat,  gas  from  .... 

Pipe,  rule  for  size      .     . 
Portable  works,  Wren    . 
Pressure  gage,  King  .    . 

Price      

Riclcmann     .     .     .     . 
Sie"el   

Siemens    
Smith  

Petroleum,  from  .     .     . 

Palton  

Wren    

Process,  Adams     .    .     . 

Strong  

Tessie  

Wilxon  

Ziebait/i  if  Pulsc/i    .     . 
Gas    and   steam    motor, 

Eicholz      

Giffard,  Hydrogen     . 
Kidd     

At  Baltimore,  Lowe    . 
Petroleum,  Loive   . 
Olney     
Notes  by  Patterson     . 
Petroleum,  Patton 

Petroleum     .     .     .     . 
Pintsch      

Gas     and       water-tight 
cloth,  Herzel  .     .     . 

Gassiot's  cascade  .     .     . 
Generator,  simple      .     . 
Governor,  Goodwin  .     . 

Stott   Br  

For  gas  tanks     .     . 
See  also  regulator. 
Heater,  Griffin      .     .     . 

Hoffman  .    .     .    .    ) 
Uiiffin      .     .     .     .    \ 
For  boiler,  Br.    .     .     . 
For  motor,  Hill      .     . 
Holder,  large     .... 
Berlin  

Producers,  Bicheroux 
Parkes  
Tessie   

Wilson  

Ziebarth  tf  Pulsc/i   .     . 
Prover,  Goodwin  .     .    . 

Purifier,  Brown     .     .     . 
Pe/ouz?  4°  Andouin,  Fr. 
Still          

For  liquid      .... 
Illumination,   On,   Wal- 
lace, Br  
Indicator      

Kiln     

Lantern,  '•  Phare,"  Fr. 

GAS. 


378 


GAS  AND  COKE   FURNACE. 


Regulator *  "Manufact.  if  Builder,"  x.  181. 

A'lams *  "Scientific  American,'1  xxxix.  306. 

Borrodaile      ....   *  "Engineer,''  1.  218. 

"Imperial"       .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1713. 

Steam  boilers,  for, 

Martin    ....  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  262. 

Schoolti/ *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  153. 

Siott,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  210. 

Retorts,  setting      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  348. 

Vertical,  Bennie,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"1  xlii.  176. 

For  machines, 

Kannel  (f  Toivsley     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2. 
Saver,  <le  Patos      .     .     .*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  164. 

Shale,  from "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  112. 

Tar  pump *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1412. 

Tester *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2757. 

Edinburgh     ....      "Scientific  American  Sup. ,"  44. 

Giroucl *  "Manuf.  $  Builder,"  viii.  262. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,-  539. 
Paper  by  Harcourt,  Br.      "  Van  Noslrantl's  Mag.,"  xv.  361. 

*  "Engineer,"'  xlv.  240. 
Newman    Sf     Dues- 

bury,  Br.       .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2177. 
New  York      ....      "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  163. 

Orxat,  Fr *  "Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  3983. 

Saddler  if  Silliman     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  161. 
Scku-ackenhoeftr, 

Austr *  "Engineer,''1  xlv.  95. 

Stevenson,  Br.    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'"  4004. 

Valve *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  *1428, 

*  1439,  *  1552, *  1584,  *  1601. 
Walker *  "Journal  of  Gas  Lighting,''  1877. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1552 

Bryan,  Donkin  ff  Co.  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1526. 
Mann  if  Owen  .     .     .  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,''  15S4. 
Wentwooil  if  Wrig/it    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  16U1. 

Washer  &  Scrubber. 

Anderson,  Br.      .     •.     .  *  "Engineering."  xxviii.  43. 

Patterson,  Br.     ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  313. 

Saville *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1026. 

Well,  "  Delamater  "  .  .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1267. 

Pagers  on "Sr.  Amer.  Sup.,''  90,  439,  757. 

Pennsylvania     .     .     .      "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  196. 

Wyandotte  ....  " Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1427. 

Wood,  from "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  98, 

115. 

See  Boivflitch,  "Analysis,  Technical  Valuation,  Purification 
and  Use  of  Coal  Gas. ' ' 

Colburn's  "The  Gas-works  of  London." 

Perkin's  "Gas  fy  Ventilation." 

Gas'a-lier'.  An  arrangement  of  standard  or 
drop,  with  branches  and  burners,  adapted  for  the 
consumption  of  illuminating  gas.  The  word  is  a 
clumsy  itnitntion  of  chandelier. 

Gas  An'a-ly'zer.  An  instrument  for  deter- 
mining the  presence  and  quantity  of  the  gases  ob- 
tained by  the  destructive  distillation  of  coal. 

The  following  gases  are  produced  :  — 
Ammonia  (N  H3).  Acetylene,  etc.  (C2 H2). 

Sulphureted  hydrogen  (S  H3).    Carbonic  oxide  (CO). 
Carbonic  acid  (C  02).  Light    carbureted    hydrogen 

Air,  or  oxygen  and" nitrogen.  (C  H4). 

Bisulphide  of  carbon  (C  S2).       Hydrogen  (H.) 
Olefiant  Gas  (C2II4). 

The  first  four  of  these  gases  on  the  list,  although  often 
present  in  well-made  gas,  are  generally  considered  impuri- 
ties, and  by  right  should  not  be  there. 

The  first  analysis  is  qualitative  to  ascertain  presence,  to 
determine  the  order  of  precedence  in  the  removal.  The  ap- 
paratus admits  the  gas  to  be  bubbled  up  through  the  liquid 
charged  with  reagent. 

The  following  reagents  are  used  in  the  various  tests  :  — 

1.  Dilute  sulphuric  acid.  8.  Solution  sub-chloride  cop- 

2.  Solution  nitrate  silver.  per    in   hydrochloric 

3.  Solution  arsenious  acid.  acid. 

4.  Solution  iodine.  9.  Lime  water. 

5.  Bromine  10.  Red  litmus  water. 

6.  Solution  caustic  potassa.        11.  Solution  acetate  lead. 

7.  Solution    pyrogallate    po- 

tassa. 

See  "American  Gas-light  Journal,'1'  reproduced  in  part  in 
*  " Scientific  American  Supplement,''1  1767. 

Gas  and  Air  Mix'er.  An  instrument  de- 
signed to  mix  a  given  proportion  of  air  with  gas 
made  from  petroleum,  or  its  residuums,  or  tar,  oil, 
rosin,  or  any  rich  hydro-carbon,  so  as  to  produce 
the  best  results  from  the  combustion  of  either, 
through  ordinary  gas  burners.  Gas  60,  air  40,  is 
the  usual  proportion. 


Gas  and  Coke  Fur-nace.  Many  attempts 
have  been  made  to  obtain  at  the  same  time  and 
operation  gas  for  lighting  and  coke  for  metallurgi- 
cal operations,  by  coking  the  coal  in  closed  fur- 
naces, from  which  the  gas  was  conducted  to  the  hy- 
draulic main. 

Pauwels,  in  1849,  established  an  apparatus  of  this  kind  at 
Ivry,  in  the  suburbs  of  Paris,  and  his  plan  was  subsequently 
improved  by  Pe'rate',  resulting  in  the  arrangement  now  used 
at  Vilette,  Paris,  and  elsewhere.  See  Plates  XVI.,  XVII. 

The  distillation  chamber  is  constructed  of  brick,  and  is  of 
•sufficient  size  to  contain  6000  kilos  of  coal.  It  is  open  at 
each  extremity,  and  the  sole  is  horizontal.  The  r.oal  is 
brought  in  wagons,  which  run  on  rails  placed  above  the  bat- 
tery of  parallel  chambers,  in  order  to  be  discharged  into  the 
chamber  at  an  opening  provided  in  the  arched  ceiling. 
Workmen  spread  it  evenly  over  the  floor  to  the  height  of  the 
springing  of  the  arch,  equal  to  0.60  to  0.70  m.  of  depth. 

The  sole  of  the  furnace  is  heated  by  the  circulation  of 
flame  beneath  it,  and  serves,  while  the  chamber  is  being 
recharged,  as  a  reservoir  of  the  heat  produced  during  the 
latter  part  of  the  preceding  operation.  There  is  but  one  fire 
to  each  chamber. 

The  chambers  are  placed  side  by  side  and  are  closed  at 
each  extremity  by  an  iron  door,  working  in  fixed  iron  guides 
on  the  jambs  of  the  furnace  mouth,  and  luted  with  fire-clay 
during  the  operation. 

The  gas  escapes  by  a  pipe  T,  which  pierces  the  vault  and 
communicates  with  a  general  conduit,  a  hydraulic  valve  H 
preventing  back-lash  of  gas  when  the  chamber  is  opened  for 
recharging. 

The  distillation  of  a  charge,  containing  5  or  6  tonnes,  oc- 
cupies 72  hours.  When  it  is  terminated,  the  doors  are  un- 
damped, the  luting  removed,  and  the  hydraulic  valve  fas- 
tened down.  The  free  gas  in  the  chamber  escaping  around 
the  doors  is  lighted,  and  the  doors  are  lifted  by  means  of  a 
winch,  which  travels  on  rails  above  each  face  of  the  bat- 
tery of  chambers.  These  rails  are  founded  on  the  iron  stay- 
structure,  of  the  furnace  front. 

The  coke  is  removed  by  a  pushing  apparatus  which,  enter- 
ing at  one  doorway,  —  that  to  the  right  in  the  longitudinal 
vertical  section,  —  crowds  the  coke  out  at  the  other  door 
on  to  a  stone  or  iron  floor  which  is  on  a  level  with  the  sole 
of  the  coke  chamber.  This  floor  is  subdivided  by  walls  in 
prolongation  of  the  divisional  walls  between  the  respective 
chambers,  and  which  are  about  the  height  occupied  by  the 
coke  when  in  the  chamber.  These  walls  form  a  sort  of  cell 
for  the  coke  into  which  it  is  pushed  and  where  it  is  smothered 
by  a  covering  of  cinders  and  allowed  to  cool  for  24  hours. 

The  figures  in  Plates  XVI.,  XVII.,  represent  the  Pauwels- 
P(5rate  system  as  applied  at  Villette,  Paris. 

Fig.  1140  is  a  vertical  transverse  section  on  the  line  A1  B', 
Fig.  1143,  and  passing  through  the  axis  of  the  charging 
hole  c  by  which  coal  is  introduced  into  the  chamber  c. 
Above  it  is  seen  the  wagon  win  which  the  coal  is  brought, 
and  which  runs  upon  the  rails. 

Fig.  1141  is  a  transverse  vertical  section  following  the  line 
A,  B,  c,  D,  Fig.  1143.  It  passes  through  the  furnace  F,  and 
shows  the  diving  flues  v  v,  to  the  flues  X  X,  leading  to  the 
chimney  Y,  which  is  common  to  all  the  furnaces  in  the  bat- 
tery. Dampers  are  placed  in  the  diving  flues  to  regulate  the 
draft. 

Fig.  1142  is  a  front  elevation  at  the  end  where  the  coke 
pusher  is  operated,  the  right  hand  in  the  longitudinal  verti- 
cal section. 

Fig.  1143  is  a  vertical  longitudinal  section  through  the 
center  of  the  chamber  and  the  furnace  beneath.  It  shows 
the  entrance  conduit  G  for  the  coal  ;  the  pipe  T,  by  which 
the  gas  escapes  from  the  chamber  and  the  hydraulic  valve  H 
which  isolates  the  gas  conduits  from  the  chamber  when  the 
latter  is  recharging,  w  shows  the  coal  wagon  on  the  track 
and  W  an  empty  wagon  on  another  pair  of  rails.  The 
winches,  K  K,  move  on  their  respective  tracks  above  the 
front  and  rear  faces  of  the  battery,  and  serve  to  lift  the 
heavy  iron  doors  which  close  the  ends  of  the  chambers  of 
distillation. 

Fig.  1144,  Plate  XVII.,  is  a  plan  passing  on  a  line  just  be- 
neath the  sole  of  the  chamber  and  above  the  furnace.  It  in- 
dicates the  circulation  of  the  flames  under  the  sole.  The 
draft  passes  along  the  center  and  reverts  back  along  each  side, 
as  shown  by  the  arrows  at  the  end  of  the  division  walls, 
MM.  Y  rare  the  diving  flues  leading  to  the  flues  X  X  and 
chimnev,  Y,  previously  mentioned.  The  brick  pillars  a  a  sup- 
port the  sole,  like  those  in  the  Roman  hypocaustum,  which, 
in  fact  the  furnace  arrangement  much  resembles.  See  Fig. 
2829,  p.  1160,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Figs.  1145  and  1146  show  the  coke  discharger,  the  first- 
named  figure  being  a  plan  view  and  the  other  an  elevation. 
The  discharger  has  two  principal  portions  ;  the  lower  one,  P', 
resting  upon  several  pairs  of  wheels,  R  R,  of  which  one  pair 
only  is  shown  in  the  views,  in  order  to  bring  the  illustration 
within  reasonable  space.  By  means  of  these  wheels  and  the 
rails,  T,  the  coke-pusher  is  brought  opposite  to  any  one  of 


FIG.  1140. 
front  Elevation 


FIG.  1141.  FIG.  1142. 

Transverse  Vertical  Sections. 


FIG.  1143.      Vertical  Longitudinal  Section. 


PLATE  XVI.  PAUWEL-PERATE  GAS  AND  COKE  FURNACE,  VILLETTE   PARIS.  Seepage  378,  379. 


FIG.  1144.     Horizontal  Stction  tkrough  Furnace. 


l"io.  1145.     5irfe  Elevation  of  Coke  Discharger. 


FlG.  1146.     Plan  of  Coke  Discharger. 


PAUWEL-PfiRATH:   GAS   AND  COKE   FURNACE,  VILLETTE,  PARIS          See 


pages  378,  379. 


GAS  AND  COKE  FURNACE. 


379 


GAS  BLOW-PIPE. 


the  coke  chambers,  and,  the  doors  of  the  latter  being  open, 
the  upper  portion,  P,  of  the  apparatus,  armed  at  the  end 
\vith  a  shield,  B,  is  projected  by  means  of  the  cranks,  M M, 
and  the  gearing,  acting  upon  a  rack,  (f.  The  pusher,  P, 
slides  upon  rollers  on  the  carriage,  P',  and  the  shield,  B,  has 
rollers  at  its  ends  which  guide  it  in  the  coke-chainber  to 
prevent  its  injuring  the  walls. 

The  coke  oven  of  McLanahan  &  Co. ,  Hollidaysburg,  Pa., 
seems  to  be  somewhat  on  this  plan.  Each  chamber  or  oven 
is  22"  X  3'  and  7'  high,  and  a  row  of  them  looks  like  an  ar- 
cade. The  bottom  and  sides  of  the  ovens  are  combustion 
chiunliers,  in  which  is  burned  the  gas  liberated  from  the  coke. 
The  ovens  are  closed  by  iron  doors  at  the  ends. 

The  ovens  are  charged  by  hopper-filling  trucks,  which  run 
on  rails  above  the  ovens  ;  two  filling  holes  to  each  oven 
aid  in  distributing  the  coal.  The  discharge  is  effected  by  a 
steam  ram,  which  moves  to  and  fro  on  a  railway  in  front 
of  the  ovens.  At  the  end  of  a  long  rack  is  a  head  which  fits 
the  oven,  and  this  is  pushed  by  powerful  gearing,  and  expels 
the  coke  at  the  opposite  doorway,  the  coke  being  left  on  the 
cooling  ground  at  the  other  side  of  the  oven.  The  ram  being 
then  withdrawn,  the  doors  closed,  the  covers  taken  from  the 
filling  holes,  the  oven  is  recharged  before  it  has  had  time  to 
cool.  The  charge  of  an  oven  is  8  tons,  and  it  is  coked  in  72 
hours,  the  time  occupied  by  the  ovens  at  Villette.  The  prod- 
uce is  6  tons  of  coke. 

" Scientific  American  Supplement" 107. 

Gas  and  Steam  Mo'tor.  A  machine  opera- 
ting through  the  combined  forces  of  compressed  gas 
and  steam. 

Simon's  motor  combines  air,  compressed  gas,  and  steam 
The  two  former  are  aspirated  and  compressed  in  a  cylinder, 
where  they  are  mixed,  and  whence  they  pass  into  the  motor 
cylinder  above  a  jet  of  gas  kept  constantly  burning.  There 
they  burst  into  flame,  burn  without  explosion,  and  increas- 


Fig.  1147. 


ing  in  volume  by  heat,  act  upon  the  piston.  The  heat  that 
they  contain,  on  escaping  from  the  cylinder,  is  utilized  in 
the  production  of  steam  in  a  generator  of  special  form.  This 
steam,  admitted  into  the  motor  cylinder  at  the  same  time  as 
the  mixture  of  the  air  and  gas,  considerably  increases  in  ex- 
pansive power,  and  serves  at  the  same  time  to  lubricate  the 
sides  of  the  cylinder. 

The  cylinder  for  compressing  the  gases  and  the  motor  cyl- 
inder are  placed  each  at  one  of  the  extremities  of  the  frame, 
and  are  each  connected  with  the  opposite  ends  of  a  walking- 
beam  situated  beneath.  At  the  extremity  of  the  lever,  and 
at  the  side  of  the  compression  cylinder,  is  attached  the  crank 
which  actuates  the  driving  shaft.  The  steam  generator  is 
situated  in  the  center,  between  the  motor  and  compressing 
cylindon. 

In  the  great  variety  of  motors  acting  by  expansible  gases 
and  air,  the  three — air,  gas,  and  steam — have  been  com- 
bined in  numerous  ways.  The  history  of  the  subject  has 
been  sketched  in  GAS  ENGINE,  pp.  947-949,  "Mech.  Diet.''1 
See  also  HAS  ENGINE,  p.  381,  et  seq.,  infra. 

See  also  GAS,  STEAM,  AND  AIR  MOTOR,  infra. 

*  "Scientific  American  Supplement  " 2889. 

Gas  and  Wa'ter-tight  Cloth. 

A  large,  smooth  piece  of  so-called  gutta-percha  paper  is 
placed  between  two  pieces  of  shirting,  and  then  passed  be- 
tween heated  rollers.  The  outer  pieces  of  shirting  combine 
in  the  most  intimate  way  with  the  inclosed  gutta-percha  to 
form  a  material  which  is  impenetrable  by  gas  and  water.  It 
may  be  made  still  denser  and  more  resistant  by  being  coated 
on  both  sides  with  copal  lac.  The  substance  is  conveniently 


flexible,  and  will  remain  proof  against  variable  influences  of 
weather  and  external  temperature.  It  can  be  applied  to  all 
those  purposes  for  which  water-proof  material  is  used,  and 
it  is  well  adapted  to  form  gas-tight  membranes  for  regulators 
of  pressure  of  compressed  gas,  bags  or  sacks  tor  dry  gas  me- 
ters, as  also  dry  gas  reservoirs.  —  Dr.  Hirzel,  of  Leipsic. 

Hirzel "Scientific  American,"1  xxxix.  338. 

"Iron  Age,'1'1  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  19. 

Gas  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The  Lowe  gas-producing 
apparatus  is  shown  in  Fig.  1148. 

Beginning  on  the  left,  the  consecutive  appara- 
tus are  —  the  generator,  super-heater,  washer,  and 
scrubber. 

The  operation  is  as  follows  :  — 

The  generator  is  kindled  through  door  at  base ;  charged 


Fig.  1148. 


Lowe's  Gas  Apparatus. 


with  anthracite  from  top  and  closed  ;  the  valve  at  top  of 
super-heater  being  opened,  and  outlet  at  right  of  same  closed. 

Blast  is  applied  below  grate  bars  of  generator,  which,  pass- 
ing upward  through  same,  and  downward  by  connecting 
pipe,  enters  base  of  super-heater  and  passes  upward  through 
the  perforated  arch  and  the  mass  of  loose  fire-brick  out  into 
smoke-stack. 

The  ga?es  thus  carried  from  the  coal  into  bottom  of  super- 
heater are  met  there  and  ignited  by  an  air-blast,  evolving  an 
intense  heat.  When  the  anthracite  is  at  cherry  red,  the  sec- 
ond is  white  hot. 

The  blast  is  then  shut  off,  top  of  super-heater  closed,  and 
its  outlet  opened.  Hot  steam  is  introduced  below  into  the 
incandescent  coal,  while  crude  petroleum,  led  through 
trapped  pipes,  is  simultaneously  dropped  thereon  from  above. 
The  resulting  gases  pass  off  together  into  and  through  the 
super-heated  tire-brick,  by  contact  therewith  being  made 
permanent,  and  thence  go  through  washer,  scrubber,  etc.,  to 
holder. 

Melville's  process,  1805-1813,  is  among  the  earliest  in  the 
history  of  the  industry,  and  is  shown  in  "American  Gas-light 
Journal,'-  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  9. 

See  CARBURETOR,  GAS  MACHINE,  etc.  See  list  under  GAS, 
supra. 

Gas  Bag.  (Gas.)  A  device  to  stop  the  flow  of 
gas  in  a  pipe  or  main  during  repairs  or  alterations. 
A  hole  is  tapped,  the  collapsed  bag  inserted,  and 
then  inflated  by  means  of  the  service  cleaner  or 
other  air-pump.  They  are  made  with  or  without 
valves,  either  of  rubber  or  of  cloth. 

Gas  Bath.  See  BATH  HEATER,  Figs.  243,  244, 
pp.  82,  83,  supra. 

Gas  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.).  One  which  has 
two  platinum  or  other  electrodes,  one  in  oxygen, 
and  the  other  in  hydrogen,  in  two  inverted  cups, 
their  edges  submerged  in  acidulated  water. 

Invention  of  Grove.  See  elaborate  form  of  the  apparatus, 
Fig.  37,  p.  2526.  "Scientific  American  Supplement." 

Ganofs  "Physirs,"  *  1877,  p.  729. 

du  Moncel,  Paris.  1856,  p.  122. 

Noad,  London,  1859,  p  293. 

See  also  BEQUEKEI  BATTERY  for  his  oxygen  gas  battery, 
which  was  the  first  constant  battery,  the  first  double  fluid 
battery,  and  the  first  to  use  a  porous  cell. 

See  dissertation  on  Gas  Batteries,  Niaudet,  American  trans- 
lation, 242. 

Gas  Blpw'-pipe.  Fig.  1149  shows  Wenham's 
gas  blow-pipe,  as  adapted  for  the  mouth  blast  or 
foot  bellows. 

D  is  the  elastic  pipe  connecting  with  an  ordinary  gas 
burner,  and  F  the  elastic  tube  carrying  air  from  the  mouth 
or  bellows.  A  is  a  brass  tube  into  which  the  gas  nipple  C 


GAS  BLOW-PIPE. 


380 


GAS  COMPENSATOR, 


and  air-jet  E  intrude.  G  is  a  split  ferrule  which  slips  on 
the  tube  A  and  regulates  the  area  of  air  opening  according 
to  the  supply  of  gas. 

When  there  is  a  full  supply  of  gas,  and  these  orifices  are 
quite  open,  with  a  strong  mouth  blast,  the  spire  of  tlanie  is- 
suing from  the  end  at  B  will  be  4"  or  5"  in  length,  perfectly 

Fig.  1149. 


Gas  B'.ow-pipe. 

stationary  and  quiet,  and  ending  in  a  fine  point.  If  the  heat 
be  too  great  for  the  purpose  required,  and  the  gas  supply  has 
to  be  turned  down,  the  air-regulating  ferrule  (i  must  also  be 
drawn  back,  else  the  flame  will  be  extinguished.  U'hen 
properly  adjusted,  either  for  maximum  or  minimum  heats, 
this  instrument  in  either  cage  gives  the  required  pointed 
flame,  and  as  the  orifice  of  the  air  jet  at  E  is  rather  smaller 
than  that  generally  used  in  an  ordinary  mouth  blow-pipe,  a 
continuous  blast  can  easily  be  kept  up  without  intermission. 

Diameter  of  nozzle  orifice  at  £,  .23"  :  four  openings  at 
base,  .23";  diameter  of  orifice  gas  at  nipple  at  C,  .01"  ;  ori- 
fice of  air  or  blow-pipe  jet  E,  .02". 

See  also  BRAZING  BLOW-PIPE,  Fig.  421,  p.  130,  supra;  and 
Fig.  2165,  p.  946,  "Mec/i.  Die/." 

Gas  Boil'er.  1.  A  form  of  steam  boiler  in 
which  coal  gas  is  used  as  fuel.  In  the  coal  and 
petroleum  regions,  especially  the  latter,  there  are 
instances  of  the  escape  of  natural  pas  which  are 
largely  used  in  steam  boilers  and  metallurgic  fur- 
naces. See  p.  944,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Otherwise,  the  gas  boiler  is  usually  a  small  vertical  boiler 
in  which  gas  is  used  instead  of  other  fnel,  for  various  reas- 
ons: compactness,  ...„ 

cleanliness,  saving  in 
insurance,  conven- 
ience of  starting  fire, 
easiness  of  regulation. 
To  keep  the  boiler  at 
a  uniform  working 
temperature,  or  just 
to  keep  up  steam,  or 
draw  the  fire,  very 
small  amount  of  at- 
tendance is  necessary. 

Under  CROSS-TUBE 
BOILER,  VERTICAL 
BoiLER,suitable  forms 
of  boilers  are  shown. 

2.  A  small  boil- 
er for  bath,  con- 
servatory, or  (lo- 
rn e  s  t  i  c  uses. 
When  used  for 

green-houses   it  is  portMe  Gas  Boiler 

fixed  outside   the 

house,  and  the  upper  and  lower  portions  of  the 
boiler  are  connected  by  wrought-irou  pipes  in  which 
the  water  circulates, 
as  in  the  ordinary 
water  heater.  In  the 
form  shown  the  boiler 
is  portable,  andhas  an 
enamel  lining. 

Gas  Burn'er.  Fig. 
1151  is  Stockwell's 
self-lighting  gas  burn- 
er. It  has  a  chamber 
with  a  coiled  strip  of 
paper,  on  which  are 
dots  of  fulminating 
compound.  By  turning 
the  key,  the  paper 
coil  is  partly  unrolled, 
and  a  pellet  exposed 
to  the  action  of  a 
spring  hammer  at  B  Self_tigkltn 
which  causes  a  flash 
and  thus  ignites  the  gas  instantly. 


Fig.  1151. 


A  is  a  bent  piece  of  metal,  the  lower  portion  of  which  en- 
ters a  slot  in  the  rear  wall  of  the  chamber,  and  has  a  pro- 
jection below  at  right  angles,  which  enters  a  circular  hole  in 
the  disk,  so  that  the  rotating  of  the  latter,  in  one  way  or  the 
other,  by  the  key,  causes  said  piece  to  ascend  or  de  cend. 
The  square  upper  end  of  the  piece  presses  against  the  tape, 
and  consequently  raises  and  unwinds  the  same,  as  the  key  is 
turned  vertically.  At  the  same  time,  the  piece  A  pushes 
b:ick  the  spring  hammer  H,  until  tlie  bend  in  the  former  at 
C  is  reached,  at  which  point  the  hammer  is  released  and  car- 
ried forward  by  the  spring,  strikes  one  of  the  dots  of  fulmi- 
nate, explodes  the  same,  and  so  lights  the  gas.  The  arrange- 
ment of  parts  is  such  that  the  hammer  does  not  fall  until 
just  as  the  key  is  placed  so  as  to  turn  the  gas  fully  on,  which 
insures  ignition.  Each  roll  of  tape  contains  135  fulminate 
dots. 

Chaussenot:s gas-burner,  adjudged  the  prize  de  la  "  Socu'te' 
d'Encouragement,1'  1836,  is  described  in  Laboidaye's  "  Dic- 
tionnaire  dm  Arts  el  Manufactures,"  ed.  1877,  article  "Ectair- 
age,'1'-  tome  iv. 

Parissot's,  ditto. 

See  also *"  Scientific -American  Sup.,'"  2772. 

For  heating,  Ekret     .     .  *  •'  Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  460. 

McUiorge      ....  *  " Scientific  American,'-  xliii.  312. 

Self  regulating, 

McMillan    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  4 

Paper  by  Pattinson     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  291. 

Sugg,  Br *  "-Scientific.  American  Sup.,''  3963. 

Argand,  Sugg,  Br       .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  106. 

And  lantern,  Sugg,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  142. 
Self  lighting,  Stoaneell.  *  "Trlegrapkie  Journal,"1  vi.  243 

*  ''Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  211. 

See  also  BUNSEN  BURNER,  p.  146,  and  BURNER,  p.  147,  supra, 
and  p.  2411,  "Meek  Diet."1 

Gas  Bur'ner  Reg'u-la'tor.  A  device  to  cause 
a  constant  delivery  to  the  jet  notwithstanding 
changes  in  pressure  in  the  main.  It  is  usually  a 
hollow  cone  lifted  by  the  pressure  of  gas  and  pro- 
truding into  a  hole  in  the  septum  which  divides  the 
chamber  from  the  burner. 

*"  Scientific.  American  Supplement" 2291 

Gas  Check.  A  ring  at  the  rear  of  the  cham- 
ber of  a  cannon  which  prevents  the  escape  of  gas 
rearwardlv  in  breech-loading  guns.  Also  known 
as  an  obturator. 

Broadive/l's,  Fig  60,  Appendix  L,  "Ordnance  Report,'' 
1877,  copper  and  steel  gas  check.  App.  II,  4  *  Ibid.,  1879,  p. 
74. 

*  "Engineer" xlvi.  439. 

Gas  Cloth.  See  GAS  AND  WATER  TIGHT 
CLOTH,  supra. 

Gas  Cock.  Fig.  1152  shows  Peck's  gas  cock  for 
burners  of  street  lamps.  It  is  conical  in  shape,  is 
not  held  and  adjusted  by  the  usual  end  screw,  but 

Fig.  1152. 


Gas  Burner. 


Gas  Cock  for  Street  Lamps. 


is  forced  to  its  seat  by  a  spring  beneath  the  cap, 
which  is  itself  held  by  a  clamping  screw.  The  ob- 
ject is  to  give  the  spigot  the  required  fit,  and  to  pre- 
vent its  being  tampered  with  in  order  to  make  it 
easy  to  turn. 

Gas  Com-pen-sa'tor.     (Gas.)    An  aid  to  the 
governor,  in  order  to  maintain  equal  pressure  (or 


GAS  COMPENSATOR. 


381 


GAS  ENGINE. 


vacuum,  as  the  case  may  be)  in  the  action  of  the 
exhauster.  The  latter  is  assumed  to  he  of  a  ca- 
pacity in  excess  of  the  possible  need,  and  its  action 
under  the  circumstances  of  the  varying  production 
of  gas,  in  different  seasons,  portions  of  the  day, 
during  the  changing  of  retorts,  etc.,  requires  auto- 
matic compensation.  For  this  purpose  it  has  a 
governor,  compensator,  and  bye-pass. 

Fig.  1153  shows  a  convenient  disposition  of  the  whole  ap- 
paratus arranged  in  compact  form  upon  a  single  bed  plate. 
Made  on  a  scale  for  works  of  moderate  size  it  occupies  but 
5'  X  o'  space  in  the  exhauster  room  and  includes  engine,  ex- 
hauster, governor,  compensator  and  bye-pass. 

The  exhaust  fan  is  driven  by  the  engine  on  the  right,  the 
fly-wheel  shown  in  the  cut  being  upon  the  fan  shaft.  Above 
the  ca«e  is  the  governor,  in  which  is  a  bell  raised  by  the  pres- 
sure of  gas  beneath  it  and  by  means  of  the  vertical  stem  and 
counterbalanced  lever  operating  the  throttle  valve  of  the 
engine.  When  the  pressure  under  the  bell  in  the  governor 

Fig.  1153. 


Gas  Compensator  and  Allied  Apparatus. 

becomes  greater  owing  to  the  increased  production  of  gag, 
the  bell  rises  and  the  steam  valve  is  opened  by  the  means 
cited,  accelerating  the  motion  of  the  exhaust  fan.  See  also 
GAS  GOVERNOR. 

The  compensator  is  an  aid  to  the  same  main  result,  but  has 
no  action  upon  the  engine.  Its  duty  is  as  an  accessory  in 
CUSPS  where  the  exhauster  is  running  at  a  rate  beyond  the 
supply  of  gas  to  support,  and  its  immediate  duty  is  to  open  a 
valve  in  the  chamber  at  mid-length  of  the  bye-pass,  and  so 
throw  the  portions  of  the  main  at  the  respective  sides  of 
the  exhauster  into  communication.  The  effect  is  to  allow 
the  gas  to  circulate  around  the  exhauster  and  equalize  the 
pressure  on  both  sides  to  a  certain  extent. 

Passing  into  the  base  of  the  compensator  is  seen  a  pipe 
carrying  gas.  The  weight  of  the  bell  within  is  compensated 
by  the  lever  arms  above,  the  weights  being  slipped  towards 
or  from  their  fulcra  according  to  the  adjustment  required. 

Gas  Com-press'ing  Pump.  Pumps  for  con- 
densing gas  for  car-lighting  purposes  are  used  by 
the  Pennsylvania  Railway,  storing  the  gas  in  tanks 
9'  ll£"  long,  12"  diameter,  with  cubic  capacity  of 
12,995".  The  gas  is  obtained  from  the  city  main 
and  condensed  to  a  pressure  of  300  Ibs.  per  square 
inch.  From  these  it  is  conducted  to  reservoirs  un- 
der the  cars. 

*"  Engineering  " xxiii.  397. 

Eotivtt *  "Scientific  American,'-  xxxviii.  73. 

Eriisii *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  300. 

See  also  GAS  LIQUEFACTION  APPARATUS. 

Gas  Con-deii'ser.  (Gas.)  The  multitubular 
condenser  is  an  apparatus  for  condensing  the  tar 
from  the  gas. 


It  consists  of  a  cast-iron  box,  or  series  of  boxes,  with  two 
horizontal  diaphragms  or  partitions,  one  near  the  top,  and 
the  other  near  the  bottom  ;  the  upper  and  lower  spaces  thus 
formed  are  connected  by  cast-iron  pipes,  usually  about  4"  in 
diameter,  placed  as  closely  together  as  possible.  The  middle 
space  of  the  box  is  filled  with  water,  surrounding  the  pipes. 

A  series  of  boxes  is  thus  arranged  side  by  side,  the  gas  is 
admitted  into  the  lower  space  and  passes  up  through  the 
pipes  to  the  upper  space  ;  from  there  it  goes  to  the  top  space 
of  the  next  box,  down  the  pipes  to  the  bottom  space,  thence 
into  the  next  box,  up  the  pipes,  and  so  on,  thus  traveling  up 
one  set  and  down  the  other  until  the  temperature  of  the  gas 
is  reduced  sufficiently  low  by  the  water  surrounding  the 
pipes  to  cause  the  tar,  etc.,  to  be  deposited  in  the  lower 
space,  from  which  the  tar  is  run  off  into  cisterns  constructed 
for  the  purpose.  The  water  surrounding  the  pipes  is  ad- 
mitted from  the  end  of  the  series  of  boxes  opposite  to  that 
at  which  the  gas  enters,  so  that  the  water  surrounding  the 
pipes  through  which  the  gus  first  passes  is  the  warmest  (the 
heat  having  been  acquired  by  the  flow  of  gas),  and  that  at 
the  end  where  the  gas  leaves  the  condenser  is  the  coolest. 
In.  this  way  the  cooling  of  the  gas  goes  on  gradually,  and  is 
not  too  sudden  in  its  change  of  temperature  at  any  point, 
and  the  rapidity  of  cooling  is  easily  controlled  by  regulating 
the  amount  of  fresh  water  admitted  to  the  condenser 

This  form  of  condenser  is  largely  used  in  this  country, 
but  is  almost  unknown  in  Europe,  where,  ass  general  thing, 
the  temperature  of  the  air  is  relied  upon  to  cool  the  gas, 
which  is  passed  through  pipes  exposed  to  the  air  out  of  doors 
for  the  purpose.  The  great  advantage  of  the  multitubular 
method  is  the  control  it  gives  to  the  rate  of  cooling. 

Herring  if  Floyd's  multitubular  condenser,  "American 
Gas-light  Journal,"  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  13. 

Mackenzie's  surface  condenser  with  bye-pass,  Ibid.,  p  12. 

Cross *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  22. 

Pelouse  4"  Andouin,  Fr.  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  489. 

Gas  Con-duct'or.  (Metallurgy.)  The  down- 
cast shaft  at  the  side  of  a  blast  furnace,  leading  the 
heated  gases  from  the  top  of  the  furnace  to  the  hot- 
blast  oven  (B,  Fig.  2588,  p.  1134,  "Mech.  Diet."), 
for  heating  the  feed  air  of  the  furnace.  Four  such 
downtak'  s  are  shown  in  Fig.  5222,  p.  2223,  Ibid. 

Gas  De-tect'or.  (Fr.  cherche:fuites.)  A  torch 
for  detection  of  leaking  joints  in  pipes  or  gas  appa- 
ratus. 

Gas  Drip  Pump.    A   plumber's  hand-pump, 
for  removing  water 
of  condensation  col- 
lected in  gas  piping. 

Gas      E-con'o- 
mi-zer.    A   carbu- 
retor  for  enriching 
gas   by    passing     it 
through     a     hydro- 
carbon liquid.     F  is 
the    pipe    from   the 
meter,    and    o    the 
pipe  leading  to  the! 
burners.    A  float,  D,  ' 
slides  upon  a  tube, 
E,  and  rests  upon  the 
hydro-carbon   liquid 
in    the    chamber  A. 
The  gas  is  driven  in 
the  direction  of  the 
arrows,  through  the 
hydro-carbon,  being  enriched  in  its  passage,  and  has 
always  the  same  quantity  of  liquid  to  rise  through, 
as  the   edge   of  the  float  D  is  equally  submerged 
whatever  the  depth  of  liquid. 
Gas  saver,  de  Palos  .     .    .    "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  164. 

Gas  En'gine.  Gas  engines  are  divisible  into 
two  systems  :  — 

1.  That  system  in  which  the  expansive  force  of 
the  gases  acts  directly  upon  the  piston  and,  through 
this,  upon  the  other  moving  parts,  as  in  the  Lenoir 
and  Hugon  engines,  and 

2.  That   in   which   the  force  of  the   explosion 
urges  the  piston  (which  for  the  moment  is  free) 
until  a  partial  vacuum  is  created   below  it,  when 
the  atmospheric  pressure  is  brought  to  act,  and  at 


Fig.  1153. 


Economizer. 


GAS    ENGINE. 


382 


GAS  ENGINE. 


the  return  stroke  produces  the  effective  work.  This 
includes  the  Otto  and  Langen  engine. 

The  upright  Otto-Langen  gas  used  at  the  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition  of  1876  has  been  superseded  by 
the  Otto  horizontal  gas-engine. 

In  the  Otto-L<tnrjen  engine  conl  gas  and  air  are 
mixed  in  such  proportions  as  to  give  a  mildly  ex- 
plosive compound,  and  are  admitted  under  a  piston 
which  slides  air-tight  in  a  vertical  cylinder  open  at 
top. 

The  piston-rod  urges  the  shaft  only  in  an  intermittent 
manner  ;  it  is  geared  to  a  pinion  on  the  shaft  which  en- 
gages the  shaft  by  means  of  a  friction  pulley  only  on  the 
down  stroke.  On  the  up  stroke  the  piston  is  driven  vio- 
lently by  the  expansive  force  of  the  gases  till  the  pressure  of 
the  mixed  products  equals  the  atmospheric  pressure,  and  is 
carried  beyond  this  point  by  acquired  momentum.  It  stops 
only  when  the  work  of  the  atmospheric  resistance  has  ab- 
sorbed the  accumulated  work  in  the  piston.  There  results 
a  rarefaction  under  the  piston,  so  the  down  stroke  is  urged 
by  atmospheric  pressure  aided  by  the  weight  of  the  piston. 
This  descent  is  the  effective  stroke  of  the  engine,  for  it  is 
only  then  that  the  piston-rod  is  connected  to  the  driving- 
shaft. 

A  variable  automatic  governor  is  attached.  The  piston-rod 
has  teeth  on  one  side  working  in  a  pinion,  and  is  steadied  by 
slides  on  the  other  side. 

"  This  method  of  employing  the  effects  of  the  explosion 
only  indirectly  has  yielded  good  results  economically  ;  af- 
fording one-horse  power  for  a  consumption  of  one  cubic 
meter  of  gas  per  hour,  in  place  of  2.7  m.,  as  in  the  Lenoir 
and  Hugon  engines.  But  the  noise  of  the  engine,  as  in  the 
former  cases,  is  quite  unendurable,  and  has  led  to  its  rejec- 
tion." —  "Armengaud." 

Fig.  1154. 


Otto  Gas  Engine. 

The  Otto  gas  engine  consists  mainly  of  a  jacketed 
cylinder,  with  piston,  slide  valve,  and  governor, 
having  a  cut-off  mechanism  to  regulate  the  supply 
of  gas  according  to  the  varying  load  on  the  engine. 
The  pressure  utilized  for  the  production  of  the 
power  is  generated  in  the  cylinder,  and  at  once 
used  therein  to  propel  the  piston.  This  pressure  is 
due  to  the  combustion  of  a  mixture  of  common 
coal  gas  and  air,  which  is  ignited  by  a  small  flame, 
carried  from  a  burning  gas  jet  outside  into  the  cyl- 
inder by  the  motion  of  the  slide.  A  small  part 
only  of  the  charge  is  combustible,  which,  on  igni- 
tion, serves  to  expand  the  remainder,  thus  avoiding 
the  shock,  due  to  explosion  of  the  whole  charge. 

In  the  Otto  engine  (as  also  in  the  Simon)  the 
mixture  of  air  and  gas  is  compressed  before  ex- 
plosion, so  that  the  initial  pressure  at  the  moment 
of  ignition  is  12  atmospheres. 

"  The  two  ideas  of  previous  compression  of  the  mixed 
gases  and  a  gradual  combustion,  instead  of  a  violent  explo- 
sion, distinguish  the  improved  engines  from  the  old  forms. 
[Hugon  and  Lenoir.] 

The  Otto  engine  resembles  externally  a  single  acting  steam 
engine.  It  has  a  single  horizontal  cylinder,  open  at  one  end 
and  closed  at  the  other,  with  a  head  furnished  on  the  inner 
side  with  a  conical  cavity.  The  piston  is  connected  by  a 
crank  with  the  shaft  of  the  fly-wheel.  Behind  the  cylinder 
is  the  supply  chamber,  which  is  furnished  with  a  direct  con- 
nection with  the  main  shaft.  The  piston  at  the  in-stroke 
does  not  reach  the  end  of  the  cylinder,  but  leaves  a  space 


equal  to  about  two  fifths  of  the  capacity  of  the  cylinder. 
This  is  the  compression  chamber. 

"The  cylinder  serves  the  double  purpose  of  compression 
pump  and  working  cylinder,  which  is  perhaps  not  the  least 
of  the  characteristics  of  the  new  system. 

"  The  complete  cycle  of  motions  in  the  Otto  engine  is  ac- 
complished only  by  two  complete  revolutions  of  the  working 
shaft,  or  four  strokes  of  the  piston.  It  comprehends  the 
four  following  phases,  namely  :  — 

"1.  The  piston  makes  an  up-stroke,  drawing  in  the  explosive 
mixture  of  gas  and  air ; 

"  2.  The  inlet  cock  closes  and  the  piston  returns,  com- 
pressing the  gaseous  mixture  ; 

"3.  At  the  moment  the  down-stroke  is  completed,  and 
while  the  tension  of  the  gases  is  somewhat  above  two  atmos- 
pheres, the  mixture  is  inflamed,  and  the  consequent  expan- 
sion causes  the  piston  to  make  an  up-stroke. 

"4.  The  piston  returns,  driving  out  the  expanded  and 
cooled  gases. 

"  Thus,  of  four  strokes  of  the  piston,  only  one  (the  third) 
conveys  motive  force  to  the  shaft. 

"  The  second  consumes  power  ;  the  other  two  have  no  ap- 
preciable effect. 

"  Such  a  method  of  working  calls  for  a  heavy  fly  wheel, 
the  accumulated  work  of  which  accomplishes  the  compres- 
sion of  the  gases. 

"  A  special  regulator  to  the  engine  intercepts  the  supply 
of  gas  and  delays  the  ignition  whenever  the  velocity  becomes 
too  great.  Furthermore,  the  engine  works  without  noise — 
a  great  advantage  over  the  Otto  and  Langen  motor. 

"  The  effective  working  power  of  the  engine  is  of  course 
the  difference  between  that  afforded  by  the  expansion  of  the 
gases  and  that  absorbed  by  the  compression.  The  indicator 
diagrams  show  a  regular  curve  of  pressures  very  different 
from  the  line  of  abrupt  changes  exhibited  by  the  Lenoir  en- 
gine. 

"  The  regular  decrease  of  pressure  in  the  Otto  engine  is 
due  to  the  method  of  burning  the  mixed  gases  The  com- 
bustion is  retarded,  so  that  the  heat  developed  is  absorbed 
by  the  gases  at  a  rate  that  is  in  better  accord  with  the  mo- 
tion of  the  piston. 

"  M.  Otto  has  accomplished  this  by  his  method  of  mixing 
and  admitting  his  gases.  He  employs  two  different  mix- 
tures ;  one  of  fifteen  parts  air  to  one  of  illuminating  gas, 
which  he  calls  his  '  feebly  explosive  mixture  :  '  the  other  of 
seven  parts  air  to  one  of  gas,  is  called  his  '  strongly  explosive 
mixture.' 

"  During  the  working  of  the  engine,  and  at  the  moment 
when  the  gases  are  about  to  be  ignited,  the  contents  of  the 
cylinder  are  :  products  of  the  preceding  explosion,  atmos- 
pheric air,  hydrogen  and  hydro-carbon  gases.  These  are  not 
uniformly  diffused,  but  owing  to  the  position  and  action  of 
the  valves,  the  most  combustible  portion  is  at  the  bottom  of 
the  cylinder  at  the  point  of  ignition,  and  the  combustibility 
probably  decreases  quite  regularly  from  the  bottom  of  the 
cylinder  to  the  piston 

"  The  result  of  this  condition  is  a  prolonged  explosion,  and 
the  force  of  expansion  is  less  of  the  nature  of  a  shock  than 
in  the  previous  engines. 

"  In  order  to  insure  combustion  with  proper  rapidity,  a  jet 
of  '  strongly  explosive  mixture  '  is  made  to  traverse  the  mass 
at  the  critical  moment."  —  Armens;awl '. 

The  Gilles  gas  engine  combines  the  two  plans  of  action  in 
the  same  engine. 

The  pressure  produced  by  the  ignition  of  an  explosive 
gaseous  mixture  in  the  cylinder  of  the  engine  is  applied  to 
propel  two  pistons  in  opposite  directions,  that  is  to  say,  a 
working- piston  and  a  loose  piston,  the  former  of  which  is 
connected  by  crank  with  a  driving-shaft,  and  the  latter  of 
which  is  free,  but  is  temporarily  held  by  a  clamp  after  its 
propulsion  by  the  explosion  of  the  gaseous  compound,  to 
secure  the  return  action  of  the  working  piston  under  atmos- 
pheric pressure  as  against  a  reduced  pressure  between  the 
two  pistons,  thereby  obtaining  a  motive  power  for  the  work- 
ing piston  in  both  directions  of  its  stroke. 

The  principle  of  action  of  the  Simon  engine  is  essentially 
the  same  as  the  Otto,  but  there  are  some  notable  differences 
in  the  details.  The  compression  is  performed  in  a  separate 
cylinder:  upon  the  admission  to  the  working  cylinder  the 
mixture  is  ignited  by  a  gas  flame  kept  constantly  burning. 
The  cylinders  are  vertical,  and  the  two  piston-rods  connect 
with  the  same  horizontal  shaft. 

The  admission  of  the  explosive  mixture  and  the  escape  of 
the  products  of  combustion  are  managed  by  valves  worked 
by  cams  on  the  working  shaft.  The  mixed  gases  are  ad- 
mitted in  a  series  of  small  charges  and  inflamed  successively, 
thereby  insuring  a  gradual  expansion. 

Simon  uses  steam  in  connection  with  the  gaseous  mixture ; 
a  jet  of  steam  from  a  boiler  heated  by  the  escaping  gases, 
the  water  supplied  to  the  boiler  being  first  used  to  cool  the 
working  cylinder.  The  steam  lubricates  the  piston. 

The  Bisschof  engine  belongs  to  the  class  that  utilize  the 
effects  of  an  explosion  to  drive  the  piston.  The  cylinder  is 
vertical,  and  the  piston-rod  connects  with  the  shaft  in  such 
manner  as  to  utilize  in  the  fullest  degree  the  effect  of  ex- 


GAS  ENGINE. 


383 


GAS  EXHAUSTER. 


Fig.  lluo. 


pansion.  No  water  is  emplo}red  for  cooling  the  cylinder; 
the  result  is  secured  by  constructing  the  cylinder  with  pro- 
jecting ribs  or  flanges,  so  as  to  expose  an  abundance  of  radi- 
ating surface. 

Engines  of  small  size  only  have  thus  far  been  constructed 
on  Bisschofs  system.  Most  of  those  made  have  been  de- 
signed to  run  sewing  machines,  with  a  capacity  of  1-15  to  £ 
a  horse-power.  The  working  of  these  costs,  in  Paris,  two 
cents  an  hour  for  the  former,  and  only  five  cents  for  the  lat- 
ter size. 

The  report  on  gas  engines  at  the  Vienna  Exposition  of 
1873,  vol.  iii.,  §  A,  pp.  162  et  seq.,  includes  notices  of 

Lenoir,  Fr,  *  Brayton,  U.  S. 

Ix'avitt,  U.  S.  *  Otto-Langen,  Ger. 

Hugon,  Fr. 

The  report  by  M.  Armengaud,  Jr.,  at  the  Conference  at 
the  Trocad*5ro,  1878,  was  printed  in  the  "Revue  Industrielle," 
and  reproduced  in  "  Van  Kosttand's  Magazine,''  xx.  148.  It 
includes  notices  of  the  following :  — 

Papin,  1688.  Lebon,  1799.  Otto. 

Barber,  1791.  Hugon,  1858.  Simon. 

Mead,  1794.  Lenoir,  1859.  Bisschoff. 

Street,  1794.  Otto-Langen.  Ravel. 

See  also  GAS  ENGINE,  *  pp.  947-949,  "Mech.  Diet.''1 
At  Paris  Exposition      .     .     .  *  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xx.  148. 

*  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  x.  188. 
*"  Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"1  1507. 

Hunter *"  Engineering,"  June  25, ,1880. 

*  "Sc.  American,'1'  xxxviii.  356. 
KtSOfff "  Iron  Age,'"1  xxii.,Feb.6, 11. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  390. 

Gitles *  "  Scientific  Am.  Si/;?.,"  691. 

Brayton *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  339. 

*  "Scientific  Am.   Sun."  339, 

*  1853,  *  2323. 

*  "Scientific   Amer.,"   xxxviii. 

195  ;  '*  xxxix.  386 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  31,  1. 

*  "Polytechn'c    Review,"  May, 

1870,  p.  49. 

"Tfchnologiste,"  xli.  84-90. 
"Rei-ue  Industrielle.,"  1878. 
'  Van  Nostr.  Ma?.,'-  xx.  148. 


Otto 


Paper  on,  Armengaud,  Filt. 


Bisschof,  Fr      .     .     . 

Clerk,  Br 

Clayton,  Br.      .     .     . 
Giltes,  Ger  .... 
Vertical,    Humboldt    If 
Gilles,  Engl. 


'Engineering,?'  xxvi.  331. 
•Engineer,"  xlviij.  26. 
'Engineer,"  xlviii.  26. 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  691. 


*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  178. 
Humbolclt  4-  Gilles,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,"1  xliv.  39. 
Langm-Otto *" Polytechnic  Review,"  May, 

1876. 
Otto,  Ger *" Engineering,"  xxvii.  565. 

*  "Engineering,'-'  xxvi.  155. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xviii.  66. 

Otto  If  Lang-en      ....  Deschanel's  "Natural  Philoso- 
phy," i.  491. 

*  "Eng.  Sr  Min.  Jour."  xxvi. 

205. 
Gas,  steam,  and  air  engine. 

Simon,  Br *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvii.  43. 


Gas  Ex-haust'er.  A  rotary  fan  in  the  gas 
main  of  the,  works,  drawing  the  gas  from  the  re- 
torts and  sending  it  to  the  holder. 

Another  form  of  exhauster  is  McKenzie's,  which 
acts  by  means  of  a  steam  jet  in  the  manner  of  an 
ejector  in  a  portion  of  the  pipe  of  diminished  area. 
See  STEAM-JET  EXHAUSTER. 

The  apparatus  in  Fig.  1 1 55  shows  an  arrange- 
ment of  ex/muster  in  the  main-pipe  circuit,  a  bye* 
pass  arched  ahove  the  exhauster,  and  itself  sur- 
mounted by  the  compensator.  To  the  right  is  a 
vertical  steam-engine  for  driving  the  exhauster,  and 
itself  regulated  by  the  governor  on  the  extreme 
right,  which  is  actuated  by  gas  admitted  by  a  pipe 
from  the  main. 

Pressure  of  gas  in  the  inverted  bell  within  the  governor 
raises  the  bell,  and  by  means  of  the  stem  and  the  counter- 
balanced lever  raises  the  valve  of  the  engine  and  puts  on 
more  steam.  The  increased  pressure  in  the  governor  is  thus 
made  to  accelerate  the  motion  of  the  few  in  the  exhauster, 
and  remove  from  the  retorts  the  gag  generated.  The  ex- 
hauster itself  may  be  said  to  be  upon  a  sort  of  bye-pass,  as  it 
is  all  loop  lying  laterally  from  the  direct  line  of  main  shown 
in  the  foreground.  In  this  direct  line  are  two  stop  valves, 
and  between  them  is  a  chamber  with  a  pair  of  butterfly 
valves  which  act  automatically  in  a  certain  contingency ; 
that  is  to  say,  if  the  gas  exhauster  should  cease  to  operate 
by  the  stoppage  of  the  engine  or  the  running  off  its  belt,  for 
instance,  the  pressure  of  the  gas  coming  from  the  retorts 
would  open  the  butterfly  valves  and  prevent  the  stoppage  of 
the  circulation,  which  might  otherwise  burst  the  retorts. 
The  stop  valve  on  each  side  of  the  safety-valve  chamber  is 
to  cut  the  latter  out  of  the  circulation  when  it  may  be  nec- 
essary to  examine  or  remove  it. 

The  principal  bye-paw,  on  which  the  exhauster  is  situated, 
has  also  its  stop-valves  by  which  it  can  be  cut  off,  when  nec- 
essary. The  bye-pass  shown  in  arched  form  above  the  ex- 
hauster is  in  order  to  keep  a  certain  equal  pressure  in  cases 
where  the  exhauster  may  be  working  at  a  speed  beyond  the 
power  of  the  retorts  and  subsequent  apparatus  to  supply.  It 
is  common  to  provide  an  exhauster  of  somewhat  more  than 
the  necessary  capacity,  and  the  bye-pass,  the  valve  of  which 
is  actuated  by  the  compensator,  establishes  a  switch  connec- 
tion between  the  mains  on  the  respective  sides  of  the  ex- 
hauster, when  the  difference  between  the  pressures  in  the 
two  exceeds  a  certain  limit.  The  compensator  is  shown 
above  the  bye-pass,  and  is  described  under  GAS  COMPENSA- 
TOR ;  where  is  also  shown  another  arrangement  of  exhauster, 
compensator,  steam  engine,  exhaust-governor,  bye-pass, 
pipes  and  ralves. 

Roots'1    .    .     .  "Am.  Gas-light  Jour.,"  *  July  3,  1876  p.  17. 

Prosser  $  Ray's *  jj/^    p   J4 

Smith  If  Sayres'  exhauster  and  bye-pass  .  *  Ibid.   p.  11. 
McKenzie's  steam  jet  exhauster  ....  *  Ibid.,  p!  11." 

Korting *  "Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.'"  xxi.  464. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  800. 
Stale,  Br.    .    .    .    .    .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  227.     ' 


GAS    EXHAUSTER. 


384 


GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE. 


Gas-fired  Steam  Boiler  Furnace. 


Gas-exhauster  governor. 

Allen *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  15. 

French 

Art.  Eclairageau  Gaz.  *  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  etc.,  ii.,  Figs. 
45,  46. 

Gas  Ex-haus'ter  Gov'er-nor.  (Gas.)  An 
apparatus  to  regulate  the  engine  driving  the  ex- 
hauster, so  that  the  speed  of  the  engine  is  iu  pro- 
portion to  the  pressure  of  the  gas  coming  from  the 
retorts,  in  order  to  keep  the  pre*sure  in  the  latter 
(or  the  vacuum,  as  the  case  may  be)  equable.  Ses 
GAS  EXHAUSTER. 

Goodwin  "American  Gas-light  Journal,'''1  *  July  3, 1876,  p.  4. 

Gas  Fire-pot.  An  iron  chamber  heated  by 
gas  and  artificial  air  blast,  used  for  heating  solder- 
ing irons. 

Gas-fit'ter's  Pump.  One  for  discharging  pipes 
of  air,  or  blowing  away  obstructions  in  gas  pipes. 

Gas-fit'ter's  Torch.  A  form  of  lamp  usual  in 
the  trade.  It  has  a  thick  wick,  and  is  used  to  de- 
tect escape  of  gas  by  applying  it  to  suspected 
places. 

Gas  Fur'nace.  1.  A  furnace  for  distilling 
gas  from  coal,  or  other  form  of  carbon. 

The  application  of  the  Siemens  and  Ponsard  fur- 
naces to  the  distillation  of  coal  in  gas-works  is 
shown  under  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  Figs. 
1159-1162,  pp.  385-387,  infra. 

The  subject  of  gas  production  is  considered  on  pp.  944, 
955,  956,  "Mech  Diet."  An  additional  illustration  may  be 

Fig.  1156. 


Muller  §•  Eichelbrenner's   Gas  Furnace. 

given  in  the  furnace  of  MM.  Muller  and  Eichelbrenner, 
which  has  a  magazine  charger,  A  ;  prate  bars,  B,  on  which 
the  carbonic  oxide  produced  by  the  burning  of  coke  is  car- 


ried into  flues  c  c,  and  mixed  with  air  entering  at  D,  while 
the  waste  products  of  combustion  after  the  circuit  of  the  re- 
tort chamber  are  conducted  by  the  flue  E  E  to  the  chimney. 

2.  A  furnace  in  which  coal  gas  from  the  main 
furnishes    the   combustible.      See   GAS    HEATER  ; 
GAS  STOVE  ;   BATH  HEATER  ;   BUNSEN  BURNER, 
etc. 

Hoffmann'*  gas  combustion  furnace. 

Griffin's  gas  furnace,  for  heating  tubes,  and  for  combus- 
tions in  organic  analysis. 

Griffin's  blast  gas-furnaces  are  shown  in  Griffin's  "  Chemi- 
cal Handicraft.'1' 

3.  A  furnace  in  which  pas  from  the  combusti- 
bles is  substituted  for  the  combustibles  themselves 
in  the  furnace  proper.    See  GAS-GENKRATJNG  FUR- 
NACE; GAS  PRODUCER,  etc. 

4.  A  steam-boiler  furnace  heated  by  gas  ;  either 
coal  gas   from  the    main,  or  gas  produced  in  the 
grate,  as  in  the  gas  generating  furnace. 

The  gas-fired  steam-boiler  furnace  of  Haupt,  of  Brieg, 
Germany,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1157. 

The  principle  of  firing  is  the  same  as  in  Fig.  1159,  in- 
fra, the  coal  being  fed  at  the  hopper  A  into  the  furnace  G, 
where  it  rests  upon  the  grate  in  such  thickness  that  the 
carbonic  acid  produced  by  the  lower  layer  of  fuel  resting  im- 
mediately upon  the  grate  is  compelled  to  pass  through  the 
layer  of  fuel  above  it,  and  there  combines  with  an  additional 
amount  of  carbon.  K  is  a  Koerting  air  injector  which  sup- 
plies air,  previously  heated  to  190  C.  in  pipeswhich  are  built 
into  the  walls  of  the  producer  and  boiler,  and  a  portion  of 
which  are  shown  below  the  ash-pit  B. 

The  volume  of  combustible  gases  passes  by  the  fire-brick 
arches  z  z,  and  uniting  with  a  volume  of  air  coming  in  from 
the  side  is  diverted  into  a  mixing  chamber,  from  which  the 
combined  volume  issues,  and  is  ignited  at  the  points  a  a. 

Some  trouble  was  experienced  in  lighting  the  gas  at  start- 
ing in  such  a  manner  as  to  prevent  explosion,  but  there 
seems  to  be  no  radical  reason  why  the  plan  so  successful  in 
the  producers  of  Siemens,  Ponsard,  Casson,  and  Bicheroux, 
should  fail  in  the  special  application  to  steam  boilers. 

The  furnace  of  Casson  uses  screened  slack,  supplied  in  a 
hopper  and  drawn  down  into  the  grate.  Through  the  back 
of  the  grate  it  is  blown  by  hot  air  drawn  from  the  incased 
sides  of  the  nearest  stack.  Hot  air  is  likewise  taken  in  at 
the  top,  and  also  at  the  bottom  of  the  furnace,  and  makes 
its  way  to  the  exit  of  the  gas  from  the  gas  furnace  before  it 
passes  over  the  bridge  of  the  puddling  furnace,  and  the  hot 
air  fires  the  gas.  The  fierceness  of  the  flame  can  be  regu- 
lated by  the  quantity  of  air  admitted,  and  the  air  is  under 
the  control  of  the  furnace  man. 

See  references  under  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE. 

Gas-gen'er-a-ting  Fur'nace.  One  in  which 
gas  from  combustibles  is  substituted  for  the  com- 
bustibles themselves  in  the  operative  chamber. 

It  is  sometimes  called  the  Kegentrator  gas  furnace  because 
in  the  Siemens,  Bicheroux,  and  other  systems,  it  is  connected 
with  the  use  of  a  regenerator.  The  Siemens  (fee  Fig.  1159)  has 
two  pairs  of  chambers,  each  pair  alternately  being  heated  by 
the  outgoing  gases  from  the  furnace,  and  forming  a  heating 


GAS-GENERATING   FURNACE. 


385 


GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE. 


Beauf unit's  Gas-generating  Furnace.    (Section  and  partial  elevation.) 


chamber  for  incoming  gases  for  combustion  and  air  respec- 
tively. 

Tlio  Ponsard  (see  Figs.  1161, 1162)  has  a  single  regenerator 
chamber  in  which  the  draft  of  waste  gases  in  one  set  of  con- 
duits, and  of  inflammable  gases  in  the  other  conduits,  are 
constant,  and  only  divided  by  brick  walls  through  which  the 
heat  of  the  waste  is  conducted  to  the  air  and  carbonic  oxide. 

In  a  sense,  all  grate-firing  may  be  considered  as  gas  gen- 
erating, inasmuch  as  the  solid  parts  of  the  fuel  are  converted 
into  jT'is  and  then  burned.  Thus  coal  parts  in  the  grate  with 
about  30  per  cent  of  its  weight  in  the  form  of  hydro-carbon 
gises,  and  the  remaining  coke  is  also  converted  into  carbonic 
oxide,  and  burnt  into  carbonic  acid. 

The  distinction,  however,  which  constitutes  a  grate-firing 
furnace  a  gis-generating  furnare,  is  that  the  coal  is  in  such 
thickness  that  the  carbonic  acid  produced  by  the  combustion 
of  the  fuel  in  the  lower  layer  next  to  the  grate  is  compelled 
to  pass  through  the  incandescent  fuel  above  it,  and  thus 
again  combine  with  carbon,  preventing  also,  it  may  be  added, 
the  passage  of  unconsumed  oxygen.  This  necessitates  the 
admission  and  admixtureof  atmospheric  air  at  another  point 
besides  that  through  the  grate. 

One  of  the  first  attempts  in  this  line  was  the  English  pat- 
ent of  Juckes,  No.  7858,  Nov.  8,  1838.  This  had  a  magazine, 
and  the  coal  was  thrust  into  the  fire  by  a  piston  which  trav- 
ersed in  a  hollow  chamber  in  which  the  hydro-carbon  gas 
was  expelled  from  the  coal  before  it  reached  the  bed  of  coal 
on  the  grate.  All  the  air  was,  however,  admitted  through 
the  grate,  so  that  this  did  not  come  under  the  present  de- 
nomination, but  was  evidently  intended  as  a  smoke-burner 
or  smoke  preventer. 

Price's  English  patent,  3,462,  of  1873,  has  a  magazine  but 
no  mechanical  feeder,  and  the  air  is  supplied  only  through 
the  grate.  The  coal,  however,  in  the  expulsion  chamber  is 
heated  by  waste  heat. 

An  early  form  of  gas-generating  furnaces  was  that  sug- 
gested by  Kbelman,  but  much  improved  by  Beaufume,  under 
whose  name  it  is  well  known  in  France. 

The  apparatus  is  shown  in  Fig.  1158.  It  has  a  furnace,  C, 
with  a  grate  enveloped  in  a  double  casing  of  boiler  iron,  like 
a  locomotive  furnace.  Water  circulates  in  the  interval  be- 
tween the  casings,  and  above  is  a  steam  dome.  Steam  passes 
by  a  pipe  from  the  steam  dome  to  a  steam  pump,  which 
supplies  water  to  the  jacket.  Fuel  is  introduced  by  means 
of  two  chargers,  D  D,  which  have  valves  above  and  below  to 
prevent  the  exit  of  the  hot  gapes  from  the  furnace  C.  The 
upper  valves  being  lifted,  coal  is  placed  in  the  chargers  D  D, 
and  these  valves  being  then  closed  the  lower  valves  are  opened 
and  the  fuel  dropped  on  to  the  fire.  The  same  device  for 
feeding  fuel  to  the  furnace  may  be  seen  in  Bennett's  steam 
engine,  U.  S.  patent,  August  3,  1838  (Fig.  52,  p.  21,  and  Fig. 
81,  p.  39,  "Meek.  Diet.''),  which  has  several  other  points  of 
similarity  to  the  Beaufum6  furnace. 

The  small  engine  A  also  drives  a  blower  B,  which  forces 
air  under  pressure  beneath  the  grates,  and  the  ash-pit  is 
necessarily  hermetically  sealed.  This  combustion  under 
pressure  and  the  f  ealed  ash-pit  are  found  in  the  Bennett  pat- 
ent, above  cited,  and  also  in  the  following  patents :  — 

25 


Washburn,  U.  S.,  Sept.  5,  1865. 

Stilhnan,  U.  S.,  Aug.  9,  1864,  and  several  others  men- 
tioned under  AERO-STEAM  ENGINE  and  AIR  ENGINE.  "Mcch. 
Dirt." 

A  portion  of  the  air  is  inducted,  as  has  been  said,  beneath 
the  grating  of  the  furnace  f,  but  another  part  is  destined 
for  the  consumption  of  the  combustible  ga?es  beneath  the 
Rteanvboiler  shown  at  the  right  hand  in  the  figure.  The 
quantity  of  air  devoted  to  the  respective  objects  is  regulated 
by  registers. 

The  body  of  combustible  in  the  furnace  C  is  designed  to 
be  about  sixty-five  centimeters  in  height,  in  order  that  the 
requisite  chemical  combination  may  take  place,  the  carbonic 
acid  produced  in  the  red  coke-fire  beneath,  being  converted 
into  carbonic  oxide  in  traversing  the  superior  stage  of  fuel, 
combining  with  another  equivalent  of  carbon  to  form  an  in- 
flammable gas  when  mixed  with  air  beneath  the  steam-boiler. 

Steam,  in  regulated  quantity,  is  injected  beneath  the  grate, 
and  ascending  with  the  air  is  decomposed  in  the  mass  of 
burning  fuel.  The  use  cf  the  steam  is  said  to  reside  in  serv- 
ing to  regulate  the  heat  of  the  gas  producer,  and  also  in  as- 
sisting in  keeping  the  grate  surface  clear.  The  generation 
of  the  gases  by  decomposition  of  the  steam  is  admitted  to  bo 
at  the  expense  of  heat,  but  its  introduction  has  a  practical 
value  in  working,  and  is  adopted  by  Siemens  and  others. 

The  hot  gas  passes  by  a  lateral  pipe  to  the  space  beneath 
the  steam -boilers,  being  mixed  with  air  from  the  chamber  G 
in  the  pipe  F,  from  thence  circulating  in  the  furnace  pas- 
sages beneath  the  boiler,  a  is  a  chimney  used  in  starting 
fires  in  the  furnace  C,  or  upon  other  occasions  as  may  be 
necessary  ;  valves  at  the  point  of  juncture  of  the  respective 
pipes  determine  the  course  of  the  air 

The  Siemens'  gas-generating  furnace  is  the  most  noted  of 
the  class,  and  is  used  for  many  purposes.  Invented  in  1856, 
it  was  applied  in  1864  to  the  production  of  steel  by  the  Sie- 
mens-Martin process,  and  received  the  grand  prize  at  the  Ex- 
position in  Paris,  1867.  Since  that  it  has  been  used  in  glass- 
making,  gas-works,  etc. 

It  consists  of  three  parts  :  the  gas  producer :  the  regen- 
erator ;  the  furnace  chamber.  The  latter  may  be  an  open 
metallurgic  hearth,  a  siege  full  of  glass  pots,  or  a  nest  of 
gas  retorts,  as  the  case  may  be. 

It  Is  distinguished  from  the  preceding  by  the  notable  ab- 
sence of  a  forced  current  of  air,  and  of  the  heating  of  the 
incoming  air  in  tubes. 

The  furnace  of  the  gas  producer  is  fed  through  a  hole 
above,  which  is  closed  by  a  cover  at  other  times.  The  fuel 
descends  an  inclined  plane  of  bricks  made  of  refractory  clav, 
and  thence  slides  on  to  a  grate  surface,  also  inclined.  The 
resulting  gapes  pass  upward  into  an  exit  pipe,  the  chemical 
conditions  being  much  as  in  the  Beaufuing  furnace  just  de- 
scribed. The  result  of  the  combustion  of  coke,  carbonic 
acid,  passing  upward  through  the  mass  of  heated  fuel,  re- 
ceives another  equivalent  of  carbon  and  passes  to  the  exit 
pipe  as  carbonic  oxide,  diminished  in  its  heat  by  the  cost  of 
its  transformation  into  oxide  of  carbon,  which  heat  is,  how- 
ever, restored  when  the  ignition  takes  place  subsequently. 

The  current  of  heated  gas  passes  by  flues  to  the  regenerator* 


GAS-GENERATIXG  FURNACE. 


386 


GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE. 


the  second  essential  portion 
in  the  series.  A  regenera- 
tor is  a  chamber  containing 
fire-bricks,  laid  up  so  as  to 
form  cells  and  passages  for 
air.  This  chamber  is  capa- 
ble of  being  placed  in  the 
line  of  circulation  of  the 
waste  gases  pas:- ing  from 
the  furnace  to  the  chim- 
ney, in  which  case  the 
bricks  are  highly  heated ;  or 


Fig.  1159. 


Siemens'  Gas-producing  Regenerator  Furnace 

as  applied  to  Gas-works. 
(  Vertical  longitudinal  section.) 

.ay,  by  moving  suitable 

ipers,  be  placed  in  the 
of  entrance  for  air  to 

furnace  chamber,  or  of 

gases  from  the  producer. 

It  is  in  fact  placed  in  these 
two  lines  of  draft  alternate- 


n  e      emens    pracce  eac    o  , 

is  found  advisable  not  alone  to  superheat  the  gases  from  the 


rexener'iiur.  meanwmie  cue  ocner  pair  01  i;ua.uiuei»  IB  uumg 
heated  by  the  gases  flowing  from  the  furnace  chamber  towards 
the  chimney. 

The  action  in  the  furnace  chamber  is  according  to  the 
circumstances :  whether  the  flame  descend  upon  the  ore 
or  metal  in  the  bosh,  or  circulate  around  glass-pots,  or  en 
velop  crucibles  filled  with  coal. 

Figs.  1159,  1160,  show  the  Siemens'  regenerator-furnace  as 
applied  to  the  purpose  of  distilling  coal  for  lighting  gas. 
While  his  invention  was  first  applied  in  steel  furnaces,  it  has 
for  some  time  been  in  use  in  gas-works,  first  of  all  in  the 
"  Usine  de  Vaugirard,"  belonging  to  the  Parisian  Gas  Com- 
pany. 

The  gazogene,  or  generator,  V,  otherwise  known  as  the  gas 
producer,  is  placed  below  the  ground  level,  and  the  gas  pro- 
duced, drawn  by  chimney  draft,  passes  first  to  the  regenera- 
tors and  thence  to  the  combustion  chamber  in  which  are  the 
retorts  C  C.  The  regenerator,  as  has  been  said,  is  an  assem- 
blage of  refractory  bricks  built  up  in  such  a  manner  as  to 
leave  between  them  interstices  which  are  traversed  by  the 
waste  gases  from  the  combustion  chamber  on  their  way  to 
the  chimney. 

The  regenerator  in  the  case  in  question  has  four  compart- 
ments shown  at  a  at  a*  a'  in  Fig.  1160,  which  is  a  vertical 
transverse  section,  in  a  line  at  right  angles  to  that  shown  in 
Fist.  1159. 

At  the  bottom  of  these  conduits  are  the  dampers  R  R1  R*  R3, 
by  which  the  direction  of  the  current  is  controlled. 

Supposing  the  furnace  to  be  in  operation  :  the  conduits 


tion  descend  by  a2  a3.  At  the  end 
of  an  hour,  the  direction  of  all 
these  currents  is  reversed  ;  the  air 
and  carbonic  oxide  traverse  the 
conduits  a-  a3,  the  bricks  in  which 
have  been  heated  to  redness,  and 
the  waste  heat  passes  downward  in 
a  a1,  to  heat  that  chamber  in  turn. 

One  gas  producer  heats  8  to  10  f  ur- 
nac«s. 

In  the  apparatus  shown  in  Figs. 
1159,  1160,  the  furnaces  are  fed 
with  coke,  that  being  the  conven- 
ient fuel  in  gas-works,  and  the 
retorts  are  heated  by  burning  the 
carbonic  oxide. 

The  coke  is  fed  into  the  furnace 
from  a  charger  T,  the  furnace  cover 
O  being  removed  when  the  shutter 
at  the  foot  of  the  charger  2'is  moved 
aside  to  drop  the  charge  into  the 
furnace  V  Water  is  shown  trick- 
ling from  a  pipe  on  to  the  ash  floor 
beneath  the  grates.  a  b  d  t  f, 
Fig.  1159,  are  orifices,  which  may 
be  opened  or  adjusted  to  verify  or 
regulate  the  draft  in  the  interior  of 
the  furnace.  The  dampers  A'  A'1  li- 
Rs,  are  coupled  two  and  two,  and 
are  operated  by  the  draw-rod  p  to 
open  one  set  of  openings  s  and  close 
the  other,  when  the  direction  of 
draft  through  the  generators  is  to  lie 
changed,  as  has  been  already  ex- 
plained. 

The  Ponsard  furnace,  which  is 
shown  in  Figs.  1161,  1162,  as  applied 
to  the  same  object,  distillitig-gas  in 
gas-works,  has  the  same  general  fea. 
tures  as  the  Siemens,  with  two  ex- 
ceptions to  be  noted.  This  proceeds 
upon  a  somewhat  simpler  plan. 

1.  The  reversal  of  the  direction 
of  draft  is  avoided  in  the  Ponsard 
regenerator  furnace.  The  waste 
products  of  combustion  follow  con- 
stantly the  same  direction,  de- 
scending from  the  combustion 
chamber  and  coursing  through  the 

series  of  conduits  in  the  structure  of  liollow  fire-bricks  which 
occupies  the  regenerator,  while  the  air  follows  another  se- 
ries of  conduits  passing  upward  in  contact  with  the  bricks, 

Fig.  1160. 


Siemens'  Gas-producing  Regenerator  Furnace  as  applied  to 
Gas-works  (rerncai  tfansverse  section). 


GAS-GENERATING   FURNACE. 


387 


GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE. 


Fig.  1161. 


Fig.  1162. 


Ponsar.l's  Gas-generating  Furnace  applied  to  Gas-works. 
(  Vertical  transverse  and  longitudinal  sections.) 


the  other  surfaces  of  which  are  heated  by  the  descending 
waste  current. 

2.  The  carbonic  oxide  from  the  gas-producer  proceeds  di- 
rectly to  the  combustion  chamber,  where  it  unites  with  the 
air  which  has  entered  at  A,  and  passed  from  top  to  bottom 
around  the  heated  air-ducts  in  the  regenerator  -B  B.  The 
air  occupies  the  space  around  these  fire-brick  ducts,  while 
the  waste  heat  passes  horizontally  through  them.  C  C  repre- 
sent portions  of  the  vault  of  the  regenerator,  through  open- 
ings in  which  the  heated  air  rises  to  the  combustion  cham- 
ber. The  particular  form  and  disposition  of  the  air-ducts  is 
attributed  to  M.  Lencauchoz.  1'onsard's  regenerator  is  also 
shown  under  REGENERATOR,  which  see. 

The  gas-generating  furnace  of  Minary,  of  Besanpon  ("Pub- 
lication Industrielle,"  1868),  has  admission  of  air  subsequent 
to  the  departure  of  the  heated  gases  from  the  producer,  see 
Fig.  3,  p.  4000,  "Scientific,  American  Sup.,''1  where  is  also 
shown  Brook  &  Williams'  Gas  Generator,  Fig.  4. 

Grube's  Gas  Generator  has  been  used  at  the  Osnabruck 
Iron  and  Steel  Works,  since  1849  ;  at  the  Vieille  Montagne 
Zinc  Works,  and  at  several  other  places  in  England,  Belgium, 
and  Hanover.  This  furnace  is  founded  upon  the  principle 
tint  the  processes  of  expelling  the  hydro-carbon  gases,  and 
converting  the  resulting  coke,  require  entirely  different  con- 
ditions. To  expel  the  gases  from  the  fuel,  not  atmospheric 
air  is  required,  but  only  heat;  while  for  the  combustion  of 
tlir  coke  into  carbonic  oxide,  atmospheric  air  is  essential. 
The  latter  process  requires  no  heat,  but  on  the  contrary 
throws  heat  off,  which  is  ordinarily  employed  for  expelling 
cs  from  the  fuel,  and  having  thus  become  latent,  it 
cannot  be  used  in  the  combustion  chamber. 

The  gases  contained  in  the  coal  are  expelled  in  one  cham- 
ber, A,  and  the  solid  remains  (coke)  are  converted  in  an- 
other, B,  and  both  g-ises  so  produced  are  burned  in  the  com- 
1' ...-riii. i  chamber,  which  is  not  visible  on  the  figure. 


Grobe'3  Gas-generating  Furnace. 


A  is  heated  by  the  waste  gases  after  they 
leave  the  furnace,  and  the  expelled  hydrocar- 
bons leave  the  chamber  A  highly  heated.  In 
the  second  part,  B,  the  conversion  of  the  re- 
maining solid  parts  takes  place,  all  the  heat 
that  is  ret  free  being  utilized  in  the  furnace. 
The  generator  consists  of  one,  two,  or  more 
horizontal  chambers,  made  of  fire-proof  mate- 
rials placed  below,  above,  or  by  the  side  of  the 
furnace  in  which  the  gases  are  utilized  ;  such 
as  puddling,  reheating,  zinc,  glass,  and  other 
furnaces.  The  chamber,  A,  is  closed  at  one 
end  by  a  mechanical  feeding  arrangement, 
while  its  other  end  is  open  and  communicates 
with  B.  The  feeding  of  coal  into  A  can  be 
done  by  hand  or  by  machinery. 

The  atmospheric  air  necessary  for  burning 
the  gases  arrives  highly  heated  by  previously 
passing  through  channels  heated  by  waste  heat, 
its  access  being  regulated  by  valves.     The  waste 
heat,  after  passing  through  the 
flues,  round  A,  to  expel  the  gases 
from  the  fuel,  and  heating  the 
resulting  coke  to  a  bright  red 
heat,  may  then  be  used  under 
boilers,  etc.    See  also  :  — 

Gas  producer.       Regenerator. 
Open    hearth    Slack-burning 

furnace.  gas  furnace. 

Glass  furnace. 

See  also  the  following  refer- 
ences :  — 

"  Eng'ing  4°  Mining  Journal." 
fSicheroux  .  *  xxi.  55 ;  xxiv.  362. 
Siemens  .  xxvii.  93;  xxix.  151, 

372. 
Strong  (water gas)   .    *  xxx.  315. 


Ponsard *  " Engineering,''  xxv.  450. 

Te-txie *  "Ens'ing,"1  xxviii.  458  ;  xxix.  318. 

Juices,  1838 *"  Engineering,"  xxx.  200. 

Price,  1873 *  "Engineering,""  xxx.  200. 

Minary,  1868   .     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  2(10. 
Brooke  ft  Wilson,  1877,    *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  200. 
GriJbr,  1879      .     .     .     .  *"  Engineering,"  xxx.  200. 
Mutter  ff  Picket    .     .     .      "Engineering,''1  xxix.  2. 
Hartmann(2  Figs.)  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  2. 
Heaupt  (14  Figs.)     .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxix.  2. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement." 

Bicheroux *  88, ia31. 

Minary *  4000. 

Casson *  596. 

Boetius *  1346. 

Poisard *  2.355. 

Brook  If  Wilson *  4000. 

Rickmann  (glass) *  2176. 

Grobe. *  4000. 

Tessie *  3820. 

"  American  Manufacturer  and  Iron  World." 

Siemens *  xxvi.,  May  7,  p.  1. 

Wilson *  July  16,  1880,  p.  12. 

Tessie *  xxv.,  Aug.  8,  p.  12. 

Ponsard     .    "  Van  Nostrand's  Engineering  Mag.,"  xxi.  252. 
"  Iron  Age." 

Bicheroux     ...  *  xxvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  24  ;  Jan.  20,  p.  1. 

Casson- Bicheroux  .    xxv.,  May  6,  p.  1. 

Siemens  ....  *  xx.,  July  12,  p.  5 ;  Dec.  20,  p.  3. 

xxv.,  April  22,  p.  13. 

PctrkfS,  Br.  .     .     .      xxvii.  March  16,  p.  5. 
Ponsard  ....  *  xxii.,  Dec.  12,  p.  1 ;  xxv.,  Mar.  25,  p.  7. 

Siegel *  xxvi.,  Oct.  7.  p.  1. 

Trssie       ....  *  xxiv.,  Aug.  14,  p.  1. 

Grobe *  xxvi.,  Oct.  7,  p.  3;  *  xxii.,  Dec.  19,  p.  3. 

xxv  ,  March  11,  p.  1. 


Hnupt 
Wilson 


.  *  xxiv.,  Oct.  23,  p.  1. 


"  Engineer." 

Smith *xlii.  62. 

Boe'itis *  xliv.  5. 

Rickmann  (glass) *  xlv.  457. 

7.ifbaith  $  Putsch *  xlv.   110. 

Ponsard *  xlv.  231. 

Bicheroux *x]vi.91. 

Jukes *  1.  191. 

Price *  1.  191. 

Minary *  1.  192. 

Frook  4-  Wilson *  1.192. 

Grobe *  1.  192. 

Fichet,  Fr *  xliv.  454. 

Frew,  Br *  xlv.  234. 


GAS-GENERATING   FURNACE. 


388 


GAS   HOLDER. 


Siemens  (glass)  .     .      "Mannf.  and  Buili/er,''  xii.  270. 
iu  U.  S.       .      "Manuf.  and  Siiili/er,''  xii.  50. 
Illuminating  ...»  "Manuf.  and  Builder,"1  viii.  106-169. 
Cro//,  illuminating    *  "  Manuf.  and  Builder."  viii.  198. 
Siemens     ....      "  English  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  657. 

"Scientific  American." 
Casson-Dormoy *  xl.  22. 

United  States  Patents  : 
212,942.    Jerzmanowski.     March  4,  1879. 
213,313.    Brook  tf  Wilson.     March  18, 1879. 
216,119.    2'essie  if  Jerzmanowski.    June  3,  1879. 

Gas  Gov'er-nor.  (Gas.)  a.  An  apparatus  of 
the  nature  of  a  regulator,  to  equalize  the  flow  of 
gas  in  a  pipe. 

The  usual  method  is  to  cause  the  pressure  of  gas 
to  impinge  upon  a  diaphragm  to  which  is  connected 
the  stem  of  a  valve,  and  the  valve  opening  is  dimin- 
ished in  proportion  to  the  increase  of  pressure,  and 
conversely. 

Fig.  1 164  shows  Isbell's  automatic  gas-governor, 
for  regulating  the  pressure  of  gas  in  street  mains, 
proportioning  the  pressure  to  the  necessity  of  the 
varying  consumption  at  different  periods  of  the 
24  hours  ;  as,  for  instance,  a  day  pressure  of  •£•$", 
a  night  pressure  of  2,4^",  continued  until  10.30 
p.  in.,  and  then  gradually  diminished  to  a  midnight 
pressure  of  1^",  and  then  gradually  back  to  day 
pressure. 

Fig.  1164. 


Isbell's  Automatic  Gas  Governor. 

The  rolling  weights  are  governed  by  the  clock  in  the  cen- 
ter, and  as  they  roll  towards  or  from  the  clock  they  depress 
the  levers  on  which  they  track,  and  actuate  accurately  bal- 
anced valves  in  the  chamber  below ;  the  valve-rods  will  be 
seen  depending  from  the  end  of  each  lever. 

The  rolling  weights  are  connected  by  a  chain  to  a  sliding 
bar,  working  between  friction  rollers,  and  driven  by  a  cam, 
on  the  main  spindle  of  the  powerful  clock  contained  in  the 
case.  As  the  weights  are  moved  in,  at  the  proper  time,  by 
the  action  of  the  clock  and  cam,  the  valve  below  is  opened 
and  the  pressure  gradually  increased  to  the  desired  point, 
held  there,  until  the  time  set  for  it  to  be  diminished,  by  the 
rolling  back  of  the  weights  and  the  consequent  gradual 
closing  of  the  valve.  The  cam  is  easily  and  quickly  secured 
in  any  position  on  the  spindle,  and  has  stamped  upon  it  the 
hours  of  the  day,  as  shown  by  the  index. 

It  will  be  at  once  apparent  how  any  desired  effect  can  be 
obtained,  by  changing  the  position  of  the  cams,  or  by  put- 
ting on  cams  of  different  proportions. 

The  Ki/lder-Nof/es  g.is  governor  acts  by  means  of  a  bal- 
anced holder  which  fluctuates  upward  or  downward  upon 
any  increase  or  decrease  respectively  of  gas  pressure  above 
or  below  the  mean  for  which  it  is  set,  to  close  or  open  the 
valve  in  the  main. 

Cox's  (Br.)  gas  governor  has  the  same  general  feature  of 
balanced  holder  operating  a  valve. 

Goodwin  has  a  similar  arrangement ;  and  also  a  governor 
on  the  aneroid  principle  of  an  expanding  diaphragm  cham- 
ber. 

Foster's  governor,  for  tanks  of  compressed  gas  for  railway 
cars  and  steamboats,  has  also  the  expansible  diaphragm  ar- 
rangement. 

White  (Br.)  has  a  swinging  flap-valve  weighted  with  shot. 

Foulis  (Br.)  has  a  double-cone  valve  and  float. 

Jones  (Br.),  a  conical  valve  in  perforated  diaphragm. 


Wharton  has  gravitating  valves  in  a  section  forming  a  part 
of  the  line  of  pipe. 

b.  An  apparatus  on  a  gas  exhauster  to  regulate 
by  gas  pressure  the  quantity  of  steam  admitted  to 
the  cylinder  of  the  engine  driving  the  exhauster,  so 
as  to  regulate  the  speed  of  the  engine,  and  thus 
maintain  any  desired  pressure  or  vacuum  on  the 
exhaust  side.  See  GAS  EXHAUSTER. 

Goodwin's  consumer's  governor,  "American  Gas-light 
Journal,''  *  July  3, 1876,  p.  6. 

Goodwin's  governor,  Ibid.,  p.  7. 

Stott,Kr *  "Engineerings'1  xxix.  308. 

For  compressed-gas  tanks   *  " R.  R.  Gaz.,"  vii.,  opp.  p  133. 

Gas  Grate.  A  contrivance  of  Dr.  Siemens,  in 
which  the  consumption  of  coke  in  the  grate  is  aided 
by  a  row  of  gas  jets;  illustrating  his  theory  of  the 
economy  of  separating  fuel  into  its  constituents  of 
coke  and  gas,  and  re-associating  them  at  the  grate 
or  hearth. 

Gas  Gun.  A  signaling  device,  consisting  of  an 
explosion  of  gases  in  a  pipe.  Used  at  Ilowth 
Baily  light  station,  Kingstown  Harbor,  Ireland. 
See  Major  Elliot's  report,  U.  S.  Engineers. 

The  gun  is  a  tube  of  iron  connected  with  the  gas  holder  by 
a  \"  pipe.  The  charge  is  a  mixture  of  oxygen  (3),  coal  gas 
(3),  and  air  (2). 

See  also  FOG  GUN,  Fig.  1079,  p.  352,  supra. 

Gas  Heat'er.  1.  An  application  of  gas  as  a 
means  of  heating  water  for  domestic  purposes :  culi- 
nary, lavatory,  conservatory,  etc.  See  GAS  BOILER, 
supra. 

Fig.  1165  shows  the  application  to  heating  a  system  of  hot- 


Confercatory  Heater. 

water  pipes  for  a  green-house.      See    also  BATH   HEATER, 
Figs.  243,  244,  pp.  82,  83,  supra. 

2.  A  form  of  burner  for  heating  kettles  or  baths, 
and  for  laboratory  purposes. 

See  also  BUXSEN  BURNER,  Figs.  471-475,  pp.  146, 147,  supra, 

and  references  pas- 
Tig.  1166.  Sl>n.  Fig.  1167. 

3.  A  substitute 
for  a  forge  in 
tempering  drills, 
punches,  and 
other  small  tools. 

Put  on  a  sufficient 
head  of  gas  to  pre- 
vent the  flame  from 
descending  into  the 
tube.  For  heating 
larger  pieces,  the 
flame  should  be 
nearly  3"  wide.  The 
upper  ends  of  the 
curved  side  pieces 
should  not  be  more 
than  J"  apart.  The 
articles  to  be  heated  should  be  held  in  the  upper  part  of  the 
flame,  above  the  central  blue  part  and  parallel  with  it.  The 
larger  the  piece  to  be  heated  the  further  it  should  extend 
into  the  flame.  The  heater  should  be  located  in  a  dark 
place,  and  supports  may  be  provided  for  greater  convenience 
in  heating  heavy  articles. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  275. 
And  boiler,  Br.   .     *  "•Engineer,''  xlviii.  404. 
For  motor,  Hill .     *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,'-  616. 

Gas   Hold'er.     The  receptacle  for  gas  in  gas 
works.     See  #,  Fig.  2161,  p.  944,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Gas  Heater. 


GAS   HOLDER. 


389 


GAS   MACHINE. 


Gas  holder,  large *  "Man.  !f  Builder,"  x.  4. 

Berlin *  "Engineering  "  xxiii.  49. 

5,680,00')  cubic  feet,  London  .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  175. 
Receiver,  Liquid *  "<S'c.  American  Sup.,''  2739. 

Gash  Vein.  (Minimi.)  A  metallurgic  vein, 
wide  above  and  narrow  below. 

Gas  Iii'di-ca'tor.  A  device  specially  intended 
to  indicate  the  presence  of  tire-damp  iu  collieries. 

CoquUlon's  and  Professor  Defille'n  are  instances.  See 
FIRE-DAMP  ALARM  ;  GRISOUMETER  ;  CARBUROMETER. 

Gas'ket.  1.  (Nautical.)  A  plaited  cord,  used 
as  a  stopper  in  furling  sails,  etc. 

2.  A  collar  or  ring  used  in  packing ;  as  around  a 
piston  ;  under  a  gland  ;  beneath  the  rim  of  a  fruit- 
jar  lid,  etc. 

Packing  gasket,  Stay      .  *  "Sc.  American,''  xxxvii.  406. 

Gas  EZiln.  A  kiln  for  firing  ceramic  wares  by 
the  combustion  of  gases. 

Menr/ke;m's,  (iilmore's  report,  "Centennial  Exliibilion  Re- 
port,'^ vol.  iii.,  Group  II.,*  p.  2tfl. 

Gas  Lan'tern.  The  Parisian  "  phare  "  burner 
is  shown  in  Fig.  1168. 

The  lantern  is  represented  partly  in  elevation  and  partly 
in  section,  the  black  lines  showing 
the  section.     1,  1  are  glass  cylinders  Jng.  llt>8. 

for  conducting  the  air  supply  to  the 
burners  :  2  represents  the  circle  of 
six  flat-flame  burners  :  3  is  a  single 
jet  which  is  lighted  after  midnight, 
or  when  the  circle  of  burners  is  not 
needed  ;  4  is  a  flash  light,  which  is 
kept  lighted  and  by  which  the  gas 
in  the  burners  is  ignited  when 
turned  on  :  5  represents  the  reflect- 
ors. A  is  the  lever  by  which  the 
gas  is  turned  on,  and  when  in  this 
position  the  gas  passes  to  the  circle 
of  burners.  When  turned  in  the 
direction  shown  by  the  dotted  lines, 
-fc',  the  gas  passes  only  to  the  single 
jet  in  the  center.  It  consumes 
about  40'  of  gas  per  hour  when  doing 
its  full  duty.  "Phare"  Burner. 

Gas  Light'ing.  See  the  following  references :  — 

Electric,  Eogart *  "  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  698. 

French  chambers,  Gaiffe     .     .  *  "St.  American  Sup.,''  456. 
Automatic  electric,  Fox,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,'"  xlv  29 

*"Se.^»i.,»3ttZTm.l87. 

Burner,  Slockwell *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  170. 

Lantern  and  burner,  "  Phare,"  *  "Engineer,''1  xlix.  210. 

Gas  Liq'ue-fac'tion  Ap'para'tus.  For  the 
liquefaction  of  gas  by  pressure  and  cold. 

Cailletet's  apparatus  is  shown  in  Fig.  1169.  A  tube,  T  of 
very  fine  bore  toward  its  upper  extremity,  P,  and  capable'  of 
supporting  a  pressure  of  500  atmospheres,  is  partly  filled 
with  the  gas  to  be  liquefied.  The  lower  portion  of  the  tube 
expands  to  form  a  capacious  bulb,  T,  which  is  filled  with 
mercury,  and  inserted  in  a  reservoir  containing  mercury  and 
water.  The  walls  of  the  reservoir,  B,  are  of  steel 
and  sufficiently  thick  to  allow  pressures  of  800 
atmospheres  to  be  used  with  perfect  safety.  The 
water  is  forced  in  by  a  strong  pump,  and,  according 
as  it  enters,  the  mercury  rises  in  the  capillary  tube 
compressing  the  confined  gas  at  the  same  time! 
A  pressure  of  200  atmospheres  is  attained  by  a 
few  strokes  of  the  pump,  and  is  recorded  by  a  me- 
tallic manometer,  E,  M.  By  means  of  a  plunger, 
V,  the  pressure  may  be  very  gradually  increased  up 
to  500  atmospheres.  Meanwhile  the  capillary  tube 
may  be  surrounded  by  a  freezing  mixture,  or  by 
water  at  any  desired  temperature. 

In  the  case  of  most  gases,  the  manometer  re- 
mains stationary  when  a  certain  pressure  has  been 
reached.  This  phenomenon,  which  is  at  variance 
with  Boyle's  law  (a  law  absolutely  true  only  fora 
perfect  gas),  occurs  as  soon  as  liquefaction  begins. 
When  an  appreciable  quantity  of  the  gas  has  been 
.  liquefied,  upon  gradually  diminishing  the  pressure 
the  liquid  begins  to  boil,  and  returns  to  the  gaseous  condition. 
But  if  the  valve  V  be  suddenly  opened,  the  gas  will  as  sud- 
denly expand,  and,  undergoing  a  very  considerable  reduction 
of  temperature,  a  portion  of  it  will  be  liquefied,  filling  the 
upper  part  of  the  tube  with  a  sort  of  cloud  or  mist.  These 
effects  are  readily  seen  with  nitrous  oxide  and  acetylene. 


The  proceedings  of  Pouillet,  Faraday,  Thilorier,  and  Cag- 
niard-Latour,  and  the  results  of  their  experiments  are  related 
by  Laboulaye,  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iv., 
cap.  "Liquefaction  des  Gaz."  ed.  1877. 


Fig.  1169. 


Cailletet's  Apparatus  for  the  Liquefaction  of  Gases. 
See  the  following  references  :  — 
CaiUetet *  "Engineering, "  xxv.  325,  410. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  111. 
Paper  on "Sc.  American,"  xlii.  249. 

*  "Manuf.  $  Builder,"  x.  61. 
l;  Telegr.  Jour.,"-  vi.  38,  152. 

Pictet, CaiUetet    ...          .  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2030,  2031. 
High  pressure  apparatus  for 

determining    volume. 

CaiUetet     .     .          .     .  *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2728. 
And  solidification,  "Iron"        "  Van  Nostr.  A/ag-.,':xviii.25l. 

Le  Blanc,  Fr *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  901. 

Magnus *  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,",  x.  132. 

Pictet "Sc.  Am  ,"  xxxviii.  64,  71. 

~   'Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  147,  186. 
'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1783. 


Densifying 


Solidification  of  gas 


Tec/inologiste,"  xl.  2. 
'Eng.  fr  Min.  J.,"  xxv.  112. 
'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  2485. 
'Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  386. 
Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Mar.  14,  p.  7. 


Gas  Ma-chine',  a.  An  apparatus  for  carbu- 
reting air  or  gas.  See  CARBURETOR,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  1170  shows  the  "  Victor ''  Gas  Machine,  which  has 
some  points  of  safety  over  those  previously  described.  The 
air  pump  C  is  in  the  cellar  ;  the  air  passes  by  pipe  D  to  a 


Fig.  1170. 


Go*  Machine. 

vault  at  a  distance  from  the  house,  and  there  circulates 
through  the  carburetor  A,  returning  by  another  pipe  E  to 
the  house  service.  K.  is  an  air  escape  valve  ;  D,  gasoline 
supply  pipe  ;  /,  weight  to  run  the  air-blower. 


GAS   MACHINE. 


390 


GAS  PROCESS. 


b.  A  gas  motor.     See  GAS  ENGINE. 

Carburetor *  "Am.  Ma».,"Feb.  14, 1879, 12. 

Ketort,  Kannel  $  Towsley  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  2. 
Carburetor,  Maxim   ...  *  "Scientific  American,''  xliii.  1. 

Motor,  Otto,  Ger *  "Min.  if  Sc. Press.''  xxxvii.  211. 

Motor,  Langen  if  Otto    .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  420. 

Laboulaye's  "Diet.,-'  iv.,  "  Air  chuud." 
Carburetor,  Springfield  .     .  *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,'-  viii.  88 
Coal,  Domestic,  Thomas     .  *"  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxv.  86. 
Carburetor,  "  Victor  "    .     .  *  "Iron  Age,-'  xxi.,  Jan.  31, p.  7. 

Gas  Main  Drill.     A  tool  for  boring  holes  in 
mains  to  attacli  service  pipes. 

Fig.  1171. 


Gas  Pipe  Valve.  In  Root's  bye-pass  valve, 
the  case  consists  of  two  semi-spherical  pieces,  in 
which  the  seats  for  the  doors  or  valves  are  cast  in 

Fig.  1173. 


Bye-pass  Valves  for  Mains. 


solid,  and  being  circular,  the  seats  and  joints  can 
be  adjusted  and  finished  on  a  lathe  at  one  opera- 
tion. 
Gas  Pipe  Wrench,  Con-iiec'tions,  etc. 

Fig.  1174. 


Gas  Main  Drill. 

Gas  Main  Valve.  Preferably  a  double- 
seat  valve  of  large  size  for  mains. 

IsbtU's  double  gate  gas  main  valve.  l' American 
Gas-light  Journal,"  *JUy  3,  1876,  p.  10. 

Chapman's  gas  valve,  ibid.,  p.  16. 

Gas  Me'ter. 

Goodwin's  Experimental  Gas  Meter,  with  minute- 
clock  and  gas-index  combined.  "American  Gas 
lig/it  Journal,'-  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  7. 

Goodwin's  wet-test  meter,  Ibid.,  p.  7. 

Goodwin's 'experimental  meter,  Ibid. 

American   Meter  Co.,  various  forms  of  gas-me- 
ters, *  Ibid.,  p.  8. 
Gas  meter  indicator,  Price  .  *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xlii.403. 

Hopper's  double-action  meter  is  a  two-diaphragm 
meter,  on  the  principle  of  the  Glover  meter,  with  it?  rigid 
disk  and  flexible  leathem  hinge.  The  two  diaphragms  are 
geared  together  on  each  side  of  the  partition.  Gas  admitted 
in  the  usual  way  to  the  inside  and  the  outside  of  the  dia- 
phragms alternately  gives  them  a  reciprocating  motion,  fill- 
ing and  discharging. 

Gas  Me'ter  Cock.  One  end  screw,  the  other 
end  solder. 

Gas'o-line.  A  product  of  the  distillation  of 
petroleum ;  the  lightest  capable  of  remaining  un- 
vohitilized  at  common  temperatures. 

Gas  Ov'en.  One  heated  by  gas  jets.  See 
also  GAS  STOVE. 

Fig.  1172. 


-i —  — i r 

Gas  Oven,  or  Summer  Range. 

Gas  Pipe.  The  following  is  the  London  rule 
for  gas  pipe  sizes :  — 

For  200  lights,  1"  iron  tube;  120  lights,  1J";  70  lights, 
IV  !  50  lights,  1"  ;  25  lights  \"  ;  12  lights,  J"  ;  6  lights, 
4"  ;  and  2  lights,  V- 


Gas  Pipe  Connections,  etc. 

1.  Tube.  10.  Flange. 

2.  j  bend. 

3.  J  bend. 

4.  Socket. 

5.  Tee. 

6.  Cross. 

7.  Plug. 

8.  Square  elbow. 


11.  Stopper. 

12.  Nut. 

13.  Cock. 

14.  Sleeve. 

15.  Reducing  socket. 

16.  Flange. 

17.  19.  Holdfasts. 


9.  Bend  with  bell. 


18.  Pipe  wrench. 


Gas  Pres'sure  Gage.  (Gas.)  An  instru- 
ment for  measuring  and  indicating  the  pressure  of 
gas  in  the  apparatus  or  mains.  There  are  several 
forms,  one  being  a  bent  tube,  V-^haped,  in  which 
pressure  in  one  leg  causes  the  liquid  in  the  bend  to 
ascend  in  the  other  leg,  which  is  graduated;  or, 
conversely,  vacuum  causing  it  to  descend.  See 
PRESSURE  AND  VACUUM  GAGE. 

King's  gas  pressure  and  vacuum  gage.  "American  Gas- 
light journal,''  *  July  3,  1876,  p  3. 

King's  pressure  gages  and  register,  *  Ibid.,  p.  4. 

Goodwin's  pressure  gages  and  register,  *  Ibid.,  pp.  6,  7. 

*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,-  1201. 

Gas  Pro'cess. 


Adams 

A'lams * 

Mains,  meters,  Chindler 
Apparatus  (coal),  Eichkolz.  * 
Making,  Eichotz  .  .  .  .  * 
Generator  (simple) .  .  .  .  * 
Hydrogen  appara.,  Giffard  .  * 
Apparatus,  illunii.,  Kidd  . 

Lowe * 

Lowe- Strong,  series  of   pa- 
pers       * 

Lowe * 


'Min  ![  Sc.  Press,"  xxxTii.  23. 
Scientific  Amer.  ''  xxxix.  15. 


'Iron  Age,''  xvii 


Jan.  13,  24. 


'  Scientific  Amer.  "  xxxiv.  63. 
'Iron  Age,"  xvii.    May  4,  p.  1. 

Scientific  Amer.  ''  xxxix.  42. 

Manuf.  If  Builder,''  ix.  262. 
'  Sc.  American,''  xxxv.  31. 
'&c.  American  Sup.,''  1551. 

'Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxv. 
'Eng.  If  Mm.  Jour.,''  xxv.  74. 


GAS  PROCESS 


301         GAS,  STEAM,  AND   AIR   ENGINE. 


Lowe      .......  *''Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  \\x\-\\.\31. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  2(56. 
Petroleum,  Lowe     ...  *  ".S'c.  American  Sup.."  29. 

".Sc.  American  Sup.,''  836. 
"^w.  Gns-tig/it  Jour.,''  *  July  3, 

1876,  p.  19. 
Baltimore.'  ......      "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  1811. 

"  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  654. 
O'.nty      .......  *  "  «Sc.  American  Sup.,'-  197. 

Notes  on,  by  Patterson      .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1176. 
Petroleum  gas,  Palton.     .  *  "Am.  Gas-light  Jour."  July  3, 
1876,  p.  19. 

*  "Manuf.  if  Builder.,  "i*.  220. 
Pintsch    .......      "Iron  Aye,"  xxiii.,  May  1,  p.  15. 

Sh  ilr  oil-works    ....      "S-ientific  A>ner.,>'  xxxiv.  112. 

Wood       ......      "Min.    If    Sc.   Press,''    xxxvii. 

98,  215. 

Symes,  coal  gas,  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1617. 

Wrenn  process  for  making  :i  permanent  gas  from  petroleum, 
*  "  Scientific  Amerirriii  Sup.,''  1553. 

See  "Htdairasfe  an  Gaz,''  by  Mallet,  "  Dictionnaire.  dts  Arts 
et  Manufactures,''  Paris,  4th  ed. 

Gas  Pro-du'cer.  A  description  of  furnace  in 
which  gas  is  produced  from  coal,  to  be  conducted  to 
a  furnace  where  it  is  mixed  with  air  and  burned. 
The  t/ns  producer  is  the  first  of  the  three  essential 
parts  of  a  Siemens'  furnace,  and  is  illustrated  under 
GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  which  see.  See  also, 

B'chernur.  ....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxvii.,  Jan.  20,  p.  1. 
Pnrkex,  Kng.  ...  *  "Iron  Age,''  xvii.,  March  16,  p.  5. 
Tessic,  Lorraine  .  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxix.  318. 

*  "  Iron  Age,"'  xxiv.,  Aug.  14,  p.  1. 
Tessii     .....  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  457, 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3820. 
Wilson    .....      "A'ner.  'Manuf.,''  July  16,  1880,  p.  12. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Oct.  23,  p.  1. 
Ziebarth  S(  Putsch     .  *  "Engineer,"1  xlv.  110. 

Gas  Prov'er.  (Gas.)  a.  A  means  for  testing 
the  quality  of  gas.  This  is  a  chemical  operation, 
(1.)  turmeric  or  red  litmus  paper,  or  (2)  acetate 
of  lead  paper  being  used  to  detect  ammonia  and 
sulphurated  hydrogen  respectively.  See  GAS  TEST- 
ING APPARATUS  ;  SULPHUR  TESTING  APPARA- 
TUS ;  GAS  VERIFIER. 

b.  A  test  for  pressure  of  fire-damp  in  mine*.    See 
GRISOUMETER;  CARBUROMETER;  FIRE-DAMP  DE- 
TECTOR. 

c.  A  means  for  measuring  accuracy  of  meters. 
See  METER  PROVER  ;  CONSUMERS'  TEST  METER. 

d.  A  means  for  testing  the  illuminating  quality 
of  gas.     See  JET  PHOTOMETER  ;    PHOTOMETER  ; 
TEST  METER. 

e.  A  means  for  testing   the  levity  of  gas.     See 
SPECIFIC  GRAVITY  APPARATUS. 

Goodwin,  "American  Gas-light  Journal,"  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  4. 

Gas  Pu'ri-fi'er.  In  Mackenzie  &  Isbell's  appa- 
ratus and  process  for  reviving  and  deodorizing  the 
material  in  the  purifying  boxes  of  gas-works,  the 
air  is  drawn  through  the  openings  in  the  covers, 
and  through  the  material  in  th.e  boxes,  by  the  ac- 
tion of  a  steam-jet  exhauster.  No  steam  engine  or 
rotary  device  of  any  kind  is  needed.  The  air  pass- 
ing through  the  purifying  material  takes  up  the 
ammonia  and  sulphur  compounds;  mingles  with 
the  steam  ;  passes  through  a  condenser  or  washer, 
where  the  steam  is  condensed  and  the  foul  matter 
removed  ;  the  air  escaping  practically  pure. 

"American  Gas-light  Journal,"  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  12. 
Braiin     ......  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2757. 

Pelanze  Sf  Audouin,  Fr.  *  Engineer."  xlix.  350. 

Still  .......  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  914. 


Gas  Reg'u-la'tor. 

GOVERNOR,  which  see. 
equal  quantity  of  gas 
the  area  of  the  passage 
qnent  rate  of  passage  - 

Adams  .... 
Borrodaile  .  .  . 
"Imperial"  .  . 


Another  name  for  the  GAS 
An  apparatus  to  cause  an 
to  pass  a  gate  ;  contracting 
as  the  pressure  —  and  conse- 
—  increases  ;  and  conversely. 

"  Scientific  American."  xxxix.  303. 

"Engineer,"  \.  2'8. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1713. 


For  steam  boilers,  Martin  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  262. 

Xcluiotey *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  153. 

Ktutt.  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  210. 

*  "Man.  and  Builder,"  x.  181. 

Gas'si-ot's  Cas-cade'.  (Electricity.)  A  beaker, 
internally  coated  with  tin  foil  to  within  a  short  dis- 
tance from  the  top,  is  placed  on  a  glass  disk  resting 
on  the  plate  of  an  air-pump.  The  whole  is  covered 
with  the  glass  receiver,  from  the  top  of  which  de- 
pends a  glass-covered  conductor  reaching  nearly  to 
the  bottom  of  the  beaker,  the  end  of  the  conductor 
being  exposed.  Upon  passing  a  high-tension  cur- 
rent from  the  saiil  conductor  to  the  plate  of  the 
machine,  and  exhausting  the  receiver,  a  continuous 
electrical  discharge  takes  place,  passing  up  out  of 
the  cup,  and  in  a  cascade  form,  to  the  supporting 
plate. 

"Philosophical  Magazine" vii.  854. 

Gas  Range.     A  form  of  cooking-stove  heated 
bv  gas  jets,  and  having  the  conditions  of  the  range 
Fig.  1175. 


Gas  Range. 

as  distinct  from  the  stove.  It  is  fitted  with  2  ovens, 
with  thermometers  attached;  also  with  5  burn- 
ers on  top  for  boiling,  preserving,  stewing,  and 
broiling.  See  also  GAS  STOVE,  and  references 
passim, 

Gas,  Steam,  and  Air  En'gine.  An  aero- 
gas  engine  with  steam  added.  The  gas  is  not  used 
explosively  but  for  the  rapid  expansion  of  atmos- 
pheric air  previously  compressed  in  a  cylinder  form- 
ing part  of  the  engine.  A  small  steam  generator 
is  heated  by  the  combustion  of  the  gas  and  the  hot 
exhaust  gases  from  the  power  cylinder,  the  steam 
being  used  in  the  latter  to  increase  the  power  of 
the  engine. 

Simon's  engine  has  two  cylinders,  one  in  which  air  is  com- 
pressed in  mixture  with  a  determinate  quantity  of  gas,  and 
the  other  into  which  the  mixture  passes  and  is  ignited  by  a 
constantly  maintained  flame,  the  air  reexpanding  from  the 
pressure  due  to  its  compression,  aud  under  the  influence  of 
the  heat  of  combustion  of  the  gas  and  partial  combustion  of 
the  air. 

Fig.  1176  is  a  perspective  view,  and  Fig.  1177  a  sectional 
elevation  of  the  engine. 

In  Fig.  1176,  A  is  the  pumping  or  compression  cylinder  ; 
B  the  piston  working  therein  ;  C  the  connecting-rod,  con- 
necting it  direct  with  the  crank  shaft  G,  on  which  is  the  fly- 
wheel H,  and  bevel  wheels  Y,  which  by  means  of  the  shaft 
X  work  the  governors  O,  connected  with  which  is  a  sliding 
cam,  D,  sliding  on  a  feather  in  the  shaft  X,  and  connected 
with  the  governors,  so  as  to  be  drawn  xipwards  when,  owing 
to  the  increased  speed  of  the  engine,  the  balls  fly  ap:  rt. 
The  effect  of  this  is  to  allow  the  runner  at  the  end  of  Nhe 
slide  valve  E  to  fall  on  the  narrower  part  of  the  cam  D,  ana 
thus  to  open  the  air  passage  f,  and  the  gas  passage  A',  for  a 
shorter  time,  admitting  less  gas  and  air  until  the  pressure 
falls,  and  the  speed  of  the  engine  is  reduced,  when  the  run- 
ner of  the  slide  valve  E  again  rides  on  the  wider  part  of  the 
cam  D.  A  spring,  not  shown  in  the  drawing,  gives  the  re- 
turn motion  to  the  slide  valve  E,  and  maintains  the  runner 
in  contact  with  the  cam  D.  After  passing  through  F  and  K 
respectively,  the  air  and  gas  pass  into  the  chamber  L, 


GAS,  STEAM,  AND  AIR  ENGINE.        392 


GAS   STOVE. 


Fig  1176. 


Gas,  Steam,  and  Air  Engine. 


whence  they  are  drawn  through  the  valve  Minto  the  cylin- 
der A  by  the  down-stroke  of  the  piston  B.  By  the  return 
stroke  of  the  piston  B  the  gas  and  air  are  compressed  and 
discharged  partly  through  the  pipe  R  into  the  combustion 

Fig.  1177. 


Gas,  Steam,  and  Air  Engine.     (  Vertical  Section.) 


cylinder,  and  partly  into  a  receiver,  Q,  from  which  the  inter- 
mi  constant  flame  at  T  is  supplied  ;  TV  is  a  back-pressure 
valve  :  P  is  a  stop  valve.  When  this  is  screwed  down  the 
compressed  mixture  cannot  pass  into  the  pipe  R,  and  the 
motion  of  the  engine  is  arrested  ;  R  being  a  tube  through 
which  the  compressed  contents  of  the  air-pump  A  pass  to  the 
slide  valve  S,  worked  by  the  rod  g,  and  which  admits  the 
mixture  through  perforated  brass  disks  and  wire  giuze  at  T 
into  the  interior  of  the  working  or  combustion  cylinder  W. 
A  small  pipe,  Z,  also  proceeds  from  the  receiver,  Q,  to  the  in- 
terior of  the  cylinder  W,  opening  at  the  point  indicated  by 


the  black  spot  under  T;  b  is  the  piston  in  the  cylinder  W, 
and  r  the  rod  connecting  it  with  the  crank  shaft  G  ;  d  is  the 
outlet  for  the  exhausted  gases  to  the  slide  valve  e,  actuated 
by  the  connecting-rod  /,  which  admits  them  to  an  arrange- 
ment of  tubes  in  the  water  chamber  h  from  which  they  are 
afterwards  led  away  through  the  exhaust  port  indicated  into 
the  center  of  the  tube  space.  The  water  in  h  is  in  commu- 
nication with  the  water  in  the  jacket  or  casing,  k,  surround- 
ing the  cylinder  W.  This  water  is  also  in  communication 
with  a  similar  casing  or  jacket,  I,  surrounding  the  cylinder 
A.  The  heat  of  the  combustion  in  the  cylinder  and  the  heat 
of  the  exhausted  gases  generate  steam  in  the  chamber  h, 
which  passes  by  the  pipe  n,  opened  or  closed  by  the  stop 
valve  p,  and  a  port,  V,  in  the  slide-valve  S,  into  the  passage 
r,  and  thus  into  the  cylinder  W.  The  water  employed  is  first 
admitted  into  the  jacket  of  the  compression  cylinder,  where 
it  keeps  that  cylinder  sufficiently  cool,  and  is  at  the  same 
time  slightly  heated.  From  this  jacket  it  passes  to  that  of 
the  working  cylinder,  and  gains  in  temperature  while  it  cools 
the  cylinder,  and  thence  passes  to  the  steam  generator  h. 
To  start  the  engine  it  is  first  turned  a  few  revolutions  so  as 
to  compress  air  and  gas  in  the  cylinder  A,  some  of  which 
passes  into  the  space  Q.  A  small  cock  in  the  pipe  Z  is  then 
opened,  and  a  plug  opposite  the  spot  under  Tis  withdrawn 
and  the  gas  ignited.  The  plug  is  then  replaced,  and  the  pipe 
Z  sustains  a  constant  flame  in  the  interior  of  the  cylinder  W 
at  T,  through  which  flame  the  mixture  of  gas  and  air  com- 
pressed in  A  passes,  and  in  thus  passing  is  ignited.  The  con- 
sequent expansion  causes  the  piston  b  to  make  a  down- 
stroke,  imparting  motion  to  the  crank  shaft  G,  and  at  the 
same  time  the  piston  K  of  the  cy  Under  A  compresses  and  dis- 
charges into  the  pipe  R  and  the  receiver  Qa  fresh  supply  of 
gas  and  air.  The  momentum  acquired  by  the  fly-wheel 
brings  the  piston  b  of  the  cylinder  W  back  to  its  highest  po- 
sition, and  the  above  described  action  is  repeated. 

Gas  Stove.  Fig.  1178  is  a  parlor  or  office 
stove.  It  is  of  cylindrical  form,  and  is  fitted  with 
a  highly  polished  co|  per  reflector,  and  is  designed 
to  use  illuminating  jets  only.  The  heat  is  thrown 
into  the  room  by  reflection  from  the  copper  re- 
flector, also  by  radiation  from  the  hot-air  chamber, 
the  heated  air  passing  into  the  room  through  out- 
lets in  top  of  stove. 

This  stove  is  designed  for  use  in  bath  and  hall  rooms 
where  a  connection  cannot  be 
made  with  flue. 

A  stove  27"  high,  8"  diameter, 
requires  8"  cubic  of  gas  per  hour. 

Fig   1179. 


Fig.  1178. 


Parlor  Heater. 


English  Gas  Stove. 


Fiir.  1 179  is  a  view  of  an  English  office  gas-stove, 
partly  in  elevation  and  partly  in  section. 

It  has  an  annular  pipe  pierced  with  numerous  holes  for 
the  exit  of  gas,  and  situate  in  an  ornamental  cylindrical 
casing  to  which  the  air  has  access.  This  circle  of  lights  is 
surmounted  by  a  system  of  cylinders  in  cast-iron  which  ab- 
sorb the  heat  developed  by  the  combustion  of  the  gas,  and 
part  with  it  to  the  surrounding  air. 

Fig.  11FO  shows  an  adaptation  for  cooking- 
stoves.  The  joint  is  in  the  roasting  oven,  and  the 
heat  is  reflected  from  the  congeries  of  gas  jets  above 
it. 


GAS   STOVE. 


393 


GAS  VALVE. 


The  baking  oveu  is  heated  from  below  and  by  the  heat 
passing  through  the  flues  around  it,  to  the  boiler  plate 
above. 

Fig.  1180. 


Gas   Couk 


Fig.  1181  is  a  combined  furnace  and  sub-flame 
broiler  ;  requiring  no  special  description. 

Gas  heaters  of  various  kinds  are  described  and  shown  un- 
der specific  heads,  such  as  BUNSEN  BURNER;  BURNER;  GAS 
BLOW-PIPE;  GAS  HEATER;  GAS  BOILER;  BATH  HEATER,  etc. 


Fig.  1151. 


Furnace  and  Broiler. 


Gas  Tar  Pump.     A  device  to  enable  the  tar 

Enmp   to   be  constant  in  its  stroke  and  actiou,  but 
initing  the  amount  of  tar  raised  to  the  quantity 
running  into  the  well ;  keeping  a  constant  level  in 
the  well,  though  the  product  of  tar  be  irregular. 


"Scientific  American  Supplement  ?' 


*  1412. 


Gas  Test'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  a.  The  test  for 
ammonia  in  illuminating  gas  is  to  allow  a  jet  of  the 
gas  to  blow  upon  a  piece  of  turmeric  or  reddened 
litmus  paper ;  for  the  detection  of  sulphureted  hy- 
drogen use  similarly  acetate  of  lead  paper. 

Hugh  Young's  apparatus  is  founded  upan  this  method, 
pieces  of  turmeric  and  acetate  of  le  id  papers  being  suspended 
in  a  snjall  glass  receiver  over  an  inlet  of  gas  passing  to  a 
burner.  This  testin;;  apparatus  is  only  qualitative. 

Dr.  Letheby's  quantitative  sulphur  testing  apparatus  has 
a  meter,  governor,  and  tube  leading,  to  a  Leslie  burner,  under 
which  is  a  beaker  containing  the  requisite  quantity  of  stand- 
ard liquor  ammonia,  over  the  beaker  is  a  glass  funnel  pass- 
ing up  through  the  burner,  and  covering  the  burner  is  a 
trumpet-shaped  glass  tube  which  discharges  into  a  large  glass 
condensing  cylinder  with  bent  glass  tube  at  an  angle  of  45° 
at  its  farther  end. 

The  Gas  referees'  apparatus,  London,  has  points  of  similarity 
tn  the  Letheby  apparatus,  but  uses  carbonate  instead  of  liq- 
uid ammonia,  and  its  condenser  is  vertical  and  contains  mar- 
bles and  has  a  sealed  discharge  pipe  for  liquid  of  condensa- 
tion. See  SULPHUR  TESTING  APPARATUS. 

The  apparatus  for  taking  the  specific  gravity  of  illumina- 
ting gas  is  a  modification  of  the  Bunsen  method  (Knwfjiirh, 
IS  >7,  p.  237)  by  efflux  through  a  fine  opening  in  a  thin  plate 
of  metal.  See  SPECIFIC  GRAVITY  APPARATUS. 

In  the  use  of  Goodwin's  apparatus  for  the  analysis  of  coal 
gis,  the  proceeding  is  first  by  qualitative  analysis  to  deter- 
mine the  presence  of  certain  gases  :  this  will  decide  the  order 
of  precedence  iu  their  removal.  See  GAS  ANALYZER. 


The  apparatus  consists  of  graduated  glass  tubes  through 
solutions  in  which  the  gas  is  bubbled.  The  re-agents,  for 
mulse  for  making  them,  and  the  directions  for  procedure  in 
analysis,  are  iu  a  pamphlet.  W.  tV.  Goodwin,  Philadelphia, 
1877. 

b.  The  gas  tester  used  by  the  city  of  Paris  is  an 
arrangement  of  meter,  time  counter,  balance,  and 
photometer.  A  given  amount  of  gas,  passing  in  a 
given  time,  and  having  a  certain  gravity,  is  lighted 
at  a  burner  imd  this  is  compared  with  a  carcel 
burner  of  given  power,  the  two  lights  being  simul- 
taneously observed  through  a  tube,  the  field  of  vis- 
ion of  which  is  divided  by  a  vertical  plate.  See 
PHOTOMETER. 


Analysis  and  Apparatus 
Testing  (Edinburgh)  . 


Tests,  on,  Harcourt,  Br. 


"  Scientific,  Am.  Sup.,'1'  2757. 
"Scientific  Am.  Sup.."  44. 
Giroud '  Man.  if  Builder,'1'  viii.  162. 

*  " Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  639. 
"  Van  Nostr.  J/ng-.,''  xv.  361. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  240. 
Transmitter,  Nucman  (f  Dues- 

bitry,  Engl *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup,"  2177. 

New  York "Sc.  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  163. 

Analysis  apparatus,  Orsat,  Fr.  *  "<S'c.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3983. 
Testing    apparatus,  Sadler    if 

Siliiinan *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  101. 

Analyzing  apparatus, 

Schwackhoefer,  Aust.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  95. 
Testing  app.,  Stevenson,  Eugl.  *  " Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  4004. 
See  also  COAL  TESTING  APPARATUS,  Fig.  651,  p.  200,  supra. 

Gas  Trap.     A  device  to  prevent  the  reflux  of 
gas  from  the  sewer.     See  SEWER  TRAP. 

Gas  Tube  Vise.     One  specially  designed  for 
work      u  p  o  n  " 

w  r  o  u  g  h  t  iron 
tubes,  collars,  and 
couplings.  It 
stands  on  the  floor 
and  has  serrated 
jaw-pieces  ;  t  h  e 
jaw-stock  rotata- 
blo  in  a  vertical 
plane. 

Gas  Valve. 
A  stop  valve  for 
gas  mains. 

In  Root's  gas  valves 
the  valve  seat  is  cast 
solid  with  the  case  and  is  of  a  circular 
form.  In  closing,  the  valve  and  seat  do 
not  come  in  contact  until  just  as  the 
valve  is  shut.  The  valve  is  of  register 
form  moved  by  an  arc  rack  and  pinion, 
one  turn  of  the  latter  just  opening  the 
valve,  so  that  the  condition  of  the  valve 
can  be  told  by  the  position  of  the  hand 
wheel.  The  closing  of  the  valve  tightly 
against  its  seat  at  the  moment  of  the  end 
of  its  motion  is  by  means  of  a  screw 
cut  on  the  central  spindle,  on  which  the 
movable  valve  is  hung  and  a  correspond- 
ing screw  on  the  hub  of  the  valve  itself.  Universal  Gas  Tube 

I'lg.  118oshowsa  valve  in  which  the  y 

parts  involved  in   friction  do  not  come 
in  contact  with  gas.     Fig.  1186  shows  the  Eddy  valve,  which 
is  seated  by  a  rocking  bar 

Fig.  1183.  at  the  back,  operated  by 

the  plunger  screw. 

Fig.  1184. 


Gas  Valve. 


GAS   VALVE. 


394 


GEAK  CUTTER. 


Fig.  1185. 


Fig.  1186. 


See  also,  for  French  gas  valves,  ! 
article  by  Mallet,  Lahoulaye's  I 
"  Dictionnaire  des  Arts,"  efc.,  tome 
ii.,  Figs.  103,  106,  cap.  "Eclairage 
au  Gaz."1 


Eddy   Valve. 


See:  " Sc.  Am.  Sup.,-  *  1428,  *  1439. 

Walker "Jour,  of  Gas  Lighting,"  *  1877. 

"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  *  p.  1562. 

Bryan,  Dnnkin,  Sf_Co  .  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  *  p.  1526. 
Mann  If  Owen  .  ~.  ,  .  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  *  p.  1584. 
Wtslwood  If  Wr  gkt  .  .  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,'''  *  p.  1601. 

Gas  Ver'i-fi'er.  An  apparatus  intended  to 
verify  whether  the  gas  comes  up  to  a  given  stand- 
ard. Giroud's  apparatus  is  shown  in  Fig.  1187. 

Fig.  1187 


Ajiparatus  for  Estimating  the  Value  of  Gas. 

It  consists,  first,  of  a  reservoir  or  gasometer,  of  which  the 
movable  part  is  balanced  by  a  variable  counterpoise  P,  to 
which  a  needle  is  attached  moving  along  a  scale,  so  as  to 
measure  the  amount ;  2d,  of  a  burner  inclosed  in  a  glass 
chimney,  and  in  the  foot  of  which  are  three  cocks,  L,  K,  and 
A,  and  also  a  pressure-gage,  m.  It  is  proposed  to  be  used  in 
the  following  manner:  The  gas  is  entered  at  L,  and  ignited. 
and  the  height  of  the  flame  regulated  by  the  cocks  L  and  K, 
so  as  to  be  4"  high.  The  cock  B  is  a  two-way  cock,  which, 
if  the  handle  is  turned  to  a  horizontal  position,  sends  the 
gas  into  the  gasometer.  This  is  then  done  for  the  space  of 
exactly  one  minute,  and  if  the  gasometer  is  raised  5",  the 
gas  is  equal  to  the  standard  of  Paris  ;  if  it  has  risen  less  it  is 
better,  if  more  it  is  inferior. 

It  will  be  seen  that  this  manipulation  is  based  upon  try- 
ing how  much  gas  will  be  consumed  in  one  minute  in  order 
to  produce  a  flame  of  given  constant  size,  and  this  trial  again 
is  based  upon  the  fact  that  the  more  inferior  a  gas  is  the 
more  it  will  shorten  a  flame,  and  consequently  the  more  be 
required  to  produce  a  flame  of  given  length,  and  the  richer 
a  gas  is  in  carbon  the  longer  will  be  the  flame,  and  less  will 
be  required  to  give  a  flame  the  standard  length. 

The  test  is  thus  independent  of  photometric  experiments, 
by  which  the  amount  of  luminosity  is  determined. 

See  also  GAS  TESTER,  supra  ;  and  PHOTOMETER,  infra. 

Gas  Vul'can-i'zer.  A  small  muffle  heated  by 
gas  and  used  in  vulcanizing  dental  bases.  The 
cover  is  secured  by  three  set-screws,  which  play 
in  a  movable  screw  collar,  and  produce  direct  pres- 
sure upon  the  packing  joint.  The  thermometer 


.  *  "Scientific  Amfr.,''  xxxiv.  278. 


bulb  is  immersed  in  a  mercury  bath  outside  the 
steam  chamber.     Fig.  1188. 

Gas  Wash'er.      (Gas.)     A          Fig.  1188. 
tall  cylinder  in   which  the   gas 
is  brought  in  contact  with  a  fall- 
ing stream  of  water  in  order  to 
precipitate  the  tar. 

Washers  and  scrubbers,  Br. 

Anderson,    *  "Eng'ing,"  xxviii.  43. 
Washers  and  scrubbers,  on,  Br. 

Patterson,   *  " Eng'ing,''  xxviii.  313. 

SaviUe   .    *  "Sc.  Am.  Svp.,"  1026. 

Gas  "Well.    Information  on 
gas-wells  in  the  following  :  — 

"  Delamater  " 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1267. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  90. 

" Scientific  American  Sup.,''  757. 
(Pennsylvania.) 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  196.          Dentists'    lion-clad 
Wells  of  Pennsylvania.  Sailer. 

"Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  439. 
(Wyandotte) "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1427. 

Gate.  .1.  The  passage  leading  fluid  metal  into 
a  mold. 

The  large  opening  into  which  the  metal  is  first  poured  is 
termed  pouring  gate.  The  recess  below,  or  in  connection 
with  the  pouring  gate,  for  skimming  the  iron,  is  teimed  a 
skimming  gate  ;  the  little  passages  from  the  skimming  gate 
to  the  mold  are  sprue  gates,  usually  sprues  only  ;  those  open- 
ings by  which  the  supply  of  iron  is  kept  up  after  the  casting 
is  poured  are  feeding  gates. 

2.  References  to  gates  in  hydraulic  works  and 
for  inclosures  :  — 

Flood  gate,  Khea 
Flood  valve  drainage, 

Salford,  Br *  "Enginrer,"  xlvii.  138. 

Railway  gate,  Brent  on,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  259. 

Farm  gate,  Cockney     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  326. 

Sliding  and  swinging. 

Shopbell  .     .          .     .     .*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  179. 
Gate  closer,  Kohnman      .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xliii   38. 
Gate  valve *  '-Man.  'if  Builder,"  xii.  88. 

Gate  Valve.    A  valve  for  Fig  1189. 

water  or  gas  main.  A  stop- 
valve.  Jenkins'  gate  valve  has 
a  disk  of  compressible  packing 
held  to  its  seat  by  a  wedge- 
shaped  follower. 

Gat'ling  Gun.  The  ma- 
chine gun  of  Catling  is  illus- 
trated on  pp.  249,  250,  and 
Plate  VI.,  "  Mech.  Diet."  See 
also  GUNWALE  GUN,  infra. 

According  to  time  kept  at  a  recent 
trial  at  Sealand  Range,  Chester,  1 ,0i  0 
rounds  per  minute  were  fired  from 
a  single  gun. 
Gun  in  ship's  top. 

*  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxviii.  227. 
Recent  improvements. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxv.  114. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xl.  367. 

Gear.     1.  A  combination  of 
parts  to  effect  an  object,  as  lifting-gear,  hauling- 
gear,  draw-gear,  valve-gear. 

It  is  a  useful  word,  serving  as  a  substitute  for  "  arrange- 
ment ''  or  "apparatus.''  ]t  is  distinct  from  "machine  v  or 
"  engine,"  in  one  direction,  and  from  "  tool ''  or  "  imple- 
ment," in  the  other.  See  GEAR,  p.  960,  "Meek.  Diet." 

2.  (Fishinfj.)  A  term  synonymous  with  tackle  : 
the  special  rig  or  arrangement  for  a  given  kind  of 
fish  or  fishing,  such  as  — 


Gate   Valve. 


Deep-sea  gear. 
Short  hand-gear. 
Shark  gear. 


Bottom  gear. 

Flounder  gear. 

Cod  hand-line  gear,  etc. 


Gear   Cut'ter.      Fig.    1190  is   the    Brown   & 
Sharpe  automatic  bevel  and  spur  gear-cutting  ma- 


GEAR  CUTTER. 


395 


GEAR  CUTTER. 


chine.  Two  machines  are  shown  on  the  same 
stand  ;  one  is  designed  for  cutting  spur  and  the 
other  bevel  gears.  They  are  specially  intended 
for  the  gears  of  sewing-machines  and  other  light 
work. 

Fig.  1190. 


Gear-cutting  Machine. 

The  machine  is  automatic  to  the  extent  of  revolving  the 
wheel  from  tooth  to  tooth,  cutting  through  for  each  tooth, 
and  stopping  when  the  wheel  is  completed. 

Upon  the  machine  for  bevel  wheels,  the  movement  of  a 
lever  places  the  wheel  in  position  for  making  the  second 
cut,  when  the  same  movements  are  repeated,  completing  the 
wheel.  The  spindles  run  in  anti-friction  boxes,  provided 
with  means  for  compensation  for  wear. 

Fig.  1191  is  another  form  of  machine,  adapted  to 
cut  spur,  spiral,  and  bevel  gears  up  to  54"  diam- 
eter. 

Fig.  1191. 


Gear  Cutter. 


The  cutter  is  mounted  upon  shears  like  those  of  a  lathe, 
and  driven  by  counter  gearing.  The  index-wheel  is  placed 
horizontally  beneath  the  shears,  and  is  worked  by  a  lever. 

Fi<*.  1192  shows  Sellers'  gear-cutting  and  wheel- 
dividing  machine. 

It  is  arranged  for  cutting  both  spur  and  bevel  wheels,  has 
a  capacity  up  to  54"  diameter  of  wheel,  12"  face,  and  will 
cut  a  number  of  small  spur-wheels  of  same  size  at  one  time. 
It  is  entirely  automatic,  performing  all  its  work  after  adjust- 
ment, without  attention  of  workman,  to  the  completion  of 
the  wheel  being  cut  or  divided.  The  division  is  obtained  by 
a  tangent  wheel  and  worm,  and  the  designated  number  of 
teeth  is  obtained  by  use  of  change  wheels,  and  the  turning 
of  the  handle  for  change  1,  2,  or  3  times,  as  may  be  called 
for  on  the  schedule  of  division.  This  turning  of  the  handle, 
however,  and  all  other  motions,  are  done  by  the  machine 
itself.  Thus,  a  blank  wheel  being  put  in  place,  and  the 
proper  cutter  adjusted  to  depth  of  teeth,  length  of  stroke 
of  cutter-head,  etc.,  the  cutter  will  pass  across  face  of 
wheel,  cutting  space  between  two  teeth,  will  then  return  at 
a  quick  pace  to  the  starting  side  of  wheel,  the  blank  will 
then  be  turned  to  present  a  second  space  to  be  cut,  and  the 
cutter  will  start  its  proper  motion,  all  the  changes  being 
made  by  the  machine  itself,  not  by  the  attendant  workman. 
The  range  is  from  10  to  360  teeth. 


Tig.  1192. 


Gear  Cutter. 

The  Corliss  bevel-gear  cutter,  shown  at  the  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition,  was  used  in  cutting  the  large 
bevel  wheels  in  the  underground  train  of  gearing 
by  which  power  was  distributed  from  the  large  en- 
gine. These  motor-wheels  are  6'  in  diameter,  weigh 
3,000  pounds,  have  14£"  face  length  of  tooth,  4" 
depth.  The  machine  was  illustrated  in  "  Harper's 
W eekly,"  July  29,  1876. 

The  machine  is  an  application  of  the  planing  machine  to 
the  purpose  of  gear-cutting.  It  has  the  appearance  of  a 
large  quadrant,  the  vertical  arm  14J'  high,  and  has  also  a 
horizontal  arm,  which  is  a  mandrel  carrying  on  its  end  the 
wheel  to  be  cut.  Midway  between  the  vertical  and  the  hori- 
zontal —  when  cutting  bevel-gear  having  a  face  angle  with 
its  shaft  of  45°  —  is  an  oblique  arm  which  carries  the  cutter. 
It  looks  large  enough  to  be  a  piece  of  ordnance  with  an  ele- 
vation of  an  angle  of  45°.  This  arm  has  beneath  it  the  cut- 
ting tool,  which  is  reciprocated  by  rack  and  pinion,  its  effec- 
tive stroke  being  the  downward.  The  arm  oscillates  on  a 
center  coincident  with  the  axis  of  the  pinion  which  drives  the 
planer  bar. 

The  angle  of  this  arm  in  the  frame  depends  upon  the  angle 
of  bevel  to  be  cut,  and  the  capacity  of  the  machine  may  be 
said  to  range  from  15°  to  75°,  though  these  are  unusual 
ranges. 

The  bevel-wheel,  having  been  cast  in  the  sand  with  its 
teeth  approximately  the  shape  required,  is  bored  out  and 
slipped  on  to  the  mandrel,  where  it  is  secured.  On  the  rear 
end  of  this  mandrel  is  the  wheel,  15'  in  diameter,  and  grad- 
uated so  that  any  proportion  of  a  circle  can  be  turned  at  a 
time,  according  as  the  wheel  may  be  desired  to  have  60,  64, 
120,  200,  or  any  other  number  of  teeth.  In  the  particular 
instance  of  the  miter  wheels  for  the  train  of  the  machinery 
building  at  the  Philadelphia  Exhibition,  the  number  of  teeth 
required  on  the  wheel  was  54,  and  one  row  of  holes  in  the 
face  of  the  wheel  is  216  in  number,  so  the  wheel  must  be 
moved  four  holes  for  each  successive  tooth,  and  rigidly  se- 
cured by  pin  and  clamp  before  cutting. 

A  flat  plate  of  steel  is  made  of  exactly  the  contour  of  tooth 
required,  certain  invariable  rules  being  observed  in  the  shape, 
while  certain  other  elements  of  proportion  are  variable,  and 
must  be  determined  by  the  pitch.,  or  distance  from  center  to 
center  of  cogs  measured  on  a  certain  line,  the  radius  of  the 
wheel,  and  what  not,  so  that  the  teeth  shall  roll  nicely  upon 
each  other  and  not  rnb.  This  is  a  complex  matter  to  deter- 
mine, and  then  a  delicate  one  to  execute.  This  pattern  of 
tooth  is  secured  in  the  quadrantal  or  arch-shaped  member  of 
the  frame,  a  mandrel  on  the  end  of  the  arm  lying  against 
it,  and  slipping  down  against  the  pattern  as  the  cutter  is  fed 
along  down  the  tooth  after  each  stroke,  the  pattern  swerv- 
ing the  arm  laterally  to  the  necessary  extent.  This  is  the  ad- 
justment for  shape  of  teeth. 

The  cut  of  the  tool  is  adjusted  by  regulating  the  position  of 
a  pin  of  the  feed  motion  to  or  from  the  center  of  oscillation 
of  an  arm.  At  the  end  of  each  down  stroke  a  shifting  gear 
ships  the  belts  and  a  quick  gig-back  motion  results,  which  is 
again  shifted  to  the  feed  as  the  planer  reaches  the  upper  end 
of  its  stroke. 

In  Comly's  process  for  making  pressed  gearing  the  wheels 
are  made  of  wrought  iron  or  steel,  the  teeth  being  forged  or 
pressed  by  the  action  of  a  die  revolving  in  contact  with  the 
heated  blank  wheel,  which  also  revolves  at  the  same  time. 


GEAR  CUTTER. 


396 


GELATINE   COPYING   PROCESS. 


Grube's  bevel  wheel  cutter  (German),  was  shown  in  the 
German  section  of  the  Machinery  Hall,  Philadelphia,  1876. 

Ingold  (Chaux  de  Foods,  Switz.),  exhibited  at  the  same 
time  and  place  his  cutter  for  dressing  the  teeth  of  watch  and 
clock  wheels  to  give  the  epicycloidal  form. 

Gear-cut'ting  At-tach'ment..  Fig.  1193 
shows  Pratt  &  Whitney's  gear-cutting  attachment 
to  the  Universal  Milling  Machine. 

It  is  designed  for  cutting  larger  and  heavier  wheels  than 
can  be  cut  with  the  ordinary  apparatus  belonging  to  the 
machine.  It  swings  13",  and  is  furnished  with  a  20"  index 

Fig.  1193. 


Gear-cutting  Attachment. 

containing  4,294  holes.  It  will  divide  all  numbers  to  75  and 
all  even  numbers  to  150.  Arbors  fitted  to  the  universal 
milling  machine  can  be  used  in  this  attachment.  The  screw 
with  set-nuts  over  the  spindle  supports  the  wheel  while  be- 
ing cut. 

Gear-cutting  att.  for  lathes, 

Mitts *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  166. 

Sellers "  Thurston's    Vienna  Report, " 

iii.  215. 

*  "Sc.  American,1'  xli.  54. 

Brou'ii  Sf  Sharps  ....  *  "Sc.  American,"1  xxxviii.  271. 
Molding  machine.  Scott  .  *  "  Thvrston's  Vienna  Report.," 

iii.  321. 

Cutter  action,  Gleaaon    .     .  *  "  Sc.  American,''1  xxxviii.  409. 
Planer  action,  Gleafon   .     .  *  uSc.  American,"  xli.  150. 
Elliptic  gearing       ....  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  21. 
Regular  rotary  into  irr.  rot.  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  715. 
Odontograph,  Slolp     .     .     .  *  "  Sc.  American,''  xxxviii.  22. 

Toothed  and  frictional,  article  "Engrenaae,''  *  tome  iv., 
ed.  1877,  Laboulaye's  "  Diclionnaire.  cies  Arts,"  etc. 

Geared  Brace.  A  boring  tool  in  which  the 
drill  or  bit  is  rotated  by  hand  crank  and  bevel  gear. 

Geared  Lo'co-mo'tive.  A  locomotive  in 
which  the  motion  of  the  engine  is  conveyed  by 
gearing  to  the  traveling  wheels.  Such  is  common 
in  road-rollers  and  traction  engines.  Vide  Figs. 
4360,  4361,4363,4.364,  pp.  1952,  1953,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
The  same  plan  has  been  adopted  in  locomotives  for 
ascending  heavy  grades. 

Geared  locomotives,  built  by  Lewin,  Poole,  England,  for 
Guinness  &  Co.,  Dublin,  are  shown  in  the  British  journals. 
They  are  for  ufe  in  the  brewery  yard.  The  width  of  the  en- 
gine is  4'  over  all. 

The  engine  has  but  one  cylinder,  6^"  in  diameter,  and 
with  a  stroke  of  8".  The  motion  of  the  engine  is  conveyed 
by  steel  gearing  to  the  traveling  wheels,  which  are  also  of 
cast  steel.  When  running  at  280  revolutions  per  minute  the 
speed  of  the  traveling  wheels  is  six  miles  per  hour.  A 
wrought  iron  clutch  gear  is  arranged  on  each  engine,  so 
that  they  can  be  used  for  driving  other  machinery  on  the 
premises.  The  piston,  valve-rods,  and  all  pins  are  of  steel. 
The  engine  is  carried  on  a  strong  bed-plate,  fixed  to  wrought 
iron  brackets  riveted  to  the  boiler,  and  suitable  provision  is 
made  to  allow  of  the  expansion  of  the  boiler.  The  regulator 
and  other  gear  are  all  on  the  outside.  The  boiler  is  made 
with  double  riveted  longitudinal  seams.  The  ordinary 
working  pressure  of  steam  is  140  Ibs.  per  square  inch.  At 
the  front  end  of  the  engine  two  buffers  are  fixed  in  the  ordi- 
nary way,  but  the  back  or  foot-plate  end  is  made  semi-circu- 
lar, and  is  provided  with  a  radial  draw,  to  enable  the  engine 
to  pass  with  the  wagonti  round  the  very  short  curves  which 
are  frequently  met  with  on  the  brewery  premise' ;  the 
sharpest  of  these  is  12' radius ;  the  gage  ia  22".  There  are 
also  several  inclines  on  the  line,  the  steepest  being  1  in  30, 
and  up  to  this  a.  load  of  16  tons  is  frequently  taken,  the  en- 


Fig.  1194. 


Gec/iles  Harrow. 


gines  being  capable  of  pulling  a  load  of  about  40  tons  on  the 
level.    *  "  Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  247. 

Geared  Scroll  Chuck.  A  lathe  or  drill 
chuck  in  which  the  motion  of  a  scroll  plate  acts 
upon  gears  on  the  jaw-pieces  to  cause  the  jaws  to 
advance  and  recede  concertedly,  preserving  equal 
distance  from  the  axial  center  of  the  latlie.  See 
</,  i,  k,  Fig.  1287,  p.  548,  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  and  Figs. 
874-876,  pp.  275,  276,  supra. 

Gear  Tooth  Gage.  A  scribing  and  testing 
gage,  used  in  connection  with  a  gear  cutter  for 
marking  the  depth  to  which  the  cutter  should  pen- 
etrate. Gages  are  made  for  all  regular  pitches, 
from  4  to  32  pitch,  inclusive,  one  answering  for 
each  pitch. 

When  using  a  gage  for  any  given  pitch,  a  slight  marl;  can 
be  made  on  the  wheel  opposite  where  the  first  space  is  to  be 
cut,  and  the  cutter  set  just  to  the  light  depth  by  it. 

Ged'des  Har'row. 
A  field  harrow  made  of 
two  V's  inverted,  and 
hinged  to  a  central  bar, 
so  as  to  give  flexibility 
to  the  tool  when  passing 
over  ridges  and  inequal- 
ities. 

A  and  V  harrows  are  well- 
known  forms  and  are  shown 
under  HARROW,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  and,  compounded 
with  circular  sections,  under 
HARROW,  infra. 

Geis'ler  Tube.  An 
instrument  in  which  light 
is  produced  by  an  elec- 
tric discharge  in  rarefied 
air  and  gases.  The  col- 
ors are  varied  by  using  different  gases. 

Prof.  Morton's  Lecture,  "Electric  Light."1 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2404,  2645. 

Gel'a-tine,  Blast'ing.  An  explosive  invented 
by  Nobel,  composed  of 

Nitro-glycerine 94  to  95 

Collodion 6  to    5 

It  is  viscous,  can  be  cut  with  a  knife,  or  scissors ; 
is    not  affected  by   water,  like  dynamite,  and   its 
power  is  much,  greater, 
Gelatine  dynamite     .     .     "Iron  As;e,"  xxii.,  Nov.  28,  p.  5. 

Blasting "Scientific  American  Sup. ,' '2598. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  210. 

See  BLASTING  GELATINE,  105,  supra. 

Gel'a-tine  Cop'y-ing  Pro'cess.  A  popular 
process  for  copying  letters  or  orders,  as  a  substi- 
tute for  manifolds,  is  as  follows  :  — 

The  original  is  written  or  drawn  with  thick  aniline  ink, 
generally  Poirrier's  "  Violet  de  Paris,'1  on  ordinary  smooth 
paper.  Lay  the  writing  upon  an  elastic  cake  of  a  special 
preparation  contained  in  a  shallow  tray,  press  the  paper  on 
and  take  it  off  after  two  minutes.  The  greater  part  of  the 
writing  will  be  found  to  have  been  absorbed  by  the  da-tic 
cake,  from  which  a  number  of 'reprints  may  be  obtained, 
generally  from  40  to  50.  The  cake  must  be  wiped  with  a 
wet  sponge  if  it  has  not  been  used  for  a  length  of  time,  and 
should  always  be  kept  in  a  cool  place.  As  soon  as  the  nec- 
essary number  of  copies  has  been  taken,  the  writing  must 
be  at  once  removed  from  the  cake  by  washing  with  cold  or 
warm  water,  according  to  its  nature,  there  being  two  differ- 
ent compositions,  the  preparation  of  which  is  described  by 
Prof.  Dr.  V.  Wartha,  as  follows  :  Warm  a  mixture  of  It 
grams  of  the  finest  gelatine  with  400  to  500  cubic  centigrams 
of  a  pasty  precipitate  of  sulphate  of  baryta,  and  then  add  100 
grams  of  "dextrine  and  from  1,000  to  1,200  grams  of  glycerine. 
The  mass  is  allowed  to  cool  until  it  is  just  possible  to  pour 
it,  when  it  is  transferred  into  shallow  tin  trays.  If  the  cake 
be  too  hard,  glycerine  must  be  added.  Another  composition, 
which  is  said  'to  yield  sharper  copies,  but  with  which  it  is 
necessary  to  use  warm  water  to  remove  the  ink  after  use,  is 
the  following,  preferred  by  Professor  Wartha  :  100  grams  of 
gelatine,  1,200  grams  of  glycerine  and  500  cubic  centigrams 
of  sulphate  of  baryta. —  "Dingler's  Journal." 


GELATIN?  COPYING  PROCESS. 


397 


GERMINATION  APPARATUS. 


Various  names  have  been  given  to  the  process,  some  of  them 
acceptable  and  others  absurd  :  hectograph,  polygraph,  copy- 
graph,  litbogram,  etc.,  etc. 

An  excellent  ink,  which  will  yield  100  copies,  is  readily 
prepared  by  dissolving  rosaniline  in  a  cold,  saturated  solu- 
tion of  oxalic  acid.  It  must  be  allowed  to  dry  spontane- 
ously. 

The  pad  may  be  made  of  4  oz.  gelatin  dissolved  in  6  oz. 
water,  and  20  oz.  glycerine,  sp.  gr.  1.26,  previously  warmed, 
stirred  in.  Any  air  bubbles  in  the  gelatin  are  removed  be- 
fore the  addition  of  the  glycerine.  A  cheaper  compound 
which  answers  equally  well,  but  is  rather  darker,  consists 
of  Scotch  glue,  6  oz.  ;  water,  8  oz. ;  glycerine,  20  oz.  These 
qualities  make  a  slab  10  X  13  X  \". 

Any  number  of  colors  may  be  used  in  the  original  draw- 
ing, and  Mr.  Norman  Lockyer  has  suggested  that  it  would  be 
of  much  use  in  laboratories,  for  the  multiplication  of  orig- 
inal sketches  of  biological  specimens,  and  even  for  spectra 
charts,  and  so  save  much  of  the  time  spent  in  making  dupli- 
cate copies. 

Ilerr  Adler's  gelatine  printing  process  is  as  follows  :  — 

"  Use  for  writing  or  drawing  a  concentrated  solution  of 
alum,  to  which,  in  order  to  render  the  writing  or  drawing 
visible  upon  the  paper,  a  few  drops  of  some  aniline  color  is 
added.  IJefore  laying  the  writing  or  drawing  upon  the  gel- 
atine surface,  pass  a  damp  sponge  over  the  latter,  and  allow 
the  moisture  to  sink  in  for  a  few  minutes,  so  as  to  have  a 
greater  effect  upon  the  alum.  Then  lay  the  written  side 
downward  upon  the  gelatine,  and  after  the  lapse  of  a  few- 
minutes,  on  removing  it,  the  writing  will  be  found  reversed 
and  eaten  into  the  gelatine  film  as  if  it  were  engraved.  By 
means  of  an  india-rubber  roller  a  little  common  printing 
ink  is  spread  over  the  plate  and  absorbed  by  the  lines  sunk 
by  the  alum,  and  rejected  by  the  moist  gelatine.  The  paper 
is  laid  down  upon  it  and  smoothed  over  it  by  the  Hat  hand. 
When  removed,  this  paper  will  have  upon  it  the  impression 
of  the  writing  or  drawing.  For  each  succeeding  impression 
the  plate  must  be  inked,  as  in  lithography,  by  the  india- 
rubber  roller.  A  considerable  number  of  impressions  can  be 
taken." 

See :  — 

Houlgrave  .      .     .    .  *  "Scientific  American  Svp.,'>  2763. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'1'  xxii.  431. 
Copying  process  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  104. 

Printing "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2868 

Manufacture  of  gelatine  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  402. 

See  also  COPYGRAPH  ;  HECTOGRAPH  ;  MANIFOLD  ;  COPYING 
PENCIL,  and  references  passim. 

Gems,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  The  base  is  strass  ob- 
tained by  melting  together  — 

Carbonate  sodium 6  drachms. 

Burnt  borax 2  drachms. 

Saltpeter 1  drachm. 

Minium 3  drachms. 

Pure  white  sand 1.5  oz. 

To  color,  add  :  for  the  gems  named  — 
Sapphire 10  gr.  carb.  cobalt. 

( 10  gr.  ox.  cobalf. 
Opal <  15  gr.  ox.  mang. 

(  25  gr.  protox.  iron. 

Amethyst 6  gr.  carb.  perox.  mang. 

Gold  topaz 30  gr.  ox.  uranium. 

Emerald  .  \  20  Sr-  protox.  iron. 

(  10  gr.  carb.  copper. 

Composition,  see  "Manufact.  Sf  Builder,''  xii.  240. 

u Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  149  : 

xxxiv.  276;  xxxviii.  2,  47. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1593. 

Ge'nu-vaPgum  Brace.  (Sim/ical.)  Leg 
braces,  to  correct  or  support  knock-knees.  See  LEG 
SUPPORT,  infra. 

Figs.  74, 197,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.Chirurgicum.''1 
Ge'ode.      (Mining.)      A  cavity  studded  with 
crystals  or  mineral  matter ;  a  rounded  stone  con- 
taining such  a  cavity. 

Fig.  1195. 


Ge'o-log'i-cal  Ham'mer.  One  for  hewing 
hard  rocks,  or  for  extracting  fossils  from  rocks. 
The  larger  sizes  are  for  breaking  and  crushing,  and 
the  smaller  for  trimming.  See  Fig.  1195. 

Ge'o-met'ric  Lathe.  Elaborate  illustrated  ar- 
ticle on  geometric  lathes,  the  applications  to  en- 
graving, medaling,  and  turning,  43  illustrations, 
article  "Tours  Composes,"  Figs.  25,  etc.,  Laboulaye's 
''Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iv. 
See  also  GEOMETRIC  LATHE  ;  ROSE-ENGINE 
LATHE,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Ge'o-scope.  An  instrument  to  demonstrate 
the  movement  of  the  earth.  Mancel  de  Percival. 
"Tec/in oloq isle,"  xl.  470.  See  also  ARMILLARY 
SPHERE  ;  COSMOSCOPE  ;  ORRERY  ;  TELLURIAN, 
etc. 

Ger'man  Sil'ver.  The  recipes  given  vary 
greatly  in  proportions,  while  still  generally  pre- 
serving the  trinary  composition. 

Kirk  gives  the  following ;  which  compare  with 
recipes  on  pp.  63,  964,  "Mech.  Diet. :  "  — 


Copper. 

Nickel. 

Zinc. 

Iron. 

German  silver  .     . 
Better     

80 
100 

20 
50 

33.5 

50 

- 

White  copper           ) 
Chinese  packfong  j 
Hard       

41 

8 

17 
2 

13 

4 

1 
1 

Harder    

16 
16 

4 

8 

8 
7 

3 

Analysis " Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  166. 

Compositions     ....     "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  14,  p.  5. 

Ger'man  Steel.  (Metallurffy.)  A  metal  ob- 
tained from  spathose  or  bog  ore  by  treatment  with 
charcoal. 

Ger'mi-na'tion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  appara- 
tus invented  by  M.  Gruber,  in  which  the  malting  of 
grain  is  conducted  ;  including  the  steeping,  couch- 
ing, and  flooring;  the  kiln  drying  is  a  subsequent 
process.  See  MALT  DRYER;  MALT  MILL,  etc. 

The  new  apparatus  is  intended  to  conduct  and  control  the 


Geological  Hammers  and  Picks. 


Germination  Apparatus. 


process  by  mechanical  appliances,  so  as  to  altogether  dis- 
pense with  manual  labor  in  turning  the  grain  over  on  the 
germinating  floor.  An  artificial  ventilation  is  effected  by 
means  of  a  current  of  humid  air  passing  downward  through 
the  grain.  This  ventilation  keeps  the  mass  at  a  relatively 
low  degree  of  temperature  (54 J  F.  to  56°  F.),  and  at  the  same 
time  draws  off  the  carbonic  acid  gas  as  fast  as  it  is  produced. 
Moreover,  the  thorough  turning  over  of  the  grain,  and  its 
complete  division  by  the  periodical  rotation  of  the  cylinder, 
in  which  the  germination  takes  place,  insure  a  most  regular 
and  uniform  development  of  both  rootlets  and  plumule. 

Fig  1196  shows  the  apparatus.  It  consists  of  an  iron  cyl- 
inder, which  by  means  of  an  endless  screw  receives  a  slow 
rotatory  movement.  The  letters  refer  to  the  following  parts  : 

b.  Longitudinal  openings  for  charging  and  emptying  the 
apparatus. 

b'.  Handle  for  opening  find  closing  the  above. 

c.  Sheet-iron  gratings  for  admission  of  moistened  air. 

d.  Mechanical  appliances  for  giving  motion  to  the  cylinder. 

e.  False  bottom  of  perforated  sheet-iron  supporting  the 
grain,  and  through  which  the  air  is  drawn  downwards. 

f.  Pipe  for  drawing  out  the  air. 


GERMINATION   APPARATUS. 


398 


GIN. 


f.  Tap  for  admitting  and  drawing  off  the  steep  water. 
.  Exhaust  chest. 
i.   Fan. 

k.  Chamber  for  moistening  the  air  by  filtering  it  through 
porous  substances  kept  constantly  saturated  with  water. 
1.  Shower  of  water  on  the  moistening  chamber. 
f>.  Valve  for  regulating  the  draft  of  air. 
p.  Rake  for  dividing  the  layers  of  grain  during  the  rota- 
tion of  the  cylinder. 

Gruber .     .     .     .     *"  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  2SSG. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  152. 

Ges'ten-ho-fer  Fur'nace.  One  in  which  the 
burning  of  tlie  sulphur  from  the  powdered  ore  ac- 
complishes its  calcination. 

'1  he  sulphurous  vapor  is  used  to  make  sulphuric 
acid,  tiud  the  acid  employed  to  make  soda  from 
common  salt. 

See  noticss  under  CALCINING  FURNACE,  p.  152,  supra. 

Gibbed  Lathe.  A  lathe  the  carriage  of  which 
has  a  bar  which  grips  beneath  the  overhang  of  the 
bed,  beneath  which  it  is  secured  by  a  wedge  known 
as  a  gib,  to  prevent  the  riding  up  of  the  carriage. 

In  a  weighted  lathe,  on  the  contrary,  the  carriage 
is  held  down  upon  the  shears  by  a  weight  suspended 
beneath  the  carriage. 

Gif'fard  In-ject'or.     See  INJECTOR. 

Gild'ing  Press.  A  book-binder's  press,  for 
gilding  covers  and  edges  of  books. 

The  edges  of  books,  and  hand-work  on  backs 
and  covers,  is  done  while  the  book  is  clamped  in  a 
press,  3,  Fig.  1578,  p.  668,  "Meek.  Diet." 

On  a  larger  scale  the  full-arch  or  half-arch  press 
is  on  the  principle  of  1,  Fig.  1577,  Ibid. 

Gild'ing.     Attaching  an  overlay  of  gold. 

Gilding  by  dipping.  —  Dissolve  10  grams  of  gold  in  40 
grams  of  hydrochloric  acid,  and  15  grams  of  nitric  acid ; 
throw  down  the  gold  as  fulminating  gold  by  means  of  spirits 
of  ammonia ;  filter,  and  wash.  In  the  mean  time  dissolve 
100  grams  of  cyanide  of  potassium  in  as  small  a  quantity  of 
water  as  possible,  and  then  dissolve  the  gold  upon  the  filter 
with  the  cyanide  solution.  Pour  this  (•olution  again  and 
again  over  the  filter  until  all  the  brown  particles  are  dis- 
solved, when  the  gilding  solution  is  prepared  by  the  addition 
of  1  liter  of  distilled  water.  Into  this  solution,  while  warm, 
dip  the  metallic  object  to  be  gilded,  and  when  drawn  out  it 
will  have  all  the  appearance  of  polished  gold.  —  Ebtrmeyer. 

Gilding  on  Glass.  — Gold,  chemically  pure,  is  dissolved  in 
aqua  regia  ( 1  part  nitric,  and  3  parts  hydrochloric  acid).  The 
solution  effected,  the  excess  of  acids  is  evaporated  on  a 
water-bath  till  crystallization  of  the  chloride  of  gold  takes 
place  :  it  is  then  taken  off  and  diluted  with  distilled  water 
of  such  quantity  as  to  make  a  solution  containing  1  grain  of 
gold  to  200  cubic  centimeters  of  liquid  :  a  solution  of  caustic 
soda  is  then  added  until  the  liquid  exhibits  an  alkaline  reac- 
tion. The  solution  of  gold  is  now  ready  for  reduction.  Asa 
reducing  agent,  an  alcoholic  solution  of  common  illumina- 
ting gas  is  used.  This  is  prepared  by  simply  attaching  a  rub- 
ber tube  to  a  gas-jet  and  passing  the  current  of  gas  for  about 
an  hour  through  a  quart  of  alcohol.  This  liquid  (which 
should  be  kept  in  a  closed  vessel)  is  added  in  quantities  of 
from  two  to  three  cubic  centimeters  to  200  cubic  centimeters 
of  the  alkaline  solution  of  gold  before  mentioned  :  the  liquid 
soon  begins  to  turn  to  a  dark  green  color,  and  at  length  pro- 
duces the  metallic  layer  of  gold  of  known  retlecting  power. 
—  Dodon  in  "Monitettr  de  Ceramique.'' 

Designs  or  ornaments  of  any  kind  can  be  produced  on 
glass  or  ivory,  by  painting,  with  a  very  fine  camel-hair  pen- 
cil, nitro-muriate  of  gold  over  the  designs.  Hold  the  glass 
or  ivory  thus  painted  over  a  bottle,  in  which  hydrogen  is 
being  generated  ;  in  a  short  time  the  design  will  shine  with 
considerable  brilliancy,  and  will  not  tarnish  upon  exposure 
to  the  air.  The  thickness  of  the  coating  of  gold  is  not  more 
than  the  ten  millionth  part  of  an  inch.  Another  method,  in 
which  the  use  of  hydrogen  is  dispensed  with,  is  to  mix  gold 
powder  with  borax  and  water  ;  then  paint  the  lines  and  or- 
naments with  it.  When  quite  dry,  the  glass  is  to  be  put 
into  a  stove,  heated  to  a  high  temperature.  The  borax  is 
vitrified,  and  cements  the  gold  with  great  firmness  to  the 
glass. — "English  Mechanic." 

See  :  Glass  .     .     "Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  42  ;  xxxix.  104. 

Dod*on    .     .    "Min.  and  Scientific  Press,''  xxxvii.  407. 
Iron  Work  .     .     "Iron  Age,"'  xvii.,  April  20,  p.  15. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  291. 

Gill  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  flat  web  net  fastened 
at  one  or  both  ends,  and  arranged  by  floats  and 


weights  carefully  proportioned  to  float  near  the 
surface  of  the  water,  at  an  intermediate  depth,  or 
at  the  bottom. 

When  it  lloats  with  the  tide  it  is  called  a  drift  net. 

The  gill-net  captures  a  fish  by  entangling  it  in  its  meshes. 

The  gill-net  of  Lake  Michigan,  and  salmon-net  of  the  St. 
Lawrence,  are  shown  on  pp.  25(3,  257,  " Report  of  U.  S.  Com- 
missiant-r  of  Fish  unit  Fisheries,"  vol.  i.,  Part  I.,  1873. 

The  stake-net  is  a  form  of  gill-net. 

The  gill-nets  for  white  fish,  used  on  the  Great  Lakes,  may 
serve  as  an  instance. 

"  The  gill-netting  in  use  on  the  Great  Lakes  is  knit  from 
linen  thread,  two  and  three  ply  (25-4,  2-cord,  and  3'>-'>0,  3- 
cord),  from  eleven  to  twenty-two  meshes  in  depth,  8JJ  to  5" 
mesh.  The  nets,  when  hunt;  or  mounted  for  nsr,  contain 
from  one  to  three  pounds  of  webbing,  and  range  in  lemrfh 
from  60  to  120  yards,  and  in  depth  "from  4J'  to  6'.  They 
are  set  in  gangs  of  from  three  to  five  nets,  and  three  to  five 
gangs  are  laid  out  in  one  setting  usually  by  aid  of  sail- 
boats or  steamers. 

"  For  floating  the  iipper  line,  round  or  octagonal  float-  of 
bark,  or  wooden  pickets  about  21'  in  length,  are  used.  Sink- 
ers  are  of  lead  or  stone.  The  nets  are  set  in  from  2<>  to  100 
f.ifhoms  of  water,  the  lead-line  resting  upon  the  bottom. 
They  arc  taken  out  once  a  week  and  dried. 

"  They  are  used  principally  for  the  capture  of  the  white- 
fish  (  Coregnnus  a!bus,  etc.).  and  the  lake  trout  (  £ah>io  nttmay 
cus/i),  though  most  of  the  common  lake  fishes  an*  laken  in 
these  meshes.  Sea-Island  cotton  (3,  4,  5,  and  ti  thread)  is 
being  largely  substituted  for  linen  in  their  manufacture. 

"  The  weight  of  the  twine  preferred  by  fi.-liermcn  varies  in 
different  localities,  that  used  in  Green  I'.ay  being  the  finest, 
that  in  Lake  Erie  next,  then  J^akes  Michigan  and  Superior, 
and  heaviest  in  Lake  Huron.  Lake  Ontario  consume-  .1'"  ut 
5.000  pounds  of  netting  annually,  Erie  7,500,  Huron  6,000, 
Michigan  20,000,  Green  Bay  2,500,  and  Lake  Superior  5,000. 
The  aggregate  length  of  this  netting  is  probably  about 
4,575,000  yards." — Bulletin  U.  S.  National  Museum. 

Gin.  Cotton  gins  are  of  four  principal  kinds, 
the  roller,  comb,  saw,  and  needle  gins.  The  comb  is 
Spanish  (almarraes),  and  has  mechanical  impor- 
tance. 

The  roller  gin  is  found  throiighout  India,  Malay- 
sia, and  China,  and  has  received  its  proximately 
perfect  development  in  the  Macarthy  gin  and  its 
relatives. 

The  Macarthy  double  roller  gin  made  by  Platt 
Bros.,  of  Oldham,  England,  has,  as  its  name  im- 
plies, two  rollers  instead  of  one,  the  feeding  hopper 
being  between  the  two.  In  the  familiar  Macarthy 
gin  a  reciprocating  blade  is  employed  in  conjunc- 
tion with  a  fixed  blade  and  roller,  but,  in  this  later 
form  of  gin,  two  reciprocating  blades  come  into 
action  alternately.  A  simple  confrivance  regulates 
the  feeding,  making  it  uniform,  and  another  regu- 
lates the  pressure  of  the  knifes,  called  in  the  Ameri- 
can Macarthy  gin,  stripper  blades,  so  as  to  adapt 
them  to  the  work  of  the  moment,  and  allow  an 
obstruction  to  pass  through  without  clogging  or  ar- 
resting the  machine,  or  breaking  the  knite  or  strip- 
per- I  iar. 

The  rollers  are  covered  with  walrus  leather,  far  more  dura- 
ble, and,  from  its  peculiar  texture,  superior  to  sole  leather. 
Each  roller  rotates  in  contact  with  a  fixed  knife,  dragging  by 
its  roug'.i  surface  the  fibres  of  cotton  between  itself  and  the 
knife.  Besides  the=e  parts  there  are  moving  knives,  to  each 
of  which  is  attached  a  grid,  or  series  of  fingers.  At  each  ele- 
vation of  the  moving  knives,  which  rise  alternately,  the 
grids  attached  thereto  lift  the  cotton  to  the  elevation  of  the 
fixed  knife  edge  and  of  the  exposed  surface  of  the  rollers. 
On  the  descent  of  each  moving  knife  the  seeds  which  have 
been  separated  from  the  fiber  are  disentangled  by  the  prongs 
of  the  moving  grid  passing  between  those  of  the  lower  or 
fixed  grid  about  750  times  per  minute,  and  are,  by  this  ra- 
pidity of  action,  flirted  out. 

The  turn-out  is  from  120  to  190  pounds  of  cleaned  cotton 
per  hour.  The  machine  was  shown  in  operation  at  the  Paris 
Exposition  of  1878.  It  was  there  stated  that  10,000  of  the 
double  Macarthy  gins  were  in  use  in  India :  and  5,000  of  the 
single  Macarthy  in  Egypt. 

The  double  action  knife  roller  gin  is  made  by 
Dobson  and  Barlow,  of  Bolton,  England. 

It  is  entirely  self-feeding  and  self-acting,  and  the  motion 
for  detaching  the  cotton  from  the  seed  ditfers  from  that  in 
any  other  make  of  gin.  The  leathern  roller  is  solid,  being 


GIN. 


399 


GIN. 


composed  of  round  disks  of  walrus 
leather  with  a  square  sha't  through  the 
center.  These  di-,ks  are  pressed  together 
mechanically  with  so  much  force  that 
when  withdrawn  from  the  pressure 
they  form  a  perfectly  solid  body.  The 
knife-roller  consists  of  a  number  of 
disks  fitted  obliquely  on  a  wrought  iron 
sh:ift  ;  it  revolves  continuously  in  one 
direction,  the  knives  gently  moving  the 
seeds  to  and  fro  while  the  leathern  rol- 
ler draws  the  cotton  from  them  until 
the  seeds  are  perfectly  stripped,  when 
they  f,ill  unbroken  into  a  receptacio 
provided  for  them  on  one  side  of  the 
machine,  while  the  cotton  is  delivered 
in  a  continuous  fleece  at  the  other  side. 
When  worked  at  the  prescribed  speed, 
a  40"  knife-roller  gin  is  capable  of  gin- 
ning the  following  quantities  of  seed 
cotton  per  hour  .  — 

Dhollerah,  300  Ibs. 
Candeish,  333  Ibs. 
Madras,  307  Ibs. 
Dharwar-American,  230  Ibs. 
American  uplands,  329  Ibs. 
Egypiian,  <i'X)  Ibs. 
Sea  lsl:md,  :',^  Ibs. 
lira/.ilnn  K,  4150  Ibs. 
Tinnevttlly  Madras,  500  Ibs. 
liroach,  348  Ibs. 
Native       Indian       (various), 
820  Ibs. 

These  results  were  obtained  from  this 
knife-roller  gin,  at  the  trials  in  Man- 
chester and  India  under  government 
auspices.  The  double-action  knife  rol- 
ler gin  can  be  adapted  for  any  kind  of 

cotton  by  a  change  of  the  grid  through  which  the  seeds  have 
to  fall,  and  it  has  the  merit  of  simplicity  in  construction 
and  adjustment,  large  turn  out  of  clean  cotton  uninjured, 
and  having  neither  crank  nor  cam  motions. 

These  gins  are  made  of  various  sizes,  with  rollers  10"  lonsr, 
to  be  worked  by  hand  ;  20",  30",  and  40"  wide,  to  be  driven 
by  power. 

The  cleanness  of  work,  and  avoidance  of  damage  to  the 
staple  ^ecured  by  the  Macarthy  gin,  a-'d  the  large  turn  out 
of  the  saw-gin,  are  claimed  to  be  united  in  this  knife  roller 
gin. 

Fig.  1197  shows  the  Brown  Saw  Gin,  with  feeder 
and  condonser. 

The  cotton  is  dumped  into  the  hopper  of  the  feeder,  and  is 
taken  up  by  teeth  on  a  revolving  drum  that  runs  in  the  semi- 
circular front,  carried  over  and  dropped  into  the  hopper  of 
the  gin  upon  the  saws  that  are  revolving  at  a  speed  of  375 
revolutions  per  minute.  These  saws  run  between  grates  or 


-'.  lll'S. 


Fig.  1197. 


Cotton  Gin  Feeder  and  Condenser. 

bars  that  are  set  say  |"  apart,  and  pick  the  cotton  from  the 
seed,  carrying  the  lint  cotton  between  the  bars,  where  a 
brush  is  revolving  at  a  speed  of  about  2,400  turns  per  min- 


Ectipse  Hulling  Gin. 


ute.  This  brush  wipes  the  cotton  from  the  teeth  of  the 
saws,  and  it  is  carried  by  the  current  of  air  (caused  bv  the 
revolving  brush)  into  the  condenser  at  the  rear,  when  it 
passes  between  two  wooden  rollers  and  is  dropped  upon  the 
floor  in  a  pile.  The  saws  number  from  say  30  to  80  in  a  gin, 
the  average  being  about  50. 

Fig.  1198  shows  the  Eclipse  Hulling  Gin,  for 
working  upon  cotton  gathered  with  the  bolls.  It 
consists  of  three  parts,  feeder  and  breaker,  gin, 
aud  condenser. 

The  feeder  and  breaker,  which  is  the  upper  member  of  the 
complete  machine,  is  used  to  break  the  bolls  apart  before 
ginning,  as  well  as  to  feed  the  gin.  It  has  a  strong,  rapidly 
revolving  cylinder  with  blunt  points,  to  bring  the  cotton  to 
the  breast.  This  runs  parallel  with  another  cylinder,  mov- 
ing more  slowly,  and  having  wires  in  it  bent  backward. 
Between  the  two  cylinders  the  cotton  is  well  opened,  and 
all  the  whole  bolls  are  broken  apart,  putting  them  in  such 
condition  that  the  gin  will  easily  discharge  them,  and  at  the 
same  time  knocking  out  a  large  amount  of  leaf  and  dirt. 
This  machine  picks  its  cotton  on  the  under  side  instead  of 
the  top,  as  has  heretofore  been  done. 

Fig.  1199. 


Eagle  Cotton  Gin.     Sectional  View. 

The  principle  of  action  is  described,  and  several  illustra- 
tions are  given  of  cotton  gins,  on  p.  969,  "Mech.  Die'.'' 
Fig.  1199  shows  a  sectional  view  of  the  breast,  huller,  gin- 
saw,  and  brush  of  the  "  Eagle  ;>  Cotton-gin. 


GIN. 


400 


GLASS. 


The  cotton  is  fed  into  the  outer  breast  and  drops  upon  the 
huller  roller  (B),  and  is  carried  by  it  constantly  to  the  saws. 
The  hulls  are  stopped  by  the  projections  from  the  ribs  and 
the  cottou  is  carried  between  them  and  into  the  inner  breast, 
where  it  is  ginned. 

\\  hen  the  gin  is  fed  by  hand  the  inner  breast  is  kept  cov- 
ered with  a  hinged  Hap  so  that  the  cotton  may  be  pulled 
over  it  from  the  top  of  the  gin.  When  a  feeder  is  used,  as 
in  the  perspective  view,  Fig.  1198,  the  flap  is  turned  back 
so  as  to  leave  the  breast  open. 

The  Clement  gin  cards  from  the  boll  without  breaking  or 
tangling  the  fiber  ;  avoids  the  separate  ginning,  and  passes 
the  lint  from  the  seed  to  the  condition  of  thread.  Much 
stress  is  laid  upon  the  avoiding  of  twisting  and  mixing  the 
fiber  heterogeneously,  and  the  damage  due  to  pressure  in 
the  bale. 

The  Gullett  "  Magnolia ''  Gin  claims  as  a  specialty  a  sta- 
tionary beater  consisting  of  6  parallel  bars  in  close  prox- 
imity to  the  brush.  This  beater  consists  of  thin  straps  of 
steel,  running  the  whole  length  of  the  saws,  and  to  which 
the  cotton  is  carried,  after  leaving  the  saws,  and  over  which 
it  is  thoroughly  whipped  and  cleaned  of  dust  and  dirt  by  the 
brush. 

The  Scattergood  needle-gin  has  needles  instead  of  saws. 
The  circles  of  needles  consist  of  10  segments,  each  removable 
for  replacement. 

Gill  Block.  A  simple  form  of  tackle-block, 
having  one  wheel  over  which  a  rope  runs. 

It  has  local  names,  such  as  whip-sin,  rubbish-pulley,  mon- 
key-wheel. See  i'ig.  2225,  p.  969,  li Mtch.  Diet." 

Ging'ham  Loom.  A  typical  form  has  2  har- 
nesses and  4  boxes  at  each  end  of  the  lathe.  Works 
pick  and  pick,  and  from  1  to  7  colors  of  filling; 
any  shuttle  can  be  brought  into  action,  and  any 
box  can  be  skipped.  Shuttle-boxes  can  be  op- 
erated 135  to  145  picks  per  minute.  Stop  motion 
devices  on  each  end  stop  the  loom  when  any  filling 
is  exhausted.  — Crompton. 

Gin  Pow'er.  An  adaptation  of  the  horse-power 
to  the  working  of  a  cotton  gin.  Usually  in  a  story 
below  the  gin-house  floor. 

Gin  Pul'ley.     See  GIN  WHEEL. 

Gin  Wheel.  (Mining.)  A  pulley  for  the  lift- 
ing cord  of  the  bucket  used  in  sinking  shafts.  It 
has  a  swivel  hook  and  wrought-iron  frame. 

Gi-raffe'.  (Mining.)  A  form  of  cage  or  truck 
used  on  inclines  in  mines  of  the  Pacific  slope. 

Gird'er  Riv'e-ter.  A  form  of  riveting  ma- 
chine, preferably  hydraulic,  and  suspended  so  as  to 
work  along  the  girder. 

See  RIVETING  MACHINE,  infra.  Also,  Fig.  4351,  p.  1949, 
"Mech.  Diet.'1'  See  KEEL  RIVETER,  infra. 

*"  Scientific  American  Supplement :'          .     .    2225. 

Girth  Stretch'er.  A  frame  in  which  saddle 
girths  are  suspended  and  held  taut  "  to  take  the 
stretch  out  of  them,"  as  it  is  called. 

Spring  saddle  girth,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  73. 

Gla'ci-a'ri-um. 

ficially  frozen. 

That  at  Chelsea.  London,  is  described,  with  the  refrigera- 
ting apparatus,  in  "Engineer"  *  xli.  378,  331. 

Gla'cis.  A  glancing  defense  on  the  deck  of  a 
monitor  or  turret  vessel  to  de-  Fig.  1200. 

fleet  a  ball.     See  TURRET. 

Plate  XXIV.,  Barnard]  If  Wright's 
"Report  on  Fabrication  of  Iron  for 
Defensive  Purposes,''  U.  S.  Engi- 
neers, 1871. 

Glacis  and  turret  of  "  Inflexible," 
*"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  122. 

Gland  Cock.  A  faucet 
held  in  place  by  a  gland  which 
can  be  removed  to  get  at  or 
pack  the  plug. 

Glass.  Subjects  in  GT.ASS 
are  considered  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


A  skating  rink,  with  ice  arti- 


Glanil  Cock 


Aggry.  Glass  press. 

Annealing.  Glass  shade. 

Aventurine.  Glass  silk. 

Battledore.  Glass  silvering. 

Bead.  Glass,  Tempered. 

Black  glass.  Glass  tile. 

Blowing  furnace.  Glass,  Toughened. 

Blow-pipe.  Glass  type. 

Bohemian  glass.  Half-clear. 

Bottle  glass.  Half-crystal  glass. 

Bottle  making.  Hardened  glass. 

Bronzed  glass.  Hot  cast  porcelain. 

Bullion  point.  Jlyalithe. 

Cameo  glass  Illuminated  sign. 

Cameo  incrustation.  Iridescent  glass. 

Casing.  Iridiated  glass. 

Cinder  wool.  Lime  glass. 

Chair.  Marbleized  glass. 

Clear.  Marver. 

Colored  glass.  Melting  furnace. 

Compressed  glass.  Metal. 

Crown  glass.  Metalized  glass. 

Cryolite  glass.  Mineral  wool. 

Crystal.  Mositie  glass. 

Cullets.  Mousseuine  glass. 

Cuvette.  Murrhiue  glass. 

Cylinder  glass.  Muslin. 

Deglazing.  Airkel  plating. 

Devitrification.  Onyx  glass. 

Diamond,  artificial.  Opal  glass. 

Direct  fire.  Optical  glass. 

Doubled  glass.  Painting  on  glass. 

Drawing.  Paper-weight. 

Enamel.  Patent  plate. 

Enameled  glass.  Pencil. 

Enameling.  Pincher. 

Engraved  colored  glass.  Plastic  crystal. 

Engraving.  Plastic  etching. 

Etched  enamel.  Plate-glass. 

Etching.  Platinizing  glass. 

Etching  ink.  Ponty. 

Filigree  glass.  Pot. 

Flashed  glass.  Pressed  glass. 

Flattening  furnace.  Pucellas. 

Flattening  oven.  Punty. 

Flattening  stone.  Rolled  plate-glass. 

Flattening  table.  Rose  glass. 

Flint  glass.  Ruby  gl/jss. 

Flocked  enamel.  Safre. 

Fluted  glass.  Shade. 

Furnace-slag  glass.  Shears. 

Gas  furnace.  Sheet  glass. 

Gems,  artificial.  Silicate  cotton. 

Gilding  on  glass.  Silvering  glass. 

Glass-blower's  pump.  Silver  glass. 

Glass-blower's  tools.  Slag  glass. 

Glass  blowing.  Slag  wool. 

Glass  carving.  Poap. 

Glass  coloring.  Soluble  glass. 

Glass  cutter's  frame.  Spring  tool. 

Glass  cutting.  Spun  glass. 

Glass  cutting  machine.  Strass. 

Glass  decorating.  Table. 

Glass  drilling.  Tempered  glass. 

Glass,  enameled.  Tissue  glass. 

Glass  engraving.  Tongs  carriage. 

Glass  etching.  Toughened  glass. 

Glass  flooring.  Vulcanized  glass. 

Glass  furnace.  Wheel  engraving. 

Glass  milestone.  White  glass. 

Glass  mold.  Window  glass. 

Glass  polishing  machine.  Zaffer. 

A  glass  has  lately  been  made  with  phosphate  of  lime,  by 
M.  Sidot.  He  states  that  it  is  perfectly  transparent  and 
very  refrangent  (its  index  of  refection  is  1.523,  that  of  com- 
mon glass  being  1.525);  and  it  can  be  worked  like  ordinary 
glass.  It  does  not,  like  ordinary  glass,  dissolve  all  metallic 
oxides,  but  it  dissolves  very  well  oxides  of  cobalt  and  chro- 
mium. It  is  attacked  by  boiling  acids,  as  also  by  potash  :  it 
is  not  attacked  by  hydrofluoric  acid  ;  and  this  property  may 
render  it  valuable  in  connection  with  telescope  gla.-ses,  fin- 
workmen  who  are  exposed  to  these  vapors,  and  who  have  to 
work  in  the  art  of  engraving  on  glass. 

According  to  Mr.  Robert  Hunt's  experiments,  on  the  effect 
of  colored  glass  upon  plants,  the  germination  of  seeds  is 
prevented  and  young  plants  soon  die  when  exposed  to  yellow 
light.  With  careful  attention,  red  glass  induces  a  sickly 
growth,  but  the  leaves  become  partially  blanched.  Young 
plants  seem  to  avoid  the  red  by  bending  away  from  it,  but 
as  they  arrive  at  the  flowering  stage,  prefer  it  to  blue  or  .\  el- 
low.  Blue  promotes  the  germination  of  seeds  and  the 
growth  of  young  plants,  but  after  a  certain  time  seems  to 
increase  the  bulk  rather  than  the  strength. 

Oxide  of  manganese  when  present  in  glass  tends  to  correct 
the  coloring  action  of  the  iron  usually  found  in  the  sand,  but 


GLASS. 


401 


GLASS. 


allows  a  greater  amount  of  heat   to  pass  than  does  common 

f  lass  and  is  consequently  injurious.   Mr.  Robert  Hunt,  there- 
i>re  recommended  that  glass  be  tinted  with  oxide  of  copper, 
which  was  done  in  the  case   of   that  employed  for  glazing 
the  palm-house  at  Kew,  with  advantageous  results. — "Cu- 
riosities of  Art  and  Literature.'' 

liefer  to  — 

Annealing,  Albert  $  Meyer  .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  6,9. 
Blowers'    tools,  nickel  plated, 

Clcmanilot "Man.  (f  Builder,"  viii.  253. 

China,  glass  in,  colored  .     .     .      "  Sc.  American"  xxxiv.26'3. 
Compressed,  Siemens      .     .     .      "  Technologist,"  xxxix.342. 
"  Telegr.  Journal,''  vi.  106. 
"Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  July  25, 
p.  1. 

Cutting "Sc.  American,"  xxxiv  223. 

Depolishing,  Matthewson    .     .      "  Ter.hno'.ogiste,''  xl.  7. 
Paper  by  Lockert     ....      "  Technologiste,''  xl.  5t. 

Drilling "Eng.  &•  Min.  Jour..''  xxvi. 

207. 
Egyptian "Sc.  American,'1  xli.  248. 


Engraving,  Mattheivson 

Electricity,  Plant  i.     .     . 

Sand  blast,  Tilgliman 

Etching 

Fluor  spar  in,  Hegemann    . 

i'urnace  :  crystal  glass, 

~  tigs.  2646,  2547, 
French,   f  ...       „,„-  O.on 

i>    i    •  \  rllTS.  M Oo(—  ^ Ooy, 

iM'iirian,  ( 

Bohemian       .     .  Fig.  2515, 
Greek,  Ancient      .... 
Hardened  .     .          .... 

De  la  Bastie  and  Siemens 


"Tec/inologiste,"  xl.  7. 

*  ".Sc.  American,"  xlii.  390. 
"  TeltgrapAic  Jour.,''  vi.  32. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  120 
"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  103,  702. 
"  Technologiste,"      xxxviii. 

214. 


iMboiilai/e's  "Dictionnaire," 
tome  iii.,  cap.  "  Verre.'' 

"  Sc.  American,''  xxxv.  80. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1480. 
"  Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  177. 
"Man.  4"  Builder,''  xii.  38. 
*  "Sc.  American,"  xli.  18. 
"  Technologiste,1'  xl.68, 117. 


Holder  for  lamps,  Ereeden,  Br. 
Irisited,  paper  by  Lockert   . 

Irisation,  Fremy  if  Cicmandot.      "Technologiste,"       xxxviii 
373. 

Lined  iron  pipe *  "Man.  S(  Builder,"  viii.  162. 

Making,  Sc/intt « .V.  Amer.  Sup  ,•'  )008. 

Making,  curiosities  of     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  146. 

At  Centennial *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  303. 

Melting  Oven,  Greefey    .     .     .     "Sc.  American  Sup.,"1  1838. 

Millstone "E»g.  if  Min.  Jour."  xxvii 

297. 
"M'n.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi 

387. 

"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1940. 
"  Technologiste,"  xl.  51. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  "49. 

*  "Engineering,'.'  xxviii.  272. 
"Eng.  4"  Min.  J.  '•'  xxviii. 

225. 
"Iron  A°e,"  xxiv.,  Sept.  11, 

p.  7. 
"  Technologists ,"       xxxviii. 

217. 

"Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  262. 
"  Technologiste,"'  xl.  26. 


Mousseline,  paper  by  Lockert  , 
Printing  on,  Weils.     .     .     . 
Railway  sleepers,  Wood,  Br. 


Scissors  for  cutting,  Martin 


Silvering 

Soluble,  paper  by  Lockert   . 

Spinning "Sc.  American,"  xliii  1?S5. 

Staining "Am.  Manufact.,"  April  V3 

1880,  p.  6. 

Tempered *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  18. 

Paper  by  Bourrce     ....      "Engineering,"  xxii.  299. 
Siemens  process       ....      "  Van   Nostr.    Mag  ,"    xiv 
512. 

L-tger "  Technologiste,"  xlvi.  68. 

Bourrce "  Te.chnologiste,"        xxxvii 

182,  194. 

Toughened "  Sc.  Amer.,'1  xxxviii.  119. 

Wood,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  272 

Tube  making "Sc.  American,"  xli.  361. 

J.vpe "Mm.  f(  Builder, "x\\.\&. 

Vase,     Barbenni,"  ("  Portland ;)) 

*  "Sc.  American,11  xli.  311. 

Weaving "Sc.  American,"  xliii.  385. 

V»ool,  Glass,  Austria      .     ,     .      "Iron  Age,'1   xix.    Feb    22 

p.  3. 
Works,  Sunderland,  Br.      .     .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1570. 

Writing  on "Builder  and  Woodworker ." 

xvi.  33. 

Colne's  report  on  glass  at  Paris,  1878,  is  in  vol.  iii.  of  "Paris 
Exposition  Reports,"  p.  311,  et  seq.     It  includes  notices  of  — 

Classification  and  properties p.  311 

Materials p'  312 

Crystallization  and  dentrification      ....    p.  316 

Action  of  acids  and  alkalies p.  319 

Analysis p'  331 

Pot-making-bricks p  394 

Fire-bricks p  826 

Plate  glass     .... 


P 

p.  328 


Tempered  glass  p.  337 

Compressed  glass p.  340 

,  Soluble  glass p.  341 

Window  glass p.  344 

Flattening  oven p.  348 

Fluted  glass p.  350 

Enameled  glass p.  3^0 

Colored  sheet  glass p.  350 

Glass  shades p.  352 

Glass  furnaces p.  3j2 

Bottles p.  358 

Tableware p.  360, 

Glass  cutting p.  3(j8 ' 

Glass  engraving p.  370 

Sand  blast  process p.  3(0 

Lime  glass  (Bohemian) p.  37i 

Slag  glass p.  374 

Mechanical  tools,  molds,  presses      .     .     .    .  p.  3i7 

WRITERS  ON   GLASS. 

C   Plinius  Secundus,  History,  lib.  xxxvi.,  ch.  xxvii. 

Tacitus.     History,  lib.  v. 

Strabo.     Geography,  lib.  xvi. 

.losephus.     Jewish  Wars,  lib.  ii.,  ch.  x. 

Galen,  Plutarch,  Seneca,  Vitruvius,  Vopiscus. 

Eraclius,  XI.  or  XII.  ceut.,  "De  artibus  et  caloribus  Roma- 
norum." 

Theophilus,  XII.  or  XIII.  cent.,  "Diversarium  artium 
SchtEilula." 

Agricola,  XVI.  cent.,  "De  re  metallica." 

Garzoui.  1587,  "Ln  Piazza  Unicersale  di  tutti  le  profes- 
ione  del  Mundo,''  describes  beads  and  fancy  articles  in 
niurano  style 

Neri  of  Florence,  1612,  "Traite  de  I' Art  de  la  Verrerie," 
describes  mixtures  for  white  and  colored  glass ;  choice  and 
preparation  of  metallic  oxides  and  fluxes. 

llandicquer  de  Blancourt,  1697.     "  L' Art  de  la  Verrerie." 

Henri  de  Valois.  "  Traite  de  t'origine  du  Verre  "  (MS)  (Men- 
tioned in  "Les  Memoires  de  I' Academic  dts  Inscriptiones)." 

Buonarotto,  1716,  in  his  work  ,011  his  discoveries  in  the  cata- 
combs of  Rome,  mentions  the  oldlegends  of  the  art,  cites  Aris- 
tophanes as  the  first  author  to  write  on  glass-making  ;  and 
Democritus  as  having  melted  flints  to  form  artificial  gems. 

Middleton,  1745,  published  on  the  history  of  glass. 

Hamberger,  " Hisioria  Vitri." 

Leviel,  "Art  of  Painting  on  Glass,"-  1774,  cites  history, 
and  speculates  on  the  antiquity  of  the  art. 

Glass-making  became  a  scientific  art  XIX.  century. 

Loysel  of  St.  Gobain. 

Bastenairc  d'Audenart.     "Art  of  Vitrification." 

Sir  J.  Gardiner  Wilkinson,  "Manners  and  Customs  of 
Anrient  Egyptians,"  1836,  describes  ancient  Egyptian  glass 
objects,  going  back  to  B.  c.  2000.  See  notices  of  the  same 
*  page  972,  "Meek  Did." 

Later  Works  on  Glass,  or  Containing  Articles  on  Glass: 

Dumas,  "Chemistry  Applied  to  Arts."1 
Mu^pratt,  "  Chemistry." 
Peligot,  "  Lefxnns  on  Gtats." 
Bontemps'  Works. 
Lobmeyr  s  Works. 

Also  the  following  authors: 


R.  E.  Raspe. 

Beneton  de  Perrin,  Jean. 

David  Michaelis. 

Fougeroux  de  Boudaroy. 

Chevalier  de  Jaucourt. 

Alliot. 

Bosc-Dantie. 

Porter. 


Apsley  Pellatt. 

Dominique  Bussolin. 

J.  Labarte. 

F.  de  Lasteyrie. 

Winston. 

II.  de  Fontenay  &  Bulliot. 

Anicherat. 


26 


Consult  the  following  :  — 

"Art  of  Glass,"  trans.  Blancourt,  1699. 

"Curiosities  of  Glass-making."'    Pellatt.     London,  1849. 

"  Guide  du  Vcrrier.''     Bontemps.     Paris,  1868. 

"  Chemistry  of  Porcelain,  Glass,  and-  Pottery."  Shaw. 
London,  1837. 

"Manufacture  of  Crown  (e  Sheet  Glass."  Chance.  Lon- 
don, 1856. 

"L'Art  de  la  Verrerif."     Peligot.     Paris,  1862. 

"Les  Grandes  Usines  de  France."1  Turgan.  Paris,  1862- 
1870. 

"Les  Manufactures  des  Glaces,"  etc.   Cochin.    Paris,  1865. 

"Action  of  Sunlight  on  Glass,"  "American  Journal  " 
Gaffleld.  New  Haven,  1867. 

"La  Verrerie."     Sauzay.     Paris,  1868. 

"Rapports  du  Jury,  Paris  Exposition,"  1867,  vol.  cxi. 
Paris,  1868. 

"  Report  of  United  States  Commissioners,  Paris  Exposition," 
1878.  Blak'e  &  Colne.  Washington,  1880. 

Various  articles,  pp.  971-984,  "  Alech  Diet." 


GLASS  BAKKEL  PUMP. 


402 


GLASS  ENGRAVING. 


Fig.  1201. 


Glass  Bar'rel  Pump.  A  pump  made  by  Ap- 
pleby,  aiid  used  iu  breweries 
for  raiding  hot  wort,  in  gas 
works  for  ammouiaeal  liquor, 
in  tan-yards  for  tan  liquor, 
in  drainage  works  or  farms 
for  sewage,  in  paper-mills  for 
paper  pulp  and  bleach,  and 
in  chemical  works  for  strong 
acids,  etc. 

To  suit  the  various  circumstances 
under  which  it  has  to  work,  the 
mountings  of  the  pump  are  made 
either  of  cast  iron,  lead,  or  gun 
metal, whichever  may  be  best  suited 
to  the  liquor  to  be  dealt  with.  The 
glass  work  ing- barrel  is  accurately 
bored  and  highly  polished.  The 
mountings  are  arranged  with 
flanges  for  coupling  up  to  the  suc- 
tion and  delivery  pipes,  and  are 
held  together  by  wrought-irou 
screwed  bolts  or  stretchers,  with 
double  nuts  at  each  end.  The 
valves  are  solid  India  rubber,  with 
lips  which  open  and  clase.  When 
it  is  intended  to  pump  hot  liquids 
it  will  be  necessary  to  place  the 
pump  below  the  liquor,  otherwise 
the  steam  evolved  will  prevent  the 
creation  of  a  vacuum  in  the  cylin- 
der. For  thin  liquids  the  pumps 
may  be  run  at  a  high  speed,  but 
for  dealing  with  thick  fluids  it  is  advisable  to  adopt  a  low 
speed. 

Glass-blow'ers'  Pump.  A  device  for  inject- 
ing air  into  a  glass  glebe  or  cylinder  while  being 
formed  ;  a  substitute  for  the  breath  and  the  power 
of  the  lungs. 

It  was  invented  by  Robinet,  of  Baccarat,  and  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1202.  It  consists  of  a  small  cylinder  of  sheet  brass, 
closable  at  one  end,  in  the  interior  of  which  is  a  steel  spring ; 

Fig.  1202. 


Glass  Barrel  Pump. 


Glass-blowers'  Pump. 

at  the  lower  end  is  a  wooden  piston,  with  an  opening  faced 
with  leather,  and  held  by  a  bayonet-joint  thimble.  The 
mouth  of  the  ponty,  the  pump  being  held  vertical,  is  placed 
in  contact  with  the  piston,  the  air  contained  in  the  cylinder 
is  by  a  sudden  blow  injected  through  the  ponty  into  the 
piece  of  glass  being  fabricated,  and  expands  therein  by  the 
heat  of  the  glass. 

Glass-blow'ers'    Tools.      (Glass.)      Ponty 
(blow-pipe),  pinchers,  shears,  calipers,  marver  (iron 
plate),  bench,  and  a  few  other  primitive  tools. 
Glass  tools,  nickel  plated,  CUmandot,  "Man.  £  J3.,'' viii.253. 

Glass  Carv'ing.  A  mode  of  ornamenting 
gLiss  by  etching  and  chiseling.  The  most  remark- 
able instance  is  the  "  Portland,"  otherwise  known 
as  the  "  Barberini,"  vase.  Long  supposed  to  be 
an  onyx,  then  considered  ceramic. 

A  modern  remarkable  success  in  the  same  line  is  the  "  Den- 
nis Vase,"  by  Webb  &  Sons,  shown  nearly  complete,  at  the 
Paris  Exposition  of  1878. 

See  "Report  on  Paris  Exposition,'1'1  1878,  vol.  Hi.,  pp.  237, 
274. 


Mr.  Northwood,  is  the  Triumph  of  Ualatea  and  Aurora. 
The  cover  represents  a  winged  horse,  not  yet  finished.  The 
two  handles  represent  horses'  heads,  one  of  which  is  finished. 


The  subjects  shown  upon  the  sides,  the  base,  and  foot,  are 
ornamented  with  leaves  in  opal.  The  immense  difficulty  of 
producing  such  an  article  will  be  understood  when  it  is 
considered  that  all  the  designs  in  relief  have  to  be  carved 
and  chiseled  out  of  the  white  outside  coating  ;  the  artist  is 
required  to  produce  a  semi-translucid  effect,  showing  the 
blue  glass  through  the  opal,  carving  out  this  glass  and  mak- 
ing it  thin  enough  to  show  the  blue  through  and  yet  retain 
perfect  and  correct  relief  forms.  This  beautiful  effect  was 
reproduced  in  several  parts  of  the  vase.  The  blowing  of  the 
vase  itself  must  have  been  a  difficult  piece  of  workmanship, 
since  the  horse  on  the  cover  and  the  horse-head  handles  must 
have  been  so  put  on  as  to  enable  the  artist  to  carve  correct 
subjects  and  introduce  the  semi-transparent  tints  1  have 
alluded  to.  This  glass  carvir.g  is  necessarily  a  very  slow 
work  ;  the  vase  is  not  yet  finished,  some  parts  being  polished 
and  others  yet  in  the  rough  slate.  The  artist  lias  already 
devoted  two  years  to  the  vase,  and  it  is  estimated  it  will  be 
worth  $15,000  when  finished.  It  is  simply  a  '  tour  deforce.'  " 
—  Co/we  (1878). 

Glass  Ce-ment'.  See  Eecipes,  CEMENT,  p.  182, 
supra. 

Glass  Cut'ting.  (Glass.)  There  are  four 
kinds  of  wheels  used  in  cutting  or  engraving 
glass :  — 

1.  Cast  or  wrought-iron  wheel. 

2.  Stone  wheel  of  close  grain.  » 

3.  A  wooden  wheel. 

4.  Cork  wheel. 

The  iron  wheel,  being  mounted  in  a  frame,  is 
rotated,  and  over  it  is  a  drip  hopper  containing 
sand  and  water,  which  run  on  to  the  glass  object 
being  cut.  The  sand  cuts  away  the  glass  roughly. 

The  glass  is  then  applied  to  the  stone  whetl, 
which  removes  the  asperities  caused  by  the  rough- 
ness of  the  previous  process. 

Next  the  glass  is  applied  to  the  wheel  of  poplar 
or  willow  wood,  treated  with  wet  pumice-stone 
powder.  This  removes  scratches. 

The  polish  is  given  by  the  cork-wheel,  with  tin 
putty  (p.  1836),  or  colcothar  (p.  593),  "  Mech.  Diet." 

A  simple  way  of  cutting  glass  is  to  crack  it  with  a  very 
fine  needle-like  gas  flame.  Start  the  crack  with  a  file,  and 
then  apply  the  flame,  which  may  be  produced  through  a 
mimtte  perforation  in  a  glass  connected  with  some  rubber 
piping  so  as  to  allow  of  the  flame  being  conveniently  carried 
from  point  to  point.  The  crack  will  run  before  the  flame  in 
any  desired  direction. 

Glass  Dec'o-ra'ting. 

Carving.  Incrusting. 

Coloring.  Painting. 

Cutting.  Platinizing. 

Enameling.  Silvering. 

Gilding.  Etc. 

See  list  under  GLASS,  p.  400,  supra;  also  pp.  975,  976, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts,"  etc.,  article 
"  Verre,"1  vol.  iii.,  ed.  1877. 

Glass  En-grav'ing.  The  Figs.  1203,  1204, 
show  the  lathe  and  manner  of  using  in  lining  and 
lettering  glass  ware,  respectively. 

As  to  the  former,  a  wooden  gage  is  placed  behind  the  cut- 
Fig.  1203. 


Glass  Engraving.    (Lining.) 


ting  wheel  to  regulate  the  distance  of  the  line  from  the  edge 
of  the  vessel.    A  little  washed  flour  emery,  mixed  with  olive 


GLASS  ENGRAVING. 


403 


GLASS  FURNACE. 


oil,  is  applied  to  the  periphery  of  the  wheel,  the  latter  being 
revolved  at  a  moderate  speed.  By  pressing  the  goblet  against 
the  gage,  and  at  the  same  time  holding  it  lightly  against  the 
wheel  and  turning  it  slowly,  a  line  will  be  formed  around 
it.  The  wheel  is  occasionally  retouched  with  emery  and  oil. 
In  lettering  and  ornamenting,  the  design  is  first  drawn 
with  a  pen  or  brush,  charged  with  a  mixture  of  gum-water 

Fig    1204. 


Glass  Engraving.    (Lettering.) 

and  whiting ;  the  lines  are  then  followed  by  the  appropriate 
wheel  charged  with  emery  Hour  and  oil.  Small  wheels  are 
used  for  small  work  and  for  short  curved  lines,  while  the 
larger  wheels  will  be  used  in  making  large  curves  and 
straight  lines.  The  engraved  work  may  be  polished  with 
leaden  wheels,  applying  pumice-stone  audoil. 

"  The  surface  of  a  plate  of  glass  or  crystal  having  been 
covered  with  a  concentrated  solution  of  nitrate  of  potash, 
and  a  horizontal  platinum  wire,  connected  with  one  of  the 
poles  of  an  electric  battery,  being  placed  in  the  liquid  along 
the  edges  of  the  glass,  any  design  may  be  easily  drawn  on 
the  glass  by  touching  it  with  the  point  at  the  other  end  of 
the  platinum  wire.  The  wire  forming  the  '  pencil '  is  insu- 
lated, the  tip  alone  remaining  uncovered,  and  by  simply  using 
the  wire  as  an  ordinary  pencil  and  tracing  imaginary  lines 
on  the  surface  of  the  glass,  the  design  is  permanently  repro- 
duced and  distinctly  engraved  thereon.  Flat  surfaces  in  iy 
be  easily  treated  in  this  manner,  but  the  difficulty  of  keep- 
ing convex  surfaces  covered  with  the  nitrate  of  potash  i.> 
likely  to  prove  an  obstacle  to  the  general  adoption  of  the  sys- 
tem. By  means  of  a  specially  constructed  bath,  however, 
it  may  be  possible  to  overcome  the  difficulty."  —  Planti. 

Engr.  by  electricity,  Plants  .  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  32. 
Sand-blast,  Tilzkmnn  .  .  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvii.  120. 
And  depolishing,  Mntthetvson  "Technologiste,"  xli.  7. 

Glass  Etch'ing.  A  ground,  or  invisible  alco- 
hol v;irnish  is  laid  on  glass  on  which  designs  or 
scales  may  be  drawn  by  means  of  points  :  — 


Alcohol . 
Mastic  . 
Sandarac 


101 
7 
3 


by  means  of  a  blow-pipe,  he  gathers  from  it  sufficient  for 
his  purpose,  on  the  end  of  a  wire.  This  first  gathering  is 
generally  of  white  or  colorless  glass,  to  form  the  white  of 
the  eye.  He  then  takes  the  rod  required  to  form  the  iris, 
and  gathers  from  it  on  the  white,  and  lastly,  a  little  spot 
from  a  black  rod  is  added  to  form  the  pupil.  During  the 
process  the  bulb  on  the  end  of  the  wire  is  rotated  in  the 
flame  of  the  blow-pipe  and  occasionally  pressed  against  a 
smooth  surface  to  obtain  perfect  evenness  of  outline. 

Glass  Floor'ing.     Glass  tiles 

Flags  or  slabs  of  rough-cast  glass  are  manufactured  in  pieces 
6"  broad.  Ijf"  thick,  11"  long,  and  weigh  165  Ibs.  per  square 
meter;  the  upper  surface  is  generally  molded  in  diamonds. 
Pavements  of  glass  are  made  in  the  same  style  as  the  slabs, 
with  the  upper  surface  molded  in  diivOionds,  but  are  much 
thicker,  anil  are  intended  for  slabs  for  carriage-ways.  They 
are  made  of  cubes  of  about  6"  X  65",  and  weigh  each  19.80 
Ib-1.  Rough  slabs  are  also  made  of  6.56'  X  2.65',  varving  in 
thickness  from  9-16"  to  1£" ;  weight,  from  213  to  492  Ibs. 

Glass  Fur'nace.  The  use  of  Siemens'  fur- 
nace in  glass  furnaces  has  proved  a  great  success. 
The  principles  of  the  furnace  are  described  under 
GAS-GKNERATING  FURNACE  and  KEGENERATOR 
FUKNACE. 

Fig.  1205  shows  the  application  to  glass-making.  A  is  the 
furnace,  on  the  siege  of  which  the  pots  B  B  are  placed.  C 
are  the  openings  through  which  the  contents  of  the  pots  are 
reached.  Under  the  furnace  floor  are  disposed  4  regenera- 
tors, of  which  but  one,  D,  shows  in  the  longitudinal  section 
These,  as  is  explained  under  the  heads  cited  above,  are  used 
in  pairs  alternately  :  (1)  heated  by  the  gases  passing  from 
the  furnace  to  the  chimney,  and  (2)  serving  to  heat  the  in- 
flammable gases  from  the  gas  producer,  and  the  incoming 
air,  which  mingle  just  before  reaching  the  pot  furnace  A. 

The  vaulted  roof  of  the  regenerator  is  the  floor  of  the  pot 
furnace,  and  is  traversed  by  the  longitudinal  flues  H I  H  I, 
which  communicate  on  one  part  by  conduit  F  with  the  open 
air,  and  in  the  other  with  the  flue  G.  Speaking  as  to  any 
one  of  the  four  regenerator  chambers,  that  shown  at  D,  for 
instance,  when  it  is  to  be  heated  the  waste  gases  from  fur- 
nace A  discharge  into  H  H  and  pour  downward  through  the 
cellular  brick  structure  D,  through  the  grated  Moor  into  E, 
and  thence  by  TV  AT  to  the  chimney  ;  when  the  regenerator 
has  been  sufficiently  heated,  the  valves  O  P  are  moved  and 
the  conditions  are  changed  ;  the  heated  gases  in  M  coming 
from  the  gas  producer  descend  into  E  and  pass  up  through 
the  heated  regenerator,  to  be  united  with  air  entering  at  G 
and  passing  through  a  similarly  heated  regenerator,  the  two 
being  ignited  at  their  point  of  junction  and  filling  the  fur- 
nace A  with  flame. 

As  one  pair  of  regenerators  become  heated  and  the  other 
cooled,  the  valves  wnich  transpose  the  course  of  the  currents 
are  changed  by  the  motion  of  a  lever,  and  the  functions  of 
the  regenerators  are  changed,  and  so  on  alternately. 

b  b  are  the  grates  of  the  §-as-producing  furnaces  ;  d  ft,  the 
pipes  of  ascension  for  the  g.ises;  ef,  flues  communicating 
with  chamber  M,  whence  the  gases  fire  emitted  to  one  or  the 
other  regenerator,  as  the  case  may  be.  See  GAS-GENERATIKO 
FURNACE. 

In  th«  works  of  Lloyd  &  Summerfield,  Birmingham,  Eng- 
land, the  application  of  the  Siemens  furnace  to  glass-works 
was  first  made,  with  the  result  of  changing  the  consump- 
tion of  fuel  from  35  tons  of  superior  coal,  to  16  tons  of  infe- 
rior coal,  per  week. 


Fig.  1205. 


lerquem,  "Journal  de 
Physique." 

An  elaborate  article 
on  grounds  transferring 
and  etching  was  repro- 
duced from  "  Dingier' s 
Polytechnic  Journal  "  in 
the  "  Scientific  American 
Supplement,"  p.  103. 

The  fluoric  acid  pro- 
cess is  described  in  La- 
boulai/e's  "  Dictionnaire 
rif.t  Arts  et  Manufac- 
tures,-' cap.  "  Verre,"1 
tome  ii.,  ed.  1877- 

Glass  Eye. 

The  workman  is  pro- 
vided with  a  number 
of  thin  glass  rods,  of  the 
colors  required  Heating 
the  end  el  one  of  theu< 


Siemens  Furnace  as  applied  to  Glass  Works, 


GLASS   FURNACE. 


404 


GLASS   RING. 


Fig.  1206. 


Siemens   Regenerator, 
nace. 


Glass  Fur- 


Fig.  1205  is  a  vertical  section  through  one  furnace  in  a  line 
at  right  angles  to  the  view  given  iu  Fig.  1206. 

"  The  Siemens  fur- 
naces have  been  used 
quite  extensively  in 
m  e  t  al  1  u  rgy  with 
great  success  ;  in  this 
country  we  find  but 
three  glass-houses 
using  them,  viz.,  Bur- 
gin  &  Jons,  of  Phila- 
delphia, the  Lenox 
Plate  Glass  Company, 
and  the  Crystal  City 
Plate  Glass  Works. 
In  Europe  we  find 
quite  a  number  of 
firms  using  them  ;  in 
England,  five  plate- 
glass  works,  twelve 
window  and  bottle 
houses,  and  one  Hint 
house ;  in  France, 
seven  plate  works, 
ten  window  and  bot- 
tle works,  and  nine 
Hint  factories  ;  i  n 
Germany,  three  plate 
works,  eight  window 
and  bottle  houses,  and  twelve  flint  works  ;  in  Belgium,  four 
plate  works,  one  window  house,  and  one  flint  factory.  These 
furnaces  have  also  been  introduced  in  Ru.s.sia,  Portugal,  Hun- 
gary, and  Austria." —  Colnc. 

The  Boetius  gas  furnace,  without  the  regenerating  princi- 
ple, has  been  introduced  among  European  manufacturers.  It 
is  much  simpler  in  construction  than  the  Siemens.  The  gas 
generator  is  somewhat  similar  to  that  of  Siemens,  but  the 
gases,  instead  of  passing  through  regenerators,  are  conducted 
directly  to  the  furnace  with  a  sufficient  quantity  of  air,  and 
there  ignited.  The  air,  by  passing  through  passages  under 
the  bottom  of  the  furnace,  serves  to  cool  the  bench ,  and 
thereby  receives  a  certain  degree  of  heat  extracted  from 
the  hot  bricks.  The  furnaces  do  not  cost  as  much  to  con- 
struct as  a  regenerating  furnace,  they  are  easy  of  manage- 
ment, and  the  heat  can  be  readily  regulated. 

The  Ponsard  furnace  is  also  used  in  glass  works,  and  has 
been  described  elsewhere.  See  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE, 
Figs.  1158-1162,  pp.  385-387,  infra. 

In  it  the  heat  escaping  from  the  fire-chamber,  after  having 
•  done  its  work,  is  conducted  to  a  regenerator  under  the  fur- 
nace, made  somewhat  in  the  same  style  as  the  Siemens.  In- 
stead, however,  of  one  of  the  regenerators  receiving  the  gas 
from  the  generator  and  the  other  the  air  to  be  mixed  in  the 
furnace,  and  having  four  regenerating  chambers,  the  Pon- 
sard  system  uses  but  one  chamber.  This  regenerating  cham- 
ber is  made  up  of  a  number  of  passages  adjoining  one  an- 
other, one  series  of  which  receives  the  hot  gases  after  com- 
bustion, and  the  other  receiving  the  air  to  be  heated  by  the 
absorption  of  heat  from  the  adjoining  hot  canals.  This  sys- 
tem is,  therefore,  continuous,  and  simpler  than  the  Sie- 
mens. 

The  Siemens  compartment  furnace  is  a  substitute  for  the 
bench  with  pots,  the  furnace  being  a  tank  divided  into  thr^e 
compartments  by  means  of  transverse  floating  bridges.  In 
the  first  compartment  the  batch  is  melted,  in  the  second 
compartment  it  is  refined,  while  the  third  compartment  is 
the  leceptacle  for  the  thoroughly  purified  glass,  from  which 
it  is  worked  out  continuously. 

"  The  principal  advantages  resulting  from  the  use  of  the 
continuous  melting  furnace  are  :  — 
"  1.  Au  increased  power  of  production,  as  the  full  melting 

Fig.  1207. 


by  cooling  and  settling  the  metal,  the  working  out  of  the 
same,  and  the  re-heating  of  the  furnace. 

"2.  An  economy  in  working,  as  only  one  half  the  number 
of  men  are  required  for  the  melting  operations. 

"3.  A  greater  durability  of  the  tank  or  furnace,  owing  to 
the  uniform  temperature  to  which  it  is  subjected. 

"4.  A  much  greater  regularity  of  working,  and  more  uni- 
form quality  of  the  product  than  in  other  furnaces. 

"5.  For  the  manufacture  of  window  glass,  the  compart- 
ment may  be  so  arranged  that  the  blowers  can  work  without 
interfering  with  the  gatherers  :  this  does  away  with  ths  .*ep- 
arate  blowing  furnace  now  in  use. 

"  The  reason  of  the  greater  durnbility  of  the  tank  is  not 
only  due  to  the  uniform  temperature  maintained,  but  also  to 
the  circumstance  that  the  batch  is  filled  in,  in  such  quanti- 
ties as  not  to  come  into  contact  with  either  the  sides  or  the 
bottom  of  the  tank,  which  consequently  are  not  suddenly 
cooled  or  eaten  away  by  the  mixture  ;  also  to  the  fact  that 
each  compartment  of  the  tank  is  subjected  only  to  the 
requisite  amount  of  heat  necessary  for  the  purposes  carried 
on  therein. 

"  The  difference  in  the  specific  weight  of  the  irlass  at  the 
different  stiiges  of  melting  is  used  for  keeping  the  metal 
separate  in  the  several  compartments,  and  the  operation  of 
charging  the  melting  compartment  with  raw  material  causes 
the  necessary  onward  pressure."  —  Siemens 

Atterbury's  tank  furnace  is  shown  in  Fig.  1207.  The  tank 
is  shaped  like  an  oval  dish,  and  the  arch  has  the  same  form  : 
in  order  to  expose  a  large  surface  of  the  glass,  relatively  to 
the  quantity,  and  secure  a  favorable  reverberatory  form  to 
the  arch.  The  division  enables  different  colored  glasses  to 
be  worked  from  the  heat  and  furnace. 

Duryee's  glass  furnace  is  a  revolving  cylinder  with  a  blow- 
pipe flame  fed  with  petroleum  and  steam  jet. 

Franke's  glass  furnace  is  a  revolving  cylinder  having  per- 
forated ends  for  the  entrance  of  the  flame  from  any  desired 
form  of  fuel  chamber,  and  for  its  exit  to  the  chimney  at  the 
other  end.  The  jacket  is  lined  throughout  with  a  lining  of 
refractory  fire-clay,  and  has  openings  on  its  sides  for  the 
purpose  of  access  to  the  glass,  and  through  which  the  work- 
men gather  the  glass  for  the  different  articles  to  be  pro- 
duced :  another  opening  is  provided,  through  which  the 
batch  of  materials  of  which  glass  is  made  is  introduced.  All 
these  openings  are  provided  with  doors  lined  with  clay,  and 
which  are  bolted  shut  during  the  melt  or  period  when  the 
melting  is  being  done.  The  cylinder  is  mounted  on  anti- 
friction rollers,  and  is  rotated  on  its  axis  by  a  rack  secured 
to  its  outside  surface  and  a  pinion  driven  by  steam  power. 
This  rotation  causes  the  entire  mass  to  be  uniformly  exposed 
to  the  flame  traversing  the  cylinder,  also  causes  the  constant 
reglazing  of  the  sides  and  ends  of  the  furnace,  and  prevents 
the  undesirable  action  of  the  gall,  which  has  proved  so  detri- 
I  mental  to  stationary  tank  furnaces. 

See  also  Colnc's  "Report  on  Glass  at  the  Paris  Ezposition,'" 
1878,  vol.  iii.,  352  et  seg.  Also  — 

Siemens    *  "Scientific  American  Supplement."  2176,  *  3966. 
Greeley      *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,''  1838. 

Crystal  glass  furnace,  French  and  Belgian,  Bohemian,  La- 
boulai/f.'s  " Dictionnaire  ties  Arts,"  etc.,  cap.  "  Vene,"  tome 
iii..  ed.  1877. 

Glass,  Hardened.     See  GLASS,  TEMPERED. 
Glass'ing.     (Leather.)     Smoothing  and  polish- 
ing  a  side  of  leather  by  means  of   a  plate  glass 
slicker  or  glassing  jack. 

Glass'ing  Jack.  (Leather.)  A  machine  in 
which  is  fitted  a  plate  glass  slicker  for  polishing 
ami  smoothing  leather. 

Glass  Mill'stone.  Blocks  of  glass  of  from  6" 
to  12"  wide  are  cast  in  a  shape  similar  to  the 
panes  of  the  French  htihrs,  hut  more  regular 
and  uniform.  They  are  united  with  cement 
in  the  same  way,  and  dressed  and  furrow-cut 
witli  picks,  pointed  hammers,  and  diamond- 
dressing  machines. 

xxvii.  297. 
xxxvi.387. 
1910. 


•' Engineering  and  Mining  Journal  "  . 
•'Mining  and  Scientific  Press  :'  .  . 
''  Scientific  American  Supplement  "  . 


Tank  Furnace. 

heat  may  be  employed  without  interruption,  whilst,  with 
the  old  method  of  melting,  nearly  one  half  of  the  time  is  lost 


Glass  Press.     The  subject  of  the  prin- 
£  ciplcs  and  practice  involved  in  the  making  of 
r—  glass  objects  by  pressure  in  molds  is  carefully 
=  and  lucidly  treated  by  M.  Colne'  in  his  He- 
port  on  Glass  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878, 
vol.  iii.,  pp.  378  et  seq.     The  various  require- 
ments of  special  forms  and  complicated  structures 
are  there  given  in  extenso. 

Glass  Ring.     (Microscope.)     A  circle  of  glass 


GLASS   SILK. 


405 


GLAZE. 


for   forming   a  cell   in   which    a    thick   object   is 
mounted. 

Glass  Silk.  A  product  obtained  by  winding 
fine  threads  of  glass  iu  fusion  on  rapidly  rotating 
and  heated  cylinders. 

In  the  microscope  the  threads  are  as  fine  as  those  of  silk 
or  the  fibrillae  of  cotton.  They  break  more  easily  than  the  lat- 
ter, but  are  excessively  supple  Krom  the  inalterability  of 
the  substance,  it  is  very  well  suited  for  filtering  acid  or  alka- 
line solutions,  even  concentrated,  and  various  other  sub- 
stances, such  as  nitrate  of  silver,  albumen,  collodion,  Fe  fi- 
ling's liquor,  etc.  It  affords  great  rapidity  of  flow,  with 
good  filtration.  It  is  preferable  to  amianthus,  which  from 
the  arrangement  of  its  parallel  fibers  cannot  be  formed  into 
a  flexible  ball,  and  which  lets  fragments  pass  that  float  in 
the  liquid.  For  analysis  it  is  very  advantageous,  allowing  of 
a  ready  determination  of  insoluble  matters  deposited;  also, 
by  calcination  and  fusion  of  the  glass  may  be  found  the 
volatile  principles  fixed  in  the  passage  of  the  liquid,  uumixed 
with  empyreumatic  products. 

Glass  is  capable  of  extremely  fine  filiation  either  by  the 
winding  process,  cited  above,  or  by  means  of  a  blast,  in  which 
latter  case  it  assumes  a  fiocculent  quality.  See  MINERAL  \Voot. 

Glass  Sil'ver-ing.  Silvered  plate  glass  is  pro- 
duced by  causing  a  slight  coating  of  mercury  to 
adhere  to  the  glass.  To  obtain  this  result  mer- 
cury must  be  retained  by  a  metallic  medium  ;  it  is, 
therefore,  amalgamated  wiih  tin.  Mercury  has 
been  chosen  owing  to  its  power  of  reflecting  light 
very  briyhtly. 

The  process  has  been  described  on  pp.  982,  983, 
"Mech.  Diet."  See  also  pp.  2184,  2185,  Ibid. 

A  solution  of  silver  has  been  largely  substituted 
for  the  mercury  amalgam.  The  Pettitjeau  process 
is  as  follows  :  — 

"  The  operation  is  very  similar  to  silvering  with  mercury. 
The  table,  instead  of  being  a  stone,  is  a  hollow  sheet  iron 
table,  made  quite  smooth  on  its  upper  surface,  and  contain- 
ing inside  water  capable  of  bring  heated  by  means  of  steam, 
to  bring  the  temperature  to  95°-104°.  Preparatory  to  silver- 
ing the  glass  it  should  be  thoroughly  cleaned.  The  table 
being  ready,  a  piece  of  oil-cloth  is  spread  over  it,  and  upon 
this  is  laid  a  piece  of  cotton  cloth.  The  plates  arc  now  put 
singly  upon  these  cloths,  and  the  following  solutions  are 
poured  over  them  :  — 

"Liquor  No.  1.  Dissolve  in  a  liter  of  water  100  grams  of 
nitrate  of  silver:  add  62  grams  of  liquid  ammonia  of  0.880 
density  ;  filter  and  dilute  with  1C  times  its  volume  of  water. 
Then  pour  in  this  liquor  7.5  grams  of  tartaric  acid  dissolved 
in  about  39  grams  of  water. 

"Liquor  No.  2.  This  liquor  is  precisely  the  same  as  the 
other,  with  the  exception  that  the  quantity  of  tartaric  acid 
is  doubled,  say  15  grams. 

"  First  pour  liquor  No.  1  upon  the  plates,  as  much  as  will 
remain  upon  the  surface  without  running  over.  The  heat 
of  the  table  is  now  increased  gradually  to  95°- 104°  Fah. ,  and 
in  about  thirty  minutes  the  glass  is  covered  over  with  a 
metallic  coating.  The  table  is  now  inclined  and  the  plates 
washed  with  water,  which  carries  off  the  surplus  silver.  The 
table  is  again  raised,  and  liquor  No.  2  is  now  poured  over  ; 
in  about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  another  coat  is  deposited, 
which  covers  the  glass  completely.  The  plates  are  again 
washed  ;  then  they  are  carried  to  a  slightly  heated  room, 
where  they  are  gradually  dried. 

"  This  operation,  as  will  be  seen,  is  quite  simple,  and  is 
generally  performed  by  women.  The  silver  carried  off  in 
washing  and  that  contained  in  the  cloths  is  recovered  again. 
Since  glass  silvered  by  this  process  is  liable  to  be  altered 
when  exposed  to  the  air,  and  the  coating  may  become  easily 
detached  if  not  covered  over  with  a  protecting  coat  of  paint, 
the  silver  pellicle  is  covered  with  an  alcoholic  copal  varnish, 
put  on  with  a  brush,  and  when  this  is  dry  a  coat  of  red-lead 
paint  is  put  on. 

"  Plates  silvered  by  this  means  have  more  brilliancy  than 
with  mercury,  but  as  there  is  a  slight  tinge  of  yellow  given 
to  objects  reflected  by  these  mirrors,  they  were  at  first  ob- 
jected to.  This  objection  has  passed  away,  however,  to  a 
great  extent,  and  the  yellow  reflection  has  been  obviated  by 
giving  a  slight  coloration  to  the  glass.  The  new  silver  pro- 
cess costs  about  36  cents  per  square  meter.  Inasmuch  as 
such  works  as  the  St.  Gobain  have  adopted  it,  and  as  the  ter- 
rible disorders  caused  by  mercury  may  be  thus  avoided, 
there  should  be  no  hesitation  in  adopting  this  new  process 
everywhere."—  Colne. 

Glass  Slip.  (Microscope.)  For  mounting  ob- 
jects :  usuallv  3'  X  1"  in  size,  made  of  crown  or 
plate.  See  Fig.  1208. 


Fig.  1208. 


Glass  Stage.  (Microscope.)  A  platform  in 
the  microscope,  used  instead  of  brass  on  account  of 
cleanliness. 

Glass,  Tem'p  e  r  e  d. 
Siemens'  process  consists 
in  heating,  then  suddenly 
cooling  the  glass  to  be  har- 
dened and  tempered  ;  but ' 
when  the  articles  are  such 
as  are  usually  molded,  the 
hardening  and  tempering 
are  accomplished  at  the 
same  time  as  the  press- 
ing—  that  is.  the  molten 
glass  is  run  into  suitable 
molds,  and  while  still 
highly  heated,  is  squeezed  ; 
the  molds  having  the  effect 
of  giving  the  necessary 
cooling  without  resorting 
to  the  liquid  bath  of  M. 
Bustie. 

Glass 


The  material  employed  for 
these  molds  depends  on  the  na- 
ture and  thickness  of  the  glass. 
In  ordinary  practice,  however, 
it  is  found  that  cast-iron  molds 
maintained  at  a  temperature  of 
about  212°  Fah.,  and  earthen- 
ware molds  kept  quite  cool, 
yield  very  satisfactory  results.  The  liquid  glass  may  be  con- 
veyed direct  to  the  molds,  or  may  be  taken  from  the  melting 
furnace  on  the  blower's  pipe,  and  shaped  in  the  mold,  but 
it  is  preferable  to  heat  the  articles  after  shaping,  before 
pressing  and  cooling  them. 


Slips. 

a.  Glass  slip  with  ledge. 

b.  Glass  slip  with  hollow 

ledge  and  lip. 

e.  Glass  slip  with  hollow. 

d.  Weber's  slip  with  con- 
vex cell. 


Siemens 


Paper  by  Bourree  . 

Com  p.    of    De     la 
Bustie  if  Siemens 


"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xiv  572. 
'  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  18. 
"Ens;,  fin  I  Mining  Jour .,"  xxiii.  206. 
"Engii  r.e-:ng,''  xxii.  299. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  1480. 


Fig.  1209. 


"Scientific  American,"1'  xxxvii.  177. 
"Manufacturer  and' Builder,"  xii.  38. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  119. 
For  railway  sleepers,  "Engineering," 

"Eng  anil  Mining  Jour.,''  xxviii.  225. 
Wood,  Br.  .     .    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii   272. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Sept.  11,  p.  7. 

Glass  Tile.  A  roofing  plate  made  of  glass 
pressed  in  imitation  of  the  clay  article.  The  French 
glass  tiles  are  molded  in  such  "a  shape  that  they  can 
be  laid  alongside  of  one  another,  making  tight-fit- 
ting joints  without  cement  or  mortar;  13  tiles  cover 
a  square  meter  ;  each  tile  weighs  about  5£  pounds. 

Glass  Trough.  (Microscope.)  A  means  for 
keeping  aquatic  objects 
in  a  film  of  their  natu- 
ral fluid  for  observation. 
A  division  plate  and 
wedge  admit  of  forcing 
them  to  one  side  of  the 
trough  so  as  to  be  con- 
venient for  observation. 

Glass     Type.     Glass 
cast  into   type  form  and 
toughened    by  the  De  la  "^ 
Bastie  process.      Said  to 
have  remarkable  wearing 
quality  and  to  be  unaffected  by  acid,  inks,  and  colors. 
Montcannont  fy  Dumas,  of  Paris. 

"Manufacturer  §  Builder" xii.  145. 

Glau-com'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  density  of  must.  The  degrees  of  the  glau- 
cometer  show  the  density  of  the  (grape)  must,  de- 
ducting 1  in  1 2  for  foreign  matter. 

Glaze.    For  earthenware  :  — 

Silicate  of  soda 100 

Powdered  quartz 15 

Mention  chalk 25 


Glass  Trough. 


GLAZE. 


GLUE. 


With  an  addition  of  borax  10  when  it  is  desired  to  be  more 
fusible. 

Copper  for  green  color. 

Manganese  for  brown.     Constantine. 

Rendle,  Br "Engineering.'"  xxii.  9. 

"  Scientific  American,'1''  xxxv.  353. 

Glazed  Me'ter.  (Gas.}  One  with  glazed  front 
and  top  in  order  to  expose  the  working  of  the  appa- 
ratus ;  showing  the  motion  of  the  diaphragm  and 
valves,  also  the  gearing  and  registering  index.  In- 
tended for  exhibition  to  persons  unacquainted  with 
the  working  of  meters,  in  order  to  demonstrate  the 
fairness  and  correctness  of  the  indications  of  meas- 
urement. 

Gla'zing  Bar'rel.  ( Powder  Makinq. }  A  re- 
volving barrel  in  which  powder  is  glazed  with 
graphite.  A  barrel  holds  400  pounds  and  makes 
40  revolutions  per  minute,  an  addition  of  0.5  oz.  of 
graphite  being  made  for  each  100  Ibs  of  powder. 
40  minutes  is  required  for  each  charge. 

gee  "On/nance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  p.  108. 
"Engineering" *  xxv.  138. 

Globe.  1.  Sphere  representing  the  earth,  or 
the  celestial  objects. 

A  skeleton  globe  with  inflated  fabric  made  with 
gores  was  shown  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  1878. 
The  skeleton  is  of  jointed  meridional  sections  stiff- 
ened with  zonal  rings  and  revolving  on  a  vertical 
axis.  JZnrico,  Italy. 

Artificial,  Broicne  .  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  Amrr.  Stip  ,"  lrl. 
Fr.  Nat.  Library,  Estr~es  .  *"  Scientific  Amir.  Sup.,"  48. 
Lyons  Museum,  A.  D.  17u8  .  "Fc.  American,"  xxxix.  209. 

Time,  Jouvet *  "Fc.  American,"  xlii.  22. 

"Tecknolosuste,"1  xxxiv.319. 

2.  A  spherical  glass  for  a  lamp  or  burner. 

"  It-  is  not  generally  known  what  a  very  large  proportion 
of  light  is  obstructed  by  the  glass  globes  or  moons  so  fre- 
quently used  over  gas  names.  From  experiments,  all  made 
with  a  light  equal  to  fifteen  standard  candles,  I  find  the 
following  results  :  — 


Illuminating 
Power. 

Percentage  of 
Light  lost. 

1500 

Clear  glass  globe    .... 
Ground  glass  globe     .     .     . 

12.80 
1140 
900 

14.05 
24.00 
40.00 

Another  opal  globe    .    .     . 
Another  opal  globe     .     . 
Another  opal  globe    .     .     . 
Another  opal  globe     .     .     . 
Another  opal  globe    .     .     . 

8.16 
800 
6.64 
8.00 
7.48 

45.60 
46.70 
55.90 
46.70 
50.10 

The  advantage  arising  from  the  u?e  of  these  moons  is  that 
they  diffuse  and  soften  the  glare  of  the  naked  light,  which  is 
sometimes  oppressive  to  the  eyes.  Of  the  opal  globes  the 
dead  white  semi-opaque  one  should  be  avoided.  A  very 
good  form  of  globe  is  that  with  a  wide  opening  at  the  bot- 
tom, which  allows  a  considerable  amount  of  light  to  be  re- 
flected downwards  from  the  white  surface  of  the  inside  of  the 
globe.'1  —  Pattison. 


Gas-globe  holder,  Lnrrtt,  Br. 
Globes.    Effect  of  on  gas-light 


"Engineer,"1  xlv.  419. 
"  Sc.  American,"  xl.  160. 


Globe  Oil  Cup.  A  lubricator  attached  to  a 
piece  of  machinery  and  having  a  globular  oil  cham- 
ber. See  Fig.  3011,  p.  1361,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Globe  Sight.  (Rifle.)  a.  A  circular  sight; 
when  spherical  and  upon  the  muzzle,  also  called  a 
bend  sight,  or  pin-hall  sight. 

b.  When  open,  it  is  also  called  an  open  bead  sight. 
Sec  BEAD  SIGHT,  supra.  The  illustrations  in  Fig. 
1210  are  open  globe  sights  of  various  constructions. 

Globe  Valve.  One,  the  chamber  of  which  is 
spherical.  Such  may  have  a  poppet  or  ball  valve 


Fig.  1210. 


and  mny   be  for  steam,  water,  gas,  air,  or  other 

liquid  or  fluid.     The  name  concerns  the 

shape. 

A  <i/obe  cross  valve  is  one  at  the  rec- 
tangular intersection  of  two  pipes. 

A  t//obe  safdii  ralve  is  one  with  a 
spherical  chamber. 

And  so  on,  of  a  globe  back-pressure 
valve,  globe  check-valve,  etc. 

A  screwed  glove  valve  is  one  whose 
valve  is  worked  by  a  screw;  a  flanged 
globe  valve  one  whose  connections  are 
\iyjianye  joints  and  not  by  bell  joints. 

Jenkins'  globe  valve,  shown  in  Fig.  1211,  has 
a  valve  with  an  annular  packing  which  is 
forced  down  upon  the  circular  peat  by  the 
screw.  Screw,  cap,  and  valve  are  removable 
without  disturbing  the  pipe. 

See  also  GLOBE  VALVE,  Fig.  2256,  p.  988, 
"Mech.  Diet.'" 

Frink's  globe  valve  is  shown  in  Fig.  1212. 
A  represents  the  shell.  B  and  C,  the  valve 
stem  and  screw.  I),  the  valve  seat.  E,  the 
clastic  packing  of  the  disk.  F  is  a  clamping 
plate,  which  holds  the  packing  in.  G  is  a  nut, 
which  holds'  clamping  plate  to  end  of  stem. 
H  is  the  disk. 

Glos'sing    Iron.      See    FLUTING  Globe  $,g/its. 
IROX. 

Glove  Ma'king.  The  glove  sewing  machine 
of  II.  P.  Ilendrickson,  Co- 
penhagen, Denmark,  shown 

Fig.  1212. 


Globe    Valve. 


Glob: 


at  the  Centennial  Exhibition,  has  a  tubular  arm 
inclined  somewhat  from  a  perpendicular,  and  about 
g"  in  dinmeter,  and  at  its  upper  end  a  cylindri- 
cal shuttle  5-16"  in  diameter  and  f"  long.  The 
shuttle  is  driven  from  a  pin  at  the  upper  end  of  a 
rotary  reciprocating  shaft,  twisted  at  its  shank  and 
embraced  by  a  yoke,  the  reciprocations  of  which  op- 
erate the  rod  after  the  manner  of  the  loopcr-rod  in 
the  Grover&  Baker  machine.  A  flat  cloth  support 
is  placed  about  the  upper  end  of  this  post,  for  use 
in  flat  work.  The  needle-bar,  operated  by  a  heart- 
cam  and  crank,  is  placed  at  an  angle  of  from  30°  to 
-40°  from  a  perpendicular.  The  presser-foot,  ser- 
rated at  bottom,  has  four  motions  imparted  to  it, 
thereby  converting  the  presser  into  a  four-motioned 
top-feed. 

The  glove  sewing  machine  of  F.  Sandoz,  of  Paris, 
was  shown  at  the  French  Exposition  of  1878. 

At  the  Philadelphia  Exhibition  was  also  shown  the  glove 
and  mitten  cutting  blocks  and  presses  of  Newton  &  Titus,  of 
Gloversville,  N.  Y. 

Glove  making *  "Sc.  American,''  xxxvii.  104. 

Glove  working,  Townsenrf    .*  "Sr.  American,''    xxxix.  98. 
Glove,  Decorticating,  Sabate    *"Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  182. 

Glue.     Refer  to:  — 
Glue  making  .... 


'Iron  Age,'1'  xxi.,  Jan  24,  p.  19. 


GLUE. 


407 


GONG. 


Glue  making "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  168. 

Glue-heater. 

Richardson,  Eng.  .  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii  38. 
Glue  pot,  Comins  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  168. 
To  prevent  glue  cracking  "Scientific  Amer."  xxxiv.  353. 
Liquid  glue "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  352. 


Glue  Heat'er.    A  glue  boiler. 

Fig.  1213. 


Glue  Healer. 


In  the  figure,  the 
walls  of  the  steam 
chamber  are  double 
throughout,  so  that 
the  pots  do  not  come 
in  contact  with  the 
steam  or  water.  The 
steam  chamber  is  also 
cast  in  one  piece,  pre- 
vent i  n  g  leakage  of 
steam  or  water,  there 
being  but  one  joint, 
and  that  a  plain  flange 
which  can  be  made  per- 
fectly tight. 

The  glue  pots,  three 
in  number,  rest  on 
turned  flanges  which 
are  air-tight,  to  prevent 
the  escape  of  heat.  The 
center  pot  holds  one 
gallon,  and  the  two  at 
the  ends  one-third  gal- 
lon each. 

Each  heater  is  pro- 
vided with  a  water  pot, 
also  with  steam  and  waste-cocks,  so  attached  by  nipples  to 
the  steam  chamber,  that  the  connecting  pipes  may  pass  down 
through  the  base,  as  shown  in  the  engraving-,  or  in  any  di- 
rection from  the  heater  —  Richards. 

Glue  Wa'ter  Core.  A  dry  sand  core  in 
which  common  glue  dissolved  in  water  has  been 
used  for  giving  adhesiveness  and  strength  to  the 
core  when  dried.  For  this  core  a  sand  containing 
no  loam  at  all  may  be  used. 

Glu'ten  Test'er.     See  ALEDROMETER. 

Glu'tine.  A  preparation  bv  Dr.  Bering  for 
stiffening  and  rendering  glossy,  calicoes,  wall  paper, 
etc. 

Freshly  precipitated  cascine  is  well  washed,  dried  at  212° i 
and  reduced  to  a  moderately  fine  powder.  This  is  levigated 
with  a  50  per  cent,  solution  of  sodium  tungstate.  The  mass 
becomes  very  thick  as  soon  as  the  solution  is  added.  It  is 
now  placed  in  a  boiler  and  fully  liquefied  by  heat.  If  it  be 
too  dry,  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  is  added.  When  it  has 
acquired  a  completely  homogeneous'  consistence,  a  little  car- 
bolic acid  or  salicylic  acid  is  added  to  prevent  its  putrefac- 
tion. On  cooling,  the  mass  becomes  nearly  solid. 

This  preparation,  when  not  completely  hardened,  is  very 
soluble  in  water  and  very  adhesive.  It  also  adheres  on 
metal,  and  may,  therefore,  be  used  for  labeling  tin  cans,  also 
bottles  and  jars.  When  entirely  dry  it  resists  for  some  time 
the  action  of  water,  but  is  soluble  in  glycerine.  A  mucilage 
formed  by  a  solution  of  glutine  in  water  and  a  small  propor- 
tion of  glycerine  forms  an  excellent  flexible  varnish  for  wall 
paper. 

Dissolved  in  glycerine  alone  a  tough  clear  mass  is  formed, 
which,  spread  on  paper  and  passed  through  a  so- 
lution of  alum,  acquires  the  firmness  of  good  bat- 
ter. 

On  account  of  the  large  quantity  of  wolf  ramie 
acid  contained  in  it,  it  may  receive  all  different 
tints  and  colors  by  the  addition  of  the  decoctions 
of  various  dyewoods.  If,  for  instance,  cotton  or 
linen,  soaked  in  a  solution  of  glutine  and  dried,  is 
passed  through  a  decoction  of  logwood,  it  is  dyed 
violet. 

By  soaking  cottons  or  linens  in  glutine  solutions, 
dniiii.',  and  passing  them  through  solutions  of  the  SBS&SSm 
mini-nil  acids  or  salts  of  the  same,  they  are  dyed  in 
various  colors,  resisting  the  action  of  soap  and 
water  and  even  that  of  alkalies.  — Ckemiker  Zeitung. 

Glyc'er-ine  Ce-ment'.  For  metals  and  pack- 
ing joints  :  glycerine  and  litharge  ;  made  of  any 
consistence  to  suit.  It  withstands  a  temperature  of 
275°  C.  Is  useful  for  galvano-plastic  purposes,  as 
it  reproduces  a  surface  with  delicacy  and  accu- 
racy. 

Glycerine "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  249. 

Uses  of  (solutions, etc.)    "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  69. 


Uses  of  glycerine 
Cement  .... 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1813. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2597. 


Gnaw'ing  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  Forceps 
used  in  osteotomy  for  biting  away  portions  of  ne- 
crosed bone,  or  removing  sharp  projecting  portions. 
Ronquer. 

Gold. 

Leaf-making lt  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  4023. 

"Iron  Age,-'  xviii.,  Sep.  28,  p.  6. 
Process,  Plattner,  Cal.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  119 

Transparent "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  385. 

Volatilized "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxv.  154. 

Washing  at  Yesso,  Japan     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  222. 

Gold  Al-loy'.  An  alloy  resembling  gold. 
Sometimes  the  composition  has  the  color  and  spe- 
cific gravity  of  the  genuine  metal. 

Meiffren's.  —  800  parts  of  copper,  28  of  platinum,  and  20  of 
tungstic  acid  are  melted  in  a  crucible  under  a  flux,  and  the 
melted  mass  poured  out  into  alkaline  water,  so  as  to  granu- 
late it.  It  is  then  melted  together  with  170  parts  of  gold. 
It  resembles  750-1000  fine. 

Another.  —  Pure  copper,  100  parts  ;  zinc,  or  preferably  tin, 
17  parts  ;  magnesia,  6  parts  ;  sal-ammoniac,  3.6  parts  ;  quick- 
lime, 1.8  parts;  tartar  of  commerce,  9  parts,  arc  mixed  as 
follows:  The  copper  is  first  melted,  then  magnesia,  sal-am- 
moniac, lime  and  tartar  are  added  separately  and  by  degrees, 
in  form  of  powder.  The  whole  is  next  briskly  stirred  for 
about  half  an  hour  so  as  to  mix  thoroughly,  after  which  the 
zinc  is  added  in  small  grains  by  throwing  it  on  the  surface 
and  stirring  it  till  it  is  entirely  fused;  on  this  being  done, 
the  crucible  is  then  covered  and  the  fusion  maintained  for 
about  35  minutes,  after  which  the  surface  is  skimmed  and 
the  alloy  is  ready  for  casting.  This  alloy  has  a  fine  grain, 
is  malleable,  and  takes  a  splendid  polish.  It  does  not  corrode 
readily.  Schmitte's, 

Another:  Copper 8 

Tin,    1£     ) 

Zinc,    J     } 1 

Lead,  5-16  \ 

Gold  Lacq'uer.  An  imitation  of  the  celebrated 
Chinese  gold  lacquer  may  be  prepared  by  melting  two 
parts  of  shellac  and  one  of  copal,  so  as  to  form  a  per- 
fectly fluid  mixture,  and  then  adding  two  parts  of  hot 
boiled  oil.  The  vessel  is  then  removed  from  the 
fire,  and  ten  parts  of  oil  of  turpentine  gradually 
added.  To  improve  the  color  an  addition  is  made 
of  a  solution  in  turpentine  of  gum  gamboge  for 
yellow,  and  gum  dragon  for  red.  These  are  to  be 
mixed  in  sufficient  quantity  to  give  the  desired 
shade.  The  Chinese  apparently  use  tinfoil  to  form 
a  ground  upon  which  lacquer  varnish  is  laid. 

Gold  Pow'der.  Put  into  an  earthenware  mor- 
tar some  gold  leaf,  with  a  little  honey  or  thick 
gum-water,  and  grind  the  mixture  till  the  gold  is 
reduced  to  extremely  minute  particles ;  when  this 
is  done,  a  little  warm  water  will  wash  out  the 
honey  or  gum,  leaving  the  gold  behind  in  powder. 

Gon-do'la  Car.      (Railway.)     A  car  with  a 


Fig  1214. 


Four-wheeled  Gondola  Car. 

platform  body,  having  low  side-boards  secured  by 
stanchions ;  or,  more  seldom,  hinged. 

Pennsylvania  Railway    .     .  *  "Engineering,'1''  xxvi.  430,  439. 

Gong.     Champion   and  Yapp   have   given  pre- 
cise accounts  of  the  Chinese  mode  of  manufacture. 


Manufacture  of,  Yapp 


"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,''  xvii  2^6. 
"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1349. 
"Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Aug.  23,  p.  7. 


GONIOMETER. 


408 


GOVERNOR. 


Fig.  1215. 


Go'ni-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  fitted  to  the 
eye-piece  of  the  microscope;  used  for  determin- 
ing by  means  of  a 
doable-image  prism 
the  angles  of  crys- 
tals. 

The  goniometer  of 
M.  Pisairi,  for  meas- 
I  tiring    the    dihedral 
angles  of  crystals,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1216. 

It  consists  of  a  circle 
Leeson's  Goniometer.  A,  divided  into  degrees 

and    half    degrees,   and 

having  a  vernier,  V,  marked  to  minutes.  The  ciicle  is  turned 
by  the  disk  B.  A  second  disk  moves  the  axis  carrying  the 
piece  D  independently  of  the  circle.  This  piece  is  movable 
normally  to  the  plane  of  the  circle,  and  supports  the  platform 
on  which  the  crystal  is  placed.  G  and  G'  are  adjusting 
screws  for  the  parts  already  mentioned. 

In  order  to  measure 

Fig.  1216.  an  angle  the  crystal  is 

secured  by  wax  on  the 
platform  in  such  a  posi- 
tion that  the  ridge  of  the 
dihedral  angle  passes 
through  the  axis  of  the 
crystal.  This  position 
is  approximately  ob- 
tained by  movements  of 
the  stem  F  E.  The  go- 
niometer is  then  placed 
on  a  table  at  some  15' 
distant  from  a  candle 
fixed  to  the  wall.  Afier 
having  determined  by 
the  plumb  line  the  foot 
of  the  perpendicular 
,  passing  through  the 
luminous  point,  two 
[  points  of  view  are  ob- 
tained which  are  in  the 
same  vertical  plane. 
The  plane  of  the  circle 
is  then  adjusted  to  the 
plane  of  these  points. 
By  turning  the  disk  C 
Pifani's  Goniometer.  the  observer  rotates  the 

crystal   until    he  notes 

on  one  face  the  reflected  image  of  the  flame.  Then  con- 
tinuing to  move  the  crystal  he  notes  whether  this  reflected 
image  coincides  with  the  lower  point  of  sight  regarded  di- 
rectly. If  this  coincidence  does  not  occur,  if  the  luminous 
point  appears  to  the  left  or  right  of  the  point  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  plumb  line,  it  is  made  to  coincide  by  the  screw 
E.  The  coincidence  being  thus  obtained  for  one  face,  the 
other  face  is  adjusted,  and  when  the  two  images  on  each  face 
respectively  coincide  it  remains  only  to  measure  the  angle. 

The  circle  is  placed  at  zero,  and  by  means  of  disk  C  the 
circle  is  turned  until  the  coincidence  of  the  two  points  of 
sight  is  obtained  on  the  face  on  the  same  side  as  the  ob- 
server. The  eye  is  kept  fixed,  and  the  circle  is  turned  by  the 
large  disk  B  until  coincidence  is  obtained  with  the  second 
face.  The  angle  through  which  the  circle  is  turned  is  the 
supplement  of  the  dihedral  angle,  and  it  remains  only  tosub- 
stract  the  measurement  now  from  180°  to  obtain  the  re- 
quired result.  See  also  Fig.  2267,  p.  996,  "Mech.  Diet.'- 

*  "Manufacturer  and  Builder  " ix.  109. 

*  "Scientific  American  Supplement"  .    .     .    .    477,704. 

Goose'neck.  A  bent  pipe  coupling,  having  a 
joint  at  one  end  so  as  to  be  revolvable.  Used  on 
fire-engines  and  sprinkler  pumps  especially. 

Gor'get.  (Suri/ical.)  A  cutting  instrument 
operating  by  a  thrust,  and  used  in  making  the  in- 
cision in  the  prostate  gland  iu  lithotomy. 

Bunk's,  Fig.  149  A 

Doiv fit's,  Fig.  149. 

Hooked  gorget,  Fig.  152. 

Blunt  gorget,  Fig.  139. 

Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Gor'ing  Cloth.  (Nautical.)  That  part  of  the 
skirts  of  a  sail  cut  on  the  bias,  where  the  sail 
widens  towards  the  clews. 

Gorse  Cut'ter.  An  instrument  of  the  nature 
of  a  chaff  cutter,  but  heavier,  used  in  Europe  to 
mash  and  chop  the  gorse  or  furze  (Ulex  Europeus), 


which  is  so  common  on  the  uplands  and  moors.    It  is 
a  substitute  for  hay,  and  a  good  green  food  in  winter. 

Masticator,  McKenzit,  Br.     .       *  "Entfinffring,''  xxviii.  446. 
Mill,  McKenzit  tf  McBttUe,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  tax.  10U. 

Gouge.  1.  (Surf/leal.)  A  curve-edge  chisel, 
used  in  removing  portions  of  bone  by  a  thrust 
movement,  or  by  blows  of  a  mallet. 

Figs.  84,  85,  Part  I.  ;  90,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 
tarium t'kirurgicum.'' 

2.  (Dentistry.)  A  tool  for  excavating  carious 
teeth. 

Goug'ing  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  A  bone- 
gnawing  forceps.  Hontjeur. 

The  beaks  of  the  forceps  have  a  gouge  shape. 

Gov'er-nor.  A  device  to  regulate  the  speed  of 
an  engine  or  machine. 

Steam  Engine  Governor,  p.  997,  et  sea.  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Gas.     See  GAS  GOVERNOR,  supra. 

Water-wheel.     Fig.  7126,  p.  2646,  "  Mech.  Diet:' 

The  Coticlc  automatic  safety  stop-governor  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1217,  Plate  XVIII.  The  valve  has  a  number  of  ports 
giving  a  large  sum  of  opening  with  a  small  motion  of  the 
valve. 

The  steam  chamber  A  is  fitted  with  a  valve,  K,  composed 
of  rings,  stayed  together  by  vertical  ribs  cast  on  its  inside. 
The  spaces  between  these  rings  form  ports,  through  which 
the  steam  passes  from  corresponding  ports  made  in  the 
chamber.  The  valve  is  double-acting,  governing  on  the 
downward  stroke,  and  cutting  off  entirely  on  the  upper  stroke 
when  the  balls  drop  to  their  lowest  point. 

A  sleeve  and  hand-wheel,  C,  are  fitted  to  the  upper  part  of 
the  frame  D  by  a  screw  connection.  This  sleeve  supports 
the  head  G,  which  passes  down  through  it  to  the  driving 
gear,  and  is  raised  or  lowered  through  the  screw,  thus  chan- 
ging the  position  of  the  valve  in  the  chamber,  increasing  or 
diminishing  the  speed  of  the  engine  at  will.  Within  the 
head  G  is  fitted  the  cam  gearing  for  transmitting  the  motion 
of  the  balls  to  the  valve.  This  gearing  increases  the  travel 
of  the  valve  in  proportion  as  the  balls  approach  a  horizontal 
line. 

H  is  a  throttle,  with  angular  connection  for  attaching 
steam  pipe  without  elbows.  The  valve  and  seat  are  of  brass, 
and  are  removable.  The  valve  rod  has  its  traversing  MTC\V 
outside  from  the  packing  box,  and  passes  through  the  outer 
end  of  the  gland,  which  acts  as  the  nut.  This  arrangement 
prevents  steam  acting  on  the  thresid,  and  allows  a  refit- 
ting of  the  valve  in  its  place,  simply  by  removing  the  gland. 

The  valve  seat  is  set  into  the  throttle  with  a  taper  joint, 
so  as  to  be  removed  for  repairs,  without  taking  the  throttle 
apart  from  the  steam  pipe. 

TheJi/'Aon  governor  is  shown  in  Fig.  1213,  Plate  XVIII. 
The  illustration  shows  the  governor,  governor  valve,  and 
stop-valve  combined  ;  the  speeder  for  altering  speeds,  Saw- 
yer's lever  and  automatic  stop-motion. 

In  the  Tremper  variable  cut-off  and  governor,  shown  iu 
Figs.  1219,  1220,  1221,  Plate  XVH1.,  the  governor  is  em- 
ployed not  to  open  and  close  a  valve  directly,  but  merely  to 
determine  the  point  of  time  at  which  the  cut-off  valve  shall 
be  closed.  This  duty  requires  but  little  effort  on  the  part  of 
the  governor,  and  its  action  can  therefore  be  made  very  sen- 
sitive. The  cut-off  valve  is  moved  by  direct  attachment  to 
the  engine,  and  is  opened  and  closed  at  each  half-stroke. 
The  time  of  its  opening  is  fixed  and  invariable,  but  its  clos- 
ing is  determined  by  tlie  governor,  and  varies  with  the  duty 
to  be  performed  When  the  proper  amount  has  passed  the 
valve,  the  flow  of  steam  into  the  cylinder  is  abruptly  cut  eft 
by  the  sudden  dropping  and  closing  of  the  cut-off  valve,  and 
the  volume  admitted  expands  in  the  cylinder  as  the  piston 
recedes,  the  pressure  constantly  diminishing  until  the  ex- 
haust port  is  opened  and  steam  released. 

Figs.  1219, 1221  are  respectively  perspective  and  sectional 
views  of  the  cut-off  governor,  and  Fig.  1220  is  an  enlarged 
view  of  some  of  the  important  parts.  In  this  illustration  G  is 
the  lower  end  of  the  governor  ball  stem,  fastened  to  the  wedge 
W;  L  L  are  the  lifters  ;  C,  the  bell  crank  ;  H,  the  cork 
holder  ;  K,  the  ring  of  rubber  or  cork,  upon  which  the  beater 
B  falls,  after  the  steel  plates  P  of  the  lifters  are  disengaged 
from  those  of  the  beater,  by  the  wedge  W:  Fis  the  valve 
stem,  to  the  upper  end  of  which  the  beater  is  attached,  and 
to  the  lower  end  the  cut-off  valve.  The  movement  of  the 
beater  is,  therefore,  identical  with  that  of  the  valve.  The 
rock- rod  imparts  a  rocking  movement  to  the  bell-crank 
which  moves  the  lifters  upward  and  downward  alternately, 
a  given  distance.  The  hardened  steel  plates,  fitted  into  the 
lifters,  project  so  far  as  to  engage  with  corresponding  plates 
in  the  beater.  When  the  cone  is  raised  by  the  governor  halls 
to  its  full  height,  one  of  the  lifters  will  carry  the  beater 


FIG.  1217.     Condi  Engine  Governor. 


FIG.  121S.     Juclson  Governor. 


Fio.  1219.    (Perspective.) 


Fro.  1220.     (Portion  enlarged.) 
Tremper  Variable- Cut-off  Governor. 


Vis.  1221.    (  Vertical  Section.) 


FIG.  1222.     Waters  Governor. 


FIG.  1223.     Bourne  High.  Speed  Governor. 


PLATE  XVIII. 


STEAM   ENGINE   GOVERNORS. 


See  pages  408,  409. 


FIG.  1224.    "  Buckeye  » 
Engine  Governor. 


FIG.  1228.     Alltn  Governor 
(  Vertical  Section.) 


FIG.  1225.     Hartnelis  Fnyinf   Governor. 


FIG.  1227.    Allen  Governor.    (Perspective.) 


FIG.  1230.     Hfebner's  Horse-power  Governor 


FIG.  1229.     Runqvist's  Oscillating  Governor. 


FIG.  1226.     Allen  Governor.    (  Vertical  Section.) 


PLATE  XIX. 


STEAM  ENGINE  (ETC.)  GOVERNORS. 


See  page  409 


GOVERNOR. 


409 


GOVERNOR. 


upward,  opening  the  cut-off  valve  ;  and  as  the  steel  plates 
are  not,  under  these  circumstances,  disengaged  by  the 
wedges,  but  remain  in  contact,  the  valve  remains  open  unti' 
it  is  closed  by  the  lifter  in  its  downward  movement.  It  i 
then  reopened  by  the  lifter  on  the  opposite  side,  which  rep- 
resents the  return-stroke  of  the  piston.  When  this  condi- 
tion exists,  the  engine  is  said  to  be  "  carrying  full  ftroke.' 
The  steam  is  not  being  cut  off,  but  is  freely  admitted  to  both 
ends  of  the  cylinder,  and  the  full  power  of  the  engine  is 
being  developed.  If  a  less  amount  of  steam  is  sufficient  to 
maintain  the  speed  of  the  engine,  the  wedge  IF  is  moved 
downward  by  the  operation  of  the  governor  balls  and  the 
•  lifter,  sliding  outward  as  it  moves  upward,  is  disengaged 
from  the  beater,  and  the  valve  is  allowed  to  drop  instantly 
into  its  seat,  cutting  off  the  passage  of  the  steam  into  the 
cylinder. 

The  duty  of  the  governor,  therefore,  is  only  to  determine 
the  position  of  the  wedge  IV,  the  power  required  to  move  the 
valve  being  derived  directly  from  the  engine  itself,  operating 
through  the  lifter. 

The  engine  governor  of  Waters  is  shown  in  Fig.  1222,  Plate 
XVIII.  The  action  of  springs  is  supplemented  to  that  of 
balls. 

The  balls  are  attached  to  the  ends  of  curved  springs,  and 
supported  from  the  ends  of  bell-crank  arms  which  are  piv- 
oted to  the  revolving  sleeve  of  the  governor.  In  the  axis  of 
the  sleeve  is  the  upward  extension  of  the  valve-stem,  and 
tappets  on  the  inner  part  of  the  bell-crank  work  in  the 
groove  of  a  collar  on  the  valve-stem,  so  that  when  the  balls 
fly  out  by  access  of  speed  the  tappets  force  down  the  stem, 
and  so  operate  the  throttle-valve  in  the  chamber.  One  end 
of  each  of  the  springs  is  bolted  to  the  sleeve  and  the  other 
end  connected  to  a  suspended  ball,  the  whole  arrangement 
of  balls,  spring-;,  and  sleeve  revolving  around  the  stem.  The 
end  of  the  valve-stem  is  extended  through  the  top  of  the 
composition  collar  and  furnished  with  a  handle  with  which 
to  turn  it  and  a  check-nut  to  hold  it  in  place.  Screwing  this 
stem  down  causes  the  engine  to  run  slower,  screwing  it  up 
causes  it  to  run  faster. 

Fig  1223,  1'late  XVIII.,  shows  the  Bourne  high-speed  gov- 
ernor (I5r.)  The  whole  is  made  of  polished  brass.  The  spin- 
dle carries  two  bent  springs,  at  the  center  of  which  two  brass 
weights  are  situated,  and  the  spindle,  springs,  and  weights 
are  rotated  by  a  small  pulley  driven  by  a  cord  from  the  shaft. 
The  spindle  carries  a  double-beat  valve  which  is  closed  or 
opened  by  the  centrifugal  action  of  the  weights  or  the  cen- 
tripetal action  of  the  springs.  The  latter  is  a  constant  quan- 
tity, but  is  overcome  more  or  less  by  the  centrifugal  force 
as  the  speed  of  the  engine  varies,  thus  regulating  the  ad- 
mission of  the  steam.  The  double-beat  valve  acts  also  as 
a  stop-valve,  its  position  being  governed  by  the  hand-wheel 
at  the  end  of  the  spindle,  while  the  periphery  screw  prevents 
this  wheel  from  moving  from  the  position  at  which  it  is  set. 
On  the  top  of  the  governor  there  is  a  grease  cup,  by  which 
oil  or  grease  is  continuously  fed  in  with  the  steam.  The 
thumb-screw  at  the  end  serves  to  regulate  the  speed  of  the 
engine,  or  to  stop  and  start  the  latter.  The  governor  takes 
up  but  little  room,  and  is  an  improvement  on  the  somewhat 
similar  arrangement  long  used  by  Mr.  Bourne. 

The  variable  cut-off  governor  of  the  "  Buckeye  "  engine  is 
shown  at  Fig.  1224,  Plate  XIX. 

The  cut-off  mechanism  consists  of  a  light  cut-oft  valve, 
working  on  the  inner  face  of  the  main  valve,  the  stem  pass- 
ing out  through  the  hollow  steel  stem  of  the  main  valve,  and 
being  driven  from  a  loose  eccentric  on  the  shaft  with  a  spe- 
cial motion  derived  from  the  co  npound  rock  shaft.  This 
loose  eccentric  is  controlled  by  the  governor,  Fig.  1224, 
which  is  a  shell  fast  upon  the  shaft  and  revolving  with  it. 
In  this  shell  are  pivoted  two  weighted  levers,  the  outer  ends 
of  which  are  linked  to  the  flange  on  the  elongated  sleeve  of 
the  loose  eccentric  The  centrifug  il  force  developed  in  the 
weights  throws  them  outward,  and  two  steel  coil  springs 
furnish  the  centripetal  force.  The  system  being  coupled  is 
independent  of  gravity,  and  the  speed  determines  the  posi- 
tion of  the  weighted  arms,  which,  in  turn,  determine  the 
angular  advance  of  the  eccentric  and  the  consequent  point  of 
cut-off,  the  range  of  which  is  from  zero  to  nearly  three 
quarters  of  the  stroke 

Fig  1225  shows  a  Hartnell's  governor  (Br  ),  in  which  an 
arrangement  similar  to  that  shown  in  Fig.  1224  is  adopted. 
The  entire  governor  is  carried  by  a  disk  keyed  to  the  crank 
shaft  The  purpose  is  to  regulate  the  admission  of  steam  to 
the  engine  cylinder  without  in  any  way  throttling  it,  alter- 
ing the  stroke  of  the  eccentric  without  altering  the  lead  of 
the  slide  valve. 

The  figures  show  the  weights  extended  and  collapsed,  re- 
spectively. 

A1  and  A1  are  the  weights,  a»,  ««,  the  pins  on  which  they 
swing  R  the  link  connecting  the  weights  with  each  other 
at  r1  and  r^  Eis  the  eccentric,  having  a  slotted  eye,  through 
which  the  crank  shaft  passes  ;  it  is  fastened  to  the  carrier, 
C,  by  the  bolts  6',  b"-,  W,  and  swings  from  the  center  el  Q 
is  the  quadrant  fastened  by  the  screw  q  to  the  weight  A3,  the 
arm  of  this  quadrant  slides  through  a  swivel  pivot  P,  on  the 
eccentric  carrier  6".  -S1,  S-,  are  the  springs  which  control 


the  expansion  of  the  weights,  s1,  s-,  the  adjusting  screws  for 
the  springs. 

On  the  engine  being  put  in  motion  the  centrifugal  force 
tends  to  drive  the  weights,  A1,  A-,  out  wards,  but  they  are  pre- 
vented from  flying  out  too  readily  by  the  restraining  force  of 
the  spiral  springs,  >>'',  S-.  The  quadrant  Q  is  so  fixed  upon 
the  weight  A-  as  to  form  an  angle  inclined  to  its  path  of  mo- 
tion, by  sliding  through  the  swiveled  pivot  P,  and  acts  as 
an  incline  to  shift  the  eccentric,  which  it  does  in  correspond- 
ence with  the  movement  it  derives  from  the  governor  weights 
as  they  fly  out  or  come  in,  giving  more  or  less  eccentricity 
to  the  eccentric,  and  consequently  more  or  less  stroke  to  the 
slide  valve,  and  steam  to  the  cylinder. 

The  construction  of  the  Allen  governor,  Figs.  1226-1228, 
Plate  XIX.,  is  as  follows  :  — 

\Vithin  a  corrugated  cylinder,  which  has  small  projecting 
ribs  on  its  interior  periphery,  and  which  is  partially  filled 
with  oil,  a  paddle-wheel  is  caused  to  revolve  by  a  spindle 
passing  through  one  end  of  the  cylinder,  driven  by  a  belt 
communicating  with  the  fly-wheel  shaft.  The  tendency  of 
the  revolving  paddle-wheel  is  to  cause  the  cylinder  to  move 
in  the  same  direction.  On  the  opposite  side  to  the  revolving 
spindle  is  a  trunnion  or  short  spindle  fixed  to  the  cylinder, 
attached  to  which  is  a  wheel  carrying  a  set  of  movable 
weights  suspended  by  a  chain,  the  speed  of  the  engine  being 
regulated  by  the  number  of  weights.  Attached  to  the  wheel 
and  keyed  on  the  end  of  the  short  spindle  is  a  pinion  re- 
volving with  the  cylinder,  and  working  in  a  toothed  sector, 
the  arm  of  which,  being  fixed  on  the  spindle  of  the  throttle- 
valve,  opens  or  closes  it  as  the  oil  cylinder  moves  with  the 
paddle,  according  to  the  variation  of  load  thrown  on  the  en- 
gine. When  used  with  variable  cut-off  engine,  the  arm  is 
attached  direct  to  the  cut-off. 

Fig.  1229  shows  the  engine  governor  by  Runqvist,  of 
Sweden.  Its  principle  is  to  develop  a  pressure  produced  by 
frictional  resistance  depending  upon  the  velocity. 

To  the  rapidly  revolving  main  spindle  of  the  governor  is 
rigidly  attached  a  bracket  which  carries  on  one  side  a  set 
screw,  and  on  the  other  a  segment  of  an  iron  ring,  C,  in 
which  are  mounted  three  blocks  of  hard  wood.  This  seg- 
ment is  so  attached  to  the  bracket  that  the  faces  of  the  three 
wooden  blocks  can  readily  adjust  themselves  to  form  one 
plane  with  the  point  of  the  set  screw,  however  the  latter 
may  be  adjusted  This  plane  is  not  at  right  angles  to  the 
revolving  spindle,  but  is  more  or  less  inclined 

A  heavy  ring,  B,  is  so  attached  to  the  body  of  the  governor 
by  a  universal  joint  that  it  cannot  revolve,  but  can  freely 
oscillate.  This  ring  is  adjusted  closely  against  the  wood- 
blocks and  set-screw  mentioned  before  ;  and  the  latter  form- 
ing a  plane  inclined  to  the  spindle,  rotation  must  transmit 
an  oscillating  movement  to  the  ring  B.  This  oscillation 
brings  into  play  the  inertia  of  the  mass  of  the  ring,  reacting 
against  the  wood  blocks,  and  producing,  by  friction,  a  re- 
sistance against  the  rotation  of  the  shaft,  evidently  increas- 
ing with  the  speed. 

The  governor  is  driven  from  the  engine  by  the  pulley  A, 
whence  the  motion  is  transmitted  by  the  pinion  L  to  the 
wheel  G,  which  revolves  loose  on  the  main  spindle  of  the 
governor.  This  wheel  gears  into  a  pinion  fastened  to  a  spin- 
dle, to  which  the  wheel  H  is  keyed  :  and  this  wheel  finally 
transmits  the  motion  to  the  main  spindle  by  the  pinion  K. 
The  lever  F  is  forked  at  its  fulcrum,  that  is  formed  by  the 
main  spindle,  and  it  is  extended  beyond  this  fulcrum,  carry- 
ing the  spindle  of  the  wheel  H  From  this  it  will  be  seen 
that  the  combination  of  wheels  forms  a  differential  gear ; 
and  here  is  where  the  resistance  offered  against  the  rotation 
of  the  main  spindle  meets  its  opponent  —  the  tension  of  a 
vertical  spiral  spring — that  will  be  elongated  more  or  less 
according  to  the  speed  The  lever  /•'carries  on  its  front  end 
an  adjustable  saddle,  to  which  the  valve  rod  can  be  attached. 
Fig  1230  is  Heebner's  speed  regulator,  for  railway  horse- 
powers 

The  rim  or  circle  is  fastened  to  the  power  behind  the  belt 
wheel,  and  leaves  the  shaft  exactly  in  the  center.  The  hub 
with  its  attached  arms,  weighted  balls,  and  friction  blocks, 
has  a  stud  with  small  coiled  brass  spring  secured  by  a  thumb- 
t  crew  at  the  end  to  regulate  the  amount  of  speed.  As  the 
speed  increases  the  balls  are  thrown  out  by  centrifugal 
force,  and  press  the  friction  blocks  against  the  rim,  thus  act- 
ing as  a  brake ;  but  as  soon  as  machinery  is  applied,  and 
takes  the  power,  the  balls  fall  back  and  relieve  the  braking. 

2.  (Gas.)  a.  An  instrument  or  apparatus  to 
regulate  the  flow  of  gas.  See  GAS  GOVERNOR  ; 
GAS  REGULATOR. 

b.  An  attachment  to  a  gas  exhauster  which 
causes  the  pressure  in  the  main  to  determine  the 
speed  of  the  engine  running  the  exhauster.  See 
GAS  EXHAUSTER  GOVERNOR. 


Refer  to  -  Allen  .    . 


*  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  15,  p.  1. 

*  "Polytechnic  Review,''  ii.  82. 
*"Min.  £  Sc.  Pr.,'-  xxxviii.  81. 

*  "Afanu/.  £  Builder,  "•  xii.  129. 


GOVERNOR. 


410 


GRAIN  CLEANER. 


Allen 


Audrade,  Fr 

Throttle.  Bagnall,  Br.     .     . 

Batchetor,  Br 

Chase. 

"  Buckeye  engine  "      .     . 

Hartivett 

High  speed,  Bourne,  Br.  . 

Cosine,  Buss,  Ger.        .     . 

Clark 

Air  compressor,  Clayton 

Klectric,  Hill 

Marine,  Jenkins  if  Lee    .    . 

Matteson 


Marks 

Deckin  Sf  Parker,  Br.    . 


Marine,  Fotrle    ..... 
Cosine,  Plambeck  Sf  Darkin 

Penney  ....... 

Porter    ....... 


Marine,  Rankine    .... 

Rigby 

Shire 

Equilibrium,  Shanks,  Br.  . 

Tabor      

Tracy 

True 

Varying  speed,  Wattis  if  Stee 


Waters  .     .     . 
Westinghouse 


Ring,  Wile,  Br 

See  also  MARINE  GOVERNOR 


"Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  335. 
"Am.  Manuf."  Aug.  13, 1880, 

p.  13. 

"Engineering,"  xxiv.  443. 
"Sir.  American  Sup.,''  1824. 
"Engineering,"  xxviii.  5. 
"Engineer,''  xlvi.  241. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  35. 
"Sc.  American,1'  xxxviii.310. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  896. 
"Sf.  American  Sup.,''  1806. 
"Engineer,"  xliv.  395. 
"Engineer,"  xliii.  58. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  70. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Sept.  19,  1. 
"  Trleg.  Journal,''  iv.  325. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  4137. 
"American  Miller,"  viii.  38. 
"American  Miller,"  vii.  65. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,''  440. 
"Engineer,"  xlvii.  5. 
"Engineering,''  xxv.  131. 
"Engineer,''  xlvi.  190. 
"Sc.  American,''  xxxviii.  38. 
"Engineering,"  xxiii.  99. 
"Engineering,"  xxv.  229. 
"T/iurston's   Vienna  Report," 

ii.  32-34. 

"Sf.  American  Sup.,"  2162. 
"Min.  Sf  Sc.  Pr.,"  xxxvi.385 
"  Manuf.  and  Builder,"  viii.  6 
"Engineering,''  xxviii.  28. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  150. 
"Engineer,''  xlviii.  431. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  354. 
ens,  Br. 

"Engineering,'"  xxix.  322. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Sept. 21, 1. 
"Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  339. 
"Am.  Man.,"  May  2,  1879,  9. 
"Engineer,"  xlvi.  248. 
"Engineer,"  xlvi.  423. 
TACHOMETER. 


Gra'der.  1.  (Railway.)  A  temporary  track  is 
laid,  and  from  a  platform  and  caboose  car  on  this 
track  a  double  plow  is  rigged  out  to  throw  up  a 
track.  —  Harden. 

2.  An  earth  scraper. 

3.  (Milling.)     A  machine  for  separating  grain 
into  lots  of  varying  qualities.     Barnard  &  Lea's 
wheat  grader  acts  by  the  combination  of  sieves  and 
suction  blast. 

The  wheat  is  received  on  a  broad  inclined  sieve,  B,  and 
thence  to  a  second  or  cockle  sieve,  and  passes  to  the  separa- 
ting trunk  C,  where  it  meets  the  up-blast  of  air  which  enters 
at  D'.  The  force  of  the  blast  is  regulated  to  perform  the 
separation  required :  the  heavier  grain  falls  at  D',  second- 
grade  grain  is  carried  up  and  deposited  in  E,  whence  it 
reaches  a  second  separating  trunk  F  with  up-blast  of  air, 
and  parts  with  the  screenings,  which  falls  into  G  while 


Fig.  1231. 


the  dust  goes  to  the  fan  and  is  blown  out.    See  also  GRAIN 
SEPARATOR. 

Gra'di-ent'or.  A  form  of  surveyor's  compass 
especially  adapted  for  leveling  and  grading. 

Gra'ding  Flow.  A  heavy  and  strong  plow 
used  in  road-making  and  road- working ;  plowing 

Fig.  1232. 


Grading  Plow. 

up  the  neighboring  sod  or  soil  to  be  removed  by 
the  scraper. . 

Gra'diiig  Scra'per.  An  earth  scraper.  See 
SCRAPE*. 

Grad'u-a'ted  Spring.  (Railicay.)  A  round- 
bar  single-coil  spiral-spring,  with  two  conical  india- 
rubber  springs  on  the  inside,  one  attached  to  the 
spring-seat  and  the  other  to  the  spring  cap.  When 
i  he  spiral  spring  is  extended,  there  is  some  space 
between  the  two  rubber  springs.  The  weight  is 
first  supported  by  the  spiral  spring  until  this  is 
compressed  far  enough  to  bring  the  two' rubber 
springs  in  contact,  when  they  support  part  of  the 
load .  —  Forney. 

Grad'u-a'ting  Sight.  (Fire-arms.)  One  grad- 
uated for  distance,  wind,  etc  See  VERNIER  SCALE 
SIGHT,  for  the  former;  WIND  GAGE  SIGHT,  for 
the  latter. 

Graf'i-to.  (Fine  Arts.)  Italian  Sgraffito.  A 
style  of  picture  in  which  a  thin  light  ground  is  cut, 
chipped,  or  scraped  away  to  expose  a,  dark  under 
surface.  See  Fig.  1 233. 

It  is  principally  used  in  artistic  ceramics,  paterrr,  etc.  See 
Prof.  Blake's  Report,  "  Paris  Exposition  Reports,"  1878,  vol. 
iii.,  for  numerous  examples,  in  which  the  designs  nrc  incised 
in  a  thin  layer  or  covering  of  white  slip  over  a  dark  red-col- 
ored coarse  clay  body. 

In  grafito,  the  figure  is  outlined  by  a  sharp  steel  point, 
and  then  for  the  background  and  shadows  the  slip  covering 
scraped  away  to  give  various  depths  of  color.     The  design 
is  thus  left  upon  the    surface    in  Hat   relief,   being 
a  mere   film   not   much  thicker  than  a  card.    The 
whole    surface   is    then    enameled  with    a    fusible 
hard  glaze  which  incorporates   itself  with  the  body 
and  slip,  and  gives  a  mellow  softness  and  finish  to 
the  work. 

Graft'er.    A  fine-toothed,  pointed,  narrow- 
bladed   hand  saw,  used    in  sawing  off  limbs 
and  stocks  for  the  insertion  of  grafts. 
Grafting  tool .     .     .  *  "Scientijic  American,"  xl.  212. 

Graft'ing  Scis'sors.  (Surgical.)  A 
skin  grafting  scissors,  for  cutting  off  and 
holding  a  piece  of  skin.  Fig.  87,  Part  V., 
Tiemann's  "  Armani.  Chiruryicum." 

Grain  Car.  (Railway.)  A  box  car,  with 
light  door,  used  for  conveying  grain  in 
bulk. 

Grain  Clean'er.  A  device  to  remove 
imperfect  or  blasted  berries,  chaff,  weed  teeds, 
dirt,  dust,  or  other  trash  from  grain. 

The  grain  separator  does  as  much,  hut  also  sorts 
the  grain  into  qualities.  As  the  cleaning  and  sort- 
Ing  belong  to  the  separator  the  subject  is  there  con- 
sidered. See  GRAIN  SEPARATOR;  GRAIN  SCOURER; 
SMUT  MILL;  BRUSHING  MACHINE,  etc. 


GRAIN  CLEANER. 


411       GRAIN  CLEANING  AND  GRINDING. 


Commercial  wheat  is  rarely  pure.  Besides  dust,  sand, 
sticks,  clods,  chaff,  and  straw,  there  are  numerous  seeds, 
etc.,  which  must  be  separated  from  the  wheat  before  grind- 
ing. Such  are  several  varieties  of  wild  onions,  vetches, 
peas,  parsley,  beans,  radishes,  mustard,  chess,  oats,  grass- 
seed,  cockle  ;  besides  blasted  kernels  of  wheat,  rust,  ergot 
(smut). 

Shriveled  or  blasted  berries  are  in  milling  resolved  into 
bran,  and  the  flour  discolored  and  rendered  less  nutritious. 
Some  foreign  seeds  impart  unpleasant  taste,  some  are  un- 
wholesome, others  discolor  the  Hour. 

Many  mechanical  devices  are  used  to  separate  the  offal 
from  the  pure  grain  ;  acting  by  gravity,  meshes  of  varying 
size,  rolling  over  a  surface,  exposed  to  a  blast,  a  percussive 
impulse,  pockets  of  varying  size  and  shape,  etc.  See  GRAIN 
SCIIKEN  ;  GRAIN  SEPARATOR  ;  SMUT  MILL.  Also  list  under 
GRAIN,  etc. 

Fig.  1233. 


Grafito  Tile  by  Solon. 

Grain  Clean'ing  and  Grind'ing. 

der  the  following  heads  :  — 


See  un- 


Army  mill. 

Aspirator. 

Back-lash  spring. 

Bag  holder. 

Bail. 

Barrel  bolt. 

Bolt  cleaner. 

Bolt  feeder. 

Bolting  cloth  cleaner. 

Bolting  mill-stone. 

Bone  mill. 

Bosom  staff. 


Bran  baler. 

Bran  duster. 

Bran  packer. 

Bray  plank. 

Bridge  pot. 

Brush-finishing  machine. 

Brushing  machine. 

Buckwheat  huller. 

Buckwheat  shucker. 

Buhr. 

Buhr  dresser. 

Buhr  driver. 


Buhr  rubber. 

Chop  separator. 

Corn  cleaner. 

Corundum  tool. 

Cracking  machine. 

Creeper. 

Cylinder  grinding  machine. 

Cylinder  mill. 

Damsel. 

Decorticator. 

Degermmator. 

Disintegrator. 

Driver. 

Dust  collector. 

Elevator. 

Elevator  boot. 

Exhaust  purifier. 

Facing  machine. 

Facing  tool. 

Flour  bolt. 

Flour  bolting  chest. 

Flouring  mill. 

Flour  packer. 

Furrow-dressing  machine. 

Furrow-gage  staff. 

Furrow  rubber. 

Furrowing  machine. 

Grader. 

Grain  cleaner. 

Grain  damper. 

Grain  dryer. 

Grain  mill. 

Grain  scourer. 

Grain  screen. 

Grain  separator. 

Grain  sifter. 

Grain  smutter. 

Grain  sorter. 

Grain  steamer. 

Grain  toller. 

Grain  washer. 

Granulating  process 

Grinding  mill. 

Grist  mill. 

Grits-grading  machine. 

Grits  mill. 

Grits  purifier. 

High  grinding. 

High  milling. 

Hominy  mill. 

Horse  gears. 

Hurst. 

Husk  frame. 

Kibbling  mill. 

Leveling  screw. 

Lighter  staff. 

Low  milling. 

Maize  mill. 

Malt  crusher. 

Meal  cooler. 

Middlings. 

Middlings  grinder. 

Middlings  mill. 

Middlings  purifier. 

Middlings  softening  machine. 

Mill  bush. 

Mill  driver. 

Mill  feeder. 

Milling. 

Milling  process. 


Mill  pick. 
Mill  spindle. 
Millstone. 
Millstone  alarm. 
Millstone  bush. 

Millstone  crane. 
Millstone  curb. 

Millstone  dresser. 

Millstone  driver. 

Millstone  exhaust. 

Millstone  facing  machine. 

Millstone  feed. 

Millstone  hoist. 

Millstone  leveler. 

Millstone  lift. 

Millstone  spindle. 

Millstone  ventilator. 

Mixing  machine. 

Molarimeter. 

New  process  milling. 

Oatmeal  machine. 

Oat  mill. 

Oil  bush  spindle. 

Pearling. 

Pointing. 

Portable  mill 

Process  milling. 

Proof  staff. 

Purifier. 

Red  staff. 

Kiddle  sorter. 

Holler  mill. 

Sack  filler. 

Sack  lifter. 

Sack  packer. 

Sack  truck. 

Scalping. 

Scourer. 

Sectional  mill. 

Semolina  machine. 

Semolina  separator. 

Semolina  sifter. 

Separator. 

Shoe. 

Sifter. 

Sifting  machine. 

Smut  machine. 

Smut  mill. 

Smutter. 

Stone  clearer. 

Stone  separator. 

Toller. 

Tolling  machine. 

Tomkin  post. 

Tram  pot. 
Tram  staff. 
Unbranning  machine 
Vertical  mill. 
Vertical-stone  mill. 
Wheat  brush. 
Wheat  cracker. 
Wheat  damper. 
Wheat  grader. 
Wheat  heater. 
Wheat  magnets. 
Wheat  scourer. 
Wheat  separator. 
Wheat  steamer. 
Winnowing  machine. 
Yoke  lever. 


Fig.  1234. 


Bodin's  Grain  Crusher  (French}. 


GRAIN  CRUSHER. 


412 


GRAIN  DRILL. 


Grain  Crush'- 
er.  A  machine  for 
mashing  grain  for 
feed,  in  order  to 
render  it  in  ore 
easily  digested.  It 
is  largely  used  in 
Britain  and  in 
France,  especially 
with  beans;  oats 
are,  however, 
roughly  broken  or 
ground  in  many 
cases. 

The  bean  crusher 
is  known  as  a  kib- 
bler in  England ;  the 
grain  crusher  as  a 
concassew  or  au  aplatisseur  in  France. 


Fig.  1236. 


Fowler's  Combined  Drill  and  Harrow      (Stiam   Culture.) 

Grain    Dress'er.      A   machine    for  cleaning 


Fig.  1235. 


Grain  Crusher.    (British.) 


Fig.  1234  shows  the  aplatisseur  of  Rodin,  of  Rennes.  The 
grain  issues  from  the  hopper  in  quantities  regulated  by  the 
feed-wheel,  and  falls  between  the  flat  surfaces  of  the  two 
large  rollers  (0.70  me- 
ter diameter),  one  of 
which  is  driven  by 
hand  or  pulley,  while 
the  other  is  moved  by 
contact.  A  set-screw 
regulates  the  distance 
between  the  two  rol- 
lers, and  a  spring  per- 
mits them  to  separate 
should  a  stone  or  for- 
eign body  intrude  be- 
tween them. 

The  work  by  hand  is 
22  gallons  per  hour. 

The  grain  crusher  of 
Richmond  &  Chandler, 
of  Salford,  England,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1235. 
The  rollers  are  ridged 
so  as  to  make  it  a  rough 
grinding  operation.  It 
is  used  for  beans,  peas, 
oats,  barley,  maize, 
flax-seed,  or  malt. 

The  "set-'  of  the 
rollers  is  regulated  by 
means  of  two  thumb- 
screws in  front  of  the 
machine,  so  that  the 
grain  may  be  crushed 
to  the  required  degree 
of  fineness.  The  feed  of  the  grain  to  the  rollers,  accord- 
ing to  the  force  applied  to  the  machine,  is  determined  by  a 
small  regulating  wheel. 

Machines  for  crush  ing  oil-cake  for  cattle  and  sheep  feed  are 
very  commonly  used  in  Europe.    See  Fig.  498,  page  152,  supra. 

Grain  cutter  (feed),  Pini,  Ger    *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  434. 
Wi/helm,  Austria     .     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  434. 
Crusher,  Von  Horde,  Austria     *  "<Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  938,  2755. 

Grain  Cut'ter. 
A  machine  for 
breaking  grain  for 
feed.  See  GRAIN 
CRUSHER. 

"  Scientific  American 
Supplement"  *  2755. 

Grain  Darnp'- 
er.  An  apparatus 
or  attachment  to 
dampen  grain  be- 
fore grinding.  It 
is  done  bv  wetting 
or  steaming.  See 
WHEAT  STEAMER. 

Grain  Door. 
( Railway. )  A  close- 
fitting  inside  half- 
door  for  the  door- 
way of  a  grain  car. 


and  dressing  grain  before  grinding. 

See  GRAIN  SEPARATOR;  GRAIN  SCOURER; 
BUSHING  MACHINE,  etc.  See  list  under  GRAIN 
CLEANING.  AND  GRINDING. 

Vangelder  ....  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1620 

Grain  Drill.  A  machine  for  sowing  grain  in 
rows.  See  WHEAT  DRILL,  Figs.  7 163-71  OS,  pp. 
2761-2763,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  combined  drill  and  harrow,  Fig.  1236,  is  one 
of  the  implements  of  the  British  steam  culture. 

It  has  a  light  cultivator  or  heavy  harrow  in  front  of  the 
seeding  colters,  and  a  light  covering-harrow  following  the 
same.  The  seed-drill  itself,  even  of  the  largest  width,  re- 
quires but  so  small  a  fraction  of  the  power  of  the  engines, 
that  it  has  been  combined  with  the  harrows.  The  drill  has  a 
width  of  9'.  In  turning  around,  the  heavy  harrows  are  lifted 
by  the  power  of  the  engine,  and  the  whole  implement  moves 
at  once  on  to  new  ground.  The  automatic  lifting  and  turn- 
ing action  is  described  in  connection  with  the  turning  culti- 
vator, Fig.  739,  p.  234,  supra.  See  also  "Paris  Exi>ositwn 
Reports"  (1878),  v  87. 

The  Gautreau  drill  (Fr.),  Fig.  1237,  has  a  fore 
carnage  (avant-train),  which  is  controlled  by  ihe 
workmen  at  the  rear  of  the  machine,  and  serves  to 
guide  the  drill.  The  steering-lever  is  seen  trailing 
backward  and  resting  on  the  top  of  the  seed-box. 
lu  the  English  drills  tlii.s  duty  is  frequently  allotted 
to  a  man  in  advance  of  the  hopper-box,  walking  be- 
tween it  and  the  fore  carriage. 

The  European  shovels,  for  the  English  and  French  agree  in 
this,  are  nearly  vertical,  trailing  a  little  backward  in  fact, 
and  are  forced  into  the  soil  by  means  of  a  weighted  lover  of 
the  second  order  attached  to  each.  One  or  more  cast-iron 
weights  are  placed  on  the  end  of  the  lever,  according  to  the 
hardness  of  the  ground,  and  the  result  is  no  small  addition 
to  the  weight  of  the  machine,  and  would  be  needless  were 
the  shovels  made  hooking  so  as  to  draw  into  the  soil,  the 


Fig.  1237. 


Gautreau 's  Grain  Drill,    (fr'renc/i.) 


GRAIN  DRILL. 


413 


GRAIN  DRYER. 


point  ranging  forward  in  the  manner  of  the  ordinary  plow, 
which  keeps  itself  in  the  ground  by  virtue  of  the  mode  of 
presentation  of  its  point. 

Smyth's  telescopic  drill-tube  (Br.)  shown  in  Fijr. 
1238,  is  a  substitute  for  the  caoutchouc  tube,  which 
is  not  so  popular  in  Europe  as  it  deserves  to  be. 


Fig.  1238. 


It  consists  of  three  parts,  slipping  easily 
one  within  the  other.  The  material  is 
sheet-iron,  and  the  conductor  proper  may 
be  said  to  consist  of  two  tubes,  bl  b-,  dis- 
charging into  a  spheroidal  cup,  c,  which 
rests  on  the  bar  rf,  and  discharges  behind 
the  share  which  opens  the  furrow  The 
tube  fr5  suspended  by  chains  g-  g,  is  merely 
an  envelope  to  prevent  the  entry  of  raiu, 
clods,  or  wind  into  the  tube, 
to  clog  it  or  disturb  the  fall 
of  the  grain  from  the  spout  a. 
See  also  CORN  DRILL,  Fig. 
691,  p.  222,  supra;  GRAIN 
DRILL,  5  figures,  pp.  1002-1004, 
"Mecn.  Diet.,"1  and  WHEAT 
DRILL,  pp.  2761,  2763,  Ibid. 

The  English  garden  plow 
and  drill,  Fig.  1239,  consists 
of  one  light  steel  shovel,  for 
marking  out  rows  to  plant,  or 
for  loosening  up  the  ground 
after  the  plants  are  up.  Also 
a  drilling  attachment ;  a  small 
steel  plow  for  hilling  up  the 
rows ;  a  cutter  for  extermi- 
nating weeds,  and  a  rake  for 
pulverizing  the  ground.  The 
tools  being  optionally  at- 
tached to  the  stock. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on 
Class  76  at  the  Paris  Exposi- 
tion of  1878,  contains  notices 
and  views  of  the  following  : 

See  "Paris  Exposition  (1878) 
Tube  Repots,''  vol.  v.,  pp.  103-119. 

Grain  drill Gautrewi,  France. 

Grain  drill Smyth,  England. 

Kiihn's  grain  drill,  "Farmer's  Friend  ;'      .  United  States. 

Siiiftable  feed-movement  of  grain-drill      .  France. 

American  change  wiieel  arrangement    .     .  United  States. 

Telescopic  seed-tube Smyth,  England. 

Fig.  1239. 


Broadcast  seeding  barrow     .     .     .  Hunt  if  Tawell,  England. 

Broadcasting  plate France. 

Broadcast  seeder Pernollet,  France. 

Combined  drill  and  fertilizer     .     .  "  Farmers  Friend,"  U.  S. 

Fertilizer  sower Josse,  France. 

Combined  beet  seed  and  fertilizer  drill  .     .  Srn  i/th,  England, 

Beet  seed  planter England. 

Cup  feed England. 

Brush-wheel  feed England. 

Provencal  plow-drill Mngnan,  France. 

Uayonneur  or  marker Boa/in,  France. 

Seed  planter France. 

Seed  planter France. 

Hand  seed-drill France. 

Garrett,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvii  467. 

Fig.  1241. 


English.   Garden  Ptow  and  Drill. 

Turnip  and  beet  seed  drill     .     .     .   Cnrbett  if  Peak,  England. 

Grain  and  seed  drill Guilletix,  France. 

Broadcast  seeder Smylh,  England. 

Seed  sower Rasmussen,  Denmark. 

Fig.  1240. 


o 

Roper's   Grain  Dryer.    (  Vertical  Section.) 


Roper's  Grain  Dryer.    (Plan.) 

Grain  Dry'er.  An  apparatus  or  machine  for 
artificially  drying  damp  or  heated  grain. 

Figs.  1240,  1241  show  Roper's  apparatus.  A  is  the  frame 
of  the  dryer,  supporting  the  drying-pans  B  B',  through  the 
center  of  which  passes  the  driving-shaft  f',  carrying  the 
rakes  E,  the  teeth  of  which  are  so  inclined  as  to  carry  the 
grain  inward  and  outward  on  alternate  pans.  The  grain  is 
carried  inward  on  one  pan  and  discharged  through  a  central 
opening,  b,  and  is  carried  outward  in  the  next  pan  of  the  se- 
ries and  discharged  over  the  edge  into  the  pan  beneath. 

H  is  a  coil  of  steam-pipe,  one  of  such  coils  being  provided 
for  each  of  the  pans. 

The  grain  or  other  material  is  supplied  to  the  upper  pan 
near  its  periphery,  and  carried  inward  to  the  central  dis- 
charge, where  it  drops  on  to  the  pan  B' beneath,  on  which  it 
is  carried  outward  and  drops  from  the  periphery  of  the  pan 
on  to  the  flaring  edge  G,  and  top  of  the  pan  beneath. 

On  the  estate  of  15aron  Horsky,  in  Bohemia,  is  a  granary, 
provided  with  an  elevator  for  the  purpose  of  carrying  the 
grain  to  the  uppermost  of  a  series  of  perforated  floors  or 
shelves,  by  means  of  which  the  grain  can  be  made  to  fall  in 
numerous  slender  streams  through  successive  air  spaces  to 
the  hopper  at  the  bottom,  from  which  the  grain  is  again 
carried  in  the  buckets  of  the  elevator  to  be  discharged  on 
the  upper  shelf,  and  so  made  to  go  round  and  round  until 
the  desired  dryness  is  attained. 

Coignet's  apparatus  is  designed  to  dry  grain 
and  seeds  without  destroying  the  life  of  the 
germ.  For  this  purpose  the  articles  to  be 
dried  are  placed  upon  perforated  stages  and 
traversed  by  a  current  of  air  from  above, 
downwards,  heated  to  the  proper  temperature, 
from  104°  to  122°  Fah.,  which  he  finds  best 
to  answer  his  purposes.  A  still  higher  tem- 
perature (namely,  from  300°  to  310°),  applied 
in  the  same  apparatus,  enables  him  to  dry  cer- 
tain animal  matters,  intended  as  manures,  with- 
out causing  the  loss  of  their  nitrogenous  ma- 
terial ;  but,  as  such  a  temperature  of  dry  air 
would  be  apt  to  cause  combustion,  he  replaces 
this  by  superheated  steam. 

There  are  many  typical  forms  of  grain  dry- 
ers;  fan,  pans,  screens,  chutes,  traveling 
aprons,  etc.  See  several  instances,  pp.  1004, 
11)05,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Steam,  Cutler. 

*  "Amfriran  Miller,''  vi.  93  :  x.  161. 
Starry    .     *  "  Srientijic  Anif-riran Sup.,"1  240. 
Standing    *  "American  Millrr,"  iv.  105. 
Wallace  .    *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  6. 


GRAIN  ELEVATOR. 


414 


GRAIN  SCALE. 


Grain  El'e-va'tor.  An  apparatus  for  lifting 
or  transferring  grain.  See  ELEVATOR. 

''  The  pneumatic  grain  elevator  of  Renhaye  consists  of  a 
centrifugal  ventilator,  the  suction  pipe  of  which  is  carried  to 
a  receiver  placed  upon  the  level  to  which  the  grain  is  to  be 
carried.  From  the  same  receiver  the  supply  pipe  runs  to 
the  place  from  where  the  grain  is  to  be  lifted.  Between  the 
openings  of  the  suction  and  the  supply  pipe  of  the  receiver 
is  an  inclined  plane,  which  throws  the  grain  downward.  A 
screen  prevents  the  grain  from  entering  the  suction  pipe, 
through  which  only  the  dust  is  carried  off.  A  piston  regu- 
lator at  the  lower  end  of  the  supply  pipe  acts  in  such  a  uian- 
ner  upon  an  adjustable  nozzle  that  the  proper  proportion 
between  the  amounts  of  air  and  grain  admitted  is  automati- 
cally maintained.  The  principle  upon  which  this  pneumatic 
elevator  acts  is  that  when  solid  particles  in  movement  in  a 
pipe  are  mixed  with  air,  a  semi-fluid  is  formed  in  which  the 
pressures  vary  in  accordance  to  the  laws  governing  ordinary 
fluids.''  —  " Revue  IiulustrtMe."1 

Metmie,Ki *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  28. 

Grain  Fan.  See  FANNING  MILT,  ;  WINNOW- 
ING MACHINE. 

Grain'ing.  (Leather.)  Giving  to  leather  a 
granular  appearance  on  the  grain  side  by  either 
the  graining  board  or  pebbling  machine.  The  term 
originally  meant  raising  the  mitnral  grain  or  mark- 
ing of  the  leather  on  the  hair  side  ;  but  now  is  also 
applied  to  making  artificial  markings  in  imitation 
of  morocco,  hog-skin,  etc. 

Grain'ing  Board.  (Leather.)  A  rectangular 
piece  of  wood,  the  upper  surface  a  plane ;  the 
lower  one  is  convex,  and  fluted  with  parallel 
grooves,  which  run  perpendicular  to  its  length.  The 
grooves  are  coarse  or  fine,  as  occasion  require*. 

Grain  Meas'u-rer.  See  GRAIN  REGISTER; 
GRAIN  SCALE. 

Grain  Mill.     See  GRINDING  MILL. 

See  also  CYLINDER  MILL;  DECORTICATOR  ;  GRAIN- 
CRUSHER  ;  CORN  MILL  ;  FLOUR  MILL  ;  MILLING,  and 
list  under  GRAIN,  "Mtch.  Diet.,''  et  supra. 

Grain  Reg'is-ter.  An  apparatus  to 
keep  count  of  half-bushels  moved  away 
from  the  delivery  spout  of  a  threshing 
machine. 

The  half-bushels  are  moved  consecutively  under 
the  spout,  and  as  an  empty  one  replaces  the  full 
one  removed  the  register  tallies  one.  The  count  is 
kept  by  the  usual  system  of  wheel,  as  in  the  gas 
meter.  The  shutter  of  the  tally  chamber  is  shown 
down,  but  the  count  may  be  observed  through 
the  windows  of  the  closed  shutter. 

Fig.  1242. 


Grain  Scale.     A  machine  for  weighing  grain 
in  commercial  quantities  and  keeping  tally  of  drafts. 

The  machine  shown   in  Fig.  1244  is  by         Fig.  1243. 
Baxter,  of   London.      It  is  placed  under  a 
chute  or  spout,  which  delivers  the  grain  with 
regularity. 

Having  determined  the  quantity  that  >h:ili 
be  registered  at  each  tip  of  the  cylinder, 
and  adjusted  the  weight  accordingly,  the 
operation  of  weighing  may  commence.  The 
grain  being  led  into  the  hopper,  descends 
into  the  compartment  beneath,  until  the 
quantity  nearly  equivalent  to  the  weight 
indicated  on  the  steelyard  has  fallen  ;  the 
diminishing  valve  then  reduces  tin.-  stream 
of  falling  material  to  such  an  extent  that 
its  momentum  is  not  sufficient  to  influence 
the  beam  ;  the  actual  weighing  here  com- 
mences, and  as  soon  as  a  correct  balance 
is  attained  the  cut-off  instantly  stops  the 
supply  to  the  cylinder  ;  at  the  same  moment 
the  cylinder  is  released;  it  then  turns  and 
discharges  its  load.  Being  lightened,  it 
rises,  presenting  the  next  compartment  to 
be  filled,  opens  the  cut-off  (letting  out  the 
grain  collected  therein),  and  the  diminish- 
ing valve  actuates  the  index,  and  the  operation  is  re- 
peated. 

Fig.  1244. 


Grains. 


Grain  Register  for  Threshers. 

Grains.    An  eel  spear.     One  is  shown  with  five 
prongs.    Fig.  1243. 


Baxter's  Grain-weighing  Machine. 

The    "Standard"    grain-weighing    machine    is 
shown  in  Fig.  1245. 


held  in  position  to  receive  grain  by  means  of  gravitating 
latches,  pivoted  to  the  suspenders  which  hang  upon  the 
knife-edge  bearings  and  sustain  the  bucket.  From  the  op- 
posite end  of  the  beam  is  suspended  the  balancing  weight. 
The  balancing  weights  are  so  arranged  that  the  lower  or 
main  weight,  in  conjunction  with  the  small  weight  on  the 
supplemental  beam,  exactly  balances  the  empty  bucket,  and 
the  grain  weight  balances  the  weight  of  the  grain  to  be 
taken  in  the  bucket  at  each  dump.  Immediately  above  the 
grain  bucket  is  placed  the  spout,  which  is  gradually  tapered 
to  the  mouth  at  the  lower  end,  through  which  the  grain  is  de- 
livered into  the  bucket.  Mounted  upon  theside  of  the  spout 
are  two  long,  narrow  plates,  the  larger  of  which  is  known  as 
the  main,  and  the  smaller  as  the  supplemental  cut-oil,  which 
are  operated  by  means  of  fixed  clutches  upon  the  shaft. 

When  the  grain-bucket  is  at  the  highest  point  of  it 
both  the  cut-off  and  the  drip-plates  are  entirely  withdrawn 
from  under  the  mouth  of  the  spout,  and  the  grain  flows 
freely  into  the  bucket.  When  so  much  grain  as  is  repre- 
sented by  the  difference  between  the  supplemental  weight 
and  the  grain  weight  is  taken  into  the  bucket,  the  bucket 
and  forward  end  of  the  beam  descends  a  shorr  distance,  until 
the  supplemental  weight  rests  upon  the  beam,  when  the 


GRAIN   SCALE. 


415 


GRAIN   SEPARATOR. 


Fig.  1245. 


"  Standard  '•'   Grain  Scale. 

bucket  lacking  grain  to  the  extent  of  the  supplemental 
weight  is  checked  in  its  downward  movement,  and  pauses 
until  the  requisite  quantity  to  complete  the  load  has  been 
taken.  The  main  cut-off  plate  is  now  closed,  leaving  open 
only  a  narrow  slit,  through  which  passes  the  final  quantity 
of  grain,  necessary  to  complete  the  load.  The  bucket  then 
descends  until  the  latches  holding  it  in  position  are  released 
by  check-pieces  on  the  frame  of  the  machine,  when  it  turns 
on  its  shaft,  discharges  the  weighed  load  of  grain,  and  re- 
turns to  repeat  this  operation  as  long  as  grain  is  supplied  to 
the  scale.  The  discharge  of  the  grain  from  one  compartment 
of  the  bucket  presents  the  opposite  compartment  for  the  re- 
ception of  grain  as  it  rises  under  the  spout. 

Compare  :  — 

Meter,  Barnard  ....  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xliii.  259. 

Scale,  Cherry *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  66. 

Weighing  machine,  auto- 
matic, Kaiser,  Austria  .  *  "Engineer,'1''  1.  404. 

Weighing  and  measuring 
mach.,  Austria    .     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  1.  458  (Fig.  43). 

Standard  '•' *  "Iron  Age,"1  xxv.,  April  15,  p.  1. 

.     .  *  "Scientific  Amer  ,"  xxxvi.  227. 


Sampler,  Gent    .     . 

Grain  Scour'- 
er.  A  machine 
for  removing  the 
fuzz  from,  and 

polishing  the  ber- 
ry. Used  for 
wheat,  rye,  and 
buckwheat. 

The  grain  follows 
a  circuitous  passage ; 
falling  down  a  fun- 
nel to  the  center, 
it  is  caught  upon 
the  rough  sandstone 
disk  ;ind  thrown  out 
centrifuzaUy,  to  re- 
peat the  action  again 
and  again  till  it 
reaches  the  bottom 
and  the  discharge 
spout.  The  blast 
which  carries  off  the 
fuzz  ascends  through 
the  machine,  passing 
in  a  contrary  direc- 
tion to  the  grain. 


Fig.  1246. 


In  Ingraham's  machine,  Fig.  1247,  the  wheat  descends 
between  the  brush  cylinder  and  the  rough  concave,  and  is 
delivered  with  all  the  fuzz  and  offal  into  the  chamber,  where 
it  is  exposed  to  the  current  of  air  passing  to  the  aspiration 
fan,  and  is  sorted  into  two  grades  while  the  dust  is  carried 
up  and  blown  out. 

See  also  BRUSHING  MACHINE,  p.  141,  supra. 

Fig.  1247. 


Id"1  Neil's  Grain  Seovrtr, 


Iiiifraham's  Grain  Kcourer. 

Richardson *  "American  Miller,''  vi.  22. 

Insrakam  "Excelsior."     .  *  "American  Miller,''  vi.  22. 

T/iroop *  "American  Miller,'1  viii.  454. 

Knox *  "American  Miller,''  viii.  223. 

Trimmer.     .          ....  *  "American  Miller,'''  viii.  321. 

Grain  Sep'a-ra'tor-  1.  The  more  common 
form  of  machine  for  ridding  grain  of  chaff,  husks, 
dirt,  and  dust  is  still  the  fanning-mill  or  winnow- 
ing machine,  but  late  years  have  introduced  a 
number  of  more  speedy  and  excellent  methods. 
The  French  especially  have  attained  a  degree  of 
accuracy  in  sorting  grades  of  grain,  different  grains, 
and  grain  from  offal  and  dirt.  Both  in  Britain  and 
in  France  the  farmer's  implements  for  cleaning 
grain  are  in  great  variety.  In  milling  implements 
our  variety  is  the  greater. 
These  machines  may  be  summarized  as  acting  by 

a.  Blast.  d.  Adjustable  cylindrical  sieve. 

b.  Aspiration.  e.   Perforated  and  dented  plates. 

c.  Graduated  sieve,   f.    Percussion. 

g.  Projection. 

a.  (Blast.)      See  FANNING  MILL,  p.  825,   "Mech.   Diet." 
WINNOWING  MACHINE,  p.  2787.     Ibid. 

b.  (Aspiration.)     See   ASPIRATING    WINNOWING    MACHINE, 
Fig.  119,  p.  51,  supra.    Also,  GRADER,  Fig  1231,  p.  410,  Ibid. 

The  "Eureka"  separator,  Fig.  1248,  acts  in 
large  degree  upon  the  aspirator  principle,  although 
it  embraces  many  other  features,  shaking  screens, 
etc.  It  has  zig-zag  arrangement  of  screens,  com- 
bined with  a  lateral  shake  movement,  and  is  in- 
tended to  rid  wheat  of  oats  and  other  impurities. 

The  wheat  is  first  fed  into  a  suction  separator,  which  re- 
moves the  dust  and  light  impurities,  the  dust  passing  to  the 
fan,  while  the  chess  (cheat)  and  such  other  seeds  as  are  of 
some  value  for  food  are  discharged  separately.  The  wheat 
then  falls  on  to  a  shaking  screen  and  distributor,  which 
throws  off  straws,  heads,  sticks,  etc  ,  and  distributes  the 
grain  evenly  the  entire  length  of  the  upper  screen.  It  then 
passes  over  a  series  of  screens  which  rid  it  of  oats.  It  then 
passes  to  .a  cockle-screen  which  also  rids  it  of  sand  and  small 
seeds,  and  thence  passes  to  a  separating  leg,  where  the  op- 
eration is  completed. 

c.  (Graduated   Sieve.)     An   instance   of  this  is 
afforded  in  Fig.  1249  of  Plate  XX.,  whicli  repre- 
sents the  grain  cleaner  and  separator  of  Boby,  Bury 
St.  Edmund's,  England. 

Tiie  machine  has  a  wooden  frame  and  a  long  inclined 


GRAIN   SEPARATOR. 


416 


GRAIN   SEPARATOR. 


Fig.  1248. 


"Eureka  "  Separator. 

Move,  which  receives  at  its  upper  end  the  grain  from  a  hop- 
per. The  grain  issues  in  a  thin  sheet  from  the  hopper,  and 
first  falls  upon  a  separator,  which  arrests  stones  and  large 
trash,  allowing  the  grain  to  pass  down  and  be  discharged  in 
a  sheet  as  wide  as  the  Inclined  sieve  beneath.  This  sieve  re- 
ceives a  longitudinal  agitation  by  means  of  a  pitman  from  a 
crank  on  the  horizontal  axis,  which  is  revolved  by  hand- 
crank  or  belt,  as  the  rase  may  be. 

The  longitudinal  wires  of  the  shaking  sieve  are  carefully 
stretched,  and  are  spaced  so  as  to  retain  plump  grains  and 
allow  broken  or  thin  grains  to  pass,  and  the  meshes  are  kept 
open  by  thin  blades,  which  also  rectify  the  positions  of  the 
passing  grains  and  bring  them  into  parallelism  with  the 
wires  along  which  they  pass  in  their  descent  from  the  stone- 
separator  to  their  point  of  ultimate  discharge. 

The  machine  is  particularly  intended  for  the  cleaning  and 
sorting  of  barley  for  malting,  and  the  necessity  of  a  perfect 
action  in  this  respect  is  set  forth  in  the  statement  following: 

1.  It  is  essential  that,  in  advance  of  the  payment  of  the 
impost  duty  (internal  revenue  or  excise  tax)  on  the  steeped 
malt,  the  entire  mass  must  be  rid  of  matters  which  produce 
deficient  quantities  of  saccharine  extract. 

2.  Jt  is  necessary  to  separate  all  light  grains  before  mak- 
ing the  malt,  for  otherwise  they  will  become  too  damp  or 
saturated  in  the  time  necessary  for  the  sufficient  steeping  of 
the  good  grain. 

3.  The  thin  or  light  grains  must  be  absolutely  separated 
from  the  full-sized  grains  before  making  the  malt,  for  other- 
wise the  thin  grains  pass  unbroken  between  the  rollers  in 
the  process  of  crushing  the  plump  grains. 

The  operating  surface  of  the  Boby  sieve  is  stated  to  have 
six  times  the  area  of  the  usual  rotary  sieve,  and,  the  grain 
being  spread  over  so  great  a  surface,  each  light  grain  is 
sifted  out  in  passing  from  the  hopper  to  the  discharge:  in 
the  rotary  sieve  the  acting  surface  is  only  at  the  lower  side, 
estimated  as  only  embracing,  at  any  one  time,  one  ninth  of 
the  peripheral. 

d.  (Adjustable  Cylindrical  Sieve.)  A  peculiar 
character  of  sieve,  of  cylindrical  form,  and  capable 
of  having  the  meshes  made  of  any  desired  interval, 
within  certain  limits.  The  machine  of  Penney  & 
Co.,  of  Lincoln,  England,  is  shown  in  three  Figs., 
1250,  1251,  1252,  of  Plate  XX. 

It  is  made  of  various  sizes  and  prices,  and  there  are  also 
special  constructions  for  certain  purposes,  such  as  the  clean- 
ing and  grading  of  malt,  the  cleaning  of  peas  and  beans,  etc 
The  latter-mentioned  articles  require  such  a  very  different 
range  of  adjustability  that  the  machines  cannot  be  econom 
ically  made  to  suit  the  wide  ranges  of  work. 

The  machine  can  be  adapted  lor  all  species  and  qualities 
of  grains  (within  profitable  limits,  as  stated)  by  means  of 
varying  the  distance  between  the  wires. 

The  cylindrical  screen  may  be  said  to  consist  of  one  con- 
tinuous wire  laid  spirally  around  the  longitudinal  bars 


which  form  the  skeleton  of  the  screen.  One  of  the  heads  is 
adjustable  longitudinally  of  the  axis  of  rotation,  slipping 
thereon,  and  as  it  is  drawn  toward  the  extremity,  the  spaces 
between  the  laps  of  wire  become  larger,  and,  conversely,  the 
intervals  are  diminished  as  the  heads  are  approached  by  the 
reverse  adjustment.  Spiral  springs  mounted  upon  the  ex- 
terior rods,  as  in  Fig.  1251  (ressnrts  extcrieurs),  or  within  the 
cylindrical  screen,  as  in  Fig.  1252  (ressorts  interieurs),  keep 
the  screen  extended  longitudinally. 

The  different  kinds  of  brushes  used  for  cleaning  the 
meshes  of  the  screen  are  shown  in  Figs.  1251,  1252. 

Regularity  of  passage  through  the  length  of  the  screen  is 
secured  by  a  spiral  Mange  or  rib  projecting  inward  from  the 
cylindrical  surface,  which  tumbles  the  grain  along  until  it 
pushes  it  out  at  the  end.  Dry  and  broken  grain  U  retarded, 
while  damp  grain  is  expedited  in  its  passage,  the  rate  being 
thus  made  uniform,  though  the  condition  of  the  graiu  may 
vary. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  1250  is  composed  of  two  parts, 
of  which  the  second  and  lower  has  screen  open  ings  of  greater 
interval  than  the  first  part.  It  is  intended  for  grain  which 
contains  stones,  ordure  of  vermin,  or  other  matters  larger 
than  the  wheat  or  the  grain  to  which  the  machine  is  for  the 
time  adjusted.  The  stones  and  other  large  matters  pa?s 
clear  through  the  screen  and  into  a  spout,  which  ejects  them 
at  the  side ;  the  good  grain  passes  over  the  meshes  of  the 
first  part  of  the  cylinder  and  is  divested  of  the  small  and 
broken  grains  which  pass  the  meshes  ;  it  then  itself  falls 
between  the  meshes  of  the  second  portion  of  the  cylinder, 
and  is  discharged  by  a  spout  at  the  end,  while  the  stones 
pass  on,  and  so  to  the  side  spout  as  stated. 

e.  (Perforated  and  Dented  Plates.)  The  riddle- 
sorter  of  Pernollct,  Paris,  shown  in  Fig.  1253, 
Plate  XX.,  is  made  in  several  forms,  some  adapted 
for  the  ordinary  uses  of  the  farm  in  cleaning  grain, 
and  others  for  special  service,  such  as  cleaning 
green  peas,  beans,  lentils,  coffee,  cacao ;  for  sorting 
different  kinds  of  barley  for  brewers,  etc. 

The  machines,  in  some  cases,  are  specially  con- 
structed for  a  given  purpose,  but  in  others  the 
change  of  the  perforated  iron  plates  for  others  of 
larger  or  smaller  apertures  is  sufficient  to  adapt  the 
machine  to  the  required  purpose. 

The  grain  is  placed  in  the  hopper,  its  rate  of  feed  depend 
ing  upon  the  slide  in  the  bottom.  An  oblique  spout  con- 
ducts the  grain  fairly  within  the  rotating  cylinder,  whose 
four  compartments,  being  clothed  with  punched  iron  screens 
of  different  apertures,  sort  the  different  kinds  and  drop  them 
into  boxes  beneath.  The  respective  screens  have  round 
holes  of  different  sizes,  or  long  holes,  to  detain  or  to  allow  to 
pass,  as  the  case  may  be,  seeds  of  varying  sizes  and  shapes 

Marot's  grain  cleaner,  shown  in  section  in  Fig. 
1254,  Plate  XX.,  shows  a  new  feature  in  gvain- 
cleaners,  namely,  indented  plates,  which  form  pock- 
ets to  carry  up  seeds  on  the  inside  of  the  cylinder 
and. drop  them  into  a  tray,  which  carries  away  the 
seed  thus  segregated  from  the  other  contents  of 
the  rolling  cylinder. 

The  indented  plates,  of  which  detached  portions  are  shown 
in  Fig.  1255,  Plate  XX.,  are  sectional  cylindrical  jackets,  like 
the  perforated  covering  of  the  Pernollet  machine  just  de- 
scribed, but  instead  of  holes  they  have  pockets  or  cups,  made 
by  punching  or  drilling,  and  form  cylinders  around  the  axis 
of  rotation. 

As  in  the  cage  of  the  Pernollet  machine,  and  others  of  its 
class,  the  enveloping  cylinder  has  perforations  in  its  four 
sections,  of  varying  sized  apertures,  according  to  the  special 
work  to  which  it  has  to  be  applied  ;  so  in  the  case  of  the 
Marot  machine,  the  indented  jacket,  with  its  recesses  facing 
inward,  has  pockets  of  such  size  and  shape  as  to  catch  and 
hold  special  kinds  of  grain  or  of  seeds  which  it  may  he  re- 
quired to  abstract  from  the  mixed  or  foul  material  fed  into 
the  machine. 

The  new  mode  of  screening  compels  the  long  grains  to 
pass  through  round  holes  equal  in  size  to  their  diameter,  a 
result  vainly  sought  until  now,  and  which  can  he  readily 
understood  in  looking  at  the  perforated  cell,  the  entrance  to 
which  is  three  times  as  large  as  the  perforation,  being  in  fact 
funnel  shaped. 

It  will  be  well  to  enter  into  a  detailed  statement  of  the 
functions  of  the  different  parts  for  the  better  understanding 
of  the  process  and  operation,  and  the  perfection  attained. 

The  grain-sorter  is  composed  of  a  dented  cylinder  inclosed 
in  a  wooden  frame,  which  is  surmounted  by  a  hopper,  T, 
and  in  prolongation  thereof  is  a  double  inclined  riddle,  agi- 
tated by  connection  with  a  wheel. 

The  upper  riddle,  g,  retains  all  the  impurities  and  large 
round  grains  ;  the  lower  riddle,  g',  allows  passage  to  the  rye- 


Dented         Perforated 
Plate.  Plate. 


FIG.  1254.     Double-action  Grain  Sorter. 


FIG.  1249.      Grain  Cleaner  and  Separator. 


IG.  1256.     Barley  Sorter  for  Brewen 


FIG.  1250.     Adjustable  Rotary  Screen  (with  Stone  Separator 


FIG.  1252.    Adjustable  Rotary  Screen  (dismounted). 


FIG.  12o!.     Adiustable  Rotary  Screen  (dismounted) 


FIG.  1257.     Sifling-sorting  Separator. 


FIG.  1253.     Kiddle  Sorter. 


FIQ.  1258.     C'eaning  and  Separating  Machine. 


PLATE  XX. 


GRAIN  CLEANERS  AND  SEPARATORS.    (FRENCH,  BRITISH,  AMERICAN.)  See  page  416. 


GRAIN  SEPARATOR. 


417 


GRAIN  SEPARATOR. 


grass  seed,  small  seeds,  and  refuse,  which  fall  into  a  tray,  h, 
placed  athwart  the  frame. 

The  wheat  falls  off  the  end  of  the  riddle  into  a  hopper,  E, 
and  thence  into  a  spout,  which  conducts  it  into  the  interior 
of  the  cylinder  C.  In  a  central  position  in  the  cylinder  be- 
neath the  axis.;' is  a  trough,  R,  in  which  is  a  conveyor,  r,  ro- 
tated by  a  pinion,  i,  from  a  wheel,  ;',  on  the  axis  ;'. 

The  first  part  of  the  cylinder  Cis  studded  with  indenta- 
tions (concave  interiorly,  but  nnt  perforated),  as  shown  in 
the  left  portion  of  Fig.  1255,  Plate  XX.,  which  is  a  portion 
of  one  of  the  plates. 

These  depressions  are  of  such  diameter  that  the  wheat  and 
round  grains  may  lodge  in  them,  and  in  the  movement  of 
the  cylinder  their  contents  are  lifted  and  dropped  into  the 
trough  R,  while  the  barley  and  oats  are  prevented,  by  their 
length,  from  lodging  in  the  cups,  and,  following  the  slope  of 
the  cylinder,  are  discharged  at  the  opening  o,  at  its  mid- 
length. 

The  wheat  and  round  grains,  carried  up  the  cups  and 
caught  in  the  trough  R,  are  carried  along  by  the  conveyor  r, 
an  I  fall  into  the  cylinder  through  an  opening,  s,  at  a  p'.int 
beyond  the  discharge,  o,  of  the  oats  and  barley.  Here  they 
come  under  the  action  of  the  second  part  of  the  cylinder, 
the  inner  surface  of  which  has  depressions  of  smaller  diame- 
ter, suitable  for  carrying  up  the  round  grains,  such  as  tares, 
but  rejecting  the  wheat.  The  tares,  etc.,  are  dropped  into 
the  trough  R',  which  is  a  continuation  of  R,  and,  being 
pushed  by  the  conveyor,  are  forced  out  at  the  end  and  led 
by  a  spout  (not  shown)  into  the  box  1. 

The  wheat,  deprived  of  oats,  barley,  and  round  grains 
(tares,  mustard,  rape,  etc.),  follows  the  slope  of  the  cylinder 
to  the  point  t,  where  it  falls  into  the  cylinder  C'.  It  passes 
backward  along  the  whole  length  of  the  cylinder,  pushed  by 
the  helicoidal  wings  which  forma  conveyor  on  the  periphery 
of  cylinder  C. 

At  the  point  u>,  beneath  the  place  of  first  entry  into  the 
cylinder,  the  wheat,  with  some  other  grains  not  yet  elimi- 
nated, falls  into  cylinder  C",  which  consists  of  plates  both 
dented  and  perforated,  concavity  inward.  The  grain  is 
caught  in  the  cups  and  carried  up,  and,  while  the  diameter 
of  the  holes  is  not  sufficient  to  allow  good  wheat  to  pass,  the 
shrunken  grains,  cheat ,  rye,  rye-grass  seed,  etc.,  pass  through 
the  openings  indicated  by  the  lower  row  of  vertical  arrows, 
and  fall  upon  the  iloor,  while  the  clean  wheat  is  discharged 
at  the  end  into  box  2. 

Another  machine  is  especially  constructed  for  the  separa- 
tion of  rresciite  from  clover  or  lucern  seed. 


me  same  leiirurcs  in  rne  main,  our,  in  addition,  it  lias  tnree 
circular  riddles  at  the  delivery  end  of  the  machine,  to  sepa- 
rate tin;  barley  into  three  grades  according  to  the  diameter 
of  the  grains 

Tbe  object  of  the  separation  is  to  secure  an  even  germina- 
tion, as  it  is  found  that  the  different  development  or  condi- 
tion of  the  grain  causes  the  sprouting  to  be  more  or  less 
rapid;  and,  consequently,  to  mix  different  grades  of  barley 
i.<  to  obtain  an  uneven  quality  of  malt,  as  the  plumules  and 
radicles  are  unevenly  developed,  indicative  of  different  stages 
in  the  resolution  of  the  components  of  the  grain. 

The  sifting-sorting  separator  (cribleur-trieiir-dlvi- 
senr)  of  Carainija-Mauge,  of  Paris,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1257,  Plate  XX.  It  acts  in  the  same  general  way 
as  that  of  Marot,  Fig.  1254,  previously  described, 
but  carries  the  principle  of  separation  to  a  fuller 
extent.  It  is  intended  to  separate  mixed  wheat, 
barley,  rye,  oats,  peas,  vetches,  cockle,  cheat,  etc. 

The  grain  in  the  hopper  on  the  left  passes  through  a  gate 
and  by  a  tube  to  the  interior  of  the  rolling-screen.  The  first 
pection  removes  small  seeds  and  waste  (dechftx),  and  then  the 
dents  in  the  first  portion  of  the  cylinder  raise  the  wheat  and 
round  grains  and  drop  them  into  the  interior  tray,  where  the 
spiral  blade  drives  them  toward  the  second  section  of  the 
cylinder.  The  long  grains,  oats  and  barley,  are  pushed  along 
in  the  first  section  of  the  cylinder  until  they  reach  the  ex- 
terior holes,  at  which  they  issue. 

The  wheat  and  round  grains  being  conducted  into  the  sec- 
ond section  of  the  cylinder,  as  stated  above,  the  round  grains 
are  picked  up  by  the  dented  surface  and  raised  so  as  to  drop 
into  the  second  interior  trough,  wherein  a  spiral  works  to 
thrust  them  out  at  the  end,  where  they  fall  into  the  box 
shown  at  the  right. 

The  second  section  of  the  cylinder  has  portions  of  differ- 
ing fineness  of  mesh,  sorting  the  wheat  into  qualities  for 
seed  and  for  market. 

.  The  result  of  the  operation  is  five  grades  ;  reading  from 
the  left  to  the  right,  they  are  as  follows:  Waste,  oats  and 
barley,  seed  wheat,  merchantable  wheat,  round  grains. 

Fig.  1258,  Plate  XX.,  is  the  separator  of  Pernol- 
let,  of  Paris.     It  consists  of  a  winnowing  machine 
27 


above  and  a  cylindrical  screen    below,   discharging 
the  grades  of  grain  and  offal  into  separate  bags. 

The  cleaning  is  done  above  and  the  separating  below,  the 
latter  differing  in  no  essential  respect  from  some  of  those 
previously  described.  The  machine  is  also  by  special  ad- 
justment adapted  for  sorting  coffee,  the  product  of  the  ground 
cacao,  etc. 

f.  (Percussion.)  This  machine  seems  to  be  used 
but  little  out  of  France.  Several  ingenious  forms 
of  it  are  made  by  Hignette,  Paris.  It  is  especially 
intended  to  remove  clods,  and  is  shown  under 
CLOD  CLEARER,  Fig.  637,  p.  201,  supra. 

The  tray  has  a  rocking  motion  on  pivoted  legs,  at  the  rate 
of  115  double  strokes  per  minute.  Grain  falls  from  a  hopper 
into  the  tray,  and  is  bounced  from  side-  to  side,  angular 
blocks  directing  it  to  different  discharge  apertures. 

17.  (Projection.)  A  machine  used  in  Austria,  for 
the  separation  of  round  seeds  from  grain,  is  shown 
at  Fig.  1257,  in  which  advantage  has  been  taken 
of  the  spherical  form  of  certain  of  the  foreign  seeds 
to  effect  their  removal. 

The  wheat,  with  its  mingled  mustard-seed,  wild  pease,  and 
other  round  grains,  is  discharged  through  a  tube  upon  the 

Fig.  1259. 


Conical  Grain  Separator. 

apex  of  a  varnished  wooden  cone,  the  slopes  of  which  are 
inclined  to  the  perpendicular  at  an  angle  of  about  55°.  The 
elongated  wheat-grains  slide  to  the  bottom  within  a  certain 
time,  being  retarded  by  friction  The  round  grains,  how- 
ever, rolling  down  the  side  of  the  cone,  acquire  very  much 
greater  velocity,  and  leap  across  a  narrow  opening  at  the 
base  of  the  cone :  while  the  wheat-grains,  moving  much 
more  slowly,  fall  into  the  opening,  and  are  received  into  a 
separate  receptacle. 

The  spout  a  is  adjustable.  The  round  grains,  striking  the 
slender  ledge  at  the  base  of  the  cone,  bound  or  leap  across 
the  openings  c  c,  while  the  long  grains  of  wheat,  moving  at 
a  slower  rate,  fall  through  and  descend  the  incline  to  b. 

The  Vienna  steam-mills  have  an  endless  apron  stretched 
upon  two  equally  inclined  cylinders.  The  apron  has  a  trans- 
verse inclination,  and  receives  the  grain  at  one  end  in  a 
thin  stream.  The  round  grains  roll  off  while  the  wheat 
grains  travel  to  the  end  and  are  discharged  into  a  box. 

The  principle  of  projection  is  also  used  in  grading  products 
of  milling.  See  MILLING,  infra. 

2.  A  threshing  machine,  which  see. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Class  76,  Paris  Expositi 
gives  views  and  description  of  the  following. 
Exposition  (1878)  Reports,''1  vol.  v.,  pp.  187-199. 

Aspirating  winnower,  Girardin France. 

Grain-cleaner  and  separator,  Robert  Boby  .     .  England. 
Adjustable  rotary  screen,  with  stone  separator, 

Penney  (f  Co.,  and  others England. 

Kiddle  sorter.     Prrnnllet France. 

Grain  sorter.     Marot France. 

Grain  sorter,  dented  plate France. 

Grain  sorter,  dented  and  perforated  plate  .     .  France. 

Barley-sorter  for  breweries France. 

Sifting-sorting-separator,  Caramija-Mauge     .  France. 

Stone-clearer,  Hignette France. 

Aspirating  stone-clearer France* 


on  of  187S, 
See  "Paris 


GRAIN  SEPARATOR. 


418 


GRANULATING  PROCESS. 


Refer  also  to  :  — 
Cleaner,  Johnson 

MiUot       .... 

Richmond    . 

Seek 

"  Triumph, v  S'ater 
Dresser,  Vungelder  . 
Dryer,  steam,  Cutler 

Stacey      .... 

Standing     .    .    . 

Wal'ace    .... 

Scourer,  Knox     .     . 
In%raham  tf  Beard 
"Excelsior"     .     . 
Richardson  .     . 
Throop    .     .     .     .     , 
Trimmer      .     .     .     , 

Screen,  Barnard .     . 

Separator,  Booth      .    , 

JeWlll         .       .       .       .        , 

Kurth 

"  New  Era "     .    .     , 
Taylor 

Sorter  and  smutter. 
Rose,  Switz.     .     .     . 

Stone  clearer  .     .     .     . 


*  "Scientific  American,'-  xxxiv.  262. 

*  "Scitntlfic  American  Sup.,"1  27U2. 

*  "American  Miller,"  viii.  195. 

*  "American  Miller,"  vi.  128. 

*  "American  Miller.''  iii.  183 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1620. 

*  "American  Miller,"'  vi.  93,  161. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  240. 

*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  105. 

*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  5. 

*  "American  Miller,''1  viii.  224. 

*  "American  Miller,''  vi.  22. 

*  "American  Miller,''1  vi.  22. 

*  "American  Miller,''  vi.  22. 

*  "American  Miller,'-  viii.  454. 

*  "American  Mill/r,"  viii.  321. 

*  "American  Miller,'1  iv.  115. 

*  "American  Miller,"  v.  38. 

*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  47. 

*  "American  Miller,"  viii.  356. 

*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  24. 

*  "American  Miller,"  vii.  3. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  258. 
Fig.  637,  page  201,  supra. 


Grain  Side.  (Leather.)  The  side  of  ji  skin 
or  hide  from  which  the  hair  has  been  removed. 

Grain  Sift'er.  See  GRAIN  SCREEN;  GRAIN 
SEPARATOR. 

Grain  Sort'er.  See  GRAIN  SEPARATOR,  p.  415, 
et  seq. ;  GRADER,  page  410. 

Grain  Steam'er.     See  WHEAT  HEATER. 

Grain  Tol'ler.  A  device  for  taking  from  a 
grist  the  miller's  portion  or  toll. 

See  TOLL  COLLECTOR,  p.  2587,  "Mech.  Diet." 

*  "Mining  and  Scientific  Press"    ....    xxxvi.  297. 

Grain  Wash'er.     An  apparatus  for  washing 
grain  previous  to 


Fig.  1260. 


Grain  Washer. 


grinding. 

Fig  1260  shows  a 
French  apparatus 
for  this  purpose 
H  H  is  a  sheet-metal 
cage  revolving  on 
the  vertical  axis  R ; 
the  latter  also  carries 
a  spiral  brush,  F  F, 
in  the  neck  of  the 
hopper  D,  down 
which  the  wheat  and 
water  are  passed. 
Traversing  together 
through  the  neck  the 
wheat  is  washed, 
and  both  are  d  i  s- 
charged  into  the  cage 
H  H,  which,  being 
in  rapid  motion,  re- 
jects the  water  at  its 
circumference  and 
retains  the  wheat. 
The  course  of  water 
being  stopped,  the 
revolution  is  kept  up 
till  the  wheat  is 
sufficiently  dry,  and 
it  is  then  discharged 
into  the  hopper  O  O. 

Rebel's  system, 
French  also,  is  an  in- 
clined cylinder. 

Rose,  Switz. 
*  "Engineer"  xlvi. 
~ 


Grain  Weigh'ing  Ma-chine.  See  GRAIN 
SCALE,  pp.  414,  415,  supra. 

Gramme  Ma-chine'.  The  dynamo-electric 
machine  of  M.  Gramme,  celebrated  in  the  history 
of  the  art.  Fig.  893,  Plate  XL,  supra. 

See *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Jan.  2,  p.  9. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2404. 

Grand  Feu.  (Ceramics.)  A  French  term,  but 
frequently  used  in  English  treatises,  signifying  that 


the  articles  are  baked  in  very  highly  heated  kilns  or 
muffles. 

Gran 'ite  Ware.  1.  (Ceramics.)  A  trade  name 
(«;.  y.,  white  granite)  of  a  kind  of  stoneware. 

2.  An  enameled  iron  ware  made  by  the  St.  Louis 
Stamping  Company.  It  has  a  stone-like  enamel  of 
a  gray  color  and  remarkably  adherent  to  iron,  free 
from  poisonous  qualities  and  very  durable. 

Gran'u-la'ted  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Melted 
pig-iron  is  run  into  a  cistern  of  water ;  the  grains 
put  in  a  crucible  with  sparry  iron  ore,  which  yields 
oxygen  to  remove  the  carbon.  The  fragments  are 
melted,  and  cast  in  ingots.  Uchatius  steel. 

Gran'u-la'ting  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  apparatus 
for  the  granulation  of  metals  is  shown  in  Fig.  1261. 
The  object  is  to  reduce  the  metal  to  fine  powder  or 
small  particles  so  as  to  multiply  the  surfaces  and 
facilitate  oxidation,  in  their  attack  by  acids. 

The  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  1261  is  used  for  iron,  copper 
and  its  alloys  with  zinc,  lead,  and  tin.  It  consists  essentially 

Fig.  1261. 


Granulating  Apparatus. 

of  a  vertical  axis  E  put  in  movement  by  shaft  Hand  gearing, 
the  molten  metal  being  poured  through  funnel  b,  upon  the 
revolving  disk  a  of  terra-cotta,  and  dispersed  centrifug:illy 
into  the  air  (or  water  if  necessary)  which  surrounds  the  cast- 
iron  casing,  S. 

Gran'u-la'ting  Ma-chine'.  ( Gunpowder  Mak- 
ing.) The  granulating  machine  works  upon  the 
broken  pieces  of  powder  cake,  to  reduce  them  into 
the  proper  size  of  grains. 

It  consists  of  two  bronze  side  frames  supporting  four  pairs 
of  bronze  toothed  rollers  placed  on  different  levels  and  hav- 
ing their  axes  parallel  and  liorizontil. 

The  first  set  is  at  the  top  of  the  machine,  about  20'  from 
the  floor,  and  the  press  cake,  broken  up  between  them, 
falls  on  to  an  inclined  screen  which  conducts  the  fragments 
to  a  second  pair  of  rollers.  A  succession  of  vibratory  screens 
sorts  the  powder  into  grades  and  dust. 

In  the  Petersburg  arsenal  the  powder  cake  is  broken  into 
grains  by  placing  it  in  sieves  which  contain  a  certain  num- 
ber of  bronze  balls.  These  sieves  are  attached  to  a  vibra- 
tory frame,  crushing  the  cake,  the  pieces  falling  through 
the  bottom  of  the  sieve  into  drawers  beneath.  The  grains 
are  subsequently  dusted,  glazed,  and  assorted.  See  Fig.  19 
accompanying  Appendix  L,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1877. 

See  also,  Ibid.,  1879,  Appendix  I,  Plate  IV.,  Fig.  8,  and 
description  on  pp.  104,  105. 

Br.,  "Engineering  " *  xxv.  138. 

Gran'u-la'ting  Prp'cess.  (Millina.)  The 
system  of  milling  consisting  in  the  repeated  crack- 
ing of  the  grain  and  its  fragments  between  rollers, 
instead  of  tearing  it  to  pieces  and  reducing  it  to 
flour  and  offal  between  stones.  The  diagram,  Fig. 
1262,  shows  the  gradations  of  the  process. 

See  CYLINDER  MILL  ;  ROLLER  MILL  ;  MILLING,  etc. 
Middlings  Mill,  Mills     ...  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  177. 
Middlings  mill,  Mills     .     .     .  *  "American  Miller,"  vi.  93  : 

vii.  277. 


GRANULATED  WOOD   POWDER.         419 


GRAPE   MILL. 


Fig.  1262. 
CI/E/VJVED   WHEAT. 

ISOLLERS. 


nette's  (Paris)  machine,  for  crushing,  press- 
ing, and  de-stalking  grapes. 


Fig.  1234. 


JTonr. 

Diagram  of  Wegmann's  Granulating  Process. 

Gran'u-la'ted  Wood  Pow'der.  .The  inven- 
tion of  Captain  Schultze,  of  the  Prussian  army. 

Wood  is  sawed  into  fine  veneers  across  the  grain.  These 
veneers  are  chipped  into  small  cubes.  The  acids  and  solu- 
ble substances  are  removed,  and  the  little  cubes  are  treated 
with  a  mixture  of  40  parts  by  weight  of  nitric  acid  (of  1.48 
to  1.50)  and  100  parts  sulphuric  acid  (of  1.85),  and  set  aside 
to  cool.  Six  parts  of  wood  is  added  to  100  parts  of  the  acid, 
stirring  constantly  for  3  hours.  The  grains  are  dried  in  a 
centrifugal  machine,  washed  in  running  water,  boiled  in  a 
weak  solution  of  carbonate  of  soda ;  again  washed  and 
dried.  The  grains  are  then  heated  with  potash  or  baryta  ni- 
trate, dried  at  a  temperature  of  90°  to  112°  Fah.  for  12  hours. 

Grape  Mill.     Figs.  1263,  1264   show  Chava- 

Fig.  1263. 


It  is  intended  to 
do  the  whole  duty 
of  crushing  the 
grape,  expressing 
the  juice,  and  re- 
moving the  stalks, 
skins,  and  pip*. 
Great  stress  is  laid 
upon  the  perfect 
separation,  on  the 
supposition  that 
the  effect  of  fer- 
mentation upon 
the  seeds  and 
stalks  is  injurious 
to  the  wine,  and 
the  relative  quan- 
tity of  the  skins 
in  the  fermenta- 
tion-vat should  be 
under  control,  as 
it  is  the  ferment- 
ing skin  which 
confers  the  color 

upon    the   wine.          Chavanette:s  Egrappoir. 
The  value  of    the     (Transverse   Vertical  Section.) 
degrappage,  h  o  w- 

ever,  is  disputed.  In  the  C6te  d'  Or.  for  instance,  it 
is  claimed  that  the  rafle  (stalk  of  the  bunch)  con- 
tains the  ferment,  bitartrate  of  potassa,  and  tan- 
nin in  notable  quantities,  and  its  presence  in  the 
fermenting  vat  adds  quality  to  the  wine  and  assists 
in  its  conservation. 

The  machine  is  driven  by  hand  or  by  power  ;  in 
the  former  case  the  product  is  from  80  to  100  gal- 
lons per  hour,  and  8  to  10  times  the  quantity  when 
driven  by  an  engine  of  1-horse-power. 

A  is  the  hopper  into  which  the  grapes  are  thrown . 
From  this  they  fall  between  two  cylinders,  B  B', 
the  outer  surfaces  of  which  have  conical-headed 
nails,  which  move  in  close  proximity,  but  without 
contact.     The  cylinders  are  separated  by  a  distance 
of  5  to  6  millimeters.    The  crushed  mass  falls  upon 
a  pair  of  cylinders  covered  with  sheet  caoutchouc, 
which  has  a  uniform  thickness  of  7  millimeters. 
The  pips,  stalks,  and  skins  are  drawn  through,  but 
deprived  of  juice,  which  passes  out  through  perfo- 
rated plates,  O,  at  the  ends  of  the  cylinder-box, 
and  then,  by  the  inclined  plate  Q  and  spout  T,  is 
discharged  into  a  funnel  and  barrel.     The  pips,  skins,  and 
stalks  drop  into  a  chute,  P,  and  then  into  a  long  cylindrical 
horizontal  chamber, 


Chavanette's  Egrappoir.    (Longitudinal  Vertical  Section.) 


in  which  is  a  revolv-  Fig  1265. 

ing  helical  brush,  F 
F' ,  which  drives  the 
contents  against  the 
exterior,  the  lower 
part  of  which  is  cov- 
ered with  wire  cloth, 
while  the  upper  is 
of  wood  or  sheet 
metal.  The  meshes 
of  the  portion  from 
E  to  m  are  of  such  a 
size  as  to  let  the 
grape  seeds  fall 
through  ;  from  m  to 
E'  the  skins  pass  out 
and  the  stalks  are ' 
ejected  at  the  end,  n, 

of  the  cylinder.     G,  Grape  Crusher. 

H,  1,  K,  L  are  gear- 
wheels for  transmitting  motion  derived  from  the  crank  Z  or 
pulley  y.     V is  the  fly-wheel. 

The  crushing  of  the  grape  is  still  performed  by  the  feet  in 
many  parts  of  France.  Earnest  efforts  are  making  to  induce 
the  small  proprietors  to  adopt  the  ccrase-rai.tin  orfouloir. 

The  grape-crusher,  Fig.  1265,  of  Meixmoron  de  Dombasle, 
of  Nancy,  is  a  light  machine,  driven  by  hand,  and  placed 
above  the  vat.  It  has  two  wooden  rollers,  and  rods  upon 
them  which  act  as  teeth  to  draw  in  and  crush  the  grapes 
which  are  thrown  into  the  hopper.  The  keys  allow  the 
juxtaposition  of  the  rollers  to  be  regulated.  The  work  per- 
formed is  2,000  kilos  of  grapes  per  hour. 

The  American  grape-mill  is  upon  the  same  principle  as  that 
shown  in  Fig.  1265,  a  pair  of  rollers ;  toothed  or  spiked,  to 
tear  and  crush. 

The  grape  mill  of  Mabille  Freres,  of  Amboise,  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1266.  The  teeth  on  the  rollers  are  spiral,  and  the  ac- 
tion is  one  of  tearing  as  well  as  cutting.  It  is  the  "  usage  du 
Midi,"  a  great  and  important  grape  region. 

See  WINE  TRESS. 


GRAPHITE  BATTERY. 


420 


GRAPNEL. 


Fig.  1266. 


Grape  Mill. 


Graph'ite  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  I.  A  term 
used  in  England  in  reference  to  a  battery,  having 
platinized  carbon  plates  and  amalgamated  zinc 
plates  in  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

2.  A  battery  in  which  mineral  graphite  is  used 
as  the  negative  element.  See  instance  in  list  under 
GALVANIC  BATTERY. 

Graph'o-scope.  (Optics.)  A  mounted  glass 
for  viewing  pictures  or  photographs.  The  lens 
mounting  is  usually  hinged  to  a  frame  which  forms 
the  picture  holder. 

Fig.  1267. 


Graphoscopt. 

Graph'o-ste're-o-scope.  (Optics.)  A  frame 
with  mounted  lens,  for  viewing  stereoscopic  pic- 
tures. 

Grap'nel.     1 .  A  boat's  anchor  with  four  claws. 

2.  A  grappling  hook,  for  recovering  submerged 
property. 

Fig.  1268  shows  Toselli's  (taupe  marine)  for  directing  the 
search  for  objects  of  value  at  the  bottom  of  the  sea.  Sus- 
pended in  the  vicinity  of  the  diving-bell  is  a  spring  grapple 
and  an  electric  light  with  reflector,  directing  a  bright  light 
over  a  circular  area  of  the  bottom.  Also  used  in  coral,  pearl- 
oyster,  and  sponge  fishing. 

3.  A  grapple  for  submarine  cables. 

The  kind  of  grapnel  ordinarily  employed  in  pick- 
ing up  submarine  cables  for  repairs  is  that  known 
as  the  centipede  grapnel.  It  resembles  a  compound 
fish-hook  in  shape,  the  stem  or  shank  being  set 
round  with  several  prongs  or  flukes  which  catch 
the  cable  as  the  grapnel  is  dragged  across  it  over 
the  sea  bottom.  The  flukes  are  rigidly  welded  to 
the  stem,  and  one  disadvantage  in  this  form  oi 
grapnel  is  its  liability  to  have  its  flukes  broken  off 
if  it  catches  in  submarine  rocks  or  other  obstruc- 


tions on  the  bottom.     To  prevent  the  escape  of  the 
cable  from  the  claw  a  fluke  has  been  designed  to 
lose  upon  the  cable  and  prevent  its  jumping  out 
again. 

Jamieson's  cable  grapnel,  shown  in  Fig.  1269,  is  self-re- 
ieving  when  it  conies  in  contact  with  rock  or  other  obstruc- 

Fig.  1268. 


Fig.  1269 


Toselli's  (  Taupe  Marine). 

tions  on  the  bottom,  and  closes  on  the  cable  when  once  en- 
countered. 

At  the  lower  end  of  the  grapnel  shank,  1,  there  is  fixed  a 
boss,  2,  for  containing  a  spring,  6,  which  exercises  a  pressure 
upon  the  inner  ends  of  the  grapnel  toes,  4,  as  the  outer 
portions  of  the  nukes, 
8,  are  called.  The  toe 
portion  of  each  fluke  is 
free  to  move  round  a  cen- 
ter or  fulcrum  carried  by 
the  joint  of  the  fluke, 
which  is  rigidly  fixed  to 
the  boss,  so  that  when 
the  toe  encounters  a  rock 
or  other  obstacle  of  the 
kind  it  yields  to  it,  turn- 
ing round  on  its  fulcrum, 
7,  and  thereby  exercising 
a  compression  upon  the 
spring  until  the  obstruc- 
tion is  cleared,  when  the 
recoil  of  the  spring  re- 
stores the  toe  to  its  for- 
mer position.  When,  - 
however,  the  grapnel 
meets  the  cable,  the  lat- 
ter, 18,  lies  in  the  joint 
of  the  fluke,  where  it  is 
attached  to  the  boss,  and 
it  is  retained  there  by  a 
spring,  5,  which  juts  out 
from  the  boss  and  arches 
over  it  so  as  to  hold  it 
in. 

The  grapnel  operates 
in  the  following  man- 
ner: The  toes  when  i-n-  f-'~ 
gaged  by  rocks  or  other ' 
obstructions  are  pressed 
outward  and  rotate 
round  their  respective 
fulcra,  their  inner  ends  bearing  against  the  movable  piston 
13  on  the  reduced  portion  15,  of  the  shank,  which  com- 
presses the  spring  up  the  boss  ;  a  movement  which  may  con- 
tinue until  the  toes  move  round  to  the  angle  shown  by 
dotted  lines  on  the  left  hand,  an  angle  amply  sufficient  to 
relieve  the  toes  from  the  obstruction.  As  soon  as  the  toes 
are  released,  the  piston  is  forced  down  again  by  the  reaction 
of  the  spring,  and,  bearing  against  the  toes,  restores  them  to 
their  initial  working  angle.  This  angle  is  fixed  for  each 
grapnel  by  the  shoulders  17  on  the  boss  2  which  act  as  stops 
between  the  boss  and  toes,  preventing  the  latter  from  bend- 
ing in  toward  the  shank. 

The  fragmentary  view  shows  a  grapnel  with  an  arrangement 
of  cutting  shears  for  severing  a  cable  or  torpedo  line.  In  this 
figure  A  and  B  are  two  steel  knives  or  shears  mounted  on 
respective  fulcra,  C  and  D,  and  capable  of  rotating  round 


Submarine  Cable  Grapnel. 


GRAPNEL. 


421 


GRATE. 


them.  These  knives  are  ground  sharp  in  their  upper  edges, 
on  which  the  cable  18  rests.  When  a  strain  is  produced  on 
the  cable  by  hauling  in  the  grapnel,  these  knives  shut  on 
each  other  and  shear  the  cable  in  two. 

The  upper  shackle  10  is  the  means  of  attachment  for  the 
grapnel  line,  and  11  is  for  the  length  of  chain  which  is  al- 
\\.-i\s  trailed  after  a  grapnel  to  keep  it  from  skidding  and 
jumping. 


For  telegraph  cables. 
Jamitson  If  King  . 


Submarine  cable. 
Paper  by  Jamieson 


*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,'''  vi.  483. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1779. 

*  "Engineering,'"  xxiv.  431. 


Grap'pling  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  A  tweez- 
ers with  double  claws  on  the  end  of  the  prongs. 
Used  in  skin-grafting.  —  Pijffard. 

Grap'pling  Tongs.  (Fishing.)  Broad-mouthed 
tongs  for  gathering  oysters.  Oyster  tongs. 

Grass-burn'- 

ing  Stove.    A  Fis-  127L 

stove  for  burn- 
ing prairie  grass 
where  coal  and 
wood  are  scarce. 

It  is  built  of 
brick,  stone,  or 
concrete. 

Grate.  1.  An 
open  fire  as  in 


the  open  stove, 
Fig.  5009,  p. 
2410,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

2.  The  iron 
bars  containing 
the  fuel  in  a  f  ur- 
n  a  c  e  or  fire- 
box. A  collec- 
tion of  grate 
bars.  A  grid. 

Fig.     1272 


Mennonite  Stove. 

A.  Furnace  door  to  fire-box. 

B.  Draft. 

C.  Pipe. 

F .  Chamber  with  iron  shutter  (hinged) 
to  let  out  heat.  This  chamber  has  doors 
on  both  sides  of  furnace. 


.  Oven  or  cooking  place  on  kitchen 
shows  the  Kyder  side  of  furnace, 
reciprocal  grate. 

Fig.  1272. 


Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,''  vii.  393. 
Lambert *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,''  vii.  417. 

Grap'ple.  1.  A  tool  with  spring  jaws  which 
are  closed  by  striking  the  fish. 

UNITED  STATES  PATENTS. 

7,709 Warner  et  al. 

16,014 E.  Ilorton. 

20,343 J.  Garl. 

141,110 J.  W.  Knapp. 

168,335 M.Jincks. 

2.  A  pair  of  claws  grasping  a  beam  or  rafter  as  a 
means  of  suspension  of  a  tackle  for  hoisting  hay  in 
a  barn,  or  merchandise  in  a  warehouse.  See  GRAP- 
PLE, p.  1011,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Grap'ple  Dredg'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  dredge 
with  hinged  jaws  or  claws  which  inclose  or  clasp 
the  object. 

Grap'ple  Hay  Fork.  That  form  of  fork  with 
hinged  jaws  which  mutually  approach  to  clasp  the 
hay  ;  a  form  of  horse  hay-fork.  Figs.  2027,  2080, 
p.  907,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Grap'ple  Hook.  1.  (Fishing.)  One  with 
guard  to  prevent  fish  from  getting  loose  from  the 
barb.  See  Fig.  2000,  p.  872,  "  Mech.  Diet."  Also 
list  of  U.  S.  Patents,  1846-1872;  Report  of  U.  S. 
Fish  Commissioners,  Part  I.,  1 873. 

2.  (Hoisting.)     A  pair  of  hooks  to  clasp  the  ob- 
ject to  be  hoisted.     See  BALE  HOOK,  Fig.  181,  p. 
68  ;  and  BARKEL  HOOK,  Fig.  221,  p.  78,  supra;  and 
c  Fig.  2302,  p.  1011,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

3.  A  grapple  attached  to  a  beam  as  a  means  of 
suspension  of  hoisting   tackle,  etc.     See  a,  b,  d,  e, 
Fig.  2302,  p.  1011,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Grap'ple  Shot.     A  shot  used  in  the  life-saving 

service  on  the  sea-coast.     Being  fired  across  a  ship, 

it  cntches  in  the  rigging  and  serves  as  a  means  of 

establishing  communication  with  shore.    The  flukes  Ryder  Reciprocal  Grate. 

lie  parallel  in  the  barrel,  but  spring  out  when  the 

cable  is  hauled  in.  The  grate  consists  of  a  series  of  alternate  movable  and  sta- 

tionary bars.  The  movable  bars  are  moved  backward  and  for- 

Fig.  1270.  ward  several  inches  by  a  lever  in 

front  of  the  boiler,  through  the  ash- 
pit door.  The  movable  bars,  resting 
on  friction  rolls,  are  raised  above  the 
stationary  bars  a  little,  and  have  a 
corrugated  surface  for  friction, 
which  disturbs  the  coal,  destroys  the 
clinkers,  and  removes  the  ashes,  thus 
opening  up  a  uniform  draft  over  the 
fire  surface. 

Fig.  1273  shows  Schmitz's 
French  furnace,  having  grate- 
bars  which  are  hollow  to  allow 
passage  of  air,  and  turn  on 
their  axes  to  prevent  burning 
out  or  having  clinkers  attached 
to  them. 

Fig.  1274  shows  the  Tupper 

Life-saving  Service  Grapple  Shot.    (Lyle-Emery.)  sectional  grate  for  steamboats, 

locomotives,  and  furnace  s. 
The  sections  are  laid  on  truss  bars,  but  not  fastened, 


Grap'pling  Gear.  (Fishing.)  Used  to  re- 
cover lost  trawls.  See  GRAPNEL  ;  GRAPPLE. 

Grap'pling  Hook.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment with  a  pair  of  claws  at  each  end,  used  in 
post-mortems  and  dissecting  to  retain  an  opened 
flap  in  position. 


so  that  they  can  expand  and  contract  without  strain. 
The  openings  in  the  bars  are  V-shaped. 

Fig.  1 275  shows  the  Hawley-Adams  grate.  The 
^shaking  grate-bars  are  rocked  back  and  forth  bv 
a  lever,  so  as  to  break  up  the  slag  or  clinkers  which 
would  block  them. 


GRATE. 


422 


GRAVITY  INDICATOR. 


Fig.  1273. 


Furnace,  with  .Turning  Grate-bars. 

Fig.    1276   shows  the  grate  of   the  "  Calorific " 
cooking-stove.      It   has   a   sliding  grate  which  is 

Fig.  1274. 


Tapper  Grate. 

pulled  forward  to  allow  the  clinkers  at  the  back  of 
the  fire  to  drop  out,  and  the  clinkers  in  front  are 
then  picked  out. 

Fig.  1275. 


Rocking   Grate-bars. 

Fig.  1277  is  Bissell's  radiator  shaking  grate,  the 
bottoln  made  of  a  number  of  parallel  bars,  which 


Fig.  1276. 


Anti-clinker  Stove  Grate. 


are  shaken  in  concert  by  means  of  the  handle  on 
the  side.  Numerous  examples  are  shown  under 
GRATE,  GRATE  BAR,  on  pages  1012,  1013,  "Mech. 
Diet." 


Fig.  1277. 


Radiator  Shaking  Grate. 


Refer  to  :  — 

Grates  at  Centennial,  shakin 
Rider,  Smith,  Adams  .  ' 
Denny  (f  Ruth  .  .  .  *  ' 

Errlmans *  ' 

Peat-burning,  Domestic  .  *  ' 

Revolving *  ' 

Rotary,  Denny  if  Ruth    .  *  ' 
Shaking,  W  Farlane   .     .  *  ' 

Water-bar *  ' 

Revolving,  Barber,  Engl.  *  ' 
Ten  Brink,  Switz.  .  .  *  ' 


•Iron  Age,"  sviii.,  Aug.  3,  p.  1. 
'•Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  390. 
'  Scientific  Amtr.,"*  xxxiv.  22. 
'Engineer,"  xlii.,  348. 
'Iron  Age,''  xviii.,  Dec.  28,  p.  5. 
'Min.  If  Sc.  Prfss,"  xxx vi.  177. 
'Am.  Man.,"  Mar.  21, 1879,  p.  8. 
'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxv.  68. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  855. 
1  Engineering ,"  xxviii.  175. 


Gra'ted  Door.  A  door  of  open  slatted-work 
for  cattle  cars  in  warm  weather,  arid  for  other  pur- 
poses. 

Grate  Ring.  A  ring  surrounding  the  tip-grate 
of  a  heating  stove. 

Grate  Sha'ker.  The  lever  for  agitating  the 
grate  of  a  heating  stove,  to  drop  the  ashes. 

Grav'el  Pow'der.  Coarse  gunpowder,  other- 
wise known  as  pebble  powder,  which  see. 

Gra'ving  Dock.  Clark's  elevating  dock  in 
the  repairing  basin  of  Black  wall,  River  Thames,  is 
a  depositing  dock  ;  but  instead  of  depositing  the 
vessels  on  a  grid,  as  in  the  Clark  &  Stand  field  dock 
at  Nicolaieff,  on  the  Black  Sea,  the  vessel  is  placed 
on  stocks  on  a  large  barge,  of  the  nature  of  a 
camel.  The  lifting  is  by  means  of  two  paralb-1 
ranges  of  hydraulic  presses,  between  which  the 
ship  is  floated  to  a  position  over  the  cradle  and 
camel  on  which  it  is  to  be  lifted,  and  on  which  it 
eventually  floats,  clear  of  the  water,  to  be  repaired. 

A  general  view  of  the  whole  apparatus  is  given  in  Plate 
IX.,  opp.  p.  252,  supra. 

Refer  also  to  — 

Birkenhead,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  152. 

Green,  Blackwall,  Br.       .  *  ^ Engineering,"  xxvi.  110. 

Caisson,  Poplar,  London   .  *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvii.  892. 

Toulon,  Fr *  "Engineering,''1  xxvi.  398,  503. 

Grav'i-ty  Bat'te-ry.  The  invention  of  Cal- 
laud  or  Varley,  1854. 

A  battery  "in  which  the  different  fluids  range 
themselves  ",-it  different  heights  in  a  single  jar  by 
virtue  of  their  differing  specific  gravities. 

The  zinc  element  is  above  in  sulphuric  arid,  and 
the  copper  below  in  sulphate  of  copper.  The  crys- 
tals of  the  latter  may  be  covered  with  a  layer  of 
sawdust  or  sand,  to  prevent  mixing  the  fluids  by 
accidental  agitation;  as  in  — 

Minolta's  battery,  Prescotfs  "Electricity,'"  p.  60. 
Siemens- Hal  she  has  interposed  paper  pulp,  Prescott,  *  p.  52. 
See  also  Meidinger  ...»  Prescott,  p.  53. 

Daniell *  Prescott,  p.  59. 

Sir  William  Thomson      .    *  Prescott,  p.  62. 

Vbicini "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  v.265. 

See  also  CALLAUD  BATTERT  ;  GRAVITY  BATTERY,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Grav'i-ty  In'di-ca'tor.  An  invention  by  M. 
Lebourg,  for  experimental  verification  of  the  laws 
of  falling  bodies. 

"  A  flattened  cylindrico-conical  weight,  guided  in  its  fall, 
like  that  of  General  Morin's  apparatus,  carries,  instead  of  a 
style,  a  vertical  tuning-fork,  furnished  with  a  short  and  stiff 
metallic  wire.  The  weight  falls  down  a  rule,  graduated  on 
one  of  its  edges,  and  covered  with  smoke  black.  The  tuning- 
fork  is  set  in  vibration  automatically  at  the  commencement 
of  its  fall,  and  it  inscribes  on  the  fixed  rule  a  sinuous  line, 
inspection  of  which  affords  an  easy  demonstration  of  the 


GRAVITY  INDICATOR. 


423 


GRID. 


1278. 


laws  of  the  fall  of  bodies.  By  mounting  on  the  apparatus 
several  tuning-forks  one  may  com  pare  together  their  number 
of  vibrations,  and  even  determine  the  absolute  height  of  the 
sound  produced/'  —  "Journal  de  Physique.'1 

Grease    Box.      The  axle-box  of    a  railway 
truck. 
Grease  cup,  automatic,  Fr.  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  230. 

Greas'er.     A  name  for  oil-cup,  lubricator,  oiler, 
etc.     See  under  the  various  heads. 

Grease  Trap.  A  cistern  in  the  course  of  a 
sewer.  An  inlet  pipe  discharges  into  the  cistern, 
and  the  orifice  of  the  outlet  is  a  bent  pipe  so  far 
beneath  the  surface 
as  to  avoid  removal 
of  the  floating  scum 
of  grease. —  fraring't 
"Sanitary  Drainage." 

Gree  11 'house 
Furnace.  The  boil- 
er for  hot  water  heat- 
ing apparatus  for 
conservatories  is  usu- 
ally a  ribbed  or  cor- 
rugated iron,  or  sec- 
tional ring  boiler,  set 
in  brick-work,  and 
having  departure  and 
return  pipes  in  which 
the  water  circulates 
through  the  green- 
house. 

Burbidge  &  Healy's 
greenhouse  he  at  IT  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1278  ;  three 
views,  a  combined  half- 
vertical  section,  and  half- 
front  view  ;  a  front  view 
and  a  transverse  vertical 
section.  The  bells  for 
the  attachment  of  the 
pipes  are  shown  on  the 
left  in  the  upper  of  the 
three  views. 

"Scientific  American 
Sup.,''  2250,  2394. 

Gr een'house 
Syr'inge.  A  hand 
i  r  r  i  g  a  t  o  r.  See 
AQUAPCLT  ;  HAND 
PUMP  ;  IEKIGATOR, 
etc. 

Green'houso 
Ven'ti-la'tor.  A 
window-lifting  appa- 
ratus for  the  glazed 
roofs  of  conservato- 
ries. 

Green  "Ware. 
( Ceramics. )  Articles 
just  molded  or  other- 
wise shaped,  before 
drying  and  baking. 

Gre-nade'.     The 
modern    hand-torpe- 
do, used  in  the  Brit- 
ish   navy,    is  a   com-     Grunhone  Furnace  and  Boiler. 
pressed  t ball  of  gun- 
cotton,  attached  to  a  long  cord,  by  means  of  which 
the  torpedo  is  exploded  with  a  force   sufficient  to 
shatter  a  five-ton  block  of  granite  when  it  has  been 
pitched  into  position. 

Gren'a-dine.  (Fabric.)  A  French  worsted 
dress-goods,  woven  with  a  gauze  or  open  taffeta  ar- 
roure,  and  having  a  silk  grege,  organzine  or  cotton 
warp  and  au  English  combing-wool  weft,  which  is 
highly  twisted  and  gas-singed. 

It  is  a  kind  of  close  barege. 


Gre-net'  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  single- 
fluid  bichromate  battery.  A  bottle-shaped  vessel 
has  a  stopper  from  which 
two  carbon  plates  depend 
into  the  liquid.  A  zinc 
plate,  Z,  between  the  car- 
bons K  K,  by  means  of  a 
rod  passing  through  a  cen- 
tral aperture  in  the  stopper, 
can  be  immersed  at  will  in 
the  liquid,  to  set  the  battery 
in  action. 

Niauslet,  Amer.  transl.,  *222. 

Trouvti's  improvement  on  Gre- 
net  compounds  a  number  of 
pairs  of  removable  elements. 
Niaudet,  ut  supra,  *224. 

Grid.  1  .  A  grate,  grate- 
bar,  or  furnace  bottom. 

2.  A  grille  or  grated 
opening. 

3.  (Hydr.  Eng).   A  struc- 
ture of   beams  —  lying   iu 
parallel  open  order  they  re- 
s  e  m  b  1  e   a  gridiron  —  on 

which  a  ship  rests  in  building,  lifting,  or  repairing. 

Fig.  1280  shows  a  hydraulic  grid  of  Clark,  Standfield,  ft  Co., 
whose  depositing  dock  is  a  grid  of  the  largest  and  most  ad- 
mirable construction,  and  is  shown  in  Plate  IX.,  DEPOSITING 
DOCK,  supra. 

In  using  the  dock  the  grid  and  presses  are  lowered  to  the 
bottom,  and  the  keel  of  the  vessel  is  brought  directly  over 


GniM 


Fig.  1280. 


\ 


Hydraulic  Grid. 

the  center  and  secured  in  position  by  the  bilge  blocks  and 
side  shoring  frames,  the  presses  are  then  worked  and  the 
vessel  lifted  till  the  grid  is  above  high-water  mark.  When 
in  this  position  a  number  of  struts  or  swinging  frames 
(which  were  previously  held  up  in  a  horizontal  position 
under  the  grid)  are  liberated  and  allowed  to  hang  in  a  verti- 
cal position.  The  grid  is  now  lowered  a  few  inches  until 
the  whole  of  these  struts  rest  on  raised  bearings  cast  on  the 
head  of  the  presses,  and  the  whole  weight  of  the  vessel  and 
!?rid  rests  on  them.  The  rams  are  now  allowed  to  sink  down 
into  the  presses,  where  they  remain  in  fresh  water,  and  arc 
consequently  less  disposed  to  rust.  The  supports  are  hinged 
or  swung  at  the  top  so  as  to  fall  accurately  into  their  places, 
ind  suitable  means  are  provided  for  raising  and  lowering 
them  simultaneously  by  means  of  chains  and  shears.  These 
Frames  are  of  considerable  breadth,  and  some  of  them  swing 
transversely  and  others  longitudinally,  so  as  to  obviate  any 
tendency  of  the  grid  to  move  in  either  direction.  There  are 
also,  iu  addition,  strong  cast-iron  columns,  with  guides, 


GRID. 


424 


GRINDING   MILL. 


against  which  the  grid  slides  as  it  rises  and  falls.  The 
pumps,  pipes,  and  valves  are  similar  to  those  used  in  ordi- 
nary hydraulic  docks. 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  HOIST,  infra. 

Hydraulic. 

Clark  if  Standfield,  Br. 


A   panel  of    metal    open-work   in   a 


*  "'Enginttrittg"  xxvii.  203. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,'-  xl.  291. 

Grille. 

wall. 

Grind'er.  1.  (Caoutchouc  Manufacture.)  A 
pair  of  large  iron  rolls  revolving  at  a  moderate  speed, 
between  which  the  rubber  with  the  sulphur  and 
other  substances  to  be  mixed  with  it  are  repeatedly 
passed  and  ground  together  until  they  are  thor- 
oughly combined,  and  form  one  homogeneous  mass 
of  about  the  consistence  of  ordinary  putty. 

2.  A  machine  for  sharpening,  as  a  grindstone  or 
emery  wheel :  which  see. 

3.  A  machine  for  dressing  to  form,  using  abra- 
ding materials  as  a  substitute  for  a  planer,  etc.    See 
GRINDING  MACHINE. 

Grinding  and  Pol'ish-ing  Tools,  etc.  See 
under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Agate  burnisher. 
Buhr  dresser. 
Buhr  rubber. 
Bur. 

Burnisher. 
Burring  engine. 
Cabinet  file. 
Cherry. 

Corundum  point. 
Corundum  tool 
Cross  file. 
Dental  file. 
Dental  grindstone. 
Dental  polisher. 
Double  ender. 
Emery  band. 
Emery  board. 
Emery  stick. 
Emery  stone. 
Facing  tool. 
File. 

File-card. 
File  carrier. 
File  guard. 
File  holder. 
Finger  steel. 
Five  cant  file. 
Float. 
Furrow  rubber. 


Furrowing  machine. 

Knife  cleaner. 

Knife  grinding  machine. 

Mill-file. 

Millstone  dresser. 

Pillar-file. 

Plug-finishing  file. 

Polisher 

Polishing  disk. 

Polishing  iron. 

Porte  polisher. 

Rasp. 

Reaper. 

Kifflor. 

Round  iron. 

Saw  filing  clamp. 

Saw  filing  vise. 

Scraper. 

Scraper  plane. 

Scratch  brush. 

Scratcher. 

Shave  hook. 

Six-canted  file. 

Tripoli. 

Tube  brush. 

Tube  cleaner. 

Tube  scraper. 

Veneer  scraper. 

Wall  scraper. 


for  the  execution  of  circular  grinding,  such  as  the 
grinding  of  hardened  plugs,  arbors,  spindles,  ream- 
ers, standards,  cutters,  etc.  It  will  grind  straight 
and  tapering,  either  inside  or  outside,  and  is  es- 
pecially useful  in  grinding  out  holes  in  hardened 
cast-steel  boxes  and  bushings. 

Brown  &•  Sharpe's  grinding  machine.  Fig.  1281,  operates 
by  a  solid  emery  or  corundum  wheel.  The  work  can  be  re- 
volved upon  dead  centers  or  otherwise.  The  grinding  wheel 
can  be  moved  over  the  work  at  any  angle,  by  which  means 
any  taper  can  be  produced.  Wheels  from  \"  to  12"  in  diam- 
eter can  be  used  either  with  or  without  water.  The  feed- 
works  and  slides  of  the  machine  are  protected  from  grit  and 
dust.  The  grinding  of  taper  holes  and  angular  cutters  is 
provided  for  by  graduated  arcs.  A  special  chuck  is  pro- 
vided, for  holding  work  to  have  holes  ground.  An  additional 
movable  table,  capable  of  adjustment  by  a  tangent  screw 
and  graduated  arc,  admits  of  straight  and  curved  taper 
grinding  with  the  centers  of  the  machine  always  in  line. 

Refer  to  :  Ventilators  for,  Br.  *  "Ending,"  xxii.  19, 169. 
Lathe,  Pratt  If  Whitney  ...     *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  24. 
Machine,  metal,  Bollmann,  Fr.    *  "Sc.  Amer.,'1'  xxxvii.  214.. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi  ,  May  2,  1 
!  Tools,  On  grinding.  Rose     .     .     *  "&V.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  405. 

Universal,  Thompson,  Sterne  if  Co.,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  187. 

Grind'iiig  Mill.  The  subject  is  considered 
under  many  heads  assembled  in  list  under  GRAIN 
CLEANING  AND  GRINDING,  p.  411,  supra. 

The  purposes  and  construction  of  machines  differ 
greatly  ;  they  are  adapted  for  grain,  ore,  fertilizers  ; 
are  made  vertical  or  horizontal;  edge  rolling  (Chil- 
ian) ;  grinding  on  the  flat ;  upper,  under,  or  both 
stones  moving ;  made  of  iron,  buhr,  glass,  etc. ;  are 
made  like  cages,  working  by  impact;  grind  by  a 
tearing  action  between  two  surfaces,  or  a  crushing 
between  a  roller  and  concave,  or  flattening  between 
two  rollers,  etc.  See  numerous  examples  of  forms 
and  principles,  Plate  XXII.,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  opp.  p. 
1020. 

The  principal  heads  under  which  they  will  be  found  are  : 


Grind'iiig  Lap.  A  grinding  machine  with  a 
revolving  wheel  for  cutting  surfaces.  See  LAP,  p. 
1252,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Grind'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  machine  adapted 

Fig.  1281. 


Aplatisseur. 
Aspirator. 
Bean  mill. 
Bone  mill. 
Cake  grinder. 
Cement  mill. 
Concasseur. 
See  also  list  under  MILLS,  Infra. 


Corn  mill. 
Cylinder  mill. 
Fertilizer  mill. 
Granulating  mill. 
Kibbler. 
Ore  mill. 
Roller  mill. 


Fig.  1282. 


Grinding  Machine 


Grinding  MM-    (Elevation.) 


GRINDING   MILL. 


425 


GRISOUMETER. 


Figs.  1282,  1283,   show   the   Harrison    portable 
mill  with  a  pair  of  stones,  one  being  a  runner. 

Fig.  1282  is  an  end  or  face  view.  The  case  and  pedestal 
are  cast  iu  one  piece.  The  heads  containing  the  bed  and 
runners  are  bolted  to  the  rim  of  the  case. 

Fig  1283  shows  the  pedestal  and  case,  with  a  dressing- 
fr.une  bolted  on  and  the  buhrs  turned  out  upon  it  for  dress- 
ing. The  frame  is  made  in  two  parts,  and  fastened,  one  on 
i-ich  side  of  the  case,  by  tap  bolts,  and  when  the  dressing  is 
done  the  frame  is  removed. 


Fig.  1283. 


Grinding  Mill.     (  Open  for  Dress.) 

Refer  to :  — 

Brefsen  $  Co.,  Fr.  .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  243. 

Bitkr *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  178. 

Portable,  Clayton  If  F/uit- 

tleworth,  Engl.   .     .  *  "•Scientific  American,"  xli.  70. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  423. 
Harrison *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  291, 

310,  323. 

Mitnsnn *  "Scientific  American,'1''  xli.  54. 

Nicholson *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  408. 

Obencham *  "American  Miller,'1'  vii.  239. 

Iron  upright,  Phillips  .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii  328. 

Rniifomes *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  403. 

Koss *  "Scientific  Amer. ,''  xxxvii.  339. 

Walling *  "Scientific  American,"1  xli.  83. 

Upright,  Straub  .     .     ,     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,'1'1  xxxvi.  86. 

*  "  Scitntific  American,"  xl  34. 
For  gunpowder,  Br.      .    .  *  "•Engineering,"  xxv.  37. 

See  also  GRAIN  MILL. 

Both  stones  running    .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,'"  xxxiv.  35. 
Corn  Mill,  Ransome,  Br.    *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  319. 
Garlic  extractor, 

Millot,  Switz.     .     .  *  "Enginefr,"  xlvi.  255. 
Floating  mills,  Balaklava       "American  Miller,"'  vi.  101. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  agricultural  machinery  at  the  Paris 
Exposition  of  1878  contains  views  and  descriptions  of  the 
following  feed  mills  See  "Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports," 
TO!  v.,  pp.  200-205:  — 

Grain  flattener      Bodin,  France. 

Grain  crusher,  Rirlimonil  (f  Chandler,  England. 

Bidiiell's  oats  and  beans  kibbler.  Malt/on  Iron  Works,  Ene- 
land. 

Oil-cake  breaker.     Corbet t  Sf  Peale,  England. 

Consult:  Hughes''  "American  Miller  and  Millwright's  As- 
sistant.'1 

Dixon's  "Practical  Millwrights'  if  Engineers'  Gui/fe." 

Pallett's  "Millers',  Millwrights'  if  Engineers'  Guide." 

Grind'ing  Wheels.  Grinding  wheels  are 
known  as  stones,  laps,  glazers,  rubbers,  etc.,  accord- 
ing to  material,  fineness,  etc.  Including  the  finer 
ones  which  are  polisliing  wheels,  they  are  made  of 
stone,  emery  solidified  by  cement,  wood,  leather, 
paper,  lead,  rags  (cut  in  disks),  brush. 

For  the  materials  forarming  the  surface,  see  GRINDING  AND 
POLISHING  MATERIALS,  p.  1017,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Grind'stone. 

J.  M.  Saffbrd's  report  in  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports," 
Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,p.  183,  etseg. 
Grinding  wheels,  on,  Rose    .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  640. 


Fig.  12S4. 


Making  and  uses,  Mitchell  .  *  "Iron  Age,''  xviii  ,  July  6,  p. 

9  ;  July  20,  p   7. 
Trough,  Brown  4'  Sharps    .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  271. 

Grind'stone  Dres'ser.     See  TRUEING  TOOL, 

Fig.  6682,  p.  2632,  "J/ecA.  Diet." 

Gris-aille'.  (Fabric.)  A  French  fancy  dress 
goods  woven  on  a  taffeta  loom.  It  has  a  cotton 
chappe  or  fancy  warp  and  an  English  combing  wool 
weft.  Warp  is  printed  or  chine. 

Gri-sou'me-ter.  (Fr.  grisou,  fire-damp.)  A 
fire-dam])  detector  invented  by  M.  Coquillon. 

It  is  based  on  the  property  of  palladium  wire 
when  heated,  to  burn  the  last  traces  of  hydrogen  con- 
tained in  any  carburet  when  supplied  with  sufficient 
oxygen  for  its  combustion. 

The  reduction  in  volume  resulting  from 
this  combustion  is  proportionate  to  the 
quantity  of  the  protocarburet,  so  that  a 
properly  graduated  gage  furnishes  at  once 
the  proportion  of  gas  consumed. 

The  same  principle  is  found  in  Coquil- 
lon's  Carburometer. 

The  portable  grisoumeter  consists  of  a  central  tube,  A, 
called  the  burner,  narrowed  in  the  middle  and  graduated  into 
spaces  of  equal  capacity  ;  the  lower  end  is  open,  the  top 
closed  by  an  india-rnbber  stopper 
carrying  two  holders  for  the  con- 
ducting wires,  and  the  lower 
branches  of  which  press  down  the 
palladium  wire.  A  third  opening 
is  left  in  the  stopper  to  receive  a 
small  wooden  plug  or  a  glass  rod. 
This  first  tube  is  surrounded  by  a 
glass  sheath  or  cylinder,  B,  closed 
at  the  top  by  a  rubber  disk  having 
an  orifice  which  closes  by  means 
of  a  plug.  To  the  lower  portion  is 
adapted  a  diaphragm  containing 
water,  which  is  elevated  or  de- 
pressed by  means  of  a  screw,  on 
the  principle  of  the  Fortin  barom- 
eter. Next  to  this  first  portion  of 
the  instrument  is  placed  a  second 
one,  which  consists  of  a  Plante's 
condenser,  the  poles  of  which  are 
attached  to  the  two  holders  of  the 
burner.  A  lateral  screw  acting  by 
pressure  starts  the  current  and 
heats  the  wire  at  the  desired  mo- 
ment. When  an  aualysis  is  to  be 
made,  the  inner  tubes  being  full 
of  water,  the  screw  is  lowered,  so  , 
that  as  the  liquid  descends  it  is 
replaced  by  the  air  of  the  mine. 
The  volume  is  so  adjusted  that 
the  levels  of  both  the  tube  and 
sheath  are  on  the  same  horizontal 
line  opposite  the  zero  of  the  scale. 

The  burner  is  now  closed  while  the  outer  sheath  is  left 
open.  The  electric  current  is  started  and  the  wire  heated  to 
redness.  The  gas  is  rapidly  burned,  and  after  giving  time  for 
cooling,  the  water  is  seen  to  rise  more  or  less  in  accordance 
with  the  quantity  of  gas  burned.  The  two  water  levels  are 
readjusted  by  means  of  the  bottom  screw  to  equalize  the 
pressure  ;  and  the  division  of  the  scale  opposite  the  surface 
level  read  off.  This  instrument  gives  in  one  reading  the 
amount  of  protocarburet  in  hundredths,  but  does  not  apply 
to  quantities  of  the  same  exceeding  five  to  six  per  cent.  This 
would  be  useless  practically,  as  at  this  point  the  miner's 
lamp  is  full  of  fire  and  he  himself  in  the  midst  of  a  detona- 
ting compound. 

M. Coquillon  has  since  replaced  the  palladium  byplatinum. 

The  principle  of  the-  stationary  grisoumeter  is  based  on 
Professor  Deville's  double  flash,  and  is  shown  iu  Fig.  1285.  It 
comprises,  first,  a  vertical  glass  tube,  A,  or  gage,  the  top  of 
which  is  branched  in  T  shape,  two  cocks  being  adapted  to  the 
horizontal  branches  of  the  T.  The  lower  portion  of  this  tube 
is  constricted  and  carries  ten  divisions,  each  of  which  may  be 
subdivided  into  ten  others  ;  it  is  bent  at  right  angles  and 
attached  to  a  rubber  tube  fastened  to  a  flask  used  as  an  aspi- 
rator or  blower.  The  capacity  of  the  tube  measured  from  the 
cock  is  25  cubic  centimeters,  and  the  zero  of  the  scale  is  indi- 
cated at  the  bottom.  This  is  the  point  that  must  be  reached 
by  the  gaseous  volume  when  no  protoearburet  is  contained  in 
the  instrument ;  10  is  marked  near  the  bulge,  each  division 
being  equal  to  i  cubic  centimeter.  The  second  portion  of  the 
apparatus  is  the  burner  B,  formed  by  a  small  thimble-shaped 
tube  closed  by  a  rubber  stopper  pierced  by  two  holes  into 
which  are  introduced  the  holders  for  the  palladium  wires. 


Portable   Grisoumeter. 


GRISOUMETER. 


426 


GRITS  PURIFIER. 


Laterally  are  adapted  small  capillary  tubes  which  by  means 
of  rubber  tubing  allow  of  an  attachment  on  the  one  side  to 
the  gage,  on  the  other  to  the  following  bell  glass.  This  last, 
C,  is  capped  by  a  capillary  tube  bent  at  right  angles  and  sur- 
rounded by  a  glass  cylinder  or  sheath  closed  at  the  bottom 
and  filled  with  water.  The  whole  apparatus,  as  well  as  the 
corks,  is  in  glass,  and  is  mounted  on  a  stout  wooden  board  so 
as  to  protect  it  from  accident.  A  small  box  containing  10 
small  tubes  filled  with  water  is  accessory  to  the  apparatus, 
these  being  filled  when  desired  with  the  air  collected  in  the 
various  levels  of  the  colliery  and  destined  for  analysis. 

The  use  of  the  stationary  grisoumeter  is  very  simple.   The 
bell  glass  surrounded  by  its  cylinder  is  filled  with  water  to  a 

Fig.  1285. 


Grits  Mill.  The  grits  mill  with  one  cylinder  is 
used  in  the  St.  Georgeu  manufactory  of  St.  Gallen. 

Wis  the  cylinder  with  steel  shell  and  >5  the  steel  concave. 
It  is  used  for  the  cracking  of  wheat  and  the  production  of 
grits,  leaving  further  milling  to  be  done  with  a  run  of  stones. 

Fig.  1286. 


Stationary  Grisoumeter. 


determinate  or  fixed  point :  the  gage  tube  is  also  filled  with 
water.  The  burner  and  capillary  tubes  are  left  full  of  air. 
One  of  the  small  tubes  from  the  box  is  now  attached  in  such 
a  manner  that  one  end  plunges  into  a  tumbler  full  of  water 
while  the  other  or  taper  end  is  connected  by  means  of  a  rub- 
ber tube  to  the  anterior  end  of  the  gage.  One  of  Mohr's  for- 
ceps closes  this  rubber  tube  at  the  desired  height 

In  order  to  introduce  56  centimeters  of  eas  into  the  gage, 
the  left  cock  is  opened  and  the  forceps  pressed  by  the  right 
hand,  while  the  left  hand  holds  the  flask  so  as  to  be  able  to 
raise  or  lower  it  at  will.  The  gas  passes  from  the  conico-cyl- 
indrical  tube  into  the  gage,  and  must  be  made  to  coincide 
with  the  zero  of  the  scale  as  indicated  by  the  water  level. 
This  being  done,  the  left  cock  is  closed  and  the  right  opened, 
and  at  the  same  time  the  palladium  wire  is  heated  to  redness. 
The  gas  is  made  to  circulate  two  or  three  times  over  the  pal- 
ladium by  the  motion  given  to  the  flask.  After  the  burner 
has  cooled  down,  the  gas  is  returned  to  the  gage,  and  the  scale 
read  off.  This  last  is  so  graduated  as  to  indicate  at  sight  hun- 
dredths  and  thousandths  of  protocarburet  or  of  bicarburet. 
Portative,  Coquillon  ....  "  Technologiste,"  xl.  435. 

Regnarrl "  Technologiste,"  xxxix.  375. 

Lamp,  Mallanl  et  al "  Technologists,''  xli.  348. 

Dissipating  fire-damp,  Delaurier  "TfchnologisteJ'  xli.  647. 

Coquillon *  "Engineering,'1''  xxiv.  317. 

*  "Manuf.  $  Builder,'''  xi.  158. 

*  "Engineer,-  xlix.  53. 

See  also  PHANARO-GRISOUMETER,  infra.  FIRE  DAMP  DE- 
TECTOR, supra,  and  references  passim. 

Grist  Tol'ler.  This  machine  operates  through 
the  periodical  presentation  of  a  toll  spout  with  its 
attendant  valve.  Each  time  the  spout  is  presented 
under  the  falling  grain  it  takes  in  a  portion  which 
is  carried  down  and  out  of  the  machine  as  toll. 

The  amount  of  toll  taken  is  governed  by  a  de- 
vice in  which  the  position  of  a  wrist  in  a  slotted 
crank  regulates  the  amount  taken. 

Grits.  (Milling.)  Cracked  fragments  of  wheat 
smaller  than  groats.  An  incident  to  the  HIGH 
MILLING  process,  which  see.  See  also  GUOATS. 

Grits  Gra'ding  Ma-chine'.  (Milling.)  A 
centrifugal  apparatus  for  grading  grits  after  the 
separation  of  the  fine  flour  by  the  process  of  bolting. 

The  grits  passes  by  a  spout  to  the  top  of  a  rapidly  revolv- 
ing wheel,  A,  and  is  projected  centrifugally  ;  the  larger 
particles  fly  to  a  greater  distance  and  fall  at  C,  while  the 
others  reach  E  F  respectively,  according  to  relative  levity. 


Grits  Grading  Machine. 


Grits  Pu'ri-fi'er.  A  machine  for  separating 
bran  scales  from  grits.  It  is  of  Austrian  origin, 
the  originator  being  Ignaz  Paur,  the  inventor  of 

Fig.  1287. 


Cylinder  Mill  of  St.  Georgen,  St.  Gallen,  Switzerland. 

the  high-milling  process.  Paur's  and  Escher  Wys's 
grits-purifiers  are  shown  by  Kick  in  his  report  on 
Group  IV.  to  the  Austrian  Government,  1873,  and 
in  Prof.  Horsford's  report,  "Vienna  Bread,"  Vienna 
Exposition,  1873,  vol.  ii.,  §  B. 

The  machine,  Fig.  1288,  acts  by  a  blast  of  air  upon  the 
materials  of  different  gravity. 

The  bran  is  a  thin  flat  scale  of  the  wheat  shell.  The  grits 
are  irregular  fragments  from  the  interior  of  the  grain,  rela- 
tively heavier  than  the  bran. 

a  is  a  supply  tube  introducing  the  mixed  bran  and  grits. 
b  is  a  hopper  with  a  slit  at  the  bottom.  At  I)  a  current  of 
air  enters  and  encounters  the  falling  stream  of  bran  and 
grits.  The  grits  being  heavier  fall  into  division  /,  the  bran 
is  carried  to  V,  and  the  intermediates  fall  into  /  /.  A  sec- 


GRITS  PURIFIER. 


427 


GROWING  CELL. 


ond  current  of  air  entering  at  c  subjects  the  matters  to  a 

farther  separation. 

Another  form  is  shown  in  Fig.  1289,  and  is  used  at  Pesth. 
A    is    a    hopper    receiving    the 
Fig.  1288.  meal  ;  B  a  cylinder  fitting  the 

spout  from  the  hopper,  and  ad- 
mitting of  raisin;;  and  lower- 
ing ;  b  in  a  circular  smooth  me- 
tallic plate  revolved  by  a  ver- 
tical shaft  attached  below. 
The  meal  as  it  ii-sues  from  the 

Fig.  1289. 


Paur's  Grits  Purifier. 


Grits  Purifitr.     (Pesth.) 


foot  of  the  hollow  cylinder  is  carried  to  the  periphery  and 
shot  outward  into  the  current  of  air  produced  by  suction 
through  spout  H.  The  rounded  grits,  having  pi-enter  weight 
in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  surface,  reach  the  space  LI ; 
the  bran-flakes,  having  least  material  to  surface,  are  drawn 
to  F ;  and  the  fine  flour  falls  between  to  the  receptacle  H. 

Griz'zly.  (Col.  Hydraulic  Mining.)  Grizzlies 
are  heavy  iron  grates  which  catch  the  bowlders  and 
through  which  the  gravel  is  sifted ;  they  are  placed 
at  the  point  where  the  washings  fall  into  the  sluice. 

Groats.  (Milling.)  a.  Bruised  or  cracked  frag- 
ments of  wheat  with  bran  attached  ;  larger  than 
grits.  An  incident  to  the  process  of  HIGH  MILL- 
ING, which  see.  This  is  the  technical  meaning  of 
the  word ;  adopted  in  the  search  for  specific  words 
to  indicate  conditions  of  fineness  or  quality. 

b.  Hulled  and  broken  grain,  used  as  an  article  of 
food.  May  be  of  wheat  or  oats.  This  is  the  do- 
mestic meaning  of  the  word  groats  (pr.  grits). 

Groom'er.     An  application  of  the  flexible  or 

Fig.  1290. 


Horse  Groomer. 

jointed  revolving  shaft  to  rotate  a  brush  used  in 
the    grooming    of     horses. 


The  flexible  shaft  is  thus 
used  in  drilling,  by  den- 
tists, for  sheep  shearing, 
horse  clipping,  hair  cutting 
and  brushing,  and  horse 
grooming. 

Groov'er  Head.  A 
circular  cutter  used  on  a 
wood-planing  machine  to 
cut  the  grooves  on  one 
edge  of  matched  boards. 
The  cutters  have  spurs,  and 
are  held  in  slots  by  tapered 
compression  bolts. 


Fig.  1291. 


Groover  Head. 


Groov'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  form  of  lathe  for 
making  grooved  or  scroll  work,  such  as  table  legs, 
balustrades,  etc. 

Ground  Cock.  A  basin  cock,  ground  into  its 
seat,  as  distinguished  from  compression  cock. 

See  Fig.  672,  p.  216,  supra. 

Grounding  Ma-chiiie'.  (Wall  Paper.)  A 
machine  for  giving  the  requisite  body  to  receive  the 
colored  pattern. 

While  passing  over  a  roller  the  paper  is  covered  with  a 
mixture  of  clay  (that  used  contains  about  18  per  cent,  of 
alumina),  glue,  and  water,  and  if  the  surface  is  to  be  finally 
polished  —  or  satin  finished  —  a  percentage  of  lard  oil  is 
added.  After  the  mixture  is  applied  it  is  evenly  distributed 
over  the  paper,  first  by  two  reciprocating  brushes,  then  by  a 
rotating  brush  roller,  and  lastly  by  two  brushes  like  the 
first. 

See  cut,  Fig.  1,  p.  226,  "Scientific  American,'1'  vol.  xxxvii. 

Group  Spring.  Railway.  One  formed  of  a 
number  of  separate  springs  in  a  cluster.  See  u, 
Fig.  1143,  "Mech.Dict." 

Grous'er.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  A  heavy 
iron-pointed  oak  timber  which  passes  through  the 
hull  or  down  the  side  of  a  boat  for  the  purpose  of 
anchoring. 

"Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers,'*  1876,  vol.  ii.,  Part  II.,  p. 
403,  and  A,  Fig.  1. 

Grout  Wall.  One  made  of  be'ton  or  similar 
material. 

"  Grout  (or  concrete)  as  building  material,  is  composed  of 
lime  and  coarse  gravel  mixed  with  water,  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  ordinary  mortar,  and  of  about  the  same  consistency. 

"  A  small  proportion  of  cement  —  say,  one  tenth  —  may  be 
mixed  with  lime,  and  will  add  to  the  strength,  durability, 
and  finish  of  the  walls. 

"  To  give  solidity,  quarry  chips  can  be  used  by  being  im- 
bedded in  the  composition  while  forming  the  walls. 

"  The  walls  of  buildings  are  formed  of  this  material  by 
making  boxes  or  molds  of  2"  plank,  of  uniform  width,  placed 
on  edge  horizontally,  as  wide  apart  as  the  desired  thickness 
of  the  walls,  and  held  in  place  by  cleats.  Into  these  boxes 
or  molds  thus  formed  the  grout  is  put,  and  allowed  to  remain 
a  sufficient  time  to  harden  ;  when  the  boxes  are  removed, 
and  again  placed  at  the  top  of  the  layer  just  formed,  and 
again  filled  with  gravel  and  stone  ;  and  so  on  until  the  wall 
is  of  the  required  height. 

"  If  the  planks  of  which  the  boxes  are  made  are,  say,  12" 
wide,  the  grout  will  harden  in  about  24  hours  sufficiently  to 
allow  the  boxes  to  be  removed  without  injury  to  the  wall. 

"  The  gravel  used  may  be  mixed  with  a  moderate  propor- 
tion of  sand  advantageously. 

'•  The  partition  walls  can  be  built  more  cheaply  and  rap- 
idly of  lumber  than  of  gravel ;  as  where  inside  walls  are 
constructed  it  is  difficult  to  fit  and  manage  the  boxes  without 
injuring  the  outside  walls." 

The  boxes  and  method  of  construction  are  similar  to  thore 
used  in  pis6  walls.  The  difference  is  only  in  the  material 
used.  —  Report  of  Lieut.  Rogers,  U.  S.  A. 

Grove  Bat'te-ry.  The  nitric  acid  battery, 
the  invention  of  Mr.  Grove,  now  Justice  Sir  W.  R. 
Grove.  It  eliminates  the  hydrogen  by  oxidizing  it 
so  as  to  form  water,  and  so  prevents  the  polariza- 
tion of  the  negative  plate. 

It  has  the  amalgamated  zinc  in  sulphuric  acid, 
and  its  platinum  in  nitric  acid,  with  an  intervening 
porous  cell. 

Prescott,"  Electricity" *  64  ;  Ganot   *  686. 

De  la  Rii-f,  London,  1853     .     .     .     .  *  44. 

NoarJ,  London,  1859 *  276. 

de  Moneel,  Paris,  1856 69. 

Shaffner,  New  York,  1859   .     .     .     .  *  97. 

Niaudei,  American  transl *  155. 

"English  Mechanic  ;' *  xxiii.  77. 

Poggenctorfs  modification,  Niaudet, 
American  transl. *  155. 

Grow'ing  Cell.  (Optics.)  Beck's.  A  plate 
of  glass  into  which  is  fitted  an  annular  zinc  trough 
upon  the  upper  surface  of  which  a  cover  of  plate- 
glass  is  screwed.  On  the  top  of  this  glass  the  ob- 
ject to  be  kept  alive  is  placed,  and  over  it  is  laid  a 
thin  glass  cover. 

The  action  of  this  growing  cell  is  as  follows  :  The  trough 


GROWING  CELL. 


428 


GUN  BARROW. 


is  filled  with  water,  the  plate-glass  is  screwed  down,  the  thin 
cover  placed  upon  it.  The  plate-glass  cover  has  two  holes 
pierced  in  it,  one  of  which  conies  under  the  covering  glass, 
and  through  which  the  water  will  now  by  capillary  attrac- 
tion, feeding  the  object.  The  other  hole  is  outside  and  will 
admit  sufficient  air  to  replace  that  lost  by  the  capillary  ac- 
tion under  the  covering  glass. 

Grub'ber.     An  implement  for  deep  cultivation. 

An  implement  for  tearing  through  soils  infested 
with  grubs,  stumps,  stones,  aud  roots.  A  clearing 
plow. 

The  steam  grubber,  Fig.  1292,  is  one  of  the  set  of  steam 
cultivation  implements.  Jt  is  especially  intended  for  work- 
ing in  stiff  clay  land,  to  stir  and  aerate  the  subsoil  without 


Fig.  1292. 


Fowler's  Steam  Grubber. 

materially  disturbing  the  surface.  For  this  purpose  it  is 
made  with  1,  2,  or  8  tines,  and  i.<  worked  2'  deep.  It  is  also 
used  for  stirring  up  the  subsoil  of  old  grass  lands,  and,  with 
1  or  2  tines,  to  a  depth  of  as  much  as  30"  in  removing  stones 
or  tree-roots.  It  is  known  as  a  "  knifer." 

It  may  be  called  a  renovating  or  reclaiming  implement, 
and  under  all  circumstances  of  its  use  is  a  powerful  assist- 
ant in  the  matter  of  drainage  in  strong  soils. 

GrubTbing  Ma-chine'.  A  special  gun-tool. 
The  work  has  a  semi-rotary  motion  against  a  fixed 
tool. 

In  the  special  grubbing  machine  the  tool  has  a 
motion  on  a  segment  of  a  circle,  and  an  automatic 
feed.  —  Pratt  fr  Whitney. 

Grub  Break'er.  (Agric.)  A  form  of  heavy 
plow  used  in  recently  cleared  land,  and  having  a 
strongly  braced  colter  and  share  for  uprooting 
grubs  and  breaking  roots. 

Grub  Hoe.  An  implement  something  between 
a  hoe  and  an  adze,  used  in  cutting  and  digging  up 
brush,  saplings,  etc. 

Grub  Hook.  An  implement  drawn  by  a  team 
and  used  in  rolling  out  stones  aud  tearing  out  roots, 
stumps,  and  logs. 

Fig.  1293. 


A  grating  to  a  window  to  preserve  it  from  blows. 
(Fire-arms.)     The  bow  which  protects  the  trig- 
ger. 

Guard  Bolt  A  flat-headed  screw-bolt,  fully 
counter-sunk,  for  fastening  the  guards  of  mowing 
machines  to  the  bars. 

Guard'ed  lu'stru-meiit.  (Surgical.)  Said 
of  an  instrument  the  point  or  cutting  edge  of  which 
is  concealed  or  guarded  during  introduction,  and 
uncovered  when  at  the  place  where  it  is  to  become 
effective.  As  guarded  blunt-hook,  guarded  bistoury, 
guarded  trephine. 

Bistoury  cache  expresses  the  same  idea. 

Gui'bal  Fan.  A  ventilating  wheel  on  tbe 
exhaust  principle,  receiving  the  air  around 
its  axis  and  forcing  it  by  wings  centrifugally 
to  the  exit  shaft. 

Guide.  (Surgical.)  A  stiffening  stem, 
withdrawable,  in  a  soft  rubber  catheter. 

A    cannulated  stem    affording  a  means  of 
I  direction    to  a    flexible   instrument.     A   di- 

rector. 

Gui'don.  The  flag  of  a  commander  of  horse  ; 
generally  of  damask  and  fringed,  3'  broad  on  the 
staff,  and  lessening  towards  the  bottom,  where  it  is 
divided  into  two  peaks. 

Guil'lo-tine  In'stru-ment.  (Surgical.)  An 
instrument  for  excising  the  tonsil  or  uvula.  It 
has  a  cutter  sliding  in  guides  and  a  loop  to  hold 
the  object. 

See  TONSILOTOME,  e,  Fig.  6525,  "Mech.  Diet."  ;  UVULATOME, 
(t,  Fig.  6886,  Ibid. 


Grub  Hook. 

Grum'met.  (Nautical.)  See  GROMMET,  p.  1025, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Guard.  A  fence,  fender,  screen,  canopy,  etc., 
as  the  case  may  be  :  — 

A  dash-board,  or  step-guard  in  cars. 

A  fender  in  grates. 

A  piece  to  receive  the  jar  of  an  opening  door. 

A  screen  to  keep  the  heat  of  a  fire  from  a  person, 
wall,  or  furniture. 


Home-made 


"Scientific  American,-'1  xlii.  295. 


Gui-tar'.  (Music.)  An  instrument  played  by 
the  hands,  having  6  strings  tuned  in  fourths  and 
thirds.  The  three  lower  strings  are  of  silk,  covered 
with  silver  wire  ;  the  three  upper  of  catgut.  The 
three  former  are  usually  played  by  the  thumb  ;  the 
three  latter,  G,  B,  E,  by  the  fore,  middle,  and  third 
fingers  respectively,  the  little  finger  resting  on  the 
instrument. 

Gum  De-pres'sor.  A  dentist's  tool,  used  in 
holding  the  gum  down  from  the  tooth  in  filling 
cavities  close  to  or  under  the  gum. 

Gum  Lan'cet.  (Surgical.)  A  pocket  lancet 
in  shell  handle.  See  a,  Fig.  2795,  p.  1249,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Gum'mer.  A  tooth  for  gulletiug  saws.  See 
SAW  GUMMER. 

Gum'mer  Grind'er.  A  tool  for  holding  the 
cutter  of  a  saw  gummer  while  being  ground. 

Gum  Spring.  One  made  of  caoutchouc  —  in- 
dia  rubber. 

Gun.     See  CANNON  ;  RIFLE,  etc. 

"Duilio,"  Armstrong  gun. 

Bore 17.72". 

Shot 201S  Ibs. 

Maximum  charge  powder 511  Ibs. 

Ordinary  charge  powder 355  Ibs. 

See  CANNON,  RIFLE,  etc.,  and  various  specific  heads. 


Sporting  and  whaling  guns. 

Blow-gun. 

Syringe  gun. 


Galling  gun. 
Anit.ttrdHt;  pun. 
Whitwortli  gun. 


Rifle-barrel  in  shot-gun  bore. 

Stevens *  "Scientific  American,'-  xl.  263. 

Gun-lock  concealed. 

"  Climax,"  Holland  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  411. 
Gun  tool,  Karthel  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  181. 
Hammerless,  Guener, Br.  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  274. 

Gun  Bar'row.  The  brouette  mil/taire  of  M. 
Bazin.  The  butts  of  two  rifles  are  attached  to  a  pair 
of  small  wheels;  the  barrels  form  handles;  the 
barrow  supports  the  soldiers'  knapsacks  and  other 
impedimenta. 


GUNBOAT. 


429 


GUNPOWDER. 


Gun'boat. 

Gunboats  ready  for  launching,  Portsmouth,  Eng. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2034. 

Chinese "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  983. 

"  Delta,"  China   .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  t>up.,"  1087. 
"Epsilon,"  China     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  144. 

Gun  Brush.     A  spiral   cylindrical  brush  with 
stiff  bristles ;  used  for  cleaning  gun-bores. 
Gun  Car'riage. 

The  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  A,"  1877, 
Appendix  K,  contains  notices  and  views  of  the  following  :  — 

Austrian  field  carriage  ....     Plate  IV. 

Austrian  3 .42"  gun  and  caisson     Plate  V. 

English  9-pounder  field  carriage     Plates  VI.,  VII. 

German  field  carriage   ....     Plate  VIII. 

Engelkardt's  field  carriage     .     .     Plate  IX. 

Swedish  field  carriage    ....     Plate  X. 

Swedish  traveling  forge     .     .     .     Plate  XI. 

English  field  traveling  forge  .     .     Plate  XII. 

English  7-pdr.  mount'n  carriage     Plate  XIII. 
Gruson's  21-pdr.  coast  carriage  .     Plate  XIV. 

Krup/i's  12"  gun  and  carriage    .     Plate  XV. 

Krupp's  14"  gun  and  carriage    .     Plate  XVI. 

German  naval  carriage .     .     .     .     Plate  XVII. 

German  turret  carriage      .     .     .     Plate  XVIII. 

Prussian  gun-lift Plates  XIX.,  XX. 

Krupp's  gun-lift Plate  XXI. 

Hydraulic  buffer Plate  XXII. 

Traversing    and    running-back 

gear  11"  gun Plate  XXIII. 

English  10"  casemate  carriage   .    Plate  XXIV. 

English   10"  casemate   carriage 
(high)       Plate  XXV. 

English  11"  C.  P.  carriage     .     .    Plate  XXVI. 

English  35-ton  carriage      .     .     ,     Plates  XXVII.,  XXVIII. 

MnncriffTs  7"  depressing  car.    .     Plate  XXIX. 
Varassfitr's  carriage      ....     Plate  XXX. 

Hydro-pneumatic  ship-carriage .    Plate  XXXI. 

Swedish  27-cm.  gun-carriage      .    Plale  XXXII. 

Austrian  siege  carriage       .     .     .     Plate  XXXIII. 

Prussian  siege  carriage       .     .     .     Plate  XXXIV. 

Krupp's  21-cm.  siege  carriage     .    Plates  XXXV.,  XXXVI. 

Krupp's  15-cm.  siege  carriage     .    Plate  XXXVII. 

English  40-pdr.  siege  carriage     .     Plates  XXXVIII. 

Moncriffs  hydro-pneum.  siege 
carriage Plate  XXXIX.,  XL. 

Austrian  mortar  carriage  .     .    .     Plate  XLI. 

German  mortar  carriage    .     .     .     Plate  XLII. 

Krupp's  28-cm.  mortar  carriage    Plate  XLIII. 

Russian  mortar  carriage    .     .     .     Plate  XLIV.,  XLV, 

English  sling  wagon      ....     Plate  XLVI. 

Li.\chim-'s  hospital  tent      .     .     .     Plate  XLVII. 

English  "Armstrong  "  10"  on  casemate  carriage,  same  re- 
port, Fig.  46,  Appendix  L. 

French  sea-coast  carriage  27  cm.  rifled  gun,  Fig.  67,  Appen- 
dix L,  "Or/tnance  Report,"  1877,  and  p.  544. 

American  carriage  for  8"  rifle.     Ibid.,  Appendix  P. 

American  carriage  for  12"  rifle.     Ibid.,  Appendix  T. 

American  carriage  for  12"  rifle.     Ibid.,  1876,  p.  96,  PI.  III. 

American  carriage  for  9"  converted  rifle.  Ibid.,  1871,  Ap- 
pendix I.,  p.  134. 

Flank-defense  carriage  for  Catling  gun.  Ibid..  1879,  Ap- 
pendix !.•"•,  p  163,  and  Plates  I.,  II.,  III. 

Moncrieff "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  375. 

Orerbank,  Mac/uay,  Br.    *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  88. 
Gun  truck,  Penu.  Ra'y  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  492. 

Report  on  depressing  gun-carriages,  by  Board  of  Ordnance 
Officers  U.  S.  Army,  Washington,  1873.  Refers  to  58  sys- 
tems, parts,  and  accessories,  pp.  19,  20.  And  illustrates  — 

Service  barbette  carriage,  15". 

Bfxton's  apparatus  for  maneuvering  guns. 

Euffington's  counterpoise  carriage. 

Capt.  j.  Wall  Wilson's  device  for  checking  recoil. 

Capt.  W.  R.  King's  counterpoise  carriage. 

Capt.  W.  R.  King's  depressing  carriage. 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  COMPRESSOR,  infra. 

Gun'-cot'ton.  Cotton  rendered  explosive  by 
treatment  with  sulphuric  and  nitric  acids.  See  p. 
1036,  "Mech.  Diet? 

Modes  of  manufacture  and  considerations  of  its  stability, 
in  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  A.,"  1877,  p.  458, 
et  seq.    See  also  Ibid.,  1879,  Appendix  I.,  pp.  130-132. 
On  cannon,  effect  of .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2618. 

Punchon's  improvements  in  the  manufacture  of  gun  cot- 
ton are  thus  described  :  — 

"•  The  cotton  is  first  thoroughly  cleansed  by  boiling  it  in 
an  alkaline  solution  and  exposing  it  to  a  current  of  air,  and 


then  again  boiling  it  in  clean  water.  After  the  second  boil- 
ing it  must  be  again  thoroughly  dried,  first  by  a  centrifugal 
machine,  and  afterward  by  being  passed  over  a  current  of 
hot  air,  the  wet  meeting  the  cold  current,  and  as  it  dries  ris- 
ing to  a  temperature  of  about  120°  V.  The  cotton,  in  charges 
of  one  pound  each,  is  then  steeped  for  five  minutes  in  a  bath 
containing  three  parts  of  sulphuric  acid  and  one  part  of  nitric 
acid,  after  which  it  is  taken  out  and  placed  in  an  iron  cylin- 
der, and  a  perforated  piston,  about  8"  in  diameter,  is  forced 
down  upon  it  by  hydraulic  pressure.  The  excess  of  acid 
pressed  out  of  the  cotton  passes  through  the  perforations  in 
the  disk  and  is  pumped  off.  The  cotton  is  then  placed  in 
glazed  earthenware  jars,  which  are  covered  in  order  to  pre- 
vent any  heating  taking  place,  the  jars  being  placed  in  a 
current  of  cold  water,  where  they  are  allowed  td  remain  for 
24  hours,  after  which  the  cotton  is  taken  out  and  again  thor- 
oughly washed,  and  while  yet  damp  is  passed  between  roll- 
ers until  it  is  reduced  to  a  very  fine  powder ;  this  process 
being  gone  through  while  the  compound  is  damp,  prevents 
any  possibility  of  its  explosion.  The  powder  is  then  mixed 
with  a  certain  quantity  of  sugar,  nitric  acid,  and  water,  into 
a  pulpy  mass,  which,  after  being  strained  through  a  fine 
sieve,  is  carefully  dried  in  a  temperature  never  exceeding 
120°  F.  The  manufacturing  process  is  finally  completed  by 
passing  it  through  rollers  under  very  high  pressure,  by 
which  means  it  is  compressed  into  a  hard  substance  and  ren- 
dered almost  impervious  to  damp.  The  gun-cotton  intended 
for  blasting  purposes  is  made  into  thin  cakes,  broken  and  ir- 
regular in  size,  but  for  rifle  cartridges  it  is  made  in  small 
pellets,  similar  inform  and  size  to  rape  seed.''  — "  Univer- 
sal Engineer." 

Gun  Hand'-tools. 


Ball  seater. 
Breech  wrench. 
Burgoyne. 
Capper. 

Cartridge  capper. 
Cartridge  loader. 
Countersink. 
Extractor. 
Gun  brush. 


Intrenching  spade. 

Loading  plug. 

Primer. 

Primer  extractor. 

Re-capper. 

Re-loading  tool. 

Re-primer. 

Uncapping  knife. 


Gun  Har-poon'.  A  harpoon  projected  by  a 
gun.  Used  in  whaling.  See  HARPOON. 

Gun  Lift.  A  hoisting  arrangement  for  mount- 
ing and  dismounting  cannon. 

Ordnance  Report,  1877,  Plates  XIX.,  XX.,  gives  views  of 
Prussian  gun  lift. 
Plate  XXI.,  Krupp's  gun  lift. 

Gun  Ma-chines'. 

Barrel  boring  machine. 
Breaking  down  machine. 
Bullet  machine. 
Bullet-patching  machine. 
Butt  lathe. 

Cartridge  heading  machine. 
Cartridge     varnishing      ma- 
chine. 

Charcoal  grinding  machine. 
Clamp-milling  machine. 
Coiling  machine. 
Cupping  machine. 
Drawing  machine. 
Dusting  machine. 
Glazing  barrel. 
Granulating  machine. 


Gun  stocking  machine. 
Gun  stock  lathe. 
Impression  machine. 
Incorporating  mill. 
Lead  wire  apparatus. 
Loading  machine. 
Mixing  machine. 
Pebble-powder  machine. 
Pellet- powder  machine. 
Pistol  rifling  machine. 
Powder  dusting  machine. 
Powder  pressing  machine. 
Priming  machine. 
Rifling  machine. 
Tapering  and   crimping  ma- 
chine. 


Gun'pow-der.     See  references  :  — 

"Compensators,'1  Totten  .    .  *  " Sc.  American,''  xxxvi.  305. 
Incorporating  mill,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  37. 
Manufacture  of,  Hay  ...  *  "Engintering."  xxv.  1,  37, 

95. 

Mixing  machine,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  37. 
Modern  history  of,  "Jour.  Soc.  of  Arts.'' 

'"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxi  203. 
Pebble-powder  machine    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  236. 

Densimeter *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  236 

Manuf.  "Revue  Industrielle  "      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,''  xvi.  305. 

Sifting  reel,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  37. 

Breaking-dpwn  machine    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  95. 
Charcoal  grinding  mill^Br.  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  37. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  138. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  138. 
"Engineering,"  xxv.  138. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  198. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  198. 
"Engineering,"  xxv.  37. 


Granulating  machine,  Br. 
Dusting  reel  .... 
Glazing  barrel  .  .  . 
Drying  stove  .... 
Pellet  powder  machine 
Grinding  apparatus,  Br. 


Work:  Dupont "Amer.  Artizan,"  xvii  369 

Hydraulic  pressure  apparatus  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  95. 
See  also  list  under  "  EXPLOSIVES.'' 


GUNPOWDER. 


430 


HALF-ELLIPTIC    SPRING. 


Systems  and  modes  of  manufacture  of  gunpowder  are  de- 
tailed in  Appendix  K,  "Report  of  Chief  of  Ordnance  U.  S.  A., 
1877,  p.  437,  et  stq. 

British    ....    p.  438.        "  KruppV     .     .    p.  454. 

Russian  ....    p.  445.        French    ....    p.  455. 

"  vViener  r'  powder  p.  451.         "VVetteren  !:    .     .     p.  457. 

German ....    p.  452.        Austrian     ...     p.  457. 

Materials,  proportions,  processes,  machinery,  tests,  packing, 
storage,  etc.,  Crispin  If  Baylor's  report,  "Ordnance  Report,"- 
1879,  *  pp.  91-134. 

See  also  report  on  cannon  powders  of  the  following  shapes, 
etc.  :  — 


Fig.  1294. 


Hexagonal. 

Sphero-hexagonal. 

Octohedral. 


Polyhedral. 
English  pebble. 
Progressive. 


"Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  II.,  7,  *  p.  85,  et  seq. 

Ibid,.,  Appendix  I.,  *  pp.  122-130. 

See  also :  — 

"Ordnance  Manual,"  1861. 

"Handbook  on  t/ie  Manufacture  of  Powder."    (British.) 

Btnton's  "Ordnance  and  Gunnery.'' 

Coolce's  "Naval  Ordnance,  and  Gunnery." 

Marvin's  "  Granulation  of  Powder.'' 

Gun'pow-der  Pa'per.  A  substitute  for  gun- 
powder. Powder-paper  consists  of  paper  impreg- 
nated with  a  mixture  of  potassic  chlorate,  nitrate, 
prnssiate,  and  chromate,  powdered  wood-char- 
coal, and  a  little  starch.  The  powder-paper  is  rolled 
into  the  shape  of  a  cartridge  of  any  required  length 
or  diameter.  It  is  said  that  no  explosion  can  t;ike 
place  except  by  way  of  contact  with  fire.  Also 
that  the  powder  paper  leaves  no  greasy  residue  on 
the  inside  of  the  gun,  produces  less  smoke,  gives  a 
less  violent  recoil,  and  is  less  impaired  by  humidity 
than  gunpowder.  With  equal  charges,  by  weight,  of 
gunpowder  and  powder-paper,  the  penetrating 
power  of  the  latter  is  5-16ths  greater  than  that  of 
the  former.  —  "Pop.  Science  Monthly,"  x.,  p.  253. 

Gun  Stock'ing  Ma-chin'e-ry.  Includes 
machines  for 


Bedding  the  barrel. 
Bedding  the  lock. 
Bedding  the  guard. 


Placing  the  butt  plate. 
Turning  the  stock,  etc. 


Gun  Stock  Lathe.  See  GUN  STOCK,  p.  1042, 
"Mech.  Diet."  also  LATHE,  p.  1264,  Ibid. 

Gun'-tack-le  Pur'chase.  (Nautical.)  A 
form  of  tackle,  also  known  as  a  don ble purchase,  hav- 
ing two  single-sheave  blocks.  Fig.  6159,  'Mech. 
Diet." 

Gun'wale  Gun.  A  light  Galling  gun  fixed 
upon  the  gunwale,  and  so  adjusted  that  it  may  be 
depressed  30°.  Fig.  1294.  With  this  power  of 
depression,  combined  with  the  swivel  mounting,  the 
weapon  may  be  made  to  command  the  whole  range 
of  approach  of  boats  for  the  purpose  of  boarding. 

Gun'wale  Winch.  (Fishing.)  A  roller  with 
hand  crank,  mounted  on  the  boat's  gunwale,  to  haul 
in  a  fishing  line. 

Gut  Belt'ing.    Lathe  or  machine  belting  made 


"  Galling  "   Gunwale   Gun. 

of  cat-gut.  Treatise  on  gut  belting,  "Iron  Age," 
xix.,  March  15,  p.  1. 

Gut  Hook.  A  coupling  hook  and  eye  for 
round  gut  belts. 

Gut'ta-per'cha  Soft'en-er.  (Dentistry.)  A 
small  pan  in  water-bath  over  an  alcohol  lamp  ;  used 
in  bringing  gutta-percha  to  a  molding  temperature. 

Gutta-percha  product.  E.  Indies  "  Scientific  Am.  Sup  ,''  2415. 
Provision  and  uses,  Solas  .  .  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  4009, 

Gut'ter  Plane.  A  molding  plane  with  a  semi- 
cylindrical  sole,  and  a  bit  of  corresponding  shape. 
Used  in  planing  out  gutters  in  stuff  for  eave-troughs. 

Gym-nas'tic  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  See  EXERCISING 
MACHINE;  HEALTH  LIFT,  etc. 

Gyn'ee-co-log'i-cal  In'stru-ments.  (Surgi- 
cal.) Those  for  operating  in  cases  peculiar  to  fe- 
males. See  list  under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 

Gynaecological  table,  Foster*  "Med.  Record,"  May  24,1879. 

Gy'ro-pig'eon.  A  flying  object  simulating  a 
pigeon  in  flight.  Used  as  a  flying  target  in  shoot- 
ing matches.  Projected  by  a  spring  trap.  Fig. 
3708,  p.  1700,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Gy'ro-scope. 

Electro-magnetic  apparatus  to  demonstrate  the  revolution 
of  the  earth.  Du  Moncel's  "Expose  des  Applications de  I'Elec- 
tricitc,"  iv.  176. 
Gyroscope,  Deane  .     .  *  "Scientific American,-'  xxxiv.  244. 

Fesset *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  ix.  133,  157. 

Gruey,fr.       .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  41. 
Electrical,  Hopkins     .  *  "  Ti-legrapluc  Journal,''  vi.  276.  331. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  335. 


H. 


Hai-tha'o.  A  species  of  gelatine  used  in  giving 
body  to  tissues  and  paper. 

It  resembles  Irish  moss,  and  may  be  derived  either  from  the 
Gehelntm  corneum,  a  seaweed  of  Java,  or  from  the  Phearia 
lichenoides,  peculiar  to  Mauritius.  It  is  treated  with  hot 
acetic  acid,  afterwards  with  water,  and  finally  with  ammo- 
nia. The  residuum  dissolved  in  boiling  water  furnishes,  on 
cooling,  a  jelly  which  is  dried,  and  forms  the  commercial 
article.  It  was  first  used  for  alimentary  purposes,  and  is 
now  used  as  a  size,  and  also  as  a  substitute  for  gold-beater's 
skin.  When  placed  in  water  it  takes  up  about  600  times  its 
own  weight  of  the  fluid.  It  is  only  soluble  in  boiling  water, 
and  insoluble  in  weak  or  diluted  acids,  alkaline  solutions, 
and  ether,  but  is  attacked  by  sulphuric  and  other  concen- 
trated acids. 


Half  Back  Saw.  A  hand-saw  having  a  back 
stiffened  to  a  distance  about  half  the  length  of  the 
blade  from  the  handle. 

Half  Clear.  (Glass.)  Said  of  glass,  a  portion 
of  the  surface  of  which  has  been  depolished  by  any 
means,  such  as  acid,  grinding,  etc. 

Half-crys'tal  Glass.  (Ghss.)  A  French 
term  for  ///we-glass.  Crystal  answers  to  the  Eng- 
lish flint  glass. 

Half-el-lip'tic  Spring.  A  carriage  spring 
composed  of  one  set  of  plates,  like  a  half  ellipse. 
See  Figs,  on  p.  143,  supra. 


HALF  HATCHET. 


431 


HAMMERLESS  GUN. 


Fig.  1295. 


Half  Hatch'et.     A  hatchet  with  one  straight 
side,  all  the  projection  of 
the  bit  being  on  the  side 
toward   the    hand.      A 
shingling  hatchet. 

Half  Hose  Coup'- 
ling.  A  coupling  hav- 
ing at  one  end  a  corru- 
gated tubular  portion 
on  which  the  hose  is 
bound,  and  at  the  other 
a  sleeve  internally 
threaded  to  receive  an 


iron  pipe. 


r°Und'-a 


Half-round-bar  Spiral  Sprin 


Fig.  1296. 


,  , 

Spi'ral  Spring.  (  Rail- 

way.)    A  coil  spring  made  of  half-round  steel  rod. 
Pig.  1295  shows   it 
in    a   double    nest 
form. 

Half-r  o  u  n  d' 
Spade.  (  Wlml- 
iwf.)  Used  in  cut- 
ting the  blanket- 
piece  free  from 
the  carcass  as  the 
lifting  tackle  and 
blubber  hook  draw 
upon  the  piece  in 
flaying. 

Half-S  Hop'- 
per  Trap.  A  sewer  trap  with  a  single  bend  ;  half 
the  letter  S  in  form.  P'ig.  1296  shows  the  form, 
and  also  a  man-hole  with  cover. 

Half-shov'el    Plow.      (Afjn'c.)      A   plow  in- 
tended for  rooty  land.     The  blade  is  of  steel,  and 

Fig.  1297. 


Flanged  Half-S  Hopper  Trap. 


Half-shovel  Plow. 

has  one  straight  side  ;  it  is  braced  by  a  lay  to  pre- 
vent its  being  broken  or  bent.  A  broad  iron  plate 
is  attached  to  the  beam,  and  the  colter  may  be 
changed  from  a  jumping  to  a  cutting  colter. 

Half  Spring.  A  spring  with  but  one  set  of 
leaves;  like  a  half-elliptic  spring,  shown  at  d,  Fig. 
1136,  p.  480,  "Meek.  Diet.,"  and  Figs.  450-452,  p. 
143.  supra. 

Half  Trap.  A  sinking  bend  in  a  sewer  pipe, 
like  a  half-S,  not  having  the  rising  portion.  See 
Fig.  1296. 

Harne.  A  curved  piece  of  wood  or  metal,  two 
of  which  are  fitted  to  the  collar ;  they  have  draft 
eyes  to  which  traces  and  chains  are  attached. 

The  attachments  are :  — 

Hame  clip  ;  a  metallic  link  by  which  the  tug  is  attached. 

Hame  link  ;  at  the  lower  end  of  each  hame,  for  the  hame 
strap  to  pass  through. 

Hame  ring  ;  on  the  hame,  for  the  rein  to  pass  through. 

Hame  strap  ;  to  couple  the  hames  around  the  collar. 

Hame  terre.t ;  a  rein  ring  in  coach  harness. 

Hame  tug ;  the  forward  loop  on  the  trace  ;  attached  to  the 
clip. 

Ham'mer.     (Stone  Working.)     Stone  hammers 


are  of  various  kinds,  with  faces  or  edges,  plain  or 
notched.  Sometimes  one  end  has  a  point  (the 
peen)  which  is  practically  a  pick,  and  used  in  poi/it- 
imj  ashlars.  See  STONE  DRESSING. 


See  Bush  hammer. 
Cavil. 
Crandall. 

Double-face  hammer. 
Face  hammer. 
Hand  hammer. 


Mallet. 

Patent  hammer. 

Peen  hammer. 

Pick. 

Stone  hammer. 

Tooth  axe. 


(Surgical.)  Used  in  osteotomy.  The  percussor 
used  in  auscultation  is  also  a  hammer  or  mallet. 

See  under  the  following  list,  which  includes  also 
other  striking  tools,  including  sledges,  mauls,  hatch- 
ets, axes,  and  picks  :  — 

Adze.  Mason's  hammer. 

Axe.  Mattock. 

Ballast  hammer.  Mill  pick. 

Ball-peen  hammer.  Miner's  pick. 

Beating  hammer.  Nail  gun. 

Bench  hatchet.  Nail  hammer. 

Blacksmith's  sledge.  Napping  hammer. 

Blocking  hammer.  Patent  hammer. 

Brad  driver.  Pavior's  hammer. 

Brad  hammer.  Pavior's  rammer. 

Bricklayer's  hammer.  Peeling  axe. 

Broad  axe.  Peen  hammer. 

Bull-head  axe.  Percussing  hammer. 

Bung  start.  Pick. 

Bush  hammer.  Pick-axe. 

Calking  beetle.  Pick  hammer. 

Calking  mallet.  Pick  mattock. 

Carpet  hammer.  Plugging  mallet. 

Cavil.  Quartering  hammer. 

Claw  hatchet.  Railroad  axe. 

Coal  sledge.  Rammer. 

Crandall.  Ring  mallet. 

Cross  peen  hammer.  Riveting  hammer. 

Dental  mallet.  Set  hammer. 

Dog-head.  Sharp-peen  hammer. 

Double  face  hammer.  Shingling  hatchet. 

Drift  hammer.  Ship's  axe. 

Driving  hammer.  Sledge. 

Electro-magnetic  mallet.  Spalling  hammer. 

Engineer's  hammer.  Spike  maul. 

Face  hammer.  Steak  hammer. 

Farrier's  hammer.  Stone  axe. 

Fireman's  axe.  Stone-cutter's  hammer. 

Flaking  hammer.  Stone  pick 

Flanging  hammer.  Straight-peon  hammer. 

Geological  hammer.  Striking  sledge. 

Half  hatchet.  Swaging  mallet. 

Hammer  pick.  Tamping  pick. 

Hand-drilling  hammer.  Tinner's  hammer. 

Hand  hammer.  Tooth  axe. 

Hatchet.  Top  maul. 

Hawsiug  beetle.  Trimming  hammer. 

Horse-shoe  hammer.  Turning  hammer. 

Knapping  hammer.  Turning  sledge. 

Lathing  hatchet.  Welding  hammer. 

Mallet.  Wood  chopper's  maul. 

Refer  to  :  Cushioned  hammer,  Bradley. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  737. 

*  "Engineer,''  xlii.  221. 
Helve  hammer,  Cuyahoga  Iron  Works. 

*  "Amer.  Manuf.,"  Dec.  12, 1879,  p.  7. 
Pneumatic  hammer,  Shall,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  369. 
Power  hammer,  Hasse-Simon,  *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  412. 

Ham'mered  Ar'ti-fi'cial  Stone.  An  arti- 
ficial stone  compacted  by  means  of  blows. 

The  ingredients  and  proportions  vary  with  the  facilities  of 
the  place  of  manufacture.  Bc'lon,  as  made  by  M.  Coignet,  is 
made  of  sand  5,  lime  1.  hydraulic  lime  0.25,  which  are  mixed 
with  a  shovel,  water  being  sparingly  used,  and  the  com- 
pounded materials  violently  ground  in  a  tempering  mill  and 
rammed  in  molds.  See  p.  278,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  material  to  which  the  name  of  hammered  artificial  stone 
has  been  given  is  made  by  the  application  of  the  stroke  of  the 
steam  hammer  upon  properly  mixed  proportions  of  hydraulic 
and  common  limes,  hydraulic  cements,  pulverized  iron  slag, 
sand,  broken  stone,  marble  or  granite,  clays  and  minerals, 
inclosed  in  properly  constructed  molds  and  dies.  It  is  made 
by  proper  disposition  of  the  ingredients,  to  imitate  marble, 
and,  by  carving  the  interior  faces  of  the  molds,  to  assume 
any  ornamental  configuration. 

Ham'mer-less  Gun.  One  without  exterior 
hammer;  usually  fired  by  concealed  spring-pin. 
The  term  may  include  the  needle  and  bolt  guna. 


HAMMERLESS   GUN. 


432 


HAND   CLAMP. 


That  shown  in  Fig.  1298  is  by  Greener,  of  Birmingham, 
England.  It  is  shown  by  longitudinal  section.  The  barrels 
are  hinged  to  the  breech-frame  in  the  usual  manner,  but  iu- 

Fig.  1298. 


Hammerless  Gun. 


stead  of  the  ordinary  gun  lock  with  outside  hammers,  the 
tumblers  A  are  made  nearly  in  the  form  of  an  elbow  lever. 
These  tumblers  have  their  upper  ends  curved  forward,  and 
are  provided  with  a  small  rounded  point,  which  is  arranged 
to  strike  through  a  small  hole  at  the  center  of  the  breech 
piece  instead  of  the  ordinary  firing  pin.  The  lower  front 
portions  of  the  tumblers  A  are  extended  forward  in  the  form 
of  a  Hat  arm,  and  these  arms  are  curved  laterally  inward,  so 
that  their  inner  ends  nearly  meet  at  the  center,  each  arm 
terminating  with  a  small  rounded  projection  on  its  lower 
side.  The  tumblers  are  in  a  recess  which  also  contains  the 
mainspring.  (Referred  to  in  the  plural,  as  the  gun  is  double 
barreled.) 

To  one  of  the  projections  in  rear  of  the  joint  is  pivoted  a 
pendant  C,  which  plays  loosely  in  a  vertical  slot  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  front  arm  of  the  breech  frame,  directly  in  front  of 
the  converging  arms  of  the  tumblers.  This  pendant  has  a 
hook-shaped  projection  which  engages  under  the  front  ends 
of  the  arms  of  the  tumblers,  so  that  when  the  rear  ends  of 
the  barrels  are  raised  the  hook  raises  the  arms  of  the  tum- 
blers far  enough  to  permit  the  dogs  -6  to  engage  in  a  notch  in 
the  tumblers,  thus  automatically  cocking  the  arm, 

To  hold  the  hook  C  back  far  enough  to  engage  with  the 
arms  of  the  tumblers,  a  pin  extends  through  a  projection  on 
the  under  side  of  the  barrels.  The  triggers  operate  upon  the 
rear  arms  of  the  dogs  for  firing  the  arm. 

Ham'mer  Pick.  A  stone-mason's  tool  having 
a  hammer  face  and  pointed  peen  at  the  respective 
ends  of  the  head.  A  pick-hammer. 

Ham'mer  Strap.  An  iron  strap  stapled  at  its 
rear  end  ou  a  wagon  tongue,  and  having  an  eye  at 

Fig.  1299. 


British  Navy  Hammock. 

its  forward  end  which  rests  on    the   double   tree. 

The  handle  of  the  hammer,  so  called,  goes  through 

Fig   1300. 


Lawn,  or  Tourist's  Hammock. 


the  eye,  the  double-tree,  and  the  tongue,  and  bears 
the  strain  in  pulling. 

Ham'mock.     A  suspended  netting  for  reclining 
or  sleeping. 

Fig.  1299  is  Stone's  (Br.)  portable  swinging  bedstead  with 
canvas  sacking.   It  is  capable  of  being  folded  up  and  stowed, 


Fig.  1301. 


Ashantee"1  Hammock. 


being  especially  intended  for  a  customary  hammock  arrange- 
ment on  board  ships  of  war. 

Fig.  1300  is  the  Gwynfe  (Leycester,~R\:.)  self  supporting 
hammock  tent  which  stands  by  itself  independently  of  ropes, 
trees,  or  pegs.  The  awning  can  be  moved  to  any  position. 

Elastic  suspension,  d'Ancora,  Italy  *  "fic.Amer.  Sup.,''  1682. 
Mosquito  net  frame,  Voile    .    .     .  *  "&.    Amer.''    xxxviii. 

339. 

Fig.  1301  shows  the  "  Ashantee  "  hammock  on  slinging 
apparatus. 

Ham 'mock  Clews.  (Nautical.)  The  gath- 
erings at  the  ends  of  a  hammock  formed  i>v  a 
yrommet  and  knittles  at  each  end,  and  by  which  it  is 
suspended. 

Ham'mock  Cloth.  (Nautical.)  Canvas  to 
protect  the  hammock  from  wet  when  stowed  in  the 
nettings  on  deck. 

Ham'mock  Net.  Open-work  or  netted  ham- 
mock. 

Ham  Try'er.  A  long  bodkin  for  probing  a  ham, 
to  detect  by  smelling  the  condition  as  to  soundness 
around  the  bone. 

Han'cock  In'spi-ra'tor.     See  INSPIRATOR. 

Hand.  (Fire-arm.)  The  part  of  the  stock 
gripped  by  the  hand,  and  which  may  be  either 
straight  or  pistol-gripped. 

Hand  Blow'er.  A  blower  or  bellows  worked 
by  hand.  See  Figs.  347,  348,  pp.  Ill,  112,  supra. 
Also  Fig.  3891,  p.  1768,  "  Mech.  Diet.";  also  list 
under  BLACKSMITH'S  TOOLS,  p.  291,  Ibid.;  and 
list  of  AIR  APPARATUS,  pp.  25,  26,  Ibid. 

Hand  Bolt'-cut-ter.  A  bolt-cutting  machine, 
worked  by  hand-power.  See  Fig.  367,  p.  117, 
supra. 

Hand  Car.  (Railway.)  A  light  car,  driven  by 
hand-crank  and  gearing,  operated  by  those  riding 


Fig.  1302. 


Fig.  1303. 


Inspection  Hand-car. 


Three-wheeled  Hand-far. 


on  the  car.  See  various  kinds  in  Forney's  "Car- 
builders'  Dictionary,"  Figs.  43-47.  See  also  IN- 
SPECTION CAR. 


Penn.  Railway     .     .     . 
Phila.  &  Reading  R.  R. 


*  "  Engineering ,''  xxv.  44. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  f-'up.,'1'  2754. 

*  "K.  R.  'Gazette,"1  xxiii.  107. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,''  xxiii.  123. 


Sheffield.     .     . 

Hand  Clamp.     A  species  of  vise  for  hold:ng 
parts  in  apposition  while  nailing,  glueing,  or  fast- 


HAND   CORN-PLANTER. 


433 


HAND   MILLING   MACHINE. 


ening  by  other  means.  See  Fig.  1310,  p.  560, 
"  Much.  'Diet."  See  list  of  CLAMPS,  p.  199,  supra. 

Hand  Corn-plant'er.  A  hand  implement 
forced  into  the  soil  and  dropping  corn  into  the 
opening.  See  Fig.  1470,  p.  627,  "Mich.  Diet.," 
lig  ^.'183,  p.  1057,  Ibid. 

Hand  Cul'ti-va'tor.  A  garden  cultivator, 
which  runs  with  a  wheel  in  front,  and  carries  a 

Fig.  1304. 


Hand  Cultivator. 

hoe,  the  penetration  and   direction   of  which   are 
governed  by  means  of  the,  handles. 

Hand  Drill.  1.  A  drilling  machine  or  tool 
run  by  hand.  See  instances,  Fig.  2374,  p.  1055, 
<;  Meek  Diet." 

Refer  to  :  — 

Quick  speed *  "Engineer,'''  xliv.,  454. 

Ii'llnmii *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  115. 

Wiley  £  Russell    .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"1  xxi.,  April  11,  p.  3. 

2.  A  mnchine  for  drilling  seed  in  rows.  See 
HAND  SEED-DRILL,  infra. 

Hand-dril'ling  Ham'mer.  (Stone.)  One 
used  with  the  chisel  in  jumping  holes  in  rock  for 
blasting  or  splitting  by  plug  and  feather.  The 
hammer  is  of  steel,  and  weighs  from  3  to  8  pounds. 

Hand  Hoist.  A  lifting  apparatus  worked  by 
hand,  as  in  some  species  of  winch.  Specifically,  an 
arrangement  of  pulley-blocks  known  as  the  differ- 
entia!.' See  Fig.  821,"  p.  257,  supra,  and' Fig.  1647, 
p.  701,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Hand'-hole  Trap.  A  sewer-trap,  made  with  a 
hand  hole,  through  which  may  be  reached  any  ob- 
struction which  has  caught  iu  the  beiid.  See  HALF- 
S  HOPPER  TRAP,  supra. 

Hand  Joiiit'er.  A  small  machine  for  trueing 
the  edges  of  boards  or  staves.  A  buzz-planer.  See 
HAND  MATCHER. 

Han'dle  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  dip-net  stretched 
on  a  hoop,  with  a  handle. 

Han'dlers.  (Leuther.)  The  vats  in  which  the 
hides  brought  from  the  beam  house  are  first  placed, 
hanging  lengthwise  and  parallel  to  each  other. 
The  vats  have  a  weak  infusion  of  oak  bark.  Oth- 
erwise known  as  stri>ii/ers. 

Hand  Line.  (Fishing.)  A  line,  hooked  and 
baited,  and  held  in  the  hand,  a  trawl  line,  for  in- 
stance ;  in  contradistinction  to  a  set  line,  or  a./7/y  line. 

The  hand-line  has  one  or  two  hooks  baited  and 
sunk  near  to  the  bottom,  or  thrown  to  any  desired 
distance  by  means  of  a  weight,  and  managed  from 
the  shore  or  a  boat. 

Or,  it  is  drawn  rapidly  over  the  surface  of  the 
water  behind  a  boat,  either  with  a  bait  attached  or 
a  shining  olject,  such  as  a  spoon. 

Han'dling.  1.  (Leather.)  Taking  the  sides 
or  skins  out  of  the  vats  into  tho  air,  smoothing 
them  out,  and  piling  them  on  one  side  to  drain, 
after  which  they  are  returned  to  the  stringers.  Each 
time  they  are  handled  they  are  returned  to  a  stron- 
ger ooze. 

(Ceramics.)     The  operation  of  putting  handles 


on  ware,  such  as  ewers,  etc.  •  The  handles  are 
molded  separately. 

Hand  Mag'ni-fi'er.  (Optics.)  A  series  of  3 
lenses  giving  various  magnifying  powers,  whether 
used  separately  or  in  combination,  and  usually 
made  to  carry  in  the  pocket.  See  LKNS  HOLDER. 

Hand  Match'er.  A  machine  for  tongueing 
and  grooving  short  stuff  for  boxes,  furniture,  vvagou 
boards,  etc. 

That  shown  has  two  heads,  one  for  tongueing  and  one  for 
grooving,  running  on  the  same  arbor  below  the  platen,  which 
is  raised  or  lowered  to  suit  the  required  depth  of  work. 

Fig.  1305. 


Hand  Matcher. 

The  platen  is  furnished  with  movable  fence  and  spring 
rollers,  which  are  adjustable  for  different  thicknesses  of  stuff 
which  is  passed  over  the  heads  edgewise,  between  the  rollers 
and  guides,  both  edges  of  the  stuff  being  worked  without 
change  in  the  position  of  the  operator. 

Hand  Mil'ling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  tool, 
small  of  its  class,  the  slide  adapted  to  be  run  by 
hand. 

Fig.  1306  shows  a  hand  machine  which  is  adapted  for  tak- 
ing short  milling  cuts.  The  adjustment  screw  for  the  table 
passes  down  through  the  bed-plate,  and  is  operated  from  the 

Fig.  1306. 


Hand  Milling  Machine. 


HAND   MILLING   MACHINE. 


434 


HAND   THRESHER. 


under  side.  The  cross-slide  is  adjusted  by  a  screw  that  pro- 
jects in  front.  The  sliding  table  on  which  the  work  is 
placed  is  operated  by  a  hand  lever,  and  the  motion  is  gaged 
joy  an  adjustable  stop.  The  spindle  is  steel,  having  guu- 
inctal  boxes  and  a  taper-hole  to  receive  the  shanks  of  arbors. 

Tlie  motion  of  the  cutter  is  by  power,  that  of  the  work  by 
hand. 

In  a  somewhat  larger  machine  of  this  class,  by  Kelly,  Huw- 
ell,  if  Luiliciff,  and  to  which  power-feed  may  be  applied,  the 
i-lidc  lias  a  tool-post  attached  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  up 
stock,  facing  nuts,  or  shaping  up  work  from  the  solid  bar  or 
single  pieces  to  be  held  in  the  chuck.  The  tool-post  can  be 
removed  from  the  sliding  table,  and  index  centers,  milling 
vise,  or  any  milling  fixture  put  on,  required  for  milling,  — 
taps,  reamers,  nuts,  splitting  shafts,  and  any  milling  suitable 
to  be  done  on  a  machine  with  a  screw  and  level  feed  The 
table  has  a  rack-and-pinion  feed,  opinted  by  a  hand-lever 
attached  to  the  pinion  shaft  for  a  quick  motion,  and  a  screw 
feed  so  attached  that  either  can  be  used  when  required  ;  it 
also  has  a  cross  feed  for  adjustment  or  butt  milling,  drilling, 
etc  The  body  of  the  machine  is  a  large  cupboard  base  with 
shelves  for  tools. 

Pratt  4"  Whitney  .     .  *  "  Tkwston's  Vienna  Rep.,"1  ii.  225. 

Hand  Mor'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
in  which  the  force  of  the  blow  of  the  chisel  is  given 
by  hand.  Fig.  3'234,  p.  1481,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Hand  Pla'ner.  1.  (  Wood.)  See  HAND 
MATCHER. 

2.  (Metal.)  A  planing  machine,  small  of  its 
class,  and  adapted  to  he  worked  hy  haud. 

Hall's  hand  planer  is  shown   in   Fig.  1307.    The  vise  is 
Fig  1307. 


Hand  Planer. 

made  expressly  for  the  planer,  which  latter  is  attache     by  a 
socket,  and  has  various  adjustments  to  suit  the  tool  to  the 
piece  held  in  the  jaws  of  the  vise.     The  pinion  may  be  set 
to  suit  the  length  and  convenience  of  the  stroke.     The  tool- 
head    swivels  on    its  center, 
and   may    be  set  forward   or 
back  by  the  adjustable  joints. 
The  tool  has  a  perpendicular 
feed  of '21".     The  motion  of 
the   lever  rotates  the  pinion, 
and  gives  rectilinear  motion 
to  the  rack  which  carries  the 
tool-head. 

Wood-planer,  hand-feed, 
Richards, 

*  "Eng'ing,"'  xxiii.  274. 

Hand     Pump.      A 

pump  for  use  in  conser- 
vatories, washing  car- 
riages, etc.  Specifical'v 
a  light  implement  held 
in  one  hnnd  and  worked 
hy  the  other. 

See  AQUAPULT,  Fig.  104,  p. 
44,  supra,  and  HYDBONETIK, 
infra.  , 


Fig.  1308. 


The  proof  pump  and  gas-drip  pump  of  the  plumber  are 
other  instances. 

Carr *  "Manuf  #  Builder,"  ix.  177. 

HoUnnd *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  June  5,  p.  1. 

•'  Heliance,"  Br.       ...  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  170. 

Hand  Rake.  (Agric. )  A  term  applied  to 
that  class  of  harvesters  in  which  the  gavel  is  re- 
moved from  the  platform  by  a  rake  in  the  hands  of 
a  man  who  rides  on  the  machine.  The  automatic 
or  self-rake  has  superseded  the  hand  rake  in  this 
country,  but  not  yet  in  Europe. 

Hand  Rock  Drill.  A  smaller  form  of  stone 
drilling  machine,  differing  but 
little  except  in  size  from  the 
Hock  drills,  pp.  1956-1958,  and 
Diamond  drills,  p.  697,  "J/ecA. 
Diet." 

Hand  Seed  Drill.  A  gar- 
den tool,  for  planting  seeds  iu 
rows. 

The  seed  is  deposited  in  the  hopper, 
and  by  simply,  pushing  the  drill  along 
the  ground,  the  traveling  wheel  gives 
a  motion  to  a  slide  at 
the  bottom  of  the  hop- 
per,  and    the    seed   at 
once  falls    through    a 
tube  situate  behind 
the    colter    and    drops 
into  the  soil.    The  seed  . 
ceases  to  run  through, 
the  moment  the  drill  is 
lifted  off  the  ground. 

Two  forms  of  the  broad-cast  seeder  are  shown  in  Figs  430, 
431,  p.  136,  supra. 

Beet-drill,  Figs.  132,  133,  135-137,  Knight's  Keport,  "Paris 
Exposition  Reports,"  1878,  v.,  118  et  seq. 

Beet-drill,  Fr.,  "Dept.  Agric.  Sp.  Report,"  No.  28,  Plate 
III. 

Hand  Stock  Dies.  Cutters  for  making 
screws,  bolts,  and  threading  pipes.  See  DIE,  p. 
256,  supra  ;  and  Fig.  4739,  p.  2069,  "Meek.  Diet. ;  " 
Fig.  4754,  p.  2074,  Ibid. 

Hand'-strap  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The  de- 
pendent lever  of  the  counter  shaft  gearing,  by 
which  the  strap  is  run  from  the  loose  to  the 
tight  pulley,  or  vice  versa.  A  belt-shift<r. 

"Hand   Thresh'er.     A  threshing   machine 
driven    by  hand ;    formerly    common    in     the 
United  States,  and  yet  numerous  in   Europe. 
Fig.  1309  shows  an  excellent  French   form  in 
which   the  machine  is  overshot,  and  the  requisite 
speed  is  given  to  the  beating  cylinder  by  the  aid  of 
multiplying  wheels. 


Hind  Seed  Dritt. 


Fig.  1309. 


French.  Batteuse  a  Bras. 


HAND  TOOLS. 


435 


HAND  TOOLS. 


Hand  Tools.   Used  in 
the  fullowing  heads  :  — 

many  trades.  See  under 

Dowel  pointer. 
Drain  cleaner. 
Draining  tools. 

Half-back  saw. 
Half  hatchet. 
Hammer. 

Drain  tile  layer. 

Hammer  pick. 

Adjustable  plane. 

Bush  hook. 

Draw  riling. 

Ham  tryer. 

Adjustable  vise. 

Butter  knife. 

Drawing  hook. 

Hand  clamp. 

Adze. 

Button  fastener. 

Drawing  knife. 

Hand  corn  planter. 

Adze  plane. 

Cabinet  file. 

Drift  hammer. 

Hand  cultivator. 

Angle  boring  machine. 

Cabinet-maker's  clamp. 

Drill. 

Hand  drill. 

Angular  bench  drill. 

Calking  beetle. 

Drill  bench. 

Hand  drilling  hammer. 

Angular  bit  stock. 

Calking  chisel. 

Drill  holder. 

Hand  hammer. 

Anvil  vise. 

Calking  iron. 

Drilling  clip. 

Hand  jointer. 

Apple-parer. 

Calking  mallet. 

Drill  press. 

Hand  matching  machine. 

Auger. 

Calking  tools. 

Driving  hammer. 

Hand  rake. 

Auger  bit. 

Calking  vise. 

Duplex  punch. 

Hand  saw. 

Automatic  boring  tool. 

Candy  shears. 

Karth  borer. 

Hand  seed  drill. 

Axe. 

Cane  knife. 

Kgg  beater. 

Hand  seeder. 

Axle  setter. 

Can  filler. 

Egg  whip. 

Hand  stock  die. 

Backing  boards. 

Can  hook. 

Emery  band. 

Hand  vise. 

Hack  saw. 

Cant  hook. 

Emery  board. 

Hardy. 

Bale  hook. 

Capper. 

Emery  stick. 

Harpoon  shuttle. 

Ballast  hammer. 

Carpenter's  clamp. 

Emery  stone. 

Hatchet. 

Ball-peon  hummer. 

Carpet  hammer. 

Engineer's  hammer. 

Hawsing  beetle. 

Bull  seater. 

Carpet  stretcher. 

Equilibrium  tool. 

Hawsing  iron. 

Band-saw  brazing  tool. 

Car  pusher. 

Expanding  drill. 

Hawk. 

Band-saw  holder. 

Cartridge  capper. 

Expanding  reamer. 

Hay  band  twister. 

B.m.l-s-iw  tongs. 

Carver's  tools. 

Expansion  bit. 

Hay  fork. 

B:iiiil  setter. 

Cavil. 

Expansive  hollow  auger. 

Hay  knife. 

Barley   fork. 

Cente-ing  tool. 

Extractor. 

Hazel  hoe. 

Barrel  husher. 

Center  mold. 

Face  hammer. 

H  drill. 

Barrel  lifter. 

Chain  hook. 

Facing  tool. 

Hedge  knife. 

Basin  wrench. 

Chaser. 

Farrier's  hammer. 

Hemp  knife. 

Bean  slicer. 

Cheese  knife. 

Feather. 

Hoe. 

Beating  hammer. 

Chemist's  tongs. 

Fid. 

Hollow  auger. 

Beef  shaver. 

Cherry. 

File. 

Hoof  pick. 

Beetle  destroyer. 

Cherry  stoner. 

File  card. 

Hoof  punch. 

Bench  cramp. 

Chisel. 

File  guard. 

Hook  needle. 

Bench  drill. 

Churn  drill. 

File  holder. 

Horner. 

Bench  hatchet. 

Cigar  knife. 

Filings  separator. 

Horse  clipper. 

Bench  screw. 

Circular  plane. 

Finger  steel. 

Horse-shoe  hammer. 

Bench  stop. 

Clamp  dog. 

Fireman's  axe. 

Horse-shoer's  machine. 

Bending  tool. 

Clamp  screw. 

Firmer  chisel. 

Horse-shoer's  vise.     > 

Bent  trimmer. 

Claw  hatchet. 

Five-cant  file. 

Hose  wrench. 

Bevel. 

Clevis  tongs. 

Flagging  iron. 

Husking  glov«. 

Beveling  instrument. 

Clipper. 

Flaking  hammer. 

Ice  chisel. 

Binder. 

Clip  swage. 

Flauging  hammer. 

Ice  hook. 

Bit. 

Clutch  drill. 

Flat  iron. 

Ice  tools. 

Bit  brace. 

Coal  sledge. 

Flat  tener. 

Intrenching  spade. 

Bit-  brace  die. 

Cock  wrench. 

Flatter. 

Jeweler's  rest. 

Bit-brace  tap. 

Cocoa-nut  grater. 

Flesher. 

Joiner's  clamp. 

Blacksmith's  chisel. 

Cold  chisel. 

Fleshing-kuife. 

Jointer  plane. 

Blacksmith's  drill. 

Collar  swage. 

Flexible  sole  plane. 

Key-hole  saw. 

Blacksmith's  sledge. 

Combination  auger. 

Float. 

Knapping  hammer. 

Blocking  hammer. 

Combination,  plane. 

Floor  cramp. 

Kneading  machine. 

Block  plane. 

Compass  saw. 

Floral  tools. 

Knife. 

Boat  hook. 

Concave  saw. 

Flower  and  fruit  gatherer. 

Knife  cleaner. 

Bodkin. 

Cooper's  punch. 

Fluted  tap. 

Knife  guard. 

Bolt  cutter. 

Cork  arm-board. 

Fiuter. 

Lacing  cutter. 

Border  knife. 

Cork  presser. 

Fluting  iron. 

Lathing  hatchet. 

Boring-bar  clamp. 

Cork  screw. 

Fluting  scissors. 

Lily  iron. 

Boring-bar  wrench. 

Corn  hook. 

Foot  vise. 

Lip  auger. 

Boring  tool. 

Corn  knife. 

Fork. 

Loading  plug. 

Bosom  staff. 

Corundum  tool. 

Forking  spade. 

Lock  bedder. 

Bottoming  tap. 

Cotton  hook. 

Forming  iron. 

Machete. 

Bow-back  saw. 

Countersink. 

Foundry  ladle. 

Machinist's  tools. 

Bow-drill  stock. 

Crandall. 

Fountain  pump. 

Mainspring  vise. 

Bow  saw. 

Crank  ratchet-brace. 

Frame  clamp. 

Mallet. 

Box  hook. 

Cross-file. 

Friezing  cutter. 

MandreL 

Box  scraper. 

Cross-peen  hammer. 

Fruit  cutter. 

Mangle. 

Brace. 

Crow. 

Fruit  pitter. 

Manure  drag. 

Brail  driver. 

Cupping  tool. 

Fuller. 

Marking  gage. 

Brad  hammer. 

Curling  stick. 

Furrow-gage  staff. 

Marking  iron. 

Bramble  scythe. 

Currier's  knife. 

Furrow  rubber. 

Marlinespike. 

Brazing  tongs. 

Curry-comb. 

Furrowing  machine. 

Mason's  hammer. 

Bread  knife. 

Curved  mattress  needle. 

Gage  saw. 

Mat  hook. 

Bread  slicer. 

Cutting  nippers. 

Garden  fork. 

Mat  pole. 

Breast  drill. 

Cutting  punch. 

Garden  plow. 

Mattock. 

Breech  wrench. 

Dado  plane. 

Garden  roller. 

Meat  cutter. 

Bricklayer's  hammer. 

Darby. 

Garden  tools. 

Meat  rocker. 

Brick  trowel. 

Dental  tools.    (See  SUR- 

Garden weeder. 

Meat  stuffer. 

Broad  axe. 

GICAL  APPARATUS,  etc.) 

Gas-main  drill. 

Microtome. 

Broadcast  seeder. 

Die. 

Gas  tube  vise. 

Mill  file. 

Brush  jack. 

Die-dog. 

Geological  hammer. 

Mill  pick. 

Brush-jack  needle. 

Die  holder. 

Gimlet. 

Millstone  dresser. 

Buck  saw. 

Die  stock. 

Gimlet  bit. 

Millstone  leveler. 

Buhr  dresser. 

Differential  ratchet  brace. 

Glass  cutter. 

Mincing  knife. 

Buhr  rubber. 

Ditch  cleaner. 

Glossing  iron. 

Mineral  dresser. 

Bull-head  axe. 

Dog  head. 

Grafter. 

Miner's  bar. 

Bull-nose  rabbet  plane. 

Door  clamp. 

Grafting  tool. 

Miner's  pick. 

Bung-hole  borer. 

Double  clamp. 

Grains. 

Mining  wedge. 

Bung  start. 

Double  cut  saw. 

Grater. 

Miter. 

Burgoyne. 

Double  e'nder. 

Grommet  knob. 

Miter  box. 

Burner  pliers. 

Double-face  hammer. 

Grub  hoe. 

Miter  box  saw. 

Burnisher. 

Double-jaw  vise. 

Grub  hook. 

Miter  jack. 

Bush  hammer. 

Double  screw  vise. 

Gun  brush. 

Molder's  tools. 

HAND  TOOLS. 


436 


HANOVERIAN  BIT. 


Moon  knife. 

Red  staff. 

Swivel  tool.                                   Tube  cleaner. 

Movable-back  saw. 

Reloading  tool. 

Swivel  vise.                                     Tube  cutter. 

Nail  anvil. 

Re-primer. 

Table  brush.                                 Tube  expander. 

Nail  gun. 

Reversible  saw. 

Tack  claw.                                       Tube  fastener. 

Nail  hammer. 

RifHer. 

Tamping  pick.                              Tube  semper. 

Nail  puller. 

Rigging  screw. 

Tap.                                                   Tube  stopper. 

Nail  selector. 

Ring  cone. 

Taper  tap.                                       Tube  tongs. 

Napping  hammer,  ' 

Ring  mallet. 

Tap  wrench.                                    Turning  hammer. 

Needle  threader. 

Rip  saw. 

Tenon  saw.                                      Turning  sledge. 

Nest. 

Riveting  hammer. 

Tinner's  hammer                          Turning  steel. 

Nicking  saw. 

Round  iron. 

Tinner's  snips.                             Turn  pin. 

Nut  wrench. 

Round  moon  knife. 

Tire  bender                                     Turpentine  tool. 

Pallet  knife. 

Round  swage. 

Tire  bolt  clamp.                           Twist  drill. 

Palm. 

Sardine  shears. 

Tire  setting  platform.                  Uncapping  knife. 

Panel  flaw. 

Sash  cramp. 

Tire  xhrinker.                                 Upending  tongs. 

Parallel  vise. 

Sash  tools. 

Tire  upsetter.                               Upright  vise. 

Paste  jagger. 

Sausage  chopper. 

Toggle  iron.                                  Upset. 

Patent  hammer. 

Sausage  stuffer. 

Tongs.                                              Vegetable  cutter. 

Pavior's  hammer. 

Saw. 

Tongue  and  groove  plane.           Veneer  scraper. 

Pavior's  rammer. 

Saw  clamp. 

Tool  holder.                                 Vine  shear. 

Peach  Parer. 

Saw  file  guide. 

Tooth  axe.                                       Vise. 

Peat  knife. 

Saw  filing  clamp. 

Tooth  chisel.                                 Vise  clamp. 

Peat  spade. 

Saw-filing  vise. 

Top  maul.                                     Wall  scraper. 

Peeling  axe. 

Saw  •rummer. 

Track  chisel.                                   Washer  cutter. 

Peen  hammer. 

Saw  set. 

Track  drill.                                      Weather-boarding  saw. 

Perforator. 

Scissors. 

Tracklayer's  tools.                       Weed  scythe. 

Pick. 

Scoop. 

Tram.                                               Welding  hammer. 

Pick  hammer. 

Scraper. 

Tram  staff.                                    Well-hook. 

Pick  mattock. 

Scraper  plane. 

Trenail  auger.                                Wire  bonder. 

Pillar  file. 

Scratch  brush. 

Trimmer.                                       Wood-chopper's  maul. 

Pin  bush.' 

Scratcher. 

Trimming  hammer.                     Woodworker's  clamp 

Pinchers. 

Screw  clamp. 

Trowel.                                          Worker. 

Pipe  cutter. 

Screw  driver. 

Trust  hoop.                                   Worm  auger. 

Pipe  die. 

Screwing  stock. 

Tryer.                                            Wrench. 

Pipe  fitter's  'rise. 

Screw  making  tools. 

Try  square.                                   Wrench  and  pipe  cutter. 

Pipe  grip. 

Screw  plate. 

Tube  header.                                  Wrench  handle. 

Pipe-layer's  tools. 

Screw  wrench 

Tube  brush.                                  Wringer. 

Pipe  threader. 

Scuffle  hoe. 

Tube  chuck.                                 Y. 

Pipe  threading  diev 
Pipe  toirgs. 

Seed  drill. 
Set  hammer. 

Hand  Wheel.     1.  The  brake-wheel  on  a  car 

Pipette. 

Setting  die. 

platform. 

TPipe  vise. 
Pipe  wrench. 

Shackle  jack. 
Sharp  peen  hammer. 

2.  The  throttle-wheel  of  a  large  marine  or  pump- 

Pitching,  chisel. 
Fitter. 

Shave  hook 
Shearer. 

Hand  Winch.     A  hoisting  apparatus  worked 

Plane. 

Shingling  hatchet. 

by  hand.     See  pp.  2776,  2777,  "Mech.  Diet."     A 

Plane  bit  holder. 

Ship  auger. 

crab.     Fig.  1499,  p.  640,  Ibid. 

Plane  ivoo. 
Planter. 

Ship  axe. 
Shoe  stretcher. 

Hang'er  Bolt.    A  screw-bolt,  coarse-threaded 

Plant  sprinkler. 

Short-hair  knife. 

at  one  end  to  enter  wood,  and  threaded  at  the  other 

Plasterer's  brush. 

Shovel. 

end  for  a  nut. 

Plasterer's  trowel- 

Shunting  bar. 

Hang'ing  Block.  (Nautical.)  A  block  through 

Plow. 
Plug. 

Sieve. 
Six  canted  file. 

which  the  top-sail  tye  is  rove,  then  through  the  tye- 

PI  u  g-and-  feather. 

Sledge. 

block  on  the  yard,  and  the  standing  part  made  fast 

Plug  tap. 

Slot  borer. 

to  the  mast  head. 

Plumb  and  level. 
Plumber's  chiseL 
Pocket  level. 

Sluice  fork. 
Smoothing  iron. 
Smooth  plane. 

Hang'ing  Cut'ter.    A  colter  depending  from 
the  plow  -beam.    See  COLTER,  Fig.  662,  p.  210,  su/mi. 

Pod  auger. 

Snip. 

Hang'ing-leg  Boil'er.     The  Galloway  boiler, 

Point. 

Soldering  iron. 

which  may  be  called  a  form  of  Cornish  in  which 

Pointer. 
Polishing  disk. 
Polishing  iron. 

Soldering  tool. 
Sour  kraut  cutter. 
Spade. 

the  large  single  flue  is  traversed  by  vertical  water- 
pipes,  which  are  thus  exposed  to  the   horizontal 

Porte  polisher. 

Spanner. 

course  of  the  products  of  combustion. 

Post  auger. 
Post-hole  auger. 
Post-hole  digger. 

Spawling  hammer. 
Spice  mill. 
Spike  extractor. 

See  Fig.  5626,  Plate  LXI.,  opp.  p.  2326,  "Mech.   Diet." 
Also  p,  Fig.  5621,  p.  2327,  Ibid. 

Post-hole  spoon. 

Spike  maul. 

Hang'ing-tube  Boil'er.     One  having  water- 

Potato  hook. 
Pressing  irons. 
Primer. 
Primer  extractor. 

Spiral  auger. 
Splitting  chisel. 
Spoke  pointer. 
Spoke-shave. 

tubes  depending  in  the  flame  space  ;  closed  at  the 
lower  ends  and  the  upper  ends  secured  in  the  crown- 
sheet  of  the  fire-box.     The  flame  circulates  among 

Pritchell. 

Spoke  trimmer. 

these  tubes,  sometimes  directed  in  its  course  by  a 

Proof  staff. 

Sprinkler. 

baffle-plate,  and  passes  to  the  chimney  through  a 

Pruning  saw. 

Square  corner  swage. 

straight  central  flue. 

Pruning  shears. 

Stamp  punch. 

SeeVigs.  5629,  5633,  Plate  LXI.,  opp.  p.  2326,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pump  auger. 

Staple  fastener. 

Also  Figs.  2684,  and  JS,  Fig.  2685,  Ibid. 

Putty  sieve. 

Steel  mortar. 

Hang'ing  Wall.     (Mining.)     The  layer  of   a 

Quartering  hammer. 

Stock  and  die. 

rock  or  wall  over  a  lode. 

Quick-speed  hand  drill. 
Rabbet  plane. 
Rag  looper. 
Railroad  axe. 

Stone  axe. 
Stone-cutter's  hammer. 
Stone  pick. 
Stone-worker's  tools. 

Hank-dry'ing  Ma-chine'.     The   hanks  are 
placed  on  perforated  rotating  rollers  or  winches,  and 
the  lower  ends  hang  in  the  dye  of  the  beck.     The 

Rammer. 

Straight  peen  hammer. 

yarn  is  thus  alternately  steeped  and  aired.  —  "Tex- 

Rasp, 
ilatchet  brace. 
Ratchet  drill. 

Straw  knife. 
Striking  sledge. 
Stuffing  brush. 

tile  Manufacturer." 
See  also  WINCING  MACHINE,  "Mech.  Diet."  and 

Ratchet  wrench. 

Sudden-grip  vise. 

*  "  Scientific.  American  Sup.,'"  1763. 

Razor. 

Surgical    instruments. 

Han'o-ve'ri-an  Bit.    (Manege.)    A  straight  or 

Reamer. 
Reaper. 

lie-capper. 

(  See  separate  list.  ) 
Swage. 
Swage  block. 

curved  cheek  bit,  with  two  or  more  loops  for  reins 
upon  the  lower  or  long  arm  ;  also  a  loop  at  the  end 

HANOVERIAN  CHIFNEY. 


437 


HARDWARE,  ETC. 


of  the  short  cheek,  for  receiving  the  leather  cheek, 
anil  a  rein-ring  at  the  cheek-piece. 

Han'o-ve'ri-an  Chif'iiey.  (Manage.)  This 
differs  from  the  regular  Hanoverian  by  having 
short  movable  arm  attached,  in  the  same  manner 
as  the  Chifney ;  the  curb-chain  is  attached  to  the 
stationary  check. 

Har'bor  Gas'ket.  ( Nautical. )  A  broad  gas- 
ket, one  on  every  other  seam  of  the  sail,  to  show  a 
well-furled  sail  when  in  port. 

Har'dened  Glass.  Glass  treated  by  the  pro- 
cess of  M.  Siemens,  at  Dresden. 

It  is  formed  under  hydraulic  or  other  pressure  which  gives 
the  desired  hardness  independent  of  any  tempering.  By 
means  of  this  process  larger  glass  panes  can  be  formed  than 
was  possible  before.  The  glass  is  stronger  than  the  tempered 
glass  of  De  Bastie  in  the  proportion  of  5  to  3.  The  fracture 
is  fibrous,  not  crystalline  like  the  ordinary  glass.  At  an  ex- 
amination instituted  by  the  "  Gewerbeverein,"  a  leaden  bul- 
let, weighing  120  grains,  was  dropped  upon  plates  of  ordi- 
nary and  pressed  glass,  supported  at  the  four  corners.  The 
ordinary  glass  was  fractured  by  a  fall  of  the  bullet  from  a 
height  of  300  millimeters,  while  the  pressed  pane  fractured  at 
a  height  of  2,000  millimeters.  A  second  specimen  of  the  latter 
was  subjected  to  a  fall  of  3,000  millimeters  without  breaking. 

See  GLASS,  TEMPEEED,  supra,  for  references. 

Hard'en-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  rub- 
bing and  pressing  hat  bodies  in  order  to  felt  the 
materials,  increasing  the  density,  diminishing  the 
size,  and  making  the  material  hard  and  compact. 

The  machine  for  hardening  wool  hat  bodies  operates  by 
means  of  a  reciprocating  rubbing  board.  It  is  placed  upon  a 
strong  wooden  frame  which  serves  as  a  table  on  which  the 
hat-body  rests.  Into  this  table  is  fitted  a  steam  box  which 
is  perforated  on  top  to  allow  the  steam,  which  is  admitted  by 
a  pipe,  to  penetrate  the  hat  bodies  to  be  hardened. 

Fig.  1308  shows  a  machine  with  two  rubbing  boards  which 
receive  a  rapid  reciprocating  motion  from  two  adjustable 
wrist-pins  fitted  to  the  fly-wheel  disks  on  each  end  of  the 
driving  shaft.  One  of  these  rubbing  boards,  the  nearer  one, 
is  shown  thrown  back  and  out  of  work.  The  other  one  is  in 
operation. 

Fig.  1310. 


Hat-body  Hardening  Machine. 

The  hat  bodies  are  built  into  a  pile  and  laid  upon  the  steam- 
box,  coarse  hardening  cloths  being  sandwiched  between  each 
and  pieces  of  cloth  of  suitable  size  and  shape  being  laid  in- 
side each  hat  body.  The  object  of  these  interposed  cloths  is 
to  prevent  the  adherence  of  the  hats,  one  to  another.  Two 
of  them  laid  in  immediate  contact  and  rubbed  while  hot  and 
wet  woulil  soon  coalesce  and  be  impossible  to  divide.  The 
rubbing  board,  which  is  also  covered  with  coarse  cloth  and 
is  somewhat  smaller  than  the  hat-body,  is  then  lowered  upon 
the  hat  bodies  and  held  down  by  a  post  which  is  hinged  to 
a  spring  on  the  ceiling  of  the  room  and  has  a  yielding  pressure 
upon  the  rubbing  board. 

Three  to  five  hat  bodies  are  thus  partially  hardened  at  one 
operation  ;  the  projecting  portions,  however,  not  having  been 
acted  upon,  the  hat  bodies  are  removed  and  so  disposed  as  to 
brin.?  under  the  rubli.n;  board  at  the  next  operation  the  por- 
tion- which  were  formerly  the  edges. 

This  operation  completed,  the  hat  bodies  are  ready  for  the 
tizing  kettle,  or  battery,  when  to  be  made  by  baud,  or  to  be 


fulled  in  a  fulling  mill  if  they  are  to   be  farther  treated  by 
machinery. 

In  some  factories  a  separate  machine  is  used  to  harden  the 
tips  of  hat  bodies.  It  consists  simply  of  a  rubbing  board 
which  acts  upon  a  round  steam  chest  of  suitable  size,  upon 
which  the  hat  body  is  placed  after  the  sides  have  been  hard- 
ened in  the  ordinary  hardening  machine. 

Hard'en-ing  Tongs.  A  tool  to  hold  steel  ar- 
ticles during  the  process  of  tempering. 

A  pair  of  tongs  having  T-shaped   jaws  is  provided  with 
pointed  pins  which  bear  upon  opposite  sides  of  the  article, 
and  prevent  it  from  twisting  out  of  shape  when  it  is  plunged 
into  the  water  to  cool,  while   it  allows  the  water  to  coin- 
Fig.  1311. 


Hardening  Tongs. 

pletely  surround  the  article.   One  of  the  jaws  is  movable  and 
is  capable  of  adapting  itself  to  tapering  surfaces. 

Hard  Paste.  (Ceramics.)  A  name  applied  to 
the  material  of  real  porcelain,  which  abounds  in 
silex,  and  is  so  vitreous  as  to  break  with  a  fracture 
like  glass.  See  PORCELAIN. 

Hard'ware,  House,  Car'riage,  Wag'on, 
etc.  See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Acorn-headed  bolt. 

Anchor  shackle. 

Ankle  shackle. 

Anti-rattler. 

Anti-rattler  fifth  wheel. 

Apron  fastener. 

Awning  cleat. 

Awning  foot. 

Awning  hinge. 

Awning  slide. 

Awning  slide-rod. 

Axle  block. 

Axle  clip. 

Axle  lubricator. 

Axle  saddle. 

Axle  yoke. 

Back  spring. 

Back  stay  end. 

Ball-joint  binge. 

Band. 

Barn-door  hanger. 

Barn-door  rail. 

Barrel  hook. 

Bench  sail-hook. 

Beveled  washer. 

Bevel-head  bolt. 

Billet. 

Hit. 

Blind-fast. 

Body  loop. 

Boiler-patch  bolt. 

Bolster  plate. 

Bolster  spring. 

Bolt  (varieties,  see  list). 

Row  iron. 

Bow  joint. 

How  spring. 

Bracket. 

Bridge  bolt. 

Bridle  bit. 

Buggy  spring. 

Bull's  eye. 

Butt. 

Butt-hinge. 

Button-head  bolt. 

Jan  hook. 

}ap  screw. 

'ar-door  hanger. 

Carriage  bolt. 

Carriage  spring. 


Carriage  spring-lock. 

Car  seat  spring. 

Caster. 

Cattlo  tie. 

Chain  stay. 

Chain  swivel. 

Clip  king-bolt. 

Clip  plate. 

Clip  yoke. 

Coach  clip. 

Coach-door  handle. 

Coach  hinge. 

Coach  lock. 

Coach  screw. 

Collar  holder. 

Collar  nail. 

Combination  lock. 

Cone  head  bolt. 

Corner  iron. 

Countersunk  head  screw. 

Countersunk     head     square 

shank  bolt. 
Crate  hinge  and  hasp. 
C-spring 

Cultivator  point  bolt. 
Dash. 
Dash  foot. 
Dash  frame. 
Dash  lamp. 
Dead  lock. 
Deck  hook. 
Door  handle. 
Door  hanger. 
Door  spring. 
Door  stop. 
Double  washer. 
Draft  tug. 
Drawer  lock. 
Drive  knob. 
Elevator  bolt. 
Elliptic-head  bolt. 
Elliptic  spring. 
Escutcheon. 
Eye. 

Eye  bolt. 
Eye  ferrule. 
Feed-box  hasp. 
Felloe  holder. 
Felloe  joint  bolt. 
Felloe  plate. 


HARDWARE,  ETC. 


438 


HARMONIC   TELEGRAPH. 


Fifth  wheel. 

Pole  eye. 

Spring  shelf.                                   Top  joint. 

Fifth  wheel  trueing-plate. 

Pole  socket. 

Spring  stud.                                    Top  prop. 

Flange  bushing. 

Pole  tip. 

Spring  washer.                               Top  prop  nut. 

Flush  bolt. 

Pole  yoke. 

Square  countersunk  bolt.            Track  bolt. 

Foot  rail. 

Port  hinge. 

Square  head  bolt.                          Triangular  washer. 

Front  stay  end. 

Prop  block. 

Square  shank  bolt.                        Trip  hook. 

Full  circle. 

Prop  block  washer. 

Stall  ring.                                        Triplet  spring. 

Gaif-topsail  hook. 

Prop  nut. 

Stanchion.                                       Tufting  button. 

Gate  latch. 

Railway  track  bolt. 

Standard  brace.                              Turnbuckle. 

Gridiron  step. 

Reach. 

Stay  chain  nook.                           Vault  light. 

Gromuiet. 

Reach  plate. 

Stay  end.                                         Vault  ring. 

Guard  bolt. 

Reach  socket. 

Stay-end  clip.                                 V-bolt. 

Gut  hook. 

Ring. 

Stay-end  tie.                                 Vehicle  spring. 

Half  elliptic  spring-. 

Ring  bolt. 

Steeple-head  bolt.                        A'entilating  grate. 

Half  spring. 

Ring  boot. 

Step.                                              Wagon  box. 

Harue  stud. 

Ring  handle 

Step  bolt.                                    Wagon-box-rod  plate. 

Hammer  strap. 

Rivet 

Step  pad.                                          Wagon  coupling. 

Hand-rail  bracket. 

Riveting  burr. 

Step  shank.                                     AVagon  lock. 

Hanger  bolt. 

Riveting  knob. 

Stool  swivel.                                   AVasher. 

Hanger  screw. 

Bockavvay  band. 

Stove  bolt.                                     AVear  iron. 

Harness  bracket. 

Rope  clamp. 

Strap  hinge.                                 AVhiffletree  bolt. 

Harness  snap. 

Round  countersunk  bolt. 

Strike.                                               Whiffletree  brace. 

Hasp. 

Round     countersunk    square 

Stump  joint.                                 AVhiffletree  circle. 

Head-block  plate. 

head  bolt. 

Surface  box.                                   Whiffletree  coupling. 

Hexagon  head  cap  screw. 

Round-head  cap  screw. 

Swivel                                               Whiffletree  hook 

Hinge. 

Rub  iron. 

Swivel  hook.                                   AVhiffletree  plate. 

Hinge  nail. 

Rudder  brace. 

Tap.                                                Whiffletree  tip. 

Hod. 

Rudder  gudgeon. 

Tap  bolt.                                       AVhiffletree  tongue. 

llook. 

Saddle  bracket. 

T-brace.                                         Whip-socket. 

Hook  and  eye  screw  bolt. 

Saddle  clip. 

Thimble  skein.                             Window  button. 

Hook  and  eye  turnbuckle. 

Safety  bolt. 

T-  hinge.                                           AVindow  latch. 

Hound  plate. 

Safety  hook. 

Thorough-brace  brace.                Window  quadrant. 

Hungarian  nail. 

Safety  loop. 

Threshing  machine  tooth.           Window  sector. 

India-rubber  spring. 

Sash  lock. 

Tile                                                Wire  nail. 

Jail  lock. 

Sash  spring-catch. 

Time  lock.                                    AVood  screw. 

Janus-  faced  lock. 

Scandinavian  lock. 

Tire  bolt.                                         Yale  lock. 

Joint  end. 

Screw  eye. 

Top  brace.                                     Yoke 

Joint  eye. 

Screw-head  key. 

Joint  holder. 

Screw  hook  and  eye  hinge. 

Harelip    Iii'stru-ments.     (Surgical.)     For 

Joint  washer. 
Key. 
Key  bolt. 

Screw  hook  and  strap  hinge. 
Screw  knob. 
Scuttle. 

trimming  the  edges,  approaching  the  lips  of  the  su- 
ture, securing  the  parts  in  position. 

Key  fastener. 

Seat  fastener. 

They  consist  of  — 

Key-head  bolt. 
Keyless  lock. 
Key  ring-. 
King  bolt. 
King-  bolt  tie. 

Seat  lock. 
Seat  spring. 
Self-locking  hook. 
Self-mousing  hook. 
Set  screw. 

Scalpel.                                             Ligature  instrument. 
Scissors.                                           Plastic  pin. 
Clamp.                                              Pin  conductor. 
See  pp.  59,  60,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 

King-bolt  y  ok  «. 

Sewer  entrance. 

rurgicum." 

Knob  sorpw 

Sewer  trap. 

Lacing  hook. 

Shackle. 

Har-mon'ic    An'a-ly'zer.      An    integrating 

Lag  bol  t  . 

Shackle  bolt. 

machine,  invented    by  Sir  William  Thomson,  for 

Lag  screw. 
Lap  ring. 
Lariat  swivel. 
Letter  lock. 

Shackle  flap. 
Shaft  bolt. 
Shaft  coupling. 
Shaft  eye. 

producing  mechanically  the  harmonic  constituents 
of  meteorological,  tidal,  and  other  curves,  in  order 
to  obviate  the  large  amount  of  work  involved  in 

Lining  nail. 

Shaft  loop. 

their  calculation  by  the  ordinary  methods. 

Lock  (varieties,  fee  list). 

Shaft  rubbers. 

^Vloff     tlT\ 

Locking  baggage  check. 
Locking  plate. 
Lock  nut. 
Loop  bolt. 

jonait  up. 
Shank  spring. 
Sheet  slip. 
Shifting  carriage  rail. 

Har-mon'ic  En'gine.     A  small  electro-mag- 
netic engine,  by  Edison.     A  diapason  with  weighted 

Loop  head. 

Shifting  rail. 

arms  vibrates  between  electro-magnets,  and  works 

Loop  yoke. 

Ship  ring  bolt. 

a  small  water  or  air-pump. 

lx)ose  pin  hinge. 

Ship  spike. 

\faphfno  bnlf 

Shoe  bolt. 

Machine  screw. 

Side-  bar. 

Maiden  nut. 

Side-bar-spring  shackle. 

Har-mon'i-con.     A  musical  instrument  with 

Hatch  hook. 
Metallic  chain. 
Mousing  hook. 

Side  scuttle. 
Single  screw  turnbuckle. 
Sink  bolt. 

bars  which  are  beaten  with  mallets. 
The  bars  are  made  of  wood,  metal,  stone,  glass. 

Nail. 

Skein  screw. 

For  stone,  see  LAPIDEON,  p.  1253,."JVfecA.  Diet.'" 

Neck-yoke  socket. 

Sky-light  guard. 

For  slats,  see  HARMONICA,  p.  1061,  Ibid. 

Needle. 

Sky-light  lift. 

For  wood,  see  WOOD  HARMONICON,  p.  2809,  Ibid.,  and  refer- 

Night latch. 

Slat  iron. 

ences  passim. 

Nut. 
Nut  lock. 
Offset. 
Oval  point  set  screw. 

Sleeve  nut. 
Sleigh-shaft  coupling. 
Sleigh-shoe  bolt. 
Snap. 

Also  "Atlantic  Monthly,"  vol.  xxxix.,  pp.  523-525,  where, 
in  an  article  by  the  author  on  the  "  Crude  and  Curious  Ini-fn- 
tions  at  the  Centennial,"  1876,  are  described  and  represented 

Pad  bracket. 

Socket  washer. 

the 

Pad  lock. 
Perch  loop. 
Perch  iron. 

Spike. 
Spiral  spring. 

Marimba  of  Central  Africa      ....    pp.  524,  525. 
Gamban^x  of  Siam  and  Malaysia    .    .    pp.  526,  52i. 

Perch  plate. 

Sponge  basket. 

See  also  references  passim. 

Perch  stay. 
Picket  pin. 

Spring  band. 
Spring-bar  clip. 

Har-mon'ic  Tel'e-graph.    A  telephone  which 

Pin. 
Pipe  hook. 

Spring  block. 
Spring  buffer. 

sends  messages  by  audible  musical  tones.  —  Gray. 

Plate  hinge. 

Spring  cap. 

See  Figs.  6266-6269,  pp.  2516-2518,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Plate  washer. 
Platform  spring. 
Platform  spring  shackle. 
Plow  bolt. 
Pole  coupling. 
Pole  crab.       _ 

Spring  clip. 
Spring  coupling. 
Spring  hanger. 
Spring  hinge. 
Spring  seat. 
Spring  shackle. 

"Jour.  Am.  Electrical  Society,'1'  i.  1. 
."Scientific  American,"  Ixiii.  368. 
Papers  by  Pope       .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2088,  2i'9T. 
*"Jour.  Soc.  Telrg.  Eng.,"  vii.  356. 
"Iran  Age,"  xvii.,  April  13,  p.  3. 

HARMONIUM. 


439 


HARPOON   SHUTTLE. 


Har-mo'ui-um.  An  English  name  for  the 
parlor  reed-organ.  Distinguished  from  the  liar- 
Htonicoii,  which  has  bars. 

Har-mon'o-graph.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Mr.  Tisley,  l>y  which  Lissajou's  and  Mdde's 
figures  may  be  drawn  upon  paper  by  a  capillary 
glass  peii  containing  a  colored  ink. 

The  ingenious  instrument^  which  was  originally  employed 
merely  to  make  curious  curves,  far  exceeding  in  variety  and 
eccentricity  those  of  the  rose-engine  lathe,  has  now  attains  d 
great  use  and  interest  in  producing  graphic  representations 
of  sound  vibrations  from  tuning  forks  or  the  voice.  Accord- 
ing to  the  circumstances,  the  curves  are  traced  on  a  paper, 
smoked  glass,  or  traveling  ribbon,  or  are  merely  projected  by 
mirrors  upon  a  screen. 

In  asimple  form  the  harmonograph  consists  of  two  pendu- 
lums vibrating  in  planes  at  right  angles  to  one  another,  :ind 
having  their  rods  continued  above  their  centers  of  oscillation. 
One  of  these  rods  carries  a  small  flat  table  upon  which  is 
fastened  the  paper  upon  which  the  figure  is  drawn,  and  the 
other  actuates  a  rod  which  carries  the  pen.  The  center  of 
gravity,  and  therefore  the  time  of  oscillation  of  the  latter 
pendulums,  can  be  altered  to  any  required  amount,  so  that 
the  proportions  between  the  periods  of  vibration  of  the  two 
pendulums  can  be  brought  to  any  desired  ratio  to  represent 
harmony,  unison, discord,  or  indeed  to  illustrate  all  the  har- 
monic combinations  of  waves  of  sound  and  music.  The 
curves  and  figures  traced  out  by  this  instrument  are  of  great 
beauty,  and  by  a  recent  addition  to  it,  whereby  the  paper 
may  be  slowly  rotated  by  a  clock-work  movement,  while  the 
vibrations  are  going  on,  very  extraordinary  figures  are  pro- 
duced, some  of  which  illustrate  in  a  remarkable  degree  the 
laws  of  interference  and  of  the  polarization  of  light. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement 1188. 

See  also  references  under  CURVE  INSTRUMENT,  p.  236  ;  and 
ELECTRICAL  DIAPASON,  p.  293,  supra;  and  LISSAJOU'S  CURVES, 
PENDULUM  INSTRUMENT,  infra. 

Har'ness.  Diagrams,  showing  the  principles  of 
the  disposition  of  heddles  and  harness  for  various 
kinds  of  weaving,  may  be  found  in  Ltibonlai/^s  "JJic- 
tionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  article  "  Tis- 
sage,"  vol.  Hi.,  edition  1877. 

Har'ness  Grease. 

Whale  or  neat's-foot  oil 3  quarts. 

Castor  oil 1  pint. 

Ivory  black £  pound. 

Kosin \  pound. 

Beeswax \  pound. 

Burgundy  pitch '  \  oz. 

Prussian  blue J  oz. 

Mix.    Boil  for  half  an  hour. 

Harness  blacking     .     .     "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  81. 

Har'ness  Hitch.     (Nautical.)    A  kind  of  hitch 

for  securing  harness  casks.      See  h,  Fig.  2513,  p. 

1105,  "  Mech.  Diet."     See  also  LIFTING  TACKLE, 

infra. 

Har'ness  Snap.  See  SNAP  HOOK,  ^3  illus- 
trations, Fig.  5246,  p.  2229,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Harp.  (Music.)  A  stringed  instrument  played 
by  the  hand  and  having  a  compass,  formerly,  of  5£ 
octaves,  but  increased  by  Erard  to  6|.  It  is" written, 
on  two  lines  for  the  two  hands.  The  lower  line 
usually  has  the  F  clef,  the  upper  the  G.  Erard's 
double-tiction  harp  is  tuned  in  C  b;  it  has  7  pedals  by 
\vhich  the  strings  may  be  raised  a  semi-tone  or  a 
whole  tone.  See  Berlioz's  "Treatise  on  Modern  In- 
strumentation and  Orchestration,"  p.  62,  et  seq. 
Har-poon'.  A  barbed  javelin. 

The  harpoon  employed  in  the  capture  of  the  sword-fish  off 
the  New  Kngland  coist  consists  of  a  barb  with  jointed  ears, 
ami  fastened  to  one  end  of  a  rope  of  several  hundred  feet  in 
length,  to  the  other  end  of  which  is  attached  an  empty,  well- 
bunged  b-irrel,  to  serve  as  a  buoy.  The  end  of  a  long  handle 
carries  a  pointed  iron  stem,  over  which  the  socket  of  the  har- 
poon head  referred  to,  usually  called  the  lily-iron,  is  slipped. 
The  fisherman  stationed  at  the  end  of  the  bowsprit  of  a  sloop 
drives  the  harpoon  into  the  back  of  the  neck  of  the  fish  :  and 
if  the  lily-iron  is  fastened  in  the  flesh,  it  slips  off  from  the 
stem  of  the  handle,  which  is  pulled  out  as  the  fish  darts 
away,  and  the  rope  and  buoy  are  thrown  overboard.  The 
fish  swims  off,  but  becoming  fatigued  by  the  drag  of  the 
buoy,  t, imes  again  to  the  surface,  when  it  is  drawn  up  by  the 
rope  aud  killed  by  a  lance. 


List  of  patents  on  harpoons,  projectiles,  rockets,  bomb  lances, 
etc.,  used  in  fishing  and  whaling  :  — 

2,195  Carsley,  Twisted  flukes. 

3,490  Moore,  Vial  of  explosive  mixture  in  the  harpoon. 

4,764  Allen,  Bomb  lance. 

4,866  Holmes  el  a/.,  Harpoon  with  movable  flukes. 

4,872  Kaiifta/l,  Pivoted  expanding  flukes. 

6,949  Alien.  Gun  harpoon. 

7,410  Brown,  (jlun  harpoon  ;  mode  of  attaching  line. 

7,572  Brown,  Gun  lance  ;  mode  of  attaching  line. 

7,610  Bro ic H,  Harpoon  ;  mode  of  attaching  line. 

7,777  Albertson,  Harpoon  with  hinged  shank. 

8.703  Hurt,  Exploding  harpoon. 

8,843  Sonnenberg  et  at  ,  Electric  whaling  apparatus. 

8,862  StiUman,  A  lance  in  a  harpoon.    Movable  flukes. 

9,047  Brand,   Gun   harpoon   or   bomb   lance      Wings  on 

shank. 

15,577  Scholfitld,  Gun  lance,  spiral  wings. 

16,819  Sclw(field  et  at.,  Bomb  lance,  spiral  wings. 

17.173  Sib/ey,  Gun  lance  with  wings  taken  from  the  gun. 

17,312  Branil,  Bomb  lance  with  folding  spiral  wings 

17.370  Grudchor  el  al.,  Bomb    lance    with    percussion  ar- 

rangement. 

17,40"  S:ble.y,  Gun  lance  with  wings. 

18,848  Kelly,  Harpoon  with  movable  flukes. 

18,568  Bates,  Bomb  lance  with  spiral  tail. 

18,824  Scholfield,  Gun  lance  with  wings. 

19,363  Harkness,  Harpoon  with  lance. 

21,219  lyibteif,  Bomb  lance  with  wings. 

21,278  Fcho'tfield,  Gun  lance  with  barbs. 

21.949  Doyle,  Harpoon  with  pivoted  head. 

22,054  Andrews,  Bomb  lance  with  interior  fuse  tube. 

23,827  Comins,  Bomb  lance  with  folded  wings. 

24.371  Brown,  Bomb  harpoon,  expanding  flukes. 
25.020  Goodspe.td,  Bomb  lance  with  wings. 

80,869  Brings,  Bomb  harpoon  with  expanding  flukes. 

31,190  Hoys,  Shoulder  gun  for  harpoons  and  lances. 

32,830  Goodspefd  et  al.,  Guide  for  bomb  lance. 

35,474  Hoys,  Rocket  harpoon  and  bomb. 

35,476  Roys,  A   whale  raiser.     A  barbed    instrument   led 
down  the  harpoon  line  to  a  sunken  whale. 

3^,207  Adams,  Harpoon,  with  semi-revolving  head. 

40,387  Allen,  Bomb-lance,   with  perforated  fire-proof  dia- 
phragm. 

46,437  Barker,  Exploding  harpoon. 

49,548  Pierce,  Harpoon  and  bomb  lance. 

64,211  Roys  et  al.,  liocket  harpoon. 

64,045  Smith,  Gun  harpoon,  grooved  head,  to  receive  the 
pivoted  barb. 

71,763  Kelley,  Gun  harpoon  with  pivoted  head. 

78,675  Kelley,  Bomb  harpoon,  pivoted  flukes. 

90,868  Pierce,  Bomb  lance. 

97,693  Rechtens,  Harpoon  with  bombs. 

126,388  Freeman,  Bomb  harpoon. 

171,553  Cunningham,  Bomb  lance. 

201.793  Kelleh.tr,  Gun  and  bomb  lance. 

201.794  Kelle/ier,  Bomb  lance. 

206,694  Taylor,  Harpoon  with  expanding  flukes. 

211.777  Pierce,  Harpoon  gun. 

211.778  Pierce,  Bomb  lance. 
214,707  Roys,  Bomb  lance. 
222,003  Brand,  Bomb  lance. 

Har-poon'  Gun.  A  small  cannon,  or  a  shoul- 
der gun,  for  hurling  harpoons  or  lances.  See  list, 
supra. 

Har-poon'  Shut'tle.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.) 
The  standard  tool  for  sewing  mats  for  hydraulic 
dikes  and  jetties. 

Fig.  1312. 


Harpoon  Shuttle. 

Its  weight  is  about  10  pounds.    It  is  wound  with  200  feet 
of  No.  14  wire,  and  in  op-  „.     ,„..„ 

eration  is  used  by  three 
men,  two  above  and  one 
below  the  mat.  Two  men 
pass  the  shuttle  back  and 
forth  and  around  the  pole 
in  stitches  12"  to  18" 
long,  while  a  third  tramps 
down  the  brush  and  holds 
the  wire  while  the  next 
stitch  is  being  made.  The  Shuttle  Fastening. 

shuttle  may  also  be  used 
in  making  an  overhand  or  back  stitch,  the  pole  being  omitted. 


HARPOON  SHUTTLE. 


440 


HARROW. 


It  was  also  the  method  employed  in  sewing  to  a  wire  ;  2 
shuttles  were  used  in  the  haruess-stitch,  and  a  short  shuttle 
in  the  chain  stitch,  and  in  combination  with  a  hook  needle 
it  is  used  as  a  bobbin  in  making  the  lock-stitch.  Of  these 
methods  the  sewing  to  a  wire  and  the  lock-stitch  turn  tbe 
wire  too  short;  the  chain-stitch  is  of  difficult  manipulation, 
and  the  harness-stitch  is  expensive  to  make,  and  has  great 
backslip  when  broken. 

Har'ris-Cor'liss  Engine.      A  form  of  Covli>s 
engine.     See  Fig.  5666,  p.  2341,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Engine  works *  "  Sc.  American,''  xli.  175. 

Har'row.  (Aijric.)  An  implement  with  teeth, 
lying  flatly  upon  the  ground,  over  which  it  is  drawn 
to  level  the  soil  or  cover  seed. 

The  following  are  shown  on  pp.  1067, 1068,  "MecA.  Diet.'1'  : 
Brush  harrow.  V-harrow. 

Jointed  harrow.  Double  harrow. 

Folding  harrow.  Share  harrow. 

Rotary  harrow.  Spiked-cylinder  harrow. 

See  also  Chain  harrow,  Fig.  589,  p.  188,  supra. 

Disk  harrow,  Fig.  831,  p.  261 ,  supra. 

Disking  machine,  Fig.  832,  p.  261,  supra. 

Geddes  harrow,  Fig.  1194,  p.  396,  titpra. 

The  "  Penn  ''  harrow  is  a  Protean  instrument  consisting 
of  a  rotary  portion  revolving  in  a  V-shaped  section,  and  adapt- 
ed to  be  used  either  single  or  double,  and  in  various  forms  : 
(a)  the  rotary  portion  with  one  V,  or  (6)  with  two  V's,  form- 
ing a  square  ;  (c)  upset  and  resting  on  its  sled  during  removal 
from  place  to  place  (Fig.  1314) ;  (rJ)  the  single  V,  or  (e)  the 

Fig.  1314. 


Fig.  1317. 


II  I.U 
French  Articulated  Harrow. 

three  wheels,  by  the  forward  one  of  which  it  is  guided.  It 
carries  two  spiked  rollers,  the  depth  of  penetration  of  which 
is  adjusted  by  means  of  a  screw,  operated  by  a  crank  from 


''Penn  "  Harrow.     ( In  position  to  moi-e  on  its  sled.) 
double  V,  without    the  rotary  ;  (f)  the  single  V  upset,  the 
Fig.  1315. 


•'Perm''1  Harrow.     (As  a  Gang.) 

three  sled-bows  acting  as  a  corn-marker ;   (g)  the  complete 
tool  (Kig.  1315)  with  the  two  V;s  and  two  rotary  portions. 
Fig.  1316  shows  the  Norwegian  harrow.     It  is  carried  on 


Fig.  1816. 


Norwegian  Harrow. 


French  RiJgt  Harrow. 

the  rear,  the  effect  being  to  raise  or  lower  the  sleeve  at  the 
apex  of  the  frame  upon  the  pillar  of  the  caster- wheel      The 
spikes  are  in  fact  star-disks,  slipped  upon  an  axial  rod,  and 
free  to  move  thereon  independently 

The  French  articulated  harrow  (i'uzenat, 
Bourbon-Lancy)  has  an  equilibrium  bar, 
and  is  made  in  jointed  sections,  from  3  to  6 
in  number,  according  to  the  breadth  re- 
quired. The  arrangement  of  the  teeth  is 
such  that  with  a  given  line  of  draft  the 
surface  of  the  ground  is  marked  by  equi- 
distant lines.  Fig.  1317. 

Fig.  1318  is  the  French  herse  a.  billons 
(Soitchou-Pinet  a  Langeais),  or  ridge  har- 
row ;  so  called  from  its  flexibility  enabling 
it  to  lap  over  a  ridge  or  upon  the  sides  of 
a  cleaning-out  furrow  ;  serving  to  break 
clods  and  level  minor  inequalities  upon  un- 
dulating ground.  The  chain  harrow,  Fig. 
589,  p.  188,  supra,  has  the  same  adaptation. 
Fig.  1319  shows  the  adjustable  bar 
spring-tooth  harrow,  in  which  tiie  teeth 
are  permanently  seated  upon  and  coiled 
around  the  round  bars  of  the  frame  ;  the 
bars  being  held  in  position  by  friction 
clamps,  but  adjustable  therein  so  as  to 
give  the  required  presentation  of  the  tooth  to  the  soil,  to 
regulate  the  depth  of  tilth.  This  without  changing  the  po- 
sition of  the  tooth  on  the  bar.  By  rolling  the  bars  to  which 
the  teeth  are  attached,  forward  or  backward,  the  faces  of  the 
teeth  are  placed  on  an  angle  with  the  line  of  draft,  by  which 
they  more  readily  scour,  and  also  produce  when  at  work  a 
vibratory  motion  in  addition  to  the  coil  motion,  by  which 
they  more  perfectly  pulverize  the  soil,  and  free  themselves 
from  rubbish. 

The  two  frames  of  the  harrow  are  connected  by  a  swivel 
coupling,  so  that  the  bars  can  be  changed  in  either  direction 
without  affecting  the  working  of  the  coupling. 

Nishwitz,  "Acme"  pulverizing  harrow  is  intended  to 
combine  the  action  of  a  clod-crusher,  leveler,  and  harrow  in 
one  implement.  A  diagonal  leveling  bar  runs  upon  the 
ground  and  carries  at  its  rear  edge  a  series  of  eword-ghaped 
projecting  colters.  To  the  rear  of  the  leveling  bar  is  hinged 
another  bar.  from  the  rear  of  which  projects  another  row  of 
spring-steel  colters,  curved  in  form,  beveled  to  an  edge,  and 
set  at  an  angle  with  the  line  of  draft  and  also  at  an  angle  with 
the  horizon.  A  lever  within  reach  of  the  driver  (who  rides) 


HARROW. 


441 


HATCHING  BOX 


is  held  in  position  by  a  ratchet,  and  enables  the  operator  to 
control  the  angular  position  of  the  crusher  and  at  the  same 
time  raise  or  depress  the  colters  on  the  hinged  bar  at  the 
rear. 

Fig.  1319. 


Adjustable 


The  "  Albion  '•'  harrow  is  also  a  riding  implement,  but  has 
wheels  and  shafts.  It  has  spring  teeth  depending  from  a 
bar  jointed  to  the  axle.  These  are  curved  like  those  of  a 
horse-rake,  but  are  Hat,  and  their  angle  of  presentation  is 
adjustable  to  regulate  the  depth  of  penetration.  This  comes 
very  closely  to  the  class  of  cultivators. 

In  Europe,  Britain  and  France  especially,  there  is  quite  a 
variety  of  implements  embraced  in  the  general  class  of  har- 
rows, and  used  for  cultivating  or  renewing  the  surface  of 
ground.  They  may  fairly  be  called  harrows  with  handles, 
and  are  especially  used  for  dragging  out  the  twitch-grass 
which  is  such  a  nuisance  in  wheat-fields.  See  Fig.  1322. 

Fig.  1320. 


rope  clear  of  the  implement.  The  lever  itself  is  held  by  a 
vertical  stud  fixed  to  the  frame  considerably  behind  the 
steering-wheel.  This  position  of  the  draft-stud  gives  the 
necessary  liberty  and  power  to  the  steering-wheel  and  en- 
ables it  to  lead  the  implement  at  almost  any  angle  out  of 
the  line  of  the  pulling-rope. 

"  On  the  short  end  of  the  turning-lever  is  a  chain  communi- 
cating with  a  quadrant  on  the  crank-axle,  and  as  the  lever 
is  pulled  round,  the  chain,  acting  on 
the  quadrant,  turns  the  axle,  lifts  the 
frame,  and  raises  the  tines  out  of  the 
ground. 

"  The  plan  of  operation  is  as  fol- 
lows :  As  soon  as  the  cultivator  is 
brought  up  to  the  headland,  the  re- 
verse pull  brings  the  lever  around, 
turns  the  quadrant,  rotates  the  bent 
axle,  and  lifts  the  tiues  out  of  the 
ground,  in  which  position  the  imple- 
ment is  held  up  by  a  catch ;  when 
lilted  the  required  height,  the  lever 
strikes  against  a  stop,  and  the  imple- 
ment turns  into  new  ground.  The 
man,  who  never  leaves  his  seat,  releases  the  catch,  the  tines 
drop  into  the  ground,  and  the  implement  is  re-drawn  across 
the  field.''  —  Knight's  "Paris  Exposition(UlS)  Reports,"  *  v., 
85,87. 

Old  English  harrow  .  .  *  "Engineering,''  xxvii.  533. 
Norwegian,  spiked  .  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  533. 
Combined  with  roller. 

Campbell *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  169. 

Dobbin *  "*"<:.  American,''  xxxviii.  199. 

Green  ....  *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,''  xxxv.  249 

Flexible,  Howard,  Eng.    *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  939. 

Nicholson,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  36. 

Duplex,  Rogers      ...  *  "Iron  Age,''  xxv.,  April  8,  p  11. 
Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Class  76,  at  Paris,  1878,  contains 
views  and  descriptions  of  the  following,  "Paris  Exposition 
(1878)  Reports,''  vol.  v.,  pp.  95-98  :  — 

Flexible  harrow    .     .     .     Puzenat.    France. 

Harrow  with  handles  .     .     Picksley,  Sims,  if  Co.    England. 

Harrow  with  handles,  tine,  and  frame.     England. 

Chain-harrow    ....     England. 

Flexible  chain-harrow    .     Howard.     England. 


Steam  Harrow. 

Figs.  1320  and  1321  show  the  adaptations  of  the  harrow  to 
Steam  cultivation. 

The  ordinary  steam-harrow  (Fig.  1320)  covers  a  breadth  of 
from  12'  to  18',  so  that  from  40  to  60  acres  may  be  gone  over 
in  a  day. 

The  harrow  moves  in  either  direction,  and  can  be  driven 
at  high  speed.  The  under  frames  can  be  removed  and  roll- 
ers or  clod-crushers  substituted  for  them. 

The  machine,  Fig.  1321,  has  a  light  cultivator  or  heavy 
harrow  in  front  of  the  seeding-colters  and  a  light  covering 
harrow  following  the  same.  The  seed-drill  itself,  even  of 
the  largest  width,  requires  but  so  small  a  fraction  of  the 
power  of  the  engines,  that  it  has  been  combined  with  the 
harrows.  The  drill  has  a  width  of  9'.  In  turning  around, 
the  heavy  harrows  are  lifted  by  the  power  of  the  engine,  and 
the  whole  implement  moves  at  once  on  to  new  ground.  The 
lifting  and  turning  action  is  automatic. 

Fig.  1321. 


Har'row  Cul'ti-va'tor.     An  im- 
plement  like  a  harrow,  but  supported 
on  wheels  which  limit  the  penetration 
of  the  tines.    The  distance  apart  of  the 
tines  suits   the  width  of  rows   of  the 
drilled  crop.     It  is  used  in  Europe  in 
cultivating  the  intervals  of  drilled  wheat,  and  in 
killing  the  weeds  in  summer  fallows.    The 
frame  is  vertically  adjustable  by  means  of 
the  lever  at  the  rear.    (Fig.  1322.) 


Steam  Grain  Drill  and  Harrow. 

"  The  long  end  of  a  draft-bar  or  turning-lever  is  provided 
with  two  arms  to  which  the  two  ends  of  the  rope  are  at- 
tached. The  arms  are  set  at  an  angle  for  keeping  the  tail- 


French  Harrow  Cultivator. 

Harvester.    For  results  of  dynamometric  trials 
of  harvesters  at  Paris  Exposition,  1878,  see  DY- 
NAMOMETER, p.  288,  supra.   Also  "Paris  Exposition 
Reports,"  1878,  v.,  pp.  134,  135. 

The  table  on  p.  442  gives  a  func- 
tional classification  of  harvesters. 

Har'vest-er  Cut'ter.  The  sickle 
of  a  gruin  or  grass  cutting  machine. 
See  digest  of  principles,  Plate  XXX., 
p.  1489,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Hat  Block'iiig  Ma-chine.    See 
BLOCKING  MACHINE,  *  p.  109,  supra. 
Hat    Brim    Stretch/ing    Ma-chine.'      See 
BRIM  STRETCHER,  p.  135,  suprn. 

Hatch'ing  Box.    For  hatching  fish  ova.     See 
FISH  CULTURE,  p.  339,  supra. 


HARVESTERS. 


442 


HARVESTERS. 


CLASSIFICATION    OF   HARVESTERS:  BY  STRUCTURE. 

S     -a       1 

To  main  frame. 

•o  %  ^     75      Teeth  upon  endles. 

s  belts  or 

aprons. 

•"?  ,£?"       2 

To  hinged  coupling  frame. 

£•—•  §     76      Teeth  upon  heads  hung  on  belts. 

3            £  .2  S        3 

To  vert 

iually 

slu 

n 

gf 

I'auie. 

_;           £  J2  £ 

1'eeth 

upoi 

recipi 

oca- 

1  1 

•Str; 

light  path. 

4 

To  flexible  coupling  arms. 

S     J-S  a 

ting  heads. 

78 

Curved  path. 

S3               "r""          ® 

£    o  0-3,    7 

9      i 

Superj 

osed 

heads 

on  ei 

idlei 

s  bel 

t. 

p<                       5 

To  arm 

s  rigid  with  main  frame. 

<t-l 

•*    .                      6 

To  two  arms 

one  rigid,  the  other  jointed. 

"a. 

QA 

Rectilinear 

Front  to  rear. 

-  g                        7 

To  two  arms, 

both  jointed. 

!», 

°  ta 

Side 

to  side. 

To  a  sii 

igle  s1 

yive 

i 

I  1. 

ir. 

S      » 

U..-; 

3|        .S-g      9 

To  coupling  frame  jointed  to  main  frame. 

3      o 

"  ^ 

82 

Horizontal  path. 

°^         fe  |    10 

To  coupling 

frame 

jointed  to  secondary 

'£        J2 

rt  ° 

Curvilinear.  83 

Vertical. 

"S  -"^         ^.5 

hinge 

d  1'ra 

ne. 

rr> 

34 

Irre 

.rular 

s  ^      £     11 

To  coupling  frame  vibrating  on  main  axle. 

,      S  a 
1        o  fci 

•2                       12 

To  sliding  arms. 

85 

Upon  horizontal 

a 

To    pinioned   shaft  moving  in   vertical 
rack-ways. 

£     -a  * 
«      i!  "o. 

Endless  belt. 

86 

pulleys. 
Upon       vertical 

O                M    A      . 

& 

^ 

pullc 

ys. 

0         ^£|     14 

Endwis 

e. 

0          °" 

•g 

Axially. 

•43      O 

K 

87 

Horizontal. 

t,.        16      By  simple  gearing. 

g 

o 

About  an  axis. 

88 
89 

i    Vertical. 
Inclined. 

S         17 

By  friction  gea 

•ing. 

"3 

•c  •    18 

By  planetary  gearing. 
By  gyrating  gearing. 

•^          90 
91 

Reciprocating  and  rotary  combined. 
Hand  rakers. 

v-S     20 

By  screw  geurii 

ig. 

°=     21 

»rt              22 

5       23 

<=>        24 

By  changeable-speed  gearing. 
By  cams. 
By  belts. 
By  piston  moved  by  compressed  air. 

.     92 

•3     93 
S     94 
^     95 

Hevolving  beaters  on  horizontal  axis, 
devolving  beaters  on  vertical  or  inclined  axis. 
Revolving  beaters  carried  on  endless  belts. 
Reciprocating  rising  and  falling  beaters. 

21 

Si 

nsrU)  blade. 

j 

Longitudinal.  26 

Transversely  divided 
blade. 

96       Cord. 
97      Wire. 

C 

27 

Double  blades. 

.£       98      Wooden  withes. 

a 

-. 

a 

9      T 

iper 

band. 

si 

1     ^8 

Inclined. 

5     100      Straw  rope. 

.S 

"     29 

Transverse. 

tb 

S     101       Gavel. 

a    1 

(U          0 

sn 

Curved  bla.de. 

d 

'5 

102 

Twisted  band. 

^    -f 

0- 

Long  -    31 
tudinal. 

Blade  hung  upon  hinged 
arms. 

ci 

From  the 

fields. 

103 

104 

Simple  wisp. 
Loop  stitch. 

o     P^ 

Q 

82 

Series  of  pivoted  knives. 

t^» 

c 
^o 

105 

Ends  twisted. 

R 

a     33 
0    34 

Inclined. 
Transverse. 

.i          From  prepared 
S                                     material 

106 
107 
108 

Knds  tied. 
Ends  tucked. 
Ends  twisted    and 

•S 

1 

(corn 

,  wir 

e,  etc.! 

.  i 

i 

35      Cutters  upon  single  vertical  shaft. 
(*>    36      Cutters  upon  single  horizontal  shaft. 

B 

(5 

109 

Ends  clasped. 

8     37      Cutters  upon  series  of  vertical  shafts. 
"o     38      Cutters  upon  endless  chain  or  belt. 
^     39      Cutters  upon  horizontal  worm. 

i     By  manner. 

o 

110 
111 

112 

In  sheaves. 
In  connected  bundles. 
In  perpetual  twist. 

Style  of  finger-bar,     ,1 

Stiff. 
Flexible. 

"S 

113 

Through  a  funnel. 

42 

Rigid. 

|°-3 

114 

Between  jaws. 

||     45 

Adjustable.  ^ 
Vibrating. 

Vertically. 
Horizontally. 

m 

115 
Transversely, 
llfi 

On   endless 
belt. 
On  jaws. 

compressor 

6 

46 

Vertically. 

Yielding.       47 

Horizontally. 

«M      , 

Ga 

vel  revolved  beneath  117 

Endwise. 

48 

Axially. 

^g 

tying  mechanism. 

118 

Axially. 

49 

"Riffid 

.2c"3   • 

IVlglll. 

50 

Front  to  rear. 

ts  2  K  d 

rf       ^  S 

111 

Tying  mechanism  rotated  around  gavel. 

2 

Yielding.       61 

Side  to  side. 

2»M 

12( 

Both  stationary. 

1 

C 

52 

Up  and  down. 

fcft-fl 

121 
121 

Both  moving. 
Gavel  swung  in  semicircle. 

s 

Adjustable,  g^ 

Vertically. 
Horizontally. 

.     123 

Tables  rigid. 

55 

Vibrating. 

a     124 

Tables  hinged. 

56 

Rigid  wi 
.     57 

th  cutter  frame. 
Upon  main  axle. 

i     125 

B     126 

Tables  swinging. 
Tables  revolving. 

1 

I 

Upon  cutter  frame 
of  axle. 

in  rear      58      Above. 
59      Below. 

Reapers  and  Threshers. 

127 

H 

I     60 

Upon  cutter  frame  in  front 

>-5 

of  axl 

12 

5        J 

-leeis. 

61 

Independent  of  tongue. 

Tedders.    129 
130      J 

Dickers, 
indless  belts. 

a     62 

Rear  delivery. 

'H  x  O 

p-T  i—t    p. 

Side  delivery,  g^ 

On  a  level. 
Elevated. 

in          «  uj       Wheeled. 

131 

Revolvin 

T  ;  f  .:  .  .- 

;• 

132 

By  rider. 

t3     Surface  movement  of 

65 

Rollers. 

^          ®  "^ 

jjun 

"6- 

133 

By  draft. 

platform. 

66 

Screw  conveyors. 

M         —  ii 

134 

Revolvine. 

Dra 

r« 

135 

Lifti 

nt?. 

o 

O     C      1                                       TilfSn/v 

G7 

To  one  side. 

ft 

•5  a  JJ  d 

"B- 

68 

To  the  rear. 

136    HayC 

ockei 

s. 

2  §  o.  I     69 

Swinging 

and  tilting. 

"S      & 

(£    O  "o  '"        ^ 

Swin 

King 

- 

37 

Harpc 

on. 

U.            —  . 

S     | 

a     "7i 

Revolving. 

1  DO 

2     Horse  Hay  Forks,  jgj 

Grapple. 
Corkscrew. 

0 

72 

Vi 

jmr 

n 

j. 

a 

.40 

Tiltin 

Receivers.     73 

Ro 

rath 

1U 

§ 

74 

Dumping. 

^     141    Hay  loading  rakes. 

HATCHWAY. 


443 


HAT-FORMING  MACHINE. 


Hatch'way.  The  opening  in  a  floor  through 
which  goods  are  lifted  or  lowered.  Fig.  13^3  shows 
automatic  hatch  doors  in  connection  with  a  hand- 


Fig.  1323. 


Automatic  Hatchway, 

power  elevator.  The  doors  are  always  closed  ex- 
cept while  the  platform  is  passing  through,  the 
platform  in  its  ascent  or  descent  opening  the  doors 
which  close  of  themselves  when  the  platform  has 
passed.  This  is  a  guard  against  accidental  falling 
down  the  hatchway,  and  also  against  the  spread  of 
fire  by  the  elevator  shaft.  The  risinir  rods  lift  the 
doors  in  ascending,  and  the  platform  actuates  levers 
to  lift  the  doors  in  descending. 

Automatic  cone  ...  *  "Manufacturer  if  Builder,''  viii.  53. 
*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  358. 

Hat-fin'ish-ing  Lathe.  A  machine  intro- 
duced by  John  T.  Waring.  It  has  a  chuck  fitted 
to  a  lathe  spindle  and  carrying  the  hat,  which, 
while  rapidly  revolving,  is  rubbed  with  sand  or 
emery  paper  held  against  it.  This  is  regarded  as  a 
very  great  advance  in  the  art  of  hat-making  ma- 
chinery. Previous  to  this  time  the  wool  hat-body, 
after  being  sized,  was  rubbed  with  pumice-stone 


and  then  put  on  a  block  to  be  ironed  off  and  touched 
up  with  sand-paper. 

The  finishing-lathe  illustrated  in  Fig.  1324  is  one  of  the 
forms  yet  in  use,  although  in  its  first  purpose,  that  of  sand- 
papering hats,  it  has  been  superseded  by  later  invention,;.  It 


Fig.  1324 


Hat-finishing  Lathe. 

is  now  used  to  retouch  the  hat  after  it  has  been  put  on  the 
finishing-block,  and  also  to  lay  the  nap  with  a  piece  of  ftlt 
pressed  by  hand  upon  the  surface  while  the  hat  upon  the 
chucked  block  is  revolving. 

The  spindle  has  its  bearings  in  an  adjustable  frame  which 
is  held  up  by  a  helical  spring.  The  lathe  spindle  is  driven 
by  a  belt  from  a  pulley  above,  and  when  the  spindle  is  eleva- 
ted by  the  spring,  the  loose  belt  slips  on  the  spindle  pulley. 
When  the  spindle  is  depressed  by  the  foot  of  the  operator 
on  the  treadle,  the  pulley  is  tightened  against  the  belt,  and 
the  spindle  receives  rotation. 

When  wool  hats  came  into  more  general  use,  oral  blocks 
conforming  more  closely  to  the  shape  of  the  head  took  the 
place  of  the  round  blocks  before  in  use,  and  this  change 
made  it  necessary  to  use  a  lathe  which  turned  in  an  oval 
path,  to  be  able  to  finish  the  oval  part  of  the  side  crown. 

Fig  1326  shows  the  Eiekemeyer  oval  hat  lathe,  the  ma- 
chine in  most  general  use 

An  oval  chuck,  adjustable  for  various  ovals,  is  placed  in 


Fig.  1325. 


Eickemeyer's  Oval  Hat  Lathe. 

front  of  a  lathe  spindle,  and  is  provided  with  a  screw  to  re- 
ceive the  chuck  in  the  hat-block,  while  an  adjustable  nut 
on  the  chucking  screw  is  used  to  bring  the  hat-block  into 
proper  position  to  the  oval. 

This  lathe  is  used  to  finish  the  side  crown  and  brim  while 
the  tip  is  still  finished  on  a  roun  1  lathe. 

Hat-form'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
setting  up  hat-bodies.  The  wool  and  fur  body  ma- 
chines are  essentially  different. 

The  first  improvement  in  hat-making  over  the 
ancient  hand  processes  wns  the  hat-forming  machine 
of  Mason,  followed  by  the  patents  of  Grant.  These 
machines  consisted  of  a  conical  block  upon  which  a 
web  of  wool  was  wound  as  fast  as  it  was  delivered 
from  the  carding  machine. 

Fig.  1326  is  a  front  view  of  a  wool  hat  former  with  a  double 
cone  upon  which  the  web  is  wound.  This  double  cone  a  is 
supported  upon  four  conical  rollers,  6,  two  of  which  only 
are  seen  in  the  view.  The  rollers  are  pivoted  upon  a  frame 
c,  which  is  supported  on  a  step  in  the  bed-plate  ti,  and  is  also 
pivoted  on  the  upper  end  of  the  standard  f.  The  pivot  line 
of  the  frame  c  is  coincident  with  the  pitch  line  of  the  two 
bevel  wheels  g  g' ;  it  is  at  right  angles  with  the  crank-shaft 
t,  and  in  a  position  close  to  the  front  of  the  double  cone  a. 


HAT-FORMING  MACHINE. 


444         HAT-LINING  SEWING-MACHINE. 


Wool  Hat  Forming  Machine. 

The  cone  pulley  j  is  driven  from  the  carding  machine,  and 
gives  rotation  through  the  gears  gg'  to  the  rollers  b  b,  and  thus 
to  the  double  cone  a.  By  means  of  a  cone  and  pinion  on  a 
suitable  countershaft,  motion  is  given  to  the  bevel-wheel  k, 
shaft  i,  and  crank  /,  which  give  to  the  supporting  frame  and 
forming  cone  a  vibratory  motion  in  a  horizontal  plane  while 
the  cone  is  revolving  slowly  on  the  rollers,  the  web  from  the 
carding  machine  winding  on  to  the  cone. 

When  a  sufficient  quantity  of  wool  has  been  wound  upon 
the  double  cone  to  make  two  hats,  the  bat  is  cut  in  two  by 
the  operator,  who  sets  one  blade  of  his  shears  into  the  equa- 
torial groove  which  serves  as  a  guide,  and  separates  the  two 
bodies  while  the  cone  is  revolving. 

It  is  of  the  utmost  importance  to  lay  the  woolen  web 
evenly  upon  the  cone,  and  also  to  cross  the  wool  fibers  so  as 
to  make  the  hat  body  of  equal  strength  in  every  direction  ; 
and  it  is  also  necessary  to  be  able  to  adjust  the  supporting 
rollers  to  form  cones  of  various  shapes,  and  to  adjust  the 
speed  to  the  different  sizes  of  hats  to  be  formed.  All  the 
woolen  hat  formers  are  therefore  made  adjustable  in  these 
various  ways,  and  answer  the  requirements  in  greater  or  less 
degree,  as  the  mechanism  is  more  or  less  perfect. 

The  hat-forming  machine  for  fur  bodies  is  very 
different  from  that  used  for  woolen  bodies.  Instead 
of  a  tine  fleece  from  the  carding  machine  wrapped 
upon  a  revolving  former,  the  fur  body  former  is  a 
perforated  cone  with  an  interior  exhaust  blast  and 
a  fur  picker  which  sends  a  fine  cloud  of  hairs  tow- 
ard the  cone  on  which  they  collect  in  a  bat. 

The  machine  is  the  invention  of  Henry  A.  Wells,  who  ac- 
complished for  the  fur  hat-body  trade  what  Grant  had  pre- 
viously done  for  the  woolen  hat-body  Wells's  machine, 
improved  by  Taylor,  Burr,  St.  John,  and  others,  has  dis- 
posed of  the  hatter's  bow  for  ever.  With  an  improved 
Wells  machine  400  hat-bodies  of  superior  quality  can  be  made 
per  day,  and  these,  by  dipping  in  a  suitable  bath,  are  made 
sufficiently  firm  to  be  sized  into  proper  shape. 

The  machine  is  shown  at  Fig.  2431,  p.  1075,  "Mech.  Diet." 
As  now  used  it  consists  of  a  feeding  apron  and  a  suitable 
picker  which  throws  the  fur  upon  a  perforated  cone. 

The  feeding  apron  and  feeding  rollers  are  upon  a  frame 
which  furnishes  also  support  for  the  bearings  of  the  picker 
cylinder  and  the  main  driving  shaft.  A  trunk  or  covered 
way  is  closely  fitted  to  the  frame  and  the  cover  which  en- 
closes the  upper  part  of  the  picker  cylinder.  The  trunk  or 
conductor  has  a  sectional  shape  corresponding  somewhat 
with  the  shape  of  the  former  cone,  and  is  adjustable  in  height 
by  a  supporting  screw.  The  former  cone  is  placed  centrally 
upon  a  revolving  table  which  has  an  opening  in  its  center 
communicating  with  the  inlet  of  .the  suction  blower.  The 
operator  who  weighs  out  the  quantity  of  fur  required  for 


each  hat-body  places  it  evenly  upon 
the  feed  apron,  which  is  then  started  ; 
the  fur  is  delivered  to  the  picker  and 
guided  by  the  conductor  to  the  cone, 
where  the  fur  is  held  by  the  pressure 
of  air  created  by  the  tan  which  ex- 
hausts the  air  from  the  inside  of  the 
perforated  cone; 

When  the  fur  for  a  hat  has  all  been 
deposited  upon  the  cone,  a  wet  cloth  is 
thrown  over  the  tip,  another  cloth 
wrapped  around  the  sides,  and  a  hol- 
low cap  corresponding  with  the  former 
cone  is  placed  over  the  whole.  The 
cone,  with  the  hat-body  thus  held  be- 
tween it  and  the  cap,  is  removed,  anoth- 
er cone  placed  on  the  turning-table, 
and  another  hat-body  formed  as  before. 
To  make  the  fibers  adhere  to  each 
other  the  cone  with  its  cover  is  then 
put  upon  a  platform  which  is  sus- 
pended by  balancing  weights  over  the 
dipping-tub,  and  is  gradually  sub- 
murged  in  hot  water.  The  outer  cone 

is  now  removed,  the  cloths  taken  off,  and  the  hat-body 
slipped  from  the  cone  ready  to  be  sized.  To  avoid  the  dip- 
ping of  the  hat-bodies,  a  sprinkling-pipe  which  blows  hot 
water  upon  the  revolving  hat-body  has  been  to  some  extent 
used,  bvit  with  indifferent  success,  as  more  time  is  required 
to  accomplish  the  object  by  the  last-mentioned  method,  and 
the  work  of  the  machine  is  to  this  extent  diminished. 

Hat-li'ning  Sew'ing-ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  sewing  the  sweat-leathers  into  hats ;  in- 
vented by  Eickemeyer. 

It  differs  from  the  ordinary  sewing-machine  in 
the  arrangement  of  the  work-plate,  which  is  curved 
to  receive  and  support  the  side  crown  on  one  of  its 
faces  while  the  brim  is  supported  upon  a  narrow 
strip.  In  the  presser-foot  is  a  gage  which  guides 
the  edge  of  the  sweat-leather  to  the  needle.  The 
machine  itself  is  pivoted  to  the  table  and  can  be 
turned  around  its  driving  shaft  to  enable  it  to  be  ad- 
justed at  the  will  of  the  operator  in  such  a  manner 
that  the  hat  is  held  up  without  any  further  assis- 
tance after  it  has  been  put  under  the  prcsser-foot. 

The  feed  is  an  ordinary  four  motion  which  acts  in  the  cor- 
ner formed  by  the  junction  of  the  brim  and  side  crown, 

Fig.  1327. 


Hat-sweat  Sewing-machine. 

while  the  presser-foot  is  of  a  right  angular  shape  and  presses 
upon  the  exterior  of  this  angle.  The  hat  is  thus  carried 
around,  guided  by  the  angle,  which  insures  a  perfectly  even 
stitching  of  the  sweat  near  the  edge.  In  most  cases  the 
leather  is  stitched  fast  to  the  hat,  leaving  the  stitches  visible, 
while  in  other  cases  the  edge  is  stitched  fast  and  the  sweat 
turned  over  to  hide  the  stitches.  By  a  change  of  the  prosser- 
foot  either  style  can  be  sewed  on  the  machine. 

To  make  a  perfectly  smooth  edge  on  the  sweat-leather 
where  it  touches  the  forehead,  it  is  desirable  to  turn  the 
edge  of  the  sweat  in  a  sweat-rolling  machine,  which  is  com- 
posed of  two  rollers  geared  together  and  supported  in  a 


HAT   MAKING. 


HAT   MAKING. 


frame,  the  upper  one  held  down  by  a  rubber  spring  to  al- 
low it  to  yield  to  the  varying  thicknesses  of  the  leather. 
After  the  introduction  of  the  hat-sweat  sewing-machine,  an- 
other improvement  in  the  same  direction,  namely,  a  machine 
to  make  the  hat  linings,  was  invented  by  Eickemeyer,  and 
improved  by  Judson.  It  consists  of  a  table  having  a  round 
or  oval  motion,  upon  which  a  piece  of  silk  or  other  material 
to  make  the  tip  is  secured,  while  another  piece  is  put  in  a 
folding  gage  in  such  a  way  that  the  stitchiug  will  fasten  the 
edge  of  the  piece  that  forms  the  side  crown  in  a  circular  or 
oval  line  to  the  Hat  tip 

Judson  added  to  this  attachment  a  pair  of  rotary  shears, 
and  arranged  the  turn  table  upon  a  swinging  lever,  which 
enabled  him  to  trim  the  tips  before  the  side  crown  was 
sewed  fast. 

The  use  of  the  pouncing  machine  has,  however,  done  away 
with  the  necessity  of  lining  the  hat  crown  inside,  both  the 
outside  and  the  inside  being  now  pounced  and  presenting  a 
smooth,  finished  surface. 

Hat  Ma'king.  The  manufacture  of  felt  hats 
in  the  United  States  has,  by  the  introduction  of 
improved  machinery  and  methods,  reached  a  high 
degree  of  perfection  and  importance. 

Fifty  years  ago  the  business  was  carried  on  in  small  estab- 
lishments iu  towns  and  cities  and  in  very  small  shops,  even 
in  villages.  In  the  latter  case  the  implements  were  almost 
as  simple  as  those  of  the  shoemaker,  and  a  boss  hatter,  with 
one  or  two  apprentices,  made  the  hats  for  the  surrounding 
district 

Wool  and  fur,  with  other  hatters'  supplies,  were  furnished 
by  city  merchants.  The  wool  was  simply  carded,  ami  the 
hatter,  with  his  bow,  shaped  it  into  a  hat  body  and  then  fin- 
ished it. 

The  best  machinery  for  making  felt  hats  is  of  American 
origin  and  much  of  it  has  found  its  way  into  Europe,  super- 
intendents and  workmen  having  come  to  this  country  to 
gtuiy  the  American  method  and  become  acquainted  with  the 
uses  of  the  machines  which  have  been  exported  to  Europe. 

This  invasion  of  American  machines  reminds  one  of  the 
complaints  of  the  hatters  of  London,  nearly  150  years  since, 
in  a  memorial  to  the  British  Board  of  Trade,  at  the  extent  to 
which  the  manufacture  of  hats  was  carried  on  in  New  Eng- 
lan  I  and  New  York. 

Beaver  fur  hats  were  formerly  considered  the  best,  but  as 
that  animal  became  scarce  other  furs  were  substituted  for 
the  body,  which  was  covered  with  beaver  fur  on  the  out- 
side. This  mode  of  manufacture  has  now  disappeared,  and 
both  soft  and  stiff  felt  hats  are  made  of  wool  or  of  fur  as  two 
distinct  branches  of  manufacture,  which  are  carried  on  in 
different  establishments  and  use  almost  entirely  different 
machinery. 

In  the  wool-hat  factories  are  used  all  those,  machines 
Which  are  ortlinirily  employed  in  cloth  manufactories  to 
prepare  the  wool  for  spinning ;  while  the  fur-hat  factories 
have  a  set  of  special  machines. 

The  hatter  of  50  years  ago  laid  the  fur  or  wool,  which  had 
been  previously  prepared,  on  a  hurdle  made  of  wood  or  wire, 
with  openings  to  let  the  dirt  fall  through.  He  then,  by 
mexns  of  his  bow,  scattered  the  fur  in  all  directions.  The 
bow  was  usually  made  of  ash,  6'  or  7'  long,  with  a  catgut 
string  stretched  between  the  two  ends.  With  a  stick  this 
string  was  caused  to  vibrate,  and  the  fur  driven  from  one 
end  of  the  hurdle  to  the  other.  The  layer  of  fur  was  called 
a.  but,  was  made  in  a  triangular  shape,  and  formed  one  half 
of  a  hat  body.  It  had  to  be  carefully  joined  to  another 
piece  of  the  same  shape,  the  edges  overlapping  each  other, 
and  the  two  portions,  so  united,  with  a  cloth  of  the  right 
shape  between  them,  were  patted  on  a  hot-plale,  while 
water  was  sprinkled  upon  them  until  th«  fur  became  par- 
tially felted  and  the  cone-shaped  hat-body  had  become  tol- 
erably firm. 

The  hat-body  was  now  taken  to  the  battery  to  be  felted. 
This  process  consisted  of  rolling  the  body  between  cloths, 
continually  changing  its  position  in  the  cloth,  while  it  was 
kept  as  hot  as  possible  by  dipping  it  into  acidulated  water 
kept  boiling  in  the  sizmg-kettle  by  a  small  fire  underneath. 
Special  care  was  taken  to  shrink  the  hat  body  alike  all  over, 
and  to  reduce  it  from  the  size  of  a  conical  hag  almost  three 
tigies  the  dimensions  of  the  finished  hat-body.  When  the 
body  was  made  of  wool,  and  was  to  be  napped,  a  cone  of  fur, 
bowed  as  described,  was  laid  over  it  and  wetted  down  with  a 
brush  until  the  fur  adhered  to  the  body  firmly  enough  to 
continue  the  rolling  between  the  sizing  cloths,  the  body  be- 
ing kept  hot  by  dipping  it  into  the  sizing  liquor,  as  before, 
anil  this  was  continued  until  the  loose  fur  had  penetrated 
and  formed  a  part  of  the  body. 

To  give  the  hat-body  its  shape  was  the  next  operation,  and 
this  was  also  done  on  the  battery.  Having  been  thoroughly 
soaked  in  hot  water,  the  operator  laid  the  hat  body  on  the 
plank  which  forms  the  margin  of  the  battery,  with  that 
part  of  the  body  which  was  to  form  the  brim  turned  up, 
and  while  turning  it  around  on  the  plank  pulled  out  the  tip 
to  form  the  flat  portion  of  the  hat  crown.  The  body  was 


now  pulled  on  to  a  block  of  the  size  and  shape  of  the  fin- 
ished hat  crown,  a  cord  slipped  over  the  crown,  and  drawn 
tight  at  the  junction  of  the  side  crown  and  the  brim.  In 
this  condition  the  brim  was  pulled  out  flat  and  smoothed 
with  a  piece  of  metal  called  the  trencher.  While  firmly  se- 
cured on  the  block  the  hat  was  put  in  the  coloring  liquid, 
and  after  washing,  trying,  and  stiffening,  it  was  finished  by 
carding  the  outside  when  a  long,  flowing  nap  was  wanted, 
or  it  was  rubbed  over  with  pumice-stone,  when  a  smooth 
finish  was  desired.  After  the  trimming  had  been  put  on,  the 
hat  was  ready  for  use.  All  the  various  manipulations  were 
done  by  one  man  who  had  learned  the  hatters'  trade  ;  and 
the  separation  of  these,  and  the  division  of  the  hat-makers 
into  makers,  blockfrf,  and  finishers,  did  not  become  general 
until  the  forming  machines  had  come  into  general  use. 

The  first  improvement  in  hat  making  was  made  by  Mason, 
whose  wool  hat-body  former  consisted  of  a  conical  block 
upon  which  the  web  of  wool  was  wound  as  fast  as  it  was  de- 
livered from  the  carding  machine.  This  machine  was  im- 
proved by  Grant.  See  HAT-FORMING  MACHINE. 

At  about  the  period  of  the  introduction  of  the  wool-hat 
forming  machine,  the  hat-body  hardening  machine,  with 
reciprocating  rubbing  board,  came  into  use  in  hat  factories 
See  HARDENING  MACHINE.  It  consists  of  a  cloth-faced  rub- 
bing board,  which  is  rapidly  reciprocated  upon  a  pile  of  hat- 
bodies  lying  flatly  beneath  it,  each  hat-body  having  within 
it  a  hard  cloth,  and  a  cloth  also  interposed  between  each  body. 
The  pile  lies  upon  the  perforated  top  of  a  steam  box,  so  that 
the  whole  of  them  are  kept  saturated  with  hot  steam. 

Sometimes  a  special  machine  is  used  to  harden  the  tips  of 
hat-bodies.  It  consists  of  a  rubbing  board  acting  upon  the 
top  of  a  steam  chamber  of  such  shape  that  the  hat-body  can 
be  slipped  upon  it  after  the  sides  of  the  body  have  been  har- 
dened in  the  ordinary  machine. 

WW/.s'  machine,  improved  by  Taylor  If  Burr,  is  described 
under  HAT-FORMING  MACHINE.  It  may  be  simply  stated  hero 
in  a  general  way  that  it  consists  of  an  apron  to  feed  the  fur, 
a  picker  cylinder  to  loosen  and  scatter  it,  and  a  perforated 
revolving  former  or  cone,  beneath  which  is  an  exhaust  fan. 
The  fur  fed  in  regulated  quantities  is  finely  divided  by  the 
picker  and  sent  whirling  in  the  direction  of  the  cone,  upon 
which  it  collects  as  the  air  passes  through  the  interstices 
and  the  hairs  collect  on  the  outside. 

With  the  more  extended  use  of  the  machine  for  forming 
fur  hat-bodies,  it  became  necessary  to  have  better  appliances 
to  separate  the  fur  from  the  hair  and  to  prepare  it  for  the 
former.  This  was  accomplished  in  Raich's  fur-blowing  ma- 
chine, in  which  the  fur  and  hair  are  separated  and  other 
impurities  removed.  This  consists  of  a  feeding  apron,  pick- 
ers, and  a  screen.  The  fur  is  presented  by  feed-rollers  to  the 
picker,  which  combs  it  out  and  scatters  it,  the  lighter  part 
into  an  upper  chamber,  and  the  heavier  into  a  lower  one, 
where  a  screen  separates  the  tussocks  of  imperfectly  treated 
matter  from  the  hairs  and  dirt.  The  latter  are  removed 
while  the  former  are  passed  back  to  be  re-treated.  See  FUR- 
BLOWING  MACHINE.  Fig.  1112,  p.  352,  supra. 

After  the  forming  of  hat-bodies,  both  fur  and  wool,  had 
been  successfully  accomplished,  the  sizing  or  fulling  of  hats 
received  the  attention  of  inventors,  and  numerous  attempts 
were  made  to  full  hats,  but  only  a  few  machines  proved  of 
any  value.  James  S.  Gaylor,  of  Danbury,  Conn.,  however, 
invented  and  patented  a  four-roller  sizing  machine  which 
came  into  general  use  in  wool-hat  shops.  The  hat-bodies 
were  rolled  up  in  a  piece  of  cloth  and  put  between  four  rol- 
lers, which  were  placed  in  a  hollow  casing  with  their  axes 
at  an  angle  with  each  other.  This  position  of  the  rollers 
caused  the  roll  of  hats,  which  was  introduced  into  the  ma- 
chine at  one  end,  to  travel  slowly  along  while  turning  be- 
tween the  rollers,  two  of  which  have,  in  addition  to  their 
rotary  motion,  a  slight  vibratory  motion  sideways,  and  thus 
the  hats  were  slowly  felted.  As  stated  above,  this  machine 
was  extensively  used  in  wool-hat  factories,  but  it  was  super- 
seded finally  by  the  fuller  mill,  which  is  now  universally 
used. 

The  first  successful  attempt  at  fulling  hat-bodies  was  in 
the  factory  of  the  Seamless  Clothing  Manufacturing  Co., 
Matteawan,  N.  Y.,  where  the  manufacture  of  wool  hats  was 
commenced  about  1860. 

Various  styles  of  mills  are  now  in  use.  One  will  be  found 
under  FULLING  MILL. 

The  batches  of  hats  are  placed  in  the  bed  of  the  machine, 
and  are  subjected  to  the  blows  of  a  beater  driven  by  a  crank, 
or  to  the  pounding  action  of  falling  stocks,  which  are  lifted 
by  cams  or  trips,  as  the  case  may  be.  In  some  cases  acidu- 
lated water  is  used  in  the  bed  to  facilitate  the  felting,  but 
generally  fullers'  soap  is  used.  The  fulling  of  hat-bodies  in 
the  mill  is  confined  to  hats  of  wool.  Fur  hats  are  sized  on 
the  battery. 

Following  in  due  sequence  of  history,  we  cannot  omit  no- 
ticing the  advent  of  Kossuth  in  the  United  States,  which  made 
soft  hats  and  flowing  beards  fashionable.  The  demand  for 
soft  fur  and  wool  hats  increased  very  rapidly,  but  the  latter 
could  not  compete  with  the  former  until  T.  Waring  intro- 
duced the  hat-finishing  lathe.  Before  this  time  the  wool 
hat-body,  after  it  had  been  sized,  was  rubbed  off  with  pum- 


HAT  MAKING. 


446 


HAT  PRESS. 


ice  stone,  and  afterwards  put  on  a  block  to  be  ironed  off 
and  touched  up  with  Band-paper.  Waring  made  the  hat- 
block  with  a  chuck  which  fitted  to  a  lathe  spindle,  aud  the 
operator,  while  the  hat  was  revolving  rapidly  on  the  lathe, 
held  wind  or  emery-paper  on  the  hat,  aud  thus  finished  the 
hat.  The  advances  made  in  the  manufacture  of  wool  hats 
date  from  the  introduction  of  this  improvement.  Prior  to 
this  time  wool  hats  were  made  of  the  lowest  grades,  and 
could  not  compete  wirh  fur  hats,  but,  by  the  use  of  the  fin- 
ishing lathe,  it  became  possible  to  give  hats  made  of  the  finer 
grades  of  woolafiuisli  closely  assimilating  theapije.irance  of 
the  lower  grades  of  fur  hats,  and  from  this  time  the  wool- 
hat  trade  began  to  rival  the  fur  trade.  See  HAT-FINISHING 
LATHE. 

Shortly  after  the  introduction  of  the  finishing  lathe,  sew- 
ing-machines were  first  introduced  to  put  the  lining  on  the 
brim  of  the  hat.  See  HAT-LINING  SEWINU-MACIMNE.  . 

Consequent  upon  this  came  the  hat-sweat  rolling  machine, 
which  turns  the  edge  of  the  leather  sweat-liuiug  in  order  to 
prevent  its  marking  or  hurting  the  forehead. 

Next  in  order  came  a  machine,  invented  by  Eickmeyer  and 
improved  by  Judson,  to  make  the  hat-lining.  The  tip  is 
secured  upon  a  table  having  a  round  or  oval  motion,  while 
another  piece  is  put  in  a  folding  gage  in  such  a  way  that  the 
stitching  will  fasten  the  edge  of  the  piece  that  forms  the 
side-crown  in  a  circular  or  oval  line  to  the  flat  tip.  Judson 
added  to  this  a  pair  of  rotary  trimming  shears,  and  arranged 
the  turn-table  upon  a  swinging  lever. 

The  pouncing  machine,  however,  now  finishes  the  insides 
of  hats  almost  equal  to  the  outsides,  and  crown-lining  is  al- 
most discontinued  in  felt  hats. 

Another  addition  to  the  machinery  in  the  manufacture  of 
hats  is  that  used  to  put  the  stiffening  into  the  hat-bodies. 
To  give  the  bodies  a  permanent  shape,  some  stiffening  mate- 
rial is  generally  put  into  the  body  ;  in  the  better  class  of 
hats  a  solution  of  shellac  ;  in  those  of  cheaper  character, 
Irish  moss,  glue,  etc.  The  solution  is  put  into  a  trough 
under  a  pair  of  rollers  which  are  geared  together  and  driven 
by  a  belt  from  a  line-shaft.  Two  troughs  and  two  rets  of 
rollers  are  generally  mounted  on  one  frame,  one  trough  con- 
taining a  thin  solution  into  which  the  whole  hat  is  plunged, 
and  the  surplus  matter  pressed  out  by  passing  up  the  hat- 
body  between  the  rollers.  The  other  trough  contains  a 
heavier  solution  into  which  is  dipped  that  part  only  of  the 
hat  which  is  to  form  the  brim.  The  troughs  are  heated  by 
steam  to  keep  the  stiffening  in  a  fluid  state,  and  the  hat- 
bodies,  after  being  stiffened,  are  ready  to  be  blocked. 

Up  to  this  time  the  hat-body  is  yet  of  a  conical  shape  : 
forming,  hardening,  fulling,  and  stiffening  have  followed 
each  other  seriatim  ;  this  series  is  in  the  case  of  the  wool 
hat-bodies  only.  It  has  been  already  explained  that  the 
operation  with  fur  bodies  is  upon  a  special  set  of  machines. 

The  blocking  of  the  hat-body  is  that  part  of  the  manufac- 
ture in  which  the  cone-shaped  hat-body  is  pulled  out  around 
the  edge  to  develop  the  brim,  and  the  upper  part  is  widened 
out  to  form  the  flat  tip  and  the  side-crown.  This  is  described 
tinder  BLOCKING  MACHINE,  pp.  109,  110,  stipra. 

The  machine  of  Fenn  may  be  described  in  brief  to  have 
had  two  pairs  of  rollers,  one  pair  traveling  somewhat  faster 
than  the  other.  The  edge  of  the  conical  hat-body  being 
nipped  between  the  rollers,  the  pair  in  advance  pulled  upon 
it  faster  than  it  passed  through  the  hind  pair  and  so  stretched 
it.  It  was  thus  gradually  flattened  out  so  as  to  form  a  brim, 
but  did  not  act  upon  the  crown  or  tip,  and  as  its  action  was 
Blow  and  incomplete  it  only  came  into  partial  use. 

The  first  complete  machine  for  stretching  hat-bodies,  wool 
or  fur,  was  the  corrugation  stretcher  of  Eickemeyer,  and 
these  machines,  in  various  modifications  to  suit  the  different 
kinds  of  work,  are  now  used  almost  exclusively  in  the  hat 
fxctoriesof  this  country.  Described  and  illustrated  under 
BLOCKING  MACHINE  (Fig.  335,  p.  109,  supra),  it  need  not  be 
considered  at  length  here.  It  has  a  ribbed  and  recessed 
former  which  rises  vertically  and  pushes  the  hat-body  into 
a  cap  which  han  a  number  of  yielding  levers  corresponding 
in  number  with  the  recesses  in  the  former.  The  edge-rol- 
lers on  the  ends  of  the  levers  push  the  felt  into  the  recesses 
of  the  former  and  stretch  it.  This  is  repeated  again  and 
again,  the  hat  being  moved  on  the  former  between  each 
operation.  The  brim  and  tip  are  thus  developed. 

Next  in  order  comes  the  blocking  machine  to  make  the 
band,  as  the  sharp  angle  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  brim 
and  side-crown  is  known  in  the  trade.  This  is  done  by  a 
rising  spindle  which  carries  the  hat  on  its  block,  in  the  first 
place  against  a  clamping  plate  which  holds  the  brim  flat  and 
then  pushes  the  crown  into  a  cylindrical  banding  shell 
whose  lower  edge  forms  the  band  or  angle.  See  BLOCKING 
MACHINE,  Fig.  337,  et  seq. 

To  adapt  the  principle  of  stretching  by  corrugation  to  fur 
hats  a  number  of  modifications  were  required.  It  was  found 
advantageous  to  separate  the  brim  stretcher  from  the  tip 
stretcher,  and  to  substitute  round-edged  bars  for  the  round- 
edged  rollers. 

These  machines  are  considered  in  their  places.  Sep  BRIM 
STRETCHER,  Fig  427,  p.  135,  supra;  TIP  STRETCHER,  infra. 

Eickemeyer's  finishing  blocking  machine,  known  as  a  hat- 


shaping  mac/iine,  is  considered  and  illustrated  under  SHAPING 
MACHINE.  The  hat  placed  upon  an  expansible  block  (which 
has  been  previously  contracted  to  its  smallest  diameter)  and  a 
circular  series  of  38  tongs  is  made  to  grasp  jj"  of  the  edge  of 
the  brim  all  round.  The  banding  ring  is  thrown  over  the 
hat  and  locked  fast.  The  edge  of  the  brim  being  firmly  held 
by  the  tongs,  the  operator  raises  the  block  and  expands  it  to 
the  desired  size.  The  hat  is  then  cooled  aud  taken  oft,  and 
the  operation  repeated  on  the  next  hat. 

All  the  adjustments  —  size  of  band,  height  and  diameter  of 
crown,  and  width  of  brim  —  are  made  by  gages  attached  to 
the  different  levers,  so  that  the  operator  can  set  each  part  in 
a  few  moments,  and  all  sizes  of  hats  can  be  shaped  on  the 
same  machine.  A  good  operator  will  block  from  four  to  six 
dozen  per  hour.  See  SHAPING  MACHINE. 

The  introduction  of  these  machines  for  the  stretching  and 
blocking  of  hats  has  had  a  marked  effect  both  upon  the  qual- 
ity and  facility  of  production  of  the  hats  so  treated.  When 
but  imperfectly  done,  hats  will  in  a  short  time  lose  their 
shape  and  "  go  to  seed,'"  as  it  is  called  in  the  trade,  but 
when  properly  blocked  on  a  machine,  the  felt  is  so  well  and 
equally  stretched  and  shaped  that  the  hat  is  much  more 
durable. 

Next  in  importance  to  the  machine  for  blocking  and 
shaping  are  the  pouncing  machines,  for  rand-papering  the 
surface  of  the  hat-body  or  the  hat  after  it  has  been  lilm  ked. 

The  hat-finishing  lathe,  ured  in  the  wool-hat  factories, 
was  never  successfully  introduced  in  the  fur-hat  manufac- 
tories, owing -to  the  fact  that  fur  hats  were  usually  made 
in  small  shops  where  power  was  not  used,  and  also  on  ac- 
count of  the  difference  in  the  material. 

The  pouncing  machines  now  in  general  use  are  constructed 
on  two  principle*. 

A  rapidly  rotating  cutting  or  rubbing  cylinder,  which  op- 
erates upon  the  hat-body  or  hat  while  it  is  fed  along  upon 
a  yielding  bed,  is  used  in  one  class  of  machines.  In  the 
other  class,  a  reciprocating  motion  is  given  to  the  cutting 
surfaces  to  rub  in  two  directions. 

For  wool  hats,  and  the  lower  grade  of  fur  hats,  the  rota- 
ting cutter  machines  are  exclusively  used. 

Under  their  own  captions  are  described  machines  for  poun- 
cing hat-bodies,  special  machines  for  pouncing  the  brims,  and 
for  the  crowns  of  the  common  grades  of  blocked  hats,  and 
also  the  reciprocating  machine  for  the  finer  classes  of  felt 
hats.  See  POUNCING  MACHINE. 

The  foregoing  account  comprises  the  most  important  ma- 
chines used  in  the  hat  factories  of  the  United  States,  but 
mention  may  be  made  of  some  machines  used  in  the  final 
finishing  of  the  hat. 

Joyce's  hat-brushing  machine  is  frequently  used  to  re- 
move the  dust  left  in  the  hats  by  the  pouncing  machine. 

Stewart's  sewing-machine,  adapted  to  few  ribbons  on  hats, 
has  lately  been  extensively  used  in  wool-hat  factories. 

Hydraulic  presses  to  press  hats  into  molds  of  proper  shape, 
so  extensively  used  in  Europe,  have  not  proved  successful  in 
this  country,  although  a  great  many  attempts  have  1  ecu 
made,  and  many  machines  patented  by  different  inventors. 

India-rubber  blocks,  made  in  the  shape  of  the  hat-block, 
have,  however,  been  used  in  molds  which  surround  the 
crowns  only  of  the  hats.  See  HAT  PRESS. 

Various  styles  of  ironing  machines  are  also  in  use,  one  of 
which  is  shown  under  IRONING  MACHINE,  which  see. 

But  little  improvement  has  been  made  in  the  finishing 
processof  fur  hats,  and  although  many  different  machines 
have  at  times  been  used,  and  some  with  considerable  success, 
none  have  been  able  to  supersede  hand  labor.  The  use  of 
the  fulling  mill  to  felt  fur  hats  has  also  been  frequently 
attempted,  with  but  moderate  success. 


cee  ;  — 

Back,  Dorr *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  360. 

Felt *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  !it>. 

Fireman's,  De  Celis    .     .  "'"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii   407. 
Forming  machine   ...  *  Laboulaye's   "Diet.,"   etc.,   cap. 

"  C/iapeau." 
Making  machinery      .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.,  50. 

Press *  Laboulaye's    "Diet.,"    iv. ,    cap. 

"Apprcts." 

gweat "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  3. 

Hat-trade  of  America .     .      "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2414. 

Hat  Press.  A  machine  in  which  pressure  is 
brought  against  the  inside  of  the  hat  to  canst-  the 
latter  to  expand  while  hot  and  soft  against  the  in- 
side of  a  mold  of  the  required  shape. 

Hydrulic  presses  are  used  in  Europe  for  this  purpose,  but 
have  not  proved  so  satisfactory  in  the  United  States  for  some 
reason. 

India-rubber  blocks,  however,  made  in  the  shape  of  the 
hat,  are  used  in  molds  which  surround  the  hat-crown  only. 
Fig.  1328  is  OsttrheM  If  Eiekemeyrr's  machine  for  that  pur- 
pose. Three  wrought-iron  columns  which  support  a  cross- 
head  are  fitted  into  a  metallic  bed-plate,  which  is  hollow  and 
is  heated  by  steam.  A  mold  of  brass  of  suitable  shape  is 


HAT   PRESS. 


447 


HAWSING  IRON. 


Fig.  1328. 


Hat  Press. 

put  under  a  plunger  operated  by  a  hand-lever.  When  the 
mold  is  heated  to  a  certain  degree  a  hat  is  put  into  the  mold, 
and  a  rubber  die  provided  with  two  handles  is  placed  inside 
the  hat.  The  plunger,  which  has  an  oval  flange  fitting  the 
mold  loosely,  is  now  lowered  and  by  means  of  a  toggle  lever, 
which  presses  against  the  upper  cross-head,  the  rubber  is 
compressed,  and  thus  the  hat  pressed  against  the  hot  mold. 
In  the  illustration  one  hat  is  shown  as  under  pressure  while 
the  other  is  ready  to  press  down  the  lever.  The  hat  is  left 
in  this  position  for  from  8  to  5  minutes,  and  it  has,  when 
removed,  a  smooth  and  glossy  finish. 

Hat  Sha'ping  Ma-chine'.  See .  SHAPING 
MACHINERY.  Also  Figs.  2438-2441,  page  1078, 
"Mi-di.  Diet." 

Hat  Sha'ving  Ma-chine'.  See  SHAVING  MA- 
CIIINK. 

Hat  Stif'fen-ing  Ma-chine'.  See  STIFFEN- 
ING MACHINE. 

Hat  Stretch'ing  Ma-chine'.  See  BLOCKING 
MACHINE.  Fig.  335,  p.  10'.),  supra. 

Hat  Sweat.  That  part  of  the  lining  of  a  hat 
which  comes  in  contact  with  the  head. 

Ventilating,  Smith,      .    .     .*"  Scientific  American,"  xlii.  5. 
See  HAT  LINING  SEWING-MACHINE,  supra. 

Haul'ing  En'gine.  An  engine  for  drawing 
cars  or  loads  in  mines  or  on  ways  or  inclined 
planes. 

Underground,  Engl.     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2373  ;  *  2476. 

Drum  for  traction  engine. 

Avtling  if  Porter,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"1  xlviii.  430. 

For  slips,  fiayward,  Ty- 
ler 4"  Co.,  I5r.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  362. 

San  Domingo  mine,  Spain  *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvii.  316,  321. 

Horizontal,  Tangyf,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  103,  119. 

Haul  Seine.  (Ft'shiny.)  A  long  net  depend- 
ing from  a  cork  line  and  leaded  at  its  lower  depend- 
ing edge,  used  to  sweep  large  areas  of  water.  The 
ends  of  the  land  line  are  carried  ashore  and  being 
hauled  upon  the  beach,  the  net  assumes  a  V-shaped 
form ;  the  bag  of  the  net  in  the  bend  is  the  last  to 
come  ashore.  See  also  SEINE. 

Haul-up'  Gear.  1.  A  portion  of  the  saw-mill 
machinery  devoted  to  drawing  logs  up  from  the 
yard  or  bay  to  be  sawn. 


pstan  or  other  machinery 
Used  on  the  Chesapeake 


for  hauling  in  the 
and  Potomac. 


Fig.  1329. 


Hausse  (Small  Leaf  Lifted). 
Fig.  1330. 


2.  Ca 

seine. 
Hausse.    A 

lifting    breech- 
sight  of  a  gun. 

Figs.  1329, 1330, 
1331,  show  that  of 
the  Mauser  r  i  H  e, 
the  piece  adopted 
by  the  German 
government.  It  is 
short  and  at  the 
same  time  adapted 
for  long  range  fir- 
ing. 

It  comprehends 
the  following    disposi- 
tions and  range  :  — 

Nick  on  the  breech, 
200  meters. 

The  small  rear  leaf 
lifted  (Fig.  1329),  300m. 

The  small  leaf  folded 
down  and  the  forward 
Imusse  raised  :  the  bot- 
tom  nick  (Fig.  1330), 
400  meters. 

The  slider  raised  so 
that  its  lower  end  corre- 
sponds with  figure  "  5  " 
on  the  left,  500  meters. 

Slipping  to  mark  "  6,'' 
600  meters. 

And  so  on  up  to  "  10  " 
(Fig.  1331),  1,000  meters. 

The  signt  then  shifts    ,, 
to  the  upper  opening  in   Hausfe  (forward  Hausse  Raised). 
the  slider,  the  latter  be- 
ing slipped  down. 

The  bottom  of  the  up- 
per opening,  1,100  m. 

The  top  of  the  hausse, 
1,200  meters. 

The  slider  lifted  to  ex- 
pose "  13  "  on  the  right, 
1,300  meters. 

And  so  on  up  to  "  16  " 
1,600  meters,  which  is 
the  position  shown  in 
Fig.1331,  which  is  shown 
as  set  for  1,000  or  1,600 
meters,  by  using  the 
lower  or  the  higher 
notch,  for  the  respective 
distances. 

Other  forms  are  given 
under  SIGHT. 

H  a  w '  s  e  r.     A 

cable. 

The  steel  hawsers  of 
the  large  British  ships  I 
of  war  are  8"  in  circum- 
ference,  doing  the  duty 
of  hempen  hawsers  of 
25".  120  fathoms  of  24" 
hempen  cable  weighs  7 
tons  16  cwt.  8"  wire  cable  2.5  tons.  The  wire  rope  is  equal 
in  strength  to  a  2  5"  chain,  the  weight  of  which  would  bo 
16  tons. 

Haw'ser  Bend.  (Nautical.)  A  kind  of  hitch 
shown  at  I,  Fig.  2513,  p.  1105,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

Haw'ser  Pipe.  (Nautical.)  A  lining  or  hush- 
ing for  a  hawse-hole,  through  which  passes  the 
chain  cable. 

Haw'sing  I'ron.    A  calkine:  chisel. 


-.„„. 
.  looi. 


Hausse  ( Slider  Raised). 


Hawsing  Iron  and  Hawing  Beetle. 


IIAWSTNG   MALLET. 


448 


HAY  RAKE. 


Haw'sing  Mal'let.  A  hawsing  beetle  used 
with  chisels,  known  as  irons,  in  driving  oakum  into 
seams.  Fig.  1332. 

Hay  Car'ri-er.  A  device  used  to  suspend  the 
horse  hay-fork  in  a  barn  and  travel  along  a  bar  to 
remove  the  load  to  a  distant  position,  where  it  may 
be  dropped.  See  Fig.  2449,  p.  1081,  "  Mech.  Diet.'' 

Hay  Fork.  (Add.)  3.  A  horse  hay-fork  for 
elevating  large  bundles  of  hay  into  a  mow  or  on  to 
a  rick.  See  FORK,  pp.  907,  908,  "  Mcvh.  Diet." 
HARPOON  FORK,  Fig.  2409,  p.  1065,  Ibid. 

Hay  Load'er.  A  rake  with  continuous  eleva- 
tor attached  at  the  rear  of  a  wagon  and  traveling 
along  a  windrow  to  load  the  hay  on  to  the  wagon. 
Foust's  hay -loader  is  shown  in  Fig.  1333. 

It  has  a  wheeled  frame  attached  by  eye-bolts  to  the  wagon 
and  having  an  incline-  on  which  continuously  travels  a  slatted 

Fig.  1333. 


Hay  LoafJer. 

belt  having  prongs  which  gather  the  hay  collected  by  the 
rake.  The  belt  is  traversed  by  means  of  a  sprocket  wheel  on 
the  revolving  axle  of  the  trailing  frame.  See  also  Figs.  2456, 
2458,  p.  1083,  "  Mech.  Did." 

Hay    Ma-chine'.     See   the    following    refer- 
ences :  — 


Dryer  and  curer,  artific.,  Gibbs,  Eng.  *  ' 
Elevator  and  carrier,  Smith,   .     .    .  *  ' 

Fork,  horse,  Ckaffin *' 

Fork,  Harrison * 

Harpoon,  Grant *  ' 

Loading  machine,  Loader,  Br.     .     .  *  ' 
Making  machine.     See  HAY  TEDDER. 

Press,  Deilerick * 

Press,  Dodge,  Pilter,  Paris      .    .     .  *  ' 

"Hercules,'''  Lever  Jack  Co.      .     .  * 

Hydraulic,  Woolwich  Dockyard,  Br.  *  ' 

Ricking  App.,  Hill *  ' 

Tedder,  Howard * 

Reading  Iron  Works,  Br.     .     .     .  *  ' 


Sc.Amer.,"  xli.  353. 

Sc.  Amer.,"1  xxxv.  67. 
•  Sc.  Amer.J'  xxxv.  38. 
{Min.  4"  <Sc.  Press,"* 

xxxviii.  81. 
'Sr.  ;lw.,':xxxvi.341. 
[Eng'ing,''  xxiv.  77. 

'Engineer,"  xlvi.  91. 
Sc.  Amer.,-'  xl.  371. 
'Engineer,''  xlvi.  91. 
'Engineer,"  xlvi.  461, 

464. 

•Sr.  Am.  Sup.,"  128. 
' Sc.  Am.,''  xxxiv.  150. 
Engineer,'1'1  xliii.  59. 


Hay  Ma'ker.  1.  An  apparatus  invented  by 
Gibbs,  and  used  in  England  for  curing  hay  in 
catchy  weather.  It  consists  of  a  stove,  fan,  and  a 
chute,  through  which  the  grass  passes  to  be  dried. 

"  A  portable  stove  made  of  plate  iron  is  surmounted  by  a 
fan,  which  is  driven  by  a  belt  from  a  three-horse  power 
portable  steam  engine  ;  the  fans  draw  all  the  heated  air  and 
gases  from  the  coke  fire  together  with  a  volume  of  wurmcd 
air,  which  passes  through  a  chamber  surrounding  the  inner 
chamber  of  the  stove,  and  blows  the  hot  current,  at  a  tem- 
perature of  360°  Fah.  or  more,  into  the  dryer.  This  resem- 
bles in  general  shape  a  straw  elevator,  consisting  of  a  sheet- 
iron  trough  6'  in  breadth,  20'  long,  if  mounted  on  wheels  as 
a  portable  carriage,  or  40'  or  50'  long,  if  a  fixture.  The 
trough  is  raised  at  one  end  at  a  low  angle,  so  that  hay  fed  in 
at  the  upper  end  furthest  from  the  stove  shall  slowly  travel 
to  the  lower  end  near  the  stove  —  this  being  assisted  by  a 
slow  reciprocating  motion  given  to  the  bottom  of  the  trough. 
A  ridge  of  triangular  section  running  along  the  middle  of 
the  trough  divides  it  into  two  almost  semi-circular  channels, 
so  that  the  hay  passes  down  in  two  streams  ;  the  hot  air  is- 
BUes  through  two  split  apertures,  one  on  each  side  the  base  of 


the  middle  ridge,  and  from  the  entire  length  of  the  machine  ; 
and  the  hay  is  kept  continually  stirred  and  lightened  up 
over  the  hot  blast  by  a  number  of  small  iron  stirrers  cleverly 
contrived  to  imitate  the  action  of  forks  worked  by  haud.': 

2.  A  machine  for  stirring  grass  in  the  field,  to 
expose  it  to  sun  and  air.  See  HAY  TEDDER,  Fig. 
2460,  p.  1083,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  et  infra. 

Hay  Press.  The  subject  is  considered  under 
BALING  PRESS,  "Mech.  iJict.,"  where  the  varieties 
are  separately  considered  under  captions  derived 
from  points  of  construction.  See  list  under  BA- 
LING PRESS,  p.  218,  Ibid.  See  also  Fig.  183,  p.  68, 
supra.  Also  ration  press,  Fig.  184,  Ibia. 

The  hay  presses  of  Dederick  and  Dodge  make 
bales  continuously,  a  compressed  bale  being  tied 
and  discharged  while  another  is  being  formed. 

The  Dederick  press  has  a  plunger  or  piston,  acting  in  con- 
nection with  a  reciprocating  feeder,  which  drives  a  bunch  of 
hay  within  the  range  of  the  plunger  between  each  stroke  of 
the  latter. 

In  the  Dodge  machine  the  hay  is  thrown  loosely  on  the 
feed-table  or  troughs  in  front  of  the  press,  whence  iion 
teeth  carry  it  right  into  the  open  mouth  of  the  machine, 


Dodge  Hay  Press. 

when  it  is  seized  by  the  revolving  cones  in  the  head-piece 
and  drawn  in  from  the  feed-table  in  two  continuous  streams, 
and  built  up  into  a  bale  26"  in  diameter.  The  diameter  of 
the  bale  is  never  increased,  but  the  bale  grows  longer  as 
layer  after  layer  is  built  up.  In  doing  this,  the  density  of 
the  bale  is  regulated  by  the  friction-clutch,  which  has  been 
previously  made  tight.  After  the  bale  is  built  such  length 
as  desired,  the  action  of  the  compress-screw  is  brought  into 
play  by  simply  shifting  one  cog-wheel,  and  in  a  few  seconds 
the  bale  is  compressed  endwise  and  shortened  from  about 
one  fourth  to  one  fifth  its  length  without  increasing  its  diam- 
eter. While  the  compression  is  going  on;  the  man  a  trending 
the  press  is  passing  around  and  fastening  the  two  wires. 
When  this  is  done,  the  pressure  is  released,  the  bale  dropped 
out,  and  the  press  set  for  another  bale. 

Hay  Rake.  Various  forms  are  shown  in  Figs. 
2453-2458,  pp.  1082,  1083,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  additional  figure  (1335)  represents  the  Howard  eelf- 
dumping  riding  horse-rake  (Br. ). 

The  wheels  are  of  wrought  iron  and  the  teeth  of  fluted 
steel.  When  used  as  a  riding  rake  the  load  is  dumped  by  a 
foot-lever,  which  brings  a  friction-brake  into  action,  caus- 
ing the  rake-head  to  make  a  portion  of  a  revolution  around 


Fig.  1335. 


British  Self  Dumping  Raker. 


HAY  RAKE. 


449 


HEAD  BLOCK. 


the  axle,  tipping  up  the  gang  of  rake-teeth  and  discharging 
the  load.  The  clearer-rods,  six  in  number,  reach  from  the 
axle  to  the  rear  horizontal  bar,  on  which  the  hind  leg  of 
the  seat  is  supported. 

When  the  operator  is  walking  behind,  the  brake  is  oper- 
ated by  a  hand-lever. 

The  self-dumping  feature  is  also  found  in  a  large  number 
of  American  horse  hay-rakes,  some  of  which  use  a  clutch 
arrangement.  In  the  French  rake  of  Lhuillier,  of  Dijon,  the 
same  friction  band  is  used,  as  just  described. 

In  some  simple  forms  of  American  rakes  the  teeth  are 
only  operatable  by  hand  lever,  not  using  the  draft  power  of 
the  horse  to  dump  the  load.  In  one,  tlic  teeth  are  indepen- 
dent, and  may  be  set  any  distance  from  the  ground  by  slip- 
ping them  endwise,  each  being  held  by  its  own  jam-screw. 
They  are  thus  set  up  for  gleaning  and  pet  down  for  meadow 
work.  This  also  admits  of  drawing  the  end  teeth  forward  of 
those  in  the  center,  so  as  to  gather  the  hay  inward  and  pre- 
vent its  scattering  out  at  the  ends.  The  upper  end  of  each 
tooth  plays  upon  a  spiral  spring,  which  allows  the  point  to 
rise  and  pass  an  obstruction.  It  is  operated  by  hand  and 
foot  lever. 

A  turning  rake  on  a  wheeled  axle  is  made  in  England. 
The  discharge  is  made  by  pressing  a  foot-lever  at  the  right 
of  the  seat,  when  the  tooth-axle  is  disengaged  and  the  loaded 
rake  revolves  to  the  rear,  discharging  the  load.  Having  ac- 
complished half  a  revolution,  the  foot  being  removed  from 
the  lever,  the  other  rake  is  arrested  at  its  working  position 
and  the  work  is  resumed.  The  absence  of  shock  as  the 
rakes  fall  into  position  is  particularly  urged  as  an  advantage. 

In  France  is  made  a  reversible  rake,  in  which  the  length 
of  the  rake  can  be  thrown  in  line  with  the  shafts  to  enable 
the  machine  to  pass  narrow  gateways  and  doorways. 

Fig.  1336  shows  the  two  condiiions. 

Fig.  1330. 


Reversible  Rake. 

Howard,  Br *  "En^interine:,"1  xxvi.  471. 

Rea-ling  Iron  Co.,  Br.      .     .     .  *  "J?n?//?epr,v  xlii.  113. 
Controlling  device,  Howard,  Br.  *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.447. 
Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Cla'8  76  at   the  Paris  Exposition  of 
1878,  gives  views  and  descriptions   of   the   following.     See 
"Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  vol.  v.,  pp.  160-166. 

Steam  reaper.     Areling  §"  Porter England. 

Horse  rake.     C.  Guilleux France. 

Riding  horse-rake.     Lhuillier France. 

Self-Jumping  riding  horse-rake.     Howard    .    England. 

Walking  hay -rake England. 

Turning  rake.     Riches  (f  Walls England. 

Revc-r:  iMe  horse-rake England. 

Holfingswort/i  horse-rake.     Dnrirt     ....    United  States. 
Double-acting  hay-tedder.     Guilleux   .     .     .     France. 
Hay  tedder.     Howard England. 

Hay  Rope.     Used   in   making  large   cores  to 

wind  about  a  core  barrel  before  the  application  of 

loam.     It  permits  the  passage  of  the  pases  toward 

the  perforated  barrel,  and  as  it  carbonizes  before 

29 


the  casting  is  cold,  it  facilitates  the  withdrawal  of 
the  barrel. 

Hay  Sweep.  A  form  of  rake  for  gathering 
hay,  either  from  the  windrow  or  the  cock,  to  the 
place  where  it  is  to  be  stacked  or  ricked.  It  is 
quicker  work  than  hauling  by  wagon,  where  the 
distance  is  small,  and  is  used  where  hay  is  stacked 
in  the  meadow. 

Hay  Ted'der.  An  implement  for  stirring  hay 
on  the  stubble  to  expose  it  to  the  sun  aud  air  and 
thus  hasten  curing. 

Fig.  1337  shows  the  hay  tedder  built  by  Howard,  of  Bed- 
ford, England  ;  the  forks  are  disposed  in  zigzag  order,  four 

Fig.  1337. 


British  Hay   Tedder. 

series  of  three  teeth  each,  so  that  the  work  is  practically 
uniform.  The  throwing  in  and  out  of  gear  is  by  means  of  a 
lever  placed  on  the  side  out  of  danger  of  contact  of  the  forks 
with  the  arm  of  the  operator.  The  two  systems  of  forks  are 
regulated  at  such  height  from  the  ground  as  may  suit  the 
condition  of  the  crop.  The  fork-heads  revolve  at  a  rapid 
rate,  and  the  wire  netting  is  to  catch  the  hay  and  prevent  it 
from  covering  the  horse.  By  an  eccentric  movement  of  the 
main  axle  the  rakes  can  be  changed  from  a.  forward  to  a 
backward  action,  or  vice  versa. 

Hay  Un-load'er.     A  movable  frame  is  placed 
on  the  wagon,  and  this  is  loaded  in  the  field.     Be- 
ing drawn  to  the  barn,  tackles 
are   secured   to  4  eyebolts  on  ' 

the  frame  and  the  load  elevated 
at  one  lift.  When  .required  to 
dump,  the  tackle  at  one  side 
continues  to  lift,  and  so  tips 
off  the  load. 

Ha'zel  Hoe.  A  grubbing 
hoe  for  working  in  brush  and 
bushes. 

H-Branch.  A  main  or  pipe 
coupling  having  the  form  of 
the  letter  H,  as  in  Fig.  1338. 

H-Drill.    A  rock-drill,  Fig.  H-Branch. 

1339,  with  a  central  and  two 
end  portions,  resembling  in  section  the  letter  H. 

Head.  (Founding.)  Over  the  thickest  p.  jgg 
part  of  heavy  castings,  a  large  flow-gate  or 
riser,  for  the  metal,  is  placed.  Through 
this  the  contracting  mass  below  is  fed  from 
time  to  time  with  hot  metal,  while  a  boy 
keeps  the  head  open  with  a  feeding  or 
ivor/ring  rod. 

Head  Axe.  (Whaling.)  For  cutting 
off  the  head  of  the  dead  whale ;  opening 
the  skull  to  obtain  spermaceti ;  cutting  off 
the  baleen,  etc. 

Head  Block.  {Saw-mill.)  A  name 
which  formerly  signified  the  block  which 
supported  the  head  end  of  the  log,  while 
the  tail-block  supported  the  rear  end. 

Now,   the   device   for   holding   the   log      1§Br 
upon  the  carriage  while  being  sawn. 

Gridley's  head-block  is  shown  in  Fig.  1340.     It  H-Drill. 
exhibits  a  log  hung  up  for  sawing  through  and   through, 
the  boards  being  subsequently  trimmed  in  the  edger. 


HEAD   BLOCK. 


HEADING  PLANER. 


Saw-mill  Head-block. 
Head-block.  Scofield    *"  Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  291. 

Head-block  Plate.  (Carriage.)  An  iron 
resting  on  the,  fore-axle  and  supporting  the  head 
block.  It  has  projecting  plates,  one  or  two,  for 
the  attachment  respectively  of  the  single  or  double 
perch  bars. 

Head  Dres'sing  Ma-chine'.  Used  for  lev- 
eling, facing,  and  smoothing  barrel  heads  upon  one 
bide  after  the  same  have  been  jointed,  doweled,  and 
put  together. 

By  passing  the  heads  once  through  the  machine 
they  are  fitted  for  the  head  rounder,  and  need  no 
farther  finishing.  See  Fig.  217,  p.  77,  SH/>W.' 

Head  Ear'ings.  (Nantiral.J  The  laniards  to 
haul  out  the  earings,  which  are  ropes  to  fasten  the 
upper  corners  of  sails  to  their  yards. 

Head'ing.  (Mininy.)  The  vein  above  the 
drift. 

Head'ing  Chip'per.  A  machine  for  jointing 
head-staves.  See  HEADING"  JOINTKK. 

Fig.  1341. 


Heading  Jointer. 

Head'ing  Joint'er.     A  machine   for  planing 
the  edges  of  pieces  for  heading. 
On  a  heavy  iron  frame  is  mounted  a  large  iron  wheel  in 


Head'ing  Knife.  (Fishinri.)  For  cutting  off 
the  heads  of  halibut  and  other  large  fish. 

Head'ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  (Carfridr/e.)  A  ma- 
chine which  presses  the  cartridge  shell  and  ex- 
pands the  head  to  form  a  flange,  which  keeps  the 
cartridge  from  slipping  into  the  barrel. 

2.  (Cooperittg.}  A  machine  for  getting  out  stuff 
for  heads  of  casks  or  barrels;  dressing,  turning, 
etc.  See  under  various  heads. 

Fig.  1342  shows  Lane's  heading  machine  and  jointer,  in 
which  the  carriage,  carrying  the  balk  of  wood  to  be  sawn, 
slides  on  ways,  and  is  moved  by  a  compound  erauk  motion, 
which  gives  a  relatively  slow  forward  motion  and  a  quick 
return  stroke.  The  feed  works  are  driven  by  a  single  belt 
running  from  a  cone  pulley  on  the  saw  man- 
drel to  a  corresponding  pulley  on  a  counter- 
shaft carrying  a  paper  friction  pulley  that  in 
turn  drives  the  iron  friction  pulley  of  the  com- 
pound crank.  The  length  of  the  stroke  can 
be  varied  according  to  the  width  of  the  heading 
or  shingles.  The  performance  is  40  cuts  prr 
minute.  The  blocks  are  held  in  a  perpendic- 
ular position  and  are  pet  toward  the  saw  be- 
tween toothed  rollers,  the  saw  cutting  into  the 
side  of  the  block.  In  front  of  the  carriage  is  a  round  plate  or 
table  on  which  to  rest  the  block  while  taking  out  the  slab. 
Attached  to  this  horizontal  and  partly  revolving  plate  arc  the 
shipper  handle,  for  starting  and  stopping  the  carriage,  and  an 
upright  guard  of  wrought  iron,  that  swings  around  in  front  of 
the  saw  whenever  the  carriage  is  at  rest.  The  upper  roll  is 
raised  by  a  treadle,  enabling  the  operator  to  use  both  hands 
in  taking  out  slabs  and  putting  in  new  blocks.  The  saw 
mandrel  is  made  of  2J"  steel,  with  long  bearings  the  full 

Fig    1342. 


Heading  Machine. 

size  of  the  mandrel.  The  set  rolls  are  adjustable  to  take  in 
blocks  from  11"  to  20"  long.  The  block  is  set  while  the 
carriage  is  moving  about  1"  in  passing  the  dead  center.  The 
iron  box  for  catching  the  shingles  is  adjustable  to  the  saw 
by  screws  and  springs,  so  that  should  a  splinter  wedge  be- 
tween the  saw  and  box,  the  box  will  spring  away  and  let  it 
pass  through.  A  wheel-jointer,  40"  in  diameter,  is  attached 
to  the  machine  in  such  a  position  that  the  sawyer  can  stand 
at  the  saw  and  joint  the  shingles  without  turning  bis  body. 
The  jointer  has  two  pl»ces  for  jointing,  so  that  two  prrsons 
can  work  at  the  same  time,  and  it  can  be  detached  from  the 
machine,  and  set  in  some  other  place,  if  d' sired  The 
jointer  wheel  is  covered  with  an  iron  case,  so  as  to  prevent 
injury  to  the  hand*  of  workmen,  and  at  the  same  time  keep 
the  shavings  from  flying. 

Greenwood *  "Man.  $  Bxildrr,"  xi.  55. 

Dressing  machine,  Holmes     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  430. 

Turner,  Holmes *  "Engineer,"1  xli.  431. 

*  "jVan.  4"  Bui/cl>r,'-  xl  55. 

Head'ing  Pla'ner.  1.  A  machine  for  dres- 
sing down  heads  of  casks,  barrels,  etc.  See  Fig. 
217,  p.  77,  supra. 


HEADING   PLANER. 


451 


HEAD   TURNER. 


Fig.  1343. 


Head  Light. 


Fi-r.  1344. 


2.  A  small  form 
of  planing  machine 
for  dressing  head 
staves,  or  made-up 
heading.  See  also 
STAVE  DRESSER,  p. 
2314,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Head 'ings. 
(Mining.)  In  pla- 
cer mining,  the 
m  ass  of  g  r  a  ve  1 
above  the  head  of 
the  sluice. 

Head'ing  Saw. 
^ .  A  stave  s  a  w  . 
One  for  sawing 
head  staves  from 
tho  log  or  bulk. 
See  STAVE  CUT- 
TER, p.  2313,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  saw  for  trimming  heads  to  circular  form 
Fig.  219,  p.  78,  supra. 

Head  Knife. 
(Whaling.)  For 
cutting  off  the  head 
of  the  whale. 

Head  Light. 
In  the  locomotive 
head-light,  Figs. 
1343,  1344,  the  re- 
flector, oil  tank, 
burner,  ere.,  rest 
on  a  revolving  table 
of  cast  iron,  and 
the  engineer  is  en- 
abled to  clean  both 
reflector  and  glass 
without  removing 
the  slide.  The 
burner,  being 
screwed  to  the  oil 
chamber,  can  be 
removed  without 
unsoldering  a  n  d 
repairs  made  with- 
o  u  t  sending  the 
lamp  to  the  shop. 

Head  Li'ning. 
ceiling-cloth  of  a  car. 

Head  Ma-chin'e-ry.  See  HEADING  MA- 
CHINE and  cognate  captions. 

Head  Rest.     1.  (Surgical.)     a.  Used   in  torti- 
collis,  Fig.  6567,  p.  2603,  "  Mech.  Diet.''     b.  A  tri- 
pod head-rest  is  used  in  post-mortem  operations. 
_  2.  A  support  for  the  head  on  chairs  used  by  den- 
tists, photographers,  barbers,  etc. 

Head  Round'er.  See  BARREL-HEAD  ROUND- 
ER, Fig.  219,  p.  78,  supra. 

Head  Sheet.  (Nautical.)  A  sail  before  the 
mast,  or  the  foremast,  in  case  of  those  vessels  hav- 
ing more  than  one  mast. 

Head  Spade.  (  Whaling.)  Used  in  cutting 
off  the  head  of  the  whale. 

Head'stock.  1.  That  part  of  the  lathe  which 
carries  the  live  spindle  on  which  the  work  is 
chucked. 

Fig.  1345  is  offered  as  a  specimen  of  good  prac- 
tice. 

"  The  spindle  A  A  is  of  hardened  cast  steel,  ground  per- 
fectly cylindrical,  after  having  been  hardened,  to  avoid  dan- 
ger of  change  of  form  in  the  process  of  hardening,  to  secure 

isolute   truth   in  size  and  shape,  and  to   obtain  perfect 


Locomotive  Head  Light. 
(Railway.)      The    enameled 


abso 


steel,  fitted  approximately  to  finished  size,  hardened,  and 
finally  ground  to  exact  form  and  to  fit.  The  spindle  bearing, 
C  C\  where  it  turns  in  the  box,  is  conical,  and  capable  of 
adjustment  longitudinally,  to  take  up  the  looseness  occa- 
sioned by  the  wear,  which  takes  place  even  with  hardened 
steel  journals  running  in  hardened  steel  bearings.  End-play 
is  prevented  by  the  nut  D  D  and  the  set  screw  E  E,  which 
hoid  the  spindle  snugly  in  a  position  such  that  it  may  turn 
freely  without  either  side  or  end-play.  The  back-end  of 
the  spindle  is  carried  in  the  journal  F,  its  box  being  held 
by  the  cap-screw  Of  G.  The  cone-pulley  HH  turns  loonelv 
on  the  spindle  when  the  back-gear  is  in  action,  and  is 
clamped  by  the  sliding-block  /  and  screw  J,  when  the  spin- 
dle and  the  cone  are  to  move  together,  the  cone  driving  the 
gear  K  K  directly,  and  the  latter  carrying  the  spindle,  to 
which  it  is  secured  by  keys.  The  pinion  L  L,  on  the  cone- 
pulley,  drives  the  back-gear.  A  spindle,  MAI,  carried  on  the 
rear  plate  of  the  head-stock  N  N,  carries  the  feed-cone  pul- 
ley O.  The  belt-cone  H  H  and  the  back-gearing  are  given 
broad  bearings."  —  I'rof.  Thurston. 

Fig.  1345 


u  n  sze  an  sape,  an  o  oan  perect 
smoothness  and  the  desired  hardness.  The  box  B,  carrying 
this  spindle,  is  subjected  to  all  the  strain  thrown  upon  the 
latter,  whether  by  the  weight  of  the  piece  or  by  the  force 
exerted  by  the  tool.  Here  it  is  made  of  a  single  piece  of 


Lathe  Spindle  and  Headstock.    (  Worcester  Free  Institute.) 

2.  (Spinning.)  The  stationary  portion  of  a  mule, 
containing  the  mechanism  for  effecting  the  differ- 
ent changes  necessary  in  spinning.  The  other  sta- 
tionary portions  are  the  creels  for  the  bobbins  and 
the  rollers  and  roller-frames  for  reducing  the  thick- 
ness of  sliver.  See  MULE. 

Head  Turn'er.  A  machine  for  rounding  and 
beveling  barrel-heads.  Fig.  1346  shows  a  machine 
made  by  Holmes. 

Before  the  unfinished  head  is  put  into  the  machine  to  be 
rounded,  its  center  is  found  and  marked  by  an  apparatus 
for  that  purpose  When  the  head  is  put  into  the  machine, 
the  centering  pin,  which  is  jointed  to  the  hand-lever  beside 
the  standard,  is  pushed  forward  by  the  use  of  the  lever,  and 
is  brought  in  contact  with  the  center  mark  on  the  head,  thus 
centering  it  between  two  disks,  one  of  which,  that  on  the 
right  in  the  illustration,  ig  provided  with  a  number  of  spring 


Fig.  1346. 


Cask-head  Turning  Machine. 


HEAD  TURNER. 


452 


HEATER. 


pins  near  its  periphery,  which  press  the  work  against  the 
opposite  disk.  The  pin-disk  is  not  connected  with  the  driv- 
ing machinery.  Its  spindle  enters  the  standard  on  the  right, 
in  which  is  placed  apparatus  by  means  of  which  the  disk  is 
thrown  forward  and  locked  in  that  position,  firmly  holding 
the  work.  Through  the  rotation  of  the  opposite  disk,  the 
pin-disk  is  also  carried  around,  but  for  only  one  revolution, 
at  the  end  of  which  stop-mechanism,  in  rear  of  the  standard 
and  not  shown  in  the  engraving,  is  actuated  to  unlock  the 
clamp,  so  that  the  pin-disk  springs  back  and  allows  the  work 
to  fall  out.  The  disk  ou  the  left  is  rotated  by  mechanism 
by  the  driving  pulley,  which  is  thrown  into  or  out  of  gear 
by  the  horizontal  handle  shown. 

It  will  make  round  or  oval  heads.  See  also  fig  219,  p. 
78,  supra.  A  French  form  is  shown  at  UARUEL-HEAD  TUKN- 

ING   AND    JiEVKUNG   MACHINE.      J?ig.  220,  p.  78,  fllpTU. 

Health  Lift.  A  machine  in  which  the  patient 
or  exerciser  lifts  upon  handles  against  a  gvadu- 
atable  weight  or  spring. 

It  originated  with  Dr.  Windship,  who  devised  a 
system  of  graduated  yoke-lifting.  Several  forms 
have  been  devised  :  the  dead-weight  center-lift,  the 
side-lift  or  reactionary. 

The  Mann  reactionary  lifter,  shown  in  Fig.  1347,  is  adjust- 
able from  a  power  of  20  Ibs.  to  1,200  Ibs.  The  handles  are  at 

Fig.  1347. 


Reactionary  Lifter. 

the  side,  and  fall  down  to  secure  compactness  of  the  ma- 
chine. It  has  a  series  of  compound  levers  lifting  against 
the  weight  of  the  operator. 

The  Marsk  and  Knight  health-lifts  have  an  elastic  re- 
sistance which  reaches  its  maximum  at  the  end  of  the  lift 
when  the  knees  are  about  straight.  See  also  Figs.  2939-2930, 
p.  1306,  "AfccA.  Diet.'11 

Hearth.  (Metallurgy.)  1.  A  form  of  furnace 
in  which  malleable  iron  is  obtained  by  direct  pro- 
cess from  the  ore.  A  form  of  BLOMARY,  which  see. 

2.  An  open  hearth  furnace  in  which  pig  iron  is 
converted  into  malleal  li  iron.     The  open  hearth  is 
in  contradistinction  to  the  reverberatory,  which  is 
domed  in.     The  process  in  each  is  the  same,  it  be- 
ing to  expose  the  melted  iron  to  air  to  oxidize  the 
silicon,    manganese,   carbon,  phosphorus,   sulphur, 
etc.,  present  as  impurities.     In  the  hearth  process 
the  blast  of  air  is  driven  upon  the  surface  of  the 
iron  by  inclined  tuyeres  in  the  side  of  the  hearth, 
the  iron  gradually  "loses  its  impurities  and  is  con- 
verted into  a  loup  which  is  carried  to  the  hammer 
or  squeezer.      The  Walloon,  Franche-Comte,   and 
Lancashire  are  all  modified  forms  of  this  idea. 

3.  The  lowest  part  of  a  blast-furnace,  generally 
cylindrical.     It  is  lined  with  fire-brick,  and  the  part 
below  the  tuj'eres  is  the  crucible,  in  which  the  iron 
and  slag  accumulate.      The   prolongation    of   the 
hearth  towards  the  front  of  the  furnace  is  the  fore- 
hearth.     The  inclosure  is  the  dam,  covered  by  the 
tywp-arch.     See  Fig.  704,  p.  293,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

4.  A  form  of  steel  furnace  as  distinct  from  the 
Bessemer   converter  process.     See   OPEN-HEARTH 
FURNACE. 

Heart.  1.  (Fiskhig.)  A  net  inclosnre,  into 
which  fish  are  conducted  by  the  leader,  and  from 
which  they  pass  to  an  inner  inclosure  known  as 
the  pound,  bowl,  pot,  etc.  Fig.  1348.  See  POUND 
NET. 


2.  (Nauticnl.)  •  A  dead-eye  with  but  one  eye,  and 
having  scores  for  a  lanyard. 

Heart  Net.     (Fishing.)  rig  1348 

A  net  with  a  leader  and  a  boid 
or  pound,  between  which  is 
a.  heart-shaped  funnel.  See 
POUND  NET. 

Heart  Seine.  (Fish- 
ing.) A  species  of  seine, 
with  a  leader,  heart,  and 
pound  secured  by  stakes  so 
that  the  upper  edge  is  float- 
ed at  the  surface  and  the 
lower  touches  bottom. 

Heat'er.  A  name  ap- 
plied to  a  stove  or  furnace 
arranged  to  effect  the  warm- 
ing by  convection,  as  with 
warm  air,  steam,  hot  wa- 
ter. 

The  slave,  contrariwise, 
heats  by  radiation. 

The  term  heater  is  a  very  inclu- 
sive one,  and  the  subject  is  con- 
sidered under  various  heads. 
See  the  list  under  HEATING  AND 
LIGHTING  APPLIANCES,  p.  1309.  and 
also  STOVE,  pp.2409,  2410,  "Mech. 
Diet.''  Also  list,  p.  453,  infra. 

See  also  MAGAZINE  STOVE,  Figs. 
5914-5922,  p.  2411,  "Mecti.ltict.," 
and  VENTILATING  STOVE,  Fig.  5909, 
p.  2410,  Ibid. 

The  French  furnace  shown  in 
Fig.  1349  is  designed  for  domestic  Heart  Seine 

purposes  and  for  conservatories, 

to  be  heated  by  circulation  of  hot-water  pipes.    The  boiler 
is  in  rolled  sheet-metal  with   riveted  joints,  and  contains 

Fig.  1349. 


French  Green-house  Heater. 

the  furnace,  ash-pit,  water-legs,  and  the  longitudinal   re- 
turn flues.    The  boiler  is  in  a  brick  structure,  a  space  be- 

Fie.  1350. 


"Simplex"  Hot-air  Heater. 


HEATER. 


453 


HEATING   AND   LIGHTING. 


tween  the  two  forming  the  re-return  flue  to  the  chimney. 
The  water  connections  are  shown  in  the  perspective  view. 

Fig.  1350  shows  Chase's  "Simplex  '"  furnace,  in  which  the 
heating  surface  is  a  rectangula'  box,  inude  of  sheet-iron 
1-10"  thick,  and  riveted.  Its  size  for  domestic  purposes  is 
50  X  33",  height 52"  and  heating  surface  83  square  fet;t.  The 
top  and  bottom  are  of  single  plates,  bent  so  as  to  rive  :o  the 
side  sheets.  The  fire-box  occupies  a  position  in  the  boiler, 
being  lined  with  fire-tiles,  and  so  supported  as  not  to  touch 
the  heating  surface. 

Fig.  1351  is  a  sectional  view  of  what  is  known  as  a  port- 
able heater,  from  the  fact  that  it  is  removable  as  a  whole, 

Fig.  1351. 


Air-tight  Healer. 

the  brick  erection  forming  no  part  of  the  arrangement.  It 
has  a  riveted  sheet-metal  c  is<v 

The  various  parts  are  indicated  in  the  figure.  The  flame 
spreads  around  a  fire-brick  which  is  suspended  over  the  fire, 
passing  through  a  f"  space  ;  thence  to  the  radiator  over  the 
fire-brick,  a  check-plate  causing  it  to  make  the  circuit  of  the 
chamber  before  exit.  Between  the  outer  casing  and  the 
body  of  the  heater  is  an  annular  space  with  corrugated  lining, 
against  which  impinges  the  upward  current  of  air,  which  is 
heated  by  contact  therewith. 

Fig  1352  shows  Gold's  heater,  which  has  a  riveted  plate- 
Fig.  1352. 


iron  cylinder  covered  with  points  which  greatly  increase  the 
radiating  .surface.  Around  it  is  a  chamber  of  brick,  inside 
of  which  and  around  the  stove  the  air  circulates. 

Heat'er  Cock.     See  JET  VALVE. 

Heat'er  Coil.  A  prolonged  pipe  containing 
steam  or  hot  water,  and  conducted  through  apart- 
ments or  passages  to  heat  them. 

Coils  assume  many  different  shapes.  A  list  may 
be  found  at  COIL,  ou  p.  207,  supni. 

Heat'ing  and  Light'ing.  See  under  the  fol- 
lowing heads :  — 


Aerial-light  apparatus. 

Albo-carbou  light. 

Aphlogistic  light. 

Arch. 

Arch  bar. 

Base  burner. 

Bath. 

Bath  heater. 

Bath  .stove. 

Blast  gas-furnace. 

Blast  lamp. 

Bleachery  boiler. 

Box  coil. 

Brazier's  hearth. 

Broiler. 

Broiling  oven. 

Bunsen  burner. 

Bunsen  lamp. 

Burner. 

Bye- pass. 

Camp  stove. 

Candle. 

Candle  lamp. 

Candle  machine. 

Carbonic  acid  gas  apparatus. 

Carbonizing  apparatus. 

Car  heater. 

Car  warmer. 

Casserole. 

Cauldron. 

Charcoal  furnace. 

Clam  baker. 

Clay  heater. 

Coffee  roaster. 

Coil  (varieties,  see  list). 

Coil  heater. 

Coil  plate. 

Coil  screen. 

Coil  stand. 

Coke  stove. 

Condensing  coil. 

Cooking  stove. 

Corrugated  boiler. 

Cottage  range. 

Cremation  furnace. 

Dead  plate. 

Dessicator. 

Disinfecting  stove. 

Double  cone  coil. 

Double  cone  lamp. 


Gold's  Heater. 


Double  cone  reflector. 

Double  lens  lantern. 

Double  steam  kettle. 

Drip  pan. 

Dryer. 

Drying  closet. 

Drying  machine. 

Dual  burner. 

Dutch  oven. 

Evaporator. 

Expansion  hanger. 

Exsiccator. 

Feed  door. 

Fighting  lantern. 

Fire  front. 

Fire-place  heater. 

Fire  pot. 

Flambeaulet. 

Flameless  lamp. 

Flash  light. 

Flat  coil. 

Flat  square  coiL 

Float  lamp 

•Food-cooking  apparatus. 

Foot  rail. 

Foot  warmer. 

Fresnel  lamp. 

Fresnel  lens. 

Fruit  dryer. 

Frying  pan. 

Gas  absorber. 

Gasalter. 

Gag  analyzer. 

Gag  and  coke  furnace. 

Gas  burner. 

Gas  burner  regulator. 

Gas  fitter's  torch. 

Gas  I  umace. 

Gas  grate. 

Gas  heater. 

Gas  lantern. 

Gas  lighter. 

Gas-light  governor. 

Gas-lighting  torch. 

Gas  oven. 

Gas  range. 

Gas  stove. 

Glue  heater. 

Glue-melting  apparatus. 

Grain  dryer. 

Grate  ring. 

Grate  shaker. 

Greenhouse  boiler. 

Greenhouse  furnace. 

Grate 

Grate  bar. 

Grid. 

Heater. 

Heater  coil. 

Heating  apparatus. 

Heating  drum. 

Heating  furnace. 

Heating  stove. 

Helical  tank-coil. 

Hinge  burner. 

Hook  plate. 

Horse-car  heating. 

Hot-air  stove. 

Hot  plate. 

Hot-water  furnace. 

Hot-water  heater. 

Hour-glass  coil. 

Illumination. 

Inverted  arcli  bar. 

Intensive  gas  burner. 

Ironing  stove. 

Jeweler's  forge. 

Kerosene  stove. 

Kettle. 

Laboratory  forge. 


HEATING  AND  LIGHTING. 


454 


HEDDLES. 


Laboratory  furnace. 

Lamp 

Lamp  furnace. 

Lamp  stove. 

Lantern. 

Laundry  apparatus 

Laundry  boiler. 

Laundry  stove. 

Lime  light. 

Lumber  dryer. 

Magazine  stove. 

Magnesium  light. 

Manifold. 

Mast-head  lamp. 

Mechanical  lamp. 

Oil  stove. 

Oven. 

Oxycarbon  submarine  lamp. 

Oyster  range. 

Paint  burner. 

Paper  carbon-lamp. 

Parachute  light. 

Peat  charcoal  kiln. 

Petroleum  burner. 

Petroleum  stove. 

Pipe  roller. 

Pipe-roller  stand. 

Pipe  stand. 

Plumber's  furnace. 

Poke  hole. 

Porcelain  stove. 

Quadrit'orm      group-flashing 

light, 
Radiator. 

Kadiatur  attachments. 
K  nge. 

Reading  lamp. 
Keel  oven. 
Reflecting  lamp. 
KegiMer. 
Register  face 
Keservoir  stove. 
Return  bend. 
Ribbed  boiler. 
Ring  plate. 
Ring-top  furnace. 
Rocking-bar. 
Rose  gas-burner. 
Safety  lamp. 


Screen. 

Screw  burner. 

Service  box. 

Shaker. 

Signal  lamp. 

Signal  lantern. 

Siphon  lamp. 

Smoke-house  stove. 

Smoothing-iron  heater. 

Soap  coil. 

Solaire. 

Solar-heat  apparatus. 

Soup  boiler. 

Spiral  tank  coil. 

Spring  burner. 

Square  tank  coil. 

Steam  cooking  apparatus. 

Steam  heater. 

Stock  boiler. 

Stove. 

Stove-pipe  ventilator. 

Street  lamp. 

Submarine  lamp. 

Sun  burner. 

Tank  boiler. 

Tank  coil. 

Tea  kettle. 

Tempering  gas  heater. 

Thawing  apparatus. 

Theruio-refiigeraut. 

TinniHu's  stove. 

Toaster. 

Tri-colored  lantern. 

Trunnion  coil. 

Tuyere  coil. 

'Twecn-deck  lamp. 

Tymp  coil. 

Urn. 

Valve  manifold. 

Vapor  burner. 

Vapor  lamp. 

Vegetable  boiler. 

Velocipede  light. 

Ventilating  jack. 

Vertical  lamp. 

Vertical  tube  coil. 

Washing  boiler. 

Water-heating  apparatus. 

Wine  heater. 


Heat'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  It  has  been  proposed 
to  supply  heat  to  domiciles  and  factories  by  mains 
sind  pipes,  as  in  the  manner  familiar  with  water 
and  gas. 

The  following  is  the  proposition,  now  in  course  of  fulfill- 
ment :  — 

From  the  central  station  the  mains  will  run  through  ev- 
ery street.  One  line  of  iron  pipes  from  3"  to  6"  in  diameter, 
placed  about  3'  below  the  pavement,  packed  around  with 
pome  non-conducting  material  and  inclosed  in  a  wooden  box, 
will  be  the  conducting  mains  from  which  the  hot  water  will 
be  carried  by  means  of  smaller  iron  pipes,  J"  to  1"  in  diame- 
ter, into  the  houses.  Auxiliary  or  return  pipes  of  about  the 
same  size  as  the  conducting  mains,  will  be  laid  alongside, 
through  which  the  water,  after  it  has  passed  through  the 
houses,  will  run  back  to  the  reservoir. 

The  water  heated  in  the  reservoir  to  from  350°  to  400° 
Fab..,  will  be  forced  out  through  the  conducting  mains, 
and  through  the  pipes  which  connect  with  the  houses,  and 
to  each  connecting  pipe  will  be  attached  a  water  meter. 
The  return  pipe  will  also  be  provided  with  a  water  meter. 
Each  house  is  to  be  provided  with  a  steam  converter,  which 
in  general  terms  is  simply  a  small  metal  chamber  inclosed 
in  a  larger  chamber.  The  water  leaves  the  reservoir  at 
about  400°  Fah  ,  and  as  soon  as  it  enters  the  inner  cham- 
ber it  will  expand  into  steam.  The  chamber  is  so  con- 
Ktructed  tint  a  pressure  of  ten  pounds  will  clo^e  a  valve 
and  shut  off  the  supply  of  water.  The  steam  will  force  its 
way  through  a  valve  into  the  outer  chamber,  whence  it  can 
be  conducted  through  steam  pipes  to  any  part  of  the  house 
and  used  for  heating,  cooking,  or  power,  and  returned 
through  the  auxiliary  pipe  back  to  the  reservoir. 

The  steam  cooking  ovens  are  coils  of  pipe  through  which 
the  steam  passes  inside  of  the  ovens.  Some  of  the  steam  will 
be  condensed  in  the  bottom  of  the  converter,  and  can  be 
drawn  off  and  used  as  hot  water. 

The  system  as  pursued  by  Holly  has  an  expansion  junc- 
tion service-box  at  intervals  of  100'  to  200'  to  provide  for  con- 
traction and  expansion  of  the  mains,  and  from  this  box 
service-pipes  are  carried  to  the  houses  to  be  heated  A  reg- 
ulator is  at  each  house  and  the  steam  used  by  eieh  consumer 
makes  its  own  record  upon,  a  slip  of  paper  moved  by  the 
clock-work  of  the  meter.  The  pencil-mark  denotes  the 


quantity  of  steam  used,  and  the  time  of  day  at  which  each 
radiator  in  the.house  was  put  on  or  off. 

Refer  to :  — 

Hand  warmer *  "  Sc.  American,''  xxxvii.  278 

llot  water,  Abbott     ....  *  "Manuf.  $  Builder,"  ix.  57. 
For    small   articles. 

Bouchucoiirt,  Fr *  "Engineer,"'  xliii.  250. 

Heater,  Gold *  "Man.  if  Bulkier,"  xii.  283. 

Hot  water *  ",S'C.  Am.  Sup.,-  2713. 


Hot  water,  Hearn,  Engl.  . 
For  cities,  Holly  .     .     .     . 


."*.  American,"  xxxix.  227. 
" Iron  Age,''  nix..,  Mar.  1,  p.  1. 

*  "6'c.  American,"'  xli.  114. 
For  boiler  makers,  Hewson 

4-  Wilson,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvili.  !X&. 

Stove,  Lent,  Ger *  "Engineer,"  1.  244. 

*  "Iron  Age,"1  xix.,  Feb.  1,  p.  3. 


Stove,  Nott 

For  dn  ing  chambers,  Fattier, 

Br 

For  cities,  N.  Y.,  Spinola  .     . 


"Engineer,"'  xlii.  357. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  June  26, 

p.  15. 
*  Puluj,  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  204. 


Heat  Equivalent  apparatus 

Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  tt  Manuf.,"  ed.  1877,  tome  iv., 
article  "Equivalent  de  la  Clialeur."1    Apparatus  of 
Hirn.  Laboulaye. 

Joule  Tresca. 

Laws  of  Mariotte  and  Gay  Lussac. 
Heat  measure,  Radiant,  *  "  Van   Nostr.    Eng.    Mas;.,"1 

Ericsson.  xiv.  193. 

Heat  meter,  Holly    .     .     .     .  *  "5c.  American,''  xli.  114. 
Heat  regulator,  Holly  ...  *  "  Sc.  American,"  xli.  114. 
Stove.    Development  of  modern  stove.    Paper  by  Azel  Ames, 
Jr.,  Report  of  Group  XIV.,  "  Centennial  Reports,"1  vol.  v. 

Heat'ing  Fur'nace.  The  term  heating  fur- 
nace may  be  held  to  include  the  whole  range  of 
furnaces,  a  list  of  which  is  given  on  page  926, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  and  another,  p.  362,  sn/ira. 

The  Gas-producing  furnace  and  Regenerator  Furnace  have 
usually  features  in  common,  although  the  regcneratnr  i>  1.1  t 
a  necessary  concomitant  of  the  method  of  using  the  fuel 
shown  in  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  pp.  384-888,  siifira. 

See  also  HEATER,  and  list  under  HEATING  APPARATUS. 

Heat'ing  Pan.     (Oil.)    A  pan  for  heating  flax 

or  other  seed  which  yields  oil  by  expression. 

The  pan  has  a  steam  bottom  for  heating  by  steam.  Hori- 
zontal stirrers  driven  by  vertical  shafts,  and  balanced  so 
that  they  can  be  lifted  clear  for  charging  or  discharging, 
keep  the  charge  continually  stirred.  A  gate  is  provided  to 
each  pan,  through  which  the  charge  is  drawn.  The  seed, 
after  having  been  heated,  is  filled  into  bags,  which  are 
placed  separately  between  horse-hair  bags,  covered  with 
leather.  The  same  kind  of  bags  and  hair  are  used  whether 
the  oil  is  expressed  by  stampers,  screws,  or  hydraulic 
presses. 

Other  forms  of  pans  for  use  in  various  other  industries: 
sugar,  confections,  etc.,  are  found  under  their  appropriate 
heads  in  the  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  herein.  See  EVAPORATING 
PAN  ;  CONFECTION  PAN  ;  VACUUM  PAN  ;  CLAY  HEATER  ;  DES- 
SICATOR  ;  DRIP  PAN  ;  FRUIT  DRYER,  etc. 

Hea'ton  Steel.  (Metallurgy  )  Steel  produced 
by  air-blast  through  molten  pig-iron  ;  crude  nitrate 
of  soda,  with  other  material,  being  used.  See  p. 
2365,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

A  bar  used  as  a  lever. 


Fig.  1353. 


Hea'ver.     1. 

2.  (Nautical.) 
The  tool,  Fig. 
1353,  used  by  the 
sail -maker  and 
sailor  in  marling, 
serving,  etc. 

Hec'to-graph. 
A  process  of  dry- 
copying  of  writ- 
ings or  plans  by 
reversing  the 
freshlv-written  copy  upon  a  gelatine  film  and  sub- 
sequently applying  clear  sheets  seriatim,  to  the  gel- 
atine. See  OOPYGRAPH;  COPYING  PENCIL;  and 
GELATINE  PROCESS,  supra. 

Hed'dles.  The  cords  governing  the  disposition 
of  the  warp-threads  iu  the  tissue. 

See,  for  disposition  of  heddles  and  harness  for  various  kinds 
of  weaving,  article  "Tissase,"  Labaii/aye's  "Dictionnuire 
des  Arts  tt  Manufactures,"  iii.,  ed.  1877. 


Sail-maker's  Heaver. 


HEDGE   CUTTER 


455 


HELIOTROPE. 


Hedge  Cut'ter.  A  hedge  pruner.  See  Fig. 
2479,  p.  1093,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Hnrns'ty,  Eng.     ...  *  "Paris  Exposition  Reports,"  v.  239. 

Watk-fr,  Br *  "Engineer,  xlvi.  22. 

Uedge  knife  .     .     .     .      Fig.  2483,  p.  1093,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Heel  At-tach'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  forcing  on  and  securing  heels  to  shoes  or  boots 
by  pressure.  —  McKau. 

*  Heel  Build'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  in 
which  are  associated,  and  compressed  while  being 
tacked,  the  lifts  which  form  the  heel. 

Heel  Ma-chine'.     See  under  boot,  shoe,  sole, 
heel,  etc.,  and  other  captions. 
Machinery,  Bigeloio 


Stiffoner,  Lyon  .     . 

Cleaning  machine  . 

Knit,  Br.    .     .     . 

Heel-spring,  Pease 


.  *  "Tlwrston's  Vienna  Rep.,"  Hi.  309- 

318. 
.  *  "Iran  Atfr,"  xxii..  Dec.  26,  p.  1. 

"English  Mechamc.-' 

"Scientific  American  /Si/;).,"  660. 
.  *  "Scientific  American,'1''-  xl.  8b'. 


Heel  Plate.  (Fire-arm.)  The  solid  or  skel- 
eton plate  at  the  butt-end  of  the  stock.  Sometimes 
the  top  and  bottom  are  merely  tipped. 

Hel'i-cal  Nee'dle.  (Surgical.)  A  needle  with 
a  helically  twisted  stem  to  introduce  a  ligature 
around  an  artery  or  in  case  of  ruptured  peri- 
neum. 

Hel'i-cal  Tank  Coil.  A  steam  or  hot-water 
heating  coil  of  helical  or  flat-spiral  form 

Heli-o-gra'vure.  The  systems  of  heliogravure, 
or  sun-engraving  upon  copper,  as  employed  in  the 
Austrian  Military  Geographical  Institute",  are  thus 
referred  to  in  Pelermann'a  "MtUheilunyein" : — 

"  The  sheets  of  the  new  Austrian  Ordnance  tmp  are  care- 
fully drawn  on  paper,  on  a  scale  of  1:  60,000.  They  are 
then  minced  photographically  to  a  scale  of  1 :  75,000,  trans- 
ferred upon  copper,  touched  up,  and  printed.  In  this  man- 
ner each  sheet  of  the  map  can  be  produced  in  nine  months, 
While  the  same  amount  of  work  engraved  in  the  usual  man- 
ner requires  nearly  46  months  for  its  completion.  The  whole 
of  the  Austrian  staff  map,  consisting  of  715  sheets,  will  thus 
be  completed  in  10,  11,  or  12  years.  No  less  than  271  have 
been  published  since  1874.  The  advantages  of  this  process, 
as  regards  cost  and  rapidity  of  publication,  are  evident,  and 
they  fully  compensate  for  any  slight  inferiority  in  the  ap- 
pearance  of  the  work." 

See  also  HELIOTYPE,  p.  1097,  "Mech.  Viet." 

He'li-o-scope.  An  instrument  for  viewing 
the  sun. 

The  instrument  shown  in  Fig.  1354  is  the  inven- 
tion of  Herr  Alerz,  of  Munich. 

It  is  based  on  the  law  of  polarization  of  light.  If  a  ray 
of  light  strikes  at  an  angle  of  36D  26'  on  a  mirror  which  is 
mounted  so  that  it  may  be  turned  on  its  axis,  and  the  re- 
flected ray  is  thrown  on  a  second  mirror  placed  at  right  an- 


Merz  Helioscope. 

gles  to  the  first,  the  light  is  polarized.  The  polarized  ray 
is  perfectly  bright  if  the  two  mirrors  are  parallel,  but  it 
becomes  more  and  more  faint  when  the  upper  mirror  is 
turned,  until  at  a  right  angle  it  disappears  altogether,  so 
that  the  field  of  vision  in  the  second  mirror  is  perfectly  dark 

In  the  two  cases,  A  and  B  of  the  apparatus,  are  mounted 
four  heavy  mirror  glasses,  a,  b,  c,  and  <t.  The  case  A  is 
screwed  to  the  telescope  through  which  the  sun  is  to  be  ob- 
serve. I.  The  light  falls  on  the  first  mirror  at  an  angle  of 
35°  25',  and  is  reflected  to  the  second,  from  whence,  by  means 
of  the  mirrors  c  and  d  in  the  ease  B,  it  reaches  the  eye  of 
the  observer  at  C. 

To  effect  the  necessary  diminution  of  the  sun's  light,  the 


GEOSCOPE  ;    OKREHY  ;    COSMOSCOPE, 


case  B  is  arranged  so  that  it  may  be  turned  around  the  axis 
of  the  apparatus  by  the  ring  fg.  When  the  mirrors  in  ca.-e 
Bare  parallel  to  those  in  A,  the  image  of  the  sun  appears 
perfectly  white,  but  the  ligat  can  c:i.-ily  be  diminished  to 
any  desired  degree  by  simply  turning  the  case  B,  which  can 
be  done  without  removing  the  eye  from  the  ocular  lens. 

To  prevent  the  air  in  the  apparatus  from  becoming  heated 
too  much,  the  upper  side  of  the  case  A  is  provided  with  a 
couple  of  holes  for  ventilation. 

A  simpler  arrangement  by  Dr.  Van  der  Weyde  is 
described  by  him  as  follows  :  — 

"  I  take  a  piece  of  plate  glass  of  the  same  width  as  the 
diameter  of  the  objective,  and  about  three  times  as  long, 
ground  at  the  back  so  as  to  destroy  the  exterior  reflection  of 
that  surface,  and  coat  it  with  black  varnish.  I  attach  this 
before  the  objective  under  an  angle  of  35°  25'  with  the  axis 
of  the  telescope,  so  that  the  solar  rays  entering  the  instru- 
ment are  polarized  by  the  reflection  of  the  polished  surface. 
To  the  eye-piece  I  simply  attach  as  analyzer  a  Nicol  prism, 
and  by  turning  the  latter  round  its  axis  I  reduce  the  inten- 
sity of  the  solar  light  to  any  degree  desired." 

Refer  to  "Scientific  American"  *xxxviii.  163,  186;  xlii. 
389. 

He'li-o-tellus.  An  orrery  embracing  the  sun 
and  earth  in  its  scheme.  —  Ilommatt. 

See 
etc. 

He'li-o-trope.  A  geodetical  instrument  used 
to  reflect  a  ray  of  light  to  a  distant  station.  First 
adopted  in  surveying  about  1821,  bv  Gauss,  a  Han- 
overian,  for  the  purpose  of  rendering  the  vertices 
of  the  triangles  visible  in  the  triangulation  of  the 
kingdom  of  Hanover.  Capt.  Drummond's  heliostat 
was  used  in  the  ordnance  survey  of  Great  Britain. 

As  now  used,  it  is  a  stand  bearing  a  10"  mirror,  swung 
like  the  ordinary  toilet  looking  glass,  except  that  besides 
swinging  horizontally,  it  is  also  pivoted,  so  as  to  move  ver- 
tically as  well.  Behind  the  mirror,  in  the  very  center,  a  littje 
of  the  quicksilver  has  been  removed,  so  that  the  observer  c_ii 
go  behind  his  instrument  and  look  through  a  tiny  hole  in  it 
toward  the  station  he  desires  to  signal.  Having  sighted  the 
station  by  adjusting  the  mirror,  he  next  proceeds  to  set  up 
in  front  of  the  heliotrope  a  rod,  and  upon  this  rod  is  a  mov- 
able stud.  This  stud  is  manipulated  like  the  foresight  of  a 
rifle,  and  the  observer,  again  standing  behind  his  instrument, 
directs  the  adjustment  of  this  stud  until  the  hole  in  the  mir- 
ror, the  stud,  and  the  distant  station  are  in  a  line.  The  he- 
liotrope is  then  ready  to  work,  and  in  order  to  flash  signals 
so  that  they  can  be  seen  at  a  distance,  the  operator  takes  care 
that  his  mirror  reflects  the  sunshine  on  the  stud  just  in  front 
of  him.  Such  signals  are  visible  from  30,  50,  to  100  miles, 
according  to  circumstances  of  elevation,  atmosphere,  etc. 

In  another  and  simple  form,  two  opaque  screens  are  place>I 
about  18"  apart  upon  a  strip  of  wood  forming  a  base,  and 
screwed  or  nailed  fast.  A  hole  about  1"  in  diameter  should 
be  cut  through  each  screen,  the  one  in  rear  being  a  little 
larger  than  the  other,  and  across  each  there  should  be  drawn 
two  fine  wires  or  threads,  so  as  to  intersect  each  other.  About 
6"  in  rear  of  the  screens  there  should  be  placed  a  small  mir- 
ror —  3"  in  diameter  would  be  sufficient  —  so  mounted  as  to 
have  the  two  motions  horizontal  (or  in  azimuth)  and  vertical 
(or  in  altitude).  The  crude  instrument  is  then  ready  for 
operation.  To  throw  the  ray  upon  any  given  object  visible 
to  the  unaided  eye,  turn  the  mirror  down  out  of  the  way  or 
remove  it  altogether,  and  sight  across  the  wires,  moving  tho 
base  until  the  line  joining  the  intersections  of  the  cross 
wires  passes  through  the  object.  Then  replace  the  mirror 
carefully,  so  as  not  to  disturb  the  line  of  sight,  and  turn  it 
in  either  or  both  directions  until  the  shadow  of  the  edge  of 
the  hole  in  the  first  screen  is  concentric  with  that  in  the  sec- 
ond. The  reflected  rav  will  then  be  visible  to  an  observer 
at  the  given  point.  —  Haupt. 

The  heliotrope  is  known  to  the  British  military 
world  as  the  heliograph,  which  is  a  misnomer.  Tho 
word  'trope  is  the  more  appropriate,  as  it  turns  to 
the  sun  like  the  helianthus  and  the  pretty  little  heli- 
otrope (H.peruviannm)  —  called  also  turnsole  or  gira- 
Role  —  are  supposed  to. 

The  word  heliograph  and  its  cognate  he/ioyravure 
have  reference  to  writing  or  drawing.  The  word 
heliometer  lias  its  use  also,  indicated  by  the  termi- 
nation. The  word  heliostat  lias  also'  its  specific 
meaning,  which  is  true  of  each  of  the  following  :  — 

'erraph.  'scope.  'trope. 

'meter.  'stat.  'type. 


HELIOTROPE. 


456 


HERAKLINE. 


The  apparatus  used  with  the  British  army  is  known  as 
Mance's  heliograph. 

"  The  signals  made  by  it,  under  favorable  conditions  of 
position  and  atmosphere,  have  been  read  as  far  as  80  or  100 
miles.  It  consists  of  a  specially  prepared  mirror,  with  in- 
geniously-constructed adjusted  mechanism  for  reflecting  the 
sun's  rays  with  absolute  precision  to  any  required  spot,  not- 
withstanding the  sun's  apparent  movement.  By  the  pres- 
sure of  a  finger-key  the  Hashes  are  made  of  short  or  long 
duration,  thus  adapting  the  instrument  to  the  Morse  code  of 
telegraphy.  A  second  mirror  is  provided  to  permit  of  sig- 
naling being  carried  on  irrespective  of  the  sun's  position. 
The  instrument  intended  for  field  service  weighs  from  6  Ibs. 
to  8  Ibs.,  and  is  mounted  on  a  light  tripod  stand.  The 
working  parts  are  protected  from  injury  during  transit,  and 
the  complete  apparatus  admits  of  being  easily  carried,  as  it 
is  also  efficiently  worked,  by  one  man. 

"The  apparatus  has  been  in  use  for  some  time  in  India, 
where  its  working  has  been  attended  with  very  great  suc- 
cess. In  the  winter  of  1877-78  the  Jowaki-Afridi  expedi- 
tion gave  the  Indian  Government  an  opportunity  of  sub- 
mitting it  to  the  test  of  war.  The  two  columns,  under 
General  Keyes  and  General  Ross,  operating  in  the  Afridi 
hills  were  supplied  with  volunteer  signalers.  The  instru- 
ments were  simply  invaluable,  and  helio[tropes]  were  sup- 
plied to  each  division  of  the  subsequent  Afghan  expedition 
With  Gen.  Donald  Stewart's  column  telegraphic  communica- 
tion was  maintained  by  means  of  these  instruments  from  the 
Khojak  Pass  to  Girishk.  General  Roberts,  ^rom  Khost, 
flashed  his  messages  to  the  fort  at  Bannu,  a  distance  of  6U 
miles  ;  while  Sir  Samuel  Browne,  from  the  heights  above  Ali- 
Masjid,  announced  the  capture  of  that  fort  to  the  expectant 
garrison  of  Peshawur  by  means  of  the  Mance  helio[tropej.r) 
—  London  '  •  Times. " 

Permanent  heliotrope  stations  are  now  established  between 
Tangier,  Tarifa,  Ceuta,  and  Algeciras,  and  between  certain 
W.  I.  Islands.  It  is  used  in  the  armies  of  the  United  States, 
France,  and  Belgium. 

Refer  to  :  — 

Heliograph,  Anderson, Br.  *  "Enginffring,''  xxx  221. 
Heliograph,  pocket,  Maj.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.," 4106. 

Macgregor. 

Ileliometer,  Anderson     .  *  "Faentijic  American  Sup.,"  4030. 
Heliograph,  Wynne    .     .      "  Van  Noxtr.  Mag.,''  xxiii.  479. 

Lesuerre *  "Jour.  Soc.  Teteg.  Eng.,"  vii.  351. 

Mirror  telegraph    .     .     .      "6'c.  American,''  xxxix.  310, 

He'lix.  (Electricity.)  The  coil  In  electro- 
magnetic or  induction  machines  the  helix  is  com- 
posed of  two  or  more  coils.  The  inner  or  primary 
coil  being  of  coarse  wire  and  connected  direct  with 
the  battery,  and  the  outer  or  secondary  coil  being 
finer  wire  wound  upon  but  completely  insulated 
from  the  primary  coil,  and  receiving  its  electric  in- 
fluences by  induction  from  the  core  and  inner  coil. 

Help'er  Ring.  A  ring  on  the  edge  of  a  street- 
car platform  for  the  attachment  of  the  hook  of  the 
single-tree  of  the  helper  horse  during  the  ascent  of  a 
grade. 

Hem'a-cite.  Bullock's  blood  mixed  with  finely 
comminuted  mineral  and  vegetable  substances; 
dried,  molded  under  pressure,  varnished.  Uses  for 
knobs  and  ornamental  articles.  —  Dibble. 

See  BOIS-DCRCI,  "Mech.  Diet."  p.  320,  and  list  of  COMPO- 
SITIONS, p.  212,  supra. 

"Iron  Age" xxiii.,  Feb.  20,  p.  9. 

Hem'i-ple'gi-a  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Sur</>'cal.) 
Supporting  apparatus  for  a  partially-paralyzed 
limb.  Paraplegia,  for  both  limbs. 

Page  34,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum." 

Hem'i-plun'ger.  A  proposed  form  of  sea-go- 
ing vessel,  in  which  the  habitable  or  righting  por- 
tion is  supported  by  posts  upon  an  entirely  sub- 
merged portion,  which  is  supposed  to  be  below  the 
level  of  wave-agitated  water. 

Tomassi,  Paris  .     .  *  "Scientific  American"  xxxvi.  115. 

Hem'or-rhage  In'stru-ments.  ( Surgical. ) 
Acting  to  prevent  effusion  Of  blood.  The  term  may 
include  epistaxis  instruments,  compresses,  tourni- 
quets, hydro-hemostats,  ligating  instruments,  etc. 

Bates's  instrument  for  arresting  urethral  hemorrhage  after 
operation  consists  of  a  thin,  soft  rubber  pouch,  f"  wide, 
and  8"  long.  The  outer  end  has  three  openings,  two  of 


which  are  furnished  with  stop-cocks.  The  center  is  trav- 
ersed by  a  gum  elastic  catheter,  the  end  of  which,  after 
piercing  the  lower  extremity  of  the  pouch,  is  fastened,  and 
then  cut  off ;  over  which  part  of  a  soft  rubber  catheter  is 
passed  and  secured.  A  stylet  passes  through  the  catheter, 
and  renders  introduction  easy.  The  apparatus  measures 
25  mm.  in  its  flaccid  state,  and  admits  of  any  desired  disten- 
tion.  It  is  used  as  follows  :  After  the  division  of  the  stric- 
tures, the  instrument  is  introduced  so  that  the  end  of  the 
catheter  rests  in  the  bladder,  or  just  outside,  if  preferred; 
the  st>let  is  then  withdrawn  and  a  plug  inserted  hi  the  end 
of  the  catheter.  The  instrument  is  then  tied  in.  To  one 
stop-cock  is  attached  a  fountain  syringe  ;  to  the  other  is  at- 
tached rubber  tubing  for  the  purpose  of  conducting  the 
refuse  water  to  a  receptacle  at  the  bedside. 

Hem'or-rheu'mo-scope.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument for  observing  the  flow  of  blood  in  a  vein. 
The  bowl  of  the  instrument  resting  firmly  upon 
the  trunk  of  a  superficial  vein  the  peculiar  move- 
ment of  the  stream  of  Hood  beneath  the  bowl  sets 
the  sensitive  fluid  column  within  the  graduated 
tube  into  sympathetic  action. 

Fig.  282,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum.'1' 

Hem'or-rhoid'al  Clamp.  (Surgical.)  An 
invention  in  which  a  clamp  is  combined  with  a  cau- 
tery. The  invention  of  Amusut. 

Shown  in  Fig.  579,  p.  121,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Arma- 
mentarium Chirurgicum.'" 
Other  pile-clamps  are  shown  in  Figs.  6C7-568,  Ibid. 

Hem'or-rhoid'al  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.) 
These  consist  of  clamp,  syringe,  dilator,  tenaculum, 
artery  and  needle  forceps,  insufflator,  cautery,  bis- 
toury -cache",  suppositories,  etc.  See  under  the  va- 
rious heads. 

Hem'or-rhoid'al  Syr'inge.  A  fine,  punc- 
turing syringe,  with  graduated  glass  barrel,  like  a 
hvpodermic  syringe,  for  introducing  medicaments 
to  suppress  hemorrhoids. 

See  Fig.  622,  p.  123,  Part  III.,  Tltmann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum ." 

Hem'o-stat'ic  In'stru-ments.  (Snrglcal.) 
Those  acting  as  styptics  to  prevent  effusion  of 
blood.  See  EPISTAXIS  INSTRUMENT:  HYDKO- 
HEMOSTAT,  etc. 

Hemp  Knife.  A  hooking  knife,  shaped  like  a 
pruner,  and  having  a  long  handle  so  as  to  reach 
the  lower  portion  of  the  stalk  without  stooping. 

Hemp  Sof'ten-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  hemp 
brake,  operating  upon  the  rotted  and  subsequently 
dried  stalks.  One  made  recently  by  the  Mohawk 
&  Hudson  Manufac.  Co.  has  two  fluted  rolls:  the 
lower  one  is  12"  in  diameter  and  6'  long.  The 
upper  one  is  24"  by  6'.  The  lower  one  is  driven 
by  gearing  from  the  back  shaft,  and  in  turn  it 
drives  the  upper.  The  shafts  are  6"  in  diameter. 
The  upper  roll  and  shaft  weighed  about  8,500  Ibs., 
and  the  complete  machine  about  15,000  Ibs. 

Henri-Deux  Ware.  ( Ceramics.)  Otherwise 
known  as  faience  d'Otron.  Fig.  1355. 

The  ware  was  made  at  OVron,  in  the  southwest  of  France, 
in  the  time  of  Henry  II.,  of  France,  and  is  now  vei  \  rare, 
but  37  pieces  being  known  in  France,  according  to  M.  Brong- 
niart  The  emblems  of  Diane  de  Poitiers  appear  on  the  "  Bib- 
eron,v  which  was  sold  in  March,  1865,  to  Mr.  Malcolm,  for 
£1,100.  It  >s  a  little  over  10"  in  height.  The  ware  is  very  hard, 
quite  white,  and  the  ornamentation  is  inlaid,  filling  incisions 
or  depressions  in  the  body,  though  flush  with  the  surface.  The 
filling  is  generally  ochery  brown  or  yellow  on  the  white  back- 
ground, though  black,  blue,  pink,  and  green  colors  are  known. 

Hen'ri-et-ta  Cloth.  (Fabric.)  A  silk  and 
wool  French  dress  goods. 

Her'a-kline.  A  blasting  powder,  invented  by 
Dickerhoff,  and  used  in  the  coal  mines  of  France 
and  Austria.  It  is  composed  of  picric  acid,  salt- 
peter, nitrate  of  soda,  sulphur,  and  sawdust.  The 
gases  produced  by  its  combustion  are  said  not  to 
be  injurious,  and  it  burns  comparatively  slowly,  so 


IIERAKLINE. 


457 


HIGH   MILLING. 


fig.  1355. 


Henri-Deur,  Ware  (Faience  d' Oiron). 

that   it   tears    apart   the   masses   blasted,  without 
hurling  them  violently  about. 

"Scientific  American  " xxxiv.  329. 

"Scientific.  American  Supplement"  .     .    134. 

Her-ba'ri-um  Press.    A  portable  press  con- 
sisting of  a  pair  of  boards  with  rising  screws  and 

Fig.  1356. 


Soft  Ileveenoid. 

Hard  Ileveenoid. 

2  parts. 

3  parts. 

Camphor  .... 

2  parts. 
1-16  part 

2  parts. 

Glycerine  .... 
Sulphur  .... 

i  part. 

J  part. 
8  parts. 

Yale  Botanical  Press. 

hand-nuts.     The  parts  nre  all  detachable  so  as  to 
pack  conveniently  in  one's  valise. 

Her'ni-a  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  For 
operating  upon  rupture  ;  the  protrusion  of  some 
part  from  its  natural  cavity,  usually  the  abdomen. 
The  instruments  are  numerous  for  reduction  or 
operation. 

For  the  former  see  TRUSS,  figs.  6700-6703,  pp.  2636,  2637, 
" Meek.  Diet." ;  and  page  9,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 
tarium CkirvrgicumS' 

Instruments  for  operation  are  needles,  knives,  directors, 
syringes,  etc.  See  p.  126,  Part  III.,  Ibid. ;  Fig.  134,  p.  44, 
Part  I.,  Ibid. ;  Fig.  144,  p.  48,  Part  I.,  Ibid. 

Dr.  White's  instrument  for  the  radical  cure  of  hernia  pro- 
jects a  pair  of  ligature  needles. 

Dr.  Warren's  hernial  ring  injector  is  a  graduated  barrel 
with  piston  and  with  a  needle  which  is  a  flat  oval  in  section 
and  twisted  throughout  its  length.  The  needle  is  pierced 
with  10  openings  on  its  side. 

Df  Gamin's  hernial  syringe  has  a  screw  -piston  and  a 
dome  trocar  needle. 

Her'ni-a-tome'.  (Surgical.)  A  knife  for  op- 
erating in  cases  of  rupture  of  the  bowels. 

Dr.  Allis's  herniatome  is  a  probe-pointed  instrument  with 
cnncc'iiled  blade,  which  is  uncovered  by  turning  the  nut, 
after  the  constricting  band  has  been  reached.  The  Fig.  1357 
represents  th'e  instrument  when  taken  apart :  a,  the  blunt- 


pointed  blade;  b,  the  nut  that  controls  the  movements  of 
the  shield  ;  c,  the  shield  that  may  be  made  to  conceal  or 
expose  the  blade  by  turning  the  nut  6. 

Fig.  1357. 


Herniatome. 

Dr.  Warren's  concealed  bistoury  for  dividing  the  hernial 
rinir  has  a  saw  concealed  by  a  sheath  and  projected  when  the 
ring  has  been  reached,  the  instrument  serves  as  its  own 
director. 

He-veen'oid.  Caoutchouc  or  its  analogue 
compounded  with  camphor  and  sulphur,  and  vul- 
canized. Addition  of  lime  or  glycerine  is  some- 
times made.  —  Gerner. 

The  proportions  of  the  constituents  to  make  a  soft  and 
hard  heveenoid  may  be  approximately  given  as  follows  :  — 


Para  caoutchouc  is  best  for  hard  heveenoid,  while  Nica- 
ragua rubber  answers  very  well  for  soft  heveenoid,  and,  in 
fact,  is  somewhat  better  adapted. 

Hib^bard  Spring.  (Railway.)  A  spiral  nest 
spring  made  of  flat  bars  coiled  one  within  another 
concentrically,  to  the  number  of  four,  wound  in 
right  and  left  directions,  alternately. 

High  Grind'ing.  A  process  of  gradual  reduc- 
tion of  the  wheat  by  a  succession  of  partial  crush- 
ings,  alternating  with  sifting  and  sorting  the  prod- 
uct. See  HIGH  MILLING;  CYLINDER  MILL. 

High  Loom.  (Fr.)  Haute  lisse,  A  tall  tapes- 
try loom  of  considerable  size. 

At  the  top  and  bottom  of  the  framework  composing  the 
loom  are  horizontal  cylinders.  Around  the  upper  one,  the 
threads  composing  the  warp  are  rolled,  and  around  the 
lower  one  the  tapestry,  as  it  is  completed  yard  by  yard,  is 
wound  Between  these  two  cylinders  is  stretched  the  warp, 
upon  the  threads  of  which  the  artist  marks  in  white  chalk 
the  outlines  of  the  picture.  To  these  he  adds,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  fixing  the  light  and  shades,  tracings  from  the  pat- 
tern. Then,  with  this  latter  conveniently  placed  for  refer- 
ence, he  stations  himself  against  the  back  of  his  tapestry, 
and,  with  his  many-colored  worsteds  and  silks,  commences 
the  weaving  of  the  picture.  The  vertical  threads  of  the 
warp  are  divided  by  a  heddle  or  cross  stitch,  which  keeps 
half  of  them  in  advance  of  the  rest;  but  those  behind  can 
be  brought  forward  by  means  of  small  cords  or  lisse s,  one  of 
which  is  attached  to  each  warp  thread.  Between  the  two 
sets  of  threads  the  workman  introduces  his  left  hand  and 
takes  up  as  many  of  them  as  is  necessary.  Through  these 
he  passes  his  curiously-shaped  wooden  needle  from  left  to 
right,  and  with  its  point  piles  the  stretched  thread,  which  in 
turn  is  passed  back  in  the  contrary  direction  through  the 
space  opened  by  shifting  the  front  and  back  threads.  The 
manipulation  of  the  threads,  the  combination  and  proper  use 
of  the  many  colors  and  shades  of  worsted  and  silk,  and  the 
working  out  of  the  design,  require  a  skill  and  delicacy  only 
attained  by  long  practice. 

High  Milling.  (Milling.)  The  whent  is  re- 
duced by  a  succession  of  crackings  or  of  slight  and 
partial  crushings,  alternating  with  sifting  and  sort- 
ing the  product. 

In  low  milling  the  reduction  is  effected  in  a  single 


HIGH  MILLING. 


458 


HOGSHEAD   MACHINERY. 


crushing,  —  the  usual  manner.  The  velocity  is 
relatively  high. 

In  high  milling  the  velocity  is  low ;  the  grinding 
surfaces  at  first  remote,  and  made  gradually  to  ap- 
proximate, in  successive  griudings,  as  the  products 
become  smaller. 

In  high  milling  the  reduction  of  the  wheat  is  step 
by  step,  and  the  separation  of  the  products  is^not 
alone  according  to  the  magnitude  of  the  particles 
but  also  by  specific  gravity.  See  MIDDLINGS  Pu- 

KIFIKK. 

Kick,   Mehlfabrikation,    Leipsic,    thus    describes 


"  If  one  rubs  grains  of  wheat  gently  between  mill-stones, 
which  at  first  are  1-12"  apart,  then  one  quarter  less,  and 
then  one  half  less,  and  so  on,  there  is  obtained  successively 
a  finer  and  finer  product.  By  the  first  operation,  which  we 
will  call  clipping,  or  pointing,  a  part  of  the  shell  or  outside 
coat,  .the  brush,  and  more  or  less  of  the  germ,  will  be  re- 
moved, and  there  will  be  produced  grains,  from  which  al- 
ready many  little  particles  which  should  not  appear  in  the 
Hour  have  been  separated.  The  outer  bran  and  Lulled  ker- 
nels coming  together  from  between  the  stones  may  be  sepa- 
rated from  each  other  by  passing  them  through  a  cylindrical 
sieve.  The  hulled  grains,  by  passing  them  next  through  the 
stones  brought  nearer  together,  yield  a  cracked  wheat,  a 
product  consisting  of  various  finer  particles,  which  may  be 
graded  by  sifting.  The  products  obtained  are  called  groats 
(bruised  or  cracked  fragments  with  bran  attached),  grits 
(smaller  fragments),  and  finer  particles,  flour.  The  flour 
obtained  consists  for  the  most  part  of  cells  and  particles 
from  the  outer  portion  of  the  grain,  fragments  of  the  bran, 
and  of  the  gluten-coat,  which  make  the  flour  dark.  It  is 
called  pollen."1  —  Kick. 

"  The  grits  will  consist  also  of  a  mixture  of  fragments  of 
outer  and  inner  parts,  and  bits  of  bran  of  the  same  size, 
which  go  through  the  sieve  with  the  grits.  A  product,  corre- 
sponding with  this  somewhat,  vued  to  be  called  r.onnell,  and 
is  now  known  as  middlings. 

"  The  groats  freed  from  the  finer  particles  will  be  again 
ground,  and  this  produces  a  second  groats,  grits,  and  flour ; 
the  second  groats  yield  also  groats,  grits,  and  flour.  Parti- 
cles which  are  smaller  than  groats  and  larger  than  grits  are 
called  '  solutions  ;  '  such  as  are  between  flour  and  grits  are 
called  dust ;  and  these  must  obviously  be  produced  by 
cracking.  By  each  succeeding  cracking,  the  flour  and  grits 
produced  will  consist  more  of  particles  from  the  interior  of 
the  kernel  of  wheat,  and  as  the  interior  cells,  that  is,  the 
starch-cells,  yield  a  whiter  product,  so  the  flour  and  grits 
will  become  more  and  more  fair  and  white  ;  and  this,  until 
the  groats  after  the  fourth  grinding  will  possess  the  form  of 
disks,  having  only  a  thin  layer  of  starch-cells.  In  flour 
this  phenomenon  is  very  striking.  The  flour  from  the  third 
groats  is  much  fairer  than  that  from  the  second  or  from  the 
first  groats  ;  this  is  less  striking  in  the  grits,  in  that  it  is  still 
largely  mingled  with  particles  of  bran.  The  bran-particles 
are  much  lighter  than  the  grits,  and  this  property  is  taken 
advantage  of  to  purify  the  grits  by  means  of  a  current  of  air 
directed  upon  a  thin  sheet  of  falling  grits.  This  work  is 
accomplished  by  the  grits-purifying  machine,  in  which  the 
air  operates  either  by  blast  or  suction. 

"  In  the  gradual  grinding  and  purification  of  the  grits  lies 
the  essence  of  the  high  or  grits  milling.  This  can  be  effected 
by  various  modifications.  The  wheat  may  be  three,  four,  or 
five  times  cracked  or  bruised ;  the  grits,  which  have  been 
separated  according  to  their  size,  may  be  more  or  less  puri- 
fied ;  and  finally  the  purified  grits  may  be  either  rapidly  or 
slowly  ground  to  flour. 

"  When  the  last  traces  of  bran  have  been  separated  from 
the  grits  and  the  still  finer  dust,  one  obtains  by  grinding 
the  pure  grits  and  dust,  the  fairest,  whitest  flour,  a  product 
which  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  in  any  other  way.  Of  this 
product  there  are  several  grades.7'  —  Hnrsfnnl. 

See  also  *  CYLINDER  MILL,  p.  243,  supra;  HOLLER  MILL,  in- 
fra. See  also  diagram  under  GRANULATING  PROCESS,  p  419, 
supra. 

System "Am.  Mi'Ier,"  iv.  81; 

Table  of  processes.     Hungary     .     .      "Am.  Miller,''  vi.  287. 

Mill,  Higfinbottom  &  HutMnson  .  *  "Am.  Miller,"  viii  117. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Sitp.,»  2179. 

High  Wines.  Crude  alcohol  of  higher  proof 
than  tinglingt. 

Hill'side  Plow.  A  plow  with  reversible  mold- 
board  and  share  for  turning  all  the  furrows  down- 
hill in  plowing  hill-sides.  ANo  known  as  a  turning 
mold-board  plow,  and  in  Britain  as  a  turn-wrest 
plow.  See  illustrations  and  remarks,  p.  2173 
"Mech  Diet." 


There  are  5  systems  :  — 

1.  Two  complete  sets  of  mold-boards  and  shares,  right  and 
eft-hand  respectively,  and  revolvable  on  the  beam  to  bring 
ither  to  working  position.     The  Brabant  system,  known  as 

brabant  double,  see  Figs.  854,  856,  pp.  2G8,  269,  supra,  and 
Figs.  25-28,  vol.  v.,  pp.  31-33,  Knight's  Keport,  "Paris  Expo- 
sition (1878)  Reports.'' 

2.  The  old  Scotch  form  :  also  known  as  the  French  tourne- 
treille,  or  charrue  Wasse.    The  sole  and  share  are  permanent ; 
he  mold-board  is  both  right  and  left,  either  being  brought 
nto  action  as  may  be  desired  by  means  of  a  lever,  the  other 

one  shifting  into  the  line  of  draft  on  the  land-side.  The 
same  colter  serves  for  either.  The  share,  mold-board,  and 
and-side  are  made  in  one  piece  (or  to  move  as  one),  and  this 
3  journaled  on  a  horizontal  axis  at  the  lower  edge.  This  is 
unlocked  and  partially  rotated  at  the  end  of  a  furrow,  con- 
Verting  what  was  the  land-side  into  a  share  and  sole,  and 
presenting  the  mold-board  in  the  other  direction.  See  Fifr. 
22,  p.  29,  vol.  v.,  Ibid.,  and  Fig.  6814,  p.  ?663,  " Mtrh.  Diet." 
S.  A  form  used  also  in  France,  in  which  two  mold-board*, 
which  are  united  on  a  horizontal  axis  on  the  median  line, 
are  unlocked,  and  then  turned  half  around,  which  brings 
;he  one  now  uppermost  to  the  underneath  position,  both  the 
mold-boards  being  then  presented  to  the  right  hand  as  they 
are  now  to  the  left.  Fig.  23,  p.  30,  vol.  v.,  "Paris  Exposi- 
tion (1%'^)  lieports." 

4.  A  form  which  has  a  right-handed  and  a  left-handed  body 
placed  back  to  back ;  that  is  to  say,  one  presented  forward 
ind  the  other  rearward.     The  beam  and  handles  turn  on  a 
vertical  pivot  in  the  center  of  the  body,  and  either  the  right 
or  left-handed  portion  can  be  uted  by  turning  the  beam  and 
bandies  and  prercnting  tium   in  the  appropriate  direction. 
The  rear  portion  of  eacli  mold-board  is  hii  ged,  which  allows 
the  one  in  use  to  lap  ever  the  other,  which  lies  lm<  k  ;  this 
avoids  the  necessity   for  making  the  body  the  sum  of  the 
lengths  of  the  two  bodies. 

An  old  English  turn-wrest  plow,  known  in  its  day  as 
Ilays's,  was  constructed  on  the  tame  principle,  but  without 
the  hinged  wings  to  the  mold-boards.  See  Fig.  '24,  p.  30, 
vol.  v.,  "Paris  Exposition  Reports.'' 

5.  A  system  in  which  two  sets  of  mold-board  and  share 
are  used,  right  and  left-hand  rerpectively  ;  the  one  in    uro 
lowered  into  the  furrow  while  the  other  is  elevated  clear  of 
the  soil  without  deranging  its  position  other  than  thr  dear 
vertical  movement.     A  British  form  shown  in  Fig.  2509,  p. 
1103,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Hind  Sight.  The  rear  sight  of  a  gun  ;  open, 
California,  peep,  vernier,  etc.,  which  see.  See  also 
HAUSSE,  and  li-t  under  SIGHT. 

Hinge.     Sec  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Awning  hinge. 

Ball-joint  hinge. 

Butt. 

Butt  hinge. 

Coach  hinge. 

Crate  hinge  and  hasp. 

Hasp. 

llook-and-eye  hinge. 


Loose-pin  hinge. 

Platt;  hinge. 

Port  hh:ge. 

Screw  hr.ok-nnd-eye  hinge. 

Screw  hook-and-strap  hinge. 

Spring  hinge. 

Strap  hinge. 

T-hinge. 


Hinge  Burn'er.  A  burner  the  chimney  ring  of 
which  is  hinged  to  the  lamp-top. 

Hip'-joint  Splints.  (Surgical.)  See  MOK- 
BUS  COXARIUS  SPLINT. 

Hitch.  A  fastening  made  by  passing  a  light 
line  around  a  rope,  or  a  rope  around  a  mast  or 
post,  so  that  the  line,  or  rope,  crosses  its  own  body 
and  binds. 

For  list  of  hitches  see  KNOT. 

Hob.  A  hardened  steel  mandrel  with  a  threaded 
portion  which  is  fluted.  Used  in  cutting  screw 
tools  and  chasers.  See  HUB,  *Fig.  2600,  p.  1139, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Hodge  Brake.  (Railway.)  A  lever  car-brake, 
invented  by  N.  Hodge,  for  operating  upon  all  the 
wheels  of  a"  car  simultaneously  from  a  single  wheel. 
Fio-  642,  p.  426,  Forneys  "  Car-builders'  Dictionary." 

Hoe'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Agric.)  See  HORSE 
HOK. 

Hog  Ring'er.  A  special  instrument  for  pla- 
eins  anti-rooters  in  the  snouts  of  hogs.  The  riny  is 
usually  a  wire  or  plate,  with  prongs  which  :m> 
thrust  through  the  cartilage  of  the  nose,  and  bent 
over  to  prevent  retraction.  The  ringer  is  a  pincers 
which  holds  the  ring  and  thrusts  it  into  place. 

Hogs'head  Ma-chin'e-ry.  See  list  under 
BARREL  MACHINERY. 


HOISTING,  SHAFTING,  ETC. 


459 


HOISTING,   SHAFTING,  ETC. 


Hoist'ing,  Shaft'ing,  Gear'ing,  Grap'pling, 

Knocking.                                     Shaft  coupling. 

etc.     See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Ladder.                                            Shaft  hanger. 
Lathe  hoist.                                    Shafting. 

Abutment  crane. 

Eccentric  clamp. 

Lever  jack.                                      Shafting  cup. 

Accumulator. 

Edge-laid  belt. 

Lifter.                                              Sheave. 

Anchor  fish-hook. 

End  play. 

Lifting  jack.                                   Sheave  bushing 

Angle  block. 

Elevator. 

Lifting  tackle.                                Ship  jack. 

Angular  belting. 

Elevator  boot. 

Liquid  bearing.                              Ship's  hoist. 

Anti-friction  block. 

Elevator  bucket. 

Lizard.                                             Single-rail  crane. 

Anti-friction  press. 

Elevator  chain. 

Locomotive  steam-crane.            Sister-hook  block. 

Anti-friction  roller. 

Elevator  engine. 

Loose-hook  block.                       Skew-bevel  wheel. 

Awning  block. 

Elevator  pulley. 

Loose  pulley.                               Snatch-block. 

Ball-and-socket  coupling. 

Endless  chain   horse- 

Lost motion.                                 Socket  gudgeon. 

Balance  crane. 

power. 

Man-rope  eye.                                Spiral  conveyor. 

Baromotor. 

Expanding  pulley. 

Mast  hoop.                                      Split  wheel. 

Barrel  clamp. 

Eye. 

Match-hook  block.                       Speed  regulator  for  horse- 

Barrel  skid. 

Eye-block. 

Monkey  wheel.                                powers. 

Beeket  block. 

Fast-and-loose  pulleys. 

Motion.                                          Steam  capstan. 

Belt 

Fire  escape. 

Mounted  power.                           Steam  crane. 

Belt  clamp. 

Flange  pulley. 

Open-sheave  block.                      Steam  winch. 

Belt  coupling. 

Flexible  coupling. 

Overhead  crane.                           Stone  lifter. 

Belt  fastener. 

Flexible  mandrel. 

Overhead  traveling  crane.           Strap  shifter. 

Belting. 

Flexible  shaft. 

Overhead  work.                           Stiff-hook  block. 

Belt-lacing. 

Floor  hanger. 

Overhung  head.                             Swing  block. 

Belt-shipper. 

Foot  power. 

Overwinder.                                    Swivel  block. 

Belt-tightener. 

Foundry  crane. 

Overwinding  check.                      Swivel-hook  block. 

Belts,  tool  for  putting  on. 

Frictional  gear. 

Parrel  truck.                                  Tackle. 

Bevel  gearing. 

Friction  clutch. 

Parting  pulley.                              Tackle  block. 

Boom-sheet  block. 

Friction  clutch  pulley. 

Peak  halyard-block.                    Telescopic  elevator. 

Brake  purchase. 

Friction  drum. 

Pedestal  hanger.                            Tension  roller. 

Builder's  hoist. 

Friction  gear. 

Pedotnotor.                                     Thimble. 

Bullet. 

Friction  pulley. 

Pillow  block.                                  Thimble-eye  block. 

Bull's-eye. 

Friction  wheel. 

Pipe  turnbuckle.                          Tightening  pulley. 

Buntline  leader. 

Gantry  crane. 

Pit-head  gear.                                 Tom. 

Bushing. 

Gear. 

Platform  crane.                            Top-mast  truck. 

Capstan. 

Gearing. 

Pony  gear.                                    Traction  gearing. 

Cargo-block. 

Giuimal  rings. 

Portable  crane.                            Transfer  elevator. 

Cellar  crane. 

Gin  block. 

Portable  hand-crane.                   Traveler  rope. 

Cellar  lift. 

Gin  power. 

Portable  hoist.                               Traveling  crane. 

Chain. 

Gin  pulley. 

Portable  steam  crane.                 Traversing  jack. 

Chain  belt. 

Gin  wheel. 

Post  box.                                         Tread  power. 

Chain  guide. 

Grain  elevator. 

Post  windlass.                              Tripod  jack. 

Chain  hoist. 

Grapple  hook. 

Power  hoisting-block.                 Truck. 

Chain  pulley. 

Gun  lift. 

Pulley                                            Underground  hauling  en- 

Chain-pulley  block. 

Gut  belting. 

Pulley  block.                                      gine, 

Changeable  speed  gear. 

Hand  hoist. 

Pulley  lubricator.                        Underground  winding  en- 

Clew. 

Hand  winch. 

Pulling  jack.                                      gine. 

Clip  pulley. 

Hanger. 

Quarter-turn  belt.                        Unloading  apparatus  . 

Clothes-line  block. 

Haul-up  gear. 

Quarter-twist  belt.                        Universal  joint. 

Clutch. 

Hay-fork  pulley. 

R  ick-aml-pinion  jack.                  Variable  speed  attach- 

Clutch  coupling. 

Heart. 

Radius  bar.                                         ment. 

Clutch  pulley. 

Hod  elevator. 

Ratchet  coupling.                        Wagon  crane. 

Coal  elevator. 

Hoist. 

Ratchet  motion.                           Wagon  jack. 

Coal  hoist. 

Hoisting   and  conveying 

Rawhide.                                       Wall  crane. 

Coal-hoisting  tub. 

apparatus.    ' 

Reversible  winding  en-             Warehouse  hoist. 

Coal-whipping  machine. 

Hoisting  apparatus. 

gine.                                           Water  bearing. 

Cog-wheel. 

Hoisting  block. 

Right-and-left  coupling.             Well-wheel  block. 

Compression  coupling. 

Hoisting  drum. 

Ring  bush.                                    Well  windlass. 

Cone  uear. 

Hoisting  engine. 

Roller  grip.                                     Wharf  crane. 

Cone  pulley. 

Hoisting  machine. 

Roofing  block.                              Whelps. 

Conical  bearing. 

Hoisting  screw. 

Rope  eye.                                      Whip  crane. 

Connecting  rod. 

Hook-and-swivel  block. 

Rope  driving  gear.                       Whip  gin. 

Conveyor. 

Horizontal  jack. 

Rope  gearing.                               Winch. 

Core  wheel. 

Horse-bar. 

Rope-strapped  block.                   Winding  engine. 

Counter-gear. 

Horse-hay-fork  block. 

Rubbish  pulley.                           AVindlass. 

Countershaft. 

Horse-power. 

Safety  apparatus.                          AVire  belt. 

Countershaft  clutch. 

Horse-power  jack. 

Safety  catch.                                AVire  rope. 

Crab. 

Horse-power   speed-regu- 

Safety hatch,                                  AVire-rope  splice. 

Crane. 

lator. 

Safety  hoist.                                   AA'ire-rope  thimble. 

Crane  engine 

Hydraulic  capstan. 

Safety  winch.                                 Wire-rope  transmission. 

('nine  jib. 

Hydraulic  crane. 

Scandinavian  belting.                  Worm  gearing. 

Cross-heid. 

Hydraulic  elevator. 

Screw  hoist.                                    Woven-vvire  belting. 

Davit  block. 

Hydraulic  hoist. 

Screw  machine.                            AVrapping  connector. 

Dead  eye. 

Hydraulic  jack. 

Self-dumping  coal-tub.               AVrecking  crane. 

Deck  block. 

Hydraulic  lift. 

Self-oiling  bearing.                      Z-crank. 

Deck-hoisting  engine. 
Derrick. 

Hydraulic  valve. 
Ice  elevator. 

See  references  :  — 

Derrick  winch. 
Detaching  hook 

I^e  elevator  chain. 
Ice  screw. 

Hoisting  and  sea-water  distillery 
app.  combined,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,'1  xlix.  334,  335. 

Differential  block. 

Inclined  plane. 

Apparatus               .          .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup   '*  192 

Differential  movement. 

Inclined  plane  winding 

And  conveying  bucket  .  *  "_En§-.  §"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  271. 

Differential  pulley. 

apparatus. 

Fig.  494,  p.  150,  supra. 

Differential  pulley-block. 

Intermediate  motion. 

Fig  7006,  p.  2798,  "Mec.h.  Diet." 

Dock  block. 

Iron-strapped  block. 

Clamp,  Fr  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  179. 

Dog  power. 
Door  hanger. 

Jack. 
Jack  press. 

Machinery    Figs.  3,  4,  6,  7,  8,  "Engineer," 
xlix.  334. 

Door  roller. 

Jack  screw. 

Machine,  portable     .    .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,'1  xxxvii.  406. 

]><>\e!Mil  clutch  coupling. 

Jetty  crane. 

Engine,  Bacon.     ...  *  "Man.  &  Builder,'*  ix.  175. 

Draft  pole 

Jib  crane. 

Engine,  double  cylinder  *  "Man.  If  Buililer,"  xi  103. 

Drive  chain. 

Jib-sheet  block. 

Self-landing  and  deliver- 

Driving pulley. 

Journal. 

ing,  Barker,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  389. 

Dumb  waiter. 

Journal  bearing. 

Hoist  engine,  mining. 

Dumb-waiter  pulley. 

Journal  box. 

Berry  f  Place     ...»  "Mm.  if  Sc.  Press,'''  xxxiv.  225. 

Dumping  bucket. 

Journal  brass. 

Machine  brake,   Ckernj, 

Eccentric. 

Key. 

Br.  .                           .  *"Kwe-/neer.''lxv  180. 

HOISTING,  SHAFTING,  ETC. 


460 


HOLLOW   SPINDLE   LATHE. 


Hoist,  Clem  If  Morse      .  * 

Cupelaiitl  if  Bacon  .     .  * 

Engine,  Davis  ....  * 

Machine,  Johnson ...  * 

Engine,  Lidgerwood  .     .  * 

Engine * 

Engine,  rotary. 

Lidgeru'ood  Man.  Co.  * 
Engine,  Mundy    ...  * 

Engine * 

Machine,  friction  ...  * 
Machine,  portable  .  .  * 
Engine  for  mines,  Niles  * 

Engine,  Parlce  4"  Lacy  .  * 

Horse-power  for. 

Reynolds * 

And  crane,  self-sustain- 
ing, Thomas,  Br.   .     .  * 

Engine,  portable. 

Williamson    .     .     .     .  * 
* 

Engine  "Yellow  Jacket"  ' 


102. 

'Man.  if  Builder,"  xi.  154. 
'Man.  $  Builder,1'  xi.  169. 

"Man.  Sf  Builder,'1'  viii.  265. 
'K.  R.  Gazette,'1'  xxii.  64. 
'Man.  if  Bi/ilcftr,"  ix.  129. 
'Man.  if  Builder,''-  viii.  78. 
'  Srientifir  A>»er.,"  xxxvi.  338. 
'Min.  if  Sc.  Press,''  xxxviii.  105, 

145. 
'Min.  If  Sc.  Press,'*  xxxvii.  401. 

'Min.  §•  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  257. 
'Engineer,"  xlix.  386. 

'Scientific  American  Sitp.,r  545. 
•'Engineering,''  xxii.  7. 
•'Engineerings'  xxii.  117. 

'  Scientific  American,"  xli.  117. 


Hoist/ing  and  Con-vey'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus. 
A  system  for  lifting  and  transporting  buckets  used 
in  mining,  grading,  loading,  and  discharging  ves- 
sels, transporting  ores,  minerals,  etc.,  from  posi- 
tions difficult  of  access 

Two  forms  are  shown  :  one  under  WIRE  WAT,  Fig.  7006, 
p.  2798,  "Meek.  Diet.'';  the  other  under  CAULE  CARRIER, 
Fig.  494,  p.  150,  supra. 

Hoist'ing  Drum.  A  pulley  on  which  the 
hoisting-  rope  winds.  In  Fig.  1358  it  is  shown  in 

Fig.  1358. 


Friction  Hoisting  Drum. 

connection  with  a  friction  clutch  which  conveys  the 
motion  of  the  shaft  to  the  drum.  The  cone  slips  on 
a  feather  on  the  shaft  and  so  locks  the  parts  together 
as  to  revolve  the  drum. 

Frisbie's  device  is  also  shown  in  section  in  Fig.  1097,  p. 
357,  supra. 

Hoist'ing  En'gine.  Fig.  1359  shows  Frishie's 
hoisting  machine,  operating  by  means  of  the  fric- 
tion-clutch in  Fig.  1358.  As  shown,  it  is  especially 
intended  for  pile-driving.  The  rope  is  not  detached 
from  the  hammer,  l>nt  unwinds  from  the  drum, 
which  runs  free  on  t  ie  shaft  when  the  friction  is 
removed  and  the  hammer  descends  to  do  its  work- 
In  the  Lidgerwood  hoisting  machine,  the  engine  is  rotary 
and  connected  directly  to  the  drum-shaft  by  spur-wheel  and 
pinion.  For  platform  elevators  the  machine  has  double  or 
compound  gearing,  a  brake  which  rests  on  the  fly-wheel 
when  the  machine  is  stopped,  and  is  lifted  when  the  machine 
is  started.  The  drum  is  large  and  has  grooves  for  the  wire 
cable. 

In  the  Carr  hoisting  engine  the  engine  runs  constantly  in 
the  same  direction,  and  the  connection  with  the  drum  is  by 
internal  friction  gearing. 

See  also  FRICTION  DRUM  HOIST,  Fig.  1009,  p.  357  :  CELLAR 
LIFT,  Fig.  573,  p.  180  ;  and  ELEVATOR  EXCISE,  Fig.  958,  p.  310, 
supra. 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  ELEVATOR;  HYDRAULIC  LIFT,  "Mech. 
Diet.,'1'1  et  infra. 


Fig.  1359. 


Hoisting  Engine. 


Hoist'ing  Screw. 

arrangement  for  liftin 
bed  stone  when  it 
hecomes  necessary 
to  dress  either  of 
them.  The  bail 
engages  studs  on 
the  side  of  the  stone 
which  is  then  re- 
volvable  on  t  li e 
studs  as  centers  in 
order  to  invert  it 
and  expose  the 
working  surface  up- 
wardly. 

Hole  Gage. 
A  tapered  metallic 
slip  graduated  to 
show  the  diameters 
of  holes  into  which 
it  may  be  thrust. 
See  BAKREL,GAGE, 
Fig.  216,  p.  77, 
supra. 

Hol'low  Plun'- 
A 


.)      An  elevating 
the  runner  from  off  the 

Fig.  1360. 


Hoisting  Screw. 


ger  Pump. 

pump  made  for  mining  and  quarrying  purposes,  to 
remove  water  from  the  workings.  Plunder  pumps 
are  shown  in  Fig.  3845,  p.  1752,  "Meek.  Diet." 
The  tubular  plunger  is  considered  to  have  an  ad- 
vantage in  muddy  water. 

Hol'low    Bpin'dle   Lathe.    A  lathe  with  a 
head  stuck,  the  .spindle  of  which  is  hollow. 

p  is  the  spindle  ;  H,  the  hole  Ijj"  diameter  ;  z  and  (i,  the 
standards  of  the  head  stock  which  have  tapering  hole;*  to 


Fig.  1361. 


Section  of  HoLow  Swindle  Lathe  Head  with  Taper  Boxes. 


HOLLOW   SPINDLE   LATHE. 


461 


HOOP. 


receive  the  round  boxes,  A  and  <?.  These  are  turned  to  fit 
and  then  cut  in  half,  being  secured  by  the  nuts,  F  F  and  B, 
K.  O  is  the  large  spindle  gear  which  is  kept  in  place  by  the 
nut,  JV.  R  is  :i  tour-section  cone  pulley  ;  JB,  the  cone  head  ; 
and  Z>,  the  small  gear  on  the  cone.  C  is  the  feed-gear  on  the 
epindle.  The  end  thrust  is  taken  by  a  step  held  by  the 
bracket  /rand  check-nut  J. 

*  "/row  Ase,'~  xxii.,  Nov.  28,  p.  1. 

*  Fig.  2538,  p.  1113,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Hollow  Spoke  Wheel.  (Railway.)  A  car 
wheel  with  spokes  cored  in  casting,  Figs.  166,  167, 
Forney's  "Car-builders'  Diet." 

Hol'o-phote.  (  Whole  Li<iht.)  A  lamp  which 
by  refraction  or  reflection  collects  wandering  rays, 
so  that  the  whole  of  the  beams  are  directed  in  the 
requisite  course  for  the  purpose  required. 

See  CATOPTRIC  LIGHT;  DIOPTRIC  LIGHT,  "Mec/i.  Diet.,''  et 
supra.  Also  p.  1113,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

The  holoplxilf  of  Mr.  Preece  is  a  lamp  for  illuminating  the 
depths  of  the  sea.  Its  purpose  is  to  detect  advance  of  an 
enemy's  torpedo,  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  358. 

Ho-mo-ge'ne-ous  Steel.  Steel  without 
blows  (acier  sans  soiifflures),  M.  Euverte,  Ttrre 
Noire,  Fr, 

Hone.  The  Cinghalese  hone  is  made  of  capitia 
resin  combined  with  corundum  in  a  state  of  impal- 
pable powder,  the  resin  rendered  liquid  by  heat, 
and  the  corundum  well  incorporated.  The  mixture 
is  poured  into  a  wooden  mold,  and  its  surface  lev- 
eled and  smoothed  while  it  is  hot. 

Oil-stone  making,  Reach  .    .     .  *  " Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  293. 

Hon'ey  Ex-tract'or.  A  rotating  cage  in 
which  comb  honey  is  placed  and  the  honey  ex- 
tracted by  centrifugal  action,  the  cage  moving  at 
high  speed.  A  form  of  centrifugal  machine.  See 
also  HYDRO-EXTRACTOR. 

In  Emmons's  honey  extractor  an  up  and  down  motion  is 
given  to  the  comb  to  assist  in  breaking  the  cells. 

" Scientific  American  Sup." *  731. 

" Scientific  American  •' *  xl.  179. 

Hon'ey  Knife.  One  with  a  thin  blade  bent  at 
an  angle  to  the  handle. 

Hood.  (Manege.)  That  part  of  a  horse  blan- 
ket which  covers  the  horse's  head  and  neck. 

Hoof  Boot.  (Mangge.)  A  leathern  boot  made 
to  fit  the  hoof  of  a  horse,  with  an  iron  shoe  at- 
tached ;  used  as  a  protection  to  the  hoof  in  case  a 
shoe  is  lost,  or  where  the  hoof  is  in  a  condition  that 
will  not  permit  the  nails  being  driven  in  it. 

Hoof  Cush'ion.  1.  A  pad  in  the  hollow  of 
the  hoof  to  keep  the  sole  moist :  curative  or  pre- 
ventive of  dry  cracking. 

2.  A  roll  attached  to  the  fetlock  and  encircling 
the  corona  of  the  foot  to  prevent  interfering. 

Hoof  Pick.  (Manege.)  A  claw  to  remove 
stones  jammed  between  the  sole  and  the  shoe  ;  or 
the  frog  and  the  shoe. 

Hook.  A  curved  prehensile  instrument.  See 
list,  pp.  1114,  1115,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

1.  (Surgical.)      A   frequent    form   in   instruments,   e.  g. 
Hooked  gorget  used  in  supra-pubic  lithotomy.    Tonsil  hooks, 
single  and  double  ;  blunt  hook  for  fistula  or  for  parturition  ; 
teuaculi,  etc. 

2.  (Nautical.)    Among  these  are  :  — 

Bench  hook.  Match  hook. 

Block  hook.  Self-mousing  hook. 

Boat  hook.  Sister  hook. 

Clip  hook.  Tackle  hook, 
Gaff-top-sail  hook.  etc. 

3.  (Fishing  and  Whaling.) 

a.  Blubber  hook.  Line  hook. 

Clam  hook.  Lip  hook. 

Drail.  Lock  hook. 

Fly  hook.  Pew  gaff. 

Gaff.  Spinner. 

Grapple  hook.  Spring  hook. 

Junk  hook.  Squid  jig. 

Lance  hook.  Tackle. 

Lever  hook.  Trawling  hook,  etc. 


See  FISH-HOOK,  supra. 

b.  The  backward  curved  portion  of  a  wing  net  which  con- 
stitutes it  a  space  nearly  inclosed.  See  STAKE  NET. 

4.  A  means   for  suspension.     BARREL  HOOK,  Fig.  221,  p. 
78  ;  BALE  HOOK,  Fig.  181,  p.  68,  supra. 

A  small  hook  for  suspending  calendars  and  what-not. 
Heyl's  suspension  hook ;  an  ornamental  plate  with  adhesive 
bacK  surface  and  a  wire  loop-hook. 

5.  A  means  of  handling :  e.  g  ,  BALE  HOOK,  Fig.  182,  p.  68, 
supra . 

The  word  hook  appears  in  various  and  numerous  com- 
pounds :  — 


Hook  and  eye  screw-bolt. 
Hook  and  eye  hinge. 


Hook  and  eye  turn-buckle. 
Hook  and  swivel  block. 


Hook  and  Lad'der  Truck.  A  carriage  for 
conveying  ladders  and  hooks  for  engaging  in  extin- 
guishing fires.  The  former  useful  in  rescuing  per- 
sons and  in  giving  firemen  entry  into  arid  points  of 
advantage  in  fighting  fire  in  buildings.  The  latter 
for  pulling  down  dangerous  walls,  or  buildings, 
which  add  to  the  extent  of  the  conflagration. 

The  carriage  being  long,  the  forward  truck  turns 
under  the  carriage,  and  the  hind  truck  is  also  swiv- 
eled,  and  is  guided  by  a  steering  wheel. 

Hook  Nee'dle.  (Hydravfic  Engineering.)  A 
hook-ended  needle  used  in  sewing  mats  for  lining 
river  banks  or  making  levees.  It  is  used  in 
making  the  lock-stitch  and  also  in  the  hook  needle 
fastening. 

The  method  of  working  is  as  follows :  The  wires  are  laid 
upon  the  ground,  straight  or  crossways,  as  the  case  may  be, 
and  the  material  for  the  mat  laid  over  them.  The  needle  is 
passed  through  the  mat,  and  engaging  the  wire  pulls  a  loop 


Fig.  1362. 


Hook  Needle  Fastening. 

up.through  the  mat ;  through  this  loop  a  bobbin  is  passed  in 
the  lock-stitch  or  the  butt-end  of  a  brush  in  the  hook  needle 
fastening.  A  man  at  the  end  of  the  wire  pulls  all  down 
very  solid,  and  a  third  man  stands  on  the  wire  where  it 
crosses  the  brush  or  toggle  to  prevent  back-slip,  and  presses 
the  brush  down  while  the  next  stitch  is  being  made. 

Hook  Net.  (Fishing.)  One  with  an  L-shaped 
continuation  forming  a  sort  of  pocket.  See  STAKE 
NKT.  Also  known  as  a  trap-net. 

Hook  Plate.  A  supporter  for  RADIATORS, 
which  see.  See  also  COIL  PLATE,  Fig.  656,  p.  203, 
supra. 

Hoop.  A  baud  of  metal  or  of  wood  around  a 
cask,  bale,  or  box. 

Zollers'1  provisory  hoop,  Fig.  1363,  for  setting  up  large  vats, 
has  a  right  and  left  coupling  screw,  to  heads  oil  which  are 
hooks  engaging  the  ends  of  the  straining  chain. 

Fig.  1363. 


Provisory  Hook. 

Fig.  1364  is  a  French  hoop  for  cider  and  wine  presses.  It 
is  made  in  three  sections,  and  may  be  taken  off  when  the 
pomace  is  well  pressed  in  order  to  remove  the  exhausted 
material  more  readily. 


HOOP-BENDING  MACHINE. 


462 


HOPPER   SCALES. 


Fig.  1364. 


Hoop  for  Cider-press  Vats. 

Hoop-bend'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  mnchine  for 
giving  flexibility  to  the  rived  sapling,  for  forming 
a  hoop. 

The  machine  has  an  iron  frame  in  which  are  three  turned 
Fig.  1365. 


Ma:liine  for  Bending  Wooden  Hoops. 

iron  pulleys.      A  belt  is  RO  placed  upon  the  pulleys  as 
drive   them   all  when  one  is  put   in  motion.     The  hoop 

ntered  .between 
the  belt  and  the  mid- 
dle pulley,  which  is 
carried  around  the 
pulley  aigl  held  close 
to  it  by  the  belt, 
which  prevents  its 
breaking. 


Hoop-heat'- 
i  n  g    Fur'nace. 

One    for  expand- 

ing  a   steel    ring  >- 

which     is     to    be    Furnace  for  Heating  Cannon  Rin$ 

slipped    on    to    a 

cannon    on    the 

building-up,  or  re- 

Uifurce     principle. 


When  the  hoop  has  a  blue  heat  it  is  removed  and 
slipped  into  place  on  the  gun,  which  has  been  turned 
to  a  size  to  receive  it.  See  AK.MSTKONG  GUN, 
"Mtch.  Diet." 

Hoop-ma'king  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
riving  hoops  from  the  pole  and  finishing  them. 

It  consists  of  a  splitter  and  finisher. 

A  large  splitter  is  used  for  heavy,  that  is  to  say,  for  three, 
four,  six,  or  eight-part  poles  (which  will  yield  that  number 
of  hoops), and  a  smaller  splitter  for  smaller  poles.  The  split- 
ters cut  through  the  center  of  the  poles,  and  in  a  single  rapid 
thrust  divide  at  one  operation  each  pole  into  all  the  ,-pliuts 
which  it  contains. 

The  finisher,  in  one  rapid  operation,  cuts  off  the  knots, 
takes  out  the  core,  finishes  the  lace  of  the  hoop,  crimps  it, 
and  delivers  it  a  perfect  hoop,  exactly  even  in  thickness  from 
end  to  end. 

The  splitter  will  split  12  to  15  poles  per  minute.  The 
smaller  finisher  will  run  through  12  hoops  of  6'  length  per 
minute.  The  larger  finisher  will  run  through  10  hoops  of 
7^'  length  per  minute.  —  Hart. 

Hoop-punch'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
having  rollers  for  flaring,  and  punches  for  punch- 
ing and  riveting  respectively,  the  hoop-iron  for 
making  cask  hoops. 

Hoop-shrink'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  appa- 
ratus for  shrinking  a  steel  hoop  which  has  been 

Fig.  1317. 


e;  Revolving  Table. 
a.  Crank  and  Gear. 


Apparatus  for  Coolin 

a.  Watering  Pot.  c.    Hoop. 

b.  Hose  Pipe.  (I.   Body  of  Gun. 

heated  to  "  blue  "  and  slipped  on  to  the  core  of  a 
cannon,  in  the  building-up  or  reinforce  method. 
It  is  a  sort  of  circular  watering-pot  which  bathes 
all  portions  of  the  exterior  of  the  hoop  equally. 

Hie  system  of  reinforce  rings  is  shown  in  the 
100-ton  gun,  Fig.  526,  p.  160,  sn/ira. 

Hop'per.  A  funnel-shaped  tank,  spout,  or  ves- 
sel, either  bottomless  or  with  a  movable  door  or 
flap  beneath. 

A  coal  hopper,  grain  hopper,  etc.,  for  discharging  into  cars 
or  otherwise. 

A  soil  hopper  in  a  water-closet. 

A  car  hopper,  or  bottom  discharge  of  a  coal  car. 

A  weighing  hopper ;  the  cistern  holding  the  grain  and  dis- 
charging below.  See  GRAIN  SCALE. 

Hop'per  Barge.  A  barge  used  in  dredging 
operations,  to  receive  the  silt  from  the  dredger,  con- 
vey it  away,  and  drop  it  at  any  suitable  place  for 
deposit. 

Hawks,  Craioxhay,  $  Co.  *  "Engineering,''  xxix.  354. 

Dredger  "  U'illunga,"  Aus- 
tralia   *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  60. 

Dredge,  twin  screw,  New- 
haven,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  84,  88. 

Hop'per  Clos'et.  A  water-closet  for  public 
uses,  in  which  the  pan  stands  upon  an  S-trap  and 
periodical  flushing  is  depended  upon  for  cleanli- 
ness. 

Hop'per  Cock.  A  faucet  belonging  to  the 
hopper  of  a  water-closet,  so  arranged  ns  to  give  a 
wash  when  the  seat  is  relieved  of  weight.  See 
Fig.  1368. 

Hop'per  Scales.  Elevator  scales.  See  GRAIN 
SCALE. 


HOP  PICKER. 


463 


HORN. 


Hop  Pick'er. 

Fig.  15'8. 


Hupptr  Cock. 


A  device  resembling  a  clothos- 
wringer  and  p  r  o  - 
pelled  by  a  treadle. 


It  consists  of  two  rub- 
ber rollers,  so  c  o  n- 
structcd  as  to  draw  in 
the  branch,  while  two 
steel  rollers,  having  an 
opi  osite  action,  pick 
tlie  hops  from  it.  From 
the  picker  the  hops  run 
into  a  sack,  which, 
when  filled,  is  taken  to 
the  separator,  which 
so.-ts  the  hops  from  all 
leaves  or  stems  which 
may  have  gone  into  the 
sack,  and  thence  to  the 
hop  house. 


Cultivator,  Howard,  Eng.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  163. 
Knigiit,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  98. 

Hor'i-zon'tal  Bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  A  ma- 
chine with  a  horizontal  table  on  which  work  is 
chucked  for  boring. 

See  HORIZONTAL  LATHE,  Fig.  £562,  p.  1121,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
and  Fig.  3Sj,  p  122,  supra 

2.  A  machine  with  horizontal  boring-tool  stock. 

See  HORIZONTAL  DRILL,  Fig.  2560,  p.  1120,  "Mech.  Diet  "  • 
PORING  MACHINES,  811,  817,  818.  820,  pp  340,  341,  Ibid.:  UNI- 
V,-:;ISAL  BORING  MACHINE,  Fig  392.  p.  123,  supra;  ANGLE  CAR- 
BORIXG  MACHINE,  Fig.  75,  p.  35,  supra. 

Hor'i-zon'tal  Check  Valve.  One  arranged 
in  a  horizontal  pipe,  as  in  Fig.  609,  p.  192,  supra. 

Hor'i-zon'tal  En'gine.  One,  the  piston  of 
which  works  horizontally. 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 

Bertram *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1472. 

B'andij *  "Eng.  $  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvii.  2. 

Blymer  Co *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Mar.  7,  p.  1. 

'•Buckeye''      .     .     .    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  231. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  310. 

*  "Am.  Miller,"  v.  126. 
Corliss,  1000  h.  p.,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  412. 

Cummer        *  "Am.  Miller,"  vii.  349. 

Dallam  Forge  ....  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  320. 
Deakin,   Parker    If   Co., 

Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  113. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  293. 
'Eclipse" *  " Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  214. 

Exeter  Machine  Works  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  51. 

Fenby,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  189. 

Guild *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  77. 

Gen.  Eng.  If  Boiler  Co. 
Br *  "  Engineer,"  xliv.  88. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  341. 

Gibbons,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  123. 

Hampson,WhitefulltCo.  *"  Scientific  American   Sup."  404. 
Hums- Corliss  ....  *  "Am.  Miller,"  v.  112. 

Hindley,^ *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  394. 

Marshall,  Br *  "Engineering."  xxvi.  31. 

Norwalk  Iron  Works      .  *  Thurston  !s  "  Vienna  Exn  Rep  " 

ii.  25. 

Pickerm?  $  Davis     .    .  *  Thurston,  "  Vienna  Rfp.  "  ii.  35. 
Porter-Allen *  "Mamif.  Sf  Builder,"  x.  217. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  10,  p.  1. 
Rm-lins  Iron  Co.,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  39. 

Robey,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  466. 

Snyder,  -'Little  Giant"  *  " Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  63. 
Sulzer  Bros  ,  Switz.  .     .  *  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Exn  Rep  ," 

ii.  21. 
Tangye,  Br *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3943. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  492. 

*  Thurston -s  "  Vienna  Exp.  Rep." 

ii.  29. 

Turner,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxiv  457. 

"  Gippeswyk,"  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer, ""xlviii.  4. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  422. 

Wa'schiert,  Bel.    .     .     .      "Engineering,"  xxvii.  29. 
Watts *"  Engineer,"  xliii.  409. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup."  1316. 
Condensing,  Brown  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  475. 
Cond.   exp.,  Brown, 

Switz *  " Engineering, "  xxix.  75. 

Cond.  exp.,  Bertram,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  136. 
Cond.,  Brinlcmann,Qer.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  170. 
Cond.     exp  ,     Collmann, 

Ger *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  109. 


Cond.,  Deakin,  Parker  ft 

Co *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  461- 

Cond.,  Dick  if  Steven- 
son, Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  184. 

Cond  ,  Duvergier,  Fr      .      "Engineering,"  xxv  425,  429. 

Cond.  Fourlinnie,   Belg    *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  350,  364. 

Cond.  exp.,  Ltbrun,t't.  *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  246. 

Cond.,  Soc.  Marcinelle, 
Belg *  "Engineer,"  1.  350. 

Cond  high-pressure  en- 
gine, Marshall,  Br.  .  *  "  Engineer,"  xlvi.  446,  451. 

Cond.,  Marshall,  Br.       .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  453. 

Cond.  exp.,  Nolet,  Belg.  *  "Engineer,"-  xlvii.  226. 

Cond.,  Robey,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  452. 

Cond.,  Ruston  ty  Proctor, 
Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  470. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  5. 
Surface  cond.,  Rust  on  # 

Proctor,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  289,  292,  307. 

Cond.,     Soc.    Suisse, 

Switz *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  365. 

Cond.     exp.,     Sulzer, 

Switz.  ...  .  *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvi.  150. 

Expansion,  Bennie,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  373. 
Exp  ,  Collmann,  Ger.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  144. 

*  "Engineering  "  xxx.  455. 
Exp.,  Corliss,  Belgian    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  405. 
Exp.,    Darey,    Par-man 

ff  Co..  Br *  "Engineer,'1''  xlviii.  5. 

Exp    pumping,   Escher, 

Wyss  #  Co.,  Switz.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  348. 

Exp.,    variable,     Gen. 

Eng.  #  Boiler  Co.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  357 

Exp.,  Ha/pin,  Br.      .     .*"Eng ineering,"  xxvii.  480. 

Exp.,  Hay  ward,  Tyler  £ 

Co.,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  145. 

Exp.,  Marshall,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  427. 

Variable  cut-off,  Porter- 
Allen  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  107. 

Exp.,  Reading  Iron  Co. 
Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  41. 

Exp.,    Reading  Iron 

Works,  Br *"  Engineer,"  xlviii.  17. 

Exp.,  Reusing,  Ger.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  623. 

Exp.,  Ruston  §  Proctor, 
Br *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  447. 

Exp.,  Corliss,  Saltaire, 
Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  111. 

Exp.  gear,  Shanks,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  13. 

*  ''Engineering,"  xxvii.  561. 

Exp.,     Socin    $     Wick, 

Switz *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  350. 

Exp   gear,  Virck,  Ger.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  187. 

Exp.,  Zimmerman,  Ger.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  565. 

Non-cond.,    Ruston    Sf 

Proctor,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  465. 

Cond.  pumping,  Newent 
colliery,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  27. 

Pumping,  St.  Maur,  Fr.  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  170-173. 

Reversing  high-pres- 
sure, Galloway,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  310. 

Hor'i-zon'tal  Mor'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.  One, 
the  anger  and  bit  of  which  act  in  a  horizontal  di- 
rection. 

Fig.  3339,  p  1483,  "Mech.  Die'  " ;  CHAIR  MORTISER,  Fig. 
594,  p.  189,  supra. 

Hor'i-zon'tal  Pump.  One,  the  barrel  of 
which  is  horizontal. 


Hor'i-zon'tal  Saw  Mill.  One,  the  saw  of 
which  traverses  horizontally  :  not  a  frequent  posi- 
tion, but  found  in  some  special  saws. 

Horn.  1.  (Raihvay.}  One  of  the  projecting 
parts  of  a  pedestal,  between  which  the  journal- 
boxes  work. 

Horn-block  in  British  parlance.  See  PEDESTAL,  Fig.  3595, 
p.  1647,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Horn-block  facing-machine,  Lond.  &  N.  W.  Ky.,  *  "Engi- 
neering," xxviii.  261. 

2.  (Music,)  A  brass  wind  instrument,  with  a 
mouth-piece,  made  in  great  variety.  The  name 
characterizes  a  family.  Speaking  in  the  most  gen- 
eral terms,  it  may  be  said  that  they  are  of  all  sizes, 
and  consequently  of  pitch,  as  the  larger  tubes  vi- 
brate more  slowly.  The  pitch  is  also  varied  by 


HORN. 


4G4 


HORSE   POWER. 


movable  crooks.  Some  horns  have  keys,  other  pis- 
tons, cylinders,  or  slides.  They  have  also  a  ca- 
pacity for  another  variation  of  sound,  known  as  the 
open  or  closed ;  the  latter  produced  by  closing  more 
or  less  the  pavilion  or  bell  by  means  of  the  hand. 

See  CORNET,  p.  222,  supra.  Also  instances  (11),  Fig.  2564, 
p.  1122,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Horn  Block.  The  casting  with  two  dependent 
branches,  between  which  the  axle-boxes  of  a  car 
work  as  the  springs  expand  and  contract.  A  ped- 
estal. 

Horn'er.  A  tool  for  breaking  off  the  awns  of 
barley.  Awner. 

Horn  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  sewing  soles 
to  shoes. 

The  shoe  being  slipped  on  a  horn,  gives  name  to  the  ma- 
chine. A  horn  is  shown  in  Plate  LX.,  opposite  p.  2102, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Horn  Press.  A  power  press  for  closing  the 
side-seams  of  cans  and  boxes,  which  are  for  the 
purpose  slipped  upon  a  horn  protruding  from  the 
standard  of  the  machine. 

Ho'ro-graph.  An  instrument  for  making  a 
multitude  of  perforations  on  a  line,  as  guided, 
through  a  thin  paper  to  be  used  as  a  stencil. 

It  resembles  the  Edison  electric  pen  in  the  re- 
sult, but  the  means  of  driving  the  Newton,  Wilson 
&  Co.  horograph  is  a  spring  and  clock-work. 

"Engineer" *  xlvii.  313. 

" Scientific  American  '•' *  xl.  377. 

Horse  Bar.  The  lever  of  a  horse-power.  A 
sweep. 

Horse    Bis'cuit       A    food    for   campaigning 
horses;    adopted   in   Prussia   and    Russia.      Also 
known  as  oat  conijit. 
It  consists  of :  — 

Oat  flour SO 

Dextrinat«>d  pea  meal 30 

Ryeflou,.- SO 

Linseed  meal 1° 

Or: 

Oat  flour 40 

Dextrinated  pea  meal 40 

Linseed  meal 20 

Or: 

Pea  meal "0 

Wheat  flour £0 

Corn  ineal 20 

Rye  flour 2 

Grated  bread '0 

Linseed  meal 10 

Or  analogous  mixtures.  Fig.  1339. 

3J  Ibs.  of  the  oat  comfit  are  esti- 
mated to  have  a  value  equal  to  12  Ibs. 
of  oats. 

A  daily  ration  is  3i  Ibs.  compris- 
ing, say  26  biscuits,  4"  to  5"  in  diam- 
eter and  4-10"  thick.  The  biscuits 
are  fed  broken,  dry  or  wet ;  7  in  the 
morning,  12  at  noon,  7  in  the  even- 
ing. 

Horse  Boot.  (Mane/je.) 
An  attachment  designed  to 
protect  the  hoof,  pastern  joint, 
and  fetlock  joint  from  being 
cut  or  injured  by  the  over- 
reaching or  interfering  of  the 
horse  when  being  driven  at 
high  speed. 

The  lower  portion,  A,  covers  the 
hoof,  and  is  secured  by  strap  -B, 
which  passes  around  the  heel.  The 
portion  a'  covers  the  corona,  and  a 
tube,  C  on  B,  prevents  the  boot  from 
slipping.  D  is  the  upper  or  speedy- 
cut  boot,  which  is  concaved  in  front  Horie  Soot 
to  fit  the  portion  a'  of  the  hoof-boot, 

to  which  it  is  secured  by  straps  E  E.  The  pad  D  is  secured 
by  strap  F. 


Horse  Car.    (Railway.}    a.  One  fitted  to  carry 
horses. 

b.  A  street-car  drawn  bv  horses. 


Horse-car  heating 

Horse  Fix'tures. 

Boot,  Fennel * 

*  ' 
Collar,  hameless. 

F inker  if  Watson      .     .  * 
Detacher,  Ehret       .     .     .  * 
Driving  by  electricity,  Fr.      ' 
(j roomer,  Newton  .     .     .  * 
Motions,  science  of      .     .  *  ' 
Tail  clipper,  Br.      .     .     .  * 
Holdback,  harness. 

Knight  if  Hilliard   .     .  * 
See  "  The  Horse  in  Motion, 
Boston,  18S2. 


'Scientific  American,''  xli.  393 


Min.  if  Sc.  Press,-'  xxxv.  81. 
Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  386. 

Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  243. 
Scientific  American  Sup.,"  460. 
Iron  Age,''  xix.,  April  12,  p.  1. 
Scientific  Amer.,''1  xxxiv.  402. 
Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  239. 
Engineer,"  xliv.  424. 

Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  195. 
•'  Stillman,  J.  R.  Osgood  &  Co  , 


Horse  Groom'er.  See  GROOMER,  p.  427,  su- 
pra. 

Horse  Ham'mock.  Used  in  shipping,  trans- 
porting, and  disembarking  horses.  In  slingiii"-,  the 
cativas  hammock  is  carried  beneath  the  body  of  the 
horse  and  the  cringles  of  the  ends  are  carried  to 
rings  which  engage  the  tackle-hook.  Breast  and 
breeching  bands  keep  the  horse  from  plunging  out 
of  the  hammock. 

On  ship-board,  the  hammock  is  so  suspended  as 
to  pass  beneath  the  body  of  the  horse,  so  as  to  catcli 
him  when  he  loses  his  feet  in  rough  weather,  and 
hold  him  till  he  recovers  fooling. 

Horse  Hoe.  An  implement  for  cultivating 
the  ground  between  crops  drilled  in  rows. 

Fig.  1370  is  a  French  horse  hoe  made  by  Meixmoron  de 
Dombasle,  of  Nancy.  It  is  a  light  foiin,  :.n  ;i]>i>n»:;i>ri,ir  M 


Fig.  1370. 


French  Hor.^e  Hoe. 

to  the  American,  except  in  the  shape  of  the  hoes,  which  fol- 
lows the  English.  The  wheel  in  front  regulates  the  depth, 
and  the  double  adjustment  by  means  of  the  perforated  burs 
and  pins  gives  command  of  the  level  or  inclination  of  the 
frame.  The  latter  is  adjustable  for  different  widths. 

The  implement  shown  in  Fig.  1371  is  also  intended  to  fol- 
low drilled  wheat,  the  hoes  being  carefully  adjusted  to  the 


Fig    1371. 


French  Home  Hoe. 

proper  relative  distance  in  accordance  with  the  shares  of 
the  drill.  The  whole  row  of  hoes  is  lifted  or  depressed  by 
means  of  the  handles. 

See  HOEING  MACHINE,  Fig.  2521,  p.  1107,  "Mech  Diet." 

See  also  SCARIFIER. 

Horse  Net.  A  net  to  protect  a  horse  from 
flies. 

Horse  Fow'er.  An  apparatus  for  transfer- 
ring the  draft  power  of  the  horse  to  any  machine. 

Figs  1372,  1373,  1374  show  several  French  horse-powers, 
of  moderate  f-ize.  See  also  Figs.  2568-2571,  pp.  1125-112i, 
"Mech.  Diet." 


HORSE   POWER. 


465 


HORSE-POWER  JACK. 


Fig.  1372  is  a  horse-power  by  Girardin,  of  Etampes  ( Seine- 
tt-Oise).  It  is  designed  for  two  horses,  and  is.  used  without 
dismounting. 


Fig.  1372 


Girardiii's  Mounted  Horsc-powr. 

The  Fm  ill  horse-power  with  shafting,  Fig.  1373,  by  Gau- 
trc:m,  of  Dourdan  (Se.ine-r.t-Oise),  France,  is  founded  on  a 
column,  the  connecting-shaft  going;  overhead.  The  horse- 
jiMwi-i-  stan. Is  on  the  outside  of  the  building,  and  the  power 
is  transmitted  by  a  bevel  master-wheel  and  pinion,  spur- 
Fig.  1373. 


Gau'.reau's  One-horse  Power. 

wheel,  and  pinion  to  the  pulley-shaft,  which -latter  has  a 
speed  of  IH)  revolutions  per  minute  with  an  ordinary  speed 
of  the  hoL-se  which  is  attached  to  the  sweep. 

From  the  shifts  in  the  building  different  instruments  d'  in- 
tirieur,  as  they  are  termed,  are  operated.  Such  are  the  straw- 
cutter,  root-washer,  root-cutter,  grain-bruiser,  etc. 

The  column  is  simply  bolted  to  afoundatioa-plate  or  pillar, 
and  the  wail-gearing  and  shafting  to  a  wall-plate,  with  but 
lit'le  expense  of  fitting,  the  work  being  simply  to  line  and 
level  the  shafting  in  boxes  already  prepared  and  e-isily  at- 
tached in  place. 

Vis-  Io74  is  another  form  of  columnar  horse-power,  adapted 
for  one  or  two  horses.  It  is  one  of  the  lightest  and  cheapest 
forms. 

The  head  is  movable  on  the  neck  of  the  column,  so  as  to 
direct  the  band-wheel  in  any  radial  direction  from  the  col- 
umn as  an  axis.  It  may  thus  be  made  to  do  duty  with  either 
one  in  turn  of  a  numerous  series  of  machines  in  a  circular 
arrangement  around  the  horse-power  as  a  center,  such  as  a 
ch  iff  cutter,  root-cutter,  corn-sheller,  cider-mill,  churn,  or 
whit  not. 

Tiie  speed-multiplier  is  an  arrangement  of  spur-gears  and 
piiiiims  on  the  cruciform  foot-frame,  which  is  anchored  or 
staked  to  the  ground,  or  bolted  to  a  floor. 

The  pulley  revolving  in  a  vertical  plane  has  one  advantage 
over  the  horizontal  pulley,  as  it  allows  the  endless  band  to 
reich  a  machine  whose  driving-pulley  is  much  below  that  on 
the  column,  whereas  the  horizontal  pulley  requires  that  the 
machines  shall  have  a  relative  height. 

It  is  transported  by  sufficiently  elevating  it  to  enable 
wheels  to  be  slipped  upon  the  spindles,  which  are  shown 
projecting  from  the  ends  of  two  opposite  bars  of  the  cruci- 
form frame.  To  one  of  the  bars  at  right  angles  to  the  last 
stated  is  attached  the  tongue  to  which  the  team  is  geared 
for  transporting  the  horse-power  ;  or  the  tongue  is  attached 
to  the  rear  of  the  thrasher. 

The  pulley-shaft  may  be  prolonged  by  means  of  a  coup- 
ling, so  as  to  penetrate  the  wall  of  a  building  for  the  con- 
veyance of  power. 

Refer  to  : *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  771. 

Crowley,  Br *  "Engineer,"1  1.  192. 

30 


Gautreau's   Two-horse,  Power. 

Turner,  Br       ....  *  '•Engineering,"  xxiv.  68. 

Pump,  Haywanl       .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv,  243 

Pump,  Hill       .     .     .     .*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  605 

Radway,  Emery  .     .     .  *  "Am.  Manuf.,"  July  9,  1880,  p  12. 

Stable  floor,  Crawford     *  "Scientific  American,'1''  xliii.  294. 
Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Class  76  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of 

1878,  gives  views  and  descriptions  of  the  following  horse 

powers  and   thrashers.     See   "Paris  Exposition  (1878)   Re- 
ports," vol.  v.,  pp   167-183. 

One-horse  overhead  horse- 
power     Gautreau     ....     France. 

Vertical   horse-power  with 
overhead-rod Gautreau     ....    France 

Overhead  columnar  horse- 
power with  band-wheel   .   Gautreau     ....    France. 

Horse-power  with  ground- 
rod    ....          ...   Gautreau     ....     France. 

Hand-thrashing  machine    .   Terier  §•  Fils    .    .     .    France. 

One-horse-povver  thrasher  .    Gautreau     ....     France. 

Portable    thrasher    and 
mounted  horse-power.     .   Gautreau     ....     France. 

First-class  thrasher     .     .     .  Ruston,  Proctor  ff  Co.,  England 

Oblique-slotted    beater    for 
thrashers  ...   Gerard  If  Fils  .     .     .     France. 

Band-cutting  and  self-feed- 
ing apparatus      ....  Marsha'l       ....     England. 

Automatic  feeder  ....  Huston,  Prortor  Sf  Co.,  England. 

Plan  of  safety-feeder  .     .     .  Ruston,  Proctor  if  Co.,  England. 

Straw-stacker,    rigged    for 
use  .          ....  Marshall,  Son*  If  Co.,  England. 

Straw-stacker,  folded      .     .  Marshall,  Sons  Sf  Co.,  England. 

Complete    English    thrash- 
ing apparatus ....   England. 

Section    of     straw-burning 
engine  furnace    ....  Ransomes     ....   England. 

Straw -burning  engine     .     .  Ransomes     ....   England. 

Straw-burning  portable  en- 
gine   Ruston,  Proctor  If  Co.,  England. 

Huiler  for  clover,  lucern, 
etc Brouhnt  if  Co.  .    .     .   France. 

Horse'-pow'er    Com-pu'ting    Scale.      A 

pocket  sliding  scale  for  computing  from  the  usual 
data,  the  indicated  horse-power,  size  for  power,  etc. 
The  instrument  consists  of  a  simple  double  slide-rule,  and 
will  give  the  power  of  any  cylinder  from  4"  to  100"  diame- 
ter, working  at  from  1  ib.  to  100  Ibs.  mean  pressure,  within 
about  4  per  cent,  of  accuracy.  By  placing  the  scales  in  the 
necessary  relative  positions,  they  give,  without  calculation 
(1),  the  indicated  horse-power  from  the  usual  data;  (2)  the 
size  of  engine  for  any  given  power  ;  (3)  the  piston  speed  due 
to  any  stroke  and  number  of  revolutions  per  minute  :  (4)  the 
ratio  the  high  and  low  pressure  cylinders  of  compound  en- 
gines bear  to  each  other;  (5)  the  proportion  the  mean  bears 
to  the  initial  pressure,  with  the  steam  cut  off  at  any  given 
point  in  stroke.  The  instrument  is  4J"  X  2J". 

Horse'-pow'er  Jack.     The  intermediate  mo- 
tion of  a  horse-power,  wherehy  the  motion  of  the 
tumbling  rod  is  transferred  to  a  band-wheel  shaft. 
See  JACK  ;  INTERMEDIATE  MOTION.  • 


HORSE-POWER  PUMP. 


466 


HOSE   TRUCK. 


Horse'-pow'er  Pump.  A  pump  driven  by 
animal  power,  as  at  D,  Fig.  2569,  p.  1126,  "Alecli. 
Diet."  The  Oriental  and  Spanish  Norias  (Na'  Ura) 
are  usually  driven  by  cattle;  the  wheel  with  pots, 
as  in  Fig.  3333,  p.  "l  533,  "Mech.  Diet." ;  or  the 
wheel  with  rope  and  pots,  a,  Fig.  3334,  Ibid. 

Horse'-pow'er  Reg'u-la'tor.  A  device  to 
limit  the  speed  of  the  horse  power  when  work  is 
suddenly  withdrawn. 

See  GOVERNOR,  Fig.  1230,  Plate  XIX. 

Horse  Rake.     See  HAY  RAKE. 

Horse  Rough.  A  removable  calk  or  stud  to 
be  attached  to  the  shoe  of  a  horse  when  traveling 
upon  frozen  ground  or  ice. 

The  Fig.  1375  shows,  on  the  Itft,  the  pieces  detached;  on 
Fig.  1375. 


Horse 


the  right,  the  parts  in  position  on  the  shoe.     To  be  put  on 
when  leaving  the  stable. 

Another  form  is  studs  with  screw  shanks,  which  screw 
into  holes  tapped  into  the  shoes. 

Horse  Shoe.  A  horse  shoe  of  raw  hide  is  com- 
posed of  three  thicknesses  of  cow-hide  compressed 
into  a  steel  mold  and  then  subjected  to  a  chemical 
preparation.  It  is  light,  lasting,  elastic,  and  re- 
quires no  calks,  even  on  asphalt. 

Refer  to :  — 


'Scientific  American,"  xl.  53. 
'Am.  Man.,'*  Mar.  7,  1879,  p.  12 
'Scientific  American,''  xliii.  18. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  240. 
'Scientific  Amer.,:'  xxxiv.  355. 
'Scientific  American,'''  xxxv.  51. 
'Iron  Ase,"1  xx.,  Nov.  8,  p.  20. 
'Scientific  American  £!</>., ''2835. 

'Scientific  American,'1  xl.  127. 
'Scientific  American,''  xli.  88. 
'Iron  Age,''  xix.,  April  19,  p.  11. 
'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  102. 
'Iron  Age,"1  xxv.,  April  15,  p.  9. 

Horse'-shoe  Ham'mer.  See  FARRIER'S  HAM- 
MER; TURNING  HAMMER;  TURNING  SLEDGE, etc. 
See  list  under  HAMMER  ;  SLEDGE. 

Horse'-shoe'er's  Ma-chine'.  A  foot-vise 
with  treadle  and  toggle.  The  shoe  is  gripped  by 

Fig.  1376. 


Billings * 

McVien * 

Potvin * 

Thistlewoori  .  .  .  .  * 
And  swage,  Stephenson  .  * 
Bender,  Ray  .  .  .  .  * 
Calk,  Thistlewood  .  .  * 
Hoof  cushion  .  * 

Nails,  manufacture  of, 

"  Globe  " * 

Nail  machine,  Sheridan 
Steel,  Williams  .  .  . 
Weighted,  Seixas .  .  .  * 


Horse  Yoke. 


placing  the  foot  on  the  treadle,  and  the  vise  falls 
open  when  the  foot  is  removed.  The  dies  in  the  jaws 
of  the  vise  are  so  shaped  to  give  the  right  form  to 
the  calk  as  it  is  hammered.  An  anvil  attachment 
is  used  for  trueing  up  the  shoe ;  it  carries  a  steel 
die  with  four  different-sized  slots  for  welding  on 
calks.  See  ANVIL  VISE,  Fig.  97,  p.  42,  sn/>ra. 

Horse'-shoe  Stud.  A  calk  secured  into  the 
horse-shoe. 

Horse  Yoke.  (Ar/ric. )  A  pair  of  names, 
A  A,  Fig.  1376,  slipped  upon  the  usual  collars,  and 
each  consisting  of  two  hinged  portions  to  clasp 
upon  the  neck ;  the  two  hames  connected  by  sec- 
tions D  B  and  a  brace,  C ;  the  latter  having  a  ring 
to  which  the  draft  chain  is  attached.  Practically, 
a  return  to  the  most  ancient  method  of  harnessing. 
See  Fig.  1251,  p.  528,  "Mech.  Did." 

Hose.     Flexible  pipe  for  conveying  fluids. 


"  Scientific  American"  xlii.  275. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  262. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  182. 
'Scientific  American,"  xli.  15. 
'Scientific  American.''  xxxv.  383. 
'Am.  Man.,"  July  25, 1879,  p.  12. 


Hose-carriage,  Aiken      . 

Miller 

Coupling 

Hufmann      .... 

Price 

Coupling,  wedge;  Galvin 
Nozzle,  variable,  Leggett 
Nozzle,  Palmer  .  .  . 

Pipe "Scientific  American,'''  xli.  320. 

Hose  Cart.  A  two-wheeled  vehicle  for  trans- 
porting hose.  It  has  arrangements  for  winding 
the  hose  upon  the  drum,  and  allowing  the  hose  to 


Fig.  1377. 


Balanced  Hose-cart. 

pay  off  when  required.  It  is  shown  in  Fig.  1377, 
with  a  tongue  for  the  fireman  and  a  cord  for  the 
string  of  men  by  whom  it  is  drawn. 

Hose  Clamp.    A  band  Fig-  1378. 

which  can  be  t'ghtened 
upon  a  hose  to  sustain  a 
weak  part  or  stop  a  leak. 

Hose  Nip'ple.  A 
short  pipe,  externally 
threaded  at  each  end  ;  on 
to  one  end  the  hose  is  firm- 
ly bound  by  lashing,  the 
other  affords  junction  for 
another  section  of  hose  or  Hose  Ctamp. 

for  the  nozzle. 

Hose  Screw.  The  brass  or  gun-metal  coup- 
ling for  hose  sections.  See  HOSE  COUPLING,  Fig. 
2582,  p.  1132,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Hose  Sprink'ler.  A  rose  on  the  end  of  a 
nozzle  to  give  a  fine  spray  of  water. 

Hose  Truck.     A  small  hose-carriage  for  car- 
rying hose  for  domestic  and  garden  use,  washing 
carriages,  etc. 
^ee  Fig.  2575,  p.  1132,  "Mech.  Diet." 


HOSE  UNION. 


467 


HOT-AIR  ENGINE. 


Hose  Un'ion.  See  HOSE  COUPLING,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  Fig.  2582,  p.  1132. 

Another  name  for  the  screw  coupling. 

Hose  Un'ion  Cap.  A  cover  to  close  the  end 
of  a  hose  ;  a  cap  screwed  upon  the  coupling  at  the 
end  of  the  line  of  hose. 

Hose  Wrench.  A  spanner  for  coupling  and 
uncoupling  sections  of  hose. 

Ho'sier-y  Seam'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  sewing  together  knitted  goods. 

The  loops  of  the  respective  pieces  are  slipped  on  to  holding 
pins  and  are  sewn  together  by  a  chain-stitch.  Tne  recipro- 
cating eye-pointed  needle  puts  a  loop  of  yarn  through  the 
loops  of  the  knitted  fabric,  the  needle-yarn  being  caught  by 
a  reciprocating  hook,  which  detains  it  while  the  needle  re- 
tires ;  the  goods  are  then  fed  along  the  distance  of  a  stitch 
and  the  needle  repeats  the  movement.  The  feed  is  by  a  rack- 
movement 

Hos'pi-tal-bed  El'e-va'tor.  A  truck,  de- 
vised by  Dr.  Morton,  for  surgical  wards  especially. 

It  is  provided  with  elevating  apparatus,  and 
so  arranged  that  it  can  be  pushed  underneath  a 
bed,  and  then  made  to  lift  both  bed  and  pa- 
tient and  convey  them  from  ward  to  ward,  or 
to  and  from  the  operating  room. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  double  truck  ;  the 
upper  one  is.  elevated  by  a  series  of  cams  which 


Hospital  Bed-elevator  and  Truck. 

run  upon  a  narrow  iron  track  ;  a  long  right-and-left  screw, 
worked  by  an  endless  chain  upon  a  crank  at  one  end.  raises 
and  depresses  the  cams  400  Ibs.  can  be  lifted  quite  free 
from  the  floor  in  4  seconds  :  and  without  difficulty  a  water- 
bed,  which  weighs  about  700  Ibs.,  with  patient,  can  be  ele- 
vated and  readily  moved.  The  elevation  of  the  bed  an  inch 
or  so  from  the  floor  is  all  that  is  required. 
Invalid  bed,  Graff.  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xl.  403. 

Hos'pi-tal  Ward  Car'riage.  An  invention 
of  Dr.  Morton  for  conveying  all  the  necessary  ap- 
pliances for  dressing  the  wounds  or  sores  of  the  pa- 
tients in  a  surgical  ward. 

It  is  a  truck  on  3  gutta-percha  rimmed  wheels,  carrying  a 
table,  elevated  water  reservoir,  and  hose,  the  necessary  pans, 
etc.  On  either  side  of  the  water-can  appropriate  places  are 
partitioned  off  for  the  bandages,  charpie,  oiled  sili,  adhesive 

Fig.  1380. 


Hospital  Ward  Carriage. 


plaster,  and  jars  for  holding  the  lint  soaked  in  the  various 
solutions  commonly  used  for  ward  applications  ;  drawers 
»r«  placed  in  each  end  and  serve  as  receptacles  for  towels, 


instruments,  etc.,  etc.  One  large  bucket,  with  a  projecting 
lip,  occupies  one  half  the  space  under  the  table,  into  which 
all  the  refuse  dressings,  poultices,  soiled  water,  and  oakum, 
from  each  patient,  are  emptied.  Another  can,  with  two  com- 
partments, adjoins  the  bucket ;  into  one  of  these  the  soiled 
bandages  are  thrown,  while  the  other  carries  the  fresh  oakum, 
cotton  batting,  muslin,  and  old  linen,  used  for  the  ordinary 
ward  purposes. 

One  good-sized  basin  serves  for  the  entire  ward  or  series  of 
communicating  wards,  since  it  serves  merely  as  the  recepta- 
cle for  the  water  and  discharges  flowing  from  the  part  dur- 
ing the  process  of  dressing.  A  can  for  hot  water,  for  heating 
the  adhesive  plaster,  completes  the  appiratus,  which  is 
pushed  to  the  foot  of  each  bed  ;  the  length  of  the  gum-elas- 
tic tube  and  the  elevation  of  the  supply  of  water  allow  the 
stream  to  be  carried  to  any  part  of  the  patient  which  re- 
quires cleansing,  in  cither  the  recumbent  or  sitting  posture. 

Hot'-air  En'gine.  The  subject  of  hot-air  en- 
gines falls  under  several  heads,  as  inventors  have 
chosen  names  which  have  been  accepted  and  be- 
come established.  In  the  "  Mechcmi&u  Dictionary," 
11  pages  have  been  devoted  to  Am  ENGINES,  nearly 
nil  of  which  work  by  inciease  of  pressure  derived 
from  increment  of  heat. 

The  caloric  enyine  of  Ericsson  was  described  in 
pp.  *40,  41,  "Mech.  Diet."  and  a  Liter  very  com- 
pact form  at  Figs.  510,  511,  p.  155,  supra.  See 
references  passim. 

The  compression  engine  of  Rider  is  shown  at  Fig. 
674,  p.  216,  supra. 

One  of  the  earliest,  and  certainly  simplest,  though  not  im- 
portant, except  as  one  may  care  to  gather  up  all  the  items  in 
the  history  of  an  art,  is  the  English  patent  of  Joseph  llately, 
1775  of  1790,  in  which  he  proposed  to  utilize  the  force  of  a 
current  of  rarefied  air  escaping  from  a  chimney  against 
vanes.  A  smoke-jack. 

Cooling  arrangements  for  cylinder,  Engl.  Pats.,  Boulton, 
1,636  of  1864  ;  501  and  827  of  1866. 

C.  W.  Siemens,  Engl.  Pat.,  2,074  of  1860,  uses  4  working 
cylinders  with  communication  through  regenerators.  A  mix- 
ture of  air  and  inflammable  gas  is  introduced  into  the  cham- 
bers through  pipes.  Cylinders  cooled  by  currents  of  cold 
water.  See  326  of  1852 ;  1,363  of  1856. 

Woods-s  Engl.  Pat.,  739  of  1859.  Air  heated  by  passing 
through  pipes  conveyed  to  a  cylinder  under  pressure. 

See  also  Engl.  Pat.,  Young  &  Kirk,  227  of  1864.  Two  dis- 
placing cylinders  above  the  engine.  The  upper  parts  heated 
by  steam  jackets  ;  the  lower  cooled  by  water.  The  pistons 
drive  the  air  alternately  from  one  to  the  other. 

Mennon's,  218  of  1862.  The  piston  of  a  single-acting  en- 
gine is  adapted  on  one  side  to  draw  in  air  and  force  it  to  the 
heating  surface  ;  on  the  other  side  is  exposed  to  the  motive 
power  of  the  heated  air.  The  capacity  of  the  cylinder  on 
each  side  is  proportioned. 

Wenham 's  hot-air  engine  (English)  The  air  is  heated  in 
a  closed  combustion  chamber  by  direct  contact  with  the 
fuel,  and  passes  with  the  gases  evolved  into  the  cylinder. 
The  cylinder  is  single  acting,  the  upper  part  of  it  being  ar- 
ranged to  serve  as  an  air  pump,  and  there  is  the  usual  regen- 
erator for  economizing  fuel 

The  feature  of  burning  under  pressure  and  sending  the 
gaseous  products  of  combustion  to  the  cylinder  is  found  in 
the  U.  S.  patents  of  Bennett,  1838,  aud  Washburn,  1865.  In 
fact  it  was  the  feature  of  Oliver  Evans's  "volcanic  engine,'1 
about  1786. 

The  hot-air  engine  of  Woodbury,  Merrill,  Patten  &  Wood- 
bury  is  shown  in  elevation  in  Fig.  1381  and  in  vertical  section 
in  Plate  XXI. 

The  essential  features  are  a  heater,  regenerator,  and  cooler, 
which  three,  in  combination,  are  termed  a  reverser,  and  in 
conjunction  with  a  working  cylinder,  constitute  a  single- 
acting  engine.     The  illustrations  represent  a  double-acting 
engine,  with  two  reversers  and  two  working  cylinders.    These 
in  a  machine  of  the  size  represented  are  of  the  following  sizes : 
Working  cylinders  .     .  10"  diameter  .     .  2'  stroke. 
Reverser  cylinders  .     .  20"  diameter  .     .  1'  stroke. 

The  air  is  heated  and  cooled  on  each  revolution  ;  and  the 
rapidity  with  which  this  is  effected  is  one  of  the  chief  objective 
points  in  machines  of  this  character.  The  cooling  process  ij 
performed  by  the  circulation  of  water  around  small  thin 
copper  tubes  through  which  the  air  passes. 

The  following  statement  explains  the  principle  of  the  ma- 
chine in  the  words  of  the  inventors :  — 

In  a  machine  of  the  size  above  referred  to,  "  the  displacer 
pistons  or  reverser  pistons  change  4,000  cubic  inches  of  air 
from  the  hot  end  to  the  cold  end  by  one  displacer,  and  4,000  cu- 
bic inches  from  the  cold  end  to  the  hot  end  by  the  other  dis- 
placer, each  stroke  of  the  engine,  the  engine  being  a  double 
cylinder,  or  practically  a  pair  of  engines.  In  this  way  8,000 
cubic  inches  are  heated  and  cooled  by  each  stroke  of  the  en- 


HOT-AIR  ENGINE. 


463 


HOT-AIR  ENGINE. 


Fig.  1381. 


Hot-air  Engine. 

gine,  or  16,000  cubic  inches  moved  at  each  revolution,  and 
of  this  amount  8,000  is  heated  and  8,000  cooled  at  each  revolu- 
tion, or  at  100  revolutions  per  minute,  which  was  the  speed 
or  the  engine  in  its  regular  work  in  the  Institute  Fair  jMass 
Manuf.  &  Mech.  Inst.  Fair,  Boston,  1881],  800,000  cubic 
inches  are  heated  to  a  differential  temperature  of  at  least 
400°  Fab  ,  and  this  is  probably  lower  than  actual  practice. 
It  is  well  known  that  atmospheric  air  at  30"  barometric 
pressure  requires  13  cubic  feet  to  weigh  one  pound  avoir- 
dupois, hence  800,000  cubic  inches  equals  470  cubic  feet  ; 
470  divided  by  13  equals  36  Ibs.,  which  are  heated  to  500° 
Fan.  every  minute  when  working  under  1  atmosphere  of 
pressure,  and  at  4  atmospheres  pressure  144  Ibs.  of  air  are 
heated  to  the  same  temperature.  Actual  experience  with 
this  motor  has  proved  that  the  actual  consumption  of  coal 
lias  not  exceeded  400  Ibs.  in  10  hours,  or  40  Ibs.  per  hour. 
Per  minute  the  consumption  is  one  sixtieth  of  forty  or  two 
thirds  of  1  Ib  per  minute,  and  144  Ibs.  of  air  is  heiited  to  a 
differential  temperature  of  at  least  400'  Full.,  with  the  com- 
bustion of  two  thirds  of  1  Ib.  of  fuel.  It  may  take  some- 
what more  heat  to  heat  the  air  working  under  4  atmospheres 
density,  but  it  has  not  been  realized  in  actual  practice,  or  in 
practical  work,  and  this  practical  experiment  has  proved 
that  so  ling  as  the  air  is  confined  in  a  given  space  the  rapid- 
ity and  facility  of  its  heating  is  not  approximately  differ- 
ent whether  1  atmosphere  is  worked  or  4  atmospheres  are 
worked  ;  but  the  power  developed  by  4  atmospheres  is  enor- 
mously different  in  dense  air  from  that  obtained  by  using 
air  under  simply  the  natural  atmospheric  pressure.  With  1 
atmosphere  the  engine  indicates  8  horsr-power ;  with  4 
atmospheres  it  indicates  26  horse-power,  and  in  either  ca°e 
three  quarters,  at  least,  of  the  indicated  horse-power  is 
transmitted  by  the  fly-wheel,  the  balance  being  absorbed  in 
the  friction  of  the  engine,  passing  the  air  through  the  parts 
and  running  the  water  and  air  pumps.  The  cooling  requires 
Fomel5  gallons  of  water  per  minute,  the  water  weighing  8  Ibs. 
3  oz.  per  gallon  ;  15  gxllons  weigh  123  Ibs.,  and  this  amount  is 
required  to  cool  36  Ibs.  of  air  when  working  1  atmosphere, 
and  in  working  4  atmospheres'  density  144  Ibs.  of  air  are  re- 
quired, and  the  cooling  water  is  raised  in  temperature  about 
20°  Fah.  above  its  normal  temperature  in  passing  through 
the  coolers/' 

In  Fig.  1381,  which  is  a  side  elevation  of  the  engine,  the 
working  cylinders  (the  smaller)  are  seen  in  front  and  the  re- 
verse cylinders  behind. 

In  Plate  XXI.  the  section  passes  through  one  working  and 
one  reversing  cylinder,  the  connections,  fire  pit,  bridge  wall, 
and  flue  being  one  half  of  the  engine  as  shown  in  Fig.  1381, 
the  other  half  being  precisely  similar,  making  up  a  full 
double-acting  engine  with  4  cylinders  having  2  working  cyl- 
inders and  2  reversers.  A  is  the  fire-box  or  furnace  mouuied 


upon  a  bed  plate  and 
provided  with  the 
grate,  ash-pit  C,  and 
the  usual  fire  door. 
The  fire-box  casings 
extend  to  the  reiir  of 
t.ie  combustion  cham-' 
ber,  sufficiently  far  to 
rerve  as  supports  for 
the  working  cylinder, 
D ;  the  rear  portion 
being  partially  sepa- 
ra'ed  from  the  ccm- 
bustion  chamber  by 
the  bridge  wall  E, 
above  which  the  prod- 
uctg  of  combination 
pass  through  the  flue 
E',  across  the  chamber 
F,  and  thence  escape 
into  the  chimney 
through  the  ]>iiss:ige 
/".'  The  working  c>  1- 
inder  D  is  cast  open 
at  both  ends  and  pro- 
vided ;it  its  lower  end 
with  broad  flanges, 
the  outer  portion  of 
which  rests  npon  and 
is  securely  bolted  to 
the  casing  A,  while  .to 
the  inner  portion,  of 
the  same  flange  of  the 
cylinder  is  bolted  the 
fire-pot  or  heater. 
The  lower  portion  of 
;he  cylinders,  D,  is 
made  of  s  o  in  ew  h  a  t 
greater  diameter  than 
the  upper  portion,  ami 
has  lit  ted  thereon  the 
short  secondary  cylin- 
der or  shield  f,  the 
lower  end  of  which  ex- 
tends down  into  the  heater  to  within  about  an  inch  of  the 
bottom,  leaving  space  sufficient  for  the  air  to  pass  by  under 
the  piston  in  the  working  cylinder.  The  object  of  this  is  to 
force  the  air  against  the  surface  of  the  heater.  The  head  at 
the  upper  end  of  the  cylinder  D  has  an  opening  for  the  pas- 
sage of  the  piston-rod  /,  and  two  cupped  packing  riu^s  to 
prevent  the  escape  of  air  around  said  rod,  the  upper  end  of 
which  is  connected  by  the  link  J  to  one  end  of  the  beam 
K,  which  is  also  connected  to  the  crank  upon  the  driving 
shall,  mounted  in  bearings  upon  standards  carrying  the 
driving  pulley  L.  The  two  chambers  above  the  pistons  are 
connected  by  the  pipe  H*. 

A'  is  the  cylinder  of  the  reverser.  provided  with  a  broad 
flange,  j,  at  its  lower  end,  the  outer  portion  of  which  rests 
upon  the  furnace  casing  A  ;  to  the  lower  end  of  the  cylinder 
is  bolted  a  curved  heater,  O,  which  is  placed  directly  over 
the  fire-grate  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  the  direct  radiation 
of  the  fire  against  its  sides  and  bottom.  P  is  the  reverser 
cylinder,  made  of  somewhat  less  diameter,  and  placed  within 
arid  concentric  with  the  cylinder  N,  with  its  lower  end  ex- 
tending down  into  the  curved  heater  within  about  an  inch 
of  the  bottom,  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form  an  annular  cham- 
ber between  the  cylinders  A'and  P,  to  serve  as  a  regenerator. 
The  upper  ends  of  the  cylinders  A7  and  Pare  closed  by  the 
head  Q,  which  is  firmly  bolted  to  the  cylinder  A',  and  rests 
upon  a  rubber  packing  ring  placed  in  a  groove  in  the  upper 
end  of  the  cylinder  Pto  form  an  air-tight  joint  and  allow  for 
unequal  expansion. 

The  head  Q  has,  set  therein  and  projecting  upward  there- 
from, a  series  of  ("l-shaped  pipes,  one  end  of  each  of  which 
communicates  with  the  space  between  the  cylinders  A7  and 
P,  and  the  other  end  with  the  inteiior  of  the  cylinder  P, 
above  the  reverser  piston  K,  and  is  al.-o  provided  with  a  cen- 
tral upwardly  projecting  tubular  hub  through  which  the  pis- 
ton rod  K'  pa.'ses,  and  to  the  upper  end  of  which  is  secured 
the  upper  end  of  the  cooler  casing  £',  the  lower  end  of  which 
is  firmly  bolted  through  the  head  Q  to  the  cylinder  K,  thus 
forming  a  cooling  chamber  inclosing  the  n-fhnped  pipes, 
which  chamber  is  to  be  filled  with  circulating  cold  water 

The  upper  end  of  the  piston  rod  K'  is  connected  by  the 
link  Tto  the  beam  V,  upon  one  side  of  the  standard,  in  which 
said  beim  has  its  bearings,  while  said  beam  is  connected 
upon  the  opposite  side  of  said  bearing  by  another  link  and 
piston  rod  to  the  reverser  piston  in  the  second  reverser  cyl- 
inder, which  is  constructed  in  all  respects  like  the  one  just 
described. 

The  pistons  Hnud  K,  of  the  working  and  reverser  cylin- 
ders respectively,  are  each  cast  in  two  parts  and  screwed  to- 
gether so  as  to  form  hollow  air-tight  chambers  therein,  the 
lower  portion  of  each  of  which  is  filled  with  fire-brick  r', 
and  the  upper  portion  with  asbestos,  r'.  Th*  beam  center 


PLATE  XXI. 


HOT-AIR  ENGINE.    (WooDBCfcY,  MEBRIU,  PATTEN  &  WOODBURY.) 


Seepages  467-469. 


HOT-AIR   ENGINE. 


469 


HOT-BLAST   STOVE. 


has  firmly  secured  to  its  outer  end  the  pendent  arm  V,  pro- 
vided with  a  pin  Vf,  by  means  of  which  the  beam  and  the 
reverser  pistons  may  be  worked  by  hand  to  Starr  the  engine, 
or  by  means  of  a  hook  connecting-rod  and  crank  the  beam 
and  pistons  may  be  worked  by  the  power 

Air  may  pass  freely  by  pipe  p  q  from  the  interior  of  the 
reverser  cylinder  to  the  annular  space,  in  the  working  cyl- 
inder and  down  against  the  heater  of  the  working  cylinder, 
to  the  space  beneath  the  working  piston  H,  and  viie  versa, 
as  the  motion  of  the  piston  may  be  either  up  or  down. 

An  automatic  b.»e-pass  valve  in  a  pipe,  the  ends  of  which 
open  into  borh  reverser  cylinders,  is  used  to  equali/e  the 
pressure  between  the  two  reverser  cylinders,  and  regulate 
the  motion  of  the  engine  in  proportion  to  its  load. 

An  eccentric  on  the  main  shaft  of  the  engine  drives  a  small 
air-pump  for  the  purpose  of  compressing  air  up  to  any  den- 
sity required  ;  and  connecting  by  means  of  r*,  with  two  ver- 
tical check-valves  self-operating,  which  admit  the  air  un- 
der pressure  into  the  engine  as  required. 

The  water  for  circulation  in  chamber  S  to  cool  the  air  in 
the  n-sh'iped  pipes,  is  driven  by  a  plunger  pump,  shown 
erect  over  pipe  p.  It  enters  S  by  means  of  pipe  «',  and 
issues  by  pipe  o  to  an  annular  chamber  around  the  cylinder 
Z)  at  n-,  where  it  serves  as  a  cut-off  for  the  heat  ascending 
tlie  working  cylinder,  above  that  point  against  which  the 
piston  moves. 

The  operation  is  as  follows  :  The  beam  being  in  motion, 
the  effect  is  that  the  pistons  in  the  reversing  cylinders  dis- 
place the  air  contained  therein,  by  driving  the  air  in  the  cold 
end  of  one  of  the  said  cylinders  through  the  n-s'iaped  tubes 
in  chamber  .V,  and  the  regenerator  space  between  cylinders  P 
ami  .Yinto  the  heater;  at  the  same  moment  driving  the  air  in 
t'.ie  hot  end  of  the  other  reverser  cylinder  through  the  heater 
and  the  regenerator  space  into  the  tubes  n,  thereby  greatly 
increasing  tlie  pressure  on  one  reverser  cylinder;  and  in  the 
lower  end  of  one  working  cylinder,  and  correspondingly  di- 
minishing the  pressure  in  theother  reverser  cylinder  and  the 
lower  end  of  the  other  working  cylinder  with  which  it  com- 
municates. The  increase  of  pres-ure  beneath  one  of  the  work- 
ins;  pistons  causes  it  to  be  worked  upwards  till  it  reaches  the 
extreme  of  its  upward  stroke,  when  the  reverser  pistons 
change  their  position,  thereby  diminishing  the  pressure  be- 
neath the  working  piston  which  has  just  completed  its  up- 
ward stroke,  and  increasing  it  beneath  the  one  that  has  just 
completed  its  downward  stroke,  thus  creating  a  differential 
pressure  beneath  the  two  working  pistons,  by  means  of 
which  the  engine  is  driven,  the  pressure  alternately  changing 
from  one  cylinder  to  the  other. 

The  power  of  the  engine  will  be  determined  by  the  differ- 
ence in  the  pressure  alternately  created  in  the  reverser  cyl- 
inders by  the  movements  of  their  pistons,  heating  the  air  in 
one  reverser  cylinder  and  cooling  it  in  the  other,  thereby  at 
each  stroke  of  the  engine  increasing  the  pressure  beneath 
one  working  pistou  and  diminishing  it  beneath  the  other 
working  piston. 

fee  also  :   Hock  If  Martin  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  6. 
Pumping,  Rider   ....  *  " Scientijic  Am.,"  xxxviii.  131. 

*  "Scientific  Arner.,"  xxxiv.  66. 
RiJer *  "  Engineering,"  xxii.  33 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,'''  768. 

*  "Polytechnic  Review,''  ii.  175. 

*  "  Manvf.  and  Builder,''  ix.  7. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  189. 

*  "Amer.  Artizan,"  No.  12,  1874. 

SachsnAerg *  "Scientific.  Amer.  Sup. ,"  2579. 

"Tom  Thumb"'  * ''  Scientific,  American,'1'  xlii.  3;  3. 

Vtn  Remits,  Holland     .     .      "Iron  Axe,''  xxii.,  Sept.  5,  p.  15. 

Van  RrniifS *  ''  Scie ntijic  Amer.  Sup.,''  3»31. 

Woodbury, Merrill  Sf  Patten  *  "Engineering,"  Jan.  13,  1882. 

Hot'-air  Pump'ing  En'gine.  The  applica- 
tion of  the  hot  air  engine  to  pumping  is  the  particu 
];ir  purpose  of  some  of  the  small  motors  of  ihis 
class.  See  Fig.  510,  p.  155,  and  Fig.  674,  p.  216, 
stt/ira.  See  also  HOT-AIR  ENGINE. 

Hot'-air  Reg'is-ter.  A  valve,  usually  a  cen- 
trally pivoted  circular  plate  with  openings,  moving 
upon  a  perforated  plate  at  the  opening  of  a  hot-air 
flue.  By  bringing  the  openings  in  the  two  plates 
into  correspondence  or  otherwise,  the  air  is  allowed 
to  pass,  or  is  shut  off,  respectively. 

Hot'-air  Stove.  See  HKATER;  STOVE. 

Hot'-air  Syr'inge.  A  syringe  with  a  cham- 
ber which  heats  the  passing  air.  Used  to  dry  cavi- 
ties in  teeth  before  filling.  See  CAVITY  I)RYEE, 
Fig.  572,  p  179,  supra. 

Hot'-blast  Blow'-pipe.  A  substitute  for  the 
ordinary  blow-pipe.. 

The  gas  tubing  is  attached  at  A,  allowing  the  gas  to  pass 


into  both  the  upper  and  lower  tubes,  B  c,   and  the  supply 
can  be  regulated  by  the  stop-cocks  D  E.   The  burners  .Fheat 

Fig.  1382. 


Hot  Blast  Blow-jiipe. 

up  the  wire  coil  <?,  through  which  the  breath  passes,  and  it 
is  thus  thrown  up;m  the  surfaces  to  be  acted  upon  in  a 
heated  condition.  The  mouth  tubing  is  attached  at  H 

Hot'-blast  Ov'eii.  (MctnUurrnj.)  The  Sie- 
mens' system,  and  modifications  by  Cow  per  and 
Whitwell  are  superseding  the  Plaver  stove.  B, 
Fig.  2588,  p.  1134,  "Mcch.  Diet."  See  GAS -FUR- 
NACE, where  the  Siemens'  regenerator  is  shown, 
Cowper's  and  Whitwell's  are  referred  to,  ou  page 
just  stated.  See  HO*-BLAST  STOVE. 

Hot'-blast  Stove.  Weimcr's  hot-blast  stove, 
Lebanon,  Pa.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1382.  Its  most  im- 
portant features  are  the  suspension  of  the  pipe  from 
the  roof  of  the  stove,  aud  the  absence  of  the  u^ual 
bed-pipes  or  mains. 

The  pipes  are  V-shaped,  the  cross  section  an  ellipse  4"  X 
12"  internally,  and  united  by  end  flanges.  The  inlet  main 
rests  on  the  top  end  wall  of  the  stove,  and  is  provided  with 
an  inlet  branch  and  three  pipe  branches  ;  three,  rows  of  U 
pipe  (three  to  a  row)  convey  the  air  to  be  heated  from  the 


Hot-blast  Stove.     (Lebanon,  Pa.) 


HOT-BLAST   STOVE. 


470 


HOT  PRESS. 


inlet  main  through  the  first  heating  chamber  to  the  transfer 
main,  resting  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  stove,  where  it  is 
transferred  to  a  similar  lot  of  pipe,  which  convey  it  through 
chamber  No.  2  to  the  outlet  main.  Each  stove  has  two  in- 
dependent combustion  chambers  communicating  each  with 
its  separate  pipe  chamber  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  the 
attendant  to  throw  as  much  gas,  and  consequently  heat,  into 
the  "  cold  '"  side  of  the  stove  as  may  be  desirable,  and  to 
check  a  too  great  accumulation  on  the  hot  side.  Each  pipe  is 
suspended  by  means  of  two  key  bolts  to  a  15"  wrought-iron 
be  im,  three  of  which  traverse  the  top  of  the  stove  resting  on 
wall  plates.  Four  draft  chimneys  on  the  corners  of  the 
stove  control  the  action  of  the  upper  pipe  chambers,  while 
the  usual  gas  valve  regulates  the  now  of  gas  to  the  combus- 
tion chamber. 

The  oven  contains  18  pipes,  20'  long,  the  heating  surface 
of  each  pipe  109  square  feet. 

The  fire-brick  stove  of  Whitwell,  of  Stockton-on- 
Tees,  England,  is  intended  to  heat  the  blast  of  iron 
furnaces,  and  is  shown  in  Plate  XXII. 

Fig.  1  is  a  vertical  section. 

Fig.  2,  a  horizontal  section. 

Fig.  3,  an  enlarged  vertical  section  of  the  hot-blast  valve, 
S,  and  its  adjuncts. 

Fig.  4  shows  by  an  enlarged  section  the  chimney  valve,  C, 
and  cold-blast  valve  J. 

Fig.  5  shows  two  ovens  in  elevation  and  the  furnace  in 
vertical  section. 

Fig.  6  is  a  plan  of  four  ovens  and  a  blast  furnace. 

The  stoves  are  designed  to  replace  the  ordinary  iron  pipes 
used  for  heating  the  blast,  substituting  for  them  a  series  of 
fire-brick  chambers  and  passages,  which  are  heated  by  the 
direct  contact  of  the  flames  of  the  burning  gases  taken  from 
the  furnace  in  the  usual  way.  When  the  mass  of  brick  is 
sufficiently  heated  the  gas  is  shut  off  and  the  blast  is  ad- 
mitted, and  this,  in  passing  through  the  same  heated  cham- 
bers, acquires  the  temperature  of  the  bricks.  The  brick-work 
gradually  cools  down,  but,  by  the  time  the  last  chamber  be- 
gins to  be  too  cool  another  stove  has  been  heated  up,  and  the 
blast  is  made  to  pass  through  that.  The  stoves  are  thus 
alternately  heated  by  the  burning  gas  and  cooled  by  the 
blast.  The  advantages  of  this  system  are  numerous.  One 
of  the  greatest  is  uniformity  of  temperature  of  blast,  which 
cannot  be  counted  upon  with  iron  pipes.  The  bricks  are  a 
great  store-house  of  heat,  and  cool  gradually.  Iron  pipes 
cool  suddenly  when,  from  any  cause,  the  supply  of  burning 
gas  is  stopped.  The  air  being  brought  into  direct  contact 
with  the  surfaces  previously  heated  by  the  gas,  absorbs  the 
heat  quickly  and  w:ith  little  loss.  The  apparatus  is  simple, 
.!•<  easily  erected,  and  is  being  extensively  introduced.  For 
cupola-furnaces,  making  600  tons  a  week,  two  stoves,  12' 
square  by  21'  high,  and  with  2.270  superficial  square  feet  of 
heating-surface  in  each,  are  necessary. 

In  heating  the  stove,  the  hot-blast  valve,  B,  and  the  cold- 
blast  valve,  J,  being  closed,  the  gas-valve,  A,  is  opened, 
through  which  the  gas  enters  the  stove,  traverses  up  and 
down  the  spaces  between  the  upright  walls,  and  enters  the 
chimney-flue  by  the  valve,  C.  Heated  air  is  supplied  to  the 
gis  by  means  of  the  air-valves  a  and  r.  and  passages  6  and  d, 
by  which  a  most  intense  combustion  is  gained.  The  internal 
heat  of  the  stove,  as  well  as  the  combustion  of  the  gas,  is 
observed  by  the  eye-piect  s  e  e. 

In  heating  the  blast,  the  chimney -valve  Cand  gas  valve  A 
being  closed,  and  the  hot-blast  valve  JB  being  opened,  the 
cold  blast  is  admitted  through  the  cold-blast  valve  /,  and 
issues  from  the  stove  by  the  valve  B,  red  hot,  all  other 
valves  being  closed  perfectly  tight. 

In  cleaning  the  stove,  the  top  cleaning-doors,  F,  are 
opened  and  the  walls  scraped  with  the  cleaning-tools,  when 
the  dust  deposited  on  the  heatin  gsurfaces  falls  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  stove,  and  is  removed  by  the  bottom  cleaning- 
doors,  D. 

The  general  duty  of  one  stove  is  100  tons  of  pig  iron  per 
•week  :  the  average  temperature  of  the  blast,  1400°  Fab.,  by 
Siemens'  pyrometer. 

See  also :    Mode  of   ac- 
tion, Btll 

History  and  data    ...  * 
Siove,  Coivper,  Br.      .     .  * 

* 

Crosstey.  Kngl * 

Furnace,  Holcomb ...  * 
Cupolas,  Kirk    ....  * 

Regenerators * 

Stove,     Mills,     Midland 

furnace,  Mobile  ...  * 
Stoves,  on,  Mills 

Stove,  Mills * 

Stoves,   Siemens-  Cowprr- 

Cochrane * 

Boiler  furnace,  Stribling   * 


'  Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  20,  p.  7. 
'Iron  Age,'-  xvii.,  June  29,  p.  1. 
'//•OH  Age,''  xxiv.,  July  31,  p.  1. 
'JSngitWrrtn  xlix.  361. 
' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  714. 
'Iron  Age,"1  xvii.,  Mar.  23,  p.  1. 
' Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  390. 
'Iron  Age,"1  xxi.,  Feb.  14,  p.  5. 
'Sc.  American  Sup.,"  3738,  3739. 

'Engineering,'''  xxii.  413. 

'  Van  Nottrand's  Mas:  ,'"  XT.  166 

'Eng  if  Min.  Jour.,''  xxii.  119. 

'Iron  Age,'''1  xxiii.,  May  1,  p.  1. 
'Scientific  American,"1  xxxv.  4. 


*  ''Engineering,''  xxii.  214. 

*  "Eng.  If  Mm.  J.,"  Oct.  28, 1876. 

'Iron  Age,-'  xvii.,  Apr  27,  p  19. 
'Iron  Age,''  xviii.,  Aug.  3,  p.  1. 
'Iron  Age.''  xx.,  Dec.  13,  p.  1. 


Stove,  Weimer   .     . 
Oven,  Weimer    .    . 


Tuyere,  Westtcoed 

Stove,  Wliitwell      . 
W/iitweli;   Cuwper 


Hot  Cast  Por'ce-lain.  (Glass.)  A  name 
given  to  an  opalescent  glass  made  in  Philadelphia 
of 

Cryolite 10. 

White  sand 2". 

Oxide  of  zinc 20. 

See  CAST  PORCELAIN,  p.  177,  supra;  CRYOLITE,  p.  233,  supra. 

Hot  Curv'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
bending  laterally  a  hot  rolled  rail  to  suit  a  curve  of 
any  given  radius.  See  also  CAMBEKING  MACHINE, 
which  gives  the  required  vertical  curve,  as  at  the 
summit  and  foot  of  inclines. 

Gustin    .     .    .    "Engineering,"  *  xxix  372,  Fig  7. 

Hot-i'ron  Saw.  A  saw  which  removes  fag 
end  or  superfluous  length  from  a  rolled  rail  or  bar 
while  yet  hot  from  the  rolls. 

The  hot  saw  used  at  the  Landore  Siemens  Steel  Company 
swings  in  a  frame  so  as  to  be  moved  to  the  rail,  and  is  shown, 
Fig.  17,  p.  14,  vol.  xlii.,  "Engineer." 

The  apparatus  has  a  strong  cast-iron  frame,  a  grooved  bed 


Fig.  1384. 


4 


Whitworth's  Saw  for  Hot  Iran. 

for  holding  the  iron  to  be  cut ;  the  saw  is  drawn  towards 
the  iron  by  screw  traverse.     See  also  IRON  SAW. 
Iron  saw,  Claridge,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  201. 
Bloom  shear,  Springfield,  111.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix   371. 

Hot  Plate.     A  gas  stove  for   heating   copper 
bits  for  soldering. 

Fig.  13S5. 


H»t  Plate. 

Hot  Press.  A  machine  in  which  pressure  is 
aided  by  heat,  either  in  calendering  or  expressing; 
the  former  for  paper  and  fabrics,  the  latter  for 
stearine  and  oils. 

The  stearins  hot  press  of  Morane,  Paris,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1385.  It  has  a  hydraulic  cylinder  and  pressure  piston  at  one 
end,  and  a  movable  abutment  at  the  other.  The  bags  of  ma- 
terial are  sandwiched  between  hollow  plates  of  iron,  steam- 
heated  by  means  of  the  pipes  and  flexible  connections,  the 
said  pipes  also  serving  to  suspend  the  heated  plates  when 
the  pressure  is  slackened  in  order  to  remove  the  cakes  of 


HOT  PRESS. 


471 


HOUSE  PUMP. 


Fig.  1386. 


Stearine  Hot  Press. 


stearine.  Forty  bags  form  a  charge.  The  slack  pressure 
(suppression  des  espaces  nuisibles)  takes  3  seconds  ;  the  com- 
pletion, IT  seconds;  total,  20  seconds.  The  pressure,  800 
kilos.  Production,  600  kilos,  stearine  saponifiee.  The  press 
is  self-arresting  when  the  required  pressure  is  reached. 

Hot  Saw.     See  HOT-IRON  SAW;  IRON  SAW. 

Hot  Straight'en-ing  Ma-chine'.  An  appa- 
ratus to  receive  rods  or  bars  from  the  rolls  and 
straighten  them  perfectly  by  stretching  before  cool- 
ing. 

At  the  end  nearest  to  the  rolls  is  a  clamp-head  or  head- 
stock,  which  slides  in  a  U-shaped  groove.  At  the  other  end 
of  the  bed,  which  is  long  enough  to  allow  the  working  of 
bars  about  80'  in  length,  is  another  sliding  head,  the  tail- 
stock,  which  can  be  moved  by  hand  along  the  whole  length 
of  the  bed,  as  may  be  required  by  the  various  lengths  of  the 
bars  to  be  straightened.  It  runs  on  two  wheels  on  a  rail. 

The  machine  is  operated  as  follows :  One  end  of  the  hot 
bar,  as  it  comes  from  the  rolls,  is  firmly  clamped  in  the  head- 
stock,  while  the  other  end  is  secured  in  the  tail-stock,  which 
is  so  constructed  that  simultaneous  with  the  clamping  of 
the  bar  the  tail-stock  is  firmly  fastened  to  the  bed-plate  so 
that  it  cannot  slip.  Power  is  then  applied  and  the  slide  is 
dragged  forward  with  an  intermittent,  jerky  motion,  which 
rapidly  straightens  the  bar  and  stretches  it,  the  proper  limit 
being  determined  by  the  operator.  The  clamps  are  released 
and  the  bar  is  slipped  on  to  the  adjoining  hot-bed,  where  it 
is  allowed  to  cool. 

Baldwin *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Oct.  16,  p.  1. 

Hot  Water  Heat'er.  A  device  for  warming 
buildings,  conservatories,  etc.,  by  means  of  a  circu- 
lation of  hot  water  in  pipes.  See  HEATER,  supra, 
Also  p.  1136,  "  Mech.  Diet:' 

Hound  Plate.  A  bracing  plate  at  the  junction 
of  the  fore  end  of  the  wagon  hounds  with  the  coup- 
ling. 

Hour  Glass  Coil.  A  heating  coil  larger  at  the 
ends  than  at  the  mid-length,  resembling  an  hour 
<;lass  in  exterior  outline. 

House  Car.  (Railway.)  A  box  car,  or  closed 
freight  car. 

House  Pump.  One  for  the  supply  of  a  house 
when  the  pressure  in  the  city  mains  is  not  sufficient 
for  the  hijfh  service  in  the  house ;  or,  when  no  urbttn 
water-works  exist,  to  supply  the  house  from  ordi- 
nary wells  or  cisterns. 

Houghtonrs  automatic  house  pump  is  worked  by  the  fire  in 
the  kitchen  range.  The  cylinder  A  is  a  receptacle  alternately 
for  steam  and  water ;  its  bottom  is  below  thesteam  generator 
in  the  range,  and  its  top  not  more  than  25'  above  the  water 
supply,  which  is  reached  by  a  pipe  extending  from  the  bot- 
tom of  the  cylinder.  The  pipe  has  two  valves,  one  near  the 
near  cylinder  and  one  near  the  foot  of  the  pipe.  The  steam 
generator  is  a  back  or  cheek  of  the  range  furnace  and  has  two 
nipples,  for  steam  and  water  pipe  connections  respectively. 
The  generator  connects  by  pipe  F  with  the  top  of  the  cylin- 


der ;  the  pipe  has  a  cock  to  draw  off  steam  or  water  when 
necessary,  and  a  spring  safety  valve  to  obviate  danger  of  ex- 
plosion. 
The  pipe  G  conducts  water  from  the  tank  above  to  supply 


Fig.  1387. 


Automatic  House  Fump. 


HOUSE  PUMP. 


472 


HUB  MORTISER. 


the  steam  generator  L  through  the  branch  /.  and  to  condense 
steam  in  the  cylinder  through  the  branch  K.  In  these 
branches  are  valves  opening  upward  und  towards  the  steam 
generator  and  cylinder,  permitting  water  to  How  into  them, 
but  closing  downward  by  their  own  weight,  and  preventing 
the  steam  from  driving  the  water  up  the  pipe  G',  the  pressure 
of  the  steam  holding  the  valves  in  the  pipes  1  and  K  to  their 
seats  against  the  weight  of  the  column  of  water  in  the  pipe 
G,  which  is  pressing  against  ihe  under  side  of  them. 

The  cylinder  and  steam  generator  being  filled  with  water, 
and  a  fire  kindled,  the  water  boils  in  the  generator.  The 
Bteam  passes  along  the  pipe  Fand  expands  in  the  top  of  the 
cylinder,  and  forces  the  water  out  of  it  up  the  outlet-pipe  U, 
which  rises  above  and  empties  it  into  the  tank  at  the  top  of 
the  house.  In  this  pipe  is  a  valve  which  prevents  the  water 
from  falling  back  in  it,  and  air  from  entering  the  cylinder 
through  it.  This  outlet,  or  rising  pipe,  is  of  such  diameter 
that  the  steam  will  drive  the  water  before  it,  leaving  the 
lov/er  end  of  the  pipe  empty  of  water  and  filled  with  steam. 
T'  e  top  of  the  column  pouring  out  into  the  tank,  it  becomes 
F'  .orter  and  correspondingly  lighter,  and  as  the  weight  of  this 
<  jlumu  of  water  determines  the  pressure  of  steam,  the  lighter 
-he  column  the  lower  the  pressure  becomes.  When  the 
pressure  of  steam  is  too  low  to  hold  the  valves  in  the  pipes 
/and  K  to  their  seats,  the  water  in  the  pipe  Cf  flows  by  them 
and  refills  the  generator  with  cold  water,  and  jetting  into  the 
cylinder,  condenses  the  steam  in  it,  producing  a  vacuum, 
which  is  instantly  filled  with  water  forced  up  from  the  well 
or  cistern  by  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere. 

This  operation  will  repeat  itself  as  long  as  the  fire  is  kept 
up,  and  requires  no  attention. 

Hous'ing  Box.  (Railway.)  The  axle-box 
which  moves  up  and  down  in  the  housing  or  pedestal. 

Hov'er-er.  A  warm  chamber  for  young  chick- 
ens, used  in  connection  with  an  incubator  to  give  to 
the  young  chicks  an  artificial  protection  in  place 
of  the  brooding  hen.  An  artificial  mother. 

How'el-ing  Ma-chine'.  (Coopering.)  See 
CHAMFERING  MACHINE. 

How'it-zer.  A  relatively  short  and  large  bored 
cannon  for  certain  uses  at  short  range. 

Fig.  1387  shows  a  Spanish  howitzer  of  21  centi- 
meters, systcme  Barrios,  with  its  carriage. 

Mountain  gun,  sectional,  Armstrong,  Br. 

*  "Engin'fr,"  xlvi.  365. 
Mortar  carriage,  King     .  *  "Scientific  Amtrican  Sup.,"  514 

Fig.  1388. 


Spanish  Howitzer. 

Moffatt's  6"  breech-loading  flank  defense,  rifled  howitzer, 
Ordnance     Report,'' 


1877,  Appendix  R 

French  rifled  cast- 
iron  howi'zer,  22  cm., 
hooped,  "Ordnnnre 
Report,-'  1878.  Ap- 
pendix T,,  Plate  VTT. 

British  8"  rifled 
howitzer,  Ikirt.,  Plate 
VII  .  Figs.  5,  6,  7  ;  and 
p.  92. 

Austrian  rifled  cast- 
iron  howitzer  of  21 
cm.  Ibif/.,  p.  96,  and 
Plate  VII.  A,  Figs.  10, 
11.  and  figure  not 
numbered,  showing 
the  piece  mounted. 
Rifled  muzzle  loading 

6.3"    *  "Engineer,'-' 
xlv.  SSI. 


Fig.  1389. 


H-piece  and  Door. 


H-piece.     The   section    containing  the   valve- 
chamber  of  a  Cornish  engine. 


By  it  is  the  door  which  closes  the  square  opening 
bv  which  access  is  had  to  the  valve  and  chamber. 


The  door  piece  for  a  single  pipe 
is  shown  at  Fig.  841,  p.  264,  supra. 

Hub.  (Add.)  5.  A  short 
connecting  pipe  with  a  ball 
end  for  coupling  pipes  in 
line. 


F'g.  1390. 


With  two  bell  ends  it  is  a  double- 
hub.  With  one  of  the  ends  smaller 
than  the  other,  it  is  reducer  double 
hub,  and  connects  two  pipes  of  Hub. 

varying  diameter.     See  REDUCER. 

The  lower  figure  in  the  illustration  is  a  bevel  hub. 

Hub  Bolt.  (Railway.)  The  holts  by  which 
the  wheel  plate  is  fastened  to  the  hub,  in  the  con- 
struction of  paper-web  car  wheels. 

Hub  Mpr'tis-er.  A  machine  for  making  the 
spoke  holes  in  hubs  of  vehicles. 

The  mortising  and  boring  apparatus  may  both  be  driven  by 
one  belt  from  the  counter  shaft,  or  independent  of  each  other, 
as  may  be  desired. 

Fig.  1391. 


Hub  Earing  and  Mortising  Machine. 

The  hubs  are  confined  in  a  screw  chuck,  the  arms  on  its 
face  being  operated  at  the  same  time  and  by  a  single  screw. 
It  has  a  graduating  wheel,  spaced  for  10,  12,  14,  16,  and  18 
spokes,  thus  obviating  the  necessity  for  setting  out. 

The  dish  of  the  mortise  is  regulated  by  a  lever,  having  a 
crank  and  connections  attached  to  the  table.  The  lever  has 


HUB   MORTISER. 


473 


HYDRANT   SUCTION. 


a  handle  with  a  spring  stop,  which  works  into  adjustable 
poppets  in  a  slot  on  the  same  circle  as  the  lever  handle  de- 
scribes. The  lever  support  with  the  slotted  piece  are  rigidly 
fixed  to  the  center,  upon  which  the  table  swings,  and  con- 
venient to  adjust  the  angle  of  the  mortise  instantly. 

It  has  a  graduated  stroke,  commencing  at   a   still   point 


above  the  extreme  upper  throw,  and  working  gradually  down 
into   the  mortise  with   but  slight  jar  :  the  chisel  mandrel  is 
vibrated  only  when  the  chisel  is  brought  down  to  the  work. 
Defiance  Machine  Works,  0.     *  "Sri,,,ti/ir  Amer.,"1  xlii.  260. 

Lane  If  Bodley *  "Engineer,"  xli.  450. 

Perrin,  Puucliard  If  Cie.  .     .     *  "  Engineer,"  xivii.  293. 
Sundry *  "  Meek.  Diet.:'   p.  1140. 


Huller  Gin.     A  cotton-gin  which  is  adapted 
to   gin   cotton  which   is   gathered  with  the  bolls. 


See  GIN,  COTTON. 
Hun-ga'ri-an   Nail. 


A   conical-headed   nail, 


with  round  shank   and   flattened  end   pointed  to- 
Used  in  boot  and  shoe  work.  — 


Fig.  1392. 


wards  one  side. 
Field. 

Hunt'er's  Knife.    For  attack  or  defense,  or 
for  flaying  and  eviscerating  animals. 

Hur'dle.  1.  (Hydraulic  Enijincerimi.)  A  struc- 
ture to  divert  a  current  or  prevent  erosion.  It  con- 
sists of  a  row  of  stakes  with  wattled  willows  or  brush.  Into  iho 
spaces  between  the  stakes  and  wattling,  pieces  of  brush  are  pushed, 
standing  as  branches  from  4'  to  8'  above  the  hurdle. 

"  Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers  U.  S.  Army.  1879,"  *  ii.  1028. 

2.  A    hurdle    fence   is   one   made  Fig-  1303.' 

of  removable    sections    attached  to 
driven  stakes. 
Wickersham    .  *  "Scientific  Am.,1'  xl.  163. 

Hur'dy-gur'dy  Wheel.  (Mi- 
niiKj.)  A  UTIH  used  in  California  to 
denote  a  water-wheel  driven  by  a  jet 
from  a  flume  pipe. 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press.'' 

*xxxv.  361,376. 
"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal.'' 

*  xxiv.  188,  189. 

Hurst.  The  frame  on  which  a  run 
of  mill-stones  is  placed.  A  husk. 

Hy'a-lithe.  (Glass.)  An  opaque 
glass,  usually  black,  and  of  remarka- 
ble strength.  Used  as  a  substitute 
for  porcelain  for  vessels  for  boiling 
liquids,  for  coffee  and  tea-pots,  etc. 

To  the  usual  white-glass  compound  add 
powder  of  calcined  bones,  iron  scales,  and 
charcoal. 

It  is  made  black,  green,  brown,  red,  by 
suitable  additions  to  or  restriction  of  ele- 
ments in  the  compound. 

See  Labouiaye's  "  Dictionnnire  des  Arts  et 
Mnniifnrtures.''  article  '•  Verre."1  vol.  iii., 
ed.  1877. 

Hy'dra.  A  self-registering  ther- 
mometer with  a  compound  head  or 
bulb  for  holding  the  spirits;  for  in- 
creasing the  surface  exposed  to  the 
air  and  thereby  causing  the  instru- 
ment to  work  very  rapidly. 

Hy'drant.  A  street  connection 
to  a  water-main,  to  obtain  water  at 
the  surface  for  extinguishing  fires  or 
watering  streets. 


8oe  :  Benson  fy  Rose 
Birkinbine  .  .  . 
"  Perfection  ''  . 


Holly's  fire-hydrant  is  shown  in  Fig.  1392. 
The  axial  vertical  screw  operates  the  main 
valve,   which  closes   as  it  ascends.      The 
Street  Hydrant.  main  valve-seat  is  a  leathern  guket,  which 

serves  also  as  a  packing  for  the  lower  joint 
f  the  inner  pipe.  The  hydrants  are  removable  without  dis- 
turbing the  position  of  the  shell  in  the  soil.  The  extra  frost 
jacket  and  drip-valve  obviite  free/Jug  The  main  valve 
closes  with  the  current.  The  drip-valve  is  positive  in  its 
action,  being  held  open  by  the  main  valve  when  the  latter  is 
closed,  and  closing  as  soon  as  the  main  valve  is  opened. 

The  gate  at  the  base  is  for  the  purpose  of  cutting  off  the 
hydrant  from  the  main  when  it  is  necessary  to  remove  the 
former. 

Fig.  1393  shows  interior  and  exterior  views  of  a  street  fire- 
hydrant.  A  key  on  top  of  the  axial  rod  rotates  the  screw, 
which  opens  or  closes  the  valve  connecting  with  the  main. 
The  portion  of  the  hydrant  protruding  above  the  surface  has 
three  connections  for  hose. 


Fire  Hydrant. 


Fig.  1394  consists  of  two  or  more  practically  independent 
fire-hydrants  secured  to  a  common  base,  and  permits  the  con- 
centration of  a  number  of  independent  fire-streams  with  a 
minimum  amount  of  hose.  A  single  casting  acts  as  a  washer, 
and  also  as  a  nut  for  all  the  operating  screws.  Either  hy- 
drant is  readily  detachable.  —  Birkinbine. 

Fig.  1395  is  another  form  in  which  the  depression  of  the 
main  valve  uncovers  the  waste-pipe,  and  conversely. 


.  *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  390. 
.  *  "Iron  Ase."1  xix.,  Feb.  8,  p.  11. 
.  *  ''Iron  Age,-'  xx.,  Nov.  22,  p.  7. 
Frost  valve,  Fig.  1102,  p.  358,  supra. 

Hy'drant  Cock.     A  faucet  on  a  hydrant,  hav- 


ing connections  for  hose  and  drip  for  waste-water 
\viicn  the  spigot  is  closed. 

Fig.  1396  shows  several  forms,  straight  and 
crooked. 

Hy'drant  Noz'zle.  A  screw-nose  attachable 
to  a  hydrant,  and  having  a  screw  at  the  outer  end 
also,  for  the  attachment  of  the  coupling  of  the  wa- 
tering hose. 

Hy'drant  Suc'tion.  A  connection  for  a  fire- 
engine,  with  a  hydrant  reservoir  or  cistern.  Usu- 
ally of  rubber  or  canvas  hose,  with  interior  spiral 
coil  to  prevent  collapse. 


HYDRANT   SUCTION. 


474 


HYDRAULIC   BLOWER. 


Stoddard's  hydrant  suction  is  a 
with   screw  couplings  at   the  ends 
socket  joints   to    secure  flexibil- 
ity.    See  Fijr.  1397. 

telescopic  pipe, 
,  and    ball  and- 

Fig  1395. 

Grimshaw  . 
Mon.lark       .      .     . 
Bed  If  Marshall  . 

* 
* 

* 

* 

* 

"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  20,  p.  7. 
"Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  9. 
"Scientific  American  Sup,,''  3659. 
"English  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  455. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxviii.  127. 

Fig.  1394. 


Cluster  Hydrant.  Fire  Hydrant. 

Hy'drant  Valve.    A  valve  connecting  the  In- 

Fi. 13C.6. 


dent  with  tie  main. 


Fig.  1398  shows  Stone's  arrange- 
ment, which  h'^s  a  cast-iron  body, 
gun-metal  spindle,  loose  screw-down 
valve,  and  a  flanged  bottom  for  at- 
taching to  a  vertical  branch  on  the 
main. 

Fig.  1399  is  Hawley's,  which  has 
a  gun-metal  screw-valve  and  seat- 
ing, and.  outlet  bushed  with  gun- 
metal,  screwed  to  fire-brigade 
gage. 

Fig.  1400  is  the  Glasgow  pattern, 
with  clear  straightway  from  the 
main,  the  valve  actuated  horizon- 
tally by  rack  and  pinion. 

Hy-drau'lic  Ac-cu'mu- 
la'tor.  A  device  to  form  an 
accumulation  of  power,  to  lie 
expended  in  assisting  a  ma- 
chine over  the  pinch  of  a  spe 
cial  exertion. 

See  ACCUMULATOR,  p.  1,  supra. 
Tweddfll.  Br. 

*  'Engineer."  xliv.  98. 

*  'Engineering,''  xxvi.  271. 

*  'Manufnc.  if  Builder,"1  xii.  105. 

*  'Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  563. 

*  '  Technologists,"  xli.  316. 


Fig.  1397. 


Hydrant  Cork  with 
Waste. 


Hydrant  Suction. 


Fig.  139S. 


Hydrant  Valve  (British). 

Hy-draulic  Air'-pump.  The  applicntion  of 
the  hydraulic  engine  to  the  pumping  of  air.  A 
hydraulic  blower. 

An  organ  blower  operated  by  hydraulic  engine  is  shown  in 
Fig.  3427,  p.  1576,  "Meek.  Diet.'' 

The  trompe  used  in  the  Catalan  iron  process  is  a  hydraulic 
blower.  See  Fig.  6669,  p.  2630,  Ibid. 


Fig.  1399. 


Fig.  1400. 


Screw- flown  Hydrant 
Valve. 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  BLOWER,  infra,  and  devices  in  CARBU- 
RETOII,  "Mech.  Diet.''  Very  powerful  engines  are  found  in 
air  compressors,  especially  for  mining  and  tunneling.  See 
AIR  COMPRESSOR,  supra,  and  list  on  p.  12,  Ibid. 

Von  Pauwel    ....     *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  ix.  142. 

Hy-drau'lic  Bal'ance.  A  governor  or  regu- 
lator placed  between  a  water-wheel  and  a  driving- 
shaft  to  maintain  a  steady  motion  under  circum- 
stances of  changes  of  work' by  throwing  machinery 
on  or  off.  See  HYDRAULIC  REGULATOR. 

Hy-drau'lic  Bend'er.  A  hydraulic  jack  used 
in  bending  and  straightening  rails  and  bars.  See 
E,  Plate  XXV.,  opposite  p.  1150,  "  Mech.  Diet:' 

Hy-drau'lic  Blow'er.  An  application  of  the 
hydraulic  motor  to  the  working-  of  bellows. 

Fig  1401  shows  it  as  a  reciprocating  engine,  worked  by 
water  from  the  main  and  oscillating  the  lever  of  the  ordinary 
organ  blowers.  It  is  made  self-regulating  by  attaching  the 
tipper  valve  of  the  organ  by  cords  to  the  valve-lever,  so  as 
to  proportion  the  induction  "of  water  to  the  condition  of  in- 
flation of  the  bellows. 

See  also  Figs.  3426,  3427,  p.  1576,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Fig.  1402  is  an  application  of  the  trompe  to  the  purpose  of 
forcing  air  to  an  apparatus  for  carbureting  air.  The  injec- 
tion-pipe brings  water  from  a  spring  or  a  city  main,  and  is 
fitted  with  a  nozzle,  through  which  the  water  rushes,  falling 
through  the  larger  pipe  C.  In  so  doing,  air  is  drawn  in  at 
the  suction-pipe  D,  and  both  air  and  water  fall  together  into 


HYDRAULIC   BLOWER. 


475        HYDRAULIC  BRIDGE  OPERATOR. 


Hy-draulic  Brake.  See  HYDRAULIC  RAIL- 
WAY BRAKE. 

Hy-drau'lic  Bridge  Op'er-a'tor.  An  ap- 
plication of  the  hydraulic  press  to  the  moving  of  a 
pivot  draw-bridge  on  its  pintle,  to  open  the  water- 
way. See  Fig.  1404,  p.  476. 

The  motion  is  produced  by  the  hydraulic  pressure  of  the 


IIP 


the  vessel  E.  The  air,  under 
p.essure  due  to  a  part  of  the 
column  of  water,  is  conveyed 
by  pip«  to  the  carburetor. 

Sec  also  HYDRAULIC  AIR-PUMP, 
fipra,  and  references  passim. 
See  also  TROMPK,  Fig.  666S),  p. 
2630,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Hy-drau'lic  Bor'ing 
Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
in  which  the  rock-drilling 
machine  is  actuated  by  the 
force  of  water  under  pres- 
sure, conducted  by  pipes  to 

the  breast  of  the  tunnel. 
HydrnuXc  Organ  Blower.        Th(J    natur(,  flf  t))e   ma. 

chine  is  in  accordance  with  the  action  required,  the 
percussion  of  the  chisel,  or  the  rotation  of  the  dia- 
mond drill,  —  the  latter,  in  the  instance  of  the  ma- 
chine shown  in  Fig.  140-3,  made  by  Sulzer  Brothers, 
of  Winterthur,  Switzerland. 

The  machine  for  drilling  the  rock  in  the  tunnel  of  Mont 
Ceuis  is  shown  in  Fig.  G777,  p.  2654,  "jlfce/i.  Diet.'' ;  the 
air-compressor,  by  which  the  drills  are  driven,  is  shown  in 
Plate  X.,  opposite  p.  H02,  Ibid.  The  use  of  compressed  air  is 
much  more  frequent  than  that  of  water  for  running  the 
drills.  See  pp.  2tJ54,  2655,  Ibid.  The  same  may.be  said  of  the 
use  of  steam  ;  see  ROCK-DRILL,  pp,  1956-1958,  "Mtc/i.  Diet." 


water  on  pistons  in  cylin- 
ders. The  upper  figure  rep- 
resents a  ground  plan  of 
the  center  pier,  the  bridge 
itself  having  been  removed 
so  as  to  expose  the  riui  with 
rollers  on  which  it  rests. 
There  are  four  cylinders 
and  pistons  ;  the  latter  act 
on  the  revolving  rim  by 
means  of  heavy  flexible 
wires,  which  pass  through 
a  packing  in  the  cylinder- 
head.  When  the  water  is 


Fig.  1402. 


Hydraulic  Blower. 

turned  on  so  as  to  admit  it  to  two  diagonally 

opposite  cylinders,  its  pressure  will  produce  a 

pull  on  the  wires,  and  these,  being  fixed  to   the  revolving 

rim,  will  rotate  it,  and  with  it  the  whole  draw,  which  rests 

on  it.    When  the  bridge  has  to  be  closed  again,  the  water  is 

turned  on  into  the  two  opposite  cylinders,  while  the  same 


Fig.  1403. 


Sulzer's  Hydraulic  Boring  Machine. 


HYDRAULIC  BRIDGE  OPERATOR.        476 


HYDRAULIC    CEMENT. 


Fig.  1404. 


Draw-bridge  Moi-ed  by  Hydraulic  Pressure.. 


motion  which  turns  on  the  water  in  two  of  the  cylinders 
gives  an  exit  to  the  water  which  has  filled  the  two  others. 
The  water  pipes  are  shown  in  the  upper  figure,  one  pipe  for 
carrying  the  water  to  the  pressure  cylinders,  which  serve  for 
opening,  and  the  other  pipe  to  those,  for  closing  the  draw. 
The  lower  figure  represents  the  bridge  when  open,  resting 
entirely  on  the  center  pier,  which  is  here  seen  longitudinally . 

Hy-draulic  Buffer.  An  arrangement  of  a 
piston  in  a  cylinder  to  check  the  recoil  of  a  cannon. 
The  piston  rod  is  made  fast  to  the  top  carriage  and 
moves  iu  a  cylinder  filled  with  oil.  The  latter  es- 
capes through  holes  in  the  piston  head,  but  with 
such  difficulty  as  to  impede  the  motion  of  the  piston 
and  thus  act  as  a  buffer. 

A  quantity  of  air  in  the  cylinder  serves  as  a  cushion  to  re- 
duce the  violence  of  the  shock.  The  quantity  of  oil  to  be 
used,  and  the  depth  at  the  filling  hole  is  marked  on  each  cy  1- 
intter.  Otherwise  known  as  a  recoil-check. 

See  Fig.  83,  Appendix  L,  to  "On/nance  Report,''  1877. 
Plate  VI.,  Appendix  II,  to  "Ordnance  Report,''  1876. 

Hy-draulic  Cap'stan.  One  used  ashore  and 
operated  by  water  under  pressure. 

Figs  1405, 1406,  show  Brotherhood's  three  cylinder  hydrau- 
lic capstan.  It  is  a  horizontal  application  of  their  familiar 


Fig.  1405. 


Hydraulic  Capstan. 

engine  to  the  rotation  of  a  capstan  whose  pintle  is  the  com- 
mon triple  crank  shaft  of  the  trinary  engine.  Fig.  1402 
shows  the  capstan  on  the  plate  beneath  which  the  engine  is 
fixed.  Fig.  1406  is  a  view  of  the  engine  as  it  would  appear  if 
the  plate  were  tipped  up  on  edge  and  the  bottom  exposed. 
The  engine  is  very  compact  and  is  very  simple.  It  is  self 


Brotherhood   Capstan  Engine. 

Hy-drau'lic  Car  Fro-pul'sion.  A  mode  of 
propelling  street  cars  by  a  hydraulic  motor  on  each 
car,  water  being  stored  in  each  car  under  pressure 
of  air  at  20  to  30  atmospheres  in  a  receiver. 

The  principle  is  the  same,  in  most  respects,  as  the  plans 
proposed  for  air  propulsion,  stations  at  intervals  refreshing 
the  reservoir  of  the  car.  See  notices  under  COMPRESSED-AIR 
EXGINE,  p.  215,  supra,  and  references  passim.  The  water 
simply  acts  as  the  vehicle  of  transmission  of  the  pressure  of 
the  air,  and  the  benefit,  if  any,  is  in  dealing  with  water 
rather  than  with  air  in  the  parts  of  the  engi.ie. 

Hy-drau'lic  Ce-ment'.  Cement  which  will 
harden  perfectly  so  as  to  exclude  water.  Cement 
which  will  harden  under  water. 

Some  limestones  yield  a  perfect  hydraulic  cement, 
and  in  other  cases  'materials  are  artificially  united 


HYDRAULIC  CEMENT. 


477 


HYDRAULIC  DUMPING. 


in  proper  proportions.     See  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT, 
p.  1144,  "Aleck.  Diet." 

The  English  Portland  cement,  which  has  acquired  a  world- 
wide celebrity,  is  an  artificial  production,  the  special  features 
of  the  manufacture  of  which  are  the  following  :  Chalk  and 
clay  are  ground  together  in  water,  the  fine  particles  are 
floated  away  to  other  vessels  and  allowed  to  settle  as  a  paste, 
which  is  thereupon  collected,  molded,  dried,  burnt,  and 
finally  ground.  Certain  porous,  earthy,  disintegrated  rocks 
are  found  to  be  capable  of  cementing  with  lime  in  the  natu- 
r,U  state  ;  that  is  to  say,  they  do  not  require  any  preliminary 
preparation  by  burning  as  do  the  ordinary  clays,  it  being 
simply  necessary  that  they  should  be  finely  ground,  in  order 
that  a  thorough  incorporation  with  the  lime  may  be  effected. 
These  natural  cements  are  generally  of  volcanic  origin.  The 
so-called  pozzuolana  and  the  trass  are  the  best  known  of 
these  deposits,  both  of  which  have  been  used  from  very  an- 
ciei:  times.  The  pozzuolana.  occurring  on  the  coast  of  the 
bay  of  Naples  —  a  species  of  tufa  —  was  known  on  account  of 
its  cementing  properties  to  the  Romans,  and  by  them  largely 
employed.  Vitruvitis  and  Pliny  both  describe  it,  and  state 
that  it  was  mixed  with  an  equal  quantity  of  burnt  lime  for 
building  under  water.  The  same  substance  is  very  largely 
employed  in  the  same  manner  at  the  present  time.  —  " I'oly- 
trrlinir  ileriew.': 

^ee  also  TRASS,. 

Hy-drau'lic  Clas'si-fi-ca'tor.  ( Coal  )  A 
conl  dressing  apparatus  l>y  M.  Evrard,  of  St  Eti- 
enne. 

It  consists  of  a  vertical,  hollow  prism,  either  cylindrical  or 
rectangular,  3  meters  deep,  the  bottom  of  which  is  formed 

Fig.  1407. 


. 

Ei-rard's  Coal  Drifting  Machine. 

by  a  movable  piston-like  inclosing  rim,  covered  with  a  per- 
forated plate,  which  can  be  raised  to  any  height  desired,  as 
far  up  as  the  rim  of  the  vessel,  by  means  of  a  piston-rod  at- 
tached to  the  under  side  and  an  upright  hydraulic  cylinder 
working  upon  it. 

The  vessel  is  prolonged  beneath  the  piston  in  nn  open  pipe 
of  the  same  width  and  about  4  meters  long,  and  both  arc  sub- 
merged in  a  wider  water-cistern,  closed  above  and  below  and 
(steam-tight,  the  cover  being  closely  riveted  to  the  outer  cov- 
ering of  the  vessel,  and  provided  with  a  steam  supply-pipe. 
P.y  means  of  an  intermittent  supply  of  steam  from  the  boiler, 
through  the  cover,  into  the  upper  part  of  the  outer  holder, 
the  water  therein  receives  an  oscillating  jerking  motion,  and 
works  upon  the  minerals  which  are  fed  into  the  vessel  and 
become  neaped  about  1  33  meters  high  upon  the  piston-sieve, 
just  as  with  a  jig-sieve.  The  only  difference  is,  that  the  hy- 
draulic strokes  are  much  stronger  at  the  start,  being  given 


with  a  lift  as  high  as  20  centimeters,  and  then  decrease  to  a 
few  millimeters  so  that  the  action  which  follows  at  first  just 
as  with  a  slime  separator,  changes  gradually  to  the  action  of 
a.  fine-jigging  machine. 

In  this  way  a  pause  of  cne  or  two  minutes  is  given,  in  order 
that  the  finest  siime  may  properly  settle  on  the  piston-sieve, 
and  then  this  piston  is  raised  intermittently  to  the  upper 
edge  of  the  inner  vessel,  in  order  to  scrape  off  the  jigging-stuff 
over  the  edge  in  different  layers,  according  as  they  lie  upon 
the  piston  after  sorting,  and  to  obtain  them  separately  as 
special  products.  The  whole  operation  .lasts  about  five  min- 
utes. 

Hy-draulic  Coal  Mi'ner.  An  apparatus 
for  breaking  down  coal  in  situ, 

The  breast  of  coal  is  undermined  as  usual  and  a  hole  drilled 
in  it  to  hold  an  expanding  plug  of  a  cylindrical  form  worked 
by  means  of  hydraulic  pressure  The  plug  is  composed  of 
two  halves,  which  have  a  little  wedge-shaped  space  between 
them,  and  ate  jointed  at  the  end  to  the  extremity  of  a  hy- 
draulic cylinder,  and  receive  between  them  a  wedge-shaped 
extension  of  the  hydraulic  mm  or  plunger,  fitting  exactly 
the  widest  part  of  the  wedge-shaped  ppace,  and  extending 
about  half  its  length  when  the  ram  is  withdrawn  into  the 
hydraulic  cylinder.  When  the  pressure  is  applied  to  the  ram, 
the  wedge-like  extension  is  driven  further  along  the  space 
between  the  two  halves  of  the  plug,  which  are  forced  apirt, 
so  that  the  plug  is  expanded  in  one  direction  beyond  ils  orig- 
inal diameter,  anil  by  lifting  breaks  off  the  mass  of  coal. 

See  HYDRAULIC  BORIXG  MACHINE,  supra. 

Hy-drau'lic  Com-pres'sor.  A  device  in  a 
gun  carriage  to  check  the  recoil  of  the  piece  l>y  re- 
ceiving the  impact  upon  a  piston  which  condenses 
air  in  a  chamber. 

See  PNEUMATIC  SPRING,  *  p.  1755,  "Merh.  Dirt.'' 
See  also  GUN  CARRIAGE;  HYDRAULIC  BUFFER,  supra. 

Krupp -I 

Kendel \*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  37. 

Vavasseur ) 

Hy-drau'lic  Crane.  One  in  which  the  ele- 
vating chain  is  wound  by  hydraulic  power. 

The  first  crane  worked  by  hydraulic  power  was 
put  up  on  the  quay  of  Newcastlc-upon-Tyne  by 
Sir  William  Armstrong,  in  1846. 

Fig.  1408  gives  two  views  of  a  British  crane  of  this  kind. 
It  is  shown  by  side  and  end  elevations,  and  is  fixed  againr.t 
the  wall  of  a  warehouse  in  connection  with  a  swing  crane 
jib  on  the  outside.  The  apparatus  is  used  in  connection 
with  an  accumulator,  which  is  a  vertical  cylinder,  propor- 
tioned in  diameter  and  height  to  the  number  and  power  of 
the  cranes  or  other  machines  to  be  employed.  This  cylinder 
is  fitted  with  a  leathern  collar  or  gland,  through  which  v.-orks 
a  rain  or  plunger  with  a  massive  cross-head  on  the  upper 
end,  to  which  is  attached  an  annular  weight-case  surror.nd- 
ing  and  sliding;  over  the  above-named  cylinder.  The  weight- 
case  is  filled  with  ballast  until  the  total  weight  on  the  ram 
is  equal  to  (usually)  700  Ibs.  per  square  inch;  water  is  then 
forced  into  the  cylinder  or  accumulator  by  the  hydraulic 
pumps,  until  the  ram,  loaded  as  above  described,  reaches  the 
top  of  the  accumulator.  At  this  moment  a  self-acting  ar- 
rangement arrests  the  motion  of  the  engines,  but  imme- 
diately the  ram  begins  to  descend,  in  consequence  of  some  of 
the  stored  power  having  been  used,  the  engines  and  pumps 
are  set  in  motion  automatically,  and  the  ram  is  again  lifted. 

The  water  passes  from  the  accumulator  to  the  cylinder  of 
the  ram,  and,  driving  out  the  piston,  draws  vipon  the  chain 
and  lifts  the  load.  The  princ  pie  is  shown  also  in  Fig.  K, 
Plate  XXIV.,  p.  1157,  '' Merh..  Diet"  The  jibs  are  frequently 
of  greater  sweep  than  that  shown,  built  up  of  plate  and  angle- 
iron,  and  fixed  in  a  central  position  between  two  tiers  of 
doors,  one  crane  being  thus  made  available  for  borh  sets  of 
doors.  The  top  pair  of  cylinders,  shown  in  Fig  14C8,  are 
used  for  slewing  or  turning  the  jib,  and  the  bottom  cylinder 
and  ram  for  lifting  the  loud. 

See:  — 

Armstrong,  "Engineer"      "Scientific  Amerirnn  Slip"  305. 

1611-ton *"  Engineer, "  xli.  168,  170. 

Fielding  fy  Plait,  Br.      .  *  "  Engimer,"  xliv.  88. 

*  "Scientific  Amerirnji  Si/p.,"  305. 

Mills,  Br *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  134. 

Tweddell,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  93. 

Hy-drau'lic  Dump'ing.  A  tip  for  coal  wag- 
ons to  discharge  them  on  to  the  chute. 

As  in  similar  constructions,  the  car  or  wagon  is  rolled  on 
a  platform,  which,  in  most  cases,  rests  with  one  end  on 
the  edge  of  the  quay  and  swings  around  a  horizontal  uxis, 


HYDRAULIC  DUMPING. 


478      HYDRAULIC  ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


Fig.  1408. 


negative  electricity  by  contact  with  a  piece  of 
rubbed  gutta-percha,  hard  rubber,  sealing-wax, 
or  equivalent  substance.  The  cylinder  /is  called 
the  inductor.  These  charges  are  indicated  by  the 
—  and  -f  signs.  The  falling  drops  of  water  be- 
ing positive  electric,  communicate  their  charge  to 
a  funnel  placed  in  the  metallic  cylinder  R,  which 
therefore,  alfo,  becomes  )>o.-itive  electric,  and  is 
called  the  receiver.  As  electric  charges  aiwiiys 
go  to  the  outer  surface  of  cylinders,  the  water 
flowing  out  of  the  funnel  will  be  neutral,  and  all 
the  positive  electricity  left  behind  in  the  outer 
cylinder  R.  Its  charge  increases  continually, 

Fig.  1409. 


Hydraulic  Crane. 


situated  at  a  distance  from 
the  quay  of  about  one  third  of 
the  entire  length  of  the  plat- 
form .  The  other  end  rests  on 
a  piston,  moving  in  a  cylin- 
der filled  with  water,  the  re- 
sistance of  which  must  be 
overcome  during  the  down- 
ward journey  of  the  platform, 
by  which  the  water  is  forced 
from  the  cylinder  into  an  ac- 
cumulator. As  soon  as  the  car 
has  reached  its  proper  position 
on  the  platform,  the  front 
wheels  act  on  a  system  of  le- 
vers, which  raise  two  clutches 
engaging  the  front  axle  of  the 
car  and  holding  the  same  in 
position.  The  car  is  then  also 
secured  at  the  rear  end.  The 
platform  exerts  now  on  the 
piston  a  pressure  of  about  25 
atmospheres ;  by  opening  a 
valve,  communication  is 
opened  with  an  accumulator 
of  a  pressure  of  about  20  at- 
mospheres. The  difference  in 
pressure  of  five  atmospheies 
forces  the  accumulator  up- 
ward ;  this  upward  motion  in- 
creases in  rapidity  as,  by  the  change  of  position  of  the  center 
of  gravity  of  the  car,  the  pressure  in  the  cylinder  is  gradu- 
ally increased  to  40  atmospheres.  As  soon  as  the  platform 
has  attained  an  inclination  of  45°,  the  accumulator  has  risen 
high  enough  to  touch  a  lever,  by  which  communication  be- 
tween itself  and  the  cylinder  is  interrupted.  Meanwhile  the 
contents  of  the  car  have  been  dumped  over  the  scoop-shaped 
end  of  the  platform  into  the  hold  of  the  vessel  below  and  the 
pressure  in  the  cylinder  has  been  reduced  from  40  to  16 
atmospheres.  Connection  with  the  accumulator  having  now 
been  restored,  the  platform  is  brought  into  its  original  posi- 
tion by  the  overpressure  of  20  — 16  =  4  atmospheres.  Should 
the  cargo  of  the  car  not  weigh  enough,  a  little  water  may  be 
drawn  from  the  accumulator  by  a  separate  stop-cock.  Hereby 
the  pressure  is  reduced  and  the  platform  lowered  far  enough 
to  produce  the  necessary  pressure  by  a  change  of  position 
of  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  car.  Glycerine  may  be  sub- 
stituted for  water  when  the  apparatus  is  exposed  to  very 
low  temperatures. 

The  principle  involved  in  this  apparatus  is  the  storage  of 
the  weight  of  the  cargo  in  an  accumulator,  and  its  employ- 
ment for  raising  the  empty  car  and  platform  after  discharg- 
ing the  load. 

See  also  references  under  DUMP  CAR,  p.  280,  supra. 

Hy-drauaic  E-lec'tric  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine in  which  electricity  is  excited  by  a  flowing 
stream  of  water.  —  Machine  Hl.<  ctrtque  a  tfcoulement. 

The  principle  is  illustrated  in  the  small  figure  to  the  left 
In  Fig.  1409,  in  which  2"  is  a  metallic  tube  with  a  stop-cock, 
through  which  a  small  stream  of  water  runs  in  drops  from 
a  reservoir,  while  it  is  electrically  connected  with  the  earth. 
It  is  surrounded  by  an  isolated  metallic  cylinder,  I,  which 
induces  a  positive  electrical  conduction  in  the  tube  Tand  in 
the  stream  of  water,  by  being  itself  once  for  all  charged  with 


until  the  charge  of  the  drops  of  liquid  fal  ing 
from  Tis  in  equilibrium  with  the  loss,  or  until 
electric  sparks  fly  over  between  the  lower  cyl- 
inder R  and  the  upper  one  /,  or  until  the  drops 
from  the  tube  T  no  longer  fall  down  in  the  fun- 
nel R,  being  repelled  sideways  and  thrown  out- 
ward by  the  equally  positively  charged  cylin- 
der R. 

If  nothing  more  were  added  to  this  nrrange- 
went,  it  would  be  necessary  to  renew  the  nega- 
tive charge  of  the  cylinder  /frequently  ;  but  Fig.  1409  rep- 
resents a  double  apparatus  on  this  principle,  invented  by 
Thompson,  and  so  arranged  by  duplication  of  parts,  one  Fet 
next  to  the  other,  that  the  electricity  of  the  lower  cylinder 
R  of  one  charges  the  upper  cylinder  /  of  its  other,  of  which 
then  the  electric  charges  will  be  reversed,  the  upper  cylin- 
der /  will  be  positive,  and  the  lower  one  R  negative. 

The  reservoir  R  of  the  nearest  set  of  cylinders  is  connected 
with  the  inductor  /'  of  the  farther  set,  while  the  receiver  A'' 
of  this  set  is  connected  with  the  inductor  /  of  the  nearest 
Fet.  The  drops  falling  from  the  second  inductor  /'  are  then 
negatively  charged,  and  give  this  charge  to  the  second  re- 
ceiver R',  which  increases  the  charge  of  the  firrt  inductor  /. 
Added  to  the  connections,  of  which,  of  course,  one  is  always 
positive  and  the  other  negative,  are  two  Leyden  jars,  A  and 
/>.  The  jars  are  truncated  cones,  of  flint  glass  of  good  iso- 
lating quality,  coated  exteriorly  with  tinfoil,  and  interiorly 
containing  a  quantity  of  strong  sulphuric  acid,  into  which 
dip  the  lead  rods,  which  at  their  lower  ends  have  lead  plates  ; 
the  rods  are  surrounded  by  a  glass  tube  and  pass  through  the 
center  of  a  cover  of  hard  rubber.  This  is  done  to  fecure  for 
the  interior  of  these  jars  a  perfectly  uniform  dry  atmos- 
phere. 

The  dynamic  value  of  the  electricity  thus  produced  is  de- 
rived from  the  power  of  the  falling  liquid  :  it  would  be  equal 
to  the  work  performed  by  gravitation  on  the  drops  of  liquid 
during  their  downward  route,  if  the  drops  arrived  in  the 
funnels  after  having  lost  all  their  velocity,  and  it  corre- 
sponds exactly  to  their  loss  in  vis  viva.  The  loss  of  elec- 
tricity is  so  weak  in  this  apparatus,  that  the  charge  can  be 
kept  up  for  years  by  means  of  an  insignificant  discharge  of 
liquid  ;  a  single  drop,  for  instance,  falling  f.-om  each  stop-cock 
every  three  minutes,  has  been  found  sufficient  to  keep  up  a 
constant  charge. 

The  matter  is  considered  more  at  length  iu  "Manufacturer 
and  Builder,"  *  ix.  262. 


HYDRAULIC  ELEVATOR. 


479 


HYDRAULIC   ENGINE. 


Fig.  1410. 


Hydraulic  Elevator. 

seur    Edoux 

avoidance  of  the  use  of  a  lifting  cable,  it  must  be  acknowl- 
edged that  it  has  one  weak  spot,  and  that  is  the  parting  of 
the  connection  between  the  cage  and  the  lifting  tube,  in 
which  case  the  counterbalance  carries  the  cage  violently 


upward  and  breaks  the  connection  at  the  top,  allowing  the 
cage  to  drop.  This  was  the  cause  of  the  fatal  accident  at  the 
Grand  Hotel  in  Paris,  in  1878. 

See:  — 

Water  elevators    .    .  *  "  Mech. Diet.,"  Figs.  7101 , etc  ,  p.  2738. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.''  105. 

Burden  .  .  .  .  *  "Manu'fart.  $  Builder,''  x  265. 
Water  lifter,  Cranston  *  "Mm.  Sf  Se.  Press,"  xxxvi.  305. 
Elevator,  disking  .  *  "Man.  $  Builder,"  xii.  198,  232. 

Otis *"  Mann  fact.  If  Builder  ,"  xi.  221. 

Lift,  river  Weaver,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  1.  157,  160. 
Lift,  TrocadtSro,  Paris  *  "Engineer,"1  xlvi.  377. 

TweddeU    .     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  98. 

See  several  previous  articles  under  HYDRAULIC  CRANE,  Fig. 
1403,  p.  478  ;  GRID,  Fig  12SO,  p.  423. 

Illustrated  article  in  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  article  "  Treuil  Hydrautirjue,"  Hi.,  ed.  1877. 

Hy-draulic  En'gine.  An  engine  operated  by 
pressure  of  water. 

Two  forms  of  hydraulic  engines  are  made  by  Pratt  If  Whit- 
ney. One  with  a  rotary  movement ;  it  is  a  simple  recipro- 
cating engine  worked  under  a  water  pressure  of  20  pounds  to 


Hy-drau'lic    El'e-va'-  F'g-  141' 

tor.      A   lift    operated    by 
hydraulic  pressure. 

Several  methods  of  application 
of  hydraulic  force  to  this  purpose 
are  given  in  Plates  XXIV.,  XXV., 
pp.  1150-1157,  "J\Iech.  Diet.'' ;  and 
WATER  ENGINE,  Figs.  7101,  7102, 
p.  2733,  Ibid.  See  also  references 
at  ELEVATOR,  p.  309,  Ibid.,  and 
ROPE  ELEVATOR,  Fig.  4437,  p.  1979, 
Ibid. 

The  Ascenseur  Edoux  is  shown 
in  Fig.  1410.  It  is  regarded  as 
the  safest  of  all  methods,  and  is 
remarkably  smooth  and  noiseless 
in  action. 

It  consists  of  a  hydraulic  cylin- 
der equal  in  length  to  the  height 
of  the  desired  lift  (sometimes  70' 
and  upward),  placed  vertically 
in  a  well  or  bore-hole,  and  a  ram 
of  area  proportionate  to  the  work 
to  be  done  and  the  pressure  of 
water  available.  The  cylinder  is 
fitted  with  a  gland  or  leathern  col- 
lar, and  on  the  head  of  the  ram 
icsts  the  cage  or  ascending  room, 
which  is  guided  by  suitable  guide 
timbers.  The  motion  is  regu- 
la  e il  by  an  equilibrium  valve,  ad- 
mitting the  water  into  the  cylin- 
der or  letting  it  run  to  waste. 
The  valve  can  be  controlled  from 
a  rod  which  passes  down  one 
corner  of  the  lift,  and  only  re- 
quires a  gentle  pull  to  stop  at 
any  desired  floor  or  to  start 
again . 

The.^e  lifts  are  always  fitted 
with  compensating  counterbal- 
ances, exactly  equal  to  the  weight 
of  the  cage  and  the  ram,  insuring 
the  utmost  economy  of  water  in 
working.  The  water  pressure  is 
obtained  in  various  ways,  from 
an  accumulator,  from  the  city 
main,  or  from  an  elevated  cistern, 
as  in  the  illustration,  Fig.  1409, 
in  which  is  a  steam  pump  to  keep 
the  cistern  supplied. 

Fig.  1411  is  Halt's  hydraulic  el- 
'evator,  in  which  the  ram  B  in 
the  cylinder  C  is  made  to  draw 
upon  a  pulley,  A,  and  so  wind  up 
the  suspending  rope  of  the  cage. 
D  is  the  pump,  F  water  sup- 
ply, and  E  pipe  leading  to  ram 
cylinder  C. 

While  it  is  impossible  to  elimi- 
nate all  chances  of  danger  in  lift-  r-ltr^-^^^P^: S^r.-l~ 
ing    machinery,  and    preference  " 

has  been  expressed  for  the  ascen-  Hydraulic  Elevator. 

on    account  of    its 

the  square   inch  or  upward.    It  is  intended  for  furnishing 
limited  power  for  working  printing  presses,  for  small  shops, 
etc.,  and  the  stroke  is  adjustable  from  4"  to  10". 
The  hydraulic  engine  for  blowing  pipe-organs  works  noise- 


lessly  and  without  thump,  as  the  stroke  of  the  piston  con- 
nects directly  with  a  partially  rotary  movement.  It  works 
under  all  pressure  with  equal  facility. 

See  HYDRAULIC  BLOWER,  supra,  and  Figs.  3426, 3427,  p.  1576 
"Meek.  Diet." 

The  Stannard  hydraulic  engine  resembles  a  small  horizon- 
tal steam-engine,  and  is  intended  to  be  used,  in  any  locality 
where  a  head  of  water  can  be  obtained,  to  act  as  a  light  motor. 
The  length  of  the  stroke  is  adjustable  at  will,  from  4"  to  8", 
according  to  the  quantity  of  water  available,  or  power  re- 
quired. Diameter  of  cylinder,  5". 

White's  dental  engine  is  shown  in  Fig.  795,  p.  250,  supra. 

The  Valley  Machine  Co.'s  engine  is  a  small  compact  upright 
form  for  a  domestic  motor,  or  use  in  small  shops. 

See  Figs.  2614,  2615,  pp.  1145,  1146,  "Mech.  Diet." 

fee  also  WATER-PRESSURE  ENGINE,  Figs.  7120-7124,  pp. 
2743,  2744,  Ibid. 


See :   Motor,  Knecht  . 
Engine,  Richardson 

Hubbard  if  Allen  .  . 

Hydrant,  Root      .  . 

Kotary,  Root    .     .  . 

Motor,  Schmid,  Swltz. 
Schmid,  at  Paris  Exp. 


*  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  278. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  262. 

*  "  American  Artizan,"  xix.  6. 

*  "Iron  Ate,"  xx.,  Oct.  25,  p.  1. 

*  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  353. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  150. 
"Engineer,"  xlvi.  210.     Fig.  3. 

*  "Scientific  Amir.,''  xxxix.  827. 


HYDRAULIC   ENGINEERING. 


480 


HYDRAULIC   JACK. 


Hy-drau'lic  En'gi-neer'ing. 
followiii";  heads  •  — 


See  under  the 


Air  camel. 

Air  lock. 

Apron. 

Aqueduct. 

Barrage. 

Boom. 

Boring  anchor. 

Breakwater. 

Brush  dike. 

Catuil. 

Canal  lift. 

Canal  lock. 

Coffer  dam. 

Crib  breakwater. 

Crib  da  in. 

Curtain. 

Dam. 

Dike. 

Dipper. 

Draining. 

Dredge. 

Dredge  boat. 

Dredging  machine. 

Drilling  scow. 

Drum  barrage. 

Drum  weir. 

Dry  dock. 

Embankment. 

l'«  seine. 

Flank. 

Floating  brush  dike. 

>  touting  derrick. 

Flo.itinjj  dock. 

Flouting  wire  dike. 

Flume. 

Gabion. 

Gabionade 


Grapple. 

Grapple  dredging  machine. 
Consult  :   fituarfs,  "Naeal  Dry  Dock*.'-' 

Foster's,  "Submarine  Blasting.'' 


Graving  dock. 

Grouser. 

Hopper  barge 

Hurdle. 

Hydraulic  grading. 

Jetty. 

Lighthouse 

Lock  gate. 

Mat. 

Mat  boat. 

Mattress. 

Mattress  boat. 

Movable  dain. 

Navvy. 

Overflow  basin. 

Pier. 

Pile  dam. 

Pile  driver. 

Pneumatic  excavator. 

Pneumatic  pile. 

Revetment. 

llevetment  mattress. 

Hip-rap. 

Sabot. 

Sand  fence. 

Screw  pile. 

Sheer  boom. 

Shutter  dam. 

Shuttle. 

Slide. 

Sounding. 

Sub-aqueous  excavator. 

Submarine  excavator. 

Submarine  gr;  pple. 

Submarine  tunnel. 

Towing. 

Tubular  foundation. 

Tubular  pile. 

Weir. 

Willow  curtain. 


Hy-drau'lic  Force  Pump.  The  pump  used 
in  connection  with  ;i  hydraulic  press.  Such  are 
shown  in  Plates  XXV.,  XXVI.,  "Mech.  Z>«W.,"opp. 
pp.  1150,  1156.  See  also  BOILER PROVER,  Fig.  763, 
p.  320,  Ibid.;  HYDRAULIC  PRESSURE  PUMP,  infra. 

Hy-drau'lic  Forge  A  pjjpss  operated  by  hy- 
draulic power,  as  a  substitute  for  the  hammer. 

Reference  has  been  made  under  STEEL  PRESS,  *  p.  2369, 
"  Mfc/i.  Diet.,"1  to  the  method  adopted  by  Revolier  &  Co., 
and  others. 

The  Woolwich  Arsenal  gun  carriage  department  has  a  hy- 
draulic press  for  forging  iron.  The  machine  is  capable  of  ex- 
ert ing  a  force  of  3,000  tons,  and  it  will  probably  supersede 
the  steam  hammers  to  some  extent. 

The  llaswell  system  is  described  by  Prof.  Blake  in  his  re- 
port, *  "  Viennn  Exposition  (1873)  Reports,''1  iv.,  pp.  257-262. 

Prof.Thitrxton'x  report,  Ibid.,  iii.  335. 

See  also  "Engineering  Sf  Mining  Journal?'  xxiii. 
" Manufacturer  (f  Builder,''  ix.  179. 

Hy-drau'lic  Gage.  The  manometer  applied 
to  register  the  pressure  in  a  hydraulic  engine,  press, 
or  pump. 

Hy-drau'lic  Gra'ding.  Views  and  details  of 
experiments  in  grading  steep  river  banks  by  means 
of  hydraulic  nozzle,  preparatory  to  placing  woven 
mattress  work  upon  them  as  a  revetment,  are  shown 
ill  "Rep.  U.  S.  Engineers,"  1880,  *  ii.,  pp.  1444-1449. 

Hy-draulic  'Grid.  The  gridiron  or  platform 
on  which  a  vessel  is  lifted  by  hydraulic  pressure, 
or  by  camel.  See  GRID,  p.  423,  and  DEPOSITING 
DOCK,  Plate  IX.,  supra. 

Hy-drau'lic  Gun'-car-riage.  A  piece  pro- 
vided with  hydraulic  apparatus  for  elevating  into 
battery,  depressing,  and  working. 

See  "also  HYDRAULIC  COMPRESSOR. 

Raskazoff,  Russia      ...  *  "Engineering,'1  xxiii.  305. 

Hy-drau'lic  Hoist.  An  arrangement  for 
lifting  vessels  clear  of  the  water,  on  inclines  or  ver- 
tically. 

See  J,  Plate  XXV.,  opp.  p.  1150,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 

Also  GRID,  Fig.  1280,  p.  423,  supra. 


Marine  slips      ....  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  130. 
Docks,  Engl,    .     .    .    .*"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1696. 
Mariilier,  llull,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineir, "  xliv.  850. 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  CRANE:  HYDRAULIC  ELEVATOR:  HY- 
DRAULIC JACK. 

Hy-drau'lic  Jack.  An  application  of  the  hy- 
drostatic press  to  a  portable  lifting  or  pushing  in- 
strument. 

Several  forms  are  shown  at  M,  M',  M",  M"',  O,  Plate  XXV. 
p.  1157,  "Mfrh.  Diet.'' 

Kig.  1412  shows  a  jack  for  forcing  crossheads  out  of  piston 
rods,  bolts  from  engine  frames  and  cylinders,  crank  pins  out 


Fig.  1412. 


Hydraulic  Jark 

of  locomotive  driving-wheels,  and  for  performing  similar 
work  in  which  it  is  necessary  to  employ  a  tool  of  large  poA\er 
in  a  small  space.  It  consists  of  a  long  tube,  A, in  whi<h 
works  a  piston,  B.  The  latter  is  provided  with  suitable  pack- 
ing, and  its  rod  is  a  ferew  working  in  the  cover  C.  D  is  the 
ram  of  the  ja<k.  The  handle  has  click  and  rachet  so  as  to 
work  by  a  vibratory  movement. 

Fig.  1414. 


Hydraulic  Jack. 


Hydraulic  Jark. 

Fig.  1413  is  Justice's  hydrau- 
lic jack.  It  is  filled  with  a 
liquid. 

Water 1 

Whiskey     ....    6 
Oil 0.5 

Well  shaken  together  before 
being  filled  into  the  ja<  k.  The 
pump-piston  works  in  guides 
at  top  and  bottom  ;  the  jack 
will  work  with  any  wrench  or 


HYDRAULIC  JACK. 


481 


HYDRAULIC   MACHINERY. 


spanner,  the  socket  of  which  will  fit  the  square  on  the 
pump-shaft.  The  transference  of  the  liquid  from  the  upper 
chamber  to  the  space  beneath  the  piston  is  the  cause  of  the 
elevation  of  the  head  and  cylinder  on  the  stem  of  the  foot- 
piece. 

Fig.  1414  represents  the  Dudgeon  hydraulic  jack.  The 
vibrating  lever  L  operates  the  plunger  D  by  means  of  a 
cam,  taking  oil  or  glycerine  from  the  chamber  and  forcing  it 
by  passages  to  the  space  C  beneath  the  ram  B,  which  rises 
in  cylinder  A. 

The  hydraulic  jack  has  many  applications,  in  machines 
bearing  special  names.  See,  among  others  :  CRANK-PIN  JACK, 
*  Fig.  720,  p.  229,  supra;  CAR-WHEEL  PRESS,  *  Fig.  7189,  p. 
2768,  "Mecfi.  Diet.,''1  etc.  See  list  under  HYDRAULIC  MA- 
CHINERY, iufra. 

See  :  —  Dudgeon  *  "Amer.  R.  R.  Jour.,"  1.  647. 

*  Emery's  Report,  "  Centennial.  Reports,'- 

vi.,  Group  XX.,  p.  37. 
Compound,  Harrison,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,1'  xlii.  21. 

Hy-draulick-iiig.  (Mining.)  Washing  down 
a  placer  claim  by  the  use  of  hose  or  giant  nozzle. 

"  The  water  is  sold  by  the  inch,  that  being  the  customary 
quantity  which  escapes  through  an  orifice  one  inch  square 
with  the  water  6"  deep  above  the  top  of  the  orifice  ;  as  meas- 
ured, an  inch  of  water  is  considered  equal  to  2|'  cubic  per 
minute.  The  mining  ditches  of  California  (1871)  carry  at  least 
100,000",  or  about  2,500,000,000  gallons  in  24  hours.  This 
water  is  carried  in  open  canals,  in  wooden  frames,  and  iron 
pipes.  The  latter  are  used  now  invariably  in  crossing  deep 
ravines,  and  the  necessities  of  the  positions  have  led  to  the 
adoption  of  heroic  engineering  precedents  in  regard  to  the 
thickness  of  metal,  coupled  with  diameter  of  pipe.  Thus 
the  Swartsville  pipe,  16"  diameter,  under  180'  pressure,  of 
No.  18  sheet  iron,  was  laid  in  1861,  not  painted  inside,  but 
painted  on  the  out.  San  Juan,  30"  diameter,  Nos.  12 
and  14  iron,  55'  head,  coated  inside  and  out,  laid  in  1861. 
Chinese  camp,  Nos.  12,  14, 16,  and  18  iron,  maximum  head 
800',  was  laid  in  1868.  The  pipes  are  double  riveted  on  the 
longitudinal  seams,  put  together  like  stove-pipes  and  riveted, 
and  coated  with  coal  tar. 

"  Most  of  the  water  thus  distributed  is  used,  as  is  said,  to 
hydraulic,  that  is,  to  wash  banks  of  auriferous  earth  by 
throwing  a  stream  of  water  upon  them  through  a  hose  and 
pipe.  Hydraulic  claims  are  usually  in  hills.  The  water  is 
brought  to  the  bottom  of  the  hill  by  an  iron  pipe  or  by  a 
hose.  The  hose  is  of  heavy  duck,  and  from  4  to  10"  diame- 
ter, sometimes  surrounded  by  iron  rings  2"  wide  and  3" 
apart,  connected  by  4  ropes.  It  is  important  to  preserve  as 
great  a  head  as  possible,  with  flexibility  of  hose.  The  nozzles 
are  like  those  of  fire-engine  hose,  sometimes  as  large  as  8" 
diameter,  with  a  discharge  of  300  to  800"  of  water.  The 
miners  usually  turn  the  stream  upon  the  banks  near  the 
bottom  until  a  large  mass  of  earth  tumbles  down.  They 
then  wash  all  this  away  into  the  sluice,  and  then  cut  the 
bank  again  at  the  bottom.  The  water  usually  costs  10  cents 
per  inch  per  day,  and  dirt  in  this  way  has  been  in  some 
places  excavated  at  a  profit  when  it  contained  one  cent's 
worth  of  gold  in  a  cubic  foot.  The  same  hydraulic  process 
has  been  used  for  excavation  merely." 

See  FLUME,  Fig.  2041,  p.  891,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Hy-draulic  Lift.  Lifting  apparatus  opera- 
ting by  pressure  of  water.  See  HYDRAULIC  ELE- 
VATOR ;  HYDRAULIC  HOIST  ;  HYDRAULIC  PRESS. 

Hy-drau'lic  Lo'co-mo'tive.  A  device  for 
traveling  up  a  flume  by  power  derived  from  the 
flow  of  water. 

Leaman      ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  79. 

Hy-draulic  Ma-chin'e-ry.  Companies  are 
now  established  in  England  for  the  production  and 
renting  of  hydraulic  power,  distributed  by  mains. 
Such  are  the  Chester  and  the  Hull  (Br.)  Hydraulic 
Engineering  Co/s. 

The  application  of  hydraulic  power  to  the  lifting 
of  passengers  in  hotels  and  stores,  goods  in  ware- 
houses, and  factories ;  and  also  to  the  working  of 
cranes,  dock-gates,  swing-bridges,  elevating  and 
tipping  coal- wagons,  etc.,  has  become  quite  common 
in  Britain  and  America.  In  the  latter,  either  local 
pumps  or  the  city  mains  are  used ;  in  Britain  the 
same  occurs,  but  there  are  also  companies  which 
rent  power. 

The  subject  has  been  considered,  as  to  its  history  and  the 
elaboration  of  its  methods  and  applications,  in  a  paper  read  b  v 
Sir  YV.  G.  Armstrong,  before  the  British  Instil,  of  Civil  En- 
gineers, 1877,  reproduced  in  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  28,  p.  3. 

31 


"  In  Hull  (Br.)  the  system  does  not  differ  essentially  from 
an  ordinary  water  service,  in  which  the  necessary  head  of 
water  is  obtained  by  pumping  direct  into  the  mains  against 
the  pressure  in  an  air-vessel  or  stand-pipe.  The  difference 
consists  in  the  higher  pressure  employed  —  generally  from 
600  Ibs.  to  800  Ibs.  per  square  inch  —  and  in  the  use  of  dead 
weight  accumulators  for  maintaining  a  uniform  pressure, 
and  allowing  for  the  variation  in  the  rate  of  consumption  of 
the  water.  In  nearly  all  towns  where  a  good  pressure  in  the 
water  main  exists,  the  force  due  to  the  pressure  is  being 
utilized  with  great  advantage  for  the  working  of  cranes  and 
hoists  and  other  purposes,  and  the  water  is  generally  paid 
for  at  a  rate  per  1,000  gallons  consumed.  The  pressure  in  the 
ordinary  water  mains  of  a  city  rarely  exceeds  60  Ibs.  on  the 
square  inch,  and  it  is  obvious  that  if  the  pressure  were  in- 
creased to  600  Ibs.  on  the  square  inch  only  one  tenth  of  the 
water  would  be  used  to  do  the  same  amount  of  work,  and 
the  machinery  employed  to  utilize _the  power  need  be  only 
one  tenth  the  capacity.  The  higher  pressure  also  gives  a 
greater  speed  and  certainty  of  action. 

"  What  the  Hull  Hydraulic  Power  Company  have  done  is 
to  lay  a  main  of  about  a  mile  in  length  through  the  streets 
bordering  the  Old  Harbor  at  Hull,  in  which  are  built  most 
of  the  public  wharves  and  warehouses  of  the  city.  This 
main  is  charged  at  a  pressure  of  600  Ibs.  on  the  square  inch 
by  pumping  engines  erected  at  a  convenient  spot  on  the  line 
of  main.  Not  the  least  important  point  in  the  value  of  such 
an  undertaking  is  that  the  water  being  used  exclusively  for 
working  machinery  does  not  require  to  be  of  a  quality  nec- 
essary for  domestic  purposes,  and  there  are  but  few  towns 
where  the  supply  of  pure  water  is  so  ample  that  the  utiliza- 
tion of  inferior  supplies  is  a  matter  of  no  moment 

"  Any  person  on  the  line  of  main  requiring  to  use  cranes,  or 
hoists,  or  printing  machines,  hydraulic  presses,  etc.,  has 
thus  at  his  door  a  simple  and  economical  power  available  at 
any  moment  by  paying  only  for  the  amount  he  actually 
uses.  In  fact,  the  consumer  can  buy  his  power  in  the  same 
way  as  he  buys  his  gas,  and  with  no  more  trouble  in  the  one 
case  than  in  the  other.  There  are  several  other  advantages 
in  the  system  which  will  at  once  occur  to  the  reader,  such 
as  the  reduction  of  the  risk  of  fire  in  warehouses  through 
the  substitution  of  water  for  steam  power,  and  the  saving  of 
room  effected  by  dispensing  with  boilers  and  engines.  The 
water  mains  required  for  the  system,  though  of  great 
strength,  are  not  of  large  size.  The  main  laid  at  Hull  is  6" 
in  diameter,  which  will  be  ample  for  all  requirements  there, 
and  would  probably  be  seldom  exceeded  should  the  system 
ever  come  to  be  adopted  in  the  largest  cities  of  the  kingdom. 
Two  pairs  of  pumping  engines,  of  60  horse-power  each,  have 
been  erected,  and  the  engine-house  has  been  built  to  accom- 
modate two  other  pairs  of  the  same  size,  which  will  be  added 
as  the  demand  for  the  power  increases.  The  engine-house  is 
covered  by  a  cast-iron  tank,  into  which  the  water  is  pumped 
in  the  first  instance  from  the  river,  and  allowed  to  settle 
before  being  pumped  into  the  main.  A  minimum  charge  is 
to  be  paid  by  consumers  according  to  the  size  of  the  ma- 
chinery to  be  worked,  amounting  for  an  ordinary  river-side 
warehouse  crane  to  about  £52  per  annum  ;  and  the  cost  of 
working  will  amount  to  about  Jd.  for  each  ton  lifted  40'." 

Hull,  Br "Engineering,'1'  xxii.  279 

Accumulator,  Best  4"  *  "Eng.  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  455. 

Marshall      ....  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  3659. 

Grimshaw *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  20,  p.  7. 

Kingston-upon-Hull     .      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,'"  xviii.  211. 

Kiinely *  "Scientific  Am.," xxviii.  127. 

Merdach,T?r.    .     .         .      "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  9. 

Tweddell,  Br *  "Engineer^  xliv.  98 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  271. 

*  "Man.  (f  Builder,"  xii.  105. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  viii.  563. 

Air  pump,  Van  Pauwel  .  *  "Man.  If  Builder,"  ix.  142. 
Brake. 

Barker,  Midi.  Ry.,  Br. .  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  302. 
Bridge  opener,  Harlem    .  *  "Man.  (f  Builder,"  xi.  6. 
Car  propeller,  Rosseau    .  *"  Scientific  American." 
Compressor  for    gun 

carriages,  Krupp      .    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  37. 

Rendell *  "Engineering,"'  xxviii.  37. 

Vavasseur »  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  37. 

Crane,  160  ton    .     ...»  "Engineer,"  xli.  168,  170. 

Fielding  $  Platt,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  88. 

Mills,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  134. 

Tweddell,  Br.       ...»  "Engineer,"  xliv.  98. 

Dumping *  "Sc.  American  Sup. ,"2487. 

Elevator,  Burden    .     .     .  *  "Man.  fy  Builder,'''  xvi.  265. 

Otis *  "Man.  if  Builder,"  xi.  221. 

Tweddell *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  98. 

Engine,  Knecht  .    .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xli.  278. 

Richardson      .    .     .     .  *  " Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  262. 

Hydrant,  Root    .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Oct.  25,  p.  1. 

Rotary,  Root       .     .     .  *"Min.  tf  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvi.  353. 

Schmid,  Switz.     .    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  210. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  327. 
Forging,  Haswell,  Aust.        Thurston's  "  Vienna  Report,"  iii. 

335. 


HYDRAULIC   MACHINERY. 


482 


HYDRAULIC   PUNCH. 


Grid 

Gun  carriage,  Kaskazojf 
Hoist,  marine  slip  .     . 

Docks,  Br , 

Marittier,  Br.  ... 
Jack,  Dudgeon  .     .    . 

Compound,  Harrison 
Lift,  Cranston    .    .     . 

Ouskins;       .... 

River  Weaver,  Br.    . 

Trocadero,  Fr.     .     . 
Locomotive,  Leaman  . 

Main 

Mill,  sugar  cane,  Berry 
Mining,  California  .     . 


Bowie 


Distributor  .... 

Gravel  elevator     .     . 

Nozzle 

Gooseneck  .... 

Gravel  mining     .     . 

Hoskin 

"  Dictator,"  Hoskin 
Power  Co.,  Hull,  Br.   . 
Press,  for  gunpowder,  Br. 
Pump 

Lyon 

Direct-acting,  Taylor 

Pump,  Twee/dell,  Br. 

Cotton,  Watson,  Br. 
Pumping  eng.,  Hatkorn 

For  mines  .... 
Punch  &  shears,  Toulon 
Earn  (8  Figures)      .     . 

Efficiency    .... 

De  Colicky      .     .     . 

Easton  4"  Amos    .     . 

Fox 

Fyfe 

Heisse 

Hett 

Hypsydre    .... 

MUlington  .... 

Montgolfier      .     .     . 

Whitekurst  .  .  . 
Riveter,  Tweddell,  Br. 

Keel,  Tweddell,  Br. 
Shears,  Toulon  arsenal 

Tweddell  .... 
Tip,  wagon,  Thomson 
Valve,  Dennis,  Br. 


*  "  Sc.  American,"  xl.  241. 

*  'Engineering,''  xxiii.  305. 

'  Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  130. 
'Sc.  American  Sup.,''  1696. 
'Engineer,-'  xliv.  350. 
'Am.  R.  R.  Jour.,''  1.  647. 
'Engineer,"  xliii.  21. 
'Min.  (f  Sc.  Press,'1  xxxvi.  305. 
'Man.  if  Builder,''  xii.  198,  232. 
'Engineer,''  1.  157,160. 
'Engineer,11  xlvi.  377. 
'Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  79. 
'Man.  $  Builder,"  viii.  233. 

*  'Engineering,"  xxix.  204. 

*  'Engineering,''   xxiv.  409,   448, 

485. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1683. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  274. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  757. 

.  *  "Min.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  329. 
.  *  " Min.  &  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  377. 
,  *   'Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiv.  169. 
.  *   'Engineering,"  xxiv.  445. 

*  'Min.  (f  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  329. 

.  *   'Min.  4-  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  267. 
.  *   'Engineering,"  xxiv.  445. 
" Engineeriiig,"  xxii.  279. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  95. 

.  *  "Sc.  American,"  xlii.  134. 

.  *  "Man.  if  Builder,"  xii.  49. 

.  *  "Engineering,'1''  xxv.  190. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  84. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  38. 

.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  488. 

.  *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  369. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1183. 
.  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  455. 

.      "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  239. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  30 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  30. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  30. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  30. 

.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xii.  262. 

.  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1262. 

.  *  "Engineer,''  xii.  30. 

.  *  "Sc.  American,''  xxxviii.  166. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  30. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  30. 

.  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  226. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  98. 

.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  635. 
.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  208. 
.  *  "Sc.  American  Sup  ,"  352. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  204. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  13. 


Hy-draulic  Main  Dip  Reg'u- 
la'tor.  A  valve  device  in  gas  works 
for  regulating  the  depth  of  seal  of  the 
dip-pipes  in  hydraulic  mains.  In  /s- 
bell's  device  an  arrangement  allows  the 
heavy  tar  to  be  withdrawn  from  the 
bottom  of  the  main  without  disturbing 
the  seal.  Smith  8f  Sayre  Manufacturing 
Co.  See  DIP-PIPE,  Fig.  1660,  p.  705, 
and  GAS  APPARATUS,  p.  944,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Hydraulic  main 

*  "  Manufacturer  and  Builder,"  viii.  233. 

Hy-draulic  Mill.  A  form  of 
sugar-cane  mill  in  which  the  megass 
(bagasse)  is  steamed  in  a  covered  cham- 
ber and  repressed  in  a  second  mill. 

Sugar-cane  mill,  Berry,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  204. 

Hy-draulic  Mi'ning.  A  system  of  placer 
mining  in  which  auriferous  strata  are  washed  down 
by  water  jets.  See  HYDRAULICKING  ;  also  HY- 
DRAULIC NOZZLE,  and  references  passim. 
Hydraulic  mining,  Cal.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  409,  448, 
485. 

Bowie *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1683. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  274. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  757. 

Distributor,  gravel  mining. 

*  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  329. 
Gravel  elevator,  Oranston. 

*  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  37i . 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  NOZZLE. 


Hy-draulic  Mo'tor.  See  HYDRAULIC  EN- 
GINE, "Mech.  Diet.,"  et  supra. 

Hy-draulic  Noz'zle.  The  pipe  for  directing 
a  stream  of  water  on  a  bank  of  auriferous  gravel  in 
placer  mining. 

The  subject  and  the  method  are  considered  under  HTDRAU- 
LICKING,  supra ;  the  Hume  of  Smartville,  California,  is  shown 
in  b'ig.  2041,  p.  891,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  the  nozzles  at  Fig. 
2616,  p.  1149,  Ibid. 

"Monitor,-' Craig    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  445. 

Fisher,  Knuckle-joint  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  445. 

*  "Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiv.  169. 

Gooseneck *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  445. 

Gravel  Mining     ...  *  "Min.  $  Sc.  Press."  xxxv.  329. 

Hoskin *  "Min.  (f  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  269. 

Dictator,  Hoskin      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  445. 

Hy-draulic  Pile  Driving.  (Hydr.  Eng.) 
A  mode  of  sinking  piles  in  friable  soil  by  means  of 
excavating  in  advance  of  the  pile  by  a  forcible 
stream  of  water.  See  PILE,  infra. 

Hy-draulic  Pow'er.  See  HYDRAULIC  MA- 
CHINERY. 

Hy-draulic  Press.  A  press  in  which  water 
under  pressure  of  pump  or  elevation  is  used  as  a 
source  of  power.  See  p.  1149,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Beetroot,  Fr "Dep.  Agri.  Sp.  Report,"  No 

28,  Plate  XIV. 

Lalouftte "Dep.  Agri.  Sp.  Report,"  fio. 

28,  Plate  XV.     Description  on  page  138. 

Gunpowder,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  95- 

Press  Dump *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  134. 

Lyon        *  "Man.  4"  Builder,"  xii.  49. 

Direct  acting,  Taylor    ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  190. 
Direct  action  pumps  for, 

Tweddell,  Br *  " Engineer,"  xlv.  84. 

Cotton  press,  Watson,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  38. 

See  also  On,  PRESS  ;  STEARINE  PRESS  ;  WIRE  PRESS  ;  HOT 
PRESS  ;  also  Plates  XXIV.,  XXV.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Hy-draulic  Pres'sure  Pump.  A  pump  for 
working  a  hydraulic  press. 

Knowles'  pump,  shown  in  Fig.  1415,  works  direct 
from  the  steam  cylinder,  dispensing  with  belt,  pulley 
cranks  and  fly-wheel. 

See  also  figures  in  Plates  XXIV.,  XXV.,  "Mech. 

Diet." 

Hy-draulic  Pump.    1 .  An  engine  for  serving 

Fig.  1415. 


Hydraulic  Pressure  Pump. 


a  line  of  pipes  by  which  hydraulic  power  is  distrrtv 
uted  through  a  city  or  works.     See   account  < 
works  at  Hull,  Br.,  HYDRAULIC  MACHINERY,  p. 
481. 

2.  A  pump  worked  by  hydraulic  power. 

3.  A  pump  for  serving  a  hydraulic  press,     bee 
HYDRAULIC  PRESSURE  PUMP. 

Pumping  engine. 

Hathorn  If  Co.,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxm.  48b. 
Water  elevator  for  mines    *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  369. 

Hy-draulic  Punch.  A  punch  operated  by 
hydraulic  power.  See  G,  Plate  XXV.,  opp.  p.  1150, 
"Mech.  Diet." 


HYDRAULIC   PUNCH. 


483 


HYDRAULIC   VALVE. 


1416- 


Figs.  1416,  1417  show  two  forms  of  rail  punches 
by  Dudgeon.      Fig. 

1416  is  for  punching 
holes    through    the 
webs  of  rails,  for  the 
passage  of  the  bolts 
of  fish-plates.      Fig. 

1417  is  for  punching 
notches  on  the  edge 
of  the  foot  flange  for 
the    driving   of   the 
spike. 

Punch  and  shears, 
Toulon,  Fr. 
*  "Sr.  Am.  Sup.,'' 
1183. 

Hy-drau'lic 
Rail'way  Brake. 
A  form  of  railway 
brake  in  which  the 
rubbers  are  brought 
against  the  wheels 
by  hydraulic  power. 
Barker  (Br.). 

The  brake  in  its  early  form  was  worked  by  a  set  of  pumps 
in  the  guard's  van 


Kail  Web  Punch. 


driven  by  a  friction 
wheel.  As  now  used 
on  the  Midland  Rail- 
way, a  steam  pump, 
fitted  under  the  foot- 
plate of  the  engine,  sup- 
plies a  pressure  which 
can  be  varied  between  5 
Ibs.  and  360  Ibs.  on  the 
square  inch.  The  pump 
starts  of  itself  when  the 
pressure  falls  below  a 
certain,  point,  and  its 
duty  consists  in  always 
keeping  an  accumulator 
filled,  the  load  on  the 
accumulator  being  sup- 
plied by  the  pressure  in 
the  boiler.  The  brake 
blocks  are  operated  by 
small  hydraulic  presses. 

Barker,  Br. 

*  "Engineer  ''  xliii. 

302. 
*">Sc.  Am.   Sup.'' 

1234. 

Hy-drau'lic 
Ram.  1.  A  water- 
raising  device,  *  p. 
1150,  "Mech.  Diet." 

8  figures     .     .     .     .  * ' 
Efficiency,  etc.    .     . 
De  Colicky     ...  * 
Easton  fy  Amos  .     .  * 
Fox  .     .          .     .        * 

Fyfe * 

Heise  .  . 
Hett  .  . 
Hypsydre  . 
Miliington 
Montgolfier 
Whitehurst 


Fig.  1417. 


Engineer,"  xliv.  455. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,"2S&. 

Engineer,'1'  xli.  30. 

Engineer,"  xli.  30. 

Engineer,"  xli.  130. 
"Engineer,"  xli.  160. 

Scientific  American,"  xli.  262. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1762. 

Engineer, ,"  xli.  30. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  166. 
"Engineer,"  xli.  30. 
''Engineer,"  xli.  I 


2.  The  piston  of  a  hydraulic  press. 

The  span  of  the  Rock-island  draw-bridge  is  rotated  by  two 
hydraulic  rams,  each  of  10'  stroke  and  5"  diameter  of  pis- 
ton. These  are  placed  over  the  circular  girder  of  the  turn- 
table, one  on  each  side  of  the  span  in  a  vertical  position,  and 
are  worked  by  a  double-cylinder  engine,  each  cylinder  6"  x 

.  The  force-pumps  are  four  in  number,  each  with  1J" 
piston.  The  rams  are  reciprocal,  each  being  the  reservoir 
for  the  other,  and  the  office  of  the  pump  is  to  transfer  the 
liquid  (water  .50,  glycerine  .50)  from  one  ram  to  the  other. 
Both  the  rams  are  thus  under  the  same  pressure  at  all  times, 
and  hold  the  span  in  equilibrium,  except  during  the  process 
of  turning. 

The  power  of  the  rams  is  transferred  to  the  pier  by  means 
of  a  wire  rope  1J"  diameter,  arranged  as  in  an  Armstrong 
crane.  See  HYDRAULIC  BRIDGE  OPERATOR. 


1418 


Hy-drau'lic  Riv'et-ing  Ma-chine.    A  ma- 

chine  riveter 
worked  by  hydrau- 
lic power.  See 
Figs.  4351,4354,  p. 
1949,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  RIVET- 
ING MACHINE. 

Hy-dra  u '  1  i  c 
Shears.      Shears  "" 
worked  by  hydrau- 
lic power.      0,    Plate 
XXIV.,  p.  1157,  "Mech. 
Diet."    See  also  SHEAR- 
ING MACHINE. 

Hy-drau'lic  Steer'- 
ing  Gear  Apparatus 
for  working  a  rudder  by 
means  of  hydraulic 
power.  As  seen  in  La- 
fargue's  steering  gear,  the 
vertical  action  of  the 
plunger  contained  in  the 
power  cylinder  gives  mo- 
tion to  a  crosshead  fitted 
with  a  nut  having  a  screw 
cut  of  a  quick  pitch,  the 
collar  working  in  this  be- 
ing firmly  keyed  on  to  the 
upper  end  of  the  rudder, 
gives  the  circular  motion 
required. 

*  "Engineer,"  La/argue'i,  Hyrhaulic  Steering 

*  " Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  2253.  Gear. 

Hy-drau'lic  Tip.  A  device  for  discharging 
coal  wagons. 

The  invention  of  D.  Thomson,  of  London.  A 
vertical  skeleton  frame  is  provided  with  arrange- 
ments for  lifting  and  tipping  the  wagons.  A  sin- 
gle hydraulic  cylinder  is  used,  the  tipping  being 
done  by  a  chain  attached  to  the  end  of  the  rising 
platform,  that  end  of  the  platform  being  detained 
during  the  latter  portion  of  the  hoisting  movement. 

Thomson,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  204. 

See  also  HYDRAULIC  DUMP. 

Hy-drau'lic  Fig.  1419. 

Valve.  The 
valve  for  control- 
ling the  flow  of 
water  to  and  from 
the  cylinder  in  hy- 
draulic elevators ; 
starting,  stopping, 
and  holding  the 
car  at  the  different 
floors.  A  wire 
shipping  cable 
runs  inside  the 
hatchway  from  top 
to  bottom,  passing 
around  the  wheel 
on  the  valve  stem, 
for  opening  or 
closing  the  valve, 
and  the  cable  is 
under  control  of 
the  attendant  i  n 
the  cage  or  on  the 
platform.  The 
valve  is  moved  by 
pinion  and  rack 
and  discharges  below. 

Dennis,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  13. 


Hydraulic  Valve. 


HYDRO-ACCUMULATOR. 


HYDRO   EXTRACTOR, 


Fig.  1420 


lli/dro-carbon  Engine. 

Hy'dro-ac-cu'mu-la'tor.  See  ACCUMULA- 
TOR ,  HYDRAULIC  ACCUMULATOR,  supra. 

Hy'dro-car'bon  En'giiie.  An  engine  in 
which  mixed  petroleum  and  air  are  burned  to  fur- 
nish power  by  the  expansion  due  to  combustion. 

Fig.  1420  shows  Brayton's  single-acting  hydro-carbon  en- 
gine. A  is  the  working  cylinder  of  the  engine,  which  is  jack- 
eted by  a  water  cylinder.  B  is  an  air-pump  actuated  by  the 
working  cylinder,  and  employed  to  compress  air  into  the  two 
reservoirs  C  C,  constituting  the  base  of  the  frame.  D  is  a 
pump,  which  supplies  the  petroleum  or  other  suitable  fuel, 
as  fast  as  it  is  needed  for  combustion.  The  double-acting  en- 
gine is  furnished  with  a  beam,  the  column  carrying  the  beam 
center  being  employed  as  the  reservoir  for  water.  The  air- 
pump  is  also  double-acting,  and  is  placed  over  the  motive  or 
working  cylinder ;  the  latter  having  a  diameter  of  10"  and 
15"  stroke.  The  engine  is  constructed  to  stand  a  pressure  of 
100  Ibs.  on  the  square  inch,  and  to  make  200  revolutions  per 
minute.  The  oil  reservoir  is  formed  in  the  frame  supporting 
the  crank  shaft ;  but  if  the  use  of  a  reservoir  of  oil  is  objected 
to,  the  oil  pump  can  draw  its  supply  through  a  pipe  from  an 
oil  tank  placed  at  any  convenient  distance.  One  volume  of 
crude  oil  can  be  burnt  with  25  volumes  of  highly  compressed 
air. 

The  action  of  the  engine  is  as  follows  :  The  oil  pump 
feeds  a  few  drops  of  liquid  fuel  through  a  small  tube  into  an 
annular  chamber  containing  felt ;  here  the  petroleum  en- 
counters a  supply  of  compressed  air  by  which  it  is  vaporized, 
the  mingled  air  and  vapor  are  forced  in  proper  proportion  into 
the  working  cylinder,  where  the  combustion  takes  place, 
communication  with  the  annular  chamber  being  cut  off  and 
the  products  of  combustion  being  left  to  work  expansively, 
driving  the  working  piston  downward;  towards  the  end  of 
the  stroke  the  compressed  air  supply  to  the  working  cylinder 
is  cut  off,  thus  extinguishing  the  combustion  therein ;  the 
opening  of  the  exhaust  valve  permits  egress  to  the  products 
of  combustion,  and  the  stroke  is  completed.  An  independent 
jet  of  hydro-carbon,  burning  continuously  in  a  suitable 
chamber,  lights  the  hydro-carbon  in  the  working  cylinder  at 
the  commencement  of  each  stroke.  The  supplies  of  air  and 


oil  are  adjustable,  thus  giving 
to  the  engines  all  the  advan- 
tages of  a  variable  cut  off,  and 
effecting  an  important  saving  in 
fuel  when  the  engine  is  not  re- 
quired  to  work  up  to  its  full 
capacity.  Ordinarily  but  one  of 
the  compressed  air  reservoirs  (' 
C  is  employed,  the  other  being 
kept  charged  in  order  to  allow 
of  the  immediate  starting  of  the 
engine  at  any  time. 

The  engine  is  made  in  sizes 
for  small  factories,  for  yai-hts. 
and  launches :  8  to  10  horse 
power. 

In  the  small  horizontal  petro- 
leum engine  of  Julius  Hock, 
of  Vienna,  the  oil  is  pumped  into 
one  end  of  a  cylinder,  mixed 
with  air,  and  then  exploded,  the 
piston  is  driven  outward  and  re- 
turns by  the  momentum  of  the 
flywheel,  forcing  the  gas  out  of 
an  exhaust  valve  in  the  back- 
ward stroke.  One  end  of  the 
cylinder  in  open,  like  the  Otto 
gM-engine. 

Brnyton. 

*uEnsineer,"<  xli.  485. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  124. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,1'  916. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  303; 

xxxvi.  15. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Xi<p.,"  529,  530. 
Thomson,  Sterne  fy  Co.,  Br. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  4*5. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  42. 

Hy'dro-car'boii  Fur'- 
nace.  See  PETKOLKUM 
FUANACE. 

Hy'dro-car'bon  Oil. 

United  States  Revenue 
designations. 

Lubricants :  Semi-fluid  oils  of 
a  tarry  consistence  at  ordinary 
temperatures. 

Paraffine  oils :  Fluid  hydro- 
carbon oils  below  36°  Beaume. 

Kerosene :  Fluid  hydro-carbon  from  36°  to  59°  Beaume. 
BenzineA-com  petroleum  I  f         590       7QO  Beail///c 
Benzole,  from  coal 
Gasoline :  From  70°  to  80°  Beaume. 

Hydro-carbon  oils  above  80°  Beaume  volatilize  in  ordinary 
conditions  of  the  atmosphere. 
Sec  PETROLEUM. 

Hy'dro-cele  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  In- 
struments for  puncturing,  syringing,  or  compressing 
the  scrotum. 

Pages  46,  47,  Part  III.,  Tiena/in's  "Armamentarium 
Chirtirgicum." 

Hy'dro-dy-na-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument 
employed  to  measure  the  velocity  at  any  point  of  a 
liquid  current.  It  determines  directly  the  pressure 
exerted  by  the  liquid  against  an  obstacle  to  the  cur- 
rent. This  pressure  is  equilibrated  by  the  torsion 
of  a  metallic  rod.  A  graduated  circle  is  used  to 
measure  the  amplitude  of  the  torsion. 

The  account  of  M.  de  Perrodil's  hydro-dynamometer,* 
translated  from  the  uAnnales  cles  Fonts  et  C/iaussees,''  in 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Eng.  Magazine,"  xvii.,  p.  481. 

Hy'dro  Ex-tract'or.  Another  name  for  a 
wringing  or  drying  machine ;  the  term  especially 
belonging  to  the  centrifugal  dryer,  known  also  as  a 
centrifugal  machine,  sugar  dryer,  honey  extractor, 
etc.  See  under  the  various  heads  in  "Mech.  Diet.," 
et  supra  et  infra. 

The  instance  shown  in  Fig.  1421  is  one  made  by  Pierron  '$ 
Dehaltre,  Paris,  in  which  a  small  and  compact  reciprocating 
steam-engine  attached  to  the  side  of  the  shell  operates  the 
cage  through  the  medium  of  shafts  and  bevel-gear.  A  simi- 
lar arrangement  is  made  by  UMinger,  of  Philadelphia. 

*  •'  Scientific  American  Supplement  "•    ....     2792. 


HYDROGEN  GAS  APPARATUS. 


485 


HYDROSTATIC   WEIGHING. 


Fig.  1421. 


Ui/i/ro    K.rtfii 


Hy'dro-gen    Gas    Ap'pa-ra'tus.      For    the 

production  of  hydrogen  gas  for  aeronautic  purposes. 

Wet  process,  Giffanl       .     .     .     .  *  "Man.  Sf  Builder"  x.  36. 
*  ">>>.  Am.,'^  xxxviii.  104. 
Super-heated  steam,  naphtha,  and 
lime  process,  Tessic  /lit  Malay    *  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''  3831. 

Hy'dro-hem'o-stat.  (Surgical.)  A  bag 
through  which  cold  water  is  passed,  and  which  is 
pressed  against  a  surface  to  arrest  hemorrhage. 

Gouley's  hydro-hemostat  for  arresting  hemorrhage  after 
lithotomy,  is  shown  in  Fig.  157  c,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's 
" Armamentarium  Ckirurgicum.'' 

Hy-dro-mere'.  An  artificial  mother,  or  hoverer, 
heated  by  hot  water,  and  designed  for  young  chick- 
ens received  from  the  incubator. 

Hy-dro-mo'tor.  An  application  of  steam  to 
pumping  water,  ejected  at  the  stern  as  a  mode  of 
propulsion. 

Hydro-propulsion  \vas  adopted  by  Rumsey,  of  Virginia. 
See  p.  2322,  "Merh.  Diet."  The  subject  is  considered  under 
HYDRAULIC  PROPELLER,  p.  1150,  Ibid. 


*  "Scientific  Amerirnii.  " 


xli.  223. 


Hy-dro-nette'.  A  portable  force-pump  for 
sprinkling  gardens,  flowers,  and  vines  in  conserva- 
tories, etc. 

A  syringe.     See  also  AQUAPULT. 

Fig.  1422. 


Hyilronelte. 

Hy'dro-pneu-mat'ic  Ac-cu'mu-la'tor.  An 
apparatus  in  which  compressed  air  is  made  the  res- 
ervoir of  power ;  especially  adapted  for  using  in 
connection  with  hydrostatic  presses  and  lifts.  See 
ACCUMULATOR. 

Hy'dro-pneu-mat'ic  Gun.  One  in  which 
the  recoil  is  used  to  compress  a  volume  of  air, 
which,  being  subsequently  brought  to  act  upon  the 
gun,  shall  raise  it  to  the  firing  position. 

The  inTention  of  Capt.  Jas.  B.  Eads.  Independently  in- 
vented or  adopted  by  Major  Moncrieff.  See  description,  pp. 
606  et  seq.,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1877,  and  Plates  XXXIX., 
XL. 


Moncriejf's  system.  Described  and  illustrated  in  Barnard 
&  Wright's  report  on  "  Fabricating  of  Iron  for  Defensive 
1'itrpoxes,"  Engineer  Department,  U.  S.  A.,  1871. 

Hy'dro-py-rom'e-ter.  One  in  which  the 
temperature  is  ascertained  by  exposing  to  the  ac- 
tion of  the  heat  which  is  to  be  measured  a  definite 
weight  of  some  metal,  as  platinum,  steel,  copper,  etc., 
and  then  quenching  the  same  in  a  known  weight 
of  water,  and  noting  the  rise  in  temperature  of  the 
latter.  ( 

The  plan  was  first  adopted  by  Olement  Desormes  & 
Schwartz  for  the  measurement  of  heat  in  furnaces  ;  then  by 
Regnault  in  the  determinations  of  the  specific  heat  of  various 
substances,  and  by  Dr.  Siemens  in  experiments  upon  the 
varying  electrical  conductivity  of  telegraph  wire  under  dif- 
ferent degrees  of  temperature. 

Bystrom's(  Swedish)  hydro-pyrometer,  "  Ordnance  Report," 
1878,  Appendix  R,  3,  Plates  IV.,  V.,  and  p.  375. 

Hy'dro-rhe'o-stat.  An  apparatus  to  vary  the 
intensity  of  the  electric  current  by  passing  it  through 
water. 

Fig.  360,  Part  I.,  Tietnann's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum  ." 

Hy'dro-stat.  (Electricity.)  Water  stopper. 
The  cell  cover,  which  prevents  the  spilling  or  slop- 
ping of  the  exciting  fluids,  and  which  makes  the 
battery  portable,  anil  enables  the  operator  to  con- 
vey it  from  place  to  place  safely,  without  removing 
the  liquid. 

Hy'dro-stat'ic  Joint.  A  leaden  joint  for 
mains,  calked  by  hydrostatic  pressure.  A  circular 
groove  inside  the  bell  of  the  main  is  occupied  by  a 
ring  of  lead.  A  threaded  hole  is  made  on  the  exte- 
rior, leading  into  the  groove.  Tar  is  poured  in 
around  the  ring  and  force  applied,  which  drives  the 
lead  into  every  crack.  The  hole  is  then  fitted  with 
a  screw  plug. 
*"  Scientific  American  Supplement"  ....  1725. 

Hy'dro-stat'ic    Reg'u-la'tor.      1.    The    hy- 

drostatic regulator,  as  applied  by  M.  Cheret  to  the 
arming  press  (bulancier)  of  the  French  mint,  is  de- 
scribed in  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures," i.,  art.  ''  Balancier,"  Fig.  189  bis. 

2.  An  apparatus  for  controlling  the  water  pres- 
sure in  the  mains  and  pipes  of  water-works  in  the 
Holly  system  of  water  supply. 

The  hydrostatic  regulator  is  provided  with  a  piston,  placed 
within  an  upright  cylinder,  and  having  a  rod  extending  up- 
ward which  is  connected  to  a  cross-bar,  having  heavy  weights, 
which  by  means  of  suitable  contrivances  bear  down  upon 
the  piston  with  a  force  that  increases  as  the  piston  rises.  A 
small  pipe  connects  the  water  mains  with  the  cylinder  be- 
low the  piston,  and  any  change  in  the  water  pressure  (which 


, 
utilized  to  operate  on  the  steam-valves  of  th 


perm  e  pressure  o  vary  ony  wn  e  ms  neee  — 
two  or  three  pounds  —  to  reverse  the  action  of  the  cut-off 
moving  mechanism  of  the  regulator. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement''       ....     2220. 

Hy'dro-stat'ic  Weigh'ing  Ma-chine'.    An 

apparatus  for  ascertaining  the  weight  of  an  object 
in  transitu,  during  the  operation  of  hoisting.  Figs. 
1423-1425. 

The  upper  loop  is  placed  over  the  hook  of  the 
crane  chain,  and  the  object  slung  to  the  ring  be- 
neath. To  the  upper  loop  is  attached  the  cylinder, 


HYDROSTATIC   WEIGHING. 


486 


ICE   BAG. 


Hydrostatic  Weighing  Ma- 
chine.     (Front   View.) 


Fig.  H25. 


Hydrostatic  Weighing  Ma- 
chine.   (Section  through 

Suspending  Strap.) 
and  to  the  ring  the  piston  moving  in  the  cylin- 
der and  tightly  packed 
therein.  The  space  in 
the  cylinder  is  filled  with 
castor-oil.  When  a  weight 
is  suspended  from  the 
ring,  the  piston  presses  on 
the  oil,  which  passes  by  a 
channel  to  the  gage  which 
indicates  the  weight,  in 
tons  and  pounds. 

Hy'dro-the-ra-peu'- 
tic    Ap'pa-ra'tus.      A 
shower-bath.    In  the  form 
invented  by  Bozerain,  of 
Paris,  it  is  a  compact  fold- 
ing arrangement.     It  may 
all  be  contained  in  a  pan 
with  a  lid,  and  when  erect- 
ed for  use,  has  a  stem  fas- 
tened to  the  slatted  floor, 
and     holding    a    reservoir  Hydrostatitic  Weighing  Ma- 
and  a  perforated  ring  for       ^™.     ( Section  through 
discharging    u  p  o n  t  h  e        Ga^e  Connectwn.) 
shoulders,  the  water  being  raised  from  the  pan  by  a 
hand-pump. 

*"  Scientific  American  " xliii.  148. 

Hy'dro-ther'mal  Mo'tor.  An  engine  in- 
vented by  Tomassi,  in  which  the  dilatation  and  con- 
densation of  oil,  caused  by  the  action  of  heat,  trans- 
mits motion  to  mechanism  which  actuates  a  piston 
at  the  rate  of  100  strokes  per  minute.  The  chief 
proposed  application  of  this  motor  is  in  the  utiliza- 
tion of  the  heat  of  the  exhaust  of  steam  engines, 
something  after  the  manner  proposed  for  the  bi- 


sulphide of  carbon  and  ammonia  machines.  —  "Les 
Mondes,"  "  Scientific  American,'"  xxxiv.  89. 

Hy'dro-tri-met'ric  Pu'ri-fier.  A  name  given 
by  M.  Le  Tellier  to  his  apparatus  for  removing  the 
hardness  from  water  by  throwing  down  the  lime, 
which  is  afterwards  intercepted  by  filtration  through 
charcoal. 

A  jet  of  liine-water  is  made  to  mingle  with  the  stream  from 
the  supply-pipe,  and  the  precipitated  lime  is  afterwards  ar- 
rested by  filtration.  See  "Proceedings  of  Soc.  of  Engineers  •' 
(Br.),  March  4,  1878,  in  a  paper  by  J.  W.  Pearse,  reported  in 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Eng.  Mag.,"1  xviii.,  p.  472. 

See  also  FEED-WATER  HEATER  AND  PURIFIER,  Figs.  1006-1011, 
pp.  328,  329,  supra;  also  LIME  CATCHER,  infra. 

Hy'dro-tro'-  Fig.  1426. 

phe.  The  Eng- 
lish name  of  an 
apparatus  for 
raising  water  by 
means  of  con- 
densing steam  in 
chambers,  simi- 
lar in  principle 
to  the  pulsonieter, 
aquometer,  etc. 

Steam  is  admitted 
to  the  chambers  al- 
ternately. The  con- 
densation of  steam 
causes  the  chamber 
to  fill  from  a  source 
below.  Steam  ad- 
mitted above  the 
water  forces  it  to 
any  reasonable 
height ;  so  on  alter- 
nately of  the  cham- 
bers. 

A  revival  of  the 
so-called  steam-en-  Hydrotrophe. 

gine  of  Captain  Sa- 

vary.    Fig.  6657,  p.  2337,  "  Mech.  Diet.'1' 
Hodgkin,  Neuhaus,  &  Co.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  27,  33. 

Hy-grom'e-ter.  A  measurer  of  moisture.  See 
instances  and  descriptions,  Fig.  2628,  p.  1 159,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  227, 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup  ,:'212. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.."  xxxvi.  35. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,'1''  1974. 

Laboulaye,  i.,  Fig.  5,  cap.  "Agri- 

culteur." 
Laboulaye,   ii..    "Hygrometre." 

Simple *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2469. 

Wagner *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  808._ 

Hygroscope,  natural      .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  67 


Hachenberg   .     . 

Hair,  Koppe,  Zurich 

Uerve  Mangon  . 


Hy'gro-scope.  (Gunpowder.)  An  air-tight  box 
in  which  powder  is  confined,  subjected  to  a  damp 
atmosphere  at  uniform  temperature  for  12  hours, 
in  order  to  test  its  capacity  for  absorbing  moisture. 

See  "  Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  X.  b,  and 
description,  p.  116. 


I. 


Ice.     Refer  to :  — 

Ice  boat,  possible  velocity 

Tower 

St.  Lawrence  .     .     . 
"  Whiff "    .     .     .     .  * 
"  Icicle  "    .     .    .     .  * 

Ice  blasting      .... 
Ice  breaker,  Creasey      .  * 

Ice. cream  beater,  Wise  .  * 
Ice-cream  freezer.  Dexter  * 
Ice  creeper,  Austin  .  .  * 


"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xxi.  514. 

"Scientific  American,"  xli.  288. 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  16,  p.  15. 

"  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  996.  1107. 

"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  967  ;  *  12. 

"  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  152. 

Scientific  American  Sup.,"  917. 

Scientific  American,"  xli.  58. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  April  1,  p.  13. 

'  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  102. 

Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  6. 

Scientific  American,"  xl.  113. 


Ice  house,  cheap  .  .  .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1570  ;  *  1851. 
Ice  house  and  cold  room  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,1'  939. 
Ice  plow,  railway. 

Augamar *  "Scientific  American,"  xlm.  38<. 

Ice  tongs,  Euler    .     .    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  38, 

See  also  ICE  MACHINES. 

Ice  Bag.  (Surgical.)  A  means  for  cold  appli- 
cation specially  made  for  the  spine,  the  eye,  etc. 
Ice  broken  in  pieces  is  put  into  a  caoutchouc  bag  of 
the  proper  size  and  shape. 

Head-dress,  ice  water      .    "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  342. 
Ice  hat,  medical      .     .     •    "Scientific  4werican,"xxxix.  345. 


ICE   BALANCE. 


487 


ICE  MACHINE. 


Ice  Bal'ance.  A  spring-  balance  registering  to 
200  or  to  400  pounds,  by  5's. 

Ice  Cap.  An  ice  bag  for  the  head.  See  ICE 
BAG. 

Ice  Car.  (Railway.)  1.  One  with  double  sides, 
floor,  ends,  and  roof ;  the  interstices  filled  with  saw- 
dust or  other  non-conductor  to  prevent  the  ice  from 
melting. 

2.  See  also  ICE  LOCOMOTIVE,  Fig.  2624,  p.  1163, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Ice  Chop'per.  (Fishing.)  A  tool  used  in 
chopping  ice  for  packing  fish  or  bait. 

Ice  Hook.  See  ICE  TONGS,  g,  j,  k,  Fig. 
2658,  p.  1171,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

Ice  El'e-va-tor.  Fig.  1427  is  an  inclined  plane 
for  endless  chain  elevator. 

I'ig.  1427. 


manifest  advantages  for  this  purpose.  Perhaps  the 
most  convenient  agent  known  is  ammonia. 

Machines  may  conveniently  be  divided  into  two 
classes  :  — 

Absorption  machines;  in  which  gas  (ammonia)  is 
set  free  from  its  watery  solution  by  heat,  is  con- 
densed, refrigerated,  worked,  and  then  reabsorbed 
by  the  water. 

Compression  machines ;  in  which  the  gasses  are 
forced  to  make  the  circuit  by  means  of  pumps. 


The  absorption  machines  are  those  of 
TeUier  Boyle. 

Carre.  Reece. 

Rankin.  Krupp. 


Stanly-Reece. 
Mignon  if  Rouart. 
Kropff. 


The  following  materials  have  been  used  in  compression 
machines  for  the  manufacture  of  ice :  — 


Ammonia. 
Ether. 

Methylic  ether. 
Bi-sulphide  of  carbon. 
Sulphuric  acid. 
Nitrous  oxide. 
Sulphuric  ether  (ethylic). 
Naphtha. 


Anhydrous  sulphuric  oxide. 
Chy  mogene  ( petroleum  ether). 
Atmospheric  air. 
Gasoline. 
Carbonic  acid. 
Alcohol. 

Ethylo-sulphurous  dioxide. 
Rhigoline. 


Ice  Elevator. 

It  is  so  placed  that  its  foot  is  in  the  water  of  the  ice-pond 
and  its  several  chutes  connect  with  the  stories  of  the  ice- 
house, or  successive  elevations  of  the  ice  stored  therein.  An 
endless  chain  provided  with  slats  runs  over -pulleys  at  the 
angles  of  the  triangular  frame  :  the  foot,  vertex,  and  at  the 
angle  of  the  right-angled  triangle.  The  inclined  planes  con- 
sist of  a  series  of  gratings,  filling  its  various  panels,  and  the 
block  of  ice  caught  by  one  of  the  slats  on  the  continuously 
moving  chain,  slips  up  the  grating  as  far  as  the  latter  ex- 
tends, which  may  be  to  any  required  distance  according  to  the 
elevation  acquired  by  the  stored  ice  at  any  given  time.  On 
attaining  this  elevation,  which,  in  the  illustration,  has  been 
assumed  to  be  at  the  second  chute,  say  20'  from  the  base,  the 
grating  having  been  removed,  the  block,  no  longer  supported 
on  its  slippery  track,  passes  between  the  inclined  beams  on 
to  the  chute,  which,  being  inclined,  conducts  it  to  the  ice- 
houso. 

Another  form  of  inclined  plane  ice  elevator  is  shown  in  Fig. 
2641,  p.  1163,  "Meek.  Diet."  See  also  ICE  SCREW,  infra.  See 
also  ICE  ELEVATOR  CHAIN,  Figs.  956,  957,  p.  309,  supra. 

Ice  Ma-chine'.  All  artificial  refrigeration 
proceeds  upon  the  general  principle  of  compressing 
a  gas,  removing  from  it  when  in  this  compressed 
state  the  heat  generated  by  compression,  by  means 
of  running  water,  and  then  permitting  the  ree'x- 
pansion  of  the  compressed  gas  in  a  series  of  pipes 
or  chambers  so  disposed  as  to  abstract  heat  from 
the  water  to  be  frozen. 

Three  cubic  feet  of  atmospheric  air  at  the  nor- 
mal pressure  of  15  Ibs.  per  square  inch  and  a 
temperature  of  75°  F.,  being  compressed  into  an 
iron  vessel  containing  one  cubic  foot,  will  show  a 
temperature  say  of  225°  F.  Being  cooled  as  above, 
until  its  temperature  is  75°,  and  then  permitted  to 
expand,  the  result  will  be  say  3  cubic  feet  of  air  at 
25°. 

Various  gases  are  substituted  for  air  as  being 
more  powerful  refrigerating  agents. 

Such  gases  as  can  be  liquefied  by  pressure  possess 


The  ammonia  machine  of  Ferdinand  Carr6  is  shown  in 
Plate  XXVI.,  opposite  p.  1164,  and  described  on  p.  1165, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  name  _  of  absorption  machine  has  been  given  to  ma- 
chines of  this  class  from  the  manner  in  which  the  gas  is  man- 
aged, being  alternately  distilled  and  reabsorbed.     A  charge 
of  ammoniacal  water  or  aqua-ammonia  having  been  placed 
in  a  boiler  or  still,  the  gas  is  driven  from  the  water  by  the 
direct  application  of  heat ;  the  gas  being  retained  by 
valves  in  a  receiver  or  series  of  pipes,  pressure  re- 
sults precisely  as  in  a  steam  boiler.     While  under 
is  pressure,  running  water  passes  around  the  re- 
ceiver or  pipes,  and  the  temperature  of 
the  gas  is  sufficiently  reduced,  so  that  it 
liquefies  under   the    pressure  which    is 
derived  directly  from  the  still.    This  liq- 
uefied gas,  after  expanding  in  a  cham- 
ber or  in  a  series  of  pipes,  for  the  pur- 
pose  of    reproducing    refrigeration    by 
absorbing    heat    from    substances    sur- 
rounding the  pipes,  is  then  reabsorbed  by 
the  water  which  originally  held  it  in  solution. 

In  these  machines  mechanical  force  is  dispensed  with,  ex- 
cepting in  the  slight  power  required  to  pump  the  water  back 
into  the  still  pipes,  after  it  has  reabsorbed  the  ammoniacal 
gas. 

Plate  XXIII.  shows  a  small  Carr6  ice  machine  of  domes- 
tic size  in  which  an  ammonia  solution  serves  indefinitely. 
It  requires  for  operation  nothing  but  fire  and  water,  and,  as 
soon  as  one  block  of  ice  is  congealed  it  is  ready  to  commence 
another.  It  is  specially  intended  for  ices,  caraffes,  sorbets, 
etc.,  but  has  its  uses  also  in  the  laboratory. 

In  the  Rankin  Ice  Machine,  shown  in  Plate  XXIII.,  the 
distillation  of  ammonia  is  effected  by  passing  the  aqua-am- 
monia through  a  series  of  6"  or  8"  pipes,  and  finally  taking 
the  weak  water  from  the  lowest  pipe,  that  is,  the  last  one  of  the 
series  of  small  still  pipes.  The  number  of  these  pipes  varies 
from  3  to  18,  according  to  the  capacity  of  the  machine.  The 
ammonia  passes  from  each  still  pipe  at  the  rear  end  at  the 
same  time  that  the  water  passes  from  the  front  end  to  the 
next  pipe  below.  A  small  pump  forces  the  exhausted  water 
back  from  the  absorber  into  the  still  pipes.  The  absorbers 
are  made  of  3"  or  4"  pipe,  jacketed  for  the  cooling  water  to 
pass  the  reverse  way  of  the  heat.  The  same  arrangement  is 
applied  in  the  construction  of  the  condensers,  equalizers, 
and  cooling  coils,  so  that  the  hottest  meets  the  hottest  and 
the  cooler  the  cooler,  in  all  the  interchanges  of  the  machine. 
Steam-pipes  inserted  in  the  still  pipes  is  the  preferable  mode 
of  heating. 

In  the  Rankin  machine  the  parts  are  numbered  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

1.  Still  front. 

2.  Boiler. 

3.  Water  pump. 

4.  Ammonia  pump. 

5.  Still  pipes 

6.  Weak  water  receiver. 

7.  Stand  pipe. 

8.  Equalizer. 

9.  Gas  receiver. 

10.  Strong  water  receiver. 

11.  Pipe  from  absorber  to  strong  water  receiver. 

12.  Gas  expansion  pipes. 

13.  Pipe  to  cooling  coil. 
14, 15.  Pressure  gages. 


ICE   MACHINE. 


488 


ICE   MACHINE. 


16.  Header. 

17    Pump  suction. 

18.  Gas  conductor  to  condenser. 

19.  Gas  conductor  from  condenser  to  gag  receiver. 

The  apparatus  of  Mignon  &  Rouart,  Paris,  is  also  on  the 
Carre"  principle. 

Pictet  reduces  temperature  by  expansion  of  anhydrous 
sulphurous  oxide.  The  liquid,  contained  in  a  refrigerator, 
is  vaporized  under  the  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure  by  a 
double-acting  pump,  furnished  with  conducting  pipes,  and 
which  compresses  it  under  a  maximum  of  three  atmospheres 
after  circulation  into  a  condenser,  where  it  is  liquefied  anew 
to  be  brought  back  to  the  refrigerator.  The  heat  produced 
by  liquefaction  is  absorbed  in  the  condenser.  The  circula- 
tion of  a  solution  of  magnesium  chloride,  between  and 
around  ice-molds,  is  effected  by  the  motion  of  a  helix,  which 
revolves  constantly  in  the  bath.  The  heat  of  the  tropics 
and  that  of  the  aretic  regions  are  found  contiguous  to  each 
other  in  the  conducting  pipes  of  the  pump. 

The  machine  of  M.  Pictet,  shown  in  perspective  and  sec- 
tion in  Plate  XXIII.,  uses  anhydrous  sulphurous  acid.  In 
the  use  of  this,  there  is  the  advantage  that  at  80°  Fah.  its 
tension  does  not  exceed  four  atmospheres,  while  it  may  be 
liquefied  at  26°,  and  its  tension  then  is  only  equal  to  the 
pressure  of  the  atmosphere.  It  has  no  action  upon  metals 
when  kept  free  from  water  ;  and  in  order  to  obtain  it  in  a 
perfectly  anhydrous  condition,  M.  Pictet  prepares  it  by  the 
action  of  heat  on  a  mixture  of  oil  of  vitriol  and  sulphur,  the 
gas  being  dried  by  oil  of  vitriol.  The  condensing  and  re- 
frigerating apparatus  consists  of  tubular  vessels  similar  to 
those  employed  with  other  liquids,  such  as  ether. 

A  machine  capable  of  producing  550  pounds  of  ice  per 
hour  is  thus  described  :  — 

"A  cylindrical  tubular  copper  boiler  has  a, length  of  2 
meters  and  a  diameter  of  35  centimeters  ;  150  tubes  of  15  mil- 
limeters traverse  its  entire  length,  and  are  soldered  by  their 
extremities  to  the  two  ends.  This  first  boiler  is  the  refrig- 
erator. It  is  placed  horizontally  in  a  large  sheet-iron  vat, 
which  contains  100  tanks  of  20  liters  each.  An  incongeal- 
able  liquid,  salted  water,  is  constantly  circulating  in  the 
interior  of  the  refrigerator  by  means  of  a  helix.  This  liquid 
is  re-cooled  to  about  —  7°  C.  in  a  normal  course,  and  it  licks 
on  its  return  the  sides  of  the  tanks  which  contain  the  water 
to  be  frozen . 

"  In  the  space  reserved  between  the  tubes  of  the  refrigera- 
tor, the  sulphurous  acid  liquid  is  volatilized,  and  its  vapors 
are  drawn  up  by  an  aspirating  force-pump,  which  compresses 
them  without  the  condenser.  This  condenser  is  a  tubular 
boiler,  the  same  as  the  refrigerator  ;  only  a  current  of  ordi- 
nary water  passes  constantly  into  the  interior  of  the  tubes 
to  carry  off  the  heat  produced  by  the  change  of  the  gaseous 
into  the  liquid  state  of  the  sulphurous  acid,  and  by  the  work 
of  compression.  A  tube  furnished  with  a  gage-tap,  adjusted 
by  the  hand  once  for  all,  permits  the  liquefied  sulphurous 
acid  to  return  into  the  refrigerator  to  be  subjected  anew  to 
volatilization. 

"  Sulphurous  acid  has  the  exceptionally  advantageous  prop- 
erty of  being  an  excellent  lubricant,  so  that  the  metallic  pis- 
ton which  works  in  the  cylinder  of  the  compressing  pump 
requires  no  greasing.  Thus  the  introduction  of  foreign  mat- 
ter into  the  apparatus  becomes  entirely  impossible. 

"  The  work  necessary  to  manufacture  260  kilograms  of  ice 
per  hour  is  at  the  most  seven  horse  power.  A  cold  of  7°  C. 
in  the  bath  is  amply  sufficient  to  obtain  in  the  tanks  a  rapid 
and  in  every  way  economical  congelation.  The  cost  of  pro- 
duction is  about  10  francs  per  ton  of  ice."  —  '•'•Nature.''' 

The  perspective  view  represents  a  machine  on  a  small 
scale.  A  larger  apparatus  is  shown  in  "  Scientific  Ameri- 
can," *xxxvii.  336. 

Beneath  is  a  diagrammatic  view  of  the  Pictet  machine. 
At  A  is  the  compression  pump,  the  valves  of  which  are  so 
arranged  that  at  one  stroke  the  gaseous  oxide  is  aspirated 
through  the  tube  B,  and  on  the  return  it  is  compressed 
through  the  tube  C.  Tube  B  connects  with  the  refrigera- 
tor D ;  tube  C  with  the  condenser  E.  The  oxide  is  intro- 
duced at  the  plug  lock  F,  and  is  drawn  by  the  pump  in  the 
direction  of  the  arrow  into  the  copper  tubular  refrigerator 
D,  the  liquid  filling  the  space  between  the  tubes.  Here  va- 
porization and  consequent  production  of  intense  cold  takes 
place,  and  the  temperature  of  the  non-congealable  mixture 
of  glycerine  and  water  which  surrounds  the  refrigerator  is 
so  far  reduced  that  water  placed  in  the  metal  boxes  H,  im- 
mersed in  the  tank,  becomes  rapidly  frozen.  The  propeller 
wheel,  shown  on  the  right,  determines  a  current  of  the  gly- 
cerine solution  through  the  tubes,  and  thus  hastens  the  refrig- 
eration. The  vapor  of  the  oxide  is  drawn  out  of  the  refriger- 
ator, as  already  noted,  by  the  pump,  carried  through  the  lat- 
ter, and  forced  into  the  space  between  the  tubes  of  the 
condenser  E.  Through  the  tubes  a  cold  stream  of  water  is 
constantly  pumped,  which  determines  the  condensation  of 
the  vapors,  and  the  reliquefied  oxide  passes  into  the  admis- 
sion pipe  and  once  more  enters  into  circulation  as  already 
described. 

Mignon  If  Rouart,  Paris,  use  in  the  domestic  machine  the 
solution  of  ammonia,  requiring  but  the  addition  of  water  . 


and  heat,  alternately.    In  their  larger  machine  a  pump  is 
added. 

Sulzer  Freres  (Linde),  Winterthur,  Switz.,  operate  by  the 
evaporation  and  recondensation  of  ammonia,  produced  by 
the  action  of  a  double-acting  suction  and  force  pump. 

Siddeley  (f  Co.  (Br.)  use  sulphuric  ether.  This  ether  is 
vaporized  in  a  partial  vacuum,  and  absorbing  heat  from  brine 
during  its  vaporization,  the  vapor  thus  produced  is  subse- 
quently condensed  and  liquefied,  to  be  again  vaporized,  and 
so  on.  The  water-vessels  are  exposed  in  the  brine  bath. 
The  excess  of  heat  in  recondensation  of  the  ether  is  carried 
off  by  contact  of  surface  exposed  to  a  flow  of  water. 

Harrison,  in  his  original  apparatus,  used  ether. 

Prof.  Twining  used  sulphuric  ether. 

Liebe  (Br. )  used  sulphuric  ether. 

Tellier,  methylic  ether. 

Prof.  Paersh,  chymogene  (petroleum  ether)  and  carbon 
bi-sulphide. 

Prof.  Vander  Weyde,  chymogene. 

Prof.  Lowe,  carbonic  acid. 

Prof.  Seely,  liquefied  sulphurous  acid. 

du  Motay  Sf  Rossi  employ  ethylo-sulphurous  dioxide  ob- 
tained from  ordinary  ether  by  saturating  the  latter  wUh 
sulphurous  gas. 

du  Motay  4"  Beckwith,  ethylo-sulphurous  dioxide. 

Boyle,  ammonia. 

Atlas  Engine  Co.  (Br.),  ether. 

Duvallon  if  Lloyd,  ether. 

Holden,  .ether,  methylic  ether,  chymogene,  etc.  (optional.) 

Linde  ( Sulzer  Freres),  ammonia. 

Kropjf,  ammonia. 

Edmond  Carrij  sulphuric  acid. 

Johnston  Sf  Whitelaw,  ammonia. 

Kirk,  air  condensed  and  then  expanded. 

Winhausen,  air  condensed  and  then  expanded. 
Gorrie,  air  condensed  and  then  expanded. 
Vincent,  methyl-chloride. 

Toselli's  machine  for  domestic  uses,  uses  sub-carbonate  of 
sodium  or  nitrate  of  ammonium,  with  an  equal  weight  of 
water,  in  the  interstices  between  tubes  in  a  nest. 

Glaciere  Delpy  employs  hydro-chloric  acid  and  sulphate  of 
soda. 

Mansfield  uses  a  deliquescent  salt. 

The  principles  involved  in  the  various  orders  of  procedure  : 
vaporization,  radiation,  liquefaction,  and  reduction  of  pres- 
sure, have  been  considered  on  pp.  1164-1169,  "Mech.  Dirt." 
See  machines  in   .     .      "Chem.  News,"  Jan.  to  Sept.,  1876. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1348,  *  1440. 
"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  277. 

Ammonia     ....      "Scientific  American,"  xl.  405. 
Atlas  Engine  Co.,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  13. 
"Technologiste,'-'  xli.  714. 

Boyle       *  "Scientific  American."  xlii.  246. 

Carre,  Edmond     .     .  *  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1164,  Plate  XXVI. 
Carre,  Ferdinand       .  *  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1164,  Plate  XXVI. 

*  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iv.,  ed.  1877. 
Cap.  "Production  dufroid,"  Figs.  3707, 

3708  bis. 

du  Motay  &  Beckwith  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  118. 
du  Motay  if  Rossi      .  *  "Engineer,'-'  1. 144. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3794. 
"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  277. 

Duvallon  if  Lloyd,  Br.  *  "Scientific  American,"-  xxxviii.  387. 

Gesner *  "Mining  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  65. 

Gorrie *  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1169. 

Harrison "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1166. 

Holden *  "Scientific   American,"   xxxvii.   95; 

xxxviii.  159,  162;  xl.  166;   xlii. 

322. 

*  "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder,"  ix.  198. 
Johnston  *  Whitelaw      "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1167. 

Kirk    ......      "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1168. 

Kropff *  "Manufacturer  tf  Builder,"  xii.  201. 

Paper  by  Ledoux. 

"Anna'es  des  Mines  "  *  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxi.  89,  In, 314. 

Linde,  Ger *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2713. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  211. 

Lowe ,      "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1169. 

Lugo  Sf  McPherson    .      "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1169. 
Manchester  (Br.)  Ice  Co.     See  Siddeley  if  Mackay .' 
Portable,  Mansfield  .  *  "Mining  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  184. 
Pictet  .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  425. 

*  "Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  335  ;  xxxiv.  403. 

*  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  x.  100. 

*  "Mining  %  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  321. 
Reece "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1167. 

Seely "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1167. 

Siebe "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  H67. 

Siddeley  Sf  Mackay,     *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  481. 
Br.  "Iron  Age,"  ^ii.,  Sept  19 ,P.24. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1159,  *  1439. 
Skating  Rink,  London     "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  550. 
Tellier      .....      "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1167. 

Toselli *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  507. 

Twining .    .     .    .     .      "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1167. 


P/rt't  lee  Machine. 


Pictet  Ice  Machine  ( Sections). 


F.  Carri  Small  Ice  Machine. 


Rankin  Ice  Machine. 


PLATE  XXIII. 


ICE  MACHINES. 


See  page  488. 


ICE   MACHINE. 


489 


ILLUMINATION. 


Tuttle  if  Lugo     .     .     .     "Mec/i.  Diet.,'1'  p.  1169. 

Van  der  Weyde    .    .     .      "6'c.  American,"  xxxiv.  177,  228. 

"Mec/i.  Diet.,-'  p.  1167. 
Methylchl.  Vincent,  Fr.  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  123. 

West *  "Mining  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  337. 

Windhausen   ....  *  '•'Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1168,  Fig.  2406. 
See  LeDoux's  "Ice-making  Machines.''   (From  the  French.) 

Ice  Mold.  A  metallic  case  iii  which  cream 
or  custard  is  frozen  so  as  to  acquire  a  certain 
shape,  which  it  retains  for  a  while  when  deposited 
upon  a  dish. 

Ice  Screw.  A  machine  for  elevating  ice 
from  the  pond  to  the  ice-house,  or  from  one  level 

Fig.  1428. 


to  another.  The  block  of  ice  rests  against  verti- 
cal bars,  and,  as  the  screw  revolves,  is  pushed  up, 
rising  vertically  till  it  reaches  the  level  where  it  is 
wanted.  Here  the  block  is  no  longer  detained  by 
the  vertical  bars,  and  slips  off  on  to  the  chute  which 
has  been  disposed  to  receive  it  and  conduct  it  to 
the  window  of  the  ice-house. 

Ich'thy-o-colla.      The   preferable   name  for 
isinglass. 

Classification  by  Danilewski  in  "  Technologiste,^  xli.  515. 


Jan.  ,  1834 

2,474 

5,978 

29,596 

40,933 

53,636 


78,016 


i'™ 
14S,dl7 

149,165 
167,123 

1  1  1  ,  1  64 
219,667 


LIST   OF   UNITED   STATES  PATENTS. 
,  Norwood  et  al.,  Sounds  are  cut,  digested,  run  into 

strips  and  dried. 
Paulsen,  Boiling  under  pressure. 
Rowe,  Rollers  cooled  by  circulation  of  water 
Hunter,  Glue  from  whale-blubber  scraps. 
Herreshoff,  Menhaden  fish-water  as  a  dye 
Lewis  et  al.,  Purifying  the  materials  by  boiling. 
bteart,  A     pure  "  bath  of  digested  fish  in  treat- 

ing fiber. 

Robinson,  Gelatine  from  fish-heads. 
Rowe>  Cooling  rollers  in  isinglass  manufacture. 
Manning,  Cooling  rollers  in  isinglass  manufacture. 
Muller,  Sturgeon  sounds  ;  solution  saltpeter  fol- 

lowed by  sulphur  fumes. 
Stanwood,  Alcohol  and  isinglass. 
Rogers,  Fish-skins  scaled,  de-salted,  digested. 
Stanwood,  Fish-skins  soaked,  dried,  digested,  dried. 
Alsing,  Albumen  from  fish  spawn. 


Il-lu'mi-na'ted  Sign.  The  number-signs  of 
houses  in  Paris  are  in  numerous  cases  illuminated 
by  the  following  contrivance  :  — 

"  It  consists  of  a  hollow  triangular  prism  9"  long,  two  of 
whose  sides  are  formed  of  panes  of  blue  glass,  on  which  the 
number  of  the  house  is  picked  out  in  white.  This  prism- 


Fig.  1429. 


shaped  lamp-glass  rests  against  the  front  of  the  house,  so 
that  the  two  sides  with  the  numbers  on  them  can  be  plainly 
seen  by  the  passers-by.  In  the  interior  of  the  prism  is  a  gas 
jet,  fed  by  a  pipe  from  the  house/'  —  "  Telegraphic  Journal.'" 

Phosphorescent  signs  and  dials  have  been  used  to  some 
extent.  See  DIAL,  p.  254,  supra,  where  are  several  recipes, 
and  numerous  references. 

See  also  DIAL,  Morton,  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  180,  232. 

Il-lu'mi-na'ting  Pow'er  Me'ter.  (Gas.) 
An  instrument,  by  Sugg,  of  London,  designed  as  a 
ready  means  to  ascertain  the  exact  illuminating 
value  of  gas,  in  terms  of  sperm  candle  values ;  it 
can  be  used  in  the  office  or  any  desired  place,  as  it 
does  not  require  a  darkened  room. 

After  adjusting  the  height  of  flame  to  3",  the  correct  read- 
ing of  any  test  can  be  made  by  an  observation  of  one  minute. 
It  occupies  a  space  of 
about  one  foot  square, 
and  consists  of  an  exper- 
imental meter  and  clock. 
The  dial  of  the  meter  is 
12"  diameter,  its  outer 
circle  being  divided  into 
spaces  of  varied  lengths, 
each  representing  one 
candle,  these  spaces  be- 
ing subdivided  iuto 
tenths  of  candles.  Above 
the  center  of  dial  is  a 
circle  having  60  divis- 
ions, each  representing 
one  second  of  time,  i.  e., 
one  minute  the  whole 
revolution.  A  long  hand 
traverses  the  outer  circle 
and  a  shorter  one  the 
small  one.  On  the  side 
of  the  meter  is  a  water- 
box  with  glass,  showing 
true  water-line,  and  o  n 
the  top  is  a  governor, 
three-way  cock,  pedestal, 
a  quadrant  with  45  equal 
divisions,  an  a  r  g  a  n  d 
burner  with  chimney, 
and  a  sighting  frame  to 
enable  the  operator  to 
adjust  the  name  to  ex- 
actly 3".  To  operate  the 
instrument,  star t  tin- 
clock,  then  adjust  the 
height  of  flame  to  3", 
when  the  gas  is  passing 
through  the  meter,  stop 
the  hand  at  16  by  turn- 
ing the  cock  so  that  the 
gas  passes  to  the  burner 
without  going  through 
the  meter,  then  wait  till  the  clock-hand  moves  to  60,  at  this 
instant  turn  the  gas  through  the  meter  and  let  it  pass  through 
till  the  clock-hand  again  reaches  60,  at  this  instant  turn  off 
the  gas  from  the  meter,  and  the  long  hand  (or  pointer) 
will  indicate  the  quality  of  gas. 

Il-lu'mi-na'ting  Tile.  One  with  glass  bull's 
eyes  for  sidewalks  over  cellars  and  areas,  or  pave- 
ment over  basements. 

Il-lu'mi-na'tion. 

The  following  is  a  London  test  of  the  illuminating  value  of 
the  materials  named  :  — 


Illuminating  Power  Meter 


Material. 

Value.  24 
cents  equal 
1  shilling. 

Duration  of  1 
cent's  worth 
in  one  sperm 
candle  values. 

Standard  sperm  candles,  per  Ib.  . 
Best  wax  candle,  per  Ib  
Sperm  oil  in  moderator,  per  gal.  . 
Belmont  sperm  candle,  per  Ib.  .  . 
Stella  or  Burmese  wax,  per  Ib.  .  . 

$0.48 
.48 
2.28 
.30 
.30 
36 

h.     m. 

1      7 
1     6 
1    12 
1    27 
1    37 
2    15 

Composite  candle,  No.  1,  per  Ib.  . 
Composite  candle,  No.  3,  per  Ib.  . 
Common  dip  candles,  per  Ib.  .  . 
Almond  oil,  in  moderator,  per  gal. 

.22 
.16 
.12 
2.22 
1  20 

2      5 
2    45 
2    52 
3      - 
4    37 

Paraffine  oil,  in  lamp,  per  gal.  .  . 
Common  London  gas,  per  IjOOO7  . 

.72 
.90 

9    35 
26      - 

ILLUMINATION. 


490 


INCLINED   PLANE. 


It  may  be  noted  that  the  price  of  gas,  90  cents  per  1,000" 
is  scarcely  more  than  one  third  of  the  exorbitant  prices 
usual  iu  the  United  States. 

Il-lu'mi-na'tor.  1.  (Surgical.)  a.  A  lamp 
with  lens  used  as  a  means  of  directing  a  strong 
light,  in  examination  by  the  laryngoscope,  ophthal- 
moscope, speculum,  etc.  Pages  78,  79,  Part  II.,  and 
Fig.  545,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum." 

b.  An  instrument  for  illuminating  an  internal 
cavity  by  means  of  incandescent  platinum  in  a  glass 
envelope. 

3.  A  glazed  opening;    such  as  floor-light,  deck- 
light,  side-light,  bull's-eye,  etc.,  which  see. 

4.  (Microscope.)    A  special  attachment  for  throw- 
ing light  upon  an  object  under  view.    See  list  under 
ILLUMINATOR,  *  2660,  p.  1171,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Im-pe'ri-al  Silk  Serge.  (Fabric.)  A  silk 
and  wool  French  goods. 

Im'preg-na'tion.  (Mining.)  Metallic  depos- 
its having  undefined  limits  and  form. 

Im-pres'sion  Ma-chine'.  (Cartridge.)  A 
machine  for  making  an  impression  in  the  head  of 
the  cup,  which  is  done  by  a  horizontal  die  pressing 
it  into  a  pattern,  so  that,  when  vented,  the  holes 
will  not  be  on  the  top  but  on  the  side  of  the  impres- 
sion. 

Im-pres'sion  Stitch  Ma-chine'.  (Leather.) 
A  machine  for  crimping  the  upper  edge  of  welts  of 
a  boot  or  shoe  to  give  it  the  appearance  of  sewed 
work. 

1430 


Impression  Stitch  Machine. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  1430  makes  a  stitch 
impression  of  any  desired  width  or  size. 

Im-pres'sion  Tray.  A  tray  of  Britannia  metal 
to   hold  the  gypsum  in  pjg.  1431. 

taking  impressions  of 
the  mouth  for  the  mak- 
ing of  dentures. 

They  are  made  of  various 
sizes,  and  specifically  for 
upper  and  lower  jaws. 
They  are  light  enough  to 
allow  of  alteration  by  pliers 
or  mallet  to  suit  peculiar 
formations  of  the  maxil- 
lary. 

lucaii-des'cent 
Light.  (Electricity.)  A 
form  of  electric  light  Impression  Tray. 

as  distinct  from  the  voltaic-arc  light.  In  the  incan- 
descent light  a  strip  of  carbon  or  platinum  is  heated 
to  whiteness,  in  vacua,  or  in  a  rarefied  atmosphere 
of  an  inert  gas,  nitrogen,  for  instance. 

In  the  voltaic-arc    light,   the  current  leaps  the 
space  between  two  pencils  of  carbon. 


"  The  incandescent  systems  are  far  less  numerous  than 
those  which  employ  the  voltaic  arc,  aud  hence  their  classifi- 
cation is  less  complex.  They  are  divided  into 

'•  1.  Incandescent  lamps  with  combustion. 

"  2.  Lamps  purely  incandescent. 

"The  former  are  represented  by  Reynier's,  Weidermann's 
(NapoUVs  modification),  Joel's,  and  Tommasi's  apparatus. 
All  of  these  consist  of  a  carbon  rod  resting  lightly  on  a  lump 
of  carbon  or  an  irregularly-shaped  piece  of  metal,  thus  pro- 
ducing imperfect  contact. 

"  Pure  incandescence  is  represented  in  four  systems :  those 
of  Edison,  Maxim,  Swan,  and  Lane-Fox.  In  all  of  these  we 
have  incandescence  of  carbon,  and  this  carbon  consists  of  a 
very  fine  thread  placed  in  vacuo  or  in  a  highly  rarefied  atmos- 
phere of  some  inert  gas. 

"  The  nature  of  the  current  is  a  matter  of  indifference  with 
incandescent  lamps ;  they  work  with  either  continuous  or 
with  alternating  currents.  Those  lamps  in  which  there  is 
incandesence  with  combustion  require  a  great  volume  of  cur- 
rent, and  rise  in  tension,  while  those  with  pure  incandescence 
require  small  volume,  and  usually  rise  in  quantity. 

"  To  pure  incandescence  we  must  also  refer  Jablochkoff's, 
Kavlin's,  Trouv«5's  platinum  wire  polyscopes  and  Geissler's 
tubes ;  but  properly  speaking  these  are  not  electric-light  ap- 
paratus at  all,  but  only  objects  to  be  used  for  study  or  for 
experiment."  — " Electrician.'- 

Inch.  The  "  miner's  inch "  is  the  amount  of 
water  that  will  flow  in  24  hours  through  a  hole  1" 
square  with  6"  pressure  —  about  2,000  cubic  feet. 

In  effective  hydraulic  mining  there  should  be  at  least 
1,500  inches,  each  one  of  which  will  move  from  3  to  5  cubic 
yards  of  gravel  per  day.  See  statement  by  Mr.  Thomas,  re- 
ported in  "Scientific  American,'''  xl.  314. 

In-ci'sing  For'ceps.  (Dental.)  An  instrument 
for  separating,  cutting  between  teeth,  splitting  and 
excising  salient  prongs  or  parts. 

Fig.  1432. 


Incising  Forceps. 


In-ci'sor  For'ceps.  (Dental.)  An  instrument 
with  narrow  single  prongs  for  extraction  of  the  in- 
cisors. 

Fig.  1433. 


Incisor  Forceps. 

In'cli-na'tion  Com'pass.  A  magnetic  needle 
with  vertical  circle  to  indicate  the  inclination  or  dip, 
one  of  the  three  elements  of  magnetic  force  regis- 
tered at  the  observatories.  The  invention  of  Nor- 
man, of  London. 

Fie-    1434 

See  DIPPING  NEEDLE,  Fig. 
1669,  p.  705,  "Mech.  Diet." 
The  illustration,  Fig.  1434, 
shows  the  instrument  with  a 
leveling  stand  and  horizontal 
circle  with  magnetic  needle. 

In-clined'  Plane.  An 

artificial  slope  for  ascent 
of  vehicles  or  objects ;  the 
term  in  its  most  important 
signification  concerns  rail- 
way grades.  Many  of 
them,  traversed  by  loco- 
motives, are  very  bold ; 
some  are  only  surmounted  | 
by  means  of  stationary  en-  ^ 

giues  and  cables. 

Inclination  Compass. 
The  subject  is  treated  on  pp. 

1174-1177,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  references  being  made  to  the  in- 
clined planes  of 


From  1  to  2  T>y  line  of  road.  5  miles 

'      airline,  1}$    " 

-A  to  B  horizontally,  935  ft, 
"  -vertically,  625  " 

Above  sea  level,  E,    9843ft. 
"       "       F,  10400  " 
%  E  to  F       vertically,  535  ft. 
"       horizontally,  465  " 


MAP  No.  2. 


T>  Sff      A  to  B  hori  zontally,  570  feet, 

/-'""*'  "        by  Hue  of  road.  4  miles 


C  to  D  horizontally,  495  feet 

"          vertically,  360   " 

Above  sea  level,  A,  6562  " 

"        "       "      B,  7470  " 


MAPJ[p.  5. 

Scale:  1  :  50.000 


- 


C  to  D,  hor.  7.10  ft. 

"       vert.  570" 


A  to  .B,  by  line  of  road.  4%miles, 
"         "    "by  air  line,  1%  " 

A  to  B  lias  an  average  of  30:2°  of 
cnrvaturu  lo  the  mill1. 

Above  sea  Jevel,  A,  12.04-!  ft. 
"       "       "       B,  12.907" 


I  C^  •*•*•"  wt — *^/._ 

•  1     «^  *-• -s  SanBanolonie 


Above  sea  level  A,  4905  ft. 
B,  5450" 


MAP  No.  6. 

Scale:  1  :  100.000 

A  to  B  is  16%  miles  by  line  ol 
C  i3  near  1200  ft.  above  T)otU 

Grades  of  4%  or  211  ft. to  th< 
employed  for  most  of  the 
Curves  of  400  feet  radius. 


GALER.i  :   TUXXEL  -  15.645  feet  aljove  sealevel.      Passes 
under  Galera  Pass  at  the  summit  of 
the  Andes. 
The  pass  is  16,300  feet  aoove  sea  level. 


tjfflS     Above  sea  level; 
A,  11,417  feet, 
B-U'780    " 


MOLENDO  &  AREQUIPA    R.R. 

Development  of  Line  in  the  Quebradaof  Quehuintala. 


PLATE  XXIV,  DEVELOPMENTS   OF   INCLINED  PLANES   ON  PERUVIAN   RAILWAYS. 

Reduced  from  the  Surveys  in  the  Office  of  Senor  Henry  Meiggs,  Lima. 


See  page  491. 


INCLINED   PLANE. 


491 


INCLINED  PLANE. 


Mount  Oenis.  Morris  and  Essex  Canal,  If.  J. 

Holidaysburgh  (former)  route  Callao,  Lima,  and  Oroya  Rail- 

of  Pennsylvania  Railway.  way,  South  America. 

Portage,  Pennsylvania  canal.  Furka  pass,  Switz. 

Mahanoy,  Pennsylvania.  Konkan,  Bombay. 

Mount  Washington.  Eighi,  Switz. 

The  publication  of  some  engineering  data  of  the 
Callao,  Lima,  and  Oroya  Railway,  South  America, 
(Fig.  2664,  p.  1175,  "Mech.  Diet.")  coming  to  the 
notice  of  Mr.  Henry  Meiggs,  of  Lima,  Peru,  Mr. 
^no.  McGee  of  his  staff  was  so  obliging  as  to  send 
careful  reductions  of  the  maps  of  the  most  interest- 
ing developments  of  the  road,  which  have  been  re- 
produced in  Plate  XXIV.  These  have  all  been 
completed  and  are  numbered  in  the  order  the  lo- 
calities are  reached  in  going  from  the  sea. 

The  descriptions  are  printed  in  the  panels  with  each  map. 
In  regard  to  the  summit  development,  No.  6,  it  may  be  said 
that  a  60-ton  engine  takes  60  tons,  net  load,  over  the  road 
at  12  miles  per  hour  with  ease. 

Near  the  beginning  of  p.  1176,  " Mech.  Diet.."  it  was  stated 
that  "  the  longest  inclined  plane  on  an  artificial  road  is  said 
to  be  that  from  Lima  to  Callao,  which  is  about  6  miles,  and 
has  a  descent  of  511',  or  about  1  in  60."  It  must  now  be 
added  from  information  furnished  by  Mr.  McGee  that  "  the 
Oroya  railway  has  an  average  incline  for  75  miles  of  about 
Iin30." 

The  map  of  a  development  on  the  railway  from  Molendo 
to  Arequipa,  Peru,  shown  also  in  Plate  XXIV.,  exhibits  the 
approach  to  the  pampa  of  Islay,  which  has  a  general  level  of 
4,000'  to  5,000'  above  the  level  of  the  sea. 

The  subject  of  inclined  planes  ascending  by  cogged  gear  on 
locomotive  is  considered  incidentally  under  INCLINED  PLANE, 
"Mech.  Diet.'';  also  RACK  KAIL,  p.  1852,  Ibid.  Righi  Rail- 
way, *  Fig.  4124,  p.  1862,  Ibid.,  and  various  systems  curso- 
rily mentioned  on  p.  1861,  Ibid. 

The  following  high  grades  in  Switzerland  are  mentioned 
In  the  journals  :  — 

"  A  road  recently  opened  up  Mt.  Uetliberg,  Switzerland, 
overlooks,  at  a  height  of  1,800',  Lake  Zurich.  The  total 
length  is  5J  miles.  The  lowest  grade  is  232'  per  mile,  but 
59  per  cent,  of  the  whole  exceeding  264'  per  mile.  The 
curves  are  500'  and  450*  radius,  the  latter  coinciding  with  a, 
grade  of  327'.  The  track  is  standard  gage,  and  the  rails,  of 
iron,  weigh  60  Ibs.  There  are  three  tank  locomotives  of  the 
Krauss  pattern,  with  six  drivers  coupled,  each  38"  diameter, 
and  with  a  wheel  base  of  6'  8".  They  weigh  41,800  Ibs. 
empty,  and  in  service,  from  52.800  to  55,000  Ibg.  The  heat- 
ing surface  is  770'  square,  diameter  of  piston  12|",  stroke 
21^".  At  the  first  ascent  the  engine  pushed  up  three  cars 
with  gross  load  of  80  tons,  at  from  8  to  10J  miles  per  hour, 
with  steam  pressure  of  170  Ibs.  The  descent  is  made 
with  compressed  air,  by  means  of  an  apparatus  used  on 
the  engines  of  the  Righi  road  j  speed  15j  to  18£  miles  per 
hour. 

"  Another  Swiss  mountain  road,  the  Righi  Kulm  and  Lake 
of  Zug,  is  7  miles  long  ;  6  miles  are  worked  with  a  peculiar 
cogged  wheel  arrangement,  by  which  grades  of  1,056'  per 
mile  are  surmounted ;  radii  of  the  curves,  which  are  uni- 
form, 600'."  ^ 

PENNSYLVANIA   IRON  REGION. 


Mount  Auburn. 

Price's  Incline, 
Mill  Creek. 

Vertical  height     .    .     . 
Length  of  track    .     .     . 
Angle  of  incline  .     .     . 

275  feet. 
840  feet. 

o 

346  feet. 
758  feet. 
24°. 
Minch. 

Wire  rope  weight  .     .     . 

tons. 
9  feet 

Actual  strain  on  rope     . 
Number  of  winds    .     . 
Time  in  winding  .    .    . 

27 
1  to  1J  minutes. 

6  tons. 

1'  12"  to  1'  15" 
\ 

stroke  
diameter  ..... 
Made    by  John    Cooper 

24" 
12" 
Company,  Mouut 

|    Same. 
Vernon,  Ohio. 

small  driving-wheels  which  are  upon  the  same  axles  with 
the  big  drivers,  they  being  only  about  30"  in  diameter  ;  this 
inside  track  is  raised  about  15  to  18"  above  the  outer  one, 
and  so  high  that  the  big  drivers  do  not  touch  the  track  at 
all ;  the  engine  rests  now  upon  the  small  drivers,  and  is  in- 
dependent of  the  outer  ones  ;  then  in  the  center  of  the  track 
is  placed  a  wide  cogged  rail,  which  meshes  into  the  cog- 
wheel, which  is  between  these  small  drivers,  directly  under 
the  center  of  the  locomotive.  By  applying  power  to  the 
big  drivers,  in  the  ordinary  way,  the  power  is  applied  to  the 
cogged-wheel,  which  does  the  climbing.  The  cogs  are  about 
3"  from  tip  to  tip,  and  the  wheel  is  8"  wide.': 

CINCINNATI  INCLINED   PLANES. 


The  inclined  plane  of  the  Jeffersonville,  Madison,  and  In- 
dianapolis Railway  at  its  landing  on  the  Ohio  River,  has  an 
ascent  of  300'  in  a  mile,  or  1  in  17.  Wire  rope  is  used. 

When  a  locomotive  ascends  a  grade  and  then  winds  up  the 
train  to  its  own  level,  either  of  two  means  may  he  em- 
ployed. In  each,  a  rope  and  winding  drum  is  employed. 

1.  The  winding  drum  is  attached  to  the  engine,  which  is 
detached  from  the  train  at  the  foot  of  the  incline,  attaches 
the  rope  to  the  forward  car,  and  mounts  the  incline  alone, 
is  anchored  to  the  rails,  and  then  draws  the  car  up  after  it. 
It  may  be  anchored  part  of  the  way  up,  draw  the  cars  to 
itself,  the  cars  be  anchored  at  this  point,  and  then  the  en- 
gine ascend  and  repeat. 

2.  The  winding  drum  is  at  the  summit*  the  engine  as- 
cends and  so  places  itself  that  its  driving-wheels  are  over 
other  wheels  of  the  winding  drum.    The  engine  being  an- 
chored, its  wheels  in  motion  wind  the  drum,  and  draw  upon 
the  rope. 

In  each  case  the  train  is  let  down  the  grade  by  a  brake  on 
the  drum. 

The  locomotive  of  Henry  Handiside,  of  Bristol,  Br.,  is  con- 
structed for  this  purpose.  It  has  a  gripping  lock  which 
holds  the  rails,  and  a  drum  beneath,  operated  by  another 
cylinder,  for  winding  the  wire  cable  which  connects  to  the 
front  coach  of  the  train.  The  locomotive  ascends  a  piece, 
paying  out  the  cable  :  then  locks  itself  and  hauls  up  the 
cars.  These  are  then  locked,  and  the  locomotive  makes  an- 
other ascent  and  repeats.  On  a  level,  the  locomotive  acts  in 
the  ordinary  manner :  shown  In  Paris,  in  1878. 

COMPARISON  OF   DIFFERENT   METHODS  OF  DESIGNA- 
TING  GRADES. 


Planes. 

Total  Length  of 
Planes. 

Height  of  Head 
above  Tide. 

Height  of  Foot 
above  Tide. 

i 

• 

i* 

a-ra 

•as, 

if 
H 

Ft. 

2,900 
5,105 
5,225 

1,550 

»o  bstsbsisi  Diameter  of 
«*«_*».  3  j  Mam  Rope. 

ft 

II 

aj^l 

Us. 

Engineer 

English. 

American  R.  R. 

.5  in  100 
1     in  100 
1.5  in  100 
2     in  100 
2.5  in  100 
3    in  100 
3.  5  in  100 
4    in  100 
4.5  in  100 
5     in  100 
5.5  in  100 
6    in  100 
6.5  in  100 
7     in  100 

1  in  200 
1  in  100 
1  in  66  2-3 
Iin50 
Iin40 
1  in  33  1-3 
1  in  28  4-7 
Iin25 
1  in  22  2-9 
Iin20 
1  in  18  2-11 
1  in  16  2-3 
1  in  15  5-13 
1  in  14  2-7 

26.4  feet  per  mile. 
52.8  feet  per  mile. 
79.2  feet  per  mile. 
105.6  feet  per  mile. 
132     feet  per  mile. 
158.4  feet  per  mile. 
184.8  feet  per  mile. 
211.2  feet  per  mile. 
237.6  feet  per  mile. 
264     feet  per  mile. 
290.4  feet  per  mile. 
316.8  feet  per  mile. 
343.2  feet  per  mile. 
369.6  feet  per  mile. 

Mahanoy 
Gordon,  1 
Gordon,  2 
Big  Mine 
Run.    . 

Ft. 
2,410 
4,650 
4,755 

1,245 

Ft. 
1,478.42 
1,519.00 
1,206.00 

1,274.3 

Ft. 

1,124.70 
1,200.50 
802.00 

1,013.8 

Ft. 

353.72 
318.50 
404.00 

20.65 

The  Mahanoy  has  steel  wire  rope  2J"  diameter  with  inde- 
pendent steel  wire  rope  center.    The  others  2J''   diameter 
iron  wire  rope  (Big  Mine  2")  with  independent  iron  wire  rope 
center. 

A  new  locomotive  for  use  on  Ithaca  Hill,  N.  Y.,  is  thus 
described  :  — 
"  The  incline  has  five  tracks,  of  which  the  outer  two  are 
of  the  usual  width,  used  in  the  ordinary  manner.    When 
the  engine  starts  up  the  hill  it  rests  upon  a  pair  of  rails  just 
within  the  usual   track  and  unon  a  set   of  double-flaneed 

Refer  to  t  —  Be 
Bhor,  India 
Callao,  Lima  & 

asemer  111.      .  *  "Eng 
.     .     .       'Sc. 

•ineerins;,"  xxi.  462. 
American  Sup.,''  919. 
''ing-,"  xxviii.  46,104. 
American  Sup.,r  1905. 

'•ineer.'"  xliv.  462. 

Oioya  By.      .  *  "Ent 

.      "  Sc. 

Tramway,  fortress  of  Glatz, 
Silesia.                           .    .  *"Ent 

INCLINED   PLANE. 


492 


INCUBATOR. 


Grand  Combe  mines,  Fr.  .  . 
Hyd.  hauling  machine    for 

Hayward,  Tyler  &  Co.  .  . 

Pittsburg  Passenger  Ry.  .  . 

Winding  engine,  Gordon   .  . 

Safety  trucks,  Mahanoy  .  . 
Woottens,  patent  ... 


*  "Engineering,''  xxvii.  36. 

*  "Engineering,''  xxiii.  362. 

*  "Scientific  Am., '~J  xliii.  175. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  77. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliii.  78. 
No.  57,423,  Aug.  21, 1866. 


Table  showing  the  proportions  between  an  engine's  maxi- 
mum load  on  grades  up  to  350  feet  per  mile,  and  its  maxi- 
mum load  on  level,  the  latter  being  100  per  cent. 


Grades. 

Per  cent. 

Grades. 

Per  cent. 

0 

100 

130 

11.6' 

6 

82.8 

140 

10.6 

10 

68.1 

160 

9.8 

20 

60 

160 

9.2 

30 

39.3 

170 

8.6 

40 

32.3 

180 

8 

50 

27.3 

190 

7.5 

60 

23.6 

200 

7.1 

70 

20.7 

225 

6.1 

80 

18.3 

250 

6.3 

90 

16.4 

276 

4.7 

100 

14.9 

300 

4.2 

110 

13.6 

360 

3.3 

120 

12.4 

In-clined'  Plane  Car.  (Railway.)  One  for 
ascending  inclined  planes ;  the  support  of  the  bed 
being  so  arranged  that  the  bed  shall  be  level  when 
the  car  is  on  the  incline.  The  Righi,  Mt.  Wash- 
ington, and  others  afford  examples.  See  INCLINED 
PLANE,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  et  supra.  RAILWAY,  "  Mech. 
Diet.,"  pp.  1061,  1062,  and  references  passim. 

In-clined'  Press.  One  of  which  the  bed  and 
die  are  inclined,  for  convenience  of  insertion  of  the 
blanks.  Cutting,  drawing,  and  stamping  presses 
are  sometimes  thus  built,  and  sometimes  are  adjus- 
table so  as  to  have  either  level  or  inclined  table. 

In-cline'  Drift.  (Mining.)  An  inclined  pas- 
sage under  ground  ;  still  known  as  a  level,  but  hav- 
ing an  inclination  to  carry  off  water,  or  following 
the  dip  of  a  strata. 

In'com-bus'ti-ble  Wood,  etc. 


See  FIREPROOFINC,  p.  < 
Wood. 

Theatrical  scenery . 
Fabrics. 
Cloth. 


9,  supra,  for  preparations  for 
Canvas. 
Cordage. 
Straw. 
Paper. 


In-con'stant  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  sin- 
gle fluid  battery  is  usually  termed  inconstant,  to 
distinguish  it  from  a  two-fluid  battery. 

In-cor'po-ra'ting  Mill.  (Gunpowder.)  A 
mill  on  the  Chilian  principle  ;  two-edge  wheels  re- 
volving in  an  annular  pan.  The  materials  are 
ground  in  water ;  say  1  gallon  to  the  batch  of  50 
pounds  from  the  mixing-mill. 

See  "Ordnance  Report,''  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  II.,  Fig. 
6,  and  description  on  pp.  99-101. 

For  gunpowder,  Br *  "Engineering,'"  xxv.  37. 

In-crust'ed  Work.  (Fine  Art  Metal-working.) 
Relief  work  in  metal :  from  the  crustce  of  the  Ro- 
mans ;  small  ornaments  in  relief  attached  to  ves- 
sels. Distinct  from  repousse',  in  which  the  relief  is 
by  beating  out  the  metal. 

When  the  figures  were  large  they  were  remov- 
able and  called  emblemata ;  like  instances  seen  in 
Swami  work,  of  the  Madras  Presidency. 

India  shows  many  varieties  of  the  work,  as  silver  incrusted 
on  brown  copper,  copper  on  brass,  tracery,  diapering,  designs 
in  one  metal  on  another  ;  engraved,  chased,  or  stained  by  ox- 
idation :  tin  soldered  on  brass  and  incised  through  in  flori- 
ated patterns,  the  ground  being  in  part  filled  with  lac,  some- 
what like  niello. 

The  modern  French  incrusted  bronze,  is  a,  copper  or  bronze 


with  gold  and  silver  ornamentation.  The  objects  are  first 
painted  in  water  colors,  the  principal  ingredient  of  which  is 
white  lead.  When  several  articles  are  to  receive  the  same 
drawing,  it  may  be  printed  in  the  same  manner  as  in  porce- 
lain painting.  The  places  which  remain  unpainted  are  var- 
nished. The  article  is  then  laid  in  dilute  nitric  acid,  which 
dissolves  the  color  and  bites  the  metal  on  the  painted  places 
to  the  required  depth.  After  washing  the  article,  it  is  placed 
in  a  silver  or  gold  bath,  where  the  free  surfaces  are  electro- 
typed  in  silver  or  gold»  The  varnish  is  then  removed,  and 
the  whole  surface  is  polished  so  that  the  gilded  and  silvered 
parts  are  not  unduly  prominent.  The  article  can  then  be 
bronzed.  A  fine  effect  is  produced  with  black  bronze  by  sul-- 
phuret  of  copper  in  the  spaces  between  the  gold  and  silver. 


An  apparatus  for  the  artificial 


In-cu-ba'tor. 

hatching  of  eggs. 

The  Egyptian  egg-hatching  ovens,  and  the  apparatus  of  M. 
Bonnemain,  of  France,  are  shown  and  described  in  the 
"Mech.  Diet.,''  p.  1178. 

Several  late  apparatus  may  be  noticed. 

Probably  each  of  the  following  patents  has  added  some- 
thing to  the  present  approximately  successful  result .  — 

Axford.  Dennis. 

Baker.  Meyer. 

Day.  Halsted. 

Cantello.  Higgins. 

Carbonnier  Graves. 

Corbett.  Samuels. 

Weston.  Thick. 

Fig.  1435  shows  the  "  Reliance  •'  incubator.  A  steatite  radi- 
ator is  placed  over  the  egg-drawer  and  heated  by  hot  water 
pipes  imbedded  in  the  steatite.  The  quantity  of  water  is  but 


Fig.  1435 


^  "Reliance-  Incubator. 

6  quarts  for  a  300  egg  machine.  The  egg-drawers  are  separate, 
each  has  its  ventilator,  and  receives  moisture  from  an  evapo- 
rating pan  which  gives  an  atmosphere  approximating  the  con- 
dition of  the  natural  nest ;  heat  above,  and  cool,  moist  air 
beneath  the  eggs.  The  "  Florence/'  oil-stove  is  used  and  the 
burner  is  so  arranged  as  to  obviate  the  need  for  other  regu- 
lator or  thermostat. 

Halste&s  "  Centennial ';  incubator  is  shown  in  Fig.  1436, 
has  a  boiler,  B,  from  which  hot  water  passes  to  the  tank,  over 
which  is  the  reservoir  R  with  a  glass  water-gage.  At  O  is  the 
vent  for  air  in  filling,  and  at  F  the  faucet  for  discharge  of 
water  when  emptying.  V  is  the  ventilating  flue  opening  into 
the  egg  chamber,  the  glazed  door  of  which  is  at  N.  The  egg 
drawer  is  of  parallel  bars  just  near  enough  together  to  keep  the 
eggs  from  falling  between  them.  A  thermosfatic  bar  in  the 
chamber  projects  at  Sand  operates  the  foot  of  the  escape  lever 
at/,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  a  spring  wire  with  a  narrow 
opening  at  H.  E  is  a  reel  around  which  is  wound  a  cord 
which  passes  over  the  pulley  P,  and  is  attached  to  the  weight 
W.  This  reel  carries  four  projecting  arms,  in  pairs,  the  oppo- 
site ones  of  equal  length,  and  a  little  shorter  than  the  other 
pair.  The  ends  of  these  are  bent  at  right  angles,  so  as  to 
catch  upon  the  curved  wire  section  of  the  escape-lever  1.  This 
reel  is  firmly  fastened  to  a  shaft  passing  through  to  the  venti- 
lator flue,  and  there  attached  to  the  ventilator.  On  the  back 
of  this  reel-plate  are  pins  which  raise  or  depress  the  lamp- 
lever  C;  this  is  connected  with  the  lamp-trip  by  the  con- 
necting rod  D. 

The  thennostatic  bar  is  set  or  regulated  by  a  set-screw  in 


INCUBATOR. 


493 


INCUBATOR. 


the  opposite  end  of  the  machine.  When  regulated,  the  ther- 
mostatic  bar,  affected  by  the  heat,  acts  upon  the  lever  I, 
bringing  the  opening  Hover  one  of  the  ends  of  the  arms,  the 
force  of  the  weight  causes  it  to  pass  through  and  the  next 
arm  to  catch,  thus  opening  the  ventilator  and  allowing  the 
hot  air  to  escape,  anil  turning  down  the  lamp.  When  the 


1436. 


Fig.  1438. 


Halsted'x  Incubator. 

drawer  has  cooled  down  one  or  two  degrees,  the  reverse  action 
of  the  thermostat  again  releases  (he  end  of  the  arm,  and  the 
ventilator  closes  and  the  name  is  turned  up.  This  is  repeated 
automatically  until  the  weight  runs  down. 

Fig.  1437  shows  the  Thirk  incubator,  which  has  a  water  res- 
ervoir of  10  gallons,  heated  by  kerosene  lamp.  Air-carrying 
pipes  pass  through  the  heated  water,  and  carry  warm  air  to 

Fig.   14157. 


all  parts  of  the  hatching  apparatus  :  hot-water  boxes  form 
part  of  the  reservoir,  under  which  the  chicks,  when  hatched, 
are  placed  to  receive  the  heat  necessary  for  their  health. 
The  boxes  are  covered  with  a  lamb  skin,  or  a  "  wool  mother," 
the  cool,  graveled  flooring  affords  for  the  feet  of  the  chick- 
ens a  surface  similar  to  natural  conditions. 

50  eggs  are  placed  in  each  drawer.  The  heat  of  the  water 
reservoir  is  about  120°  Fah.,  which  keeps  the  eggs  at  about 
103°.  The  eggs  are  turned  daily  and  left  exposed  for  15 
minutes,  and  their  relative  positions  in  the  drawers  changed. 

In  Voitellier's  apparatus,  shown  at  the  French  Exposition 
of  1878,  the  heat  of  the  reservoir  is  kept  up  by  occasional  re- 
newals of  hot  water,  and  steam  is  occasionally  allowed  to  es- 
cape to  keep  the  atmosphere  moist  around  the  eggs. 

An  improvement  on  the  incubator  of  Carbonnier  (Fr.)  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1438.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a  box,  with  a 
zinc  case  A  filled  with  hot  water  fixed  in  the  top,  and  un- 
derneath a  drawer,  B,  to  put  the  eggs  in,  and  in  which  is 


Carbonnier' s  Incubator. 


to  become  warmed 
to  a  temperature  of 
105°  or  104°,  to  show 
which  a  thermome- 
ter is  laid  on  the  top 
of  the  eggs  The 
upper  A  is  a  pipe 
for  supplying  the 
basin  with  water 
and  to  receive  the 
thermometer,  which 
is  immersed  in  the 
fluid,  and  shows 
the  temperature.  D 
D  D  are  three  iron 
rods  fixed  in  from 
back  to  front  of  the 
box  as  a  support  for 
the  zinc  case.  E  is 
a  layer  of  sawdust, 
suspended  by  a 
piece  of  muslin  (or 
some  such  thin  ma- 
terial )  fastened  by  a 
few  tacks  to  the  in- 
ner side  of  the  box, 
through  which  the 
heat  passes.  The 
drawer  is  opened 
once  or  twice  every 
day  to  turn  the 
eggs,  during  the  in- 
cubation of  21  days. 
The  "Leviathan  " 
incubator,  used  in 
Africa  in  the  artifi- 
cial hatching  of  os- 


trich eggs,  was  exhibited  in  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope  section 
at  the  Centennial  Exhibition.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a 
middle  steam  chamber  of  metal,  which  is  kept  constantly 
hot  by  a  lamp  or  furnace  beneath.  Below  this  are  drawers 
in  which  the  eggs  are  first  placed,  and  these,  by  means  of 
the  screws  shown  below,  may  be  raised  until  the  eggs  are 
brought  almost  in  contact  with  the  warm  surface  above. 
In  these  receptacles  the  eggs  are  kept  for  two  weeks  at  a 
temperature  of  102°  Fah.  They  are  then  removed  and 
placed  in  the  inner  pair  of  compartments,  shown  above,  for 
another  fortnight,  at  a  temperature  of  100°.  At  the  end  of 
this  period  the  eggs  are  carefully  extracted,  and  a  small  hole 
is  chipped  in  each  shell  at  the  point  opposite  the  chick's 
head.  They  are  next  replaced  and  kept  in  the  same  compart- 
ments for  two  weeks  longer  at  98°,  when  the  hatching  takes 
place,  and  the  young  birds  are  placed  in  the  outer  upper  re- 
ceptacles, and  there  remain  for  two  days.  The  compartments 
above  have  bottoms  of  lamb's  wool,  which  come  in  contact 
with  the  steam  chamber  below. 

Fig.  1439. 


Ostrich   Egg  Incubator. 


Tilt  egg  is  about  7"  in  length,  and  the  hatched  chick  about 
13"  In  height.  The  chick  is  fed  on  rice,  and  when  it  reaches 
the  age  of  seven  days  is  worth  $50  in  gold.  Nearly  20,000 
birds,  it  is  said,  have  been  hatched  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope 
by  apparatus  of  this  description.  The  machine  is  frequently 
made  of  sufficient  size  to  hold  115  eggs  at  a  time. 

Day's  machines  are  made  for  220  and  320  eggs  respectively. 
They  are  warmed  by  coal  or  gas,  and  the  heat  is  regulated 
by  a  thermostat  of  two  unequally  expanding  metals.  This 
regulates  the  flame  or  the  draft,  as  the  case  may  be.  An 
alarm  is  rung  if  a  given  heat  be  exceeded. 

Halsted's  "Acme"  incubator  is  entirely  of  metal,  is  self- 
regulating  as  to  heat,  and  has  trays  in  which  the  eggs  are 
simultaneously  turned,  without  handling.  It  is  a  hot-air 
machine  without  boiler  or  tank.  A  copper  drum  is  heated  by 
oil  lamp,  and  the  warm  air  radiates  from  the  drum,  passing 
upward  through  the  hot-air  chamber  where  the  evaporating 


INCUBATOR. 


494 


INDEX   MILLING  MACHINE. 


trough  divides  the  current  and  charges  it  with  moisture. 
A  plate  deflects  the  air  over  the  eggs  in  the  drawers.  A  cool, 
moist  air  is  retained  beneath  the  eggs.  The  regulator  is  a 
thermostatic  bar. 

Axford's  incubator  has  a  lamp  near  the  floor ;  circulation 
from  above  among  the  eggs,  and  exit  downward  ;  an  electric 
thermostat  and  a  turn-table  holding  the  trays  of  eggs  ;  and  a 
special  egg-turning  arrangement. 

Myer's  "  Perfection  ;'  Incubator  is  heated  by  the  ordinary 
house-stove. 

The  Corbett  incubator  is  placed  on  a  pile  of  fermenting 
horse-manure,  and  more  manure  piled  round  if  necessary. 
It  is  a  cylindrical  box  with  trays,  each  of  which  has  a  tier  of 
eggs.  The  cover  is  removed  and  the  trays  lifted  daily  and 
the  eggs  turned.  The  apparatus  subsequently  acts  as  an 
artificial  mother. 


See  also :  — 
Carbonnier,  Fr. 
French     .     .    .     . 

Ostrich,  Douglass 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  849. 
.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  213. 

Laboulaye's    "  Dictionnaire    des 
Arts,'1'  etc.,  iii.  " Regulateur.'1' 
.  *  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,''1  xxxvii.  57. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,'''  xxxiv.  226  :    xxxv. 

297;  xxxviii.  294,295. 
''•Scientific  American  Sup.,"  884. 
"  Manufacturer  if  Builder,"'  xii.  95. 


Fig.  1440. 


Ostrich  farming     . 
Thermostat  for 

In'de-pen'dent  Air  Pump.  One  having  no 
mechanical  connection  with  the  main  engine :  as 
distinct  from  a  connected  air-pump,  which  is  a  mov- 
ing part  of  the  engine.  Being  a  steam-pump,  op- 
erated independently,  a  vacuum  can  be  formed  for 
the  engine  before  the  latter  is  started,  and  the 
speed  regulated  according  to  the  temperature  of 
the  injection  water  and  the  requirements  of  the 
engine. 

In'de-pen'dent  Car  Wheel.  One  running 
free  on  the  axle ;  as  distinguished  from  the  usual 
railway  car  wheel, 
which  is  chilled  or 
keyed  fast  to  the  axle. 

One  form  of  inde- 
pendent car  wheel,  in 
which  the  two  wheels 
are  not  essentially  fast 
together,  so  that  they 
can  move  indepen- 
dently in  turning 
curves,  is  the  Milti- 
more  wheel,  Fig.  532, 
p.  163,  supra.  See  also 
CAK-AXLE,  pp.  458, 
459,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
and  AXLE,  pp.  198- 
201 ,  Ibid. 

In'de-pen'd  e  n  t 
Drill.  A  machine  tool 
intended  for  work  re- 
quiring four  drills  to 
finish  a  hole.  Each 
spindle  has  indepen- 
dent automatic  $eed , 
so  that  one  operator 
can  attend  to  several 
machines.  The  four 
drills  may  be  respect- 
ively a  starting  drill, 
through  drill,  enlarging 
drill,  and  finishing  drill 
or  reamer.  The  piece 
to  be  drilled  is  secured 
in  a  holder,  indexed 

Pe.^ectly     "rier    *  J  e  Independent  Drill. 

drills  and  finished  he- 
fore  removing  from  its  fastening.     (Pratt  $•  Whit- 
ney.) 

In'de-pen'dent  Jaw  Chuck.  A  chuck  in 
which  each  jaw  is  separately  adjustable ;  as  distin- 
guished from  the  universal,  in  which  the  jaws  move 
in  concert.  Fig.  1441.  See  also  LATHE  CHUCK, 
infra. 


Independent  Jaw  Chuck. 


In'de-pen'dent  Truck.  (Railway.)  One 
of  the  4  or  6-wheeled  trucks  beneath  a  railway  car 
on  the  American 

system.     The  car  Fi&-  144L 

rests  on  the  center 
pins  of  the  trucks, 
which  can  there- 
f  o  r  e  follow  the 
track,  swiveling  by 
their  own  motion 
while  the  body  of 
the  car  takes  the 
position  of  a 
chord. 

In  the  European 
practice  the  pairs  of  wheels  are  independent  and 
their  boxes  work  in  hangers  or  pedestals  on  the 
main  sill  of  the  car  frame.  See  Fig.  4126,  p.  1863, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

In'de-pen'dent  Wheel.  A  term  sometimes 
applied  to  a  car  wheel  which  runs  free  on  its  axle, 
in  contradistinction  to  the  customary  wheel,  which 
is  chilled,  or  otherwise  tightly  fastened  to  its  axle, 
in  the  usual  railway  practice  where  the  wheels  are 
rigidly  attached  to  the  respective  ends  of  the  axle. 

See  also  a  compromise  arrangement  in  which  the  axle  is 
divided,  and  each  part  carries  its  own  wheel,  Fig.  532,  p. 
163,  supra. 

In'dex  Milling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  tool 
adapted  to  cutting  rotary  cutters  in  all  varieties, 
spur  and  bevel  gears,  etc. 

It  receives  ordinary  work  up  to  6"  diameter,  but  will  cut 
spur  or  bevel  gears  much  larger.  The  index-plate  is  attached 
to  the  bottom  of  a  hollow  spindle  having  a  graduated  disk. 

Fig.  1442. 


The  spindle  is  pivoted  to  a  vertical  slide,  and  with  its  attach- 
ments, as  vise  or  centers,  may  be  moved  to  and  secured  at 
any  angle  in  a  vertical  plane  of  180°,  or  90°  on  either  side  of 
an'upright  position.  This  slide,  carrying  the  index,  spindle, 
etc.,  has  a  perpendicular  traverse  of  2".  The  upward  and  down- 
ward movement  of  the  main  slide,  to  which  the  vertical  is 
attached,  is  6",  and  its  side  traverse  12".  The  centers  are 
shown  in  the  engraving  as  attached  to  the  index-spindle. 
They  will  receive  work  3J"  diameter  and  8|"  in  length.  The 
cone  spindle  is  of  steel,  and  slides  in  a  cast-iron  sheath  or 
shell,  which  runs  in  cast-iron  boxes  lined  with  babbitt- 
metal.  The  horizontal  movement  of  the  cone-spindle  and 
the  vertical  movement  of  the  slides  is  made  by  adjustable 
hand-levers,  and  limited  by  check-nuts.  (Pratt  Sf  Whitney.) 


INDEX. 


495 


INDIA  INK. 


In'dex       The    following    scheme  for   the   tiling         The  scheme  is  for  a  book  of  602  pp.     The  position  of  the 
away  of  valuable  suggestions  or  data,  of  a  miscella-     sliP  or  item  «  determined  by  its  initial  letter  and  next  suc- 
neous  description,   or  appertaining  to   any  study, 
science,  or  what  not,  was  devised  some  time  since 
by  Mr.  M.  T.  C.  Gould. 


ceecling  vowel,  for  instances  :  — 

Cyrus,  C.  y.,  pp.  145,  146. 
Steam,  S.  e.,  pp.  462-477. 


INDEX  BERUM. 


: 

| 

4 

60 

So 

1 

1 

I 

S* 

o< 

& 

a 

a. 

S 

a. 

1 

la 

C 

'S. 

1 

B 

e 

a 

5" 

6 

S3 

a 

3 

"S. 

0 

a 

a 

S 

"S 

I 

i 

0 

ts 

i 

"S 

to 

g 

j 

0 

to 

w 

OQ 

1 

0 

0 

00 

M 

° 

03 

« 

O 

o 

CO 

N 

0 

34 

a 

i 

6 

18 

a 

229 

6 

32 

a 

319 

16 

38 

a 

510 

8 

7 

8 

e 

235 

4 

e 

335 

2 

e 

518 

4 

A 

15 

10 

G 

j 

239 

4 

M 

^ 

337 

4 

T 

^ 

522 

b 

25 

6 

o 

243 

2 

o 

341 

8 

0 

528 

14 

u 

31 

2 

u 

245 

1 

u 

349 

1 

u 

542 

4 

y 

33 

2 

y 

246 

1 

y 

350 

1 

y 

546 

2 

44 

35 

12 

22 

a 

247 

6 

16 

a 

351 

2 

6 

a 

548 

2 

47 

10 

e 

253 

4 

e 

353 

4 

e 

550 

•2 

B 

i 

57 

4 

H 

i 

257 

4 

N 

i 

357 

4 

U 

i 

552 

I 

o 

61 

10 

0 

261 

6 

o 

361 

4 

o 

552 

| 

71 

6 

u 

267 

1 

u 

365 

1 

u 

553 

J 

y 

77 

2 

y 

268 

1 

y 

366 

1 

y 

553 

! 

68 

a, 

79 

24 

11 

a 

269 

2 

11 

a 

367 

2 

11 

a 

554 

6 

e 

103 

6 

e 

271 

4 

e 

369 

4 

e 

560 

.1 

C 

i 

109 

6 

I 

i 

275 

2 

0 

^ 

373 

2 

V 

l 

561 

] 

0 

115 

24 

o 

277 

1 

o 

375 

1 

0 

562 

1 

u 

139 

6 

u 

278 

1 

u 

376 

1 

u 

563 

1 

y 

145 

2 

y 

279 

1 

y 

377 

1 

y 

564 

1 

26 

a 

147 

6 

10 

a 

280 

2 

44 

a 

378 

14 

28 

a 

665 

fi 

e 

153 

6 

e 

282 

1 

e 

392 

10 

e 

671 

4 

D 

i 

159 

4 

J 

i 

283 

1 

P 

i 

402 

8 

W 

i 

577 

It 

o 

163 

4 

0 

284 

4 

o 

410 

6 

0 

587 

4 

u 

167 

4 

u 

288 

1 

u 

416 

4 

u 

591 

] 

y 

170 

2 

y 

289 

1 

y 

420 

2 

y 

592 

1 

28 

a 

173 

10 

11 

a 

290 

2 

28 

a 

422 

4 

2 

a 

593 

e 

183 

8 

e 

292 

4 

e 

426 

6 

e 

593 

E 

i 

191 

6 

K 

^ 

296 

2 

R 

i 

432 

4 

X 

i 

593 

, 

o 

197 

2 

o 

298 

1 

o 

436 

10 

o 

594 

. 

u 

199 

1 

u  ' 

299 

1 

u 

446 

2 

M 

594 

y 

200 

1 

y 

300 

1 

y 

448 

2 

y 

594 

• 

20 

a 

201 

4 

18 

a 

301 

4 

60 

a 

450 

12 

2  ' 

a 

595 

e 

205 

6 

e 

305 

4 

e 

462 

16 

e 

595 

F 

i 

211 

6 

L 

% 

309 

4 

S 

i 

478 

20 

Y 

i 

595 

0 

217 

10 

o 

313 

4 

o 

498 

10 

0 

596 

u 

227 

1 

u 

317 

1 

u 

508 

1 

u 

596 

y 

228 

1 

y 

318 

1 

y 

509 

1 

y 

596 

Q 

u 

597 

4 

Z 

a-y 

601-2 

2 

In'dex  Plate.  For  gear  cutting  machines.  The 
face  has  a  number  of  circles  each  with  a  certain  num- 
ber of  holes  so  that  any  required  number  of  teeth 
may  be  made  on  a  wheel,  the  circle  being  divisible 
by  that  number. 

SIZES   OF   BROWN  &    SHARPE'S   INDEX   PLATES  FOR 
GEAR    CUTTING     MACHINES. 


§"5 

8J 

1 

§ 

5 

|J 

§1 

1 

Is 

"o 

•s 

h 

of 

°1P 

S 

•A 

!s 

II 

is 

11 

il 

ii 

IB 

01-° 

•36 

>  3 

5S 

i° 

SIB 

s 

g° 

S'2 

S* 

12  in 

25 

52 

100 

1,900 

50 

100 

16  in 

38 

76 

150 

4,294 

75 

150 

20  in 

60 

102 

200 

7,550 

100 

200 

24  in 

63 

126 

250 

11.844 

125 

250 

28  in 

75 

152 

300 

16'950 

150 

300 

32  in 

90 

182 

360 

24,390 

180 

360 

In'dex  Wheel.  1.  A  graduated  plate  marked 
in  circles  of  holes,  for  spacing  in  the  cutting  of 
gears.  See  INDEX  PLATE  ;  INDEX  MILLING 
MACHINE. 

2.  A  graduated  wheel  in  an  instrument  for  di- 
viding or  measuring  angles,  or  in  some  forms  of 
calculating  instruments. 

An  index  wheel  in  the  set  works  of  a  saw-mill  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1442. 

1  is  the  index  wheel. 

2  and  3,  pointers. 

4,  coupling  to  which  the  set  rod  for  working  the  knees  is 
connected. 

6,  cog  for  working  the  index  wheel. 
18,  support  for  the  index  wheel. 

The  object  of  the  device  is  to  tell  at  any  time  the  exact 
number  of  inches  in  any  log  on  the  carriage,  between  the 
knees  and  the  saw.  Also,  to  tell  how  much  slab  must  be 
taken  off  the  first  cut,  in  order  to  have  the  lumber  in  the  re- 
mainder of  the  log  all  come  out  of  the  required  thickness. 

In'di-a  Ink.  The  best  India  ink  is  still  made 
in  China,  although  its  quality  has  deteriorated  since 
glue  made  of  buffalo  instead  of  stag's  horn  has 


INDIA  INK. 


496 


INDUCTION  BALANCE. 


Index  Wheel  for  Saw-logs. 

been  employed  as  the  vehicle  for  the  lampblack. 
Its  first  invention  is  reported  to  have  been  between 
A.  D.  220-419.  — ''  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  26. 

In'di-a  Rub'ber.  See  CAOUT- 
CHOUC. 

In'di-a  Rub'ber  Spring.  1.  (Rail- 
way.)  A  block  of  caoutchouc,  usually 
cylindrical,  and  used  in  connection  with 
steel  springs,  either  as  truck  springs  or 
for  buffers  and  draw-springs.  See  Figs. 
1142-1144,  pp.  482,  483,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

2.  ( Carriage. )     A  spring  used  in  connection  with 
the    ordinary  elliptic  springs  in  the  running  gear, 
or  as  a  bumper  spring  between  the  bolster  and  bed 
of  a  wagon. 

3.  A  strap  of  rubber  used  for  a  return  motion  in 
many  species  of  light  machinery. 

In'di-ca'tor.  A  marker  of  phenomena ;  time, 
place,  number,  distance,  recurrent  position  or  pres- 
ence, etc. 

There  are  many  instruments  cited  as  (IRAPHS,  METERS, 
SCOPES,  etc.  (see  said  titles  in  "Meek.  Diet."),  which  are  indi- 
cators ;  such  as,  to  cite  one  class  of  limited  area,  a  Gas  Indica- 
tor, of  which  Fire-damp  Alarm,  Grisoumeter,  Carburometer, 
are  specific  titles. 

See  list  of  MEASURING,  CALCULATING,  AND  INDICATING  IN- 
STRUMENTS, infra. 

A  list  of  speed,  course,  grade,  and  distance  indicators  and 
recorders  is  given  on  p.  282,  supra. 

Steam,  electric,  and  other  indicators  are  shown  on  pp. 
1180,  1181,  "Mech.  Diet.,''1  and  the  same  work  contains  in 
their  alphabetical  places  notices  of  the  following  indica- 
tors: — 

Door.  Shoal.  Stream. 

Leak.  Speed.  Street. 

Leeway.  Station.  Weather. 

See  also  :  — 
Channel  depth,  Echebarn 

If  Durgos,  Brazil    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.^  1522. 
Diagrams,  Martin     .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  65. 
Bye-piece  of  microscope  *  Fig.  997,  p.  323,  supra. 

Gas *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  1615. 

Guiding  pulley  for. 

Stanek,  Aus.     ...  *  " Engineering, "  xxv.  65. 
Motion,  Bowsher .     .     .  *  "American  Slitter, ''  iv.  30. 


Station "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  865. 

•Steam,  detent  for. 

Darke,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xli.  69. 

Steam  engine,  Thompson  *  "  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxv.  278. 

Iii'di-rect'  Point/ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Ord- 
nance.) The  piece  being  once  ^suitably  adjusted  by 
means  of  direct  observations,  the  graduation  of 
certain  plates  is  observed,  and  subsequently  the 
piece  being  marked,  the  piece  is  adjusted  accord- 
ing to  the  graduations.  See  POLEMOSCOPE. 

See  cut  and  description  of  the  Prussian  apparatus  used  in 
the  sieges  of  the  war  1870, 1871,  at  Strasbourg  and  elsewhere. 
"Revue  d'Artillerie,"  iii.  2,  and  translated  in  "Ordnance  Re- 
port,'1'' 1878,  Appendix  L,  p.  107. 

See  also  ALTISCOPE,  *l'ig.  136,  p.  69,  "Mech.  Diet.''1 

In-duced'  Cur'rent.  (Electricity.)  A  current 
of  electricity  generated  in  a  coil  of  wire  by  induc- 
tion. 

In-duc'tion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.    See  infra,  also  — 

Apparatus      {  *  p™%?*y  }     "  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,-'  742. 

Balance.  Edison  ....  *  "Engineer,"*  xlvii.  284. 

U.  S.  Pat.  203,019,  Ap.  30, 1878. 

Hughes *  "Engineering,''1  xxvii.  219,419, 

458. 

*  "Scientific  American,''1  xl.  244. 

Coil,  Hopkins *" Scientific  Amer.  Sup..''  2548. 

Inductorium,  Apps  .     .     .  *  "  Teleg.  Journal,"  *  v.  31,  151. 

(Large) *  "Scientific  Amer.  , Sup.,"  3647. 

*  "Engineering.''  xxiii.  303. 
Eng *"  Scientific  Amer.  .S'i/p.,"  1173. 

In-duc'tion  Bal'ance.  An  instrument  for 
the  eradication  of  induction  currents  in  telegraph 
lines. 

Edison's  induction  balance,  patented  in  England 
in  1877,  and  in  the  United  States  in  1878,  was  de- 
signed, in  the  terms  of  its  specification  — 

"  To  compensate,  neutralize,  and  destroy  the  extraneous 
or  induced  currents  from  contiguous  circuits,  so  that  the 
messages  will  not  be  in  any  manner  interfered  with  by  false 

Fig.  1444. 


currents.  The  invention  consists,  in  the  combination  with 
the  telephonic  circuit,  of  an  induction  coil,  connected  with 
the  contiguous  circuits  in  such  a  manner  that  a  reactionary 
induction  is  established  in  the  telephonic  line  of  a  power 
corresponding  and  similar  to  the  primary  inductive  action, 
but  opposed  to  the  same,  so  as  to  neutralize  the  action  of 
the  game." 

Fig.  1444  is  "  a  diagram  representing  one  of  the  forms  in 
which  the  compensation  is  effected.  The  large  coils,  c  c', 
are  included  in  the  telephonic  circuit  at  each  end  of  the 
lino.  In  the  coils  are  iron  cores,  surrounded  by  a  primary 
coil,  the  ends  of  which  may  or  may  not  be  connected  to- 
gether, according  to  the  compensation  desired. 

"  The  iron  core  extends  outside  of  the  coils  some  distance. 
The  circuits,  No.  1  and  No.  2,  running  in  close  proximity  to 
the  telephone  wires,  induce  a  momentary  current  in  it  every 
time  the  circuits  are  opened  or  closed,  the  strength  of  which 
is  proportionate  to  the  proximity  of  the  wires  to  each  other 
and  the  number  of  miles  that  they  run  side  by  side.  These 
induced  currents  are  in  one  direction  in  closing  the  circuit, 
and  the  opposite  direction  on  opening  the  circuit.  To  neu- 
tralize the  induced  current  from,  say,  No.  1  circuit,  electro- 
magnets, e  e',  are  placed  at  each  terminal  in  the  circuit  of 
No.  1. 

"  These  magnets  are  then  adjusted  to  approach  the  iron 
cores,  k  kf,  until  the  induced  current  thrown  into  the  coils, 
c  and  c',  and  telephone  line  by  the  action  of  the  magnets,  e 
and  e',  is  equal,  but  opposite  to,  the  induced  current  from 
the  circuit  No.  1  thrown  into  the  telephonic  wire  by  running 
parallel  to  it.  Thus  a  perfect  compensation  is  attained. 
•  "  If  the  two  lines  run  parallel  for  long  distances  the  two 
ends  of  the  primary  coil  on  c  and  c'  are  connected  together, 
and  thus  retard  the  magnetization  and  demagnetization  of  the 
cores,  k  k',  and  consequently  lengthen  the  induced  currents 
thrown  into  c  and  cf  by  the  action  of  «'  and  e. 

"  Having  thus  compensated  for  circuit  No.  1,  the  compen- 
sation for  circuit  No.  2  is  exactly  similar.  If  the  latter  cir- 
cuit does  not  affect  the  telephone  circuit  as  strongly  as  No. 


INDUCTION  BALANCE. 


497 


INJECTOR. 


1,  the  electro-magnets, ./"and/',  are  placed  a  greater  distance 
from  k  and  k' ;  the  latter  may  be  elongated,  and  compensa- 
tion attained  from  many  circuits  by  employing  separate 
magnets  in  each  circuit  which  affects  the  telephonic  circuit." 

Fig.  1445  shows  Prof.  Hughes'  apparatus.  It 
consists  of  coils  of  wire,  a  telephone,  a  microphone,  a 
three-cell  Daniell  battery,  and  a  galvanometer,  and 
was  constructed  by  Prof.  Hughes,  to  practically 
demonstrate  his  principle  of  compensation.  The 
subject  is  carefully  described,  and  the  principles  of 
the  apparatus  well  treated  in  "Engineering,"  March 
14,  1879. 

"  The  five  rings  of  insulated  iron  wire  attached  to  the 
board — on  the  right,  in  the  perspective  view,  Fig.  1445  — 
represent  three  lines  of  telegraph  running  parallel.  The 

Fig.  1445. 


Hughes'  Induction  Balance. 

two  coils  of  each  of  the  outside  pair  are  joined  so  as  to  form 
one  circuit,  consisting  of  one  black  ring  and  one  white  one, 
each  pair  representing  one  line  of  a  certain  length,  and  be- 
tween them  is  a  single  coil  representing  an  intermediate  tele- 
graph line  of  a  shorter  length  ;  this  difference  of  length  was 
adopted  by  Professor  Hughes  in  his  experimental  model  in 
order  to  represent  a  somewhat  complicated  case,  and  to  show 
that  no  matter  what  the  relative  lengths  and  distances  apart 
of  telegraph  lines,  their  mutual  induction  may  be  compen- 
sated by  suitably  constructed  and  adjusted  compensating 
coils.  The  compensation  portion  of  the  apparatus  consists 
of  three  rings  whose  distances  apart  can  be  adjusted  by  slid- 
ing in  or  out  the  cylinder  to  which  each  of  the  outer  coils  is 
attached.  On  the  left  front  corner  of  the  board  is  the  com- 
mutator, consisting  of  six  stiff  elastic  wires,  which  can  be 
sprung  against  twelve  brass  nails,  and  the  connections  are 
so  arranged  that  the  battery  circuit  may  be  sent  through 
any  one  of  the  lines,  with  or  without  the  balance  in  the  cir- 
cuit, and  each  line  can  be  made  either  a  primary  microphone 
circuit,  or  a  secondary  line  in  connection  with  a  telephone, 
by  simply  placing  the  commutator  wires  against  their  proper 
contact  pins.  The  microphone,  and  the  clock  (not  shown), 
which  is  the  source  of  sound,  were,  in  the  professor:s  experi- 
ments, placed  in  a  distant  room,  and  the  direction  of  the 
currents  throughout  the  whole  apparatus  was  under  perfect 
control  by  means  of  the  commutator  to  which  we  have  re- 
ferred."—  "Engineering." 

In'duc-tom'e-ter.  An  invention  by  Dr.  O.  J. 
Lodge  (England).  A  modified  form  of  induction 
balance  fitted  for  electric  testing. 

"Engineering''' *  xxx.  134. 

In-duc'to-phone  (Electricity.)  A  sounding 
instrument  in  which  vibrations  transmitted  through 
the  primary  are  reproduced  by  a  plate  and  mem- 
brane. Adams. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal " vi.  30. 

"Journal  Society  Telegraph  Engineers  "  .     .     .     .     *  vi.  476. 

In'duc-to'ri-um.  The  carrier  of  an  induced 
current.  —  Ganot. 

Subject  considered,*  with  notices  of  Ruhmkorff,  Br6guet, 
Masson,  Fizeau,  Neef,  De  la  Rive,  Verdu,  Savart,  Moncel  ; 
Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,''  article 
"Induction,'''  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Hopkins  .     •     .    *  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  2548. 

In-fer'nal  Ma-chine'.  A  name  applied  to 
Fieschi's  battery  of  gun  barrels  with  which  he  at- 
tempted to  assassinate  Louis  Philippe. 

Thomasson  .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xli.  28. 

"Scientific  American,*'  xxxiv.  66. 
*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  149. 

32 


In'fil-tra'tion.  (Mining.)  The  theory  that 
vein  filling  was  introduced  as  mineral  water. 

In'fu-so'ri-al  Earth.    A  species  of  earth,  the 
remains  of  microscopic  animals.     It  is  used  as  an 
ingredient  in  dynamite.    See  p.  767,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Infusorial  earth,  uses  of ,   " Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  240. 

In'grain.  As  applied  to  carpets,  ingraining  is 
the  union,  according  to  the  necessity  of  the  pattern, 
where  an  interchange  of  yarn  occurs  between  the 
plies  or  webs.  The  more  frequently  this  occurs  the 
better  the  fabric  is  ingrained. 

The  ingrain  carpet  may  be  two-ply,  three-ply,  etc., 
according  to  the  number  of  webs. 

In-jec'tion.  (Mining.)  The  theory  that  vein 
filling  was  introduced  by  an 
igneous  fluid  and  solidified. 
See  IMPREGNATION. 

In-ject'ing  Syr'inge. 
(Microscopy.)  An  instru- 
ment for  injecting  the  mi- 
nute arteries  of  animal  tis- 
sues with  colored  chemical 
substances,  thus  filling  the 
small  blood-vessels  and  ren- 
dering them  visible  under 
the  microscope. 
In-jec'tor.  1.  (Surgical.) 
An  instrument  of  the  na- 
ture of  a  syringe.  The  size 

and  shape  and  the  form  and  proportions  of  the  noz- 
zle vary  with  the  object. 

They  may  be  classed  as 

Bladder.  Rectum. 

Embalming.  Uterus. 

Hypodermic.  Vagina. 

Dr.  Parker's  injection  tubes  for  the  urethra  are  bulb- 
pointed,  soft  rubber,  velvet-eyed. 

Many  other  instruments  with  specific  names  have  the  same 
function,  such  as  Eustachian  Canal  Injector,  Double-current 
Catheter,  Bladder-ivashins;  Apparatus. 
Syringe,  douche,  irrigator  are  near'v  synonymous. 

The  embalming  of  bodies  by  thymol  injection  is 
the  subject  of  a  pamphlet  by  Dr.  Wywodzoff,  of 
St.  Petersburg,  Russia,  Philadelphia,  1876,  and  the 
recipe  has  been  cited  under  EMBALMING,  p.  311, 
supra. 

2.  The  injector  as  a  device  to  feed  water  into  boil- 


Friedmann  Injector. 


INJECTOR. 


498 


INJECTOR. 


ers  has  been  described  on  pp.  1185,  1186, 

Giffard's,  and  Seller •  s  improvement  on  Gif- 


•'Mech. 
Diet." 
fard,  are  there  shown,  Fig.  2679. 

Various  modifications  and  applications  of  the  de- 
vice are  now  found. 

Fig.  1446  shows  the  Friedmann  (Nathan  &  Dreyfus)  non- 
lifting  injector  for  locomotives.  It  is  to  be  placed  below  the 
water  line  and  can  be  used  as  a  heating  cock  for  the  tender 
and  water-tank  by  closing  the  overflow  valve,  the  handle  of 
which  extends  into  the  cab. 

His  the  handle  of  the  overflow  valve,  to  be  used  to  close 
the  overflow  altogether  or  when  the  injector  is  to  be  used  as 
a  heater-cock  to  heat  the  water  in  the  tender.  G  is  the  han- 
dle of  the  water  valve  ;  the  latter  is  seen  to  the  right  in  the 
sectional  view.  On  the  left,  in  the  sectional  view,  is  the  in- 
termediate nozzle  by  which  the  water  supply  is  conducted  in 
two  annular  streams  to  the  condensing  chamber  of  the  in- 
jector when  the  steam  jet  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  both 
at  separate  points.  The  result  is  effective  condensation  of 
steam  and  the  transfer  of  its  velocity  to  the  water. 

Fig.  1447  is  the  "Keystone  >;  injector.  The  form  shown  is 
used  when  the  supply  water  is  received  from  a  pressure,  such 
as  street  main  or  elevated  reservoir.  It  is  placed  in  a  hori- 
zontal position,  the  steam  pipe  attached  to  highest  part  of  the 
boiler,  an  ordinary  globe  valve  being  placed  on  the  steam 
pipe,  and  a  valve  or  water  cock  on  the  water  pipe. 


Fig.  1447. 


"Keystone  ''  Injector. 

Method  of  working  :  Open  the  steam  valve  to  drive  out  any 
condensed  steam  there  may  be  in  the  pipe,  and  close  it  again. 
Then  open  the  water  cock,  then  the  steam  valve,  and  move 
the  plug  B  slowly  forward  with  the  handle  b,  until  the  water 
ceases  at  the  overflow.  If,  while  the  injector  is  working, 
water  should  escape  from  the  overflow,  move  the  plug  for- 
ward to  reduce  the  supply  of  water.  If  steam  escapes,  move 
the  plug  backward,  to  give  it  more  water.  When  the  lever  b 
is  set  so  the  injector  works  perfectly  dry  ;  if  you  wish  to  stop 
feeding,  close  first  the  steam  valve,  then  the  water  cock. 

Rue's  "  Little  Giant "  injector  has  an  adjustable  combining- 
tube  moved  by  a  lever.  The  motion  to  the  left,  as  exhibited  in 
the  cut,  Fig.  1448,  gives  more  water,  and  contrariwise,  less. 
The  injector  cannot  be  worked  while  the  combining-tube  is 
closed  at  either  end.  The  injector  lever  should  be  in  such  posi- 

Fig.  1448. 


" Little   Giant'''  Injector. 


tion  as  to  allow  a  sufficient  quantity  of  water  to  condense  the 
steam  when  the  valve  is  full  open.  The  combining-tube  be- 
ing open  at  each  end  slides  in  stuffing  boxes  C  C,  on  the  left 
towards  the  steam  supply  pipe  which  projects  into  the  water 
chamber,  and  at  the  other  end  the  tube  projects  into  the  dis- 
charge chamber  to  meet  the  discharge  tube  which  leads  to  the 
boiler.  The  space  around  the  tubes,  what  may  be  called  the 


second  chamber,  has  an  overflow  valve  which  allows  escape 
of  water  in  the  direction  of  the  arrows,  when  the  force  of  the 
steam  has  not  sufficient  force  to  cause  the  water  to  open  the 
check  valve  in  the  boiler  supply  pipe  beyond  the  discharge 
plug.  When  the  water  has  sufficient  momentum  to  open  the 
check  valve  it  causes  an  indraft  at  the  overflow  pipe  which 
closes  the  valve  against  the  ingress  of  air". 

Fig.  1449  shows  the  "  Little  Giant  "  injector  attached  to  a 
stationary  boiler.     The  parts  arc  indicated  in  the  cut. 

Fig.  1449. 


" Little   Giant ''  Injector  attached  to  Stationary  Boiler. 

Fig.  1450  shows  the  arrangement  of  the  Rue  "  Little  Giant" 
injector  as  applied  to  locomotives.  Directions  for  operating 
will  sufficiently  explain  it  in  connection  with  what  has  been 
previously  stated. 

Fig.  1450. 


Rue  Locomotive  Injector. 

To  start  the  injector  :  Open  lever  valve  from  1  to  2  ;  when 
water  shows  at  overflow  R,  open  valve  to  3  where  it  must  re- 
main while  the  injector  is  at  work.  Regulate  water  by  the 
combining-valve  lever  M. 

To  stop  the  injector,  close  the  valve  A. 

To  use  as  a  heater :  Close  overflow  by  moving  lever  M  to  A. 
Then  open  lever  valve  on  the  left  to  2  or  3  to  admit  steam  re- 
quired. 

See  also  INSPIRATOR. 

See  Austrian *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  86. 

Condenser,  Bulkeley      ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  332. 

Friedmann *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,'"  Gob. 

*  Thurstori's    "Vienna    Expo. 

Rept.,"  ii.  138. 
Hydrants  for  fire  extinction. 

Greathead,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  80. 

GreshamSc  Craven  (16  Figs.), 

Br *  "Engineer,-'  xliii.  134. 

Gresham  If  Craven,  Br.     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  35. 

Hall *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2436. 

Hart,  Engl *"  Sc.  American  Sup."  1779. 

Steam,  Irwin *  "Man.  If  Builder,'-  xii.  132. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Mar.  25, 1. 
Locomotive,  Korting,  Br.  .     .  *  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xvi.  419. 

Korting,  Engl *  "Sc-  American  Sup.,"  897. 

Korting,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  474. 


INJECTOR. 


499 


INK   GRINDING  MACHINE. 


"  Clipper,"  Lynde  .  .  * 
Locomotives,  Mazza,  Italy  * 
Hot  water  for  locomotives. 

Mazza 

Steam,  on,  Pocket ....  * 


Principles 
Sam,  Br. 

.  Sellers  .     . 


Steam,  Westley 
"Eclipse,"  Wilde 


'Scientific  Amer.,"1  xl.  37. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii.  24. 

'Iron  Age,'-  xxiii.,  Feb.  13,  p.  9. 
'  Van   ffostrand's  Mag.,'1'  xvi. 

209  ;  *  341. 

'Sc.  American,''  xxxviii.  325. 
'Engineer,''  xlviii.  462. 
'Railroad  Gaz."  xxi.  323. 
'Iron  Age,"  xix.,June  7,  p.  26. 
'<Sc.  American,''  xxxvi.  355. 
' Sc.  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  290. 

Chas.  7?.  Emery's  report  in  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Re- 
ports," vol.  vi.,  Group  XX.,  refers  to  — 

Sellers *  vi.  376. 

Friedmann *  vi.  377. 

Nathan  §  Dreyfus *  (ejector). 

Treatise  on  Giffard's,  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures," article  "Injecteur,'-  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Leon  Ponchet,  "Steam  Injectors."    (From  the  French.) 

In-ject'or  Check  Valve.  The  valve  in  the 
water  supply  pipe,  between  the  injector  and  the 

Fig.  1451. 


Injector  Check  Valve. 

boiler,  rising  to  admit  the  water  under  impulse  of 
the  steam  jet,  and  falling  to  prevent  back  flow  of 
water. 
Ink. 

Yellow :  A  little  alum,  added  to  saffron  in  soft  hot  water. 

For  tin  or  zinc  plant  labels :  Copper,  1 ;  nitric  acid,  10  ; 
water,  10,  subsequently  added. 

Stencil  ink:  Shellac,  2;  borax,  1;  soft  water,  10;  boil. 
Add  gum  arabic,  1 ;  remove  from  the  fire,  and  stir  in  lamp- 
black ad  suf.  Indigo  added  to  tinge.  * 

For  tin  or  zinc :  Sulphate  of  copper,  1 ;  sal  ammoniac, 
0.5 ;  acetic  acid,  2  ;  add  lamp-black  or  vermilion. 

Blue :  Sulphate  of  indigo,  diluted  with  water. 

To  restore  faded  ink :  Brush  over  with  a  solution  of  sul- 
phide of  ammonium. 

Or :  Brush  with  solution  of  tannin,  remove  excess  by  cur- 
rent of  water,  and  dry  at  144°  to  177°  Fah. 

Or:  Brush  over  with  solution  of  sulphocyanide  of  potas- 
sium 1  in  20,  and  dry  in  fumes  of  hot  hydrochloric  acid. 
Ferro-cyanide  might  answer. 

To  remove  ink  marks :  Moisten  with  solution  of  cyanide  of 
potassium,  and  then  solution  of  oxalic  acid.  Apply  with  a 
camel's-hair  brush  alternately. 

Sympathetic:  — 


Material. 

Treat  with. 

Result. 

Sol.  bichr.  potas. 

Logwood  extract. 

Black. 

Yellow  ferrocyan.  pot. 

Sulph.  iron. 

Blue. 

Yellow  ferrocyan.  pot. 

Sulph.  copper. 

Red  brown. 

Salt  of  arsenic. 

Sulph.  acid  vapor. 

Yellow. 

Salt  of  antimony. 
Nitr.  or  chl.  nickel. 

Sulph.  acid  vapor. 
Heat. 

Orange. 
Green. 

Nitr.  or  chl.  cobalt. 

Heat. 

Red. 

Chl.  copper. 

Heat. 

Blue. 

See  list  also  on  p.  1187,  "Mech.  Diet." 

.  Japanese  writing  inks  are  very  much  like  Chinese,  and 
manufactured  in  a  similar,  though  perhaps  not  quite  identi- 
cal way.  The  body  of  the  ink  is  soot,  obtained  from  pine 
wood  or  rosin,  and  lampblack  from  sesamum  oil  for  the  finest 
sort.  This  is  mixed  with  liquid  glue  made  of  oxskin.  This 
operation  is  effected  in  a  large  round  copper  bowl,  formed  by 
two  spherical  calottes,  placed  1"  apart,  so  that  the  space  be- 
tween can  be  filled  up  with  hot  water  to  prevent  the  glue 


Black,  Austrian     .    .    . 

Chromic 

Copying 

Indelible 

Invisible  for  postal  cards 
Logwood 


from  hardening  during  the  time  it  is  mixed  by  hand  with  the 
lampblack.  The  cakes  are  formed  in  wooden  molds,  and 
dried  between  paper  and  ashes.  Camphor,  or  a  peculiar 
mixture  of  scents,  which  comes  from  China,  and  a  small 
quantity  of  carthamine  (the  red  coloring  substance  of  saf- 
flower),  are  added  to  the  best  kinds,  for  improving  the  color, 
as  well  as  for  scenting  the  ink.  There  is  a  great  difference 
in  price  as  well  as  in  quality  between  the  various  kinds  of 
ink,  the  finest  article  being  rather  costly.  The  most  re- 
nowned manufactory  is  in  Nara,  the  old  capital  of  Japan,  in 
the  province  of  Yamato. 

" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  708. 

"<Sc.  American,''  xxxv.  298. 

"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,1'  708,  1975. 

"Sc.  American,"'  xxxiv.  361; 
xxxv.  52  ;  xxxviii.  96. 

"Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  20. 

"  Sc.  American,"  xxxv.  101. 

Pencil "Sc.  American,-'  xli.  228. 

Powder  and  tablet  .  .  .  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''1  708. 
Inkstand,  Railway  .  .  ,*"R.R.  Gazette,  xxiv.  706. 

Sympathetic "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  377. 

Long  list  of  inks  ....  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2498. 
Ink  cartridges  and  solid  ink  "  Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  112. 

A  variety  of  recipes  and  colors  are  given  in  Laboulaye's 
"Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  vol.  ii.,  cap.  "Encre." 

Ink  Cup.     A  vessel  hermetically  closed,  to  hold 
water  color  or  liquid  india  ink,  pi    1452 

to  preserve  it  from  evaporation 
and  from  flies. 

The  stopper  is  removed,  and  the 
ground  ink  (or  color)  is  placed  in  the 
cup  through  the  tubular  neck.  Re- 
place the  stopper  and  tube.  Pressure 
on  the  bladder  cover  causes  the  ink  to 
rise  in  the  tube,  so  as  to  be  within 
reach  of  the  pen. 

Ink'er.  The  device  on  a  re- 
cording instrument  which  makes 
the  dot  or  trace. 


India  Ink  Ctip. 


John  inking  disk,  for  telegraphic  instrument,  English, 
1856. 

Devos  inker     .     .     .     .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  28. 

Ink  E-ra'ser.  Take  chloride  of  lime  4  ozs., 
dissolve  in  1  quart  of  soft  water.  When  dissolved, 
strain,  and  add  a  teaspoonful  of  acetic  acid  to  each 
ounce  of  chloride  lime-water.  Apply  to  ink  with  a 
brush ;  absorb  moisture  with  blotter,  and  dry. 

Ink  Grind'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  hav- 
ing muller  and  table  for  grinding  ink  or  color.  The 


Fig.  1453. 


Ink  Grinding  Machine  (Fr.). 

table  is  level,  and  the  muller  has  a  rotation  and 
revolution  thereon,  its  vertical  axis  being  journaled 
in  the  rim  of  a  wheel,  which  is  revolved  by  pinion 
on  the  main  shaft. 


INKING  PAD. 


500 


INSIDE   MOLDING  MACHINE. 


Ink'ing  Pad.  A  pad  used  to  ink  the  faces  of 
post-office  canceling  and  office  stamps. 

The  Yale  pad  has  a  metallic  cup,  a  porous  ink 
surface,  and  a  cover  to  protect  it  when  not  in  use. 

Ink  Peii'cil.  A  pencil  giving  a  black  mark 
which  does  not  fade  on  exposure  to  light,  and  can 
be  reproduced  in  the  copying  machine. 

"The  mass  for  these  pencils  is  prepared  as  follows:  10 
Ibs.  of  the  best  logwood  are  repeatedly  boiled  in  10  gallons 
of  water,  straining  each  time.  The  liquid  is  then  evaporated 
down  till  it  weighs  100  Ibs.,  and  is  then  allowed  to  boil  in 
a  pan  of  stone-ware  or  enamel.  To  the  boiling  liquid  ni- 
trate of  oxide  of  chrome  is  added  in  small  quantities,  un- 
til the  bronze-colored  precipitate  formed  at  first  is  redis- 
solved  with  a  deep  blue  coloration.  This  solution  is  then 
evaporated  in  the  water  bath  down  to  a  sirup,  with  which  is 
mixed  well-kneaded  clay  in  the  proportion  of  1  part  of  clay 
to  3£  of  extract.  A  little  gum  tragacanth  is  also  added  to 
obtain  a  proper  consistence. 

The  nitrate  of  oxide  of  chrome  is  prepared  by  precipita- 
ting a  hot  solution  of  chrome  alum  with  a  suitable  quantity 
of  carbonate  of  soda.  The  precipitate  is  washed  till  the  fil- 
trate is  free  from  sulphuric  acid.  The  precipitate  thus  ob- 
tained is  dissolved  in  pure  nitric  acid,  so  as  to  leave  a  little 
still  undissolved.  Hence  the  solution  contains  no  free  acid, 
which  would  give  the  ink  a  dirty  red  color.  Oxalic  acid  and 
caustic  alkalies  do  not  attack  the  writing.  Dilute  nitric  acid 
reddens,  but  does  not  obliterate  the  characters."  —  Moni- 
teur  Scientiftque. 

Ink  Pow'der. 

Aleppo  galls 3  Ibs. 

Copperas 1  Ib. 

Gum  arable i  Ib. 

White  sugar .     .     .  i  Ib. 

Powder  and  mix.  1  pint  boiling  water  to  2  oz.  of  this  mix- 
ture makes  a  good  ink. 

Ink,  Solid.     One  recipe  for  solid  ink  is :  — 

Honey 8  oz. 

Egg lyolk. 

Extr.  galls 1J  pints. 

Sugar  candy 1  oz. 

Gum  arabic 3  oz. 

Indigo 1  oz. 

Decoc.  logwood 4  pint. 

Lampblack 2  oz. 

Willow  wood  charcoal 2  oz. 

Sulphate  iron 3  oz. 

Blue  galls  in  powder     ........  3  oz. 

Another  recipe  is  :  — 

Catechu 3  drachms. 

Extr.  haematoxylon 1  drachm. 

Acetate  and  hydr.  of  deutoxide  copper  .  10  grains. 

Sulph.  alumina  and  potash 1  scruple. 

Gum  arabic 1  drachm. 

Sulph.  of  protoxide  of  iron 1  drachm. 

gulp,  indigo,  for  color. 

Over  all  pour  a  decoction  of  Campeachy  wood  to  form  a 
paste. 

Ink'stand.  A  solid-ink  inkstand  is  one  fur- 
nished with  a  block  of  ink  which  affords  a  writing 
fluid  by  addition  of  water.  See  supra. 

In-lay 'ing.  (Fine  Art  Metal-work.)  The  in- 
laying of  Japanese  bronzes  with  gold,  silver,  and 
alloys  is  called  zogan,  and  is  principally  carried  on 
in  the  provinces  of  Kaga  and  Yechiu.  The  pro- 
cess by  which  the  inlaid  work  is  effected  differs  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  material  on  which  it  is 
produced. 

Cloisonne.  The  design  is  hollowed  out  to  a  certain  depth 
with  a  graver  or  chisel,  and  the  ornamenting  metal,  silver, 
gold,  etc.,  generally  in  the  shape  of  threads,  is  laid  into  the 
hollow  spaces  and  hammered  over,  should  the  alloy  be  soft 
enough  ;  the  edges  of  these  grooves  are  first  slightly  driven 
up,  so  that  when  the  silver  or  gold  has  been  laid  in,  they 
can  "be  easily  hammered  down  again,  so  as  to  prevent  the 
inlaid  metal  from  getting  loose. 

Or :  The  surface  is  merely  covered  in  the  required  places 
with  a  narrow  network  of  lines  by  means  of  filing,  and  the 
thin  gold  or  silver-leaf  fastened  on  to  this  rough  surface  by 
hammering.  This  last  process  is  the  one  used  mostly  for  in- 
laid iron-work.  With  Niello,  instead  of  the  usual  black  sul- 
phureted  silver  and  copper,  a  more  easily  fused  alloy  is  used. 
Inlaid  work  of  the  above  kind  is  made  at  Kanasawa  and  Ta- 


kaoko,  where  the  alloy  used  for  the  bronze  casting  is  mostly 
composed  of  copper,  tin,  zinc,  and  lead. 

In  the  European  practice  the  inlaid  enamel  work  which  is 
performed  by  Oriental  artists  with  so  much  skill  and  pa- 
tience, and  at  the  same  time  with  such  primitive  appliances, 
is  now  executed  by  simpler  and  quicker  means.  The  object 
to  be  inlaid  is  entirely  covered  with  varnish,  portions  of 
which  are  removed  by  a  graver  so  as  to  form  the  design  ;  and 
thus  prepared,  it  is  subjected  to  the  action  of  a  galvanic  bath 
of  gold  or  silver,  which  deposits  the  metal  in  the  places  laid 
bare  by  the  graver. 

Another  method  is  suggested  by  M.  Morin.  After  the  re- 
moval of  the  varnish,  according  to  the  pattern  made  by  the 
graver,  the  object  is  plunged  into  a  solution  of  cyanide  of 
silver.  The  salt  is  deposited  on  the  lines  from  which  the 
varnish  has  been  removed  ;  the  object  is  heated  in  a  muffle 
furnace,  and  the  metal  appears  on  the  black  patina. 

Inlaid  patterns  of  gold  and  silver  may  be  obtained,  either 
of  their  natural  brightness  or  with  a  dead  surface,  the  latter 
being  effected  by  different  processes  of  oxidation ;  so  that, 
on  the  same  object,  by  making  use  of  the  protecting  varnish, 
designs  in  gold  and  silver  of  various  degrees  of  luster  may 
be  combined. 

See  also  "Manufacturer  and  Builder  '•    ....     xi.  34. 

Japanese  repousse  work  consists  of  small  metallic  ornaments 
for  swords,  tobacco  pouches,  etc.,  and  larger  pieces,  such  as 
tea-pots,  scent-burners,  vases,  etc.  ;  the  inlaying  of  this  kind 
of  ware  is  sometimes  of  extraordinary  delicacy  and  beauty. 
The  dark  blue  'color  shown  by  a  great  number  of  smaller 
pieces  is  that  of  the  Shakudo,  composed  of  copper  and  3  or 
4  per  cent,  of  gold. 

India  excels  in  inlaying,  and  has  many  styles,  the  names 
of  some  of  which  have  been  recognized  in  commerce,  arts,  or 
in  treatises.  The  art,  which  was  common  in  Europe,  is  said 
to  have  been  introduced  from  Persia  into  India  about  a  cen- 
tury ago. 

Bombay  inlaid  work  is  used  for  boxes,  desks,  and  similar 
articles. 

Vizagapatam  work  is  in  ivory  and  stag's  horn,  and  applied 
to  articles  similar  to  the  Bombay  work.  The  black  etched 
scroll  work  on  the  ivory  is  in  graffito. 

Mynpuri  work  consists  of  boxes  and  salvers  of  a  rich  brown 
wood,  inlaid  with  brass  wire  in  geometrical  forms  and  scroll 
patterns. 

Agra  work  is  a  mosaic  of  semi-precious  stones,  copied  in 
style  from  the  exquisite  Taj  at  Agra  by  Austin  de  Bor- 
deaux. 

See  also  BIDIRI  WORK  ;  KUFT  WORK. 

In'iier-hung  Brake.  (Railway.)  One  in  which 
the  brake  shoes  and  beam  are  hung  between  the 
wheels,  under  the  car-bed.  In  contradistinction  to 
outer-hung  brake. 

In  Place.  (Mining.)  A  vein  or  lode  inclosed 
on  both  sides  by  fixed  and  immovable  rock. 

In'sect  De-stroy'er.  A  means  for  destroying 
aphides,  slugs,  and  bugs  on  roses  or  other  flowers 
and  plants ;  beetles  on  potatoes ;  worms  on  cotton, 
and  so  on. 

See  SIFTER:  DUSTER;  SPRAYING  MACHINE ;  FOUNTAIN  POMP; 
SPRINKLER  ;  BEETLE-DESTROYER. 

Comstock's  "  Report  upon  Cotton  Insects,"  1879,  shows  a 
great  number  of  devices,  which  are  listed  under  COTTON- 
WORM  DESTBOYER,  p.  226,  supra. 

See  also  decoction  tomato  stems     "Sc.  American,"  xli.  168. 
Powder  blower,  Marks      .     .     .  *  "  Sc.  Am.,''  xxxviii.  278. 
Grasshopper  machine  ....      "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  28, 
p.  11. 

Jliley *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  169. 

In'sect  Pin.  A  delicate,  thin  pin  for  impaling 
entomological  specimens. 

In-sert'ed  Joint.  A  form  of  pipe  joint  in 
which  one  member  slips  in  the  other,  which  forms 
a  sleeve.  A  bell-joint. 

In-side'-jaw  Chuck.  A  chuck  for  holding 
drills,  rods,  or  pipes.  These  pass  through  the  chuck, 
the  jaws  of  which  have  an  inside  hold  instead  of,  as 
in  a  face-chuck,  gripping  the  object  by  projecting 
jaws,  as  in  the  ordinary  lathe  chuck. 

In-side'  Mold'ing  Ma-chine[.  1.  A  wood- 
planing,  molding,  or  matching  machine,  the  cutters 
of  which  are  between  the  bearings  of  the  cutter  ar- 
bor ;  in  contradistinction  to  a  machine  in  which  the 
cutter  overhangs  the  frame. 

2.  A  wood  molding  machine  which  has  cutters 
protruding  upwardly  through  the  table,  and  adapted 
to  work  upon  inner  molding  edges,  as  those  of  pic- 


INSOLUBLE   CEMENT. 


INSULATOR . 


ture  frames,  etc.     An  edge- molding  machine.     See 
Fig.  3200,  p.  1468,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Iii-sol'u-ble  Ce-ment'. 

"  A  chromium  preparation  and  isinglass  forms  a  solid  ce- 
ment, which  is  not  only  insoluble  in  hot  and  cold  water,  but 
even  in  steam,  while  neither  acids  or  alkalies  have  any  action 
upon  it.  The  chromium  preparation  and  the  isinglass  or  gel- 
atine do  not  come  into  contact  until  the  mo- 
ment the  cement  is  desired,  and  when  ap- 
plied to  adhesive  envelopes  the  one  material 
is  put  on  the  envelope  covered  by  the  flap 
(and  therefore  not  touched  b\  the  tongue), 
while  the  isinglass,  dissolved  in  acetic  acid, 
is  applied  under  the  flap.  The  chromium 
preparation  is  made  by  dissolving  crystal- 
lized chromic  acid  in  water.  Take :  Crys- 
tallized chromic  acid,  2.5  grams  ;  water,  15 
grams  ;  ammonia,  15  grams.  To  this  solu- 
tion about  10  drops  of  sulphuric  acid  are 
added,  and  finally  30  grams  of  sulphate  of 


ammonia  and  4  grams  of  fine  white  paper.  —  "  Dingier 's  Poly- 
ter.hnisch.es  Journal.'' 

In-spec'tion  Car.     One  used  by  the  officers  of 
a  railway  while  inspecting  the  track. 

One  made  by  Mr.  Noble  is  shown  in  Fig.  1454.     The  plat- 
form extends  under  the  axles  and  is  within  10"  of  the  rails. 
The  boiler  is  about  42"  x  18",  intended  to 
o4:-  carry  140  Ibs.  of  steam  ;  and  the  cylinder  3^" 

X  6"  The  frame  is  supported  on  rubber 
springs  over  the  bearings.  The  two  rever- 
sible seats  will  accommodate  three  persons 
each.  Under  one  is  a  water  tank  holding 
about  a  barrel  and  enough  for  a  4'  '-miles  run 
Oil  one  side  of  the  boiler  is  a  coal-bin  which 
will  hold  a  day's  supply. 

In'spi-ra'tor.    A  form  of  injector 
which  employs  two  sets  of  apparatus 


Inspection  Car. 


Tig.  1455. 


contained  each  in  a  separate  chamber,  but  working 
in  combination,  the  first  of  which  lifts  and  receives 
the  water  in  the  pump-chambers  by  the  siictional 
action  of  a  small  jet  of 
steam,  and  then  con- 
ducts it  to  the  injector 
or  forcing-tubes  con- 
tained in  the  second 
chamber.  The  water 
is  then  transmitted  to 
the  boiler  by  the  aid  of 
a  second  jet  of  steam, 
which  constitutes  the 
forcing  element,  and 
which  impinges  upon 
the  stream  of  water  as 
delivered  by  the  pump, 
and  forces  it  directly 
into  the  boiler. 

The  operation  is  as  fol- 
lows :  Dry  steam  is  ad- 
mitted to  the  instrument 
by  opening  a  valve  at  the 
point  A.  The  water  is 
drawn  up  from  the  well, 
or  other  reservoir,  in  the 
chamber  B  by  the  creation, 
at  that  point,  of  a  partial  vacuum,  and  rises  through  the 
channel  C  to  the  point  D,  when  the  jet  of  steam  drives  it 
into  E,  as  shown  by  the  lino  of  arrows.  The  forcing  jet  of 
steam  is  admitted  through  F,  and  controls  the  feed-current  at 
!  E,  passing  to  the  boiler  down  the  feed-pipe  (7. 

See  also  INJECTOR. 
Hancock  ....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxv  ,  March  4,  p.  17. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  99. 

*  "Mining  If  Scientific  Press,"  xxxv.  409 

In'suf-fla'tor.      1.     A    blower  feeder  for  fur- 
naces.    It  is  on  the  principle  of  the  injector.     An 


AWTER 


FEED 


Hancock's  Inspirator. 


annular  blast  of  steam  draws  in  and  violently  pro- 
jects a  current  of  air  into  the  furnace.  Siemens' 
insufflator  is  shown  in  Fig.  1456.  In  the  petroleum 
feeders  for  furnaces  the  same  device  is  used,  con- 
centric currents  of  petroleum  and  air  being  injected 
by  a  blast  of  steam. 

Fig.  1456. 


Siemens1  Insufflator. 


2.  (Surgical.)  A  powder  blower.  Named  accord- 
ing to  the  nature  or  place  of  application,  as  •  Laryn- 
!/eal,  Esophaqeal,  Rectal,  Oral,  etc.  A  syringe,  in 
effect  :  may  be  an  atomizer  or  fumigator. 

See  also  AUTO-INSUFFLATOR,  Fig.  131,  p.  57,  supra. 
See  also  INJECTION  SYRINGE,    /,  Fig.  2678,  p.  1191,   "Mech. 
Diet."1 

In'su-la'ted.  (Electricity.)  Protected  from 
contact  with  other  conductors. 

In'su-la'tor.  A  material  of  extremely  small 
conductivity  isolating  a  wire  from  the  ground,  or 
interposing  between  an  electrified  body  and  other 
objects. 

A  piece_of  wood  cut  from  a  tree  is  a  good  electrical  conduc- 
tor. Let  it  be  heated  and  dried,  it  becomes  an  insulator.  Let 


INSULATOR. 


502 


INTERMEDIATE   MOTION. 


Fig.  1457. 


it  be  baked  to  charcoal,  it  becomes  a  conductor  again.  Burn  it 
to  ashes,  and  it  becomes  an  insulator  once  more. 

Addition  to  instances  shown  on  p.  1191,  "Meek. 
Diet." 

*  "  Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  1628. 
Teleg.,  Bloomfield      ....  *  "Sc.  American,"  xliii.  387. 

Cardeaux *"  Telegraphic  Jour.,"1  vi.  287. 

Oreighton,  Br *  '•Engineer,'1''  xlix.  107. 

Creig/iton *  "  Teleg.  Jo urnal,  '• '  vii .  146. 

Creighton,  Br *  "Engineering,''-  xxix.  120. 

European Brooks'1   "  Vienna  Exp.  Sep.," 

1873. 

Fuller *  "  Teleg.  Journal,"  vi.  3. 

Johnson  (f  Phillips^  Engl.   .     .  *  "  Teleg.  Journal,'1''  v.  245. 
Lightning-guard,  Oppenheimer  *  "Teleg.  Journal,"  vii.  127. 

In'te-gra'tor.  Invention  of  J.  Amsler-Laffon 
The  object  of  the  instrument  is  to  find  the  area,  the 
statical  moment,  and  the  moment  of  inertia  of  any 
closed  curve,  by  simply  tracing  out  the  curve  with 
a  pointer,  the  machine  doing  all  the  rest. 

Mechanical,  Amsler~Laffon,  Pr.  *  "Engineering,''  xxix  462 

*  "Engineer,"'  xlix.  252. 
*"&'«.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3930. 

Integrating  machine. 

Sir  W.  Thomson      .     .    .     .  *  "  Van  Nost.Mag.,"  xv.801. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx  561. 
See  also  HARMONIC  ANALYZER,  page  438,  supra. 

In-ten'si-ty.  (Electricity.)  Another  name  for 
tension  ;  capacity  to  overcome  resistance. 

In-ten'sive  Gas  Burn'er.  (Fr.  bee  Mallet.) 
A  late  French  form  of  gas  burner. 

The  burners,  ordinary  batswings,  are  placed  in  pairs  on  the 
circumference  of  a  circle,  so  that  their  tubes  of  supply  repre- 
sent radii  of  the  circle. 
In  the  burner  shown  in 
the  section  and  plan  in 
Fig.  1457  there  are  five 
pairs,  or  ten  burners. 
The  lower  ones  are  in- 
clined from  the  horizon- 
tal in  an  upward  direc- 
tion, so  that  the  flames 
join  together  into  one. 
The  upper  row  is  gup- 
plied  from  a  chamber,  X. 
The  disk  crossing  the 
center  of  the  chamber 
may  be  raised  or  lowered 
by  the  central  screw, 
thereby  giving  less  or 
more  gas  to  the  upper 
circle  of  burners.  The 
chamber  has  a  hollow 
thread  cut  in  it,  and 
screws  up  and  down  on 
the  tube  A  A,  so  that  the 
distance  between  the  two 
circles  of  burners  can  be 
regulated.  The  lower 
burners  are  supplied 
from  the  tube  A  A.  This 
tube  has  also  a  hollow 
screw  cut  in  it  and  the 
main  supply  tube  H 
screws  into  it.  By  screw- 
ing the  supply  t  u  b  e  H 
into  the  tube  AA  the  sup- 
ply of  gas  to  the  lower  cir- 
cle of  burners  is  cut  off  as 
the  end  of  the  tube  H  ap- 
Bec  Mallet.  (Section  and  Plan.)  proaches  the  diaphragm 
C  C  perforated  with  a 

hole  D,  while  the  supply  to  the  upper  burners  is  obviously 
unaffected.  Thus  the  supply  to  either  circle  of  burners  can 
be  increased  or  diminished  or  cut  off  entirely ;  and  either 
can  be  lit,  to  the  exclusion  of  the  other.  At  L  is  repre- 
sented a  basket  in  wire  gauze  surmounted  by  a  plate  K. 
The  air  that  passes  through  this  is  supposed  to  be  some- 
what heated,  and  supplies  the  flame  through  the  interior 
of  the  apparatus,  and  the  shield  preserves  the  flame  from 
currents  of  cold  exterior  air. 

Fig.  1458  shows  the  general  effect  of  the  Mallet  burner  in 
a  street  lantern. 

In'ter-fe'reiice  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  apparatus 
by  M.  Koenig  for  investigating  the  theory  of  sound. 
That  shown  in  Fig.  1459  is  for  observing  the  inter- 
ference of  sonorous  waves. 


Fig.  1458. 


The  apparatus  consists  chiefly  of  two  U-shaped  tubes,  fixed 
horizontally  upon  a  board,  but  so  arranged  that  their  length 
may  be  changed,  on  the  same  principle  as  the  trombone  with 
the  well-known  sliding  piece :  these  allow  the  tubes  to  be 
made  of  the  same  length,  or 
different  according  to  any 
length  desired.  These  tubes 
connect  mutually  by  both 
ends  ;  at  one  connection,  a, 
a  resonator  is  attached,  serv- 
ing to  intensify  the  sound 
of  a  large  tuning-fork, 
with  which  it  is  in  unison, 
and  to  conduct  it  through 
both  tubes  to  the  other  end 
b.  When  these  tubes  have 
the  same  length,  the  waves 
will  arrive  equally  through 
both  routes  ;  but  if  we 
lengthen  one  of  the  arms 
until  the  difference  be- 
t,  w  e  e  n  them  amounts  to 
half  a  wave-length  of  the 
note  of  the  tuning-fork,  the 
waves  coming  through  the 
two  conduits  deat-roy  each 
other  at  the  other  end  of 
the  tube,  and  if  .we  allow 
this  to  terminate  in  a  small 
cavity,  above  which  is  a 
manometric  capsule,  we 
shall  see,  on  lengthening 
one  of  the  arms,  how  the 
deeply  cloven  flames  in  the 
revolving  mirror  are  gradu- 
ally changed  into  bands  of 

light  when  the  difference  of  intensive  Gas-burner. 

half  a  wave-length  is 

reached,  corresponding  with  the  point  where  the  two  waves 
destroy  one  another  by  interference. 

Fig.  1469. 


Koenig's  Interference  Apparatus. 

See  "Manufacturer  and  Builder"  *  viii.  12,  and  *  v.  13, 
Fig.  8,  also  numbers  for  January  and  July,  1874,  in  regard  to 
the  application  of  resonators  and  mirrors  in  investigating  the 
properties  of  sound. 

See  also  CURVE  INSTRUMENT  ;  ELECTRICAL  DIAPASON  ;  FLAME 
MANOMETER  ;  HARMOGKAPH,  supra  :  and  PENDULUM  INSTRU- 
MENT, infra. 

In'ter-me'di-ate  Floor.  (Railway.)  A  floor 
consisting  of  boards  placed  between  the  sills  and 
floor-timbers  of  passenger  cars  and  between  the 
deafening  or  under  floor  and  the  upper  or  main 
floor.  The  purpose  of  the  intermediate  floor  is 
to  exclude  noise  and  stiffen  the  floor-timbers.  — 
Forney. 

In'ter-me'di-ate  Mo'tion.  A  device  placed 
between  a  horse-power  and  a  machine  to  be  driven, 
to  convert  the  motion  of  the  tumbling-rod  of  the 
former  into  a  band  motion  for  the  latter. 


ion  and  bevel  wees  (n      e  case     o      e    an    puey 
latter  are  two  in  number,  to  serve  separate  machines. 

is  i 


latter  are  two  in  numer,  to  serve  separae  macnes. 

Also  known  as  a.  jack;  a  jack  serving  3  machines  is  shown 
at  E.  Fig.  2569,  p.  1126,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 


INTERMEDIATE  SPINNING  FRAME.       503 


INVERTED   STEAM  ENGINE. 


Fig.  1460. 


Intermediate  Motion. 

In'ter-me'di-ate  Spin'ning  Frame.    In  the 

series   of   spinning  frames,  consisting  of  stubbing, 
intermediate,  roving,  and  fine,  roving  frames. 

In-ter'nal  Gage.  A  gage  for  testing  internal 
sizes ;  holes  and  other  spaces.  An  internal  diam- 
eter gage. 

The  cylindrical  gage  is  a  favorite  form  ;  see  Fig.  772  (plain), 
p.  244,  supra.. 
Also  Fig.  994  (threaded),  p.  322,  Ibid. 

In-ter'nal  Pres'sure  Gage.  Lieut.  Metcalfe's 
internal  pressure  gage,  for  testing  pressures  in  ex- 
ploding ordnance,  is  described  and  illustrated  in 
the  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance,"  1877,  *  361, 
and  Plate  accompanying  Appendix  1,  a.  It  uses  a 
conical  point,  and  the  determination  of  the  pressure 
is  by  measuring  the  surface  diameter  of  its  pene- 
tration into  a  copper  disk. 

In  the  same  volume,  p.  374  et  seg.,  and  Plates  I.-IV.,  is  a 
description  of  Lieut. -Col.  Benton's  dynamometer,  used  for 
the  same  purpose.  Also  of  Rodman's  internal  pressure  gage, 
p.  387,  and  Plate  V  ;  the  Adams  circular  cutter,  p.  388,  and 
Plate  VI.  :  the  national  armory  circular  cutters,  p.  389,  and 
Plates  VII.  to  X. 

See  DYNAMOMETER. 

See  also  PIEZOMETER,  infra ;  and  CKUSHBR  GAGE,  p.  233 ; 
CUTTER,  p.  239,  supra. 

In-ter'nal  Screw  Gage.  A  steel  external- 
thread  screw  made  to  an  accurate  size,  for  meas- 
uring internal-threaded  screws. 

See  EXTERNAL  AND  INTERNAL  GAGES,  Figs.  993,  994,  p.  322, 
supra . 

In'ter-os'se-ous  Saw.  (Surgical.)  A  fine  thin 
saw  for  working  between  bones,  as  those  of  the 
fore-arm,  the  lower  leg,  the  ribs.  — Lente. 

In'ter-rupt'ed  Cur'rent.  (Electricity.)  An 
intermittent  current  caused  by  the  rapid  action  of 
a  rheotome  or  vibrating  armature.  The  primary 
and  secondary  currents  are  generally  interrupted 
ones,  and  the  galvanic  or  battery  current  can  also 
be,  if  required. 

In'ter-rupt'er.  (Electrical.)  An  automatic 
apparatus,  used  in  connection  with  the  chronograph 
and  wire-targets,  to  ascertain  the  velocity  of  flight 
of  projectiles. 

The  Russell  interrupter,  used  in  connection  with  the 
Schultz  chronoscope,  is  described  on  pp.  42,  45,  and  Plate  I 
"Ordnance  Report,"  1878. 

In'tra-u'te-rine  Syr'inge.  (Surgical.)  An 
instrument  for  injecting  the  uterine  cavity. 

The  upper  one  in  Fig.  1461  is  MoleswortVs.  It  consists  of 
an  elastic  bulb  and  double  canula ;  the  fluid  is  discharged  di- 
rectly forward,  towards  the  symphysis  pubis,  without  dan- 
ger of  throwing  the  jet  into  the  Fallopian  tubes,  and  escapes 
as  fast  as  thrown  in,  or  may  be  retained  as  long  as  desired, 
and  all  withdrawn  by  relaxing  the  pressure  on  the  bulb  ; 
the  tube  is  silver,  and  the  curve  easily  changed. 


The  lower  one  in  the  figure  is  Gautillon's.  It  has  also  the 
reverse  flow,  a  graduated  glass  barrel,  and  a  silver  tube. 

Intra-uterine  and  uterine  electrodes,  for  introduction 
through  the  cervix  and  for  clasping  the  neck  of  the  uterus 
respectively,  are  shown  in  Tiemann,  Part  1.  page  106. 

Fig.  1461. 


Intra-uterine  Syringe. 


In-trench'ing  Spade. 

for  making  earthworks. 


One  carried  by  troops 


See  BURGOTNE,  Fig.  77,  p.  147,  supra. 
Harrison's,  Fig.  2691,  p.  1193,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Rice's  TROWEL  BAYONET,  Fig.  6673,  p.  263,  "Mech.  Diet." 
The  Austrian  intrenching  spade  has  a  jointed  handle. 
See  also  intrenching  tool,  Buskett,  *  "  Scientific  American," 
xl.  202. 

In-ver'sion  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  the  inversion,  or  upsetting  of  the  battery, 
throws  the  exciting  liquid  against  the  plate  or 
plates  and  sets  the  battery  in  action. 

See  that  of  M.  Trouve'  in  connection  with  his  electro-med- 
ical apparatus,  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  475. 
*  "  Niaudet,"  American  translation,  147. 

In-vert'ed  Arch  Bar.  A  wrought-iron  bar 
bent  into  somewhat  the  form  of  an  inverted  arch, 
and  which  forms  the  tension  member  of  a  truss  of 
an  iron  side-frame  of  a  truck.  The  ends  of  an  in- 
verted arch-bar  rest  on  the  journal-boxes,  and  the 
arch-bar  is  on  top  of  it.  —  Forney. 

In-vert'ed  Steam  En'gine.  A  form  of  steam- 
engine  useful  in  yachts  and  launches,  as  it  allows 
direct  connection  to  a  propeller-shaft  which  has  its 
bearings  on  the  base-plate. 

Several  forms  are  shown  in  Figs.  2695,  2696,  p.  1194, 
"Mech,.  Diet."  See  also  Craig,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  1.  3. 

Vis.  1462. 


Inverted  Steam  Engine. 


INWALL. 


504 


IRON   AMALGAM. 


In'wall.  The  lining  wall  of  a  smelting  fur- 
nace ;  specifically,  that  part  of  it  which  is  above 
the  boshes. 

I'on.  (Electricity.)  A  product  of  voltaic  de- 
composition. 

Ir'i-dec'to-my  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.) 
Instruments  for  operating  upon  the  iris  of  the  eye. 
See  IRIDECTOME,  p.  1195,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

Iridectomy  instruments  include  those  for  artificial  pupil, 
dislocating  the  natural  pupil,  and  incision.  See  KERATOME, 
p.  1223,  "Mech.  Diet.-' 

PUPIL,  ARTIFICIAL,  p.  1835,  Ibid. 

See  also  for  knives,  scissors,  needles,  forceps,  sharp  and 
blunt  hooks,  p.  30,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum." 

Ir'i-dec'to-my  Scis'sors.  (Surgical.)  For 
operating  upon  the  iris.  See  Althof's,  d  Fig.  4672, 
p.  2054,  "Mech.  Diet." 

I-rid'i-a'ted  Glass.  Glass,  the  surface  of  which 
has  acquired  opalescence  or  the  iridescence  familiar 
in  mother-of-pearl,  by  exposure  for  a  long  period 
in  the  ground,  or  by  artificial  means  for  producing 
the  same  effect.  See  IRIDESCENT  GLASS. 
Iridescent  lace,  Helouis,  Fr.  .  "  Sc.  American,'''1  xxxix.  134. 

Ir'i-des'cent  Glass.  The  cause  of  the  change 
in  the  structure  of  the  ancient  glass,  —  the  articles 
exhumed  by  General  di  Cesnola,  at  Idalium  and 
Golgoi,  in  Cyprus,  being  the  most  brilliant  speci- 
mens (see  p.  973,  "Mec/i.  Diet."),  —  is  understood  to 
be  the  combination  of  the  alkaline  components  of 
the  glass  with  carbonic  acid,  setting  free  the  silicic 
acid.  The  alkaline  carbonate,  being  washed  away, 
leaves  the  surface  in  a  laminated  condition,  adapted 
to  refract  light  from  a  multitude  of  surfaces,  giving 
the  same  appearance  as  the  wavy  structure  of  nacre 
or  mother-of-pearl.  It  is  said  that  analysis  of  some 
of  the  di  Cesnola  glass  proves  the  fact  of  the 
changed  chemical  condition  stated. 

Specimens  from  China  and  Burmah  indicate  that  means  are 
in  the  possession  of  these  Orientals  for  producing  the  rainbow 
tints,  and  Cle'mandot  and  Fre'my  have  succeeded  in  producing 
the  iridescence  by  placing  the  glass  under  a  pressure  of  2  or 
3  atmospheres  for  6  or  r  hours  in  a  water-bath  containing 
15  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric  acid  at  a  temperature  of  248° 
Fah. 

The  wondrous  beauty  of  the  Cyprian  specimens  directed 
special  attention  to  the  subject,  but  it  had  long  been  noticed 
that  Etruscan  and  Roman  glass  had  acquired  this  property, 
and  specimens  in  the  European  museums,  in  Italy  especially, 
had  made  the  appearance  familiar.  That  the  still  more  an- 
cient glass  of  Egypt  had  not  manifested  the  same  peculiarity 
is  accounted  for  by  the  dryness  of  the  atmosphere  of  that 
country,  although  some  Egyptian  glass  is  not  destitute  of 
iridescence. 

The  process  of  Webb  &  Son,  of  England,  is  as  follows :  — 

Chloride  of  tin  or  tin  salt  is  burnt  in  a  furnace,  and  the 
hot  glass,  while  on  the  ponty  in  the  last  stage  of  the  course 
of  manufacture,  is  exposed  to  the  fumes.  To  give  greater 
depth  to  the  tints,  nitrates  of  bromine  and  strontium  are 
used  in  small  quantities. 

Investigations  of  the  Austrian  and  Bohemian  iridescent 
glass  show  that  the  process  there  pursued  is  by  heating  the 
glass  and  causing  the  deposit  of  a  metallic  oxide  on  its  sur- 
face by  reduction.  Bismuth  is  used,  and  M.  Peligot  has  de- 
tected it  by  analysis.  • 

Bohemian  (lime  glass) glass  is  thought  to  be  the  most  suit- 
able for  this  treatment. 

Producing  colors  on  glass  by  fuming  vapors,  forms  the 
subject  of  a  U.  S.  Patent  to  F.  S.  Shirley,  Dec.  18,  1877.  It 
is,  however,  a  European  invention,  and  was  shown  by  Lob- 
me'yr,  the  pioneer  in  this  line,  in  the  Austrian  section,  at 
Philadelphia,  in  1876. 

Articles  made  with  a  beautiful  iridescent  surface  are  now 
common  in  shop  windows,  globes  of  this  character  having 
their  effect  enhanced  by  filling  with  water.  It  is  perhaps 
more  effective  in  partial  shadow  than  in  full  light.  Chan- 
deliers and  decorative  bulbous  plates  of  this  kind  of  glass 
are  extremely  brilliant.  Black  beads,  for  trimmings  of 
ladies'  costumes,  are  now  made  as  iridescent  as  peacock  coal. 

Cle'mandot 's  patented  process  produces  beautiful  effects. 
The  main  feature  of  the  process  is  the  application  of  acids  to 
the  glass,  under  a  pressure  of  from  two  to  five  or  more  at- 
mospheres. Water  containing  15  per  cent,  of  hydrochloric 
acid  is  used  to  bring  out  rainbow  tints  like  mother-of-pearl ; 


and  artificial  gems  of  various  sorts  have  thus  been  manufac- 
tured. The  glass  prepared  by  these  processes  is  quite  as 
iridescent  as  that  which  antiquaries  so  much  value,  the 
pressure  and  the  acids  hastening  a  result  that  the  ordinary 
agencies  of  the  atmosphere  would  take  centuries  to  produce. 
To  remove  the  tendency  of  window  glass  to  show  irides- 
cent colors,  it  may  be  plunged  as  it  is  taken  from  the  leer 
into  a  bath  of  water,  with  2%  of  hydrochloric  acid. 

"Iron  Age"     ......      xxii.,  July  4,  p.  20;  xxvi., 

Aug.  26,  p.  16. 

"Ens;,  ff  Mining  Journal  "'     .      xxv.  99;  xxvii.  44. 

"Mining  #  Scientific  Press  :'      xxxviii.  402. 

"Scientific  American  "  .  .  .  xliii.  198;  xxxvi.  211;  xxxviii. 
23,  134  ;  xxix.  6,  368  ;  Clc- 
mandot,  xliii.,  198. 

"Am.  Manuf.  (f  Iron  World'-      xxiv.,  Jan.  3,  p.  11. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal  "      .     .       Cle'mandot,"  vi.  67. 

"Engineer  "     ......      xlv.  45. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.''  .  *  1382,  1800.  > 

"  English  Mechanic  "     .     .     .      xxvi.  172. 

I'ris-a'ted  Wire,  etc.  An  invention  of  No- 
bile,  improved  by  Becquerel  and  M.  Helouis,  of 
France,  in  which  metallic  threads,  lace,  and  rib- 
bons are  irisated  by  means  of  binoxide  of  lead,  pro- 
ducing delicate  fibers  of  binoxide  in  concentric 
rings,  with  varied  colors,  like  those  of  soap  bubbles. 

Nobile  used  electro-chemical  means.  Becquerel  devoted 
time  to  its  elucidation,  and  substituted  a  solution  of  oxide  of 
lead  in  potassa  or  soda. 

M.  lle"louis  has  succeeded  in  irisating  ribbons,  threads, 
and  bands,  objects  in  some  cases  of  such  tenuity  as  to  have 
a  length  of  32,800  feet  to  the  pound. 

I'ris-a'tioii.     Conferring  the  tints  of  nacre. 

To  produce  rainbow  tints  on  metals  :  Dissolve  3  parts  hy- 
posulphite of  soda  in  30  of  water  and  mix  in  1  of  sugar  of 
lead.     The  mixture  is  precipitated  on  being  heated  to  70°  or 
80°  Re'aurnur,  depositing  sulphuret  of  lead.     In  the  presence 
of  any  metal   this  deposit  is  made  upon   it.     According  to 
the  thickness  of  the  deposited  layer  various  iridescent  colors 
appear  on  the  surface  of  the  metal.     To  produce  this  colora- 
tion uniformly  the  object  should  be  heated  throughout. 
Helouis  .......  "Technologists,"  xli.  444. 

Of  glass      ......  "  Technologiste,"  xxxviii.  373. 

Frcmy  If  Cle'mandot     .  "  Technologiste,"  xl.  68,  117. 

Paper  by  Lockert      .     .  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"'  1382. 

I'ron.  The  history  and  divisions  of  the  subject 
are  given  on  pp.  1195-1206,  "Mech.  Diet."  See 
also  lists  under  FURNACE,  p.  926,  Ibid.  ;  and  MET- 
ALLURGY, pp.  1424,  1425,  Ibid. 

See  also  references  :  — 
Art  work      .....      "Iron  Age,''  xvii.,  May  11,  p.  13. 

Assaying,  Bruno  Kerl    .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,-'  252,  340. 
Bridge,  Kuilenberg,  IIoll.  *  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  387. 
Building  ......      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xvi.  470. 

g  News  "      .      "  Iron  Age,"  May  3,  p.  7  ;  May  10, 

p.  3. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1123. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  1,  p.  1. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  May  3,  p.  11. 


B 


ing 
uildin 


"Iron  Age,"  xix..  Mar.  29,  p.  23. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1969- 
*  "Engineer,"  1.  101. 
pearl  .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Feb.  12,  p.  5. 
.     .     .     .      "  Scientific  American,"  nxxiv.  358. 
exm.    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2620. 


Cutter,  "  Old  Colony  "  . 
Fence  pickets  .... 
Fortifications. 

Sheerness,  Br.    .     .     . 
House,  Manchester,  Br. 
Ingot  press,  Jones,  Br. 
Inlaying  with  pea 
Japanese  . 
Microscopical  ex 
Nail  works,  Sable. 

Zuy  if  Co *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  5,  p.  1. 

Pavement,  Paris  .  .  .  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  242. 
Ships,  American  .  .  .  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  273. 
Steel  and  iron,  Siemens  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1112, 1121. 

Holley  if  Smith  .  .  .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1184. 
Steel  and  iron,  advances, 

Akerman,  Switz.     .     .      ''  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xix.  459. 
Work,  ornamental     .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  10,  p.  1. 
Works,  Creusort  plan     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  275. 

I'ron  A-mal'gam.  Sideraphthite  :  composed 
of  65  parts  iron,  23  nickel,  4  tungsten,  5  alumi- 
num, 5  copper. 

It  resists  sulphureted  hydrogen,  is  not  attacked  by  vege- 
table acids,  and  only  slightly  by  mineral  acids.  It  is  useful 
as  a  substitute  for  standard  silver,  while  it  can  be  produced 
at  a  cost  not  exceeding  that  of  German  silver.  For  alloys 
which  have  to  be  silver-plated  to  prevent  oxidation,  the  in- 
oxidizable  iron,  as  the  above  is  called,  is  stated  to  be  a  suc- 
cessful substitute. 


IRON  BARROW. 


505 


IRON   CUTTER. 


Ir'on  Bar'row.    A  wrought-iron  wheel  barrow 
for  moving  iron  in  pig,  sheets,  or  bars. 
I'ron  Ce-ment'. 

Dried  and  powdered  brick  earth 4 

Peroxide  manganese 1 

Fine  iron  filings  (free  from  rust) 2 

Common  salt 0.6 

Horax 0.5 

Mix,   grind,  and  make   into  a  paste  with  water.     Apply 
when  freshly  made.     Warm,  and  then  expose  to  a  nearly 
white  heat. 
Another  :   Sifted  peroxide  of  manganese     ....     1 

Triturated  zinc 1 

Rub  up  into  a  pasty  condition  with  common  water  glass. 
Apply  while  freshly  made. 

See  also  recipes,  p.  182,  supra;  and  pp.  507-509,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

I'ron  Clad.  The  Italian  iron-clads  are  at  pres- 
ent the  most  formidable. 

"The  new  twin-screw  double-turret  vessel  'Dandolo,' 
belonging  to  the  Royal  Italian  navy,  excepting  in  the  omis- 
sion of  the  internal  torpedo  deck,  resembles  the  sister  ship 
'  Duilio  '  in  her  general  arrangement,  but  has  considerably 
surpassed  her  in  speed.  The  '  Dandolo  '  was  built  at  the 
royal  naval  arsenal  at  Spezzia,  under  the  supervision  of  Di- 
rector Borghi,  at  whose  suggestion  the  whole  of  the  bow 
plating  is  worked  flush,  instead  of  the  plates  overlapping  as 
usual.  The  length  of  the  vessel  is  337'  8",  the  breadth  62' 
3J"  ;  the  mean  draft  at  the  trials  with  armament  on  board 
was  28'  9",  giving  a  total  displacement  of  11,225  tons.  The 
battery  is  heavily  armored,  and  is  placed  in  the  middle  of  the 
vessel ;  the  two  turrets  rise  above  the  weather-deck,  and  are 
placed  diagonally  in  the  battery,  so  as  to  enable  all  four  guns 
to  be  fired  fore  and  aft.  The  armor  of  the  turrets  is  impene- 
trable to  all  except  the  heaviest  modern  artillery.  Each  tur- 
ret contains  two  100-ton  Armstrong  guns,  made  at  Elswick, 
having  a  bore  17.72",  throwing  a  shot  2,018  pounds,  with  a 
maximum  of  511  pounds  of  powder,  the  ordinary  charge 
being  355  pounds.  The  turrets  and  guns  are  moved  and 
worked  by  a  complete  system  of  hydraulic  gear,  made  at  Els- 
wick.  The  loading  is  also  done  by  the  same  means,  the  ram- 
mers being  below  the  weather-deck,  and  arranged  to  enter 
the  gun  when  the  muzzles  are  depressed  for  the  purpose. 
Between  the  turrets  is  situated  the  mast,  which  really  as- 
sumes the  function  of  a  look-out  tower,  as  there  are  no  sails. 

"  The  '  Dandolo  '  carries  four  large  steam  launches  and 
eight  other  boats,  all  hung  upon  hinged  davits  which  are 
worked  from  the  steam  capstan,  and  which  will  hoist  them 
right  on  board.  The  '  Dandolo  '  is  propelled  by  twin  screws 
\\cirked  by  two  independent  pairs  of  engines,  which  were 
contracted  for  to  indicate  a  maximum  power  of  7,500  horses. 
These  engines,  together  with  the  pumping  and  blowing  en- 
gines, were  constructed  by  Messrs.  Maudslay  Sons  &  Field, 
of  London.  Each  set  of  engines  is  placed  in  a  separate  water- 
tight compartment,  one  at  each  side  of  the  vessel ;  instead  of 
being  side  by  side,  they  are  situated  one  in  advance  of  the 
other,  the  alternate  spaces  being  occupied  by  the  magazines, 
which  are  placed  immediately  below  the  turrets.  Each  pair 
of  engines  has  one  high-pressure  cylinder,  64"  in  diameter, 
ami  one  low-pressure,  120"  in  diameter,  with  a  stroke  of  4'. 
Steam  of  6;")  pounds  pressure  is  supplied  by  8  large  oval  and 
double-ended  boilers,  having  32  furnaces  in  all.  Four  boil- 
ers aro  placed  forward  of  the  engines,  and  the  other  4  aft ; 
but  each  pair  of  boilers  is  contained  in  a  separate  water- 
tight, compartment.  The  chimneys,  which  are  ample  in  size 
and  height,  are  built  of  1"  plate  from  the  main  deck  to  the 
flying  deck  above  the  turrets,  so  as  to  enable  them  to  with- 
stand the  great  shock  produced  by  the  discharge  of  the  guns. 

"The  'Dandolo'  ran  to  Genoa  and  back  without  stop- 
ping, in  6  hours  and  28  minutes,  with  a  mean  indicated 
horse-power  of  nearly  7,200,  and  a  maximum  of  7,415  horses, 
and  the  speed  obtained  was  15J  knots,  with  a  consumption 
of  51J  tons  of  coal.  On  the  measured  knot  trial  a  speed  of 
15.55  knots  was  obtained  with  8,050  horse-power.  No  steam 
blast  was  used  on  any  of  the  trials.  The  engines  worked 
with  perfect  regularity  throughout,  giving  a  maximum  num- 
ber of  revolutions  of  74  per  minute,  the  pitch  of  the  screw 
being  Wf  6"."  —  London  "  Times." 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
"  Abyssinia,"  Br.  .    .     .  *  Barnard  Sf  Wright's  "Rept.  U.  S. 

Engineers,"  1871. 
"  Alexandra  "  .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.  258,  261. 

"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  8,  p.  1. 
Australian,  "  Cerberus  "  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  143. 

Austrian *  "Engineer,"  xli.  243. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  379 

"  Cerberus,"  Br.  .     .     .  *  Barnard  $  Wright.  "U.  S.  Engi- 
neer's Report,'"  1871. 

Circular,  Russian      .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  March  23,  p.  7. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  112,284,299. 
307. 


Circular,  Russian 
Cyclads  .      .     .     . 


"  Devastation  "     .     . 

"  Dreadnaught,"  Br. 
"  Duilio,"  Italian 


"Foo-so,"  Japanese  .     . 
"  Hamidieh,"  Turkish  . 
"  Huascar,"  Peru 
"  Huascar,"  after  conflict 
"  Independencia,"  Braz. 

"  Inflexible,"  Br.      .    . 


"Italia"  .  .  . 
"Li-Ki,"  Japanese 
"  Magdala,"  .  . 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1487. 
page  241  supra. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  75,  93,  244. 

*  Barnard  $  Wright's  "Rept.  U.  S. 

Engineers,"  1871. 

'•Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  959,  2012. 

' Engineer,"  xli.  359. 

'Engineer,"  xlvi.  78. 

'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  1,  p.  1. 

'  Engineer,"  xliii.  162. 

'  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxii.  437. 

'Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  57. 

'Engineering,"  xxiv.  371. 

'Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  370. 

'Engineering,-''  xxviii.  455. 
"Engineer,"  xlviii.  439. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1861. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  107,  110. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  195. 


itific  American,"  xxxix.  5. 

*  Barnard  If  Wright's  ''Kept.  U.   S. 

Engineers,"  1871. 
"  Memdouhiye,"  Turkish  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  65. 


"  Nelson,"  Br.       .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  434. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  804. 
"  Novgorod,"  engines  of  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  275. 
"  Payki  Shereef,"  Turk.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  119. 


Peruvian 

"  Polyphemus,"  Br. 

"  Redoubtable,"  Fr. 
Swedish  gunboat  .    . 

"T^me'raire  "   .     .     . 
"Thunderer,".     .     , 

"  Vanguard,"  sunken 
"  Vasco  de  Gama, 


'f  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  12. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  28,  p.  3. 
" Scientific  American,"  xli.  306. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  660. 

*  Barnard  ff  Wright's  "Rept.  U.  S. 

Engineers,"  1871,  Plate  XXIII., 
p.  120. 
"Engineer,"  xli.  359. 

*  Barnard  $  Wright's  "  Rept.  U.   S 

Engineers,"  1871. 

'sunken     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1088. 
ama,"  Port.      "Engineering,"  xxii.  17. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  570. 

See  ARMOR  PLATING,  Figs.  337-358,  and  Plate  IV.,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  pp.  150-155  ;  also  ARMOR  PLATE,  p.  47,  supra. 

See  also  comparison  of  iron  clads,  Fig.  2703,  p.  1202, 
"Mech.  Diet. ;  "  also  Clark's  U.  S.  Patents,  No.  231,899. 

I'ron  Cut'ter.  1.  A  machine  for  cutting  iron 
in  bar  or  sheet.  See  SHEARS,  Figs.  4929-4934,  pp. 
2136,2137,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  circular  saw  for  cutting  hot  iron. 

A  number  of  the  supporting  brackets  are  fitted  on  a  rod, 
3'  to  4'  long,  so  arranged  as  to  be  set  up  in  the  position 
shown,  or  dropped  down  out  of  the  way,  as  the  length  of  the 
iron  being  cut  may  require.  Adjustable  gages  for  determi- 
ning the  length  of  the  pieces  cut  are  provided  on  the  oppo- 
site side  of  the  machine  from  the  one  shown  in  the  engra- 

Fig.  1463. 


Iron  Cutter. 


IRON   CUTTER. 


506 


IRON   PLATING. 


ving.  The  belt  coming  down  from  a  shaft  above  becomes 
slightly  tightened  as  the  saw  is  pressed  forward  to  the  iron, 
and  loosened  again  when  the  saw  returns  to  the  position 
shown.  The  purpose  of  this  arrangement  is  to  avoid  un- 
necessary strain  tipon  the  saw  spindle  when  the  machine  is 
not  in  use.  and  to  permit  it  to  run  continuously,  a  matter  of 
convenience  when  a  number  of  workmen  use  the  same  ma- 
chine, as  it  saves  stopping  and  starting  each  time  a  piece  is 
to  be  cut.  —  Richards. 
See  also  IRON  SAW. 

I'r oii-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  press- 
ing clothes,  fabrics,  or  hats,  to  smooth  and  polish 
the  surface. 

Sanson's  machine,  Fig.  1464,  is  a  pressing  machine  for 
tailors'  use.  By 

means  of  the  swivel  Fig.  1464. 

frame  moving  on 
friction  roller,  the 
iron  can  be  moved  in 
any  direction.  The 
lifting  and  depress- 
ing is  parallel  and 
evenly  distributed 
over  the  surface  of 
the  board.  The 
pressure  is  by  treadle 
which  is  counterbal- 
anced, and  is  adjust- 
able up  to  1,000 
pounds.  The  ma- 
chine has  wide  and 
narrow  pressing 
boards,  for  optional 
use.  The  iron  is 
moved  by  hand,  and 
heated  by  gas  from 
a  flexible  tube. 

Thurston''s  polish- 
ing machine  for  a 
laundry  obtains  the 
pressure  by  a  spiral 
spring  communica- 
ting with  the  iron  by 
means  of  universal 
joints  and  levers. 
The  table  is  stationary,  and  the  pressure  of  the  iron  can  be 
regulated  by  a  lever  to  suit  the  work. 

Walker's  machine  for  tailors'  use  has  an  iron  swiveled  at 
the  end  of  a  double-jointed  arm,  free  to  turn  about  a  ver- 
tical shaft,  and  raised  or  lowered  by  a  spring  and  foot-lever. 
The  iron  is  moved  by  hand  and  has  an  inserted  iron  heater. 

In  the  Starrs  presser,  the  goose  may  be  turned  in  any  di- 
rection at  the  end  of  an  arm,  connected  by  a  pivoted  link 
with  the  upper  end  of  a  D-shaped  arm  supported  on  a  hori- 
zontal bearing.  The  pressure  is  by  a  foot-lever  ;  the  iron  is 
heated  by  an  inserted  hot  plate  and  is  moved  by  hand. 

In  Leopold's  ironing  and  polishing  machine  the  article  is 
laid  upon  a  horizontally  reciprocating  and  automatically 
reversible  board.  The  iron  is  heated  by  steam,  and  has  a 
short,  rapid  reciprocating  movement  by  means  of  a  short 
vertical  shaft,  rotated  from  a  horizontal  shaft  held  in  an 
arm  adapted  to  be  vibrated  horizontally.  The  iron  support 
has  a  ball-joint  and  a  handle  which  is  grasped  by  the  opera- 
tor, and  is  moved  over  the  material  on  the  bed  while  being 
reciprocated  mechanically. 

Tyler's  machine  has  a  small  polishing  iron  with  a  con- 
cavity in  its  upper  surface,  and  is  pressed  down  on  the  ma- 
terial by  means  of  an  adjustable  spring  on  a  hinged  arm, 
pivoted  at  the  outer  end  of  a  swinging  frame.  The  table  is 
adjustable. 

Fig.  1465  is  Osterheld  Sf  Eickemeyer's  machine  for  ironing 
the  sides,  crowns,  and  tips  of  wool  hats.  An  iron  frame  is 

Fig.  1465 


Sansoii's  Pressing  Machine. 


secured  on  the  edge  of  the  finishing-bench  ;  on  it  is  a  re- 
volving table  which  supports  the  block  on  which  the  hat  is 
drawn.  The  iron  is  heated  by  a  Bunsen  gas-burner  fed  by  a 
flexible  tube,  and  the  lever  which  connects  the  iron  with 
the  joint  is  a  wrought-iron  pipe,  and  serves  as  a  leader  to 
the  upright  pipe  and  forms  a  chimney  which  produces  suf- 
ficient draft  to  carry  off  all  the  gases  and  prevent  the  forma- 
tion of  soot  and  the  soiling  of  the  hats. 
Fig.  1466  is  a  block  ironing  machine.  The  iron  is  of  a 

Fig.  1466. 


Block  Ironing  Mac/line. 

shape  to  suit  the  object  which  is  blocked,  and  the  object 
is  rotated  beneath  the  counterbalanced  lever  which  carries 
the  iron.  The  pressure  is  by  means  of  a  treadle. 


Kig.  1467. 


I'ron-ing  Stove.  A  stove 
specially  adapted  for  heating 
smoothing  irons. 

Fig.  1467  is  a  French  four- 
neau  d  repasser,  a  cast-iron 
stove,  adapted  for  7  irons. 

I'ron-ing  Ta'ble.  A  ta- 
ble specially  adapted  for  use 
in  ironing  clothes. 

Gilbert's  table  is  capable  of  be- 
ing folded,  and  when  extended,  af- 
fords a  long  board  for  use  in  ironing 
dresses,  shirts,  and  trousers,  which 
may  be  conveniently  slipped  on  to 
it.  (See  Fig.  1468.) 

Fig.  1469  showe  a  French  steam- 
heated  table  for  pressing  pantaloons 
or  coats.  It  is  a.  hollow  iron  arm 
projecting  from  the  wall,  and  hav- 
ing the  necessary  pipe  connections 
for  steam  and  condensed  water  re- 
spectively. See  also  LAUNDRY. 

Hogin  .  *"Sc.  Amer.,r  xl.  194. 
I'ron  Fla'ting. 

For  coating  copper   plates  with   French  Ironing  Stove. 
iron  :  Ten  parts  of  f errocyanide  of 

potassium  and  20  parts  of  tartrate  of  soda  are  dissolved  in 
220  parts  of  distilled  water,  adding  a  solution  of  three  parts 
of  sulphate  of  iron  in  50  parts  of  water.  Caustic  soda  solu- 

Fig.  1468. 


Hat-ironing  Machine. 


Ironing   Table. 


IRON  PRESERVING  PROCESS. 


507 


IRON  STEEL. 


Fi<f.  1469. 


French   Steam   Table  for  Pressing  Coats  and   Trowsers, 

tion  is  poured  into  the  mixture  until  the  Prussian  blue  formed 
is  redis.solved.  —  Prof.  Sottger. 

I'roii  Pre-serv'ing  Pro'cess.  Barff's  pro- 
cess consists  in  subjecting  the  surface  of  the  iron 
to  the  action  of  super-heated  steam  at  a  high  tem- 
perature. The  result  is  the  production  upon  the 
surface  of  the  iron  of  a  hard,  smooth,  and  durable 
skin  of  black  oxide  of  iron,  which  prevents  rust, 
and  is  claimed  to  be  more  effective  than  any  paint, 
lacquer,  rubber,  or  other  compound  or  process  here- 
tofore known. 

Iron  articles  to  be  treated  by  this  new  process  are  first 
cleaned  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and  afterward  with  bran 
water.  They  are  then  placed  within  a  muffle,  the  tempera- 
ture of  which  is  600°  or  600°  Fah.  ;  dry  superheated  steam  at 
a  temperature  of  1,000°  Fah.  is  admitted,  atmospheric  air 
being  carefully  excluded.  The  formation  of  the  black  ox- 
ide skin  rapidly  takes  place. 

I'ron  Pro'cess.   Siemens'  direct  process  briefly 

stated  — 

"  Consists  in  smelting  successive  charges  of  ore  in  a  rotary 
puddling  furnace.  A  charge  of  about  20  cwt.  of  crushed  ore 
mixed  with  the  proper  fluxing  material  is  placed  in  the  rota- 
ting puddler.  When,  by  the  flame  from  a  regenerative  fur- 
nace, it  has  been  brought  to  a  red  heat,  from  600  to  600 
pounds  of  small  coal  is  added  and  the  speed  of  the  puddler  is 
increased.  The  reduction  of  the  ore  to  the  metallic  state 
proceeds  rapidly,  the  carbonic  oxide  evolved  is  burned  with- 
in the  chamber,  and  very  little  gas  from  the  gas-producers  is 
n-quirod.  When  the  reduction  is  complete  the  puddler  is 
stopped,  and  the  fluid  slag  is  drawn  off.  The  puddler  is  then 
rotated  rapidly  ;  the  iron  is  collected  in  to  two  or  three  metal- 
lic balls,  which  are  withdrawn  and  treated  in  the  usual  way. 
About  two  hours  are  required  for  a  charge,  and  assuming 
that  1,000  pounds  of  iron  are  got  out  to  each  charge,  the  fur- 
nace would  produce  about  5  tons  of  puddled  bar  per  diem. 
It  is  claimed  to  be  feasible  to  push  the  operation  so  far  within 
the  rotator  as  to  produce  cast-steel.  Mr.  Siemens  claims  and 
undertakes  to  demonstrate  that  by  this  process  a  very  great 
saving  of  fuel  is  effected.  For  the  lining  of  the  rotary  pud- 
dler, after  numerous  trials,  he  has  found  a  mixture  of  cal- 
cined bauxite  powder  with  clay  and  graphite  to  be  the  best. 
Three  per  cent,  of  clay  and  six  per  cent,  of  graphite  give  the 
best  results  as  binding  materials.  Bauxite  is  a  ferruginous 
clay,  containing  from  one  to  four  per  cent,  of  silica.  The 
graphite,  under  the  intense  heat,  reduces  the  oxide  of  iron  in 
the  bauxite  to  the  metallic  state.  Linings  so  made  have 
been  found  to  be  very  durable,  far  more  so  than  the  best  fire- 
brick.''—  Blake. 
See  also, — 
Protection,  Barff  ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  441. 

Bower,  Barff     .    .     .      " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2001. 

Barff "Manufacturer  $  Builder,''1  x.  54. 

"•Min.  4;  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  316. 

Process,  Bell     ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  517. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xvi.  281. 


Processes  and  products, 

On,  Bessemer     .     .     . 

Furnace,  Bicheroux   .     . 

Process,  sponge,  Blair  . 


Direct,    Brady's 

Pa 

Casson-Bicheroux 
Du  Puy    .    .     . 


Bend, 


Preserving,  Dode .  .  . 
Works,  Domnert'oet,  Swe. 
Process,  Ellerhausen  .  . 

Gilchrist 

Henderson     .... 

Jacobi.  Bohemia     .     . 


"  Van  Nostrani/'s  Mag.,"  xvii.  76. 
*  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  56. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  68. 
"Scientific  American  Sup."  1992. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,'1  1991. 

'  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxi.  260. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Sept.  26,  p.  14. 

'Iron  j4ge,"xxv.,  May  6,  p.  1. 

'Engineering,''  xxv.  54. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2495. 

'  Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  3,  p.  6. 

'  Scientific  American,"  xl.  320. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Feb.  19,  p.  1. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Feb.  13,  p.  16. 

'Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  July  3,  p.  11. 

'Iron  Age,,"  xviii.,  Sept.  7,  p.  18. 

'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  March  2,  p.  1. 


Furnace,  Ponsard 


Process,  direct,  Reese 
Furnaces,  Salisbury  . 
Furnace,  direct  process. 


"•Engineering,"'  xxv.  450. 

*  Figs.  1161, 1162,  p.  387,  supra,  and 

references  passim. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  869. 

*  "Railroatl  Gazette,"  xxi.  506. 
"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Sept.  6,  p.  7. 


Siemens "  Vienna  Rept.."  IV.,  §  E,  p.  232. 


Furnace,  Siemens 

Standard  Co.,  Engl.  .  . 
Thomas  #  Gilchrist  .  . 
Iron  and  steel  process. 

Willans,  Engl.  .  .  . 
Iron  and  steel.  Reram6 

of  processes,  Williams 


Figs.  1159, 1160,  p.  386,  supra,  and 

references  passim. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  589. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  May  6,  p.  1. 


"  Scientific  Americans'*  xxxvii.  1. 

'' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2875. 

"Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  394. 

"Practical  Magazine,"  iv.  404-406. 
Julien,  A.,  Patent  163,080,  July  18, 1874. 
Cook,  A.  F.,  Patent  166,454,  August  10, 1875. 
Bennett,  J.  F.,  Patent  161,320. 

I'ron  Saw.  Massey's  circular  saw  for  hot  iron 
is  30"  diameter,  is  fixed  upon  a  steel  shaft,  and 
runs  1400  revolutions  per  minute.  It  is  securely 
cased  in  to  prevent  accidents,  and  the  table  which 
carries  the  bar  to  be  cut  is  moved  by  a  quick- 
threaded  screw  actuated  either  from  the  front  or 
back  of  the  machine.  See  also  IRON  CUTTER. 

Fig.  1470. 


Circular  Saw  for  Hot  Iron . 

I'ron  Scale.  A  specfal  heavy  weighing  scales 
with  a  bed  of  iron  bars,  used  in  weighing  merchant 
iron,  pig  or  castings. 

I'ron  Shears.  Cutters,  either  hand  or  ma- 
chine, for  iron.  See  SHEARS,  Figs.  4929-4934,  pp. 
2136,  2137,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  IRON  COTTER  ;  IRON  SAW,  supra. 

Brown  If  Curtiss     .  *  "Iron  Age,'*  xix.,  June  21,  p.  1. 

I'ron  Steel.  Metal  composed  partly  of  steel 
and  partly  of  iron.  In  the  process  of  manufacture 
a  thin  sheet  of  iron  is  introduced  between  the  sur- 
faces to  be  united. 


IRON   STEEL. 


508 


IRRIGATOR. 


Fig.  1471. 


A  mold  for  casting  is  divided  into  two  compartments  by  a 
transverse  metal  plate,  and  the  two  metals  previously  refined 
are  poured  each  into  its  compartment.  The  iron  plate  serves 
at  the  same  time  to  prevent  their  mixing  and  to  facilitate 
their  union  by  becoming  partly  fused. — Asbeck,  Osthaus  Sf 
Eicken,  Ilagen,  Westphalia. 

I'ron  Strapped  Block.  (Nautical.)  One 
having  a  loop  or  band  of  iron,  as  contradistin- 
guished from  the  rope  band  or  strap,  formerly  ex- 
clusively and  yet  much  employed. 

I'ron-stone  China.  (Ceramics.)  A  variety 
of  stone-ware. 

I'ron  Wheel.   Iron  wheels  are  customary  with 
railway  and  street  cars,  some  kinds  of  agricultural 
implements,    parts    of 
machines,  etc.      They 
are  usually  cast,  com- 
posite  wrought  and 
cast,  and  more  seldom 
^jjjj^.  all  of  wrought  iron. 

A  plan  for  rolling 
wrought-iron  wheels  in 
a  single  piece  has  been 
invented  in  Belgium. 

S,™,  Stages  of  Wro«,ht      ^^fS°^Si 

Wheel-  hand,  in  Fig.  1471. 

Secondly  that  of  the  wheel  to  the  right  of  it.  Up  to  this 
point  it  may  be  an  ordinary  compression  forging.  A  hole 
is  then  bored  and  a  rod  fitted  in. 

The  right  hand  one  of  the  three  exhibits  a  section  of  the 

finished  wheel.    The 

Fig.  1472.  machine    by    which 

the  last  transforma- 
t i o n  is  made,  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1472. 

It  consists  of  two 
conical  rolls,  each 
mounted  on  a  sepa- 
rate shaft,  which  is 
rotated  by  means  of 
conical  gearing,  and 
which  is  placed  in 
such  bearings  that 
the  conical  rolls  at 
their  extremity  can 
b  e  approached  b  y 
moving  them,  as  in- 
dicated by  the  ar- 
rows. The  wheel  to 
be  finished  rests  with 
its  axle  in  two  bear- 
ings, and  it  is  then 
exposed  to  the  action 
of  the  conical  rolls, 
which  compress  the 
material  so  that  its 
diameter  increases. 
In  order  to  make  al- 
lowance for  this,  the 

Wheel-making  Rolls.  position  of  the  bear- 

ings of  the  wheel 

are  adjustable.    The  circumference  of  the  wheel  is  worked 
by  a  cylindrical  roll.    The  figure  shows  the  rolling  mill  as 

Fig.  1473. 


French,  Irrigation  Barrel. 


required  for  finishing  the  shape  of  a  wheel  having  the  sec- 
tion exhibited.  If  another  shape  be  required,  the  surface  of 
the  roll  is  turned  accordingly.  —  E.  von  Tarlo  in"Annalen 
fur  Gewerbe  und  Bauwesen." 

Ir'ri-ga'tion  Bar'rel.  A  cask  mounted  on 
wheels  and  having  an  attached  hand-pump  for  water- 
ing a  garden  or  conservatory  plants. 

Fig.  1473  shows  a  French  form  in  which  the  tonneau  is  in 
sheet  iron  and  the  pump  is  adapted  to  fill  the  vessel  from  a 
well  or  cistern  and  to  discharge  the  contents  of  the  vessel,  as 
the  case  may  require. 

Ir'ri-ga'tion  Pump.  A  pump  for  raising 
water  for  irrigation  of  growing  crops. 

Several  forms  are  shown  tinder  various  titles,  such  as  the 
Noria,  Mental,  Shadoof  of  Oriental  countries.  See  "Mecfi, 

Fig.  1474. 


Cattle-power  Pumji  for  India. 

Diet."  under  these  titles  and  references  passim.  See  also  list 
on  p.  1827,  Ibid.,  and  numerous  examples  on  pp.  1825-1832, 
Ibid. 

A  mounted  cattle-power,  a  modern  form  of  the  Noria  (see 
Fig.  3334,  p.  1533,  "Mech.  Diets')  is  shown  in  Fig.  1474,  as 
made  for  the  irrigation  works  in  India.  • 

See  Irrigation  in  Ceylon. 

Byrne "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"*'  xxiii.  197. 

"  Van  Nostr   Mag."  xviii.  52. 
"Van  Nostr.  Mm;.,"1  xviii.  159. 
"Mn.  4"  Sr.  Press,"  xxxiv.  166. 


Works.  Ceylon 
Southern  India 

Paper  on,  Davidson 

Works  in  Germany. 
"Builder,"     .     . 

Irrigator,  Taylor  . 


"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xx.  262. 
'  "Scientific  American,"-  xxxv.  338. 


Ir'ri-ga'tor.  1.  (Surgical.)  A  douche.  A  means 
of  applying  a  profuse  washing  to  a  part ;  rectum, 
vagina,  uterus,  etc.  See  SYRINGE,  INJECTOR, 
DOUCHE,  etc. 

2.  A  watering-cart  for  growing  crops. 

In  the  form  shown  in  Fig.  1475  it  is  a  barrel  mounted  on 
wheels,  and  having  a  pump  which  acts  as  a  suction-pump  for 
supply,  and  a  force-pump  for  discharge.  —  Coleman  Sf  Mor- 
ton, Br. 

Fig.  1475. 


Irrigator. 


ISINGLASS. 


509 


IVORY   SILVERING. 


I'sin-glass.    Fish  glue.     Colle  de  poisson.     See 

ICHTHYOCOLLA. 

An  interesting  Japanese  product  is  the  Kanlen,  or  vegeta- 
ble isinglass,  prepared  from  the*  Gelidiurn  corneum.  The  sea- 
weed called  Tengusa  is  carefully  washed  and  afterward 
boiled,  so  as  to  form  a  gluish  decoction,  which  is  strained 
off  and  put  into  square  boxes.  When  cooled,  it  forms  a  stiff 
jelly,  which  can  easily  be  divided  into  squares  of  a  foot  in  di- 
mension. The  manner  in  which  the  surplus  water  is  removed 
is  ingenious  and  worthy  of  notice.  The  jelly  prisms  are  ex- 
posed in  the  open  air  during  a  cold  night,  and  allowed  to 
freeze.  During  the  day  the  sun  melts  the  water,  which  runs 
off,  leaving  behind  what  one  might  term  the  skeleton  of  a 
white  horny  substance,  which  is  extremely  light,  and  easily 
dissolved  in  hot  water ;  when  cooled,  it  again  forms  a  stiff 
jelly.  This  article,  which  is  already  to  a  certain  extent 
known  in  Europe,  can  be  applied  to  many  uses,  viz.,  for 
cooking  purposes,  for  making  bonbons  and  jellies,  for  clari- 
fying liquids,  as  a  substitute  for  animal  isinglass,  for  making 
molds  used  by  the  plaster-of-paris  workers,  for  hardening 
the  same  material  ;  in  short,  as  a  substitute  for  all  kinds  of 
gelatines,  over  which  it  has  the  advantage  of  producing  a 
firmer  jelly.  In  Europe  it  is  sold  under  the  name  of  Agar- 
agar. 

Another  sea-weed,  much  used  for  industrial  purposes,  is 
the  Fu,  resembling  the  Caragheen  moss,  and  applied  to  sim- 
ilar uses,  such  as,  for  instance,  the  sizing  of  the  warp  of  silk 
goods.  See  also  HAITHAO. 

Is'tle  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  preparing 
fiber  from  the  leaves  of  the  lechuyilla,  a  Mexican 
agave.  This  fiber  is  used  in  the  manufacture  of 
hammocks,  sacks,  ropes,  nets,  cotton  bagging, 
wagon-sheets,  carpets,  etc. 

The  machine  (Welke's  patent,  No.  171,708)  is  a  substitute 
for  the  slow  and  primitive  process  of  hand-scraping. 

The  invention  consists  of  devices  by  which  the  leaves  are 
drawn  by  rollers  through  scraping-knives,  which  are  made 
to  yield  to  the  thickness  of  the  leaves.  The  leaves  are  placed 
between  the  scrapers  up  to  a  gage-piece,  and  then  carried 
with  the  scrapers  toward  the  feeding-rollers.  Sliding  and 
reciprocating  scraper-jaws  are  operated  by  transmitting  mech- 
anism, by  the  forward  motion  of  the  scraper-frame,  for  scra- 
I'ini;  off  the  ends  of  the  leaves  which  are  conveyed  to  a  re- 
ceiving-platform, and  dropped  by  the  same  to  a  receptacle 
below. 

The  word  istle  is  Mexican.  Spanish  pita,  the  Agave  Ameri- 
1'iiiKi.  Admirable  specimens  of  the  liber  were  shown  at  the 
(Viitriinial  Exhibition,  in  Agricultural  Hall.  The  fibers  of 
a  species  of  East  India  banana  yield  Manilla.  The  coclwrus 
ca/isiilnniis  and  C.  o/itorius  yield  the  jute  of  commerce  ;  the 
leaves  of  the  Phormium  tenax,  New  Zealand  flax,  yield  an 
excellent  fiber  ;  the  East  Indian  Ramie,  Ba/imerianivea,one 
of  the  urticacese,  has  a  stem,  the  inner  bark  of  which  yields 
a  very  useful  fiber,  used  from  time  immemorial  in  Chiua, 
and  imported  into  Europe  to  mix  with  silk.  Tampico  is 
another  fiber,  the  mechanical  treatment  of  which  offers  the 
.same  problem.  On  the  materials  above  stated,  see  RAMIE. 

I'vo-rine  Min'e-rale.  A  substitute  by  M. 
Ro^i-r,  of  Paris,  for  horn  and  ivory.  It  can  be  made 
to  take  various  colors,  and  especially  dark  hues. 
By  pressing  the  warm  mass  into  forms,  various 
useful  articles,  such  as  umbrella  and  cane  handles, 
door-knobs,  ink  and  pen-holders,  buttons,  etc.,  etc., 
are  produced.  —  "D.  Industrie  Zeitung.,"  xix.  387. 

I'vo-ry,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  Various  recipes  are 
given  on  p.  1207,  "  Mech.  Diet."  and  a  list  of  22 
patents. 

Any  white  composition  of  a  given  mechanical  con- 
sistence may  pass  for  an  artificial  ivory,  —  white 
celluloid,  for  instance.  See  CELLULOID,  pp.  180, 
181,  supra,  where  is  given  a  list  of  120  patents  of 
celluloid,  pyroxyline,  xylodine,  and  allied  com- 
pounds, and  also  a  list  of  references. 

See  also  the  following  under  their  alphabetical  heads, 
supra.  Hints  may  be  taken  from  them,  recollecting  that  the 
specialty  ivory  is  a  mere  question  of  the  color  of  the  composi- 
tion :  — 

Bonesilate.  Cellulose.  Ebony,  artificial. 

Bois-durci.  Coral,  artificial.         Hemacite. 

Boulinikon.  Ebonite. 

The  question  of  color  even  is  not  all-important,  as  the 
practice  is  to  stain  ivory  for  various  purposes,  —  billiard 
balls,  for  instance. 

A  general  statement  may  be  suggestive.  Use,  combined 
in  suitable  proportions,  amber,  Canada  balsam,  the  Austra- 
lian gum-kowrie,  potato  flour  or  fecula ;  and  with  these 


substances,  or  any  of  them,  combine  meerschaum,  paper 
pulp,  calcined  bones,  fluorate  of  gypsuinor  silicium,  sulphide 
or  sulphurets  of  mercury  (vermilion),  or  of  other  metals, 
chlorides  or  carbonates  of  zinc,  or  other  metals,  sulphate  of 
baryta,  alkaline  preparations,  asbestos,  fluxed  or  fritted  col- 
ors, or  finely  powdered  pumice-stone,  sulphur,  india-rubber, 
or  similar  gums. 

See  also  PYROXYLINE,  pp.  1S39,  1840,  "•Meek.  Diet.,"  where 
numerous  patents  and  recipes  are  listed  and  described.  To 
these  may  be  added  :  — 

Recipes  :  Papier-mache  and  gelatine  ;  for  billiard  balls, 
moldings,  and  architectural  decoration :  add  zinc  white  or 
other  color.  —  Dupre,  Paris.  "La  Nature.'" 

Ivory  dust,  16,  boiled  in  water,  to  a  jelly  ;  add  shellac,  16, 
dissolved  in  alcohol,  and  oxide  of  zinc,  1.  Pour  into  forms, 
dry  in  the  air,  subject  to  high  pressure  ;  may  be  cut,  sawed, 
or  turned.  —  Cohen,  London. 

Calcined  magnesia  and  caoutchouc  ;  heated  and  pressed. 

Cellulose,  glue  size,  and  alum  water ;  press  into  molds ; 
saturate  with  melted  stearine  and  white  wax  ;  polish  with  a 
brush.  More  exactly  — 

No.  1.  No.  2.  No.  3. 

Glue,        100          Alum,      100  Cellulose,       50 

Water,  1,000          Water,  1,000  Water,       3,500 

Take  75  of  No.  1,  200  of  No.  2,  200  of  No.  3,  and  add  250 
finely  ground  gypsum,  and  100  water.  Mix,  fill  into  greased 
molds.  Drain  off  superfluous  water,  and  allow  to  solidify. 
H'ash  in  hot  water,  dry,  soak  in  equal  parts  of  wax  and 
stearine.  Brush  to  develop  luster.  —  Harras,  Boehlen,  Uer. 
Refer  to  :  "Sc.  Amer."  .  xxxvi.  147  ;  xxxvii.  258. 
" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.''  .  1041,2536. 

"Iron  Age''1 xviii.,  Sept.  1,  p.  15 :  xix.,  Apr.  19, 

p.  1 ;  xxiii.,  Mar.  20,  p.  1. 

"  Eng.  $  Min.  Journal."1  xxiii.  171 ;  xxvii.  338. 
"Manuf.  4"  Builder,'-*      .  ix.  192;  viii.  192. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal-    .  vi.  284. 

Also:  Uses  of  ivory  .  .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2360. 
Vegetable  ivory,  Castes  .  "  Technologiste,"1  xli.  823. 

I'vo-ry  Bleach'ing. 

Clean  the  ivory  by  boiling  it  with  a  paste  composed  of 
burned  pumice-stone  and  water.  After  cleansing  place  the 
article  under  a  glass  vessel,  and  expose  it  to  the  sun's  rays 
until  it  assumes  its  original  whiteness.  The  ivory  should  be 
kept  moist  with  water  while  bleaching. 

Mix  a  thin  lime  paste  and  heat  over  a  moderate  fire.  Place 
the  ivory  in  this  paste,  and  leave  it  until  it  bleaches  white, 
after  which  remove  the  paste,  dry,  and  polish. 

The  ivory  articles  are  placed  in  a  solution  containing  11J 
ozs.  carbonate  of  soda  in  crystals  and  45|  ozs.  of  water,  and 
allowed  to  remain  in  solution  for  two  days.  The  articles  are 
then  removed  from  the  solution,  well  washed  in  pure  water, 
and  then  smeared  for  five  or  six  days  in  a  solution  composed 
of  17  ozs.  of  sulphite  of  soda  and  45£  ozs.  of  water.  At  the 
end  of  five  or  six  days  there  should  be  added  to  the  solution 
containing  the  articles  an  ounce  of  hydrochloric  acid  diluted 
with  5J  ozs.  of  water.  The  vessel  containing  the  liquid 
should  then  be  covered  and  left  standing  for  from  24  to  26 
hours,  after  which  the  ivory  may  be  taken  out,  washed  in 
clean  water,  and  dried.  —  Dr.  Artus. 

I'vo-ry  Dye'ing. 

Black :  Steep  the  article  in  a  weak  solution  of  nitrate  of 
silver,  and  expose  it  to  the  light ;  or,  boil  the  ivory  first  in  a 
solution  of  logwood,  and  then  steep  it  in  a  solution  of  sul- 
phate of  iron. 

Red :  Steep  in  an  infusion  of  cochineal  in  liquid  ammo- 
nia ;  the  articles  are  first  soaked  in  a  water  slightly  acidu- 
lated with  nitric  or  acetic  acid. 

Blue :  Steep  in  a  solution  of  indigo  in  sulphuric  acid 
which  has  been  diluted  and  neutralized  with  chalk  or  pot- 
ash. 

Green :  Use  a  solution  of  verdigris  in  vinegar. 

Yellow :  Use  a  bath  of  chromate  of  potash,  and  afterward 
a  boiling  solution  of  acetate  of  lead. 

Purple :  Use  a  neutral  solution  of  chloride  of  gold,  and 
then  expose  to  the  light. 

I'vo-ry  Paste.  (Ceramics.)  The  material  of 
which  ivory  porcelain  is  made.  The  term  ivory  re- 
fers to  the  peculiar  dull  luster,  made  by  depolish- 
ing  the  vitreous  glaze. 

I'vo-ry  For'ce-lain.  (Ceramics.)  A  porce- 
lain the  vitreous  surface  of  which  has  been  depol- 
ished  to  remove  the  glaze,  leaving  the  dull  luster 
of  ivory. 

I'vo-ry  Sil'ver-ing.  Immerse  in  a  weak  solu- 
tion of  chloride  of  silver  until  of  a  deep  yellow 
color  ;  then  take  out  and  dip  in  water,  after  which 
expose  to  the  sun's  rays  until  black.  On  rubbing, 
the  black  surface  will  change  to  a  silver. 


JACK. 


510 


JACQUAKD. 


J. 


Jack.  (Add.)  12.  (Leather.)  A  machine  to 
which  may  be  fitted  a  steel,  glass,  or  lignum  vita 
slicker,  a  scouriug-stone,  or  pebbling  roller,  accord- 
ing as  the  leather  is  to  be  slicked,  smoothed,  pol- 
ished, stoned,  or  pebbled. 

13.  An  intermediate  motion,  between  a  horse- 
Fig.  1476. 


,  things  :  it  detaches  the  indicator  from  the  line,  and  attaches 
it  to  the  telephone.  The  employee  then  receives  his  instruc- 
tions from  the  subscriber.  To  connect  the  two  jack-knives 
of  the  subscribers,  right  and  left,  a  flexible  metallic  cord 
terminating  in  two  pins  is  used.  These  pins  are  inserted  in 
holes  1  and  2,  as  seen  in  Fig.  1477.  If  one  of  the  indicators 
is  wanted  to  be  in  derivation,  the  corresponding  pin  is  in- 
serted in  hole  to  the  left,  the  spring  is  not  raised,  and  the 
mass  of  the  jack-knife,  which  forms  part  of  the  line  of  cor- 
respondence, is  connected  with  the  indicator  and  the  earth. 


Jack. 

power  and  the  machine  to  be  driven.  It  converts 
the  relatively  slow  motion  of  the  tumbling-rod  of 
the  horse-power  into  a  rapid  pulley-motion,  the 
latter  communicating  by  belt  to  the  thrasher,  straw- 
cutter,  mill,  or  what  not. 

See  also  INTERMEDIATE  MOTION. 

Jack'et-ed  Gun.  (Ordnance.)  One  strength- 
ened by  bands  fitted  or  shrunk  on  to  the  tube 
proper.  It  is  now  a  common  mode  of  making  ord- 
nance ;  a  good  instance  may  be  seen  in  the  Broad- 
well  gun,  *  "Engineering"  xxi.  16.  Also  the  Arm- 
strong gun,  Fig.  527,  p.  160,  supra. 

Jack'-knife.  (Electricity.)  A  form  of  com- 
mutator used  in  telephone  central  stations.  It  is  a 
square  piece  of  brass  fixed  to  an  upright  board  by 
means  of  two  bolts. 

The  cut  shows  two  of  such  commutators.  The  left-hand 
bolt  in  each  fastens  the  brass  block,  and  at  the  same  time 

Fig.  1477. 


Jack  Knife. 

makes  connection  with  a  subscriber's  wire.  The  other  bolt 
is  in  connection  with  the  indicator  wire,  but  is  insulated 
from  the  jack-knife,  and  has  a  small,  erect  pin,  likewise  insu- 
lated, upon  which  the  flat  spring  rests.  The  jack-knife  is 
then  at  rest ;  the  line  in  communication  with  the  indicator, 
the  other  end  of  the  latter  being  in  the  earth. 

When  the  subscriber  sends  a  current,  the  indicator  notifies 
the  central.  The  jack-knife  has  two  holes,  and  the  operator 
puts  a  pin  in  hole  No.  2  at  A,  connecting  by  a  wire  with  the 
telephone. 

The  pin  raises  a  peg  on  the  spring,  and,  consequently, 
breaks  the  contact  between  the  mass  of  the  jack-knife  and 
the  indicator.  The  simple  introduction  of  the  pin  does  two 


One  for  still-hunt- 
Fig.  1478. 


Jack  Lamp.     (Sporting.) 

ing,  weequashing  or  fire- 
fishing,  and  general 
camp  use.  It  is  some- 
times carried  on  the 
hat  or  helmet,  but  is 
preferably  supported  by 
standard  from  the  belt, 
so  as  to  give  freedom 
of  motion  to  the  head 
in  peering  and  sight- 
ing. It  burns  kerosene 
without  a  chimney. 

Jack  Press.  One 
in  which  a  common 
lifting-jack  arrange- 
ment  is  the  means  of 
applying  the  fore  e. 
Fig.  1479  shows  the 
ordinary  lever-j ack 
thus  adapted  to  a  wine, 
cider,  or  lard  press. 

Jack  Screw.    (Add.)  2.    (Dentistry.)    A  small 
extensible  instrument  used  in  regulating  the  teeth  ; 

Fig.  1479. 


Jack  Lamp. 


Jack  Press. 

to  erect  them  or  twist  them  into  symmetrical  or- 
der.    (See  Fig.  1480.) 
Lifting-jack,  telescopic,  Batt .     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"1  xlii.  2ia 

Jac-quard'.     See  following  notices :  — 

Barker's  punching  machine  for  Jacquard  cards,  noticed  in 
"Chambers'1  Journal^'  "Scientific  American,'1''  xxxiv.  133. 
Double-shedding  harness. 

Ainley,  Eng.     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American.^  xxxvii.  258. 


JAGGER   SPRING. 


Oil 


JELLY  PRESS. 


Jag'ger    Spring.  *'ig.  1480 

( Vehicle.)  A  spring  be- 
neath a  seat  and  resting 
by  its  ends  upon  blocks 
or  cleats,  in  the  bed  or 
body  of  the  vehicle. 

Jail  Lock.  A  form 
of  lock  used  in  securing 
shackles  or  hasps  to 
staples.  Sometimes 
called  a  Scandinavian 
lock,  or  Scandinavian 
padlock.  • 

It  is  unlocked  by  a  flat  key, 
which  loosens  both  branches 

of  the  shackle,  so  that  they  Dental  Jack  Screws. 

pull   out,  or,  as  in  the  case 

shown  in  Fig.  1481,  one  becomes  free,  and  then  the  shackle 
rotates  on  the  one  which  remains  connected. 

Page *  -'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  January  3,  p.  1. 

Fig.  1481. 


Jail  Lock. 


Jan'ney  Coup'ler.  (Railway.)  A  draw-bar 
arranged  to  couple  cars  automatically,  and  invented 
by  Janney.  See  CAR  COUPLER. 

Ja'nus-faced  Lock.  One  having  duplicate 
faces,  so  as  to  go  upon  a  right  or  a  left  hand  door, 
the  key  entering  at  either  side  indifferently. 

Ja-pan'.  A  kind  of  varnish,  differing  in  its  con- 
stituents according  to  the  purpose  required  of  the 
article  treated  with  it,  or  of  the  nature  of  the  pro- 
cess by  which  the  article  is  manufactured.  See 
LACQUER. 

Baking  Japans  .     .  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  29,  p.  15. 

Jap'an-ese  Bron'zes.  These  works  of  art  are 
made  by  a  process  akin  to  those  described  on  pp. 
500  and  1462,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  models  are  made  in  wax  ;  and  in  that  material  every- 
thing, down  to  the  smallest  feather  of  a  bird's  wing  or  the 
hair  of  a  spider,  is  elaborated  with  scrupulous  care.  The 
wax  model  is  then  painted  all  over  with  a  coating  of  ex- 
tremely fine  sand,  held  together  by  a  fire-proof  mucilage. 
The  first  coat  is  laid  on  with  extreme  care,  so  as  to  fill  every 
tiny  interstice.  So  with  all  following  coats,  which  may  num- 
ber hundreds,  until  sometimes  six  months  are  consumed  in 
the  work  of  painting  a  cumulative  mold  three  or  four  inches 
thick.  When  the  latter  is  rendered  sufficiently  strong,  the 
wax  model  inside  is  melted  and  removed.  The  bronze  is  then 
poured  in,  and  the  whole  object  completed  in  a  single  cast- 
ing. The  mold  is  subsequently  removed  with  care  only  sec- 
ond to  that  employed  in  its  construction,  leaving  the  bronze 
without  a  crease  or  flaw.  From  this  process  emerged  the 
magnificent  incense  bearer  which  stood  at  the  entrance  of 
the  Japanese  section  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition,  1876.  It 
represents  a  vessel  elevated  upon  worn  sea  rocks,  inhabited 
by  a  dragon  and  surmounted  by  an  eagle  and  flanked  by  flocks 
of  birds.  The  price  was  $4,500,  and  it  was  purchased  for  the 
London  South  Kensington  Museum. 

"  Statues  of  all  sizes,  bells,  vases,  water-basins,  candle- 
sticks, incense-burners,  lanterns,  etc.,  have  been  manufac- 
tured in  large  quantities  for  temples  and  their  approaches. 
Portrait-statues,  like  the  monuments  erected  in  foreign  coun- 
tries to  honor  the  memory  of  celebrated  men,  have  never 
been  made  in  Japan  As  articles  for  household  uses,  we  may 
mention  fire-pots,  water-pots,  flower-vases,  and  basins  in 
which  miniature  gardens  are  made,  perfume-burners,  pencil- 
cases,  small  water-pots  of  fanciful  shapes  for  writing-boxes, 
paper-weights,  and  small  figures  representing  divinities. 
These  bronze  castings  are  either  made  in  the  simple  and  se- 


vere  style  of  the  old  celebrated  Chinese  bronzes,  or  else  are 
specimens  of  the  peculiar  character  of  Japanese  art,  which 
chooses  its  subjects  from  natural  lii'e,  either  combining  them 
with  lively  scenes  showing  a  great  deal  of  humor  together 
with  the  most  minute  copying  of  nature,  or  else  using  them 
to  produce  some  artistical  effect,  sometimes  in  a  somewhat 
capricious  way,  quite  unexpected  to  the  beholder.  Occasion- 
ally the  artist  takes  his  subjects  from  Chinese  and  Japanese 
mythology,  and  produces  all  sorts  of  legendary  animals,  such 
as  the  dragon,  the  stork,  the  tortoise,  etc.,  which  are  largely 
represented  on  the  candlesticks  and  other  castings  used  in 
temples,  or  in  the  domestic  chapels.  The  bronze  utensils  of 
these  latter  are  generally  composed  of  5  pieces  —  2  flower- 
vases,  2  candlesticks,  and  one  incense-burner.'1  [From  a 
Japanese  author.] 

Bronze  castings  of  less  elaborate  design  are  made  in  the 
usual  manner,  the  art  being  well  understood  in  Japan  where 
it  is  very  ancient. 

The  plan  adopted  is  similar  to  that  now  used  in  Europe, 
and  described  on  p.  2312,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  bronze  is  cast  in  clay  molds  formed  upon  models  made 
of  a  mixture  of  wax  and  resin,  which  is  melted  out  from  the 
finished  mold  previous  to  pouring  the  metal  in.  The  artist 
who  makes  the  model  generally  does  the  easting  himself, 
and  in  most  cases  the  work-people  consist  only  of  the  mas- 
ter's family  and  two  or  three  assistants.  The  melting  furnaces 
are  of  exceedingly  small  dimensions,  and  generally  made  of 
an  iron  kettle  lined  with  clay.  After  casting,  the  pattern  is 
carefully  corrected  and  worked  out  by  chiseling,  but  the  best 
bronze  casters  prepare  the  model,  the  mold,  and  the  alloy  in 
such  a  way  as  to  produce  a  casting  which  needs  no  farther 
correcting  or  finishing. 

The  distinction  between  bronze  (Jap.  Karakane  —  Chinese- 
metal)  and  brass  (shin-chu)  is  well  understood  in  Japan.  The 
spelter  used  in  the  latter  is  imported. 

The  coloring  of  the  bronze  is  either  for  the  sake  of  variety 
to  suit  certain  tastes,  or  to  confer  the  appearance  of  age. 
See  BRONZE  COLORING  ;  PATINA. 

Differences  of  opinion  exist  as  to  the  nationality  of  the 
great  bronze  statue,  the  "Daibutz  "  (Buddha  in  Nirvana), 
now  standing  at  Kamakura,  Japan,  and  shown  at  Fig.  5573, 
p.  2312,  "Mech.  Diet."  The  statue  is  50'  high  and  is  there* 
stated  to  have  been  cast  at  Tolon  Noor,  in  Thibet,  probably  as 
much  as  600  years  since.  The  statement  has  high  authority, 
and  the  very  name  of  bronze  in  Japanese  is  a  word  equivalent 
to  Chinese  metal,  as  above  stated.  It  is,  however,  but  fair  to 
state  that  other  authorities  mention  the  casting  of  a  large 
bronze  statue  of  Buddha  in  the  position  of  serene  contempla- 
tion, by  the  order  of  the  Japanese  emperor  Shomu  (724-749, 
A.  D.).  It  was  erected,  the  account  runs,  at  Nara,  743-752 
Damaged  by  earthquake  and  fire  it  was  recast  about  1300,  and 
yet  exists  at  Nara.  A  second,  of  a  later  date,  at  Kiyoto,  was 
destroyed  by  fire. 

See  also  BELL  ;  BRONZE  INLAYING. 

Jas'per  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  A  form  of  ware 
invented  by  "Wedgwood,  in  1773.  This  paste  he 
used  in  ornamental  and  cameo  work,  reliefs,  etc., 
and  the  name  was  adopted  after  a  series  of  improve- 
ments which  left  it  proximately  perfect. 

It  was  imitated  and  copied  throughout  Europe  Flaxman 
made  designs  for  it,  and  antique  works  of  all  suitable  kinds 
were  borrowed  to  form  molds. 

Jaw  Bit.  (Railway.)  A  bar  extending  across 
the  jaws  of  a  pedestal  underneath  the  axle-box. 

Jaw  Chuck.  One  with  movable  studs  on  a 
face-plate  adapted  to  approach  and  grasp  the  ob- 
ject, as  in  the  screw  and  universal  lathe  chucks. 
Fig.  2833,  p.  1263,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Jel'ly  Pow'der.  So  called  from  its  •  resem- 
blance to  calf's-foot  jelly.  It  consists  of  94%  or 
95%  of  nitro-glycerine  and  5%  or  6%  collodion  cot- 
ton, so  mixed  as  to  assume  a  gelatinous  form.  It 
is  tough,  but  can  be  easily  cut  with  knives  or  shears, 
and  applied  to  cartridges  and  balls.  It  is  water- 
proof, acts  in  the  same  way  as  dynamite,  but  is 
at  least  50%  stronger,  and  does  not  possess  the 
great  defect  of  the  latter  in  parting  with  its  nitro- 
glycerine when  damp.  —  Nobel. 

Jel'ly  Press.  A  domestic  hand-press  for  ex- 
pressing juice  from  fruit,  etc. 

It  consists  of  a  guttered  base  upon  which  is  an  inner  per- 
forated cylinder  into  which  the  pulp  is  to  be  introduced, 
and  an  outer  plain  cylinder  which  serves  to  prevent  any 
waste  of  the  liquid  pressed  out.  The  plunger,  which  is 
shown  at  B,  slides  over  the  screw.  The  lower  end  of  the 
screw  handle,  as  will  be  seen  at  C,  is  split  so  that  the  han- 


JELLY  PRESS. 


512 


JETTY. 


Jelly  Press. 

die  can  be  pressed  downward  over  the  screw  very  rapidly, 
until  the  conical  cap  of  the  plunger  bears  so  strongly  upon 
the  lower  ends  that  they  firmly  clasp  the  screw.  The  greater 
part  of  the  compression  is  thus  quickly  done.  A  few  turns 
of  the  handle  after  it  has  been  pressed  down  as  far  as  possi- 
ble, will  complete  the  work.  See  also  Fig.  872,  p.  274,  supra. 

Jerk  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  folding  net  closed 
by  a  jerk  upon  a  line. 

Jerk  Snare.  A  species  of  snare  which  is 
sprung  by  a  line  held  by  a  party  in  ambush. 

Jet.  A  solid  black,  glossy  lignite,  found  princi- 
pally near  Whitby,  in  England.  Also  found  in 
•Spain.  It  is  sawn,  carved,  bored,  etc.,  and  polished 
on  wheels.  Some  cannel  coal  nearly  approaches  it. 
A  dull  kind  is  called  dazed  jet,  as  it  will  bear  no 
polish. 


"  Scientific  American "     .     .     .     . 
*"  Scientific  American  Supplement  . 


xlii.  23. 
1571. 


Jet  Fho-tom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  light  of  a  burning  gas-jet. 

There  are  two  modes  of  working  :  — 

In  one,  the  jet  is  regulated  so  as  to  reach  a  cer- 
tain height,  and  the  candle-power  is  shown  by  an 
index  hand  upon  a  graduated  arc. 

In  another,  it  reads  by  an  inverse  method  :  the 
pressure  being  set  at  a  regulated  point,  the  height 
of  the  jet  is  measured  as  a  determination  of  the 
candle-power. 

The  idea  of  ascertaining  the  candle-power  of  coal-gas  by 
the  height  of  the  flame,  while  burning  through  a  circular 
orifice  under  varying  pressure  originated  with  Mr.  Lowe  of 
London.  The  apparatus  shown  in  Fig.  1483  is  the  American 
Meter  Co.:s  improved  .Lowe  apparatus. 

Gas  is  brought  into  and  consumed  from  a  small  holder 
made  so  as  to  commence  to  rise  from  the  water  at  .41  of  an  inch 
pressure,  and  cease  at  .71.  The  gas  acting  directly  under  the 


Fig.  1483. 


top  of  holder,  which  is  of  large  area,  causes  it  to  rise  through 
a  space  of  nearly  two  inches  by  the  increase  of  pressure  from 
.41  to  .71  of  an  inch, 
or  in  reality  a  rise 
of  about  .6  for  every 
.1  pressure. 

The  holder,  in 
rising,  carries  the 
pointer  over  the 
range  of  scale  from 
22  to  11,  and  as  the 
gas  burned  at  jet  is 
taken  directly  from 
under  the  holder  it 
is  evident  that  any 
diminution  or  in- 
crease of  pressure 
will  give  immediate 
motion  to  the  holder 
and  pointer,  show- 
ing the  exact  candle 
power  of  the  iras 
under  such  changes 
of  pressure. 

The  height  of 
flame  is  adjusted  by 
the  micrometer 
cock  to  exactly  7". 

With  a  flame  7" 
high,  ordinary  coal 


gas,  burnt  at    .41" 
pressure,  is  equal  to 


22  candles,  and  at 
.71"  pressure,  equal 


Jet  Photometer. 


to  11  candles. 


Jet'ty.  Plans 
apd    sections  of 

the  jetties,  rubble  on  mattresses,  Charleston  harbor 
improvements,  are  shown  in  the  "  Report  of  the 
Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  1879,  *i.  734. 

Fig.  1484  shows  details  of  the  jetties  of  the  North  Sea  en- 
trance to  the  Rotterdam  sea  canal. 

The  principal  feature  is  the  use  of  the  fascine  mattress, 
common  in  dams  and  dikes  on  inland  waters,  but  not  before 
attempted  in  the  open  sea.  The  mattresses  are  made  on  the 
seashore  at  low  water,  so  as  to  be  floated  off  by  the  tide. 
They  are  made  of  willows  and  osiers,  bound  into  fascines 
10'  to  12'  long,  the  twigs  remaining  attached,  making  a  bun- 
dle 17"  in  circumference  at  one  end  and  14"  at  the  other. 
These  are  overlapped  and  tied  together  into  long  ropes  called 
wiepen.  To  build  a  mattress  the  wiepen  are  laid  parallel  3' 
apart,  crossed  by  others  at  the  same  intervals,  and  tied  at 
the  intersections  with  withes  except  at  certain  points  where 
tarred  ropes  are  used,  to  serve  subsequently  in  binding  other 
layers  of  wiepen  to  the  foundation  course  and  so  on  up.  On 
this  foundation  bundles  of  twigs  are  laid,  and  then  a  second 
layer  crosswise.  This  is  followed  by  two  layers  of  wiepen  at 
right  angles,  like  the  former,  and  tied  to  the  preceding  by  the 
tarred  ropes.  Stakes  are  driven  in  and  baskets  woven  on 
the  stakes  to  hold  the  ballast,  and  other  stakes  to  form  bol- 
lards for  towing  and  mooring.  The  mattress  is  towed  to  the 
spot,  anchored,  and  then  sunk  by  simultaneously  loading  its 
whole  surface  with  stone  from  small  vessels  all  around  it. 
350  to  700  Ibs.  of  stone  to  the  square  yard  is  the  ballast  for 
the  mattress.  Other  maltresses  are  added  until  the  required 
height  is  reached. 

The  head  of  the  southern  jetty  is  82.5'  wide  and  3.3'  height 


Fig.  1484. 


Lock  Gate, 
Jetty  at  Nort/i  Sea  Entrance  Rotter/lam  Sea  Canal,  Netherlands. 


JETTIES. 


513 


JIB   HANK. 


above  mean  low  watermark.   10'  above  that  level  is  a  timber 
platform  supported  on  piles.     The  platform  is  25'  wide,  and 
carries  a  railway  track.     The  sides  of   the  jetty  are  stone- 
faced. 
See  Boulogne    .. 

Charleston  Harbor 
Galveston  Harber 
Malta 

Mississippi,  maps 
files 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  2396. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  153. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  293. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  245. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  576. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  328,  435. 
"  Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  80. 
"  Scientific  American,''1  xxxv.  273. 

Levees.  Miss.     .     .  .      "  Scientific  American,'''  xxxiv.  160. 

See  also  APRON,  Kiir.  103,  p  44,  supra. 

Jet'ty  Crane.  A  form  of  crane  for  building 
jetties  of  blocks. 

That  shown  in  Fig.  1485  is  thus  described  by  the 
engineers :  — 

"  The  object  of  the  crane,  appropriately  called  a  Titan,  is 
to  lift  blocks  of  from  20  to  30  tons'  weight  from  the  trucks 


Fig.  148", 


The  "Titan,"  Jetty  Crane. 

and  place  them  in  position  in  advance  of  the  finished  work, 
and  thus  to  dispense  entirely  with  the  use  of  staging  ;  it  was 
first  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  Manora  Breakwater.  The 
Titan,  illustrated  in  Fig.  1435,  fulfills  all  the  conditions  indi- 
cated when  tenders  were  invited  for  the  work. 

"  These  conditions  were,  that  the  blocks,  each  weighing  27 
tons,  should  be  lifted,  traversed  out,  and  placed  in  position 
25  feet  in  advance  of  the  point  of  support  afforded  by  the  fin- 
ished work.  The  main  framing  is  made  throughout  of 
wrought  iron,  and  travels  on  a  pair  of  rails,  22'  gage,  which 
were  carried  on  blocking  pieces  up  to  the  front  face  of  the 
work,  as  shown  in  the  engraving  :  the  height  from  rail  level 
to  the  upper  side  of  the  projecting  girders  is  20'.  The  lower 
members  are  of  box-girder  section,  and  are  fitted  on  each 
side  with  two  pairs  of  wheels  placed  close  together,  fore  and 


tront  end  of  each  girder. 

The  engines  are  two  7"  cylinders  with  link-reversing  mo- 
tion :  the  boiler  is  of  the  vertical  type,  and  the  several  mo- 


,  - 

ions for  lifting  and  traversing  the  load,  and  for  moving  the 
ir;in,  are  transmitted  by  suitable  shafts  and  gear  with  the 


tion 

Tir; 


e  oeer  ;  a  par  o   wroug-ron   ans,  capa 

ble  of  holding  30  to  40  tons  of  water  ballast  are  fixed  over  th 
trailing  wheels,  and  form  part  of  the  framing.     The  cost  of 
the  Titan  is  £2,500,  the  weight  85  tons,  and  the  duty,  6 
blocks  laid  per  day,  allowing  for  the  time  required  for  the 
divers  to  place  the  blocks  under  water. 

"  The  cost  of  the  10  trucks,  which  were  required  for  bring- 
ing the  blocks  from  the  drying  ground,  was  £180  each,  and 
the  weight  7  tons  each. 

"  A  convenient  form  of  Goliath  for  lifting  the  blocks, 
after  they  are  dried  and  are  required  for  use,  is  one  with  a 
direct-acting  hydraulic  cylinder  and  ram  of  the  stroke  re- 
quired to  lift  the  block  on  the  trucks,  the  ram  and  cylinder 
being  mounted  on  a  traveling  jenny  with  an  engine  and 
boiler  of  sufficient  power  to  give  the  traveling  motions  and 
to  work  the  hydraulic  pumps.  The  cost  of  this  for  50'  span 
is  £1,150,  and  the  weight  30  tons. 

"Since  the  work  above  referred  to  was  designed,  it  has 

33 


been  found  necessary  to  use  blocks  weighing  40  tons,  and  the 
Titan  for  laying  them  has  a  swinging  jib  of  about  50'  radius, 
carried  on  a  frame  somewhat  similar  to  that  already  de- 
scribed ;  the  jib  is  provided  with  swinging  gear,  and  de- 
scribes an  arc  of  about  190°,  and  will  lay  stones  across  a  face 
nearly  100'  wide.''  —  Appleby. 

Jet  Valve.      A  valve  in   the  lifting  injector 
which  is  used  in  starting  the  injector. 

In  Fig.  1486,  /  is  the  jet  valve  ;   S,  steam-valve  ;  L,  lazy 
cock;  H,  heater  cock .     To  start,  open  jet  J;  when  water  ap- 

Fig.  1486. 


".Monitor"  Lifting  Injector. 

pears  at  overflow   O,  open  valve  S  and  close  J.    To  stop: 
close  valve  S. 
To  heat  water  in  tender :  close  S  and  open  H. 

Jew'el-er's  Ce-ment'. 

Turkish:  Dissolve  five  or  six  bits  of  gum-mastic,  each  the 
size  of  a  large  pea,  in  as  much  spirits  of  wine  as  will  suffice 
to  render  it  liquid.  In  another  vessel  dissolve  in  brandy  as 
much  isinglass,  previously  softened  in  water,  as  will  make  a 
two-ounce  vial  of  strong  glue,  adding  two  small  bits  of  gum 
ammoniac,  which  must  be  rubbed  until  dissolved.  Then 
mix  the  whole  with  heat.  Keep  in  a  vial  closely  stopped. 
When  it  is  to  be  used,  set  the  vial  in  boiling  water.  Known 
to  the  trade  as  diamond  cement. 

Jewelry,  electric,  French  .     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  263. 
Furnace  (East  Indies)  .     .     .     .      "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  169. 

Manufacture "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  308. 

Setting,  platinum,  Ripley  4"  Co.  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  217. 

Jade "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  49. 

Jet  mining "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  653. 

Jew'el-er's  Forge.  A  small  forge  with  pedal 
blast  and  circular  -table  ;  with  charcoal  grate  or  gas 
pot,  according  to  circumstances.  See  references 
under  FORGE,  p.  354,  supra. 

Jew'el-ing  Rest.  ( Watchmaking.)  A  tool 
for  setting  jewels  in  plates  or  settings.  It  calipers 
each  jewel  separately,  and  turns  a  recess  to  fit. 

See  WATCHMAKER'S  LATHE,  where  it  is  shown  in  connec- 
tion with  a  universal  head.  See  JEWEL-SETTER,  "Mech,.  Diet." 

Jib  Crane.  A  crane  with  a  projecting  arm ; 
as  in  Fig.  1408)  p.  478,  supra.  See  also  Figs.  1504- 
1507,  pp.  642,  643,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  Fig.  1489, 


Fig.  1487. 


next  page. 

A  convenient  form 
for  foundry  use,  has 
a  mast  of  cast-iron 
and  a  jib  of  wrought 
plate  iron  in  two 
pieces.  A  device  re- 
tracts the  jib  when 
required,  as  when 
columns,  belts,  or 
other  obstacles  are 
in  the  way. 

Pratt  fy  Whitney. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv., 
Sept.  11,  p.  1. 


Jib   Hank. 

(Nautical.)         A  m  Ha 

ring  on  the  leech 

of  a  jib  and  which  slips  on  the  stay. 


JIB    HEAD. 


514 


JOINT  BOLT. 


Fife.  1488. 


Jib  Head-  An  iron  used  at  the  head  of  a  jib 
when  the  latter  has  been 
stretched  too  m  u  c  h. 
The  jib  is  shortened  at 
the  head  and  the  jib 
head  attached  to  the 
sail  ;  clew  thimbles  are 
at  the  ends. 

Jig'ger.     (Add.)     7.    A   simple   form  of  ware- 
house crane.     The  power  is  a  hydraulic-  ram  fixed 

Fig.  1489. 


Jib  Head. 


J'ggrr. 

to  the  timbers  of  the  roof.  A  supplementary  power 
is  used  to  turn  the  jib  when  the  load  has  been  lifted 
the  required  height. 

Fig.  1490. 


Jigging  Machine. 


Hancock's  copper-ore 
jigger,  Moonta  mines,  S. 
Australia.  *  "  Scientific 
American  Supplement,'1'' 


Jig'ger  Pump. 
A  hand-pump  on  a 
portable  stand.  That 
shown  in  Fig.  1491 
has  a  copper  air-ves- 
sel, working  lever, 
suction  pipe,  and  de- 
livery nozzle,  all  on 
iron  base. 

Jig'ging  Ma- 
_  chine'.  A  tool  con- 
.-~  vertible  into  a  dril- 
ling or  profiling 
machine.  It  is  es- 
pecially adapted  for 
first  cutting  or  mak- 
ing duplicate  dies, 
for  light  drilling  and 
for  single  spindle 
profiling. 


Jig  Saw.    A  tool,  the  precursor  of  the  band- 
saw.     It  is  a  fine  reciprocating  saw,  cutting  on  the 


Fig    1491. 


Jigger    Pu 


down-stroke,  elevated  by  a  spring,  and  kept  taut 
between  the  latter  and  the  pitman  or  crank-pin 
whence  it  derives  its  motion.  See  also  SCKOLL 
SAW. 

Figs.  4768-4770,  p.  2077,  "ATecA.  Diet." 

Richards,  Br  ......  *  "Engineering,'1'  xxii.  238. 

Jig-saw  spring  ......  *  "Man.  If  Builder,''  xi.  196. 

John'ite.     An  explosive  :  — 

Nitrate  of  potassium    ..........  75 

Sulphur      ..............  10 

Lignite  ..............  10 

Picrate  of  sodium    ...........  3 

Chlorate  of  potassium      .........  2 

100 

Join'er.  A  wood-working  machine  capable  of 
a  variety  of  work.  See  Fig.  2726  and  description, 
p.  1217,  "  Mech.  Diet." 


General,  Reynolds,  Br. 
Universal,  Rasse    .     . 


s  "Engineer,''  xlv.  417. 

'  "Iron  Age,'-  xx.,  Dec.  2V,  p.  1. 


Fig.  1492. 


Join'er's  Bench  Stop.  An  abutment  on  the 
bench  against  which  the  work  rests  in  planing. 
See  BENCH  STOP,  Fig.  294,  p.  96,  supra. 

Join'er's    Clamp.      A   device   for    holding   a 
piece  while  being 
worked ;or   holding 
parts  together  after  be- 
ing glued. 

See  BENCH  CRAMP,  Fig.  286, 
p.  95  ;  CLAMP,  p.  560,  •'•Mech. 
Diet.1'1 ;  CRAMP,  p.  641 ;  CAR- 
PENTER'S CLAMP;  DOOR 
CLAMP,  etc.,  Ibid. 

The  little  clamp,  Fig.  1492,  Clamp, 

is  a  two-fingered  instrument 
adjusted  in  an  instant,  and  fastened  by  a  tap  of  the  hand. 

Joint  Bolt.  A  bolt  used  for  fastening  two 
timbers,  one  end-wise  to  the  other.  A  nut  is  in- 
serted in  one,  and  the  hole  bored  through  both. 
Used  commonly  as  a  fastening  for  a  bed-rail  to  the 
bed-post.  See  JOINT-HOLDER  BOLT. 


Smith?!,  Stave  Jtiintir. 


JOINT   END. 


515 


JOURNAL   BEAEING. 


Joint  End.  (Vehicles.)  An  iron  piece  with  hole 
for  a  bolt ;  being  united  to  the  wooden  portion,  it 
forms  the  end  of  a  carriage  bow ;  or  to  a  rod,  forms 
the  end  of  a  stop-prop. 

Joint'er.  A  machine  for  edging  staves  and 
headings. 

The  old-fashioned  jointer  was  a  long  plane,  set 
obliquely  with  one  end  on  the  ground. 

In  the  modern  jointer  the  tool  revolves  and  the 
stave  is  on  a  rest. 

In  Smith's  jointer,  Fig.  1493,  the  stave  is  run  along  the 
straight  bed,  against  the  fence,  and  the  revolving  tool  planes 
the  edge.  The  tool  is  a  true  planer,  and  has  many  shop  uses 
besides  jointing.  By  change  of  cutter  the  machine  may  mold, 
rabbet,  chamfer,  etc. 

Fig.  1494  is  Trevor's  jointer.     The  plane  bits  are  set  ob- 

l-'isr.  1494. 


(Add.)     4.   (Plow.)     A  small  share  in  advance 
of  the  main  plow  body ;  designed  to  overturn  weeds 


Fig.  1495. 


Stave  Jointer. 

liquely  in  the  face  of  the  wheel,  and  the  stave  lies  upon  the 
horizontal  rest. 
See  also  Fig.  218,  p.  78,  supra. 


Stave  jointer,  Holmes 


.  *  ''Engineer,''  xli.  431. 


Gale's  Jointer  Plow. 

and  double  them  up  so  as  to  be  more  completely 
covered  in  the  furrow. 

Joint-hold'er  Bolt.  A  furniture  joint.  Used 
in  bedsteads,  especially  in  fastening  the  rails  to  the 
posts. 

Fig.  1496. 


Joint   Holder  Bolt. 

Two  forms  are  shown  :  in  the  upper  one,  the  socket  is  mor- 
tised into  the  side  of  one  member  of  the  frame  and  the  bolt 
screwed  into  the  end  of  the  other.  The  notch-headed  bolt 
being  inserted  into  the  channel  of  the  socket  and  the  latter 
rotated,  the  parts  are  indissoluble  by  direct  draft. 

The  other  bolt  passes  through  both  members  and  into  a 
nut  introduced  at  a  side  mortise. 


Fig.  1497. 


Cabinet  Jointing  Machine. 


Joint'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  planing  machine 
adapted  to  a  special  class  of  work,  as  in  furniture 
and  piano  factories,  for  instance. 

The  working  parts  of  Rogers'  cabinet  jointing  machine  are  : 
a  table  6'  long,  on  which  the  work  is  placed  against  a  back 
gage  and  held  firmly  by  adjustable  screw-clamps ;  the  feed 
then  being  thrown  into  gear  by  the  lever  in  front,  the  work 
is  carried  against  the  revolving  cutter  head,  the  table  revers- 
ing its  motion,  and  stopping  on  its  return  automatically. 
The  work  is  finished  perfectly  square  and  ready  for  glueing  if 
desired.  This  machine  leaves  all  the  corners  of  work  per- 
fectly square  and  unbroken. 

Joint  Splice.  A  reenforce  at  a  joint  to  sus- 
tain the  apposed  parts  in  true  relation. 


Fig.  1498  shows  a  standard  rail  section  and  fish  plate  of  the 
Pittsburg,  Cincinnati,  and  St.  Louis  Railway.  The  upper 
view  is  a  vertical  section,  and  the  lower  an  elevation  on  a 
much  reduced  scale. 

Jon'val  TurTDine.  The  turbine  with  down- 
ward discharge ;  in  contradistinction  to  the  Four- 
neyron  outward  flow,  and  others  which  are  oblique, 
double,  combined,  etc.  See  Fig.  6784,  p.  2657, 
"Mech.  Diet.'' 

Jour'nal  Bear'ing.  The  French  palier  qlis- 
sant  is  shown  at  Fig.  3496,  p.  1599,  "Mech.  D'ict." 
Bramah  was  the  original  inventor.  See  also  HY- 
DRAULIC PIVOT  ;  WATER  BEARING,  "Mech.  Diet." 


JOURNAL   BEARING. 


516 


JUMP   HEAT. 


Fig.  1493. 


Kail  Stction  and  Joint  l 


The  palitr  graisseur  sans   meche,  of   llignette,   Paris,   is 
nhowu  iu  Fig.  1499. 

Fig.  1499. 


Journal  Bearhtx 

A  is  the  body  of  the  bearing. 

B,  cap-piece. 

C  C,  lining  blocks. 

G,  helicoidal  groove  cut  in  the  bearing  linings. 

A  bifurcation  assures  the  passage  of  the  oil  in  whichever 
direction  the  shaft  may  run. 

The  reservoirs,  lateral  and  lower,  communicate  by  tubes 
with  the  grooves  in  the  journal  bearing. 
Renewable,  Plait ...  *  '•'•Iron  Age,''  xxiy.,  Oct.  30,  p.  11. 
Marine  engine       .     .     .     "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  216. 
Cooler,  Dempsey  ...  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  323. 

A  material,  a  bad  conductor  of  heat,  invented  by 
S.  Coline,  a  French  engineer,  is  designed  for  the 
bearing  of  all  kinds  of  machines,  wheels,  and  axles, 
and  is  stated  not  to  require  any  lubrication.  The 
following  is  the  recipe  for  the  composition  :  — 

Take  about  26  per  cent,  of  asbestos,  and  the  same  of  graph- 
ite, mix  them  very  intimately  and  carefully  ;  add  sufficient 
liquid  silicate  of  soda  or  potash  to  reduce  the  whole  to  a  half 
dry  paste,  which  must  then  be  submitted  to  the  action  of  a 
hydraulic  or  other  press,  till  it  is  converted  into  a  solid 
mass,  which  is  afterwards  dried  either  in  a  furnace  or  by 
exposure  to  the  air,  until  all  moisture  has  disappeared.  The 
bearings  may  either  be  turned  out  of  the  block  or  molded 
from  the  composition  while  iu  the  moist  state.  When  the 


bearing  is  finished  it  is  steeped  in  hot  melted  parafftne,  min- 
eral wax,  or  in  a  solution  of  parafflne,  benzole,  or  other 
mineral  oil,  until  all  the  pores  in  the  composition  are  filled. 

Jour'nal  Bear'ing  Key.  (Railway.)  A  plate 
on  top  of  axle  box  to  hold  the  latter  in  plate.  See 
8,  AXLE  Box. 

failed  also  wedge,  liner,  slide,  saddle,  keeper,  etc. 
—  Forni-i/. 

Jour'nal  Box.  (Hallway.)  A  metallic  box 
which  incloses  the  journal  of  a  car-axle,  the  brasses 
and  the  key.  See  AXLE  Box. 

Ellis's  journal  box  is  shown  in  Fig.  1500,  and  is  made  in 
three  parts,  the  upper  two  of  which  are  separately  adjustable 
toward  the  Journal,  permitting  the  latter  to  lie  kept  central 
ami  tight. 

Fig.  1500. 


Adjustable  Journal  Box. 

Jour'nal  Brass.  The  bearing  or  box  of  a  jour- 
nal or  axle. 

Jour'nal  Packing.  (Jlailmiy.)  Waste  cot- 
ton or  wool  saturated  with  oil  or  grease  and  filled 
into  an  axle-box  to  lubricate  the  axle. 

Jour'nal  Spring.  (Railway.)  A  spring  which 
supports  part  of  the  weight  of  a  car  and  is  placed 
directly  over  the  journal,  and  which  usually  rests 
on  the  journal  box  under  the  truck-frame.  Such 
springs  are  sometimes  placed  above  the  truck-frame 
and  supported  by  straps,  and  the  weight  of  the  car 
is  transmitted  to  the  journal  box  by  a  vertical  pin 
or  stirrup.  —  Forney. 

Ju'lep  Strain'er.  A  round  or  oval  ladle  with 
corrugated  and  perforated  surface,  for  straining  a 
drink  passing  from  one  glass  to  another. 

Jump'er  Stay.  (Nautical.)  A  movable  stay 
leading  from  the  head  of  a  main-mast  to  a  pair  of 
eye-bolts  in  the  deck  close  to  the  after  part  of  the 
fore  rigging,  the  weather  jumper  stay  alone  being 
set  up. 

Jump    Seat.     (  Vehicles.)     An    adjustable  seat 

Kill.  1501. 


Jump  Seat. 

which  may  be  brought  into  position  for  use  when  it 
is  desired*  to  convert  a  single-seated  vehicle  into  a 
double-seated  one. 


JUMP   SEAT. 


KEG  LEVELING  MACHINE,  ETC. 


In  Fig.  1501  the  seat  A  is  shown  out  of  use,  in  position  be- 
low the  seat  Ji.  When  two  seats  are  required,  the  seat  A  is 
thrown  forward  on  iti  pivoted  supports  C  and  the-  seat  B 
thrown  backward  on  its  pivoted  supports  which  are  braced 
together  by  the  bar  E.  The  supports  of  the  front  seat  A  are 
secured  by  a  latch  to  the  plate  D,  and  the  seat  may  be  re- 
moved entirely  if  desired. 

Junk  Hook.  (Fishing.)  Used  in  hauling 
heavy  pieces  of  blubber  on  deck. 

Junk  Vat.  (Leather.)  A  large  vat  into  which 
is  pumped  the  tau  liquor  or  ooze  which  has  been 
deprived  of  a  great  part  of  its  strength  in  the  layers. 
The  liquor  is  run  into  the  .stringers  where  a  weak 
ooze  is  required. 

Ju'nod's  Arm.  (Surgical.)  A  dry  cupping 
apparatus.  See  CUPPING  ;  ARM. 

Ju'pon.  (Fabric.)  A  French  dress  goods  made 
on  a  taffeta  loom.  It  has  a  simple  cotton  warp  and 
carded  wool  weft. 


Ju'ry  Mast.  (Surgical.)  Sal/re's  apparatus 
for  supporting  the  head  by  means  of  head  and  chin 
straps,  and  a  spinal  bar  which  rests  below  upon 
bands  encircling  the  body.  Fig.  194,  Part  IV., 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Jute.  Fiber  of  the  Cochorus  capsularis  and  C. 
olitorius ;  an  East  India  plant.  Useful  for  many 
purposes  in  India.  See  p.  1221,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Jute,  on,  Lockert  ..."  Technolog-isle,"  xli.  171. 
Ramie  machine,  Favier        '^Technologiste,''  xli.  26. 
Ramie,  Leger    ....      " Technologiste,-'  xxxix.  117. 
Jute  carding  engine  .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1681. 
Jute    machinery,    Me-     *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  196. 

lieait  $  Me ii rat li,  lir.     Laboulaye''s  ''JJictionnaire,^  ii.,  ed. 

1877,  Cap.  "Jute." 
Jute  manuf.,  Fleming  .      "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,-  738,  2180,  3928. 

The  product  of  the  jute  fiber  by  the  Sachs  process  is  kuown 
as  Kalameit,  which  see.  See  also  AGAVE  ;  ISTLK  ;  RAMIE  ; 
TAMPICO,  etc.,  "Meek  Diet.,"  and  herein. 


K. 


Kal'a-meit.  The  name  adopted  for  the  fiber 
of  jute  as  prepared  by  the  Sachs  process,  for  tex- 
tile manufactures  made  by  the  Barrow  Flax  and 
Jute  Co.  (Br.),  and  shown  in  the  shape  of  curtains, 
table-cloths,  and  dress  goods  at  the  Paris  Exposi- 
tion, 1878.  See  JUTE,  supra. 

Ka-lei'do-scope.  An  improved  form  has  been 
made  by  M.  Thomas,  of  Paris. 

The  two  mirrors  are,  as  usual,  put  in  a  tube  ;  but  the  ob- 
jects employed  to  produce  the  images  are  inclosed  in  a  trans- 
parent case,  which  is  separate  from  the  tube.  This  case, 
almost  flat  and  with  its  two  faces  formed  of  watch-glasses, 
is  supported  by  a  rod,  which  is  fixed  to  the  tube  by  a  hinge. 
It  can  also  receive  a  movement  of  rotation  round  its  axis  of 
suspension.  In  this  way  it  can  be  inclined  in  any  direction 
to  the  axis  of  the  tube.  A  button,  manipulated  with  the 
hand,  enables  one  to  turn  it  about  its  center,  so  as  to  change 
the  positions  of  the  objects  within.  A  pasteboard  disk, 
white  on  one  side,  black  on  the  other,  is  placed  behind  the 
case.  Transparent  or  opaque  objects  may  thus  receive  light 
on  one  or  the  other  side  of  the  case  and  be  displayed  on  the 
white  or  black  background  of  the  disk,  according  as  it  may 
be  desired  to  observe  them  by  transmission  or  reflection.  — 
"Society  iV Encouragement,"  Paris. 

Kedge.  (Nautical.)  A  small  anchor  used  in 
warping ;  to  keep  a  ship  steady  and  clear  of  her 
bower  when  riding,  etc. 

Kedg'ing.  ( Nautical. )  Tide-working  in  a  nar- 
row channel  or  river  by  kedge-hauliag. 

Keel  Riv'et-er.  A  machine  for  riveting  the 
keels  of  iron  vessels  upon  the  stocks. 

Fig.  1 502  shows  Tweddell's  hydraulic  keel-riveter, 
as  made  by  Fielding  &  Platt  of  Gloucester  (Br.), 
and  used  at  the  Barrow  Shipbuilding  Co.'s  works. 


Fitr.    1502. 


TwediieWs  Hydraulic  Keel  Riveter. 


A  short  length  of  tramway  is  laid  under  the  vessel  and 
alongside  the  keel,  and  upon  this  travels  a  bogie  or  carriage 
carrying  the  riveter.  This  riveter  is  attached  to  one  end  of  a 
pair  of  levers,  and  is  balanced  by  a  counterweight  on  the 
other  end.  Thus  balanced,  the  riveter  is  easily  moved  up 
and  down  as  required  to  meet  not  only  the  varying  heights 
of  the  keel  from  the  ground  level,  but  also  the  different  po- 
sitions of  the  rivets  themselves.  The  arrangement  of  levers 
is  attached  to  a  small  carriage  which  is  free  to  travel  in- 
ward and  outward  along  a  pathway  on  a  species  of  turn- 
table, and  this  turntable  is  supported  on  a  large  pin  which  is 
free  to  revolve  on  a  socket  on  the  traveling  bogie  or  carriage. 
By  this  means  the  riveter  cau  be  readily  moved  to  or  from 
the  keel  bar,  which  is  sometimes  necessary  owing  to  the 
rails  not  being  laid  exactiy  parallel  to  the  keel,  and  to  other 
causes,  while  the  whole  apparatus  can  be  turned  round  on 
its  carriage. 

A  hand-wheel  behind  the  cupping  die  on  the  hob  of  the 
riveter  turns  a  screw,  which  takes  the  thrust  of  the  diu 
upon  closing  a  rivet.  By  this  means,  when  the  hot  rivet  is 
put  in,  the  screw  being  turned  inward  a  slight  pressure  is 
brought  to  bear  on  the  rivet  head,  and  the  machine  is  thus 
steadied  in  position.  Keel  rivets  having  very  shallow  heads, 
the  rivets  also  being  countersunk,  some  such  contrivance  as 
this  is  necessary  to  insure  fair  work.  The  riveting  die  is  close 
to  the  top  of  the  cylinder  ;  this  gives  room  when  the  garboard 
strakes  come  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  keel. 

The  keels  of  the  large  steamships  "  City  of  Rome  "  and 
"  Servia  "  were  riveted  by  these  machines. 

"  Engineering  " *  xxx.  535. 

Keep'er.  (Electricity.)  Keepers,  also  known 
as  shoes  ( Ganot),  are  lateral  projections  from  the 
polar  extremities  of  a  magnet  to  bring  them  in 
closest  possible  proximity  to  the  revolving  armature 
short  of  actual  contact. 

Keg  Lev'el-ing  and  Trus'sing  Ma-chine'. 
A  machine  which  presses   upon   the  ends  of  the 
staves  and  levels  the  barrel  upon  the  table  so  that 
its  axis  is  vertical   to  the  latter ;  the  staves    being 
practically  of  a 
length,  it  also  forces 
them     endways,    so 
that     they    are     in 
range  at  the  chine. 

Holmes'*  machine  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1503.  The 
truss  hoops  are  put  on 
the  keg  in  setting  up, 
and  the  keg  placed  in 
the  machine.  The  truss- 
hoop  drivers  are  at- 
tached to  two  plates, 
one  of  which  forms  a 
stationary  table  and  is 
adjustable  for  various 
sizes  of  kegs  ;  and  the 
other  is  moved  to  and 
from  it  perpendicularly. 
The  drivers  move  auto- 
matically in  and  out,  to 


KEG  LEVELING  MACHINE,  ETC.          518 


KEY-WAY   CUTTER. 


allow  the  reception  and  discharge  of  the  keg  into  and  from  the 

machine.     The  plates  level  and  the  drivers  drive  the  truss- 

hoops  at  one  and  the  same 

operation  upon  the  keg,  by  Fig-  1503. 

the    movable  plate  beinir 

brought  in  contact  with  tin- 

upper  end  of  the  keg  by  the 

action  of  the  cranks  and  pit- 

mans,  the  two  cranks  heinir 

on  the  same  shaft.     The  ma- 

chine has  a  capacity  for  4,000 

kegs  per  day. 

Keg  Ma-chines'. 
See  list  under  BAKKKI. 
MACHINERY. 

British,  Ransoine. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.552. 

Keg-shaped'  Spi'- 
ral  Spring.  (Rail  inn/.) 
A  coiled  steel-rod  spring  ; 
bulging  —  keg-fashion 
—  from  the  true  cylindri- 
cal form. 

One   with    a    bulging 
waist  or  middle  portion  ; 
the    opposite     of    x/><>»l- 
shaped. 
Ker'a-tome 
Scis'sors. 
(Surgical  .) 
Another  name 
for    iridectomy 
scissors,    a, 
Fig.   4672,    p. 
2054,    "Mech. 
Diet." 

See  KERATOME) 

p.    1223,  IRIDEC- 

TOME,      p.      1195, 

"Mech.  Diet.  •'  Keg  Leveler  and  Trusser. 

Ker'o-sene.     (  Wax-light.)      From  Kypfc,  wax, 
and  a  customary  termination,  as  in  camphene,  par- 
affine,  gelatine,  etc. 

The  trade-mark  name  of  the  hydro-carbon  oil, 
made  for  lighting  purposes  by  the  "  Downer  Kero- 
sene Oil  Company." 

The  distillation  of  petroleum  gives  a  large  number  of  prod- 
ucts, which  are  known  in  a  practical  way  by  their  gravity 
and  flashing  points. 

Gravity  —  Beaume. 
Gasoline  ............     90°-  80° 

Benzine  ............     74°  —  68° 

Naphtha  ............     65°  -62° 

Kerosene     ...........    59°-38° 

Between   th 
chemical  treat 

suitable  for  burning  in  ordinary  flat-wick  lamps.  The  fire- 
test  of  the  59°  B.  is  90°  Fab.,  and  that  of  the  38°  B.  =  200° 
Fah.  ;  between  the  stated  limits  are  numerous  grades  capa- 
ble of  segregation,  but  for  practical  purposes  they  are  com- 
bined, with  a  result  of  a  fire  test  quality  for  the  whole  of 
150°  Fah. 

The  lighter  grades  of  petroleum,  having  the  gravity  90° 
-80°  B.,  are  used  in  the  apparatus  for  carbureting  air  and 
gas.  The  grade  known  as  benzine,  74°-80°  B.,  is  a  substi- 
tute for  turpentine  in  paint,  and  is  largely  used  in  scouring 
and  cleaning.  Naphtha,  65°-62°  B.,  is  used  in  paints  and 
varnishes,  and  also  as  a  solvent  for  caoutchouc. 

The  kerosene  oil  known  as  Mineral  Sperm  (Downer  Kero- 
sene Oil  fo.  )  has  a  specific  gravity  of  36°  B.  ,  and  a  fire  test  of 
300°  Fah.  It  is  as  safe  as  fatty  oils,  and  is  burned  in  lamps 
of  special  construction. 

The  still  heavier  products,  32°  to  22°  B.,  making  in  the 
mixture  24°-26°  B.,  are  lubricating  oils,  and  yield  from  20 
to  25^  of  paraffine  wax,  which  has  to  be  removed  in  order 
that  the  oil  may  remain  fluid. 

Ker'o-sene  Stove.  See  PETROLEUM  STOVE, 
Figs.  .3664,  3665,  p.  1676,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ker'o-sene  Test'er.  See  PETROLEUM  TESTER, 
Fig.  3666.  p.  1676,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Ket'tle.  A  boiler.  That  shown  in  Fig.  1504 
is  a  compact  form  of  double-bottomed  boiler,  the 


he   ranges    59°-38°  the  oil,  when  purified   by- 
atment,  is  sufficiently  mobile  and  colorless  to  be 


space  being  heated  by  steam  introduced  through 
the  trunnion  on  which  the  kettle  may  be  tipped  to 
discharge  its  contents.  Used  as  an  agricultural  or 
laundry  boiler. 

Kier,  boiling  and  bleaching,  llr.      .  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1684. 
Fig.  1504. 


Double-bottomed  Bascule  Kettle. 

Key.  A  fastening  piece  to  secure  parts  ;  a  gib 
or  spline,  a  forelock,  a  pin,  a  cotter,  as  the  case  may 
be.  See  the  above  definitions  in  "  Mech.  Diet.," 
and  Fig.  2742,  p.  1225,  Ibid. 

Fig.  1505  shows  a  number  of  forms  :  headed,  plain,  taper, 
stud,  bracket,  split,  etc. 


Keys. 

See    also  :  — 

Ancient,  Munich    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  25. 
Fastener,  Johnson      .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  54. 
Screw-headed ,  Oliver     .  *  "  Scient  ific  Am  erican , "  x  x  xix .  121 . 
Keyways,  cutting,  Rose  *" Scientific  American  Sit//.,"  1255. 
Drilling,  Sharp,  Stewart  if  Co.,  Br.     *  "Engineer,''  xli   187. 
Fitting,  Rose     ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  888. 

Key  Grind'ing.     An  application  of  the  emery 
wheel  to  the  dressing  of  keys,  cotters,  splines,  gibs, 
etc.     See  reference  to  many  machines  of  the  class, 
p.  312,  supra ;  and  Fig.  6083,  p.  2458,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Key'-head  Bolt.      One  with  a  protuberance 
06     on  the  chamfer  of  its  head,  to  prevent 
'    its  rotation  when  the  nut  is  revolved. 

Key'-seat  Rule.  An  instrument 
by  the  aid  of  which  parallel  lines  on 
shafts  for  key-seats,  mortises,  etc.,  can 
be  readily  and  accurately  drawn. 

Kig.  150 


Ken-head  Bolt.  Key-seat  Rule. 

Key'-way  Cutter.  A  species  of  planing  ma- 
chine for  cutting  seats  in  the  center  holes  of  wheels 
and  pulleys.  See  Fig.  2748,  p.  1227,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

See  also  French     .     .     .  *  " Engineering,'-  xxi.  88 

On  cutting  and  fitting    .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,    SSS,  Lax>. 

Drilling,  Sharji,  Steicnrl  if  Co.,Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  187. 


KIBBLING  MILL. 


519 


KNEE-JOINT   APPARATUS. 


KibTaling  Mill.  A  hand  grinding-machine  f°r 
mashing  grain  for  stock.  By  it  oats,  etc.,  are  flat- 
tened and  broken,  so  as  to  insure  more  perfect  di- 
gestion. 

Kiln.     A  furnace  for  F'g- 1508- 

baking,    fritting,    calcin- 
ing, firing,  etc.     See  — 

Brick.  Malt. 

Fai'euce.         Pipe. 
Porcelain.     Pottery,  etc. 

King'-bolt  Plate.  1. 
(Railway.)  A  plate  on 
the  floor  of  a  car  con- 
cealing the  head  of  the 
king-bolt,  which  may  be 
withdrawn  when  the 
cover  is  removed. 

2.  (Carriages.)  A  plate 
on  the  fore  axle  of  a 
vehicle  bushing  the  hole 
through  which  the  king- 
bolt passes. 

King'-bolt  Tie. 
(  Vehicles. )      A  s  a  d  d  1  e 
piece  on  a  king-bolt,  having  opening  at  the  ends  for 
clip  bolts. 

Kite.  A  form  of  kite  for  lifting  a  person  from 
the  ground  in  order  to  reconnoiter  an  enemy's  po- 
sition, has  been  tried  at  Chatham,  Br.  The  inven- 
tion of  Mr.  J.  Sirnmonds.  A  series  of  kites  of  rela- 
tively increasing  size  are  flown,  one  attached  to 
the  other  in  series,  the  first  assisting  in  flying  the 
scrond,  and  so  on.  "Iron,"  viii.  300. 

Knap'ping  Ham'mer.  A  soft  steel  hammer, 
disk  shaped  or  sharp  edged,  for  breaking  flint 
Hakes  into  lengths  for  gun  flints. 

See  Evans-  "Ancient  Stone  Implements  of  Great  Britain," 
p.  17,  et  seq.  See  GUN-FLINT. 

Knap'ping  Ma-chine'.  A  form  of  stone- 
breaking  machine  in  which  the  stone  is  broken  by 
a  sudden  blow,  rather  than  \>y  a  sustained  pressure, 
which  is  said  to  have  the  effect  of  more  evenly 
cubing  it,  and  producing  less  chips  and  dust. 

The  motion  in  the  Baxter  (Br.)  machine,  Fig.  1509,  is  ob- 
Fip.  1509. 


Kibbling  Mill. 


Knapping  Machine. 

tained  by  a  crank  radius-link  and  lever.  The  blow  is  given 
by  a  quarter  revolution  of  the  fly-wheel  shaft,  the  jaw  re- 
mains stationary  half  a  revolution,  and  retires  during  the 
remaining  quarter. 

Knead'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  in- 
corporating the  ingredients  of  dough. 

See  DOUGH  BRAKE,  Fig.  858,  and  DOUGH  MIXEK,  Fig.  859, 
p.  270,  supra. 

Boland's  kneading  machine,  shown  in  Pig.  1510,  is  an  en- 
deavor to  approximate  in  machinery  the  action  of  Innniui 
arms.  The  hand  process  has  a  dividing  and  rolling  action ; 


the  hands  in  contact,  and  the  arms  bowed,  a  sweeping  mo- 
tion is  made  obliquely  down  through  the  mass  of  dough, 
which  is  divided,  turned  over,  and  thrown  on  top  of  the  re- 
mainder. Until  the  mass  attains  a  certain  amount  of  solid- 
ity the  action  is  prinei  pally  as  described,  and  may  be  corn- 
Fig.  1510. 


French  Kneading  Machine. 

pared  to  the  beating  of  eggs  with  a  spoon  in  a  bowl,  the 
mass  being  divided,  and  one  portion  flirted  on  top  of  the  re- 
mainder. The  action  of  the  machine  is  a  very  close  imita- 
tion of  the  human  arm  method. 

The  subsequent  pommeling  of  the  tough  dough  can  be  dis- 
pensed with  in  great  measure,  as  the  capability  of  the  ma- 
chine for  cutting  and-  mixing  the  dough  and  slapping  the 
masses  together  is  much  greater  than  that  possible  with 
large  quantities  by  the  human  arms. 

Knee  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  Apparatus 
for  fracture,  luxation,  weakness  or  deformity  of 
the  knee. 

See  ANCHYLOSIS  APPARATUS,  Fig.  202,  p.  99,  "Meek.  Diet."  ; 
PATELLA  APPARATUS,  Fig.  3567,  p.  1636,  Ibid. 

Also,  KNOCK-KNEE  BRACE,  BOW-LEG  BRACE,  etc.,  referred 
to  under  CURVATURE  APPARATUS,  supra. 

See,  also,  GENU-VALGUM  BRACE,  p.  397,  supra. 

See,  also,  Patella  Apparatus,  Figs.  119-121,  Part  IV.,  Tie- 
mann:s  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum."1 

Anchylosis  Apparatus,  Ibid Figs.  90-92. 

Sayre's  knee-joint  apparatus,  Ibid.  .     .     Figs.  93-97. 

Sayre's  knee  compressor,  Ibid.      .     .     .    Fig-.  195. 

Andrews'  splint,  Ibid^ Fig.  188. 

Andrews'  straightening  apparatus,  Ibid.     Fig.  190. 

Holth.ouse'1 s  extender,  Ibid Fig.  145. 

Hooper's  extender,  Ibid Fig.  806. 

Hutchinson's  apparatus,  Ibid Figs.  94.  etc.,  Sup. 

Stittman's  splint,  Ibid.    ......    Figs.  95i  etc.  Sup. 

Knee  Cap.  (Surgical.)  A  water  or  ice-bag 
for  topical  applications  to  the  knee. 

Knee'-i-ron.  An  angle-iron  at  the  junction  of 
timbers  in  a  frame. 

Knee'-joint  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgioal.)  See 
KNEE  APPARATUS, 
where  a  diversity  of 
devices  are  referred 
to ;  including  those  for 
curvature,  deformity, 
reduction,  straighten- 
ing, etc. 

Dr.  Hooper's  knee-joint 
apparatus,  shown  in  Fig. 
1511,  is  an  extension  de- 
vice to  prevent  the  articu- 
lating surfaces  from  com- 
ing   in    contact,    pending 
the  suppression  of  inflammation  of  the 
parts.    To  prevent  false  anchylosis  of 
the  joint  flexion  is  permitted.    The  loss 
of  extension  during  flexion  is  overcome 
by  placing  a    helix    spring  in   curved 
tubes  fastened  on  each  side  of  the  in- 
strument   shown,   three    inches  below 
the  joint.     At  the  same  distance  above 
the  joint  are  fixed  rods,  curved  to  the 
same  arc  as  the  tubes.      The  free  ends 
of  the  rods  fit  into  the  tubes  and  rest 
upon  the  upper  end  of  the  springs.     By 
this  arrangement  extension  is  increased  Knee-joint    Apparar 
by  flexion.     The  play  of  the  joint  al-  tus. 


Fi<r.  I'.ll. 


KNEE-JOINT   APPARATUS. 


520 


KNIFE   GRINDING  MACHINE. 


lows  the  limb  to  be  flexed  at  right  angles.  The  action  of  the 
spring  ceases  when  the  limb  is  extended  to  its  utmost,  thereby 
preventing  any  undue  pressure  upon  the  joint  in  a  direction 
contrary  to  the  one  in  which  it  should  be  applied. 

Knick'er-boc'ker.  (Fabric.)  A  French  all- 
wool  goods,  with  irregular  spots  of  different  colors 
and  materials. 

Knife.  A  cutting  implement  wielded  by  the 
hand,  and  known  by  name  indicative  of  material, 
shape,  purpose,  or  mode  of  using. 


Fig.  1512. 


Knife  and   Tenaculum. 

The  following  list  includes  many  which  are  de- 
fined or  illustrated  under  their  alphabetical  heads. 

See,  also,  list  of  144  knives  on  p.  1233,  "  Mtch. 
Diet." 


Bait  knife. 
Bait-mill  knife. 
Blubber  knife. 
Boarding  knife. 
Boat  knife. 
Border  knife. 
Bread  knife. 
Bush  hook. 
Butter  knife. 
Cane  knife. 
Carver. 
Cheek  knife. 
Cheese  knife. 
Chopping  knife. 
Cigar  knife. 
Clam  knife. 
Corn  hook. 
Corn  knife. 
Currier's  knife. 
Drawing  knife. 
Fatting  knife. 
Filling  knife. 
Finning  knife. 
Fish  knife. 
Fistula  kuife. 
Flaying  knife. 
Flesher. 
Fleshing  knife. 
Flitching  knife. 
Fruit  knife. 
Gilder's  knife. 
Hacking  knife. 
Hay  knife. 
Heading  knife. 
Head  knife. 
Hemp  knife. 
Herniatome. 
Honey  knife. 
Hunter's  knife. 
Kitchen  knife. 


Lacing  cutter. 
Lancet. 
Lemon  knife. 
Machete. 
Mackerel  knife. 
Mackerel  plow. 
Microtome. 
Mincing  knife. 
Moon  knife. 
Net-maker's  knife. 
Oyster  kuife. 
Pallet  knife. 
Peat  knife. 
Pocket  knife. 
Pruning  knife. 
Putty  knife. 
Razor. 

Ripping  knife. 
Round  moon  knife 
Scaling  knife. 
Scalpel. 
Scraper. 
Section  knife. 
Sheath  knife. 
Shoe  knife. 
Short-hair  knife. 
Skinning  knife. 
Slicer. 

Slivering  knife. 
Spatula. 
Splitting  knife. 
Sticking  knife. 
Straw  knife. 
Tanner's  knife. 
Throating  knife. 
Tracheatome. 
Urethratome. 
Uvulatome. 
Valentine  knife. 
Whaleman's  knife 


(Surgical.)     The   cutting  implement  has   many 
uses  and  specific  names  in  surgery.     They  will  be 

Fig.  1513. 


Knife  Cleaner. 


found  under  specific  heads  herein  and  in  the  "  Mi  cli. 
Diet."     See  list  of  knives,  p.  1233,  Ibid. 

The  dissecting  knife  is  made  of  various  shapes  for  the  more 
ready  separation  of  the  parts  of  animal  and  vegetable  tissues. 

The  section  knife  is  either  a  flat  knife  for  slicing  thin  sec- 
tions of  various  soft  tissues,  for  microscopic  purposes,  or 
Valentine's  knife,  which  has  two  parallel  blades  for  cutting 
out  a  thin  section  at  a  single  stroke. 

Fig.  1512  is  Dr.  Skene's  knife  and  tenaculuin  for  uterine 
operations. 

Knife  Cleaii'er.  An  implement  for  removing 
stains  from  and  polishing  table-knives. 

Two  forms  are  shown  in  Figs.  1513,  1514.  In  the  former 
the  knife-blade  is  passed  between  two  elastic  rollers  which 

Fig.  1514. 


Knife  Cleaner. 

have  the  abradant  upon  them.  In  the  latter,  the  knife- 
blades  are  thrust  into  holes  in  the  periphery  of  a  round  box, 
and  are  rubbed  between  the  faces  of  two  adjacent  disks  re- 
volving in  opposite  directions,  the  distance  between  them 
being  regulatable. 

Knif  e-grind'ing  Ma-chine'.  An  emery  wheel 
mounted  on  a  bench  with  a  way  upon  which  the 

Fig.  1515. 


Automatic  Knife-sharpening  Machine. 

knife  carriage  is  automatically  traversed  in  front 
of  the  grinding  wheel.  Water  is  supplied  from  a 
trickling  cup  above. 

See  grinder,  automatic  . 
Grinding  machine  .  . 
Manufacture  .... 
Polishing  mach.,  Chase 
Knife  and  tape  line. 

Hastings *  "Scientific  American, "  xxxv.  194. 


"Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  371. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  367. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  88. 
"Scientific  American,''  xliii.  403. 


KNIFE   GUARD. 


521 


LABORATORY  FORGE. 


Knife  Guard.  (Cutlery.}  A  pivoted  piece  on 
the  back  of  a  carving  fork,  to  protect  the  hand 
should  the  knife  slip  in  carving. 

The  guard  is  combined  with  a  rest  in  the  carver  of  the 
Merir/en  Cutlery  Co. 

Knife  Head.  That  piece  in  the  cutting  appa- 
ratus of  u  harvester,  to  which  the  knife  is  fastened, 
and  to  which  the  pitman-head  is  connected.  In  the 
Harrison  knife-head,  rubber  buffers  are  placed  on 
each  side  of  the  pitman  wrist,  to  take  up  the  jar 
and  keep  the  eye  from  being  battered. 

Knife  Rest.  A  bench  for  holding  a  knife 
while  being  ground  or  filed.  Such  are  used  in 
connection  with  grindstones  and  emery  wheels. 
See  under  the  various  heads  and  references  pnssim. 
Also  list  under  GRINDING. 

The  rest  for  harvester-knives,  shown  in  Fig.  1516,  is  fold- 
Fig.  1516. 


Harvester  Knife  Rest. 

ing,  portable,  and  has  a  box  for  files.     It  has  thumb-screws 
for  holding  the  knife  steady. 

Knit'ting  Ma-chine'.  Considered  at  length, 
*  pp.  1234-1238,  "Mech.Dict." 

G.  W.  Gregory' x  Report  on  Knitting  Machines,  "Centen- 
nial Exhibition  Reports,''1  vol.  vii.,  Group  XX.,  p.  53  el  seq., 
describes  the  following  :  — 

Lamb p.  53. 

Campbell  if  Clute        p.  55. 

Dana  Sf  Bickford p.  56. 

Franz  Sf  Pope p.  56. 

Han-ley  If  Branson .     p.  56. 

Tuttle p.  57. 

Gunison  S?  Colt-man p.  58. 

See  also  machine  for  jackets.  *  "Engineer,''  xli.  391. 

Gunison  If  Coltman  .     .    .*" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  481. 


Tuttle  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  383. 

See  also,  DARNING  MACHINE,  supra. 

Knock'ing.  (Add.)  2.  A  jar  produced  by 
"  lost  motion  "  in  the  connecting  parts  of  machin- 
ery in  motion,  particularly  in  connecting-rod  bear- 
ings or  brasses,  in  the  shaft  bearing  or  boxes,  etc. 

See  article  with  diagram,  "Scientific  American  Supple- 
ment," pp.  1,  17. 

Knock'-kiiee  Brace.  (Surgical.)  A  sup- 
porter, to  correct  inward  curvature  of  the  kuees. 
A  GENU  VALGUM  BRACE. 

Knot. 


See  Artificer's  knot. 
Bend. 
Boat  knot. 
Bowline  knot. 
Bowline  on  a  bight. 
Builder's  knot. 
Capstan  knot. 
Carrick  bend. 
Clove  hitch. 
Diamond  knot. 
Dog  shank. 
Double  knot. 
English  knot. 
Figure-of-8  knot. 
Flemish  knot. 
Galley  knot. 
Half  hitch. 
Harness  hitch. 
Hawser  bend. 
Hitch. 


Lark's  head. 
Lashing  knot. 
Loop  knot. 
Marlinspike  hitch. 
Matthew  Walker  knot. 
Midshipman's  hitch. 
Overhand  knot. 
Prolonge  knot, 
lleef  knot. 
Rosette. 
Sheepshanks. 
Shortening  knot. 
Shroud  knot. 
Sixfold  knot. 
Spritsail  sheet  knot. 
Tack  knot. 
Twist  knot. 
Wall  and  crown. 
Wall  knot. 
Weaver's  knot. 


Knot  Ty'er.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  for 
tying  a  ligature  in  a  deep-seated  situation. 

See  LIGATURE  INSTRUMENTS,  Fig.  2944,  p.  1308,  "Mecfi. 
Diet." 

Knurl'ing  Tool.  A  tool  to  produce  knurl 
work ;  such  as  that  on  the  edge  of  a  thumb-screw. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  223,  Fig.  2;  Figs.  16-21,  p. 
223. 

Kuft  Work.  (Fine  Art  Metal-work.)  The 
name  for  the  damasceening  of  Hyderabad  :  gold  or 
silver  wire  let  into  undercut  graved  lines  on  a  steel, 
iron,  or  bronze  object,  and  incorporated  by  ham- 
mering. 

A  cheap  Kuft  work  —  a  sham  in  face  —  has  gold  leaf  laid 
on  a  surface  roughened  by  etching,  while  the  gold  wipes  off 
the  smoother  surface. 

Ky'ak.  The  Eskimo  canoe,  used  in  hunting 
and  fishing. 

Kys'to-tome.  (Surgical.)  See  CYSTOTOME, 
"Mecfi.  Diet." 


L. 


L.     A  rectangularly  bent  pipe  connection. 

An  ell.     See  BEND,  c.  d,  Fig.  295,  p.  97,  supra. 

La'bel-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  attach- 
ing labels  to  cans,  bottles,  boxes,  packages,  etc.  See 
Fig.  2781,  p.  1242,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Bigelow's  machine  is  adapted  to  labeling  round  cans  and  is 
adjustable  to  those  of  any  circumference  and  length.  The  la- 
bels are  applied  either  with  marginal  paste,  or  paste  all  over 
their  backs.  It  is  operated  by  two  persons,  one  to  lay  the 
c.-i  n  on  at  one  end  and  the  other  to  take  it  off  at  the  other  end; 
the  weight  and  velocity  of  the  can  passing  down  the  inclined 
chute  doing  the  work.  Capacity,  40  per  minute. 

In  Russell's  machine  the  paste  is  applied  all  over  the  back 
nf  the  label,  the  process  is  automatic,  the  cans  being  simply 
put  in  and  taken  out ;  the  motion  is  by  hand  crank. 

La^bel  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  preparing 
and  printing  labels. 

In  Hutchinson's  label  machine,  Fig.  1517,  the  ribbon  of 


paper  is  wound  upon  reel  B,  from  which  it  is  drawn  by  a  reg. 
ular  motion  of  the  feed-rollers  J.  The  guides  C  C  steady  it, 
in  its  onward  course,  in  a  direct  line.  The  rollers  D  flange 
it  and  crease  it.  The  guide  it1  turns  the  flange  rf2  up  at  right 
angles.  The  reel  e1  has  on  it  the  tape  e4.  In  using  the  tape, 
carry  one  end  down  under  guide  e",  through  the  mucilage  e, 
up  through  scraper  e5,  down  again  under  roller  G,  then  under 
guide  g-i,  where  it  is  pressed  down  to  the  paper ;  and,  as  it 
passes  forward,  the  flanged  edge  is  folded  down  over  it  by  the 
folder  Hand  is  pressed  firmly  down  by  spring  presser-bar  h. 
It  then  passes  between  feed-rollers  J,  and  on  between  the  plate 
Vand  stop  sl,  and  the  hole  is  punched.  At  the  proper  inter- 
val of  time,  the  inking-roller  N  passes  under  the  type  m*,  and 
recedes  again.  The  type  descends  with  the  knife  and  prints 
the  tag,  and  the  knife  L  cuts  off  the  tag  complete.  A  piece 
of  strong  paper  strips  may  be  used  instead  of  the  tape,  or  the 
flanged  edge  may  be  gummed,  without  any  tape  being  used ; 
or  a  ribbon  of  paper  and  cloth,  combined  in  one  article,  may 
be  used  instead  of  the  paper  ribbon. 


Lab'o-ra-to-ry  Forge. 

forge  for  the  work  room. 


A   compact   form   of 


LABORATORY  FORGE. 


522 


LACQUER. 


That  shown  in  Fig.  1518  is  a  French  form,  and  has  bellows, 
hearth,  vise,  and  drilling  arrangement. 

.See  also  CHEMIST'S  FORGE,  Fig.  610,  p.  193,  supra,  etc. 
Laboratory  equipment,  Schacht  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,'1 1578. 
Laboratory  furnace          .          .  *  "Sr.  American  Sup.,"  319. 

Lab'o-ra-to-ry  Fur'nace. 

A  compact  form  of  furnace  for 
the  work-shop. 

For  instances,  see  BLAST  GAS  FUR- 
NACE, Figs.  321-323,  p.  105 ;  BUNSEN 
BURNER  FURNACE,  Figs.  473-475,  pp. 
146,  147;  CRUCIBLE  FURNACE,  Fig. 
738,  p.  283,  supra,  also  p.  1242, 
"Mec/i.  Diet.- 

Lab'o-ra-to-ry  Lathe.  A  form  of  lathe  for 
dentists,  jewelers,  etc.  Adapted  for  drilling  and 
polishing. 

It  is  foot-power,  stands  on  a  tripod,  and  the  head  is  thrown 
forward  5"  from  the  perpendicular  to  allow  a  person  to  sit  - 
while  using  it.  The  height  of  the  head  is  adjustable.  r 

Lab'y-rinth.  (Metallurgy.)  An  apparatus  in 
which  the  slimes  or  finely  stamped  metallic  matters 
and  gangue  are  placed  in  an  extended  trough  ex- 
posed to  a  current  of  water.  The  hottom  of  the 
trough  has  little  trenches  formed  by  slats,  and  the 
matters  deposit  according  to  relative  fineness  and 
levity,  the  lighter  at  the  greater  distance  from  the 
point  of  ingress. 

Lace  Paper.  Paper  surface-stamped  and  per- 
forated to  resemble  lace. 

The  difficulty  in  manufacturing  these  papers  is  to  produce  a 

surface  which  will  exhibit,  as  in  real  lace,  the  fine  gradations 

of   lines.     Small    leaden 

Fig.  1518.  hammers    are    used    for 

punching  on  stamps.  The 
holes  and  edges  of  the  de- 
sired pattern  are  raised  on 
the  stamp,  and  the  paper 
being  laid  on  it  is  ham- 
mered until  the  hollow 
surfaces  project  on  the 
other  side.  From  two  to 
four  sheets  are  stamped  at 
a  time,  and  unless  they 
have  been  rubbed  with  talc 
I  hey  must  be  closely 
pressed  together 


Ariel's,  Bowman's,  Williams's,  Liebreic/i's,  Levies,  probes. 
Lifbrric/t's  fistula  knife. 
Noyes'  lachrymal  gouge. 
Manfredi't  speculum. 


Label  Machine. 

Noyes'  conjunctiva  forceps. 
Speirs*  lachrymal  catheter. 

La'cing.     (Nautical.)     A  cord  to  lace  a  sail  to 
a  gaff,  or  a  bonnet  to  a  sail. 

La'cing  Cut'ter.     (Leather.)     A  knife  with  a 
gage,  to  preserve  the  width  of  the  strip. 
Lacing  cutter,  Elliott     ,     *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii   ITS. 


Laboratory  Forge. 

Lach'ry-mal  Duct  In'stru-ments.  (Surgi- 
cal.) These  include  syringes,  dilators,  probes,  for- 
ceps, gouges,  catheters,  specula,  knives. 

See  CANALICUI.A,  also  LACHRYMAL  DUCT  DILATOR,  p.  1244, 
"  Meeh.  Diet.1' 

See  also  pp.  6,  7,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
ChirurgicMm  ,r  for  — 

Ariel's,  Mc.Farlantl's,  Liebold's,  Agnew's  eye  syringes. 

Galezowsky's,  Weber's  canalicula  dilators. 


La'cing  Hook.  (Boot.) 
Hooks  on  the  margins  of 
the  upper,  over  which  a 
lace  is  caught  side  by  side 
alternately  to  close  the 
opening  in  the  shoe. 

Lac'quer.  From  lac 
(Hindu),  "the  hundred 
thousand,"  alluding  to  the 
small  ness  of  the  insect, 
Coccus  lacca,  which  pro- 
duces the  resinous  exuda- 
tion on  certain  Indian 
trees. 

The  Japanese  lacquer,  urushi, 
is  from  the  sap  of  the  rhua 
vcrnicifera,  which  is  obtained 
by  a  process  of  tapping,  similar 
to  that  employed  in  obtaining 
turpentine.  The  process  is  de- 
scribed and  illustrated  in  the 
author's  article  on  the  subject 
in  the  "Atlantic  Monthly,'-' 
*  vol.  xl.,  p.  559,  et  seq.  See 
also  digest  from  report  of  Jap- 
anese Commissioners  at  Centen- 
nial Exhibition,  1876,  in  "Sci- 
entific American,''  xxxv.  89  : 
and  "Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement," 676. 

The  lacquer  work  of  Japan  is 
admittedly  superior  to  that  of 
China,  which  is  attributed  to 
the  advantage  possessed  by  the 
former  in  having  a  moister  cli- 
mate, and  to  the  comparative 
absence  of  dust  in  the  atmos- 
phere. The  Japanese  lacquer 
itself  is,  however,  more  limpid 
than  that  of  China,  the  latter 
having  a  yellow  tinge. 

The  perfection  of  the  Japan- 


Kig.  1519. 


Laboratory  Lathe. 


ese  and  Chinese  lacquer  work  does  not  altogether  depend 
upon  the  excellence  of  the  varnish  or  the  preparation  of  the 
colors.  The  most  elaborate  pains  are  previously  taken  with 


LACQUER. 


LACTOMETER. 


the  surface  of  the  material  to  be  embellished.  The  surface 
of  the  wood  is  carefully  smoothed  :  joints,  if  any  exist,  are 
filled  with  fine  tow,  aud  covered  with  thin  strips  of  silk  or 
paper  j  the  surface  is  then  anointed  with  a  vegetable  oil, 
found  in  the  mountains  ;  when  dry,  the  varnish  is  applied. 
On  this  surface  the  gold  or  silver  ornamentation  or  relief 
work  is  applied,  and  the  whole  covered  with  another  coat  of 
varnish. 

Recipes  :  — 

For  Brass  Castings :  Seed  lac 6  oz. 

Amber  of  copal  .     .     .     .    2  oz. 
Dragon's  blood   ....  40  grains, 
Extract  red  sandal  wood    30  grains.     ; 
Oriental  saffron      ...  36  grains.     ] 
Pounded  glass    .     .     .     .    4  oz. 

Alcohol 44  oz. 

Expose  articles  to  a  gentle  heat  and  dip  in  the  lacquer, 
several   times  if  necessary.     Has  a   good    color,  is  durable,  , 
may  be  cleaned  with  water  and  dT3r  rag. 

Gold  Color  Lacquer :  Copal 2 

Shellac 1 

Melt  and  add  :  boiled  oil 2 

Mix  gradually  in  oil  turpentine 10 

Color  with  gum  guttae  in  turpentine  for  yellow  ;  dragon's  i 
blood  for  red. 

For  Brass  or  Bronze  :  Shellac 16 

Dragon's  blood  ......      4 

Turmeric  root  ......      1 

Alcohol 332 

Warm  the  article  before  applying. 

Black  Lacquer :  Shellac. 9 

Methylic  alcohol 50 

Digest,  and  then  apply  asphaltum 10 

Dissolve  in  benzine 50 

Lamp-black,  ad  lib. 
Dilute  with  alcohol  and  benzine. 
See  also  BRASS  LACQUERING,  p.  130,  supra. 
Lacquer,  Japanese     .     .      "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,-'1  1831,  2756. 
Painting,  Japanese     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Feb.  3,  p.  7  ; 

April  6,  p.  1. 
Ware,  Japanese     «     .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,1'  xiv.  364. 

Lac'to-deii-sim'e-ter.  A  specific  gravity  in- 
strument by  Quevenne. 

It  is  of  the  hydrometer  form,  and  has  one  spindle  with  two 
scales,  — one  to  show  the  density  of  pure  milk,  another  for 
skimmed  milk  ;  both  scales  expressing  the  specific  gravity  of 
the  milk. 

The  greatest  density  of  cow's  milk  is  1.035,  produced  under 
favorable  circumstances.  The  usual  density  of  pure  good 
milk  is  1.030,  water  being  1.000.  A  scale  of  35°  shows,  there- 
fore, the  full  range  between  water  and  the  best  niilk,  and 
serves  to  register  all  the  information  which  a  trial  of  the 
density  can  elicit. 

See  LACTOMETER. 

Lac-tom'e-ter.      An     instru-         Fig.  1520. 
ment  for  testing  milk. 

It  is  usually  on  the  principle  of 
the   hydrometer,   and    determines          '^Hil ««-—>.*// 
the  specific  gravity.  t 

The  centesimal  galactometer  is  the  in-  ; 

vention  of  Dinocourt.   It  has  two  scales  : 
one  for  pure  milk,  and  colored  yellow  ( 

on  the  staff  of  the  instrument ;  the  other 
for  skimmed  milk,  colored  blue  on  the  $ 

instrument. 

"  The  first  degree  on  the  top  of  the          ^ 
scale  is  marked  50,  which  corresponds  to   §3 
the  sp.gr.  1.014.     The  marks  following   T     « 
extend  from  50   to   100  (sp.  gr.  1.029),    fc 
and  over.     Each  degree  starting  from          n 
100,  in  mounting  up  to  50,  represents  a 
hundredth  of  pure  milk  ;    the  degrees 
formed  by  a  line  are  equal,  as  50,  52,  54, 
etc. ;   the  degrees  formed  by  a  dot  are 
unequal,  as  81,  83,  85,  etc.    To  illustrate 
by  an  example  :   If  the  galactometer  is 
sunk  to  the  85th  degree,  that  will  indi- 
cate 85  hundredths  of  pure  milk,  and 
consequently  that  15  hundredths  of  wa- 
ter has  been  added  to  this  milk  ;  if  sunk 
to  60°,  that  will  indicate  40  hundredths 
of  water,  or  four- tenths  of  water  added. 

"  The  skim-milk  scale  is,  like  the  first, 
divided  into  hundredths  (100°),  of  which 
the  first  50  have  been  cut  off  as  useless, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  other  scale,  each 
degree  commencing  from  100  to  50,  and 
mounting  upwards  represents  a  hundredth  of  pure  skimmed 


Centesimal  Galac- 
tometer. 


Fig.  1522. 


Lacto-densim- 
tter. 


milk,  consequently  the  manner  of  estimating  the  quantity 
of  water  added  to  skim  milk  is  absolutely  the  same  as  for 
pure  milk  with  cream."  —  uMott.'~ 

The  instrument  of  Bouchardat  fy   Quevenne  is  shown  in 

Fig.  1521.     It  differs  from  that 
Fig.  Io21.    of  Dinocourt  in  the  division  of 
its  scale.   The  shaft  bears  three 
graduations. 

The  middle  one  comprises 
the  figures  between  14  and  42, 
answering  to  1.014  and  1.042 
specific  gravity.  For  instance, 
if  the  instrument  be  sunk  in 
a  liquid  up  to  the  figure  29, 
this  signifies  that  a  liter  of  this 
milk  weighs  1.029  grams,  and 
that  its  density  is  consequently 
1.029.  The  instrument  has 
been  graduated  for  the  temper- 
ature of  +  15°  C.  The  scale 
on  the  right  is  employed  when 
it  is  certain  that  the  milk 
acted  on  is  not  skimmed.  This 
scale  shows  what  are  the  vari- 
ations of  the  density  of  milk 
in  proportion  as  water  is  add- 
ed, and  the  figures  .1,  .2,  etc. , 
indicate  that  the  liquid  ope- 
rated upon  has  been  mixed 
with  this  proportion  of  water. 
The  scale  on  the  left  contains 
the  same  indications  relative 
to  skimmed  milk.  Milk  is 
marked  pure  on  this  instru-  „  ,  f 
im.  ment,  between  the  specific  ,  ^  v  i  T  „„, 
'  gravities  1.030  and  1.034;  (N.  T.)  Laetom- 

skimmed  milk  is  marked 
pure  between  the  gravities  1.034  and  1.037. 

In  graduating  the  Board  of  Health  lactometer,  shown  in 
Fig.  1522,  the  100°  is  placed  at  the  standard  1.029,  and  0  at 
1.000,  the  gravity  of  water,  the  intermediate  spaces  being 
divided  into  100  equal  divisions.  The  point  to  which  the 
lactometer  sinks  in  the  milk  under  examination  indicates 
the  percentage  of  milk  in  100  parts.  Thus,  if  the  lactometer 
sinks  to  80,  the  milk  must  consist  of,  at  least,  20  per  cent,  of 
water  and  80  of  milk.  This  assumes  the  original  milk  to 
have  had  ,a  specific  gravity  of  1.029 ;  but  if  the  milk  had 
originally  a  gravity  of  1.034.  it  would  require  16.67  per  cent, 
of  water  to  bring  it  down  to  1.029,  and  20  per  cent  more  water 
to  lower  it  to  80°  on  the  lactometer.  The  temperature  at 
which  examinations  are  made  with  the  lactometer  should  be 
60  F. 

The  following  is  the  rapid  method  of  chemical 
analysis  of  milk,  devised  by  Prof.  Lehmann,  of 
Munich. 

A  weighed  quantity,  say  9  or  10  grams  of  milk,  is  diluted 
with  an  equal  weight  of  water,  and  poured  out  in  a  thin 
layer  upon  a  porous  plate  of  burnt  clay,  very  dense  and  fine- 
grained. The  water  of  the  milk,  as  well  as  the  milk  sugar, 
albumen,  and  a  portion  of  the  salts  dissolved  in  it,  are  ab- 
sorbed by  the  clay  plate,  while  the  total  amount  of  fats  and 
caseine  in  the  milk  remain  on  the  plate  in  the  form  of  a  thin 
skin  or  film.  This  film  is  easily  removed  with  a  horn  spat- 
ula, and  then  dried  and  weighed.  If  it  is  desired  to  deter- 
mine the  fats  alone,  this  film  may  be  extracted  with  ether, 
and  thus  the  two  most  important  constituents  of  milk  very 
quickly  determined.  In  many  cases  it  is  sufficient  to  know 
the  total  weight  of  the  principal  solid  constituents  of  the 
milk,  hence  also  the  amount  of  water,  for  which  scarcely 
two  hours  are  required.  This  method  also  possesses  the  ad- 
vantage that  a  great  number  of  samples  can  be  tested  at 
once  without  much  trouble.  It  also  does  away  with  the  use 
of  numerous  costly  platinum  dishes  and  troublesome  water 
baths,  which  are  always  getting  dry  if  not  carefully  watched. 
The  operation  is  so  simple  that  it  can  be  used  by  any  person 
who  possesses  an  accurate  balance  and  set  of  weights. 

Comparing  the  milk  of  the  cow,  mare,  and  sow  by  compo- 
sition, the  latter  is  found  very  much  the  richest,  as  the  fol- 
lowing analyses  show  :  — 


Cow. 

Mare. 

Sow. 

Water      

8700 

90  310 

81  760 

Fats     
Albuminoids    . 
Sugar      .... 

4.00 
4.10 
428 

1.055 
1.953 
6  285 

5.830 
6.180 
5  335 

Mineral  matter     .     . 

0.62 

0.397 

0.895 

100.00 


100.000 


100.000 


LACTOMETER. 


LAKE. 


Rich  as  sow's  milk  is,  it  is  remarkable  that  the  lactometer 
shows  no  cream.  Drying  on  the  water-bath,  it  exhales  the 
odor  of  roast  pork,  and  on  putrefying,  that  of  putrid  bacon. 

See  Horsley "  Tecknologiste,r  xxxviii.  172. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.203. 
Banks- Schubler  .     .     .      Laboulaye "s  "Dictionnaire,  etc.,'1 

ii.,  cap.,  "Lait." 
Lactoscope,  Huesner  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  21; 

xxxvii.  244. 

Paper  by  Dr.  Mott    .     .*  "Sc.Am.  Kvp.,"  1050,  1131. 
And  analysis     ....     "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  3. 

Refer  to  "Jour.  Phar.  et  Che.m.,"'  3d  series,  1844,  t.  v.  p. 
137  ;  "Jour.  C/iem.  Medic.,''  4th  series,  1856,  t.  11,  p.  342- 
401. 

See  "Die.  Ency.  Set.  Med.,"  p.  144  —  Lait. 

"Repertoire  de  Pharmacie,"  Juillet.  1856. 

Tilloch's  "Philosophical  Magazine*'  Nos.  57,  58,  p.  241. 

See  also  PIOSCOPE. 

Lac'to-scope.  The  lactoscope  of  Dr.  Heus- 
ner  of  Barman  is  based  on  the  opacity  of  pure  milk. 

It  consists  of  two  round  plates  of  glass  about  the  size  of  a 
watch  crystal,  placed  parallel  and  held  about  \"  apart  by  a 
metal  strip,  which  passes  between  them,  dividing  the  space 
between  them  into  two  sections.     In   the  lower  section  is 
placed  and  secured  some  pure  milk,  or,  better,  some  perma- 
nent white  fluid  of  precisely  the  same  opacity  as  pure  milk. 
On  one  of  the  glass  plates  are  some  fine  black  lines.    The  up- 
per section  is  filled  with  the  milk 
to  be  tested,  and  secured  by  an 
elastic  band.      On   holding  the 
apparatus  between  the  eye  and 
the  light,  the  black  lines  being 
on  the  side  opposite  the  eye,  the 
black  lines  will  be  seen  more 
distinctly  through  the  less 
opaque   medium.     If  the  milk 
to  be  tested  is  less  opaque  than 
the  normal  liquid,  as  shown  by 
the  lines  being  more  distinctly 
visible  through  it,  the  milk  has 
probably    been    watered    or 
skimmed. 

Compare  DIAPHONOMETER,  p. 
255,  supra. 

Lac  Work.    A  very  ex- 
tensive  industry   in  India.    - 
There  are  many  styles :  — 

The  surface  of  furniture,  box- 
es, or  triiiquetry  are  covered 
with  the  lac,  and  this  is  laid  on 
in  colors,  and  the  designs  cut 
through  to  expose  lower  colors. 

The  surface  thus  prepared  is  etched  or  painted. 

A  drab  ground,  ornamented  with  geometrical  flower  forms, 
in  colors. 

Kig.  1523. 


These  are  but  a  few.  The  subject  may  be  pursued  in 
Dr.  George  C.  M.  Birdwooil's  "Handbook  to  the  British,  In- 
dian Section.'"  Paris,  1878;  pp.  73,  74, 1st  ed. 

Lad'der.  A  portable  frame  with  steps.  A  list 
is  given  on  p.  1244,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

A  protean  step-ladder  is  shown  in  Fig.  1523.  It  is  shown 
closed,  extended,  on  stairs,  on  winding  stairs,  etc  — Covert. 

Lad'der  Truck.  A  vehicle  for  carrying  fire- 
ladders  and  hooks.  A  hook-and-ladder  truck.  Fur- 
nished with  (say)  5  ladders,  6  hand-hooks,  2  axes, 
2  picks,  4  lanterns,  rope-reel,  drag-rope,  and  sidc- 
ropes,  etc. 

La'dle.  (Founding.)  A  pan  or  kettle  with  a 
handle,  to  hold  molten  metal  for  pouring. 

Fig.  1524. 


Protean  Step-ladder, 


Balanced  Foundry  Ladle. 

The  smaller  are  known  as  bullet  or  plumber's 
ladles,  etc. ;  the  larger,  as  shanks.  The  glass  ladle 
is  a  cuvette. 

Fig.  1524  shows  a  balanced  foundry  label  of  large  size, 
with  a  capacity  up  to  8  tons.  It  pours  from  either  side,  and 
is  tipped  by  gearing  from  the  hand-wheel.  It  is  slung  by 
the  bail  above  from  the  chain  of  the  crane,  and  turns  on 
pivots. 

A  nickel-plated  concave  disk  may  be  attached  to  the  han- 
dle of  a  foundry  ladle  to  protect  the  workman  from  heat 
and  reflect  light  upon  the  mouth  of  the  flask. 

La'dle  Fur'nace.  A  gas  furnace  in  which  the 
metal  to  be  melted  is  contained  in  a  ladle  over 
the  Bunsen  jet.  Its  capacity  is  (say)  ladles  of  6" 
diameter,  to  melt  6  or  8  pounds  of  zinc,  tin,  lead, 
etc.  See  Fig.  1525. 

Lag'ging.  (Mining.)  The  timber  over  and  upon 
the  sides  of  a  drift. 

Lag  Screw.  An  iron  screw,  driven  by  :i 
wrench,  but  screwing  into  wood  ;  securing  the  lag- 
ging around  a  cylinder  or  other  object.  See  Fig. 
1526. 

It  has  a  square  or  hexagonal  head,  a  wood  screw-thread 
out  on  it,  and  is  round  under  the  head. 

Lake.  A  precipitate  of  hydrate  of  alumina, 
formed  in  a  solution  containing  an  organic  color- 
ing matter  :  as  madder  lake  ;  cochineal  lake,  etc. 


LAKE. 


525 


LAMP  FURNACE. 


Ki2.  1526. 


Fig.   1525. 


Screw. 

Yellow  lakes  for  dyes  are  produced  from  quercitron  bark, 
yellow  berries,  yellow  wood  and  annatto. 

Blue  lakes  are  furnished  by  litmus  derived  from  lichens 
found  in  Southern  Europe,  Africa,  South  America,  and  the 
Kast  Indies,  and  indigo. 

lied  and  violet  lakes  are  obtained  from  cochineal,  madder 
Brazil  wood,  lac  dye,  and  safflower. 

Lam'i-na-ted  Beam.  One  of  the  methods  of 
forming  a  curved  beam.  They  are  as  follows  :  — 

The  Scarfed,  Flitched, 

Bent,  Laminated. 

The  latter  is  made  of  thin  planks  or  boards,  bent  to  shape 
laid  together  and  secured  to  form  an  integral  beam  as  in 
Figs.  312-316,  pp.  138-139,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Lamp.  A  device  in  which  a  liquid  oil  or  grease 
is  burned  in  a  wick. 

Kendall's  hydrostatic  safety  lamp  is  shown  in  Fig.  1527. 
The  water  is  shown  by  horizontal  shading,  the  oil  by  oblique! 
The  water  forms  a  seal  for  the  oil,  and  forces  the  latter  up 
the  wick  tube. 

Lavendar'x  steam  lamp  (Br.)  for  collieries  consists  of  a 

lantern     18" 

square,     with     a      fun-  Fig.  1528. 

nel  24"  high.  Into  this 
is  introduced  a  jet  of 
steam,  about  1-16"  in 
diameter,  the  object  of 
which  is  to  create  a  par- 
.ii'iium  in  the  lan- 

Kiir.   1T.27. 


tern.  The  consequence  is,  that  the  surrounding  air  is  forced 
through  the  burner  of  the  lamp,  causing  almost  complete 
combustion  of  the  oil.  A  very  brilliant  light  is  thus  pro- 
duced, the  increase  in  brilliancy  being  partly  owing  to  the 
products  of  combustion  being  continuously  removed  and  a 
volume  of  fresh  air  introduced.  The  results  obtained  from 
a  4"  wick  have  been  calculated  as  equal  to  a  light  of  upward 
of  600  sperm  candles. 

See  Jobard,  Fr.,  *  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire,"  etc.,  iv., 
cap.  "Eclairage,"  Fig.  3518. 

Zimmerman's  hydro-electric  self-lighting  light  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1528.  The  lamp  has  a  Dobereiner  apparatus  and  gal- 
vanic battery  combined  with  any  form  of  burner  or  kind  of 
illuminating'  liquid. 

The  Dobereiner  lamp  A  serves  as  the  pedestal,  and  contains 
the  acid,  water,  and  zinc.  The  gas  ascends  the  vertical 
tube  B,  passes  through  the  valve  at  C,  and  escapes  at  an 
orifice  just  below  the  burner.  £  is  a  galvanic  battery,  which 
is  normally  out  of  action,  but  set  in  activity  by  pressing  a 
knob,  and  has  wire  connecting  with  the  hydrogen  outlet 
near  the  burner,  heating  an  electrode  red-hot  at  the  same 
moment  that  hydrqgen  is  allowed  to  escape.  The  hydro- 
gen is  iuiiamed  and  the  wick  lighted  by  the  single  pressure 
on  the  knob. 

Blast  lamp,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  309. 

Cleaner "Scientific  American  Sup^,''  773. 

Electric,  Rapieff  . 


"Teles;.  Journal,"  vi.  333,  *! 
*430. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxix.  358. 

*  "Mining  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  41. 
"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  9,  p.  11. 


Hyd 


HyiJro-tlectric  Light. 


Extinguisher,  Hale  . 
Mining,  Boesc/t      .     . 
Safety-valve,  Lewars    . 
Self-lighting  time  lamp 

Covert *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  182. 

Steam  lamp  for  collieries. 

Lavenciar,  Br.    .     .     .      " Scientific  American  Sup,"  764. 
Wick  trimmer,  Banni/ir,  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  131. 

Dissertation  on  lamps.  Report  of  Azel  Ames,  Jr.,  "Cen- 
tennial Reports,"  v.,  Group.  XIV.,  pp.  23-31. 

Lamp'black  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  black  pigment 
obtained  from  the  smoke  of  burning  resin,  fat,  or 
gas.  See  p.  1247,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

See  Mallet's  report,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  vol. 
iv.,  Group  III. 

Lamp-black  apparatus,  *  p.  110  ;  Nejfs,  *  p.  111. 

Lamp'black.  United  States  patents  on  Lamp- 
black apparatus :  — 

Number. 

Chater,  N 1,358 

Mini,  J.  G ....      3,824 

Clark,  E 6,001 

Mortimer,  C 7,266 

Oriswold.  G.  W 11,326 

Jaeger,  \V.  G.  W 11,331 

Both,  J.  A 17,519 

Child,  R.  S 32,753 

Lundgren,  J.E 42,257 

Weisman,  J 43,444 

Prenatt,  A 50,493 

Millochan,  A 72,068 

Perlee,  R.  N 72,078 

Matlack,  M 75,943 

Millochan,  A 84,131 

Vander  Weyde,  P.  H 87,382 

O'Reilly,  P 91,038 

Brenton,J 95,977 

Farrar,  A 96,409 

Howarth,  J 131,446 

Wilson,  G.  F 90,327 

Rogers,  J 146,961 

Tait,  A.  H 148,778 

Bottenberg,  J.  H 153,234 

Farrar,  A 154,467 

Neff,  P.,  &  L.  S.  Fales 159,440 

Neff,  P 160,785-160,789 

Neff,  P 162,492 

Neff,  P .     .     .  162,679 

Neff,  P 163,027 

Neff,  P 166,936 

Lamp  Ce-ment'.  For  attaching  the  brass  col- 
lar to  the  glass  socket  on  the  reservoir  of  a  petro- 
leum lamp :  — 

Boil  3  parts  resin  with  1  part  caustic  soda  and  5  parts  water. 
Mix  with  half  the  weight  of  gypsum.  It  sets  in  45  minutes. 
Zinc  white,  white  lead,  or  precipitated  chalk  may  be  substi- 
tuted for  the  gypsum,  but  harden  more  slowly. 

Lamp  Fur'nace.  One  in  which  a  lamp  —  in 
contradistinction  to  a  gas  jet,  Bunsen  burner,  or 
charcoal  —  is  used  as  a  means  of  heating. 


LAMP   FURNACE. 


526 


LAPPER. 


Used  in  laboratories:  Griffin's  for  instance  ;  see  "Chemi- 
cal Handicraft,"  *  p.  123. 

Lamp  Jack.  (Railway.)  A  hood  over  a  lamp 
chimney  on  the  roof  of  a  car. 

Lamp  Stove.  See  PETROLEUM  STOVE,  Figs. 
3364,  3365,  p.  1676,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Laii'ca-shire  Bpil'er.  The  long  horizontal 
two-flue  boiler  is  an  improvement  upon  the  inven- 
tion of  the  illustrious  Smeaton,  the  originator  of 
the  flue  traversing  the  boiler.  Smeaton's  boiler  had 
a  single  flue ;  the  common  boiler  used  on  our  west- 
ern rivers  has  two ;  but  in  neither  case  is  the  fur- 
nace or  course  of  draft  the  same  as  in  the  Lanca- 
shire boiler,  as  it  is  called  in  England. 

The  front  of  each  flue  in  the  latter  boiler,  shown  in  Fig.  1529, 
constitutes  the  furnace,  and  the  volatile  products  of  combus- 
tion pass  backward  through  the  flues  into  a  back  chamber, 
revert  along  each  side,  dive  under  the  front,  and  then  pass 
underneath  the  length  of  the  boiler  and  escape  by  a  sub-Hue 
to  the  stack. 

The  Cornish  boiler  has  but  a  single  flue  and  is  sometimes 
mounted  with  side  reverting  flues  ;  it  usually  carries  a  lower 
pressure  than  the  Lancashire  boiler  and  is  of  larger  diame- 
ter. The  Lancashire  has  some  advantages,  especially  where 
great  power  is  required.  In  large  boilers,  the  two  flue  tubes 
form  good  stays  for  the  flat  ends  ;  the  fire  grates  can  be  made 
of  the  proportions  which  give  the  greatest  economy.  If  the 

Fig. 


Fig.  1530. 


Forms  of  La 

The  next  two  are  straight  spear  and  curved  probe  bistouries. 
The  next  two  are  a  tenaculum  and  a  gum  lancet. 
The  next  are  sharp  and  blunt  point  teuotomes 
Next,  tenotome  and  scalpel. 

Land'ing   Gaff.     (Fishing.)     A  barbed  spear 
for  landing  fish. 

Land'ing   Net.      (Fishing.)      A   bag-net  with 
hoop  mouth  for  landing  a  hooked  fish. 

Land  Line      (Fishing.)    Line  passing  from  the 
end  of  the  seine  to  the  shore. 

Land  Roller.  An  implement  for 
leveling  land  and  breaking  clods.  See 
ROLLER.  See  also  CLOD  CRUSHER, 
Fig.  638,  p.  201,  supra. 

Land'scape  Mir'ror.  A  mirror 
which  condenses  or  diminishes  the  view 
into  a  perspective  effect.  A  Claude,  Lor- 
raine. 

Lan'tern.  (Founding.)  A  per- 
forated core-barrel,  generally  short,  and 
of  large  diameter. 

A    portable    case  for    protecting    a 
light. 
Miller's,  Coogan  *  "Amer.  Miller,"  vii.  167. 


White 

Slides  . 

Vertical 
Magic  lantern 
Painting      .     . 
Reflecting,  Knight 


Appleby  Bros.   Lancashire  Boiler.     (English.) 

flues  are  stoked  alternately  a  more  even  temperature  is  main- 
tained ;  the  heat  in  one  furnace  is  always  at  its  highest  when 
the  other  is  at  its  lowest,  and  the  two  flues  meeting  in  one 
combustion  chamber,  it  follows  that  the  gases  from  the  hot- 
test furnace  ignite  and  consume  the  thick  smoke  from  the 
other  which  is  being  stoked,  so  that  no  unconsumed  products 
need  escape  from  the  chimney. 

A  range  of  large  boilers  is  often  fitted  with  lifting  bridges, 
a  flue  connecting  the  two  furnaces  in  the  front,  and,  after  a 
furnace  has  been  newly  fired,  the  bridge  is  lifted  by  a  lever 
in  front  of  the  boiler,  and  the  whole  of  the  smoke  is  made  to 
pass  over  the  fire  of  the  other  furnace.  In  all  large  works 
there  is  at  least  one  boiler  more  than  is  required  for  daily  use, 
so  that  any  of  the  boilers  may  be  laid  off  for  periodical  ex- 
amination and  repair  when  it  is  required. 

Lance.  (Fishing.)  A  fishing  spear  used  in 
killing  captured  whales,  sword-fish,  porpoises,  etc. 
For  list  see  HARPOON. 

Lance  Hook.  (Fishing.)  These  are  fastened 
on  the  boat's  side  to  hang  the  lances  upon. 

Lan'cet.  (Surgical.)  A  delicate  cutting  in- 
strument which  often  bears  a  special  name  derived 
from  its  form  or  the  place  of  its  application. 

Fig.  1530  shows  several  forms  :  — 

Those  on  the  left,  in  a  handle,  are  a  scalpel  and  spear  bis- 
toury. 


"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Jan.  11,5. 
"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1650,  2757. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup,"  704,  Fig.  3. 

*  "Man.  $  Builder,"  ix.  46. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  355. 
iiciic^i-iii6,  i»,..6...  .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1389. 
Slides     .     .~.     .     .      "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  229. 
Mast-head,  Stone,  Br.      See  infra. 

Fighting,  Br.  .     .     .        Fig.  1025,  p.  333,  supra. 

Lap.  1.  A  wheel  or  disk  used  in  grind- 
ing or  polishing.  Usually  on  a  vertical 
nxis.  See  p.  1252,  "Mech.  Diet." 

(Watchmaking.)  Grinding  and  polishing  laps 
are  made  of  emery,  copper,  tin,  boxwood,  ivory,  and  Arkan- 
sas oil  stone,  of  various  dimensions. 

The  various  kinds  of  wheels,  and  the  abradants  for  grind- 
ing and  polishing,  are  mentioned  on  p.  1253,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Their  relative  hardness  is  given  in  a  table,  p.  1617,  Ibid. 

Japanese  lapidary   .     .     "Scientific  American,"  xli.  298. 

2.  A  fleece  of  wool  or  cotton.  See  LAPPING 
MACHINE. 

Lap-doubling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  which 
winds  two  fleeces  of  cotton  upon  the  roller  by  means 
of  two  sets  of  rack  gear  and  a  top  plain  roller, 
which  rests  on  two  fluted  calender  rollers,  and  is 
lifted  as  the  lap  is  formed.  Platt  Bros.  (Br.) 

Lap  Scale.  A  scale  with  a  pan  in  which  a 
given  quantity  of  wool  or  cotton  is  weighed  to  be 
spread  upon  a  given  length  of  the  traveling  feeding 
apron  of  the  lapper  or  carding  machine,  as  the 
case  may  be. 

Lap'per.  Primarily,  a  machine  for  taking  cot- 
ton from  the  opener  and  making  it  into  a  lap. 

Fig.  1531  is  a  machine  receiving  bale  cotton,  to 
open,  clean,  and  make  it  into  a  lap. 

The  machine,  as  shown  in  the  figure,  has  in  fact  two  open- 


LAPPER. 


Kitson  Cotton  Opener  and   L 

ers,  each  separate  and  complete  in  itself,  both  delivering  the 
cotton  on  to  one  pair  of  screens,  when  the  two  quantities 
unite  and  pass  through  the  rest  of  the  machine  to  form  the 
lap.  The  aprons  run  slowly,  and  a  draft  of  12  to  1  is  ob- 
tained. 

A  second  operation  may  take  place  upon  n  finisher  tapper. 
Clarke  and  Pelham's  three-roll  sectional  evener  is  used  on 
the  Kitson  finisher  lapper  to  vary  the  speed  according  to  the 
varying  thickness  of  the  cotton  passing  into  the  machine. 
This  evener  has  two  fluted  bed-rolls  above  which  are  eight  sec- 
tional rolls  which  are  saddled  in  pairs.  Kach  pair  of  saddles 
lias  a  single  saddle,  and  above  there  is  one  which  thus  bears 
upon  the  whole  system  beneath.  In  the  center  of  the  main 
saddle  is  a  rack  operating  a  pinion  attached  to  a  quadrant 
which  communicates  by  a  chain  with  the  belt  shipper  on  the 
concave  and  convex  cone  pulleys,  so  as  to  affect  the  rate 
of  feed. 

Lap  Ta'ble.  A  sewing  or  cutting-out  table, 
supported  in  or  over  the  lap  ;  a  lap-board. 

Lard  Press.  A  domestic  press  for  squeezing 
lard  from  cracklings. 

A  screw-down  press  is  shown  at  Fig.  2811,  p.  1255,  "  Meek. 
Diet.'" 

A  ilraw-up  press  at  Fig.  872,  p.  274,  supra. 

Toggle  motion,  Boomer  Sf  Boschert,   *  "Sc.Am.,"  xlii.  242. 

Lark's  Head.  (Nautical. )  A  form  of  bend; 
see  24,  25,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Lar'i-at  Swiv'el.  A  coupling  link  for  a  lariat 
and  picket  pin,  pre- 
venting the  twisting 
of  the  rope  as  the  an- 
imal wanders  arouix" 
the  picket  pin. 

L  a  r-y  n '  g  e  -  a  i 
Por'ceps.  An  in 
strument  for  the  ex- 


Fig-  1532. 


traction  of  laryngeal 
tumors. 


Lariat  Swivel. 


The  method  of  using  the  instrument  is  as  follows  :  After 
the  vertical  portion  c,  being  temporarily  made  as  short  as  pos- 
sible, has  been  introduced  into  the  larynx,  it  is  lengthened  by 
the  lever  I  pushing  both  rods  ('  and  f  into  the  tubular  por- 
tion b  r,  which  causes  both  the  smaller  tube  t  and  the  forceps 
/to  descend.  As  soon  as  the  length  desired  is  attained,  the 
sernitfil  rod  /'  is  arrested  by  pressure  made  on  the  hook- 


Rumbold's  Laryngeat  Forceps. 


LARYNGOSCOPIC   LANTERN. 

shaped  projection  r' 
with  the  thumb,  causing 
the  claws  to  grasp  and 
retain  it.  The  forceps 
are  closed  by  continu- 
ance of  the  pressure  on 
the  lever  I,  causing  the 
rod  *'  to  push  the 
smaller  tube  t  over  the 
base  of  the  forceps  and 
close  them  upon  the 
tumor. 

Lar-  y  n'  g  e  -  a  1 
In's  tru-ments. 

(Surgical.)  This 
includes  a  number  of 
instruments,  n  o  t  a- 
bly:  — 

Caustic  carrier. 

Powder  blower. 

Scoop. 

iScraseur. 

Electrode. 

Forceps.  Lancet. 

Inhaler.  Scissors. 

Syringe.  Tonsilotome. 

Laryngoscope.  Lantern. 

Mirror  etc. 

Lar-yn'go  Fhan'tom.  An  apparatus  devised 
by  Dr.  Isenschmid,  of  Munich,  and  intended  to  fa- 
miliarize medical  students  and  practitioners  with  as 
many  of  the  details  connected  with  the  use  of  the 
laryngoscope  as  it  is  possible  to  learn  before  the  ap- 
plication of  the  instrument  to  the  living  subject. 

The  phantom  consists  of  three  parts  :  first,  there  is  a  mouth 
of  thin  metal,  with  tongue  and  uvula  made  of  red  velvet. 
This  is  fixed  on  a  laryngeal  tube  of  metal,  which  has  a  slit  by 
which  the  thirty  painted  images  of  different  views  of,  and 
different  conditions  of  the  laryngeal  tract  can  be  introduced. 
The  laryngeal  tube  is  movable  on  a  second  tube,  which  is 
tightly  fixed  on  a  peg  in  the  middle  of  a  small  box  in  which 
the  whole  apparatus  can  be  packed.  The  anatomical  dimen- 
sions are  taken  from  nature.  When  in  use  the  phantom  is 
placed  like  the  head  of  a  patient  who  is  about  to  be  examined, 
one  or  two  feet  in  front  of  the  lamp,  but  aside  from  it,  so  that 
the  rays  coming  from  the  lamp  and  passing  the  right  ear  of 
the  patient  on  to  the  mirror  fixed  at  the  forehead  of  the  obser- 
ver, are  reflected  into  the  mouth  of  the  patient.  —  Tiemann. 

Lar'yn-go-scop'ic  Lan'tern.  A  light  con- 
centrated for  use  in  lar- 


yngoscopic  examination 
and  operation. 

Fig.  1534  shows  Dr. 
Oliver's,  which  is  de- 
signed for  direct  light, 
though  the  frontal  de- 
flector —  shown  in  Fig. 
2815,  p.  1257,  "Meek. 
Diet.,"  may  be  used  if 
desired.  It  is  an  attach- 
m  e  n  t  to  an  ordinary 
lamp. 

The  lantern  is  made  up  of 
three  main  portions  —  the 
front  piece  A,  and  two  wings 
which  hinge  upon  the  front 
piece,  and  by  which  the  di- 
ameter of  the  lantern  may  be 
increased  to  suit  the  diameter 
of  the  glass  chimney.  The 
wings  are  locked  together  at 
the  desired  point,  as  at  a  a. 
As  the  lens  must  be  on  a  level 
with  the  flame,  the  tube  con- 
taining it  is  attached  to  a 
slide  .B,  which,  moving  in 
grooves  in  the  front  main 
piece,  may  be  raised  or  low- 
ered, as  found  necessary. 


Fi?.  1534. 


Laryngoscopic  Lantern. 


The  lens  is  also  movable  within  the  tube,  in  order  to  admit  of 
its  being  retained  at  its  focal  distance  from  the  flame,  when 
the  diameter  of  the  lantern  is  changed.  The  movement  is 
made  by  the  sliding  of  a  knob  on  each  side,  b,  in  an  elongated 
opening  in  the  tube.  The  lantern  is  made  firm  upon  the 


LARYNGOSCOPIC  LANTERN. 


528 


LATHE  CHUCK. 


lamp  by  a  cord.  At  c  is  seen  the  little  mirror  for  use  in 
an  to-lary  ngoscopy . 

La-ryii'go-stro-bo-scop'ic      Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

A  method  by  Dr.  Oertel,  of  Munich,  of  observing 
the  vibrations  of  the  vocal  cords  during  the  produc- 
tion of  sounds. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  laryngoscope  mirror,  a  strong 
light,  and  an  arrangement  by  which  the  light  shall  be  rapidly 
interrupted.  The  effect  of  the  interruption  of  the  light  is  to 
prevent  the  impressions  made  by  the  vibrations  upon  the  re- 
tina from  being  modified  before  they  can  be  perceived.  The 
interruption  may  be  conveniently  produced  by  means  of  a 
perforated  diaphragm  revolving  rapidly,  and  at  a  rate  propor- 
tioned to  the  rapidity  of  the  vibrations  of  the  sounding  cord; 
or  it  may  be  by  a  tuning-fork  of  the  proper  note.  The  inter- 
rupting apparatus  must  be  placed  between  the  light  and  the 
mirror,  or  behind  the  mirror,  between  it  and  the  observer.  By 
this  means  it  is  possible  not  merely  to  observe  accurately  the 
vibrations  of  one  of  the  vocal  cords,  but  also  to  compare  the 
vibrations  of  one  with  those  of  another. 

Lar'ynx,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  A  metallic  instrument 
provided  with  vibratory  reeds  and  attached  to  the 
upper  surface  of  the  tracheotomy  tube.  The  re- 
moval of  the  natural  larynx  by  dissection  from  the 
.surrounding  parts,  and  the  invention  and  placing 
of  the  substitute  were  by  Prof.  Billroth,  of  Vienna. 

Lash/ing.  (Nautical.)  For  list  of  whipping, 
seizing,  lashing,  etc.,  see  SEIZING. 

Lash'ing  'Eye.  (Nautical.)  A  spliced  loop  in 
the  end  of  a  rope  by  which  it  may  be  lashed  fast  to 
an  object.  Lower  staj's,  block  straps,  etc.,  are  thus 
fitted. 

Lash'iiig  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of  bend ; 
see  31,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Latch.  (Fishing.)  A  clamp  for  the  inboard 
end  of  a  fishing  line. 

Stacey,  June  2, 1868 Patent,  No.  78,646. 

See  also  MACKEREL  LATCH. 

Lat'er-al  Branch.  A  pipe  with  .side  connec- 
tions. See  several  forms  in  Fig.  420,  p.  129,  supra. 

Lat'er-al  Cur'va-ture  In'stru-ments.  (Sur- 
gical.) A  name  applied  to  knock-knee  and  bow- 
leg  braces,  to  some  species  of  talipes  instruments, 
wry  neck,  etc.  See  enumeration  under  CURVA- 
TURE APPARATUS,  p.  236,  supra. 

Lat'e-ral  Scis'sors.      (Surgical.)     A   scissors 


Fig.  1535. 


Dr.  Turnipseed's  Lateral  Scissors. 

the  blades  of  which  approach  like  those  of  cutting 
pliers.     Used  in  vesico-vaginal  fistula,  etc. 

Lathe.     See  account   and  enumeration   of  136 
varieties,  pp.  1261,  1263,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  :  amateur's  .     .      "  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  370. 
Chuck,  Cushman  .     .     .      "Am.  Man.,'''  Jan.  16, 1880,  p.  12. 

"Scientific  Amer.,'1''  xxxviii  226. 

Thitrsto'n'fs"  Vienna  Kept,,"  iii.337. 

11  Iron  Age.,''  xxi.,  June  13,  p.  1. 

"Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  148. 

"Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.53. 

"Mm.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  361. 

"Engineer,''  xlvii.  258. 


Horton 

Pratt  $  Whitney  .  . 
Cornell  Univ.  foot  .  . 
Dog,  Clements,  Br.  .  . 
Driver,  Harris  .... 
Driver,  Timmins,  Br.  . 
100-ton  guns. 

St.  diamond  .  .  . 
Overhead  motion,  Green- 

ivood  $'  Battey,  Br.     .  *  "Engineering,'1''  xxvi.  16. 
Scroll  saw,  etc.,  Stevens  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  374. 

Sf/lers *  Thurston's"  Vienna  Kept.,"  ii.  209. 

To  test  a,  Rose      .     .     .      "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.213. 
Universal,  Koch  If  Miller  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  157. 
*  '''Scientific  American,'-  xxxvi.  118. 


'Scientific  American,"'  xliii.  225. 


See  Campin's  "  The   Practice  of  Hand    Turning  in  Wood, 
Ivory,  Shell,  etc." 

"The  Turner's  Companion.'' 

Watson's  "Manual  of  the  Hand  Lathe." 

Lathe  and  Saw.      A   combination   for  light 
Kig.  1536. 


Lathe  and  Saw. 

work,  for  amateurs  and  juveniles.  The  mandrel 
has  a  face  plate  with  a  wrist  to  which  the  lower 
end  of  the  saw  is  attached  ;  the  upper  end  is  con- 
nected with  a  spring  arm. 

Lathe  Car'rier.  A  piece  secured  to  the  object 
in  the  lathe,  and  having  a  projection  which  collides 
with  a  stud  on  the  face  plate  to  cause  the  object  to 
rotate  in  concert  with  the  mandrel  and  face  plate. 

Fig.  1537.  Fig.  1538. 


1539. 


Lathe  Carrier. 

Lathe  Chuck.  A 
device  screwed  to  the 
mandrel  of  a  lathe 
and  grasping  the  ob-  Instde  Jaw  Ch"ck' 

ject  to  be  turned,  bored,  ground,  polished,  or  what 
not. 

Figs.  1538,  1539,  show  Horton'.t  lathe  chuck.   The  jaws  are 
moved  by  geared  screws  and  circular  rack. 

The  circular  wrought 
iron  rack  is  inclosed  in  the 
deep  groove  or  recess  in 
the  back  plate,  the  center 
faces  of  back  and  front 
plates  are  then  turned 
true,  which,  when  bolted 
together,  makes  a  tight 
casing  for  the  gearing,  ex- 
cluding dirt,  chips,  etc. 
When  the  rack  is  taken 
out,  it  makes  an  independ- 
ent jaw  chuck.  The  jaws 
are  made  solid,  and  forged 
of  one  piece  of  metal,  and 
case-h  ardened . 

Figs.  1540,  1541,  show 
Johnson's  universal  chuck. 

Fig.  1540  is  a  face  view, 
and  represents  the  chuck 
ready  for  use.  Fig.  1541 
has  a  section  through  the 
edge  of  the  body  parallel 
with  its  face,  the  back 
part  being  removed  to 


LATHE   CHUCK. 


529 


LATHE   HOIST. 


show  the  internal  arrangement.  Figs.  3,  4,  5,  are  details  of 
construction  ;  the  jaw  E  revolves  upon  a  steel  pin  in  the 
arm  of  wheel  B.  to  which  it  is  also  tongued  and  grooved,  but 

Fig.  1540. 


Johnson's  Universal  Chuck. 


which  when  turned  to  a  certain  position  can  be  removed 
therefrom  at  will.  The  toothed  ring  c  has  a  solid  feather, 
and  is  accurately  fitted  and  forced  to  its  seat  upon  B.  The 

Fig.  1541. 


Vie.  1542. 


Universal  Chuck.     (  Section  and  Details.) 

screw  and  plate  D  secure  B  in  place.  The  worm  shaft  S  is 
of  cast  steel.  The  toothed  rings  c  c  c,  and  jaws  E  E  E,  are 
of  hammered  iron,  aud  case-hardened. 

Westfott'i  combi- 
nation lathe  chuck  is 
shown  in  Figs.  1542, 
1543. 

The  jaws  are  rever- 
sible, can  be  made  to 
act  independently,  or 
concentrically  and 
simultaneously.  May 
hold  round,  oval,  or 
irregular  shapes. 
Fig.  1542  is  a  face 
view  of  the  chuck 
with  one  jaw  re- 
versed. 

Fig.  1543  is  a  verti- 
cal section,  showing 
the  manner  in  which 
the  ring  Z>  engages 
in  box  C;  also  show- 
ing the  position  of 
the  screw  B.  The 
figure  also  gives  a 

section  of  the  chuck  showing  the  end  of  the  screw  and  box 
C;  also  the  manner  in  which  the  parts  are  secured  to  the 
body  of  chuck. 

In  Cushmans  lathe  chuck,  Fig.  1544,  the  jaws  slide  in  ra- 

slots  m  the  face,  and  have  several  shoulders  or  steps, 

rising  m  height,  and  capable  of  reversal.     One  of  the  jaws 

i  shown  reversed  in  Fig.  1544.     By  a  reversal  of  all  the 

s  small  objects  may  be   grasped,  or  by  partial  reversion 

irregular  pieces  may  be  grasped. 

That  portion  of  the  jaws  which  enters  the  body  of  the 
chuck  is  cut  into  a  half  nut,  A,  that  engages  with  a  screw 
b,  the  square  head  of  which   projects  through  the  face  or 
rim  of  the  chuck  to  receive  a  wrench.     Below  this  project- 
ing head  is  a  bevel  pinion  inside  the  rim  that  engages  with 
circular  rack  or  toothed  ring  C  C.   Turning  any  one  of  these 
screws  will  actuate  the  rack  and  every  other  screw,  and  so 
it  is  simply  a  concentric-jawed  chuck.    But  the  chuck  is 
capable  of   transformation  into  one  of  eccentrically-placed 
The  toothed  ring  rests  upon  a  plain  ring,  D.  D.  the 
periphery  of  which  is  a  screw-thread  that  engages  with  a 
34 


similar  thread  on  the  inside  of  the  shell,  so  that  by  turning 
the  ring  in  one  direction  it  is  moved  forward  toward  the  face 


Fig.  1543. 


of  the  chuck,  and  by  turn- 
ing it  the  other  way  it  is 
carried  towards  the  back  of 
the  chuck.  By  this  means 
the  circular  rack  may  be 
meshed  in  gear  with  the 
pinions  in  the  screws,  or 
disengaged  from  them. 
Should  it  be  required  to 
move  one  or  more  of  the 
jaws  farther  from  the  cen- 
ter than  the  others,  the 
spring  catch  is  released  by 
thumb-pressure,  the  sup- 
porting ring  is  turned  out 
by  a  knob  at  the  back  of 
the  chuck,  and  the  circular 
rack  unmeshed.  In  this 
condition  it  has  the  charac- 
teristics of  an  independent 
jaw-chuck.  Then  the  jaws, 

one  or  more,  may  be  moved      -«»y_____^  

singly  into  the  position  re-  Westcotfs  Lathe  Chuck  ( Section) 
quired,  when  the  circular 

rack  and  the  screw  pinions  may  be  again  meshed,  forming 
Fig.  1544  a  cnuck  with  eccen- 

trically-placed but 
simultaneously  mov- 
ing jaws. 

See  also  DRILL 
CHUCK,  pp.  275,  276, 
supra:  and  Fig.  2833, 
p.  1263;  Figs.  1287, 
1288,  pp.  548,  549, 
"Mech.  Dict.^ 

Fig.  1545. 


Cushman^s  Lathe  Chuck. 


Lathe  Dog. 


Lathe  Dog.  A  piece  to  be  attached  to  an  ob- 
ject in  a  lathe  to  cause  it  to  revolve  with  the  lathe 
spindle.  A  lathe  carrier. 

See  also  CLAMP  DOG,  Fig.  625,  p.  198,  supra. 

Lathe  Head.  The  working  part  of  a  jeweler's 
or  laboratory  lathe ;  attachable  to  a  lathe  or  stand, 
and  driven  by  a  cord  from  any  pedal  motor. 

The  illustration  is  White's  dental  lathe  with  burs, 
extension  pieces,  cone  chucks  for  polishing  cones, 
etc. 

Fig.  1546. 


Lathe  Hoist. 


Lathe  Head. 
A  device   to  lift  work   to  the 


LATHE   HOIST. 


530 


LAUNCH  ENGINE. 


height  of  the  lathe  centers  in  order  to  be  placed  in 
the  lathe. 

See  AXLE-LATHE  HOIST.  Thomas,  *  '•''Railroad  Gazette,''' 
Tiii.,  p.  239. 

Lath  Mill.  A  gang-saw,  for  sawing  lath  from 
the  bolt. 

The  gang  of  saws  in  Smith's  lath  mill  occupies  a  space  10" 
in  width,  so  that  in  cutting  %"  lath  16  saws  may  be  em- 
ployed. Plank  of  any  width  may  be  passed.  The  feed 

Fig.  1647. 


Smith's  Lath  Mill. 

works  consist  of  four  rollers  which  may  be  started  or  stopped 
at  will ;  the  two  upper  rollers  are  weighted  and  driven  by 
power.  The  rates  of  feed  are  35'  to  45'  per  minute.  To  pre- 
vent the  lumber  from  springing  and  binding  the  saws  a 
steel  comb  is  attached  to  the  bed,  with  teeth  projecting  up- 
ward, directly  in  the  rear  of  the  saws. 

In  the  Leonard  if  Silliman  machine  the  annular  saws  are 
separated  by  rings  on  a  cylinder  keyed  on  to  the  main  shaft. 
The  interior  of  the  cylinder  has  spiral  wings,  which  make  a 
draft,  and  draw  away  the  dust. 
Lathing  machine,  Trimble    *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  131. 

Lat'i-mer-Clark  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A 
battery  designed  as  a  standard,  having  a  perfectly 
constant  electro-motive  force. 

It  consists  of  a  combination  of  zinc  in  sulphate  of 
zinc,  and  mercury  in  sulphate  of  mercury. 

This  battery  has  an  electro-motive  force  of  1.4573  volts  in 
absolute  measurement. 

"Phil.  Trans.  Royal  Society,'"  June  19, 1875. 
Niaudet,  Am.  transl.,  148. 

Lat'rine.     A  water-closet  for  public   use;  the 
hoppers  are  flushed  periodically. 
Jennings      ....     *  "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder,"  viii.  154 

Lat'tice.  A  form  of  screen  made  of  intersect- 
ing overlaid  slats. 

A  form  of  girder  having  series  of  flat  bars  laid 
crosswise  and  riveted  at  the  intersections,  or  at  the 
junction  with  the  upper  and  lower  members,  or 
both.  See  IRON  BRIDGE,  p.  120,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Launch.  Formerly  :  the  largest  of  the  suit  of 
boats  attached  to  a  man-of-war. 

Now :  a  large  boat  with  steam  power. 

The  Thorneycroft  (Br.)  launches  have  acquired  most  dis- 
tinction. 

One  of  these  attained  at  Cherbourg  a  speed  of  19  knots 
per  hour ;  and  18  knots  for  two  consecutive  hours,  develop- 
ing 220  horse-power.  The  dimensions  were  — 

Length,  63.W. 


Beam,  8.53'. 

Draft,  2'  (average). 

Displacement,  15  tons. 

Weight  of  hull,  9,900  pounds. 

Weight  of  engine  boilers  and  water,  16,060  pounds. 

Power  at  speed  of  18J  knots,  220  horse. 

Weight  of  machinery,  72.6  pounds  per  horse  power. 

The  engines  are  condensing,  two  cylinder,  on  the  compound 
system.  The  boilers  are  of  the  locomotive  type,  with  the  dif- 
ference that  the  tubular  surface  is  reduced  about  one  half. 
This  is  the  only  sacrifice  which  has  been  made  for  the  eco- 
nomic production  of  power  ;  and  it  was  necessary  in  order  to 
reduce  the  weight  of  the  apparatus.  The  safety  valves  are 
loaded  to  132  Ibs.  The  engine  makes  480  revolutions  per 
minute,  which  requires  great  mechanical  excellence  of  the 
mechanism,  and  especially  of  the  air-pump.  The  consump- 
tion of  coal  per  horse  power  per  hour  is  3.52  Ibs.  The  grate 
surface  is  11.19  square  feet.  An  artificial  blast  is  conducted 
directly  to  the  fire  chamber  instead  of  to  the  ash-pit. 

The  screw  shaft  is  placed  on  a  level  with  the  keel,  instead 
of  being  at  a  point  half  way  between  the  keel  and  the  water- 
line,  as  is  usually  the  case.  The  screw  then  projects  below 
the  keel  for  nearly  half  its  diameter,  and  consequently  it  acts 
upon  a  section  of  vein  greater  in  area  than  the  greatest  sec- 
tion of  the  vessel.  This  arrangement  doubtless  contributes 
materially  to  the  speed  ;  while  a  sharp  bend  of  the  keel  pro- 
tects the  propeller  from  damage. 


Launch,  steam 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"'  2715. 


For  Africa,  Br.      .     .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxix.  475. 
Sectional  for  Africa  .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  3802 
"Barrancas,"  ....  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  371. 
"Cinderella,"'.     .     .     •  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  1423. 

Herreshojf "  Scientific  American  Slip.,"  4121. 

Lewin *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1567. 

Maxim *"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,''  1279,  *  2516. 

Passenger,  Neva    .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  272. 
N.    Y.    Safety    Steam 

Power  Co *  "Manufatt.  if  Builder,"  viii.  152. 

Russian,  Crichton      .    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  1186. 

2.  A  slip.     See  MARINE  SLIP,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Launching   slip,    iron- 
clad Kaiser,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  170. 
Launching  iron-clads     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1539. 

Launch  En'gine.  A  relatively  small  engine, 
for  use  in  launches,  large  boats  acting  as  tenders, 
police  boats  in  harbors,  etc.  A  small  class  of  sur- 
veying and  pleasure  steamers  are  also  called 
launches. 

The  engine  and  boiler  of  the  New  York  Safety  Steam 
Power  Co.  are  shown  in  Fig.  1548,  and  a  section  of  the  boiler 
in  Fig.- 1549. 

The  engine  is  upright,  having  the  cylinder  mounted  on 

Fig.  1548. 


Launch  Engine  and  Boiler. 


LAUNCH  ENGINE. 


531 


LAUNCH  ENGINE. 


Fie.  1550. 


Launch  Engine  Boiler. 


UClilg   ilt    U11C     uu,?c,   BWlUtm    c\tCi*UllH2OO.        AAAC    tugiii^    UdB  0> 

plain  slide-valve,  and  the  slides  are  concave  and  cast  with 
the  frame.  In  Fig.  1648  the  engine  is  shown  combined 
with  the  boiler,  both  being  placed  on  a  cast-iron  base 
which  forms  the  ash-pit,  and  also  contains  the  heater.  An  up- 
right tubular  boiler,  Fig.  1549,  is  used,  and,  to  prevent  prim- 
ing, a  baffle-plate  is  introduced,  through  which  all  the  tubes 
pass  at  or  about  the  water-level.  A  large  tube  hangs  from 
the  center  of  this  plate  nearly  to  the  crown  of  the  furnace, 
and  an  annular  space  is  left  around  the  outside  of  the  baffle 
and  between  it  and  the  outer  shell,  sufficient  for  the  easy 
escape  of  the  steam  and  water.  The  effect  of  this  arrange- 
ment is  to  stop  the  current  of  steam  and  water  tending  to 
shoot  up  between  the  tubes,  and  compel  it  to  flow  outward 
and  escape  between  the  baffle  and  shell,  at  which  point  the 
steam  and  water  separate,  most  of  the  water  flowing  down 
the  side  of  the  shell,  while  the  remainder  of  the  water  falls 
on  the  top  of  the  baffle-plate  and  flows  through  the  tube  in 
its  center,  thus  keeping  up  a  current  over  the  center  of  the 
crown  sheet  and  among  the  tubes.  It  will  be  observed  that 
the  steam  is  taken  off  from  the  center  of  the  boiler  ;  and  as 
the  steam  is  delivered  at  the  outer  edge  of  the  baffle  it  must 
flow  inward  between  and  around  the  tubes  on  its  way  to  the 
engine  and  become  dried  and  slightly  superheated. 

When  designed  for  a  steam  launch  the  engine  is  provided 
with  a  link-motion  for  reversing,  and  notches  for  working 
expansively.    The  feed-pump  is  driven  by  an  eccentric  on 
the  shaft. 

Fig.  1550  shows  the  engine  as  detached  from  the  boiler, 
and  having  the  provisions  just  cited. 

Figs.  1551   to  1555   show  the  launch  engines  ^Bjl 
of  a  United  States   cutter,  having  a  length  of 
33' ;  beam,  8'  I";  and  depth,  3'  9£". 


Launch  Engine. 


The  boiler  is  of  the  ordinary  multi-tubular  type,  and  con- 
sists of  a  shell  3'  4J"  in  diameter  outside,  with  a  furnace 
20J"  in  external  diameter,  all  the  plates  of  the  shell  and 
furnace  (including  the  tube-plates)  being  \"  thick.  The 
boiler  is  provided  with  60  return  tubes  3'  1J"  long  over  tube- 
plates,  58  of  these  tubes  being  2"  in  diameter  outside  and 


Fig.  1551 


times  the  stroke  —  in  length,  and  its  height  from  center  of 
crank-shaft  to  top  of  upper  cylinder  cover  is  38"  or  3.8  times 
the  stroke. 

As  will  be  seen  from  Fig.  1555,  the  piston-rod,  instead  of 
being  coupled  direct  to  the  connecting-rod,  is  screwed  into  a 

Fig   1552. 


United  States  Launch  Engine.    (  Cross  Section  of  Boiler.) 

the  other  two  1J"  in  diameter.  The  fire-grate  area  is  4.5' 
square,  and  the  total  heating  surface  125'  square.  A  dome 
20"  in  diameter,  and  13|"  high,  is  fixed  at  the  top  of  the 
boiler,  and  the  latter  is  fed  by  a  donkey  pump  bolted  to  it  at 
the  back  end.  The  details  of  the  boiler  and  its  fittings  will 
be  readily  understood  from  the  figures,  and  the  weight  of  the 
boiler  complete,  as  shown,  is  2,350  Ibs.  The  general  arrange- 
ment of  the  fittings  is  neat. 

The  cylinder  is  8",  stroke  10",  and  the  engine  weighs  725 
Ibs.,  the  weight  being  rather  heavy,  owing  to  the  somewhat 
singular  arrangement  adopted  to  obtain  a  long  connecting- 
rod,  and  still  keep  the  cylinder  down  tolerably  close  to  the 
crank-shaft.  The  engine  has  a  connecting-rod  26" — or  2.6 


Launch,  Engine.    (Longitudinal  Section  of  Boiler.) 

cross-head  from  which  a  pair  of  side  rods  extend  upward 
terminating  in  blocks  working  in  guides  formed  at  the  sides 
of  the  cylinder.  The  connecting-rod  is  made  with  a  wide 
fork,  and  takes  hold  of  pins  forged  in  one  piece  with  the 
side  rods  and  blocks  just  mentioned. 

The  link  motion  is  used  only  for  reversing  and  not  for 
expansive  working,  the  link  being  made  with  a  straight  slot, 
and  provision  being  only  made  for  fixing  the  block  in  ex- 
treme position  by  the  arrangement  shown.  The  valve  is 
driven  through  the  intervention  of  a  rocking  shaft  and. 
levers. 

Cf. *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  371. 

Hayes,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  155. 


LAUNCH   ENGINE. 


532 


LAWN   MOWER. 


Fig.  1553. 


Herreshoff  . 
Kingdom,  Br. 
Lewin,  Br.  . 


Messenger  If  Churchward 
N.     Y.    Safety    Steam 
Poivtr  Co.      .     .     .     . 

Outridge,  Br 

Steam,  U.  S 

Wigzell  Sf  Halsey,  Br.    . 


Fig.  1554. 


Launch  Engine.     (Elevation.") 


"Engineering,''  xxviii.  264 
"Engineering,'1  xxix.  495. 
"Engineer,'''  xliv.  267. 
"Sc.Am.  Sup.,"  156". 
"Sc.Am.  Sup., ''1838 


Fig.  1556. 


Troy  Laundry  Stove. 

The  Troy  laundry  heater,  shown  in  Fig.  1556,  heats  at  one 
time  40  sad-irons  or  80  polishing  irous. 

Another  form  has  less  capacity  for  irons,  but  has  a  large 
belt  around  it  in  which  water  is  heated  and  whence  it  is  con- 
ducted by  pipes  to  the  tubs. 

See  also  IKONING  STOVE,  Fig.  1467,  p.  506,  supra. 

Lawn  Hose  Cart.  A  small  vehicle  for  gar- 
den and  yard  hose. 

See  HOSE  REEL,  Fig.  2585,  p.  1132,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 
Lawn  Mow'er.  A  machine  for  cutting  sward. 
Hill's  archimedean  lawn  mower  is  mounted  on  a  roller,  the 
shaft  of  which  has  a  spur  pinion  en- 


"Man.  ^K,"  viii.  151 
"  Engineer,''  xlix.  439 
"Engineering,'''  xxi. 
"Engineering,''  xxii 


Launch  Engine. 
(Link  Motion.) 


Launch  Engine. 
( Section  of  Engine. ) 


•dean  Mower. 

pony.     Some  American  and  British  forms  .have  rup.-i- 
cious  boxes  to  catch  the  mown  grass. 

Ohmer^s  machine  has  crank  and  reciprocating  sickle. 

1668. 


Laun'dry  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Plate  XXV.  shows 
the  interior  of  a  French  steam  laundry  with  the  ap- 
paratus in  position  and  their  names  indicated  be- 
neath. It  comprises  the  fittings  made  by  Pierron 
&  Dehaitre,  of  Paris. 

Laun'dry  Boil'er.  A  water  heater  for  laun- 
dry purposes.  See  figure  in  Plate  XXV. ;  also  KET- 
TLE, supra. 

Lav'a-to-ry.     A  wash-room. 

Jennings      .     .  *  "Manufacturer  If  Builder,"  viii.  259. 

Laun'dry  Stove.  One  for  heating  water  and 
smoothing  irons  for  laundry  purposes. 


Pony  Lawn  Moiver. 


LAWN  MOWER. 


533 


LEADEN   SEAL. 


Fig.  1558  shows  one  of  the  larger  sizes  adapted  to  be  drawn 
by  a  pony.     It  has  a  shaft  and  scat,  also  a  pair  of  handles  to 
be  used  when  a  seat  is  not  desired.     The  cut  is  30". 
"  Ajax," *   'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  23,  p.  7. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxi.?  April  25,  p.  9. 

'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  147. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxi..  March  28,  p.  1. 

'Scientific  American,'''  xl.  211. 

'Scientific  Amtr.,"  xxxviii.  249. 

Fig.  1559. 


"  Buckeye," 
Hanley    .    .     . 
"  Pennsylvania, ': 


"  Phila.''      .     . 

Lawn 

Sprinkler. 
A    garden 
and    lawn     irriga- 
tor.     Fig.  1560. 

The  water  being  pro- 
jected at  an  angle  all 
around   the   swivel    collar, 
falls    like    rain,  sprinkling 
the  ground  evenly  from  the 
center  outward,  its  capacity 
being  across  a  diameter  of  from 
30'  to  45',  varying  according  to 
the  head  of  water. 

Peck  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June 

8,  p.  5. 

Revolving   *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Pr.," 
xxxvii.  153. 

Lay'ers.  (Leather.)  Or 
Layaicays.  Vats  or  pits  in 
which  the  sides  are  laid 
away  or  stratified  with 

ground  oak-bark  after  coming  out  of  the  stringers. 
The  sides  are  laid  flesh  down,  to  prevent  the  hook 
scratching  the  grain  in  taking  out.  The  layers  con 


Journal-box  metal. 
Organ-pipe  metal. 
Pewter. 
Pot  metal. 
Sabot  metal. 


Sheathing  metal. 
Shot. 
Solder. 
Stereotype  metaL 


TABLE   OF   LEAD   ALLOYS. 

• 

9 

B 

^ 

•d 

_a 

'3 

1 

S 

a 

1 

a 

•< 

H 

s 

Sheathing  lead 

94 

6 

Journal  box  metal 

24 

4 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Soft  bearing  metal 

20 

4 

_ 

_ 

' 

Organ  pipe  metal  .            5 

— 

5 

_ 

_ 

Shot     100 

_ 

_ 

2 

_ 

Expanding  alloy    . 
Type  metal  from    { 

18 
6 

4 
2 

- 

1 

to       ) 

14 

2 

_ 

_ 

_ 

Stereotype  metal 

40 

8 

2 

_ 

_ 

Coarse  solder     . 

6 

- 

2 

_ 

_ 

Fine  solder    . 

2 

_ 

4 

_ 

_ 

Soft  solder   ,.     . 

4 

_ 

2 

_ 

:_ 

Bismuth  solder 

5 

- 

3 

.    - 

7 

'Charter  Oak"  Lawn 
Mower. 


Lead'en  Seal.  (Rail- 
way.) A  leaden  disk 
made  with  two  holes, 
through  which  pass  the 
ends  of  a  twisted  wire  se- 
curing two  objects:  a 
hasp  and  staple,  or  other 
car-door  fastening.  The 


l.nii-ii  Sprinkler. 

tain  the  strongest  infusion  of  oak- 
bark. 
La'zy  Cock.  See  JET  VALVE. 

La'zy  Paint'er  (Boat.)  A 
small  temporary  boat  rope,  for 
fine  weather. 

Leach'ing  Vat.     A  tub  or  tank  in  which 
hxiviation  of  soluble  substances  is  performed. 

M^^^Tme  plant)  by  Vinton> 

Lead    Al-loy'.      This  cheap  and  ductile 
metal  enters  into  the  composition  of  many  al- 
loys which  are  known  by  various  specific  names, 
id  which  themselves  vary  greatly  in  the  pro- 
•tions  of  their  ingredients,  and  even  in  the 
number  of  elements  thus  associated.     Among 
these  alloys  may  be  named  — 


Albatu 
Fusible  alloys. 


Biddery. 
German  silver. 


Lead  Pipe  Making. 


LEADEN  SEAL. 


LEAD  SHEET. 


lead  is  then  pressed  down  by  a  stamp  and  the  fas- 
tening cannot  be  detached  without  cutting  the  wire 
or  defacing  the  seal. 

Lead'er.  (Fishing.)  A  net  so  placed  .as  to  in- 
tercept fish  and  lead  them  into  a  pound,  weir,  trap- 
net,  etc.  See  POUND.  It  is  a  net  fence  that  guides 
the  fishes  which  attempt  to  get  round  it  into  the 
heart.  It  is  usually  made  in  pieces  10  rods  in 
length.  See  HEART  SEINE,  supra. 

Lead  Pipe.  The  lead  pipe  press  is  shown  in 
perspective  in  Fig.  1561,  on  page  533.  Lead  pipe 
is  made  by  forcing  the  congealed  lead  through  a 
die,  in  the  axis  of  which  is  a  mandrel,  as  shown 
in  Fig.  1562.  The  hydraulic  press  is  used. 


Fig.  1562. 


Lead  Pipe  Die. 


The  die  A  is  a  metallic 
disk  which  fixes  the  out- 
side diameter  of  the  pipe, 
and  is  adjustable  by  get 
screws  B  Bio  bring  it  in 
line.  The  lead  receptacle 
C  is  heated  by  steam.  D 
is  the  press  plunger  and 
from  it  depends  the  core 
or  mandrel  E,  which  oc- 
cupies an  exactly  axial  po- 
sition in  the  die  and  deter- 

J-Jti    mines  the  bore  of  the  pipe. 

^j~,  The  plunger  being  raised, 
a  charge  of  metal  is  run 
into  the  chamber ;  the 
plunger  is  then  depressed 
•ind  forces  the  metal  out 
in  the  annular  space  be- 
tween the  core  and  the  die. 
The  pipe  is  reeled  up  as 
made. 


Tin-lined  pipe  is  made  by  a  modified  process.  Before  the 
lead  is  run  into  the  chamber,  a  mandrel  is  inserted^rhich 
closes  the  die  aperture  and  extends  up  through  the  recepta- 
cle. This  mandrel  consists  of  a  central  stem,  around  which 
are  grouped  dovetailed  sections,  so  that  when  the  central 
portion  is  removed  the  sections  are  easily  taken  out,  leaving 
a  hollow  space  in  the  lead,  which  is  run  in  while  the  mandrel 
is  in  place.  The  sides  of  the  mandrel  are  tapered,  or  rather 
crenelated,  there  being  three  or  four  shoulders  and  a  differ- 
ent taper  from  each.  The  object  of  this  is  that  after  the 
mandrel  is  removed,  the  tin  which  is  poured  into  its  place 
may  have  several  purchases  against  the  lead  which  surrounds 
it.  Before  the  tin  is  let  in  the  core  is  inserted.  Afterwards 
the  pressure  is  applied  in  the  usual  manner,  the  result  being 
that  the  pipe  emerges  with  a  thin  lining  of  tin. 

Protecting  from  corrosion  by  water  :  — 

Treat  for  15  minutes  with  a  2  to  5  per  cent,  solution  of 
sulphuret  of  potassium  or  sodium  at  212°  Fah.  Dr.  Schwartz, 
Breslau,  No.  1,519,  British  Patent  Reports,  1863. 

A  boiling  solution  of  sulphur  in  caustic  answers  the  same 
purpose. 

Or,  "  by  causing  a  warm  concentrated  solution  of  sulphide 
of  potassium  to  flow  through  the  pipe  for  20  minutes.'1 
"Revue  Industrielle." 


Lead  Pro'cess.     See  the  following :  — 


VHtntvf  f      £icp*i    rwnnu  AM£T.|      iv.   -LUC. 

'ainter's  "Rept.  Vienna  Exp.,''  iv.169. 
'ainter's  "Rept.  Vienna  Exp.,r  iv.  101. 
"Engineering,''  xxv.  19,  57. 


Clausthal 
Clausthal 


Clausthal   .     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,1'  xxv.  jy,  5*. 
Clausthal  furnace  .  *  "£ng^necnn^,"xxiv.,259,319,383,428 
Crosby,  lead  bath    .  Fig.  2855,  p.  1270,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Desilverizing  process. 

Kazan.  Fr. .     .     .  Blake's  "Rept.  Vienna  Exp.."  iv.10. 


99. 


Kig.  28B4,  p.  13W,  "Mech.  JJict.'1 
Painter's  "Kept.  Vienna  Erp.,''  iv.  179 


Silver-lead  furnace    Fig.  5094,  p.  2183,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Stolberg,  furnace     .  Painters  "Rept.   Vienna  £353.,"  iv.  59, 
149. 

Styrian Painter's  "'Rept.  Vienna  Exp.,''  iv.  172. 

Tyrolese     ....  Painter's  "Rept.  Vienna  Exp.,"  iv.  165. 

Lead  Sheet.  Sheet  lead  is  made  by  running 
a  flat  ingot  of  lead  repeatedly  through  a  rolling 
mill  until  the  required  thickness  of  the  sheet  is 
reached. 

The  lead  is  run  into  a  flat  cake  weighing  about  4  tons,  and 
having  a  size  7'  10"  X  5'.  After  cooling  in  the  mold,  which 
takes  some  days,  it  is  lifted  out  by  the  crane  and  carried  by 
the  overhead  tackle  to  the  mill,  where,  after  the  edges  have 
been  adzed  true,  it  is  passed  and  repassed  between  the  rolls 
some  150  times,  till  it  becomes  30'  X  7'  10",  the  original 
longer  dimension  being  maintained,  while  the  narrower  di- 
mension of  5'  has  become  30',  more  or  less,  according  to  the 
original  thickness  and  the  degree  of  tenuity  or  thinness  of 
the  rolled  sheet,  say  a  weight  of  30  pounds  to  the  square 
foot.  The  sheet  is  then  cut  up  by  vertical  knives  actuated 
by  a  screw,  in  a  frame  which  is  adjusted  .so  as  to  cut  across 

Fig.  1563. 


Melting  the  Lead. 

the  bed  of  the  mill,  and  between  two  of  the  supporting  rol- 
lers shown  in  Fig.  1564.  The  sections  of  lead  are  again 
rolled  into  18'  lengths,  varying  in  weight  from  2£  to  10 
pounds  per  square  foot,  according  to  the  purpose  for  which 
they  are  required. 

The  mill  has  a  cylinder  30"  diameter  and  9'  long,  and  the 
bed  is  a  double  series  of  parallel  rollers  upon  which  the  lead 
traverses.     The  vertical  adjustment  of  the  ends  of  the  roll 
are  performed  simultaneously  by  hand-wheel  at  one  end,  corn- 
Fig.  1564. 


Sheet-lead  Mill. 

mencing  by  gearing  with  the  boxing  of  the  roller  at  the  re- 
spective ends  of  the  latter. 

Chinese  sheet-lead  for  lining  tea-chests  is  made  by  pressing 
between  tiles  faced  with  several  thicknesses  of  unsized  pa- 
per. These  plies  act  as  a  non-conductor. 

Lead  foil  with  tin  surfaces  is  made  by  rolling  an  ingot  of 
lead  with  layers  of  tin  run  upon  each  side,  so  as  to  sandwich 
the  lead  between  the  two.  The  compound  ingot  is  rolled 
and  re-rolled  until  the  required  thinness  is  attained. 


LEAD  SOAP. 


535 


LEATHER  CEMENT. 


Lead  Soap.  An  insoluble  oleatc  of  oxide  of 
lead ;  spread  on  cloth  to  form  diachylon  plaster. 

Lead  Wire.  The  apparatus  for  makiiig  lead 
wire  is  a  copy  in  miniature  of  the  lead-pipe  appa- 
ratus. 

Fig   1565. 


Splits. 

Mixed  leather. 

Skirting  leather. 

Latigo. 


Lace  leather. 
Bellows  leather. 
Belting. 
Calfskins. 


Lead  Wire  Apparatus. 

a.  Hydraulic  press. 

b.  Piston  perforated  with  a  hole  for  emission  of  the  lead 
wire  r. 

f.  Pipe  for  conducting  melted  lead  from  furnace  d  to  com- 
pressor e. 

g.  Force-pump  that  supplies  water  to  the  hydraulic  press. 
h.  Grate  bars. 

The  lead  is  heated  in  a  pan,  conducted  to  the 
cylinder  of  the  hydraulic  press,  forced  thence  in  a 
wire  having  the  size  of  the  aperture  through  the 
plunger,  and  coiled  ou  a  shaft. 

Leaf  Sight.     A  form  of  sight  having  a  hinged 
plate,  known  as  a  leaf,  and  erected 
for  use,  but  lying  'flatly  on  the 
barrel  for  safety  at  other  times. 

The  leaf  is  graduated  for  distance. 
say  for  from  100  to  1000  yards,  and  the 
slider  with  the  sight  notch  js  raised  so 
that  the  upper  surface  coincides  with 
the  required  graduation.  See  also 
HAUSSE,  Figs.  1329-1331,  p.  447,  supra. 

Leak'age  Valve.  A  small 
valve  used  between  the  triple 
valve  and  the  brake-cylinder  in 
the  Westinghouse  car-brake  ar- 
rangement, to  prevent  the  leak- 
age from  the  pipes  from  opera- 
ting the  triple-valve,  and  thus  ap- 
plying the  brakes.  See  TRIPLE 
VALVE.  _  

Leak  Stop'per.     An  appa-  s      .     Lmf  Sihf 
ratus  tor  the  forcible  application 
of  a  tampon  against  the  side  of  a  leaky  shaft. 

See  *  "Engineer"  xlv.  373.  A  segment  is  forced  against 
the  breach  by  means  of  a  hydraulic  jack,  then  keyed  up 
and  wedged. 

Leath'er.     Tanned  or  tawed  skin. 

The  principle  of  tanning:  "  Take  the  skin  of  an  animal, 
remove  from  it  the  hair,  fat,  loose  flesh,  and  other  impuri- 
ties, and  immerse  it  in  a  dilute  solution  of  tannic  acid  ;  the 
cellular  and  elastic  tissues  will  gradually  combine  with  that 
substance,  as  it  penetrates  toward  the  interior,  and  will  form 
a  compound  perfectly  insoluble,  and  which  will  completely 
resist  putrefaction:  this  compound  is  leather." — Lieut. 
Lyle. 

The  treatment  of  hides  and  skins  to  make  the  various 
kinds  of  leather,  including  the  work  of  the  tan-yard  and  cur- 
rying shop,  is  succinctly  told  in  Lieut.  Lyle's  appendix  K  to 
"Ordnance  Report,-'  1878,  pp.  61-89,  under  the  following 
heads  :  — 


Leath'er,  Tan'ning,  etc.     See  under  the  fol- 
lowing heads : — 


Sole  leather. 
Harness  leather. 
Bridle  leather. 
Collar  leather. 
Buff  leather. 


Grain  leather. 
Wax  leather. 
Polish  leather. 
Oil-pebble  leather. 
Trunk  leather. 


Abating. 

Alligator  leather. 

Astringents. 

Beam. 

Blacking. 

Bloom. 

Bruising. 

Boarding. 

Buffing. 

Chamoied. 

Chrome  leather. 

Clamp. 

Clearing  stone. 

Closing  machine. 

Dampening. 

Daubing. 

Dubbing. 

Enameled  leather. 

Flattening. 

Flaying  knife. 

Flesh  side. 

Fly. 

Glassing. 

Glassing  jack. 

Glove  cutter. 

Glove  sewing  machine. 

Graining. 

Graining  board. 

Grain  side. 

Handlers. 

Handling. 

Impression-stitch  machine. 

Jack. 

Junk  vat. 

Layers. 

Leather. 

Leather  dressing. 

Leather  finishing  machine. 

Leather  furniture. 

Leather  glazing  machine. 

Leather  grease. 

Leather  punch. 


Leather  whitening  machine. 

Liming. 

Mill. 

Pebbling. 

Pebbling  machine. 

Polar  oil. 

Polishiug  jack. 

Rolling  mill. 

Rosin  oil. 

Rub  stone. 

Scouring. 

Scouring  table. 

Screw  soling  machine. 

Screw  press. 

Screw  wiring  machine. 

Set. 

Shaving. 

Shoe  embossing  machine. 

Shoe  sewing  machine. 

Sizing. 

Skin-beating  machine. 

Skiver. 

Skiving. 

Skiving  machine. 

Slicker. 

Slicking. 

Soft  boarding. 

Sole. 

Sole  molding  machine. 

Sole  riveting  machine. 

Sole  rolling  machine. 

Sole  screwing  machine. 

Splitting. 

Staining. 

Stock  stone. 

Stoning. 

Stoning  jack. 

Stringers. 

Stripper. 

Stuffing. 

Tanner's  knife. 

Tanning. 


Leather  raising  and  creasing    Tawed-leather  dresser. 


machine. 
Leather  rolling  machine. 
Leather  scourer. 
Leather  splitting  machine. 
Leather  stretching  machine^ 
Leather  waterproofing. 


Unhairing  machine. 

Vat. 

Wax-thread  sewing  machine. 

Welt  machine. 

Whip  making. 

Whitening. 


'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  849. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  845. 

' Scientific  American,''''  xxxiv.  134. 
'•Scientific  American"  xxxiv.  259. 
' Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  7. 
'  Scientific  American,''  xli.  407. 
'Scientific  American,'''  xl.  386 
'Man.  if  Builder,-  viii.  191 
'Scientific  American,''  xxv  210 
'Scientific  American,' '  xxxvi  356. 


Elaborate  tests  of  leather  by  The.ron  Skeel,  pp.  13-34,  Re- 
port on  Leather,  Group  XII.,  in  vol.  T.,  "Centennial  Re- 
ports." 

Cf.  Artificial  leather  . 
Birch-oil  for  Rus.  leath. 
Dressing  machine. 

Rosensteel      ....  * 
Enameling  machine  .     .  * 
Human  skin  leather 
Manufactory . 

Morocco 

Preparing  kid  skins  .     . 
Scourer,  Lockwood    .     .  * 
Stamping  mach.,  Urner.  * 

See  LEATHER,  IMITATION,  and  lists,  pp.  1275-1276,  '-Meek. 
Diet." 

Leath'er,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  A  material  made  to 
resemble  leather ;  it  sometimes  consists  of  leather 
waste  and  scraps  agglutinated  ;  or  of  paper  or 
cloth  treated  with  paints,  resins,  etc. 

See  LEATHER,  IMITATION,  and  references  passim. 
Leath'er  Board.     Leather  scraps  and  manilla 
of  old  rope,  ground  into  a  pulp,  made  up  in  the 
manner  in  straw  board,  and  calendered.     An  arti- 
cle in  very  great  use,  not  alone  in  the  soles  of  cheap 
shoes,  but  for  making  drums,  chair-seats,  toys,  etc. 
Leath'er  Ce-ment'. 

Molesworth.    Gutta  percha 16 

India-rubber 4 

Pitch 2 

Shellac 1 

Linseed  oil 2 

melted  and  mixed. 


LEATHER   CEMENT. 


536 


LEATHER,   IMITATION, 


Water-proof  Cement :  Chase. 

Ale 1  pint. 

Russia  isinglass 2  ozs. 

Dissolve,  and  add  common  glue,  4  ozs.  ;  then  add  slowly, 
linseed  oil,  1£  ozs.,  stirring  well.  Dilute  in  ale,  put  on  hot 
with  a  brush,  and  weight  the  objects  united. 

To  fasten  Leather  to  Iron :  Steep  the  leather  in  infusion 
of  gall-nuts.  Spread  hot  glue  on  the  metal.  Apply  leather 
tinder  forcible  pressure,  and  allow  it  to  dry  without  reliev- 
ing pressure. 

For  joining  pieces  of  leather :  — 

Bisulphide  of  carbon 10 

Turpentine 1 

Add  gutta  percha  to  thicken  the  composition.  Free  the 
leather  from  grease,  and  press  the  joint  till  the  cement  is 
dry. 

Water-proof  Cement.  Moore :  Gutta  percha  dissolved  in 
bisulphide  of  carbon.  Warm  the  parts,  and  maintain  the 
pressure  till  dry. 

Leath'er  Cloth.    An  imitation  leather.     See 
LEATHER,  IMITATION. 
Leath'er  Dress'ing. 

Castor  oil. 

An  adhesive  :  printer's  ink. 

For  belts :  Beef  kidney  tallow 1 

Castor  oil 2 

An  adhesive,  powdered  chalk. 

For  belts  :   Fish  oil 4 

Lard  or  tallow 1 

Colophonium 1 

Wood  tar 1 

Or:   Tallow 2 

Bayberry  tallow 1 

Beeswax 1 

Heated  to  boiling,  and  laid  on  with  a  brush,  and  the  bees- 
wax driven  into  the  belt  by  holding  a  hot  iron  plate  against 
it* 

See  also  HARNESS  GREASE,  p.  439,  supra. 

Leath'er-ette'.  An  imitation  of  leather.  A 
compound  of  fiber  and  some  agglutinating  mate- 
rials, finished  by  passing  between  leather-covered 
rollers  to  give  the  surface  imitation.  See  LEATHER, 
IMITATION. 


Fig.  1567. 


Leath'er  Fin'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  giving  the  texture  and  surface  finish  to 
leather  by  means  of  a  vibrating  slicker  or  roller, 
according  to  the  requirement. 

Graining,  glossing,  glassing,  slicking,  polishing, 
pebbling,  dicing,  are  all  terms  within  the  definition 
of  finishing. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  1567  has  tools  revolved  by  ma- 
chinery, the  pressure  being  due  to  a  spring  at  the  back  of 
each  tool-stock.  The  leather  is  upon  a  table  on  casters,  so 
that  a  fresh  surface  of  leather  can  be  brought  within  the 
range  of  the  tool  by  moving  the  table.  The  tool-head  is  a 
hexagonal  frame,  like  a  six-spoked  wheel,  and  as  it  revolves 
each  of  the  six  slickers  (for  instance)  in  turn  presses  upon 
the  surface  of  the  leather.  A  hand- wheel  adjusts  the  pres- 
sure by  raising  or  lowering  the  boxing  of  the  wheel. 

Leath'er  Gla'zing  Ma-chine'.  One  for  giv- 
ing a  surface  gloss  to  leather.  The  glassing  tool  is 
reciprocated  over  the  skin,  compacting  the  surface, 
giving  it  a  polish,  and  raising  the  grain. 

The  reciprocating  tool,  in  imitation  of  the  hand,  is  shown 
in  LEATHER, FINISHING  MACHINE,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  et  stipra.  The 
Baker  machine,  shown  at  Fig.  1668,  is  a  more  compact  form, 

Fig.  1568. 


French  Leather  Finishing  Maetiii, 


Leather  Glazing  Mai-hint. 

and  has  all  the  strain  within  itself.  It  is  shown  without  the 
table  on  each  side  on  which  the  skin  lies.  The  machine  oc- 
cupies a  narrow  space  between  two  tables,  and  the  skin  pass- 
ing across  the  interval  rests  on  a  bed,  and  its  upper  surface 
is  subjected  to  the  pressure  of  the  glass  which  reciprocates 
above  it,  being  effective  on  one  stroke,  and  the  pressure  re- 
lieved on  the  return. 

Leath'er  Grease.  See  LEATHER  DRESSING  ; 
HARNESS  GREASE. 

Leath'er,  Im'i-ta'tion.  See  the  following 
recipes :  — 

Paper  treated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  so  as  to  become 
toughened.  Parchment  paper. 

Leather  parings  and  caoutchouc  worked  by  a  machine  into 
a  homogeneous  fibrous  mass,  gelatinized  with  ammonia 
water,  and  rolled  into  sheets,  or  pressed  in  molds.  —  Soren 
Sorenson,  "Deutsche  Industrie  Zeitung." 

Leather  fibers  from  leather  offal,  treated  like  paper  stock  ; 
made  into  a  pulp,  mixed  with  flax  fiber,  and  then  treated  as 
in  paper  manufacture.  —  Rice,  Kent/all  Sf  Co. 

Sheets  of  carded  wadding  placed  on  polished  heated  metal- 
lic plates,  and  then  saturated  with  a  decoction  of  pearl-moss, 
fucus,  or  laminaria,  and  dried.  The  metal  gives  a  polished 
surface  to  the  material,  which  is  then  rolled  between  heated 
rollers,  to  give  it  compactness  and  the  required  thinness.  It 
is  then  coated  with  boiled  linseed  oil  and  dried  by  artificial 
heat.  When  dry,  coat  with  vegetable  wax,  and  soften  by 
passing  between  fluted  rollers.  It  is  then  surfaced  by  rol- 
lers, which  give  it  the  appearance  of  morocco,  pig-skin,  or 
what  not ;  or  is  varnished,  bronzed,  enameled. 

Thicken  decoction  of  fucus  with  cotton  waste,  and  treat  as 
paper  pulp,  or  papier-mache'. 

Cocoa-nut  fiber  or  waste  of  rope,  hemp,  or  flax,  treated 
with  fucus,  or  any  mucilage,  and  rolled  into  floor  cloth. 

Cork  powder  and  caoutchouc.  See  CAMPTUIICON,  p.  435, 
"•Mech.  Diet." 

Cork  powder  incorporated  with  paper  pulp.  See  COKK 
BOARD,  p.  220,  supra. 

Caoutchouc  or  its  analogue  compounded  with  camphor  and 
sulphur,  and  vulcanized.  —  Gerner.  See  HEVEENOID,  p.  457, 
supra. 


LEATHER,   IMITATION. 


LEATHER  SCOURING  MACHINE. 


Heavy  cotton  cloth  treated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  and 
then  saturated  with  resinous  compounds  or  paint. 

Asbestos  treated  with  guins,  pigments,  etc. 

Leather  ground  into  fiber,  mixed  with  vegetable  fiber;  sat- 
urated with  gummy  solutions  and  paint.  See  BOULINIKON, 
p.  124,  supra. 

A  number  of  compositions  are  given  under  LEATHER,  ARTI- 
FICIAL, pp.  1276, 1277,  and  LEATHER  PAPER,  p.  1278,  "Mtch. 
Diet."  :  they  consist  of  various  materials  compounded  or 
associated  :  fiber,  gums,  resins,  oils,  gelatine,  leather  scraps, 
clay,  gypsum,  oxides,  pigments 

Some  compositions  resemble  leather  in  its  more  solid  as- 
pects as  molded,  but  have  not  the  pliability  which  is  an  or- 
dinary characteristic  of  leather. 

Such  are  Bois-durci,  p.  320,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Bonesilate,  p.  130,  supra. 

See  also  other  titles  under  COMPOSITIONS,  p.  212,  supra. 

"Manuf.  $  Builder"  iv.  143 ;  vi.  73,  192,  339 ; 

vii.275. 
Millwood,    "  Tecknologiste ,"  xli.  243. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement,'1'  135,  227,  692. 

See  also  LEATHER  BOARD  ;  LEATHERETTE  ;  LEATHER  CLOTH  ; 
LEATHEROID  ;  LEATHER  WASTE. 

Leath'er-oid.  An  artificial  substance  resem- 
bling leather  in  appearance,  and  serving  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  it  for  some  purposes.  It  is  made  in  two 
varieties :  one  soft  and  flexible,  the  other  like  vul- 
canized rubber,  and  susceptible  of  a  polish.  See 
LEATHER, IMITATION. 

Fig.  1509. 


Raising  and  Creasing  Machine. 

Leath'er  Raising  and  Creas'ing  Ma- 
chine'. A  machine  for  ornamenting  straps,  leather 
reins,  saddle  skirts,  etc.,  by  raising  a  ridge,  giving 


a  molded  or  wavy  edge,  or  what  not,  according  to 
the  pattern  of  the  rollers,  between  which  the  damp- 
ened leather  is  passed. 

Fig.  1569  shows  a  machine  with  a  numerous  assortment  of 
passes  of  varying  widths  and  patterns,  adapted  to  raising, 
creasing,  stretching,  polishing,  and  waving. 

Leath'er  Rolling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  to 
compress  and  harden  leather,  as  a  substitute  for 
the  hammer  and  lap-stone. 

The  one  shown  in  Fig.  1570  is  a  small-sized  machine, 


Fig.  1570. 


Leather  Rolling  Machine, 

adapted  to  be  run  by  hand  or  by  power.  The  pressure,  is 
given  by  the  weight  of  the  operator  on  the  treadle,  trans- 
ferred by  levers  to  the  upper  roll. 

Leath'er  Scour'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  working  tanned  and  curried  skins,  bringing  the 
pressure  of  a  reciprocating  tool  upon  the  hide  in 
successive  strips  as  the  skin  is  moved  beneath  it 
from  time  to  time  in  a  direction  transverse  to  the 
motion  of  the  tool. 

The  texture  and  elasticity,  as  well  as  the  surface  appear- 
ance of  the  leather  depend  upon  this  intermittent  pressure, 
which  glazes  the  surface  and  raises  the  grain,  while  also  af- 
fecting the  body  of  the  leather.  The  machine  simulates  the 


Fig.  1571 


Leather  Scourer  and  Hide  Worker. 


LEATHER   SCOURING   MACHINE. 


538 


LEECH,  ARTIFICIAL. 


hand  processes  in  reciprocating  a  comparatively  narrow  tool 
in  direct  lines  over  the  surface,  a  strip  at  a  time.  Under 
LEATHER  FINISHING,  and  LEATHER  GLAZING,  machines  similarly 
actuated  are  shown.  See  also  LEATHER  MACHINERY,  pp.  1277- 
1282,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 

Lockwood's  machine.  Fig.  1571,  is  capable  of  any  required 
pressure,  is  universal  in  its  movements,  and  so  far  automatic 
that  the  strength  of  the  fingerwill  guide  its  movements.  It 
will  scour,  set  out,  or  gloss  ;  will  take  a  slow  or  quick,  a  long 
or  short  stroke. 

Leath'er  Stamp'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  producing  ornamental  designs  on  leather  for 
saddle  flaps,  carriage  aprons,  chair  and  sofa  seats 
and  backs,  books,  portfolios,  etc. 

Urner's  machine  is  shown  in  Fig.  1572.  The  upper  revolv- 
ing shaft,  C.  works  the  stamp  rod  D,  which  moves  in  a 
guide  in  the  arm  B,  and  is  acted  upon  by  a  band  spring,  E. 


Fig.  1572. 


Leather  Stamping  Machine. 

The  spring  may  be  adjusted  by  the  clamp  screw  E'.  The 
shaft  C  raises  the  stamp  rod  by  means  of  a  cam,  a,  which 
engages  with  a  friction  roller.  6,  on  the  rod ;  on  being  re- 
leased from  the  cam,  the  rod  is  brought  down  forcibly  by  the 
spring.  Either  of  the  variously-shaped  stamping  bits  may 
be  clamped  into  the  lower  portion  of  the  stamp  rod  D.  The 
leather  is  fed  by  a  vibrating  feed  mechanism,  F,  and  retained 
by  a  presser  wheel,  G,  which  is  attached  to  an  arm  on  a 
presser  rod,  G2,  which  is  pushed  down  by  a  coiled  spring, 
and  raised  or  lowered  by  the  lever  e.  A  piece  of  leather,  as 
marked  by  the  machine,  is  shown  at  the  side.  The  mechan- 
ism is  operated  by  the  belt  wheel  and  gearing  on  the  right. 

Leath'er  Waste.  Utilized  in  the  making  of 
imitation  leather  by  various  processes.  That  of 
Sorenson,  of  Copenhagen,  is  as  follows  :  — 

The  leather  waste  is  first  washed,  after  which  it  is  reduced, 
liy  tearing,  stamping,  cutting,  rasping,  or  rubbing,  to  a  uni- 
form and  fibrous  condition.  When  reduced  to  this  finely  di- 
vided condition,  the  leather  is  treated  with  ammonia  water, 
by  which  it  is  converted  into  a  gelatinized  mass,  which,  when 
pressed  into  molds,  or  rolled  out  between  rollers,  and  dried, 
makes  a  very  hard  and  stiff  product,  having  considerable  co- 
hesiveness,  but  without  elasticity  and  soluble  in  water. 

To  make  an  elastic  and  water-proof  fabric,  the  material  is 
treated  with   caoutchouc    dissolved  in    benzine,  the    mass 
kneaded,  and  then  rolled  or  pressed  into  shape. 
"  Bay.  Industrie  u.  Gewerbe  Blatt  "      .....     viii.  140. 

Leath'er  Wa'ter-proof'ing. 

MacKenzie.  Mixture  of  drying  oil  and  oxides  of  lead,  cop- 
per, or  iron  ;  or  gummy  resins  in  place  of  oxides. 

Or :  Caoutchouc  shredded  into  and  dissolved  in  warm  copal 
varnish. 


Or:   Glue,  12  ozs.,  dissolved  in  water.     Add 
Rosin,  3  ozs.     Melt,  and  add 
Turpentine  or  benzine,  4  ozs. 

Leath'er  Whi'ten-iiig  Ma-chine'.  (Leather.) 
A  machine  for  doing  the  work  otherwise  performed 
by  the  knife  at  the  beam  ;  Fj_ 

cleaning  the  hide  by  pass- 
ing the  knife  with  a  fine 
edge  lightly  over  the  flesh 
side  to  bring  it  to  a  clean 
and  fit  condition  for  wax- 
ing. 

Le'clanche  B  a  t'- 
te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
having  its  amalgamated 
zinc  in  a  dilute  solution  of 
chloride  of  ammonium,  am 
the  carbon  plate  in  a  mix- 
ture of  peroxide  of  manga- , 
nese  and  coke.  Fig.  1573.; 

In  the  Leclanch6  improvement  ~~ 
the  positive  pole  is  composed  of  -- -^ 

a  plate  of  carbon  inserted  be-  LtdanM  Battery.    (Porous 
tween,  and  in  connection  with  Cuv  ) 

two  compressed  prisms  of  perox- 
ide of  manganese  and  carbon  (with  a  small  cylinder  of  bi- 
sulphate  of  sodium 
in  the  center  of  the 
electrode),  the  three 
being  held  firmly  to- 
gether by  rubber 
bands.  The  object 
of  the  acid  salt  is  to 
prevent  the  forma- 
tion of  the  oxychlo- 
rate  of  zinc. 

The  negative  pole 
is  composed  of  a  pen- 
cil of  amalgamated 
zinc. 

The  two  poles  are 
set  in  a  solution  of 
sal-ammoniac  and 
water  contained  in 
a  glass  jar,  with  a 
cover  through 
which  the  carbon 
head  and  the  zinc 
project. 

As  the  zinc  is  in- 
definitely preserved 
without  alteration 
in  the  sal  ammo- 
niac, and  as  the  per- 
oxide of  manganese 
is  insoluble  in  this 
liquid,  no  internal 
chemical  action 
takes  place  when  not 
in  use. 


Ledanchc  Battery.     (Prism.) 


Niaudet,  American  trans.,  N.  Y.,  1880  *  180, 181. 
Prescott's  "Electricity "     .     .     .     .  *  75. 


"English  Mechanic.  "     . 
' Scientific  American,'"1. 


*  xxiii.  157. 
.  *  XXXT-.  115 : 


"  Scientific  American  " *  xlii.  198. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement  ''   *  2728. 

"  Technologiste  " xxxvii.  140. 

Improved,  "  Telegraphic  Journal  "  .  *  yi.  223. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal  :)      .     .     .     .      iv.  213. 


xxxix.  195. 


Telegraph 
"  Scientific  American  Supplement"     3033,3238. 

"Iron  Age  " xviii.,  Sept.  21,  p.  19. 

Electro  bronzing,  "Teleg.  Jour.  '•  .      vii.  234. 
Gaiffe's  impt.,  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.''  .  *  129  :  3187. 
"Telegraphic  Journal'1''       ....      vi.  186. 

In  Clark  if  Muirhead's  improvement  the  carbon  electrode 
as  well  as  the  carbon  fragments  are  platinized  to  reduce  po- 
larization.— Niaudet,  American  translation,  193. 

"  English  Mechanic  " *  xxiii.  191. 

Howett's  modification,  "Sc.  American  Sup.''  .     .  3791. 

Leech,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  A  form  of  uterine  leech 
and  aspirator  by  Dr.  Reese,  for  depleting  the  en- 
gorged neck. of  the  uterus,  is  a  graduated  glass 
cylinder  1\"  long  and  \"  diameter,  with  a  piston, 
through  which  is  conducted  a  metallic  rod  with  a 


LEG,   ARTIFICIAL. 


539 


LEVEL. 


spear  point.  The  point  is  retracted  by  a  spring 
after  puncturing,  and  the  blood  aspirated  by  with- 
drawing the  piston.  —  Tiemann. 

Leg,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  See  Figs.  2894-2898,  pp. 
1284,  1285,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Dr.  J.  H.  Thompson's  report  on  Group  XXIV.,  "Centen- 
nial Exhibition  Reports,"  vol.  vii.,  gives  account  of  the  fol- 
lowing :  — 

p.  31. 


Verduin  (Paris,  1696), 
Martin,  French  . 
Charriere,  French  . 
Bechard,  French  . 
Matkieu,  French  . 
Palmer,  U.S... 
Palmer,  U.  S.  (1873) 


33. 

p.  33. 
'p.  33 

T>.  33. 
'£.37. 
:p.  41. 


Fig.  1575. 


And  mention  of  numerous  others 
exhibited. 

Leg  Boot.  (Manege.)  A 
horse-boot  which  extends 
from  the  hoof  to  the  knee ; 
it  is  made  of  soft  leather, 
closely  fitted  to  the  leg  ;  its 
principal  use  is  to  protect  the 
horse's  leg  from  injury  by  ice 
or  mud. 

Leg  Sup-port'.  An  ap- 
paratus to  modify  the  effects 
of,  or  cure  bow-legs,  knock- 
knees,  weak  ankles,  shortened 
limbs,  and  other  deformities 
and  deficiencies. 

Fig.  1575  shows  right  and  left 
apparatus  for  several  parts. 

See  Fig.  6084,  p.  2459,  "Mech. 
Diet."1 

See  also  references  under  CURVATURE  APPARATUS,  p.  236, 
supra. 

Lem'on    Squeez'er.     One    for    pressing   the 
juice  from  lemons. 

Fig.  1576  shows  several  forms    of  the    Sammis   lemon 
squeezer. 

Fig.  1576. 


Lfiiwn  Squeezers. 

1.  For  half  lemons. 

2.  For  cutting  and  squeezing  whole  or  half  lemons. 

3.  Large  size,  lever  power  for  hotels  and  bars. 

Length.  (Mining.)  A  certain  portion  of  the 
vein  when  taken  on  a  horizontal  line. 

Lens  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
for  withdrawing  an  opaque  lens  in  the  operation 
for  cataract. 

Critchet's  and  Graefe's  lens  scoops  and  spoons  and  others  of 
silver,  hard  rubber,  and  shell,  as  well  as  lens  forceps,  are 
shown  on  pp.  30,  31,  Part  II.,  Tiemanri's  "Armamentarium 
Ckirurgicum." 

Lens  Hold'er.  A  support  for  a  lens  or  com- 
bination of  lenses,  while  an  object  is  adjusted  to  the 
focus  on  an  adjustable  sliding  forceps  or  a  stage  be- 
neath. Fig.  1577. 


For  history,  forms,  and  manufacture  of  lenses,  see  p.  1286, 
et  seq.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  1577.     Periscopic. 

Photographic. 
Picture. 
Piano  concave. 
Piano  convex. 
Polygonal  lens. 
Spherical. 
Spot  lens. 
Stanhope. 
Stereoscopic. 


Achromatic. 
Aplanatic. 
Bull;s  eye. 
Coddington. 
Concavo-convex. 
Condensing  lens. 
Convex. 

Convexo-concave. 
Crossed. 

Cosmorama  lens. 
Cylindrical. 
Demonstration  lens. 
Diacaustic. 
Diamond. 
Double-concave . 
Double-convex. 
Doublet. 
Eye  glass. 
Field  lens. 
Fluid  lens. 
Fresnel's. 

Immersion      objec- 
tive. 
Lunette. 
Meniscus. 
Multiplying. 
Object  glass. 
Objective. 
Orthoscopic. 

Lenses  and  lens-making. 

Chevalier * 

Grinder * 

Manufacture  of  .  .  .  * 
Photograph.,  Voigtlander  * 
Variable  focus,  Dr.  Cusco  * 


Lens  Holder. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2203. 
' Scientific  American,"  xliii.  51. 
'Scientific  American,'1''  xli.  159. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1849. 
'Scientific  American,"  xliii.  131. 


Len-tic'u-lar  Knife.  (Surgical.)  A  scraper 
used  in  osteotomy.  A  sharp-edged  disk  is  attached 
to  the  end  of  a  staff,  in  a  plane  at  right  angles  to 
the  handle. 

Let'ter  Bal'ance.  Scales  graduated  for  letter 
postage.  Usually  in  two  sizes :  one  varying  from 
£  ounce  to  8  ounces ;  the  other  from  £  ounce  to  4 
pounds.  The  latter  to  include  printed  matter. 

One  form  of  letter  balance  has  two  beams,  one 
graduated  to  ounces  and  fractions,  and  the  other 
to  metric  weights. 

Lev'ee.     See  JETTY. 

Lev'el.  1.  An  instrument  for  determining  hori- 
zontality.  The  subject  is  treated  on  pp.  1293  et 
seq.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

_  The  machinist's  level  is  shown  in  Fig.  1578.  It  has  brass 
side-views,  brass  top  and  end  plates,  and  corners,  protected 
by  \"  square  rods  extending  the  entire  length  of  the  rosewood 
staff. 

Fig.  1578. 


Machinist's  Level  and  Plumb. 

2.  A  level,  used  by  Prof.  Aita  in  the  survey  of 
Padua,  for  drainage,  and  water  service,  was  devised 
to  overcome  the  difficulty  of  leveling  in  tortuous 
streets. 

It  consists  of  two  glass  tubes,  doubly  clamped  to  grad- 
uated staffs,  and  connected  by  a  caoutchouc  tube  of  any 
desired  length.  The  two  clamps  are  movable,  the  glass 
tubes  being  partly,  and  the  connecting  tubes  wholly  filled 
with  water.  The  observers  at  the  respective  ends  bring  the 
clamps  to  the  levels  of  the  water  in  the  respective  tubes,  and 
each  enters  the  scale-reading  in  his  note  book.  When  the 
books  are  compared,  the  difference  of  readings  give  the  dif- 
ference of  altitudes. 

3.  Attached  to  a  gun  to  indicate  its  exact  posi- 
tion. 

Latta,  Patent  No.  181,530  Haskell,  Patent  No.  175.702. 
Several  forms  .  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup..'"  211(X 
Aita,  Italy  .  .  .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.39. 


LEVEL. 


540 


LEVER  PLATER. 


'Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  131. 
'Railroad  Gazette,'1''  191. 


Apparatus,  Ecroyd     .     .  * 

Land,  Lowe * 

Rod,  Wkitehouse    ...  * 
Target,  Cleseler     .   ' .     .  * 

Allen * 

See  Simms'  "  LEVELING. " 

Lev'el-ing  Plow.  One  for  plowing  down 
ridges  thrown  up  in  some  forms  of  row  culture  ; 
beets,  for  instance. 

Fig.  1579  is  a  French  form  by  Delahaie-  Tailleur  Sf  Bajac,  ol 
Liancourt,  which  is  adapted  for  a  still  greater  breadth.  The 
shares  are  thrown  into  or  out  of  the  soil  by  a  single  lever, 
and  their  working  depth  is  regulated  by  the  two  rear  levers, 

Fig.  1579. 


French,  Leveling  Plow. 

•which  actuate  the  bent  axles  of  the  hind  wheels,  so  that  the 
plows  may  penetrate  the  depth  desired,  or,  as  in  the  figure, 
be  lifted  clear  of  the  soil  in  moving  from  place  to  place. 

Lev'el-ing  Screw.  (Milling.)  One  in  the 
hurst  of  a  mill,  acting  against  an  iron  plate  in  the 
back  Cbeneath)  of  a  bed-stone  in  order  to  adjust  it 
vertically  and  bring  it  to  an  exact  level.  The  run- 
ner is  then  trammed  in  accordance  therewith. 

Lev'er.  (Steam  Engine.)  A  hand-rod  for  mov- 
ing the  valves  in  the  starting  or  reversing  of  an  en- 
gine. 

Fig.  1580. 


Kno ivies'   Steam  Pwtip. 

Fig.  1580  shows  the  hand-power  lever  of  a  steam-pump, 
and  the  lever  detached. 

(Fire-arm.)  The  piece  by  which  the  gun  is 
opened  or  closed  in  some  forms  of  breech-loaders.  It 
may  be  top,  side,  or  under  lever.  Examples  are 
found  in  the  Douglas,  Henry,  Maynard,  and  other 
rifles. 

Lev'er  and  Cam  Valve.  A  form  of  valve 
for  gas  or  water  mains. 


The  gate  A  moves  on  guides  B  f>,  which  are  arranged  to 
Fie.  lo«l. 


Lever  and  Cam  Valve.    (Perspective.) 

prevent  friction  by  keeping  the  gate,  when  moving,  from 
contact  with  the  seat  and  wall  of  the  valve  chamber.  The 
gate  is  opened  and  closed  by  means  of  the  lever  arm  C  at- 
tached to  the  rock  shaft 

D  and  working  in  the  Kiir.  1582. 

slot  E.  When  the  gate 
is  nearly  down,  the  cam 
F  forces  it  forward  and 
down  to  its  seat.  One 
quarter  turn  of  the 
wheel,  which  may  bo 
replaced  by  a  straight 
arm  or  lever,  opens  or 
closes  the  valve. 

Lever  valve,  Young,  Br., 

*  "Engineer,''  1.  494. 

*  "Se.  Am.,"1  xxxix. 

19. 

Lev'er  C  o  m- 
pres'sor.  (Optics.) 
A  means  for  apply- 
ing pressure  to  an 
object  whilst  under 
examination  with  the  microscope. 

A  screw  is  attached  to  a  lever  carrying  a  piece  of  glass  and 
working  on  another  plate  in  which  a  second  glass  is  fixed 
and  upon  which  the  object  is  placed. 

Fig.  1583. 


Lever -and  Cam  Valve.     (Section.) 


Lever  Compressor. 

Lev'er  Drill.  A  machine  tool  in  which  the 
tool  spindle  works  with  a  spline  in  the  socket  of 
the  wheel  which  rotates  it,  and  is  projected  axially 
by  a  lever  to  bring  it  toward  or  away  from  its 
work.  The  spindle  is  counterbalanced  and  has  a 
vertical  movement  of  7|".  Fig.  1584. 

The  table  is  revolvable,  and  is  also  vertically 
adjustable  by  rack  and  pinion.  • 

Lev'er  Fau'cet.  One  opened  by  a  lever  and 
closed  by  a  spring.  See  a  Fig.  232,  p.  81,  supra. 

Lev'er  Hand'-car.  (Railway.)  One  worked 
by  levers  connected  to  cranks. 

Lev'er  Han'dle-cock.  A  faucet,  the  handle 
of  which  projects  as  a  lever  on  one  side  only-  See 
Fig.  234,  p.  81,  supra. 

Lev'er  Hook.  (Fishing.)  One  so  arranged 
that  when  the  fish  pulls  at  the  bait,  another  hook 
strikes  it  and  makes  it  fast.  See  list  on  p.  341 , 
supra. 

Lev'er  Pla'ter.  A  form  of  calendering  ma- 
chine in  which  the  force  of  compression  is  applied 
through  the  instrumentality  of  levers.  See  PLATER. 


LEVER   PRESS. 


541 


LIFE   BOAT. 


Lever  Drill. 


Lev'er  Press. 

ing  tin  ware,  for 
instance,  in  which 
the  punch  or 
stamp  is  worked 
by  a  foot-lever ; 
as  distinct  from  a 
pendulum,  c  a  m, 
screw,  or  fly  press. 
Lev'er  Shears. 
A  metal  shears  in 
which  the  power 
is  applied  by 
means  of  a  lever  ; 
as  in  Fig.  1585, 
which  is  a  French 
sheet  metal  shears 
having  spur  teeth 
on  the  contacting- 
cams  by  which  the 
motion  of  the  lever 
is  applied  to  the 
jaw. 

Lev'er  Valve. 
One  moved  by  ;i 
lever. 


A  press  for  cutting  or  stamp- 
Fig.  1585. 


Lever  Shears. 


See    LEVER  ;  LEVER  AND  CAM  VALVE  ;  LEVER 
COCK. 


Lev'i-ga-ting 
Ma-chine'.  The 
porcelain  levigating 
machine  consists  of 
a  Thuringian  porce- 
lain mortar,  a,  with 
a  fla  t-b  o  1 1  o  m  e  d 
grooved  pestle,  b. 
This  is  attached  to 
an  iron  crank,  c, 
which  is  mounted  in 
a  strong  wooden 
frame.  There  is  a 
-spout  at  the  bottom 
of  the  mortar  for 
running  off  the  mix- 
ture  when  suffi- 
ciently ground. 


Fig.  1586. 


Fig.  1587. 


Ley'den  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  combi- 
nation of  Leyden  jars  presenting  single  positive 
and  negative  poles. 

L.  G.  R.     Large  Grain  Rifle  powder. 

Lid  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  See  EYE 
INSTRUMENTS  ;  also  Entropium  forceps,  Fig.  1877, 
p.  805,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Lieb'er-kuhn.  A  silvered  cup,  which  slides  or 
screws  upon  the  front  of  the  object- 
glass  ;  light  thrown  upward  by  the 
mirror  will  be  reflected  by  it  down 
upon  the  object ;  by  slightly  vary- 
ing the  inclination  of  the  mirror, 
every  necessary  alteration  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  illumination  can  be 
obtained. 

Life.    The  endurance  of  a  ma- 
chine, or  a  part. 

Compiled  from  the  returns  of  26  Illinois  R.  R.  companies :  — 
Years.  Years. 


Lieberkuhn. 


Locomotives  .  . 

.    15V 

Passenger  cars 
Stock  cars   .     .     . 
Freight  cars     .     . 
Iron  rails     .     .     . 
Steel  rails    .     .     . 
Oak  ties  . 

.    153 
.    10 

'.    14 

7 

Cedar    
Truss  bridges     .     .     . 
Trestle  bridges  .     .     . 
Pile  bridges  .... 
Joints  and  fastenings 
Fencine     . 

Levigating  Machine. 


"  Locomotives  201,  202,  203,  and  204  were  placed  on  the 
Erie  road  in  the  months  of  June  and  July,  1854,  and  have 
run  respectively  635,169,  532,548,  658,548,  and  639,186  miles. 
The  engines  were  equipped  with  new  boilers  in  1871,  and  are 
still  considered  good  for  8  years  more  of  good  service.  The 
locomotives  are  from  the  Rogers  Works,  Paterson."  —  Hor- 
nettsville  (N.  Y.)  Times. 

For  endurance  of  car  wheels,  see  p.  176,  supra. 

Life  and  Cur'rent  Slide.  (Microscope.)  A 
slide  in  which  are  two  oval  cells  with  shallow  con- 
necting channel.  By  pressure  on  the  cover  the 
contents  of  a  cell  are  caused  to  traverse  the  strait 
and  the  thin  film  is  observed  in  transitu. 

See  CURRENT  SLIDE,  Fig.  748,  p.  236,  supra. 

Life  Boat.  Fig.  1588  represents  a  number  of 
life  boats  in  section  and  one  in  plan.  They  are  de- 
rived from  a  lecture  by  Mr.  Charles  H.  Beloe,  read 
before  the  Liverpool  Polytechnic  Society. 

Beginning  at  the  left,  above :  — 

a  is  the  Greathead  boat.  A  A  are  air-tight  compartments, 
and  B  a  water-tight  deck  discharging  by  tubes  into  the  sea. 

b  is  the  Yarmouth  sailing  life  boat,  with  air  cases  A  A, 
and  exterior  cork  fenders  outside  the  gunwale.  They  are 
launched  empty  and  the  water  then  admitted  to  the  well  to 
the  level  of  the  water  outside. 

c,  h,  i,  are  views  of  the  Royal  National  Life  Boat.  It  is 
self-righting,  and  is  the  result  of  the  experience  in  building 
the  present  fleet  of  life  boats,  numbering  235.  It  has  side 
•and  end  air  chambers  C,  D,  ballast  £',  relieving  tubes  B  for 
the  deck  load  of  water. 

e  is  Lamb  If  White's  life  boat.  It  is  built  of  two  thick- 
nesses of  plank  with  prepared  waterproof  material  of  an  ad- 
hesive nature  interposed. 

f  is  Woolfe's  boat. 

g,  j,  are  boats  on  the  tubular  principle. 

k  is  Hamilton  If  Co.'s  metallic  life  boat,  which  rids  itself 
of  deck  water  by  discharge  from  the  end  of  the  boat  which 
may  be  highest  into  a  space  between  two  bulk-heads,  and 
then  lowering  it  to  outside  level  by  means  of  a  plug. 

I  is  Combe's  cork  and  cane  life  boat.  It  consists  of  two 
baskets,  one  placed  within  the  other,  secured  to  a  deep 
wooden  keel,  and  the  intervening  space  filled  with  cork. 

Fig.  1589  is  the  Royal  Institution  self-righting  life  boat, 
mounted  on  its  carriage,  and  Fig.  1590  shows  respectively  a 
longitudinal  section  and  a  plan. 

The  boat  has  end  and  side  air  cases  f,  g,  b.  A  water-tight 
deck  with  relieving  tubes  a.  Spaces  beneath  the  deck  lon- 
gitudinally amidships  of  the  boat  are  packed  with  cork,  form- 
ing a  portion  of  the  ballast.  The  extra  buoyancy  is  obtained 
by_the  air-cases. 

t 

th  ,     _  rr 

flow  out  through  these  tubes,  which  are  f  urnishedrwith  very 
simple  self-acting  balanced  valves,  that  afford  no  obstruction 
to  the  free  egress  of  water,  but,  closing  by  the  pressure  of 
the  sea  outside,  effectually  prevent  the  admission  of  any. 
The  actual  time  occupied  by  one  of  these  boats  in  freeing  it- 


LIFE  BOAT. 


542 


LIFE   BOAT. 


Fig.  1588. 


British  Life  Boats. 


self  from  water  is  about  30  seconds.    A  large  portion  of  the 
ballast  is  composed  of  cork  or  wood.    The  really  distinguish- 


ing feature  of  these 
boats  is  the  property 
which  they  possess 
of  self  righting. 
The  best  proof  of  the 
safety  of  the  boats  is- 
the  fact  that  during 
the  last  22  years  the 
Institution  has  only 
lost  from  all  causes, 
|  29  persons  from  its 
own  life  boat  crews, 
and  many  of  these 
lives  were  lost  by 
the  men  being 
crushed  against 
wrecks,  falling  over- 
board,  etc.  The 
method  by  which 
this  peculiar  prop- 
erty is  obtained  is 
by  attaching  a 
heavy  iron  keel  to 
the  boat,  and  other- 
w  i  s  e  providing  a 
sufficient  weight  of 
ballast,  by  giving  a 
considerable 
amount  of  sheer, 
and  by  inclosing 
the  bow  and  stern 
by  air-tight  cham- 
bers. These  cham- 
bers have  sufficient 
buoyancy  to  s  u  p- 
port  the  whole 
weight  of  the  boat 
when  upset,  with 
the  keel  at  a  con- 
siderable height 

above  the  water  ;  it  is  then  floating  on  two  points,  with  the 
ballast  far  above  the  center  of  buoyancy,  thus  forming  an 


Royal  Institution  Life  Boat. 


unstable  equilibrium.    In  this  position  the  boat  cannot  re- 
main :  and  as  soon  as  the  keel  falls  to  one  side  or  the  other 


of  the  center  of  gravity,  the  weight  of  ballast  drags  the 
boat  round,  the  water  escapes  through  the  relieving  tubes, 


Royal  Institution  Life  Soot.    (Longitudinal  Section  and  Plan.) 

o,  Delivering  tubes  ;  b,  Air-cases  ;  c,  Well ;  rf,  Air-cases :  e,  Empty  air-cases  under  deck  ;  /,  Fore  air-compartment ;  g,  Af- 
ter air-compartment ;  A,  Air-cases  ;  k,  Mast-thwart ;  s,  Scuttles  for  air. 


LIFE   BOAT. 


543 


LIFE-SAVING  APPARATUS. 


and  she  IB  again  ready  for  service.  The  following  are  the 
requirement  srequisite  to  insure  self-righting:  (1.)  Ballast. 
(2.)  Inclosed  air  chambers  at  the  bow  and  stern,  placed  suffi- 
ciently above  the  center  of  gravity.  (3.)  Limited  breadth  of 
beam.  (4. )  Limited  side  buoyancy. 

Life  Buoy.     One  thrown  to  a  man  overboard. 

The  one  in  Fig.  1591  is  Eoutourier's.     It  has  two  inflated 
canvas  globes,  a  connecting  strap,  and  winding-in  line. 


Fig.  1591. 


Routouritr's  Life  Buoy. 

Fig.  1592  is  Stone's  improved  form  of  Lieut.  Cook's  buoy 
(Br.).  In  this  night  life  buoy,  the  act  of  throwing  it  over- 
board sets  light  to  a  port  fire,  which  burns  steadily  on  the 
surface  of  the  water,  and  shows  the  situation  of  the  life  buoy 
to  the  party  requiring  its  aid,  as  well  as  lighting  the  boat  to 
the  seaman  in  the  water.  This  life  buoy  is  in  general  use  in 
the  British  navy. 

Fig.  1592. 


Stone's  Night  Life  Buoy. 

Life  Fre-serv'er.  An  inflatable  pillow,  cush- 
ion, jacket,  or  what  not.  Fig.  1593  shows  a  num- 
ber of  forms. 

Life-sav'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  lengthy  and 
admirable  report  on  life-saving  apparatus,  guns, 
projectiles,  etc.,  by  Lieut.  D.  A.  Lyle,  is  to  be 
found  in  "  Ordnance  Report,"  1868,  Appendix  P 
pp.  177-334,  and  Plate  LIV. 


Fig.  1593. 


Life  Preservers. 

History  of  life-saving  ap-  "Ordnance  Report,''  1868,  Appen- 

paratus dix  P.,  pp.  285-300. 

Hunt's  apparatus    .     .     .  Ibid.,  p.  305  and  Plate  LI. 
Boxer's  life-saving  rocket  Ibid.,  p.  314,  and  Plates  XL.,  XLI. 
Guns  and  projectiles  for 

throwing  shot-lines      .  Ibid.,  Plates  I.  to  XXX. 
Faking  boxes      ....  Ibid.,  Plates  XXXI.  to  XXXIV. 
Manby's  shot,  etc.  .     .     .  Ibid.,  Plate  XXXVIII. 
Parrot's  projectile  .     .     .  Ibid.,  Plate  L. 
Fakes Ibid.,  Plates  XLVIII.,  XLIX. 

See  also  ANCHOR  SHOT  ;  BARBED  SHOT  ;  GRAPPLE  SHOT. 

"Report  on  the  Manufacture  of  Life-saving  Guns,"  "Ord- 
nance Report,"  1879,  *p.  270,  with  7  plates. 

Cf.  Life  Boat,  Atkin  .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,1''  192. 
Boat,  Chapman     .     .     .*"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  9Q. 
Globular,  Manes  ...  *  "Manuf.  and  Builder,"  is.  185. 
Spherical,  Manes  ...  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  54. 

Jackson *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1568. 

Stockwett *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  458. 

Tubular,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  404. 

Buoy,  Pocket   ....      "  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  192. 
Preserver,  Beck      .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  274. 
Cavalry  and  eques- 
trian's inflatable 

saddle  cloth    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1161. 
Delhommer    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  115. 
Preserving  cap. 

McCarthy  ...  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  242. 
Preserving  stool. 

Nask      .... 
Preserver,  Rose 
Preservers,  stuffed  with 

deer  hair 

Bafts,  "Engineer  "   .     . 
Rocket,  Atkinson  .     .     . 
Saving  apparatus. 
Cummerford      .     .    . 

Bow 

Devices "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  87. 

Saving  app.  U.  S.  Marine  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  575. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2778. 

Saving  line  shot,  Hunt  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  376. 
Saving  mattresses  .  .  "  Scientific  American,"  xl.  146. 
Saving  rocket,  buoyant, 

Br *  "Engineer,,"  xlix.  70. 

Saving  vessel,  Stoclcwell  *  "Engineer,"  xl.  395. 
Saving  app.,  cannon  for 

line  shot *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  212. 

See  also  LINE  THROWING  GUN,  infra. 

Article  " Porte- Amarres,"  Laboulayt's  "Diet,  dex  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed.  1877,  has  notices  of  Manby,  Delvigne^ 
Tremblay. 


*  "Scientific  American," xxxiv.  291. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  294. 

"  Manuf.  and  Builder,"  x.  232. 
"  Van  No-itrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  308. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  207 

1  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  182. 
"Scientific  American,"  xl.  376. 


LIFE-SAVING   SUIT. 


544 


LIFTING   HITCH. 


Life-sav'ing  Suit.  An  inflatable  dress  to 
buoy  up  a  swimmer  or  shipwrecked  person. 

Boyntoii'g  rubber  life-saving  dress  is  in  two  parts,  tunic  and 
pantaloons*  The  latter  contains  an  air-chamber  in  each  leg, 
which  extends  to  the  tops  of  the  boots,  while  the  waist  is 


1594 


Boynton's  Life  Suit. 

girdled  with  a  resisting  steel  band,  on  which  is  mounted  a 
flange  or  ridge  of  heavy  rubber.  The  jointure  is  made  by 
lapping  the  tunic  over  the  band,  and  a  similar  ridge  drops 
into  the  groove  formed.  A  belt  thrown  over  the  whole 
makes  a  tight  joint.  The  tunic  contains  three  air-chambers  ; 
one  in  the  breast,  back,  and  head  respectively .  When  the 
latter  chamber  is  inflated  through  the  tube,  it  forms  a  pil- 
low, raising  the  head  of  the  occupant  sufficiently  to  give  him 
a  complete  range  of  vision.  The  suit  is  of  delicate  construc- 
tion, and  yet  it  will  resist  severe  breakers  and  seas.  The 
face  is  the  only  portion  of  the  body  exposed. 

Fig.  1594  represents  the  swimmer  in  full  outfit,  and  a  sec- 
tional view  to  illustrate  the  construction. 

Life  Sig'nal.  A  provision  on  a  life-saving  buoy 
by  which  an  inextinguishable  light  is  given  as  soon 
as  the  buoy  touches  the  water. 

These  chemical  lights  are  now  made  in  a  variety  of  forms, 
and  serve  a  useful  purpose  in  giving  a  bright  light  upon  the 
water  when  thrown  overboard.  One  of  the  best  of  these 
contains  chemicals  that  will  not  burn  at  any  application  of 
heat,  but  touched  by  water  will  evolve  a  bright  flame.  A 
small  cylindrical  box,  ending  above  in  a  soft  copper  nib,  is 
weighted  below  to  keep  it  upright  in  the  water,  and  filled 
with  phosphate  of  calcium.  When  thrown  into  the  sea,  after 
the  copper  nib  has  been  cut  off,  the  water  penetrates  into 
the  box,  and  the  phosphureted  hydrogen  evolved  escapes 
through  a  perforated  tube  leading  to  the  open  nib  in  a  bril- 
liant jet  of  light.  Rain  and  spray  only  increases  its  bril- 
liancy. Lieut.  Cook's  safety  buoy  is  described  under  BUOY, 
p.  407,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  also  Flg^925,  page  1301,  Ibid. 

Life  Slide.  See  LIFE  AND  CURRENT  SLIDE; 
CURRENT  SLIDE.  Fig.  748,  p.  236,  supra. 

Lift.  1.  The  pump  stock,  or  a  portion  thereof, 
of  a  deep  well-pump.  Perhaps  especially  one  be- 
longing to  the  Cornish  system. 

Fig.  1595  shows  a  portion  consisting  of  a  working  barrel 
(11'),  a  door  piece  (6')  fitted  with  valve-seat  and  valve,  an 
egg-ended  wind-bore  (9')  and  the  door-piece  which  has  lugs 
for  suspending  it  when  the.  valve  is  to  be  examined. 

2.  A  hand-hold  attached  to  a  window  or  window- 
blind,  by  which  to  raise  or  lower. 

Cf.  Lift  Hydraulic  on  ca- 
nals        "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'''  xiv.  92. 

Morris  and  Essex  canal  Fig.  2665,  p.  1176,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Great  Western  canal.  Br.  Fig.  2932,  p.  1304,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Fig.  1595. 


Working  Barrel  of  Cornish  Pump. 


Lifting  Bridge. 
Scheldt,  Antwerp 
Brussels 
Peronnet 
Bascule 


Lifting  chock  for  thresh- 
ers, Clayton  If  Shuttle- 
worth  ...... 

Lift,  double,  Weston      . 

Lifting  Jack,  Cornell 

"  Magic  "      ..... 

Rowland      ..... 

Smith      ...... 

Vibert  . 


*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  139. 

Fig.  a,  2935,  p.  1306,  "Mech.  Diet."1 
Fig.  b,  2935,  p.  1305,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

*  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  241,  Figs.  588, 

489. 


'Engineer,"1  xlii.  57. 
'Iron  ,dg^,''xxiii.,  March  20,  p.  9. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  166. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Sept.  5,  p.  9. 
'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  297. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  355. 
'  Scientific  American  ,"  xxxiv.  274. 


Lift'er.  1  .  The  device  on  top  of  a  drop  press 
by  which  the  hammer  is  raised,  and  which  becomes 
detached  to  allow  the  hammer  to  drop.  See  DROP 
PRESS,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  form  of  extractor  for  tubing  or  boring  bars 
in  oil-wells.  See  Plate  LXXIV.,  p.  2758,  Ibid. 

"American  Manufacturer"      .     .     .  May  30,  1879,  p.  16. 

Lift'ing-back  Saw.  (Surgical.)  One  which 
has  a  hinged  back  to  stiffen  the  blade  when  in 
use. 

Lift'ing  Gate.  1.  A  farm  gate  vibrating  up- 
wardly, being  hinged  to  a  horizontal  pintle  on  the 
post.  "  See  instances  on  p.  958,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  form  of  water-gate  used  in  the  penstocks 
of  water-wheels. 

Lift'ing  Jack.  A  portable  contrivance  for 
raising  weights.  See  pages  1305,1306,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Among  other  forms  may  be  found  the  following,  which 

see  :  — 


Bottle  jack. 
Hydraulic  jack. 
Lever  jack. 


Screw  jack. 
Wagon  jack. 
Jack  screw. 


See  list  of  jacks  on  p.  1208,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Vig.  1596  shows  several  forms  of  hydraulic  lifting  jacks. 


Fig.  1596. 


Hydraulic  Jacks. 

a.  Lifting  jack  with  low-down  claw. 

b.  Wide  base  jack. 

e.  Ordinary  hydraulic  jack. 

Lift'ing  Hitch.     A  mode  of  slinging  an  article 
by  a  rope  so  that  the  object  may  be  raised. 

Fig.  1597  shows  a  number  of  hitches  appropriate  to  the 
objects. 


LIFTING  HITCH. 


545 


LIGHTHOUSE. 


Fig.  1597. 


Fig.  1598. 


Lifting  Hitches. 

1.  Half-hitch.  5.  Hammock  hitch. 

2.  Timber  hitch.  6. 'Cask  sling. 
8.  Half-hitch  and  timber  hitch.     7.  Bale  sling. 

Clove  hitch.  8.  Butt  sling  on  end. 

Lifting  Ma-chine'.  A  form  of  dynamometer 
used  in  ascertain- 
ing the  strength 
o  f  a  person  i  11 
lifting1;  or  l»y 
gradual ly  in- 
creasing1 the  load, 
to  develop  great- 
e  r  strength  b  y 
exercise. 

See  also  EXEK- 

C  I  8  I  N  G      M  A- 

CHINE;   HEALTH 
LIFT. 

Lift  Jig'ger. 
(Nautical.)  A 
light  tackle  for 
swaying  on  the 
lifts  of  the  yards. 

Lift  Latch. 
A  lock  in  which 
the  latch  is  lifted, 
not  slipped. 

Li-ga'tor. 
(Surgical.)  An 
instrument  to  plac«  and  fasten  a  ligature. 

t*(.-u  Fig.  2944,  p.  1308,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  "Bcraseur,-'  Fig.  1823,  p.  773,  Ibid.,  and  Fig.  919, 
p.  292,  supra. 

Fig.  1599. 


Li/ling  Machine. 


Dr.  Crocker's  ligator  for  the  gradual  removal  of 
tumors  is  shown  in  Fig.  1599.  The  spring  is  re- 
tained in  a  compressed  state,  until  the  ligature 
has  been  passed  around  the  tumor,  and  its  free 
ends  secured  to  the  cross-bar  ;  it  is  then  released, 
and  the  removal  of  the  tumor  is  accomplished 
gradually  and  with  little  danger  of  hemorrhage. 

Lig'a-ture  Car'ri-er.  Ligature  car- 
riers, knot-tyers,  and  ecraseurs  are  shown 
in  Fig.  2944,  p.  1308,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Helmutk's  elastic  ligature  carrier,  adapted  for 
the  treatment  of  complete  or  incomplete  fistula, 
has  two  buttons,  A  B,  Fig.  1600,  close  up  to  the 
handle  of  the  instrument.  By  pushing  forward 
the  button  A,  the  blunt  end  of  the  instrument, 
as  seen  at  F,  opens.  The  elastic  ligature  is  then 
put  upon  the  stretch,  and,  while  thus  drawn  out, 
is  slipped  into  the  notch,  and  the  button  A  drawn 
back  to  its  place,  and  the  needle  (if  the  case  is 
one  of  complete  fistula)  is  ready  for  use. 

If  the  fistula  be  incomplete,  the  blunt  end  is 
passed  firmly  up  to  the  end  of  the  sinus,  the  but- 
ton B  is  pushed  forward,  which  protrudes  the 
sharp  point  D;  in  other  words,  transforms  the 
blunt  into  a  sharp  point.  The  fistula  is  then  made 
complete  by  piercing  the  tissues  ;  as  soon  as  this 
is  done,  the  point  is  retracted  again  within  its 
sheath,  thus  leaving  a  rounded  extremity  in  the  rectum.  By 
elevating  the  handle  with  the  left  hand,  and  drawing  the 
blunt  end  down  by  means  of  the  index  finger  inserted  within 
the  rectum,  the  ligature  is  brought  out  at  the  anus,  taken 
hold  of  and  held,  while  the  button  A  is  pushed  up,  which 
entirely  liberates  the  thread.  The  instrument  is  then  with- 
drawn, the  ends  of  the  ligatures  are  passed  through  a  leaden 
ring,  which  is  slipped  into  position  and  clamped  by  forceps. 

Light.     See  the  following  references  :  — 

From  mechanical  force. 

Barker 

Lighting  devices  .  .  . 
Apparatus,  Dorscher .  . 
Lime  light 


Electro  chemical  .     .     . 
Index  of  refraction. 

Mode  of  determining  . 
Intermittent  light. 

Sir  W.  Thomson    .     . 
Light  registering  appa. 

Prof.  Koscoe 
Oxygen  apparatus      .     . 
Oxygen  retort  .... 
Oxhydrogen  light      .     . 


"Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  181. 
"//•on  Age,''  xix.,  May  3,  p.  18. 
''•Scientific  American,''  xli.  339. 
['Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  24. 
"Scientific  American,'1'  xxxviii.  58. 
'Scientific  American,''1  xxxvi.  200. 

•'Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  1366. 
'•'  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  107. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  460. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  73. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1227. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  93. 


Dr.  Croaker's  Ligator. 

See  also  Artery  Ligators,  pp.  26-28,  Part  I.    Tiemann's 
'  Armamentarium  C/i  irurgicum . ' ' 
Also  Ovarian  Ligators,  pp.  92,  93,  Part  III.,  Ibid. 
'      aand  Hemorrnoid  Ligators,  pp.  122,  123,  Part  III., 

Fig.  1«00. 


Helmut h's  Elastic  Ligature  Cam, 


Light'er  Staff.  (Grain  Mill.)  A  lever  sup- 
porting and  controlling  the  adjustable  end  of  the 
bray-plank  or  bridge-tree,  to  which  it  is  connected 
f*  °"e  £nd  ty  a  stirrup  while  its  other  end  receives 
the  lighter  screw,  or  sometimes,  a  counterbalance 
weight. 

Light'house.     The  new  Eddystone  lighthouse 
i  to  be  erected  on  the  south  rock  of  the  group 
about  120' south  of  the  present  lighthouse,  .erected 
by  bmeaton  in  1757.    The  present  lighthouse  man- 

ssts  no  sign  of  weakness,  but  the  "'House  Rock" 
on  which  it  stands  has  been  worn  and  probably  un- 
dermined by  the  waves. 

a  ™be,  E(^dystone  lighthouse  is  described  on  p.  1311  of  the 
Mech,  .Diet."    The  new  structure  will  be  built  to  con- 
,,_  tain  a  light  of  more  extensive  radius  and  greater  power. 
The  old  tower  is  72'  above  the  level  of  high  water ;  the 
new  one  is  designed  to  be  130'  above  the  level  of  any  spring 
ide,  so  that  no  matter  what  storm  may  rage,  the  light  will 
771  n  •?  "°    ^"ger  °f  being  ecl'Psed-     «  will  have  a  range  of 
miles  and  is  expected  to  overlap  the  electric  light  at  the 
U/ard.    Beside  th.s,  the  tower  will  be  considerably  enlarged 
giving  nine  rooms  in  place  of  the  existing  four,  thus  adding 
o  the  comfort  and  convenience  of  the  keepers.     The  struc- 

yearsC°  Thl       *'"  C°St  £7°'000'  and  be  C°™V^  ™  four 
The  same  process  of  dovetailing  the  stones  will  be 

adopted   but ;  granite  is  substituted  for  Portland  stone 
ane  abundance  and  cheapness  of  petroleum  oil,  and  the 

whiteness  and  brilliance  of  the  flame  it  gives  when  con* 
sumed  in  properly  constructed  lamps,  more 
than  twenty  years  ago  suggested  its  use  for 
light-houses.  The  colza-oil  lamps  in  use 
in  light-houses  have  one  wick  for  reflectors 
and  small  dioptric  apparatus,  and  two, 


LIGHTHOUSE. 


546 


LILY   IRON. 


three,  four,  and  even  five  wicks  adapted  to  the  different  or- 
ders of  dioptric  apparatus,  and  the  flames  developed  in  these 
lamps  are  of 

t'i;;.  KiOl. 


greater  size  and 
brilliance  than 
that    of    the 
four-wick 
lamps  ;  for  ex- 
ample, being 
nearly  4"  in  di- 
ameter,   by 
about  the  same 
in  height,  emit- 
ting   a    light*- 

ciiii-il   fn  iipwvlv   '. 

(5j| 

J^f 

260  standard  »W^ 
sperm  candles. 
The  heat  generated  by  the 
four  cylinders  of  brilliant 
flame  is  very  great,  and 
would  soon  destroy  the 
burner  and  melt  the  glass 
chimneys,  but  the  wicks 
and  burners  are  kept  cool, 
and  the  oil  prevented  from 
volatilizing  by  being  con 
stantly  flooded  with  fresh 
oil  to  the  extent  of  about 
three  or  four  times  what  the 
lamp  can  properly  consume. 

Captain  Daly's  improved 
burner,  which  permits  the 
burning  of  petroleum  in  the 
lighthouse  lamps  of  3,  4, 
and  5  concentric  wicks,  is 
thus  described  by  M.  Colin, 
a  French  lighthouse  engi- 
neer :  — 

"It  is  by  a  happy  choice 
of  proportion  in  different 
parts  of  the  burner,  and  by 
the  application  of  an  exte- 
rior cylinder  which  sur- 
rounds the  wick-holders, 
and  is  arranged  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  project  a  cur- 
rent of  air  upon  the  flame, 
that  Capt.  Doty  has  been  suc- 
cessful in  producing  a  bril- 
liant and  regular  flame  with 
burners  containing  two, 
three,  four  and  even  five 
wicks.  The  wicks  are  dis- 
tributed similar  to  the 
Fresnel  system.  A  small 
central  adjustable  disk, 
combined  with  an  exterior 
air  cylinder,  to  regulate  the 
currents  of  air  in  the  flame, 
forms  a  combustion  cham- 
ber which  produces  a  long 
and  very  lively  flame.  A 
simple  appliance  permits 
the  application  of  his  sys- 
tem of  burners  to  the  ordi- 


Funck's  Float  Lamp. 


nary  overflow    lamp,  i.  e.,  the  mechanical  and  moderator 
lamps." 

This  invention  at  once  places  within  the  reach  of  light- 
house authorities  lamps  which  do  not  require  any  struc- 
tural rearrangement  of  the  apparatus  or  lamps  at  present 
in  use ;  new  burners  only  require  to  be  screwed  or  sol- 
dered on  to  the  existing  lamps,  and  the  lighthouse  manage- 
ment goes  on  as  formerly,  but  with  this  difference,  that  the 
flames  of  the  Doty  burner  show  greater  illuminating  power. 

Funck's  float  lamp  for  lighthouses  is  shown  in  Fig.  1601. 

The  float  is  in  the  chamber  which  is  seen  parallel  with  the 
burner  and  regulates  the  supply  which  descends  from  the 
elevated  oil-chamber.  The  overflow  passes  into  a  lower 
chamber  from  whence  it  is  again  pumped  into  the  elevated 
chamber,  by  means  of  a  pump,  the  handle  of  which  is  shown 
protruding  to  the  right. 
Cf.  Architecture. 

"The.  Builder  " 
Burners   .     .     . 
"  Chickens,"  rock 


"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xviii.  17. 

"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  8,  p.  18. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  356. 

Chipiona,  Spain  .  .  .  *" Scientific  American  Sup., "2699. 
Dhu  heartach,  Scotland  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  373. 
Eddystone  (new),  .  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  209. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Sept.  4,  p.  5. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xix.  379. 

"  Scientific  American,"  xli.  145. 

Maj.  Elliot's  Rept.  .  .  *  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  97. 
Eng'ing,  "Engineer,"  .  "Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'  xxi.205. 
Sein  near  Finisterre,  Fr. .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1125. 
Illuminating  ....  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  154. 


Illumination,  Engl.  .     . 

On  lighthouses,  Wigham 

Little-Basses,  Ceylon     . 

Iron,  Mexico     .     .     .     . 

Kennie 

Roche  Douvres,  Fr. 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2338. 
"Engineering,''  xxvi.  185. 


Souter  Point,  Engl.  . 

Stevenson *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  353. 

Tampico *  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  March  25,  p.  1. 

Stones,  Weymouth,  Br.   .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  399. 
Ships  and  shore  Teleg. 

Communication      .     .      "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  113.    _ 

Walder Laboutai/e-s    "Dictionnaire,"    iii. 

Cap.  Serrurrerie,  Fig.  100. 

Cf.  Elliot's  Report  on  "European  Lighthouses." 
"Lighthouses,"  by  David  Stevenson,  Edinburgh. 

Light  Met'al.  One  having  a  specific  gravity 
less  than  5  :  water  being  1. 

Aluminium 2.6. 

The  metals  of  alkaline  earths  :  — 

Barium 4. 

Strontium 2.5 

Magnesium' 1.74 

Calcium 1.6 

The  lightest  are :  — 

Potassium 0.86 

Sodium 0.8 

Lithium 0.6 

Kubidium ? 

Caesium ? 

Light  Mod'e-ra-tor.  (Optics.)  Two  circu- 
lar pieces  of  flat  glass  are  mounted  on  a  stand,  one 
blue  and  the  other  red,  so  combined  as  to  give  a 
white  light  when  using  the  microscope  with  artifi- 
cial light. 

Light'ning  Rod. 


See  arrester,  Eggington   * 
Investigations  of,  Plantc  *  ' 
Conductor. 

"English  Mechanic  ''  .  ' 
Galvanometer  for  testing  *  ' 
Discharger,  Kymer  Jones  *  ' 
Protector,  Telegraph  .  *  ' 

Vases *  ' 


Rods 

Rod  discharging  point.j 

Weston 

Rods,  on,  Kirchoff  .  . 
Rod,  nickeled  .... 
Rods,  principles  of  .  . 


Telegraphic  Journal"  v.  192. 
Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  971,  1052. 

'  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxii.  102. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  279. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  489. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  14. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  456. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  79. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  6. 
'Scientific  American,"'  xxxv.  164. 

'Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  230. 
'  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxiii.  491. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  48. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  385. 


Light  Reg'is-ter-ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  An  au- 
tomatic device  by  Prof.  Koscoe  to  keep  a  record  of 
the  amount  of  light  that  falls  at  any  particular 
spot  during  small  fixed  intervals. 

Clockwork  drives  the  apparatus,  photographic  paper  is  the 
sensitive  agent  used,  and  by  mechanical  arrangements  cer- 
tain small  portions  of  the  paper  are  exposed  to  the  action  of 
light  for  fixed  intervals,  which  can  be  regulated  at  pleasure. 
The  tinted  photographic  paper  is  compared  by  the  eye  with  a 
conventional  scale  of  tints. 

Lig'nose.  A  Silesian  blasting  powder  made  of 
woody  fiber  charged  with  nitro-glycerine. 

It  is  very  light ;  burns  slowly  in  a  loose  state ;  does  not 
explode  in  contact  with  open  fire  ;  is  three  times  as  strong  as 
an  equal  weight  of  black  blasting  powder,  and  less  than  one 
third  the  price.  Mentioned  in  the  "Deutsche  Industrie  Zei- 
tung."  Made  at  Kieltsh  by  Baron  von  Trutzschhler  Falken- 
stein. 

Lil'y  I'ron.  (Fishing.)  The  harpoon  head,  de- 
tachable from  the  stem,  used  in  capturing  sword- 
fish.  See  also  HARPOON. 

Fig.  1602. 


Lily  Iron. 


LIMBER. 


LIME   KILN. 


Fig.  1603. 


Kig.  1605. 


Limber  for  Gatlinx  Hun. 

The  ammunition  carriage  to  which 
the  trail  of  a  field-piece  is  attached  when  in  march- 
ing order. 

Fig.  1603  shows  the  limber  for  the  Gatling  gun.  The 
drawers  hold  cases  of  ammunition,  20  or  40  in  a  case ;  the 
case  is  slipped  into  the  feed  hopper  of  the  gun,  and  the  car- 
tridges fall  into  the  loading  grooves  of  the  gun  as  they  suc- 
cessively present  themselves  when  the  barrels  are  rotated. 

lame  Catch'er.  A  device  placed  between  a 
feed-water  pump  and  the  steam  boiler  to  intercept 
the  lime. 


Fig.  1604. 


Feed-water  Filter  and  Lime  Catcher. 


The  device  shown 
is  in  use  on  the  Illi- 
nois Central  Rail- 
way, and  its  purpose 
is  to  prevent  the  de- 
position of  scale. 

Instead  of  admit- 
ting the  feed-water 
intothe-boilerin  the 
usual  manner  (that 
is,  on  the  side  of  the 
boiler,  below  the 
water  level),  the 
feed-water  pipes  are 
carried  from  the 
pumps,  or  injectors, 
to  the  top  of  the 
forward  dome, 
either  inside  or  out- 
side of  the  dome, 
and  deliver  the 
water  near  the  top 
of  the  dome  from 
a  rose,  C,  in  the 
form  of  spray  or 
thin  sheets.  From 
this  point  it  falls 
into  the  body  of  the 
boiler  by  its  own 
gravity,  and  in  its 
descent  is  compelled 
to  pass  over  and 
among  pieces,  D  D, 
of  metal,  wood, 
charcoal,  tile,  oys- 
ter shells,  etc., 
which  are  placed  in 


ace      n 

e  dome  and  are  heated  to  the  same  temperature  as  the 
steam   which   surrounds  them,  and  upon  which   the  lime 
magnesia,  and  other  mineral  impurities  in  solution  in  the 
water  will  deposit  themselves.     These  pieces  of  metal   etc 
are  supported  by  a  grating,  G,  over  which  is  laid,  if  neces- 
sary, a  piece  of  wire  netting,  F,  to  prevent  the  charcoal,  E, 
m  being  washed  through  into  the  boiler. 
The  pieces  of  metal,  etc.,  are  renewed  occasionally 
*ee  also  FEED  WATER  HEATER,  Figs.  1000-1011,  pp.  328,  329, 

Lime  Crack'er.     A  mill   for  rough-grinding 
crude  plaster  and  calcined  limestone.     The  teeth 


Lime  nn<l  Plaster  Cracker. 

are  of  chilled  iron ;  those  in  the  lower  part  of  the 
pot  are  made  in  sections,  which  can  be  renewed 
separately  when  they  wear  out.  The  core  is  made 
in  sections,  also  renewable.  Used  in  cement  works. 
With  a  motion  of  30  revolutions  per  minute,  a  mill 
will  reduce  hard  calcined  water  lime  to  a  fineness 
suitable  for  grinding  at  the  rate  of  60  barrels  per 
hour. 

See  also  CEMENT  MILL,  Fig.  575,  p.  183,  supra. ;  Fig.  1199, 
p.  510,  "Mech.  Diet.";  MORTAR  MILL.  Figs.  3230,  3231,  p. 
1480,  Ibid.,  etc. 

Lime  Ex-tract'or.  See  FEED  WATER  HEATER, 
pp.  328,  329,  supra ;  LIME  CATCHER,  supra. 

Lime'-glass.  (Glass.)  Known  in  England  as 
white  glass  ;  not  to  be  confounded  with  flint-glass, 
which  has  lead  in  it. 

Bohemia  is  especially  celebrated  for  its  white  glassware, 
making  all  articles  usually  made  in  flint-gla,ss  in  England. 
The  latter  is  the  whiter  and  more  brilliant ;  the  lime-glass  is 
the  harder,  and  is  blown  into  wooden  molds.  It  is  invalu- 
able in  the  laboratory.  Kecipe :  — 

Pulverized  quartz 100 

Carbonate  of  potash 28  to  32. 

Slaked  lime 13  to  15. 

Oxide  of  manganese 1 

Arsenic 3 

Saltpeter,  borax,  red  lead,  sometimes  enter  into  the  mix- 
ture in  small  proportions. 

The  French  lime-glass,  also  known  as  half-crystal,  is  com- 
posed as  follows :  — 

Sand 200 

Carbonate  of  soda 66 

Lime 50 

Or  — 

Sand 3,000 

Sulphate  of  soda 170 

Slaked  lime 75 

Ground  charcoal 10 

A  few  hundredths  of  red  lead  are  sometimes  added. 

Lime  Kiln.  Additional  to  what  has  been  given 
on  pp.  1319,  1320,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  some  instances 
may  be  given  of  the  calcination  of  lime  combined 
with  steam  boiler  heating,  and  the  production  of 
carbonic  acid  for  use  in  sugar  houses. 

Cowan's  (Br.)  stearn  generating  apparatus,  combined  with 
a  kiln  for  calcining  limestone,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1606. 

The  kiln  is  worked  on  the  continuous  principle,  with  coal 
and  limestone  alternately,  and  in  regulated  quantities.  The 
escaping  heat  generates  steam  in  boiler,  which  is  partly 
jacketed  around  the  kiln,  and  partly  consists  of  a  dome 
with  vertical  flues. 


LIME   KILN. 


548 


LINE. 


Fix.  1606. 


The  plant  for  the  purpose,  to  be  added  to  the  ordinary 
kiln,  is  included  in  the  following  schemes  :  — 

Metallic  fixture  for  lime-kiln  of  175  cubic  feet  capacity. 

Gas  washer. 

Blowing  apparatus,  with  special  motor,  comprising  1  air- 
pump,  24£"  cylinder  and  16"  stroke  ;  1  horizontal  engine, 
with  9"  cylinder. 

Tubing,  for  conveying  gas  from  furnace  to  washer,  the 
blowers  and  saturating-pans. 

Simonneux's  continuous  kiln,  *  Laboulaye's  " Diclionnaire 
des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"1  vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "  Chaux." 


Ibid.,  ii.,  article  "Mortier," 


French  practice, 
Figs.  1874-1883. 
Lime    kiln     heated 

steam  boiler,  Cowan  *  "  Sc.  Am.,"  xxxv.  307. 
Lime  kiln  and  steam 

boiler  combined      .  *"5c.  Am.   Sup.,"  665. 


Combined  Lime  Kiln  and  Steam  Boiler. 


A.  Kiln  furnace.  D.  Fire-brick  lining. 

B.  Boiler.  E.  Air  space  or  sand  back- 

C.  Feed  water  heater.  ing. 

F.  Masonry 


G.  Furnace  door. 
H.  Draw  hole  for  re 

moving  lime. 
K.  Flue  round  boiler. 


The  calcination  of  limestone  and  chalk  in  kilns,  for  the 
production  of  carbonic  acid,  for  use  in  the  manufacture  of 
beet  sugar,  is  a  prominent  feature  in  European  sttcreries. 

M.  Derosne  was  the  first  to  suggest  quick-lime  in  the  pu- 
rification of  the  beet  juice.  His  method  was  based  upon 
three  principal  points:  (1)  the  use  of  caustic  lime;  (2)  the 
use  of  alum :  and  (8)  the  use  of  alcohol.  The  lime  he  adds 
to  the  fresh  juice,  of  which  he  succeeded  in  expressing  63 
per  cent,  of  the  weight  of  the  root.  The  proportion  added  was 
0.24  gram  per  liter  of  juice.  After  the  addition  of  lime  in  a 
thick  milk  the  juice  was  rapidly  brought  to  boiling  and  the 
scums  removed  as  they  formed.  The  juice  was  then  sepa- 
rated from  the  sediment,  which  settled  and  concentrated. 
It  was  then  purified  with  alum  and  blood,  and  farther 
treated  in  the  usual  way.  The  proportion  of  sugar  extracted 
bv  this  method  is  stated  to  have  been  4J  per  cent.,  and  was 
the  highest  result  that  had  yet  been  attained.  The  beets 
from  which  this  high  yield  was  obtained  were  of  the  white 
Swedish  variety,  while  the  beets  of  the  plain  of  Aubervillier 
did  not  yield  as  much  by  2i  per  cent. 

Fig.  1607  shows  a  limestone  calcining  furnace  specially  de- 
vised for  sucreries,  and  made  by  Chretien,  of  Paris.  It  has 
steam  elevator  for  the  limestone,  and  a  tube  at  the  summit 
to  conduct  the  carbonic  acid  to  the  pans  in  which  the  beet 
juice  is  saturated  with  the  gas.  This  is  described  under  CAK- 
BONATION  PAN,  p.  163,  supra. 

See  also  Dr.  McMurtrie's  "On  the  Sugar  Beet,  and  the 
Manufacture  of  Sugar  Therefrom,'''  Special  Report,  No.  28, 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  1880. 


Lime  Light. 
The  Drum- 
mo  n  d  light 
has  heen  de- 
scribed at  Fig. 
1788,  p.  757, 
"Mcch.  Diet." 

Fletcher's  lime 
light  consists  of  a 
block  of  lime,  in- 
cased in  a  cylin- 
der of  porous 
g  a  n  i  s  t  e  r,  and 
subjected  to  a 
flame  from  a 
Bunsen.  At  an 
opening  in  the 
pottery  envelope 
the  light 


Lime  Kiln  for  Beet  Sugar  Factories. 


emitted  The  canister  cover  ismade  of  refractory  clay  1 
part ;  sawdust,  6  parts  :  burned  :  this  makes  a  very  por- 
ous material,  like  pumice  ;  an  excellent  non-conductor  of 
heat. 

Line      1.  (Fishing.)    a.  The   thread,   twine,  or 
cord  used  in  baited-hook  fishing.     Known  by  van- 


LINE. 


549 


LIQUID   FUEL  FURNACE. 


ous   names   indicative   of    size,   quality,    material, 

men 

make,  purpose,  etc.  ;  snch  as 

:  — 

pur} 

Bottom  set  line. 

Set  line. 

A 

Braided  silk. 

Silk  line. 

ener 

China  grass. 

Silk-worm  gut. 

L 

Cork  line. 

Silver  gimp. 

sem 

Cotton  line. 

Snood. 

T. 

Float  line. 

Squid  line. 

JU 

Gut  line. 

Spilliard. 

Link 

Hand  line. 

Surface  line. 

Link 

Harpoon  line. 

Tapered  silk. 

On 

Land  line. 

Throwing  line. 

P,. 

Linen  line. 

Toggle  line. 

e 

Loaded  line. 

Trawl  line. 

oe  a< 

Plaited  Hue, 

Trot  line. 

para 

Rigged  line. 

Twisted  silk  Hue. 

L 

Seine  line. 

Waterproof. 

2. 

b.  Of  a  seine  :  — 

The  cork  line,  or  line  of  floats  on  the  upper  edge. 

The  toggle  line,  which  in  some  seines  runs  along  the  line 
of  leads. 

The  land  lines,  which  pass  from  the  ends  of  the  seine  to 
the  sheave  blocks  on  shore. 

2.    Mason's  line,  chalk  line,  etc. 

Liu'ear  Knife.  (Surgical.)  A  delicate,  sharp- 
pointed  knife  used  in  making  the  incision  in  opera- 
tion for  cataract.  Graefe's  and  Baader's,  straight 
and  angular  with  the  blade,  are  in  Tiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium." 

Line  Hook.  (Whaling.)  A  hook  for  catch- 
ing the  harpoon  line. 

i'ig.  1608. 


Spencer's  Line-throwiny  Gun. 


ment   wash,  applied  with  the  brush  for  the   same 

rpose. 

A  felt  inserted  in  a  partition  or  siding,  as  a  dead- 
ener  of  sound  or  non-conductor  of  heat. 

Liu/ing  Nail.  A  sharp  upholstering  nail  with 
semi-spherical  head,  brass  or  nickeled. 

Link  Mo'tion.     See  *p.  1824,  "  Mech.  Diet." 
Link-block,  locomotion,  Alexander  *  "&.  Amer.,''  xxxv.230. 
Link  motion,  Marshall,  Br.  ...  *  ".Ewg-'ng,"  xxviii.  25. 
On  the  link  motion,  Smith    .     .  *  "K.  K.  Gaz.,''  xxiii.  2. 

Peaucilller  was  the  first  to  discover  that  a  straight  line  can 
be  accurately  described  by  a  combination  of  links.  See  his 
parallel  motion.  See  Fig.  3548,  p.  1630,  "Mech.  Diet."1 

Lint.     1.  (South.)     Ginned  cotton  before  baling. 

2.  (Fishing.)  A  fisherman's  name  for  the  netting 
of  a  pound  or  seine. 

3.  (Surgical.)     Raveled  or  scraped  linen.     Seep. 
1325,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Lip.  The  helical  blade  on  the  end  of  an  auger 
to  cut  the  chip.  The  spur  makes  the  circumferen- 
tial incision. 

A  lip  auger  has  pod  and  lip  ;  in  contradistinction 
to  the  «c?'eif-auger. 

Lip  Hook.  (Whaling.)  A  grapnel  for  catch- 
ing in  the  lip  of  the  whale,  to  tow  it  to  the  vessel. 

Lip  Pro-tec'tor.  (Dentistry.)  A  saddle-shaped 
shield  laid  upon  the  lip  to  protect  from  abrasion  or 
pinching  during  dental  operations. 

Liq'uid  Bear 'ing.  Described  by  Bramah  in 
his  patent  of  1802,  for  stepping  vertical  shafts.  He 
went  so  far  as  to  per- 
form the  vertical  adjust- 
ment of  the  cutter  spin- 
dles of  his  planing 
machine  by  pumping 
liquid  into  the  step. 

See  JOURNAL  BEARING,  Fig- 
1499,  p.  516,  supra. 

See  also  PALIER  GLISSANT  : 
HYDRAULIC  PIVOT  ;    WATER- 
5,      BEARING,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Liq'uid  Fu'el  Fur'- 
nace.  A  furnace  util- 
izing petroleum  or  par- 
affine  as  the  inflammable 
agent.  (Fig.  1609.) 

One  form  is  shown  in  Fig. 
2965,  p.  1325,  "Mech.  Diet." 

CaldweWs  coal  dust  and 
petroleum  furnace  is 
adapted  as  a  puddling  or 
heating  furnace,  through  the 
roof  E  of  which,  as  well  as 
through  the  chimney  G,  pass 
the  two  pipes  B  and  D,  the 
former  for  admitting  air  un- 
der pressure,  and  the  latter 
for  receiving  a  jet  of  steam 
from  a  nozzle,  a,  the  jet  in- 
ducting petroleum  from  an 
adjoining  reservoir  through 
the  branch  6  into  the  pipe  D. 
Both  of  the  pipes  B  and  D 


Line-throw'ing  Gull.      A  fun  for  throwing  a     communicate  with  a  short  pipe  or  nozzle,  rf,  which  projects  into 

&  frh*>  intormr    77*  rtf    Mm  fiirnafo  at.  Mio    fvnnt  purl    nf    fhft    <MIMC 


line  to  vessels  stranded  or  in  distress  off  shore. 

Fig.  1608  is  Spencer's  breech-loading  line-throwing  gun, 
which  is  mounted  in  the  usual  way,  but  has  an  axial  aper- 
ture in  the  screw  breech-plug  for  the  passage  of  the  line, 
which  is  attached  by  a  spring  to  the  base  of  the  projectile 
to  prevent  the  parting  of  the  line  at  the  instant  of  firing. 
The  breech-plug  is  in  two  parts,  divided  longitudinally,  to 
obviate  reeving  the  line  through  the  hole.  The  tail  of  the 
cord  is  attached  to  a  life-line  lying  faked  in  a  box  near  by. 
See  FAKE,  Fig.  1000,  p.  526,  supra.  See  also  ANCHOR  SHOT, 
Fig.  61,  p.  33,  supra;  GRAPPLE  SHOT,  Fig.  1270,  p.  421,  Ibid. 

Lin'ing  Felt.  A  fabric  of  hair,  or  hair  and 
asbestos,  which  may  be  saturated  with  a  lime  ce- 
ment, and  used  as  a  non-conducting  covering  for 
steam  boilers  and  pipes. 

A  mixture  of  fiber,  animal  or  mineral,  with  ce- 


the  interior  F  of  the  furnace  at  the  front  end  of  the  same. 
1609. 


Coal  Dust  and  Petroleum   Furna 


LIQUID   FUEL   FURNACK. 


550 


LISSAJOU'S   CURVES. 


With  the  pipe  B  communicates  a  hopper  H  for  containing 
coal-dust,  more  or  less  of  which  can  be  admitted  to  the  pipe 
by  means  of  a  sliding  damper.  The  petroleum  injected  into 
the  pipe  D  in  the  form  of  spray  by  the  steam-jet  assumes  a 
gaseous  form  before  it  reaches  the  nozzle  d,  where  it  unites 
with  the  supply  of  compressed  and  heated  air  which  creates 
an  intense  heat  in  the  furnace,  and  consumes  the  coal-dust 
which  arrives  by  the  air-pipe  J3,  and  is  injected  therewith 
into  the  furnace  chamber  F . 

Fig.  1610  is  Ramsden's  hydro-carbon  furnace  (Br.),  which 
is  on  the  principle  of  the  atomizer.    Steam  from  a  boiler  is 

Fig.  1610. 


Hydro-carbon  Furnace. 

discharged  in  the  form  of  spray  from  the  outlets  of  horizon- 
tal tubes  across  the  mouths  of  vertical  tubes  c,  the  lower 
ends  of  which  are  in  a  tank  of  petroleum.  A  vacuum  is  pro- 
duced in  the  hydro-carbon  tubes  in  the  manner  familiar  in 
atomizers,  and  the  consequence  is  a  mingled  spray  of  steam 
and  hydro-carbon  vapor  which  is  conducted  beneath  the 
boiler. 

Blast *"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,-' 47. 

Caldwell *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,'1 125. 

Ramsden *"Sc.Amer.  Sup.,"  125. 

Paper  on,  Dickersonva  "N.  Y.  Sun"  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3784. 

See  also  PETROLEUM  FURNACE,  infra,  and  "Mech.  Diet.,''  p. 
1674. 

Liq'uid  Ma-nure'  Cart.  A  vehicle  for  con- 
veying liquid  fertilizer  and  showering  it  upon  the 
ground. 

Fig.  1611  is  a  French  form,  made  by  Bodin,  of  Trois- 
Croix,  Rennes.  It  is  provided  with  a  pump  for  filling  the 
reservoir  from  cisterns  in  the  barnyards  or  stables. 


Fig.  1611. 


Bodin's  Liquid  Manure  Cart. 

A  British  form  is  shown  at  Fig.  2919,  p.  1326,  "Mech. 
Diet." 
See  also  IRRIGATOR,  supra. 

Liq'uid  Meas'ure.  Liquid  meters  of  several 
forms  are  shown  on  p.  1327,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  WATER  METER,  Figs.  7110-7119,  pp.  2740-2742, 
Ibid.,  and  SPIRIT  METER,  Figs.  2426-2429,  pp.  2227-2278,  Ibid. 
Also  MEASURING  APPARATUS  ;  MEASURING  FAUCET  ;  MEASUR- 
ING FUNNEL,  pp.  1413,  1414,  Ibid.,  and  list  under  MEASURING 
APPARATUS,  etc.,  infra. 


Fig.  1612  shows  Wilkinson's  oil-tank  with  hand-pump 
which  discharges  into  a  glass  vessel  graduated  to  quarts, 
pints,  etc.  When  the  stop- 
cock is  opened  to  draw  off  the 
fluid,  a  valve  is  also  opened, 
and  air  is  admitted  to  the 
top  of  the  receptacle.  When 
the  measure  is  being  filled  by 
pumping  the  fluid  into  it,  the 
air  will  open  the  upper  valve 
and  escape,  the  valve  after- 
wards closing  and  preventing 
evaporation. 

Liq'uid  Weigh'er 
A  device  in  which  a  ves- 
sel is  placed  on  a  scale 
beneath  a  faucet,  weights 
in  the  other  scale  repre- 
senting the  quantity  re- 
quired and  the  tare  of 
the  vessel.  As  the  scale 
descends  it  trips  a  lever 
and  turns  off  the  spigot. 
—  Watts. 

Lis'sa-jou's  Curves. 
The  method  of  combining 
rectangular  vibrations  to 
form  beautiful  and  in- 
structive figures  consisted 
in  the  first  place  of  a  pen 
connected  with  a  pendu- 
lum swinging  in  one  plane, 
and  tracing  lines  upon  a 
platform  which  recipro- 
cated in  a  plane  at  right 
angles  to  that  of  the  pen 
pendulum. 


Oil  Can  and  Liquid  Measure. 


Next  came  a  pen  connected  with  two  pendulums  swinging 
in  planes  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  the  tracing  being  a 
line,  the  result  of  the  two  impulses. 

Shifting  to  the  merely  visual ;  two  tuning-forks  carrying 
small  mirrors  and  vibrating  at  right  angles  to  each  other, 
threw  pencils  of  light  upon  a  screen  and  it  was  soon  seen, 
though  not  unexpected,  that  the  consonances  and  dissonan- 
ces of  sounds  were  admirably  shown  by  the  optical  method, 
visible  in  an  auditorium. 

In  the  original  method  the  dying  action  of  the  pendulums 
as  they  sank  to  rest  diminished  the  amplitudes  of  the  curves  ; 
differences  in  their  rates  curiously  complicated  the  curves 
described ;  the  center  of  gravity  and  therefore  the  time  of 
oscillation  of  the  pendulums  being  adjustable  to  any  required 
amount,  the  proportions  between  the  vibrations  of  the  two 
could  be  brought  to  any  desired  ratio  to  represent  harmony, 
unison,  discord,  or  indeed  to  illustrate  all  the  harmonic  com- 
binations of  waves  of  sound  and  music. 

An  addition,  whereby  the  paper  may  be  slowly  rotated  by 
a  clock-work  movement,  while  the  vibrations  are  going  on, 
gives  extraordinary  figures,  some  of  which  illustrate  the  laws 
of  interference  and  the  polarization  of  light. 

To  avoid  the  characteristics  due  to  the  decression  of  motion 
of  the  pendulums,  Hopkins  devised  apparatus  vibrated  by 
electricity.  In  one  case  two  reeds  or  tongues  vibrated  by  an 
electric  current  and  connected  with  a  single  mirror,  which 
latter  receives  a  beam  from  a  lantern  and  reflects  the  errant 
beam  through  a  lens  and  upon  a  screen  ;  the  play  of  the 
curve  being  the  resultant  of  the  two  rectangular  vibratory 
movements.  See  ELECTRICAL  DIAPASON,  pp.  293,  294,  supra. 

A  simple  form,  using  two  spring  slips  with  apertures,  and 
vibrating  in  planes  at  right  angles,  is  described  by  Hopkins, 
*"  Scientific  American,"  xliii.  259.  The  length  and  weight 
of  the  slips  determine  the  period  of  their  vibration,  the  force 
applied  in  snapping  them  the  amplitude  of  the  vibrations. 

"  If  the  two  springs  are  set  in  motion  by  snapping  them 
simultaneously  with  the  thumb  and  finger,  the  square  aper- 
ture formed  by  the  intersection  of  the  slits  in  the  two  cards 
will  move  so  rapidly  as  to  appear  like  a  band  of  lighf,  i.  e., 
supposing  the  operator  to  be  looking  through  the  aperture 
toward  the  light.  If  the  two  springs  vibrate  in  unison  the 
band  will  either  be  perfectly  straight,  bisecting  the  angle 
formed  by  the  two  springs,  or  it  will  be  elliptical  or  circu- 
lar. By  changing  the  period  of  the  vibration  of  one  of  the 
springs  so  that  the  periods  of  the  two  springs  will  be  to  each 
other  as  1  :  2,  the  band  of  light  will  assume  the  form  of  the 
figure  8.  Make  the  vibrations  as  2  :  3,  and  the  figure  repre- 
senting the  fifth  will  be  formed,  and  so  on  throughout  the 
whole  range  of  compound  vibrations. 

"  To  project  these  figures  on  a  screen  all  that  is  required  is 
to  place  a  lamp  at  one  side  of  the  slitted  cards,  and  a  mag- 


LISSAJOU'S   CURVES. 


551 


LITMUS  PAPEE. 


nifyim;  glass  of  about  6"  focus  on  the  other  side.  An  easy 
way  to  hold  the  magnifying  glass  in  position  is  to  place 
thti  handle  in  a  hole  in  a  board,  the  latter  resting  on  the 
top  of  the  box.  This  rude  device  admits  of  moving  the  lens 
forward  or  backward,  and  to  the  right  or  left,  as  may  be  re- 
quired '' —  Hopkins. 

The  subject  may  be  pursued  by  reference  to  the  following 
captions,  and  citations  passim  :  — 

See  CURVE  INSTRUMENT,  p.  286 :  ELECTRICAL  DIAPASON,  p. 
293 :  FLAME  MANOMETER,  Fig.  1046,  p.  344 :  HAKMONOGRAPH, 
p.  439  ;  INTERFERENCE  APPARATUS,  Fig.  1159,  p.  502,  supra; 
and  PENDULUM  INSTRUMENT,  infra. 

Listing  Plow.  A  double-moldboard  plow, 
used  in  listing ;  that  is,  throwiug  up  the  soil  into 
ridges.  A  plan  adopted  in  some  cultures,  such  as 
beet,  and  some  garden  crops. 

Lith'o-gram.  A  name  given  to  the  gelatine 
copying  process.  See  COPY  GRAPH,  p.  220,  supra; 
GELATINE  COPYING  PROCESS,  pp.  396,  397,  Ibid., 
and  references  passim. 

Lith'o-graph'ic  Pa'per. 

For  Transfer  Purposes :  Chinese  paper  is  much  used,  and 
is  worked  just  as  it  comes  from  China,  being  rough  in  ap- 
pearance, full  of  straws  and  imperfections.  These  imperfec- 
tions are  removed  by  the  transferor  while  the  paper  is  damp, 
as  much  as  possible. 

India  Proof  Paper :  Chinese  paper,  smooth  in  appearance, 
different  in  shades  of  color  or  tints.  These  tints  are  selected 
by  the  lithographer  according  to  the  different  subjects  he 
may  have  to  prove  ;  for  instance,  a  portrait  of  a  lady  of  light 
complexion  on  light  colored  India  paper ;  and  the  reverse 
when  needed.  It  goes  from  China  to  France,  and  is  there 
calendered  and  worked  over,  that  the  best  printed  results 
may  be  obtained  therefrom,  and  is  consequently  much  more 
expensive,  costing  at  least  three  times  as  much  as  the  Chi- 
nese transfer  paper. 

Lith'o-graph'ic  Stone  Dres'ser.  A  machine 

Fig.  1613. 


loose  pulleys  placed  in  the  center  on  either  side  of  the  arm, 
so  that  when  set  in  motion  this  platen  of  iron  moves  back- 
ward and  forward  over  the  stone,  while  the  blocks  or  pulleys 
in  the  center  give  it  a  side  motion,  at  the  same  rate  with  that 
of  the  revolution  of  the  wheel  in  the  rear,  thus  making  the 
iron  platen  travel  more  slowly  over  the  surface  of  the  stone, 
and  giving  it  the  same  motion  as  when  operated  by  hand.  It 
covers  the  entire  surface  of  a  large  stone  with  a  uniform 
polishing.  The  stone  is  supplied  with  water  from  pipes 
properly  attached,  and  an  occasional  supply  of  sand  is  fur- 
nished by  the  attendant. 
Supply  of  lithographic  stones  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1292. 

Lith'o-la-pax'y  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 
Bigelow's  apparatus  for  rapid  lithotrity  with  evacu- 
ation. It  consists  of  a  lithotritor  and  syringe,  the 
former  and  the  tube  of  the  latter  being  introduced 
alternately  through  the  urethra. 

The  lithotritor  is  shown  at  a,  Fig.  2978,  p.  1336,  "Mech. 
Diet.''  Lithotritor  and  lithontriptor  seem  to  be  synonymous 
terms.  Lilholabe,  lithoprione,  lithoclast,  lithorineur,  are  terms 
belonging  to  special  instruments  of  the  same  class,  and  ap- 
proximately the  same  duty. 

Lith'o-pone.  Sulphide  of  zinc ;  used  as  a 
paint.  P.  Krupp's  Patent. 

Lith'o-tome.  A  bistoury  or  scalpel  for  making 
the  incision  in  lithotomy.  The  instrument  may 
have  a  special  name  derived  from  structure  or 
mode  of  application  :  gorget,  bisector,  bistoury-each^, 
cystotome. 

Hutchison's  double-bladed  lithotome  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1614.  The  handle  A  holds  a  bistoury,  B,  curved  on  the  flat, 
its  cutting  edge  looking  towards  the  right,  the  back  being 
thick  and  terminating  in  a  rounded  probe-point  to  fit  the 
groove  of  a  lithotomy  staff. 

A  second  bistoury,  C,  is  joined  to  the  other  by  means  of  a 
screw,  its  beveled  point  resting  against  a  section  of  the  probe 
of  the  first  one,  and  its  cutting  edge  looking  towards  the 

Fig.  1614. 


Machine  for  Dressing  Lithographic  Stones. 

for  facing  lithographic  stones.  In  Ju/.lien's  machine 
(Fr.),  Fig.  1613,  the  stone  lies  upon  the  flat  platen, 
face  upward,  and  the  circular  wheel  rotates  above, 
while  the  stone  is  traversed  backward  and  forward 
by  means  of  a  pitman  connected  to  the  platen  and 
moved  by  wrist  connection  with  a  wheel  beneath. 
The  stroke  of  the  platen  is  regulated  by  the  adjust- 
ment of  the  wrist  in  a  slot,  towards  or  from  the 
center  of  rotation,  and  the  pressure  of  the  wheel  on 
the  stone  is  regulated  by  means  of  a  counterbal- 
ance weight  on  an  arm  which  is  seen  projecting  to 
the  left. 

In  another  form  of  machine,  shown  at  the  Vienna  Exposi- 
tion, for  polishing  off  the  faces  of  stone,  preparing  it  for  the 
engraver,  the  stone  is  laid  upon  a  solid  table,  which  is  sta- 
tionary, having  a  large  iron  platen  suspended  over  it,  and 
held  by  an  arm  extending  back  some  10',  and  attached  to  a 
wheel  lying  horizontally  and  supported  by  a  shaft  2'  long 
extending  from  below,  where  it  is  connected  by  cog-wheels 
to  another  shaft  driven  by  pulleys  and  belting  from  the 
main  shaft.  This  arm  runs  between  two  round  blocks  or 


Hutchison's  Lithotome. 

left.  By  this  arrangement  the  blunt  back  of  one  blade  con- 
ceals and  protects  the  edge  of  the  other,  so  that  when  the 
screw  D  is  brought  home  the  two  blades  become  solid  like  a. 
rounded  staff.  By  approximating  the  wooden  handle  of  the 
first  and  the  steel  lever  of  the  second  bistouries,  the  cutting 
edges  are  diverged,  the  extent  of  the  incision  being  regulated 
by  the  screw  D  and  measured  by  the  index-plate  E. 

Li-thot'ri-ty    and    Li-thot'o-my    In'stru- 
ments.     (Surgical.)     The  list  includes  :  — 

Anklets  and  wristlets  to  secure  the  patient. 

Forceps  to  grasp  and  crush  the  stone. 

Lithoclast  b.  Fig.  2978,  p.  1336,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Lithotrite  a,  Ibid. 

The  following  are  from  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamenta- 
rium Chirurgicum  "  :  — 

Fenestrated  forceps Fig.  137. 

Lithoclast Fig.  158, 158  b,  173. 

Maisonneuve's  stone-crusher      .     .     .    Fig.  138. 

Curved  forceps Fig.  140. 

Straight  forceps Fig.  136, 156  b. 

Goulay's  lithoclast Fig.  158. 

Lithotomy  staff Figs.  131-135. 

Blunt  gorget Fig.  189. 

Gorget  and  staff Figs.  149, 149/. 

.Scalpels  aud  bistouries Page  40. 

Lithotomes Pages  40,  41. 

Lithotomy  scoop Fig.  149  e. 

Tenacula Fig.  154. 

Aponeurotome Fig.  155. 

Artery  compressor  ' Fig.  156. 

Hooked  gorget Fig.  152. 

Dilators Figs.  157, 1576. 

Hydro-hemostat Fig.  157  c. 

Evacuating  apparatus Figs.  159-164. 

Catheters Figs.  165-168. 

Urethral  forceps Figs.  169-171. 

Urethral  scoop v    .     .    .    Fig.  172. 

Lithotome Fig.  34,  Sup. 

Iiit'mus  Paper.      Unsized  paper  colored  with 


LITMUS   PAPER. 


552 


LOCK. 


litmus  ( Cryophora  tinctoria),  and  used  as  a  test  of 
the  presence  of  acid  or  alkalies-  It  turns  red  with 
acids,  blue  with  alkalies. 

Lifter  Cut'ter.  A  machine  of  the  nature  of 
a  chaff-cutter,  for  cutting  straw  into  lengths  for 
bedding  for  animals. 

Lit/tie  Gi'ant.  (Mining.)  A  jointed  iron  noz- 
zle used  in  placer  mining.  See  HYDRAULICKING, 
supra. 

Live  Ring.  (Bridge.)  A  circular  gang  of 
wheels,  as  used  in  the  turn-tables  of  draw-bridges, 
and  in  those  for  locomotives. 

The  live-ring  of  the  Rock  Island  draw-bridge  is  composed 
of  34  wheels,  each  30"  in  diameter  and  14"  face.  The  travel- 
ing weight  borne  by  each  of  the  wheels  is  44,250  pounds. 

Live  Trap.  (Optics.)  A  contrivance  for  keep- 
ing a  live  object  in  the  field  of  a  microscope  with- 
out preventing  its  movement.  This  is  done  by 
making  a  hole  in  a  piece  of  glass  of  the  size  of  the 
field  of  view  of  the  microscope  and  covering  the 
same  with  two  slips  of  thin  glass.  The  parts  of 
the  apparatus  can  all  be  taken  apart  for  purpose  of 
cleaning. 

It  is  accompanied  with  a  glass  trough  into  which  one  end 
of  the  live  trap  can  be  placed  so  as  to  supply  the  small  aper- 

Fig.  1615. 


Fig.  1617 


Live  Trap. 

ture  with  fresh  water  by  capillary  attraction  when  the  ob- 
ject under  examination  is  in  water.  The  apparatus  enables 
the  object  to  be  kept  alive  many  days. 

Liz'ard.  (Nautical.)  Otherwise  known  as  a 
buntline  hull's-eye.  A  large  thimble  worked  into 
the  foot-rope  of  a  sail. 

Fig.  1616. 


Lizards. 


a.  Lizard. 

6.  Iron-strapped  lizard  for  awning-blocks. 

Lla'nos.  (Fabric.)  A  French  dress  goods 
woven  on  a  taffeta  loom  ;  it  has  a  cotton  warp  and 
a  weft  of  mohair,  or  mohair  mixed  with  silk. 

The  warp  is  composed  .of  3  white  threads ;  the 
weft  is  violet,  blue,  or  black,  which  gives  reflection 
to  the  stuff. 

Load'er.  An  instrument  for  re-loading  car- 
tridge shells,  (Fig.  1617.) 

The  instrument  a  has  a  prop  for  the  shell  and  a  plunger  for 
the  loading,  the  pressure  being  given  by  approaching  the 
handles  in  manner  of  a  forceps. 

6  is  a  powder  or  shot  rammer,  and  at  one  end  has  a  point 
which  may  be  employed  to  dislodge  the  spent  percussion 
shell. 

a  and  6  are  manifestly  not  intended  for  the  same  shell. 
a  is  shown  compressing  the  bullet  into  a  bottle-shaped 
shell. 


Load'ing  Plug.  A  rummer  for 
loading  shells,  which  can  also  be  used 
for  extracting  the  caps  from  the  spent 
capsules  by  changing  ends  with  the 
removable  head.  l>  Fig.  1617. 
Load'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Cartridge.)  A  ma- 
chine for  loading  the  shells  of  cartridges.  The 
shells  are'  fed  in  on  a  revolving  wheel  ;  72  grains 
of  powder  are  let  in  from  above  by  a  funnel  from 
the  can,  and  on  revolving  farther  the  bullet  is 
pressed  into  the  neck  of  the  shell. 

Loam  and  Sand  Core.  A  dry-sand  core, 
composed  of  sharp  sand,  loam,  and  horse  manure. 
In  these  cores  the  loam  is  used  in  place  of  flour  or 
other  substances  for  giving  strength  and  adhesive- 
ness to  the  sharp  sand. 


Lpb'ster  Claw. 

rigging.  Soe  RIG- 
GER SCREW. 

Lo'cal  Ac'tion. 
(Electricity.)  This 
takes  place  when  the 
zincs  require  amal- 
gamation. A  hiss- 
ing sound  in  the 
cells  when  the  poles 
are  not  connected 
indicates  a  waste  of 
battery  material.  It 
is  remedied  by  re- 
amalgamating  the 
zincs. 

Lock.      See    for 


A  screw  jack  used  in  setting 


.  1618. 


Lobster  Claw. 


history  and  varieties,  pp.  1338,  1342,  "Mech.  Diet." 
A  list'is  given  on  the  last-mentioned  page. 

The  Yale  double-dial  lock,  Fig.  1619,  is  a  double  combina- 
tion bank  or  safe  lock  having  two  dials,  each  operating  its 
own  set  of  tumblers  and  bolts,  so  that  two  persons,  each  in 
possession  of  his  own  combination,  must  be  present  in  order 
to  unlock  it.  It  is  evident  that  the  two  dials  may  be  set  on 
the  same  combination,  or  one  person  may  possess  the  two 
combinations,  if  the  double  security  be  not  desired,  tempo- 
rarily. 

The  Time  Lock  has  a  chronometer  movement  inside  by 
which  the  bolt  is  permitted  to  unlock  at  predetermined 
times.  '  Set  to  lock  at  4  P.  M.,  and  to  open  at  9  A.  M.,  for  in- 
stance, the  door  being  closed  at  the  stated  time  (4),  the  un- 
locking mechanism  cannot  be  operated  until  the  17  hours 
have  elapsed.  By  a  Sunday  attachment,  the  recurrent  7th 
days  an  additional  24  hours  is  added  to  the  17  (=  41  hours), 
during  which  the  lock  cannot  be  operated,  nor  the  door 
opened. 

Fig.  1620  shows  the  appearance  of  the  lock,  and  enables  its 
principles  to  be  sufficiently  explained. 

The  only  parts  of  the  lock  which  are  not  visible  are  the 
two  chronometer  movements  which  are  concealed  by  the 
plate,  and  which  cause  the  two  dials  to  move  in  the  direc- 
tions indicated  by  the  arrows.  These  dials  are  constructed 
with  24  pins  representing  the  24  hours,  and  colored  white 
and  black,  to  indicate  the  day  hours  and  night  hours. 
When  these  pins  are  pushed  in  they  form  a  track  on  which 
the  rollers  of  the  yoke  ride.  The  movement  of  the  yoke  up 
and  down  moves  the  lever,  to  which  the  yoke  is  pivoted,  up 
and  down  also.  It  is  necessary  that  both  sides  of  the  yoke 
should  be  pushed  up  by  the  revolution  of  the  dials,  in  order 


LOCK. 


553 


LOCK. 


Fie.  1619. 


usual,  so  that  the  projection  from  the  bolt  work  is 
in  the  hole  of  the  lock  case  when  the  hour  conies  at 
which  the  lock  is  set  to  lock,  the  rollers  of  the  yoke 
will  be  raised,  but  the  only  effect  will'toe  to  separate 

Fig.  1621. 


Yale  Double-dial  Lock. 

to  push  up  the  lover.  When  the  pins  of  the  dials  are  pulled 
out,  the  track  on  which  the  rollers  of  the  yoke  ride  is  broken 
away,  and  the  yoke  and  lever  are  allowed  to  drop  by  gravity. 
At  the  left-hand  end  of  the  lever,  as  you  look  towards  the 
cut,  is  shown  a  counterbalance  weight,  while  the  other  end 
of  the  lever  works  in  a  slot  in  a  movable  dog  or  bolt.  The 
sole  object  of  the  time  lock  is  to  cause  this  bolt  to  move  up 


Yale  Time  Lock  with  Sunday  Attachment.   ( Cover  Removed.) 


and  down  at  certain  regular  intervals.  When  the  bolt  is 
moved  up  it  closes  a  hole  in  the  case  into  which  a  projection 
on  the  string  piece  of  the  bolt  work  passes,  when  the  bolt 
work  is  retracted.  When  the  bolt  drops  the  projection  can 
pass  freely  into  the  hole  and  the  bolt  work  be  retracted. 
The  construction  of  the  bolt  is  such  that  pressure  upon  it 
causes  no  pressure  whatever  on  the  lever,  but  the  pressure  is 
resisted  by  a  solid  block  backed  up  by  the  case  of  the  lock. 
The  operation  of  the  lock  is  therefore  as  follows :  The  user 


Yale  Lock. 

the  yoke  at  the  center,  and  to  cause  a  spring  which  holds  it 
together  at  that  point  to  spread.  When  the  bolt  work  is 
thrown  forward,  and  the  lever  and  bolt  are  free  to  rise,  the 
spring  will  contract  and  push  them  up  in  the  locked  posi- 
tion. The  lock  is  provided  with  what  is  called  a  Sunday  at- 
tachment, that  is,  with  a  segment  or  track  which  comes 
under  the  rollers  every  seventh  day  and  keeps  the  lock  in  a 
locked  position  over  Sunday,  during  the  hours  when  it  will 
unlock  on  other  days.  This  can  be  adjusted  so  as  to  lock  up 
over  a  holiday  also.  To  prevent  the  lock 
running  down  in  the  locked  position  so  as 
to  cause  a  lock-out,  a  supplemental  un- 
locking device  is  provided,  and  consists  of 
a  coiled  spring  situated  back  of  the  lever. 
This  is  held  coiled  by  two  triggers  which 
extend  over  the  wheels,  which  indicate 
the  number  of  hours  that  the  movements 
are  wound  up  to  run.  As  the  movements 
run  down  these  wheels  revolve  with  them, 
and  just  before  either  movement  com- 
pletely runs  down  a  pin  trips  the  trigger, 
and  releases  the  spring  which  pushes 
down  the  lever  and  bolt,  spreading  the 
yoke  apart. 

Yale's  pin  lock,  which  is  operated  by  a 
flat  key,  was  a  new  departure,  seen  in 
position  in  the  lock  in  the  sectional  view, 
Fig.  1621. 

In  the  Yale  lock  the  escutcheon  or  tum- 
bler case,  inclosing  the  pins  upon  which 
the  bits  of  the  key  operate,  is  placed  near 
the  surface  of  the  door,  projecting  slight- 
ly, so  that  a  long  key  shank  is  dispensed 
with,  the  bow  and  bits  brought  closely 
together,  and  the  depth  of  the  escutcheon 
decides  the  length  of  the  key,  without 
regard  to  the  thickness  of  the  door. 

The  escutcheon  cylinder  is  an  exterior 
shell,  containing  in  its  lower  part  a  smaller 
cylinder,  from  which  rises  a  rib  of  metal 
containing  the  pin  chambers,  and  within 
which  is  the  plug,  attached  to  the  inner 
end  of  which  is  the  cam  that  imparts  mo- 


tion to  the  bolt.     This  plug  also  contains  the  key  hole. 

The  escutcheon  contains  five  holes,  or  pin  chambers,  each 
formed  partly  in  the  shell  and  partly  in  the  plug,  therefore 
a  pin  which  filled  one  of  these  holes  would  prevent  the  rota- 
tion of  the  plug,  but,  if  the  pin  were  cut  in  two,  the  joint 
corresponding  with  that  between  the  plug  and  its  hole,  the 
plug  could  revolve  freely,  carrying  with  it  one  half  of  the 
pin,  and  leaving  the  other  half  in  that  part  of  the  pin-cham- 
ber contained  in  the  shell.  Such  is  precisely  the  construc- 


selects  the  hour  at  which  he  wishes  the  lock  to  lock  up,  and  i  tion  of  the  lock  and  its  great  element  of  security.     The  line 

pLi.-lii>s  in  that  pin,  and  pushes  in  all  the  succeeding  pins  up  I  of  junction  may  be  seen  in  the  upper  view,  Fig.  1621. 

to  the  hour  when  he  wishes  the  lock  to  unlock,  doing  this  on  I      Each  pin  is  in  two  parts,  —  the  upper  termed  the  driver, 


both  dials,  and  setting  the  dials  to  the  proper  hour  of  the 
day  by  the  pointer  at  the  top  of  each.  Now,  so  long  as  the 
movements  are  running,  the  pins,  which  are  pushed  in,  will 
support  the  yoke,  lever,  and  bolt,  and  keep  the  lock  locked, 
while  it  will  remain  unlocked  during  all  the  hours  repre- 
sented by  the  pins  which  are  pulled  out.  These  periods  can 
be  varied  at  will.  If  the  safe  door  is  left  open  longer  than 


the  lower  the  pin, — and  above  each  driver  is  a  light  spring, 
tending  to  press  drivers  and  pins  downwards.  In  this  posi- 
tion the  drivers  intersect  the  joint  between  the  shell  and  the 
plug,  completely  preventing  the  rotation  of  the  latter.  To 
open  the  lock,  therefore,  all  the  pins  must  be  raised  simul- 
taneously to  just  the  proper  height,  which  can  be  done  only 
by  the  right  key,  since  a  variation  of  one-fiftieth  of  an  inch 


LOCK. 


554 


LOCK   SWITCH. 


in  the  elevation  of  either  of  the  pins  will  prevent  the  opening 
of  the  lock. 

The  width  of  the  key  admits  of  ten  different  billings,  or 
depth  of  notches,  therefore  a  lock  with  but  one  pin  could  be 
variously  set  up,  so  as  to  be  opened  by  ten  different  keys. 
In  a  lock  with  two  pins  the  number  of  changes,  or  varieties 
of  keys,  will  be  100  ;  three  pins,  1,000  ;  four  pins,  10,000 ; 
five  pins,  100,000  ;  six  pins,  1,000,000  ;  seven  pins,  10,000,000. 
The  least  number  of  pins  contained  in  any  of  the  Yale  locks 
is  4,  as  in  drawer  and  desk  locks :  the  night-latches  have 
5  ;  the  post-office,  heavy  store-door  locks,  etc.,  6  ;  and  the 
"safe-deposit'1  locks  —  for  inside  doors  of  safes,  vaults, 
etc.  —  have  7  pins. 

The  new  Yale  corrugated  key  consists  of  the  original  plate 
key  altered  by  having  its  blade,  or  portion  which  enters  the 
lock,  corrugated  in  longitudinal  lines.  By  special  machines  ol 
great  ingenuity,  the  lock  has  formed  in  it  a  key-hole  of  sin- 
uous cross  section  conforming  to  that  of  the  key.  The  key 
and  its  hole  are  interlocked  throughout  their  entire  length, 
and  tilting  of  the  key  in  its  hole  is  impossible.  The  lock  can- 
not be  operated  by  any  key  but  its  own,  nor  can  it  be  picked 
except  by  some  tool  which  will  raise  the  tumblers.  The  shape 
of  the  key-hole  renders  it  impossible  for  any  tool  to  raise  the 
tumblers,  because,  even  if  one  be  made  small  enough  to  be 
inserted  in  the  key-hole,  it  cannot  be  moved  up  and  down 


See  under  the  following  heads 


Carriage  spring-lock. 
Coach  lock. 
Combination  lock. 
Dead  lock. 
Drawer  lock. 
Gate  latch. 
Jail  lock. 
Janus- faced  lock. 
Keyless  lock. 
Letter  lock. 
Night  latch. 


Nut  lock. 
Padlock. 
Sash  lock. 
Scandinavian  lock. 
Safe  lock. 
Seal  lock. 
Seat  lock. 
Time  lock. 
Window  latch. 
Wagon  lock. 
Yale  lock. 


Lock  Bed'der.  A  machine  for  sinking  a  re- 
cess in  a  gun-stock  for  the  lock. 

The  general  appearance  of  this  machine  is  similar  to  a  re- 
volving head  gang  drilling-machine  containing  five  spindles 
with  their  cutters.  The  rifle  stock  is  chucked  in  a  fixed  posi- 
tion ;  to  the  right  of  it,  and  also  fixed,  is  an  iron  section  of 
that  part  of  the  stock  into  which  the  lock  is  bedded ;  the  iron 
section  is  used  as  a  guide  or  former.  The  machine  being 
started,  the  first  operation  is  to  drill  two  holes,  the  position  of 
which  is  regulated  by  a  pin  which  reaches  the  iron  former  a 
little  in  advance  of  the  drill  reaching  the  rifle  stock,  so  that 
the  position  can  be  accurately  determined.  One  hole  being 
drilled,  the  spindles  carrying  the  drill  and  the  guide  pin, 
which  spindles  are  in  the  same  frame  and  operate  together, 
are  raised,  the  machine  head  is  swung  one  fifth  of  a  revolu- 
tion, and  the  first  cutter  comes  in  position  to  operate.  On 
lowering  the  cutter  spindle  there  descends  with  it,  and 
slightly  in  advance  of  it,  a  guide  pin  in  the  iron  former,  and 
when  the  guide  pin  is  well  within  the  iron  former  the  cutter 
reaches  the  surface  of  the  wood,  and  is  guided  by  the  opera- 
tor moving  the  head  so  that  the  guide  pin  travels  all  around 
the  edge  of  the  recess  in  the  former.  The  motion  of  the 
guide  pin  and  of  the  cutter  being  laterally  identical,  the  op- 
erator has  but  to  enter  the  cutter  as  far  into  the  rifle  stock  as 
a  stop  provided  for  the  purpose  will  admit,  and  then  to  move 
the  frame  carrying  the  guide  pin  and  cutter  so  that  the  guide 
pin  moves  and  touches  all  around  the  sides  of  the  recess  in 
the  iron  former.  The  recess  in  the  rifle-stock  will  be  then 
the  exact  counterpart,  in  size,  form,  and  depth,  of  that  in 
the  pattern.  The  whole  operation  is  but  a  repetition  of  the 
above,  with  the  remaining  cutters  swung  one  after  the  other 
into  position,  the  one  iron  former  answering  to  regulate  the 
lateral  movement  of  them  all.  The  speed  at  which  the  cut- 
ters revolve  is  about  8,000  revolutions  per  minute.  As  soon, 
however,  as  each  drill  or  cutter  is  swung  out  of  position,  it 
stops  running,  which  prevents  wear  and  tear. 

Lock  Chain.  A  short  chain  by  which  a  pad- 
lock is  fastened  to  a  door  or  car  so  as  to  be  irre- 
movable. 

Lock  Fau'cet.  One  the  spigot  of  which  can 
only  be  turned  by  a  removable  key. 

Lock  Gate.     The  gate  of  a  bay  in  a  canal  lock. 

Designs  for  hanging  lock  gates,  and  valve  for  locks.  See 
Plates  III.  (a),  III.  (ft),  IV.,  "Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers, 
U.  S.  Army,':  1876,  vol.  ii.,  Part  II.,  p.  416  et  seq. 

A  report  "  On  the  Construction  of  Iron  Lock  Gates  for  the 
Harbors  of  the  Weser  River,  Germany  "  (translation),  repro- 
duced by  the  Corps  of  Engineers,  TJ.  S.  Army,  forms  a  quarto 
brochure,  Washington,  1873. 

Lock  Hook.  (Fishing.)  A  supplementary 
hook  to  spring  upon  and  secure  a  fish  which  draws 
on  the  bait. 


See  "Report  of  U.  S.  Fish  Commissioners,"  p.  275   Part  I 
1873,  and  Fig.  2000,  "Merh.  Dirt."    See  also  FISH  HOOK   p.' 
341,  supra. 

Locking  Plate.  A  nut-lock ;  see  45  illustra- 
tions, Fig.  3350,  p.  1538,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

In  Finney-s  (Br.),  a  small  pin  is  fixed  a  short  distance  be- 
yond the  nut.  A  circular  plate,  divided  equally  by  17 
notches,  fits  easily  over  the  nut  in  any  of  its  six  positions. 
The  principle  of  the  invention  is  the  same  as  that  of  the 
vernier  scale.  As  there  are  17  notches  in  the  plate  it  follows 
that  three  of  them  represent  just  one-seventeenth  of  one 
side  of  the  hexagon  nut ;  so  that  if  the  plate  be  moved 
round  three  notches,  it  will  not  fit  unless  the  latter  be 
moved  round  a  distance  equaling  one-seventeenth  of  one 
side  of  the  hexagon,  or  a  distance  which  equals  the  one 
hundred  and  second  part  of  a  whole  turn. 

"Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  August  1,  p.  19. 


JWlf 
'  8tc  — 

CUVATIO 


Lock-up   Safety    Valve. 

Lock'-jaw  In'stru-ment.  (Surgical.)  Ap- 
paratus for  forcing  open  the  jaws. 

Goodwillie's  operates  by  a  screw  which  acts  upon  two 
hinged  valves,  introduced,  wedge-fashion,  between  the 
teeth. 

Westmoreland's  has  two  parallel  plates  expanded  by  a 
screw. 

Some  of  the  heavier  forms  of  specuti  oris  may  be  similarly 
used. 

Lock  Mor'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  boring  holes  in  the  edges  of  doors  to  hold  mor- 
tise locks. 

The  machine  is  clamped  to  the  door,  spanning  the  edge  at 
the  height  desired  to  set  the  lock  ;  a  bit  of  the  width  of  the 
lock  bod}7  is  placed  in  the  bit-holder,  which  works  in  guides 
;o  secure  verticality,  and  is  rotated  by  hand-crank  and  gear- 
ng.  An  adjustable  stop  on  the  bit-stock  determines  the 
depth. 

Lock  Nut.     See  Fig.  3350,  p.  1538,  for  numer- 
ous varieties, 
ocking  plate. 

Finney,"Br *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  464. 

Lock  nut,  Ibbotson,  Br.    *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  352. 

Stouffer *"Iron  Age,"-   xxi.,   Feb.  28,  p.  1. 

Wile,  Br.      .....*  "Engineer,''  xliii.  276. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  78. 

Lock  Seal.  A  piece  of  glass,  lead,  or  paper 
over  the  key-hole  of  a  padlock,  so  that  the  latter 
cannot  be  tampered  with  without  defacing  the  seal. 
Used  on  cars  containing  goods  in  transitn,  in  bond, 
;tc. 

Lock  Switch.  A  form  of  switch  board  used 
n  telegraphy. 


LOCK   SWITCH. 


555 


LOCOMOTIVE. 


Two  sets  of  brass  bars  are  arranged  at  right  angles  to  each 
other  on  opposite  sides  of  a  wooden  frame.  The  connection 
is  made  between  any  two  intersecting  bars  by  a  metallic  peg, 
provided  with  a  spiral  spring,  which,  when  the  peg  is  in- 
serted and  secured  in  its  place,  presses  against  the  two  bars, 
forming  an  electric  connection.  See  PIN  SWITCH. 

Lock'-up  Safe'ty  Valve.     One  in  which  the 
weight  or  spring  is  in  a  closed  chamber  which  can- 
not be  tampered  with, 
or  changed,  except  by  Figi  1623- 

one  having  possession 
of  the  key. 

Kifr.  1622  is  Wilson's  im- 
provement on  Klotz's  safe- 
ty valve.  The  springs  are 
not  accessible,  although 
the  engineer  can  ascertain 
by  lifting  the  trying  lever, 
whether  the  valves  are  in 
good  order.  Valve  and  seat 
are  of  gun-metal,  having 
the  same  ratio  of  expan- 
sion. 

Kig.  1623  is  Stone's 
looked-up  safety  valve 
(Br.),  in  which  the  lever 
operates  in  a  yoke  on  the 
valve-stem,  being  efficient 
in  lifting,  to  prove  the 
condition  of  the  valve,  but 
powerless  to  add  pressure 
thereto. 

See  also  Fig.  2983,  p.  1343. 
"Mer/i.  Diet.,'  and  Fi<:. 
4544,  p.  2019,  Ibid. 

Lo'c  o-mo'ti  v  e. 

See  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  pp. 
1343-1348. 

Plate  XXVI.  gives 
a  view  of  a  first-class, 


Lark-up   Safety    Valve. 


fast  engine  of  the  ordinary  American  type,  with 
four  connected  driving  wheels  and  a  four-wheeled 
truck.  It  was  built  by  the  Baldwin  Locomotive 
Works,  for  the  Central  Railroad  of  New  Jersey, 
for  fast  passenger  service.  The  special  points  of 
improvement  in  construction  and  proportion  are 
carefully  and  elaborately  detailed,  accompanied  by 
sectional  views,  in  the  "  American  Machinist,"  *  v., 
pp.  1-3,  January  7,  1882,  to  the  publishers  of  which 
journal  the  author  acknowledges  his  indebtedness 
for  the  plate. 

"  The  train  usually  consists  of  five  cars,  viz.,  one  baggage, 
one  express,  one  Pullman  drawing-room  coach,  and  two  or- 
dinary passenger  coaches.  With  this  train,  notwithstanding 
the  fact  that  the  smoke-stack  is  well  inclosed  within  the 
smoke-box,  to  prevent  throwing  fire,  plenty  of  steam  is  gen- 
erated at  all  parts  of  the  road.  The  regular  schedule  time 
between  Jersey  City  and  Bound  Brook  is  37  minutes.  This 
listance  has  been  run  by  No.  169  in  33  minutes.  Three  miles 
upon  the  route  have  been  run  in  2  minutes  and  24£  seconds, 
-  the  same  distance  frequently  covered  in  2J  minutes.  The 
quickest  mile  ever  run  bv  this  locomotive  was  in  45  seconds 


—  timed  between  mile  posts  with  a  stop-watch." — "Ameri- 
can Machinist." 

The  following  are  some  of  the  principal  dimensions  :  — 

Gage  of  road fy  8J" 

Weight  (running) 93,000  Ibs. 

Cylinder  diameter 18" 

Stroke 24" 

Driving  wheel,  diameter 68" 

Wheels,  diameter 32" 

Boiler,  thickness,  steel |" 

Diameter     . 52" 

Fire-box,  length 125£" 

Width 43J" 

Tubes,  number 200 

Diameter 2" 

Length \\i  §£// 

Grate,  area,  sq 38' 

Heating  surface,  box,  sq 145' 

Tubes,  sq 1175' 

Total,  sq 1320' 

Steam  power,  normal 140  Ibs. 

A  freight  locomotive  by  Rogers,  having  four 
pairs  of  coupled  drivers,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1624. 

The  original  "  Consolidation  "  locomotive  was 
built  in  1866  from  the  plans  of  Wm.  Alex.  Mitchell, 
at  the  Baldwin  Works  in  Philadelphia.  This  type 
of  locomotive  has  four  pairs  of  drivers  and  a  two- 
wheeled  pony  truck  in  front.  It  was  originally 
built  to  overcome  some  steep  grades  on  the  Lehigh 
Valley  Railway,  and  specially  for  the  Mahoning 
Plain,  which  rises  133'  to  the  mile. 

Plate  XXVII.,  for  which  the  author  acknowledges  indebt- 
edness to  the  "Railroad  Gazette,"  gives  a  view  of  locomotive 
5000,  built  at  the  Baldwin  Locomotive  Works,  Philadelphia, 
for  the  fast  train  between  New  York  and  Philadelphia  on  the 
Bound-Brook  route.  A  careful  description  with  sections  and 
elevations  is  in  the  journal  mentioned,  *  vol.  xxiv.,  246,  315. 

"  This  new  locomotive  has  a  single  pair  of  driving  wheels 
6£'  in  diameter,  in  place  of  coupled  drivers  of  6J'  in  diameter. 
In  the  latter  form  of  engines  run  at  high  speed  there  is  dan- 
ger that,  the  coupling  rods  connecting  the  driving  wheels  will 
be  broken  by  centrifugal  force.  The  larger  wheel  also  re- 
duces the  number  of  revolutions  per  mile  of  run.  In  the 
new  locomotive  the  boiler  has  1400'  square  of  heating  sur- 
face and  about  56'  square  of  grate  surface.  The  dimensions 
are  as  follows  :  — 

Diameter  of  cylinder,  18". 

Length  of  stroke,  24" 

Diameter  of  driving  wheel,  78". 

Wheel  base,  21'  1". 

Distance  from  center  of  driving  wheel  to  center  of  trailine 
wheel,  8' 

Boiler,  7-16"  steel    „    .     .  52"  in  diameter. 

No.  of  tubes,  198      .    .     .2"  in  diameter  and  12'  2|"  long. 

Fire-box 9gl//  by  84". 

Capacity  of  the  tender 3,800  gallons. 

When  filled  with  water  and  coal,  70,000  pounds. 

"  The  weight  of  the  engine  is  85,000  Ibs.,  and  is  so  disposed 
that  by  an  alteration  of  fulcrum  points  additional  weight 
can  be  thrown  on  the  drivers  at  the  time  of  starting. 

"  At  a  trial  trip  on  May  14th,  the  engine  was  attached  to  a 
train  of  four  cars,  each  weighing  about  42,000  pounds,  mak- 
ing the  weight  of  the  train  complete,  about  148  tons.  The 
run  was  made  at  rates  ranging  from  27  miles  an  hour,  be- 
tween Ninth  and  Green  and  Wayne  stations,  to  62  miles  an 


Fiji.  lf,24. 


LOCOMOTIVE. 


556 


LOCOMOTIVE. 


hour,  between  Trenton  Junction  and  Bound  Brook,  the  time 
from  Ninth  and  Green  to  Jersey  City  (89.4  miles)  being  98 
minutes,  or  at  the  rate  of  542  miles  per  hour.  On  the  return 
trip  the  run  was  made  in  100  minutes.  In  a  former  trip  the 
engine  developed  a  speed  of  nearly  79  miles  an  hour.  In 
these  trial  trips  the  engine  consumed  36  gallons  or  300 
pounds  of  water  per  minute."  —  Le  Van. 

Dimensions  of  Mogul  Passenger  Locomotive,  No.  600, 
Built  by  Baltimore  and  Ohio  R.  R.  Co. 

Gage  of  road 4'  8J" 

Driving  wheels,  number 6 

Diameter 60" 

Truck  wheel,  number 2 

Diameter 31" 

Total  wheel  base 2%  11" 

Cvlinders,  diameter 19" 

"Stroke 26" 

Steam  ports 1J"  x  15J" 

Exhaust 2J"  X  16*" 

Throw  of  eccentrics 5J" 

Boiler,  diameter 60" 

Fire-box,  length  inside 99  7-16" 

Length  outside 9/ 

Width  on  top 451" 

Width  on  bottom 34|" 

Depth  in  front 4'  8" 

Depth  in  back 3'  4" 

Grate  surface 23.7'  sq. 

Heating  surface  in  fire-box  .     .     .   122'  sq. 

Flues       1150' sq. 

Total 1272' sq. 

Flues,  length 11'  10" 

Number 165 

Diameter 2J" 

Weight  on  truck  wheels   .      13,850  Ibs. 
Driving  wheels      .     .     .      76,550  Ibs. 
Total  weight,  running      .     . 90,400  Ibs. 

Locomotives  for  steep  gradients  are  of  several  kinds,  among 
which  may  be  noticed  the  following  :  — 

1.  The  Fell  system,  so  called,  in  which  a  pair  of  horizon- 
tally rotating  wheels  or  rollers  embrace  a  central  rail.     This 
was  used  by  him  on  Mt.  Cenis  and  Mt.  Washington.     See 
also  Vignoles  and  Ericsson's  central  rail  (Fig.  1210,  "Mech. 
Diet.").    This  was  patented  by  these  parties  in  England  in 
1830,  which  is  doubtless  much  older  than  Fell's  invention. 
Kollman's  English  patent  of  1836:  Sellers'  United  States  pat- 
ent of  1835. 

2.  The  Eighi  railway  (Fig.  4124,  "Mech.  Diet."'),  which  has 
central  rack  engaged  by  spur  wheel  on  the  locomotive.    This 
was  patented  In  England  by  Blenkinsop  in  1811,  Snowden  in 
1824,  Easton  in  1825. 

3.  Coleman's  (English  patent  1845),  in  which  a  screw  be- 
iieath  the  locomotive  works  into  a  line  of  rollers  laid  down 
midway  between  the  rails. 

4.  James'  (English  patent,  1825),  converting  each  wheel  of 
the  train  into  a  driver.   A  horizontal  shaft  extending  beneath 
the  carriages  from  the  locomotive  throughout  the  train,  ro- 
tated by  the  locomotive  and  having  bevel  wheel  connection 
with  the  axle  of  each  car.     See  p.  1861,  "Mech.  Diet.'1'' 

5.  Handy  side's  system,  in  which  the  locomotive,  provided 
with  a  winding  drum  and  wire  rope,  proceeds  up  the  incline 
in  advance  of  the   train,  and,  after  being  anchored  to  the 
rails,  draws  up  the  train  after  it  by  the  wire  rope. 

6.  Appleby's  system,  in  which  a  chain  is  laid  between  the 
rails  and  passed  over  by  a  chain  wheel  of  the  same  diameter 
at  the  pitch-line  as  the  wheels  of  the  locomotive.   The  engine 
hauls  by  adhesion  on  the  level  and  lays  hold  of  the  chain 
when  going  up  or  down  steep  grades. 

For  most  of  these  engines  vertical  boilers  have  been  used 
on  account  of  the  small  foundation  space  they  occupy,  and 
because  there  is  less  uncovering  of  the  flues  when  the  boiler 
is  on  a  heavy  grade. 

The  locomotive  attachment  of  Wootten  §•  Hazel  is  designed 
to  enable  a  locomotive  on  one  track  to  impel  an  engine  or 
car  on  another.  A  ram  is  pivoted  to  the  locomotive  and  may 
be  folded  against  the  same  or  extended  by  an  adjustable 
spring-brace  rod,  to  a  position  to  engage  the  car  on  a  side 
track  to  move  it  forward. 

The  fast  trip  from  New  York  to  San  Francisco  was  made  in 
83  hours,  34  minutes. 

The  "Uncle  Dick"  locomotive  for  the  Atchison,  Topeka 
and  Santa  F6  railway  weighs  65  tons,  and  is  60'  long  from  the 
head-light  to  the  rear  of  the  tender. 

Boiler,  length 21' 

Cylinder,  diameter 20" 

Stroke 26" 

Drivers  (8),  diameter 42" 

Restraining  force  of  brakes 75  tons. 

The  largest  locomotive  at  Vienna  weighed  70  tons,  and  could 
draw  1000  tons  at  30  miles  per  hour. 
See  also  under  various  heads  :  — 


Back-truck.  Mining. 

Coal-dust  burning.  Mogul. 

Compound.  Narrow  gage. 

Compressed  air.  Plantation. 

Consolidation.  Pony-truck. 

Farm.  Portable  engine. 

Fire  engine.  Steam  plowing. 

Fireless.  Switching. 

Geared.  Tank. 

Ice.  Traction  engine. 

Logging.  Tramway. 

Mahovo.  Waste  burning. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
Air  locomotive       .     .     .  page  16,  supra. 
Anthracite  dust,  Wootten  *  '•  R.  R.  Gazette,'"  xxiii.  155 

*  "Engineer,"  xxvii.  67. 

*  " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4012 
:  "  Technolngiste,"  xxxix.  88. 

*  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  86. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxii.  454. 
Thurston's  "  Vienna    Report."    ii. 

72-77. 

*  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  150,  230. 


Automobile,  Brunner    . 

Austrian 

Austrian  boiler     .     .     . 
Austrian  State  Railway. 

(6  types) 

Austrian,  details  of   .     . 
Austrian  boiler. 


Nord-Bahn    ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  274. 
Austrian  State  Ry.    .    .  *  "  R.  R.  Gaz~,"  xxii.  537,  549-559. 
Aveling  if  Porter,  Road 

and  farm *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  102. 

Baldwin *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  695 


American  '' 
"  Consolidation  "  .    . 
"  Mogul  "     .... 

Belgian,  Carel  .... 
Camp,  de  Fives-Lille  . 

Belgian  State  Ry.,  com- 
bined with  car  .     .     . 

Boiler,  Funiack    .     .     . 

Boilers,  Verdeiber,  Hung. 


*  "R.  R.  Gazette,'-  viii.  214. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  viii.  249. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  viii.  261. 
Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"1  ii.70. 
Ibid.,  ii.  62. 

*  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  1. 

'Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  263. 


Brazil,  Dom  Pedro  Ry.  . 


'Engineering,"  xxvii.  114. 
'Railroad  Gazette,''  xxiii.  110. 
Scientific  American  Slip.,"  2736. 
'Engine'g,''  xxii.  155  :  xxiii.  90. 
' Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  659. 
Bait.  &  O.,  No.  6, 1835, 

Gillingliam  if  Winans    *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  24. 
British  and  Am.  comp.         "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  962. 
Central  Railway,  N.  Y.     *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  98. 
Centennial,  at, (18)  tables     "•Engineering,-'  xxii.  10. 
Centennial,  at,  old  time      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  324. 
Charts  and  cuts     ..."  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  548 
Chinese,  first,  Ransoms    *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  29. 

if  Rapier,  Br.      .     .     .   *  "Scientific.  American  Sup.,''  583. 
Collision,  embrace  of     .  *  "Railioad  Gazette,"  viii.  254. 
Compared  with  horses   .       " Scientific  American  Sup.,' -2001. 
Compound,  Mallet,  Fr.  .  *  "Engineering"  xxvii.  516  :  xxviii. 

17,  58. 
"Teciinologiste,"  xxxvii.  114. 

(21  Figs.) *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  85. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  379; 
xxii.  6;  xxiii.  418. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  7,  p.  15. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  260. 

Compressed  air.  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  966, 

Beaumont,  Br.  .    .    .          1041,  *  3943. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxiii.  225. 

See  COMPRESSED  AIR  ENGINES,  p.  215,  supra. 
Consolidation,  Baldwin        "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  371. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  189. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  249. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  28,  35. 


Atchison,  Topeka,  if 
Santa  Fe  Ry.  .  . 

Pa.  Railway  .  .  .  . 
Contractor's,  Soc.  St. 

Leonard,  Belg.  .  .  . 
Crane,  Black,  Haw  - 

thorne  if  Co.,  Engl.     . 

Chretien 

Smith,  Br 

Cross-heads,  Borsig  .  . 
Cylinder  borer,  Sharpe, 

Stewart  ft  Co.,  Br. 


*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  258. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  847. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  34. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  491. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1297. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  345. 

Danforth  Co.    .'  .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  25. 
Ditching  plow,  Buchanan  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  166. 
Double     bogie.    Fairlie, 

Festineog,(35J"  gage)       "Engineering,"  xxix.  453. 
Double  bogie,  Fairlie     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  511. 

*  Anderson's  "Report  Paris  Exp.," 

1878,  iv.  452. 
Economical,  Old  Colony 

Ry "Scientific  American," xxxix.  181. 

Eddy *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1536. 

Elevated  Ry. 

Grant  Works,  N.  Y.    .  *  "Railroad  Gazette."  xxii.  495. 

Forney *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  517,535. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  319. 
Elevated  Ry.,  N.  Y.  .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  333. 

Forney *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  443. 

Express,  Alta-Italia  Ry.  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  414. 


LOCOMOTIVE. 


557 


LOCOMOTIVE. 


Express   Austria   ...  *  "Engineer,"  1.  178,  200. 

British       .....  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  426. 
E.  Ry.  of  France    .     .  *  "Engineer,"'  xlv.  379:  xlvi.  244. 

*  "  t^cie.nlific  American  Sup.,''  2413. 
Gt.  Western  Ry.,Br.  .  *  "Engineer,'''  xlii.  186,  202,  224. 
Hungarian  State  Ky.     *  "Engineer,"  xli.  337,  356,  398. 
Bogie,  L.  C.  Sf  D.  Ry.       "Engineer,"  xlvii.  64. 
Midland  Ry.,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer,-'  xli.  230,  250. 

N.  Ry.  of  Trance   .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  303. 

*  "Engineer,"'  xlv.  442. 

Paris  If  Orleans  Ky.      *  "Engineering,'''1  xxvii.  390. 
Sharpe,  Stewart  fy  Co. 

Br  .......  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  411. 

Six  coupled,  Br.     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,  "  2302. 

S.  Ry.  of  France    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  26. 
Farm  and  road  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  162. 

Aveling  4"  Porter     .     .  *  Supra,  p.  327. 
Fireless,  street.  "Manufacturer  Sf  Builder.''1  xi.  9. 

Francq,  Fr  .....      "  Technologists,''  xxxvii.  149. 

HohenzollernWks,Ger.*  "Scientific  American,'''  xlvii   240. 

Lamm  If  Francq,  Fr.     *  "Engineering,"  xxviii  306,  375. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1760, 

2125,  '2521,*  2766. 

*  Anderson's  Report,  "Paris  Expo- 

sition Reports,'1  iv.  465. 
Mekarski,  Paris       .     .  *  Ibid.,  iv.  462. 
'' 


Scfieffler,  N.  0. 


"Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  Nov.  27,  p.  7. 

*  "  Railroiul  Gazette,'1'1  xxi.  383. 

*  "Scientific  A»/er.,''  xxxvii.  239. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  220. 

*  page  338,  supra. 

Freight,  Baldwin       .     .  *"  linilroad  Gazette,"  viii.  519-521. 
Narrov 

ml  Hi/.,  Swed.  *  "Engineer,'''  xlvii.  152. 
Gt.  Eastern  Ry.,  Br.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  66. 
Irisk      ......  *  "Rni/rond  Gazette,,"'  xxiii.  519. 

Lehigh  Val.  Ry.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  22(i. 
London  &BrightonRy.  *  "  Engineer,'1'  xliii.  373. 
London  &  N.  \V.  Ry.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  294. 
London,    Chatham.    4" 

Dover  Ry.       .     .     .  *"  Engineer,"  xliv.  242,  259. 

Noni-Bahn,  Austria    .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxvi.  271. 
N.  British  Ry.    ...  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  7. 

Paris  #  Orleans  J\y.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  455. 
8-coupled,  Paris  if'  Or-  *  "  Engineer,"  xlvi,  161,  168. 
leans  Ri/  .....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2356. 

S-ccmplcd.   Paris,  Ly- 

uns.  If  Med.  Ri/.       .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  293. 
I'urix,  Lyons,  $  Med.    *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  30,  65,  72. 
Hi/'.    ......  *"  Engineer,"  Nov.  2,  1879. 

*"  Engineer  t"  xlix.  10. 
1'enn.  Ry  .....  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  400. 

French,  C/aparade     .     .       Thurslon's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  62. 
Sr  /i  ii  eider  (f  Co.      .     .      Ibid.,  ii.  61. 
At  Paris  Expo.,  1878  .  *  "Engineer,'"  xlv.  322,  341. 
<ii!!tivd,  Lewin,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  149. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  247. 
Gradient  ......      "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  181. 

Br  ........      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xv.  498  ; 

xvi.  182,  186,  267. 
Hnndyside,  Br.       .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  321. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  1. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  329. 

New  Zealand  .  .  .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'"  xiv.  477. 
Gt.  8.  &  VV.  Ry.  of  Ire.  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  178,  180,  184. 
Hungarian  State  Ry. 

Mixed   ......  *  "Engineer,""  xlvi.  4. 

Hungary,  Theiss  Ry.      .  *  "Engineer  ing,"'  xxvi.  6. 
Hydraulic     .....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  86. 

Lift,  hydraulic,  Child    .  *"  Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  285. 
Light,  Porter  If  Co.    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  70. 
J.iingrii/ge     .....  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  345. 

Midland  Ry.,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sitp.,"  422. 

Mining,  Austria     .     .     .      "  Engineering,"  xxv.  607. 
Mine,  Baldwin       ...  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  453. 

*  "Min.Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  369. 
Mining,  Tank, 

Dickson  Man.  Co.  .     .  *  "Engineering  "  xxiii.  267. 
Mine,  Hungary      ...  *  "Engineering,'"  xxvi.  43. 

Mogul.     See  MOGUL,  infra. 
"Mogul,"  Baldwin   .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxviii.  261. 

Bait.  &  Ohio      .     .     .  *  "  Railroad  Gazette,"  xx.  502. 

"  Consolidation  "  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  484. 

<:  American,"  (classes)  *  "Engineering,"1  xxi.  540. 

Manchester    Locomo- 
tive Works      .     .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxiii.  219. 

Brooks  .....  %  *  "Railroad  Gazette,'''  xxi.  372. 
"  Mogul,"  Br.  ....'*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  126. 
Narrow  gage  ....  See  NARROW  GAGE,  infra. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  694. 
18"  Br.           ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  178. 

S'  Baldwin    ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  26. 
1  mitre,  Carpet  Sf  Bour- 

don, Fr  .....  *  "Engineering,"1  xxv.  351.  352. 
1'  11  \",  Fairlie,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,'"  xxiv.  398. 
Fairlie,  Festiniog,  Br.   *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  133,  280,  284. 


Narrow  gage. 

3'  Fairlie *  "Engineering,"'  xxiii.  326. 

Fairlie,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  347,  354. 

Forney *  "Railroad  Gazette,'"  xxii.  11,  19. 

Indian  Railways    .     .  *  "Engineer,"'  xlii.  255. 
20"  Porter      ....'*  "Railroad.  Gazette,"1  xxiv.  339. 
3',  Porter,  Bell  if  Co.      *  "Engineering,''  xxiii   267. 
Saddle-tank  ....  *  Anderson's   Report,  "Paris   Expo. 

(1878;  Reports,"  iv.  450. 
Socicte  Suisse    ...  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  421. 

*  "Engineer"  xlv.  385,  388. 
Douhle-bogie      ...  *  Ibid.,  iv.  452. 

NewMex.  &  So.  Pac.  Ry.  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  323. 
N.  Y.  &  Harlem  "  Rapid  *  "Railroad  Gazttte,"  xx.  425. 

Transit" *" Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  342. 

N.  Y.  Central  .  .  .  .  *  "R.  R.  Gaz.,"'  xxi.  164',  176,  188. 
One-track,  Ry.,  James  .  *  "Mining  §  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  185. 
Passenger,  Belg.  ...  *  "Engineering,'"  xxvii.  172. 

Mixed  Austrian  State  *  Anderson's  Report,   "Paris  Expo. 
Ry (1878)  Repts.,''\v.  438. 

Austrian,  Theiss  Ry.  .  *  Ibid.,  iv.  441. 

A  list.,  Franz- Josef  Ry.  *  "Engineer,"'  xlix.  216,  245. 

Fast,   Bound  Brook  *  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxiv.  246,  315. 
Route *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  408. 

British *  Anderson's  Report,  "Paris   Expo. 

(1878)  Repts.,"  iv.  443. 

3',  Brooks *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  395. 

Dickson  Man.  Co. .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  266. 

Glasgoiv  4-  S.  W.  Ry. 
Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  212. 

Gt.  Western  Ry.,  Br.     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'"  918. 

Irish *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  505. 

N.  Y.  &  Harlem     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  68. 

North  British  Ry.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  400. 

N.  British  Ry.  ...  *  "  Engineer,"' xlv.  5. 

Northern  Railway  of 
France *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  81. 

Paris,  Lyons,  if  Med.    *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  311-316, 354. 

*  Anderson's   Report,  "Paris   Expo. 

Reports,"  1878,  iv.  434. 

Class  "  C,"  Penn.  Ry.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  65. 
S.  Ry.  of  Austria  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  200,  206. 
W.  Ry.  'of  France  .    .  *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  402,  420. 

*  Anderson's  Report,  "Paris  Expo. 

(1878)  Reports,"  iv.  432. 
Penn.  Railway,  boilers  .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxiv.  121. 

Details *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  143-147,  166, 

192,  203-207. 

Fire-box " Scientific  American  Sup.,''  326. 

Trucks *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  84. 

Types *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  65. 

Petroleum  burning,  Rus.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  992. 
Phila.  &  Reading  R.  R. 

12-wheel   .'.     .     .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  373. 
Plantation,  6-wheel  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  292. 
Portable  engines   .     .     .      See  PORTABLE  ENGINE,  infra. 
Quick  putting  together  .      "  Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  6. 
Rack-rail,  Switz.  ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  130. 

Riggenbach    .     .     .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette"  xxii.  422. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  12. 
Kahlenberg  Ry.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  165. 

*  "Engineering,'''  xxiii.  413. 

Road  and  farm      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  162. 
Rocky  Mts.,  heavy     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xl.  50. 
Saddle-tank,  Br.    .     .     .  *  Anderson's  Report,  "Paris  Expo. 

Reports,"  1878,  iv.  450. 
Sans  foyer,  Francq   .     .      "  Technologiste,"  xxxvii.  149. 

S.  E.  Ry.,  Br *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  100. 

Straw  burning,    Clayton 

if  S/iuttleworth,  Br.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  452. 
Street    car,    Barcelona, 

Spain *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  566. 

See  also  FIRELESS,  supra. 
Street  railway. 

Porter,  Bell  £  Co.  .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  149. 

Baldwin *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  211. 

Swedish *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  431. 

Tank,  Austria  ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  42. 

Bagnall,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  17. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  365. 
Narrow  gage,   Bagnall 

Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  4. 

Gr.  Cent.  Belgian  Ry.  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  44. 

Belgium *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  156. 

24",  Bilierica  $  Bed- 
ford   *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  114. 

3',  Black,  Hawthorne 

If  Co.,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  510. 

Double  truck,  Mason .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  221. 

Four-coupled  bogie,  N. 
Br.  Ry *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  370. 

Freight,  Buenos  Ayres, 

Ciemissar  ....  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  444. 

Passenger,  Buenos 
Ayres *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  368. 

6-wheel  tank,  Brooks  .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  444- 


LOCOMOTIVE. 


558 


LOGGING  LOCOMOTIVE. 


Tank,  3U",  Cail.  Fr.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  265. 
24",  Hinkley      ...»  "Manuf.  £  Builder,'-  x.  40. 


Ho/ienzollern  Locomo- 
tive Works,  Ger.       .  *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  130. 
Hughes,  Br Thurston's  "  Vienna  Kept.,"  ii.  61. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  519. 

*  "Engineering,"'  xxii.  342. 

*  "Engineering,1'  xxix.  184,  220. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,-  xxiii.  333. 
*" Engineer,1'  xlv.  368. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,-'  xxiii.  167. 
"Engineer,''  xlvi.  392,  410. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  494. 


Irish 

Midland  Railway,  Br. 
Nat.  Ry.,  Switz.     .    . 
N.  British  Hy.    .     . 
Paris  §•  Orltans  Ry. 

Rogers 

Schneider,  Fr.     .     .     , 
Six-coupled,  Fr. 
Narrow     gage,     Soc. 

Suisse  .... 
Socicte  Suis-ie  .  . 
Gothland,  Sweden  . 


Swedish *  ' 


*  "  Engineer,"  xlv.  386,  388. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxii.  421 

*  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  393. 


Scientific  American  Sup.,''  642. 
Engineer,"  xlii.  132. 


Narrow  gage,  Sweden    *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  132. 
Walker  $  C'o.,Br.  .     .      Thurston:s  "  Vienna  Rep.,"  ii.  61. 
Dorpedoes "Engineer,"  xlii.  259. 


See  TRACTION  ENGINE,  infra. 


Torpi 

Traction  engine 

Tramway,  Lille  Sf  Hau- 

bourdin *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  390. 

Twin,  Brown    .     .     .     .  *  "Technologiste,"  xli.  405. 
Valve    gear,    Brown, 

\Vinterthur   .     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  324. 
Volga- Don  Ry. 

Urquhart,  Br.     ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  372. 
Waste  coal  burning. 

Wootten *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  67. 

Water  supply,  Howe      .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  327. 
Woollen's  fire-box      .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4012. 
Western  By.  of  France  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2144. 

*" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  84. 
Wheels,  counterweight- 
ing,  Heaton  (1839),  Br.    *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  77. 

See  Forney's  "Catechism  of  the  Locomotive." 

Colburn's  "Locomotive  Engine  " 

Forney's  "Car-builders'  Manual.'' 

Norris's  "Handbook  for  Locomotive  Engineersand  Mechan- 
ics." 

Dempsey's  "Rudimentary  Treatise  on  the  Locomotive  En- 
gine." 

Roper's  "Handbook  of  the  Locomotive,"  London. 

Lo'co-mo'tive  Bal'ance.    The  spring  on  the 
safety   valve   beam    of    a    locomotive. 
Preferred   to  a  weight  on  account   of    Fig-  1625. 
steadiness  and  lightness. 

Lo'co-mo'tive  Crane.  A  crane 
mounted  on  a  car.  A  wrecking  or  con- 
struction crane.  See  RAILWAY  CRANE, 
infra.  Also,  BALANCE  CRANE,  Fig. 
176,  p.  66,  supra,  and  j,  Fig.  1507,  p. 
643,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

Lo'co-mo'tive  Cup.  An  oiler 
for  the  cylinder  of  a  locomotive. 

Fig.  1626  shows  the  Nathan  4"  Dreyfus  oiler, 
which  is  self-acting. 

While  the  engine  is  in  motion,  the  steam 
passes  up  the  tube  to  the  upper  part  of  the 
cup,  where  it  condenses,  and  the  water  so  pro- 
duced, being  heavier  than  the  oil,  sinks  to  the 
bottom  and  lifts  an  equal  amount  of  the  lubri- 
cant to  the  top,  causing  it  to  overflow  through 
the  side  hole  near  the  top  of  the  tube  to  the 
parts  where  the  lubrication  is  required. 

At  the  end  of  the  day,  or  when  the  oil  or 
tallow  is  exhausted,  water,  acids,  and  other 
impurities  which  remain  should  be  drawn  off 
by  the  waste-cock,  and  the  cup  refilled  with 
the  lubricant. 

Locomotive 

Lo'co-mo'tive    Pump.      A   self-     Balance. 
propelling   steam-power    pump.      The 
most  familiar  is  a  steam-driven  fire-engine;  a  self- 
moving  engine   carrying  a   pump^   the   locomobile 
pompe  of  the  French,  with  whom  it  is  more  com- 
mon than  with  us. 

Lode.  (Mining.)  Aggregations  of  mineral 
matter  containing  ores  in  fissures. 

Lodg'ing  Car.  A  car  fitted  with  bunks  for 
hands  at  work  on  a  railway  line. 

Log.  A  velocimeter ;  employed  to  ascertain 
the  rate  of  a  ship's  motion.  See  p.  1348,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 


In  Keelmay's  electric  log  an  electric  circuit  is  applied  to 
the  ordinary  patent  log,  so  that  a  revolution  of  the  vanes 


Fig.  1626. 


Cylinder  Oiler. 


will,  by  a  malce-and-break  arrangement,  actuate  an  indica- 
tor in  the  captain's  cabin.  The  number  of  knots  can  be  read 
off  the  indicator,  and  hauling  in  the  log  itself  is  not  re- 
quired. 

Massey's  log  has  spiral  wings,  propelled  by  the  passing 
water,  and  the  revolutions  registered  by  wheel- work  and 
dials  inside. 


Massey's 


A  French  log  is  described  as  an  instrument  to  be  fixed 
either  in  the  engine-room  or  in  the  captain's  cabin.  The 
water  is  conveyed  to  it  by  means  of  suitable  valves,  placed 
in  the  side  of  the  vessel,  and  the  impact  of  the  water  while 
the  vessel  is  moving  communicates  motion  to  some  clock- 
work, and  the  distance  is  recorded  by  means  of  a  dial.  There 
are  four  smaller  dials  within  a  large  one  which  record  the 
knots  by  units,  tens,  hundreds,  and  thousands,  while  the 
large  dial  tells  the  statute  miles,  so  that  measurement  can 
be  taken  either  in  miles  or  knots. 


Froude,  Br 

De  Normanville,  "Engi- 


1  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xviii.  344. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  1522. 

Log  Beam.  The  traveling  frame  in  which  a 
log  lies  and  travels  in  a  saw-mill.  Fig.  4629,  p. 
2043,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Log  But'ter.  A  drag  saw  for  butting,  i.  e.,  cut- 
ting off  square  the  ends  of  logs. 

Log  Frame.  A  name  for  a  saw-mill,  i.  r., 
DEAL  FRAME,  Fig.  1601,  p.  680,  "  Mech.  Diet." ; 
also  Plate  LIV.,  p.  2042,  Ibid.  Plate  1IL,  p.  72, 
supra. 

Log'ging  Lo'co-mo'tive.  A  light  back-truck 
locomotive  used  on  logging  and  plantation  roads, 

Fig.  1628. 


Logging  Locomotive. 


where  the  track  is  usually  uneven  and  the  speed 
slow ;  also  for  shifting  and  switching,  and  for  local 
passenger  traffic  on  narrow-gage  roads. 


LOGOGRAPH. 


559 


LOOM. 


Log'o-graph.  Au  instrument  by  Barlow  (Br.) 
for  giving  ;i  graphic  representation  of  the  vibratory 
motions  of  the  air-waves  of  speech.  It  was  thought 
possible  it  might  become  a  substitute  for  short-hand 
writing.  It  depends  for  its  action  on  the  well- 
known  fact,  that,  in  articulating,  the  air  is  forcibly 
expelled  from  the  mouth  in  jets  of  different  char- 
acter by  different  consonant  sounds;  this,  irrespec- 
tive of  intensity,  is  due.  in  part,  to  the  specific  en- 
ergy of  expiration  in  the  enunciation  of  the  conso- 
nant ;  some  of  these,  as  is  well  known,  commence 
with  an  energetic  puff, 
and  others  in  a  much 
less  decided  manner. 
The  instrument  repro- 
duces all  these,  and 
other  peculiarities 
graphically. 

It  consists  in  a  mouth- 
piece similar  to  that  of  a 
speaking  trumpet,  which 
is  inclosed  at  one  end  by  a 
thin  india-rubber  d  i  a  - 
phragui  about  2j"  in  diam- 
eter. A  small  camel-hair 
pencil,  moistened  with  iuk 

aud  aniline  dye,  is  attached  to  the  center  of  the  diaphragm 
so  as  to  partake  of  its  motions.  A  strip  of  white  paper  is 
caused  to  move  uniformly  past  the  point  of  the  pencil-marker 
by  clock-work.  Ou  speaking  into  the  mouth-piece  the  dia- 
phragm is  violently  agitated,  and  the  hair  pencil  draws  a 
fine,  irregular  line  along  the  paper  strip.  This  line  is  a  de- 
lineation of  the  mechanical  air  motions  produced  by  speech. 
The  subject  is  considered,  and  illustrations  of  the  sound 
tracings  given,  on  pp.  2614,  2515,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

Cf.  Paper  by  Barlow      .  *"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.^  vii.  65. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  376. 

"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1923. 

Log  Rail'way.  One  the  track  of  which  is 
formed  of  logs,  laid  to  a  gage  and  parallel.  The 
upper  surface  is  rounded  to  suit  the  concave  sur- 
face of  the  truck  wheels  ;  or,  a  square  scantling  is 


pinned  to  the  log,  and  the  ordinary  flanged  wheel  used 
with  engines  aud  trucks.  —  "R.  A*.  Gaz.,"  xxiv.  105. 
Log  Rol'ler.  A  device  in  a  saw-mill  to  con- 
vey logs  from  the  log-deck  or  the  log-way  skids 
to  the  head-block. 

By  the  motion  of  the  lever  the  friction-gear  is  thrown  into 
action,  the  chain  traverses  aud  the  knees  come  against  and 
push  the  log  upon  the  carriage,  bringing  it  squarely  against 
the  knees  of  the  head-block.  Motion  of  the  lever  in  the 
other  direction  throws  the  other  friction  cone  into  connection 
with  the  wheel  beneath  the  track,  and,  the  chain  being 
moved  in  the  other  direction ,  the  knees  retire,  being  forced 
down  as  they  pass  beneath  the  next  log  and  then  erect  them- 
selves behind  it  ready  to  push  it  in  turn  upon  the  log  car- 
riage. 

Fiir.  1629. 


Vinery's  Log  Roller, 

Log  Scale.  A  table  which  gives  the  quantity 
of  lumber,  one  inch  thick,  board  measure,  which 
may  be  obtained  from  a  round  log,  the  length  and 
the"  diameter  below  the  bark  being  given. 


TABLE  FOR  SCALING  LOGS. 


ff 

DIAMETER. 

1 

t5- 
t? 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

32 

34 

36 

10 

40 

50 

62 

75 

90 

105 

122 

140 

160 

180 

202 

225 

250 

275 

302 

330 

360 

390 

422 

490 

562 

640 

11 

44 

55 

69 

83 

90 

116 

135 

154 

176 

198 

223 

248 

275 

302 

333 

363 

396 

430 

465 

539 

619 

704 

12 

48 

61 

75 

91 

108 

126 

147 

168 

192 

217 

243 

270 

300 

331 

363 

397 

432 

469 

507 

688 

675 

768 

13 

52 

66 

81 

98 

117 

137 

159 

183 

208 

235 

263 

292 

325 

358 

393 

430 

468 

508 

549 

637 

731 

832 

14 

56 

71 

88 

106 

126 

148 

171 

197 

224 

253 

283 

315 

350 

386 

423 

463 

504 

547 

591 

686 

787 

896 

15 

60 

76 

9t 

115 

135 

158 

184 

211 

240 

271 

303 

338 

375 

413 

453 

496 

540 

586 

633 

735 

844 

960 

16 

64 

81 

100 

121 

144 

169 

196 

225 

256 

289 

324 

361 

400 

441 

484 

530 

576 

625 

676 

784 

900 

1024 

17 

68 

86 

106 

128 

153 

179 

208 

2E9 

272 

307 

344 

383 

425 

468 

514 

563 

612 

664 

718 

833 

956 

1088 

18 

72 

91 

112 

136 

162 

190 

220 

253 

288 

325 

364 

406 

450 

496 

544 

596 

648 

703 

761 

882 

1012 

1152 

19 

76 

96 

110 

143 

171 

201 

232 

267 

304 

343 

384 

429 

475 

523 

574 

630 

684 

742 

803 

931 

1069 

1216 

20 

80 

101 

125 

151 

180 

211 

244 

281 

320 

361 

404 

452 

500 

551 

605 

661 

720 

781 

845 

980 

1125 

1280 

21 

84 

106 

131 

158 

189 

222 

257 

295 

336 

379 

425 

473 

525 

579 

635 

693 

756 

820 

887 

1029 

1181 

1344 

22 

88 

111 

137 

166 

198 

232 

269 

309 

352 

397 

445 

496 

550 

605 

665 

726 

972 

859 

930 

1078 

1238 

1408 

23 

92 

116 

144 

174 

207 

243 

281 

323 

368 

415 

465 

519 

575 

632 

695 

760 

828 

898 

972 

1127 

1295 

1472 

21 

96 

122 

150 

181 

210 

254 

294 

337 

384 

433 

486 

541 

600 

661 

726 

794 

864 

938 

1014 

1176 

1352 

1536 

25 

100 

127 

156 

189 

225 

264 

308 

351 

400 

451 

506 

562 

625 

689 

756 

827 

900 

977 

1056 

1225 

1408 

1600 

Log  Turn'er.  A  device  for  turning  a  log  on  its 
carriage  after  slabbing,  or  to  roll  it  on  to  the  car- 
riage. Fig.  1630. 

A  spiked  bar  on  the  end  of  a  piston  rod  working  in  a  steam 
cylinder  beneath  the  IO.L'  iloor,  is  projected  upward  so  that 
the  teeth  or  spikes  on  its  surface  shall  catch  against  the 
log  and  roll  it.  The  steam  cylinder  can  be  oscillated  on  its 
gudgeons  in  order  to  act  upon  logs  otherwise  beyond  its 
range,  as  seen  in  dotted  lines. 

B  is  a  flexible  steam  pipe  ;  C  is  the  bar,  with  teeth  D.  G 
is  a  supplementary  bar  which  is  brought  into  action  to  hold 
tho  log  from  rolling  back  when  the  toothed  bar  retires  for 
another  hitch.  The  cylinder  is  caused  to  oscillate  by  putting 
the  foot  upon  a  treadle  lever  which  acts  against  a  transverse 
arm  and  tips  the  cylinder;  the  latter  is  restored  to  vertical 
position  by  the  counter-weight  J. 


Long  Rolling  Splice.  (Nautical.)  A  splice 
for  lead  lines,  fishing  lines,  etc.,  in  which  the  junc- 
tion is  very  long  and  the  splice  rolled  to  make  it 
round  and  symmetrical  so  as  to  run  freely. 

Long  Splice.  (Nautical.)  The  junction  of 
two  rope  ends  by  intertwining  the  strands  for  a  rel- 
atively long  distance.  See  h,  Fig.  5435 ;  also  a  e, 
Fig.  5434,  p.  2279,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Loom.      See    for  historv  and   instances   Figs. 
2996-3006,  pp.  1351-1358,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Hair   Loom,  Tawtucket      Hayes'1  "  Centennial  Report''''  v. 

Hair  Cloth  Co.  ...          80,  81 

Gulcker,  "Buckskin  "  .  *  "Scientific  American.  <Sup.,"  2705. 

Picker  motion,  Ross  .    .      Thurston's  "Vienna  Report,"  iii. 

290. 


LOOM. 


560 


LOW- WATER   ALARM. 


Fig.  1630. 


shaft,  and  to  which  the  belt  is  transferred  when  the 
machinery  is  to  be  stopped. 

The  pulleys  shown  in  Fig.  1632  are  fast  and  loose,  the  lat- 
ter being  the  smaller  one  which  is  loose  on  the  shaft.  From 
it  extends  a  flaring  flange  which  expands  to  the  diameter  of 
the  fast  pulley  so  as  to  enable  the  belt  to  be  readily  slipped 
from  one  to  the  other.  The  object  is  to  have  the  belt  run 
slack  when  not  driving  the  machinery. 


Pig. 


Log   Turin  r. 

Box,  Revolving,  French  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  2130. 
Positive  motion,  Lyall  .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  175. 

*  '•Manujact.  if  Bu;lder,r'  ix.  88. 

Stopper  alarm,  Dtmard   *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  1430. 
Harness,  Crowell  .     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1648. 

See  also  CARPET  LOOM,  supra  ;  NEEDLE  LOOM,  infra. 

Watson's  "  The  Theory  and  Practice  of  the  Art  of  Weaving 
by  Hand  and  by  Power." 

Loop.  (Fire-arm.)  The  projection  under  the 
barrel  to  which  the  fore  end  is  fastened. 

Loop  Bolt.  (  Vehicle.)  A  bolt  with  ornamented 
head  for  securing  the  body-loop  to  the  running  gear 
of  a  carriage. 

Loop  Head.  (  Vehicle.)  The  swell  and  eye 
on  the  end  of  a  body  loop.  See  Fig.  358,  p.  114, 
supra. 

Loop  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of  hitch. 
See  27,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Loop  Yoke.  (  Vehicle.)  A  loop  for  the  strap 
by  which  the  swaying  of  the  body  is  limited.  See 
d,  Fig.  358,  p.  114,  supra. 

Loose  Box.  (Manfye.)  A  partitioned  space 
in  a  stable  where  a  horse  maybe  confined  without 
haltering. 

Loose  Hook  Block.  (Nautical.)  A  block 
the  hook  of  which  is  secured  by  a  loop  to  the  eyes 
of  the  block-strap,  instead  of  being  rigid  therewith. 

Loose'-joint  Hinge.  One  in  which  the  leaves 
are  detached  by  lifting  the  blind,  door,  casement- 
window,  or  what  not. 

Loose  Pin  Hinge.  One  in  which  the  leaves 
are  detached  by  lifting  out  the  pintle. 


Fig.  1631. 


Fig.  1632. 


Loose  Pin  Butt-hinge.  Streifs  Pulleys. 

Loose  Pulley.    A  pulley  running  free  on  a 


Otis'  Srlf-oiKng  Loose  Pulley. 


In  the  Otis'  self-oiling  loose  pulley,  Fig.  1633,  the  hub  is 
cored  out  to  form  an  annular  oil  chamber  B  surrounding  the 
bore ;  this  communicates  indirectly  with  the  shaft  I)  by  the 
intervening  supply  chambers  C,  which  are  filled  with  wick 
which  leads  the  oil  from  the  reservoir  to  the  shaft.  Oil  is 
supplied  by  exterior  opening  closable  by  screw  plugs  E. 

The  Oesterline  loose  pulley  has  a  somewhat  similar  ar- 
rangement. 

Davis,  Br.    ....     *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  349. 

Fay *  "Scientific  American,'''  xxxvii.  294. 

Kitson     .....     *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  243. 


A  single  eye-glass,  also  known  as  a 
Looseness  of  fitting,  incident  to 
Spectacles,  or  rather  goggles, 


It  1.34. 


Louchettes. 


Lor'gnon. 

quizzing  glass. 

Lost  Mo'tion. 
wear  of  parts. 

Lou-chettes'. 
for  strabismus ; 
to  constrain  the 
eyes  to  assume 
the  normal  posi- 
tion with  eyes ; 
front. 

Loupe.  Fr. 
A  knot  or  burr 
on  a  tree  from 
which  veneers 
are  cut  for  fancy  furniture.  Walnut,  maple,  oak, 
and  other  trees  j'ield  these  curled  excrescences. 
Remarkable  specimens,  some  weighing,  before  di- 
viding for  transportation,  as  much  as  a  ton,  are 
shipped  from  Tiflis  for  the  Paris  market.  They 
are  steamed  till  soft  and  then  cut  into  veneers  by 
a  shaving  process. 

Low  Mil'ling.  (Milling.)  The  system  of 
close  grinding  as  distinguished  from  HIGH  MIL- 
LING, which  see. 

"  The  pointed  or  clipped  grain  is  passed  through  stones  at 
the  nearest  adjustment,  by  which  it  is  at  once  ground  to 
flour.  It  is  practicable,  however,  by  careful  management  of 
the  working  between  the  stones,  to  obtain  a  large  part  of 
bran  and  gluten-coats  without  disintegration,  and  to  separate 
them  from  the  flour  by  sifting,  and  this  the  more  perfectly 
as  by  this  process  of  milling  finer  sieves  are  employed.  Still, 
it  is  not  possible,  at  least  it  has  not  yet  been  shown,  that 
this  separation  of  the  bran  can  be  carried  out  so  perfectly  as 
to  yield  an  extract  Ji our  of  such  fairness  as  is  ordinarily  ob- 
tained by  the  process  of  high  milling.  —  Horxford. 

See  HIGH  MILLING,  pp.  457,  458,  supra,  where  the  question 
High  Milling  *.  Low  Milling  is  considered,  and  references  are 
given  to'  apparatus  -involved. 

Low-wa'ter  A-larm'.  A  device  to  sound 
an  alarm  when  the  water  in  the  boiler  sinks  below 
the  point  of  safety. 


LOW-WATER  ALARM. 


561 


LUBRICANT. 


A  number  of  devices,  including  those  operating  on  the 
various  principles,  the  float,  the  thermostat,  and  the  fusible 
plug,  are  shown  in  Fig.  3008,  p.  1359,  "Mecfi.  Diet."1 


Pig.  1C35. 


Low-water  Alarm. 

Myers'  apparatus,  on  the  float  principle,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1635.  A  chamber  intervenes  between  the  boiler  head  and 
the  gage-glass  and  contains  a  float  iS  which  descends  when 
the  water  sinks  below  a  certain  level  and  by  actuating  levers 
withdraws  the  valve  D  and  sounds  a  whistle. 
See  also  GAQE  GLASS,  Fig.  1126,  p.  365,  supra. 

In  Kenyan's  low-water 
alarm,  Fig.  1636,  under  or- 
dinary conditions  the 
pressure  in  the  boiler 
forces  the  water  up  the 
inner  pipe,  and  fills  the 
outer  vessel  and  sus- 
pended copper  basin  ;  but 
should  the  water  in  the 
boiler  get  below  the  bot- 
tom of  the  pipe,  the  water 
falls  out  of  the  vessel  ex- 
cepting the  portion  re- 
tained within  the  basin, 
which,  acting  as  a  dead 
weight,  overcomes  the 
slight  resistance  of  the 
upward  spring  and  the 
stc.-tm  pressure,  and  pulls 
I  the  plug  away  from  the 
opening  to  the  whistle, 
when  the  steam,  rushing 
up  the  pipe,  sounds  the 
alarm.  The  apparatus  can 
at  any  time  be  tested  by 
turning  the  handle  of  the 
steam-cock  upward, 
which  places  the  interior 
of  the  vessel  in  a  state  of 
j  equilibrium,  when  the 


Kenyan's  Low-water  Alarm. 


water  falls  to  the  level  of 
that  in  the  boiler  (ex- 
cepting that  contained  in 


the  basin,  which  cannot  escape),  and  the  whistle  is  sounded  ; 
the  vessel  refills  with  water  on  closing  the  steam  cock. 


Hopkinson 


.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2192. 
.      36 


Kenyan *  "Engineering,'"  xxi.  168. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  319. 
Myers   ......*  "American  Miller,''  vii.  97. 

*  "Iron  Age,''  xx.,  July  26,  p.  1. 
See  also  LOW-WATER  VALVE. 

Low-wa'ter  Valve.  A  valve  which  opens 
wheu  the  water  in  the  boiler  sinks  below  the  level 
of  safety.  See  LOW-WATER  ALARM,  Fig,  3008, 
p.  1359,  "  Mec/i.  Diet.,"  and  Fig.  1636,  supra. 

In  Hopkinson' a  valve,  shown  at  Fig.  1637,  the  working 
parts  are  within  the  boiler.  In  the  form  shown,  it  is  a  com- 
bined over-pressure  and  low-water  valve.  From  one  end  of 


Fig.  1637. 


Valve  for  Over-pressure  and  Low  Water. 

the  lever  the  float  F  is  suspended  at  low-water  level,  and 
from  the  other  end  the  counterbalance  weights  ff.  As  long 
as  F  is  immersed,  and  therefore  partly  carried  by  the  water, 
the  stop-pin  at  right-hand  end  of  the  lever  will  bear  against 
shell  of  the  boiler;  butassoon  as  the  water  level  sinks  so  that 
the  float  F  is  not  any  longer  supported  or  only  partly  sup- 
ported by  the  water,  its  preponderance  over  N  will  canse  a 
:  pressure  against  Y  and  lift  the  valve.  The  arrangement 
which  prevents  over-pressure  is  shown  at  the  other  end ;  it  is 
a  species  of  safety  valve  of  which  E  is  the  lever  and  G  the 
counterbalance.  At  the  other  end  of  the  lever  is  a  cup,  H, 
of  mercury.  When  the  pressure  of  steam  is  increased  above 
a  certain  limit,  a  part  of  the  mercury  is  displaced  from  the 
cup,  and  the  lever,  lightened  at  that  end  to  that  extent,  rises 
and  lifts  the  valve  in  the  dome,  allowing  the  steam  to  es- 
cape. 

Lub'ber's  Mark.  (Nautical.)  Of  a  compass. 
The  black  vertical  mark  in  the  cornpass-bowl  in  the 
direction  of  the  ship's  head,  by  which  the  angle  be- 
tween the  magnetic  meridian  and  the  ship's  course 
is  shown. 

Lu'bri-cant. 

At  a  boiling  heat  stir  together  — 

Petroleum 1  liter. 

Graphite 88  grams. 

Beeswax 3  grama. 

Tallow 9  grams. 

Caustic  soda 


Add  to  petroleum  saturated  solution  of  lime-water  till  the 
mixture  becomes  ropy,  and  then  keep  stirring  till  a  drab 
color  is  acquired.  1  part  may  be  added  to  the  same  amount 
of  animal  fat.  —  Von  Pfiul  Sf  Groat. 

Residuum  of  petroleum  distillation,  160  ;  compounded 
with  pine  tar,  16,  boiled  by  steam  heat  and  diluted  with 
petroleum. 


LUBRICANT. 


562 


LUBRICANT   TESTER. 


Petroleum,  graphite,  flour-sulphur,  steatite,  tallow,  rock- 
salt,  palm  oil.  —  "Amer.  Ma.nuf.,'1'  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  39. 

Slaked  lime,  tar  oil,  resin  oil,  for  slow-moving  journals  ; 
caustic  soda  added  for  more  rapidly  moving  objects.  —  New- 
ton, Br. 

Lu1>ri-cant  Al-loy'.  An  alloy  of  zinc,  7  ; 
copper,  4;  tin,  1,  resisted  all  turning  tools  till  the 
edges  were  moistened  with  petroleum.  The  alloy 
then  yielded  readily.  —  "Les  Mondes." 

Lu'bri-cant  Test'er.  A  machine  to  test  the 
quality  of  oil  used  for  lubricating  purposes. 

Most  of  the  machines  are  founded  upon  the  same 
principle.  The  better  the  oil,  the  less  the  frictional 
adherence  of  two  surfaces  moving  relatively  and 
in  contact  with  a  given  pressure  upon  them. 

This  may  be  evidenced  in  either  of  several 
ways :  — 

By  the  power  required  to  produce  the  motion. 

By  pressure  in  the  nature  of  a  Prony  brake  to 
bring  the  motion  to  a  halt. 

By  heat  generated  by  the  friction. 

Deprez  &  Napoli's  apparatus  gives  for  the  various  oils  a 
distinctive  trace  on  properly  ruled  paper. 

It  has  a  lower  revolving  plate  and  an  upper  one  supported 
upon  it  in  such  a  manner  that  when  oil  is  placed  between 
the  points  of  support  of  the  upper  plate  and  the  lower  plate, 
the  tractile  force  upon  the  upper  draws  upon  a  steel  ribbon 
connected  to  a  pulley  mounted  on  points,  and  to  the  axis  of 
which  is  secured  a  pendulum.  The  rod  of  the  latter  carries 
a  roller  which  engages  upon  a  vertical  piece  attached  to  a 
carriage  mounted  on  wheels  which  traverse  rails.  The  car- 
riage carries  a  sheet  of  paper  against  which  is  pressed  a  pen- 
cil which  has  a  very  slow  motion  of  translation  proportioned 
to  the  number  of  turns  of  the  lower  plate  before  mentioned, 
and  the  direction  of  the  said  motion  is  perpendicular  to  that 
of  the  carriage. 

The  curve  traced  on  the  paper  by  the  composition  of  these 
two  movements  is  the  curve  representing  the  value  of  the 
friction  in  terms  of  the  number  of  turns  made  by  the  said 
lower  plate. 

The  tractile  force  is  so  much  the  greater  as  the  lubricating 
quality  of  the  oil  decreases.  See  "Scientific  American," 
xxxvi.,  214.  A  still  better  view  of  the  same,  or  of  a  machine 
with  similar  functions,  is  given  on  p.  360,  vol.  xl.,  *"  Scien- 
tific American.''  It  appeared  in  "  Engineering, ' '  and  repre- 
sents a  machine  employed  by  the  Eastern  Railway  of  France 
to  ascertain  the  value  of  various  lubricants,  and  was  shown 
at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878. 

An  apparatus  used  by  the  Paris,  Lyons,  &  Mediterranean 
Railway  is  shown  at  page  2794,  *tl  Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement." Two  pairs  of  wheels  on  their  axles  are  mounted 
in  a  frame,  one  above  the  other.  Axle-boxes  having  been 
charged  with  the  lubricant  to  be  tested,  the  springs  are 
raised  by  an  arrangement  of  screws  and  worm  wheels  so  that 
the  axles  of  the  upper  shaft  are  lifted  from  the  load.  The 
wheels  being  rotated  the  springs  are  brought  down,  and  that 
lubricant  is  the  best  which  allows  the  heaviest  pressure 
without  heating. 

Ashcroft's  lubricant  tester,  Fig.  1638,  consists  of  a  shaft 
mounted  on  centers,  so  as  to  rotate  freely,  upon  which  shaft 
a  drum  is  fixed,  and  revolves  with  the  shaft.  To  this  drum 

Fig.  1638. 


Ashcroft'i  Lubricant  Tester. 


brasses  are  neatly  fitted,  and  held  in  position  and  pressed 
against  the  surface  of  the  drum  by  levers  and  weights ;  and 
between  the  surfaces  of  the  drum  ar>d  of  the  brasses  the  oil 
is  tested. 

Upon  the  upper  brass1,  is  a  cup,  which  communicates  with 
the  surfac-e  of  the  drum,  and  into  which  the  oil  is  dropped. 
The  shaft  is  rota'ed  by  a  belt  and  pulley,  and  the  number  of 
revol  utions  is  registered  by  >t  counter  device  operated  by  gear- 
ing from  the  shaft.  Attached  to  the  upper  brass  is  a  reser- 
voir of  mercury,  into  which  a  thermometer  is  adjusted, 
which  indicates  the  heat  generated  by  the  frictional  surfaces 
as  the  trial  of  the  lubricani  proceeds. 

The  principle  upon  which  this  machine  is  based  is  that  of 
submitting  a  given  quantity  of  the  lubricant  to  be  tested  to 
a  frictional  action  between  cylindrical  concaved  and  con- 
vexed  surfaces  under  a  fixed  pressure,  and  then  measuring 
the  quantity  of  motion  required  to  use  up  the  given  lubri- 
cant, determining  the  time  when  this  is  accomplished  by  the 
temperature  of  the  frictional  surfaces,  which  increases  rap- 
idly as  the  lubricant  becomes  exhausted. 

Four  drops  of  the  lubricant  to  be  tested  are  dropped  into 
the  cup  from  a  glass  dropping-tube,  the  temperature  noted, 
the  machine  set  in  motion  and  allowed  to  run  until  the  ther- 
mometer indicates  a  given  degree  of  temperature  at  which  it 
would  be  safe  to  run  the  machine  —  say  200°  Fah.  —  as  a 
standard  ;  when  it  is  stopped,  and  the  number  of  revolutions 
taken. 

The  better  the  quality  of  the  oil,  the  longer  the  machine 
will  run  before  reaching  that  temperature.  After  each  ex- 
periment the  machine  is  taken  apart,  thoroughly  cleaned, 
and  allowed  to  cool  to  the  surrounding  temperature. 

In  order  to  test  the 

"gumming"  qualities  F:.g.  1639. 

of  the  oil,  it  is  al- 
lowed to  cool  before 
cleaning. 

The  speed  is  about 
1.400  revolutions  per 
minute.  On  tests  of 
various  kinds  of  oils, 
the  revolutions  given 
varied  from  11,250  to  (3  -V 
16,300  before  reaching 
fie  given  tempera- 
ture. 

In  Professor  Thurs-  <o- 
ton's  lubricant  tester 
the  oil  or  other  lubri- 
cant to  be  tested  is 
placed  on  the  journal 
F,  which  is  on  the 
overhung  extremity 
of  a  shaft  A,  mounted 
in  bearings  B,  f>,  on 
a  standard,  D, 
mounted  on  a  base 
plate,  E.  The  shaft 
is  driven  by  a  pulley, 
C,  at  any  desired 
speed.  A  counter  may 
be  placed  at  the  rear 
end  of  the  shaft  to  in- 
dicate the  number  of 
revolutions.  The 
shaft  is  usually  driven 
at  a  fixed  speed,  corresponding  to  the  velocity  of  rubbing 
surfaces  approximating  that  of  journals  on  which  it  is  pro- 
posed to  use  the  oil.  In  the  inventor's  practice,  a  standard 
speed  of  760  feet  per  minute  is  adopted.  The  test  journal, 
F,  is  grasped  by  bearings  of  bronze,  G  G',  and  with  a  pres- 
sure which  is  adjusted  by  the  compression  of  a  helical  spring. 
This  spring  is  carefully  regulated,  .and  the  total  pressure 
on  the  journal  and  the  pressure  per  square  inch  are  both 
shown  on  the  index  plate  by  a  pointer,  M.  Above  the  jour- 
nal is  a  thermometer,  Q,  of  which  the  bulb  enters 
a  cavity  in  the  top  brass,  and  which  indicates  the 
rise  in  temperature  as  wear  progresM's. 

The  brasses,  thermometer,  and  spring  are  carried 
in  a  pendulum,   H,  to  which   the  ball  /  is  fitted  ; 
and  weights  are  adjusted  in  such  a  manner  that    the 
maximum  friction  of  a  dry  but  smooth  bearing  shall 
just  swing  it  out  into  the  horizontal  line.     The  stem, 
K  K',  of  the   screw,  which  compresses  the  spring, 
projects  from  the  lower  end  of  the  pendulum  and 
can  be  turned  by  a  wrench.     A  pointer.  O, 
traverses    an     arc,    P. ,  and    indicates    the 
angle  assumed  by  the  pendulum  at  any  mo- 
ment.    This  angle  is  very  large  with  great 
friction,  and  very  small  with  good  lubrica- 
ting materials.     This  arc  is  carefully  laid  off 
in  .such  divisions  that  dividing  the  reading 
by  the  pressure  shown  on  the  index  gives  the  corresponding 
coefficient  of  friction.    The  machine  can  also  be  arranged 
to  give  the  friction  directly. 

In  practical  use,  a  standard  quantity  of  oil  is  placed  on 
the  journal.  The  bearings  are  slipped  on  and  set  up  to  the 


Tfiurston's  Lubricant  Tester. 


LUBRICANT   TESTER. 


563 


LUMBER  DRYER. 


proposed  pressure  ;  the  machine  is  started  at  the  speed  deter- 
iniiicil  upon,  and  the  observer  notes  the  time,  speed,  pressure 
and  temperature.  These  observations  are  repeated  and  re- 
corded at  regular  intervals,  and  cease  when  a  rapid  rise  of 
temperature  to  an  objectionable  or  dangerous  extent  indi- 
cutes  that  the  lubricant  has  become  destroyed. 

See  also  Fig.  6330,  p.  2539,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Another  form,  made  by  Bailey,  of  Salford,  England,  has  a 
pendulum  with  a  block  on  the  end  of  a  jointed  arm,  the 
block  moving  to  and  fro  on  a  plate  as  the  pendulum  swings. 
The  block  and  plate  having  been  daubed  with  a  definite 
amount  of  the  lubricant,  the  pendulum  is  started  in  its  os- 
cillations, and  the  number  of  movements  counted  before  it 
comes  to  rest.  These  will  be  fewer  when  the  lubricant  is  the 
poorer. 

Still  another  apparatus  by  Bailey  is  for  testing  the  con- 
sistence of  oils  at  given  temperatures.  A  drop  of  oil  is  placed 
on  the  upper  end  of  a  slanting  glass  plate  covering  a  heated 
tank.  The  distance  which  it  will  come  down  the  glass  is 
the  measure  of  its  consistence. 

The  form  and  size  of  a  drop  which  drops  from  a  pipette  is 
an  indication  of  quality  at  a  given  temperature. 

Refer  to  :  — 


fee  Lubricant  .     .     . 

Van  Phul  4"  Groat 

Lubricating  oils    .     . 


A. tilt-raft * 

llailiy * 

Bailey  (2) * 

Comparison  of  methods   * 

Crossley * 

Deprez  if  Napoli   ...  * 

Eastern  Ry.  of  France  .  * 
Electric  tests  .... 

Evaporating  point  .  .  * 
Flushing  point  .  .  .  .  * 
Friction  brake  .  .  .  .  * 

Hatcher * 

Hodgman 

liigitnm  4"  Stapfer      .     .  * 
# 

McNaught * 

Metcalf,  paper  by  Lieut.  * 

Napitr * 

Paper  on * 


Paris,  Lyons  &  Med.  Ry.  * 
* 

Pease  

Regray,  E.  Ry.  of  France  * 

Tagliabue * 

Test  for  acids  .... 
Tests  for  safety  .  .  . 
Thermometrical  .  .  .  * 

Thompson * 

Thurston  .  * 


"Railroad  Gazette,''  x.  511. 

"Engineer,''  xlv.  372. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2541. 

"Engineer,"*  xlv.  372. 

"Engineer,"-  xlv.  372. 

"Scientific  American,"  xl.  360. 

"Scii-ntific  American,"  xxxvi.  214. 

"Engineering,"  xxvii.  234. 

"Kai/ru/i'J  Gazette,'1'  xii.  242. 

''Min.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  351. 

"Englifh  Mechanic, "  xxiii.  86. 
"V '  xlv.  372. 
>  r. "  xlv.  372. 

"Engineer,"  xlv.  372. 

"Railroad  Gazette,''  xxii.  24. 

"Railroad  Gazette,-'  xxii.  24. 

11  ICngint-cring,"  xxiii.  28,  33. 

"Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  24. 

"Ord.  Report,-'  1878,  App.  No.  2. 

"Railroad  Gazette,'-  xxii.  24. 

'R.  R.  Gaz.,"  ix.  266, 492  ;  x.  23. 

''Mining  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiii.  7; 
*  xxxv.  177. 

'''Am.  Railroa/l  Jour.,"  li.  397. 

^'Engineering,'"  xxvii.  110. 

i( Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  2794. 

'Scientific  American,'"  xlii.  223. 

'Engineer,"  xlvi.  315. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Nov.  21,  p.  15. 

'Railroad  Gaze«e,:"xxii.  23. 

'Man.  §•  Buildfr,"  ix.  240. 

'Manufact.  If  Builder,"  xii.  206. 

'Engineer,"  xlv.  372. 

''Engineer,"  xlv.  372. 

''Engineer,"  xlv.  372. 

''Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  23-25 

"Meek.  Diet.,"*  Fig.  6330,  p.  2539. 

"Manuf.  $  Builder,"  ix.  59,  131. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  176. 

Trickling *  "Engineer,"~xlv.  372. 

Bailey *  "Scientific  American  Sun.."  2541. 

Withycomb,     L.     S.     & 
Mich.  Southern      .     .      "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  266. 

For  exhaustive  information  on  this  subject  reference  is 
made  to  a  lecture  by  Professor  Thurston  reported  in  "Rail- 
road Gazette,"  xxii.  23,  and  well  illustrated. 

Lu'bri-ca'tor.  ] .  A  device  for  greasing  a  jour- 
nal, piston,  or  other  moving  part.  Instances  are 
given  of  steam  lubricators,  Fi<r.  3011,  page  1361, 
"Mech.  Diet."  ;  axle-lubricators,  Fig.  3012,  page  1362,' 
and  page  200,  /bid. ;  hydrostatic  lubricator,  Fig.  3013, 
page  1362,  Ibid.  See  also  PALIER  GLISSANT,  HY- 
DRAULIC PIVOT  ;  WATER  BEARING  ;  JOURNAL 
BEARING,  etc.  See  also  list  of  LUBRICANTS,  paee 
1361,  Ibid. 

See  LOCOMOTIVE  CUP, supra;  NEEDLE  LUBRICATOR ;  OIL  CUP: 
SHAFTING  CUP  ;  TALLOW  CUP,  infra. 

2.  ( Cartridge.)  A  machine  in  which  the  bullets 
after  being  trimmed  are  waxed  so  as  to  clean  the  gun 
when  firing.  They  are  covered  with  Japan  wax, 
which  is  in  a  vertical  tube  regulated  by  a  heavv 
weight  keeping  it  against  the  bullets  which  are  fed 
in  on  a  wheel.  The  bullets  are  pressed  out  carry- 
ing so  much  wax  with  them.  See  CARTRIDGE. 


"Scientific  American  Sup."  796. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,'"  692. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxiy.  39  ;  xxxvi.  79. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2541. 
*  "Scientific  American,''''  xl.  95. 


Lubricene,  manuf.  of 
Lubricator  alarm  signal. 

Alley *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  57. 

Lubricator,  steam. 

Baines,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  165. 

De  Limon,  Ger.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  398. 

Galvin *"Am.  Man.,"  Feb.  14.  1879,  p.  13. 

Glydon,  Br.,  steam     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  368. 

Harper,  steam  eng.     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  19,  p.  24. 

Harrison,  steam  eng.     *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  214. 

Hoagland      .     .     .     .  *."  Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  433. 

Hughes,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  492. 

Hunt,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  399. 

Johnson,  cup      ...  *  "Min.  4°  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  265. 

Johnson *  "Scientific  American, "  xxxv.  386. 

Locomotive    wheel 
flanges *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  292. 

Lonergan  If  McBride  .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  2,  p.  5. 

Parahall,  cup      ...  *  "Manuf.  4"  Builder,"  viii.  54. 

Patrick,  Ger.       ...  *  "Engineer,"  \.  165. 

Paul *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  July  24,  p.  1. 

Paulson, Br. ,  pulsating  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  295. 

Paulson,  Engl.  ...  *  ".Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2436. 
Loose  pulley  ....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii. ,  May  8,  p.  16. 

Reed,  Steam  cyl.     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  715. 

Thurston,  Paper  On     .      " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1110. 

See  article  "  Graissage,"  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  des 
Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

LuTari-ca'tor  A-larm'  Sig'nal.  A  device  to 
give  an  alarm  when  a  journal  becomes  heated  from 
absence  of  lubricant. 

Alley's  alarm  is  shown  in  Fig.  1640.  The  mode  of  action 
is  as  follows :  The  bell  .6  is  held  in  an  elevated  position  by 
the  composition  plug  A.  If  the  supply  of  oil  ceases  from 

Fig.  1640. 


Lubricator  Alarm  Signal. 

any  cause  the  bearing  heats  and  melts  the  plug.  The  bell 
B,  thus  losing  its  support,  drops  into  gear  with  kicker  C  on 
the  shaft  D,  rings,  and  continues  to  ring  until  the  bearing 
is  cooled  down,  and  the  plug  renewed.  These  plugs  are 
formed  of  hard,  fatty  matter,  which  melts  at  130°  Fan.,  the 
lubricant  not  taking  fire  until  the  temperature  of  the  metal 
reaches  300°  Fah.  The  substance  of  the  plug  running  into 
the  bearings  prevents  the  evil  from  increasing  before  steps 
can  be  taken  to  reduce  the  heat. 

Luff  Tackle.  (Nautical.)  A  tackle  with  a 
double  and  single  block  and  a  fall,  d,  Fig.  6159, 
p.  2480,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Luff-tack'le  Pur'chase.  (Nautical.)  A  form 
of  tackle  having  a  double  block  and  a  single  one, 
known  as  a  treble  purchase.  See  d,  Fig.  6159, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Lum'ber  Dry'er.  A  drying  kiln  in  which 
sawed  lumber  is  dried  artificially.  Instances  are 
given  iu  Figs.  3014,  3015,  pp.  1363,  1364,  "Mech. 
Diet." 


LUMBER   DRYER. 


564 


LUMINOUS  PAINT. 


Figs.  1641,  1642   show  the  "Excelsior"  lumber  dryer, 
vhich  is  a  steam-heated  house  into  which  the  lumber  on 

Fig.  1641. 


sinr'1'  Lumber  Dryer.    (Perspective.) 


trucks  1)  is  run  upon  rails.  Underneath  floor  B  of  the  lum- 
ber chamber  is  a  dead-chamber,  F,  and  still  lower  is  the 
chamber  heated  by  steam-pipes  and  coils  N,  P,  U,  U',  E. 

Fig.  1642. 


-W— 

Lumber  Dryer.     (Transverse   Section.) 

The  drying  is  by,circulation  of  heated  air  which  carries  off 
the  evaporated  moisture. 

Fig.  1643  shows  Fuller's  apparatus  for  drying  lumber,  in 
which  the  moisture  is  condensed;  the  room  being  tightly 

Fig.  1643. 


Fuller's  Apparatus  for  Drying  Lumber. 


closed  and  steam-heated.  The  boards  are  placed  in  parallel 
rows  with  intervening  spaces.  A  coil  of  steam-pipes  is  sup- 
ported just  above  the  floor  of  the  room.  From  a  point  near 
the  ceiling  an  air-duct  leads  to  the  fan :  air  is  exhausted 
from  the  room  and  blown  by  the  fan  to  the  condenser,  which 
is  kept  cool  by  a  stream  of  cold  water.  The  same  air,  de- 
prived of  moisture,  is  again  driven  into  the  lower  stratum 
around  the  steam-pipes,  and  repeats  its  hydrophoric  office. 

Woods'  lumber  dryer,  shown  in  Fig.  1644,  has  the  artifi- 
cial heater  and  the  condenser  in  one  tightly  closed  apartment, 
heated  to  160°  Fah.,  which  in  the  illustration  is  shown  as  of 
very  limited  dimensions,  but  may  hold  ten  or  a  dozen  piles  of 
lumber  on  the  grated  floor  above  the  system  of  steam-pipes 
and  coils  in  the  basement.  On  the  wall  is  seen  the  vertical 
system  of  water-pipes  on  which  the  moisture  of  the  apart- 
ment condenses,  and  down  which  it  trickles  ;  being  caught 
in  a  trough,  it  is  conducted  away.  A  stream  of  cold  water 
constantly  passes  through  the  condenser  pipes  arranged 
against  the  wall. 


Won,!*     Lumber    Dryn: 

Lu'mi-nous  Di'al.  Kecordon,  of  Paris,  illu- 
minates watches  and  clock  <li:ils  by  pas.Mng  an  elec- 
tric discharge  through  a  Geisler  tube  filled  with  a 
gas  which  yields  a  bright  light.  For  a  watch ;  a 
thimble  cell  of  Trouve  is,  together  with  a  small 
induction  coil,  hung  at  the  watch-chain.  Pressing 
a  spring  completes  the  circuit  and  illuminates  the 
dial. 

A  number  of  compositions  of  phosphorescent  salts  are 
given  under  DIAL,  p.  254,  supra. 

Lu'mi-iious  Buoy.  1.  One  which  is  luminous 
by  night,  to  warn  mariners  from  shoals. 

2.  One  which  is  thrown  into  the  sea  and  is  self- 
lighting,  or  covered  with  a  phosphorescent  sub- 
stance, as  a  guide  to  a  person  overboard. 

A  mode  of  automatic  electric  lighting  of  buoys,  invented 
by  M.  de  Lussex,  of  Belgium,  consists  in  the  employment  of  a 
Ruhmkorff  coil  in  connection  with  a  vacuum  tube  on  the 
buoy  as  a  lantern.  The  battery  power  is  furnished  by  large 
plates  of  zinc  and  carbon,  the  sea-water  acting 
as  the  exciting  liquid.  The  induced  current 
thus  generated  is  said  to  be  sufficient  to  light 
up  the  tube  lantern  so  that  it  renders  the 
buoy  useful  at  night.  —  "Engineering  News.'1' 
Pinlsck's  buoy,  for  the  same  purpose,  has  a 
reservoir  containing  a  quantity  of  condensed 
rich  nas.  Electric  lighting  apparatus  is  used. 
See  BUOY,  p.  147,  supra. 

Lieut.  Cook's  safety  buoy  is  mentioned,  p. 
147, supra;  also  in  "Meek.  Diet.,"1  p.  407.  See 
also  LIFE  SATING  APPARATUS,  iupra. 

Lu'mi-nous  Paint.  A  phospho- 
rescent paint  to  render  an  object  visible 
at  night. 

English  Patent  4,152,  of  1877.  Method  of 
rendering  paints,  whitewashes,  and  temperings 
luminous,  consists  in  introducing  into  ordinary 
paints,  varnishes,  or  washes,  a  phosphorescent 
substance,  with  or  without  colors.  The  compound  consists 
of  lime  and  sulphur,  or  carbonate  of  lime  and  sulphur  heated 
together.  It  is  then  mixed  with  colorless  varnish,  and  may 
be  applied  to  various  articles  by  brush  or  by  dipping,  and  to 
protect  from  weather  is  glazed  over  with  a  flux,  as  in  enam- 


the  letters  of  the  name  surrounded  by  an  opaque  surface, 
themselves  being  transparent  (or  vice  versa).  A  stick  of 
phosphorus  held  against  the  rear  of  the  plate  by  a  spring, 
and  packed  in  cement,  so  as  to  admit  but  a  limited  amount 
of  air  for  the  slow  combustion  of  the  phosphorus.  Plate 
luminous  by  night. 

Jules  Peiffer,  French  brevet,  Aug.  22,  1877.  Certificate 
added  Aug.  19,  1878.  Application  to  various  articles,  under 
the  name  of  "Fulgore,''  of  phosphorescent  substances  to 
produce  various  colors  in  the  dark  after  having  been  ex- 
posed to  natural  or  artificial  light.  The  Fulgore  is  made 
from  the  sulphides  of  barium,  strontium,  calcium,  etc. 

An  English  patent  has  a  composition  of  carbonate  of  lime, 


LUMINOUS   PAINT. 


565 


MACHINE. 


phosphate  of  lime,  hydrate  of  lime,  sulphur,  sea  salt,  and 
almost  any  mono-sulphuret.  Another  has  calcined  shells, 
sulphur,  arseniate  of  baryta,  gum  tragacanth,  or  sulphides  of 
strontium,  or  barium  with  magnesia.  See  "Sc.  Am.,'-  xli.  248. 

W.  Trotter,  No.  240,841,  .Sept.  t>,  1881.  Paint  or  composi- 
tion of  sulphide  ol  calcium,  and  a  vehicle  consisting  of  a 
varnish  made  with  gum  mastic  or  other  resinous  body,  and 
turpentine  or  other  spirit,  or  gelatine.  May  be  mixed  with 
various  colors  ;  is  translucent  and  phosphorescent,  and  is 
intended  to  be  applied  to  windows,  to  emit  during  the  night 
the  light  stored  up  during  the  day. 

n«l main's  paint  is  a  preparation  of  sulphide  of  calcium. 
See  "Engineering  rind  Mininif  Journal,"  xxix.  408. 

On  photographic  paper  weights.  See  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can,'' xlvi.  249.  See  also  DIAL,  p.  254,  supra. 

Lump.  (Fire-arm.)  The  iron  piece  soldered 
ou.  to  the  barrel,  and  which  descends  into  the  ac- 
tion (in  break-joint  breech-loaders)  where  there  is 
a  recess  prepared  for  it. 

Lu'na-tel'lus.  An  orrery  showing  the  astro- 
nomical relations  of  the  earth  and  moon. 

Lung  Test'er.  A  spirometer  :  an  instrument 
for  testing  the  capacity  of  the  chest.  Fig.  5431,  p. 
2279,  "Mec/i.  Dirt:' 

Burt *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  242. 

Lus'ter.  1.  (Ceramics.)  Lusters  are  thin  me- 
tallic surfacings  to  pottery  which  require  no  burn- 
ishing and  in  some  cases  have  iridescent  effects. 
They  are  placed  on  the  ware  with  camel's  hair  pen- 
cil and  the  ware  is  fiml  in  a  muffle.  They  offer  a 
cheap  and  brilliant  effect  with  but  little  permanence. 
The  following  are  the  more  usual :  — 

Gold  luster  is  prepared  by  precipitating  with  ammonia  the 
regal  solution  of  gold,  diluting  the  humid  precipitate  with 
turpentine  and  applying  it  without  flux. 

Platinum  luster  is  obtained  by  a  concentrated  solution  of 
chloride  of  platinum  mixed  witli  an  essential  oil. 

Mothfr-of-ptttrl  lustfr  is  obtained  by  precipitating  by  a  weak 
acid  a  double  sulphate  of  gold  anil  potassium  and  grinding 
the  precipitate  with  a  little  flux  and  essence  of  lavender. 

The  copper  luster  of  Spain  is  supposed  to  be  produced  by 
the  silicate  of  the  protoxide  of  copper ;  it  is  conjectured  that 
the  oxide  is  thrown  into  the  furnace  when  the  ware  is  fired. 

Cantharidex  luster  is  obtained  with  a  mixture  of  lead-glass 


and  a  little  oxide  of  bismuth  and  chloride  of  silver.  It  is  put 
on  with  the  brush,  the  ware  fired  in  the  muffle  from  which 
it  is  withdrawn  while  red  hot. 

2.  (Fabric.)  A  taffeta  woven  goods  with  cotton 
chain  and  long  luster  wool  weft.    A  grade  of  alpaca. 

Ly'ra.  (Music.)  An 
instrument  with  jingling 
plates.  That  shown  in 
Fig.  1645  has  two  sets  of 
steel  bars,  embracing  two 
chromatic  octaves.  For 
references  to  the  various 
instruments  which  have 
bars  in  series  sounded  by 
percussion,  and  consisting 
of  wood,  metal,  glass, 
stone,  etc.,  see  MARIMBA. 

Ly'sim'e-ter.  A  rain 
g  a;g  e  ;  pluviameter  ;  om- 
brometer; udometer.  See 
pp.  1871-1873,  and  Figs. 
4145,  4146,  "Meek.  Diet." 

The  lysimeter  is  designed  to 
determine  the  amount  and 
quality  of  the  water  which  per- 
colates through  a  certain  depth 
of  soil.  By  it  a  certain  body 
of  soil  is  so  isolated  without 
disturbing  its  natural  condition 
that  all  the  water  percolating 
can  be  measured,  and  the  heavy  Conn's  Lyra. 

rains  which  in  part  flow  over 

the  surface  of  the  soil  may  also  flow  over  the  lysimeter  and 
not  enter  into  the  measure  of  effective  rain.  It  consists  of 
a  box  inclosing  an  undisturbed  cube  of  earth,  and  a  light 
bottom  with  a  slant  which  directs  the  water  to  a  measure 
placed  below  the  drip,  in  a  pit  excavated  at  the  side  of  the 
box.  This  method  is  in  use  at  Rothainstead,  England,  and 
at  "  Houghton farm, ''Orange Co.,  N.  Y. 
Gage  for  temperature  of 

rain,  Colladon    .     .     .  *  " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2746. 

Rainfall *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1606. 

Rain  gage *  "Scientific  American,'''  xxxvi.  257- 


M. 


Ma-chine'.  As  distinct  —  on  the  one  hand  — 
from  an  engine  :  An  instrument  which  fashions,  or 
operates  mechanically  upon,  objects  or  materials, 
and  does  not  contain  its  own  motor.  It  is  driven 
by  an  engine  or  other  motor,  or  by  hand. 

As  distinct  from  a  tool :  It  contains  its  own  guide 
for  operation. 

A  tool  is  a  manual  instrument  depending  for  its 
efficiency  upon  the  strength  and  skill  of  the  opera- 
tor. 

A  machine-tool  is  one  which  supersedes  the  hand 
tool  formerly  employed. 

Instrument  is  a  qualitative  term,  applied  to  tools 
and  apparatus  of  delicacy  and  precision. 

Some  irregularities  exist  in  the  placing  of  these 
terms. 

See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Accumulator. 

Arbor. 

Adding  machine. 

Arbor,  expanding. 

Adjustable  bed  press. 

Arch  screw-press. 

Air  compressing  machine. 

Arm-boxing  machine 

Air  pump. 

Army  mill. 

Air  refrigerating  machine. 

Artesian  well  machine. 

Amalgamator. 

Aspirator. 

Angle  car-boring  machine. 

Aspirator  winnowing  mach. 

Angle  cutting  saw. 

Attrition  mill. 

Angle-iron  bending  machine. 

Atmospheric  hammer. 

Angle  shear. 

Axe-handle  lathe. 

Angle  shearing  machine. 

Axle  lathe. 

Annealing  machine. 

Bait  mill. 

Anvil. 

Balance-wheel  turning  mach. 

Aplatisseur. 

Baling  press. 

Apple  grinder. 

Ball  grinder. 

Balling  machine. 

Ball  trimmer. 

Baluster  lathe. 

Band  and  jig  saw. 

Banding  machine. 

Band  saw. 

Band-saw  mill. 

Band-saw  re-sawing  machine. 

Band-saw  setter. 

Band-saw  getting  machine. 

Band-saw  setting  and  filing  in. 

Band-saw  sharpening  frame. 

Bar  cutting  machine. 

Barking  machine. 

Bark-mill. 

Bark-rossing  machine. 

Baromotor. 

Barrel-boring  machine. 

Barrel-chamfering  machine. 

Barrel  crozing  machine. 

Barrel  facing  machine. 

Barrel  head. 

Barrel  head  rounder. 

Barrel  hoop. 

Barrel  leveling  machine. 

Barrel  leveling  and  trussing  m. 

Barrel  machine. 

Barrel  pitching  machine. 

Barrel  saw. 

Barrel  setting-up  machine. 

Barrel  trussing  machine. 

Barrel  turning  lathe. 

Barrel  turning  machine. 

Barrel  washer. 

Barrel  windlass. 

Bar  shear. 

Beader. 

Beaming  machine. 


Beam  mill. 
Bearing  feeler. 
Beating-out  machine. 
Beetling  machine. 
Beet  grater. 
Beet  press. 
Beet-root  digger. 
Beet-root  machines. 
Bell  chuck. 
Bench  drill. 

Bench-drilling  machine. 
Bending  and  straightening  m. 
Bending  machine. 
Bevel  felly  planer. 
Bevel-gear  cutting  machine. 
Bevel-gear  wheel  cutter. 
Bevel  rest  for  band-saw  cut'g. 
Bevel  sawing  machine. 
Bevel-wheel  cutter. 
Binding  machine. 
Binding  reaper. 
Biscuit  machine. 
Blacking-box  press. 
Blacksmith's  lathe. 
Blank-work  folder. 
Blanking  press. 
Blind-lath  punching  mach. 
Blind-relishing  machine. 
Blind-slat  crimping  machine. 
Blind-slat  mortising  mach. 
Blind-slat  planer. 
Blind-slat  router. 
Blind-slat  tenoning  machine. 
Blind-stile  borer  and  mortiser. 
Blind-stile  boring  machine. 
Blind-stile  mortising  mach. 
Blind  wiring-machine. 
Blocking  machine. 


MACHINE. 


566 


MACHINE. 


Block  ironing  machine. 

Canting  table. 

Cloth  press. 

Cutting-off  shear. 

Block-making  machine. 

Capstan. 

Cloth  pressing  machine. 

Cut-off  saw. 

Blower. 

Car-axle  lathe. 

Cloth  shearing  machine. 

Cutting  press. 

Blubber  mincing  machine. 

Car  boring  machine. 

Cloth  stretching  machine. 

Cylinder  boring  machine. 

Board  -cutting  machine. 

Car-box  drill. 

Cloth  testing  machine. 

Cylinder  boring  and  facing  m. 

Board-seasoning  machine. 

Car-box  grinding  machine. 

Cloth  wind'g  and  measur'g  m. 

Cylinder  fixing  apparatus. 

Boiler-plate  clipper. 

Carburetor. 

Clover  huller. 

Cylinder  forging  mill. 

Boiler  prover. 

Card  and  ticket  cutter. 

Coal  cutting  machine. 

Cylinder  grinding  mill. 

Boiler-shell  drilling  machine. 

Cardboard  cutter. 

Coal  mining  machine. 

Cylinder  saw. 

Boiler  smith. 

Cardboard  machine. 

Coal  testing  machine. 

Cylindrical  saw. 

Bolt  clipper. 

Card  grinder. 

Coal  tipping  machine. 

Darning  machine. 

Bolt-cutting  machine. 

Cardigan-jacket  machine. 

Coal  washer. 

Dead-stroke  hammer. 

Bolt  die. 

Carding  machine. 

Cockle  separator. 

Decorticator. 

Bolt-forging  machine. 

Car  gaining  machine. 

Cocoon  winder. 

De-gumming  machine. 

Bolt-heading  machine. 

Car-journal-bearing  boring  m. 

Coffee  cleaner. 

Dental  engine. 

Bolt  holder. 

Car  mortising  machine. 

Coffee  cooler. 

Diagonal  planing  machine. 

Bolt-pointing  machine. 

Carpet  loom. 

Coffee  dryer. 

Diamond  drill. 

Bolt-trimming  machine. 

Carpet  match  'g  &  meas'g  m. 

Coffee  huller. 

Dielectric  machine. 

Bolt-turning  lathe. 

Carpet  winder. 

Coffee  grinder. 

Die-sinking  machine. 

Bone  mill. 

Carriage  cutting-off  saw. 

Coffee  mill. 

Diffusion  apparatus. 

Book-backing  machine. 

Carrier. 

Coffee  roaster. 

Dimension  saw. 

Bookbinding  press. 

Car  sill  dressing  machine. 

Coiling  apparatus. 

Dirt  scraper. 

Book-sawing  machine. 

Car  sill  machine. 

Coiling  machine. 

Disintegrator. 

Book-sewing  machine. 

Car  tenoning  machine. 

Cold  air  machine. 

Disking  machine. 

Book  trimmer. 

Cartridge  heading  machine. 

Cold  saw. 

Ditching  machine. 

Boot-cleaning  machine. 

Cartridge  head  tester. 

Collar  machine. 

Dividing  engine. 

Boot  machine. 

Cartridge  loading  machine. 

Combing  machine. 

Dobby  machine. 

Boot-sewing  machine. 

Cartridge  varnishing  machine. 

Composing  machine. 

Domestic  motor. 

Boring-and-turning  mill. 

Car-truck-frame  drilling  m. 

Compound  cotton  press. 

Door  and  sash  tenoning  mach. 

Boring  machine. 

Carving  lathe. 

Compound  lathe. 

Door  clamp. 

Boring  mill. 

Carving  machine. 

Concasseur. 

Door  mortising  machine. 

Bottle  washer. 

Car-wheel  balancing  apparat. 

Cooperage  machine. 

Door  relishing  machine. 

Bottling  machine. 

Car-wheel  borer. 

Cop  reel. 

Double  cutting-off  machine. 

Box-board  machine. 

Car-wheel  chuck. 

Cop  winding  machine. 

Double  edging  machine. 

Box-board  matching  mach. 

Car-wheel  grinding  machine. 

Copying  lathe. 

Double-face  milling  machine. 

Box-forming  machine. 

Car-wheel  press. 

Copying  machine. 

Double  pitman  press. 

Boxing  machine. 

Car  washing  machine. 

Cord-making  machine. 

Double  planing  machine. 

Bracket  cutting-off  saw. 

Case  trimmer. 

Cork-cutting  machine. 

Double  seamer. 

Braiding  machine. 

Cash  recording  machine. 

Corking  machine. 

Double  surfacing  machine. 

Bran  duster. 

Cask  leveling  machine. 

Cork  machine. 

Double  traverse  drill. 

Brass-finisher's  lathe. 

Cement  chuck. 

Corkscrew  machine. 

Double-tub  press. 

Breaking-down  machine. 

Cement  mill. 

Corn  cleaner. 

Double  wheel  lathe. 

Break  lathe. 

Cement  testing  machine. 

Corn  cracker. 

Double  winding  machine. 

Brick  machine. 

Centering  chuck. 

Corn  cutter. 

Dough  brake. 

Brick  press. 

Centering  lathe. 

Corn  drill. 

Dough  kneader. 

Brick  re-pressing  machine. 

Centering  machine. 

Corn  husker. 

Dough  mixer. 

Brim-pouncing  machine. 

Centering  tool. 

Cornice  machine. 

Dovetailing  machine. 

Brim  stretcher. 

Center  plate. 

Corn  mill. 

Dowel  machine. 

Broaching  press. 

Center  sawing  machine. 

Corn  planter. 

Drain-tile  machine. 

Broadcast  seeder. 

Centrifugal  machine. 

Corn  sheller. 

Drawing  frame. 

Bronzing  machine.    • 

Chaff  cutter. 

Corn  stalk  cutter. 

Drawing  machine. 

Broom-corn  scraper. 

Chaff  sifter. 

Corset  loom. 

Drawing  press. 

Broom-handle  lathe. 

Chain  cable  shear. 

Corundum  wheel. 

Dredging  machine. 

Broom-sewing  machine. 

Chain  loom. 

Cotton  gin. 

Drill  grinder. 

Broom  trimmer. 

Chain  testing  machine. 

Cotton  opener. 

Driller  and  slotter. 

Broom  winder. 

Chair  mortiser. 

Cotton  picking  machine. 

Drilling  machine. 

Brush-finishing  machine. 

Chamfering  machine. 

Cotton  planter. 

Drill  press. 

Brushing  machine. 

Change  wheels. 

Cotton  press. 

Drop  hammer. 

Brush  machine. 

Charcoal  grinding  mill. 

Cotton  seed  huller. 

Dropper. 

Buckwheat  huller. 

Charcoal  washer. 

Coupon  numbering  machine. 

Drop  press. 

Buckwheat  shucker. 

Chaser. 

Coupon  ticket  machine. 

Drug  mill. 

Buffing  lathe. 

Chasing  lathe. 

Crab. 

Drying  machine. 

Buffing  machine. 

Cheese  press. 

Cracker  cutting  machine. 

Duplex  boring  and  facing  m. 

Bull  en  nail  machine. 

Chemical  fire  engine. 

Cracking  machine. 

Duplex  boring  and  turning  m. 

Bullet  machine. 

Chilian  mill. 

Cranberry  picker. 

Duplex  planing  machine. 

Bullet  patching  machine. 

Chocolate  machine. 

Crane. 

Duplex  punch. 

Bung  lathe. 

Chocolate  mixer. 

Crank  lathe. 

Duplex  slide  rest. 

Bung  machine. 

Chopping  mill. 

Crank-pin  driver. 

Dusting  machine. 

Burring  engine. 

Chop  separator. 

Crank-pin  jack. 

Dye-wood  cutter. 

Burring  picker. 
Butter  worker. 

Chromo-lithographic  machine. 
Chucking  lathe. 

Crank-pin  turner. 
Creeper. 

Dye-wood  grinder. 
Dynamo-electric  machine. 

Butt  lathe. 

Chucking  machine. 

Crimp  brake. 

Dynamometer. 

Buzzer. 

Cider  mill. 

Crimper. 

Earth  borer. 

Buzz  planer. 

Cider  press. 

Crimping  machine. 

Earth  scraper. 

Cable-testing  apparatus. 

Cigarette  machine. 

Cross-cut  circular  saw. 

Eccentric  chuck. 

Cacao  sorter. 

Cigar  mold. 

Cross-cut  saw. 

Eccentric  lathe. 

Cake  breaker. 

Circular  knitting  machine. 

Cross  gaining  machine. 

Eccentric  mill. 

Cake  grinder. 

Circular  resawing  machine. 

Cross  raising  machine. 

Economizer. 

Calculating  machine. 

Circular  ribbing  machine. 

Crown  pouncing  machine. 

Edge  molding  and  shaping  m. 

Calendering  machine. 

Circular  saw. 

Crozing  machine. 

Edge  molding  machine. 

Calender  rolls. 

Circular  saw  mill. 

Crusher 

Edge  planing  machine. 

Calico-printing  machine. 

Clamp  milling  machine. 

Crushing  mill. 

Edger. 

Caliper  machine. 

Clapboard  machine. 

Cube  sugar  machine. 

Edge  setter. 

Cambering  machine. 

Clay  mill. 

Cuff  frame. 

Edge  trimmer. 

Cam-cutting  machine. 

Clipping  machine. 

Cultivator. 

Edging  machine. 

Cameo  press. 

Clipper. 

Cupping  machine. 

Edging  saw. 

Cam  loom. 

Clod  crusher. 

Cushioned  hammer. 

Electrical  machine. 

Cam  press. 

Closing  machine. 

Cut-off  saw 

Electro-magnetic  machine. 

Cam-body  former. 
Candle  machine. 
Candle-polishing  machine. 
Candy-rolling  machine. 

Cloth  cutting  machine. 
Cloth  dressing  machine. 
Cloth  drying  machine. 
Clothes  wringer. 

Cutter  grinder. 
Cutting  and  drawing  press. 
Cutting  and  screwing  mach. 
Cutting  and  stamping  press. 

Electrotype  molding  machine. 
Embossing  machine. 
Embossing  press. 
Embroidering  machine. 

Candy  slicer. 

Cloth  finishing  machine. 

Cutting-off  lathe. 

Emery  grinder. 

Cane  mill. 

Cloth  folding  machine. 

Cutting-off  machine. 

Emery  planer. 

Can-labeling  machine. 

Cloth  measuring  apparatus. 

Cutting-off  saw. 

Emery  wheel. 

MACHINE. 


567 


MACHINE. 


Emery  wheel  dresser. 

Gang  saw. 

Heel  filing  machine, 

Lard  press. 

Endless-  bed  planer. 

Gap-bed  lathe. 

Heel  jack. 

Lathe. 

Endless  belt  grinder. 

Gap  lathe. 

Heel  machinery. 

Lawn  mower. 

Endless  saw. 

Gas  machine. 

Heel  scouring  machine. 

Lead-pipe  machine. 

Engine  lathe. 

Gate  saw. 

Heel  trimmer. 

Leather  finishing  machine. 

Engraving  machine. 

Gear  cutter. 

Helve  hammer. 

Leather  glazing  machine. 

Ensilage  cutter. 

Gear-wheel  dresser. 

Hemp  softening  machine. 

Leather  pebbling  machine. 

Envelope  machine. 

Geometric  lathe. 

Hoeing  machine. 

Leather  raising,  etc.,  mach. 

Envelope  printing  pros-. 

Gibbed  engine-lathe. 

Hogshead  machinery. 

Leather  scouring  machine. 

Epicycloidal  milling  engine. 

Gilding  press. 

Hoisting  apparatus. 

Leather  splitting  machine. 

Evaporator. 

Gingham  loom. 

Hollow  spindle  lathe. 

Leather  stamping  machine. 

Excavator. 

Girder  riveter. 

Hominy  machine. 

Leather  stretching  machine. 

Exercising  machine. 

Girder  tester. 

Hominy  mill. 

Leather  whitening  machine. 

Exhaust  fan. 

Glass-polishing  machine. 

Honey  extractor. 

Lever  drill. 

Expanding  mandrel. 

(ilass  press. 

Hoop. 

Lever  press. 

Expansion  boring  tool. 

Glove  making  machine. 

Hoop  and  splint  machine. 

Lever  punch. 

Face  lathe. 

Glove  sewing  machine. 

Hoop  banding  machine. 

Levigating  machine. 

Facing  machine. 

Gorse  cutter. 

Hoop  making  machine. 

Lifting  machine. 

Faller  machine. 

Grader. 

Hoop-pole  river. 

Lime  cracker. 

Fancy  broad  loom. 

Grading  plow. 

Hoop  punch  'g,  flar'g,etc.,  m. 

Lime  mill. 

Fanning  mill. 

Grain  cleaner. 

Hoop  punching  machine. 

Lithographic  press. 

Farm  mill. 

Grain  crusher. 

Hop  picker. 

Lithographic  stone  dresser. 

Feed  cutter. 

Grain  cutter. 

Horizontal  boring  machine. 

Lithog.  stone  polish'g  mach. 

Feed  mill. 

Grain  drill 

Horizontal  boring  mill. 

Litter  cutter. 

Feed  regulator. 

Grain  dryer. 

Horizontal  mortising  mach. 

Loading  machine. 

Felling  saw. 

Grain  mill. 

Horizontal  saw  mill. 

Lock  mortising  machine. 

Felly  bending  machine. 

Grain  scourer. 

Horizontal  slot  boring  mach. 

Log  butter. 

Felly  boring  machine. 

Grain  screen. 

Horn  press. 

Log  frame. 

Felly-rim  planing  machine. 

Grain  separator. 

Horse  groomer. 

Log  roller. 

Felly  rounding  machine. 

Grain  sifter. 

Horse  hay-fork. 

Loom. 

Felly  saw. 

Grain  smutter. 

Horse  hoe. 

Lozenge  machine. 

Felting  machine. 

Grain  sorter. 

Horse  power. 

Lubricant  tester. 

Fencing  machine. 

Grain  steamer. 

Horse  rake. 

Lubricator. 

Fertilizer  distributor. 

Grain  toller. 

Hosiery  seaming  machine. 

Magneto-electric  machine. 

Fertilizer  mill. 

Grain  washer. 

Hot  curving  machine. 

Main  tapping  machine. 

Fertilizer  sower. 

Grain  weigher. 

Hot-iron  saw. 

Maize  cutter. 

Filter  press. 

Granulating  machine. 

Hot  press. 

Maize  mill. 

Finishing  press. 

Grape  crusher. 

Hot  saw. 

Malaxator. 

Fire  engine. 

Grape  mill. 

Hot  straightening  machine. 

Malt  crusher. 

Fire-hole  ring  riveter. 

Grape  press. 

Hub  boring  machine. 

Mandarining  machine. 

Fire  pot. 

Grapple  dredging  machine. 

Hub  boxing  machine. 

Mandrel  press. 

Fish  dressing  machine. 

Grinder. 

Hub  mortising  machine. 

Mangle. 

Flanging  machine. 

Grinding  lap. 

Huller. 

Marking  machine. 

Flat  rib  knitting  machine. 

Grinding  machine. 

Howeling  machine. 

Masticator. 

Flax  braking  machine. 

Grinding  mill. 

Hydraulic  bender. 

Matcher  and  jointer. 

Flax  loom. 

Grinding  wheels. 

Hydraulic  boring  machine. 

Matcher  setter. 

Floor  boring  machine. 

Grindstone  turning  device. 

Hydraulic  coal  miner. 

Matching  machine. 

Flour  bolt. 

Grist  mill. 

Hydraulic  crane. 

Match-making  machine. 

Flouring  mill. 

Grits  grading  machine. 

Hydraulic  electric  machine. 

Matrix  rolling  machine. 

Flour  packer. 

Grits  mill. 

Hydraulic  elevator. 

Meal  cooler. 

Flue  cutter. 

Grits  purifier. 

Hydraulic  engine. 

Measuring  machine. 

Fluting  machine. 

Grooving  and  beading  mach. 

Hydraulic  forging. 

Meat  chopper. 

Flying  sounder. 

Grounding  machine. 

Hydraulic  punch. 

Meat  stuffer. 

Fodder  cutter. 

Gummer  grinder. 

Hydraulic  press. 

Medal  lathe. 

Fodder  mill. 

Gumming  machine. 

Hydraulic  riveter. 

Metal  saw. 

Folder. 

Gun  stocking  machine. 

Hydro-extractor. 

Middlings  grinder. 

Folding  machine. 

Hand  bolt  cutter. 

Hydrostatic  weighing  mach. 

Middlings  mill. 

Folding  and  perforating  m. 

Hand  loom. 

Ice  machine. 

Middlings  purifier. 

Foot  band-saw. 

Hand  mortising  machine. 

Impression  machine. 

Middlings  softening  machine. 

Foot  die  machine. 

Hand  planer. 

Impression  stitch  machine. 

Milk  skimming  machine. 

Foot  drill. 

Hand  rock-drill. 

Inclined  press. 

Mill. 

Foot  lathe. 

Hand-strap  apparatus. 

Incorporating  mill. 

Mill  dog. 

Foot  press. 

Hand  milling  machine. 

Incubator. 

Mill  grinder. 

Foot  punching  press. 

Hand  plan. 

Index  milling  machine. 

Milling  machine. 

Forage  cutter. 

Hank  dyeing  machine. 

Independent  drill. 

Milling  rollers. 

Forage  press. 

Hardening  machine. 

Ink  grinding  machine. 

Mill-pick  sharpener. 

Force. 

Harvester. 

Insect  destroyer. 

Mill-stone  dresser. 

Forge. 
Forge  hammer. 

Hat  blocking  machine. 
Hat  finishing  lathe. 

Inside  molding  machine. 
Intermediate  spinning  frame. 

Mill-stoneifacing  machine. 
Mineral  dresser. 

Forging,  hydraulic. 

Hat  forming  machine. 

Iron  cutter. 

Mining  machine. 

Forging  machine. 

Hat  lining  sewing  machine. 

Iron  cutting  saw. 

Mitering  machine. 

Forming  machine. 

Hat  press. 

Ironing  machine. 

Mixing  machine. 

Forming  press. 

Hat  shaping  machine. 

Iron  saw. 

Mixing  mill. 

Foulard  machine. 

Hat  shaving  machine. 

Iron  shears. 

Molding  machine. 

Four-high  mill. 

Hat  stiffening  machine. 

Jacquard  loom. 

Molding-iron  grinder. 

Four-spindle  drill. 

Hat  stretcher. 

Jigging  machine. 

Molding,  shaping,  etc.,  mach. 

Four-screw  chuck. 

Hay  loader. 

Jig  saw. 

Monogram  machine. 

Frame  drilling  machine. 

Hay  press. 

Joiner. 

Monogram  press. 

Frame  planing  machine. 

Hay  rake. 

Jointer. 

Monte-jus. 

Frame  slotting  machine. 

Hay  tedder. 

Jute  machinery. 

Mortar  mill. 

Fret  saw. 

Head  beveling  and  turning  m. 

Keg  jointer. 

Mortar  mixer. 

Fret  scroll  saw. 
Friction  machine. 

Heading  clipper. 
Heading  dresser. 

Keg  leveling  and  trussing  m. 
Keg  machine. 

Mortising  chisel. 
Mortising  machine. 

Friction-roller  drop. 

Heading  jointer. 

Key  grinder. 

Mouthing  machine. 

Fruit  press. 

Heading  machine. 

Key  seat  cutting  machine. 

Mulay-saw  mill. 

Fruit  separator. 

Heading  planer. 

Key  way  cutter. 

Mule. 

Fulling  mill. 
Fur  blowing  machine. 

Heading  rounder. 
Heading  saw. 

Kibbling  mill. 
Kneading  machine. 

Multicolor  printing  press. 
Multiple  drilling  machine. 

Fusing  disk. 
Gage  lathe. 

Heading  turner. 
Headstock. 

Knife-grinding  machine. 
Knitting  machine. 

Multiple  wheel  tool  grinder. 
Nail  picker. 

Gage  table-shears. 
Gang  drill. 

Heel  attaching  machine. 
Heel  breasting  machine. 

Labeling  machine. 
Laboratory  lathe. 

Nail  polishing  cylinder. 
Nap  meter. 

Gang  edger. 
Gang  plow. 

Heel  building  machine. 
Heel  burnishing  machine. 

Lag  machine. 
Lap  doubling  machine. 

Navigational  sounding  mach. 
Needle  making. 

Gang  ripping  saw. 

Heel  cutter  and  shaper. 

Lap  machine. 

Needle  straightener. 

MACHINE. 


568 


MACHINE. 


Net  machine. 

Plow-handle  bending  mach. 

Riveting  press. 

Shaft  straightener. 

Notching  machine. 

Plow-handle  lathe. 

Road  locomotive. 

Shaper. 

Nut  tapping  machine. 

Pneumatic  excavator. 

Road  roller. 

Shaping  machine. 

Oat  mill. 

Pointing  machine. 

Road  scraper. 

Shaving  machine. 

Oat  separator. 

Polishing  machine. 

Rock  borer. 

Shawl  loom. 

Oil-cake  breaker. 

Portable  cider  press. 

Rock  breaker. 

Shearing  machine. 

Oil  cake  mill. 

Portable  circular  saw  mill. 

Rock  crusher. 

Shear,  punch,  and  upsetter. 

Oil  press. 

Portable  drilling  machine. 

Rock  drill. 

Sheep-shearing  machine. 

Oil  testing  machine. 

Portable  grist  mill. 

Rocking  saw-table. 

Sheet  calender. 

Olive  press. 

Portable  mill. 

Rod  machine. 

Shingle  machine. 

Open  back  press. 

Portrait  lathe. 

Rod,  pin,  and  dowel  machine. 

Shingle  and  heading  machine 

Open  die  machine. 

Positive  motion  loom. 

Rod  planer. 

Shingle  buncher. 

Opener-tapper. 

Post  drill. 

Roller  mill. 

Shingle  sawing  machine. 

Opening  machine. 

Potato  bug  destroyer. 

Rolling  machine. 

Ship-timber  saw. 

Ore  breaker. 

Potato  digger. 

Rolling  mill. 

Shirt  frame. 

Ore  crusher. 

Potato  planter. 

Root  cutter. 

Shirt  knitting  machine. 

Ore  dryer. 

Potter's  wheel. 

Root  grinder. 

Shoddy  machine. 

Ore  grinder. 

Pottery  mill. 

Root  puller. 

Shoe  embossing  machine. 

Ore  mill. 

Pouncing  machine. 

Root  pulper. 

Shoe  sewing  machine. 

Ore  separator. 

Powder-pressing  machine. 

Root  shredder. 

Shoe  nail  machine. 

Ore  sifter. 

Power  press. 

Root  slicer. 

Shoe  pegging  machine. 

Ore  washer. 

Power  shears. 

Root  washer. 

Shoe  soling  machine. 

Organ  blower. 

Press  drill. 

Rope  molding  machine. 

Shoot  board. 

Outside  molding  machine. 

Pressing  machine. 

Rosette  cutter. 

Shuttle  race  milling  mach. 

Outside  tacking  machine. 

Pressure  bar. 

Rosette  lathe. 

Sickle  grinder. 

Oval  lathe. 

Pressure  block. 

Rossing  machine. 

Side  planing  machine. 

Oval  tenon  machine. 

Pressure  blower. 

Rotary-bed  planing  machine. 

Sifting  machine. 

Overpick  loom. 

Priming  machine. 

Rotary  mortising  machine. 

Silk  de-gummin<;  machine 

Overshot  separator. 

Printing  machine. 

Rotary  shaper. 

Silk  dyeing  machine. 

Pail  and  tub  machinery. 

Printing  press. 

Rotator. 

Silk  loom. 

Painting  machine. 

Print  washing  machine. 

Rounding  machine. 

Silk  reel. 

Paint  mill. 

Profiling  machine. 

Routing  machine. 

Silk  softening  machine 

Panel-board  molding  mach. 

Proof  press. 

Roving  frame. 

Silk  spinner. 

Panel  machine. 

Puddling  machine. 

Rule  and  lead  cutter. 

Silk  spooling  machine. 

Panel  molding  machine. 

Pug  mill. 

Ruling  machine. 

Silk  stretching  machine. 

Panel  planer. 

Pulley  boring  machine. 

Sabot  machine. 

Silk  testing  machine. 

Panel  raiser. 

Pulley  grinding  machine. 

Sail  sewing  machine. 

Silk  washing  machine. 

Panning  machine. 

Pulley-head  mortising  mach. 

Sand-papering  machine. 

Silk  winder. 

Pantographic  cutter-former. 

Pulley  lathe. 

Sash  machine. 

Singeing  machine. 

Pantographic  engrav.  mach. 

Pulley  turning  machine. 

Sash  molding  machine. 

Single  speed  drilling  mach. 

Paper  bag  machine. 

Pulverizer. 

Sash  mortising  machine. 

Skein  setter. 

Paper  calendering  machine. 

Pulverizing  mill. 

Sash  relishing  machine. 

Skein  torsion  machine. 

Paper  clipping  machine. 

Pump.     (Varieties,  see  list.) 

Sash  sticking  machine. 

Skin-beating  machine. 

Paper  collar  machine. 

Pump  joint  machine. 

Satinet  loom.          > 

Skiving  machine. 

Paper  coloring  machine. 

Punch  and  shear. 

Sausage  stuffer. 

Slabbing  machine. 

Paper  cutting  machine. 

Punching  machine. 

Saw  filer. 

Sleeper  recessing  machine. 

Paper  cutter  and  winder. 

Punching  press. 

Saw  gummer. 

Sleeve  machine. 

Paper  glazing  machine. 

Pusher. 

Saw  gumming  emery  wheel. 

Slitting  mill. 

Paper  knife  grinder. 

Quick-speed  drill. 

Saw  gumming  press. 

Slitting  saw. 

Paper  press. 

Race. 

Sawing  and  boring  machine. 

Slitting  shear. 

Paper  pulp  machine. 

Rack  cutting  machine. 

Sawing  engine. 

Sliver  lap  machine. 

Paper  rolling  machine. 

Radial  drilling  machine. 

Sawing  machine. 

Slot-boring  machine. 

Paper  testing  machine. 

Radius  cross-cut  sawing  m. 

Saw  jointer. 

Slot-drilling  machine. 

Pasteboard  cutter. 

Radius  planer. 

Saw  mill. 

Slotting  machine. 

Pattern  maker's  lathe. 

Rag  duster. 

Saw  sharpening  machine. 

Slubbing  frame. 

Peat  machine. 

Rag  and  waste  picker. 

Saw  toothing  machine. 

Smashing  press. 

Pebble-powder  machine. 

Rag  picker. 

Scarifier. 

Smoothing  machine. 

Pebbling  machine. 

Rag  washer. 

Scrap-cutting  machine. 

Smut  machine. 

Pellet-powder  machine. 

Rail  bender. 

Scraper. 

Smutter. 

Pegging  machine. 

Rail  borer. 

Scraping  machine. 

Snap  machine. 

Pendulum  press. 

Rail  shears. 

Screw  and  nut  machine. 

Soap  machine. 

Perambulator. 

Rail  slitter. 

Screw  cutting  lathe. 

Soda  water  machinery. 

Perfecting  press. 

Railway  crane. 

Screw  cutting  machine. 

Soil  pulverizer. 

Perforating  machine. 

Railway  cutting-off  saw. 

Screw  finishing  machine. 

Solder  cutter. 

Picket  heading  machine. 

Railway  speed  recorder. 

Screw  hoist. 

Soldering  machine. 

Picket  sawing  machine. 

Ramie  fiber  machine. 

Screwing  machine. 

Sole  cutter. 

Pig-iron  breaker. 

Rand  breasting  machine. 

Screw  machine. 

Sole  cutting  press. 

Pile  driver. 

Rand  turning  machine. 

Screw  nicking  machine. 

Sole  forming  machine. 

Pile  driving  engine. 

Ratchet  drill. 

Screw  polishing  machine. 

Sole  -leather  roller. 

Pillar  drilling  machine. 
Pillar  shaper. 

Reciprocating  planing  mach. 
Reducing  press. 

Screw  press. 
Screw  shaving  machine. 

Sole-leather  stripping  mach. 
Sole  molding  machine. 

Pin  making  machine. 
Pipe  bender. 
Pipe  cutting  machine. 
Pipe  elbow-bender. 

Relishing  machine. 
Re-pressing  brick  machine. 
Re-pressing  machine. 
Re-sawing  band  saw. 

Screw  slotting  machine. 
Screw  soling  machine. 
Screw-thread  forging  mach. 
Screw-wire  soling  machine. 

Sole  press. 
Sole  riveting  machine. 
Sole  rolling  machine. 
Sole  screwing  machine. 

Pipe  prover. 

Re-sawing  machine. 

Scroll  lathe. 

Sounding  apparatus. 

Pipe  screwing  machine. 

Revolving  head  screw  mach. 

Scroll  saw. 

Specific  gravity  machine. 

Pistol  rifling  machine. 

Revolving  tool-head  screw  m. 

Scrubbing  machine. 

Speed  indicator. 

Pitman  press. 

Rheostatic  machine. 

Sculpture  machine. 

Speed  lathe. 

Pivot  polisher. 

Rib  fabric  knitting  machine. 

Seal-embossing  press. 

Sphere-turning  lathe. 

Plaiting  machine. 

Rib-top  machine. 

Seaming,  etc.,  machine. 

Spice  mill. 

Planing  machine. 

Rice  drill 

Seaming  machine. 

Spinning  head. 

Planing,  chamfering,  etc.,  m. 

Rice  huller. 

Sectional  mill. 

Spinning  lathe. 

Planishing  hammer. 

Rice  thresher. 

Seed  drill. 

Spinning  machine. 

Planter. 

Riddle  sorter. 

Seeding  machine. 

Spinning  mule. 

Plastering  machine. 
Plaster  mill. 

Ridge-stone  cutting  machine. 
Rifling  machine. 

Segment  saw. 
Self-acting  drilling  machine. 

Spiral  spring  coiling  machine 
Splining  machine. 

Plate-bending  machine. 
Plate  machine. 

Rim  planer. 
Rim-saw  machine. 

Self-acting  lathe. 
Semolina  machine. 

Splint  cutting  machine. 
Splitting  machine. 

Plate  pickling  machine. 

Ring  and  traveler  frame. 

Semolina  separator. 

Splitting  saw. 

Plate  press. 
Plate  shearing  machine. 

Ring  saw  machine. 
Rinsing  machine. 

Separator. 
Serpentine  molding  machine. 

Spoke  driving  machine. 
Spoke  facing  and  jointing  m. 

Plate  welding  hammer. 
Plow.    (Varieties  :  see  list.) 

Ripping  saw. 
Riveting  machine. 

Sewing  machine. 
Shaft  boring  apparatus. 

Spoke  lathe. 
Spoke  polishing  machine. 

Plow  grinder. 

Riveting  machine,  hydraulic.      Shaft  excavator. 

Spoke  setting  machine. 

MACHINE. 


569 


MACHINE   GUM. 


Spoke  tenoning  machine. 
Spoke  tenon  trueing  uiacb. 
Spoke  throating  machine. 
Spoke  turning  lathe. 
Spooling  machine. 
Spool  printing  machine. 
Spool  winding  machine. 
Spraying  machine. 
Spring  adjuster. 
Spring  shaping  machine. 
Spring  steam  hammer. 
Spring  testing  machine. 
Square  arbor  lathe. 
Squa  ring-off  saw. 
Squaring  shear. 
Squeezer. 
Stalk  cutter. 

Stamping  and  cutting  press. 
Stamping  machine. 
Stamping  mill. 
Stamping  press. 
Staple  machine. 
Starching  machine. 
Stationary  bed  planer. 
Stave  cutter. 
Stave  dressing  machine. 
Stave  ending  machine. 
Stave  bolt  equalizer. 
Stave  equalizer. 
Stave  jointer. 
Slave  machine. 
Stave  planer. 
Stave  saw. 
Steam  capstan. 
Steam  crane. 
Steam  hammer. 
Steam  plate  press. 
Steam  plow. 
Steam  reaper. 
Strain  riveting  machine. 
Steam  stamp. 
Steam  winch. 
Stearine  press. 
Steel  hammer. 

Stereotype  beveling  machine. 
Stiffening  machine. 
Stock  turning  lathe. 
Stone  boring  and  facing  m. 
Stone  breaker. 
Stone  channeling  machine. 
Stone  clearer. 
Stone  cleaving  machine. 
Stone  crusher. 
Stone  cutting  machine. 
Stone  dressing  machine. 
Stone  drill. 

Stone  molding  machine. 
Stone  planing  machine. 
Stone  sawing  machine. 
Stone  splitting  machine. 
Stoping  drill. 

Stove-plate  dressing  mach. 
Straight  cutter  planing  m. 
Straightening  machine. 
Straw  cutter. 
Street  sweeper. 
String  binder. 
Stripper. 

Stripping  machine. 
Stud  turning  lathe. 
Stuffing  machine. 
Stump  extractor. 
Submarine  excavator. 
Sugar-cane  mill. 
Sugar  dryer. 
Sugar  evaporator. 
Sugar  filter. 
Sugar-top  cutter. 
Surface  grinding  machine. 
Surface  molding  and  edg'g  m. 
Surface  planing  machine. 
Surfacing  lathe. 
'  Surfacing  machine. 
Sweat-rolling  machine. 
Sweat  sewing  machine. 
Sweeping  apparatus. 
Sweet  potato  digger. 
Swing  saw. 
Tack  machine. 
Tacking  machine. 
Tailor's  pressing  machine. 
Talc  mill. 
Tanite  machine. 
Tan  press. 
Tapering  and  crimping  mach. 


Tap  groove  sharpening  mach. 

Tap  grooving  machine. 

Tapping  machine. 

Tea  preparing  machine. 

Teaseling  machine. 

Tedder. 

Tenoning  machine. 

Tentering  machine. 

Testing  machine. 

Thatch-making  machine. 

Thread  cutting  machine. 

Thread  dressing  machine. 

Threading  machine. 

Thread  waxing  machine. 

Three-spindle  drilling  marli. 

Threshing  machine. 

Tile  machine. 

Tip  stretcher. 

Tire  bender. 

Tire  grinding  apparatus. 

Tire  grinding  lathe. 

Tire  setter. 

Tire  shrinker. 

Tire  upsetter. 

Tobacco-cutting  machine. 

Tobacco  granulating  mach. 

Tobacco  press. 

Tobacco  spinning  machine. 

Tobacco  stripper. 

Toggle  press. 

Tolling  machine. 

Tool-grinding  machine. 

Tool-sharpening  inachiue. 

Tooth  cleaner. 

Track-laying  machine. 

Transfer  lathe. 

Transverse  planing  machine. 

Traveling-bed  planer. 

Traverse  drill. 

Traverse  planer. 

Traverse  slotting  machine. 

Traversing  sawing  machine. 

Treadle  circular  saw. 

Treadle  drilling  machine. 

Tread  power. 

Trimmer. 

Trip  hammer. 

Truss-hoop  driver. 

Trussing  machine. 

Trying-up  machine. 

Tube  drawing  machine. 

Tunneling  machine. 

Turbine. 

Turning  mill. 

Turning-off  machine. 

Turn-over  gear. 

Turret  lathe. 

Turret  screw  machine. 

Twin  power  press. 

JL'wist  drill  grinding  machine. 

Two-box  loom. 

Two  revolution  press. 

Two  spindle  shaper. 

Tying-in  machine. 

Type  machine. 

Type  making  and  setting  m. 

Type  writer. 

Unhairing  machine. 

Universal  borer. 

Universal  emery  grinder. 

Universal  lathe. 

Universal  milling  machine. 

Universal  wood-worker. 

Upright  drill. 

Upright  molding  machine. 

Upright  shaper. 

Upsetting  machine. 

Valve  rentier. 

Valve-seat  planer. 

Vanning  machine. 

Vegetable  cutter. 

Veneer  cutter. 

Veneer  sawing  machine. 

Ventilator. 

Vertical  boring  machine. 

Vertical-buhr  mill. 

Vertical  car-boring  machine. 

Vertical  car  tenoning  mach. 

Vertical  drilling  machine. 

Vertical  mill. 

Vertical  molding  machine. 

Vertical  re-sawing  machine. 

Vertical-stone  mill. 

Wall  drilling  machine. 

Wall  paper  machine. 


Wall-paper  polishing  mach. 

Wall-paper  sticking  mach. 

Warping  machine. 

Warp  tying  machine. 

Washing  machine. 

Waste  picker. 

Watchmaker's  lathe. 

Water  aerating  apparatus. 

Water  motor. 

Wave  molding  machine. 

Wax-thread  sewing  machine. 

Web  printing  press. 

Wedge  cutter. 

Weighted-carriage  lathe. 

Welding  press. 

Well  drill. 

Welt  machine. 

Wheat  brush. 

Wheat  cracker. 

Wheat  damper  and  dryer. 

Wheat  grader. 

Wheat  heater. 

Wheat  scourer. 

Wheat  separator. 

Wheat  steamer. 

Wheel-cutting  machine. 

Wheel  hoe. 

Wheel  jointer. 

Wheel  making  machine. 

Wheel  molding  machine. 

Wheel  press. 

Wheel-turning  lathe. 

Wheelwright's  machine. 

Whitening  machine. 

Ma-chine'  Bolt.  A  bolt  with  a  thread,  and  a 
square  or  hexagonal  head. 

A  machine  screw  is  similar  except  as  to  the  head, 
which  has  a  slit  for  the  insertion  of  the  screw-driver. 

Ma-chine'  Gun.  One  in  which  the  loading 
and  firing  are  executed  by  mechanical  means  ;  the 
power  being  usually  applied  by  means  of  a  hand- 
crank. 

The  subject  is  considered  under  BATTERY  GUN,  *pp.  249- 
251,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  where  the  following  are  described  or 
referred  to :  — 

Hardy.  Townsend.  Natcher. 

Dodge.  Fieschi.  Gatling. 

Hedrick.  Requa.  French  mitrailleur. 

*Puckle.  Milburn.  Taylor. 

See  also  MITRAILLEUR,  *pp.  1454-1456,  Ibid.,  where  are  no- 
ticed those  of  — 

*French  army.        *Taylor.        *Abbertini.        Hotchkiss. 

B.  B.  Hotchkiss's  revolving  cannon  consists  of  5  steel  bar- 
rels of  1.5"  caliber,  grouped  about  a  horizontal  shaft,  and 

Fig.  1647. 


Wig-wag. 

Windlass. 

Windmill. 

Wine  press. 

Winnower. 

Wire  covering  machine. 

Wire  cutting  and  forming  m. 

Wire  forming  machine. 

Wire  handle  machine. 

Wire  metis.,  form,  and  cut.  m. 

Wire-rolling  mill. 

Wire-spring  machine. 

Wire  straightening  machine. 

Wire  testing  machine. 

Wiring  press. 

Wood  bending  machine 

Wood  facing  machine. 

Wood  lathe. 

Wood  rasping  machine. 

Woodworker. 

Wool  burring  machine. 

Wool  combing  machine. 

Wool  oiler. 

Wool  scouring  machine. 

Wool  washing  machine. 

Worm  gear  hoist. 

Wringing  machine. 

Yarn  nocking  machine. 

Yarn  printing  machine. 

Yarn  reel. 

Yarn  washing  rollers. 

Yarn  winder. 

Yucca  grater. 


revolving  in  front  of  a  breech-block,  which  has  openings  to 
receive  the  cartridge  and  empty  shell.  The  gunner,  by  turn- 
ing a  crank  extending  from  the  stationary  breech,  causes  the 
shaft  and  barrels  to  revolve,  and,  while  this  rotation  is  in 
progress,  mechanism  is  operated  which  shoves  fixed  ammu- 
nition into  the  rear  of  each  barrel,  and  then,  as  the  loaded 
barrels  continue  their  revolution,  a  spring  plunger  strikes  each 
cartridge  in  succession,  and  each  barrel  is  thus  discharged 
in  turn.  The  projectiles  affe  percussion  conical  shells, 
weighing  about  one  pound  each,  and  the  rapidity  of  fire  has 
exceeded  100  shots  per  minute.  As  each  shell  on  striking 
bursts  into  an  average  of  17  effective  pieces,  the  above  vol- 
ley is  equal  to  1,700  bullets  striking  within  an  area  of  260 
square  feet  in  the  above  period  of  time.  The  range  far  ex- 
ceeds that  of  any  small  arm.  The  revolving  cannon  is  made 


MACHINE   GUN. 


570 


MAGAZINE  GUN. 


by  the  inventor  for  the  French  government  at  St.  Denis, 
near  Paris,  and  is  stated  to  be  effective  and  accurate  at  5,000 
yards. 

The  Gardner  machine  gun  (Fig.  1648)  is  mounted  upon 
tripod  or  upon  carriage  ;  is  automatic,  transferring  the  car- 
Fig.  1648. 


Gardner  Machine  Gun. 

tridge  from  the  feed-port  to  the  barrel,  firing,  extracting, 
and  ejecting  the  empty  shell,  consecutively  to  each  barrel. 
The  barrels  are  stationary.  The  mechanisms  for  feeding 
and  firing  each  barrel  are  independent ;  those  for  loading 
cartridges  and  ejecting  shells  are  positive.  The  cartridges 
are  fed  automatically  from  a  vertical  magazine  :  the  move- 
ments are  derived  from  a  hand-crank.  The  gun  has  trav- 
erse motion  on  its  vertical  axis  in  the  stand,  and  adjustment 
for  altitude  by  hinge  and  screw. 

The  Taylor  machine  gun  has  12  barrels  of  2"  caliber,  each 
having  a  magazine  capable  of  holding  12  cartridges.     The 

Fig.  1649. 


Taylor  Machine  Gun. 

magazines  revolve,  the  loading  is  automatic,  and  the  gun 
worked  by  one  person  by  means  of  the  lever  on  the  tail- 
piece. 

The  Bailey  gun  has  a  circular  cluster  of  parallel  barrels, 
and  is  worked  by  a  revolving  crank,  the  cartridges  descend- 
ing in  a  case  which  is  stuck,  into  the  hopper  so  as  to  feed 
automatically.  It  has  one  lock,  made  in  two  pieces,  which 
works  all  of  the  barrels. 

See  also  ParkkursPs  machine  gun.     Patent  No.  228,777. 


Coloney's  patents  :  225.401 . 
225,462. 
225,465. 


225,466. 
231,652. 
231,653. 


FarweWs  machine  gun  consists  of  10  steel  barrels  of  .45" 
caliber,  arranged  parallel  to  each  other  in  a  metallic  frame. 
From  center  to  center  of  the  outer  barrel  is  3'.  Each  barrel  is 
charged  separately  from  a  magazine  containing  50  rounds  of 
ammunition.  The  charging,  firing,  and  extraction  of  ex- 
ploded shells  are  all  accomplished  by  the  turning  of  one 
crank,  at  each  revolution  of  which  the  whole  10  barrels  are 
discharged,  emptied,  and  reloaded.  A  system  of  cog-wheels 
connects  the  firing  crank  with  an  automatic  traverse. 

It  differs  from  the  Gatling  gun  in  the  simultaneous  load- 
ing and  firing  of  10  barrels,  the  latter  loading  each  barrel 
through  the  same  magazine  aperture  and  firing  but  one  shot 
at  a  time,  though  with  almost  incredible  swiftness. 

The  Requa  battery  has  25  barrels  lying  horizontal  and 
parallel  on  a  carriage.  It  is  a  breech-loader,  and  the  barrels 
are  fired  simultaneously. 

The  arrangement  of  the  barrels  is  similar  to  that  of  the 
"infernal  machine  ;>  of  Fieschi,  with  which  he  fired  upou 
Louis  Philippe  and  his  stall,  killing  several  persons,  but  miss- 
ing the  king.  In  Fieschi's  device  the  barrels  were  separately 
loaded,  laid  on  a  bench,  clamped,  and  a  train  of  powder 
laid  over  the  touch-holes 

In  Requa's  battery  the  paper  cartridges  are  driven  into  all 
the  barrels  simultaneously  by  a  sliding  breech-block  trav- 
ersing at  the  rear  of  the  whole  platoon,  and  operated  by  a 
lever.  Priming  leads  to  each  of  the  cartridges,  and  the 
charges  are  fired  by  a  cap. 

Two  forms  of  the  Taylor  battery  gun  have  the  horizontal 
parallel  (or  converging)  arrangement  of  barrels. 

Lowell  battery  gun.  "  Ordnance  Report,''  1878,  Appendix 
S,  p.  375. 

Hotchkiss,  Revolving  cannon,  Ibid.,  1877,  Appendix  O, 
and  p.  609  et  seq. 

Taylor,  Battery  gun,  Ibid.,  1878,  Appendix  S,  1,  p.  389, 
et  seq. 

Trial  of  Hotchkiss'  revolving  cannon,  Ibid.,  1877,  Appen- 
dix 0. 

Trial  of  Hotchkiss'  revolving  cannon,  Ibid.,  1879,  p.  143, 
with  17  plates. 

Trial  of  Gatling  gun,  5"  (English  model),  Ibid.,  1879,  Ap- 
pendix I12,  p.  190,  with  15  plates.  See 

Gardner "Iron  Age,''  xx.,  Aug.  30,  p.  11. 

Hotchkiss *  "Engineer,"'  xlii.  299. 

Nordenfelt,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  416. 
See  also  REVOLVING  CANNON. 

Ma-chine'  Twist.  A  kind  of  silk  thread, 
made  three-cord,  and  twisted  from  right  to  left. 
Made  specially  for  use  in  the  sewing  machine. 
Sewing  silk  is  two-cord,  and  twisted  from  left  to 
right. 

See  account  in  J.  L.  Hayes'  "Centennial  Report,'1''  v.  96, 97. 

Mack'in-tosh  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made 
from  malleable  iron  by  a  stream  of  carbureted  hy- 
drogen directed  upon  the  bath  of 
metal  in  a  furnace,  C.  Mackintosh 
patent,  1825.  Also  known  as  the 
Baron  process. 

Mack'e-rel  Latch.  (Fishing.) 
A  cord-clamp  which  holds  the  in- 
board end  of  a  mackerel  line. 

Mack'e-rel  Plow.  (Fishing.) 
Also  known  as  a  fatt ing-knife,  for 
creasing  the  sides  of  lean  mackerel 
to  make  them  resemble  No.  1. 

Mag'a-zine'  Bat'te-ry.  (Elec- 
tricity.)  One  in  which  a  magazine 
contains  the  crystals  which  are  sup- 
plied  to  the  liquid  as  exhausted,  to 
keep  the  liquid  saturated  :  — 

As  in  the  Darnells'  battery,  which  has  a 
magazine  of  sulphate  of  copper  crystals ; 
and  the  Anderson,  which  has  a  magazine  filled  with  bichro- 
mate of  potassium  crystals. 

Anderson's  battery,  U.  S.  Patent,  "Scientific  American,'' 
*  xliii.  115. 

Mag'a-zine'  Gun.  A  gun  containing  a  sup- 
ply of  cartridges,  mechanically  furnished  to  the 
chamber  of  the  barrel,  seriatim. 

The  subject  is  considered  on  pp.  1367-1369,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
where  the  following  systems  are  described  or  referred  to  :  — 
*Winchester.  *Callen. 

*Ward-Burton.  Swiss. 

Spencer.  Meigs. 

Also  on  pp.  853,  854,  Ibid.,  and  Plate  XVIII. 


MAGAZINE   GUN. 


571 


MAGAZINE   GUN. 


The  Hotchkiss  repeater  is  a  holt  and  needle  mag- 
azine gnu.  The  magazine  in  the  butt  contains  six 
cartridges  which  are  forced  forward  by  a  spring. 
The  gun  is  shown  in  Fig.  1650. 

The  cartridges  are  inserted  one  at  a  time,  to  the  number  of 
fire,  pressing  each  backward  into  the  chamber  until  a  click 


Fig.  1650. 


firing  pin.     The  breech  mechanism  is  simple,  and  the  opera- 
tion requires  merely  a  forward  and  back  motion  of  the  hand. 
See    also     Trabue's  magazine  gun,  patents  Nos.   223.414 : 
223,660. 

Report  of  trial  of  magazine  arms  for  the  French  navy  :  — 
"  The  French  authorities  have  recently  made  acaref  ul  trial 
of  repeating  arms  with  a  view  to  adoption  should  one  be 
found  which,  while  serviceable  in  other  respects,  fulfilled 
the  following  conditions,  which  were  put  forth  in  March, 
1877  :  — 

"  (1.)  To  fire  the  regulation  metallic  cartridge  of  the  army. 

"  (2.)  To  have  the 
Bame  trajectory  and 
the  same  accuracy  as 
the  rifle  model,  1874. 
"  (3. )  So  constructed 
as  to  be  used  as  an 
ordinary  single  shot 
arm,  or,  in  other 


Hotchkiss  Repeating  Arm. 


is  heard,  due  to  the  head  of  the  cartridge  passing  the  car- 
tridge stop.  A  sixth  may  be  placed  in  the  chamber.  To 
load,  turn  the  bolt  and  retract  it.  The  bolt  engages  a  car- 
tridge, and  the  return  motion  forces  the  load  into  the  cham- 
ber and  cocks  the  piece.  The  piece  has  the  usual  4  motions  : 
Twist,  draw,  return,  lock.  The  cocking  being  automatic-,  the 
piece  i.v  ready  to  fire. 

Lieut.  A.  H.  Russell's  (U.  S.  Army)  magazine 
gun  is  shown  in  Figs.  1651,1652.  The  magazine 
is  at  the  side  and  can  he  filled  whether  the  piece  be 
loaded  or  unloaded,  the  opening  for  insertion  of  the 
cartridge  being  accessible  at  all  times. 

TIic  loading  is  on  the  bolt  system,  but  no  turning  of  the 
bolt  is  required.  Fig.  1651  shows  the  bolt  pushed  forward 

Fig.  1651. 


liusstU's  Magazine   Gun.     (Elevation.) 

slightly,  forcing  before  ita  cartridge  just  introduced  into  the 
receiver  from  the  magazine  L,  which  holds  5  or  6  cartridges, 
side  by  side.  The  magazine  is  at  the  side  of  the  receiver  and 
extends  downward  to  the  bottom  of  the  trigger  guard.  The 
mouth  of  the  magazine  is  at  the  side  of  the  receiver,  and  the 
cartridges  are  forced  upward  by  a  spring  so  as  to  bring  them 
in  succession  to  the  action  of  the  bolt.  A  spring-gate  pre- 

Kig.  1652. 


Russell's  Magazine  Gun.     (Section  through  barrel  ami  bolt.) 

vents  the  escape  of  cartridges  except  to  the  receiver,  while 
it  allows  them  to  be  inserted  sidewise  into  the  magazine  from 
without.  They  may  be  inserted  singly,  or  the  magazine  may 
be  filled  quickly  from  a  cartridge-box  applied  to  the  mouth 
of  the  magazine,  the  cartridges  being  forced  in  by  the  finger, 
the  gate  of  the  magazine  yielding  to  the  pressure  from  above 
and  closing  after  the  cartridges  have  entered. 

The  action  of  the  bolt  is  rectilinear.  It  is  drawn  out  by  a 
handle  which  unlocks  a  pivoted  catch-piece,  C,  to  free  the 
bolt,  and  relocks  the  piece  C  when  the  bolt  in  thrust  home 
in  loading.  The  forward  motion  of  the  bolt  compresses  the 
firing  spring  and  the  trigger  catches  in  the  hook  of  the 


words,  to  admit  of  passing  quickly  and  simply  from  single 

shot  loading  and  firing  to  repeating,  and  vice  versa. 

"  (4.)  To  be  strong,  not  requiring  too  tender  care,  not  to 
be  exposed,  from  a  breaking  down  of  the  repeating  mechan- 
ism, to  unserviceableness  as.  a  single  shooter  ;  to  be  dis- 
mounted, cleaned,  and  remounted  without  difficulty. 

"  On  March  28,  1877,  the  minister  approved  of  this  pro- 
gi-amme,  and  on  September  ]4th  he  sent  orders  to  Cherbourg 
to  experiment  with  three  types  of  repeaters,  with  detailed  in- 
structions as  to  the  trials.  These  three  arms  were  :  — 

"(1.)  The  Hotchkiss. 

"  (2.)  The  Kropatschek. 

"  (3.  )  The  Krag. 

"  To  these  three  the  board  confined  themselves. 

"  The  result  of  these  trials  showed  that  the  magazine  of 
the  Hotchkiss  was  most  quickly  charged.  The  Hotchkiss 
also  fires  most  rapidly  ;  both  in  repeating  and  single  shot  fire 
the  Kropatschek  was  not  far  behind  it  .  The  Krag  does  not 
seem  to  have  been  well  understood  and  manipulated  by  the 
men. 

The  Kropatschek  —  modified—  with  eight  cartridges  in  its 
magazine  beat  the  Hotchkiss  which  had  only  six,  while  the 
Krag  with  nine  cartridges  was  best  of  all.  The  time  neces- 
sary to  discharge  this  latter  arm's  magazine  of  nine  rounds 
was  24.85  seconds,  in  which  time  the  Kropatschek  had  on  an 
average  fired  8.9  cartridges  per  arm,  and  the  Hotchkiss  7.9 
starting  with  the  magazine  closed  ;  with  the  magazine  open 
25  seconds  were  occupied,  in  which  time  the  Krag  fired  9, 
the  Kropatschek  9.3,  and  the  Hotchkiss  8.25  rounds  on  an 
average.  Single  shot  fire  proved  better  than  recharging  the 
magazine  and  repeating  continually.  The  minimum  times 
taken  to  fire  off  the  magazines,  at  the  conclusion  of  the  ex- 
periments, when  the  men  were  expert,  were  as  follows  : 
Hotchkiss,  6  rounds,  in  10  seconds  ;  Kropatschek,  modified,  8 
rounds,  in  14  seconds  ;  Krag,  9  rounds,  in  17  seconds  ;  giying 
an  average  time  per  round  of  1.66,  1.75,  and  1.88  seconds  re- 
spectively. 

"  Finally,  it  was  concluded  that  the  Hotchkiss  rifle  is  the 
easiest  and  quickest  in  charging  the  magazines  ;  then  the 
Kropatschek  :  and  last,  Krag.  As  to  rapidity  of  fire,  the 
Hotchkiss  and  Kropatschek  are  about  equal.  Large  maga- 
zines have  a  great  advantage  ;  the  magazine  once  empty,  it  is 
best  not  to  attempt  to  refill  it  till  leisure  gives  the  opportu-. 
nity."  —  "Engineer.'' 

The  following  United  States  patents  may  be  consulted  :  — 

184,285    Hotchkiss,    adopted    by   Springfield    Board,  U.  S. 

Army. 
213,538     Wetmore,  Attachments  to  above. 


202*613  I  white,  Magazine  for  charging  revolver. 

210^091  ) 

210,181  \  Burgess  Gun,  As  built  by  Martin. 

213,866  ) 

221,079     Livermore  #  Russell,  Impt.  on  Hotchkiss  magazine. 

221,328    Lee  Gun,  Recommended  by  Miles  equipment  board. 

Built  at  Sharp  Works,  'Bridgeport,  Conn. 
230,823     Russell's  magazine  fire-arm  (new  bolt  system.  ) 

Appendix  T  to  the  "  Report  of  the  Chief  of  Ordnance," 
1878,  describes  the  official  trials  of  magazine  small  arms  for 
the  United  States  service.  It  gives  drawings  and  descriptions 
of  the  following  magazine  guns  :  — 


No. 

Name. 

Plate. 

Descriptive  Page. 

9. 

Hotchkiss 

I. 

27 

19. 
17. 

Hotchkiss 
Remington 

II. 
III. 

31  (adopted) 
33 

Remington  (modification) 

IV. 

8. 

Sharps 

V 

39 

1. 

Franklin 

VI 

40 

2. 

Ward-Burton 

VII 

42 

11. 

Burton                                VIII 

44 

4. 

Hunt 

IX. 

45 

13 

Winchester 

X. 

46 

22. 

Burgess 

XI. 

49 

MAGAZINE   GUN. 


572 


MAGNESIA   LIGHT. 


List  of  Magazine  Guns  at  trial  (continued). 

The  tests  were  as  follows  :  — 

Preliminary  text,  for  safety  ;  fired  by  the  exhibitor. 

No. 

Name. 

Plate.    Descriptive  Page. 

1.  Rapidity  with  accuracy. 

21. 

Tiesing 

XII. 

52 

2.  Rapidity  at  will. 

•2t;. 

Chaffee 

xin. 

53 

3.  Endurance,  by  continuous  firing    500  rounds  without 

7. 

Buftington 

XIV. 

54 

cleaning. 

15. 
24. 

Miller 
Clemmons 

X.V. 

XVI. 

56 
59 

4.  Firing  defective  cartridges. 
5.  Exposure  to  dust  and  firing  without  cleaning. 

6. 

Lewis-Rice 

XVII. 

58 

6.  Exposure  to  rust  by  sal-ammoniac  and  two  days 

sub.-<'- 

14. 

Lewis-Rice 

XVIII. 

00 

quently  in  the  open  air. 

Russell,  magazine  for 

7.  Excessive  charges. 

Hotchkiss  gun 

XIX. 

63 

Supplementary  tests  of  various  kinds. 

Guer,  modification  of 

The  following  classification  give  the  peculiar  points  of  each 

Ilotehkiss  bolt. 

XX. 

relatively  to  the  method  of  feeding  the  cartridge. 

CLASSIFICATION    OF   MAGAZINE   ARMS. 

FOUNDED  ON    THE    METHOD   BY    WHICH    CARTRIDGES    ARK    FED    FROM    THE   MAGAZINE. 

( Ilotchkiss. 

(  1st,  direct ]  Lewis-Rice. 

(  Spencer. 

,  1st,  by  a  spring    \  ( lst>  by Rotating  barrel  about  axis  ] 

j  2d,  indirect    . 

Clemmons. 


parallel   to  it  into    line    with 
magazine. 
2d,  to  position  opposite  receiver 


Scott  and  Triplet. 


1st,  butt-stock 


lst' 


\  2d'  -sfchi,1* Chet'  ISCpSedV) 
(     hand.  ] 


3d,  by  a  spiral 
cam  (screw 
motion)  .  . 


Chaffee. 
Springfield-Miller. 

Evans. 


2d,  tip-stock     |  by  a  spring  — 


Ion  a  carrier 
which  is — 


(Winchester. 
Hunt 
Vetterly. 

(  Burton. 

|  1st,  to  position  oblique  to  j  Ward-Burton. 
.     .     .     .1  Sharps. 


I      axis  of  bore 


2d,  rotating  — 


[  Remington. 


2d,   to    position   parallel  ( Tiesing. 
with  axis (  Burgess. 


3d,  sliding  and)  .....  |  Bufflngton. 

rotating  —     J 

3d,     magazine  )  ,  t    posjtion  paraiiei  to  axis  of  )  and    by  I  into  line  with  )  „      k]i 

barrel°P         j  ~        '      *"•  and  *b°Ve  recdTer  "  '     |Wi^  '      axi8  °f  b°re'  ' 

4th,  magazine  (  by  a  spring  (ver-  (  to  position  opposite  center)  j^e 

below  bolt.    )      tically)  —  [      of  chamber.  )     ' 


.   .      >  Hodges. 

»,   revolving  )      ..........................  |  Colt's  repeating  rifle 


chambers 


Revolving  pistols. 


FOUNDED   ON    THE  MOTIONS   OF    THE   PRINCIPAL  PART   BY   WHJCH    THE   BREECH   IS   OPENED   AND    CLOSED. 

Hotchkiss. 

Remington. 

Burton. 

Ward-Burton. 

Franklin. 

Lee. 

Sharps  Rifle  Company. 


1st,  sliding. 


i  in  line  of  axis  of  barrel - 
1     by  — 


1st,  direct    action, 
t.    e.,    bolt-guns  4 
having  — 


1st,  concealed  locks 


2d,  center  locks 


Hunt. 
Winchester. 


2d,  indirect  action,  J  {  Winches 

t.  e,,  moved  by  S  below <  Burgess. 

levers  from  —      )  ( Tiesing. 


2d,  sliding  and  rotating 


(  Buffington. 
)  Chaffee. 


11st,  above  axis  of  1  .      t  1  Springfield-Miller, 

barrel,  and  in—  )  '  I  Springfield-Clemmi 

2d,  below  axis  of  (  front, moved  )  below  (by  )  T_wig  pice 
barrel,  and  in—  (     from—       |     a  lever)    ) 


The  following  detachable  magazines,  etc.,  are  described  in 
"Ordnance  Memoranda,"  No.  15,  Washington,  1873:  those 
of— 

Col.  Benton'8,  Springfield, 

R.  T.  Hare,  Elliot. 

Ira  Merrill, 

C.  B.  Norton's  "Appendix  to  American  Inventions ;  Small 
Arms  and  Heavy  Ordnance,"  Osgood,  Boston  :  1882. 


Mag-ne'si-a  Light.  A  modification  of  the 
Drummond  Light,  in  which  a  ball  or  crayon  of  car- 
bonate of  magnesia  is  substituted  for  chalk.  See 
DRUMMOND  LIGHT  ;  LIME  LIGHT,  "  Meek.  Diet." 

The  magnesia  light  is  not  to  be  confounded  with  the  mag- 
nesium light,  in  which  latter  the  metal  is  burned,  either  in 


MAGNESIA   LIGHT. 


573 


MAGNETO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


strips  or  powder.  See  MAGSESIUM  LAMP,  p.  1370,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

The  substitution  of  magnesia  for  chalk  is  the  invention  of 
Sig.  Cnrleyaris,  an  Italian  physician. 

In  the  apparatus  of  M.  Tessie  du  Motay,  as  at  first  devised, 
a  c.ylinilrical  crayon  of  compressed  magnesia,  prepared  by 

Fig.  lu';V!. 


Teasti  tin  Motny'x 


'fin  Light. 


I  lie  >i/sti'»ie  Caron,  was  placed  vertically  above  the  burner,  at 
which  issin-s  a  melange  of  oxygen  and  ordinary  illuminating 
I'he  design  was  afterwards  modified,  a  change  being 
made  in  the  burner,  so  that  the  carbureted  hydrogen  arrived 
by  two  opposite  pipes,  n  a,  while  the  oxygen  issued  from 
the  orifice  of  a  vertical  pipe,  b,  at  a  slightly  lower  level. 
Fig.  It.i.jS  shows  the  burner  complete  :  on  the  right  the  re- 
spective oxygen  and  carbureted-hydrogen  tubes,  A  B,  with 
cock  C  D  and  the  stem  t  of  the  holder  1,  from  which  the 
crayon  c  of  magnesia  is  suspended,  and  by  which  it  is  verti- 
cally adjusted  in  the  cluster  of  pipes  F.  On  the  right  hand 
of  the  figure  the  her.  (lit  Matin/  is  shown  on  an  enlarged 
scale,  and  the  arrangement  of  the  pipes  is  also  shown  in  a 
diagrammatic  manner. 

Mag-ne'si-um  Light.  A  light  made  by  burn- 
ing the  metal.  See  p.  1370,  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  aud 
Fig.  3684,  p.  1689,  Ibid. 

Prof.  Thurston's  lamp  is  made  by  the  American  Magne- 
sium Co.  The  strips  of  magnesium  are  rolled  up  on  cylin- 
ders in  the  upper  part  of  the  apparatus.  These  strips  are 
unrolled  by  clock-work  in  the  lower  part  of  the  apparatus, 
and  are  carried  between  two  small  rollers,  the  uniform  motion 
of  which  feeds  them  regularly  into  the  lamp,  where  they 
are  ignited.  The  ashes  are  cut  off  at  intervals  by  means  of 
eccentric  cutters,  and  collect  in  the  bottom  of  the  apparatus. 
A  small  chimney  is  added,  which  is  very  important,  as  pro- 
ducing a  draft  of  air  directly  through  the  flame.  A  portion 
of  the  products  of  combustion  is  thus  carried  away,  and  the 
flame  becomes  very  intense,  while  it  is  less  so  without  a  draft. 
This  lamp  has  been  found  very  efficient,  especially  for  ma- 
rine signals.  Ac  trials  made  at  sea,  on  two  vessels  stationed 
eight  miles  apart,  the  signals  could  be  readily  distinguished. 

Larkin's  lamp  is  based  on  a  different  principle.  The  mag- 
nesium is  not  employed  as  wire,  or  in  strips,  but  as  a  powder. 
By  this  means  the  clock-work,  or  other  mechanical  device, 
has  been  dispensed  with.  The  metallic  powder  is  contained 
in  a  reservoir,  which  has  a  small  opening  in  the  bottom. 
The  magnesium  powder  flows  through  this  like  the  sand  in 
a  sand-clock.  It  is  intimately  mixed  with  a  certain  quantity 
of  fine  sand,  in  a  manner  diluted  ;  first,  in  order  to  be  able 
to  make  the  opening  sufficiently  large  ;  furthermore,  to  pro- 
duce a  continuous  flow  of  the  material.  The  mixture  falls 
into  a  metallic  tube,  through  which  the  illuminating  gas  is 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  19. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  370. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  312. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"'  620. 

*  "Scientific  American."  xxxiv.244. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  753. 


led  from  the  upper  end.  The  light  is  very  brilliant,  and  the 
remaining  sand  falls  into  a  vessel  placed  belo.w,  while  the 
smoke  passes  away  by  a  chimney. 

Mag'net.  See  history  and  application,  pages 
1370-1374,  "Mech.  Diet."  See 

Camac/id      .... 
Prof.  Henry's   .     . 
Jamm,  to  make 
Loan  Collection,  Br. 
Spectrum 
Nrcille  in  iron  ore, 
Searching 

The  chess  board  with  magnetized  pieces,  for  use  in  railway 
traveling,  is  a  Prussian  invention. 

Mag-net'ic  Bat'te-ry.  (Magnetism.)  A  num- 
ber of  magnets  joined  together  by  their  similar 
poles. 

Mag-net'ic  In-duc'tion.  (Electricity.)  The 
influence  of  a  magnet  through  space,  either  to  pro- 
duce other  magnets  or  to  induce  electric  currents 
in  metallic  circuits. 

Mag-net'ic  Scale.  A  table  or  diagram  ex- 
hibiting the  para-magnetic  and  dia-magnetic  metals 
in  the  order  of  their  strengths  respectively.  The 
order  given  is  from  Gordon's  "  Treatise  on  Elec- 
tricity," London,  1880.  The  diagrammatic  illustra- 
tion, in  two  hypothetical  curves  tangential  to  a 
neutral  line,  is  by  G.  H.  Knight.  The  dia-mag- 
netic curve  requires,  it  may  be  added,  great  exag- 
geration to  make  it  visible.  Gordon,  ii.  pp.  15-17. 

In  para-magnetic  bodies  the  magnetism  is  strong  and  po- 
lar. In  dia-magnetic  bodies  the  magnetism  is  weak  and 
equatorial.  For  example,  the  polar  magnetism  of  the 
strongest  known  para-magnetic  substance  (iron)  is  estimated 
to  be  forty  thousand  times  that  of  the  equatorial  magnetism 
of  the  strongest  dia-magnetic  substance. 


MAGNETIC   SCALE. 


Para-magnetic. 


Iron. 
Nickel. 


Manganese.  '•.'|\ 
Chromium. '-.§\ 
Cerium,  '-^j 
Titanium.'1* 
Palladium.  \ 
Platinum.  '•. 
Osmium. 


Dia-magnetic. 

^•.       Bismuth. 
^/    Antimony. 
->  /    Zinc. 
jjv     Cadmium. 
•?/     Sodium. 
?/     Mercury. 
V     Lead. 
.-'     Silver. 
Copper. 
(Jold. 
Arsenic. 
Uranium. 
Rhodium. 
Iridium. 
Tin. 


Mag-net'ic  Sep'a-ra'tor.  An  instrument  or 
apparatus  for  separating  iron  from  other  matters  : 
as  iron  filings  from  those  of  brass ;  scraps  of  nails 
or  wire  from  wheat,  etc. ;  iron  particles  from  ore  in 
powder. 

To    remove  wire    from  *  "American  Miller,'1''  vii.  106. 

wheat. *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2781. 

"Scientific  American,1'  xlii.  194. 

"Eureka," *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  368. 

Fawn,  Fr "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xix.  21. 

See  also  ORE  SEPARATOR. 

Mag-ne'to  Call'-bell.  The  sounder  of  a 
telephone  circuit.  See  Fig.  508,  p.  155,  supra. 

Mag'ne-to-e-lec-tric'i-ty  (Electricity.)  Elec- 
tricity produced  by  magnetic  induction. 

Mag'ne-to-e-lec'tric  Ma-chine'.  The  mod- 
ern accepted  definition  of  this  is  about  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

That  class  of  devices  for  translating  motion  into 
electricity  in  which  the  magnetic  field  is  formed  by 
permanent  magnets  or  electro  magnets  energized 
by  a  current  of  electricity  independent  of  the  cur- 
rent generated  by  the  machine  itself. 

Under  DYNAMO-ELECTRIC  MACHINE,  pp.  283- 
286,  Figs.  890-905,  and  Plates  XL,  XII.,  the  sub- 


MAGNETO-ELECTRIC   MACHINE. 


574 


MAGNETOMETER. 


ject  is  considered.  The  dis- 
tinction between  Dynamo- 
electric  and  Electro-magnetic 
represents  a  real  difference 
in  action;  but  this  differen- 
tiation of  terms  is  compara- 
tively recent.  See  definition 
of  the  DYNAMO-ELECTKIC 
MACHINE,  p.  283,  supra, 

The  Gramme  &  Iveruois 
and  Pacinotti  electro-imig- 
netic  machines  are  shown  in 
Plate  XI.,  opp.  p.  283,  supra. 


Fig.  1654  is  an  illustration  from  the  "  Practical  Magazine  " 
of  a  powerful  magneto-electric  machine,  built  at  the  Siemens 
&  Halske  telegraph  works  in  Berlin,  and  intended  for  a  port- 
able electric  light  apparatus  for  field,  military,  and  exhibi- 
tion purposes. 

The  machine  is  a  locomotive  magneto-electric  induction 
engine,  in  other  words,  a  very  powerful  electrical  battery, 
mounted  on  a  carriage,  to  which  horses  may  be  harnessed  in 
order  to  transport  it  from  place  to  place.  The  fore  part  of 
the  vehicle  is  occupied  by  the  magneto-electric  apparatus, 
which  is  driven  by  a  small  vertical  steam-engine  located  in 
the  rear. 

Currents  of  electricity  are  induced  in  coils  of  insulated 
wire  wound  upon  a  metal  drum,  by  causing  the  latter  to 
rotate  rapidly  around  an  iron  core  placed  between  powerful 
magnets.  The  electric  current  is  conducted  to  any  desired 
point,  by  means  of  insulated  wires  connected  with  the  mag- 
netic poles.  When  used  for  illuminating  and  signaling  pur- 
poses, the  conductors  are  led  to  an  electric  lamp,  which  is 
provided  with  a  special  arrangement  for  regulating  the  inten- 
sity of  the  current.  The  steam  boiler  is  vertical,  made  of 
steel  plate,  with  a  fire-box  suspended  below  :  there  are  twin 
cylinders,  which  set  in  motion  a  couple  of  driving  wheels, 
connected,  by  means  of  belting  (omitted  in  the  figure),  with 
the  drum  of  the  induction  apparatus. 

The  engine  works  up  to  200  revolutions  per  minute,  pro- 
ducing 450  revolutions  per  minute  of  the  drum  of  the  induc- 
tion apparatus,  The  latter  is  of  thin  gcrman-silver  plate, 


Portable  Magneto-electric  Machine. 


covered  with  eight  separate  coils  of  copper  wire  of  0.28" 
gage,  and  rotates  between  two  very  powerful  horse-shoe  mag- 
nets. At  full  speed,  tbe  current  induced  is  sufficiently  in- 
tense to  heat  a  copper  wire,  0.04"  in  diameter  and  38'  long, 
to  redness,  and,  photometrically,  is  equal  to  14,000  wax  can- 
dles. The  draft  of  the  apparatus  is  about  2£  tons. 


See  Barker   .     .    . 
Ereguet,  Fr.      .     . 

Chutaux,  Belgium 
de  Mcritens  .     .     . 


Dubosq  .  .  . 
Fitzgerald,  Br. 
Gramme  . 


Ladd 


Lontin 
Continuous  current. 

Niaudet     . 


Paris  Exp.  Gramme  . 
Portable,  Engl.  .  . 
Siemens  .  . 


'  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  195. 
'Engineering,"  xxii.  182. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.  "  682. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,''  iv.  181. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  393. 
'  Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  341. 
'Manufact.  §•  Builder,"  x  85. 
'Engineer,'-  ].  284. 
'Engineering,"  xxi.  147. 
'Engineer,"  xliv.  435,  461 ;  xlvi. 

329. 

'Engineering,17  xxvi.  65. 
'Telegraphic  Journal,'-  iv.  322. 
'Engineer,'-  xliv.  401. 
'Manufact.  (f  Builder,"  x.  109. 
'Scietlti/tc  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  184. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  100. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  129. 
'  Engineer,"  xliv.  401. 
'Manufact.  If  Builder,"  x.  85. 
'Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  257,  *  2237. 
'  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  239. 
'Manufact.  (f  Builder,'1''  x.  108. 


Siemens *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  401. 

Soc.  V Alliance  ....  *  "Engineer,'-'1  xliv.  401. 

Varley *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  160. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1995. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  621. 

Mag'net-pm'e-ter.  The  furnishing  of  a  mag- 
netic station  includes  instruments  for  dip  or  incli- 
nation, variation  or  declination,  and  intensity. 

The  subject  of  the  discovery  of  the  variations  of  the  com- 
pass by  the  Chinese,  and  subsequently  by  Columbus  :  the 
detection  of  the  dip,  and  the  invention  of  the  dipping  nee- 
dle by  Norman,  of  London  ;  the  determination  of  the  ny/niie 
lines,  eastern  and  western  ;  various  voyages  of  observation 
for  the  determination  of  magnetic  phenomena ;  and  the 
world-wide  system  of  magnetic  observatories,  are  referred 
to  on  pp.  1873, 1874,  "Mech.  Diet." 

"  There  are  two  forms  of  unifilar  magnetometers  in  use: 
those  with  a  complete  astronomical  theodolite,  or  alt-azi- 
muth, mounted  to  the  magnetic  north  or  south  of  the  box 
in  which  the  collimator-magnet  is  .suspended,  and  on  the 
same  stand  with  it ;  and  those  which  have  the  box  with  sus- 
pended magnet  mounted  centrally  over,  and  firmly  connected 
with  an  azimuth-circle,  the  reading-telescope  being  mounted 
eccentrically  on  supports.  The  first  form  (devised  by  Gauss) 
is  the  preferable  one  in  field  use  ;  it  admits  of  greater  expe- 
dition, allows  of  greater  ease  in  observing,  and  is  almost  in- 
dispensable when  the  astronomical  meridian  has  to  be  deter- 
mined. With  the  magnet  to  the  south  of  the  theodolite,  it 


MAGNETOMETER. 


575 


MAIN    SPUING    VISE. 


Fig.  1655. 


United  States  Coast  Survey  Magnetometer. 

readily  admits  of  observations  of  the  sun,  for  the  determina- 
tion of  time  mid  azimuth  (also  of  latitude,  if  required)  with- 
out interfering  with  the  magnetic  work  proper.  Deflections 
are  read  oft'  on  the  scale  of  the  collimator  magnet,  and  must 
be  converted  into  angular  measures.  The  second  form  (see 
Fig.  I'i55),  by  Dr.  Lainont .  is  capable,  perhaps,  of  greater  ac- 
curacy, and  is  better  suited  for  a  fixed  observatory,  especially 
when  declination  disturbances  also  are  to  be  observed,  or  at 
stations  where  there  is  a  large  daily  range  in  the  declination. 
The  angles  of  deflection  wve  at  once  read  off.  In  order  to 
observe  the  azimuth-mark,  the  magnet  and  box  have  tempo- 
rarily to  lie  removed,  which  is  unnecessary  in  the  first  form 
of  the  instrument.  When  observing  deflections,  the  bar, 
and  consequently  the  deflecting  magnet,  remain  fixed  in  the 
magnetic  prime  vertical,  in  the  magnetometer,  with  attached 
theodolite  :  but  in  the  second  form  of  the  instrument  the  de- 
flecting and  dellei  ted  magnets  always  remain  at  right  angles 
.  i  other.  Improvements  have  been  made  at  the  Coast 
Survey  Office  in  the  construction  of  magnetometers,  with  a 
special  view  of  making  them  more  portable  than  the  older 
instruments,  which  were  found  unnecessarily  large  and 
heavy.  A  3"  Casella  theodolite  was  utilized  for  this  pur- 
pose. The  magnet  (3"  long  and  \"  in  diameter)  and  light 
box,  with  glass  tube,  were  first  attached  to  the  upper  frame 
of  the  theodolite  ;  afterward  to  its  stand,  by  which  greater 
steadiness  was  secured.  The  relative  horizontal  intensity 
only  could  be  measured  by  means  of  oscillations.  Subse- 
quently, a  similar  instrument  was  fitted  up  with  2  magnets, 
inertia  ring,  and  deflecting  bar  for  absolute  measure,  the 
magnets  being  only  about  \\"  and  \{"  in  length.  Several 
instruments  were  constructed  with  4''  theodolites  and  mag- 
nets, 1.50  and  1.84"  in  length,  respectively  ;  diameter,  0.3". 
One  of  these  instruments  is  presented  in  Fig.  1655.  The 
upper  part  of  the  theodolite  can  be  removed,  and  the  mag- 
net-box placed  on  its  azimuth-circle."  —  Prof.  Hilgard. 

See:  Hopkins   .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  99. 

"Manufact.  (f  Builder"  xi.  222. 
Mag.  inclin.  apparatus .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2551. 

Mag'ne-to-print'ing  Tel'e-graph.    A  print- 
ing telegraph  actuated  by  magneto-electric    ma- 


chine. In  that  of  Anders,  the  machine  is  driven  by 
a  treadle.  See  Fig.  3960,  p.  1802,  "Mech.  Diet."  ' 
Mag'ne-to-tel'e-phone  Call.  A  small  mag- 
neto-electric machine  with  bell  attached,  acting  as 
a  call  signal  for  a  telephone.  Fig.  f>08,  p.  155, 
supra. 

Numerous  examples,  Hopkins,  *  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,''2o~Q,  2571. 

Mag'no-phone.  A  name  applied  by  W.  L. 
Scott,  an  English  investigator,  to  what  is  now  gen- 
erally known  as  the  microphone. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder  ''     ....  x.  151. 
"Engineer" xiv.  374,  408. 

Maid'en  Nut.     The  inner  one  of  two  nuts  on 
the  same  screw  :  the  outer  is  the  jam-nut. 
Mail  Car.     (Railway.)     A  postal-car.    One  for 


Fig.  1656. 


c  a.  r  r  v  i  n  g  mail 
b  a  g  s  ;  frequently 
fitted  up  for  sort- 
ing letters  in  tran- 
situ,  and  for  receiv- 
ing and  delivering 
bags  en  route. 
When  thus  fitted, 
such  a  car  is  spe- 
cifically known  as 
a  post-office  car. 

Mail  Catch'er. 
(Railway.)  A  de- 
vice on  a  postal  car 
to  catch  mail  bags 
at  a  station  with- 
out stopping  the 
train. 

It  usually  consists  of  a  bent  iron  bar  on  the  car 
to  catch  into  the  loop  handle  of  a  mail  bag,  ex- 
posed on  a  platform  post  for  that  purpose. 

French "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  835. 

Bag  fastening,  Mertz  Sf  Worman  *  "Sc.  American,''1  xli.  310. 

Mail'ing  Tat>le.  A  table  at  which  mail  mat- 
ter is  distributed  to  the  mail  bags  for  the  various 
routes  or  stations. 

On  three  sides  of  the  table  are  tiers  of  boxes,  each  having 
a  swinging  door  at  the  rear,  and  conveniences  for  fastening 

Fig.  1657. 


Mail  Catcher. 


Mailing  Table. 

a  bag  at  the  rear  of  the  box  when  the  door  is  opened.     Mail 
may  be  thrown  into  the  box  at  any  time,  and  the  door  opened 
when  the  bag  is  ready. 
See  also  DISTRIBUTING  TABLE,  Fig.  835,  p.  262,  supra. 

Main  Keel.  (Nautical.)  As  distinguished  from 
the  false  keel,  keelson,  etc.,  which  are  adjuncts  or 
appendages. 

Main  Spring  Vise.  A  compressing  tool  for 
condensing  the  main  spring  of 'a  gun-lock  in  order 
to  put  it  in  the  lock.  Fig.  1658. 


MAINTAINING   WHEEL. 


576 


MALT  DRYEB. 


Main-tain'ing 
"Wheel.  (Horol- 
ogy. )  A  wheel  act- 
uated by  a  spring, 
to  keep  a  watch 
going  while  being 
wound.  A  going 
wheel. 

Maize  Cut'ter. 
A  large  form  of 
chaff  cutter.  More 
especially  one  for 
cutting  green,  corn 
for  ensilaging. 

See  ENSILAGE  COTTER, 
Fig.  971,  p.  315,  supra. 


Fig.  1658 


Main  Spring  Vise. 


French  machine,  by  Duprez,  of  Rheims,  which  has 
an  ingenious  mechanical  arrangement  to  throw  out 
stones  and  nails.  By  the  rapid  motion  of  the  ma- 
chine the  fecula  of  the  malt  is  completely  divested 


Fig.  16tJ( 


Ma-jol'i-ca.  (Ceramics.)  A  species  of  tine  pot- 
tery with  opaque  enamel  and  brilliant  colors.  The 
name  is  derived  from  Majorca.  See  p.  1376,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

See  also  MEZZA  MAJOLICA,  a  ware  with  a  leaden 
glaze  in  which  the  colors  run  so  as  to  give  a  soft- 
ened or  mezzo  effect. 

Mal'le-a-ble  Bronze.  A  simple  method  of 
rendering  bronze  as  malleable  as  copper  or  iron,  has 
been  announced  by  Dronier. 

It  consists  in  the  addition  of  \  to  2  per  cent,  of  mercury. 
The  mercury  seems  to  act  mechanically  rather  than  chem- 
ically, and  may  be  combined  with  one  of  the  metals  of  which 
bronze  is  made,  before  they  are  combined,  by  pouring  it  into  j          . 
the  melted  metal  and  stirring  well,  or  it  may  be  put  into  the      Of   its    natural    envelope,    which    secures    complete 


melted  copper  along  with  tin,  or  just  after  the  latter  has  been 
added,  or  an  amalgam  of  tin  is  stirred  into  the  melted  cop- 
per. 

Mal'le-a-ble  I'ron  Pro'cess.  (Metallurgy.) 
A  process  of  decarburizing  cast  or  pig  iron  by 
heating  in  an  ordinary  oxidizing  atmosphere  below 
the  fusing  temperature.  It  proceeds  gradually  from 
the  surface  to  the  center.  Articles  are  packed  in 
oxide  of  iron  in  boxes  and  exposed  in  ovens  to  a 
red  heat  for  5  or  6  days.  See  pp.  1376-1377,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Malt  Clean'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  of 
the  nature  of  a  grain  cleaner,  in  which  barley  is 
freed  from  all  extraneous  matters,  such  as  seeds  of 
other  grain,  grass  and  weed  seeds,  dust  and  foul 
matters.  This  is  a  preliminary  to  malting. 

See  also  Fig.  1256,  Plate  XX.,  opposite  p.  416,  supra,  and 
other  machines  of  the  same  group. 

Fig.  1659. 


maceration  and  perfect  in  filtration  in  the  vat  during 
the  mashing  process. 

Fig.  1661. 


Reynold!:'  Malt  Dryer. 

Malt  Dry'er.   A  machine  or  apparatus  in  which 
malt  is  artificially  dried  in  order  to  arrest  the  pro- 
Fig.  1662. 


Malt  Cleaning  Machine. 

Malt  Crush'ing  Mill.    A  machine  for  grind- 
ing malt  preliminary  to  mashing.     Fig.  1660  is  a 


Noback's  Malt  Stirrer. 


MALT   DRYER. 


577 


MALT   TURNER. 


Fig.  1663. 


Malt  Dryer.     Noback  Freres. 

cess  of  germination  and  the  chemical  change  in  the 
constituents  of  the  grain. 

The  malt-kiln  is  the  older  form  of  apparatus  and 
exposure  in  the  oast  succeeded  the  previous  opera- 
tions of  steeping,  couching,  and  flooring.  See  Fig. 
3036,  p.  1380,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Reynolds'  machine,  Fig.  1661,  has  a  vertical  series  of  wire- 
bottom  trays  on  which  the  malt  is  spread,  and  furnaces  be- 
neath, which  send  a  heated  current  of  air  upward  through 
the  chamber  in  which  the  trays  are  placed. 

A  is  it  sectional  chamber,  with  three  compartments ;  each 
section  contains  rollers  on  which  the  trays  C  move  back- 
wards and  forwards  througli  the  hot  and  co'ld  air  alternately 
as  desired,  the  center  being  only  partially  heated  by  the  two 
heaters  B  B;  C  are  folding  trays,  twice  the  length  of  the 
chambers ;  D  crank  and  gear  wheels  attached  to  movable 
frame  F  by  chains,  which  serve  to  raise  the  entire  sectional 
chamber  and  trays  10",  to  admit  a  fresh  tray  when  desired. 
Below  is  shown  a  table  with  rollers,  showing  the  manner  of 
discharging  the  malt  from  the  trays  when  finished. 

The  malt  kiln  of  Briider  Noback  and  Fritz,  Prague  Bohe- 
mia, is  shown  in  Figs.  1662,  1663,  1664.  Fig.  1662  shows  two 
floors  in  the  upper  section  of  the  tower,  Fig.  1664. 

The  malt  is  spread  evenly  on  the  floor,  the  latter  being  made 
of  slats,  of  wires  or  wire  cloth,  so  as  to  allow  of  the  passage 
upward  of  the  heated  air  from  the  stove  shown  at  the  lower 
apartment  of  the  tower.  Some  differences  of  arrangement  of 
the  heating  apparatus  in  the  towers  will  be  noticed  in  the  Figs. 
1663  and  1664  respectively.  Each  has  a  stove  in  the  lower 
story,  a  flue  which  has  a  rectangular  deviation  to  a  flue 
built  in  the  wall  and  a  return  to  the  chimney  which  crowns 
the  whole.  The  heat  generated  by  the  stove  suffuses  the 

37 


chamber  and   passes  up-  Fig.  1664. 

wardly  through  the  per- 
forated floors,  and  the 
layers  of  malt,  and  es- 
capes by  the  annular 
space  around  the  central 
smoke  flue  in  the  chim- 
ney. In  one  of  the  fig 
ures,  two  malt  floors  are 
shown,  and  in  the  other 
as  many  as  six.  Each 
has  the  traveling  stirrer, 
shown  more  in  detail  in 
Fig.  1662.  This  is  a  shaft 
which  is  armed  with  pad- 
dles and  extends  across 
the  width  of  the  malt 
chamber  and  has  at  the 
same  time  a  movement  of 
translation  lengthwise  of 
the  chamber ;  so  that  it 
moves  along  the  floor, 
stirring  up  the  malt  the 
whole  wiillli  of  the  floor. 
The  two  movements  are 
by  gearing  and  rack  in 
the  covered  fide  chambers 
which  run  lengthwise  of 
the  floor.  When  the  stir- 
rer has  reached  the  end 
of  its  course,  the  belt  is 
automatically  shifted  and 
the  return  course  com- 
mences. See  MALT 
TURNER,  Fig.  1666,  infra. 

Malt  Ma-chine'. 

See  cleaner,  Aust.,  Fig.  1 

*  "Sc.  Amer.    Sup.." 

4076. 
Duprez,  Fig.  1,  Fr. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  266. 
*"Sc.    Amer.  Sup." 

1795. 

Crusher,  Austrian,  Fig.  2. 
*"&.   Amer.  Sup..'1' 

4076. 
Neubecker,  Fig.  2,  Qer.    . 

*  "Engineer,'-  1.  266. 
Damper,  Austrian,  Fig.  3. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.," 

4076. 
Neubecker,  Fig.  3,  Ger. 

*  "Engineer,''  1.  266. 
Kiln,  Fig.  44,  Austria. 

*  "Engineer,"  1  458. 
Screen,  Nalder,  Br. 

*  "Engineer's  "-Kiwi. 

479. 

*"  Engineer,"     xlvi. 
443. 

Malt     Rake.    A 

hand  tool  used  in  stir- 
ring malt  on  the  kiln 
floor.  The  hoe  por- 
tion scrapes  the  floor 
and  allows  no  grains 
to  escape  being  raised, 
and  the  fingers  at  the 
rear  allow  the  grains 
to  escape  as  the  object 
is  simply  to  stir  and 
not  to  give  a  move- 
ment of  translation. 
(Fig.  1665.) 

Malt  Screen.    A 
device  for  cleaning  ex-    Malt  Tower.    (Noback,  Prague.) 
traneous      matters 

from  barley  or  from  malt.    See  Fig.  1248,  Plate  XX., 
op  p.  page  416,  supra. 

Malt  Turn'er.  A  mechanical  arrangement  for 
turning  the  malt  while  being  heated  in  the  kiln. 
(Fig.  1666.) 

The  floor  of  the  kiln  is  made  of  wire,  and  the  turning  ap- 
paratus consists  of  a  shaft  having  four  arms  projecting  ra- 
dially from  it,  on  the  ends  of  which  are  wire  brushes 
clamped  between  two  scrapers.  This  shaft  has  two  motions, 
one  rotating  and  the  other  longitudinal.  When  it  arrives  at 


MALTWOOD'S   FINDER. 


578 


MANGANESE   BRONZE. 


Fig.  1665. 


Fig.  1668. 


Malt  Rake. 

the  end  of  the  floor  it  shifts  the  driving  belt,  and  returns 
over  the  same  course. 

Malt'wood's  Find'er.   (Microscopy.)  A  means 
for  registering  the  position  of  aii  object  on  a  slide. 


Fig.  1666. 


Bergner's  Malt  Turner. 


Fig.  1667. 


It  is  a  glide  with  numbered  rulings,  100  X  100.  A  slide  con- 
taining an  object  of  considerable  area,  and  a  point  of  special 

interest  in  the  field 
being  observed,  the 
slide  is  removed  and 
the  finder  substi- 
tuted ;  the  exact 
square  is  noted,  and 
this  being  marked 
upon  the  slide  of 
the  object,  the  par- 
ticular point  of  in- 
terest in  the  field 
of  the  slide  can  be 
at  once  brought 
Maltwood's  Finder.  into  view,  by  pla- 

cing the  finder  on 

the  stand  and  bringing  the  number  square  into  the  field, 
and  then  substituting  the  slide  with  the  object. 

Man  En'gine.  An  apparatus  for  raising  and 
lowering  men  in  mines.  Two  forms  are  shown  in 
Fig.  3042,  p.  1382,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A  more  elaborate  and  capacious  apparatus  is  used  in  the 
collieries  of  the  Socictcs  des  Charbonnages  de  Mariemont  et 
Bascoup.  These  large  corporations  own  an  area  of  some  500 
square  miles  of  coal  fields,  and  employ  9,000  men,  produ- 
cing, from  14  mines,  7,000  tons  per  day.  The  apparatus  for 
lowering  and  elevating  the  miners  to  and  from  their  work  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1668.  A  and  Bare  two  steam  cylinders,  con- 
nected by  the  pipe  C,  and  containing  water  in  the  spaces 
below  the  pistons.  The  latter  are  attached  to  platforms  D 
and  E.  A  miner  about  to  descend  will  step  upon  upper  plat- 
form, E,  when  it  is  at  the  top.  Steam  admitted  above  the 
piston  in  cylinder  A  will  drive  the  piston  down  the  length  oi 
one  stroke,  and  bring  it  even  with  a  platform,  D.  Steam  is 
then  admitted  above  the  piston  in  cylinder  B,  forcing  said 
piston  down,  and  hence  driving  the  water  into  the  other  cyl- 
inder. This  of  course  lowers  D  and  raises  platform  E,  and 
as  is  evident,  again  brings  two  platforms  on  a  level,  wher 
the  piston  in  A  is  at  its  highest,  and  that  in  Bat  its  lowest 
point.  The  miner  now  steps  from  platform  D  to  a  lower 
platform,  E.  Steam  is  again  admitted,  this  time  above  the 
piston  in  A ;  platform  E  sinks,  and  eventually  comes  on  a 
level  with  a  third  platform,  D,  and  so  on.  This  operation  is 
continued,  the  workmen  entering  at  the  top  and  stepping 
from  one  platform  to  another  until  the  bottom  is  reached 
The  ascent  is  by  the  inverse  method. 

Ma-neu'ver-ing  Wheel.  One  of  the  wheel: 
on  the  top  carriage  of  a  gun,  on  which  it  runs  in 
and  out  of  battery  on  the  chassis. 


Man  Engine. 

Man'ga-nese'  Bat'te-ry.  A  galvanic  battery 
using  the  peroxide  of  manganese.  See  LECLANCHE 
BATTERY. 

Man'ga-nese'  Bronze.  An  alloy  made  by 
P.  M.  Parsons,  England,  in  1877,  by  adding  from  1 
to  2  per  cent,  of  manganese  to  the  proper  propor- 
tions of  copper  and  ziuc,  as  used  in  making  brass. 

The  average  tensile  strength  of  the  metal  when  forged  or 
rolled  is  30  tons  per  square  inch,  with  an  elastic  limit  of 
from  11  to  18  tons,  and  an  elongation  of  from  20  to  45  per 
cent,  when  in  the  annealed  state.  When  cold-worked,  the 
breaking  strength  in  bars  or  plates  rises  to  40  tons  per  square 
inch,  with  an  elastic  limit  of  over  30  tons,  and  an  elongation 
of  about  12  per  cent.  \Vhen  drawn  into  wire,  the  strength 
goes  up  to  70  tons  per  square  inch. 

The  effects  of  forging  are  remarkable,  raising  the  strength 
to  such  high  limits,  and  practically  giving  a  new  and  most 
valuable  metal  to  the  world.  In  some  respects,  indeed,  it 
resembles  aluminium  bronze,  but  is  superior  in  resistance  to 
this  alloy,  which  does  not  exceed  22.6  tons,  and  is  also  infe- 
rior in  elongation  and  elasticity.  Manganese  bronze  will 
find  an  application  wherever  gun-metal  is  used,  while  the 
facility  and  benefit  of  forging  will  render  it  still  more  useful 
in  construction. 

It  is  already  much  used  in  armor  and  sheathing  lor  ves 
sels,  the  making  of  torpedo  boats  and  launches,  bearings, 
pins,  brasses  and  piston  rings  of  steam  engines. 

It  is  said  to  be  60  per  cent,  stronger  than  gun-metal,  and 
wears  3  or  4  times  as  long. 

Parsons'  manganese  bronze  :  trials  at  the  government  gun 
factories,  Woolwich,  Eng.,  in  comparison  with  Muntz-metal 
and  gun-metal,  gave  the  following.  "Engineering." 


MANGANESE   BRONZE 


MANIFOLD  WRITER 


Material. 

Strain  per  sq.  inch. 

Vltimate  elon- 
gation 2". 

Manganese      30 

loo 

It  is  used  as  an  addition  to  brass,  bronze,  etc.,  for  increas- 
ing the  density,  tensile  strength,  and  ductility  of  the  metal, 
as  the  formation  of  oxides  of  tin  or  copper,  which  impair 
the  physical  properties  of  the  material,  is  prevented  by  the 
great  ease  with  which  manganese  is  oxidized. 
For  bearings  the  following  is  recommended  :  — 

Copper  go 

Elastic 
Limit. 

Breaking 

Strength. 

Mang.  bronze,  cold  rolled 
Forged  and  anne;iled     . 
Hot  rolled  and  annealed 
Cold  rolled  and  annealed 
1  lot  rolled  (  mild  quality  ) 
Munt/    metal,  rolled    and 

tons. 

34.4 
16.6 
15.2 
14.5 
11.0 

7.8 
7.0 

tons. 

89.6 
30.7 
27.4 
89.1 

2'J.O 

24.0 
10.0 

in  r  r,  nt. 

11.6 

20.7 
12.8* 
18.3 
45.6 

54.6 
1G.6 

Manganese  copper  9 

Tin    o 

Zinc  5 

100 
Larger  amounts  of  manganese  —  for  instance,  2.3  to  6  per 

Gun-metal.     Cast.    .     .     . 

*  JJroken,  owing  to  a  fault  in  turning. 

that  bronze  can  be  made  in  this  manner  to  assume  a  hard- 
ness approximating  that  of  steel. 

In  carrying  out  the  invention,  the  copper  should  be  lirst 
melted  in  a  crucible  or  other  vessel  in  the  ordinary  manner, 
and  the  spiegeleiseu  or  ferro-manganese,  either  with  orwith- 
out  the  addition  of  wrought-iron  scrap  as  sometimes  practiced, 
should  at  the  same  time  be  melted  in  a  separate  smaller  fur- 
nace capable  of  generating  a  high  temperature  in  a  graphite 
crucible  under  powdered  charcoal,  and  when  it  is  completely 
fused. and  the  copper  is  also  fused, and  at  a  boiling  heat,  the 
ferro-  manganese  should  be  poured  into  the  copper  and  the 
t\vo  \vi>ll  mixed  together  by  stirring  with  an  iron  rod  previ- 
ously made  red-hot ;  the  tin,  or  zinc,  or  both,  should  then 
be  added  in  the  usual  way  and  in  the  requisite  proportions, 
•ng  tn  the  kind  of  alloy  it  is  desired  to  produce.  After 
the  tin  and  zinc  are  added  the  metal  should  be  again  well 
.stirred  with  a  red-hot  rod  and  skimmed ;  it  may  then  be 
either  poured  into  ingot  molds  for  future  use,  or  it  can  at 
once  be  cast  in  molds  to  produce  any  articles  required. 

Four  kinds  of  manganese  bronze  are  at  present  manufac- 
tured, van  ing  somewhat  in  their  qualities  :  — 

1.  For  forging  and  rolling  into  plates,  sheets,  and  drawing 
into  wires  and  tubes. 

2.  For  casting  into  bars  and  plates  subjected  to  strain. 

3.  For  casting  into  bearings  and  brasses. 

4.  For  casting  into  valves,  faces,  piston  rings,  slide  blocks, 
top  and  end  connecting  rod  brasses,  etc. 

The  following  U.  S.  Patents  may  be  consulted  :  — 
203,266     Hate,  May  7,  1878. 


206,604     Parsons,  ,'luly  30,  1878. 
178,490     Ward,  June  6, 1876. 


Prof.  Qenti  publishes  an  analysis  or  a  specimen  of  man- 
ganese bronze  from  a  Transylvania  factory.  It  is  nearly  of 
the  color  of  brass,  is  tenacious  and  ductile  under  the  ham- 
mer, and  contains  sulphur,  manganese,  copper,  zinc,  iron, 
with  traces  of  silica,  tin,  and  carbon.  The  essential  ingre- 
dients are  15  parts  of  copper,  4  of  manganese,  and  1  of  zinc. 
—  "Revue  Indust." 

See  also   MANGANESE  COPPER,  which   is  also    known    as 

CUPRO-MANGANESK. 

The  subject  may  be  pursued  by  reference  to  the  follow- 
ing:^- 

"Scientific  American  "  .     .  xxxiv.  356  ;  xxxv.  259  ;  *  xxxvii. 

345  ;  xli.  21. 
Scientific  American  Sup."  489,   807,  226,   1635,2440,  2971 

3345. 

"Iron  Age"      .....  xvii.,  March  30,  p.  3;  May  4,  p. 
1  ;  March  16,  p.  3  ;  May  6, 
p.  17.    xviii.  Nov.  2,  p.  7  ; 
xxi.,June  13,  p.  15;  xxiv., 
July  10,  p.  11;  Sept.  18,  p.  1; 
xxv.,  May  20,  p.  24. 
viii.  104  ;  x.  24  ;  xii.  111. 
xiv.  541  ;  xviii.  287. 

'Eng.  $  Mining  Journal  .  xxi.  277,306;  (U.  S.  Patent,  206,- 
604,  July   30,  1878);    xxiv. 
441;    xxviii.   55,360;   xxix. 
221  ;  xxx.  54. 
xxi.  152;  xxvii.  523;  xxii.  280  ; 

xxiv.  330. 
.  xxxii.   195;    xxxvii.   3:   xxxviii. 

347. 

Am.  Man.  (f  Iron  World  "  xxv.,  July  25,  p.  8  ;  xxvi.,  Jan. 
16,  p.  7;  xxvi.,  Feb.  13,  p.  8. 

Engineer"     .....  xl.  123;  xlii.  274  ;  xliv.  301. 
Telegraphic  Journal  " 

Copper,  15.         ) 
Manganese,  4     \  vi.  86. 
Zinc,  1  ) 

English  Mechanic  "     .     .  xxvii.  475. 
Technologiste  "  .     .     .     .  xxxvii.  168  ;  xli.  489. 

Man'ga-nese'  Cop'per.  An  alloy  made  at 
Isabellenhuette,  near  Dillenburg,  Germany. 


Manufacturer  If  Builder 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag. 


Engineering"     .     .     . 
Min.  (f  Scientific  Press 


Man  Hole.     An  opening  by  which  a  city  sub- 
way or  sewer  is  reached 
from  the  street.  Fig.  1669. 

The  sub-ways  of  London 
and  Paris  are  spacious  and 
far-extending.  See  Fig. 
6040,  p.  2462,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  man-hole  and  man- 
hole cover  in  Figs.  1669, 
1670  are  those  used  in  Lon- 
don, carefully  built  in  ma- 
sonry, with  standing  iron 
ladders  and  with  elm  blocks 
in  the  cover  rim,  or  an  iron 
plate,  in  the  respective  fig- 
ures. 

Batten,   Br.,   *  "Engineer," 
1.343. 

Man'i-fold.     1. 

(Heating.)  The  cham- 
bers with  nozzles  into 
and  from  which  the 
pipes  of  a  radiator  lead. 
Fig.  1671  shows  two 
manifolds,  a  set  of  bent 
tubes  with  couplings, 
and  a  pair  of  coil  plates 
to  hold  up  the  system. 

Manifolds  are :  back 
outlet,  side  outlet, 
double,  etc. 

2.  A  method  of  mul- 
tiplying copies  of  a 
writing. 

Man'i-fold  Writer. 

One  French  manifold  writer  consists  of  a  metallic  slate  cov- 
ered with  tallow,  mixed  with  one  of  the  purple  or  red  coal- 
tar  colors.     A  sheet  of  tissue  paper  is  laid  thereon  and  writ- 
Fig.  1670. 


London  Man  Hole. 


Stone's  Man-hole  Cover.     (London.) 

ten  on  with  a  hard  pen  without  ink.  On  taking  up  the  tis- 
sue paper  the  writing  reversed  is  found  upon  the  other  side. 
The  tissue  paper  is  now  laid  (inky  side  up)  on  several  folds 
of  wetted  blotting  paper ;  the  writing  paper  intended  for 
the  reception  of  the  impression  is  moistened  (sponged  over) 
with  an  aqueous  solution  of  gum  tragacanth,  laid  upon  the 


MANIFOLD  WRITER. 


580 


MANURE   SPREADER. 


Fig.  1671. 


tiii'liator  for  Wall,  with  Manifold*  and  Coil  Platen. 


matrix,  and  placed  for  a  few  seconds  in  a  copying  press. 
By  these  means  20  or  30  good  copies  can  be  obtained. 

Another  method  hits  sheets  of  varnished  paper  to  write  on. 
with  an  ink  by  which  the  varnish  is  destroyed  and  the  paper 
rendered  porous.  This  is  then  placed  on  an  ink  pad,  and 
the  writing  paper  to  be  employed  upon  the  top.  On  squeez- 
ing, ink  is  forced  through  that  portion  of  the  paper  from 
which  the  varnish  has  been  dissolved,  and  an  impression  is 
produced.  An  indefinite  number  may  be  so  obtained. 

E.  De  Zuccato's  facsimile  process  for  multiplying  MSS.  by 
chemical  means  is  as  follows  :  — 

A  sheet  of  thin  paper  is  first  prepared  with  a  resiuous  var- 
nish and  dried.  Upon  one  side  of  this  the  writing  is  exe- 
cuted with  an  ink  consisting  of  a  colored  solution  of  potash 
or  soda.  The  soluble  compound  formed  by  the  alkali  and 
resin  is  next  removed  by  water,  leaving  the  paper  pervious 
to  fluids  where  the  ink  lay  upon  it.  This  sheet  is  now  placed 
face  down  upon  a  pad  damped  with  a  solution  of  persulphate 
of  iron,  and  upon  its  back  or  upper  side  is  laid  the  sheet  to 
be  printed  upon,  stamped  with  a  dilute  solution  of  ferrocy- 
anide  of  potassium.  After  the  pressure  of  a  copying  press 
has  been  applied,  the  facsimile  writing  will  be  found  in 
blue  (Prussian  blue)  upon  the  blank  sheet.  By  substituting 
other  sheets  similarly  prepared  a  large  number  of  copies  may 
be  obtained  from  the  same  matrix. 

Man'i-graph.  A  name  for  a  method  of  multi- 
plying copies  of  writing. 

See  COPYING  PROCESS  ;  GELATINE  COPYING 
PROCESS  ;  HECTOGRAPH,  etc. 

Ma-nip'u-la'tor.  1.  An  intermediate  contri- 
vance for  handling  plates  without  exposing  the 
hands  to  injury.  Useful  in  working  with  photo- 
Fig.  1672. 


Negative  Manipulator. 


graphic  plates  and  negatives.  At  the  end  of  the 
handle  is  a  suction  disk  of  caoutchouc. 

2.  A  machine  for  shampooing  or  pummeling 
the  body;  rubbing  the  arm,  legs,  back,  kneading 
the  abdomen,  etc.  A  substitute  for  exercise  with 
the  bed-ridden  ;  and  a  useful  adjunct  in  gymnastic 
training.  See  EXERCISING  MACHINE. 

Ma-nom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measuring 
the  elastic  force  of  a  gas  or  of  steam.  See  Fig.  4039, 
and  references  to  Boyle  and  Ramsden,  page.  1684, 
"Mech.  Diet.," 

Koenig's  flame  manome- 
ter   Figs.  1046,  1047,  page  844,  supra. 

Hopkins,  flame  manom- 
eter   *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  135. 

Electric " Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  74. 

*  Brr^iiefs.  Vidi's,   Galy-Cazalat's,  Article  "Manometre,'' 
Laboulayt's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

*  Bourdon's,  Ibid.,  "Manomdtre,"  ii.,  Figs.  4,  5. 

*  Journeux's,  Ibid.,  "Manomctre,"  ii.,  Figs.  1,  2,  3. 

*  Richard's,  Ibid.,  "Manomctre,"  ii.,  Figs.  6,  7. 

See  also,  Ibid.,  "Eclairage  an  Gaz,"  ii.,  Fig.  96  et  seq. 

Mariotte's  tube,  Deschanel's  "Natural  Philosophy,'''  Am. 
ed.,  Part  I.,  p.  171  ;  Depret's  apparatus  for  proving  Boyle's 
law  ;  Regnault's,  for  the  same,  and  Pouillet's,  for  showing 
unequal  expansion  of  different  gases,  are  also  shovrn  on  pp. 
172-174  of  same  work. 


Man-te'an.  (Fabric.)  A  fine  French  worsted 
stuff  made  of  carded  wool,  both  warp  and  weft ; 
taffetas  armure,  which  see. 

Man'te-let.  A  bullet-proof  screen  to  protect 
gunners  serving  a  piece  from  the  fire  of  the  enemy. 
It  is  usually  woven  of  rope.  Fig.  1673  shows  "a 
mantelet  in  an  embrasure  of  the  Malakoff  tower, 
before  Sebastopol,  in  the  Crimea. 

Fig.  1673. 


Mantelet,  in  the  Malakoff  Battery. 

Mantelets  are  also  used  in  front  of  rifle-pits  ;  also  to  pro- 
tect pioneers  and  sappers,  and  those  working  or  passing  in 
the  trenches  and  approaches  of  an  invested  work. 

Ma-nure'  Drag.  (Add.}  2.  A  fork  with  bent 
tines  to  unload  manure  by  dragging  it  off  the 
wagon. 

Ma-nure'  Spread'er.  A  cart  having  a  bed  of 
traveling  slats,  and  a  spiked  roller  at  the  tail  gate, 
to  distribute  the  load  while  the  vehicle  is  moving 
over  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

It  can  be  attached  to  the  fore-wheels  of  any  ordinary  farm 
wagon.  The  floor  of  the  cart,  is  a  revolving  apron,  which  is 

Fig.  1674. 


Kemp  Manure  Spreader. 

carried  backward  by  the  gearing,  brin^inc:  its  contents  apinst 
a  rapidly  revolving  beater,  which  breaks  up  and  distributes 
the  manure.  It  is  thrown  into  gear  by  a  single  lever  at  the 
left  hand  of  the  driver's  seat,  and  throws  itself  out  of  gear 
when  the  load  is  spent.  In  running  to  and  from  the  field 
none  of  its  machinery  is  in  motion,  and  it  may  be  used 
through  the  season  the  same  as  an  ordinary  cart. 


MANY-LIGHT   REGULATOR. 


581 


MARINE   BOILER. 


Maii'y -light  Reg'u-la'tor.  (Kl<-<-fn'citi/.)  An 
order  of  regulator  for  voltaic-arc  lights  which  allows 
a  number  of  lights  on  one  circuit.  Sec  POLYPHOTE 
REGULATOR. 

Mar'ble,  Ini'i-ta'tioii.  See  recipes,  p.  1390, 
"Meek.  Did." 

Statuary:  Co;it.  ;i  !>iiisr<T-of-P:iris  or  papier  inaohe  figure 
with  white  dammar  varnish  and  dust  with  pulverized  glass  : 
it  then  resemble  n'uhn-itfr.  It  may  be  varnished  a  second 
time  and  dusted  with  coarsely  pulverized  glass  or  mica  and 
it  will  resemble  Can/im  //i>iri>/t  .  May  be  veined  with  a  deli- 
cate blue  pigment  between  the  coats. 

To  give  to  sdiulstoiif  I/if  uppmrtinee  of  marble  :  Impregnate 
the  well  dried  stone  with  soluble  silica  and  alumina.  For 
colors,  add  mineral  pigments  to  the  liquid. 

Marblfizing  limestone :  Work  the  stone  to  form  and  then 
put  it  in  a  boiler,  submerged  in  water  and  bring  a  strain 
pressure  of  75  to  100  Ibs.,  according  to  the  size  of  the  object. 
Allow  the  objwt  to  cool  ;  remove  the  object  and  submerge 
it  in  an  alum  b i'h,  colored  or  otherwise.  —  Hosmer. 
Artificial.  ••/,'.</ V//i-  News  "  "  Van  Nost.  Ma§-.,"  xix.  324. 

Imitation "Ulanitf.  and  Builder ,''  x.  12. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  130. 

Cement "Scientific  Arner.  Sup.,"  H~>~. 

Sawing  machine,  Carrara,  It.  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  211. 
Working  machine   ....  "Scientific  American,'1''  xlii.  of). 

Report  on  m-'i-bic-.  i'.n-cign  and  native,  by  /.  S.  Ntwberry, 
"Centennial  Reports,''  vol.  iii  ,  Group  I.,  p.  137,  et  $eq. 

Mar'ble-ized  Glass.  ((Unas.)  Made  by  im- 
mersing hot  glass  in  water,  reheating  and  expand- 
ing by  blowing.  The  incipient  fractures  become 
joined  but  show  in  the  article  like  veins  in  marble. 

Mar'ble-iz-ing  I'roii.  First  coat  with  a  thin 
layer  of  plaster-of-paris  and  alum,  made  to  adhere 
by  previously  roughening  and  oxidizing  the  iron. 
This  coat  being  well  leveled  and  ground  smooth, 
the  paint  used  will  readily  adhere. 

Mar'bling  Pa'per.  "  Described  on  p.  1391, 
"Meek.  Diet. 

Elaborate  description  and  directions  from  "Paper  World," 

produced  in  •'Muniiftt.rttifr  anil  Industrial  Gazette,"  iv.  2, 

ugh       .     .     .     "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1889. 

Marc.  The  residuum  of  grapes  after  pressure 
therefrom  of  the  must.  Corresponds  with  the  pom- 
ace of  apples,  the-  fj  rains  of  malt. 

Ma'rie-Da'vy  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
in  which  the  zinc  stands  in  pure  water  and  the  car- 
bon in  a  paste  of  moistened  proto-sulphate  of  mer- 
cury in  a  porous  cup.  See  MERCURY  BATTERY. 

Sabine,  London,  1867 229 

Niautlet,  American  translation, *  140 

Ma'ri-graph.  A  registering  tide  gage  ;  by  an 
extension  of  the  meaning  it  may  be  held  to  mean 
an  instrument  for  registering  the  fluctuations  of 
height  in  sea,  harbor,  river,  or  canal.  Other  terms 
are  used  for  some  of  these :  such  as  JIuvioyraph, 
etc.  See  also,  TIDE  GAGE.  Fig.  6426,  p.  2566, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  French  Marigraph  shown  in  Fig.  1675  is  operated  by 
an  endless  cord  which  connects  with  a  float  located  in  a  suit- 
able reservoir,  into  which  the  sea  water  enters.  The  changes 
of  level  of  the  water  are  registered  on  a  large  horizontal  cyl- 
inder which  is  rotated  by  clock  mechanism  once  in  24  hours. 
The  cylinder  is  covered  with  a  sheet  of  paper,  changed  fort- 
nightly or  monthly,  and  which  is  divided  into  longitudinal 
divisions,  giving,  on  a  reduced  scale,  the  heights  of  the  tides 
in  meters  and  centimeters.  A  carriage,  mounted  on  rollers 
upon  a  steel  rule  above  the  cylinder,  carries  a  pencil  which 
is  pressed  against  the  paper  by  a  spring.  The  carriage  com- 
municates by  an  endless  cord  with  a  small  grooved  wheel 
mounted  on  the  shaft  of  the  larger  wheel  which  receives  the 
motion  of  the  float  previously  referred  to. 

On  a  third  wheel,  of  medium  diameter,  is  wound  a  cord, 
which  is  drawn  by  a  weight  in  an  opposite  direction  to  that 
of  the  cord  of  the  float.  When,  therefore,  the  float  rises, 
the  effect  of  the  weight  is  to  remove  the  shaft  so  as  to  take 
up  the  slack  of  the  cord  so  that  the  latter  is  always  kept  taut. 
The  pencil  carriage  is  similarly  actuated,  and  traces  on  the 
cylinder  a  mark  of  which  the  extremity  i.«  the  maximum 
height  of  the  water.  If  the  level  is  constant,  the  carriage 
remains  motionless,  and  the  pencil  traces  on  the  cylinder  a 
line  parallel  to  the  transverse  divisions. 


rep 
PP 


Fig.  1675. 


Knrigraph 

A  dial  placed  above  the  mechanism  shows  the  hour,  and  at 
the  same  time  serves  to  regulate  the  changing  of  the  paper, 
and  to  indicate  the  moment  at  which  the  apparatus  should 
be  started  on  its  daily  motion.  An  electric  indicator  serves 
to  give  warning  of  any  desired  level  being  reached  by  the 
water.  The  indicator  is  movable,  and  is  set  on  a  special  rod 
on  the  rule  at  the  point  corresponding  to  the  height  of  water 
to  be  noted.  When  the  carriage,  on  reaching  that  point, 
comes  in  contact  with  the  indicator,  the  effect  is  to  sound  a 
bell. 

Ma-rim'ba.  A  musical  instrument  of  percus- 
sion, consisting  of  bars  which  yield  various  tones 
when  struck.  A  sticcatfo  (from  the  Italian). 

The  instruments  are  frequently  called  by  names  which  in- 
dicate the  material  of  which  the  bars  consist. 

Marimba  is  Portuguese,  and  the  instruments  of  Angola  have 
been  introduced  into  European  museums  under  that  name. 
The  instrument  is  common  over  a  large  part  of  the  African 
Continent,  and  also  in  Malaysia.  It  is  found  in  Guatemala 
but  is  probably  of  negro  introduction.  One  from  Central 
America  is  in  the  National  Museum,  Washington,  D.  C. 

See  author's  article  on  "Crude  and  Curious  Inventions  at 
the  Centennial,"  1876,  'Atlantic  Monthly"  *vol.  xxxix.,  pp. 
523-525,  where  may  be  found  the  marimbas  of  Angola,  Cen- 
tral Africa,  of  Malaysia  (gambang)  and  Siam  (Ra-nakt-ake). 

The  subject  may  be  pursued  by  reference  to  DULCIMER; 
HARMONICA  ;  LAPIDEON  :  *  WOOD-HARMONICON  ;  XYLOPHONE  ; 
"Meek.  Diet.-'  Also,  STEEL-BAR  PIANO,  *  Fig.  3689,  p.  1695, 
Ibid.  Also,  *  LYRE  ;  METALLOPHONE,  supra  et  infra. 

All  the  above  have  bars  in  series  arranged  according  to  a 
musical  scale.  The  scales  vary  ;  diatonic,  pentatonic,  and 
those  of  the  African  and  Asiatic,  not  quite  in  harmony  with 
either. 

See  also,  MARAMBA,  p.  1389,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ma-riiie'  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  the  plates  are  immersed  in  the  sea,  to  be 
acted  upon  by  the  salt  water. 

Ma-rine'  Boil'er.  See  under  the  following 
references :  — 


S3.  "  Arizona,"  Br.  .  .  * 
High  pressure,  Boyer,  Br.  * 
Water  tube,  British 

Navy * 

Furnaces,  tug  "  Grinder," 

Br * 

Herreshoff * 

And  engines.    "  Hohen- 

zollern,"   Ger.  Navy  .  * 

Passman,  Br *  ' 

High  pressure,   light 

weight,  Scott     .     . 
High  pressure,  Scott  . 
Shaw  .     .     . ,   . 
"Thunderer,"    British 

Navy 


1  Engineering,"  xxx.  192. 
' Engineering, ."  xxvii.  410. 

' Engineering,''''  xxi.  318,  349. 

'Engineer,'"  xlv.  23. 
'Engineer,''  xlvii.  259. 

'Engineering,"  xxiii.  308,  314. 
'Engineer,-'  xlvi.  358. 

' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1886. 

'Engineering,"  xxiv.  412. 

'  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1410. 

'•Engineer,"  xlii.  133. 


MARINE   DRAG. 


582 


MARINE   ENGINE. 


Ma-rine'  Drag.  A  drag-anchor.  A  floating 
anchor ;  thrown  overboard  in  a  storm  .to  keep  the 
ship's  head  to  the  wind  when  disabled  or  lying  to. 

Fig.  1676. 


Capt.   Beats'  Marine  Drag. 
See  DRAG-ANCHOR,  Fig.  1738,  p.  737,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ma-rine'  En'gine.  The  engines  of  the  steam- 
ships of  the  American  line,  "  Pennsylvania,"  "Ohio," 
"Indiana,"  and  "Illinois,"  were  built  by  the  Wil- 
liam Crump  &  Sons  Ship  and  Engine  Co.,  of  Phila- 
delphia. The  vessels .  are  of  3,030  tons,  have  a 
length  of  355'  over  all,  and  a  beam  of  43'.  The  en- 
gines are  shown  by  longitudinal  and  transverse  ver- 
tical sections  in  Plate 'XX VIII.,  and  by  plan  in 
Fig.  1677. 

"  The  engines  are  independent,  compound,  and  surface  con- 
densing, with  the  crank  set  at  right  angles.  The  cylinders 
are  57J"  and  90J"  in  diameter,  respectively,  and  the  stroke  of 
pistons  is  4'.  The  main  slide  valves  are  on  the  outside  of  the 
high  and  low-pressure  cylinders,  which  are  both  inclosed  in  a 
jacket  connecting  them  together,  and  forming  a  receiver. 
The  high-pressure  cylinder  is  also  steam-jacketed,  but  the 
low-pressure  cylinder  is  not.  The  pistons  are  16|"  deep  ; 
the  rod  for  the  high-pressure  cylinder  is  8",  and  that  of  the 
low-pressure  8j"  in  diameter,  and  both  are  carried  upwards 
through  the  cylinder  heads.  The  cross-heads  are  of  wrought 
iron,  with  cast-iron  slides  bolted  to  their  ends.  The  main 
slide  valves  have  double  ports,  each  is  fitted  with  an  inde- 
pendent cut-off  valve  on  the  back,  no  provision  being  made 


for  counterbalancing  the  pressure  on  the  valve  faces.  The 
weight  of  the  main  valves  is  counterbalanced  by  the  steum 
pressure  in  a  cylinder  on  the  top  of  the  steam  chest.  Both 
main  valves  are  driven  by  motion  of  the  double  bar-link 
type. 

"  The  engines  are  reversed  by  direct-acting  steam  gear, 
the  reversing  cylinder  being  20"  in  diameter,  with  a  slide 
valve  on  top,  which  is  thrown  open  by  hand,  and  closed  by 
the  motion  of  the  piston-rod  in  any  position.  A  screw  is 
also  provided  which  can  be  clamped  to  the  piston-rod  of  the 
cylinder  so  as  to  move  the  links  by  hand  if  there  is  a  want 
of  steam. 

"  Relief  valves  are  fitted  at  the  end  of  each  cylinder  with 
gear  to  use  them  as  starting  valves.  The  connecting  rods 
are  forked  by  the  cross-heads  arid  are  fitted  with  strap  ends. 
The  cross-head  journals  are  10J"  in  diameter  and  1'H"  long, 
and  the  crank-pins  are  of  steel  15J"  in  diameter  and  20'"' length 
of  journal.  The  crank-shafts  are  built  up  in  two  lengths, 
and  are  made  interchangeable  ;  the  main  journals  are  15J"  in 
diameter  and  30"  long,  except  the  forward  journal,  which  is 
24'/  long.  The  cranks  are  counterbalanced. 

"  The  bed-plate  is  made  in  two  parts  and  is  bolted  up  to 
the  condenser.  This  latter  is  in  two  pieces  and  contains 
1,492  tubes,  £"  in  diameter  and  14'  long,  the  surface  exposed 
being  thus  4,786  square  feet.  The  water  from  one  circula- 
ting pump  passes  through  them  three  times  and  from  the 
other  twice.  The  pumps  are  worked  from  the  main  cross- 
heads  through -wrought-iron  levers  as  shown.  Each  air  and 
circulating  pump  is  cast  separately  and  bolted  to  the  con- 
denser. A  feed  and  a  bilge  pump  are  bolted  to  each  air 
pump.  The  latter  are  26"  in  diameter,  tin-  circulating  pumps 
are  18"  in  diameter,  and  the  feed  and  bilge  pumps  are  each 
6".  The  stroke  of  all  is  26". 

"  A  vertical  turning  engine  is  bolted  to  the  side  of  the  con- 
denser and  gears  into  a  worm-wheel  fastened  to  the  interme- 
diate shaft  coupling  between  the  two  cylinders.  The  propel- 
ler shaft  is  15J"  diameter,  and  is  sheathed  in  the  stern  pipe. 
The  propeller  is  four-bladed,  with  the  blades  cast  separately 
and  bolted  to  the  bars  ;  the  diameter  is  17'  and  the  pitch  24'. 

"  The  boilers  are  double-ended,  three  in  number,  and  fired 
fore  and  aft.  The  diameter  of  each  is  12'  3"  and  the  length 
17'.  There  are  three  furnaces  in  each  end  2'  10"  in  diame- 
ter, with  grate  bars  5'  4"  long.  There  are  316  tubes  3"  in 
diameter  and  7'  long  in  each  boiler/' 

The  compound  has  become  the  most  popular,  as  it  is  the 
most  economical,  of  marine  ons-ines.  Reference  hits  been 
made  to  52  examples  in  COMPOUND  STEAM  ENGINE,  p.  215. 


?ig.  1677. 


Plan  of  Engines,  "  Ohio,'"  ''  Indiana,'-  etc.,  of  the  American  Steamship  Line. 


MARINE   ENGINE. 


583 


MARINER'S  COMPASS. 


"  The  running  of  the  Ohio  during  the  voyage  from  Queens- 

town  to  Delaware  Breakwater  on  her  second  voyage,  was  as 

follows  :  — 

Knots 

Knots  Run 

Date. 

Run  by 
Screw. 

by  Observa- 
tion. 

Running  Time. 

Oct  ,  1873. 
17 

* 
246.8 

226.0 

hours,  min. 
18        59 

18 

323.8 

280.7 

24        23 

19 

338.5 

3220 

24        15 

20 

335.7 

294.0 

24        23 

21 

331.0 

No  obser. 

n*          n  (  15  minutes 
uj  detention. 

22 

341.5 

No  obser. 

24        24 

23 

336.7 

946  in  3  days 

Oa        ,<q  (  18  minutes 
4di  detention. 

24 

339.5 

333.7 

24       22 

25 

343.2 

321.0 

24        21 

26 

142.0 

140.0 

10        30 

3,075.7 

2,863.4 

9  days,  7  hours,  20  min. 

"  The  slip  of  the  screw  amounted  to  212.3  knots,  or  6  8  per 
cent.,  while  the  average  speed  was  12  8  knots.  The  weather 
WHS  calm.  Average  indicated  horse  power,  1,977.54. 

"  That  the  performance  of  the  engines  we  have  described 
has  been  most  satisfactory  is  proved  by  the.  great  regularity 
of  the  passages  made  by  the  vessels  to  which  they  are  fitted, 
while  their  workmanship  and  general  finish  well  deserve 
praise."  —  "En  sin, 

The  change  from  paddle  to  screw  has  revolutionized  the 
forms  of  marine  engines.  The  necessity  for  placing  the  pro- 
peller shaft  near  the  keel  has  placed  the  engine  above  it,  and 
the  proximity  of  the  keel  and  consequent  short  radius  of  the 
crank  has  reduced  tli«  stroke  of  the  piston. 

See  the  following  :  — 
Torpedo  launch  "  Ache- 
ron," N.  S   Wales  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  99. 
"  Calais-Douvres  "'     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  400. 
Erirsson's  "  Destroyer  "   *  "  Engineer,"  xlvi.  457. 
Compound,  "  Gallia." 

Thomson,  Br.    ...  *  "Engineering,"-  xxviii.  220. 
German  Iron  clads    .     .  *  ''Engineering,"  xxiii.  10. 
"Hudson,"     Cromwell  *  "Engineer,"   xlii.   242,   320,390: 

line xliii.236,  338,431,  462. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  959. 

Irish  Channel  Steamers  *  "Scientific  American-  Sup  ,"1394. 
Surface  cond.  oscillating 
"  Lord   of  the    Isles," 

Br *  "  Engineering,"  x\iv.  66, 115,132. 

"  Loudoun  Castle  ".  .  " Scientific  American  Sup., "1252. 
"Old  Colony,"  .  .  .  *  "  Sc.  American,"'  xxxviii.  322,323. 
"  City  of  San  Francisco," 

Roach *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  228. 

Cond.,  oscilla, -disconnecting 
"Silva  Americana  "  .     .  *     . 
Eng.  and  boilers.  "  Tour- 
maline," British  Navy  *  "Engineer,"  xliii  284. 
White  Star  "  Britannic  "  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  294. 

Young " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1011. 

See  also,  COMPOUND  STEAM  ENGINE. 
Ma-rine'  En'gine   Gov'er-nor.    An  appara- 
tus for  controlling  the  speed  of  the  screw ;  a  par- 
ticularly rapid  action  being  pig. 
required  in  order   to  pre- 
vent the  racing  of  the  pro- 
peller when  it  emerges  in 
whole  or  in  part  from  the 
water  'when  the  vessel 
pitches. 


'Engineer,"  xliv.  149. 


998. 


Westinghouse  Marine  Engine  Governor, 


The  subject  has  been  considered  in  the  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  and 
the  following  referred  to  at  the  pages  noted :  — 

Huntoon,  *  q  q1  Plate  XXI. ,  opposite  p 
Huntoon,  *  Fig.  4750,  p.  2073. 
Silver,  *  Fig  3066,  p.  1394. 
Catkcart,  *  Fig.  3067,  p.  1394. 
Duff,  *  Fig.  3068,  p.  1395. 
Wolcott  (electro-mag.),  p.  1395. 
Mosman  (chronometric),  p.  1395. 
Osborne,  p.  1391. 

The  principle  embodied  in  the  Westinghouse  ma- 
rine engine  governor  is  the  employment  of  steam 
pistons  as  the  medium  for  operating  the  throttle- 
valve  or  link,  and  the  only  duty  of  the  governor  is 
to  actuate  a  small  piston  valve  which  controls  the 
pressure  of  steam  on  opposite  sides  of  these  pistons, 
thus  varying  their  position,  and  also  that  of  the 
throttle-valve  or  link  to  which  they  are  attached. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  two  parts,  a  differential  cylinder 
and  a  regulator  ;  the  former  contains  a  piston-rod,  one  end 
of  which  is  connected  to  the  starting  valve  of  the  engine,  and 
the  other  passes  through  a  long  tube  or  sleeve,  carrying  at 
either  end  a  piston  fitting  the  differential  cylinder  just  men- 
tioned 

The  apparatus  is  shown  in  Fig.  1678 ;  its  operation  is  as 
follows :  — 

Steam  is  admitted  into  the  large  and  small  parts  of  the 
cylinder  so  that  the  pressure  on  each  side  of  the  larger  pis- 
ton is  equalized,  while  the  pressure  on  the  smaller  piston  keeps 
it  at  the  end  of  its  stroke,  that  is,  to  the  left  in  the  cut,  the 
opening  in  the  end  of  the  smaller  cylinder  leading  to  the  air 
or  condenser.  This  position  keeps  the  engine  valve  open  and 
this  is  the  normal  running  condition.  The  portion  of  the  regu- 
lator containing  the  weights  is  driven  by  a  strap  from  the  en- 
gine, and,  as  soon  as  racing  commences,  the  increased  speed 
given  to  the  revolving  weights  causes  them  to  fly  outward 
and  depress  the  regulator  spindle  which  acts  upon  a  piston 
valve  and  allows  the  steam  to  escape  from  the  right  hand  side 
of  the  larger  piston,  to  the  atmosphere,  reducing  the  pres- 
sure on  that  side  of  the  piston.  The  pressure  of  steam  on 
the  larger  piston  then  instantly  overbalances  that  on  the 
smaller  one  and  the  pistons  fly  to  the  right  and  thereby  close 
or  partially  close  the  valve  admitting  steam  to  the  engine. 
The  speed  is  by  this  means  instantly  reduced,  the  piston 
valve  returns  to  cover  the  port  in  the  regulator  chamber, 
and  the  pressure  is  restored  to  equality  on  each  side  of  the 
large  piston. 

Durham's  screw  engine  governor  acts  also  on  the  princi- 
ple of  the  combination  of  a  governor  with  a  steam  cylinder 
and  piston. 

Refer  to :  Governor,  pneu- 
matic, Dunlop,Br.  .     .  *  "Engineer"  xlviii  103. 
Jenkins  $  Lee  .     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  370. 

Durham,Sr *  "Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  2397. 

Westinghouse    ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  177. 

*  "Am.  Man.,"  p.  9,  May  2,  1879. 

See  also,  GOVERNOR. 

Ma-rine'  Pump.  A  pnmp  for  steamboats, 
steamships,  and  nautical  purposes  generally,  re- 
quiring large  open  valves  and  passages  to  prevent 
choking.  The  term  also  includes  boiler  feeding 
pumps,  circulating,  fire,  bilge-water,  and  perhaps 
wrecking  pumps.  Cylinders  are  preferably  compo- 
sition lined  and  piston-rods  solid  composition ;  the 
pistons  are  composition,  with  spring  rings,  or  ar- 
ranged for  leather. 

Russian  navy. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  326. 

Mar'in-er's      Com'- 
pass-    The  history,  early 
notices,  and   modern  in- 
stances of  the  mariner's 
compass  are  given  on  pp.  1395-1398, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Figs.  1679,  1680  are  respectively 
plan  and  section  of  Sir  William  Thom- 
son's mariner's  compass,  designed,  as 
the  inventor  says,  "  to  carry  out  in 
practical  navigation  the  principles  de- 
veloped by  Astronomer-royal  Airy. 

Sir  George  Airy,  in  1840,  showed  how  the 
errors  of  the  compass,  depending  on  the  influ- 
ences experienced  from  the  iron  of  the  ship, 


MARINER'S   COMPASS 


584 


MARK-OFF. 


may  be  perfectly  corrected  by  magnets  and  soft-iron  placed  j       The  semi-circular  error  is  corrected  by  applying  two  adjust- 


in  the  neighborhood  of  the  binnacle.  The  system  has  be- 
come universal.  The  principal  difficulty  in  practice  "  has 
beta  the  size  of  the  needles  in  the  ordinary  compass  which 

Fig.  1679. 


able  magnetic  correctors,  one  for  neutralizing  the  thwart-ship 
component,  the  other  for  the  fore-and-ai't  component  of  the 
ship's  magnetic  force. 

The  heeling  error,  chiefly  experienced  in  iron  sailing  ships, 
is  corrected  by  the  application  of  an  adjustable  magnet  be- 
low the  compass  in  a  line  through  its  center  perpendicular 
to  the  deck. 

Cf.  Japanese          .     .     .      "Telegraphic  Journal,"1  iv.  212. 
Sir  W.  Thompson      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  1'jl. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1084. 
Nickel  needle    ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,'''1  2686. 

Ma-rine'  Sig'nal.  The  term  includes  many 
kinds  of  apparatus,  such  as  whistling,  ringing,  and 
electric  buoys,  fog  horns,  guns,  and  trumpets,  si- 
rens, etc.  See  under  various  heads. 

Prof.  Meyer's  topophone  for  locating  sound,  Patent  No. 
224,199. 

Safety  signal,  Barker *  " Engineer, ,"  xlix.  411. 

Signal  buoy,  Mann Patent  No.  226,238. 

Mark'er.  (Agriculture.)  Aii  implement  for 
marking  off  rows  on  the  ground  as  a  guide  for 
planting  or  dropping. 

Fig.  1681. 


Sir  William  Thomson's  Mariner's  Compass.    (Card.) 

renders  one  important  part  of  the  correction,  the  correction 
of  the  quadrantal  error  for  all  latitudes  by  masses  of  soft  iron 
placed  on  the  two  sides  of  the  binnacle,  practically  unattain- 
able ;  and  which  limits,  and  sometimes  partially  vitiates  the 
other  chief  part  of  the  correction,  or  that  which  is  performed 
by  means  of  magnets  placed  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  com- 
pass. 

See  paper  by  Sir  William  Thomson,  United  Science  Insti- 
tution  *  Feb.  4, 1878.    See  United  States  Patent  No.  232,781.  :  French  Row-marker. 

In  size  and  outward  appearance  this  compass  (with  binna- 
cle, etc.),  does  not  differ  from  those  hitherto  in  use;  but      _   The  one  shown  is  a  French  implement  —  rayonneur  —  used 
the  patent  card  is  constructed  on  an  entirely  new  princi-  j  in  marking  rows  for  planting  beets  and  other  drill  crops. 
pie.     It  consists  of  a  central  aluminium  boss  and  an  outer 
aluminium  rim  connected  together  by  fine  silk  cords.     Small          Mar'ket  Beam.     A  form  of  steel vard   of   spe- 


Fig  1680 


Sir  William  Thomson's  Compass.    (Section  ) 

magnets  from  2"  to  3"  long  are  suspended  by  means  of  silk 
cords  from  the  rim,  and  thin  paper  marked  with  the  points 
of  the  compass  and  degrees  is  attached  to  the  rim  and  par- 
tially supported  by  the  silk  cords  between  the  rim  and  the 
boss.  By  this  arrangement  the  principal  part  of  the  weight 
is  in  the  aluminium  rim,  »nd  is  consequently  as  far  as  possi- 
ble from  the  center  on  which  the  card  moves.  This  gives  a 
very  long  period  of  free  oscillation,  and,  consequently,  great 
steadiness. 

The  card  with  the  needles  is  extremely  light,  the  10"  com- 
pass weighing  178  grains,  which  is  about  one  twentieth  of 
the  weight  of  an  ordinary  compass  of  such  dimensions.  The 
fric.tional  error  is  thus  reduced  to  a  very  small  amount. 

The  quadrantal  error  in  this  compass  is  corrected  by  a  pair 
of  soft  iron  globes  fixed  one  on  each  side  of  the  binnacle. 
When  the  quadrantal  error  has  been  thus  once  accurately 
corrected,  the  correction  is  perfect,  to  whatever  part  of  the 
world  the  ship  may  go,  and  requires  adjustment  at  no  subse- 
quent time,  except  in  the  case  of  some  change  in  the  ship's 
iron,  or  of  iron  cargo  or  ballast  sufficiently  near  the  compass 
to  introduce  a  sensible  change  in  the  quadrantal  error. 


Fig.  1682. 


Market  Beam. 

cial  adaptation  to  market  purposes  in  its  range  of 
weight,  means  of  suspension,  and  large  pan. 

See  scales,  Plate  LXXIII.,  p.  2754,  "Mech.Dict." 
Mark'-off.  (Printing.)  In  proof-reading,  the 
slip  of  copy  upon  the  margin  of  which  the  termina- 
tion of  a  page  of  proof  is  marked.  This  in  order 
to  assure  the  proper  sequence  in  the  commence- 
ment of  the  next  page. 


MARLINSPIKE   HITCH. 


585 


MASH   TUN. 


Mar'lin-spike  Hitch.  (Nautical.)  A  form 
of  bend.  See  g,  Fig.  2513,  p.  1 105,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Mar'tin  Bit.  (Mane<i<>.)  A  stiff- bar  bit,  hav- 
ing a  spoon-shaped  port,  from  4f"  to  6"  long  and 
y  wide  ;  the  top  is  convexed  and  polished;  when 
in  use,  this  long  piece  rests  against  the  roof  of  the 
horse's  mouth,  and  when  necessary  it  becomes  un- 
usually severe,  yet  it  does  not  injure  the  mouth  as 
much  as  other  port  bits. 

Mar 'tin  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made  by 
adding  malleable  iron  to  a  bath  of  pig-metal  in  a 
rcvi'i-beratory.  P.  and  E.  Martin,  Patents,  1865- 
!si>7.  A  Siemens-Martin  ingot,  Weighing  120  met- 
rical tons,  was  cast  by  the  Terre  Noire  Company, 
in  187*. 

Ma-ryn'go-tome.  (Surgical.)  A  fine  hastate 
pointed  instrument  of  incision ;  used  iu  operations 
on  the  ear.  —  Bnclc. 

Mash  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  pulping 
mash  before  discharging  it  into  the  tun  where  it 
is  steeped. 

Siebel's  device,  shown  in  Figs.  16S3, 1684,  is  a  sparger  used 
to  soften  and  pulp  the  mash  on  its  way  from  the  hopper  to  the 

Fig.  1683. 


Siebfl's  Malt  Pulper. 


tun.  Fig.  1683  is  au  exterior  view  of  the  apparatus,  and  Fig. 
84  a  view  of  the  interior  sparger.  It  consists  of  a  hopper, 
sparger  chamber,  and  spout,  and  a  pipe  and  worm  with  perfo- 
rations to  eject  water  to  suffuse  the  passing  malt.  The  gate 
valve  at  the  bottom  of  the  hopper  being  withdrawn,  the 
ground  malt  in  the  hopper  commences  to  descend  ;  hot  wa- 
ter is  admitted  to  the  sparger  by  turning  the  spigot.  The 

Fig.  16«4. 


Sparger. 

vertical  portion  and  the  spiral  of  the  latter  are  hollow  and 
perforated,  to  discharge  jets  of  hot  water  arriving  by  the 
pipe.  The  descending  malt  is  spread  by  the  cone,  and,  passing 
down  the  face  of  the  spiral  is  reduced  to  a  soft  pulp  before 
being  discharged  by  the  chute  into  the  tun  beneath. 


In   Trageser's  self-acting  mashing  machine  the  malt  en- 
ters from  the  hopper  A,  strikes  the  cone  If,  and  passes  down 

Fig    1685. 


Trageser's  Sparger. 

an  annular  space  /  between  two  cones  J  K.  Water  from 
pipe  B  surrounds  the  outer  cone  and  fills  the  inner  one, 
and  is  sparged  through  perforations  upon  both  sides  of  the 
malt  passing  downwards  into  the  tun. 

Mash  Tun.  A  vat  in  which  ground  malt  is 
steeped  and  stirred  to  make  wort.  See  Figs.  3077- 
3080,  pp.  1402, 1403,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  1686  is  Bobifs  mash-tun  (Br. ),  which  is  adapted  for 
mashing  at  a  low  temperature,  and  subsequently  increasing 
the  heat,  avoiding  the  use  of  successive  amounts  of  hot  wp,- 
ter  ;  called  in  England  piece  liquors. 

Fig.  1686. 


Baby's  Mask  Tun. 


In  the  figure  — 

A .  Pipe  provided  with  stop-cock,  to  convey  wort  from  bot- 

tom of  tun  to  pump. 

B.  Pump  with  rigger,  to  be  driven  by  means  of  a  strap. 

C.  Pipe  which  conveys  wort  from  pump  into  copper  cistern 

with  coil 

D.  Copper  cistern  containing  coil  for  heating  wort. 

E.  Tube  from  coil  cistern  to  sparge. 

G.  Tube  with  cock  for  the  purpose  of  emptying  pump  and 

pipes  after  the  operation. 
J.    Sparge  arms. 
K.  Thermometer,  indicating  temperature  of  wort  in  tun. 

The  peculiarity  of  Feiderlein's  mash  tun  (Fig.  1687)  is  in 
the  mechanism.  It  has  a  strong  perpendicular  driving  shaft, 
by  which  the  whole  system  of  rakes  is  revolved  in  a  horizon- 
tal plane  The  rakes  revolve  in  vertical  planes,  and  are 
journaled  upon  a  horizontal  shaft  which  itself  has  a  rotary 
sweep  in  addition  to  its  axial  rotation.  The  double-armed 
rake  lifts  the  malt  on  both  sides  of  the  tun  at  once. 

Fig.  1688  shows  Sc/iimper  If  Immen's  mash  machine,  a 
portion  of  the  side  of  the  tun  being  broken  away  to  exhibit 
the  apparatus  and  interior  The  stirrer  consists  of  a  spiral 
which  rotates  with  its  horizontal  shaft,  and  partakes  with 
the  latter  of  a  sweeping  movement  in  a  horizontal  plane 
around  the  vertical  axis  to  which  it  is  attached.  The  move- 
ment of  rotation  of  the  screw  is  given  by  the  meshing  of  a 
pinion  on  the  horizontal  shaft  with  a  bevel  wheel  on  the 
floor  of  the  tun.  The  mash  is  heated  by  a  steam  coil  above 


MASH   TUN. 


586 


MAST. 


Fig.  1687. 


Feiderleiti'.t   Mask   Tan 


the  agitator.  The  arrangement  prevents  the  accumulation 
of  the  solid  contents  at  the  bottom  of  the  tun  ;  the  currents 
created  by  the  compound  motion  of  the  screw  —  of  trans- 
lation about  the  vertical  axis  and  of  rotation  about  its  own 
horizontal  axis  —  maintains  a  constant  circulation  between 
the  center  and  the  perimeter  of  the  bottom  of  the  tun  ;  a 
vertical  circulation  taking  place  at  the  outer  walla  of  the 
tun  and  also  in  the  center. 

Fig.  1688. 


The  mash  tun  of  Noback,  freres,  of  Prague,  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1689.  The  figure  shows  the  boiler,  pump,  tun,  and 
mechanism  for  stirring  ;  also  the  pipe  and  band  connections. 
er  has  a  revolution  of  translation  in  a  horizontal 


The  stirre 

plane  around  the  vertical  axis. 


The  arms  on  the  sides  of  the 
1089. 


axis  have  respectively  rakes  revolving  in  horizontal  and  ver- 
tical planes  so  as  to  leave  no  corner  or  surface  of  the  mash 
tun  unvisited. 


Ma'son-ry. 

under  — 


The  various  kiuds  may  be  found 


Ashlar 

Dimension  stone. 
Random. 


Range. 
Rubble. 
Squared  stone. 


For  list  of  masonry,  varieties,  tools,  etc.,  see  list  under 
STONE-WORKING,  infra.  Also,  list  MASONS  AND  BRICKLAYERS" 
TOOLS  AND  WORK*  p.  1405,  "Mech.  Jjirt."1 

The  column  of  Trajan  is  of  Parian  marble,  constructed  of 
circular  blocks  placed  one  above  another,  like  so  many  im- 
mense mill-stones,  so  large  and  high  that  each  makes  the 
circumference  of  the  pillar.  th«;re  being  but  17  in  the  shaft 
of  the  column  ;  in  all,  24,  including  the  base  and  the  capital, 
reaching  24  toises  of  elevation,  — 1&2  feet. 

The  windows  and  the  steps  of  the  spiral  staircase  are  carved 
out  of  each  block. 

"  The  most  valuable  pillars  about  Rome,  for  the  marble  of 
which  they  are  made,  are  the  — 

"  Four  columns  of  oriental  jasper  in  Ste.  Paulina's  chapel 
in  Ste.  Maria  Maggiore. 

"  Two  of  oriental  granite  in  Ste.  Pudenziana. 

"  One  of  transparent  oriental  jasper  in  the  Vatican  library. 

"  Four  of  Nero-Bianco  in  Ste.  Cecilia  in  Transtevere. 

"  Two  of  Brocatello  and  two  of  oriental  agate  in  Don 
Livio's  palace. 

"  Two  of  Gallo-Antioo  in  St.  John  Lateran. 

"  Two  of  Verdi  Antique  in  the  Villa  Pamphilia. 

"  These  are  all  entire  and  solid  pillars,  and  made  of  such 
kinds  of  marble  as  are  nowhere  to  be  found  but  among  an- 
tiquities, whether  it  be  that  the  veins  of  them  are  undiscov- 
ered, or  that  they  were  quite  exhausted  upon  the  ancient 
buildings."  —  Addison. 

See  also  paper  on  "Ancient  Roman  Works,"1  by  Nash,  read 
before  the  "  Architectural  Association  ''  of  England.  Pub- 
lished in  "  The  Buil'/er  "  andrepublishedin  "  Van  Nostrand's 
Eng.  Mag.,''  xvii.  464-472. 

Cf.  Gillinore's  "Building  Stones." 

Ma'son's  Ham'mer.  A  steel  hammer  weigh- 
ing from  3  to  8  pounds,  having  a  square  face,  and 
an  edge  peen,  the  line  of  the  latter  in  the  plane  of 
the  sweep  of  the  handle. 

Mast.  The  following  list  gives  the  full  height 
of  the  masts  of  a  number  of  vessels,  excluding 
those  under  130':  — 


Mash   Tun.    (Noback,  Prague.) 


HEIGHT   OF  SPARS    FROM    KEELSON   TO   TRUCK. 
Ships. 

Alexander  Marshall 156 

Great  Western 1 

Young  America 206 

Black  Hawk 172 

C.  II.  Marshall 154 

Three  Brothers 203 

Invincible 190 

Australia 170 

.lohn  Bright 1 

Cultivator 176 

Baltic 174 

.lames  Foster,  Jr 159 

<iuy  Mannering 173 

Harvest  Queen 167 

Neptune 1 

Ocean  Monarch 179 

Thornton 166 

Universe    ,......-•  158 

Vanguard 1 

Isaac  Webb 165 

Manhattan 165 

Steamships. 

China 144 

Great  Republic 1 

America 141 

Japan •  1 

Colon 1 

Granada 1 

Acapulco 1 

City  of  Peking        204 

City  of  Tokio ^04 

Schooners 

Alcott 1 

Mohawk J 

Wm.  Mason 133 

Dauntless 141 

Robert  Dillon 166 


11 


MAST. 


587 


MAT   HOOK. 


.Miist-kunl    I.ni/i/i. 


Cf.  Fincham's  'l  Masting  Ships  and  Mastmaking." 
Kipping'  s  "Treatise  on  Mn\tiii!f  <tn<l  lli^^ini,'.'' 
"Treatise  on  Sails  and  Sailinn/iinif  " 

Mast  Head.     (Nnnii,-nl.)     The   upper  j);irt  of 
a  mast  above  the  rigging. 

Mast-head'  Lamp.  Fig.  11590. 

(Nautical.)  A  signal  and 
sailing  lamp  swung  aloft  us 
a  caution  to  other  craft. 

Mast-head'  Pen'dant. 
(Nautical.)  A  short  piece 
of  rope  fixed  upon  the  head 
of  a  mast  under  the  shrouds, 
having  at  its  end  an  iron 
thimble  spliced  into  an  eye, 
to  receive  a  hook  of  a 
tackle. 

Mast  Hinge.  (Nauti- 
cal.) A  socket  for  setting 
up  a  bout's  mast,  and  al- 
lowing it  to  be  struck  by 
unstopping;  it  at  the  keel. 

Mast  tiiii'ing.  A  thick- 
ness of  cloth  on  a  sail  to 
prevent  dinting  against  the 
matt. 

Mat.  1.  (Nautical.)  A 
plaited  rope  fabric  used  to 
bind  on  shrouds  or  spars  to 
prevent  chafing.  It  is  made  of  strands  of  old  rope, 
spun  yarn,  foxes,  sennit,  etc. 
SIT:  l'.-i:;nrh  mat.  Sword  mat. 

Sennit.  Thrum. 

See  Use  unjer  SEIZING. 

2.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)     1.    A  woven  struc- 

ture of  willows,  weeds, 
or  brush,  secured  by 
ropes  or  wires  into  a  con- 
tinuous mat,  and  used 
as  a  revetment  for  river 
banks.  See  MATTRESS. 

One  laid  by  the  U.  S.  En- 
gineer near  Cdvington,  Ne- 
braska, was  2,000'  long  and 
W  broad,  and  from  6"  to 
12"  thick.  It  was  built  on 
a  mattress  boat,  which  grad- 
ually receded  as  the  mat 
was  constructed,  letting  the 
mat  slip  into  place  in  the 
water.  See  "Report  of  U.  S. 
Engineers,''  *1880,  p.  1455. 
Fig.  1692  shows  a  mat  made  of  li  or  7  fascines  laid  side  by 

side,  and  lightly   bound   between  4  poles  tied  together  in 

pairs  at  tin;  I'lids  and  mid- 

dle with  lath  yarn      Such  a 

mat  is  about  12'  X  5'  8". 
Full    description    of    ma- 

king may  lie  found  in  "Re- 

port of  Chief  of  Jtiixiniirs, 

U.    S.   Arnn/:'    ISTfi,   *  vol. 

ii..   Part    11.,   p.  404.     Mats 

are   used    to    anchor    with 

stones   in  making  dams  or 

jetties  :    as  a   revetment  to 

banks,  to  prevent  scour  of 

river  bottoms,  etc. 

3.  A  species  of  rug, 
for  the  feet. 

Felt  mats  are  made  by  the 
following  process  :  A  piece 
of  feU  of  suitable  thickness 
is  cut  into  strips  f"  to  f"  in 
width,  and  as  long  as  the 
mat  is  to  be  wide.  These 
are  laid  side  by  side  on 
edge,  and  holes  are  made 
through  them,  and  through 
these  holes  cords  of  fine 
wire  are  passed,  and  the 
strips  are  then  drawn  tight- 
ly together  and  fastened  in 


Must   Hi  ii  iff. 


Fig.  1692. 


Revetment  Mat 


place  at  each  end  of  the  wires.  This  gives  a  fabric  as  thick 
as  the  strips  are  wide,  and  of  a  light,  flexible,  and  elastic 
character.  The  strips  may  be  in  various  colors  and  may  be 
disposed  in  any  desirable  pattern.  U'hen  finished,  the  mats 
have  a  good  face  on  either  side. 

4.  A  floor  covering,  or  substitute  for  carpet. 

The  ordinary  Japanese  mats  are  made  of  the  materials 
mentioned  below  and  lined  with  rice  straw, are  more  than  1" 
thick,  and  throughout  Japan  are  all  of  fhe  same  size,  viz., 
&  by  3'. 

The  surface  ef  the  mats  in  rooms,  and  mattings  of  better 
quality  in  general  are  made  of  the  Juncus  ejfusus,  —  the  pith 
of  which  is  used  for  caudle-  and  lamp-wicks,  —  in  the  prov- 
ince of  Oomi :  of  the  holepis,  in  Bingo,  and  of  the  Cypervs 
nititndiif,  in  Satsuma  and  Bungo  For  the  commoner  mat- 
tings rice  straw  and  also  different  kinds  of  rushes  are  used  ; 
for  instance,  Scirpus  lacustris,  Hydrojiirium  latifolium,  and 
typha,  which  plants  grow  almost  everywhere.  Rain  cloaks 
are  also  made  of  certain  kinds  of  grass  or  of  palm-leaves. 


Fluted  portable  matting 
Malakoff  mantelet    .     . 


*"M<in.  $  Builder,"  xi.  43. 
Fig.  1673,  p.  580,  supra. 


Mat  Boat.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.}  A  frame 
of  ways  supported  on  scows,  on  which  mat  for  rev- 
etment is  woven,  and  from  which  it  is  launched 
into  place  to  act  as  a  preventive  of  scour  on  a  river 
bank  or  elsewhere. 

Match.  Considered  on  pp.  1408,  1409,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Process  of  match-making  in  France  described  under  arti- 
cle "AUumettes,'''  Laboulayt's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures,'1'' vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

American  process   .     .     .  "Harper's  Weekly,''  June  22, 1878. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1332. 

Match'er  Head.  (  Wood-working.)  The  head 
in  a  planing  machine  which  carries  the  cutting 
tool. 

Fig.  1693  shows  a  form  in  which  the  cutting  tool  —  either 
the  grooving  or  the  tongueing  cutter  —  is  a  solid  circular 

Fig.  1693. 


Matcher  Head. 

disk  secured  between  the  plates  of  the  head  by  a  bolt  run- 
ning through  its  center,  and  projecting  from  the  periphery 
of  the  plates  a  sufficient  distance  to  cut  the  groove  and  clear 
the  edge  of  the  board.  The  cutters  are  2J"  diameter  and  af- 
ford about  7"  cutting  surface,  being  filed  back  as  they  wear. 


Match    Hook. 

A  tackle  hook,  con- 
sisting of  two  portions 
which  shut  together, 
each  forming  a  mous- 
ing for  the  other. 
A  sister  hook. 

M  a-t  e-1  a  s  s  e '. 
(Fabric.)  A  silk-and- 
wool  French  dress 
goods. 

Mat  Hook.  A 
long  pole  with  an  iron 
hook,  used  to  hook 
on  to  the  binding  pole 
of  a  mat.  Used  also 
in  handling  the  mats 
in  floating  into  place 


Tig.  1694. 


Match  Hook. 


MAT   HOOK. 


58cS       MEASURING,  ETC.,  INSTRUMENTS. 


and  holding  while  being  anchored  with  stones.    See 
under  JETTY,  p.  512,  supra. 

See   Figs.  10,  12,  "Report   of  Chief  of  Engineers,    U.    S. 
Army,"  1876,  vol.  ii.,  Part  II.  '  Appendix  X.  4,  pp.  4"8,  409. 

Mat  Pole.  (Hydraulic  Enyi-  Fig.  1695. 
neering.)  A  pole  20'  long,  3"  in 
diameter,  smoothly  shaved  and  iron 
pointed,  used  in  placing  mats  of 
brush  for  shore  protection,  jetties, 
etc.  See  MAT  HOOK. 

Ma'trix.  1.  (Mining.)  The 
rock  or  earthy  matter  containing  a 
mineral  or  metallic  ore. 

•2.  (Dentistry.)  A  mold  used  in 
filling  proximal  cavities  in  teeth. 
The  matrix  is  a  slip  driven  between 
the  teeth,  its  wedging  side  against 
the  abutting  tooth  and  its  concave 
side  against  and  agreeing  with  the 
cavity  to  'oe  filled.  —  Dr.  Louis  Jack. 

Ma'trix  Rol'ling  Ma-chine  . 
A  machine  which  in  large  establish- 
ments takes  the  place  of  the  beating 
table  and  brush.  Fig.  5800,  p.  2380, 
"Mech.  Diet."  The  work  of  the 
machine  is  to  force  down  the  pre- 
pared matrix  paper  into  the  type  in 
taking  a  cast  thereof  by  the  paper 
process  ;  described  on  p.  2380  above 
cited  . 

Mat'thew  Walk'er.  A  form 
of  knot  something  like  a  double 
wall  knot. 

To  make  it :  Unlay  the  rope  for  10"  or 
12"  ;  pass  the  first  strand  around  the  rope  and  bring  the  end 
up  through  the  bight  thus  formed  ;  pass  the  second  strand 
around  the  rope  and  bring  the  end  up  through  both  bights  ; 
pass  the  third  strand  around  the  rope,  and  bring  the  end 
up  through  the  three 
bights ;  haul  the  ends 
gently  until  the  knot  is 
in  shape,  then  haul  tight, 
and  finish  with  a  crown. 
The  cut  shows  the  strands 
laid  through  the  bights 
and  also  hauled  tight. 


a.  Mat  Hook. 

b.  Mat  Pole. 


Fig.  1696. 


Matthew  Walker  Knot. 


Mat'tress.     (Hy 

draulic   Engineering. 
A   mass   of   woven 
withes,  poles,   brush, 
willows,  or  what  not, 
used  to    place  on    a 
bank  or  shore  to  pre- 
serve it  against  the  impact  of  water  and  prevent 
erosion  by  the  current. 

There  arc  many  modes  of  building,  and  among  the  most 
remarkable  instances  to  be  found  are  the  maritime  and  in- 
terior dyke  works  of  Holland  and  the  Bads' improvements 
of  the  southwest  pass  of  the  Mississippi.  Good  illustrations  of 
methods  are  to  be  found  in  Plates  I .  to  XIV.  opposite  p.  1380, 
vol.  ii.,  "Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers,  V.  »S.  Army,''  1880. 
See  also  mattresses  of  Galveston  jetty,  same  work  and  vol- 
ume, *  p.  1228. 

A  good  account  of  all  the  tools  and  methods  used  at  Ne- 
braska City  is  given  in  the  "Report  of  the  Chief  of  Engineers 
U.  S.  Army,-'  1879,  *  ii.  1074. 
It  includes  the  following  :  — 

Harpoon  shuttle. 

Brush  jack. 

Brush  jack  needle. 

Hook  needle. 

Curved  needle. 

Jack  fastening. 

Drawings  and  descriptions  of  elaborate  mattress  work  on 
the  Mississippi  River  may  be  found  in  the  "  U.  S.  Engineers' 
Report,-''  1879,  *  ii.  1111, 1118. 
Charleston  harbor      .    .  *  Ibid.,  i.  736. 
Savannah  river      .     .     .  *  Ibid.,  i.  742. 
Arkansas  river ....  *  Ibid.,  1878,  ii.  658. 
Mississippi  jetties      .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,':  332. 

Among  the  various  cools  used  in  making  revetment  mat- 


Shuttle  fastening. 
Hook  needle  fastening. 
Mattress  fastening. 
Curved  needle  fastening. 
Various  kinds  of  sewing. 


tresses  are  the  following,  which  are  described  under  their 
various  headings,  supra  :  — 

Brush  jack.  Harpoon  shuttle. 

Brush  jack  needle.  Hook  uaedle. 

Curved  mattress  needle. 

To  these  may  be  added  the  following  names  of  types  of  re- 
vetment work,  which  see:  — 

Apron.  Mat. 

Curtain.  Revetment. 

Floating  brush  dike.  Sand  fence. 

Floating  wire  dike.  Willow  curtain. 

Hurdle. 

Mat'tress  Boat.     (Hydraulic  Engineering.)   A 

boat  on  which  a  mattress  is  built  and  from  which 
it  is  launched.  Such  mattresses  are  used  in  revet- 
ments of  banks  or  the  prevention  of  scour  of  bot- 
toms, also  in  making  dikes  to  act  as  dams,  chutes, 
or  breakwaters. 

Views  and  details  of  mattress  boats  as  used  on  the  Missis- 
sippi are  to  be  found  in  "Annual  Report  of  Chief  of  Engi- 
neers, U.  S.  Army,''  1880,  *  ii.,  pp.  1418, 1439. 

A  mattress  boat  consists  essentially  of  a  set  of  8  trussed 
ways  supported  by  two  scows.  The  ways  upon  which  the 
mattresses  are  made  form  the  upper  chords  of  the  trusses. 
See  also  Plate 'I.,  and  p.  1074,  vol.  ii..  "  United  Slates  Engi- 
neer's Report,"  1879. 

May'nooth  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  In  a  cast- 
iron  pot  containing  nitro-sulphuric  acid  is  placed  a 
porous  jar  which  contains  the  amalgamated  zinc  and 
dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

Niaudet,  American  translation 175. 

" Scientific  American  :> xl.  123. 

Meal  Cool'er.  A  process  in  which  the  meal 
from  the  millstones  is  conducted  along  a  passage  in 
which  is  a  current  of  air  induced  by  a  fan,  in  order 
to  remove  the  heat  generated  by  attrition  between 
the  stones. 

Seen  in  Vallod's  French  patent,  1836. 

J)>-iii-/i/i,/il'.<i  United  States  patent,  1858. 
Hdhiii.tun's  English  patent,  1853. 
Cartier,  French  .     .     .        "Laboulaye-f  Dictionnaire,"  1854. 

Webster *  " American  Miller,''  viii.  146. 

*  "American  Miller,"  vol   vi. 

Meas'ur-ing,  Cal'cu-la-tiiig,  Test'ing,  and 
Re-cord'ing  In'stru-ments.  Subjects  in  these 
classes  are  considered  under  the  following  heads:  — 

Abacus.  Azimuth  instrument. 

Absorptimeter.  l!;ig  weigher. 

Actinometer.  liaiance. 

Adding  machine.  Balance  dynamometer. 

Adding  pencil.  Bar  iron  tester. 

Aerometer.  Barometer. 

Aerophone.  Barometer  flowers. 

Aerothermic  balance.  Barometric  balance. 

jEsthesiometer.  Barornetrograph. 

Air  testing.  Barrel  gage. 

Air  thermometer.  Base  line  instrument. 

Alcoholmeter.  Bathometer. 

Aleurometer.  Batoreometer. 

Alidade.  Beam. 

Altimeter.  Belt  tension  apparatus. 

Altitude  measurer.  Besidometer. 

Ammonia  meter.  Bias  measure. 

Anemograph.  Bioscope. 

Anemometer.  Blast  recorder. 

Anemonietrograph.  Boiler  indicator. 

Aneroid.  Boiler  prover. 

Angle  measurer.  Bottom. 

Arithmometer.  Bridge  testing  car. 

Arithmoplanimeter.  Cable  testing  apparatus. 

Assaying  apparatus.  Calcimeter. 

Astatic  galvanometer.  Calculating  machine. 

Astigmatism  apparatus.  Calendar. 

Astrolabe.  Caliper. 
Astronomical  time-marker.        Caliper  gage. 

Atmolyzer.  Caliper  machine. 

Audiometer.  Caliper  rule. 

Audiphone.  Caliper  square. 

Auscultator.  Calorimeter. 

Autokinetic  telegraph.  Campylometer. 

Automatic  clock.  Carburometer. 

Auto-ophthalmoscope  Cardiagraph. 

Autophone.  Cardiometer. 

Axilla  thermometer.  Cartridge  scales. 

Axle  set  and  gage.  Cash-recording  machine. 

Axometer.  Cathetometer. 


MEASURING,  ETC.,  INSTRUMENTS.  589   MEASURING,  ETC.,  INSTRUMENTS. 


Cement  tester. 

Equation  apparatus. 

Lysimeter. 

Plane  table. 

Centesimal  alcoholmeter. 

Equilibrium  balance. 

Magnetometer. 

Planigraph. 

Centesimal  scale. 

Equilibrium  scale. 

Magnophone 

Planimeter. 

Chain-  test  ing  machine. 

Escapement  regulator. 

Manometer. 

Platen  gage. 

Chair  balance. 

Esthesiometer. 

Mariner's  compass. 

Platform  scale. 

cheiloangioscope. 

Eudiometer. 

Mariotte's  tube. 

Plethysinograph 

Chlorometer. 

Evaporimeter. 

Market  beam. 

Pluviameter. 

(  'hvomatrope. 

Even  scales. 

Market  scale. 

PI  uviometrograph. 

Chromograph. 

Expansion  of  metals  apparat. 

Maximum  thermometer. 

Pluvioscope. 

Chromometer. 

External  gage 

Measure. 

Pneumatic  clock. 

Chromostroboscope. 

Fare  indicator. 

Measuring  faucet. 

Pneumograph. 

Chronograph. 

Fare  punch. 

Measuring  instrument. 

Pocket  level. 

Chronometer. 

Fare  register. 

Measuring  machine. 

Polar  clock. 

Chronothermometer. 

Fiber  tester. 

Measuring  tap. 

Polariscope. 

Circle. 

Fire-damp  alarm. 

Meatoscope.                           . 

Polarist  robometer. 

Circular  balance. 

Fire-damp  detector. 

Megalographe. 

Polygonoscope. 

Circular  compass. 

Fire-damp  indicator. 

Megaphone. 

Polygraph. 

Circular  spring  balance. 

Fire-damp  meter. 

Megascope. 

Polyscope  . 

Clepsydra. 

Fire-damp  photometer. 

Megohm. 

Polymeter. 

Climatometer. 

Fire-damp  test. 

Melodiograph. 

Portable  scales. 

Clinical  thermometer. 

Flame  manometer. 

Meteorograph. 

Potassimeter. 

Clock. 

Flying  soun^ 

Metric  system. 

Potent. 

Clock  dial,  luminous. 

Freshet  signal. 

Microhm. 

Powder  testing. 

Clock  register  thermometer. 

Fulgurator. 

Micrometer.  • 

Praxinoscope. 

Cloth  tester. 

Gage  glass. 

Micrometer  caliper. 

Praying  wheel. 

Clouds,   apparatus   for  meas- 

Gage standard. 

Micrometer  screw. 

Pressure  gage. 

uring  height  of. 

(  ialvanometer. 

Microphone 

Pressure  indicator. 

Coal-  testing  apparatus. 

Gas  detector. 

Microphone  relay. 

Pressure  register. 

Coinage. 

Gas  indicator. 

Micro  tasimeter. 

Printer's  rule. 

Colorimeter. 

(ias  meter. 

Microtelephone 

Profilograph. 

Color  comparator 

Gas  tester. 

Mile-stone. 

Proof  staff. 

Combination  scale-beam. 

Gas  verifier 

Milk  glass. 

Psychometer, 

i-ator. 

Girder  tester. 

Milk  scale. 

Pulsometer. 

Compass. 

Glaucometer. 

Milk  test. 

Pupillometer. 

Compass  alarm. 

Globe. 

Minimum  thermometer. 

Pyrheliometer. 

Condiietometer. 

Gluten  tester 

Mirror  barometer. 

Pyrometer. 

Coni'ormator. 

Goniometer. 

Mirror  galvanometer. 

Quadrant. 

Conograph. 

Gradientor. 

Molarimeter. 

Quadrant  electrometer. 

Control  watch. 

Grain  measurer. 

Motion  indicator. 

Radiation  thermometer. 

Corrective  gage. 

Grain  register. 

Motion  timer. 

Radiometer. 

Cosmograph. 

Grain  scale. 

Motograph. 

Rails,   instru.  for  measuring 

Counter. 

Grain  weigher. 

Motophone. 

wear  of. 

Counter  scale. 

Gravity  indicator 

Movement. 

Railway  scale. 

Coupon  numbering  machine. 

Grisoumeter. 

Multiplicator. 

Railway  speed  recorder. 

Crane  steelyard. 

Grist  toller. 

Myograph. 

Rain  gage. 

Creamery  scale. 

Harmonic  analyzer. 

Napier's  bones. 

Range  finder. 

Cremometer. 

Harmonograph. 

Nap  meter. 

Ranging  rod. 

Crown  telephone. 

Hay  scales. 

Natrometer. 

Receiver. 

Crusher  gage. 

Heat  meter. 

Navigational  sounding  mach 

Recoil  dynamometer. 

Current  apparatus. 

Heat  regulator. 

Navisphere. 

Rectal  speculum. 

Current  meter. 

Heliometer. 

Numbering  stamp. 

Reflecting  galvanometer. 

Curve. 

Helioscope. 

Octoplex  telegraph. 

Register. 

Cutter. 

Heliotrope. 

Odontograph. 

Registering  instrument. 

Cyclometer. 

Hemarheumoscope. 

Office  watchman. 

Registering  scale. 

'•ope. 

Holophote. 

Ohm. 

Registering  thermometer. 

Cyrtometer. 

Horograph. 

Oil  gage. 

Remontoir. 

Decimal  balance. 

Horological  instruments. 

Oil  tester. 

Beservoir  recorder. 

Decimal  scale. 

Horse-power  computing  scale. 

Oleometer. 

Resistance  tube. 

Deep-sea  thermometer. 

Hydra. 

Opeidoscope. 

Resonator. 

Deep-water  bottle. 

Hydraulic  gage. 

0  phthalmoscope. 

Respirometer. 

Derlectometer. 

Hydro-dynamometer. 

Optometer. 

Rhinoscope. 

Densimeter. 

Hydrometer. 

Orograph. 

Rule. 

Dentiphone. 

Hydro-pyrometer. 

Oroheliograph. 

Rule  gage. 

Diago  meter. 

Hydro-rheostat. 

Oscillometer. 

Ruling  machine. 

Diagraph. 

Hydrostatic  weighing  mach. 

Otheoscope. 

Saccharometer. 

Dial. 

Hygrometer. 

Otoscope. 

Sacker  and  weigher. 

Dianemoscope. 

Hygroscope. 

Ozonoscope. 

Salinometer. 

Diapason  clock. 

Ice  balance. 

Pachymeter. 

Scales. 

Dietheroscope. 
Differential  governor. 

Inclination  compass. 
Index  plate. 

Package  balance. 
Pantograph. 

Scoop,  weighing. 
Screw  and  wire  gage. 

Differential   pressure   regula- 

Induction balance. 

Pantometer. 

Screw-pitch  gage. 

tor. 
Differential  stethoscope. 

Inductometer. 
Tuductophone. 

Paper  tester. 
Papyrograph. 

Screw  thread  gage. 
Sematrope. 

Diffusiometer. 

Integrator. 

Pedometer. 

Seismograph. 

Dipleioscope. 

Interference  apparatus. 

Pendulum. 

Seismometer. 

Diplograph. 

Internal  gage. 

Perambulator. 

Ship's  log. 

Distance  measurer. 
Dividing  engine. 
Dormant  scales. 

Internal  pressure  gage. 
Iron  scales. 
Kaleidoscope. 

Petroleum  tester. 
Phanero-grisoumetcr. 
Phoneidoscope. 

Silk-testing  machine. 
Siphon  recorder. 
Siren. 

Dosimeter. 
Double-beam  balance. 
Double  coil  galvanometer. 

Kerosene  tester. 
Lactodensi  meter. 
Lactometer. 

Phonic  wheel. 
Phonograph. 
Phonomotor. 

Solar  radiation  register. 
Sondograph. 
Sound. 

Dual  telephone. 

Lactoscope. 

Phonoscope. 

Sounder. 

Dynagraph. 
Dynagraph  car. 
Dynamograph. 
Dynamometer. 
Ebullioscope. 
Echoscope. 
Electrical  clock. 

Lap  scale. 
Laryngostroboscopic  apparat. 
Letter  balance. 
Level. 
Leveling  instrument. 
Lifting  machine. 
Light  registering  apparatus. 

Phosphorescent  dial. 
Photographometer. 
Photohelioscope  . 
Photometer. 
Photophone. 
Picnohydrometer. 
Picnometer. 

Sounding. 
Sounding  lead. 
Soundings  thermometer. 
Soundings  water  cup. 
Specific  gravity  balance. 
Specific  gravity  bottle. 
Specific  gravity  scales. 

Electrometer. 
Electromotograph. 
Endoscope. 

Log. 
Logograph. 
Log  scale. 

Piezometer. 
Pig-metal  scales. 
Pinch  cock. 

Specific  gravity  instruments. 
Specific  heat  apparatus. 
Spectrometer. 

Engine  counter. 
Eprouvette 

Lubricant  tester. 
Luminous  dial. 

Pipe  prover. 
Pipe  testing  machine. 

Spectroscope. 
Speculum. 

MEASURING,   ETC.,  INSTRUMENTS,       590 


MEAT   CHOPPER. 


Speed  indicator. 

Speed  measurer; 

Speed  recorder. 

Speed  regulator. 

Sphereometer. 

Sphygmograph. 

Sphygmometer. 

Sphygmophone. 

Sphygmoscope. 

Spirophone. 

Spring  tester. 

Spring  valve. 

Square. 

Stadiometer. 

Stadium. 

Stathmograph. 

Station  indicator. 

Steam  engine  indicator. 

Steam  gage. 

Steam  gage  tester. 

Step  gage. 

Stereometer. 

Stereoscope. 

Stethoscope. 

Stethoscopic  microphone. 

Stock  scale. 

Stop  watch. 

Storm  glass. 

Strain  indicator. 

Strain  measurer. 

Straight  spring  balance. 

Sugar  tester. 

Surface  plate. 

Sympalmograph. 

Tachometer. 

Tally. 

Tally  register. 

Tannin  testing  apparatus. 

Target,  leveling. 

Taseometer. 

Tasimeter. 

Telectroscope. 

Telegastograph. 

Telegraph. 

Telelectroscope. 

Telemeter. 

Telcmicrophone. 

Telephone. 

Telephone  call. 

Telephonograph . 

Tell-tale  compass. 

Temperature  regulator. 

Tension  apparatus. 

Test  gage. 

Testing  fibers. 

Testing  machine. 

Test  plate. 

Test  spoon. 

Thermal  alarm. 

Thermograph. 

Thermometer. 

Thermometrograph . 

Thermophone. 

Thermoscopo. 


Thermostat. 

Thcrmotelegraph. 

Ticket  counter. 

Ticket  punch. 

Tidal  register. 

Tide-calculating  machine. 

Tide  gage. 

Time  ball. 

Time  globe. 

Time  lock. 

Toller. 

Tonometer. 

Topophone. 

Torsion  balance. 

Torsion  machine. 

Tourbillon. 

Tower  clock. 

Track  indicator. 

Track  scale. 

Train-speed  indicator. 

Transmitter. 

Trial  jar. 

Trial  number. 

Trigonometer. 

Triple  telephone. 

Tripod  head. 

Try-square. 

Turnstile 

Universal  galvanometer. 

Universal  square. 

Ureometer. 

Urethranieter. 

Urethrometric  sound. 

Urinometer. 

Uroscope. 

Uterometric  sound. 

Velocimeter. 

Viameter. 

Vino  colorimeter. 

Viscosimeter. 

Visiometer. 

Voltameter. 

Volumeter 

Wall  clock. 

Watch. 

Watch-clock. 

Watchman's  time  detector. 

Watch  telephone. 

Water  gage. 

Water-level  gage. 

Water-level  indicator. 

Water  meter. 

Weighing  machine. 

Weighing  scale. 

Weighing  scoop. 

Wire  gage. 

Wire  measur'gand  cutting m. 

Wire  measuring  machine. 

Wire  tester. 

Yarn  assorter. 

Yarn  meter. 

Yarn  scale. 

Yarn  tester. 

Zoogyroscope. 


Thermoscopic  indicator. 

Meas'ur-ing.     See  also  :  — 

The  art  of,  Siemens  .     .      " Engineering ,"  xxi.  493. 

Extension  measuring  ap- 
paratus, Willis,  Br.  .  *  Fig.  991,  page  322,  supra. 

Height  of  clouds,  Mat- 
lock  

Ring-wood 


Instruments  .  .  . 
Insts.,  coast  survey  . 
Jacket,  Lingen  .  . 

Machine 

Cornell  University 

Machine  and  <!age 

Base,  triangulation. 

Com.  Whit  in 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1482. 

*  •'Scientific  American  Sup."  1574. 

*  "Scientific  Am.  Svp.,"  505,  1638. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  447. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  295. 
" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  389. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  396. 

*  "Polytechnic  Rev.,"  Aug.  5,  1876. 

*  "Min.  §•  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  305. 

~«,,..   ,..,,.,,,s    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup., "2364. 

Minute *  "Man.  '((  Builder;'  xii.  134. 

Minute  of  Modern   Sci-      "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  *879,  911,  *  944, 
ence,  Mayer  ....          *  975,  *  1007,  *  1065,  *  1135, 
1221,  *  1274,  *  1455,  *  1518,  *  1595,  *  1637,  *  1694, 1773, 
*  2549,  *  2625,  *  2664,   *  2782,  *  2810. 

In  physics,  Spottiswoode      "  Scientific  American  Sup, ,"2340. 
Stopper,  Keller       .     .     .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  265. 

Standard  of "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2846. 

"  Sc.  American,''  xxxvii.  372. 
Metric  system  ....      "Scientific  American,"  xl.  393. 

Meas'ur-ing  Fau'cet.  One  which  shows  by 
means  of  a  graduated  vessel  of  marked  quantities, 
the  amount  of  liquid  passing  from  a  tank  to  a  ves- 


sel,  for  instance,  or  a  meter  ar-  Fig.  1697. 

rangement  by  which  a  given 
quantity  is  forced  through  an 
opening. 

Fig.  1697  is  an  illustration  of  the 
first-mentioned  kind  ;  the  liquid,  be- 
ing allowed  to  flow  from  the  barrel 
into  the  graduated  glass  vessel  JB,  is 
forced  from  the  latter  by  pressure 
on  piston  handle  A  at  opening  H, 
the  subsidence  of  the  level  in  B  be- 
ing noticed.  G  is  the  gate. 

Fig.  1698  is  a  force  feed  measuring 
faucet  for  heavy  oils,  molasses,  etc. 
The  chamber,  of  known  capacity,  is 
emptied  at  each  revolution  of  the 
crank,  and  the  pointer  on  the  dial 
registers  the  revolutions. 

Meat  Cut'ter.  A  meat 
slicer,  for  dried  beef  especially. 
See  BEEF  SHAVER,  Fig.  256, 
p.  86,  supra. 

Measuring  Faucet. 

Hittenger's  round  knife  meat  cut- 
ter has  a  rotary  meat  pan  and  two  sets  of  circular  knives 
that,  as  the  pan  rotates,  cut  the  meat.     A  scraper  is  attached 
to  the  frame  by  which  the  sides  of  the  pan  are  cleared  of 
meat. 

Fig.  1698. 


"Enterprise''   M-nsuriiix  Fit  act  t. 

See  also  forms  of  machines,  Figs.  3106-3110,  pp.  1415, 1416, 
"Mech.  Diet."  See  also  SAUSAGE  MACHINE,  Ibid. 

Meat  Chop'per.  A  mincing  machine  for  re- 
ducing meat  to  fragments  for  sausage,  hash,  or 
croquettes,  salad,  pates,  etc. 

Fig.  1699  is  a  small-sized  machine  for  the  above  purposes  ; 
also  useful  chopping  fruit  and  vegetables.  The  knives  are 


Fig.  1699 


Domestic  Meat  Chopper. 

reciprocated  vertically  with  rapidity  and  the  pan  turned  on 
its  base. 


MEAT   CHOPPER. 


591 


MECHANICAL   STOKER. 


The  Nittinger  meat   chopper  is  on  a  larger   scale,  being 
driven  by  power,  and  having  automatic  turning  motion  for 

Fig.  1700. 


Mint  Chopjier. 


the  pan.  The  knives  are  moved  vertically  by  means  of  an 
axial  rod  passing  down  through  the  center  of  the  chopping 
block  and  attached  to  a  crank-pin  beneath.  The  block  has 
an  intermittent  motion  in  the  interval  between  the  cuts. 

Me-a'to-scope.  (Sunjical.)  A  speculum  for 
observing  a  natural  passage.  Specifically  a  urethral 
spirillum.  The  term  enaoscope,  from  svSov,  within, 
is  applied  to  instruments  having  a  similar  purpose. 

Sec  Part  III.,  Tieuian-n's  "Armamentarium." 

ile.itoscope,  HV/V.s Fig.  8. 

<!i!u-s Fig.  18. 

Endoscope,  Dcsormeaux's Fig.  9. 

Otis Fig.  10. 

Lai-eur's Fig.  116. 

Urethral  speculum,  Sktne's Fig.  11. 

Folsom's Fig.  86. 

Me-a'to-tome.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
to  cut  open  the  urethra.  Fig.  1 701  shows  that  of 
Dr.  Mitchell,  with  concealed  knife. 

Fig.  1701. 


Dr.  MitekeWs  Meatotome. 
Gouley's,  Fig.  19,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium." 

Meat  Rock'er.  A  mincing  knife  having  a 
handle  at  each  end,  and  worked  by  a  rocking  mo- 
tion. 

Fig.  1702. 


Me-a'tus  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  1.  In- 
struments for  the  examination  of,  or  operation  on 
the  external  meatus  auditorius. 


Bistoury. 
Caustic  holder. 
Cotton  holder. 
Curette. 
Ear  hook. 
Ear  mirror. 
Ear  scoop. 
Ear  speculum. 
Ear  syringe. 


Forceps  (see  list). 
Furuncule  knife. 
Mary  go  tome. 
Otoscope. 
Polypus  forceps. 
Polypus  snare. 
Powder  blower. 
Probe 


See 


2.    Instruments  for  the  meatus   urinarius. 
URETHKAL  INSTRUMENTS. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
in  which  the  plates  are  moved  or  shaken  to  pre- 
vent polarization,  and  to  bring  them  in  contact  with 
fresh  liquid. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Ex'er-ci-ser.  See  EXERCIS- 
ING MACHINE. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Fin'ger.  (Microscopy.)  A 
device  used  in  segregating  from  a  mass  of  minute 
material  on  a  slide  a  minute  object,  such  as  a  din- 
torn,  for  instance,  and  placing  it  solus  upon  a  slide. 

It  consists  of  a  wire,  bristle,  or  hair  on  a  stage  forceps, 
the  end  projecting  to  the  center  of  the  field.  The  stage  is 
then  manipulated  by  the  mechanical  movements  until  the 
object  is  beneath  the  hair.  The  slide  may  then  be  raised  by 
the  parabola  fixed  in  the  sub-stage  so  that  the  minute  object 
becomes  attached  to  the  hair.  Remove  the  slide  and  substi- 
tute a  clean  glass  slide,  and  raise  it  so  as  to  detach  the  object 
from  the  hair. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Fir'ing.  A  mechanical  ar- 
rangement for  the  supply  of  fuel  to  a  furnace. 

See  *  FURNACE  FEEDER,  Figs.  1116, 1117,  p.  363,  supra. 

*  PUDDLING  FURNACE,  infra. 

*  SMOKE-CONSUMING  FURNACE,  "Mech.  Diet." 
*•' Scientific  American  Supplement,"  1218. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Frint'er.     See  TYPE  WRITER. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Pud'dler.  Sec  PUDDLING 
FURNACE. 

Me-chan'i-cal  Sto'ker.  An  automatic  fuel- 
feeding  device  for  furnace. 

That  of  Knap,  Br.,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1703.  It  consists  of  a 
shaft  rotated  by  connection  with  the  engine  and  having 

Kig.  1703. 


Meat  Rocker. 


Mechanical  Stoker. 

wings  in  the  bottom  of  the  fuel  hopper  so  as  to  allow  an 
amount  of  fuel  to  drop  into  the  furnace,  proportioned  to 
the  rate  of  revolution  of  the  shaft  and  the  size  of  the  open- 
ing. 

Belt  connection  to  a  lower  shaft  gives  a  periodical  lifting 
to  the  grate  bars  so  as  to  disturb  clinkers  and  drop  the 
ashes. 

See  also  Figs.  1116,  1117,  p.  363,  supra;  Fig.  5229,  p.  2226, 
"Meek.  Did.,"  " Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,'1  1423. 


MEERSCHAUM,  ARTIFICIAL. 


592 


MELODIC-GRAPH. 


Meer'schaum,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  The  chips  and 
waste  of  meerschaum  pipe  making,  hardened  by 
pressure. 

GYPSUM,  boiled  with  rtearicacid  or  parafnne,  much  resem- 
bles meerschaum.  The  resemblance'  may  be  increased  by 
coloring  the  mixture  with  solution  of  gamboge  and  dragon's 
blood. 

" Scientific  American''' xxxiv.  383. 

Meg-al'o-graphe.  A  French  name  for  a  form 
of  camera-lucida,  made  by  Secrotau,  of  Paris. 

It  is  used  for  microscopic  drawing  and  pattern  drawing 
for  industrial  purposes. 

Jt  differs  from  the  ordinary  camera-lucida,  inasmuch  as  it 
admits  of  drawing  directly  from  objects  under  the  micro- 
scope, or  from  designs  produced  by  the  turning  of  the  kalei- 
doscope. It  is  provided  with  three  tubes :  one  microscopic, 
one  kaleidoscopic,  and  the  third  simple.  A  prism  on  a  de- 
tached tube  of  its  own  is  adjustable  to  either  of  these,  and 
l>y  means  of  mechanical  contrivances  the  point  of  view  may 
be  changed  as  occasion  demands. 

"  Scientific  American  " xxxv.  345. 

Meg'a-phone.  An  instrument  for  assisting 
hearing,  invented  by  T.  A.  Edison. 

It  consists  of  two  large  funnels  6'  8"  long  and  27.5"  di- 
ameter at  the  pavilion,  with  elastic  conducting  tubes  from 
their  apices  to  the  aural  orifice.  Conversation  in  moderate 
tones  has  been  heard  and  understood  at  a  distance  of  one  and 
a  half  miles. 

11  Manufacturer  and  Builder "  .     .     .     .  x.  278. 

"Mm.  'and  Sc.  Press'' *  xxxvii.  230. 

"Scientific  American" *xxxix.  Ill,  114. 

"Telegraphic  Journal" *  vi.  297,  383. 

Meg'a-scope.  A  species  of  camera-obscura  for 
throwing  a  reflected  magnified  image  upon  a  screen. 
In  one  invented  by  Dr.  Curran,  the  image  is  pro- 
jected by  a  large  compound  objective  lens  1"  in  di- 
ameter. The  light  from  the  lantern  is  thrown  upon 
the  object  itself  and  is  thence  reflected  to  the  screen. 

In  a  French  form  of  the  instrument,  represented  in  Fig. 
Fig.  1704. 


Megascope 

1704,  especially  designed  for  making  enlarged  copies  of  de- 
signs, medals,  statuettes,  and  engravings,  the  instrument 
consists  of  a  screen,  a  magnifying  lens,  a  shelf  to  hold  the 
object,  and  a  mirror  to  project  the  light  upon  the  surface 
presented  towards  the  lens. 

The  object  is  placed  on  the  shelf  at  such  distance  from  the 
mirror  that  the  reversed  image  on  the  screen  shall  have  the 
desired  size.  The  image  being  magnified  will  have  less  bril- 
liancy than  the  object,  since  the  rays  reflected  from  it  are 
spread  over  a  larger  surface.  To  avoid  this,  the  mirror  re- 
flecting solar  light,  or  a  pair  of  calcium  lights,  as  used  by 
I)r.  Cresson,  are  employed  to  illuminate  it.  The  screen  is  of 
glass,  and  the  draftsman  places  himself  behind  it,  and  fol- 
lows u  ith  a  pencil  the  lines  of  the  image. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  57. 
"  Manufacturer  and  Builder,'1''  x.  72. 

Cresson "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  63. 

Morton "  Scientific  American,"  *  xxxv.  57. 

Knight "  English  Mechanic,"  *  xxv.  250. 

"  Journal  Franklin  Institute.''' 

Me-gass'  Dry'er.     See  BAGASSE  DRYER. 


Mei'din-ger  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)    A  mod- 
ification of  the  Dan-  p.     170- 

iell    battery,    having  *• 

no  porous  cell.  /^  £ 

The  glass  vessel,  A, 
has  a  shoulder,  b,  on 
which  rests  the  zinc  ele- 
ment, Z.  In  A  is  placed 
a  small  glass  cup,  tl, 
lined  with  copper,  e,  on 
the  lower  end  of  which 
an  insulated  copper  wire, 
g,  is  riveted.  A  glass 
cylinder,  A,  having  a  hole 
at  the  lower  end,  is  sus 
pended  from  the  wooden 
lid,  and  contains  the  sul- 
phate of  copper  crystals, 
which  keeps  the  liquid 
in  the  cup  '/  saturated 
with  that  salt.  The  re- 
mainder of  the  space  in 
vessel  A  is  filled  with  a 
solution  of  sulphate  of 
magnesium. 

Prescott's  "Electricity  " 
Sabine 


Mi  i 'linger  Battery. 

.     .     .     *p.53. 
•  225. 


Niaudet,  Amer.  transl *  124. 

The  Meidinger  balloon  battery  has  a  flask  magazine  for 
supply  of  crystals. 

Niaudet *  127. 

Meg-ohm'.  (Electricity.)  A  measure  of  elec- 
trical force  or  resistance  equal  to  1,000,000  ohms. 

Me'-lange'.  (Fabric.)  A  French  dress  goods 
of  cotton  chain  and  woolen  weft. 

Me-lan'o-scope.  Invented  by  Lommel.  It 
consists  of  a  pair  of  spectacles,  made  of  two  kinds 
of  glass,  one  on  top  of  the  other;  the  first  glass  is 
dark  red,  the  second  light  violet.  This  combina- 
tion admits  only  red  rays,  so  that  all  green  plants 
appear  black.  It  may  thus  be  used  to  recognize  the 
flames  of  substances  which  show  red  lines  in  the 
spectroscope,  such  as  potash,  strontium,  etc. ;  its  use 
is  limited  to  substances  which  give  red  lines. 

Me-lan'o-type.  A  photograph  on  a  back- 
ground of  japanned  metallic  plate.  Invented  by 
Smith  &  Neff.  The  name  was  originated  by  Peter 
Neff. 

Me-lo'di-o-graph.  A  contrivance  to  record 
the  notes  of  tunes  played  upon  an  instrument. 

In  the  melodiograph  of  Zigliani,  a  double  flat  spring 
placed  under  each  key  is  connected  with  a  battery  and  with 
a  recprding  apparatus,  which  consists  of  a  comb  provided 
with  insulated  teeth  gently  resting  on  a  copper  cylinder.  A 
strip  of  ruled  and  chemically  prepared  paper  is  drawn  over 
this  roller  by  clock-work,  and  receives  the  impressions  or 
marks  of  the  teeth  of  the  comb.  This  clock-work  can  be 
regulated  so  as  to  cause  the  paper  to  move  in  conformity  with 
the  time  kept  by  a  person  playing  the  instrument.  Every 
lime  a  key  is  depressed  the  circuit  is  closed,  and  the  elec- 
tricity, passing  through  one  of  the  teeth  of  the  comb,  makes 
a  mark  corresponding  to  the  key  that  has  been  depressed. 

That  of  M.  Carpentier  is  described  in  *  "La  Nature,"  and 
the  account  is  reproduced  in  "Scientific  Canadian,"  *  x. 
106,  107.  It  was  exhibited  at  the  International  Exposition 
of  Electricity,  Paris,  1881. 

The  subject  has  been  considered  in  the  "Mech.  Diet.," 
Music  WRITER,  p.  1502,  where  the  following  instruments  are 
referred  to  :  — 

Creed,  Br.,  1747.  Hennersdorf,  Ger.,  1748. 

Freke,  Br.  Unger,  Ger. 

Hohlfield,  Br. 

See  also  MUSIC-RECORDING  INSTRUMENT,  Ibid.,  same  page. 

Besides  the  use  of  the  melodiograph  for  composers  and 
transcribers  of  music,  the  purpose  of  Carpentier's  apparatus 
is  the  perforating  of  sheets  for  melophones  and  other  appara- 
tus for  the  automatic  playing  of  music.  See  also  "Scientific 
American,"  xli.  166. 

In  the  apparatus  of  M.  Carpentier  the  harmonium  is  one 
part  and  the  melodiograph  another.  50  wires  concealed  be- 
neath the  floor  put  the  two  instruments  in  communication. 
50  keys  of  the  harmonium  are  provided  with  devices,  so  that 
the  depression  of  each  makes  contact  with  the  corresponding 
wire.  The  currents  operate  a  series  of  perforators,  which 
act  upon  a  baud  of  paper,  each  one  being  operated  by  the 


MELODIOGRAPH. 


593 


MESII. 


movement  of  it?  appropriate  key.     The  band  of  paper  is  car- 
ried along  in  the  melodiograph  by  clock-work. 

In  the  use  of  the  perforated  paper  band  for  playing,  50 
small  brushes  of  silver  wire  placed  in  the  instrument  make 
contact  through  the  holes  with  a  cross-piece  against  which 
they  press  the  paper.  When  a  contact  is  made  by  the  con- 
tact of  a  brush,  through  a  hole,  with  the  cross-piece,  a  cur- 
rent circulates  in  it,  operates  the  opening  machine  of  the 
conv.-iiiimiliiig  key  and  causing  the  reed  to  speak,  sustaining 
the  sound  so  long  as  the  brush  makes  its  contact  through 
the  hole,  which  may  be  long  or  short. 

Mel'o-graph.     See  MELODIOGRAPH. 

Melt'iiig  Fur'nace.  (Glass.)  A  furnace  in 
whicli  the  frit  for  glass  is  melted,  being  then  trans- 
ferred to  a  blowing  furnace  from  which  it  is  worked. 
This  is  the  better  practice.  In  America  it  is  most 
frequently  worked  from  the  melting  furnace  direct. 

Melt'ing  Point  of  Al-loys'.  See  ALLOYS, 
''Mtr/i.  l>i<-t."  ]i.  (>6,  it  siijira. 

Melting  points  of  gold  and  silver  alloys  :  — 

Silver  100  (pure)     ...........    954°  C. 

Silver   80,  Gold    20    ..........    975 

Silver    60,  Gold   40    ..........    995 

Silver    40,  Gold    60    ..........  1020 

Silver    20,  Gold    80   ..........  1075 

Gold  100   .....         ....  1095 

Platinum    5,  Gold  95      .........  1100 

Platinum  2f>.  Gold  75      ....     .....  1225 

Platinum  40,  Gold  60      .........  1320 

Platinum  60,  Gold  40      ...     ......  1460 

Platinum  SO.  Gold  20      .........  1600 

Platinum  100     ............  1775 

"Annalen  der  Physik." 

Mem'bra-iia  T  y  in  -  p  a  '  11  i  In'stru-ments. 
(Surgical.)  Instruments  for  operating  on  the 
ntembrana  tympani  include:  — 


Tympanum  perforator. 
Artificial  tympanum. 
Polypus  knife. 
Tensor  -tympani  instrument. 


Simn>rk"s  scissors. 
£ustachian  catheter. 

:er  holder. 
Moatus  knife. 
Otoscope. 

See  also  EAR  INSTRUMENTS,  p.  289,  sripra. 
Me-not'to  Bat'ter-y.     (Electricity.)     A  form 

V\g.  1706. 


of  gravity  battery  having 
its  copper-plate  imbedded 
in  the  sulphate  of  copper 
crystal  at  the  bottom  of 
the  jar,  above  which  is 
a  layer  of  wet  sawdust 
on  which  rests  the  zinc 
element. 


\^  WJi      Pwscott's   "Electricity,"  *  p. 

-«»—•••——••— ••*—-          |,i 

Mmetto't  Battery.           '^Sc'tA"l'^p"'L-    ;*?£$ 
Niaudet,  "Am.  Transl.,"  111. 
'is/i  Mechanic  " xxvii.  506. 

Mer'cu-ry.     See  following  references :  — 

Commutator,  Lartigue,  Fr.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  273. 
Condenser,  Cnstle  $  Long      .  *"Min.    if    Sc.  Press,"  xxxv. 

209. 

Condensers,  Cal *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.482. 

Almaden *  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii.,  ed. 

1877,  article,  "  Mercitre,"' 

Figs.  1749-1752. 

•T,  Berrens     .     .     .    .  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  17,  p.  11. 
Idna *  Laboulaye's   "Diet.,"  "Mer- 

cure,"  ii.,  Figs.  1753-1756. 
Sarrebriick *  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"   "Mer- 

cure,"  ii.,  Figs.  1757-1759. 
Obermoschel *  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  "Mer- 

cure,"  ii.,  Figs.  1760-1762. 

Purification *  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup. ,"  2897. 

Reduction  works,  Cal.  .     .    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.408. 

Safety  valve *  "Sc.  Am.  Stip.,"  2193. 

Apparatus  for   testing  pressure 

of;  Teubner,Ger *"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  3833. 

Ite  occurrence,  mining,  smelting,  etc     Report  of   D.  dt 
38 


Cortazar,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  Group  I.,  vol.  Hi., 
p.  196. 

Mer'cu-ry  Bat'te-ry.  Fig- 1707. 

(Electricity.)  1.  One  hav- 
ing a  shallow  trough  of 
vulcanite  with  a  partition. 
Ou  the  bottom  of  each  cell 
is  a  carbon  plate  ;  the  zinc 
is  supported  a  short  dis- 
tance above  it,  and  both 
submerged  in  proto-sul- 
phate  of  mercury.  The 
MARIE-DAVY  BATTERY. 

2.  Another  form  has  the 
zinc  in  brine,  and  the  car- 
bon in  sulphate  of  mercury 
in  a  porous  cup. 

"Ganot's  "Physics"  (1877), 
*  p.  689. 

Sabine's  "Electric  Tele- 
graph," London,  1867, 229.  ,»  .  n  ,, 

Bedels'  sulphate    of    mer-         Mane-Davy  Battery. 
cury  battery  has  a  solid  depolarizer. 
"Telegraphic  Journal''  .     .     .     .     *vi.397. 
Mercury  chromate  battery,  Fuller  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1127. 

Mer'cu-ry  Fur'nace.  The  mercury  furnace 
of  M.  Hippolyte  Berreus,  at  Barcelona,  Spain,  is 
thus  described  in  the  "  L'orrespondance  Scientifique : " 

"  It  consists  of  a  horizontal  or  vertical  furnace,  charged 
periodically,  as  its  action  is  not  continuous.  It  connects 
with  a  transmission  chamber,  from  which  the  gases  pass  into 
condensers,  17  to  25  in  number,  the  shape  of  which  resem- 
bles that  of  two  cones  united  at  their  base.  The  lower  cone 
is  buried  in  the  ground,  the  upper,  made  of  sheet  iron,  is 
cooled  by  a  continuous  stream  of  water.  Each  condenser 
has  a  capacity  of  about  30'  cubic.  They  communicate  with 
one  another  at  their  lower  parts.  The  last  one  of  the  system 
is  connected  with  a  chamber  containing  charcoal,  destined  to 
remove  the  last  traces  of  mercury  from  the  gases.  There  is 
no  chimney,  but  an  aspirator  instead,  which  permits  accu- 
rate regulation  of  the  furnace.  The  walls  of  the  apparatus 
are  coated  with  a  layer  of  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  char- 
coal powder  t  and  cement.  The  furnace  at  Barcelona  was 
charged  with1  15,717  pounds  of  2.76%  ore.  Theoretically, 
therefore,  the  yield  should  have  been  455.39  pounds  of  quick- 
silver, but  in  fact  it  was  450.96,  which  proves  a  loss  of  0.79%, 
although  the  carbon  of  the  last  receiver  was  not  examined. 
Gold  leaf  placed  at  the  end  of  the  apparatus  did  not  show  the 
least  trace  of  amalgam.  In  a  second  trial,  —  made  in  sum- 
mer, at  a  time  when  work  at  Almaden  is  entirely  suspended 
on  account  of  the  too  heavy  loss  of  quicksilver,  —  the  ex- 
hauster was  run  at  so  high  a  speed  that  the  ore  in  the  fur- 
nace was  glazed  ;  the  time  of  the  operation  was  decreased  by 
25  hours,  and  yet  the  yield  from  a  charge  of  15,790  pounds 
of  _2.82%.  ore  was  434.51  pounds,  the  loss  amounting  to 
3.67%.  A  horizontal  furnace  is  now  building  at  Anfonde- 
guilla  capable  of  working  20  to  30  tons  of  1%  ore  per  day." 

See  also  references  to  Mercury  furnaces  under  MERCURY, 
supra. 

Mer'cu-ry  Hold'er.  (Dentistry.)  A  vnlcan- 
ite  cup  with  cover,  for  the  convenient  preparation 
of  amalgam. 

Me-rid'i-an  Cir'cle.    Refer  to :  — 

Fauth  Sf  Co *"  Scientific  American,"  xli.  111. 

Paris  Observatory      .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  1,  4. 

Laboulay1s  "Dirtionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv., 
ed.  1877,  article  "Instruments  d?  Optique,"  *  Fig.  36. 
Meridian  instrument,  Ibid.,  Fig.  29. 

Me-ri'no.  (Fabric.)  A  fine  wool  French  dress 
goods  woven  with  a  twill  on  both  sides.  It  is  made 
from  8  to  50  picks  to  the  inch,  and  is  piece-dyed. 

Cashmere  resembles  it,  except  in  the  respect  of 
being  twilled  on  one  side  only. 

Me-ri'no  Tulle.  (Fabric.)  An  all-wool  French 
goods. 

Mesh.     The  loop  in  the  texture  of  a  net. 

The  measure  is  stated  by  the  width  of  the  mesh 
stick  on  which  it  is  made ;  or  by  the  length  of  one 
side  of  the  quadrilateral  loop.  Fig.  1708. 


MESHING   NET. 


594 


METALLURGY. 


Fig.  1708. 


Mesh. 

Mesh'ing  Net.  (Fishing.)  One  which  entan- 
gles the  fish  by  their  gills  in  the  meshes.  Seines, 
and  many  other  nets  with  specific  names,  are  in- 
cluded with  the  term  meshing.  See  NET. 

Mes'sage  Cop'y-ing  Press.  (Telegraphy.)  A 
press  for  taking  a  copy  of  a  message  received  be- 
fore remitting  to  the  sendee. 

A  duplicate  is  taken,  for  filing,  by  laying  a  sheet  of  damp- 
ened unsized  paper  upon  the  message,  and  passing  the  two 
through  a  copying  press.  The  latter  consists  of  a  pair  of 
rollers,  which  are  turned  by  steam  power,  an  electro-motor, 
or  by  hand,  according  to  circumstances.  In  large  offices, 
usually  by  a  Phelps  electro-motor. 

Manifolds  are  used  for  press  news,  of  which  a  large  num- 
ber of  copies  are  required. 

Met'al.     Cf. .-  — 

Alloys,  facts  about     .     .      "  Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  217. 
Coating  with  oxides  .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1672. 

Coloring p.  210,  supra. 

Flow  of *  "Scientific  American  Stop., "1885. 

Mining  leases,  etc.,  Engl.     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  857. 
Packing,  Jackson,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  34. 
Preserving  compound    .      " Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  388. 
Protecting "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1763. 

Met'al-ine.  A  material  for  the  making  or  the 
lining  of  journal  boxes.  See  METALINE,  p.  1423, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  and  JOURNAL  Box,  p.  1220,  Ibid. 

One  analysis  gives  :  — 

Parafflne 4.98 

Carbon 18.89 

Silica 6.44 

Lime 3.96 

Magnesia 1.90 

Ferric-oxide 3.94 

Alumina 2.53 

Lead 32.40 

Zinc 20.07 

Tin 1.55 

Copper  ,...., 2.75 

Moisture 0.51 

10.01 

"Engineering  " xxix.  53. 

"Scientific  American" xxxiv.  390. 

Met'al-ized  Glass.  An  ornamental  glass  hav- 
ing flakes  of  gold,  platinum,  mica,  etc.,  distributed 
through  the  glass.  It  is  made  by  the  "  Aurora 
Glass  Co.,"  of  London,  but  much  resembles  the 
Aventurine  (which  see),  of  which  it  is  perhaps  but 
an  imitation. 

The  metals  used  are  principally  white  and  yellow.  It  is 
presumed  these  metals  are  reduced  to  powder  or  thin  leaves, 
and  when  the  article  is  in  process  of  manufacture  the  glass 
is  rolled  in  this  metallic  dust,  which  then  adheres  to  the 
glass,  and,  by  re-heating,  the  article  is  finished  in  the  usual 
way  A  piece  of  broken  glass  of  this  variety  showed  the 
metals  to  be  near  the  outer  surface  and  slightly  sunk  into 
the  glass. 

Another  mode  of  working  imprisons  a  metalized  surface 
between  two  layers  of  glass. 

An  object  is  first  blown  in  glass  of  the  desired  color  ;  me- 
tallic flakes  are  then  rolled  on  to  it,  and  a  new  layer  or  en- 
velope put  on  this.  The  flakes  are  thus  inclosed  between 
two  layers  of  glass.  Vases  shown  in  Paris,  in  1878,  had 
black  interior  covered  with  white  mica,  others  with  golden 
flakes. 

Me-tallic  Chain.  The  chain  of  square  iron 
links  with  clasps.  Invented  by  Vaucanson. 

Me-tal'lic  Pack'ing.  Tubes  of  lead,  or  some 
soft  metallic  alloy,  filled  with  hemp,  cotton,  or 


some  other  suitable  vegetable  material.  These 
tubes  can  be  prepared  of  great  length  and  cut  to 
fit  any  given  requirement.  The  ends  may  be  either 
soldered  together  or  forced  into  close  contact.  The 
convenience,  durability,  and  cheapness  of  this  pack- 
ing are  especial  recommendations.  —  Strieder,  "Din- 
yler's  Pol.  Jour." 

Me-tal'lic  Shin'gle.  A  plate  of  metal  with 
ridges  on  the  face  for  ornament,  and  beneath  the 
overlap  for  joint ;  a  substitute  for  shingles,  tiles,  or 
slate. 

Me-talli-kon.  An  English  architectural  sur- 
face decoration  for  consoles,  brackets,  casings  of 
pillars,  etc. 

It  consists  of  ornamental  glass,  or  ceramic  slabs,  or  forms 
mounted  by  cement  on  glass  plates  which  are  secured  in 
place.  "Building  News, "  1S76.  "  Scientific  American  Sup- 
plement," 745. 

Me-tal'lo-phone.  A  keyed  instrument  with 
outside  resemblance  to  a  piano,  but  having  metal- 
lic bars  instead  of  strings.  See  Fig.  3689,  p.  1695, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  subject 'of  musical  instruments  of  percussion  possess- 
ing bars  tuned  to  a  scale  is  considered  under  MARIMBA.  See 
also  references  passim. 

Met'al-lur'gy.  Subjects  in  Metallurgy  are 
considered  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Aero-hydric  blow-pipe. 
Air  furnace. 
Alloys  :  — 

Aluminium  alloys. 

Aluminium  bronze. 

Anti-incrustation  alloy. 

Anti-fracture  alloy. 

Applique". 

Bell-metal. 

Bismuth  bronze. 

Brass. 

Bronze. 

Bronze  iron. 

Bronze  steel. 

Carbon  bronze. 

Champ  leve". 

Chasing. 

Chromeisen. 

Cloisonne". 

Cock  alloy. 

Cupro-manganese. 

Damascecning. 

Damasking. 

Dysiot. 

Electro-silicon. 

Ferro-manganese . 

Ferro-phosphide. 

Ferro-silicium. 

Fusible  metals. 

Gold  alloy. 

Lubricant  alloy. 

Manganese-bronze. 

Manganese  copper. 

Metallikon. 

Melting  point  of  alloys. 

Nickel-bronze. 

Phosphor-bronze . 

Phosphide  of  copper. 

Silver  alloy. 

Solder. 

Spence's  metal. 

Tungsten-bronze. 

White  bronze. 
Aluminium. 
Aluminium  alloys. 
Aluminium  bronze 
Aluminium  gun-metal. 
Aluminium  gold. 
Aluminium  silver. 
Aluminium  solder. 
Amalgamator. 
Amalgam  retort. 
Amber  bronze. 
Ammonia-ore  process. 
Angle-iron 
Annealing. 
Annealing  machine. 
Annular  furnace. 
Anti-friction  metal. 
Anti-incrustation  alloy. 


Antique  bronzing. 

Applique". 

Atwood  steel. 

Axe  tempering. 

Axle-box  metal. 

Baron  steel. 

Basic  lining. 

Bell. 

Bell  and  hopper. 

Bell-met;il. 

Belly-pipe. 

BtSrard  steel. 

Bessemer  steel. 

Bidiri  work. 

Billet. 

Bismuth  alloys. 

Bismuth  bronze. 

Black  flux. 

Blast  furnace. 

Blast  furnace  charger. 

Blister  steel. 

Bloom. 

Bloomary. 

Blowing  engine. 

Blow-pipe. 

Blow-pipe  furnace. 

Blue  bronze. 

Bluing. 

Brass. 

Brass  alloys. 

Brass  black-finish. 

Brass  blacking. 

Brass  finishing. 

Brass  coloring. 

Brassing 

Brickbat  core. 

Bronze. 

Bronze  blacking. 

Bronze  casting. 

Bronze  coloring. 

Bronze  iron. 

Bronze  paint. 

Bronze  steel. 

Bronzing. 

Browning. 

Burning. 

Calcining  furnace. 

Carbon-bronze. 

Carbonizing  furnace. 

Case  hardening. 

Cast  steel. 

Catalan  forge. 

Cementation  furnace 

Cement  steel. 

Champ-leve". 

Chaplet. 

Charcoal  core. 

Charcoal  iron. 

Chasing. 

Chenot  steel. 


METALLUKGY. 


595 


METALLURGY. 


Chill. 

Shaft  furnace. 

Gold. 

Siemens  furnace. 

Chromeisen. 

Siemens  furnace. 

Hardness  of  metals. 

Siemens-Martin  steel 

Chrome  steel. 

Siemens-Martin  furnace. 

Iron. 

Silicon  steel. 

Cinder  notch. 

Slack-burning  gas-furnace. 

Nickel. 

Silvering. 

Clappers. 

Smelting  furnace. 

Platinum. 

Silver  alloy. 

Cloisonne^ 

Steel  furnace. 

Preserving  metals. 

Silver  process.. 

Cobalt  electro-plating. 

Tempering  furnace. 

Tin. 

Silver  steel. 

Cock  alloy. 

Terrace  furnace. 

Micolon  steel. 

Silvering  iron. 

Coin  alloy. 

Turf  furnace. 

Mildew  bronze. 

Silver  ware. 

Coke  furnace. 

Turning  furnace. 

Milling. 

Single  shear  steel. 

Coke  oven. 

Washing  furnace. 

Molasses-water  core. 

Sintering. 

Cold  shot. 

Wind  furnace. 

Molding  machine. 

Skewback. 

Cold-shut. 

Zinc  furnace. 

Monnier  process. 

Slack-burning  gas-furnace. 

Compressed  steel. 

Furnace  charger. 

Mosaic  gold. 

Slag. 

Copper. 

Furnace  door. 

Muck  iron. 

Slag  wool 

Copper  furnace. 

Furnace  shield. 

Mushet  steel. 

Smelting  furnace. 

Core. 

Fusible  metals. 

Natural  steel. 

Snarling. 

Cowican  furnace. 

Gagger. 

Nickel. 

Soft-center  steel. 

Crucible. 

Galvanizing. 

Nickel-bronze. 

Solder. 

Crucible  mold. 

Galvanizing  furnace. 

Nickel-plating. 

Soldering. 

Crucible  furnace. 

Galvanizing  process. 

Nickel  steel. 

Soldering  furnace. 

Crucible  steel. 

Gas  conductor. 

Niello. 

Soldering  iron. 

Cupellation  furnace. 

Gas  furnace. 

Niello  silver. 

Sour-beer  core. 

Cupola. 

Gas-generating  furnace. 

Nugget. 

Speigel. 

Cupro-manganese. 

•    Gas  producer. 

Open  hearth  furnace. 

Spelter  solder  alloys 

Damasceening. 

Gate. 

Open  hearth  steel. 

Spence's  metal. 

Damascus  steel. 

Gestenhof  er  furnace. 

Ore  breaker. 

Spiegel  iron. 

Decomposing  furnace. 

German  silver. 

Ore  crusher. 

Spiegeleisen. 

Deoxydized  bronze. 

German  steel. 

Ore  dryer. 

Spinning. 

Desilvering  lead. 

Gilding. 

Ore  furnace. 

Sponge. 

Direct  process. 

Glass  furnace. 

Ore  grinder. 

Sponge,  metallic. 

Double  shear  steel. 

Glue-  water  core. 

Ore  mill. 

Sponge  process. 

Dry-sand  core. 

Gold. 

Ore  separator. 

Spongy  platinum. 

Dysiot. 

Gold  alloy. 

Ore  sifter. 

Sprue  hole. 

Electric  furnace. 

Gold-colored  alloy. 

Ore  washer. 

Squeezer. 

Electro-bronzing. 

Gold  lacquer. 

Ormolu. 

Staining  metals. 

Electro-plating. 

Goldsmith's  work. 

Orugo. 

Steel  :  — 

Electro-silicon. 

Gold  substitute. 

Osmium  crucible. 

Atwood  steel. 

Ellerhauseii  steel. 

Granulated  steel. 

Oxidized  silver. 

Baron  steel. 

Emaille. 

Hardening  tongs. 

Parcel  gilt. 

Be'rard  steel. 

Emblemata. 

Hardness  of  metals. 

Patina. 

Bessemer  steel. 

Enamel. 

Hearth. 

Pattinson's  kettles. 

Blister  steel. 

Enameling. 

Heating  furnace. 

Pattinson's  pots. 

Cast  steel. 

Fagersta  steel. 

Heaton  steel. 

Pearl  inlaying. 

Cement  steel. 

Ferro-chrome. 

Homogeneous  steel. 

Peat  steel. 

Chenot  steel. 

Ferro-chromium  steel. 

Hot-blast  oven. 

Pernot  steel. 

Chromium  steel. 

Ferro-  manganese. 

Hot-blast  stove. 

Petroleum  furnace. 

Compressed  steel. 

Ferro-  phosphide. 

Incrusted  bronze. 

Phosphide  of  copper. 

Crucible  steel. 

Ferro-silicium. 

Incrusted  work. 

Phosphor-bronze. 

Damascus  steel. 

File  tempering. 

Indian  steel. 

Phosphor-copper. 

Double  sheer  steel. 

Fine  art  metal-working. 

Inlaying. 

Phosphor-tin. 

Ellerhausen  steel. 

Flat  chasing. 

In  wall. 

Phosphor-zinc. 

German  steel. 

Flour  core. 

Irisation. 

Phosphorus  steel. 

Granulated  steel. 

Foil. 

Iron. 

Plating. 

Heaton  steel. 

Fore-hearth. 

Iron  amalgam. 

Platinizing  metals. 

Indian  steel. 

Forge. 

Iron  furnace. 

Platinum. 

Iron  steel. 

Forno-convertisseur. 

Iron  plating. 

Platinum  alloy. 

Mackintosh  steel  . 

Foundry  furnace. 

Iron  preserving  process. 

Platinum  plating. 

Martin  steel. 

Foundry  ladle. 

Iron  processes. 

Ponsard  furnace. 

Micolon  steel. 

Frosting. 

Iron  steel. 

Producer. 

Mushet  steel. 

Furnace  :  — 

Ivory  silvering. 

Puddled  steel. 

Natural  steel. 

Air  furnace. 

Japanese  bronze. 

Puddler. 

Open-hearth  steel. 

Blast  furnace. 

Knobling  fire. 

Puddling  furnace. 

Peat  steel. 

Bloomary. 

Knurling. 

Puddling  machine. 

Phosphorus  steel. 

Blow-pipe  furnace. 

Kuft  work. 

Puddling,  mechanical. 

Puddled  steel. 

Calcining  furnace. 

Labyrinth. 

Quicksilver  furnace 

Rie'pe  steel. 

Catalan  forge. 

Lacquer. 

Recuperator. 

Semi-steel. 

Cementation  furnace. 

Ladle  furnace. 

Reducing  furnace. 

Shear  steel. 

Coke  furnace. 

Lead  alloys. 

Reduction  process. 

Siemens-Martin  steel. 

Copper  furnace. 

Lead-roasting  furnace. 

Refinery. 

Silicon  steel. 

Corsican  furnace. 

Light  metal. 

Regenerative  stove. 

Silver  steel. 

Crucible  furnace. 
Cupellatiou  furnace. 

Liquid  fuel  furnace. 
Loam  and  sand  core. 

Regenerator. 
Regenerator  furnace. 

Single-shear  steel. 
Terre-Noire  steel. 

Foundry  furnace. 

Lubricant  alloy. 

Repousse'. 

Tungsten  steel. 

Gas  furnace. 

Mackintosh  steel. 

Reverberatory. 

Uchatius  steel. 

Gas-generating  furnace. 

Malleable  bronze. 

Ri6pe  steel. 

Vickers  steel. 

Gas-producer  furnace. 

Malleable  iron  process. 

Roasting  furnace. 

Whitworth  steel. 

Hot-blast  stove. 

Manganese  bronze. 

Rosin  core. 

Wootz  steel. 

Heating  furnace. 

Manganese  copper. 

Rotator. 

Steel  chest. 

Iron  furnace. 

Martin  steel. 

Rust,  preserving  iron  from. 

Steel  furnace. 

Ladle  furnace. 

Matting  machine. 

Salamander. 

Steel-heating  furnace. 

Lead  furnace. 

Mechanical  firing. 

Satining. 

Steel-iron. 

Mercury  furnace. 

Mechanical  puddler. 

Saw  tempering. 

Tasting  hole. 

Open  -hearth  furnace. 

Mechanical  stoker. 

Scab. 

Teeming. 

Ore  furnace. 

Mercury  furnace. 

Scaf. 

Tempering. 

Osmium  crucible. 

Metal  furnace. 

Scaffold. 

Tempering  furnace. 

Pattinson's  pots. 

Metaline. 

Scar. 

Terrace  furnace. 

Petroleum  furnace. 

Metallikon. 

Semi-steel. 

Terre-Noire  steel. 

Ponsard  furnace. 

Melting  point  of  alloys. 

Shaft  furnace. 

Tilted  steel. 

Puddling  furnace. 

Metals  :  — 

Shaking  table. 

Tin. 

Reducing  furnace. 

Alloys  (see  list). 

Shear  steel. 

Tinfoil. 

Refinery. 

Aluminium. 

Sheet  iron. 

Tinning  metals. 

Regenerator  furnace. 

Charcoal  iron. 

Sheet  lead. 

Trommel. 

Reverberatory. 

Coloring. 

Sideraphthite. 

Trompe. 

Roasting  furnace. 

Copper. 

Siemens-Cowper  furnace. 

Tula. 

METALLURGY. 


596 


METER   PROVER. 


Tulas  silver.  White  bronze. 

Tungsten  bronze.  Whitworth  steel 

Tungsten  steel.  Wind  furnace. 

Turf  furnace.  Wire  plating 

Turning  furnace.  Wootz. 

Tuyere.  Zinc. 

Uchatius  steel.  Zinc  coating. 

Vermeil.  Zinc  coloring. 

Vickers  steel.  Zinc  furnace. 

Washing  furnace.  Zinc  plating. 

Water  box.  Zinc  powder. 
Welding  tubes. 

Met'al  Saw.  The  handsaw  —  scierie  a  ruban 
—  lias  been  adapted  in  France  and  England  for 
cutting  thin  plates  of  metal  into  curved  forms,  for 
ornamental  or  constructive  purposes.  Such  plates 
form  escutcheons,  hinges,  overlays,  and  inlays. 

Met'al  Seal.     See 
Flg- im  LEADEN  SEAL. 

M  e '  t  e  -  o  r'o-graph. 
An  instrument  for  ma- 
king a  record  of  meteoro- 
logical phenomena. 

"  Meteorological  observations 
are  shown  by  this  instrument 
on  tables  printed  on  a  slip  of 
paper.  Of  the  six  tabular  col- 
umns, the  first  gives  the  hours  ; 
the  second,  the  velocity  of  the 
wind  ;  the  third,  the  direction 
of  the  same ;  the  fourth,  the 
temperature;  the  fifth,  the 
degree  of  humidity,  accord- 


TheoreWs  Printing  Meteorograph.    (Swedish.} 


ing  to  August's  method  ;  and  the  sixth,  the  atmospheric 
pressure,  which  is  given  in  millimeters.  The  degrees  of  the 
thermometer  employed  are  those  of  the  Centigrade  scale,  and 
negative  degrees  are  expressed  by  their  complements  of  100. 
The  direction  of  the  wind  is  indicated  by  figures  from  1  to 
32.  The  numbers  expressing  the  velocity  of  the  wind  sig- 
nify meters  in  a  second. 

"  The  registration  takes  place  by  means  of  electrical  cur- 
rents, which  are  closed  in  the  barometer  and  both  the  ther- 
mometers by  contact  between  the  quicksilver  and  steel 
wires  that  descend  into  their  tubes,  and  at  the  weather-cock 
and  anemometer  by  contact  between  a  metal  knob,  which  is 
put  into  motion  by  the  current,  and  a  wheel  which  is  in 
a  direct  mechanical  combination  with  each  of  these  instru- 
ments. 

"  The  steel  wires  in  the  barometer  and  in  both  the  ther- 
mometers are  connected,  each  by  its  respective  system  of 
trass  wheels,  with  numerical  types  engraved  on  the  edges, 
in  such  a  manner  that  the  rotation  of  the  wheels  causes  an 
upward  or  downward  motion  of  the  steel  wires,  so  that  the 
point  of  the  scale  on  which  the  lower  extremity  of  the  wire 
is  situated  is  necessarily  that  indicated  by  the  number  ap- 
pearing at  the  same  moment  uppermost  on  the  correspond- 
ing wheels.  The  two  other  brass  wheels  with  engraved  fig- 
ures are  likewise  combined,  by  means  of  electric  currents, 
•with  the  above-named  metal  knobs  in  the  weather-cock  and 
the  anemometer,  in  such  a  manner  that  the  figure  which  is 
uppermost  on  the  periphery  of  the  wheels  at  the  moment  it 
is  about  to  be  registered  indicates  the  direction  of  the  wind 
at  the  same  moment,  and  its  mean  force  during  the  preceding 
quarter  of  an  hour. 

"  The  wheels  containing  the  figures  are  governed  by  an 
electro-magnetic  motor,  which  for  each  observation  sets  the 
five  systems  successively  in  motion  until  the  corresponding 
wires  have  reached  the  quicksilver  in  the  barometer  and  the 
two  thermometers,  and  caused  a  contact  between  the  above- 
named  metal  knob  in  the  weather-cock  and  the  anemometer, 
and  the  wheels,  which  are  in  a  mechanical  combination  with 
each  of  these  instruments. 

"  The  numbers,  therefore,  that  are  uppermost  on  the  num- 
bered wheels  are  just  those  which  indicate  the  height  of 


the  barometer  and  of  the  two  thermometers,  as  well  as  the 
direction  and  velocity  of  the  wind.  And  now  the  .same 
electro-magnetic  motor  operates  vipon  a  printing  apparatus, 
which,  after  having  deposited  color  on  the  types,  presses  the 
above-mentioned  slip  of  paper  against  them. 

"  This  being  done,  the  steel  wires  are  drawn  up  again  by 
the  motor,  which  stops  as  soon  as  a  certain  distance  from 
the  quicksilver  is  attained,  and  all  is  ready  for  the  next  ob- 
servation. The  interval  between  the  observations  is  a  quar- 
ter of  an  hour. 

"  As  the  clock  which  determines  the  time  of  the  observa- 
tions does  not  require  winding  up,  the  instrument  itself 
restoring  the  tension  of  the  mainspring  every  quarter  of  an 
hour,  it  continues  going  as  long  as  the  impellent  force,  i.  e., 
the  electric  current,  is  maintained  ;  and  as  the  slip  of  paper 
applied  lasts  for  fully  three  months,  that  is  the  period  for 
which  the  instrument  may  be  left  to  itself. :'  —  M.  Sorenson. 

In  the  meteorological  recording  instrument  of  Yon  Baum- 
hauer,  of  Utrecht,  Holland,  shown  at  the  Centennial,  the 
instrument  was  run  by  weight  and  clock-work,  the  stylus 
making  its  marks  or  dots  upon  a  revolving  vertical  cylin- 
der with  blackened  surface. 


See  also  — 


"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  591. 
*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  6. 


Printing,  Theorell,  Sweden 
See  also  ANEMOMETER,  supra. 

Me'ter.  '  (Fishiny.)  The  strengthening  line 
of  a  seine  or  gill  net,  to  the  upper  one  of  which 
the  floats,  and  to  the  lower  the  weights,  are  at- 
tached. The  seaming  is  the  marginal  line  of  the 
net,  to  which  it  is  seized  by  meshes,  and  the  meter 
is  an  outside  line  seized  at  intervals  of  a  yard. 

Me'ter  and  Am-mo'ni-a  Sat'u-ra'tor. 
(Gas.)  An  experimental  instrument,  used  in  the 
proving  of  the  quality  of  gas.  —  Goodwin. 

Me'ter  Frpv'er/  (  Gas. )  A  holder  of  known 
capacity  used  in  testing  the  accuracy  of  the  indica- 
tions of  a  gas  meter. 

The  prover  is  accurately  counterpoised  and  adjusted  so  as 
to  give  a  uniform  pressure  from  top  to  bottom.  The  water 

Fig.  1710 


Mfttr  Prover. 

must  be  uniform  in  temperature  with  the  air  of  the  room  in 
which  the  experiment  is  conducted.  The  meter  is  con- 
nected to  the  holder,  and  a  small  quantity  admitted  to 
bring  the  pointer  on  the  index  to  any  figure  desired.  Next 
adjust  the  pointer  on  the  holder  to  0°.  Turn  on  the  gaw 
and  make  one  or  more  complete  revolutions  of  the  pointer 
on  the  dial.  The  quantity  registered  by  the  meter  should 


MKTKK.1    SYTEM. 


597 


MICKOMETER   CALIPEK. 


correspond  with  the  indications  ou  the  vertical  scale  of  the 
holder.     Per  centage  of  error  is  readily  calculated. 

Met'ric  Sys'tem.  In  addition  to  the  remarks 
on  page  1428,  "Mech.  Diet."  METRIC  SYSTEM,  in 
regard  to  the  constitution  of  the  French  commis- 
sion of  1798  to  report  upon  the  selection  oi'  a  natural 
standard  of  measurement;  and  on  p.  1554,  ODOM- 
ETER; p.  173,  ASTRONOMICAL  INSTRUMENTS,  in 
reference  to  early  measurements  in  Egypt  and  Mes- 
opotamia of  an  arc  of  the  meridian,  and  by  Fernel, 
physician  to  Catharine  do  Medici,  1550  :  — 

Cassiui  (b.  1(J2") ;  il.  17121,  thr  discoverer  of  the  diurnal 
periods  of  Jupiter.  Mar*,  Vciius,n.iHl  the  Sun  ;  of  four  satel- 
lites uf  Saturn,  of  which  Ihnghens  had  previously  discovered 
one,  and  the  first  observer  of  /odiacal  light,  gave  great  atten- 
tion to  the  measurement  of  an  arc  of  the  meridian.  Ca-sini 
was  invited  to  Paris  by  Colbert,  and  he  and  his  descendants 
of  three  generations  presided  over  the  Observatory  of  Paris. 

President  de  Urosses,  "  En  Italie  "  (1739),  tome  i.,  p.  237,  et 
seif.  (l)idiur,  Paris,  1358),  mentions  the  church  of  San  Petro- 
nio  in  Bologna  and  its  curiosities  :  — 

"  Mais  ce  qu'il  y  a  de  principal  est  la  fameuse  ligne  merid- 
ienne  tracee  sur  le  pave  par  Cassini,  laquelle,  tant  qu'elle 
:,  servira  de  regie  auxastronoiues  a  vener  pour  meas- 
urer 1'obliquittS  de  1'ecliptique     Elle  est  muuagee  fort  adroit- 
meut  dans  la  plus  grande  longeur  de  1'eglise,  passant  avec 
obliquite  entre  deux  piliers.     La  longueur  de  cette  ligne  fait 
ultierne  partie  de  la  circonference  de  la  terre. 

•'  Kile  est  de  marb  re,  devisee  dans  sa  longueur  en  deux  par- 
es, par  un  lilet  de  cuivre  qui  marque  pr«5cisement  le 
meridieii  :  cr  sur  le  niarbre  sour  crr.r,  res  touted  les  chose  qui 
peuveitc  avoir  rapport  ;'i  1'ouvrage  pour  le  reudre  parfait. 
L'einlroit  de  la  voute  oil  est  le  petit  trou  par  ou  1'image  du 
soleil  va  se  porter  a  midi  precisement  sur  la  ligne  de  cuivre 
s'etant  un  pen  affaisstS,  on  fut  oblige,  sur  la  fin  du  siecle 
dernier,  de  restaurer  1'ouvrage.  Jl  ]>;isse  maintenaut  pour 
le  plus  parfait  de  tous  ceux  qui  sont  en  ce  genre,  et  ses 
bonne  inscrites  sur  une  pierre  incrustee  dans 

lemur.     ,)';ii  cte  clioque  de  voir  qu'on  la  foulait  aux  pieds 
sans  respect,  ce  qu'eii  efface  beaucoup  les  caracteres." 

New  .standard "Sc.  Am.  Supplement,'1''  764. 

To  approx.  yards  and  meters  .  "Scientific  Am.,''  xxxviii.  41. 

Me-tror'ga-non.  (Surgical.)  A  uterine  knife 
with  a  guard  blade.  —  Newman. 

Mex'i-can.  Bit.  (Maneye.)  A  stiff  cheek  bit, 
having  a  high  port,  to  which  is  attached  a  large 
ring,  which,  wln-n  the  bit  is  in  the  horse's  mouth, 
encircles  the  jaw.  The,  cheeks  are  long,"  and  have 
rein  rings  at  the  lower  ends ;  they  are  also  wide 
and  quite  ornamental ;  chains  and  small  drops  are 
attached  to  various  parts  for  the  purpose  of  orna- 
mentation; it  is  the  most  severe  bit  in  use. 

Mex'i-can  Cloth.  (AV^Vs.)  A  silk  and 
wool  French  goods. 

Mez'za  Ma-jol'i-ca.  (Ceramics.)  Pottery 
with  a  lead  glaze  and  decorated  with  colors,  in 
which  the  running  together  of  the  glaxe  and  color 
gives  a  mingled  or  softened  appearance  to  the  out- 
line of  the  ornamentation. 

The  Italian  mezza  majolica  of  the  15th  and  16th  centuries 
was  made  in  great  quantity,  and  some  pieces  were  of  great 
beauty. 

It  may  be  said  that  it  preceded  the  stanniferous  glaze  (used 
by  the  Saracens  in  Spain  and  Majorca)  and  that  the  secret  of 
the  tin  glaze  was  rediscovered  by  Luca  della  Robbia,  who 
thus  initiated  the  majolica  ware. 

Mi'ca.  Some  of  the  mechanical  and  ornamen- 
tal uses  of  mica  are  enumerated  on  p.  1430,  "Meek. 
Diet." 

Spectacle  glasses  of  mica,  used  in  Germany,  are  concaved 
in  the  slvipe  of  watch  glasses,  and  are  about  1-25"  in  thick- 
ness. They  are  mounted  in  simple  brass  wire  frames,  and 
are  made  sufficiently  large  to  fit  closely  around  the  eye  sock- 
ets. The  advantages  gained  by  this  utilization  are  very 
great. 

Murray's  ornamental  process  for  treating  mica  :  — 
The  mineral  is  first  cut  to  the  desired  thickness,  then 
coated  with  a  thin  layer  of  fresh  isinglass  diluted  in  water, 
and  the  gold  or  other  surface  applied,  after  which  it  is 
allowed  to  dry.  A  copper  pattern  of  the  desired  design  is 
next  placed  on  the  reverse  side  of  the  sheet,  and  any  super- 
duous  parts  of  the  gilding  are  removed  by  means  of  a  small 
brush,  the  design  remaining  on  the  parts  not  brushed. 
Colors  are  then  laid  on  as  desired,  and  the  whole  is  coated 


with  a  solution  of  liquid  glue,  diluted  in  alcohol.    The  sheet 
is  then  fastened  with  glue  permanently  in  position. 

Pusc/ier's  process,  Nuremberg  :  Treat  thin  plates  with  strong 
sulphuric  acid  and  then  silver  as  with  glass.  Cut  into  shapes 
for  inlaying. 

Heat  to  redness  to  give  a  dulled  look  ;  for  inlaying,  — 

Scatter  powdered  mica  on  sheets  of  gelatine  and  varnish. 

Mix  powdered  mica  with  dissolved  gum  arabic  for  a  silver 
paint. 

Powdered  mica,  boiled  in  hydrochloric  acid,  washed,  and 
sorted  for  fineness  :  used  in  dusting  over  artificial  flowers, 
fancy  papers,  passementerie ;  articles  of  wood,  metal,  glass, 
paper,  papier-mache,  gypsum,  etc.  The  articles  are  painted 
in  bronze  colors  ;  then  receive  a  binding  coat  of  gelatine,  and 
the  mica  is  dusted  on. 

colors,  etc.,  BRONZING,  p.  138,  supra. 

Ousted  over  articles  coated  with  asphalt  varnish  imitates 
granite. 

See  also  MARBLE,  ARTIFICIAL,  supra. 

Mi'co-lon  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made 
by  the  process  suggested  by  Re'aumur,  1722,  by 
adding  wrought  iron  to  cast  iron  to  reduce  the 
mixture  to  the  proportion  of  carbon  to  form  steel. 

Martin's  process  is  a  successful  application  of  the  same 
suggestion. 

It  may  be  applied  either  in  the  crucible  or  the  cupola.  In 
the  former,  the  proportions  of  iron  and  steel  are  placed  in 
the  crucible  with  such  an  amount  of  spiegeleisen  as  may 
consist  with  the  character  of  steel  required. 

The  cupola  process,  in  which  coke  alone  is  used  as  fuel, 
proceeds  in  the  same  way,  but  the  proportions  chosen  by 
the  inventor  have  been  preferably  such  as  to  give  a  good  cast- 
ing steel  for  bells,  but  one  which  will  not  weld. 

M.  Debette  thinks  "  that  we  have  heard  the  last  of  this." 

Mi'cro-bat'ter-y.  A  very  small  galvanic  bat- 
tery, used  in  testing  the  delicacy  of  instruments ; 
as,  for  instance,  a  cell  of  thimble  size,  with  a  frac- 
tion of  a  teaspoonful  of  exciting  liquid. 

Mr.  Collet  wrote  from  Heart's  Content,  Newfoundland  :  — 
"  I  have  just  sent  my  compliments  to  Dr.  Gould,  of  Cam- 
bridge, who  is  in  Valencia,  Ireland,  with  a  battery  composed 
of  a  gun  cap  with  a  strip  of  zinc,  excited  by  a  drop  of  water 
the  size  of  a  tear.'; 

See  also  Micro-battery  for  telephone,  "English  Mechanic,'1'' 
*  xxvii.  602. 

Mi'cro-far'ad.  (Electricity.)  The  millionth 
part  of  a  farad.  The  practical  unit  of  capacity; 
being  the  trillionth  part  of  the  absolute  electro- 
magnetic unit  =  J^VTOIF  —  Gordon. 

Mi-crom'e-ter.  (Microscopy.)  A  piece  of 
glass  ruled  into  lOOths  and  lOOOths  of  an  inch,  and 
used  to  measure  objects  in  the  field. 

See  statement  on  pp.  1430,  1431,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Cf.  Burch *  "  Scientific  American  Sup. ,"2413. 

Davidson *  "Mining  If  Sc.  Press,''1  xxxiv.  265. 

Govi "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Nov.  21,  p.  16. 

Caliper,  Victor  Co.     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Feb.  28,  p.  1 
Screw,  and  applications. 

Meyer *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  911. 

Measurements  ....  *  "Manuf.  $  Builder,"1  xi.  14. 
Microscope *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1007. 

Mi-crom'e-ter  Cal'i-per.  A  pocket  instru- 
ment for  delicate  measurements  of  thickness. 

Its  range  is  usually  up  to  25  millimeters,  beyond' 
which  the  Vernier  caliper,  Fig.  6968,  p.  2707, 


Fig.  1711. 


MICROMETER  CALIPER. 


598 


MICROPHONE. 


"Mech.  Diet.,"  is  regarded  as  the  preferable  instru- 
ment. 

The  micrometer  caliper  is  graduated  to  read  to  40ths  of 
millimeters,  but  SOths  are  readily  obtained.  Binding  and 
adjusting  screws  furnish  ready  means  for  compensating  for 
any  wear  resulting  from  use. 

The  instrument  is  also  made  to  read  in  fractions  of  inches. 
The  one  shown  has  a  capacity  of  1",  and  can  be  set  to  J  and 
J  thousandths. 

Mi-crom'e-ter  Screw  Con'tact  Cal'i-per. 

Mr.  A.  S.  Kimball  describes  a  method  used  by 
him  to  detect  the  contact  of  micrometer  screws. 

In  the  case  in  question  the  micrometer  screw  had  60 
threads  to  an  inch,  and  its  head  was  graduated  to  300  parts, 
so  that  the  unit  of  measurement  was  the  l-18,000th//.  The 
iron  bar,  micrometer  screw,  and  a  telephone,  were  put  in 
the  circuit  of  a  weak  Leclanche"  cell.  When  the  screw  was 
turned  up  to  loose  contact  with  the  bar,  the  familiar  boiling 
sound  of  a  too  sensitive  microphone  was  heard,  which  ceased 
the  instant  firm  contact  was  made,  the  change  to  silence 
being  abrupt  and  sharply  denned. 

Mi'cro-phone.  An  instrument  which  is  sim- 
ply a  telephonic  transmitter  of  peculiar  form,  but 
which  owes  its  name  to  the  fact  that  it  plays  the 
same  part  in  acoustics  in  regard  to  feeble  sounds 
that  the  microscope  does  in  optics  in  regard  to 
small  objects.  It  is  an  amplificator  of  mechanical 
vibrations  of  weak  intensity,  which  it  changes  into 
undulatory  currents. 

Its  action  depends  upon  the  property  possessed 
by  some  substances  of  varying  their  electrical  re- 
sistance under  varying  physical  conditions;  stress, 
temperature,  division,  etc. 

The  name  was  given  by  Mr.  Hughes,  whose  in- 
strument is  shown  in  Fig.  1712,  and  a  view  of  Du- 
cretet's  model  is  given  in  Fig.  1713. 

Fig.  1712.  "  it  is  formed  of  a 

small  charcoal  crayon, 
A,  pointed  at  both 
ends.  It  is  lightly 
held  in  a  vertical  posi- 
tion between  two  cups 
hollowed  out  of  two 
small  carbon  blocks, 
c  c,  which  are  fixed  to 
a  thin  sounding-board. 
This  last  is  laid  on  a 
firm  plate.  The 
blocks  c  c  are  con- 
nected by  wires  with 
the  pile,  and  the  line 
wire  that  leads  to  the 
telephone. 

"Not  only  words 
and  musical  notes,  but 
the  faintest  v  i  b  r  a  - 
tions,  and  even  im- 
perceptible sounds,  are  converted  by  it  into  sonorous  repe- 
titions. The  slightest  stroke  on  or  touch  against  the  plate 
will  produce  a  loud,  grating  sound  in  the  telephone."  — 
"  Electrician.'' 

Fig.  1713. 


Hughes1  Microphone. 


Ducretet's  Model  of  Hughes'1  Microphone. 

Referring  to  the  question,  Hughes  vs.  Edison,  in  re  micro- 
phone, the  "Electrician  "  remarks  :  — 

"  It  is  now  easy  to  understand  the  slight  differences  that 
exist  between  Edison's  carbon  transmitter,  and  the  micro- 
phone in  the  simple  form  given  to  it  by  Mr.  Hughes. 

The  telephonic  or  microphonic  action  is  produced  in  both 
instruments  by  the  variations  of  electric  resistance,  which  re- 


sult from  the  vibrations  that  are  communicated  to  the  trans- 
mitter 


"  In  Edison's  carbon  telephone  these  vibrations  act  on 


*^»*vii  ID  uiv/ii<  o^cvi»Aij  auupicu  IUJL   r-i  i  ii  imu  levuic  buuiltl. 

"  There  has  been  every  reason,  therefore,  from  the  begir 
ning  to  consider  the  inventions  of  Edison  and  Hughes  as 
perfectly  distinct,  both  as  regards  the  methods  employed, 
and  the  effects  produced.  A  whole  series  of  instruments 
have  since  bridged  over  the  dividing  line  between  the  two 
original  inventions.  It  is  not  easy  to  draw  distinctions  be- 
tween the  two  systems,  with  the  new  transmitters  of  Blake, 
Boudet,  Paris,  Ader,  etc.,  before  us,  but  all  the  microphones 
and  microphonic  speakers  can  be  designated  under  the  ge- 
neric name  of  carbon  transmitters.^ 

"  The  small  model  of  a  microphone  by  Ducretet,  Fig.  1713, 
reproduces  most  of  the  experiments.  A  small  graphite  or 
coke  crayon  is  pointed  at  both  ends,  and  kept  in  a  vertical 
position  between  two  coke  carbons,  D  D'.  The  bearer  of  the 


luceu,  ana  consequently  tne  sensitiveness  of  tne  mic 

The  two  cups  are  in  direct  communication  with   the   two 

boundaries,  B  B'.     The  whole  is  fixed  to  a  small  board  and 


A  pile  of  two  or  three  Daniell  or  Leclanch6  elements,  and 
a  telephone,  T,  placed  at  a  distance,  form  a  complete  circuit, 
in  which  is  comprised  the  crayon  C,  with  imperfect  con- 
tacts." —  "Electrician." 

Edison  discovered  that  carbon  varied  its  electri- 
cal resistance  with  variation  of  pressure,  and  upon 
this  is  based  his  articulating  telephone.  Subse- 
quently, this  property  was  found  to  be  inherent  in 
other  instances,  even  the  atmospheric  medium  it- 
self. 

Edison's  plan  was  to  use  several  pieces  of  semi-conductor 

Fig.  1714. 


Edison's  Microphone. 

instead  of  one.     One  of  his  earliest  may  be  seen  in  Fig.  1714. 
Some  pieces  of  charcoal  are  supported  each  by  an  upright 
spring      Fig  1715  has  two  carbons  sep- 
arated by  a  plate  of  metal.     Another  Fig.  1715. 
form  has  10  plates  of  silk  prepared  by 
saturation  iu  dextrine  and  lamp-black. 
Edison's    pile    telephone   has   alternate 
plates  o£  /inc  and  copper  with  a  bibu- 
lous medium  between  pairs. 

Prescott's  "Speaking  telephone,  Elec- 
tric light,''  etc.,  gives  many  forms,  in- 
cluding the  above,  and  also  — 


luding  tne  above,  ana  also  —  -^ 

The  condenser,  in  which  the  plates  are    2K 
rranged,  as  in  the  ordinary   form   of      « 


arran 
condenser. 

The  microphone,  with  graphite  rods. 

Microphone  with  pendants. 

Microphone  without  carbon. 

The  name  microtelephone  was  given 
by  Julian  Ockoswicz. 

See  also  STETHOSCOPIC  PENDULUM, 
infra. 

Coke  microphone :  Blyth.  Articulate 
sounds  can  be  received,  as  well  as  trans- 
mitted, by  an  instrument  made  of  an 
ordinary  earthenware  jar,  about  3£"  in 
diameter  and  4//  deep,  half  filled" with 


Microphone  with 
Carbon  dinks. 


PLATE  XXIX. 


BECK'S   "INTERNATIONAL"   MICROSCOPE 


See  page  I 


MICROPHONE. 


599 


MICROSCOPE. 


gas  coke  broken  into  coarse  fragments  The  electrodes  are 
two  strips  of  tin  about  2"  wide,  slipped  down  on  each  side 
between  the  pot  and  the  coke,  bent  over  the  edges,  and 
fastened  with  a  cord.  When  a  pair  of  these  are  put  in  circuit 
with  two  strong  Grove  cells  the  arrangement  is  complete.  — 
"Nature.''' 

Pocket  microphone:  Trouve.  It  resembles  a  small  dark 
lantern,  with  a  carbon  crayon  substituted.  Even  when  a 
person  speaking  stands  from  75'  to  100'  from  the  microphone, 
it  transmits  his  voice  very  well  to  a  receiving  telephone. 
The  instrument  can  be  used  for  revealing  the  movement  of 
a  clock,  the  heart  or  lungs  —  "La  Nature." 

The  instrument  is  sensitive  to  the  slightest  noises  in  a 
building  :  a  whisper,  a  footstep,  a  creak,  mice,  the  ticks  of 
clock,  and  what  not  A  watchman  with  ;i  most  delicate  ear. 

Pendulum  telephone :  An  upright  bar  of  carbon  suspended 
from  a  support,  so  that  its  lower  end  rests  gently  against  a 
sharp  contact  piece  of  carbon 

Hughes "Engineering,''1  *  xxv.  370  ;  *  384, 

475,  481,  518. 
Hughes-Edison     .     .    .      "Engineering,"xs.vi.  12,  49. 


Receivers * 

Sedlaeclc,  Hungary    .     .  * 
As  a  seismometer       .     . 

Blyth  

Coke 

Pocket,  Treuve,  Fr.  .     . 

Pocket,  Trouve     .     .    .  * 
In  diagnosis      .... 

Hughes * 

Hughes 


'Engineering,''  xxvii.  289 
'Engineering,'^  xxviii.  205. 
'Engineering,''1  xxix.  498. 
'Iron  Age,-'  xxii.,  July  25,  p.  7. 
'Iron  Age,-'  xxii.,  Dec.  26,  p.  15. 
'  Imn  Age,'-  xxiii.,  Jan.  9,  p.  13. 
'Manuf.  if  Builder,"  x.  151,  195 
•M-i  it  itf.  Jf  Builder,-'  xi.  63. 
•Mining  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  19. 
'Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,''  xxvi.  186 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,"1  vi.  225. 
Hughes-  Edison  (by  Pope)    "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  300. 


Vereker 
Millar  (Receiving) 
As  a  seismometer  . 
Crossley- Hughes  . 
Pendulum  .  .  . 
Hughes  .  .  .  . 


'English  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  493. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  324. 
'Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  313. 
'Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  233. 
'  Scientific  American,'1'1  xl.  53. 


*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  312. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  389. 
"  Tr/egraphic  Journal,'-  vii.  68. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  144. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  170. 
"Engineer,''  xlv.    343,  405,  461- 

463. 

Lancaster     .....  *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  422. 
Barker  on     .....      "English  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  517. 
du  Moncel    .....      "English  Mechanic,'''  xxvii.  485. 
Microphone  .....     "Iron  Age,"  xxi..  June  6,   p.  1  ; 

June  20,  p.  9.   ' 
"Mining  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  83, 

99,  403. 
"Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour.,''  xxv.  441; 

*  xxvi.  8,  119,  440  ;  xxvii.   77, 

129. 

*  "  Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  388,  404  ; 

xxxix.  16,  20,  63,  *  250. 

Hughes     .....  *  "Eng.  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  235,  256. 

Lancaster  ....  "Eng.  Mechanic,''  xxvii.  347,  428. 
Microphone  pile. 

Lancaster  .....      "English  Mechanic,"  xxvii.  343. 
Microphone  relay. 

Houston  4"  Thomson  .  * 
Bowling  ......  * 

Hopkins  ......  * 

Stethoscopic      .     .     .     .* 

Tait     ....... 

Hughes    ......      "  Technologiste  ,"  xl.  198. 

As  a  Teleg.  transmitter. 

Preece  ......      "Journal  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  ix.  69. 

Ockoswicz,  on  the     .     .      "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  *  3296. 
Muscular  contraction     .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  3646. 
Receiver,  Millar    ...»  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2832. 
Detecting    diffusion    of 

gases  through  a  septum     "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2320. 
In  surgery   .....      "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  2261. 

Lancaster     .....  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2183. 

Gaiffe-  Edison  .     .     .     .*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2187. 

Hopkins  ......  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  3032. 

Preece      ......  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2591. 

General  re'sumg     .     .     .  *  "  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2591,  2592. 
Modifications,  Hopkins  .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2593,  2594. 
Simple     ......  *"  Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2594. 

Stethoscopic      .     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,''  2594. 

Musical,  Varley     .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  2594. 

Mi'cro-phone  Relay.  A  delicate  microphone 
attached  to  the  plate  of  the  receiving  telephone  as 
a  relay. 

As  contrived  by  Houston  &  Thomson.  See  "  Telegraphic 
Journal,"1  *  vi.  343. 

The  microphone  as  a  relay  for  itself.  *  "  Telegraphic  Jour- 
nal," vi.  361. 

Mi'cro-scope.  Beck's  "International"  Mi- 
croscope, shown  in  Plate  XXIX.,  has  a  tripod,  a,  for 
its  base,  upon  which  is  placed  a  revolving  fitting  6, 
graduated  to  degrees,  by  which  means  the  micro- 


scope can  be  turned  around  without  its  being  lifted 
from  the  table,  and  the  amount  of  such  rotation 
registered  ;  upon  this  fitting  two  pillars  are  firmly 
fixed,  and  between  them  the  limb  c  can  be  elevated 
or  depressed  to  any  angle,  and  tightened  in  its  po- 
sition by  the  lever  d.  The  limb  carries  at  one  end 
the  body  e  (binocular  or  monocular),  with  eye- 
pieces and  object-glasses ;  in  its  center  is  the  com- 
pound stage  f,  beneath  which  is  the  circular  plate, 
sliding  on  a  dove-tailed  fitting,  and  moved  up  and 
down  by  the  lever  s,  and  carrying  the  supplement- 
ary body  or  sub-stage  g;  and  at  the  lower  end  a 
triangular  bar  carrying  the  mirror  h. 

The  binocular  body  consists  of  two  tubes,  the  one  fitted  in 
the  optical  axis  of  the  microscope,  and  the  other  oblique. 
At  their  lower  end  and  immediately  above  the  object-glass 
there  is  an  opening,  into  which  a  small  brass  box  or  fitting, 
i,  slides  ;  this  box  holds  a  prism  so  constructed  that  when 
slid  in  it  intercepts  half  the  rays  from  the  object-glass,  di- 
verts them  from  their  direct  course,  and  reflects  them  into 
the  additional  or  oblique  tube.  When  the  box  is  drawn 
back  to  a  certain  distance  the  prism  in  no  way  interferes 
with  the  field  of  view,  and  all  the  rays  pass  up  the  direct 
body,  and  the  microscope  is  converted  into  a  monocular 
one. 

The  upper  or  eye-piece  ends  of  the  tubes  are  fitted  with 
racks  and  pinion  for  varying  the  distances  between  the  two 
eye-pieces,  to  suit  the  differences  between  the  eyes  of  va- 
rious persons. 

This  body  is  moved  up  and  down  with  a  quick  movement 
by  means  of  the  milled  heads  k,  and  with  a  very  delicate 
and  fine  adjustment  by  the  milled  head  I. 

The  compound  stage  is  of  new  construction  ;  the  object  is 
most  frequently  merely  placed  upon  it,  but,  if  necessary,  it 
can  be  clamped  by  carefully  bringing  down  the  spring-piece 
m;  the  ledge  will  slide  up  or  down,  and  the  object  may  be 
pushed  sideways  ;  this  arrangement  forms  the  coarse  adjust- 
ment. Finer  movements  in  vertical  and  horizontal  direc- 
tions are  effected  by  means  of  two  milled  heads,  n  and  o. 
The  whole  stage  revolves  in  a  circular  ring  by  the  milled 
head  p,  or  this  can  be  drawn  out,  and  then  it  turns  rapidly 
by  merely  applying  the  fingers  to  the  two  ivory  studs  q  q 
fastened  on  the  top  plate,  which  is  divided  into  degrees  to 
register  the  amount  of  revolution.  The  stage  is  attached  to 
the  limb  on  a  pivot,  and  can  be  rotated  to  any  angle,  which 
angle  is  recorded  on  the  divided  plate  r,  or  can  be  turned 
completely  over,  so  that  the  object  can  be  viewed  by  light 
of  any  obliquity  without  any  interference  from  the  thickness 
of  the  stage. 

Beneath  and  attached  to  the  stage  is  an  iris  diaphragm,  s, 
which  can  be  altogether  removed,  as  shown  in  the  illustra- 
tion, from  its  dove-tailed  fitting,  so  as  not  to  interfere  during 
the  rotation  of  the  stage.  The  variations  in  the  aperture  of 
this  diaphragm  are  made  by  a  pinion  working  into  a  racked 
arc  and  adjusted  by  the  milled  head  t. 

Beneath  the  stage  are  two  triangular  bars,  u  v,  the  one 
revolving  around  and  the  other  rigid  in  the  optical  axis  of 
the  instrument.  On  the  former  the  sub-stage  g,  carrying 
all  the  apparatus  for  illumination  and  polarization,  fits,  and 
is  racked  up  and  down  by  the  milled  head  w ;  the  mirror 
also,  if  desired,  slides  on  the  same  bar ;  the  revolving  mo- 
tion to  this  bar  is  given  by  the  milled  head  x,  and  the 
amount  of  angular  movement  is  recorded  on  the  -circle  y, 
while  the  whole  of  this  part  of  the  stand  is  raised  and  low- 
ered concentric  with  the  optical  axis  of  the  instrument  by 
the  lever  z,  and  the  amount  of  such  elevation  or  depression 
registered  on  a  scale  attached  to  the  limb.  This  bar  can  be 
carried  around  and  above  the  stage  and  be  thus  used  for 
opaque  illumination. 

The  lower  triangular  bar  v  carries  the  mirror  h,  or  a  right- 
angle  prism,  when  the  illumination  is  required  to  be  con- 
centric with  the  optical  axis  of  the  instrument,  and  inde- 
pendent of  the  movements  of  other  illuminating  apparatus. 

The  mirror-box  contains  two  mirrors,  one  flat  and  the 
other  concave ;  it  swings  in  a  rotating  semicircle  attached 
to  a  lengthening  bar,  which  enables  it  to  be  turned  from 
one  side  to  the  other,  and  revolves  on  a  circular  fitting  for 
giving  greater  facilities  in  regulating  the  direction  of  the 
beam  of  light  reflected,  the  whole  sliding  on  either  of  the 
triangular  bars,  and  made  to  reverse  in  the  socket  so  as  to 
bring  the  center  of  the  mirror  concentric  with  the  axis  of 
the  microscope  in  either  case. 

As  the  mirror  alone  is  insufficient  for  many  kinds  of  illu- 
mination, some  provision  has  to  be  made  for  holding  various 
pieces  of  apparatus  between  the  object  and  the  mirror.  For 
this  purpose  a  supplementary  body,  or  sub-stage,  g,  is 
mounted  perfectly  true  with  the  body,  and  is  moved  up  and 
down  in  its  fitting  by  rack  and  pinion  connected  with  the 
milled  heads  w.  This  sub-stage  is  now  regarded  as  one  of 
the  most  important  parts  of  the  achromatic  microscope  ;  in 
it  all  the  varied  appliances  for  modifying  the  character  and 


MICROSCOPE. 


600 


MICROTASIMETER. 


direction  of  the  light  are  fitted  But  a  few  years  since  it  was 
considered  sufficient  for  this  part  of  the  stand  to  be  constructed 
so  as  to  move  up  and  down  perfectly  coincident  with  the 
optical  axis  of  the  instrument,  and  for  that  purpose  it  WHS 
racked  in  a  groove  planed  out  on  the  same  limb  as  that  on 
the  upper  end  of  which  the  optical  portions  were  earned. 
But  lately  inicroscopists  have  shown  the  desirability  of  af- 
fording every  facility  for  lateral  angular  adjustments  ;  and 
this  has  led  to  the  sub-stage  being  attached  to  an  arc  work- 
ing in  the  circular  plate  //,  and  moved  by  a  rack  and  pinion, 
x,  while  the  amount  of  such  angular  movement  is  recorded 
on  the  upper  surface  of  the  plate  y.  Having  once  fixed  the 
angular  direction  of  the  light,  the  focusing  of  it  depends 
upon  the  lever  z,  which  moves  the  circle  up  and  down,  and 
with  it  the  arm  carrying  the  illuminating  apparatus,  in  the 
optical  axis  of  the  instrument. 

See  Microscopy,  Gulliver 
Microscope,  Waechler     .  * 
Attachment,  Woodward   * 
Binocular,  Taylor     .     .  * 

Cheap # 

In  chemistry,  Sorby  .  . 
Drawing  apparatus  .  . 
Exhibition  of  .... 

Galileo' 's * 

Gas * 

Home-made,  Hichels . 
Images  on  screen 
Janssen's       .... 
Leewenlweck's  .     .     . 
Life  slide,  Holman    . 
Mussclienbroeck' s  . 
Objective,  Russian,  32' 
Object-finder,  Bardeen 
Slide,  Broeck     .     .     . 
Test  plates,  Roger's   . 
Vision,  Slephenson    . 


entific  American  Sup.,"  1496. 
entific  American,"  xxxiv.  37. 
entific  American  Sw/i.,"  1976. 


entific  American   Sup.,''  440. 
' Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  209. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  742. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxv  328. 

*  "Pop.  Science  Man.,"  Nov  ,  1875. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  101. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  727. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  727. \ 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1650. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  727. 
"Sc.  Am.,"  xxxvi.  273;  xli.249. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  100. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  510. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  154. 

*" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1288. 


Fig.  1716. 


Gosse's  "Evenings  at  the  Microscope." 

Micro- photog.,  Roc/i .     .      "  Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1324, 4139. 
Microscopic  photography     "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  226. 

Mi'cro-scope  Il-lu'mi-na'tor.  (Optics.)  A 
convenient  form  of  lamp 
adapted  to  the  use  of  the 
microscope.  The  metallic 
chimney  is  telescopic,  the 
condenser  fits  into  the  cell 
in  front.  The  reservoir  is 
of  brass.  The  lamp  slides 
vertically  on  a  pillar,  and 
may  be  inclined  to  direct 
the  rays.  The  chimney  is 
lined  with  gypsum. 

Mi'cro-scope  Lamp. 
(Optics.)  A  lamp  for  con- 
venient use  with  the  micro- 
scope. Several  have  been 
invented,  the  great  deside- 
rata being  :  — 

1.  Ease/  of  elevation  or  depres- 
sion of  the  lamp  by  attachment 

to  a  long  upright  rod.  Microscopic  Illuminator. 

2.  A  flat  wick,  so  as  by  turning 

either  the  edge  or  broadside  of  the  flame  to  get  intensity  or 
Tolume. 

3.  Absence  of  great  heat. 

In  a  special  form  of  lamp,  on  a  bull's-eye  stand,  the  lamp 
is  attached  to  a  bull's-eye  lens,  the  position  of  which  can 
be  varied  at  pleasure  for  varying  the  character  and  direction 
of  the  rays. 

Mi'cro-scope  TaTsle.  (Optics.)  A  pillar 
and  claw  table,  employed  in  connection  with  the 
microscope  which  stands  upon  it. 

The  top  is  mounted  on  a  strong  iron  center  which 
enables  the  observer  to  revolve  the  microscope  at 
pleasure  without  vibration. 

Mi'cro-spec'tro-scope.  (Optics.)  See  SPEC- 
TEOSCOPIC  EYE-PIECE. 

Mi'cro-ta-sim'e-ter.  An  instrument,  by  Ed- 
ison, for  the  detection  and  measurement  of  infini- 
tesimal pressure.  The  instrument  consists  essen- 
tially of  a  rigid  iron  frame  for  holding  a  carbon 
button,  which  is  placed  between  two  platinum  sur- 
faces, one  of  which  ia  fixed  and  the  other  movable, 


and  in  a  device  for  holding  the  object  to  be  tested 
so  that  the  pressure  resulting  from  the  expansion 
of  the  object  acts  upon  the  carbon  button. 

The  instrument  is  represented  in  Fig.  1717  by 
perspective,  sectional,  and  plan  views. 

A  B  are  posts  rising  from  plate  C.  To  post  A  a  vulcanite 
disk  is  attached  by  the  platinum-headed  screw  E,  which 
rests  in  ii  cavity  in  the  disk.  On  the  head  of  the  screw  ia  the 
carbon  button  F,  and  upon  its  outer  face  is  a  disk  of  plati- 

Fig.  1717. 


Edison's  Microtnxinteter 

num  foil  which  is  in  electrical  communication  with  the  bat- 
tery. A  metallic  cap,  G,  receives  one  end  of  the  liar  to  lie 
tested,  the  other  end  being  in  a  cup,  /,  on  the  end  of  a  screw, 
H,  on  the  other  head,  B.  The  post  A  is  in  connection  with 
a  galvanometer,  in  turn  connected  with  the  battery.  After 
the  strip  has  been  subjected  to  a  small  initial  pressure,  which 
deflects  the  needle  of  the  galvanometer,  the  slightest  expan- 
sion or  contraction  of  the  strip  will  be  indicated  by  the 
needle.  The  warmth  of  the  hand  held  a  few  inches  from 
a  hard  rubber  strip  caused  an  expansion  which  was  indi- 
cated by  a  deflection  of  a  few  degrees  of  an  ordinary  gal- 
vanometer, which  was  not  affected  in  the  slightest  degree  by 
a  thermopile  facing  and  near  a  red-hot  iron.  The  principle 
of  this  apparatus  is  to  be  applied  to  delicate  thermometers, 
barometers,  and  hygrometers. 

Fig.  1718  shows  the  apparatus  as  constructed  for  more 
delicate  operations.  The  instrument  is  connected  with  a 
Thomson's  reflecting  galvanometer,  and  the  current  is  reg- 
ulated by  a  Wheatstone's  bridge  and  a  rheostat,  so  that  the 
resistance  on  both  sides  of  the  galvanometer  is  equal,  and 
the  light  pencil  from  the  reflector  falls  on  0°  of  the  scale. 
The  principle  is  illustrated  in  the  plan  view  in  Fig.  1717, 
where  g  is  the  galvanometer,  i  the  instrument.  At  a  b  c  the 
resistance  is  the  same.  An  increase  or  diminution  of  the 
pressure  on  the  carbon  button  by  an  infinitesimal  expansion 
or  contraction  of  the  substance  under  test  is  indicated  on 
the  scale  of  the  galvanometer. 

The  carbon  button  may  be  compared  to  a  valve,  for,  when 
it  is  compressed  in  the  slightest  degree,  its  electrical  conduc- 
tivity is  increased,  and  when  it  is  allowed  to  expand  it  partly 
loses  its  conducting  power. 

The  heat  from  the  hand,  held  6//  or  8"  from  a  strip  of  vul- 
canite placed  in  the  instrument  —  when  arranged  as  last 
described  —  is  sufficient  to  deflect  the  galvanometer  mirror 
so  as  to  throw  the  light-beam  completely  off  the  scale.  A 
cold  body  placed  near  the  vulcanite  strip  will  carry  the 
light-beam  in  the  opposite  direction. 

Pressure  that  is  inappreciable  and  undiscoverable  by  other 
means  is  distinctly  indicated  by  this  instrument. 

See  also  TASIMETER,  infra. 

Of.  "Eng.  4"  Mining  Journal  "   .     .     .  *  xxvi.  186. 

"Engineering  " *  xxvi.  99. 

"Iron  Age  " xxi.,  June  20,  p.  15 

"  Telegraphic  Journal  »     .     .     .     .  *  vi.  314  ;  *  vi.  458. 


MICROTASIMETER. 


601 


MIDDLINGS. 


Fig.  1718. 


Microtasimeter  with  Reflecting   Ga/vnun/iti 


Fig.  1719. 


'English,  Mechanic  "• *  xxvii.  414. 

'  Scientific  American  " *  xxxviii.  385. 

'Engineer,''  Edison *  xlvi.  99. 

'Tnshneter  •' *  xlvi..  Fig.  3,  425. 

'  Journal  Society  Telegraphic  Ens;."    .  *  vii.  379. 

Mi'cro-tel'e-phone.  The  name  given  by  its 
inventor,  Julian  Ockovowicz,  of  Lemberg,  Gallicia, 
("Telegraphic  Join-mil,"  vii.  132)  to  a  Bell  telephone 
in  which  the  current  generated  by  the  vibration  of 
the  diaphragm  is  caused 
to  pass  through  the  dia- 
phragm as  well  as  the 
core  before  it  enters  the 
line. 

The  communication  of  the 
current  with  the  vibrating 
plate  is  effected  by  means  of 
two  small  springs  which  are 
lightly  pressed  by  the  mem- 
brane, and  which  act  as  a 
microphonic  contact.  3  mm. 
above  the  iron  diaphragm  is  a 
membrane  of  caoutchouc,  so 
that  the  two  inclose  a  film  of 
air  between  them. 

Dr.  Hopkins'  instrument  con- 
sists essentially  of  two  springs 
secured  to  a  small  base  piece, 
and  each  supporting  at  their 
upper  end  a  piece  of  ordinary 
battery  carbon.  These  two 
pieces  of  carbon  are  placed  in 
light  contact,  and  the  two 
springs  are  put  in  an  electrical 
circuit  in  which  there  is  also 
a  receiving  telephone  of  the  Bell  form.  In  Fig.  1719  it  is 
shown  as  secured  to  a  small  sounding-board.  The  two  car- 
bon supporting  springs  are  fastened  to  a  single  base  by  the 
binding  posts  which  receive  the  battery  wires.  An  adjust- 
ing screw  passes  through  one  of  the  springs  at  or  near  its 
center,  and  bears  against  a  rubber  button  projecting  from 
the  other  spring.  This  simple  device  when  placed  on  a  table 
indicates  in  the  receiving  telephone  the  slightest  touch  of 
the  finger  on  the  table  or  on  the  instrument.  Blowing  on 
it  makes  in  the  receiving  instrument  a  deafening  roar ; 
drawing  a  hair  or  a  bit  of  cotton  across  the  carbon  is  dis- 
tinctly audible  in  the  receiving  instrument. 

Cf *  'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Sept.  26,  p.  15. 

'English  Mechanic, "  xxvii.  511. 

'Scientific Amer.,''  xxxix.  170. 

Trouve *  'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2481. 

Hopkins *  '  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2693. 


Hopkins'1  Microphone. 


Theory  of "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3806. 

Luedtge "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  3078. 

Refer  to  CARBON  TELEPHONE,  Fig.  535,  p.  165,  supra. 

Mi'Cro'tome.  An  instrument  for  cutting  very 
thin  sections  of  soft  substances  for  microscopic  pur- 
poses. 

*  "  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1321. 
Rivet    ...      *  "  English  Mechanic.''  8. 

Mid'dlings.  (Milling.)  Coarse  particles  of 
the  kernel  from  immediately  adjoining  the  skin 
of  the  berry,  and  now  appreciated  as  the  most 
valuable  part  because  consisting  largely  of  gluten, 
while  the  interior  of  the  kernel  is  composed  of  the 
starch,  which,  when  dry,  readily  becomes  a  pearly 
powder. 

Under  the  method  of  straight  grinding  almost  universally 
practiced  until  within  a  very  few  years,  the  prime  object  of 
the  miller  was  to  make  as  few  middlings  as  possible,  consid- 
ering them  only  fit  to  be  ground  into  an  inferior  grade  of 
flour,  or  high  grade  of  feed.  Consequently  the  grinding  was 
done  very  close  with  keen,  sharp  burrs;  shaving  into  powder 
as  far  as  practicable  all  this  compact  horny  part  of  the  ker- 
nel, which  thus  became  incorporated  with  the  interior  or 
starchy  part,  and  through  the  bolt  was  separated  from  the 
bran  or  skin  of  the  berry.  The  coarser  particles,  known  as 
middlings,  remained  mixed  with  small  particles  of  bran  and 
other  foreign  substances,  also  a  fine  fuzz,  which  is  found  on 
the  skin  of  the  berry. 

The  new  process  consists  in  manufacturing  a  flour  out  of 
the  middlings,  having  larger  and  more  uniform  granules 
than  the  flour  which  is  made  from  the  central  part  of  the 
berry,  and  free  from  the  fine  impurities  mixed  with  the  first 
grinding. 

The  middlings  are  passed  through  a  machine  called  a  puri- 
fier, so  arranged  that  a  properly  regulated  current  of  air  may 
be  sucked  or  driven  through  them,  separating  all  the  fuzz  . 
and  small  specks,  which  have  less  weight  than  the  particles 
of  the  kernel  thus  freed  of  impurities.  The  purified  mid- 
dlings are  then  reground,  with  care,  so  that  the  grinding  may 
be  even  and  the  angular  shape  of  the  particles  retained. 
After  grinding,  it  is  bolted  as  usual  through  proper  numbers 
of  cloth,  and  the  larger  particles  passing  over  the  tail  of  the 
reel  are  returned  to  the  purifier  and  stone. 

This  is  a  general  synopsis  of  the  process,  which  is  of  course 
varied  to  suit  the  judgment  and  experience  of  skilled  millers, 
some  using  many  purifiers  for  frequent  separations  and  dif- 
ferent methods  of  manipulating  the  returns  and  re-grinding. 

The  middlings  flour  being  sought  after  as  superior  to  the 
straight  grade,  it  is  desirable  to  grind  high,  and  make  as 
much  middlings  as  practicable, — frequently  35  to  40%  is 
made  into  middlings  flour. 

See  also  HIGH  MILLING,  p.  458,  supra ;  and  references  passim. 


MIDDLINGS   PURIFIER. 


602 


MILK   CAR. 


Fig.  1720. 


Mid'dlings  Fu'ri-fi'er.  The  separation  of 
middlings  by  air  currents  and  by  shaking  are  old 
devices. 

The  employment  of  the  hand  sieve  and  natural  current  of 
air,  as  in  the  ancient  mode  of  winnowing  (Fig.  7256,  p.  2786, 
"Mech.  Diet.'-),  but  on  a  smaller  scale  and  in  more  confined 
situation,  was  the  natural  resource  before  reels  and  bolting 
chests  came  into  use.  The  mid- 
dlings purifier  proper  is  something 
more  than  a  mere  bolt ;  properly 
speaking,  it  is  a  machine  for  sepa- 
rating minute  bran  scales  from  grits 
by  causing  a  broad  stream  of  air 
either  by  blast  or  suction,  to  pass 
through  a  slightly-inclined  plane 
sieve  of  meshes  sufficiently  large 
for  both  the  bran  and  grits  to  pass 
through  ;  the  force  of  the  blast  be- 
ing so  gentle  as  to  permit  the  grits 
to  drop,  while  the  particles  of  bran 
are  kept  afloat  to  be  discharged  at 
the  lower  margin  of  the  sieve.  The 
sieve  is  sometimes  disposed  around 
a  cylinder,  and  the  action  promoted 
by  a  brush  acting  upon  the  surface 
of  the  sieve  in  connection  with  the 
blast  or  suction.  Of  this  class,  sev- 
eral of  most  ingenious  construction, 
under  the  name  of  middlings-pu- 
rifiers, have  been  recently  invented 
ana  brought  into  use  in  this  coun- 
try 


-3  r- 


ml 


'\Q/ 


Principle  of  Middling 
Purifier 


The  accompanying  figure  illustrates  one  of  the  simpler 
forms. 

a  a,  is  the  slightly -inclined  sieve,  through  which  the  air  is 
carried  upward  by  the  exhaust-fan,  by  which  the  fine  bran 
is  prevented  from  passing  through,  while  the  heavier  grits 
are  dropped  to  the  trough  below. 

The  subject  has  been  considered  on  pp.  1436, 1437,  "Mech. 
Diet.,''  where  the  machines  of 

*  Lacroix,  *  Huntley  £  Holcomb, 

*  Smith,  *  Wilson, 

*  Mowry, 

have  been  adduced  as  illustrating  five  modes,  having  certain 
points  of  difference  in  operation . 

Several  systems  of  grading  middlings  and  bolting  are  de- 
scribed in  Rollet's  French  work  on  milling  (Paris,  1847), 
including  those  of 

*  Lanturelu,  *  Benoist. 

Reference  is  made  to  the  above  also  in  "Scientific  Ameri- 
can Supplement,''  where  are  also  shown  the  apparatus  of 

*  Westrupp,  Br.,  1864.  *  Cabanes,  Fr.,  1855. 

*  Perrigault,  Fr.,  1862. 

A  slight,  general  sketch  of  the  distinctive  methods  may 
be  given,  and  reference  for  particulars  can  be  made  to  the 
publications  cited  in  the  subsequent  list :  — 

La  Croix's  device  consists  in  the  combination  with  the 
reciprocating  screens  of  traveling  air  tubes  under  the  screen 
placed  5"  on  centers,  and  moving  backward  and  forward  o". 
These  tubes  are  supplied  with  air  at  high  pressure  by  means 
of  two  small  but  powerful  blast  fans.  The  air  is  discharged 
in  thin  sheets  the  entire  width  of  the  cloth,  which  cleans 
the  meshes,  and  raises  the  light  fibrous  matter  from  the 
middlings  so  that  it  may  be  readily  drawn  off  by  the  suction 
fan,  which  is  employed  on  top  of  the  machine  as  usual. 

Walker.  A  distributing  feed  shoe  ;  an  inclined,  shaking, 
suction  blast  separator  suspended  and  vibrated  upon  links, 
and  divided  into  sections,  each  of  which  consists  of  a  series 
of  slightly  inclined  shelves,  extending  to  the  side-boards  of 
the  suspended  separator ;  a  brush  and  concave  arrest  the 
middlings  at  their  mid-passage,  and  they  fall  upon  a  shaking 
sieve  where  they  are  sorted  and  certain  portions  returned 
for  re-dressing. 

Collin's  "  Garden  City."  A  succession  of  inclined  sieves  of 
gradually  coarser  quality,  and  suction  blast  of  increasing 
strength  in  the  descending  order.  The  matter  passing  through 
each  sieve  is  spouted  away  to  its  own  receptacle. 

Smith.  Has  feeding  rollers,  shaking  bolt,  traveling 
brushes  to  clean  meshes  of  the  cloth,  and  upward  current  of 
air  to  carry  off  impurities. 

Reel  (f  Seyler  "  Champion."  Has  a  spout  and  rotary  reel 
for  separating  the  finer  particles ;  thence  to  a  chute  where 
the  fuzz  is  withdrawn  by  a  suction  fan  ;  then  to  a  series  of 
grading  sieves  with  upward  blast. 

Huntley,  Holcomb,  If  Heine  "  Excelsior."  Middlings  are 
fed  through  tubes  to  disintegrators,  two  in  succession ;  the 
dust  and  fiber  are  carried  off  through  wind-trunk,  and  go  to 
a  feed  hopper  and  reel  to  be  sorted ;  the  middlings  pass  to 
shaking  sieves  with  upward  draft. 

Hunter.    A  blast  machine  with  percussion  sieve. 

"  Phoenix  ''  has  suction  fan,  sloped  sieves,  and  a  succes- 
sion of  hoppers  for  graded  product. 


"  Keystone."  Succession  of  zigzag  inclined  sieves  and 
suction  draft. 

Affleck.  The  middlings  are  subjected  to  a  current  of  air 
before  going  on  to  the  sieve,  where  the  purification  is  finished 
and  the  floury  matter  drawn  off  into  a  suitable  bolt. 

Cochrane's  patent,  of  so  much  interest  in  regard  to  the  suits 
at  law  in  this  matter,  is   No.  37,318,  January  6,  1863.     See 
"American  Miller,''  vi.  11. 
Eefer  to — Bauer  .     .     .  *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  101. 

Benoist *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''1  *  1602. 

Buehlmann    ....  *  "American  Miller,''  v.  181. 

Cabanes *  "  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  *  1602. 

Cabanes,  Purifier    .     .  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  197. 

Case  ...  *  "American  Miller,'-  viii.  370. 

"  Champion  •''    .     .     .  *  "American  Miller,''  v.  66. 

Cochran  (Patent  No. 
37,318.  Jan.  6,  1863.)  *  "American  Miller,-'1  vi.  11. 

Collins,    Garden  City  "  *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  89. 

Currier,  Mill  ....  *  "American  Miller,"  vii.  267. 

*  "American  Miller.'-'  viii.  29. 

Dell,  Br *  "Engineer,'-  xlvi.'  403. 

Downton *  "American  Miller,'-  vi.  21. 

Electric "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  209. 

Elwell,  Separator   .     .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xxxiv.  342. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  166. 
Fender,  "  Standard    .  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  83. 

"  Garden  City  "      .     .  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  69. 
"  Helvetia  "  .     .    .     .  *  "American  Miller,-'1  viii.  157. 

Hunter *  "American  Miller,"  vi.  21. 

Huntley,  "Excelsior  :I  *  "American  Miller,''-  iv.  137. 
Jones,  "  Paragon  "     .  *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  93. 

Keller *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  316. 

Lacroix     .     .          .     .  *  "American  Miller,''  v.  83. 

*  "American  Miller,'"  vii.  103,  266. 

Lanturelu      ....  *" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"-  *  1602. 
Millot,  Switz.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  258. 

Ohio  Midd.  Purif.  Co.  *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  90. 

Osborne *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3744. 

"Paragon"  ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  431. 

*  "American  Miller,''  iv.  37. 
Perrigault      .     .     .     .*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,'-  *  1602. 

Pyne *  "American  Miller,'1'1  vii.  338. 

Redfield *  "American  Miller,-'  viii.  3. 

Reelj  "  Champion  "    .  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  65. 

Smith *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  140. 

Schoonover    ....  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  29. 
Suits,  arguments    .     .  *  "American  Miller,"  vii.  70. 

"  Summit  "...        *  "American  Miller,"'  viii.  316. 
Sutcliffe *  "Engineer,''  xli.  391. 

*  "American  Miller ,"  v.  72. 
Walworthj'Bi.    ...  *  "Engineer,"   xliii.  416. 

Westropp *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1602. 

Wolf *  "American  Miller,''  viii.  183. 

Mid'ship-maii's  Hitch.  (Nautical.)  A  kind 
of  hitch  shown  at  i,  Fig.  2513,  p.  1105,  "Meek. 
Diet." 

Mil'dew  Bronze.  An  imitation  of  the  patina 
or  surface  effect  obtained  by  lapse  of  ages  and  ex- 
posure of  ancient  bronzes. 

Dissolve  equal  weights  of  nitrate  of  iron  and  hyposulphite 
of  soda  in  eight  parts  of  water  ;  immerse  the  articles  in  this 
until  of  the  right  tint,  then  well  wash  with  water,  dry,  and 
brush  :  one  part  chloride  of  iron  and  two  parts  water  im- 
parts to  brass  a  fine  antique  green.  Brush  well  and  lacquer 
with  pale  gold  lacquer,  or  polish  with  oil. 

Mil'i-um  Nee'dle.  (Surgical.)  A  fine  nee- 
dle with  curved  hastate  point  used  in  skin  grafting. 
—  Piffard. 

Milk.     See  the  following  references  :  — 

Analysis  apparatus. 

Von  Baumhauer     .     .  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1162. 

Condensed *  "Scientific  Ameri can  Sup.,"  2482. 

Cooler,  Austrian    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  292. 
Milking  apparatus 

Blurton,  Engl.  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2346. 
Milker,  Mollen  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American^  xxxvi.  102. 
Skimmer,  centrifugal. 

Wannieck,  Austrian    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  21. 
Stool  and  strainer. 

Valentine *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  100. 

Milk  sugar  manufacture      "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  56. 

See  LACTOMETER,  LACTODENSIMETER,  GALACTOMETEB  ;  Pio- 
SCOPE  ;  CREAMERY,  CHEESE,  CHURN,  etc.,  and  references  pas- 
sim. 

Milk  Car.  (Railway. )  One  for  carrying  milk 
in  cans.  It  is  usually  made  with  end  platforms  like 
a  baggage  car,  and  has  the  springs  of  a  passenger 
car.  —  Forney. 


MILK   COOLER. 


603 


MILK   STRAINER. 


Milk  Cool'er.  An  apparatus  for  removing  the 
natural  warmth  of  fresh  milk.  Two  forms  are 
shown. 

Fig.  1721  is  Lawrence's  capillary  refrigerator  (Br.),  which 
is  also  adapted  to  cooling  wort.  Milk  as  soon  as  milked  is 
poured  into  the  strainer  A,  whence  it  passes  into  a  chamber 

Fig.  1721. 


the  cooler  chamber  is  removed  to  expose  the  interior 

The  Austrian  cooler,  Fig.  1722,  is  very  simple,  and  consists 
of  a  vat  or  tub  through  which  cold  water  is  constantly  cir- 
culating. On  the  surface  of  the  water  floats  a  circular 

Fig.  1722. 


Vienna  Milk  Cooler. 

wooden  plate,  provided  with  a  number  of  round  holes  into 
which  are  inserted  the  vessels  containing  the  milk.    These 


arc  made  of  sheet  zinc,  two  feet  long,  and  each,  according  to 
the  u  Wiener  Landw.  Zeitung,''  contains  a  little  over  a  gallon 
of  milk. 

It  takes  about  fifteen  minutes  to  cool  the  milk  down  to  a 
temperature  slightly  above  that  of  the  surrounding  water. 
When  not  in  use  the  cylinders  are  turned  upside  down  on  a 
wooden  rack  to  drain  and  dry. 

Milk  Glass.  A  semi-translucent  glass  used  in 
some  graduated  glass  instruments  to  contain  the 
scale  in  order  to  render  it  more  legible.  See  also 
CRYOLITE  ;  HOT  CAST  PORCELAIN,  etc. 


Fig.  1723. 


French  Milk  Heater. 

Milk  Heat'er      (Dairy.)     A  furnace  arrange- 
ment for  heating  milk  for  cheese-making. 

That  shown  in  Fig.  1723  is  a  French  form  in 
which  the  deep  cans  set  in  a  water  bath         ...^ 
above  a  furnace.     The  furnace  and  tank 
are  of  sheet  iron. 

See  also  MILK  PAN. 

Milk'ing  Tube.  A  tube  inserted 
into  the  via  lactea  of  a  cow's  teat  in  order 
to  overcome  the  muscular  contraction  and 
allow  the  milk  to  flow  without  the  use  of 
the  hands.  The  tubes  are  of  silver,  four 
to  a  set,  and  are  telescopic  to  suit  vary- 
ing lengths  of  teats. 

Milk  Pan.  A  pan  in  which  milk  is 
set  to  allow  the  cream  to  rise ;  or  in  which 
it  is  heated  or  cooled  as  the  circumstances 
may  require,  for  churning  or  for  cheese- 
making. 


Figs.  1725,  1726  show  the  "  Iron  Clad  "  milk 


proceeds  from  an  elevated  reservoir  and  is  sup- 
pUed  to  either  or  all  of  the  pans  by  means  of  faucets.  In  Fig. 
1726,  A  is  the  pipe  from  the  boiler  leading  to  pans.  B,  the 
hot  water  pipe  spigot.  F  is  the  waste-water  pipe,  G  the  sour 
milk  pipe.  HH&Te  thermometers  for  indicating  tempera- 
ture. 

Fig.  1725. 


Milk  Pans  with   Water  Flow. 

Milk  Scale.  See  CREAMERY  SCALE,  Fig. 
725,  p.  230,  supra. 

Milk  Strain'er.  A  funnel-shaped  pan  with 
wire  gauze  in  the  bottom  to  strain  foreign  matters 


MILK   STRAINER, 


604 


MILL  BUSH. 


Fig.  1726. 


"Iron  Clad"  Milk  Pans  with  Heater. 

from  milk.     That  shown  in  Fig.  1727  has  a  pyram- 
idal     strainer     which 
gives  a  much  increased 
surface  and  correspond- 
ing efficiency. 

Milk  Test.  A  lac- 
tometer or  lacto-densim- 
eter,  which  see.  See  also 
CREMOMETER. 

Milk  Test 'ing 
Tube.  A  form  of  lac- 
tometer in  whicli  vari- 
ous milks  or  milks  of 
d  i  ff  e  r  e  n  t  cows  are 
placed  under  exactly 
the  same  conditions,  in  graduated  tubes  of  the  same  ' 
measurements. 

Fig.  1728 


Pyramidical  Milk  Strainer. 


WlllllilWiillliiiil'llliillliliiiiliiiiriiiiiiiNiiiiiiiiiiiuiiiiiitiiliiHiiiiiiiiiliiiiilrlii1!;!1"!:'  BilBlJHHn 
Milk  Testing  Tube 

Mill.     See  under  the  following  heads:  — 

Aplatisseur. 

Feed  mill. 

Apple  grinder. 

Fertilizer  mill. 

Army  mill. 

Flouring  mill. 

Aspirator. 

Fodder  mill. 

Attrition  mill. 

Furrow-dressing  machine. 

Bean  mill. 

Grain  crusher. 

Bone  mill. 

Grain  mill. 

Breaking  down  machine. 

Grain  scourer. 

Buckwheat  huller. 

Grain  smutter. 

Cake  breaker. 

Granulating  process. 

Cake  grinder. 

Grape  mill. 

Cement  mill. 

Grinding  machine. 

Charcoal  grinding  much 

Grinding  mill. 

Chilian  mill. 

Grist  mill. 

Cider  mill. 

Grits  mill. 

Clay  mill. 

High  grinding  . 

Clover  huller. 

Hominy  machine. 

Coffee  mill. 

Hominy  mill. 

Concasseur. 

Hone. 

Corn  cracker. 

Huller. 

Corn  mill. 

Incorporating  mill. 

Corn  sheller. 

Kibbling  mill. 

Cotton-seed  huller. 

Lime  cracker. 

Cracking  machine. 

Low  milling. 

Crusher. 

Maize  mill. 

Crushing  mill. 

Malt  crusher. 

Cylinder  grinding  machine. 

Middlings  mill. 

Cylinder  mill. 

Millstone  dresser. 

Decorticator. 

Mixing  machine. 

Degerminator. 

Mortar  mill. 

Disintegrator. 

Mortar  mixer. 

Drug  mill. 

Oat  mill. 

Eccentric  mill. 

Oat  crusher. 

Facing  machine. 

Oil-cake  breaker. 

Farm  mill. 

Oil-cake  mill. 

Ore  crusher. 
Paint  mill. 
Paint  mixer. 
Pearling. 
Plaster  mill. 
Portable  mill. 
Powdering  machine. 
Process  milling. 


Pulverizer. 

Pulverizing  mill. 

Rice  hu Her. 

Rock  breaker. 

Rock  crusher. 

Roller  mill. 

Root  grinder. 

Root  pulper. 

Salt  mill. 

Saltpeter  and  sulphur  grinding  mill. 

Saltpeter,  sulphur,  and  charcoal  mill. 

Scourer. 

Sectional  mill. 

Semolina  machine. 

Smut  machine. 

Smut  mill. 

Spice  mill. 

Stamp  mill. 

Stamping  mill. 

Stone  breaker. 

Stone  crusher. 

Talc  mill. 

Vertical-stone  mill. 

Wheat  lmi-h. 

Wheat  cracker. 

Wheat  scourer. 

Yucca  grater. 


See  also :  Mill  feeder  and 

tell-tale,  Teter    ...  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  123. 
Middlings  machinery. 

Gent "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2578. 

New  process      ....      "Scientific  American  St/p.,"  397. 
"  Scientific  American  Sup., •'  2589. 
"Scientific  American,-  xxxix   70. 
Scientific  American,'''  xli   243. 


Oliver  Evans 
Portable,  Munson 

French       .     . 

See  also  MIDDLINGS  ;  MIDDLINGS  PURIFIER  ;  CYLINDER  MILL  ; 
PROCESS  MILLING;  HIGH  MILLING,  and  reference.-  //U.VMJ/I. 

Books  on  inill-wrighting  :  — 

Box.     ''Practical  Treatise  on  Mill  Gearing."  London,  1867. 

Croak,  "Practical  American  Milhorig/it  and  Miller.''  8vo. 
Phila.,  1870. 

Dixon.  "Practical  Wheelwright  and  Engineer's  Heady 
Reckoner." 

Evans.    "The  Young  Millwright  and  Miller's  Guitli  " 

Hughes.  "The  American  Miller  and  Millwright's  Assist- 
ant.^ 

Pallet.    "The  Miller,  Millwright,  and  Engineer's  liniile." 

Templeton.  "Engineers,  Millwrights,  and  Mechanics' 
Pocket  Companion." 

Mill  Board  Cut'ter.  A  machine  for  cutting 
to  size  mill  and  card  boards  for  binding,  etc.  They 
are  made  wit'u  pivoted,  or  with  circular  knives. 

See  BOARD  CUTTER,  Fig.  354,  p.  113,  supra;  MILL  BOARD 
CUTTER,  Fig.  3149,  p.  1440,  "Mech.  Diet.";  CARD  BOARD  CUT- 
TER, Figs.  539-541,  p.  166,  supra. 

Mill  Bush.  The  lining  box  in  the  eye  of  a 
millstone.  Fig.  ]  729  shows  the  parts  in  the  bed 
stone  and  those  attached  to  the  spindle  making  a 

Fig.  1729. 


Mia  Bush. 


MILL  BUSH. 


605 


MILLING. 


joint,  by  means  of  the  parts  B  F  c,  and  c  D  E  H,  to 

give  a  snug  fit,  and  prevent  flour  from  working 

downward.      The    balance-rynd    (not    shown 

placed  on   the  cock-eye  of  the 

spindle,  and  supports  the  run-  Fig- 173°* 

ner. 


Mill  Dri'ver.  The  appara- 
tus immediately  concerned  in 
giving  motion  to  the  runner 
millstone. 

The  figure  shows  the  spindle,  slip- 
driver,     set-screw,    tram-pot,     lever, 
lighter  screw,  bail  or  balance-rynd, 
damsel,   back-lash    spring,  fulcrum, 
pinion  and  pinion  jack. 
See   glossary,  pp.  1019, 
1020,  "Mech    Diet.'- 

Mill  Feed'er. 

The  customary  feed 
of  a  mill-stone  is  by 
a  damsel  on  the 
spindle  which  a  g  i- 
tates  the  shoe  be- 
neath the  hopper  and 
causes  the  grain  to 
dribble  into  the  eve 
of  the  runner. 

Fig.  1731  shows  a  self- 
regulating  silent  mill 
feeder  which  also  gives 
an  alarm  by  the  ringing 
of  a  bell  when  the  feed 
runs  short.  The  device  Mill  Driver. 

rests  by  four  legs  upon 

the  husk  and  has  an  arrangement  of  compound  levers  sup- 
porting the  funnel  which  acts  as  a  feed  hopper  and  discharges 
into  the  lower  funnel  which  distributes  the  grain  around 
the  eye  of  the  buhr. 

Fig.  1731. 


Mill  Feeder. 

MU1  File.  A  thin  flat  file  used  in  machine 
shops  for  lathe  work  and  draw  filing. 

Mil 'ling.  1.  (Grain  Grinding.)  In  the  com- 
parison of  the  advantages  of  high  and  low  milling 
respectively,  it  is  stated  by  J.  J.  Wyngaert,  editor 


of  the  German  journal  "Die  Miihle,"  that  the  Aus- 
tro-  Hungarian  process  of  high  milling,  consisting  of 
a  disintegration  of  the  tissues  by  successive  crack- 
ings, is  especially  adapted  to  a  hard  and  brittle 
wheat,  such  as  that  in  the  markets  of  Vienna  and 
Pesth,  and  not  to  the  softer  varieties,  more  abun- 
dant in  North  Germany,  Britain,  and  the  United 
States,  and  which  have  a  tougher  shell  and  friable 
interior. 

"  The  advocates  of  high  milling  rest  upon  the  claims  of 
the  scientific  solution  of  the  problem  :  the  reduction  of  the 
wheat-grain  by  a  succession  of  alternate  crackings  and  sort- 
ings, in  which  disintegration  is  effected  by  successive  steps 
of  such  slight  individual  advance,  and  the  graduations  of 
the  successive  products  are  so  fine  that  the  heat  produced  is 
inconsiderable,  and  the  ultimate  product  of  flour  free  from 
specks  and  of  absolute  fairness  is  much  larger  than  by  the 
low-milling  process.  The  significance  of  this  peculiarity  of 
the  process  cannot  be  easily  over-estimated.  It  leaves  the 
integrity  of  the  cells  of  gluten  unimpaired.  They  have, 
therefore,  their  natural  investment  of  cellular  tissue  to  pro- 
tect the  sensitive  nitrogenous  constituents  of  the  interior 
from  the  oxygen  of  the  air,  and  from  the  spores  of  micro- 
scopic vegetation  always  afloat  in  the  atmosphere.  Having 
escaped  destructive  crushing,  they  have  also  escaped  the 
heat  attendant  upon  it,  and  the  loss  of  water  and  chemical 
decomposition  due  to  it.  As  the  chemical  changes  conse- 
quent upon  this  exposure  of  the  gluten  bring  with  them  prod- 
ucts of  disagreeable  taste  and  smell,  the  flour  produced  by 
the  high  milling  has  escaped  the  deterioration  consequent 
upon  the  destruction  of  the  texture  of  the  gluten-cells." 

'•The  physical  impracticability  of  producing  lumps  from 
the  friable  interior  of  the  soft  wheat  shows  at  a  glance  the 
inferior  adaptation  of  this  kind  of  wheat  to  the  production 
of  the  numerous  grades  of  grits  which  characterize  the  Aus- 
tro-Hungarian  milling.  The  toughness  of  the  shell  of  the 
soft  wheat  makes  it  practicable  to  obtain  a  product  in  low 
milling  in  which  the  fine  particles  of  bran  are  relatively 
few,  and  from  which  a  flour  of  high  order  of  whiteness  may 
be  obtained.  The  dry,  brittle  Hungarian  wheat,  subjected 
to  the  low  milling  process,  would,  by  reason  of  the  brittle- 
ness  of  the  shell,  yield  a  product  in  which  the  small  parti- 
cles of  bran  would  be  numerous,  and,  being  of  the  same 
size,  would  pass  through  the  bolt  with  the  flour,  and  make 
it  impossible  to  produce  a  flour  of  perfect  whiteness."  — 
Prof.  Horxford. 

"By  the  processes  of  low  milling,  we  have  the  following 
scheme  of  low  milling  treatment  :  — 


Cleaning. 


Clean  wheat. 
Pointing. 


Refuse. 


Pointed  wheat.     Poorest  flour.     Coarse  bran. 
Grinding. 


co       (No.  1. 

No.  2.     Dust. 
No.  3 


Fine  grits 
ground. 


Hulls 
ground. 


Flour  No.  2.  Dust.     Flour  No.  6.  Bran 


Dust 
ground. 


Flour  No.  1. 


Black  dust 
ground. 


Flour  Nos.  4  or  5 

A  much  more  elaborate  table,  by  Wyngaert,  may  be  found 
in  Prof.  Horsford's  "Report  on  Vienna  Bread ,"  "  Vienna  £y- 


, 

position  Reports,''  ii.,  §  B,  table  opposite  to  p.  56. 
The  scheme  of  treatment  of  the  "  Fife  "  spring 
Minnesota  is  shown  in  the  same  report,  p.  57. 


.      . 
spring  wheat  of 


In  the  process  of  high-milling,  which  is  a  step  by  step  re- 
duction of  the  grain,  started  with  the  pointed  kernels,  three 
products  are  obtained  at  each  grinding  : 

Coarse  fragments  with  much  bran  attached 

Less  coarse  fragments  with  less  bran  attached. 

Minute  fragments  with  little  or  no  bran. 

These  are  separated  from  each  other  by  the  sifting  and 
purifying  machine.  Each  of  the  several  products  is  again 
subjected  to  grinding,  and  the  product  in  each  again  sorted 
into  grades,  and  so  on  until  the  last  traces  of  the  white  in- 
terior of  the  berry  have  been  separated  from  the  dark  hull 
and  graded.  See  MIDDLINGS. 

The  table  on  the  following  page  exhibits  the  products  yielded 
in  a  comparatively  primitive  high  milling  establishment :  — 


MILLING. 


606 


MILLING  MACHINE. 


HIGH  MILLING  PROCESS. 


1)  Cleaning. 

2)  Pointing. 


Pointed  wheat. 

! 
3a)  First  cracking. 


Bran. 


Black  flour,  No.  6 


Groats  flour.        Dust  (flour).        Grits.        1.  Groats. 

3  b)  Second  cracking. 


Groats  flour, 
Nos.  3  and  4. 


Dust  (flour).      Grits.  2.  Groats. 

3c)   Third  cracking. 


Dust  (flour).        Grits.        Hulls. 


5)  All  the  dust  (flour)  purified  and  ground 
gives 


4)  All  the  grits  purified  and  ground  to  dust  (flour) 
give 


Flour  No.  1. 


Flour  No.  2. 


Black  dust  flour  No.  5. 


Dust  (flour). 


§)  Grinding  the  hulls. 


Flour  Nos.  6  and  6. 


Bran. 


A  very  much  more  elaborate  scheme  may  be  found  in  Prof. 
Hereford's  report  above  quoted,  table  opposite  to  p.  69. 


There  were  produced  from  wheat  of  average 
weight. 

83  to  84 
pounds  per 
metze. 

A 
B 
C 

0 
I 

n 
m 

IV 
V 

VI 
VII 
VIII 
IX 
X 
F 
G 
B 

per  cent. 
4.25 

5.53 
5.76 
5.51 
6.48 
7.12 
13.30 
11.85 
9.95 
4.36 
6.32 
8.94 
6.87 
3.76 

Table-groats,  coarse      f 

Extra  fine  flour   

Extra  roll  or  semmel  flour    .     .     . 
Common  roll  or  semmel  flour    .     . 

Second  pollen  flour      
First  dust-flour    

Brown  pollen  flour  

Chicken-feed,  loss,  and  dirt  .    .     . 

100.00 

The  terms  to  indicate  certain  results  or  conditions  of  the 
material  in  the  process  of  grinding  grain  have  been  multiplied 
since  the  introduction  of  the  high-milling  process. 

Prof.  Horsford  in  his  "Report  on  Vienna  Bread,''1  Washing- 
ton, 1876,  uses  the  following :  — 

Groats  (Ger.  Schrot).    Broken  and  bruised  kernels. 

Middlings  (Ger.  Ueberschlag).     Unpurified  grits. 

Grits  (Ger.  Gries).    Purified  groats. 

Besides  these  are  many  terms  known  in  the  trade,  such  as 
farina,  semolina,  cracked  wheat,  etc. 

Farina.    A  kind  of  grits,  finely  purified. 

A  number  of  terms  have  comparatively  lately  come  into 
milling:  — 

Low  milling  is  the  ordinary  system  of  mashing  and  re- 
peated scraping  and  squeezing  and  a  single  bolting.  It  is  at- 
tended with  heating  of  the  product,  which  injures  the  flour. 

The  high  milling  is  a  system  of  successive  crackings  with 
alternate  removal  of  the  finer  particles  and  the  bran  as  fast 
as  produced.  It  is  attended  with  but  little  heating  of  the 
product.  There  is  some  cracking  in  low  milling  and  some 
mashing  in  high  milling. 

The  half-high  milling,  as  its  name  imports,  partakes  more 
of  the  cracking  than  low  milling,  and  more  of  the  scraping 
and  squeezing  than  high  milling. 

The  cylinder  milling  is  a  system  of  pressing  and  cracking, 
and,  where  the  cylinders  are  grooved  and  move  with  unequal 
velocities,  of  tearing.  Like  the  high  milling,  it  produces  lit- 
tle heat  See  under  each  head. 

Disintegration  :  A  system  in  which  there  are  neither  stones 
nor  cylinders,  but  iu  which  the  pulverization  is  effected  by 
means  of  the  friction  of  the  grain  upon  itself,  being  kept  in 
motion  by  beaters  revolving  at  a  high  velocity  in  a  hollow 
cylinder.  Carr's  process,  Fig.  1665,  p.  707,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  under  the  following  heads  :  — 
Aspirator.  Exhaust  purifier. 

Cylinder  grinding  mill.  Grain  cleaner. 

Cylinder  mill.  Grain  dryer. 


Grain  separator. 
Granulating  process. 
Grits  grading  machine. 
Grits  mill. 
Grits  purifier. 
High  milling. 
Low  milling. 
Middlings  purifier. 
Mill  stone. 


Pointing. 
Purifier. 
Roller  mill. 
Smut  machine. 
Stone  separator. 
Unbranning  machine 
Wheat  cracker. 
Wheat  scourer. 
Wheat  separator. 


2.  (Fine  Art  Metal-work-ing.)      Giving   an   orna- 
mental ridged  or  ribbed  surface  to  an   object  by 
holding  it  against  a  ribbed  tool  which  revolves  in 
a  lathe. 

3.  (Metal  Working.)     The  cutting  of  metal,  etc., 
by  means  of  revolving  cutters.     See  MILLING  MA- 
CHINE, "Mech.  Diet.,"  et  infra. 

4.  (Leather.)    Treatment  in  a  large  wooden  drum 
or  cylinder,  about  8"  in  diameter,  and  4'  in  height, 
water-tight,  and  having  wooden  pins  projecting  ra- 
dially from  the  interior  concave  surface  towards  its 
horizontal  shaft.     The  drum  is  revolved  by  a  pin- 
ion, from  8  to  20  times  per  minute. 

The  mill  is  used  for  stuffing  light  leather,  and  for 
other  purposes.  After  stoning,  skiving,  and  shav- 
ing, the  sides  are  put  in  the  mill  with  some  tan  liq- 
uor to  soften  them  and  make  them  porous. 

5.  A  mode   of  finishing    some    descriptions   of 
goods  by  means  of  vertical  fallers.     See  BEETLING- 
MACHINE. 

Milling  Ma-chine'.  The  subject  is  consid- 
ered on  pp.  1441,  1442,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  Figs.  3151, 
3152.  The  form  shown  in  Fig.  1732  is  Lawrence's 
Combined  Index  and  Plane  Milling  Machine. 

On  the  circular  portion  of  the  standard  is  a  sleeve  capable 
of  being  clamped  in  any  position,  and  carrying  on  one  side 
the  index  cutting  arrangement,  and  on  the  other  the  plane- 
milling  table.  By  this  arrangement  of  the  sleeve  the  index 
can  be  swung  round  to  the  opposite  side  from  the  cutter,  and 
this  movement  carries  the  milling-table  under  the  cutter  in 
position  to  be  operated  on,  and  only  a  moment  of  time  is  re- 
quired to  make  the  adjustment. 

From  the  top  of  the  sleeve,  upward,  the  front  of  the  stand- 
ard is  flat  with  beveled  sides,  and  on  this  top  part  the  spin- 
dle-carrier is  fitted,  with  spindle  and  lateral  adjustment  of 
spindle,  gears  and  pulley  for  driving  the  spindle,  and  rack- 
gear  and  handle  on  the  back  side. 

The  cutter-spindle  carrier  has  a  traverse  of  9",  and  can  be 
operated  either  by  a  screw  and  hand-wheel  at  the  top  or  by 
the  lever  and  rack  behind.  On  the  left-hand  box  of  the  cut- 
ter-spindle is  a  pipe-box,  bored  tapering,  and  into  which  a 
composition-bush  is  fitted.  Through  this  bush  the  spindle 
passes.  On  the  outer  end  of  the  bush  a  check-nut  is  fitted 
for  drawing  the  bush  in  on  the  taper  and  contracting  the 
hole.  By  this  method  the  wear  of  the  bearing  is  taken  up 
The  index  is  16"  in  uiameter,  and  is  drilled  to  cut  all  num- 
bers up  to  80,  and  all  even  numbers  up  to  150.  Spur,  bevel, 
or  right  or  left  worm-gears  can  be  cut.  It  will  cut  gears  up 
to  16"  diameter  accurately,  and  by  swinging  the  index  away 


MILLING   MACHINE. 


607 


MILLSTONE  DEESSER. 


Eig.  1732. 


Combined  Index  and  Plane  Milling  Machine. 

from  the  cutter  will  cut  24"  diameter.  The  number  of  de- 
grees in  a  circle  are  cut  on  the  edge  of  the  index-plate.  The 
plane-milling  table  is  dovetailed  and  gibbed  into  the  top 
part  of  a  knee-piece,  which  knee-piece  is  gibbed  to  one  side 
of  the  sleeve,  and  has  a  traverse  of  5"  on  the  sleeve.  It  is 
operated  up  or  down  by  a  hand-wheel  with  bevel-gears  and 
screw.  The  table  is  18"  X  10",  and  has  T-slots  running 
both  ways  in  the  top.  It  has  a  longitudinal  traverse  of  18", 
with  a  lateral  adjustment  of  cutter-spindle  across  it  of  5", 
obtained  by  a  screw  and  hand-wheel  at  the  right  hand  of  the 
cutter-spindle.  It  has  self-adjustable,  automatic  feed.  The 
extreme  distance  between  the  top  of  the  table  and  the  cen- 
ter of  the  cutter  is  14".  The  table  can  be  set  at  any  angle 
with  the  cutter,  and,  with  the  help  of  a  pair  of  rotary  cen- 
ters, twist-drills  or  spiral-cutters  can  be  milled.  By  means 
of  the  swinging  sleeve  true  circles  of  greater  or  less  diameter 
can  be  milled  on  the  face  of  the  work. 

See  also :  — 
Gun  work,  Bement    .     . 

Brainerd 

Universal,  Britannia  Co. 

Br 

"  Universal,''  Brown  §• 

S/iarpe 

Brown  Sf  Sharpe     .     . 

Steam  chest  seats. 

Campbell 

Steam  chests,  Campbell 
Universal,  Greenwood  fy 

Batley,  Br 

Greenwood  fy  Batley, 

Engl 

Hand 

Lawrence 

1'or  lathes,  Main  .  .  . 

Newton  Sf  Co.    .     .     . 
Pratt  If  Whitney    .     . 

Tanite 

Universal,  Br 


*  "Engineering,-'  xxii.  179. 

*  " Scientific  American   Sup.,"  675 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  723. 

*  "Engineer,'"  xlviii.  344. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Oct.  11,  p.  1. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rep.,''1  ii.  234. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  15. 

*  "Mining  §•  Sc.  Press,-''  xxxv.  73. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  322. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  375. 

*  "Scientific  American,'1''  xl.  386 
Fig.  1306,  p.  433,  supra. 

*  "Engineer,-'1  xlii.  364. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  38. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  271. 

*  "Am.  Man., "Jan.  31, 1879,  p.  IS. 

*  Tkurston's  "  Vienna  Rep.,"  \\.  223. 

*  "Sc.  American,''1  Oct.  31,  1874. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  155. 


Mill'-run.     (Mining.)     A  test  of  a  quantity  of 
ore  run,  after  reduction. 
Mill'stone. 

A  report  on  millstones  was  made  by  /.  M.  Safford,  "  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition  Reports,"  Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  176  et  seq. 

See  elaborate  article  *  by  Prof.  Ilorsford  in  his  report  from 
the  Vienna  (1873),  Exhibition,  pp.  36-42,  vol.  ii. 

See  also  :   Truax   ...  *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  21. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  198. 
Bolting,  Aubin      ...  *  "American  Miller,'-  iv.  120. 
Dress,  Jones      ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.."  1824. 

Suavely *  "American  Miller,'1''  v.  53. 

Walker *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  29. 

Theory  of  grooves       .  *  "Scientific  American  S«p.,''2829. 

30  illustrations  ...  *  Figs.  3156,  3157,  pp.  1443,  1444, 

"Mech.  Diet." 
Dresser,  diamond,  Harris  *  "American  Miller,'1''  viii.  189. 

Ellis *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  106. 

Benton *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  187. 

McFeely *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  408. 

Dresser. 

Three  Rivers  Man.  Co.  *  "American  Miller,-'1  iv.  70. 

Harris *  "American  Miller ,"  iv.  71,  91 ;  v. 

39. 

Griscom  4°  Co.  .  .  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  121. 
Exhaust,  Howland  .  .  *"  American  Miller,"  iv.  95. 
Exhaust  and  condenser  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  63. 

Swartwout    .... 

Glass "Scientific  American  Sup."  1940. 

Millstone  Lift  ....  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  490. 

SettJBg,  Woodbury     .     .  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  89. 

Mill  pick,  Lemoine    .    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  374. 

Mill'stone  A-larm'.  A  device  to  give  notice 
when  the  supply  ot  grain  to  the  stone  runs  out  or 
runs  short. 

See  Fig.  3150,  p.  1441,  "Mech.  Diet."  MILL 
FEEDER,  supra. 

Mill'stone  Bush.     See  MILL  BUSH,  supra. 

Mill'stone  Crane.  A  device  for  lifting  the 
runner  off  the  bed-stone.  See  HOISTING  SCREW, 
Fig.  1360,  p.  460,  supra. 

Mill'stone  Curb.  The  covering  of  the  stones. 
A  husk  or  hurst. 

Mill'stone  Dres'ser.  1.  A  machine  for  form- 
ing millstones  ;  bringing  them  to  shape.  A  species 
of  stone-turning  lathe. 

Figs.  1733-1736  show  a  Rogers'  diamond  tool 
millstone  dressing  machine,  illustrated  in  the  "Bul- 
letin de  la  Societe  d' Encouragement  pour  Vlndustrie 
Nationale." 

A  is  a  face  plate,  to  which  the  stone  B  is  secured  by  the 
four  clamps  a.  C  is  the  bed,  resting  upon  a  masonry  foun- 
dation. D  is  the  rotary  tool,  carrying  eight  diamonds  and 
revolving  3,500  turns  per  minute.  It  is  mounted  on  a  car- 
riage, E,  which  travels  across  the  face  of  the  stone  on  slides 
G,  on  the  support  F.  The  movement  of  translation  of  the 
carriage  is  effected  by  the  screw  H,  the  rate  of  motion  of 
which  is  proportioned  to  that  of  the  stone's  revolution.  The 
diamond  tool  is  actuated  from  the  pulley  7  by  the  belt  I'. 
K  and  K',  respectively,  are  fixed  and  loose  pulleys  im 
parting  motion  to  the  drum  by  means  of  a  belt  passing  over 
the  pulley  L  of  the  main  shaft  M.  A  lever,  P,  acting  on 
pinions  P'  and  P",  which  engage  in  racks  Q  and  Q',  en- 
ables the  whole  tool-carrying  apparatus  to  be  moved  toward 
or  from  the  stone,  as  desired.  N  is  a  shaft  placed  against  a 
wall,  which  serves  to  set  the  lathe  mechanism  in  motion,  as 
described  hereafter.  On  this  shaft  is  a  pulley,  T,  which 
transmits  motion  by  friction  to  the  disk  U  mounted  on  a 
shaft  which  is  belted  to  the  lathe  arbor  below.  A  lever,  U>, 
having  a  counterweight,  U",  always  gives  the  necessary 
pressure  to  cause  the  contact  of  disk  f/and  pulley  T.  This 
mode  of  transmission  by  friction  pulley  and  disk  imparts  to 
the  lathe  arbor  a  variable  velocity  according  as  the  tool 
operates  upon  the  stone  at  a  portion  nearer  to  or  farther 
from  the  center,  so  that  in  this  way  whatever  part  of  the 
stone  is  presented  to  the  tool,  the  velocity  is  nearly  constant. 

The  position  of  the  wheel  Twith  relation  to  the  disk  Fis 
regulated  by  means  of  the  lever  S,  operated  by  cords  a, 
which  are  attached  to  the  ends  of  the  tool  carriage.  A  ven- 
tilator, V,  operated  by  the  special  gearing  V ,  removes  the 
dust  produced  through  the  tubes  v.  The  air  from  the  blower 
is  led  into  a  water  reservoir  X,  and  thence,  after  depositing 
its  dust,  escapes  by  the  pipe  v".  The  traveling  tackle  Z 
serves  to  adjust  the  stone  in  the  machine. 

The  diamond  tool  is  separately  represented  in  Figs.  1735 
and  1736.  A  is  the  tool,  P  the  driving  pulley.  Eight  dia- 
monds are  mounted  on  the  surface  of  the  cylinder  in  sleeves, 


MILLSTONE   DRESSER. 


608 


MILLSTONE   DRESSER. 


Fig.  1733. 


2.  A  machine  in  which  a 
millstone  is  placed  while  being 
faced.  The  French  machine 
for  dressing  millstones  by  the 
revolving  traversing  diamond 
is  shown  in  Fig.  1737.  The 
cutter  lias  a  rotary  motion,  and 
also  a  movement  of  translation, 
on  the  face  of  the  stone,  parallel 
with  the  furrows ;  the  lining 
being  parallel  on  each  pane. 

The  cutting  pitch  of  the  diamond 
Fig.  1735. 


Section  of  Diamond  Mandrel. 

is  regulated  by  an  inclined  slide  H, 
fixed  to  the  cast-iron  framework  of 
the  machine  J  /  by  the  bolts  K  K. 
The  incline  of  the  slide  is  in  the  di- 
rection of  the  center  of  the  stone, 
which  secures  uniformity  in  the  cut- 
ting, and  the  inclination  is  regulated 
by  means  of  adjustable  wedges  ;  an 

and  in  such  a  way  that  they  may  be  caused  to  project  more   .  arrangement  which    secures  mathematical  exactness  in  the 
r  means  of  a  regulating  screw.     B  B'  are  lubricating      depth  of  the  cut      The  action  of  the  machine  is  similar  to 


Fig.  1734. 


Fig.  1736. 


Rogers'  Millstone  Dressing  Machine.    (Front  Elevation.) 

cups,  and  U\s  the  conduit  whence  dust  is  drawn  by  the  ven- 
tilator from  the  chamber  E,  as  shown  by  the  arrows.  Ac- 
cess is  had  to  the  tool  by  lifting  the  cover  C. 


Millstone  Drei 


Mandrel. ) 


that  of  a  milling  cutter,  and  the  course  of  the  diamond  is 
from  the  circumference  to  the  center,  and  vice  versa,  the 
face  produced  on  the  millstone  by  means  of  the  machine 
being  partially  granulated.  The  movement  of  the  platform 
is  by  automatic  intermittent  feed  connecting  with  piuion 
and  master  wheel  D.  E  E  are  leveling  screws  in  the  plate  B. 

The  Hodgeboom  millstone  dresser  is  shown  in  Fig.  1738. 
The  post  of  the  machine  is  keyed  in  the  eye  of  the  millstone  ; 
whereas,  in  the  last-mentioned  instance,  ttie  stone  is  pluml 
on  the  rotatable  table  of  the  machine.  The  Hodgeboom  ma- 
chine, however,  uses  wheels  of  8"  diam.  made  of  corundum 
with  a  cementing  material.  The  wheel  makes  2,000  revolu- 
tions per  minute.  The  cross  head  carrying  the  wheel  runs 
in  covered  slides  with  sti-el  gib  and  friction  rollers,  and  so 
constructed  as  to  be  impervious  to  the  dust.  The  idle  pul 
leys  run  on  hollow  spindles  which  are  self-lubricating.  The 
standard  is  in  the  form  of  a  tripod  and  easily  trammed.  The 
cross  bar  is  fastened  to  the  standard  by  means  of  a  face  plate 
collar  and  may  be  raised  or  lowered  at  will.  The  automatic 
feed  is  a  rack  bar  and  pinion,  driven  by  belt,  and  is  strong, 
simple,  and  accurate. 

The  machine  of  Hignette,  of  Paris,  shown  at  the  Paris  hx- 
position  of  1878,  is  similarly  supported  on  the  stone,  but  has 
a  rotative  diamond. 

Coplin's  machine  is  ou  a  similar  principle. 


MILLSTONE   DRESSER. 


609 


MILLSTONE   DRESSER. 


Fig.  1737 


Dupety's  Dia  moil /I  Millstone  Dressing  Machine. 


3.  A  portable  machine  which  is  laid  upon  the 
stone,  and  the  tool  reciprocated  thereon  to  dress 
the  working  face  of  the  stone. 

The  Harris  machine  employs  one  or  more  revolving  dia- 
mond cutters,  which  .are  run  at  ;i  speed  of  :ihout  3,000  revo- 
lutions per  minute,  making  125  cuts  to  the  inch  the  entire 
width  of  furrow,  leaving  the  natural  grit  of  buhrs,  and  the 
furrow  true  and  smooth.  Provision  is  made  for  dressing 
furrows  in  buhrs  that  run  either  with  or  against  the  sun, 
and  at  any  angle  or  pitch  of  furrow  required. 

The  automatic  feed  can  be  set  to  cut  any  number  of  cracks 
to  the  inch,  from  8  to  125. 

The  Larrr  dressing  machine  has  also  a  diamond  on  a  car- 
riage moving  on  guides. 

Orjpx  and  McFteley'ls  machines  for  facing  and  furrowing 
n-e  the  diamond  in  reciprocating  carriage. 

The  Gri.wii  liuhr-dresser,  Fig.  1739,  shows  a,  method  of 
operating  the  diamond,  which  is  in  a  carriage  moving  on  a 
track,  which  latter  occupies  a  segment  panel  in  a  frame 
which  lies  flarh  upon  the  face  of  the  stone,  and  is  fastened 

Fig.  1738. 


by  a  bolt  passing  through  the  eye  of  the 
stone.  Any  panel  on  the  face  of  the 
stone  can  be  reached  by  the  adjustment 
of  the  frame  on  the  central  bolt,  and  the 
track  can  be  brought  into  parallelism 
with  the  furrow  by  adjustment  of  the 
central  end,  as  a  tangent  to  a  larger  or  a 
smaller  circle  of  which  the  axis  of  the 
stone  is  the  constant  center. 

Benton's  diamond  millstone  dresser, 
t'ig.  1740,  is  designed  to  furrow,  face,  or 
crack,  and  its  carriage  moves  in  guides  on 
a  platform  which  is  laid  upon  the  face 
of  the  stone. 

The  Harris  dresser,  shown  in  i'ig. 
1741,  has  a  carriage  carrying  a  mill  pick. 
This,  being  hinged,  will  make  a  row  of 
cracks  as  the  car  is  pushed  along,  and  a 
parallel  line  is  made  by  readjusting  the 
base-piece  A.  The  fore-arm  of  the  op- 
erator rests  on  the  pusher,  and  the 
hand  grasps  the  pickhandle  at  K. 

4.  A  hand  tool  used  as  means 
of  sharpening  the  furrows,  clear- 
in";  the  surface  of  gloss  or  gum, 
restoring  the  cutting  quality  of 
the  buhr,  etc.  A  facing  tool. 

Frequently  a  block  of  cemented  co- 
rundum. See  CORUNDUM  HAND-TOOL, 
Fig.  701,  p.  224,  supra ;  FURROW  RUB- 
BER, Fig.  1120,  p.  363,  Ibid. 


See  :  Benton,  Diamond  .  *  "American  Miller,''  viii.  358. 


Coplin,  emery  wheel 
Deal,  corundum  block 


Am.  Miller,"  vi.,  May  1,  1878. 
*  "American  Miller ,"  viii.  494. 

Fig.  1739. 


Diamond  Ruhr-ilresser. 


Duptty,  diamond.  .  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  ' 
Ellis,  diamond  tool  .  .  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  495. 
Harris,  "  IXL.,"  Dia- 


Emery-wheel  Millstone  Dresser. 
39 


Diamond  Buhr-dresser. 


MILLSTONE   DRESSER. 


610 


MINERAL  DRESSER. 


Miller,  rubber  ....  *  American  Miller,''  viii.  490. 
Millot,  diamond    ...  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  3 
Roger,  diamond     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  5. 

Suggestions American  Miller,''  viii.  435- 

Teter  If  Allen,  corundum 
block *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  496. 

Fig.  1741. 


Millstone  Pick. 


Milestone  Dri'ver.  That  device  on  the  mill- 
stone spindle  which  impinges  against  the  bail  of 
the  runner  to  drive  the  latter. 

Fig.  1742  shows  the  Dane  driver,  which  has  notches  to 
clasp  the  arms  of  the  bail. 

Fig.  1742. 


Dane  Mill-buhr  Driver. 

Fig.  1743  is  the  Forrest  balance  driver,  which  has  lugs,  A 
A,  working  on  knife-edged  pivots ;  these  are  smaller  than  the 

Fig.  1743. 


Forrest  Driver. 

holes  which  allow  the  Ings  to  move  without  friction  against 
the  sides  of  the  apertures .  C  is  the  plate  secured  on  spindle  B. 
See  BUHR  DRIVER,  Fig.  453,  p.  143,  supra;  BALANCE  RYND, 
Fig.  503,  p.  216,  "Mecfi.  Diet. :>  ,•  GRINDING  MILL,  Plate  XXII., 
opp  p.  1020,  Ibid. ;  MILL  DRIVER,  supra. 

Mill'stone  Ex-haust'.  A  means  for  with- 
drawing the  air  from  the  husk,  around  the  periph- 
ery of  the  stone,  in  order  to  cool  the  meal,  prevent 
choking,  and  expedite  the  work.  See  Figs.  3165- 
3167,  pp.  1445,  1446,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Brubaker *  "American  Miller,"  vii.  157. 


Mill'stone  Feed.     A  means  of  regulating  the 
quantity  of  grain  fed  into  the  eye  of  the  millstone. 
The  device  rests  by  three  legs  upon  the  husk,  and  the  con- 
Fig.  1744. 


Noyes'  Millstone  Feeder. 

ductor  leads  downward  into  the  eye.     The  gate  is  adjusted 
by  a  regulating  screw.     See  MILL  FEEDER,  supra. 

Mill'stone  Fur'row-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  cutting  the  furrows  in  the  face  of  a  mill- 
stone. These  are  of  peculiar  shapes,  and  various 
contours.  See  Fig.  3156,  p.  144,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Some  machines  both  cut  and  dress,  furrow  and 
face.  See  MILLSTONE  DRESSER. 

Mill'stone  Hoist.  See  HOISTING  SCREW, 
Fig.  136,  p.  460,  supra. 

Mill'stoue  Spin'dle.  See  MILL  DRIVKR, 
supra. 

Mill'stone  Ven'ti-la'tor.  A  device  for  for- 
cing a  current  of  air  in  at  the  eye  of  a  millstone 
and  carrying  it  out  at  the  skirt.  See  Figs.  31  ('>.'!- 
3167,  pp.  1445,  1446,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Min'cing  Knife.     (  Whaling.)    For  cutting  the 
blubber  into  small  pieces. 
Domestic  ;  disk  blade  .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  22,  p.  11. 

A  machine  with  knives 


Fig.  1745. 


Min'cing  Ma-chine'. 

on  a  roller,  used  in 
cutting  blubber 
small  for  trying. 

Min'cing 
Spade.  (  Whal- 
ing.) Used  in  cut- 
ting up  the  blubber 
for  trying  out. 

Mine  Car. 
(Railway.)  A  Mine  Car. 

small  four-wheeled 
car  for  carrying  minerals  in  mines. 

Mine  Lo'co-mo'tive.  See  MINING  LOCO- 
MOTIVE. 

Min'e-ral  Dres'ser.  A  little  machine  consist- 
ing of  a  pair  of  chisels,  one  of  which  is  adjustable 
and  the  other  movable ;  used  to  split  geological 

1746. 


Mineral  Dresser. 


MINERAL  DRESSER. 


611 


MINING    LOCOMOTIVE. 


specimens  with  certainty,  in  removing  superfluous 
portions,  or  exposing  crystals  or  fossils. 

The  bad,  A,  has  a  chisel  head,  B,  fastened  by  a  link ;  the 
other  chisel  is  on  a  head,  K,  moved  by  bar  H  and  lever  L, 
The  screw,  M,  gives  a  shearing  action. 

Canfield      .  *  "Engineering  ami  Mining  Journal,"  xxii.  188. 
*ulron  Age,'-  xvii.,  June  8,  p.  1. 

Min'e-ral  Hold'er.  (Microscopy.)  A  means 
for  holding  :i  rough  piece  of  mineral  so  that  it  can 

Fig.  1747. 


be  readily  revolved  while  under  examination  with 
the  microscope. 

Mill 'e-ral  Wool.  (Glass.)  Filamentous  slag 
made  by  a  steam  blast  on  a  falling  stream  of 
melted  slag  from  an  iron  furnace. 

The  "hair  of  Pele1,"  the  effect  of  the  eddying  gusts  of  wind 
upon  the  spray  pellets  of  the  masses  of  slag  ejected  from  the 
crater  of  Kilauea,  is  a  natural  and  constantly  produced  ma- 
terial of  the  same  character  as  the  artificial  slag  wool. 

The  manufactured  article  is  used  as  a  non-conductor,  to 
prevent  freezing  of  water-pipes,  tanks,  etc.  ;  to  prevent  cool- 
ing of  steam-pipes,  boilers,  cylinders,  etc. ;  to  prevent  damp- 
ness, to  keep  out  vermin,  and  to  prevent  the  spread  of  fire,  it 
being  incombustible.  It  is  formed  by  allowing  a  blast  or  jet 
of  air  or  steam  to  impinge  upon  the  surface  of  molten  slag, 
which  is  thereby  blown  into  filaments,  producing  a  light 
material  having  a  glassy  fiber. 

Player's  U.  S.  Patent,  May  ol,  1870.  Re-issued  February 
1,  1876. 

The  method  of  manufacture  at  the  Krupp  Works,  Essen, 
Prussia,  is  as  follows  :  The  pig-iron  furnace  is  provided  with 
a  tap  an  inch  in  diameter,  out  of  which  a  continual  stream 
of  slag  is  allowed  to  flow,  and  to  fall  a  distance  of  2'  6",  at 
which  point  the  falling  stream  of  slag  is  met  by  a  strong 
blast  of  cold  air,  the  effect  of  which  is  to  separate  the  slag 
into  myriads  of  hair-like  threads,  as  white  as  snow,  resem- 
bling the  finest  wool. 

Fig.  1748  shows  the  method  adopted  at  the  Clove  Furnace, 
Orange  Co.,  N.  Y.  The  wool-house  is  100'  from  the  furnace. 

Fig    1748. 


Mineral  Wool  Apparatus. 


The  slag  is  run  into  box  cars,  rolled  to  the  wool-house,  and 
e  tapped.  A  small  stream  issues  on  to  the  runner,  falls 

Ji",  and  is  then  encountered  by  a  jet  of  steam  which  scat- 
ters it  in  threads  into  the  house,  which  is  30'  X  40'  and  21' 

c>  the  comb.  A  sheet-iron  extension  1(V  long  reaches  to  the 
slag  car.  The  size  of  the  nozzle  has  an  important  bearing 
upon  the  formation  of  shot,  as  the  pellets  of  slag  are  termed 

|ee  ;  • "Man.  4"  Builder,"  ix.  42 ;  *  x.  6. 

Roof  lining  .....  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  16,  p.  18. 

_.          .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  278. 

Usesof "Am.  Man.;"  March  19,1880,  p. 

7 ;  April  2,  1880,  p.  12. 

Mi'ner's  Bar.  A  crow-bar  with  narrow  and 
relatively  wide  chisel  ends  at  the  respective  ex- 
tremities. 

Mi'ner's  Forge.  A  portable  forge  for  use  in  a 
mine,  to  dress  picks,  etc.  See  PORTABLE  FORGE, 
and  references  passim. 


Mi'ner's  Inch.  The  term  is  somewhat  arbi- 
trary, the  value  varying  in  different  localities. 

Customary :  The  amount  of  water  flowing  in  one 
second  through  an  orifice  an  inch  square,  under  a 
head  of  6",  measuring  from  the  upper  line  of  the 
orifice.  Approximately,  9  to  10  ounces  by  weight 
per  second. 

"  In  round  numbers,  the  miner's  inch  is  equivalent  to  a 
discharge  of  95  cubic  feet  per  hour :  one,  cubic  foot  is  7i 
gallons.  A  miners  inch  would  equal  a  discharge  of  712.5 
gallons  per  hour."  —  "Mining  anil  Scientific  Press."1  xxxvii. 
152. 

See  also  Ibid.,  xxxv.  297. 

Mi'ning.     See :  — 

Cages,  wire-rope  connections 

for,  Baumann,  Ger.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  118. 
Comstock  Code      .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1158. 
Miner's  inch     ....      "Min.  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  152. 

Deep "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2681. 

Dial,  Davis  If  Cochrane    *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  111. 
Engine,   Portable,   Gar- 

rett,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxrii.  573. 

Tuyford,  Br.      .     .     .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  134. 
Dump,  Lee  Bros.  ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  May  1,  p.  11. 
Locomotive,  narrow  gage. 

Lewin,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  45. 

Locomotives,  Austria     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  507. 
Mach.,  Dubois  Sf  Francois  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Sept.  26,  p.  1. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  980. 

Machinery,  heavy      .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1859. 
Machine,  Lec/mer      .     .  *"  Scientific  Arner.,"  xxxix.  102. 
Pump,  Blake     .     .     .     .  *  "Manufacturer  if  Builder,"  x.  193. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  994. 

*  "Mining  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  17. 
"Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  266. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  51. 


*  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  338. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  353. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1041. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  14,  p.  1. 
Ing.)     " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  107. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  346. 


Cope  If  Maxwell     .     . 
Gould  &  Curry  mine 
Knowles 

Pumps,  mode  of  opera- 
ting, Moore  If  Dickey  . 

Pump,  Silver    .... 

Shafts,  sinking. 

Kind-  Chawlron      .     . 
Depth  of  European 

Ventil.(  Cleveland,  E: 

"  Scientific  American  Sup."  1112. 

Hoot *  "Scientific  American  Sup."  1315. 

Wedge *  "Scientific  American  Sup. ,"1907. 

Treatise  on  the  applications  of  electricity  to  the  firing  of 
charges,  mines,  torpedoes,  etc.  Comte  du  Moncel's  "Expose 
ties  Application  de  I'Electricite,"  v.  582-638.  Paris,  1878. 

Mi'ning  En'gine.  1.  A  hauling  engine  for 
subterranean  work  in  drifts  and  adits. 

2.  A  hoisting  engine  in  shafts. 

3.  A  pumping  engine  to  clear  mines  of  water. 

4.  A  mining  locomotive. 

Many  instances  are  given  under  special  names. 

Mi'ning  Lo'co-mo'tive.  A  narrow-gage  lo- 
comotive built  compactly,  and  of  moderate  height, 
to  traverse  the  drifts  of  mines. 

While  there  is  much  variation  as  to  gage,  number  of  dri- 

Fig.  1749. 


Mining  Locomotive. 

vere,  weight,  power,  etc.,  the  size  of  that  shown  in  Fig.  1749 
is  within  the  ranges 

Cylinders,  diameter 5"  to  9". 

Stroke 10"  to  14". 


MIXING   LOCOMOTIVE. 


612 


MITE  KING   MACHINE. 


Diameter  of  drivers 22"  to  28". 

Wheel  base 4'  to  b.ZV. 

Length  over  all W  to  lo.l'. 

Height 5'  to  0.5'. 

Weight  (running) 7.000  to  20,000  Ibs. 

Hauling  capacity  on  level     .     .  175  to  500  tons. 
Se&list  under  LOCOMOTIVE  ;  NAREOW-GAGE  LOCOMOTIVE. 

Mi'ning  Wedge.  A  gad  for  driving  into  a 
natural  seam,  or  a  channel  cut  or  bored,  to  split  off 
a  mass  of  coal1,  or  what  not. 

A  wedge  for  bring!]);;  down  coal,  on  the  principle  of  the 
plug-and-feather,  is  shown  in  "Scientific  American  ^itj/jile- 
ment,"  1907. 

Min'now  Pro-pel'ler.  A  bait  for  trolling-, 
having  a  bright  spoon  which  rotates  by  contact  with 

Fig.  1750. 


Minnow  Propeller. 


the  water.  Behind  the  propeller  is  a  feather  bait 
with  hooks.  Fig.  1750  shows  Chapman's  minnow 
propeller. 

Min'ute  Clock.     A  stop  clock  used  in  making 
tests  of  gas. 

Goodwin's  " Amer,  Gas-light  Journal, ^  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  7. 
Minute  clock,  comb,  with  meter  and  gas  index,  Ibid.,  p.  7. 

Mir'ror.     See  pp.  1452,  1453,  "Mech.  Diet." 
(Surgical.)     To  reflect  light  into  a  cavity,  as  the 

larynx,  the  meatus  auclitorius,  the  eye,  the  rectum. 

The     laryngoscope,     endoscope,     ophthalmoscope, 

etc.,  use  mirrors. 

See  also  :  — 

Mirror  barometer  .  . 
Folding,  McEvoy .  .  . 
Holder,  Webb  $  Myrick  . 
Japanese  magic,  Mallet  . 

Japanese 

Japanese  magic  .  .  . 
Manufacture,  silver  .  . 

Mercury 

Mirror  telegraph    .     .     . 

See  also  POLEMOSCOPE. 


*  '•»  ii-ntific  American  <S'«p.,"2847, 

*  ''Scientific  American,''  xlii.  354. 

*  "Scientific  American.'-''  xliii.  403. 

*  "  Engineer,"  xlvii.  307. 

*  "Scientific  American,-'1  xl.  280. 

"  Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  1326, 2654,  *  2847. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  35. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  574. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  310. 


Mir'ror  Gal'va-iiom'e-ter.  An  instrument 
for  measuring  the  deflection  of  the  astatic  needle 
under  conditions  of  electric  excitement.  A  mirror 
is  attached  to  the  needle,  and  the  reflected  pencil 
of  light  becomes  as  it  were  a  pointer  traversing  a 
scale. 

The  first  use  of  a  mirror  attached  to  a  moving  body  to  in- 
dicate angular  displacements  was  by  Galileo  in  a  pulsome- 
ter,  the  small  mirror  being  laid  on  the  pulse,  the  beam  of  re- 
flected light  was  received  on  a  wall  or  screen.  See  Sphygmo- 
graph. 

"Engineering,'1''  vol.  xxiv.,  p.  346,  refers  to  the  applica- 
tion of  the  idea  by  Gauss,  in  a  telescope  or  eye-piece,  and  by 
Tyndall  in  his  lectures,  in  throwing  upon  a  screen  the  image 
of  a  dial  and  needle  of  an  ordinary  astatic  galvanometer. 
See  also  "Engineering,"1  xxii.  115. 

Mr.  Charles  Brook  used  the  mirror  in  his  photographic 
self-recording  galvanometers,  in  1851,  to  reflect  a  spot  of 
light  upon  a  moving  strip  of  sensitized  paper. 

Sir  William  Thomson  used  the  spot  of  light,  thus  reflected, 
on  an  index  traversing  a  scale,  in  his  sub-oceanic  telegraph 
instruments,  6,  Fig.  2150,  p.  939,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  instruments  by  W.  J.  Wilson  and  Prof.  Silvanus 
1  .  Thomson,  described  in  "Engineering  •'  above  cited.  Also 
paper  by  Judd,  "Journal  Society  Telegraphic  Engineers,'1'  v. 
248. 

Mi'ter.  A  scribe  or  guide  for  an  oblique  cut. 
The  term  miter  may  be  held  to  include  only  the  angle 
of  45°,  the  half  of  the  rectangle,  and  the  bevel  to  re- 
fer to  chamfers  or  oblique  angles  generally.  The 
custom,  however,  is  not  absolute. 

Fig.  1751  is  a  combination  instrument  consisting 
of  a  rule,  square  and  miter,  capable  of  many  uses. 


Fig.  1761. 


Iron  Frame  Miter  and  Square. 

Mi'ter  Board.  A  miter 
box  in  which  a  piece  is  laid 
while  the  saw  reciprocates 
between  guides  which  cause 
it  to  make  the  kerf  at  the 
prescribed  angle. 

In  Stevens's  miter-board,  Fig.  1752,  one  of  the  guides  is 

i. Ij n stable  on  a  graduated  qH;ulv:mt  MI  ;is   tn  sot  the  guide 
to  saw  at  any  required  angle  with  tin1  ktsc. 

Fig.  1752. 


Miter  Board. 

Mi'ter  Box.  A  tool  with  a  bed  and  a  fence, 
against  which,  as  a  base,  an  object  is  held,  while  a 
saw  working  in  guides  makes  a  kerf  at  any  deter- 
mined angle. 

In  the  Langdon  miter  box,  Fig.  1753,  this  angle  is  adjust- 
able, one  of  the  guides  being  set  in  accordance  with  the 
scribe  lines  on  the  bed. 

Fig.  1753. 


Mitrr  Box. 


Mi'ter-box  Saw.  A  wide-bladed  tenon  saw 
for  cutting  miters.  See  Fig.  1753. 

Mi'ter  Jack.  A  templet  used  in  making  and 
fitting  all  kinds  of  small  miters  on  moldings.  Fig. 
1754. 

Fig.  17P,i. 


Miter  Jack. 


Mi'ter-iiig  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  on  which 
stuff  is  sawed  to  a  determined  angle.  Its  most 
frequent  use  is  to  saw  off  the  ends  of  pieces  ob- 
liquely in  order  that  they  may  be  united  to  form  a 
frame.  The  uses  are  very  various.  See  p.  1453, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  mitering  machine,  Fig.  1755,  has  a  table,  a  circular 
saw,  and  two  fences  adjustable  to  any  angle,  and  capable  of 
a  movement  of  translation  across  the  table,  in  order  to  saw 
off  the  end  of  a  piece  of  stuff  held  against  the  fence  and 
moved  toward  the  saw. 

Miter  cutter,  Fox    .     .    .  *" Scientific  American,"  xli.  134. 

Miter  jack *"Manuf.  If  Builder,"  x.  88. 

Miter  machine,  Tiernay    .  *  "  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  214. 


MITRAILLEUSE. 


61,'J 


MOLARIMETER. 


Fig.  1755. 


Mite  ring  Machine. 

Mi-trail-leuse'.  The  subject  has  been  consid- 
ered on  pp.  1454-1450,  *  "Mi-ch.  Diet.,"  where  the 
French  army,  the  Abbertini,  and  the  Taylor  systems 
are  shown.  See  also  MACHINE  GUN,  pp.  569,  570, 
supra. 

Mixed  Clay  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  Ware  made 
of  portions  of  clay  of  different  colors,  to  give  va- 
rious marbled  or  mottled  effects;  or  to  give  the 
parts  of  a  vase  or  other  object  different  colors. 

See  of  the  former  order,  SCRODDLED  WARE  and  TORTOISE- 
SHELL  WARE. 

Pate  changeant  is  a  porcelain  which  has  a  peculiar  change- 
able color  as  viewed  by  solar  or  gas-light,  or  at  different 
angles. 

Mix'ing  Ma-chiiie'.  1.  A  machine  for  com- 
pounding. See  list  under  MILL,  supra.  Also 
DOUGH  MrxKi;,  Ibid. 

2.  ( Gunpowder. )  A  revolving  hollow  copper 
drum  with  interior  spokes  to  mix  a  batch  of  the 
dry  materials ;  say  50  Ibs.  in  all,  at  one  operation. 

See  "  Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  II.,  Fig. 
4;  and  description  on  p.  99. 

Gunpowder,  Fr *  "•Engineering,"  xxxv.  37. 

And  grinding  pan,  Mather,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  205. 
And  knead.,  Pfleiderer,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  483. 

Pottery  clay *  Laboulaye's     "Diet.,''  iii., 

"Poterie,"  Figs.  2163-2166. 

Mod'el-ing  Clay.  Dry  day  kneaded  with 
glycerine. 

Plastilina:  Clay,  :; ;  sulphur,  6:  oxide  of  zinc,  1;  fatty 
acids,  2  ;  fats,  10.  Kirst  saponify  the  zinc  white  with  oleic 
acid,  which  then  mix  with  the  other  fatty  acids,  add  sulphur 
in  flowers,  and  the  clay  in  a  dry  powder. 

Or :  Glue,  8,  with  zinc  oxide,  1 ;  add  oleic  oil,  4  ;  wax,  2 ; 
sulphur,  6 ;  clay,  3. 

Mo-gul'.     The  name  of  a  class  of  locomotives 

adapted  for  heavy  freight  traffic.      It   originated 

in  the 'Baldwin  Locomotive  Works  with  the  "E.  A. 

Douglas,"   built  in  1867.     It   is   made   in   several 

Fig.  1766. 


sizes,  but  with  the  typical  three  pairs  of 
connected  drivers  and  a  swinging  pony 
truck  in  front. 

Utilizing,  as  it  does,  nearly  the  entire  weight 
of  the  engine  for  adhesion,  the  main  and  back 
pairs  df  driving  wheels  being  equalized  together, 
as  also  the  front  driving  wheels  and  the  pony 
wheels,  and  the  construction  of  the  engine,  with 
swing  truck  and  one  pair  of  driving  wheels 
without  flanges,  allowing  it  to  pass  short  curves 
without  difficulty,  the  Mogul  is  generally  ac- 
cepted as  a  type  of  engine  especially  adapted  to 
the  economical  working  of  heavy-freight  traf- 
fic. 

Mo'hair. 

"  Mohair,  the  fleece  of  the  Angora  [Asia  Mi- 
nor] goat,  is  not  a  mere  substitute  for  wool,  but 
occupies  its  own  place  in  the  textile   fabrics. 
It  has  the  aspect,  feel,  and  luster  of  silk,  with- 
out its  suppleness.     It  differs  materially  from 
wool  in  the  want  of  the  felting  quality  ;  so  that 
the  stuffs  made  of  it  have  the  fibers  distinctly 
separated,  and  are  aiwsfys  brilliant.  On  account 
of  the  stiffness  of  the  fiber,  it  is  rarely  woven 
alone  ;  that  is,  when  it  is  used  for  the  filling, 
the  warp  is  usually  of  cotton,  silk,  or  wool,  or 
the  reverse.      The  distinguishing  qualities  of 
the  fiber  are  luster;  elasticity,  and  durability. 
These  qualities  fit  the  material  for  its  chief  use, 
—  the  manufacture  of  Utrecht  velvets,  commonly 
called  furniture    plush,  the  finest  qualities  of 
which  are   composed  principally  of  mohair,  the  pile  being 
formed  of  mohair  warps,  which  are  cut  in  the  same  manner 
as  silk  warps  in  velvet.''  —  Hayes'  "  Centennial  Reports,"  v. 
78. 

See  also  Hayes1  "  The  Angora  Goat ;  its  Origin,  Culture, 
and  Products,''1  published  in  vol.  xi.  of  the  "Proceedings  of 
the  Boston  Natural  History  Society." 

Mo'hair  Gla-ce'.  (Fabric.)  A  goat's-hair 
and  cotton  French  dress  goods. 

Mo'hair  Lus'ter.  A  black  dress  goods,  re- 
sembling alpaca,  consisting  of  mohair  woven  with 
cotton  warp.  Also  called  brilliant  ine. 

Moist  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  battery  in- 
vented by  M.  Trouve,  consisting  of  a  pile  of  zinc 
and  copper  plates 
separated  by  paper 
disks ;  the  paper  in 
contact  with  the 
copper  being  satu- 
rated with  a  solu- 
tion of  sulphate  of 
copper,  and  that  in 
contact  with  the 
zinc  serving  to 
hold  the  zinc  sul- 
p  h  a  t  e  produced 
during  the  action 
of  the  battery. 

"Scientific  American," 

*'xxxvii.  323. 
' '  Telegraphic  Journal," 

*  v.  78. 
Niaudet,  Am.  transl., 

*112. 

Molar    F  o  r'- 
ceps.    (Dentistry.) 
Heavy  forceps  for  extracting  the  molars ;  or  cow- 
horn  forceps  for  eradicating  roots  when  the  crowns 
nave  decayed  below  the 
alveolar  process. 

M  o-l  a-r  i  m'e-t  e  r. 
(Milling.)  An  instru- 
ment invented  byE. 
Campbell,  for  ascertain- 
ing the  temperature  of 
the  meal  as  it  flows  from 
the  mill  spout.  Fig. 
1757. 


Fig.  1757. 


Molarimeter. 


Locomotive. 


It  is  a  thermometer  with  a 
bent  leg ,    the  bulb  exposed 


MOLD-BOARD. 


614 


MOLDING   MACHINE. 


to  the  flow  of  meal  in  the  spout,  and  the  graduated  limb  ex- 
posed to  observation  on  the  outside  of  the  spout. 
"Levels'  Milling  and  Mech.  News  •'  .     .     .     .   *  viii.  85. 

Mold'-board.     The  spiral  wing  on  the  side  of 
a  plow  body,  to  raise,  curve,  and   press  over  the 
furrow  slice  cut  by  the  share  and  colter. 
The  following  are  recognized  in  Britain  and  France  :  — 
Fig.  1758. 


Mold-boards. 

a.  Long  breast :  versoir  allonge. 

b.  Short  breast :  versoir  court. 

c    Deep  breast :  versoir  prof  and. 
Medium  breast :  versoir  mixle. 
The  latter  is  not  shown  in  the  illustration. 

Mold'er's  Tools.     Various  sizes  and  shapes  of 
Fig.  1759. 


Molder's  Tools. 


trowels,  cleaners,  feeding  rod,  ladle,  loosening  bar 
picker,  piercer,  rammer,  slicker,  strickle,  vent  wire, 
etc. 

Molding  Flask.     (Dentistry.)     A   jointed  re- 
ceptacle in  three  parts,  secured  by  steady  pins,  in 


Fig.  1760. 


Molding  Flask. 

which  the  vulcanite  model  and  plaster  mold  are  se- 
cured in  making  dentures  ready  for  the  muffle. 

Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  \.  (Wood  Working.)  A 
planing  machine  for  sticking  moldings  on  boards. 
See  examples,  pp.  1467,  1468,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Polisher,  Dayton 

Goodell  Sf  Waters  . 

Richards 

Richards  4"  Atkinson,  Br 


,  .,        .    ,    .    . 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  175. 
'Manufact.  $  Builder,-'  xi.  62. 
'Engineering,"  xxv.  261. 
'Engineering,"  xxviii.  224. 


See  also  REVERSING  MACHINE,  infra. 

2.  (Foundry.)  A  machine  for  making  loam 
molds  from  patterns.  See  Figs.  3195,  3196,  3202, 
pp.  1466-1468,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Aiken  &  Drummond's  machine  is  shown  in  Fig.  1761.  The 
ordinary  snap  or  iron  flask  is  used.  The  pattern  is  forced 

Fig.  1761. 


Foundry  Molding-machine. 

down  into  the  sand,  making  a  compact  face,  and  a  soft  back 
for  the  escape  of  the  gases.  The  flask  being  put  in  place, 
the  sand  is  dropped  into  it  from  the  hopper,  the  pattern  ad- 
justed, platen  brought  over,  pressure  applied,  relieved,  the 
pattern  withdrawn,  flask  closed  and  removed. 

The  match  machine,  for  foundry  use,  is  made  with  a 
plunger  and  follower,  the  patterns  being  attached  to  an  in- 
dependent head,  which  is  fitted  to  rest  on  the  plunger  head. 
Metal  plates  are  fitted  to  surround  the  patterns,  and  are  at- 
tached to  the  follower-head.  The  follower  and  pattern- 
heads  work  independent  of  each  other  in  a  box,  which  serves 
as  a  guide  and  gage  for  the  proper  amount  of  sand  to  supply 
the  reduction  in  compression.  On  this  box  adjustable  pins 
and  sockets  are  placed  to  hold  flasks.  The  sand  hopper  is 
furnished  with  a  drawer  having  an  independent  bottom. 
When  the  drawer  is  pulled  out,  it  leaves  the  bottom  at  the 
edge  of  the  flask,  where  it  passes  over  and  deposits  the  sand. 
It  is  then  retracted,  striking  off  the  surplus  sand,  and  en- 


MOLDING   MACHINE. 


615 


MORTAR. 


gaging  the  bottom  at  the  proper  place,  carries  all  back  into  the 
hopper.  A  swinging  binder-plate  is  then  brought  over,  and 
holds  the  flask  in  place  to  resist  the  pressure,  while  the  re- 
volving of  the  shaft,  on  which  is  a  series  of  cams,  raises  the 
pattern-head  and  follower  simultaneously,  forcing  the  pat- 
torus  and  sand  into  the  flask,  and  as  the  shaft  continues 
its  revolution  the  patterns  are  withdrawn  from  the  mold, 
while  the  molded  sand  is  protected  by  the  follower  plate, 
which  is  afterward  withdrawn,  leaving  the  mold  complete 
and  ready  to  be  carried  away.  The  match  molders  are  in- 
tended to  mold  for  such  castings  as  gas,  steam,  and  water- 
pipe,  fittings,  cocks,  valves,  and  other  plumbers'  goods, 
household  and  carriage  hardware,  etc. 

Molding  mach.,  founder's 

Aiken  (f  Drummond  .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  April  4,  p.  1. 
Pipe,  McNeal  If  Archer  .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  6. 
Gelatine  for  plaster   .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2030. 
Foundry,  Sebold  if  Neff  *  "Scientific  American  Stop.," 3913. 

Woolnough  4°  JDehue    .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxix.  355. 

Mole  Flow.  (Agriculture.)  An  implement 
which  makes  an  underground  channel  for  water  to 
follow  and  relieve  the  soil. 

Instances  are  shown  on  p.  1469,  "Mech.  Diet."  The  French 
mole  plow,  shown  in  Fig.  1762,  has  a  wide,  deep,  and  thin 


Fig.  1762. 


French  Mole  Plow. 

plate  which  connects  the  mole  with  the  beam  and  makes  but 
a  narrow  incision  in  the  soil. 

Mon'o-gram  Ma-chine'.  A  foot  press  for 
stamping  monograms,  initials,  sizes,  etc.,  on  paper 
or  manufactured  articles. 

Mon'i-tor  Car.  (Railway.)  One  with  a  clear- 
story or  central  elevation  above  the  surrounding 
portions  of  the  roof. 

Monk'ey  Wheel.  A  simple  tackle-block  over 
which  a  hoisting  rope  runs.  A  whip-gin,  gin-block, 
or  rubbish  pulley. 

Mon'ni-er  Pro'cess.  (Metallurgy.)  A  pro- 
cess of  reduction  of  auriferous  copper  ores. 

ft  consists,  substantially,  as  follows  :  1.  Calcination  of 
the  metallic  sulphides  with  a  portion  of  sulphate  of  soda,  or 
other  similar  salt.  2.  Lixiviation  of  the  calcined  ore.  3. 
Evaporation  and  crystallization  of  the  sulphates.  4.  Reduc- 
tion of  the  sulphate  of  copper.  5  Smelting  into  ingot  cop- 
per. 6.  Amalgamation  of  any  gold  residuum.  The  working 
details  are  explained  at  length  in  "Mining  (f  Sc.  Press.'' 

Mon'o-lith.  See  statement  and  instances. 
"Meek.  Diet.,"  p.  1473. 

A  block  of  sandstone  at  the  Dark  Hollow  Stone  Quarry 
near  Bedford,  Ohio,  was  lifted  April,  1880.  It  was  40'  by 
50'  square.  30'  deep.  Estimated  weight,  6,000,000  pounds. 
185  slip  wedges  were  used  in  detaching  it.  It  was  cut  up 
iuto  building  stones,  loading  nearly  300  cars. 

A  block  of  granite,  59'  long  by  5J'  square  at  the  base  and 
8J7  at  the  top,  has  been  taken  from  the  quarry  of  Vinalhaven. 
It  is  for  the  shaft  of  the  General  Wool  Monument,  at  Troy, 

Mon'o-phote  Reg'u-la'tor.  (Electricity.)  A 
voltaic-arc  regulator  adapted  to  but  a  single  light 
on  a  circuit :  as  distinguished  from  polyphote  regu- 
lator. 

The  current  is  regulated  by  its  intensity.  Traversing  an 
electro-magnet  and  a  voltaic  arc,  should  it  grow  weak  the 
electro-magnet  weakens  also,  and  allows  the  carbons  to  ap- 
proach each  other. 

Foucault's  and  Duboscq's  apparatus  have  springs  to  main- 
tain the  normal  distance  between  the  carbons.  In  Siemens' 
Maxim's,  Jasper's,  Grampian's,  Carre's,  and  others  the 
positive  carbon  holder  acts  by  its  own  weight  to  preserve  the 


normal  distance.  The  regulating  is  done  by  electro-magnet 
or  by  solenoid  ;  currents  continuous  or  alternating,  in  differ- 
ent systems. 

Mon-tag'nac  Coat'ing.  A  fabric  named  from 
its  inventor,  M.  Montagnac,  of  Sedan ;  also  known 
as  cloth  velvet. 

The  pile  of  the  surface  is  usually  furnished  by  fibers  of 
cashmere  wool,  incorporated  in  the  yarns  of  the  fabric,  and 
they  are  straight  and  perpendicular  to  the  surface,  the  cloth 
having  the  aspect  of  a  silk- velvet,  but  with  a  softness  pecul- 
iar to  the  cashmere  fiber.  The  pile  is  developed  on  the  sur- 
face by  battage,  or  beating  the  moistened  cloth  with  elastic 
rods. 

Moon  Knife.  (Leather.)  A  circular  knife, 
10"  or  12"  in  diameter,  having  a  round  4"  or  5" 
hole  in  the  center  to  introduce  the  hands  in  work- 
ing it.  It  is  concave,  presenting  the  form  of  a 
conical  zone.  The  concave  part  is  applied  to  the 
skin.  The  edge  is  turned  over  a  little  to  prevent 
it  from  entering  too  far  into  the  leather.  It  is  used 
for  shaving  off  the  coarser,  fleshy  parts  of  the 
skin. 

Moor'ing  Swiv'el.  (Nautical.)  A  link  of 
iron  in  a  mooring  chain  to  allow  turning  without 
kinking.  See  SWIVEL,  Fig.  6137,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Mooring  anchor,  Protheroe.  Br.     .     .   "  Engineer,''  xliii.  392. 

Mor'bus  Cox-a'ri-us  Splint.  (Surgical.)  One 
for  diseases  of  the  hip  joint.  It 
requires  an  extension  apparatus, 
and  in  some  approved  forms  con- 
sists also  of  a  pelvic  band,  perineal 
strap,  knee  cap,  and  foot-piece. 

Sayres'  long  splint,  for  hip-joint  dis- 
ease, Fig.  175,  p.  111. 

Andrews'  morbus  coxarius  splint. 
Fig.  191,  p.  126. 

Hothouse's  spiral  spring  extender, 
Fig.  145,  p.  89. 

Hutchison's  hip-joint  apparatus,  Fig. 
89,  p.  47. 

Bauer's  hip-joint  apparatus,  Fig.  85, 
p.  48. 

Hamilton's  wire-gauze  splint,  Fig. 
84  a,  b,  p.  43. 

Davis'  hip-joint  splint,  Fig.  81,  p.  41. 

Bayers'  short  hip-joint  apparatus, 
Fig.  82,  p.  42. 

All  in  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum." 

Dr.  Stephen  Smith's  morbus  coxarius 
apparatus  throws  the  extension  or 
weight  upon  the  gluteal  muscles.  See 
also  LEG  SUPPORT,  etc. 

Mor'tar.  1.  A  cement.  See 
p.  1477,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Morbus  Cozarius 
Splint. 


Black  brick  and  Black  mortar.  —  Brick  becomes  black 
through  the  process  of  baking  when  the  brick  clay  has  been 
mixed  with  either  the  protoxide  of  iron,  the  oxide  of  cobalt, 
or  the  peroxide  of  manganese  ;  1  part  of  the  iron  or  manga- 
nese to  10  of  clay  is  sufficient.  Sometimes  two  or  three  of 
these  ingredients  are  used  together.  To  make  black  mortar, 
mix  the  lime  with  fine  anthracite  coal-dust  instead  of  sand. 

Sawdust  instead  of  hair  used  as  a  bond  in  French  mortar  : 
cement,  1  ,  lime,  2  ;  sawdust,  2  ;  sharp  sand,  5. 

Selenitic  Mortar:  Sulphate  of  lime  or  sulphuric  acid  is 
mixed  with  the  water,  and  ground  to  (for  4  minutes)  a  thin 
paste  ;  add  sand  or  burned  clay,  and  continue  the  grinding 
for  10  minutes.  The  mortar  sets  quickly  ;  is  very  tenacious  ; 
resists  great  pressure.  —  Col.  Scott.  London  "Mech.  Maga- 
zine.''' 

"Building  News  "  ;  "  Van  Nos- 

trand's  Mag.,"  xxiii.  413. 
Laboulaye's  "Dict.,''iv.,  ed.1877. 


See:  Mortar?  What  is  . 


"Mortier"   ..... 
Mixer,  steam,  Barrows  $ 

Stewart,  Engl.  .     .     . 

Poole  4"  Hunt    ... 

Mill  and  engine,  porta- 
ble,  Barrows  4"   Stew- 
art, Br  ...... 

Mill,  Ward,  Br.     .     .     . 
Portable,  Llewellyn  4" 
Cubitt,  Br.     ...  * 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  839. 
"Manuf.  and  Builder,"1  x.  31. 
"Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  369. 


"Engineer,"  xlii.  272. 
"Engineering,''  xxi.  77. 

"Engineering,'''  xxiii.  428. 


MORTAR. 


MORTISING   MACHINE. 


MUH11MINU     >VlAU±llJNJi. 

Mpr'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.     Mortising  machines 
are  divided  into  reciprocating  and  rotary. 
1 .  Reciprocating  :  — 


2.  A  form  of  ordnance,  p.  1488,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Fig.  1764. 


Mortar. 

a.  Projectile  in  section. 

b.  Mortar. 

e.   Powder  chamber. 
d.   Bed. 


Fig.  1764  is  a  section 
of  a  small  Austrian 
rifle  mortar  in  which 
the  projectile  covers 
the  outer  part  of  the 
inortar.  The  embraced 
portion  is  a  hexagonal 
spiral,  like  a  Whit- 
worth  bolt,  and  the 
projectile  is  of  cor- 
responding shape,  and 
iits  it  like  a  cap,  and 
slips  off  when  fired. 
The  counterbalance, 
l>,  is  to  give  preponder- 
ance to  the  rear  of 
the  trunnions. 

Prussian  rifled  mor- 
tar of  21  cm.  "Ord- 
nance Report,'1'  1878, 


Appendix  L.,  p.  93,  and  Plate  VII.  a,  Fig.  8. 

Mor'tar  Car'riage.  (Military.)  The  distinc- 
tion between  cannon  and  mortar  carriages  has  been 
less  marked  since  the  mortar  has  been  lengthened, 
rifled,  and  used  for  direct  and  curved  fire,  with 
solid  and  hollow  shot,  as  well  as  shell. 

Mortar  carriages  of  modern  form,  Austrian,  German, 
Krupp's,  and  Russian,  are  to  be  found  in  Plates  XLI.-XLV., 
"Ordnance  Report,"  1877. 

Russian  rifled  mortar  and  carriage,  Ibid.,  p.  521,  and  Fig. 
12. 

See  also:   " Scientific  American  Supplement  "     .     .    514. 

Mor'tar  Mix'ing  Mill.  A  mill  for  intimately 
mixing  the  ingredients  of  mortar.  Figs.  3230,  3231, 
p.  1480,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Reynolds,  London,  portable  mortar  mill  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1766-  It  is  hand-worked,  and  is  moved  to  the  building  spot. 

Fig.  1765, 


Mortar- Mixing  Mill  ( Englts/i). 

The  hopper  being  filled  with  the  materials,  the  spindle  in 
the  center  of  the  cylinder,  having  14  wrought  blades,  is  set 
in  motion  by  the  handle,  and  the  mortar  is  ready  for  use 
when  discharged  from  the  outlet. 

Mortar  machine  at  Dunkerque  and  Gra,velines.  "  Vienna 
Exposition  Report,"  chap,  viii.,  Plate  XVII.,  vol.  in.,  §  C., 
p.  69. 

See  also  B&TON,  CEMENT,  CONCRETE,  MORTAR,  etc.,  "Mech. 
Diet.,''  et  supra. 

Mor'tis-ing  Chis'el. 

The  chisels  used  in  mor- 
tising machines  are 
known  as  follows  :  — 

1.  Core  punch. 

2.  Ordinary  chisel. 

3.  Sash  chisel. 

4.  Lip  chisel. 

5.  Blind  stile  chisel,  with, 
removable  cutters. 

6.  Hollow  chisel,  for  mak- 
ing sash  and  door  pins. 

Corner  chisel  (not  shown).  Mortising  Chisels. 


a.  Graduated  Stroke.    The  chisel  bar  has  a  graduated  re- 
ciprocating motion  commencing  from  a  still  point,  and  pro- 
gressing downward  into  the  timber,  returning  to  the  start- 
ing point  at  each   return  stroke.     This  differs  from  a  vari- 
able eccentric   inasmuch  as  it  requires   a  stroke  but  little 
longer  than  the  depth  of  the  mortise. 

\ 'unable  crunks  and  eccentrics  that  operate  the  chisel-bar 
by  an  increased  throw  in  both  directions,  also  come  under 
this  category. 

b.  The  chisel  has  a  continuous  motion,  and  the  recipro- 
cating parts,  including  the  crank  wheel,  chisel-bar  and  con- 
nections, are  brought  down   tnwards  the  timber,  the  chisel 
having  a  continuous  motion,  with  a  uniform  range  and  posi- 
tive eccentric. 

c.  The  chisel-bar  or  its  connection  is  elongated  to  give  th«; 
stroke,  the  bar  and  chisel  having  a  continuous  reciprocating 
motion,  but  capable  of  being  extended  to  the  required  depth 
of  mortise. 

d.  Machines  in  which  the  wood  is  moved  up  to  the  chisel, 
which  has  a  continuous  reciprocating  motion.     The  latter  is 
the  most  simple  when  the  work  is  light. 

2.  The  European  machines  are  usually  rotary, 
the  action  being  a  species  of  routing,  the  auger 
cutting  on  the  side. 

The  car  mortising  and  boring  machine  of  H.  B.  Smith  is 
shown  in  Fig.  1767.  Tt  has  an  auxiliary  boring  attachment, 

rig.  17(17. 


Reciprocating  Car-mortising  Machine. 

and  is  intended  for  car  and  other  heavy  work,  being  capable 
of  making  a  2J"  mortise  through  12"  X  12"  stick  of  timber. 
The  head-stock,  carrying  the  crank-shaft  and  chisel-bar,  is 
fed  down  to  the  work  by  power,  and  has  a  quick  return 
movement.  Power  for  this  purpose  is  taken  from  the  crank- 
shaft, a  lever  at  the  base  of  the  machine  serving  to  apply  the 
power  for  starting  a  screw  in  either  direction  for  raising  or 
lowering  the  head  stock.  The  head-stock  is  stopped  auto- 


MORTISING  MACHINE. 


617 


MORTISING   MACHINE. 


matically  when  it  reaches  its  highest  point,  and  an  adjusta-      a  strong,  heavy  machine,  especially  adapted  for  railway-ear 
hi«  »..«,  !„  »,.ni-;,is.,i   tn,.  isn.u: —  ;*„  ,i j  — j.: — .  —      work  and  similar  duty.     It  receives  chisels  to  any  width,  and 

epth 


cutting 


has  two  boring  spindles,  one  fixed  and  the  other  to  traverse 
12"      The  feed  movement  is  operated  by  treadle,  and  may 

fitting.  i  be  locked  to  avoid  jarring  the  foot  of  the  operator.     The 

The  table  is  adjustable  vertically  by  means  of  a  powerful     joints  are  compensating  and  operated  without  noise.    The 
jrew  and  double  ratchet  lever.     A  rack  and  pinion  feed  is     crank-shaft  is  placed  in  the  base  of   the  column,  and  the 

!  machine  stands  upon  its  base  without  top  bracing. 

See  aiso  HUJ-MOUTISIXO  MACHINE,  Fig.  1391,  p.  472,  supra. 
Figs.  171.19,  1770  aiv  respectively  side  elevation  and  trans- 
verse vertical  section  of  one  of  the  rotary  chisel  class  of 
monUing  machines  built  by  Ilii-luirds,  London,  $  Kdley,  and 
adapted  for  boxing,  facing,  recessing,  and  mortising. 

In  machines  of  this  class  no  laying  out  of  the  work  is 
needed.     A   templet  is  placed  upon  the  machine,  and   the 
stops  are  set  for  the  position,   length,  and  width  of  each 
'  mortise  :  after  which  any  number  of  pieces  aiv  worked  with- 


Kig.  1768. 


Reciprocating  Car  mortising  Machine. 

provided  for  moving  the  lumber  horizontally  under  the 
chisel,  an  adjustable  clamp  holding  it  securely  to  the  table. 
The  table  also  adjusts  to  and  from  the  machine  and  tilts  for 
bevel  work. 

The  reciprocating  mortising  machine  of  Richards,  London, 
if  Kelley  is  shown  in  Fig.  1768.  It  has  also  a  boring  spindle 
and  auxiliary  boring  attachment  for  joint  bolt-holes.  It  is 


Rotary  Chisel  Mortising  Machine.      (  Transverse   Vertical 
Section. ) 

out  a  single  mark  of  any  kind  on  the  timber,  and  without 
any  danger  of  mistakes.  The  boxing,  or  facing,  can  be 
done  at  the  same  time,  and  with  the  same  tools. 

Fig.  1771  is  an  end  elevation  of  another  machine  of  this 
class,  built  by  Ransomes  (Br.).  The  work  is  clamped  in  a 
carriage  which  has  a  longitudinal  reciprocation  on  ways  for 
length  of  mortise.  The  chisel  is  a  router  with  side-lip,  and 
the  chisel  spindle  passes  through  the  driving  pulley,  which 
is  splined  thereon.  The  motion  of  the  timber  carriage  is  by 
means  of  the  lever,  which  is  shown  erect  in  the  view,  and 
that  of  the  chisel  is  effected  by  the  hand-wheel  which  is 
brought  conveniently  near  to  the  work. 

Fig.  1772  shows  a  combined  mortising  and  tenoning  ma- 
chine. The  work  is  dogged,  as  in  the  last-mentioned  ex- 
ample, to  a  bench,  which  has,  however,  in  the  present  case, 
an  adjustment  in  either  of  two  directions,  longitudinally  or 
transversely  ;  the  latter  for  the  especial  purpose  of  bringing 
the  work  within  the  range  of  the  rotary  tenoning  cutters. 


Fig.  1769. 


Rotary  Chisel  Mortising  Machine.    (Side  Elevation.) 


MORTISING   MACHINE. 


618 


MOUNTAIN   GUN. 


Fig.  1771. 


Horizontal  Mortising  Machine.    (Rotary  Movement.} 

These  rotate  on  horizontal  spindles  in  the  upright  frame,  be- 
ing capable  of  a  movement  of  vertical  translation  to  adjust 
their  distance  apart  for  making  tenons  of  varying  thickness. 
The  lever  shown  in  front  is  that  by  which  the  chisel  is  pro- 
jected and  withdrawn.  The  lever  on  the  right  of  the  one 
mentioned  gives  the  longitudinal  traverse  of  the  carriage  for 
length  of  mortise  ;  or,  for  traversing  the  work  past  the  tenon 
cutters,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Fig.  1772. 


Combined  Mortising  and  Tenoning  Machine. 

See:  car,  Lane  If  Bodley  *  "Engineer,''  xli.  450. 

And  boring,  Qoodell  §Co.*  '  Manuf.  and  Builder,'''  viii.  57. 

Robinson,  Br *  'Engineer,''  xlv.  276.' 

And  tenoning,  Carter,  Br.  *   '  Engineer ?:?  xlii.  258. 
Car,  Ransome,  Br.    .    .  *  'Engineering,"  xxvi.  174. 

Green *   'Scientific  American,'"  xxxix.311. 

Smith *  '  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  114. 

Mo-sa'ic  Gold.  1 .  A  yellow  metal  for  cheap 
jewelry.  A  factitious  gold.  See  recipes,  MOSAIC 
GOLD,  p.  1484,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  ALLOYS,  JEW- 
ELEHS,  p.  63,  Ibid. 

2.  A  sulphuret  of  tin  used  in  bronzing  frames 
and  as  a  gold  color  for  printer's  work.  Two  reci- 
pes for  the  dry  process  are  :  — 

Tinfoil 40 

Sulphur 35 

Sal  ammoniac 25 

Zinc  putty 80 

Sulphur 60 

Sal  ammoniac 30 


Fig.  1773. 


In  the  wet  process  a  solution  of  chloride  of  tin  is  treated 
with  sulphurated  hydrogen  gas. 

Moth'er.  The  hen-mother  at  Baker's  Cresshill 
poultry  farm  is  of  hollow  zinc,  filled  with  hot  water 
and  lined  on  the  under  side  with  blanketing. 

Mo'tion  In'di-ca'tor.  An  apparatus  to  indi- 
cate upon  a  dial 
the  rate  of  revo- 
tion  —  per  min- 
ute, for  example 
—  of  the  ma- 
chine to  which  it 
is  attached.  It 
does  away  with 
the  element  of 
time  in  observa- 
tion, in  this  re- 
spect differing 
from  the  mere 
counter.  The 
finger  on  the  Motion  Indicator. 

dial    stands  at 

the  figure  representing  the  beats  per  the  unit  of 
time  for  which  it  is  calculated  and  constructed. 
Fig.  1773  shows  the  Bowsher  motion  indicator. 

See's  motion  timer,  a  modification  of  the  metronome, 
*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  181. 

Mo'to-graph'ic  Re-ceiv'er.  An  invention  of 
Edison,  by  which  the  volume  of  sound  is  increased 
in  a  telephonic  receiver. 

Called  also  ELECTRO-MOTCGRAPII,  which  see. 

The  vibrations  of  a  mica  diaphragm  are  communicated  to 
a  metallic  rod,  one  end  of  which  rests  on  a  revolving  cylin- 
der with  a  chemically  prepared  surface.  The  contact  of  the 
cylinder  and  rod  gives  rise  to  friction  which  draws  upon  the 
diaphragm,  but  when  an  electric  current  passes,  the  friction 
is  lessened  and  the  diaphragm  moves  towards  its  normal  po- 
sition. 

The  current  is  governed  by  the  sound  waves  and  the  mo- 
tion of  the  receiving  diaphragm  also,  and  thus  the  sound 
waves  are  reproduced  by  the  receiving  instrument  in  aug- 
mented force. 

See  ELECTRO-CHEMICAL  TELEPHONE,  Figs.  947-950,  pp.  305, 
306,  sitpra. 

See  *  "Engineer," Nov.  23,  1877. 

*"  Engineer," xlvii.  213. 

*  "English  Mechanic  " xxv.  276. 

Mo'to-phoiie.  A  name  given  by  its  inventor, 
T.  A.  Edison,  to  a  small  machine  driven  by  the 
voice.  The  phonographic  vibrations  of  a  dia- 
phragm are  caused  to  rotate  an  axle  by  means  of 
a  stylus  and  ratchet  wheel. 

Mo'tor.  A  prime  mover.  An  engine.  See 
under  various  heads:  AIR;  STEAM;  ELECTRO; 
HOT-AIR,  etc.,  etc. 

See:  Small  "  Simplex." 

Dat>ey,'B-c *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  2ol. 

Hydr.  steam,  etc.,Knecht.  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  278. 
Transmitting,  paper  on. 

Robinson,  Engl.     .     .     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  mm. 

Mo'tor  Frint'er.  A  small  electro-motor  run- 
ning a  press  for  copying  messages.  ^An  electro- 
motor printer.  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  367. 

Moul'le-ton.  (Fabric.)  A  fine  wool  French 
dress  goods,  with  a  satin  weave. 

Moun'tain  Gun.  (Ordnance.)  A  light  can- 
non capable  of  being  transported  on  mule  back. 
For  this  purpose  it  is  detached  from  its  carriage 
and  the  weight  distributed  among  several  animals. 

The  Ashantee  gun  is  shown  in  Fig.  3242,  p.  1485,  "Mech. 
Diet.'1 

The  new  Woolwich  mountain  guns,  made  from  the  designs 
of  Sir  William  Armstrong,  instead  of  weighing  merely  200 
Ibs.,  like  the  mountain  gun  used  in  Abyssinia  and  Zululand, 
will  weigh  400  Ibs.  each.  As,  however,  an  essential  condi- 
tion of  mountain  artillery  is  that  every  part  of  it  shall  be 
carried  on  the  backs  of  mules,  these  guns  are  made  in  two 
pieces,  screwed  together,  and  strengthened  at  the  joint  by  a 


MOUNTAIN   GUN. 


619 


MOUTH  PIECE. 


third  piece  in  the  .shape  of  a  ring  or  collar.  The  breech  end 
of  the  gun  when  disjointed  weighs  2001bs.,and  the  barrel 
with  collar  amounts  to  about  the  same  weight,  which  is  re- 
garded as  a  fair  burden  fora  mule  over  hilly  country.  These 
guns,  like  their  sma lie r  namesakes,  are  of  the  small  caliber 
adopted  for  7-pounder  projectiles,  but  their  greater  length 
and  weight  enable  them  to  do  much  more  effective  work. 
*  "Scientific  American  Hup.'' 2521. 

Moun'ted  Pow'er.  A  horse  power  adapted 
to  be  used  without  dismounting.  See  HORSE 
POWER. 

Mount'ing  In'stru-ment.  (Optics.)  An  in- 
strument for  pressing  down  glass  covers  on  micro- 
scope slides. 

Fig.  1774. 


Mounting  Instrument. 


Mount'ing  Stand.  (Optics.)  A  small  table 
sliding  up  and  down  on  a  brass  rod  or  stand,  or  in- 
dependently on  its  own  legs,  and  supplied  with  a 
chamber  below  for  holding  sand  for  equalizing  the 
temperature  when  the  lamp  accompanying  it  is  ap- 
plied beneath.  The  stand  shown  in  Fig.  1775  has 
folding  legs,  so  as  to  go  in  a  microscopist's  travel- 
ing case. 

Fig.  1775. 


Mounting  Stand. 

Mouse  Mill.  A  small  electro-magnetic  en- 
gine and  electro  static  induction  machine  used  in 
the  siphon  recorder.  Sir  William  Thomson,  "Jour- 
nal Soc.  Teleg.  Engineers,"  *  v.  185. 

It  is  propelled  by  a  battery  and  its  purpose  is  two-fold  : 
(1)  to  generate  statical  electricity  by  means  of  induction 
wherewith  to  highly  electrify  the  ink  so  that  it  may  flow 
through  the  delicate  capillary  siphon  pen.  To  generate  the 
necessary  electricity  the  drum  is  caused  to  rotate  by  electro- 
magnets, and  this  rotation  is  taken  advantage  of  to  (2)  draw 
the  paper  past  the  point  of  the  siphon. 

Fig.  1776. 


Mous'ing  Hook.  A  hook  having  a  member 
which  normally  closes  the  opening. 

In  the  Raines  mousing  hook  a  draft  upon  the  hook  brings 
the  mousing-arm  in  apposition  with  the  point  of  the  hook. 
The  parts  Ji  D  slide  on  each  other,  being  respectively  at- 
tached to  A  and  c.  The  cut  shows  the  device  closed  and 
open. 

Mousse-line'.  ( Fabric. )  A  fine  wool  French 
goods,  taffeta  woven.  Moulleton  is  woven  with  a 
satin  arinure. 

For  muslin  see  "Report  of  East  Indian  Section,'1'  Paris 
Exposition, ':  p.  84. 

Mousse-line'  de  Be'ge.    (Fabric.)   A  French 

dress  goods. 

Mousse-line' Glass.  (Glass.)  A  very  thin 
blown-ware  with  ornamentation  resembling  the  pat- 
terns of  lace  or  printed  goods. 

The  process  is  as  follows  :  — 

After  carefully  cleaning  the  surface  of  a  plate  of  glass,  an 
even  layer  of  vitrifiable  color  is  laid  over  it,  with  the  aid  of 
gum  water.  The  glass  is  then  submitted  to  a  gentle  heat 
until  the  water  has  evaporated,  when  a  stencil  of  the  de- 
sired pattern  is  laid  over  the  surface,  and  with  a  stiff  brush 
the  pigment  is  removed  from  the  parts  which  are  to  be  trans- 
parent. The  glass  is  next  inclosed  in  a  frame,  and  above  it 
is  extended  a  piece  of  tulle,  or,  if  desired,  embroidered  lace, 
the  embroidery  in  the  latter  case  being  so  disposed  as  to  har- 
monize with  the  ground  pattern  previously  made.  The 
whole  is  then  hermetically  closed  in  a  box  which  contains 
in  its  lower  portion  a  reservoir  holding  a  certain  quantity  of 
dry  color  in  the  form  of  an  impalpable  powder.  This  is 
blown  evenly  upon  the  glass  by  an  air-blast,  adhering  to  it 
wherever  the  surface  is  not  protected  by  the  threads  of  lace. 
In  this  way  the  pattern  of  the  latter  is  defined.  In  order  to 
fix  the  powder  the  sheets  of  glass  are  exposed  to  steam, 
which  moistens  the  gum  and  causes  the  powder  to  adhere. 
The  color  is  then  burnt  in  a  special  furnace.  —  M.  Aubriot. 

Mousseline  glass  was  exhibited  in  Paris  in  1878,  in  great 
beauty  and  variety  by  the  "  Cristallerie  de  Clichy,"  and  by 
Bandoux,  of  Lodelinsart. 

Lockert,  on    ...          ..."  Technologists,"  xl.  61. 

Mous-tache' Pro-tect'or.  1.  (Dentistry.)  A 
shield  to  keep  the  moustache  out  of  the  way  of  the 
operator  during  operations  on  the  teeth. 

2.  A  shield  on  a  drinking  cup,  to  keep  the  mous- 
tache from  dipping  in  the  liquid. 

Mouth  Gag.  (Surgical.)  For  holding  the 
mouth  open  during  operations.  Speculum  oris. 

Fig.  1777. 


Sflf-lockini*  Hook. 


Dr.  Weir's  Mouth  Gag. 

Dr.  Weir's  gag  has  two  leaves  with  a  spring  catch.    It  is 
operated  by  two  detachable  handles.    The          „.      jy-g 
illustration  shows  all  parts  and  positions. 
See  GAG,  and  references  passim. 

Mouth'ing  Machine.  (Sheet- 
metal  Working.)  A  machine  for 
crimping  bottoms  and  swaging  or 
mouthing  the  tops  of  open-top  cans, 
to  receive  the  covers. 

Mouth  Mir'ror.  (Dentistry.) 
A  small  mirror  to  introduce  into 
the  mouth,  to  enable  the  observa- 
tion of  parts  which  have  a  rear 
presentation. 

Mouth  Piece.  The  lip  of  a 
wind  instrument.  That  shown  in 
Fig.  1778  is  so  constructed  as  to 
enable  the  performer  to  enlarge  or 
contract  the  opening  in  the  throat,  Conn's  Mouth-piece. 


MOUTH  PIECE. 


620 


MOWER. 


or  bottom  of  cup,  at  will,  while  playing,  thus  facil- 
itating the  reaching  of  the  higher  notes,  and  re- 
quiring less  pressure  of  the  lips  to  produce  them. 
It  has  two  metallic  pieces  with  an  interposed  elastic 
ring. 

Mov'a-ble-back  Saw.  A  saw,  the  stiffening 
back  of  which  can  be  removed  so  as  to  convert  it 
from  a  tenon  saw  to  an  ordinary  hand  saw. 


1779. 


Hand  Saw,  witli  Movable  Back. 
Mov'a-ble  Dam.     A  barrage. 

The  Davis  Island  Dam,  on  the  Ohio,  near  Pittsburg,  is  the 
first  attempt  to  introduce  the  movable  dam  system  into  this 
country.  The  system  is  known  as  the  Clianoine,  and  is  in 
use  on  the  rivers  of  France,  especially  the  Seine  and  Loire. 
It  consists  of  a  dam  formed  from  wickets,  and  so  arranged 
that  when  the  water  is  high  the  wickets  are  lowered,  and 
boats  can  pass  over  the  dam  freely.  When  the  water  is  low 
the  wickets  are  raised,  a  pool  is  formed,  and  the  boats  pass 
through  the  locks.  See  BARRAGE,  supra. 

The  entire  length  of  the  dam  is  1200',  and  two  stone  piers 
divide  this  into  three  sections  of  400'  each.  That  section 
nearest  the  lock  is  called  the  Pass,  and  this,  besides  the 
other  two  sections,  is  to  be  closed  by  the  movable  wickets 
whenever  the  stage  of  water  in  the  river  is  less  than  6'.  Each 
wicket  is  a  little  dam  by  itself,  hinged  so  as  to  lift  up  and 
oppose  the  water,  or  lie  down  and  permit  the  river  to  flow 
over  it.  Each  wicket  is  13'  long  and  3'  8"  wide,  made  of 
oak.  They  are  to  stand  on  end,  side  by  side,  across  the 
river,  with  a  space  between  each  of  4".  One  by  one  they 
are  raised,  and  when  raised,  they  are  retained  in  rigid  posi- 
tion by  the  pressure  of  water  above  and  A  wrought  iron  prop 
below,  until  a  tripping  bar  is  brought  into  play  and  the  en- 
tire dam  falls  down  flat  on  the  sill. 

The  lock  has  a  clear  length  of  600'  between  the  gates,  and 
a  clear  width  of  110',  and  can  hold  12'  depth  of  water.  The 
gates  that  shut  off  the  water  at  either  end  of  this  lock  are 
each  in  one  solid  piece,  118'  long,  10]'  wide,  14'  high,  and 
weigh  80  tons.  The  openings  in  the  lower  part  of  the  gate  re- 
cesses, and  for  filling  and  emptying  the  lock,  are  4J'  in  di- 
ameter. The  filling  culvert,  a  lofty,  arched  water-way,  takes 
the  water  from  these  openings  and  conducts  it  to  the  lock, 
which  is  filled  through  10  inlets,  each  &  X  3J7,  and  17' below 
the  coping.  The  lock  has  required  over  11,000  cubic  yards 
of  cut  stone  and  rubble,  and  10,000  barrels  of  hydraulic  ce- 
ment. 

The  gates  of  the  lock  slide  back  into  the  gate  recesses  in 
the  shore  wall,  and  when  in  position  across  the  lock,  rest  on 
a  shoulder  built  in  the  river  wall.  They  are  operated  by 
turbine  water  wheels.  It  is  estimated  that  the  gates  can  be 
closed  or  opened,  and  the  lock  filled  or  emptied  m  four  min- 

Description  of  the  new  system  of  wickets  adopted  fpr  the 
La  Mulatiere  dam  on  the  Sa6ne,  at  Lyons,  by  A.  Pasqueau, 
Engineer  des  Ponts  et  Chausse'es.  Translation  in  "Report  of 
Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  1880,  *  ii.,  pp.  1753-1762. 

See  also  the  same  for  1879,  *  ii.,  p.  1338. 

The  movable  dam  at  Poses,  France,  on  the  system  of  M. 
Garner^,  is  shown  in  the  last-mentioned  report,  *  p.  1342. 

See  BARRAGE,  p.  76,  supra,  and  Plate  IV.,  opposite  said 

aft  Port-a-VAnglais,  on  the  Seine.  "Report  of  Chief  of 
Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"1  1876,  Appendix  R,  *  p.  14  et  seq.: 
in  connection  with  the  works  on  the  Davis  Island  dam  on  the 
Ohio. 

French  ...        "  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine,"  xxii.,  11. 
Poiree  system      *  "  Van  Nostrand's  Magazine,''  xviii.,  339. 
Chanoine    .    .          Ibid,  xviii.,  459-481. 


Fig.  1780. 


Mov'a-ble  Point  Plow.  One  which  has  a 
long  bar  the  forward  end  of  which  forms  the  plow- 
poiut,  and  can  be  thrust  forward  as  it  becomes 
worn.  Made  by  Guilleux,  Segre,  France. 

Mow'er.  The  subject  of  mower  has  been  con- 
sidered and  the  history  detailed  on  pp.  1487-1493, 
"  Mi-ch.  Diet."  Plate  XXX.  has  diagrammatic  views 
of  40  principles  of  cutting;  and  Plates  XXXI.- 
XXXIII.,  have  36  illustrations.  The  classification 
of  mowers  is  given  on  p.  1488,  Ibid. 

The  McCormick  iron  mower  is  shown,  in  company 
with  the  McCormick  single-wheel  reaper,  in  Plate 
XXX.  opposite.  The  mower  is  a  front  cut,  jointed 
bar,  iron  frame  machine,  with  inclosed  gearing. 
The  smaller  size,  4'  cut,  weighing  580  pounds. 

The  frame  is  of  cast  and  wrought  iron,  and  the  gearing 
inriii-c'il  iii  a  cast-iron  case.  The  draft  is  directly  upon  the 
cutting  apparatus  through  a  draft-rod  connecting  the  douliie- 
tree  strap  to  the  finger-bar  brace.  The  cutter-bar  has  a 
rolling  motion  given  to  it  by  a  roller  on  the  end  of  the  long 
connecting  pin,  which  works  up  and  down  in  the  front  end 
of  the  inside  shoe  ;  by  this  device  the  liar  conforms  itself  to 
the  uneven  ness  of  the  ground,  and  always  cuts  a  close  stub- 
ble 

By  means  of  the  tilting  lever,  the  points  of  the  guards  can 
be  thrown  up  or  down  ;  and  with  the  lifting  lever  the  bar 
may  lie  raised  bodily  from  the  ground,  in  order  to  pass  over 
rocks  or  other  obstructions  ;  thus,  through  these  two  levers, 
the  cutting  apparatus  is  entirely  under  the  control  of  the 
driver,  and  may  be  instantly  changed,  as  occasion  may  de- 
mand, to  suit  the  necessities  of  grass  or  ground. 

The  pitman  box  is  light,  strong,  and  durable  :  has  no  bolts, 
and  yet  can  be  quickly  taken  oft'  and  put  on  ;  the  wrist  pin 
has  a  screwed  cover  ;  the  crank  shaft  box  is  bored  large,  so 
that  a  babbitt  metal  bushing  is  inserted,  in  which  the  shaft 
works  ;  when  worn,  the  bushing  can  be  easily  removed  and 
replaced  by  a  new  one. 

The  Whiteley  machine,  "  New  Champion,"  is 
shown  in  Figs.  1781-1783.  It  is  a  front-cut  ma- 
chine, in  respect  of  the  cutter-bar  being  in  ad- 
vance of  the  gearing  and  carriage  portion.  The 
peculiarity  of  the  machine  is  in  the  gearing. 

There  are  practically  but  two  pieces  between  the  axle  and 
the  knife,  one  being  a  small  bevel  cog  wheel  secured  to  the 
axle,  and  the  other  a  similar  wheel  made  to  gear  into  the 
former.  This  second  wheel,  or  disk,  does  not  rotate,  how- 
ever, but  being  hung  on  what  is  called  a  gimbal  joint,  like  a 
ship's  compass,  it  begins,  on  starting  the  machine,  a  suc- 
cession of  rapid  serpentine  vibrations  around  the  face  of  the 
other  wheel,  much  as  a  dinner  plate  or  coin  will  act  when 
rung  down  upon  a  table  ;  and  an  arm  extended  from  this 
vibrating  disk  down  to  the  knife,  gives  it  the  required  rapid, 
reciprocating  motion.  There  is  only  one  rotating  bearing 
besides  the  axle  on  the  machine,  and  that  is  not  a  part  of 
the  movement  proper,  but  belongs  to  a  small  fly-wheel, 
which  only  assists  in  giving  the  required  regularity  and 

Fig.  1781. 


Movable  Point  Plow. 


"New  Champion''  Mower.    (Gearing.) 

steadiness  of  motion.     There  are  always  11  teeth  in  contact, 
and  thus  the  wear  is  distributed  over  a  large  surface. 

The  finger-bar  is  operated  and  controlled  by  two  levers, 
one  for  foot  and  the  other  for  hand,  and  by  the  use  of  t, 
levers  either  end  of  the  finger-bar  may  be  thrown  up  at  any 
angle  or  to  a  vertical  position  without  throwing  the  machine 
out  of  gear  or  stopping  the  knife.     The  finger-bar  may  also 
be  folded  and  secured  for  transportation  by  the  driver  with- 
out leaving  his  seat,  and  by  the  use  of  the  tilting  lever  th 
height  of  cut  may  be  changed  and  controlled  instantly.     By 
the  use  of  this  lever  the  cut  may  be  lowered  and  the  points 


MOWER. 


621 


MUFFLE. 


Fig.  1782. 


of  the  guards  turned  dewn  for  picking  up  badly  lodged  grass, 
or  the  cut  may  be  raised  and  the  points  of  the  guards  turned 
uji  so  us  to  ciit  high  or  readily  pass  over  obstructions  ;  or 
when  desired,  the  tilting  lever  may  be  so  arranged  as  to 
allow  the  finger-liar  and  guards  to  oscillate  and  perfectly 
follow  the  uneven  surface  of  the  ground.  The  gearing  is 
inclosed  within  itself.  The  draft  of  the  team  is  not  upon 
the  pole,  but  through  a  draft-rod  directly  connected  to  the 


Fig.  17 


•Ar.  i"  Champion  '•'  Mower.     {Plan.) 


cutting  apparatus  in  such  a  way  that  a  portion  of  the  weight 
of  the  finger-bar  is  carried  or  suspended  by  the  draft  of  the 
team. 

Wilbur's  •'  Kureka"  mower  is  a  direct  draft  front-cut, 
which  rut,-,  the  irrass  behind  the  horses  and  in  front  of  the 
running  jreai-s  of  the  machine.  One  horse  walks  in  the  grass 
and  the  other  upon  the  stubble,  the  double-tree  being  long, 
in  order  to  throw  one  horse  outside  the  swath,  which  is  6' 
wide.  The  machine,  being  center-cut,  is,  of  course,  reversi- 
ble, and  may  cut  back  and  back,  throwing  the  off  and  the 
near  horse  alternately  upon  the  stubble. 


Fig.  1784. 


Eureka. 


The  peculiarity  of  the  mowing  machine  motion  of  Goodwin 
\e  the  method  of  converting  the  rotary  motion  of  the  driving 
wheels  into  the  reciprocating  movement  of  the  knife  without 
the  intervention  of  spur  gearing  and  without  crank. 

On  the  axle  are  two  circular  plates.  These  are  fast  to  the 
axle,  and  have  on  their  inner  faces  a  series  of  inclined  faces 
which  may  be  termed  star-cams.  Between  these  two  wheels 


is  another  star-cam  which  has  faces  on  each  side'  facing  those 
of  the  respective  cams  between  which  it  is  sandwiched. 
When  the  machine  is  in  motion  the  wheels  rotate  and  give 
a  reciprocating  motion  to  the  cam  in  a  direction  parallel 
with  its  axis,  as,  notch  by  notch,  it  slips  past  the  cams  which 
impel  it  from  either  side,  all  the  faces  bearing  equally  around 
its  circumference.  The  cam  is  prevented  from  rotating  by 
a  cross-head.  This  cross-head  is  pivoted.  At  its  butt-end 
it  is  fulcrumed  on  the  main  frame  of  the  machine  cross-head, 
which  is  a  lever  of  the  third  order  :  fulcrumed  on  the  frame 
of  the  machine,  the  power  exerted  by  the  cam  and  the  outer 
end  of  the  lever  attached  to  the  reaper  knife. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Class  76  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of 
1878  gives  views  and  descriptions  of  the  following.  See 
••  r<irix  EspnsitioH  (187'J)  Reports,"  vol.  v.,  pp.  150-155  :  — 

"  New  Champion  "  mower. 

Whiteley     .     .     .     United  States. 
One-horse  mower. 

Walter  A.  Wood  .     United  States 
"  New  Buckeye  "  mower. 

Aultman  §  Co.    .    United  States. 
"  Eagle  "mower. 

Wm.  Anson  Wood,  United  States. 
"  Paragon  "  mower. 

R.  Hornsby  4*  Sons  .     .  England. 

"  La  Francaise  T'  mower,  /.  Gumming France. 

See  also  comparison  of  machines,  Paris  Exposition,  Knight, 
"Scientific  American,"  June  22, 1878. 
For  table  of  Dynamometrical  tests,  see  p.  288,  supra. 

Mo'zam-bique'.  (Fabric.)  A  French  worsted 
dress  goods  woven  on  a  gauze  or  taffeta  loom.  It 
has  a  cotton  warp  and  an  English  combing  wool 
weft. 

Mu'ci-lage  Brush.     One  with  a  reservoir  in 
the  handle,  to  keep  the  brush  supplied. 
Mucilage  on  government  postage  stamps  :  — 

Dextrine 2  oz. 

Acetic  acid 1  oz. 

Water 6  oz. 

Alcohol 1  oz. 

9oz. 

Mucilage "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  23. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2511. 
Bottle.     Wight.      .     .  *  u  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  246. 


Fig.  1785. 


Muck  I'ron.  Crude  pud- 
dled iron  ready  for  the  squeezer 
or  rollers. 

Mu'cy-line.  A  sizing  for 
woolen  yarns. 

It  is  composed  of  18  pounds  stearine, 
18  pounds  of  soft  soap,  10  pounds  gly- 
cerine, ^  ounce  sulphate  of  zinc,  and 
50  pounds  of  water.  The  stearine  is 
mixed  carefully  with  the  glycerine. 
The  soap  is  then  added.  To  this  is 
added  the  water,  in  which  the  s«lphate 
of  zinc  has  been  dissolved,  amid  con- 
stant kneading  of  the  mass  till  a  stiff 
and  homogeneous  paste  is  produced. 
For  use,  32  pounds  of  this  paste  are 
taken  and  diluted  with  36  pounds  of 
water,  which  is  used  cold  or  warmed  to 
66°  or  70°  Fan.,  according  to  the  sea- 
son. The  solution  is  filtered  or  clari- 
fied by  decantation,  and  this  clear 
liquid,  which  has  a  specific  gravity  of 
1.025,  constitutes  the  nvucyline. 

Mud'dler.  A  churning  stick 
for  chocolate.  A  smaller  one  for 
mixing  toddies. 

Muffle.    (Ceramics.)  A  small 
furnace  and  chamber  for  baking     Mucilage  Brush. 
metallic  colors  for  pottery. 

The  figure  shows  two  forms,  one  of  them  with  a  refractory 
clay  chamber  isolated  from  the  fire.  The  other  furnace  has 
several  chambers  d  d,  with  grating  e,  cinder  holes  //,  and 
openings  k  k  to  allow  volatile  matters  to  escape.  See  PORCE- 
LAIN MUFFLE,  infra. 

The  other  view  has  grating  g-,  cinder  hole/,  charging  hole  d, 
muffle  chamber  b,  escape  for  fumes  I. 

The  fuel  is  exclusively  wood  or  charcoal,  the  fire  gentle  at 
first  and  then  intense.  The  heat  is  judged  by  practiced  ob- 
servation of  the  color  of  the  fire  or  by  the  shades  of  color 
which  the  powder  of  cassius  takes  in  the  fire,  being  exposed 
on  a  removable  slip  of  porcelain.  See  also  PORCELAIN 
MUFFLE. 


MUFFLE.                                 622              MULTI-CYLINDER   ENGINE. 

Kg.  ] 

V        i 

1786. 

A 

i  *  *  ^  i  . 

d 

Mu'ley  Axle.     (Railway.)      One  without  col- 
lars on  the  outer  ends  of  the  axle.     See  AXLE  Box. 
Mule  Pul'ley  Stand.     A  form  of  stand  for 
pulleys  which  revolve  in  planes  at  varying  angles. 
In  Fig.  1787,  each  pulley  is  on  a  plate  which  has 
a  perfect  adjustability  on  the  post,  either  for  height 
or  for  angle. 
Mul'ti-coil    Spring.     One   which  consists  of 
a  number  of  coils  as  in  p,  </,  r,  s,  t,  u,  Fig.  1143,  p. 
483,  "Mech  Diet.,"  in  contradistinction  to  a  com- 
pound spring   in   which    several  types  of  springs 
are  united  for  a  simple  effect,  as  in  k,  I,  Fig.  1142  ; 
m,  n,  o,  q,  r,  Fig.  1143  ;  and  d,  d,  Fig.  1144,  p.  483. 
Ibid. 

V'tir     17R8 

4 

Ln 

'1 

«, 

3 

i\  ! 
:= 

0 

« 

JT 

Muffles  for  Vitrifiable  Colors. 

See:FaYence     ....  *  "Scientific  American,"1  xl.  258. 
For  copper,  Silliman      .  *  "Eng.  $  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  264 

Muir'head  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  com- 
pounded Daniell's  battery,  in  which  the  series  of 
rectangular  elements  are  inclosed  in  a  tight  box. 

See  Prescott's  "Electricity,''1  *  p.  63  ;  Niaudet,  *  p.  107. 

Mule.      A   machine  for  drawing  and   twisting 
into  yarn  the  roving  from  the  roving-frame 
or  jack-frame   and  winding  it  upon   spindles 
in  the  form  of  cops  automatically. 

These  machines  are  in  two  principal  parts,  the  sta- 
tionary and  the  movable. 

The  stationary  parts  comprise  the  head-stock,  creels, 
rollers,  and  roller-beams  for  reducing  the  thickness  of 
sliver.     The  part  called  the   head-stock  contains  all 
the  mechanism  for  effecting  the  different  changes  necessary 
for  spinning. 

The  English  mules  exhibited  by  Dobson  and  Barlow  ;it 
Philadelphia,  were  for  coarse  and  fine  counts  respectively. 
The  coarse  mule  contained  216  spindles,  1|"  gage,  and  was 
arranged  with  double  boss  top  rollers  and  single  creels  for 
spinning  1's  to  50's.  The  fine  mule  contained  314  spindles, 
1J  inch  gage,  single  boss  top-rollers,  creels  for  double  rov- 
ing, double  speeds,  supplementary  stretch,  roller  turning 
motion  to  deliver  yarn  while  twisting  at  the  head-stock,  fall- 
er  motion  to  lift  the  fallers  free  from  snarls,  and  is  arranged 
to  spin  from  5U's  to  250's. 

In  the  headstock  each  mo-  Fig.  1787. 

tion  is  separate  and  distinct 
from  the  others  ,  is  so  placed 
as  to  be  easy  of  access,  and 
can  be  detached  and  removed 
without  disturbing  the  other 
motions.  The  headstock 
stands  very  low,  which  gives 
steadiness  to  the  working 
parts  and  enables  a  longer 
strap  to  be  used,  which  is  a 
special  benefit  in  low  mills. 

The  principal  novelty  in 
these  mules  is  an  improved 
method  of  working  the 
changes,  which  dispenses 
with  the  well-known  trouble- 
some cam-shaft. 

A  long  lever  is  placed 
lengthwise  inside  the  head- 
stock  framing  and  makes 
three  changes. 

The  first  change  is  made 
when  the  carriage  arrives  out 
by  lifting  a  latch  lever,  the 
long  lever  rises  to  a  second 
latch  and  detaches  the  draw- 
ing out  motion.  When  the 
requisite  turns  of  twist  are 
put  in,  the  backing  off  takes 
place,  and  the  locking  of  the 
fallers  again  liberates  the 
catch  and  allows  the  long 
lever  to  rise  again,  putting 
out  of  gear  the  backing  off 
and  putting  into  gear  the  Mule  Pulley  Stand. 

drawing-up  cone.     The  mule 

recedes  inwards  to  the  beam,  and  the  long  lever  is  again  un- 
latched and  falls  down  to  its  original  position,  disconnecting 
the  drawing-up  motion,  and  putting  into  gear  the  drawing- 
out  motion. 

Lees,  Br.,  "&.  Am.,"  xxxvii.  211 ;  Spencer,  "Engr.,»  1.  437. 


Multicolor  Printing  Press. 

Mul'ti-col'or  Print'ing  Press.  A  chromatic- 
printing  press.  Bacon's  press,  shown  in  Fig.  1788, 
is  for  printing  in  bands  or  stripes  of  color ;  not  a 
press  such  as  is  used  in  chromo-lithography,  for 
printing  in  over-laid  colors  by  successive  opera- 
tions. See  p.  545,  "Mech.  Diet. 

The  working  table,  instead  of  being  in  a  single  piece,  is 
composed  of  a  number  of  narrow  ovoid  plates  held  in  a 
frame,  and  so  hinged  as  to  move  easily  on  each  side  at  every 
revolution  of  the  table.  The  end  piece  near  the  ink-trough 
is  stationary.  The  various  colored  inks  are  placed  in  the  ink- 
trough,  which  is  divided  into  cells  by  metallic  partitions. 
Directly  over  the  trough  is  an  iron  frame  canning  a  set  of 
screws  and  nuts.  By  tightening  these  screws,  which  are 
placed  over  the  metallic  partitions,  the  inks  as  they  flow  be- 
neath are  prevented  from  mixing.  The  inking  rollers,  in- 
stead of  being  fixed  at  a  certain  angle  relative  to  the  table, 
are  arranged  so  as  to  run  perfectly  straight,  the  distribution 
being  effected  by  a  certain  limited  motion  of  the  plates  at 
each  revolution.  The  different  inks  are  spread  on  the  mul- 
tiple table  in  the  usual  way.  Motion  is  communicated  to 
the  movable  plates  by  a  small  lever  which  hangs  under  the 
table,  and  which  rests  on  a  small  vertical  iron  plate  affixed 
to  a  cross-stay  of  the  machine. 

Murti-cyl'iii-der  En'gine.  A  steam  engine 
with  a  plurality  of  cylinders  ;  the  term  is,  however, 
rarely  applied  to  engines  with  less  than  three  cyl- 
inders. 

The  Billing  engine,  shown  in  Fig.  1789,  operates  in  a  manner 
the  reverse  of  that  of  ordinary  motors,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the 
engine  that  revolves  while  the  shaft  and  crank  are  stationary. 
In  the  illustration  three  cylinders  are  employed,  but  as  many 
may  be  used  as  can  be  grouped  around  the  rim  of  the  fly-wheel 
without  causing  too  great  complication  of  parts.  Dead  cen- 
ters are  avoided  and  the  machine  reduces  itself  to  a  self-ro- 
tating pulley-wheel. 

A  is  the  stationary  crank,  C  is  a  light  wheel,  on  which  the 
three  cylinders  are  grouped  ;  the  cylinders  take  steam  at  the 
rear  end  only,  B  being  the  steam-port  and  the  dotted  lines 
indicating  the  steam  passages.  The  engine  has  bearinir.s  in 
the  wheel-hubs,  through  one  of  which,  S,  the  steam  enters, 
as  shown  by  the  arrow,  and  through  the  other,  E,  the  ex- 
haust is  had.  The  crank-shaft  is  merely  a  continuation  of 


MULTI-CYLINDER  ENGINE. 


623    MULTIPLE   WHEEL  TOOL  GRINDER. 


the  steam-pipe,  a  suitable  stuffing-box  being  provided  at  Y. 
On  the  pipe,  also,  and  in- 

Fig.  1789.  side  the  steam  chamber  is 

fi  x  e  d  the  eccentric  F, 
which  gives  motion  to  sim- 
ple valves  B  at  the  cylin- 
der ends.  The  exhaust- 
pipe  may  be  run  through 
a  stuffing-box  and  used  as 
a  shaft  for  pulleys.  See 
REVOLVING  CYLINDER  .EN- 
GINE, Figs.  4298-4301,  p. 
1931,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  Six  CYLINDER 
ENGINE;  THREE  CYLINDER 
ENGINE;  also  Fig.  890, 
PlateXI.,op.p.2S2,«ywa. 
In  the  Payton  &  Holmes' 
multiple  cylinder  steam 
engine,  (Br.),  either  two  or 
four  cylinders  are  used,  the 
four  cylinders  being  placed 
in  pairs  at  right  angles,  one 
crank  and  eccentric  an- 
swering for  both.  Steam 
is  admitted  only  ou  the 
top  side  of  the  pistons  of 
one  pair  of  cylinders  from 
the  top  port,  and  to  the 
top  of  the  other  pair  of 
cylinders  from  the  bottom 
port.  The  engines  can  1>i> 
reversed  by  a  two-way 
cock  for  each  pair  of  cylin- 
ders, placed  behind  the 
ports,  and  which,  by  mov- 
ing a  certain  distance,  re- 


Three  Cylinder  Engine. 


verses  the  steam  current  from  the  top  of  one  pair  of  cylin- 
ders to  the  top  of  the  other  pair,  or  )>y  sliding  an  inclined 
key  fixed  on  a  sleeve  along  the  shaft  within  the  eccentric. 
Payton  $  Holmes,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  385. 
Bacon *  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,'1'  349. 

Mul'ti-flue  Boiler.  The  horizontal 
multiflue  boiler  has  its  principal  exemplars 
in  the  boilers  of  locomotives  and  portable 
enoincs.  See  Fig.  2927,  p.  1346,  "Mech. 
Diet."  Fig.  5638,  p.  2329,  Ibid. 

See  also  A  B  C,  Fig.  5628,  Plate  LXI.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Observe  the  distinction  between  flue  and  tube. 

The  vertical  multiflue  boiler  has  flues  or  flame  pipes  trav- 
ersing vertically  the  boiler  space  above  the  fire,  being  secured 
in  thoir  respective  ends  in  the  crown  sheet  or  lower  flue  plate 
and  the  upper  flue  plate. 

Tire  Lowe  if  Watson  multiflue  boiler  is  shown  by  part  ele- 
vation and  part  section  in  Fig.  1790.  The  furnace  is  beneath 
the  front  ends  and  the  products  of  combustion  pass  from 
them  by  side  openings  into  a  combustion  chamber  which 
occupies  a  portion  of  the  end  of  the  boiler,  then  rearward  by 
flues  similar  to  those  of  a  locomotive,  and  then  beneath  the 
boiler,  and  so  to  the  stack. 


SS.  "  Jason,"  Cochrane,  Br.    *  "  Engineer,"  xlix.  279. 
Piedtxeuf,  Ger *  "Engineer,'-  '•  '•£&• 

Mul'ti-fur'row  Plow.  (Agric.)  One  having 
several  bodies  for  plowing  two  or  more  furrows  at 
once.  See  GANG  PLOW. 

Mul'ti-ple  Drilling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
tool  with  a  multiplicity  of  drills  adjustable  as  to  dis- 
tance apart  and  adapted  for  drilling  holes  at  a  reg- 
ulated distance  apart  on  a  number  of  bars  which 
require  exact  conformity  in  all  respects,  as  in  bridge, 
trestle,  and  car  work. 

The  London  "Engineer  "  shows  a  machine  especially 
adapted  for  drilling  plates  in  position,  on  straight  or  hog- 
backed  girders.  The  drills  may  be  adjusted  at  any  distance 
apart,  and  to  suit  varying  pitches  of  holes,  and  while  they 
may  be  brought  together  within  3|",  the  driving  wheels,  by 
passing  each  other  upon  different  levels,  may  be  nearly  6" 
iu  diameter.  The  feed  is  automatic  or  independent  at  will. 

See:  Buckton  ....  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  116. 
Fetu  $•  Delicge,  Fr.  .     .  *  "Engineering,'''  xxviii.  195. 
Boring  mach.,  Richards    *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  506. 

Mul'ti-ple  Tel'e-phone.  A  form  of  tele- 
phone by  M.  Trouve',  intended  to  increase  the  ca- 
pacity of  the  Bell  and  render  it  available  for  long 
distances.  It  has  beeii  adapted  to  M.  Trouve''s  mil- 
itary telegraph. 

Fig.  1791 


Multiflue  Boiler. 


Multiple  Drilling  Machine. 

"  Instead  of  the  single  vibrating  diaphragm  used  by  Prof 
Bell,  M.  Trouv6  substitutes  a  cubical  chamber,  each  face  of 
which  (with  one  exception)  is  a  vibrating  membrane.  Each 
of  these  membranes,  being  thrown  into  vibration  by  the 
same  sound,  influences  a  fixed  magnet  and  electric  circuit, 
the  same  as  in  the  Bell  arrangement.  By  associating  all 
these  currents,  a  combined  current  of  single  intensity  pro- 
portional to  the  number  of  magnets  influenced  is  produced. 
Instead  of  the  cube,  a  polyhedron  having  an  indefinite  num- 
ber of  vibrating  membranes  may  be  used,  and  thus  intensity 
augmented  as  desired. 

"  Suppose  now  a  line  established  on  which  is  disposed  a 
telephone  constructed  as  above  described,  the  membranes 
and  magnets  of  which  are  divided  into  two  series,  and  the 
circuits  so  arranged  that,  by  pronouncing  a  word,  currents 
are  produced  on  the  same  wire  in  opposite  directions.  When 
a  dispatch  is  received  to  be  transmitted  further  on,  the  oper- 
ator talks  in  the  telephone  in  the  usual  way  ;  and  his  speech, 
by  the  arrangement  of  circuits  above  noted,  is  heard  both  at 
the  station  to  which  he  is  forwarding  the  message  and  also  at 
the  one  from  which  the  message  was  sent,  so  that  the  possi- 
bility of  error  is  thus  rendered  nil.  M.  Trouv6  has  adapted 
this  apparatus  to  his  military  telegraph." 

Mul'ti-ple  Wheel  Tool  Grind'er.  A  grind- 
ing machine  furnished  with  a  variety  of  wheels,  of 
differing  qualities,  fineness,  size,  shape,  or  what  not, 
to  suit  varying  requirements. 


MULTIPLE  WHEEL  TOOL  GRINDER.      624 


MUSIC. 


Fig  1792  is  a  tool  grinder  made  with  six  emery  wheels,  by 
Thomson,  Sterne  &  Co.,  of  Glasgow,  Scotland. 

The  wheels  have  different  shapes  and  width  of  face,  four 
being  for  gouges  of  varying  -!/<•  and  tor  molding  irons  :  one 
jtiare  face  for  straight  edged  irons  (plane  irons) ;  one 
is  a  flue  emery  hone  to  replace  the  "  water-of-Ayr  "  stone. 

Fig.  1792. 


Fig.  1793. 


Multiple  Wheel  Tool  Grinder. 

It  is  especially  designed  for  the  use  of  joiners,  pattern- 
makers, and  other  workers  in  wood.  The  water  drip  is  from 
branches  of  a  vertical  pipe  which  rises  behind  the  machine, 
the  water  being  lifted  by  a  small  rotary  pump  driven  by  cord 
from  the  emery  wheel  shaft. 

Mul'ti-pli-ca'tor.  In  galvanometers:  a  flat 
coil  of  conducting  Avire,  for  multiplying  the  effect 
of  the  current  upon  the  needle. 

That  the  needle  tended  to  place  itself  at  right 
angles  to  a  galvanic  current  was  the  discovery  of 
Oersted ;  that  the  effect  was  multiplied  by  increas- 
ing the  number  of 
convolutions  of  the 
conducting  wire, 
was  the  discovery 
of  Scliwdggtr. 

Mul'ti-ply-ing 
Cam'e-ra  Box. 
(Photography.)  A 
chamber  with  nu- 
merous lenses  all 
focalized  by  the 
same  adjustment. 

For  instance  the 
nine-tube  multiply- 
ing camera  box  will 
take 

72,  36,  or  18  gems 
on  a  7"  by  10"  plate. 

9  on  a  5"  by  7"  plate,  and  so  on . 

Mul'ti-tu'bu-lar  Boil'er.  One  having  a  num- 
ber of  water  tubes  traversing  the  flame  space- 

A  term  unfortunately  applied  to  those  boilers  having  a 
number  of  small  flues  traversed  by  the  name  and  surrounded 
by  water.  For  these,  see  MULTIFLUE  BOILER. 

The  boiler  is  usually  vertical ;  the  water  circulates  through 
the  tubes  between  the  space  above  the  crown  sheet  and  that 
below  the  steam  dome  while  the  flames  are  beneath  the 
crown  and  around  the  tubes  and  pass  thence  to  the  exit  flue. 
See  also  from  Figs.  5629,  to  5631,  and  Figs.  5634, 5635,  Plate 
LXI.,  opposite  p.  2326,  "Mec/i.  Diet."  Also  see  SECTIONAL 
BOILER. 

Ormerod,  Grierson  $  Co.,  Br.   .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  379. 

Mun'cke  Bat'te-ry,  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  the  elements  are  of  horse-shoe  shape,  one 
arm  copper  and  the  other  zinc,  soldered  together  at 
the  bow.  These  are  laid  mutually  interlocking  on 
a  frame  which  is  lowered  into  the  trough  of  acidu- 
lated solution.  Niaudet,  *  Am.  trans.,  p.  18. 


Multiplying  Camera  Box. 


Mur'rhine.  The  agate  cups  of  the  ancient 
Cambay  and  Broach  in  India.  Glass,  and  glass 
vases,  in  imitation  of  murrhine  vases,  are  cited  by 
Arrian  in  his  Periplus  of  the  Erythrean  Sea,  as 
exported  by  the  Egyptian  traders  to  southern  Af- 
rican Red  Sea  ports. 

Mur'rhine  Glass.  (Glass.)  An  imitation  in 
glass  of  the  celebrated  ancient  drinking  cups,  made 
probably  of  onyx  or  agate. 

The  reference  by  Pliny,  "Album  et  murrhina  aut  hyacin- 
thiis  sapphirosque  imitntuiii  et  omnibus  aliis  coloribus,"  is  be- 
lieved to  describe  the  various  kinds  of  glass  so  highly  valued 
in  his  time. 

At  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878  were  specimens 
of  Roman  murrhine  glass,  thus  described  :  — 

1  There  were  silver  goblets,  or  cups,  with  elliptical  perfo- 
rations half  an  inch  long  at  the  sides,  through  which  an  in- 
ner lining  of  sapphire  or  ruby  glass  protrudes  like  gems. 
The  whole  surface  seems  set  with  rouud  cut  and  polished 
sapphires  or  rubies.  The  glass  lining  of  the  silver  is  perfect 
throughout,  but  bulges  and  protrudes  through  the  openings. 
It  is  evident  that  the  silver  goblet  is  first  made  and  polished, 
with  the  openings  left  in  the  sides,  and  then,  being  warmed, 
is  lined  with  glass  by  blowing  a  bulb  inside  of  it,  the  lining 
protruding  through  the  spaces.  These  linings  were,  of 
course,  very  tight  and  close  fitting,  and  could  not  be  removed 
without  breaking  or  melting  the  silver.  These  cups  are 
copied  from  an  original  in  the  British  Museum.  Sapphires, 
emeralds,  amethysts,  and  rubies  were  thus  imitated. 

"  A  cup  in  imitation  of  onyx  —  a  copy  of  one  in  the  treas- 
ury of  St.  Mark :s  — was  mounted  in  silver  gilt  by  Signor 
Oastellani ;  another,  also  copied  from  one  in  St.  Mark's  treas- 
ury, and  mounted  in  silver  by  Castellani,  has  the  colors  of 
topaz  and  emerald.  A  paterce  in  murrhine  colors,  white, 
blue,  and  yellow,  is  a  facsimile  of  the  original  in  the  Na- 
tional Museum  at  Naples."—  Prof.  Blake. 

Mus'cle,  Ar'ti-fi'cial.  (Surgical.)  An  elas- 
tic caoutchouc  band  connecting  two  parts  of  an  ap- 
paratus to  draw  them  together,  as  in  the  case  of 
club-foot  apparatus,  where  a  continuous  strain  is 
applied  to  correct  deformity. 

Mush'et  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made  by 
fusing  malleable  iron  with  charcoal,  graphite,  or 
other  carboueous  matters  in  crucibles. 

Mush 'room.  (Electricity.)  An  excrescence 
formed  on  the  end  of  an  electric-light  carbon  elec- 
trode. Such  form  from  time  to  time,  and  becom- 
ing detached  fall  to  the  floor,  or  are  caught  in  the 
glass  globe.  Also  called  tack-heads. 

Mush'room  Strain'- 
er.  An  inverted  dish 
strainer  for  cistern 
pumps,  so  named  from 
its  resemblance  t  o  a 
mushroom. 

It  will  draw  water  from  a 
level  within  3"  of  the  bot- 
tom without  disturbing  the 
sediment.  It  screws  on  to 
the  bottom  of  the  pipe  and 
is  intended  to  rest  011  the 
floor  of  the  cistern. 


Miii/iroom  Strainer. 


Mu'sic.     See  under  the  following  :  — 


Agraffe. 

Angelophone. 

Autophone. 

Bell. 

Call  bell. 

Carillon. 

Chimes. 

Citole. 

Clapper  stay. 

Clock-chime. 

Cornet. 

Diapason  clock. 

Gong. 

Harmonic  engine. 

Harmonicon. 

Harmonium. 

Harp. 

Horn. 

Marimba. 


Melodiograph. 

Musical  condenser. 

Octave  coupler. 

Organ. 

Organ  blower 

Organ  pipe. 

Parlor  organ. 

Pedal. 

Pianoforte. 

Piano  mover. 

Pitch. 

Reed. 

Resonator. 

Sounding  board. 

Tremolo. 

Transposer. 

Tuning  fork 

Violin. 

Xylophone. 


MUSIC. 


625 


NAIL. 


See  :  block  for  printing. 

Eckhartji *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  274. 

Octavo  coupler      .     .     .  *  Labmildye's  "Diet.,"  iii.,ed.  1877, 

"Orgues,"  Fig.  8770. 

Opera  House,  Paris    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup., ;'  1501. 
Paper  punched  for  organ. 

Needham *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  134. 

Printing  plates      .    .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup., :>  1418. 
Tone,  Photography  of. 

Stein " Scientific  American  ^up.,-'%8. 

Condenser  (telephone). 

Varley "Scientific  American,"1  xl.  6. 

Musical  tone  telegraph. 

Gray *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  92. 

La  Cour *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  145. 

Mu'si-cal  Con-den'ser.  A  sort  of  telephone, 
invented  by  Varley,  for  the  conveyance  of  musical 
sounds.  It  consists  of  receiving  and  transmitting  ap- 
paratus. See  description  in  "L' Electricity"  repro- 
duced in  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  6. 

Mu'sic  Print'ing.  Alisoff's  (St.  Petersburg) 
method  of  preparing  cliches  for  music  is  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

The  staffs,  notes,  and  all  signs  are  printed  on  fine  paper, 
and  kept  in  cases,  like  type.  A  glass  ruled  with  vertical  and 
horizontal  guide  lines  on  the  reverse  side,  is  used  on  which 
,ip  the  music.  The  gum  on  the  face  of  the  glass  ren- 
ders the  paper  transparent,  so  that  the  guide  lines  can  be 
seen.  When  a  pairo  is  sot  up  it  is  removed,  and  is  repro- 
duced by  photographic  relief  process.  The  cliche  is  made 
much  larger  than  the  negative  required,  to  give  facility  in 
setting  and  sink  small  inequalities  by  reduction. 

Mus'lirr  Glass.  (Glass.)  French,  mousseline. 
Glass  blown  very  thin.  See  MOUSSEJLINE. 

Muz'zle-piv'ot-ing  Gun.  A  cannon  which 
admits  of  firing  through  a  very  small  embrasure, 
as  the  piece  traverses  upon  a  pivotal  point  at  the 
muzzle. 


Instance,  Austrian  piece,  p.  537,  and  Fig. 
Ordnance  Report,"  1877. 


3,  Appendix  L, 


Krupp *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  122. 

Eads *  Fig.  3411,  p.  1566,  "Mecti.  Diet.'' 

Muz'zle  Sight.  (Rifle,  etc.)  A  front  sight 
near  the  muzzle  of  the  piece.  It  may  be  globe, 
open,  etc.  See  list  under  SIGHT. 

My'dri-a'sis  Spec'ta-cles.  Mydriasis  is  an 
exaggerated  and  f.  1795 

chronic     dilation 
of  the   pupil. 
Spectacles  for  its 
relief    are   black- 
e  n  e  d    disks, 
pierced  with  small 
holes,  which  con- 
tract  the  area  of  Mydriasis  Spectacles. 
light  admitted.     An  affection  just  the  opposite  — 
the  pupil  being  contracted  to  an  exaggerated  de- 
gree —  is  called  myosis. 

My'o-graph.  An  instrument  for  recording  mus- 
cular movement. 

M.  Helmhol*  appears  to  have  contrived  the  first  instru- 
ment of  this  character.  One  end  of  a  muscle  of  a  frog  he 
fixed  to  an  immovable  point,  and  the  tendon  of  the  other 
end  to  a  lever  whose  movements,  excited  by  electricity,  were 
traced  on  a  turning  cylinder.  See  Fig.  1,  p.  51,  "Scientific 
American,"  xxxvi.  51. 

M.  Marey,  in  his  myograph,  has  replaced  the  weight  which 
was  placed  on  the  muscle  by  a  spring.  The  registering  ap- 
paratus is  substantially  similar  to  that  shown  in  M.  Marey's 
cardiograph,  which  see. 

For  other  physical  recording  apparatus,  see  PNEUMOGRAPH  ; 
SPHYGMOGRAPH  ;  PLETHTSMOGRAPH. 

*  "Manufacturer  and  Builder  "     .    xi.  205. 

Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts,"  etc.    iv.,  cap.  "  Graphiques.1' 


Nach'et's  Prism.  (Microscopy.)  A  means 
for  throwing  and  revolving  an  oblique  pencil  of 
couvt'rgiuir  rnys  upon  an  object  under  examination 
by  the  microscope,  a  Fig.  3963,  p.  1803,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Nee'vus  Nee'dle.  (Surgical.)  A  cauterizing 
dermal  needle  for  obliterating  a  naevus  or  birth- 
mark. Heated  by  blow-pipe. 

Nail.  See,  for  historv,  and  for  list  of  varieties, 
pp.  1505,  1506,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  Paris  pointes,  nails  made  from  round  wire,  are  now 
made  channeled  or  polygonal  by  drawing  or  rolling.  Chelot. 
The  economy  is  12  per  cent,  in  material,  and  the  efficiency  is 
mrivMsed  20  to  35  per  cent,  according  to  the  wood  into  which 
they  are  driven. 

INDEX  TO  FIGS.  1796,  1797. 

\Vrnitykt  and  Cut,  Copper,  Zinc,  and  Cast  Metal  Nails  and 
Rivets  used  in  Dockyards. 

1.  Rose-head  copper  boat  nails  (dumps  or  clench). 

2.  Rose-head  copper  flat  points. 

3.  Deck-head  copper  flat  points  or  spikes. 

4.  Cut  copper  clasp  nails. 
6.  Cut  copper  brads. 

6.  Cut  copper  rose-head  boat  nails. 

7.  Cut  copper  flat-head  boat  nails. 

8.  Wrought  copper  lightning-conductor  nails. 

9.  Wrought  copper  stem  nails. 

|V  >  Copper  rose-burrs  or  round  roves. 

12.  Copper  square  roves. 

13.  Wrought  copper  clench  nails,  countersunk  flat-heads, 

round  points. 

14-  Wrought  copper  clinker  nails  and  washers. 

16.  Cast  composition  butt  bolts. 

16.  Cast  composition  dowels. 

17.  Cast  composition  stem  nails. 

18.  Cast  composition  spikes  or  flat  points. 

19.  Cast  composition  dumps  or  boat  nails. 

20.  Cast  composition  sheathing  nails. 

40 


21.  Cast  composition  slating  nails. 

22.  Wrought  copper  hose  and  strap  rivets. 

23.  Tinned  copper  hose  and  strap  rivets. 

Fig.  1796. 


Ship  Nails. 


NAIL. 


626 


NAIL   SELECTOR. 


Fig.  1797. 


Ship  Nails. 

24.  Cut  copper  slating  nails. 

25.  Cut  copper  or  brass  tacks. 

26.  Cut  brass  brads. 

27.  Cut  zinc  slating  nails. 

28.  Wrought  copper  tacks. 

The  following  varieties  bear  names  indicative  of 
material,  application,  shape,  size,  character  of  head, 
etc. 

Band  nail.  Copper-plated  nail. 

Barbed  nail.  Copper  tack. 

Barrel  nail.  Countersunk-head  nail. 

Basket  nail.  Cut  nail. 

Bessemer-steel  nail.  Cut  tack. 

Black  nail.  Deck -head  nail. 

Blued  nail.  Diainond-head  nail. 

Blunt  nail.  Double-pointed  tack. 

Boat  nail.  Drive  nob. 

Brad.  Dump. 

Brass  nail.  Escutcheon  pin. 

Brush  nail.  Felting  nail. 

Brush  tack.  Fencing  nail. 

Card  tack.  Fine  nail. 

Carpet  nail.  Finishing  nail. 

Carpet  tack.  Flat-head  nail. 

Casing  nail.  Flat-head  tack. 

Chair  nail.  Flat  nail. 

Channeled  nail.  Galvanized  nail. 

Channel  nail.  Gimp  nail. 

Charcoal  iron  nail.  Gimp  tack. 

Cheese-box  nail.  Glaziers  point. 

Chisel-point  nail  Hame  nail. 

Cigar-box  nail.  Heel  nail. 

Clasp  nail.  Hob-nail. 

Clinch  nail.  Hook-head  brad. 

Clinker  nail.  Hungarian  nail. 

Clout  nail.  Japanned  nail. 

Coated  nail.  Lace  tack. 

Coffin  nail.  Last  nail. 

Coffin-lining  nail.  Leathered  tack. 

Collar  shoe  nail.  Lightning  conductor  nail. 

Concave-head  nail-  Lining  nail. 

Conical  nail.  Lining  tack. 

Cooper's  tack.  Looking-glass  tack. 

Copper  nail.  Machine  finishing  nail. 


Miner's  tack. 

Nugget-head  nail. 

Oval -head  nail. 

Pail  tack. 

Picture-frame  nail. 

Plated  nail. 

Riveting  knob. 

Roofing  nail. 

Rose-head  nail. 

Saddle  nail. 

Serrated  head  nail. 

Shank  tack. 

Sheathing  nail. 

Ship  nail. 

Shot-head  nail. 

Shoe  nail. 

Shoe  tack. 

Silver  nail. 

Slating  nail. 

Smooth  nail. 

Spike. 

Steel  nail. 
See  also ;  — 
English  hist,  and  meth. 

Nail  driver 

Nail  driver  (under  water)  * 


Stem  nail. 
Swedes-iron  nail. 
Tack. 

Tinned  nail. 
Tinned  tack. 
Tobacco  nail. 
Trimming  nail. 
Trunk  nail. 
Tufting  button. 
Tufting  nail. 
Twopenny    to    Twenty- 
penny. 

Upholsterer's  nail. 
Upholsterer's  tack. 
White-metal  nail. 
Window-glass  point. 
Wire-nail. 
Wrought  nail. 
Zinc  nail. 
Zinc-shank  nail. 
Zinc  shoe  nail. 


Scientific  American"  xxxvii.  73. 

Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  280. 
'Min.  If  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvii.  209. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  258. 


'  Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  7. 
'Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  29,  p.  9. 

'  Scitntific  Amer."  xxxvii.  210. 
'Engineering,"1  xxiii.  480. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  7,  p.  3. 
'  Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Nov.  7,  p.  1. 


Extractor,  Tinker 

Machine,  self-feeding. 
Grant  .     .     .   \     .     . 
Haddock * 

Forging  machine,   Tay- 
lor if  C/iallen,  Engl.    .  * 
Taylor  $  Cfiallen,  Br.    * 

Picker 

Selector   * 

Works,      Birmingham, 

England "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  89. 

Nail  Gun.  A  device  for  nailing  down  flooring 
boards. 

The  nail  is  placed  on  the  end  of  a  tube  and  a  rod 
slipped  down  within  drives  the  nail  home. 

Nail  In'stru-ment.  (Surgical.)  The  list  in- 
cludes :  — 


Nail  nippers. 

Spring  for  inverted  nails. 

Splinter  forceps. 


Nail  extracting  forceps. 
Sequestrum  forceps. 
Scalpel. 

Nail  cleaner  and  file. 
It  embraces  the  instruments  of  the  chiropodist  and  the 
manicurist. 

Nail  Pol'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  tumbling 
box.  A  hexagonal  chamber  19"  in  diameter  and 
30"  long,  with  heads.  In  it  the  nails  are  placed 
and  tumbled  about  against  each  other,  points  on  the 
inside  of  the  chamber  displacing  them  and  prevent- 
ing their  aggregating  in  masses. 

Fig.  1798. 


Nail  Selector. 

Nail  Se-lec'tor.    A  machine,  or  an  attach- 


NAIL  SELECTOR. 


627 


NARROW  GAGE   LOCOMOTIVE. 


merit  to  a  nail  machine,  to  pick  out  perfect  nails 
from  headless  and  ill-formed  nails,  slivers,  and  first 
cats. 

It  consists  of  two  pairs  of  parallel  plates  set  at  angles  to 
each  other  and  inclined  to  the  floor,  forming  a  sort  of  trough 
with  a  slot  running  the  entire  length  of  the  plates.  At  the 
top  and  immediately  under  the  bed  plate  of  the  nail  machin- 
ery is  a  pan  or  receiver  to  catch  the  nails  as  they  drop  from 
the  machine.  The  bucket  is  attached  to  the  rear  of  the  bed 
plate,  while  the  upright  rod  is  in  the  path  of,  and  receives  a 
stroke  from,  the  griping  lever.  Thus  every  movement  vi- 
brates the  selector  and  feeds  the  nails  into  these  troughs,  the 
plates  of  which  are  so  set  as  to  allow  the  points  to  drop  into 
the  slots,  but  not  to  permit  the  heads  to  pass  through  ;  that 
is,  the  nails  are  held  by  their  heads  as  they  are  conducted 
down  the  slots  in  Indian  file.  The  dirt  and  headless  nails 
and  slivers  fall  through  the  slot  under  the  machine,  into  a 
receiver,  while  the  perfei-t  nails,  held  by  their  heads,  slip  to 
the  lower  end  of  the  trough  where  the  slot  expands  to  a  large 
oval,  allowing  the  perfect  nails  to  fall  into  the  pan  for  re- 
moval. 

The  same  plan  is  used  in  machines  for  feeding  wood-screw- 
blanks. 

Nap  Me'ter.  An  instrument  invented  by  Prof. 
Kittary  and  used  for  testing  the  wearing  quality  of 
cloth,  by  the  Russian  war  office. 

The  instrument  consists  of  a  double-flanged  wheel,  faced 
with  leather  between  the  flanges,  and  having  two  rasps  hung 
and  weighted  so  as  to  bear  upon  that  face ;  also  an  ordinary 
set  of  counting-wheels  and  dial-plates,  to  show  the  number 

Fig.  1799 


Russian  Nap  Meter. 

of  revolutions  of  the  flanged  wheel.     The  cloth  to  be  tested 
is  wound  in  a  narrow  strip  around  the  leathern  face  and  se- 
cured, a  light  brush   is  provided  to   remove  the  dust,  the 
rasps  brought  to  bear  upon  the  cloth, 
and  the  number  of  turns  of  the  crank 
required  to  wear  the  cloth  threadbare 
and  smooth  gives  a  comparative  test 
of  its  durability  and  wearing  qual- 
ities. 

Nap'per.  A  machine  for 
cleaning,  napping,  and  surfa- 
cing hosiery  goods. 

It  consists  primarily  of  a  roller  on 
which  the  goods  are  flatly  stretched, 
and  a  brush,  consisting  of  card  cloth- 
ing, applied  to  the  cloth.  The  ma- 
chine takes  in  any  width  of  cloth, 


from  24"  down,  brushes  the  cloth  in  a  flattened  web,  works 
on  both  sides  at  once,  cleans  off  the  specks,  burrs,  seeds,  etc., 
raises  a  nap,  restores  the  pliancy  and  softness  —  of  which 
the  washing  has  deprived  the  goods  —  and  leaves  the  web  in 
a  smooth  roll  ready  for  the  cutter. 

The  goods  are  smoothly  stretched  both  in  length  and 
width  over  a  roller  having  a  firm  and  true  surface.  The 
brush  cards  are  attached  to  a  wooden  roller,  the  bearings  of 
which  are  adjustable  parallel  with  the  cloth  roller.  A  lever 
on  the  left  allows  the  pressure  to  be  relaxed  when  a  seam 
occurs. 

Fig.  1800. 


Napper  and  Brusher. 


A  stoue- 


Nap'ping  Ham'mer  (or  Knapping). 
breaker's  hammer,  Fig  jgQi 

as  for  macadamiz- 
ing, for  instance. 

Naph'tha.  A 
grade  of  petroleum 
obtained  by  distil- 
lation, and  having 
a  gravity  from  65° 

to  62°  Beaume. 

Napping  Hammer. 

It   may   be  consid- 
ered the  third  in  the  series  of  products  as  practically  util- 
ized. 

Gasoline,  gravity  90°  to  80°  B. 

Benzine,  gravity  74°  to  68°  B. 

Naphtha,  gravity  65°  to  62°  B. 

Kerosene,  gravity  59°  to  38°  B. 

See  also  KEROSENE  ;  PETROLEUM. 

Nar'row  Gage  Lo'co-mo'tive.  Fig.  1802 
shows  a  narrow-gage  freight  locomotive. 

These  engines  are  equalized  between  rear  and  center  dri- 
vers ;  they  also  have  a  cross  equalizer  at  front  drivers.  The 
center  drivers  are  without  flanges.  They  are  easy  on  the 
track,  and  curve  well  up  to  a  speed  of  15  to  20  miles  per 
hour.  Having  all  their  weight  on  drivers,  and  a  short  wheel 
base,  they  are  specially  adapted  to  hauling  heavy  loads  on 
steep  grades  and  short  curves. 

They  are  made  of  varying  sizes  and  powers. 

Fig.  1802 


Narrow  Gage  Freight  Locomotive. 


NARRROW  GAGE  LOCOMOTIVE.        628        NARROW   GAGE  LOCOMOTIVE. 


Fig.  1803. 


Locomotive  for  20"  Gage  Rai/rortcf.     Arizt»i< 

Cylinders,  diameter 10"  to  12" 

Stroke 16"  to  16" 

Drivers,  diameter 33"  to  36" 

Wheel  base 28'   to  29' 

Weight  working 28,000  to  36,000  Ibs. 

A  locomotive  for  20"  gage,  built  by  Porter  for  the  Long- 
fellow Mining  Company  of  Arizona,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1803. 
The  following  is  a  description  :  — 

Gage  of  track 20" 

Cylinders,  diameter 6" 

Stroke 10" 

Wheel-base 45" 

Diameter  of  boiler  at  smoke-box  end  ....     23" 

Number  of  flues 29 

Diameter 1J" 

Length 72" 

1'ire-box,  inside  measurements,  length    .     .     .     28" 

Width 19" 

Depth 27|" 

Driving  wheels,  diameter 22" 


Fig.  1804. 


'Engi; 


also 
structii 


Ba 


British.   18"  Gage  Locomotive. 


Water  supplied  by 
one  full-stroke  pump 
and  one  number  two 
injector. 

Tank  capacity,  200 
gallons. 

Fuel,  wood;  fuel 
room  for  about  one 
fourth  of  a  cord  of  en- 
gine wood. 

Weight  in  working 
order,  about  9,000 
pounds. 

Extreme  width  over 
all,  OS"  at  back  bum- 
per, 46"  at  cylinders. 

Extreme  height, 
100". 

Extreme  length, 
158". 

\Vidtli  in  clear  be- 
tween frames,  13". 

'1'ii row  of  eccentrics', 
2§". 

The  railroad  is  5A 
miles  lung.  \\ith  maxi- 
mum grades  of  4J  y>er 
loO  and  m  i  n  im  u  m 
curves  of  90'  radius, 
with  16-lb.  rails,  and  is 
used  for  the  transpor- 
tation of  copper  ore, 
the  loaded  cars  coming 
downgrade.  The  loco- 
motive boiler  is  set  on 
a  slight  incline,  so  that 
the  water  will  lie  level 
when  it  is  on  an  average 
grade,  and  the  engine 
is  intended  to  back  up 
the  grade  The  loco- 
motive was  taken  apart 
and  boxed  for  ship- 
ment :  as  it  had  to  be 
prepared  for  hauling  by 

wagons  several  hundred  miles  from  the  railroad  terminus. 
The  frames,  with  cylinders  and  entire  link  motion,  were  all 
placed  in  a  box  about  8  X  4  X  3',  and  weighed  about  2,000  Ibs. 
Fig.  1804  shows  a  yard  engine  used  on  an  18"  railway  in 
the  Ore  we  Works  of  the  London  and  North  Western  Railway, 
England. 

The  boiler  is  cylindrical,  and  is  traversed  by  a  hexagonal 
flue  strengthened  by  small  cross-tubes,  which  present  very 
efficient  heating  surface.  From  the  flue  three  chimneys  pass 
up  through  the  steam  dome,  each  chimney  being  provided 
with  its  own  blast  nozzle.  The  flue  is  fixed  on  the  barrel  by 
bolted  joints  so  that  it  can  be  readily  taken  out  for  cleaning 
j  the  cross-tubes  when  necessary. 

The  cylinders  are  5.5"  diameter,  6"  stroke  ;  wheels  15" 
diameter.  The  effective  pull  estimated  at  1,089,  steam  being 
90  Ibs.  A  regulator  handle  as  well  as  a  reversing  lever  is  pro- 
vided  at  each  end  of  the  engine  so  that  the  latter  can  be 
driven  from  either  foot-plate.  The  water  is  carried  in  tanks 
between  the  frames,  and  the  boiler  is  fed  by  a  simple  kind  of 
injector.  The  engine  is  carried  on  four  cushion  springs, 
which  are  simply  placed  in  recesses  cast  in  the  top  of  the 
axle-box  guide,  and  bearing  directly  on  the  axle-boxes.  — 
•ring. ' ' 

10   other    heads  descriptive  of  special    features  of 
on  or  adaptation :  — 
k  truck.  Plantation. 

"ng.  Pony  truck. 

ig.  Switching, 

ul."  Tank. 

See  :  Billerica,  track  *  "R.  R.  Gaz.,''  xxii.  1. 

Cars *  "R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxii.  50,  37. 

Locomotives  .     .  *  "R.  R.  Gaz.,"  xxii.  11,  19. 
Switches  and  frogs*  "R.  R.  Gaz.,''  xxii.  65. 
Ribeauville,  Alsace  *  ".<*.  American,'1'  xlii.  228. 

Canada "  Van    Nostrand's    Mag-.," 

xvii.  560. 
Locomotive,  Festi-     *"Sc.   Amer.  Sup.,'-   1535, 

niog,  R.E.,  Wales.        *  1619. 
Progress     ....      "Se.  Am.  Sup.,''  993. 
Rostoken,  Hungary      "  Van    Nostrand's    Mag.," 

xvi.  475. 
Hungary,  etc.     .     .      "  Van    Nostrand's    Mag.,'- 

xxii.  7. 

Locomotive  for  In- 
dia, British      .     .  *  "Se.  American  Sup.,''  835. 
In  India    ....    "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,''1  xv.  68. 
General  subject   &    "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,''   xviii. 
statistics,  Morandiere    168. 
The  report  of  M.  Jules  Morandiere  shows  that 
the    narrow  gages  vary  between  1.5'  and  6',  and 


NARROW   GAGE  LOCOMOTIVE. 


629 


NAUTICAL. 


cites  20  different  gages  between  these  limits,  in  17  coun- 
tries. The  following  are  the  statistics  of  the  narrow  gage 
railways  in  24  countries  cited,  at  the  date  of  the  report  (1878). 


Number 

of  Miles. 

Name  of  Country. 

Open    to 
Traffic. 

In  Con- 
struction. 

26 

France      

43J 
20J 

89J 
155J 

Belgium  

77 
192i 

163" 

- 

208V 

52£ 

18J 

20 

Italy    

7i 

_ 

Island  of  Sardinia      

18* 

22 

- 

64 

820£ 

1,902 

328 

244 

Cape  of  Good  Hope    

67 

457 

373 

United  States 

2040 

7552 

'  371 

155 

Peru    

171 

Chili    

118 

Bolivia     ...                   .     . 

155 

Brazil       

20 

411 

Java     

34 

"Mfnwirx  de  la  Soci6t6  des  Ingenieurs  Civ  its,"  1878. 

"  On  the  Denver  and  Rio  Grande  Railroad  it  is  stated  that 
16  cars  on  the  4'  8J"  gage  unload  and  fill  20  cars  on  the  3' 
gage.  Thus,  say  — 


Empty  Cars,  Weight. 

Paying 
Load. 

Total 
Dead 
Weight. 

Total 
Paying 
•  Load. 

Total 
Cars  and 
Load. 

16  cars,  wide  gage,  8J 

tons. 
10 

tons. 
136 

160 

296 

20  cars,  narrow  gage, 
5  tons    ..... 

8 

100 

160 

260 

Saving  in  total  weight 

- 

- 

- 

36  tons. 

Which  is  equivalent  to  22  tons  additional  freight,  or  23  per 
cent,  more,  assuming  the  cars  loaded  to  the  full  capacity, 
and  the  comparison  is  more  favorable  when  the  cars  are  not 
filled. —  Ca.pt.  Gallon's  report,  "British  Reports  on  Centen- 
nial Exhibition.''' 

Na'sal  Fee d'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  One  of  the 
alternatives  in  case  of  lock-jaw,  mania,  choking 
paretics,  paralysis  of  the  throat,  fractured  jaw,  etc. 

The  nasal  operation  may  be  by  a  simple  funnel,  a  tube  in 
the  pharynx,  or  a  tube  directly  into  the  stomach. 

Dr.  Newington'.s  feeding  device  with  two  nasal  tubes,  used 
in  Bethlehem  Hospital,  London,  is  described  in  *  "Lancet." 
See  also  *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,'11  2648. 


Na'sal  In'stru-ments. 
the  following :  — 

Nasal  speculum. 

Nasal  douche. 

Nasal  clamp. 

Ep  is  taxis  tampon. 

Laryngeal  syringe. 

Posterior  nares  syringe. 

Nasal  electrode. 


(Surgical.)     Includes 


Polypus  forceps. 
Polypus  canula. 
Epistaxis  canula. 
Rhinoscope. 
Rhinoscopic  mirror. 
Nasal  syringe. 
Nasal  feeding  tube. 


Na'sal  Spec'u-lum.     A  bivalvular  speculum 
for  distending  the  alee  of  the  nose. 


Nasal  Speculum. 


In  Dr.  Shurly's  nasal  speculum  one  valve  is  a  ring;  the 
her  a  shell ;  they 
See  also  a,  b,  c  c, 


other  a  shell ;  they  are  made  in  pairs,  rights  and  lefts. 
,  Fig.  5361,  p.  2260,  "Mech.  Did." 


Na-trom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  estimating 
the  quantity  of  soda  contained  in  salts  of  potash 
and  soda.  Pessier  has  invented  a  standard  form. 

Nat'u-ral  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  1.  Steel  made 
directly  from  the  ore  by  the  blomary  process. 

2.  Steel  obtained  by  the  finery  process ;  the  car- 
bon being  removed  from  the  molten  cast  iron  by  a 
blast  of  air  directed  upon  the  metal,  which  is  cov- 
ered with  a  layer  of  charcoal. 

Nau'ti-cal.  See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 
Anchor.  Beacon. 

Anchor  and  cable,  parts  of,    Bees. 


and  appliances. 

Anchor  lift. 

Anchor  shackle. 

Arm. 

Bill. 

Blade. 

Bower. 

Bull-rope. 

Buoy  rope. 

Cable  shackle. 

Capstan. 

Cat. 

Cat  back. 

Clutch. 

Compressor. 

Controller 

Deck  stopper. 

Devil's  claw. 

Dog  stopper. 

Fish. 

Fluke. 

Forelock. 

Grapnel. 

Kedge. 

Kevel. 

Link. 

Messenger. 

Mooring  swivel. 

Nippers. 

Palm. 

Passing  nippers. 

Pawl. 

Pee. 

Point. 

Racking  turns. 

Ring. 

Shackle. 

Shank. 

Sheet  anchor. 

Slip  stopper. 

Spare  anchor. 

Square. 

Stock. 

Stopper. 

Stream  anchor. 

Stud. 

Swifter. 

Swivel. 

Throat. 

Warping. 

Whelps. 

Wing  stopper. 
Anti-racer. 
Arm. 
Armor. 

Armor  compound. 
Armor  plate. 
Artificer's  knot. 
Back  board. 
Ball-joint  hinge. 


Bench-hook. 
Bench  sail-hook. 
Binnacle. 

Block  (varieties  ;  see  list  un- 
der "TACKLE"). 

Bouche. 

Bushing. 

Channel. 

Cheeks. 

Coak. 

Gorge. 

Pin. 

Score. 

Sheave. 

Shell. 

Strap. 

Swallow. 
Block-hook. 
Boat. 

Back-board. 

Boat  launching  apparatus. 

Boat  lowering  apparatus. 

Bottom  board. 

Canoe. 

Cat  boat. 

Cat  rig. 

Center  board. 

Clamp. 

Collapsible  boat. 

Davit. 

Ducking  boat. 

Folding  boat. 

Gunwale. 

Head  sheet. 

Ice  boat. 

Kyak. 

Launch. 

Launch  engine. 

Lazy  painter. 

Life  boat. 

Life  raft. 

Mast  hinge. 

Nautilus. 

Oar. 

Painter-1 

Poppets. 

Portable  boat. 

Portable  raft. 

Rowing  gear. 

Rowlock. 

Rudder  lanyard. 

Skiff. 

Slings. 

Sneak  box. 

Steadying  line. 

Step. 

Stern  benches. 

Stern  sheets. 

Stretcher. 

Surf  boat. 


NAUTICAL. 


630 


NAUTICAL. 


Thwarts. 

Floating  dock. 

Twist  knot. 

Reversing  gear. 

Well  sneak. 

Flush-deck  windlass. 

Wall  and  crown. 

Rigger  screw. 

Yawl. 

Fog  alarm. 

Wall  knot. 

Rigging  stopper. 

Boat  hook. 

Fog  bell. 

Weaver's  knot. 

Ring  splice. 

Boat  knot. 

Fog  horn. 

Kyak. 

Roband. 

Boat  launching. 

Fog  signal. 

Lacing. 

Rosette. 

Boat  lowering  apparatus. 

Fog  trumpet. 

Lanyard. 

Rose  lashing. 

Boat  plug. 

Fog  whistle. 

Lark's  head. 

Round  scuttle. 

Boatswain's  toggle. 

Folding  boat. 

Lashing. 

Round  seizing. 

Boat  yoke. 

Forelock. 

Lashing  eye. 

Rowing  gear. 

Boom  tackle. 

Four-stranded  splice. 

Lashing  knot. 

Rowlock. 

Bouche. 

Gaff-topsail  hook. 

Laiznch. 

Rudder. 

Bower. 

Galley  knot. 

Launch  engine. 

Rudder  brace. 

Bowline  knot. 

Gasket. 

Lazy  painter. 

Rudder  gudgeon. 

Bowline  on  a  bight. 

Gin  block. 

Life  boat. 

Rudder  screw. 

Bowline  tackle. 

Gorge. 

Life  buoy. 

Sailing  car. 

Bowsprit  shrouds. 

Goring  cloth. 

Life  preserver. 

Score. 

Box. 

Grafting. 

Life  raft. 

Screw  propeller. 

Brace-block. 
Breast  rope. 

Grapnel. 
Grommet. 

Life-saving  apparatus. 
Life-saving  suit. 

Screw  steering  apparatus. 
Scuttle. 

Builder's  knot. 

Gun-tackle  purchase. 

Lift  jigger. 

Self-mousing  hook. 

Bull's-eye. 

Gunwale. 

Lizard. 

Seizing  (varieties,  see  list):  — 

Buntline  leader 

Half  hitch. 

Lobster  claw. 

Cross  seizing. 

Buoy. 

Hammock  clew. 

Long  rolling  splice. 

End  seizing. 

Bushing. 

Hammock  cloth. 

Long  splice. 

Eye  seizing. 

By-pass. 

Hanging  block. 

Loop  knot. 

Flat  seizing. 

Cable  shackle. 

Harbor  gasket. 

Lubber's  mark. 

Gasket. 

Calking-iron. 

Harness  hitch. 

Luff  tackle. 

Harbor  gasket 

Canoe. 

Hawser. 

Luff  tackle  purchase. 

Fox. 

Cant  splice. 

Hawser  bend. 

Luminous  buoy. 

Lacing. 

Capshore. 

Hawsing  beetle. 

Main  keel. 

Laniard. 

Capstan. 

Hawsing  iron. 

Marine  drag. 

Lashing. 

Capstan  knot. 

Head  earrings  , 

Marine  governor. 

Lashing  eye. 

Carrick  bend. 

Heaver. 

Marine  signal. 

Mat. 

Catamaran. 

Hitch  :  — 

Marlinspike. 

Nettle  stuff. 

Cat  boat. 

Clove  hitch. 

Marlinspike  hitch. 

Parceling. 

Cat  rig. 

Half  hitch. 

Mast. 

Puddening. 

Center  board. 

Harness  hitch. 

Mast-head. 

Puss. 

Chain  pipe. 

Marlinspike  hitch. 

Mast-head  pendant. 

Quarter  seizing. 

Chain  stopper. 

Midshipman's  hitch. 

Mast  hinge. 

Racking. 

Chain  tag. 

Hook  :  — 

Mast  lining. 

Roband. 

Channel- 

Bench  hook. 

Mat. 

Rose-lashing. 

Cheek. 

Block  hook. 

Match  hooks. 

Round  seizing. 

Chock. 

Gaff-topsail  hook. 

Matthew  Walker  knot. 

Sennit. 

Cigar  steamer. 

Match  hook. 

Midshipman's  hitch. 

Serving. 

Clamp. 

Self-mousing  hook. 

Mooring  swivel. 

Spanish  fox. 

Cleat. 

Sister  hooks. 

Mousing  hook. 

Splice. 

Clew. 

Horse  hammock. 

Nautigon. 

Throat  seizing. 

Clew-thimble. 

Hydraulic  steering  gear. 

Nautilus. 

Whipping. 

Clove  hitch. 

Ice  boat. 

Nettle  stuff. 

Worming. 

Clutch. 

Ice  yacht. 

Nippers. 

Sennit. 

Coach  whip. 

Illuminator. 

Oar. 

Serving. 

Coak. 

Iron  clad. 

Outrigger  hoist. 

Setting  die. 

Collapsible  boat. 

Iron  strapped  block. 

Overhand  knot- 

Shackle. 

Collar. 

Jib  hank. 

Painter. 

Shaft. 

Companion  ladder. 

Jib  head. 

Palm. 

Sheath. 

Composite. 

Jumper  stay. 

Parceling. 

Sheave. 

Compound  armor. 

Kedge. 

Passing  nippers. 

Sheave-hole. 

Conning  tower. 

Kedging. 

Pawl. 

Sheepshanks. 

Cut-splice. 

Knot  :  — 

Paunch  mat. 

Sheet  anchor. 

Cutting  punch. 

Artificer's  knot. 

Pendant  tackle. 

Sheet  slip. 

Cyclad. 

Boat  knot. 

Pin. 

Sheet  traveler. 

Davit. 

Bowline  knot. 

Pinkie. 

Shelf  piece. 

Deck  hook  . 

Bowline  on  a  bight. 

Point. 

Shell. 

Deck  light. 

Builder's  knot. 

Ponton. 

Ship. 

Deck  plate. 

Capstan  knot. 

Popofka. 

Ship  ring-bolt. 

Deck  pipe. 

Carrick  bend. 

Poppets. 

Ship  scraper. 

Deck  stopper. 

Clove  hitch. 

Portable  boat. 

Ship's  spike. 

Devil's  claw. 

Diamond  knot. 

Portable  raft. 

Shore. 

Diamond  knot. 

Dog-shank. 

Port  hinge. 

Shortening  knot. 

Diving  apparatus. 

Double  knot. 

Post. 

Short  splice. 

Diving  bell. 

English  knot. 

Pressure  log. 

Short  stay. 

Diving  dress. 

Figure-of-8  knot. 

Preventer  fid. 

Shroud  knot. 

Dog  shank. 

Flemish  knot. 

Preventer  stay. 

Side  scuttle. 

Dog  stopper. 

Gallev  knot. 

Pricker. 

Single  whip. 

Double  knot. 

Half-hitch. 

Prolonge  knot. 

Sister  block. 

Double  purchase. 

Harness-hitch. 

Propeller. 

Sister  hooks. 

Double-rail  stancheon. 

Hawser  bend. 

Propeller  coupling. 

Six-fold  knot. 

Double  whip. 

Hitch. 

Propeller  mechanism. 

Skiff. 

Drawing  splice. 

Lark's  head. 

Propeller  shaft. 

Sky-light  guard. 

Dredge. 

Lashing  knot. 

Puddening. 

Sky-light  lift. 

Dredging  machine. 

Loop  knot. 

Pudding  splice. 

Slings. 

Drilling  scow. 

Marlinspike  hitch. 

Purlin. 

Slip  stopper. 

Ducking  boat. 

Matthew  Walker  knot. 

Quarter. 

Snatch  block. 

English  knot. 

Midshipman's  hitch. 

Quarter  tackle. 

Sneak  box. 

Eyelet  grommet. 

Overhand  knot. 

Racking. 

Sound  house. 

Eyelet  bole. 

Prolonge  knot. 

Racking  turns. 

Sounding. 

Eye  seizing. 

Reef  knot. 

Raft. 

Sounding  apparatus. 

Eye  splice. 

Rosette. 

Reef  earrings. 

Spanish  fox. 

Fake. 

Sheep  shanks. 

Reefing  apparatus. 

Spanker  gaff. 

Faking  box. 

Shortening  knot 

Reef  knot. 

Spare  anchor. 

Ferry  boat. 

Shroud  knot. 

Reef-tackle  purchase. 

Spider  hoop. 

Fid  hole. 

Six-fold  knot. 

Reeving  line. 

Splice  :  — 

Figure-of-8  knot. 

Sprit-Rail-sheet  knot. 

Reliever. 

Cant  splice. 

Flemish  knot. 

Tack  knot. 

Relieving  tackle. 

Cut  splice. 

NAUTICAL. 


631 


NEEDLE   CARRIER. 


Splice :  — 

Drawing  splice. 

Eye  splice. 

Four-stranded  splice. 

Grafting. 

Long  rolling  splice. 

Long  splice. 

Pudding  splice. 

Short  splice. 

Tapered  splice. 
Sprit-sail  gaff. 
Sprit-sail  sheet  knot. 
Stanchion. 
Steamboat. 
Steamer. 
Steam  ferry. 
Steam  tug. 
Steering  apparatus. 
Step. 

Stern  benches. 
Stern  sheets. 
Stern  walk. 
Stopper. 
Storm  valve. 
Strap. 

Strap-bound  block. 
Stream  anchor. 
Stretcher. 
Stud. 

Submarine  armor. 
Surf  boat. 
Swallow. 

Swimming  apparatus. 
Swivel. 
Swivel  block. 
Sword  mat. 
Tack  knot. 
Tackle:  — 

Block. 

Boom  tackle. 

Bouche. 

Bowline  tackle. 

Brace  block. 

Bushing. 

Channel. 

Cheek. 

Coak. 

Double  purchase. 

Double  whip. 

Gin  block. 

Gorge. 

Gun-tackle  purchase. 

Hanging  block. 

Iron-strapped  block. 

Lift  jigger. 

Luff  tackle. 

Luff-tackle  purchase. 

Mast-head  pendant. 

Pendant  tackle. 

Pin. 

Quarter  tackle. 

Reef-tackle  purchase. 

Relieving  tackle. 

Score. 

Sheave. 


Shell. 

Single  whip. 

Sister  block. 

Snatch  block. 

Strap. 

Strap-bound  block. 

Swallow. 

Swivel  block. 

Tail  jigger. 

Threefold  purchase. 

Top  burton. 

Top-burton  tackle. 

Top  tackle. 

Treble  purchase. 

Truss  tackle. 

Two-fold  purchjui-. 

Whip-on-runner. 

Yard  tackle. 
Tail  jigger. 
Tapered  splice. 
Thimble. 

Three-fold  purchase. 
Throat  seizing. 
Thrum  mat. 
Thrust  bearing. 
Thwarts. 
Tiller. 
Top  burton. 
Top-burton  tackle. 
Top  lining. 
Top  maul. 
Top  rim. 
Top  tackle. 
Towing. 

Treble  purchase. 
Trip  hook. 
Truss  tackle. 
Try -sail  gaff. 
Turnbuckle. 
Twice-laid. 
Twin  boat. 
Twin  steamer. 
Twist  knot. 
Two-fold  purchase. 
Upper  deck. 
Wall  and  crown. 
Wall  knot. 
Warping. 
Water  ballast. 
Water-deck  iron. 
Weaver's  knot. 
Wedge. 
Well  sneak. 
Whip-on-runner. 
Whipping. 
Whisker  gaff. 
Wing  stopper. 
Wire-rope  towage. 
Withe. 
Worming. 
Yacht. 
Yard-arm. 

Yard-tackle  purchase. 
Yarn. 
Yawl. 


distance  between  these  points.  Spherical  triangles 
may  also  be  solved  with  it.  For  a  detailed  descrip- 
tion see  the  "Comptes  Rendus"  of  the  Academy; 
and  for  an  abstract,  London  "Nature." 

Nav'vy.     A  species  of  excavator,  which  see. 


Steam  navvy 


"Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  399. 


Nau'ti-cal  Alarm.  See  under  various  heads  : 
BUOY  ;  FOG  TRUMPET  ;  SIKENE,  etc.  See  also 
MARINE  ALARM. 

Nau'ti-gon.  An  instrument  invented  by  Dr. 
Hill,  of  Harvard,  for  solving  by  inspection,  without 
the  use  of  tables,  any  problem  in  spherical  trigo- 
nometry, with  sufficient  accuracy  for  the  principal 
problems  of  practical  navigation. 

"  Scientific    American  " xxxvi.  85. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Supplement  "...     314. 

Nau'ti-lus.  A  name  for  the  diving  bell.  See 
cap.  "Plongeur,"  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des  Arts, 
etc.,"  Figs.  3686,  3687. 

Nav-i-ga'tion-al  Sound'tng  Ma-chine'.  A 
machine  for  taking  soundings  en  route.  The  inven- 
tion of  Sir  William  Thomson.  See  FLYING 
SOUNDER. 

Nav'i-sphere.  A  nautical  instrument,  by  M. 
de  Magnac.  It  is  designed  to  indicate,  without  cal- 
culation, the  names  of  the  stars  above  the  horizon 
at  a  given  moment  (with  altitude  and  azimuth),  the 
angle  of  route  for  going  from  one  point  to  another 
by  the  arc  of  a  great  circle,  and  the  approximate 


Neb'u-li-zer.  (Surgical.)  A  spray  instru- 
ment. See  ATOMIZER. 

Ne-ces'saire.  (Optics.)  A  circular  base  of 
polished  wood,  in  which  6  re-agent  bottles  are  ar- 
ranged with  ground  capillary  tube  stoppers,  and 
the  whole  covered  with  a  low  bell-glass  to  exclude 
dust. 

Ne-cro'sis  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment for  gnawing  away  portions  of  diseased  bone. 
They  are  of  various  shapes:  front  cutting,  side- 
cutting,  curved  on  the  flat,  serrated,  knee-curve, 
gouge-shaped,  etc.  See  list  under  FORCEPS. 

Nee'dle.  The  process  of  needle-making  in  35 
operations  is  described  under  cap.  "Aiguilles,"  La- 
boulaye's "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Sciences"  L,  ed.  1877. 

The  following  is  the  series  of  operations  in  the  works  of 
the  National  Needle  Co.,  Springfield,  Mass.  :  — 
Blank.  Brass  brushed. 

Reduced  blank.  Eye-polished. 

Reduced  and  pointed,  blank.       First  inspection. 
Grooved.  Hard  straightened. 

Eye-punched.  Finish-pointed. 

Hardened  and  tempered.  Finished. 

Hard-bur  dressed. 

See  Dr.  Knight's  Report  on  "Sewing  Machine  Needle  Ma- 
chinery," at  the  National  Needle  Co.'s  works,  Springfield, 
Mass.,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,'1'1  vol.  vii.,  Group 
XXII.,  p.  59,  et  seq. 

Open-eyed  needles  for  threading  without  reeving  ;  numer- 
ous instances,  Fig.  3305,  p.  1517,  "Mech.  Diet." 

(Surgical.)  The  uses  of  the  needle  in  surgery, 
for  operation  and  suture  are  numerous.  The  names 
signify  the  material,  construction,  or  application. 
Among  them  are  the  following,  the  greater  num- 
ber of  which  may  be  found  under  their  alphabetical 
heads  in  this  or  former  volumes  :  — 

Acupuncture.  Hypodermic  syringe. 

Aneurism.  Iris. 

Angular.  Ligature. 

Artery.  Milium. 

Canulated.  Naevus. 

Cataract.  Open  eyed. 

Couching.  Paracentesis  cornea. 

Discission.  Perineal. 

Eye.  Seton. 

Fistula.  Staphylorraphy. 

Harelip.  Stop. 

Helical.  Suture. 

Hernia.  Tattooing. 
See  also  Acus,  supra  ;  also  NEEDLE.    2.  SURGICAL,  p.  1517 
"Meek.  Diet.;  "  NEEDLE  FORCEPS,  Fig.  3306,  p.  1518,  Ibid. 

See  :  Clamp  for  sewing 

machines,  Morton      .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  182. 
Sewing  machine  needle 

making     .....  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  644. 

Machinery    .....  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  130. 

Cap.  "  Aiguilles  "      .     .  *  Labonlaye,  i.,  ed.  1877. 

Making    ......  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  856. 

"  Scientific  American,'1''  xxxv.  403. 

Nee'dle  An-nun'ci-a'tor.  1  .  A  form  of  opti- 
cal telegraph  in  which  a  finger  moving  on  a  dial  indi- 
cates a  letter  or  a  message.  See  DIAL  TELEGRAPH, 
Fig.  806,  p.  254,  supra.  Fig.  6238,  p.  2506,  "  Mech. 
Diet.,"  Fig.  1667,  p.  708,  Ibid. 

2.  A  form  of  annunciator  in  which  several  mes- 
sages, numbers  of  rooms,  or  office  departments  may 
be  placed  on  a  board  and  a  needle  caused  to  point 
to  either,  at  the  option  of  the  sender. 

Nee'dle  Car'ri-er.  A  porte-aiguille.  A  nee- 
dle forceps.  In  the  instance  given,  Dr.  Turnip- 
seed's  clamp  needle-carrier  for  operation  in  vesico- 
vaginal  fistula,  the  needles  clamped  in  the  enda  of 
the  arms  have  a  mutually  approaching  transverse 


NEEDLE   CARRIER. 


632 


NERVE   INSTRUMENTS. 


Fig.  1806. 


Clamp  Needle-carrier. 

motion  as  the  loops  of  the  handle  are  partially  ro- 
tated by  pressing  together. 

Nee'dle  For'ceps.    An  instrument  to  hold  a 
needle  in  sewing  up  wounds. 

In  the  instance,   Fig.  1807,  Dr.    Thornton  Parker's,  the 
threaded  needle  is  held  by  a  screw  clamp,  and  may  have  any 

Fig.  1807. 


Dr.  Parker's  Needle  Holder. 

convenient  angle  of  presentation.    The  hollow  handle  holds 
needles. 

Dr.  Wight's  needle  forceps  has  serrated  jaws;  and  a  catch 

Fig.  1808. 


Dr.  Wight's  Needle  Forceps. 

on  each  bow  to  lock  the  forceps  shut.  Used  also  in  remov- 
ing pieces  of  necrosedbone,  in  arresting  arterial  hemorrhage, 
etc. 

Fig.  1809  shows  the  needle  forceps  of  Dr.  Anatole  de  Gaine, 

Fig.  1809. 


Dr.  De  Gaine's  Needle  Forceps. 

of  St.  Petersburg.    The  needle  is  held  at  any  angle,  and  the 
handles  are  locked  by  link  and  ratchet. 

Dr.  Turnipseed's  needle  holder,  needles,  and  clamps,  for 
uterine  operations,  are  shown  in  Fig.  1810.    The  needles  pro- 


Fig.  1810. 


Dr.  Tiirnipseed's  Needle  Forceps. 

jecting  transversely  to  the  line  of  the  handle,  are  thrust 
through  the  lips  of  the  wound  by  a  partial  rotation  of  the 
handle,  and  the  ends  of  the  needles  received  in  clamps,  which 
are  pressed  down  upon  the  needle,  preventing  retraction. 
The  clamp  closer  is  shown  below. 

Nee'dle  Loom.  A  loom  in  which  the  weft  is 
thrust  through  the  shed  by  a  rod,  known  as  a 
needle.  Fig.  1811  shows  a  four-harness  Jacquard 
loom  of  Dienelt  &  Eisenhardt,  for  weaving  ingrain 
carpets.  It  has  a  capacity  for  16  weft  threads  of 
varying  colors. 


The  pattern  mechanism  acts  upon  separate  lifters,  through 
which  the  8  colored  threads  of  the  weft  respectively  pass. 
The  colored  yarn  which  is  required  for  the  next  throw  is 


Fig.  1811. 


Fig.  1812. 


Ingrain  Carpet  Needle  Loom. 

elevated  so  as  to  be  caught  in  the  slot  of  the  reciprocating 
needle  and  carried  half  way  through  the  shed,  where  it  is 
caught  by  a  hook  which  has  advanced  from  the  other  sel- 
vage to  meet  it,  and  the  loop  is  drawn  back  to  the  selvage 
by  the  hook,  laying  two  threads  in  the  shed.  The  loop  of  the 
weft  is  then  caught  by  a  latch-needle,  which  is  moved  in  a 
direction  across  the  path  of  the  weft  and  is  knit  in  with  the 
former  loop. 
See  also  CARPET  LOOM,  p.  169,  supra. 

Nee'dle  Lulni-ca'tor.  A  form  of  lubricator 
consisting  of  a  strong  globe 
of  glass  having  a  neck  or 
outlet  fitted  with  a  stopper  of 
wood,  through  which  is  a  coiii- 
cal  metal  tube,  forming  the 
only  exit  for  the  oil.  In  or- 
der to  regulate  the  supply  of 
oil,  a  metallic  feed-rod  (nee- 
dle) passes  through  the  tube, 
and  rests  upon  the  shaft  to 
be  lubricated. 

Neg'a-tive.  1.  (Electric- 
ity.) In  the  battery,  the 
copper,  carbon,  or  platinum 
plate. 

See  list  in  Negative  col- 
umns, tables  of  Galvanic  Bat- 
teries, pp.  367-373  supra. 

2.  (Photography.)  The 
cliche  or  picture  in  reverse ; 
from  it  the  positive  is  printed. 

Neg'a-tive  Rack.  A  frame  for  holding  glass 
negatives  to  drip.  See  Fig.  1813. 

Nerve  In'stru-ments.  (Dentistry.)  Instru- 
ments for  broaching,  cleaning,  filling,  etc.,  the  nerve 
cavity.  Fig.  1814. 

a.  Spring  tempered  nerve  bristles,  for  removing  pulp,  cleans- 
ing pulp-canals,  introducing  medicaments  in  the  treatment 


Needle  Lubricator. 


NERVE   INSTRUMENTS. 


633 


NICKEL. 


Fig.  1813. 


Folding  Negative  Rack. 

of  alveolar  abscess,  etc.    Some  are  roughened,  some   have 
minute  hooks  at  the  end.     There  are  10  in  a  set. 


Fig.  1814. 


Nerve  Instruments. 


b.  Nerve-canal  reamers,  for  cleansing  and  preparing  nerve 
canals.    A  set  consists  of  14  triangular  and  3  4-sided  reamers. 

c.  Bur  drills,  used  in  drilling  fangs  preliminary  to  filling. 

d.  Nerve-cavity  pluggers. 

e.  Nerve  extractors.     Barbed  bristles. 

Neurotome  ;  excision  of  dental  nerve  *l'Sc.Am,  Sup. ,';  4114. 

Nest  Spring.  A  spiral  spring  of  several  con- 
centric coils,  s.  t.,  Fig.  1143,  p.  483,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Net.  For  list  of  U.  S.  Patents,  fishing  nets, 
pounds,  traps,  seines,  eel  pots,  etc.,  see  FISHING 
NET,  p.  342,  supra. 

See  also :  — 


Anchored  net. 
Bag. 
Bag  net. 
Bait  net. 
Bar  net. 
Bar  weir. 
Bowl. 
Bull  net. 


Casting  net. 
Cast  net. 
Collecting  seine. 
Crab  net. 
Crib. 
Dip  net. 
Dipping  wheel. 
Dredge. 


Drift  net. 
Drop  net. 
Eel  pot. 
Float. 

Folding  net. 
Fyke  net. 
Gill  net. 
Handle  net. 
Haul  seine. 
Heart. 
Heart  net. 
Heart  seine. 
Hook. 
Hook  net. 
Jerk  net. 
Landing  net. 
Leader. 
Line. 
Lint. 

Meshing  net. 
Meter. 
Pocket  net. 
Pot. 


Pound." 
Pound  net. 
Purse  net. 
Purse  seine. 
Scoop  net. 
Seaming. 
Seine. 

Seine  windlass. 
Sheave  block. 
Skim  net. 
Stake  net. 
Tilting  net. 
Towing  net. 
Trailing  net. 
Trammel  net. 
Trap. 
Trap  net. 
Trawl  net. 
Tunnel. 
Weir. 
Wing. 
Wing  net. 


Also :  — 

Garden  net,  over  fruit  trees. 

Fly  net. 

Horse  net. 

Poultry  netting,  to  limit  their  range.    A  sort  of  fence. 

Spring  net ;  one  closed  by  trigger  and  spring  ;  used  iu  catch- 
ing rabbits. 

Banner  netting,  for  painting  signs  or  banners,  to  be  sus- 
pended across  a  street,  and  avoid  carrying  away  by  the 
wind. 

Clap  net ;  one  having  hinged  sections  ;  used  in  bird-catching. 

Hammock  net ;  open-work  netted  hammock. 

Vat  net,  for  a  strainer. 

Quail  or  partridge  net,  for  catching  those  birds. 

Lawn-tennis  net ;  used  in  the  game. 

Net'ma-ker's  Knife.  (Fishing.)  A  blade 
(2")  without  a  handle,  and  the  heel  of  the  blade 
curved  so  as  to  fit  the  finger  like  a  ring. 

Net'tle.  (Nautical.)  A  small  cord  used  for 
seizing  or  grafting,  as  the  nettles  (knittles)  of  a 
hammock. 

Net'tle  Stuff.  (Nautical.)  Small  line  used 
for  seizings,  worming,  etc. 

New  Pro'cess  Milling.  See  CYLINDER 
MILL;  ROLLER  MILL;  HIGH  MILLING;  MID- 
DLINGS PURIFIER,  etc.,  and  "American  Miller," 
vi.  2. 

Ni-au'det  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  Other- 
wise known  as  the  chloride  of  lime  battery.  The 
positive  electrode  is  a  plate  of  zinc  in  a  solution  of 
chloride  of  sodium ;  the  negative  element  is  a  plate 
of  coke  surrounded  by  coke  fragments  and  chloride 
of  lime  in  a  vessel  of  biscuit  ware  or  parchment 
paper. 

Nic'ol's  Prism.  (0/itics.)  A  prism  of  Ice- 
land spar  so  constructed  as  to  transmit  but  one  of 
the  two  rays  into  which  light  is  divided  in  passing 
through  this  substance  —  polarizing  the  same. 

Used  in  connection  with  the  polariscope  for  the 
microscope.  See  POLARISCOPE. 

Nick'el.     Sec  data  on  p.  1525,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  alloys  of  nickel  are  of  considerable  importance.  It 
unites  readily  with  iron,  cobalt,  copper,  antimony,  zinc,  tin, 
etc. 

The  alloys  of  nickel  with  copper  and  zinc  form  German 
silver  or  albata  (Eng.),  Argentan  (Fr.)  Packfong  (Ch  ).  See 
list,  p.  63,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Britannia  metal  is  principally  copper,  tin,  and  antimony. 

French  recipes :  — 


Copper. 

Nickel. 

Zinc. 

1.  Common  argentan      .     .     . 
2.  White  argentan      .... 

16 
16 
16 
16 
16 

4 
6 
8 
12 
6 

7 
7 
7 
7 
11 

Solder  for  argentan  ;  argentan  (No.  1),  5  parts  ;  zinc  4  parts. 

NICKEL. 


634 


NEEDLE. 


Nickel "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  149. 

And  cobalt  at  Centennial. 

Wharton "£ng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  13. 

Battery,  Slater      .     .     .  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3341. 

Bronze "  Manuf.  (f  Builder,"  xii.  197. 

Furnaces "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxv.  326, 

346,  424  :  *  xxvi.  24. 

Plating,  Slolba      .     .     .      "Sc.  American,'''  xxxvi.  295. 
Plating,  Wharton      .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  April  8,  p.  9. 

Litigation      ....      "Iron  Age,'''  xxv.,  April  29,  p.  9. 

At  Krageroe,  Norway,  magnetic  pyrites,  holding  on  an 
average  1.25  percent,  of  nickel,  are  worked  by  the  following 
process  :  "  The  raw  ore  is  smelted  with  slag  from  refining  in 
a  13-foot  3-tuyere  shaft  furnace,  the  slag  made  being  thrown 
over  the  dump  while  the  raw  matte,  holding  3.5  per  cent,  of 
nickel,  is  roasted  in  stalls.  This  roasted  matte  is  smelted  in 
a  low  furnace  with  one  tuyere,  4'  high.  The  slag,  holding  1 
to  1.5  per  cent,  of  cobalt,  goes  to  the  ore  smelting.  The 
matte  made  contains  30  per  cent,  of  nickel  and  15  per  cent, 
oi  copper,  and  is  returned  to  the  same  furnace,  which  con- 
centrates it  to  60  per  cent  of  nickel  and  30  per  cent,  of  cop- 
per. The  sulphur  is  only  10  per  cent.  This  matte  is  ground 
and  roasted  completely  in  a  small  reverberatory  furnace,  and 
the  oxides  are  reduced  with  charcoal  powder  in  graphite  cru- 
cibles, yielding  68  per  cent,  of  nickel  and  30  per  cent,  of  cop- 
per. By  the  addition  of  copper  this  product  is  smelted  into 
an  alloy  of  one  of  copper  and  one  of  nickel,  which  is  mar- 
ketable.''— Frinlr.  Bode  in  "Dingler's  Polytechnic  Journal." 

In  Plazanet's  nickel-plating  process  a  bath  is  used  of  87.5 
grams  of  sulphate  of  nickel,  20  sulphate  of  ammonia,  17.5  cit- 
ric acid,  and  two  liters  of  water.  A  bath  much  used  in  France 
is  formed  of  a  solution  of  4  parts  of  nitrate  of  nickel  in  4  of 
liquid  ammonia,  and  150  water,  in  which  50  parts  of  sulphate 
of  soda  have  been  dissolved .  Using  a  moderately  weak  current, 
the  operation  is  at  an  end  in  a  few  minutes.  There  is  no  need 
to  interrupt  it  by  taking  the  objects  out  and  brushing  them. 
When  the  film  of  nickel  is  of  sufficient  thickness,  the  ob- 
jects are  withdrawn  from  the  bath  and  dried  with  sawdust. 

A  new  nickel-plating  solution,  said  to  yield  beautiful  re- 
sults, is  prepared  by  mixing  the  liquid  obtained  by  evapora- 
ting a  solution  of  J  oz.  nickel  in  aqua  regia  to  a  pasty  mass 
and  dissolving  it  in  1  Ib.  aqua  ammonia,  with  that  obtained 
by  treating  the  same  quantity  of  nickel  with  a  solution  of  2 
ozs.  cyanide  of  potassium  in  1  Ib.  of  water.  More  cyanide 
renders  the  deposit  whiter,  and  more  ammonia  renders  it 
grayer. 

Nick'el  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  Slater.  One 
form  consists  of  a  vessel  with  two  interior  porous 
concentric  cells.  In  the  central  one  is  placed  the 
plate  of  nickel  with  its  excitant,  dilute  sulphuric  or 
other  acid ;  in  the  middle  space  is  a  solution  of 
sesqui-carbonate  of  ammonia  ;  in  the  outer  space  is 
a  solution  of  sulphate  of  nickel,  or  the  double  sul- 
phate of  nickel  and  ammonia,  together  with  sus- 
pended prisms  or  plates  of  carbon.  The  deposited 
salts  are  of  commercial  value- 

Slater  .     .     "  Scientific  American  Supplement,"  *  3341,  3790. 
Wenzel      .     "Scientific,  American,"  *  xxxix.  150. 

Nick'el  Bronze.  An  alloy  named  from  M. 
Jules  Gamier,  the  inventor.  The  garnierite,  an  ore 
of  nickel  found  in  great  quantity  in  New  Caledo- 
nia, is  worked  in  Noumea,  and  the  regulus  shipped 
to  Septemes,  near  Marseilles. 

Here  the  pure  metal  is  mixed  with  various  proportions  of 
copper,  zinc,  and  tin,  forming  nickel  bronze.  Twenty  per 
cent,  of  nickel  suffices  to  give  the  desired  tint,  and  to  secure 
inoxidizability.  All  articles  now  made  of  brass  or  copper, 
nickel  plated,  can  be  produced  in  solid  bronze  by  the  same 
processes  and  with  the  same  plant,  and  at  practically  the 
same  cost.  So  made  they  are  20  per  cent,  stronger,  and  may 
generally  be  much  lighter.  Its  great  strength  and  the  prop- 
erty of  non-oxidization  make  this  alloy  eminently  suitable 
for  mathematical  and  musical  instruments.  It  is  used  for: 

Builders'  fittings.  Harness  trimmings. 

Chains.  Arms. 

Scientific  instruments.  Clocks. 

Art-metal  work.  Bells. 

Journal  bearings.  Propeller  journals. 

See:    "Iron  Age" xxiii.,  Jan.  16,  p.  13;  xxiv., 

Nov.  27,  p.  13;  xxv.,  May 

20,  p.  19. 
"Eng.  and  Min.  Journ."      .    .    xxv.  26 ;   xxvii.  76 ;   xxix. 

389. 

"Am.  Manuf.  and  Iron  World."  xxvi.,  May  28,  p.  7. 
" Scientific  American"      .     .     .     xlii.  288. 
"Manvf act.  and  Builder"    .     .    xii.  144,  197. 
Gw.llem.in  "  Technologiste,"     .     xl.  364. 


Nick'el-ine.  The  term  given  by  Guillemin  to 
nickel  bronze.  "Technologiste,"  xl.  364. 

Nick'el'  Plat'ing.  Nickel  galvanoplasty  for 
electrotypes  and  reproductions  of  works  of  art,  has 
been  much  advanced  by  Boudreaux  (pere  et  fih), 
of  Paris.  The  great  difficulty  attending  the  de- 
posit in  any  considerable  thickness,  is  owing  to  the 
tendency  to  exfoliate  and  curl,  which  is  ascertained 
to  be  due  to  the  absorption  of  hydrogen. 

"  This  mode  of  accounting  for  the  phenomenon  will  be 
readily  accepted,  if  it  be  borne  in  mind  that  in  this  case  the 
nickel  crystallizes  ;  that  it  is  very  porous  as  compared  with 
ordinary  cast  nickel ;  and  that  in  12  hours  it  condenses  160 
times  its  own  weight  of  hydrogen,  when  it  is  attached  to  the 
negative  pole  of  a  rather  powerful  galvanic  battery,  in  the 
electrolysis  of  water."  —  "Electrician,'-'  Feb.,  1882,  p.  24. 

The  advantage  of  nickel  for  type  plates  and  art  reproduc- 
tions is  evident  from  the  fact  that  with  about  the  same  den- 
sity (Cu.,  8.90  ;  Ni.,  8.57)  the  resistance  of  nickel  to  mechan- 
ical pressure  is  about  3  times  that  of  copper.  Nickel  is  also 
much  less  affected  by  colored  inks. 

Prof.  Stolba's  Process:  To  a  dilute  solution  of  chloride  of 
zinc  ('5  to  10  per  cent.)  enough  nickel  sulphate  is  to  be  added 
to  impart  a  decidedly  green  color  to  it,  and  the  solution  is 
then  to  be  heated  to  boiling  in  a  porcelain  vessel.  The 
clouding  of  the  liquid  from  a  separation  of  a  basic  zinc  salt 
need  not  be  heeded,  as  it  will  not  interfere  with  the  effective- 
ness of  the  bath.  The  articles  to  be  nickel-coated  —  first 
carefully  cleaned  of  oxide  or  grease  —  are  to  be  suspended 
in  the  solution  from  30  to  60  minutes,  the  bath  being  kept 
at  a  boiling  temperature.  When  articles  are  observed  to  be 
uniformly  coated,  they  may  be  removed,  washed  in  water  in 
which  a  little  chalk  is  suspended,  dried  and  finally  polished 
with  chalk  or  other  suitable  material.  By  the  substitution 
of  a  cobalt  salt  in  place  of  the  nickel,  objects  may  be  simi- 
larly coated  with  cobalt. 

U.  S.  Patents  since  list  pp.  1525, 1526,  "Mech.  Diet."  :  — 

121,383  ....  Keith 1871 

125,868  ....  Whitman  Sf  Neal      .     .     .     1872 

128,166  ....  Parmalee 1872 

129,881  ....  Beardslee 1872 

130,362  .     .     .     .  de  Lobslein          ....     1872 

136,634  ....  Adams 1872 

154,435  ....  Adams   ....   Aug.  25,  1874 

155,884  ....  Normandeau 1874 

6,313  (Reissue)  Adams    ....   Mar.   2,  1875 

6,402  (Reissue)  Adams   ...     .   Ap.   27,  1875 

172,862  ....  Adams   ....   Feb.    1,   1876 

228,390  ....  Pomeroy     .         .   June  1,  1880 

228,921  ....  Perry     ....  June  15, 1880 

See  also  "Elements  d'Electro  Chimic,"  Paris,  1864,  p  325. 

(Glass.)  Recommended  by  M.  Cle'mendot,  a 
French  glass  manufacturer,  to  nickel-plate  all  pon- 
tys  and  molds  for  glass-making,  to  prevent  colora- 
tion of  the  glass  by  oxidation  of  the  iron  tools. 
Steep  the  objects  for  a  few  hours  in  a  plating  bath 
of  sulphate  of  nickel  and  ammonia. 

Lockert,  on "  Technologiste,"  xii.  392. 

Stolba "Technologiste,"  xxxviii.  66. 

Kayser "  Technologiste,"  xl.  89. 

"Scientific    Amer.,"1   xxxvi.  408; 
xxxviii.  209. 

Stolba "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  295. 

Wharton "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  April  8,  p  9. 

Litigation      ....      Ibid.,  xxv.,  April  29,  p,  9. 

Nick'el  Steel.  An  alloy  of  cemented  iron  and 
nickel.  —  Boussingault. 

Nick'ing  Saw.  A  small  circular  saw,  used  in 
nicking  screw-heads,  etc. 

Fig.  1815. 


Nicking  Saw. 

Ni-ello.  (Fine  Art  Metal-working.)  Formerly, 
a  metallic  plate  was  engraved  and  the  lines  run 
full  of  an  alloy  which  became  black  by  heat.  The 
surface  being  scraped  down,  the  effect  was  of  a 
drawing  in  black  on  the  gold  or  silver  plate. 


NIELLO. 


635 


NITROUS   OXIDE  APPARATUS. 


On  a  larger  scale,  brass  monumental  plates  were 
similarl v  ornamented,  and  the  alloy  formerly  used, 
which  was  of  copper,  silver,  lead,  etc.,  was  substitu- 
ted by  enamel,  and  then  by  black  wax. 

The  latter  style  lives  in  the  shop  and  door-plates  of  our 
streets. 

Artistic  work  is  yet  produced  in  this  line,  black  enamel 
and  red  copper  being  used,  the  latter  deposited  in  the  electro- 
bath. 

See  also  p.  1523,  "Meek.  Diet." 

One  beautiful  form  of  niello  is  a  sort  of  enameling  upon 
silver;  with  a  paste  consisting  chiefly  of  the  sulphide  of  the 
metal  itaelf.  The  process  is  as  follows  :  — 

Take  4  drachms  of  silver,  2  oz.  and  4  drachms  each  of  cop- 
per and  sal-ammoniac,  3  oz.and  4  drachms  of  lead, and  12  oz. 
of  flowers  of  sulphur.  Make  a  paste  of  the  flowers  of  sul- 
phur and  water  ;  put  it  into  a  crucible  ;  afterwards  melt  the 
metals,  and  pour  them  into  the  crucible  which  contains  the 
paste  ;  re-cover  this  vessel  in  order  that  the  sulphur  may  nut 
take  fire,  then  calcine  over  the  fire  until  all  the  superfluous 
sulphur  is  driven  off  ;  afterwards  finely  pulverise  the  IIDISS, 
and  make,  with  the  addition  of  a  solution  of  sal-ammoniac, 
a  paste,  which  introduce  by  means  of  rubbing,  into  the  parts 
intended  to  be  enameled  ;  then  clean  the  article,  and  place 
it  in  a  furnace,  where  it  is  sufficiently  heated  to  melt  the 
paste  which  fills  the  engraved  parts  and  makes  it  adhere  to 
the  metal.  That  done,  moisten  the  article  with  a  solution 
of  sal-ammoniac,  and  heat  it  in  a  muffle  to  redness;  after 
•which  you  may  rub  and  polish  the  article  when  '  it  has 
become  cold  without  fear  either  of  altering  or  of  detaching 
the  enamel ;  it  remains  always  of  a  very  tine  black  color.  — 
Dr.  Percy. 

Ni-el'lo  Sil'ver.  The  composition  of  the 
Russian  tula,  or  Niello  silver,  long  kept  secret,  has 
been  announced  to  be  as  follows  :  — 

It  consists  of  9  parts  silver,  1  part  copper,  1  part  lead,  and 
1  part  bismuth,  which  are  melted  together  and  saturated 
with  sulphur.  This  mixture  produces  the  gorgeous  blue 
which  has  often  been  erroneously  spoken  of  as  steel  blue. — 
"Berliner  Tagblatt" 

Night  Latch.  A  lock  operatable  by  key  only 
from  the  outside,  by  handle  from  the  inside  ;  but 
capable  of  being  fastened  by  a  catch  so  that  the 
holt  becomes  immovable. 


Fig.  1816. 


Night  Latch. 


The  illustration  shows  a  mortise  lock,  adjustable 
to  right  or  left-hand  doors. 

Nip'pers.  (Nautical.)  An  elastic  hank  made 
of  strong  yarns,  laid  parallel  and  marled  from  end 
to  end.  It  is  used  for  binding  the  messenger  to 
the  cable. 

Nip'ple.  A  pipe  coupling  of  reduced  size, 
frequently  threaded  on  the  outside  to  allow  the  wire 


binding  to  compress  the    attached    hose   into   the 
depressions  of  the  thread. 


a.  One  end  screw,  the  other  solder. 

b.  Screw,   and  screw  socket  ends 

respectively. 


c.  Double  screw. 

d.  Shoulder. 

e.  Close. 


Ni'tro-gel'a-tine.  An  explosive  agent  invented 
by  Nobel ;  formed  by  dissolving  gun-cotton  in  nitro- 
glycerine, with  camphor  added  in  varying  propor- 
tions, nominally  4  per  cent.  See  BLASTING  GELA- 
TINE, p.  105,  supra. 

Ni'tro-gly'cer-ine.  The  subject  is  discussed 
and  numerous  references  given  on  pp.  1529,  1530, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  "Scientific  American,^  xxxiv.  341;  xxxviii.  58; 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,"  3874. 

Ni'trous  Ox'ide  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  This  com- 
prises a  strong  cylinder  containing  100  gallons  of 
gas  compressed  to  a  pressure  of  80  Ibs.  to  the 
square  inch  at.  60°  Fah.  The  case  is  provided  with 
an  iron  ring  and  set  screw,  by  which  the  iron  cyl- 
inder is  held  in  place  during  use,  and  its  valve  pro- 
tected from  injury  ;  also,  a  rubber  bag  with  rubber 


Fig.  1818. 


Surgeon's  Cane. 

tube  at  one  end  for  admission  of  gas ;  and  a  tube, 
terminating  in  an  inhaler,  at  its  opposite  end. 

See  also  Figs.  3331,  3332,  p.  1530,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Nitrogen  gas  apparatus,  B'air,   *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  21. 


NON-CONDUCTOR. 


636 


NUT   WRENCH. 


Non'-con-duct'or.  (Electricity.)  Anything 
that  does  not  freely  transmit  the  electrical  current, 
such  as  glass,  hard  rubber,  dry  wood,  etc. 

No'ri-a.  (Arabic,  Na'  Ura.)  A  water-raising 
device  consisting  of  a  chain  of  pots  or  buckets.  A 
very  ancient  device,  still  very  crude  in  Syria  and 
Egypt.  See  Figs.,  p.  1533,  "Mech.  Diet."  " 

Fig.  1819  shows  a  modern  French  f/>rm  in  which  the  main 
features  of  the  ancient  contrivance  are  preserved,  but  with 


Fig.  1819. 


Modern  Nona, 

the  aid  of  improved  construction  and  materials.  The  ani- 
mal, an  ox  usually,  travels  in  the  accustomed  route  ;  the  inter- 
position of  a  single  pair  of  gears  transposes  the  motion  from 
the  vertical  to  the  horizontal,  and  upon  the  shaft  are  iron 
chains  and  buckets,  the  substitutes  for  the  ropes  and  pots. 


Pinchers    for  the 
Fig.  1820. 


nose, 


Nose  Compress. 


Nose    Com'press. 

when  administering  gas 
from  a  mouth-piece,  and 
not  from  a  face-piece. 

Nose  Glass.  (Op- 
tics.) A.  pince-nez,  or 
folding  eye-glass,  sup- 
ported by  grasping  the 
nose  instead  of  the 
temples. 

No'sing.  The  keeper  of  a  lock,  into  which  the 
latch  or  bolt  engages. 

No'sing  Mo'tioii.  Refers  to  appliances  for 
the  perfect  winding  of  yarn  on  the  noses  of  the 
spindles,  by  an  accelerating  motion,  to  secure 
tightness  of  the  yarn  on  the  reduced  diameter  of 
the  upper  end  of  the  mule  spindle. 

See  article  by  Mr.  Eli  Spencer,  of  Oldham,  in  "Engineer- 
ing," xxx.  510,  Figs.  8  to  12. 

No'sing  Plane.     A  plane  with  hollow-rounded 
sole,  for  dressing  the  front 
edges  of  wooden  treads  of 
stairs. 

Notch'ing  Ma-chine'. 
1.  (Sheet-metal  Working.] 
A  machine  for  cutting  the 
corners  and  notches  for 
square  boxes,  hinges,  etc. 
It  has  adjustable  gages, 


Fig.  1821. 


Nosing  Plane. 


works  with  a  foot-treadle,  and  will  cut  several 
thicknesses  at  once :  12,000  notches  in  10  hours. 

2.  A  machine  for  cutting  notches  in  blanks  for 
paper  boxes  or  envelopes.  See  Fig.  693,  p.  222,  su- 
pra. 

Noz'zle.    A  discharge-pipe  or  ventage. 

The  nozzles  of  the  placer  mines  in  California  are  shown 
in  Fig.  2616,  p.  1149,  "Mech.  Diet.,'-  and  the  subject  also 
considered  under  HYDRADLICKING,  p.  481,  supra. 

With  the  introduction  of  iron  pipe,  the  nozzles  were  grad- 
ually enlarged,  and  the  "  Little  Giant,"  a  large  cast-iron  noz- 
zle working  on  a  swivel  joint,  was  introduced. 

Craig  discovered  that  by  rifling  the  Little  Giant,  the  jet, 
instead  of  whirling  and  expanding,  shot  out  straight,  re- 
taining its  full  force.  Then  Hoskins  invented  the  second 
joint  to  the  "  Little  Giant,"  which  enables  the  raising  or  low- 
ering of  the  nozzle,  and  under  several  inventions  a  nozzle 
has  been  perfected,  the  largest  of  which  can  be  moved  in  any 
direction  by  a  child  ;  one  of  eight  inches,  with  200  feet  head, 
capable  of  moving  3,000  cubic  yards  per  day,  being  operated 
by  one  hand  with  ease.  Thus  one  man,  with  perfect  ease 


moves  as  much  gravel  in  a  day  as  1,000  men  could  with 
shovels  and  cars. 
Controlling  nozzle,  Clemens,  *Fig.  685,  p.  219,  supra. 

Nut  Lock.  A  device  to  keep  a  nut  from  turn- 
ing on  the  bolt.  See  Fig.  3350,  p.  1538,  where  46 
illustrations  are  given. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  244 
Conical,  Atwood    ...  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  34. 

Grubb *  "Scientific  American,''''  xli.  86. 

Fish-plates,  Skinner,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  146. 

Ativood *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  386. 

Whitmarsh     ....  *  "Scientific  American^'  xxxix.  230. 

Nut-tap'ping  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
cutting  threads  in  punched  nut  blanks. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  1822  consists  of  a  solid  cast- 
iron  platform,  iipon  which  rests  a  bowl  which  is  kept  nearly 
full  of  water ;  on  the  top  of  this  bowl  is  a  solid  six-armed 
plate  upon  which  rest  six  nut  chucks  ;  above  this  plate  there 


Cleveland  Nut-tapping  Mach 


is  a  top  plate  supported  by  iron  columns,  in  the  center  of 
which  there  is  a  vertical  driving  shaft,  on  the  head  of  which 
there  is  a  cog-wheel.  Around  this  cog-wheel  at  regular  dis- 
tances apart  are  six  spindles.  The  tap  goes  in  at  the  lower 
end  of  the  spindle,  each  spindle  being  over  a  nut-chuck  on 
the  bottom  plate.  The  top  and  bottom  plates  being  securely 
bolted  together,  have  a  rotary  motion,  and  at  the  same  time 
the  gearing  is  so  constructed  that  the  six  vertical  spindles, 
being  propelled  by  cog  gear  at  the  top,  perform  the  work  of 
tapping  nuts  as  they  pass  around.  One  person  can  manage 
the  machine.  The  water  in  the  bowl  comes  up  to  the  sur- 
face of  the  nut  chuck  or  seat,  and  about  a  quarter  inch  of 
oil  floats  upon  the  water,  coming  over  the  nut  (one  quart  of 
oil  being  sufficient  for  the  tapping  of  a  ton  of  nuts). 

Each  tap  will  hold  from  8  to  12  nuts,  which,  fast  as  they 
are  cut,  rise  to  give  place  to  the  next  one.    When  the  tap  is 
full,  the  attendant  releases  it,  removes  the  nuts,  and  re- 
places the  tap,  which  is  feady  to  operate  as  before. 
See  :  Cold  punching  .     .  *  "Iron  Age,'1'  xxii.,  Aug.  15,  p.  1. 
Forg.  mach.,  Horsfall    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1491. 

Horsfall,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  148. 
Boring,  tapping,  facing, 

&  slotting,  Hartnell,~Br.*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  364. 

Nut  Wrench.  A  tool  to  be  used  in  an  ordinary 
brace,  for  the  screwing  on  or  off  of  bolt-nuts. 
Especially  useful  in  carriage  work. 


Fig.  1823. 


Nut  Wrench. 


Nut  and  washer  gage,  Fig.  7048,  p.  2727,  "Meek. 
Diet." 


OAR. 


637 


OBSTETRIC  FORCEPS. 


o. 


Oar.  The  early  notices  of,  and  terms  employed 
in,  the  handling  of  oars,  are  given  on  p.  1541, 
"  Mich.  Diet." 

The  Lyman  oar  is  a  compound  lever  arrangement  by  which 
the  oars  are  manipulated  by  a  rower  facing  forward.  Fig. 
1824. 

Sec  also  ROWIXG  GEAR. 

Hg.  1S24. 


Lyman  Facing 
Oat  Mill.     A  machine  I'm-  i-< nirse-grinding oats. 

The  machines  arc  of  two  diameters  '  — 

1.  For  grinding  horse-feed  ;  these  are  known  as  feed-mills 
or  kibbling  mills  in  England,  and  as  concasseurs  d'avoine,oi 
aplntisseurs,  in    France.      Their  action  is  usually  rather  a 
crushing  than  a  grinding  operation. 

2.  Machines  for  the  grinding  of  oats  for  gruel  or  porridge. 
The  proper  plan   is   to  hull   the  oats,  and  then  to  pass  them 

Ti-.  1825. 


Oat   Mill.     {French 


through  a  pointing  machine  which  removes  the  fuzz  on  the 
point  of  the  berry.  This  fuzz  is  said  to  produce  an  irritation 
of  the  skin  which  Byron  mockingly  calls  "Sawney's  vio- 
lin." 

The  French  oatmeal  machines  (Beyer,  Paris)  proceed, 
however,  directly  upon  the  oats,  by  a  double  operation. 
The  oats  are  passed  between  cylinders  which  simply  flat- 
ten the  grain  without  discharging  any  of  the  farina,  and 
this  product  is  then  passed  through  the  mill,  which  grinds 
it  and  discharges  it  into  the  sieves  beneath,  which  sort  It 
into  qualities.  See  also  *  "  Scientific  American,''  xlii.  261. 

A  British  form  of  oat-mil!,  Birfdell's,  is  also  double,  but 
its  duplicate  parts  are  for  simultaneous  operation  upon  two 
grains  for  feed,  —  say  oats  and  beans. 


Oat  Sep'a-ra'tor.  A  machine  for  removing 
from  wheat  the  oats  which  are  so  frequently  pres- 
ent in  merchantable  grain. 

The  grain  is  poured  on  to  the  slanting  rollers  which  con- 
tinually rotate  and  keep  the  berries  in  line ;  the  thinner  oats 
escape  in  the  intervals  between  the  rollers. 

Fig.  1826 


Rotary  Oat  Separator. 

See  also  GRAIN  CLEANER,  Plate  XX.,  opp.  p.  416,  supra, 
where  a  number  of  devices  for  this  purpose  are  shown. 

Ob'e-lisk.  The  obelisk,  to  be  erected  to  Gen. 
John  E.  Wool,  near  Troy,  N.  Y.,  is  to  be  59'  height, 
5.5'  square  at  base,  3'  square  at  top.  To  be  erected 
on  a  pedestal  15-5'  high,  on  a  foundation  of  16'. 
Total  90'. 

The  following  may  be  referred  to  for  data  on  obelisks :  — 

Alexandria  &  N.  Y. 
Paper  on  Egyptian. 

Cooper  .... 
Paper  by  Donaldson  . 
Elevating  .... 
Launch  of  Cleopatra's 

needle 

Launch  of  the  .    .     . 

Abandonment  at  sea  .  •^^^in.ij^  ^r/i^'.,  -\.\**n.  <ju^. 
Lowering  of  Alexandrian  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  .Ian.  15,  p.  13. 
Cleopatra  needle  vessel.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  199. 
Inscriptions  on  obelisk  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  199. 
Taking  down  Cleopatra's 

"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  48. 
*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  256. 


'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  xii.  322 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1887. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2002. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  328. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,     xxxvii.  255. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1521. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  354. 


needle 

Machinery    ..... 
Machinery    for  moving 

and  raising    .... 
Placing  on  Thames  em- 

bankment     .... 


*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  409. 


*"  Scientific  American,'1'  xxxix.  55. 

*  "Harper's  Weekly,"  Oct.  26,  1878. 
Cleopatra's  needle  (var- 

nishing)   .....      "Scientific  American,"  xli.  26. 

Vessel,  Br  .....  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  211. 
Purpose,  proportions,  etc. 

"Builder,"  Donaldson      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xviii.  538. 
Cleopatra's  needle,  Lond.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2379. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxx.  215  ; 

xxxviii.  23. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1089. 
See  also  MONOLITH,  "  Mecfi.  Diet.'"  et  supra. 

A  list  of  the  remaining  famous  monolithic  pillars  of  Rome 
is  given  under  MASONRY,  p.  586,  supra. 

O-blique'  Fire.  (Fire-arms.)  That  shape  of 
action  in  which  the  plunger  lies  and  strikes  the 
ignition  obliquely,  that  is,  not  parallel  with  the 
axis  of  the  barrel. 

Ob-stet'ric  For'ceps.  A  clasping  prehensile 
instrument  for  assisting  in  difficult  parturition. 
See  Fig.  3363,  p.  1543,  "Mech.  Diet." 

From  a  Guide  Book  to  Pompeii  :  — 

"Maisond.es  Graces;  ainni  nomme'e  d'une  peinture  des 
Graces,  avec  Ve'nus  et  Adonis.  A  en  juger  par  les  instru- 
ments qu'on  y  a  dtScouverts  (diffe'rentes  especes  de  forceps) 
on  pense  que  c'etait  1'habitation  d'un  accoucheur." 

Fig.  1827  shows  Dr.  Lusk's  modification  of  the  Tarnier 
obstetric  forceps.  The  shanks  have  a  peculiar  forward 


OBSTETRIC  FORCEPS. 


638 


ODONTOGRAPH. 


Fig.  1327. 


Dr.  Lusk's  Forceps. 

bend;  a  transverse  screw  crossing  the  handles  below  the 
lock ;  two  movable  traction  rods  attached  to  the  inner  cur- 
vature of  the  blades,  and  their  outer  ends  inserted  into  a 
socket-rod  joint  belonging  to  a  steel  bar  with  a  downward 
curve,  and  furnished  with  a  transverse  handle  which  has  a 
universal  joint,  and  by  which  alone  tractions  are  made.  — 
"American  Journal  of  Obstetrics,'"  April,  1880. 

Fig.  1828. 


Dr.  Coles'  Forceps. 
Fig.  1828  shows  Dr.  Coles'  obstetrical  forceps. 

Ob'tu-ra'tor.  (Add.)  2.  (Ordnance.)  A  gas 
check  in  a  breech-loading  piece;  a  Broad  well  ring, 
for  instance. 

See  remarks  on  the  application  of  the  obturator  in  an 
Austrian  rifled  cast-iron  breech-loading  howitzer  of  21  cm. 
"Ordnance  Report,*'  1878,  Appendix  L,  p.  97,  and  Fig.  12. 

Broadwell  gas  check,  Fig.  1067,  p.  448,  "Meek.  Diet.''' 

Oc'to-plex  Tel'e-graph.  (Electric.)  One  ca- 
pable of  sending  8  messages  simultaneously  over  a 
single  wire.  An  extension  of  the  principle  of  the 
duplex,  quadruplex,  etc. 

Klinkerfuss     ....     "Scientific  American,'-'  xli.  306. 

Oc'u-lists'  Chair.  One  with  special  adapta- 
tions for  operations  on  the  eye. 

The  seat  is  adjustable  for  height. 
The  back  for  length,  and  for  inclination. 
The  head-rest  for  angle. 

The  cheeks  for  distance,  in  clamping  the  head  to  hold  it 
steady. 
The  foot-rest  for  length,  height,  and  angle.       Mcllroy. 


O'do-graph.     An   apparatus   invented   by  M. 
Marey,  for  measuring  the  length  and  rapidity  of 


man's  strides  in  walking 

It  is  a  small  instrument 
carried  by  the  hand,  and 
consists  of  a  cylinder  con- 
taining clockwork  which 
causes  the  cylinder  to  re- 
volve at  the  uniform  rate 
of  2.36"  an  hour.  A  pen 
is  so  arranged  as  to  trace 
a  line  on  paper  rolled 
around  the  cylinder,  and 
the  track  made  by  this  pen 
shows  the  rapidity  of  the 
footsteps  of  the  person  to 
whom  it  is  attached.  An 
air  valve  is  placed  in  the 
sole  of  the  shoe,  and  it 
communicates  with  the 
instrument  by  means  of  a 
rubber  tube  leading  up 
the  trowsers'  leg.  Each 
time  that  the  foot  strikes 
the  ground  a  slight  puff 
of  air  is  sent  through  the 
tube,  causing  the  pen 
(which  would  otherwise 
mark  only  a  horizontal 
line)  to  rise  a  distance 
equal  to  0.004".  Thus  a 
line  is  traced  on  the  paper 
from  left  to  right,  rising 
at  a  greater  or  less  angle 
with  the  horizontal  ac- 
cording as  the  rapidity  of 
the  step  is  increased  or  di- 


Fig.  1829. 


Marey's  Odograph. 


minished.  If  a  man  stepped  exactly  3'  at  each  step  it  is 
evident  that  in  going  3,(JOO'  the  pen  would  rise  just  0.4" 
but  it  was  found  in  practice  that  the  distance  the  pen  was 
raised  varied  between  0.51  and  0.67",  showing  that  the  aver- 
age step  varied  in  length  from  2J  to  2'. 
Odometer,  Gurley,  *  "American  Man.,''  July  25,  1879,  p.  12. 

O-don'to-graph.  An  instrument  for  setting 
out  the  forms  of  teeth  of  gear  wheels. 

By  the  use  of  Prof.  Willis's  instrument,  shown  in 
Fig,  1830,  and  tables  of  the  centers  for  the  roots,  and 
centers  for  the  tops  or  faces,  the  circular  tops  and  roots 
of  teeth  can  be  readily  drawn,  and,  considering  the 
shortness  of  the  arc,  the  shape  of  the  tooth  approx- 
imates very  closely  to  the  true  epicycloidal  form, 
and  is  quite  correct  enough  for  all  practical  pur- 
poses. 

Fig.  1830  shows  how  the  instrument  is  used.    The  wheel 


Fig.  1830. 


Prof.  Willis's  Odontograph. 


ODONTOGRAPH 


639 


OIL  BUSH. 


selected  as  an  example  has  61  teeth,  3"  pitch.  Having  found 
the  diameter  of  the  pitch  line  of  the  wheel  required,  and  this 
diameter  being  described,  set  out  A  C  =  to  the  pitch  of  the 
tooth,  and  draw  the  radial  dotted  lines  as  shown ;  bisect 
these  by  another  radial  line.  _/>'.  For  the  root  of  the  tooth, 
place  the  instrument  as  indicated  in  No.  1,  and  in  the  Table 
for  the  Roots  of  Teeth,  which  is  the  number  nearest  to  that 
required,  and  in  the  column  for  3"  pitch,  will  be  found  37. 
This  point  must  be  pricked  off  at  g,  and  the  arc  d  e  described. 
This  gives  the  proper  form  for  the  root  of  the  tooth.  The  in- 
strument is  then  moved  into  the  position  indicated  by  the 
dotted  lines  No.  2  ;  and  25  being  the  number  given  opposite 
to  60  in  the  column  for  3"  pitch  in  the  Table  for  Tops  of 
Teeth,  this  point  is  pricked  off  as  above  described,  and  from 
the  point  A  the  arc  /„•  d  is  described.  This  gives  the  proper 
form  for  the  top  or  face  of  the  tooth. 

When  fixing  the  points  ganiih,  it  must  be  remembered 
that  they  will  be  found  on  opposite  sides  of  the  radial  arm  of 
the  instrument. 

Internal  Gear.  —  In  setting  out  internal  gear  the  rule  is 
inverted,  the  curve  for  the  root  becoming  that  which  is 
given  for  the  top  in  the  foregoing  instructions  for  using  the 
Instrument. 

Rack  Gear.  —  For  setting  out  racks  the  pitch  line  becomes 
a  straight  line,  and  the  instrument  is  applied  to  perpendicu- 
lars drawn  on  it  equal  to  the  pitch. 

The  numbers  for  pitches  not  given  in  the  Tables  may  be 
found  by  doubling  or  dividing  the  numbers  of  a  given  pitch. 
As  examples,  if  4"  pitch  is  required,  double  the  number 
given  for  2"  pitch  ;  or  if  £"  pitch  is  required,  take  half  that 
given  for  V  pitch. 

The  diagonal  scale,  at  the  lower  part  of  the  figure,  gives 
the  proportions  of  the  various  parts  of  wheels.  These  pro- 
portions give  good  results  for  wheels  of  ordinary  dimen- 
sions ;  but  modifications  are  required  for  very  small  or  very 
large  wheels.  — Appleby. 

CENTERS  FOR  THE  ROOTS  OP  TEETH. 


No.  of 
Teeth. 

Pitch  in  Inches. 

1 

U 

1* 

1! 

2 

24 

2i 

3 

13 

129 

160 

193 

225 

257 

289 

321 

386 

14 

69 

87 

104 

121 

139 

156 

173 

208 

15 

49 

62 

74 

86 

99 

111 

123 

148 

16 

40 

50 

59 

69 

79 

89 

99 

191 

17 

34 

42 

50 

59 

67 

75 

84 

101 

18 

30 

37 

45 

52 

59 

67 

74 

89 

20 

25 

31 

37 

43 

49 

56 

62 

74 

22 

22 

27 

33 

39 

43 

49 

54 

65 

24 

20 

25 

30 

35 

40 

45 

49 

59 

26 

18 

23 

27 

32 

37 

41 

46 

55 

30 

17 

21 

25 

29 

33 

37 

41 

49 

40 

15 

18 

21 

25 

28 

32 

35 

42 

60 

18 

15 

19 

22 

25 

28 

31 

37 

80 

12 

15 

17 

20 

23 

26 

29 

35 

100 

11 

14 

17 

14 

22 

25 

28 

34 

150 

10 

13 

16 

19 

21 

24 

27 

32 

Rack 

10 

12 

15 

17 

20 

22 

25 

30 

CENTERS  FOR  TOPS  OR  FACES  OF  TEETH. 


Pitch  in  Inches. 

No.  of 

Teeth. 

1 

11 

li 

If 

a 

« 

2i 

3 

12 

5 

6 

7 

9 

10 

11 

12 

15 

15 

5 

7 

8 

10 

11 

12 

14 

17 

20 

6 

8 

9 

11 

12 

14 

15 

18 

30 

7 

9 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

21 

40 

8 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

23 

60 

8 

10 

12 

14 

16 

18 

20 

25 

80 

9 

11 

13 

15 

17 

19 

21 

26 

100 

9 

11 

13 

15 

18 

20 

22 

26 

150 

9 

11 

14 

16 

19 

21 

23 

27 

Rack 

10 

12 

15 

17 

20 

22 

25 

30 

PROPORTIONS  OF  WHEEL  SHOWN  IN  FIG. 


I  =  Depth  of  tooth  below  pitch  line 
K=  Height  of  tooth  above  pitch  line 
L  =  Breadth  of  tooth  above  pitch  line 
M—  Width  of  space  between  teeth     . 
D  =  Thickness  of  rim  below  the  teeth 
E  =  Depth  of  rib  of  rim 
F  =r  Width  of  arm  from  feather    .     .     . 
G  H=  Thickness  of  metal  .    .    . 


•f*p' 

::2: 


Robinson *  "Min.  and  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  105. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  181. 
Willis *  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,-'1  xv.  1. 

O'dor-less  Ex'ca-va'tor.  A  pnmp,  tank,  and 
consumer  of  odor,  to  remove  inoffensively  the  con- 
tents of  cesspools. 

See  CESSPOOL  PUMP,  Fig.  584,  p.  187,  supra. 

" Scientific  American  Supplement'1'' 978. 

CE-de'ma  Glot'tis  Tube.  (Surgical.)  See 
EDEMA  GLOTTIS  TUBE. 

Off '-bear-ing   Bar'row.     The  barrow  in    a 

brick  yard,  plying  between  the  molding  bench  and 
the  hack.     See  Big.  2351,  p.  104fi,  "Me.ch.  Diet." 

Office  Watch'man.  An  instrument  to  keep 
record  of  the  periodical  visits  of  a  watchman  in  a 
building  or  yard. 

See  WATCH  CLOCK,  Fig.  7080,  p.  2733;  WATCHMAN'S  TIME 
DETECTOR,  i'igs.  7083,  7084,  p.  2734,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Offset.  (Carriage  Hardware.)  The  fork  at 
the  point  in  the  back-stay  where  the  branches  sep- 
arate to  reach  the  hind  axle  at  two  points. 


Fig.  1831. 


Fig.  1832. 


Offsets. 

a.  Round  offset. 

b.  Point  octagon  offset. 

c.  Oval  offset. 

Offset  Glass.    A  journal  oiler  having  a  glass 
globe,  the  bulge  of  which  is  on  one 
side  in  order  to  allow  the  glass  to 
stand   iu   a  place  close  up  to  the 
side  of  an  object. 

Offset  Pipe.  A  pipe  to  pass 
an  obstacle,  bending  aside,  and  then 
resuming  the  original  direction. 

Several  examples  may  be  seen  in 
Fig.  295,  p.  97,  supra. 

Ohm.  (Electricity.)  A  measure 
of  electric  force  or  resistance  equal 
to  1,000,000,000  centimeters  per 
second.  Ganot's  "  Physics,"  p.  832. 
Named  from  the  electrician  Ohm,  a 
German  savant.  The  law  govern- 
ing the  relations  of  current,  electro- 
motive force  and  resistance  is  known 
as  Ohm's  law.  Offset  Glass. 

The  Electrical  Congress  in  Paris,  1881,  determined  that  the 
ohm  should  be  represented  by  a  column  of  mercury  of  a 
square  millimeter  section  at  0°  Centigrade.  A  committee 
was  appointed  to  ascertain  and  report  the  height  of  such 
column  in  millimeters. 

Oil  Box.  (Railway.)  The  'journal-box,  or 
axle-box  of  a  car-wheel. 

Oil  Bush.  A  socket  in  which  an  upright  spin- 
dle works,  and  which  holds  a  quantity  of  oil,  so 


OIL   CAKE   BREAKER. 


640 


OIL-LINE  PIPE. 


Fig.  1833. 


that  the  spindle  runs  in   oil,  as  in  the  Noves  oil- 
bush  spindle  for  mill-stones. 

Oil  Cake  Break'er.  A  machine  for  grind- 
ing oil  cake  as  food  for  stock. 

See  CAKE  BREAKER,  Fig.  498,  p.  152,  supra ;  OIL  CAKE 
BREAKER,  Fig.  3369,  p.  1547,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Oil  Cans,  etc.     See  :  — 

Cabinet,  Tkayer    .     .     ,  *  "Scientific  American,"   xli.  382. 

Can,  Moran *  l' Scientific  American,'1'  xl.150. 

Can  nozzle,  Hasenritter    *  "Scientific  American, ''xxxiv.  274. 
Can,  suspended,  Graves   *  "Scientific  American"  xxxvii.  54. 

Car "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  737. 

Cleansing  app.,  Koeltner  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  4108. 
Cotton-seed  oil      .     .     .      "Scientific  American,''1  xxxvi.  229. 
Cylinder,  Siebert  .     .     .  *  "Amer.  Manuf.,"  July  11,1879, 
\>.  16. 

Cup,  High *" Scientific  American,"-  xxxv.  194. 

Engine *  "Manufact.  §  Builder,"  x.  9. 

Feeder,  "  American  ••    .  *  "Iron  Asc,"  xix.,  June  14,  p.  5. 

Lubricants "Scientific  American,''''  xliii.  404. 

Oiler,  Eason      ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  85. 

*  Laboulaye's   "Diet.,"  ii.,  "  Grais- 
saye,"1  Figs.  1001-1007. 

Backus *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  291. 

Tank  protector      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  308. 

Storage,  Shaiv  .  .  .  *  "Manufact.  §'  Builder,"  xii.  175. 
Testers.  See  LUBRICANT  TESTER,  supra;  OIL  TESTER,  infra. 
Wells,  Baker  ....  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  107. 

Of  Bunnah,  Robertson      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4049. 

Process  of  sinking  .     .      '"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1969. 

Oil  Cel'lar.  (Railway.)  A  cavity  in  the  lower 
part  of  a  journal  box  for  collecting  the  oil  and  dirt 
which  runs  off  the  axle  at  the  dust-guard.  —  For- 
ney. 

Oil  Cup.  A  lubricator  placed  over  a  journal 
or  on  a  cylinder  to  oil  the  piston. 

The  forms  are  various  and  may  be 
found  under  :  NEEDLE  LUBBICATOR  ; 
OILER  LUBRICATOR;  TALLOW  CUP,  etc  , 
in  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  herein. 

The  form  shown  in  Fig.  1833  is  a 
glass  cup  mounted  on  brass,  provided 
with  a  hollow  tube,  inside  of  which  is 
placed  a  loose-acting,  solid  or  hollow 
wire,  which  rests  upon  the  journal  and 
acts  as  a  feeder  and  regulator. 

Oil  En'gine.  A  name  for 
the  HYDRO-CARBON  ENGINE, 
which  "see,  Eig.  1420,  p.  484, 
supra. 

Oil'er.  A  LUBRICATOR.  See 
TALLOW  COP  ;  OIL  CUP  ;  OIL 
GLOBE,  etc. 

The  oiler  for  wool  is  attached 
to  the  first  breaker  card. 

Oil  Gage.  An  instrument  usually  of  hydrom- 
eter form  for  ascertaining  the  specific  gravity  of 
oils,  and  thereby  obtaining  data  by  which  to  "esti- 
mate their  purity. 

Plunge  the  instrument  in  the  oil,  give  it  time  to  acquire 
the  temperature  of  the  oil,  and  then  observe  the  degree  of 
the  thermometer,  as  well  as  the  degree  of  the  hydrometer.  If 
the.  thermometer  is  at  x  degrees  above  zero,  an  equal  number 
of  degrees  must  be  deducted  from  the  hydrometer  degree. 
If  the  thermometer  is  at  x  degrees  below  zero,  an  equal  num- 
ber of  degrees  must  be  added  to  the  hydrometer  degree. 
The  range  of  the  hydrometer  scale  is  from  22  to  50,  and  the 
following  table  shows  the  degree  of  certain  common  oils  :  — 

Purified  rape  oil 38-39 

Common  rape  oil 37-38 

Olive  oil 37-38 

Dotter  oil 32-33 

Poppy  oil  .    .     .    .     , 32-33 

South  sea  train  oil 33 

Nut  oil 32-33 

Hempseed  oil 30-31 

Linseed  oil 29-30 

Mixtures  of  oils  show  a  mean  density.  Oils  that  have  been 
purified  are  rendered  lighter,  and  show  about  1°  more  on 
the  instrument. 

Oil  Globe.  A  form  of  oiler  having  a  globular 
oil  chamber.  In  the  instances  shown,  the  devices 


Oil  Cup. 


have  three  cocks :  one  between  the  funnel  and  the 
chamber,  one  between  the  chamber  and  the  steam 
cylinder,  a  third  allows  air  to  escape  from  the 
chamber  when  filling. 

Fig.  1834. 


Oil  Globes. 

Oil  Line  Pipe.  A  pipe  laid  for  conveyance  of 
petroleum.  It  was  first  introduced  by  S.  Vansyckle, 
who  laid  a  2"  tube,  6  miles  in  length",  in  1865.  The 
United  Pump  Co.  laid  a  3"  pipe  in  1873. 

The  following  is  the  total  mileage  of  iron  pipe  used  for  con- 
veying oil  in  the  oil  regions  of  Pennsylvania  :  — 


Lines. 

Size  of  Pipe. 

Total 
Miles. 

2-in. 

3-in. 

Atlantic  Pipe  Co  

miles 
80 
50 

j' 
& 

71 
5 
9 
120 
5 
82 
30 
52 
16! 
40 
5 
20 
33 
380 

2* 

2 
3 
100 
30 
5 

!' 

40 
11 
10 
300 
276 

miles. 
10 
22 

51 
1 
j 

1 

3 

2 
24 

90 
72 
136 

? 
£ 

128 
5 
10 
120 
U 
82^ 
30 
53 
16| 
40 
5 
20 
33 
380 

21 

2 
3 
100 
40 
5 

9 

40 
13 
10 
300 
300 

American  Transfer  Co.  
Ant.  and  Oil  City  Pipe  Co.  's   .     .    . 
Brady's  Bend  Iron  Co  

Church  Run  Pipe  Co  

Charley  Run  Pipe  Co  

Cherry  Tree  Run  Pipe  Co.       ... 
Columbia  Conduit  Co  

Cohewango  Pipe  Co  

Franklin  Pipe  Co  

Grant  Pipe  Co  

Hunter  &  Cummings  Pipe  Co.     .    . 
Karns  Pipe  Co  

Keystone  Pipe  Co  

Milton  and  Sandy  Pipe  Co.     .     .     . 
McKean  County  Pipe  Co  
New  York  Pipe  Co  

New  York  and  Alleghany  Oil  Co.    . 
Octave  Pipe  Co  

Olean  Pipe  Co  

Pennsylvania  Transportation  Co.    . 
Prentice,  F.  &  Co  

Private  Pipe  (Foxburg)  

Richard  Jennings  Pipe  Co. 
Relief  Pipe  Co  

Rochester  and  Oleopolis  Co.  .    .    . 

Shaffer  Run  Pipe  Co  

Smith's  F'y  &  I.  Run  Co  
Titusville  Pipe  Co  
Tidioute  Oil  Pipe  Co  

Taf  t  &  Payne  Pipe  Co  

United  Pipe  Co  

- 

- 

2,081} 

The  following  is  the  mode  of  collecting  the  oil  by  means 
of  the  pipe  lines  and  loading  it  into  the  cars  :  The  pipe  used 
is  of  wrought-iron  lap  welded,  usually  two  inches  in  diam- 
eter, put  together  with  a  screw-sleeve  joint.   The  main  pump- 
ing line  or  lines  are  run  from  the  center  of  production  by 
the  most  direct  route  to  the  railroad  station.     The  pipe  is 
laid  along  the  surface  of  the  ground,  except  at  road  crossings 
or  where  protection  is  necessary.     At  the  railroad  large  iron 
receiving  tanks  are  erected  varying  from  5,000  to  20,000  bar- 
rels capacity  each.     These  tanks  are  placed  at  a  sufficient 

OIL   LINE   PIPE. 


641 


OLEOMETER. 


elevation  above  the  railway  to  permit  their  contents  to  be 
run  by  gravity  through  pipes  to  the  loading  racks  where  the 
cars  stand  in  sidings  ndjiu nit.  At  the  necessary  intervals 
along  the  pipe  line,  pumping  stations  are  established  for  the 
reception  and  forwarding  of  the  oil.  The  equipment  of  the 
main  station-,  consists  of  a  pump  house,  with  two  or  more 
powerful  pumps  worked  by  steam  :  two  tanks  of  from  500  to 
2,000  barrels  capacity  each  in  a  tank  house  ;  a  telegraph 
office  anda  building  to  accommodate  the  employee  in  charge. 
From  each  such  station,  branch  connecting  lines  lead  off  in 
every  direction  to  the  hundreds  of  wells  that  are  tributary  to 
it.  At  each  well  accurately  gaged  storage  tanks  are  fixed 
to  which  the  pipe  line  branches  are  attached  Before  com- 
mencing to  draw  oil  from  these  tanks  their  contents  are 
measured  and  recorded  ;  another  measure  and  record  is 
made  after  the  pipe  line  ceases  taking  oil  from  them,  and 
the  difference  in  inches  between  the  two  measures  forms  a 
basis  of  credit  to  the  well  owner  in  the  company's  books. 
A  memorandum  receipt,  known  as  a  gager's  ticket,  is  given 
to  the  well  owner  at  the  time  the  oil  Is  run  into  the  pipe 
line,  and  becomes  a  negotiable  certificate.  All  petroleum 
received  goes  into  a  common  store,  from  which  deliveries 
are  made  in  accordance  with  orders  received  from  the  own- 
ers. 

"  The  average  capacity  per  24  hours  or  a  single  main  of  two- 
inch  pipe  may  be  considered  as  about  40,000  gallons.  From 
1866  to  March  31,  1876,  the  oil  passed  through  the  Empire 
Transportation  Company's  pipes  amounted  to  376,810,551 
gallons  of  c^'ude  petroleum.  The  quantity  of  petroleum  held 
in  store  iu  tanks  located  in  the  Pennsylvania  oil  region  may 
be  stated  as  averaging  from  80,000,000  to  120,000,000  g-allons. 
In  case  of  the  conflagration  of  an  oil  tank  the  loss  is  shared 
by  the  owners,  in  the  ratios  of  the  relative  quantities  of  the 
oil  held  for  them  at  the  time.  From  Karns  City  to  the  Alle- 
ghany  Valley  Railway  the  charge  made  for  the  use  of  the 
pipe  line  was  30  cents  per  barrel,  an  allowance  of  a  little 
over  two  per  cent,  being  made  for  leakage  and  waste."  — 
Capt,  Gallon. 

Pipe  lines,  statistics  of  .      "Ens;.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  299. 

"Scientific  American?'  xxxv.  130. 

"Sc.  American  Sup.,'1  737,  796. 
Lire  pump *  Fig.  5725,  p.  2359,  "Mech.  Diet.-' 

Oil  Press.  A  press  for  extracting  oil  from 
seods,  fruits,  fatty  matters,  etc.  See  :  — 

LARD  PRESS,  Fig.  2811,  p.  1255,  "Mech.  Diet.'';  HYDRO- 
STATIC PRESS,  p.  1156,  Ibid. 

See  OLIVE  PRESS,  infra. 

See  also  HOT  PRESS  (stearine),  Fig.  1386,  p.  471,  supra;  OIL 
1'iiEss,  Figs.  3383,  3384,  pp.  1534,  1535,  "  Meek.  Diet."  ; 
STEAHINE  PRESS, infra;  SCREW  PRESS;  WEDGE  PRESS,  "Meek. 
Dirt." 

Oil  Pump.  1.  A  pump  for  oil  wells,  usually 
very  deep. 

See  DEEP  WELL  PUMP,  Fig.  1604,  p.  683,  "Mech.  Diet." ; 
EJECTOR,  Figs.  1833-1835,  p.  775,  Ibid. ;  WELL  APPARATUS, 
Plate  LXXIV.,  p.  2758,  Ibid. 

2.  A  pump  for  oil  pipe  lines.  Fig.  5725,  p.  2359, 
Ibid. 

Oil  Stone.  A  report  on  whetstones  and  oil- 
stone was  made  by  J.  M.  Saffbrd ;  "Centennial  Ex- 
hibition Reports,"  Group  I.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  172,  et  seq. 

Oil  Stove.     A  stove  heated  by  petroleum. 


Fig.  1835. 


Single  Oil  Stove. 

Figs.  1835,  1836,  show  two  forms,  heated  by  lamps  burn- 
ing kerosene.  One  has  a  three-hole  top  on  a  single  stove, 
and  the  other  has  two  stoves  on  a  common  base. 


Fig.  1836. 


Double  Oil  Stove. 


Refer  to :  — 
Adams  $  Westlalce 


.  *  "Eng.  4-  Min.  J.,"  Aug.  2, 1879. 

p.  10. 

Cooking,  "  Summer  com- 
fort "   .     .     .     .'    .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  5,  p.  5. 
"  Faery  Queen  "   .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  7,  p  24. 
Whitney  $  Hatt      .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  28,  p.  9. 

Oil  Test'er.  1.  A  machine  for  testing  the  lu- 
bricity of  oils.  See  LUBRICANT  TESTER.  See 
also  Fig.  6330,  p.  2539,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  Apparatus  for  testing  explosive  points  of  burn- 
ing oils.  See  PETROLEUM  TESTER.  See  also 
Fig.  3666,  p.  1676,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  Figs.  6317, 
6318,  p.  2536,  Ibid.,  and  memorandum  on  p.  1558 
Ibid. 

A  simple  test  for  the  presence  of  free  acid  in  machine  oils 
consists  in  pouring  the  oil  to  be  tested  over  a  layer  of  cu- 
prous oxide  contained  in  a  glass.  (The  ash  of  the  copper- 
smith answers  the  purpose,  since  it  contains  this  oxide.)  If 
the  oil  contains  either  free,  fatty,  or  resinous  acid,  the  same 
will  attack  the  oxide  and  color  the  oil  green  in  a  very  short 
time.  Slightly  heating  accelerates  the  action,  which  mani- 
fests itself  in  less  than  half  an  hour.  This  test  is  said  to  be 
very  delicate,  and  more  satisfactory  than  any  hasty  test  here- 
tofore devised. 

Testing  mach.,  Ashcroft    *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  511. 
Testing  for  acids  ._   .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  23,  p.  15. 


A  pp.,  Ingram  ((  Stapfer  * 


'•Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1073. 


'  Engineering,'1'1  xxiii.  28,  p. 

Mead *  l  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  402. 

Millspaugh    ....  *  'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  182. 

Pease 'Scientific  American,''''  xlii.  323. 

Tkurston *  ' Engineering, "  xxiii.  176. 

*  -Manufact  tf  Builder,"  ix.  59. 

Cleveland,  Withycombe  .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  266. 
See  also  LUBRICANT  TESTER. 

Oil'-well  Pump.  A  pump  for  deep  wells  of 
narrow  bore.  See  references  under  OIL  PUMP, 
supi'a. 

In  the  Douglas  pump,  Fig.  1837,  the  stuffing  box  head 
has  a  branch  pipe  on  which  to  connect  the  discharge  pipe 
that  leads  to  the  tank.  Forked  metallic  connections  are 
screwed  on  to  the  short  connecting-rod  in  the  stuffer  head 
and  to  the  piston,  and  are  themselves  connected  by  a  wooden 
rod  to  which  they  are  attached.  The  piston  has  a  brass  ball 
valve.  Threads  are  cut  on  the  stuffing  box  head,  and  the 
lower  cylinder,  so  as  to  screw  on  iron  pipes  between  to 
lengthen  out  the  pump  to  suit  wells  of  any  depth. 

O-i'ron-ware.  (Ceramics.)  See  FAIENCE 
T/OIRON  ;  HENRI-DEUX  WARE,  supra.. 

O'le-o-jec'tor.  A  name  adopted  by  the  in- 
ventor, Mr.  Royle,  for  a  new  form  of  cylinder  and 
slide  valve  lubricator. 

The  apparatus  has  an  elevated  reservoir  from  which  the 
oil  drips,  drpp  by  drop,  into  the  cup.  A  valve  closes  against 
internal  pressure,  and  at  each  recurrence  of  low  pressure  a 
jet  of  steam  drives  the  oil  in  a  spray  into  the  chamber  or 
cylinder. 

"  Engineering  " xxx.  294. 

"Engineer" 1.281. 

O-le-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  on  the  Gay 
Lussac  hydrometer  principle,  for  testing  the  rela- 
tive gravity  of  oils. 


OLEOMETER. 


642 


OLIVE  PRESS. 


It  has  a  weighted  air  bulb  and  graduated  stem,  and  does 
not  differ  from  other  meters  of  its  class,  except  in  propor- 
tion and  the  index  of  graduations. 

Another  test  of  the  purity  of  oils  proceeds  by  observation 


Fig.  1837. 


Jig.  1838. 


Oil-well  Pump. 

of  the  tints  of  oils  by  adding  a  drop  of 
concentrated  sulphuric  acid  to  10  or  15 
drops  of  the  given  oil  on  a  glass  plate,  Oleometer. 
covering  with  white  paper,  and  observing 
the  tints  produced  :  the  method  of  M.  Ileydenreich,  of  Stras- 
burg.  The  results  obtained  are  affected,  however,  by  the 
age  of  the  oil ;  in  some  degree  by  the  mode  of  its  extraction  ; 
some  oils  give  the  same  indications,  and  mixtures  give  curi- 
ous combined  results  difficult  to  read. 

LEFEBVRE'S  TABLE  OF  DENSITIES  OF  OILS,  FRESHLY  PREPARED, 
TEMPERATURE,  +  15°  C. 


Oils. 

Density, 
Water,  10,000. 

Weight. 

Per  Hecto- 
liter. 

Per  Liter. 

8.840 
9.003 
9.150 
9154 
9.157 
9.160 
9.167 
9.170 
9.170 
9.180 
9.207 
9.210 
9.235 
9.240 
9.253 
9.270 
9.270 
9.270 
9.282 
9.306 
9.350 

Kilos. 
88.40 
90.03 
91.50 
91.54 
91.57 
91.60 
91.67 
91.70 
91.70 
91.80 
92.07 
92.10 
92.35 
9240 
92.53   ' 
9270 
92.70 
9270 
92.82 
93.06 
93.50 

Grams. 
884. 
900.3 
915. 
915.4 
915.7 
916. 
916.7 
917. 
917. 
918. 
920.7 
921. 
923.5 
924. 
925.3 
927. 
927. 
927. 
928.2 
930.6 
935. 

Winter  colza      .... 
Winter  turnip  seed     .     . 
Summer  turnip  seed  .     . 
Neats'  foot     

Summer  colza    .... 
Earth  nut      

Olive     

Sweet  almond    .... 
Beech  nut      
Grape  seed     .     .     .     .     . 

Sesame      

Whale  

Poppy  seed    

Hemp  seed     

Cod  liver  

Skate  liver    

Cameline  

Cotton  seed   

Flax  seed  

A  Lie  ianfr  is  grauuateu  lur  ueiisjutw  comprised  between  9,000 
and  9,400,  which  includes  the  principal  oils  of  commerce. 
The  figuration  on  the  scale  comprises  actually  only  the  two 
middle  figures,  the  units  and  thousands  not  being  shown. 

For  example  :  colza  oil  shows  "15"  on  the  scale.  It  is 
necessary  to  read  9(15)0  for  the  density;  or  91.50  kilos  for 
the  weight  per  hectoliter  ;  or  915  grams  per  liter. 

On  the  left  of  the  line  of  the  graduations  are  the  names  of 
the  oils.  Thermometrical  corrections  are  made  by  table. 
Adulterations  give  indications  between  the  two  oils  so  com- 
bined, according  to  their  relative  densities,  and  proportional 
quantities.  The  test  is  much  complicated  by  the  settling  of 
the  heavier  oil  to  the  bottom  as  the  mixtures  are  unstable. 
Poppy-seed  oil,  mixed  with  olive  oil,  will  form  a  lower  stra- 
tum in  8  days  of  repose. 

Earth-nut  and  olive  oil  have  the  same  weight ;  hemp  seed 
and  cod-liver  oil  are  also  equal. 

The  oleometer  of  Laurot,  of  Paris,  is  for  testing  by  means 
of  ascertaining  the  density  at  the  boiling  point  of  water  in 
a  bath  of  which  the  vessel  of  oil  is  placed.  At  the  temper- 
ature 100°  C.,  the  oils  differ  more  in  relative  densities  The 
instrument  of  Gobley,  Ela'ionietre,  is  designed  simply  to  test 
the  presence  and  quantity  of  poppy-seed  oil  in  olive  and 
almond  oils. 

See  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
Hi.,  "Olcomelre." 

Ol'ive  Press.  A  toggle-press  for  olive  pressing 
was  exhibited  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  in  1878,  by 
Samain,  of  Blois,  France,  and  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1839. 

It  is  capable  of  being  worked  by  hand  or  steam,  though 
the  pulley  is  not  shown  in  the  cut.  It  is  an  eminently 
compact  arrangement,  even  in  that  land  of  fruit  and 
presses. 

For  the  lower  power  the  machine  is  worked  by  the  crank, 
but  when  the  higher  power  is  required  the  upper  handles 
are  used  to  extend  the  arms  of  the  toggle-levers.  This  nexor 
and  extensor  movement  is  found  in  some  of  our  own  presses, 
and  is  both  powerful  and  compact. 

A  sheet-iron  barrel  is  shown  in  the  press,  and  the  tampon 
is  of  a  corresponding  shape.  Fig.  1840,  however,  shows  a 
cast-iron  square  box  or  caisson  for  containing  the  olives  ;  the 
wooden  plug  or  tampon  which  en- 
ters the  box  and  expresses  the  oil 
towards  the  side  as  well  as  down- 
ward ;  also  the  sheet-iron  barrel 
with  perforated  sides. 

Fig.  1839. 


,,.      ,„,,. 


See  also  tables  and  lists,  pp.  1551-1553,  "Mech.  Diet.' 


Toggle  Press  for  Olives. 
(Samain  of  Blois.) 


Samain's  Caisson.  Tampon, 
and  Barrel  for  Oil  Press. 


A  very  compact  combination  of  the  screw  and 
hydraulic  press  is  made  by  Cassan  Fils,  of  Jal- 
lieu,  near  Bourgoin  (here),  the  hydraulic  mechan- 
ism being  in  the  sole  of  the  pressure-block  beneath 
the  nut  on  the  screw  of  the  press. 

The  vertical  fixed  screw  has  two  nuts,  L  and  /.  AVhen 
high  pressure  is  to  be  applied,  the  tank  H  is  filled  with  war 


OLIVE   PRESS. 


643 


ONE-RAIL   RAILWAY. 


Vis.  1841. 


Combined  Screw  anrl  llydruslatic  Press.  (  Gossan, fits,  Jattieu.) 

ter,  the  valve  of  egress  closed,  and  the  lever  E  of  the  pump 
worked.  The  sole  B  descends  as  the  water  from  the  cistern 
His  driven  by  the  pump  D  into  the  cylinder  1  beneath  the 
piston  C.  As  soon  as  the  circular  mark  O  O  appears,  the 
course  of  the  piston  is  complete. 

To  sustain  the  pressure,  the  props  M  M  are  brought  be- 
neath the  nut  L,  which  is  adjusted  in  height  to  suit  the 
occasion  The  exit-valve  of  the  cylinder  is  opened,  and  the 
water  returns  into  the  tank  H.  The  nut  Jand  the  piston 
6' then  descend  until  the  latter  is  at  the  bottom  of  the  cylin- 
der. The  valve  is  then  closed,  the  pump  worked,  and  the 
sole  B  driven  down  again  as  before. 


The  follower  enters  the  basin,  which  is  on  the  summit  of 
the  piston  of  the  hydraulic  press.  The  pistons  are  worked 
alternately  by  a  single  pump.  The  press  is  adapted  for  wine, 
for  the  extraction  of  the  oils  of  seeds,  nuts,  olives,  and  fish, 
and  also  for  use  in  sucreries,  paper,  and  soap  factories.  Its 
power  varies  according  to  the  purpose  for  which  it  is  con- 
structed, from  1,000  to  200,000  kilos. 


Fig.  1843. 


Hydraulic  Oil  Press      (Mannequin,  Troyes.) 

Fig.  1842  shows  a  compact  hydraulic  press  by 
Mannequin,  of  Troyes,  France.  It  is  intended  for 
nut  oil,  colza,  rape,  and  turnip  seed. 

Pig.  1844 


"  Clipper  "  Mower. 


Press  ivit/i  Gearing.     (Mabille,  Freres.) 

Fig.  1843  is  a  press  operated  by  gearing,  either 
by  hand  or  power. 

The  press  has  two  speeds  :  First  by  levers  in  the  pins 
of  the  master  wheel,  and  secondly,  by  the  hand-wheel 
and  system  of  gearing.  The  capacity  is  stated  as  yield- 
ing from  15  to  20  liters  each  filling,  requiring  20  minutes 
for  perfect  extraction  ;  30  trips  per  day  at  20  liters  =  600 
liters  per  12  hours  without  reheating  the  cakes. 

Olives "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1912. 

One'-horse  Mow'er.  A  mower  of  rela- 
tively small  size,  adapted  to  be  drawn  by  one 
horse.  That  shown  in  Fig.  1844  has  driving 
wheels  80"  high,  and  cuts  a  swath  3.5'. 

One'-legged  Rail'way.  A  railway  sup- 
ported on  a  single  row  of  posts,  adapted  to  be 
traversed  by  a  saddle-shaped  car. 

Used  in  the  Bradford  oil  region. 

One  form  was  shown  in  operation  in  Fairmount  Park, 
at  the   Centennial.     See  also   Figs.   1856,  1857,   pp.  792, 
793,  "Meek.  Diet.,"  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  22. 
See  also  ONE-RAIL  RAILWAY  ;  UNO-RAIL  KAILWAT,  infra. 

One'-light  Reg'u-la'tor.      (Electricity.)     An 
order  of  regulators  for  voltaic  arc  lights,  adapted 
to  a  single  light ;    as  distinguished  from  a  many- 
light,  or  polyphote  regulator.     Usually  called  a  mo- 
nophote  regulator. 

One'-rail  Rail'way.  One  in 
which  the  car  travels  saddle-fash- 
ion upon  a  single  rail.  Instances 
are  given  in  Fig.  1856,  p.  792, 
"Mcch.  Diet."  See  also  ONE- 
LEGGED  RAILWAY. 

A  one-rail  railway  in  the  oil  regions 
of  Pennsylvania  is  6  miles  long. 

The  car  is  not  unlike  an  ordinary  pas- 
senger car  in  appearance.  It  is  28'  long, 
8/  2"  wide,  with  seats  running  length- 
wise of  the  car,  as  in  street  cars.  Under- 
neath the  car,  and  running  its  entire 
length,  are  two  sections  or  boxes,  flush 
with  the  outer  sides  of  the  car,  with  suffi- 
cient space  between  them  for  the  wheels 
and  the  rail  they  travel  on.  The  sections 
serve  to  balance  the  car  upon  the  rail, 
and  also  for  the  carriage  of  baggage. 
Transversely,  below  the  floor  at  each 
end  of  the  car  are  the  axles  of  the  34" 
double-flanged  wheels,  the  upper  por- 
tions of  the  latter  being  boxed  in,  while 
the  lower  rest  on  the  rail.  The  rail  is 


ONE-RAIL  RAILWAY. 


644 


OPEN   HEARTH   FURNACE. 


laid  upon  piles  about  ^  high  Along  the  piles,  on  each  side, 
about  ;i  foot  below  the  running  rail,  are  flat  guide-rails. 
The  inner  sides  of  the  two  sections  that  come  below  the  rail 
have  friction  rollers  that  run  snugly  on  the  guide  rails. 
There  are  several  points  of  similarity  between  this  and  the 
instances  given  on  p.  *  792,  "Meek.  ~Dict." 
See  also  Fig.  6872,  p.  2683,  Ibid. 

O'nyx  Glass.  A  revival  of  the  art  to  which 
we  are  indebted  for  the  Portland  Vase,  which  is 
formed  of  a  dark  "lass  for  the  body  and  a  white 
opal  glass  for  the  raised  figures  overlying  it,  but 
all  in  one  piece. 

To  produce  such  vases  it  is  necessary  to  first  envelop  the 
whole  surface  of  tin;  vasr  with  a  thick  coating  of  white  or 
opal  glass,  and  then  to  cut  nuay,  down  to  the  groundwork  or 
body  of  darker  glass,  all  that  is  not  required  to  form  the 
raised  figures.  These  figures  are  sculptured  and  engraved  in 
minute  detail  by  steel  points  used  as  gravers,  as  stone  cameos 
are  wrought  out  of  the  solid  onyx.  The  effects  are  the  same. 

Pieces  of  onyx  glass  were  shown  in  the  Paris  Exposition 
(British  section)  in  1878. 

See  Prof.  Blake's  Beport,  "Paris  Exp.  (J878)  Reports,''  Hi. 
28C. 

O'pal  Glass.  (Glass.)  Calcined  bones  are 
added  to  the  batch  in  the  glass  pot. 

A  Philadelphia  company  made  a  sort  of  opal  glass  under 
the  name  of  Hot-cast  Porcelain.  It  consisted  of 

Cryolite 10 

White  sand 20 

Oxide  of  zinc 20 

The  dark  discolored  oxide  answers  the  purpose  very  well. 

Fluor  spar  has  also  been  used  in  making  opal  glass. 

O'pal  Glass  Slip.  (Microscopy.)  An  attach- 
ment placed  on  the  stage  of  the  microscope,  under 
the  object,  to  modify  or  diffuse  the  light  passing 
through  the  latter. 

O-paque' Disk  Re-vol'ver.  (Optics.)  Beck's. 
A  means  for  holding  an  object  under  a  microscope 
so  that  five  sides  of  a  cube  can  be  examined  seri- 
atim while  under  investigation. 

The  object  being  attached  by  gum  to  the  surface  of  a  small 
blackened  metallic  disk,  this  is  fitted  by  a  short  stem  pro- 
Fig.  1845. 


Opaque  Disk  Revolver. 

jecting  from  its  under  surface  into  a  cylindrical  holder  ;  the 
holder  carrying  the  disk  can  be  made  to  rotate  round  a  ver- 
tical axis  by  turning  the  milled  head  on  the  right,  which 
acts  on  it  by  means  of  a  small  chain  that  works  through  the 
horizontal  tubular  stem,  whilst  it  can  be  made  to  incline  to 
one  side  or  to  the  other  until  its  plane  becomes  vertical  by 
turning  the  whole  movement  on  the  horizontal  axis  of  its 
cylindrical  socket. 

The  supporting  plate  being  perforated  by  a  large  aperture, 
the  object  may  be  illuminated  by  a  lieberkuhn  if  desired. 

The  disks  are  inserted  into  the  holder,  or  removed  from  it 
with  a  pair  of  forceps  constructed  for  the  purpose. 

O-paque'  Il-lu'mi-na'tor.  (Optics.)  Beck's. 
See  VERTICAL  ILLUMINATOR. 

O-pei'do-scope.  A  phonoscope.  An  instru- 
ment for  making  sound  visible.  A  mirror  on  a 
membrane  vibrated  by  the  voice  throws  a  ray  upon 
a  screen.  "Scientific  American,"  xxiv.  5. 

O'pen  Back  Press.  One  with  standards  set 
apart  so  that  work  can  be  put  in  or  withdrawn, 
forward  or  rearward,  and  objects  placed  beneath 
the  plunger,  their  length  extending  through  the 
opening. 

O'pen  Bead  Sight.  (Rifle.)  Also  known  as 
aperture  sight.  See  BEAD  SIGHT. 

O'pen  Die  Ma-chine'.  A  screw-threading 
machine  with  open  die  on  the  traveling  head. 


Open  Back  Press. 


When  the  bolt  or  tube  is  threaded,  the  halves  of 
the  die  are  undamped  and  the  object  removed. 

The  die  head  is  constructed  to  receive  finished  blocks  or 
cases,  with  inserted  chasers,  forming  the  dies,  thus  doing 
away  with  the  labor  of  fitting  each  die  or  chaser  to  the  head. 


.  H47. 


Open  Die  Mac/line. 

The  machine  can  be  quickly  converted  into  a  nut  tapper  by 
removing  the  case  dies  and  putting  in  their  place  a  steel 
block  to  which  is  secured  a  universal  chuck  for  holding  taps. 
The  locking  device  is  positive  and  requires  but  one  move- 
ment of  the  lever,  by  hand,  or  automatically,  for  unlocking 
and  opening  the  dies,  when  the  desired  length  of  thread  has 
been  cut,  or  closing  and  locking.  The  hollow  spindle  allows 
a  piece  to  be  threaded  any  distance  desired. 

O'pen-er  Lap'per.  A  machine  for  taking 
bale  cotton,  picking  it,  extracting  dirt,  and  bring- 
ing it  into  a  relatively  clean  and  fleecy  condition  in 
a  continuous  lap,  fit  for  feeding  to  the  carding  ma- 
chine. See  LAPPER. 

O'pen  Hearth  Fur'nace.  (Metallurgy.)  1.  A 
form  of  furnace  for  obtaining  iron  by  direct  pro- 
cess from  the  ore.  See  BLOMARY  ;  HEARTH. 

2.  A  form  of  furnace  of  the  nature  of  a  puddling 
furnace  ;  in  the  improved  practice  it  has  a  remova- 


PLATE  XXXI. 


THE  "  PERNOT  "  OPEN   HEARTH   FURNACE,  SPRINGFIELD  IRON  WORKS,  SPRINGFIELI.,  ILLINOIS. 

(  General  plan  of  open  hearth  plant.) 


OPEN   HEARTH  FURNACE. 


645 


OPEN  PLATE  WHEEL. 


ble  hearth  and  is  worked  by  the  Siemens'  regenera- 
tive furnace. 

This  regenerative  furnace  is  shown  in  Figs.  1159,  1160,  p. 
888.  *npra;  and  the  1'onsard  regenerator  in  Figs.  1161,  1162 
p.  387,  Ibid. 

The  materials  employed  are  various  :  melted  or  uiiiiielted 
li  ore,  and  \vith  or  without  scrap  :  pig  iron  purified 
from  silicon  and  phosphorus,  with  or  without  scrap;  pig 
iron  and  scrap,  renielted  together  in  a  cupola,  or  charged  ho't 
or  cold,  together  or  separately,  into  the  steel  furnace  ;  a  pig- 
inn:  lia.th.  and  hot  or  mid  steel  or  iron  scrap,  direct  sponge 
or  Catalan  or  puddled  blooms  charged  into  the  bath. 

The  operation  is,  to  a  U<V.-I!.T  or  le-s  extent,  according  to 


.      . 

operation   to   remove  oxide  of  iron  and  silica,  a  regulated 
amount  of  manganese  remaining  in  the  product. 

The  Pernot  hearth  is  shown  in  the  ensrni  ving  with  its  old 
form  of  roof  on  the  left,  and  its  new  form  on  the  right.  The 
new  roof  is  a  Hat  dome,  resting  upon  a  continuous  skew  back, 
which  is  supported  h\  t  he  circular  iron  frame. 

The  hearth  has  a  plate-iron  bottom,  the  sides  being  cast- 
iron  staves  secured  by  an  upper  ring,  and  easily  replaced. 
The  hearth  stands  on  a  cast-iron  spider,  which  only  touches 

Fig.  1848. 


Pernot's  Open-hertrtit  Furnace. 

the  bottom  plate  at  points,  so  that  the  spider  does  not  get 
hot ;  the  oil  on  the  wheels  is  not  burned,  and  -no  water  is 
ever  played  upon  any  part  of  the  apparatus  to  keep  it  cool 
The  spider  rests  upon  four  or  six  conical  wheels,  which  roll 
on  a  circular  railway  cast  upon  the  frame  of  a  car  The  car 
and  the  bottom  may  thus,  at  any  time,  be  pulled  out  from 
under  the  roof.  A  small  steam-engine,  situated  behind  the 
furnace,  drives  a  small  gear  which  engages  a  large  gear 
bolted  in_segments  to  the  spider  The  axis  of  the  hearth  is 
inclined  5°  or  6°  from  the  vertical,  and  the  speed  of  rotation 
is  three  or  four  revolutions  per  minute.  A  roll  train  coup- 
ling on  the  driving  shaft  may  be  quickly  disengaged  when 
the  hearth  is  to  be  drawn  out. 

The  joint  between  the  revolving  hearth  and  the  stationary 
roof  is  simply  a  3"  space  filled  with  fire-sand,  excepting  a 
mere  slit  at  the  top,  which  forms  a  perfectly  efficient  nack- 
ing. 

The  roofs  and  the  sides  of  the  hearth  are  made  of  silica 
brick.  The  bottom  of  the  hearth  is  of  fire-sand,  rammed 
hard  while  the  hearth  is  out.  It  is  more  durable  and  more 
easily  set  than  the  stationary  bottom. 

Each  8-ton  furnace  has  four  producers  of  the  ordinary  Sie- 
mens pattern  and  size. 

The  Pernot  open-hearth  of  the  Springfield  Iron 
Company,  of  Springfield,  111.,  is  shown  in  Plates 
XXXI.,  XXXII. 

This  company,  as  Mr.  A.  L.  Ilolley  observed,  was 
the  first  in  the  United  States  to  adopt  the  Krupp 
process  of  washing  phosphorus  out  of  pip  iron, 
and  the  second  to  introduce  the  Pernot  revolving 
and  movable  hearth.  The  full  plant  of  the  open°- 
hearth  furnaces  is  shown  in  the  plates,  which  are 
respectively  a  plan  and  vertical  section. 

The  pig  is  melted  down  in  the  cupolas  shown  on  the  upper 
left  hand,  Plate  XXXII.,  and  run  through  a  gutter  to  the 
revolving  Krupp  washing  furnace  near  it.  After  being  puri- 
fied, the  metal  is  tapped  and  transferred  to  the  Pernot  steel 
furnace.  In  this  it  is  converted  into  steel,  which  is  tapped 
into  the  ladle  shown  in  position  over  the  pit.  The  steel  is 
finally  cast  into  ingots. 


The  following  description  is  by  Mr.  Holley  :  "  The  fur- 
naces stand  high  enough  to  give  a  roomy  and  well  ventilated 
floor  all  around  them  on  a  general  level,  and  also  a  conven- 
iently shallow  casting  pit.  The  upper  part  of  the  regen- 
erators, and  also  the  reversing  valves,  stand  accessibly  above 
ground.  The  charging  floor  and  appurtenances  are  on  the 
opposite  side  from  the  casting  department. 

"  Casting  is  done  by  means  of  an  ingot  crane  of  large  ra- 
dius, rather  than  by  the  less  convenient  and  less  easily 
moved  ingot  car.  There  is  a  platform  in  front  of  the  fur- 
nace for  dressing  the  tap  hole.  The  arrangement  is  such 
that  the  ladle  may  be  moved  over  the  ingot  molds  ;  or  steel 
may  be  running  into  the  ladle,  and  at  the  same  time  out  of 
the  ladle  into  a  group  of  molds 

"  The  furnaces  stand  in  a  single  line,  and  not  in  a  double 
line,  which  gives  a  concentrated  stock-yard  and  a  producer- 
house  (reached  by  the  same  elevated  railway  system)  on  one 
side,  and  a  cool  casting  house  and  an  ample  ingot  yard  on 
the  other  side. 

"  The  chief  advantage  of  the  revolving  hearth  is  mechani- 
cal agitation,  which  facilitates  the  chemical  reactions.  The 
obvious  and  important  advantage  of  the  removable  hearth  is 
convenience  and  economy  of  repairs.  The  ordinary  repairs 
do  not,  as  in  the  case  of  the  stationary  hearth,  interfere 
with  the  continuous  production  of  steel. 

"  The  sustaining  and  revolving  gear  of  the  hearth  are  not 
materially  changed  from  M.  Pernot's  designs,  except  that  a 
water-cooled  center  pintle  has  been  provided  to  resist  the 
lateral  thrust  of  the  hearth.  The  hearth  must  necessarily 
be  run  out  for  repairs,  not  only  on  the  charging  side,  but 
through  the  charging  floor.  In  order  to  avoid  the  trouble  of 
taking  up  the  charging  floor  when  the  hearth  is  run  out, 
that  part  of  the  floor  behind  the  hearth  is  placed  on  a  car- 
riage that  rests  on  the  same  railway  that  sustains  the 
hearth. 

"  The  arrangement  of  the  pig  melting  and  washing  appara- 
tus is  intended  to  promote  the  least  handling  of  materials, 
and  also  good  ventilation.  It  is  not  only  economical,  but  it 
is  humane,  to  arrange  a  plant  so  that  men  can  comfortably 
perform  the  best  work  there  is  in  them. 

"  The  cupola  furnaces  are  set  12'  from  the  open-hearth 
house,  and  their  debris  (drop  bottoms)  and  slag  discharge 
are  directed  away  from  other  furnaces  and  operations.  One 
hydraulic  hoist  raises  materials  with  equal  convenience  to 
the  charging  floors  of  the  cupola,  the  washing  furnace,  and 
the  steel  furnaces.  The  flow  of  fluid  metal  from  the  cupolas 
to  the  washing  furnace,  from  the  washing  furnace  to  the 
ladle,  and  from  the  ladle  to  the  steel  furnaces,  is  short  and 
direct. 

There  is  no  lateral  transference  of  melted  metal  in  la- 
dles :  the  washed-metal  ladle  stands  permanently  on  a  lift, 
and  is  once  raised  vertically.  The  system  avoids  the  expen- 
diture of  time  and  labor  attendant  upon  swinging,  turning 
and  drawing  about  heavv  ladles  on  cranes,  turn-tables,  and 
cars. 

"  The  hearths  at  Springfield  prove  large  enough  to  convert 
20-ton  charges  with  facility.  With  cold  pig  (30  per  cent.) 
and  cold  scrap,  24,000-pound  heats  have  been  made  in  4 
hours,  and  40,000-pound  heats  in  8  hours.  The  regenerators 
prove  abundantly  large,  and  the  burning  gas  plunges  down 
upon  and  flows  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  bath  in  such  a 
manner  as  to  heat  it  with  the  greatest  efficiency  The  im- 
portance of  the  removable  hearth  has  been  strikingly  dem- 
onstrated ;  the  hearth  has  been  run  out  (by  means  of  a  chain 
from  an  ingot  crane),  its  lining  entirely  replaced,  and  again 
run  under  the  roof,  in  17  hours  from  the  tapping  out  of  a 
charge.  Meanwhile  a  part  of  the  roof  was  renewed.  It  is 
now  confidently  expected  that  one  of  these  furnaces  will 
produce  100  tons  of  ingots  per  24  hours  from  Krupp-washed 
material/'  —  Holley. 

See  Report,  of  A.  L.  Holley  in  Group  I.,  "Centennial  Re- 
ports," vol.  iii.,  p.  37,  and  also  report  read  before  the  Balti- 
more meeting  of  the  American  Institute  of  Mining  Engi- 
neers. 

Reported  in 
Puddling 


*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  March  6,  p.   1 ; 
M«mh  13  n  a 


>    UUUllllg       .... 

Process,  Heath  (1845) 
Full  plant 


O'pen-hearth  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel 
made  by  open-hearth  process,  as  contradistinguished 
from  blister,  puddled,  Bessemer,  cast,  etc. 

O'pen-ing  Ma-chine'.     See  OPENER. 

The  wolf  (Fr.  loup,  the  action  being  known  as 
louvetage),  or  Erench  opening  machine,  is  shown  in 
Figs.  1322,  1323,  article  "  Laines,"  Laboulaye's 
"  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  ii.,  edition 
1877. 

O'pen  Plate  Wheel.     (Railway.)     A  cast- 


OPEN  PLATE  WHEEL. 


646 


OPTICAL   INSTRUMENTS. 


Open  Plate  Wheel. 


iron  single-plate  wheel 
for  street-cars,  with 
openings  cast  in  the 
plate  between  the  ribs. 

O  '  p  e  11  Re-turn' 
Bend.  A  (J  -shaped 
pipe-coupling  having 
the  branches  open  or 
distinct  as  in  the  letter 
U,  and  not  close,  or 
united  by  a  fin. 

O'pen  Sheave. 
One  having  spokes,  or 
mortised  openings ;  in 
contradistinction  to  one 
turned  solid,  or  with 
perfect  web. 

O'pen  Sight.  A 
sight,  through  which  the 
object  is  viewed.  See 
list  under  SIGHT,  where  many  examples  may  be 
found,  as  also  pin,  fin,  and  globe  sights  which  are 
not  open. 

Op'e-ra  Flan'nel.  A  name  given  to  a  light 
flannel  more  highly  finished  than  the  ordinary  ar- 
ticle, piece-dyed  uniformly  in  many  fancy  colors, 
and  not  pressed. 

Oph-thal'mo-scope.  1.  An  instrument  for 
the  examination  of  the  interior  of  the  eye.  The 
invention  of  Dr.  Heltnholtz ;  denoted  on  p.  1562, 
"Mech.  Diet."  Dr.  Knapp's  auto-ophthalmoscope 
is  Fig.  3403,  p.  1563,  Ibid. 

2.  An  instrument  for  testing  the  form  of  the 
eye. 

The  metrical  system  of  numbering  the  glasses 
has  been  adopted  in  preference  to  the  statement  by 
length  of  focus. 

The  dioptric  unit,  propped  by  Proi.  Bonders  at  the  con- 
gress of  oculists  in  1876,  is  a  lens  of  1  meter  focal  distance  ; 
and  the  following  derivation :  — 

2  d  (dioptric)     .     .     .     .     =r  0.5  meter  focal  length. 

1  (I :=  1  meter  focal  length. 

0.5  d =2  meters  focal  length. 

The  lens  2  d  bears  its  relation  to  1  d  as  having  double  the 
refracting  power  of  the  latter,  and  a  lens  of  5  d  has  one  fifth 
the  length  of  focus,  or  5  times  the  refracting  power  of  the 
lens  1  '/.  and  so  on. 

The  oculist's  instrument  for  testing  the  focus  of 
vision  is  a  convenient  arrangement  of  a  series  of 
lenses  in  a  disk  with  numbers  attached,  so  that  after 
diagnosis  the  reading  can  be  observed  and  the  pre- 
scription for  the  optician  readily  given. 

Dr.  Loring's  ophthalmoscope  is  shown  in  Fig.  1850.  The 
single  disk  contains  16  glasses  on  the  metric  system,  the  plus 
being  numbered  in  white,  and  the  minus  in  "red.  The  first 

Fig.  1850. 


row  of  numbers,  or  that  just  beneath  the  glass,  shows  the 
real  value  of  the  glass  ;  the  second  or  inner  row  allows  the 
result  of  the  combinations  when  the  quadrant  is  in  position. 
The  quadrant  rotates  immediately  over  tin1  disk  ami  around 
the  same  center,  and  contains  four  glasses, — 5,  —  16,  and 
+  5,  +  16  When  it  is  not  used  the  quadrant  is  beneath  its 
cover  The  instrument  then  represents  a  simple  ophthalmo- 
scope with  16  perforations,  the  series  running  with  an  inter- 
val of  1  rf,  and  extending  from  1  to  7  plus,  and  from  1  to  8 
minus.  This  is  ample  for  all  ordinary  work,  as  the  inter- 
val of  1  d  is  as  close  as  even  an  expert  usually  desires,  and 
can,  with  a  little  experience,  be  used  for  even  very  minute 
discrepancies  For  if  in  a  given  case  the  fundus  is  seen  dis- 
tinctly with  1  d,  and  a  little  to  spare,  while  2  d  blurs  the 
picture,  we  know  at  once  that  the  refraction  must  be  between 
the  two,  or  1.5  d.  If,  however,  for  any  reason  we  wish  to 
prove  this  conclusion,  we  can  bring  up  0  5  d  From  this 
glass  we  get  successive  half-dioptric  from  1  to  8  plus,  and 
from  1  to  9  minus.  If  the  higher  numbers  are  desired  these 
are  obtained  by  combinations  with  those  of  the  quadrant 
These  progress  regularly  up  to  16  '/,  every  dioptric  being 
marked  upon  the  disk ;  above  this,  up  to  -f-  23  d,  and  —  24  d, 
we  have  to  simply  add  the  glass  which  comes  beneath  the  16 
d,  turning  always  in  the  same  direction. 

The  mirror  shown  in  the  drawing  is  the  tilting  form. 

See  also  OPTOMETER,  infra,  and  AMETROMETER,  Fig  48,  p. 
29  supra. 

Op'ti-cal  Glass.  (Glass.)  A  flint  glass  of 
great  density,  owing  to  the  quantity  of  lead  it  con- 
tains. See  also  STRASS. 

Op'ti-cal  In'stru-ments,  etc.  Subjects  con- 
cerning optical  apparatus  are  considered  under  the 
following  heads :  — 


Achromatic  condenser. 

Achromatic  right  angle  prism. 

Adapter. 

Adjusting  cone. 

Air  pump. 

Ametrometer. 

Amici  prism. 

Amplifier. 

Analyzer. 

Anamorphoscope. 

Aplanatic  searcher. 

Astrolabe 

Astronomical  mirror. 

Aurora  tube. 

Binocular  body. 

Binocular  telescope. 

Bioscope. 

Bull's  eye  condenser 

Burette. 

Camera. 

Camera  lucida. 

Camera  obscura. 

Camera  stand. 

(Jane  telescope. 

Capillary  bottle. 

Celestial  indicator. 

Cell. 

Cell  cutter 

Chromostroboscope. 

Circle  cutter. 

Claude  Lorraine. 

Coddington  lens. 

Collecting  bottle. 

Compound  spectacles. 

Compressor. 

Concave  mirror. 

Condenser. 

Condensing  lens. 

Cosmorama  lens. 

Current  slide. 

Cylindrical  glass 

Dancing  flame. 

Dark  tent. 

Dark  well. 

Demonstration  lens. 

Diaphragm. 

Diatom  prism. 

Dichroiscope. 

Disk  cutter. 

Dissecting  hook. 

Dissecting  knife. 

Dissecting  scissors. 

Double  image  ;>rism. 

Double  nose  piece. 

Draw  tube. 

Dropping  tube. 

Drying  case. 

Elbow  scissors. 

Engraver's  glass. 

Entomological  pin. 


Equatorial. 

Equilateral  prism. 

Erecting  glass. 

Eye  glass. 

Eye  piece. 

Eye  piece  indicator. 

Eye  piece  micrometer. 

Eye  protector. 

Eye  shade. 

Field  camera. 

Field  glass . 

Finder. 

Fishing  tube. 

Flat  mirror. 

Flower  microscope. 

Focussing  glass. 

Forceps. 

Frameless  spectacles 

Franklin  spectacles. 

Frog  plate. 

Glass  ring. 

Glass  slip 

Glass  stage. 

Glass  trough. 

Glazier's  diamond. 

Goggles. 

Goniometer. 

Graphoscope. 

Graphostereoscope. 

Growing  cell. 

Hand  magnifier 

Heliostat. 

Heliotellus. 

Heliotrope. 

Illuminator. 

Immersion  objective. 

Indicator,  eye-piece. 

Injecting  syringe. 

Insect  pin. 

Iris  diaphragm. 

Kaleidoscope. 

Knife. 

Lamp. 

Landscape  mirror. 

Lens. 

Lena  grinding. 

Lever  compressor. 

Lieberkuhn. 

Life  slide. 

Light  moderator. 

Linen  prover. 

Live  box. 

Live  trap. 

Lorgnon. 

Louchettes. 

Loupe. 

Lunatellus. 

Maltwood  finder. 

Mechanical  finger. 

Megascope. 


OPTICAL   INSTRUMENTS. 


647 


ORE   MACHINERY. 


Melanoscope. 

Meridian  circle. 

Meridian  instrument. 

Micrometer-microscope. 

Micrometer. 

Microscope. 

Microscope  lamp. 

Microscope  table. 

Microtome. 

Micro-spectroscope. 

Mineral  holder. 

Mirror. 

Mounting  instrument. 

Mounting  stand. 

Mural  circle. 

Mydriasis  spectacles. 

Nachet's  prism. 

Necessaire. 

Needle,  dissecting. 

Needle  holder. 

Nichol's  prism. 

Nobert's  plates. 

Nose  glass. 

Nose  piece. 

Object  glass. 

Objective. 

Observatory. 

Opal  glass  slip. 

Opaque  disk  revolver. 

Opaque  illuminator. 

Ophthalmoscope. 

Optometer. 

Orrery. 

Orthoscopic  eye-piece. 

Pankratic  microscope. 

Parabolic  illuminator. 

Parabolic  reflector. 

Parallel  compressor. 

Photodrome. 

Picture  lens. 

Pipette. 

Plane  table. 

Planisphere. 

Pocket  microscope. 

Polariscope. 

Polarizer. 

Polarizing  apparatus. 

Polymicroscope 

Polyzonal  lens. 

Prism. 

Prismatic  glass. 

Projector. 

Pulpit  spectacles. 

Quadrant. 

Quadruple  nose-piece. 

Range  finder. 


Optometer. 


Reading  glass. 

Reflector. 

Repeating  circle. 

Resonator. 

Reversible  compressor. 

Revolving  diaphragm. 

Right-angle  prism. 

Sciopticon. 

Scissors. 

Screw  live  box. 

Section  cutter. 

Section  knife. 

Seed  microscope. 

Selenite. 

Selenite  stage. 

Shade. 

Shell  piece. 

Side  condenser. 

Side  reflector. 

Siderostat. 

Siphon  slide. 

Siren. 

Solar  camera. 

Solar  microscope. 

Spectroscope. 

Spectroscopic  eye-piece. 

Spectrum  scale. 

Spot  lens. 

Spring  compressor. 

Stage. 

Stage  forceps. 

Stage  micrometer. 

Stand. 

Stereopticon. 

Stereoscope. 

Strabismus  spectacles. 

Student's  lamp. 

Sun  spot  instrument. 

Syringe. 

Table. 

Telemeter. 

Telescope. 

Telescope  clamp. 

Tellurian. 

Temples. 

Test  plate. 

Test  tube. 

Theodolite. 

Tightening  key. 

Time  globe. 

Tourmaline. 

Transit  instrument. 

Trial  sight. 

Trial  spectacle  frame. 

Trinopticon.    • 

Triple  nose  piece. 

Triplet. 

Tripod  stand. 

Trough. 

Turn-table. 

Valentine's 
knife. 

Vertical     illu- 
minator. 

Water  lens. 

White  cloud  il- 
luminator. 
Window  mirror. 
Writing  diamond. 


Op-tom'e-ter.  ( Optics. )  I . 
Badal's.  A  means  of  ascertaining 
the  focal  distance  at  which  perfect 
vision  is  obtained. 

It  consists  of  a  tube  containing  a 
lens,  and  a  scale  movable  at  the 
other  end  of  a  graduated  tube  for 
registering  the  amount  of  varia- 
tion. 

2.  Risley's  apparatus,  Fig.  1851, 
is  for  the  detection  and  measure- 
ment of  astigmatism. 

The  instrument  consists  of  a  stand, 
with  solid  foot,  on  the  top  of  which  is 
fixed  a  pair  of  semicircles,  with  their 
concavity  upward,  for  the  reception  of 
trial-glasses,  stenopaic  slit,  etc.  They  are 
graduated  to  correspond  with  the  Nachet 
trial-frames.  In  front  of  the  holders  is  a 
square  horizontal  bar,  20"  long,  gradu- 
uated  in  fractions  of  an  inch.  Upon  this 
bar  is  adjusted  a  freely-moving  carrier, 


Fig.  1851. 


designed  to  bear  a  series  of  cards  containing  test-types,  and 
test-figures  for  astigmatism,  including  the  system  of  radia- 
ting lines  of  Dr.  Green,  of  St.  Louis.  The  whole  set  is  in- 
tended for  use  at  12"  instead  of  20".  Some  of  the  tests  are 
cut  in  thin  brass  disks,  and  are  to  be  used  over  an  illumi- 
nated background,  which  is  furnished  by  a  plate  of  ground 
glass.  A  plate  fitting  the  carrier  has  a  central  opening  de- 
signed to  receive  these  disks,  and  to  permit  their  free  rota- 
tion over  a  graduated  scale  corresponding  to  that  upon  the 
holders.  One  of  this  series  of  test-objects  is  a  wire  optoin- 
eter,  consisting  of  a  brass  rim,  with  two  groups,  each  con- 
taining five  wires,  stretched  one  millimeter  apart,  the  two 
groups  crossing  the  center  at  right  angles. 

There  is  also  an  adjustable  perimeter,  which  can  be  re- 
moved when  not  in  use. 

See  also  OPHTHALMOSCOPE,  Fig.  1850  p.  646 ;  AMETROMBTER, 
Fig.  48,  p.  29  ;  ASTIGMATISM  APPARATUS,  Fig.  124,  p.  53,  supra. 

O'pus  Con-su'tum.  Cut  cloth-work  or  ap- 
plique. 

O'ral  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  See  EAR 
INSTRUMENTS. 

Or-ches'tri-oii.  (Music.)  An  instrument  con- 
structed on  the  principle  of  an  organ,  except  that 
the  tubes  are  caused  to  speak  by  means  of  a  me- 
chanical arrangement  similar  to  that  used  in  a  mu- 
sical box,  instead  of  being  operated  by  means  of  a 
key-board  or  manual.  They  frequently  contain, 
in  addition  to  the  reed  stops,  metal  pipes,  bells, 
drums,  etc.,  etc. ;  in  fact,  anything  that  will  give 
forth  a  sound  when  you  strike  or  blow  it;  but  no 
strings. 

See  p.  108,  Class  XVI.,  vol.  ii.,  Official  Catalogue  British  Ex- 
hibition, 1862. 

Ore  Car.  (Railway.)  A  small,  narrow-gage 
car,  with  four  wheels,  used  on  tracks  in  mines  for 
transporting  minerals  to  daylight. 

Ore  Dry'er.  A  machine  in  which  a  vibrating 
screen  furnishes  the  sand  and  metallic  particles  to 
the  hopper,  from  which  it  is  discharged  in  a  regular 
stream,  under  the  influence  of  the  rotary  agitators, 
into  the  drying  cylinder  below,  that  is  kept  heated 
by  a  furnace  in  the  basement  of  the  machine. 

As  the  sand  dries  and  becomes  less  cohesive,  the 
rotary  heated  cylinder  discharges  it  through  its 
spout  into  a  receptacle  beneath. 

Ore   Ma-chin'er-y.     See  the  following  refer- 


Breaker,  Blake 


Tin  ore 
Lead  ore 
Classifier . 


Wengler  Sf  Lowe 
Conceutrating-table  . 
Concentration,  Krom 
Crusher,  Altien      .     . 


Baugh  

Sectional  crush.,  Blake 
Blake 

Brown  ..... 


Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii.  (ed.  1877), 

Art.  "Mctallurgie,"  Fig.  1770. 
Ibid.,  Fig.  1771. 
Ibid.,  Fig.  1772. 

'Engineering,''  xxii.  329. 

'Min.  *  Sc.  Press,'''  xxxiv.  73. 

'Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  139. 

'Mm.  If  Sc.  Press,''  xxxiv.  161. 

'Eng.  §•  Min.  Jour.,''  xxii.  284. 

' Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  54. 

'Eng.  &  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiv.  419. 

'Am.  K.  R.Jour.,"  Ii.  287- 

'Man.  Sf  Builder,''  x.  241. 

'Eng.  4;  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  296. 

'Scientific  American,"  xli.  306. 
"Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  311; 

xxviii.  393. 

"Scientific  American,"  xl.  194. 
"Eng.  #  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  184. 
"Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxviii.  53. 

"Eng.  41  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  294. 
"Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxviii.  134. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  35,  64,  102, 
106, 167,  209,  249,  298,  303. 

Dressing :  "  Report  on  Mechanical  Dressing  of  Minerals," 
by  E.  F.  Althans;  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"1  Group 
I.,  vol.  iii.,  p.  207. 

Von  Sparre  Laboratory  ore  dresser      .     .     .  *  p  228 

Blake's  Ore  crusher       *  p.  238 

Marsden's  Ore  crusher *  p.  239 

Krom's  Roller  crusher *  p.  242 

Coxe  Bros.  $  Co.'s  Anthracite  breaker    .     .  *  p.  246 

Dingey,  Horizontal  mill *  p.  248 

Althan's  Stamp  cams *  p.  251 

Bairs  Steam  stamp *  p.  258 

Ball's  Stamp  null *  p.  261 


Phelps 

Dressing  app.,  Allouez, 

Lake  Superior  .  .  . 
Dressing  works,  Clausthal 


ORE   MACHINERY. 


648 


OSCILLATING  ENGINE. 


Sievers  If   Co.  Sorting  drum *  p.  269 

Coal  dressers p.  273 

Concentrators p  279 

Blei-scharley,  Silesia  Fine  grain  jig    .     .     .  *  p.  288 

Kasalorsky's  Double  jig *  p.  289 

Lake  Superior,  Copper  jig *  p.  290 

Evrard's  Decanteur *  p.  297 

Evrard's  Hydraulic  classificator      .     .     .     .  *  p  299 

Krom's  Dry  ore  concentrator *  p.  303 

Settling  apparatus p.  307 

Sluice  tables p.  306 

Electro  magnetic  concentrators  .     .      p.  313 
Evrard's  Rotary  picker  and  sorter p.  322 

Feeder,  Hendy      .     .     .  *  "Min.  (f  ISc.  Press,''  xxxiv.  271. 

Tulloch *  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  319. 

Stevenson       ....      "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxx.  323. 

Tultoch *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,''  xxxv.  401. 

Furnace,  revol.,  Bruckner*  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p   1. 

Eames *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  714. 

Mill,  Paul "Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  596. 

Process,  ammonia. 

Clarke  4"  Smith,  Br.    .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''1  xv.  108. 

Hallway "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  July  24,  p.  3. 

Monnier *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  771. 

Stewart "Min.  &  Sc.  Press,''  xxxiv.  266. 

Davis *  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  137. 

Roasting  furnace,  Fryer  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  172. 
Shaft,  Ramage  ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Nov.  28,  p.  5. 
Separator,  magnetic. 

Babcock  if  Swell    .     . 

Magnetic,  Edison  .    . 

*"  Engineer,"  1.  6,  91.' 

Sifter *  Laboulaye's  "Diet."  ii  ,  ed.  1877. 

Lalande *  Ibid.,  Fig.    1776,    "Metallurgie," 

Fig.  1773. 

Stamp,  Ball      ....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  1. 
Direct  act.,  pneumatic 

Shall,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  96. 

Washing  mach.,  Curson 

Iron  Works,  Fr.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  80. 

*  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  ii.  ed.  1877, 

Art.  "Metallurgie,"  Figs.  1765- 

1769. 

.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2227. 
.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1322. 
.  *  "Eng.  if  Minnig  Jour.,"  xxi.  247, 

295,  303,  319,  345,  415,  439. 

Or'gan.     See  the  following  references  :  — 

History  of  the  organ  in  report  of  H.  K.  Oliver  on  group 
XXV.  in  vol.  vii.,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  p.  35. 
Parlor  organs,  Ibid.,  p.  45. 

Blower     .     .  .  *  Figs.  3426,  3427,  p.  1576,  "Mech. 

Diet." 
Backus *Fig.  7120,  p.  2743,  Ibid. 

*  Hydr.  Blower,  Fig.  1401,  p.  475, 

supra. 
Electricity,  applied  to    .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  84. 

*  " Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  viii.  64. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,1'  724. 

Electric  &  pneum.  appli.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  117. 
Cincinnati  Music  Hall 
compared  with  others      "  Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  324. 

Pipes *  Laboulaye's    "Diet.,"   "Orgues," 

ed.  1877. 
Reeds, 
Garde: 


French      .     .     , 
Taylor       .     . 
Works,  Clausthal 


s,  manufacture  of  .      "Scientific  American,"  xl.  110. 
en  City  Cathedral  .      "Scientific  American,"  ~s.li.  385. 


Or'gan,   Au'to-mat'ic.    See  ATJTOPHONE,  p. 

57,  supra. 

Or'o-graph.  (opos,  a  mountain.)  An  instru- 
ment for  mapping  undulating  or  mountainous  sur- 
faces. 

As  constructed  by  M.  Schrader,  the  instrument  consists  of 
a  circular  paper-covered  plate  with  central  vertical  axis  car- 
rying a  sleeve  which  can  turn  round  freely.  On  the  top  of 
the  sleeve  is  a  telescope  on  a  frame,  the  movements  of  which 
in  altitude  are  communicated  to  a  pencil,  and  transformed 
by  gearing  into  to-and-fro  movements.  If  the  telescope  re- 
volves in  azimuth,  the  style  describes  a  circle  on  the  plate  ; 
a  motion  in  azimuth  compounded  with  one  in  altitude,  gives 
an  oblique  line,  an  outward  or  inward  curve  ;  the  trace  pro- 
duced being  farther  from  or  nearer  to  the  central  axis,  as 
the  movement  in  altitude  increases  or  diminishes.  A  spirit- 
level  is  fixed  to  the  telescope,  and  graduated  scales  give  the 
value  in  height  of  any  point  on  the  tracing. 

Or'o-heli-o-graph.  An  instrument  invented 
by  M.  Noe,  and  described  in  a  memoir  to  the  Pho- 
tographic Society  of  France. 


Oroheli 


It  consists  of  a  camera,  the  sensitive  plate  forming  the 
nuer  horizontal  floor,  and  the  lens  looking  up  perpendicu- 
arly  to  the  sky.    Over  the  lens 
s  placed  a  silvered  mirror,  half  Fig.  1S52. 

lobe-shaped,  completely  circu- 
.ar  on  its  plan  and  parabolic 
:hrough  its  vertical  section.  The  p 
result  is  that  an  image  of  all  sur- 
rounding objects  reflected  from 
this  half-ball-shaped  mirror  is 
received  by  the  lens,  anil  tr;in~- 
mitted  thereby  to  the  sensitive 
plate  underneath,  with  its  sur- 
face forming  a  right  angle  with 
;he  axis  of  the  lens  and  circular 
mirror.  By  this  means  a  circular  . 
panoramic  view  of  the  horizon  is 
jbtained,  as  seen  from  the  station 
;he  oroheliograph  occupies. 

This  instrument  is  described  in  "Scientific  American,'1 
xxxviii.,  40,  *  116.  See  also  PHOTOGRAPHOMETER,  infra. 

Or'tho-pe'dic  Ap-pli'an-ces.  Apparatus 
[or  talipes,  eversion  of  the  feet,  etc. 

See  Report  by  Dr.  J.  H.  Thompson,  of  Group  XXIV  ,  *  in 
vol.  ii.,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports."  Darrach't  raw- 
lide  appliances,  *. 

Dr.   Stillman's    "Contributions    to    Orthopeedic     &>• 

"Medical  Record,"  August  30,  1879. 

See  also  CLUB-FOOT  APPLIANCES  AND  SPLINTS,  pp.  203.  204  ; 

URVATURE  APPARATUS,  p.  236,  supra. 

Or'tho-scopic  Eye'piece.  A  combination  of 
lenses  used  in  an  eye-piece,  giving  a  very  large 
Held  of  view. 

Kellner's  orthoscopic  eye-piece  is  achromatic,  and  has  the 
advantage  of  an  actually 
flat  field  and  a  straight, 
flat  image  of  any  object, 
correct  in  perspective, 
distinct  in  its  whole  ex- 
tent. It  consists  of  three 
lenses,  the  bi-convex  col- 
lective lens  C,  the  flatter  _, 
curve  of  which  is  tow- 
ard the  object-glass,  and 
the  achromatic  lens  O, 
which  is  composed  of 
two  lenses,  similar  to  the 


Fig.  1853. 


Orthoscopic  Eye-piece. 


achromatic  object  glass. 
b  b  is  a  diaphragm. 

O-ru'go.  From  Latin  Auriic/o,  the  jaundice, 
referring  to  the  yellow  color  induced  by  oxidation. 
The  peculiar  oxidation  seen  on  ancient  bron/.os, 
and  which  gives  character  to  the  antique  medals 
and  statuary  in  that  alloy. 

See  PATINA. 

Os'cil-la'ting  En'gine.  Engines  with  oscil- 
lating cylinders  are  shown  in  Figs.  3430-3433,  pp. 
1578,  1579,  "  Mech.  Diet.  ";  Screw  Propeller  En- 
gines, *p.  2073,  Ibid.  See  also  MARINE  ENGINE, 
supra. 

The  type  of  paddle  engine,  shown  in  Figs.  1854,  1855,  has 
been  more  used  in  Great  Britain  than  any  other  on  account 
of  the  large  power  which  can  be  provided  in  a  very  limited 
space  ;  the  piston  rods  working  direct  on  to  the  crank  pins, 
there  is  little  loss  by  friction  except  that  due  to  the  friction 
of  the  trunnions.  The  steam  enters  the  cylinders  through 
the  outer  trunnions,  and,  when  it  has  done  its  work,  passes 
through  the  inner  trunnions  to  the  condenser.  The  air- 
pump  is  driven  from  a  crank  central  between  the  two  cyl- 
inders, and  the  two  feed-pumps  are  driven  by  eccentrics  on 
the  paddle  shaft.  The  bearings  for  the  paddle  shaft  are  car- 
ried on  a  strong  entablature,  which  is  supported  on  wrought 
iron  stays  or  columns  from  a  massive  base  plate. 

Such  engines  are  employed  on  the  English  channel  and 
river  steamers,  and  the  form  of  the  framing  is  such  that, 
while  light,  it  has  strength  to  resist  the  strain  caused  by  the 
work  being  suddenly  thrown  on  one  paddle,  while  the  next 
moment  the  deep  immersion  is  sufficient  to  greatly  retard 
the  normal  speed  of  the  engine. 
Oscillating  cylinder  eng., 

"  Lord  of  the  Isles  "  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1458. 

Penn Laboulaye's   "Diet.,"  "Bateau  a 

Vapeau,"  IV.,  Figs.  3415,  3416. 
Oscillating  steam  engine. 

Roberts •*  "Man.  Sf  Builder,"  x.  145. 

For  light  draft  steamers. 

Wilson,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  341. 

Wheel,  feathering. 

Williams *"  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  374. 


OSCILLATOR 


649          OUTSOLE   TACKING   MACHINE. 


Oscillating  Paddle  Engine. 


Os'cil-la'tor.  A  machine,  the  principal  or  an 
important  functional  portion  of  which  vibrates  in 
a  curved  track  ;  e.  g.,  the  oscillating-cylinder  steam- 
engine,  the  oscillating-shuttle  sewing  machine. 

Os'cil-lom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing the  angle  through  which  a  ship  rolls  at  sea. 

Clark.          *"  Engineering,"  xxvii.  406. 


1855 


Oscillating  Paddle  Engine.     (Side  Elevation.) 

Os'mo-gene.  An  osmotic  apparatus  of  M. 
Dubruiifaut,  adapted  to  the  refining  or  fabrication 
of  sugar.  Described  in  Labonlaye's  "Dictionnaire 
des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iii.,  article  "  Sucre," 
Figs.  78,  79,  "  Osmose." 


Os'te-o-phor.  (Sui-f/ical.)  A  powerful  bone 
forceps  with  long  serrated  jaws.  Hamilton.  Fig. 
53  c,  p.  12,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armani.  Chirurg." 

Os'te-ot'o-my  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.) 
See  BONE  INSTRUMENTS,  p.  119,  supra. 

Os'te-o-trite.  (Surgical.)  A  conoidal-shaped 
bone-drill.  Marshall.  Fig.  78  c,  p.  22,  Part  I., 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Os  U'te-ri  Di-la'tor.  See  CERVIX  UTERI 
DILATOR,  "Mech.  Diet."  et  supra. 

O-the'o-scope.  A  form  of  radiometer  devised 
by  Mr.  Crookes,  which  revolves,  even  though  desti- 
tute of  a  glass  envelope. 

"  The  first  form  of  otheoscope  described  by  M.  Crookes 
consists  of  a  four-armed  fly,  each  carrying  a  vane  of  thin 
clear  mica.  At  one  side  of  the  glass  bulb  which  incloses 
the  apparatus  there  is  a  vertical  plate  of  mica  blackened  on 
one  f;ico,  and  so  placed  that  each  vane  closely  approaches  it 
as  the  mill  rotates.  If  light  be  allowed  to  fall  only  upon 
the  clear  vanes,  no  motion  is  produced ;  but  if  the  light 
shine  upon  the  black  plate  the  vanes  instantly  begin  to  ro- 
tate, as  though  repelled  by  a  molecular  wind  blowing  from 
this  surface.  The  movement  is  therefore  produced  by  pres- 
sure generated  on  a  fixed  part  of  the  apparatus,  by  which 
the  movable  portion  is  propelled.  As  this  driving-surface 
is  stationary,  it  is  not  restricted  in  weight,  size,  or  shape; 
and  hence  the  modifications  of  which  the  otheoscope  ad- 
mits are  well-nigh  endless."  —  "Chemical  News,"  May  4, 
1877. 

Out'crop.  (Mining.)  That  portion  of  a  vein 
appearing  at  the  surface. 

Out'er-hung  Brake.  (Railway.)  One  in 
which  the  brake  shoes  and  beams  are  attached  out- 
side of  the  wheels. 

Out'rig-ger  Hoist.  A  hoisting  apparatus 
rigged  out  from  an  outer  wall ;  as  distinct  from 
the  hatchway  hoist.  —  *  "  Scientific  A  mer."  xxxviii. 
223. 

Out'side  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  That  form 
of  wood-planing  machines  in  which  the  cutter  is  on 
an  overhung  spindle ;  in  contradistinction  to  the 
inside  molding  machines,  in  which  the  cutter  is  be- 
tween the  bearings  of  the  spindle.  See  Fig.  3198, 
p.  1467,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Out'sole  Tack'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  which 
drives  a  headed  nail  with  a  clinching  point,  which 
buries  itself  in  the  insole,  to  secure  the  outsole  to 
the  insole  for  future  sewing  or  pegging. 


OVAL   TENONING   MACHINE. 


650 


OVERWINDING   CHECK. 


O'val  Ten'o-uing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  making  oval  tenons,  on  the  ends  of  spokes  where 
they  enter  the  felly.  The  diameter  of  the  tenon  is 
longer  with  the  grain  of  the  wooil  in  the  felly  than 
across  it.  This  form  of  tenon  reduces  the  risk  of 
splitting  the  rim  in  driving  it  on  the  tenon,  and  dis- 
penses with  wedging. 

The  wheel  is  held  between  the  chucks,  which  receive  the 
ends  of  the  hubs,  and  the  chucks  are  supported  on  a  sliding 
frame,  which  can  be  adjusted  to  cut  the  spokes  to  the  de- 
sired length.  The  spoke  being  operated  on  is  held  between 

Fig.  1856 


Oval  Tenoning  Machine. 

two  geared  clamps,  which  open  and  close  simultaneously, 
bringing  the  center  of  the  spoke  to  the  center  of  the  revolv- 
ing disks. 

The  upper  part  of  the  machine  in  which  the  disks  revolve 
has  a  vibrating  motion  given  to  it  by  the  weighted  hand 
lever.  By  depressing  this  lever  the  cutter-head  is  brought 
forward,  the  saw  cutting  off  the  end  of  the  spoke  and  bring- 
ing the  cutter-head  up  to  the  spoke,  cutting  the  oval,  which 
may  be  varied  in  size  to  suit  the  work  required. 

Oval  lathe     ....     Heckendoii1  s  patent ,  No.  222.901. 

O-va'ri-ot'o-my  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.} 
Instruments  for  the  extirpation  of  ovarian  tumors. 


The  list  includes  :  — 
Ligator. 
Ecraseurs. 
Clamps. 

Vulsellum  forceps. 
Vulsellum  hook. 
Tenaculi. 
Blunt  hook. 


Tissue  and  sac  forcep 
Tenaculum  forceps. 
Pedicle  forceps. 
Polypus  forceps. 
Uterine  fixator. 
Polyptome. 


Pages  92-99,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

O'ver-flow'  Gage.  (Gas.)  An  attachment  to 
a  station  gas-meter.  It  performs  a  double  pur- 
pose :  (1.)  it  maintains  a  true  measuring  water 
line  on  the  inside  of  the  drum,  insuring  accurate 
registration;  and  (2)  it  produces  a,  constant  change 
of  the  water  contained  in  the  meter  to  keep  it  free 
from  impurities,  especially  ammonia.  See  STA- 
TION METER. 

O'ver-hand  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of 
knot  shown  at  1,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  Diet." 

O'ver-head'  Trav'el-ing  Crane.  These  are 
of  five  descriptions  :  — 

1.  Those  with  the  engine  and  boiler  moving  with  the  load. 

2.  Travelers  having  the  engine  and  boiler  flxed  at  one  end 
of  the  beams. 

3.  Travelers  driven  by  a  line  of  shafting. 

4.  Travelers  driven  by  a  high-speed  cord. 

6.  Travelers  driven  by  a  slow-speed  wire  rope. 
See  Fig.  3451,  p.  1585;  Fig.  5652,  p.  2335  ;  Figs.  6623,  6624, 
pp.  2618,  2619,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Traveling  crane,  50  ton 

Alcoclc,  Br.     .     .     .     *  "Engineering,'"  xxv.  85. 
Woolwich,  Br.       .     .        "Scientific  American  Sup. ,"  838. 
Laboulayt's  "Diet.,"'  iv.,  " Bchafait- 
dage,"  Fig.  21. 

O'ver-head'  Work.  Countershafting  and 
gearing,  when  overhead. 

O'ver-hung'  Door.  One  supported  from 
above,  as  the  sliding  door  of  barns  and  cars. 

O'ver-hung'  Head.  A  cutter  on  a  spindle 
outside  of  the  bearing,  as  in  outside  molding  ma- 
chines. Fig.  3198,  p.  1467,  "Mech.  Diet." 

O'ver-pick'  Loom.  One  with  a  picking  or 
shuttle  driving  arrangement  above ;  in  contradis- 
tinction to  under  or  side  picking  motion. 

O'ver-pres'sure  Valve.  A  valve  which  opens 
when  a  predetermined  pressure  in  a  boiler  has  been 
reached.  A  SAFETY  VALVE,  which  see.  A  special 
form  by  Hopkinson  at  Paris  Exposition,  1878. 
*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  2192. 

O'ver-shot'  Sep'a-ra'tpr.  (Agric.)  One  in 
which  the  sheaf  grain  is  fed  into  the  threshing  ma- 
chine above  the  cylinder. 

O'ver-wind'ing  Check.  A  device  to  cast 
loose  a  cage  from  the  hoist  when  a  certain  height 
is  attained,  to  avoid  accident  by  carrying  the  cage 
over  the  drum. 

In  the  device  shown  in  Fig.  1857  a  bar  connects  the  cable 
with  the  chain  attached  to  the  cage  in  such  a  manner  that 

Fig.  1857. 


Overicimling  Check. 

as  the  straight  bar  is  drawn  over  the  pulley  or  sheave, 
in  case  the  cage  is  hoisted  too  high,  this  bar  will  sopa- 
rate  and  the  cage  be  held  in  place  by  the  safety  clutches, 
while  the  rope  or  cable  may  pass  over  the  sheave  without 
taking  the  cage  with  it.  This  bar  is  formed  in  two  pieces, 
having  at  one  end  a  hook  and  at  the  other  a  socket  into 
which  the  hook  engages.  Light  rivets  are  driven  through 
both  hook  and  socket.  As  long  as  the  cage  is  held  by  the 
cable  the  bar  will  remain  as  one  piece  ;  but  as  soon  as  the 
cage  is  raised  too  high  and  the  bar  is  drawn  partly  over  the 
sheave,  the  bending  action  of  the  straight  bar  passing  over 
the  circular  sheave  breaks  the  rivets  and  throws  the  hook 
out  of  the  socket. 

In  Lane's  apparatus  the  hand  of  the  dial  does  all  the  work 
of  stopping  the  cage.  When  it  moves  round  to  the  point 
which  indicates  that  the  cage  is  nearing  the  mouth  of  the 
shaft,  the  hand  comes  in  contact  with  the  end  of  a  lever, 
which  moves  a  second  lever  attached  to  the  end  of  a  rod 
which  reaches  to  the  engine,  and  there  moves  a  third  lever 
that  gradually  shuts  off  the  steam  and  stops  the  machinery. 

In  the  overwinder  check  at  the  Justice  mine  on  the  Corn- 
stock,  at  the  depth  of  100  feet  below  the  top  of  the  shaft, 
the  cage  moves  a  lever  and  half  the  steam  is  shut  off  at  the 
engine.  The  cage  then  ascends  at  a  moderate  speed,  passes 
the  proper  stopping-place,  and  moves  on  upward  toward  the 
sheaves.  Just  before  it  reaches  the  point  of  danger,  how- 
ever, the  cage  presses  another  lever,  a  powerful  brake  is  ap- 


PLATE  XXXIII. 


FRKNOII   OYSTER    IMPLKMKNT3. 


See  page  051 


OVERWINDING   CHECK. 


651 


OYSTER   RANGE. 


plied  to  the  hoisting  reel,  and  the  cage,  with  its  load,  is  in- 
stantly stopped. 
See  DETACHING  HOOK,  Fig.  802,  p.  253,  supra. 

For  mine  cages    .  "Min.  &•  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvii.  369:  xxxvi., 

326. 
"Iron  Age,"1  xxii.,  August  1,  p.  19. 

Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv., 
ed.  1877,  article  "Parachute,"1  treating  of  safety  apparatus  for 
cages  in  mines,  etc. 

Ox'i-dized  Sil'ver.  "  The  color  of  so-called 
oxidized  silver  depends  on  sulphurization.  The 
silver  goods  are  dipped  into  a  boiling-hot  solution 
of  calcium  sulphide  or  hyposulphite  of  soda,  or 
into  ammonium  sulphide,  until  they  have  taken 
the  proper  color.  '  Old  silver '  is  a  coloration  pro- 
duced by  laying  on  a  mixture  of  graphite  and  oil 
of  turpentine,  or  some  fatty  matter,  and  cleaning 
off  with  blotting  paper  until  no  more  color  conies 
awav.  Copper  acquires  a  handsome  look  if  treated 
in  the  same  manner.  If  it  is  desired  to  varnish 
oxidized  silver,  take  18  parts  alcohol,  3  red  ar- 
senic, and  1  castor  oil,  and  a  non-transparent  var- 
nish can  be  made,  which  rnay  be  diluted  with  its 
own  volume  of  alcohol,  if  a  particularly  thin  coat- 
ing is  wished." — "Engineering  and  Mining  Jour- 
nal." 

Oys'ter  Cul'ture. 

LIST  OF   UNITED   STATES   PATENTS. 

125, 470  Oyster  basket  of  galvanized  metal  strips. 

127,903  Oyster  nursery . 

130,631  Hoisting  bucket,  bottom  of  angle  iron  and  bars. 

149,921  Sunken  net  to  keep  off  star-fish. 

212,389  Tank  for  fattening  oysters  ;  may  be  lowered  into 

the  wafer. 

217,558  Oyster  lloat  to  keep  oysters  submerged. 

22 1. 326  Oyster  feeder  ;  two  tanks  with  inclined  bottoms. 

Oys'ter  Dredge. 

LIST   OP   UNITED    STATES   PATENTS. 

25,680     Dredge  rope  runs  over  a  pulley  ;  landed  over  roller. 
Reissued  February  4,  1868. 

27,213     Rake  runs  on  sled  runnel's. 

35,324    Guards  or  fenders  on  dredge  head. 

38,436     Conical  wheels  to  roller  on  gunwale. 

45,904    Fenders  rods  to  aid  getting  dredge  over  roller. 

55,228    Flange  on  roller  to  aid  in  getting  dredge  aboard. 

59,812     Davit  on  gunwale  to  raise  dredge. 

65,442     Screw  roller  on  gunwale. 

74,^57     Aids  in  getting  dredge  aboard. 

78,509     Construction  of  dredge  head. 

81,304    Adjustable  rake,  and  clevis. 

85,936    Guides  for  dredge  rope  to  roller. 

89,323     Guide  bars  on  dredge  head. 

97,420     Wire  basket  behind  dredge  rake. 
109,104     Winding  apparatus  for  dredge  rope. 
120,463    Adjustable  rake.     Float  to  keep  it  vertical  in  sink- 
ing. 

121,227     Open-arched  cage  to  dredge. 
121,249    Windlass. 
122,423     Construction  of  dredge. 

Automatic  adjustment  of  rake. 
Automatic  adjustment  of  rake. 
138,164     Construction  of  rake. 
141,439    Bottom  opens  to  discharge  oysters. 
144,169    A  dredging  scoop,  with  angular  blade  and  prongs. 
178,493    Windlass. 
197,341    Windlass. 
217,031     Hoisting  drum  and  shaft. 
220,827     Dredge  winder. 
Steam  dredge,  Graces.     .     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3947. 

Oys'ter  Im'ple-ments.  These  are  of  vari- 
ous kinds,  and  the  practices  of  countries  and  dis- 
tricts differ  materially.  See  under  the  heads: 
OYSTER  TONGS,  RAKES,  etc. 

Plate  XXXIII.  is  a  collection  of  the  implements 
used  in  France,  in  the  parks  of  St.  Brieuc,  Arca- 
chon,  and  the  Island  of  Re  on  the  coast  of  Bre- 
tagne :  — 

1.  a,  Wooden  rake  for  cleaning  oyster  park. 
6,  Rake  for  moving  oysters, 
e,  Rake  for  cleaning  oyster  parks. 


2.  Wooden  rake  for  removing  o\>ters  from  the  parks. 

3.  a,  Shovel  for  lifting  oysters  from  the  inud. 
6,  Shovel  for  use  in  the  parks. 

e,  Wooden  shovel   for  washing  collectors  after  removal 
from  the  parks. 

d,  Wooden  rake  for  cleaning  parks  and  basins. 

e,  Iron  shovel  for  lifting  oysters  from  the  mud. 

4.  Fork  for  hunting  and  destroying  eels. 

5.  Shovel  for  throwing  water  on   oysters  after  they  have 

been  taken  from  the  beds. 

6.  Wooden  rako  for  removing  oysters  from  the  parks. 

7.  Two-pronged  hook  for  raising  oyster  basket. 

8.  Shovel  to  select  oysters  in  boxes,  taking  only  the  large 

ones. 

9.  Knives  for  breaking  up  bunches  of  grown  oysters. 

10.  Sifter  for  separating  different  sizes  of  oysters. 

11.  Trap  for  taking  crabs. 

12.  Shovel  for  raking  oyster  beds. 

13.  Double  hook  for  raising  bunches  of  oysters. 

14.  Knife  for  breaking  up  bunches  of  grown  oysters. 

15.  Tool  for  boring  holes  in  tiles. 

16.  Tool  for  boring  holes  in  tiles. 

17.  Knife  for  breaking  up  bunches  of  grown  oysters. 

18.  Lock  for  letting  water  in  and  out  of  the  parks. 

19.  Knife  for  breaking  up  bunches  of  grown  oysters. 

20.  Caisson  for  raising  oysters. 

21.  Caisson  for  breaking  oysters  after  being  taken  from  the 

tiles. 

22.  Iron  rake  for  raking  oyster  beds. 

23.  Drag  net  with  rake.    (Prohibited  in  France.) 

24.  Galvanized  wire  basket  for  washing  oy.-ter.-. 

25.  Drag-net,  used  only  under  surveillance  of  the  maritime 

guard. 

26.  Stationary   nippers   for  separating  the  oyster  from  the 

tiles  by  breaking  the  tiles. 

27.  Hand-barrow  for  carrying  oysters. 

28.  Crab-trap  made  of  wood  and  galvanized  wire. 

29.  Machine  for  separating  oysters  of  different  sizes. 

30.  Rotary  rake  for  removing  clay  and  slime  from  oyster 

beds. 

31.  Crab  or  lobster  trap  made  of  galvanized  wire. 

32.  Sifter  for  separating  oysters. 

33.  Machine  for  separating  oysters  and  scraping  them  from 

the  slates. 

Oys'ter  Rakes  and  Tongs.  v 

LIST   OF   UNITED    STATES   PATENTS. 

19,516  Grapnel  jaws,  with  locking  catch. 

44,634  Barrel  used  as  a  drum  in  hoisting  rakes. 

58,426  Pair  of  rakes,  with  handles  and  lever  catch. 

75,550  Pair  of  rakes,  with  lazy  tongs. 

76,697  Hinged  rake-heads. 

105,495  Grapple  tongs. 

107,740  Grapple  tongs. 

135,167  Construction  of  rake. 

201,559  Construction  of  tongs. 

Oys'ter    Range.      A    cooking    arrangement, 
with  the  various  appurtenances  for  stewing,  broil- 
Fig.  1858. 


and  Chop-house  Range. 


OYSTER  RANGE. 


652 


PADLOCK. 


ing,  roasting,  frying,  baking  of  oysters.  To  cite 
the  possibilities  would  be  to  copy  a  page  of  a  pos- 
sible bill  of  fare. 

Oys'ter  Tongs.  A  pair  of  hinged  claws  which 
are  approached  to  gather  the  oysters,  and  then 
form  a  tray  in  which  they  are  contained' while  be- 
ing lifted  on  board. 

Fig.  1869. 


Oyster  Tongs. 
O'zo-ke'rite.     A  fossil  gum,  found  in  Africa. 


Cire  fossil,  Weil 
Refined     .     . 


"  Tectinologiste,''  xxxviii.  3 
"  Technologists,1'  xlii.  430. 


O'zone  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  In  M.  Bertholet's  ap- 
paratus for  the  thermic  formation  of  ozone,  the 
gas  is  produced  by  means  of  the  silent  electric  dis- 
charge. 

It  consists  of  a  glass  tube  to  which  are  connected  two 
smaller  tubes.  A  fourth  tube  is  placed  in  the  large  tube. 
The  apparatus  is  filled  witha  conducting  liquid,  water  acidu- 
lated with  sulphuric  acid,  and  inserted  in  a  test  tube  filled 
'with  the  same.  The  electrodes  communicate  with  the  liquid 
in  the  interior  tube,  and  with  that  in  the  test  glass.  The  silent 
discharge  takes  place  in  the  annular  space  between  the  tubes 
and  acts  on  the  oxygen  which  enters  at  one  of  the  smaller 
tubes  and  escapes  at  the  other.  The  gas  is  thus  trausfonucd 
into  ozone  through  the  influence  of  the  current. 

Ozone  Machine,  liartlftt  *  L' Si-it  ntijir  American,'''  xxxv.  33. 

Apparatus *  tl  Scientific  American  Slip.,"  727. 

Leeds *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  ^453. 

Ozonizer *  "Man.  If  Builder,"1  xii.  133. 

Generator,  Leeds  .     .     .      "Scientific  American,1'  xl.  24'2. 
Ozonoscope " Scientific  American  Sttp.,"  L4C4. 


P. 


Pa-chym'e-ter.  A  Viennese  instrument  which 
determines  the  thickness  of  paper  to  the  1-1 000th 
of  an  inch.  The  micrometer  caliper  (which  see) 
has  much  more  delicate  adjustment. 

Fack'ing.  A  Fig.  i860, 

stuffing  around  a 
part  to  prevent  leak- 
age of  a  fluid. 

Various  materials 
and  applications  are 
given  under  PACK- 
ING, p.  1590;  and 
PISTON  PACKING 
(45  citations),  pp. 
1717,  1718,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

The  packing  shown  is 
that  of  Ottenson,  Ham- 
burg. It  is  a  wick- 
twisted  hose  stuffed  with 
mineral  and  animal 
grease,  and  wound 
around  the  piston  rod  in 
a  continuous  coil.  The 

gland    being   screwed  Steam   Parkins. 

down  upon  the  packing 
expresses  sufficient  of  the  lubricant. 


Cf.  Gun-metal,  Paul  I 
Metallic 

Jackson     .... 

Katzenstein  .  .  . 
Steam,  Phillips  .  . 
Hemp  and  Soapstone 
Wire  cloth  &  caoutchouc. 


'Engineer,'1'  xlix.  439. 
' Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  2739. 
'•Scientific  American  Sup.,"1 1827. 
'Iron  Age,"1  xxv.,  April  29,  p.  7. 
'Scientific  American,''  xlii.  150. 
'Iron  Age,"1  xx.,  Nov.  29,  p.  9. 

Beardmore    .     .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,r  xxv.,  April  29,  p.  9. 

Pack'ing  Ex-pand'er.  A  spring  to  spread 
the  packing  of  a  piston  or  valve  against  the  surface 
upon  which  it  traverses.  See  numerous  examples 
in  Fig.  3759,  p.  1716,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pack'ing  Gland.  An  annular  piece,  the  cover 
of  a  stuffing  box,  which  is  screwed  or  othenyise 
forced  into  the  stuffing  box  to  expand  the  packing 
against  the  piston.  See  PACKING,  supra. 

Pack'ing  Leath'er.  A  leathern  ring  on  a  pis- 
ton or  plunger,  traversing  against  the  cylinder  or 
barrel  to  make  a  tight  joint  therewith. 

Pack  Sad'dle.  The  Spanish  military  pack 
saddle  is  shown  in  Fig.  1861. 

The  saddle  has  an  adjustment  of  the  sides  relatively  so  as  to 
fit  the  width  of  shoulders  of  the  pack  mule.  The  pommel 
and  cantle  afford  points  of  attachment  for  the  breast,  buttock, 
and  belly  bands,  and  also  for  the  chains  by  which  the  load  is 
fastened  on  to  the  saddle.  The  body  is  sheet  iron,  with  a 


Fig.  1862. 


covering  of  leather  sewed  with  wire.     The  lining  is  of  thick- 
nesses of  hair  felt  secured  by 

clasps  to  the  saddle  and  capa-  l'i<r.  1861 

ble  of  being  removed  and 
opened  so  as  to  take  out  or 
add  thicknesses  to  adjust  the 
saddle  to  the  shape  of  the 
mule's  back. 

Pad   Brack'et.     A 

stable-wall  bracket  hav- 
ing a  shape  adapted  to 
receive  the  saddle  which 
rests  thereon. 

Padlock.  Several 
forms  of  padlocks  are 
shown  on  page  1575, 
"  Mech.  Diet.,"  and  oth- 
ers may  be  f  o  u  n  d  b  y 
titles  in  the  list  under 
LOCK,  p.  1342,  Ibid.  S/mnisb 

The   Miller   self-fastening  Pack-saddle. 

lock,  which  operates   by 

thrusting  in  the  tang  of  the  hasp,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1862.     In 
the  upper  figure  the  outer  plate 
is  removed  to  exhibit  the  mech- 
anism.    A  is  the  dog,  which 
is  so  pivoted  as  to  fit  into  a  re- 
cess of  the  hasp  S,  when  the 
latter  is    pushed  down.     The 
end  of  the  lower  arm  of  the  dog 
is  formed  with  an  angular  pro- 
jection   C,     which,     engaging 
against   a    properly    shaped 
shoulder  at  the  bottom  of  the 
recess,  holds  the  hasp  in  the  po- , 
sition  mentioned  in  opposition  I 
to  the  upward  tending  force  of  I 
one  arm  of  the  spring  D.  At  I 
Uare  the  tumblers,  either  six! 
or  seven  in  number,  according* 
to  the  size  of  lock,  all  of  which 
are  pivoted  on  a  single  pin,  and 
each  provided  with  a  bent  wire 
spring,  as  shown.     The  upper 
portion   F  of  one  of  t  h  e  s  e 
springs,  instead  of  resting,  as 
do  the  others,  against  the  pro- 
jecting   part    in  the   shell,   is 
brought    forward    and    under 
the  straight  arm  of  the  dog.  so 
as  to  force  the  lower  arm  of  the 
latter  against  the  tumblers,  and 
causes  the  projection  C  to  enter 
notches  in  the  tumblers,  when 
the    same     are    brought    into 
proper  position. 

Owing  to  the  angle  of  the 


Self-locking  Padlock. 


PADLOCK. 


653 


PALM. 


notches  in  the  tumblers,  and  to  the  dog  being  in  a  solid  piece, 
it  is  only  when  all  the  notches  coincide  that  the  projection 
can  enter  them,  By  means  of  varying  the  positions  of  the 
notches  on  the  tumblers,  a  special  key  is  required  to  oper- 
ate each,  in  order  to  render  all  the  notches  coincident.  The 
key  having  peculiarly  formed  projections  and  recesses  at  its 
extremity,  acts  on  all  the  tumblers  simultaneously,  and  lifts 
each  the  exact  distance  required. 

The  key  is  merely  pushed  in  the  proper  aperture,  freeing 
the  dog  as  above  described,  and  allowing  the  hasp  to  be 
acted  upon  by  the  spring  1),  and  so  lifted  upward  into  the 
position  indicated  by  the  dotted  lines,  in  Fig.  1862.  Motion 
in  this  direction  is  then  limited  by  the  catch  H. 

Lock,  Miller.     .     .    .    *  " Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  April  4,  p.  1.. 

Pa'ging  and  Num'ber-ing  Ma-chine'.   The 

principle  of  the  change  of  numbers  in  paging  ma- 
chines is  described  under  that  head,  p.  1596,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Sutcliff  s  paging  and  numbering  machine  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1863.  It  is  adapted  for  paging  blank  books,  for  numbering 
bonds,  checks,  drafts,  policies,  tickets,  etc. 

Fig.  1863 


Paging  and  Numbering  Mac/line. 

The  cut  represents  the  machine  ready  for  numbering,  with 
the  table  up,  and  the  smut-band  removed.  For  paging  books, 
as  large  figures  are  used,  it  is  iieces-ary  to  change  the  head, 
and  replace  the  smut-band  to  prevent  smutting  the  pages. 
This  machine  is  compact,  has  two  inking  rollers,  both  of 
w.iich  ink  the  figures,  an  adjustable  gage,  and  an  endless 
smut-band.  With  a  four-disk  head  it  will  number  or  page 
to  10,000 ;  with  six  disks  will  number  to  1,000.000. 

Pail  and  Tub  Ma-chin'er  -  y.  See  Fig. 
3484,  p.  1596,  "Mech.  Diet." 

In  Whitney's  pail  and  tub  machinery  the  wood  is  sawn  into 
planks  the  breadth  of  the  staves,  then  cut  into  pieces  of  the 
proper  length  ;  these  .are  again  sliced  into  staves  by  a  stout 
cylindrical  saw  with  the  teeth  formed  upon  its  extremity  ; 
tlie  staves  are  now  baked  in  an  oven,  then  have  the  edges 
planed  by  a  suitable  machine  to  the  required  form,  the  pail 
is  set  vip  with  a  temporary  hoop  and  slipped  upon  a  conical 
chuck,  there  held  by  an  end-washer,  plate,  and  bolt,  and  the 
hoop  removed.  A  slide-rest  tool  is  then  passed  along  the  ex- 
terior surface,  the  temporary  hoop  is  again  applied,  and  then 
pushed  into  a  box  chuck,  another  slide-rest  tool  is  passed 
down  the  interior  and  finishes  at  one  move.  When  at  the 
bottom,  the  workman  with  the  left  hand  in  an  instant  moves 
another  chisel  to  form  the  groove  for  receiving  the  chine  of 
the  pail-bottom  and  chamfers  the  upper  edge.  The  boards 
lor  the  bottom  are  planed  on  both  sides  in  an  ordinary  ma- 
chine, then  sawn  into  squares  ;  the  squares  are  gripped  be- 
tween revolving  plates  and  cut  to  the  proper  diameter  by  a 
Darting  tool,  when  a  second  tool  bevels  the  edge  to  fit  the 
pstL 


Paint  Burn'er.  An  instrument  for  softening 
paiut  by  heat  or  gas,  in  order  that  it  may  be  re- 
moved. Fig.  3188",  p.  1597,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Reed's  atmospheric  paint  burner,  for  softening  paint  with 
gas,  is  shown  in  Fig.  1864.  The  two  burners  are  flattened 
out  so  as  to  present  a  wide  sheet  of  flame. 

Fig.  1864. 


Paint  Burner. 


Acid  proof  paint  .  . 
Copper  paint  .... 
Paint  in  construction, 
Grimskaw  .... 
Cleaning  oil  paintings . 


"  Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  278. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  18. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1993. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1994. 

Paint'iiig  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  paint- 
ing of  laths  or  strips  of  wood,  or  iron,  evenly  and 
thoroughly  on  both  sides  and  on  the  edges.  —  Rob- 
erts, Br. 

There  are  two  feed  rollers,  the  lower  of  which  is  grooved 
spirally,  and  has  at  each  end  a  paddle-wheel  with  floats  so 
arranged  as  to  dip  into  a  tank  of  thin  paint,  and,  carrying  up 
the  liquid,  throw  it  on  the  rollers  and  on  the  strips  which 
may  be  fed  between  them.  The  strip  or  lath  is  thus  washed 
with  paint  on  both  sides,  and  it  next  passes  between  two 
long  brushes  which  distribute  the  color  evenly,  and  remove 
and  return  to  the  tank  below  any  excess  of  paint. 

The  speed  of  the  small  machine,  which  takes  in  a  lath  3" 
wide  and  \"  thick,  is  estimated  at  6,000  running  feet,  say 
600  laths  per  hour,  on  both  sides  and  both  edges  ;  requiring 
the  attention  of  one  man  and  two  boys.  The  rollers  and  the 
brushes  have  a  vertical  adjustment  by  means  of  screws. 

Paint  Mix'er.  A  can  with  shaft  and  paddles, 
resembling  an  upright  churn.  Used  to  mix  paint 
with  the  necessary  oil,  turpentine,  varnish,  or  what 
not.  The  shaft  is  driven  by  hand-crank  and  gear- 
ing, and  the  outlet  is  by  faucet  with  a  gate. 

Pa-lam 'poor.  (Fabric.)  A  bed  cover.  A 
highly  decorated  printed  cotton  goods  of  India. 
See  PALLAMPOOR,  p.  1599,  "Mech.  Diet."  Also 
p.  427,  Ibid. 

Fal'a-tor'rha-phy  In'stru-ments.  (Surgi- 
cal.) For  sewing  up  a  cleft  palate,  synonymous 
with  staphylorraphy.  See  Fig.  5563,  p.  2309,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Pa'le-o-phone'.  A  writing  telephone.  Cross. 
"Technologists"  xl.  48. 

Pa'li-er  Glis'sant.  A  bearing  where  the  jour- 
nal runs  on  a  film  of  lubricant  or  water. 

See  Fig.  3496,  p.  1599,  "  Mtr.h.  Diet."    See  also  HYDRAULIC 
PIVOT  ;  WATER  BEARING,  Ibid. ;  and  JOURNAL  BEARING,  Fig. 
1499,  p.  516,  supra. 
Palier  graisseur,  Bctliou- 

artetal *  "  Technologiste,"  xl.  397. 

Palier  graisseur,  Delerm  *  "  Technologiste,'''  xxxix.  278. 
Pivot    hydraulique,  Gi- 

rard *  ''  Technologiste,"  xxxix.  73. 

Pa-lis'sy  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  A  faience  with 
stanniferous  glaze  and  raised  decorations  made  by 
Bernard  Palissy,  of  Saintes,  France,  about  1555. 

His  work  was  principally  representations  of 
aquatic  objects :  fish,  Fig  jgg5 

shells,  lizards,  etc.,  in  re- 
lief. 

Palm.  The  sailor's 
thimble :  made  of  leather, 
with  a  hole  for  the 
thumb  and  an  abutment 
over  the  palm  of  the 
hand  for  the  needle.  Palm. 


PANEL  PLANER. 


654 


PAPER. 


Pan'el  Pla'ner.  1.  A  planing  machine  for 
working  on  thin  stuff  fo'r  panels,  dressing  the  sur- 
face, and  feathering  the  edges  to  enter  the  grooves 
in  the  stiles. 

2.  A  machine  for  rabbeting  down  the  edges  of 
panels  in  order  to  leave  a  raised  central  portion.  A 
PANEL  RAISER,  Fig.  3502,  p.  1602,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  boards  are  fed  through  the  machine  by  two 
pairs  of  rollers,  all  of  which  are  driven  so  as  not, 
by  slipping,  to  mark  the  surface.  The  cutters  are 
secured  to  a  wrought-iron  adze  hlock,  and  the  pres- 
sure bars  hold  the  board  firmly  on  either  side  of 
the  cutter  head. 

Fig.  IStiti. 


Panel  Banrr!  Molding  Machine. 


S.  A.  Woods  if  Co.  .     .     *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  viii.  193. 
Rowley  fy  Hermance     .     *  "Scientific  American,''  xliii.  164. 
See  also  MOLDING  MACHINE,  Figs.  3200,  3201,  p.  1468,  "Mech. 
Diet.'"  ;  SHAPER,  Fig.  4916,  p.  2133,  Ibid. 

Fan'krat-ic  Mi'cro-scope.  The  microscope 
of  Oberhauser  &  Ploessl.  It  has  a  sliding  tube 
containing  the  eye-piece,  by  which  its  distance  from 
the  object  glass  may  be  changed,  and  various  de- 
grees of  enlargement  of  the  image  obtained  without 
change  of  glasses. 

*  "Manufacturer  if  Builder"- xi.  85. 

Pan'ning  Ma-chine'.  A  cracker  or  biscuit 
machine  which  rolls  and  dusts  the  dough,  cuts  into 
crackers,  biscuits,  cakes,  or  snaps,  separates  the 
same  from  the  scraps,  and  places  the  work  on  pans 
ready  for  the  oven.  See  CRACKER  MACHINE,  Fig. 
715,  p.  228,  supra. 

Pan-tel'e-graph.  One  for  reproducing  at  the 
receiving  end  a  message  in  the  handwriting  of  the 
sender. 

See  FAC-SIMILE  TELEGRAPH,  p.  324,  supra;  AUTOGRAPHIC 
TELEGRAPH,  p.  56,  supra  ;  ELECTRIC  WRITING  APPARATUS,  *  p. 
304,  supra,  and  references  passim. 

Sawyer "  Tron  Aze,"  xviii.,  July  20,  p.  3. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.."  302. 
d' Arlincourt      ....      "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng. ,"  vii.  15. 

*  "  Tfleg.  Jour.,"  vi.  495  ;  vii.  28. 
Caselli "Mech.  Diet., "p.  191. 

Meyer *  Supra,  p.  56. 

Cowper *  Supra,  p.  304. 

BoneUi "Mech.  Diet.,''''  p.  784. 

Pan-tel'e-phone.  A  microphonic  transmitter, 
so  named  by  its  inventor,  Prof.  Leon  de  Locht,  Liege. 

It  is  sensitive  to  sonorous  vibrations  emanating  at  a  great 
distance.  It  is  capable  of  transmitting  words  spoken  at  45' 
from  the  apparatus  to  a  distance  of  several  miles  through  the 
medium  of  receiving  telephones.  It  is  composed  essentially 
of  a  movable  plate  carrying  a  carbon  contact,  which  presses 
against  a  disk  of  carbon  or  metal,  silver  or  platinum. 

*"  Scientific  American  " xliii.  162. 

Pan'to-graph.  Statement  and  illustration,  p. 
1603,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Fenby,  Br *  " Engineering,'1'  xxx.  8. 

*  "Scientific  American  Hup.,'''  3848. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,r  2506. 

*  " Scientific  American,'1''  xli.  66. 
Polar,  Napoli,  Fr.      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  427. 

Pan'to-graph  En-gra'ving  Ma-chine'.     A 

system  of  etching  calico  rolls  by  means  of  a  panto- 
graphic  apparatus. 

A  copy  of  the  pattern  to  be  engraved  is  enlarged  by  camera 
to  any  required  size  ;  this  copy  is  then  laid  on  a  table  form- 
ing a  part  of  the  machine  ;  and  over  the  lines  of  this  copy 
the  operator  guides  a  stylus  or  tracing  point,  which,  by  being- 
connected  with  suitable  mechanism,  causes  a  number  of 
gravers  or  diamond  points  to  come  in  contact  with  the  roller, 
eaeh  point  duplicating  on  its  surface  the  exact  copy,  in  min- 
iature, of  the  original  design.  The  roller  is  covered  with  a 
coating  of  varnish,  and  upon  this  coating  the  figures  are 
etched.  After  this,  the  roller  is  immersed  in  nitric  acid, 
where  it  remains  till  the  metal  has  been  eaten  away  to  the 
required  depth,  excepting  where  the  varnish  preserves  the 
surface  from  the  action  of  the  acid. 

Pan-to-graph'ic  Cut'ter  Form'ing  En'gine. 

A  milling  machine   for  forming  cutters  for  gear 
cutting. 

An  arrangement  by  which  from  a  templet  of  the  correct 
size,  any  required  reduction  may  be  made  in  the  size  of  the 
cutter,  preserving  the  correctness  of  shape.  The  gear  cutter 
is  turned  nearly  to  the  required  form  ;  the  notches  are  cut  in 
it,  and  the  duty  of  the  pantographic  engine  is  merely  to"  give 
the  finishing  touch  to  each  cutting  edge  and  give  it  the  cor- 
rect outline.  —  Pratt  Sf  Whitney. 

Fan-tom'e-ter.  (Surveying.)  An  instrument 
by  Fouquier,  for  obtaining  angular  measurements. 
It  is  composed  of  two  vertical  cylindrical  drums  of 
the  same  diameter,  one  superposed  on  the  other  ax- 
ially. 

The  lower  has  a  socket  beneath  which  rests  on  a  staff,  and 
the  upper  one  turns  on  the  axis  and  has  two  planes  dia- 
metrically perpendicular  acting  as  alidades.  An  object  is 
viewed  through  one  and  the  angle  determined  by  aid  of  an 
opening  and  wire  in  the  lower  drum,  then  bring  on  the  other 
object  the  opening  and  wire  in  the  upper  drum.  The  angle 
sought  is  then  equal  to  that  of  the  diametric  planes  of  the 
two  drums,  and  is  road  directly  by  aid  of  the  divisions  with 
which  they  are  furnished. 

Pan-top'ol-lite.  A  German  dynamite  con- 
taining a  small  proportion  of  naphthaline  dissolved 
in  the  nitro-glycerine.  Intended  to  prevent  the 
formation  of  disagreeable  nitrous  vapors  during  ex- 
plosion. 

Pa'per.  The  statement,  adopted  from  Pliny, 
and  given  on  p.  1604,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  as  to  the  mode 
of  making  paper  from  the  papyrus  reed,  requires 
correction. 

Pliny  said  a  great  many  things  from  knowledge 
and  still  more  from  information,  and  in  this  case  is 
not  correct.  He  describes  the  cutting  of  the  reed 
stalks  into  lengths  and  separating  "  by  splitting  the 
successive  folds  of  the  stalk  with  a  needle." 


A  critical  examination  of  the  papyrus  stalk  shows  that  it 
>es  not  have  successive  folds,  but  its   triangular   stalks 


3aper,     wnicn  nas  no  rice  m  ic»  uujuvuum 
shaving,  made  as  just  described  (of  the  papyrus),  from  the 
pith  of  the  Aralia  papyrifera,  which  grows  wild  in  Formosa. 
See  p.  1938,  '"Mech,.  Diet." 

Materials  for  paper,  shown  or  cited  at  the  Centennial  Ex- 
hibition, 1876:  — 
Common  and  Botanical  Names.  Exhibited  from. 

Maguey,  Agava  Americana Mexico,  etc. 

Maguey,  Agava  Mexicana Mexico. 

Spanish  broom  (Esparto),  Macrochola  tenacissima    .     Spain. 

Banana  leaves,  Mitsa •    Egypt. 

Haifa,  Ligeum  Spartium «•  Africa. 

China  grass  (Bhea),  Battimeria  nii-ea \ictoria. 

New  Zealand  flax,  Phormium  tenax    ....  New  Zealand. 


PAPER. 


655 


PAPER. 


Agave,  Fourcroya  gigantea Tropical  America. 

Cow-itch  tree,  Lagunaria  Pattersoni  .     .     .    Norfolk  Island. 

Spanish  bayonet,  Yucca  aloifolia Victoria. 

Spanish  bayonet,  Yucca  filamentosa Victoria. 

Adam's  needle,  Yucca  gloriosa Victoria. 

Adam's  needle,  S/iarinannia-  Africana Africa. 

Adam's  needle,  Hibiscus  heteropkyllus     .     .     .     Queensland. 

Queensland  hemp,  Si  tin  rttusa Queensland. 

Victorian  hemp,  Sida  pulcliella Victoria. 

Queensland  grass  cloth,  Pipturus  propinquus  .  Queensland. 
Flame  tree,  Braehychilon  anrifolium  .  .  .  .  Queensland. 

Bottle  tree,  Stercu/id  rupestris Queensland. 

Tree  nettle,  Laportia  gigas Queensland. 

Mulberry  (Kuwa) Japan. 

Wild  cherry  (  Hi-nn-ki) Japan. 

Sisal  hemp,  Agave  sisilana Yucatan. 

Pineapple,  Ananassa  saliva Jamaica. 

Pineapple,  Bromeliu,  syli-fstris Mexico. 

Pineapple,  Bronufia  penguin Jamaica. 

Mohant  tree,  Hibiscus  arboreus   ....    Tropical  America. 

Okra,  Malva Jamaica. 

Yercum,  Calatropis  gigantea .     .     Jamaica. 

Bow-string  hemp,  Sausfviern  Zeylanica  .     .     .     .     Jamaica. 

Ife  tree,  Sanseviera  Angolensis  .          Angola. 

Fig  tree,  Ficus  speciosa Brazil. 

Milk  weed,  Asclepias Brazil. 

Diss,  Cyperus  dices Egypt. 

Cat-tail,  Typha  latifolin Egypt. 

Neilgherry  nettle,  Urtira  helerop/iylla India. 

Puyba  (puya  flax),  BrzJimeria  ptioya India. 

Kangra  hemp,  Cannabis  satii-a India. 

Barriala,  SitJa  rhuijibuidu. India. 

Brown  hemp,  Hibisms  rnnnabinus Bombay. 

Roselle,  Hibiscus  sab,  tariff  a India. 

Indian  mallow,  Abitlilon  Indicuin India. 

Sun  hemp,  Crotalariajnncea India. 

Jubbulpore  hemp,  C'rotalaria  tenuifolia India. 

Jute,  Corchorus  olitorius India. 

Nettle,  Urtica  incisa Queensland. 

Paper  mulberry,  Kroussonetia  papyrifera  .  ,  Queensland. 
Hollyhock  tree,  Hibiscus  splendens  .  .  New  South  Wales. 
Hollyhock  tree,  Abutilon  venosuin S.  Amer 


Hollyhock  tree,  Abutilon  mottis S.  Amer 

Hollyhock  tree,  Abutilon  Bedfordianum  . 
Hollyhock  tree,  Abutilon  striatuin 


3.  Amer 
S.  Amer 
Ribbon  tree  (lace  bark),  Plagianthus  bttulinus  .     N.  Zeala 


id. 

Club  rush,  Scirpus  Jiuciatilis Australia. 

Sedge  grass,  Carex  appressa Australia. 

Gallingall  rush,  Cy/itnis  titcidus  Australia. 

Gallingall  rush,  Carex  pseudo-cyperus Australia. 

Sword  grass,  Ga/inia  psittacorum Australia. 

Sword  grass,  Cyperus  vaginatus Australia. 

Sword  grass,  Lepidosperma  elatius Australia. 

Coast  sword  grass,  Lepidosperma  gladiatum      .     .  Australia. 
Slender  sword  grass  (mat    grass),   Lepidosperma 

fiexuosa Australia. 

Black  reed  (cutting  grass),  Cfadium  radula  .     .     .  Australia. 

Stringy  bark,  Eucalyptus  obliqua Australia. 

Messmate,  Eucalyptus  fissilis Australia. 

Swamp  tea-tree,  Melaleuca  ericifolia Australia. 

Swamp  tea-tree,  Melaleuca  genistifolia      ....  Australia. 

Swamp  tea-tree,  Melaleuca  squarosa Australia. 

Flame  tree,  Sterculia  acerifolia    .     .    .     .New  South  Wales. 

Bottle  tree,  Sterculia  diversifolia Victoria. 

Bottle  tree,  Sterculia  lucida •.     .    Victoria. 

Bottle  tree,  Sterculia  frztida Malaysia. 

Lye  plant,  Commersonia  Fraseri Queensland. 

Lye  plant,  Dombeya  Natalensis Natal. 

Wire  grass;  Elirhasta  tenacissima Australia. 

Wire  grass,  Poa  Australis Australia. 

Plume  grass,  Arunda  conspicua    .          ...      New  Zealand. 

River  rush,  Isolepus  nodosa Australia. 

Sea-coast  rush,  Juncus  maritimus Australia. 

Sea-coast  rush,  Juncus  vaginatus Australia. 

Sea-coast  rush,  Dianella  luti folia Australia. 

Sea- coast  rush,  Dianella  longifolia Australia. 

Dragon  tree,  Dracatna  Draco Teneriffe. 

Spear  lily,  Doryantkes  excelsa    ....  Eastern  Australia. 

Bulrush,  Typha  angustifolia Australia. 

Jaggery  palm,  Caryota  urens Queensland. 

Screw  pine,  Pandanus  utilis Australia. 

Common  rush,  Juncus  pauciflorus Australia. 

Tussock  grass,  Xerotes  longifolia Australia. 

Currijong,  Pimelia  axiflora Queensland. 

Currijong,  Dais  cotinifolia Natal. 

Currijong,  Pittosporum  cranifolium      ....          .    Natal. 

Manila  hemp  (abaca),  Musa  lextilis Philippines. 

Baobab,  Adamsonia  digitata Tropical  Africa. 

Baobab,  Strelitzia  regina South  Africa. 

Baobab,  Heliconia  gigantea Tropical  America. 

Urania  (  Ravenala),  Madngascariensis  ....  Madagascar. 

Urania,  Pterospermum  acerifolium Mauritius. 

Urania,  Guazama  wtmifolia Mauritius. 

Urania,  Meloc/iia  liliacefolia South  Africa. 

Sago  palm,  Sagus  ruffia Mauritius. 


Sago  palm,  Sagus  saccherifera Mauritius. 

Sago  palm,  Livistona  mauritiana Mauritius. 

Sago  palm,  Sanseviera  ztbriiia Mauritius. 

Sago  palm,  Sanseviera  latifolia Mauritius. 

Sago  palm,  Sanseviera  cylindrica Mauritius. 

Sago  palm,  Colocasia  antiquorum India. 

Mulberry,  Morus  tartarica Tartary. 

Mulberry,  A/pinia  magnifica Tropical  Africa. 

Mulberry,  Cordiamyxa Egypt. 

Mulberry,  Ixova  corylifolia 

Panama  hat-straw,  Carludovica  palmata  ....  Ecuador. 
Bamboo,  Bambusa  vulgaris Asia. 

Tho  Victoria  collection  at  the  Philadelphia  Exposition 
embraced  samples  of  paper  made  from  plants  growing  in 
Victoria,  Australia,  were  as  follows  :  — 

PAPER  MADE  FROM  BARK  OF 

Paper  mulberry  tree,  Broussonetia  papyrifera. 

Satvin  Canarietifis. 

Dais  continifolia. 

Stringybark,  Eucalyptus  obliqua. 

Messmate,  Eucalyptus Jissilis. 

Soft-leaved  abutilon,  Abutilon  mollis. 

Veined  lantern  flower,  Abutilon  venosum. 

Currijong,  Pimelia  axiflora. 

Lye  plant,  Commersonia  Fraseri,  Queensland. 

Thick-leaved  pittosporum,  Pittosporum  crassi folium. 

Queensland  grasscloth  plant,  Pipturus  propinquus. 

Common  tea  tree,  Melaleuca  ericifolia. 

Broom-leaved  tea  tree,  Melaleuca  genisti folia. 

Victorian  bottle  tree,  Sterculia  diversifolia. 

Flame  tree,  Sterculia  acerifolia. 

Chinese  grasscloth  plant,  Bce/imeria  nitiea. 

Victorian  hemp,  Sida  pulchella. 

Queensland  hemp,  Sida  retusa. 

Victorian  yellow-wood,  Melaleuca  squarrosa. 

PAPER  MADE  FROM  STEMS  OF 

Victorian  nettle,  Urtica  incisa. 

Ehrharta  tenacissima. 

Carex  appressa. 

Carex  pseud o-cyperus. 

Isolepeis  nodosa. 

Few-flowered  rush,  Juncus  pauciflorus. 

PAPER  MADE  FROM  STEMS  AND  LEAVES  OP 

Gahnia  psittacorum ,  var.  erythrocarpum. 

Tall  sword  rush,  Lepidosperma  elatius. 

Tall  palm  lily,  Cordyline  indivisa. 

New  Zealand  flax,  Pliormium  tenax. 

Pampas  grass,  Gynerium  argenteiim. 

Plume  grass,  Arundo  conspicua. 

Giant  lily,  Fourcroya  gigantea. 

Cyperus  sp. 

Coast  rush,  Juncus  maritimus. 

Small  sheathed  rush,  Juncus  raginatus. 

Large  sheathed  rush,  Juncus  vaginatus. 

Coast  sword  rush,  Lepidosperma  gladiatum. 

Native  bulrush,  Typha  angustifolia. 

Scirpus  fluviatilis. 

Marica  Nortfiiana. 

Native  tussock  grass,  Xerotes  longifolia. 

Screw  pine,  Pandanus  utilis. 

Cyperus  lucidiis. 

Swamp  moss,  Conferva  sp. 

Dianella  latifolia. 

Jaggery  palm,  Caryota  urens. 

De  Naeyer  &  Co.,  of  Willebroeck,  Belgium,  showed  at  the 
Paris  Exposition  of  1878,  paper  manufactured  from  the  fol- 
lowing materials,  and  furnished  the  statement  of  percentage 
of  fiber  yielded  :  — 

WOODS. 
Common  and  Botanical  Names.  Yield  per  cent. 

Heath,  Erica  vulgaris 27.14 

Filbert  trees,  Corylus  avellana 31.50 

Alder,  Alnus  glutinosa 34.30 

Bamboo,  Bambusa  thonarsu 34.82 

White  pine,  Abies  pectinata 34.60 

Horse  chestnut,  JEsculus  hippocastanus      .     .  38.26 

Oak,  Qitercus  robur 29.16 

White  poplar,  Populu.v  alba 35.81 

Red  pine,  Pinus  sylvestris  rubra    ....  32.28 

Elm,  Utmus  campestris 31.81 

Ash,  Fraxinus  excelsior    .      ' 32.28 

Black  alder,  Rhamnus  frungula 37.82 

Fir,  Pinus  st/U-estris 35  17 

Osier,  Salixalba 29.50 

Canadian  poplar,  Populus  Canudensis  .    .    .  36.88 

Beech,  Fagus  sylvatica 30.90 

Pitch  pine,  Pinus  Australis 31.08 


PAl'Kli. 


TAPER  BURNISHING   MACHINE. 


Walnut,  Jug/ana  regia 26.52 

Willow,  Salix  alba 37.82 

Birch,  Betula  alba 33.80 

Italian  poplar,  fupulus  Italira       .          ...  36.12 

Acacia,  liobhia  pseudoacacia 34.10 

Lime  tree,  Tillia  Europea     .     .     .     .     .     .     .38.16 

Rattan,  Calamus  vtrus 29.19 

Aspen  tree,  Populus  tremvla 35.00 

HERBACEOUS  PLANTS,  ETC. 

Camelina,  Camelina  saliva 29.16 

Bent  grass,  Agrostis  spica  venti 45.82 

Buckwheat,  Fagopyrum  esculentum  ....  30.60 

Marsh  rush,  Scirpus  palustris 41.70 

Banana,  Musa  ensete 31.81 

Mateva,  Hypluzne  Thebaica 26.08 

(hits,  Avena  saliva 35.08 

New  Zealand  flax,  Phormium  tenax  ....  32.71 

Asparagus  .stalks,  Asparagus  ojficinalis       .     .  32.56 

Marsh  grass,  Glyceria  aquatica 38.80 

Maize,  Zea  mals 40.24 

Reed,  Pliragmites  vulgaris 41.57 

Cauna,  Canna 20.29 

Rye,  Secale  cereale 44.12 

Giant  nettle,  Urtica  dioica 21.66 

Sugar  cane,  Saccharum  officinarum  ....  29.15 

Barley,  Hordeum  vulgare 36.21 

Sedge,  Carex >  33.86 

Wheat,  Triticum  sativum 43.14 

Fromenteau,  Baldengera  Arundinacia    .     .     .  46.17 

Blue  flag,  Enodium  cceruleum 40.07 

Hop,  Humulus  lupulus «     .  34.84 

Canary  grass,  P/ialari  Canariensis     ....  44.16 

Wild  broom,  Spartium  scoparium     ....  32.43 

Dog's  grass,  Triticum  repens 28.38 

An  astronomical  tower  29'  in  diameter  was  constructed  of 
paper  at  the  Polytechnic  Institute,  Troy,  N.  Y. 

A  paper  church  near  Berlin  has  a  capacity  for  nearly  1,000 
persons.  It  is  circular  within,  octagonal  without.  The  re- 
liefs outside  and  statues  within,  the  roof,  ceiling,  the  Corin- 
thian capitals,  are  all  papier  mache,  rendered  water-proof  by 
saturating  in  vitriol,  lime  water,  whey,  and  white  of  eggs. 

Bricks  are  made  of  paper  pulp  from  rough  materials  in 
Wisconsin. 

Barrels  of  paper  are  made  in  numerous  factories  in  the 
United  States. 

Paper  chimney-pots  are  made  in  Breslau,  and  are  light  and 
durable.     Before  the  paper  pulp  is  molded  and  compressed 
into  the  required  shape,  it  is  treated  with  chemicals  which 
render  it  non-inflammable. 
See  also  —  asparagus      .      "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  313. 

Asparagus "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  52. 

Bagasse "Scientific  American,'1'  xlii    50. 

Bamboo "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxiv.  49,  88. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  288. 
"Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxviii.  128. 

Banana  fiber    ....      "Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  66 
Esparto  grass    ....      "Scientific  American,''  xl.  170. 

Grass "Scientific  American,"  xli.  811. 

Palmetto  fibre  .     .     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xli.  35. 

Hop  plant "Scientific  American,"  xli.  87. 

Palm  fiber "Man.  if  Builder,"  xii.  247. 

Photolithographic     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1323. 
"Scientific  Amer.,'"  xxxix.  134. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  2408. 


Poke-weed,  Phytolacca 
Rice  paper  of  China  .     . 
Woods  &  plants  yielding 
paper,  list 


"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  212. 


Yucca "Min.  if  St..  Press,"  xxxv.  289. 

Proteaux's  "  Practical  Guide,  for  the  Manufacture  of  Paper 
and  Boards.'" 

Arrowsmith's  "Paper  Hanger's  Companion.'' 

Pa'per,  Print'ing,   Books.     See  under  the 
following :  — 

Agave. 

Albumenized  paper. 
Asbestos  paper. 
Backing  pan. 
Bank  note  paper. 
Bank  note  press. 
Blank  work  folder. 
Blotting  paper. 
Board  cutter. 
Book  backing  machine. 
Book  backing  vise. 
Bookbinder's  plow. 
Bookbinder's  press. 
Book  sawing  machine. 
Book  sewing  machine. 
Book  stabbing  machine. 
Book  stitching  machine. 
Book  trimmer. 


Bottom  plate. 

Calendering  machine. 

Calender  rolls. 

Cameo  press. 

Card  and  ticket  cutter. 

Cardboard  cutter. 

Cardboard  machine. 

Chromo-lithographic  mach. 

Color  printing. 

Composing  machine. 

Coupon  ticket  machine 

Cutcher. 

Damping  apparatus. 

Distributing  table. 

Electrotype. 

Electrotype  molding  machine. 

Electrotyping  battery. 

Embossing  machine. 


Envelope  machine. 

Envelope  printing  press. 

Facsimile  printing  press. 

Fiber-faced  paper. 

File  holder. 

Mulshing  stand. 

Fire-proof  paper. 

Folding  and  perforating  m. 

Folding  machine. 

Gage  table  shears. 

(jilding  press. 

Gold  paper. 

Grounding  machine. 

Inking  pad. 

l.:u-.,   paper. 

Lettering  stamp. 

Lithographic  press. 

Lithographic  stone  dresser. 

Lithographic  stone  polish,  m. 

Mailing  table. 

Matrix-rolling  machine. 

Mechanical  printer. 

Mechanical  quoin. 

Message  copying  press. 

Motor  printer. 

Multicolor  printing  press. 

Music;  printing. 

Numbering  chase. 

Pantographic  engraving  m. 

Paper. 

Paper  articles. 

Paper-bag  machine. 

Paper  barrel. 

Paper  building. 

Paper  calendering  machine. 

Paper  clipping  machine. 

Paper  collar  machine. 

Paper  coloring  machine. 

Paper  cutting  machine. 

Paper  cutting  and  winding  m. 

Paper  enamel. 

Paper  glazing  machine. 

Paper  knife  grinder. 

Paper  making. 

Paper  press. 

Paper  pulp  engine. 

Paper  rolling  machine. 

Pasteboard  cutter. 

Perfecting  press. 

Perforated  board. 


Perforating  machine. 

Photolithographic  paper. 

Postage  stamp. 

Printing  machine 

Printing  press. 

Proof  press. 

Pulp  boiler. 

Punching  press. 

Rag  boiler. 

Rag  knife. 

Rag  washer. 

Roller  bar. 

Rounding  machine. 

Ruling-pen  holder. 

Safety  paper. 

Sheet  calender. 

Shoot  board. 

Snatching  rollers. 

Steel  pen. 

Stereotype. 

Stereotype  beveling  machine. 

Stereotype  dressing  table. 

Stereotype  melting  furnace. 
Stop-cylinder  printing  mach. 

Striker. 

Taking-off  apparatus. 

Technograph. 

Ticket  printing. 

Tissue  papei. 

Transparent  paper. 

Two-revolution  press. 

Type. 

Type  composing  machine. 

Type  machine. 

Type-making  and  setting  m 

Type  writer. 

Typographic  machine. 

Wall  paper. 

Wall  paper  machine. 

Wall  paper  polishing  mach. 

Wall  paper  sticking  machine. 

Washer. 

Water  proof  paper. 

Wet  printing  press. 

Wet  broke. 

Wood  paper. 

Wood -paper-stock  assorter. 

Wood  pulp. 

Wood  rasping  machine. 

Wood  stock  boiler. 


Pa'per  Bar'rel.  Barrels  are  made  from  molded 
pulp,  formed  in  sections,  and  then  united  ;  or  of 
paper  in  layers. 

The  process  of  preparing  the  paper  consists  in  subjecting 
three  layers  of  paper  (called  straw-board),  cemented  together, 
to  a  hydraulic  pressure  of  more  than  100  tons.  This  pro- 
duces a  compact,  solid  substance  of  great  resisting  power. 
These  sheets  are  run  through  machinery  which  dovetails  the 
ends,  making  them  ready  for  joining,  and  turns  the  edges. 
It  is  passed  through  another  machine,  which  gives  the  cylin- 
drical shape.  This  saves  25  per  cent,  in  packing  space  over 
the  usual  barrel.  The  outside  of  the  barrel,  after  being  or- 
namented and  rendered  perfectly  air  and  water  proof,  is 
ready  to  put  together.  One  operator  can  easily  manufacture 
150  per  day,  while  from  15  to  20  have  been  considered  a  good 
day's  work  in  making  wooden  barrels.  Either  wooden  or 
paper  heads  can  be  used.  The  former  are  turned,  and  the 
latter  are  pressed  out  and  stamped  in  dies.  The  hoops  are 
strongly  united  bands  of  paper  Each  part  of  the  barrel, 
hoop,  head,  and  cylinder,  is  made  complete.  Empty  barrels 
can  be  packed  the  one  within  another,  and  put  together  as 
required.  The  weight  of  a  paper  barrel  is  about  one-half 
that  of  a  wooden  one.  —  Thompson. 

By  another  method  straw  pulp  is  run  into  a  mold  made  in 
the  shape  of  a  half-barrel,  cut  vertically.  The  ends  are  of 
paper,  but  are  protected  by  wood.  The  staves  are  three- 
eighths  of  an  inch  thick. 

See  also  "Manufacturer  If  Builder,'"  xii.  149. 

Pa'per  Bur'nish-ing  Machine'.  A  machine 
for  putting  a  polish  on  paper.  The  action  is  more 
energetic  than  that  of  the  calender,  which  depends 
upon  mere  pressure. 

See  CALENDERING  MACHINE,  Figs.  499,  500,  pp. 
152,  15.3,  snpra. 

The  substitution  of  glazed  rolls  for  the  burnishing  of  mar- 
bled and  colored  papers  with  polished  agates,  etc.,  has  not 
equaled  the  previous  result.  Fig.  1867  is  a  machine  by  M. 
Alauzet,  of  Paris,  for  manipulating  the  burnishing  stone,  and 
thus  economizing  the  cost  without  impairing  the  beauty  of 
the  imparted  surface.  This  machine,  which  may  be  used  for 
dyed  and  undyed  paper,  is  double  acting  ;  the  sheets  of  paper 


PAPER   BURNISHING   MACHINE. 


657 


PAPER   CUTTER. 


are  represented  by  e,  while  a  shows  the  burnishing  stone 
guided  and  moved  by  the  bar  b  d  t  and  the  rod  g,  which  is 

Fig.  1867. 


Paper  Burnishing  Machine. 


connected  with  the  crank  /.    The  weights  t  and  I  may  be  in- 
nv:i><:d  or  diminished  according  to  requirements. 

See  also  PAPER  GLAZING  MACHINE  and  PHOTOGRAPH  BUR- 
NISHER. 

Pa'per  Cal'en-der-ing  Ma-chine'. 

Poole's  super-calender  rollers,  Fig.  499,  p.  152, 
supra. 

Pierron  &  Dehaitres  French  calendering  ma- 
chine, Fig.  500,  page  153,  supra. 

See  also  PLATER  ;  SUPER  CALENDER,  infra. 

See  also  PAPER  GLAZING  MACHINE,  infra. 


Fig.  186S. 


Paper  Car  Wheel. 

2.  Tire-bolt.  5.  Tire. 

3.  Hub-bolt.  6.  Compressed  paper. 

Pa'per  Carbon  Lamp.  A  form  of  incandes- 
cent electric  lamp  in  which  a  slip  of  paper  reduced 
to  carbon  is  used  as  the  illuminated  agent  in  a  glass 
globe  with  an  atmosphere  of  nitrogen.  The  car- 
bonized strip  of  paper  is  the  substitute  for  other 
forms  of  carbon,  such  as  rattan  or  bamboo  bark,  or 
the  metal  platinum.  The  mode  of  disposing  the 
carbon  arc  and  its  connections  is  shown  in  Fig.  938, 
Plate  XIV.,  opp.  p.  300,  supra. 

Pa'per  Car'pet. 

Paper  is  rendered  hard  and  tenacious  by  subjecting  the 
pulp  to  the  action  of  chloride  of  zinc.  After  it  has  been 
treated  with  the  chloride,  it  is  submitted  to  a  strong  pressure, 
thereafter  becoming  as  hard  as  wood  and  as  tough  as  leather. 

"  A  paper  carpet  is  now  made  in  .England,  and  designed  to 
imitate  parquet  flooring,  the  paper  being  printed  in  patterns 
to  imitate  different  woods  from  photographs,  so  that  the  re- 
semblance is  perfect.  The  floor  is  first  prepared  by  being 
made  perfectly  level,  and  the  crevices  filled  up  with  plaster- 
of  paris  ;  over  the  surface,  as  thus  prepared,  hession  (paper 
treated  with  chloride  of  zinc),  is  stretched,  and  on  this  first 
lining  paper,  and  then  the  patterned  paper,  is  pasted,  the 
whole  being  finished  with  a  coating  of  a  peculiar  hard  and 
wear-resisting  varnish."  —  "Furniture  Trade  Journal,-'  Br. 

See  also  LEATHER,  ARTIFICIAL,  supra,  and  references  there 
cited. 

Th»,  imitation  of  Japanese  paper,  for  decorative  purposes, 
i£  made  by  the  Pavey  Co.,  of  London. 

It  is  made  of  hemp  and  jute,  with  a  small  percentage  of 
animal  matter.  It  is  used  for  lambrequins,  window  and  bed 
curtains,  tapestry,  blinds,  valances,  upholstery,  etc.  It  is 
made  and  printed  in  imitation  of  silk,  woolen,  cotton  stuffs, 
the  brocades  of  Lyons,  reps,  woolen  and  silk  damasks  of 
Paris  and  Bordeaux,  and  the  cretonnes  of  Mulhouse,  while  it 
retains  the  peculiar  Japanese  characteristics. 

The  paper  is  first  formed  into  an  endless  roll,  and  is  per- 
fectly white  in  color.  Afterward  it  is  taken  to  an  embossing 
42 


machine,  which  impresses  it  slightly,  and  then  the  design  is 
printed  from  electrotype  plates,  first  cast  from  the  wood  and 
formed  upon  a  roller,  as  in  wall-paper  printing. 

Pa'per  Car'-wheel.  (Railway.)  A  car  wheel 
with  steel  tire  and  a.  web  of  compressed  paper  be- 
tween plates  which  are  bolted  to  the  hub  and  tire. 
It  is  shown  by  section,  and  also  by  elevation,  in  Fig. 
1868. 

The  central  portion  of  the  wheel  is  entirely  of  thicknesses 
of  paper,  united  by  paste  and  compressed  by  hydraulic  ma- 
chinery to  the  consistence  of  wood,  but  without  the  liability 
to  split,  which  wood  has  more  or  less  ;  the  hub  and  the  tires 
are  of  steel.  One  of  these  wheels,  used  under  a  Pullman 
car,  has  run  for  eight  years,  and  for  a  distance  of  302,900 
miles. 

Pa'per  Clip'ping  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
trimming  the  edges  of  books,  or  of  paper  in  piles. 
See  PAPER  CUTTER. 

Pa'per    Collar    Ma-chine'.     See    p.    1619, 

"  Mech.  Diet." 

The  Lockwood  machine  works  from  an  endless  web  of 
paper,  or  of  cloth  and  paper,  the  width  of  the  web  being 
slightly  greater  than  the  length  ot  the  collar  required.  The 
web  passes  over  rollers,  and  then  beneath  an  intermitting 
descending  platen,  which  has  two  sets  of  dies  by  which  the 
collars  are  cut,  creased,  button-holed,  stitch-marked,  and 
embossed  with  the  name  and  number  at  the  rate  of  30,000 
per  day.  The  material  is  fed  intermittingly  and  receives  the 
button-holes,  stitch  marking,  and  embossed  number  by  one 
set  of  dies,  then  is  advanced  beneath  the  cutting-out  dies, 
both  sets  of  dies  descending  at  once,  but  operating  consecu- 
tively upon  the  paper. 

When  paper  only  is  used  for  the  collar,  three  strips  of 
gummed  cloth  are  fed  from  spools,  so  as  to  be  exactly  over 
the  places  for  the  three  button-holes.  The  patches  are  cut 
from  these  and  automatically  damped,  deposited  upon  and 
fastened  to  the  web  in  the  places  where  the  holes  are  to  be 
cut. 

A  forming  machine  then  bends  the  paper  collar  at  the 
crease,  taking  them  in  endwise,  and  discharges  them  at  the 
rate  of  60,000  per  day. 

Pa'per  Cut'ter.  A  machine  for  cutting  paper 
in  pile.  In  the  Sanford  cutter,  Fig.  1869,  the  knife 
is  brought  down  obliquely  upon  the  pile  and  re- 
turns by  a  quick  upward  stroke.  The  table  has 
rules  and  lines  for  cutting  to  measure.  The  paper 
clamp  is  moved  independently. 

Another  form  of  paper  cutter  is  that  for  scoring  and  cut- 
ting paper  boards  for  boxes,  notching  the  corners,  and  scor- 
ing the  joints.  —  Sanborn. 

Fig.  1869. 


Paper  Cutter. 

*"  Manufacturer  and  Builder '' ,     xi.  193. 

*  "  Scientific  American  '' xl.  310. 

See  Figs.  3524,  3525,  pp.  1620,  1621,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  BOOK  TRIMMER,  Semple,  Fig.  384,  p.  121 ;  BOARD 

CUTTER,  Fig.  354,  p.  113 ;  CAED  CUTTEB,  Figs.  639-541,  p.  166, 

supra. 


PAPER   ENAMEL. 


658 


PAPER   TESTER. 


Pa'per    E-nam'eL     Enamel   for  paper  cards 
and  papeterie. 

For  white,  and  for  all  pale  and  delicate  shades,  take  24  parts 
by  weight  of  paraffine,  add  thereto  100  parts  of  pure  kaolin 
(China  clay),  very  dry,  and  reduced   to  a  fine 
powder.    Before  mixing  with  the  kaolin  the  par- 
affine must  be  heated  to  fusing  point.     Let  the 
mixture  cool,  and  it  will   form  a  homogeneous 
mass,  which   is  to  be   reduced  to   powder   and 
worked  into  a  paste  in  a  paint  mill  with  warm 
water.    The  enamel  is  then  ready  for  application. 
It  can  be  tinted  to  any  desired  color. 

Pa'per  Gla'zing  Roller.  A  ma- 
chine through  which  paper  or  card  is 
passed  to  give  to  it  a  burnished  surface. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  1870  is  that  of  Pierrin  et  De- 
ha'itre,  of  Paris.  The  paper  is  passed  between  two  rollers, 
the  lower  one  of  which  is  driven,  and  the  resistance  of  the 
upper  one  gives  a  sliding  pressure  which  compacts  the  sur- 
face of  the  paper  in  the  manner  of  a  burnisher. 

Fi 


Fig.  1872. 


Paper  Knife  Sharpener.     (Side  Elevation.) 

Pa'per  Ma-chin'e-ry,  etc. 

Articles    of,   machinery 

for  making "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.339. 

Barrel "Man.  If  .Build.,"  xii.  149. 

Belting,  Crane Cooper's  "Belting,"  198. 

Box Labonlaye's  "Diet.,"  iv., 

ed.  1877,  article  ">>«:." 
Carbon  lamp,  Edison     .      "  Van  Nostrand's   Mag.," 

xxiii.  1. 
Carbon  paper  apparatus. 

Liebert,?! *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2438. 

Coloring  machine 
Cutting  machine. 
Brown  ([  Carver 

Feister *" 

Cutter,  "  Diamond.' 
SMenker  . 


"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxv.  354. 
525. 


"Engineering,"  xxi.  525 

"Sc.  Amer.,"  xliii.  178. 

*"Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxix,  386; 

xl.  310. 
*  "Man.  $  Builder,"  xi  193. 

Dome,  observatory     .     .      "  Van   Nostrand's  Mag.," 
xx.  448. 

Fire-proof "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2511. 

Folding  mach.,  Fnrmith  *  "Man.  Sf  Builder,1*'  viii.  1. 

Hardening "Sc.  Amer.,''1  xxxiv.  310. 

Japanese,  on,  Munroe    .  *  "Engineer,'1  xli.  415. 
Japanese,  Ogi  ....  *  "Engineer,"1  xli.  353. 

Leather "  Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  274. 

Making,    Albion   Paper 

Mills *"Sc.  Amer."  xlii.  207. 

Making,  technology  of. 

Arnot "Sc.   Amer.    Sup.."  1733L 

1750,   1845,   1862,  1879, 
1956. 

Machinery "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  339. 

Japanese " Sc    Amer.,"  xxxiv.  339} 

xxxv.  100. 
Mill,  Japanese,  Ogi 


Maeh6  molds  .... 
Negatives,  pap.  by  Abney 
Papyroxyline  .... 


French  Paper-glazing  Machine. 

Pa'per  Knife  Sharp'en-er.  The  machine  of 
Bell,  of  Lucerne  (Switz.),  is 
shown  in  Figs.  1871,  1872; 
it  is  adapted  for  knives  up 
to  1.5  meter  in  length.  The 
emery  wheel  is  in  fixed 
bearings,  and  the  knife,  se- 
cured to  a  slide  rest,  trav- 
erses in  front  of  it.  The 
wheel  is  .45  to  .5  m.  in  diam- 
eter and  makes  600  turns 
per  minute.  The  knife  is 
advanced  to  the  emery  wheel 
by  hand  wheel  and  screw. 
The  motion  of  the  grinding 
wheel  is  communicated  to 
Paper  Kn,fe  Sharpener.  the  gl;de  rest  which  pagses 

the  knife  to  and  fro  by  au. 
See  GRINDING  MACHINE. 


(End  View.) 

alternate  movement. 


"Engineering,"  xxi.  399, 

422. 

"Man.  4"  Builder,"  ix.  144. 

"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  18!<l. 

"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1752. 

See  also  GUN  COTTON. 

Preservative,  mildew,  etc.    "Sc.  American,'1'1  xli.  36. 

Press *"'Sc.  American,"  xli.  82. 

i  Press,  Jones *  "  Sc.  American,"  xli.  22. 

Toggle  motion. 

Boomer  $  Borchrt  .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  242. 
Pulleys  &  pulley  covers      Cooper's  "Belting,"  xv. 
Pulp,  black,  recipes       .      "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  3971. 
Pulp  boiler,  Roeckner    .  *  "  Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  698. 

Pulp  boxes "Iron  Age"  xvii.,   April 

13,23. 
Pulp  engine     ...          ...      "Sc.  j4w«r.,^xxxvL403. 

Pulp  mach.,  Lebrousse 
Sheathing  for  vessels    .    . 


"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2704. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,   Sept. 
18,  p.  1. 

Splitting "Sc.  American"  *[.  6. 

Tester 

Testing  machine,  Chauvin 
Marin-Darbel,  Fr.      .. 


'  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxviii. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  185. 


Pa'per  Rolling  Ma-chine'.  See  PAPEB 
GLAZING  ROLLER,  Fig.  1870,  supra;  PLATES,  infra; 
CALENDERING  MACHINE,  Figs.  499,  500,  pp.  152, 
153,  supra. 

Pa'per  Test'er.  A  machine  in  which  the  ten- 
sile strength  of  a  strip  of  paper  of  a  given  width  is 
ascertained. 

In  Fig.  1873  the  paper  is  tested  by  the  direct  ao- 
tion  of  a  weight,  avoiding  the  variations  which  arise 
in  the  use  of  springs. 

The  strip  of  paper  is  secured  by  cam  clamps  in  the  two 
holders.  By  rotation  of  the  hand  wheel  the  clamps  are  sep- 
arated, and  the  strain  is  indicated  by  the  finger  against  the 
graduated  arc. 


PAPER   TESTER. 


659 


PARCHMENT  PAPER. 


Fig.  1873. 


Paper  Tester. 

Ckavin  if  Marin-Darbel.    .     .  *  "Sc.  American,-'  xxxviii.  69.   | 
*  " Sc.  Ameriean,"  xxxix.  211. 

Pa'per  Weight.    ( Glass. )    Ornamental  blocks  | 
or  globes  made  in  various  ways.     See  CAMEO  IN-  • 

CRUSTATION  ;      FlLIGREE  ;       VlTRO      DE       TRINO  ; 

MILLEFIORI  ;  and  list  on  pp.  975,  976,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pa'per  Wet'ting  Ma-chine'.  The  bundle 
of  paper  is  placed  on  the  bank,  and  fed  in  quires, 
either  open  or  folded,  to  guides  on  the  feed  table. 
At  the  proper  time  the  table  advances  and  enters 
the  paper  between  two  cylinders  covered  with  felt, 
the  lower  one  of  which  runs  in  a  trough  of  water. 
As  the  paper  issues  from  these  cylinders,  it  passes 
between  a  top  and  bottom  sprinkler,  by  which  addi- 
tional water  can  be  put  on,  and  the  quantity  can  be 
regulated  at  pleasure.  The  paper  is  then  conveyed 
by  cords  to  a  sheet-flyer,  which  lays  it  on  a  table 
suspended  on  springs.  These  springs  are  adjusted 
to  suit  the  weight  of  the  paper,  so  that  the  table 
falls  as  the  weight  increases,  and  thus  keeps  the  top 
of  the  pile  always  at  the  same  height.  —  Hoe. 

Pa-pyr'o-graph.  Known  also  by  other  names. 
See  HECTOGRAPH  ;  COPYGRAPH  ;  MANIFOLD,  etc. 
See  also  GELATINE  COPYING  PROCESS,  and  refer- 
ences passhn. 

Par-a-bol'icll-lu'min-a'tor.  (Optics.)  Beck's. 
A  means  of  illuminating  opaque  objects  under  the 
microscope. 

It  consists  of  one  half  of  the  upper  portion  of  a  parabola 
made  of  polished  silver,  and  slides  by  means  of  a  fitting,  up 
and  down  upon  the  outside  tube  of  the  object  glass.  All 
parallel  rays  falling  upon  the  silver  surface  will  be  reflected 
to  the  focus  of  the  parabola  which  is  of  necessity  in  the 
optic  axis  of  tho  microscope,  at  the  point  where  the  object 
under  examination  is  situated.  See  Fig.  3645,  p.  1629, 
"Meek.  Diet." 

Par'a-cen-te'sis  In'stru-ments.    (Surgical.) 
Instruments  for  tapping  a  cavity. 
For  Paracentesis  abdominis  :  — 

Drainage  tubes.  Drainage  canula 

Trocars.  Hollow  trocar. 

Aspirators.  Clamp  forceps. 

Aspirator  needles. 
For  Paracentesis  cornea  :  — 

Trocars.  Needles. 

For  Paracentesis  thoracis  :  — 
Dieulafoy's  Aspirator,  Fig.  6665,  p.  2629,  "Mec/t.  Diet." 

Far'a-chute  Light.  A  device  invented  by 
General  Boxer  and  used  in  the  British  military  ser- 
vice as  a  means  of  revealing  the  enemy's  position 
and  movements  at  night. 

It  fornc,  when  closed,  a  large  shell,  expanding  into  a  huge 
umbrella,  15'  high,  when  opened,  the  cup  of  composition 
which  is  suspended  being  designed  to  burn  4J  minutes. 

The  star  shell,  which  has  been  designed  as  a  substitute,  is 
much  smaller  and  more  portable,  and  of  comparatively  tri- 
fling cost.  It  can  be  fired  into  the  air  from  a  mortar  at  the 
required  angle  to  show  the  enemy's  works,  and  burns  with  a 
brilliant  light  for  about  half  a  minute,  long  enough  to  take 
un  observation  and  lay  a  gun.  but  not  long  enough  to  allow 


an  adverse  wind  to  bring  the  light  back  over  the  firing  point, 
and  so  turn  the  advantage  in  favor  of  the  enemy. 

Par'af-fine.  The  mode  of  manufacture  of  par- 
affine  and  some  of  its  uses  are  referred  to  on  pp. 
1629,  1630,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Its  use  depends  upon  several  qualities :  It  is 
inodorous,  white,  clean,  tasteless,  nou-oxidizable, 
water  repellaut,  a  non-conductor  of  electricity,  in- 
flammable, plastic. 

It  is  used  as  a  water-proofing  material  for  fabrics  and  paper. 

Lining  wooden  and  metallic  vessels. 

Saturating  paper  as  a  water  repellant,  and  to  preserve  con- 
tents from  becoming  rancid,  —  butter,  for  instance. 

Trays  and  tanks  for  acids  and  voltaic  batteries. 

Insulator  (electric). 

For  covering  splints  and  other  paraphernalia  subject  to 
septic  influences. 

As  a  polisher  under  the  iron  in  fine  laundry  work. 

As  a  vehicle  of  the  fulminate  in  matches. 

As  a  covering  lor  cartridges. 

Paper  saturated  with  paraffine  is  used  to  inclose  saccharine 
or  saponaceous  materials,  etc. 

Matthews  lines  with  paraffine  the  enameled  metal  reser- 
voirs of  his  soda  fountain. 

Hoe  lines  glass  electrotype  baths  with  paraffine. 

Staunton  preserves  fruit  and  vegetables  by  films  of  paraf- 
fine. 

Makes  boxes,  cans,  or  vessels  air-tight  by  lining  with  par- 
affine; for  holding  meat,  vegetables,  fruit,  butter,  spices,  etc. 

Tucker  has  a  lard  package  made  of  paper  soaked  in  paraf- 
fine. 

W.   B.    Guernsey  saturates   with   paraffine    the   pores  of 
wooden  cases  for  containing  butter,  etc. 
Paper  by  Grostowsky  .     .     "Scientific  American  Sup., "  1898. 

Par'a-kite.  A  series  of  kites,  the  smaller  in 
advance  and  increasing  in  area,  are  flown  en  suite. 
The  largest  and  last  in  the  series  is  36'  X  30',  and 
is  intended  to  raise  a  man  from  the  ground  to  an 
elevation  of  several  hundred  feet  to  observe  the  po- 
sition of  an  enemy. 

Experimented  with  at  Woolwich,  England. 

"  Manufacturer  If  Builder  " viii.  13. 

"Iron  Age" *  viii.  300. 

Par'al-lel  Com-pres'sor.  (Optics.)  Beck's. 
A  means  for  holding  or  compressing  an  object  un- 
der the  microscope. 

Two  plates  of  brass,  upon  each  of  which  a  piece  of  glass 
is  fixed,  are  connected  by  four  arms  of  brass  of  equal  length, 

Fig.  1874. 


Parallel  Compressor. 

giving  a  parallel  movement  to  the  plates.  These  plates  are 
gradually  brought  together  by  a  screw  at  the  end  attached 
to  one  plate  and  working  in  a  conical  hole  in  the  other. 

Fa-ral'y-sis  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  Elec- 
trical apparatus  or  supports  for  the  limbs. 

Glove  for  paralysis,  with  caoutchouc  cords  acting  as  ex- 
tensors.    Fig.  54,  Part  IV.,  Tiemanri's  "Armam.  Chirurg." 
Leg  apparatus,  with  artificial  muscles,  Ibid.      .    Fig.  70 

Hemiplegia  apparatus,  Ibid Fig.  71 

Paraplegia  apparatus,  Ibid Fig.  72 

Par'a-mag-net'ic.  (Electricity.)  As  opposed 
to  dia-magnetic.  Substances  the  poles  of  which, 
like  iron,  nickel,  cobalt,  etc.,  tend  to  move  from  the 
weak  to  the  strong  places  of  electro-magnetic  force 
arc  called  para-magnetic,  or  ferro-magnetic.  —  Gor- 
don. See  also  MAGNETIC  SCALE. 

Par'cel-gilt.  Meaning  partly  gilt.  Silver  ware 
gilt  inside,  as  bowls,  spoons,  etc. 

Par'cel  Lift.  A  dumb  waiter  used  in  stores 
and  warehouses. 

Farch'ment  Pa'per.  Paper  treated  with  di- 
lute sulphuric  acid.  See  p.  1633,  "Mech.  Diet." 


PARCHMENT  PAPER. 


660 


PATENT   HAMMER. 


A  new  recipe  is  to  use  a  bath  of  auimoniacal  solution  of 
copper,  made  by  treating  plates  of  copper  with  a  concentra- 
ted solution  of  sal-ammoniac. 

Far'er.  A  wide  bladed  hoe,  drawn  by  a  man  or 
a  horse,  and  used  to  pare  the  surfaces  of  walks  in 
gardens  and  parks  to  kill  weeds  and  grass. 


Fig.  1875. 


French  Partr. 

Pa'ri-an  Bis'cuit.  (Ceramics.)  A  fine-ware 
made  by  Minton  and  Copeland,  of  Stoke-upon- 
Trent,  England.  It  is  an  ornamented  semi-vitreous 
ware  with  a  clear  ring  nearly  like  china,  and  is 
recognized  as  one  of  the  best  fine-wares  introduced 
since  the  time  of  Wedgwood. 

Far'ing  Flow.     See  PARER,  supra. 

Fark'e-sine.  See  CELLULOID,  "Meek.  Diet." 
et  supra. 

Far'lor  Or'gan.  A  reed  or  pipe  organ ;  gener- 
ally the  former,  of  small  size,  adapted  to  parlor, 
vestry,  or  school  room. 

History  of  the  parlor  organ  in  report  of  H.  K.  Oliver  on 
Group  XXV.,  in  vol.  vii.,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Report,"1 
p.  45. 

Parlor  Skate.     A  skate  on  rollers. 

Plimpton's  improvement  consists  of  an  arrangement  by 
which  a  skate  is  made  to  keep  the  floor  without  reference  to 
the  angle  of  the  body  or  the  sharpness  of  the  curve  turned. 
In  the  center  of  the  sole  of  the  skate  is  fixed  a  spherical 
spring  of  india-rubber,  yielding  to  the  slightest  inclination 
of  the  foot,  a  mere  change  of  motion  by  the  well-known  me- 
chanical means  causing  the  axles  of  the  roller  wheels  to 
converge. 

Parting  Pulley.  One  capable  of  division,  so 
that  the  parts  can  be  attached  to  the  shaft  without 
dismounting  the  latter. 

Fig.  1876. 


Parting  Pulley. 

Part'ing  Rail.  (Carpentry.)  A  rail  interme- 
diate between  the  bottom  and  top  rails  of  a  door  or 
partition. 

Part'ing  Strip.     (Carpentry.)   A  narrow  piece 


separating  parts,  as  the  strip  between  the  upper  and 
lower  sashes  in  the  window  frame ;  or  between  the 
window  and  blind  in  a  car. 

Pas'sen-ger  El'e-va'tor.     See  ELEVATOR. 

Pass'ing  Nip'pers.  (Nautical.)  A  strong 
hank  of  untwisted  but  mailed  yarn  used  in  binding 
the  messenger  to  the  cable. 

Paste.  (Ceramics.)  The  material  of  porcelain 
and  other  fine  grained  pottery. 

Known  as  hard,  foft,  jasper,  basalt,  cream,  etc.,  names 
given  to  indicate  relative  quality  or  color,  or  names  of 
f ancy . 

There  are  al  1  gradations,  from  the  soft  paste  of  some  faience, 
which  in  many  cases  is  so  coarse  as  to  be  hardly  deserving 
of  the  name,  to  the  hard  china,  which  resembles  gla,«s.  ^<-e 
list  under  POTTERY. 

Paste'board  Cut'ter.  See  BOARD  CUTTER, 
Fig.  354,  p.  113  ;  CARD-BOARD  CUTTER,  Figs.  539- 
541,  p.  166,  supra.  Fig.  3665,  p.  1636,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Paste  Jag'ger.  A  pastry  cook's  convenience 
for  notching  the  edges  of  cakes,  pies,  and  pates. 

Pas-tille'.  An  odoriferous  pellet  which  emits  an 
agreeable  odor  in  burning.  Its  burning  is  due  to 
the  niter  and  charcoal  in  its  composition. 

French  recipes  :  — 

Grams. 

Oliban  in  tears 24 

Storax  in  tears I  24 

Niter 16 

Pulverized  charcoal 124 

Add  for  rose  pgrf  ume :  — 

Pulverized  rose  leaves 32 

Essence  of  rose 2 


For  orange  flower  pastille  :  — 

Galbanum 

Dried  orange  peel  pulverized 


Essence  neroli 


24 
83 

2 


For  vanilla  pastille  :  — 

Galbanum 24 

Girofle  (cloves) 16 

Vanilla 32 

Essence  cloves 1 

Essence  vanilla 16 

Make  into  a  mass  with  gum  arable,  4  grams  ;  water  two- 
thirds  deciliter ;  mold  and  dry. 

Pas-tille'  Pa'per.  Paper  prepared  with  an 
odoriferous  composition. 

Take  cascarilla  bark  8  drachms,  gum  benzoin  4  drachms, 
yellow  sanders  2  drachms,  styrax  2  drachms,  olibanum  2 
drachms,  charcoal  dust  6  ozs.,  niter  1J  drachms,  mucilage  of 
gum  tragacanth,  sufficient  quantity.  Eeduce  the  substances 
to  a  fine  powder,  form  into  a  paste  with  the  mucilage,  coat 
the  paper  with  this,  and  dry  in  an  oven. 

Pate  Chan-geante'.  (Ceramics.)  A  peculiar 
porcelain,  made  by  Minton,  which  has  changeable 
color  according  to  the  light  or  angle  at  which  it  is 
viewed,  something  like  the  changeable  or  shot  silk. 
In  daylight  it  has  a  grayish  or  celadon  green  color, 
and  at  night  it  appears  pink. 

This  kind  of  chameleon  paste  was  compounded  by  the 
chemist  Regnault  when  director  of  the  Sevres  establish- 
ment. 

Pate  de  Bois.  Wood  pulped,  and  formed 
by  compression  into  paper,  carton,  decorative  cor- 
nices or  panels. 

Pa-tel'la  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  Sup- 
ports, braces,  or  splints  for  fractured  patella.  Fig. 
3567,  p.  1636,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

Figs.  119-121,  Tiemann.  Dr.  White's  elastic  patella  hooks 
engage  the  upper  and  lower  surfaces,  and  draw  the  portions 
together. 

Pa'tent  Ham'mer.  (Stone  Working.}  The 
head  holds  a  number  of  wide  thin  chisels  held  to- 
gether by  bolts. 


PATENT  PLATE. 


661 


PATTINSON'S  POTS. 


It  is  used  for  giving  a  surface-finish  to  squared  masonry. 
See  Fig.  3160,  p.  1444,  "JUecA.  Diet." 

Pa'tent  Plate.  (Glass.)  An  English  name 
for  cylinder  glass. 

Pate-sur-pate.  (Ceramics.)  A  form  of  dec- 
orative work  in  which  one  colored  slip  is  laid  upon 
another  in  bauds,  fillets,  figures,  and  what  not ; 
sometimes  to  the  number  of  a  dozen  or  more. 
Wedgwood's  imitation  of  the  Portland  vase  is  an 
eminent  instance  of  the  art,  and  Solon  has  also  ex- 
ecuted some  very  remarkable  work. 

The  body  is  usually  dark  olive-green,  brown,  turquoise 
blue,  or  black,  and  the  paste  white,  and  laid  on  in  relief, 
the  lights  and  shades  partly  due  to  the  thickness  of  the  slip, 
which  is  in  relief.  After  laying  a  sufficient  thickness  the 
artist  scrapes  away  portions  according  to  the  requirements 
of  the  design,  the  dark  background  showing  through  in 
parts.  Re-firing  renders  all  translucent. 

It  is  a  very  old  process,  having  long  been  used  in  China  on 
porcelain,  and  in  India  for  common  ware;  the  Scinde  and 
Punjab  pottery,  for  instance.  In  Scinde  the  pattern  is 
pricked  out  on  paper,  and  drawn  by  laying  it  upon  the  sur- 
face of  the  jar  and  dusting  along  the  prickings.  The  effect 
is  good,  and  articles  are  sold  at  from  eight  to  twenty-four 
cents.  See  "  Handbook  to  the  British  Indian  Section,  Paris 
Exposition,''  by  Mr.  George  C.  M.  Bird-wood,  C.  S.  I.,  M.  D. 
"Pom-  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  Hi.,  pp.  113,  136,  137. 

Path'fmd-er.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument  by 
Dr.  Eldridge,  of  Yokohama,  for  finding  urethral 
strictures  by  means  of  filiform  whalebone  bougies 
placed  in  any  position  hy  the  rotating  disk  and 
screw. 

Fig.  1877. 


Pathfinder. 

Pa-ti'na.  The  peculiar  color  on  antiques, 
bronzes,  and  medals,  due  to  exposure  and  time. 
It  is  counterfeited  by  various  processes,  either  by 
oxidation  or  painting.  Onujo. 

The  patina  given  to  the  Japanese  bronzes  is  a  trade  secret, 
having  been  handed  down  from  father  to  son  for  ages.  M. 
Morin  has  discovered  that  the  patina  of  the  celebrated  black 
bronzes  is  due  to  the  use  of  an  alloy  composed  of  copper,  80  ; 
tin,  4  :  lead.  10  ;  zinc,  2  ;  iron,  4  ;  besides  small  proportions 
of  gold,  nickel,  arsenic,  and  sulphur.  Some  of  the  bronzes 
analyzed  show  a  proportion  of  lead  vary  ing  from  10  to  20  per 
cent.,  added  at  the  expense  of  the  copper,  and  a  quantity  of 
7  per  cent,  of  tin.  Molded  in  thin  plates,  this  bronze  is  very 
easily  worked,  and  the  patina  is  developed  by  heat  when  the 
metal  is  subjected  to  a  high  temperature  in  a  muffle  furnace. 
It  is,  however,  very  brittle. 

An  imitation  of  patina  can  be  produced  by  preparing  a 
paint  of  carbonate  of  copper  and  any  light  alcoholic  varnish, 
and  applying  it  to  the  object  with  a  brush.  This  green  color 
penetrates  the  smallest  recesses,  and  has,  when  dry,  the  ap- 
pearance of  patina.  Carbonate  of  copper  gives  a  blue  patina, 
verdigris  a  light  green,  and  intermediate  shades  of  color  can 
be  obtained  by  mixing  the  two. 

Tin-  French  patina  is  effected  upon  bronzes  of  the  ordinary 
strength  by  subsequent  surface  application.  The  process 
consists  in  preparing  a  ground  by  the  action  of  chemicals 
having  oxides  and  sulphides  of  copper  as  their  bases.  If  dif- 
ferent tints,  black,  brown,  red,  or  green,  be  desired  on  the 
same  object,  it  is  sufficient  to  cover  with  a  protecting  var- 
nish all  portions  of  the  surface  except  those  to  which  it  may 
be  desired  to  give  a  certain  hue  ;  then  when  they  have  been 
treated  for  a  sufficient  time,  they  are  covered  with  varnish, 
while  the  other  parts  of  the  surface  now  exposed  are  sub- 
jected to  the  action  of  the  chemicals,  and  so  on  for  as  many 
tints  as  are  required.  See  also  MILDEW  BRONZE. 

Pat'tern-mak'ing  Ma-chin'er-y.  See  p. 
1638,  "Meclt.  Diet." 

Jackson.  Very  elaborate  methods  and  machinery.  *  "Amer- 
ican Artisan,"  June,  1874. 

See  also  SWEEPING  MACHINE. 

Joshua  Rose.  A  series  of  valuable  illustrated  papers.  "  Sci- 
entific American,^  xxxiv.  261,  *  293,  *  325,  *  367,  *  388. 

Pat'tin-son's  Pots.  A  process  for  separating 
silver  from  lead  by  crystallizing  the  latter  and  re- 
moving it,  the  remainder  being  richer  in  silver. 


The  principle  of  the  process  is  described  and  the 
apparatus  shown  on  pp.  1638,  1639,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  improvement  of  Bourdehen,  as  practiced  at  Stolberg, 
Ilozappel,  and  Rouin,  is  shown  in  Figs.  1878-1880. 

Fig.  1878. 


Pattinson's  Pots.    (  Vertical  Section  on  Line  a  B,  Fig.  1880.) 

Each  battery  is  composed  of  two  kettles,  the  melting  and 
crystallization  kettles.  The  stirrer  in  the  latter  has  two 
shafts,  concentric,  and  moved  in  opposite  directions.  On  the 

Fig.  1879. 


Pattinson's  Pots.     (  Vertical  Section  on  Line  C  D,  Fig.  1880. 

outer  shaft  is  a  stirrup-like  frame  from  the  sides  of  which 
project  flat-edged  scrapers  ;  on  the  inner  shaft  are  flat  arms, 
arranged  spirally,  and  with  oblique  sides. 

Fig.  1880. 


Battery  for  Mechanical  Patiinxonizing.    (Plan.) 

The  auriferous  lead  is  melted  in  kettle  a,  and  tapped 
through  the  iron  spout  into  the  lower  kettle,  where  silver 
lead  is  added  to  lower  the  temperature.  The  stirrer  is  then 
set  in  motion,  and  small  jets  of  water  thrown  upon  the  mol- 
ten alloy.  At  the  end  of  two  hours  the  mass  will  have  be- 
come pasty,  when  the  stirrer  and  water-streams  are  stopped 


PATTINSON'S  POTS. 


662 


PAVEMENT. 


and  the  mother-liquid  is  tapped  into  a  heated  pot,  d.  An 
iron  hook  is  set  in  the  lead  while  molten,  and  when  the  lead 
has  cooled  it  is  lifted  out  by  means  of  a  tackle.  A  fresh 
quantity  of  silver-lead,  assaying  about  the  same  in  silver  as 


l^ucAllbi  VJ     Ui   onycl-lud/u,    HSI3CLJ  lljg   O.WLHJ    Hilts     PBUIV     11A    D11VC1     ao 

the  remaining  crystals,  is  added  from  the  melting-kettle,  a, 
to  the  crystallizing-kettle  ;  during  this  operation  the  motion 


of  the  stirrer  is  reversed.     The  molten  alloy  soon  liquefies 


are  melted,  tapped  off,  taken  to  another  kettle  for  re-melt- 
ing and  casting  in  pigs.  An  obstruction  to  the  process  is 
thus  avoided.  The  mother-liquid  is  enriched  in  8  opera- 
tions. The  mother-liquid  resulting  is  then  returned  to  the 
kettle  and  further  enriched  in  5  operations  ;  it  contains  2.4 
per  cent.  Ag. 
See  Percy r's  " Metallurgy  of  Lead,''  p.  143. 


Freiberg 

Marseilles,  Rozan    . 
Stolberg,  Boudehen 


Painter's    "Report    Vienna   Exposi- 
tion," iv.,  §  F,  pp.  69, 119. 
Ibid.,  pp.  11,  13. 
Ibid.,  pp.  149,  150. 


Fave'meiit.  The  subject  is  considered  on  pp. 
1639-1642,  and  Plate  XXXVIII.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  Figs.  1881-1884  exhibit  the  latest  Parisian 
method  of  laying  asphalt  pavement. 

The  asphalt  paving  is  of  two  kinds  :  the  asphalte  comprime, 
that  is,  beaten  and  compacted  with  hot  rammers  ;  and  the 
asphalte  conic,  in  which  the  material  is  spread  with  trowels. 

The  asphalte  comprime  is  especially  employed  around  the 
churches,  schools,  theaters,  concert  halls,  banks,  and  public 
buildings,  on  account  of  its  freedom  from  noise  ;  and  gen- 
erally for  the  additional  reasons  of  cleanliness  and  salubrity 
in  the  places  mentioned,  and  also  in  the  main  streets  of  the 
city.  In  the  fashionable  drives  macadam  is  preferred  on  ac- 
count of  its  freedom  from  slipperiness,  and  on  the  quays  and 
warehousing  quarters  of  the  city  the  granite  block  system 
yet  remains  a  favorite. 

The  first  essential  is  a  gravel  foundation  of  sufficient 
thickness.  Upon  this  a  layer  of  concrete  is  placed  to  form  a 
bed  for  the  asphalt.  There  are  but  three  materials  used,  and 
but  three  tools.  The  materials  are  :  gravel  screenings  or 
sand  ;  a  silicious  gravel  in  pieces,  say  from  %"  to  3"  in  diam- 
eter ;  a  gray  hydraulic  lime,  usually  Portland  cement.  The 
tools  are  :  pointed  shovels  ;  two  rakes  with  long  bent  prongs  ; 
two  flat  beaters,  about  18"  square,  and  with  handles  set  in 
obliquely.  To  this  may  be  added  6  wheelbarrows,  holding 


. 

about  a  bushel  each,  and  18  water  buckets,  of 
each. 


gallons 


. 

Twenty  men  form  a  gang  under  a  foreman,  who  work  dili- 
gently in  giving  the  final  shape  to  the  surface  of  the  con- 
crete, preserving  the  proper  camber  of  the  street,  gage  pegs 
being  driven  into  the  gravel  foundation  to  work  by,  their 
tops  representing  the  future  surface  of  the  asphalt. 

The  work  now  proceeds  as  follows  :  A  man  dumps  a  wheel- 
barrow load  of  sand,  and  another  .  spreads  it  out  to  4'  diam- 
eter. A  bag  of  3  pecks  of  lime  is  emptied  on  to  it  and  spread 
evenly.  On  to  this  3  barrow  loads  of  silicious  gravel  are 
emptied,  and  the  heap  is  trued  up  into  conical  form  by  shov- 
eling from  the  foot  of  the  heap  and  throwing  it  on  to  the 
apex.  The  materials  are  damp,  and  the  lime  clings  to  the 
gravel  where  it  touches.  The  heap  is  torn  down  and  built 
up  in  a  spot  alongside,  the  effect  being  to  mix  the  materials 
of  three  different  finenesses.  The  heap  is  presently  flattened 
out  to  &  diameter,  and  a  bucket  of  water  distributed  over 


it.  As  the  middle  is  the  wettest  a  cone  is  made  at  the  cen- 
ter, so  that  a  second  bucket  of  water  reaches  the  outside 
ring  of  the  material.  The  conical  heap  i^  again  constructed, 
and  about  a  quarter  of  a  bucket  of  water  splashed  by  the 
hand  upon  the  outside,  —  the  outlying  portions  of  the  spread 
mass  as  it  lay  previously  upon  the  ground. 

It  rests  thus  but  a  few  minutes,  and  then  is  torn  down, 
beginning  at  one  side  and  throwing  it,  shovelful  by  shov- 
elful, into  a  new  location, 


a    man    with    the    three- 

pronged  rake,  like  a  ma- 

nure hook,  working  it  en- 

ergetically   and     unceas- 

ingly as  each  new  shovel- 

ful  arrives  at  the  heap. 

This  mixing  is  a  very  im- 

portant matter,  as   it   in- 

sures that  every  particle  of 

silicious  rock  shall  be  cov- 

ered with  the  lime,  and  the 

heap  now  is,  instead  of  the 

yellow  of  the  flint  gravel,    Keaion  o 

a  uniform  gray.  The  water 


Fig.  1882. 


(  Trottoir. ) 


. 

is  only  sufficient  to  cause  the  parts  to  adhere,  and  some  little 
(without  attempting  to  trace  the  chemical  reactions)  lost  as 
such  in  the  attack  of  the  lime  on  the  silex  and  in  slaking. 

The  heap  is  ready  in  a  few  minutes  to  be  removed  in  bar- 
rows and  dumped  on  the  line  of  working,  where  it  is  spread 
with  shovels  and-  with  a  second  one  of  the  three-tined  rakes. 
Here  the  eye  of  the  master  is  called  for,  and  he  gives  it  the 
final  shape,  so  far  as  the  shovels  are  concerned,  due  regard 
being  paid  to  the  gage  pegs. 

A  man  with  the  flat  beater  compacts  and  levels  the  surface 
by  his  blows,  and  the  concrete  is  then  surfaced  with  an  inch 
thick  coat  of  hydraulic  lime  mortar  laid  on  with  a  trowel, 


Fig.  1883. 


and  on  this  a   coat    of 

loose  sand,  which  rough- 

ens it  and  forms  a  bond 

for   the    asphalt,  which 

is    afterward     laid    hot 

upon    it,    rolled     and 

beaten.      Of   this  pres- 

ently.   The  sand  appears 

to  become  partially  im- 

bedded  in   the  yet  soft 

mortar,  and  is  in   turn 

grasped  by  the  asphalt. 

If    the  final    asphalt 

were    laid    upon    too  . 

smooth    a   surface   it 

would  be  apt  to  fail  in  adherence  and  to  flake  off.    Its  mere 

adhesive  quality  is  aided  by  a  mechanical  bind  to  the  par- 

ticles of  sand  which  are,  so  to  speak,  riveted  in  the  mortar, 

and  it  in  the  concrete. 

After  a  few  days,  the  foundation  —  having  been  carefully 
guarded  from  disturbance  by  travel  —  having  become  fully 
set,  the  asphalt  compound  is  brought  lint  in  carts,  and, 
being  transferred  to  wheelbarrows,  dumped  upon  the  surface 
of  the  foundation  concrete,  and  spread  with  rakes  to  a  thick- 
ness of  4".  It  is  then  lightly  pounded  with  a  very  hot  iron 
rammer  with  a  circular  face  10"  broad.  A  furnace  is  kept 
near  by  for  heating  the  rammer.  A  second  ramming  with 
hard  blows  of  the  same  rammer  then  takes  place,  condensin 


,  g 

the  asphalt  to  but  little  more  than  half  its  former  thick- 
ness. and  causing  its  in- 
timate union  with  the 
rough  surface  of 


the 


Laying  Down  the  Asphalte  Comprime. 


surface 
layer  beneath. 

The  final  smoothing  is 
given  by  a  hot  iron 
block,  which  is  pushed 
and  pulled  over  the  sur-  ' 
face,  and  burnishes 
down  the  elevations  and 
the  rough  marks  of  the 
pounders. 

The  asphalte  coiilr  is 
laid  with  a  trowel  upon 
the  concrete  basis,  and 
is  not  pounded,  as  in 
the  case  of  the  asphalt?. 
compfimr.  It  is  used  for 
sidewalks,  p  1  a  t  f  orms 
and  waiting  saloons  of 
railways,  for  prisons, 
skating  rinks,  bath,-. 
w.-i  rehouses,  breweries, 
inn)  manufactories  of  all 
kinds. 

To  make  a  square  me- 
ter of  surface,  15  milli- 
meters thick,  it  is  nec- 
essary to  use  1J  kilos  of 
bituminous  minerals  : 
23  to  24  kilos  of  Peyssel 


PAVEMENT. 


663 


PEARL. 


mastic ;  and   13  to   15  kilos  of  washed,  dried,  and  sifted 
gravel. 

Fig.  1884. 


Imitation  of  Tile  Pavement  in  Asphalt  Coule  (  Carriages). 

The  material  is  also  wrought  up  into  the  form  of  tiles  (car- 
relay's),  anil  laid  upon  a  soft  and  level  bed  of  concrete, 
melted  mastic  being  poured  into  the  joints  and  fashioned  by 
the  rule  and  jointing  iron. 

The  following  statement  of  the  expense  of  maintenance  of 
the  pavements  of  Paris  is  taken  from  the  "Annales  des  Fonts 
el  Chaussi'i  .>>• :  — 

"  For  cleaning  streets,  machine  sweepers  are  employed 
drawn  by  a  single  horse,  cleaning  about  5,000  square  meters 
au  hour. 

'•  The  cost  of  keeping  in  repair  is  quite  different  for  the 
different  nvcniu-s. 

' '  The  asphalt  roadways  have  a  joint  area  of  225,120  sq. 
meters,  to  which  should  be  added  about  34,000  sq.  meters  for 
the  walks  through  the  macadamized  streets.  The  price  of 
construction  varies  from  12  fr.  to  15  fr.  per  sq.  meter. 

••  The  repairing  is  done  by  contract  for  1.10  fr.  per  sq. 
meter  per  year  for  the  roadways,  and  1.70  fr.  for  the  walks. 

•  Tiic>  niivin  cost  of  repairing  roadways  in  PaVis,  which  was 
1.08  fr.  in  1S70,  has  been  reduced  to  0.82  fr.  This  reduction 
is  due  especially  to  a  change  in  many  places  from  macadam 
to  paved  roadways.  The  mean  cost  of  repairing  pavement 
never  exceeds  0.60  fr.,  while  macadam  roadways  cost  1.80  fr. 
per  sq.  meter.  The  latter  should  therefore  be  replaced,  ex- 
cept where  they  serve  as  promenades  and  ornaments,  as  in 
the  boulevards  and  avenues. 

"  The  number  of  vehicles  which  pass  daily  through  some 
of  the  principal  thoroughfares  of  the  city  have  been  ascer- 
tained to  be  as  follows  :  — 

"  Boulevard  de  Sebastopol 11,602 

Avenue  des  Champs  Elysees 11,734 

Rue  de  Rivoli 13,898 

Rue  Royule 16,177 

Boulevard  des  Capucines 19,043 

"  The  paved  roadways   have  an  aggregate  total  area  of 
6,458,000  sq.  meters  ;   their  maintenance   requires  the  con- 
stant service  of  431  men  (cantonniers).     The  cost  per  sq. 
meter  varies  from  15.90  fr.  to  20.40  fr.,  according  to  the 
gage  (.10  to  .16  meter). 

"  The  cost  of  hand  labor  in  keeping  the  pavements  in 
order  is  0.154  fr.  per  sq.  meter. 

"  The  macadamized  roadways  cover  an  area  which,  al- 
though less  than  in  1870,  is  still  1,900,000  sq.  meters. 
The  number  of  cantonniers  required  for  their  mainte- 
nance i 

"The  steam  rollers  em- 
ployed weigh  about  30 
tons  each.  The  rolling  is 
generally  completed  in  a 
single  night." 

ROAD-BOILER, 
"Mecti.  Diet."1 

A  new  pavement,  com- 
posed  of  85  %  fl  ne 
ground  granite,  and  15% 
of  bitumen,  has  been 
laid  in  Newgate  St.,  Lon- 
don. It  is  stated  to  be 
free  from  slipperiness, 
and  unaffected  by  the  at- 
mosphere. 

It  is  laid  in  a  heated, 
semi-fluid  condition,  2" 
thick,  upon  a  foundation 
of  Portland  concrete  9" 
thick. 

Frusto  pyramidal 
blocks  of  asphalt  are  used 
at  Dordrecht,  Nether- 
lands. 


Abbott '•Iron  Age,"   xxi.,  May  16,  p.  5. 

Bituminous       ....        'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  230. 

Couzens 'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  593. 

Foot 'Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  1297. 

French     .     .          ...       'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxix.  65. 

General  Gilmore,  on      .       '.Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  223. 

Iron,  Hamburg     .     .     .       'Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  19,  p.  24. 
London      .     .          .     .        'Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  23,  p.  3. 

Pig  iron 'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  6,  p.  1. 

San  Francisco    .     .     .       'Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  July  27,  p.  7. 

Hammer,  Johnson      •     .  *   '  !*<~ientific  American  Sup.,"  326. 
*  'Scientific  American,1-  xli.  2i)5. 

Street,  "Inst.  Civ.  Eng." 

Deacon "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xxi.  35. 

Wood,  Henson,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  251. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  183. 

Steam  pavior     ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  166. 

Toronto,  Mr.  Shanley:s 
report  of  various  sys- 
tems    " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  511. 

Washington,  D.  C.,  Lieut.    "Evening  Star,"  Washington,  D. 
Greene's  report  .     .     .  C.,  Oct.  30,  1880. 

"Paving  and  Roofing  Compositions'1'  is  the  subject  of  a 
volume  containing  a  digest  of  the  United  States  and  British 
Patents,  by  L.  W.  Sinsabaugh,  Washington,  1875,  and  a  sub- 
sequent supplement. 

Gen.  Q.  A.  Gillmore's  report  of  Pavements  is  in  Group  II., 
vol.  iii.,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  p.  239,  et  seq. 

Gen.  Sir  J.Burgoyne.  "Road-making,  and  Maintenance 
of  Macadamized  Roads." 

Gen.  Q.  A.  Gillmore.  "A  Practical  Treatise  on  the  Con- 
struction of  Roads,  Streets,  and  Pavements." 

W.  M.  Gillespie.  "Manual  of  the  Principles  and  Practice 
of  Road-making." 

Fave'ment  Pipe.  A  protection  for  a  gas  or 
water  pipe  rising  to  the  pavement,  or  forming  a 
well  at  the  bottom  of  which  is  the  square  of  a  cock 
in  a  water  or  gas  pipe. 

Pave'ment  Ram'mer.  A  machine  for  per- 
forming the  labor  of  ramming  granite  blocks  in 
forming  pavement  for  roadways. 

See  references  on  p.  1642,  "Mech.  f)ict.,"  under 
PAVING  MACHINE. 

The  Johnson  rammer  is  shown  in  Fig.  1885. 

The  machine  is  self-propelling.  The  crane,  which  pro- 
jects forward,  carries  a  steam  cylinder  containing  a  recipro- 
cating piston,  the  rod  of  which  is  attached  to  the  rammer 
The  piston  reciprocates  in  much  the  same  way  as  a  steam 
hammer,  and  its  movements  are  controlled  by  the  attendant, 
who  also  moves  the  crane  from  one  side  to  the  other. 

Two  persons  are  required  to  work  the  machine,  which  has 
a  power  to  strike  from  1  to  2,200  pounds,  at  a  rate  of  160 
strokes  per  minute. 

Pav'ing.     See  PAVEMENT. 

Pearl.    (Mother  of  Pearl.)    FT.  Nacre 
Fig.  1885.        de    perles.     The    interior   substance    of 
many  shells,  used  in  manufactures. 


Johnson's  Power  Parement  Hammer. 


PEARL. 


664 


PEBBLE   POWDER  MACHINE. 


The  pearl  oyster,  avicula  margaratiferu,  of  the  Indian 
seas,  yields  some  of  the  best.  It  is  hard  to  work,  and  is  cut 
with  "fine  saws  and  files,  dressed  with  emery,  and  polished 
with  calcothar. 

The  Sanskrit  name  for  a  pearl,  maracata,  was  conveyed  by 
jjuipyapiTT)s  and  margarita  to  the  French  marguerite,  the 
daisy. 

David  Brewster  was  the  first  to  explain  the  irisation  of 
the  surface  of  nacre,  which  is  due  to  the  fine  ridges,  which 
are  more  than  3,000  to  the  inch.  This  has  been  proved  by 
taking  a  cast  of  the  surface,  reproducing  the  delicate  in- 
equalities, and  producing  a  similar  effect.  See  PEARL  IN- 
LAYING ;  IRIDESCENT  GLASS. 

Pearls  and  pearl  culture     .     "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  170. 
Artificial "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,'>  156. 

See  also  CAMEO  CUTTING,  p.  166,  supra. 

Pearl'ing.  The  decortication  of  barley ;  strip- 
ping the  pericarp,  except  that  portion  in  the  crease 
of  the  grain,  — 

"  The  pearling  of  barley  is  accomplished  by  means  of 
small  horizontal  mills  made  of  sandstone  or  wood  and  having 
a  diameter  of  about  eighteen  inches  and  a  thickness  of  four 
inches.  They  revolve  at  a  speed  of  400  revolutions  per  min- 
ute, and  each  of  them  is  enveloped  with  a  covering  of  sheet 
iron  which  is  punched  with  holes  like  a  grater,  with  the 
edges  of  the  holes  turned  inward.  Between  the  sides  of  the 
mill  and  those  of  the  sheet  iron  is  a  space  of  about  half  an 
inch.  On  leaving  the  winnowing  machine  the  grains  of  bar- 
ley fall,  by  means  of  a  hopper,  upon  the  upper  surface  of 
the  mill,  which,  by  reason  of  its  rotary  movement,  throws 
them  toward  the  circumference  where  they  are  rubbed  al- 
ternately between  the  vertical  surfaces  of  the  mill  and  the 
covering  of  sheet  iron.  By  this  means  they  are  pearled  and 
are  rounded  off  like  balls  of  marble.  The  waste  escapes 
without,  and  when  it  is  seen  that  the  grains  are  sufficiently 
nibbed  by  this  action  of  the  mill  and  its  covering,  they  are 
made  to  pass  out  by  a  valve  and  are  replaced  by  a  fresh 
quantity  of  unpearled  grain.'' —  Rollet. 

Pearl  In'lay-ing.    The  kinds  of  pearl  are :  — 

White  pearl^  so  called :  obtained  from  the  shell  of  the  pearl 
oyster. ' 

Aurora  shell,  from  the  haliotis,  sea-ear  or  sea-shell,  as  it 
is  variously  called,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  wrinkled  ap- 
pearance and  iris  colors. 

Green  snail  shell,  which  has  changeable  colors  of  green, 
yellow,  and  pink. 

The  shells  are  sawn,  ground  to  thickness  on  a  grindstone, 
cut  to  shape  with  scissors,  punches,  or  dies,  or  a  number  of 
similar  shape  are  made  by  glueing  the  films  together,  saw- 
ing them  to  shape,  and  then  separating  them  by  dissolving 
the  glue. 

Pearl  inlaying  upon  metal  is  scarcely  true  inlaying,  as  the 
pieces  of  nacre  are  varnished  to   the  object  and  the  spaces 
filled  with  varnish.    This  is  laid  on  in  several 
coats,  each  being  dried  in  the  oven.   The  varnish     Fig.  1886. 
is  then  scraped  away  from  the  pearl,  and  the 
surface   leveled  with  pumice-stone  and   then 
polished. 

Stems  of  leaves  and  veins  of  flowers  are 
traced  with  varnish,  flowers  are  colored,  and 
gold  added  by  placing  leaf  on  varnished  spots. 

The  whole  is  then  covered  with  white  varnish. 

The  process  with  papier-mache1  is  similar. 

Peat  Char'coal  Kiln.  A  species 
of  oven  in  which  peat  in  blocks  is  dried 
and  carbonized. 

The  ovens  are  brick  arches,  covered  with 
sand  to  retain  the  heat,  and  are  used  in  pairs, 
one  being'heated  while  the  other  is  cooling  to 
a  sufficient  degree  to  allow  the  peat  to  be  with- 
drawn ;  if  air  be  admitted  too  soon  the  peat 
will  inflame.  The  peat  is  run  into  the  kiln  on 
trucks,  the  body  being  a  sort  of  iron  basket 
with  wire  netting  bottom.  The  heating  is  by 
superheated  steam  and  the  heat  required  to 
carbonize  the  peat  is  750°  Fah.  The  flues  are 
arranged  to  allow  the  diversion  of  the  gases  from 
the  furnace  when  charring  has  been  completed 
in  a  given  oven.  In  some  cases  the  peat  is  dried 
into  blocks  ;  in  others  it  is  compressed  into 
briquets  and  dried.  The  peculiar  processes  de- 
pend upon  special  conditions. 

Peat  Spade.  One  having  a  side 
wing  at  an  angle  of  90°,  so  that  a  cu- 
bical prism  of  peat  may  be  cut  from  the 
bank  at  one  thrust.  Peat  Spade, 


Fig.  1887. 


British  I'mt  Kiln. 

Charring  app.,  Barff,  Br.  *  "Engineer,'''  xlv.  392. 

*"  Scientific  American  Flip."  2175. 

Condensed,  Britton   .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  26,  p.  16. 
Machine,  Hall  If  Bain- 
bridge,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  344. 

Peat  steel  .     •     .      "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  16,  p.  11. 

"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"1  962,  986. 

Leavitt's  "Facts  about  Peat  as  an  Article  of  Fuel. '' 

Peau  d'ours.  (Fabric.)  A  Moscow  coating 
made  in  Germany. 

Peb'ble  Pow'der.  Gunpowder  in  large  grains 
or  masses,  comparatively  slow-burning.  Cube  pow- 
der; poudre  brutale. 

Pebble  powder  is  usually  formed  from  dense  cake  £"  in 
thickness  by  breaking  it  into  rectangular  prisms  and  then 
into  cubes,  by  consecutive  operations,  the  length  of  the  faces 
being  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  cake.  It  is  also  made 
as  large  as  11-16"  to  2"  cube. 

See  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  p.  128,  and 
ENGINEER,  September  16,  1870. 

Peb'ble  Fow'der  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  making  cube  gunpowder. 

The  machine  is  composed  of  two  fluted  bronze  rollers,  each 
6"  in  diameter,  placed  about  0.5"  apart,  their  axes  being  hor- 
izontal and  parallel.  The  teeth  formed  on  the  roller  by 
fluting  it  are  0.5"  apart.  The  rollers  revolve  in  opposite 
directions,  and  the  corresponding  teeth  of  the  two  rollers 
pass  the  place  joining  the  axis  at  the  same  time.  The  cake 
is  14"  X  15",  and  is  fed  vertically  between  the  rollers  which 
break  it  into  right  prisms  14"  long  with  square  bases.  These 
fall  upon  a  board,  and  fed  by  strips  on  endless  band  to  a 
second  pair  of  toothed  rollers  which  break  it  into  cubes. 

The  result  is  sifted  to  remove  crushed  fragments  and  dust. 
The  cubes  are  dusted  and  are  rounded  off  in  the  glazing  op- 
eration, which  is  done  in  barrels  holding  400  Ibs.  each. 
The  barrel  makes  40  revolutions  per  minute,  and  0.5  oz. 


French  Pebbling  Machin 


PEBBLE   POWDER   MACHINE. 


665 


PENCIL. 


Fig.  1889. 


black  lead  is  added  for  each  100  Ibs.  40  minutes  is  required 
for  the  operation. 

Diagram  of  pebble-powder  machine  in  "Report  of  Chief  of 
Ordnance  U.  S.  A.,-'-  1877,  Plate  I.,  accompanying  Colonel 
Laidley's  report,  Appendix  K.  JJee  also  Figs.  70,  71,  Appen- 
dix L.,  same  report,  and  p.  546. 

See  also  Crispin  &  Baylor's  report, "  Ordnance  Report,'1''  1879, 
App.  I.,  Plate  VI.,  Fig.  13,  and  description  on  pp.  128,  1829. 
*  "Engineering'' xxv.  236. 

Peb'bling  Ma-chine'.  (Leather.)  A  ma- 
chine in  which  a  pebbling  roller  is  attached  to  the 
jack  or  vibratory  arm.  The  action  is  known  as 
graining,  glassing,  glazing,  finishing,  etc.,  accord- 
ing to  the  tool  presented. 

Ped'es-tal.     A  ground   support    for    running 
shafting    along    a 
floor     or    through 
tunnels. 

(Add.)  5.  A 
casting  on  an  abut- 
ment to  receive  the 
ends  of  the  main 
brace  (or  braces) 
of  a  bridge  and 
support  the  strain. 

Pe-dom'e-ter. 
1.  An  instrument 
for  counting  foot-  shaft  Hanger  with  Ground  Pedestal. 
steps.      A    pace 

measurer,  p.  1647,  "  Meek.  Diet."  See  also  ODOM- 
ETER, sii/rru. 

*"  Scientific  American  " xl.  246. 

In  a  modern  form  it  is  an  instrument  looking  like  a  watch, 
having  a  dial  and  a  hand  ;  the  latter  is  counter-weighted,  so 
that  at  each  motion  of  the  person  in  walking,  the  weight 
pulsates  and  the  hand  advances  one  degree. 

2.  A  name  for  roller  skates. 
Philadelphia  Exhibition    .     .    "Sc.  Amer.,''  xlii.  99  ;  xl.  85. 

Pe'do-mo'tor.  A  means  for  the  mechanical 
application  of  the  foot  as  a  driving  power. 


The  OPEN-BEAD  SIGHT,  Fig.  249,  p.  84.  supra,  and  the 
HAUSSE,  Fig.  1329,  p.  447,  supra,  are  instances.  See  al-o 
GLOBE  SIGHT,  Fig.  1210,  p.  406,  for  other  instances,  and  list 
under  SIGHT. 


Pedal  action  for  small 
machines,  Archer,  Br. 
Bernays,  Br.  .  .  . 

Baromotor,  Bozerain 
Bozerain  .... 

Sewing  machine  motor 


*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  344. 

*  "Engineer,"1  xlviii.  438. 
Stii/ m,  p.  76. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,'.'  xxxvii.  242. 

*  "Manuf.  and  Builder,"  ix.  280. 
"Mech.  Diet."  p.  2123,  Fig.  4883. 


List  of  same     ....      Ibid.,  p.  2115. 

Peel.  The  portion  of  a.  cracker  or  biscuit  ma- 
chine beyond  the  cutter  is  known  as  the  peel-end, 
and  its  capacity  gives  name  to  the  machine,  as  two- 
peel  machine.  See  CRACKER  MACHINE,  etc. 

Peel'ing  Axe.  A  double-bitted  axe  used  in 
barking  trees. 

Peen  Ham'mer.  (Stone  Working.)  One 
which  has  two  opposite  cutting  edges.  It  is  used 
for  making  drafts  around  the  arris  or  edge  of  stones 
and  in  reducing  faces  and  sometimes  joints  to  a 
level.  Its  length  is  about  10"  and  the  cutting  edge 
about  4".  It  is  used  after  the  point  and  before  the 
patent  hammer.  See  PEEN,  p.  1647  "Mech.  Diet." 
Fig.  1890. 


Peep  Nick'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  special  gun 
tool  which  forms  the  peep  in  the  leaf  of  a  rifle 
sight. 

Peep  Sight.  A  form  of  hind  sight  for~  rifles. 
It  has  an  opening  through  which  the  muzzle  sight 
is  lined  upon  the  object. 


Peg'ging  Ma-chine'. 

A  machine  for  driving  pegs 
into  boot  and  shoe  soles. 

The  subject  has  been  consid- 
ered  on  pp.  1648-1649,  Figs. 
3602-3606,  "Mech.  Dirt."  Fig. 
1891  shows  a  late  form  of  the 
Varney  foot-power  pegging  ma- 
chiue  which  operates  upon  a 
peg-strip;  cutting  off  the  peg, 
punching  a  hole,  driving  the 
peg,  and  feeding  the  boot  sole  to 
its  place  of  apposition  for  the 
repetitive  action. 

Pellet  Ppw'der.  A 
form  of  British  cannon 
powder  in  which  each  pel- 
let is  molded  of  a  given 
quantity  of  mealed  powder. 

Various  shapes  have  been 
tried  :  disks,  prisms,  and  cylin- 
ders ;  the  latter  preferred. "  The 
shape  is  a  right  cylinder  with 
a  circular  base  and  a  small  hemi- 
spherical cavity  at  one  end. 
Size  0.5"  long,  .75"  diameter  ; 
weight,  95  grains.  The  molds 
are  bored  holes  in  a  bronze  plate 
in  which  a  gang  of  bronze  pis- 
tons work  by  hydraulic  power. 

Pebble  powder  has  superseded 
it,  or  largely  so. 

In  France  the  following  are 
the  adopted  sizes  :  — 

14  centimeter  gun  from  .275" 
to  .3937". 

19  to  24  centimeter  gun  from 
.51"  to  .63". 


Fig.  1891. 


27  centimeter  gun  from  .63" 
to  .787".  Peggmg  Machine. 


See  also  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I., p.  126, and 
"Engineer,"  Sept.  16,  1870. 

Pellet-pow'der  Ma-chine'.  (Gunpowder.) 
A  machine  in  which  the  powder  is  compressed  into 
molds  of  determined  shapes. 

"  Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  V.,  Figs.  11, 
12,  and  described  on  pp.  126,  127. 

Dr.  John  Anderson's  machine  for  this  purpose  is  shown  at 
Figs.  11,  12,  p.  198,  vol.  xxv.,  "Engineering."  See  also 
PEBBLE  POWDER. 

Pen.  Dissertation  on  pages  1650-1657,  with 
specimens  of  writing  in  105  languages.  Plate 
XXXIX. 

Fountain,  Perkins     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  98. 
Solid  ink  pen     ....      "Sc.  American, "  xxxvii.  112. 
Gold  pen  factory,  Faber   *  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  303. 
Shading  pen      ....  *  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  278. 
See  FOUNTAIN  PEN  ;  STYLOGRAPHS  PEN. 

Pen'cil.  Historv  and  account  of  processes,  pp. 
1656,  1657,  "  Mech. 'Diet." 

Lead  pencils  are  now  made  in  Germany  by  rolling  paper 
around  the  core  of  graphite  to  the  required  thickness. 

Paper  treated  to  render  Pencil  Maries  Indelible  :  Any  ordi- 
nary drawing  paper  is  slightly  warmed  and  then  rapidly  and 
carefully  laid  on  the  surface  of  a  bath  consisting  of  a  warmed 
solution  of  bleached  colophonium  in  alcohol  until  the  entire 
surface  is  moistened.  It  is  then  dried  in  a  current  of  hot 
air.  The  surface  of  the  paper  becomes  smooth,  but  readily 
takes  the  impression  of  a  lead  pencil.  In  order  to  make  the 
lead  pencil  marks  indelible  the  paper  is  warmed  for  a  short 
time  on  a  stove.  This  method  may  prove  very  valuable  for 
the  preservation  of  working  drawings  when  it  is  not  con- 
venient to  finish  them  in  ink. 

COLORED  PENCILS,  FABEK'S  PROCESS. 

Black:  Lampblack 10 

White  wax 40 

Tallow 10 


PENCIL. 


666 


PENDULUM   INSTRUMENT. 


White  :  'Line  white    ............    40 

White  wax    ............    20 

Tallow      ............    10 

Light  Blue  :  Prussian  blue     .........     10 

White  wax     ..........    20 

Tallow  ............    10 

Dark  Blue  :  Prussian  blue     .........    15 

Gum  Arabic  ..........      5 

Tallow  ............     10 

YeUow  :  Chrome  yellow     ..........     10 

Wax    ............    '.     .     20 

Tallow     .............     10 

The  colors  are  mixed  with  the  fats  in  warmed  vessels. 
levigated  with  the  same,  and  are  then  allowed  to  cool  until 
they  have  acquired  the  proper  consistency  for  being  trans- 
ferred to  the  presses.  In  these  the  mass  is  treated  and 
shaped  similarly  a?  the  graphite  in  the  presses  for  ordinary 
pencils. 


COPYING. 
Walpuski  :  Aniline 

White  clay 
Gum  tragacanth 
Alcohol  and  water  to  dissolve. 


100 
50 
10 


Petit:  Aniline. 
Graphite. 
Chalk. 
Gum. 
Dextrine. 
Water. 

Jen^,|u^ph.  mercury 

Tannic  acid      ...........      7 

Peroxide  iron  ...........      2 

Dextrine      ............      1 

Or:  Graphite  ..............      5 

Violet  aniline     ............      4 

Dextrine   ..............      1 

Schwanhauser  :  Logwood  chips,  10,  boiled  in  water;  add 
oxide  of  chromium  till  blue  color  develops  ;  evaporate  to 
sirup  ;  add  fatty  clay  and  gum  tragacanth. 

Indelible  :  Wax  ..............  1 

Spermaceti     ...........  1 

Graphite     ............  2 

Vermilion  ............  1 

Heat  and  grind. 

Add  :  Nitrate  of  silver  ..........  3 

ANOTHER. 

Clark:  Glue  ..............  2oz. 

Water    ............  3  oz. 

Nitrate  of  silver      .........  1  oz. 

Nitric  acid      .....     ......  8  drops. 

Lampblack     ...........  1  oz. 

Brown  sugar      .........    0.25  oz. 

ANOTHER. 

Pruden:  Alum  ..............  4 

Sugar  ..............  4 

Gum  Arabic      ...........  1 

Colored    ......      '•'Scientific  American,"  xli.  298. 

Drafting,  Me  Gee  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xxxix.338. 
Early  making  in  U.  8.  .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2498. 
Indelible       .... 

Lines  &  colors,  fixing    .      "  Scientific  American,"1  xxxiv.  354. 
Manufact.  of,  Dixon's  . 
Solid  ink  pencil,  list  of 

patents.  "Scientific  Amer.,r-  xxxvii.  112. 

See  also  ADDING  PENCIL  ;  COPYING  PENCIL  ;  INK  PENCIL. 

Pen'dant  Tack'le.  (Nautical.)  A  tackle 
rigged  from  the  masthead  pendant. 

Pen'du-lum.  Considered  on  pp.  1660-1663, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Compensation,  Prof. 
Smith,  .    . 


Electric  controll. ,  Smith  * 
Electro-motor,  Higgs    .  * 

Foucault * 

Toolin 

Horizontal,  Zollners  .     . 

* 
Redier,  Fr * 


'Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  133. 
'Manufact.  $  Builder,"  x.  204. 
'Engineer,"  xlii.  395,  398. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  913. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  338. 
'Min.  fSc.  Press."  xxxv.  275. 
'Scientific  American  Si//).,"  1774. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  79. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1163. 


Pump,  Stannah,  Br. 

Stannah,  Br. 
Regulator,  Jacot    . 
Regulator,  Electric   . 

Tisley 

Wooden 

Pen'du-lum  In'stru-ment.  An  instrument 
for  tracing  the  Lissajou  curves.  In  the  compound 
form  it  is  known  as  Tisley's  compound  pendulum. 
In  the  illustration,  Fig.  ]  892,  it  is  shown  as  adapted 
to  use  with  the  vertical  lantern  and  reflector  by 
which  the  effects  are  made  visible  and  projected 
upon  a  screen  to  be  viewed  by  an  audience. 

Reference  has  already  been  made  under  CURVE  INSTRU- 
MENT, p.  236,  HARMOGRAPH,  p.  439,  and  LISSAJOU'S  CURVES, 
supra,  to  the  instruments  for  making  curves  by  means  of  a 
pen  connected  with  two  pendulums  swinging  in  planes  at 
right  angles  to  each  other  ;  or  a  pen  to  one  pendulum  and 
a  paper  platform  to  another  ;  also  to  the  mode  adopted  by 
j  M.  Lissajou  of  combining  rectangular  vibrations  to  form  fig- 
I  ures,  by  means  of  two  tuning-forks  carrying  small  mirrors 
and  vibrating  in  planes  at  right  angles  to  each  other. 

The  peculiar  curves,  the  resultants  of  two  vibrations  of 
tuning-forks,  produce  very  instructive  diagrams,  illustrating 
definite  acoustic  relations,  such  as  those  corresponding,  for 
example,  to  the  ordinary  musical  intervals,  making  the  har- 
monies of  sound  visible  to  the  eye,  and  demonstrating  visu- 
ally  the  relation  of  the  sounds  which,  united,  produce  har- 
monies or  discords.  —  Lecture  of  Prof.  Bracket,  Stevens  In- 
stitute. 

Under  HARMONOGRAPH,  p.  439,  supra,  Prof.  Tisley 'g  instru- 
ment is  described.  Hopkins  has  a  method  of  producing  the 

Fig.  1892. 


Tisley's  Compound  Pendulum, 


PENDULUM   INSTRUMENT. 


667    PER-CHLORIDE  OF  IRON  BATTERY. 


vibrations  by  electro-magnet  so  as  to  maintain  the  rate  and 
amplitude  of  the  vibrations,  removing  the  incident  of  the 
dying  motion  of  the  pendulum  without  sustaining  power. 

The  compound  instrument  shown  in  Fig.  1892  may  thus  be 
said  to  make  visible  curves  representing  the  musical  inter- 
vals, the  gradual  changes  between  unison  and  octave,  octave 
and  fifth,  etc.  The  apparatus  consists  of  two  pendulums, 
P  P',  balanced  on  knife-edges  at  A  A',  and  continued  above 
their  axis  of  suspension  to  c  c',  from  which  points  project 
two  brass  arms,  c  p,  c'  p,  which,  when  the  pendulums  are 
quiescent,  meet  at  right  angles,  the  apex  being  at  p.  Perfect 
freedom  of  motion  is  secured  by  connecting  the  arms  to  the 
pendulum  at  c  c'  by  ball  and-socket  joints.  Two  threads, 
t  t',  are  fastened  at  their  upper  ends  to  delicate  springs,  at- 
tached to  the  brass  arms,  c  p,  c'  p,  and  at  their  lower  ends 
to  an  adjustable  screw,  rf,  by  means  of  which  the  tracing 
point  p  may  be  raised  and  lowered  without  in  any  way  af- 
fecting the  vibrations  of  the  pendulums. 

The  brass  plates,  sliding  upon  the  pendulums,  are  intended 
to  receive  the  weights,  which  can  thus  be  placed  at  different 
heights,  and  the  relative  rates  of  vibration  of  the  two  pendu- 
lums altered.  The  sum  of  the  weights  used  should  vary 
from  5  to  12  Ibs.  TVis  a  weight  sliding  upon  its  pendulum, 
and  counterpoised  by  a  weight  T.  The  object  of  W  is  to 
slightly  change  the  rate  of  vibration  while  the  pendulums 
are  in 'motion.  By  this  means  the  pendulums  can  be  ad- 
justed very  accurately,  or  if  desired,  one  can  be  given  a  small 
fraction  of  a  vibration  in  excess  of  the  other  ;  it  can  be  en- 
tirely removed,  if  desired. 

To  exhibit  these  beautiful  effects  to  an  audience,  a  plate 
>  blackened  by  burning  camphor  is  placed  upon  the 
vertical  lantern,  as  shown  in  the  figure,  the  requisite  weights 
arc  udded  to  the  pendulums,  and  these  are  set  in  motion. 

Then  if  we  want  a  curve  corresponding  to  an  octave,  one 
of  the  pendulums  must  make  two  vibrations  while  the  other 
makes  one.  Having  ascertained  this  we  start  the  pendulums 
together,  then  lowering  the  pen,  the  beautiful  curves  will 
be  traced. 

"  It  is  not  easy  to  imagine  a  more  striking  experiment  than 
that  afforded  in  the  present  instance,  by  the  noiseless  and 
gradually  decreasing  sweep  of  a  pen-point  gliding  over  its 


1893. 


Stannah'.'i  Pendulum  Pump. 


sinuous  path,  in  obedience  to  the  oscillations  of  two  con- 
joined pendulous  bodies,  and  tracing,  before  the  eyes  of  ad- 
miring spectators  curves  of  maze-like  intricacy  and  yet  of 
faultless  symmetry.  As  in  music,  the  simplest  harmony  is 
the  most  agreeable  to  the  ear,  so  with  these  figures,  the  sim- 
pler the  proportions  between  the  vibrations  of  the  pendu- 
lums, the  more  pleasing  are  the  resulting  curves." 
See  also  FLAME  MANOMETER,  pp.  344,  580,  supra. 

Fen'du-lum  Press.  A  form  of  press  for  sheet- 
metal  work,  in  which  the  swinging  treadle  actuates 
the  punch. 

Pen'du-luni  Pump.  1.  A  direct  acting  don- 
key pump  in  which  the  fly-wheels  have  an  oscilla- 
tory motion  in  a  vertical  plane.  Invented  by  Stan- 
nan,  London. 

The  steam  and  water  pistons  are  fixed  on  the  same  rod, 
and  the  action  is  therefore  direct.  A  rotary  movement  is 


Fig.  1894. 


Stannah's  Pendulum  Pump.    (Section — Elevation.) 


employed  to  work  the  valves  aud  limit  the  length  of  the  pis- 
tons. The  remarkable  feature  about  the  pump  lies  in  the 
means  adopted  for  causing  the  rotation  of  two  fly-wheels,  no 
dog  link  or  connecting  rod  being  employed.  The  crank-shaft 
is  allowed  to  move  sideways  in  slots  carrying  its  bearings, 
and  the  crank  pin  is  attached  direct  to  a  piston  rod.  In  the 
pendulum  pump  the  two  fly-wheels  are  mounted  on  pins  set 
in  the  ends  of  two  hanging  links,  while  a  crank  pin  common 


being  very  moderate  in  range. 

Fig.  1893  shows  the  pump  in  perspective,  and  Fig.  1894 
lows  it  on  a  smaller  scale,  in  front  view  and  section. 


Bb 


2.  A  pump  the  handle  of  which  swings  each  side 
of  its  center  of  suspension. 

Perch.  A  pole  connecting  the  fore  and  hind 
gears  of  a  vehicle.  See  REACH. 

The  various  irons,  etc.,  are  at  the  points  of  con- 
nection. 

Perch  plates  are  head-blocks  and  bed  plates,  above  and  be- 
low the  perch  at  the  king-bolt. 

Perch  iron  is  a  term  inclusive  of  the  iron  parts  generally. 

Perch  loop ;  an  iron  attached  to  a  perch,  having  loops  for  the 
straps  which  pass  to  the  bed  to  limit  the  swinging  of  the 
latter. 

Perch  stays ;  side  rods  acting  as  braces,  passing  from  the 
perch  to  the  hind  axle. 

Per-chlo'ride  of  I'ron  Bat'te-ry.  (Electric- 
ity.) Invented  by  Duchenin. 

Zinc  in  solution  of  sea-salt,  carbon  in  solution  of 
perchloride  of  iron. 

NiaufJet,  American  translation,  208. 


PERCUSSION  FUSE. 


668 


PEENOT  STEEL. 


Per-cus'sion  Fuse.  One  which  explodes  on 
impact. 

The  Russian  pewter  percussion  fuse  is  described  on  p.  523, 
and  shown  in  Fig.  17,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1877.  See  also 
Br.,  *" Engineer,''  xlvii.  79. 

Per-cus'sion  Ta1>le.  (Ore.)  A  device  for 
sorting  ores  by  exposing  them  to  agitation  on  a 
slightly  inclined  traveling  apron  in  a  stream  of 
water. 

Frue's  percussion  table  has  a  rubber  belt  2'  broad,  con- 
stantly shaken  from  side  to  side  with  a  regular  slow  motion. 

Pig.  1895. 


Concentrating  Percussion  Table. 


This  belt  is  27'  long,  and  has  projecting  flanges  of  elastic 
rubber  along  its  outer  edges,  to  keep  the  sand  and  water 
from  splashing  over.  The  progressive  motion  is  communi- 
cated to  the  belt  by  a  driving  drum,  which  is  connected  by 
a  small  rubber  belt  to  the  front-end  roller.  The  driving 
drum  dips  into  a  tank  of  water  through  which  the  endless 
apron  travels  in  passing  around.  On  leaving  the  water  tank 
the  belt  passes  over  the  tightener  and  guiding  roller. 

The  ore  sized,  where  the  waste  is  present  in  larger  size  than 
the  valuable  material,  being  shaken  with  a  small  amount  of 
water  will  divide  evenly  on  the  inclined  plane,  and  the 
heavier  and  smaller  ore  particles  will  resist  the  down-flow- 
ing water  sufficiently  to  be  carried  along  by  the  belt  over 
the  upper  edge  into  the  water  tank  below  ;  and  the  waste 
(lighter  and  larger  particles)  will  pass  over  the  lower  edge. 
It  is  successful  only  on  material  classified  in  funnel  boxes 
and  of  the  size  of  one  half  millimeter  or  less. 

Fer-fect'ing  Press.  A  press  which  prints 
both  sides  of  the  paper  at  once,  or  at  a  single  pas- 
sage. It  acts  upon  a  continuous  web  of  paper,  and 
is  shown  in  several  figures,  pp.  1566-1568,  "Mech. 
Diet:' 

See  also,  PRINTING  PRESS,  infra. 

Fer-flu'ent  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  the  exciting  liquid  flows  through  the  cells  or 
cell  to  keep  the  battery  constant. 

In  one  form  of  the  nickel  battery  of  Slater  the  exciting  fluid 


Fig.  1896. 


Fig   1897. 


Slater's  Nickel  Battery. 


Direct-acting  Perforator. 


is  constantly  renewed  at  C,  passes  into  the  inner  cell  B, 
overflows  at  D,  and  issues  at  6. 
See  also  CAMACHO  BATTERY. 

Russell's  perfluent  battery  .  "English  Mechanic,"  *  xxv.  664. 

Fer'fo-ra'tor.    1.   For    Postal    Stamps.     Cap. 
"  Poinqonneusfs"  Laboulaye,  iv. 

2.  See  ROCK  DRILL. 

3.  (Telegraphy.)      A    machine    for    perforating 


Fig.  1898. 


slips  for  the  rapid  system  of  telegraph.  The  letters 
are  represented  by  holes  arrayed  in  special  groups. 
The  perforator  has 
three  keys. 

Per'fo-ra'ting 
Ma-chine'.  1.  A 
machine  for  making 
the  rows  of  holes 
which  separate  the 
individual  postal 
stamps  on  a  sheet. 
See  p.  1668,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

They  are  direct- 
acting  or  rotary.  Fig. 
1897  is  of  the  former 
kind,  and  the  gate 
carrying  the  punches 
is  actuated  by  a 
treadle. 

Per'fume  Burn'- 
er.  A  vase  in  which 
perfumes  or  pastilles 


are  burned. 
Perfume  bottle,  Ward 
Recipes 


Perfume  Burner. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  230. 
"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1031. 


Dussauce's  "Practical  Guide  for  the  Perfumer;"  Pradal, 
Malepeyre,  (f  Dussauce's  "  Complete  Treatise  on  Perfumery.'' 

Pe-ri-ne'um  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  For 
adjusting  the  parts  of  and  reducing  the  lacerations 
of  the  perineum.  They  are  principally  needles, 
forceps,  suture  stays. 

Askton's,  Skeene's,  Agnew's,  Peaslee's  needles. 
A^new^s  forceps  and  adjuster. 
Brickell's  and  Munson's  stays 
Sims'  and  Bodenhamer's  forceps. 
Suture  needles. 
Shot  compressor. 

Pages  115,  116,  123,  124  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armam. 
Chirurgicum. " 

Per'i-os'te-o-tome.  (Surgical.)  A  knife  for 
cutting  or  removing  the  periosteal  membrane. 

Sands'1  and   Sayre'f,  p.  8,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armam. 
Chirurgicum.'' 
Whitehead's,  Ooodwittie's,  p.  66,  57,  Part  II.,  Ibid. 

Fer'i-os'te-um  Le-va'tor.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument  for   lifting    the    periostea!    membrane ; 
loosening  it  from  the  bone. 
References  to  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum." 

Goodwillie's Figs.  70,  71,  Part  I. 

Sands' Fig.  37,  Part  I. 

See  Fig.  3645,  p.  1668,  "Mech.  Diet.-'1 

Pe-riph'e-ry  Con'tact  Key.  A  key  having 
two  disks,  the  peripheries  of  which  come  in  contact 
to  establish  the  electric  connection.  See  Fig.  847, 
p.  266,  supra. 

Per'nette.  (Porcelain.)  A  little  spur  or  stilt 
to  place  between  pieces  in  the  kiln. 

Also  called  (Fr.)  Pattes  de  coq,  or  coliftchets ;  Eng.  stilts  or 
spurs. 

Per'not  Fur'nace.  An  open  hearth  revolving 
furnace.  See  OPEN  HEARTH  FURNACE,  supra. 

Springfield,  111.    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  374. 

*  "Amer.  Manuf.,"  April  25, 1879,  p.  8. 

Per'not  Steel.  In  each  furnace  is  a  pan  that 
can  contain  20  tons  of  steel,  which  is  revolved  by  a 
connection  with  the  engine  employed  for  that  pur- 
pose. After  the  pan  is  charged,  the  gas  flames 
playing  over  and  around  it  bring  the  contents  to 
the  desired  state  of  fusion,  while  the  revolving  of 
the  pan  causes  .the  intimate  intermixture  of  the 
ingredients,  thus  overcoming  the  objection  to  melt- 
ing steel  in  larger  receptacles  than  crucibles.  The 
operation  is  completed  in  a  little  more  than  five 
hours.  See  OPEN  HEARTH  FURNACE,  supra. 


PEROXIDE   OF   LEAD   BATTERY. 


669 


PHANARO-GKISOUMETER. 


Per-o^t'ide  of  Lead  Bafte-ry.  (Electricity.) 
An  invention  of  De  la  Rive. 

The  negative  plate  is  imbedded  in  peroxide  of 
lead  in  the  porous  jar,  the  salt  acting  as  a  depolar- 
izer. —  Xiaudet,  Amer.  transl.,  179. 

Per-ox'ide  of  Maii'ga-nese'  Bat'te-ry. 
("AY, -rfn'city.)  One  in  which  peroxide  of  manganese 
.surrounds  the  carbon  plate  and  depolarizes  the 
same  by  oxydizing  the  hydrogen.  The  invention 
of  Leclanche'.  —  "Teleg.  Jour."  iv.  213. 

In  one  of  Gaiffe's  batteries,  the  positive  pole  has  a  carbon 
cylinder  pierced  with  holes  parallel  to  the  axis  filled  with 
binoxide  of  manganese  :  a  zinc  rod  forms  the  negative  pole. 
The  solution  is  formed  of  20  parts  chloride  of  zinc,  free  from 
lead,  dissolved  in  100  parts  of  water. — "  Teleg.  Jour.."-  yi. 
185. 

Per-spec'to-graph.  An  instrument  for  as- 
sisting in  making  perspective  projections. 

It  consists  of  two  fixed  rulers,  one  horizontal  and  the  other 
vertical,  in  form  like  a  T-square  ;  a  sliding  ruler  which  has  a 
lateral  movement  right  and  left  along  the  fixed  horizontal 
member,  and  a  graduated  quadrant,  which  is  adjustable  up 
and  down  the  vertical  member. 

The  adjustments  and  mode  of  using  are  described  by  the 
inventor  in  "Engineering,"'  *xxii.  223. 


Drawing  apparatus,  Rosquist 

i  i  ve  linead  .      .     .     . 

Perspective  ruler      .... 


*"Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  307. 

"Man.  Sf  Build., "'  x.  11. 
*  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,-'  2506. 


Pes    E-qui'nus    Ap'pa-ra'tus.      (Surgical.) 
References  under  club-foot  (Talipes)  apparatus. 
Pe'tra-lite.     An  explosive:  — 

Nitrate  of  [votassa    .     , 64 

Impregnated  wood  or  charcoal 30 

Antimonium  condenser 6 

loo 

Pe-tro'le-um.      History   and   application,   pp. 
1672-1676,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

PRODUCTS     OF     THE     DISTILLATION     OF     CRUDE 
PETROLEUM. 


.•a 

Gravity, 
Beanme. 

Name. 

=  3 

Gases. 

_ 

Uncondensed  and  Lost. 

115°  B. 
to 

(  Cymogene    .    . 

(  Condensed  by  pump,  for 
I     ice  machine,  boils  at 

105°  B. 

) 

(     32°  F. 

105°  B. 

j 

("Condensed    by  ice 

to 
95°  B. 

>  Rhigolene     .     . 

- 

i      and  salt,  used  as  an 
I      anaesthetic,    boils    at 
1.     65°  F. 

95°  B. 

f  Condensed  in  worm  by 

to 
80°  B. 

Gasoline  .     .     . 

1* 

!      cold    water,    used    in 
!      gas  machines  and  gas 

. 

[     carburetors. 

For  oil  cloths,  cleaning, 

80°  B. 
to 
65°  B. 

!  Naphtha 

10 

etc.  ;  cleaning  oil 
wells  ;    for   adultera- 
ting kerosene  ;  fraud- 

ulent use  in  so-called 

65°  B. 

) 

"safety  oils." 

to 

>  Benzine    .     .     . 

4 

For  paints  and  varnishes. 

60°  B. 

) 

60°  B. 

S   Kerosene     or  ) 

to 
38°  B. 

refined  petro-  > 
leum  .     .     .     ) 

56 

Ordinary  oil  for  lamps. 
{Semi-solid  when    cold. 

38°  B. 

j 

Chilled   and   pressed 

to 
25°  B. 

>  Paraffine  oil 

19* 

to  separate  paraftine  ; 
oil  used  for  lubrica- 

Coke, gas,  and  loss 

10 

ting 

Total   .... 

100 

Prof.  Chandler. 

Se»  KEROSENE  ;  PARAFFINE,  supra. 

Petroleum  as  fuel      . 

Burner 

As  lubricant  in  turning 

Rose     ...... 

Burner  for  locomotives 

Urguhart,  Russia     . 
Engine 
Fire  tests 
Puddling  furnace. 

Caldwell 
Heating  furnace. 

Ramsden 
Furnace,  Salisbury    . 


One  heated  by  a  coal-oil 


"Sc.  American,''  xxxix.  304,352. 
"Scientific  American,"  xli.  290. 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  36. 

.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  9. 
.    See  HYDRO-CARBON  ENGINE,  supra. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  7. 

.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  125. 

.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup."  125. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  336. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  47. 
See  also  LIQUID  FUEL  FURNACE,  supra. 

Hydro-carbon  retort  for 
gas  grates,  Holland    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  54. 

Naphtha,  benzine,  gaso- 
line   "  Scientific  American,"'  xxxv.  7. 

Storage  (cellars)  Donny    *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  4. 

Stove Figs.  3664,  3665,  p.  1676,  "Mech. 

Diet." 

Tanks "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  223. 

*  Fig.  6317,  pp.  2536,  2537,  "Mech. 

Diet." 

*  Page  1558,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Tester *  Fig.  3666,  p.  1676,  "Mech.  Diet." 

*  ''Scientific  American,"  xliii.  42. 
Well,  steam  in,  Hardison  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  141. 

History,  geology,  development  of  the  industry  and  statis- 
tics, Brodhead's  report  in  Group  I.,  "Centennial  Reports," 
vol.  iii.,  p.  2,  et  seq. 

Prof.  J.  Lawrence  Smith's  report,  Ibid.,  vol.  iv.,  Group  III., 
p.  121. 

Petroleum  as  fuel,  Ibid.,  p.  161. 

Prof.  Chandler's  report  to  Board  of  Health,  N.  Y. 

His'tory,  Prof.  J.  Sterry  Hunt's,  Smithsonian  Report,  1861, 
pp.  319-329. 

Pe-trole-um  Stove. 

lamp. 

See  OIL  STOVE,  supra. 

Also  PETROLEUM  STOVE,  Figs.  3664,  3665,  p.  1676,  "Mech- 
Dict." 

Pe-tro'le-um  Test'er.  1.  An  apparatus  to 
ascertain  the  flashing  point  of  petroleum  oils. 

See  PETROLEUM  TESTER,  Fig.  3666,  p.  1676,  "Mech.  Diet."  • 
6317,  6318,  pp.  2536,  2537,  Ibid. 

See  also  OIL  TEST,  p.  1558,  Ibid. 

See  Prof.  Chandler's  "Report  on  Petrole 
tor,"  p.  37,  "Sc.  American,"  xl.  342. 

Mr.  Holly  modifies  the  apparatus  usually  employed  by  ar- 
ranging the  poles  of  a  battery  within  f  "  from  the  surface  of 
the  oil,  so  as  to  pass  a  spark  between  them,  as  the  thermom- 
eter registers  an  increase  of  1°  in  temperature.  By  this 
means  the  disturbing  influences  of  a  flame  are  avoided. 

2.  A  lubricant  tester,  which  see,  supra. 
Pet'ti-coat    Pipe.      Shown  at  Fig.  3667,  p. 
1676,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pollock  Sf  Wilkinson,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  57. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii  23. 

Pew'-gaff.     (Fishing.)     A  hook  on  a  staff,  used 
in  handling  and  pitching  fish. 
Pha'lan-ges   Dis'lo-ca'tion   Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

(Surgical.)     For  reducing  luxation  of  the  fingers. 
Figs.  134-137,  Part  IV.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirxr^." 

Pha-na'ro-gri-sou'me-ter.  An  apparatus 
invented  by  M.  Gossiaux,  of  Gardanne  (Fr.),  for 
indicating  the  presence  of  dangerous  gases  in  fiery 
mines.  A  lamp  of  peculiar  construction  and  a 
pyrometer  make  up  the  instrument. 

The  lamp  is  covered  with  a  cylinder  of  wire  gauze.  A 
wire  spiral  encircles  this,  and  extends  the  entire  length  of 
the  cylinder ;  the  wires  are  held  in  place  by  grooves  cut  in 
vertical  bars  forming  a  frame  to  the  lamp,  and  are  fastened 
at  the  top  to  a  ring  attached  to  the  cap  of  the  lamp.  The 
wire  at  the  lower  end  terminates  in  a  tube  closed  at  one  end. 
As  the  wire  dilates  under  heat,  the  end  of  the  tube  moves 
a  small  lever  terminating  in  a  sector  gearing  into  a  pinion, 
on  which  a  needle  moving  on  a  graduated  semicircle  is  fixed. 
Constant  contact  between  the  end  of  the  lever  and  the  tube 
is  maintained  by  a  small  spring,  the  indicating  arrangement 
being  protected  by  a  glass.  The  heat  generated  by  the  pres- 


<leum  as  an  lllumina- 


PHANARO-GRlSOUMETKli 


670 


PHONOGRAPH. 


ence  of  the  burning  gas  in  the  lamp  expands  the  coil  and 
actuates  the  needle.  To  graduate  the  scale,  the  lamp  is 
lighted  in  pure  air,  and  zero  is  marked  when  the  needle  is 
stationary.  A  piece  of  iron,  a  fifth  of  the  volume  of 
the  wire  envelope,  being  brought  to  a  red  heat,  is  placed 
within  the  gauze,  and  as  the  gauze  begins  to  redden  — which 
represents  the  condition  of  the  lamp  burning  in  an  atmos- 
phere saturated  with  gas  —  the  position  of  the  needle  is 
marked  100,  after  which  the  interval  is  marked  off  into  a 
scale  of  100  parts  . 
See  also  GRISOUMETER  ;  FIRE-DAMP  ALARM,  supra. 

Pha-ryn'go-la-ryn'ge-al  Syr'inge.  An  in- 
strument for  operating  upon  the  posterior  fauces, 
pharynx,  aud  adjacent  parts. 


Fig.  189!). 


Pharyngo-laryngeal  Syringe. 

Fig.  1899  shows  Upson's  Pharyngo-laryngeal  syringe  and 
aspirator,  with  flexible  hypodermic  syringe  point. 

Fhen'a-kis'to-scope.  On  a  disk  are  painted 
figures  in  series  representing  successive  motions ; 
these  are  viewed  in  succession  as  the  disk  revolves, 
and  give  the  appearance  of  motion. 

Dr.  Roget's  phenakistoscope  is  shown  in  Fig.  3669,  p.  1677, 
Fig.  1900. 


Rateow's  Phenakistoscope. 

"Mech.  Diet."  The  Plateau  instrument  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1900.  The  observer  looks  through  slits  in  one  disk  and  ob- 
serves the  figures  in  succession  upon  the  opposite  disk.  The 
disks  revolve  simultaneously. 

See  PRAXINOSCOPE  and  references  passim. 

*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  4031. 

Phi-mo'sis  In'stru-ment.  An  instrument 
to  excise  the  inner  inelastic  mucous  membrane  of 
the  prepuce  without  removing  the  normal  skin. 

The  limbs,  or  blades,  terminate  in  blunt  points,  and  are 
deeply  serrated  on  their  outer  surfaces,  with  points  or  teeth 
set  backward,  like  fine  saw-teeth,  for  the  purpose  of  firmly 
holding  the  mucous  membrane,  without  the  risk  of  slipping 
when  traction  is  made  The  blades  are  forced  apart  by  a 
thumb-screw. 

In  operating,  the  blades,  closed  to  a  point,  are  introduced 


Fig  1901 


Phimosis  Instrument. 

within  the  prepuce  up  beyond  the  corona  of  the  glans. 
They  are  then,  by  turning  the  thumb-screw,  strongly  sepa- 
rated, so  as  to  render  the  mucous  membrane  tense.  Traction 


is  then  made,  and  the  outer  elastic  skin  is  drawn  back  fully, 
so  as  to  be  away  from  the  portion  to  be  excised,  and  ex- 
cision is  effected  by  transfixing  the  prepuce  through  the 
middle  with  the  bistoury,  and  cutting  laterally  in  both  di- 
rections toward  the  blades  of  the  instrument. 

Phimosis  forceps.  Rupturing  forceps. 

Phimosis  scissors.  Circumcision  scissors. 

Frenum  probe  and  spatula. 
Page  1,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurgicum.-' 

Phle-bot'o-my  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.) 
See  CUPPING  INSTKCMENTS,  supra,  and  p.  *  659, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

LEACH,  ARTIFICIAL    .    .     .     .  *  p.  1283,  "Mech.  Diet.''' 
SCARIFICATOR  ......*  p.  2052,  Ibid. 

LANCET *  p.  1249,  Ibid. 

TRANSFUSION  APPARATUS  .    .  *  p.  2613,  Ibid. 

Fhce'nix  Stone.  An  artificial  stone,  in  which 
the  sand  is  replaced  by  furnace  slag.  Made  by  the 
Phoenix  Stone  Co.,  of  Philadelphia. 

See  Gen.  Q.  A.  Gillmore's  Report,  "  Centennial  Exhibition 
Reports,'1''  *vol.  iii.,  Group  II.,  p  178. 

Phon-ei'do-scope.  An  instrument  for  ob- 
serving the  color  figures  of  liquid  films  under  the 
action  of  sonorous  vibrations. 

The  instrument  invented  by  Sedley  Taylor  for  showing  the 
action  of  sound  waves  upon  a  film  of  soap  solution  contained 
in  a  disk  laid  over  a  vertical  opening  in  a  tube  into  which 
articulate  sounds  are  projected. 

In  one  form  it  is  a  visible  demonstration  of  the  vibratory 
and  molecular  motion  of  a  telephone  plate.  —  S.  C.  Tisley, 
"Nature,"  December  30,  1880. 
See  also  — 

"Engineer" *  xlv.  421. 

"Manufacturer  fy  Builder"    .     .     .      xi.  86. 
"Scientific  American  Sup  »  .          2041,  *2304,  2628. 

Phon'ic  Ap'par-a'tus.  See  under  the  follow- 
ing heads :  — 


Phonometer. 

Phonomotor. 

Phonophote. 

Phonoscope. 

Photophone. 

Receiver. 

Sphygmophone. 

Stethoscopic  microphone. 

Tasimeter. 

Telemicrophone. 

Telephone. 

Telephone  call. 

Telephonograph. 

Thermophone. 

Topophone. 

Transmitter. 

Triple  telephone. 

Watch  telephone. 

Apparatus  devised   by   M. 


Aerophone. 

Audiometer. 

Audiphone. 

Autophone. 

Crown  telephone. 

Dentiphone. 

Dual  telephone. 

Inductophone. 

Magnophone. 

Megaphone. 

Microphone. 

Microphone  relay 

Microtasimiter. 

Micro  telephone 

Motophone. 

Phoneidoscope. 

Phonic  wheel. 

Phonograph. 

Phon'ic  Wheel. 
Paul  de  la  Cour. 

It  consists  of  a  toothed  wheel  of  soft  iron  turning  round 
on  an  axis,  so  that  the  teeth  pass  very  closely  to  but  do  not 
touch  the  pole  of  an  electro-magnet.  If  a  phono-electro 
current  be  caused  to  pass  through  the  electro-magnet,  so 
that  the  pole  exerts  a  periodic  series  of  attractions  on  the 
tooth  nearest  to  it,  then  the  wheel  will  be  in  stable  equilib- 
rium when  at  rest  and  also  when  it  turns  at  definite  speeds, 
as  when  the  time  of  a  magnetic  impulse  is  equal  to  that  of 
the  turning  of  the  wheel  a  distance  equal  to  one  tooth.  The 
attraction  tends  to  retard  the  wheel  when  it  attempts  to 
increase  its  speed,  and  to  accelerate  it  when  it  lags. 

"Telegraphic  Journal" *vi.  476. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement "...     2562. 

Pho'no-graph.  1.  An  apparatus  for  repeating 
sound.  It  consists,  as  shown  in  Fig.  1902,  of  a 
brass  spirally  grooved  cylinder,  A,  mounted  on  a 
long,  horizontal  screw,  the  cylinder  being  rotated, 
and  at  the  same  time,  moved  laterally  by  turning  a 
crank  on  the  end  of  its  axis.  One  diaphragm,  E, 
serves  the  double  purpose  of  vibrating  in  response 
to  the  voice,  and  so  indenting  by  the  diamond-tipped 
point  D  attached  to  the  spring  E,  the  tinfoil  wrapped 
about  the  cylinder,  and  also  revibrating  in  response 
to  the  movements  mechanically  imparted  to  it  by 


PHONOGRAPH. 


671 


PHONOSCOPE. 


the  indentations  already  made  passing  under  the 
point. 

"  The  exhibitor  sang  into  the  machine  an  entire  verse,  and 
it  was  repeated  as  often  as  the  cylinder  was  readjusted. 
Sounds  of  coughing,  clearing  the  throat,  knocks,  noises  of 

Fig.  1902. 

Via       "> 


Koenig 
llano    . 


Edison's  Phonograph. 

all  kinds,  were  as  accurately  reproduced.  A  curious  effect 
is  produced  by  whistling,  the  apparatus  giving  forth  every 
note  clearly  and  fully;  but  more  remarkable  still  is  it  to 
hear  two  voices  at  once  come  from  the  machine.  The  ex- 
hibitor first  sanj;  ii  verse  which  was  registered,  and  then 
running  the  cylinder  back  talked  so  that  the  indentations 
produced  by  the  speech  vibrations  came  over  those  made  by 
the  song.  The  instrument  repeated  both  utterances  simul- 
taneously, each,  however,  being  clearly  distinguishable. 
Another  odd  performance  is  turning  the  cylinder  the  wrong 
way,  and  making  the  machine  talk  the  language  backward." 
A  modification  of  the  phonograph  is  called  by  Mr.  Edison 
the  airophone.  In  this  machine  the  vibrating  plate,  which 
in  the  phonograph  moves  a  sharp  point  over  the  revolving 
cylinder,  operates  as  a  valve  to  shut  off  and  open  a  flow  of 
steam  through  the  pipe  which  leads  from  the  boiler  to  a 
peculiarly-constructed  tube.  By  this  contrivance  the  steam, 
instead  of  producing  a  discordant  whistle,  pronounces  words 
with  considerable  distinctness,  and  audible  at  a  great  dis- 
tance. 

2.  A  flame  manometer  which  obtains  graphic 
representations  of  the  condition  of  the  human  vo- 
cal organ.  Fig.  1046,  p.  344,  supra. 

Phonautograph,  Tynciall, 

Leon  Scott    .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  376. 
Phonograph,    paper    by 

dti  Moncel      ....      "  Technologiste,"  xl.  197. 

Pfiipson     .....      "  Technologists,"  xv.  183. 

Pree.ce  ......  *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng"  vii.  68. 


Phonograph,  Edison 


"  Technologiste,"  xl.  123. 
"Engineer  ^  xlv.  438. 

'Engineering,"  xxv.  187. 

'Manuf.  If  Builder,"  x.  84. 

'Harper's  Weekly,"  Mar.  30,  1878. 

'Eng.  4-  Min.  Jour.,'1  xxv.  236. 

'Harper's  Weekly,"  Mar.  30,  1878. 


tific 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  !__ 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  636. 

1  Teleg.  Journal,"  vi.  782. 

'  Teleg.  Journal,"  vi.  6. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  384. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  405. 
Automatic,   Marey   $ 

Rosaptlly   .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  304. 
Exhibition  of  it 
Its  future,  Edison . 

Lambrigot     ....      "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii.  327. 
Preece- Strok  .     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  201. 

Koenig "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  636. 

Clock  calling    the 

hours,  Edison    .     .      "  Teleg.  Journal,"  vi.  142. 
Photographing  sound      "Man.  If  Builder,'1'1  Feb.,  1876. 

" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  616. 


Recording   sounds  of 
Levy's  cornet      .     . 

Sixpenny 

Eng 

Working  drawings 
Phonophone      .     .     .     . 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  636. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  111. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,'''  xlii.  6. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  384. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  327. 

*  "Scientific  American,''1  xl.  356. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2112. 
"Manuf.  (f  Builder,''  i.  95. 


Pho-nom'e-ter.  An  apparatus  designed  to  as- 
sist the  signal-man  on  steamships  in  marking  the 
intervals  of  time  at  which  the  fog-horn  or  whistle 
is  to  be  blown,  and  to  regulate  the  sounds  in  such 
a  way  as  to  cause  them  to  announce  the  ship's 
course. 

It  consists  of  a  horizontal  clock,  placed,  face  up,  in  sight 
of  the  signal-man.  The  face  is  about  8"  in  diameter,  and 
indicates  seconds  only,  the  minute  and  hour  figures  and 
hands  being  upon  a  small  dial  near  one  edge.  The  second- 
hand has  four  arms  at  right  angles  with  each  other,  and 
above  the  face  is  a  movable  disk,  or  dumb  card,  that  ob- 
scures about  three-fourths  of  the  whole  dial.  Around  the 
edge  of  the  clock  face  are  painted  sections  or  segments.  One 
of  these  covers  ten  seconds'  space  ;  four  mark  five  seconds 
each,  and  between  each  are  blanks  of  three  seconds  each. 
Outside  of  the  clock  is  a  flat  brass  ring,  having  the  points' 
of  the  compass  marked  upon  it. 

In  using  the  phonometer,  the  disk  is  moved  round  till  the 
open  part  comes  opposite  the  ship's  head  and  in  line  with 
her  course.  The  segments  on  the  dial  that  are  then  visible 
indicate  the  number  of  blasts  to  be  given  on  the  whistle. 
The  second-hands,  as  they  then  come  into  view,  give  the 
duration  in  seconds  of  each  blast  and  each  pause.  The  sig- 
nal-man merely  watches  the  hands  as  they  traverse  the  seg- 
ments in  sight,  and  sounds  his  whistle  accordingly,  announ- 
cing the  ship's  direction.  For  instance,  one  blast  of  ten 
seconds  indicates  that  the  ship  is  steering  within  the  points 
north  and  east,  quarter  north.  Two  blasts  of  five  seconds 
each,  with  an  interval  of  three  seconds  between  them,  would 
announce  the  ship's  direction  as  between  east  and  south, 
]  quarter  east.  Three  blasts,  and  two  pauses  of  five  and  three 
seconds,  would  mean  south  to  west,  quarter  south,  while 
four  blasts  of  five  seconds,  with  the  same  pauses,  would  in- 
dicate the  ship's  course  to  be  between  west  and  north,  quar- 
ter west,  and  so  on.  The  disk  employed  is  designed  to  pre- 
vent mistakes,  and  the  four  hands  serve  to  save  time  in 
watching  for  their  appearance  and  journey  over  the  visible 
portion  of  the  dial. 

Pho-no-mo'tor.      The    machine    has    a    dia- 
phragm and  mouth-piece  similar  to  a  phonograph. 
A  spring  which  is  secured  to  the  bed-piece  rests  on 
j  a  piece  of  rubber  tubing  placed  against  the  dia- 
i  phragm.     This  spring  carries  a  pawl  that  acts  on 
a  ratchet  or   roughened   wheel   on   the   fly-wheel 
shaft.     A  sound  made  in  the  mouth-piece  creates 
vibrations  in  the  diaphragm  which  are  caused  to 
propel  a  fly-wheel. 


"Scientific  American ' 


xxxix.  51. 


Pho'ho-phone.  A  term  proposed  for  the  pho- 
nograph, as  the  latter  term  had  been  previously  ap- 
plied to  Scott's  machine,  which  is  of  different  char- 
acter, and  invented  many  years  since. 

See  PHONACTOGRAPH,  p.  1678,  and  TELEPHONE,  pp.  2514, 
2516,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pho'no-phote.  An  apparatus  for  the  transfor- 
mation of  sound  into  light,  devised  by  M.  Coulon, 
Conservator  of  the  Industrial  Museum  of  Rouen. 

Two  Geissler  tubes  are  put  in  quick  rotation  on  an 
axis.  The  induction  coll  of  the  first  is  worked  by  an  ordi- 
nary interrupter,  and  gives  the  deviation  of  a  luminous 
cross.  The  interrupter  of  the  second  is  replaced  by  a  tele- 
phone. The  figure  presented  by  the  second  tube  projects 
on  the  first  one,  which  is  colored  by  uranoxide  glass,  and 
exhibits  the  most  rapid  changes  according  to  the  height  of 
the  tone  delivered  in  the  telephone  trumpet.  The  sensibility 
of  the  changes  are  said  to  be  startling  and  most  interesting. 
— "Nature.'" 

"Eng.  if  Mining  Journal " xxviii.  147. 

Pho'no-scope.  Au  instrument  invented  by 
Henry  Edmunds  for  producing  figures  of  light  from 
vibrations  of  sound.  It  consists  essentially  of  three 
parts,  an  induction  coil,  an  interrupter,  and  a  ro- 


PHONOSCOPE. 


672 


PHOSPHOR  BRONZE. 


tary  vacuum  tube.     The  action  of  the  instrument 
is  as  follows  :  — 

"  Sounds  from  the  voice  or  other  sources  produce  vibra- 
tions on  the  diaphragm  of  the  interrupter,  which,  being  in 
the  primary  circuit  of  the  induction  coil,  induce  at  each  in- 
terruption a  current  in  the  secondary  coil  similar  to  the  ac- 
tion of  a  contact-breaker  or  rheotome  ;  therefore,  each  vibra- 
tion is  made  visible  as  a  flash  in  the  vacuum  tube.  This 
tube  revolving  all  the  time  at  a  constant  speed,  the  flashes 
produce  a  symmetrical  figure  like  the  spokes  of  a  wheel,  as 
in  the  Gnssiot  Star.  The  number  of  spokes  or  radii  is  ac- 
cording to  the  number  of  vibrations  in  the  interrupter  dur- 
ing a  revolution  of  the  tube,  and  the  number  of  vibrations 
being  varied  to  any  extent,  according  to  the  sounds  produced, 
the  figures  in  the  revolving  tube  will  be  varied  accordingly. 
The  same  sounds  always  produce  the  same  figures,  providing 
the  revolution  be  constant.  In  case  of  rhythmical  interrup- 
tion being  produced  in  a  given  sound,  as  in  a  trill,  most  beauti- 
ful effects  are  noticeable,  owing  to  the  omission  of  certain  radii 
in  regular  positions  in  the  figure.  The  uses  of  this  instru- 
ment are  the  rendering  visible  of  sounds,  and  showing  the 
vibrations  required  in  their  production,  and  it  forms  a  mode 
of  confirming  by  sight  an  appeal  to  the  ear." —  W.  Ladd. 
*  "Engineer" xlv.  421. 

"Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour." xxvi.  207. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement''1    .    .    2182,2303. 

Phos'phide  of  Cop'per.  See  PHOSPHOR 
BRONZE. 

Phos'phor  Bronze.  Invented  by  Montefiore 
&  Kiiuzel,  the  founder  of  the  Val-Benoit  nickel 
manufactory,  near  Lie'ge. 

"  Phosphorus  bronze  is  made  by  fusing  phosphorus  tin 
with  copper  or  with  phosphorus  copper.  It  fuses  at  1230° 
to  1250°  ;  the  finished  product  usually  contains  0.053  to  0.76 
per  cent,  phosphorus  and  4  to  9  per  cent,  tin.'''  —  Dr.  Stam- 
mer. 

The  result  of  analyses  and  observations  indicates  that  the 
phosphorus  exercises  a  double  chemical  action  over  the 
metals  which  compose  the  alloys.  While  reducing  on  the 
whole  the  oxide  of  tin  contained  in  the  mixture,  it  at  the 
same  time  forms  with  the  metals  it  has  thus  purified  a  per- 
fectly homogeneous  alloy,  the  hardness  and  resistance  of 
which  are  subject  to  control  by  varying  the  proportion  of 
phosphorus. 

Experiments  have  established  the  superiority  of  phosphorus 
alloys  over  ordinary  bronze,  copper,  coke-iron,  charcoal  iron, 
and  steel.  Under  the  influence  of  strains  exceeding  the  limit 
of  elasticity,  or  of  violent  shocks,  their  texture  does  not  be- 
come crystalline .  They  are  completely  free  from  metals  easily 
liable  to  attack,  such  as  zinc.  Sea-water,  or  diluted  solutions 
of  sulphuric  acid,  have  only  a  very  feeble  action  upon  them, 
and  in  all  cases  much  less  than  on  pure  copper.  One  of  their 
most  valuable  qualities  is,  that  recasting  does  not  occasion 
loss  in  tin.  Moreover,  their  degree  of  liquidity,  which  may 
be  compared  to  that  of  mercury,  renders  it  possible  to  obtain 
them  without  blisters,  and  to  have  perfect  moldings.  Their 
degree  of  fusibility  is  nearly  the  same  as  that  of  ordinary 
cannon  bronze. 

A  number  of  phosphor-bronze  alloys  are  now  manufac- 
tured, varying  in  composition  to  suit  the  objects  for  which 
they  are  intended.  The  scope  of  their  application  is  very  great. 

For  instance :  — 


The   following  shows   the   results  of  tests   made  by  Mr. 

David  Kirkaldy,  of  London  :  — 

CAST  METAL. 

Resistance  in  pounds 

. 

per  square  inch. 

Diminution  of 

Rupture. 

Elastic.       Absolute. 

Per  Cent. 

Pounds.      Pounds. 

Pure  copper  .... 

3.30 

4,400     :       6,975 

On 

linary   gun   metal. 

containing   9   parts 

copper,  1  part  tin    . 
Phosphor-bronze    .     . 
Phosphor-bronze    .     . 
Phosphor-bronze    .     . 

3.60 
8.40 
1.50 
33.40 

12,800     i     16,650 
23,800      :     52,625 
24,700          46,100 
16,100          44,448 

DRAWN  METAL. 

Pulling  Stress  per 
Square  Inch. 

Twist  in  5 
Inches. 

. 

°J 

1 

sjj 

•a 

1 

11 

E<e 

| 

••§ 

a 

8 

3 

§ 

a 

Ibs. 

Ibs. 

Ibs. 

Ibs. 

Per 
Cent. 

1 

Phosphor-Bronze 

102,759 

49,351 

6.7 

89 

37.5 

:=! 

" 

120,957 

47,787 

22.3 

52 

34.1 

GO     • 

" 

120,953 

53,381 

13.0 

124 

42.4 

o 

" 

139,141 

54,111 

17.3 

53 

44.9 

'C 

" 

159,515 

58,853 

133 

66 

46.6 

»> 

" 

151,119 

64,569 

15.8 

60 

42.8 

Cop 

m«r     . 

(8,122 

37,002 

86.7 

96 

34.1 

Steel  

120,976 

74,637 

22.4 

79 

10.9 

Iron,  Galvanized  best 

Charcoal  E   .     .     . 

65,834 

46,160 

48.0 

87 

28.0 

Bearings. 

Bell  metal. 

Boiler  tubes. 

Bolts. 

Buckles. 

Busts. 

Cannon. 

Cocks. 

Engraving  plates. 

Fire-arms. 

Gun  fittings. 

Hammers. 

Harness  fittings. 

Keys. 

Locks. 


Locomotive  fittings. 

Nails. 

Oil  cups. 

Ornaments. 

Printing  rollers. 

Rivets. 

Tools. 

Tubes. 

Tuyeres. 

Valves. 

Wire. 

Wire  rope. 

Wrenches. 

Etc. 


The  great  features  of  phosphor-bronze  are  that  it  can  be 
made  to  any  degree  of  hardness,  toughness,  or  elasticity.  It 
can  be  rendered  more  ductile  than  copper,  as  tough  as 
wrought  iron,  or  as  hard  as  steel.  It  possesses  great  fluidity, 
its  homogeneity  is  complete,  and  its  grain  is  as  fine  as  that 
of  cast  steel.  It  may  be  controlled  with  ease  and  accuracy 
to  suit  the  particular  purpose  for  which  it  is  intended,  and 
can  be  remelted  as  often  as  may  be  desired  without  any  ap- 
preciable loss  or  material  alteration  of  its  quality.  The 
phosphor-bronze  alloy  made  for  rolling,  drawing,  or  emboss- 
ing, will  stretch  more  than  copper  or  any  of  its  ordinary 
compounds.  Plates  have  been  reduced  by  a  single  cold 
rolling  to  one  fifth  of  their  thickness,  the  edge  remaining 
perfectly  sound,  and  without  cracks. 


N.  B.  —  The  wire  used  for  these  experiments  was  No.  16, 
Birmingham  wire  gage. 

"  The  following  analyses  of  specimens  of  phosphor-bronzes 
show  that  phosphorus  enters  into  them  in  very  small  pro- 
portion, though  it  has  a  most  useful  effect :  — 


Copper     .     . 

93.68     !  94.11 

90.86 

94.71 

90.34 

Tin.     .     .     . 

5.82     i     5.15 

8.66 

4.38 

8.99 

Phosphorus  . 

.17     j       .21 

.19 

.55 

.76 

Zinc     .     .     . 

.34           .23 

" 

" 

"  Phosphorus  may  be  introduced  directly  into  the  alloy 
in  a  state  of  fusion.  In  this  case  a  great  part  of  it  is  lost ; 
only  a  small  quantity  combines  chemically  with  the  metal. 
The  copper  may  also  be  melted  in  a  crucible,  lined  inside 
with  bone-ash,  nitric  acid,  and  charcoal.  This  mixture 
should  surround  the  copper  on  all  sides  before  the  closing 
of  the  crucible."  —  Revue  Industrielle. 

See  also  the  following  United  States  patents  :  — 
118,372     Lavroff,  Phosphor  bronze. 
115,220    Levi  &  Kunzell,  Phosphorized  bronze. 
120,984    Levi  9  Kunzell,  Phosphorized  bronze. 
125,549     Dick,  Phosphorized  bronze. 
130,702    Dick,  Phosphor  bronze  for  telegraph  wire. 
209,240    Duplaine. 

Copper 100 

Nickel 100 

Arsenic 

Phosphorus 3 

228,615     Dick,  Wrought  iron,  tin,  phosphorus ;  lead,  op- 
tional. 

The  subject  is  considered  on  p.  1678,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  where 
a  table  is  given  showing  phosphor  bronzes  from  Parke,  1848, 
to  Lavroff  and  Levi  &  Kunzell,  1871. 

The  subject  may  be  pursued  by  reference  to  the  follow- 
ing :  — 

"Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.267; 

xxxix.  71,  409. 
"Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  91,  718,  756. 

Wire uSc.Am.  Sup., "283, 1250.  786,  796. 

"Iron  Age,"  xvii..  Feb.  10,  p.  23; 
March  23,  p.  20. 


PHOSPHOR  BRONZE. 


673 


PHOTOGRAPHOMETER. 


Applications      ....  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  24,  p.  16. 
Wire  ropes    .....  "Iron  Age,"   xx.,   July   12,  p.   9; 

xxi.,  May  9,  p.  14  ;  May  16,  p.  15. 
"Engineering,''  xxiii.  346. 
"  Van  Nostrund's  Eng.  Mag.,"  xvi. 

572  ;  xvii.  48. 

"Manufact.  if  Builder  "  viii.  167. 
"Am.  Man.  &  Iron  WorM.n  xxvi., 

April  23,  p.  11. 
"Eng.  $  Mm.  Journal,"  xxi.  293: 

xxii.  44;   xxiii.  62,  378;  xxvL 

257.276;  xxix.  317,  391. 

At  Centennial  ....  "Eng.  ff  Min.  Journal,''  xxiii.  14. 
"  .l/i/i.  #  Sc.  Press,"  xxxii.  99,  243; 

xxxv.  195  :  xxxvi.  19. 
"  Teleg.  Journal,"  vi.  86. 
"English  Mechanic,''  xxiii.  62,  467  : 

xxiv.  325,  352  ;  xxvi.  173,  431.  ' 
"Engineer,"  xlii.  26,  393,  431,  466  ; 

xliii.  8,  43,  59,  310  ;  xlvii.  26. 

Phos'phor  Cop'per.  An  alloy  used  in  the 
making  of  phosphor  bronze. 

"  Phosphorus  copper  may  be  made  by  heating  together 
four  parts  acid  calcium  phosphate,  two  of  granulated  cop- 
per, and  one  part  of  charcoal  ;  the  copper  must  be  pure.''  - 
Dr.  Stammer. 

"A  crucible  is  fettled  with  a  mixture  of  bone  ash,  silicic 
acid,  and  carbon,  granulated  copper  is  laid  in  and  covered 
with  a  quantity  of  the  fettling  mixture,  and  the  whole  is 
fastened  down  with  a  cemented  cover.  >Soda  and  glass  can 
be  added  to  promote  fusion.  At  a  fusing  heat,  the  silicic 
acid  acts  on  the  phosphate,  the  phosphoric  acid  is  reduced 
and  taken  up  as  freed  by  the  copper."  —  Dr.  Schwarz. 

Phos'pho-res'cent  Di'al.  Usually  made  of 
paper  or  thin  cardboard  enameled  like  visiting 
cards  ;  covered  with  an  adhesive  varnish,  or  white 
wax  mixed  with  a  little  turpentine,  over  which  is 
dusted  with  a  tine  sieve  powdered  sulphide  of  ba- 
rium. Sulphides  of  strontium  and  calcium  possess 
the  property  in  a  lower  degree.  The  dial  loses  its 
phosphorescence  after  a  while  in  darkness,  but  is 
restored  by  sunlight  or  burning  magnesium  wire. 

Pho 

Phosph 

Phosphorus  manufactory     "Sc.  American  Siip.,"  2790. 

Dial,  illuminated      ...  p.  254,  supra. 

Illuminated  sign      ...  p.  489,  Ibid. 

Phos'pho-res'cent  Pho'to-graph.  A  plate 
coated  with  a  mixture  of  dextrine,  honey,  and  bi- 
chromate of  potash  is  exposed  under  a  negative, 
the  result  being  that  those  portions  which  are  ex- 
posed to  the  effect  of  the  light  through  the  trans- 
parent portions  of  the  negative  harden,  while  those 
which  are  protected  from  the  light  remain  adhesive. 
The  lines  of  the  image  retain  any  fine  powder 
which  is  dusted  over  it,  while  the  hard  portions 
will  not  retain  it.  A  phosphorescent  powder  —  for 
instance  —  sulphite  of  lime,  is  dusted  over  the  posi- 
tive, and,  after  having  been  exposed  to  sunlight,  or 
any  strong  artificial  light,  becomes  luminous  in  the 
dark. 

Phos'phor  Tin.  By  heating  6  parts  phospho- 
rus with  94  parts  moist  "tin  sponge  prepared  from 
the  chloride  by  reduction  with  zinc,  the  substance 
formed  is  Sn9  P,  fusible  at  370°  C. 

Made  at  Graupen  tin  works  at  Mariaschein,  in 
Bohemia. 

Useful  'in  making  phosphor  bronze,   as  it  removes  the 
oxides,  which  tend  to  harden  the  latter.    See  — 
"Iron  Age  "        ........     xx.,  Nov.  8,  p.  15. 

"Engineering  If  Min.  Jour."  .     .     .     xxiii.  62;  xxiv.  70. 
"Am.  Manuf.  $  Iron  World  "     .     .     xxvi.,  Aug.  13,  p.  13. 
"  Scient  ific  American  "  .....     xl.  118. 

Phos'pho-rus  Steel.  Metallurgy.  The  in- 
vention of  Tessie  du  Motay  ;  the  steel  contains 
carbon,  0.12  ;  phosphorus,  0.25  ;  manganese,  0.75. 

A.  L.  Holley      .     .     .     "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  29,  p.  7. 
"Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  217. 

Phos'phor  Zinc.     Zinc    with  an  addition  of 
phosphorus.     The  combination  is,  however,  much 
43 


osphorescent  time-piece  "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  339. 
osphorescent  bodies  .     .  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  3887. 


more  frequent  with  the  bronze.     See  PHOSPHOR 
BRONZE. 

Pho'to-collo-graph.  A  photograph  in  natu- 
ral colors. 

On  methods  of  obtaining  natural  colors  in  the  camera, 
from  London,  "Photographic  News." 

Captain  Abney's  process  considered.  Reference  to  Niepce 
and  Becquerel. 

Albert's  (Munich)  process  for  printing  photocollographs.  — 
"Scientific  American,"  xli.  260. 


Fho'to-col'lo-type. 

in  natural  colors. 


A    photograph    printed 


Herr  Albert's  method  . 
Mr.  Bolas'  method   .     . 


'  Scientific  American,'1''  xli.  260. 
'Scientific  American  ftup.,"  2770. 


Fho'to-drome.  A  scientific  instrument  for 
producing  optical  effects  by  flashes  of  light. 

It  consists  of  a  strong  rotator,  carrying-  three  disks  of  de- 
vices, each  30"  in  diameter,  painted  on  paper ;  and  a  small 
rotator  carrying  a  smaller  disk  of  card-board,  with  openings 
in  it,  to  allow  the  light  from  a  calcium,  magnesium,  or  elec- 
tric lantern  to  be  thrown  upon  the  first  disk  by  flashes. 
Each  rotator  is  revolved  rapidly,  producing  curious  effects 
upon  the  large  disk.  See  PHENAKISTOSCOPB. 

Pho'to-graph  Bur'nish-er.  A  little  machine 
in  which  a  brilliant  surface  is  given  to  a  photo- 
graph by  passing  it  under  pressure  over  the  sur- 

Fig.  1903. 


Photograph  Burnisher. 


face  of  a  burnishing  tool.     The  feeding  roller  is 
slightly  roughened ;  the  picture  is  fed,  face  down- 
ward over  the  burnisher,  which  is  heated  by  an  al- 
cohol lamp  beneath. 
Ewing  .     .     .     .    "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  809. 

Pho'to-graph'ic  Ri'fle.  A  device  to  take 
photographs  of  birds  in  flight. 

Capt.  Vassel  proposes  a  small  dark  rifle  chamber  of  2.27" 
interior  diameter,  surmounted  by  a  proper  level  and  sight. 
By  means  of  Muybridge's,  Janssen's,  or  other  contrivances 
for  taking  instantaneous  pictures,  he  thinks  that  small  views 
might  be  easily  taken  which  could  be  subsequently  enlarged. 
He  also  proposes  a  photographic  revolver  for  taking  a  series 
of  successive  attitudes  at  a  single  operation  —  " La  Nature." 

Pho-tog'ra-phom'e-ter.  An  automatic  ap- 
paratus to  record  the  angular  position  of  objects 
situated  around  a  given  point. 

The  objective  is  mounted  vertically  on  a  circular  platform 
capable  of  rotating,  by  means  of  clock-work,  in  a  horizontal 
plane. 

The  picture  is  formed,  not  in  a  vertical  plane,  as  ordinarily, 
but  in  a  horizontal ;  the  rays,  passing  in  through  the  objec- 
tive, are  deflected  90°,  by  means  of  a  reflecting  prism  so  as  to 
fall  on  the  horizontal  sensitive  surface,  which  is  collodion- 
ized  g'ass,  and  is  placed  in  such  a  way  that  its  center  corre- 
sponds with  the  point  at  which  the  center  point  of  the  dia- 
phragm would  be  represented.  To  prevent  a  number  of 
confused  images  superimposed  on  each  other  being  formed 
during  the  rotation  of  the  objective,  an  opaque  screen,  hav- 
ing a  narrow  oblong  opening,  the  medial  line  of  which  passes 
through  the  axis  of  rotation,  is  placed  over  the  whole  of  the 
sensitized  surface,  and  revolves  along  with  the  objective. 

The  result  of  this  arrangement  is  the  production  on  the 
sensitized  plate  of  images  of  the  different  points  that  lie 
around  the  observer  ;  the  angles  formed  by  lines  joining  the 


PHOTOGRAPHOMETER. 


674 


PHOTOPHONE. 


center  of  the  plate,  and  the  different  objects  being  exactly  the 
same  as  those  formed  by  lines  joining  the  center  of  the  in- 
strument and  the  objects  themselves.  The  position  of  the 
objects  thus  accurately  obtained  may  be  transferred  to  pa- 
per, etc.,  in  the  ordinary  way. 
See  also  OBOHELIOGBAPH,  supra. 

Pho-tog'ra-phon.     A  complete  portable  pho- 
tographic apparatus  for  field-work. 


Price's  "English  Mechanic 


xxvii.  141. 


Pho-tom'e-ter.  A  measurer  of  illuminating 
power.  See  instances  pp.  1687, 1688,  "Meek.  Diet.'" 

The  official  gas-testing  apparatus  used  in  the  city 
of  Paris  is  the  result  of  consultations  of  the  Compag- 
nie  Parisienne  du  Gaz,  and  MM.  Dumas  and  Reg- 
nault,  and  is  shown  in  Figs.  1904-1906. 

The  table  has  leveling  screws.  One  extremity  of  the  table 
has  a  meter  with  a  dial,  one  hand  registering  units  of  1-20 
liter  of  gas,  and  the  other  hand  fixable  in  any  position  as  a 

Fig.  1904. 


City  of  Paris  Photometer.     (Side  Elevation.) 

mark  at  the  commencement  of  an  evaluation,  and  in  connec- 
tion with  the  dial-hand  of  departure  is  a  lever  which  sets  in 
consentaneous  movement  the  dial-hand  of  a  seconds  chro- 
nometer placed  above  the  dial  of  the  meter.  Behind  the 
meter  is  a  hood  beneath  which  the  observer  places  his 


Fig.  1905. 


Fig.  1906. 


City  of  Paris  Photometer. 
(Front  End  View.) 


City  of  Paris  Photometer. 
(Rear  End  View.) 


head,  and  looks  through  the  tube  which  is  shown  projecting 
to  the  right.  In  the  tube  is  placed  a  glass  plate  on  which  is 
a  thin  film  of  starch,  and  behind  this  a  vertical  plate,  set 
edgewise  eo  as  to  divide  the  field  of  view,  and  allow  the  light 
under  evaluation  and  the  standard  light  to  be  compared. 

The  chemical  photometer  of  Herr  Eden,  of  Vi- 
enna, is  based  upon  the  observation  that  chloride 
of  mercury  is  very  easily  reduced  to  insoluble  chlo- 
ride in  sunlight  whenever  it  is  mixed  with  organic 
substances. 

The  sensitive  solution  consists  of  two  volumes  of  a  solu- 
tion of  40  grams  of  oxalate  of  ammonia  in  one  liter  of  water, 
and  one  volume  of  a  solution  of  50  grams  of  sublimate  in 
one  liter  of  water.  In  sunlight  turbidity  is  immediately 


produced,  the  action  of  the  light  being  weaker  as  the  so- 
lution is  more  dilute.  Tables  are  furnished  for  the  correc- 
tions necessary  to  allow  for  the  influence  of  increasing  dilu- 
tion and  varying  temperature  on  the  quantity  of  the  chloride 
of  mercury  separated  by  the  photo-chemical  process  of  de- 
composition. 

The  pocket  photometer  of  M.  Schutte,  of  Paris, 
has  the  form  of  a  small  telescope. 

Putting  the  eye  to  the  narrow  end  and  looking  through  at 
a  light,  one  sees  a  small  luminous  circle,  on  which  is  de- 
tached some  figure  in  black.  On  turning  the  wider  part  of 
the  instrument,  successive  numbers  are  seen,  and  the  higher 
the  number  the  weaker  is  the  light  perceived,  and  at  length 
it  quite  disappears.  This  etfect  is  obtained  by  means  of  leavea 
of  waxed  paper,  the  number  of  which  increases  with  the  fig- 
ures. Thus  a  weak,  luminous  source  does  not  allow  one 
to  see  the  same  number  as  a  strong  one,  and  the  variation 
between  the  figures  increases  with  the  difference  in  intensity. 
The  instrument  can  be  used  for  determining  the  time  of  ex- 
posure in  photography. 

The  same    principle  is  involved    in  the  actinometer,  de- 
scribed on  p.  11,  "Mech.  Diet.'- 
Chemical,  Dr.  Eden,  Vienna. 

"  Scientific  American,''1  xlii.  137. 

Edgerton *  "Eng.  and  Min.  Jour.,'-  xxv.  94. 

French *  Laboulayt's  "Dict.,r  ii.,  "Eclair- 
age.'' 

Letheby *  "Plumb.  i(  San.  Eag.,''  ii.  445. 

Lighthouse  Board,  U.  S.      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  467. 

Munzinger "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  125. 

Napoli *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3773. 

Phenakistiscope. 

Plateau *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4031. 

Goodwin's  electric   photometer  extinguishes  candle  and 
gas,  and  stops  meter  and  clock  by  electricity. 
"American  Gas-light  Journal"      .     .     .  *  July  3, 1876,  p.  5. 

Goodwin's  candle-power  jet  photometer*  Ibid.,  p.  6. 
Portable  photometer  ...  *  Ibid.,  p.  7. 

See  JET  PHOTOMETER,  Fig.  1483,  p.  512,  supra. 

Pho'to-met'ric  Stan'dard.  The  carcel.  A 
carcel  lamp  burning  42  grams  of  refined  colza  oil 
per  hour,  with  a  flame  40  millimeters  high.  Equal 

(  9.5  British     )    . 

to  i  m  a  fi  f  standard  candles. 

(7.6  German  ) 

"Popular  Science  Monthly"    .     .    October,  1882,  p.  864. 

Pho'to-phone.  An  apparatus  devised  by  Alex- 
ander Graham  Bell  and  Sumner  Taiuter  for  the 
production  and  reproduction  of  sound  by  means  of 
the  undulations  of  light.  Vibrations  are  conveyed 
between  distantly  separated  diaphragms  by  a  beam 
of  light. 

It  is  founded  upon  the  sensitiveness  of  matter  to 
light  vibrations,  and  selenium  offers  the  most  prom- 
ising results  of  the  numerous  substances  experi- 
mented with.  Professor  Bell's  description  of  one 
form  of  the  apparatus  is  as  follows  :  — 

"  The  simplest  form  of  the  apparatus  for  produ- 
cing the  effect  ....  consists  of  a  plane  mirror  of 
flexible  material,  such  as  silvered  mica  or  micro- 
scope glass.  Against  the  back  of  this  mirror  the 
speaker's  voice  is  directed.  The  light  reflected 
from  this  mirror  is  thus  thrown  into  vibrations  cor- 
responding to  those  of  the  diaphragm  itself." 

"  The  beam  is  received  at  a  distant  station  upon 
a  parabolic  reflector,  in  the  focus  of  which  is  placed 
a  sensitive  selenium  cell,  connected  in  a  local  cir- 
cuit with  a  battery  and  telephone." 

Articulate  sentences  have  been  conveyed  213  meters.  See 
address  by  Professor  Bell,  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
"American  Association  of  Science,"  August  25,  1880.  Re- 
ported in  Boston  "Daily  Advertiser  "  of  that  period,  and  re- 
produced in  — 

"  Sc.  American  Supplement  "      .     .     p.  3921. 

"  Iron  Age  " xxvi.,  Dec.  2,  p.  1. 

"  Manufacturer  and  Builder"     .     .      xii.  255. 

Fig.  1907  will  illustrate  an  experimental  instrument. 

"  In  order  to  obtain  a  beam  of  light,  the  illuminating  in- 
tensity of  which  at  a  distance  could  be  directly  controlled 
by,  and  bear  a  relation  to,  the  sonorous  vibrations  constitu- 
ting musical  notes  or  articulate  speech,  Prof.  Bell  inter- 
posed in  the  path  of  a  beam  of  sunlight  a  screen  consisting 


PHOTOPHONE. 


675 


PHOTOPHONE. 


Fig.  1907. 


Photophone  (Illustrative  Instrument). 

of  two  thin  plates  of  metal,  perforated  with  a  number  of  fine 
slits,  one  of  these  plates,  B,  being  fixed,  while  the  other,  A, 
was  attached  to  the  center  of  a  diaphragm,  D,  which  could 
be  thrown  into  vibrations  by  the  human  voice  at  c,  so  that 
the  motions  of  the  diaphragm  would  cause  the  movable 
screen  to  slide  backward  and  forward  over  the  fixed  plate, 
and  in  so  doing  alternately  enlarge  and  contract  the  orifices 
through  which  the  luminous  beam  was  transmitted."  —  En- 
gineering. 

In  the  illustration  the  intervals  are  exaggerated,  to  render 
them  more  clearly  visible.  "  The  width  of  the  slits,  as  well 
as  their  distance  apart,  are  so  determined  with  respect  to  the 
rigidity  of  the  diaphragm  that  at  no  position  in  the  ampli- 
tude of  the  motion  is  the  passage  of  the  beam  entirely  closed, 
a  certain  amount  of  light  passing  continuously  to  the  re- 
ceiver, the  opening  and  contracting  of  the  orifices  of  the 
screen  merely  varying  the  intensity,  for  although  a  rapidly 
intermittent  beam  of  light  would  by  this  means  transmit 
musical  notes,  it  would  be  powerless  to  convey  even  an  ap- 
proximation to  the  complications  of  articulate  speech."  — 
Ibid. 

The  construction  of  the  selenium  cells  of  the  receiver  by 
Messrs.  Bell  and  Tainter  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  of  the 
series  of  ingenious  contrivances  involved.  There  is  but  room 
here  for  a  sketch  of  results  ;  the  references  appended  will 
furnish  details  omitted  here. 

Fig.  1908  is  the  cylindrical  form  of  selenium  cell  employed 
by  Prof.  Bell.     The  sensitive  portion  is  the  cylindrical  sur- 
face upon  which  the  rays 

Fig.  1908.  of  undulatory   light  are 

thrown  by  a  paraboloid 
reflector  in  the  focus  of 
which  it  is  placed.  It 
consists  of  a  number  of 
circular  disks  of  brass 
about  2"  in  diameter 
strung  upon  a  rod  pass- 
ing through  their  com- 
mon center,  and  separated 
by  a  similar  series  of 
disks  of  mica  of  slightly 
smaller  diameter.  When 
the  compound  series  is 
built  upon  the  mandrel  a 
number  of  grooves  occur 
around  the  mica,  owing 
to  the  relatively  smaller 
diameter  of  its  disks. 
These  grooves  are  filled 


Bell's  Photopile  of  Receiver. 


with  melted  selenium.  The  bolts  which  pass  through  the 
disks  form  the  connecting  screws  for  placing  the  instrument 
in  circuit  with  a  telephone  and  battery.  Every  other  disk  of 
brass  is  in  connection  with  the  upper  bolt,  and  the  alternate 
disks  with  the  lower  bolt. 

This  alternate  connection  is  shown  by  the  diagram,  Fig. 
1909,  the  odd  numbered  disks  being  connected  by  wire  M 

Fig.  1909 

*    9*f 


Diagram  of  Photopile  and  Connections . 

with  the  telephone  T,  and  the  even  numbered  by  the  wire 
JVto  the  battery  S,  and  thence  to  the  telephone  Tin  circuit. 
Figs.   1910,  1911  illustrate  the  photophone,  the  former 
showing  the  transmitter,  and  the  latter  the  receiver. 


The  transmitting  instrument  of   the  photophoue  (shown 
in  Fig.  1910)  consists  of  a  long  board,  with  suitable  adjust- 


Fig.  1910. 


Transmitter. 


ments  for  directing  it,  within  certain  limits,  in  both  alti- 
tude and  azimuth.  To  the  board  are  attached  the  various 
parts  of  the  apparatus.  O  is  the  mouth-piece,  with  its  re- 
flecting diaphragm,  D,  of  silvered  glass  or  mica,  and  M  is  the 
mirror  by  which  a  ray  of  light  from  the  sun,  or  any  other 
powerful  source  of  light,  may  be  projected  on  to  the  dia- 
phragm D  by  the  condensing  lens  L,  below  which  is  fixed 
another  lens,  JS,  for  the  purpose  of  parallelizing  the  beam 
after  reflection  from  the  silvered  diaphragm,  and  projecting 
it  to  the  distant  station,  where  it  is  received  by  the  parabo- 
loidal  reflector  of  the  receiving  instrument  shown  in  Fig. 
1911,  hi  the  focus  of  which  is  placed  one  of  the  cylindrical 

Fig.  1911. 


Receiver. 

photopiles,  Fig.  1908,  and  in  circuit  with  the  latter  Is  placed 
a  pair  of  telephones  and  a  voltaic  battery,  which  in  Profes- 
sor Bell's  experiments  consisted  of  nine  Leclanche"  cells. 

The  general  arrangement  and  disposition  of  the  whole  in- 
stallation is  clearly  shown  in  the  diagram,  Fig.  1912,  in 
which  the  portion  to  the  left  of  the  figure  is  the  transmit- 

Fig.  1912. 


Y 


Diagram  of  Installation. 

ting  apparatus,  and  that  to  the  right  the  receiving  instru- 
ment. The  rays  from  the  sun,  or  from  whatever  source  of 
light  is  employed,  after  being  reflected  by  the  plane  mirror 
M,  are  concentrated  upon  the  face  of  the  reflecting  dia- 
phragm D  by  means  of  the  lens  L,  and  a  small  glass  trough 
C  containing  a  solution  of  alum  is  interposed  in  their  path 
for  the  purpose  of  absorbing  the  heat  rays  which,  by  altering 
the  figure  of  the  diaphragm  mirror  and  introducing  other  ir- 
regularities, might  produce  disturbing  influences  which  are 
better  eliminated.  At  L-  is  placed  a  second  lens  for  the  pur- 


PHOTOPIIONE. 


676 


PHOTO-PRINTING   PROCESS. 


pose  of  either  parallelizing  the  rays  and  projecting  them  to 
the  receiving  apparatus,  or  of  rendering  them  divergent  ac- 
cording to  the  particular  circumstances  of  the  experiment. 
K  is  the  paraboloidal  reflector,  in  the  focus  of  which  and  co- 
axial with  it  is  placed  the  cylindrical  photopile  P,  which  is 
included  in  the  circuit  of  a  battery,  B,  and  telephone,  T. 
When  words  are  spoken   into  the  mouth-piece  O,  the  dia- 
phragm  D  is  thrown  into  vibration,  becoming  thereby  al- 
ternately more  or  less  convex  and  concave  with  continually 
varying  amplitudes  of  vibration,  the  effect  of  which  is  to 
confer  upon  the  beam  reflected  from  its  surface  a  continu- 
ally varying  illuminating  intensity  and,  as  this  undulatory 
beam  is  projected  by  the  reflector,  R,  upon  every  portion  of  ! 
the  sensitive  surface  of  the  cylindrical  photopile,  the  latter  I 
is  in  the  best  possible  position  to  produce  by  its  varying  ] 
electrical  resistance  the  maximum  effect  in  the  telephone.   ; 
—  ' '  Engineering. ' ' 

Fig.  1913  is  a  diagram  showing  an  apparatus  by  Prof.  Bell, 
used  in  Paris  in  photophonic  experiments,  with  electric  light 
as  the  source  of  illumination. 


Fig.  1913. 


Photophone  with  Electric  Light  Illumination. 


L  is  the  electric  lamp,  the  arc  of  which  is  in  the  focus  of 
a  paraboloidal  silvered  reflector,  R,  by  which  the  divergent 
rays  emanating  from  the  arc  are  condensed  and  projected  as 
a  parallel  beam  to  the  reflecting  diaphragm  T,  by  which  a 
certain  small  proportion  of  them  is  reflected  to  the  receiving 
instrument  through  a  distance  of  nearly  50',  as  shown  in  the 
figure. 

Fig.  1914  shows  an  apparatus  devised  by  Messrs.  Bell  & 
Tainter  in  investigating  the  transmission  of  sounds  from  one 


Fig.  1914. 


Photophone  without  Electricity. 

station  to  another  without  the  aid  of  electrical  arrangement, 
cr  of  any  thermopile.  Almost  all  substances  emit  a  sound 
when  placed  in  the  path  of  a  beam  of  soniferous  light,  such 
for  instance  as  is  reflected  from  the  vibrating  diaphragm  of 
the  photophone  in  action,  or  as  is  produced  by  giving  to  the 
beam  of  light  a  rapidly  intermittent  character.  In  the  in- 
strument shown  in  Fig.  1914  rays  of  solar  light  are  by  the 
lens  L  condensed,  after  reflection  from  the  surface  of  the 
mirror  M,  to  a  focus  on  the  D  disk,  in  which  is  perforated  an 
annular  series  of  some  forty  holes,  and  which  can  be  set 
into  very  rapid  rotation  by  arrangements  not  shown  in  the 
figure.  By  this  means  a  beam  of  light  projected  by  the  lens 

Name.  Process. 

Abney,  discussion  of  methods 

Bachrach,  paper  by 

Photo-engraving  works 

Asser photolithograph 

Bowen wax-ground  etching 

Oros    .  photolitho 

Gobert bichro.  albumen 

bichro.  albumen 


L  on  to  the  tube  T  can  be  interrupted  from  a  hundred  to 
six  hundred  times  in  a  second,  which  corresponds  to  the 
rapidity  of  vibration  of  a  musical  note  of  high  pitch.  When 
such  an  intermittent  beam  is  allowed  to  fall  upon  diaphragms 
of  different  substances  placed  at  the  end  of  the  tube  T,  they, 
with  doubtful  exceptions,  are  thrown  into  vibration,  and  tne 
corresponding  note  is  heard  in  the  hearing-tube. 

When  the  hearing  tube  I  is  removed,  the  apparatus  shown 
in  Fig.  1914  may  be  used  as  a  transmitting  instrument  for 
the  sending  of  photophonic  signals  on  the  Morse  or  any  other 
prearranged  system  to  a  distant  station.  In  this  case,  while 
the  disk  is  in  rapid  rotation,  a  shutter  operated  by  a  key 
(shown  in  the  figure)  is  made  either  to  obstruct  the  light  or 
to  allow  it  to  pass  for  longer  and  shorter  periods  of  time  cor- 
responding to  the  dashes  or  dots  in  the  Morse  code.  When 
the  instrument  is  employed  for  this  purpose  a  piano-convex 
lens  is  placed  at  Cfor  parallelizing  the  beam  of  intermittent 
light. 

MM.  Bell  &  Tainter  have  also  devised  an  apparatus  for 
bringing  about  the  variation  of  the  intensity  of  a  luminous 
beam,  by  the  application  of  Faraday's  discovery  of  the  ro- 
tation of  the  plane  of  polarization  of  a  beam  of  light  in  its 
passage  through  a  magnetized  field.  Rays  of  light  emanating 
from  a  source  of  light  are  parallelized  by  a  lens  and  projected 
to  a  receiving  photophone,  passing  successively  through  a 
polarizing  Nicols'  prism,  a  hollow  coil  of  insulated  wire  and 
an  analyzing  Nicols'  prism.  — *  "Engineering,"  xxx. 

Following  in  the  same  line  of  research  is  a  new  apparatus 
in  which  a  beam  o'f  light  from  a  lime  light,  or  even  a  caudle, 
is  thrown  upon  a  common  glass  flask  having  a  long  neck.  To 
this  is  fastened  a  rubber  speaking  tube  that  may  be  placed  to 
the  ear,  so  that  any  sounds  in  the  flask  may  be  heard  through 
the  tube. 

Between  the  flask  and  the  light  is  placed  a  circular  disk  of 
metal,  having  narrow  slots  or  openings,  placed  like  the  spokes 
of  a  wheel  round  the  edge.  When  the  disk  is  at  rest,  the 
beam  of  light  may  pass  through  one  of  the  slots  and  fall  on 
the  flask. 

If,  now,  the  disk  is  made  to  turn  rapidly  on  its  axis,  the 
light  will  reach  the  flask  in  a  series  of  flashes,  as  it  shines 
through  the  slots  one  after  the  other.  Here  the  curious  dis- 
covery comes  in.  When  the  flask  is  filled  with  a  gas  or  a 
vapor,  say  the  vapor  of  sulphuric  ether,  common  street  gas, 
oxygen,  perfumes  like  patchouli  or  cassia,  or  even  smoke, 
and  the  beam  of  light  is  made  to  fall  on  the  flask  in  a  series 
of  alternate  flashes,  the  operator,  listening  with  the  speaking 
tube  at  his  ear,  will  hear  strange  musical  sounds  inside  the 
flask. 

The  pitch  of  these  tones  will  correspond  exactly  with  the 
speed  with  which  the  disk  is  made  to  turn,  and  each  kind  of 
gas  or  vapor  in  the  flask  will  give  a  different  kind  of  note, 
some  soft,  some  loud,  and  some  very  sweet  and  musical. 

"  This  shows  that  light  may  be  made  the  means  of  making 
sounds  audible  at  a  distance,  even  when  the  eye  can  see  no 
difference   in  the  light.    It  even  suggests  the  idea  that  we 
may  yet  be  able  to  hear  the  sounds  of  the  fires  raging  in  the 
sun.     It  may,  indeed,  be  only  a  hint  to  yet  more  wonderful 
and  unthought  of  relationships  between   light  and  sound, 
which  may  be  utilized  as  a  medium  of  communication." 
Selenium, on.  Bell       .     .     "Engineering,''  xxx.  240. 
On  the  photophone    .     .     "Engineering,''  xxx.  253  .  *  407. 
Lecture  and  diagram      .  *  "Engineering,"  1.  285. 

*  "Manufact.  if  Builder."  xii.  255. 
"American  Manuf.,"  Oct.  8,  1880, 

p.  9. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xliii.  209. 
"  Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,''  xxx.  222. 

See  discussion  by  Bell,  Latimer-Clark,  Tyndall,  etc., 
"  Journal  Soc.  Telegraph  Engineers,"  *  ix.  2b'3,  et  seq.  :  404,  et 
ssq. 

Pho'to-priiit'ing  Pro'cess.  Numerous  in- 
ventions, processes,  and  modifications  are  given  in 
the  "  Mech.  Diet."  a  list  being  appended  on  p.  1686. 
Notices  of  the  following  methods  may  be  found  in 
the  references  cited.  There  are  so  many  systems, 
and  they  anastomose  in  so  intricate  a  manner,  that 
it  is  not  easy  within  allowable  limits  to  make  even 
a  digest. 

In  the  following  list  the  term  printing  is  used  somewhat 
generally,  including  relief  process,  gelatine,  and  metallic, 
bichromate  or  acid  processes ;  also  printing  from  negatives 
either  to  make  cliches,  positive  pictures,  or  transfers. 


print  from  stone 
relief  plate 
print  from  stone 
cliche^  on  glass     . 
clich£  on  glass 


"Scientific  Amtriran  Sup.,"  3774. 
"  Scientific  American  Kip.."1  2195. 
f  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  386. 
"  Scientific  American  >'»/>.,''  1514. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  231. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  :"5. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  117. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1891. 


PHOTO-PRINTING   PROCESS. 


677 


PICKET  PIN. 


Name.  Process.  Result. 

Husnik photoznico relief  plate      .     .     .  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  404. 

chr.  gelatine glass  plate  .     .     .     .  "Scientific  American"  xxxiv.386. 

chr.  gelatine      ....      ...  glass  plate  .     .     .     .  "Scientific  American,"'  xxxv.  153. 

Jacobsm gelatine printing  film  .     .     .  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  18. 

"Journal  Photography"      .     .    chr.  albumen mezzotint  plate    .     .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"'  1177. 

Ltnoir albumen       printing  film   .     .     .  "Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  360. 

Michaud chr.  gelatine metal  plate      .     .     .  "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  p.  9. 

Rodrerigiiez collodion silver  print      .     .     .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  1958. 

etching  on  gelatine  and  carb.  lead  glass  negative      .     .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2194. 

dissolved  gelatine      .....  relief  block     .     .     .  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxviii.  26. 

swelled  gelatine relief  block     .     .    .  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  26. 

Vidal carbon  process film  on  artificial  stone 

Volkme.r photolithograph '. 

Water/iouse gelatine copper  plate    .     .     . 

asphaltum relief 'Scientific  American  Sup. ,"  2607. 

Albert ohr.  gelatine  cliche print ......  'Mecli.  Diet.,'''  57. 

Aubel fluoric  acid  on  glass glass  plate  .     .     .    .  'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1310. 

Baldus asphaltum copperplate    .     .     .  ' Sc.  American  Sup.,''  1310,2509. 

Solas chr.  gelatine .  relief  block      .     .     .  " Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2663. 

photolitho  : .     .  stone "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2276. 

photozincp relief " Scientific  American  Sup., '•  2276. 

chr.  gelatine cliche "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2326. 

Bran/I glass  negative ink  print 

Despaqwis chr.  gelatine  cliche print .     . 

^^^^^^^^  '  ~  '  utific 

Fox-Tnlbot bichr.  chr.  gelatine print Mech.  Diet.,"  1686. 

Licht'lruck bichr print ' Scientific  American  Sup.J'  1310. 

Negre asphaltum   .          printing  plate      .     .  "  Sc.  American  Sup., "  1319,  2507. 

Niepce asphaltum printing  plate      .     .  " Scientific  American  Sup.,-''  1310. 

Niepce.de  St  Victor    ....     asphaltum printing  plate      .     .  "Mech.  Diet.,"1 1686. 

Poitevin chr.  gelatine transfer  to  stone       .  "Mech.  Diet.,'''  1687. 

• ' Scientific  American,''  xli.  395. 

Poitevin chr.  gelatine copperplate    .     .     .  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"1 1310. 

Pretsch chr.  gelatine copperplate    .     .     .  ' :l Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1310. 

Scamoni photo,  print copperplate     .     .     .  ''Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1310,  1994. 

Schahl chr.  gelatine  cliche' print ^Scientific  American,"  xli.  261. 

Warnerke .     carb.  gelatine metal  plate      .     .     .  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3775. 

Woodbury chr.  gelatine metal  plate      .     .     .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1310. 

silver  print print  on  wooden  block  "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.36L 

Woolwich     .......    photolitho: " Scientific  American  Swp.,"4092. 


Fig.  1915. 


Picket-heading  Machine. 

See  PHIMOSIS 

Fig.  1916. 


Phy-mo'sis    For'ceps. 

STRUMENT. 

Phys'i-cal  A  p '  p  a  - 
ra'tus.  See  EXERCISING 
MACHINE;  HEALTH 
LIFT  ;  and  references  pas- 


Hopkins'  simple  physical  ap- 
paratus, *  "Sc.  Am.,"  xl.  35. 

Pick'et  Ma-chine'. 
A  machine  for  making 
fence  pickets. 

Fig.  1915  is  Snyder's  picket- 
heading  machine.  Its  action  is 
a  planing  motion,  the  cutter 
being  drawn  down  by  the  pit- 
man, operated  by  a  shaft  be- 
neath the  floor.  It  cuts  heads  such  as  those  shown 
1916.  On  the  arm  is  a  series  of  checks  which  are 


IN- 


Fig.  1917. 


W /.•••' 
Picket  Heads. 


in  Fig. 
thrown 


Picket-heading  Machine. 


back  in  a  moment  to  change  the  length  of 
picket  or  paling  from  5'  to  2.5'  or  any  inter- 
mediate length. 

Fig.  1917  is  another  style  of  picket  header, 
the  cutters  being  on  a  revolving  wheel. 

Fig.  1916  shows  four  styles  of  picket 
heads. 

Pick'et  Pin.  A  pin  to  which  an 
animal  is  tied  by  a  lariat. 

Fig.  1918  shows  one  with  swivel  link  on  a 
sleeve  ;  to  prevent  kinking,  and  allow  the 
animal  to  graze  around  the  pin  without  wind- 
ing up  the  lariat. 

Fick'et-saw'ing      Ma-chine'. 

One  for  sawing  pickets  or  palings  from 
the  bolt. 

Zierden's  iron-frame  gang,  lath,  and  picket 
sawing  machine  is  shown  in  Fig.  1919.  The 
illustration  shows  the  cowl  or  iron  cover 
thrown  back.  This,  when  in  use,  covers  and 
protects  the  gang  of  saws,  and  prevents  saw- 
dust being  scattered  over  the  mill. 


1918. 


Picket  Pin. 


PICKET-SAWING   MACHINE. 


678 


PIKE   POLE. 


Fig.  1919. 


Picket-sawing  Machine. 


Pick  Ham'mer.     A  miner's  tool,  which  has 
hammer  and  pick  'at  the  respective  ends. 

Fig.  1920. 


Pick  Hammer. 

Pick  Mat'tock.  One  with  a  blade  at  one  end 
transverse  to  the  line  of  the  handle,  and  a  point  at 
the  other  end. 

Fig  1921. 


Pick  Mattock. 

Differs  from  an  axe  mattock,  a  simple  mattock,  a 
pick,  or  a  pick  hammer. 

Fic'no-hy-drom'e-ter.  A  combination  of  the 
picnometer  and  hydrometer.  —  Wiegand. 

Described  in  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  340. 

Fic'nom'e-ter.     A  specific  gravity  glass. 

Pic'ture  Lens.  (Optics.)  A  large,  double 
convex  lens  of  very  long  focus,  and  mounted  in  a 
hand-frame ;  for  examining  pictures  or  paint- 
ings when  hung  upon  a  wall.  See  also  CLAUDE 
LORRAINE. 

Pier.  The  subject  is  considered  under  various 
heads  in  the  "Mech.  Diet."  AIR  LOCK,  Plate  II., 
p.  49 ;  PIER,  p.  1699,  etc.  See  list  under  HYDRAU- 
LIC ENGINEERING,  pp.  1129-1148,  Ibid. 


See  :   Promenade,   Aid- 
borough,  Br.      .     .     .  * ' 
Ore    shipping,    Bilboa, 

Spain *  ' 

Coney  Island  .  .  .  .  ' 
Staging,  E.  River  Bridge  *  ' 
Tidal,  Edgerton,  Engl.  .  *  ' 
Hudson  bridge,  Pough-  *  ' 

keepaie 

Ore    shipping,    Huelva, 


Iron ,  Lewes,  Delaware 

Col.  Kurtz     .... 

Iron,  Long  Branch    .     . 

Omaha  iron  piers  .     .     . 

Rio  Tinto  Ry.,  Spain 
Promenade  iron  pier. 

Skegness,  Br.     .    .     . 
Withernsea,  Br.     . 


'Engineer,"  xlvi.  182. 

'Engineer,"  xlviii.  409. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  344. 
'Engineering,"  xxv.  129,  171. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  898. 
'Trans.  Am.  Soc.  Civ.  Eng.,  vii. 
336. 

'Engineer,"  xli.  360,  363,  374. 

'Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1142, 1155. 
'Scientific  American,''  xl.  161. 
;  Trans.  Am.  So.  Civ.  Eng.,"  vii. 

338. 
" Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  1971, 2018. 

'Engineer,"  xlix.  44,  62. 
'Engineer,"  xlv.  62. 


The  report  by  Major  Tumbull  on  the  construction  of  the 
piers  of  the  Alexandria  canal  aqueduct  across  the  Potomac, 
at  Georgetown,  D.  C.  (1838-1841),  was  reprinted  for  Engineer 
Department,  U.  S.  A.,  1873.  4to. 


Pier'cing.  The  act  of  sawing  a  pattern  or  ob- 
ject out  of  a  plate,  in  coutra-distinction  to  punching. 
Jig  and  band  saws  are  used  for  the  purpose. 

Pie'som'e-ter.  See  PIEZOMETER  ;  PRESSURE 
GAGE  ;  and  references  passim. 

Fi'e-zom'e-ter.  1.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
to  measure  the  sense  of  pressure.  It  consists  of  a 
spring  in  a  German  silver  graduated  tube.  The 
spring  is  pressed  by  a  rod,  on  the  end  of  which  is  a 
hard  rubber  disk  "  in  diameter. 


e  the  back  of  thigh  and  leg. 

Beard's  Fig.  284,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  '  Armam.  Chirurg.'1' 

See  also  JESTHESIOMETER. 


2.  An  instrument  to  ascertain   the  pressure  set 
up  in  the  bore  of  a  gun  when  a  charge  of  powder  is 
fired. 

"Engineer,"  *  Sept.  16,  1870  ;  vol.  xlvii.,  83, 134, 170. 

See  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  M.,  pp.  228-256, 
and  Plates  I.  -XI.  • 

See  also  CUTTER  ;  CRUSHER  GAGE,  supra;  *  PRESSURE  GAGE 
infra. 

The  piezometer  of  M.  Sebert  consists  of  a  metallic  rod  of 
square  section  fixed  in  the  axis  of  a  hollow  projectile,  and 
which  serves  as  a  guide  to  a  movable  mass.  The  latter  car- 
ries a  small  tuning  fork  the  prongs  of  which  terminate  in  two 
small  metallic  pens  which  leave  undulating  traces  of  their 
passage  on  one  of  the  faces  of  the  rod,  which  has  been  coated 
with  lamp  black.  It  is  designed  to  determine  the  laws  of 
motion  of  a  projectile  in  the  bore  of  a  cannon  in  order  to  de- 
duce therefrom  the  law  of  the  pressures  developed  by  the 
combustion  of  the  charge. 

"  Scientific  American" xl.  1811. 

*"  Scientific  American  Sup."       ....    4042. 

3.  The  same  principle  is  adopted  in  obtaining 
measurements  of  depth  in  sounding.     In  Thomson's 
navigational  sounding  apparatus,  shown  and  de- 
scribed on  pp.  351,  352,  supra,  the  observed  conden- 
sation of  air  in  a  tube  attached  to  the  sinker  and 
registering  itself  by  the  contact  of  sea  water  with 
a  preparation  lining  the  tube,  is  made  the  meas- 
ure of  depth. 

Bncfianan      ....      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  x.viii.61. 

Pig  and  Ore  Pro'cess.  (Metallurgy.)  A 
process  of  Dr.  C.  W.  Siemens. 

It  consists  in  melting  down  a  charge  of  pig-iron  together 
with  enough  iron  ore  to  make  good  the  loss  of  pig-iron  by 
oxidation.  The  ore  facilitates  the  decarburization  of  the  pig- 
iron.  The  pig  and  ore  process  is  coming  largely  into  use, 
and  is  in  Great  Britain,  where  it  is  well  done  on  a  large  scale, 
a  successful  rival  of  the  Bessemer  process.  —  Holley. 

Pig  Met'al  Scales.  An  iron  truck  to  run 
on  to  a  section  of  railway  upon  scale  platform. 

Fig.  1922. 


Pig  Metal  Scales. 

Tlie  car  is  intended  to  hold  a  furnace  charge. 
The  beam  is  concealed,  but  has  an  indicator  which 
passes  through  the  top  of  the  beam  box. 

Pike  Pole.  A  tool  used  by  lumbermen  in  driv- 
ing logs  in  rivers.  See  Fig.  1923. 


PILE   DAM. 


679 


PILE  DRIVER. 


Pile  Dam.  A  dam  made  by  driving  piles  and 
filling  in  with  stones.  It  usually  has  planking  to 
protect  the  surfaces. 

See  Pile  dam  on  the  Little  Kaukanna,  Fox 
River  improvements:  "Report  of  Chief  of 
Engineers  U.  S.  Army,''  1876,  vol.  ii.,  part 2, 
Plate  II.,  p.  416. 

Pile  Dri'ver.  The  pile  driver  as 
a  ramming  engine  to  force  piles  into 
the  ground  is  shown  iu  Figs.  3717, 
3718,  pp.  1702,  1703,  "Mech.  Diet." 
See  also  PILE-DRIVING  ENGINE, 
infra;  PNEUMATIC  PILE,  "Mech. 
Diet."  et  infra,  and  references  passim. 

The  method  of  driving  piles  by  aid  of 
hydraulic  jet  has  been  very  successful  in 
sands  and  soils  which  are  free  of  logs  and 
bowlders.  The  operation  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1924.  It  is  a  device  of  British  engineers, 
used  at  Morecombe  Bay  in  India,  in  build- 
ing a  railway  bridge  crossing  some  treach- 
erous sands  and  also  used  in  the  construction 
of  Southport  pier,  England.  The  pile  is  in 
hollow  iron  sections  and  has  a  bulbous  shoe. 

"  The  columns,  9"  in  diameter  and  of  |" 
metal,  terminate  in  an  extended  base  18" 
in  diameter,  with  a  contracted  opening  of 
2J".  This  disk  is  provided  with  toothed 
edges,  and  serrated  flanges  to  scratch  away 
any  impediments,  and  cut  through  the  layers  of  indurated 
mud  and  silt  which  here  and  there  interpose  and  interrupt 
its  progress.  The  column  is  clasped  by  moving  guides  on  the 
face  of  an  ordinary  piling  engine  frame,  and  down  the  inside 

Fig.  1924. 


Pike  Pole. 


Diclcson's   Hydraulic.   Pile   Driving 

is  run  an  iron  tube  2J"  in  diameter,  protruding  a  lew  inches 
beyond  the  base.  The  upper  end  of  this  tube  being  brought 
round,  is  attached  by  screw  couplings  to  a  flexible  hose,  in 
connection  with  a  steam  pump.  The  whole  being  duly 
placed  in  position,  a  couple  of  men  are  told  off  to  keep  the 
column  in  reciprocating  motion  by  means  of  a  lever  clasped 
round  it,  and  all  being  ready  the  pumps  are  set  to  work. 
The  issuing  jet  of  water  blows  up  the  sand,  which  is  thru 
kept  continually  agitated,  and  down  goes  the  pile  in  the 


is  attained,  the  pumps  are  stopped,  and  the  tube  rapidly 
withdrawn ,  and  the  whole  in  the  course  of  a  few  minutes 
is  firmly  fixed.  These  columns,  in  the  case  cited  at  South- 
port,  are  all  put  down  a  depth  of  15'  to  20',  the  average  time 
occupied  in  the  actual  process  of  sinking  being  but  20  to 
80  minutes.  Two  or  three  were  fixed  in  a  tide,  the  bulk  of 
the  time  being  necessarily  occupied  in  moving  about  the 


Fig.  1925. 


Section  through  Axis  of  Pile. 

apparatus  and  machinery.  Some  of  the  piles  were  sunk 
from  a  raft,  the  process  answering  equally  as  well  under 
water  as  ashore.  An  experimental  column  with  a  reduced 

Fig.  1926 


Plan  of  Bottom. 

disk,  was  sunk  in  less  than  20  minutes  to  a  depth  ol  W."  — 
"Engineer." 

Fig.  1927. 


Section  through  A-B. 
(Showing  Plan  of  Bridge-piece  and  Arrangement  of  Gearing,) 


PILE   DKIVER. 


680 


PILE   DRIVING. 


Figs.  1925-1927  show  excavating  shoes  to  be  added  to  the 
end  of  the  ordinary  tubular  pile  when  the  soil  is  of  such  a 
nature  as  not  to  yield  to  the  mere  impact  of  water. 

The  cylinder  itself  is  not  rotated  but  is  held  upright  over 
the  spot  it  is  to  occupy  and  sinks  as  the  earth  is  excavated  be- 
neath it.  The  sole  of  the  pile  is  shown  in  section  in  Fig. 
1925  and  in  plan  in  Fig.  1926,  steel  cutters  D  being  placed  on 
curved  blades  R,  and  driven  by  means  of  gears  p  on  shafts  A 
supported  in  sockets  JJ  and  bridge  B.  The  gears  P  mesh  into 
an  internal  cog-wheel  A  which  is  a  part  of  the  sole  F. 

The  shoe  being  rotated  comminutes  the  soil  which  is  driven 
away  by  a  copious  jet  of  water  conducted  down  the  interior 
of  the  cylinder.  The  required  depth  being  reached,  an  air 
chamber  is  attached  to  the  top  of  the  pile  and  air  forced  in 
to  empty  the  pile  while  the  machinery  of  the  bottom  portion 
is  all  removed.  The  pile  is  then  filled  with  concrete. 

Pile  Dri'ving.  The  methods  of  sinking  piles 
and  caissons  by  pneumatic  methods  or  by  combined 
pneumatic  and  other  methods  have  been  considered 
under  *  PNEUMATIC  PILE,  p.  1754;  *  CAISSON,  p. 
421  ;  *AiR  LOCK,  p.  49 ;  *  SUBMARINE  EXCAVA- 
TOR, p.  2439,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  also  PILE,  supra. 

Figs.  1928-1930  show  views  of  the  subaqueous  excavator 
of  Pontez,  used  for  driving  piles  or  making  solid  foundations 
in  quicksands  or  unstable  soils. 

Fig.  1928. 


Pontez'  Sub-aqueous  Excavator. 


Pig.  1928  is  a  vertical  section  showing  the  excavating  cylin- 
der in  position,  also  the  working  apparatus.  Beneath  the 
view  of  the  apparatus  in  situ  are  two  detached  figures  :  one 
a  plan  of  the  disk  showing  the  central  hole  for  the  tubes,  and 
other  holes  for  piles  which  are  to  be  driven  through.  On 
the  right  is  a  sectional  elevation  of  the  excavating  cylinder, 
showing  inteV-nal  perforated  tube  C,  and  hydraulic  jets  D  D. 

The  excavating  cylinder  B  is  formed  of  sheet  iron,  connected 
at  its  upper  extremity  with  a  powerful  suction  pump  or  air- 
tight receiver.  The  lower  section  of  the  excavator  is  con- 
nected with  another  pump,  a  force  pump,  by  the  hose  C 
•which  passing  through  the  side  of  the  excavating  cylinder, 
then  feeds  a  pipe  perforated  with  a  number  of  small  holes. 
This  pipe,  leading  down  near  the  open  end  of  the  cylinder  B 
bifurcates  and  then  projects  outside  the  cylinder  at  opposite 
sides,  forming  two  external  hydraulic  excavating  jets  D  D. 

The  operation  for  sinking  a  disk  is  as  follows  :  The  exca- 
vating cylinder  is  passed  through  the  central  aperture,  and 
rests  on  the  mud  beneath ;  the  connections  are  then  made 
respectively  with  the  force-pump  and  suction-puinp  or  vac- 
uum chamber.  The  first  effect  of  the  action  of  the  suction- 


Fig.  1929. 


Elevation  and  Section  of  Pile  Foundation. 

pump  is  to  force  the  nozzle  of  the  excavator,  by  atmospheric 
pressure,  into  the  mud  for  some  depth,  thereby  excluding 
the  outer  water.  A  column  of  permeable  sand  or  mud  now 
fills  the  cylinder  ;  under 

the  power  of  the  suction  i'ig.  1930. 

it  packs  tightly,  and  the 
operation  would  cease, 
but  simultaneously  the 
force-pump  ff  sends  into 
the  column  of  mud  nu- 
merous small  jets  of 
water  ;  the  moment  it 
becomes  permeable  it 
passes  on  in  a  contin- 
uous flow  and  is  de- 
livered by  the  pump, 
holding  the  maximum  of 
solid  matter  with  the 
minimum  of  water,  or 
air  if  forced  in  instead 
of  water.  The  diverging 
hydraulic  or  air  jets  act- 
ing over  and  beyond  the 
area  covered  by  the  disk, 
excavate  beneath  and 
undermine  it,  the  mate- 
rial passing  into  the  ex- 
cavator, the  disk  sub- 
sides. Bowlders  or  large 
stones  encountered 
would  be  washed  into 
the  center  of  the  excava- 
tion, where  they  could 
be  broken  through  the 
aperture. 

Fig.  1929  shows  two 
forms  of  piles  sunken  by 
these  means.  One  has  a 


Sheet  Piling. 


series  of  disks  with  intervening  concrete  or  rip-rap.  The  sec- 
tional view  shows  the  disks  with  central  tube,  and  the  side 
piles  in  position. 

Fig.  1930  shows  the  plan  as  adapted  to  sheet  piling. 

QT.  Pile,  Le  Grand  IfSut- 

diff                ....      "Engineer,"  xlvii.  183. 
Pile-driver *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  433. 


PILE   DRIVER 


681 


PILLAR   SHAPER. 


Pile-driver "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  388. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"1  xli.  147. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  372. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  408. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  338. 

*  "Manufact.  #  Builder,-'  ix.  129. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  2210. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  2210. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2050. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  340. 

*  Fig.  1099,  p.  357,  supra. 

''Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  2238,  *  3769. 


Machinery,  Dresden  . 
Gunpowder,  Shaw 
Machine,  Mundy  . 
Engine,  Mundy     . 
Powder    .... 
Steam,  Lewicki 
Water  jet,  Calais  . 
Water  jet  in  1863  . 
Friction  drum  hoist 
Pneumatic  process,  Glenn 


In  .-ianil,  water  jet,  Pontez     "  Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  20. 
Kxplosive,   Vugler  .     .     .      U.  S.  Patent,  No.  137,514. 
Tubular,  £«  Grand  #  Sut- 

i-tij!'  .......  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  223. 

Jiinvier,  *  Laboulayc1!:  "Dirt.,"  iv.,  ed.  1877,  art.  "Pilotis." 
*  Bower.    *  Nasmytli. 

Austrian   steam    pile   drivers,   *  "  Vienna  Exposition   Re- 
ports," iii.,  Sec.  II.,  p.  56,  and  Plate  XVII. 


de  Pilotis,  Defontaine  .  .  "  Technolos;iste,"  xli.  793. 
Driving  by  hyd.  pressure,  Wieck  .  "  Technologist  e,"  xli.  206. 
Driving  by  dynamite  .....  "  Technologiste,"  xl.  64. 

Pile-dri'ving  En'gine.  An  engine  specially 
a<lapted  for  the  working  of  the  pile  driving  by 
monkey,  and  the  lifting  of  piles  into  position  for 
driving. 

The  lifting  gear  is  single  purchase,  and  is  usually  propor- 
tioned for  working  with  a  monkey  not  exceeding  one  ton  in 
weight.  The  barrel  is  loose  on  the  shafc,  and  is  made  fast 
to  it  by  a  powerful  conical  friction  clutch,  which  is  thrown 
in  and  out  of  contact  with  the  barrel  by  the  hand-lever  ;  this 
lever  is  also  connected  by  a  rod  to  the  throttle-valve,  which 
automatically  regulates  the  supply  of  .steam. 

The  capstan-end  U  used  for  pitching  piles  or  for  hauling; 
the  strap-brake  is  worked  by  the  foot-lever,  and  is  used  for 
holding  the  load,  or  for  preventing  the  chain  from  overhaul- 
ing too  much. 

See  FRICTION  DRUM  HOIST,  Fig.  1099,  p.  357,  supra.  Also 
Figs.  454  and  1359. 

Pile  In'stru-ments.     (Sur/jical.)     See"HEM- 

ORRHOIDAL    INSTRUMENTS." 

Pile  Tel'e-phone.  A  telephone  having  a  vol- 
taic pile  in  the  circuit. 

In  Edison's  a  piece  of  cork  is  fastened  to  the  diaphragm 
Fig.  1931. 


Treble-geared  Pillar  Drilling  Machine. 


and  presses  upon  a  strip  of  platinum,  which  is  attached  to  a 
plate  of  copper  ;  the  latter  is  one  of  the  terminals  of  an  or- 
dinary galvanic  pile. 

*"  Scientific  American  Supplement"     .     .    2591-2594. 
*  "Engineer  " xlvi.  p.  425. 

Pillar  Drilling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
tool  which  stands  erect  upon  a  pillar  support  on 
which  the  bench  or  platform  is  adjustable  vertically 
by  rack  and  pinion.  The  machine  shown  has 
treble  speeds  by  means  of  sets  of  gearing. 

Fil'lar  Sha'per.  A  compact  form  of  planing 
machine  for  metal. 

Fig.  1932. 


Pillar  Shaper. 

The  10"  machine,  for  instance,  stands  on  a  hollow  column, 
the  base  of  which  measures  36"  by  27".  The  stroke  may  be 
graduated  to  any  point  within  its  extreme  limit,  the  cutter- 
slide  has  a  quick  return,  and  the  cross-feed  is  automatic  and 

Fig.  1933. 


Pill  Coaler. 


PILLAR   SHAPER. 


PIOSCOPE. 


adjustable.  The  planer-vise  has  a  slide  base  and  operating 
screw  ;  length  of  stroke,  10",  traverse  of  bed,  16" ;  distance 
between  table-top  and  bottom  of  slide,  11J". 

Pratt  4-  Whitney *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  24. 

Pill  Coat'er.  A  machine  like  a  comfit-making 
machine,  in  which  pills  are  coated  with  sugar. 

A  regular  rotary  motion  is  given  to  the  pan, 
which  tumbles  the  pills  over  each  other,  exposing 
them  to  the  saccharine  matter  which  adheres  to 
them,  while  the  constant  motion  prevents  mutual 
adherence.  See  Fig.  1933. 

Pill  coating,  Bull    .     .     .      "  Sc.  Amir.  Sup.,"  2065. 

Pill  printing,  Vial  .     .     .  *  "Sc.  Amur.,"  xliii.  194. 

Confection  pan  ....  *  Fig.  1428,  p.  611,  "Meek.  Diet.1' 

Brown "Engineer,"1  xli.  226. 

Pin.  (Surgical.)  Pins  are  used  in  securing 
parts,  sutures,  and  what  not.  The  primary  idea  is 
that  a  pin  remains  in  situ,  a  while  at  least,  while 
a  needle  makes  a  temporary  puncture  or  carries  a 
thread.  Some  varieties  of  the  acus  are,  however, 
less  transitory. 

Harelip  pin,  with  removable  point,  and  plastic  pin  with 
conductor,  p.  60,  Part  II.,  "  Tiemann's  "Armam.  Chirurg." 
Hemorrhoidal,  Tig.  599',  Part  III.,  Ibid. 

(Toilet) : 

Pin  industry,  history  of    .  "  Iron  Age"  xxiv.,  Dec.  4,  p.  11. 
French  series  of  operations  "JZpingle,"  Laboulaye':s"Dict.'>: 
ii. 

Pin  machine "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  May  18,  p.  20. 

Pin  machinery    .     .     .     .  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  261. 

Fin'-ball  Sight.  (Rifle.)  Another  name  for 
the  bead-sight;  also  called  pin-head  sight.  Left- 
hand  illustration,  Fig.  249,  p.  84,  supra. 

Pin  Bush.  A  reaming  or  polishing  tool  for 
pin  holes. 

Fi-.  1935. 
Fig.  1934. 


Pin  Bush. 


A.  Mohr's  Pinchcock. 

B.  Bunsen's  Pinchcock. 


3 

Pinchcocks. 

Pinch/cock. 

A  clamp  on  a  flexi- 
ble pipe  to  regulate 
the  flow  of  fluid  or  liquid,  so  as  to  keep  up  a  con- 
stant action  at  a  fixed  rate. 

Finch'er.  (Glass.)  A  nipping  tool  fitting  the 
inside  and  outside  of  a  bottle,  in  order  to  shape  the 
mouth. 

(Metal.)  Compound  lever  *  "Iron  Age,'"  xxiv.,  Sept.  18,  p.  7. 
Cutting,  Hall    .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  388. 

Pin'ion  Jack.  (Milling.)  A  jack  for  raising 
the  stone  pinion  out  of  gear.  This  attachment 
works  from  below. 

Another  and  simpler  device  for  raising  the  pinion  from 


above  has  a  shaft  worked  by  a  hand  wheel  with  ratchet 
stop,  and  haviug  short  chains  and  hooks,  which  are  caught 
under  the  arms  of  the  pinion,  and  raised  by  the  turning  of 
the  shaft. 

Pink'ie.  A  fishing  vessel  with  a  high,  narrow- 
pointed  stern.  Used  in  the  cod  and  coast  fisheries. 

Pin  Ma-chine'.  1.  Toilet  pin.  See  p.  1705, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  machine  for  making  wooden  pins,  for  se- 
curing mortise  and  tenon  joints,  for  dowels,  etc.  It 
is  especially  used  in  making  the  pins  used  in  sash, 
blind,  and  door  factories. 

The  square  stuff  is  fed  into  the  machine,  rounded  by  pass- 
ing through  a  hollow  mandrel,  and  pointed  by  a  rotary 

Fig.  1936. 


Wooden  Pin  Machine. 

pointing  cutter.  The  machine  will  cut  off  the  pins  at  any- 
desired  length,  and  leave  them  round  or  square.  Cuts  and 
points  80  to  130  pins  per  minute ;  length,  $"  to  4"  ;  diame- 
ter, i"  to  5-16". 

Pin  Sticking  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
sticking  pins  in  paper. 

The  pins  in  bulk  pass  from  a  hopper  into  an  inclined, 
slotted  chute,  down  which  they  move,  supported  by  their 
heads.  At  the  bottom  of  the  chute  the  pins  are  received 
singly  between  the  projecting  threads  of  a  screw  shaft,  and 
are  moved  horizontally  over  a  warped  guiding  and  support- 
ing surface  shaped  to  gradually  change  the  pins  moved  over 
it  from  a  vertical  to  a  horizontal  position.  Each  pin,  after 
it  is  placed  in  a  horizontal  position,  is  released  from  the  con- 
trol of  the  screw  or  feeding  shaft,  and  is  delivered  under  a 
spring  presser  or  holder,  and  then  a  reciprocating  driver 
strikes  the  head  of,  and  projects  the  pin  horizontally  forward 
and  through  parallel,  projecting,  longitudinal  ribs  formed 
on  a  long  strip  of  paper  led  from  a  suitable  reel.  The  paper 
is  ribbed  or  crimped  longitudinally  for  the  reception  of  the 
pins  by  the  action  of  a  foot  and  a  wheel,  between  which  the 
paper  passes.  The  strip,  with  pins  inserted,  is  then  cut  into 
proper  lengths  and  wound  on  a  mandrel  to  form  rolls,  which 
are  then  pressed  between  a  concave  and  convex  matrix  into 
pyramidal  form. 

Pin  Switch.  (Telegraphy.)  A  simple  and  ef- 
ficient method  of  connecting  wires  and  loops  with 
instruments,  or  changing  from  one  line  to  another. 
The  connections  are  made  with  pins  or  plugs, 
which  give  a  rubbing  or  frictional  contact  when 
thrust  into  the  holes  on  the  board.  See  LOCK 
SWITCH. 

Pi'o-scope.     A  milk  test  by  Prof.  Heeren. 

It  consists  of  a  disk  of  black  vulcanized  caoutchouc,  hav- 
ing in  its  middle  a  flat  circular  depression.  A  few  drops  of 
the  milk  in  question,  well  mixed,  are  placed  in  the  hollow 
and  covered  with  the  second  part  of  the  apparatus  — a  plate 
of  glass  painted  with  six  shades  of  color  radiating  out  from  a 


PIOSCOPE. 


683 


PIPE  BENDER. 


small,  uncovered,  circular  spot  in  the  middle.     The  colors 

Offset  pipe.                                   Soldering  nipple. 

range  from  white  gray  to  deep  bluish  gray.    The  layer  of 

Oil  pipe.                                        Stand  pipe. 

milk  is  seen  through  the  uncolored  spot  in  the  center,  and 

Oil  pipe  line.                                 Stand  post. 

its  color  can  thus  be  compared  with   the   radiating  colors, 

Open  return  bend.                        Starting  valve. 

and  its  quality  judged  according  to  the  color  with  which  it 

Pantry  cock.                                 Steam  trap. 

coincides.     The  whiter  the  color  the  more  creamy  the  milk. 
See  LACTOSCOPE  and  references  j/assim. 

Pavement  pipe.                            Steam  valve. 
Pet  cock.                                       Stench  trap. 

Pipes,  Valves,  and  Plumb'ing.     Apparatus 
included  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Pipe.                                              Stop  valve. 
Pipe  connection.                           Straightway  valve. 
Pipe  coupling.                              Strainer. 

Adapter.                                        Drop  tee. 

Pipe  covering.                               Strainer  foot  valve. 

Angle  check-valve.                       Dudgeon  expander. 
Angle  cock.                                   Earth  closet. 

Pipe  fittings.                                 S-trap. 
Pipe  joint.                                     Street  washer. 

Angle  pressure  valve.                  Elbow. 
Angle  valve.                                 Ell. 
Back-pressure  valve.                   Equilibrium  valve. 
Ball-and-socket  pipe.                   Exhaust  nozzle. 
Basin  cock.                                   Expansion  joint. 
Basin  grate.                                  Faucet. 

Pipe-laying  apparatus.                 Street  washer  screw 
Pipe  line.                                       Stuffing  cock. 
Pipe  reducer.                                Suction  basket. 
Pipe  stop.                                      Suction  butt. 
Pipe  union.                                   Swinging  coupling. 
Pitcher  nose.                                 Swinging  valve. 

Basin  plug.                                   Ferrule. 

Plug.                                              Swing  joint. 

Basin  stopper.                              Filter. 

Plug  basin.                                   T. 

Basin  trap.                                    Filtering  apparatus. 
Basin  waste.                                 Flange. 

Plug  cock.                                     Tail  pipe. 
Plug  valve.                                    Tank  check  valve. 

Basin  wrench.                              Flange  coupling. 
Bath.                                              Flange  pipe. 
Bath-boiler  union.                       Flexible  valve. 

P-trap.                                           Tank  regulator. 
Quarter  bend.                               Tank  screw. 
Quarter-turn  gooseneck.              Tank  valve. 

Bath  cock.                                     Floating  board. 
Bath  tuli                                        Float  valve* 

Racking  faucet.                            Tap. 
Rain  and  well  water  stop.           Taper  screw  joint. 

Bath-tub  strainer.                        Flush  box. 

Reducer.                                        Tap-hole  protector. 

Bell.                                               Flushing  box. 

Reducing  coupling.                     Tasting  cock. 

Bend.                                             Flush  joint. 

Reducing  tee.                                T-brauch. 

Bevel  hub.                                    Foot  valve. 

Reflux  valve.                                Tee. 

Bibb.                                              Forty-five  °  elbow. 

Regulating  valve.                        Telegraph  cock. 

Bidet.                                             Four-way  cock. 

Retaining  valve.                           Telegraph  faucet. 

Bidet  pan.                                     Frost  valve. 

Return  bend.                                T-handle. 

Blank  flange.                                Fullway  valve. 
Blow-off  cock.                              Gage  cock. 

Return  valve.                                Thimble. 
Ring  valve.                                  Three-quarter-S  trap. 

Blow-off  hose  cock.                      Gas  bath. 

Kose.                                            Three-way  cock. 

Blow-through  cock.                     Gas  drip  box. 

Round  way  cock.                        Throttle  damper. 

Bottle  capsule.             •               Gas  pipe. 

Running  trap.                               Tide  flap. 

Bottle  carrier.                               Gas  soldering  apparatus. 

Screw-down  stop  cock.               Tip-up  basin. 

Bottle  holder.                               Gas  trap. 

Screw  valve.                                  Trap. 

Bottle  jack.                                   Gas  valve. 

Seal.                                               Trap  mold. 

Bottle  stopper.                             Gate  valve. 

Self-closing  faucet.                     Tube. 

Bottle  washer.                              Gland  cock. 

Service  cock.                               Tube  valve. 

Bottling  machine.                      Globe  valve. 

Sewer-gas  check.                         Twin  safetv  valve. 

Box  valve.                                     Gooseneck. 

Sewer-gas  trap.                             Union. 

Bracket  cock.                                Ground  cock. 

Sewer-trap.                                    Vacuum  valve. 

Branch.                                          Gulley  trap. 

S-hopper  trap.                               Valve  gearimr. 

Bulk-head  union.                         Half  hose-coupling. 

Shower  bath.                                Vertical  check-valve. 

Bung.                                             Half-S  hopper  trap. 

Sink.                                              Wash  basin. 

Bushing.                                        Half-S  trap. 

Sink  pipe.                                      Wash-basin  valve. 

Can.                                                Half  trap. 

Sink  plug.                                   Wash  stand. 

Cap.                                                Hand  hole  trap. 

Siphon.                                          Wash-tub  waste. 

Carboy.                                          Hawser  pipe.' 

Siphon  bottle.                             Waste. 

Centrifugal  filter.                         H-branch. 

Siphon-cleaning  box.                  Waste  preventer. 

Cesspool  trap,                               Hopper. 

Siphon  filler.                                 Waste  stop-cock. 

Champagne  apparatus.                Hopper  closet. 

Siphon  pipe.                                 Waste  wav. 

Check  valve.                                 Hopper  cock. 

Siphon  trap.                                 Water-back  coupling. 

Chipping  knife.                          Horizontal  check-valve. 

Slab.                                               Water  closet. 

Clear-way  hydrant.                      Hose. 

Slant.                                          Water  gate. 

Closet  cistern.                               Hose  cart. 

Sleeve.                                           Water  main. 

Coil.     See  varieties  under           Hose  clamp. 

Slide  valve.                                 Water  pipe. 

HEATING  AND  LIGHTING           Hose  coupling. 

Sluice.                                           Water  shoes. 

APPARATUS.                                Hose  nipple. 

Sluice  valve.                                 Water  valve. 

Combination  basin  cock.             Hose  pipe. 

Socket.                                           Wedge  valve. 

Commode.                                     Hose  screw. 

Socket  pipe.                                  Weighted  gage-cock. 

Compression  cock.                       Hose  sprinkler. 

Soda-water  apparatus.                 Wiped  joint. 

Cone  joint.                                    Hose  union. 

Soda-water  fountain.                  Wiring  stand. 

Conical  valve.                               Hose  union  cap. 

Soda-  water  fountain  cock.          Y. 

Corking  machine.                         Hose  wrench. 

Soda-water  machinery.               Y-branch. 

Cork  wiring.                                   Hub. 

Soil  branch.                                  Y-cross. 

Corner  valve.                                Hydrant. 

Soil  pipe.                                       Yoke. 

Corporation  stop.                         Hydrant  cock. 
Counter  cock.                               Hydrant  nozzle. 

Pipe  Bend'er,     1.  A  mandrel  consisting  of  a 

Cross.                                             Hydrant  suction. 

Cross  valve.                                   Hydrant  valve. 
Curve.                                            Hydrostatic  joint 

Fig.  1937. 

Decanting  apparatus.                   Injection  check  valve. 

A  >^^HM    ^SC"6**!^ 

Diaphragm  valve.                         Inserted  joint. 

.appj^^jps  ^fiyJifr/gg^J 

Differential  screw  pipe-             L. 

•  ^^  ^^^^^^^^-        j^l^^B^H 

joint.                                          Lateral  branch. 

Double-bell  pipe.                          Latrine. 

^Sf^f^r           «EBTHJM.ATA.          *  j'  —  "ffi~           »• 

Double-connecting  section.         Leaden  pipe. 

mll^^ff    Rrre—>l!p*^k 

Double-face  valve.                      Lever  and  cam  valve. 

mjS^ff  MAunRri_ji                         ^B                IC"***® 

Double  fire-cock.                          Lever  faucet. 

•BVf             ^^"^^kfmfr                  ""^sS—  " 

Double-hub  beud.                        Lever-handle  cock. 

&  j§<**  1                       ^••^ 

Double  valve.                               Liquor  cock. 

I'^S1/ 

Double-  Y  branch.                        Lock  faucet. 

K^-rf^y 

Drain  cock.                                     Main. 

•ffii^H 

Drain  grate.                                  Molasses  gate. 

Pipe  Bendir  Mandrel. 

Drain  pipe.                                  Mushroom  strainer. 

BW^I 

Draw-off  cock.                              Nipple. 
Dresser.                                         Nozzle. 
Drop  elbow.                                 Offset. 

strong  closely-wound  steel  helix  of  uniform  exterior 
diameter  and  somewhat  longer  than  the  pipe  to  be 

PIPE   BENDER. 


684        PIPES,  TOOLS,  AND   MACHINERY. 


bent.  This  is  thrust  into  the  pipe  and  keeps  it  from 
becoming  distorted.  See  FLEXIBLE  MANDREL, 
Fig.  1058,  p.  347,  supra. 

2.  Miller's  machine  for  bending  stove-pipe  elbows 
consists  of  sets  of  clamps  in  pairs  which  seize  the 
pipe,  and,  turning  on  horizontal  axes,  force  it  to 
bend  at  each  operation  through  a  small  angle.  The 
pipe  is  then  released  and  a  new  hold  taken  at  a 
point  a  little  farther  along,  and  the  operation  re- 
peated until  the  pipe  has  been  given  the  required 
bend. 

Pipe  Coupling.  A  joint  or  piece  to  connect 
two  pipes  or  a  pipe  with  another  object. 


See: 


Bell. 
Bend. 
Branch. 

Cross. 
Elbow. 
Expansion  joint. 


Hub. 

Offset. 

Reducer. 

Sleeve. 

Tee. 

Y. 


Pipe  Cut'ter.  1.  A  machine  for  cutting  pipe 
into  lengths  or  tracing  the  ends.  Associated  with 
a  threader  in  Fig.  1744,  p.  1712,  "Meek.  Diet." 

2.  A  tool  for  cutting  off  pipes.  Four  forms  are 
shown  in  Figs.  3735-3738,  p.  1711,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  1938  is  a  form  in  which  the  body  of  the  tool  is  threaded 
internally  for  the  reception  of  the  threaded  end  of  the  stem 
of  the  handle,  and  has  at  the  rear  a  chamber  for  the  recep- 
tion and  guidance  of  the  stem  of  the  movable  jaw.  This 
stem  has  a  screw  thread  cut  upon  it  so  that  it  can  be  moved 

Fig.  1938. 


Fig.  1940. 


"Acme  "  Pipe  Cutler. 

in  or  out  by  means  of  a  knurled  nut.  The  pipe  is  cut  by  a 
chisel  on  the  end  of  the  handle  stem  which  is  fed  into  the 
pipe  by  means  of  the  thread  on  the  stem,  while  the  tool  is 
revolved  around  the  pipe. 

Pipe  Die.  1.  (Ceramics.)  Pipes  of  stone- ware 
are  made  in  a  press,  in  the 
usual  manner  of  pressing 
the  plastic  clay  out  of  an 
annular  hole  made  by  sus- 
pending a  cone  in  the  circu- 
lar exit.  They  are  finished 
with  a  lead  glaze  and  sec-' 
ond  firing. 

2.  The  threaded  nut  for 
chasing  a  screw  on  a  pipe. 
See  Figs.  812-815,  p.  256, 
supra. 

Pipe  Fit'ter's  Vise. 
See  PIPE  VISE,  infra,  also 
Fig.  3752,  p.  1713,  " Mech.\ 
Diet." 

Pipe  Fit'tings.  See 
list  under  PIPE  TOOLS,  etc., 
infra.  Also  GAS  PIPES  AND 
CONNECTIONS,  Fig.  1174,  p. 
390,  supra. 

Pipe  Grip.    Toothed  or 
stepped  jaws,  to  be  placed 
in  a  vise,  to  hold  round  objects,  such  as  pipes  and 
rods. 

In  Fig.  1940  the  device  adjusts  itself  to  any  size,  one  jaw 
slipping  between  the  two  apposedones.  A  capacity  for  rota- 
tion in  a  vertical  plane  enables  the  jaw  to  grasp  the  pipe  at 
any  vertical  angle.  The  dotted  lines  indicate  the  jaws  of 
the  vise.  See  also  PIPE  VISE,  p.  1713,  "Mech..  Diet." 

Pipe  Kiln.  The  form  of  kiln  used  in  France 
for  baking  clay  pipes  is  shown  in  Fig.  1941. 

B  is  the  furnace,  A  the  chamber  with  pipe  trays  r  of  re- 


( 'lay-pipe  Dif. 


"Challenge''  Pipe   Grip. 


fractory  material  on  a  central  stem.     JV  is  the  chimney  ; 
the  walls  ;  E  the  aperture  for  charging  and  discharging. 


Pipe  Line.  A  means  of 
transporting  liquids  by  pipes 
laid  above  the  ground  or  be- 
neath the  surface.  See  OIL 
PIPE  LINE,  supra. 

Description  of  pipe  lines  for 
transport  of  beet-root  juice  to  fac- 
tories, Dr.  MoMurtrie's  report,  1880, 
in  "Dept.  of  Agric.,  Special  Re- 
port,'' No.  28,  pp.  131  et  seq. 

Pipe  Mold.  Primard's 
mold  for  iron  pipe  to  be  cast 
vertically  is  a  metallic  casing 
rolled  in  a  spiral  and  capable 
of  being  expanded  or  con- 
tracted at  will. 

"  A  plunger  attached  to  the  lower 
end  of  a  spindle,  and  having  a  dp- 
ameter  equal  to  the  outer  diameter 
of  the  pipe,  passes  through  the  in- 
terior of  the  casing,  which  is  placed 
in  the  center  of  the  mold.  This 
spiral  casing  is  placed  in  its  con- 
tracted state  into  the  center  of  the 
mold,  and  sand  is  run  between 
them.  The  plunger,  in  passing 


Fig.  1941. 


French  Pipe  Kiin. 


through  the  spiral,  enlarges  it  and  compresses  the  sand  uni- 
formly. When  it  is  withdrawn  the  spiral  contracts  -.:  ml  may 
be  easily  withdrawn.  The  casting  of  the  neck  ami  tianirr  on 
one  end  of  the  pipe  is  provided  by  a  simple  contrivance."  — 
"Moniteur  Itulustriel." 

Pipe  O'ven.  A  hot  blast  oven  in  which  the 
air  passes  through  pipes  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the 
furnace.  In  centra-distinction  to  a  fire-brick  oven. 
See  HOT-BLAST  STOVE,  supra. 

Pipe  Re-du'cer.  A  pipe  coupling  which  is 
larger  at  one  end  than  the  other,  to  unite  pipes  of 
different  diameters,  c,  Fig.  271,  p.  92,  supra. 

Pipe  Screwing.  See  PIPE  THREADER,  Fig. 
3744,  p.  1712,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pipe  Stand.  A  frame  to  support  radiator 
pipes.  See  COIL  STAND;  COIL  PLATE,  supra. 

Pipe  Stay.  A  device  to  hold  a  pipe  in  place  ; 
or  to  hang  a  pipe. 

Pipe  Stop.     A  spigot  in  a  pipe. 

Pipe  Test'ing  Ma-chine'.  See  PIPE  PROVER, 
Fig.  3741,  p.  1711,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Pipes,  Tools,  and  Ma-chin'er-y.  See  un- 
der the  following :  — 


Bend  and  union,  univer- 
sal, Royle,  Br.    .     .     .  *  ' 

Boring  &  turning  lathe. 
Hind,  Br *  ' 

Coupling,  adjustable,  Fr.  * 

Smith,  Br *  ' 

*  ' 

Chapell     .     .     .     • .  -  *  ' 
Covering,    Pierce     (air 
chamber)        .     .     .     .  * ' 

"  Acme  " *  ' 

Pipe  cutter  and  threader  *  ' 
Chase   .     .     .     .  •  .     .  * ' 

Eaton *  ' 

Roberts *  ' 

Sanford *' 

Saunders * 


1  Engineer,''1  xlix.  53. 

Engineer,"-  xli.  60,  69;  xliv.  42. 
'Engineer,"  1.  72. 
Engineer,"  xlvii.  388. 
'Scientific  American,'-  xxxv.  118. 
Scientific  Amer.,-'1  xxxviii.  56. 


PIPES,  TOOLS,  AND   MACHINERY.        685 


PISTON   PACKING. 


Fittings 

Gas  and  water  .     .     .     . 

Hydrostatic  joint  .     .     . 
.1  din  is  ;ni<l  pipes    . 

Joint,  differential  screw. 
lloiirry,  Switz.  .  .  . 
Painter,  Br 


Klasiic,  llnche  . 
Laying  apparatus  . 

Pipe  maker's  oven 
Manufact.  wrought  : 

Plumbing      .     .     . 
Press    

Screwing  machine. 

Heap,  Br.  .  . 
Tongs,  ''Acme  •'  . 

/>«;•»(•.<  .... 
lunald  . 

Thornton  .     .     . 


Tongs,  wrench,  etc., 
blued,  Statex 

Vise 

Wooilen,  Wyckoff 

Wrench,  "  Climax.' 
lltt.'t  if  Mil-  n  . 


Tin/and 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1273. 
*"Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  985,  1016,  1048, 

1060,  1072,  1092. 

*  "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  vol.  xxiv.,  p.  9. 

*  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  Nos.  62.  64,  66, 

67,  68,  69. 

*  "Engineering,"'  xxiii.  388. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlix.  181. 

*  "1-aboulaye,"  "Eclairage  au  Gas," 

ii.,  Figs.  69-72. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  88. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  396. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1109, 

*1137,*  1217. 

*  l' Scientific  American,"  xl.  82. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxi..  May  16,  p.  3. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2164. 
"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1920. 
Laboulaye.   iv.,   "Poteries,"    Fig. 

3693.      ' 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  454. 

*  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xlii.  246  ;  xliii.  122. 

*  "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Nov.  21,  p.  9. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.274. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Dec.  20,  p.  5. 

*  ••  :<n,  ntjfic  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  281. 

L- 

*  ':  rtrifntific  American,"  xxxvi.  310. 

*  "Scientific  American,"1  xxxvi.  19. 

*  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  49. 

*  "Manufact.  If  Builder,"  viii.  248. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  July  27,  p.  1. 

*  "N  .  American,"  xxxviii.  264. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  310. 


Pipe  Turn'buck-le.  A  pipe  or  rod  coupling, 
consisting  of  a  pipe  with  internal  threaded  ends, 
having  respectively  right  and  left-hand  threads. 
Into  these  the  ends  of  other  tiireaded  pipes  or  rods 
are  inserted,  and  by  rotating  the  turnbuckle  are 
drawn  towards  each  other. 

Its  function  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  ordinary 
turubuckle,  but  the  latter  is  made  of  rods  and  a 
link,  Fig.  6794,  p.  2059,  "  M«:/i.  Diet." 

Pipe  Un'ion.  A  pipe  coupling.  See  18  vari- 
eties, Fig.  3734,  p.  1710,  "Mech.  Diet." 

That  shown  in  Fig.  1942  is  for  connecting  lead,  or  lead  and 
iron  pipes  without  solder. 

Fig.  1942. 


¥<[»•  ,/niiil . 

Tn  connecting  two  lead  pipes,  the  conical  rings  are  placed 
loosely  on  the  ends :  the  ends  of  the  pipes  are  then  forced 
out  by  a  taper  plug,  the  pipes  being  allowed  to  project  above 
the  rim  ;  the  ends  are  flattened  over  the  edges  of  the  conical 
rings  with  a  small  hammer  until  they  form  a  flange,  as 
shown  on  section  ;  the  outside  hoop  is  then  screwed  on,  and 
the  whole  tightened  firmly  together  by  screwing  with  two 
spanners  in  opposite  directions. 

In  connecting  a  lead  and  iron  pipe,  the  lead  pipe  under- 
goes the  same  operation  as  above  described,  the  plain  coni- 
ral  ring  being  placed  on  the  end  of  the  lead  pipe,  and  the 
screwed  ring  on  the  iron  pipe,  the  face  of  the  ring  being 
firmly  screwed  up  to  the  face  of  the  lead  pipe. 

Pipe  Vise.  A  special  vise  for  pipes.  Attach- 
ments to  vises,  to  enable  them  to  grasp  pipes  and 
rods,  are  shown  under  PIPE  GRIP,  supra.  PIPE 
VISE,  VISE,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  Panconst  (f  Man!?  vise,  shown  in  Fig.  1943,  can  be  used 
either  as  a  permanent  fixture  to  a  work-bench,  attached  to 
an  angle  plate,  or  can  be  held  between  the  jaws  of  any  ma- 
chinist's or  blacksmith's  vise.  The  movable  jaw  being  open 


on  the  side  permits  work  to  be  gripped  at  any  desired  point 
without  slipping  it  in  from  the  end  ;  the  box  is  made  of  mal- 

Fig.  1943. 


Pipe  Vise. 


leable  iron,  the  screw  of  wrought  iron,  and  the  remainder 
of  solid  steel.  The  steel  gripping  jaws  can  be  duplicated  and 
replaced  when  worn  out. 

See  also  Fig.  3752,  p.  1713,  "Meek.  Diet.;  "  Fig.  6986,  p. 
2713,  Ibid. 

Pis'ci-cul'ture.  See  FISH  CULTURE,  OYSTER 
TOOLS,  etc. 

Pis'tol.  See  REVOLVER. 

Pis'tol  Grip.  A  protuberance  shaped  like  the 
butt  of  a  pistol  beneath  the  small  of  a  gun  or  rifle 

Fig.  1944. 


Pistol  Grip. 

stock,  to  be  grasped  by  the  right  hand,  to  give 
steadiness  to  the  grip  in  firing. 

Pis'tol  Ri'fling  Ma-chine'.  A  standard  ma- 
chine cuts  5  grooves  of  an  invariable  pitch,  in  bar- 
rels 3.5"  to  5"  long,  with  or  without  feed  for  depth 
of  grooves.  See  RIFLE,  p.  1939,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  twist  may  vary  from  1  turn  in  72"  to  1  turn 
in  12".  —  Pratt  ^  Whitney. 

Pis'ton.  See  numerous  illustrations,  Figs.  3757- 
3759,  pp.  1714-1716,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Church,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  281. 

Rowan,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  235. 

Expanding,  Wood     .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  14,  p.  1. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  182. 

Packing,  Sprague       .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  7,  p.  1. 
Packing,  Hewitt   .     .     .*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  678. 

*  "Scientific  Am.  Sup.,"  690,  *  293. 
Packing,  metallic,  Legfy 

Parker,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  191. 

Pump,  Ship's,  Blundell,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  94. 
Ring,  Dubied,  Fr.  .     .     .    *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  107. 
Piston-rod  lathe. 

Schonheyder,  Br.  . 
Piston-rod  lathe  .  . 
Rod  packing,  Fuller  . 

Hewitt      .... 

Metallic,  Jagge,  Br. 


'Engineering,"  xxi.  142. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  349. 
'Eng.  fy  Min.  Jour.,"  xxv.  421. 
'Scientific  American,"  xli.  98. 
'Engineer,"  xlv.  465. 


Pis'ton  Pack'ing.  See  22  figures  illustrating 
different  forms  of  piston  packing,  pp.  1715,  1716, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  list  of  patents  on  pp.  1717,  1718,  Ibid. 

The  Babbitt  &  Harries  piston -packing  is  shown  in  Fig. 
1945,  which  has  three  views. 

One  represents  the  packing  in  its  place  in  the  piston. 

Another  shows  the  chunk  ring  with  two  sections  of  the 
packing  out. 

A  third  shows  two  sections  of  the  packing  ring  with  its 
accompanying  spring  plate  and  spring. 


PISTON  PACKING. 


686 


PLAITING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  1945. 


Piston  Packing. 

The  operation  of  the  packing  is  as  follows  :  When  steam  is 
admitted  into  either  end  of  the  cylinder,  the  packing  ring  is 
carried  by  the  steam  over  to  the  side  of  the  grove  in  the 
chunk  ring,  making  a  joint  there,  and  allowing  the  steam  to 
pass  down  by  and  under  the  packing  ring,  thus  placing  it  in 
equilibrium,  when  a  very  light  spring  is  able  to  do  the  hold- 
ing of  the  packing  in  contact  with  the  bore  of  cylinder. 

The  piston-rod  packing  of  Herr  Gehrckens,  of  Hamburg 
(Philadelphia,  1876),  is  a  wick-twisted  hose  stuffed  with  ani- 
mal and  mineral  grease,  and  coiled  around  the  piston-rod  in 
the  stuffing-box.  See  PACKING,  Fig.  1860,  supra. 

Pis'ton-pack-ing  Ex-pand'er.  A  steel  spring 
in  a  piston  head,  to  expand  the  packing  against  the 
inside  of  the  cylinder. 

Pis'ton  Valve.  A  circular  valve  moving  in  a 
cylindrical  chamber.  That  used  on  the  Norwalk 
Iron  Works  Steam  Engine,  consists  of  two  pecul- 
iarly constructed  pistons  connected  by  a  rod,  and  is 


Fig.  1946. 


irn     nti 


Piston  Valve  of  N.  Y.  Safety  Steam  Power  Co.  Engine. 
( Section  of  Valve  and  Steam  Cylinder. ) 

worked  by  an  ordinary  eccentric.  By  a  simple  ar- 
rangement these  pistons  always  have  the  same 
pressure  inside  as  out,  which  prevents  any  leakage 
or  blowing  through. 

Pitch,  Mu'si-cal.  In  addition  to  what  was 
said  on  p.  1719,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  reference  may  be  had 
to  a  late  paper  read  before  the  American  Associa- 
tion, "On  the  Present  Condition  of  Musical  Pitch  in 
Boston  and  Vicinity"  by  Charles  R.  Cross  and  Wil- 
liam T.  Miller.  It  is  summarized  on  p.  4041  of  the 
"Scientific  American  Supplement." 

It  recounts  an  extensive  series  of  experiments  carried  on 
in  1880  at  the  "  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,"  to 
determine  the  amount  of  variation  of  standard  pitches  in  use 
by  different  makers  of  musical  instruments  in  the  neighbor- 
hood of  Boston. 

No.  of  Vibrations. 
C3. 

Variations  extended  from  Koenig's  physical  pitch  .    .  256.1 

Checkering 268.5 

Covent  Garden 270.3 

Weber 270.3 

Thomas (271.1 

Music  Hall 271.2 

Steinway 272.2 


true,  but  beyond  the  arris  edge  the  face  is  relatively 
rough  and  projecting,  the  face  being  merely  dressed 
with  a  pitching  chisel. 

Pit  Guide.  A  vertical  bar  forming  a  guide  for 
the  cage  in  mining  shafts. 

Pit  Head  Gear.  The  winding  and  emptying 
apparatus  and  framing  for  the  transportation  cars 
at  the  mouth  of  a  mining  or  coal  shaft. 

Fit'man  Press.  One  working  by  pitman  con- 
nection with  a  shaft,  instead  of  eccentric  or  other 
equivalent.  Used  in  drawing,  cutting,  stamping, 
and  shearing  presses. 

Pit'ter.  A  device  to  take  the  pits  from  peaches, 
plums,  and  other  stone  fruit.  See  FKUIT  PITTKR, 
Fig.  1107,  p.  359,  supra.  » 

Piv'ot  Pol'ish-er.  An  attachment  to  the 
watchmaker's  lathe.  f 

It  is  used  for  grinding  and  polishing  conical  pivots,  snail- 
ing  and  drilling.     The  circu- 

Fig.  1947.  lar  base  being  graduated  into 

degrees,  it  can  be  set  to  grind 
at  any  angle.  It  has  a  finely 
graduated  elevating  screw  to 
adjust  the  spindle  above,  or 
below,  the  center  of  the  head- 
stock. 

The  spindle  has  a  taper 
hole  for  drill  chucks.  This 
makes  it  very  useful  for  drill- 
ing, either  in  the  center  or 
eccentric,  and  by  using  the 
graduations  on  the  pulley  of 
the  headstock,  an  accurately 
spaced  circle  of  holes  may  be  drilled. 

Piv'ot  Span.  (Bridge.)  The  draw  span  of  a 
bridge.  See  DRAW-BRIDGE,  supra,  and  references 
passim;  PIVOT  BRIDGE,  Fig.  3775,  p.  1721,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Pla-ceii'ta  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  For 
the  removal  of  the  after-birth.  Forceps,  hook,  etc. 

Pla'cer.  (Mining.)  A  gravelly  place  where 
gold  is  found;  includes  all  forms  of  mineral  de- 
posits excepting  veins  in  place.  Section  2,329, 
"Revised  Statutes  of  the  United  States." 

Plain  Sight.  (Fire-arms.)  A  hind  sight  con- 
sisting of  a  simple  notch  in  a  raised  plate  or  protu- 
berance. 

Plait'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  plaiting 
goods  in  piece  or  strips. 

The  roller  is  heated  by  gas  or  hot  irons,  and  in  the  domes- 
tic size,  it  plaits  strips  up  to  6"  wide,  the  plaits  J"  to  $" 
wide.  The  goods  are  placed  under  the  knife  A,  and  between 

Fig.  1948. 


Pivot  Polisher 


Plaiting  Machine. 


the  rollers  ;  then  push  down  the  handle,  (7,  and  the  machine 
is  ready.  Move  the  lever  D  back  and  forth  ;  this  forms  the 
plait,  and  presses  it  between  the  rollers.  To  change  the 
width  of  plait,  turn  the  nuts  on  the  curved  screw  E  back  to 
the  next  notch  on  the  screw,  then  lower  the  plaiting  knife 
by  adjusting  the  nut  on  screw  F.  There  arc  7  notches  on 
each  of  these  screws,  answering  to  as  many  widths  of  plait. 
See  also  "  Crown  "  machine,  *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  29, 

Pitch  Faced.      (Masonry.)     The  arris  is  cut    p.  i. 


Pitch'er  Nose, 
down  lip. 


Said  of  a  faucet  with  a  bent 


PLANE. 


687 


PLANIMETER. 


Plane.  A  smoothing  tool,  having  its  cutter 
protruding  from  a  throat  in  a  stock. 

See  ADJUSTABLE  PLANE,  Fig.  7,  p.  5,  supra ;  CIRCULAR 
PLANE,  Fig.  620,  p.  197,  Ibid. ;  BELL-NOSE  RABBET  PLANE, 
Fig.  460,  p.  110,  Ibid.  ;  HAND  MATCHER,  Fig.  1305,  p.  433, 
Ibid. ;  HAND  PLANER,  Fig.  1307,  p.  434,  Ibid. ;  PLOW,  infra; 
SMOOTH  PLANE,  infra. 

Description,  illustrations,  and  list  of  varieties,  pp.  1724, 
1725,  "Mech.  Din." 

See  Figs.  3782-3784,  and  list  of  planes,  pp.  1724, 1725, 
"Mech.  Diet.'' 


Metallic *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,''  x.  _.. 

Italiliet  plane,  Bonney    .  *  "Iron  Age,r  xxii.,  Nov.  14,  p.  5. 
Rabbeting,  grooving  and 

turning  uiach.,   Wood    *  "Manufact.  if  Builder,"  x.  64. 

Plane'-bit  Hold'er.     A         Fig.  1949. 
device  to  hold  a  plane-bit  to 
the  stone  for  grinding. 

It  is  shown  in  reverse  position  in 
Fig.  1949.     The  object  is  to  hold  it 
firmly  and  -squarely  and  at  such 
an    angle    that    the    chamber 
shall  be    Hat  and  true.     The 
rollers    D   D,   run    upon    the 
stone  and  it  is  impos- 
sible to  grind  the  bit 
awry. 

Pla'ner  Cen'- 
ter.  A  head  and 
tail  stock  bolted  to  j 
the  table  of 
planer  in  order  to 
hold  objects  centered  while  under  treatment. 

In  the  instance  shown,  Fig.  1950,  the  device  is  practically 
a  pair  of  lathe  stocks  ;  the  head  stock  has  a  dial  with  worm, 
gear,  and  index  wheel.  The  foot  stock  has  horizontal  trav- 
erse by  means  of  feeding  screw. 

See  also  Fig.  3788,  p.  1726,  " Mech.  Diet." 


Planer-bit  Holder. 


Planer  Centtr. 

Pla'ner  Chuck.  A  device  bolted  or  keyed  to 
the  planer  table,  and  serving  to  clog  an  article  under 
the  action  of  the  plane. 


Fig.  1951. 


Pratt  4-  Whitney's  Planer  Chuck. 

The  chuck  shown  is  adapted  to  hold  regular  or  irregular 
pieces,  and  can  be  readily  adjusted  from  the  least  to  greatest 
capacity.  The  round  swivel-base  chucks  are  for  azimuth  ad- 
justment. 

Pla'ner  Knife  Grind'er.  An  emery-wheel 
or  stone,  traversing  on  its  mandrel  in  front  of  a 
knife  dogged  to  the  table  or  conversely. 


See  KNIFE  GRINDER,  Fig.  1515,  p.  520,  supra,  and  Fig.  2765, 
p.  1233,  "Mech.  Diet.-' 

Pla'ner  Vise.  A  device  to  hold  work  on  the 
bed  of  a  planing  machine  while  under  treatment. 

Fig.  1952  shows  a  form  in  which  the  moving  jaw  is  actu- 
ated by  crank-handle  and  screw. 

Fig.  1953  is  Babbitt's  planer  vise. 

In  this  chuck,  instead  of  gripping  the  work  with  the  vise 
jaws  direct,  two  pivoted  plates  are  interposed  which  incline 

Fig.  1952. 


Planer  Vint. 

from  the  pivots  towards  the  work.  A  and  B  represent  these 
plates,  and  C  represents  the  work  ;  the  strain  of  the  plates 
upon  the  work  is  in  the  direction  denoted  by  the  respective 
arrows,  so  that  the  work  is  forced  downwards  upon  the  tops 
of  the  pins.  The  plates  are  made  to  bear,  at  the  back  of  the 
hinge,  upon  the  hollow  curve  in  the  chuck  jaws,  as  shown, 

Fig.  1953. 


Planer  Vise 


which  relieves  the  pivot  of  the  strain  due  to  screwing  the 
chuck  tightly. 

The  pins  are  made  adjustable  for  height  to  suit  the  work, 
being  screwed  into  the  disks  H  which  are  attached  to  spiral 
springs,  which  depress  until  the  disks  H  meet  the  shoulder 
at  I,  resting  solidly  upon  them. 

Harris;  Thomas     .     .     .  "Sc.  American,'1''  xxxviii.  245. 

Pla'ni-graph.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Marmet,  of  Versailles,  France,  for  reducing  or  en- 
larging drawing.-. 

It  consists  of  a  rule  carrying  two  scales  which  have  differ- 
ent graduations,  and  are  placed  end  to  end  in  opposite  direc- 
tions. At  the  common  origin  of  the  scales  is  a  needle  about 
which  the  rule  can  freely  turn.  Reading  on  one  side  the 
radii  vector  of  the  different  points  of  a  given  figure,  and 
marking  on  the  other  side  the  points  designated  by  the  same 
numbers,  you  obtain  a  figure  reduced  or  enlarged  in  the 
proportion  resulting  from  comparison  of  the  scales.  The 
scales  are  fixed  to  the  rule  by  screws.  There  are  five  for 
each  side,  among  which  choice  is  made  according  to  the 
reduction  required. 

" Scientific  American''1 xxxri.  328. 

Fla-nim'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measuring 
the  area  of  plane  figures. 

Amsler's  planimeter  is  shown  in  Fig.  3794,  p.  1728,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Ljungstrom's  circular  planimeter  consists,  in  its  most  simple 
form,  of  a  circular  plate  of  glass,  through  the  center  of  which 
passes  a  vertical  steel  wheel  that  is  to  be  placed  at  right 
angles  to  a  radius  which  is  etched  in  the  pane  and  marked 
with  a  point.  When  in  use,  the  plate  of  glass  is  brought 
along  a  rectilineal  support  (a  ruler)  so  that  said  point  accu- 
rately follows  the  border  line  of  the  figure  once  round.  The 
reading  is  taken  from  the  wheel,  which  is  turned  by  friction 
against  the  paper.  The  instrument  measures  figures  of  a 
width  equal  to  that  of  the  whole  ruler.  If  very  large  figures 


PLANIMETEB. 


688 


PLANISHING   HAMMER. 


are  to  be  measured  (e.  g.  an  ordinary  map  at  once)  the  in- 
strument is  changed  by  a  so-called  couple  into  a  kind  of  po- 
lar planimeter.  The  couple  consists  of  a  metal  ring,  which 
goes  round  the  pane  of  glass,  together  with  two  legs,  one  of 
which  is  attached  to  the  ring,  and  the  other  to  the  plate. 
The  former  moves  about  a  fixed  point,  while  a  point  marked 
on  the  other  leg  is  moved  along  the  border-line  of  the  figure. 
The  reading  off  is  in  this  case  also  done  from  the  steel  wheel. 

See  also  *"Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  24;  "  Planimetre ," 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,''  vol.  iii. 

Plane  tables,  Cults' s,"  Report  on  Vienna  Exposition,''  ii., 
Sec.  11,  p.  8. 

Austrian.  Swigs. 

Japanese.  Stupendorf,  Rus. 

Planning  Ma-chine'.  The  subject  of  planing 
machine  for  wood  has  been  considered  on  pp.  1728- 

1730,  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  and  for  metal  oil  pp.  1730, 

1731,  Ibid. 

In  addition,  the  divisions  of  the  subject  have  been 
considered  under  the  titles  and  in  places  mentioned 
in  "Meek  Diet.'" 

WOOD.  Fig.  Page. 

Bark  planing  machine 566  233 

Cylinder  planer 3797  1729 

Dimension  planer 3798  1729 

Felly  planer 1940        832 

Molding  machine 3197  1467 

Molding  and  recessing  machine  .     .     .  3201  1468 

Panel  planer 3502  1602 

Planing  and  matching  machine  .     .     .  3797  1729 

Planing  and  molding  machine    .     .     .  3198  1467 

Shaper 4916  2133 

Shingle  planing  machine 4995  2152 

Spoke  planer  machine 5453  2283 

Surface  planer 6081  2457 

Surfacing  machine 6082  2458 

Transverse  planer 3795  1728 

Traversing  planer 6627  2620 

Trying-up  machine 6714  2640 

Variety  planing  machine 3200  1468 

Veneer  planing  machine 6944  2701 

METAL. 

Milling  machine 3161      1441 

Planing  machine 3800      1731 

Shaping  machine 4912-4  2132-3 

Transverse  planer 6616      2616 

Traveling  bed  planer 3799      1730 

See  also  PILLAR  SHAPER  ;  MILLING  MACHINE,  etc.,  supra. 

Richards's  classification  of  planing  machines  di- 
vides them  into  three  classes  :  — 

1.  The  carriage  planing  machine,  in  which  the  material  is 
carried  and  guided  on  a  carriage  having  its  movement  gov- 


erned and  regulated  by  extraneous  guides  and  independent 
Daniel  planer,  Fig.  3796, 
p.  H2S,"Mech.  Diet."1 


of  its  own  surface  or  shape.  —  The 


The  carriage  planing  machine  requires  a  length  double 
that  of  the  material  to  be  worked ;  that  is  to  say,  the  track 
must  be  twice  the  length  of  the  carriage,  the  movement  of 
which  is  reciprocating. 

2.  The  parallel  planing  machine,  such,   for  instance,   as 
have  feed-rollers  over  which  the  material  is  fed  and  gaged 
from,  forming  a  fixed  gaging  surface  opposite  to  the  cutters. 

3.  The  surface  planing  machine,  having  its  action  gaged 
from  the  surface  of  the  material,  cutting  a  constant  amount 
without  reference  to  dimensions  or   to  producing  parallel 
lines. 

WOOD. 

See  also  :  History  of   . 

Arbey,  trying  up  mach., 

Fr *  ' 

Portable * 

Fay * 

Surface * 

Hand  and  power  .  .  ' 

Frank *' 

Furnes.i,  molding  mach. 

Br *' 

Fay,  matcher  ....  * 

Goodell  If  Co * 

Wood*  If  Co * 

Gray  If  Woods,  dimension  * 

Hermance * 

Houston,  Smith  if  Co., 

endless  belt  ....  * 

Michels * 

Newman,  "  Pony  "  .  .  * 
ZVorm,  Polishing  Mach.  * 


'Sc.  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  115,135,147, 
200. 

'Eii^iinir,'1'  xlvii.  237. 
'Iron  Age,-'  xx.,  Nov.  29,  p.  1. 
'  Eiixiiirer,"  xlv.  439. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  246. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  406. 
'  Sc.  American,''  xxxviii.  297. 

'Engineer,"  xlvii.  301. 
'Scientific  American,''1  xxv.  147. 
'Manufact.  If  Builder,''1  viii.  9. 
'Man.'tf  Builder,''  viii.  102,  175. 
'Manufact.  &  Builder,'' viii.  126. 
'Manufact.  y  Builder,"  xi.  161. 

'Manufact.  $  Builder,"'  viii.  241. 
'Am.  Man.,''  Feb.  14, 1879,  p.  12. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  38. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  386. 


. 

Matcher,     "Sweep- 
stakes,"      *  "  Sri  nil  i fie  American,"  xl.  147. 

TaniteCo.,  knife  grinder  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  22. 

Whitney *  Thurston's  "  Vienna    Report,"  iii. 

252. 
Richards,  transom     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  551. 

METAL. 

See  :  Asquith,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  68. 
Buckton,  for  bed  plates, 

Br *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  148. 

Ferris  If  Miles,  small      .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Mar.  14,  p.  1. 
Kershaw,    double    tool 

box,  Br .  *  "Engineer,"1  1.  420. 

Perrin,  Pauchard  el  cie., 

Fr *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  293. 

Pratt  $  Whitney    .     .     .  *  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rpt.,"  ii.  231. 
*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  42. 

Sellers *  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rpt.,"  ii.  205. 

Sharpe,  Stewart  fy  Co.,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  103. 

Plan'ish-er.  For  photograph  planisher,  see 
PHOTOGRAPH  BURNISHER. 

(Photography.)     See  PHOTOGRAPH  BURNISHER. 

(Paper.)  See  CALENDER  ;  PLATER  ;  PAPER 
BURNISHER  ;  PAPER-GLAZING  ROLLER. 

(Metal.)     See  PLANISHING  HAMMER. 

Plan'ish-ing  Ham'mer.  A  hammer  for  flat- 
tening, curving,  or  shaping  sheet  metal  by  properly 
disposing  and  graduating  the  blows  upon  its  sur- 
face. 

Saw  blades  are  planished  to  straighten  them.  Buckling  is 
removed  by  planishing,  i.  e.,  giving  a, plane  surface. 

Fig.  1954. 


Planishing  Hammer. 

Again  :  by  the  planishing  hammer  sheet  metal  is  shaped 
to  form  kettles  and  what  not.  When  the  curve  is  regular 
and  cylindrical  the  work  is  done  by  rollers.  See  PLATE 
BENDING  MACHINE,  infra. 

When  the  object  admits  of  being  made  by  a  stamping  pro- 
cess, as  a  dish  or  pan ,  the  work  is  done  at  a  blow  or  by  a  series 
of  blows. 

The  old  mode  of  forming  the  60  gallon  copper,  sugar,  or 
soap-kettle  was  planishing,  the  parts  being  subsequently 


PLANISPHERE. 


689 


PLASTILINA. 


united  by  brazing.    The  planishing  hammer  is  yet  a  valuable 
tool  and  very  effective,  especially  when  worked  by  steam. 

Flan'i-sphere.  An  instrument  to  assist  in  the 
study  of  the  stellar  heavens. 

It  consists  of  a  card  about  4"  square,  carrying  a  circumpo- 
lar  star-map,  surrounded  by  a  circle  of  the  months  subdi- 
vided for  the  days  ;  and  a  smaller  circular  card,  carrying  the 
hours  of  the  day,  and  an  open  space  representing  the  hori- 
zon. These  two  cards  are  attached  at  the  center,  so  as  to 
turn  one  on  the  other. 

Plaii-ta'tioii  Lo'co-mo'tive.   A  four-wheeled 
locomotive,  for  use  in  plantation  work.     The  tank 
is  at  the  rear,  beneath  the  floor  of  the  cab,  over 
which  is  a  sheet-iron  canopy.     One  pair  of  driving- 
Fig.  1955. 


Plantation  Locomotive. 

wheels  is  equalized  across.  The  hauling  capacity 
on  a  level  is  from  150  to  475  tons,  with  engines  of 
from  5  X  10"  to  9  X  14",  and  diameter  of  driving 
wheels,  22"  to  28". 

Plan'te'    Bat'te-ry.      See   SECONDARY    BAT- 
TERY. 

Flant'er.     A  tool  or  machine  for  planting  grain 
or  roots  in  hills. 

Two  French  hand-planters  are  shown  in  Fig.  1956. 
In  one  form  the  seed  is 
dropped  by  hand  into 
the  open  end ;  in  the 
other  the  seed  is  dropped 
by  moving  a  piston. 

The  American  hand  corn- 
plnnter  is  shown  in  Fig.  1470, 
p.  (527,  "Meek.  Diet.'' 

The     horse     corn-plante 
Figs.  1468,1469,  p. 
627,  Ibid.   See  also 
CORN    PLANTER,    __  ^    ., 
Fig.  697,    p.    223,    HF*3 

See    Fis     3919TED  Hand  Planters.     (French..) 

1776,  "Meek.  Diet."     Also  see  infra. 

Plant    Sprink'ler. 

plants. 

In  the  form  shown 
in  Fig.  1957  it  is  ;t 
caoutchouc  bulb  with 
valves.  See  also  AQUA- 
PULT;  HYDRONETTE, 
supra. 

Plaque.  ( Ce- 
ramics.) A.  deco- 
rated porcelain 
dish  or  plate. 

Plas'ter.  Hard 
plaster:  Alum 
plaster,  made  in 
Paris  for  fine-pol- 
ished  walls.  It 
does  not,  however, 
resist  moisture 
thoroughly. 


A   syringe   for   watering 
1957. 


Plant  Sprinkler. 


The  gypsum  in  blocks  is  calcined  in  a  reverberatory, 
cooled,  placed  in  a  wooden  cage,  and  lowered  into  a  bath 
with  10  per  cent,  of  alum.  After  some  minutes'  immersion 


it  is  raised,  allowed  to  drip  into  the  bath,  then  laid  on  a 
floor  to  dry  ;  again  raised  to  a  red-heat  in  a  furnace,  cooled, 
ground,  and  bolted. 

Another  plan  is  to  mix  the  ground  plaster  with  alum  in 
powder  and  bake  in  a  furnace. 

See  also  STUCCO. 

See  plaster  arch  .  .  .  "  Scientific  American ,''  xxxir.  150. 
Bronzing  casts  ....  page  139,  supra. 

Casts "Scientific.  Amer,,"1  xxxrii.  343. 

Machine "Scientific  American,"  194. 

Casts,  manufacture  of   .      "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  346. 
Mill *  Bone  Mill,  Fig.  378,  p.  119,  supra. 

See  also  CEMENT  MILL,  Fig.  575,  p.  183,  supra. 
Paste,  adhesive      .     .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2764. 

Tools * '"Manufact.  if  Builder,"  xi.  155. 

Trowel *  p.  2631,  "Mec/i.  Diet.-' 

Prepared  slabs  nailed  to  studding  or  walls.  —  Hitchins. 

'•'•Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  3,  p.  16. 
London  "Building  Neivs,''  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvii.  248. 

See  also  BETON  ;  CEMENT  ;  MOBTAR  ;  PLASTER  ;  STUCCO, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Plas'ter  Mill.  A  machine  in  which  crude 
plaster  is  ground  to  powder. 

The  form  shown  is  by  Jannot  fils,  Triel  (Seine  et  Oise), 
Fr.  It  has  the  Chilian  roller,  followed  by  stirrers,  scrapers, 
and  hoes.  The  bottom  of  the  annular  trough  is  a  grating, 


Fig.  1958. 


44 


French  Plaster  Mill. 

through  which  the  powdered  material  passes.  A  series  of 
cups  on  an  endless  band  raise  the  material  from  a  central 
well  and  discharge  it  into  the  trough. 

See  BONE  MILL,  Fig.  378,  p.  119,  supra:  CEMENT  MILL,  Fig. 
575,  p.  183,  Ibid.;  MORTAR  MILL,  Fig.  2330,  p.  1480,  "Mech. 
Diet.'' 

Flas'tic  Crys'tal.  A  variety  of  Portland  ce- 
ment remarkable  for  its  plasticity,  and  consisting 
of  — 

Silica 86.42 

Alumina 9.33 

Oxide  of  iron 0.86 

Lime : 0.34 

Magnesia ....  0.22 

Alkalies 0.37 

Loss  on  ignition 2.40 

99.94 
" Dingier' s  Polyt.  Journal." 

Plas'tic  Etch'ing.  (Glass.)  The  term  given 
by  Casset-Delas,  of  Paris,  to  his  etched  plate-glass. 
It  is  designed  to  give  relief  by  etching  away  the 
glass,  and  to  imitate  plastic  relief ;  basso,  or  pate 
sur  pate. 

Flas'ti-li'na.    A  kind  of  modeling  clay,  which 


PLASTILINA. 


690 


PLATE   MACHINERY. 


remains  damp,  and  does  not  require  frequent  wet- 
ting. 

Glycerine  has  been  mixed  with  the  clay,  but  the  follow- 
ing composition  is  preferred  :  — 

Fatty  acids  and  fats 10 

Oxide  of  zinc 1 

Sulphur 6 

Clay  (dried  and  powdered) 3 

Or:  — 

Glue 8 

Oxide  of  zinc 1 

Oleic  oil      ...          4 

Wax 2 

Sulphur 6 

Clay 3 

Plate.     (Fire-arm.)     The  side  of  the  lock. 

Plate  Bend'er.  A  rouud-bitted  pinchers,  for 
bending  dental  plates  without  showing  the  pinch 
marks. 

Plate  Bend/ing  Ma-chine'.  Machines  for 
bending  plates  are  shown  under  several  specific 
heads.  ARMOR  PLATE  BENDING,  Fig.  296,  p.  97, 
supra,  and  references  passim. 

In  the  plate-bending  machine,  Figs.  1959,  1960,  the  princi- 
Fig.  1959. 


Bending  Rollers  (Arch,  Open). 

pal  feature  of  the  invention  is,  that  tubular  work,  such  as 
flues,  cross-tubes,  funnels,  ship-masts,  etc.,  can  easily  be  re- 
moved from  the  machine,  after  they  have  been  formed  into 
the  requisite  shape  and  size,  without  requiring  to  unship  any 
of  the  rollers.  The  plan  hitherto  adopted 
has  been  to  draw  out  the  top  roller  when  re- 
leasing tubular  work,  which  arrangement 
involves  the  labor  of  re-shipping  the  roller 
before  the  machine  can  be  used  again. 

The  whole  of  the  driving  gear  of  this 
machine  is  arranged  at  one  end,  and  is 
made  either  double  or  triple  powered .  in 
accordance  with  the  size  of  the  mach;ne. 
The  other  end  is  entirely  free  from  driving 
gear.  The  framing  is  made  in  halves,  held 

Fig.  1960. 


together  by  cotter  bolts.  After  a  plate  has  been  formed  into 
an  entire  circle,  one  of  the  cotter  bolts  is  removed,  the  top 
part  of  framing  is  swung  round  out  of  the  way,  when  the 
tube  is  easily  drawn  out,  and  the  framing  can  be  instantly 
readjusted  for  the  following  operation. 

Plate  Glass.  History  and  procedure  on  pp. 
1737,  1738,  "Meek.  Diet."  ' 

Plate  XXXIV.  has  a  plan  and  elevation  of  a  French  plate- 
glass  factory. 

The  furnace  for  12  crucibles  is  elliptical  in  form.  The 
siege  or  crucible  platform  is  in  a  single  mass  of  fire-clay  con- 
crete work,  and  has  a  central  elliptical  funnel-shaped  crater, 
at  the  bottom  of  which  is  the  grating,  and  beneath  the  lat- 
ter is  the  ash-pit  in  the  sub-way  of  the  glass-house,  by  which 
air  reaches  the  furnace.  Twelve  openings,  of  which  the  sills 
are  on  the  level  of  the  crucible  siege,  serve  as  means  of  intro- 
ducing and  removing  the  pots,  and  each  is  closed  with  a  large 
tile,  tuile  d'ouvreau,  when  the  melting  process  is  in  course. 
Above  each  of  these  large  openings  is  a  small  one  known  as 
a  pigeonnier,  through  which  the  materials  to  be  melted  are 
introduced  into  the  pots  by  means  of  a  square  tray  on  the 
end  of  a  long  handle.  The  hole  affords  means  of  judging 
of  the  progress  of  the  melt,  and  is  closed  wiih  a  ball  of  fire- 
clay. The  flame  strikes  against  the  vaulted  roof,  circulates 
around  the  crucibles  and  escapes  into  the  little  chimneys 
perforated  in  the  pillars  of  the  wall  and  thence  to  the  coni- 
cal sheet-metal  chimney  A. 

The  furnace  is  placed  in  a  central  position  between  ovens, 
leers,  B,  in  which  the  glass  plates  are  annealed.  D  D  are 
cranes  by  which  the  crucibles  or  cuvettes  E  are  lifted  and 
moved,  to  carry  the  molten  glass  from  the  furnace  to  the 
tables  O  C,  where  the  molten  glass  is  rolled  to  a  thickness, 
depending  upon  the  upward  projection  of  the  rim  of  the 
table  on  which  the  roller  runs.  The  table  has  wheels  which 
run  on  rails  so  as  to  present  the  glass  at  the  opening  of  either 
one  of  the  annealing  furnaces  in  the  series.  Each  leer  has 
three  furnaces  to  heat  it,  a  large  opening  in  front  to  enter 
and  remove  the  glass  plates,  openings  for  air  to  gradually  re- 
duce the  heat,  and  a  flue  to  lead  the  fumes  to  the  chimney. 
See,  also,  description  on  p.  1738,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Factory,  Jefferson  Co.,  Mo.  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  3796. 
Manufacture  in  Pa.  .  .  .  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  14,  p.  11. 

Plate  Key.  A  flat  key,  notched  at  the  ends  or 
sides.  The  Yale  key,  for  instance.  See  LOCK. 

Plate  Ma-chine'.  One  for  making  porcelain 
plates.  The  operation  is  —  to  speak  more  exactly 
—  threefold,  consisting  in  forming,  molding,  and 
turning.  See  PORCELAIN  PLATE  MAKING. 

Plate  Ma-chin'er-y. 

See :  Bending  machine. 

Bennie,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  373. 

Mill.    See  ROLLING  MILL. 

Pickling  machine      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  268. 

Taylor,  Br *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1185. 


Fig.  1961. 


Sending  Roller  ( Closed). 


Holyoke   Quadruple  Lever  Plater. 


PLATE   MACHINERY. 


691 


PLATFORM   SPRING. 


Edge  planing  machine. 

Asguit/i,  Br *  " Engineering,''  xxix.  186. 

Planing  machine. 

Bennie,  Br *  "Engineer,'"  xliv.  351. 

Shears,  boiler,  Johnson  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii.  294. 
Shearing  mach.,  Sellers    *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Aug.  24,  p.  1. 

Plat'en  Gage.  An  attachment  to  a  printing 
press  for  holding  and  guiding  the  paper.  Halleck. 
*  "Scientific  American,  xxxix.  338. 

Plate  Nip'pers.  (Dental.)  Nippers  used  in 
cutting  out  plate  for  dentures. 

Plate  Press.  A  copper  or  steel-plate  press. 
Fig.  1445,  p.  619,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Fla'ter.     A  paper  calendering  machine. 

The  weights  and  levers  of  the  machine,  Fig.  1961,  exert  a 
pressure  of  about  35  tons  on  the  roll.  The  paper  is  packed 
between  smooth  plates  of  zinc  or  copper,  and  pas.-ed  between 
the  rolls  back  and  forth  till  the  desired  finish  is  obtained  : 
the  motion  of  the  machine  being  reversed  at  each  passage  of 
the  pack. 

Plate  Shear'ing  Ma-chine'.  Examples  are 
given  under  SHEARS  in  the  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  Sellers  plate-shearing  machine,  Fig.  1962,  is  specially 
adapted  for  cutting  and  trimming  plates  used  in  bridge  and 
ship  construction,  and  is  adapted  for  trimming  edges  of  long 
plates,  or  cutting  off  to  length  plates  5/  wide.  Will  shear 
wroug'ht-iron  plates  1"  thick.  The  upper  blade  is  guided 
vertically  in  the  frame  of  the  machine,  and  driven  down  by 
a  pitman  as  wide  as  the  blade  is  long,  this  pitman  receiving 
its  motion  from  a  long  rocking  shaft  above  it.  The  driving 


Fig.  1963. 


Hydraulic  Platform.  Crane. 

Plat'form  Crane.  A  crane  upon  a  landing 
platform  for  discharging  goods,  etc.,  from  cars  or 
wagons. 

In  the  hydraulic  platform  crane,  shown  in  Fig.  1963,  the 
machinery  is  easily  accessi- 
ble.    The  mast  and  jib  are 
supported  in  a  heavy  foun- 
lmj      ^^  dation.     The  pipes  and  hy- 

"rVnaBPrn^  draulic   cylinder   are  inde- 

pendent of  the  jib,  and  the 
only  stuffing-boxes  or  work- 
ing hydraulic  joints  are  the 
glands  of  the  hydraulic  ram 
and  ram  spindles. 

Fig.  1964. 


Plate  Shearing  Machine. 

arm  or  lever  of  the  machine  is  a  rack  segment  engaging  with 
the  teeth  of  a  spiral  pinion,  which  is  driven  by  bevel  wheel 
and  pinion  and  open  and  crossed  belt,  after  the  manner  of 
planing  machines.  The  cutting  blade  is  adjustable  in  length 
of  stroke,  returning  at  double  the  speed  of  its  down  stroke. 

The  blade  can  be  made  to  cut  to  any  fixed  point  in  its 
length  and  then  stopped  or  raised.  It  is  provided  with  an 
automatic  adjustment  to  its  belt-shifting  motion,  gaging  the 
length  of  its  stroke.  It  makes  the  down  stroke,  immediately 
reascends,  and  stops  up,  to  wait  for  the  readjustment  of  the 
plate. 

Fisher's  bevel-edge  boiler  and  armor  plate  cutter  is  on  an 
oblique  frame  so  as  to  chamfer  edge  the  plate  presented  to  it. 
Of  the  jaws,  one  is  horizontal  and  holds  the  plate,  the  other 
descends  in  an  oblique  direction  and  bevels  the  plate  edge. 

Plate  Weld'ing  Ham'mer.  A  peculiar  form 
of  steam  hammer  for  welding  plates,  carried  on  the 
flat  horn  of  a  movable  anvil  beneath  the  hammer. 

Adamson        *  "Engineering,'"  xxx.  295. 

Plate  Wheel.  (Railway.)  A  car-wheel,  the 
web  of  which  is  a  plate,  instead  of  spokes. 

Plat'form.  (Railway.)  Miller's  platform  ia 
used  in  conjunction  with  his  automatic  car  coupler, 
and  is  arranged  so  that  the  line  of  draft  and  the 
compressive  strains  on  the  car  are  in  a  direct  line 
with  the  sills  of  the  latter. 


Platform  Spring  Shackle. 

Plat'form  El'e-va-tor.  One  lifting  a  platform 
or  cage.  See  ELEVATOR. 

Plat'form  Spring.  A  form  of  spring,  Fig. 
1965,  used  largely  on  city  trucks;  the  platform  is 
probably  the  bed  of  the  truck  and  gave  its  name  to 
the  spring. 

Fig.  19G5. 


Platform  Springs 


PLATFORM   SPRING. 


692 


PLOW. 


Fig.  1964  shows  the  peculiar  shackle  used  in  coup- 
ling together  the  springs,  the  ends  of  which  meet  at 
a  right  angle  :  as  seen  in  the  lower  one  of  the  four 
springs,  Fig.  1965. 

Flat'in-i-zing.  (Metals.)  The  process  of  M. 
Dode,  of  Paris,  is  for  the  protection  of  the  iron 
from  the  action  of  air,  fire,  and  acid  gases. 

The  iron  first  receives  a  coating  composed  of  lead  and  cop- 
per, and  then  the  platinum  is  applied.  The  first  coating  is 
prepared  by  mixing  22  parts  of  borate  of  lead  and  4£  parts  of 
cupric  oxide  in  oil  of  turpentine,  and  is  applied  by  means  of 
a  fine  brush.  The  platinum  coating  is  prepared  by  convert- 
ing 10  parts  of  platinum  into  chloride  mixed  with  5  parts  of 
ether,  the  latter  being  permitted  to  evaporate  in  the  air. 
The  residuum  is  mixed  with  a  viscid  combination  of  20  parts 
borate  of  lead,  11  parts  red  lead,  and  some  oil  of  lavender, 
and  50  parts  of  amylalcohol  are  added  to  the  whole.  Into 
this  mixture  the  object  to  be  platinized  is  dipped,  allowed  to 
dry  in  the  air,  and  then  heated  to  a  moderate  temperature. 

"Scientific  American''' xxxvi.  233,  407. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement''      .    .     2818. 

( Glass.)  Platinum  has  been  tried  for  a  reflecting 
surface,  but  owing  to  the  somber  appearance  of  ob- 
jects reflected  by  looking-glasses  prepared  with  it, 
it  has  not  met  with  a  commercial  success. 

Pla-tin'o-type.  A  photographic  print  obtained 
upon  paper  in  platinum  in  form  of  a  finely-precipi- 
tated powder.  In  this  state  the  metal  possesses  an 
intensely  black  color,  and,  as  in  its  massive  state, 
is  wholly  unalterable  by  atmospheric  influences. — 
Willis.  ' 

"Engineering  fy  Mining  Journal" xxvi.  333. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  " 2466. 

Pla-ti'num.  Article  "Platine,"  Laboulaye's 
"Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed. 
1877.  Deville  $•  Defray  osmium  crucible  furnace,* 
platinum  crucible,*  Figs.  3684,  3685. 

Platinum,  iridium,  palladium,  etc.,  at  Paris  Expo,  in  1878. 

"Engineering  fy  Mining  Journal"    .     .     xxvi.  147,  164. 

"Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports"  .     .    iv.,  p.  65  et  seq. 

A  platinum  alloy,  melted  and  cast  by  Matthey,  of  London, 
"  is  so  malleable  and  ductile  that  thread  l^SOOth"  in  diame- 
ter has  been  made  of  it.  Its  composition  is  :  Platinum, 
80.660  per  cent. :  iridium,  19.079  per  cent. ;  rhodium,  0.122 
per  cent.  ;  iron,  0.098  per  cent.  ;  and  ruthenium,  0.046  per 
cent.  Its  density  at  a  temperature  of  32°  F.,  is  21.614."  — 
Phillips. 

Ple-thys 'mo-graph'.  An  instrument  invented 
by  Sig.  Mosso,  of  Turin,  for  observing  the  varia- 
tion of  the  circulation  of  blood  in  various  parts  of 
the  body  under  natural  or  artificial  causes :  as  in 
the  two  arms  ;  the  acceleration  in  the  head  in  case 
of  surprise,  etc. 

The  forearm,  for  instance,  is  inserted  in  a  glass  cylinder, 
B,  which  rests  on  suspended  plank  E,  and  is  filled  with  tepid 
water,  a  rubber  ring,  A.  preventing  the  exit  of  water  around 
the  arm.  There  is  an  opening,  F,  leading  from  the  cylinder 

Fig.  1966. 


to  a  measuring  apparatus,  C,  which  indicates  the  quantity 
of  water  admitted  or  expelled  by  the  contraction  or  dilation 
of  the  volume  of  the  forearm,  due  to  the  arterial  action.  See 
also  SPHYGMOGRAPH. 

The  test  tube  M  is  equilibrated  by  the  counterweight  N 
and  pulley  L  ;  D  is  a  thermometer. 

"  English  Mechanic  " xxvi.  392. 

"  Scientific  American  :'        *  xxxiv.  403. 

Fli-ca'tor.  A  mechanical  device  for  making  a 
plait  or  fold,  as  in  some  sewing-machine  attach- 
ments, for  instance.  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  229,479. 

Plow.  See  the  following  varieties,  and  appara- 
tus connected  therewith :  — 


Adjustable  beam  plow. 

Anchor. 

Anti-friction  plow. 

Balance  plow. 

Beet  root  digger. 

Bisoc. 

Black-land  plow. 

Blade. 

Brabant  plow. 

Breaker. 

Brush  plow. 

Car  unloading  plow. 

Chain  harrow. 

Chilled  plow. 

Colter. 

Combination  plow. 

Corn  plow. 

Cotton  cultivator. 

Cotton  plow. 

Cotton  scraper. 

Cotton  sweep. 

Cultivator. 

Cultivator  plow. 

Cutter. 

Disk  harrow. 

Disking  machine. 

Ditching  machine. 

Ditching  plow. 

Double  furrow  plow. 

Double  mold-board  plow. 

Double  plow. 

Double  shovel  plow. 


Plow  holder. 
Pony  plow 
Porter. 

Potato  coverer. 
Potato  digger. 
Potato  planter. 
Prairie  breaker. 
Prairie  plow. 
Prairie  renovator. 
Railway  plow. 
Reclamation  plow. 
Ridge  harrow. 
Ridging  plow. 
Riding  cultivator. 
Road  grader. 
Road  plow. 
Rolling  colter  plow. 
Rolling  mold  plow. 
Rotary  plow. 
Row  marker. 
Scarifier. 
Scraper. 
Seeding  plow. 
Share. 

Share  harrow. 
Shovel  plow. 
Single  shovel  plow. 
Skin  colter  plow. 
Slip  share. 
Snow  plow. 
Sod  plow. 
Steam  plow. 


Double  turning    mold-board   Steam-plowing  engine. 


plow. 
Draft  chain. 
Draft  rod. 
Drag. 

Draining  plow. 
Duck's  foot  cultivator. 
Expanding  cultivator. 
Fore  carriage. 
Gage  wheel. 
Gang  plow. 
Geddes  harrow 
Grubber. 
Half-shovel  plow. 
Harrow. 

Harrow  cultivator. 
Hillside  plow. 
Hoe. 

Hoeing  machine. 
Horse  hoe. 
Jointer. 
Jointer  plow. 
Leveling  plow. 
Listing  plow. 
Marker. 
Mold  board. 
Mole  plow. 
Movable  point  plow. 
Multifurrow  plow. 
One-horse  plow. 
Parer. 
Paring  plow. 


Subsoiler. 
Subsoil  plow. 
Sugar-land  plow. 
Sulky  cultivator. 
Sulky  plow. 
Sweep. 

Sweet-potato  digger. 
.Swing  plow. 
Swivel  plow. 
Three-furrow  plow. 
Three-horse  cultivator. 
Tongueless  cultivator. 
Tourne  oreille. 
Trenching  plow. 
Triple  gang  plow. 
Triple  plow. 
Triple  shovel  plow. 
Turning  cultivator. 
Turning  mold-board  plow. 
Turn-wrest  plow . 
Two-furrow  plow. 
Vineyard  bisoc. 
Vineyard  cultivator. 
Vineyard  harrow. 
Vineyard  plow. 
Walking  cultivator. 
Walk  scraper. 
Weeding  hoe. 
Wheel  hoe. 
Wheel  plow. 
Windlass. 
Wooden  mold-board  plow. 


Plow  fender. 

In  plowing  with  dynamite  a  certain  number  of  dynamite 
cartridges  are  buried  at  regular  distances  in  the  soil,  and 
connected  together  by  electric  wires.  The  explosion  is  si- 
multaneous ;  and,  though  nothing  is  thrown  up,  the  field  is 
effectually  plowed. 

The  Sackett  plow  and  pulverizer  throws  the  soil  into  a  c 
which  rotates  at  the  side  of  the  plow,  and  so  pulverizes  the  soil. 


Plethysmotfraph. 


Plows  of  all  nations. 
Knight 


Early  Br.,  etc.  (40  Figs.)  * 
In  Gt.  Britain,  notes  on 
early  plows    .... 
Daniel  Webster's  .     .     .  * 
Plowing  with  dynamite 


2249. 


'Srientific  American  Sup.,"  224J 
'N.  Y.  Tribune,'-  Aug.  20,  1878. 
'Engineer,-'  xlviii.  26,  43,  72. 

'Engineering,"  xxvii.  534. 
•Scientific  American,"1  xxxv.  323. 
Scientific  Amer.,r  xxxvi.  262. 


PLOW. 


693  PLOW-HANDLE  POLISHING  MACHINE. 


Electric,  Chretien  if 

Felix,  Fr.  .     .     . 

Felix,  Fr.      .     .     . 


xlvii.  434. 


3791. 


Plow  engine,  Burrell,  Br.  * 
Howard,  Br.  .  .  .  * 
Fowler  .,...* 

Burrell,  Br * 

Everitt  §  Adams,  Br.     * 

Iron 

At  French  Expo,  trials, 
1878 * 

Paris,  rude  plows  at  .     . 

French * 

Ridging * 

Kilburn  show,  1879  (20  * 
Figs.).  Br 

Large  "  Great  Western," 
Cal 

Rotary  mold     .... 

Railway  ditch,  Deere     .  * 


'  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  37 
'Scientific  American,''  xli.  41. 
'Engineer,"  1.  44. 
'Engineer,"  1.  61. 
'Engineer,"  1.  68. 
'Engineer,''  xliv.  262. 
'Engineering,''  xxviii.  218. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  164. 

'  Srienifitc  Amer.,"  xxxix.  162. 
•  Sri,  iilific  American  Sup.,"  2142. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2601. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  164. 
'  Engineer,'"  xlyiii.  25,  43,  72,  284, 
386. 

'Min.  if  Sc. Press,''  xxxvii.  87. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxvii. 66. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  '294. 


The  report  of  Dr.  E.  H.  Knight  on  Class  76,  at  the  Paris 
Exposition,  of  1878,  contains  views  and  descriptions  of  the 
following  varieties  of  plon-s  ("Paris  Exposition  Reports," 
V.,  p.  1,  et  seq.) :  — 

Wooden  mold-board  plow France. 

Charrue  a  chaine France. 

Plow  mounted  with  avant-train France. 

Brabant  simple France. 

One-wheeled  plow _ France. 

Large  two-wheeled  plow,  with  jointer   .     .     .  France. 

Two-wheeled  plow England. 

"  Bridle  ''  pattern  wheel-plow England. 

Revolving  mold-board  plow England. 

Michigan  rod-beam  plow U.S. 

Movable-point  plow     ...          France. 

Single  plow France. 

Iron-beam  plow U.  S. 

Center-lever  plow U.  S. 

Reese  combination  plow US. 

Tourne-oreille France. 

Tourne-oreille,  shifting  socket-piece     .     .    .  France. 

Turning  mold-board  plow France. 

Hillside  plow U.  S. 

Brabant  double  plow France. 

Brabant  double  plow,  with  skim-colter     .     .  France. 

Brabant  double  plow,  with  subsoil  talons      .  France. 

Brabant  double  plow,  with  skiui-shares     .     .  France. 

Skim-ghares France. 

Subsoil  plow    • France. 

Brabant  subsoil  plow France. 

Sayn's  scarifier i  France. 

Mole  plow      ...          France. 

Draining  plow France. 

Trenching  plow      .........  France. 

Ridging  plow France. 

Clearing  plow France. 

Gilpin's  sulky  plow  ;  Deere  If  Co.,  Moline     .  U.  S. 

Bisoc France. 

Gang  plow U.  S. 

Double-furrow  plow England. 

Bisoc  double France. 

Charrue  a  trois  socs    .........  France. 

Three-furrow  plow France. 

totaling  implement,  with  5  plows    ....  France. 

2.  (Joiners.)  A  grooving  plane,  with  adjustable 
fence  to  regulate  the  distance  of  the  groove  from 
the  working  edge. 


Fig.  196 


The  tool  shown  in  Fig.  1967  embraces  a  combination  of 
the  carpenter's  plow,  an  adjustable  fillister,  and  a  matching 
plane. 

The  engraving  represents  the  stock  of  the  tool,  adjusted 
for  use  as  a  plow. 

A  metallic  bed-piece,  with  cutter,  can  be  attached  to  the 
stock  of  the  tool  by  means  of  two  screws  passing  through 
the  slots  in  the  base-piece  of  the  stock.  Over  this  bed-piece 
the  gage,  or  fence,  will  move  backward  or  forward,  and 
when  secured  to  the  bars  by  the  thumb-screw  will  consti- 
tute an  adjustable  fillister  of  any  width  required. 

See  also  DADO  :  FILLISTER,  "Mech.  Diet.'1 

Plow  Bolt.  A  bolt  for  securing  the  share, 
landside,  or  mold-board  to  the  stock.  It  has  a, 

Fig.  1968. 


Combination  Plow  and  Fillister. 


Plow  Holts. 

chamfered  countersunk  head,  and  usually  a  square 
or  fin  to  keep  it  from  turning  when  the  nut  is 
screwed  on. 

Plow  Grind'er.  An  emery  machine  specially 
adapted  for  grinding  the  faces  of  shares,  mold- 
boards,  and  landsidcs. 

Flow-han'dle  Bend'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine adapted  for  bending  plow-handles  after  they 
are  turned.  The  handle  is  steamed,  it  is  locked  to 

Fig.  1969. 


Plow-handle.  Bending  Machine. 

the  bed  of  the  machine,  the  grip-end  attached  to 
the  lever,  which  is  then  brought  down,  bending  the 
handle  by  means  of  a  flexible  chain  on  the  outside. 
The  end  of  the  handle  is  then  fastened  by  a  rod  to 
a  cramp  on  the  straight  portion  of  the  same,  and 
the  piece  removed  to  season  in  drying. 

See  also  WOOD-BENDING  MACHINES,  pp.  2803,  2804,  "Meek. 
Diet.'' 

Plow-han'dle   Pol'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.     A 

Fig.  1970. 


Plow-handle  Polishing  Machine. 


PLOW-HANDLE  POLISHING  MACHINE.  694 


PLUGGING  MALLET. 


machine  for  polishing  or  smoothing  plow-handles 
after  they  are  bent  and  sufficiently  seasoned.  It 
has  a  central  shaft  ou  which  is  a  cast-iron  frame, 
with  pulleys  and  a  smoothing  belt.  It  is  automatic. 
The  handle  is  put  in  position  and  fastened,  the  feed 
is  thrown  in  by  the  lever,  which  causes  the  frame 
with  the  polishing  belt  to  revolve  around  the  handle  ; 
at  the  same  time  the  carriage  holding  the  handle 
feeds  slowly  along  until  the  bent  or  rounded  part 
of  the  handle  is  finished,  at  which  point  it  throws 
out  the  feed. 

Flow-han'dle  Lathe.  A  machine  on  the  prin- 
ciples of  the  Blanchard  lathe,  adapted  to  turn  plow- 
handles  by  patterns. 

In  the  case  represented  the  pattern-rest  is  adjustable  so 
that  it  will  turn  different  sizes  from  the  same  pattern  with- 


Fig.  1971. 


Plow-handle  Lathe. 

out  readjustment  of  the  machine.  The  cutter  head  is  so  ar- 
ranged and  constructed  that  it  reduces  the  stuff  worked  with 
great  ease,  leaving  it  in  a  smooth  condition ;  it  runs  in  a 
movable  carriage,  is  automatic  in  its  operation,  and  is  pro- 
tected by  an  iron  cover  from  accident. 

Plow'ing  Ma-chine'.  See  *  STEAM  PLOW, 
pp.  2354-2356,  "  Mech  Diet." 

Knight's  report  of  Group  76,  "  Paris  Exposition 
(1878)  Reports,"  v.,  pp.  53-89. 

Plug.  1 .  A  tap,  made  of  a  form  intermediate. 
Taper,  plug,  bottoming,  see  Fig.  6211,  p.  2495, 
"  Mech  Diet." 

2.  A  stopper  screwed  into  the  end  of  a  pipe. 

3.  A  short  rod,  split  lengthwise,  and  the  sections 
driven  apart  by  a  wedge  known  as  a  feather ;  for 
riving  stone,  Fig.  3834,  p.  1749,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Plug  Ar'bor.  A  lathe  attachment  for  mount- 
ing drill  chucks.  Cushman,  Fig.  1972. 

Fig.  1972. 


Plug  Arbor. 

Plug  Ba'sin.  A  standing  washbowl  with  plug 
hole  at  bottom  for  emptying. 

Plug  Cock.  A  faucet  which  is  simply  driven 
into  the  barrel,  not  screwed  in. 

Plug  Cut'-out.  (Telegraphy.)  Or  wedge  cut- 
out; a  spring  connected  to  one  main-line  binding- 


post,  normally  rests  against  a  pin  connected  with 
the  other  main-line  binding-post,  thereby  forming  a 
spring-jack  into  whicli  a  wedge-shaped  switch-loop- 


Fig.  1973. 


Plug  Cut-out. 


plug  may  be  inserted  for  the  purpose  of  connecting 
instruments  in  line  without  disturbing  the  continuity 
of  the  circuit.  A  set-screw  bearing  against  the  side 
of  the  spring  is  used  for  adjusting  its  tension. 

Plug  Fin'ish-er.     (Dentistry.)     A  fine  file  for 
finishing  the  surfaces  of  tooth  fillings. 


Fig.  1974. 


Plug  Finishers. 

The  sizes,  shapes,  and  fineness  of  tooth,  fit  the 
instruments  for  special  applications.  Some  are  file- 
cut  on  one  side  and  some  on  both. 

See  DENTAL  FILE,  Fig.  796,  p.  251,  supra. 

Flug'ger.  (Dentistry.)  A  tool  for  driving  and 
packing  filling  materials  into  carious  and  excavated 
teeth. 

Fig.  1975  shows  a  number  of  hand  pluggers  of  various 
forms. 

Fig.  1975. 


1  I  I  I 

i  ^    .*  .       *.  *.> 


0 


pr 
n 

\ 

A 

ft 

Hand  Pressure  Pluggers. 

Fig.  1976  shows  a  right-angled  plugger  to  be  used  on  a  ma- 
chine. 


Right-angle  Plugger. 


See  also  DENTAL  HAMMER,  "Mech.  Diet." ;  DENTAL  PLUG- 
GER  SPRING,  Figs.  3835,  3836,  p.  1749,  Ibid. ;  DENTAL  PLCG- 
GER,  electro-mag.,  Fig.  3827,  p.  1750,  Ibid. 


Flug'ging  Mallet. 

atious. 


A  mallet  for  dental  oper- 


PLUGGING  MALLET. 


695 


PLY. 


The  heads  are  lignum  vitoe,  soft  steel,  wood  with 
metal  core.  See  DENTAL  MALLET,  p.  251,  supra. 

Plug  Tap.  One  somewhat  tapered  at  the  end 
to  facilitate  its  entrance  in  commencing  to  tap  a 
hole.  See  PLUG,  supra. 

Plumb.  The  suspending  string  is  wound  upon 
a  reel  concealed  in  the  interior,  and  the  friction  of 
the  reel  will  keep  the  bob  suspended  at  any  point. 
On  release  of  the  cord  it  rewinds. 


Fig.  1971 


Fig.  1978. 


Plumb  Bob. 

Flumb'ers' 
Chis'els.      Va- 

r  i  o  u  s  lengths 
and  widths,  for 
cutting  walls  of 
brick,  plaster, 
and  wood ;  cold 
chisels  for  iron, 
long  chisels  for 
boring  holes  for 
pipes  or  wires, 
etc. 

Plumb'ers' 
Fur'nace.    A 


Cold  Chisel. 


Plumbers'  Chisels. 


Pig.  1979. 


portable  soldering  furnace.  That 
shown  is  heated  with  petroleum  elevated  from  the 
reservoir  below  and 
burned  in  the  tray. 
The  handle  forms  a  rest 
for  soldering  bits. 

Plumb'er's  Tools. 
See  list  under  PIPES, 
etc.,  supra. 

Plun'ger.  (Fire- 
arm.) a.  A  pin  struck 
by  the  hammer  and 
exploding  the  priming 
by  force  of  the  com- 
municated blow. 

b.  In  other  cases  the 
plunger  has  the  ex- 
ploding point  on  its 
own  end,  as  in  the 
bolt  gun. 

Flun'ging  Bat'te- 
ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
in  which  the  positive  Ambers  Furnace. 

or  the  positive  and  negative  elements  may  be  with- 
drawn from  the  fluid  to  render  the  battery  inopera- 
tive, or  to  prevent  the  consumption  of  the  plates 
when  the  battery  is  not  required. 

Crenel's  bichromate  battery  is  a  familiar  instance.    Pres- 

COtt's  "Electricity,"  *  p.  72. 
c  c',  Fig.  2148,  p.  938,  "Mech.  Diet."  is  an  early  form  of 

plunging  battery  used  by  Sir  Humphrey  Davy. 

See  also  Fig.  14,  p.  2490,  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup." 
It  may  be  added  that  there  are  three  principal  modes  :  — 
1.  By  plunging  the  elements  into  the  liquid. 


2.  By  raising  the  trough  so  that  the  liquid  surrounds  the 
elements. 

3.  By  displacement  of  the  liquid,  raising  it  to  the  level  of 
the  elements. 

Plush.  (Fabric.)  Tbe  fabric  known  as  furni- 
ture plush  is  a  mohair  fabric  known  also  as  Utrecht 
velvet.  It  is  of  mohair  filling  with  cotton  warp,  or, 
in  the  better  qualities,  of  mohair  entirely.  See  MO- 
HAIR. 

Plush  Bat'te-ry.  A  modification  of  the  Cal- 
iaud.  Fr.,  *  "Engineer"  xlvii.  333. 

Flu'vi-am'e-ter.  An  instrument  used  to  meas- 
ure the  quantity  of  rain  which  falls  over  a  given 
surface. 

A  new  apparatus  by  M.  Herve'  Mangon  is  shown  in  Fig.  1980. 
A  cylinder,  C,  receives  the  rain  water  led  from  the  receiver 
P.  In  the  cylinder  is  a  copper  float  F,  which,  by  means  of  a 
very  fine  cord  passing  over  the  pulley  N,  is  connected  to  the 
weight  K  which  is  a  little  the  heavier.  The  weight  K  slides 
on  two  guides  of  tightly  stretched  pianoforte  wire,  and  car- 
ries a  pencil,  the  point  of  which  comes  in  contact  with  the 

Fig.  1980. 


Pluviometer. 

exterior  of  the  cylinder  c.     Inside  the  weight  K,  which  is 
hollow,  is  a  small  electric   interrupter,  which,  whenever 


the  two  copper  cylinders  A  and  B.  Over  these  last  a  belt  of 
paper  is  passed,  as  shown  ;  and  the  mechanism  in  H,  which 
moves  them,  is  provided  with  a  regulating  fusee  M,  so  as  to 
compensate  for  the  difference  caused  in  the  diameter  of  the 
cylinder  B,  by  the  rolling  thereon  of  several  thicknesses  of 
paper.  /  is  a  fixed  pencil  which  traces  a  horizontal  base- 
line on  the  paper.  The  latter,  after  first  being  rolled  about 
the  cylinder  A,  is  carried  over  cylinder  C  and  attached  to 
cylinder  B.  In  the  middle  cylinder  sufficient  water  is  then 
introduced  to  completely  buoy  up  the  float  F.  If  rain  falls, 
the  float,  by  the  addition  of  water  beneath  it,  is  lifted ;  and 
the  weight  K  following  the  movement,  the  pencil  thereon 
traces  a  curve  on  the  paper,  which  gives  in  millimeters  the 
corresponding  depth  of  rain.  If,  on  the  contrary,  no  rain 
falls,  the  line  left  by  the  weight  pencil  is  straight  and  parallel 
to  that  made  by  the  fixed  pencil. 

Lysimeter p.  365,wpra. 

Pluviameter,  Mangon  .  *"  Scientific  Ar 
Pluviametrograph,    Sal-      Lab 

leron  .  ... 
Pluviascope,  Mangon 
Rain  gage  ... 


t>o,  supra. 

ientific  American,"  xxxiv,  150. 

toulaye's  "Diet.,"  iv.,  Fig.  16, 
-J,p.  "Meteorographs." 
Ibid.,  same  article. 
Fig.  4146,  pp.  1872-1874,  "Mech. 

TVrt  " 


Ply.  1.  A  web  —  as  of  a  carpet.  Two  ply 
means  two  webs,  woven  together  so  as  to  inter- 
change yarns  at  the  points  required  to  bring  a 


PLY. 


696 


PNEUMATIC   MACHINERY. 


color  to  the  surface  iu  accordance  with  the  pat- 
tern. 

2.  When  the  union  of  the  two  webs  or  plies  oc- 
curs is  the  ingrain,  which  gives  the  name  to  this  de- 
scription of  carpet. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  a  blast  of  air  is  introduced  to  agitate  the 
exciting  liquids,  and  depolarize  the  elements.  Dr. 
Byrne's  is  an  instance.  See  AERATED  BATTERY  ; 
BYRNE  BATTERY. 

Also      .    .     .  *"  Telegraphic  Journal,'-  vi.  222,  269. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  279,  406. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,''  1922. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  417. 

*  "English  Mechanic,''  xxvii.  307. 

"  Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  228. 
Paper  by  Preece  *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vii.  60  ;  82. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Clock.  A  clock  which  is  driven 
or  regulated  by  air. 

In  the  Parisian  system,  handsome  public  illuminated  time- 
pieces have  been  erected  in  the  middle  of  the  causeway  of 
the  leading  thoroughfares  of  Paris.  These  are  all  in  com- 
munication with  the  works  of  the  new  Pneumatic  Clock 
Company,  in  the  Rue  St.  Anne.  By  means  of  subterranean 
tubes  this  company  receives  the  time  direct  from  the  Obser- 
yatoire  every  morning,  and  regulates  all  the  timepieces  in 
connection  simultaneously.  In  future  it  will  be  possible  to 
have  the  correct  time  laid  on  in  any  house,  like  gas  or  water, 
at  the  trifling  cost  of  from  three  to  five  centimes  per  clock 
per  day. 

To  supply  the  whole  of  Paris,  three  or  four  central  clocks 
are  required,  designated  Directing  Normal  Clocks.  These  are 
placed  at  convenient  centers,  and  connect  with  the  ordinary 
or  "  Reception  Clocks  "  of  their  system  or  district.  Each  of 
these  central  clocks  is  connected  with  a  system  of  pipes,  in- 
cluding, first,  those  running  through  principal  streets  ;  next, 
those  branching  therefrom  into  the  minor  streets  ;  next, 
those  running  from  the  streets  into  the  buildings  ;  and, 
finally,  smaller  ones  running  as  required  in  the  interior  of 
the  buildings. 

The  central  clocks  are  provided  with  a  small  engine, 
worked  by  steam  or  gas,  which  every  minute  sends  a  pulsa- 
tion of  compressed  air  through  the  entire  system  of  pipes 
and  acts  upon  every  clock  in  the  circuit,  advancing  the 
hands  011  the  dial  of  the  clock  by  one  minute.  The  clocks 
are  of  simple  construction. 

See: *" Scientific  American,"  xliii.   19; 

*xxxix.  207;  xli.5. 

Paris *  "Manufact.  if  guilder,"  xii.  217. 

Vienna *  "Engineer,'''  xliii.  448. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1331. 

Regulator,  Mat/bridge   .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xl.  130. 
Regulator,  Wenzell   .     .  *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,''  xxxviii.  281. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Con-duct'or.  A  fan  blower 
and  tube,  to  lead  away  air,  foul  air,  fire  damp, 
fumes,  smoke,  dust,  shavings,  etc. 

Such  are  used  in  connection  with  stones  which 
grind  dry,  such  as  in  some  departments  of  cutlery. 

Shavings  from  a  planing  mill  in  Chicago  are  driven  by  air 
blast  700'  through  a  15"  sheet-iron  pipe  to  a  distillery,  where 
they  are  burned. 

See  SHAVINGS  CONDUCTOR,  p.  2134,  "Mech.  Diet." ;  FAN 
BLOWER,  Fig.  1918,  p.  825,  Ibid. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Dis-patch'.  A  mode  of  con- 
veying letters,  parcels,  etc.,  by  sending  them  through 
a  tube  by  force  of  air  ;  vacuum  or  plenum  systems. 
See  PNEUMATIC  TUBE. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Ex'ca-va'tor.  A  method  of 
raising  of  sand,  silt,  or  debris  from  a  shaft  in  course 
of  excavation. 

Several  forms  are  given  in  the  "Mech.  Diet."  under  PNEU- 
MATIC CAISSON,  p.  1752 ;  PNEUMATIC  PILE,  p.  1754 ;  CAISSON, 
p.  421 ;  AIR  LOCK,  p.  49,  and  Plate  II. ;  SUBMARINE  EXCA- 
VATOR, Fig.  6028,  p.  2439,  etc. 

The  methods  vary  :  1.  In  the  Potts  system,  the  pile  is  a 
tube  with  the  top  closed,  and  the  air  being  exhausted  from 
within,  the  atmospheric  pressure  drives  the  cylinder  into  the 
sand.  Used  on  the  Goodwin  Sands,  England. 

2.  In  the  Triger  system,  the  workmen  are  in  the  lower  end 
of  the  chamber,  and  communicate  with  the  exterior  by  air 
locks.     See  AIR  LOCK,  "Mech  Diet.,'1''  p.  49.    The  system  was 
used  in  sinking  the  caissons  of  the  St.  Louis  and  Brooklyn 
bridges.     Pee  references  above  quoted. 

3.  A  mode  of  moving  silt,  mud,  or  sand  by  a  pipe,  the  open 
end  of  which  is  exposed  to  the  matter  to  be  moved,  and  the 


air  exhausted  from  the  pipe.  A  vacuum  system  ;  a  form  o€ 
dredging  apparatus. 

4.  The  converse  of  the  last  mentioned  ;  a  pipe  with  blast 
of  air,  carrying  with  it  detritus,  silt,  sand.  Used  in  remov- 
ing the  matters  from  the  caissons  of  the  Brooklyn  and  St. 
Louis  Bridges.  See  AIR  LOCK,  "Mech.  Diet. ; "  PILE  DIUVING, 
supra. 

A  form  of  pneumatic  excavator  which  comes  under  the 
first  cited  of  the  four  methods,  is  used  in  British  harbor  im- 
provements. 

It  is  chiefly  used  for  sinking  the  cylinders  for  the  piers  of 
bridges  in  sandy  soil.  The  apparatus  consists  of  a  pair  of 
cast-iron  cylinders  4'  in  diameter,  carried  on  a  staging  and 
placed  in  connection  at  their  tops  with  an  air-pump,  driven 
by  a  small  steam  engine.  The  connections  are  so  arranged 
that  the  air  can  be  exhausted  either  from  one  cylinder  singly 
or  both  at  the  same  time.  The  bottoms  of  the  cylinders  are 
connected  with  a  suction  tube  3k"  in  diameter,  which  leads 
down  to  the  sand.  Here  again  it  is  so  arranged  that  the  cyl- 
inders can  be  worked,  either  singly  or  in  combination,  by 
means  of  self-acting  valves.  The  soil  is  discharged  from 
each  cylinder  by  a  trap  door  placed  iu  its  front.  The  engine 
and  air-pump  are  carried  on  the  same  framing,  and  the 
whole  forms  a  very  compact  arrangement. 

In  operation,  the  engine  being  started,  the  air  is  exhausted 
from  one  cylinder:  the  sand  and  soil  rushing  up  into  the 
vacuum  thus  created  soon  fill  the  cylinder,  the  fact  being  in- 
dicated by  a  tell-tale.  The  connection  is  then  made  between 
the  air-pump  and  the  second  cylinder,  and  that  is  similarly 
filled,  during  which  time  the  contents  of  the  first  cylinder 
are  discharged,  and  it  is  ready  for  the  air-pump  by  the  time 
the  second  cylinder  is  full,  and  so  the  process  continues  al- 
ternately untfl  the  desired  end  has  been  attained.  The  ex- 
cavator has  worked  very  successfully  :  a  vacuum  of  24"  was 
maintained  during  exhaustion,  and  the  cylinders  were  rap- 
idly filled  with  sand  and  water  from  a  pit,  the  contents  being 
quickly  discharged. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Ma-chin'er-y.  See  AIR  EN- 
GINES, and  list  under  AIR  APPARATUS,  p.  12,  supra. 
Also :  Elevator 
Grain  elevator  *.  . 
Hoist  in  mines 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2889. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2107. 

'Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  July  11.  p.  9. 

'Scientific  Am>r.,"  xxxvi.  403. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2324. 

'JUm.  4-  Sc.  Press,''  xxxv.  147. 

'Engineer,''  xliv.  99. 

'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  260. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1058. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  774. 

'Scientific  American  Sup..''  3769. 


Epinac  colliery,  Fr.  .  . 
Excavator,  Reeve,  Br.  . 
Mining  appliances  .  . 

Ore  stamp 

Pen 

Pile  driving  .... 
Rock  borer  (Minera,  N. 

Wales)  ._ *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1461. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1329. 
Laboulaye's    "Diet.,"    iii.,    cap. 

"  Ventilation,"  Fig.  7. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  55. 


Railway,  London  . 
Screw  ventilator 


Signal,  Chambers  . 


Fig.  1981. 


Pneumatic  Pen. 


PNEUMATIC    PEN. 


607 


PNEUMATIC  TELEGRAPH. 


Pig.  1983  gives  two  views  of  the  transmitter,  —  a  front 
deration  and  a  vertical  section  on  the  same  plane,  a  little 
)ehind  the  dial,  on  the  line  a  b,  Fig.  1985. 


Pneu-mat'ic  Pen.  An  instrument  for  obtain- 
ing a  stencil  for  copying  purposes.  Fig.  1981.  Nu- 
merous perforations  are  made  through  the  paper 
by  the  instrument  which  follows  the  lines  of  the 
letters.  See  ELECTRIC  PEN. 

The  instrument  is  guided  as  an  ordinary  pen.  The  tube  A 
contains  the  needle  B,  which  is  connected  to  a  crank  on  the 
axis  of  the  fan-wheel  G.  Rapid  motion  is  imparted  to  the 
fan  by  means  of  a  Mast  of  air  either  from  the  mouth  of  the 
writer  or  an  air-bellow.-',  through  the  flexible  rubber  tube  D, 
connected  with  a  foot-bellows  or  otherwise.  On  moving  the 
point  of  the  pen  over  a  sheet  of  paper,  it  becomes  pierced 
with  very  fine  holes  in  lines  of  the  desired  pattern.  Ink  or 
color  is  then  spread  over  the  surface,  which  fills  the  holes, 
368  through  the  stencil  to  as  many  sheets  of  paper  as 
m:iy  be  brought  successively  in  contact  with  it. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Pile.    See  PILE  DRIVING,  supra. 

Fiieu-mat'ic  Pile  Dri'ver.  See  *  PNEUMATIC 
I'II.K,  p.  1 754,  "Mech.  Diet.";  PNEUMATIC  EXCA- 
VA'roit,  supra;"  sec  also  PILE,  supra,  and  *  "Sci- 
entijii:  American  Supplement"  3769. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Pump.  A  pump  in  which  the 
pressure  of  air  upon  a  liquid  is  made  the  means  of 
forcing  or  elevating.  An  application  of  the  air 
pump. 

The  pump  shown  in  Fig.  1982  is  used  for  the  discharge  of 
the  contents  of  casks,  carboys,  etc.  It  is  a  caoutchouc  bulb 

Fiir.  1982. 

/"N 


Pneumatic  Pump. 


with  valves.  The  pipe  passes  through  the  bung  of  the  cask 
and  condenses  the  air  above  the  liquid  in  the  latter.  The 
liquid  passes  out  by  another  pipe  to  the  vessel  placed  to  re- 
ceive it. 

Pneu-mat'ic  Tel'e-graph.  The  pneumatic 
telegraph  of  Count  Sparre,  of  Sweden,  is  shown  and 
described  on  p.  1755,  "  Mech.  Diet."  It  acts  by 
the  impulse  given  to  a  column  of  water  by  pneu- 
matic pressure. 

Under  PNEUMATIC  CLOCK,  supra,  is  described 
the  method  of  running  all  the  clocks  of  a  district 
by  means  of  an  impulse  of  air,  at  definite  intervals, 
carried  by  pipes  to  each  clock  in  the  district,  and 
moving  the  hand  on  the  dial  one  step. 

The  i€l€graphe  a  air  of  M.  Walcker,  of  Paris,  is 
shown  in  Figs.  1983-1986,  as  applied  to  the  vessels 
of  the  French  navy  and  transatlantic  service. 


Fig.  1983. 


Fig.  1984 


Fig.  1985. 


Pneumatic  Telegraph  Trans- 
mitter. (  Transverse  Sec- 
tion. ) 

Fig.  1986. 


Pneumatic   Telegraph  Receiver. 
( Engine. ) 


Pnevmatic   Telegraph   Transmitter.     (Engine  and  Compass.) 


Pneumatic  Telegraph  Re- 
ceiver. ( Transverse  Sec- 
tion. ) 

Fig.  1984  has  three  views  of  the  receiver,  —  a  front  eleva- 
tion, a  vertical  section  in  the  rear  of  the  dial  exposing  the 
machinery,  and  a  horizontal  section  giving  a  plan  of  the 
acting  parts. 

Fig.  1986  is  a  vertical  section  on  a  plane  transverse  to  the 
former. 

Fig.  1986  is  a  vertical  transverse  section  of  the  receiver. 

The  purpose  of  the  apparatus  is  to  convey  to  the  engineer 
and  to  the  steersman  the  directions  of  the  captain  or  pilot 
on  the  bridge  of  the  steamer. 

The  apparatus  is  double  or  single  ;  in  the  former  case,  the 
dial  has  a  full  circle,  the  upper  hemisphere  concerns  the 
engine,  and  the  lower  portion  the  rudder.  In  the  single  ap- 
paratus the  engine  or  the  rudder  is  alone  concerned,  —  one 
single  transmitting  apparatus  for  each  being  placed  on  the 
bridge. 

The  operation  of  the  apparatus  is  by  compressed  air,  caused 
by  a  pressure  brought  upon  the  caoutchouc  reservoir  a, 
which  is  compressed  between  plates  b  c  when  the  piston  y  is 
pulled.  Air  escapes  to  the  chamber  d  and  thence  to  pas- 
sages ef,  which,  by  devices  to  be  described,  sound  a  bell  and 
move  a  pointer  respectively  in  the  receiver,  which  may  be  in 
the  engine-room  or  the  wheelhouse,  as  the  case  may  be. 

The  operation  is  as  follows :  The  needle  being  at  zero,  in 
the  horizontal  position  shown  in  Fig.  1983,  and  the  vessel 
supposed  to  be  on  her  course,  the  officer  on  the  bridge  wish- 
ing to  stop  the  engines,  takes  hold  of  the  pointer  (the  han- 
dle is  seen  projecting  to  the  right  in  Fig.  1985),  and  moves  it 
to  "  stop,"  at  the  same  time  pulling  the  piston  x  and  com- 
pressing the  air  in  a.  There  are  as  many  pipes  to  convey 
the  air  from  the  transmitter  to  the  receiver  as  there  are  di- 
rections ;  for  the  engineer  there  are  9,  —  1  for  "  s«o/>  "  and 
4  each  for  graduations  of  speed  in  "forward,"  "astern," 
respectively.  In  the  example  cited,  "stop,"  the  air  passes 
in  two  bodies,  one  to  the  bell  in  the  engine-room  which  calls 
the  alarm,  and  the  other  by  the  special  pipe  which  actuates 
the  needle  in  the  receiver,  Fig.  1985,  to  bring  it  from  its  hor- 
izontal (zero)  position  to  "stop"  on  the  dial.  The  position 
of  the  pointer  on  the  transmitter  governs  the  choice  of  pipe 
openings,  which  are  shown  in  a  circular  series  in  the  sec- 
tional view  Fig.  1983.  The  transverse  section,  Fig.  1985, 
shows  the  lamp  at  the  rear  which  illuminates  the  glass  dial 
on  which  the  various  indications  are  pointed. 

The  receiver  is  shown  in  Figs.  1984,  1986.  It  requires  but 
a  half-dial  to  hold  its  indications,  and  is  but  a  single  ma- 
chine which  belongs  to  the  engine  room.  The  fellow  ma- 
chine, which  responds  to  the  other  half  of  the  transmitter,  is 
in  the  wheel-house.  Taking  the  receiver  in  the  engine- 
room  :  the  pointer,  when  at  zero,  is  horizontal,  and  the  ae- 


PNEUMATIC   TELEGRAPH. 


698 


POGGENDORF  BATTERY. 


tion  of  the  air  is  to  cause  it  to  make  a  sweep  within  the 
range  of  a  semicircle.  The  9  air-tubes  from  the  transmitter 
load  to  as  many  levers  in  the  receiver.  As  the  levers  are  of 
different  lengths  an  equal  motion  of  the  end  of  each  will 
have  a  corresponding  effect  upon  the  axis  m,  with  which 
they  are  connected,  and  upon  the  level  gear  p  which  actu- 
ates the  needle.  Thus  the  latter  is  moved  less  or  more  to 
bring  it  to  the  required  place  on  the  dial,  which,  in  the 
example  cited,  "stop,''  is  midway,  that  is,  vertical.  It  stays 
at  its  indication  until  the  engineer  pulls  on  the  button  z 
and  releases  the  air.  The  engineer  then  calls  "Aye,  aye,  sir  " 
through  an  acoustic  tube.  The  same  description,  mutatis 
mutandis,  applies  to  the  steering. 

Pneumatic  telegraphy   .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  75. 
Pneumatic  telegraph      .      "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  19. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi,  175. 
Signal,  Chambers  ...  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxiii.  55. 

Fneu-mat'ic  Tube  Dis-patch'.  See  the  his- 
tory and  details,  pp.  1755-1757,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  tubes  of  the  Western  Union  Telegraph  Co.,  New  York, 
are  2J"  interior  diameter,  with  a  capacity  for  sending  4 
boxes  a  minute.  The  pipes,  which  are  18'  long,  and  joined 
by  air-tight  screw-joints,  are  laid  3'  under  ground.  The 
curves  have  a  radius  of  12'.  The  engine  in  use  is  a  30  horse- 
power compressing  engine  ;  and  exhausting  at  the  same  time 
from  two  separate  reservoirs.  It  has  a  capacity  for  40  tubes. 

The  pneumatic  dispatch  service,  of  Berlin,  Germany,  em- 
braces 26  kilometers  of  tube,  and  has  15  initial  stations.  The 
wrought  iron  tubes  have  a  clear  breadth  of  65  millimeters, 
and  lie  about  one  meter  below  the  surface  of  the  ground. 
The  letters  and  cards  which  are  to  be  forwarded  have  a  pre- 
scribed size,  and  are  inclosed  in  iron  boxes,  or  cartridges, 
each  of  which  can  hold  20  letters  or  cards.  In  order  that 
they  may  pack  closely,  they  are  covered  with  leather.  From 
10  to  15  cartridges  are  packed  and  forwarded  at  a  time  ;  be- 
hind the  last  cartridge  is  placed  a  box  with  a  leather  ruffle, 
in  order  to  secure  the  best  possible  closure  of  the  tube.  At 
four  of  the  stations  are  the  machines  and  apparatus  needed 
for  the  business.  The  forwarding  of  the  boxes  is  effected 
either  through  compressed  or  rarefied  air,  or  through  a  com- 
bination of  the  two.  Steam  engines  of  about  12  horse-power 
are  used  for  the  condensation  or  exhaustion  of  the  air. 
Each  main  station  has  two  engines,  which  drive  a  compress- 
ing and  an  exhausting  apparatus,  the  steam  for  each  engine 
being  furnished  by  two  boilers.  Large  reservoirs  are  em- 
ployed, both  for  the  condensed  and  for  the  rarefied  air.  The 
former  has  a  tension  of  about  three  atmospheres  ;  the  latter 
of  about  35  millimeters  of  mercury.  The  air,  which  is 
heated  to  45°  C.  by  the  compression,  is  cooled  again  in 
double-walled  cylinders  which  are  surrounded  by  water. 
The  velocity  of  the  boxes  averages  1,000  meters  per  minute, 
and  a  train  is  dispatched  every  15  minutes.  Each  of  the  two 
circuits  is  traversed  in  20  minutes,  including  stoppages. 

The  service  between  Paris  and  the  chambers  where  the 
sittings  of  the  National  Assembly  were  held  at  the  Palais  in 
Versailles,  involved  a  line  of  11  miles,  and  the  packages  were 
dispatched  at  an  average  of  8  minutes  for  the  course.  The 
tubes  were  4"  in  diameter,  and  required  three  steam  engines 
of  an  aggregate  of  50  horse-power.  An  apparatus  called  a 
relay  acts  as  an  accumulator,  and  comes  in  aid  of  the  origi- 
nal impulse  at  points  along  the  route.  The  air  is  forced  in 
at  one  end  and  exhausted  at  the  other,  the  messages  are  in 
boxes  forming  a  train,  and  the  relays  come  into  action  imme- 
diately that  a  train  passes  a  station. 

The  French  method  of  locating  the  position  of  an  obstruc- 
tion in  a  pneumatic  tube  is  by  firing  a  pistol  into  the  tube. 
The  resulting  wave  of  compressed  air,  traversing  the  tube  at 
the  rate  of  1,000'  a  second,  strikes  the  obstruction,  and  is 
then  reflected  back  to  its  origin,  where  it  strikes  against  a 
delicate  diaphragm,  and  its  arrival  is  recorded  electrically 
upon  a  very  sensitive  chronograph,  on  which  also  the  in- 
stant of  firing  the  pistol  had  been  duly  recorded. 

Berlin "  Telegraphic  Journal,'1'  iv.  246. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  18. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  376. 

"Min.  if  Sc.  Press,'-  xxxvi.  51. 
New  York *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxii.  223. 

"Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  328. 

London *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  31. 

Postal,  Vienna.     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1426. 
Western  Union      .     .     .      "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  161. 
System,  Culley      .     .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  111. 

Pneu'mo-graph.  The  cardiograph  of  M.  Marey 
is  capable  of  being  used  also  as  a  pneumograph  by 
an  adaptation  of  the  apparatus  of  exploration. 

This  consists  of  a  spiral  spring  inclosed  in  rubber  and 
forming  a  hollow  extensible  cylinder  of  which  the  ends  are 
closed.  A  lateral  tube  places  the  interior  of  the  cylinder  in 
communication  with  the  registering  apparatus,  which  is 
shown  under  CARDIAGRAPH.  tach  action  of  inspiration  and 


expiration  produces  a  movement  of  contraction  or  extension 
of  the  cylinder,  which  reacts  upon  the  registering  lever. 

The  clastic  cylinder  is  placed  with  its  end  on  the  breast  of 
the  subject,  and  is  included  within  an  inelastic  band  which 
encircles  the  chest.  As  the  chest  expands  and  contracts  in 
the  act  of  breathing,  the  cylinder  is  condensed  and  dilated 
respectively,  the  air  passing  by  the  tube  to  the  registering 
apparatus. 

Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire,'"  cap.  "  Graphigues." 

Pock'et.  (Mining.)  A  rich  spot  in  a  vein  or  de- 
posit. 

Pock'et  Mi'cro-scope.  (Optics.)  A  porta- 
ble microscope,  to  be  carried  in  the  pocket  for  field 
purposes  ;  sometimes  a  set  of  single  lenses ;  some- 
times supplied  with  a  compound  body. 

Pock'et  Net.  (Fishing.)  One  with  a  rela- 
tively small  compartment  in  which  the  fish  are  col- 
lected. See  TRAP  NET.  See  also  TRAMMEL  NET. 

Pock'et  Relay.  An  instrument  for  making 
telegraphic  connection  at  any  point  on  a  line,  to 


Fig.  1987. 


Pocket  R,iay. 

communicate  in  case  of  accidents,  etc.  Also  known, 
from  its  use,  as  a  wrecking  instrument. 

Po-dom'e-ter.     See  PEDOMETER. 

Po'do-scaph.  A  foot  boat;  one  in  which 
canoe-shaped  floats  are  attached  to  or  support  the 
feet. 


Fig.  1988. 


The  one  shown  is  that  made  by  Mr.  Fowler, 
of  Bordeaux,  and  used  by  him  in  crossing  the 
Straits  of  Dover. 
The  dimensions  are :  length, 

3  meters. 
Each  podoscaph  :  width,  20 

cm. 
Above    water:    height,   30 

cm. 
Time  of  crossing  :  about  12 

hours.    Distance  21  miles. 


folders  Podoscaph. 

Pog'gen-dorf  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  1.  A 
Smee  battery,  in  which  pulverized  copper  is  de- 
posited upon  the  copper  electrode. 

Niaudet,  American  translation p.  59. 

2.  A  modification  of  the  Grove  battery,  in  which 


POGGENDORF  BATTERY. 


699 


POLEMOSCOPE. 


the  platinum  is  in  the  shape  of  an  S,  and  is  fas- 
tened to  a  porcelain  stopper,  which  nearly  closes 
the  porous  jar. 

Niaudet,  American  translation *  p.  155. 

Point  Find'er.  An  instrument  for  finding 
the  vanishing  point  in  making  perspective  projec- 
tions. 

"Engineering"' *  xxii.  223. 

Pointing.  1.  (Milling.)  A  preliminary  in  the 
preparation  of  grain  for  the  mill  in  the  modern 
process  ;  it  consists  in  rubbing  off  the  points  of  the 
grain,  clipping  the  brush,  and  removing  the  germ 
end. 

This  is  done  in  a  machine  like  a  smut  mill  (which  see),  or 
by  passing:  the  grain  between  uiill-stones  separated  from 
each  other  by  a  distance  a  little  less  than  the  length  of  the 
grain.  The  grain  is  only  abraded  when  in  a  position  verti- 
cal to  the  surface  of  the  stones.  This  is  the  first  operation 
in  the  high-milling  process,  which  see. 

2.  (Metal   Working.)      A  machine  for  finishing 
the  ends  of  nails,  pins,  or  wire. 
*  '•'•Iron  Age  ''• xxii.,  December  26,  p.  1. 

Po-lar'i-scope.  (Optics.)  An  instrument  for 
analyzing  the  light  thrown  through  an  object, 
•whereby,  in  accordance  with  its  varied  texture,  va- 
ried shades  of  the  spectrum  are  given  to  its  dif- 
ferent parts.  This  is  usually  effected  by  two  Nich- 
ols prisms  of  Iceland  spar  ;  sometimes  by  means  of 
tourmalines.  See  TOURMALINE. 

One  of  the  prisms  is  placed  beneath  the  object  and  above 
the  mirror,  and  is  called  the  polarizer.  The  other  prism  is 

Fig.  1989. 


Polariscope. 

above  the  object-glass,  and  is  called  the  analyzer.  By  re- 
volving either  of  these  prisms  variations  in  the  tints  of  the 
spectrum  are  produced. 

The  polariscope  is  an  invaluable  adjunct  to  the  micro- 
scope for  detecting  the  structure  of  miner  Is,  animal  tissues, 
vegetables,  crystals,  etc. 

Laurent's  polariscope,  used  in  determination  of  quantity 
of  sugar  in  solutions,  is  described  in  Dr.  McMurtrie's  report 
on  beet  sugar,  1880,  "Dept.  Agric.   Special  Report,'-  No.  28, 
pp.  84,  85. 
Polar  clock  .     .     .     "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  505. 

"Mech.  Diet.,"  Figs.  3767-8769,  p.  1759. 
Lockyer's  "Spectrum  Analysis." 
Schellen's  "Spectrum  Analysis.'-' 

Po'lar-i-za'tion.      Broadly,  the    definition    is 

thus  given  by  a  philosopher  :  — 

"  When  a  particle  of  a  body  possesses  qualities  related  to 
a  certain  line  or  direction  in  the  body,  and  when  the  body, 
retaining  these  properties,  is  turned  so  that  this  direction  is 
reversed,  then  if,  as  regards  other  bodies,  these  properties  of 
the  particle  are  reversed,  the  particle,  in  reference  to  these 
properties,  is  said  to  be  polarized,  and  the  properties  are  said 
to  constitute  a  particular  kind  of  polarization." — Clerk- 
Maxwell. 

1.  (Galvanic  Batteries.)      The  accumulation   of 
hydrogen  upon  the  negative  plate,  followed  by  the 
deposition  of  zinc  from  the  said  plate,  by  which  the 
current  is  weakened. 

2.  (Magnets.)      The  establishment  of  magnetic 
poles  in  a  piece  of  steel  or  iron,  as  of  a  compass 
needle  or  the  soft  iron  core  of  an  electro-magnet  by 
means  of  a  generated  circuit. 

3.  (Light.)     The  separation  of  a  pencil  of  light 
into  two  rays,  in  planes  at  right  angles  to  each 


other,  known  as  the  ordinary  and  extraordinary 
rays,  which  may  be  done  by  double  refraction  or 
by  reflection. 

4.  (Heat.)     A  similar  action  with  heat  rays. 

Po'lar  Pan'to-graph.  An  apparatus  devised 
by  M.  Napoli  for  copying  on  paper  the  profiles  of 
worn  railway-wheel  tires. 

The  apparatus,  shown  in  Fig.  1990,  consists  of  a  light 
frame,  having  mounted  on  it  the  toothed  wheel  A,  into 
which  gear  the  rack  bars  C  a',  the  former  of  these  being 


Fig.  1990. 


Napoli's  Polar  Pantograph. 


provided  with  a  pencil-holder,  B,  while  the  latter  is  provided 
with  a  pointer,  D.  The  arrangement  of  the  parts  is  such 
that  a  line  joining  the  center  of  the  pencil  at  S,  with  the 
apex  of  the  pointer  at  z>,  passes  through  the  center  of  the 
wheel  A,  and  is  bisected  by  that  center.  The  racks  c  c>  are 
kept  in  gear  with  the  wheel  A  by  rollers  mounted  on  bell- 
cranks,  these  bell-cranks  being  provided  with  springs  which 
tend  to  force  the  rollers  against  the  rack  bars.  The  effect  of 
the  arrangement  is  that  any  movement  in  the  plane  of  the 
wheel  A  imparted  to  the  pointer  D  is  exactly  reproduced  by 
the  pencil  B,  and  thus  if  the  pointer  D  be  moved  over  the 
profile  of  a  tire  the  pencil  B  will  draw  that  profile  on  a  piece 
of  paper  placed  under  it.  The  whole  apparatus  is  so  mounted 
that  it  can  be  readily  attached  to  the  tire  of  which  the  pro- 
file has  to  be  taken,  provision  being  made  for  supporting 
the  paper  under  the  pencil  B. 


*  "Railroad  Gazette ' 

*  "Engineering  "    . 


.    .    xxiii.  349. 

.    .    xxvi.  p.  427,  Fig, -3. 


Pole.  (Electricity.)  The  wire,  plate,  or  cord 
leading  from  the  battery.  Their  names  are  the 
opposite  of  those  of  the  plates  from  which  they 
lead  ;  thus  the  zinc  is  the  positive  metal  or  plate  of 
the  battery,  but  the  wire  leading  therefrom  is  the 
negative  pole. 

Pole  Chan'ger.  An  instrument  for  shifting  a 
current  from  negative  to  positive,  or  vice  versa. 
See,  for  instance,  the  key  at  Fig.  847,  p.  266,  supra. 

Pole  Coupling.  The  connection  of  the  pole 
or  tongue  with  the  front  axle  of  a  vehicle. 

On  the  left  is  the  clip,  not  yet  bent  to  clasp  the  axle.    To 
Fig.  1991. 


Pole  and  Shaft  Coupling. 

the  right  are  the  shaft-eye  and  rubber  packing,  shown  com- 
plete and  in  sections  detached.  The  rubber  prevents  rat- 
tling. 

Po-lem'o-scope.  A  reflecting  apparatus  con- 
sisting of  a  combination  of  two  plane  mirrors,  so 
inclined  to  each  other  as  to  enable  the  spectator, 
by  glancing  into  one  of  them,  to  see  the  images  of 
objects  separated  from  direct  view  by  intervening 
obstacles.  It  is  used  during  sieges  to  observe  the 
position  and  movements  of  the  enemy,  while  the 
soldiers  may  remain  in  shelter  behind  a  parapet. 


POLEMOSCOPE. 


700 


POLYMETER. 


A  simple  frame-work  of  wood  supports  at  the  top  a  plane 
mirror,  with  its  reflecting  surface  directed  towards  the  scene 
to  be  observed,  at  an  angle  of  45°  ;  beneath  this  mirror  is  a 
second  one,  precisely  similar,  and  with  its  reflecting  sur- 
face inclined  upward  at  the  same  angle  as  the  upper  one. 


Polemoscope. 

The  reflecting  surfaces  of  the  two  mirrors  are,  therefore, 
opposite  to  each  other,  and  parallel.  The  image  received 
upon  the  first  mirror  is  reflected  directly  upon  the  second, 
from  which  it  becomes  visible  to  an  observer. 

See  *ALTISCOPE,  Fig.  136,  p.  69,  "Mec/i.  Diet.-' ;  INDIRECT 
POINTING  APPARATUS,  p.  496,  supra. 

Pole  Rail'way.  One,  the  way  of  which  con- 
sists of  two  parallel  poles,  the  cars  having  tires  with 
concave  tread.  Used  for  temporary  purposes  in  the 
lumber  regions  in  getting  logs  of  a  tract  to  the 
saw  mill.  See  LOG  RAILWAY. 

Pol'ish-ing.  Materials,  tools,  and  machines 
are  cited  and  described  on  p.  1762,  "Mech.  Diet." 


The  forms  of  polishers 
are  :  — 

Bands. 

Belts. 

Cones. 

Cylinders. 

Disks. 

Drums. 

Laps. 

Rings. 

Sticks. 

Threads. 

Wheels. 


Surfaces. 

Bristles. 

Brushes. 

Buff. 

Catgut. 

Cloth. 

Cotton. 

Felt, 

Leather. 

Metal. 

Stone. 

Thread. 

Walrus. 

Wire. 

Wood. 

Wool. 

Yarn. 


Materials. 

Borax. 

Chalk. 

Colcothar. 

Corundum. 

Crocus. 

Emery. 

Graphite. 

Oxide  of  tin. 

Pumice  stone. 

Putty  powder. 

Rotten  stone. 

Rouge. 

Tripoli. 


Pol'ish-ing  Disk.     (Dentistry.)    Small  instru- 
ments carrying  a  fine  powder  and  revolved  by  be- 

Fig.  1993. 


Polishing  Disks  and  Points. 

ing  placed  in  a  drill-stock,  to  polish  the  surfaces  of 
dentures,  teeth,  or  fillings.  DENTAL  ENGINE,  Fig. 
795,  p.  250,  supra. 

Pol'ish-ing  I'ron.  A  small  laundry  iron, 
sometimes  curved  on  the  face  and  used  in  putting 
the  extra  finish  on  shirt  fronts,  collars,  cuffs,  etc. 

Pol'ish-ing    Jack.      (Leather.)      A    machine 


armed  with  a  lignnm-vitae  slicker ;  used  for  polish- 
ing leather  when  considerable  pressure  is  required. 
Pol'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.    (Wood.)   A  machine 
having  an  emery  wheel  which  dresses  the  face  of 
the  work  applied  thereto. 

See  SURFACING  MACHINE,  Fig.  6083, 
p.  2458,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Speculum    .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  699. 
Wheels,  Rose  *  "  Sc.  Amer.  S«p.,"  489. 

Pol'y-chrome  Print'ing. 
A  process  in  which  colors  in 
blocks  are  built  up  together  like 
type  in  a  chase  and  themselves 
furnish  the  color  to  moistened 
paper  laid  thereon.  A  mosaic  of 
color  blocks.  —  Johnson,  Br.  See 
also  British  patent  14,078,  1852, 
and  United  States  patent,  Laein- 
md,  July  4.  1871. 

Pol'y-coii'ic  Pro-jec'tion. 
(Geodesy.)  A  development  of 
the  earth's  surface  in  which  each 
parallel  of  latitude  is  represented 
on  a  plane  by  the  development  of 
a  cone  having  the  parallel  for 
its  base,  and  its  vertex  in  the 
point  where  a  tangent  .it  the  parallel  intersects  a 
prolongation  of  the  earth's  axis. 

Fol'y-goii'o-scope.  (Optics.)  An  optical  in- 
strument for  producing  and  displaying  an  infinite 
number  of  designs  and  patterns,  which  can  be  cop- 
ied or  photographed,  and  may  be  used  for  art  man- 
ufactures, for  amusement,  or  for  other  purposes. 

The  instrument  consists  of  two  mirrors  fixed  in  a  case  and 
connected  together  by  means  of  a  universal  hin^e,  which  is 
so  arranged  that  the  mirrors  can  be  set  and  fixed  at  any  angle 
to  produce  any  required  design.  One  of  the  mirrors  is  loose 
in  its  frame,  and  can  be  moved  toward  or  from  the  other, 
so  that  at  whatever  angle  they  may  be  fixed  the  edges  of  the 
mirrors  can  be  made  to  touch  each  other,  thus  preventing 
the  pattern  or  design  from  being  broken  in  the  center.  The 
apparatus  can  be  closed  up  in  a  portable  form,  similar  to  an 
ordinary  pocket-hook.  Patterns  having  any  number  of  an- 
gles or  sides  may  be  produced  by  varying  the  mirrors.  The 
above  has  some  resemblance  to  the  kaleidoscope.  —  Hatton, 
Br. 

Fol'y-graph.  One  of  the  names  given  to  the 
gelatine  copying  pad.  See  GELATINE  PROCESS  ; 
HECTOGRAPH  ;  COPYGRAPH,  supra. 

In  one  modification  of  the  process,  instead  of  the  gelatine 
compound  in  a  tray,  paper  is  coated  with  the  material. 
Sized  or  unsized  paper  is  coated  on  one  side  with  a  composi- 
tion consisting  of  glue,  or  gelatine,  glycerine,  soap,  and 
water,  approximately  in  the  following  proportions,  which 
have  been  found  to  give  good  results  in  practice :  80  ani- 
mal glue  or  gelatine,  20  glycerine,  20  soap,  200  water. 

The  writing  is  made  in  aniline  ink. 

Then  take  a  sheet  of  the  polygraphic  paper,  lay  it  on  a 
damp  flannel,  sponge  with  water  containing  a  little  alum, 
lay  the  writing  thereon,  ink  to  the  gelatine,  back  with  a  sheet 
of  paper,  and  put  the  pile  in  the  ordinary  copying  press.  — 
Alisoff. 

Fol'y-mi'cro-scope.  An  adaptation  of  the 
principle  of  the  revolving  stereoscopic  camera  to 
microscopic  purposes ;  the  objects  mounted  on 
plates  attached  to  a  band  are  successively  presented 
to  the  instrument. 

Prof.  Von  Lenhosstk,  Buda-Pesth,  *"  Scientific  American 
Supplement,1'  2267. 

Fo-lym'e-ter.  An  apparatus  used  for  testing 
the  distance  between  railway  rails,  and  detecting 
inequalities  of  elevation. 

An  improved  apparatus  by  M.  Coutourier  is  mentioned  in 
a  paper  in  " Bimensuel  de  la  Societe  d' Encouragement,"  1878, 
p  385,  and  republished  in  the  proceedings  of  the  "Institute  of 
Civil  Engineers,''  London. 

It  consists  of  an  iron  triangular  ruler  6J"  in  length,  having 
the  long  side  for  its  base,  furnished  with  a  movable  arm 


POLYMETER. 


701 


PONSARD  FURNACE. 


which  is  pressed  against  the  rail  by  a  spring.  The  arm  com- 
muiiicates  with  a  pointer,  which  stands  at  thezero  of  a  finely 
divided  scale  when  the  rails  are  at  their  normal  width  apart 
(4/  8J"  =  1.447  meters).  Any  deviation  from  this,  more  or 
less, "is  indicated  on  the  scale. 

At  the  side,  a  pendulum  is  attached  to  the  ruler,  which, 
when  vertical,  points  to  the  zero  of  a  circular  scale;  any 
change  in  the  inclination  of  the  ruler  is  communicated  to  an 
index  sufficiently  long  to  reproduce  on  the  scale  the  actual 
amount  of  the  super-elevation  — or  otherwise  —  of  the  rail. 
This  communication  can  be  made  either  by  a  toothed  wheel 
ni-  by  u  scries  of  links  from  the  pendulum  to  the  index.  See 
DYXAGRAPH,  supra. 

Pol'y-phote  Reg'u-la'tor.  (Electricity.)  An 
order  of  voltaic  arc  regulators,  also  known  as  a 
many-light  or  division  regulator,  which  allows  sev- 
eral or  many  lights  on  one  circuit. 

Of  this  order  are  several  forms,  which  see  — 

Differential. 

Derivation. 

Fixed  interval  (Regulators  a.  ccartfixc). 

Po-lyp'tpme.  (Surgical.)  A  hook  or  e'cra- 
seur  for  cutting  loose  a  polypus  in  uterus,  ovary, 
nasal  cavity,  etc. 

Pol'y-pus  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  For  re- 
moval of  polypi  by  grasping  and  wrenching. 


Blake's  polypus  snares,  Ibid.,  p.  45. 
Simrock's,  Gross's,  and  other  nasal  polypus  forceps,  Ibid., 
p.J5T. 
Ecra; 


Pol'y-pus  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Pre- 
hensile instruments  for  removing  polypi  from  the 
nose,  ear,  uterus,  etc. 

They  are  forceps,  snares,  e'craseurs,  etc.,  for  grasping, 
cutting,  or  tearing  loose  the  sac  or  tumor,  severing  the  pedi- 
cle, etc. 

Fig.  1994. 


Trouve's  Polyscope. 

Pol'y-scope.  Invention  of  M.  Trouve.  De- 
signed to  illuminate  cavities  of  the  human  body. 

It  consists  of  a  secondary  Plante  battery,  with 
rheostat  for  regulating  the  flow  of  the  current,  and 
a  galvanometer  with  two  circuits,  in  which  the  elec- 
tro-motive force  of  the  reservoir  and  that  of  the 


Trouve-Callaud  battery,  intended  to  charge  it,  are 
opposed. 

The  instrument  has  a  platinum  coil  and  reflector 
fitted  to  a  handle,  and  wire  connecting  it  to  the 
reservoir. 

Edison  has  proposed  a  small  electric  light  in  a  glass  bolus 
to  be  swallowed,  in  order  to  illuminate  the  stomach  inte- 
riorly. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal  " *  vi.  313. 

"  Scientific  American  " *  xxxix.  182. 

An  instrument  to  illuminate  the  cavities  of  the  body  has 
also  been  invented  by  Dr.  Nitze,  in  Saxony.  It  consists  of  a 
platinum  wire  kept  red  hot  by  an  electric  current,  and  in- 
closed in  a  glass  bulb. 

One  form  is  made  by  Coxeter  &  Sons,  England. 

Pol-y-zo'nal  Lens.  I.  A  lens  having  several 
zones,  as  in  the  Dioptric  arrangement  for  lamps 
and  lighthouses. 

See  circular  zones  in  Fig.  1096,  p.  357,  supra ;  and  cylin- 
drical zones  in  Fig.  1657,  p.  704,  "Mech.  Diet." 
See  also  *  "Seitntiftc  American,  xli.  53. 

2.  A  combination  of  a  number  of  segmental 
lenses  arranged  in  zones.  Fig.  1376,  p.  1763,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Poii'ci  Bat'te-ry.  Invention  of  Prof.  Ponci. 
It  consists  of  a  glass  jar  and  porous  pot,  the  former 
containing  a  solution  of  ferric-chloride,  in  which  is 
immersed  a  carbon-plate,  and  the  latter  containing 
a  solution  of  ferrous-chloride,  in  which  is  immersed 
an  iron  plate.  Each  solution  35°  B.  "Telegraphic 
Journal"  vi.  425. 

Fon'sard  Fur'nace.  An  open  hearth  fur- 
nace with  a  circular  inclined  and  movable  hearth, 
and  considered  to  occupy  an  intermediate  position 
between  the  Bessemer  and  Siemens  in  the  range 
of  its  application  to  the  raw  materials. 

The  regenerator,  shown  beneath,  is  still  more  clearly  in- 
dicated in  Figs.  1161,  1162,  p.  387,  supra,  where  the  Ponsard 
regenerator  is  shown  as  applied  to  gas  works,  and  where  the 
distinction  between  the  Ponsard  and  Siemens  regenerators  is 
pointed  out,  the  latter  being  shown  in  Figs.  1159, 1160,  on  p. 
386,  supra. 

The  open,  circular,  inclined  and  movable  hearth  of  the 
Ponsard  furnace  is  fitted  with  a  pneumatic  attachment,  so 
arranged  that  the  tuyeres  can  be  plunged  beneath  the  bath. 

Fig.  1995. 


Ponsard  Furnace. 

of  molten  metal  and  the  blast  turned  on,  or  again  brought 
above  it  and  the  blast  shut  off  by  a  simple  half  turn  of  the 
hearth,  allowing  the  operation  to  be  prolonged  or  shortened, 
or  repeated  at  pleasure,  without  shutting  off  the  heat  or  re- 
tarding the  manufacture. 

The  hearth  of  the  furnace  can  be  readily  detached  and 
run  put  from  beneath  and  away  from  the  heat,  affording  fa- 
cilities for  repairing  or  renewing  the  lining  as  often  as  may 
be  required.  As  the  roof  will  generally  outlast  five  or  six 
hearth  linings,  the  advantage  of  being  able  to  have  a  second 
hearth  ready  to  be  run  in  without  letting  down  the  heat  is 
great,  particularly  in  the  treatment  of  highly  phosphoric 
pig  by  the  new  methods,  in  which  the  basic  lining  is  rapidly 
destroyed  by  the  reaction. 


PONSARD  FURNACE. 


702 


PORCELAIN. 


Fig.  1996. 


Figs.  1996, 1997,  are  sections  of  a  Ponsard  furnace  in  which 
the  hearth  is  on  a  carriage  and  is  run  in  and  out  of  furnace, 
and  is  capable  of  rotation  on  its  inclined  axis.  A  is  the  pro- 
ducer ;  B,  gas  flue  leading  to  hearth  D;  JE,  chimney  :  K,  re- 
generator, C  F  X,  flues;  &,  heater  furnace. 

Fig.  1997. 


Ponsard  Metallurgic  Furnace. 

Ponsard  furnace    ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  231. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag."  xxi.  252. 
*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July    19,  p.  6  ; 
xxii.,  Sept.  16;    Oct.  17;   Oct. 
31 ;  *  Dec.  12. 

Its  work "Iron  Age,''  xxiv.,  Sept.  4,  p.  3; 

Sept.  11,  p.  15. 

See  also  REGENERATOR  FURNACE  ;  GAS  GENERATING  FURNACE, 
Figs.  1161,  1162,  p.  387,  supra,  and  references  passim. 

Pon'ty.     The  glass-blowers'  tube. 
M.  Clemandot,  of  France,  recommends  nickel  plating  pon- 
Fig.  1998. 


tils  and  glass  molds,  to 
prevent  coloration  o  f 
the  glass  by  oxidation  of 
the  iron.  It  is  adopted 
in  several  French  fac- 
tories, the  plan  being  to 
put  the  objects  in  a 
plating  bath  of  a  sul- 
phate of  nickel  and  am- 
monia for  several  hours. 

Pony  Truck.  A 

truck  with  a  single 
pair  of  wheels. 
Shown  in  Fig.  1998 
as  in  advance  of  the 
drivers  and  just  be- 
hind the  pilot. 

In  Fig.  168,  p.  Co 
supra,  it  is  shown  be- 
n6ath  the  rear  of  the  lo- 
comotive. 

Po-ppff'ka.  A 
circular  ironclad,  the 
invention  of  Admi- 
ral Popoff,  of  the 
Russian  navy. 

The  "  Novgorod  ;>  and 
"  Adm*.  Popoff,"  described  in  "Iron  Age,"  vol.  xix.,  June  7, 
p.  26. 

See  also  references  under  "Iron  Clad." 

Por'ce-lain.  (Ceramics.)  A.  hard,  partially 
vitrified,  form  of  pottery,  divided  into  two  classes 
known  as  hard  and  soft,  which  names  indicate  the 
comparative  hardness  of  the  wares,  due  largely  to 
the  different  quantities  of  silica  in  the  composition. 
The  porcelain  of  China  (see  p.  1765,  "Mech.Dict.") 
is  composed  of  kaolin  and  petunlze,  one  a  peculiar 
clay  and  the  other  a  feldspar.  Silex  (flint)  is  a 
form  of  silica  commonly  used  in  English  porcelain, 
and  entering  as  it  does  into  some  of  the  better  forms 
of  stone-ware  and  quecn's-ware,  they  partake 
largely  of  the  porcelain  character. 

Porcelain  is  translucent  and  breaks  with  a  vitreous  frac- 
ture, bright  and  clean,  differing  from  the  softer  forms  of 
pottery  of  which  faYence  forms  the  most  attractive  example. 

Brogniarfs  classification,  under  the  general  head  of  "Pote- 
ries  d  Pate  Translucent,'"  enumerates  three  kinds  of  porce- 
lain :- 

1.  Hard  porcelain  :  porcetaine  dure. 

2.  Natural  soft  porcelain  :  porcelaine  tendre  naturelle. 

3.  Artificial  soft  porcelain  :  porcelaine  tendre  artificielle. 

1.  HARD  PORCELAIN  is  distinguished  by  a  fine,  hard,  trans- 
lucid  paste  ;  it  has  a  hard  earthy  glaze  and  a  more  vitreous 
character  than  other  pottery,  which  accounts  for  its  glassy 
fracture,  and  its  sonority. 

The  elements  which  enter  into  the  composition  of  hard 
porcelain  are  kaolin,  feldspar,  chalk,  and  sometimes  silicious 
sand,  plastic  clay,  and  powder  of  broken  porcelain. 

Following  in  the  description  the  practice  at  the  manufactory 
at  Sevres :  — 

The  kaolin  of  St.  Yrieix  yields  both  the  argillaceous,  flinty 
varieties.  The  feldspar  is  taken  from  a  rock  of  pegmatito  at 
St.  Yrieix.  The  silicious  sand  is  from  Auinont,  near  Creil. 
The  chalk  is  from  Bougival.  The  plastic  clay  from  Abon- 
dant,  near  the  forest  of  Dreux. 

The  following  is  the  composition  at  Sevres  :  — 

Silex 0.580 

Alumina 0.345 

Chalk 0.045 

Potash   .    .  ....  0.030 


Pony  Truck  Locomotive. 


1.000 

The  preparation  of  the  paste  is  by 
means  of  careful  grinding,  loviu  i- 
tion,  sifting,  incorporation,  dilu- 
tion, straining,  ripening,  and  the 
subsequent  operations  upon  the 
paste  are  by  means  of  throwing  or 
molding,  or  the  two  united  much 
as  in  other  species  of  pottery  but 
with  greater  exactness  and  delicacy 
in  proportion  as  the  work  is  of  a 
more  delicate  or  elaborate  descrip- 
tion. 


PORCELAIN. 


703 


PORCELAIN  ELECTRO-PLATING. 


Owing,  however,  to  the  less  plastic  and  tough  character  of 
the  porcelain  paste  great  care  is  necessary,  and  processes  for 
condensing  the  paste  by  pressure  in  bags  or  wire  cloth  ves- 
sels have  been  employed,  and  are  described  by  Brogniart  and 
others  as  the  invention  of  MM.  llonore,  Grouvelle,  Alluand, 
de  Caen  and  others.  See  under  "Pottrie,"1  Laboulaye,  vol.  iii. 
The  paste  for  articles  of  statuary  which  are  not  to  be  glazed 
but  remain  in  biscuit  form  is  composed  of  :  — 

Clay  of  the  flinty  kaolin 0.64 

Feldspar 0.16 

Sand  of  Aumont 0.16 

Chalk 0.04 

LOO 

The  largest  pieces  are  made  of  a  much  more  plastic  com- 
position bv  M.  Regnier  :  — 

Clay  of  flinty  kaolin 0.43  to  0.44 

Pipe  clay  of  Aboudant 0.21  to  0.25 

Feldspar 0.16  to  0.17 

Quartzose  sand  of  Aumont      ....    0.16  to  0.09 
Chalk 0.04  to  0.05 


1.00      1.00 

The  mode  of  fashioning  is  by  throwing-wheel  or  mold, 
which  see. 

After  a  slight  drying  in  the  air,  the  pieces  are  baked  in  the 
waste-heat  chamber  at  the  upper  part  of  the  porcelain  kiln, 
(see  PORCELAIN  KILN),  where  they  are  carefully  preserved 
from  soot  by  encasing  in  casettes,  which  are  boxes  of  refrac- 
tory clay  like  seggars,  which  see. 

The  glaze  (Fr.  convene),  is  of  the  pegmatite  of  Saint  Yrieix, 
fie  moan  composition  of  which  is  :  — 

Siiex 0.74 

Alumina 0.18 

Potash 0.07 

Chalk  and  manganese 0.01 

1.00 

The  articles  are  dipped  in  the  slip,  which  is  the  result  of 
the  most  careful  grinding  and  straining,  and  the  quality  is 
judged  by  the  rate  at  which  it  will  descend  in  still  water  in 
a  cylindrical  graduated  glass  vessel,  in  which  it  has  been 
agitated  so  as  to  be  in  a  state  of  suspension. 

The  filing  of  the  ware  is  done  at  a  high  temperature  so  as 
to  soften  the  compound, 

which  is  partially  fu.-ed  FlK-  1999- 

by  the  heat,  giving  it  the 
vitreous  and  translucent 
character  which  belongs 
to  porcelain.  See  POR- 
CELAIN KILN. 

The  encasing  of  the 
pieces  in  the  kiln  is  M 
carefully  arranged  mat- 
ter, and  the  accompany- 
ing figure  shows  two 
forms,  one  half  of  each 
being  represented.  In 


B  A 

'jars  for  Sevres  Porcelain. 


each  case  the  rings  a  have  spurs  projecting  inwardly  on 
which  are  laid  rondeaux,  6,  which  serve  to  support  the  plates 
or  dishes  c  c.  The  seggars  (casettes)  are  of  a  special  size  and 
height  for  each  description  of  ware.  See  PORCELAIN  KILN. 

2.  NATURAL  SOFT  PORCELAIN.  This  is  an  English  invention 
of  which  the  Worcester  porcelain  may  be  considered  the 
representative.  The  works  at  that  city  were  started  about 
1751.  The  paste  is  a  grade  between  fine  faVence  and  hard 
porcelain.  It  is  distinguished  by  having  a  base  of  kaolin 
and  a  large  proportion  of  phosphate  of  lime  obtained  by  the 
calcination  of  bunes. 

The  following  recipes  show  that  great  latitude  of  propor- 
tion is  practiced  :  — 

Saint-Amam.        Aikin. 

Argillaceous  kaolin,  washed      .    0.11    0.41        0.310 
Flintv  kaolin,  crude andground     -          -  0.260 

Pipe-clay 0.19     - 

Calcined  flint 0.21    0.16        0.025 

Phosphate  of  lime 0.49    0.43       0.405 

1.00    1.00       1.000 

The  paste  is  very  plastic  and  is  fashioned  after  the  man- 
ner usual  with  fine  faience,  yielding  readily  to  the  throwing- 
wheel  or  mold.  The  kiln  is  the  same  as  that  used  for  fine 
faience  (see  FAIENCE)  having  fires  d  alandier.  The  glaze  is 
lead  and  boracic  acid  glass,  harder  than  that  for  fa'i'ence,  but 
not  so  hard  as  the  convene  of  hard  porcelain.  It  is  laid  on 
by  immersion  in  the  slip  glaze. 
Xbe  following  is  one  example  of  glaze :  — 

Saint-Arnans. 

Feldspar 0.48 

Silex  or  quartzose  sand 0.09 

Borax,  crude 0.22 

Flint  glass 0.21 

LOO 


The  glazing  materials  are  fritted,  and  after  grinding  10  to 
12  per  cent,  of  minium  is  added. 

The  firing  of  the  glazed  and  decorated  ware  is  at  a  mod- 
erate heat. 

3.  ARTIFICIAL  TENDER  PORCELAIN.  —  The  porcelain  made  at 
Sevres  until  1804,  when  the  difficulty  of  working  in  so  little 
plastic  a  material  caused  it  to  be  discarded. 

The  paste  is  marly,  fine,  dense,  almost  vitreous,  hard,  trans- 
lucid,  and  fusible  at  a  high  temperature.  The  paste  has  but 
little  adherence,  and  was  always  molded.  After  having  ac- 
quired some  little  tenacity  by  the  addition  of  a  certain  quan- 
tity of  gum  adragante,  the  dry  pieces  were  finished  on  the 
lathe.  The  setting  of  the  ware  in  the  kiln  or  muffle  was 
accompanied  with  great  difficulty,  as  the  objects  required  to 
be  stayed  and  supported  by  pieces  made  in  the  same  paste  in 
order  that  they  might  exactly  follow  the  contraction. 

The  composition  was  eminently  vitreous.  A  frit  was  made 
as  follows :  — 

Niter 0.220 

Grey  marine  salt 0.072 

Alum 0.036 

Soda  of  Alicante 0.036 

Gypsum  of  Montmatre 0.036 

Sand  of  Fontainbleau 0.600 

1.000 
The  composition  of  the  paste  was  :  — 

The  frit,  as  above 0.75 

Chalk 0.17 

Calcarean  marl  of  Argenteuil 0.08 

1.00 
The  glaze  was  put  on  by  sprinkling.     It  was  composed :  — 

Sand  of  Fontainbleau,  calcined 0.27 

Calcined  flint 0.11 

Litharge 0.38 

Carbonate  of  soda 0.09 

Carbonate  of  potash 0.15 

1.00 

The  materials  are  mixed,  melted  in  a  crucible,  crushed, 
and  again  melted  and  crushed.  The  firing  is  at  a  lower  tem- 
perature than  that  required  for  the  biscuit.  Care  is  taken 
to  treat  the  interior  surface  of  the  seggars  (caztttes)  with  the 
same  glaze  in  order  that  the}'  may  not  absorb  that  of  the 
objects  contained  in  them. 

History  and  development  of  the  ceramic  art,  report  of 
Hector  Tyndale,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,"  Group  II., 
vol.  iii.,  p.  2. 

Chemistry  and  composition  of  Japanese  porcelains  and  por- 
celain rocks,  by  Wurtz,  Ibid.,  114. 

Prof.  Vfurtz,  report  on 

Japanese     ....      "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  199. 
Painting,  Joclet      .    .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2895. 
*  "Man.  'if  Builder,''  viii.  132. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2706. 

Brogniarfs  "Arts  Ceramiques ." 

Marryatfs  "History  of  Pottery  and  Porcelain.1^ 

Birch's  "History  of  Ancient  Pottery.'1'' 

Por'ce-lain  Ce-ment'.  For  mending  china 
or  glass  ware. 

Gelatine 6 

Chromate  of  lime 1 

Anoint  the  edges,  press  together,  and  expose  in  the  sun- 
light. 

Por'ce-lain  Col'ors.  (Ceramics.)  Colored 
glasses  which  fuse  upon  the  hiscuit  surface  in  firing. 
Fluxes  with  metallic  colors ;  oxides  generally. 

Cobalt Blue. 

Chromium Green. 

Oxide  of  iron Brown. 

Oxide  of  uranium Black. 

Oxide  of  titanium Yellow. 

Chromate  of  lead Yellow. 

Chromate  of  baryta    ....  Yellow. 

Oxide  of  manganese    ....  Black,  violet,  brown. 

Sesqui-oxide  of  iridium  .     .     .  Black. 

Oxide  of  cobalt Black,  blue-grey. 

Proto-chromate,  of  iron     .     .     .  Brown. 

Purple  of  ca^sius Purple. 

Sub-oxide  of  copper     ....  Red. 

Oxide  of  copper Green. 

Oxide  of  chromium     ....  Green. 

Por'ce-lain  E-lec'tro-pla-ting.  Sulphur  is 
dissolved  in  oil  of  lavender  spike  to  a  sirupy  con- 


PORCELAIN   ELECTRO-PLATING.        704 


PORCELAIN   MOLDING. 


sistence ;  then  chloride  of  gold  or  chloride  of  plati- 
num is  dissolved  in  sulphuric  ether,  and  the  two 
solutions  mixed  under  a  gentle  heat.  The  com- 
pound is  next  evaporated  until  of  the  thickness  of 
ordinary  paint,  in  which  condition  it  is  applied 
with  a  brush  to  such  portions  of  the  china,  glass,  or 
other  fabric  as  it  is  desired  to  cover,  according  to 
the  design  or  pattern,  with  the  electro-metallic  de- 
posit. The  objects  are  baked  in  the  usual  way 
before  they  are  immersed  in  the  bath. 

Por'ce-lain  Kiln.  The  porcelain  kiln  is  a 
high  cylindrical  tower  with  a  dome,  built  of  re- 
fractory bricks.  It  has  two  or  three  vaulted  stages 
and  is  flanked  at  its  base  by  several  furnaces,  from 
which  the  flame  reaches  the  lower  kiln  chamber  by 
horizontal  passages,  thence  the  upper  chamber  by 
vertical  canals,  and  eventually  the  chimney  at  the 
summit. 

See  Plate  XXXV.  which  is  a  representation  of  the  porcelain 
kiln  of  Sevres,  France. 

The  upper  chamber  is  for  the  baking  of  the  green  ware, 
bringing  it  to  the  biscuit  stage,  after  which  the  objects  re- 
ceive the  glaze  (couverte)  and  then  take  their  final  firing  in 
the  lower  story.  The  pieces  are  placed  in  refractory  clay 
boxes  termed  (cazettes)  seggars  (which  see),  which  are  piled  in 
the  furnace  forming  high  columns  which  reach  almost  to  the 
vaulted  ceiling.  The  door  of  the  kiln  (laboratoire)  is  then 
closed  and  luted,  and  the  fires  lighted  in  the  furnace.  The 
fires  burn  about  36  hours. 

The  chambers  of  the  kiln  are  entered  by  arched  openings 
which  are  bricked  up  when  full  and  the  kiln  is  ready  to  fire. 
The  furnaces  are  6  in  number,  around  the  base  of  the  kiln, 
and  the  fire  is  direct,  the  air  to  support  combustion  entering 
by  way  of  the  ash-pot  as  usual. 

The  couleurs  de  grand  feu  are  required  to  support  an  equal 
temperature  with  the  paste  but  they  are  not  so  numerous  as 
the  other  class  of  colors,  couleurs  des  moufles,  which  are  fired 
in  muffles  divided  into  stories  and  celles.  See  PORCELAIN 
MUFFLE. 

Another  form  of  porcelain  kiln  at  Sevres  has  furnaces  a 
alandier,  with  a  diving  draft.  Fig.  36,  p.  20,  supra,  shows 
a  three-story  kiln  with  furnaces  around  them,  but  the  sec- 
tion cuts  through  only  one  at  each  stage.  The  two  lower 
ones  are  a  alandier. 

Por'ce-lain  Mold'ing.  (Ceramics.)  In  mold- 
ing porcelain,  if  the  hollow  object  is  to  have  two 
exterior  faces,  the  mold  is  in  two  parts,  which, 
when  joined,  present  an  interior  surface  correspond- 
ing to  the  relief  of  the  object ;  the  paste  is  applied 
in  each  portion  and  smoothed  on  the  exposed  sur- 
face, which  forms  the  interior  of  the  vase  (for  in- 
stance). The  parts  of  the  mold  are  then  brought 
together  and  the  joint  made  by  the  hand,  a  spatula, 
or  a  smooth  shell  introduced  into  the  interior. 

A  hollow  shallow  object  such  as  a  dish  or  tureen, 
is  made  by  another  method,  termed  moulaye  a  la 
croute,  the  paste  is  rolled  upon  a  marble  table,  in 
the  manner  of  a  pie-crust,  hence  the  name,  and  is 
laid  upon  the  mold,  applying  to  the  surface  a 
sponge  dipped  in  thin  slip.  See  Plate  XXXVI. 

For  thin  hollow  objects,  the  moulage  par  coulage  is  adopted, 
the  thin  paste  being  poured  into  the  mold,  which  has  a  plug 
at  the  bottom,  which  is  opened  after  a  time  to  allow  the  su- 
perfluous slip  to  run  out ;  the  mold  is  porous,  and  the  plug 
is  withdrawn  after  a  time  determined  by  experience,  when  a 
sufficient  thickness  of  the  slip  shall  have  adhered  to  the 
mold.  The  operation  may  be  repeated  for  a  greater  thick- 
ness. 

For  a  cup  it  needs  but  to  pour  a  thin  slip  into  a  cavity  of 
the  right  shape  in  a  block  of  plaster.  The  water  passing 
through  the  pores  of  the  plaster  allows  the  paste  to  gather 
on  the  sides  of  the  mold,  and  the  superfluous  paste  is  poured 
out.  This  is  the  way  in  which  very  thin  ware  is  made. 

'In  making  thin  objects  of  large  size  by  coulage,  the  aid  of 
an  air-pump  is  called  for :  either  to  compress  the  air  inside 
the  mold,  or  to  remove  the  natural  pressure  of  the  air  from 
the  exterior  of  the  hollow  mold.  See  Plate  XXXVI. 

In  the  former  case  (compression)  the  slip  is  projected  into 
the  interior  of  the  hermetically  closed  mold  by  a  tube  of 
caoutchouc,  and  the  superfluous  slip  withdrawn  by  a  fau- 
cet below  ;  the  compressed  air  introduced  into  the  mold  by 
another  tube  holds  against  the  inter! or  of  the  mold  the  paste 
which  would  be  disposed  to  slip  down. 

In  the  latter  case  (exhaustion),  the  upper  part  of  the  mold 


is  open  to  give  access  to  the  atmosphere  and  all  the  remain- 
der of  the  mold  is  covered  by  a  box  of  sheet-iron,  as  in  Fig. 
2000.  The  slip  is  injected  and  the  excess  drawn  off  by  the 

Fig.  2000. 


Regnaulfs  Apparatus  for  Molding  ivith  AirExhaust  ( Section). 

faucet  below.  The  air  inside  the  box  around  the  porous 
mold  is  withdrawn  by  means  of  the  air-pump,  and  the  at- 
mospheric pressure  upon  the  paste  adhering  to  the  mold 
keeps  the  paste  from  slipping  down,  as  mentioned  in  the 
previous  case. 

The  molding  completed,  by  means  stated,  the  object  is 
allowed  to  dry  in  position,  by  absorption  of  its  moisture  by 
the  mold  and  the  action  of  the  air  ;  the  shrinkage  renders  it 
easily  withdrawn  and  it  is  then  finished.  This  may  be  upon 
the  wheel,  by  scraping,  by  adding  to  or  mending  portions, 
hollowing  out,  stamping,  adding  molded  portions,  carving, 
and  ornamenting  in  various  ways  with  colors,  designs,  and 
what  not. 

To  resume  at  the  point  of  withdrawing  the  green  ware 
from  the  mold,  —  the  objects  are  dried  in  the  air  for  several 
days,  and  then  those  which  were  fashioned  upon  the  wheel 
are  returned  to  it,  and  by  means  of  sharp  tools,  of  shapes 
and  sizes,  called  tournassins,  which  have  some  resemblance 
to  metal-turning  tools,  — the  object  is  retouched,  the  angles 
sharpened,  hollows  deepened,  the  protuberances  and  mold- 
ings smoothed,  the  foliation  repaired,  and  the  whole  object 
brought  to  the  detail  and  thickness  required.  This  opera- 
tion is  the  tournassage. 

Scraping  (grattage)  is  adopted  with  objects  not  fashioned 
on  the  wheel. 

The  repairing'  or  refilling  (remplissage)  which  follows,  con- 
sists in  stopping  up  with  paste  defects  in  the  molding,  or 
holes  produced  in  the  subsequent  tournassage. 

The  evidage,  estampage,  and  moletage  which  follow,  refer 
to  the  engraving,  recessing,  stamping,  molding,  and  attach- 
ing molded  ornaments,  after  which  come  the  artistic  sculp- 
turing and  the  garnissage,  which  last  refers  to  the  surface 
artistic  ornamentation.  The  next  operation  is  firing.  See 
PORCELAIN  KILN. 

Certain  kinds  of  articles  required  in  large  numbers  and 
of  exactly  equal  size  are  molded  by  revolving  wheel  and 
templet,  as  in  Fig.  7201,  p.  2770.  "Mech.  Diet." 


PLATE  XXXV. 


PORCELAIN  KILN,  SEVKES.    (Section  and  Elevation.) 


See  page  704. 


PORCELAIN  MOLDING. 


705 


PORCELAIN  PLATE   MACHINE. 


The  templet,  having  at  its  working  edge  the  exact  half 
figure  of  one  face  of  the  object,  is  attached  to  a  plate  which 
is  adjustable  on  an  arm  which  has  a  center  of  motion  to 
permit  adjustment. 

The  plate  is  adjustable  vertically  and  longitudinally  on 
the  arm,  and  a  plate  beneath  the  arm,  secured  by  set  screws, 
limits  the  downward  drop  of  the  arm,  the  latter  is  held  down 
at  the  required  distance  by  a  set  nut.  By  means  of  all  these 
adjustments  the  required  thickness  is  given  to  the  plate, 
saucer,  or  other  object,  the  top  of  the  turning  wheel  giving 
the  conformation  to  the  interior  surface  of  the  article.  The 
distance  between  the  templet  and  wheel  is  the  thickness  of 
the  article.  Templets,  for  each  different  article  required  to 
be  fashioned,  are  kept  in  stock,  and  are  placed  at  pleasure  on 
the  arm  ;  a  suitable  wheel-head  also  being  attached  to  the 
vertical  spindle  to  correspond  with  said  templet. 

For'ce-lain  Muffle.  A  kiln  in  which  por- 
celain is  fired  to  fix  the  colors  which  will  not  bear 
the  great  heat  of  the  porcelain  kiln.  The  colors 
are  divided  on  this  line  into  couleurs  de  grand  feu 
and  couleurs  dcs  moufles. 

The  muffle  is  a  box  of  refractory  clay,  divided  into  stories 
and  cells  to  contain  painted  porcelain,  and  is  enveloped  in 
the  flames  of  the  furnace,  which,  however,  do  not  reach  the 
interior,  as  the  effect  of  contact  of  flame  and  smoke  would 

Fig.  2001. 


Muffle  for  Firing  Decorated  Porcelain.    (Sevres.) 

deface  the  objects.  The  inclosed  ware  is  examined  by  means 
of  peep-holes  (visiires),  which  are  closed  by  a  removable  plug 
of  baked  clay.  The  condition  of  the  ware  is  ascertained  by 
the  color  and  by  the  effect  of  the  heat  on  slips  which  can 
be  withdrawn  for  accurate  examination. 

Por'ce-lain  Pate  Ten'dre.  (Ceramics.)  Soft 
paste  porcelain.  Vieux  Sevres:  made  there  till 
1804. 

Por'ce-lain  Plate  Ma-chine'.  The  machines 
shown  in  Figs.  2002,  2003,  2004,  are  those  used  in 
the  making  of  porcelain  plates  by  M.  Faure,  of 
Limoges,  France. 

The  hand  process  may  be  first  described  in  brief : 

"  To  produce  the  plate,  three  distinct  operations  are  neces- 
sary —  the  forming,  the  molding,  and  the  turning.  The 
forming  (tbauchage)  consists  in  giving  to  the  soft  paste  an 
approximate  form.  The  workman  taking  a  ball  of  the  plas- 
tic mass  places  it  on  a  wooden  disk,  the  center  of  which  co- 
incides with  that  of  his  wheel.  He  then  flattens  the  mass 

45 


until  it  assumes  a  lenticular  shape,  the  molecules  being 
pressed  to  follow  a  spiral  from  the  center  outward.  This  is 
then  put  in  a  dry  place  for  a  short  period.  Molding  consist); 
in  forcing  the  mass  formed  as  above  into  a  mold,  which  im- 
parts to  it  the  exterior  form  of  the  plate.  By  means  of  a 
dampened  sponge  the  workman  presses  on  the  paste  until  it 
takes  the  imprint,  working  always  from  center  outward,  and 
leaving  enough  material  wherewith  to  form  the  base  portion. 
With  a  knife  he  removes  the  excess  of  material  and  then 
places  the  plate  in  a  drying  chamber,  where  it  becomes  suf- 
ciently  solid  to  be  removed  from  the  mold.  It  is  then  about 
twice  the  thickness  to  which  it  ultimately  must  be  re- 
duced. 

"  The  turning  operation  brings  the  object  to  its  proper  di- 
mensions.   A  cutting  tool  is  used  to  remove  the  excess,  and 

Fig.  2002. 


Plate-making  Machine.     Limoges.    (Croute  Making.) 

the  diameter  of  the  plate  being  traced  with  a  compass,  it  is 
removed  and  finished  by  thinning  the  edges.  The  plate  is 
then  ready  for  baking. 

"The  difficulty  in  the  above  is  that  peculiar  to  all  hand- 
work —  variability. 


Fig.  2003. 


Plate-making  Machine.    (Molding.) 


PORCELAIN  PLATE  MACHINE. 


706 


POROUS  CUP. 


Fig.  2004. 


"  Fig.  2002  exhibits  side  and  front  Tiews  of  the  apparatus 
for  making  crotites,  or  thin  flat  disks  of  paste.    A  is  the  lathe 
head  made  of  plaster  mortar,  formed  on  the  iron  armature  a.  i 
B  is  a  piece  of  sheepskin  extended  on  a  copper  circle,     c  is  I 
the  calibrating  tool  which  spreads  the  paste.     O  is  the  tool  | 
arbor.     This  is  lifted  by  a  cord  and  pedal,  and  descends  by  : 
its  own  weight.     E  is  a  stop  limiting  the  descent,  which  is 
also  adjusted  by  the  device  at  F.     The  plastic  material  is 
placed  in  ball-shape  on  B,  and  the  lathe  set  in  motion  by  i 
pressing  a  pedal.     A  second  pedal-pressed  tool  descends  ver- 
tically, with  an  accelerated  velocity  at  the  beginning,  stops 
a  few  seconds  for  the  operator  to  center  the  ball  with  the 
palm  of  the  hand  and  hold  it  so  as  to  resist  the  centrifugal 
force,  and  then  continues  its  travel  with  slackened  speed. 
At  the  end  of  its  movement  the  tool  has  reduced  the  paste 
into  a  cake,  of  a  surface  and  volume  conforming  to  that 
which  the  plate  ultimately  is  to  possess.     As  soon  as  one 
cro&te  is  prepared  the  tool  rises,  and  a  second  ball  of  paste  is 
inserted,  and  so  on. 

"  The  second  apparatus,  as  shown  in  the  front  and  side  views 
in  Fig.  2003,  serves  to  replace  the  croute  in  the  axis  of  the 
lathe  without  deviation  of  the  center,  when  turned  over  to  be 
brought  in  contact  with  the  mold.  A  is  a  cast-iron  frame 
carrying  four  collars,  1,  2,  3,  4,  the  axes  of  which  coincide. 
The  pair  above  guide  the  tool  arbor ;  those  below,  the  lathe 
spindle.  B  is  the  lathe  head  surmounted  by  the  mold,  c  is 
a  platform  to  which  is  secured  the  sheepskin  circle  to  which 
the  croute  is  attached.  By.  carrying  this  platform  down,  the 
croute  is  brought  in  contact  with  the  mold.  When  the 
croute  is  detached  the  platform  and  sheepskin  is  lifted  by  the 
counter  weight  a.  D  is  a  friction  gear  thrown  into  action  by 
the  counterweighted  pedal  b.  This  serves  to  throw  the  lathe 
into  or  out  of  motion  at  will.  E  is  the  motor. 

"  The  third  apparatus,  of  which  a  front  view  is  given  in  Fig. 
2004,  consists  of  a  vertical  frame  carrying  the  lathe  below,  a 
calibrating  tool  in  the  center,  and  the  mold- 
ing tool  above.     The  croftte  A  coming  from 
the  second  machine  is  secured  to  the  lathe 
head.     B  is  the  molding  tool  moved  by  the 
handle  c.     D  is  an  adjustable  collar.     E  a 
carriage  regulating  the  movement  of  the  tool 
effected  by  the  handle  F.     G  is  a  gage  for 
regulating  the  form  of  the  plate.     H  is  the 
calibrating   tool.     The  croute  being  on  the 
lathe  head  the  tool  is  caused  to  descend,  and 
lis  meets  the  paste  at  the  center,  determin- 
ing    its    thickness.     Being  re- 
stricted  in  its  motion   by  the 
guide  or  gage  &  which  repre- 
sents the  profile  of  the  plate, 
and  being  submitted  to  a  hori- 
zontal movement,   it   necessa- 
rily works  the  object  according 
to  the  desired  exterior  form  in- 
dicated by  the  gage. 
"It  is  evident  that  the  tool 
should  exercise,  on  the 
I  bottom    and    rim,    cer- 
tain  relative   pressures. 
These  are,  however,  de- 
pendent on  the  section  of  the 
croute ;  and  this  is   perfectly 
regulated  by  the  first  machine. 
Regarding  the  shaping  oi  the 
edges,  the  tool  acting  at  a  de- 
termined angle  and  with  heli- 
coidal    faces    cuts    the    paste 
while  compressing  it,  and  rep- 
resents the  work  of  the  hand 
regulated  and  perfected. 

"  The  calibrating  gives  the 
polish,  and  produces  the  raised 
portions  which  decorate  the 
piece.  The  tool  merely  pol- 
ishes without  pressing,  and 
this  terminated,  a  special  tool 
removes  the  material  which 


as  well  as  stove.  The  former  is  heated  by  fermenting  dung, 
and  is  a  true  hot-bed,  while  the  Russian,  one  step,  and  a 
large  one,  in  advance,  is  heated  by  burning  wood. 


Fig.  2005. 


Fig.  2006. 


Plate-making  Machine. 
( Turning.) 


extends  over  the  edges  of  the  mold.  The  workman  then 
lightly  lifts  the  extreme  edge  so  as  to  facilitate  withdrawal, 
and  removes  the  mold  to  a  warm  place  for  drying,  as  already 
explained. 

"With  regard  to  production,  by  hand  work  alone  about 
100  plates  per  day  can  be  made.  A  single  workman,  aided 
by  two  children,  can  by  the  above  machine  average  450  per 
day."  —  "Bulletin  de  la  Societe  d>  Encouragement  pour  I' In- 
dustrie Nationole.'1 

For'ce-lain  Stove.  The  use  of  porcelain  for 
stoves  is  very  common  in  Germany,  Austria,  and 
Sweden.  A  number  of  such  were  shown  in  Paris, 
1878.  Figs.  2005,  2006,  show  two  made  by  Joseph 
de  Ceute,  of  Vienna. 

^They  are  the  artistic  development  of  the  Tartar  kang  and 
tb.e"JRussian  brick  stove,  each  of  which,  however,  is  bedstead 


German  Porcelain  Stove. 
(De  Ceute,  Vienna.) 


Porcelain    Stove. 
(De  Ceute,  Vienna.) 

The  advantages  of  the 
ceramic  over  the  metal- 1 
lie  material  are  several.' 

1.  Not  being  good  con- 
ductors   of    heat,    they 
radiate    it    slowly    and 
without  sudden  changes. 

2.  Being  bulky,  they  hold  heat  equally  and  for  a  long 
time,  even  after  the  fire  has  burned  out. 

3.  They  do  not  scorch  or  "burn  the  air,"  or  the  floating 
particles  of  dust  in  it. 

4.  They  have  many  of  the  advantages  of  the  open  grate. 

"  The  material  is  earthenware  molded  into  tiles  or  hollow 
bricks,  about  6"  or  8"  square  and  several  inches  thick.  They 
are  made  in  a  great  variety  of  ornamental  forms,  and  are 
generally  glazed  on  the  outer  or  exposed  face,  either  white  — 
which  is  most  common  — or  brown,  red,  green,  or  black. 
Besides  the  ordinary  flat-faced  tiles,  they  are  made  with  in- 
cised or  raised  designs,  or  are  molded  in  high  relief,  so  that 
when  combined  they  form  recessed  panels  or  projecting  fil- 
lets and  moldings,  in  a  variety  of  architectural  patterns. 

"  The  back  portion  of  the  tile  exposed  to  the  fire  or  heated 
gases  rising  from  it  is  perforated  and  peculiarly  shaped,  so 
as  to  expose  a  large  surface  and  make  a  series  of  tubular 
openings  favorable  to  the  absorption  of  the  heat  into  the 
body  of  the  tile. 

"  The  shape  of  the  stove  formed  of  these  tiles  varies  with 
the  taste  of  the  fabricant  and  the  demands  of  the  consumer. 
They  are  generally  from  6  to  8  or  10  feet  high,  with  a  breadth 
of  3  or  4  feet.  Usually  there  is  a  deep  recess  above  the  fire- 
space,  or  an  opening  quite  through,  the  stove  being  divided 
in  that  portion  into  the  parts  united  above  by  an  entablature 
and  cornice.  Cylindrical  or  columnar  stoves  are  also  made  ; 
indeed,  the  modifications  are  numerous,  to  conform  to  the  va- 
rying taste  or  fashion  of  the  time.  Lower  and  broader  stoves 
are  now  coming  into  use  with  large  openings  in  front,  so  that 
the  fire  may  be  seen  and  enjoyed  as  in  an  open  fire-place, 
while  the  heat  is  much  better  utilized."—  PROF.  BLAKE. 

Po'ro-type.  A  method  of  copying  engravings. 
It  depends  upon  the  fact  that  the  portion  of  the 
face  of  the  print  occupied  by  ink  is  non-porous. 

A  gas  which  acts  upon  a  certain  chemical  agent,  and  either 
bleaches  or  discolors  it,  is  permitted  to  penetrate  a  copper- 
plate engraving  or  woodcut  where  possible,  and,  coming  into 
contact,  as  it  permeates,  with  paper  which  has  been  suitably 
prepared,  brings  about  a  reaction,  —that  is  to  say,  wherever 
the  gas  has  found  means  to  penetrate,  the  color  of  the  pre- 
pared paper  alters,  and  a  copy  of  the  engraving  is  in  this  way 
produced.  —  "  Photographisches  Arc/iiv." 

Fo'rous  Cup.  An  unglazed  biscuit  ware,  used 
in  batteries  to  prevent  the  mixing  of  two  liquids, 
and  yet  not  oppose  the  passage  of  the  electric  cur- 
rent. 


PORTABLE   BOAT. 


707 


PORTABLE   CRANE. 


For'ta-ble  Boat.     One  capable  of  transporta- 
tion by  laud  ;  over  portages ;  sometimes  sectional. 

Fig.  2007  shows  the  sectional  boat  of  the  African  traveler, 
H.  M.  Stanley,  which  he  transported  overland  for  the  navi- 

Fig.  2007. 


Stanley's  Portable  Boat. 

gatiou  of  any  rivers  and  lakes  encountered  during  his  re- 
searches. 

The  boat  is.  when  put  together,  40'  long  and  6'  4"  wide. 
It  is  composed  of  5  water-proof  sections,  which  may  be  firmly 
united  by  means  of  bolts  and  clamps.  This  craft,  the  "  Liv- 
ingstone," is  the  largest  that  has  yet  floated  in  the  rivers  of 
interior  Africa. 

Fig.  2008  is  a  boat,  or  rather  raft,  made  of  a  number  of  in- 
flated pontons  binui'l  together  and  braced  with  bars. 


Fig.  2008. 


Ponton  Portable  Boat. 

Fig.  20u!l  is  an  inflated  matti-ess  with  gunwale,  rowlocks, 
and  thwarts. 


Inflatable  Portable  Boat. 


The  United  States  Museum  of  Fisheries  has  models  of  port- 
able and  folding  boats. 


Co'.vin'.t. 
Fenner's. 


Hegeman's. 


Also  of  canoes,  fishing-boats,  coracles,  etc. 
See  list  of  references  under  BOAT,  p.  114,  supra,  to  collaps- 
ing, folding,  and  sectional  boats. 

Also  Fig.  2057,  p.  899,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ponton  and  rigging  cutter, 

"  Grosser  Kerf urst "   .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  375. 
Ponton  steamer,  Olsen    .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.."1  xliii.  86. 

List  of  boats *  p.  114,  supra 

Folding  boat  .     .     .    .  *  Fig.  2057,  p.  899,  "Meek.  Diet.'" 

Port'a-ble  Ci'der  Press.  A  press  on  wheels ; 
much  used  in  Normandy,  where  the  apples  are 
ground  and  pressed  by  machines  taken  from  farm 
to  farm,  much  as  threshing  is  done  in  this  country, 
and  steam-plowing  in  Britain. 

The  press  shown  in  Fig.  2010  is  one  made  by  Samain,  of 
Blois  (Loir  et  Cher).  A  horse  is  hitched  to  the  end  of  the 
sweep,  and  the  press  has  three  powers  of  gradually  increas- 
ing force,  being  shifted  from  to  each  in  succession  as  the 
pomace  becomes  more  compacted.  A  dynamometer  is  at- 
tached to  indicate  the  pressure. 


Fig.  2010. 


Portable  Cider  Press. 


Port'a-ble  Crane.  One  which  is  transport- 
able upon  its  base.  The  traversing  crane  and  over- 
head crane  move  on  their  bases. 

See  RAILWAY  CRANE,  infra ;  BALANCE  CRANE,  Fig.  176,  p. 
66,  supra;  PORTABLE  STEAM-CRANE,  infra;  PORTABLE  HAND- 
CRANE,  Ibid. 

Contractor's  hoisi,  Chap- 
man (f  Sutlon,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  304. 
Derrick,  Lyons  .     .     .     .  *  "Man.  §  Build.,''  xi.  33. 
Hoist,  Pennypacker      .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  1,  p.  1. 

Fig.  2011. 


Portable  Drill. 


PORTABLE  DRILL. 


PORTABLE  FURNACE. 


Port'a-ble  Drill.  A  drill  capable  of  being- 
moved  to  its  work,  instead  of  the  converse.  See 
BENCH  DRILL,  Fig.  287,  p.  95,  supra.  Also  list 
under  DRILL,  pp.  750-752,  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  and  ref- 
erences under  DRILL,  p.  275,  supra. 

The  portable  drill  shown  in  Fig.  2011  can  be  placed  as  easily 
as  a  rachet  brace,  and  will  drill  at  any  angle  in  any  position, 
at  any  distance,  and  in  any  direction  from  the  power.  The 
driving  apparatus  is  so  arranged  that  the  round  belt  which 
drives  the  machines  passes  through  the  center  of  a  hollow 
stud,  enabling  the  power  to  be  taken  off  in  any  direction, 
while  the  weighted  idler  keeps  the  belt  tight  at  whatever 
distance  the  machine  is  worked. 

The  machine  is  intended  to  be  bolted  or  clamped  by  its 
base  to  the  piece  being  drilled.  It  can  be  adjusted  in  height 
by  drawing  the  post  out  of  the  socket,  and  radially  by  screw 
and  handle  on  the  arm.  The  arm  can  be  swung  on  the  pil- 
lar as  a  center  by  means  of  a  worm  and  tangent  wheel,  thus 
providing  delicate  adjustments  in  every  direction.  The 
spindle-frame  swings  in  a  ball  and  socket  bearing  to  any 
angle  up  to  30°  from  the  base,  and  is  also  provided  with  means 
of  fixing  it  in  a  vertical  position.  The  whole  of  themachine, 
including  the  post,  can  be  drawn  out  of  the  socket,  and  the 
post  passed  into  the  horizontal  hole  in  the  socket  for  drilling 
in  a  direction  parallel  with  the  base. 

The  feed  motion  is  self-acting  and  variable. 

See  also  FLEXIBLE  SHAFT,  Fig.  1060,  p.  347,  supra. 

Thorne,  De  Haven  If  Co.  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  485. 

*  "Enginetrins;,'''  xxii.  110. 

*  "  Iron  Age,"1  xx.,  July  19,  p.  1. 

Port'a-ble  En'gine.  One  upon  wheels,  either 
to  be  hauled  from  place  to  place  or  self-driven. 
See  PORTABLE  STEAM  ENGINE. 

Among  the  portable  engines  may  be  classed  — 

Traction  engines. 
Portable  steam  pump. 
Portable  steam  hoists. 
Portable  steam  cranes. 
(Which  see.) 


Agricultural  engines. 
Steam  fire  engines. 
Steam  road  rollers. 
Steam  plowing  engines. 
Railway  crane. 


Port'a-ble  En'gine  and  Pump.  The  port- 
able engine  pump  for  irrigating  purposes  is  shown 
in  Fig.  2012,  as  used  upon  the  Nile.  It  is  the  mod- 
ern substitute  for  the  shaduf,  mental,  picotah, 
noria,  wheel  with  pots,  etc. 

The  pump  is  fixed  on  a  staging  over  a  stream,  and  is  driven 
by  a  portable  engine.  The  boiler  has  a  fire-box  considerably 
larger  than  the  ordinary  portable  engines,  and  where  coal  is 
expensive,  as  in  Egypt,  and  there  is  an  abundant  supply  of 
cotton  stalks,  maize,  etc.,  great  economy  is  obtained  by  feed- 
ing this  vegetable  matter  into  the  fire-box  by  the  straw- 
burning  apparatus,  driven  by  a  strap  from  the  crank-shaft, 
as  shown  in  the  engraving.  The  traveling  wheels  are  made 


entirely  of  iron,  and  are  not  affected  by  excessive  heat  or  the 
attack  of  insects.  The  pump  shown  in  the  engraving  has 
double  suction  pipes.  The  pipes  are  made  entirely  of  wrought 
iron,  with  a  view  of  saving  weight,  and  avoiding  the  incon- 
venience caused  if  a  pipe  is  broken.  The  disk  is  accessible 
for  examination  without  disturbing  any  of  the  joints. 

The  apparatus  has,  however,  various  other  uses,  such  as 
in  drainage,  sheep-washing,  emptying  docks  and  dams,  etc. 

See  also  NORIA,  Fig.  1819,  p.  636,  supra. 

See  also  CENTRIFUGAL  PUMPING  ENGINE,  Fig.  1218,  p.  516, 
"Mec/i.  Diet.''1 

Port'a-ble  Forge.  A  movable  forge  to  be 
used  in  the  field,  on  the  march  by  pioneers,  in  the 
vicinity  of  temporary  works,  etc. 

Two  forms  are  shown  in  Figs.  2013,  2014.  They  are 
adapted  to  be  driven  by  hand  or  power,  having  the  necessary 

Fig.  2013. 


"Keystone  ''  Portable  Forge. 

hand-wheels  and  power  connections.  The  sectional  view, 
Fig.  2013,  shows  the  relation  of  the  band-wheel  K,  band  <?, 
fan  E,  tuyere  D,  hearth  B,  quenching  trough  C,  and  table 
A.  F  is  the  hanger  of  the  band-wheel.  The  functions  are 
similar,  but  the  parts  somewhat  modified. 

Fig.  2070,  p.  905,  "Mech.  Diet." 

BATTERY  FORGE,  Fig.  597,  p.  249,  Ibid. 

FORGE,  Figs.  1084, 1085,  p.  354,  supra,  and  references,  pas- 
sim. 

Port'a-ble  Fur'iiace.  One  which  is  trans- 
portable, as  in  the  case  of  charcoal  furnaces  for 
domestic  or  plumbjng  purposes. 


Fig.  2012. 


Portable  Engine  Pump. 


PORTABLE   FURNACE. 


709 


PORTABLE   RAFT. 


Fig.  2014. 


Portable  Forge. 


The  crucible  is  permanently  inclosed  within  the  furnace 
wall,  and  the  two  are  moved  together,  whether  to  the  fur- 
nace and  chimney,  or  to  the  molds  on  the  floor  of  the  foun- 
dry. The  mode  of  heating  is  either  by  combustible  placed 
between  the  crucible  and  the  furnace  wall,  the  ashes  from 
which  fall  through  holes  in  the  furnace  when  the  crucible 
is  over  the  draft,  or  the  heated  gases  from  a  gas  producer  are 
led  to  the  furnace  (Fig.  2016),  passing  through  the  regen- 
erator which  is  heated  by  the  gases  escaping  from  the  fur- 
nace in  the  direction  of  the  upper  arrow. 

The  furnace  containing  the  crucible  is  moved  on  wheels, 
as  in  Fig.  735,  p.  233,  supra,  or  is  slung  from  a  crane. 

Piat,  Fr .     *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  260. 

*  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  397. 

Port'a-ble  Hand'-crane.  A  crane  on  a  truck. 
Such  are  made  with  varying  capacities,  from  3  to 
10  tons.  The  base  plate  is  a  massive  casting 
checkered  on  top, 
and  of  sufficient  size 
to  allow  the  men  to 
work  at  whatever 
angle  the  crane  may 
be.  The  crane-post 
is  of  hammered  iron, 
the  journals  are  of 
great  length,  and 
the  shafts  run  in 
gun-metal  bearings. 


Fig.  2017. 


A  more  important  example,  however,  is 
the  oscillating  crucible  furnace  of  M.  Piat. 


Piat  Portable  Furnace. 


It  is  shown  in  partial  elevation  and  section  in  Fig. 
2015,  and  in  perspective  under  CRUCIBLE  FUR- 
NACE, Fig.  737,  p.  233,  supra. 


Fig.  2016. 


A    military    or    pioneer's 


Appleby's  Three-ton  Portable  Hand-crane. 

The  balance-weight  box  is  moved  along  the  tail-pieces  by 
a  traversing  screw  worked  by  a  hand-wheel.  There  is  a  fric- 
tion roller  to  take  the  weight  off  the  back  balance  and  to 
reduce  friction  in  turning.  The  illustration  shows  a  three- 
ton  crane. 

Port'a-ble    Mill, 
mill. 

See  ARMY  MILL,  Fig.  Ill,  p.  47,  supra. 
Aubin *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3756. 

Port'a-ble  Pump.  A  pump  for  irrigation, 
extinguishing  fires,  for  green-house  purposes,  wa- 
tering lawns,  etc. 

See  under  various  titles.  Such  as  HYDRONETTE, 
AQUAPULT,  etc. 

In  a  smaller  form  a  STOMACH  PUMP,  INJECTOR,  SYRINGE 
DOUCHE,  etc.,  which  see. 
In  one  sense,  a  FIRE  ENGINE,  which  see. 
Fig.  2018  shows  a  French  portable  pump  and  tank. 
See  IRRIGATION  PUMP.    Figs.  1473-1475,  p.  508,  supra. 
See  NORIA  ;  PORTABLE  ENGINE  AND  PUMP,  supra. 
Also  Fig.  1218,  p.  516,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Port'a-ble  Raft.  One  capable  of  transporta- 
tion on  a  journey  as  distinct  from  one  simply  hove 
overboard  from  a  ship,  or  made  in  an  emergency 


from  masts,  casks,  and  other  floating  material.     See 
1  Figs.  4105-4108,  pp.  1854,  1855,  "  Mecli.  Diet." 


PORTABLE   RAFT. 


710 


PORTABLE    STEAM   ENGINE. 


Fig.  2018. 


French  Portable  Pump. 

The  life-raft,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2019,  is  of  a  form  that  might 
wisely  be  adopted  for  use  nearer  home.  Stanley's  portable 
raft  was  composed  of  six  caoutchouc  ponton  tubes,  which 
were  inflated  at  pleasure  by  means  of  bellows.  These  tubes 
rest  transversely  on  three  keels,  to  which  are  lashed  the 
poles  shown  above.  The  bow  and  stern  consist  of  triangular 
compartments,  and  the  whole  during  transportation  may  be 

Fig.  2019. 


Stanley's  Kaft. 

packed  in  a  convenient  form.  Its  whole  weight  is  300 
pounds,  which  can  be  divided  into  five  loads  of  60  pounds 
each. 

See  also  RAFT,  "Mecli.  Diet.,"  et  infra;  LIFE  BOAT,  Fig. 
1588,  p.  542,  supra;  PORTABLE  BOAT,  supra. 

Port'a-ble  Rail'way.  A  system  having 
tracks  in  section  laid  down  on  plantations,  in  wine 
caves,  or  in  manufacturing  establisements,  for  con- 
veyance of  crops,  heavy  articles,  packages,  and 
what  not. 

Fig.  2020. 


Decauville's  Portable  Railway. 


The  system  shown  in  Figs.  2020-2022  is  that  of  M.  Decau- 
ville,  of  Petit-Bourg,  near  Paris.    The  rails  have  iron  ties  laid 

Fig.  2021. 


Portable  Railway   Truck* ,  Kail*,  mi/1   Truck. 


in  sections  of  track  5  meters  long,  more  or  less,  with  switches, 
turn-outs,  and  turntables,  according  to  the  reqxiirements  of 
the  special  case.  It  is  evident  that  while  in  field-railways  a 
curve  may  be  admissible,  it  will  frequently  be  necessary  to 
substitute  a  turntable  in  the  passages  of  ;i  yard  or  building. 

Fig.  2022. 


Turntable. 

The  trucks  shown  are  dumping  cars  used  ill  plantation  use 
for  conveying  beets  especially  from  the  field  to  the  sucrerie 
or  distillery.  Other  forms  are  used  in  wine  caves  and  in  fac- 
tories and  for  cane  plantations. 

Fowler,  Br *  "Engineer,"1'  xlviii.  84. 

Port'a-ble  Steam  Crane.  A  locomotive 
steam  crane.  Used  in  factories  and  many  public 
and  private  works  of  the  larger  class. 

The  crane  shown  in  Fig.  2023  was  used  in  dis- 
mounting heavy  freight  from  flat  cars  at  the  Paris 
Exposition,  1878. 

The  Aveling  &  Porter  portable  steam  crane  is  a  modifica- 
tion of  their  traction  engine,  having  the  same  locomotive 
power  with  the  addition  of  the  winding  drum  and  crane. 
The  foot  of  the  jib  is  rigged  in  front,  resting  upon  the  front 
base-piece  of  the  boiler,  and  the  top  is  supported  by  iron  rods 
which  are  attached  to  the  side  plate  brackets.  The  sides 
of  the  fire-box  are  extended  upward  to  form  the  crank  shaft 
brackets. 

See,  also,  RAILWAY  CRANE,  infra;  STEAM  CRANE,  "Mf/i. 
Diet.'' 

Port'a-ble  Steam  En'gine.  One  capable  of 
moving  or  being  moved  from  place  to  place.  They 
are  known  by  various  specific  names,  according  to 
purpose,  usually.  See  various  captions  under  POR- 
TABLE ENGINE. 

See  also  PORTABLE  STEAM  ENGINE,  Figs.  3895- 
3899,  pp.  1769,  1770,  "Mech.  Diet." 


VAW.VR 

i  »•:•:•:•:•:•" 

'  =  •0    ••••    of 
i;  i  o    o     0     o     o 

i  1 1  O      O      O      O       O, 


•  I      1111 1  Illll  1 1  lili  ll'll. 
I'.llULU'.LUU'i'.i!'! 


FIG.  2030. 


Fis.  2025. 


Fio  2027. 


PLATE  XXXVII 


HOADLEY'S  PORTABLE  ENGINE. 


See  past  Til. 


PORTABLE   STEAM   ENGINE. 


711 


PORTABLE   STEAM  ENGINE. 


The  portable  steam  engine  of  Mr.  J.  C.  Hoadlfv, 
of  Massachusetts,  is  shown  in  Fig.  2024.  and  Plate 
XXXVII. 

Fig.  2025  in  Plate  XXXVII.,  shows  a  side  elevation  of  an 
engine  8.5"  diameter  of  cylinder,  12"  stroke.  This  engine 


Aveling  Sf  Porter's  Portable  Steam  Crane, 

gives  20  indicated  horse-power  with  100  pounds  per  square 
inch  steam  gage  pressure  in  the  boiler,  and  four-fold  expan- 
sion. The  boiler  easily  supplies  steam  for  25  indicated  horse- 
power. 

Fig.  2026  shows  the  fire-box  end  of  an  engine  8.5"  diame- 
ter of  cylinder,  12"  stroke,  in  end  elevation. 

Fig.  2027  is  a  horizontal  section  on  the  axis  of  cylinder  and 
steam  chest  of  an  engine  8.5"  diameter  of  cylinder,  12" 
stroke. 

Kig.  2028  is  a  side  elevation  on  the  larger  scale  of  the  gov- 
ernor of  an  engine  3.5"  diameter  of  cylinder,  12"  stroke.  The 
leaf  springs  are  straight  when  unconfined  by  the  links  at  their 
extremities.  The  centrifugal  force  of  the  springs,  of  the 
gliding  heads  which  confine  their  thicker  ends,  and  of  the 
adjustable  weights  attached  to  these  sliding  heads,  causes 
the  heads  to  slide  outward,  toward  the  binding-nuts  at  the 
upper  and  lower  ends  of  these  rods,  thereby  increasing  the 
tendon  of  the  springs,  and  shifting  the  eccentric,  by  means 
of  the  toggle-joint  at  the  left-hand,  and  the  sliding-plate  to 
which  the  eccentric  is  fast,  cast  solid  with  it. 

The  sliding-plate  and  eccentric  are  slotted,  as  shown  by 
dotted  lines.  The  slot  is  long  enough  to  admit  of  shifting 
the  sliding-plate  to  the  other  toggle-joint,  at  the  right,  which 
reverses  the  engine. 

Fig.  2029  is  a  vertical,  longitudinal  section,  on  the  axis  of 
a  similar  boiler  and  engine. 

Fig.  2024. 


A  spray-plate,  indi- 
cated above  the  tie-rod, 
over  the  fire  box,  pre- 
vents the  direct  admis- 
sion of  entrained  water 
to  the  jacket  around 
the  cylinder. 

Fig.  2030  is  a  vertical 
cross  section  through 
fire-box  and  cylinder 
of  an  engine  8.5"  di- 
ameter of  cylinder,  12" 
stroke. 

An  engine  of  the 
class  represented  in  the 
accompany  ing  cuts, 
and  of  the  same  ar- 
rangement and  con- 
struction, was  tested  at 
the  International  Ex- 
hibition in  Philadel- 
phia, Sept.  7, 1876,  un- 
der the  direction  of 
John  S.  Albert,  Chief 
of  Bureau  of  Machin- 
ery, by  Charles  T.  Por- 
ter, Charles  E.  Emery, 
and  Joseph  Belknap, 
Judges. 

An  ordinary,  com- 
mercial engine,  made 


, 

and  subsequently  used  to  drive  a  saw-mill,  it  was  destitute 
of  all  the  refined  appliances  for  saving  heat  and  for  obtain- 
ing unusual  duty  almost  universal  in  trials  of  this  kind. 
The  boiler  was  entirely  naked,  and  exposed  a  radiating  sur- 
face equal  to  40  per  cent,  of  its  heating  surface,  to  a  draft  of 
cool,  damp  air.  The  loss  caused  by  this  radiation  has  been 
found  experimentally  to  be  at  least  12  per  cent.  ;  and  about 
(-12  of  this  loss  might  have  been  saved  by  a  simple  boiler 
clothing. 

The  ordinary  anthracite  used  was  wet  by  rain  in  transit  to 
the  engine,  and  was  fired  without  special  skill  by  a  man  who 
never  before  saw  the  engine. 

All  the  conditions  were  arranged  so  as  to  represent  the  or- 
dinary practice  of  men  commonly  using  this  class  of  engines. 
All  these  circumstances  should  be  borne  in  mind  in  compar- 
ing results  with  those  obtained  by  exceptional  skill  and  care 
from  "  racing  engines." 

CONSUMPTION. 
For  each  indicated  horse- power  during  one  hour: 


Hoarllfifs  Portable  Steam  Engine 


PORTABLE   STEAM   ENGINE. 


712 


PORTABLE   STEAM   ENGINE. 


25.61  pounds  of  feed-water,  by  weight. 
19.88  pounds  of  visible  steam,  by  diagram. 

3.35  pounds  of  anthracite  coal. 

2.95  pounds  of  combustible. 

GENERAL  DIMENSIONS. 

Engine. 

Diameter  of  cylinder 14.56" 

Diameter  of  piston-rod 2.375" 

Length  of  stroke 1.66' 

Capacity  of  clearances  and  passages  in  terms 
of  stroke 091 

Boiler. 

Length  of  shell 167 

Diameter  of  shell,  inside 40" 

Length  of  fire-box,  inside 54" 

Width  of  fire-box,  inside 34" 

Height  of  fire-box,  above  grates  (whole  height, 

48") 44" 

Number  of  tubes 80 

Diameter  of  tubes,  outside 2.25" 

Length  of  tubes  (between  tube-sheets)  ....  113" 
Heating  surface  in  fire-box  above  top  of  grates, 

square  feet 60.5 

Heating  surface,  tubes,  inside,  square  feet      .      394.5 
Heating  surface,  smoke-box,  square  feet     .     .     .    6.5 
Heating  surface,  aggregate,  square  feet .     .     .      461.5 
Area  of  fire-grate,  54"  by  34",  square  feet  .     .     .  12.75 
Ratio  of  heating-  surface  to  fire-grate  area  .     .     .  36.2 

SUMMARY  OF  RESULTS  OF  TRIAL. 

Kind  of  Quantities.  Pounds. 

Feed-water  per  dynamometer  horse-power,  per 

hour       28.27 

Feed-water  per  indicated  horse-power,  per  hour    25.61 

Visible  steam  per  dynamometer  horse-power, 
per  hour 21.40 

Visible  steam  per  indicated  horse-power,  per 
hour 13.38 

Coal  burned  per  dynamometer  horse-power,  per 


hour 


3.69 


Coal  burned  per  indicated  horse-power,  per  hour      3.35 

3.26 


See  the  following  references :  — 


Combustible  burned  per  dynamometer  horse- 
power, per  hour 

Combustible  burned  per  indicated  horse-power, 
per  hour 2.95 

Water  evaporated  per  pound  of  coal  burned      .       7.65 
Water  evaporated  per  pound  of    combustible 

t.  j  Q  CQ 

burned o.oo 

EFFICIENCY. 

The  indicated  horse-power  is  obtained  from  300  to  350 
pounds  of  engine  and  boiler. 

The  portable  horizontal  trade  engine  of  Marshall, 
Graves  &  Co.,  is  shown  in  Plate  XXXVIII. 

The  parts  are  plainly  visible,  and  scarcely  need  descrip- 
tion. The  boiler  is  of  the  locomotive  pattern,  with  arched 
crown  sheet  braced  and  stayed.  The  water  front  extends 
around  the  fire-box  and  ash-pit.  The  boiler  and  engine  are 
so  far  independent  of  each  other  that  the  expansion  of  the 
former  in  heating  up  brings  no  strain  on  the  latter.  The 
valve  has  variable  expansion  arrangement.  The  spark  ar- 
rester has  a  steam  spray.  The  wheels  are  of  iron,  and  turn 
under  the  boiler.  The  bed  plate  forms  the  heater,  and  is 
bolted  to  the  boiler  on  the  cylinder  end.  The  pump  is 
worked  directly  from  the  cross-head. 

The  portable  and  traction  engine  of  Hooven, 
Owens,  Reutschler  &  Co.,  is  shown  in  Plate 
XXXVIII. 

The  engineer  stands  upon  the  rear  plate,  and  has  the  start- 
ing and  reversing  levers,  and  the  steering  wheel  immedi- 
ately in  front.  The  train  by  which  the  relatively  rapid  pis- 
ton motion  is  geared  down  to  the  propulsion  movement  is 
principally  upon  the  other  side  of  the  machine,  as  shown  in 
the  cut ;  but  parts  of  it  are  visible  above  and  below  the 
boiler,  and  the  pinion  which  actuates  the  spur  wheel  of  the 
driver  is  on  the  side  presented.  When  the  engine  is  in 
place,  the  locomotive  portion  is  thrown  out  of  gear,  and  the 
force  of  the'engine  applied  to  the  band  wheel. 

Several  forms  of  portable  steam  engines,  locomotive  (self- 
moving),  and  otherwise,  are  shown  on  p.  1770,  "Mech.  Diet. ; "    y 
also  semi- portable  at  Fig.  3895,  p.  1769.     The  smaller  class  of     - 
engines,  such  as  the  Baxter,  Fig.  3898,  p.  1770,  are  light  in 
weight,  and,  in  a  sense,  portable,  but  not  according  to  the 
proper  meaning  of  the  word  as  applied  in  this  connection. 


:,  Br. 

Marshall,  Br.  .  . 
"  Eclipse,''  Frick  .  . 

Westing/iouse 

Wallis  4"  Steevens  . 
Portable,  Ames  .  . 


*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  407. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  463. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  95. 

*  "Scientific  American."  xlii.  115. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Kup."  1475. 

*  "Min.  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  112. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  6. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  22.  p.  1. 
*"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  12,  p.  1  ; 


, 

Aug.  2,  p.  1. 
Armitage  If  Raster,  Br.  *  "  Engineer,''  xlii.  203. 

Baxter "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  70. 

Boiler,  Belleville    ...  *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  387. 

Blake,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  181. 

Brake,  Garrett,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineering,"'  xxx.  44. 


Engine, Brown  $May,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  448. 
Cmnbridge     .     .          .*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  466. 
"  Clipper,"    ....  *  "Iron.  Age,"  xviii.,  Dec.  21,  p.  1. 
n~.t. — ,    u_  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  9. 

"Engineer,''  1.  39  ;  xlviii.  46. 

"Engineering,"  xxviii.  338. 

"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  26.  p.  1. 

"Engineer,"  xlvi.  226. 


Cockran,  Br. 


Demenge,  Fr.     . 

Erie  Iron  Works 

Boiler,  Garrett,  Br.    .     .         .u»Sf»Gi» ,    Ain.  *.<•». 
Engine,  Gibbons,  Br.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  434. 

Hornsby  (1849).  Br.     .  *  "Enginn-r."  xlvii.  459. 

King *  "Min.  $  6V.  Press,"  xxxvi.  81. 

Longrove *  " Iron  Age,''  xix.,  March  1,  p.  1. 

Mills     .     ...     .     .     .*  "Scientific  Amer., •' xxxvi.SQS. 

Mud  plug   for  portable 


Ransome.  Br Thurston's"  Vienna  Rept.,''i\.  102 

Ransome  (1841)     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  459. 
Self-moving      ....  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  459. 

Skinner  y  Wood    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  82. 

Talbot,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  416. 

Utica  St.  E.  Co.     ...      "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  6,  p.  3. 
Wallis  If  Steevens,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  467. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  :;S2. 

Wallis  If  Stf.evens,  Engl.  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  950. 
Wheeler  $  Mellick    .     .  *  "Am.  Man.,"  July  16,  J880, p.  13. 
Compound,  Fowler,  Br. 
Engine  of  the  future 
Expansion  gear. 
Marshall,  Br.      .     . 


"Iron  Age,"  xxiy.,  July  31,  p.  13. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1555. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  4. 
Fig.  2031. 


able  Winding  Engine. 


MARSHALL  &  CiRAVKS'  PORTABLE  STEAM  ENU1-NE 


HOOVBN,  OWENS,  BBNTSOULKft  &  00. 'S  PORTABLE  ANi>  TRACTION  ENGINB. 


PLATE  XXXVIII. 


Seepage  712. 


PORTABLE   STEAM   ENGINE. 


713 


PORT  WINDLASS. 


Garrett,  Br.        ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  25. 
Straw-burning,   Clayton 

If  Skultleworlk,  Br.     .  *  "Engineering,-'  xxvii.  572. 
Garrett,  Br.        .          .  *  "Engineering,'''  xxvii.  573. 

*  'Engineering,"  xxiv.  36. 
Vertical,  Baxter    .     .        *  'Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  5. 

Blymm  Co.  .     .          .  *  'Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  Feb.  14,  p.  9. 

*  'Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Deo.  27,  p.  1. 
Ercien  .          ....  *   'Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  39. 

Farquhar *  "Iron  Age.,"  xxii.,  Dec.  12,  p.  5. 

Shapley *  "Iron  Ag* .,"  xxii.,  July  25,  p.  1. 

Por'ta-ble  Winding  Eii'giue.  A  movable 
hoisting  engine  used  in  many  temporary  works, 
either  buildings  or  excavations. 

The  forms  vary  with  the  purpose  and  the  power 
required. 

The  instance  given  in  Fig.  2031  is  a  12  horse-power,  used 
in  railway  works.  It  is  mounted  on  wrought-iron  wheels, 
and  fitted  with  shafts  and  locking  plate.  The  engine  is  fitted 
with  link  reversing  gear,  so  that  an  up  or  downcast  cast  or 
double  rope  can  be  worked,  or  lowering  may  be  performed 
by  steam  or  by  the  brake.  The  drum  and  gear  can  be  read- 
ily removed  when  the  engine  is  to  be  used  for  driving  ma- 
chinery. 

Porte-ac'id  Glass.  (Surgical.)  A  small  bu- 
rette to  carry  a  caustic,  for  application  in  a  deep- 
seated  part. 

Porte  Ai-guille'.     A  needle  holder. 


Porte  Aiguille. 

See  NEEDLE  FORCEPS,  NEEDLE  HOLDER,  supra;  and  Fig. 
3306,  p.  1518,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 

Porte  Pol'ish-er.   An  instrument  for  use  with 
the  DENTAL  ENGINE,  Fig.  795,  p.  250,  supra.     It 

Tig.  2033. 


Porte  Polisher  and  File  Carrier. 

may  be  considered  a  kind  of  chuck  ;  a  split  screw, 
which  allows  the  use  of  different  sized  points,  and 
their  retention  by  a  turn  of  the  sheath.  —  Klump. 

Por'ter.  Porters  are  wheeled  supports  placed 
along  the  line  of  the  rope  at  intervals  of  40  yards, 
to  keep  the  rope  off  the  ground  in  steam  plowing. 
In  another  form  they  are  mounted  on  three  wheels, 
so  as  to  allow  them  to  be  moved  sideways  by  the 
rope. 

The  Aveling  and  Porter's  traveling  rope  porters  are  fas- 
Fig.  2034. 


Rope  Porter. 


tened  to  the  rope  at  intervals  behind  the  plow  or  cultivator, 
as  it  leaves  either  headland  ;  they  travel  across  the  field  with 
the  rope,  and  are  taken  off  as  they  return.  Their  release  from 
the  rope  is  instantaneous.  They  are  much  less  trouble  than 
porters  on  any  other  principle,  and  they  save  the  boys  the 
fatigue  of  running  with  the  implement  across  the  field.  The 
one  which  immediately  follows  the  plow  or  cultivator  is  pro- 
vided with  a  steerage,  to  prevent  those  behind  from  running 
on  the  plowed  ground,  and  to  keep  the  back  rope  clear  of 
the  furrow. 

See  INSTALLATION  OF  STEAM  PLOW,  pp.  2354,  2355,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Portland  Ce-ment'.  A  favorite  hydraulic 
mortar  made  from  the  quarries  of  the  hill  of  Port- 
land, South  Britain. 

See  HYDRAULIC  CEMENT,  p.  508  and  1144,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Also  CEMENT  TESTER,  p.  184,  supra. 

Tests  of,  Mann  .  .  .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag. ,"  xvii.  17. 
"»Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1333.  1427. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  227. 

Por'trait  Lathe.  A  lathe  adapted  to  copying 
busts.  It  is  a  species  of  lathe  for  turning  irregular 
forms,  and  depends  principally  upon  the  primary 
suggestion  first  embodied  in  useful  service  by  Bru- 
nei in  his  block-making  machinery  in  1804,  and 
Blanchard's  spoke  lathe,  1828. 

See  some  data,  pp.  1263,  1264,  "Mech.  Diet.,''  and  discus- 
sion under  article  "  Sculpture  par  precedes  Mecaniques,"  vol. 
Hi.,  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  desArts,  et  Manufactures,"  ed. 
1877.  Also  Ibid.,  iv.,  "Tours  Composes." 

Pos'i-tive.  (Electricity.)  In  the  battery,  the 
zinc  plate  or  element. 

POBtBox.       A  Fig.  2035. 

shafting  box  attached 
to  a  post,  instead  of 
to  hanging  or  stand- 
ing pedestal. 

Post  Drill.  One 
supported  on  a  stand- 
ard.  See  LEVER 
DRILL,  Fig.  1584,  p. 
541  ;  PILLAR  DRILL, 
Fig.  1931,  p.  681, 
supra. 

Post  Mor'tem 
Table.  One  for  au- 
topsy, dissections,  etc. 

A  table  about  6J'  X 
2J'  and  slightly  dishing  post  BOX. 

towards  a  perforated  plate 

in  the  center,  at  which  water  and  blood  are  carried  off  by  a 
trapped  pipe  to  the  sewer.  The  same  pipe  carries  off  fetid  air. 

The  table  revolves,  also  raises  and  lowers,  and  rests  upon  a 
scales  in  the  pedestal  which  has  beams  reading  to  pounds 
and  ounces.  —  Mcllroy. 

Post  Pumps.  A  form  of  donkey  pump,  at- 
tached to  a  port.  See  PENDULUM  PUMP,  supra. 

Post  Windlass.  A  winding  machine  which 
is  actuated  with  breaks  or  handspikes  by  a  recip- 

Fig.  2036 


Post  Windlass. 

rocating  movement.  In  the  special  case  it  is  a  wind- 
lass of  small  size  and  the  mode  of  mounting  accounts 
for  the  name. 


POT. 


714 


POTTERY. 


Pot.  1.  (Glass.)  The  crucible  in  which  frit 
is  melted  to  form  glass. 

Glass  pots  are  open  or  closed,  the  latter  to  pro- 
tect fine  qualities  of  glass,  such  us  flint,  from  im- 
purities. 

In  France  and  Belgium  pots  for  cylinder  glass  usually  con- 
tain 1,000  to  1,200  pounds  of  glass  :  in  England  sometimes  as 
much  as  5,000  pounds. 

Furnaces  usually  hold  8  pots.  It  is  a  common  European 
practice,  and  not  unknown  in  America,  to  make  pots  thin 
and  replace  them  regularly  at  the  end  of  the  week ;  instead 
of  making  them  thicker  to  give  them  a  longer  lease  of  life. 

The  batch  is  put  into  the  pots  in  three  lots,  allowing  each 
to  melt  before  adding  another.  The  allowance  of  melting 
time,  with  a  class  of  large  pots,  is  — 

For  the  first  charge    .     . 7 

For  the  second  charge 4 

For  the  third  charge 3 

2.  (Fishing.)  The  bowl,  pound,  or  crib  of  &  pound- 
net,  which  see. 

Po-tas'si-um-chlo'rate  Bat'te-ry.  (Electric- 
ity.) One  in  which  potassium-chlorate  with  sul- 
phuric acid  is  used  as  the  depolarizer. 

"Niaudet,"  American  translation,  210. 

Potassimeter    .     .  "Potassimere,"'  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iii. 
Potassa,  industry     "Scientific  American,'1  •  xxxiv.  260. 

Po-ta'to  Bug  De-stroy'er.  A  device  for 
sprinkling  or  dusting  poison  upon  the  beetles,  or 
sweeping  them  off  the  plants  into  trays. 

See  list,  where  the  devices  of  this  nature  are  de- 
scribed, COTTON-WORM  DESTROYER,  p.  226,  supra. 

Po-ta'to  Cov'er-er.  A  one-horse  machine 
with  flanged  expanding  sides  that  draw  the  soil 
from  both  sides  and  cover  the  potatoes,  or  other 
ridge  crop. 

Po-ta'to  Dig'ger.  Three  forms  of  machines 
for  digging  potatoes  are  shown  on  pp.  1775,  1776, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Those  given  in  the  accompanying  Figs.  2037-2039,  are  re- 
spectively French  (double  effet.),  American  ( Speer),  British 
(Permey). 

Fig.  2037. 


French  Potato  Digger. 

Their  action  is  essentially  different.    One  acts  as  a  plow 
with  lifting  prongs  to  separate  the  tubers  from  the  soil ;  an- 


Fig.  2038. 


Fr.  &  Am.,  Paris,  1878  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  165. 
Liedersleben,  Ger.  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  66. 
Strait *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  67. 


Taylor 

Planter,  Murray,  Br. 


*  "Scientific  American,'''  xlii.  166. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  61. 


Fig.  2039. 


American  Potato  Digger. 

other  plows  up  the  tubers  and  soil  and  separates  them  by  a 
dancing  grating  :  the  third  has  revolving  forks  which  throw 
up  soil  and  tubers  against  a  dependant  screen. 

The  "  Empire  "  potato  digger,  Allen  fy  Co.,  is  a  machine  in 
which  a  plow  is  succeeded  by  bent  revolving  forks  which 
work  through  the  furrow  slice  and  sort  out  the  potatoes  from 
the  soil. 

Avery's  is  a  shovel  plow  with  prongs  extending  behind 
the  share. 

Siedersleben,  Ger.     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xli.  66. 

Po-ta'to  Ma-chin'er-y. 

Beetle  destroyer,  Bad  on  a.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  57. 

Iske *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  446. 

Digger,  Engl *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  182. 


British  Potato  Digger. 

Po'tent.  (Horology.)  A  journal  plate  or  bear- 
ing in  a  watch.. 

Po'ten-tite.  An  explosive  used  in  the  Cum- 
berland and  Furness  mines,  England. 

Pot'te-ry.  (Ceramics.)  Pottery  is  an  inclu- 
sive term,  and  comprehends  all  the  varieties  of 
baked  clay  ware. 

Ceramics  and  ceramic  art  are  the  scientific  terms 
which  include  the  whole  art  of  making  and  orna- 
menting objects  of  clay. 

Even  bricks  are  a  class  of  pottery  and  are  only 
distinguished  from  tiles  of  a  common  order  by  their 
shape.  Of  the  many  millions  of  bricks  of  which 
the  major  part  of  ancient  Rome  was  built,  a  large 
proportion  would  be  termed  tiles,  if  classed  accord- 
ing to  their  shape. 

The  saying  of  Augustus  that  he  "  found  Rome  brick  and 
left  it  marble, "  has  its  comment  in  the  fact  that  the  hordes 
who  captured  Rome  "  found  it  marble  and  left  it  brick," 
for  the  marble  was  generally  but  a  covering  of  slabs  which 
have  generally  disappeared.  The  baths  of  Caracalla  and  the 
basilica  of  Constantino,  as  examples,  are  enormous  masses  of 
brick  walls,  from  which  the,white  and  colored  marble  veneer- 
ing has  disappeared. 

Pottery  takes  two  grand  divisions  :  soft  and  hard. 

Soft  pottery  may  be  divided  into  four  kinds  :  — 

1.  Unglazed ;  simply  made  of  baked  clay,  porous  and  with- 
out lustrous  surface. 

2.  Lustrous,  or  semi-glazed,  but  imperfectly  resisting  wa- 
ter. 

3.  Glazed,  having  a  shining  surface  which  is  proof  against 
water  and  uncorrosive  liquids. 

4.  Enameled,  or  having  a  vitreous  and  more  incorrodible 
and  impermeable  surface. 

While  the  archaic  and  technical  interest  of  the  first-named 
three  varieties  is  very  great,  the  latter  includes  the  principal 
objects  of  interest  in  modern  soft  pottery  manufacture  and 
embellishment. 

Soft  pottery  embraces  faience  and  majolica,  from  Faenza 
(in  Italy)  and  Majorca,  two  localities  where  the  art  of  deco- 
rating pottery  nourished  in  times  past ;  in  the  former,  nota- 
bly in  the  sixteenth  century,  and  in  the  latter  during  the 
Saracenic  occupation  of  the  island. 

Almost  every  nation  in  Europe  is  now  struggling  to  lead 
in  the  making  of  faience,  and  the  influence  of  the  works  of 
Asia,  from  China,  Japan,  India,  Arabia,  and  Persia  have  sug- 
gested compositions,  designs,  forms,  colors,  and  objects 
which  have  greatly  increased  the  variety  and  beauty  of 
European  productions. 

Hard  pottery,  or  porcelain,  is  of  a  more  vitreous  character 
than  soft  p.ottery.  Its  composition  is  materially  different, 
and  it  approaches  glass  in  its  character.  Porcelain,  in  break- 
ing, shows  a  vitreous  character,  usually  white,  though  the 
color  depends  upon  the  material.  Soft  pottery  has  a  rough 
fracture,  exposing  the  porous  clay  body.  Porcelain  has  a 
much  sharper  ring  when  struck,  its  material  being  hard  and 
homogeneous.  Pottery  is  translucent ;  soft  pottery  opaque. 
Porcelain  is  divided  into  hard  and  soft  paste,  indicative  of 
the  relative  compactness  of  the  material.  This  may  be  stated 
in  a  general  way  to  be  due  to  the  proportions  of  silica.  See 
PORCELAIN,  supra. 

Stone  ware  is  practically  a  grade  between  porcelain  and 
earthenware. 

See  list  under  CERAMICS,  p.  186,  supra. 

Brogniart  divides  pottery  into  3  classes  and  9  orders :  — 


POTTERY. 


715 


POULTRY  FEEDER. 


I.  Tender  paste; 
sandy  clay,  cal- 
careous;  gene-- 
rally  fusible  in 
a  porcelain  fire. 


1.  Terra-  co  tta:  bricks,  tiles,  and 

coarse  earthenware.  Sandy-clay 
ware,  with  dead  surface,  without 
glaze. 

2.  Lustrous  pottery  :  thin  silico-alka- 

line  glaze. 

3.  Glazed  pottery  :  lead  glaze. 

4.  Enameled    pottery    (common    faT- 

ence)  :  tin  glaze. 

5.  Fine   fai'ence  :    uncolored  paste; 

lead,  glass  glaze. 


,  . 

6.  Stone  ware  :  colored  paste,  without 


III.  Hard  paste. 
Translucent  ; 
argilo-sili-- 
c  i  o  u  s  ;  alka- 
line. 


glaze,    or  with  silico-alkaliue 
glaze. 

7.  Hard  porcelain  :  k  aolinpaste,  with 

feldspathic  glaze. 

8.  Natural  tender  porcelain :  paste  ar- 

gilo-saline,  phosphatic,  kaolinic  ; 
lead,  glass,  or  boracic  acid  glaze. 

9.  Artificial  tender  porcelain  :  fritted 

marlaceous    saline    paste ;    lead- 
[         glass  glaze. 

I.  1.  Fr.  Terre  Ciiite.  The  ordinary  and  coarser  kinds  of 
pottery  are  made  of  plastic  clay  or  argillaceous  marl  tramped, 
or  ground  in  a  pug-mill,  and  mixed  with  sand,  lime,  or  cin- 
ders, according  to  the  quality  of  the  clay.  The  drying  of 
bricks  is  usually  in  the  open  air,  but  of  other  objects  some- 
times in  ovens. 

The  produce  is  an  article  open  and  porous,  usually  not 
very  hard,  and  the  objects  are  miglazed. 

This  class  of  pottery  comprises  :  — 

a.  Bricks  for  building,  not  including^zre  bricks  (which  see). 

6.  Tiles  for  roofing  and  paving,  not  including  glazed,  enam- 
eled, and  decorated.  See  TILE. 

i .  .^tcive  and  furnace  pots  ;  though  these  are  often  of  re- 
fractory material,  and  not  of  the  material  cited  above. 

d.  Drain  tiles,  water  pipes,  and  hollow  bricks. 

e.  Common  household  pottery  not  glazed,  such  as  the 
chafing  dishes  used  in  Europe. 

f.  Flower  pots  and  horticultural  vases. 

g.  Sugar  molds. 

A.  Alcarazzas,  or  cooling  jars  for  water ;  hydrocframes. 

I.  2.  Fr.  Potrriex  tendres  lustrces.  The  paste  is  fine,  ho- 
mogeneous, opaque,  and  of  a  red  or  yellow  color ;  the  sur- 
face covered  with  a  luster  or  peculiar  alkaline-silicious  glaze, 
now  of  a  reddish  or  a  black  color,  very  thin  and  resisting. 
The  ware  has  a  dull  fracture,  and  was  baked  at  a  low  tem- 
perature. The  Greek,  and  some  other  ancient  pottery,  be- 
longs to  this  class,  and  it  is  not  made  now-a-days. 

I.  3.  Fr.  Poteries  tendres  vernissees.  This  class  includes 
the  ordinary  pottery  before  the  making  of  faience,  and  is 
still  common  in  many  countries.  The  paste  is  of  plastic 
clay  or  argillaceous  mavl  and  sand,  with  the  addition  of 
lime,  when  it  is  not  present  with  the  clay.  The  materials 
are  ground,  the  objects  baked  under  protecting  hoods,  the 
biscuit  ware  dipped  in  a  slip  of  lead  glaze  colored  with  oxides 
of  manganese  or  copper. 

I.  4.  Fr.  Poteries  emailles.  Common  faience.  Probably 
invented  in  Persia ;  introduced  by  the  Saracens  into  Spain 
and  Majorca  (majolica) ;  rediscovered  in  Italy  by  Luca  delli 


fully  mixed  and  milled,  the  ware  baked  at  two  operations  ; 
one  for  the  biscuit,  and  the  other  for  firing  after  glazing. 
This  is  frequently  done  in  the  same  kiln,  the  crude  being 
above,  and  the  enameled  ware  below.  The  heat  of  the  latter 
is  r,,  few  degrees  the  hotter ;  the  upper  from  a  cherry  to  a 
dark  red. 

The  enamel  consists  of  a  slip  containing  red  lead,  the  ox- 
ides of  lead  and  tin,  fcand,  salt,  soda,  and  coloring  materials, 
and  the  ware  is  completed  in  a  second  fire.  See  FA?ENCE. 


glass.  The  material  is  essentially  a  washed  plastic  clay  and 
calcined  flints,  or  quartz  finely  ground,  sometimes  with  a 
little  chalk.  The  material  of  the  glaze  is  fritted,  and  is  com- 
posed of  silex,  soda,  oxide  of  lead,  and  sometimes  the  addi- 
tion of  a  little  boracic  acid. 

Three  principal  kinds  are  distinguished,  named  from  the 
notable  quantities  of  chalk,  silex,  and  feldspar  in  their  re- 
spective compositions  ;  though  some  chalk  always  accompa- 
nies the  plastic  clay,  which  varies  from  62  to  87  per  cent,  in 
the  various  pastes  of  fine  fa'i'ence. 

The  clay  or  kaolin  is  washed,  the  silex  broken  and  ground 
fine,  the  matters  brought  to  a  thin  batter  with  water, 
strained,  and  consolidated  by  evaporation.  The  paste  is 
placed  in  damp  cellars  to  ripen. 

The  baking  and  firing  are  at  two  operations  ;  the  biscuit 
being  glazed  by  dipping  or  sprinkling  with  a  slip  embracing 
more  or  less  of  the  following  :  feldspar,  sand,  kaolin,  chalk, 
800*8,,  boracic  acid,  ground  glass,  red  lead,  niter,  and  a  little 
cobalt  to  connect  yellow  color.  See  FAIENCE. 


II.  6.  Fr.   Gres-cerame  or  poteries  de  grds.    Stone  ware. 
Stone  ware  is  solid,  very  hard,  sonorous,  and  opaque,  with  a 
paste  more  or  less  fine,  and  is  distinguished  as  common  or  fine. 

a.  The  paste,  of  coarse  stone  ware,  is  of  unwashed  plastic 
clay  and  quartzose  sand.     The  articles  are  molded  or  made 
on  "the  wheel,  according  to    the    character  of  their  shape. 
They  are  glazed  by  throwing  marine  salt  into  the  kiln  and 
into  the  fire  at  the  period  of  great  heat,  and  the  decomposi- 
tion of  the  salt  covers  the  objects  with  a  thin  scale  of  silico- 
aluminate  of  soda. 

In  some  cases  the  unglazed  articles  are  plunged  in  a  bath 
of  yellow  ochre  and  fired  ;  the  resulting  color  is  a  brown- 
yellow  glaze. 

b.  The  composition  and  glazing  of  fine  stone  ware  are  es- 
sentially different.    A  feldspathic  flux  is  added  to  the  paste 
which  makes  it  more  vitreous,  shown  by  its  brilliant  frac- 
ture.  Kaolin,  plastic  clay,  silex,  pegmatite,  sulphates  of  lime 
and  baryta  are  used  in  the  various  pastes  for  stone  ware.   The 
glaze  is  sometimes  by  salt,  potash,  and  red  lead,  placed  in  the 
seggars  and  volatilized  in  the  kiln  ;  or  the  biscuit  is  dipped  in 
a  lead-glass  slip. 

The  articles  are  often  ornamented  by  transfer-printing,  or 
painting  with  metallic  colors.  See  STONE  WAKE  ;  PIPE. 

III.  7.    Fr.  Porcelaine  dure.      Hard  porcelain  has  a  fine 
paste,  is  hard,  translucent,  sonorous,  semi-vitreous,  with  a 
hard,  earthy  glaze.     It  is  the  most  beautiful  and  resisting  of 
all  kinds  of  pottery. 

The  paste  is  composed  of  kaolin,  feldspar,  and  sometimes 
of  sand,  plastic  clay,  and  ground  powder  of  pottery.  The 
utmost  care  in  preparing  and  compounding  the  materials  is 
exercised.  The  mode  of  fashioning  is  according  to  character, 
the  wheel,  mold,  and,  in  many  cases,  the  art  of  the  statuary. 

After  a  slight  drying  in  the  air,  the  pieces  are  baked  in  the 
upper  chamber  of  the  kiln,  inclosed  in  seggars  to  prevent 
soiling  by  the  combustion  of  the  fuel.  The  glaze  is  of  silex, 
alumina,  potash,  and  chalk,  made  into  a  fine  slip  in  which 
the  article  i,;  plunged. 

The  ware, after  ornamenting  in  the  biscuit  stage,  is  burned 
at  high  temperature  (grand  feu)  to  vitrify  the  materials,  giv- 
ing the  translucency  and  sonority.  See  PORCELAIN. 

III.  8.  Fr.  Porcelaine  tendre  naturelle.  English  soft  por- 
celain. This  paste  occupies  a  position  between  fine  faience 
and  hard  porcelain,  differing  from  the  latter  in  having  a 
large  proportion  of  phosphate  of  lime.  The  paste  is  more 
plastic  than  that  of  the  hard  porcelain,  and  is  fashioned  like 
fine  faience. 

It  is  baked,  and  the  biscuit  glazed,  ornamented,  and  fired 
in  seggars.  The  glaze  is  lead-glass,  with  boracic  acid.  See 
PORCELAIN. 

III.  9.  Fr.  Porcelaine  tendre  artificielle.  French  soft  por 
celain.  This  was  made  at  Sevres  until  1804,  and  then  the 
manufacture  abandoned. 

The  paste  is  fine,  dense,  almost  vitreous,  hard,  translucid, 
and  fusible  at  high  temperatures.  A  peculiar  glass,  fritted, 
forms  three  parts,  to  one  part  of  marl  and  chalk,  making  a 
composition  of  little  plasticity,  which  was  molded.  The  dif- 
ficulty of  working  it  was  extreme.  The  glaze  was  a  glass :  of 
sand,  silex,  litharge,  potash,  and  soda.  See  PORCELAIN. 

CERAMICS. 

See :  "  Wedgwood  and  his  Works.'11  Meteyard :  London,  1873. 
"History  of  the  Ceramic  Art.''     New  York,  1875. 
"  Ceramic  Art  at  the  Vienna  Exposition."     Blake:  New 

York,  1875. 
"Report  of  Ceramics  at  Paris  Eocposition,  1878."    Blake, 

United  States  Report,  1880. 
"Two  Centuries  of  Ceramic  Art  in  Bristol."   Champion: 

London,  1873. 
" History  of  the  Ceramic  Art ."    Jacquenard  :  New  York, 

1873. 

"Keramic  Art  of  Japan."    Audsley  Sf  Bowes :  1875. 
"Pottery  and  Porcelain."     Prime. 

History,  Development,  etc.,  of  the  Ceramic  Art,  by  Hector 
Tyndale,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Report^1  vol.  iii.,  Group 
II.,  p.  2. 

On  the  Chemistry  and  Composition  of  the  Porcelains  and 
Porcelain  Rocks  of  Japan,  by  Henry  Wurtz,  Ibid.,  114. 

Sec :  Alhambra 
American     .     . 

Ancient  Roman  .  .  .  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  9,  p.  3. 
Gray  pottery  ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  264. 
Greek  ancient  ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  199. 
Japanese  potters  at  work  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1830. 
Turkish  pottery  .  .  .  °  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  361. 
Potter's  wheels  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xl.  226. 
Pottery  and  porcelain  .  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxiv.  403. 

Pou'dre  Bru'tale.  Coarse,  or  cube  }io»-der. 
Slow  burning  powder  in  blocks  of  determinate  size, 
consisting,  in  some  cases,  of  cubes  1.5"  thick. 

See  PEBBLE  POWDER  ;  PELLET  POWDER,  supra. 

Poul'try  Feed'er.  A  revolving  cylinder  with 
coops  in  stories  and  in  circuit,  holding  fowls  which 


.     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  137. 
"Scientific  American,"  xl.  57. 


POULTRY  FEEDER. 


716 


POUND. 


are  successively  presented  to  the  attendant,  who 
crams  each  111  turn.  A  French  device.  See  EPI- 
NETTE,  Fig.  974,  p.  315,  supra. 

Poun'cing  Ma-chine'.  (Hat  Making.)  A 
machine  for  shaving  or  rubbing  the  surface  of  a 
hat  or  hat-body  to  rid  it  of  shaggy  fibres.  The 
abradant  is  usually  sand  paper. 

These  machines  may  be  considered  as  next  in  im- 
portance, in  hat  making,  to  the  hat-blocking  ma- 
chine, and  are  constructed  on  two  principles. 

1.  A  rapidly  revolving  rubbing  or  cutting  cylin- 
der which   operates  on   the  object  while  it  is  fed 
along  upon  a  yielding  bed.     This  form  is  used  on 
wool  hats  and  the  lower  grades  of  fur  hats. 

2.  A  reciprocating  motion  is  given  to  the  rubbing 
surface  or  to  the  hat-body,  to  rub  in  two  directions. 

Fig.  2040  represents  Eickemeyer's  machine,  which  is  used 
in  both  fur  and  wool-hat  factories  to  sand-paper —  or,  as  it  is 
called  in  the  trade,  to  pounce  —  hat-bodies  when  in  the  conical 
form,  or,  when  the  hat  has  been  blocked,  to  pounce  the  brim. 

It  consists  of  a  rotary  cutting  roller  of  conical  shape  which 
is  driven  from  a  countershaft  above.  This  roller  is  covered 
with  sand  or  emery  paper,  and  on  the  opposite  end  of  the 
roller-shaft  is  a  fan,  connected  by  a  pipe  which  has  a  mouth- 
piece corresponding  in  shape  with  the  cutting  roller  and  di- 
rectly over  it,  to  carry  off  the  fur  or  wool  pounced  off  the 
surface  during  the  operation.  Under  the  cutting  roller  is  a 
pouncing  bed  which  is  adjustable  in  two  ways,  namely,  so  as 
to  set  that  part  of  its  upper  surface  exactly  parallel  with  the 
face  of  the  roller  and  to  vary  its  position  when  desired ;  and 
also  to  prevent  its  upward  motion  beyond  a  given  point. 

Fig.  2040. 


tion  the  cutting-roller  is  shown  as  working  upon  the  side- 
crown,  and  it  is  from  that  position  slowly  carried  over  the 
round  edge  and  brought  to  bear  upon  the  tip. 

Fig.  2041. 


II     BBBHMaTW"1""1""11 1'  r»  __F 

^Eicfceimeyer'!s  Hat  Shaving  and  Pouncing  Machine. 


The  bed  is  pivoted  in  the  rear  part  of  the  frame  and  is  op- 
erated by  a  treadle,  to  facilitate  the  introduction  and  re- 
moval of  the  hat.  A  pair  of  conical  feed  rollers,  supported 
in  an  adjustable  swinging  frame,  which  are  also  driven  from 
the  countershaft,  furnish  the  feeding  mechanism.  The 
pouncing  bed  is  raised  by  the  treadle,  after  the  hat  has  been 
introduced  and  grasped  by  the  feeding  rollers,  until  the  hat- 
body  is  in  contact  with  the  cutting  roller,  after  which  the 
hat  is  guided  by  the  operator  until  its  surface  is  properly 
pounced. 

To  pounce  hat-bodies  of  different  shapes,  the  position  of  the 
feed  rollers  has  to  be  varied,  and  for  this  purpose  a  swinging 
frame  is  introduced  which  admits  of  an  adjustment  closer  to 
or  farther  from  the  cutting  roller  as  also  in  a  direction  par- 
allel with  the  axis  of  the  roller.  An  india-rubber  spring 
presses  the  two  rollers  together,  while  the  position  of  the 
feed-rollers  relative  to  each  other  can  be  adjusted  by  a  set- 
screw  on  the  hinge  joint  of  that  part  of  the  swinging  frame 
which  carries  the  tipper  feed-roller. 

The  cutting  rollers  are  usually  made  of  metal,  and,  in  this 
case,  have  a  spline  to  hold  the  sand-paper,  but  when  of  india- 
rubber  the  sand-paper  is  glued  in  the  shape  of  a  conical  ring 
which  is  held  on  the  roller  by  the  expansion  of  the  rubber 
by  mea-us  of  a  nut  on  the  outer  end  of  the  spindle. 

In  wool-hat  factories  this  machine  is  the  only  pouncing 
machine  used,  as  all  hats,  even  such  as  have  been  previously 
blocked,  can  be  pounced,  all  but  a  very  small  piece  on  the 
tip,  which  is  pounced  when  the  hat  is  completed  on  the  fin- 
ishing lathe. 

In  the  crown-pouncing  machine  of  Wheeler  <5  Manley,  the 
hat  is  drawn  upon  a  block  which  is  rotated  upon  a  lathe- 
spindle.  This  cutting  roller  has  its  bearings  upon  the  outer 
end  of  a  long  lever  which  is  pivoted  upon  a  countershaft  with 
a  gimbal  joint  which  allows  a  free  motion  of  the  lever  in  all 
directions,  and  enables  the  operator  to  bring  the  cutting-rol- 
ler in  contact  with  all  parts  of  the  crown.  In  the  illustra- 


Fig.  2041  represents  the  Labeaux  hat-crown  pouncing  ma- 
chine. It  has  two  lathe  spindles,  supported  upon  two  col- 
umns, in  bearings  which  can  be  turned  upon  the  center  of 
the  columns  in  a  horizontal  plane.  The  spindle  which  car- 
ries the  hat-block  has  a  slow  motion  while  the  roller  spindle 
revolves  rapidly.  Both  spindles  can  slide  longitudinally  in 
their  bearings. 

The  hat  is  held  upon  the  block  by  an  india-rubber  band, 
and,  as  both  the  spindles  can  be  turned  in  a  horizontal  plane, 
and  also  brought  nearer  together  and  farther  apart,  the  op- 
erator can  bring  the  cutting  roller  to  bear  upon  all  parts  of 
the  side-crown  and  the  tip. 

These  machines,  as  previously  stated,  are  used  for  wool 
hats  and  for  only  the  coarser  grades  of  fur  hats,  and  do  not 
produce  the  fine  surface  required  on  the  better  grades  of  fur 
hat ;  for  these,  machines  having  a  reciprocating  motion  are 
required. 

In  the  Eickemeye.r-Rosecrans  machine  the  hat  is  piiiri'il 
upon  an  upright  spindle  having  a  reciprocating  rotative  mo- 
tion. The  spindle  has  its  bearings  in  the  frame  of  the  inn- 
chine,  and  at  its  lower  part  is  enlarged,  forming  a  roller  of 
sufficient  length  and  diameter  to  receive  two  bolts  which  are 
each  fastened  to  one  end  of  the  roller  and  one  end  to  a  (Toss- 
head  which  is  supported  in  two  slides,  also  fastened  to  the 
frame.  The  slide  receives  a  horizontal  reciprocating  motion 
from  a  crank  on  the  main  shaft  of  the  machine.  Every  rev- 
olution of  the  crank  causes  the  cross-head  to  wind  up  and 
unwind  the  belts  alternately  upon  and  from  the  roller,  and 
thus  causes  the  block  to  make  a  revolution  in  one  direction 
and  then  in  the  other. 

While  thus  in  motion,  sand-paper  is  held  by  the  operator 
against  the  surface  of  the  hat  until  the  proper  degree  of  fin- 
ish is  attained.  Cutting  first  in  one  and  then  in  the  other 
direction  produces  a  very  short  nap,  which  cannot  be  ob- 
tained when  the  cutting  is  done  in  one  direction,  as  on  a 
machine  with  a  continuously  rotating  cutting  roller. 

The  brim-pouncing  machine  consists  of  a  pair  of  rubbing 
plates,  to  which  sand-paper  is  attached.  These  plates  are 
made  to  vibrate  in  a  horizontal  plane  in  opposite  directions 
to  each  other,  by  two  cranks  011  the  upright  shaft  which 
receives  motion  from  the  main  shaft  of  the  machine  by  a 
half-twist  belt.  The  roller  and  the  upper  rubbing  plate  are 
raised  to  allow  the  introduction  of  the  hat-brim.  While  the 
feed-rollers  carry  the  hat  around,  one  plate  pounces  the  un- 
der side  and  the  other  plate  the  upper  side  of  the  brim.  The 
result  is  a  very  smooth  surface,  and  although  but  one  fifth 
the  number  of  hats  can  be  pounced  on  this  machine  that 
can  be  pounced  on  the  rotary  cutter  machine,  it  is  by  the 
manufacturers  of  fine  hats  preferred  to  the  former. 

The  machine  is  provided  with  all  the  adjustments  neces- 
sary to  take  up  the  wear  of  the  working  parts,  and  the  upper 
plate  and  feed  roller  can  be  held  up  while  in  motion,  so  that 
it  is  not  necessary  to  stop  the  machine  to  introduce  and  re- 
move the  hats. 

Pound.  (Fishing.)  A  wire  or  net  inclosure 
into  which  fish  are  directed  by  a  leader  which  in- 
tercepts their  course  along  shore  and  conducts  tin m 
to  the  first  inclosure,  known  as  the  heart,  from 
whence  they  pass  through  the  tunnel  to  the  more 
remote  inclosure,  the  pound  or  bowl. 

In  emptying  the  pound  the  bottom  stay-ropes  are  cast 
loose,  the  tunnel  guys  pulled  up,  closing  the  tunnel,  the 


POUND   NET. 


717 


PRAXINOSCOPE. 


Fig.  '2042. 


-,  V 


bottom  raised,  driving  the  fish  into  one  corner,  when  they 
are  thrown  into  the  boat  by  a  scoop  net. 

Pound  Net.  (Fishing.)  The  heart  net  or 
pound  consists  of 
three  parts,  the 
leader,  heart,  and 
bowl,  or  pound,  and 
is  variously  con- 
structed. 

The  leader  (of  which 
a  portion  only  is  shown) 
is  2('i5  yards  long,  reach- 
es from  the  shore  to  the 
mouth,  aud  directs  fish 
passing  along  shore  into 
the  heart,  whence  they 
puss  into  the  bowl. 

The  bowl  is  emptied 
once  or  twice  a  day. 

For  list  of  U.  8.  Pa- 
tents, see  FISHING  NETS. 

See  other  forms  in 
"Report  of  U.  S.  Fish. 
Commission,"  Part  I., 
1873,  pp.  263,  264. 

Fow'der  Blow'- 
er.    (Suryical.)    An 
instrument  for  blow- 
ing a  powder  upon 
a  part.      They   are 
specially  — 
Aural. 
Laryngeal. 
Nasal. 

See  AUTO-INSUFFLATOR,  Fig.  131,  p.  57,  supra;  INSUFFLATOR, 
p.  501,  supra. 

Pow'der  Dust'ing  Ma-chine'.  Gunpowder, 
whether  pebble  or  granulated,  is  required  to  be 
clean,  and  the  dusting  operation  intervenes  between 
the  pebbling  or  granulating  and  the  glazing. 

Dusting  is  performed  in  revolving  cylindrical  reels,  with 
clothing  of  canvas  or  wire  cloth  of  a  fineness  to  suit  the 
strode  of  powder.  A  reel  8'  long  and  30"  diameter  will  have 
40  revolutions  per  minute. 

In  Russia,  the  powder  is  dusted  in  bags.  Fig.  26,  accom- 
panying Appendix  L,  "Ordnance  Report,''''  1877. 

See  also  "Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  IV., 
Fig.  9,  and  description  on  pp.  106, 107. 

Fow'der-ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  A  bronzing  ma- 
chine. 

2.  A  pulverizer  —  which  see. 
Fow'der   Pa'per.    A  substitute  for  gunpow- 
der, invented  in  England. 

Paper  impregnated  with  a  mixture  of  potassic  chlorate, 
nitrate,  prussiate,  and  chromate,  powdered  wood  charcoal, 
and  a  little  starch.  It  leaves  no  greasy  residue  on  the  gun, 
produces  less  smoke  and  less  recoil,  and  is  less  impaired  by 
humidity,  and  it  is  5-16  stronger  than  gunpowder. 

For  a  paper  with  fulminate,  see  Fig.  1151,  p.  380,  supra. 

Fow'der  Press'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
in  which  the  powder  meal  from  the  breaking-down 
machin.e  is  made  into  cakes.  It  is  a  hydraulic 
press,  the  box  of  which  is  30"  X  14",  lined  with 
oaken  boards. 


Pound  Net,  Wood's  Holl,  Mass. 

Urethral. 
Uterine. 


The  powder  has  a  thickness  of 
\\"  between  each  of  the  consec- 
utive plates,  and  is  pressed  to  the 
determined  extent.  Pressed 
cakes,  for  breaking  into  pebble 
powder,  are  f"  thick. 

For  ordinary  powder,  the  cakes 
are  broken  with  wooden  mallets, 
and  pass  to  the  granulating  ma- 
chine. 

Details  of  the  pressing  ma- 
chine are  given  in  Col.  Laid- 
ley's  report, "  Ordnance  Report,'1 
1877,  p.  441. 

See  also  Ibid.,  1879,  Appendix 
I.,  Plate  III.,  Fig.  7;  and  de- 
scription on  p.  103. 

In  the  St.  Petersburg  arsenal, 
the  incorporated  mixture  is 
pressed  into  cake  in  two  ways :  — 

1.  By  hydrostatic  pressure. 

2.  By  passing  the  mixture  between  two  heavy  iron  rolls, 
while  spread  to  a  uniform  thickness  on  an  endless  band  of 
cloth.    This  is  known  as  the  Prussian  method. 

Pow'der  Spoon.  A  small  paddle  with  which 
a  modicum  of  powder  is  applied  to  a  deep-seated 
part,  the  uterus  especially. 

Pow'der  Test'ing.  In  Britain,  the  chrono- 
graph is  used  to  determine  the  velocity  of  the  flight 
of  the  projectile,  a  given  quantity  of  the  powder 
under  test  being  used  in  a  service  gun  with  a  given 
ball. 

In  France,  the  test  is  in  firing  to  extremity  a  cast-iron  gun 
of  a  given  model,  made  of  a  particular  iron,  and  treated  in  a 
given  manner,  with  charges  of  a  fixed  weight  of  the  powder 
to  be  tested.  A  new  gun  of  exactly  similar  character  is  used 
for  each  powder. 

In  Russia,  the  French  densimetre  d  mercure  is  employed  to 
test  the  gravity  of  powder.  See  DENSIMETER. 

The  subject  is  considered,  supra,  under  INTERNAL  PRESSURE 
GAGE  :  PIEZOMETER  ;  CUTTER  ;  DYNAMOMETER,  etc. 

In  "Mech.  Diet.,"  under  EPROUVETTE;  BALLISTIC  PENDU- 
LUM ;  ELECTRO-BALLISTA  ;  CHRONOSCOPE,  etc. 

Drying  stove  for  testing  samples,  "  Ordnance  Report,'1''  1879, 
Appendix  I. ,  Plate  X  a. 

HYGROSCOPE,  Ibid. ,  Plate  X  6. 

Fow'er.  As  applied  to  a  machine,  signifies 
that  it  is  moved  by  power,  and  not  by  hand  :  as 
power  press,  power  shears,  etc. 

Prai'rie  Flow.    (Agric.)  A  plow  with  a  broad, 
sharp  share  and  long  mold-board,  for  cutting  a  wide, 
shallow  furrow,  and  completely  inverting  the  fur- 
row slice.  A  prairie  breaker. 
See  Fig.  422,  p.  130,  supra.  Fig.  2044. 

A  California  plow  designed  for 
work  in  the  tules,  which  will  cut 
Ci  furrow  38"  wide.  The  mold- 
board  is  8'  long  from  the  point  to 
the  end,  sweeping  upward  with 
a  curve  of  about  4/  radius.  At 
the  end  it  stands  2'  above  the 
ground.  The  land  side  is  7'  long. 
At  the  rear  c,  horizontal  cutting 
plate  is  arranged  to  cut  under 
the  sod  on  the  land  side  r,  distance 
of  10".  The  furrow  depth  is 
from  3"  to  4".  The  plow  is  at- 
tached to  r,  sulky,  and  requires  n 
team  of  12  horses. 

Prai'rie  Ren'o-va-tor. 

(Agric.)  An  implement 
with  tearing  harrow  teeth, 
drawn  over  the  surface  of 
grass  land  to  loosen  the 
roots  and  the  soil,  dislodge 
moss,  uproot  weeds,  and 
break  up  the  matted  vege- 1 
tation. 

Prax-in'o-scope.  An  j 
instrument  which  depends! 
for  its  effects  upon  the  per- 
sistence of  visual  impres- 
sions on  the  retina.  — Reynaud. 

It  however,  differs  structurally  from  a  number  of 
other  instruments  which  depend  also  upon  persis- 


Praxinoscope. 


PRAXLNOSCOPE. 


718 


PRESSURE   GAGE. 


tent  impressions.  These  are  the  ANORTHOSCOPE, 
PHENAKISTOSCOPE,  STROBOSCOPE,  THAU  MA- 
TROPE,  ZOETROPE.  See  under  these  titles  in  the 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

In  the  praxinoscope  of  M.  Reynaud  the  pictures  are  placed 
on  the  inner  perimeter  of  a  polygonal  box.  These  pictures 
represent  the  consecutive  positions  of  a  moving  body  and 
substitute  each  other  incessantly,  the  series  in  the  circle  rep- 
resenting a  cycle  of  movements.  Turning  around  a  common 
center  there  is  a  concentric  polygonal  prism  formed  of  mir- 
ror plates,  and  having  a  diameter  equal  to  the  radius  of  the 
exterior  polygon.  The  box  carrying  the  pictures  and  the  re- 
flecting prism  is  revolved  at  a  moderate  speed  by  means  of  a 
crank,  pulley,  and  cord. 

In  the  evening  the  apparatus  may  be  lighted  by  a  lamp  or 
gas  flame,  the  light  being  reflected  downward  by  a  shade. 
The  optical  principle  involved  is  explained  by  G.  Fussandier, 
in  "La  Nature.'' 

Pre'puce  In'stru-ments.  (Sun/icaL)  See 
PIIIMOSIS  INSTRUMENTS. 

Press'es.     See  under  the  following  heads:  — 


Jelly  press. 

Lever  press. 

Mangle. 

Olive  press. 

Pebble  powder  machine. 

Pellet  powder  machine. 

Pendulum  press. 

Portable  cider  press. 

Powder  pressing  machine. 

Pressing  machine. 


Arch  screw  press. 

Baling  press. 

Blacking-box  press. 

Calendering  machine. 

Cane  press. 

Cheese  press. 

Cider  press. 

Compound  cotton  press. 

Cork  press. 

Cotton  press. 

Cutting,  drawing,  and  stamp-    Reducing  press. 

ing  press.  Screw  press. 

Double-tub  press.  Shirt  press. 

Drawing  press.  Stamping  press. 

Embossing  press.  Tan  press. 

Forage  press.  Tan-yard  press. 

Fruit  press.  Tincture  press. 

Grape  press.  Tobacco  press. 

Hay  press.  Toggle  press. 

Herbarium  press.  Wire  press. 

Horn  press.  Wiring  press. 

Inclined  press. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  agricultural  instruments  at  the  Paris 
Exposition  of  1878,  gives  descriptions  and  views  of  the  fol- 
lowing. See  "Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  vol.  v.,  pp. 
223,  238.  The  list  includes  various  kinds  :  — 

Grape  mill,  Mabille  Frdres France. 

Cider  or  oil  press,  Mabille  Fr&res France. 

Constant  movement  for  agricultural  presses, 

Bodin France. 

Three-speed  mechanism  of  apple-press,  Mar- 

monier  Fits France. 

Lever  differential  press,  Marmonifr  Fils  .     .  France. 

Wine  and  cider  press,  David France. 

Hydraulic  press,  Mannequin France. 

Hydraulic  oil-press,  Mannequin France. 

Combined  screw  and  hydraulic  press,  Cassan 

Fils France. 

Wine  and  cider  press,  Quillet France. 

Wine  and  cider  hand-press,  Quillet  ....  France. 

Toggle-press,  Samain France. 

Toggle-press,  caisson,   tampon,  and  barrel, 

Samain France. 

Trussing-press,  Guilhem France. 

Forage  press,  Guitton France. 

Ration  press,  Guitton France. 

Press  Drill.  A  drilling  machine  largely  used 
in  gun  and  sewing  machine  work. 

In  the  form  shown  in  Fig.  2045,  it  runs  by  belts,  avoiding 
the  noise  of  gears.  The  sizes  of  spindle  pulleys  give  a  variety 
of  speeds  for  drilling  holes  from  1-16"  to  \"  diameter,  and 
the  driving  cross  pulley  has  4  speeds.  The  work  is  elevated 
by  vertical  motion  of  the  table  ;  lever  and  treadle  arrange- 
ments being  provided  for  the  purpose. 

Pressed  Fuel.  See  FUEL,  ARTIFICIAL,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  et  supra. 

Loiseau;  Newton;  Anthracite  Fuel  Co. ;  Prince's  Report  in 
Group  I.,  "  Centennial  Reports,"  vol.  iii.,  p.  54. 

Loiseau "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag-.,"  xxiii.  41. 

Pressed  G-lass.  (Glass.)  Glass  made  in  a 
mold  by  pressure.  This  may  be  solid  or  with 
knobs,  insulators,  etc. ;  or  hollow,  as  with  bottles, 
which  are  blown  and  pressed  in  a  mold  ;  and  some 
other  things  pressed  hollow  without  blowing. 


Fig.  2045. 


Press  Drill. 

Iron  molds  are  generally  used,  but  wooden  molds 
are  very  common  in  France. 

Press'ing  I'ron.  A  SMOOTHING  IRON  ;  FLAT 
IRON,  etc. 

See  FLUTING  IRON  ;  GAUFFERING  ;  IRONING  MACHINE  ; 
SMOOTHING  IRON,  etc.  See  also  LAUNDRY. 

Pres'sure  Bar.  A  device  in  a  planing  ma- 
chine for  holding  down  lumber  to  be  planed. 

The  long  suits  of  the  Woodworth  and  the  Woodbury  Pa- 
tents were  upon  pressure  bars  and  pressure  rollers. 

Horton's " Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  20,  p.  11. 

The  PRESSURE  BLOCK  or  PRESSURE  ROLLER  have  the  same 
duty. 

Pres'sure  Gage.  An  instrument  used  for  in- 
dicating the  pressure  of  an  elastic  material ;  steam, 
air,  gas,  etc.  See  various  forms  in  Figs.  3939- 
3942,  pp.  1736,  1737,  Mech.  Diet. ;  "  STEAM  GAGE, 
Figs.  5674-5677,  p.  2345,  Ibid.  Also  GAGES,  Figs. 
5678-5683,  pp.  2345,  2346,  Ibid. 

1.  The  gas  pressure  and  vacuum  gage  is  shown  in  Fig. 
2046.  It  has  a  cast-iron  case  containing  two  brass  tubes  or 
wells  ;  in  one  of  them  is  a  float,  to  which  is  attached  a  small 
cord  passing  over  a  pulley  ;  this  carries  a  pointer  over  the 
range  of  a  dial.  Such  instruments  are  generally  used  near 
the  hydraulic  main,  or  in  the  exhauster  room  to  indicate  the 
pressure  at  any  time.  The  pressure  gage  shows  from  0"  to 
18"  pressure,  and  the  pressure  and  vacuum  gage  ranges  from 
9"  pressure  to  9"  vacuum. 

See  also  A,  Fig.  3939,  p.  1786,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  An  instrument  used  to  detect  the  pressure  in 
a  cannon  or  fire-arm  at  the  instant  of  explosion  of 
the  charge.  See  also  CRUSHER  GAGE  ;  PIEZOME- 
TER. 

Fig.  2047  shows  Rodman's  pressure  gage  as 
adapted  to  the  Springfield  service  gun  and  car- 
tridge. 

"  The  usual  breech  arrangement  of  the  gun  should  have 
added  a  projecting  frame.  A,  specially  made  for  strength  and 
accommodation  of  the  piston  D,  knife  E,  and  copper  and 
steel  plates  JP-and  0.  A  gas  check  B  is  used  to  prevent  the 
escape  of  gas  at  the  piston  D.  The  cartridge  c  has  a  hole  in 
its  side  the  same  size  as  the  piston  D  (area  1-10  square  inch) ; 
the  edges  of  the  hole  in  case  are  required  to  be  made  thin  by 
a  special  operation,  and  lay  snugly  to  the  side  of  chamber  to 


PRESSURE   GAGE. 


719       PRESSURE   REGULATING  VALVE. 


Fig.  2046. 


Gas  Pressure  and  Vacuum  Gage. 

prevent   the  escape  of  gus.     No  reliable  results  can  be  ob- 
tained if  the  gas  is  iilln\\e(.l  to  escape  at  this  point.     A  slip  of 
paper  is  inserted  into  (lie  case  to  prevent  the  powder  from 
falling  out  :  the  charge  is  ignited  in  the  usual  manner;  the 
gas  forces  the  piston  n  against  'the  knife  B  into  the  cop] 
plate  F,  making  a  cut ;  the  knife  and  copper  are  removed 
a  weighing  machine,  and  a  corresponding  cut  of  equal  len^ 
is  made  in  the  same  copper.     A  record  of  50  shots  gave 
maximum  of  14,000  Ibs.,  and  a  minimum  of  12,000   Ibs. 
Mean  13,000  Ibs.  per  square  inch  for  the  service  cartridge  — 
70  grains  powder,  450  grains  ball." 


Fig.  2047. 


Rodman's  Pressure  Gun. 


Apparatus,  Bouvet    .     . 

Pictet 

Gage,  Allan,  Br.    .     .     . 

Allen,  Engl 

Gage  (theory),  Bourden 
Gage,  Shaw  .... 
Gage,  steam  .... 
Gage,  Snyder  .... 
Indicator,  electrical. 

Shaw 

Log 

Reducing  valve,  Alley,  Br. 

For  mains,  Barton  If 

West 

Register 

Regulator,  Giroud    .     . 
Holly 


' Ens:.  #  Min.  Jour.,"1'  xxv.  129. 
'Ens:.  #  Min.  Jour.,1'1  xxv.  112. 
"Engineer,"  xliv.  193. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  258. 


'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  131. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1089. 
'Engineer,*'  xlviii.  104. 

'Engineer,"  xlviii.  112. 

' Laboiilaye' s  ''-Diet.,"  iy.,"  Graph- 

iques,"  Fig.  16. 
'Iron  Age,''''  xx.,  Dec  13,  p.  7. 
'Scientific  American?'  xxxix.  95. 


Fig.  2048. 


body:  steam,  air,  gas,  etc.   See  RECORDING  STEAM 
GAGE,  Fig.  5083,  p.  2346,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

The  gas  pressure  and  vacuum  register  is  an  instrument 
used  for  recording  the  variations  of  pressure  on  street  mains, 
at  works,  office,  or  any  desired  point  of  distribution,  and  is 
made  with  any  required  range  of  from  1"  to  6"  for  1"  work- 
ing pressure,  but  is  generally  made  for  5"  pressure  to  give  a 
range  of  12". 

Attached  to  the  clock  is  a  vertical  barrel  which  makes  1 
revolution  every  24  hours  ;  around  this  is  a  printed  card  di- 
vided horizontally,  by  lines, 
into  50  spaces,  each  repre- 
senting 1-10"  pressure,  and 
vertically  into  24  spaces,  each 
representing  one  hour,  and 
so  marked  as  to  correspond 
with  the  clock. 

In  the  body  of  the  register 
is  a  float,  so  constructed  as  to 
rise  12"  for  5"  pressure,  with, 
brass  rod  carrying  a  pencil 
holder. 

When  the  water  is  adjusted 
to  the  proper  height,  the 
point  of  the  pencil  set  at  the 
zero  line,  and  to  a  vertical 
line  representing  the  hour 
corresponding  to  the  clock, 
the  ga.s  is  turned  on,  and  the 
float  will  rise  and  carry  the 
pencil  up  to  the  horizontal 
line  indicating  the  gas  pres- 
sure when  the  pencil  makes 
its  mark  .on  the  barrel.  The 
tracing  is  thus  a  pressure 
and  time  line. 

The  pressure  and      -•-  -   - 
hvacuuni       register, 
''Fig.    2048,    is    gov- 
erned by  the  same 
principles     as     the 
pressure       register, 
and  is  designed   to 
keep  record  also  of 
the  degree  of  vac- 
uum   in      the     ex- 

The  card  is  di- 
vided the  same,  ver- 
tically, but  in  the 


Pres'sure  Reg'is-ter.     An  instrument  elastic 
cording  the  fluctuations  of  pressure  of  an  for  re- 


Pressure  and  Vacuum  Register. 


horizontal  divisions  it  differs,  as  it  is  divided  into  sixty 
spaces  each  representing  1-10"  pressure,  the  zero  line  being 
the  twentieth  from  bottom,  the  space  below  the  zero  line 
representing  2"  vacuum,  and  the  space  above  4"  pressure. 

In  adjusting  the  water  line  in  this  instrument,  the  point 
of  the  pencil  is  brought  to  zero  line  and  to  vertical  line,  cor 
responding  to  the  hour  of  day  shown  by  the  clock.  Gas  then 
being  turned  on,  any  change  of  pressure  or  vacuum  will  be 
duly  recorded,  the  cards  to  be  changed  daily  and  filed  away 
as  with  Pressure  Register. 

See  also  METER  PROVER,  supra. 

Pres'sure  Reg'u-la'ting  Valve.  An  appa- 
ratus to  obtain  a  constant  pressure  of  steam  or  air 
from  a  supply  reservoir,  wherein  the  pressure 
varies. 

The  form  of  apparatus  shown  in  Figs.  2049,  2050,  is  spe- 
cially intended  for  the  abstraction  of  steam  for  heating  pur- 
poses under  pressure  in  a  boiler  much  in  excess  of  what  is 

Fig.  2049. 


Pressure  Regulating  Valve. 


PRESSURE    REGULATING  VALVE.        720 


PRINTING   PRESS. 


demanded  for  the  heating.  The  heating  purposes  referred  to 
are  for  vacuum  pans,  heating  apartments,  drying  rooms, 
bleacheries,  paper  machines,  etc. 

Fig.  2049  is  an  exterior  view  of  the  apparatus  with  a  low 
pressure  gage  attached,  and  a  lever  beneath,  with  a  weight 

Fi-.  2050. 


Pressure  Regulating  Valve. 

by  which  the  pressure  is  regulated.  The  sectional  view, 
Tig.  2050,  shows  the  casing  A  with  a  screw-cap  a.  c  is  the 
inlet-chamber,  and  D  is  a  balanced  puppet  valve,  the  raising 
of  which  allows  steam  to  flow  upwardly  and  downwardly 
into  the  main  chamber  of  the  valve,  and  thence  to  the  out- 
let. The  degree  of  opening  of  the  valve  is  regulated  by  a 
large,  flexible,  thin,  sheet-brass  diaphragm  E,  clamped  by  the 
bottom-piece  <?  to  the  base  of  the  case  A.  The  downward 
steam  pressure  on  the  diaphragm  is  opposed  by  the  upward 
pressure  of  the  weight  on  lever  H,  and  this  is  so  adjusted  as 
to  open  the  valve  to  such  a  degree  as  to  admit  the  passage  of 
such  an  amount  of  steam  as  may  keep  the  pressure  in  the  ap- 
paratus for  which  it  is  provided,  at  a  given  pressure,  and 
consequent  heat. 

See:  *  "Iron  Age" xxv.,  March  4,  p.  9. 

*  "Manuf.  $•  Builder "      .     .    xi.  241. 

Pri'ma-ry  Coil.  (Electricity.)  The  inner  coil 
of  the  helix. 

Pri'ma-ry  Cur'rent.  (Electricity.)  That  which 
passes  through  the  primary  coil. 

Pri'mer.  An  exploder  attached  to  a  fire-arm, 
ordnance,  or  cartridge.  See  FRICTION  PRIMER; 
PRIMER,  "  Mech.  Diet." 


Fig.  2051. 


INSIDE, 


Primers. 


Fig.  2051  shows  a  variety  ;  some  adapted  to  the  inside,  and 
some  to  the  outside  of  the  head  of  the  cartridge. 


Fig.  2052. 


Primer  Extractor. 


French  friction  primers,  land  artillery.  Laboulaye's  ".Die- 
tionnaire,"1  "Artifices  de  Guerre,''  Fig.  166. 
French  friction  primers,  marine,  Ibid.,  b. 

Pri'mer  Ex-tract'or.  A  tool  used  to  with- 
draw the  spent  primer  capsule,  in  reloading  metal- 
lic shells.  See  RELOADING  TOOLS. 

Pri'ming  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  to  put  the 
fulminate  in  the  cap,  which  is  to  be  attached  to  the 
cartridge  shell. 

One  which  places  the  fulminate  in  percussion 
caps. 

Frint'ing  Press.  Perfecting  presses,  /.  e.,  those 
which  print  both  sides  of  the  sheet  at  a  single  pas- 
sage through  the  machine,  usually  work  upon  a 
continuous  web  of  paper,  the  continuous  sheet  pass- 
ing through  the  machine,  passing  between  a  type 
and  impression  cylinder,  by  which  one  side  is 
printed  and  then  between  a  similar  pair  of  cylin- 
ders which  print  the  reverse  side  ;  thence  passing  to 
the  cutter  which  severs  the  sheets  and  thence  to  the 
folder. 

Perfecting  presses  usually  print  from  stereotype 
plates,  some '  running  as  high  as  from  12,000  to 
50,000  perfect  papers  per  hour.  The  following  are 
shown  in  the  "Mech.  Diet.,"  at  the  pages  noted  :  — 

Hoe  &  Tucker,  Perfecting  Web  Press,  Fig.  3640, 
p.  1666. 

Walter  Press,  London  "  Times,"  Fig.  3641,  p. 
1667. 

.  Bullock   Press,   Web  Perfecting,  Fig.  3642,  p. 
1667. 

"Victory  Printing  and  Folding  Machine,  Plate 
XLIIL,  p.  1798. 

Hoe's  Web  Perfecting  Printing  Machine,  Fig. 

7137,  p.  2751. 

Augsburg  (German)  Web  Perfecting  Press,  Fig. 

7138,  p.  2752. 

The  preparing  of  stereotype  plates  involves  a  loss 
of  at  least  20  minutes  after  the  forms  have  been 
set  up  by  the  compositor.  The  type  revolving  news- 
paper perfecting  press  of  Hoe  &  Co.,  shown  in  Plate 
XXXIX.,  is  made  to  print  from  type  forms,  from 
a  roll  of  paper,  at  a  rate  of  12,000  per  hour,  and 
fold  and  deliver  the  perfected  papers  from  one  set 
of  forms.  X 

The  type  which  is  set  up  in  the  usual  way  in  the  compos- 
ing room  is  placed  in  curved  type  beds,  known  as  turtles, 
similer  to  those  used  in  the  multiple  cylinder  type-revolving 
machines,  shown  at  page  670,  and  Plate  XI.,  "Meek.  Diet.'1' 
These  beds,  which  contain  the  forms  for  the  pages  (say  four) 
of  the  newspaper,  are  placed  upon  a  large  central  cylinder 
around  which  at  intervals  are  four  plain  cylinders  with 
blankets  on  them  and  which  take  the  impression. 

The  paper,  which  is  in  a  large  roll  say  30"  or  more  in  di- 
ameter, is  placed  at  the  end  of  the  machine,  and  the  sheet  — 
the  "web  :;  —  passing  through  rollers  and  tapes  is  conducted 
around  the  first  of  the  impression  cylinders.  As  the  central 
cylinder  revolves  against  it  the  impression  of  the  whole  four 
pages  is  taken  upon  the  paper.  The  sheet  is  then  carried 
over  a  roller  and  introduced  upon  the  second  impression 
cylinder  when  the  four  pages  are  again  printed  upon  it. 
The  web  of  paper  is  then  carried  through  rollers  underneath 
the  large  type  cylinder  and  by  an  arrangement  of  bars  and 
rollers  turned  completely  over.  From  the  turning  apparatus 
it  is  conveyed  to  the  third  impression  cylinder,  and  again  re- 
ceives, opposite  the  side  printed  by  the  first  impression  cyl- 
inder, an  imprint  of  the  four  pages  of  the  paper  Again  the 
paper  is  carried  around  a  roller  and  introduced  around  the 
fourth  impression  cylinder,  against  which  is  printed  in  its 
turn,  on  the  back  of  the  impression  made  by  the  second  cyl- 
inder, another  of  the  whole  four  pages. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  in  one  revolution  of  the  large  type 
cylinder  four  distinct  papers  or  impressions  have  been  printed 
on  the  web  of  paper. 

The  portion  of  the  central  cylinder  which  is  not 
occupied  by  the  type  is  used  as  a  distributing  surface 
for  inkwhich  is  placed  in  fountains  and  conveyed  by 
an  arrangement  of  composition  rollers  to  this  dis- 
tributing surface,  which  in  turn  carries  it  to  the 
rollers  inking  the  forms  of  type,  and  which  are  placed 
between  each  of  the  impression  cylinders. 

The  paper,  which  now  contains  upon  it  four  com- 
plete printed  newspapers,  is  brought  by  tapes  to  two 


PRINTING  PRESS. 


721 


PRINTING  TELEGRAPH. 


cylinders  placed  one  upon  the  other.  In  one  of  these 
is  a  knife  with  a  blade  like  a  saw  which  at  each  revolu- 
tion of  the  cylinders  shoots  out  and  cuts  the  paper 
apart. 

The  papers  then,  carried  between  tapes,  enter  the 
folding  apparatus.  This  consists  first  of  cylinders 
provided  with  grippers  or  fingers  which  seize  the  pa- 
per as  fast  as  presented  by  the  tapes.  Within  the  cir- 
cumference of  these  cylinders  is  a  revolving  biade  so 
placed  that  its  edge  strikes  the  paper  in  the  center 
margin  between  the  pages  driving  it  down  between 
two  rollers  through  which  it  is  carried  and  given  the 
first  fold.  As  soon  as  the  sheet  is  clear  of  the  roll- 
ers, a  knife  placed  upon  an  arm  strikes  it  across  the 
center  of  the  page  and  drives  it  again  between  two 
other  rollers  which  give  it  the  second  fold,  and  this 
operation  is  repeated  until  the  required  number  of 
folds  have  been  made,  when  the  paper  is  deposited  on 
a  traveling  belt  or  platform,  which  receives  the  papers 
and  counts  them  in  10;s,20's,  50's,  or  100'sas  required. 
If  desired,  the  apparatus  for  giving  last  folds  can  be 
disconnected  and  the  papers  delivered  folded  twice  for 
the  carrier,  the  extra  folds  being  intended  for  the 
mails. 

Besides  the  foreman  of  the  room  only  one  attendant 
is  required  for  the  press,  whose  duty  it  is  to  watch 
the  roll  of  paper,  and  a  boy  to  remove  the  papers  as  de-        ^ 
livered. 

The  series  of  patents  to  J.  T.  Hawkins  (Campbell 
Printing  Press  Co.),  Nos.  257,576-257,581,  constitute 
the  foundation  of  the  system  of  printing  presses  now 
being  built  by  the  company. 

The  first  of  the  series  stated  concerns  the  gearing 
of  the   cylinders  continuously  to  the   beds,  insuring 
uniformity  of  surface  velocity,  and  permitting  the  use 
of  very  small  cylinders,  so  small  as  to  make  more  than  one 
revolution  in  each  direction  during  the  passage  of  the  form 
or  stone ;  this  machine  being  specially  for  lithographic  print- 
ing, and  working  but  one  side  of  the  paper. 

The  next  in  series  adds  the  perfecting  feature,  which 
adapts  it  to  newspaper  printing  ;  working  the  sheet  on  both 
sides,  taking  the  sheet,  tail  first,  on  the  reverse  revolution. 

The  third  in  series  shows  a  delivery  of  the  sheet,  adapted 
to  general  book  and  job  printing,  where  various-sized  sheets 
are  printed  on  the  same  machine  on  both  sides,  avoiding 
contact  of  the  last-printed  side  with  tapes  or  fly-fingers. 

The  fourth  adapts  the  system  to  the  double-cylinder  form 
of  press  so  much  used  on  evening  papers  of  moderate  circu- 
lation, the  speed  of  which  presses  is  ordinarily  limited  by 
the  methods  employed  to  impart  motion  to  and  overcome  the 
momentum  of  the  bed,  the  cylinders  revolving  in  one  direc- 
tion only.  The  equilibrating  principle  is  the  peculiar  fea- 
ture of  this  one  of  the  series. 

In  the  fifth  in  series  the  whole  system,  including  the 
equilibrating  principle,  is  adapted  to  a  perfecting  web  press 
working  from  the  original  type  forms. 

The  perfecting  press  of  Cottrell  &  Babcock  works  sheets. 
Its  foundation  is  the  drum  cylinder  press,  embracing  the 
air-spring  and  governor. 

The  rotary  attachment  consists  of  two  cylinders,  —  one 
for  curved  stereotype  plates  of  the  matter  to  be  printed,  the 
other  to  give  the  impression.  These  cylinders  are  supplied 
with  a  feed-board,  and  revolve  in  harmony  by  the  instru- 
mentality of  the  usual  gear-wheel  attachment,  making  two 
revolutions  while  the  drum  cylinder  of  the  main  press  makes 
one,  and  yielding  the  sheet,  when  printed  on  one  side  from 
the  curved  stereotype  plates,  to  a  supplementary  set  of  grip- 
pers on  the  drum  cylinder,  in  perfect  register,  when  it  passes 
to  the  flat  form  on  the  bed  of  the  main  press,  and  is  printed 
on  the  other  side  and  piled  in  the  usual  manner. 

The  type  cylinder  is  supplied  with  an  ordinary  distrib- 
uting apparatus  for  four-form  rollers  ;  and  as  it  revolves  twice 
before  printing,  the  form  is  necessarily  rolled  twice  also, 
with  a  fresh  supply  of  distributed  ink  each  time. 

At  each  alternate  revolution  of  the  impression  cylinder 
the  impression  is  thrown  off  by  a  simple  mechanical  device, 
by  which  means  the  complete  rotary  attachment  (as  it  gives 
the  impression  on  its  second  revolution)  works  in  harmony 
with  the  drum  cylinder  of  the  main  press. 

Chromo  printing,  Greenwood  if  Kritch,  Br.  As  many  forms 
are  prepared  as  there  are  colors  in  the  picture  or  lettering, 
and  these  occupy  the  bed  in  succession ;  the  edition  being 
run  through  in  one  color,  the  form  is  changed,  the  next 
color  worked,  and  so  on.  It  has  an  upright  gang  of  three 
inking  rollers.  The  platen  vibrates  in  an  arc,  then  moves 
horizontally  to  make  the  impression. 

The  small-size  hand-presses  have  arrived  at  great 
rapidity  and  quality  of  work. 

The  Daughaday  self-inking  press  is  shown  in  Fig.  2053. 
The  impression  is  produced  by  simply  pressing  upon  the 
handle  which  acts  upon  the  double  toggle  connected  di- 
rectly with  the  platen.  The  chase  is  held  in  place  by  a  screw 
latch  shown  at  top. 

The  curved  arm  shown  at  the  side  of  the  press  operates 
46 


Fig.  2053. 


"Model  "  Hand-Press. 

the  self-inking  apparatus.  A  similar  curved  arm  is  on  the 
other  side,  which  insures  an  equal  motion,  free  from  side 
strain.  The  ink-roller  journals  are  hinged,  and  the  rollers 
are  kept  in  contact  with  the  type  and  distribution-disk  by  a 
simple  spiral  spring  inside  the  arms,  so  that  they  not  only 
adapt  themselves  to  the  size  or  irregularity  of  the  type  form, 
but  to  the  curving  track,  as  they  approach  the  ink-disk. 
The  ink-roller  arms  are  very  accurately  balanced,  and  piv- 
oted at  the  rear  of  the  press,  as  shown,  so  that  there  can  be 
no  irregular  motion.  The  ink-disk  revolves  slightly,  after 
the  rollers  leave  it,  with  each  impression,  giving  a  fresh  sur- 
face for  distribution  of  the  ink.  At  the  instant  of  taking 
the  impression,  the  inking-rollers  remain  stationary  on  the 
disk,  after  which  the  surplus  power  is  used  in  inking  the 
form  for  a  new  impression.  There  is  a  dwell  on  the  face  of 
the  type  during  the  impression. 

On  stuffs.  History  in  vol.  ii.,  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts 
et  Manufactures,''  article  "Impression  sur  Etojfes." 

Elaborate  description  in  52  pages,  containing  machines, 
processes,  dyes,  etc. 

Ceramics!  See  TRANSFER  PRINTING  ;  BAT  PRINTING,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Photogr.  Direct  ink  printing  from  glass  negatives.  See 
" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2080. 

Color  printing,  Prang,  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  40. 

Improvements  during  the  century,  Faxon,  "Centennial  Re- 
ports," Group  XIII.,  pp.  20-22. 

Printing  rollers  for  wallpaper  *  "  Sc.  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  226. 
Print-washing  machines    .     .  *  "Sc.  Amer.  Sup.,"  1543. 

Ink  factory,  Mathers 
Perfecting,  Alauzet,  Fr. 

Campbell *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  47. 

Derriey  .....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2617. 
"  Victory,"  Duncan  Sf 

Wilson,  Engl.    .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1199. 
Web  perfecting,  Hoe      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  412. 
Web,  Hoe     .     .     .     .       *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  215,  218. 
Perfecting,  Hoe         .     ,  *  "Min.  $  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  113. 
*"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  719. 
Web,  Ingram,  Engl.      .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,  "  xxxvii.  303. 

Ingram,  Br..         .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  291. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  303. 

*  "lllus.  Lon.  News,"  Oct.  6, 1877. 
Web,  Ingram,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  239. 

*  " L- Exposition  de  Paris,"  1878,  p. 

224. 
Manufacture,  Cottrell  $ 

Babcock 

Hand,  Daughaday     .     , 

"Liberty,"  Degener 

"  Excelsior  "         .     . 

Walter 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup!,"  374. 
Water   colors,   mechan- 
ical, Husnilc  .     .    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1008. 

Print'ing  Tel'e-graph.  One  which  records 
the  message  in  readable  form.  The  term  is  gen- 


*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  223. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2475. 


*  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  191. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  528. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  412. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  518. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  16,  p.  5. 
"JV.  y.  Tribune,*  May  24,  1876. 


PRINTING  TELEGRAPH. 


722 


PRISMATIC   GLASS 


Phelps''  Electro-motor  Printing  Telegraph. 


erally  restricted  to  those  which  use  the  common 
alphabet. 

The  Vail,  Bain,  House,  Hughes,  *  Phelps,  *  Anders,  *  Ed- 
ison, *  Van  Havenberg  instruments  are  described  on  pp.  1800- 
1802,  "Mech.  Diet."  See,  also,  PRIVATE-LINE  TELEGRAPH, 
infra. 

The  automatic  printing  telegraph  of  Edison,  Phelps,  *  Meyer 
are  described  in  Lines'1  "Report  of  Vienna  (1873)  Exposition,'' 
p.  37  et  seq.,  vol.  ii.,  Sec.  I. 

The  autographic  telegraphic  is  in  a  sense  a  printer. 
Meyer's  *Fig.  130,  p.  56.  supra;  Casellis,  p.  191,  "Mf.ch. 
Viet.,1'  *  D'Arlincourt,  Lines'  Kept.,  above  cited,  p.  40, 
Sawyer's,  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  302. 

Gray's  automatic  printer  (Western  Electric  Manufacturing 
Co.)  is  largely  used  on  private  stock-board  and  municipal 
lines. 

The  sending  operator  prints  out  his  message  in  plain  letters 
at  the  distant  end  of  the  line,  whether  the  receiving  operator 
is  at  the  instrument  or  not.  The  message  is  also  printed  by 
the  transmitting  instrument.  This  printer  is  self-starting, 
self-stopping,  and  self -correcting.  Any  person  who  knows 
how  to  spell  and  to  read  can  use  it. 

In  the  Phelps  electro-motor  printing  telegraph, 
Fig.  2054,  the  type-wheel  and  printing  mechanism 
is  operated  by  a  rotary  electro-magnetic  engine 
which  is  set  in  action  by  a  local  battery. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  the  following  parts  :  — 
The  transmitting  apparatus,  consisting  of  the  key-board 
and  circuit-closing  devices. 

The  receiving  and  printing  mechanism. 
The  automatic  unison  mechanism. 
The  electro-motor  and  speed  governor. 

"  The  principle  upon  which  the  instrument  acts  may  be 
described  as  a  combination  of  the  synchronous  and  step-by- 
step  movement.  Like  the  Hughes  apparatus,  the  transmit- 
ting apparatus  and  the  type-wheel  of  the  receiving  instru- 
ment are  caused  to  revolve  synchronously  under  control  of 
a  governor,  and  each  separate  letter  is  printed  by  a  single 
pulsation  of  the  electric  current  of  a  determinate  and  uni- 
form length,  transmitted  at  a  determinate  time,  but,  unlike 
the  Hughes  apparatus,  the  motion  of  the  type-wheel  is  ar- 


rested while  each  letter  is  being  printed,  and  is  automatically 
released  the  instant  the  impression  has  been  effected.  Thus 
a  speed  of  revolution  may  be  given  to  the  type-wheel  in  this 
instrument  far  greater  than  it  would  be  possible  to  attain 
by  means  of  a  step-by-step  movement,  while  at  the  same 
time  letters  which  happen  to  come  in  direct  sequence  upon 
the  key-board  may  be  printed  from  during  the  same  revolu- 
tion." —  "Journal  of  the  Telegraph." 

The  key-board  is  seen  in  front,  its  black  and  white  keys 
being  lettered,  and  behind  it  rises  the  hollow  column  of  the 
transmitter,  within  which  is  a  circular  range  of  28  slide  rods 
corresponding  to  the  keys  of  the  board.  It  also  contains  the 
mechanism  by  which  the  circuit  closer  is  actuated.  In  the 
center  of  the  column  is  a  vertical  shaft  which  is  rotated  240 
times  per  minute  by  means  of  the  electro-motor  shown  on 
the  left,  the  speed  being  controlled  by  a  governor.  The  cir- 
cuit closing  mechanism  admits  of  either  the  single  current  or 
the  double  current  system  of  transmission  being  employed 
by  merely  changing  the  connections.  The  printing  mech- 
anism is  shown  upon  the  right,  and  the  tape  drum  at  the 
rear. 

The  details  of  the  ingenious  and  complex  apparatus  are  to 
be  found  in  the  "Journal  of  the  Telegraph,"  Prescott's  "Elec- 
tricity and  Electric  Telegraph,"  and  reproduction  of  tbesame, 
*  "Scientific.  American  Sup.,"  831,  882. 

Herring *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,'''  vi.  493. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2611. 

Higgins *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  131. 

Electro-motor,  Phelps    .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  v.  74. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  831,  882. 

Prism.  The  subject  is  considered  under  PRISM, 
pp.  1802-1804,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  several  forms  are 
shown  in  Fig.  3963,  p.  1803. 

The  following  are  forms  used  in  microscopy  :  — 


Amici:s. 
Xachet's. 
Nichol's. 
Diatom. 


Right  angle. 
Double  image. 
Equilateral. 


Pris-mat'ic   Glass.     A  glass  prism  used  for 
showing  the  solar  spectrum. 


PRISMATIC   POWDER. 


723 


PROFILING  MACHINE. 


Pris-mat'ic  Fow'der.  Large  grained  guu- 
powder  for  slow  burning  in  heavy  ordnance.  Also 
known  as  POUDKE  BRUTALE,  PEBBLE  POWDER, 
PELLET  POWDER. 

Prismatic  powder  is  molded  under  pressure  into  hexagonal 
prismatic  form  and  pierced  with  7  small  holes  made  at  the 


and  21,  Appendix  L. 

The  idea  originated,  it  appears,  with  Col.  Rodman  about 
1861,  but  the  only  machine  for  the  purpose  is  that  of  Prof. 
Vichuegradski,  copied  into  Prussia  and  Holland. 

The  prisms  are  1"  thick,  weigh  600  grains  and  have  7  holes, 
each  .015"  diameter.  Density,  1.65  to  1.75. 

Of  allied  shapes  are  some  of  those,  sphero-hexagonal,  cu- 
bical, polyhedral,  etc.,  the  subject  of  trials  and  a  report  : 
"On/nance  Report,'-  1879,  Appendix  II,  7,* p.  85;  and  Ap- 
pendix I.,  p.  124,  and  Plate  VIII. 

The  manufacture  ot  hexagonal  powder  at  Du  Font's  mill  is 
described  on  pp.  124, 125,  and  Plate  IX.,  "  Ordnance  Report,''1 
1879,  Appendix  I. 

"Engineer'''  .    .    Sept.  16, 1870;  March  17, 1876,  p.  185. 

Prism  Bat'te-ry.  A  form  of  Leclanche  bat- 
tery in  which  the  usual  porous  cup  is  dispensed 
with,  and  a  pair  of  compressed  prisms  containing 
all  the  materials  formerly  used  in  the  porous  cup 
are  substituted  for  it. 

These  prisms  are  placed  upon  opposite  sides  of  the  carbon 
plate,  and  are  kept  in  place  by  rubber  bands.  See  Fig.  1574, 
p.  538,  supra. 

The  negative  pole  is  a  pencil  of  amalgamated  zinc,  and  the 
two  poles  are  suspended  from  the  cover  in  a  solution  of  sal- 
ammoniac. 

Pris'moid-al  Rail'way.  A  wooden  or  iron 
beam  is  supported  on  posts,  the  cars  are  mouuted 
saddle-fashion  ;  the  engine  grips  the  rail.  Used  in 
South  Africa. 

Pris'on.  Cook  $•  Heath's  "  Perfected  systems 
of  Prisons,"  is  the  subject  of  a  brochure  published 
at  Memphis,  Tenn.  Patents,  1874,  1875. 

The  points  of  value  arc  the  use  of  cast-iron  for  windows 
and  doors  and  lining  of  cells.  An  outer  wall  being  of  brick 
or  stone. 

Between  the  walls  is  a  mass  of  dry  sand  which  issues  into 
the  cell  when  the  wall  is  punctured. 

The  running  of  the  sand  actuates  an  alarm' and  rouses  the 
guard. 

Tig.  2055. 

Pri'vate  Line  Iii'stru- 
ment.  A  form  of  telegraph 
instrument  which  may  be  used 
by  parties  unacquainted  with 
the  telegraph  code. 


Such  a  one  is  shown  in  the  Anders  instrument,  Fig.  3960, 
p.  1802,  "Mech.  Diet.'1 

The  dial  telegraph,  Fig.  806,  p.  254,  supra,  is  another  form. 

The  machine  of  Phelps,  shown  in  Fig.  2055,  has  the  send- 
ing and  receiving  apparatus  on  the  same  stand  :  the  former 
having  a  finger-board  and  the  latter  an  automatic  printer. 

Pro'bang.  An  instrument  to  remove  an  ob- 
struction from  a  passage.  Several  forms  are  shown 
in  Fig.  3965,  p.  1804,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  2056  shows  a  bristle  probang  for  removing  foreign 
substances  from  the  throat  and  air  passages. 

Fig.  2056. 


Phelp's  Private  Line  Printing  Telegraph. 


Probangs  and  Probe. 

A  contrivance  for  the  same  purpose,  in  which  the  disk  is 
brought  to  a  transverse  position  after  the  object  is  passed. 
A  porcelain  bullet  probe  on  a  flexible  staff. 

Pro'cess  Milling.  A  term  which,  like  new 
process  milling,  refers  to  the  modes  of  high  grinding, 
or  of  treating  the  middlings.  See  CYLINDER  MILL; 
HIGH-GRINDING  ;  MIDDLINGS  ;  ROLLER  MILL, 
and  references  passim. 

Pro-du'cer.  (Metallurgy.)  The  fuel  cham- 
ber and  gas  producer  of  a  Siemens'  or  similar  fur- 
nace. See  GAS  PRODUCER  ;  GAS  GENERATING 
FURNACE  ;  PONSARD  FURNACE  ;  SIEMENS'  FUR- 
NACE, and  references  passim. 

Pro-nl'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  machine  is  shown 
in  Fig.  3969,  p.  1806,  "Mech.  Diet."  The  purpose 
is  there  described.  It  is  used  for  milling  around 
the  inside  and  outside  edge  of  irregular  shapes,  and 
for  surfacing  and  inside  milling. 
The  spindle  carriage  has  a  side  motion  across  the  bed.  The 
platen  has  a  longitudinal  motion  under  the  cross-head. 
A  former  or  profile  of  the  shape  required  fixed  to  the 
platen,  and  a  guide-pin  fixed  to  the  carriage,  act  upon 
each  other  when  the  machine  is  operated,  and  by  com- 
bining the  two  motions  give  the  cutter  any  direction  re- 
quired. 

The  two-spindle  machine  of  Pratt  &  Whitney,  shown 
n  Fig.  2057,  is  built  with  Parkhurst's  device  for  cutting 
formers  without  reversing  the  fix- 
tures. To  produce  the  forming 
pattern,  the  model  piece  is  secured 
in  the  place  and  position  after- 
ward occupied  by  the  work  to 
be  machined,  and  the  piece  to  be 
cut  for  the  forming  pattern  is 
placed  in  the  position  it  will  per- 
manently retain.  The  guide-pin 
is  put  in  the  spindle  which  usu- 
ally carries  the  cutter,  and  fol- 
lows the  outline  of  the  model 
piece,  while  the  cutter,  in  the 
spindle,  which  afterward  holds 
the  guide-pin,  cuts  the  forming 
pattern  in  the  exact  position  it 
will  retain  in  use.  After  discon- 
necting the  gearing  upon  the  spin- 
dles, reversing  the  relative  posi- 
tions of  the  guide-pin  and  cut- 
ter, and  smoothing  the  edge  of 
the  forming  pattern  (if  this  be 
necessary),  the  machine  is  ready 
for  work.  The  gearing  for  mov- 
ing the  table  and  cross-slide  is 
adjustable  by  means  of  double 
gears,  set  to  prevent  back-lash  by 
two  independent  adjusting  screws, 
_  and  also  by  a  double  rack  adj  ustert 
s  in  the  same  manner. 

The  automatic  edging  machine 
is  of  a  similar  character  to  the 


PROFILING   MACHINE. 


724 


PROTRACTOR. 


profiling  machine,  but  has  an  accurate  automatic  movement  (        Pro-jec'tiles. 
for  cutting  circles  of  3"  and  less  diameter,  with  their  tan-      18Q6    "Mech.  Diet. 
gents.     These  machines  are  made  with  one,  two,  or  three 
gpindles. 

Fig.  2057. 


movement  j      Pro-jec'tiles.     For  illustrations  and  list  see  p. 


Profiling  Machine. 

Pro-fil'o-graph.  A  machine  for  tracing  me- 
chanically the  outline  of  the  surface  of  the  ground 
over  which  it  travels. 

It  is  a  small  carriage  on  4  wheels,  and  it  is  designed  to 
make  straight  lines  between  stations.  When  it  diverges  the 
angle  is  taten  and  recorded  on  the  profile  paper.  The  car- 
riage supports  a  small  table  on  which  is  a  flat  sheet  of  paper 
traveling  between  an  unrolling  and  a  rolling  drum  beneath 
slits  near  the  ends  of  the  table.  The  profile  is  drawn  by  a 
pencil  held  perpendicularly  above  the  table.  All  the  motions 
of  the  machine  are  operated  by  an  endless  chain  from  the 
rear  wheels  or  axle. 

Fig.  2058. 


For  list  of  U.  8.  Patents  on  harpoons,  lances,  bomb  har- 
poons, bomb  lances,  harpoon  guns,  etc.,  used  in  whaling,, 
see  HARPOON. 

Effects  of,  Creusol    .     .    *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  251. 

Terre-Noire    ....    *  ''Engineer,"  xlv.  251. 

Whituntk *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  251. 

Cammell *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  261. 

Rice *  "Scientific  American?"  xli.  395. 

Winged  for  life  line,  Hunt     "  Scientific  American,''1  xl.  376. 

Pro-jec'tor.  A  camera  with  electric,  magne- 
sium, or  oxy hydrogen  light,  for  throwing  an  image 
upon  a  screen. 

Proof  Plane.  (Electricity.)  A  metallic  disk 
with  insulating  handle,  employed  for  removing 
electricity  from  one  object  to  another.  —  Gordon. 

Pro-peller.  1.  A  means  for  propulsion  of  ves- 
sels. A  screw  011  a  longitudinal  shaft  projecting 
I  at  the  stern.  See  figures,  PROPELLER,  pp.  1808- 
1810,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  and  pp.  2070-2073,  Ibid. 

Hand,  Tangen  .     .    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  38. 
Adjustable  .     .     ;    .     .  *  "Scientific  American ,  Sup.,"  1471. 

Coupling *  Laboulaye's  "Dict.,r  iv.,  "Bateau 

a  Vapeur"  Fig.  3118. 

Mechanism *  Ibid.  i.  "Bateau  a  Vapeur,''  Figs. 

23,  24. 
Driving  and  steering 

Mattpry *  "Engineering,'''  xxvi.  90. 

Collis-Browne  .  .  .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup. ,•'  426. 
Hydraulic,  Curtis  .  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,'-'  xxxviii.  182. 
Light  draft  (Canadian)  .  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  255. 

Marine " Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  190, 191. 

Patterns,  making  ...  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1461. 
Screw.  Ben's,  Br.  .          .  *  "Engineer,''  xliii.  427. 
Position  of  screw,  Brooks  *  "Scientific  American  Sitp.,r  314. 
Screw,  Deane    ....  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  130. 

De  Bay *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2700. 

S.  8.  "  Cora  Maria  "    .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  133,  136. 
Screw,  DeEay  ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3975. 

Mattory *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvi.  126. 

Rankin      ....     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  455. 

Sheriff's *  "Boston  Journal  of  Commerce," 

Aug.  19.  1882. 

Spartal *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  250. 

Shaft,  "  Thetis  ".     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1281. 
Propulsion,  steam  pump     "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  21,  p.  16. 
Propeller  pump     ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Dec.  7,  p.  1. 
Trial  of,  Thorneycroft  $ 

Griffith "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  48. 

Variety  of  forms  and  or- 
ders        *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  61. 

Vertical  shaft,  "Alarm"  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  14ts. 

VKet *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  147. 

Propelling  Vessels      .     .      "Scientific  American,'1''  xxxvi.  81. 

Wilson *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2. 

Walker's  "Screw  Propulsion." 

2.  (Fishing.)  A  kind  of  trolling  bait,  having 
oblique  wings  which  cause  it  to  rotate  in  the  water. 

Fig.  2059 


Profilograph. 

Underneath  the  machine  hangs  a  pendulum  which  main- 
tains a  constant  vertical  position  while  the  machine,  and  con- 
sequently the  table,  inclines  in  one  direction  or  the  other  as 
it  ascends  or  descends  a  slope.  These  angular  oscillations 
are  transmitted  by  proper  devices  producing  reciprocating 
movements  of  the  paper  and  the  pencil,  diverging  from  the 
zero  which  represents  a  level.  The  sheet  of  paper  moves 
positively  and  the  instrument  records  the  distance  passed  — 
not  the  true  base  of  the  profile.  The  scale  for  the  horizon- 
tal distance  traversed  is  in  the  proportion  of  1-1500  and  the 
vertical  dimensions  1-500. 

In  operation,  each  course  is  a  record.  A  man  draws  the 
carriage  along  from  one  station  to  another.  The  surveyor  at 
each  stop  notes  the  length  on  the  distance  indicator,  draws  a 
vertical  line  on  the  profile  paper,  notes  the  heights,  then  re- 
peats the  operation.  — "Nature." 


Chapman''!  Reversible  Propeller. 

Pro-stat'ic  Guide.  (Surr/ical.)  A  slight  steel 
rod  upon  which  is  screwed  a  spiral  ribbon ;  the 
whole  being  flexible  and  used  as  a  guide  for  a  soft 
rubber  through  an  inflamed  prostate  gland.  —  Dr. 
Otis. 

Pro-trac'tor.  A  three-armed  circular  protrac. 
tor  for  plotting  position  determined  by  the  three 
point  problem,  is  shown  in  "Eng.  and  Mining  Jour- 
nat,"  *  xxv.  425. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  24&, 
Fig  3. 

Cook *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  262. 

Proportional  dividers     *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2506, 


725 


PUDDLING  FURNACE. 


Fig.  2060. 


Casson-Dormoy  Puddling  Furnace. 


Pro-vi'so-ry  Hoop.  A  truss  hoop.  A  French 
form  is  shown  in  Fig.  1363,  p.  461,  supra. 

Pseu'do-phone.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Dr.  S.  P.  Thompson  for  producing:  acoustical  illu- 
sions and  for  investigating  some  of  the  phenomena 
connected  with  bi-aural  audition. 

It  consists  of  two  ear-pieces  of  tin-plate  which  are  held  in 
their  places  by  adjustable  straps,  one  passing  over  and  the 
other  behind  the  head.  Hinged  to  each  of  the  ear-pieces  is 
a  reflector  which  is  capable  of  adjustment  to  any  angle  and 
thus  the  sound  is  directed  into  the  ear,  which,  being  deprived 
of  the  usual  conditions  by  which  it  is  enabled  to  judge  of  the 
the  direction,  is  deceived  as  to  the  direction  of  the  source. — 
*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  195. 

Psy'chro-phore.  (Surgical.)  A  cold  sound. 
See  Fig.  659,  p.  209,  supra. 

Fud'dling  Fur'nace.  One  in  which  pig-iron 
is  subjected  to  heat,  stirring,  and  chemical  treat- 
ment in  order  to  refine  it.  See  history  and  state- 
ment, with  figures,  on  pp.  1815-1817,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  processes  proceed  upon  various  methods  :  — 

1.  The  furnaces  revolving  in  a  horizontal  axis. 

2.  The  pan  on  vertical  axis. 

3.  Mechanical  rabble. 

The  Casson-Dormoy  puddling  furnace  is  shown  in  Fig. 
2060  in  connection  with  its  adjuncts,  the  gas  producer  B  and 
the  pig-heating  chamber  I. 

The  gas  producer  is  like  the  Siemens',  but  instead  of  using 
a  regenerator,  the  incoming  air  is  blown  down  the  sides  of 
the  furnace  so  as  to  be  heated  to  800°  Fah.  when  it  reaches 
the  bridge  at  E.  By  means  of  blast  valves  a  reducing  or  oxi- 
dizing flame  is  obtained  as  the  condition  of  the  iron  may  re- 
quire. The  fuel  is  slack,  fed  mechanically  from  a  hopper, 
A.  The  puddling  basin  a  is  circular  and  is  supported  on 
iron  balls  in  a  dish  of  water,  and  the  contents  are  first  heated 
in  chamber  /,  thence  transferred  to  pan  a  and  then  boiled 
rabbled  mechanically,  and  then  balled. 

The  Sellers'1  puddling  furnace  is  heated  from  a  gas  pro- 
ducer. It  is  flask-shaped.  The  flame  passes  in,  circulates, 
and  passes  out  again  at  the  same  end  by  which  it  entered,  on 
the  opposite  side  of  a  horizontal  partition  which  divides  the 
opening.  The  puddler  is  so  placed  upon  a  frame  that  it  can 
be  swung  away  from  the  furnace  to  permit  of  charging  from 
the  front.  The  parts  most  exposed  to  the  heat  are  protected 
on  the  outside  by  water-jackets.  The  furnace  is  supported 
by  friction  wheels  at  one  end,  and  on  a  horizontal  pivot  at 
the  other. 

A  small  horizontal  steam  engine  is  mounted  by  the  side 
of  the  furnace,  on  the  same  supporting-frame.  The  whole 
apparatus  is  carried  by  this  frame,  which  is  pivoted  at  the 
«nd  nearest  the  open  end  of  the  furnace,  the  pivot-bolt  being 
placed  a  little  on  one  side  and  beneath  the  furnace-mouth. 

The  engine  is  so  attached  that  it  can  be  used  either  to  re- 
Tolve  the  furnace  or  to  swing  the  whole  machine  about  the 
«ivot  bolt. 


The  flue  stack  against  which  the  puddler-bowl  closes  is 
merely  a  rectangular  iron  casing,  within  which  are  con- 
structed the  various  flues  required  for  the  heated  air,  the 
gas,  and  the  down-take  to  the  regenerator.  A  door  at  the 
back  of  the  flue-stack  can  be  opened  for  the  ready  inspection 
of  the  interior  of  the  bowl  while  it  is  at  work  and  under 
heat.  In  practice,  the  charge  having  been  introduced  into 
the  puddler,  and  its  mouth  brought  up  to  the  flue-stack,  the 
ignited  gas  and  air  are  admitted,  and  burning  within  the  ro- 
tating-bowl,  act  upon  the  molten  metal  lying  in  the  bottom 
of  the  bowl.  The  rotation  stirs  up  the  metal,  which,  boil- 
ing, comes  to  nature,  and  is  aggregated  by  the  tumbling  to- 

Fig.  2061. 


Sellers'  Puddling  Furnace. 


gether  of  the  particles  of  wrought-iron.  After  this  the  sur- 
plus cinder  can  be  drawn  off  through  a  tap-hole.  The  bowl 
being  then  turned  away  from  the  flues,  the  puddled  ball  can 
be  readily  taken  out  and  carried  to  the  squeezer  or  hammer. 

If  the  iron  be  charged  as  pig,  the  bowl  is  not  rotated  until 
the  metal  has  melted  ;  but  if  the  charge  is  drawn  melted 
from  a  cupola,  puddling  may  begin  as  soon  as  the  bowl  is 
brought  up  against  the  stack  and  the  gases  are  admitted. 

Ehrenwerth's  puddling  furnace  is  shown  in  Fig.  2062  by  a 
longitudinal  vertical  section.  The  horizontal  pan  a  is  sup- 
ported on  a  pivot  w,  to  which  motion  is  imparted  by  bevel 
gearing.  An  annular  trough,  6,  below  the  rim  of  the  hearth, 
serves  to  form  a  defense  against  the  flame  reaching  the  gear- 
ing and  supports.  The  Siemens'  gas  furnace  is  used,  as  seen 

Fig.  2062. 


EhrenwerMs  Puddling  Furnace. 


on  the  left.  The  special  feature  is  the  rotating  hearth, /being 
the  fort  journal,  and  I  the  neck  journal.  The  rabbles  are 
introduced  through  holes  in  opposite  doors  ;  one  only,  c,  ap- 


PUDDLING  FURNACE. 


726 


PULLEY   BORING  MACHINE. 


pearing  in  the  view.  The  rabble."  move  in  right  lines,  and 
the  motion  of  the  hearth  brings;  all  its  contents  under  their 
action.  A  plate  depending  from  the  periphery  of  the  hearth 
dips  into  the  water :  the  latter  is  continually  replenished. 

Walker  if  Warren.  Diagonal  barrel,  horizontal  axis  name 
passing  through. 

Mandslay.  Cylinder  revolving  on  diagonal  horizontal 
axis.  Reverting  flame. 

Tooth,  Drum  on  horizontal  axis.  The  piece  removable, 
to  allow  the  ball  to  be  withdrawn  at  that  end. 

Tooth  if  Yates.  Drum  on  vertical  axis,  with  reverting 
flue. 

Danks.  Drum  on  horizontal  shaft,  revolving  between 
fire-place,  and  movable  flue-piece.  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  1815, 
Fig.  3992. 

Siemens.  Furnace  on  horizontal  axis  ;  reverting  flue  ;  re- 
generator. See  SIEMENS'  FURNACE. 

Crampton.  Horizontal  axis,  movable  flue-piece,  reverting 
flame. 

Ctough,  Br.  A  reciprocating  rabble  passing  through  a  side 
in  the  door  of  the  metal  chamber.  *  "Scientific  American,'' 
xxxvi.  15.  See  also  Figs.  3990,  3991,  p.  1815,  "Mtek.  Diet." 

Godfrey  Sf  Howson,  Br.  A  rotary  chamber  on  inclined 
axis,  presenting  its  open  mouth  to  the  charger  and  to  the 
chimney,  and  tilting  to  discharge  its  contents.  *  "Scientific 
American,'''  xxxviii.  35. 

Pernot.  A  horizontal  pan  on  vertical  axis.  On  a  wheeled 
carriage  moving  in  or  out  of  battery.  See  PERNOT  FURNACE  ; 
OPEN  HEARTH  FURNACE,  supra. 

See  also  PONSARD  FURNACE,  supra. 

See  list  of  PUDDLEBS,  MECHANICAL  AND  REVOLVING,  p.  1816, 
"Mech.  Diet."  . 

Furnaces,  on  .... 
List  of  processes  .  .  . 

Furnace,  Abbott,  Engl.  . 
Gas  heated,  Bethlehem  . 
Oscillating 


Caddick 

Caddick  Sf  Maybery,  Br, 

Casson-  Dormoy     .    . 


Crampton      .    .    . 
Danks 

Epremworth .  .  . 
Rocking,  Gedlow,  Br. 
Furnace,  Godfrey 

Hoivson,  Br.      .    . 


Griffith 


"Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  39. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  6,  p  24. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Aug.  31,  p.  3. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  198. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2222. 

*  " Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  April  1,  p.  1. 
"Bulletin  du  Comite  des  Forges  de 

France,"  No.  112,  April  20,  1876. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  8,  p.  5. 
.*" Engineer,"  xliv.  206. 

*  "Am.  Man.,"  Sept.  5,  1879,  p.  9. 

*  "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  271. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  51. 

*  "Am,  Man.,"  Sept.  26,  1879,  p.  8. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  8,  p.  1. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  255. 

*"  Engineer,"  xli.  340. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Sept.  7,  p.  17. 

*  ".ITTI.  Man.,"  Sept.  19,  1879,  p.  8. 
»  "Mech.  Diet.,"  Fig.  3992,  p.  1815. 

*  "Am.  Man.,"  Sept.  19,  1879,  p.  8. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  15,  p.  15. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Jan.  4.  p.  1. 

*  "Am.  Man.,"  Sept.  19,  1879,  p.  8. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  242. 

*  "Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour.,"  xxv.  272. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  85. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  247. 

*  "Am.  Man.,"  Sept.  26, 1879,  p.  8. 

Fig.  2063. 


Jones *  'Iron  Age,'1  xvii.,  May  11,  p.  5. 

Lulcens 'Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Nov.  27,  p.  1. 

Midd/eton,  Engl.    .     .  'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  13,  p.  1. 

Middleton     .     .     .     .  'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  524. 

Nair 'Iron  Age,"  Aug.  2,  p.  39. 

Price,  Woolwich,  Br.      .  'Engineer,"  xliv.  316. 
' 


Reynolds  Sf  Thomas 
Rotary,  Roe,  Br.  .  . 
Furnace,  Ryan  .  . 
Revolving,  Sellers  . 
Furnace,  Swindell  . 
Furnace  shield  .  . 
Puddling,  on  ... 
Art's  invention  .  . 
Art  of,  Hoivson  .  . 
Past  and  present,  Roberts 


Cornell's  Pug  Mill. 


'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1712. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Sept.  14,  p.  5. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  66. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  July  20,  p.  5. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  March  30,  p.  5. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Nov.  14,  p.  15. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Dec.  25,  p.  1. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Oct.  5.  p.  15. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  8,  p.  9. 

"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxi.  520. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Feb.  26,  p.  9. 

Sherman "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xvi.  67- 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Dec.  7,  p.  24. 

Mach.,  paper  on, Howson     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1109. 
Mechanical  .....      "Iron  Age,"1  xviii.,  Aug.  31,  p.  3  ; 
Sept.  7,  p.  17. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  393, 1122. 

Griffiths "Iron  Age,"  Aug.  2,  p.  28. 

Howson "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Sept.  11,  p.  11. 

Mackintire;  Br. ...  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  271. 

Oestland *  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour."  xxvi.  202. 

Swedish     ...'..  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  82. 
Rotary,  Ehremvorth  .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  23. 
Ehremvorth,  Fr.      .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  6,  p.  15. 

Pernot,  Fr *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  5. 

Danks "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  13,  p.  15. 

Puddling,  ou,  Crampton, 

Br "Engineering.''  xxii.  61,  81,  85. 

Howson,  Br.       .     .     .      "Engineering,"  xxiv.  255. 
Mechanical  stokers,  pa- 
per on    "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  292. 

Report  by  Holley,  Group  I.,  "  Centennial  Reports,"  vol.  iii., 
p.  41.  Refers  to 

Danks.  Schneider  if  Co. 

Graff }  Bennett  Sf  Co.  Sellers. 

Hopkins,  Gilkes  4°  Co.  Crampton. 

Godfrey  $  Howson.  Pernot. 

Pug  Mill.  A  mill  for  working  clay  into  plas- 
tic condition  for  brick-making. 

The  machine  shown  in  Fig.  2063  is  a  Philadelphia  mill,  in 
which  the  rear  end  is  elevated  12".  The  clay  is  thrown  into 
a  hopper  (not  shown),  passes  between  rollers  which  crush 
the  lumps,  and  thence  into  the  interior  of  the  drum,  where 
it  is  masticated  by  blades,  and  tempered  with  water  intro- 
duced through  a  pipe.  The  gate  at  the  end  governs  the  dis- 
charge. 

Pul'ley.  See  22  illustrations,  p.  1819,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Made  of  paper  and  of  raw-hide.  —  Cooper,  "Belting,"  xv. 
Of  leathern  disks.  —  Cooper  "Belting,"  It . 

Grooved  rim  pulleys  with  round 
belts.  —  "Newton's  Journal,"  1857, 
N.  S.,vi.,p.  163. 

Leathern  covered  pulleys.  —  Van 
Nostrand's  "Eclec.  Eng.  Mag.," 
July,  1869,  604. 

Proportions,  principles,  etc.,  are 
carefully  considered  in  Cooper's 
"Treatise  on  Belting,"  Philadel- 
phia, 1878. 

Consult  also  Rankine's  "Rules 
and  Tables." 

See  :  Rope-sustaining,  Williams,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  446. 
Self-stopping,  Wilke. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  315. 
Cover,  Sutton, 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xl.  388. 
Driving,  Heer. 

*  "Sc.  American,"  xxxiv.  291. 
Grinding  much.,  Thomson,  Stermlf 

Co.,  Br. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxv.  443. 
Machine. 

"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1617. 
Steel  rim. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  89. 

Pulley    Bor'ing    Ma- 
™  chine'.     A  special  machins 
tool  for  boring  the  shaft-holes 
of  pulleys,  but  applicable  to 
other  similar  uses. 


PULLEY  BORING  MACHINE. 


727 


PULSOMETER. 


The  machine,  as  shown,  receives  and  bores  pulleys  52" 
diameter ;  the  face  plate  is  revolved  by  powerful  gearing, 
driven  by  a  cone,  with  four  steps  for  a  4"  belt.  The  tool 
bar  is  fed  automatically  and  is  counterbalanced  ;  it  has  quick 

Fiir.  2064. 


Pulley  Boring  Mac/line.    (Wiles'  Toot  Works.) 

return  hand-motion.  The  feeds  are  thrown  in  instantly  by 
friction  ;  they  are  actuated  by  belt  and  worm  gearing,  rack 
and  pinion  (all  cut) ;  the  feed-belt  has  three  changes  of 
speed,  giving  feeds  of  .0648",  .0441",  and  .0279"  per  revolu- 
tion of  chuck. 

The  countershaft  is  provided  with  tight  and  loose  pulleys, 
24"  diameter,  for  a  belt  4"  wide,  and  should  run  70  revolu- 
tions per  minute,  giving  to  the  chuck-plate  speeds  as  fol- 
lows :  63,  43,  19,  10  revolutions  per  minute,  thus  adapting 
the  machine  to  bore  holes  from  1"  to  7j"  diameter.  When 
operating  on  the  latter  diameter,  the  power  exerted  at  the 
cutting  point  is  1,800  pounds. 

Pul'ley  Grind/ing  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  2065  is 
a  pulley  grinding  machine  made  by  Thomson, 
Sterne  &  Co.,  of  Glasgow,  Scotland.  It  is  used  for 
the  rims  of  pulleys,  which  may  be  made  of  the 
shape  required :  flat  or  crowning.  The  pulleys  are 
cast  as  thin  as  may  be  desired,  and  the  finishing  is 
more  thoroughly  and  rapidly  done  than  by  turning. 

The  machine  has  an  automatic  feed,  and  .being  self-acting 
in  all  its  motions,  one  person  can  attend  to  a  number  of  ma- 
chines. 

The  different  speeds  of  the  work  operated  on  are  regulated 

Fig.  2065. 


Pulley  Grinding  Machine.    (  Thomson,  Sterne 


by  change-wheels,  so  as  to  keep  the  surface  speed  somewhat 
uniform.  By  a  simple  arrangement  of  compound  tables 
worked  radially  by  a  worm  wheel  and  connecting  rods,  the 
rim  of  the  pulley  being  ground,  can  be  rounded  to  any  radius. 
The  pulley  being  ground  runs  in  a  water-trough,  which 
keeps  it  from  heating,  and  also  arrests  the  dust  in  grinding. 
The  emery  wheel  is  encased,  so  that  the  water  and  dust  car- 
ried with  it  is  taken  away  by  the  outlet  pipe. 

Pulley    Turn'ing    Ma-chine'.     A    special 
machine  tool  for  turning  pulleys,  gears,  rolls,  etc. 


It  has  a  large  cone  pulley,  with  6  steps  for  a  belt  4"  wide, 
and  transmits  the  power  through  tangent  gearing  to  the  main 
spindle.  The  carrier  plate  is  of  the  equalizing  type,  ob- 
viating unequal  and  lateral  strains.  On  each  side  of  the 
solid  bed-piece  are  rests  which  slide  in  and  out  on  graduated 
surfaces  to  suit  the  diameter  of  the  pulley  to  be  turned  ; 

Fig    2066. 


Pulley  Turning  Machine.     (Niles'  Tool  Works.) 

these  rests  can  be  set  angularly  to  get  any  desired  degree  of 
crown ;  tools  are  thus  operated  on  both  sides  of  the  machine. 
The  feeds  are  continuous,  can  be  instantly  engaged,  disen- 
gaged, or  changed.  The  spindle  of  cone  pulley  runs  at  so 
much  higher  velocity  than  the  main  spindle  that  its  speed  is 
suitable  for  polishing  when  the  latter  is  turning ;  a  steel 
mandrel  and  a  suitable  rest  are  provided  for  polishing. 


*  "Iron  Age "    .     .     .     . 

*  "Scientific  American  " 


xxi.,  May  30,  p.  1. 
xxxix.  146. 


Pul'pit  Spec'ta-cles.  Spectacles  with  flat 
top  to  the  bows  to  enable  a  reader  to  glance  over 
them  at  an  audience. 

Ful'sa-tor.  A  name  for  the  PULSOMETER, 
which  see. 

Ful-som'e-ter.  A  water-raising  device,  on  the 
principle  of  the  Savery  Engine,  Fig.  5657,  p.  2337, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

It  consists  principally  of  two  bottle-shaped  chambers,  A  A, 
joined  together  side  by  side,  with  tapering  necks  bent  tow- 
ards each  other,  to  which  is  attached,  by  means  of  a  flange 


Pulsometer. 

joint,  B,  a  continuous  passage  from  each  cylinder  leading  to 
one  common  upright  passage,  into  which  a  small  ball,  C,  is 
fitted  so  as  to  oscillate  with  a  slight  rolling  motion  between 
seats  formed  in  the  junction. 

These  chambers  also  connect  by  means  of  openings  with 
the  vertical  induction  passage,  D,  which  openings  are  so 
formed  that  the  vulcanite  valves  E  E  and  their  seats,  F  F, 
constructed  so  as  to  sustain  the  valves,  may  be  easily  in- 
serted. 


PULSOMETER. 


728          PUMPS,  WATER  ENGINES,  ETC. 


The  delivery  passage  Jf,  which  is  common  to  both  cham- 
bers, is  also  coustructed  so  that  in  the  openings  that  com- 
municate with  each  cylinder  are  placed  valve-seats  G  G,  fitted 
for  the  reception  of  the  same  style  of  valves  as  in  the  induc- 
tion passage.  /  /  are  valve-guards  to  prevent  the  valves  from 
opening  too  far. 

J  represents  the  vacuum  chamber,  cast  with  and  between 
the  necks  of  chambers  A  A,  and  connects  only  with  the  in- 
duction passage  below  the  valves  EE. 

K  K  are  flanges  covering  the  openings  to  the  respective 
chambers,  which  may  be  removed  for  the  repair  or  renewal 
of  valves  and  seats,  when  necessary.  Vent  plugs  are  inserted 
into  these  flanges,  for  the  purpose  of  drawing  off  the  water 
to  prevent  freezing. 

L  L  are  rods  extending  from  the  valve-guards  to  the  set- 
screws  M  M,  by  which  the  suction  seats,  valves  and  guards 
are  tightly  pressed  to  place. 

N  Na,re  brass  socket- headed  bolts  by  which  the  discharge 
seats,  valves,  and  guards  are  drawn  down  to  place. 

A  small  brass  air  check-valve  is  screwed  into  the  neck  of 
each  chamber  A  A,  and  one  into  the  vacuum  chamber  J,  so 
that  their  stems  hang  downward. 

The  check-valve  in  the  neck  of  each  chamber,  A  A,  allows 
a  small  quantity  of  air  to  enter  above  the  water,  to  prevent 
the  steam  from  agitating  it  on  its  first  entrance,  and  thus 
forms  an  air  piston  for  preventing  condensation. 

The  check-valve  in  the  vacuum  chamber  J,  serves  to  cush- 
ion the  ramming  action  of  the  water  consequent  upon  the 
filling  of  each  chamber  alternately 

See  also  AQUAMETER,  Figs.  105-107,  p.  45  ;  HYDROTROPHE, 
Fig.  1426,  p.  486,  supra;  VACUUM  STEAM  PUMP,  "  Meek. 
Diet.1" 

Pulsometer *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  39. 

Halt *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  378. 

*  ''Bngitutringf"  xxii.  56. 

*  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,''  xxii.  407. 

*  "Engineering,'1'  xxiii.  299. 
"Technologiste,''  xli.  207. 

At  work *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  501. 

Hall *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  413. 

*  "Manufact.  Sf  Builder,''  xii.  208. 
Factory *  "  Scientific  American,"1  xliii.  63. 

Poillon *"Tec/mologisle,''  xli.  736. 

Pul'ver-i-zer. 

cation  :  — 

For  soil.  See  HARROW  ;  DISK  HARROW  ;  ROLLER  ;  CLOD 
CRUSHER,  etc. 

For  stone.  See  STONE  CRUSHER;  STONE  BREAKER;  DISIN- 
TEGRATOR ;  ORE  CRUSHER  ;  ORE  MILL  ;  STAMPING  MILL  ;  CHILI- 
AN MILL,  etc. 

For  grain.  See  GRINDING  MILL  ;  CORN  CRACKER  ;  CORN 
MILL;  OAT  MILL,  etc.  See  list  under  MILLS . 

For  cement,  etc.  See  MORTAR  MILL;  CEMENT  MILL;  FER- 
TILIZER MILL  ;  PAINT  MILL,  etc. 

Considered  structurally,  see  the  following  heads,  supra:  — 


At  Normanton  quarry 


A  word  of  very  general  appli- 


Figure. 

Page. 

Fertilizer 

1020 

332 

Crusher     .... 

Grain 

1234 

411 

Feed 

1005 

327 

Chilian      .... 

Cement 

575 

183 

Bone 

378 

119 

Granu  later    .    .    . 

Coffee 

652 

207 

Grinder     .... 

Oil  Cake 

498 

152 

Cacao 

496 

151 

Bone 

377 

119 

With  balls 

191 

70 

Flour  (roller) 

1287 

426 

Eccentric  .... 

— 

918 

292 

Disintegrator      .     . 

Rock 

828 

260 

Harrow      .... 

Soil 

831 

261 

Rollers  

Flour 

767-770 

243 

See  also  list  under  MILLS  ;  GRINDING,  etc.,  in  "Meek.  Z)tci." 

and  supra. 

Durand  if  C/iapitel,  Fr.    *  "Engineering,'''  xxviii.  97. 
Hanctin  .                        ,      "  Tecknoloeiste."  xxxviii.  217. 

Machine.  Jordan,  Br. 
Mill 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  963. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  542. 

*  '-Iron  Age,"  xxiy.,  Sept.  18,  p.  1. 

*  Laboulaye's  "Diet.,''  ii.  "  Fonde- 

rie  de  fer"  Fig.  928. 
.  *  "Min.  Sc  Sc.  Press,'*  xxxv.  65. 
Min.  Jour.,"  xxx.  397. 


Barrel,  Paul     .         . 

Ryerson    .....  *  "Eng. 
And  sifting  mill,  centrif- 

ugal, Thompson      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  61 


Ful'ver-ma-cher  Bat'te-ry.  A  porous  jar  is 
surrounded  by  a  silver  wire  which  is  rolled  spirally, 
and  is  used  as  the  negative  pole  of  the  element. 
The  exciting  fluid,  dilute  sulphuric  acid,  caustic 
potash  or  sal-ammoniac  solution,  is  filled  into  the 
porous  jar,  through  which  it  percolates  by  capil- 
lary attraction.  The  positive  pole  is  a  rod  of  zinc, 
the  top  of  which  is  covered  with  caoutchouc  in 
order  to  avoid  accidental  contacts  which  might 
short  circuit  the  battery.  The  small  spirals  of  sil- 
ver wire  must  be  far  enough  apart  not  to  cause  cap- 
illary attraction  to  take  place  between  them. 

Pumps,  Wa'ter  En'gines.  and  Wheels. 
See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Accumulator. 

Acid  pump. 

Aquameter. 

Aquapult. 

Ball  hydrant. 

Beer  pump. 

Bore-hole  pump. 

Brine-forcing  pump. 

Bucket. 

Bung-bucket. 

Cam-pump. 

Centrifugal  pump. 

Cesspool  pump. 

Chain  bucket. 

Chain  pump. 

Circulating  pump. 

Compound  engine  pump. 

Compression  puiup'g  engine. 

Counter  pump. 

Cup  leather. 

Deck  pump. 

Deep-well  pump. 

Differential  pump. 

Donkey  pump. 

Door  piece. 

Double-acting  plunger  pump. 

Draining  pump. 

Drip  pump. 

Driven  well. 

Driven  well  pump. 

Ejector. 

Ejector  condenser. 

Excavating  pump. 

Feed  pump. 

Fire  cock. 

Fire  engine. 

Fire  extinguisher. 

Fire  plug. 

Fire  pump. 

Fixed-piston  pump. 

Flush-deck  pump. 

Force  pump. 

Fountain  pump. 

Garden  engine. 

Garden  syringe. 

Gas-compressing  pump 

Gas  drip  II  pump. 

Gas-fitter's  pump. 

Gas-tar  pump. 

Giffard  injector. 

Glass-barrel  pump. 

Greenhouse  syringe. 

Hand  pump. 

Hand  rotary  pump. 

Hollow-plunger  pump. 

Horizontal  pump. 

Horse-power  pump. 

Hose  carriage. 

House  pump. 

Hydraulic  balance. 

Hydraulic  engine. 

Hydraulic  force  pump. 

Hydraulic  machinery. 

Hydraulic  motor. 

Hydraulic  press. 

Hydraulic  pressure  pump. 

Hydraulic  pumping  engine 

Hydraulic  ram. 

Hydraulic  regulator. 

Hydraulic  steering  gear. 

Hydraulic  works  pump. 

Hydro-motor. 

Hydronette. 

Hydrostatic  regulator. 

Hydrotrophe. 

Injector. 

Inspirator. 


Irrigating  barrel. 

Irrigation  pump. 

Irrigator. 

Jigger  pump. 

Lift. 

Locomotive  pump. 

Marine  pump. 

Mine  pump. 

Noria. 

Odorless  excavator. 

Oil  line  pump. 

Oil  pump. 

Oil  well  pump. 

Oscillating  pump. 

Pendulum  pump. 

Penstock. 

Plumber's  force  pump. 

Portable  engine  pump. 

Portable  pump. 

Post  pump. 

Propeller  pump. 

Pulsator. 

Pump  bucket. 

Pumping  engine. 

Pulsometer. 

Racking  pump. 

Relief  valve. 

Rotary  pump. 

Rotary  force-pump. 

Rotary  water-engine. 

Sand  holder. 

Sand  pump. 

Scoop  wheel. 

Ships'  pump. 

Sinking  pump. 

Siphon  pump. 

Sirup  pump. 

Slide-bar  pump. 

Spiral  pump. 

Spray  nozzle. 

Spreader. 

Sprinkler. 

Stand  pipe. 

Stand  pipe  fire  apparatus. 

Starting  valve. 

Steam  jet. 

Steam  jet  pump. 

Steam  pump. 

Steam  siphon  pump. 

Stone-ware  pump. 

Street  watering  port. 

Suction  pipe. 

Suction  primer. 

Syringe. 

Tail  piece. 

Thief  bucket. 

Three  cylinder  pump. 

Three  cylinder  water-engine. 

Three-throw  pump. 

Tube  well. 

Tubular  plunger  pump. 

Turbine. 

Turbine  pump. 

Tympanum. 

Vacuum  pump. 

Vacuum  steam  pump. 

Vault  emptier. 

Vent. 

Vertical  pump. 

Wash-room  pump. 

Water  bucket. 

Water  charger. 

Water  column. 

Water  column  pump. 

Water  crane. 

Water  elevator. 

Water  engine. 


PUMPS,  WATER  ENGINES,  ETC.        729 


PUMPING  ENGINE. 


Watering  can. 
Water  meter. 
Water  motor. 
Water  power. 
Water  regulator. 
Water  thief. 
Water  tower. 
Water  wheel. 
Water  wheel  governor. 
Water  wheel  regulator. 
Wine  pump. 
Wrecking  pump. 
Yoke  pump. 

Pump  Au'ger.  A  long 
auger  for  boring  wooden  logs 
for  pump  stocks,  or  for  pipes. 

In  a  modern  form  the  auger  is 
surrounded  by  a  thin  metallic 
shell,  in  which  the  volute  portion 
runs  loosely.  This  shell  or  tube 
is  turned  true  and  straight ;  it 
follows  and  guides  the  auger,  the 
shavings  or  cuttings  being  carried 
out  through  its  interior.  The  lips 
or  cutters  of  the  auger  are  ex- 
panded at  the  end,  so  as  to  cut  a 
hole  just  large  enough  for  the 
passage  of  the  tube. 

Pump  Buck'et.  The  reciprocated  member  of 
the  pump,  which  carries  the  valve. 

When  valveless,  it  is  a  plunger. 

Pump  Cart.  A  vehicle  carrying  a  pump  and 
reservoir ;  used  for  watering  and  irrigating.  See 
p.  508,  Fig.  1473,  1474,  supra,  and  references  pas- 
sim. 

Pump'ing  En'gine.  Various  forms,  Cornish, 
horizontal  duplex,  are  shown  in  Plate  XLIV.,  p. 
1828;  Plate  XV.,  p.  763,  "Aleck.  Diet." 

See  also  list  of  pumps,  p.  1827,  Ibid.,  and  supra,  p.  728. 

Louisville  water  works  engine     .     .  p.  1828,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Worthington  duplex p.  763,  Ibid. 

"  Leeghwater,'-  Haarlem  Lake     .     .  p.  1830,  Ihid. 

India  State  Railway p.  1831,  Ibid. 

Cornish p.  626,  Ibid. 

Centrifugal p.  515,  Ibid. 

Draining p.  739,  Ibid. 

Scoop p.  2056,  Ibid. 

The  engine  shown  in  Plate  XXXIX  is  the 
Knowles  direct-acting  compound  condensing  pump- 
ing engine. 

The  high-pressure  cylinder  is  nearest  to  the  water  end,  and 
to  this  is  connected  the  main  piston-rod,  which  extends 
through  to  the  water-plunger.  The  low-pressure  piston  has 
two  smaller  piston-rods  which  pass  through  sleeves  cast  on 
the  outside  of  the  high-pressure  cylinder,  and  are  connected 
to  the  main  rod  by  a  cross-head  at  their  outer  ends.  All  the 
stuffing-boxes  of  the  steam  end  being  on  a  line  on  the  back 
cylinder  head.  The  steam  cylinders  and  steam  chest  are 
properly  steam- jacketed.  The  valve  arrangement  of  the 
high-pressure  cylinder  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  ordinary 
Knowles  steam  pump,  viz.,  a  double  ported  flat  slide  valve 
which  is  surmounted  and  operated  by  a  round  piston,  which 
has  a  slight  rotating  motion  imparted  to  it  by  the  rocker 
bar,  which  receives  its  motion  from  a  friction  roll  attached 
to  the  tappet  arm.  The  slight  oscillation  of  the  chest  piston 
places  its  parts  in  connection  with  those  in  its  cylinder  ;  it 
is  then  driven  horizontally  by  the  steam  pressure,  in  which 
motion  it  carries  the  main  slide  valve,  to  which  it  is  directly 
connected.  From  the  front  end  of  the  valve-driving  piston 
is  extended  a  rod,  which  operates  the  valve  of  the  low-pres- 
sure cylinder.  The  steam  is  exhausted  from  the  low-pres- 
sure cylinder  through  a  coil  feed-water  heater  direct  into  the 
jet  condenser,  which  is  connected  to  and  operated  by  an  in- 
dependent air  pump,  as  shown  in  engraving. 

The  water  end  of  the  engine  is  of  the  "  inside  plunger  " 
pattern.  The  plunger,  which  is  made  of  either  iron  or  com- 
position, passes  through  a  broad  ring  cast  in  the  center  of 
the  cylinder,  the  inner  surface  of  which  ring  is  either 
grooved  to  form  a  water-packing  bearing  upon  the  plunger, 
or  is  furnished  with  a  stuffing-box,  so  that  the  plunger  may 
be  packed  as  may  be  required  by  the  position  of  the  engine. 
The  water  valves  are  of  rubber,  working  upon  composition 
seats.  The  suction  valves  are  below,  and  the  discharge 
Talves  above  the  plunger.  The  valves  are  readily  reached 
through  hand  holes  situated  immediately  above  the  valve 
plates. 


Fig.  2068. 


Gaskill's  Horizontal  Compound  Pumping  Engine. 


Fig.  2068  is  the  Gaskill  pumping  engine,  built  by 
the  Holly  Manufacturing  Co.  for  Saratoga  Springs, 

It  is  horizontal,  of  the  rotative,  non-receiver,  compound- 
beam  type.  The  engine  has  four  steam  cylinders,  one  high 
and  one  low-pressure  in  each  pair ;  the  low-pressure  (42" 
diani.,  36"  stroke)  beneath  the  high-pressure  (21"  diam.,  36" 
stroke).  There  is  one  pump  to  each  pair  of  steam  cylinders, 
and  each  has'a  double-acting  plunger  20"  diam.,  36"  stroke. 
The  fly-wheel  revolves  between,  and  has  its  pillow-blocks 
upon  the  pump  cylinders.  The  cross-heads  of  high -pressure 
cylinders  are  connected  by  links  to  a  beam,  which  is  in  turn 
connected,  one  end  to  the  crank,  and  the  other  end  to  the 
piston-rod  of  the  low-pressure  cylinder  and  pumps. 

The  following  data  were  obtained  on  trial :  — 

Time 20  hours. 

Average  pressure  by  engine  gage  .    .    .    74.25  pounds. 
Average  pressure  by,  in  force  main  .    .    95.068  pounds. 
Average  vacuum     .    ,     .    .    .         .    .    27.295". 
Average  temp,  feedwater  to  boilers  .    .    169.175°,  Fah. 

Revolutions  in  20  hours 21,449. 

Revolutions  per  minute 17.8742'. 

Piston  speed  per  minute      .....    107.2452. 
Total  coal  burned  ........    6,750  pounds. 

Discharge  per  revolution 187.125  gallons. 

Delivery  at  18  revolutions  per  minute  .    4.850.280  gallons. 
Net  absolute  duty 108,793,525  pounds. 

Duty  :  number  of  pounds  lifted  one  foot  high  by  consump- 
tion of  100  pounds  good  anthracite  coal. 

Barrow *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  324. 

Engine,  compound  du- 
plex, Blake    .     .     .    .  *  "Am.  Man.,"1  July  30, 1880,  p.  13. 

Compound,  Slake      .    .  *  "Manufact.  If  Builder,"1  xii.  73. 
Knowles *  "Manufact.  If  Builder,'''  xii.  97. 

Rotary,  Brakell,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineer,'-  xliv.  106,  211. 

Bushtiehrad  mines,  Bo- 
hemia   *"  Engineering,"  xxvii.  155. 

Household,  Carr  ...  *  "Manuf.  $  Builder,"  viii.  211. 

Chiswick  drainage  Works. 

Hathorne  If  Davey      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  476. 

Clausthal,  Ger.      .    .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  10,  p.  20. 

Covington,  Ky.      .     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  55. 

Croydon,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  356. 

Compound,       Davey, 
Leeds,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  421. 

Heater,  feeder,  and  con- 
denser, De  Beaumont   *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  30,  p.  1. 

Dean  Bros *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  243. 

Dean *  'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  128. 

Lift  and  force,  Day  lass  * 

Engine,  caloric,  Ericsson  *  'Scientific  American,"  xliii.  326. 

Farcot  etfils,  Fr.  .     .     .  *  "~ 

Underground,  Fohnsdorf 

Geared,    Fonderie    de 
VHorme * 

Force  pump,  Guilds  .     .  * 

Ships,  Gwynne,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  91. 

And  winding  eng.,  Hart- 
ley Pit  Colliery,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  298. 

Holly *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  95. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  366,  376. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup."  2219. 
Cornish,  Hull   .    .    .    .  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,"  264,  265,  357. 


'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  March  16,  p.  9. 
'Scientific  American,"  xliii.  326. 
'Engineering,"  July  26, 1878,  p.  70. 
' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1232. 

'Engineering,"  xxvi.  294,  334. 
'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  4. 


PUMPING  ENGINE. 


730 


PUNCHING  PRESS. 


Fig.  2069. 


Punch  and  Shear.    (Toulon,  Fr.  Dock-yard.) 


Cornish,  Hull,  Br.     .     .  *  "  Engineer,"  xli.  183,  136,  15«. 
Lawrence,  Mass,  Leavitt  *  " Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1039. 
Lawrence,  Mass.    ...  *  "Engineering,'1'  xxvii.  58. 
Rotative,  zinc  mines,  Le- 

high *  "Engineer"  xli.  446,  470,  488. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  602. 

Levers  colliery,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,'-  xlvii.  292,  296. 

Mathieson  ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  164. 
Machinery,  (Mid  Calder)  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  196. 
Force  pump,  Nason  .  .  *  "  Manuf.  and  Builder,'"  ix.  193. 
Pumping  engine,  North 

Stavely,  Br *  "Engineer,-'  xlix.  368,  424. 

Pearn,  Engl.       ...  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1059. 

Pittsburg "Scientific  American,'1'1  xlii.  84. 

Providence,  R.  I.  .     .     .  *  "Engineer"  xlii.  324. 
Reciprocating  barrel      .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xl.  355. 
Mining,   Rittinger,  Ger.  *  " Engineering,-'  xxx.  158. 
Haud,  Robaugh     .     .    .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  162. 
Sprengel,  Rood     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  3825. 
Rotative,  450  horse  power. 

Salt  mine,    Ligeberg, 

Pruss *  "Engineer,"  xliii.,  117, 144,  241. 

Portable,  S/iand,  Mason 

If  Co.,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  286. 

Cam  pump. 

Smith,  Voile  $  Co.      .  *  "American  Miller,''  vii.  7. 
Plunger  pump,  S.  Dur- 
ham colliery,  Br.    .     .  *  "Engineer,-11  xlvii.  79. 
Machinery,  Effra  Creek, 

Thames *  "Engineer,"'  xlviii.  306. 

For  hydraulic  presses,  di- 

rectact.,  Tiueddell,'BT.  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  84. 
Twickenham     Sewage 

Works,  Br *  "Engineer,"''  xlviii.  362. 

Underground    ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  660. 
Erin  colliery,  Westphalia  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  238. 
Underground,  Erin   col- 
liery, Westphalia  .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  284. 

Walker *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  292. 

Deep  well,  Watson    .     .      "Scientific  Amer."  xxxix.  309. 
Bilge,  Jos.  Watt  £  Co.,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  250. 
Machinery  works. 

Worthington  .  .  .  .*  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  143. 
Duplex,  Worthington  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  364. 

Worthington      .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup, ,"  887. 
Auxil., yacht  "  Comet"   *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  668. 
"  Yellow  Jacket,''  Mine  *  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  viii.476. 
Hydraulic,  Zurich     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  165. 

Report  of  Chas.  E.  Emery,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Re- 
ports," includes  those  of  — 

Wnrthington  (duplex)*. 
Philadelphia  engine  (beam)  1800  *. 
Knowles  (direct  action). 
-     Blake  (direct  action). 
Andrews  (centrifugal)  *• 
Andrews  (oscillating)*. 
Heald  (f  Co.  (centrifugal)  *. 
Bagley  if  Sewall  (rotary)  *. 

Pump  Joint  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  bor- 
ing out  and  turning  down  the  respective  ends  of 
the  wooden  sections  where  they  meet  in  coupling 
to  form  the  stocks  of  pumps,  or  which  are  thus 
united  by  socket  joint  to  form  pipes  for  conveyances 
of  water. 


See  list  under  PUMPS 


The  machine  consists  of  a  heavy 
steel  spindle,  which  is  placed  in 
the  bearings  of  a  lathe  head  stock. 
The  spindle  has  a  screw  chased  to 
fit  chucks  of  different  sizes.  The 
end  of  the  spindle  has  a  centering 
collar,  changeable  for  different 
sizes  by  removing  a  nut,  the  cut- 
ting-knife in  the  chuck  extending 
the  whole  length  ;  a  second  knife 
at  the  end,  which  works  at  right 
angles  to  the  first  cutter,  finishes 
the  end  of  the  stock. 

In  operating,  the  stock  is  placed 
in  a  rest,  the  hole  in  the  stock 
fitting  the  self-centering  collar. 
The  stick  is  fed  in  by  hand,  and 
a  perfect  joint  made,  each  one  of 
the  same  size.  There  are  two  sizes 
of  chncks,  3"  and  3£y/  diameters. 

Pump  Valve.  The 
moving  piece  in  a  pump 
which  opens  or  closes  to  al- 
low the  water  to  pass  or  pre- 
vent its  return,  respectively. 
:  VALVES. 


Perreaux's  flexible  valve  is  shown  in  Fig.  1061,  p.  347,  su- 
pra. 

Painter's  flap  valve  for  thick  and  viscous  matters  has  a  flex- 
ible valve  flap  which  is  arranged  to  close  and  guard  the  port, 
by  an  extensive  superficial  contact  of  said  flap  and  a  fixed 
coincident  surface. 

Punch  and  Shear.  Punches,  single  or  com- 
bined with  shears,  are  shown  on  pp.  1833,  1834, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

The  Tweddell  punch  and  shear,  to  cut  \\"  thickness, 
erected  in  the  dock-yard  of  Toulon,  France,  is  shown  in  Fig. 
2069.  The  respective  ends  are  separable  so  as  to  make  two 
distinct  machines.  Each  tool  has  its  own  ram,  valves,  and 
water  supply  ;  the  latter  is  from  an  accumulator  loaded  to 
1500  pounds  per  square  inch. 

Punch  and  shearing  ma-  *  "Engineering"  xxii.  502. 

chine, Berry  If  Sons,  Br.     "Iron  Age,"  xix..  March  15,  p.  24. 

Berry  §•  Son,  Engl.     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  930. 

Lyon *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  18. 

Hydraulic,      Tweddell, 

Toulon,  Fr *  " Engineering, "  xxii.  441. 

Hydr.,  quadruple,  Twed- 
dell, Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  228. 

Press *  "Sc.  Amer.,"  xli.  166,  179, 194. 

Andstraighteningmach., 

Landue  Siemens  Steel 

Works *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  25. 

Punching  mach.,  Brier  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  166. 
For    plates    and    angle 

irons,  Bemast    ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  538. 
With    automatic    table, 

Bemast *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  228. 

Bush *  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  209. 

Metal,  Robertson  .     .    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  50. 
Swing  weight   ....  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  71. 
Hydraulic,  Tweddell      .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  102. 
Punching  nuts. 

Hooper  If  Townsend  .  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  ~i&55. 
Press,  Ferris  $•  Miles      .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  463. 
Press,  power,  Merriman  *  '•'Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Feb.  17,  p.  20. 

*  "Engineer."  xli.  485. 
Press,  "  Peerless  ''     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  83. 

Stiles *  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rep.,"i\.  239. 

Shaping  and  sharpening. 

Thomson.  Sterne  If  Co., 

Br.    . *  "Engineering"  xxviii.  237. 

Spiral,  Kennedy    .     .    .     "Iron  Age,"  xxi..  May  23,  p.  5. 
Factory,  Stiles  ff  Parker  *  " Scientific  American,"  xlii.  159. 
Punching  iron,  paper  on     "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1071. 

Funch'ing  Press.  Fig.  2070  is  a  view  of  a 
Stiles  and  Parker  press  with  eccentric  adjustment. 

The  slide  of  the  press  receives  its  reciprocating  motion  from 
a  crank-pin  which  revolves  within  an  eccentric  ring  in  the 
sliding  block.  This  block  traverses  in  the  oblong  mortise  in 
the  slide  as  the  crank  revolves,  thus  imparting  the  motion  of 
the  crank  to  the  slide.  By  bringing  the  eccentric  out  of  its 
position  by  a  key  and  turning  the  same  by  a  lever,  the  punch, 
may  be  adjusted  to  the  die  to  the  hundredth  part  of  an  inch. 

The  amplitude  of  the  motion  remains  the  same,  but  th» 
range  is  changed  so  as  to  suit  dies  of  various  thickness  above 
the  bed  plate. 


PUNCHING    PRESS. 


731 


PYRITES   BURNER. 


Fig.  2070. 


Fowler  Press  with  Eccentric  Adjustment, 

The  eccentric  is  a  substitute  for  the  former  plan  of  placing 
shives  of  metal  above  and  below  the  box. 

The  Stiles  adjustment  is  shown  in  Fig.  2071. 

The  upper  end  of  the  pitman  A,  which  connects  the  slide 
F  with  the  crunk-shaft  E,  is  bored  out  and  enlarged  to  re- 
ceive the  eccentric  disk  B.  The  lower  end  of  the  pitman  is 
secured  to  the  slide  by  the  pin  a.  The  disk  B  is  bored  out 
of  center,  and  fits  the  crank  shaft  loosely  to  allow  the  inter- 
position of  a  gun  metal  bushing.  The  disk  is  turned  by  the 
pinion  g,  and  held  by  the  screws  D  D.  The  pinion  is  turned 
by  a  gear  wrench. 

Fig.  2071. 


ing  Press.    (Stiles  Adjustment. 


By  this  device  the  amplitude  of  the  stroke  is  not  changed, 
but  the  punch  is  raised  or  lowered  to  the  direction  in  which  the 
disk  is  turned.  The  two  set-screws  will  hold  the  eccentric-ring 
under  the  greatest  strain.  In  this  arrangement  the  securing 
of  the  adjustment  will  not  throwthe  bearingsout  of  line,  but 
will  leave  the  pitman  as  true  and  free  to  work  as  before. 

In  the  Merriman  press  the  adjustment  is  by  means  of  a 
right  and  left  threaded  screw  and  two  threaded  sockets. 

Punc'tur-ing  In'stru-ment.  (Surgical.)  A 
term  specially  applied  to  the  sonde-a-dard  used  in 
supra-pubic  lithotomy ;  the  instrument  for  punc- 
turing,—  speaking  in  general  terms  —  are  so  nu- 
merous as  to  make  the  recitation  tedious.  See  list 
under  SURGICAL  INSTRUMENTS. 

Pun'jam.  (Fabric.)  A  strong  cotton  cloth 
made  at  Vizagapatam,  in  India.  The  meaning  of 
punjam  is  "  120  threads,"  and  the  cloth  is  denomi- 
nated 10,  12,  14,  up  to  40  punjam,  according  to  the 
number  of  times  120  is  contained  in  the  number  of 
threads  in  the  warp. 

The  loose  night  dress  with  drawers,  punjanias,  is  named 
from  this  cloth  ;  or,  perhaps,  pijama,  leg  cloth.  Jama  is  a 
full  dress  coat. 


Pun'ty.  (Glass.)  1 .  Probably  from  It.  punto, 
a  point.  A  glass  decanter,  for  instance.  It  is  said 
to  be  cut  in  punties  when  the  ornamentation  con- 
sists of  dots  or  cup-like  depressions,  usually  circu- 
lar but  sometimes  oval. 

2.  The  glass  blower's  tube.     Ponty,  pontil. 

Fu'pil-lom'e-ter.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
for  measuring  the  distance  between  the  axes  of  the 
pupils. 

Fig.  2072. 


Chevalier's  Pupillometer. 

Pu'ri-fi'er.  (Milling.)  A  separator  to  remove 
bran  scales  and  flour  from  grits  or  middlings ; 
a  process  repeated  between  each  grinding  in  the 
high-milling  process.  See  MIDDLINGS  PURIFIER  ; 
GRITS  PURIFIER. 

In  the  process  of  high  milling,  in  the  step  by  step  reduc- 
tion of  the  grain,  starting  with  the  pointed  kernels,  there  are 
with  each  grinding  three  products  :  coarse  fragments,  with 
much  bran  attached  ;  less  coarse  fragments,  with  less  bran 
attached  ;  and  minute  fragments,  with  little  or  no  bran  at- 
tached. These  are  separated  from  each  other  by  the  sifting 
and  purifying  machines.  Each  of  the  several  products  is 
again  subjected  to  grinding,  and  the  product  in  each  case 
again  sorted  into  grades,  and  so  on,  until  the  last  traces  of 
the  white  interior  of  the  berry  have  been  separated  from  the 
dark  hull  and  graded. 

Purse  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  net  stretched  on 
wires,  similarly  to  an  umbrella,  and,  when  ready  to 
hoist,  closed  like  a  purse.  See  DROP-NET,  Fig.  3317, 
p.  1522,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Purse  Seine.  (Fiskinq.)  A  seine  which  is 
closed  by  pulling  upon  a  line  or  lines  to  inclose 
the  fish.  They  have  wings  and  a  bag,  and  are  used 
in  the  mackerel  fishery. 

"  Purse  seines  range  in  length  from  120  to  220  fathoms, 
and  from  750  to  1,000  meshes  in  depth,  reaching  the  depth  of 
20  to  30  fathoms  of  water.  The  average  mesh  is  "2$".  They 
are  made  of  fine  Sea-Island  cotton  twine,  and  cost  from  $750 
to  $1,500  complete.  The  pursing  weight  varies  from  100  to 
150  pounds."  —  "Bulletin  U.  S.  National  Museum." 

Thimbles  and  snatch-block  are  used  for  the  running  rope 
which  closes  the  seine. 

Push  Car.  (Railway.)  1.  A  light  four-wheeled 
car  used  in  transporting  light  matter,  express  pack- 
ages, mail-bags,  etc.,  in  transferring  from  one  train 
to  another,  or  otherwise. 

2.  A  car  used  as  an  intermediate,  to  connect  a 
locomotive  with  a  train  in  moving  the  latter  up  or 
down  an  incline  leading  to  a  ferry-boat.  See 
FERRY  PUSH-CAR. 

_  Push'er.     (Hat-making.)     One  form  of  hat-ful- 
ling machine,  which  see. 

Pyr-heli-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  to  meas- 
ure the  heat  of  the  sun. 

Pouillet's  heliometer  is  shown  in  Fig.  4056,  p.  1837,  "Mech. 
Diet.'' 

The  pyrheliometer  of  A.  Crova  is  described  in  "  Comptes 
Rendus"  and  "American  Journal  of  Science  and  Art."  — 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  234. 

Ericsson's  colorometer,  for  measurement  of  solar  heat, 
*  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  1103. 

Solar  engine,  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  67. 

Fy-ri'tes  Burn'er.  An  apparatus  in  which 
pyrites  is  burned  to  obtain  sulphuric  acid.  See  re- 
port of  Prof.  Jackson's,  "Paris  Exposition  Reports," 
1878,  vol.  iv.,  p.  10,  et  seq..  having  references  to 
those  of :  — 


PYRITE   BURNER. 


732  QUADRIFORM  GROUP  FLASHING  LIGHT. 


Hemptinne.  Fig.  2073 

Bode. 
Ferret. 
Maletra. 

Hasenclever  &  Ilelbig. 
Walker. 
MacDougal. 
Spencer. 
Holloway,  "Nature,''' 

"  Van   Nostrand's    Magazine.'1'' 

xx.  387. 
"Iron  Aee,"   xxiii.,  March  27. 

15. 

Py-rom'e-ter.  Brown's 
portable  hand  pyrometer  is 
used  as  a  test  gage  and  check 
upon  those  pyrometers  which 
are  constantly  inserted  in  the 
hot  blast  to  ascertain  if  they 
are  correct  and  in  working  or- 
der. 

It  may  be  described  as  a  metal 
conducting  tube  open  at  each  end, 
for  the  free  current  of  the  hot  blast ; 
within  the  tube  is  a  thin  expansion 
strip,  conveying  its  motion  to  a  dial 
upon  a  bar  outside  of  the  conductor. 
On  applying  this  instrument  to  any 
orifice  in  the  blast  pipe,  the  hot  air 
rushing  through  will  give  an  accu- 
rate indication  in  less  than  one  min- 
ute. By  having  several  plug  holes 
in  the  length  of  the  blast  pipe,  its 
temperature  at  any  part  may  be  as- 
certained. It  is  useful  to  ascertain  Brown's  Pyrometer. 
the  loss  of  temperature  between 

the  stove  and  tuyere, and  the  gain  derived  from  covering  the 
pipes. 

The  instrument  is  set  at  the  atmospheric  temperature  pre- 
vious to  the  trial,  by  an  adjusting  screw. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,">  523,  2732. 
Brown *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Dec.  7,  p.  24. 


Bystrom's  (Swedish)  "  Ordnance  Report,'' ISIS,  Plates  IV, 
V.,  accompanying  Appendix  R,  3,  and  p.  375. 


Hot  blast,  Hobson 

Kritulator,  Hobson 

Main    .... 


.  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  484. 

.  *  "  Technologists,"  xxxvii.  221. 

.  *  "  Technologiste,"  xxxvii.  220. 


Fy'ro-phore.  The  name  of  a  body  which  has 
the  faculty  of  inflaming  by  contact  with  air  or 
water.  See  pp.  1838,  1839,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  self-lighting  signal  logs  which  are  thrown  overboard 
to  rescue  men  in  the  water,  inflame  on  contact  with  the 
water.  This  forms  a  guide  for  the  man  to  swim  to,  and  to 
the  boatmen  who  go  to  his  rescue.  The  self-luminous 
safety  buoys  of  the  French  Marine  Service  have  phosphide 
of  calcium.  See  Buor  ;  LIFE  BUOY. 

The  property  seems  to  be  due  to  the  rapid  absorption  of 
oxygen  by  the  combustible  body.  Certain  metallic  oxides, 
that  of  iron,  for  example,  reduced  by  hydrogen  at  a  low 
temperature,  become  extremely  pyrophoric.  By  calcining 
in  a  luted  crucible  6  parts  of  lamp-black  mixed  with  11  of 
sulphate  of  potassa,  a  compound  of  sulphur  and  carbon  is 
obtained  which  inflames  with  great  facility  by  contact  of  the 
air. 

"Manufacturer  Sf  Builder" xi.  24. 

Py-ro-ste're-o-type.  A  process  in  which  an 
intaglio  is  burnt  in  wood  to  serve  as  a  mold  in 
which  a  printing  plate  in  relief  may  be  cast. 

It  is  said  to  be  used  in  France  in  making  music  plates,  and 
the  apparatus  is  figured  in  Laboulaye's  " Dictionnaire  des 
Arts  et  Manufactures,"  tome  iii.,  article  "  Stereotypie.'' 

A  block  of  lime  or  linden  wood,  with  the  design  traced 
upon  it,  is  secured  upon  the  table,  and  steel  plugs  of  forms 
suited  to  the  various  signs,  keys,  or  notes,  and  heated  by  gas. 
are  brought  down  upon  it,  to  burn  out  holes  corresponding 
to  the  shapes  of  the  tool.  One  tool  at  a  time  occupies  the 
plunger-rod,  and  after  all  the  required  impressions  have  been 
made  by  it,  another  is  substituted,  and  so  on. 


Fy-rox'y-line. 
DION, supra. 


See    GUN    COTTON,  COLLO- 


Q. 


Fig.  2074. 


Quad'rant    E'lec-trom'e-ter.      A    form    of 
electrometer  invented  by  Sir  William  Thomson. 

It  consists  of  four  metal- 
lic segments  supported  in 
the  same  plane,  but  not  in 
contact.      They    are    con- 
nected alternately  with  two 
projecting  knobs  and  balls 
(at  the  right).     Over  the 
segments  hangs  a  strip  of 
aluminium  by  a  fine  wire, 
from  the  inside  of  a  Ley- 
den     jar    feebly     charged 
(seen  at  the  top).    If  now 
one  pair  of  the  sectors  are 
charged,   while    the    other 
are     connected    with    the 
earth,  the  strip  of 
aluminium    will 
move      towards 
i  them  if  the  charge 
is  opposite  to  that 
of  the  aluminium 

rod  and  the  jar ; 
Thomson's  Quadrant  Electrometer.     but  if  the  charge 

is  of  the  same  kind,  repulsion  will  take  place  and 
the  aluminium  strip  will  move  away  from  them  and 
over  the  other  segments  that  are  not  charged.  In 
order  to  give  a  directive  force  to  the  aluminium 
strip  a  small  compass  needle  is  attached  to  it.  In 
order  to  observe  and  measure  slight  motions  of  the 
aluminium  strip,  a  small  mirror  is  attached  to  it, 
and  a  ray  of  light  reflected  by  it  upon  a  scale 


placed  against  the  wall ;  the  least  turning  of  the 
mirror  will  cause  this  ray  of  light  to  travel  side- 
ward —  in  fact,  it  will  act  like  a  very  long  hand  on 
a  dial  against  the  wall. 

It  is  evident  that  such  a  delicate  instrument  should  al- 
ways be  placed  under  a  glass  shade,  in  order  to  prevent  dis- 
turbances by  air  currents,  such  as  those  generated  by  breath- 
ing near  them.  In  this  case  the  Leyden  jar  is  also  under  the 
glass  shade,  so  as  to  keep  it  charged  longer  ;  it  is  charged  by 
the  curved  rod  seen  under  it,  which  is  connected  with  its  in- 
side covering,  while  the  outside  covering  is  connected  exte- 
riorly with  the  earth,  when  it  is  charged,  but  after  being 
charged  the  connection  may  be  severed.  The  two  knobs  seen 
at  the  right  side  below  serve  to  charge  the  segments. 
Bifilar  suspension  .  .  "Journal  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  v.  481. 
Thornton  ....  .  *  "Manufaci.  Sf  Builder,"  xi.  253. 

*  Prescott's  "Electricity,"  p.  947. 

*  "Engineering,'-  xxiii.  259. 

Quad'ri-cy-cle.    A  four-wheel  vehicle  adapted 
to  be  propelled  by  the  feet. 

The  bicycle  and  tricycle  are  respectively  two  and  three- 
wheeled. 


'Railroad  Gazette" 


.    .    *  xxii.  597. 


Quad'ri-form  Group  Flash'ing  Light.    A 

peculiar  lighting  apparatus  for  light-houses,  in- 
vented by  J.  R.  Wigham,  and  first  erected  at  Galley 
Head,  a  promontory  on  the  coast  of  Cork,  Ireland, 
between  Cape  Clear  and  the  Old  Head  of  Kinsale. 

The  quadriform  arrangement  consists  of  32 
lenses  arranged  in  four  tiers,  with  a  gas-light  in 
the  focus  of  each.  As  the  lenses  touch  each  other 
the  lights  blend  at  a  few  yards  distance  and  form  a 
pillar  of  light  13'  high  and  3'  broad. 

The  group  flashing  denotes  that  the  flashes  from 


QUADRIFORM  GROUP  FLASHING  LIGHT.  733 


RACKING  PUMP. 


the  lenses  instead  of  being  single  flashes,  as  usually 
exhibited  at  light-houses,  are  each  of  them,  by  the 
repetition,  extinction,  and  reignition  of  the  gas, 
broken  up  into  four  or  five  beams,  which  constitute 
a  group  of  flashes  recurring  at  regular  intervals, 
presenting  a  distinctive  appearance.  The  interval 
between  the  groups  of  flashes  is  1  minute ;  be- 
tween the  flashes  in  each  group  2  seconds.  The 
flashing  is  accomplished  by  the  same  clock-work 
machine  by  which  the  lenses  are  caused  to  revolve. 

Quad'ru-ple  Coil  Spring.  A  car  spring 
made  of  four  coils;  in  a  nest,  as  in  s,  Fig.  1143,  p. 
483,  "Mech.  Diet. ; "  or  merely  associated  in  the 
manner  indicated  at  u,  same  figure. 

Quad'ru-ple  Nose  Piece.  (Optics.)  An  at- 
tachment to  a  microscope  ;  a  piece  having  four  ob- 
ject glasses  of  different  powers,  either  of  which  may 
be  brought  into  apposition  with  the  body  of  the  mi- 
croscope ;  avoiding  the  trouble  of  unscrewing  and 
attaching  a  different  power. 

Double  nose-piece,  Fig.  3335,  p.  1534,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Quad'ru-plet.  Four  united  acting  together, 
as  of  springs,  s,  Fig.  1143,  p.  483,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Quad'ru-plex  Tel'e-graph.  An  amplifica- 
tion of  the  duplex  system ;  by  the  quadruplex  sys- 
tem, four  messages  may  be  sent  over  the  same  wire, 
simultaneously,  two  in  each  direction.  See  DU- 
PLEX TELEGRAPH,  p.  764,  "Mech.  Diet." 

It  was  used  by  Prescott  &  Edison  in  1874,  by 
Nicholson  of  Cincinnati,  Myer  of  Paris. 

Cf. *  "Engineer,-'  xlvi.  5. 

Fanner  (185S)  ....  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  14. 
Muirliead  fy  Winter  .  .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  223. 
Paper  on,  Pope  .  .  .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  iv.  2. 

Smith *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  198. 

Working *  ''Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  231. 

Quan'ti-ty.  (Electricity.)  The  amount  of  elec- 
tricity generated  in  a  given  time. 

Quar'ry-faced  Stone.  (Stone  Cutting.)  Ma- 
sonry stones,  the  faces  of  which  are  left  untouched, 
as  they  come  from  the  quarry. 

As  distinct  from  hammer-faced,  pitch-faced, 
tooled,  etc. 

Quar'ter  Bend.  A  curved  section  of  pipe 
subtending  an  angle  of  90°.  c,  Fig.  295,  p.  97,  su- 
pra. 

Quar'ter-ing  Ham'mer.  A  steel  hammer  of 
from  1  to  2  pounds  weight  used  in  blocking  out 


masses  of  flint  for  flaking.     See  BLOCKING  HAM- 
MER. 

Quar'ter-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
quartering  driving  wheels  on  their  axles  ;  i.  e.,  bor- 
ing the  wrist  pin-holes  at  90°  distance  apart.  Fig. 
4067,  p.  1844,  "Mech.  Diet." 

London  and  N.  \V.  Ry.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  260. 
Urquhart,  Br *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  389. 

Quar'ter  Sa'ver.  (Knitting.)  A  device  at- 
tached to  a  knitting  machine  to  prevent  the  work 
from  running  off  when  the  thread  breaks  or  runs 
out.  —  Cooke. 

Quar'ter  Tack'le.  (Nautical.)  A  tackle  used 
in  hoisting  aboard  water,  etc. 

Quar'ter-turn  Belt.  One  which  has  a  twist  of 
90°,  transmitting  motion  between  pulleys  on  shafts 
at  right  angles  to  each  other. 

Nine  dispositions  of  *  Cooper's  "Selling,"  Phila.,  1878,  p. 

Quar'ter-turn  Goose'neck.  A  bent  pipe 
coupling  having  a  turn  of  90°,  and  connecting  the 
discharge  pipe  with  the  nozzle. 

Quartz  Mill.  A  machine  for  crushing  aurif- 
erous quartz.  See  Figs.  4068-4078,  pp.  1844-1846, 
"Mech.  Diet." 


Hand  power,  Eaton 
Rotary,  Hoivland 


.  *  "Min.  4*  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  217. 
.  *  "Min.  £  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  25. 


Queens'ware.  (Ceramics.)  1.  Queen  Char- 
lotte's ware,  now  known  by  the  contracted  title.  A 
celebrated  cream-colored  Wedgwood  ware.  It  is  of 
white  clay  and  flint. 

2.  A  form  of  stone  ware  also  the  invention  of 
Wedgwood,  and  occupying  a  position  between 
porcelain  and  pottery.  See  STONE  WARE. 

Quick'silver  Bat'te-ry.  See  MERCURY 
BATTERY. 

Quick'silver  Fur'nace.  See  MERCURY  FUR- 
NACE. 

Qui'et-ing  Cham'ber.  (Steam.)  An  arrange- 
ment to  prevent  the  noise  incident  to  bio  wing-off  of 
steam.  The  sides  of  the  exhaust  pipe  have  numer- 
ous small  branch  tubes,  the  sum  of  their  areas  equal 
to  that  of  the  main  pipe. 
Shaw's See  Fig.  987,  p.  320,  supra. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette  "  .     .     .     .  xxiii.  141. 

*  "Min.  4-  Sc.  Press  "    .    .     .     .  xxxvi.  313. 

Quin'tu-plet.  Said  of  springs  when  five  of 
similar  type  are  associated  in  a  group. 


E. 


Ra'cer.  The  British  name  for  a  traverse  circle 
beneath  the  chassis  of  a  gun.  See  CIRCLE  ;  also 
Plate  VIII.,  p.  448,  "Mech.  Diet.  " 

Rack  Car.  (Railway.)  A  freight  car  with 
open  slat  sides,  and  a  roof.  Used  for  iron  in  pigs, 
pipes,  and  castings  ;  oil  in  barrels ;  coke,  etc. 

Rack-cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  tool 
for  cutting  the  teeth  of  racks.  It  is  a  modification 
of  the  nulling  machine,  standing  on  a  column  and 
having,  in  the  size  shown  (Fig.  2076),  a  table  31" 
long,  with  a  vertical  adjustment  of  6",  and  a  trans- 
verse horizontal  adjustment  of  17".  The  spindle 
carries  two  cutters  for  blocking-out  and  finishing  the 
tooth  at  the  same  time.  Several  racks  may  be  cut 
at  once  or  a  single  rack  up  to  a  width  of  6".  Any 
pitch  and  any  length  of  rack  can  be  cut.  The  feed 
is  automatic,  with  self-acting,  adjustable  stop-mo- 
tion. The  driving-spindle  has  a  cone  of  two  grades, 
and  actuates  the  cutter  spindle  through  the  me- 
dium of  gears. 


Rack'ing  Fau'cet.    A  faucet  for  transferring 
wines  or  beer  from  vats  to  casks. 

Used  in  run- 
ning wines  off  _  FiS-  ~ 
their  lees  after 
fermentation  o  r 
fining ;  also  in  fill- 
ing beer  kegs 
from  vats. 

The  two  noz- 
zles enable  two 
kegs  to  be  filled  at 
once,  keeping  the 
racking-off  unin- 
terrupted. The 
small  spigot  in 
the  middle  ena- 
bles the  liquid  to  be  examined  at  any  time. 

Rack'ing  Pump.     A  pump  used  in  the  trans- 
ference of  wines  from  vats  to  casks  and  from  cask 


Double-armed  Racking  Faucet. 


RACKING  PUMP. 


734 


RADIATION  THERMOMETER. 


Rack-cutting  Machine. 
to  cask  when  the  difference  of  level  prevents  the 


use  of  siphon  or  faucet. 

Fig.  2077  shows  a  racking 
pump  by  Noel  of  Paris.  It 
is  a  double-action  pump, 
suction  and  force,  mounted 
on  carriage  so  as  to  be 
moved  to  any  place  in  a  cel- 
lar or  cave.  The  suction 
and  discharge  pipes  are  of 
caoutchouc  strengthened 
against  collapse  by  a  spiral 
of  wire.  It  is  shown  as 
drawing  water  from  a  cis- 
tern for  rinsing  casks. 

Racking     Turns. 

( Nautical. )  Nippering 
consists  in  fastening 
seizings  by  taking  turns 
crosswise  between  the 


Fig.  2077. 


French  Racking  Pump. 

parts  to  jam  them ;  and  a  racking  turn  is  a  round 
turn  before  each  cross. 

Rack  Rail'way.  A  form  of  railway  having  a 
rack  between  the  rails,  engaged  by  a  gear  wheel  on 
the  locomotive.  See  p.  1852,  "~Mech.  Diet."  and 
references  passim. 

See  also  :  "Scientific  American  Sup."  *  1106,  *  1313. 

"Engineering  " *  xxiii.  413. 

"  Van  Nostrand-s  Mag."      .     xxii.  9 ;  xxiii.  230. 

Ra'di-al  Ax'le  Box.  One  which  preserves 
its  position  radial  to  the  track,  even  when  the  car 
is  upon  a  curve.  —  Widmark,  Br. 

"  The  axle-box  has  planed  parallel  sides,  and  is  free  to 
slide  in  a  direction  which  is  rectilinear  and  horizontal,  but 


inclined  to  the  axle  of  the  wheels.  The  box  at  the  opposite 
end  of  the  axle  is  inclined  in  the  opposite  direction,  so  that, 
when  the  wheels  and  axle  deviate  toward  one  side  in  conse- 
quence of  the  curvature  of  the  road,  the  axle  is  simultane- 
ously set  in  an  oblique  position  to  the  engine  frame,  but  ra- 
dial to  the  road,  one  end  being  advanced  in  relation  to  the 
frame,  while  the  other  is  drawn  back  by  the  inclined  form 
of  the  axle-boxes  and  the  intermediate  guides. 

"  As  the  sides  of  the  axle-boxes  are  parallel  planes,  and  as 
there  are  no  flanges,  the  axle-boxes  are  free  to  turn  round  a 
horizontal  axis  which  is  at  right  angles  to  these  side  planes. 
Thus  one  axle-box  may  rise  and  the  other  fall  in  the  guides, 
as  required  by  the  state  of  the  road."  —  "Engineer.''' 

Ra'di-al  Drilling  Ma-chine'.  A  vertical 
drilling  machine,  the  operating  portion  of  which  is 
adjustable  on  a  horizontal  arm  projecting  radially 
from  the  vertical  pillar.  It  is  used  for  drilling  a 
row  of  holes  on  an  object  placed  on  the  table  be- 
neath. Fig.  4099,  p.  1852,  "  Mech.  Diet:' 

See  also  the  following  references  :  — 
Arqueth,BT *  "Engineer,''1  xlv.  163. 

*  "Engineering,"'  xxiv.  16. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1347. 
Box  If  Co *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  2,  p.  20. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Dec.  11,  p.  1. 
Sharpe , Stewart  If  Co.,  ]ii.  *  "Engineering,'-  xxv.  366. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  8. 
English *  "Scientific  Ame.r.,"  xxxvii.  111. 

*  "Scientific  American,'1' xxxviii. 51. 

Ra'di-al  Pla'ner.  A  machine  for  rounding  off 
the  corners  of  stuff,  especially  in  implement  and 
carriage  work.  Also  known  as  a  rounding  machine, 
cornering  machine,  or  chamfering  machine  ;  see  the 
latter. 

It  performs  some  of  the  duties  of  a  spoke-shave.  It  is  used 
for  forming  pieces  of  hard  wood  in  irregular  shapes  and 

Fig.  2078. 


planing  smooth  where  the  grain  of  lumber  sets  different  ways 
on  the  same  piece.  With  the  adjustable  top  bed  the  machine 
forms  a  smooth  plane  for  plane  surfaces.  With  a  side-joint- 
ing head  it  is  adapted  for  squaring  off  the  ends  of  hard  wood 
pieces. 

Ra'di-a'tion  Ther-mom'e-ter.  One  spe- 
cially adapted  for  marking  the  results  of  radiation 
from  grass,  and  for  ascertaining  the  direct  heating 
powers  of  the  rays  of  the  sun. 

The  former  are  termed  terrestrial  radial  thermom- 
eters, and  the  latter  solar  radiation  thermometers. 

The  terrestrial  instrument  is  a  minimum  spirit 
registering  thermometer,  with  a  forked  tube  taking 
the  place  of  the  bulb.  It  is  graduated  on  its  own 
tube,  and  inclosed  in  an  outer  glass  jacket.  When 
in  use,  it  is  supported  with  one  end  on  a  fork,  and 
the  bulb  is  placed  resting  on  the  grass. 


RADIATION   THERMOMETER. 


735 


RAG  BOILER. 


The  solar  instrument  is  a  registering  maximum 
thermometer,  with  its  bulb  blackened  to  facilitate 
the  absorption  of  solar  heat.  The  instrument  is  in- 
closed in  a  large  outer  glass  tube  from  which  all 
air  has  been  removed,  in  order  to  prevent  vitiation 
of  the  result,  by  the  communication  of  its  own  heat 
by  the  air  to  the  bulb. 

Ra'di-a'tor.  A  heating  chamber  or  coil  in  an 
apartment.  Various  forms  are  shown  in  Figs. 
4101-4104,  p.  1853,  "Mecli.  Diet."  Fig.  2079  shows 
a  group  of  accessory  parts. 

Fig.  2079. 


Radiator  Attachments 

a.  Radiator  ell  (or  L).  d.  Cap. 

6.  Radiator  socket.  e.  Separating  piece. 

c.  Radiator  tee  (or  T).  f.  Ring  packing. 

See  also  MANIFOLD  ;  RETURN  BEND  ;  COIL 

Ra'di-o-graph.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Waistanley  for  the  measurement  and  record  of 
solar  radiation. 

*" Engineering" xxx.  366. 

"  Scientific  American  Supplement  "     ....  4081. 
"Scientific  American'' xliii.  104. 

Ra'di-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Mr.  William  Crookes  for  demonstrating  the  me- 
chanical action  of  light,  and  the  conversion  of  radi- 
ation into  motive  power. 

According  to  Prof.  Frankland,  the  movement  is 
due  to  heat. 

The  instrument  consists  of  four  arms  of  some  light  mate- 
rial, to  the  ends  of  which  are  fixed  thin  disks  of  pith  with 
one  side  black  and  the  other  white,  the  black  sides  for  the 

Fig.  2080. 


Radiometer 

four  disks  all  facing  the  same  way.  These  arms  cross  each 
other  at  right  angles  and  are  balanced  at  their  center  points 
on  a  hard  steel  point,  a,  resting  on  a  jewel-cup,  c,  so  that 
they  may  freely  revolve  in  a  horizontal  plane.  A  thin  glass 
globe,  drawn  out  to  a  tube  at  the  lower  part  so  as  to  form  a 
support,  incloses  the  whole,  and  is  exhausted  to  the  greatest 
attainable  vacuum  and  hermetically  sealed. 

When  this  instrument  is  placed  subject  to  the  influence  of 
light,  the  arms  rotate  with  greater  or  less  velocity  directly  in 
proportion  to  the  intensity  of  the  incident  rays. 

_  Prof.  Crooked  "Lecture  on  Radiant  Matter,"  British  Asso- 
ciation for  the  advancement  of  Science.  Sheffield  Meeting 
Aug.  22, 1879.  Queen,  Phila. 


(20  Figs.),  Br. 
(20  Figs.)  .     . 


Paper  by  Crooke 


Frankland 
Webster  . 
Young  .  . 


Of.  as  a  light  measurer  .      "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  87. 
Principles  of,  Baldwin  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  98. 

Barrett " Scientific  American  Sup..''  1974. 

Crookes *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  155, 195,253, 

293. 

.  *  "'Engineer,"  xlviii.  170. 
.   •  "  Kiitfiiifrinx,"  xxviii.  165,  187. 
"Scientific   Amer.,"   xxxiv.   313; 

xxxv.  23,  79,  *  176,  242. 
.      "Sr.  Amer.  Sup.,"  408,  523,  582, 

667,699,908,1187. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  809. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1093. 

Ra'di-o-phoiie.  A  modification  or  applica- 
tion of  the  radiometer ;  an  instrument  for  the  pro- 
duction of  sound  by  radial  energy. 

Ra'di-us  Bar.  A  bar  or  pivoted  link  which 
permits  any  adjustment  in  which  the  link  forms  a 
radius. 

A  bar  or  pivoted  link  which  moves  on  a  center  at 
one  end,  and  at  the  other  is  connected  to  an  object 
to  preserve  its  relative  distance,  and  permit  adjust- 
ment concentric  to  the  object  so  connected ;  i.  e., 
any  adjustment  or  motion  relative  to  the  said  center 
while  preserving  the  relative  distance. 

See  the  parallel  motion  in  the  Cornish  steam  engine,  Fig. 
3548,  p.  1630,  "Mech.  Diet." 
The  hinged  link  is  used  in  harvesting  machines  also. 

Ra'di-us  Saw.  A  machine  saw  in  which  the 
circular  saw  is  journaled  on  the  end  of  a  radial 
arm,  pivoted  below  to  a  shaft,  on  which  is  placed 
the  driving  pulley.  By  a  pedal  or  hand  arrange- 
ment the  saw  is  drawn  forward  so  as  to  cross-cut 
the  timber  on  the  bench,  and  falls  back  by  gravity 
when  the  work  is  done. 

Fig.  2081. 


Ransom's  Radius  Cross-cut  Saw. 

It  is  a  form  of  cross-cutting  machine  similar  in  duty,  but 
not  in  construction,  to  the  TRAVERSE  SAW,  Fig.  6626,  p.  2619. 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Ra-fa-elle  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  A  name  given 
to  Majolica  owing  to  so  many  of  Rafaelle's  designs 
being  found  on  that  species  of  pottery. 

Raft.  See  Figs.  4105-4108,  pp.  1854, 1855.  Mech. 
Diet." 

Raft,  Life,  and  Davits,  Cramp  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  262. 
See  also  PORTABLE  RAFT  ;  LIFE  BOAT  ;  supra. 

Rag  Boil'er.  The  rag-boiler  is  fixed  or  mov- 
able, heated  by  open  fire  or  by  steam ;  is  generally 
rotative,  which  gives  a  continual  agitation  to  the 
contents. 

In  the  illustration,  the  boiler  is  spherical,  turning 
on  its  axis.  Water  or  steam  is  admitted  at  the 
ends  for  rinsing  or  boiling,  as  the  case  may  be,  and 


RAG  BOILER, 


736 


RAG   WASHER. 


Fig.  2082. 


Rag  Boiler. 

at  one  end  is  the  gearing  for  rotation,  either  to  agi- 
tate the  contents  during  the  process  while  the 
cover  is  closed,  or  to  discharge  the  contents  into 
the  tub  when  the  operation  is  finished. 

The  figure  shows  a  spherical  boiler,  supported 
on  hollow  gudgeons,  at  which  water  and  steam  re- 
spectively are  admitted. 

Elevated  faucets  at  the  right  hand  admit  the 
alkaline  solution  or  water,  respectively. 

On  the  left  are  the 
steam  valve  and  water- 
pipe,  the  latter  for  wash- 
ing out  the  tub. 

The  process  of  boiling  the 
paper  material  to  make  pulp, 
is  for  the  purpose  of  disenga- 
ging the  cellulose  matter,  and 
the  details  of  the  process,  that 
is,  the  strength  of  the  alkali, 
and  the  temperature  and  du- 
ration of  the  process,  depend 
upon  the  character  of  the  ma- 
terial under  treatment,  the 
object  being  to  disengage  the 
fiber,  uninjured,  from  the  cel- 
lulose and  other  matters  which 
are  associated  with  the  fiber  in 
the  growing  plant.  The  pec- 
tique  principle  which  gives 
the  parchment  qualities  which 
are  found  in  some  papers  it  is 
also  desirable  to  preserve. 

Rag  Knife.  (Rag 
Engine.)  One  of  the 
knives  in  the  cylindrical 
cutter,  operating  against 
those  in  the  bed,  or  bot- 
tom plate.  See  Fig.  4112, 
p.  1856,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Rag  Loop'er.  Used  in  splicing  rags  for  rag- 
carpet.  It  loops  them  together  without  sewing. 
Both  ends  are  impaled  on  the  perforated  knife  and 
the  end  of  the  last  attached  piece  rove  through  the 
hole  in  the  knife  and  pulled  taut.  The  knife  is 
raised  and  as  its  lower  end  is  a  pair  of  prongs  it 
allows  the  knotted  strip  to  slip  off.  See  Fig.  2083. 

Rag  Pick'er.  A  shoddy  machine  for  pulling 
to  shreds  woolen  rags,  stocking  clip,  hosiery,  yarn, 
wool  waste,  old  carpet,  etc.,  and  reducing  them  to 
cotton  or  wool  staple,  as  the  case  may  be. 


The  material  is  fed  from  the  table  between  a 
pair  of  rollers  to  the  cylinder;  this  is  16£"  wide. 

Fig.  2083. 


Rag  Looper. 

The  face  of  the  teeth  is  of  steel  and  they  are  set  in 
lags  on  the  cylinder.  The  pressure  on  the  feed  roll- 
ers is  adjusted  by  slipping  the  weights  out  or  in 
upon  the  levers.  The  capacity  is  from  200  to  800 
pounds  per  day,  according  to  size.  A  lumping  at- 
tachment throws  out  lumps  and  knots  from  the 
shoddy.  See  Fig.  2084. 

Rag  Wash'er.  A  form  of  apparatus  like  the 
pulping  machine  in  form  and  action,  but  differing 
from  it  in  this,  that,  instead  of  having  on  the  cyl- 
inder knives  acting  as  shears  against  the  blades  of 
the  concave  beneath  to  cut  the  rags  into  fine  shreds 
and  eventually  into  pulp,  the  rag  washer  has  a 


Fig.  2084. 


Rag  Picker. 

cylinder  with  wooden  or  bronze  bars  which  merely 
rub  the  material  against  a  plate  beneath,  serving  to 
disengage  any  dirt  and  traces  of  the  coloring  mat- 
ters or  salts  incident  to  the  material  or  the  remains 
of  processes  through  which  it  has  previously 
passed.  In  the  center  is  the  water  supply ;  on  the 
left  the  cylinder  case ;  above  is  the  gearing  by  which 
the  cylinder  shaft  is  raised  or  lowered  so  as  to  ad- 
just its  position  vertically.  See  Fig.  2085. 


BAG  WHEEL. 


737 


RAILWAY. 


Fig.  2085. 


Rag  Washer. 

Rag  Wheel.  (Add.)  A  polishing  wheel  made 
of  disks  of  rags,  rove  upoii  a  mandrel  and  clamped 
tlu'reon.  Such  a  wheel  is  from  4"  to  8"  diameter 
and  runs  at  a  speed  of  7,000  per  minute. 

For  use  on  iron  :  use  a  polishing  material  of  equal  parts  of 
Vienna  lime,  crocus,  and  beeswax. 

Boil  these  together,  cool,  cut  into  cakes.  Dip  a  cake  in  oil 
and  apply  to  the  rag  wheel  occasionally. 

For  brass,  take  crocus  2,  wax  1,  rouge  | ;  melt,  mix,  and 
apply  as  in  the  former  case. 

For  nickel,  use  rouge  with  water  or  oil. 

Rail  Bor'er.  A  hand  machine  for  boring  the 
ivebs  of  rails  for  the  passage  of  the  bolts  of  fish-bars. 

Fig.  2086  shows  a  British  form  which 
is  a  substitute  for  the  usual  separate 
ratchet  brace  and  drilling  frame,  both  be- 
ing combined  in  one. 


Rail  Borer. 

Rail  Key.     (Railway.)     A  wedge-piece  driven 
in  between  the  rail  and  its  chair. 

Rail  Ma-chin'er-y.      Machines    for    rolling, 
bending,  straightening,  drilling,  etc.,  railway  rails. 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
Rail-bending  machine.        "  Van  Nostrand's  ATog-.,"  xxi.  260. 

Schrabetz  .....      "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  4,  p.  19. 
Rail  drilling  machine.      *  "Engineering.''''  xxv.  383. 
Beland     ,     .....  *  "Engineer,'-'  xlix.  412. 
Rail-paring  machine. 

Landore  Siemens  Steel 

Works    .....  *  "Engineer,''  xlii.  25. 


.  . 

Rail  mill,  Joliet  Iron  & 


,  n 

Steel  Co  .....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  6,  p.  1. 
Phila.  &  Reading  Ry.    *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  147. 
Rails,  rapid  rolling    .     .      "Scientific  American,1'-  xxxiv.  21. 
See  also  ROLLING  MILL. 

Rail  Shears.  An  application  by  Tweddel  of 
the  hydraulic  power  to  cutting  or  squaring  off  the 
ends  of  rails. 

47 


It  has  one  stationary  and  one  movable  abutment,  the 
faces  of  which  conform  to  the  shape  of  the  rail  to  be  cut. 
It  is  used  without  the  accumulator,  which  is  usual  with 
riveters,  the  complete  plant  consisting  of  a  boiler,  ram,  and 


Fig.  2087. 


Tiotddett's  Rail  Shears. 

shears.  The  ram  has  a  steam  cylinder  of  relatively  large 
diameter,  the  total  pressure  on  which  is  imparted  to  a 
plunger  of  small  diameter,  producing  a  corresponding  pres- 
sure on  the  water  in  the  hydraulic  cylinder.  The  machin- 
ery is  entirely  controlled  by  steam  valves  . 

Automatic  cut-off  gear  is  fitted  to  the  steam  cylinder  so  as 
to  allow  for  expansion  of  the  steam.  This  is  effected  by 
opening  the  tap  at  the  point  of  cut-off  required,  and  when 
the  piston  has  passed  the  opening,  the  steam  escapes  through 
the  tap,  and  closes  a  specially  constructed  throttle  valve  in 
the  steam-inlet  passage. 

Rail'way.  History  and  development,  pp.  1860 
et  seq.,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  the  following  references  :  — 

Railways  in  China     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  710. 
In  Japan  ......  *  "  Sc.  American  Sup.,''  691,  695. 

Peruvian,  Meiggs  ...  *  "Sc.  American  Sup."  1311,  1329. 
Rigi,  Lucerne   .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  3897. 

In  U.  S.,  early  ....      "Iron  Age."-  xx.,  Oct.  18,  p.  9. 

In  U.  S.,  1877  .....      "Scientific  American,'1'  xxxvi.  89. 

Vera  Cruz,  Mexico    .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  896. 
Vesuvius      .....      "Iron  Age,'-''  xxii.,  Oct.  17,  p.  7. 

"Sc.  Am.,''  xxxix.  327;  xlii.  281, 
309,  393. 


"Sc.  Am    Sup.,"  373.5,  3755)  3819. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  114. 


VVetli  mountain,  Switz. 
Railways  of  the  world. 

Stuermer  .....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,'1  421. 
Railway  appliances   at 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1988. 

"Iron  Age,"  xix..  May  3,  p.  11. 

"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  37. 

"Scientific  American,"  xli.  209. 


Phila.,  1876,  Gallon 
Car,  bullet  proof  .     . 


Cost  of 

Derrick,  Voruz,  Paris, 
1878 "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1989. 

Subst.  for  hand  car. 
Noble     .....      "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  79. 

Hitching  while  in  mo- 
tion, Hanrez  ...  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4073. 

Iron,  Kellogg  $  Seaver     "Min.  £  Sc.  Press,"  xxxviii.  163. 
"  Scientifi 

Lighting   .     .     . 

Metallic     .    . 

Sliding,  Cox  .    . 

Spring  propelled. 
Leveaux     .     . 

Steel     .... 

Street   .     .     . 


Two-story,  Br. 
Velocipede     . 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  895. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1811. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  772. 
'  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  70. 

'  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  740. 
'  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  596. 


hns, 


"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  101. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2825. 
See  Report  on  Railway  Apparatus,  Paris,  1878,  by  William 
A.  Anderson;  describes  the  Continental  system  of  way  and 
rolling  stock.  See  "Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  vol.  iv., 
p.  419,  et  seq.  It  contains  the  following  illustrations  :  — 

Page. 
First-class  passenger  car  ;  Western  Railway  of 

France 445 

Austrian  first-class  passenger  car  ....  448 
Austrian  second-class  passenger  car  ....  448 
Austrian  third-class  passenger  car  ....  448 

Austrian  freight  car .      44g 

Sleeping  car ;  Austrian  State  Railway  '.  .  .  448 
Decauville's  tramway  car 458,  459 


RAILWAY. 


738 


RAILWAY   APPARATUS,  ETC. 


Crossing,  Carey     .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American,"  xliii.  215. 
Early  in  U.  S  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  213. 
Elevated,  N.  Y.     .     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2018. 
Field  and  military. 
Fell,  Engl  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  865. 

Travis  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  March  6,  p.  1 
Iron  vs.  wood,  Weyers      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xvii.  525. 
Wood    ......  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.  ,"  1986. 
Track,  Hall            ...  *  "Scientific  American  "  xl  98 

Foster  *  "Am.  R.  R.  Journal,"  lii.  591. 
Track  sweeper,  Olmstead     "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  397. 
Underground,  London  .      "Scientific  American  Sup,,"  1793. 
Extension  of  London  .  *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  833,  886. 
Underground,  Paris  .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1971. 

Inspec.  train,  Penn.  Ry.  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxi.  47. 
Interlocking  signals  and 
switches,  Buel   .     .    ,  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  64,107. 
Bail  joint,  Acaster,  Engl.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1988. 
*  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxi.  371. 
Mead    *"  Scientific  American,'1'  xxxiv.  22. 
Nicholl       *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi,  358. 

Wheels,  cast  iron  .     .     ,      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  490. 

The  Vesitvian  Railway  has  the  double-rope  system,  a  car 
traversing  on  each  line  of  rails,  one  descending  as  the  other 
ascends,  mutually  counterbalancing.  Each  carriage  has  two 
compartments  each  capable  of  holding  6  persons.   The  depot 
and  engine  arc  at  the  bottom,  and  at  an  elevation  of  810 
meters  above  the  sen,  and  210  meters  above  the  observatory. 
A  carriage  drive  leads  from  the  observatory  to  the  railway. 
The  angles  of  inclination  are  respectively  40,  63,  and  50  in  a 
hundred,  at  different  parts  of  the  ascent.     The  road  is  800 
meters  long  and  terminates  some  distance  short  of  the  crater. 
The  ascent  is  made  in  7  minutes. 

Railway  Elevations.  —  A  British  journal  gives  the 
following  as  the  highest  elevations  above  the  level 
of  the  sea,  attained  by  any  point  on  the  railways 
named  :  — 

Meters. 

Sandberg,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  325,  328,  340. 
Rail  lock,  Turl      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  118. 
Locomotive.     See  list  on  pp.  556-558,  supra. 
Railway,  military,  Fell  .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''1  xvi.  90. 
India    "Iron  Age,''  xvii.  Jan.  20,  p.  3. 
Haddan,  Engl.  .     .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2084. 
Pioneer  or  military. 
Haddan,  Eng.  ".     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2239. 
10-inch  Gage    ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1668. 
Iron,  Permanent  way. 

Barlow.  * 
Wood,  * 
Potfl,  * 
Hohenegger.  * 
MacLellan,  * 
T/wumen,  * 
C.  I.  Borel  Sleeper. 
Serres  if  Battie. 
Hilf. 

Black  forest  line  „...».      850 

Harvey  if  Roe,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  98. 
Newman  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  136. 

Mt.  Cenis  line  1,338 

Liredey     *  "Engineering,     xxiii.  164. 
Speilemann,  Br.     .     .  *  "Engineering"  xxvi.  242. 
Thomas,  Br  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  135. 
Trevis  iron,  Br.      .     .  *   'Engineer,"  1.  183. 
Wood,  iron,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  273. 
Wood,  iron,  10  Figs., 
Br  *  "Engineer,''  xlv.  235. 

Northern  Pacific  1,652 

Union  Pacific  2,513 

Railway  Speed.  —  The  following  rates  of  regular 
train   speed  are  given   in    the   journals  (fractions 
omitted)  :  — 
BRITISH. 

"  Flying  Dutchman,  "  Great  Western  Railway,  London  to 
Exeter,  194  miles,  with  4  stops,  4  hours  14  minutes  ;  46  miles 
per  hour. 
"Leeds  Express,"   Great  Northern   Railway,   London  to 
Leeds,  187  miles,  with  4  stops,  4  hours  ;  47  miles  per  hour. 
•'Morning  Express,"  Great  Northern  Railway,  London  to 
Edinburg,  395  miles,  9  hours  ;  44  miles  per  hour. 
"  Irish  Mail,"  London  and   North  Western   Railway,  40 
miles  per  hour. 
"  Scotch  Express,1'  Midland  Railway,  London  to  Glasgow, 
425  miles  ;  40  miles  per  hour. 

UNITED  STATES. 

"Boston  and  New  York   Express,"  Boston  and  Albany 
Railroad,  234  miles,  6  hours,  12  stops  ;  3"  miles  per  hour. 
"  San  Francisco  Express,"  Jersey  City  to  San  Francisco, 
(ending  June  4,  1876),  83  hours  ;  34  miles  per  hour.    Jersey 
City  to  Pittsburg,  444  miles,  10  hours. 
See  also  LOCOMOTIVE,  pp.  555,  556,  supra. 

AVERAGE  EXPRESS  RATES. 
Per  hour. 

Paris  &  Marseilles  Express      ....    66.3  kilometers 
Berlin  &  Cologne  (Lelviter  line)      .     .    60.    kilometers. 
Spandan  &  Stendal  (Lelviter  line)  .     .     71.8  kilometers. 
Berlin  &  Magdeburg  (Potsdam  line)    .    67.9  kilometers. 
Brandenburg  &  Magdeburg  (Potsdam 
line)                          69.15  kilometers. 

Pilot,  Penn.  Ry.    ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  86. 
Portable,  Bass  .    .     .     .  *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"  viii.  32. 
Greig                      .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  July  31,  p.  1. 

Pioneer  Works  ....  *   'Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  17,  p.  1. 
Rack  railings    ....      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxii.  9. 
Locomotives,  Switz.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  413. 
Agudio      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxiii.  230. 

Rail  compound,  Clark  .      "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Oct.  19,  p.  9. 
Rails,  wear  of  .     .     .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,-''  xxi.  121. 
Tests  of,  Dudley     .     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,'-  xxiii.  26. 
Rail  sections,  standard, 
Sandberg  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxiv.  327. 
Fish  plate,  etc.,  standard  *  "Railroad  Gazette."  xxiii.  643. 
Rail,  Sutton      .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  35. 
Vaughn     *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  296. 
Life  of  steel  rails. 
Williams  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  517. 
Railway  resistances. 
Shinez  §•  Dudley    .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  541. 
Rolling    stock,    Paris, 
Lyons  Sf  Med.  Ry.      .  *  "Engineering,'1'  xxvii.  46. 
Penn.  Railway      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  338. 
Single  Rail,  Stone      .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  511. 
Single  track      ....      "Scientific  American,'"  xxxv.  402. 
Speed  ...              .     .      "Sc  Amer  "  xxxiv.  354,393,  408; 

xxxv.  340. 
N.  Y.  &Phila.     .     .     .      "Sc.  American,"  xxxix.  180. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  436. 
Splice  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxii.  410. 

Standard  section. 

Raising  a  railway  station. 
Chepstow,  Engl.    .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1668. 
Rail  for  streets. 
Aldrtd  !(  Spielmann   .      "Engineer,"  xlvi.  223. 
Beloe,  Br  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  315. 
Edge,  Br  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  341. 
Railway,   street,  Aldred 
§  Spiflmann,  Br.    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  21. 
Vignoles,  Br.       ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  265. 
Switch,  Carey  ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  214. 
Railway  Term.  ("  North- 
ern "&  France).    .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  631. 
Ties,  iron      .     .         .        *  Blake's  "Report    Vienna    Erp  ," 

Great  Western,  Br  53£  miles. 

London  &  Northwestern,  Br.      ...     47£  miles. 

London,  'Chatham  &  Dover,  Br.      .     .      45    miles. 

London  &  Southwestern.  Br  44    miles. 
Refer  to  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"   xxi.  439. 
"Scientific  American,"    xli.  115,  119,  2G6,  277. 
"Sc.  American  Sup.,"    3820,  3821. 

Rail'way  Ap'pa-ra'tus,  Ruii'niiig  Stock, 
and  Parts.     See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Air  brake.                              Air  pump. 
Air  cylinder.                           Air  strainer. 
Air  gage.                                Anthracite  furnace. 

iv.  66,  67. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  31,  p.  20. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  19,  p.  1. 
Preserving     ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1146. 
Reese    *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  83. 

Iron,  Schofield  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,  "  xliii.  101. 

KAILWAY  APPARATUS,  ETC. 


739 


RAILWAY  APPARATUS,  ETC. 


Ash  pan. 

Compromise  wheel. 

Grated  door. 

Pony  tank-locomotive. 

Atmospheric  brake. 

Conductor's  car. 

Gravel  car. 

Portable  railway. 

Automatic  air-brake. 

Conductor's  valve. 

Grease  box. 

Portable-road  locomotive. 

Automatic  car-brake. 

Consolidation  locomotive. 

Group  spring. 

Post-office  car. 

Automatic  ventilator. 

Continuous  brake. 

Guide. 

Prismoidal  rail 

Axle. 

Couplet. 

Guide  yoke. 

Pull  iron. 

Axle  box. 

Coupling. 

Gum  spring. 

Push  car. 

Axle  box  guides. 

Coupling  bar. 

Half-round-bar  spiral  spring. 

Quadruple-coil  spring. 

Axle  collar. 

Coupling  case. 

Hand  car. 

Quadruplet. 

Axle  frame. 

Coupling  chain 

Hand  strap. 

Quieting  chamber. 

Axle  packing. 

Coupling  hook. 

Hand  wheel. 

Quieting  nozzle. 

Axle  scat. 

Coupling  hose. 

Hauling  engine. 

Quintuplet. 

Axle  stop-key. 

Coupling  link. 

Hav  car. 

Rack  car. 

Hack-truck  locomotive. 

Coupling  pin. 

Head  light. 

Rack  railway. 

Haggage  car. 

Coupling  valve. 

Head  lining. 

Radial  axle  box. 

Basket  rack. 

Cradle. 

Heater  cock. 

Rail. 

Bathing  car. 

Crank  pin. 

Helper  ring. 

Rail  chair. 

Bell  cord. 

Cremating  car. 

Hibbard  spring. 

Rail  key. 

Bell  ringer. 

Cross-head. 

Horlge  brake. 

Rail  splice. 

Bell  rope. 

Cross-tie. 

Hollow  spoke  wheel. 

Railway. 

Bell  strap. 

Crown  arch. 

Hood. 

Railway  brake. 

Block  signal  system. 

Crown  bar. 

Horn  block. 

Railway  car. 

Block  system. 

Cushioned  axle. 

Horns. 

Railway  car  brake. 

Boarding  car. 

Cylinder. 

Horse  ear. 

Railway  crossing. 

Bob-tail  car. 

Cylinder  car. 

Hotel  car. 

Railway  gage. 

Bogie. 

Dash-guard. 

House  car. 

Railway  gate. 

Boiler. 

Dead-blocks. 

Housing  box. 

Railway  signal. 

Bolster  spring. 

Dead-lock. 

Hub  bolt. 

Railway  speed. 

Bonnet. 

Dead  weight. 

Hydraulic  railway  brake. 

Railway  switch. 

l!i  ix  car. 

Derrick  car. 

Ice  car. 

Railway  tie. 

Box  cattle  car. 

Diamond  truck. 

Inclined-plane  car. 

Railway  track  bolt. 

Box  packing. 

Door  apron. 

Independent  car-wheel. 

Railway  velocipede. 

Brake. 

Door  guard. 

Independent  track. 

Raised  roof. 

Brake  beam. 

Door  strap. 

India-rubber  spring. 

Reducing  valve. 

Brake  cylinder. 

Double-coil  spring. 

Injector. 

Refrigerating  car, 

Brake  hose. 

Double-deck  car. 

Inner-hung  brake. 

Releasing  lever. 

Brake  hose  coupling  ralve. 

Double-ender  locomotive. 

Inspection  car. 

Restaurant  car. 

Brake  lever. 

Double-plate  wheel. 

Intermediate  floor 

Retaining  ring. 

Brake  pipe. 

Double-truck  locomotive. 

Iron  wheel. 

Reversible  seat. 

Brake  rod. 

Draw-bar. 

Janney  coupler. 

Reversible  street-car, 

Brake  rubber. 

Draw-clevis. 

Jet  valve. 

Reversing  cylinder, 

Brake  shoe. 

Draw-gear. 

Joint  splice. 

Road  locomotive. 

Brake  shoe  valve. 

Draw-hook. 

Journal  bearing  key. 

Rocker. 

Break-down  van. 

Drawing-room  car. 

Journal  box. 

Rod. 

Broad-tread  wheel. 

Draw-rod. 

Journal  box  cover. 

Roof-apron. 

Buffer. 

Draw-spring. 

Journal  packing. 

Roofing  canvas. 

Cab. 

Drilling. 

Journal  spring. 

Roof  light. 

Caliin  car. 

Driver  brake. 

Key-shaped  spiral  spring 

Roof  step. 

Calile  carrier. 

Driving-wheel. 

King-bolt  plate. 

Round-bar  spiral  spring. 

Cannon  car. 

Driving-wheel  brake. 

Lamp  jack. 

Rubber  spring. 

Car. 

Car  axle. 

Drop-and-transfer  table 
Drop  bottom. 

Lazy  cock. 
Leaden  seal. 

Rubber-center  spiral  spring. 
Rubber-center  spring. 

Car  brake. 

Dummy  car. 

Leakage  valve. 

Running  board. 

1  1  pier. 

Dump  car. 

Lever  hand-car. 

Safety  chain. 

Car-door  hanger. 

Dumping  wagon. 

Life. 

Safety  hanger. 

Car  heater. 

Dust  collar. 

Locomotive. 

Safety  link. 

Car  load. 

Dust  guard. 

Locomotive  crane. 

Sand  brake. 

Car  platform. 

Edge-rolled  spring. 

Locomotive  cup. 

Seal  hook. 

Car  pusher. 

Ejector. 

Lodging  car. 

Seal  lock. 

Car  runner. 

Elastic  wheel. 

Log  railway. 

Seal  press 

Car  seal. 

Elder  brake. 

Mail  car. 

Seal  wire. 

Car  signal. 

Electric  railway. 

Mail  catcher. 

Seat  lock. 

Car  spring. 

Elevated  railway. 

Main  frame. 

Ship  railway. 

Car  transfer  truck. 

Equal-bar  nest  spring. 

Milk  car. 

Shunt. 

Car  truck. 

Equalizing  bar. 

Mine  car. 

Shunting  engine. 

Car  truck  shifter. 

Equipment. 

Mine  car  wheel. 

Side  bearing. 

Car  unloading  plow. 

Exhaust  nozzle. 

Mine  locomotive. 

Single-coil  spring. 

Car  ventilator. 

Express  car. 

Mogul  locomotive. 

Single-plate  car-wheel. 

ling  machine. 

Face  plate. 

Monitor  car. 

Single-plate  street-car  wheel 

Car  wheel. 

Faggoted  axle. 

Muley  axle. 

Single-rail  railway. 

Cattle  car. 

Feed. 

Multicoil  spring. 

Slack-burning  locomotive. 

Center  bearing. 

Fender  board. 

Narrow  gage. 

Sleeper. 

Center  draft  draw  bar. 

Ferry  push-car. 

Narrow  gage  locomotive. 

Sleeping  car. 

Center  pin. 

Finish. 

Nest  spring. 

Sliding-door  lock. 

('enter  plate. 

Fireless  locomotive. 

Oil  box. 

Smoke-stack. 

Centripetal  railway. 

First-class  car. 

Oil  car. 

Snow  flanger. 

(.'hating  plate. 

Flat  bar  spiral  spring. 

Oil  cellar. 

Snow  plow. 

Cheek  chain. 

Flat.  car. 

One-legged  railway. 

Snow  scraper. 

Check  valve. 

Flexible  wheel-base. 

One-rail  railway. 

Spark  arrester. 

Cleaning  hole. 

Floating  lever. 

Open-plate  wheel. 

Spark  ejector. 

clear  story. 

Flume  car. 

Ore  car. 

Spark  netting. 

Clip  chair. 

Fourway  cock. 

Outer  hung  brake 

Spiral  spring. 

Cluster  spring. 

Frame. 

Paper  wheel. 

Splice  joint. 

Clutch  coupling. 

Freight  car. 

Passenger  car. 

Spoke  wheel. 

Coach. 

Freight  truck. 

Pedestal. 

Spool-shaped  spiral  spring. 

Coal  car. 

Front  rail. 

Permanent  way. 

Spring. 

Coal-dust-burning    locomo- 

Furnace. 

Petticoat  pipe. 

Spring-beam. 

tive. 

Furniture. 

Pilot. 

Spring  block, 

Combination  spring. 

Gage. 

Piston. 

Spring  case. 

Combined  car. 

Geared  locomotive. 

Plate  wheel. 

Spring  plank. 

Compound  locomotive. 

Gondola  car. 

Platform. 

Spring  saddle. 

Compound  spring. 

Graduated  spring. 

Pneumatic  dispatch. 

Spring  stud. 

Compressed  air  brake. 
Compressed  air  locomotive. 

Grain  car. 
Grain  door. 

Pneumatic  tube. 
Pneumatic  tubular  dispatch. 

Square-bar  spiral  spring. 
Stake. 

Compressed  air  rail-car. 

Grate. 

Pole  railway. 

Stake  hook. 

RAILWAY  APPARATUS,  ETC. 


740 


RAILWAY   CAR  BRAKE. 


Stake  pocket. 

Stake  rest. 

Stake  sleeve. 

Stanchion. 

Standard  gage. 

Starting  valve. 

Steam  gong. 

Steam  sled. 

Steam  street-car. 

Steam  valve. 

Steeled  wheel. 

Steel-tired  car-wheel. 

Steel  wheel. 

Stock  car. 

Stop  plate. 

Stove-pipe  jack. 

Stove-pipe  ring. 

Street-car. 

Street-car  locomotive. 

Swing-motion  gear. 

Switch. 

Switch  chair. 

Switching  eye. 

Tail  lamp. 

Tandem  engine. 

Tank. 

Tank  car. 

Tank  dome. 

Tank  locomotive. 

Telescopic  tank  car. 

Tender. 

Tender  hose. 

Tie. 

Tip  car. 

Tire. 

Tool  box. 

Tool  car. 

Towing. 

Towing  locomotive. 

Track  bolt. 

Track  laying  machine. 

Track  laying  tools. 

Track  lifter. 

Track  sweeper. 

Traction  engine. 

Trailing-tank  locomotive. 

Train  brake. 

Train  car. 


Tramway. 

Tramway  locomotive. 

Transfer  table. 

Traverser. 

Triple-coil  spring. 

Triplet. 

Triplet  spring. 

Triple  valve. 

Truck. 

Truck  bolster. 

Truck  frame. 

Truck  side  bearing. 

Tube. 

Turntable. 

Twin  locomotive. 

Undergear. 

Underground  railway. 

Vacuum  brake. 

Valve  motion. 

Ventilator  deflector. 

Ventilator  hood. 

Volute  spring. 

Waist. 

Warming  valve. 

Washburn  wheel. 

Washer. 

Water  crane. 

Water  supply  for  locomotives. 

Way. 

Wheel. 

Wheel  box. 

Wheel  center. 

Wheel  flange. 

Wheel  flange  lubricator, 

Wheel  plate. 

Wheel  rib. 

Wheel  seat. 

Wheel  tread. 

Whistle. 

Wicket. 

Wide  gage. 

Window  opener. 

Wire  rope  conveyor. 

Wire  tramway. 

Wooden  rail. 

Wool-packed  spiral  spring. 

Wrought-iron  wheel. 


Rail'way  Bridge.  See  BRIDGE,  supra,  pp. 
132-134,  where  are  numerous  references  to  railway 
bridges  in  different  parts  of  the  world,  and  tables 
of  relative  dimensions. 

See  also  list  under  BRIDGE,  "Mech.  Diet." 


See  also  the  following  references  :  — 

Howe.  Ashtabula  .  . 
Blackwell's  Isl.,  E.  River 
Lay  span,  paper  by  T.  C. 

Clark 

Key,  River 

Louisville 

Poughkeepsie  .... 


"  Scientific  American  Sttp. 
"Scientific  American  Sup. 


Sarpsfos,  Norway,  C.Phil 
Tay,  Tests  of  .... 
Tay,  Scotland  .  .  .  . 
River  Tay 


"Scientific  American  Sup.. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup., 
"Scientific  American  Sup.. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.. 
"  Scientific  American  Sup.. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup., 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.. 


"  895. 
';  1876. 

"  2095. 
"  1044. 
"  866. 
»  1043. 
»  1794. 
"  1934. 
"  1877. 
"  1042. 
"  2107. 

Rail'way  Car  Brake.  A  means  for  bringing 
friction  upon  the  wheels  of  a  car  to  restrain  rotation 
and  slacken  tbe  speed  of  or  stop  the  train.  The 
subject  is  considered  under  AIR  BRAKE  ;  CAR 
BRAKE  ;  PNEUMATIC  BRAKE  ;  etc.,  "Mech.  Diet." 
See  references  under  RAILWAY  BRAKE,  p.  1862. 
Ibid. 

The  Westinghouse  automatic  brake  is  shown  in 
Plates  XLL,  XLIL,  which,  taken  together,  illus- 
trate the  consecutive  portions  of  the  apparatus, 
The  plates  also  show  side  and  end  elevations  of  a 
locomotive  with  apparatus  attached,  and  a  view  of 
the  under  side  of  a  part  of  a  locomotive  and  tender, 
similarly  furnished. 

The  Westinghouse  automatic  brake  consists  of  the 
following  essential  parts :  — 

The  steam  engine  and  air-pump,  which  produce  the  com- 
pressed air.  These  are  shown  to  the  right  hand  in  Plate 
XLII.,  the  steam  engine  above  and  the  air-pump  below  ;  the 
pistons  and  rods  in  line. 

The  main  reservoir,  in  which  the  compressed  air  is  stored. 


The  engineer's  brake-valve,  which  regulates  the  flow  of  air 
from  the  main  reservoir  into  the  brake-pipe  for  releasing  the 
brakes,  and  from  the  brake-pipe  to  the  atmosphere  for  apply- 
ing the  brakes. 

The  main  brake-pipe,  which  leads  from  the  main  reservoir 
to  the  eng-ineer's  brake-valve,  and  thence  along  the  train, 
supplying  the  apparatus  on  each  vehicle  with  air. 

The  auxiliary  reservoir,  which  takes  a  supply  of  air  from 
the  main  reservoir,  through  the  brake-pipe,  and  stores  it  for 
use  on  its  own  vehicle. 

The  brake-cylinder,  which  has  its  piston-rod  attached  to 
the  brake-levers  in  such  a  manner  that,  when  the  piston  is 
forced  out  by  air  pressure,  the  brakes  are  applied. 

The  triple  valve,  which  connects  the  brake-pipe  to  the  aux- 
iliary reservoir,  and  connects  the  latter  to  the  brake-cylinder 
and  is  operated  by  a  sudden  variation  of  pressure  in  the  brake- 
pipe,  (1)  so  as  to  admit  air  from  the  auxiliary  reservoir  to  the 
brake-cylinder,  which  applies  the  brakes,  at  the  same  time 
cutting  off  the  communication  from  the  brake-pipe  to  the 
auxiliary  reservoir,  or  (2),  to  restore  the  supply  from  the 
brake-pipe  to  the  auxiliary  reservoir,  at  the  same  time  let- 
ting the  air  in  the  brake-cylinder  escape,  which  releases  the 
brakes. 

The  couplings,  which  are  attached  to  flexible  hose,  and 
connect  the  brake-pipe  from  one  vehicle  to  another. 

The  automatic  action  of  the  brake  is  due  to  the  construc- 
tion of  the  triple  valve,  the  primary  parts  of  which  are  a  pis- 
ton and  a  slide-valve.  A  reduction  of  pressure  in  the  brake- 
pipe  causes  the  excess  of  pressure  in  the  auxiliary  reservoir 
to  force  the  piston  of  the  triple  valve  down,  moving  the 
slide-valve  so  as  to  allow  the  air  in  the  auxiliary  reservoir  to 
pass  directly  into  the  brake-cylinder  and  apply  the  brakes. 
When  the  pressure  in  the  brake-pipe  is  again  increased  above 
that  in  the  auxiliary  reservoir,  the  piston  is  forced  up,  mov- 
ing the  slide-valve  to  its  former  position,  opening  communi- 
cation from  the  brake-pipe  to  ^the  auxiliary  reservoir,  and 
permitting  the  air  in  the  brake-cylinder  to  escape,  thus  re- 
leasing the  brakes. 

Thus  it  will  be  seen  that  any  reduction  of  pressure  in  the 
brake-pipe  applies  the  brakes,  which  is  the  essential  feature 
of  the  automatic  brake.  If  the  engineer  wishes  to  apply  the 
brakes,  he  moves  the  handle  of  the  engineer's  brake- valve  to 
the  right,  which  first  closes  a  valve  retaining  the  pressure  in 
the  main  reservoir,  and  then  permits  a  portion  of  the  air  in 
the  brake-pipe  to  escape.  To  release  the  brakes,  he  turns 
the  handle  to  its  former  position,  which  allows  the  air  in  the 
main  reservoir  to  flow  into  the  brake-pipe,  restoring  the  pres- 
sure and  releasing  the  brakes.  A  valve,  called  the  conduc- 
tor's valve,  is  placed  in  each  car,  with  a  cord  running  the 
length  of  the  car,  and  any  of  the  train-men,  by  pulling  this 
cord,  can  open  the  valve,  which  allows  the  air  to  escape  from 
the  brake-pipe.  Should  the  train  break  in  two,  the  air  in  the 
brake-pipe  escapes,  and  the  brakes  are  applied  to  both  sec- 
tions of  the  train  ;  and  should  a  hose  or  pipe  burst,  the 
brakes  are  also  automatically  applied. 

The  gage  shows  the  pressure  in  the  main  reservoir  and 
brake-pipe  when  they  are  connected,  and  the  pressure  in  the 
brake-pipe  alone  when  the  main  reservoir  is  shut  off  by  the 
movement  of  the  engineer's  brake-valve. 

A  non-automatic  brake  cannot  be  made  to  work  satisfac- 
torily upon  more  than  from  10  to  12  cars,  while  it  is  possible 
to  work  trains  of  50  cars  with  the  automatic  brake  without 
difficulty.  AVith  the  non-automatic  brake  the  air  is  stored 
upon  the  engine  and  transmitted  back  through  the  pipe,  and 
consequently  there  is  a  loss  of  time  both  in  putting  on  and 
taking  off  the  brakes.  With  the  automatic  brake,  the  air  is 
stored  upon  each  car  ready  for  use,  and  this  supply  is  readily 
brought  into  action  by  a  slight  reduction  of  pressure  in  the 
main  pipe,  which  reduction  requires  the  movement  of  but  a 
trifling  quantity  of  air  as  compared  with  that  used  for  set- 
ting a  non-automatic  brake. 

A  modification  of  the  axitomatic  car  brake  adapts  it  spe- 
cially to  freight  cars.  The  operation  is  the  same,  but  the 
triple-valve,  brake-cylinder,  and  reservoir  are  bolted  to- 
gether and  avoid  the  pipe  connections. 

The  following  brakes  are  described  and  illustrated  in  For- 
ney's "Car-builder's  Dictionary." 
Tyler,  lever.  Creamer,  lever. 

Hodge,  lever.  Smith,  vacuum. 

Stevens,  lever.  Eames,  vacuum. 

Tanner,  lever.  Westinghouse,  automatic  air-brake. 

Capt.  Douglas  Galton:s  report,  "Centennial  Exhibition 
Reports,''  vol.  vi.,  Group  XVIII.,  p.  34,  describes  early  de- 
vices and  notices  of  continuous  brakes :  — 

Westinghouse.  Goodale. 

Henderson.  Smith. 

Achard,  electric,  Fr.  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  395. 

*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  327. 
"Railroad  Gazette,''1  xxiv.  690. 

Barker,    hydraulic,    Gt.  *  "Engineer,'-  xlvii.  409. 

Eastern  Ry.,  Br.     .     .  *  "Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  301. 
Becker,  automatic  Austria*  "Engineer,"'  xlv.  73. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxii.  76. 

Clark  $  Webb    ....      "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  300. 
Congdon     Brake  shoe  .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  xxi.  398. 


PLATS  XLI. 


WESTINGHOUSB  AUTOMATIC  BRAKE.    (CAR  ATTACHMENTS.) 


See  page  740. 


Tin  IT 


AlRfUMf 


PLATE  XLII.  WESTINQIIODSE  AUTOMATIC  BRAKE.    (LOCOMOTIVE  ATTACHMENTS.)  See  page  740, 


RAIN-WATER   STOP. 


742 


RATTLE   BARREL. 


washed  before  turning  the  water  into  the  cistern. 
Fig.  1572,  p.  667,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

2.  A  three-way  cock,  as  the  divarication  of  a  pipe 
which  has  branches  leading  to  the  cistern  and  well 
respectively. 

Raised  Roof.     A  clear-story  car  roof. 

Rais'ing  Ves'sels.  See  pp.  1874, 1875,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Air  bags    for,    "Engi- 
neering"   "  Van  Npftrand's  Mag.,''  xiv.  122. 

"Edith,'1 *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1729. 

Tassey *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  690. 

"Vanguard"  ....  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1089. 

Rake.  See  HAY  RAKE,  supra,  and  Figs.  4152- 
4158,  pp.  1876,  1877,  "Mech.  Did." 

Ram.  1.  (Hydraulic.)  Seepage  1150,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Ram,  hydraulic     ...  *  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  294. 
Bams   for  rural  water 

works,  Hett,  Br.     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  174. 
Montgolfier,  Jones     .    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2463. 

2.  (Naval.)  See  page  1878,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Ra'mie  Ma-chin'e-ry.  Machinery  for  decor- 
ticating and  reducing  the  rhea  fiber  or  China  grass; 
better  known  by  its  Malay  name,  ramie:  the  Bceh- 
meria  nivea  of  the  botanists.  It  is  the  material  of 
China-grass  cloths.  —  Falconer ;  Hooker. 

Shown  in  various  stages  of  manufacture  at  the  London 
Exhibition  of  1851.  See  Report  of  Group  VIII. ,  "  Centennial 
Exhibition  (Phila.)  Reports,"  1876,  pp.  4,  5. 


Ramie  mach.,  Favier 
Leger 

Jute,  Loclcert    .    .    . 

Ramie  fibre  .... 

Machines,  Bouchard 
Coleman  .... 
Lefranc  $  Nagoua 
Bouchard  .... 

Manufacture     .     •    . 
See  also  RHEA  FIBER. 


"Technologiste,"  xli.  76. 
"  Technologiste,"  xxxiv.  117. 
"Technologiste,"  xli.  171. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1483. 


'Min.  £  Sc.  Press."  xxxyi.  3. 
'Sc.  American,''  xxxviii.  72. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  345. 


Rand  Breast'ing  Ma-chine'.     A  guillotine 


knife  operated  by  treadle 
to  trim  the  front  face  or 
breast  of  heel  rands.     See 
RAND,  page  1879,  "Mech. 
Diet." 
R  a  n  '  d  o  m    Stone 
Work.    (Masonry.)    Flat 

Fig.  2090. 

stone  not  laid  in  courses  ; 
differing    in    this   respect 

I       1          •            ^J 

from   RANGE  WORK, 
which  see. 
Range  Find'er.  An  ir 

distances  by  sight. 

See  DISTANCE  MEASURER,  p.  2 
6255,  6256,  pp.  2513,  2514,  "Meet 

Random  Stone  Work. 
strument  for  measuring 

62,  supra  ;  TELEMETER,  Figs, 
i.  Diet." 

'infer,"  xlii.  109. 
ntific  American,"  xxxvii.  20. 
American  Sup.,"  884,  2777. 
•ineer,"  xlvii.  212. 
'ineer,"  xliii.  179. 
Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxiii.  437. 
ntific  American  Sup.,"  1555. 
ntific  American,"  xxxvi.  22. 

Fig.  2091. 

'Scit 

*  'Sc. 

*   'Eng 
Lieut.  Edwards     ..."  Van 
Watkins  *  'Scit 

'  Scit 

See  report  on  Range  finders, 
"Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Ap- 
pendix X.  ,  p.  373,  et  seq.  ,  with  6 
plates.     Including 
Watkins''    range    finder,    p. 
373,  Plate  I. 
Berdan    telemeter,    p.    3.9, 
Plate  II. 
Berdan  telemeter  (improved) 
p.  384,  Plate  III. 
Nolan's  range  finder,  p.  385, 
Plates  IV.-VI. 

Range  Stone  Work. 

laid  in  courses. 

1              III 

I          I          '     ' 

1                        1 

II                  1      1 

1       1                        1 

1                        1       1 

Range  Stone  Work. 
(Masonry.)    Stonework' 

Range  Work  may  have  courses  of  different  thick- 
nesses, but  the  level  joint  is  preserved. 

In     Broken    range 

work  the  uniformity  Fi«-  2092- 

is  occasionally 
broken  by  thicker 
stones,  as  in  Fig. 
2092. 

Range  work,  -whether 
of  squared  stones,  or  of 
ashlar,  is  usually  backed 
up  with  rubble  masonry, 
which  in  such  cases  is 
specified  as  coursed  rub- 
ble. 


-1-rJ 


Broken  Range  Stone  Work. 


Ran'ging  Rod.  (Surveying.)  The  rod  of  the 
chain-man,  which  is  held  vertical  while  being  ob- 
served by  the  transit-man. 

Heller's  self-plumbing  ranging  rod,  for  transit 
field  work,  is  described  in  *  "  Manufacturer  <j~ 
Builder"  xii.  184. 

Rar'e-fied  Air  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Apparatus  in 
which  the  effect  of  the  diminution  of  atmospheric 
pressure  on  living  organisms  is  observed. 

Prof.  Bert's  investigations  are  contained  in  a  book  of  1168 
pages  with  89  engravings,  referred  to  in  *  "  Manufacturer  If 
Builder,"  x.  60.  See  also  DEPURATOR,  p.  687,  "Mee.h.  Diet." 
The  opposite  idea  is  the  compressed-air  bath.  See  AEROTHER- 
APT  APPARATUS,  p.  9  supra,  and  Fig.  67,  p.  31,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Ratch'et  Brace.  A  boring  brace,  the  handle 
of  which  is  reciprocated,  being  effective  in  one  di- 
rection only,  by  means  of  ratchet  and  click.  Figs. 
4175,  4176,  p.  1882,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Brace "Engineer,"  1.  6. 

Support  for   .     .    .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  161. 
Drill,  Hutching      .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  1,  p.  9. 

Lathrop     .,...*  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  April  15,  p.  7. 

Renshaw *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  132. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  26,  p.  1. 
"Manufaet.  if  Builder,"  xi  280. 
Wrench *  "Min.'if  Sc.  Presf,"  xl.  1. 

Coleman *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  145. 

Pawl  and  ratchet ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  April  17,  p.  11. 

Ratchet  Coupling.  A  device  to  uncouple 
machinery  from 
the  driving-wheel 
when  the  motion 
of  the  latter  is 
suddenly  arrested 
by  an  obstruction. 

A  ratchet  wheel 
is  placed  on  the 
drivin  g- wheel 
shaft,  and  slips 
within  a  sleeve 
on  the  extension 
shaft.  The  ratch- 
et is  efficient  as 
long  as  it  is  a 
driver,  but,  if  ar- 
rested by  an  ob- 
struction to  t  h  e 
master  wheel,  the 
sleeve  slips  on  the 
ratchet  and  allows 
the  machinery  to 
move  on  until  it 
loses  its  momen- 
tum. 

Ra'tion  Press. 
See  BALING 
PRESS,  Fig.  184, 
p.  69,  supra. 

Rat'tle   Bar'- 
rel.     A  tumbling  box  for  castings,  to  remove  sand, 
and,  in  some  cases,  cores. 


Reach. 

B.  Stay  end. 

C.  Offset. 

a  a.  Welding  points  of  stay  end  and 

stay  iron. 
b  b.  Welding   points  of    offsets   and 

stays. 

d  d.  Welding  points  of  stay  end  ties. 
e.  Reach  plate. 


REACH. 


743 


REAPING   MACHINE. 


Reach.  That  portion  of  the  running  gears  of 
a  vehicle  which  connects  the  fore  and  hind  axles. 
See  Fig.  2093. 

Read'ing  Lamp.    A  Fig.  2094. 

lamp  for  ministers  and 
lecturers.  It  is  so  screened 
as  not  to  send  any  light 
into  the  room  but  to  illu- 
minate the  reader's  notes 
which  are  laid  upon  the 
desk. 

British  Museum  reading-room. 
"Sc.  American.,''  xli.  36. 

Reap'ing  Ma-chine'. 

1.  The  history  and  devel- 
opment of  the  reaping 
machine  from  the  Gallic 
implement  of  the  first 

m.tury,  A  D.,to  the  pe-    Lecturer.s  Keading  Lamp_ 
nod   of    the     Centennial 

Exhibition  in  Philadelphia,  1876,  has  been  referred 
to,  rather  than  exhaustively  told,  on  pp.  1888-1898, 
"  .!/«•//.  Diet."  The  classification  by  structural  fea- 
tures is  given  on  p.  1898,  and  illustrations  of  the  38 
principles  of  action  are  given  in  Plates  XLVII.-L., 
pp.  1894-1897,  Ihid. 

The  f futures  which  the  reaper  has  in  common  with  the 
mower  are  considered  under  MOWER,  pp.  1487-1493,  "Mech. 
Diet.-'  The  principles  of  cutting  apparatus  on  Plate  XXX., 
p.  1489,  Ibid.  The  classification  of  mowers  by  structural  fea- 
tures is  given  on  p.  1488,  Ibid.,  and  thirty-six  illustrations, 
occupying  Plate*  XXXI. -XXX!  II.,  pp.  1490-1492,  show  the 
variations  in  the  following  features :  — 

Modes  of  connecting  the  cutting  apparatus  with  the  frame. 

Modes  of  driving  cutters. 

Styles  of  cutters. 

Truck  clearers. 

The  latest  classification  of  harvesters  by  structure,  em- 
bracing the  whole  subject  under  141  heads,  is  given  on  page 
442.  xi(/irn. 

The  British  experiments  in  building  reaping  machines 
from  the  period  of  the  Boyce  patent,  1799,  to  the  Bell  machine 
of  l*Jfi,  were  numerous  and  unsuccessful.  The  side  cut  was 
tried  iu  1806,  up  to  which  time  the  machine  was  pushed 
ahead  of  the  horses.  The  knives  were  rotary  until  1822. 

The  McCormick  reaper,  invented  and  put  to  service  in  1831 
and  exhibited  at  the  London  World's  fair  in  1851,  caused 
the  resurrection  of  a  number  of  old  British  devices,  espe- 
cially the  machine  of  Patrick  Bell  (1826)  shown  in  Fig.  4202, 
p.  1891,  "M«cA.  Diet.''  The  terms  of  the  French  award  of 
the  Grand  Gold  Medal  of  honor  in  1855,  express  the  position 
of  the  McCormick  reaper  as  "  the  type  after  which  all  the 
others  are  made." 

While  there  have  been  many  valuable  improvements  in  de- 
tail it  may  lie  truthfully  said  that  to  dispense  with  Cyrus  II. 
McCormick's  invention  would  be  to  wipe  every  reaper  out  of 
existence.  The  same  may  lie  said  of  mowers,  except  the  small 
class  known  as  lawn  mowers.  The  original  machine  of  Mc- 
Corinick  embraces  the  following  features  :  — 

The  serrated  reciprocating  blade  operating  in  fingers  or 
supports  to  the  grain  being  cut. 

The  platform  for  receiving  the  cut  grain  deposited  thereon 
by  the  reel,  and  from  which  it  was  raked  to  the  side  in  gavels 
ready  to  bind. 

A  divider  to  separate  the  grain  to  be  cut  from  that  left 
standing. 

Two  forms  of  the  combined  reaping  machines,  that  is, 
adaptable  for  either  reaping  or  mowing,  are  shown  in  Plate 
XLVI..  p.  1892,  "Jl/erA.  Diet.,"  the  three  figures  in  the  Plate 
showing  the  machine  as  a  reaper,  a  dropper, and  a  self  raker. 
The  single  reaper  is  made  with  but  a  single  driving  wheel 
and  is  shown  in  Plate  XXX.,  p.  630,  supra. 

The  McCormick  "  Daisy  "  reaper  shown  in  the  Plate  is  a 
single  wheel  self-raker  cutting  5'  wide  and  weighing  700 
pounds.  It  is  a  center-cut  machine,  the  ground-wheel  and 
grain-wheel  being  in  line.  It  has  no  cogs  in  the  main-wheel. 
Both  ends  of  the  cutter-bar  can  be  raised  at  the  same  time 
by  one  lever,  operatable  while  the  machine  is  in  motion. 
By  a  second  lever  the  guards  can  be  tilted  up  or  down  to  suit 
the  variety  of  surface  or  the  condition  of  the  crop.  By  a 
simple  tripping  device  the  operator  can  regulate  the  action  of 
the  rakes  in  forming  the  size  of  the  bundles. 

At  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878  there  were  exhibited,  in  the 
field,  in  Class  76  (the  writer  being  a  member  of  the  jury  of 
that  class) :  4  binding  reapers  ;  21  simple  and  combined  reap- 
ers ;  1  steam  reaper  ;  16  mowers. 

The  binding  reapers  shown  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878 


were  9  in  number,  6  American  and  3  British.  4  of  the  Amer- 
ican machines  went  into  the  field-trials,  all  cf  which  used 
wire,  and  each  of  the  owners  has  since  placed  a  twine  binder 
on  the  market.  Two  twine  binders  were  shown  at  the  expo- 
sition, one  American  and  one  British,  but  did  not  compete  in 
the  field. 

The  four  competing  machines  were  those  of  — 

Cyrus  H.  McCormick,  D.  M.  Osborne  If  Co., 

Walter  A.  Wood,  Aultman  If  Co. 

The  results  of  the  trial  at  Marmont.  near  Paris,  in  1878,  arc 
given  in  detail  under  DYNAMOMETER,  p.  288,  supra.  The 
McCormick  machine  was  awarded  the  grand  prize,  and  subse- 
quently the  gold  medal  of  the  Royal  Agricultural  Society  o£ 
Great  Britain,  Bristol,  1878,  where  the  same  machines  com- 
peted, and  again  in  1881,  at  a  competitive  trial  of  the  promi- 
nent twine  binders  from  England  and  America  at  Derby, 
England,  the  Royal  Agricultural  Society  awarded  the  gold 
medal  to  the  McCormick  machine. 

The  McCormick  twine  binding  reaper  is  shown  in  Plate 
XLIV.  The  grain,  as  cut  by  the  reciprocating  knife,  is  de- 
livered by  the  reel  upon  the  platform,  which  is  a  moving 
web  of  canvas,  which  carries  it  to  the  elevating  aprons  which 
deliver  it  upon  the  binding  table.  The  position  of  the  band 
on  the  sheaf  is  regulated  for  long  or  short  straw  by  means  of 
a  shifting  lever,  which  moves  the  table  backward  or  forw-ard 
so  as  to  place  the  band  around  the  middle  of  the  bundle, 
either  in  long  or  iu  short  grain. 

The  packing  apparatus  which  regulates  the  size  of  every 
sheaf,  making  them  all  uniform,  consists  of  two  arms  with 
forked  points,  which  work  alternately  up  through  two  slots 
in  the  table.  They  rise  up  quickly,  raising  the  straw  and 
moving  it  gently  forward,  pressing  it  into  a  receptacle,  thus 
forming  a  compact  bundle,  and  when  the  regulated  amount 
has  accumulated  the  pressure  against  the  trip-hook  removes 
a  stop,  thus  throwing  the  binding  mechanism  into  gear. 
The  two  curved  trip-hooks  can  be  shifted  on  the  sword  arm, 
so  as  to  adjust  the  bulk  of  sheaf  desired,  and  when  once  set 
for  sheaves  of  any  given  size,  sheaves  of  that  size  are  contin- 
uously made 

The  binding  apparatus  consists  of  a  needle  arm,  gripper, 
and  discharging  device,  with  the  necessary  gear.  The  needle 
arm  and  part  of  the  discharging  device  are  below  the  plat- 
form, and  the  gripper,  knotter,  and  two  discharging  arms 
overhang  the  sheaf.  After  the  sheaf  has  been  perfectly 
tight,  and  the  binding  apparatus  has  been  thrown  into  gear, 
as  described  above,  the  needle  arm  rises  up  through  the  ta- 
ble, carrying  the  twine  with  it,  and  thus  encircling  the  sheaf, 
places  the  twine  in  the  gripper,  where  it  is  held  fast  until  by 
a  quick  motion  the  knot  is  tied,  the  cord  cut  off,  and  the 
discharge  arms  throw  off  the  bundle  to  the  ground,  when  the 
binding  apparatus  stops  and  the  packers  immediately  begin 
the  formation  of  a  new  sheaf.  The  discharging  device  makes 
the  separation  between  the  hound  bundle  and  the  unbound 
grain.  The  binding  material  is  long-fibered  manilla  twine. 
The  tension,  when  once  set,  binds  all  bundles  with  uniform 
tightness. 

The  binding  apparatus  is  more  specifically  shown  in  Fig. 
2095. 

The  binding  mechanism  is  attached  to  that  form  of  American 
harvester  which  has  traveling  platform,  elevator,  and  binding 
table.  The  first  motion  is  by  a  spur  wheel  on  the  main 
axle,  24"  in  diameter,  which  drives  a  pinion  on  a  counter- 
shaft, which,  at  its  opposite  end,  carries  a  bevel  wheel  slid- 
ing on  a  feather  and  actuated  by  a  clutch  under  the  control 
of  the  driver.  This  bevel  wheel  drives  a  bevel  pinion  on  a 
second  shaft,  running  backwards  and  forwards  and  parallel 
to  the  main  driving  wheel ;  on  its  rear  end  is  a  triple  wheel, 
comprising  a  small  chain  wheel  which  drives  the  binding  gear; 
a  spur-wheel  to  drive  the  bottom  apron  through  an  interme- 
diate wheel,  and  a  larger  chain  wheel  for  the  elevator,  on 
the  other  side  of  which  is  the  pitman  crank,  working  the 
knife  from  behind.  The  binding  mechanism  comprises  first, 
a  shaft,  which  runs  from  back  to  front  of  the  machine  under 
the  binding  table.  On  its  forward  end  is  a  small  chain- 
wheel,  driving  on  to  a  square  shaft  with  a  loose  chain  on  it, 
so  as  to  adapt  its  position  to  the  table  when  the  latter  is 
shifted.  On  the  rear  end  are  two  cranks,  actuating  the  pack- 
ers, which  sink  through  slots  on  the  binding  table.  On  the 
foremost  end  of  the  last-mentioned  shaft  (No.  4)  is  a  small 
geared  pinion,  also  loose,  with  a  stop  pivoted  to  it,  which  is 
held  by  a  pawl  actuated  by  the  compressor.  On  the  extreme 
end  of  the  shaft,  beyond  the  stop,  is  a  clutch  with  two  dri- 
ving prongs,  which  engage  into  the  tail  of  the  stop  when  the 
pawl  is  out  of  gear.  When  the  pawl  comes  into  gear  with 
the  stop,  the  tail  of  the  latter  is  so  depressed  as  to  allow  the 
clutch  to  clear  it,  and  so  the  pinion  is  thrown  out  of  gear. 

This  pinion,  through  two  intermediate  wheels,  drives  the 
knotting-gear,  by  means  of  a  large  spur-wheel  on  the  binder- 
shaft  (Xo.  5),  with  cams  on  both  sides  ;  that  on  the  outside 
works  a  tension  lever  for  the  string. 

A  erank-pin  on  the  outside  cam  actuates  a  crank  and  rock- 
ing-shaft,  the  opposite  end  of  which  carries  the  needle  arm. 

The  compressor  is  pivoted  on  a  crank  at  the  back  of  the 
needle  arm  ;  and  it  actuates  first  a  rocking-shaft,  with  a  cam 
which  locks  the  pawl  which  holds  the  driving  pinion  on  No. 
4  shaft  already  described  ;  and  secondly,  the  lever  of  a  rock- 


HEAPING   MACHINE. 


744 


REAPING   MACHINE. 


Fig.  2095. 


The  McCormick  Twine  Binding  Mechanism. 

ing-shaft,  the  opposite  end  of  which  has  a  crank  connected 
by  a  spring  rod  to  a  cam  roller  on  the  inside  of  the  large 
cam-wheel  on  a  shaft,  No.  5  ;  the  object  being  first  to  com- 
press the  sheaf  at  the  moment  of  its  being  tied,  and  then 
to  depress  the  compressor  after  the  string  is  cut,  to  allo\v  of 
the  sheaf  being  discharged.  The  crank  to  which  the  com- 
pressor is  attached  has  also  two  light  discharge  arms  which 
serve  to  depress  the  hinged  tail-boards  of  the  platform, 
which  are  fixed  at  an  angle  during  the  collection  and  forma- 
tion of  the  sheaf,  so  as  to  prevent  any  scatter  of  straw,  etc. 

The  large  tyer-wheel,  shown  in  the  illustration  (Fig.  2095) 
is  keyed  on  to  shaft  No.  5,  which  goes  half-way  across  the 
table  and  drives  the  knotting  gear. 

The  operations  to  be  performed  comprise  :  — 

1.  Holding  the  free  end  of  the  string. 

2.  The  action  of  the  needle  arm  and  supply  of  string. 

3.  The  making  of  the  knot. 

4.  Cutting  the  string. 

5.  Discharging  the  sheaf. 

1.  On  shaft  No.  5,  near  its  center,  is  a  cam- wheel,  which 
actuates  a  plunging  bolt  kept  against  it  by  a  volute  spring. 
In  the  event  of  an  accident  to  this  spring  the  same  action  is 
secured  by  a  central  plunger  cam  on  the  end  of  the  shaft 
No.  5. 

The  plunger  bolt  works  through  eyes  attached  to  the 
knotter  frame, .and  supports  a  loose  rocking  frame  carrying 
the  twine-holding  disk.  This  disk  is  about  2£"  in  diameter, 
and  has  six  smooth-edged  recesses,  into  any  one  of  which 
the  string  is  guided.  One  edge  of  this  disk  works  closely 
between  cheeks,  between  which  and  itself,  by  its  revolution, 
it  carries  and  jams  the  string,  and  so  holds  the  free  end. 
The  rotary  motion  is  communicated  by  the  plunger  bolt, 
lever  and  pawl,  and  ratchet,  with  a  spring-catch  on  the  op- 
posite side  to  prevent  it  from  turning  backward,  and  so 
liberating  the  string. 

2.  The  string,  which  is  fed  from  a  tin  canister  on  the  top  of 
the  machine  through   a  tension-regulator  and  taker-up  of 
slack,  passes  through  guide  eyes  and  tubes,  to  the  side  of  the 

Fig.  2096. 


Forming  of  the  Loop  by  Rotation  of  the  Beaks. 


needle  arm  and  along  the  needle  for  about  one  third  of  its 
length,  without  roller  or  springs. 

3.  The  knotter  is  of  the  bird-beak  type  and  of  the  Appleby 
patent.  The  lower  half  of  the  beak  or  jaw  has  simply  a 
revolving  motion.  The  upper  beak  can  be  opened  by  a  cam 
surface  and  closed  by  a  spring-cam  actuating  a  small  roller 
on  the  back  end  of  the  beak. 

The  motion  for  making  a  knot  consists  of  one  complete 
revolution  in  one  direction  only,  and  is  obtained  by  a  short- 
toothed  segment  on  the  cam-wheel  on  shaft  No.  5.  Both 
strands  of  the  string  pass  over  both  beaks,  as  seen  in  Fig. 
2096,  and  are  prevented  from  getting  out  of  place  by  a 
tucker,  consisting  of  a  lever  actuated  by  a  cam  or  cam- 
wheel,  and  which  follows  the  string  as  soon  as  the  needle 
has  passed  over  the  beaks  ;  and,  without  actual  contact,  it 
effectually  prevents  the  string  getting  out  of  place.  At  the 
proper  moment  for  making  the  knot,  the  beaks  revolve, 
forming  the  loop  as  shown  in  Fig.  2096.  Then  the  upper 
beak  opens,  engages  both  strings,  nips  them  tight  (see  Figs. 
2097  and  2098),  and  at  this  moment  the  knife-arm  pushes 

Fig.  2097. 


Fig.  2098. 


The  upper  Beak  opens  to  grasp  the  standing  part  of  the  Strings. 

the  loop  over  the  portion  held  by  the  beak,  thus  making  the 
knot. 

4.  The  knife  is  fixed  to  the  lower  side  of  the  knife-arm, 
which  is  pivoted  to  the  knotter  frame,  and  actuated  by  an 
inner  cam  on  the  cam-wheel  on  shaft  No.  5.     It  does  not 
actually  cut  against 

anything,  but  it  works 
within  a  quarter  of  an 
inch  of  a  fixed  guide 
which  offers  the  neces- 
sary resistance. 

5.  The  sheaf  is  dis- 
charged by   the  action 
of  the  light  arms,  which 
are  seen  in    Fig.   2095. 
These   arms  are  keyed 
on    the    knotter-shaft, 
about  a  foot  apart,  on 
either  side  of  the  cam- 
wheel  and  gear.     Their 
action  is  simply  to  push 
off    the    sheaf,   as    the 
shaft    revolves,     the 
hinged  platform  and 
compressor    arm    drop- 
ping at  the  same    mo- 
ment. 

A  small  butter,  hinged 
from  the  top  of  the 
frame,  with  revolving 
apron,  can  be  set  at  dif- 
ferent angles,  according 
to  the  length  of  the 
crop,  these  changes  be- 
ing made  by  the  driver 
whilst  the  machine  is  in 
motion,  by  a  lever-rod.  The  Loop  is  pushed  over  the  stand  ing 
The  action  of  the  but-  part,  thus  making  the  Knot, 
ter  is  to  square-up  the 

butts  of  the  sheaves,  and  has  a  very  useful  office  in  insuring 
a  neat,  compact  sheaf.  The  apron  is  revolved  by  bevel  gear 
from  the  end  of  the  elevator-shaft. 


REAPING   MACHINE. 


745 


HECTAL   DILATOR. 


The  steam  reaper  shown  at  the  exposition  was  by  Aveliug 
&  Porter,  Rochester,  .England. 

It  consists  of  a  wide-swat h  reaper,  on  the  "Bell  ''  princi- 
ple, driven  by  a  traction  engine  at  its  rear.  It  was  a  striking 
revival  of  the  machine  invented  and  used  by  the  Rev.  Pat- 
rick Bell,  at  I'orfar,  Scotland,  in  1828,  but  cut  a  swath  of  12' 
wide  at  the  rate  of  2J  miles  per  hour,  over  double  the  work 
of  the  Scotch  machine.  Tuis  was  no  extraordinary  advance 
in  point  of  economy,  as  the  Bell  machines  worked  with  two 
horses  and  laid  the  swath  in  the  same  manner.  The  Aveling 
«.V  Porter  machine  had  a  nominal  power  of  five  or  sis  times 
as  great. 

Like  its  prototype,  the  tongue  of  the  machine  extends  to 
the  rear,  the  power  being  behind,  but,  instead  of  a  pair  of 
horses  hitched  to  the  end  of  the  tongue  and  facing  their 
work,  a  10  or  12-horse  traction  engine  pushed  the  reaper 
into  the  grain,  the  cutting  apparatus,  grain-reel,  and  endless 
discharge-apron  being  worked  by  gearing  driven  by  an  end- 
less chain  from  a  sprocket-wheel  or  the  fly-wheel  shaft  of 
the  engine.  The  endless  apron  is  inclined,  and  discharges 
the  cut  grain  in  a  regular  and  continuous  swath  on  the  left 
of  the  machine,  with  the  butts  towards  the  engine  and  out 
of  the  way  of  the  latter,  which  followed  in  the  rear. 

In  front  of  the  engine  is  a  crane  with  tackle  operatable 
from  a  drum,  which  may  be  thrown  in  connection  with  the 
engine  when  required.  During  the  turning  of  corners  while 
at  work,  and  in  transporting  the  apparatus  to  and  from  the 
field,  the  reaper  is  lifted  and  hangs  suspended  from  the 
crane. 

The  machine  is  operated  and  guided  by  one  man,  the  va- 
rious levers  being  conveniently  placed  ;  so  that  the  reaper 
may  be  raised  or  lowered,  the  locomotive  moved  forward, 
backed,  or  guided  to  left  or  right,  and  the  gearing  which 
controls  the  functions  of  the  reaper  proper  put  iuto  or  out 
of  operation. 

The  machine  did  very  good  work,  but  it  can  hardly  be 
said  that  it  was  regarded  as  of  much  practical  value. 

See  also  the  following  references  :  — 
-:rani,  Aveling  if  Porter,  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  148. 

Br *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  566. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  32. 
Reaping  machine. 

£tirgess  fy  Co.,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  45. 

Howard,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineering,'1  xxii.  52. 
Tests,  Leamington. 

Br.,  1876 "Engineer,1'  xlii.  151. 

Trials,  table  of  tests      .      "Engineering,"  xxii.  190. 

Wood *  "Engineer,"  xli.  22. 

Binding  reaper. 

Howard,  (details)  Br.    *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  431. 

Howard,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  7. 

McCormic/c  (details)    .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  114. 

Sniintflson,  Br.       .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  435. 

Wood *" Iron  Age,"  kix.,  June  21,  p.  1. 

W.  A.  Wood.    .    .    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  163. 
Wire  cutting  pliers. 

Ali/ler *  "  Scientific  American,''  xli.  18. 

Harvester,   Crawford    $ 

Co.,  Canada  .     .     .     .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xliii.  83. 
Binder,  Johnston  ...  *  "Iron,"  Aug.  1",  1878. 
Harvester,  "  Centennial." 

Cal.,  Rice "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  55. 


Binding  reaper,  Cyrus  H.  Me  Cormick     .     .  United  States. 

Binding  reaper,  Wrtlter  A.  Wood     ....  United  States. 

Binding  reaper,  D.  M.  Osborne  If  Co.      .    .  United  States. 

Binding  reaper,  Johnston  (string  binder)     .  United  States. 

Binding  stick France. 

Automatic  binding  implement France. 

Sweep  rake  harvester,  Johnston      ....  United  States. 

Sweep  rake  harvester,  Warder,  Mitchell  if  Co.  United  States. 

Sweep  rake  harvester,  Hornsby England. 

Sweep  rake  harvester,  Howard       ....  England. 

Dropper,  Gumming France. 

Single  horse  reaper,  W.  A.  Wood  ....  United  States. 

2.  A  file  having  two  parallel  flat  sides  and  two 
inclined  edges,  all  flat. 

Rear'cut  Mow'er.  One  the  cutter  bar  of 
which  is  in  the  rear  of  the  axle  of  the  carriage. 
As  distinct  from  front  cut  and  middle  cut.  See 
upper  figure  in  Plate  XL  VI.,  p.  1892,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Rear  Sight.  The  hind  sight  of  a  gun,  rifle,  or 
cannon.  There  are  various  kinds  :  open,  peep,  ver- 
nier, California,  etc.  See  list  under  SIGHT.  See 
also  HAUSSE. 

The  rear  sight  of  Russian  cannon:  "  Ordnance  Report,'' 
1877.  Col.  Benton's  report  and  Appendix  L,  p.  578,  and 
Fig.  1. 


Re-cap'per.  A  tool  used  in  reloading  shells, 
to  put  the  cap  on  its  seat  in  the  end  of  the  shell. 
See  RELOADING  TOOLS. 

Recla-ma'tipu  Plow.  A  plow  for  breaking 
new  laud,  grubbing  its  furrow  among  roots  and 
stones. 

Fig.  2099  is  the  plow  used  in  the  stony  tracts  of  Suther- 
landshire,  Scotland.  It  is  used  in  connection  with  the  or- 
dinary steam  plow  engine. 

The  plow  is  preceded  by  steel  disks,  which  lift  the  share 
over  stones  or  other  obstructions,  so  as  not  to  break  it  or 
the  inoldboard.  The  plow  will  turn  a  furrow  2'  wide  and 

fig.  2099. 


Fowler's  Steam  operated  Land  Reclamation  Plow. 

15"  deep  completely  over,  an  operation  materially  assisted 
by  the  rollers,  which  catch  the  furrow-slice  at  the  moment 
of  leaving  the  moldboard.  The  stones  which  have  been 
passed  over  are  torn  out  by  the  hook-tine  which  comes  be- 
hind the  plow.  They  are  then  removed  by  men  with  teams 
and  stone-boats.  The  tine  thoroughly  subsoils  the  land  to 
a  depth  of  2',  and  materially  assists  the  drainage  of  the  soil. 

The  plow  for  horses  or  oxen  is  a  strong  one, 
of  ordinary  form,  but  with  a  stiff  and  sharp  colter 
for  cutting  roots.  Incidentally  many  of  our  heavy 
plows  are  calculated  for  such  work  as  it  may  occur. 
Others,  like  our  prairie-breakers,  are  for  stubborn 
sod,  wild-grass  meadows,  and  low  situations  with 
patches  of  willow  or  hazel,  brambles  or  rose  bushes, 
as  the  case  may  be. 

The  dc'boixeuse,  or  French  clearing  plow,  Fig.  2100,  is  de- 
signed for  clearing  ground  which  has  grown  up  in  thickets 


Fig.  2100. 


Clearing  Plow.     Delahaie-Tailleur  if  Bajac,  Liancovrt, 
France. 

or  copses.  It  is  made  with  2,  3,  4,  5,  or  8  cutters  in  advance 
of  the  plow  proper.  Each  cuts  into  the  land  below  the  pre- 
ceding one,  so  that  a  dcboiseuse  of  5  cutters  will  divide  the 
roots  to  an  ordinary  plow  depth. 

Re-coil'  Check.  1.  An  apparatus  to  absorb 
the  recoil  of  a  cannon,  otherwise  known  as  a  hy- 
draulic buffer,  which  see. 

See  10"  gun-carriage,  with  hydraulic  recoil  check.  Plate 
VI.,  attached  to  Appendix  H,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1876. 

2.  A  spring  cushion  attached  to  the  butt-end  of 
a  gun-stock  to  take  the  force  of  the  recoil. — Miller 
No.  169,465. 

Re-coil'  Dy'na-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument 
to  measure  the  recoil  of  small  arms. 

Lieut.  Metcalfe's  device  is  to  measure  the  recoil  by  substi- 
tuting for  springs  a  material  of  uniform  resistance,  such  as 
copper  or  lead,  and  measuring  the  recoil  by  means  of  a  cut 
made  in  the  material  by  a  Rodman  knife  interposed  between 
the  metal  and  the  butt  of  the  gun.  See  "  Ordnance  Report  " 
1878,  Appendix  N,  p.  109,  and  plate. 

See  CRUSHER  GAGE  ;  PIEZOMETER,  and  references  passim. 

•Rec'tal    Di-la'tor.      (Surgical.)      A    flexible 
caoutchouc    tube,  introduced  per  anum,  and  then 
inflated,  to  distend  a  constricted  bowel.  —  Dr.  Wales. 
See  also  ANAL  DILATOR,  pp.  30,  31,  supra. 


RECTAL  INSTRUMENTS. 


746 


REDUCING   VALVE. 


Rec'tal  In'stru-ments 

includes :  — 

Anal  dilator. 
Anal  fissure  kuife. 
Bistoury. 
Bougie. 
Cautery  irons. 
Cystotome. 
Curette. 
Dilator. 
Divulsor. 
Dressing  forceps. 
Electrode. 
Endoscope. 
Enema  puinp. 
Exploring  needle. 
Feeding  tube. 
Fistula  scissors. 
Forceps. 


(Surgical.)    The  list 


Hemorrhoidal  clamp. 

Insufflator. 

Irrigator. 

Ligator. 

Puncturer. 

Pile  clamp. 

Pile  needle. 

Porte-caustic. 

Porte-meche. 

Probe. 

Speculum. 

Sphincter  ani  dilator. 

Sponge  holder. 

Suppository. 

Syringe. 

Tenaeulum. 

Trocar. 


Rec'tal  Spec'u-lum.     (Surgical.)     A  distend- 


Fig.  2101. 


ing  instrument 
for  displaying 
the  mucous  sur- 
face of  the  rec- 
tum. See  ANAL 
SPECULUM,  p. 
31,  and  refer- 
ences passim.  _ 

Dr.  Allingham's  Rectal  Speculum. 

Figs.  2101,  2102,  show  two  forms,  both  metallic. 
Fig.  2102. 


Dr.  Van  Buren's  Rectum  Speculum. 


Rec-tan'gu-lar  Staff.  (Surgical)  A  staff 
bent  at  a  right  angle,  serving  as  a  director  for  the 
bistoury  in  the  operation  of  lithotomy. 

Recf'ti-fi'er.  Add.  A  filtering  apparatus  for 
deodorizing  and  purifying  spirits.  It  usually  con- 

sists  of    a    leach 

F]g'  ms-  tub  through  which 

the  raw  spirit  per- 
colates through 
animal  charcoal. 

Fig  2103  shows  a 
forcing  apparatus  in 
which  the  liquor  un- 
der a  pressure  of  50 
pounds  per  square 
inch  is  introduced  by 
pipe  A.  B  is  the 
cover  of  the  rectifier ; 
C,  the  radial  arm  dis- 
tributer ;  J9,  the  up- 
per chamber  packed 
with  charcoal  free  of 
dust ;  E,  the  perfo- 
rated bonnet  chamber 
outlet  to  distributer 
underneath  ;  F,  the 
second  chamber 
packed  with  finer 
coal  than  the  first ; 
Cf,  the  perforated 
bonnet  chamber  out- 
let to  the  bottom 
chamber ;  H,  the  bot- 
tom space  and  blan- 
k  e  t  e  d  strainer  dis- 
charge to  delivery  pipe,  whence  the  rectified  liquor  is  con- 
veyed to  the  receivers. 

Rec'ti-lin'e-ar  E-cra'seur.  (Surgical.)  An 
e'craseur  which,  instead  of  a  wire  loop  or  chain  loop, 
has  a  clamp  the  jaws  of  which  have  a  fin  and  groove 
respectively. 


Rec'to-co-lo'nic  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 

Instruments  which  reach  the  rectum  and  colon, 

such  as  some  forms  of  endoscopes  and  enema  svr- 
inges. 

Re-cu'pe-ra'tor.  A  name  applied,  sometimes, 

in  England  to  the  regenerator  of  the  Pousard  or 
Siemens  furnace. 

See  REGENERATOR,  and  references  passim.  See  "Engineer," 
*  xlvi.  231. 

Red  Lit'mus  Pa'per.  (Gas.)  Used  as  a  test 
to  show  the  presence  of  ammonia  in  illuminating 
gas. 

Take  6  parts  by  weight  of  water  and  one  of  powdered  lit- 
mus, shake,  allow  to  stand  several  days.  Then  add,  drop  by 
drop,  a  small  quantity  of  dilute  sulphuric  acid  until  the 
pink  or  neutral  tint  is  obtained.  Pieces  of  white  filtering 
paper  are  then  soaked  in  the  solution,  dried,  cut  in  piece* 
of  convenient  size,  and  kept  in  a  stoppered  bottle. 

Re-dres'sor.  (Surgical.}  A  replacing  instru- 
ment, e.  g.,  the  uterine  reclressor. 

Re-du'cer.  A  joint-piece  for  connecting  pipes 
of  varying  diameter. 

The  term  is  also  applied  to  other  *"'!=•  2104. 

pipe  connections  where  one  of  the 
members  has  a  smaller  diameter. 
See  BRANCH,  CROSS,  TEE  ;  also  list 
under  PIPE  COUPLING. 

Re-du'cing  Coupling. 
A  pipe  coupling  with  ends 
of  varying  diameters,  to  unite 
pipes  of  different  sizes. 

Re-du'cing  Press.  In 
sheet-metal  working,  an  aux- 
iliary press  for  the  further 
deepening  and  drawing  of  ar- 
ticles partially  struck  up. 

Re-du'cing  Squares. 
A  mode  of  making  reduc- 
tions of  drawings  or  designs. 
The  original  has  lines  drawn 
over  it,  dividing  it  off  into 
squares,  as  numerous  as  the 
nature  of  the  picture  may  require. 

A  piece  of  paper  of  the  size  desired  is  then  divided 
into  a  similar  number  of  squares,  and  the  objects 
contained  in  the  former  squares  delineated  in  the 
smaller  ones. 

A  frame  with  crossing  threads  or  wires  may  be 
laid  over  the  original.  The  same  frame  may  be 
erected  in  front  of  a  person  at  a  desk  so  as  to  di- 
vide a  landscape  in  the  same  manner. 

Re-du'cing  Tee.  A  T-shaped  pipe  coupling, 
the  arms  of  different  diameter  from  the  stem,  to 
unite  pipes,  joining  at  right  angles  and  having  dif- 
ferent diameters. 

Re-du'cing   Valve.     A  device  in  the  West- 
Fig.  2105. 


Rtdvten, 

a,  b.  Reducing  pipes. 
c.  Reducing  hub. 


Rejitctiiii;  Dniwing  Board. 


REDUCING  VALVE. 


747 


REGENERATOR. 


iughouse  automatic  railway  brake  to  regulate  the 
pressure  on  the  brakes,  so  as  to  insure  the  proper 
degree  of  retardation  without  skidding  the  wheels, 
at  varying  speeds. 


Fig.  1,  p.  85,  "Engineering,"  xxvii. 

Re-flect'ing  Draw'ing  Board. 

ment  to  assist  in 
copying  drawings. 
See  Fig.  2105. 

The  drawing  to  be 
copied  is  placed  on  the 
board  to  the  left  of  the 
1  1  id  the  blank 
paper  on  the  right. 
The  artist  stands  so  as 
to  Tiew  the  surface  of 
the  glass  obliquely, 
and  the  original  draw- 
ing is  reflected  from 
the  surface  of  the  glass 
tii  his  eye,  ;md  at  the 
same  time  he  sees  the 
surface  of  the  white 
p  n  p  e  r  through  the 
transparent  glass,  so 
that  the  lines  of  the 
drawing  appear  as  up- 
on the  white  paper, 
but  reversed  in  posi- 
tion. These  apparent 
lines  are  to  be  followed 
with  a  pencil  on  the 
blank  paper. 

R  e-fl  e  c  t'i  n  g 
Lamp.  A  lamp 
with  upper  reflec- 
tor to  throw  down 
the  upward  beams. 

Fig.  2106  shows 
a  form  for  street 
use.  It  exhibits 
front  half  of  top 
chimney  and  upper 
reflector  cut  away. 

R  e-fl  e  c  t'i  n  g 
Sight.  (  Fire-arm  .  ) 
The  sight  has  a  re- 


An  arrange- 


Reflecting Lamp. 

a.  Chimney. 

b.  Chimney  cap. 

c.  Cover  to  upper  reflector. 
(I.  Upper  reflector. 

g.  Metallic  clasps  on  chimney  bent 
against  inside  of  the  glass. 


fleeting  surface  placed  at  such  an  angle  as  to  re- 
flect to  the  eye  light  from  one  direction  only. 
Stillman's  patent No.  33,965. 

Reflec'tor.  (Optics.)  Sorby's  addition  to  Beck's 
parabolic  illuminator,  consisting  of  a  plain  silvered 
mirror  covering  one  half  of  the  aperture  of  the 
object-glass. 

The  rays  falling  upon  it  are  thrown  down  upon  the  object, 
and  reflected  direct  up  the  tube  of  the  microscope,  thereby 

Fig.  2107. 


Reflector. 

producing  a  mode  of  illumination  exactly  the  reverse  of  that 
of  the  parabolic  illuminator,  where  the  rays  impinge  at  an 
oblique  angle,  and  so  only  those  diverted  by  the  object  enter 
the  field  of  view. 

See  also  ILLUMINATOR,  p.  1171,  "Meek.  Diet.,'' where  the 
opaque,  white  cloud,  oblique,  and  black  ground  illuminators 
are  described.  See  also  CONDENSER,  SIDE  REFLECTOR,  PARA- 
BOLIC ILLUMINATOR,  PARABOLIC  REFLECTOR,  LIEBERKUHN,  SPOT 
LENS,  CATOPTRIC  LIGHT,  MIRROR,  etc.,  Ibid. 


Reflector  candle,  Meigs  *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  261. 
(ias  light,  Bailey  ...  *  "Iron  Age,''1  xxi.,  May  9,  p.  5. 
Reflecting  Illuminator. 

fialestrieri      ....  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  367. 

Shive *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  406. 

Reflector,  Parabolic  .     .      "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  180. 

Re'flux  Cath'e-ter.  (Surgical.)  A  double- 
current  catheter  which  allows  the  liquid  to  pass 
by  one  duct  and  return  by  another.  Fig.  c,  1190, 
p.  504,  " Mech.  Diet."  See  also  DOUBLE-CURRENT 
CATHETER,  p.  266,  supra,  and  references  passim. 


Re'flux  Valve. 
vent  reflux.  A  back- 
pressure valve. 

Fig.  2108  shows 
Stone's  cast-irou  re- 
flux or  back-pressure 
valve,  with  clear 
straightway,  to  keep 
the  water  in  mains 
when  the  pressure  is 
taken  off. 

Re-frig'e-ra'tor.   t  , 
The  storage,  domes-   | 
tic,  and  railway  car 
refrigerators  are  re- 


An  automatic  valve  to  pre- 
Fig.  2108. 


Stone's  Reflux  Valve. 


f erred  to  on  pp.  1910,  1911,  and  Figs.  4238-4243r 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

The  subject  of  cooling  is  also  included  under  ICE  MACHINE, 
pp.  1164-1169,  and  Plate  XXVI.,  Ibid.  ;  ICE-CREAM  FREEZER^ 
*p.  1162;  LIQUID  COOLER,  *p.  1326;  BEER  COOLER,  *p.  264; 
CONDENSER,  *  p.  607,  Ibid. 

In  the  refrigerator  car  used  for  transportation  of  Califor- 
nia fruit  eastward,  the  car  is  attached  to  one  of  the  regular 
passenger  trains,  and  is  provided  with  a  fan-blower,  driven 
by  one  of  the  axles,  by  means  of  which  the  air  is  forced 
through  the  ice-chamber  and  thus  reduced  to  a  low  tem- 
perature. This  chilled  air  is  distributed  among  the  fruit- 
boxes  through  a  large  perforated  pipe  laid  along  the  bottom 
of  the  car.  After  it  has  circulated  among  the  fruit,  it  re- 
turns to  the  blower,  and  is  again  forced  through  the  appa- 
ratus. By  this  means  the  atmosphere  of  the  car  is  kept  at 
the  uniform  temperature  of  40°  Fah. 
Refrigerator  basket. 

Hare *  "Scientific  Amer. ,"  xxxix.  290. 

Cars *" Scientific  Am.  Sup.,''  1411,  1119. 

Tiffany "Iron  Age, "  xix.,  April  26,  p.  23. 

*  "Railroarl  Gazette,"  xxi.  311. 

Winants *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''276. 

Cellars  and  storerooms. 

Pictet *  "Manufact.  (f  Builder,''1  x.  182. 

Chambers    for    ocean 

transport    ....      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  237. 

French *  Labouldye's  "Diet.,"'  in.  "Refrig- 
erant.'' 
Apparatus  for  glaciaria. 

Gamjee ,  Br.       .     .     .  *  "Engineer^'  xli.  378. 
For  ships,  etc.,  Pictet     .  *  "Manufact.  Sf  Builder,'1'  x.  121. 

Re-gen'er-a'tor.  A  chamber  in  which  the  out- 
going waste  gases  heat  the  incoming  air. 

They  are  of  two  kinds  :  — 

1 .  Those  in  which,  as  in  the  Ponsard  furnace,  the 
waste  gases  descend  through  one  set  of  channels 
inclosing  another  set  through  which  the  incoming 
air  passes,  the  walls  heated  by  the  waste  imparting 
heat  to  the  air.  This  is  on  the  principle  of  many 
feed-water  heaters  for  boilers;  and  many  other  in- 
stances might  be  cited. 

Fig.  2109  shows  the  Ponsai-d  regenerator,  which  is  a  cham- 
ber with  a  built-in  arrangement  of  hollow  refractory  bricks. 
The  waste  gases  from  the  laboratory  or  combustion  chamber 
of  the  furnace  come  in  above,  descend  through  the  conduits 
b  b,  and  escape  below  to  the  chimney,  either  directly  or  after 
having  passed  through  the  flues  of  a  steam  boiler,  to  be 
therein  farther  utilized. 

The  cold  air  enters  below  at  openings  provided  with  regis- 
ters, and  passes  upward  through  the  conduits  c  c,  interme- 
diate between  the  driving  flues  b  b  of  the  waste  gases,  and 
thence  passes  to  the  combustion  chamber.  The  passages  b  b 
mutually  interchange  by  means  of  hollow  bricks,  and  so  do 
the  passages  c  c.  See  also  GAS-GENERATING  FURNACE,  Figs. 
1161,  1162,  p.  387,  supra. 

In  Frank's  regenerative  gas  furnace,  Fig.  21 1O, 


REGENERATOR, 


748 


REGISTER. 


Fig.  2109. 


Ponsard  Regenerator. 

the  gas  is  made  in  a  producer  built  agaiiist  the  fur- 
nace at  the  right. 

The  air  from  the  producer  enters  from  the  right  and  is  di- 
verted right  or  left  to  one  or  the  other  regenerator,  there  be- 
ing two  of  them.  Passing  beneath  the  regenerator  the  gas 
courses  upwardly  among  the  stack  of  hollow  blocks  e  and 
thence  to  its  point  of  junction  with  the  air  which  is  diverted 

Fig.  2110. 


Frank's  Regenerator  Furnace  for  Glass. 

by  valve  A  to  pass  through  the  other  regenerator.  The  gas 
and  air  respectively  pass  through  vertical  openings  in  the 
blocks  ff,  while  the  hot  current  from  the  furnace  M  courses 
through  the  horizontal  openings  in  the  said  blocks  and 
thence  to  the  stack. 

2.  The  other  form  of  regenerator  is  that  invented 
by  M.  M.  Siemens,  and  has  two  pairs  of  chambers 
used  in  pairs  alternately. 

The  chambers  have  bricks  piled  up  in  them,  and  stacked 
loosely  together  so  as  to  expose  a  great  surface.  The  draft 
of  waste  gases  passes  through  one  pair  of  chambers  which 
are  for  the  time  being  in  the  line  of  communication  between 
the  furnace  chamber  and  chimney  ;  and  the  bricks  arc  heated. 
The  other  pair  previously  heated  is  placed  in  the  duct  by 
which  gas  and  air  pass  to  the  furnace  chamber,  extracting 
in  their  passage  heat  from  the  bricks.  15y  turning  a  valve 
the  relation  of  the  respective  regenerators  is  changed.  See 
Figs.  1159,  1160,  p.  386,  supra. 


Furnace,  Siemens 


Troy,  N.  Y. 


.  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  41. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Dec.  20,  p.  3  ; 

xxii.,  Nov.  14,  p.  3. 

*  "Manufact.  $  Builder,"  xii.  270. 

*  "Am  Man.,"  Sept.  12,  1879,  p.  12  ; 

May  7,  1880,  p.  7. 
.  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  615. 


Springfield,  111.,  Pernot    *  "Engineering,''  xxix.  374. 
"Engineer,''' -x.\i.  20,  p.  30. 
*  "Am.  Man.  If  Iron  World,"  xxiv., 
April  25,  p.  8  :  May  2,  p.  8. 

Siemens *"Am.  jMnn.  ^'  Iron  World,"  xxv.. 

May  7,  p.  7. 

Ponsard *  " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2355. 

Stoves,  on,  Hartman      .  *  "Engineer,"'  xlix.  359. 
Crown  Point,  X.  Y.    .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  216. 

Coirper,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  212. 

List  and  descriptions      .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3738. 

Re-gen'er-a'tor  Fur'nace.  A  furnace  in 
which  the  outgoing  waste  heat  is  made  to  heat  the 
incoming  air  of  combustion. 

Practically,  in  metallurgy,  also  in  glass  and  gas 
works  furnaces,  the  principle  has  been  so  much  ex- 
tended that  the  definition  is  incomplete  as  to  the 
best  examples  of  this  class.  Such  are  the  Siemt-ns, 
Biclieroux,  and  Ponsnrd,  for  instance,  though  there 
are  others  comprised  in  the  same  class. 

In  the  improved  form  the  regenerators  are  4  in  number, 
working  in  pairs.  Through  one  pair  the  waste  heat  passes, 
heating  the  bricks  which  arc  built  up  in  a  cellular  structure 
within  side  of  the  chamber  and  thereby  absorbing  a  large 
portion  of  the  escaping  heat.  When  this  is  accomplished,  a 
damper  is  turned,  when  the  waste  heat  is  turned  through  the 
other  pair  of  regenerators  in  order  to  heat  them,  and  the 
chambers  of  the  former  pair  are  devoted,  one  of  them  to  heat 
the  gases  coming  from  the  producer,  and  the  other  to  heat- 
ing the  incoming  air  which  is  to  be  mixed  with  the  said  gases 
on  entering  the  puddling  or  pot  chamber,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Fig.  1999,  p.  701,  shows  the  gas  producer  with  its  fuel.  The 
grate  differs  from  the  Siemens  furnace  in  having  a  lower 
horizontal  portion  on  which  the  depth  of  the  bed  of  fuel  va- 
ries according  to  its  competition.  The  upper  part  is  at  the 
ground  level  and  has  one  or  more  feeding  shafts  with  covers. 
Iloles  are  provided  for  inspection  and  stoking.  A  damper  of 
refractory  clay  is  capable  of  being  slipped  in  or  out  to  govern 
the  size  of  the  flue  conducting  the  heated  gases  to  the  labo- 
ratory, as  the  chamber  where  the  work  is  performed  is  called 
for  distinction. 

In  some  cases  the  fire  is  fed  with  heated  air  from  the  re- 
cuperator, in  which  case  grates  are  not  used.  Such  are 
known  as  superheated  gazogens.  They  are  sometimes  blown 
with  steam  jets  or  injectors. 

The  subject  of  the  methods  of  using,  the  purposes  of  the 
furnace,  and  the  chemical  reaction  are  considered  under 
GAS-UF.XERATING  FURNACE,  pp.  384-388,  supra.  See  also 
REGENERATOR. 

Reg'is-ter.     A  device  for  recording. 
See    list,  examples,  and   references  on  pp. 
1912,  1913,  "Meek.  Diet." 

The  register  shown  in  Fig.  2111  is  for  showing  the 
sum  of  the  lengths  of  boards  or  other  stuff  run  through 
L.  a  planing  machine.  The  circumference  of  the  wheel  is 
a  known  quantity  and  each  revolution  is  regiatered  on 
the  counter,  the  dials  of  which  represent  units,  hun- 
dreds, and  thousands  of  feet. 

Fig.  2111. 


Planing  Machine  Board-register. 


REGISTERING  SCALE. 


749 


RELISHING  MACHINE. 


Reg'is-ter-ing  Scale.  A  weighing  scale 
made  by  Chameroy  of  Paris,  which,  by  pressure 
upon  a  stud,  impresses  upon  a  slip  of  card  the 
weight  of  the  object  on  the  scale.  See  SCALE. 

Reg'is-ter-ing  Ther-mom'e-ter.  One  which 
has  a  means  for  indicating  the  highest  or  lowest 
point  reached  between  observations. 

Registering  thermometers  are  considered  on  pp.  2548,  2549, 
.  Diet." 

A  new  registering  thermometer  by  M.  IlervtS  Mangon  has  a 
long  .-aid  fine  capillary  tube  bent  on  itself,  supported  by  an 
iron  frame,  and  containing  mercury  :  it  passes  through  the 
stopper  of  a  bell  jar  and  terminates  with  a  fine  point  in  a 
mercury  dish  placed  in  one  scale  of  a  balance ;  the  other 
scale  contains  a  vessel  of  glycerine  communicating  by  glass 
and  india-rubber  tubing  with  another  glycerine  vessel  ou  the 
same  level  in  an  adjoining  frame.  When,  on  rise  of  temper- 
ature, mercury  is  forced  out  into  the  vessel,  the  balance  is 
depressed  on  one  side*  and  an  electric  contact  made,  affect- 
ing an  electro-magnet  in  the  registering  apparatus,  which  is 
composed  of  M.  Kedier's  double  wheel  work  with  differential 
train.  When  the  depression  referred  to  has  occurred,  a  sus- 
pended float  in  the  second  glycerine  vessel  descends,  and 
raises  the  glycerine  in  the  first,  increasing  the  weight  in  that 
scale.  The  curve  obtained  (from  a  pencil  on  moving  paper) 
is  of  zigzag  form,  the  wheel-work  being  in  constant  motion, 
now  to  the  right,  now  to  the  left. 

See  also*  "Scientific  American  Supplement"  125,  935. 

Reg'u-la-ting  Valve.  One  for  graduating  the 
effective  opening  in  a  pipe  to  determine  the  amount 
of  fluid  passing. 

Reg'u-la'tor.  (Electricity.)  1 .  The  shield  for 
covering  or  uncovering  the  core,  thus  exposing  it 
more  or  less  to  the  magnetism  of  the  coil,  and  in 
this  way  regulating  the  current. 

Regulator  for  induction  coil. 
Floyd *" Scientific.  American  Sup.?'  2425. 

2.  The  apparatus  for  maintaining  the  relative 
distance  between  the  carbons  in  the  voltaic  arc  light. 
See  ELKCTRIC  LIGHT. 


Thomas's  regulator  for 
electric  arc  lamps  iu  series 
is  shown  in  Fig.  2112. 

The  figure  shows  a  section 
in  the  plane  of  the  lamp's 
geometric  axis  ;  the  negative 
electrode  being  omitted. 
Also  in  a  smaller  figure  the 
solenoid  to  a  larger  scale. 

Illuminative  equilibrium 
throughout  the  series  is  se- 
cured by  the  respective  at- 
traction toward  and  repul- 
sion from  a  prime  helix  a 
on  the  line  of  its  axis,  of 
two  helical  current-carriers 
M  r,  both  integrally  at- 
tached to  holder  P  of  posi- 
tive electrode  J.  Of  these 
current-carriers  one,  M,  is  a 
solenoid  through  which  cur- 
rent reaches  the  electrode 
from  the  prime  helix.  The 
convolutions  of  this  solenoid 
arc  such  as  to  cause  its  up- 
ward attraction  by  the  prime, 
propnrtional  to  the  strength 
of  the  main  current.  The 
other  carrier,  r,  possesses 
such  resistance  as  to  be 
comparatively  inert  during 
normal  or  less  than  normal 
separation  of  electrode- 
points,  while  extreme  elec- 
trode separation,  on  the 
other  hand,  operates  to 
shunt  portions  of  current 
around  the  electrodes 
through  said  carrier.  Said 
carrier,  being  so  wound  as 
when  thus  energized  to  be 
repelled  downward  by  the 
prime,  operates  to  antago- 
nize and  even  reverse  such 


Fig.  2112. 


Thomas'  Electric-arc  Lamp 
Regulator. 


excessive  lifting  action  of  carrier  M  as  would  tend  to  greatly 
weaken  the  series-current  and  to  extinguish  the  weaker 
lamps. 


Strong  and  broken  arrows  indicate  respectively  the  course 
of  the  main  and  shunted  currents. 

Re'in-force'.  (Cartridge.)  A  lining  or  plate 
to  strengthen  the  head  of  a  cartridge,  sometimes 
also  acting  as  an  anvil  or  a  gas  check.  See  CUP 
ANVIL;  DISK  ANVIL;  GAS  CHECK. 

Re-lief  Print'ing.  A  process  applied  by 
Thuillier,  of  Rouen,  and  Petit-Didier,  of  St.  Denis, 
to  silken  tissues,  which  are  scattered  over  with  bril- 
liant points  iu  relief,  and  of  different  colors  so  as  to- 
imitate  embroidery. 

It  is  executed  with  a  resinous  matter,  either  colored  or  left 
colorless,  which  is  deposited  upon  the  tissue  in  melted  drops 
by  means  of  a  plate  engraved  iu  relief.  On  cooling,  these 
drops  acquire  hardness  enough  to  form,  so  to  speak,  a  part  of 
the  tissue  and  to  resist  friction. 

Depouilly  and  Meyer  have  devised  something  analogous 
for  fixing  upon  very  light  tissues,  like  tulles,  brilliant  drops 
in  relief,  which  by  their  limpidity  recall  pearls  or  precious 
stones.  They  are  obtained  by  means  of  gelatine  or  gums  de- 
posited while  liquid  by  means  of  pins  arranged  symmetri- 
cally. This  style  has  been  named  "  diamond  tulle."  — 
"  Teinturier  Pratique." 

See  also  instances  referred  to  under  PHOTO- PRINTING  PRO- 
CESS, pp.  676,  677,  supra. 

Re-lief  Pro'cess.  See  photo-relief  process, 
"Mech.Dict.;"  RELIEF  LINE  ENGRAVING,  p.  1915, 

Ibid. 

In  Joyce's  mode  of  producing  relief-plates  for  printing,  a 
smooth  steel  plate  is  covered  evenly  with  a  thin  coat  of  plas- 
ter of  Paris  and  potter's  clay  ;  the  design  is  then  drawn 
through  this  (as  through  wax  in  etching)  down  to  the  plate. 
A  stereotype-metal  cast  is  taken  from  this  reverse-plate,  giv- 
ing lines  in  relief. 

Relief  blocks  from  photos.    "  Scientific  Amer.,'1 '  xxxiv.  196. 

Relief  stamping  press,  pa- 
per monograms,  etc. 
Richmond,  Br.  .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  312. 

Re-lief  Valve.  An  automatically  acting  valve 
which  yields  to  a  given  pressure  to  avoid  bursting  of 
the  object  to  which  it  appertains. 

1.  For  barrels  containing  beer  or  other  efferves- 
cent or  fermenting  contents. 

2.  For  pipes  of  beer-engines. 

3.  For  regulating  the  pressure  in  fire  engine  hose. 
Bailey;  Blake. 

4.  For  discharging  condensed 
steam  from  cylinders  during  in- 
tervals of  rest.  —  Bagshaw,  Br., 
*  "  Engineer,"  xlvi.  427. 

5.  For  turning  the  feed  water 
into  the  hot  well  when  the  boiler 
is  sufficiently  full. 

6.  To  provide  escape  for  feed 
water  when  shut  off  from  the 
boiler,  the  pump  continuing  to 
work.  — *  " Scientific  American," 
xxxvi.  351. 

Re-lie  v'er.  (Nautical.)  A 
device  for  attaching  the  wire 
shrouds  or  stays  of  yachts  to 
the  hull.  It  is  an  elastic  con- 
nector involving  the  compres- 
sion of  a  caoutchouc  block  and 
giving  a  certain  amount  of  re- 
siliency to  the  tension,  to  avoid 
breakage  of  the  stay,  rope,  or 
what  not. 

Rel'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.  A 
machine  for  shaking  the  shoul- 
ders of  the  tenons  which  bear 
against  the  rail  of  the  door, 
sash  or  blind. 

Reliever. 

The  machine   shown    is    for  sash, 

window,  and  blind  relishing  and  for  mortising.  Such  stuff 
is  relished  at  one  operation  and  handling.  Blinds  are  rel- 
ished and  recess  made  for  end  of  rod  at  one  operation.  The 
meeting  and  bottom  rail  are  mortised  at  one  operation  by  a- 


Fig.  2113. 


KELISHING   MACHINE. 


750 


REPRESSING  PRESS. 


Relishing  Machine. 

liollow  chisel.  The  door  relishing  is  done  at  one  operation 
by  the  five  saws  shown  to  the  left.  All  the  parts  described 
may  be  run  simultaneously. 

Greenlee *  "Engineer,"  xli.  430. 

Re-load'ing  Tools.  For  reloading  spent  cap- 
sules of  breech-loading  fire-arms.  A  complete  set 
for  rifle  cartridges  consists  of  primer  extractor, 
charger,  loader,  and  reprimer,  which  see. 

Fig.  2115  shows  a  single  tool  with  the  functions  of  decap- 
per,  recapper,  and  rammer  comprised  within  a  weight  of 

Fig.  2115. 


Reloading  Tools  for  Breech-loading  Shot-guns. 

6  oz.     On  the  side  is  also  a  device  for  extracting  expanded 
.shells.  —  Providence   Tool  Co. 

Fig.  2116  is  a  tool  which  removes  the  exploded  primer,  in- 

Fig.  2116. 


Reloading  Tool  for  Breech-loading  Rifles. 

Berts  the  new  primer  and  fastens  the  ball  in  its  shell,  at  the 
same  time  swaging  the  cartridge  to  form. 

Rep.  (Fabric.)  1.  A  French  worsted  goods, 
•usually  for  furniture,  made  of  long  combed  wool 
on  loom  with  taffetas  armure. 


2.  A  double  threaded  taffeta  with  a 
cotton  warp  and  medium  wool  weft. 

Re-peat'ing  Ri'fle.  One  which 
fires  charges  consecutively  from  a  mag- 
azine. 

The  German  repeating  rifle,  made  at  the 
School  of  Musketry  at  Spandau,  is  a  Mauser 
rifle  with  magazine  attachment.  The  maga- 
zine is  made  from  steel  plate,  and  contains  11 
cartridges.  It  can  be  readily  put  off  and  on 
the  rifle,  and  is  worked  on  it  solely  by  opening 
and  shutting  the  chamber  in  such  a  way  that 
at  every  opening  movement  a  cartridge  falls 
through  the  groove  into  the  rifle,  and  by  every 
shutting  movement  the  next  cartridge  is  made 
ready  for  use.  This  apparatus  can  be  attached 
to  all  breech-loaders  with  a  cylinder  breech. 
I5y  it  12  rounds  are  fired  in  24  seconds :  the 
magazine  can  be  refilled  in  15  seconds.  When 
the  magazine  is  removed  the  piece  forms  an 
ordinary  one-barrelled  gun. 

See  also  MAGAZINE  GUN,  pp.  b'Oetseq.,  supra, 
and  "Mech.  Diet." 

Rifle,  Winchester,  1878    *  "Min.  $  Sc.,  Press," 
xxxvi.  241. 

Spandau,  Ger.      .     .  *  "Amer.  Manufact." 
1880. 

Re-pel 'lent.  (Fabric.)  A  water- 
proof cloth. 

Re-pla'cing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Railway.)  For 
the  replacing  of  derailed  rolling  stock  upon  the 
line. 

N.  Ry.  of  France    ....     *"  Engineering,"  xxvii.  45S). 

Re-plen'ish-er.  (Electricity.)  a.  A  dynamo- 
electric  device  of  Sir  Wm.  Thomson,  which,  in  a 
few  revolutions  of  the  armature,  induces  a  static 
charge  of  considerable  magnitude  from  primary 
charges  which  are  practically  infinitesimal. 

^Engineering^ xxiii.  319. 

b.  That  part  of  an  electrometer  (Thomson  elec- 
trometer) whereby  the  normal  charge  of  the  iudi- 
cator-needle  is  maintained  by  occasional  connection 
with  a  condenser. — Gordon,  i ,  p.  42. 

Re-pos'i-tor.  (Surgical.)  A  replacer.  The 
uterine  repositor  or  elevator,  for  instance. 

Repousse.  (Fine  Art  Metal-working.)  A  mode 
of  forming  and  ornamenting  silver- ware  by  blows 
delivered  internally. 

It  is  done  by  means  of  a  snarling-tooi  (Fig.  5248,  " Mech. 
Diet.''),  which  is  planted  in  a  vise,  while  its  outer  end  rests 
against  the  interior  of  the  object.  A  blow  on  the  shank  of 
the  snarling  iron  is  transferred  to  the  object  and  causes  an 
interior  dent  and  an  outward  bulge. 

The  Bryant  vase  is  a  remarkable  success  of  Tiffany  &  Co. 
in  this  line  of  ornamentation. 

Re-press'ing  Press.  A  machine  compacting 
partially  dried  bricks  by  a  second  pressure,  giving 
them  hardness,  smoothness,  and  symmetry. 

In  Anderson's  press, 
Fig.  2117,  the  mold  is 
lined  with  sheet  steel, 
and  may  be  replaced 
when  worn  out.  In 
the  sectional  view  A 
is  the  mold  in  which 
the  brick  is  pressed  ; 
D,  the  cap  which 
slides  sidewards  to  the 
right  over  the  surface 
b,  being  driven  in  that 
direction  by  the  lever 
L,  when  at  the  same 
time  the  bottom  plun- 
g e r  P  is  raised  b y 
means  of  a  toggle- 
joint  which  elevates 
the  arm  H  by  the  turn- 
ing of  the  cam  C  round 
its  axis,  \vhile  the  pro- 
jection d,  fitting  in  a 
notch,  moves  the  slid- 
ing piece/" to  the  left, 
which  acts  on  the  lever 
L  and  cap  D  men- 
tioned before.  By  this 
combined  motion  the  "Champion"  Repressing  Press. 


REPRESSING  PRESS. 


751        RESERVOIR  LEVEL  RECORDER. 


mold  A  is  simultaneously  uncovered,  and  the  plunger  P 
moved  to  the  top  of  the  machine  flush  with  the  upper  surface 
of  the  sides  of  the  mold.  When  the  brick  is  placed  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  plunger  P,  by  a  reverse  motion  it  descends  with 
the  brick,  the  cap  D  slides  over  the  mold  and  is  kept  in 
place  by  proper  grippers,  secured  with  nuts  shown  in  the 
large  cut ;  and  by  continuing  the  motion  of  the  cam  c  in  the 
same  direction,  the  arm  E  of  another  toggle-joint  is  put  in 
operation,  which  lifts  the  plunger  sufficiently  to  press  the 
brick  upwards  against  the  cap  D.  The  shaft  t  is  moved 
with  a  long  lever  at  its  outer  end,  for  producing  the  motions 
described.  By  throwing  this  lever  backward,  the  plunger 
f  descends,  the  cap  D  glides  to  the  right,  and  by  further 
motion  of  the  same,  the  arm  H  lifts  the  plunger  to  the  top 
of  the  mold,  pushing  the  brick  out,  when  it  can  be  removed 
and  another  substituted. 

Fig.  2118. 


Reciprocating  Resauring  Machine. 

Re-pri'mer.  An  implement  for  setting  a  cap 
upon  a  cartridge  shell.  One  of  the  set  of  RELOAD- 
ING TOOLS,  which  see. 

Fig.  2119. 


Circular  Resawing  Machine. 


Re-saw'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  saw- 
ing timbers  and  balks  of  lumber  into  dimension 
stuff. 

They  are  of  three  kinds :  reciprocating,  circular, 
band. 

1.  Fig.  2118  is  a  double  resawing  machine  of  the 
reciprocating  order,  made  by  Richards,  Loudon,  & 
Kelly,  for  working  on  dry  lumber  up  to  8"  thick 
and  30"  wide.     The  speed  is  400  revolutions  per 
minute.     It  stands  on  a  stone  foundation  without 
top-bracing. 

2.  Fig.  2119  is  a  machine  of  the  circular  order, 
made  by  H.  13.  Smith.     They  are  made  for  24", 
48",  and  60"  diameter  saws.     They  can  be  made 
to  center  any  lumber  from  £"  to  8  '  thickness ;  or 
either  side  of  the  feed  can  be  made  unyielding  so 
as  to  take  off  any  thickness  required.     The  rolls 
can  be  set  on  a  bevel  so  as  to  take  off  feather  edge 
or  weather  boards.      The  saw  is  guided  in  three 
places  near  its  circumference ;  as  it  rises  through 
the  frame,  by  arms  near  the  top,  and  below  the 
top  of  the  frame.     The  feed  is  by  four  rolls,  to 
each  of  which  power  is  applied. 

3.  Fig.  2120  is  a  baud-saw  resawing  machine, 
by  Fay  &  Co. 

The  saw-kerf  is  1-16".  The  wheels  5'  in 
diameter.  The  feed  rolls  are  connected  by  ex- 
pansion gears  operated  by  friction.  The  ma- 
chine will  split  stuff  centrally  or  can  be  ad- 
justed to  saw  off  boards  or  panel  stuff  of  any 
thickness. 

Fay  if  Co.  *"Manuf.  and  Builder,"  viii.  174. 
Band-saw,  Richard  s!f  Co. 

*  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.    193. 
Circular,  Joslin. 

*  "Manufact.  (f  Builder,''1  xii.   77. 

Re-sec'tion  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Os- 
teotomy instruments,  for  the  removal  of  the  ar- 
ticular section  of  a  bone  or  of  the  portions  of  a 
fractured  bone  of  difficult  apposition  or  false  artic- 
ulation. 

The  list  includes  bone-drills,  periosteotome,  sub- 
cutaneous, chain,  or  Key's  saws,  bistouries,  etc. 

Res'er-voir.     A  chamber  of  supply  as  in  — 

Reservoir  stove  ;  with  a  large  boiler  attached. 

Reservoir  blow-pipe,  with  air  chamber.  Ross,  *  "Scientific 
American  Sup.,"  4041. 

Air-chamber  for  pumps  ;  Fig.  24,  p.  13,  supra. 

Air  chamber  for  compressed  air.  Siemens,  *  "  Scientific 
American  Sup.,"  2033. 

Air  chamber  for  rock  drills.   Plate  X.,  p.  602,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Galvanic  Batteries :  See  RESERVOIR  BATTERY. 

Res'er-voir  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
having  a  reserve  of  material,  as  in  the  case  of  those 
with  vessels  containing  crystals  of  bichromate  of 
potassium  or  sulphate  of  copper. 

Res'er-voir  L  e  v '  e  1  R  e- 
cord'er.  An  instrument  to  in- 
dicate the  fluctuations  of  the  wa- 
ter in  the  reservoirs  of  water 
works.  The  drum  performs  a 
revolution  once  a  week,  being 
driven  by  a  small  turret  time- 
piece, and  the  clock  beats  sec- 
onds. A  friction  clip  in  connec- 
tion with  the  set  dial  enables  the 
drum  to  be  set  to  the  true  time. 

The  diameter  of  the  drum  is  12",  and 
its  length  is  3',  a  fluctuation  of  6'  be- 
ing recorded,  thus  giving  a  scale  of  6"  to 
a  loot.  This  reduction  of  scale  is  thus 
obtained:  The  float  pulley  upon  which 
the  chain  is  fixed  is  double  the  circum- 
ference of  the  pulley  which  actuates 
the  pencil,  which  is  guided  by  the  two 
horizontal  brass  bars  over  the  top  of  the 


RESERVOIR   LEVEL   RECORDER. 


752 


RESPIRATOR. 


Fig.  2120. 


Bailey  $  Co. 's  Reservoir  Recorder.    (English.) 

very  sensitive  diagram  to  be  taken.     The  illustration  at  the 
bottom  of  the  engraving  shows  a  portion  of  a  diagram.   See  : 

"  Engineer  " xlv.  31. 

*" Scientific  American" xxxviii.  130. 

An  electrical  reservoir  level  recorder,  used  at  Nottingham, 
England,  is  shown  in  — 

"Telegraphic  Journal'''      .     ._ *  vii.  193. 


Re-sid'u-al  Mag'net-ism.  (Electricity.} 
Magnetism  which  remains  in  the  core  of  an  electro- 
magnet after  cessation  of  current.  Remanent  Mag- 
netism. —  Ganot. 

Re-sist'ance.  (Electricity.)  The  opposition 
presented  by  the  metal  composing  the  circuit,  to  the 
passage  of  the  current. 


Balance,  Fleming,  Br. 

('oil,  Wlieatstone     .     . 

Measurer,  Differential. 

Wheatstone 


*  "Engineering"  xxix.  15. 

*  "Telegraphic  Journal,-'  iv.  12. 


Band  Resawing  Machine. 

drum,  in  order  to  prevent  any  possible  error  from  backlash 
of  the  mechanism,  or  by  wear  and  tear  in  the  ordinary  course 
of  use.  The  float  is  balanced  by  a  small  weight  attached  to 
a  chain  which  is  fastened  to  the  pencil  block  ;  this  enables  a 


*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,'"  iv.  90. 
Liquids,  inst.  for  measuring, 

Wheat.itone *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  iv.  70. 

Re-sist'ance  Helix.  A  member  in  a  voltaic 
arc  light  apparatus,  the  duty  of  which  is  to  preserve 
a  constant  regulated  distance  with  the  carbons. 

The  constant  tendency  is  to  an  unequal  action, 
inasmuch  as  the  carbons  burn  away  the  positive 
much  faster  than  the  negative. 

Such  unequal  action  is  remedied  by  the  provision  of  a  high 
resistance  helix  shunting  the  arc  :  through  which  current  is 
diverted  in  proportion  to  the  relative  resistances  of  said  high 
resistance  helix  and  of  the  arc  ;  the  energy  of  said  high  re- 
sistance helix  always  acting  in  opposition  to  that  of  said 
suction  core.  The  resistance  of  said  high  resistance  helix  is 
so  fixed  that  when  the  arc  is  of  normal  length  the  forces  cen- 
tered on  the  electrode  movement  are  in  equilibrium. 

The  two  conditions  of  abnormal  arc-length  adjust  them- 
selves as  follows  :  — 

(a.)  When  the  arc-resistance  is  below  normal  so  little  cur- 
rent is  diverted  through  the  high  resistance  helix  that  its 
energy  is  inappreciable  and  the  suction  core  action  is  unop- 
posed in  its  duty  of  lengthening  the  arc. 

(b.)  When  the  arc-resistance  is  above  normal,  the  energy 
of  the  high  resistance  helix  is  increased  sufficiently  to  over- 
come that  of  the  suction-core  and  to  reduce  the  arc  to  its 
normal  condition.  When  this  adjustment  has  taken  place, 
the  lamp  in  question  resumes  its  normal  resistance.  Each 
lamp  adjusting  itself  in  the  manner  described  ensures  nor- 
mal current-flow  and  equal  illuminative  action  throughout 
the  series. 

Re-sist'ance  Tube.  Clerac's  (of  the  French 
telegraph  administration)  tube  is  a  wooden  tube 
containing  powdered  carbon,  with  means  for  giving 
variability  of  resistance  by  compression,  constitu- 
ting a  variable  resistance  rheostat. 
*"  Telegraphic  Journal''  ....  Tfii.  52,  92, 121. 

To  Count  du  Moncel  we  owe  the  discovery,  in  1856,  of  the 
variability  of  the  resistance  of  powdered  carbon  ;  which  seems 
to  have  its  first  practical  application  by  Clerac. 

The  telephone  transmitter  of  Edison  depends  on  the  same 
property. 

Res'o-na-tor.     1.  An  invention  of  Helmholta 
for  facilitating  the  analysis  of  compound  sounds. 
See  Fig.  4270,  4271,  p.  1922,  "Mech.  Diet.-' 

See  also " Manufact.  If  Builder,'''  ix.  132. 

"Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  80. 
*  •'  Scientific  American.-'  xxxvi.  263. 
Brass  wind  instru.,  as    .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  2112. 

(Add.)  2.  (Surgical.)  The  resonator  which  in- 
tensifies sounds  of  a  given  pitch  while  diminishing 
the  distraction  of  others,  has  been  applied  to  auscul- 
tation instruments. 

Holden's  resonator,  Fig.  31,  Supplement,  Tiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium.'" 

3.  A  regulating  apparatus  in  piano  sounding- 
boards,  which,  by  means  of  screws  and  iron  frame, 
prevents  the  sounding-board  (as  a  whole)  from 
making  transverse  vibrations.  —  Steinway,  Paul's 
"Vienna  Exposition  Report,"  \.,  Sec.  B,  p.  388. 

Res'pi-ra'tor.  A  protector  covering  the  mouth  ; 
a  box  furnished  with  fine  gold-plated  wire  gauze  to 
intercept  dust,  either  in  traveling  or  working  in 
manufactories. 

Watson's  respirator,  to  enable  the  wearer  to  pen- 
etrate carbonic  oxide,  and  other  gases,  left  in  col- 
lieries after  explosions  of  fire-damp,  contains  a 


RESPIRATOR, 


753 


RETORT, 


Fig.  2122. 


solution  of  caustic  pot- 
ash iii  a  tube,  as  de- 
vised by  Mitscherlich 
and  modified  by  De  Ko- 
ninck.  Air  containing 
a  dangerous  proportion 
of  carbonic  oxide  is  fit 
for  respiration  after 
passing  through  the 
potash  solution.  A 
valve  arrangement  en- 
sures inspiration  of  the 
cleansed  air  through  the 
mouth,  and  expiration 
through  the  nose. 

The  Denayrouse  respirator, 
to  enable  firemen  to  enter  and 
remain  in  places  filled  with 
smoke  or  gas,  consists  of  a 
tube,  having   inserted   near 
one  end  a  small  tin  case  con- 
taining two  peculiar  India-rubber  valves,  —  one  for  inhaling 
and  the  other  for  exhaling  air.     The  end  of  this  tube,  which 
has  a  mouthpiece,  is  cast  over  the  fireman's   shoulder,  the 
other  being  left  in  the  open  air  ;   and  an  India-rubber  specta- 
cle mask,  capable  of  being  molded  to  fit  any  features,  having 
been  placed  over  the  eyes  so  as  to  compress  the  nostrils,  the 
fireman  may  enter  without  fear  the  most  vitiated  atmosphere. 
See  also  Fig.  4272,  p.  1923,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  in  which  the  fire- 
man carries  a  sack  of  vital  air. 

See  also  Galibert's  apparatus,  Fig.  2677,  p.  1185,  Ibid. 
See  also  AEHOPHORE,  Fig.  17,  p.  8,  supra. 
Fireman's     .....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1111. 

Respirator,  for  engineers  *  "Engineer,*1  xlvi.  293. 

in  tunnels,  Galibert,  Fr.     "  Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  99. 
Ronqitayrol    .     .     .     .*  "  Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  99. 

Respirator  for  reduction 

works  ......  *  "Mm.  (f  Sc.  Press,*'  xxxviii.  249. 

Sc/ntltz,  aerophore  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  99. 
High  pressure  aerophore  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxviii.  99. 
Respiration  of  plants. 

Deherain  If  Vesque      .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  70. 
See  also  INHALER,  p.  1184,  "Mech.  Diet." 
See  also  KESPIROMETER,  infra. 

Res-pi-roni'e-ter.  The  name  adopted  by  Mr. 
Fleuss  for  his  diver's  apparatus  for  supplying  air 
to  a  person  beneath  the  surface  of  the  water. 

It  is  a  modified  form  of  diver's  dress  and  helmet.  The 
latter,  which  is  no  larger  than  that  ordinarily  used,  has  a 
close  circular  chamber  of  about  J  cubic  foot  capacity,  and  in 
this  is  stored  a  supply  of  oxygen  under  a  pressure  of  240 
pounds  per  square  inch,  from  a  suitably  charged  reservoir. 
This  affords  him  sufficient  air-food  for  about  five  hours. 
The  expired  air  from  the  lungs  is  passed,  by  means  of  a  flex- 
ible tube,  to  a  closed  receptacle  of  vulcanite,  which  is  at- 
tached to  the  yoke-piece  carrying  the  iisual  rubber  dress, 
which  receptacle  is  filled  with  spongy  rubber  saturated  with 
caustic  soda.  The  ex- 

pired   breath    is    fil  Fig.  2123. 

tered  through  this 
soda,  which  absorbs 
every  trace  of  car- 
bonic acid,  and  al- 
lows the  nitrogen  to 
pass.  The  air  in  the 
diver's  lungs  and 
about  his  somewhat 
capacious  clothing 
when  he  first  puts  on 
his  suit,  contains  ni- 
trogen enough  for  in- 
definite use,  and  is 
used  again  and  again 
to  dilute  the  oxygen, 
as  the  latter  is  con- 
stantly supplied  from 
the  compressed  store 
in  the  helmet. 

See  also  *  RESPIRA- 
TOR, p.  1923,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Rest.      1.    A 

support  for  a  gun 

in  test-firing.      See  Fi 


Fixeci  Rest 


smaU  arms° 


2123.     The  design  is  to 

ascertain  the  actual  accuracy  of  the  piece,  in  ball- 
firing  ;  t>r,  in  the  case  of  shot-guns,  the  number  of 
48 


pellets  of  a  given  size,  which  strike  a  target  of  a 
given  area,  the  piece  being  at  a  stated  distance.    A 

Fig.  2124. 


Fig.  2125. 


Rest  for  Bevel-cutting  with  Band-saw. 

certificate  of  the  firing  of  each  barrel  is  furnished 
with  all  first-class  guns. 

2.  A  support  or  a  guide  for  stuff  fed  to  a  saw. 

Re-tain'ing  Ring.  (Railway.) 
A  metallic  ring  which  secures  the 
wheel-center  to  the  tire. 

Re-tain'ing  Valve.  A  check- 
valve,  to  prevent  reflux  of  water  or 
steam.  Placed  sometimes  at  the 
bottom  of  a  pump-stock  to  prevent 
water  leaving  during  cessation  of 
pumping.  Fig.  2125  shows  a  retain- 
ing valve  for  deep  well-pumps. 

Fig.  2126  shows  the  position  of  a  retaining  poot    Valve  of 
valve   placed  near  to  the  air-vessel   of   a          -Pump. 
heavy  pumping  engine  to  prevent  any  water 
leaking  back  through  the  pumps  when  the  engine  is  stopped. 

It  also  admits  of  the  pumps  being  examined  without  emp- 
tying the  up-take. 

Fig.  2126, 


Retaining  Valve  in  relation  to  Delivery  Pipe. 

Re-tort'.    Retorts  for  the  laboratory,  gas  works, 
mercury  distillation,  for  silver  amalgam,  and  dis- 


RETORT. 


754 


REVERSING   ENGINE, 


tillation  of  acids  are  mentioned  in  *pp.  1924,  1925, 
"Meek.  Diet." 

Fig.  2127  is  an  illustration  of  a  self-sealing  gas  retort  for 
gas  works.     The  lid  is  secured  by  a  central  screw  plug  to  a 

Fig.  2127. 


Self-sealing  Retort  Lid. 


hinged  frame,  which  also  carries  a  latch-bar.  The  lid  being 
swung  shut  and  latched,  the  screw  plug  is  rotated  by  the 
lever  handle  to  tighten  the  closure  of  the  lid  and  prevent 
leakage  of  gas. 

Furnace  .    .          ,     .    .       'Am.  Man.,"  Sept.  12,1879,  p.  12. 
Price *  'Eng.  $  Min.  Jour.,"  xxi.  156. 


Self -sealing  lid,  Collinson  * 

Retort  settings  .  * 

Retort  setting,  gas     .     .  * 

Retort  stoking  machinery. 

Rowland,  Br. 


Fig.  2128. 


'Am.  Gas  Light  Jour.,'"  July  3. 

1876,  p.  14. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1551. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  678. 

'Engineering,'"  xxiv.  182. 
Retorts,  vertical,  distilling 
shale,  Rennie,  Britain   *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  904. 

Re-touch'ing  Frame.  A  desk  with 
pane  on  which  a  neg- 
ative or  positive  is 
placed  and  viewed 
by  transmitted  light 
in  order  to  repair 
defects,  soften  shad- 
ows, etc. 

The  pane  A  has  a 
ground-glass  shade, 
B,  and  a  mirror,  c. 
The  stand  D  has 
drawers  for  pencils, 
paint,  and  brushes. 
E  is  a  sliding-board 
as  a  hand-rest.  Retouching  Frame. 

*  "Scientific  American'9     ......    xxxvi.  226. 

" Scientific  American  Sup.' 


2211. 


Fig.  2129 


Radiator  for  Wall,  with.   Return  Bends  and  Coil  Plates. 
Return  Bends. 


a.  Side-outlet  return  bend. 
6.  Back-outlet  return  bend. 


c.  Square  return  bend. 

d.  Ordinary  return  bend 


Return  Valve. 


Re-turn'  Bend.  A  U-shaped  pipe  coupling 
for  uniting  the  ends  of  pipes.  It  may  be  open  or 
closed ;  in  the  former  the  branches  being  some  dis- 
tance apart,  as  in  the  letter  U.  See  Fig.  2129. 

Re- turn'  Fig.  2130. 

Valve.  A  valve 
in  a  main  or  pipe 
having  two  func- 
tions ;  one  as  a  re- 
flux or  back-pres- 
sure valve  to  pre- 
vent the  return  of 
the  contents  of  the 
pipe ;  the  other  con- 
dition is  when  the 
valve  is  raised  by 
the  screw  spindle 
to  allow  the  re-flow 
of  the  contents. 
Also  called  an  end 
valve.  See  also 
REFLUX  VALVE, 
supra. 

Re-ver'ber-a- 
to-ry.  A  furnace 
with  domed  ceiling  which  reflects  the  flame  and  heat 
downward  upon  the  metal  on  the  hearth.  See  Fig. 
4283-4286,  pp.  1926,  1927,  "Mech.  Diet." 

*  Laboul<iye'ls  "Dirt.,"  " Combusti- 

ble," Fig.  559-560. 
Furnace,  Cassel    ...  *  "Iron  Age,'1'  xx.,  Nov.  1,  p.  6. 

Ckisholm *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  6,  p-  5. 

Kirk *  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  March  7,  p.  5. 

Morrison  .     .     .     .  '.  *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  8,  p.  5. 
Nichols *  "  Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  15,  p.  5. 

Re-verse'  Jaw  Chuck.  One  with  jaws  cap- 
able of  inversion  in  the  face  plate  to  enable  it  to 
grasp  upon  the  exterior  or  interior  of  the  object. 
Instances  under  LATHE  CHUCK,  pp.  528,  529,  su- 
pra. 

Re-ver'si-ble  Com-pres'sor.  (Microscopy.) 
A  form  of  slide  with  compressor  which  is  capable 
of  inversion  to  expose  either  side  of  the  object. 

Re-ver'si-ble  Saw.  A  bow  saw  with  a  blade 
each  edge  of  which  is  toothed,  and  either  capable  of 
being  presented  in  working  attitude. 

Re-ver'si-ble  Boil'er.  One  on  trunnions,  so 
as  to  alternate  ends,  removing  scale  by  bringing 
the  end  at  which  sediment  has  collected  to  the  ac- 
tion of  steam  in  the  new  position. 

Re-ver'si-ble  Street  Car.  (Railway.)  A 
street  car  mounted  on  its  running  gear  so  as  to 
swivel  thereon  and  turn  end  for  end,  dispensing 
with  a  turn-table. 

Re-vers'ing  Cyl'in-der.  In  the  Westing- 
house  air  brake  arrangement.  A  small  cylinder 
placed  in  the  steam  cylinder  head  and  in  which  the 
reversing  piston  works.  —  Forney's  "  Car  Builder's 
Dictionary,"  Figs.  665-683. 

Re-vers'ing  En'gine.  While  all  locomotives 
have  facility  for  reversing  steam,  the  term  reversing 
is  particularly  applied  to  such  engines  as  have  but 
lately  been  fitted  to  run  at  will  in  either  direction. 

Such  are  rolling  mill  engines  intended  to  pass  a 
loop  or  bar  back  and  forth  between  the  same  rolls, 
which  are  run  in  one  or  the  other  direction  alter- 
nately. See  ROLLING  MILL  ENGINE. 

*  "R.  R.  Gazette,"  xxiii.  386,  398. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2163. 
Launch  engine- 
Tipping',  Br.       ...  *  "Engineer,"  1.  165. 

Rolling  mills, 

Claridgc,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  285. 
Steam,  Stirling     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  98. 
Link  for  steam  engine. 

Smith *  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxi.  123 

Rolls,  Friction  clutch  for 

Kloman *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  6,  p.  1. 


REVERSING   MACHINE. 


755 


REVOLVING  CANNON. 


Re-vers'ing  Ma-chiiie'.  (Founding.)  A 
form  of  molding  machine  in  which  the  flask  is  car- 
ried oil  trunnions  so  as  to  be  tipped  over  and  the 
sand  rammed  from  either  side. 

The  operation  is  as  follows  :  The  patterns  and  followers 
being  properly  adjusted,  the  drag  part  of  the  flask  is  placed 
on  top  of  sand  box  ;  the  bridge  piece  of  drawer  bottom  is  let 
down,  when  it  makes  connection  between  the  hopper  and 
flask  ;  the  drawer  is  then  pulled  out  with  the  sand,  dropping 
it  into  the  Mask  ;  then  the  drawer  is  taken  back  into  the  hop- 
per ;  the  bridge  piece  is  then  raised,  the  binder  bar  is  brought 
over  and  fastened  down  on  flask  ;  then  the  power  is  applied 

Fig.  2131. 


;  Machine. 


which  forces  the  patterns  and  follower  with  the  sand  up  into 
the  flask  ;  then  the  part  of  the  machine  with  flask  on  is 
turned  over  in  its  trunnions,  thus  bringing  the  flask  to  lower 
side  of  machine  with  mold  up  ;  the  power  is  again  applied, 
which  draws  the  patterns  up,  leaving  the  mold  complete  ; 
the  Milder  is  loosened,  which  leaves  the  flask  resting  on  the 
binder  plate,  which  is  then  swung  out  and  the  flask  carried 
away.  The  cope  part  of  flask  is  then  molded  in  a  similar 
manner,  but  taken  off  from  the  top. 

Re-vert'ing  Flue  Boil'er.  One  in  which 
the  gaseous  products  revert  on  their  former  course  ; 
traversing  twice  through  the  boiler,  in  distinct  and 
successive  series  of  flues. 

An  instance  is  shown  in  Fig.  5638,  p.  2329, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Re-vet'  ment.  See  definition  of  varieties,  p. 
1928,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Among  the  forms  of  revetment  for  preventing  the 
erosion  of  river  banks  may  be  mentioned  the  fol- 
lowing :  The  woven  brush  revetment,  the  continu- 
ous mat,  or  brush  blanket,  made  of  brush,  sewed 
together  with  wire,  and  the  willow  screen  made  by 
laying  the  willows  as  nearly  as  possible  in  juxtapo- 
sition and  securing  them  with  wire. 

The  manner  of  using  either  of  these  devices  is  the  same. 
The  bank  to  be  protected  should  first  be  graded  to  a  slope  of 
about  2  upon  3  or  less,  an  operation  that  can  be  very  cheaply 
performed  by  the  use  of  hydraulic  force-pumps,  after  which 
the  revetting  should  be  put  on  so  as  to  extend  from  the  ordi- 
nary high-water  limit  down  the  bank  and  out  along  the  river- 
bed sufficiently  far  to  protect  the  slope  should  any  unusual 
scour  take  place.  The  total  width  is  usually  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  100'  on  the  lower  Missouri.  To  sink  that  por- 
tion which  is  under  the  water,  a  small  quantity  of  rock  is 
sometimes  necessary,  but  usually  the  current  itself  and  the 
sediment  that  collects  on  the  brush  will  suffice  for  this.  See 
plate  opposite  p.  1455,  "Report  of  United  States  Engineers." 
1880. 

Oanal  bank  revetment,  Ibid.,  1876,  vol.  ii.,  part  2,  Plate  V., 
p.  417. 

(Hydraulic  Engineering.)     For  view  and  descrip- 


tion of  the  building  of  the  revetment  mattress  at 
Council  Bluffs  on  the  Missouri  River.  See  "Re- 
port of  the  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  1880, 
*  ii.  1436. 

Re-vol'ver.  For  history  and  varieties,  see  pp. 
1928-1930,  "Mech  Diet." 

Fig.  2132  is  the  latest  Smith  &  Wesson  revolver  with  auto- 
matic discharge  of  the  spent  cartridge  capsules.  The  dis- 
charge is  moved  rearward  by  the  rocking  of  the  barrels  on 


Fig.  2132. 


Revolver. 


the  hinge  to  uncover  the  breach,  and  throws  the  capsules 
clear  of  the  barrels.  The  discharger  then  returns  automat- 
ically into  place. 

The  bull  dog  revolver  is  a  pocket  weapon  with  short  barrel 
and  large  bore. 

For  revolving  ordnance  see  MACHINE  GUN,  supra. 
Colt.  *  Adams. 

Devisme.  Lefaucheux. 

Article  "Revolver,"'  Laboulaye's  "Diet.  des.  Arts  et  Manu- 
factures,'' iv.,  ed.  1877. 

See  also  Martin's  patents   222,065,  220,066. 

Wesson's 222,167.222,168. 

Schofifld's     ....     227,449. 
Revolver  factory. 

Smith  Sf  Wesson     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  47. 
Revolving  cannon. 

Hotchkiss *"  Engineering,''  xxvii.  3, 23, 25,  63. 

Re-volv'ing  Boil'er  Steam  En'gine.     The 

invention  of  Fred.  Siemens,  of  Dresden.  It  has  no 
valves  nor  pistons.  The  boiler  itself  revolves,  and 
from  it  power  is  transmitted  to  the  machinery  to 
be  driven. 

"  It  consists  of  a  steam-boiler  of  approximately  cylindrical 
form,  carried  on  an  inclined  axis  about  which  it  rotates. 
Inside  this  boiler  is  a  worm  or  screw  composed  of  sheet- 
metal,  and  having  such  form  that  each  portion  of  the  screw 
having  a  length  equal  to  its  pitch,  closely  resembles  a  fun- 
nel which  has  been  slit  down  one  side  and  slightly  separated 
to  unite  with  others  above  and  below  it. 

"  The  lower  portion  of  the  boiler  has  a  double  bottom,  and 
the  upper  is  surrounded  by  a  spiral  of  gas-pipe,  having  a 
direction  the  reverse  of  the  funnel-like  spiral  below. 

"  Water  is  placed  in  the  lower  portion  of  the  boiler  and  in 
the  space  between  it  and  the  external  jacket,  a  communi- 
cation being  established  between  them  by  means  of  small 
holes. 

"  Surrounding  the  whole  lower  portion  of  the  apparatus  is 
a  jacket  of  non-conducting  material,  and  between  it  and  the 
boiler  is  a  space  through  which  circulate  the  gases  from  the 
furnace,  or,  in  this  case,  from  the  gas-burner  by  which  it  is 
heated,  passing  off  by  a  small  chimney  at  its  upper  end. 

"  The  heat  being  applied,  steam  is  formed,  which  rises 
through  the  water,  impinging  on  the  immersed  funnel-like 
spirals,  producing  a  tendency  to  rotation.  Above  the  water 
it  enters  the  helix  of  gas-pipe,  and,  condensing,  flows  back 
into  the  boiler,  its  reaction  causing  further  effort  to  rotate 
the  boiler. 

"  The  boiler  being  once  filled,  requires  no  further  atten- 
tion, as  there  is  no  loss  of  the  liquid."  —  Vienna  Report. 

Re-volv'ing  Can'non.  See  MACHINE  GUN, 
Figs.  1647,  1649,  pp.  569,  570,  supra. 


Report  on  trial  of  the  Gatling  gun  45"  (English  model), 
Ibid.,  1879.    Appendix  I",  p.  190  and  15  plates. 


REVOLVING  DIAPHRAGM. 


756 


RICE  DRILL. 


Re-volv'ing  Di'a-phragm.  (Optics.)  The 
diaphragm  is  used  in  optical  instruments  to  ex- 
clude some  of  the  marginal  rays  of  a  beam  of 

Fig.  2133. 


Revolving  Diaphragm. 

light.  It  is  a  means  of  contracting  the  aperture. 
The  revolving  diaphragm  has  a  number  of  aper- 
tures of  varying  sizes,  either  of  which  can  be  brought 
coincident  with  the  optical  axis  of  the  instrument. 

Re-volv'ing  Scis'sors.  (Surgical.)  An  in- 
strument for  deep  operations  in  cavities  of  the 
body. 

The  blades  revolve  upon  their  own  axis  as  shown 
by  the  dotted  lines.  The  blades  can  be  presented 
anteriorly,  posteriorly,  or  laterally. 

The  blades  being  short  and  firm,  will  cut  strong  or  delicate 
tissues  The  rotation  of  the  blades  is  produced  by  the  in- 

Pig.  2134. 


Stohlman's  Revolving  Scissors. 


dex  finger  of  the  same  hand  which  operates.  By  depressing 
the  lever  near  the  handles  and  sliding  it  forward  or  back- 
ward, the  scissors  are  placed  in  any  required  position,  and 
held  firmly  by  allowing  the  lever  to  snap  into  one  of  the 
notches  ;  in  the  same  manner  the  position  can  be  constantly 
changed  at  pleasure. 

Re-volv'ing  Scra'per.  A  road  scraper  which 
revolves  completely  on  its  axis ;  not  merely  tip- 
ping. Fig.  4695,  p.  2058,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Re-volv'ing    Head-saw    Ma-chine'.      A 

screw-cutting  machine  which  contains  a  number  of 
dies  on  a  head  which  can  be  revolved  so  as  to 
bring  either  to  the  work. 

Fig.  4734,  p.  2067,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A  TURRET  CUTTER,  Fig.  6824,  p.  2665,  Ibid. 

Re-vul'sor.  (Surgical.)  An  apparatus  to  apply 
heat  and  cold  alternately  as  a  therapeutic  agent. 

McLane's  revulsor  has  two  vessels  containing  hot 
and  cold  water,  which  are  passed  along  the  spine 
or  over  a  paralytic  muscle  so  as  to  succeed  each 

other    rapidly Philadelphia   "Medical    Times," 

*  Sept.  4,  1875. 

Rhe'a  Fi'ber  Ma-chine'.  For  operating 
upon  the  China  grass,  Malay  ramie,  the  Baehmeria 
mvea.  See  RAMIE  MACHINERY. 

Greig,  Br *  "Engineer,  xliv.  387. 

Rhe  E-lec-trom'e-ter.  A  device  by  Mariani 
to  investigate  electrical  discharges  between  the  at- 
mosphere and  the  earth. 

It  has  a  copper  wire  coiled  upon  a  pasteboard  tube,  and 
carrying  a  traversing  magnetic  needle  upon  a  pivot  above  the 
coil.  A  small  iron  bar  is  inserted  axially  within  the  coil. 


The  apparatus  is  placed  with  the  coil  east  and  west.  A  spark 
of  high  tension  passing  through  the  coil  magnetizes  the  bar 
which  deflects  the  needle  east  or  west,  according  to  the 
spark's  direction.  The  iron  bar  must  be  de-magnetized  by 
heating  before  using  again. 

"  Scientific  American  "..... 

*  "  Scientific  American  Supplement  "  . 

de  Vos,"  Telegraphic  Journal"   .     . 

Rhe'o-phore.     (Electricity.)     An  electrode. 

Rhe'o-stat.  (Electricity.)  An  instrument  for 
regulating  the  current,  by  offering  more  or  less  re- 
sistance to  its  passage.  See  Fig.  4311,  p.  1934, 
"Mech.  Diet." 


xxxiv.  303. 

456. 

iv.  108. 


Butler  .... 
Carbon,  Edison  . 
Groves  .... 

Machine,  Plante    . 
Wheatstone    .. 


Machine 


.  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  147. 
.  "Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  408. 
.  *"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  172. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  574. 
.  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  v.  309. 

.  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  10. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxix.  296. 

*  "Scientific  Arner.,'-'  xxxviii.  169. 


Rhi'no-plas-tos.  A  species  of  flat  nosed  pin- 
chers for  straightening  the  bones  of  the  septum 
narium  deformed  by  accident  or  violence. 


Fig.  2135. 


Dr.  Adams'  Rhinoplastos. 

Rhinoscope      .     .  *  "Scientific  American  S<tp.,'>  1722. 
"Mech.  i)i'ci.,"  p.  1935. 

Rib.  (Add.)  1.  (Fire-arm.)  One  of  the  plates 
above  and  below,  which  connect  the  two  tubes, 
forming  the  double  barrel. 

Ribbed  Boil'er.  One  with  corrugations  or 
projecting  ribs  to  add  to  the  surface  exposed  to  the 
fire.  Used  for  greenhouse  boilers. 

Rib  Fab'ric  Ma-chine'.  A  knitting  machine 
adapted  to  make  the  rib  stitch.  It  has  peculiar  ad- 
justments in  the  power  and  hand  machines,  and  in 
some  has  various  capabilities,  for  making  polka  rib, 
one-and-one  rib,  etc. 

See  description  by  Mr.  G.  W.  Gregory,  "Centennial  Exhi- 
bition Reports,"  Group  XXII.,  vol.  vii.,  pp.  53-59. 

Rib  Shears.     (Surgical.)     See  COSTOTOME. 

Rib'-top  Ma-chine'.  A  knitting  machine 
adapted  to  make  rib-tops  of  hosiery  ;  with,  in  some 
cases,  an  adaptation  to  make  broad-rib  hose  through- 
out. 

One  by  Gisuson  and  Coltman,  of  Leicester,  England,  was 
shown  at  the  Centennial,  capable  of  making  from  200  to  250 
dozen  pairs  of  tops  per  week  of  60  hours. 

It  is  arranged  to  make  rib  tops  with  welt  and  slack  course, 
and  is  fitted  with  three  carriers  ;  also  a  pattern  wheel,  which 
can  be  altered  at  pleasure  to  make  any  pattern.  The  length 
of  top  can  be  varied  as  desired,  and  the  self-acting  winding 
tackle  for  receiving  the  work  is  as  effective  as  it  is  simple, 
only  requiring  the  work  of  a  few  moments  to  take  off  the  fab- 
ric and  proceed  with  further  productions.  This  machine  can 
be  changed  in  action,  whilst  running,  to  make  the  royal  rib 
stitch;  it  will  also  make  the  two-and-one  rib  socks,  with 
welt ;  it  can  be  worked  by  steam  or  by  hand.  A  dial  indi- 
cating the  amount  of  work  done  is  supplied. 

When  making  broad-rib  hose  a  cylinder  pattern  wheel  is 
fitted,  and  this  is  so  adapted  that  the  patterns  can  be  varied 
through  the  whole  length  of  hose.  It  will  make  36  dozen 
pairs  of  hose  legs  in  the  week  of  60  hours. 

Rice  Drill.  A  force-feed  machine  for  drilling 
rice.  See  GRAIN  DRILL.  WHEAT  DRILL,  "Mech. 
Diet." 


Rice  machinery    .     .     . 

Huller 

Decorticator,  Coromandel 


"Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  137. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1510. 
"  Technologiste  ''  xli.  364. 


RIDGE   HARROW. 


757 


RIFLE. 


Ridge  Har'row.  (Agric.)  One  hinged  lon- 
gitudinally so  as  to  be  capable  of  lapping  upon  the 
sides  of  a  ridge  over  which  it  passes.  Fig.  1318, 
p.  440,  supra. 

Riepe  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Steel  made  by  a 
process  of  adding  to  a  bath  of  pig-iron  in  a  rever- 
beratory,  iron-slag,  salt,  clay,  and  oxide  of  man- 
ganese. The  iron  is  worked  below  the  scum  and 
rolled  into  balls  for  the  shingler. 

Riffle  Blocks.  (^ fining.)  Wooden  blocks 
set  on  end  in  a  sluice  with  interstices  for  catching 
gold. 

Ri'fle.  A  fire-arm  with  barrel  grooved  spirally 
to  give  a  rotation  on  its  axis  to  the  projectile. 

See  history,  pp.  1939-1943,  "Meek.  Diet.,"  and  illustrations 
of  — 

*  Sharps.  *  Maynard. 

*  Creedmoor  rifle  range. 

See  also  FIRE-ARM,  pp.  850-860,  where  are  illustrations  of 


Martini. 

Prussian  needle  gun. 
Merrill. 
Laidley. 
Snider. 
Peabody. 
Allen. 
Sharps. 
Chassepot. 
Maynard. 
Spencer. 
Berdan. 
See  also  REVOLVER. 


Richards. 

Roberts. 

Hall. 

Burnside. 

Puckles. 

Elliot. 

Springfield. 

Ward-Burton. 

Remington. 

Dodge. 

Swiss. 

Winchester. 


Fig.  2136  shows  Stevens'  plan  for  converting  a 
shot-gun  to  a  rifle  by  slipping  a  rifle  barrel  into  that 
of  the  shot-gun. 


Fig.  2136. 


Hf. 


Converting  Shot-gun  to  Rifle. 

Fig.  1  is  a  perspective  view. 

Fig.  2  is  a  longitudinal  section. 

Fig.  3  shows  the  breech  of  the  rifle  (enlarged). 

The  rifle-barrel  B  slips  into  the  rear  end  of  the  shot-gun 
barrel  A,  the  flange  formed  on  the  end  of  it  occupying  the 
recess  made  in  the  shot-gun  barrel  for  the  reception  of  the 
Hange  of  the  cartridge.  The  rifle  barrel  has  a  longitudinal 
recess  for  receiving  the  slide  D  on  which  is  pivoted  a  lever  E 
having  at  its  rear  end  a  short  projection,  o,  extending  in- 
ward. 

After  the  discharge  the  barrel  of  the  gun  is  tilted  down 
and  the  extractor  starts  the  rifle  barrel  out  of  the  shot  gun 
barrel ;  this  operation  moves  the  glide  Z>  slightly,  and  starts 
the  cartridge  shell.  Should  this  prove  insufficient  the  rifle 
barrel  is  drawn  out  far  enough  to  admit  of  raising  the 
lever  E,  which  operation  moves  the  slide  D  and  ejects  the 
shell. 

Statement  of  the  number  of  machines,  fixtures, 
small  tools,  and  gages-  necessary  for  the  manufac- 
ture of  200  Springfield  rifles  per  day  of  10  hours  :  — 

Names  of  Parts  of  Rifle. 

Barrel.  Cam  latch. 

Receiver.  Thumb  piece. 

Breech  screw.  Firing-pin. 

Breech  block.  Extractor. 

Breech-block  cap.  Extractor  spring  spindle. 


Cap  with  2  rivets. 

23  screws  for  parts. 

5  springs. 

2  pins. 

2  studs. 

2  washers. 

Stock. 

Lock  plate. 

Hammer. 

Main  spring. 

Sear. 

Sear  spring. 

Main-spring  swivel. 

Tumbler. 

Bridle. 

Hinge  pin. 

Bayonet. 

Bayonet  clasp. 


Cost. 


Guard  plate. 
Guard  bow. 
Trigger. 
Butt  plate. 
Lower  bands. 
Upper  bands. 
Lower  band-springs. 
Upper  band-springs. 
Upper  band  swivel. 
Guard  bow-swivel. 
Ramrod. 
Ramrod  stop. 
Tip. 

Fronfc  sight. 
Rear-sight  base. 
Kear-sight  spring. 
Rear-sight  leaf. 
Rear-sight  cap. 


37  machines  for  making  the  stock 

81  machines  for  making  the  barrel 54,000 

51  machines  for  making  the  receiver 23,500 

17  machines  for  making  the  breech  screw  ....  6,600 
37  machines  for  making  the  breech  block  ....  13,100 

5  machines  for  making  the  breech-block  cap  .     .     .  1,800 

12  machines  for  making  the  cam  latch 5,600 

10  machines  for  making  the  thumb  piece   ....  3,800 

3  machines  for  making  the  firing  pin 1,060 

9  machines  for  making  the  extractor 2,950 

1  machine  for  making  the  extractor  spring  spindle  425 

14  machines  for  making  the  guard  plate     ....  4,800 
9  machines  for  making  the  guard  bow 2,900 

11  machines  for  making  the  trigger 3,600 

13  machines  for  making  the  butt  plate 5,400 

10  machines  for  making  the  upper  and  lower  bands  5,300 

10  machines  for  making  the  upper  and  lower  springs  3,300 

10  machines  for  making  the  upperand  lower  swivels  3,000 

7  machines  for  making  the  ramrod 2,570 

8  machines  for  making  the  ramrod  stop    ....  2,735 
5  machines  for  making  the  tip 1,535 

4  machines  for  making  the  front  sight 1,565 

18  machines  for  making  the  rear  sight  base,  and 

spring 6,650 

34  machines  for  making  the  rear-sight  leaf,  cap,  and 

pins 15,070 

15  machines  for  making  the  lock  plate 6,100 

16  machines  for  making  the  hammer 5,800 

12  machines  for  making  the  main  spring    ....  3,490 
8  machines  for  making  the  sear 2,750 

7  machines  for  making  the  sear  spring      ....  2,050 
4  machines  for  making  the  main-spring  swivel  .     .  1,225 

12  machines  for  making  the  tumbler 4,500 

8  machines  for  making  the  bridle 2,730 

4  machines  for  making  the  hinge-pin 1,300 

46  machines  for  making  the  bayonet 19,575 

8  machines  for  making  the  bayonet  clasp      .     .    .  3,370 

13  machines  for  making  screws,  pins,  and  studs  .     .  6,120 
18  polishing  machines,  stands,  wheels,  etc.     .     .     .  2,200 
51  forging  machines,  drop  hammers,  and  presses     .  39,000 

2  sets  of  forging  dies 22,000 

18  water-front  forges 2,700 

4  annealing  furnaces 1,600 

2  hardening  furnaces 1,000 

2  blowers  (fan  blowers) 400 

2  sets  of  gages,  1  working  and  1  inspection  set  .     .  45,000 

1  set  of  fixtures  and  2  sets  of  small  tools       .     .     .  115,000 

32  machines  for  tool-making,  repairing,  etc.    .          .  13,600 

696          Total  for  machines,  tools,  and  gages  .    .     $532,770 

For  running  the  above  machines  and  tools  it  would  require 
a  condensing  engine  of  32"  X  60",  300  horse-power  ;  4  tubu- 
lar boilers,  16'  X  S7 ;  2  tubular  boilers,  16'  X  5',  reserve. 
Cost  about  $25,000. 

Floor-space  occupied  by  using  all  above  machines,  tools, 
etc.,  125,000  square  feet. 

Compiled  for  this  work  by  C.  J.  EHBETS,  of  Hartford,  Conn. 

Breech  loading,  Me  Alpine  * 

Browne  &  Sharpe,  Shops  * 

Greener,  Br * 

Hair-trigger,  Leonard  .  * 
Hammerless  ....  * 
Hammerless,  Greener,  Br.  * 
Martini-Henry  .  .  . 

Military * 

Military,  French  service. 

Gras * 

Needle,  Fieri    .    .     .     .  * 
* 

Repeating,  French 
Repeating,  French  navy 

(20  Figs.) 


a  treu.1J 

"Scientific  American,'-  xxxv.  325. 
Fig.  1298,  p.  402,  supr<:. 


Fig.  1028,  p.  335,  supra. 
"Engineer,"  xlv.  334. 


•     engineer,     xiv.  tso*. 
'  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2086. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  449. 

'  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  223. 


RIFLE. 


758 


RING   SAW. 


Revolver See  infra. 

Rifling  cannon,  on 

Zalinski    .     .    .    .     „      "Scientific  American  Sup.,-  410. 

Shot-gun See  infra. 

Soper,  Ger *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  36,  46. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1825. 

Steyer,  Austria.          .      "Iron Age,"1  xxiv.,  Sept.  18,  p.  15. 

Whitwort/i     .     ,     .     .      "  Van  Nostrand' s  Mag.,"  xiv.  199. 

"Report  of  Chief  of  Ordnance  U.  S.  Army,'1'  1877,  has  de- 
scriptions and  drawings  of  the  following  foreign  small  arms. 
See  Appendix  L  :  — 

Werndl Figs.  101, 102,  pp.  537-570. 

Tnbatiere Fig.  9J,  p.  558.  • 

Snifter Fig.  92,  p.  558. 

Kntka Fig.  93,  p.  558. 

Albini-Branrflin   .     .     .  Fig.  94,  p.  559. 

Martini-Henry     .     .    .  Figs.  9/  to  97  w,  p.  560. 

Werder Figs.  100  to  lOOp,  p.  568. 

Turwiirl/i Fig.  104,  p.  572. 

Vetterlin Fig.  105,  p.  573. 

Manser Fig.  106,  p.  -575. 

Chassepot Fig.  107,  p.  577. 

Rtissian Fig.  108,  p.  580. 

See  also  BREECH  LOADER  ;  MAGAZINE  GUN  ;  HAMMERLESS 
GUN  :  NEEDLE  GUN  ;  REVOLVER,  etc. 

Ri'fling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  making 
the  spiral  grooves  in  the  barrels  of  guns. 

As  used  in  the  U.  S.  armories  it  is  a  machine  in  which  the 
barrel  is  firmly  held  while  a  mandrel  carrying  a  cutting  tooth 
is  drawn  through  it,  the  mandrel  making  one  and  a  half  rev- 
olutions (luring  its  passage  through  the  barrel.  The  barrel 
makes  a  third  of  a  revolution  between  each  cut,  anil  the 
result  is  a  barrel  with  three  grooves  and  three  lands.  The 
groover  is  worked  automatically,  expanding  to  make  the 
groove  deeper  as  it  repeats  the  cut  in  the  same  place,  until 
the  groove  is  deep  enough.  The  barrel  is  drenched  with  oil 
all  the  time. 

The  Pratt  &  Whitney  rifling  machine  gives  from  one  turn 
to  the  grooves  in  20"  to  one  in  36".  The  cutter-rod  carries 
from  1  to  3  cutters,  as  the  rifling  is  4,  5,  or  6  to  the  circum- 
ference. An  adjustable  feed-stop  gages  the  depth  of  the 
rifling,  and  the  racks,  which  are  of  steel,  are  double,  to  take 
up  all  back-lash,  so  that  the  cutters  cannot  ride  on  the 
lands.  An  oil-pump  feeds  automatically  at  each  end  of  the 
stroke.  The  carriage  is  gibbed  on  the"  outside  of  the  long 
slide,  allowing  free  access  to  its  working  parts. 

Rig'ging  Cut'ter.  An  apparatus  invented  to 
cut  the  rigging  of  sunken  vessels  as  a  means  of  re- 
moving the  masts,  etc.,  which  form  an  impediment 
to  navigation. 

"  Grosser  Kurfurst"  .    .  *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  375. 


Fig.  2137. 


Rig'ger     Screw.      A 

clamp  for  setting  u  p 
shrouds  and  stays,  one 
portion  being  made  fast, 
the  part  to  be  hauled  taut 
is  lashed  to  the  other,  and 
the  parts  then  approached 
by  means  of  the  screw. 

Rig'ging  Stop'per. 
(Nautical.)  A  hold -fast 
or  preventer-rope  acting 
as  substitute  when  a 
s  h  r  o  IT  d  or  stay  is  shot 
away  or  stranded  in  a  gale. 
It  may  have  a  knot  and 
laniard  at  each  end,  or 
dead-eyes  and  tails. 

Right-and-Left 
Coup'ling.  A  turn- 
buckle.  The  link  having 
right-and-left  nuts  at  ei- 
ther end,  rods  inserted 
are  drawn  together  or 
apart  by  rotation  of  the 
link.  See  TURN-BUCKLI:, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Right'an-gle    Prism. 

ment  to  the  microscope  stand  for  throwing  light 
upon  an  object.     It  is  rotatable  on  its  horizontal 


Rigger  Screw. 
Fig.     1694,    p.    2659, 

(Optics.)     An   attach- 


Fig.  2138. 


Achromatic  Right-angle  Prism. 

axis,  and  also  on  a  vertical  axis,  in  order  to  direct 
the  light  in  the  requisite  direction. 

Rig'id     Sus-pen'sioii    Bridge.      A    bridge 
with  catenary  suspension  members,  of  such  form 
and  so  braced  as  to  form  an  unyielding  truss. 
See  Paper  by  Fuller  .    .    *  ''Engineering,''  xxi.  183. 

Rim  Pla'ner.  A  machine  for  dressing  the 
rims  of  carriage-wheels. 

See  RIM-PLANING  MACHINE,  Fig.  4330,  p.  1944,  "Mech.  Diet." 
FELLY  PLANER,  Fig.  1016,  p.  331,  supra. 
FELLY  DRESSER,  Fig.  1940,  p.  832,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Rim  Saw.  A  saw  the  cutting  portion  of 
which  is  annular  and  mounted  upon  a  central  cir- 
cular disk. 

See  also  RING  SAW,  infra. 

Fig.  2139. 


Rim  Saw. 

Ring  Boot.  (Manage.)  A  caoutchouc  or  rub- 
ber ring  on  the  fetlock  to  induce  the  horse  to  travel 
wider  and  prevent  interfering.  See  INTERFERING 
STRAP,  Fig.  2089,  p.  1192,  "'Mech.  Diet." 

Ring  Bush.  A  socket  with  anti-friction  rings 
on  its  interior  perimeter,  as  in  some  descriptions  of 
rope  blocks.  See  Fig.  263,  p,  119,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ring  Mallet.  One  the  head  of  which  is 
strengthened  by  rings  driven  upon  it.  See  y,  Fig. 
3032,  p.  1379,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  where  are  also  shown 
other  forms. 

Ring  Plate.  A  ring  in  a  plate  attached  to  a 
wall  to  support  a  steam  radiator  pipe  or  coil.  See 
Coir,  PLATE,  Fig.  656,  p.  208,  supra. 

Ring  Saw.  A  narrow  cylindrical  saw  with  ser- 
rated edge  running  upon  guides  which  strain  it  and 
keep  it  in  circular  form. 

It  Is  a  form  of  scroll  saw.  The  clearance  is  effected  by 
getting  the  teeth  or  making  the  blade  thinner  towards  the 
back. 


RING  SAW. 


759 


RIVETING  MACHINE. 


Fig.  2140. 


2141. 


Ring  Saw  Machine. 

The  inside  of  the  saw  fits  into  a  groove  on  the  driver  which 
revolves  the  saw,  so  that  the  greater  the  amount  of  work  on 
the  saw,  the  tighter  the  friction  holds  it ;  and  when  the  saw 
is  not  at  work,  the  friction  is  only  sufficient  to  revolve  the 
saw.  On  the  opposite  end  of  the  driving  shaft  from  the 
friction  wheel  are  two  pulleys,  tight  and  loose,  to  receive  a 
2J"  driving  belt.  The  saws  can  be  used  from  J"  to  1"  wide. 

See  Fig  4334,  p.  1945,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  also  RIM  SAW, 
supra. 

Ring  Splice.  (Nautical.)  A  loop  made  in  a 
rope  bv  splicing  the  end  to  the  standing  part  as  in 
/,  Fig." 5435,  p.  2279,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ring  Top  Fur'nace.  A  charcoal  furnace  for 
smoothing  irons,  etc.,  having  an  annular  top  and 
cross  bars,  removable  at  pleasure. 

Ring  Valve.  A  valve  of  cylindrical  shape 
sliding  in  a  chamber 
which  has  a  similar 
form  but  has  apertures 
which  afford  a  through 
way  when  the  valve  is 
lifted. 

The  valve  has  a  ver- 
tical slit  on  one  side  and 
is  expansible  as  the 
screw  forces  it  down 
upon  a  wedge  which  oc- 
cupies an  axial  vertical 
position  within  it. 

Rins'ing  M  a- 
chine'.  1.  A  centrifu- 
gal machine  in  which 
clothes  from  the  rins- 
ing tub  are  placed  in 
order  to  remove  the  wa- 
ter as  far  as  possible  by 
mechanical  means,  be- 
fore placing  the  clothes 
in  the  drying  closet. 
See  LAUNDRY,  Plate 
XXV.,  opp.  p.  532,  su- 
pra. 

2.  A  machine  for  pass- 
ing calicoes,  etc.,  through  water  to  remove  super- 
fluous color,  etc.,  acquired  in  the  dyeing  or  bleach- 
ing processes.  Fig.  4336,  p.  1945,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Rip'-Rap.  Loose  stone  pitched  around  a  sub- 
aqueous foundation  to  prevent  erosion  by  water. 


Many  of  the  most  important  railroad  bridges  have  their 
piers  founded  on  timber  cribs  filled  in  with  stone,  the  timber 
work  being  carried  up  to  within  a  couple  of  feet  of  lowest 
water  mark  before  starting  the  masonry.  On  bottoms  sub- 
ject to  erosion,  a  plentiful  supply  of  rip-rap  is  dumped 
around  the  foundation  and  replenished  from  season  to  season 
till  well  solidified. 

This  is  the  usual  system  in  America  when  the  river  bottom 
is  of  such  a  nature  that  a  solid  bearing  on  stone,  hard-pan, 
or  gravel  can  be  insured.  \Vhen  a  soft  material  overlies  a 
hard  bottom,  loose  stone,  rip-rap,  is  thrown  in  to  form  a 
foundation  for  the  crib  work  or  masonry. 

Riv'e t.  A  short  bolt  the  end  of  which  is  swaged 
to  prevent  retraction. 

Fig.  2142. 


Rivets. 


Fig.  2142  shows  a  number  of  forms,  the  greater  number  of 
which  are  distinguished  by  the  shapes  of  their  heads. 

Riv'et  Clip'per.  A  tool  like  a  bolt  cutter  for 
clipping  the  superfluous  length  of  rivets  before 
swaging  the  end.  Fig.  4346,  p.  1947,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Riv'et-hole  Punch.  (Dentistry.)  A  hand 
tool  used  in  perforating  dental  plates  for  the  re- 
ception of  rivets. 

Fig.  2143. 


Rivet-hole  Punch. 

Riv'et-ing  Bur.  A  washer  placed  on  a  rivet 
and  upon  which  the  end  is  swaged  down.  Used 
only  in  small  affairs,  from  1-10"  to  £"  holes. 

Riv'et-ing  Knob.  A  cup-faced  swage  for 
closing  down  the  rivet  end  upon  the  object  or  upon 
the  bur,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Riv'et-ing  Ma-chine'.  Several  forms  of  riv- 
eting machine  are  shown  in  Figs.  4349-4354, 
"Meek.  Diet."  operating  by  pitman,  cam,  steam, 
hydraulic  power,  etc. 


RIVETING  MACHINE. 


760 


ROAD   LOCOMOTIVE. 


Fig.   2144 


Tweddell's  Suspended  Hydraulic  Riveter. 

Fig.  2144  shows  the  Tweddell  portable  hydraulic  riveter 
and  crane,  for  riveting  locomotive-boiler  foundation  rings, 
wheel-tires,  girders,  crane-work,  boilers,  etc.  The  riveter 
is  suspended  from  a  specially  designed  hydraulic  crane  by 
means  of  which  the  riveter  is  made  to  command  a  consider- 
able area  without  disconnecting  a  pipe-coupling  or  breaking 
a  pipe-joint. 

A  slightly  modified  form  of  the  same  is  shown 
more  iu  detail  in  Fig.  2145. 

It  consists  of  two  levers  or  arms  abutting  at  one  extremity, 
and  carrying  at  the  other  two  cupped  dies,  used  to  form  the 
head  of  the  rivet.  Upon  one  of  these  levers  rests  the  bottom 
of  a  hydraulic  cylinder,  in  which  works  a  plunger,  carrying 
a  crosshead  furnished  with  tension  bars,  which,  after  pass- 
ing through  guides  on  each  side  of  the  cylinder,  are  fas- 
tened to  the  other  lever,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2145.  The  ful- 
crum is  not  situated  at  the  center  of  the  length  of  the  levers, 
but  at  a  point  distant  about  one  third  of  that  length  from 
one  end. 

The  riveter  may  be  adjusted  in  its  hangings  to  act  on 
seams,  oblique,  horizontal,  or  vertical. 

One  man  raises  and  lowers  the  riveter,  adjusts  it  to  the 
rivets,  and  then  closes  the  dies  on  the  rivets.  Boys  drop  the 
red-hot  rivets  into  place  with  the  head  of  the  rivet  upper- 
most in  horizontal  •work.  With  a  skillful  operator,  as  many 
as  6  to  10  red-hot  rivets  may  be  put  in  place  ahead  of  him, 

Fig.  2145. 


Tweddell  Portable  Hydraulic  Riveter 


and  he  can,  on  beam  work,  drive  from 
10  to  It)  rivets  per  minute. 

The  machine  is  used  with  an  accu- 
mulator which  maintains  an  equable 
pressure  adjustable  from  250  to  2,000 
pounds  per  square  inch. 

See  also  FIRE-HOLE  RING  RIVETER 
Fig.  1036,  p.  338,  supra. 

Small  riveting  machines  are  used 
for  closing  rivets  on  small  articles  of 
wear  and  convenience,  such  as  bro- 
gans,  boots,  shawl-straps,  valises,  etc. 

A  hydraulic  riveting  machine  driven 
by  pump,  and  accumulator,  is  shown 
under  ACCUMULATOR,  Fig.  2,  p.Z, supra. 
Adt  .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  24,  p.  1.  ' 
Allen  *  "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,0ct. 5,  p.  1; 

xxi.,  Apr.  18,  p.  1. 
Pneumatic,  Allen. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlviii.,  12  ;  xlvi. 

210. 
Bement. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Oct.  3,  p.  1. 
Arrol,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  32. 
Maccoll,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  288. 
McKay  if  Me  George,  Br. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  32. 

Muir,  Eng.     ....     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2033. 

Steam,  Pusey,  Jones,  if  Co.  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  .Tune  1,  p.  1. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv. 342. 
"Self utific  Amer.,"  xli.  259. 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  493  ;  xxi. 
115  ;  xxvi.  61-64. 

*  "Engineer,"   xlvi.    230;    xliv. 

98. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  563. 

*  "Man.  if  Builder,"  xii.  105. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  226 ; 

xlii.  146. 

*•" Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  2225. 
Plant  (hydraulic)  at  In- 
dret  arsenal,  Tweddell, 

Fr *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  3. 

Suspended    (hydraulic), 
Tweddell,  Br.     .     .     . 
Rivet -heating   furnace, 
Fr *"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1046. 


Portable.  Setters    .     .     . 
Hydraulic,  Tweddell,  Br. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  66. 


*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1527. 


Rivet -joints    of    steam 

boilers,  Cawley .     .     . 
Rivet-making    machine, 

Collier,  Br.     ,....*  "Engineer,-'  xliv.  57. 

*  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvii.  150. 

Road  Grad'er.     See  ROAD  LEVELER. 

Road  Lev'el-er.  A  scraper  for  leveling  heaps 
of  dumped  earth  thrown  up  to  form  a  road  ;  and 
for  rounding  the  earth  towards  the  center  of  the 
road.  It  is  a  board,  steel-shod,  and  traversing 
obliquely  with  the  line  of  the  direction  of  the  road. 
Shown  in  b,  Fig.  4693,  p.  2058,  and  Fig.  4365,  p. 
1954,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Road  crossing,  standard  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  655. 
Roadway  of  Kharran,  Babylon  to  Egypt. 

Builder "  Van  Nostr.'s  Mas."  xxiii.  290. 

Road  making    ....  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  275. 
Road  plane.  Lafetree      .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  390. 
Roads,  Impt.  of  prairie. 

Nicholl *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  2399. 

Road  Lo'co-mo'tive.  Notices  of  the  early 
road  locomotives,  which  preceded  the  railway  loco- 
motives, are  given  on  pp.  *1951,  1952,  "Mech. 
Diet."  The  modern  forms  of  road  steamers,  made 
by  Thomson  and  by  Ransomes  (Br.),  are  also  shown 
in  Figs.  4360,  4361,  Ibid. 

Fig.  2146  shows  the  Aveling  &  Porter  road  locomotive  with 
two  of  the  standard  forms  of  wagons,  made  to  carry  4  and  6 
tons  respectively.  They  are  with  iron  or  with  wooden  wheels 
and  with  sides  and  ends  to  let  down  or  detach  ;  in  the  latter 
case  to  make  a  platform  truck. 

See  *  "Mech.  Diet.,''  pp.  1952,  1953. 
History,  machines    and  *  Prof.  Thurston's  report,  "  Vienna. 

results Exhibition  Rep'ts,''  1873,  iii.,p. 

83,  et  seq. 
Road  locomotive. 

Marshall  if  Co.,  Engl.  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  886. 
Trials,  Wisconsin  .  .  .  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  1,  p.  24. 
Road  steamer,  Berlin  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  406. 


ROAD   LOCOMOTIVE. 


761 


ROCKING   PIER. 


Fie.  214f 


Aveling  if  Porter's  Road  Locomotive. 


Road  roller,  steam. 

Aveling  $  Porter,  Br.     *  "  Engineering,"  xxvii.  564. 

*  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  30. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  162. 
Green,  Br *  "Engineer,"1  1.  245. 

Lindelof *  "Eng.  If  Mining  Jour.,'-  xxi.  103. 

Road  Ma-chine'.  A  scraper  mounted  on 
wheels  .and  used  to  excavate  earth,  transport  it, 
and  dump  it  in  situ.  Used  in  making  road  by  ex- 
cavating ditches  at  the  side  and  throwing  the  earth 
into  a  rounded  ridge  to  form  the  road.  — Pennock. 

See  EXCAVATOR,  p.  814  ;  ROAD  SCRAPER,  pp.  1953,  1954 ; 
Fig.  4694,  p.  2058,  " Meek.  Diet." 

Road  Plow.  A  strong  plow  used  for  throw- 
ing up  embankments,  excavating  ground  to  be 
moved  by  the  scraper,  etc. 

Road  Scra'per.  1.  A  horse  shovel  for  mov- 
ing earth.  See  Figs.  4366,  4367,  p.  1954,  and  Figs. 
4693-4695,  p.  2058,  "Mech.  Diet." 

2.  An  implement  with  a  long  oblique  blade  which 
is  drawn  on  the  ground  to  level  it,  or  to  gently 
round  it  for  a  roadbed.  Fig.  4365,  p.  1954,  and 
b,  Fig.  4693,  p.  2058,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Roast'ing  Fur'nace.  A  furnace  for  calcining 
ores  to  remove  sulphur,  phosphorus,  arsenic,  as  the 
case  may  be.  The  forms  and  names  are  various : 
subliming,  reverberating,  shaft,  cylinder)  etc.  See 
descriptions  and  illustrations  on  pp.  1954,  1955, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 


See  list  of  Furnaces,  p.  926,  Ibid. 

Brewster 

Brotlie 

Calcining  furnace  ore. 

Westman 

Reverberating,  Mining, 

Cal 

Freiberg 


" Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  July  11,  p.  20. 
"Iron  Age,''  xxiii.,  Mar.  27,  p.  15. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  23,  p.  1. 


Revolving,  Manes     .     . 
Rotary,  Bruckner  . 
Rotary  cylinder. 

HoweU-W/iite     .     .     . 
Shaft,  Gerstenhofer   .    . 

For  silver  ores,  Bruckner 
Process,  Holloway,  Br.  . 


*  "Engineering,"1  xxviii.  464. 
Painter's  report,  "  Vienna  Exposi- 
tion Report,''  iy.  40. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  79. 

*  "Sag.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiv.  38. 

*  "Min.  £  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvi.  209. 
Painter's  report,  "  Vienna  Exposi- 
tion Report,"  iv.  35. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  575. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  38. 


Rock  Drill.  These  are  of  two  kinds,  working 
by  blows  and  by  rotation.  The  former  have  steel 
tools  and  the  latter  black  diamonds. 

See  DIAMOND  DRILL,  Fig.  1631-1633,  pp.  696,  697,  "  Mech. 
Diet."  ;  ARTESIAN  WELL,  Ibid. ;  ROCK  DRILL,  Figs.  4375-4380, 
pp.  1956-1958,  Ibid. ;  ARTESIAN-WELL  MACHINE,  Fig.  114,  p. 
48,  supra. 

Rock  breaker    .     .     .     .  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup."  605. 
"  New  Blake  "   .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Nov.  20,  p.  1. 
American  Diamond  Rock 

Drill  Co *  "Eng.  ((Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  150. 

Barlow,  Engl *  -'Scientific  American," xxxiv.  150. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  770. 

Eartlett Labouldye's  "Diet.,'11  iv.  "Perfo- 
rator." 


Rock  boring  machinery, 
hydraulic,  Brandt,  Gr. 

Brossman,  Ger. 

"  Kainotoman,"  Dryden 
$  Davidson,  Br.  .  . 

Bryer 


Burleigh 
Cave    . 


Diamond 

"  Union  "     ..... 
Dubois  #   Francois,  St. 

Gothard 

Cranston 

Fellot 

Ferroux,  Fr 


Frolich,  Ger. 
Ingersoll  .     . 


Rock  Crusher,    Gardner 
llaud  power,  Jordan,  Br. 


Kainotoman  . 
KnifJer,  China  . 
Leschot  . 


Mershon 
Penrice 


Rand,"  Little  Giant' 


Sach,  Ger 

Shaw  tf  Clark,  Br.     .     . 
Rock  borer  (St.  Gothard) 

List  of  machines   .     .     . 

Paper  on,  by  Darlington 

Br 


"  Van  No  strand's  Mag."  xvii.  567. 

*  "Engineering,''1  xxx.  344. 

*  "Engineer"  xli.  209. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  356. 

*  "  Scientific  American,"  xliii.  179. 

*  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,  xxviii.  416. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  753, 1713. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iv.,  "Perfora- 
tor." 

*  "Eng.  *  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  233. 

*  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  327. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  44. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxi.  S5. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iv.,  " Perfo- 
rator." 

*  "Engineering,'''  xxi.  272. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  311. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  381. 
*"Man.  if  Builder,"  viii.  153;  xi. 

153. 
"Min.  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  19. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  394. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1857; 

1761. 

*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  356. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.  230. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iv.,  "Perfo- 
rator." 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  358. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iv.,  "Perfo- 
rator." 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  319. 

*  "Scientific  American."  xliii.  399. 

*  "Eng.  if  Mm.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  448. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxx.  434. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1538. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  188, 

374, 1392. 
" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2121. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1634. 


Rock'er.  (Railway.)  A  curved  iron  casting 
on  which  the  body  of  a  tip-car  rests  and  rocks  in 
discharging. 

Rock'et.  An  illuminating  or  incendiary  pro- 
jectile. 

The  various  kinds  are  cited  and  described  on  p. 
1959,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Borer's  life-saving,  rope-carrying  rocket,  for  communica- 
ting vvith  stranded  vessels,  is  shown  and  described  in  "  Ord- 
nance Report,"  1878,  Appendix  P,  p.  314  and  Plate  XLI. 


Illuminating 


' Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  72. 


The  rocket  harpoon  is  one  projected,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  by  the  issuing  at  the  rear  of  the  gaseous 
results  of  the  explosive. 

See  list  of  U.  S.  Patents,  which  also  includes  bomb  har- 
poons and  bomb  lance,  under  HARPOON. 

Rock'ing  Bar.  A  bar  in  a  stove  or  furnace 
on  which  the  grate  rocks,  and  in  some  cases  tips. 

Rock'ing  Pier.  A  bridge  pier  for  supporting 
a  railway  track  or  iron  truss  across  a  ravine  or 


ROCKING   PIER. 


762 


ROLLER. 


valley,  its  upper  end  having  a  motion  longitudi- 
nally of  the  said  truss  as  the  same  contracts  or  ex- 
pands. It  is  a  substitute  for  supporting  the  end 
of  the  truss  upon  rollers  on  a  rigid  pier. 

It  is  used  on  the  Dysdal  Viaduct  on  the  Chris- 
tiana &  Fredrikshald  Railway,  Norway. 

The  piers  which  support  the  superstructure  are  of  wrought 
iron  with  lattice-work  web.  In  the  longitudinal  direction 
of  the  viaduct,  which  is  603'  in  length,  there  is  only  a  single 
column  between  each  span,  possessing  no  stability  in  itself, 
and  the  upper  end  is  allowed  to  move  along  with  the  super- 
structure when  the  latter  expands  and  contracts  The  lower 
end  of  each  pier  rests  on  a  hinged  shoe,  so  that  breaking 
strains  are  avoided,  and  the  load  is  always  rendered  central 
to  the  pier  columns.  The  movement  of  iron  work  in  a  lon- 
gitudinal direction  is  transferred  to  the  one  abutment  on 
which  are  the  necessary  bed-plates,  provided  with  rollers  ; 
on  the  other  the  superstructure  is  kept  in  place  by  a  fixed 
shoe. 

Fig.  2147. 


Rocking  Saw-table. 

Rock'ing    Saw'-ta-ble.     A   form  of  cross- 
cutting  machine  in  which  the  stuff  is  laid  on  a  ta- 

Fig.  2148. 


ble  which  rocks  on  an  axis.  The  table  is  counter- 
balanced by  a  pendulous  weight,  and  the  thrusting; 
forward  of  the  table  brings  the  stuff  to  the  action 
of  the  saw,  and  conversely.  Fig.  2147. 

Rod  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  making 
round  sticks,  such  as  dowels,  pins,  stretchers,  broonT- 
handles,  etc. 

The  revolving  head  is  on  the  principle  of  a  hol- 
low auger,  and  is  mounted  upon  a  column.  A 
chuck  of  the  proper  size  is  fitted  into  the  hollow- 
arbor  on  which  is  the  pulley  driven  by  band  from 
the  countershaft  beneath. 

The  feeding  mechanism  consists  of  two  pairs  of  rollers  ; 
the  receiving  rollers  are  grooved  to  receive  the  square  stick  ; 
the  discharging  rollers,  circular  grooved,  to  receive  and  feed 
out  the  finished  rod.  The  rollers  are  geared  and  driven  from 
one  belt ;  are  adjusted  to  the  required  pressure  for  feeding 
the  stuff,  and  removable  for  different  sizes.  The  receiving 
rollers  are  turned  out  of  the  way  when  changing  the  chucks 
or  clearing  them  of  broken  rods.  It  will  turn  from  15'  to 
25'  per  minute.  Three  sizes  are  made :  to  work  1"  and  un- 
der, 1J"  and  under,  2"  and  under,  respectively. 

Fay *  "Engineer,-'1  xlv.  436. 

Rolled  Plate  Glass.  Rolling  glass  has  been 
to  some  extent  substituted  for  casting  on  tables,  in 
England,  France,  and  Belgium. 

"  Instead  of  being  cast  with  the  costly  apparatus  necessary 
for  plate  glass  of  large  sizes,  this  glass  is  cast  in  a  very  sim- 
ple manner.  A  basin  or  dipper  is  introduced  into  the  glass 
and  filled  up  ;  this  dipper  is  suspended  upon  a  hook  placed 
in  front  of  the  pot,  to  enable  the  workmen  to  dip  and  with- 
draw it  with  facility  when  it  is  full.  This  dipper  is  carried 
over  an  iron  table,  and  by  giving  a  blow  upon  it  all  the  cooled 
filaments  and  pieces  attached  to  the  outside  fall  off.  The 
dipper  is  now  emptied  over  the  casting  table,  the  thickness 
of  the  glass  being  regulated  by  metallic  pieces  or  rules.  The 
roller  is  passed  over  the  mass  by  the  workmen,  back  and 
forth.  These  plates  are  sometimes  imprinted  with  quadran- 
gular ribs,  very  close  to  one  another,  in  order  to  hide  the  de- 
fects or  air  bubbles  which  are  likely  to  occur  with  this  mode 
of  dipping  glass.  These  plates  are  usually  cast  about  one 
eighth  of  an  inch  thick.  They  are  used  for  covering  hot- 
houses, for  door  panels,  and  for  windows."  —  Colnc. 

Roller.  1 .  Land  rollers  and  clod  crushers  are 
considered  on  pp.  572,  1962,  1963,  "Mec/i.  Diet.," 
and  p.  201,  supra. 

Fig.  2149  is  the  roller  adapted  to  steam  plow 
culture. 

The  implement  ha?  a  width  of  15',  and  may  be  fitted  with 
any  description  of  roller,  smooth,  corrugated,  or  sectional. 
The  suspended  frame  is  hinged  in  the  middle  and  can  be 
readily  taken  to  pieces,  so  that  in  moving  from  field  to  field 
the  two  halves  are  pulled  one  behind  the  other,  and  pass 
conveniently  along  an  ordinary  or  a  farm  road  or  through 
gateways. 

The  French  Tombereait-rouleau  (cart-roller)  has  a  cart  body 
on  a  pair  of  iron  rollers,  for  use  on  soft  and  treacherous  soiL 
Guilleux  d  Segre. 

Fig.  2149. 


Rod  Machine. 


Fowler's  Roller  for  Steam  Plow  Culture. 

The  French  roller,  Systcme-Hoo'ibrenk,  is  scolloped  and 
the  ridges  are  sharp  and  penetrating. 

2.  Poole's  calender  rolls  are  shown  in  Fig.  499, 
p.  152,  supra. 

Manufacture  of  chilled      "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  533. 

Poole  Sf  Co *"  Scientific  American  Swp.,"  659. 

French  calendering  machine,  Fig.  500,  p.  153,  supra. 


ROLLER  BAR. 


763 


ROLLING  MILL. 


Rol'ler  Bar.  The  sharp-edge  bar,  or  knife,  in 
the  bed  of  a  rag-cutting  machine. 

Rol'ler  Bear'ing.  A  socket  for  a  roller  jour- 
nal, having  anti-friction  rollers  on  its  interior  pe- 
rimeter. Fig.  263,  p.  119,  "Mech.  Diet."  A  ring 
bush. 

Higley  ,    .    *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,'*  1412. 

Rol'ler  Grip.  The  device  for  clutching  the 
traveling  rope  in  that  system  of  traction  of  cars 
used  on  London  and  Blackwail  railway  in  1844. 
See  ROPE  RAILWAY,  p.  1983,  "Mech.  Diet."  ;  IN- 
CLINED PLANE,  Ibid. 

The  plan  adopted  in  San  Francisco  and  Chicago,  and  pro- 
posed for  the  East  River  Bridge,  N.  Y.,  consists  in  grasping 
the  rope  between  sheaves  or  grooved  steel  rollers  and  ap- 
plying brakes  to  the  periphery  of  the  rollers  opposite  the 
point  where  they  come  in  contact  with  the  rope.  This  per- 
mits perfect  control  of  the  movements  of  the  car,  as  has 
been  demonstrated  on  the  Silver  Street  Railway  in  San  Fran- 
cisco, where  there  is  a  two-mile  cable  on  a  steep  grade. 

See  \VIRE  ROPE  RAILWAY,  Fig.  7293,  p.  2795,  "Mec/i.  Diet." 

Rol'ler  Mill.  1  .  Specifically  :  a  mill  in  which 
wheat  is  made  into  flour  by  a  cracking  process,  by 
passing  between  rollers  consecutively  arranged  in 
pairs. 

The  wheat  passes  through  five  sets  of  rollers,  each  set 
closer  than  the  former.  These  rollers  are  3Q"  long  and  10" 
in  diameter.  After  passing  between  each  set  of  rollers  it  is 
bolted.  The  last  rollers  have  hardly  anything  but  wheat 
hulls  and  the  waxy  germs  which  do  not  crack  up,  but  smash 
together.  The  first  rollers  crack  the  kernels  of  wheat  into 
say  six  pieces.  The  starchy  substance  which  rattles  out 
drops  Through  the  cloth  sieves  or  bolting  cloths. 

These  six  pieces  are  broken  between  the  next  rollers  into 
thirty-six  pieces.  Then  the  white  starch  crumbs  are  sifted 
out  again,  and  the  thirty-six  pieces  are  passed  between  still 
tighter  rollers,  which  crack  them  into  216  pieces  :  another 
set  of  rollers  multiply  each  of  these  particles  into  six  more, 
making  them  aggregate  l,29;j.  Another  set  of  rollers  screwed 
together  with  tremendous  pressure  makes  7,776  pieces. 

The  numbers  of  course  are  only  approximate,  and  are 
given  merely  to  make  the  description  of  the  process  more 
clear. 

See  also  CYUXDER  MILL:  HIGH  MILLING,  supra;  ROLLER 
MILL,  Fig.  4404,  p.  19(34,  "Mech.  Diet.-' 

See  the  following  references  :  — 
On   ........ 

All  is  If  Co  ...... 

Granite  roll,  Brinjes  If 

Goodwin,  Br.     ...  *  "Engineer,'*  xlvii.  4. 

Burlw/z    ......  *  "Engineer,''1  1.  90. 

Butla  I'esth  .....      "Scientific  American  Sup..''  1891, 

2179.' 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  403. 

"  Scientific  American,"'  xlii.  265. 

*  "Engineering,''  xxx.  250. 

*  "Engineer,'1'  xlvi.  258. 

*  "American  Miller,'1'  iv.  48. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  617. 

*  "American  Miller,''  viii.  40. 
Gon-  if  Co.  ,  Buda-Pesth  *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  29. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2634. 

*  "North,  Western  Miller,"  viii.  169. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  105. 
"Engineer,'''  1.  90. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  617. 
Stevens     ......  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  324. 

Wegmann     .....  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  101,  105. 

Austria     .....  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  61,  64. 
Switz  .......  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  258. 

2.  Generally  :  the  term  includes  various  forms  of 
mills  for  coarse  grinding  of  grain  for  feed.  See 
GRINDING  MILL,  supra,  and  references  passim. 

See  list  under  MILL,  p.  604,  supra. 

See  also  CANE  MILLS  ;  OIL  CAKE  BREAKERS  ;  CALENDERING 
MACHINES,  etc.,  and  ROLLING  MILL. 

Roller  Skates.  A  long  series  of  illustrated 
articles  on  this  subject  may  be  found  in  "Engineer," 
vol.  xli.,  pp.  85,  102,  121,  129,  159,  167,  185,  208, 
223,  241,  263,287. 

Roller  skate,  Plimpton  .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  121. 

Salarlee     .....  *"Iron  Age,''  xix.,  May  17,  p.  1. 
Roller  skate  rink,  N.  Y.      "Scientific  American,'''  xl.  112. 

Paris     ......  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  943. 


"Am.  Miller,"  iv.  7,  23,  49,  61,84. 
"American  Miller,"  v.  169. 


Carter,  Br 

Controversy  and  suits. 
Daverio,  Switz.     .     . 

Downton,  middlings 
Esclier,  Wyss  if  Co.  . 
Frauent',/1/.  1'estli 


Graij 

Meckwart,  Austria 

Namur 


Rolling  Bridge.     One   whose   roadway  trav- 
erses  longitudinally  on  piers   as  in  the  proposed 
Thames  bridge.     "Engineering,"  *xxi.  188,  or  on 
rails,  as  in  Figs.  4407,  4408,  p.  1985,  "Mech.  Diet." 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup."     ......    312. 

Rolling  Col'ter  Plow.  One  having  a  cir- 
cular sharp-edged  disk  rolling  in  advance  of  the 
mold-board  to  cut  the  sod. 


Fig.  2150. 


Rolling  Colter  Plow. 

Rolling  Mill.  History,  varieties,  and  patterns 
of  rolled  plates  and  bars,  *  pp.  1966-1969,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

See  also  ARMOR  PLATE,  Ibid,  et  supra. 

A  rolled  turret  armor  plate  13'  10"  long,  8'  6" 
wide,  and  2'  7"  thick,  weighing  65  metric  tons,  was 
shown  at  the  Paris  Exposition,  1878. 

The  rolling  mill  for  sole-leather  has  a  small 
brass  roller,  driven  by  steam-power  and  passing 
over  a  concave  bed  covered  with  brass,  to  which 
any  degree  of  proximity  may  be  given  by  a  system 
of  compound  levers,  thus  giving  any  desired  pres- 
sure. It  is  used  for  rolling  sole-leather. 

Japlin's  process  for  making  flat  rings  for  lamp-shade  and 
similar  purposes  consists  in  passing  a  strip  between  tapering 


Fig.  2151. 


flailing  Mill  for  Flat  Rings. 

rolls  which  expand  the  exterior  perimeter  more  than  the 
interior,  giving  a  play  to  the  strip  which  results  in  a  flat 
ring.  This  is  subjected  to  pressure  in  dies  to  give  it  any 
required  form. 


Rolling  mill,  first  in  Am. 
Mill  and  Engine,  Bethle- 
hem, Pa * 

Rolling   mill,  Borisog- 
lebsk,  Russia     .     .     .  * 

Carnegie  Bros * 

Phoenix  Iron  Co.  .  .  * 
Clutch,  Weston,  Br.  .  * 
Continuous,  Jenkins .  .  * 
Eye  bars,  Kloman  .  .  * 
Continuous,  Lauth  .  . 
Eye-bars,  Kloman  .  .  * 
Engine,  Brotherhood,  Br.  * 

Crewe,  Br * 

Plate-rolling  .  .  .  .  * 
Reversing  engine,  Br.  .  * 
Reversing  apparatus. 

Christie,  Br 

Reversing  gear,  Christie.   * 
Reversing-engines,  Cleve- 
land, Engl * 

Reversing  engine. 
Eston,  Br * 


'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  291. 
'Engineering,''  xxiv.  320. 

'Engineering,"  xxix.  6. 
'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  143. 
'Engineering,"  xxix.  103. 
'  Engineer,"  xlviii.  159. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  March  20, p.  1. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxiii..  April  24,  p.  1. 
'  Iron  Age,"  xxiii..  March  27,  p.  20. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxxiii.,  April  24,  p.  1. 
'Engineering,"  xxh  341. 
'Engineering,"  359. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Jan.  22.  p.  1. 
'Engineering,"  xxv.  388,  430. 

'Iron  Age,"  xix.,  May  10,  p.  15. 
'Engineer,"  xlii.  60. 

'Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  15,  p.  1. 
'Engineer,"  xliii.  41. 


ROLLING  MILL. 


764 


ROOT   DIGGER. 


Reversing,  Farnley,  Br.  *  "Engineering,-'  xxii.  377. 
Engines,  Farnley,  Br.  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  381. 
Reversing,  Kloman  .  ,  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  19. 
Reversing  engine. 

Kolpina,  Russia      .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxiii.  108. 
Three-high  for  steel  ingots 

Eiltings *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  396. 

Wire-rod  train. 

Cambria  Iron  Co. .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  41. 

Report  by   Holley,  Group  I.,  "  Centennial  Reports,'1'1  vol. 
iii.,  p.  42. 

Ti inner  on  "  Roll  Turning." 

Rol'ling-mold   Flow.      A  plow  in,  which   a 
curved-faced  roller  is  substituted  for  the  rear  por- 


Fig.  2152. 


Rolling-mold  Plow. 

tion  of  the  mold-board.     It  is  designed  to  lessen 
friction  in  turning  over  the  furrow- slice. 

Ron'geur.  (Surgical.)  A  bone-gnawing  or 
gouging  forceps.  Post's  rongeur  is  specifically  for 
the  mastoid  bone. 

Roof.  References  to  structure,  Figs.  4420-4423, 
and  Plates  III.,  LIL,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Particulars  of  recent  improvements  :  — 

Bituminous "Manufact.  If  Builder,"  viii.  10. 

Corrugated  metal. 

Brenton,  Br *  "Engineer,'1'  xlvi.  21. 

Iron *  "Iron  Age,''  xix.,  May  10,  p.  7. 

For  iron  structures,  zinc, 

lead,  felt,  glass  ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Aug.  30,  p.  6. 
Lining,  mineral  wool     .  *  "  Manufact.  fy  Builder,"  x.  103. 
Materials,  on     ....      "Iron  Age,"1  xxiii.,  April  3,  p.  7. 
(Northern  Ry.  of  France)*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  663. 
(Liverpool    St.   Station, 

London) *  "Scientific  American  Sup. ,"  663. 


Wide  span "Scientific  American  Sup.,'' Ik 

Wooden,  Brown    .    .     .      "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  358. 


Roofs  and  roof-trusses:  *  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  cles  Arts  et 
Manufactures,''  vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "C/iarnente,"  Figs. 


"Paving  and  roofing  compositions"  is  the  subject  of  a 
volume  containing  a  digest  of  the  United  States  and  British 
patents,  by  L.  W.  Sinsabaugh,  Washington,  1875,  and  a  sub- 
sequent supplement. 

Campin.  "  On  the  Construction  of  Iron  Hoofs,  a  Theoret- 
ical and  Practical  Treatise.'' 


Hornsbys  Root  Cutter. 


Root  Cut'ter.  A  machine  for  slicing  roots 
for  feeding  to  live  stock. 

There  are  various  types :  conical,  cylinder,  and 
disk,  plain,  toothed,  shredding  cutters,  stepped 
cutters,  double  sets  of  cutters. 

Several  forms  are  shown  in  Figs.  4430-4432,  pp. 
1975,  1976,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fig.  2153  is  the  Hornsby  root  cutter  (British).  It  cuts  the 
root  into  finger  pieces  the  whole  length  of  the  root.  By  the 
disposition  of  the  hopper  and  curve  of  the  knives  the  roots 
are  not  rolled  in  the  hopper,  but  drawn  toward  the  center  of 
the  disk,  the  result  being  that  the  finger  pieces  are  delivered 
unbroken. 

Fig.  2154  is  Pinet's  conical  disk  root  cutter  (French).  The 
teeth  of  the  knives  project  beyond  the  periphery  of  the  cone 
and  remove  slices  equal  to  the  width  of  the 
teeth  and  of  a  thickness  equal  to  the  distance 
of  their  projection  beyond  the  face  of  the  cone. 
The  weight  of  the  roots  in  the  hopper  keeps 
them  against  the  cone.  The  slices  escape  into 
the  hollow  cone. 

Variations  in  the  knives  for  the   purposes  of 
feeding  cattle,  sheep,  etc.,  are  found  in  several 
f  machines,   otherwise  similar  in  all   features. 
Such  machines  are  said  to  rasp,  pulp,  shred, 
•  mince,  cut  (nnincer,  roper,  couper,  etc.),  as  the 

case  may  be. 
See  *BEET-RASPIXG  MACHINE,  Figs.  262-264,  supra. 
Decauville  (Fr.),  *  for  beets  in  alcohol  factory. 

Fig.  2154. 


Pinet's  Root  Cutter. 

Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,''  vol.  iv.,  ed. 
1877,  article  "Distillation.'' 

See  also  Ibid.,  iii.  "Sucre." 

Stammer,  French  *Dept.  Agriculture,  Special  Report.  No. 
28,  Washington,  Plate  XXII. 

See  also  Knight's  report  on  Group  76,  Paris  Exposition, 
"  U.  S.  Commissioner's  Reports,"  vol.  v.,  pp.  206-212,  em- 
bracing those  of  — 

Bodin France. 

Hunt  §•  Tawell England. 

Peckley,  Sims,  $  Co England. 

Maiden  Iron  Works England. 

Pinet France. 

Root  Dig'ger.  A  machine  for  lifting  roots 
from  the  ground.  Specifically  for  beets  and  pota- 
toes. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  of  Class  76  at  the  Paris  Exposition  of 
1878  contains  views  and  descriptions  of  the  following  imple- 
ments ("Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Reports,"  vol.  v.,  pp.  49-52) : 

Potato-digger  (simple  effet) France. 

Potato-digger  (double  effet) France. 

Potato-digger,  Penney England. 

Potato-digger,  Spear United  States. 

Beet-pullers,  Delahaie-Tailleur France. 

Root-digger,  Beet,  Eveloy," French  Dept.  Agric.  Sp.  Rept.," 
No.  28,  Plates  VII.,  VIII. 

Dela/iaie-Tailleur,  "French  Dept.  Agric.  Sj).  Rept.,''  No. 
28,  Plates  VII.,  VIII. 

Wnhlkoff,  "  German  Dept.  Agric.  Sp.  Rept.,"  No.  28,  Plate 
VIII. 

See  BEET  ROOT  DIGGER,  Figs.  265-267,  supra;  POTATO  DIG- 
GER, supra. 


ROOT  EXTRACTOR. 


765 


ROSE  BURNER. 


Root  Ex-tract'or.  (Dental.)  A  fine  pronged 
forceps.  A  gouge  or  claw. 

Root  Fil'ler.  (Dental.)  A  tool  for  plugging 
cavities  of  carious  teeth.  See  PLUGGER,  supra. 

Root  For'ceps.  (Dental.)  An  extracting  for- 
ceps with  narrow  jaws.  See  list  under  FORCEPS, 
p.  354,  supra. 

Root  Ma-chine'.  See  under  the  various 
heads,  ROOT  COTTERS,  HOOT'  WASHERS,  etc.; 
also  BEET  RASP;  BEET  ROOT  DIGGER;  POTATO 
DIGGER,  etc. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Agricultural  Implements  (Class  76), 
at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1868,  gives  views  and  descriptions 
of  the  following  machines  for  treating  roots  for  food  :  — 

Root-washer,  Bodin France. 

Root-washer,  Pernollet France. 

Potato-assorter,  Penney  if  Co England. 

Root-cutter,  E.  Boilin France. 

Root-cutter,  Hunt  4"  Tawell England. 

Root-cutter,  toothed  knife England. 

Double-acting  root-cutter,  Picksley,  Sims  If  Co.   .     England. 
Root-shredder,  Mit/'lon  Iron  Works,  Maldou     .     .     England. 

Root-cutter,  Pinel France. 

Root-cutter,  frusto-conical  cutter France. 

Portable  cooking  apparatus,  Beaume France. 

Agricultural  caldron,  Fouchc France. 

Agricultural  boiler,  Bodin France. 

Steam-cooking  apparatus,  Richmond  !f  Chandler  .    England. 

Root  Puller.  1.  A  machine  for  lifting  roots 
from  the  ground.  See  ROOT  DIGGER,  supra. 

Fig.  2155. 


Root  Puller. 

2.  A  claw  to  which  horses  or  oxen  are  hitched  to 
drag  roots  from  the  soil  in  clearing  land. 

Root  Rasp.  A  machine  for  pulping  roots. 
See  BEET  ROOT  RASP,  Figs.  262-264,  pp.  89,  90, 
supra. 

Root  Shred'der.  A  machine  for  reducing 
roots  to  shreds  for  feeding  to  stock.  The  machine 
shown  in  Fig.  2156  has  a  disk  occupied  by  a  multi- 
tude of  tearing  points  in  the  sectors  between  the 
radial  knives.  The  points  tear  the  cut  surfaces  of 
the  roots,  and  then  the  knife  removes  the  ragged 
surface. 

Fig.  2156. 


Root  Shredder. 


Albaret's  root-cutter  (Fr.),  for  slicing  the  beets  used  in 
the  manufacture  of  sugar  and  alcohol,  has  six  notched 
knives  on  a  disk,  and  the  slices  of  root  pass  into  the  case, 
and  so  to  the  floor  below. 

Rope  Clamp.  A  device  to  secure  the  end  of  a 
cord,  as  in  the  case  of  a  round  lathe  belt ;  or  a  con- 
nector for  the  signal  rope  of  railway  cars. 

The  clamping  jaws,  as  shown  in  the  engravings,  are 
formed  by  two  semi-tubes,  A  and  B,  made  with  teeth  on 
their  inner  faces  to  hold  the  rope  and  prevent  its  slipping 
out.  A  pin  passes  through  lugs  on  each  to  form  a  hinge 

Fig.  2157. 


joint.  This  pin  may  be  removed  to  attach  the  end  of  the 
rope  by  placing  it  ou  one  jaw,  when  the  other  is  laid  upon 
it  and  the  pin  inserted.  An  inclined  groove  is  cut  in  the 
solid  ends  of  the  clamping  jaws,  above  the  hinge,  to  receive 
a  wedge,  z>,  which  is  formed  on  the  edge  of  the  spirally 
threaded  stem,  on  which  is  a  nut,  resting  against  a  washer. 
E  is  a  swivel  ring  on  the  end  of  the  stem  D,  and  F  a  hook  on 
the  ring  for  an  attachment.  The  wedge  is  tightened  by  turn- 
ing the  nut  D-. 

Rope-dri'ving  Gear.  A  means  of  transmis- 
sion of  power  from  a  driver  to  machinery.  A  sub- 
stitute for  belting. 

In  a  notable  case,  in  Manchester,  England,  the  fly-wheel 
is  made  to  serve  as  driving  drum  also  ;  it  is  22'  in  diameter, 
and  weighs  about  20  tons.  It  is  grooved  for  the  reception  of 
12  hempen  ropes,  each  6"  in  girth,  six  of  the  ropes  being 
intended  to  drive  one  line  of  shafting,  and  six  the  other. 
The  rope  drums  or  pulleys  on  the  shafting  are  5'  in  diameter ; 
the  rims  are  made  heavy  and  are  grooved,  as  is  the  driving 
drum,  but  for  only  six  ropes.  The  width  of  the  grooves  is 
2  7-16"  ;  total  depth,  3J"  ;  the  radius  of  the  bottom  curve, 
J"  ;  and  the  inclination  of  the  two  sides  to  each  other  is 
about  49°.  It  will  be  apparent  from  these  particulars  that 
the  ropes  do  not,  even  when  pressed  somewhat  out  of  shape 
when  doing  full  duty,  rest  upon  the  bottom  of  the  grooves, 
but  on  the  sides,  and  the  wear  is,  therefore,  at  the  points  of 
contact.  The  wear,  after  18  months'  use,  was  tolerably  uni- 
form all  around  the  section,  thus  indicating  that  the  ropes 
do  not  present  the  same  parts  of  their  circumference  to  be 
continuously  gripped  in  the  grooves. 

See  also  CABLE  CARRIER,  Fig.  494,  p.  150,  supra. 

WIEE  WAY,  Figs.  7306,  7307,  pp.  2798,  2799,  "JVfecA.  Diet." 

WIRE  ROPE,  Fig.  7291,  p.  2795,  Ibid. 

Gear "Scientific  American,'1'  xxxvi.  42. 

Rope  clamp,  Page      .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  99. 
Rope  driving  gear. 

Goodfellow  ....  *  "•Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1268. 

Smith,  Br *  "Engineer,-'  xliii.  444. 

"Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  April  25,  p.  7. 
Ropes,  power  transmis- 
sion by *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Feb.  24,  p.  1. 

Rope    transmission    in 

mills,  Pearson  ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  76. 

Rope-mold'ing  Ma-chine'.'  A  machine  for 
scroll-turning  stuff  for  balusters,  stretchers,  etc. 

The  molding  is  cut  by  a  revolving  cutter  head,  with  cut- 
ters to  suit  the  style  or  size  of  work.  The  stick  being  first 
turned  round  by  a  rod)  machine  or  lathe,  is  fed  in,  and  at 
the  same  time  revolved  by  the  feed  attachment,  the  feed  and 
guides  being  adjustable  to  the  different  sizes.  The  machine 
works  any  size,  from  3"  down,  making  a  very  smooth  fin- 
ished molding,  requiring  little  or  no  after  finish.  By  an 
arrangement  for  working  the  stick  at  an  angle  with  the  cut- 
ters, the  style  of  the  twist  can  be  altered,  and  made  close  or 
open,  as  desired.  —  Rogers. 

See  also  BALUSTER  LATHE,  p.  71,  supra. 

CARVING  ATTACHMENT  FOR  LATHES,  Fig.  555,  p.  174,  supra. 

Rose  Burn'er.  Or  Rosette  Burner.  A  form 
of  gas  burner  in  which  the  gas  issues  at  a  circular 
series  of  openings,  the  jets  resembling  petals.  See 

BUNSEN-BURNER    FURNACE. 

See  also  b  c,  Fig.  5924,  p.  2411,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  burner  shown  in  Fig.  2158  gives  a  single  flame  for 


ROSE  BURNER. 


766 


ROTARY  PUMP. 


crucibles,  and  a  circle  of  flames  when  liquids  are  to  be  heated 
in  vessels  of  glass  or  porcelain.    The  burner  a  b  is  similar  to 

Fig.  2158. 


Rose  Gas  Burners. 

Bunsen's  ;  c,  a  regulator  to  control  the  entrance  of  the  air 
into  a  box,  a,  and  thus  prevent  the  flame  from  blowing 
down  ;  d,  the  rose,  which  divides  and  spreads  the  flame 
when  put  on  the  top  of  tube  b,  e  shows  the  single  or  ignit- 
ing flame  ;  b,  the  spread  or  evaporating  flame. 

Rose  Glass.  A  celebrated  French  glass,  pre- 
pared in  a  special  manner. 

A  certain  quantity  of  auriferous  glass  is  prepared  before- 
hand, and  run  in  thin  plates,  and  fragments  of  these  plates 
are  used  by  the  glass  blower  to  fuse  upon  his  work,  and  thus 
give  it  a  superficial  coloration.  It  often  happens  that  the 
same  composition  of  auriferous  crystal  gives  plates  of  very 
different  shades,  some  colorless,  others  tinged  more  or  less 
deeply  with  rose  or  red,  and  some  almost  black  ;  these  dif- 
ferences being  due  to  two  causes,  namely,  the  temperature 
of  the  furnace  in  which  the  fusion  has  been  effected,  and 
the  temperature  of  the  mold  into  which  the  melted  metal  is 
run.  For  light  colored  plates  the  temperature  of  the  fur- 
nace is  made  low,  and  the  mold  very  cold  ;  blue  plates  are 
sometimes  produced  under  the  same  circumstances,  which, 
if  reheated,  take  the  normal  color,  as  do  also  the  colorless 
and  very  pale  rose  glasses.  Crystal  colored  with  gold  is 
merely  a  vitreous  matter,  holding  in  suspension  metallic 
gold  in  a  state  of  very  fine  subdivision.  It  is  stated  that 
on  attentively  examining  the  red  plates,  it  is  easy  to  recognize 
in  the  mass  a  multitude  of  most  brilliant  specks  of  metallic 
gold,  forming  a  sort  of  aventurine  (which  see). 

Ro-sette'.  (Nautical.}  A  form  of  knot.  See 
32,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Ro-sette'  Cut'ter.  A  steel  cutter  of  inverse 
form  for  forming  a  circular  ornament  of  wood. 

Fig.  2159. 


Boult's  Rosette  Cutter. 

Ros'in  Core.  A  dry-sand  core  in  which  rosin 
has  been  used  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the 
adhesiveness  and  strength  of  the  sand  when  dried. 

Ros'in  Oil.  (Leather.)  A  compound  of  melted 
rosin  and  linseed  oil. 

Ro'ta-ry-bed  Pla'ning  Ma-chine'.  One 
with  a  continuously  moving  bed.  See  TRAVERSING- 
BED  PLANING  MACHINE,  Fig.  6627,  p.  2620,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Ro'ta-ry  En'gine.  See  ROTARY  STEAM  EN- 
GINE. 

Ro'ta-ry  Mor'tis-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  form 
of  mortising  machine  in  which  the  cutter  revolves 


and  works  by  a  routing  action ;  as  distinct  from 
the  ordinary  form,  in  which  the  cutting  is  done  by 
a  reciprocated  chisel. 

Fig.  2160. 


Mortising,  Routing,  and  Recessing  Mac/line. 

The  work  is  dogged  or  chucked  to  a  table  which 
has  a  compound  movement  and  subjected  to  the 
action  of  a  rotary  router. 

Ro'ta-ry  Plow.  A  rotary  plow  which  acts  as 
a  spader  is  shown  in  Fig.  4464,  p.  1988,  "Mech. 
Diet."  See  also  SPADING  MACHINE,  p.  3252, 
Ibid. 

The  rotary  plow  shown  in  Fig.  2161.  The  piece  acting  an 
share  and  mold-board  is  a  circular  disk  or  conical  frustum 

Fig.  2161. 


Rotary  Plow. 

which  penetrates  the  soil,  lifts  a  slice  and  turns  it  over. 
The  cut  shows  a  double  or  two-furrow  plow. 

Ro'ta-ry  Pump.  A  pump  which  acts  by  a 
rotary,  in  contradistinction  to  a  reciprocating  ac- 
tion. 

Under  the  caption  ROTARY  PUMP,  pp.  1988, 1989, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  24  illustrations -are  given  of  rotary 
pumps  of  various  kinds  :  single  and  double  pistons 
and  centrifugal. 

In  the  illustration  of  the  Douglas  pump,  Fig.  2162,  the 
shaded  portion  with  arrows  indicates  the  water  and  its  di- 
rection. The  pistons  are  three  in  number,  and  operated  by 
a  scroll  race  in  which  the  rollers  of  the  pistons  work.  By 
this  means  the  pistons  are  held  against  the  inner  perimeter 
of  the  cylinder  in  which  they  work,  and  withdrawn  to  pass 
the  abutment.  Passages  through  the  slides  balance  the 
water  pressure  on  their  respective  sides. 

Samain's  pump  (French)  is  shown  in  Fig.  2163.  It  has 
four  palettes,  arranged  in  pairs  and  moving  in  slots  in  the 
cross  of  the  arbor.  They  are  so  arranged  that  when  one  is 
out,  abutting  against  the  interior  perimeter  of  the  chamber, 
the  other  is  in,  passing  its  lowest  position  in  contact  with 


ROTARY  PUMP. 


767 


ROTARY  PUMP. 


the  abutment.     The  arrows  show  the  direction  of  the  wa- 
ter. 

Fig.  2162.  Fig.    2164    is    the 

Bagley  a  u  d  Sewall 
rotary  pump  in  which 
an  eccentric  ring  ro- 
tates in  the  cylinder. 
It  is  shown  by  verti- 
cal section. 

A  is  the  main  case  or 
body  of  the  pump  in  one 
piece,  on  the  interior  of 
which  is  the  ring  B ;  the 
space  outside  of  s  being 
the  cylinder  o  r  water 
space.  This  cylinder  is 
inclosed  by  a  disk  which 
is  attached  firmly  to  the 
shaft.  To  the  disk  is  at- 
tached eccentrically  a 
ring  E,  a  portion  of  which 
is  always  in  contact  with 
the  outside  of  casing  A, 
and  also  with  the  ring  B, 
at  a  point  exactly  opposite  ;  so  that  the  eccentric  ring  E  is 
really  the  piston  of  the  pump  ;  the  disk  and  ring  being  ro- 
tated by  the  shaft  driven  by  pulleys.  /  is  the  suction  port, 
and  /  the  discharge.  These  ports  are  separated  by  the  slid- 

Fig.  2163. 


Douglas  Rotary  Pump. 


Samain'f  Pump  (Fr.). 

ing  abutment  H,  which  moves  back  and  forth  on  its  seat 
with  the  throw  of  the  eccentric  ring  E.  The  tumblers  fit- 
ted to  this  abutment  adjust  themselves  to  the  ring,  and  as 
the  pressure  is  constant  upon  them  from  above,  they  effectu- 
ally pack  the  ring  and  prevent  any  escape  of  water  below. 
The  water  enters  at  i,  and  as  the  piston  ring  rotates,  it  is 

Fig.  2164. 


Bagley  $  Sewall's  Rotary  Pump. 


forced  before  and  between  it  and  the  casing,  around  to  the 
upper  portion  of  the  latter  and  out  at  the  port  J.  As  the 
ring  rotates  it  opens  a  space  between  its  inner  periphery  and 
the  fixed  ring  B,  into  which  space  the  water  from  port  /en- 
ters, tilling  the  interior  of  the  piston,  to  be  forced  out  as  be- 
fore. The  center  ring  B  is  made  enough  deeper  than  the 
casing  A,  to  exactly  equalize  the  contents  of  the  inside  and 
outside  of  the  piston  ring  E,  thus  securing  a  perfectly  steady 
flow  of  water  from  the  discharge.  F  is  the  cover  or  outside 
case.  Holes  are  made  through  the  disk  D  to  allow  the  water 
to  pass  through  and  between  it  and  the  outer  case,  thereby 
balancing  the  working  parts,  and  equalizing  the  pressure 
upon  them.  One  end  of  the  shaft  has  a  closed  bearing  in 
this  outer  case  ;  the  other  bearing  is  in  the  case  A.  On  the 
shaft,  and  being  a  part  of  the  disk  O,  is  a  collar  which  is 
fitted  to  the  seat  K,  making  a  perfect  water-tight  joint,  by 
which  all  "  packing  "  of  the  pump  is  avoided.  In  the  center 
of  the  seat  K  is  a  circular  groove,  which  connects  by  a 
drilled  channel  with  the  suction  port.  Should  there  be  any 
tendency  to  escape  of  water  at  the  seat  K,  the  force  of  the 
suction  keeps  the  port  closely  to  the  seat,  and  absolutely 
sealed  against  air  or  water. 

Fig.  2165  is  the  double  wheel  pump  of  Fales,  Jenks  &  Co. 
The  arrows  show  the  direction  of  the  water,  and  thus  indi- 

Fig.  2165. 


Fales,  Jenks  4"  Co.,  Rotary  Pump. 


cate  the  direction  of  rotation  of  the  disks  or  wheels,  the  con- 
tact of  the  arms  of  which  as  they  mutually  rotate  inwardly 
and  downwards  is  the  substitute  for  the  abutment  in  the 
single  disk  machine. 

The  Gould  rotary  pump,  Fig.  2166,  has  a  pair  of  pistons 
acting  in  concert,  as  in  the  last-mentioned  case,  but  the  arms 

Fig.  2166. 


Gould  Rotary  Pump. 

are  but  three  on  each  disk,  and  the  contact  is  made  by  the 
projection  of  the  arm  of  one  into  a  circular  depression  in  the 
other  mutually  and  alternately. 

The  Greindl  pump,  Fig.  2167,  consists  of  two  disks  revolv- 
ing at  different  velocities  within  a  casing.  One  disk  carries 
two  fixed  arms,  which  act  as  pistons.  The  other  disk  has  a 
recess  in  it,  which  allows  the  arms  to  pass  in  revolving.  Mo- 
tion is  communicated  to  one  disk  by  means  of  a  strap  or 
patent  three-cylinder  steam  engine,  and  the  other  disk  is 
driven  by  spur  gearing. 

The  Holly  rotary  pump  is  shown  in  Fig.  2168,  which 
shows  one  side  of  the  case  removed,  revealing  its  construc- 
tion and  working  parts.  These  consist  of  a  pair  of  corru- 
gated cams  working  together  within  an  elliptical  case,  the 
ends  of  the  long  teeth  being  packed  by  blocks  of  metal  in- 


ROTARY  PUMP. 


768     ROTARY  TUBULAR  STEAM  BOILER. 


serted  into  the  grooves  and  pressed  out  by  springs,  thus  in- 
suring a    perfect  vacuum 

Fig.  2167.  and  the  taking  up  of  any 

little   wear  there   may   be 
after  years  of  pumping. 
The  water  enters  at  the 


I-'ig.  2169. 


Grcindl's  Rotary  Pump. 

bottom  through  the  suction  la,  the 
stream  dividing  and  filling  the  chambers 
made  by  the  long  teeth,  past-ing  around 
the  cams  O  and  P,  and  discharging 
from  the  top  through  the  outlet  JV. 
The  motion  of  the  pump  is  equable, 
continuous,  and  rotary,  the  cams  work- 
ing together  inwards  from  the  top. 
Thus,  when  one  chamber  has  just  dis- 
charged, another  is  discharging,  another 
one  is  on  its  way,  and  still  another  one 
is  just  filling,  so  that  the  stream  is  al- 
ways uniform  and  steady. 

The  Silsby  rotary  pump  is  shown  in 
Fig.  1031,  p.  337,  supra. 
Lift  pump,   Bamford  (f 

Sons,  Engl *  "  Scientific  Americans'  si. 

"  Comet,"     Bartrum    if  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  143. 

Powell,  Br *"  Scientific  American  Sup. 

Crocker *"  Scientific  American  Sup. 

Doremus *"  Scientific  American  Sup. 

Fig.  2168. 


"  2374. 
182. 
293. 


Holly  Rotary  Pump. 


GreindVs    Nijni-Novgo- 

rod,  Rus *  ' 

Greindl    ......*' 

Hongoux *  ' 

Rotary     steam    circula- 
ting engine  and  pump, 

Manley,  Br *  ' 

Rotary  pump,  Newcomb  *  ' 
Force  pump,  Newcomb  .  *  " 

Ortman * ' 


Engineering,''  xxx.  341. 

Eng.  $  Min.  Jour.,'1'  xxiii.  103. 

Scientific  ^4jnen'can,"xxxvi.  182. 


Engineering, ,"  xxv.  451. 

Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  50. 

Scientific     American,^     xxxviii. 

358. 

Scientific  American,'''  xli.  6. 


Ro'tary  Sha'per.    See  SHAPER. 

Ro'tary  Steam  En'gine.  (Steam.)  The 
name  is  applied  not  alone  to  the  rotary  piston  en- 
gine, but  also  to  those  reciprocating  engines  —  of 
which  there  are  numerous  examples  in  water- 
works engines  —  which  have  a  fly-wheel  and  crank 
shaft. 

The  class  of  steam  engines  ordinarily  known  as 
rotary,  are  exhibited  in  28  illustrations,  pp.  1690- 
1694,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  also  the  following  references  :  — 

Apperley "Scientific  American  Sitp.,''  1617. 

Beliren      ......      Desc/Mmefs     "  Natural     Philoso- 
phy^ i.  481. 
Coomber,  Br.     .     ,    .     .  *  "Engineer,1'  xli.  42. 

Coomber *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  165. 

De  Groat     ....     .  *  "Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  310. 

Dexter,  Br *  "Engineer,"'  1.  218. 

Gallahue "Scientific  American,'1''  xxxv.  1. 

Hajni      ......      "Engineering,"  xxvi.  491. 


Henderson 

High-speed,  Hoason,Br. 

Lawrence 

Laivrence 

Lidgerwood 

Noteman 

Note-man 

Silsby  Man.  Co.     ... 

Stiles 

Titus 

Weigho  (Ger.)  .... 

Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des 

cle  "Machines  d'  vapeur, 

Watt.  * 
Cochrane.  (2)  * 
Thomson.  * 


*  '  Scientific  American,''  xl.  326. 

*  'Engineer,"  1.  417. 

*  'Engineer,''  xlviii.  363. 

*  'Scientific  American,''  xl.  259. 

*  'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  182. 

*  'Amer.  Man.,-  Dec.  31, 1880,  p.  9. 

*  "  Scientific  American,''1  xl.  406. 

*  "•Thurston's   Vienna  Report,''    ii. 

105. 

*  "Min.  $  Sc.  Press,"1  xxxvi.  401. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  292. 
"Manitfatt.  If  Builder,"  viii.  193. 

Arts  et  Manuf.,''  iv.,  ed.  1877,  arti- 
:'  shows  the  engines  of  — 


Behrens.  * 
Pecquerer.  * 
Hicks.  * 


Girard. 


Ro'ta-ry  Tutm-lar  Steam  Boirer.  The 
Pierce  rotary  tubular  boiler  (Figs.  2169,  2170)  is  a 
cylindrical  rotary  tubular  steam  boiler,  with  two 
circular  rows  of  tubes  running  from  end  to  cud. 
The  outer  rows  of  tubes  are  surrounded  by  buckets 
or  elevators  which  are  so  arranged  as  to  nearly  en- 
circle them,  and  to  cover  the  inner  surface  of  the 


Pierce  Rotary  Tubular  Boiler. 


boiler-shell  with  water  at  each  revolution.     The  in- 
ner row  of  tubes  act  as  superheaters  for  drying  as 


ROTARY  TUBULAR  BOILER. 


769 


EOTATOR. 


well  as  generating  steam.  The  boiler  is  incased  in 
brick-work  and  is  supported  upon  trunnions  at  each 
end  in  such  a  manner  that  it  is  rotated  by  gearing 
actuated  by  the  steam  pump  that  supplies  the  boiler 
with  water,  or  other  motor  power. 

The  boiler  is  at  all  times  one-quarter  full  of  water,  which 
amount  is  unchangeable,  being  regulated  by  an  automatic 
feed- water  regulator. 

The  feed-water  is  introduced  through  one  trunnion,  and 
the  steam  withdrawn  through  the  opposite  trunnion. 

The  grate  has  an  area  equal  to  the  entire  inner  base  of  the 
brickwork  surrounding  the  boiler. 

The  flame  and  heated  gases  arising  from  the  grate  com- 
pletely surround  the  boiler,  thence  pass  through  the  outer 
row  of  tubes  to  the  opposite  end,  emerging  into  a  chamber, 
thence  returning  through  the  inner  or  superheating  row  of 
tubes,  en  route  to  the  stack  or  chimney. 

Ro'ta-ry  Wa'ter  En'gine.  Behren's  rotary 
water  engine  (English)  is  a  simple  form  of  motor 
having  but  few  moving  parts.  It  consists  of  a 
casing  bored  out  to  receive  two  piston  blocks,  which 
furnish  an  alternate  abutment  to  each  other.  The 
pistons  are  connected  by  spur  wheels,  and  their  mo- 
tion is  therefore  perfectly  uniform  and  continuous. 

Fig.  2171. 


Appleby  Bros.  Rotary  Water  Engine.     Bekren's  Patent. 

No  power  is  lost  in  overcoming  the  inertia  of  recip- 
rocating, and  no  fly-wheel  is  required.  It  is  the 
rotary  engine  common  in  the  domain  of  steam,  but 
in  this  case  driven  by  water  pressure.  The  same 
set  of  pistons  moved  by  mechanical  connection  from 
an  exterior  motor  may  constitute  a  rotary  pump. 
See  pp.  1991  and  1988,  1989  respectively,  "Meek. 
Diet." 

Ro-ta'tor.  An  apparatus  for  producing  iron 
by  the  direct  process. 

"  The  apparatus,  or  '  rotator,'  Figs.  2172,  2173,  consists  of 
a  revolving  furnace,  lined  with  oxide  of  iron.  Gas  from 
producers  and  air  from  one  pair  of  regenerators  enter  at 
one  end  of  the  furnace,  burn  and  reverberate  within  it,  and 
pass  out  at  the  same  end  into  the  other  regenerator.  There 
is  a  large  charging  and  discharging  door  at  the  other  end  of 
the  furnace. 

"  At  Dr.  Siemens'  Works,  at  Towcester,  the  small  rotator. 
OJ'  long  by  SJ'  in  diameter,  takes  a  charge  of  30  cwts.  of  ore 
mixed  with  8  cwts.  of  small  coal.  In  about  2£  hours  the  re- 
duction of  the  ore  is  completed ;  the  slag  is  tapped  off,  and 
the  heat  and  speed  of  rotation  are  increased  to  form  the  mass 
into  an  elongated  ball,  which  is  hammered  into  a  bloom. 
An  average  of  43  consecutive  charges  at  Towcester  gave  the 
following  results  :  — 

Iron  in  ore  charged,  Ibs 1,274 

Coal,  Ibs 728 

Time  for  operation 3.12 

Blooms  made,  Ibs 1,113 

Loss,  per  cent 12.6 

Coal  in  producers  per  ton  of  blooms,  tons  .    .  2 

"  The  particles  of  iron  forming  the  blooms,  if  perfectly  sep- 
arated from  the  slag,  are  practically  pure,  however  impure 
49 


Fig.  2172. 


Siemens'  Rotator. 

the  ore  may  be.  The  slag  contains  sometimes  6  per  cent,  of 
phosphoric  acid  and  one  to  two  per  cent,  of  sulphur.  The 
pure  iron  will  alone  remain  in  the  open-hearth  bath,  al- 
though some  few  hnndredths  of  phosphorus  may  be  taken  up 
from  the  slag  at  the  highest  temperature. 

"  The  first  trial  of  the  process  in  the  United  States  was  at 
Park  Bro.  &  Co.'s  Works,  in  Pittsburg.  There  were  no  se- 
rious difficulties,  except  the  oxidation  referred  to,  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  the  balls  into  wrought  iron.  Within  the  last  few 
months  a  large  rotator,  11'  long  by  IV  in  diameter,  has  been 
started  at  Tyrone  Forges,  Pa.,  by  Mr,  Robert  J.  Anderson,  of 
Pittsburg,  to  make  material  for  his  open-hearth  furnaces. 
Although  the  operations  have  purposely  been  experimental, 
with  various  or«s  and  lining  materials,  enough  has  been  done 
to  show  that  a  product  of  excellent  quality  may  be  got  from 
any  ore,  and  that  linings  (necessarily  oxide)  may  be  adapted 
to  any  ore,  although  a  very  silicious  ore  requires  the  use  of 
so  much  lime  that  the  repairs  of  linings  are  proportionally 
increased. 

Fig.  2173. 


Siemens'  Rotator. 

"  In  an  average  week's  work  at  Tyrone,  with  Robinson  ore 
and  the  highly  silicious  Pennington  ore,  the  mixture  having 
about  50  per  cent,  of  iron,  the  charges  were :  Ore, 4,000  Ibs.  ; 
reducing  coal,  600  to  700  Ibs. ;  limestone,  260  Ibs. :  scale  and 
cinder,  800  Ibs.  The  yield  of  blooms  was  1,600  to  1,700  Ibs. 
per  charge,  or  80  to  85  per  cent,  of  the  iron  in  the  ore.  The 
producer  coal  was  3,800  Ibs.  per  ton  of  blooms.  The  week's 
work  was  19  operations,  producing  14  tons  of  blooms. 


ROTATOR. 


770 


ROW  MARKER. 


"  The  cost  of  bloom?,  with  ore  averaging  about  $3  and  coal 
$2.15,  and  with  labor  charged  at  the  very  high  rate  of  $10 
per  ton,  was  a  little  over  $25  per  ton.  Experimental  labor 
is  of  course  excessive,  and  in  this  case  the  men  could  have 
just  as  well  run  four  furnaces  as  one.  Labor  should  not 
exceed  $2.50  to  $3  per  ton  in  a  plant  of  four  rotators.  The 
output  has  been  gradually  increasing  and  has  reached  five 
operations  per  24  hours.  The  producer  coal  has  also  been 
gradually  decreased.  Of  course  working  costs  can  be  only 
approximately  determined  from  experimental  costs,  but  it 
seems  safe  to  say  that  blooms  can  be  produced  at  a  small  ad- 
vance over  the  cost  of  pig  from  the  same  ore. 

"  The  cost  of  a  plant  of  four  rotators,  ore  crushers,  hammer 
or  squeezer,  etc.,  exclusive  of  building,  is  about  $40,000,  and 
its  output  with  existing  appliances  only,  in  regular  rather 
than  in  experimental  work,  is  estimated  at  125  tons  per  week. 
This  looks  at  first  like  a  small  output,  but  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  entire  blast  furnace  plant  is  dispensed  with. 
An  obvious  improvement,  not  in  any  way  experimental,  is 
about  to  be  introduced.  It  is  calcining  the  ores  in  any  suit- 
able kiln  and  running  them  red  hot  into  the  rotator.  As 
about  half  the  time  of  the  operation  is  now  occupied  in  get- 
ting the  charge  up  to  a  reducing  temperature,  it  is  obvious 
that  the  calcining  —  a  cheap  operation  —  will  nearly  double 
the  output  of  a  rotator  plant. 

"  Charcoal  blooms  are  at  present  the  best  material  in  the 
market  for  making  fine  open-hearth  steel  ;  they  are  used  to- 
gether with  the  smallest  possible  bath  of  Bessemer  pig  for 
the  finest  fire-box  plates.  If  Siemens  direct  blooms  (even 
should  they  have  more  mechanical  impurities)  are  not  as 
good  as  charcoal  blooms  for  open-hearth  steel,  the  reason  is 
not  obvious.  Such  practice  as  there  is  seems  to  prove  them 
equally  good.  As  I  have  similarly  stated  in  previous  papers 
describing  new  processes,  the  object  of  these  notes  on  the 
Siemens'  process  is  not  to  compare  it  commercially  with 
other  preparatory  processes,  but  simply  to  state  its  existing 
status  and  the  probable  course  and  means  of  its  further  de- 
velopment.7' —  Hollty, 

Roth'er-nail.  (Shipwright.)  A  large  headed 
nail  used  for  fastening  the  rudder-irons  of  ships. 

Rough'ing  Hor'ses.  A  simple  mode  of  rough- 
ing horses,  practiced  in  Russia,  consists  in  punching 
a  square  hole  in  each  heel  of  the  shoe,  which,  in 
ordinary  weather,  may  he  kept  closed  by  a  piece  of 
cork.  When  the  ground  is  slippery,  the  cork  is  re- 
moved, and  a  steel  spike  inserted.  If  this  steel 
rough  be  made  to  fit  the  hole  exactly,  it  remains 
firm  in  its  place,  and  is  not  liable  to  break  off  short 
at  the  neck  like  some  of  the  screwed  spikes. 

Round  Bar  Spi'ral  Spring.  A  spring  of 
round  steel  coiled  around  a  mandrel ;  as  distin- 
guished from  &  fiat-bar  coiled  spring.  See  illustra- 
tions of  each  in  Fig.  1143,  p.  483,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Round'ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  A  wood-working 
machine,  also  known  as  a  cornering  machine,  used 
in  chamfering  off  the  corners  of  stuff ;  especially  in 
implement  and  carriage  work.  See  CHAMFERING 
MACHINE. 

2.  A  machine  for  making  round  rods  and  spin- 
dles.    See   ROD    MACHINE,  PIN    MACHINE,   and 
DOWEL  MACHINE. 

3.  A  machine  to  round  book  backs.    See  BOOK- 
BACKING  MACHINE,  Fig.  381,  p.  120,  supra. 

4.  A  machine  for  giving  the  rounded  depressions 
in  blanks  for  shoe  soles.    A  sole-stamping  machine. 

Rough  Point'ed  Stone.  (Stone  Cutting.) 
When  it  is  necessary  to  remove  an  inch 
or  more  from  the  face  of  a  stone,  it  is 
done  by  the  pick  or  heavy  points  until 
the  projections  vary  from  j"  to  1".  The 
stone  is  then  said  to  be  rough  pointed. 
This  operation  precedes  all  others  in 
dressing  limestone  and  granite. 

See  POINTED  WORK. 

Round  Iron.  The  plumbers  bulb- 
ous iron  used  in  smoothing  solder  joints 
of  lead  pipe. 

Round  Scut'tle.  (Nautical.)  A 
scuttle  with  a  circular  frame  suitable 
for  iron  ships,  with  brass  door  for  glass, 
brass  screw  fastening,  painted  iron 
frame,  and  hinged  iron  dead-door  com-  R(lunif  Iron 
plete. 


Round  Seiz'ing.  (Nautical.)  A  loop  made 
in  rope  by  a  single  turn  on  itself,  and  seizing  the 
crossing.  See  c,  e,  Fig.  4825,  p.  2091,  "Meclt. 
Diet." 

Round  Swage.  (Blacksmithing  )  A  form  for 
shaping  iron. 

Row'ing  Gear.  Outriggers  and  various  de- 
vices to  assist  the  oarsman.  See  OAR,  Fig.  1824, 
p.  637,  supra. 

Lyman      ...  *  "Engineer,"1  xliii.  340. 

*  "Iron  Age.,"1  xix.,  April  12,  p.  5. 

*  "Scientific  Amer."  xxxiv.  343. 

Rowing  sled,  Dennis      .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xlii.  387. 
Rowlock,  Spelman    .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  70 

Davis  rowing  gear  (Courtney's  mysterious  rig),  Patents  Nos. 
231,016,  231,017. 

Fig.  2175. 
IN  POSITION,  OUT  OF  POSITION. 


Fig.  2174. 


"Acme  "  Rowlock. 

Row'locks.  (Boat).  Spaces  in  the  gunwale 
for  the  oars  to  rest  in  rowing ;  or  contrivances  on 
the  gunwale  for  the  same  purpose. 

The  Acme  rowlock  is  used  without  a  laniard  ;  and,  instead 


Fig.  2176. 


of  removing  the   horns 

from    the  sockets   when 

along  side   of    vessels  or 

wharves,    as    is    required 

with  most  other  rowlocks, 

simply   turn   them   half 

way  around,  and  they  fall 

of  their  own  gravity  below 

the  gunwale,  obviating  the 

necessity  of  removal  from 

the  sockets,  except  when 

it  is  desired  to  do  so. 
In  Fig.  2176  the  rowlock 

plate  B  C  is  firmly  fas- 
tened on  top  of  the  gun- 
wale, and  does  not  weaken 

it  like  the  cutaway  swivel 

rowlock,  with  sockets. 

Fig.  2177  shows  an  out- 
rigger rowlock  wood-lined. 
The  Navy  rowlock,  Fig. 

2178,  is  instantly  changed 

from  its  position  to  a  hanging  one,  or  can  be  detached  from 

the  boat.  To  detach, 
turn  long  horn  aft, 
draw  up, and  turn  out. 
It  is  automatic  in  its 
motion,  adapting  itself 
to  the  motion  of  the 
oar,  and  always  in  po- 
sition to  receive  it,  i. 
e.,  "  fore  and  aft  "  the 
boat. 

Row  Mark'er. 

(Agric.)  An  im- 
plement for  mark- 
ing out  ground  for 
planting  in  rows. 
See  MARKER,  Fig. 
Outrigger  Rowlock.  1681,  p.  584,  supra. 


Fig.  2177. 


RUBBED  STONE. 


771 


RULER. 


Navy  Rowlock. 

Rubbed  Stone.  (Stone-cutting.)  In  dressing 
sandstone  and  marble,  it  is  very  common  to  give 
the  stone  a  plane  surface  at  once  by  the  use  of  the 
stone  saw.  Any  roughnesses  left  by  the  saw  are 
removed  by  rubbing  with  grit  or  sandstone.  Such 
stones,  therefore,  have  no  margins.  They  are  fre- 
quently used  in  architecture  for  string  courses,  lin- 
tels, door  jambs,  etc.,  and  they  are  also  well  adapted 
for  use  in  facing  the  walls  of  lock  chambers,  and 
in  other  localities  where  a  stone  surface  is  liable  to 
be  rubbed  by  vessels  or  other  moving  bodies. 

Rub'ber.  Caoutchouc  ;  a  vegetable  gummy 
substance  obtained  from  a  number  of  plants  and 
trees,  and  entering  as  an  element  very  extensively 
into  mechanical  productions. 

The  coast  region  north  and  south  of  the  Congo  is  becom- 
ing quite  au  important  source  of  caoutchouc.  It  is  produced 
by  a  giant  tree  creeper  (lanrlolp/iia),  which  grows  principally 
along  the  water-courses.  It  covers  the  highest  trees,  and 
frequently  considerable  extents  of  forest  are  festooned  down 
to  the  ground,  from  tree  to  tree,  in  all  directions  with  its 
thick  stems,  like  great  hawsers.  Sometimes  its  stem  is  as 
thick  as  a  man's  thigh.  Above,  the  trees  are  nearly  hidden 
with  its  large,  glossy  leaves  of  dark  green  hue,  and  studded 
with  beautiful  bunches  of  pure  white  star-like  flowers,  most 
sweetly  scented.  Its  fruit  is  of  the  size  of  a  targe  orange, 
yellow  when  ripe,  and  perfectly  round,  with  a  hard,  brittle 
shell ;  inside  it  is  full  of  a  soft  reddish  pulp  of  an  agreeable 
acid  flavor,  much  liked  by  the  natives.  It  is  not  easy  to 
obtain  ripe  seeds,  as  the  creeper  is  a  favorite  resort  of  a  vil- 
lainous, semi-transparent,  long-legged  red  ant  —  with  a 
stinging  bite,  like  the  prick  of  a  red-hot  needle  —  which  is 
very  fond  of  the  pulp  and  the  seeds  distributed  through  it. 

Every  part  of  the  creeper  yields  a  milky  juice  when 
wounded;  but,  unlike  the  juice  of  tha  American  rubber 
tree  this  milky  sap  will  not  run  into  a  vessel  placed  to  receive 
it.  It  dries  so  quickly  that  a  ridge  is  soon  formed  over  a  cut, 
and  the  flow  arrested.  When  collecting  it,  the  natives 
make  long  cuts  in  the  bark  with  a  knife,  and  as  the  sap 
gushes  out  they  wipe  it  off  .continually  with  their  fingers 
and  smear  it  on  their  arms,  shoulders,  and  breasts,  until  a 
thick  covering  is  formed.  Then  they  peel  it  off  and  cut  it 
into  small  squares  for  transportation. 

A  good  cement,  that  will  render  india  rubber  in  any 
form  adherent  to  glass  or  metal,  is  oft-times  a  desideratum 
with  photographers,  and  in  the  " Polytechnisch.es  Journal" 
there  is  a  simple  recipe  given  for  the  preparation  of  such 
a  compound.  Some  shellac  is  pulverized,  and  then  soft- 
ened in  ten  times  its  weight  of  strong  ammonia,  whereby 
a  transparent  mass  is  obtained,  which  becomes  fluid  after 
keeping  some  little  time,  without  the  use  of  hot  water.  In 
three  or  four  weeks  the  mixture  is  perfectly  liquid,  and, 
when  applied,  it  will  be  found  to  soften  the  rubber.  We  are 
told  that  the  rubber  hardens  as  soon  as  the  ammonia  has 
evaporated  again,  and  thus  becomes  impervious  both  to 
gases  and  to  liquids.  Tor  cementing  the  rubber  sheet,  or 
the  material  in  any  shape,  to  metal,  glass,  and  other  such 
surfaces,  the  cement  is  strongly  recommended. 

The  use  of  the  salts  of  barium  for  adulterating  goods  sold 
by  weight  is  on  the  increase.  Some  rubber  goods  have  been 
found  with  these  salts  in  the  material,  which  on  combustion 
left  as  much  as  60  per  cent,  of  ash,  pure  rubber  leaving  only 
2.5  or  3  per  cent.  The  adulterated  goods  cracked  and  lost 
their  elasticity. 

Hubber  over-Sho*  making  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  262. 
Solvents "Scientific  Amer.,''  XXXY.  326. 


Rubber  stamps,  making 


"Manuf.  *  Build.,"  ix.  119. 
*  "Manuf.  4-  Build.,"  ix.  143. 


Rub'ber  Cen'ter  Spring.  A  car  or  vehicle 
spring  with  a  caoutchouc  cylinder  or  block  inclosed 
in  a  spiral  spring,  or  otherwise  associated  ;  as  seen 
in  several  forms  and  instances  in  Figs.  1142-1144, 
pp.  482,  483,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Rub'ber  Dam.  (Dentistry).  A  shield  of  sheet 
rubber  clasped  around  a  tooth  to  exclude  saliva 
during  operation  upon  the  tooth.  See  DAM,  3, 
supra. 

Rub'ber  Dam  Clamp.  See  DAM  CLAMP, 
Fig.  776,  p.  245,  supra;  DAM  CLAMP  FORCEPS, 
Fig.  777,  p.  245,  supra. 

Rub'ber  Mop.  The  mop-head  has  a  plate  of 
thick  rubber  which  is  used  as  a  scrubber  or 
squeezer. 

Rub'ber  Pack'ing  Ring.  An  annular  gas- 
ket acting  as  a  packing  in  many  forms  of  pistons. 

Rub'ber  Spring.  A  spring  of  caoutchouc,  in 
whole  or  in  part.  See  instances  in  Figs.  1 142-1 144, 
pp.  482,  483,  "Mech.  Diet:' 

Rub'ber  Tuning.  Impervious  rubber  tubing ; 
may  be  made  entirely  impassable  to  coal  gas  by 
painting  it  over  with  a  solution  of  silicate  of  so- 
dium ;  otherwise  known  as  water  glass. 

Rub'ber  Tread.  A  step  covering  of  vulcan- 
ized caoutchouc. 

Rub'ber  Wheel.  A  wheel  with  noiseless  rub- 
ber tire. 

RubTsish  Pulley.  A  simple  form  of  tackle- 
block,  used  with  a  rope  in  hoisting  materials  from 
a  foundation  or  excavation.  A  gin-block. 

Ru'by  Glass.  ( Glass. )  Red  glass.  Made  by 
repeated  meltings  with  the  addition  of  brown  ox- 
ide of  copper,  oxides  of  lead  and  tin,  scales  of  iron, 
and  borax.  The  color  is  developed  by  repeated 
heatings  with  added  quantities  of  the  above  color- 
ing agents. 

Rud'der.  The  principles  governing  the  pro- 
portions and  the  amplitude  of  the  circle  described 
during  its  evolution,  considered  in  article  "Gouver- 
nail,"  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manuf.,"  tome 
iv.,  ed.  1877. 
Jury  rudder,  Cagliesi  .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  297. 

Cagliesi's  rudder  (Ancona,  Italy)  is  collapsible,  and  is  made 
with  fan-like  sections. 

Rudder  screw     .     .     ,  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  306. 

Rud'der  Wheel.  (Agric.)  A  wheel  in  the 
rear  of  the  share,  assisting  in  bearing  the  weight 
of  the  plow,  and,  in  some  cases  serving  as  a  ful- 
crum in  directing  its  course.  See  Fig.  704,  p.  225, 
supra. 

Ruler.  Cousins'  parallel  ruler  is  intended  for 
the  purposes  for  which  parallel  rulers  are  commonly 
used,  and  for  duplicating  designs,  curves,  etc. 

Fig.  2179. 


AX 

•^*-*«^ 


Cousins'1  Parallel  Ruler. 

The  plate  a,  which  forms  the  body  of  the  ruler,  has  formed 
in  it  two  oppositely  disposed  segmental  openings,  whose 


RULER. 


772 


RUST. 


straight  sides  form  an  angle  of  45°  with  the  beveled  edges  of 
the  ruler.  It  has  also  several  small  circular  apertures, 
which  may  be  utilized  in  forming  curved  lines. 

Parallel  with  one  of  the  edges  of  the  plate  a,  a  shaft,  c,  is 
journaled  in  suitable  supports.  On  the  ends  of  this  shaft 
and  outside  of  the  bearings  there  are  grooved  wheels,  (I, 
which  do  not  quite  touch  the  surface  on  which  the  plate  a 
rests. 

To  one  of  the  wheels,  d,  is  an  arm,  e,  secured  by  the  screw 
f,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2,  and  in  the  groove  of  the  same  wheel 
there  is  a  pin  that  strikes  the  stop  which  is  secured  to  the 
plate  a  by  the  screw  i.  This  stop  is  arranged  to  engage  the 
arm  e  also. 

On  the  shaft  c  is  placed  a  spiral  spring,  k,  which  returns 
the  pin  in  the  groove  of  the  wheel  to  the  stop  on  the  plate 
«,  as  indicated  in  Tig.  8. 

The  side  of  the  wheel  d  is  graduated  so  that  the  arm  e  may 
be  adjusted  at  any  required  distance  from  the  pin  in  the 
groove.  This  distance  governs  the  space  between  the  lines 
formed  along  the  edge  of  the  ruler. 

In  drawing  parallel  lines  the  arm  e  having  been  adjusted 
as  already  described,  the  shaft  c  is  pressed  down  until  the 
wheels  d  touch  the  paper  on  which  the  lines  are  to  be  made  ; 
this  tips  up  the  beveled  edge  of  the  plate  a.  The  instrument 
is  now  moved  forward,  by  rolling  the  milled  portion  of  the 
shaft  under  the  fingers,  until  the  arm  e  strikes  the  stop  on 
the  plate  a,  when  the  plate  is  allowed  to  regain  its  former 
position  and  the  line  is  drawn.  In  drawing  the  successive 
lines  the  operation  is  repeated. 

Section  lining  is  done  along  the  straight  edges  of  the  seg- 
mental  openings,  and  curved  lines  are  formed  along  the 
curved  sides  of  the  openings.  Various  designs  may  be  du- 
plicated by  fastening  patterns  to  the  plate  a,  so  that  they 
will  move  with  it. 

Pattern  makers  use  a  rule  whose  divisions  are  made  a  cer- 
tain per  cent,  longer  than  standard  measure.  Iron  castings 
shrink  in  cooling  about  1  per  cent,  or  ^  of  an  inch  to  the  foot. 
The  patterns  require  to  be  made  proportionately  larger.  By 
using  the  rule  ^  of  an  inch  in  a  foot  longer  than  the  standard, 
every  measurement  of  the  pattern  is  made  proportionately 
larger  without  the  trouble  of  calculation. 

Desk  rules  are  either  flat,  round,  or  hexagonal.  The  flat 
rulers  have  a  beveled  edge  to  avoid  blotting  the  paper  with 
ink  flowing  from  the  side  of  the  pen.  For  adjustable  and 
parallel  rulers,  see  "  Meek.  Diet..'''  Figs.  4497,  4498,  p. 
2001. 

An  instrument  for  guiding  a  pen  or  pencil  in 
drawing  straight  or  curved  lines. 

Rule,  spiral,  Fuller,  Br.  .     ,     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  257. 
Parallel,  Cousin     .....  *  •'  Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  118. 

Kempe  ........  *  "  Teleg.  Jour,,"  v.  268. 

Ruling  pen,  Hoffman     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.."  xl.  150. 
Drawing  a  straight  line,  Kempe  *  "Sc.  Am.  Sup.,'1'  1340,  1352, 
1364,  1383. 


for    cutting    to 
Fig.  2180 


Rule    Cut'ter.      A   machine 
lengths  rules  and  leads 
used  in  the  composition 
of  rule,  column,  or  ta- 
ble matter. 

The  front  gage  is  for  cut- 
ting narrow  strips  or  spaces, 
and  the  back  gage  is  rever- 
sible, so  that  it  may  be  set 
to  cut  to  9"  in  length. 

Ru'ling  M  a  - 
chine'.  William  A. 
Rogers,  of  Cambridge 
Observatory,  Mass, 
has  a  machine  for  rul- 
ing microscopic  lines 
on  glass.  It  will  rule 
80,000  parallel  lines  in 
an  inch.  Rltle  and  Lfad  cutter. 

See  paper  by  Prof.  Rog- 

ers, in  the  "Proceedings  of  the  American  Academy  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,"  where  Nobert's  plates  are  considered  and  the 
method  of  their  production  discussed.  Also  the  modes  of 
preparing  diamond  ruling-points.  See  NOBERT'S  PLATES,  p. 
1531,  »Mech.  Diet." 

Run'ner.  On  the  stick  of  an  umbrella,  the  tu- 
bular piece  to  which  the  stretchers  of  the  ribs  are 
swiveled. 

Higgins"1  automatic  runner      .     .    *  "Engineer,''  xlii.  165. 
Run'ning  Board.    (Railway).    A  board  placed 


Fig.  2181. 


over  the  ridge  or  center  of  a  freight-car  roof,  and 
exteudiur  the  whole  length  of  the  car,  and  which 
is  provided  for  train-men  to  walk  or  run  on,  in  go- 
ing from  one  end  of  a  train  to  the  other.  —  Forney. 

Run'ning  Trap.     A  depressed  bow-shaped  sec- 
tion in    a    pipe, 
f  o  r  ming  a    U, 
through   which! 
water  passes  free- 
ly, but  the  de-1 
pression    remain- 
ing filled  with 
water,  affords  a 
seal. 

R  u  s  '  s  i  a  11 
I  '  r  o  n.      The 


glossy- 
sheet- 
Russia 


smooth, 

surfaced 

iron    of 

has  been  imitated 

in  many  quarters 

with  varying  sue- 


Boii'er's  Sewage  Running  Trap. 


AA  —  Inlet  pipe  connecting  directly 

C68S.       Below  we    with  the  wash-stand,  sink,  or  other  fix- 
give    one    p  r  o-   tures. 
r  e  s  s     furnished       B  — Outlet  pipe  connecting  directly 

55'J  U    with  the  main  waste-pipe, 

by  M.  Koullbine,  C— Cup-shaped  chamber  which  al- 
a  Russian  engi-  ways  remains  filled  with  liquid  up  to 

ueer  . pipe   B,   thereby  floating  the  hollow 

rubber  valve  D  firmly  to  the  mouth 
These     polished    of  the  pipe  A,  and  making  a  perfect 
sheets  are  manufac-    seal. 

tured  from  charcoal  E  —  Is  a  small  lug  on  the  cup,  to  en- 
iron,  produced  in  able  a  person  to  screw  and  unscrew  the 
finery  fires  and  cup  easily. 

brought  into   the        F  —  Is  a  rubber  gasket  to  prevent 
form    of    blooms    leakage  from  the  joining  of  the  cup  to 
about    one    inch    the  body  of  the  trap, 
thick.  These  blooms 

are  heated  to  cherry  heat  and  rolled  into  leaves.  Each  of 
these  leaves  is  cut' into  pieces  corresponding  to  the  weight 
of  the  sheets  which  are  to  be  manufactured,  and  these  pieces 
are  piled  upon  one  another  and  rolled  together  until  the 
desired  degree  of  thinness  is  attained.  Thus  the  black  sheets 
are  manufactured.  To  transform  these  into  polished  sheets 
a  certain  number  at  a  time  are  heated  to  red  heat  and  piled 
one  upon  another,  a  black,  impalpable  powder,  which  is 
simply  pulverized  charcoal,  being  sprinkled  between  each 
two  sheets.  The  bottom  and  the  cover  of  each  packet  of 
sheets  thus  piled  for  polishing  are  formed  by  two  sheets  of 
greater  thickness.  This  packet  is  then  hammered  for  the 
purpose  of  reducing  the  sheets  still  further  in  thickness, 
under  a  hammer,  the  head  of  which  weighs  from  1,000  to 
1,100  kilograms  (say  2,200  to  2,400  Ibs.).  For  giving  pol- 
ish and  luster,  the  sheets,  now  almost  cold,  are  brought 
under  a  second  hammer  with  a  large  face,  rounded  at  the 
edges  and  of  the  same  weight.  Finally  they  are  allowt-.l  to 
cool  completely,  and  are  then  clipped  and  classified  into 
three  classes,  according  to  the  perfection  of  their  polish. 
The  sheets  of  the  first  class  ought  to  be  like  a  mirror,  with- 
out a  spot  upon  their  surface.  The  action  of  charcoal  pro- 
jected upon  the  red-hot  surfaces,  and  inclosed  between  them 
without  access  of  air,  may  be  easily  understood.  It  cements, 
and  thus  enables  them  to  take  a  high  polish,  while  rendering 
them  at  the  same  time  less  liable  to  rust.  This  cementation 
once  having  taken  place,  the  sheet  should  not  afterward  be 
returned  to  the  heating  furnace  Whether  the  non-oxidiz- 
able  quality  is  due  to  a  carburation  of  the  surface  by  cemen- 
tation or  by  an  oxidation  which  has  been  supposed  to  take 
place  in  the  somewhat  tedious  process  of  manufacture,  is 
not  yet  fully  decided.  The  high  quality  of  the  iron  used  by 
the  Russians  has  no  doubt  much  to  do  with  the  merited  pop- 
ularity their  final  product  enjoys.  In  the  same  category  is 
the  fact  that,  while  we  make  most  excellent  wire  from 
our  own  iron,  we  have  not  yet  been  able  to  produce  an  arti- 
cle quite  equal  to  the  Swedish  rods  for  certain  purposes. 
We  have  no  doubt  but  that  in  time  the  American  product,  or 
"  imitation  Russia,"  which  is  now  perfectly  adapted  to  many 
uses,  will  eventually  be  made  equal  in  all  respects  to  the 
genuine  Russian  and  exclude  it  from  our  markets;  but  this 
result  will  only  be  accomplished  by  greater  care  and  skill  in 
manufacture. 
See  "Meek.  Diet.,"  p.  2005. 

Rust.  It  has  usually  been  supposed  that  the 
rusting  of  iron  depends  principally  upon  moisture 
and  oxygen.  It  would  appear,  however,  from  the 
late  Dr.  Calvert's  experiments,  that  carbonic  acid 


RUST. 


773 


SACCHAROMETER. 


is  the  principal  agent,  and  without  this  the  other 
agencies  have  very  little  effect.  Iron  does  not  rust 
at  all  in  dry  oxygen,  and  but  little  in  moist  oxygen, 
while  it  rusts  very  rapidly  in  a  mixture  of  moist 
carbonic  acid  and  oxygen.  If  a  piece  of  bright  iron 
be  placed  in  water  saturated  with  oxygen,  it  rusts 
very  little ;  but  if  carbonic  acid  be  present,  oxida- 
tion goes  on  so  fast  that  a  dark  precipitate  is  pro- 
duced in  a  very  short  time.  It  is  said  that  bright 
iron  placed  in  a  solution  of  caustic  alkali  does  not 
rust  at  all.  The  inference  to  be  derived  is  that,  by 
the  exclusion  of  moist  carbonic  acid  from  contact 
with  iron,  rust  can  be  very  readily  prevented. 

To  take  rust  out  of  steel  place  the  article  in  a  bowl  con- 
taining kerosene  oil,  or  wrap  the  steel  up  in  a  soft  cloth  well 
saturated  with  kerosene  ;  let  it  remain  24  hours  or  longer ; 
then  scour  the  rusty  spots  with  brick-dust.  If  badly  rusted, 
use  salt  wet  with  hot  vinegar  ;  after  scouring,  rinse  every 
particle  of  dust  or  salt  off  with  boiling  hot  water  :  dry  thor- 
oughly :  then  polish  off  with  a  clean  flannel  cloth  and  a  lit- 
tle sweet  oil. 

Or  brush  with  a  paste  composed  of  J  oz.  cyanide  potassium, 
J  oz.  Castile  soap,  1  oz.  whiting,  and  water  sufficient  to 
form  a  paste.  The  steel  should  first  be  washed  with  a  so- 
lution of  £  oz.  cyanide  potassium  in  2  oz.  water. 

Rust  Ce-ment'.  Make  a  stiff  paste  with  2 
parts  of  sal-ammoniac,  35  parts  iron  borings,  1  part 
sulphur  and  water,  and  drive  it  into  the  joint  with 
a  chisel ;  or,  to  2  parts  of  sal-ammoniac  and  1 
part  flowers  of  sulphur,  add  60  parts  of  iron  chips, 
and  mix  the  whole  with  water,  to  whicli  one  sixth 
part  vinegar  or  a  little  sulphuric  acid  is  added. 


Or  mix  100  parts  of  bright  iron  filings  or  fine  chips  or  bor- 
ings with  1  part  powdered  sal-amrnoniac,  and  moisten  with 
urine  ;  when  thus  prepared,  force  it  into  the  joint.  It  will 
prove  serviceable  under  the  action  of  fire.  All  the  above 
parts  are  by  weight. 

Rust,  Preserving  Iron  from.  Dode''s  method 
is  to  coat  the  surface  to  be  protected  with  a  thin  film 
of  borate  of  lead,  having  a  little  oxide  of  copper  dis- 
solved in  it,  and  having  also  suspended  in  it  bright 
scales  of  precipitated  platinum. 

A  red  heat  is  employed  to  fuse  the  composition,  which  is 
applied  by  brush  or  bath  The  effect  is  to  cover  the  iron 
with  a  thin,  glassy  coating  of  a  bright  gray  tint,  unaffected 
by  sewer  gases,  dilute  acids  aud  alkalies,  and  the  heat  of  a 
fire. 

See  article  by  Stoffel  in  "Jour.  Soe.  Arts,"  Br.,  1879,  re- 
published  in  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xx.,  p.  13  et  seq. 

Or,  paint  with  melted  caoutchouc,  to  which  some  oil  has 
been  added.  The  caoutchouc  must  be  melted  in  a  close  ves- 
sel to  prevent  its  burning,  and  should  be  frequently  stirred. 

Dr.  Sterling's  plan  is  to  iinpreginate  the  structure  of  the 
metal  while  heated  with  a  non-oxidizable  substance,  —  say 
paratfine  or  mineral  oil. 

Barff  's  plan  is  to  convert  the  surface  into  magnetic  or  black 
oxide.  Journal  Soc.  of  Arts. 

Barff    .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag."  xvi.  300 ;  xviii.  350  ;  xx. 

450. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxv.  January  22,  p.  7. 
Perry    .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xviii.  533. 
Bower  .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xix.  90,  378. 
Dode    .  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  178. 

See  IRON  PRESERVING  PROCESS,  p.  507,  supra. 


S. 


Sa-bot'.     The  iron  shoe  or  point  of  a  pile. 

Sa-bot'  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  making 
the  wooden  shoes  (sabots)  extensively  used  in  Eu- 
rope. 

The  machines  of  M.  Arbey,  Paris,  complete  the  shoe  in 
three  operation?.  The  blanks  first  pass  to  tb.e  shaping  ma- 
chine, adapted  to  all  sizes,  where  the  shoe  receives  its  shape. 
A  second  machine  hollows  the  inside,  while  a  third  machine 
gives  them  the  finishing  touch  and  shapes  the  sole. 
Sabot  mach.,  Arbey,  Fr.  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  255,  262. 

Sac-char'i-fi-er.  An  apparatus  for  treating 
grain,  and  potatoes  by  steam  under  high  pressure, 
for  converting  the  starch  into  sugar  previous  to  the 
alcoholic  fermentation. 

The  grain  or  potatoes  are  mixed  in  a  boiler,  with  about 
three  times  their  weight  of  water.  Steam  is  then  admitted  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  constantly  stir  the  entire  contents. 
When  steam  is  admitted  to  the  boiler,  the  air  is  allowed  to  es- 
cape through  a  valve.  As  long  as  the  latter  is  kept  open 
the  water  condensed  within  the  boiler  is  allowed  to  run  off. 
When  the  air  has  boen  forced  from  the  boiler,  all  valves  are 
closed.  The  material  is  then  subjected  to  the  combined  ac- 
tion of  heat  and  pressure  for  three  or  four  hours,  samples 
being  taken  from  places  provided,  for  inspection.  At  the 
end  of  that  time  the  liquid  is  of  a  dark  yellow  color,  and  the 
starch  has  been  completely  converted  into  sugar,  although 
the  grains  on  the  pieces  of  potatoes  retain  their  original 
shape.  Care  must  be  taken  to  introduce  the  steam  slowly, 
and  to  regulate  the  pressure  carefully,  or  a  portion  of  the 
sugar  will  be  converted  into  caramel,  unfit  for  the  forma- 
tion of  alcohol.  When  this.operation  has  been  finished  the 
mash  is  blown  out,  under  pressure,  into  the  mill,  the  solid 
particles  crushed  and  the  mashed  formed  into  a  thin  paste 
possessing  all  the  qualities  necessary  for  the  formation  of 
alcohol. 

Sac'cha-rom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  deter- 
mining the  value  of  sacchariferous  juices. 

The  method  of  determining  these  values  by  means  of  the 
specific  gravity  will  always  find  wide  application  because  of 
its  simplicity  and  satisfactory  results. 

The  action  of  the  saccharometer  depends  on  the  fact  that 
ordinary  light,  when  transmitted  through  or  reflected  by 


certain  bodies,  acquires  certain  properties  which  it  did  not 
before  possess.  Among  other  properties  conferred  upon  the 
light  is  that  of  displaying  gorgeous  prismatic  colors  when 
caused  to  traverse  certain  liquids  and  crystals.  These  colors, 
when  brought  into  view  by  means  of  a  solution  of  cane 
sugar,  are  the  more  vivid  as  the  solution  is  more  concen- 
trated. 

In  Laurent's  new  saccharometer  the  light  from  a  fixed 
monochromatic  yellow  flame  is  passed  through  a  diaphragm 
containing  a  plate  of  bi-chromate  of  potash,  which  absorbs 
the  violet  and  blue  rays.  The  yellow  rays  which  pass  it  fall 
on  a  bi-refracting  prism  which  turns  on  the  longitudinal  axis 
.of  the  instrument,  and  in  which  the  second  image  is  diverged 
to  one  side  and  intercepted  by  diaphragms.  One  of  these 
carries  a  thin  plate  of  quartz  parallel  to  the  axis,  which  cov- 
ers only  one  half  of  the  diaphragm.  Its  thickness  is  one- 
half  wave  for  the  yellow  rays.  Between  this  diaphragm  and 
a  second  one  the  testing  tube  containing  the  sugar  solution 
to  be  tested  is  placed.  In  front  of  the  second  diaphragm  is 
the  Nichol  analyzer,  an  objective  and  a  concave  eye-piece. 


Fig.  2182. 


Saccharometer. 

The  latter  three  parts  inclosed  in  a  tube  revolve,  the  angle 
through  which  they  move  being  indicated  on  an  alidade. 

In  Fig.  2182  A  is  a  yellow  monochromatic  name,  placed  at 
an  invariable  distance  from  the  instrument.  The  burner  is 
constructed  so  as  largely  to  augment  the  intensity  of  the 
flame.  B  is  a  diaphragm  containing  a  plate  of  bichromate  of 
potash,  which  absorbs  the  violet  and  blue  rays  which  exist 
in  the  flame,  while  allowing  the  useful  yellow  rays  to  pass. 
p  is  a  bi-refracting  prism,  in  which  the  second  image  is  di- 
verged to  one  side  and'  intercepted  by  diaphragms.  It  turns 
on  the  axis  o  E.  D  is  a  diaphragm  carrying  a  thin  plate  of 
quartz  parallel  to  the  axis,  the  thickness  of  which  is  one  half 


SACCHAROMETER. 


774 


SACK  PACKER. 


wave  for  the  yellow  rays.  This  is  fixed  and  covers  but  the 
half  of  the  diaphragm.  E  is  another  diaphragm  :  W,  the  an- 
alyzing Nicol  ;  H,  the  objective  ;  o,  concave  eye-piece.  The 
system,  O  H  N,  is  mounted  on  an  alidade,  which  turns  on 
the  disk  C  around  the  axis  p  E.  T  is  the  tube  containing 
the  solution  to  be  tested,  cisa  graduated  disk  having  one 
or  two  divisions  ;  one  especially  for  sugar,  the  other  in  half 
degrees  of  the  circle  for  any  rotary  substances.  L  is  a  lens 
for  reading  the  scale,  si  is  a  mirror  throwing  the  light  of  the 
burner  on  the  divisions  and  thus  obviating  the  need  of  any 


Fig.  2183. 


Saccharometer. 

additional  light.  The  new  optical  disposition  consists  in  the 
polarizing  system,  which  is  composed  of  two  distinct  parts  — 
the  bi-refracting  prism  P  which  turns,  and  the  diaphragm  n 
which  with  its  half  plate  of  quartz  is  fixed.  In  Fig.  2183  this 
diaphragm  is  represented  enlarged,  as  it  is  seen  on  looking 
into  the  instrument.  The  left  half  is  covered  by  the  quartz 
plate,  the  axis  of  which  is  also  parallel  to  the  line  of  separa- 
tion O  .4,  and  the  right  half  being  open  allows  of  the  passage 
without  deviation  of  the  polarized  light  from  the  polarizer  P, 
Fig.  2182. 

Thore "  Technologiste,"  xxxix.  38. 

Laurent *  "Scientific  .4m.,'' xxxviii. 408, 181. 

Dubosq *  " Scientific  American,'''  xxxix.  389. 

Biotas  polarizer     ...  *  Laboulaye's   "Dictionnaire,"  Hi., 

"Sucre,"'  Fig.  3,  etc. 

Saccharometer,  Balling       "Scientific  American,"  xli.  329. 
Polarizing,  Laurent,  Fr.    "Iron  Age,'"  xxii.,  July  4,  p.  19. 

Sack'er  and  Weigh'er.  A  spout  with  slid- 
ing door  admits  the  grain  or  material  to  be  weighed 
from  the  receptacle  above.  The  bag  is  clipped  by  a 
ring  to  the  funnel  which  is  suspended  from  the 
back  end  of  a  suspended  steelyard.  When  the 
amount  the  steelyards  are  set  for  is  received  into 
the  sack,  the  slide  is  closed  and  the  flow  cut  off. 

Sack  Hold'er.  An  inclined  frame,  braced 
against  the  floor,  forms  a  rest  for  the  sack  in  filling 
while  a  ring  holds  the  mouth  of  the  sack  open  and 
forms  a  rest  for  the  vessel  used  in  filling. 

Sack  Emp'ti-er.  A  contrivance  by  means  of 
which  through  a  winch,  ropes,  and  capstan,  a  frame 
which  holds  the  sack  in  filling  is  elevated  and 
tipped  to  empty  the  sack. 

Emptier *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  19,  Fig.  6. 

Filler *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  19. 

See  also  BAG  FILLER. 

.     -  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  20,  Fig.  8. 
.     .     .     ,     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  19. 
*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  323. 

Sack  Hold'ing  Truck.  One  arranged  to 
hold  the  sack  in  vertical  position  while  being  filled 
and  having  a  hoop  to  hold  the  mouth  open. 

Sack  Lift'er.  1.  A  sliding  frame  on  which 
the  sack  rests,  is  elevated  by  means  of  a  winch  to 


Holder 
Lifter  . 
Truck 


the  proper  height  to  shoulder,  when  the  sack  is 
rilled. 

2.  A  clutch  on  the  rope  to  catch  the  gathered  end 
of  a  filled  bag,  and  lift  it  up  into  the  mill. 
Sack  lifters,  emptiers,  etc.  .    *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  19. 

Sack  Fack'er.  A  machine  for  packing  flour 
in  sacks.  See  Fig.  2184. 

The  operator  places  the  bag  on  the  screw  tube  as  shown  in 
the  engraving,  and  draws  the  piston  head  against  the  bottom 
of  the  bag.  He  then  lifts  the  tumbling  ball,  by  which  move- 
ment the  belt  is  shifted  to  the  tight  pulley  starting  the  screw 
to  packing  the  sack.  While  the  bag  is  being  filled  the  reced- 
ing piston  changes  the  belt  to  the  loose  pulley  by  means  of 
the  shifting  rod,  and  thus  stops  the  screw,  enabling  the  oper- 
ator to  set  the  stop  collar  so  as  to  put  any  amount  of  flour  in 
the  sack  that  maybe  desired.  When  the  screw  stops,  the 
operator  places  his  foot  on  the  treadle,  dropping  the  sack  into 
an  upright  position  ready  for  removal,  and  by  this  means 
catching  the  spill.  The  sack  being  removed,  a  weight  re- 
turns the  turning  board  to  a  horizontal  position.  When  this 


Sack  Packer. 

device  is  used  as  a  mixer,  the  conveyor  flights  on  the  screw 
pulverize  the  lumps  and  mixes  in  the  passage  through  the 
horizontal  screw  tube,  discharge  being  made  into  a  bin  be- 
low by  means  of  muslin  bag  or  hose. 

By  the  use  of  ree'nlorce  rings  on  the  end  of  the  screw  tube, 
bags  of  from  12  to  60  pounds'  capacity  can  be  packed  without 
changing  the  tube.  Its  capacity  is  from  2  to  4  sacks  per 
minute. 

Fig.  2186. 


SADDLE. 


775 


SAFETY  BRAKE. 


Sad'dle.  Fig.  2185  is  a  view  of  the  saddle  com- 
plete, with  bag,  used  in  the  United  States  mounted 
service.  No  padding  or  raw  hide  is  used.  The 
round,  smooth-cut  pommel  is  made  as  low  as  pos- 
sible to  escape  the  highest  withers,  and  the  seat  is 
long  and  flat,  the  cantle  rounding  very  little.  The 
trees  are  made  by  machinery  to  avoid  inequalities, 
and  the  bearing  surface  made  as  long  as  possible  to 
distribute  the  weight  over  the  back  of  the  horse, 
the  whole  length  of  the  saddle. 

Sad'dle  Brack'et.  A  bracket  shelf  in  a  sta- 
ble or  harness  room  to  hold  a  riding  saddle. 

Sad'dle  Clip.  A  clip  which  straddles  the 
spring  and  axle,  and  the  legs  of  which  are  secured 
by  bolt  nuts.  Fig.  145,  p.  61,  supra,  Fig.  150,  p. 
62,  Ibid. 

Safe.  A  receptacle  where  valuables  may  be 
deemed  safe  from  attacks  of  fire,  burglars,  etc. 
Generally  iron  or  steel  cases,  variously  prepared. 
See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  pp.  2013,  2014,  2015. 

Figs.  2186,  2187.  are  sectional  views  of  the  Corliss  spherical 
revolving  safe  composed  of  an  outer  and  inner  shell,  the  lat- 
ter revolving  within  the  former,  forming  both  the  door  and 
the  receptacle  for  valuables.  The  outer  shell  forms  about 
two  thirds  of  a  sphere,  and  is  made  in  two  parts,  so  that  the 

Fijr.  2186. 


Fig.  2187. 


Corliss  Safe,  Open. 

inner  part,  called  the  safe,  can  be  placed  within  it ;  these 
parts  are  screwed  together,  as  indicated  in  section,  by  a  screw 
the  whole  diameter  of  the  safe.  The  jointing  surfaces  of 
these  two  parts  are  ground  to  an  accurate  fit,  and  screwed 
together  like  hose  coupling,  leaving  no  space  between  them 
and  making  the  shell  practically  one  solid  piece  of  metal. 
The  interior  swinging  part  is  also  one  solid  piece  of  metal 
about  four  inches  thick.  The  outside  diameter  of  this  sphere 
corresponds  with  the  inside  diameter  of  the  larger  one,  and 
the  joint  between  the  spheres  is  formed  by  a  series  of  steps 
which  increase  in  diameter  towards  the  interior  of  the  safe. 
The  joint  is  circular  and  is  made  an  accurate  fit,  the  outside 
steps  being  made  by  grinding,  and  the  inner  ones  bored  and 
turned  by  machinery  adapted  to  the  purpose.  To  guard 
against  accidents  this  safe  is  always  provided  with  two  locks, 
either  of  which  will  open  it.  The  locks  may  be  set  on  the 
same  or  different  combinations,  and  in  case  either  lock 
should  fail  from  any  reason  to  operate,  the  safe  can  be 
opened  by  the  other.  Either  time  locks,  or  the  ordinary 
combination  locks  are  employed.  The  drawings  sufficiently 
explain  the  inside  arrangement  and  workings. 


Corliss  Safe,  Shut. 


Safe,  Marvin    .     .     .     .  * 
Safe  alarm,  Koloseus     .  * 
Safe,    fire-proof,     sub- 
merged, Gray    .     .     .  * 
Safe,  provision,  Inman    * 
Safes,  history,  invention, 
and  manufacture  of   . 
Safes,  marine    .     .    .     .  * 
To  blow  open    .    .     .  * 


'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  82. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  99. 

'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  338. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  344. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  24,  p.  5. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  179. 
'  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  244. 


Safe'ty  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  For  cages  in  mines, 
etc.,  article  "Parachute,"  Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire 
des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  iv.,  ed.  1877. 


Dobo. 

Claude-Perrault. 

Machecourt. 


Fontame  * 
Nyst  *. 


Safety  cylinder  cock      .  * 

Disk * 

Hook    ......* 

Lamp,  Coquillon 

Stephenson    .     . 

Davy    .... 

Odling * 

Gildemeister  $  Kampe 
Safety  appar.  for  cages. 

Spitzberg  Tunnel  .     . 

For  mine  cages. 

Cousin,  Fr.     .     ,     . 
Leonardt,  Br. 
Safety   catch  for  mine 
cages,  Cousin,  Fr.   . 

Elevator,  Burdon  .     , 
Lamps,  Dary,  .    .     . 

Roberts      ..... 
Mesnil 


"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  35 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,  '  1A 
"  Scientific  American  Sup., 
"Eng.  4-  Min.  Journal,"  23 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,' 
"  Scientific  American  Sup., 


1472. 
4011. 

742. 
'  742. 
2368. 


., 

"Scientific  American  Sup., 
"  Technologists,''''  xli.  567. 

"Engineering,'''1  xxix.  395. 

"Engineering,'1''  xxvi.  389. 
"Engineering,'''  xxix.  58. 

"Engineer,"  xlvi.  223. 
"Manuf.  $  Builder,"  ix.  121. 
"Lamps  de   Surete."  Laboulaye's 

"Diet.,"  ii.  *  1375-76. 
"Lampe  de   Surete,"  Laboulaye's 

"Diet.,"  ii.  *  1377. 
"Lampe  de  Surete,"  Laboulaye's 

"Diet.."  ii.  *1377. 
"Lampe  de  Surete,"  Laboulaye's 

"  Diet.,"  ii.*  1377. 
"Lampe  de  Surete,"  Laboulaye's 

"Diet.,"  ii.  *  1378. 
"Scientific  American," xxxiv. 351. 
Laboulaye's  "Diet.,"  iii. 
See  SAFETY  CATCH  ;  SAFETY  HOIST  ; 

CAGE  ;  ELEVATOR,  etc. 

Safe'ty  Bolt.  One  in  which  the  pin  is  locked 
in  position  by  padlock  or  other  device. 

Safe'ty  Brake.  An  attachment  to  a  crane  or 
other  hoisting  apparatus  to  control  the  rate  of  de- 


Mueseler 

Combes     ..... 

Safety  paper,  bank  checks 
Papier  de  Surete'     .     . 
Safety  Winch    .     ... 


SAFETY  BRAKE. 


776 


SAFETY   PAPER. 


scent  of  an  object.  It  usually  consists  of  a  band  on 
a  drum,  which  by  pinching  opposes  the  rotation  of 
the  latter.  See  SAFETY  HOIST. 

Safe'ty  Catch.  A  device  to  prevent  the  fall- 
ing of  the  cage  in  the  event  of  the  breaking  of  the 
rope.  Safety  catches  attached  to  the  cage  are  held 
away  from  the  guides  while  the  weight  of  the  cage 
hangs  on  the  rope,  are  released  and  spring  against 
the  guides  as  soon  as  the  strain  is  taken  from  the 
rope,  either  by  its  being  broken  or  otherwise.  A 
safety  hook  detaches  the  cage  from  the  rope  if  it  is 
hoisted  too  far,  and  "  lauding  dogs  "  prevent  it  from 
being  accidentally  lowered  or  dropped  into  the 
shaft,  when  it  has  been  once  hoisted  above  them  at 
the  pit-head.  See  Figs.  4539-4541,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

In  Cousin's  counterpoise  catch,  used  in  the  Bernissat  pits 
in  Belgium,  a  wedge  is  forced  into  the  loop  encircling  the 

? aide-rope  by  a  spring  as  soon  as  the  hoisting-rope  breaks, 
he  wedge  is  made  of  wood,  and  is  provided  with  steel  points 
to  insure  its  taking  a  hold  on  the  guide-rope  in  case  of  an 
emergency.  In  ordinary  hoisting  the  wedge  is  withdrawn 
and  the  loop  slides  freely  on  the  guide-rope.  In  the  coun- 
terpoise arrangement,  the  guide-rope  is  attached  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  shaft,  but  its  upper  end  runs  over  two  pulleys 
and  carries  at  its  end  a  series  of  counter-weights  placed  one 
upon  another,  attached  by  chains.  As  soon  as  the  winding 
rope  breaks  the  wedge  seizes  the  guide-rope,  which  is  drawn 
downward  by  the  weight  of  the  falling  cage.  This  causes 
the  counter-weights  to  be  lifted  one  by  one  until  the  cage 
has  come  to  a  stop,  thus  avoiding  any  injurious  tearing  strain 
upon  the  guide-rope. 

Safe'ty  Chain.  (Railway.)  A  chain  to  at- 
tach certain  parts  to  prevent  their  becoming  en- 
tirely detached  in  case  of  the  parting  of  the  main 
connections. 

Among  such  are  coupling  chains  of  platforms,  of  the  brake- 
rods,  etc. — Forney's  '•'•Car-builders'1  Dictionary." 

Safe'ty  Cyl'in-der  Cock.  A  safeguard 
against  injury  to  a  steam  cylinder  by  an  accumu- 
lation of  water.  The  water  of  condensation  is  let 
out  of  the  cylinder  without  waste  of  steam. 

Safe'ty  Disk.  A  disk  of  light  sheet-copper  is 
placed  across  the  boiler  between  the  steam  and  an 
escape-pipe.  An  over-pressure  of  steam  fractures 
the  disk  and  allows  the  escape  of  the  steam  through 
the  pipe. 
Safety  disk  for  boilers,  Rowan,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  148. 

Safe'ty  Hang'er.  (Railway).  A  metallic  loop 
to  prevent  the  falling  of  a  rod  in  case  of  breakage. 

Among  such  are  those  for  brake- rods,  etc.  —  Forney. 

Safe'ty  Hatch.  A  form  of  safety  hatch  for 
elevators,  to  close  the  hatchway  when  the  cage  is 

Fig.  2188. 


Safety  Hoist. 


not  in  the  act  of  passing.  The  doors  are  automatic, 
being  pushed  aside  by  oblique  bars  above  the  cage 
in  ascending,  and  by  similar  bars  beneath  the  cage 
in  descending.  The  doors  are  returned  by  counter- 
weights. The  safety  attachment  may  be  seen  in 
detail  in  CAGE,  ROPE  ELEVATOR,  SAFETY  STOP. 

Safe'ty  Hoist.  In  Fig.  2188  the  safety  brake 
is  applied  automatically  by  the  governor  within  the 
rim  of  the  sprocket-wheel,  so  that  the  load,  once 
started  clown,  it  is  left  to  itself  while  the  operator 
gets  the  next  load  ready. 

Safe'ty  Hook.  In  mines,  a  hook  arranged  to 
clutch  a  support  and  hold  the  cage,  should  the 
hoisting  rope  break  through  overwinding. 

Safe'ty  Lamp.  A  lamp  to  prevent  explosions 
from  lire-damp.  See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2016. 

Coquillon  utilizes  the  property  possessed  by  palladium,  of 
remaining  red-hot  in  a  mixture  of  gas  and  air  at  the  expense 
of  the  compound,  in  the  construction  of  miners'  safety- 
lamps.  The  lamp  cannot  cause  au  explosion  without  tha 
palladium  giving  timely  warning. 

Dubrulles  has  invented  a  lamp  which  cannot  be  opened 
without  extinguishing  the  flame. 

Safety  lamp. 

Boullenot,  Fr.     .     .     .  "  Van  Nostranrl's  Mag.,''  xiv.572. 

Safety  lamps,  on,  Bagot  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  423. 

Davy,  * "Engineering,"-  xxvii.  423. 


Clanny, 
Stepkenson,  *  .  .  . 
Mueseler,  *  .  .  .  . 
Williamson,  *  .  .  . 
Clanny,  *  .  .  .  . 

Davy,  * 

Stevenson,  *.  ,  .  , 
Mueseler,  *  .  .  .  . 
Williamson  *  .  .  . 

Davy 

Dinant,  Fr 

Hydrostatic,  Kendall 

Odling,  Br 

Shakespeare,  Br.  .  . 
Williamson  .  .  .  . 
Williamson,  Br.  .  . 
Miner's 


'Engineering,''  xxvii.  423. 
•Engineering,''''  xxvii.  423. 
'•Engineering,'1'-  xxvii.  432 
'Engineering,'*  xxvii.  423. 
'Engineer,'1'1  xlvii.  341. 
'Engineer,''  xlvii.  341. 
'Engineer,'-'  xlvii.  341. 
'Engineer,"  xlvii.  341. 
'Engineer,"  xlvii.  341. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1720. 
'Engineering,-'  xxvi.  389. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  210. 
'Engineer,''  xlvi.  179. 
'Engineer,'-''  xlix.  173. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2149. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  4,  p.  19. 
'  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2718. 


Safe'ty  Link.  A  device,  a  substitute  for  the 
safety  or  check-chains  which  couple  cars  to  their 
trucks.  Invented  by  Thompson. 


*  "Railroad  Gazette  " 


viii.  117. 


Safe'ty  Loop.  One  of  the  loops  by  which  the 
body-strap  of  a  vehicle  is  attached  to  the  body  and 
perch  to  prevent  dangerous  rolling  of  the  body. 

Safe'ty  Pa'per.  In  addition  to  what  has  been 
stated  on  page  2017,  "Mech.  Diet.,1'  where  about 
thirty  distinctive  processes  are  cited,  an  improve- 
ment in  the  manufacture  of  paper  for  bank  notes, 
bonds,  checks,  etc.,  by  Mr.  Geo.  W.  Casilear,  Super- 
intendent of  Engraving,  U.  S.  Treasury  Depart- 
ment, may  be  mentioned. 

"  This  invention  relates  to  the  manufacture  of  bank-note 
and  other  commercial  paper  by  coloring  the  pulp  contained 
in  separate  compartments  with  different  coloring  matter,  or 
by  the  use  of  different  colored  fibrous  substances  while  iu 
the  pulp,  contained  in  separate  compartments. 

"  The  pulp,  having  been  prepared  in  the  usual  manner,  is 
emptied  into  chests  or  tubs  corresponding  in  number  with 
the  kinds  or  distinct  colors  of  fiber  desirable  to  be  used  in 
making  the  paper.  From  thence  it  is  delivered  into  the  com- 
partment vats,  each  compartment  being  assigned  for  a  color  or 
alternate  color,  silk  fiber,  or  other  suitable  material  desirable 
for  making  distinctive  paper.  At  the  top  of  the  vat  is  a  series 
of  gates,  by  means  of  which  the  flow  of  pulp  is  regulated  as 
it  passes  over  the  trough  and  lip  and  falls  upon  the  endless 
wire  or  web.  The  trough  and  lip  is  also  subdivided  by  using 
thin  partitions  of  brass,  to  correspond  in  number  and  to 
connect  with  the  compartment-partitions  of  the  vat.  The 
operation  being  now  apparent,  the  pulp  of  two  or  more  colors 
passes  over  the  lip  or  ledge  in  separate  streams,  the  colors  be- 
ing divided  by  the  thin  partitions  in  their  passage,  and  unite 
as  they  fall  upon  the  endless  wire,  upon  which  it  forms  it- 
self into  paper  of  colored  stripes  or  other  material,  composed 
of  whatever  character  of  pulp  is  used  in  the  compartmeut- 
vat,  desirable  for  making  distinctive  papers/' 


Bank-note  paper,  Br. 


'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1293 


SAFETY  PIN. 


777 


SAFETY  VALVE,  NOISELESS. 


Safe'ty  Pin.  1.  A  temporary  pin  in  a  percus- 
sion fuse,  to  prevent  the  plunger  from  striking  ac- 
cidentally against  the  percussion  powder.  It  is  held 
in  place  by  a  wire  which  is  ruptured  by  a  weight 
attached  to  it  when  the  gun  is  fired.  Fig.  17,  p. 
523,  "  Ordnance  Report;'  1877. 

2.  A  garment  pin  bent  on  itself,  and  having  a 
loop  which  retains  the  point  shut  and  prevents 
pricking. 

Safe'ty  Valve. 

Fig.  2189  is  a  form  of  valve  much  used  on  leading  steam- 
ships.    The  peculiarity  of  the  valve  consists  in  the  grooved 
seat  V)  which  has  the  ef- 

Fig.  2189.  feet  to  augment  the  area 

at  the  moment  the  valve 
lifts.  The  result  is  the 
valve  will  blow  off  to  its 
maximum  capacity  with 
an  increase  of  but  two  or 
three  pounds'  pressure  in 
the  boiler,  and  will  close 
tight  the  moment  the 
pressure  falls  a  couple  of 
pounds  below  that  to 
which  the  valve  is  loaded. 
In  Fig.  2190  the  outlet 
for  the  steam  is  carried 
through  the  center,  and 
the  pressure  is  always 
perfectly  fair  on  the  valve, 
there  being  no  fide-action 
whatever,  thus  rendering 
the  valve  very  sensitive, 
and  equalizing  the  wear. 

Fig.  2191  is  especially 
adapted  to  steam  fire-en- 
gines, where  quick  stop- 
pages are  necessary. 
Should  the  safety  valve 
be  set  to  blow  off  at  one 
hundred  pounds,  and  it  be 
necessary  to  stop  the  en- 
gine with  only  fifty  pounds 
of  steam  in  the  boiler,  it 
will  not  be  necessary  to 
wait  until  the  steam  rise 
to  one  hundred  pounds, 
but  the  wheel  h  is  given 
a  half  turn  up  against  the 
valve-spindle  g,  where  it 
Safety  Value,  will  remain  and  the  steam 

blow  off  until  the  wheel  k 

is  turned  back,  and  the  valve  resumes  its  seat  again  without 
derangement  or  altering  the  tension  of  the  spring  so  that  the 
steam  will  blow  off  at  one  hundred  pounds,  the  same  as  before. 

•        Fig.  2190. 


Fig.  2191. 


Safety  Valve. 


Ashcroft's  valve  has  a  hollow  semi-circular  ring  on  the 
conical  part.  The  lower  seat  of  the  valve  has  a  correspond- 
ing annulus  at  its  top, 
somewhat  larger  than 
the  one  in  the  valve 
proper.  When  the 
valve  is  lifted  to  a 
slight  extent,  the  steam 
is  momentarily  arrest- 
ed in  this  space,  thus 
producing  a  greater 
pressure,  and  lifting 
the  valve  to  a  greater 
height,  similar  to  Fig. 
2189. 

Blake's  safety  valves 
are  globular,  and  the 
orifices  are  annular. 
They  require  no  guide- 
wings  or  pins,  and  can 
oscillate  freely  on  their 
seats,  and  are  not  like- 
ly to  stick,  as  they 
cannot  wedge  them- 
selves down  in  the 
seatings,  whilst  it  is 
claimed  they  have 
nearly  double  the  dis- 
charging power  of  an 
ordinary  valve  of  the 
same  diameter,  and 
that  with  a  lighter 
weight  on  them.  The  ' 
usual  size  of  valve 
made  by  Mr.  Blake  has 
a  3J"  outside  seating  and  a  2f"  inner  one.  Thus  the  dis- 
charging power  of  this  valve  equals  an  ordinary  valve,  6|" 
diameter,  while  the  weight  required  to  load  it  to  60  Ibs.  per 
square  inch  is  only  220  Ibs.,  whereas  a  6$"  valve  would  re- 
quire 1,840  Ibs.  to  load  it. 

Safety  valve,  6  kinds     .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxvi.  99,  853 
*  "Manuf.  #  Builder,"  xi.  65. 


Steam  Fire  Engine  Valve, 


Test *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  690. 

Wilson.    ....     .  *  "Mec/i.  Diet.,"  Fig.  1622,  p.  654, 


supra. 

Stone *  Ibid.,  1623.  p.  555. 

See  LOCK-UP  SAFETY  VALVE,  *  Fig.  2983,  p.  1343,  "Mec/i. 
Did. ;  "  SAFETY  VALVE,  Ibid. ;  TEST  SAFETY  VALVE,  infra. 

Cf.  Buel's  "Safety  Valves." 
Safety  valves,  Adams,  Br.  *  'Engineer,"  xlii.  254. 

Blake,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  273. 

Japanese  Corvettes, 

Penn *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  286. 

Klotz *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  67. 

Safety  valve,  Ashcroft^s  .  *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,-'1  xi.  244. 

Eave,Br *  "Engineer,-'  xlvi.  57. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii  466. 

Hudson *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  263 

Klotz *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  358. 

Martyn-Roberts,  Br.   .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  163. 

Melting,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  510. 

Schmid *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  214. 

Schmidt *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  386. 

Schmiilt,  Switz.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  209,  248. 
"  Sentinel.'' 

Summerson,  Br.      .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  368. 
Turnbull,  Br.      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  522. 
Lock-up,  Robey,  Lond.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2050. 
Marine,  Fletcher,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  147. 

Bailey,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  191. 

Spherical. 

Nasmyth,  Br.       .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  393. 
Spring,  Atcock,  Engl.    *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  855. 
Spring-loaded. 

Atcock,  Br.    ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  363. 
Test,  "Kover." 

Br.  Navy    .     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  145. 
Form  and  principles  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  314. 
Lubricator. 

Pickering,  Br.     .    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  145. 

Safe'ty  Valve,  Noiseless.  Baird  and  Allen 
have  patented  an  arrangement  for  obviating  the 
noise  of  escaping  steam. 

The  devices  are  an  expansion  chamber  and  an  annular 
nozzle  placed  in  the  locomotive  chimney,  the  effect  of  which 
is  to  produce  a  regular  noiseless  escape  of  steam,  instead  of 


SAFETY  VALVE,  NOISELESS. 


778 


SAND  BAND. 


an  intermittent  and  sonorous  one  as  at  present.     The  steam  ' 
from  the  cylinders,  instead  of  passing  directly  through  noz-  , 
zles,  is  discharged  into  a  chamber  of  ten  times  the  capacity 
of  the  cylinders,  which  will  allow  the  steam  to  expand  in  i 
volume  and  greatly  reduce  its  pressure,  so  that  the  noise  of 
puffing  will  not  be  heard  more  than  ten  feet  away. 

The  Ashton  Noiseless  Blow-back  Safety  Valve,  is  claimed 
to  do  away  with  the  din  of  the  steam  escaping  from  ordinary 
locomotive  pop  valves,  at  the  same  time  effecting  a  consider- 
able saving  of  fuel.  It  is  so  arranged  that  when  the  boiler 
is  eased  from  overpressure,  the  escaping  steam  is  conducted 
either  to  the  feed  water  in  the  tender,  to  a  muffler,  or  to  the 
smoke-stack. 

Sa'fre.  (Glass.)  The  usual  French  name  for 
the  crude  oxide  of  cobalt  used  as  a  blue  in  glass- 
making.  See  ZAFFER  ;  COLORED  GLASS. 

Sail  Sew'ing  Ma-chiue'.  A  large-sized  sew- 
ing machine  with  extensive  table  for  sewing  widths 
of  duck  to  form  sails.  Used  also  for  sewing  sack, 
bags,  tarpaulins. 

Sews  straight  or  zig-zag  stitch,  with  dry  or  tarred 
twine.  Is  made  single  or  double,  in  the  "latter  case 
to  run  two  seams  at  once. 

Sal'a-man'der.  1.  A  mass  of  waste  metal 
from  a  break  in  a  metallurgic  furnace. 

2.  A  cooled  mass  of  metal  and  cinder  in  a  blast 
furnace  in  which  the  contents  have  proved  refrac- 
tory and  the  fire  has  died  out. 

Account  of  blasting  a  salamander  with  dynamite.  "Iron 
Age,"  xvii.,  April  20,  p.  9. 

Sal  Am-mo'ni-ac  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
One  in  which  chloride  of  ammonium  is  used  as  an 
exciting  liquid.  See  LECLANCHE  BATTERY. 

A  bagration  battery  is  one  in  which  the  elements  arc  im- 
mersed in  a  jar  filled  with  earth  sprinkled  with  sal  'shnmo- 
niac. —  De  la  Rive. 

Sa-lam'pore.  (Fabric.)  A  blue  cotton  cloth 
formerly  made  at  Nellore  in  India,  and  largely  ex- 
ported to  the  West  Indies,  where  it  was  the  usual 
slave  cloth. 

Sail'ing  Car.  A  car  similar  to  a  hand-car  (mi- 
nus the  operating  devices),  is  rigged  with  sail  simi- 
lar to  that  of  an  ice-boat  and  used  on  the  railroads 
on  the  plains,  by  telegraph  repair  parties  and  others, 
have  attained  a  speed  of  from  30  to  40  miles  an 
hour.  Sailing  chariots  were  tried  in  Holland  and 
other  countries,  more  than  two  hundred  years  since, 
but  labored  under  too  many  difficulties  to  come  into 
common  use. 

SaTi-nom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  testing 
the  strength  of  a  brine  or  salt  pickle.  See  "  Mech. 
Diet.,"  page  2022. 

Sa-li'va  E-jec'tor.  An  instrument  for  carry- 
ing off  the  accumulating  saliva  in  dental  opera- 
tions. In  Fig.  2192,  the  end 
of  the  saliva  tube  f  is  inserted 
in  the  mouth  of  the  patient,  and 
a  jet  of  water  under  pressure 
passed  through  the  narrow 
throat  of  the  instrument  in  the 
direction  of  the  arrows,  draw- 
ing the  saliva  into  the  vacuum 
chamber  D,  and  out  through 
the  end.  The  check  valve  E, 
sets  the  water  back  in  such 
manner  as  to  close  the  throat 
to  the  external  air  and  pro- 
duce a  vacuum  in  the  chamber 
above. 

Sa-li'va  Pump.  For  with- 
drawing saliva  from  the  mouth 
during  dental  operations.  See 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2023. 

Salt  Man'u-fac'ture.  The 
manufacture  of  salt  and  bromin 
is  carried  on  very  extensively 


Fig  2192. 


Saliva  Ejector. 


in  the  Ohio  Valley.  The  salt  is  shown  by  chemi- 
cal analysis  to  be  the  purest  in  America,  and  its 
perfect  freedom  from  lime  renders  it  very  desirable 
for  dairy  use.  The  salt  water  is  obtained  by  boring 
wells  from  800  to  1,000  feet  through  a  variety  of 
soil,  solid  rock,  and  usually  two  strains  of  coal. 
It  is  first  pumped  into  a  wooden  cistern  to  settle, 
then  run  into  iron  pans,  and  boiled  until  ready  for 
crystalizing,  then  drawn  off  into  wooden  grainers, 
through  which  copper  pipes  of  3  or  4  inches  in  diam- 
eter, filled  with  steam,  pass  the  entire  length  of 
the  grainer,  heating  the  brine  to  an  equal  tempera^ 
ture.  The  salt  crystals  form  on  the  surface,  and 
are  prevented  from  adhering  firmly  by  mixing  a 
small  quantity  of  butter  or  tallow,  which  separates 
them,  and  they  gradually  fall  to  the  bottom  of  the 
grainer  and  become  salt  proper.  It  is  then  lifted 
on  platforms  by  workmen,  and  left  to  dry  for  12 
hours,  after  which  it  is  packed  into  barrels,  weighed, 
and  ready  for  market.  The  salt  analyzed  shows  : 
Sodium  chloride,  97.5;  Moisture,  2.0;  Foreign  mat- 
ter, .5. 

From  the  waste,  or  mother- water  of  the  salt  works,  bromin 
is  extracted,  and'forms  an  extensive  article  in  trade,  selling 
at  one  time  for  $9  per  pound,  the  specific  gravity  being  about 
three  times  that  of  water.  There  are  six  bromin  factories  in 
this  locality,  and  when  all  are  in  operation  they  control  the 
price  of  the  foreign  market.  However,  bromin,  like  all  other 
merchandise,  has  shared  in  the  decline,  and  is  now  sold  for 
34  cents  per  pound.  The  increasing  demand  for  the  article 
for  medicinal  purposes,  and  by  chemists,  dyers,  and  photog- 
raphers, has  made  it  a  source  of  immense  profit.  Large 
quantities  are  annually  exported. 

For  apparatus,  see  ''Mech.  Diet.,"  2023,  and  Labotdaye's 
" Dictionnaire  lies  Arts  et  Manufac.,"  tome  in.,  article  "  Sel." 
Salt  manufactory,  Mich.  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1621. 

Salt  Mill.  For  pulverizing  the  coarse  salt  into 
table  salt. 

Salt-pe'ter  Man'u-fac'ture.    The  process  of 
securing  the  saltpeter  from  the  crude  nitrate  of 
potash. 
Saltpeter  manufacture      .     "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  6. 

Salt-pe'ter  and  Sul'phur  Grind'ing  MilL 
(Gunpowder.)  A  machine  for  grinding  and  incor- 
porating these  ingredients  in  the  manufacture  of 
gunpowder.  It  consists  of  two  edge  wheels  in  an 
annular  pan  :  the  Chilian  mill. 

See  "  Ordnance  Report,"  1879,  Appendix  I. :  Plate  I.,  Fig. 

2,  and  description  on  p.  98. 

Salt-pe'ter,  Sul'phur,  and  Char'coal 
Mix'ing  Reel.  (Gunpowder.)  An  inclined  cyl- 
indrical reel,  like  a  flour  bolt,  used  to  sift  the  com- 
bined materials. 

See  "Ordnance  Report,''  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  I.,  Fig. 

3,  and  description  on  p.  99. 

Sam-mi'er.  (Leather.)  A  machine  for  press- 
ing water  from  skins  in  the  process  of  tanning. 

Sam'ple  Case.     A  case  for  carrying  and  dis- 
playing quality  of  goods  to  be  inspected. 
Sample  case,  Davis         *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  372. 

Sam'ple  Cut'ter.  A  species  of  rotary  shears. 
A  sharp  edged  disk  on  a  table  rolling  against  an 
edge  and  cutting  narrow  strips  of  cloth  from  the 
roll,  to  form  tailor's  or  traveler's  samples.  Dartois, 
French. 

Sam'ple  Scale.  A  finely  balanced  lever  scale 
weighing  one  pound  by  i^Vo^'-  Used  f°r  weigh- 
ing articles  in  bulk  by  accurately  weighing  small 
proportional  quantities. 

Sam'ple  Spig'ot.  A  small  faucet  in  the  head 
of  a  cask. 

Sand  Band.  ( Vehicles.)  A  metallic  ring  on 
the  inside  of  the  hub,  extending  over  a  portion  of 
the  axle  and  designed  to  keep  sand  and  mud  from 
entering  the  axle-box. 


SAND   BAR. 


779 


SASH  TOOLS. 


Snnd  Bar.  A  bank  formed  by  the  settling  of 
sand  or  silt  when  one  stream  empties  into  another, 
or  a  river  into  the  sea.  Mode  of  removing,  Bou- 
logne stir  Mer,  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup."  1554. 

Sand  Ap-pli'ance. 

Sand  auger *  "Min.  #  Sc .  Press,''  xxxvii.  305. 

Sand  blast,  Tilghman   .  *  "Maiiuf.  and  Builder,''  viii.  160, 

*  181, *  205,  *  229. 
Sand  brake. 

Wiseman,  India.  "Engineer,"'  xlviii.  78. 

Sand  and  cinder  sifter. 

Chambers       ....  *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,"1  ix.  5. 
Sand  and  gravel  separa- 
tor, Chambers      .     .  *"  Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  163. 
Sand  distributor. 

Chambers *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  438. 

Sand-drying  furnace      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  502. 
Sand-papering  machine, 

Flexible,  Fay    ...»  "Engineer,"  xlv.  435. 

Sand  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  battery  in 
which  the  elements  arc  imbedded  in  colls  filled  with 
silicious  sand  saturated  with  dilute  sulphuric  acid. 

Sabine,  London,  1867 228. 

Sand  Brake.  An  automatic  method  of  stop- 
ping a  train  when  the  speed  exceeds  a  desired  rate, 
or  when  cars  are  detached  accidentally. 

In  Wiseman's  automatic  sand  brake  on  the  axle  of  every 
wheel  of  the  train  is  placed  a  cylinder,  in  which  a  circular 
plate,  keyed  to  the  axle  and  bearing  a  number  of  small 
blades,  revolves  whenever  the  train  is  in  motion.  The  blade 
compartment  surrounds  a  cylindrical  compartment,  which, 
being  filled  with  sand,  is  called  the  sand-box.  The  upper 
and  the  lower  portion  of  this  box  are  in  communication  with 
the  blade-box  by  a  number  of  parts,  of  which  the  lower  can 
be  opened  and  closed  by  means  both  of  an  electrical  mechan- 
ism and  automatically,  while  the  upper  ones,  which  are 
smaller,  are  always  open.  A  plate,  keyed  to  the  axle,  opens 
the  lower  sand-ports  with  every  revolution,  but  the  sand 
thus  escaping  is  so  small  in  quantity  that  it  is  immediately 
swept  back  by  the  blades  into  the  sand-box  through  the 
upper  ports.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  electrical  circuit, 
which  also  controls  this  sand  valve  by  means  of  an  electro- 
magnet, is  broken,  the  sand  flows  from  the  box  very  quickly, 
and,  packing  the  blade-box,  stops  the  train.  The  same  will 
occur  as  soon  as  the  train  moves  too  rapidly,  or  when  one  or 
more  cars  are  left  behind.  It  is  therefore  automatic,  and  its 
effect  increases  with  the  velocity  of  the  train. 

Sand  Dry'er.     For  evaporating  the  moisture. 

Two  perforated  cylinders,  one  inside  of  the  other.  The 
inner  cylinder  is  perforated  at  an  angle  of  45°,  and  inclosed 
with  a  conical  top.  The  outside  cylinder  is  perforated  at 
about  40°,  and  both  cylinders  set  perpendicular.  A  blower 
forces  hot  air  into  the  inner  cylinder,  which,  striking  the 
conical  top,  is  forced  through  the  perforations,  and  passes 
through  the  sand  placed  between  the  cylinders.  The  out- 
side perforations  permit  evaporation. 

Sand  Fence.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  An 
obstruction  to  a  current,  made  of  stakes  placed  A- 
shaped  and  driven,  and  having  brush  lashed  or 
wired  thereto. 

Sand-hold'er.  A  chamber  in  a  pump-stock  in 
which  the  sand  carried  by  the  water  is  allowed  to 
deposit  before  reaching  the  pump-bucket  or  plunger. 

Sand-pa'per-ing  Ma-chine'.  1.  (Boot  and 
Shoe  Making.)  A  drum  covered  with  sand-paper 
for  giving  the  desired  surface  to  shoe-soles. 

2.  (  Wood-working  Machinery.)     A  machine  for 
scouring,  finishing,  and  polishing  flat  surfaces  of 
wood. 
Sand-papering  mach.,  Fay  $  Co.    *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xl.  89. 

Sand  Pump.     A  pump  for  ejecting  sand. 

The  most  notable  instances  are  those  of  the  great  bridge 
pier  caissons  at  St.  Louis  and  New  York.  The  discharge  of 
the  sand  pumps  at  the  east  abutment  of  the  New  York  and 
Brooklyn  Bridge  was  over  346  cubic  yards  in  24  hours. 

The  general  arrangement  consisted  of  a  water  jet  dis- 
charging upward  through  the  center  of  a  hollow  globe  :  this 
globe  was  placed  in  the  caisson  at  the  bottom  of  an  iron 
tube  which  extended  upwards  through  the  masonry,  and 
was  connected  with  a  flexible  tube  below  ;  the  lower  end  of 
the  flexible  tube  was  kept  submerged  in  the  water  below  the 
level  of  the  bottom  of  the  caisson,  and  this  water  was  drawn 


upwards  by  the  inducing  force  of  the  jet,  carrying  with  it  a 
large  quantity  of  sand  ;  the  general  arrangement  was   not       * 
unlike  that  of  the  Giffard  injector. 

In  sinking  the  Pier  No.  5  of  St.  Charles  Bridge  over  the 
Missouri  River,  Eads:  sand  pumps  removed  18  cubic  yards  of 
sand  per  hour  each.  They  were  found  to  work  best  with  a 
three-inch  discharge-pipe  and  200  Ibs.  per  square  inch  water 
pressure.  Three  Cameron  pumps,  with  12"  X  24"  steam, 
6"  X  24"  water  cylinders  were  used  to  supply  two  ^f  the 
saud  pumps,  and  were  worked  up  to  their  full  capacity  in 
so  doing. 

Sand  Screen.     A  sand  sifter. 

San'i-tas.  Russian  turpentine  and  water  are 
placed  in  huge  earthenware  jars,  surrounded  by 
hot  water.  Air  is  driven  through  the  mixture  in 
the  jars  continually  for  three  hundred  hours,  the 
result  being  a  decomposition  of  the  turpentine,  and 
the  formation  of  a  watery  solution  of  the  substance, 
to  which  Dr.  Kingsett,  the  discoverer,  has  given 
the  name  of  "  Sanitas."  After  evaporation,  the 
substance,  as  sold  in  tin  cans,  is  a  light  brown  pow- 
der, of  a  pleasant  taste  and  odor,  and  capable  in  a 
very  remarkable  degree  of  preventing  or  arresting 
putrefactive  changes.  This  new  disinfectant  has 
been  in  use  for  some  time  in  England,  and  is  highly 
spoken  of.  It  is  said  to  have  a  pleasant  odor,  is  not 
poisonous,  and  does  not  injure  clothing,  furniture, 
etc.  For  household  uses  it  would  seem  to  be  well 
adapted. 

Sa-pon'i-fi-er.  An  apparatus  for  the  manu- 
facture of  glycerine  and  the  fatty  acids,  by  the 
decomposition  of  fats  and  the  isolation  of  their 
several  constituents ;  stearic,  margoriuic,  and  oleic 
acids  and  glycerine. 

Droux *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2562. 

Sap  Spout.  A  device  for  holding  the  bucket 
to  the  tree  and  conducting  the  sap  from  the  tree 
to  the  bucket  in  sugar-making. 

In  the  Eastern  States  the  first  flow  of  sugar-bearing  sap 
which  precedes  the  bursting  of  the  leaf-buds,  is  specially 
called  "sap."  In  Ohio  and  the  West  it  is  called  "sugar 
water,"  and  the  later  juices,  which  arise  in  the  tree  after 
the  "  sugar  water  "  has  ceased  to  run,  are  called  the  "  sap." 

Lawrence *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  325. 

Sar'dine  Shears.  A  pair  of  strong  scissors, 
with  pointed  blades  for  cutting  open  the  tin  boxes 
containing  sardines,  potted  meats,  etc. 

Sash  Clamp.  A  clamp  for  squaring  sash  and 
tightening  up  the  joints. 

See  BLIND  CLAMP,  Fig.  326,  p.  106,  supra. 

Sash  Cramp.  A  vise  for  holding  sash  while 
putting  together. 

See  FLOORING  ;  CARPENTERS  AND  JOINERS* 
CLAMPS,  "Mech.  Diet."  and  supra. 

Sash  Lift.     A  handle  on  a  sash  for  lifting  it. 

Sash  Tools. 

Fig.  219a 


Sash,  Blind,  and  Pin   Tools. 

1.  Blind  slat  chisel  for  stationary  slats. 

2.  Hollow  auger,  for  rounding  slat  tenons. 

3.  Double  chisel,  for  sash  bars. 

4.  Staple  punch' to  prick  both  rods  and  slats 

5.  Pin  tool,  for  making  pins. 

6.  Tool,  for  pointing  pins. 

7.  Burr,  for  rounding  slat  tenons 

8.  Center  bit,  for  blind  boring. 


SASH  TOOLS. 


780 


SAW   JOINTER. 


Nos.  1,  3,  4,  and  5  may  be  used  in  foot-mortising  machines. 
Xoa.  2,  7,  and  8  in  the  blind  stile  boring  machine,  and  small 
boring  shaft. 

Sash  Rel'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  forming  that  part  of  the  shoulder  of  a  tenoned 
piece  which  projects  beyond  the  part  which  enters 
the  mortise.  This  is  done  at  one  operation  by  si 
cluster  of  circular  saws,  part  of  them  set  longitudi- 
nally of  the  stuff,  with  smaller  ones  set  transversely, 
the  front  teeth  of  the  small  ones  being  almost  in 
conjunction  with  the  front  teeth  of  the  two  outside 
larger  teeth,  but  a  little  in  front. 

Sa-tine'.  (Fabric.)  An  all-wool  French  goods 
with  satin  weave. 

Sat'in-et  Loom.  A  loom  designed  for  heavy 
goods,  such  as  satinets,  twills,  jeans,  satin  stripes, 
checked  cottonades,  etc.  It  usually  has  4  boxes  at 


Fig.  2194. 


Satinet  Loom. 

one  end.  An  endless  chain  governs  and  moves 
the  heddle  levers  and  is  readily  changed  to  any  pat- 
tern without  the  aid  of  cams.  It  is  of  the  open-shed 
type. 

The  cut  shows  a  plain  lathe,  single  shuttle  loom. 

Sat'in-ing.  (Fine  Art  Metal-working.)  A  mode 
of  decorating  silver-ware  by  abrading  the  surface 
with  a  wire  brush,  which  is  revolved  while  the  ob- 
ject is  pressed  against  it.  Soapy  water  is  dripped 
upon  the  surface  under  treatment,  the  minute 
scratches  giving  the  sheen  of  satin. 

Safin  Weave.  (Weaving.)  A  style  of  weav- 
ing made  on  a  loom  with  5  or  more  harnesses.  See 
ARMURE. 

Sau'sage  Ma-chine'. 

See  STUFFER,  Figs.  1105, 1106,  p.  359,  supra. 

See  CUTTEK,  Fig.  4587,  p.  2032,  "Mech.  Diet." 

See  FILLER,  Fig.  4588,  p.  2032,  Ibid. 

See  STUFFER,  Fig.  4589,  p.  2032,  Ibid. 

See  MINCING  KNIFE,  Fig.  3168,  p.  1446,  Ibid. 

See  MEAT  CHOPPER,  Figs.  3106,  3107,  p.  1415,  Ibid. 

See  MEAT  COTTER,  Figs.  3109,  3110,  pp.  1415,  1416,  Ibid. 

See  MEAT  CHOPPER,  Figs.  1699, 1700,  pp.  590,  591,  supra. 

See  MEAT  ROCKER,  Fig.  1702,  p.  591,  supra. 

Saw.  (Surgical.)  A  large  number  of  varieties 
of  surgical  saws  are  included  in  the  list  of  saws,  p. 
2035,  "Mech.  Diet."  See  under  the  following  list, 
which  embraces  the  more  important  m  segregated 
form  :  — 


Exsecting. 
Folding. 
Heine's. 
]  ley's. 

Interosseous. 
Lifting  back. 


Maxillae. 

Metacarpal. 

Post-mortem. 

Itachitome. 

Rotating. 

Subcutaneous. 


1.  Circular  saws  were  first  used  in  Holland. — 
Richards. 

The  proper  periphery  velocity  of  a  circular  saw  is  9,000* 
per  minute,  or  100  miles  per  hour.  A  saw  12//  in  diameter 
should  make  3,000  revolutions  per  minute. 

A  saw-blade  exhibited  by  Jessop  &  Sons  at  Paris,  was  KV 
8"  diameter,  9-16"  thick,  and  weighed  2,638  pounds. 

See  "Mech.  Diet.,''-  pp.  2033-2046. 

Saw,  Simonds  .    .     .    .      "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  15,  p.  5. 
Saw  bench,  Casson   .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxix.  374. 

Casson,  Br *  "Engineering,'''  xxvi.  342. 

Circular,  Wardwell  .  *  "Man.  if  Builder,*'  xii.  79. 
Saw  file  guide,  Roth  .  .  *  "Man.  £  Builder,"  xii.  78. 
Saw  guard,  Garrett ,  Br.  *  "Engineering,''  xxviii.  446. 

Lakeman,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  404. 

Circular,  Dale,  Br.     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  268;  1.  229- 
Saw  guide,  Roth   .          .  *  "Man.  fy  Builder,"  x.  225. 
Saw  gummer,  Densmore  *  "Man.  (f  Builder,"  xii.  25. 

Disslon *  "Engineer,-1  xii.  450. 

Tucker *  "Scientific  American,"  xii.  86. 

(Emery),  Densmore    .  *  "Scientific  American,'1'1  xxxv.  54. 
Saw-mill,  American  .     .  *  "Engineer,'1'  1.  153. 

Portable.     "Cana- 
dian1'   *  "Scientific  American,''1  xxxv.  318. 

Saw-milldog,  StearnsCo.*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  198. 
Saw,  perforated  blade. 

*  "Engineer,''1  xii.  447. 

*  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  26,  p.  5. 

*  "  Scientific  American,'''  xxxvi.  259. 

*  "Scientific  American,'1'  XXXT.  294. 


Am.  Sniv  Co. 
Saw  set,  Jones  .     .     . 
Saw  straightening 
Saw  tooth,  Hoe     .     . 
Saw,  insertable  tooth. 

Am.  Saw  Co.    .     . 

Hoe 


Amputating. 

Bead. 

Bow. 


Capital. 

Chain. 

Circular. 


*  "Engineer,"  xii.  447. 

*  "Min.  $  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  257. 
Schley *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  406. 

Saws,  Boynton  ....  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  6,  p.  17. 
Disston *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  June  6,  p.  29. 

*  "Engineer,"  xii.  447. 
Scroll  saw,  Bentel,  Mar- 

gedant  If  Co.  .     .     .  *  "Manufact.  #  Builder,"  yiii.  105. 

Trump *  "Manufact.  $  Builder,"  viii.  112. 

Beach *  "Manufaci.  if  Builder,"'  viii.  222. 

Bentel *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  179. 

Busk *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  262. 

.  *  "Engineer,"  xii.  428. 
.  *  "  Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Oct.  24,  p.  5. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxvi. 275. 


Beach  .  .  . 
"  Boss "  .  . 
"Dexter" 

Dexter * 

"Eureka,"  Woods      .  * 

Fay * 

Griffin * 

Lester * 

Lewis * 

Plummer * 

* 

"Stafford"  .     .    .     .  * 

Stafford * 

Walker  Bros  .     .     .     .  * 


' Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  30,  p.  1. 
'Manufact.  &  Builder,"  ix.  241. 
'Manufact.  (f  Builder,''  ix.  217. 
'Scientific  American,"  xl.  150. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  25. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  390. 
' Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  April  13,  p.  3. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  6. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  217. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  21,  p.  20. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  227. 


Saw  Bra'zing  Forge.  A  forge  for  brazing 
the  ends  of  a  band  or  other  saw,  having  an  anvil 
piece  with  blowing  furnace  below. 

Saw  Bench.  The  bench  on  which  the  material 
rests  in  being  worked. 

Fig.  2195  shows  the  table  of  a  combined  cutting-off  saw, 
rip  saw,  miter  sawing,  bevel  sawing,  and  dado  machine. 
The  saw  mandrel  is  placed  on  a  carriage,  and  travels  on  ways. 
The  saw  is  drawn  toward  the  operator  by  the  foot  treadle, 
which  allows  the  operator  the  use  of  both  hands  to  handle 
the  stuff.  The  mandrel  is  raised  and  lowered  by  means  of 
rack  and  pinion  to  adjust  the  same  and  dado  head  to  differ 
ent  thicknesses  of  work. 

Saw  Guide.  An  adjustable  piece  to  direct  the 
saw  in  cross  cutting. 

Saw'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  with  power-driven 
saw. 

See  under  various  heads  in  list  of  160  kinds  of  saws, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2035. 

Saw  Joint'er.  A  device  to  enable  gang  saw 
operators  to  obtain  and  retain  a  correct,  parallel, 
and  uniform  rake  and  breast  line  upon  their  saws. 

In  Pond's  saw  jointer  the  saw  is  placed  in  a  frame  having 


SAW  JOINTER. 


781 


SCALES. 


Fig.  2195. 


Fig.  2196. 


Saw  Bench. 


tracks  for  the  swaging  blocks  and  file  holder  to  travel  on. 
The  proper  swage  and  knock-down  is  given  each  tooth  by 
two  blows  on  the  double  swaging  blocks.  The  ways  can  be 
run  up  or  down  to  preserve  the  breast  line  of  the  saws  per- 
fect when  strained  in  the  gate. 

Experience  has  taught  that  no  matter  how  carefully  saws 
are  strapped,  and  fitted  by  hand  in  the  ordinary  way,  they 
will,  when  strained,  vary  on  the  rake  line  from  one  eighth  to 
one  half  an  inch  in  the  stroke.  One  of  the  most  important 
objects  to  be  attained  is  the  keeping  of  the  saws  jointed  on 


tion  to  the  width  of  the  saw  and  the  distance  of  the  strain 
from  the  center  line.  The  flier  should  give  the  saw  a  con- 
cave that  will,  when  properly  strained,  become  a  straight 
line.  To  give  a  concave,  so  far,  the  eye  alone  has  been  de- 
pended upon  without  any  scientific  application  of  instru- 
ments. The  concave  should  be  made  from  end  to  end  of  the 
saw  teeth,  at  every  point  the  true  arc  of  a  circle.  Unless  all 
saws  in  the  gang  are  jointed  exactly  alike  and  exactly  right, 
the  result  of  their  action  will  be  to  retard  the  work  of  the 
gang,  as  the  saws  not  properly  jointed  will  wear  out  first  and 
keep  the  good  saws  from  performing  the  work  they  should 
do. 

Saw  Jump'er.  A  punch  to  shape  the  end  of 
saw  teeth.  Sec  SAW  SWAGE. 

Saw  Set.  An  implement  to  spread  the  teeth 
of  a  saw  laterally,  to  regulate  the  width  of  the  kerf. 
See  "  Mech.  Diet.,"'  p.  2843,  2044. 

In  Fig.  2196  the  plunger  is  operated  by  a  treadle.  The 
striking  part  and  the  anvil  are  star-shaped  and  similar  in  con- 
struction. The  points  are  all  of  diflereut  sizes,  designed  to 
set  different  sized  teeth. 

Saw  Ta1>le.  A  form  of  sawing  machine 
adapted  to  trimming  the  edges  of  stereotype  plates. 
See  Fig.  5794,  pp.  2079,  "Mech.  Diet." 

*"  Scientific  American  "       .......     xl.  340. 

Saw  Tem'per-ing.  The  process  by  which  the 
saw  is  given  the  necessary  hardness  and  elasticity. 
See  TEMPERING,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2562. 

When  large  saws  are  made  red  hot  in  tempering  and  then 
suddenly  cooled,  they  are  frequently  bent  and  buckled. 
This  is  usually  rectified  by  a  skillful  stretching  of  the  rigid 
spots  by  hammer  and  anvil,  which  liberates  the  structure 
until  at  length  it  is  a  flat  surface,  and  runs  true  as  a  saw. 


Saw  Set. 


In  the  new  American  system  no  hammering  is  resorted  to. 
The  buckled  saw  is  compressed  in  a  mold  between  two  flat 
surfaces,  the  operation  being  performed  in  an  oven  made  on 
purpose,  which  is  carefully  heated  up  to  the  proper  temper- 
ature required  to  give  the  saw  temper.  The  oven  is  allowed 
to  cool  down  with  equal  care,  and  when  taken  out  of  the 
mold  the  saw  is  found  tempered  without  being  buckled.  — 
Dr.  Anderson. 

Saw  Tooth'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  for  in- 
creasing the  depth  of  saw  teeth.  See  "  Mech.  Diet.," 
4616,  4617 E,  4636. 

Saw  Up-set'ter.  A  tool  to  turn  over  or  dis- 
play the  teeth  of  a  saw  to  widen  the  kerf.  See 
SAW  SWAGK. 

Scab.  (Founding.}  A  protuberance  on  a  cast- 
ing formed  by  the  washing  away  of  the  mold-wall. 

Scat.  (Smithing.)  The  tapered  extremity  or 
feather  edge  of  a  weld-lap. 

Scaffold.  In  blast  furnace  practice,  mate- 
rial which  has  been  arched  and  refuses  to  melt 
down. 

Scaffold-ing.  See  Elaborate  illustrated  arti- 
cle, Labonlaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877,  article  "jZchafandage." 

Scaffolding,  Paris  Expo- 
sition, 1878  ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  108,  182. 

Iron,  Hahn  ....  *"  Scientific  American  Sup., "  2701. 

Screw  (for  chimneys). 

Lis/i *  "  Scientific  American,"  xli.  134. 

Scales.  Devices  for  obtaining  the  dimensions 
or  weights  of  bodies.  See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  pp.  2048- 
2051,  and  supra,  pp.  316,  414,  415. 

The  American,  French  (metric),  Charriere,  and  English 
gages  of  urethral  instruments  are  given  on  pp.  6,  6,  Part 
III.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium,  Okirurfisum." 

The  Fairbanks  was  the  original  compound  lever  weighing 
scale,  though  most  American  scales  are  of  this  class. 

The  principle  of  the  platform  scales  consists  in  supporting 
a  platform  upon  a  system  of  four  horizontal  levers,  which 
are  placed  in  a  shallow  portable  box  or  in  a  pit  in  the  ground. 
These  levers  are  iron  bars  set  on  edge,  and  each  hanging  upon 
a  fixed  knife  edge  of  steel  in  one  of  the  corners  of  the  box 
or  pit.  On  the  original  plan  they  all  met  under  the  center  of 
the  platform,  their  ends  resting  on  the  short  arm  of  a  fifth 
lever  also  of  the  second  order,  the  long  arm  of  which  ex- 
tended beyond  the  margin  of  the  platform  and  was  sus- 
pended by  means  of  a  connecting  rod  to  the  short  arm  of  a 
lever  or  index  beam  at  a  convenient  height  above  the  ground. 
This  in  all  the  scales  receives  the  counterpoise  and  the 


SCALES. 


782 


SCARIFIER. 


weights.  The  platform  was  fitted  to  a  box  or  to  a  recess 
around  the  edge  of, the  pit,  resting  there  when  not  in  use. 
Near  each  corner  a  foot  projected  downward  terminating  in 
a  steel  plate,  and  as  the  levers  were  raised  a  very  little  by 
the  depression  of  the  index  beam,  a  knife  edge  fixed  to  each 
of  them  near  the  fulcrum  reached  this  plate  and  together 
lifted  the  platform  and  its  load.  The  weight,  it  is  seen,  was 
thus  divided  between  the  four  levers  resting  upon  them  be- 
tween their  fulcrums  and  the  power,  and  several  times  nearer 
to  the  former  than  to  the  latter.  Such  proportion  of  the  load 
was  therefore  borne  by  the  four  corners,  relieving  the  scale 
beam  of  this,  as  the  length  of  the  long  arm  of  one  of  the  lev- 
ers to  its  whole  length.  The  scale  beam  was  still  further  re- 
lieved by  the  fifth  lever,  which  was  of  the  same  order  as  the 
others,  and  received  the  weight  a  little  within  its  fulcrum, 
which  also  worked  upon  a  knife  edge.  In  the  scales  of  more 
recent  construction  the  fifth  lever  is  done  away  with,  and 
two  from  the  corners  and  at  one  end  of  the  box  or  pit  are  ex- 
tended entirely  across,  meeting  each  other  beyond  the  oppo- 
site end  and  directly  under  the  scale  beam,  with  which  they 
connect.  The  other  two  levers  meet  the  first  pair  and  con- 
nect, one  with  each  of  them,  just  midway  across.  A  steel 
ring  at  this  point  hangs  upon  a  knife  edge  of  each  of  the 
levers  of  the  first  pair,  and  into  this  is  introduced  the  knife 
«dge,  facing  downward,  of  one  of  the  other  levers. 

The  adjustment  of  the  bearing  points  is  made  with  the  ut- 
most precision,  so  that  the  results  do  not  vary  if  the  load  is 
placed  successively  upon  different  portions  of  the  platform. 
Considering  the  small  proportion  of  the  load  that  actually 
comes  upon  the  scale  beam  to  be  weighed,  in  the  largest  ma- 
chines sometimes  amounting  to  not  .more  than  the  one  hun- 
dredth or  even  the  one-thousandth  part,  the  results  are  sur- 
prisingly accurate.  At  a  test  made  in  the  Crystal  Palace, 
New  York,  52,600  pounds  was  weighed  successively  on  every 
portion  of  the  platform  of  a  railroad  track  scale,  and  the 
greatest  variation  from  the  main  weight  was  three  pounds. 

The  graduation  of  the  beam  is  made  very  exact  by  machine 
work,  and  all  the  corresponding  parts  in  the  scale. 

Charnoroy's  (Paris)  invention  is  a  weighing  machine, 
made  to  register  the  weight  ascertained,  by  printing  it  on 
tickets  during  the  operation  of  weighing.  This  is  accom- 
plished by  arranging  at  suitable  distances  along  the  edge  of 
the  scale  beam  a  series  of  punches,  like  those  for  stamping 
names  or  figures  on  wood  or  iron,  with  projecting  figures: 
in  a  machine  for  weighing  up  to  a  thousand  kilograms  — 
about  a  ton  —  these  figures  represent  hundreds.  A  movable 
plate  is  inserted  in  the  sliding  weight  below  the  beam,  and 
capable  of  being  brought  into  contact  with  it  by  a  lever.  The 
ticket  is  introduced  between  the  plate  and  the  under  edge  of 
the  beam  through  an  aperture  in  the  sliding  weight.  These 
figures  print  the  hundreds  ;  but  the  tens  figures  following 
by  a  line  are  set  on  the  under  side  of  a  short  bar  which  works 
in  the  sliding  weight  like  the  bolt  of  a  door.  The  tickets 

Fig.  2197. 


Chameray's  Registering  Scale. 

having  been  already  printed  with  equi-distaut  spaces  num- 
bered to  represent  the  units  and  divided  by  dots,  when  an 
article  has  to  be  weighed,  the  sliding  weight  is  brought  under 
whichever  hundreds  figure  corresponds  to  the  nearest  ap- 
proximation to  the  weight,  and  equilibrium  is  obtained  by 
moving  the  short  bar,  previously  mentioned,  from  left  to 
right  in  the  sliding  weight.  The  ticket  is  then  inserted  be- 
tween the  movable  plate  and  the  beam,  and  a  smart  blow  on 
the  lever  punches  the  tens  and  hundreds  figures  on  the  tick- 
ets, the  position  of  the  horizontal  line  following  the  tens  fig- 
ure with  respect  to  the  dot  and  line  already  printed,  per- 
mitting of  the  weight  being  ascertained  and  printed  correctly 
to  a  quarter  of  a  kilogram  —  i  Ib. 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2095. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  May  8,  p.  24. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  276. 

"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  287. 
"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  371. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  498. 


Scale,  Marquoi      .     .     . 
Scale-beam,    compound 

division,  Weeks       .     . 
Scale  board  mach  ,  Huey  *  ' 
Scale  equilib.,  Rfdier,  Fr. 
Scale  factory,  Fairbanks  *  " 
Scales,  automatic,  Stoner  *  '' 

Weighing,  RieUe    .     .  " 
Platform  scale,  constant 
equilibrium,  Hedier,  Fr.  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  233. 

Fig.  976,  p.  316,  supra. 

Sca'ler.  A  dentist's  tool  for  removing  scale  or 
tartar  from  teeth. 

Especially  shaped  and  designed  for  removing  deposits  of 
salivary  calculus  from  the  necks  and  interspaces  of  the 
teeth. 

Fig.  2198. 


Dentist's  Sealers. 

Scaling  Knife.  (Fishing.)  A  knife  for  re- 
moving scales  ;  sometimes  has  a  saw  edge. 

Scalp'ing.  (Milling.)  Brushing  the  hair  or 
fuzz  from  the  ends  of  wheat  grain  to  prevent  its 
getting  into  the  flour.  One  of  the  refinements  of 
the  new  wheat  processes. 

Scan'di-na'vi-an  Belt'ing.  Cotton  doth 
woven  solid  and  treated  with  Stockholm  tar.  Pa- 
per by  Cobbett,  London  Association  of  Society  of 
Foreman  Engineers,  reported  in  "  Scientific  Ameri- 
can Sup.,"  3800. 

Scan'di-na'vi-an  Lock.  A  form  of  lock  for 
securing  hasps  to  staples.  It  is  made  heavy,  both 
branches  of  the  bow  withdrawing  from  the  lock. 
See  JAIL  LOCK,  Fig.  1481,  p.  511,  supra. 

Scar.  (Founding.}  A  weak  or  faulty  part  in  a 
casting,  due  to  an  imperfection  of  the  metal. 

Scarfing  Frame.  A  holder  in  which  a  band- 
saw  is  placed  while  the  scarfed  ends  are  brazed  to- 
gether. See  BAND-SAW  HOLDER,  p.  72,  and  Fig. 
199,  p.  73,  supra. 

Scar'i-fi-er.  A  cultivator  having  long,  sharp 
teeth,  with  wheels  to  regulate  the  depth  of  cut. 

Fig.  2199  in  a  French  horse-power  cultivator  of  the  largest 
class  ;  it  is  called  a  Scarificateur  extirpateur,  and  is  an  effi- 

Fig.  2199. 


French  Scarifier.    (Breloux,  Nevers,  Prance.) 

cient  implement  when  sufficient  power  is  applied.  Seven 
shares  are  fixed  in  the  triangular  iron  frame,  the  front  angle 
of  which  has  a  goose-neck  in  which  the  standard  of  the  caster 
wheel  is  placed.  A  single  movement  of  the  lever  raises  or 


SCARIFIER. 


783 


SCORING  MACHINE. 


depresses  the  frame  at  all  points  equally,  so  as  to  keep  it  in 
parallelism  with  the  soil.  It  resembles  some  of  the  cultiva- 
tors in  the  series  of  steam-plow  implements. 

Fig.  2200  is   much  like  the   preceding,  but  having  four 


2200. 


F/mr-W/iteled  Scarifier. 

wheels  instead  of  three,  and  teeth  more  for  stirring  than 
cutting. 

Fig.  2201  shows  a  turning  harrow,  between  a  steam  culti- 
vator and  steam  harrow.  It  is  fitted  at  will  for  either  of  two 
kinds  of  shares,  a  broad  one  for  cutting  and  a  square-pointed 
•one  for  simply  stirring  the  ground.  The  instrument  is  in 
three  pieces  to  accommodate  itself  to  uneven  surfaces,  and 
will  take  in  a  breadth  of  12'  to  15'.  The  steering  frame  is 
adapted  to  take  different  harrows,  from  the  lightest  seed- 
harrow  up  to  cultivating  tools.  On  the  short  end  of  the  turn- 
ing lever  is  a  chain  communicating  with  a  quadrant  on  the 
crank  axle,  and  as  the  lever  is  pulled  around  the  chain,  act- 
ing on  the  quadrant,  turns  the  axle,  lifts  the  frame,  and 
raises  the  tines  out  of  the  ground. 

Fig.  2201. 


Scissors,  for  glass. 

Martini     .     .     .  "  Technologiste ,"  xxxvi 

Bruder-Johnson            .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan. 

Young *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Feb. 

Folding "Scientific  American," 

-    "*•-•--  *  "Scientific  American,'1' 


Scissors  gage,  Wiggins 


ii.  217. 

13,  p.  9. 

3,  p.  11. 
xxxv.  159. 
xxxv.  66. 


Fig.  2202, 


French,  Cutting  and  Si 

Sci-en-tif'ic  Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

Scientific  apparatus,  Lon- 
don exhibition  of    .      "Engineering,"  xxi.,  various  art. 
Loan  collect.  Engl.     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  505. 
London  exhibition  of       "Engineering ,"  xxii.  4  and    fol- 
lowing. 
Exhibition  of     .     „  "Engineer,'-'  xli.  341,352,  371,376, 

389,  425,  481-486. 
Scientific  logs   ....  *  "Man.  if  Builder"  viii.  36,  60. 

Scis'sors.  (Surgical.)  The  following  list  of 
shears  and  scissors  used  in  surgery  embraces  the 
more  important :  — 


Amputating  cervix. 

Angular. 

Artery. 

Canulated. 

Ceratome. 

Conjunctiva. 

Curved. 

Dissecting. 

Dressing. 

Ear. 

Enterotome. 

Harelip. 

Hemorrhoidal 

Hysterotome. 

Iris. 


Perforating. 

Pile. 

Phymosis. 

Plaster  of  Paris. 

Probe-pointed. 

Pterygium. 

Staphy  lorraphy. 

Strabismus. 

Tonsil. 

Tonsilotome. 

Tooth-edged. 

Trachea. 

Uterine. 

Uvula. 

Wire-cutting. 


See  many  illustrations  in  Fig.  4671,  p.  2054,  "Mech.  Diet.'1'1 
Some  others  are  shown  in  present  volume  under  their  alpha- 
betical heads.  See  also :  — 

Bankers'  scissors. 

Barbers'  scissors. 

Button-hole  cutters 

Ladies'  scissors. 

Nail  scissors. 


Paper  scissors 


Paper-hangers'  shears 

Pocket  scissors. 

Pruning  shears. 

Sardine  shears. 

Tailors'  shears. 

Trimmers,  straight  and  bent. 


Sci-op'ti-con.  A  form  of  magic-lantern  for 
exhibiting  photographic  objects. 

Fig.  2202  shows  Marcy's  Oil  light  Sciopticon.  The  flame- 
chamber,  a  distinctive  featu-re  of  the  oil-light  sciopticon,  is  a 
small  dark-lantern  in  itself,  with  a  front  and  back-glass, 
o  o,  suspended  by  cross-strips  in  a  ventilated  protecting 
shell.  Two  ilames,  starting  wide  apart  at  v  v,  are  deflected 
as  close  toward  each  other  as  they  can  be 
without  interfering,  over  a  rising  current  of 
air,  which  thoroughly  oxygenates  the  inner 
surfaces.  The  chimney-cap  is  telescoping, 
and  can  be  raised  or  lowered.  The  reflector 
H  is  outside  the  flame-chamber,  and  answers 
the  purpose  of  door  and  reflector.  Its  bur- 
nished surface  is  kept  from  tarnishing  by  a 
protecting  film.  The  condenser  p  q  is  sus- 
pended free  from  contact  in  a  chamber  sepa- 
rate from  the  flame-chamber.  Its  front  band 
presents  a  good  bearing  for  rests  and  slides, 
and  the  lenses  are  removable.  The  extension  front  is  read- 
ily removable  to  give  access  to  the  interior  of  the  instru- 
ment, and  can  be  drawn  forward  to  suit  different  lenses. 

Schist  Oil.  Article  "  Huile  de  Schiste"  La- 
boulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 

Scoop.  1.  (Surgical.)  A  ladle  or  spoon  shaped 
instrument  used  in  removing  objects  from  cavities. 
Among  them  are  those  having  the  following  ap- 
plications :  — 

Bone.  Laryngeal.  Sessile  tumor. 

Cataract.  Lithotomy.  Urethral. 

Lens.  Rectal.  Uterine,  etc. 

Thomas's  serrated  scoop  for  the  detachment  of  sessile 
uterine  fibroids  has  a  saw-shaped  edge  to  the  scoop. 

See  also  CURETTE. 

2.  A  form  of  wheel  used  in  lifting  water.     See 
Fig.  4677,  p.  2055,  "Mech.  Diet." 

3.  A  spoon-shaped  capacious  shovel. 

4.  A  bowl-shaped  pan  on  a  weighing-scale. 

Weighing  scoop     .     ,     .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  23. 
Scoop,  smooth  back. 
Hussey,  Burns  (f  Co.    *  "Iron  Age,'''  six.,  April  5,  p.  11. 

Scoop  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  baling  net  for 
emptying  the  fish  collected  in  a  pound. 

Scor'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  corner  cutting  and 
scoring  machine  is  one  used  in  making  small  boxes 
of  card-board,  to  cut  off  the  superfluous  material 
from  the  blank  and  to  make  a  score  on  the  future 
angles  of  the  box  in  order  to  make  the  stuff  bend 
readily  and  accurately  at  such  places. 

See  PAPKR-BOX  SCORING  AND  CUTTING  MA- 
CHINE. 


SCORE. 


784 


SCRAPPING. 


Score.  (Nautical.)  The  groove  on  the  body  of 
a  tackle-block  to  hold  the  strap. 

Scour'er.  A  form  of  grain  cleaner  in  which 
the  berry  is  subjected  to  a  rubbing  action  to  remove 
all  extraneous  matters :  smut,  dust,  mildew.  See 
GRAIN  CLEANER,  SMUTTER,  etc.,  and  references 
passim. 

Scour'ing.  1.  (Grain.)  A  process  in  which 
grain  is  rubbed  and  brushed  to  remove  smut,  dust, 
mildew,  etc. 

2.  (Leather.) 

Scouring  on  the  flesh.  —  On  being  taken  out  of  the  water 
the  skins  are  spread  out  and  set  on  the  scouring  table  by 
passing  a  steel  slicker  over  the  flesh  side,  which  brings  the 
grain  in  close  contact  with  the  table,  and,  being  wet,  it  ad- 
heres to  it.  A  bountiful  supply  of  water  is  applied  and  rubbed 
briskly  over  the  flesh  side  with  a  stiff  brush,  whereby  the 
pulpy  portions  of  the  surface  are  scrubbed  off,  and  the  skin 
presents  a  soft,  whitened  appearance  and  the  pores  are 
opened. 

Scouring  on  the  grain.  —  The  skin  is  set  on  a  scouring  ta- 
ble by  a  slicker,  which  stretches  it  and  at  the  same  time 
loosens  the  bloom.  The  grain  side  is  kept  uppermost,  and  is 
smartly  brushed  with  a  stiff  hair  brush,  using  at  the  same 
time  plenty  of  water,  when  the  slicker  is  again  used  to  re- 
move the  water  and  loosened  bloom.  A  stock-stone  is  often 
used  instead  of  the  slicker  to  loosen  the  bloom. 

3.  (Fabric.)  A  process  for  renewing  the  surface 
of  soiled  stuffs,  removing  stains,  etc.     The  de'grais- 
sage  of  the  French.     Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire"  i.', 
"Degraisseur." 

Scour'ing  TaHble.  (Leather.)  A  large  firmly 
built  table,  with  a  mahogany,  bird's-eye  maple, 
slate,  or  marble  top.  It  is  about  12'  long  and  4' 
wide,  so  constructed  that  the  water  used  in  scouring 
may  pass  off  readily  upon  the  side  opposite  to  that 
on  which  the  workman  is  engaged. 

Scow,  Cheap.     A  small  flat  boat. 

Scow,  cheap    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,r  397,  410. 

Scrap  Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.     A  machine  for 
cutting  long  metal  scrap  for  bundling  and  rework- 
ing.    See  BAR  CUTTER. 
Scrap  shears. 

Parkjute  Iron  Works,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxix.  284. 

Scra'per.  (Iron  Working.)  1.  A  tool  used  in 
getting  a  true  face  on  a  metallic  surface  after  leav- 
ing the  planer. 

2.  An  arrangement  for  leveling  or  moving  dirt, 
removing  weeds,  etc. 

A  leveling  attachment  for  dirt  cars.  Two  spreading  wings 
attached  to  the  rear  car  of  a  construction  train  run  outside 
therails  near  the  ties,  to  level  the  dirt  that  has  been  dumped 
from  the  preceding  cars. 

The  Johnson  wheeled  earth  scraper,  Fig.  2203,  is  suspended 
from  the  axle  by  a  hanger  pivoted  at  the  lower  end  in  the 
center  of  the  side  of  the  scraper  box.  The  axle  being  free  at 
the  top  permits  the  wheels  to  roll  forward  when  raising  the 
back  end  to  fill  or  dump,  although  the  formation  of  the 
scraper  will  not  admit  of  a  horizontal  position  while  filling. 
Earth  car,  Leveling  attachment  for. 

Andrews *  "Scientific  American,'1''  xliii.  271. 

Scraper,  Earth  .     .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  226. 

Pettier's  scraper  for  cleaning  in  gardens  and  vineyards  has 
a  broad  hoe-shaped  blade,  followed  by  a  row  of  iron  teeth. 
The  blade  cuts  the  weeds  and  grass  off  at  the  surface  of  the 
ground  while  the  teeth  gather  up  the  grass  and  weeds,  and 
loosen  the  soil. 

For  different  scrapers,  see  pp.  2057-2059,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Wheeled,  Fig.  4694,  p.  2058,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 

Revolving,  Fig.  4695,  p.  2058,  Ibid. 

Oblique  board,  Fig.  4693  B,  p.  2058  ;  Fig.  4365,  p.  1954, 
Ibid. 

Wagon  mounted,  Fig.  4696,  p.  2059,  Ibid. 
Scraper,  earth,  Doty      .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  199. 

Revolving,   Revolving 

Scraper  Co.    .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Feb.  17,  p.  19. 

•  (Wood  Working.)  Fig.  2204  shows  Whitney's 
machine  for  giving  a  fine  surface  to  hard  woods, 
particularly  where  the  grain  is  irregular ;  a  plan- 
ing machine,  in  which  the  wood  is  carried  by  rolls 
suitably  placed  against  a  stationary  cutter. 


This  cutter  is  a  steel  blade  of  sufficient  length  to  extend 
across  the  machine,  secured  in  a  block  of  such  -strength  as  to 
be  safe  against  springing.     This  blade  is  exceedingly  sharp, 
Fig.  2203 


Enrth  Scraper. 

and  has  the  feather-edge  which  is  generally  considered  essen- 
tial in  a  scraping-tool  for  wood.  The  blade  is  very  carefully 
set  to  take  the  thinnest  possible  shaving  from  the  surface  of 
the  wood,  which  is  given  an  ordinary  good  finish  on  the  plan- 
ing machine  before  it  is  sent  to  the  scraper.  A  little  machine 
accompanies  the  scraper,  specially  designed  to  sharpen  the 


Wood  Scraper. 

blade.  It  consists  of  a  pair  of  emery-wheels,  so  set  that  one 
can  bevel  the  edge  of  the  cutter  while  the  other  squares  up 
the  face.  The  blade  is  clamped,  during  the  operation,  be- 
tween a  pair  of  jaws,  which  hold  it  firmly  and  precisely  in 
position.  As  the  sharpened  blade  passes  from  under  these 
wheels,  a  stationary  steel  bar  touches  the  edge,  and,  sliding 
along  it,  turns  it,  producing  the  feather-edge. 

Scrap'ping.     A  device  for  carrying  away  the 
scraps  of  paste,  the  residuum  .of  the  sheet  after 


SCRATCHER. 


785 


SCREW  DOG. 


stamping  out  crackers,  biscuits,  or  cakes  in  the  ma 
chine.  See  CKACKER-CUTTING  MACHINE  ;  PAN- 
NING MACHINE. 

Scratch'er.  (Plasterers.)  The  scratcher  i; 
made  of  pointed  slats,  set  1"  apart,  and  kept  in 
position  by  cross  pieces  ;  one  slat  is  left  longer 
than  the  others,  and  answers  the  purpose  of  a  han- 
dle. 

Screen.     A  separator  or  partition. 

A  screen  for  working  ores  by  the  wet  process  is 
made  of  Russian  sheet-iron,  the  smooth  planished 
iron  being  punctured  with  fine  holes. 

Screens  for  working  dry  ores  are  made  of  wire, 
and  vary  in  fineness  from  900  to  10,000  meshes  to 
the  square  inch. 

A  protecting  shield  around  radiators, 
t     A  sifting  arrangement  for  sand,  etc. 

A  blind  to  intercept  heat  or  light. 

A  riddle  or  sieve.     See  GRAIN  CLEANER,  etc. 

A  jigger,  etc.,  for  ore. 

See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2059. 

Screw.     See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 

Cap  screw.  Oval  point  set  screw. 

Couch  screw.  Bound  head  cap  screw. 

Countersunk  head  screw.  Screw  bolt. 

Hanger  screw.  Screw  eye. 

Me  \agon-head  cap  screw.  Screw  knob. 

Knob  screw.  Set  screw. 

Lag  screw.  Skein  screw. 

Machine  screw.  Wood  screw. 


Screw-head  key  ... 
Screw-plate  ..... 
Launch  engine  .  .  . 
Screw  cylinder  engine  . 
Six  cylinder  engine  .  . 
Screw  propeller,  feather- 
ing,  Moyse,  Br.  .  .  . 
Screw  steerer  .  .  .  . 


*  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  187. 

*  "Iron  Aife,"  xxii.,  Dec.  5,  p.  9. 
Figs.  1549-1555,  pp.  631,  532,  supra. 

Infra. 
Infra. 

*  "Engineer,''  xlv.  59. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  2299. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2162. 


See  article  "Helice,"'  Labaulaye-s  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et 
Manufact.,"  tome  iv.,  ed.  1877.  Number  of  arms  ;  diameter  ; 
area;  rate  and  recoil,  etc.  Sollier's  and  Mangin's  systems. 


Screw-thread  forging  ma- 
chine     *  ' 

Screw  propeller. 

Deane,  Br *  ' 

De  Bay *  ' 

De   Bay,  yacht   "  lo- 

lar,"  Br.     .     .     .  •.  * ' 
Eyre     .     .     .   ' .     .     .  *  ' 

Eyre.  Engl *' 

Griffiths " 

Ressel  (1812),  Sweden  *  " 
S.  S.  "  City  of  San  Fran- 
cisco," Roach  .  .  * " 
Thome ycroft  .  .  .  *  '• 
Thorneycroft,  Br.  .  .  *  ' 
Assistant. 

Mackenzie, XT.    .     .  *  ' 
Dynamometer. 

I' r nude.,  Br.     .     .      .  *  ' 
Feathering. 

Kirk  $  Hunt,  Br.     .  *  ' 

Moysey,  Br *  ' 

Raising,  etc.,  Sadlier  .  *  ' 
Testing  apparatus  .  .  *' 
Testing  apparatus,  Br.  *  ' 

Screw  propellers. 

Hnwden *  ' 

Screw  cutting  machanism. 
Engl *  ' 

Screw  cutting  tools,  kit 
of,  Wiley  if  Russell     .  *  ' 

Screw    cutter   and    nut 
tapper,  ScUenker    .     .  *  ' 

Screw  collier  "  Fenton,'-' 
Austin  £  Hunter,  Br.    *  ' 

Screw  cutting  lathe  .     .  *  ' 

Brown  $  Sharpe,     .     .  *  ' 

Ferris  tf  Miles    .     .     .  *' 

*  i 

Goodnow *  ' 

Johnson    ...  *  ' 

Weise *  • 

Screw  cutting  foot  lathe. 
Axtbury,  Br * 

Screw  driver,  Abrams    .  * 


Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  114. 

Engineering,"  xxviii.  40. 
Scientific  American,'1  xliii.  193. 

'Engineer,"  xlviii.  352. 
'Engineering,"  xxiii.  236. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1169. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2873. 
'Engineering,'7  xxvii.  13. 

'Engineering,"  xxiii.  268. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1220. 
Engineering,"  xxi.  88. 

Engineer,"  xlviii.  198. 
'Engineer,"  xliv.  77. 

Engineering,"  xxix.  225. 
Engineer,-''  xlv.  59. 
•Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  120. 
Engineer,"  xlvii.  389. 
Engineer,"  xlyii.  124. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1599. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2463. 
'Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  64. 
'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  26. 

'Engineering,"  xxviii.  490. 
' Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  118 
'Man.  $•  Builder,"  xi.  199. 
'Engineering,"  xxi.  372. 
'Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  71. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  53. 
'Iron  Age,"  xix.;  March  8,  p.  5. 
'Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  291. 

'Engineering,"  xxx.  321. 
'Scientific  American,"  xli.  358. 


50 


Screw  engine  (for  propel- 
lers) Cramp  .     .     .     .  * 

Screw  hoisting  tackle. 
Box  if  Co * 

Screwing  machine. 

Pratt  if  Whitney     .     .  * 

Barrow,  Br * 

With  releasing  motion. 
Brown,  Br.     .     .     .  * 

Screwing  and  tapping  ma- 
chine, Pratt  if  Whitney  * 
Bowker * 

Screw-jack,  6-ton. 

Maude,  Br * 

Telescopic,  Ball     .     .  * 

Screw  machine. 

Browne  if  Sharpe  .  .  * 
Pratt  if  Whitney  .  .  * 
Self-slotting,  Habbel  .  * 

Screw  shaft  flexible  coup- 
ling, Snoivden,  Br.     .  * 

Screw   shafts,   flexible 
coupling  for  ....  * 

Screw  steamer  of  1804. 
Stevens * 

Screw  thread  forging  ma- 
chine, Bouchacourt  if 
Deiille,  Fr * 

Screw  ventilator,  Pelzer  * 


"Engineering,"  xxi.  480. 

"Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  Feb.  13,  p.  11. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  24. 
"Engineering,''  xxx.  127. 

"Engineer,"  xlii.  349. 

"Engineering,"  xxi.  248. 

" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  165. 

"Engineer,"  xlvii.  117. 
"Engineer,-'  xlix.  286. 

Thurston's  "  Vienna  Kept.,"  ii.  232. 
Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  225. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  30,  p.  1. 

"Engineering,"  xxix.  474. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3898. 
"Manufact.  if  Builder,"  ix.  190. 


"Engineer,"  xliii.  417. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  4071. 


Screw  Burn'er.  (Lamps.)  a.  A  burner  in 
which  the  wick  is  lifted  and  depressed  by  a  screw. 
Found  in  Argand  lamps. 

6.  A  burner  which  fastens  by  screw  thread  to 
the  socket  of  the  lamp-top. 

Screw  Cal'i-pers.  In  which  the  adjustment 
of  the  points  is  made  by  screw.  See  several  forms 
in  Fig.  1029,  p.  429,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Screw  Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  screw  cut- 
ting machine  takes  a  rod  of  iron,  steel,  or  brass, 
and  by  an  automatic  series  of  operations  drops 
screws  at  the  other  end  of  the  machine.  One  tool 
cuts  the  point  of  the  rod  down  to  the  dimensions 
of  the  screw,  another  cuts  it  off,  having  the  head 
the  full  size  of  the  rod,  another  takes  it  from  the 
last  and  passes  it  on  to  have  the  thread  cut,  a  cut- 
ter passes  by  and  leaves  it  slotted,  another  with  four 
iron  fingers  takes  it  and  transfers  it  to  a  fifth  cut- 
ter, where  the  head  is  finished,  when  still  another 
tool  comes  to  push  it  into  the  pan  placed  to  receive 
it.  No  intervention  is  needed  until  another  rod  is 
wanted.  See  SCREW,  supra. 

Fig.  2206  represents  a  machine  for  screwing  and  cutting  off 
Steam  and  gas  pipe.  The  belting  and  gearing  are  arranged 
for  obtaining  suitable  power  and  speed  for  the  varying  sizes 
of  pipes.  The  die  and  head  to  which  it  is  attached  are  so 
constructed  that  pipe  may  be  alternately  screwed  and  cut  oil 
without  removing  the  die  from  the  machine. 

See  various  forms  on  pp.  2065-2067,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A  form  of  lathe  as  in  Figs.  4725,  4734,  pages  above  cited. 

See  also  BOLT-CUTTER,  Figs.  367-371,  pp.  117,  supra;  Figs 
770,  771,  777,  778,  pp.  324-326,  "Mech.  Diet." 

TURRET  LATHE,  Fig.  6824,  p.  2665,  "Mech.  Diet." 

PIPE  THREADER,  Fig.  3744,  p.  1712,  "Mech.  Diet." 

SCREW,  supra. 

Screw  Ma-chine'.  In  sheet-metal  working, 
a  machine  for  threading  zinc  or  sheet-metal  screws 
for  can-tops,  etc. 

Screw  Dog.  A  clamp  to  hold  the  stuff  firmly 
in  the  carriage,  adjustable  by  a  screw. 


Fig.  2205. 


Extra  Screw  Dog  for  Holding  Dimension  Stuff: 


SCREW   ELEVATOR. 


786 


SCREW    HOIST. 


Screw  Cutting  Machine. 

Fig.  2205  shows  a  feeding  or  tail  screw  hung  in  an  iron 
box,  let  into  the  back  end  of  the  carriage,  so  as  to  come  en- 
tirely below  its  surface ;  on  this  screw  is  a  nut  with  a  trav- 
erse dog  for  holding  the  stuff,  and  operated  by  a  hand- 
wheel  on  the  outer  end  of  the  screw.  The  front  dog  for 
holding  the  stuff  consists  of  a  plate  having  teeth  on  one 
side  and  running  across  the  entire  width  of  the  carriage,  and 
which  is  held  in  its  place  by  teeth  on  an  iron  plate  let  into 
the  sides  of  the  carriage,  requiring  no  bolts  or  keys  to  hold 
it  firm. 

Screw  El'e-va'tor.  1.  (Dental.)  A  staff 
with  gimlet  screw  on  the  end  to  screw  into  a  root  as 
a  means  of  withdrawal.  Fig.  4730,  p.  2066,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

2.  (Surgical.)     A  hard  rubber  conical  screw  to 
force  open  the  jaws  of  maniacs  or  lock-jawed. 

3.  A  form  of  passenger  lift  in  which  a  screw  is 
used  to  elevate  the  cage. 

Screw  En'gine.  Engines  of  this  type,  for 
vessels  up  to  300  tons,  have  inverted  steam  cylin- 
ders carried  on  strong  hollow  standards,  which  also 
form  the  guides  for  the  cross-heads.  The  slide 
valves  are  between  the  cylinders,  and  the  valve-box 
cover  is  on  the  side,  giving  easy  access  to  the  valves 
for  examination.  The  engines  have  case-hardened  j 
link-motion  reversing  gear,  and  separate  expansion 
valve. 

The  condenser  is  fixed  on  one  side ;  the  air-pump  is  driven 
by  side  levers  from  the  cross-head  of  the  engine.  The  stand- 
ards which  carry  the  engines  are  fixed  to  a  strong  cast-iron 
base-plate  ;  the  bearings  for  the  crank-shaft,  including  the 
thrust  bearing,  are  also  sesured  to  this  plate.  The  screw 
shaft  is  coupled  direct  to  the  crank -shaft,  and  passes  through 
a  stern  tube,  as  shown.  It  is  usually  fitted  with  »  three- 
bladed  screw  propeller,  but  any  other  form  may  be  adopted, 
and  the  propeller  is  made  of  malleable  cast-iron,  gun-metal, 
or  cast-steel,  as  may  be  desired,  the  price  varying  according 
to  the  material  employed.  The  boiler  is  of  the  ordinary  cir- 
cular form,  with  an  internal  flue  and  return  tubes,  the  up- 
take leading  to  the  chimney  being  in  front  of  the  boiler  and 
directly  above  the  fire-door.  The  boiler  is  of  the  best  material 
and  workmanship  throughout,  and  is  furnished  with  all  the 
steam  mountings  and  furnace  fittings  necessary  for  its  safe, 
efficient,  and  economical  working.  A  donkey-pump  feeds  the 
boiler. 

M.  Cavers  (Fr.),  *Fig.  3417,  vol.  iv.,  Laboulaye's  "Diet, 
des  Arts  et  Manuf.,"  ed.  1877,  article  "Bateau  a  Vapeur.'1' 

Screw  Eye.     A  loop  with  threaded  shank,  to 
be  screwed  into  an  object. 
Screw  Fin'ish-ing  Ma-chine'. 

Fig.  2207  is  specially  adapted  for  small  hand-tooling,  fin- 


ishing the  heads  of  screws, 
pins,  and  a  variety  of  similar 
work.  A  half-inch  hole  ex- 
tends through  the  spindle. 
Self-adjusting  shell  chucks 
are  used  in  the  spindle.  These 
are  opened  by  the  knee  of  the 
operator  without  stopping  the 
machine,  thus  saving  the  time 
of  stopping  and  starting  every 
time  the  work  is  put  into  the 
machine  or  removed.  The 
boxes  are  self-oiling,  running 
from  two  to  three  months 
without  the  necessity  of  oiling 
them.  The  machine  is  ar- 
ranged for  a  high  rate  of  speed. 
Tight  and  loose  pulleys  are 
upon  the  spindle  Either  one 
or  two  counter-shafts  accom- 
pany the  machine,  as  may  be 
desired.  They  are  provided* 
with  adjustable  hangers,  iron 
cones,  and  pulleys.  First 
countershaft  should  run  450 
turns  per  minute.  Tight  and 
loose  pulleys  6"  diameter,  2V 
face.  Weight  of  machine 
with  both  countershafts,  425 
Ibs. 

Screw  for  Boot 
Soles.  Article  "  Chans- 
sures  a  Vis,"  *  Laboulaye's 
"Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  vol.  iv.,  ed.  1877. 
See  SOLE-SCREWING  MACHINE. 

Screw  Gage.  1.  A  device  for  measuring  the 
pitch  of  the  threads  of  the  screw. 

2.  For  indicating  the  diameter. 

See  SCREW  THREAD  GAGE,  Fig.  4755,  p.  2074, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  and  WIRE  GAGE,  Fig.  7281,  p.  2793, 
Ibid. 

A  steel  ring  with  internal  screw  of  standard  size 
and  proportions,  used  for  measurement  and  for 
testing  accuracy  of  screws. 

See  EXTERNAL  AND  INTERNAL  GAGES. 

Fig.  2207. 


Machine. 

Screw  Hoist.  In  Fig.  2208  the  axle  of  the  or- 
dinary large  winding  wheel  has  screw  threads  cut 
thereon  which  mesh  with  the  gear  on  a  smaller 
wheel  set  above  the  axle  and  transversely  to  the 
large  wheel.  On  the  opposite  ends  of  the  axis  of 
the  latter  wheel  are  pulleys,  over  which  chains  pass 
which  are  attached  to  the  swivel  hooks  below.  It 
will  sustain  at  any  point,  but  will  lower  rapidly 
when  started. 


SCKEW   HOOK   AND   EYE   HINGE.       787 


SCROTUM  COMPRESSOR. 


Fig.  2208. 


Screw  Hoist, 

Screw  Hook  and  Eye  Hinge.  A  hook  and 
eye  gate  hinge,  each  part  of  which  has  a  screw 
shank. 

Screw  Hook  and  Strap  Hinge.  A  hook 
and  eye  hinge  of  which  the  hook  part  has  a  screw 
shank  and  the  eye  part  a  strap  to  be  secured  to  the 
gate  or  door. 

Screw'ing  Stock.  A  stock  or  handle  which 
holds  the  threaded  nut  for  making  a  thread  on  a  bolt 
or  bar.  A  screw  plate. 

Fig.  4739. /,  page  2069,  "Mech.  Diet." 
Fig.  4754,  a,  p.  2074,  Ibid. 

Screw  Knob.  A  curtain  knob  with  screw 
shank. 

Screw  Line  Box.  T)ne  the  cover  of  which  is 
depressed  by  a  screw.  A  spring  line  box  is  shown 
in  Fig.  1615,  p.  552,  supra. 

Screw  Ma'kiiig  Tools.  Taps,  dies,  stocks, 
<3tc.  Figs.  4739,  4754,  pp.  2069,  2074,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Screw  Nick'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  for  cutting 
the  nicks  in  screw-heads.  See  SCREW  SLOTTING 
MACHINE. 

Screw  Pile.  (Hydraulic  Engineering. )  The 
procedure  in  the  setting  of  the  screw-piles  for  the 
United  States  pier  near  Lewes,  Del.  (1877,  1878),  is 
carefully  shown  in  the  "Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers 
U.  S.  Army,"  1879,  *  i.  448. 

Mitchell,  *  Laboulaye^s  "Dictionnaire,''  iv.,  ed.  1877  ;  " Pi- 
lotis.'' 

Screw  Pol'ish-ing  Ma-chine'.  See  SCREW 
FINISHING  MACHINE. 

Screw  Press.  A  machine  in  which  the  pres- 
sure is  given  by  means  of  a  screw.  The  applica- 
tions are  numerous  and  the  examples  are  given 
under  specific  heads.  See  list  under  PRESS,  supra, 
and  p.  1784,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Some  of  the  prominent  are  under 
CHEESE  PRESS,  Fig.  609,  p.  194,  supra. 
CIDER  PRESS,  Figs.  616-618,  p.  196,  supra. 
OLIVE  PRESS,  Figs.  1839-1841,  p.  642,  supra. 
PORTABLE  PRESS. 
STEARINE  PRESS. 

Screw  Sha'ving  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
turning  off  wood-screw  blanks. 

It  is  furnished  with  ten  spring  collets,  a  cross-rest  with  two 
shaving  tools,  oil-tank,  dripper,  and  countershaft.  The  col- 
lets are  opened  and  closed  in  the  spindle  by  a  hand-lever, 
and  hold  screws  \"  to  f  "  diameter,  increasing  by  sixteenths ; 


|"  to  1"  diameter  by  eighths.  The  shaving  tools  are  circu- 
lar, and  may  be  sharpened  by  grinding  without  changing 
their  form. 


Screw   Slot'ting  Ma-chine'. 

shown  in  Fig.  2209 


The    device 


Screw  Slotting  Machine. 


can    be    attached  Fig.  2209. 

to  an  o  r  d  i  u  a  r  y 
hand  lathe,  and  is 
believed  to  be  more 
e  ffi  c  i  e  n  t  for  the 
purpose  than  any 
machine  hereto- 
fore made.  An 
active  boy  can  slot 
from  ten  to  fifteen 
thousand  screws 
per  day. 

A  single  bolt  fastens 
the  platform  A  of  this 
apparatus  to  the  bed 

of  a  hand  lathe,  the  long  lever  projecting  in  front  at  a  right 
angle  with  the  bed.  An  arbor  carrying'  a  circular  cutter  is 
held  in  the  center  of  the  lathe.  The  long  lever  is  moved 
horizontally  to  open  the  jaws  for  inserting  and  removing  the 
screws,  and  downward  to  bring  the  screws  to  be  slotted 
against  the  saw.  The  stop  screw  B  governs  its  downward  mo- 
tion, and  thus  regulates  the  depth  of  slot  in  the  screw  head. 
The  working  part  of  the  apparatus  can  be  raised  or  lowered 
on  the  platform  front  by  means  of  the  bolt  c. 

In  the  Pratt  &  Whitney  machine,  the  head-stock  has  a  cone 
of  3  grades  for  a  2"  belt.  The  stock  holding  the  vise-jaws 
and  dies  may  be  adjusted  toward  or  from  the  spindle  and 
transversely  across  the  table.  The  spindle  carries  a  rotary 
cutter,  against  which  the  head  of  the  screw  is  brought  by  a 
vertical  movement  of  the  vise,  produced  by  a  hand-lever, 
rack,  and  pinion.  The  same  motion  of  the  lever  that  closes 
the  vise,  also  raises  it  with  the  screw  to  be  slotted,  and  a 
weight  under  the  table  instantly  opens  the  vise  and  releases 
the  screw  as  soon  as  the  pressure  on  the  hand-lever  is  re- 
moved. The  machine  slots  screws  of  9-16"  and  less  diameter. 
Weight  of  machine,  with  countershaft,  500  pounds. 

Screw  Soling  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
uniting  the  uppers  and  soles  of  boots  and  shoes  by 
means  of  a  brass  screw  made  on  the  machine,  oper- 
ating automatically,  whereby  it  grasps  the  wire,  car- 
ries it  forward,  cuts  a  thread  upon  it,  screws  it  into 
the  sole  of  the  shoe  and  cuts  it  off  in  suitable 
lengths —  all  at  the  same  time.  —  Tyson. 

Screw  Steer'er.  A  device  to  assist  the  helms- 
man in  holding  the  rudder  at  every  point  of  its 
movement,  to  prevent  the  rudder  kicking  or  run- 
ning down  by  surges. 

See  STEERING  APPARATUS,  Figs.  5757-5760,  p.  2372,  "Mech. 
Diet., "and  Fig.  4753,  p.  2073,  Ibid. 

ScriTDer.     A  marker. 
Scribing  tools,  Rose  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  119,  139,330,521. 

Scrod'dled  Ware.  (Ceramics.)  Ceramic 
ware,  made  by  taking  scraps  and  pieces  of  differ- 
ently colored  clays,  such  as  are  left  over  in  making 
vases  and  plaques,  and  laying  them  together,  joined 
but  not  intermixed,  so  as  to  produce  a  marbled  or 
mottled  effect. 

Tortoise-shell  icare  had  a  similar  origin.  See  also  PATE 
CHANGE  ANTE. 

Scroll  Chuck.  A  lathe  chuck  in  which  the 
dogs  are  moved  in  concert  by  a  scroll  hidden  in  the 
body  of  the  chuck  ;  as  in  Fig.  4767,  p.  2077,  "Mech. 
Diet."  Several  of  the  chucks  shown  in  Figs.  874- 
876,  pp.  273-275,  and  Figs.  1540-1544,  p.  529,swpra, 
are  scroll  chucks. 

Scroll  Lathe.  One  adapted  to  turn  spiral  and 
scroll  work,  such  as  balusters,  table  and  piano  legs, 
etc.  See  Fig.  555,  p.  174,  supra. 

Scrp'tal  Clamp.  (Surgical.)  A  clamp  for 
castrating  or  for  amputation  of  redundant  scrotum 
for  the  relief  of  varicocele  Scrotal  forceps. 

Scro'tal  Com-pres'sor.  (Surgical.)  For 
mechanical  pressure  on  the  morbidly  distended 


SCROTAL   INSTRUMENTS. 


788 


SEAMING   MACHINE. 


scrotum  in  orchids.     A  hard  rubber  globular  bag 
with  lacing  holes. 

Scro'tal  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Instru- 
ment for  hydrocele,  varicocele,  etc.  The  list  in- 
cludes :  — 


Canula. 

Depilating  forceps. 
Injector. 
Varicocele  clamp. 


Scrotal  clamp. 
Suspensory  bandage. 
Scrotal  compressor. 
Trocar. 


Scrub'ber.  A  washing  and  brushing,  cleans- 
ing apparatus. 

Scrubber  gas,  on. 

Hunt,T&T: "Engineering,"1  xxii.  43. 

Scrubbing  machine,  do- 
mestic, Stockley      .     .  *  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,':  xxxvi.  249. 

Scuffle  Hoe.     One  having  a  push  motion  in- 
stead of  the  downward  and  pull  motion. 
Scuffle  hoe,  Munsun  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  389. 

Sculp'ture.  Mechanical  aids  in  reducing  the 
labor  of  the  sculptor  and  for  copying.  See  article 
"/Sculpture,"  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  vol.  iii.,  ed.  1877. 

Article  "  Tours  Composes,"1  Laboulaye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et 
Manufactures"  iv. ,  ed.  1877,  Fig.  42. 

Scutch'ing   Ma-chine'.      One  for  separating 
the  individual  libers  of  cotton  or  flax,  which  have 
gone  through  the  preliminary  opening  process. 
Scutching  machine,  LeFranc,  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  19,  p.  20. 

Scut'tle.  1.  A  small  light  aperture,  closed  by 
a  hatch  or  shutter. 

2.  A  coal  bucket 

See  SIDE  LIGHT,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2174,  et  infra. 

Sea  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in  which 
the  plates  are  immersed  in  the  sea,  so  as  to  be  acted 
upon  by  the  salt  water.  Such  are  used  in  making 
luminous  signals  on  buoys,  etc. 

Sea  Cock.  One  opening  through  the  hull  into 
the  sea. 

Spence's  improved  sea  cocks      .  *  "Engineer,'1''  xli.  267. 

Seal.  An  automatic  valve  closing  a  pipe  ;  or  a 
U-shaped  bend  in  which  water  collects  and  prevents 
passage  of  air.  See  SEWER  TRAP. 

The  common  siphon  trap  as  used  in  most  sinks  and  water- 
closets  is  subject  to  two  objections :  First,  the  sewer  gases  in 
the  ascending  branch  of  the  trap 
are  in  constant  contact  with  the 
water,  and  permeate  it  without 
hindrance,  by  which  it  becomes 
foul  and  gives  off  offensive  odors 
in  the  other  ascending  branch  of 
the  trap ;  second,  when  from 
some  cause  or  other  pressure 
takes  place  in  the  descending 
branch  connected  with  the  sewer, 
the  sewer  gas  will  bubble  up 
through. 

The  inlet  pipe  connecting  with 
the  washstand,  sink,  or  other  fix- 
,  ture  extends  down  about  half 
way  into  the  center  of  an  enlarged 
U-shaped  chamber  two  thirds  full 
of  water  in  which  floats  a  rubber 
ball  fitting  tightly  up  against  the 
end  of  the  inlet  pipe,  forming  a 
perfect  seal.  The  outlet  pipe  is  in 
the  top  of  the  U-shaped  chamber, 
above  the  end  of  the  inlet  pipe. 


Fig.  2210. 


Seal. 


6618 


See  Fig.  5766,  p   2374,  and  Fig. 


•e  Fig.  5766,  p   2374,  and 
,  p.  2616,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Seal  Em-bos'sing  Press.  A  press  intended 
to  emboss  envelopes,  or  name  or  initials  on  note 
paper,  or  the  stationer's  card  on  any  paper  they 
print  or  furnish.  It  is  worked  by  a  cam  and  gear- 
ing ;  is  very  powerful  and  speedy,  and  is  readily  ad- 
justed to  any  pressure  wanted. 

Seal  Hook.     An  iron   hook  which  is  inserted 


into  the  hasp  of  a  freight-car  door  and  to  which  a 
seal  wire  and  metal  seal  are  attached. 

Seal  Lock.  A  lock  in  which  a  seal  made  of 
glass,  paper,  or  other  material  is  inserted  in  the 
lock  in  sucli  a  manner  as  to  cover  the  bolt  or  the 
key-hole.  The  lock  cannot  be  opened  without 
breaking  the  seal. 

Seal  Press.  A  pair  of  levers  arranged  like  a 
pair  of  pincers  and  with  two  dies  with  which  lead 
car-seals  are  compressed  on  the  wire  to  which  they 
are  attached.  The  two  dies  leave  an  impression  on 
the  lead  so  that  if  the  seals  are  removed  or  defaced 
it  can  be  known.  —  Forney. 

Seal'skin.  (Fabric.)  The  imitation  sealskin 
is  made  under  a  process  invented  by  Crosland,  of 
Huddersrield,  England,  in  1850,  by  w'hich  the  short 
hairs  of  the  cow  and  calf  could  be  used  in  the  man- 
ufacture. The  main  feature  of  the  process  consists 
in  boiling  the  fabrics  for  a  long  time  in  water,  which 
develops  the  luster  of  the  fiber. 

Seal  Wire.  Several  strands  of  fine  wire  which 
are  twisted  together  like  a  rope,  and  by  which 
leaden  seals  are  attached  to  car  doors. 

Seam'ing.  (Fishing.)  The  marginal  line  which 
surrounds  a  seine,  and  to  which  the  meshes  are 
seized.  A  meter  is  an  outer  strengthening  line, 
seized  at  intervals  of  a  yard.  To  the  meter,  on  the 
upper  edge,  the  floats  are  attached,  and  to  the  meter 
below,  the  weights. 

Seam'ing  Ma-chiiie'.  The  Royer  &  Lincoln 
seamer  for  use  in  print  works,  bleacheries,  dye 
works,  and  cotton  mills  trims  woven  goods  neatly 
and  evenly ;  and  joins  the  margin  of  cloth  outside 
the  seam  so  that  it  will  pass  through  the  shearing 
machine  without  raising  the  blades. 

In  this  machine  the  grooved  points,  on  which  are  placet! 
the  loops  of  the  ends  of  the  knit  goods  that  are  to  be  seamed 
together,  are  arranged  radially  and  set  in  a  brass  ring,  which 
is  16"  in  diameter,  and  is  secured  in  a  circular  bed  that  is 
mounted  to  turn  on  an  upright  axis,  and  has  on  its  bottom, 
or  lower  part,  a  concentric  circle  of  gear  teeth  which  gear 
into  a  pinion  fast  on  a  shaft  with  a  ratchet  wheel  having 
teeth  to  suit  the  gage  of  the  circle  of  grooved  points.  This 
ratchet  is  turned  one  step  at  each  revolution  of  a  driving 
shaft  by  means  of  a  pawl  connected  with  that  shaft,  and 
thereby  the  circle  of  points  is  turned  a  step  equal  to  the  dis- 
tance from  one  point  to  the  next  so  as  to  bring  the  next  point 
under  the  needle.  A  dog  drops  into  the  teeth  of  the  ratchet 
and  prevents  the  'atterand  the  circle  of  points  from  turning 
backward. 

Fig.  2211. 


Seaming  and   Titrning-nff  Machine. 

The  needle  is  held  by  an  arm  which  is  mounted  on  a  ful- 
crum and  gets  its  to  and  fro  motion  by  a  cam  on  the  driving 
shaft.  The  looper  is  held  by  a  separate  arm  which  receives 


SEAMING   MACHINE. 


789 


SECONDARY   BATTERY. 


its  motion  by  a  side  cam  connected  to  the  needle  cam,  so 
that  the  points  are  fed  forward  ono  step,  as  above  described, 
and  a  stitch  is  made  by  the  needle  and  looper  at  each  revolu- 
tion of  the  driving  shaft. 

The  points  are  firmly  held  in  their  places  by  caps  or  seg- 
ments with  three  screws  each.  The  gage  can  be  changed  by 
taking  out  the  brass  ring  that  holds  the  points  and  putting 
in  another  with  more  or  less  points  to  make  the  gage  re- 
quirc«l.  The  ratchet  must  also  be  changed  for  another  hav- 
ing the  proper  number  of  teeth  to  turn  the  circle  of  points 
with  the  necessary  step  by  step  movement  corresponding  to 
the  change  of  gage. 

The  main  driving  shaft  should  revolve  115  to  120  times 
per  minute  in  order  to  give  a  good  result. 

Search'er.  (Surgical.)  A  flexible  instrument 
or  sound  introduced  through  the  urethra  to  explore 
for  a  stone  by  contact. 

Andrew's,  Little's,  Gouley's,  BilrotWs,  Thompson's,  Otis's, 
etc. 

2212   shows    a   clamp 


2212. 


Seat  Fas'ten-er.  Fig. 
for  holding  a  \vagon  seat 
firmly  in  position,  and  for 
keeping  the  body  from 
spreading. 

Seat  Lock.  A  lock  for 
holding  the  back  of  a  seat 
so  that  its  position  cannot 
be  reversed.  Such  locks 
are  attached  either  to  the 
seat-end,  seat-back  arm,  or 
the  seat-back  stop. 

Se-bas'tine.  A  Swe- 
dish explosive  made  of  nitro- 
glycerine, wood  -  charcoal, 
and  certain  explosive  salts. 
Ignited  by  fire  it  burns 
readily  but  does  not  ex- 
plode. If  confined  in  det- 
onating capsules  it  ex- 
.plodes  with  great  force.  Patented  in  Sweden  in 
1872. 

Sec'on-da-ry  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  In- 
vented by  Plante.  A  battery  having  two  plates  of 
large  surface  immersed  in  an  acid  solution  and 
charged  from  a  primary  battery,  the  polarization 
resulting  from  the  primary  current  serving  upon 
the  breaking  of  the  primary  circuit  and  the  closing 
of  the  secondary  circuit  to  give  a  reverse  current  of 
great  electro-motive  force,  which  may  be  used  for 
lighting,  heating,  or  other  effects. 

Planters  secondary  batteries  may  be  considered  as  voltam- 
eters made  of  two  sheets  of  lead  rolled  up  in  a  spiral,  so 

Fig.  2213. 


Seat  Fastener. 


I  as  to  give  large  surface  and  small  distance  of  plates.  They 
are  charged  with  dilute  acid,  which  is  decomposed  by  a  cur- 
rent passed  into  the  plates,  producing  peroxide  of  lead  011 
one  plate  and  a  film  of  hydrogen  on  the  other.  In  this  state 
the  cell  itself  will  furnish  a  current  for  a  short  time.  By  con- 
nections which  unite  the  cells  of  the  secondary  for  quantity 
during  charging,  two  Bunseu  cells  arranged  for  intensity 
will  produce  the  desired  effect.  By  connection  of  the  secon- 
dary in  series  for  discharge,  a  very  powerful  current  — equal 
to  that  of  many  Bunsens  in  series  —  may  be  obtained. 

Fig.  2213  shows  a  secondary  element  as  now  constructed. 
In  a  tall  vessel  of  glass,  gutta-percha,  or  ebonite,  are  placed 
two  sheets  of  lead,  rolled  spirally,  and  parallel  one  to  the 
other,  and  kept  from  touching  by  two  cords  of  india-rubber 
rolled  up  with  them  ;  these  two  sheets  of  lead  are  immersed 
in  a  solution  of  one  part  of  sulphuric  acid  to  nine  parts  of 
water.  The  vessel  is  closed  by  a  sealed  cover  pierced  with  a 
small  hole,  through  which  the  liquid  can  be  poured  in  or  ex- 
tracted, and  which  also  allows  the  escape  of  any  gas  which 
may  be  generated  during  the  charging  of  the  battery.  The 
apparatus  is  surmounted  by  a  disk  of  ebonite,  upon  which 
are  fixed  two  contact  pieces  in  connection  with  the  two  elec- 
trodes ;  two  clips  are  also  provided  for  the  purpose  of  hold- 
ing metallic  wires  to  be  made  red  hot  or  melted  by  the  sec- 
ondary current. 

Two  Bunsen  cells,  or,  in  their  stead,  three  Daniell  cells, 
are  required  to  charge  this  secondary  element.  During  the 
operation  of  charging,  one  of  the  electrodes  oxidizes,  a  brown 
coating  of  peroxide  of  lead  soon  shows  itself,  and  the  metal- 
lic appearance  disappears  entirely  ;  the  other  electrode  also 
changes  in  appearance,  —  its  surface  becomes  covered  with  a, 
powdery  gray  coating. 

When  the  charge  has  attained  its  maximum  —  that  is  to 
say,  when  oxygen  commences  to  be  given  off  by  the  brown 
electrode,  it  is  well  to  disconnect  the  secondary  element  from 
the  charging  battery,  for  any  further  expenditure  of  the  po- 
larizing current  is  entirely  wasted. 

The  secondary  element  once  charged  in  this  manner  and 
left  to  itself  will  retain  a  portion  of  its  charge  for  several 
days  ;  and  even  at  the  end  of  a  week  it  is  still  far  from  being 
exhausted. 

The  secondary  element,  when  fully  charged,  has  an  elec- 
tro-motive force  equal  to  one  and  a  half  times  that  of  a  Bun- 
sen  ;  it  will  redden  a  platinum  wire  of  a  greater  or  lesser 
diameter  according  to  its  size,  or  rather  according  to  the 
size  of  the  electrodes  ;  for  it  is  of  course  understood  that  the 
quantity  of  electricity  which  the  apparatus  can  furnish  is 
in  proportion  to  the  extent  of  the  surface  subjected  to  the 
action  of  the  polarizing  current  and  covered  with  an  active 
electro-chemical  deposit. 

The  spiral  form  of  the  electrodes  gives  an  element  having 
a  large  surface  and  a  small  resistance  within  a  small  space, 
so  that  one  of  Planters  secondary  elements  is  equal  to  an  ac- 
tive or  ordinary  element  of  a  very  unusual  size  ;  the  small 
pattern  has  an  active  surface  of  124  square  inches,  the  large 
pattern  of  a  surface  of  620  square  inches. 

The  current  furnished  by  the  secondary  element  will 
effect  chemical  decomposition,  act  upon  an  electro-magnet, 
etc. 

A  secondary  element  is  all  the  better  for  having  been 
charged  and  discharged  a  great, number  of  times;  at  first, 
when  it  is  almost  new,  there  is  an  advantage  in  polarizing 
the  electrodes,  sometimes  in  one  direction  and  sometimes  in  ' 
the  other,  reversing  several  times  the  direction  of  the  charge; 
but  when  the  element  is  formed  the  greatest  care  must,  on 
the  contrary,  be  taken  to  charge  it  always  in  the  same  direc- 
tion. 

These  secondary  elements  can  be  joined  together,  either 
for  intensity  or  for  quantity,  and  they  form  batteries  capa- 
ble of  producing  all  the  effects  of  batteries  of  the  ordinary 

Fig.  2214. 


Secondary 


Planters  Secondary  Battery. 


SECONDARY    BATTERY. 


790 


SECONDARY   BATTERY. 


form,  and  of  the  most  powerful  kind.  Fig.  2214  represents 
a  secondary  battery  as  arranged  by  M.  Plants*. 

Faure,  observing  that  the  lead  plate  of  a  good  battery  be- 
came coated  with  oxide  of  lead,  applied  oxide  of  lead  to  his 
plates  and  found  that  he  could  make  a  battery  without 
charging  and  recharging  for  months. 

Brush  claims  the  invention  of  a  process  of  effectively  pre- 
paring his  lead  plates  without  any  oxide  of  lead  at  all.  His 
method  is  a  secret  and  he  claims  there  is  no  coating  of  min- 
ium on  the  plates,  the  battery  can  be  charged  more  quickly 
and  discharged  more  safely,  and  the  process  of  manufacture 
is  no  more  prolonged  or  costly  than  in  the  case  of  Faure's 
apparatus.  The  batteries  shown  in  Fig.  2215  are  contained 

Fig.  2215. 


Brush's  Secondary  Battery. 

in  a  bos  8'  long,  15"  wide,  and  16"  high.  Charged  from  an 
arc  light  circuit  wire,  they  will  feed  27  Swan  lamps  of  16- 
candle  power,  and  run  a  small  motor  of  one-horse  power.  A 
series  of  20  cells,  each  cell  consisting  of  two  lead  plates, 
about  16"  square  in  size,  is  sufficient  to  supply  from  40  to  60 
Swan,  lamps  of  16-candle  power,  or  as  many  lights  as  a  good 
sized  house  would  require.  In  connection  with  Swan  lamps, 
one  horse  power,  if  used  to  run  a  dynamo  connected  with  a 
battery,  will  store  up  sufficient  electricity  to  run  from  9  to 
10  lamps.  This  current  can  be  taken  from  an  arc  circuit 
without  interrupting  the  burning  of  arc  lights  ;  the  batteries 
are  placed  in  the  cellars  of  each  house  where  the  light  is  fur- 
nished. Mr.  Brush  says  that  the  batteries  are  indestrueti* 
ble,  and  improve  with  age,  the  only  attention  necessary  be- 
ing the  addition  of  water  every  few  months  to  take  the  place 
of  that  which  has  evaporated. 

In  1801  Gautherot,  a  French  physician,  discovered   that 

Elatinum  or  silver  wires  immersed  in  a  saline  solution,  after 
aving  been  used  for  decomposing  the  salt,  gave  a  current 
of  their  own  of  short  duration  upon  being  disconnected  from 
the  battery. 

In  1803  Bitter  made  the  first  secondary  battery  by  super- 
posing a  series  of  gold  disks  separated  by  pieces  of  cloth 
dampened  with  a  saline  solution.  He  also  employed  plati- 
num, copper,  brass,  iron,  bismuth,  and  silver,  and  remarked 
that  still  better  results  were  obtained  with  carburet  of  iron 
and  peroxide  of  manganese,  lie  obtained  no  effect  with  lead 
on  account  of  the  solution  which  he  made  use  of.  He  used 
common  salt  and  sal  ammoniac. 

In  1859  Plants  published  accounts  of  experiments  made  by 
him  upon  most  of  the  metals,  and  many  different  solutions 
for  the  purpose  of  determining  the  best  construction  of  ele- 
ments for  secondary  batteries. 

In  1860  Plante  constructed  a  secondary  battery  of  two 
plates  of  lead  separated  by  cloth  and  rolled  up  into  a  spiral 
and  immersed  in  a  dilute  solution  of  sulphuric  acid.  He  af- 
terwards substituted  for  the  cloth  two  thin  strips  of  rubber. 

In  1861,  Kirchhof,  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  31,545,  February  26. 
Two  roughened,  perforated,  or  recticulated  platinum  elec- 
trodes in  a  solution  of  nitrate  and  acetate  of  lead,  nitrate 
of  potash,  acetic  and  nitric  acids  and  nitrate  or  acetate  of 
iron  or  zinc,  all  suggested.  Upon  charging,  one  plate  be- 
came covered  with  peroxide  of  lead,  and  the  other  with  crys- 
tallized lead.  He  also  described  a  switch  whereby  the  cells 
could  be  charged,  one  after  the  other,  while  the  others  were 
discharging.  Also  a  commutator  for  the  dynamo  whereby 
the  charging  circuit  was  always  left  open  when  the  machine 
was  not  running. 

In  1866,  Percival,U.  S.  Patent,  No.  53,668,  April  3.  A 
box  with  two  compartments  separated  by  a  porous  partition, 


and  filled  with  powdered  carbon,  granular  lead,  or  other 
conducting  powder  moistened  with  acidulated  water.  Cop- 
per or  lead  plates  immersed  in  the  powder  served  as  con- 
ductors. 

In  1867,  Leclanche,  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  64,113,  April  23. 
Two  graphite  plates  in  powdered  charcoal  saturated  with 
potash  water,  porous  partition. 

In  1869,  Percival  proposed  to  make  the  positive  electrode 
of  some  more  active  metal,  such  as  zinc,  and  then  to  use  a 
neutral  solution  of  the  positive  metal  as  with  zinc,  zinc  sul- 
phate, with  copper,  copper  sulphate,  etc.  Upon  charging,  per- 
oxide of  lead  formed  on  the  lead  plateand  finely  divided  zinc 
on  the  zinc  plate,  sulphuric  acid  being  set  free.  Amalgam- 
ated the  zinc. 

In  1869,  Varley,  English  Patent,  No.  2,525,  makes  use  of 
plates  of  paladium  or  arsenic  on  account  of  their  capacity 
for  storing  hydrogen.  These  are  used  in  connection  with 
carbon  plates  rendered  porous  for  the  absorption  of  oxygen 
by  dissolving  out  the  silica  from  gas  retort  carbon  by  hydro- 
tluoric  acid. 

In  1876,  Jablochkoff,  French  Patent,  No.  112,024,  March 
23  and  October  2,  in  an  electric  lighting  system  places  a  sec- 
ondary battery  in  a  shunt  around  each  light. 

In  1878,  Fox,  English  Patent,  No.  3,988,  suggests  the  use  of 
plates  of  copper  in  a  solution  of  bicarbonate  of  soda.  The 
secondary  batteries  are  connected  in  a  lighting  system  be- 
tween the  main  wires  and  the  ground,  thereby  serving  to 
store  up  any  surplus  energy  thrown  upon  the  line. 

In  1879,  Thomson  &  Houston,  U.  S.  Patent,  No.  220,948, 
October  28,  and  English  Patent  No.  4,400.  A  series  of  disks 
of  copper  or  other  suitable  metal  are  arranged  one  above 
another,  and  separated  by  rings  of  earthenware,  rubber, 
wood,  or  other  non-conductor.  Diaphragms  of  felt  are  in- 
terposed, and  the  whole  is  secured  by  bolts  and  end-plates. 
The  solution  may  be  zinc,  sulphate,  or  other  similar  salt, 
and  must  entirely  fill  the  spaces  between  the  plates.  When 
subject  to  motion  the  spaces  between  the  plates  are  filled 
with  sand,  pumice-stone,  sawdust,  or  the  like.  During 
charging,  zinc  is  deposited  on  the  under  side  of  the  plates 
while  the  upper  sides  dissolve  to  form  copper  sulphate.  In 
the  English  patent  negative  plates  of  mercury,  silver,  or 
lead  are  proposed,  which  may  be  roughened,  serrated,  or 
coiled,  or  may  be  formed  by  a  tray  filled  with  fragments  of 
the  metal.  The  upper  plate  may  be  perforated  and  varnished 
underneath.  Pieces  of  hard  carbon  may  be  placed  upon  the 
upper  plate  to  receive  zinc  deposit,  or  spurs  or  projections 
may  be  formed  on  its  upper  surface  for  same  purpo.-e. 

In  1880,  Faure,  French  Patent,  No.  139,258,  October  20, 
applies  a  superficial  coating  of  lead  oxide,  spongy  lead,  or 
similar  active  conducting  material  to  the  surface  of  the  elec- 
trodes, and  holds  it  in  place  by  porous  partition. 

In  1881,  Faure,  cert,  of  add  to  French  patent,  February 
9,  proposes  red  lead  or  minium  for  a  coating. 

In  1881,  Swan,  English  Patent  No.  2,272,  May  24.  Lead 
plates,  honey-combed,  ribbed  or  cellular,  for  increasing  sur- 
face and  forming  better  support  for  the  porous  deposit. 

It  has  also  been  suggested  that  spongy  platinum,  amalga- 
mated lead,  and  zinc  or  lead  wire  may  be  used  for  elec- 
trodes. 

Almost  any  primary  battery,  whether  it  be  galvanic  or 
thermal,  will  serve  as  a  means  of  storing  up  energy  when  a 
current  is  passed  through  it  in  a  direction  opposite  to  that  of 
the  current  which  it  itself  would  produce. 

It  should  be  remembered  that  the  energy  as  stored  is  po- 
tential chemical  (or  in  a  thermal  battery,  heat)  energy  and 
not  electrical  ;  and  it  is  in  this  respect  that  it  differs  from  a 
condenser  which,  although,  like  a  secondary  battery,  it  dis- 
charges a  current,  the  reverse  of  the  charging  current,  still 
it  does  not  transform  the  energy  from  electricity. 
Plante      ......  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  313. 

"New  York  Times,"  May  13,  1882. 
*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  65,2527. 

Telt  graphic  Journal  .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  313. 
Niaudet,  Am.  transl.      .  *  243. 
Disser.  on  secondary  Bat- 
teries   .     .     .     .     .     .      "  English  Mfrhnnic,'-  xxvii.  476. 


2'21I5. 


SECONDARY   COIL. 


791 


SEED   PLANTER. 


The 
The 


Sec'on-da-ry  Coil.  (Electricity.}  A  coil  of 
wire  usually  wound  upon,  but  entirely  separated 
from  the  primary  coil  by  insulation. 

Sec'on-da-ry  Cur'rent.  (Electricity.) 
current  emanating  from  the  secondary  coil. 
induced  current. 

Sec'tion  Cut'ter.  An  instrument  for 
making  very  thin  slices  for  microscopic  pur- 
poses. 

Valentine's  knife  is  two-bladed,  but  the 
most  delicate  instruments  are  Walmsley'? 
adaptation  of  Dr.  Bevan  Lewis's  ether  spray 
microtome. 

In  Fig.  2216,  some  thick-  _ 
ened  gum  water  b  e  i  n  g  g 
placed  upon  the  top  of  the 
tube,  a  piece  of  tissue,  say 
a  portion  of  the  spinal  col- 
umn from  a  freshly  killed 
animal,  may  be  placed  in  it, 
and  the  nozzle  of  the  freez- 
jng  atomizer  having  been 
introduced  into  the  tube 
beneath,  the  tissue  will  be 
solidly  frozen  in  from  one 
to  three  minutes.  Ether 
may  be  used,  but  rhigoline 
is  much  better.  A  consid- 
erable portion  of  it  will  be 
condensed  in  the  chamber, 
and  can  be  drawn  off  by  the 

tube  shown  in  the  illustration,  for  further  use.    The  knife 
should  be  kept  cold,  by  placing  on  a  block  of  ice  before  using. 

Seed  Drill.  A  machine  for  sowing  various 
seeds  in  drills  or  rows.  See  GRAIN  DRILL. 

Fig.  2218. 


Fig.  2217. 


Drilling  Attachment  to  Seed  Planter 


Beet-seed  drill  .     .     Figs.  268-270,  p.  92,  supra. 

Broad-cast  seeder .     Figs.  430-432,  p.  136,  supra. 

Corn  drill      .     .     .     Fig.  691,  p.  222,  supra. 

Corn  planter     .     .     Fig.  697,  p.  223,  supra. 

Hand  planter     .     .     Fig.  2382,  p.  IQ37,"Mech.  Diet.'" 

Seeding  machines  .     Figs.  4808-4814,  pp.  208S,  2089,  "Mech. 

Diet." 

Wheat  Drill       .     .    Figs.  7163-7168,  pp.  2761-2763,  "Mech. 
Diet.'' 

Knight's  Report,  "  Paris  Exposition  Reports,"  1878,  v.,  pp. 
102—119. 

Seed  Drill  (beet)  French,  McMurtrie's  Plate  I.,  Report, 
"Department  of  Agriculture  Special  Report,''  No.  28. 

Fier.  2219. 


Fertilizer  Sowing  Attachment. 


Seed  Mi'cro-scope.  A  small  hand  magni- 
fier for  examining  seeds,  or  living  objects,  which  are 
inclosed  in  a  case  with  glass  sides. 


Seed   Planter. 

Seed  Plant'er.     An  implement  for  planting  in 
hills  in  contradistinction  to  drilling  or  broadcasting. 

In  the  Farmer's  Friend  Planter,  of  Dayton,  Ohio,  shown  in 
Fig.  2217,  the  foot  treadle  and  hand  lever  are  pivoted  and 
work  together  to  raise  or  lower  the  runners,  which  are 
coupled  to  the  frame  with  a 
treadle.  Pressing  with  the  feet  on 
the  rear  of  this  raises  the  runners, 
while  power  applied  to  the  other 
by  means  of  an  independent  foot 
piece  forces  them  into  the  ground. 
A  hand  lever,  held  by  a  spring 
catch,  is  pivoted  to  the  treadle. 
The  runners  adjust  themselves 
to  uneven  surfaces,  and  plant  two 
rows  at  different  levels,  each  the 
same  depth.  The  entire  weight 
of  the  machine  can  be  locked  on 
the  runners.  Gage  plates  regulate 
the  depth.  Fig.  2118  shows  a  drill- 
ing attachment  for  use  in  drilling 
corn.  Fig.  2219,  an  attachment 
for  sowing  fertilizers. 

Fig.  2220  represents  the  drop- 
ping device,  Fig.  2221  a,  the  same 

with  the  seed  plate  removed.    The  device  consists  of  a  slide 
resting  on  a  bed  plate,  and  pawls  pivoted  to  the  sides  of  the 


Fig.  2220. 


Fig.  2220  a. 


Dropping  Device  for  Seed  Planter. 


SEED   PLANTER. 


792 


SEISMOGRAPH. 


slide  for  driving  the  star-shaped  casting  which  carries  the 
seed  plate.  When  the  slide  is  moved,  the  pawls  come  in  con- 
tact, alternately,  with  the  points  of  the  star,  moving  it  round, 
carying  the  seed  plate  with  it,  dropping  seed  at  each  motion 
of  the  slide. 

Seed'ing  Flow.  A  single  row  implement 
known  as  a  seeding  barrow.  It  is  made  either  with 
cups  or  brush.  Some  of  these  are  intended  to  fol- 
low after  a  plow  or  in  a  furrow  laid  out,  while  oth- 
ers have  a  share  which  opens  the  furrow. 

The  Plow  Drill,  Fig.  2221,  shows  an  old  form  of  drill  of 
Hindustan,  probably  the  one  noticed  in  use  in  the  watered 


Fig.  2221 


Seeding  Ploiv. 

rice  fields  of  the  East,  by  Aristobulus,  one  of  Alexander's 
generals.  These  old  drill  plows  are  still  in  use  in  southern 
Asia,  and  were  exhibited  at  the  Centennial  and  the  Paris  Ex- 
positions from  India,  Java,  and  China. 

Seg'gar.  (Ceramics.)  A  vessel  of  infusible 
fire-clay  to  hold  ware  while  being  baked  or  burned 
in  the  kiln. 

Seg'ment  Saw.  An  annular  saw  which  is 
made  of  segmental  plates  ;  as  distinguished  from  a 
solid  plate-saw.  A  vibrating  saw  with  a  curved 
blade,  that  formed  a  segment  of  a  cylinder,  was 
some  years  since  patented  in  England,  but  does  not 
seem  to  have  come  into  use ;  its  purpose  was  the 
same  as  that  of  the  tubular  saw. 

Seine.  (Fishing.)  This  in  its  simplest  form  is 
si  flat  web  of  netting,  with  corks  or  floats  at  the 
upper  edge  and  weights  at  the  lower  edge,  used  to 
inclose  an  area  of  water,  and  by  bringing  the  ends 
together,  either  to  a  boat  or  on  the  shore,  to  secure 
the  fish  that  may  happen  to  be  in  the  inclosure. 

The  seine  varies  in  length  from  a  small  minnow 
seine  to  a  shad  seine  a  mile  long,  hauled  in  by  a 
windlass  worked  by  horses,  oxen,  or  by  steam  en- 
gine. 

A  form  of  net  used  in  sweeping  areas  of  water. 
Divided  into  haul-seines  and  purse-seiues. 

A  large  haul-seine  on  the  Atlantic  sounds  and  bays  is  1,000 
fathoms  in  length,  but  one  at  Stony  Point,  on  the  Potomac, 
is  8,400  yards.  The  seine  depends  from  a  cork-line,  and  the 
lower  edge  is  weighted  with  leads  which  sweep  the  bottom. 
A  line  known  as  the  toggle-line  is  sometimes  used,  so  called 
from  its  being  secured  to  the  seine  at  regular  distances  by 
toggles.  At  the  ends  of  the  seine  are  the  land-lines,  which 
go  to  shore  and  pass  round  the  shears-blocks  to  the  windlasses. 
At  the  mid-length  of  the  seine  is  the  bag  of  the  net,  which 
comes  last  ashore.  The  wings  are  the  ends. 

Seine  Windlass.  (Fishing.)  A  winch  to 
haul  in  a  seine  line. 

Seis'mo-graph.  An  instrument  for  recording 
shocks  or  perturbations. 

1.  The  seismometer  of  Prof.  Palmieri,  p.  2091, 
"Meek.  Diet."  was  for  detecting  earthquake  shocks 
and  recording  their  duration. 

M.  Hattori,  of  the  University  of  Tokio,  gives  a  description  of 
an  tarthquake  indicator  invented  by  Choko,  about  A.  D.  132. 
"It  consisted  of  a  copper  vessel,  the  diameter  of  which  was 
eight  shaker  or  feet,  and  whose  convex  cover  was  ornamented 
with  characters,  mountain  turtles,  birds,  and  beasts.  In  this 
vessel  there  was  one  main  piston  in  the  middle  with  its  eight 
branches,  wires,  and  springs.  On  the  outside  of  this  vessel 
were  eight  dragon  heads,  each  of  them  having  a  copper  ball 
in  its  full  opened  mouth.  Under  each  of  the  dragon  heads 
there  was  a  frog  looking  upward  with  its  mouth  fully  opened. 
The  wire  works  and  springs  were  very  skillfully  arranged  in 
tho  vessel,  but  the  cover  was  closely  fitted,  and  they  could 
not  be  seen.  Whenever  the  earth  shook  one  of  the  dragons 
dropped  the  ball,  the  frog  underneath  received  it  in  its 


mouth,  and  produced  a  sound.  By  this  means  the  direction 
of  the  shocks  was  ascertained.  Once  one  of  the  dragons 
dropped  its  ball,  but  no  person  near  it  perceived  any  shock, 
and  all  the  learned  men  of  the  capital  doubted  the  trust- 
worthiness of  the  machine  ;  but  after  a  few  days  a  mail  ar- 
rived from  Rosei  and  reported  the  occurrence  of  an  earth- 
quake there.'1 

Sig.  Ignazio  Galli's  apparatus  for  registering  earthly  per- 
turbations at  the  Meteorological  Observatory  of  Velletri, 
Italy,  consists  of  six  separate  devices  for  observing  and  re- 
cording automatically  :  — 

1.  The  horizontal  amplitude  of  earth  tremors. 

2.  The  vertical  amplitude. 

3.  The  direction  of  the  earthquake  movement. 

4.  The  time  of  the  shock. 

5.  The  intensity  of  the  attending  magnetic  disturbance. 
At  one  corner  of  the  marble  base  is  a  short  standard  of 

metal,  on  the  top  of  which  rests  au  agate  cup,  balanced  by  a 

Pis.  52^ 


Seismograph. 

ring  below,  and  carrying  above  a  long,  slender  vertical  rod, 
the  whole  forming  a  sensitive  pendulum.  At  the  top  of  the 
rod  is  a  small  silver  mirror,  carrying  a  fine  needle,  the  move- 
ments of  which  are  observed  through  a  small  telescope. 
Any  movement  of  the  base  is  so  magnified  at  the  upper  end 
of  the  rod  that  the  minutest  tremors  of  the  earth  are  thus 
made  visible. 

The  adjacent  device  is  substantially  the  same,  except  that 
the  vertical  rod  is  shorter  and  carries  at  top  a  she*t  of  paper 
covered  with  lampblack.  Resting  on  this  blackened  paper  is 
the  fine  needle  of  a  nicely  balanced  lever  attached  to  the 
brass  support  which  arches  over  the  middle  of  the  base.  As 
the  earth  tremor  causes  the  paper  to  move  the  relative  ex- 
tent and  character  of  the  movement  are  marked  by  the  nee- 
dle on  its  blackened  surface.  Behind  this  part  of  the  appa- 
ratus is  a  weight  suspended  by  a  sensitive  spiral  spring.  At 
the  bottom  of  the  weight  is  a  lever,  to  the  other  end  of  which 
a  needle  is  suspended  by  a  hair,  the  point  of  the  needle  rest- 
ing on  a  sheet  of  blackened  paper  slightly  inclined.  This 
is  for  measuring  the  vertical  height  of  the  earth  movement. 

The  direction  of  the  movement  is  marked  by  the  needle  of 
the  lever  attached  near  the  upper  right-hand  corner  of  the 
frame,  on  the  sheet  of  blackened  paper  on  the  top  of  the  rod 
which  rises  from  the  middle  of  the  base. 

To  ascertain  the  quarter  whence  the  movement  proceeds 
and  the  time  of  the  shock,  a  truncated  metal  cone  is  inverted 


SEISMOGRAPH. 


793 


SEISMOGRAPH. 


.and  balanced  on  a  horizontal  metallic  disk  surrounded  by  a 
ring  marked  with  the  cardinal  points.  The  instant  the  ap- 
paratus is  moved  the  cone  tips  against  that  side  of  the  ring 
whence  the  motion  proceeds,  and  in  falling  acts  upon  a 
lever  which  stops  the  clock,  thus  indicating  at  once  the  di- 
rection of  the  source  of  the  shock  and  the  time  of  its  occur- 
rence. The  intensity  of  the  accompanying  magnetic  dis- 
turbance is  measured  by  the  magnet  and  its  attachments. 
This  seismograph  is  inclosed  in  a  glass  case,  is  small,  ex- 
tremely sensitive,  and  records  the  slightest  tremors  of  the 
earth  with  great  precision. 

The  Bregnet  seismograph,  exhibited  at  the  Paris  Exposi- 
tion, 1878,  is  an  instrument  for  measuring  and  electrically 
registering  the  deviations  of  a  long  pendulum  under  the 
iniluence  of  terrestrial  movements  or  solar-lunar  attrac- 
tions. 

It  consists  of  a  heavy  pendulum  suspended  by  a  wire  from 
a  support  above  and  carrying  a  pointer  below  which  trav- 
erses in  close  proximity  to  a  horizontal  sheet  oi  white  pa- 
per, traveling  over  a  flat  metallic  plate,  by  the  rotation  of  a 
pair  of  rollers  in  gear  with  the  train  of  a  clock.  The  pen- 
dulum and  metallic  plate  are  insulated  from  one  another, 
and  are  respectively  connected  to  the  two  terminals  of  a 
small  induction  coil,  which  is,  by  the  movement  of  the 
clock,  periodically  placed  in  circuit  for  a  few  seconds  with  a 
battery. 

When  this  takes  place  sparks  pass  through  the  paper,  be- 
tween the  pointer  of  the  pendulum  and  the  metallic  plate, 
causing  a  series  of  perforations  on  the  paper  band,  forming  a 
record. 


"  Telegraphic  Journal  -' 


vi  499. 


2.  The  name  is  also  applied  to  an  instrument,  in- 
vented by  Carlisle  (England),  for  recording  the 
shocks  received  by  or  the  oscillations  produced  in 
a  vehicle,  a  railway  carriage  for  instance,  when  in 
motion. 

Its  action  depends  upon  the  inertia  of  a  suspended  weight 

Fig.  2223. 


Carlisle's  Seismograph. 


attached  by  an  elastic  medium  to  a  point  of  support.  If 
such  a  point  be  shifted  suddenly  in  any  direction,  the  sus- 
pended body,  from  its  inertia,  retains  for  a  moment  its  origi- 
nal position,  and  only  gradually  recovers  its  relative  position 
to  the  point  of  support,  and  that  with  an  amount  of  force 
varying  according  to  the  distance  through  which,  and  the 
velocity  with  which,  the  point  of  suspension  has  been  dis- 
turbed. 

By  a  mechanical  arrangement  this  force  is  made  to  move  a 
pencil  at  right  angles  to  a  straight  line  which  the  pencil 
when  at  rest  is  describing  upon  a  strip  of  paper  traveled 
at  a  determinate  rate  by  clock  work.  By  this  means  the 
time  as  well  as  extent  of  the  oscillation  is  recorded. 

A  is  the  base  plate  and  a  the  standard,  to  the  latter  of 
which  the  weight  C  D  is  attached  by  gimbal-joint,  allowing 
it  to  swing  freely.  The  onter  ring  £  of  the  gimbal  is  piv- 
oted to  the  frame  at  F  F  and  the  inner  ring  to  the  outer,  as 
usual.  The  weight  c  has  a  light  barrel  D  both  turned  true 
to  an  axis,  and  the  swinging  end  is  supported  at  the  point  ff 
by  springs  H  H  suspended  from  an  arm  /  secured  at  K  to  the 
frame  B.  At  the  end  of  the  weight  c  is  a  hollow  axial  pro- 
jecting stud  L  which  serves  to  limit  the  oscillation  of  the 
weight  by  contact  with  the  ring  M.  When  it  is  desired  to 
lock  the  weight  so  as  to  put  the  instrument  out  of  action,  the 
lever  P  on  shaft  o  is  moved,  throwing  the  pin  If  into  the 
hollow  of  the  stud  L  and  holding  the  weight  rigidly.  The 
play  of  the  stud  L  in  the  ring  M  is  about  1.26"  in  every  di- 
rection from  the  axis. 

The  inner  ring  of  the  gimbal  is  turned  out  at  the  rear  so 
as  to  form  a  flat  annular  surface  against  which  a  disk  is 
pressed  by  the  spring  r,  and  this  disk  is  supported  by  an  arm 
projecting  from  the  upright  rod  a,  a  portion  of  which  shows 
in  the  figure.  Near  its  upper  end  the  rod  a  has  another  hor- 
izontal arm  6  which  connects  at  point  r  with  a  rod  c  to  move 
the  arm  d  which  carries  the  pencil  e. 

Any  movement  of  the  weight  swinging  on  its  gimbal- 
joint  produces  a  thrust  motion  upon  the  disk  which  is 
pressed  against  the  rear  of  the  gimbal  ring,  and  this  motion 
is  transmitted  to  the  pencil  by  the  means  just  described. 
The  pencil-arm  d  is  mounted  on  the  axis  f,  which  is  sur- 
rounded and  moved  by  a  spiral  spring  which  brings  the  pen- 
cil back  to  the  base  line  on  the  paper  after  each  lateral 
movement,  and  an  adjustment  at  r  in  the  slotted 
end  of  the  lever  b  permits  the  arm  d  to  be  so  ad- 
justed as  to  show,  either  all  the  oscillations  indi- 
cated b}-  the  weight,  or  only  such  of  them  as  exceed 
a  certain  limit.  An  index  finger  q  and  a  graduated 
arc,  s,  afford  means  for  regulating  this  adjustment 
with  accuracy. 

The  strip  of  paper  i  is  moved  by  rollers  and  clock- 
work. One  of  these  rollers  I  makes  a  revolution 
once  in  5  minutes  marking  minutes  on  the  paper  by 
1  prick  and  5  minutes  by  2  pricks.  The  paper  de- 
livered by  one  roller  is  taken  up  by  roller  m. 

To  observe  oscillations,  both  vertical  and  horizon- 
tal, the  instrument  is  placed  on  the  floor  of  the  car, 
its  axis  parallel  with  the  direction  of  movement. 
To    obtain    only  vertical 
oscillations  the  axis  of  the 
weight  is  across  the  car 
and  blocks  are  placed  to 
restrain      lateral      move- 
ment. 

The  time  of  starting  be- 
ing noted  on  the  paper, 
and  the  clock-work  being 
started  coincidently  with 
the  engine,  the  strip  is  a 
record  of  the  trip.  The 
instrument  is  used  to  test 
the  condition  of  a  track, 
the  personal  equation,  so 
to  speak,  of  the  machine 
being  known  ;  or  that  of 
the  track  being  known  or 
assumed,  to  test  the  rela- 
tive steadiness  of  different 
engines  or  cars  passing 
over  a  specific  portion  of 
the  road. 

Reference  may  be  made 
to:  — 

*  "Engineering.''    xxii. 
160 ;  xxvi.  426. 

*  "  Scientific    American 
Supplement,"  646. 

*  "Railroad     Gazette,''' 
viii.  411. 

U.  S.  Patent,  222,292, 
T.  L.  Luders,  Shock  or 
Jar  recorder,  Dec.  2, 1879 

A  very  striking  instru- 
ment for  testing  the  road- 
bed of  railways,  the  trac. 


SEISMOGRAPH. 


794 


SELENIUM    KYE. 


tive  force  required  on  curves  an d  grades,  and  other  similar 
data  is  the  dynagraph  car  of  Mr.  P.  II.  Dudley. 

The  indications  of  the  instrumentare  by  no  means  confined 
to  those  given  by  the  Carlisle  instrument  where  the  vertical 
and  lateral  oscillations  of  the  car  under  inequalities  in  the 
road  are  interpreted  as  shocks  or  perturbations  ;  but  it  af- 
fords numerous  additional  data  for  calculations,  all  of  which 
are  drawn  graphically  on  paper  by  pens  which  are  interme- 
diately connected  to  the  draw-bar  of  the  car  or  worked  by 
electricity. 

The  draw-bar  is  connected  with  a  piston  which  works  in  a 
cylinder  filled  with  oil,  the  pressure  is  transmitted  through 
a  pipe  to  another  cylinder  over  a  table  in  the  car,  and  a  pis- 
ton is  connected  with  a  pen,  which  marks  on  a  roll  of  paper 
the  resistance  of  the  train.  Other  pens  indicate  the  space 
passed  over  each  second,  each  10  seconds,  and  each  minute, 
each  revolution  of  the  driving  wheels,  each  mile  passed,  the 
alignment  of  the  road,  the  quantity  of  water  consumed  by 
the  engine,  the  quantity  of  coal  used,  the  resistance  of  the 
wind,  etc.  See  DYNAGRAPH. 

Seismograph,  Carlisle     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  viii.  411. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  160. 
Eastern  Ry.  of  France  *  "Engineering, "  xxvi.  427. 

Seis-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  measur- 
ing cosmic  perturbations  or  shocks.  See  SEISMO- 
GRAPH. 

The  application  of  the  microphone  as  a  seismom- 
eter is  referred  to  in  "Engineering,"  xxix.  498. 

Fig.  2224  shows  the  earthquake  indicator  of  Count  Malva- 
ria,  of  Bologna,  Italy.  The  table  is  adjusted  level  by  the 
set  screws,  which  serve  as  feet.  Upon  it  is  a  circular  in- 
clined plane,  K,  surrounded  by  a  rim,  If,  and  carrying  in  its 
center  a  reversed  hemispherical  cup,  <?,  the  surface  of  which 
is  divided  into  eight  channels  which  are  placed  so  as  to  cor- 
respond with  the  eight  principal  points  of  the  compass.  The 

Fig.  2224. 


Malvaria's  Seismometer. 

summit  of  the  cup  is  provided  with  a  metallic  point  which 
enters  a  shallow  indentation  in  a  ball,  o.  The  ball  is  main- 
tained in  place  by  the  concave  lower  portion,  r,  of  a  weight, 
P,  resting  upon  it.  The  weight  is  sustained  by  the  chain  E, 
which  is  supported  by  the  standard  n  C,  and  adjusted  by 
the  screw  F. 

To  set  the  apparatus,  it  is  arranged  as  depicted  in  the  en- 
graving, the  weight  pressing  upon  the  ball  just  sufficiently 
to  hold  it  on  the  apex  of  <?.  The  instant,  however,  a  trem- 
bling of  the  earth  occurs,  the  ball  rolls  from  under  the 
weight,  down  a  channel  in  <?,  and  thence  to  the  inclined 
plane  K,  through  an  aperture,  L,  in  which  it  falls,  striking 
spring  mechanism,  and  so  firing  a  gun,  or  else  acting  upon  a 
clock  so  that  the  latter  is  caused  to  stop,  thus  registering  the 
exact  moment  of  the  shock. 

In  order  to  determine  the  direction  of  the  vibrations,  a 
fine  hole  is  made,  from  bottom  up,  in  the  weight  P.  In  this 
a  needle,  o,  is  placed  so  that  its  end  rests  upon  the  ball,  al- 
though its  body  is  then  pushed  up  into  the  weight  aperture. 
When  the  ball  falls,  the  needle  drops  also,  but  is  held  by  its 


enlarged  head,  so  that  it  cannot  escape  from  the  weight.  It 
rests,  however,  in  the  groove  on  the  cup  ff,  down  which 
the  ball  has  rolled  ;  and  as  this  groove  must  be  opposite  in 
direction  to  that  pointing  to  the  course  of  the  impulse  of 
the  soil,  the  true  bearing  of  the  vibration  is  at  once  deter- 
mined. 

The  instrument  is  said  to  possess  great  accuracy,  and, 
doubtless,  will  serve  important  ends  in  localities  subject  to 
earthquakes. 

Seis'mo-phone.  An  instrument  for  distin- 
guishing and  locating  subterranean  sounds,  such  as 
that  of  flowing  water,  subterranean  explosions,  etc. 

In  India,  a  business  is  carried  on  by  men  called  spring- 
seekers,  who  generally  succeed  in  designating  the  subterra- 
nean place  where  water  may  be  obtained  ;  they  lie  down  on 
the  ground  and  found  their  judgment  on  their  hearing-, 
which  becomes  extremely  acute  by  practice.  A  few  years 
ago,  on  the  occasion  of  an  earthquake  at  Bagneres-de-Bigorre, 
in  the  Pyrenees,  Mr.  Maxwell  Lyte  had  the  idea  of  placing 
on  the  ground  an  instrument  resembling  a  gigantic  stetho- 
scope, and  was  able  to  hear  the  crackings  of  the  terrestaial 
crust.  To  M.  De  Rossi  was  reserved  the  honor  of  raising 
those  empirical  attempts  to  the  height  of  a  science,  by  ap- 
plying the  microphone  to  the  exploration  of  the  soil  in  its 
hidden  depths.  The  learned  founder  of  the  "  Bullettino  del 
Vulcanismo  Italiano"  commenced  his  researches  in  his  Ob- 
servatory of  Bocca  di  Papa,  near  Rome,  and  was  very  soon 
able  to  distinguish  three  different  sounds  which  he  could 
connect  with  the  various  movements  of  his  seismatic  pendu- 
lums. He  was  able  afterward  to  confirm  his  results  in  ob- 
serving the  microphone  at  Vesuvius,  and  the  solfatara  at 
Pozzuoli,  where  the  movements  of  the  earth's  crust  are  very 
frequent.  Without  going  any  further  into  the  details  of  that 
memoir,  we  must  mention  the  fact  that  very  strong  subterra- 
nean explosions  were  heard  through  the  microphone  imme- 


o e  possy  o  us  precng  approaching  cataclysms. 
However  that  may  be,  the  savant  has  conferred  on  science 
a  new  means  of  study  which  ought  to  be  employed  at  all 
meteorological  observatories.  By  establishing  facts  which 
have  hitherto  escaped  us,  we  may  perhaps  succeed  in  ex- 
plaining the  causes,  still  so  mysterious,  of  earthquakes. 

Sel'e-iiite  Stage.  (Optics.)  A  film  of  sele- 
uite  mounted  between  two  pieces  of  glass  fitted 
into  a  brass  stage  and  laid  under  an  object  when 

Fig.  2225. 


Selenite  Stage. 

viewed  under  polarized  light  with  the  microscope ; 
according  to  the  thickness  of  the  film  the  resulting 
colors  are  either  blue  and  yellow,  or  red  and  green, 
or  any  intermediate  tints  with  their  complementa- 
ries. 

Se-le'ni-um  Eye.  A  name  given  by  Dr. 
C.  W.  Siemens  to  a  small  apparatus,  in  imitation 
of  the  natural  eye,  in  which  a  disk  formed  by  a 
drop  of  fluid  selenium  compressed  between  mica 
plates,  and  with  proper  electric  connections,  is 
made,  by  the  electro-sensitiveness  of  the  selenium 


SELENIUM   EYE. 


795 


SELF   OILING   BEARING. 


to  light,  to  operate  two  eyelids  when  exposed  to  a 
flash  of  Light,  imitating  spontaneous  blinking  of  the 
natural  eyelids. 

Paper  by  Siemens,  Royal  Institution  of  Great 
Britain,  meeting  in  February,  1876.  Eeport  in 
"Engineering,"  xxi.  161. 

Self-act'ing  Boil'er  Feed'er.  An  auto- 
matic device  in  connection  with  the  boiler  and  the 
feed-water  tank,  that  as  the  water  is  reduced  be- 
low a  given  level,  a  valve  at  the  exit  of  the  feed- 
pipe that  has  been  kept  shut  by  the  pressure  of 
the  water,  opens,  and  the  steam  finds  passage 
through  the  pipe  into  the  feed-water,  which  has  a 
lower  temperature.  It  will  then,  although  partly 
condensing,  press  upon  it  with  the  steam  pressure 
as  in  the  boiler,  and  the  water  is  forced  through 
the  feed-pipe  into  the  boiler  till  the  equilibrium  is 
again  regained. 

Self-act'ing  Lathe.  A  British  name  for  an 
automatic  lathe,  having  shaper-plates  to  govern  the 
cut  of  the  tool. 

Shaw  If  Co *  "Engineering,''  xxi.  406. 

Self  Bind'ers.  Reaping  machines  which  au- 
tomatically bind  the  grain  as  cut.  See  BINDERS 
and  REAPERS,  supra. 

To  show  to  what  immense  proportions  the  manufacture  of 
binders,  reapers,  and  mowers  has  grown  in  the  United  States, 
we  give  below  the  dimensions  of  the  establishments  of  one 
of  the  great  firms,  the  Champion  Machine  Shops  of  Spring- 
field, Ohio,  the  outgrowth,  we  might  say,  of  the  industry  of 
William  N.  Whitely,  whose  sole  stock  of  capital,  a  few  years 
since,  was  his  untiring  energy  and  wonderful  fertility  of  in- 
vention. 

The  six  establishments,  located  in  the  city  of  Spring- 
field, Ohio,  and  devoted  exclusively  to  the  production  of  the 
Champion  Harvesters,  constitute  one  of  the  largest  manufac- 
turing interests  in  the  world.  The  various  factories  com- 
prised the  following  grand  total  of  floor  space  on  January, 
1883 :  — 

SQUAltE  FEET. 

Champion  Machine  Co 317,450 

Whitely,  Fassler  &  Kelly 1,000,500 

Warder,  Bushnell  &  Glessner 485,170 

Champion  Malleable  Iron  Co 140,985 

Champion  Bar  and  Knife  Co 160,500 

Total .'  2,104,605 

Thus  the  combined  Champion  interest  occupies  a  grand 
aggregate  of  floor  space  in  the  manufacture  of  Champion 
Harvesting  Machines  of  2,104,605  square  feet,  equal  to  a  room 
42,092'  long  by  50'  wide,  or  a  building  50'  wide  by  about  8 
miles  long,  constituting  the  largest  industrial  shops  in  the 
world.  Aside  from  the  figures  given,  the  Champion  interest 
have  50  acres  of  ground  used  for  lumber  yards,  railway  sid- 
ings, and  sheds. 

The  following  exhibit  of  the  different  kinds  of  material  an- 
nually consumed  by  this  interest,  based  upon  the  consump- 
tion of  1882,  cannot  but  impress  the  reader  with  the  magni- 
tude of  the  business  done  by  the  manufacturers  of  the  Cham- 
pion Machines  :  — 

1'ii:  iron 22,000  tons. 

Steel 3,100  tons. 

\Vrought  iron 8,200  tons. 

Malleable  iron 6,550  tons. 

Lumber 9,000,000  feet. 

Painting  materials 221  tons. 

Coke 3,850  tons. 

Coal 32,600  tons. 

Molding  sand 6,810  tons. 

Grind  stones 1,150  tons. 

Rivets 212  tons. 

Screws 31,400  gross. 

Brass  spring  wire 33,000  Ibs. 

Paper  (apportioned  as  follows:)  ....     200  tons. 

Illustrated  Champion 95  tons. 

Books  and  pamphlets 75  tons. 

Circulars  and  blanks 20  tone. 

Stationery 10  tons. 


Self  Clos'ing  Fau'cet.  One  having  a  valve 
held  to  its  place  by  a  spring  to  guard  against  waste 
of  water  through  liability  of  being  left  open. 

The  Fuller-Meyer  faucet  shown  in  Fig.  2226  is  self  closing; 
and  caunot  be  forced  open  by  any  sudden  pressure  of  water, 
Fig.  2226. 


'Self  Closing  Faucet. 

such  as  may  be  experienced  where  the  llolley  and  similar 
systems  of  waterworks  exist.  Should  the  spring  become 
weak  or  broken  it  may  be  kept  closed  with  the  handle. 

Self  Dump'iiig  Coal  Tub.     Tubs   arranged 
to  dump  automatically  at  a  desired  point. 

Fig.  2227  shows  the  handles  pivoted  in   such  manner  that 
the  tubs  as  long  as  running  on  their  wheels  maintain  an  up- 


J5L- 


Fig.  2227. 


Self  Dumping  Coal  Tub. 


right  position,  but  when  the  end  of  the  track  is  reached  the 
weight  turns  them  on  the  tubs'  axes  and  dumps  them. 

Self  Lock'ing  Hook.  One  which  automati- 
cally closes  the  opening  over  against  the  point  of 
the  hook.  See  MOUSING  HOOK. 

Self-lock  hook,  Haines,  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  339. 

Self  Mous'ing  Hook.  A  hook  having  an  arm 
depending  from  its  top  part,  to  enter  a  hole  in  the 
upturned  end  of  the  hook  and  prevent  the  end 
spreading  under  heavy  strains. 

Self  Oil'ing  Bear'ing.  One  in  which  the  oil 
is  placed  in  a  receptacle  and  fed  automatically  to 
the  point  desired  in  quantity  desired. 

In  Lane  and  Bodleyrs  oiler,  an  oil  cell  is  formed  below  the 
matrix  of  the  shaft,  i'n  the  casting  from  the  bearing.  Com- 
municating with  this  oil  cell  are  drilled  a  number  of  small 
holes,  about  1-16  of  an  inch  diameter.  At  the  ends  of  the 
bearing  proper  there  are  the  usual  dripping  cells  communi- 
cating with  the  oil  cell  mentioned  for  the  return  of  the  oil 
after  it  has  passed  through  the  bearing.  The  oil,  when  the 
shaft  is  running  at  high  speed,  is  drawn  rapidly  up  through 
these  small  holes,  and  circulates  through  the  bearing  at  a 
rate  much  more  rapid  than  can  be  attained  with  fibrous  feed- 
ing wicks.  Its  adaptation  for  the  bearing  of  line  shafting 
has  been  very  fully  demonstrated. 


SELVAGE. 


706 


SERVICE   BOX. 


Sel'vage.  (Mining.)  A  thin  vein  of  earthy 
matter  between  the  vein  and  walls. 

Sem'a-trope.  An  adaptation  of  the  heliotrope. 
An  instrument  designed  for  army  signaling  pur- 
poses. The  object  is  obtained  by  reflecting  the  rays 
of  the  sun  in  any  given  direction. 

Sem'i-fixed.  Said  of  a  steam  engine  bolted 
to  an  iron  foundation  piece  on  which  it  may  be 
moved  intact.  Wheels  would  constitute  it  portable. 
Semi-portable  is  used  by  some  makers  in  the  same 
sense  as  semi-fixed. 

Sem'i-mul'ti-flue  Boil'er.  A  steam  boiler 
whose  outer  shell  and  internal  flue  are  cylindrical 
and  the  ends  flat ;  the  front  part  of  the  flue  is  ar- 
ranged with  a  fire-grate  like  the  Cornish  or  Lan- 
cashire boilers,  but,  unlike  these,  a  flue-plate  is 
fixed  in  the  flue  a  short  distance  behind  the  fur- 
nace, and  a  number  of  wrought-iron  or  brass  flues 
pass  from  this  to  the  back  of  the  boiler. 

Sem'i-mul-ti-tu'bu-lar  Boil'er.  A  term  ap- 
plied to  those  boilers  in  which  a  portion  of  the  cyl- 
indrical shell  is  occupied  by  flues.  It  is  a  pity  that 
the  proper  distinction  between  flues  and  tubes  is 
not  maintained  in  the  nomenclature ;  flues  are  for 
flame,  tubes  for  water.  See  SEMI-MULTIFLUE 
BOILEB. 

Sem'i-port'a-ble  Steam  En'gine.  One 
movable  on  its  foundation-plate ;  as  distinct  from 
the  portable,  which  is  on  wheels. 

Semi-portable  engine. 

Garret  t,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  426. 

Deakin,  Parker  If  Co., 

Br 

"  Eclipse  ''.... 
Garrett,  Br. 


Semi-portable  Steam  en- 
gine, Baxter  . 
Ro 


loberts 


'Engineer,"  xlvii.  248. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  214. 
'Engineering,''  xxvi.  470. 


'Engineering,"  xxiv.  49. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  342. 

Sem'i-ro'ta-ry  En'gine.  An  engine  between 
a  reciprocating  and  rotary  one.  The  piston  has  a 
forward,  then  an  up-and-down  and  backward  move- 
ment. It  is  a  very  compact  engine,  with  few  wear- 
ing parts,  and  is  governed  expansively. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  223. 
Higginson,  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  115. 

Sem'i-tu'bu-lar  Boil'er.  A  name  applied 
to  a  system  of  boilers  in  which  the  water,  first 
heated  in  a  cylindrical  shell  boiler,  passes  thence 
to  a  second  boiler  provided  with  flues ;  the  inten- 
tion being  that  the  water  shall  deposit  its  sulphates 
and  carbonates  in  the  first  boiler,  which  is  more 
readily  cleaned.  See  instance  in  "Engineer,"  *xlv. 
392. 

Sem-o-li'na.  A  grade  of  middlings  or  cracked 
wheat.  To  indicate  how  difficult  it  is  to  define  the 
grade,  it  may  be  said  that  Haggenmacher's  semo- 
lina purifier,  a  famous  machine  in  Austro-Hungary, 
at  one  operation  divides  the  meal  into  four  grades 
of  first-class  semolina,  four  of  second-class  semolina, 
and  two  sizes  of  offal.  See  cut  in  "American  Mil- 
ler" vi.  35. 

Semolina  separator    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xxxv.  405. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  327. 

Sen'si-tom'e-ter.  The  invention  of  M.  Wa- 
nerke.  A  species  of  actinometer  for  measuring  the 
relative  sensitiveness  of  films. 

It  consists  essentially  of  different  thicknesses  of  gela- 
tine impregnated  with  lampblack,  and  used  for  photographic 
purposes.  The  actinometer  proper  is  for  measuring  the  rela- 
tive actinic  powers  of  light.  See  ACTINOMETER,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
p.  11,  e.t  supra,  p.  4.  The  Photometer  is  for  measuring  the 
relative  luminous  powers  of  lights.  See  PHOTOMETER,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  pp.  1687,  1683,  et  infra. 

The  gelatine  films  of  various  thicknesses,' as  above  de- 
scribed, are  placed  in  little  squares  on  a  glass  plate.  On 
each  square  is  printed  a  number  corresponding  with  the 
thickness  of  the  gelatine,  and  consequently  when  two  sensi- 


tive  films  are  successively  exposed  behind  the  plate  for  a 
given  time  that  one  which  upon  development  shows  the 
highest  readable  number  is  the  more  sensitive. 

Sep'a-ra-ting  Disk.  (Dentistry.)  A  disk  of 
emery  journaled  in  the  yoke  of  a  handle  and  con- 
nected by  a  coil  wire  to  a  rotating  motor.  The 
disk  can,  during  its  rotation,  be  turned  at  any  an- 
gle required  in  cutting  a  space  between  teeth. 

Serge  Ar'mure.  (  Weaving.)  A  style  of  weav- 
ing made  on  a  three-harness  loom,  and  producing 
the  serge  tissue.  (See  ARMDRE.)  In  one  form  of 
French  worsted  goods,  for  instance,  the  warp  has  a 
serge  armure  of  2  and  1  and  the  weft  a  serge  ar- 
mure  of  1  and  2. 

Ser'pen-tine  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  One 
for  carving  parlor  frames,  lounge,  sofa,  and  chair 
backs,  and  other  crooked  work.  One  form  has 
right  and  left-handled  spindles  to  allow  of  turning 
with  the  grain  of  the  wood.  A  guide-piece  regu- 
lates the  depth  of  cut.  The  work  is  held  and  fed 
by  hand,  and  the  tables  are  adjustable  in  height. 
The  machine  runs  about  5,500  revolutions  per  min- 
ute. 

Serres-fines.  Ordinarily  electricity  is  applied 
to  the  surface  of  parts  only,  whether  these  be  ex- 
ternal or  internal.  In  some  more  uncommon  cases, 
however,  it  is  found  desirable  to  penetrate  the  sub- 
stance, and  pass  the  current  in  among  the  tissues  ; 
which  is  done  by  certain  fine  needles,  in  form  and 
size  somewhat  as  in  the  engravings  here  annexed. 
These  are  used  when  it  is  desired  to  produce  a  more 
speedy  effect  on  certain  chronic  swellings,  as  the 
goitre,  when  the  negative  pole  is  attached  to  the 
„  needle,  and  certain  changes  of  a 
Fig.  2228.  chemical  nature,  with  a  disintegra- 
tion of  tissue,  are  effected  ;  so  as  to 
cause  a  resolution,  and  more  rapid 
absorption,  of  the  gland  or  part. 
These  may  be  passed  in  singly,  or 
two  or  more  be  used  simultane- 
ously, as  in  acupuucture.  They  are 
made  of  platina,  or  steel  heavily 
gilt. 

Dr.    Garrigues-     improved 
serre-fine  is  a  form  for  use 
where  the  needle  cannot  be 
well    used.     The   chief   ob- 
jections urged  against  the  old 
form  of  serres-fines    in  the 
treatment  of  rupture  of   the 
perineum     had    been,    that 
they  slipped,  caused  intoler- 
able   pain,    did    not    catch 
sufficiently     deep,    cut 
through,    and    that     the 
wound  did    not  heal.      He 
Serres-fines.       thought    the    chief   reason     Ganigues' 
why   these    objections   had   Serres-fines. 
appeared  was  because  of  the  shape  which  the 
instruments  had  heretofore  had.     If  they  have  no'claws,  or 
too  short  legs,  they  will  slip.   They  give  pain  and  cut  through 
if  the  wire  is  too  strong,  and  the  edges  of  the  wound  do  not 
unite  if  the  legs  of  the  serres-fines  are  too  short. 

The  instruments  shown  have  legs  which  project  half  an 
inch,  and  are  armed  with  minute  claws,  the  spring  force  is 
so  small  that  they  can  be  attached  to  the  flesh  anywhere, 
and  be  worn  without  pain.  The  advantage  claimed  for  these 
serre-fines  in  the  treatment  of  ruptured  perineum  is,  that 
they  are  so  simple  that  it  is  not  necessary  even  to  tell  the  pa- 
tient that  they  are  applied. 

Ser'vice  Box.  In  the  pipes  used  in  the  Holly 
system  of  generating  steam  at  a  central  station, 
and  distributing  it  through  underground  mains 
over  the  city  for  heating  and  cooking  purposes. 

An  expansion  junction  service  box  is  placed  at  intervals  of 
100'  to  200'.  This  provides  for  the  free  longitudinal  expan- 
sion and  contraction  of  the  mains,  and  from  this  box  the 
service  pipes  are  carried  underground  to  the  basement  of 
buildings  to  be  heated.  The  service  pipes,  having  an  adjusta- 
ble hood  inside  the  junction  box,  may  be  turned  down- 
ward, thus  taking  up  the  water  of  condensation  as  fast  as  it 


SERVICE   BOX. 


797 


SEWER-GAS   CHECK. 


accumulates,  and  carrying  it  forward  to  the  regulator  valve 
inside  the  cellar  walls.  At  this  point  the  water  of  condensa- 
tion being  at  the  degree  of  heat  due  to  60  Ib.  pressure  to  the 
square  inch,  is  wire  drawn,  and  by  this  reduction  of  pres- 
sure it  is  largely  reconverted  into  steam,  and  is  carried  on  to 
the  radiators,  where  it  is  again  condensed.  By  this  device  it 
will  be  seen  that  although  50  Ib.  pressure  is  carried  in  the 
mains,  it  may  be  reduced  to  one  or  two  pounds  in  the  build- 
ing, and  therefore  in  a  house  two  or  three  miles  distant 
from  the  boiler  there  will  be  precisely  the  same  result  as  in 
a  building  only  a  few  feet  away.  The  consumer  living  near 
the  boiler  house  will  have  no  advantage  over  the  consumer 
living  a  mile  away,  since  each  will  ordinarily  carry  the  same 
house  pressure,  and  consequently  at  the  same  temperature. 
The  system  was  first  tried  with  a  three-mile  main  in  Lock- 
port,  N.  Y.,  in  1877,  but  has  since  been  introduced  into  a 
number  of  other  cities. 

Ser'vice  Clean'er.  (Gas.)  An  air  pnmp  on 
a  bell-shaped  receiver  fitted  with  a  cock  and  having 
attached  a  strong  caoutchouc  hose.  The  object  is 
to  free  service-pipes  of  obstructions  arising  from 
condensation  of  hoar  frost  or  otherwise.  The  mode 
of  using  is  to  use  the  pump  awhile,  then  open  the 
cock  quickly  and  allow  the  air  condensed  in  the 
receiver  to  suddenly  expand  into  the  pipe,  when  it 
drives  before  it  the  obstruction. 

Ser'vi-ette  Ma-gique'.  A  cloth  for  polish- 
ing metallic  ware.  A  piece  of  woolen  cloth  is  satu- 
rated with  soap  and  tripoli  and  colored  with  fuch- 
sine. 

Sixty  grains  of  Marseilles  soap  to  300  grains  of  water  and 
30  grains  of  tripoli.  Saturate  the  cloth  and  then  dry  it. 

Set.  (Leather.)  To  set 
a  side  of  leather,  it  is  spread 
upon  the  table  or  stone  when 
wet,  and  is  smoothed  out 
on  it  by  the  vigorous  use  of 
the  slicker,  and,  owing  to  its 
wet  condition,  the  air  is 
easily  excluded  from  under 
the  leather,  and  it  sticks  to 
the  table.  A  thin  layer  of 
oil  will  serve  the  same  pur- 
pose. 

Set  Line.  (Fishing.)  A 
line  laid  out  in  the  water  in 
contradistinction  to  a  hand- 
line.  See  TRAWL  LINE. 

Set  Screw.  One  to 
hold  some  adjustable  tool  or 
piece  of  machinery  in  place 
or  move  it  into  position. 

Fig.  2231. 


Setting  Die. 


Set  Screws. 

a.  Hexagon  nut. 
6.    Hexagon. headed    set 
screw. 

c.  Square-headed      set 
screw. 

d.  C  h  e  e  s  e-headed  set 
screw. 

e.  Countersunk  or  cone- 
headed  set  screw. 

/.  Turned  stud. 
g.  Joint  pin. 
h.  Oil  pin. 


conical  pointed   sheet  brass  grommets.     Fig.  2231 
shows  setting  die  for  oblong  grommets. 

Sew'er.  A  subterranean  channel  to  carry  off 
the  refuse  slops,  surface  waters,  and  other  waste 
liquids  and  excrement  in  cities. 

See  "Meek.  Diet.,"  2097,  2098,    and    article  "£gouts," 

*  tome  iv. ,  ed.  1877,  Laboulaye's  "  Diet,  des  Arts  et  Manuf." 
Prof.  Corfield's  "Sewerage  and  Sewage  Utilization,"  New 

York;  1875. 

Menzies,  Wm.    " Management  and  Utilization  of  Sewage.'1' 
Birch,  R.  W.  P.,  C.  E.     "  The  Disposal  of  Town  Sewage."1 

London,  1870. 

Corfield,  W.  H.,  M.  A.     "A  Digest  of  Facts  Relating  to 

the    Treatment  and   Utilization  of  Sewage."     Prepared  for 

the  Committee  of  the  British  Association.    London,  1871. 
Krepp,  F.  C.      "  The  Sewage  Question,''  being  a  general 

review  of  all   systems  and  methods  hitherto  employed  in. 

various  countries  for  draining  cities  and  utilizing  sewage, 

with  a  description  of  Liernur's  System,  etc.     London,  1867. 
Phillips.     "On  the.  Drainage  and  Sewerage  of  Towns.'1'1 

Sewers,  construction  of. 

Smith,  "  Iron  "     .     .      "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"1  xx.  390. 
Schirrmeister     .     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  82. 

Sewerage   works,   Croy- 
don,  Br *  "Engineer,'"  xlvi.  112. 

Sewerage  and  water  sup- 
ply devices,  Rawlinson, 
Br *  "Engineer,-'  xlix.  420. 

Sewerage  and  water  sup- 
ply, Rawlinson,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  1.  25,  32. 

Sewer  basin  and  stench- 
trap,  Dart  .  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  281. 

Sewer  gas  stopper. 

Wemple *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  40. 

Sewage  question.      -Ba-      "Van    'Nostrand's    Mag."    xvii. 
zalgette 106,  *  213,  *  289. 

Sewage  system,  pneu- 
matic, Shone,  Br.  .  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  51. 

Sewage  system  of  Paris. 

"Engineering  "  "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xix.  124. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2238. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1022. 


"Scientific  American  Sitp.,"  1251. 


"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  262. 


Set'ting  Die.     For  inserting  patent  rolled  rim 


Sewage  treatment  .     .     . 

Sewage,  treatment  of. 
Manchester,  Engl. 
Various  systems.    Ba- 
zalgette "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'-  xvi.  302. 

Sewage  works  for  small 
towns,  Baldwin  If  Co. 
Engl *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1192. 

Sewage  works  in  Ger- 
many, "Builder  "  .  . 

Sewage,  appa.  for  remov- 
ing suspended  matter 
from *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  456. 

Sewage  cleaning  appa. 

Parrot  $  Good,  Engl.   *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3872. 

Sewage  drying  apparatus. 
London *  "Engineering,"1  xxii.  427. 

Sewage  farm,  Bedford, 
Engl "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  197. 

Sewage  irrigation      .     .  *  "Scientific  Am.,"  xxxvi.  352,  367. 
"Scientific  American," xxxix. 200. 


Sewage  into  cement  . 

Sewage  process,  phos- 
phate, Br 

Sewage  pumping  engines 
Single  action  plunger, 
Twickenham,  Br.  .  . 

Sew'er  En'- 
trance.  A  piv- 
oted trap-door  fit- 
ting lightly  in  a 
box  to  prevent  the 
escape  of  gases 
and  afford  an  en- 
trance to  the  sew- 
er. 

Sew'er-g  a  B 
Check.  A  valve 
to  keep  reflux 
water  from  rising 
in  the  pipe. 

The  ball  B  sets  in 
the  bottom  of  the  U- 
shaped  bend  d,  and 
rises  with  the  out- 
ward flow  of  water, 
being  checked  by  the 
cowl  6.  When  the 


"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xvi.  34. 

*  "Engineering"  xxix.  22. 
Fig.  2232. 


Seu-er-gas  Check. 


SEWER-GAS   CHECK. 


798 


SEWING   MACHINE. 


nutward   flow    ceases,   the  ball  drops  into  its  seat,  fitting 
closely,  and  preventing  a  reflux  of  water  or  the  rising  of  gas. 
See  SEAL,  supra. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,-'  xxxviii.  243,  *  105. 
Basin  trap  *  "Meek.  Diet.,"  Figs.  238,  239,  p.  82,  supra. 

Sew'er  Trap. 

Fig.  2233  shows  a  swinging  trap  balanced  at  one  side  of 
the  sewer.  The  rear  end  is  recessed  into  the  wall,  and  heavy 
enough  to  hold  the  front  part  up  against  a  shoulder  provided. 

Fig.  22.'i3. 


Sew'ing    Ma-chine',    Dress    Pro-tect'or 

for.  Mrs.  E.  F.  Shaw's  dress  protector  for  sewing 
machines  is  a  shell-shaped  shield  before  the  crank 
and  pitman  connection  to  keep  oil  from  splashing 
upon  the  dress  of  the  operator. 

Sew'ing  Ma-chine'  Tread'le.  Wilbrie  & 
Osborn's  treadle  is  made  adjustable  on  the  arc  of  a 
circle  to  adapt  it  to  the  requirements  of  different 
operators. 

Sew'ing  Ma-chine'.  Sewing  machines  have 
arrived  at  that  degree  of  perfection  that  in  their 
various  kinds  they  do  about  every  kind  of  work 
that  can  be  done  with  a  needle.  They  are  deemed 
almost  an  indispensable  article  in  every  household. 
See  pp.  2098-2124,  "  Me.c/i.  Diet." 

Figs.  2235-2237  show  the  operating  devices  of  the  Wilson 
Oscillating  Shuttle 


Fig.  2235. 


Sewer  Trap. 

The  trap  has  a  concave  upper  face  to  retain  water  enough  to 
seal  the  outlet  from  the  upward  flow  of  gases  or  stench,  but 
yields  to  allow  surplus  water  to  flow  down. 


Sewer-gas  trap,  Bower 

Bedell 

Buhrer 

Campbell  .... 

Sewer  mold,  Burns    . 

Sewer  trap,  Bower    . 


Clement 
Madilock 
Bedell    . 
Jennings 
Hellyer 
Stewart 
Pitt  .     . 
Gorman 


"Engineer,-  xlv.  110. 
"Scientific  American,'1'  xxxv.  182. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  April  25,  p.  9. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  118. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  162. 
"Plumber  4°   Sanitary  Engineer," 
ii.  165,  445. 
Plumber  #  San.  Eng.,''  ii.  458. 

San.  Eng.,''  ii.  147. 

San.  En?.  "  ii.  458. 

San.  Eng. 


San.  Eng.  "  ii.  459. 
San.  Eng.  "  ii.  480. 
San.  Eng.  "  ii.  164. 
San.  Eng.  "  ii.  480. 

^  San.  Eng.  "  ii.  480. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2305. 
'Scientific  American,"  xli.  19. 
'Manuf.  If  Builder, ''  x.  92. 
"Manuf.  &  Builder,"  x.  65. 
"Manuf.  |  Builder,"'  x.  19. 
"Manuf.  X  Builder,"  x.  43. 
"Manuf.  y  Builder,''1  x.  77. 


Sewer  Shaft  Wagon. 


Sew'er  Shaft  Wag'on.  A  form  of  wagon 
for  hauling  and  lowering  into  the  ditch  a  section 
of  sewer  or  drain  tubing,  as  shown  in  Fig.  2234. 
The  axle  is  bent  so  as  to  swing  the  box  below  it, 
elevators  at  each  end  hoist  or  lower  the  box  sus- 
pended by  the  chains  at  will. 


Machine,  with  the 
shuttle  carrier  and 
shuttle.  An  eccen- 
tric on  the  driver 
revolves  the  feed 
shaft  through  the 
vertical  lever;  a 
secondary  lever, 
pivoted  to  the  ver- 
tical lever  midway 
of  its  length,  oper- 
ates the  rock  shaft 
which  oscillates  the 
shuttle ;  a  pin  on 
the  vertical  lever 
works  in  a  slide  to 
regulate  the  motion 
of  the  lever.  An 
automatic  cut-off 
in  the  wheel  pre- 
vents the  machine 
from  running  back- 
ward and  allows 
the  winding  of  the 
bobbin  with  the 
needle  standing 
still  in  the  work. 

Cole's  Universal 
Feed  Sewing  Ma- 
chine does  plain 
and  fancy  stitch- 
ing, braiding,  etc., 
stitching  in  any  di- 
rection at  the  will 
of  the  operator, 
allowing  him  to 
follow  the  most  in- 
tricate patterns. 

An    extra    large 

machine  of  the  Singer  type,  made  for  a  manufacturing  firm 
in  Liverpool,  and  designed  to  be  run  by  steam,  weighs  over 
four  tons,  and  is  in  some  respects  of  new  design,  uniting 
much  simplicity  of  construction  with  great  strength  of  parts. 
It   is  adapted  for   general    manufacturing  purposes  of  the 
heavier  sort,  although  specially  made  for  stitching  cotton 
belting,  an  article  which  is  just  now  taking  the  market  as  a 
cheap    and    serviceable 
substitute     for    gearing 
and  the  ordinary  leather 
belting. 

The  material  used  is 
of  great  strength  and 
toughness,  and  is  sewed 
together  in  plies  or  lay- 
ers up  to  an  inch  in 
thickness.  The  belting 
in  being  sewed  together 
is  passed  through  heavy 
feed  rollers  some  9"  in 
>\  /  /  — 5L_— r--  diameter,  and  more  than 

-—— 8'     in     length,     getting 

stretched  and  pressed  in 
the  process.  There  are 
two  needles  at  work 

with  shuttles,  and  the  shuttles  can  be  removed  from  the  bot- 
tom without  disturbing  the  overlying  plies  or  belting. 

The  rollers  between  which  the  work  passes  are  actuated  by 
reversible  worm  and  cam  motions,  and  the  machine  hag,  in 
addition  to  these  roller  feeds,  what  is  known  as  a  top-feed 
motion,  suitable  for  a  higher  class  of  work.  The  stitch,  as 
in  the  ordinary  sewing  machine,  can  be  adjusted  from  one- 
eighth  inch  upward,  and  the  pressure  of  the  rollers  on  the 
work  passing  through  the  machine  can  be  regulated  at  the 
will  of  the  operator. 


Wilson  Oscillating  Sewing  Machine. 


SEWING   MACHINE. 


799 


SHADE. 


Fig.  2236. 


Wi/son  Oscillating  Seieing  Machine. 

Pitt's  circular  feed  machine  is  adapted  to  sowing  elastics 
in  old  boots,  stitching  round  goloshes  and  down  the  fronts 
and  backs  of  boots,  and  other  repairs.  The  operator  has 
control  of  the  stitching  motion, and  can  change  the  direction 
without  stopping  the  machine. 
Ilist'y  of,  Centen.  Kept.  "Scientific  American,"  xx\vi.  3-0. 

Legal *  "  Technologists,"  xl.  70. 

A  consecutive  account  of  the  various  operations  in  mak- 
ing sewing  machines,  may  be  found  in  Fairfield's  "Report 
Vienna  Exposition."  vol.  iii. 

Fig.  2-87. 


Wilson  Oscillating  Sewing  Machine. 

G.  W.  Gregory's  Report  in  Group  XXII.,  vol.  vii.,  "  Cen- 
tennial Exhibition  Reports,"  gives  the  best  history  extant  of 
the  invention  of  the  sewing  machine  and  describes  the  fol- 
lowing :  — 

Howe .  United  States, 

Wheeler  Sf  Wilson  .     , United  States. 

Singer United  States. 

Weed United  States. 

Wilson United  States. 

"  Domestic  :'     ........  United  States. 

Graver  (f  Baker     ......     .  United  States. 

Remington United  States. 

St.  John   .     . United  States. 

"Victor" United  States. 

Whitney United  States. 

"  Florence  " United  States. 

"  Lyall  '' United  States. 

Cole United  States. 

"  American  Button  Hole,  etc.,  Co.''  United  States. 

Johnson,  Clark  Sf  Co United  States. 

Goodes United  States. 

Davis United  States. 

McLean  If  Ben  nor United  States. 

Wardwell United  States. 

De  Laney United  States. 


Wilcox  I)'  Gibbs United  States. 

Willis United  States. 

Walters United  States. 

Baker United  States. 

Pearson United  States. 

"  United  States  Sewing  Mach.  Co."  .  United  States. 

Eickemeyer United  States. 

Kimba.ll  if  Morion Scotland. 

Newton,  Wilson  Sf  Co.    .     .     .'    .     .  England. 

"C.  W.   Williitnis  Man  u  fact.  Co."    .  Canada. 

Lawler Canada. 

Wanzer Canada. 

"  Hus-qvarna  Arm  Mauufact.  Co.'1  .  Sweden. 

Hedland Sweden. 

Muller Germany. 

Pollard  Sf  Schmidt Germany. 

Wilkie  fy  Osborn Canada. 

St.  Amant Canada. 

Kiehle Germany. 

Htndrickson Denmark. 

Cornely France. 

Petit France. 

Turner Belgium. 

Factory,  Wheeler  If  Wil- 
son      *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  271. 

Motor,  electric,  Edison     "  Telegraphic  Journal"  vi.  113. 
Howe *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  145. 


Spring,  Austria 
Sewing  machine    . 

*  Howe. 

*  Wilcox  4-  Gibbs. 

*  Secor. 

*  Wilson. 

"  Little  Monitor  '' 
Overhead,  Lang 


*  "Engineer,''  xlvi.  83. 
.  *  Fairfield's    "  Vienna     Exposition 
Repl.,''  iii. 

*  Weed. 

*  Singer. 

*  Wheeler  if  Wilson. 

.  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  265. 
.  *  "Scientific    American.,''    xxxvii. 


Wilson *  "Scientific     American,''     xxxix. 

278. 

Wheeler  Sf  Wilson,  No.  6 *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  853. 
Treadle,  Van  Wyck  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  198. 
Weed *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  175. 

Sew'ing  Silk.     A  kind  of  silk  thread,  made 
two-cord  and  twisted  from  left  to  right. 

Sewing  silk, manufact.  of    " Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1958. 

Sgraf-fi'to.     See  GRAFITO. 

Shackle.   A  link  by  which  Fig-  2238. 

portions  of  objects,  or  lengths 
of  chain  are  connected.  Sev- 
eral types  are  shown  in  Fig. 
4888,  p.  2125,  "Mecli.  Diet." 

The  term  includes  also  hinged  or 
jointed  links,  open  rings,  many  forms 
of  loops,  lap  rings,  etc.  Fig.  2238 
shows  three  forms  of  shackle  or  link : 
a  is  a  "flat  link  ':  ;  b  b  is  a  link  in 
two  sections  to  be  laid  upon  each 
other  and  riveted  ;  c  is  a  link  closed 
by  a  side-piece  fitting  upon  studs. 
See  also  PLATFORM  SPRING. 


Shack'le  Flap.  A  man- 
hole cover  attached  to  the  plate 
by  a  shackle. 

'  Shack'le  Jack.  A  clamp 
to  compress  the  anti-rattling 
rubbers  while  inserting  in  the 
carriage  shackles. 

The  operation  of  the  jack  shown  in 
Fi^.  2239  is  as  follows  :  Place  recess 
A  on  the  back  of  axle  feed,  yoke  the 
fork  B  on  shaft  or  pole  eye,  turn  the 
bolt  C  until  the  shackle  bolts  can  be 
slipped  easily  through  the  clip  hele ; 
the  joint  D  accommodates  itself  to 
the  bolt  a. 

Shack'le  Joint.  A  joint  for  coupling  together 
the  drilling  rods  in  boring  a  well. 

Shade.  1.  (Glass.)  A  dome,  bell,  or  other 
shaped  glass  cover  for  protecting  clocks,  artificial 
flowers,  etc. 

They  are  made  in  a  similar  manner  to  the  blown  cylinder 
glass,  the  glass  being  kept  very  evenly  distributed  by  special 
care  and  reheating . 


Shackles. 


SHADE. 


800 


SHAFT  EXCAVATOR. 


Fig.  2289. 


Oval  cylinders 
are  blown  round 
and  then  passed  be- 
tween two  parallel 
pieces  of  wood  to 
flatten  them. 

Square  shades  are 
made  by  four  pieces 
of  wood  instead  of 
two. 

Round  cylinders 
may  be  cut  before 

Fig.  2240. 


Shackle  Jack. 


Eye  Shade. 


annealing,  but  other  forms  require  to  be  first  annealed. 

2.  A  screen  attachment  to  a  lamp  to  throw  the 
light  on  to  the  hook  or  work,  and  to  protect  the  eyes 
from  the  direct  rays. 

Fig.  2240  shows  a  form  of  hood  on  a  magnifying  glass  to 
protect  the  eye  from  the  upper  rays. 

Shaft.  (Mining.)  The  perpendicular,  well-like 
excavation  in  mines,  from  which  the  levels  are  run. 
Twenty  years  ago  the  deepest  mining  shafts  in  the  world 
reached  only  about  2,000'  below  the  surface.  The  very  deep- 
est, we  believe,  was  a  metalliferous  mine  in  Hanover,  which 
has  been  carried  down  to  a  depth  of  2,290'.  The  deepest  per- 
pendicular shaft  to-day  is  the  Adelbert  shaft  in  a  silver-lead 
mine  in  Prizibram,  in  Bohemia,  which  has  reached  a  depth 
of  3,280'.  The  attainment  of  that  depth  was  made  the  occa- 
sion of  a  three  days'  festival,  and  still  further  noticed  by 
striking  off  a  large  number  of  commemorative  silver  medals 
of  the  value  of  a  florin  each.  There  is  no  record  of  the  be- 
ginning of  work  on  this  mine,  although  its  written  history 
goes  back  to  1527.  Quite  recently  an  elegant  commemora- 
tive volume  has  been  written  and  printed,  which  is  most  in- 
teresting to  those  who  have  a  taste  for  either  the  actualities 
or  antiquities  of  mining  industry.  There  are  two  other  lo- 
calities, however,  where  a  greater  depth  has  been  reached 
than  at  the  Adelbert  shaft,  but  not  in  a  perpendicular  line. 
These  are :  1.  The  Rocksalt  bore-hole,  near  Sperenberg,  not 
far  from  Berlin,  which,  a  few  years  ago,  bad  been  bored  to  a 
depth  of  4,175'.  2.  The  coal  mine  of  Viviers  Remus,  in  Bel- 
gium, where  the  miners,  by  shaft-sinking,  together  with  bor- 
ing, have  reached  a  total  depth  of  3,542'.  Turning  from 
these  two  mines,  no  shaft,  in  unbroken  perpendicular  line, 
has  as  yet  exceeded  the  depth  of  3,280'.  Taking  each  singly, 
the  deepest  shafts  in  the  world  at  the  present  moment,  group 
themselves  according  to  the  following  order  :  — 

1.  The  already  mentioned  Adelbert  shaft,  3,280'  deep.     As 
the  top  of  this  shaft  is  1,732'  above  the  sea  level,  the  bottom 
is,  of  course,  1,548'  below  it. 

2.  Two  shafts  near  Gilly,  in  Belgium,  are  sunk  to  a  depth 
of  2,847'.   At  this  depth  they  were  both  connected  by  a  hori- 
zontal drift,  from  there  an  exploring  shaft  is  sunk  to  a  fur- 
ther depth  of  666', and  from  there  again  a  trial  hole,  49' in 
depth,  is  put  down,  so  that  the  total  depth  reached  is  3,542'. 
As  they  did  not,  in  the  bore  hole,  discover  the  sought-for 
coal  seam,  they  have  returned  to  the  shaft  at  the  2,847'  level. 

3.  The  Eimgkerts  shaft  of  the  Lugauer  coal  mining  com- 
pany, Rhenania,  Lugau,  in  the  kingdom  of  Saxony,  is  2,653' 
deep. 

4.  The  Sampson  shaft  of  the  Oberhartz  lead  and  silver 
mining  works,  near  St.  Andreasberg,  Hanover,  has  a  depth 
of  2,437',  and  is  at  present  the  deepest  shaft  of  Prussian 
mining. 

5.  The  winding  shaft   of  the  Rosebridge   colliery,   near 
Wigan,  Lancashire,  England,  has  a  depth  of  2,458'.     Coal  is 
drawn  from  the  "  hanging  on  "  at  the  2,418'  level ;  the  time 
of   the  cage  running  this  distance  being  55  seconds  ;   the 
winding  rope  has,  therefore,  an  average  speed  of  44'  per  sec- 
ond. 

6.  A  shaft  at  the  coal  mines  of  St.  Luke,  near  St.  Chau- 
mont,  in  the  Loire  department,  Prance,  reaches  2,253'. 

7.  The  shaft  of  the  Dunkirk  colliery,  near  Dunkinfield, 
Lancashire,  is  2,069'  deep,  but  the  mining  is  prosecuted  to  a 
further  depth  of  755'  by  shafts  from  the  lower  levels,  mak- 
ing a  total  depth  of  the  mine  of  2,824'. 

8.  The  deepest  shaft  of  the  collieries,  near  Ronchamp,  in 


France,  is  1,881'.  A  similar  depth  has  been  reached  by  the 
argentiferous  mine  near  Kongsberg,  in  Norway.  The  mines 
belonging  to  the  Roros  copper  works,  in  Norway,  have  worked 
to  the  depth  of  from  2,540  to  3,270'. 

The  deepest  bore-hole  in  the  world  is  the  artesian  spring 
at  Potsdam,  in  Missouri,  which  reaches  a  depth  of  5,500'. 

The  deepest  coal  shaft  in  the  United  States  is  the  mammoth 
vein,  Philadelphia  and  Reading  Coal  Co.,  Pottsville,  Pa. 
^  ""'•  deep. 


vein, 
1,355' 


(Machinery.)  Screw  propeller  shafts  are  some- 
times made  of  fluid-pressed  steel  and  forged  hollow, 
saving  some  50  or  60  per  cent,  in  weight. 

Shaft  Bolt.  See  Fig.  4710,  p.  2063.  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Shaft  Bor'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  See  SHAFT 
EXCAVATOR. 

Belgian *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  232. 

Kurd-C/iandsorif  Belgian  *  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  434. 

Shaft     Coupling.      (Vehicle.)       The   connec- 
tion formed  between  the  thills  and  the  clips  of  a 
buggy- 
Fig.  2241  shows  the  clip  with  a  straight  ear,  and  sup- 
Fig.  2241. 


Round  aola  SoIH 


Square  Hola'Boic 

Shaft  Coupling. 


Sh.Tt  Eye. 
FINISHED  WITH  WOOD. 


porting  lug  to  hold  up  the  shafts.     The  bolt  may  be  either 
round  or  square. 
Fig.  2942  shows  the  same  ear,  but  having  a  permanent  pin 


Shaft  Coupling. 

instead  of  the  bolt.  The  thill  eye  is  made  in  two  pieces, 
held  and  tightened  on  the  pivot  by  a  set  screw.  A  rubber 
packing  surrounds  the  pin  to  prevent  rattling. 

See  20  examples  of  machinery  shaft  coupling,  Fig.  4896, 
p.  2127,  "Mech.  J>ic«." 

12  examples  thill  coupling,  Figs.  6380,  6381,  pp.  2553,  2554, 
Ibid. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  19. 
Paper  on     .     .     .  *  "Boston  Journal  of  Commerce,''  xx.  171. 

Shaft  Ex'ca-va'tor.  A  system  of  apparatus 
designed  for  sinking  the  shafts  in  coal  mines. 

The  machines  are  of  colossal  size  and  form,  the  most 
prominent  feature  of  the  vicinity.  A  trepan  weighing  15 
tons,  is  made  of  forged  iron,  and  fitted  with  cutters  secured 
by  taper  keys,  so  as  to  make  a  cut  6'  long.  The  trepan  is 
raised  by  steam  power  to  a  height  of  3',  and  dropped.  It  is 
turned  at  each  elevation  so  that  a  circle  6'  in  diameter  is  cut. 
The  advance  in  soft  sandstone  is  said  to  be  3'  per  day.  The 
trepan  being  withdrawn,  a  massive  iron  bucket  is  fitted  into 
the  hole  to  remove  the  dtbris.  After  the  first  tool  has  pene- 
trated about  30',  a  second  trepan,  much  heavier  than  the 
first  and  having  a  central  guide  working  in  the  opening 
made  by  the  first,  is  used,  and,  in  the  stone  above  mentioned, 


SHAFT   EXCAVATOR. 


801 


SHAPER. 


it  progresses  at  the  rate  of  about  a  foot  per  day.  A  grapple 
for  recovering  broken  rods,  and  a  sweep  to  catch  the  sections 
of  lifting  bars,  are  also  used.  There  is,  besides,  a  grapple 
for  stones,  etc.,  which  is  an  ingeniously  constructed  pair 
of  double  lazy  tongs  arranged  so  that  the  arms  extend  to  the 
sides  of  the  hole  as  the  device  is  being  lowered,  and  scour 
the  bottom  as  it  is  being  lifted. 


pressed  uetween  me  nanges.  JLIIIS  Keeps  me  water  out  01 
the  bottom.  The  second  ring  is  convex  beneath  and  floats 
on  the  accumulated  water.  Then,  as  ring  after  ring  is 
added,  the  water  is  allowed  to  escape,  the  rings  sinking 
gradually.  Guides  prevent  the  casing  from  tilting  until  it 
is  secured  to  hard  impervious  strata,  when  the  shaft  is 
pumped  out  and  is  then  ready  for  use. 

Shaft-sinking,  Belgian  system  „     ,  "  Van  Nontrnnd's  Mag.," 

xxiii.  504. 

Shaft  Eye.  The  hole  in  the  end  of  a  thill  or 
recess  or  hole  in  other  shafting  through  which  the 
coupling  pin  or  key  passes. 

Shaft  Fur'nace.  (MetaUuryy.)  The  stiickdfen 
or  Wolfdfcn  of  Styria  was  considered  the  first  rep- 
resentative of  the  high  furnace,  and  the  progenitor 
of  the  modern  blast  furnace  for  cast  iron.  The 
iron  from  a  single  turn  of  the  furnace  was  taken 
away  in  a  mass  (stiick  or  icolf)  at  an  opening  made 
at  the  hearth,  and  weighed  from  1,000  to  1,400 
pounds.  Some  fluid  carburized  iron  ran  out,  and 
here  the  cast-iron  continuous  process,  doubtless,  had 
its  commencement,  or  suggestion.  Such  furnaces, 
shaped  like  two  cones  joined  at  their  bases,  and 
from  10'  to  16'  high,  were  common  in  Styria  in 
thi'  seventeenth  century.  In  1760  t\\e  flo&sdfen  was 
introduced;  it  was  25'  high,  and  produced  cast 
iron  by  continuous  process.  The  blanofen  succeeded 
it,  and  two  tapping  tools,  for  iron  and  slag  re- 
spectively. 

Shaft  Haiig'er.  A  swinging  or  stationary 
bracket  to  support  the  shaft. 

The  drop  hanger  in  Fig.  2240  is  adjustable,  vertically  and 
horizontally,  and  self-adjusting  to  any  angle,  the  box  work- 
ing in  a  socket,  and  is  self-lubricating.  The  post  hanger 
is  also  self-adjusting  to  any  angle,  and  is  adjustable  ver- 

Fig.  2243. 


Shaft  Hanger. 

tically  and  horizontally,  the  box  being  moved  to  or  from 
the  post  by  means  of  check  bolts,  without  disturbing  the 
plate  of  the  hanger,  which  is  bolted  to  the  post  or  timber. 
It  also  has  the  improved  lubricating  box,  and  both  hangers 
are  neat  and  ornamental  in  design. 

Shafting  cup    ....      "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxix.  100. 

Hanger *  "Mech.  Diet.,"1  p.  1059. 

*  "Mech.  Diet..''-  Figs. 4899,  4901  T> 

2129. 
Ball  and  Socket      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  61. 

Bancroft Thurston?  s  "•  Vienna  Kept.,''  ii.  215. 

Shafting  adjusting  line    *  "Scientific  American,"1  xxxvi.  24. 

51 


Shaft'ing  At-tach'ment.  An  adjunct  to  a 
lathe  used  especially  in  turning  shafting. 

It  consists  of  a  heavy  arch  piece  bolted  on  to  the  rest,  car- 
rying three  turning  tools,  two  on  the  front  and  one  on  the 
back  of  shaft,  and  having  a  hole  bored  out  in  the  upper  part 

Fig.  2244. 


Shafting  Attachment. 

of  arch  to  receive  bushes  for  steadying  the  shaft  while  turn- 
ing, or  to  hold  fluted  rings  for  finishing  the  shaft.  The  first 
tool  on  the  front  takes  off  the  first  chip,  and  the  tool  on  the 
back  turns  the  shaft  to  its  proper  size.  After  it  passes 
through  the  busli  the  water  polishing  tool  finishes  the  shaft, 
leaving  it  perfectly  round  and  smooth.  Each  tool  is  adjusted 
by  a  separate  screw  operating  the  tool  block  that  carries  it. 
(See  Fig.  2244.) 

Shaft'ing  Lu^bri-ca'tor.  A  device  for  supply- 
ing oil  to  a  bearing  in  which  a  shaft  rotates. 

See  LUBRICATOR,  OILER,  SELF-OILING  BEAR- 
ING, supra. 

Shaft  Rub'ber.  An  anti-rattler.  One  form 
is  a  rubber  block  with  a  concave  face  to  fit  round 
the  end  of  the  shaft,  and  hold  it  in  place.  See  Fig. 
4889,  p.  2125,  "Mcch.  Diet.,"  and  SHACKLE  JACK. 

Shaft  Straight'en-er.  Straightening  device 
or  bender  for  shafting,  axles,  tubes,  rails,  etc. 

The  accompanying  cut,  Fig.  2246,  represents  a  wrought 
iron  frame  bound  by  the  bands  <?.  These  are  held  together 
by  the  links  B  when  the  machine  is  being  operated,  and  are 
thrown  back,  as  shown  at  B',  when  the  work  is  to  be  in- 

Fig.  2245. 


Shaft  Straightener. 

serted  or  taken  out.  The  shaft  H  to  be  straightened  rests 
against  the  two  movable  dogs  c,  and  the  dog  D  is  brought  to 
bear  upon  the  middle  and  opposite  side,  then  by  turning  the 
screw  E  by  means  of  the  lever  A,  the  shaft  H  may  be  crooked 
to  any  extent. 

Shaft  Tip.  The  ferrule  at  the  end  of  a  car- 
riage shaft. 

Sha-green'.  Hard,  colored,  metallic  spots 
found  on  the  surface  of  iron  castings  ;  probably 
produced  from  the  pellets  or  small  spherules  found 
in  cavities  in  pig  iron.  The  analysis  of  the  pellets 
and  shagreen  is  similar,  showing  abundant  phos- 
phorus and  carbon,  and  diminished  silicon  and 
graphite. 

Shank  Spring.  A  spring  steel  piece  to  unite 
the  sole  and  heel  of  a  boot,  giving  an  elastic  sup- 
port to  the  arch. 

Sha'per.     A  combined  lathe  and  planer. 

Fig. 2246  shows  Hill,  Clark  &  Co.'s  shaper  with  a  12" 


SHAPER. 


802 


SHAPING   MACHINE. 


Fig.  2246. 


Shaper. 

stroke,  22"  cross  traverse  of  table,  Whitworth  quick  return, 
and  rotary  planing  attachment  with  self  feed. 

Fig.  2247. 


Manville   .    .    , 

Pratt  #  Whitney 
Kharpe,     Mtwart 

Co.,  Br.      .     . 
Cottier  £  Co.,  Br. 


"  Scientific  Ainer."  xxxviii.  358. 
"Manvf.  Sf  BuiMer,'1'  viii.  30. 
Tkurstori s  "  Vienna  Kept.,"1  ii.  22L 


"Engineering,'1'1  xxvii.  444. 
"Engineering,''  xxiii.  314. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1185. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  248. 
*  "Iron  Aiff,'-  xx.,  Sept.  20,  p.  1. 


a  stretche 


Hat  Shaping  Machine. 


Mac  Cord 

Ferris  $  Miles    .     .     . 
And  molding  machine 
(wood),  Richards     .  *  "Engineering,'"  xxiii.  489. 

Sha'per  Plate.  A  pattern  plate  in  a  lathe, 
for  instance,  which  governs  the  cut  of  the  tool. 

Such  are  found  in  gun-stock,  last,  and  baluster 
lathes,  etc. 

Sha'per  Vise.  One  adapted  to  hold  work  to  a 
planer,  at  any  horizontal  angle. 

In  Newell 's  design  the  vise  turns  on  a  graduated  base,  so 
the  work  may  be  adjusted  at  any  horizontal  angle.  One  of 
the  jaws  is  V-shaped  for  holding  circular  pieces,  and  swivels 
to  present  either  that  or  the  straight  face.  The  actuating 
screw  is  protected  from  chips  and  dirt  and  the  jaws  are  faced 
with  hardened  steel. 

Sha'ping  Ma-chine'.  To  complete  the  oper- 
ation of  blocking  fur  huts,  after  the  tips  and  brims 
have  been  stretched  on  special  and  separate  ma- 
chines, a  finishing  blocking  machine  is  employed. 

This  is  represented  in  Fig.  2247,  the  invention  of  I?.  Eickc- 
meyer. 

To  block  a  fur  hat  it  is  necessary  to  bring  it  much  nearer 
to  the  size  and  shape  of  the  finished  hat  than  is  necessary  in 
the  case  of  a  wool  hat,  which  is  more  elastic  and  can  be  more 
readily  shaped  when  put  on  the  finishing  block,  and  it  is 
therefore  necessary  to  use  blocks  and  rings  of  the  right  oval 
to  shape  fur  hats. 

Many  attempts  were  made  to  construct  machines  to  block 
or  shape  fur  hats  without  previous  stretching,  but  all  of 
these  attempts  proved  failures  because  it  i.<  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  overstretch  a  hat  to  make  it  retain  its  shape  when 
worn.  Some  of  these  machines,  although  of  no  use  without 
itained  valuable  improvements.  The  first  im- 
portant change  was  the 
substitution  of  tongs  to 
clamp  the  hat  brim  in 
combination  with  the 
banding  ring  and  block, 
in  place  of  the  clamping 
plates,  banding  ring,  and 
block  in  the  wool  hat 
blocking  machine,  and 
this  improvement  was 
patented  February  26, 
1867,  by  Joseph  I)e  la 
Mar,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y. 
W.  H.  Behrcns  and  Ja- 
cob Surerus,  of  Newark, 
N.  J.,  patented,  May  3, 
1870,  a  machine  in  which 
an  out-stretching  mo- 
tion was  given  to  the 
brim  tongs,  thus  adding 
another  desirable  feature 
to  the  machine.  All  the 
improvements  of  former 
machines  are  embodied 
in  the  present  machine 
and  such  others  added  as 
were  suggested  by  the  ex- 
perience in  its  use  for  a 
number  of  years.  The  hat 
block,  which  is  com  posed 
of  48  pieces,  and  can 
expand  from  6"  to  8" 
average  diameter,  is  in 
this  manner  adjustable 
for  all  the  usual  sizes  of 
hats.  36  tongs  grip  the 
edge  of  the  brim,  taking 
hold  about  3-8  of  an  inch 
of  the  hat  body.  The 
tongs  being  movable  to 
and  from  the  center  of 
the  hat  block  are  ar- 
ranged  equidistant 
around  the  oval  banding 
ring  and  the  brim  is  thus 
drawn  out,  of  equal 
width  all  around.  The 
height  of  the  block  can 
be  varied  between  2J" 


SHAPING   MACHINE. 


803 


SHEARING  MACHINE. 


mid  1",  while  the  brim  tongs  have  a  range  of  from  2"  to  5J" 
of  the  width  of  brim. 

To  shape  a  hat,  or  more  properly  to  develop  the  band,  the 
hat  body,  the  tip  and  brim  being  previously  stretched,  is  well 
soaked  in  hot  water  and  is  then  put  on  the  block.  The  latter 
has  been  previously  contracted  to  its  smallest  diameter  and 
the  tongs  are  resting  close  to  the  block.  The  operator  now 
puts  his  foot  on  the  treadle  and  spreads  the  tongs  until  the 
brim  slips  off  the  loose  jaws  and  rests  upon  the  lower  jaws, 
when  he  allows  the  tongs  to  close  up  to  the  edge  of  the  brim. 
The  loose  tongs  are  now  closed  upon  the  edge  by  a  turn  of 
the  short  hand  lever  on  the  left  side  of  the  machine.  The 
hand  lover  to  which  the  banding  ring  is  attached  is  thrown 
over  the  block  and  fastened  by  the  hook  in  front  of  the  ma- 
chine. 

The  hat  brim  is  now  firmly  held  by  the  tongs,  the  operator 
raises  the  block  by  the  outer  hand  lever,  and,  while  depress- 
ing the  treadle  by  his  foot,  spreads  out  the  block  to  the  de- 
sired size.  The  hat  is  then  cooled  and  taken  off,  and  the 
operation  repeated  on  the  next  hat. 

Four  to  six  dozen  can  be  readily  blocked  per  hour  by  a 
good  operator,  and,  as  all  the  adjustments,  —  namely,  the 
the  size  of  band,  height  and  diameter  of  crown,  and  width 
of  brim,  — are  made  by  gages  attached  to  the  different  levers, 
the  operator  can  set  each  part  in  a  few  moments. 

All  sizes  of  hats  from  the  largest  to  the  smallest  can,  be 
blocked  on  the  same  machine. 


Share. 


Fig.  2248. 


European  Ploii'   Shares. 


A.  Square  work. 
Labour  rtctangtdaire. 

B.  Crested  work. 
Labour  trapezoidal. 

C.  Stony  land. 
Terres  pierreuses. 

I).   Deep  land. 

Labour  profond. 
E.   Wide  work. 

Large  labour. 


F.   Paring. 

Dichaumer. 
Cf.    Setting-out. 

Tragage. 
H.   Ridging. 

Billonnage\ 
I.    Subsoiliug. 

Sous-sol. 
J.    Skim  colter. 

Couteau. 


Shares  Har'row.  One  having  shares  instead 
of  the  ordinary  teeth. 

Shar'py.  (Fishing.)  Local.  A  long,  sharp, 
flat-bottomed  sail-boat. 

Shav'ing.  (Leather.)  In  this  operation  the 
currier's  knife  is  driven  from  the  top  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  beam,  thus  taking  off  shaving  after 
shaving,  removing  all  the  inequalities  left  after 
skiving,  and  making  the  leather  of  uniform  thick- 
ness, also  leaving  a  beautiful  smooth  face  on  the 
flesh  side.  This  operation  is  sometimes  called  flat- 
tening. The  shaving  or  flattening  is  done  almost  at 
right  angles  to  the  skiving. 

Shav'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Stereotyping.)  Hand- 
machine  for  shaving  stereotype  plates,  Fig.  5795, 
\>.  2379,  "Meek.  Diet."  Power  machines  for  the 
same  purpose,  p.  125,  *  R.  Hoe  &  Co.'s  catalogue, 
edition  1881. 

For  shaving  hats,  in  the  finishing  process.  See 
POUNCING  MACHINE,  supra. 

Sheaf  Bind'er.  A  hand  implement  for  bind- 
ing the  sheaf  with  cord. 

Fig.  2249  shows  a  French  hand-binder.  The  string  is 
strained  around  the  sheaf  by  means  of  the  stick.  The  band 
is  composed  of  two  cords  knotted  together,  forming  loops. 
The  point  of  the  tool  is  introduced  through  a  loop  at  or  near 
one  end,  and  is  thrust  as  far  as  the  handle  permits.  The  band 
being  placed  around  the  sheaf,  ^the  point  of  the  tool  is  thrust 
through  such  one  of  the  other  loops  as  will  give  the  tight- 


ness to  the  band,  and  the  handle  end  of  the  tool  is  then  car- 
ried over,  describing  an  arc  upon  the  point  which  is  in  the 
sheaf  :  the  loop  slips  down  from  the  handle  to  the  point  end, 

Fig.  2249. 


Sheaf  Binder. 

and  the  loop  caught  in  the  notch  is  then  drawn  through 
the  loop  on  the  stick,  and  the  latter  is  withdrawn,  allowing 
the  knot  drawn  through  to  catch  in  the  loop,  where  it  is  held 
by  the  expansion  of  the  sheaf.  The  cords  are  5'  long. 

At  the  Paris  Exposition  were  shown  various  attempts  to 
obviate  the  use  of  the  bunch  of  straw  taken  from  the  sheaf 
to  form  a  band.  One  man  proposes  to  use  the  bark  peeled 
from  osiers,  two  or  three  twisted  together ;  these  are  sold 
very  cheap.  Another  has  cheap  hempen  strings  cut  to 
length  and  sold  in  bundles  of  one  thousand  each. 

It  is  estimated  that  the  annual  crop  of  France  is  about 
4,000,000,000  sheaves  of  grain,  and  that  50  straw  bands  con- 
tain one  franc's  worth  of  grain,  the  whole  representing 
80,000,000  fr.,  most  of  which  is  lost  by  shelling  out  on  to 
the  ground  or  mildewing  under  the  band.  Add  to  this  the 
loss  of  time  in  making  and  applying,  and  the  injury  to  the 
grain  in  the  size  of  the  band,  which  causes  dampness  to  the 
sheaf.  The  figures  seem  formidable,  and  the  automalique 
band  is  presented  to  solve  the  difficulty.  The  estimate  is 
French,  and  in  the  interest  of  the  hempen-baud  sellers  ;  it  is 
probably  somewhat  exaggerated. 

Fig.  2250  shows  a  grain-band  having  a  string  attached  to 
a  block,  and  after  passing  around  the  sheaf  rove  through  a 
ring.  The  mode  of  using 

it  is  evident  from  the  en-  Fig.  2250. 

graving;  the  wooden 
block  being  held  in  one 
hand,  one  knee  of  the 
operator  is  placed  upon 
the  sheaf  to  compress  it, 
while  the  other  hand 
draws  the  cord  through 
the  ring.  The  expansion 
of  the  sheaf  pinches  the 
cord  between  the  ring  and 
the  block,  and  makes  a 
perfectly  tight  fastening. 
The  cord  and  block  are  treated  with  tar,  and  are  smoked  to 
render  them  indestructible  by  humidity  and  noxious  to  in- 
sects, rats,  and  lizards. 

See  BINDING  REAPER  and  SHELF  BINDER,  supra,  and  REAPER, 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  pp.  1889-1898. 

Sheaf  hand  cutter,  Wood  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  182. 
Sheaf  binder,  Burgess,  Br.*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  28. 

Lamlelle,  Engl.       .    ..  *  "Scientific  Amer., "  xxxix.  146. 

Toulousain,  Fr.      .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  179. 

Wood *  "Engineering,'1''  xxv.  182. 

*  "Engineering,''''  xxi.  68. 
See  also  BINDING  REAPER. 

Shear'ing  Ma-chine'. 

by  power. 

Shears *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  132. 

Hydraulic  Shears,  Tou- 
lon Arsenal     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  208. 
Tweddell,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  98. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  352. 

Cardboard,  Figs.  539-541,  p.  166,  supra. 

Sheep.     See  Figs.  4942,  4946-4951,  p.  2140,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Sheaf  Binder. 


Apparatus  for  cutting 


SHEARING   MACHINE. 


804 


SHELL. 


Surgical.  See  SCISSORS,  Figs.  4671, 4672,  p.  2054,  "Mech. 
Diet.,''1  ft  supra. 

See  also  BAR  SHEAR. 

PLATE  SHEARING  MACHINE,  Fig.  1962,  p.  691,  supra. 

PUNCH  AND  SHEAR. 
Shearing  machine  bar. 

Collier *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  467. 

Heavy,  Collier,  Br.      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  477. 

Plate,  Sellers      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  259. 
Shearing  &  punching  ma- 
chine, hydr.,  Twetldett  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  270. 

Double,  Wagner     .     .  *  "Sc.  American,"  xxxviii.  163. 
Shearing,  punching  and 

straightening  machine. 

Wagner,  Ger.      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  489. 

Shears.  (Glass.)  The  scissors  of  the  glass- 
blower  to  remove  superfluous  parts  of  the  viscous 
glass  under  treatment,  such  as  cutting  of  the  irreg- 
ular margin  of  the  mouth  of  the  goblet,  etc. 

Shears,  Scis'sors,  etc.  See  under  the  fol- 
lowing heads  :  — 


Bent  trimmer. 
Candy  shears. 
Cartilage  scissors. 
Clippers. 
Cutting  nippers. 
Flower  gatherer. 
Fluter. 

Fluting  scissors. 
Horse  clipper. 
Lateral  scissors. 
Pruning  shears. 
Revolving  scissors. 

Shears,  Double,  Laws   .  *  " 
Iron,  Cleveland  Hard- 
ware Co *  " 

Power,  Pratt  If  Whitney  *  " 

Pratt *  ' 

Stiles    .     ...     .     .     .  * ' 

For  brass,  Hydraulic. 
Tweddell,  Br.      .     .  *  ' 


Sardine  shears. 

Scissors. 

Seizing  scissors. 

Shearer. 

Snap. 

Surgical  scissors. 

Tenaculum  scissors. 

Tinner's  snips. 

Trimmer. 

Vine  shear. 

Vivifying  scissors. 

Sc.  American,'1''  xxxviii.  134. 

Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  25. 
Manufaet.  4°  Builder,"  xii.  16. 
Am.  Man.,"  August,  1879,  p.  16. 
Iron  Age,'-  xxiii.,  Jan.  16,  p.  5. 

Engineering,"1  xxvii.  67. 


Sheath  Knife.  The  fisherman's  knife,  worn 
in  a  sheath. 

Sheer  Boom.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.)  The 
word  is  taken  from  the  sheer-boom  for  logs,  used 
by  lumbermen,  p.  2141,  "Mech.  Diet." 

A  floating  structure  moored  aslant  in  a  stream  to  direct 
the  current  in  a  given  direction  to  prevent  erosion  on  a  cer- 
tain shore,  for  instance.  Such  a  boom  750'  in  length  and 
furnished  with  44  rudders,  20'  long  and  16'  apart,  is  operated 
by  wire  ropes  and  crabs  near  Rock  Island,  111.  See  "Report 
of  Chief  of  Engineers,  U.  S.  Army,"  1878,  *  ii.  710. 

Anderson's  booms  are  designed  for  gathering  and  storing 
away  in  an  inclosure  logs  floating  down  with  the  current  of 
a  river  ;  and  the  nature  of  the  invention  consists  in  combin- 
ing, with  a  sheer-boom  adapted  to  float  upon  the  surface  of 
the  water,  and  to  be  pivoted  to  a  pier-head,  a  number  of  hor- 
izontally-vibrating fins  or  blades  pivoted  to  the  said  boom, 
whereby  they  are  adapted  to  be  vibrated  outward  for  the  pur- 
pose of  utilizing  the  force  of  the  current  for  placing  the 
sheer-boom  in  position  for  work,  or  inward  toward  the  ssiid 
boom,  for  the  purpose  of  causing  it  to  swing  down  stream 
out  of  the  way  when  not  in  use,  or  to  allow  the  passage  of 
eteamers  or  other  vessels  in  navigable  rivers. 

Sheer  Pole.  One  of  the  spars  of  a  sheer,  or  a 
single  one  with  guys  and  used  as  a  substitute  for 
regular  sheers. 

Sheet  Cal'en-der.  A  machine  for  pressing 
paper,  rubber,  etc.,  into  sheets  and  giving  it  sur- 
face. See  CALENDERING  MACHINE,  supra. 

Sheet  De-liv'e-ry.  Delivering  the  printed 
sheet  from  the  form  to  the  fly. 

CottrelPs  air  sheet  delivery  floats  the  freshly  printed  sheet 
down  the  gages,  without  the  use  of  tapes,  to  avoid  the  blur- 
ring or  smutting  sometimes  produced  by  these. 

Two  pipes  leading  from  the  hollow  piston  of  the  air- 
plunger,  one  conveys  the  air  to  the  governor,  and  the  other  to 
an  air  receiving  cylinder  located  under  the  track.  The  air  in 
this  receiving-cylinder  is  permanently  kept  at  the  highest 
pressure,  which  is  attained  by  a  check  valve  in  the  pipe  lead- 
ing to  it.  From  the  air  cylinder  is  an  upright  pipe  connect- 
ing with  the  perforated  tubes.  In  the  upright  pipe  is  a  trip- 
valve,  operated  by  a  cam,  which  opens  the  valve  at  the  pre- 
cise instant  the  sheet  comes  over  the  wheels,  inducing  a  puff 
of  air  sufficient  to  carry  it  down  to  the  gages  on  the  fly,  and 
without  touching  the  fingers. 


The  exact  amount  of  air  required  to  float  the  sheet  can  be 
regulated  instantaneously  by  the  pressman,  so  that  the 
printed  sheet  is  always  under  perfect  control. 

The  Adams  press  uses  a  bellows  for  same  purpose. 

Sheet-i'ron  Work. 

See  Blimps  "Practical  Workshop  Companion  for  Tin, 
Sheet-iron,  and  Copper-plate  Workers.'' 

Perkins  Sf  Stowe's  "A  New  Guide  to  the  Sheet-iron  and 
Boiler  Plate  Roller." 

Sheet  iron,  thin     . 
Russian    .     .     . 


"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxvxiv.  356. 
"Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  199. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2449. 
"Iron  Age,"'  xvii.,  Jan.  20,  p.  1. 


Sheet  Lead.  Lead  made  in  sheets  by  ham- 
mering or  casting. 

The  making  of  sheet  lead  for  the  lining  of  tea  chests,  etc., 
is  a  somewhat  important  industry  of  Hong  Kong.  It  is  made 
principally  in  sundry  establishments  to  the  westward.  On 
entering  one,  workmen  will  be  seen  with  shears  busily  em- 
ployed iu  cutting  out  the  sheets  of  lead  into  the  required  sizes 
and  shapes.  The  shears  are  simply  a  large  pair  of  scissors, 
firmly  fixed  to  a  solid  block  of  wood  some  2'  in  height.  The 
lower  blade  of  the  shears  terminates  in  a  square  piece  of  iron 
instead  of  being  pointed,  as  is  the  upper  blade.  The  sheets 
of  lead  will  also  be  observed  to  be  of  small  size  and  some- 
what irregular  in  shape,  and  this  arises  from  the  method  of 
manufacture,  as  will  subsequently  be  seen.  Going  further 
into  the  shop  will  be  seen  an  iron  pan  raised  12"  or  so  above 
the  ground  and  carefully  finished  off.  Beneath  this  iron  pan 
is  a  furnace,  and  at  the  side  of  the  pan  next  the  wall  is  the 
flue  communicating  with  it.  in  this  pan  the  lead  is  melted, 
and  when  judged  to  be  hot  enough,  the  workman  takes  two 
of  the  large  square  paving  tiles,  which  may  be  seen  almost 
anywhere  in  the  colony,  and  these  are  then  smoothly  and 
carefully  covered  with  several  layers  of  unsized  paper. 
Having  placed  these  two  tiles  before  him,  one  above  the 
other,  the  workman  raises  the  upper  tile  with  his  left  hand, 
and,  taking  a  ladle  of  the  proper  size  in  his  right,  he  dips  it 
in  the  melted  lead  and  then  pours  its  contents  on  to  the 
lower  tile.  He  then  drops  the  upper  tile  and  quickly  presses 
the  lead  out  into  the  form  of  a  sheet.  The  paper  being  a  bad 
conductor  of  heat,  the  lead  does  not  solidify  immediately  it 
leaves  the  ladle,  and,  as  by  long  practice  the  workman  always 
ladles  out  exactly  the  same  quantity  of  lead,  the  sheets 
made  vary  but  little  either  in  size  or  thickness. 

"Scientific  American,'1'  xlii.  341. 

Sheet  lead  &  pipe  man.    *  "-Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  30. 
Sheet  lead  rolling  mill  .      "Manufaet.  $  Builder,"  ix.  172. 

Sheet  Point'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
preparing  printing  sheets  for  cutting.  The  needles 
which  project  above  the  surface  of  the  table  are  ad- 
justable to  suit  the  perforations  made  by  points  in 
process  of  printing.  When  a  sufficient  number  of 
sheets  are  placed  the  points  are  drawn  down,  leav- 
ing the  paper  accurately  piled  and  ready  for  the 
cutting  machine. 

Page  160,  *R.  Hoe  &  Co.'s  Catalogue,  ed.  1881. 

Sheet  Trav'el-er.  (Nautical.)  A  grommet 
punched  from  sheet  metal,  adapted  to  slide  on  a 
spar,  rope,  bowsprit,  etc. 

Fig.  2251 


Sheet  Traveler. 

Shelf  piece.  (Nautical.)  A  strake  of  plank 
running  internally  in  a  line  with  the  decks  to  re- 
ceive the  ends  of  the  beams. 

Shell.  1.  (Nautical.)  The  body  of  a  tackle- 
block.  The  groove  outside  is  the  score.  The  space 
occupied  by  the  shears  is  the  swallow. 


SHELL. 


805 


SHOE  BOLT. 


2.  A  metallic  or  paper  cylinder,  inclosing  a  cart- 
ridge. 

Shell  truck  .     .     ,     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'"  514. 

3.  A  Russian  tool  for  turning  insides  of  hollow 
projectiles.    Fig.    26   accompanying  Appendix   I., 
"  Ordnance  R»port,"  1877,  and  page  528. 

Shell  Piece.  (Spectacles.)  One  of  the  shields 
of  tortoise-shell  or  horn,  used  with  spring  eye-glasses 
which  clasp  the  nose. 

Shell  Re-du'cer.  A  device  for  reducing  or 
ox; landing  a  cartridge  shell. 

The  instrument  is  held  in  the  right  hand,  open  far  enough 
t(.  allow  the  shell  to  be  entered  sideways  into  its  seat,  catch- 
ing the  flange  under  a  hook  in  a  top  piece  and  entering  the 
open  end  of  the  shell  into  a  die.  The  handles  are  then 
pressed  together  to  reduce  the  shell  at  the  mouth.  By  open- 
ing the  handles  the  shell  will  be  withdrawn  from  the  die  ; 
and  as  it  then  may  be  a  little  too  small  it  can  be  brought  to 
the  exact  size  of  the  bullet  by  the  repetition  of  the  same 
process,  using  a  plug  instead  of  the  die. 

Shift'ing  Lo-co-mo'tive.  A  yard  locomotive. 
See  SWITCHING  LOCOMOTIVE. 

Shin'gle  Ma-chine'.  Burt's  12-Block  Rotary 
Shingle  Machine  has  an  iron  frame  carrying  two 
horizontal  circular  saws  at  opposite  sides  of  the  iron 
frame,  above  which,  mounted  on  rollers  and  revolv- 
ing above  the  saws,  is  a  circular  carriage  divided  by 
radial  ribs  or  arms  into  12  sectors  of  varying  widths. 
At  the  inner  end  of  each  sector  is  a  dog  which  ad- 
vances and  retreats  in  the  horizontal  plane  twice  in 
each  revolution ;  this  being  effected  by  belt  crank 
levers  and  inclined  planes.  A  block  being  placed 
in  a  sector  at  a  point  midway  between  the  saws,  the 
dog  holds  it ;  and  the  table,  revolving,  carries  the 
block  to  the  saw,  which  cuts  a  shingle  off  the  bot- 
tom ;  the  dog  then  loosens  the  block  and  allows  it 
to  drop,  again  gripping  it  just  in  readiness  for  the 
next  saw.  The  12  sectors  may  all  be  filled  at  once, 
two  shingles  from  each  being  cut  at  each  revolution 
(or  24  in  all). 

The  shingles  may  have  any  desired  taper,  and 
may  be  either  16  or  18  inches  long.  The  capacity 
of  the  machine  is  stated  at  200,000  white  pine  or 
cypress  shingles  per  day,  30  horse  power  driving 
the  machine,  drag  saw,  jointer,  bolter,  etc. 
Shingle  cutting  machine. 

Trevor  If  Co,       .     .     .*  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  22. 
Shingle  machine,  Burt  .  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  430. 

.Metallic *  "Iron  Age."  xxii.,  Sept.  5,  p.  5. 

*  "Man.  £  Builder,"'  xi.  31 ;  xii.269. 
Shingle  sawing  machine. 

Trevor  if  Co.      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"1  xli.  22. 

Ship.  A  sea-going  vessel ;  especially  a  three- 
masted  square-rigged  one. 

Fairbairn,  Win.  "Treatise  on  Iron  Shipbuilding,  its  His- 
tory and  Progress.'' 

Fincham,J.  "An  Outline  of  Shipbuilding."  Infourparts. 
Part  I.  Method  of  Constructing  the  Body,  and  instructions 
for  Making  Calculations  ;  with  Examples.  —  Part  II.  On  the 
Actual  Building  of  Ships.  — Part  III.  On  the  Principal  Mate- 
rials used  in  Ship-Building.  —  Part  IV.  A  Vocabulary  of 
Terms. 

Gran/ham,  J.  "Iron  Shipbuilding."  5th  edition.  Lon- 
don, 1868.  (\Veale's  series.) 

Marett,  P.  R.  "  Yachts  and  Yacht  Building."1  Being  a 
treatise  on  the  construction  of  yachts  and  matters  relating 
to  yachting.  2d  edition.  London,  1872. 

Mea.de,  Com.  Richard  W.,  U.  S.  N.  "A  Treatise  on  Naval 
Architecture  and  Ship- Building,  or  an  Exposition  of  the  Ele- 
innitary  Principles  involved  in  the  Science  and  Practice  of 
Naval  Construction."  Compiled  from  various  standard  au- 
thorities. Philadelphia,  1869. 

Murray.  "  Ship- Building  in  Iron  and  Wood,'"'  by  Andrew 
Murray,  and  "Steamships"  by  R.  Murray. 

Nuslrom,  N.  W.  "  On  Technological  Education  and  Ship- 
Buiifling,for  Marine  Engineers." 

Nystrom,  N.  W.  "A  Treatise  on  Parabolical  Construe  lion  of 
Skips  and  other  Marine  Engineering  Subjects. 

Peake ,  J.     "  Naval  Architecture . ' :    ( Weale  'e  series . ) 

Reed,  E.  J ,  C.  B.  " Our  Iron- Clad  Ships;  their  Qualities, 
Performances,  and  Cost.  With  Chapters  on  Turret  Ships, 
Iron  Clad  Rams,'-  etc.  London,  1S69. 


Smith,  Thomas,  M.  J.  N.  A.  "The  Hand-Book  of  Iron 
Ship  Building."  London,  1869. 

Sommerfeldt,  H.  A.  "Elementary  and  Practical  Principles 
of  the  Construction  of  Ships  for  Ocean  and  River  Service." 
(Weale's  series.) 

Ship,  arrangement  of  ma- 
chinery, in  sloops    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  900. 
A  Viking's,  "Architect  "   "  Van  Nostr.  Mag."  xxiii.  320. 
Cord,   self-trimming, 

Engl *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1157. 

Despatch, "  Iris, "  Engl.     "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1728. 
"  Hussar1'     ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  493. 
"  Inflexible  "  and  her 

armament.     .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  122. 
"  Iris."  Engl.     .    .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup. ,''  1921. 
Raising      apparatus, 

"  Edith,"  Br.      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  254. 
Railway,  Eads  .     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  192. 

Keiffer "Iron  Age"  xxiv.,  Aug.  14,  p.  7. 

Flad *  "  Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  429, 469. 

Steel,  "  Comus  "    .     .  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2841. 
Speed  indicator. 

Normanville,  Engl.    *  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  259. 
Solid  timber  war-  .     .  *"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Jan.  3.  p.  16. 
Shipbuilding,  Clyde  .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  951. 
Steel ( Clyde)  .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  85. 

London  "  Times  "  .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1144. 
Steam,  "  Vera  Cruz  "    *  "Scientific  American  Sitj>.,"  870. 
Ships  of  the'World,  mer- 
chant      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1992. 

War,  of  Europe      .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1729. 
War,  report  by  Chief 

Engr.  King,  U.  S.  N.    1877. 
Cellular  system  for. 

Boolds *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  362, 

363. 

Boold,  Br.       ...  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  246. 
Compartment,       mer- 
chant and  navy. 

Thompson,  Engl.     .  *" Scientific  American  S!/p.,"2000. 
Japanese  war,   "  Foo- 

So,"  "  Kong-go  "    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1677. 
Longitudinal      girder 

and  bulkheads. 

De  Russett      ...  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  311. 
Multifold  shells. 

Egerton,  Br.   .     .     .      "Engineer,"  xli.  265. 
Of  British  Navy,  table 

of  data  .     .  •  .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  224. 
Ship's  Lines,  Jackson     .  *"Sc.  American  Sup.,"  1231,  1523. 
Shipping  of  the  world   .      " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1633. 

Ship  Float.     1.  A  lighter. 
2.  The  splashers  of  a  paddle-wheel. 
*  "Engineering  " xxiii.  369-371. 

Ship  Rail'way.  A  railway  composed  of  sev- 
eral tracks,  with  a  carrying  cradle  for  transporting 
small  coal-laden  vessels  overland  from  one  body  of 
water  to  another. 

Capt.  J.  B.  Eads's  plan  of  a  proposed  ship  railway  across 
the  isthmus  of  Panama  consists  essentially  of  a  series  of 
some  eight  or  ten  tracks,  having  a  carrying  car  or  cradle 
consisting  of  some  five  sections.  These  to  have  1,000  wheels. 
Estimating  the  weight  of  a  large  merchant  ship  and  cargo  at 
10,000  tons,  and  distributing  it  over  an  area  of  40  X  500' 
would  give  a  pressure  on  the  road-bed  of  about  1,200  pounds 
per  square  foot,  cars  and  all,  not  half  the  pressure  on  the 
earth  under  each  tie  as  there  is  when  the  driving-wheels  of 
an  ordinary  locomotive  pass  over  it.  A  ship  railway  across 
this  isthmus  has  been  the  subject  of  much  discussion,  for 
more  than  thirty  years,  in  fact. 

Eads,  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  64,  68,  97,144, 160  ;  xliii. 
303. 

Ship  Scra'per.  A  triangular  or  square  piece 
of  steel,  handled,  and  with  sharpened  edges  for 
scraping  the  keels  and  decks  of  vessels.  See 
SCRAPER,  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Ship's  Tini'ber  Saw.  A  machine  for  giving 
the  proper  lines  to  ships'  timbers.  See  BEVEL, 
SCROLL  SAW,  Fig.  669,  p.  279,  "Mecji.  Diet."  and 
SAWS,  Ibid. 

Shirt  Frame.  A  Guernsey,  or  shirt  knitting 
machine. 

Shod'dy  Ma-chine'.     See  RAG  PICKER. 

Shoe  Bolt.  One  with  a  countersunk  head 
for  cutter  and  sleigh  runners. 


SHOE   EMBOSSING   MACHINE. 


806 


SHOT   LINE. 


Shoe  Em-boss'ing  Ma-chine'.  For  em- 
bossing the  vamps  of  boots.  The  stamp  is  heated 
by  steam  or  lamp,  and  the  boot,  which  is  held  on 
a  goose-neck,  is  forced  up  against  the  die  by  a 
treadle. 

Shoe-ma'ker's  Wax.  A  wax  used  in  mak- 
ing the  waxed  ends  used  in  sewing  leather. 

Shoemaker's  wax,  when  made  for  hand-work,  is  composed 
generally  of  equal  quantities  of  pitch  and  resin,  with  10  per 
cent,  of  tallow  ;  after  boiling  (if  good  wax),  it  is  pulled 
until  the  wax  assumes  the  color  of  pale  resin.  The  pulling 
takes  out,  or,  more  properly,  bleaches,  the  ingredient  pitch, 
and  thereby  takes  out  the  coloring  all  pitch  contains.  Wax 
used  for  machines  has  all  of  it  too  much  pitch  and  tar  for 
clean  work  ;  the  coloring  matter  in  pitch  and  tar  comes  up 
through  the  grain  ;  once  in  it  cannot  be  got  out  —  and  wax 
boiled  or  heated  again,  unless  in  a  perfectly  clean  vessel,  and 
even  then,  partly  recovers  the  coloring  bleached  out  by  hand- 
pulling.  Wax  that  will  work-  up  the  pure  bronze  color  so 
much  liked  by  shoemakers  may  be  made  of  4  Ibs.  resin,  1 
Ib.  pitch,  4  oz.  beeswax,  3  oz.  tallow  —  the  tallow  to  be  re- 
fined, otherwise  3  oz.  best  sperm  oil.  The  beeswax  seems 
to  destroy  the  coloring  matter  of  the  pitch  when  in  that 
proportion.  A  good  resin  wax  is  superior  to  any  other  com- 
position for  wear,  because  it  decomposes  on  exposure  and 
wear  into  a  stony  substance  in  appearance,  an/1  looks  not 
unlike  pegs  of  amber  when  put  under  the  microscope.  Wax, 
with  any  tar  in,  or  much  pitch,  when  heated  continuously, 
becomes  only  a  dirty  discoloring  matter,  as  the  oil  evapo- 
rates, carrying  with  it  all  the  valuable  adhesive  or  glutinous 
properties  of  the  pitch,  and  such  wax  will  most  readily  soil 
or  discolor  the  flange  of  the  channel  that  is  laid  over  it. 
The  above  recipe  makes  a  wax  which  will  give  satisfaction. 

Shoe  Pad.  A  cushion  to  lessen  the  shock 'on 
a  horse's  foot. 

Shoe  Peg'ging  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
which  takes  the  pegs  in  the  strip,  feeds  and  cuts 
them,  and  pegs  on  the  sole.  The  preparatory  ma- 
chinery, in  getting  out  the  pegs  from  the  log,  con- 
sists of  the  slabber,  heading  machine,  boring  ma- 
chine, pointer,  splitter,  bleacher,  fan-blower,  steam 
dryer,  polisher,  separator,  winnower.  See  PEG- 
GING MACHINE,  supra. 

Shoe  Sew'iiig.  A  sewing-machine  having  a 
thread-carrying  hook  in  the  end  of  a  horn  small 
enough  to  be  inserted  inside  of  the  shoe  at  all 
points.  The  hook,  acting  in  conjunction  with  the 
needle,  sews  the  sole  to  the  upper  with  remarkable 
celerity.  See  "Mech.  Diet."  pp.  2162,  2163. 

Shoe  Sol'ing.  Fast- 
ening the  soles  to  the 
uppers  by  machinery. 
See  "  Mech.  Diet."  pp. 
462,  463,  and  PEGGING, 
supra. 

Short'-cheek  Bri'- 
dle.  A  blind  bridle  hav- 
ing short  cheek-pieces 
with  rings  at  the  lower  _ 
ends,  into  which  the  bit- 
strap  is  buckled. 

Short  Cir'cuit. 
(Electricity.}  The  com- 
pletion of  a  circuit  by  a 
shorter  route  or  cross- 
way. 

Short'en-ing  Knot. 
(Nautical.)     A  form  of  knot  shown  at  40,  41,  Fig. 
2777,  p.  1240,  "Meek.  Diet." 

Short'hair  Knife.  (Leather.)  A  keen-edged 
knife  used  in  the  beam-house  to  remove  short  hairs 
(new  growth)  from  the  hides. 

Short  Splice.  (Nautical.)  The  junction  of 
two  ropes  intertwining  the  strands  for  a  relatively 
short  distance.  See  i,  Fig.  5435  ;  also  a,  b,  c,  Fig. 
5434,  p.  2279,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Short  Stay.  (Nautical.)  In  weighing  anchor, 
it  refers  to  the  position  of  the  anchor  when  nearly 
under  foot  in  heaving  in. 


Shot  Com-press'or.  (Surgical.)  A  forceps 
to  fasten  leaden  shot  upon  the  ends  of  a  ligature  as 
a  substitute  for  tying.  The  shot  is  partially  split 
with  a  knife,  put  over  the  ligature  threads  close 
up  to  the  suture,  and  the  shot  pinch-closed  upon 
them. 

Shot  Gun.  Fig.  2252  is  a  breech  loading  shot 
gun  manufactured  at  Colt's  armory.  The  parts 
are  interchangeable,  and  so  accurately  made  that 
parts  of  different  guns  may  be  intermixed  and  a 
gun  may  be  put  together  from  parts  taken  haphaz- 
ard. The  lock  is  of  the  rebounding  style,  and  the 
firing  pins  are  without  springs. 

The  action  bolt  which  retains  the  barrel  in  its  place  is 
moved  by  a  lever,  back  of  the  Imminer,  through  the  medium 
of  internal  parts  not  shown  in  the  engraving.  This  bolt  en- 


Fig.  2252. 


Coifs  Breech  Loading  Shot  Gun. 

gages  two  hooks  on  the  barrels  and  retains  the  barrels  rigidly 
in  place. 

The  bolt  carrying  the  shell  extractors  is  engaged  by  a  cam 
on  the  bolt,  connecting  the  stock  and  the  barrel,  and  when 
the  barrel  is  released  by  drawing  the  action  bolt  and  tipped 
as  shown  in  Fig.  2252,  the  shell  extractor  is  operated. 

Fig.  2253  shows  that  form  of  the  Colt  shot  gun,  having 
concealed  hammers  which  are  cocked  by  the  breaking  down 
of  the  barrels.  The  hammers  can  be  locked  in  this  position, 
to  prevent  accidents,  by  a  forward  motion  of  the  trigger,  and 
released  at  will  by  a  forward  and  downward  motion  of  a  stop 
on  top  of  the  stock. 

The  shield  or  shell-shaped  piece  formerly  placed  upon  the 

Fig.  2253. 


Colt's  Concealed  Hammer  Breech  Loader. 

breech  piece  of  muzzle-loading  guns  to  prevent  particles  of 
the  cap  from  being  blown  into  the  eye  has  been  entirely  dis- 
pensed with  upon  the  Colt  gun.  It  was  a  curious  instance 
of  the  persistence  of  a  form  after  its  use  has  entirely  de- 
parted. 
Colt *  "Scientific  American,'"1  xlii.342. 

Shot  Line.  (Life  Saving  Apparatus.)  The 
cord  attached  to  a  projectile  fired  from  a  piece  to 
fall  over  a  wreck  or  stranded  vessel  and  thus  es- 
tablish communication  between  ship  and  shore. 


SHOT  LINE. 


807 


SHUTTLE. 


See  pp.  200  and  251,  "Ordnance  Report,"  1878,  Ap- 
pendix P. 

Braided  linen  lines,  Nos.  3|-  to  7,  are  preferred. 

Shroud  Knot.  (Nautical.)  A  form  of  knot 
shown  at  48,  Fig.  2777,  p.  1240,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  shroud  knot  is  a  species  of  splice  that,  instead  of  ly- 
ing smoothly,  stands  out  boldly  in  an  even,  well-shaped  knot. 
To  make  it, 'unlay  the  ends  of  the  rope  for  a  couple  of  feet  or 
so,  and  then  interlace  them  ;  then  make  a  single  wall-knot 
with  the  ends  on  each  part,  and  finish  by  laying  away  and 
tapering  the  ends  as  in  a  tack-knot. 

Shunt.  When  an  elec- 
trical current  passes  by 
more  than  one  path,  that 
specially  intended  for  its 
pussage  is  termed  the  main 
circuit,  while  the  rest  are 
termed  derived  circuits. 

The  effect  of  introducing 
derived  circuits  is  to  dimin- 
ish the  strength  of  the  cur- 
rent flowing  in  the  main  cir- 
cuit, and  when  a  single 
derived  circuit  is  applied  for 
this  purpose,  it  receives  the 
technical  name  of  a  "  shunt." 

The  law  of  shunts  is  as 
follows :  — 

The  strength  of  current  in  any  branch  of  a  system  of  de- 
rived circuits,  or  "  multiple  arc,"  as  it  is  termed,  varies  in- 
versely as  the  resistance  of  that  branch.  Hence  by  varying 
the  resistance  of  the  shunt  we  vary  the  strength  of  current 
flowing  through  the  main  circuit. 

The  resistance  of  the  shunt  bears  a  mathematical  relation 
to  the  current  passing  in  the  main  circuit,  and  that  by  know- 
ing the  one  the  other  can  be  calculated.  Thus,  in  the  case 
of  a  galvanometer  with  a  variable  shunt  interposed  between 
its  terminals,  by  observing  the  deflection  of  the  needle  when 
the  shunt  is  in  circuit,  we  can  determine  what  the  deflection 
would  have  been  without  the  shunt,  by  multiplying  the  read- 
ing by  a  variable  factor  termed  the  "  multiplying  power  •'  of 
the  shunt. 

Another  fact  worthy  of  notice  in  connection  with  this  por- 
tion of  the  subject  is  that  by  means  of  a  variable  shunt  the 
same  deflection  of  the  needle  of  a  galvanometer  may  be  re- 
produced by  currents  widely  differing  in  strength,  and  hence 
all  errors  due  to  inequalities  in  the  value  of  an'  uncalibrated 
scale  are  entirely  avoided. 

\V~hen  an  electro-magnet  situated  on  a  line  of  telegraph  is 
shunted  by  a  i-heostat  or  "  simple  shunt,"  that  rheostat 
tends  to  become  the  path  by  which  the  extra  currents  are 
discharged,  and  so  prolonged  is  the  magnetization,  that  if 
the  circuit  be  closed  and  opened  \\ith  any  degree  of  rapidity, 
the  armature  sticks  or  remains  permanently  attracted  —  a 
principle  which  has  been  employed  in  double  current  trans- 
lation. This  retardation  is  at  its  maximum  when  the  resist- 
ance of  the  shunt  equals  that  of  the  electro-magnet.  But 
should  the  shunt  be  a  second  electro-magnet,  or,  in  other 
words  an  "  electro-magnetic  shunt,"  then  the  extra  current 
formed  in  it  opposes  that  formed  in  the  electro-magnet,  and 
both  send  a  current  back  into  the  line.  The  current  from 
the  shunt,  however,  may  be  so  exalted  as  to  neutralize  and 
even  overcome  that  formed  in  the  electro-magnet  itself.  So 
that  by  a  properly  arranged  electro-magnetic  shunt,  the  mag- 
netic retardation  in  the  electro  magnet  itself  may  be  reduced 
to  a  minimum,  while  a  current  is  sent  back  into  the  line  im- 
mediately after  each  signal,  thus  tending  to  increase  the 
speed  at  which  the  line  can  be  worked. 

Shunt  Box.  (Electricity.)  An  English  term 
equivalent  to  a  switch  box  or  board. 

Rymer-Jones     .     .     .  *  "Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  128. 

Shunt'er.  A  hand  propeller  for  cars.  See 
PINCH  BAR,  etc.,  Fig.  3725,  p.  1706,  "Mech.  Diet." 

The  illustration,  Fig.  2254,  will  give  a  general  idea  of  the 
"  Shunter,"  which  is  a  wooden  lever,  6'  long,  with  a  pair  of 
side- plates  fixed  to  it  at  one  end,  to  which  is  attached  a 
swivel,  through  which  passes  an  iron  rod,  having  a  hook  at 
one  end  which  hooks  over  the  axle.  The  other  end  has  a 
screw  with  a  loose  nut,  to  shorten  or  lengthen  the  rod  accord- 
ing to  the  size  of  wheel ;  from  a  saddle  which  crosses  the 
lever  and  binds  the  side  plates  to  the  wood,  project  two  lugs, 
shaped  to  fit  the  flange  of  the  wheel.  When  the  shunter  is 
in  position  with  the  hook  over  the  axle,  the  lug  comes  in 


contact  With  the  flange  of  the  wheel.  Upon  raising  the  lever 
the  lug  is  pressed  against  the  flange  in  proportion  to  the 
force  applied,  and  becomes  fixed  ;  upon  continuing  to  raise 
the  lever,  the  wheel  is  caused  to  revolve  in  the  same  direc- 
tion, and  the  carriage  is  propelled  forward;  upon  lowering 
the  lever,  it  immediately  becomes  loose,  falls  again,  and  the 
action  being  continued — every  upward  movement  propels 
the  carriage  forward  from  9"  to  15". 

To  adjust  the  shunter  for  working,  drop  the  hook  over  the 
axle,  and  hold  out  the  wooden  lever  horizontally,  then  regu- 
late the  length  of  the  hook  by  running  the  nut  forward  or 
back  as  may  be  required,  so  as  to  bring  the  projecting  lug  on 

Fig.  2251. 


Shunter. 


the  side  of  saddle  about  1"  distant  from  the  edge  of  the 
wheel ;  the  length  of  rod  being  once  adjusted  will  suit  all 
wheels  that  do  not  vary  more  than  1"  in  diameter. 

Shunt'ing  En'gine.  A  British  term  for  a 
yard  or  switching  engine.  See  one  type  of  such 
from  "  Engineering,"  reproduced  in  "  Scientific 
American  Sup.,"  *4071. 

See  SWITCHING  ENGINE. 

Shunting  engine. 
London  #  iV.  W.  Ry.,  Br.     .  *  " Engineering, "xxx.  184. 

Shut'ter  Dam.  A  dam  or  gate  operated  by 
the  water. 

Some  recent  improvements  in  France  of  shutter  dams, 
worked  by  hydraulic  pressure,  have  attracted  much  atten- 
tion among  engineers,  the  system  comprising  —  first,  a  series 
of  great  wooden  water-gates,  movable  around  a  horizontal 
axis  working  in  a  cast-iron  shoe  secured  to  the  floor  of  the 
dam ;  second,  hydraulic  presses  applied  on  the  down-river 
side  of  the  floor,  solidly  anchored  in  the  masonry  and  de- 
signed to  work  the  gates —  the  piston  of  each_ press  bearing 
a  cast-iron  cross-head  working  in  slides,  to  which  cross-head 
three  rods  are  attached,  for  communicating  the  pressure  to 
a  cross-bar  fastened  in  the  center  of  the  movable  gate ;  third, 
a  series  of  copper  tubes  which  puts  each  press  in  communi- 
cation with  the  generator  or  reservoir  of  power  destined  to 
transmit  water  under  the  pressure  of  the  hydraulic  presses ; 
and  fourth,  hydraulic  works  built  on  the  abutment  of  the 
dam  —  these  comprising  a  turbine  with  a  vertical  axis,  a 
double  force  pump  which  receives  motion  from  the  turbine, 
and  a  reservoir  of  force.  The  pumps  and  the  reservoir  com- 
municate with  each  other,  and  with  the  presses,  by  means 
of  three-way  cocks,  which  let  the  water  either  into  the  res- 
ervoir or  into  the  presses,  or  empty  it  into  a  discharging 
tube.  The  maneuvering  of  the  gates  is  effected  by  simply 
moving  these  cocks.  By  putting  in  communication  each 
press  either  with  the  pumps  or  with  the  reservoir  of  power 
under  a  sufficient  pressure,  an  ascending  motion  of  the  pis- 
ton is  effected,  and  in  consequence  the  gate  rises.  By  open- 
ing the  cock  into  the  waste  pipe,  the  water  escapes  under 
pressure  of  the  gate,  the  "  corps  de  presse  "  is  emptied,  and 
the  gate  sinks. 

The  reservoir  force  is  a  regulator  of  the  play  of  the  pumps 
and  also  permits  the  dam  to  be  raised  sufficiently,  in  case 
of  need,  to  put  the  turbine  in  motion. 

Shut'ter  Eye.  An  eye  for  hanging  a  shutter 
to,  having  a  projecting  flange  or  support,  which  is 
built  into  the  wall. 

Shut'tle.    A  section  of  a  movable  dam  in  the 


SHUTTLE. 


808 


SIEMENS-MARTIN   STEEL. 


modern  system  of  movable  darns.  See  Watson's 
Report,  Vienna  Exposition,  vol.  iii.,  "  Civil  Engi- 
neering." 

In  M.  Boule's  design  the  shuttles  are  placed  in  tiers,  be- 
tween slight  wrought-iron  upright  supports,  3^  apart,  car- 
rying the  foot-path,  so  that  the  shuttles  can  be  readily  re- 
moved and  replaced.  In  America  shuttles  hinged  at  the 
bottom,  maintained  in  their  places  by  props,  and  falling 
down  flat  on  the  apron  of  the  weir  when  the  props  are  re- 
moved, have  been  introduced. 

See  BARRAGE  DAM. 

Shut'tle  Race.  The  inclosure  in  which  the 
sewing-machine  or  loom  shuttle  travels. 

Si-cil'i-enne.  (Fabric.)  A  silk  and  wool  French 
good*. 

Sickle  Grind'er.  A  clamp  and  rest  hold  the 
sickle  on  the  grindstone  in  such  a  position  that  all 
the  teeth  receive  the  same  bevel. 

See  Fig.  3248,  p.  1493,  "Mech.  Diet." ;  Fig.  4205, 
p.  1898,  Ibid. 

Side  Ac'tion.  (Fire-arm.)  One  in  which 
the  locking  fast  of  the  barrel  when  closed  is  by  a 
side  lever. 

Side  Bar.  A  form  of  spring  to  give  a  buggy 
a  sidewise,  rolling  motion  instead  of  the  forward 
pitching. 

Side  Bear'ing.  Supports  which  are  placed  on 
each  side  of  the  center-pins  of  a  car,  and  intended 
to  prevent  too  much  rolling  or  rocking  motion  of 
the  car-body. 

Usually  there  is  a  plate  of  iron  or  steel  attached 
to  the  body-bolster  on  each  side  of  the  center-pin 
which  is  called  a  body  side-bearing,  and  a  corre- 
sponding plate,  block,  or  roller  on  the  truck-bolster 
which  is  called  the  truck  side-bearing. 

Side  Con-dens'ing  Lens.  A  condensing  lens, 
for  the  illumination  of  opaque  objects,  fitting  into 
any  of  the  holes  on  the  stage  of  a  microscope.  A 
pair  of  stage  forceps  also  tits  into  the  holes  to  hold 
small  insects. 

Side  File.  For  trimming  up  the  outside  edges 
of  the  cutting  points  of  saws  after  setting,  to  pre- 
vent setting. 

Side-pla'ning  Ma-chine'.  Designed  for 
planing  or  jointing  the  edges  of  short  boards  where 
an  accurate  glue  joint  is  required,  such  as  cabinet 
and  piano-forte  work,  and  for  trying  out  pieces  for 
small  frames,  etc.  It  consists  of  a  long,  narrow 
frame  with  a  self-feeding  carriage  on  which  the 
stuff  is  fastened  by  adjustable  dogs,  and  a  wing  to 
hold  a  cutter  head. 

These  machines  are  usually  made  to  work  stuff 
5'  long,  but  can  be  made  to  work  longer  when  or- 
dered, at  an  extra  cost.  The  cutter  head  is  ad- 
justable in  all  directions,  has  cast  steel  arbor,  and 
patent  self-oiling  boxes. 

Fig.  2255. 


Fig.  2256. 


Si</e 


Side-planing  Machine. 


Si-der-aph'thite.  The  name  of  a  new  iron 
amalgam  which  is  composed  of  63  parts  of  iron, 
23  nickel,  4  tungsten.  5  alu- 
minum, 5  copper.  It  resists 
sulphureted  hydrogen,  is  noi 
attacked  by  vegetable  acids 
and  only  slightly  by  mineral 
acids.  It  is  really  more  use- 
ful than  standard 'silver,  while 
it  can  be  produced  at  a  cost 
not  exceeding  that  of  German 
silver.  For  alloys  which  have 
to  be  silver-plated  to  prevent 
oxidation,  the  inoxidizable 
iron,  as  the  above  is  called,  is 
stated  to  be  a  perfectly  suc- 
cessful substitute. 

Side  Re-flect'or.  A 
means  of  reflecting  parallel 
rays,  mounted  so  as  to  bring 
them  to  a  focus  on  an  opaque 
object  under  the  microscope. 

Si'der-o-stat.  An  astro- 
nomical instrument  designed 
to  keep  a  star  within  the  same 
portion  of  the  field  of  a  tele- 
scope for  observation. 

An   admirable    example    may  be 
found  in  L£on  Foucault's  siderostai 
in  "L'Astronome  Pratique  et  les  Ob- 
xen-atoires.  en  Europe   et  en  Amerique,"  by  Andre  if  Rauet. 
Paris,  1874. 

Side  Scut'tle.     An  opening  in  the  .-ide  of  a 

ship,  to  admit  light  and  air, 

but    which    can    be    closed 

water-tight.     In    Fig.    2257 

the  glass  is  protected  by  two 

dead  doors,  one  inside  and 

one  outside. 
Sie'mens-Hals'ke 

Bat'te-ry.    (Electricity.)    A 

modification  of  the  Daniell 

battery.     In  a  glass  vessel  is 

a  spiral  copper  element  in  a 

sulphate  of  copper  solution 

kept  saturated  from  the  crvs- 

tals  contained  in 

a  tube   through 

which  passes  the 

positive     pole. 

Upon  the  copper 

rests  a  paste- 
board disk  sup- 
porting the  dia- 

p  h  r  a  g  m  com- 
posed of  acidu-  Side  Scuttle 

lated  paper  pulp 

covered  by  :i  coarse  cloth.  Upon  this  is  placed  the 
zinc  element  from  which  the 
negative  pole  rises.  The 
vessel  is  charged  by  being 
filled  with  water. 

Prescott's  "Electricity  "  .     .  *  52. 
Snbine's  "Electric  Teleg."  .  *  226. 
Niaudet,  American  transl.  *  160. 

Sie'mens-  Mar'tin 
Steel.  (Metallurgy.]  Steel 
made  by  the  Martin  process ; 
melting  cast  iron  in  a  Sie- 
mens' reverberating  furnace, 
and  adding  wrought  iron 
until  the  required  attenua- 
tion of  the  carbon  is  at- 
tained. Oxides  and  free 
oxygen  are  removed  by  fer- 


SIEMENS-MARTIN   STEEL. 


809 


SIGNAL  LAMP. 


re-manganese  and  the  metal  run  into  molds.     See 
p.  2365,  "Mech.  Diet." 

"  While  the  Bessemer  process  has  been  making  rapid  strides, 
a  rival  process  has  gradually  grown  up  by  its  side,  which  I  can- 
not  pass  over  without  remark.  I  allude  to  the  open-hearth 
steel  process,  with  which  my  name  and  the  joint  names  of 
Siemens  and  Martin  are  associated.  The  conception  of  this 
process  is  really  as  old  as  that  of  cast  steel  itself.  The  ancient 
Indian  steel,  the  Wootz,  was  the  result  of  a  fusion  of  a  mix- 
ture of  malleable  and  cast  iron.  Reaumur,  as  already  stated, 
proposed  to  melt  wrought  iron  and  pig  metal  together,  for 
the  production  of  steel,  as  early  as  1722  :  and  G.  B.  Heath  — 
to  whom  we  owe  the  important  discovery  that  by  the  addi- 
tion of  manganese  to  cast  steel  its  malleability  is  greatly 
increased  —  endeavored  to  realize  the  conception  of  pro- 
ducing steel  in  large  masses  upon  the  open  hearth  of  the 
furnace  in  the  year  1839,  and  he  again  has  been  followed  in 
these  endeavors  by  Gentle  Brown,  Kichards,  and  others  in 
the  same  direction. 

"  When,  in  1856, 1  first  seriously  gave  my  attention,  in  con- 
junction with  my  brother,  Frederick  Sie'mens,  to  the  con- 
struction of  a  regenerative  gas  furnace,  I  perceived  that  this 
furnace  would  be  admirably  adapted  to  the  production  of 
steel  upon  the  open  hearth,  and  proposed  it  for  such  a  purpose 
to  Mr.  Abraham  Darby,  of  Ebbw  Vale,  in  1861.  Ever  since 
that  time  I  have  been  engaged  in  the  realization  of  this  idea, 
which  has  been  retarded,  however,  by  those  untoward  cir- 
cumstances which  ever  intervene  between  a  mere  concep- 
tion and  its  practical  realization.  Although  two  of  my  ear- 
lier licensees,  Mr.  Charles  Attwood,  of  Tow  Law,  and  the 
Fourchambault  Company,  in  France,  with  whom  was  my  late 
osteemed  friend,  Mons.  Lechatelier,  Inspecteur-General  des 
Mines,  .succeeded,  in  1865  and  1866,  in  producing  steel  upon 
the  open  hearth,  they  did  not  persevere  sufficiently  to  attain 
commercial  results  ;  but  it  was  not  until  after  I  had  estab- 
lished experimental  steel  works  at  Birmingham  that  I  was 
enabled  to  combat  in  detail  the  various  difficulties,  which  at 
one  time  looked  well-nigh  insuperable.  While  thus  engaged, 
Messrs.  Pierre  and  Emile  Martin,  of  Cereuil, — who  had  ob- 
tained licenses  for  furnaces  to  melt  steel  both  in  pots  and 
on  the  open  hearth,  —  succeeded,  after  a  short  period  of  ex- 
perimenting, in  introducing  into  the  market  open  hearth  steel 
of  excellent  quality. 

"  While  Messrs.  Martin  thus  gave  their  attention  to  the  pro- 
duction of  steel  by  the  dissolution  of  wrought  iron  and  steel 
scrap  in  a  bath  of  pig  metal,  my  own  efforts  were  more  es- 
pecially directed  to  the  production  of  steel  by  the  use  of  pig 
metal  and  iron  ores,  either  in  the  raw  state  or  in  a  more  or 
less  reduced  condition,  which  latter  process  is  the  one  mostly 
employed  in  this  country."  —  C.  W.  Siemens. 

Sift'er.  An  apparatus  to  dust  dry  poison  upon 
plants  to  destroy  insects.  For  instance  :  — 

Young's  sifter  to  destroy  cotton  worms.     See ""  Comstock's 
Report  on  Cotton  Insects,"  1879,  *  p.  246. 
Willis's  sifter,  Kid.,  *  p.  248. 
Dai-is's  sifter,  Ibid.,  *  p.  249. 
Levy's  sifter,  Ibid.,  *  p.  250. 
EMridge's  sifter,  Ibid.,  *  p.  251. 
Sifting  reel  for  gunpowder,  Br.,  *  "Engineering,''  xxr.  37. 

Sight.  "Ordnance  Report,"  1877.  Appendix  L, 
Fig.  110,  and  p.  582,  shows  and  describes  the  fol- 
lowing : — 


Werder  (Bavarian). 
Comblain  (Belgian). 
Mauser  (Prussian). 
Berdan  (Russian). 


Vetterlin  (Swiss). 
Chassepot  (French). 
Werndl  (Austrian). 
Martini-Henry  (British). 


Mauser  rifle  (Prussian)  sight,  Figs.  4,  5,  6,  article  "Armes 
<i  feu,"  vol.  iv.,  Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manu- 
factures," ed.  1877. 

There  are  various  names  of  sights  among  which  are  the 
following  ;  some  of  them  are  synonyms,  and  some  merely 
refer  to  position,  actual  or  relative. 

Aperture  sight.  Leaf  sight. 

Bar  and  Bead  sight.  Muzzle  sight. 

Bar  and  slit  sight.  Open  bead  sight. 

Beach  combination  sight.  Open  sight. 

Bead  sight.  Peep  sight. 

Buck-horn  sight.  Pin-ball  sight. 

California  sight.  Plain  sight. 

Clover-leaf  sight.  Rear  sight. 

Covered  sight.  Reflecting  sight. 

Front  sight  Slit  bar  sight. 

Globe  sight.  Sporting  sight. 

Graduating  sight.  Telescopic  sight. 

Hausse.  Vermer-scale  sight. 

Hind  sight.  Wind  gage  sight. 

Fire-arm,  Warfield     .  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xlii.  245. 

Sig'moid  Cath'e-ter.     (Surgical.)    A  cathe- 


ter  named  from  its  resemblance  to  sigma  (j).    Fio-. 
1190o')  p.  204,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Sig'nal.  A  means  of  communicating  between 
distant  points  by  signs  having  a  known  meaning. 

Captain  Maryatt's  code  was  used  in  England  till  1857,  when 
the  English  board  of  trade  issued  "  The  Commercial  Code  of 
Signals  for  all  Nations,"  which  is  now  in  general  use  for  ma- 
rine signals.  It  requires  IS  flags.  4  flags  only  to  be  used  at 
a  time,  giving  20,OUO  messages. 

The  "Telegraphic  Dictionary  "  and  "  Signal  Box,"  United 
States  code  of  1857,  had  two  books  of  signals,  a  distinguishing 
flag  being  used  when  the  "  Telegraphic  Dictionary  •'  was 
used. 

In  1859  Costings  plan  was  adopted.  See  Myer's  "  Manual  of 
Signals,"  New  York,  1866,  for  field  work,  varied  information  ; 
or  methods  and  codes  by  color  flags,  motion  of  flags,  torches, 
or  of  lanterns,  flashes,  oscultations.  or  puffs  ;  semaphores' 
rockets,  colored  lights,  and  by  sound. 

Ward's  "  Semaphonic  Color  Signal,"  Philadelphia,  1866. 
Radical  color  patches  in  green,  white,  and  red  ;  read  from 
the  center  outward  across  the  concentric  circles,  which  in- 
close numerals  and  letters. 

Ward's  "International  Code,"  Auburn,  N.  Y.,  1867.  Mes- 
sage indicated  by  dips  of  the  flag,  so  many  dips  represent- 
ing a  given  letter,  and  a  code  of  abbreviations  for  possible 
messages. 

Ward's  "  Code,"  Auburn,  N.  Y.,  1858.  System  of  10  flags 
and  3  repeaters,  and  a  code  of  11,000  possible  messages. 

Roger's  "American  Code."  New  York,  1854.  Ten  breeze 
and  calm  flags  with  a  dictionary  of  60,000  possible  messages 
represented  by  the  number  flags. 

Jink's  "Brachial  Telegraph."-  New  York,  1852.  By  arm 
motions. 


'•'  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xv.  89. 
'Mining   and    Scientific   Press,' 

xxxiy.  281. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  19. 

'•'Engineering,''  xxx.  171. 
'Mining    and    Scientific    Press,' 

xxxviii.  129. 
"Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  251. 

'Scientific  American,''  xli.  395. 


Block  system,  Wkyte  .     . 
Box,  district  teleg.,  Field  * ' 

Buoy,  Courtenay  ...» 
Control  appa.,  railway. 

Thompson,  Br.  .     .     .  * 
Compass,  fog,  Hughes  .  *  ' 

Equipment,  Penn.  Ry.  .  * 
Signaling    instrument, 
electric,  Hodden    .     .  *  ' 

Sig'nal  Lamp.  An  automatic  distance  indica- 
ting signal  lamp,  the  purpose  of  which  is  to  indicate 
to  engineers  the  distance  that  their  engine  may  be 
from  the  rear  of  a  preceding  train,  thereby  "pre- 
venting tail  collisions. 

In  the  form  shown  there  is  but  one  lamp,  the  light  of 
which  is  thrown  to  the  right,  through  the  cylinder,  striking 
a  mirror  (in  the  right-hand  elevation),  so  adjusted  as  to 


Fig.  2258. 


Signal  Lamp. 

reflect  a  strong  white  light,  which  at  a  distance  of  one  mile 
and  upward,  is  absorbed  by  the  red  light  at  the  left,  but  in- 
side of  a  mile,  as  the  train  approaches,  the  two  lights  sepa- 
rate ,  thus  at  |  of  a  mile  blending  together,  \  of  a  mile,  3" 
apart ;  J  mile,  12"  apart ,  J  mile,  20"  apart ;  and  i  mile,  28" 
apart :  thus  enabling  the  engineer  to  tell  when  he  is  run- 
ning faster  than  the  preceding  train,  when  he  is  running 
slower,  when  the  train  stops,  or  when  it  commences  backing. 
The  different  conditions  of  the  atmosphere  do  not  inter- 
fere with  the  relative  spaces  between  the  two  lights. 


SIGNAL  LAMP. 


810 


SILK   DEGUMMING   MACHINE. 


Lamp,  Penn.  Iliilway    .  *  "Engineering,''  xxiii.  146, 
Lantern,  marine. 


Sig'nal  Lan'tern.  For  signaling  by  flashes  of 
light. 

Otter's  signal  lantern  with  registering  apparatus  is  intended 
for  transmitting  signals  at  night,  both  at  sea  and  on  land, 
and  at  distances  not  exceeding  eight  to  ten  miles  ;  the  con- 
troller is  for  registering  given  or  received  signals,  its  aim 
being  principally  to  prevent  errors.  The  system  used  in  tel- 
egraphing is  the  same  which  has  lately  been  tried  and 
partly  adopted  in  several  countries  ;  but  the  means  are  dif- 
ferent. 

Morse's  telegraphic  lines  and  dots  are  represented  by  long 
and  short  flashes;  letters  and  figures,  by  various  groups  of 
flashes.  Flashes  belonging  to  the  same  group  are  separated 
by  dark  intervals  of  short  duration,  groups  and  sentences  by 
dark  intervals  of  longer  duration  (pauses),  the  extent  of  the 
latter  being  limited  by  theskill  of  the  operators. 

Two  strings  are  suspended  from  the  lantern  and  passed 
through  the  controller.  By  pulling  the  one  of  these  strings 
long  flashes  (lines)  are  produced,  and  by  pulling  the  other, 
short  flashes  (dots). 

By  pulling  a  third  string,  hanging  down  from  the  control- 
ler, between  the  two  strings  from  the  lantern, a  pause  will  be 
produced,  and  the  signalized  letters  or  figures  are  impressed 
on  a  self-acting  strip  of  paper 

The  strings  should  be  pulled  with  even  force  and  to  their 
full  extent,  but  without  jerking. 

Signaling  between  two  or  more  places  is  effected  in  the 
most  convenient  and  sure  manner,  by  each  receiver  of  a  sig- 
nal repeating  on  his  lantern  and  controller  the  signs  con- 
veyed. The  communication  is  thereby  printed  on  the  above 
mentioned  strip  of  paper,  without  it  being  necessary  for 
the  receiver  to  understand  the  telegraphic  characters. 

The  lantern  may  also  be  employed  independently  of  the 
controller  in  transmitting  signals  and  vice  versa,  the  con- 
troller used  independently  of  the  lantern  in  receiving  sig- 
nals. In  the  latter  case,  three  keys,  attached  to  the  upper 
part  of  the  controller  should  be  used  instead  of  the  corre- 
sponding strings. 

A  suitable  weight  attached  to  the  block  under  the  lantern 
brings  iuto  action  a  proposed  new  method  of  distinguishing 
lights  from  each  other,  rendered  necessary  by  their  increas- 
ing number..  It  is  proposed  that  each  light,  on  the  principle 
of  the  above  signals,  shall  describe  its  name  every  alternate 
or  every  third  minute,  by  combinations  of  long  and  short 
flashes  ;  for  the  exact  reading  of  which  a  simple  and  easily 
worked  apparatus  is  annexed. 

These  lights  may  be  either  revolving  or  fixed.  In  the  for- 
mer case  the  flashes  will  be  produced  by  lenses,  in  the  latter 
by  Venetian  blinds. 

Sig'iial-ing  Tar'get.  A  form  used  at  railroad 
crossings  and  switches  to  indicate  to  the  engineer 
which  train  has  the  right  of  way,  or  whether  the 
main  track  or  switch  is  open. 

Two  targets,  generally  a  round  and  an  oblong  one,  and 
generally  painted  red  and  white  respectively,  are  set  at  right 
angles  to  each  other  ou  a  revolving  shaft.  These  are  turned 
by  the  target-man  by  means  of  a  hand-lever,  so  as  to  bring 
either  one  in  a  line  across  the  road,  in  view  of  the  engineer, 
and  indicate  to  him  whether  the  main  track  or  a  switch  is 
open.  At  night  a  red  or  white  light  on  the  shaft  gives  the 
same  information. 

A  common  format  ordinary  switches  is  an  upright  pivoted 
lever  with  target  on  top.  The  movement  to  the  right  or  left 
indicates  the  position  of  the  switches. 

Sil'i-cate  Board.  An  incombustible  board 
for  roofing.  Saturate  alternate  layers  of  paste- 
board with  silicate  of  soda,  and  with  a  solution  of 
chloride  of  barium  or  other  salts,  which  produce 
insoluble  silicates,  such  as  salts  of  zinc,  calcium, 
magnesium,  and  aluminium.  The  mass  of  the 
board  becomes  saturated  with  insoluble  silicate  ol 
barium  and  silicic  acid,  which  renders  it  fire  and 
wenther  proof. 

Sil'i-cate  Cot'ton.  A  name  for  slag  wool 
See  SLAG  WOOL,  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2198,  and  MIN- 
ERAL COTTON,  p.  1446. 

Krupp,  Essen "Engineering,"1  xxi.  19. 

Sil'i-can  Steel.  A  steel  in  which  silicon  re 
places  a  part  of  the  usual  carbon.  For  instance  :  — 


Nes  Patent,  102,068,  Feb.  1871. 

Oirbon 0.600 

Silicon 0.552 

Iron          98.848 

He  claims  a  steel  in  which  the  proportion  of  silicon  to 
arbon  is  not  less  than  1  to  2. 
See  also  his  patents  :  — 

104,873,  108,287,  109,752, 

123,191,  125,212,  145,005. 

His  silicon  is  a  mica-schist  magnetite  containing  from  30  to 
6  per  cent,  of  magnetic  oxide  of  iron.  The  process  of  man- 
ufacture of  steel  consists  simply  in  mingling  the  pulverized 
ire  with  molten  cast  or  pig  iron,  and  by  oxidation  reducing 
.he  percentage  of  carbon  until  it  reaches  the  standard  of 
ow  steel.  The  ore  used  is  from  York  county,  Pa.  Views  as 
o  the  value  of  this  process  differ  widely,  though  it  seems 
undeniable  that  rails  made  by  it  last  longer  than  iron,  and 
3an  be  rerolled. 

Iron  Age" xxiv.,  Dec.  25,  p.  3. 

Van  Nnstrand's  Eng.  Mag."*     xvii.  282. 
'Eng.  and  Min.  Journ."  .     .     .  xxvi.  416  ;  xxx.  251,  265. 
MOT.  Manuf.  and  Iron  World  "    xxiv.,  Feb.  28,  p.  8  ;  xxvi., 

Jan.  30,  p.  8. 
On,  Pourcel,  Fr.  .     .     "  Van  Nostmnd's  Mag.,"  xix.  550. 

Silk.     A  fiber,  the  product  of  the  silk  worm. 

The  silk  industry  of  America  is  growing  to  very  satisfac- 
tory proportions,  over  40  per  cent,  of  the  silk  goods  used  in 
the  country  in  1882  being  home  made.  There  were  some 
$40,000,000  worth  manufactured,  as  follows  :  machine  twist. 
$7,000,000  ;  dress  goods.  $5,000,000  :  satins,  $1,500,000  ;  rib- 
bons, $7,000,000 :  handkerchiefs,  $5,000,000 :  fringes  and 
dress  trimmings,'  $6,000,000;  sewing  silk,  $1,500,000:  ties 
and  scarfs,  $1,000,000  ;  tassels  and  millinery  silks,  $2,000,000: 
balance  in  upholstery  and  other  trimmings.  Of  this  luiioimt 
nearly  one  half  wa's  manufactured  in  New  Jersey,  while 
Connecticut,  Massachusetts,  New  York,  and  Pennsylvania 
produced  three  fourths  of  the  remainder.  The  number  of  es- 
tablishments manufacturing  was  about  400,  emplo\  ing  nearly 
9,000  looms,  6,000  spindles,  and  pay  ing  in  wages,  $10,000,001'. 
Our  manufactories  import  $10,000,000  to  $13,000,000  worth 
of  raw  silk  annually,  and  the  duty  on  silk  goods  amounted  in 
1880  to  $32,000,000.  against  $45,000,000  for  woolen  goods. 
and  $51,000,000  for  iron  and  steel.  The  production  of  the 
raw  silk  at  home  is  increasing  very  rapidly,  however,  and  we 
hope  to  see  sufficient  raised  in  the  United  States  in  a  few 
years  to  supply  the  home  demand.  The  southern  State>  ami 
many  northern  States  are  well  adapted  to  the  rearing  of  the 
silk  worm  and  its  food,  the  white  mulberry  tree  ;  while  a 
numberof  parties  like  Virion  Des  Lauriers,  of  New  York,  and 
the  Women's  Silk  Association,  of  Philadelphia,  are  sending 
silk  worm  eggs  and  mulberry  trees  to  all  parts  of  the  country, 
and  buying  the  cocoons  produced.  The  care  of  a  few  silk 
worms  for  a  month  in  the  spring  is  both  interesting  and 
profitable  work,  and  can  be  managed  exclusively  by  women 
and  children. 

Silk  and  silk  culture  in  the  United  States,  see  Hayes' 
"  Centennial  Report,'-'  v.  92-111. 

Silk  culture,  book  on.  Virion  des  Lauriers,  201  East  63d 
street,  New  York. 

See  "Mech.  Diet.,''  pp.  2179-2182. 

A  long  account  of  production  and  manufacture  in  Labou- 
laye's  " Diet,  des  Arts et  Manufact.,"1  tome  iii.,  article  "Soie." 

Culture  in  Alabama  .     .      "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  391. 

Finishing  machines. 

Buff  and,  Lyons     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  196. 
Buffand,l?r.      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2369. 

Industry  of  N.  Italy      .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,' ;  2662. 
Europe *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  Vfll. 

Man.  in  United  States    .       Wycoff,  10th  "  U.  S.  Census." 

Manufacture  of  sewing.      "Scientific  American,''  xl.  100. 

Manufacture,  American      " Scientific  American  Kip.,"  3864. 

Production *  (t  Scientific  American  Kiip.,"  1 

Reeling,  etc       ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  4779. 

Silkworm  eggs,  electric- 
ity in  hatching  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  2<1. 

Silk  worm,  treatment  of  *  "  Sc.  American  £up.,''  2773,  2779. 

Silk  De-gum'ming  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  treating  the  cocoons  to  deprive  the  filaments  of 
their  glutinous  qualities,  which,  as  first  spun  by 
the  worms,  cause  the  thread  to  adhere  too  closely. 

The  thread  of  silk  as  it  unwinds  from  the  cocoon  is  value- 
less for  manufacturing  purposes,  several  of  them  combined 
going  to  make  the  staple  of  commerce.  The  degumming  in 
the  silk  districts  is  accomplished  as  follows  :  The  cocoons  are 
plunged  into  water  near  the  boiling  point,  and  moved  about 
so  that  the  gum  which  fastens  the  threads  becomes  uniformly 
and  thoroughly  softened.  They  are  then  beaten  with  a  small 
birchen  broom,  having  the  tips  split,  so  that  the  loose  threads 


SILK  DEGUMMING   MACHINE. 


811 


SILK   SOFTENING   MACHINE. 


readily  fasten  to  them.  After  beating  a  short  time,  the  op- 
erator gets  all  the  cocoons  fastened,  and  taking  the  bundle  of 
threads,  shakes  the  cocoons  till  each  hangs  but  by  a  single 
one.  She  now  takes  up  five  or  more  threads  (brins)  accord- 
ing to  the  quality  of  silk  wanted,  unites  them,  and  intro- 
duces the  combined  staple  or  strand  (fil)  into  a  little  glass 
eye  on  one  side  of  the  basin.  She  then  forms  a  second  simi- 
lar strand  and  introduces  it  into  a  second  eye  on  the  other 
side.  The  strands  are  then  brought  together,  twisted  several 
times,  separated  above  the  twist,  and  introduced  into  two 
other  glass  eyes  or  ringlets,  through  which  they  are  led,  one 
to  each  end  of  the  reel  or  tambour  which  is  kept  revolving  in 
a  steady,  rapid  manner,  and  to  which  is  also  given  a  certain 
back  and  forth  side  motion.  The  great  object  in  reeling  is 
to  get  the  threads  uniform,  rounded,  well  joined,  properly 
freed  from  moisture,  and  so  crossed  on  the  reel  that  they  will 
not  stick  or  glaze,  as  it  is  termed.  These  objects  are  attained 
by  the  twisting  and  the  to  and  fro  lateral  movement  of  the 
reel,  as  also  by  properly  regulating  the  distance  between  reel 
and  basin. 

The  uniformity  of  the  thread  depends  on  the  skill  of  the 
operator,  who  must  supply  a  new  thread  as  soon  as  one  be- 
gius  to  give  out.  This  is  called  nourishing  the  .silk,  and  is 
done  by  dexterously  casting,  with  the  thumb,  the  new  thread 
upon  the  combined  strand,  to  which  it  immediately  adheres. 
In  this  she  must  use  much  judgment,  for  the  silk  of  a  co- 
coon gradually  gets  lighter  and  finer  as  it  approaches  the 
end,  and  the  uniformity  of  strand  does  not  entirely  depend 
on  the  uniformity  in  number  of  the  individual  threads  form- 
ing it.  Whenever  the  silk  rises  in  locks  the  temperature  of 
the  water  is  known  to  be  too  hot,  and  when  it  unwinds 
with  difficulty  the  temperature  is,  on  the  contrary,  too 
low.  The  operator  is  supplied  with  a  skimmer  with  which 
to  remove  all  chrysalides  and  refu-c  silk  :  also,  with  a 
basin  of  cold  water  in  which  to  (Ool  her  fingers,  which 
are  being  constantly  dipped  in  the  hot  basin.  This  consti- 
tutes the  whole  operation  of  unwinding  ;  but  before  the 
skeins,  as  they  come  from  the  reel,  are  ready  for  the  maiiu- 


, 

matter  that  may  be  adhering  to  it.  It  is  then  further 
cleansed  and  purged  by  being  passed  through  four  similar 
cleansers (piir^eiirf),  then  twisted  about. ">00  times  to  the  yard, 
then  doubled  and  twisted  about  400  times  to  the  yard.  It  is 
finally  run  on  reels  about  IV  in  diameter,  and  taken  off  and 
twisted  in  a  peculiar  knot  or  hank.  Through  all  these  op- 
erations the  oscillating  to  and  fro  lateral  motion  is  kept  up, 
so  as  to  produce  the  diagonal  crossing  of  the  strands,  and  it 
will  be  readily  understood  that  each  staple  is,  in  the  end, 
composed  of  10  or  more  of  the  simple  threads  first  spun  by 
:he  worm. 

Silk  Ma-chiii'er-y.      Danforth    Locomotive 
and  Manufacturing  Co.  (Paterson,  N.  J. )  use  — 

1.  Winding  frame  for  singles. 

2.  Silk  spinning  frame  for  singles:  the  spindles  meking 

•evolutions  per  minute. 

3.  Doubling  frame  in  which  the  twisted  singles  are  laid 
together  on  spools. 


4.  Reeling  mill  for  spinning  doubles  ;  the  spindles  making 
4,500  revolutions. 

The  size  of  the  thread  is  according  to  the  number  doubled 
together,  for  the  term  is  used  whether  3  or  20  may  be  so  laid 
up.  Organzine  may  be  two. thread  doubles  ;  tram  may  be  3 
to  6  thread,  or  more.  Spindle  stop  patent,  March  24,  1876. 

Nonotuck  Silk  Co.'s  (Florence,  Mass.)  machin- 
ery for  throwing  and  finishing  spool  silk  consists  of 

1.  Frame  for  winding   on    to    spools   from   the  imported 
skeins  of  raw  silk.     Machine  has  a  glass  eye  for  the  singles 
to  pass  through.     Hill's  patent. 

2.  For  doubling  several  threads  (from  3  to  20)  together  as 
required  to  obtain  the  required  thickness.     This  machine  has 
Dimock's  patent  detachable  drop-wire  to  stop  the  winding  on 
that   particular  spool   if  either  of  the   individual    strands 
should  break. 

3.  For  spinning,  or  twisting  the  threads  together  ;  the  ma- 
chine having  a  self-oiling  spindle. 

4.  A  machine  for  doubling  several  of  these  spun  strands 
together. 

6.  For  spinning  these  doubled  threads,  forming  a  finished 
cord. 

6.  For  reeling  into  hanks. 

7.  Dyeing  follows. 

s.  A  soft  silk  winding  frame  with  Brown's  patent  rocking 
or  oscillating  motion  to  the  top  skein  carrier  to  facilitate  the 
work. 

A  .^POOL  PRINTER  and  SPOOLING  MACHINE,  which  see. 

Silk  Man'u-fac'ture.  See  manufacture  of 
spun  silk  by  Cheney  Bros.,  Soutli  Manchester. 
Hayes'  "Centennial  Reports,"  v.  100-102. 

Of  Paterson,  N.  J.,  Ibid.,  102-106. 

Of  Horstman,  Phila.,  Ibid.,  107. 

In  U.  S.,  Wycoff,  10th  Census  Report. 

Silk  Reel.  A  reel  for  winding  the  silk  as  it 
conies  from  the  cocoons  in  the  degumming  process. 
The  silk  is  passed  through  glass  eyes,  and  through 
a  guide  having  a  transverse  back-and-forth  mo- 
tion. 

Silk,  Sew'ing.  See  manufacture  of  sewing  silk& 
and  machine  twist,  Nonotuck  Co.,  Florence,  Mass.r 
and  Danforth  Manufacturing  Co.,  Paterson,  N.  J., 
"Centennial  Reports,"  v.,  98—100. 

Silk  Soft'en-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
for  softening  and  polishing  silk  after  dyeing. 

The  skeins  of  silk  are  hung  over  two  tiers  of  bobbins,  the 
lower  set  free  to  move  up  and  down,  and  are  stretched  by 
weights  hung  from  the  lower  bobbins.  This  tier  also  moves 
faster  than  the  upper  ones,  and  has  a  reciprocating  motion., 
horizontally,  to  twist  and  untwist  the  silk  while  revolving. 
See  Fig.  2259. 


2259. 


Silk  Softening  Machine. 


SILK   SOLVENT. 


SILVER. 


Silk  Sol'veiit.  For  dissolving  silk  fiber  to  be 
mixed  with  wool,  cotton,  or  linen  tiber  for  imita- 
tion silk  goods. 

Schlossberger  first  suggested  the  use  of  an  ammoniacal  so- 
lution of  protoxide  of  nickel  for  dissolving  silk.  Persoz 
proposed  to  use  chloride  of  zinc,  and  Spiller  used  concen- 
trated hydrochloric  acid.  J.  Loewe  recently  described  a  new 
solvent,  the  cold  alkaline  solution  of  copper  with  glycerine, 
which  is  not  inferior  to  the  above,  and  with  great  dilution 
surpasses  them.  In  very  weak  solutions,  the  silk  is  acted 
upon  slowly  ;  if  moderately  concentrated,  the  silk  swells  up 
on  moistening  it  a  short  time  ;  and  with  a  larger  quantity  it 
soon  dissolves  to  a  thick  liquid,  which  can  be  filtered,  al- 
though it  filters  slowly.  By  adding  hydrochloric  acid  to  the 
filtrate,  the  dissolved  silk  separates  in  the  form  of  a  white 
jelly  ;  frequently  this  separation  is  very  slow,  and  the  filtrate 
appears  like  a  cold  solution  of  gelatine.  Wool,  cotton,  and 
linen,  after  being  in  contact  with  this  solution  for  hours,  is 
neither  attacked  by  it  nor  taken  up  by  it.  It  appears  as  if 
the  solvent  power  of  the  alkaline  glycerine  and  copper  solu- 
tion only  extends  to 
the  silk.  In  mixed 
fabrics,  the  silk  may 
be  readily  detected, 
and  even  quantitative- 
ly determined. 

Silk  Spin'ner. 

A  machine  for  spin- 
ning and  twisting 
singles  for  organ- 
zine.  It  has  self- 
oiling  spindles  and 
steps.  The  latter 
are  winged  pieces 
which  rest  in  cups, 
the  wings  prevent- 
ing the  vertical  mo- 
t i o n  of  the  oil 
which  might  cause 
it  to  flow  over  the 
edge  of  the  cup.  A  cover  closes  in  the  oil  chamber 
and  excludes  dust.  The  spindles  revolve  7,200  times 
per  minute. 

Silk  Spool'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
winding  silk  on  to  merchant  spools.  See  SPOOL- 
ING MACHINE;  SILK  SPOOLING  AND  MEASUR- 
ING MACHINE. 

Silk  Spool'ing  and  Meas'ur-ing  Ma- 
chine'. A  machine  for  measuring  on  to  bobbins 
the  exact  quantity  of  sewing  or  machine  silk  thread  ; 
say  100  or  200  yards,  or  other  prescribed  quantity. 

The  one  used  by  Holland  Manufacturing  Company  of  Wil- 
limantic,  Connecticut,  has  a  finger  which  rotates  on  a  dial- 
plate,  moved  by  contact  of  an  impelling  roller  which  rotates 
in  contact  with  the  spool. 

John  D.  Cutler  &  Co.'s  (Paterson,  N.  ,T.)  machine  for 
spooling  and  measuring  silk  thread  (Patent,  March  3,  1874) 
has  a  friction  wheel  of  determinate  diameter  resting  against 
the  thread,  and  communicates  motion  by  worm-wheel  to  a 
train  which  actuates  a  printer  on  a  graduated  dial-plate. 

Silk  Stretch'ing.  A  machine  for  stretching 
and  polishing  after  dyeing.  See  SILK  SOFTENING 
MACHINE  and  Fig.  2259. 

Silk  Test'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  spring  balance 
has  a  bar  graduated  to  a  scale  of  weights  for  the 
purpose  of  testing  the  strength  of  the  thread  or 
filament.  The  thread  is  looped  over  the  hook  on 
the  end  of  the  spring-bar,  and  the  ends  being  twisted 
around  the  finger,  the  thread  is  broken,  a  spring- 
catch  detaining  the  bar  so  that  the  point  at  which 
it  broke  may  be  observed  at  leisure. 

Silk  Thread.  Sewing-silk  is  two-cord  and 
twisted  from  left  to  right,  and  machine-twist  is 
three-cord  and  twisted  from  right  to  left. 

Silk  Wash'iiig  Ma-chine'.  One  in  which 
the  cocoons  are  passed  to  rid  them  of  dirt,  worms, 
glutinous  and  other  refuse  matter.  See  DEGLU- 
TINIZING  MACHINE  above. 

Silk  Wind'er.  For  reeling  the  silk  from  the 
cocoons. 


This  apparatus,  shown  in  perspective  in  the  accompanying 
illustration,  is  double.  Each  half  consists  simply  of  a  metal 
lined  basin,  S,  supplied  by  a  faucet,  s,  with  cold  water, 
heated  to  such  temperature  as  may  be  desired,  by  steam 
from  the  pipe  P.  Immediately  above  aud  back  of  the  basin 
is  a  transverse  bar,  H,  which  bears  projecting  horizontally 
from  it,  two  stems  carrying  the  JUieres  F,  which  are  porce- 
lain disks  half  an  inch  in  diameter,  and  each  pierced  in  its 
center  with  a  small  vertical  hole.  The  horizontal  bar  has  a 
slight  traversing  motion.  Above  and  across  the  machine  is 
a  transverse  bar  carrying  the  croiseur  or  twister  C,  which  is  a 
tiny  reel  with  a  vertical  axis,  and  set  in  motion  at  will,  by  a 
train  of  clock-work.  At  each  side  of  the  croiseur  is  a  trem- 
bleur  or  vibrator,  r,  which  is  a  spiral  spring  bearing  at  its 
free  end  a  loop  fitted  with  a  heart-shaped  glass  plate.  Mid- 
way of  the  machine  rise  standards  which  bear  a  reciprocating 
cross-bar,  fitted  with  a  triangle  of  wire,  apex  downward. 
At  the  back  of  the  machine  are  standards  bearing  a  reel  op- 
erated by  a  crank  or  by  power,  the  belt  being  thrown  into 

Fig.  2260. 


Silk  Wintler. 

operation  by  a  clutch  actuated  by  the  rod  R.  The  cocoons 
(containing  the  dead  chrysalides)  being  placed  in  a  basin  of 
hot  water,  are  softened  and  rendered  more  easy  to  unravel. 
The  free  or  outer  ends  of  the  cocoons  are  gathered  by  beat- 
ing the  floating  mass  gently  with  a  stiff  brush  of  twigs. 
Two  sets  of  six  each  of  these  being  selected,  are  passed  up- 
wards through  the  holes  in  the  porcelain  filicres  F,  are 
crossed,  passed  through  the  loops  on  the  croiseur,  through 
the  niche  in  the  glass  bushing  in  the  vibrators,  then  through 
loops  in  the  triangle,  and  then  to  the  reel.  The  machine 
being  then  set  in  operation  by  the  hand  crank  or  by  the 
belts,  the  delicate  threads  are  unwound  from  the  bobbing 
cocoons,  brought  together,  intimately  twisted,  and  wound  on 
the  reel,  which  is  seen  to  contain  two  hanks  of  the  twisted 
thread. 

Silk'worm  Nur'se-ry.  A  frame  is  made 
with  light  square  vertical  posts  connected  by  hori- 
zontal parallel  bamboo  rods.  The  rods  are  placed 
at  suitable  distances  to  support  a  series  of  flat  trays 
made  of  rice  straw,  in  which  the  silkworms  are 
reared. 

Sil'ver.  Equivalent  108,  symbol  Ag.  (anren- 
tum),  specific  gravity  10.5,  point  of  fusion,  1873° 
Fab.  Generally  occurs  as  a  sulphide,  and  is  often 
associated  with  other  metals.  The  ore  is  ground 
and  the  silver  separated  by  amalgamation.  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Alloy "Scientific  American,''  xli.  103. 

Silvering  glass,  Draper  .  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1670. 

Kiemfns "  Scientific  American  Sup.,1'  1670. 

Petitjean " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  16JO. 

Laval "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1670. 

Silvering  iron  ....  "Scientific  American,"1  xxiiiv.  276. 

Ware "Sc.  Amer.,-'  xxxvi.  287,291,  292. 

See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  982,  983,  2182-2185,  and  405  supra. 

Silver  mill,  Boss  ...  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2464. 

Cerro  de  Pasco  ...  *  "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,'1'  xxvi.  436. 
Silver  plate  works. 

Reed  $  Barton  .  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,'-  xli.  287. 
Silver  smelting  processes.  Painter's  "Report  Vienna  Exp." 

Andreasberg      ...          iv.  115. 


SILVER. 


813 


SINGEING   MACHINE. 


Pilram,  163,  Augustin   .     Painter's  "Report  Vienna  E.rp.,'- 

iv.  13i. 
Schemnitz,179,Silesian    Painter's  "Report  Vienna  Exp.," 

iv.  136. 

Soldering.     ....      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  1302. 
Imitation       ....  *  "Scientific  American,"1  xxxiv.  368. 

Sil'ver  Al-loy'.  65  parts  of  iron  and  4  parts 
of  tungsten  are  melted  together  and  granulated  ; 
also  23  parts  of  nickel,  5  of  aluminum,  and  5  of 
copper,  in  a  separate  crucible,  to  which  is  added  a 
piece  of  sodium  in  order  to  prevent  oxidation. 
The  two  granulated  alloys  are  then  melted  to- 
gether. Both  alloys  resist  the  action  of  sulphu- 
retted hydrogen. 

See  also  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  103. 

Sil'ver  Glass.  An  ornamental  ground  and 
cut  glass.  This  glass  can  be  used  in  the  place  of 
plaster,  marble  floors,  or  wood  inlaid  work. 

Patented  February  2,  1875,  Jones. 

Sil'ver-ing.  The  formula  for  silvering  by  dip- 
piny  is  as  follows  :  — 

Dissolve  20  grams  of  silver  in  60  grams  of  nitric  aoid,  and 
precipitate  with  a  solution  of  20  grams  of  caustic  potash  in 
water  upon  a  filter,  and  wash  with  water;  then  redissolve 
upon  the  filter  with  a  solution  of  100  grams  of  cyanide  of 
potassium  in  water;  then  dilute  the  whole  to  2  liters  with 
distilled  water,  and  use  like  the  gilding  solution  described 
in  (iilding  by  Dipping,  under  GILDING,  p.  398,  supra. 

Silvering  b//  Cold  /Inbliing.  —  Make  paste  by 
thoroughly  grinding  in  a  porcelain  mortar,  out  of 
the  light  — 

Water 3  to  5    oz. 

Chloride  of  silver 7    oz. 

Forassium  oxalatc 10J  oz. 

Salt  (common  table) 15    oz. 

Sal  ammoniac 3J  oz. 

Or,  Chloride  of  silver 3J  oz. 

Cream  of  tartar 7    oz. 

Salt  (common) 10 £  oz. 

Water,  to  form  a  paste. 

Keep  in  a  covered  vessel  away  from  the  light.  Apply  with 
a  cork  or  brush  to  the  clean  metallic  (copper)  surface,  and 
allow  the  paste  to  dry.  When  rinsed  in  cold  water  the  sil- 
ver presents  a  fine  frosted  appearance,  the  brightness  of 
which  may  be  increased  by  a  few  seconds'  immersion  in  di- 
lute sulphuric  acid  or  solution  of  potassium  cyanide.  The 
silvering  bears  the  action  of  the  wire  brush  and  of  the  bur- 
nishing tool  very  well,  and  may  also  be  "  oxidized."  Should 
a  first  silvering  not  be  found  sufficiently  durable  after 
scratch-brushing,  a  second  or  third  coat  may  be  applied. 
This  silvering  is  not  so  adhering  on  white  or  pure  copper  as 
upon  a  gilt  surface. 

For  the  reflector  of  lanterns  the  paste  is  rubbed  upon  the 
reflector  with  a  fine  linen  pad  ;  then,  with  another  rag,  a 
thin  paste  of  Spanish  white  or  similar  substance  is  spread 
over  the  reflector  and  left  to  dry.  Rubbing  with  a  fine  clean 
linen  rag  restores  the  luster  and  whiteness  of  the  silvered 
surface. 

The  paste  is  sometimes  mixed  directly  with  the  whiting 
and  left  to  dry,  or  until  nearly  dry,  then  rubbed  down  as  de- 
scribed. 

Sil'ver-ing  Glass.  Prepare  two  solutions, 
says  the  "Jeweler  and  Silversmith" :  — 

1.  Argentic  nitrate  is  dissolved  in  distilled  water  and  am- 
monia added  to  the  solution,  till  the  precipitate  first  thrown 
down  is  almost  entirely  redissolved.  The  solution  is  filtered 
and  diluted  so  that  100  cc.  contain  one  gram  of  argentic 
nitrate.  2.  Two  grams  of  argentic  nitrate  are  dissolved  in  a 
little  distilled  water  and  poured  into  a  liter  of  boiling  dis- 
tilled water  ;  1.66  grams  of  Rochelle  salt  is  added  and  the 
mixture  boiled  fora  short  time,  till  the  precipitate  contained 
in  it  becomes  gray  ;  it  is  then  filtered  hot. 

The  glass  having  been  thoroughly  cleaned  with  (1)  nitric 
acid,  (2)  water,  (3)  caustic  potash,  (4)  water,  (5)  alcohol,  and 
lastly,  distilled  water,  is  to  be  placed  in  a  clean  glass  or  por- 
celain vessel,  the  side  to  be  silvered  being  placed  uppermost. 
Equal  quantities  of  the  two  solutions  are  then  to  be  mixed 
and  poured  in,  so  as  to  cover  the  glass.  This  should  be 
done  while  the  glass  is  still  wet  with  distilled  water.  In 
about  an  hour  the  silvering  will  be  completed.  Then  pour 
off  the  exhausted  liquid,  carefslly  remove  the  glass,  wash 


in  clean  water,  rub  off  silver  deposited  where  not  required, 
allow  to  dry  and  varnish  silver  side  with  any  thin  varnish 
which  does  not  contract  much  in  drying.  The  time  re- 
quired for  the  operation  depends  on  the  temperature.  If  the 
solution  be  warmed  toabout30°C.,  the  silver  U  deposited  in  a 
few  minutes,  but  it  is  safer  to  use  them  cold.  The  insides  of 
test-tubes,  bulbs,  etc.,  are  silvered  by  putting  the  solutions 
into  them,  no  second  vessel  being  then  required.  Through- 
out the  whole  operation  the  most  scrupulous  cleanliness  is 
the  grand  essential. 

Furnace,  Stetefeldl    .    .  *  "Min.  if  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  349. 
Silvering  glass  .     .     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup. ,"  1928. 

Lrival *l  Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'  921. 

Ivorv "37a»i.  and  Builder,'''  xii.  167. 

Sil'ver-ing  Mir'rors.  Some  time  since  the 
Academic  des  Sciences  offered  a  prize  of  2,500  f.  for 
a  method  of  satisfactorily  and  permanently  silvering 
mirrors,  and  which  should  save  the  workman  the 
danger  of  exposure  to  the  effect  of  mercurial  vapors. 
The  prize  has  been  awarded  to  M.  Lenoir,  whose 
process  is  substantially  as  follows  :  — 

The  glass  is  first  silvered  by  means  of  tartaric  acid  and 
ammoniacal  nitrate  of  silver,  and  then  exposed  to  the  action 
of  a  weak  solution  of  double  cyanide  of  mercury  and  potas- 
i  slum.  When  the  mercurial  solution  has  spread  uniformly 
over  the  surface,  fine  zinc  dust  is  powdered  over  it  which 
promptly  reduces  the  quicksilver  and  permits  it  to  form  a 
white  and  brilliant  silver  amalgam,  adhering  strongly  to  the 
glass,  and  which  is  affirmed  to  be  free  from  the  yellowish 
tint  of  ordinary  silvered  glass,  and  uoc  easily  affected  by 
sulphurous  emanations. 

Silvering  mirrors  .     .    "Scientific  Amer.,''1  xli.  232  ;  xliii.  73. 

Sil'ver  Pro'cess.  The  plan  of  Paul's  dry- 
process  mill,  for  working  gold  and  silver  ores,  is  — 

1.  The  calcining  furnace  :  2,  the  self-feeder  ;  3,  the  stamp 
battery  ;  4,  dust  casing :  5,  elevators  (these  are  not  used 
when  the  ground  admits  of  the  battery  being  set  on  a  level 
with  the  pulverizing  barrel ;  7,  hopper  for  pulverized  ore ; 
8,  amalgamating  barrel;  9.  hopper  for  conveying  ore  to  the 
settler  ;  10,  first  settler ;  ll,  amalgam  safe  ;  12,  hydrostatic 
settler  ;  13,  concentrator. 

The  ore  is  reduced  to  powder  by  attrition  of  quartz,  and 
the  amalgamation  is  speedy.  Ore  is  passed  into  self-feeders, 
and  that  is  the  last  of  the  handling.  The  gold  contained  in 
it  will  be  found  in  the  amalgam  safe,  all  ready  for  retorting. 
The  machinery  is  ingeniously  constructed,  and  works  effect- 
ively. It  is  rendered  perfectly  automatic,  so  that,  from  the- 
moment  the  quartz  is  put  into  the  feeder  until  the  gold 
comes  from  the  machine  in  the  shape  of  amalgam,  the  stuff 
is  not  handled.  Only  two  men  are  necessary  to  run  a  10- 
ton  mill. 

Sil'ver  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  A  steel  of  fine 
quality  with  a  slight  alloy  of  silver. 

Sil'ver  Ware.     Table  ware    made    from  or 
coated  with   silver.      See   CHASING;    REPOUSSE; 
SNARLING  ;  GILDING,  etc.     "Mech.  Diet." 
Silverware     .  *  u  Scientific  American,''1  xxxvi.  287,  291,  292. 

Singe'iiig  Ma-chine'.  A  gas  singeing  machine 
intended  for  removing  or  dressing  the  nap  on  woven 
goods. 

In  Fig.  2261,  the  workman  has  the  work  directly  under  his 
notice,  and  can  vary  at  any  time  the  intensity  of  the  flame, 
or  the  speed  at  which  the  cloth  is  traveling. 

The  burners  are  so  arranged  that  the  application  of  com- 
pressed air  takes  place  at  the  moment  of  the  combustion  of 
the  gas,  and  by  varying  the  pressure  of  the  air  all  the  differ- 
ent degrees  of  heat  can  be  obtained,  and  thick  and  thin  fab- 
rics singed  with  equal  facility.  The  upper  part  of  the  burner 
is  open  along  its  whole  length,  and  cocks  and  othermeansare 
provided  for  regulating  the  line  of  flame,  so  as  to  make  it 
perfectly  even,  or  to  reserve,  if  required,  certain  parts  of  the 
surface  of  the  cloth  from  the  action  of  the  llame.  The  posi- 
tion of  the  line  of  flame  can  also  be  varied  according  to  the 
effect  which  is  required.  Thus  the  flame  applied  directly 
under  the  roller  singes  the  cloth  thoroughly,  and,  it  is  said, 
brings  out  the  grain,  as  is  necessary  in  merinos,  cashmeres, 
etc.  ;  but  in  the  case  of  delicate  tissues,  where  it  is  necessary 
simply  to  dress  the  cloth  lightly  as  with  a  shearing  machine, 
the  line  of  the  flame  is  placed  tangentialiy  to  the  roller,  and 
only  takes  off  the  projecting  fibers. 

The  workman  can,  by  means  of  a  treadle,  instantly  stop 
the  feed  of  the  cloth,  and  at  the  same  time  reverse  the  line 
of  flame  so  as  to  suspend  its  action  ;  thus  fringed  shawls  can 
be  singed  and  accidents  easily  avoided. 


SINGEING  MACHINE. 


814 


SINGLE-KAIL   RAILWAY. 


Fig.  2201. 


os  Singling  Machine. 


This  system  produces  no  smoke  or  soot,  so  that  the  most 
delicate  tissues  can  be  singed  without  altering  the  color,  and 
after  bleaching,  dyeing,  or  printing,  without  changing  the 
shade. 

The  mixture  of  compressed  air  and  gas  is  effected,  so  as  to 
produce  great  economy  in  gas,  and  at  the  same  time  a  great 
intensity  of  flame.  The  intensity  of  the  flame  is  increased 
by  augmenting  the  pressure  of  the  air  without  varying  at  all 
the  quantity  of  gas,  which  latter  only  becomes  then  more 
perfectly  consumed. 

The  general  arrangement  of  the  machine  with  a  single 
flame,  as  usually  made,  is  clearly  shown  in  the  above  draw- 
ing, but  machines  are  also  arranged,  when  desired,  with  two 
or  four  flames  so  as  to  singe  both  sides  of  the  stuff  at  one 
passage. 

Sin'gle  Coil  Spring.  One  made  of  a  single 
spring  wire,  coiled  upon  itself,  with  same  diameter 
throughout. 

Sin'gle  Flu'id  Bat'ter-y.  (Electricity.}  A 
term  used  for  the  battery  with  but  a  single  fluid, 
in  the  double  fluid  battery  invented  by  Paniell. 
See  p.  2187,  "Meek.  Diet.," 

Air  as  a  depolarizer  in  a  single  fluid  cell  is  found  in 
Pulvermacher's  .     .     *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  888. 

"Engineer,''1  *  xlvi.  143. 

"Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,'-  2213,  2247. 
Puh-ermacher ,  Fr.    *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  143. 

Sin'gle  Plate  Wheel.  (Railway.)  A  car 
wheel  which  has  a  single  plate  between  the  hub  and 
the  rim.  The  plate  or  disk  is  sometimes  fiat,  or 
ribbed  on  one  side,  or  corrugated. 

Sin'gle-rail  Rail 'way.  One  in  which  the 
cars  are  supported  and  run  on  a  single  rail,  and 
are  braced  or  steadied  by  side-rails. 

Figs.  2262,  2263  show  the  details  of  construction  of  a  new 
and  improved  car  for  single-rail  railways,  invented  by  David 
B.  James,  of  Visalia,  Cal.  The  invention  consists  of  one  line 
of  broad-faced  wheels  in  the  center  to  carry  the  load,  and 
guide  wheels  to  run  each  side  of  the  rail  on  vertical  axles 
projecting  down  from  the  car,  these  wheels  being  to  keep 
the  carrying  wheels  on  the  track  and  to  prevent  the  cars 
from  overturning,  for  which  they  are  contrived  to  gripe  the 
rail  with  more  or  less  force  The  wheels  are  connected  with 
a  platform  which  is  carried  only  enough  higher  than  the  rail 
to  clear  it  properly,  and  the  car  is  mounted  on  pivots  ar- 
ranged in  the  line  of  the  wheels,  and  supported  on  the  plat- 
form so  that  the  load  is  balanced  on  the  wheels,  and  the 
center  of  gravity  is  lowered  as  much  as  possible  to  prevent 


Single-rait  Railway. 


. 

In  the  locomotive  they 
may  be  geared  with  the 
power  and  have  a  lever 
contrivance  for  gripping 
the  rail  tightly  for  trac- 
tion on  steep  grades. 

Fig.  2262  of  the  engrav- 
ings is  a  longitudinal  sec- 
tion elevation  of  the  im- 
proved railway  car,  ^liou-- 
ing  the  guide  wheels, 
ridged  and  running  in  a 
groove  in  the  stringer. 
Fig.  2263  is  a  horizontal 
section,  giving  an  end 
view  of  the  car  and  track, 
stringer  and  ties,  with 
side  wheels,  the  ridges 
jn  which  fit  into  the 
groove  in  the  stringer. 

y 


Single-rail  Railway. 


one  being,  say  from  2"  to  3"  thick.     _B  represents  the  ties, 
which    may   be   of  any   suitable    kind.     C  represents   the 


SINGLE-RAIL   RAILWAY. 


815 


SINGLE  SCREW   TURNBUCKLE. 


carrying  wheels  of  the  car ;  D,  the  wheels  for  guiding  it, 
and  preventing  it  from  overturning,  the  latter  wheel?  being 
mounted  on  vertical  axles  F,  projecting  down  from  the  car 
body  or  supports,  I,  so  that  the  wheels  run  against  the  edges 
of  the  rail,  while  the  wheels  Crun  on  top.  The  axles  fare 
mounted  in  bearings  G,  which  are  movable  toward  and 
from  the  rail,  and  have  springs  to  press  them  against  it,  by 
which  they  are  accommodated  to  variations  in  thickness  of 
the  rail,  and  allow  the  car  to  turn  curves  readily,  without 
requiring  the  wheels  C  to  be  mounted  on  a  pivot  or  fifth- 
wheel. 

The  car  body  J  is  mounted  on  the  pivots  A',  supported  on 
the  platform  L,  which  is  .-usjieinied  from  the  axles  of  the 
wheels  T,  the  said  pivots  being  arranged  in  the  longitudinal 
plane  of  the  wheel.-  '',  so  the  center  of  gravity  of  the  load 
remains  more  on  the  wheels  than  it  otherwise  would,  and  the 
cur  is  more  certain  of  keeping  erect  in  case  the  load  is  not 
trimmed  nicely,  or  the  car  is  jarred  or  otherwise  forced  later- 
ally. But  to  prevent  the  car  from  rocking  too  much  on  the 
pivots,  and  also  to  prevent  it  from  striking  too  hard  on  the 
platform  in  case  it  does  rock,  buffer  springs  M  are  attached 
to  the  under  sideof  the  car  body,  sn  as  to  strike  the  platform, 
or  they  may  be  applied  so  that  the  body  may  strike  against 
them. 

The  platform  will  always  run  level  on  account  of  using 
only  one  rail  and  employing  the  guide  wheels  to  direct  the 
car,  which  avoids  the  necessity  of  tilting  the  car  as  on  the 
curves  of  the  road£  of  two  rails,  and  thus  the  difficulty  of 
carrying  the  cars  upright  on  a  single  track  is  greatly  dimin- 
ished. 

If  considered  necessary,  the  carrying  wheels  may  be  banded 
•with  rubber  to  prevent  wear  of  the  wood  rails,  and  for  run- 
ning smoothly,  but  it  is  believed  that  the  broad  surfaceswill 
wear  so  little  as  not  to  need  it.  By  gearing  the  guide  wheels 
of  the  locomotives  with  the  driving  wheels,  and  employing 
levers  to  cause  them  to  gripe  the  rails,  very  steep  grades  may 
be  ascended.  Very  abrupt  curves  can  easily  be  overcome 
by  means  of  this  system,  as  well  as  steep  grades.  The  en- 
gineering difficulties  of  a  line  in  a  mountainous  country 
could  therefore  be  overcome  by  it,  as  a  narrow-gauge  road 
overcomes  the  difficulties  of  a  broad-gauge  under  such  cir- 
cumstances. The  stringer  is  fastened  to  the  ties  with  iron 
knees. 

Figs.  2264,  2265  show  a  road  that  consists  of  a  single  bear- 
ing-rail, A,  of  the  common  T  rail  pattern  laid  upon  a  wooden 
stringpiece  of  about  4x8  timber,  which  rests  upon  the  top 
of  a  row  of  posts,  or  piers,  and  is  flanked  by  a  pair  of  side 
rails,  B  B,  which  are  dropped  some  4/  5"  below  the  level  of 
the  bearing  rail  A,  and  are  3'  4"  from  out  to  out.  A  system 

Fig.   2264. 


Single-rail  Railway 

of  cross  bracing  from  the  main  rail  A  to  each  of  the  side 
rails,  supplemented  by  a  similar  set  of  braces  between  the 
rails  B  B,  gives  the  whole  the  character  of  a  triangular 
truss,  of  great  strength. 

The  locomotive  used  on  this  road,  of  which  Fig,  2265  is  a 
rear  view  with  casing  removed,  runs  upon  two  driving-wheels 
shown  at  C  C,  of  28"  diameter ;  the  boiler,  of  the  style 
known  as  "  locomotive,"  12'  long  and  34"  in  diameter,  with 
4J'  fire-box,  is  dropped  as  low  to  the  bearing-rail  A  as  prac- 
ticable. The  frame  of  the  locomotive  is  made  of  angle  iron, 
and  drops  to  the  level  of  the  side  rails  B  B  on  either  side, 
carrying  on  each  side  two  guide-wheels  D  D,  of  28"  diameter, 
which  run  upon  vertical  axes.  Both  the  driving-wheels  C  C 
and  guide-wheels  D  D  are  grooved,  or,  properly  speaking, 
double-flanged,  making  it  impossible  for  the  locomotive  to 
be  taken  off  the  track  by  any  accident  that  does  not  first  ac- 


tually take  the  wheels  off,  and  then  lift  the  machine  bodily 
nearly  5',  throwing  sideways  withal.  The  total  length  of 
the  engine  is  only  about  IT'.  The  fuel  and  water  tanks 
being  below  the  level  of  the  bearing-rail  and  upon  the  side- 
frames,  assist  in  ballasting  and  steadying  the  machine.  The 
engines  proper  are  of  the  La  France  rotary  pattern,  the  prin- 
ciple of  which  is  that  of  two  gear-wheels  running  in  a  tight 
Mute. 

The  road,  as  shown  here,  is  designed  for  city  and  rapid 
transit  where  the  height  above  the  ground,  as  well  as  the 
length  of  the  span  between  supports,  is  necessarily  great,  but 
for  country  roads  a  much  simpler  and  more  economical  style 
of  construction  is  recommended,  wherein  the  roadway  con- 
sists of  a  single  bearing-rail  A  of  iron,  the  side-rails  B  B  be- 
ing of  hard  wood ,  and  the  side-plates  that  support  E  B  are 
brought  together  near  enough  to  bolt  directly  to  the  posts, 

Fig.  2265. 


Single-rail  Railway. 

which  should  be  of  cedar.  A  road  of  this  kind,  capable  of 
carrying  a  load  of  four  tons  per  bearing-wheel,  is  estimated 
upon  as  follows.  For  each  mile  in  length  the  company  esti- 
mates :  — 

Steel  bearing-rail,  40  Ibs.  per  yard,  at  $65  per  ton  $1,242.00 

Splice-plates  and  spikes  .  , 135.00 

Stringpiece  8  X  10,  side-plates  5x6,  side-rails 

3x4,  all  of  hard  or  Georgia  pine  .....  1,700.00 

Lag  bolts,  plate  bolts,  and  spikes 160.00 

Cedar  posts,  8"  in  diameter,  12'  long,  550  per  mile 

at$l  .  .  , 550.00 

Setting  in  concrete  base,  25  cents  per  foot  .  .  .  137.50 

Mill  work,  squaring  ends  and  boring  bolt  holes  .  250.00 

Contingencies 325.50 

Total $4,500.00 

The  above  figures  are  obtained  with  reference  to  the  south- 
eastern part  of  New  Jersey,  where  the  soil  is  sandy  ;  but  it 
is  to  be  remembered  that  in  no  case  is  any  amount  of  grading 
or  earth  work  to  be  allowed  for,  no  culverts  to  provide:  the 
only  difference  required  by  small  streams  is  a  slight  increase 
in  length  of  posts  perhaps  (and  this  is  the  better  rule  for  cross- 
ing all  highways  and  railroads),  also  an  increase  of  elevation 
and  span,  requiring  only  a  little  more  lumber  at  such  points 
to  reenforce  the  stringer  plates  and  posts,  and  no  other  extra 
expense  ;  swamps  or  peat-bogs  may  require  some  crib  work, 
but  again  it  is  only  a  call  for  more  cedar,  and  nothing  else. 
Such  a  roadway  should  only  need  renewal  in  from  fifteen  to 
twenty  years.  The  bridging  of  highways  and  streams  adds 
little  or  nothing  to  the  first  cost.  The  single  bearing-rail  is 
about  5'  from  the  ground  as  a  minimum. 

Single  rail *  "Sc.  American  Sup.,'-  511,  694. 

Uno-rail *"Mech.  Diet.,'"  Figs.   1210,  6872, 

pp.  513,  2683. 

Palmer "  Mech.  Diet.,"  Fig.  1856,  p.  792. 

Baker "Iron  Age,"1  xix.,  Feb.  8,  p.  15. 

Sin'gle  Screw  TurnTDUck-le.     A  link  hav- 


SINGLE-RAIL   CRANE. 


816 


SIPHON. 


ing  a  nut  at  one  end  and  a  swivel  at  the  other,  used 
in  lightning-rods.  See  TURNBUCKLE,  c,  Fig.  6794, 
p.  2659,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Sin'gle-rail  Crane.  A  single,  mounted  rail 
carrying  a  crane  for  shifting  to  different  parts  of  a 
room. 

Fig.  2266. 


Sinking  Pump. 

sinking    new    shafts 
mines. 


A  vertical  pump  adapted  to 
and    recovering    abandoned 


The  pumps  are  of  various  capacity.     The  one  here  illus- 
trated (Fig.  2267)  is  next  to  the  smallest  made,  weighs  one 
thousand  pounds,  and  has  a  capacity  of  about  eighty  gallons 
per  minute.    It  is  built  on  the  bucket-plunger  plan, adapting 
it  to  gritty  water.     The  removable  barrel  admits 
of  easy  renewal  when  worn,  and  swing-bolts  give 
access  to  both  pump-barrel  and  water- valves.    It 
is  also  through  its  attachments  made  adjustable 
to  the  water  level. 

Kijr.2267. 


(NO   iLCVATION 


Single-rail  Crane. 

This  form  of  crane,  shown  in  Fig.  2266,  is  for  hand- 
power,  but  the  general  form  is  the  same  whether  the  crane 
is  worked  by  hand  or  is  driven  by  a  high-speed  cord  or  tum- 
bler shaft.  The  under-carriage  or  bogey  is  fitted  with  two 
double-flanged  wheels,  one  in  front  of  the  other,  and  trav- 
eling on  a  single  rail,  which  is  usually  sunk  so  as  to  be  Hush 
with  the  floor,  in  order  not  to  interfere  with  the  free  circu- 
lation of  foot  or  wheeled  traffic  in  any  direction  ;  the  stabil- 
ity of  the  crane  is  maintained  by  the  post  being  keyed  se- 
curely into  the  carriage,  its  upper  end  being  fitted  with  a 
horizontal  wheel  which  works  between  a  pair  of  guides  fixed 
to  the  under  side  of  a  floor,  or  to  the  beams  or  columns ; 
these  guides  are  fixed  in  the  same  line  as  the  single  rail  on 
the  flocr  and  plumb  above  it,  and  extend  the  full  length 
that  it  is  desired  to  travel  the  crane  ;  the  jib  is  hung  on  a 
shoulder  on  the  post ;  the  thrust  of  the  jib  being  taken  by  a 
pair  of  friction  rollers  working  against  the  post ;  it  therefore 
turns  very  freely  entirely  round  the  post.  The  gearing  is 
worked  from  the  floor  by  hauling  on  the  endless  hand-rope, 
and  the  barrel-shaft  is  fitted  with  a  self-acting  arrangement, 
which  maintains  the  load  suspended  directly  the  hand-rope 
is  released.  One  of  the  traveling  wheels  is  geared  up  to  the 
handle  shaft  on  the  carriage,  which  is  the  proper  height 
from  the  ground  for  easily  turning. 

.  It  will  be  evident  from  the  engraving  and  the  foregoing 
short  description  that  these  cranes  occupy  so  little  space  that 
they  are  peculiarly  adapted  for  running  between  two  lines 
of  lathes  or  machine  tools,  or  for  lifting  the  smaller  parts 
of  machines  in  the  erecting  shop  after  the  heavy  portions 
have  been  put  in  position  by  the  overhead  traveler.  Cranes 
of  this  type  have  been  constructed  for  many  of  the  leading 
engineers ;  they  are  also  usefully  employed  in  wool  ware- 
houses or  furniture  stores  where  goods  are  packed  from  floor 
to  ceiling.  For  the  platforms  of  railway  or  dock  goods  sheds 
this  system  affords  very  great  facility  for  concentrating  the 
crane-power  at  any  given  point,  and  the  heavy  outlay  is 
avoided  for  a  number  of  fixed  cranes  which  can  neither  be 
always  employed  nor  cover  the  ground  so  completely  as  port- 
able cranes.  These  cranes  lift  a  load  and  swing  entirely 
round  with  it,  or  travel  with  it  as  readily  as  if  it  were  on  a 
truck  on  rails. 

Sin'gle  Shear  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  Blister 
steel,  once  reworked  by  heating,  rolling,  and  tilting 
to  improve  the  quality. 

Sin'gle  Whip.  (Nautical.)  A  simple  form  of 
tackle  formed  by  reeving  a  rope  through  a  single 
block,  a,  Fig.  7196,  p.  2770;  a,  Fig.  6159,  p.  2480, 
"Mech.  Diet.'" 

Sin'glings.  The  first  to  come  over,  the  crude 
spirit  of  distillation. 

Sink'er  Bar.  A  medium  length  section  of  a 
long  boring  rod  or  auger  stem  for  sinking  shafts. 
A  still  shorter  section  is  called  a  substitute. 


Sinus  Probe. 


Sinking  Pump. 


Si'nus  Probe.  A  vermicular  pointed  uterine 
curved  probe,  used  in  its  peculiar  branch  of  surgi- 
cal operations.  Fig.  2268. 

Si'phon.  A  unique  application  of  the  siphon, 
to  enable  the  transmission  of  water  over  higher 
levels  than  its  source,  is  described  as  follows  :  — 

The  most  remarkable  illustration  of  this  principle  on  a 
grand  scale  is  to  be  found  at  the  water  works  at  Virginia 
City,  Nev.  The  water  is  brought  in  an  18"  flume,  4  miles 
long,  to  a  spur  overlooking  the  \Vashoe  Valley  2100'  above  the 
Truckee  Railroad  track.  There  it  is  received  into  an  iron 
pipe  which  after  descending  into  the  valley  ascends  on  the 
other  side  to  the  height  of  1,540'. 

The  length  of  the  inverted  siphon  is  nearly  7  miles  and 
conveys  two  million  gallons  of  water  per  day.  The  leading 
of  such  a  stream  of  water  across  such  a  valley  has  no  paral- 
lel in  hydraulic  engineering.  The  pressure  on  the  pipe  is 
equal  to  a  column  of  water  1,720'  high.  The  orifice  of  the 
pipe  is  12"  in  diameter,  and  the  amount  of  rolled  iron  used 
in  its  manufacture  is  1,150,000  pounds.  A  million  rivets 
were  used  in  its  construction,  and  50,000  pounds  of  lead  in 
fastening  the  joints.  The  line  of  pipe  is  compelled  to  twist 


SIPHON. 


817 


SIPHON   SLIDE. 


and  curve  to  fit  the  inequalities  of  the  ground  and  crosses 
13  steep  canons.  At  the  bottom  of  each  depression  a  blow- 
cock  is  useC.  to  remove  the  sediment,  and  at  each  elevation  is 
an  air  vent.  The  water  when  received  into  the  pipe  from  the 
flume  passes  through  wire  screens  and  charcoal. 

Stilhvell *  "Scientific  American,"1  xxxv.  307. 

Automatic,  Taylor    .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sap.,'' 2717. 
*  "Scientific  American"  xl.  216. 

Condenser,  Sault,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,"1  xxii.  484. 

Lubricator,  \Veatkerburn, 
Br *  "Engineer,'1'  xlv.  170. 

Overflow,  automatic. 

Taylor,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  353. 

Recorder,  Thomson,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  115. 

Verdon  canal,  across  val- 
ley of  St.  Paul,  Fr.    .  *  "  Engineering,''  xxiii.  246. 

Si'phon,  Au'to-mat'ic.  A  siphon  the  short 
arm  of  which  being  provided  with  a  valve  is  ac- 
tuated and  set  in  motion  by  the  alternate  vertical 
movement  given  to  it. 

It  is  operated  without  withdrawing  the  air  by 
suction,  through  the  inertia  and  adhesion  of  the 
liquid. 

Si'phon  Con-den'ser.  An  ingenious  device 
for  producing  a  siphon  vacuum,  profitably  employed 
in  a  low-pressure  engine  as  a  substitute  for  the  air- 
pump  and  condenser. 

The  condenser  is  placed  on  top  of  a  vertical  tube  (say  34'  to 
40'  high)  that  has  its  lower  end  inserted  in  the  hot  well. 


Fig.  2269. 


Siphon  Condenser. 

Connected  also  with  the  condenser  are  the  tubes  that  con- 
vey the  exhaust  steam  from  the  engine  on  the  one  hand  and 
the  ordinary  injection  of  cold  water  on  the  other. 

Si'phon  Gage.  ( Gas.}  A  form  of  gage  used 
in  determining  the  pressure  or  vacuum  in  gas  pipes. 
It  consists  of  a  convolved  pipe  in  the  U  of  which  is 
a  liquid  acted  upon  by  the  gas  admitted  by  a  pipe. 
The  zero  in  the  graduated  member  is  when  no  pres- 
sure is  exerted  and  the  liquid  is  at  an  equal  height 
in  each  leg.  Below  and  above  this  are  graduations 
which  indicate  inches  of  water  pressure  or  vac- 


52 


Si'phon  Pipe.  A  curved  pipe  that  on  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  siphon  conveys  liquids  over  inequalities 
in  its  track. 

Si'phon  Pump.  A  device  for  raising  water 
by  the  direct  action  of  steam.  It  combines  the 
powers  of  a  force  and  lift  pump  without  piston, 
plunger,  valve,  or  any  movable  parts,  so  as  to  have 
little  about  it  to  wear  or  get  out  of  order. 

Solid  bodies  of  less  diameter  than  the  pipes  of  the  steam 
siphon  pass  through  it  without  obstruction,  thus  drawing  up 
and  ejecting  mud,  sand,  cinders,  fruit,  grain,  chips,  coal,  etc., 
that  with  a  common  pump  would  obstruct  the  valves.  Fig. 
2270. 


Fig.  2270. 


Siphon  Pump. 

Si'phon  Re-cord'er.  A  delicate  recording  in- 
strument for  the  receiving  end  of  submarine  ca- 
bles, the  invention  of  Sir  William  Thomson. 

It  has  a  large  magnet  with  a  small  movable  coil  of  wire  (in 
the  line  circuit)  suspended  between  its  poles  ;  when  a  cur- 
rent passes  the  coil  moves,  and  this  movement  in  the  mag- 
netic field  is  communicated  to  the  siphon  pen  which  there- 
upon writes  the  message.  The  letters  consist  of  a  codified 
series  of  right  and  left  deviations  from  the  right  line,  due  to 
the  movement  of  the  paper  by  the  mechanical  feeder. 

"Engineering  ''    .     .     .  *  xxii.  115,  116. 

"Sc.  American  Sup.'*    .  *  205,  *  909,  *  4060. 

Paper  by  Ewing  .     .    .  *  "Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  v.  185. 

Si'phon  Slide.  A  device  for  the  retention  of 
small  aquatic  animals  in  a  position  suitable  for  ex- 
periment and  observation. 

In  a  slip  of  thick  plate  glass  a  chamber  is  excavated  that 
has  at  each  end  fine  perforations,  too  small  to  permit  the  es- 
cape of  the  animal  under  view,  but  sufficient  to  maintain  a 
flow  of  water.  These  openings  emerge  into  tubular  mouths, 
to  each  of  which  is  attached  a  tightly -fitting  elastic  tube  ; 
one  of  these  communicates  with  a  reservoir  of  water,  whilst 
the  other  acts  as  an  escape  conduit. 


SIPHON   SLIDE. 


818 


SIRUP  TANK. 


Fig.  2271. 


The  position  of  the  slide,  when 
in  use,  must  be  slightly  above  the 
level  of  the  reservoir,  while  the 
escape  tube  must  rest  below  the 
game,  insuring  a  siphon  action  in 
the  apparatus.  See  Fig.  2271. 

Si'phon  Tel'e-graph  Re-cord'er.  See  SI- 
PHON RECORDER. 

Si'phon  Trap.  One  in  form  of  siphon  to  pre- 
vent the  rising  of  gases  from  sewers,  etc.  See  SEAL  ; 
SEWER-GAS  CHECK,  supra,  and  Fig.  6618,  p.  2617, 
"  Mech.  Diet." 

Si'ren.  1 .  An  apparatus  for  detecting  the  so- 
norous qualities  of  various  kinds  of  wood  and 
metals. 

2.  An  instrument  for  producing  musical  tones 
and  for  measuring  the  intonations  and  vibrations 
of  sound-waves. 

For  comparison  of  the  Daboll  fog  trumpet,  siren,  etc.,  see 
"Smithsonian  Report,"  1878,  by  Prof.  Henry,  pp.  455-559. 

In  the  grand  siren  of  Lubec  a  strong  system  of  clock-work 
keeps  in  motion  a  copper  disk,  pierced  with  holes  at  regular 
intervals.  A  common  air-chamber  communicates  with  a 
series  of  tube?  that  can  be  accurately  adjusted  in  front  of 
the  revolving  disk,  at  any  required  position.  A  registry 
gives  the  velocity  of  rotation. 

Four  of  the  disks  are  intended  to  show  the  results  obtained 
when  the  isochronism  of  the  impulses  is  imperfect  from  any 
cause ;  the  fifth  shows  that  impulses  coming  from  different 
points  can  unite  to  form  one  sound ;  the  sixth  serves  for 
experiments  on  interference ;  the  seventh  has  eight  series  of 
holes,  giving  the  gamut ;  the  eighth  has  eight  series  of  holes 

Fig.  2272. 


upon  the  rapidity  with  which  the  puffs  succeed  each  other, 
or  upon  the  velocity  of  rotation  of  the  disk,  precisely  as  in 
the  acoustic  instrument  called  the  siren,  used  in  physical 
apparatus  to  illustrate  the  truth  that  the  pitch  of  a  sound 
depends  upon  the  number  of  aerial  vibrations  produced  in  a 
given  time.  This  steam  siren  has  been  experimented  upon 
by  Professor  Tyndall  in  his  recent  investigations  upon  the 
propagation  of  sounds  through  fogs  and  under  other  atmos- 
pheric conditions,  and  has  proved  very  far  superior  to  artil- 
lery in  signaling  through  fog.  See  Fig.  2272. 

Comparison  of  the  Daboll  fog  trumpet  and  siren  and  other 
matters  in  "Researches  in  Sound,''1  "Smithsonian  Report," 
1878,  by  Prof.  Henry,  pp.  455-559. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup."1 766. 

See  SIREN,  Fig.  5114,  p.  2191,  "Mech.  Diet.'1' 

See  FOG  TRUMPET,  Fig.  1080,  p.  353,  supra. 
Siren *  "Engineer,"  xli.  46. 

Buoy,  self  acting. 

Courtenay,  Fr.    .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  510. 

Compressed  air,  Saut- 
ter Lemonnier  If  Co., 
Fr *  "Engineering,'''  xxx.  366. 

Irish,  Wighatn  .     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2398. 

Sir'up  Gage.     The  solid  plunger  sirup  gage, 
illustrated  in  the  accompanying  cut,  is  a  device  in- 


'  Siren. 

ior  the  harmonics,  and  the  ninth  illustrates  the  phenomena 
of  beats.  See  also  Helmholtz's  Double  Siren  and  Oppelt's 
Siren. 

The  Centennial  Steam  Fog  Siren  or  Trumpet  and  the  Aus- 
trian fog  trumpet  are  different  modifications  of  instruments 
intended  to  denote  points  of  danger  to  shipping  in  times  of 
dense  fog. 

About  seventy  pounds  pressure  of  steam  is  employed. 
As  the  rotating  disk  rotates  rapidly  puffs  of  steam  escape, 
and  as  these  vibrations  quickly  succeed  each  other  a  sound 
of  great  intensity  is  produced,  the  pitch  of  which  depends 


Sirup  Gage. 

vented  by  John  Matthews,  of  New  York,  for  deliv- 
ering a  fixed  quantity  of  sirup  and  carbonado  into 
bottles  at  the  bottling  machine. 

The  sirup  is  admitted  to  the  pump  through  the  inlet  C 
and  the  carboriade  enters  through 
the  inlet  B,  the  mixture  passing 
out  to  the  bottling  machine 
through  the  outlet  A.  The  solid 
plunger  D  works  in  the  cylinder 
of  the  pump  E,  and  is  operated 
by  means  of  the  handle  F  and  the 
connecting  rod  K.  The  stroke 
of  the  plunger  is  regulated  by 
means  of  the  pin  H,  which  en- 
ables the  quantity  of  sirup  de- 
livered to  the  bottle  to  be  accu- 
rately gaged.  /  is  a  guide  for  the 
crank  which  operates  the  solid 
plunger. 

Sir'up  Pump.  A  device 
for  measuring  sirup  into 
soda-water  bottles.  The 
pump  being  secured  to  the 
bottling  table,  the  bottles 
are  charged  with  sirup  and 
passed  under  the  bottling 
machine.  See  Fig.  2274. 

Sir'up  Tank.  For  soda 
water. 

In  the  cut  (Fig.  2275)  is  illus- 
trated the  portable  measuring 

sub-lift  sirup  tank  invented  and  introduced  by  John  Mat- 
thews, of  New  York,  for  use  in  soda  water  dispensing  appa- 
ratus. The  glass  tank  E  is  provided  at  its  lower  extremity 
with  a  measuring  chamber,  S,  and  at  its  upper  extremity, 
with  two  orifices.  Through  one  of  these  orifices  passes  the 
rod  Y:  the  other  is  intended  for  filling  the  tank.  The  rod 
Y  is  provided  at  its  lower  end  with  two  valves,  and  at  its 
upper  end  with  a  grooved  cap,  Z,  into  which  fits  the  upper 
extremity  of  the  lifting  bar  V.  Through  the  rod  Y  runs 
an  opening,  U,  for  venting  the  measuring  chamber.  K  is 
guide  for  the  lifting  bar,  and  X  is  a  button  on  the  lower 


SIRUP   TANK. 


819 


SIX- CYLINDER  ENGINE. 


Fig.  2274. 


Fig.  2276. 


Sirup  Pump. 

extremity  of  the  bar.  The  operation  of  the  sirup  tank  is 
as  follows :  When  the  valve-rod  Y  is  at  rest,  the  lower 
valve  on  its  extremity  rests  on  the  lower  valve-seat  of  the 
measuring  chamber.  The 

sirup    is     now    prevented  j>j~    2275 

from  escaping  into  the 
glass,  but  is  admitted  from 
the  tank  to  the  measuring 
chamber.  If  now  the  but- 
ton X  be  raised,  either  by 
the  hand  or  by  the  glass, 
the  valve-rod  Y  will  like- 
wise be  raised  until  the  up- 
per valve  is  brought  into 
close  contact  with  the  up- 
per valve-seat  of  the  meas- 
uring chamber.  This  will 
allow  the  sirup  in  the  meas- 
uring chamber  to  follow 
into  the  glass,  and  will  pre- 
vent the  further  admission 
of  sirup  into  the  measur- 
ing chamber.  The  removal 
of  the  tank  from  the  appa- 
ratus may  be  effected  by 
raising  the  guide  K  and 
turning  the  lifting  bar  V. 
The  tank  can  then  be  taken 
out  as  shown  by  the  dotted 
lines. 

Six-cant'ed  Pile. 
Has  an  angle  of  120°, 
and  is  used  for  hexago- 
nal nuts,  wrenches,  etc. 

S  i  x-c  y  1'  i  n-d  e  r  sirup  Tank. 

En'gine.    I  he  engine 

consists  of  a  base- plate  carrying  a  casting  containing 
six  cylinders  arranged  in  a' circle.  The  axes  of  the 
six  cylinders  are  all  parallel  to  the  main  shaft, 
which  traverses  the  middle  of  the  casting.  A  light 
hollow  piston  works  in  each  cylinder,  each  piston 
having  a  conical  end  that  bears  against  a  disk. 
The  disk  is  mounted  on  a  short  shaft,  having  at 
one  end  a  spherical  bearing,  while  at  the  other  end 
enters  a  brass  bush  fitted  to  the  crank-arm  that  is 
keyed  to  the  main  shaft. 

The  pistons  are  single-acting,  the  pressure  of  steam  in  the 
cylinders  tending  always  to  force  them  against  the  disk. 
The  shaft  makes  one  revolution  for  each  complete  double 
stroke  of  each  piston,  and  as  each  acts  during  the  same  rev- 
olution, the  six  going  into  operation  successively  at  Intervals 
of  60°,  it  follows  that  three  pistons  are  constantly  acting  on 
the  disk.  The  strain  thus  thrown  upon  the  crank  and  shaft 
is  practically  uniform,  and  there  being  no  dead  point,  no 
fly-wheel  is  necessary.  It  balances  itself.  See  Figg.  2276, 


Six-cylinder  Engine. 
Fig.  2277. 


Six-cylinder  Engine. 
Fig.  2278. 


Six-cylinder  Engine. 
2277,  2278,  2279,  which  with  the  description  explain  them- 


SIX-CYLINDER  ENGINE. 


820 


SLACK   GAS  FURNACE. 


Fig.  2279. 


stock    by  diminishing   the    sec- 
tional area  at  that  point. 

If  sufficient  heat  gets  above  the  fu- 
sion limit  of  a  blast  furnace  to  paste 
the  stock  and  yet  not  fuse  it,  this  stock 
jams  on  the  bosh,  forming  a  ring  which 
if  the  stock  above  cannot  push  it  down 
to  the  fusion  limit,  allows  this  ring  to 
become  permanently  set  and  so  ob- 
struct the  flow  of  stock. 


*  "Iron  Age  -1 


.  xxv. ,  March  4,  p.  3, 
Fig.  4. 


Six-cylinder  engine,  West  * 

# 

West,  Br * 

Applied  to  Qramm  ma- 
chine       * 

Six-coupled  locomotive .  * 


Six-cylinder  Engine. 

'Engineer,'1  xlii.  411. 
'Engineering,''  xx.  28. 
'Engineering,''  xxii.  511. 

'Engineer,"  xlv.  55. 
'Engineer,''  xlvi.  135. 


*  "Iron  Age  '' xxi.,  Feb.  21,  p.  1. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,1'      .     .    923. 

See  also  DISK  ENGINE,  Fig.  1666,  p.  708,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Six'fold  Knot.  A  knot  in  which  one  part 
is  wound  6  times  around  the  other  before  jam- 
ming. 

Siz'ing.  (Leather.)  A  paste  made  of  flour, 
soap,  beeswax,  a  little  linseed  oil,  and  water.  It  is 
applied  to  the  grain  side  with  a  sponge.  It  fills  the 
pores  and  serves  to  give  a  smooth  finish  to  the 
leather. 


Sizing  cotton  goods. 

Thompson 
Sizing,  history  of. 


' Scientific  American  Sup.,'1  1269. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2868. 


Skein  Screws.  A  screw  with  a  shallow  open 
thread. 

Skein  Set'ter.  A  machine  for  fitting  metallic 
skeins  to  wooden  axles.  See  Figs.  148,  151,  pp. 
61,  62,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Skein  Tor'sion  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
twisting  silk  while  under  tension.  See  SILK  SOFT- 
ENING MACHINE. 

Skel'e-ton  Bell.  An  electric  call  and  alarm 
bell  used  on  railroad  trains  and  other  places  where 
such  communication  is  desired  from  distant  points. 
Such  as  are  peculiarly  adapted  for  railroad  trains 
have  a  lock  attachment  preventing  any  movement 
of  the  bell-hammer  till  it  is  actuated  by  the  mag- 
nets. One  variety  is  made  with  a  continuity  at- 
tachment causing  the  bell  to  continue  ringing  sev- 
eral seconds  after  the  current  on  the  line  wire  has 
ceased,  making  it  useful  when  a  prolonged  call  is 
desired. 

Skel'e-ton  Roller.  (Agriculture.)  An  open 
ribbed  roller  used  in  France.  The  open  bars  of 
the  drum  enable  it  to  answer  in  a  degree  the  same 
purpose  as  the  English  clod  crusher. 

Skew'-back.  A  casting  on  the  end  of  a  truss, 
to  which  a  tension  rod  may  be  attached.  It  may 
form  a  cap,  or  be  shaped  to  fit  the  impost. 

(Blast-furnace.)  A  ring  formed  on  the  inside  of 
the  wall  of  a  blast  furnace,  opposing  the  descent  of 


Skim  Net.  (Fishing.)  A 
large  dipping  net. 

Skin  Graft'ing  In'stru- 
ments.  (Sun/ical.)  The  prin- 
cipal special  instruments  which 
are  used  in  the  transplantation 
of  skin  are  — 

Skin  grafting  scissors. 
Cutisector. 
Kpilating  forceps. 
("!l:iss  plrxiincter. 
Scarifying  spud. 
Milium  needle. 
Sharp  spoon. 

Page  11,  Part  V.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgi- 
cum." 

Skit'tle  Pot.  A  crucible  taking  the  shape  of  a 
skittle,  smaller  below  and  bulging  towards  the  top. 
again  contracting  at  the  rim. 

Ski'ving.  (Leather.)  The  act  of  removing  the 
rough  fleshy  portion  from  the  inner  surface  of  a 
skin  by  the  currier  driving  his  knife  obliquely  a  few 
inches  at  a  time,  and  keeping  the  right  hand  slightly 
in  advance  of  the  left  in  the  downward  motion. 


Skiver 


*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,1'  101. 


Slab'bing  Ma-chine'.  A  tool  especially 
adapted  to  mill  the  flats  of  connecting  rods  and 
similar  work.  It  is  arranged  with  bed,  tables,  and 
uprights,  like  planer  with  a  capacity  of  25"  X  25" ; 
table  12'  long  and  operated  by  a  spiral  pinion. 
Spindle  to  carry  cutter  <±\"  diameter,  4"  wide, 
strongly  geared,  and  adjustable  to  height. 

The  feed  is  variable  between  the  extremes,  and  the  table, 
which  is  adjustable  by  hand,  has  an  automatic  stop  motion 
to  throw  out  the  feed  at  the  end  of  the  stroke.  The  fast  and 
loose  pulleys  are  20"  diameter,  3"  face,  and  should  make  114 
revolutions  per  minute. 

Slack  Bar'rel.  One  for  flour,  sugar,  cement, 
fruit,  and  what  not,  of  a  dry  character.  In  con- 
tradistinction to  tight  barrel. 

Slack  Burn'ing  Lo'co-mo'tive.  See  WASTE 
BURNING  LOCOMOTIVB. 

Hunt,  Br "Iron  Age,1'  xx.,  Nov.  29,  p.  20. 

Slack  Gas  Fur'nace.  Casson's  new  gas  and 
hot  blast  furnace  is  applied  to  puddling  furnaces. 
The  coal  used  —  screened  slack  —  is  supplied  into  a 
hopper  and  drawn  down  into  the  grate.  Through 
the  back  of  the  grate  it  is  blown  bv  hot  air  drawn 
down  from  the  increased  sides  of  the  nearest  stack. 
Hot  air  is  likewise  taken  in  at  both  the  top  and  bot- 
tom of  the  furnace,  and  makes  ics  way  to  the  exit 
of  the  gas  from  the  gas  furnace  before  it  passes 
over  the  bridge  of  the  puddling  furnace,  and  the 
hot  air  fires  the  gas.  The  supply  of  air  is  under 
the  control  of  the  puddler  and  regulates  the  fierce- 
ness of  the  flame. 

The  puddling  furnace  is  a  double  furnace  having 
circular  rotating  beds  that  are  actuated  by  mechan- 
ical rabbles. 


SLAG. 


821 


SLAT   CRIMPER. 


Slag.  Blast-furnace  slags  are  usually  double 
silicates  of  alumina  and  lime,  but  vary  with  the 
character  of  the  ore,  as  when  the  lime  is  partially 
replaced  by  magnesia  and  oxide  of  iron,  which 
colors  the  slag,  and  in  excess  is  an  indication  of 
imperfect  working  of  the  furnace. 

The  glassy  slag  produced  in  blast-furnaces  is  very  abun- 
dant, and  many  methods  of  utilizing  it  have  been  proposed. 
In  the  Cleveland  iron  district  of  England,  from  three  to  four 
millions  of  tons  of  slag  are  made  annually.  Bricks,  paving- 
stones,  slabs,  panels,  tiles,  etc.,  are  made  from  this  ma- 
terial. 

About  30  cwt.  of  slag  is  made  for  each  ton  of  pig-iron. 
The  annual  accumulation  of  slag  in  England  is  estimated  at 
80,000,000  tons.  Slag  is  too  dark  in  color  to  be  used  for 
purposes  requiring  translureuey. 

At  the  Cleveland  Slag  Works,  England,  in  accordance  with 
Mr.  Charles  Woods's  plans,  the  slag  is  run  from  the  furnace 
into  two  different  machines,  one  of  which  produces  a  coarse 
kind  of  shingle,  and  the  other  a  fine  sand.  For  making 
shingle  the  liquid  slag  is  run  direct  from  the  furnaces  onto 
a  circular,  horizontal,  rotative  table  composed  of  thick  slabs 
of  iron,  kept  cool  by  having  water  circulated  through  them. 
The  slowly  revolving  table  carries  the  slag  around  to  a  cer- 
tain point,  when  having  become  solidified,  it  encounters  a 
stream  of  water  that  further  cools  it,  and  soon  after  it  comes 
in  contact  with  a  set  of  scrapers  that  break  it  up  and  clear  it 
off  the  table,  delivering  it  into  wagons  placed  below  that 
convey  it  away. 

For  producing  slag  sand  the  slag  is  run  from  the  furnace 
into  a  hollow  wheel  revolving  upon  a  horizontal  axis  and 
fitted  with  iron  buckets  inside.  A  bath  of  water  is  main- 
tained inside  the  wheel  at  the  bottom,  and  is  kept  in  a  state 
of  violent  agitation  by  the  revolving  action.  As  the  molten 
slag  enters  the  body  of  water,  it  is  immediately  disintegra- 
te I  anil  assumes  the  form  of  sand,  the  water  taking  up  the 
heat  from  the  molten  slag  and  giving  it  off  in  the  form  of 
steam. 

A  constant  flow  of  water  is  maintained  into  the  machine, 
and  the  sand  is  separated  from  it  and  elevated  to  the  top  by 
the  bucket  plates  that  are  perforated.  The  slag  sand  is  next 
dropped  into  a  spout,  and  thence  finds  its  way  into  wooden 
wagons,  by  which  it  is  conveyed  to  the  slag  works  for  man- 
ufacture into  brick,  etc. 

See  the  following  uses  and  applications  :  — 

1.  Artificial  Stone.  —  The  process  of  making  artificial  stone 
from  furnace  slag  is  carried  on  at  the  Cleveland  Slag  Works. 
It  is  composed  of  a  wet  mixture  of  — 

Pulverized  slag 2.5 

Ground  bricks 2.5 

Portland  cement 1.0 

The  mixture  is  run  into  molds  for  building  blocks,  man- 
tels, cornices,  caps,  sills,  steps,  balusters,  etc.  It  sets  quickly, 
and  the  blocks  are  ready  for  use  in  a  week. 

2.  Bricks.  —  Bricks  are  made  by  either  of  two  machines. 
The  slag  sand  is  elevated  from  the  tub,  and,  after  screening 
to  remove  coarse  pieces,  is  divided  by  a  revolving  measure  on 
the  outside  and  placed  at  tBe  bottom  of  the  hopper.     From 
another  hopper  selenitic  lime  and  iron  oxide  in  powder  is 
measured  by  a  similar  contrivance,  and  the  two   substances 
unite  in  the  proportion  of,  sand,  10 ;  lime,  1.     The  material 
then  passes  to  a  mill  where  it  is  incorporated,  and  thence  to 
the  1  prick  molding  machine.     The  production  of  the  machine 
is  11,000  to  12,000  per  day.      The  bricks,  after  4  months' 
exposure,  are  said  (Kirkaldy)  to  resist  a  crushing  pressure 
of  9  tons,  and  at  3  years  of  20  t»ns.     This  shows  that  the 
chemical  combination  requires  time.     The  Moss  Bay   Iron 
Works  (England)  also  make  slag  bricks.     The  slag  is  ground 
under  edge-stones,  then  passed  through  mill  stones.      The 
pouder  is  moistened,  pressed,  and  molded  into  bricks,  and 
hardened  in  the  open  air. 

:!.  I'fiiifnt. —  The  slags,  rich  in  alumina,  are  preferable 
for  cement,  as  the  aluminate  of  lime  is  the  principal  hydrau- 
lic agent  in  cement. 

Mortar  is  a  mixture  of  slag  and  10  per  cent,  slaked  lime. 

Cement  has  an  addition  of  iron  oxides.  Ransome's  cement 
consists  of  carbonate  of  lime,  2  ;  slag  sand,  1,  burned  to- 
gether. The  result  gives  a  cement  said  to  be  30  per  cent, 
stronger  than  Portland  cement. 

Concrete  is  made  of  the  coarse  slag  at  a  cost  of  about  one 
fourth  that  of  brick. 

4.  Glass. — Slags  rich  in  silcx  are  preferable  for  glass. 
At  the  Fenidon  glass  furnaces,  in  Northamptonshire,  Eng- 
land, the  slag  is  carried  in  tanks  direct  from  the  blast  fur- 
nace to  the  glass  furnace,  there  mixed  with  other  materials 
and  worked  into  bottles.  The  method  pursued  is  that  of 
Mr.  Bashley  Britten.  The  glass  furnace  is  of  the  Regenera- 
tive order,  and  the  tank  receives  a  charge  of  500  pounds  of 
molten  slag  to  a  due  proportion  of  sand  and  alkalies.  The 
melted  metal  runs  through  a  bridge  to  the  working  end  of 
the  tank,  where  there  are  five  working  holes.  Ninety  gross 
of  wine  and  beer  bottles  are  made  per  day. 


5.  Harbor   Works  anil  River  Walls. — These   can   only  be 
economically  formed  of  slag  when  the  works  are  near  the- 
water. 

At  the  Barrow  Works  the  slag  is  tipped  into  the  sea  to 
make  fresh  land  for  the  works. 

At  the  Cleveland  Works  600,000  tons  of  slag  per  annum  are 
used  in  the  continuation  of  a  breakwater  and  river  walls. 

6.  Paving  Block*.  —  The  slag  is  run  into   heated   molds, 
and  the  block  is  removed  and  annealed.    They  are  heavy  and 
wear  well.    Paving  blocks  and  slabs  are  employed  for  paving 
streets,    footpaths,    stables,    coach-house  yards,   crossings, 
breweries,  curbstones,  and  channeling. 

7.  Pig  Beds.  —  Slag  was  formerly  granulated  and  the  sand 
used  for  pig  beds,  but  this  was  discontinued  for  technical 
reason*. 

8.  Road  Making.  —  Slag  was  formerly  broken  up  and  used 
for  road  making  in  England,  and  is  still  largely  so  used  in 
Silesia.     Slag  shingle,  or  coarsely  granulated  slag  is  used  for 
road  making  and  paths. 

9.  Stag  Wool.  —  Furnace  slag  blown  while  hot  into  fine 
threads  or  filaments  has  been  made  at  the  Clove  Furnace, 
Greenwood  Iron  Works,  Orange  Co.,  N.  Y. 

The  slag  is  drawn  from  the  furnace  into  an  iron  tank  car- 
ried on  a  truck.  The  car  is  run  on  a  railway  to  a  position  op- 
posite one  of  the  apertures  in  the  wool  house,  which  latter  is 
lined  inside  with  thin  sheet  iron.  The  slag  drops  upon  a  re- 
ceiver in  a  small  stream,  steam  is  conveyed  under  the  re- 
ceiver, and  as  the  slag  drops  it  is  met  by  the  jet  which  blows 
it  with  great  force  into  the  wool  house  in  very  thin  filaments. 
The  effect  of  the  steam  is  to  detach  the  slag  in  small  shot 
which  furnishes  the  basis  of  the  filament.  The  smaller  the 
shot  the  finer  the  filament,  so  the  glass  must  not  be  too  hot 
and  liquid.  By  adjusting  the  heat  of  the  slag  and  the 
strength  of  the  steam  jet  the  eventual  size  of  the  shot  may 
be  reduced  to  1-16"  and  it  is  not  necessary  to  separate  it  from 
the  wool.  The  lightest  wool  ascends  to  the  upper  story,  and 
is  free  from  the  residuary  balls.  This  mineral  wool  being 
incombustible  and  of  a  fine  texture  is  a  good  non-conductor 
of  heat,  and  is  employed  as  a  coating  for  steam  boilers,  pipes, 
cylinders,  etc.  It  is  called  slag  \vool  in  England,  and  silicate 
cotton  in  Germany.  It  is  used  in  Austria  for  making  show 
cloths,  laces,  and  fancy  articles.  It  is  also  used  in  the  man- 
ufacture of  lanterns  for  electric  lights.  A  patent  has  been 
taken  out  in  Germany  by  Baatsch  for  the  manufacture  of 
prepared  slag  wool  in  order  to  prevent  the  generation  of  gases 
containing  sulphur.  The  wool  is  placed  in  a  wire  nettingand 
rapidly  drawn  through  a  dilute  solution  of  water  glass  (1.2  to 
1.3  specific  gravity)  and  emptied  on  a  floor  coated  with 
grease.  The  object  is  to  wet  only  the  surface  of  the  wool 
without  moistening  the  interior. 

10.  Slag  for    Steam    Pipe    Insulation.  —  Buttgenbach's 
method  :  Mix  150  parts  of  cinder  dust,  35  parts  by  weight  of 
fine  coal  dust,  250    parts  of  fire  clay,  and  300  parts  of  flue 
dust,  with  10  parts  of  cow's  hair,  add  600  parts  of  water 
into  which  10  to  15  parts  of  raw  sulphuric  acid  has   been 
poured,  and  make  a  stiff  dough  of  the  whole.     This  being 
applied  in  layers  to  the  warm  pipe  hardens  rapidly  and  is  suc- 
ceeded with  future  layers  according  to  the  thickness  required. 
By  the  action  of  sulphuric  acid  gypsum  is  formed,  and  the 
silica  rendered  free  hardens.     The  mass  becomes  as  hard  as 
porcelain  and  is  still  porous. 

Slag,  granulated  for  ce- 
ment, railway  ballast, 
casting  bed,'  foundry 
molds,  "'Iron  "  . 

Slag  block  apparatus. 
Woodward,  Br.  . 

Slag-brick  machinery. 
Wood,  Br.      .     .    ".     . 

Slag,  uses  of     .... 


Britten 

Slag,  granulated,  Fr. 

United  States     .     .     . 
Slag  and  slag- wool  pat.        ' 

Slag  paving  blocks     .     .      ' 
Machine  for  making  .  *  ' 

Slag  utilization,  Iron 

Word,  Middleboro'     .      ' 

Slag    wool,    Greenwood 
iron  works     .     .     .     .  *  ' 

Machinery,  Wood,  Br.  * 
Slag,  furnace  utilization     ' 


"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag."  xiv.  476. 
''Engineer,''  xliv.  5. 

•'Enginefring,"  xxiv.  246. 
'Manuf.  if  Builder,''  ix.  127. 
"Eng.'fy  Min.  Jour.,''  xxx.  26. 
'Engineering,''  xxii.  274,283,321, 
349. 


p.  13. 

'Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Nov.  2,  p.  18. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1362. 
'  Scientific  American,' '  xxxix.  345. 
'Iron  Age,'''  xx.,  Nov.  22,  p.  7. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  713. 

'Eng.  (f  Min.  Jour.,''  xxv.  53.x 
'Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  5,  p.  7. 
'Engineering,"  xxiv.  247. 
'Min.  4°  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  151. 

Slat  Crimp'er.  A  machine  tised  for  sharpen- 
ing, by  compression,  the  ends  of  stationary  slats  to 
fit  and  fill  mortises  in  the  stiles. 

The  slats  are  placed  in  the  vertical  guides,  and 


SLATE   ROOF. 


822 


SLIDE. 


are  delivered  sharpened,  one  with  each  revolution 
of  the  shaft. 

Slate  Roof.  An  economical  system  of  cover- 
ing buildings  with  large  slates  is  as  follows :  The 
rafters  are  placed  at  a  distance  apart  of  1  \"  less 
than  the  width  of  the  slates.  Down  the  center 
of  each  rafter  is  nailed  a  fillet,  thus  forming  a 
rebate  on  each  side,  in  which  the  edges  of  the 
slates  rest,  being  secured  by  putty  or  by  a  second 
fillet  2"  wider  than  the  first  nailed  over  it,  so  as  to 
cover  the  edges  of  the  slates  and  hold  them  down. 
Each  slate  lays  about  3"  over  the  one  below  it. 
Only  half  the  number  is  required  in  this  as  com- 
pared with  the  ordinary  method  of  slating,  and  no 
boarding  or  battens  are  necessary. 

Slate  dresser  .  .  .  .  *  "Am.  Man.,"  Jan.  3,  1879,  p.  12. 
Slate  quarry  ....  "Scientific  American,''  xxxvi.  83. 
Slate  trim,  and  punching 

machine,  Davis.    .     .  *  "  Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  34. 
Slate  washer,  Smith  .     .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  5. 

Sla'ting.  Black-board  Slating  may  be  accom- 
plished with  the  following  mixture  :  10  ounces 
pulverized  pumice  stone,  12  ounces  lampblack,  6 
ounces  pulverized  rotten  stone,  16  ounces  shellac, 
and  1  gallon  alcohol.  Mix  the  first  three  in  enough 
alcohol  to  make  a  thick  paste,  and  dissolve  the 
shellac  in  the  rest  of  the  alcohol.  Mix  all  together. 
It  may  be  put  on  brown  paper  (such  as  surveyors 
use),  as  well  as  on  walls  or  boards. 

Or,  dissolve  2  ounces  of  gum  shellac  in  1  pint  of 
alcohol,  and  after  it  is  well  dissolved,  which  will 
take  about  two  days,  add  1  ounce  of  lampblack  and 
2  ounces  of  powdered  rotten  stone  or  powdered 
emery.  Apply  with  a  flat  brush. 

Slat  I'ron.  The  iron  shoe  or  termination  of 
the  bow  or  slat  of  a  carriage  top.  The  shoe  is 
hinged  to  the  stem  by  a  pivot-pin  and  has  an  en- 
velope of  leather.  The  illustration  represents  a 
three  bow  pattern  made  with  a  sleeve  running 
through  the  slats  to  give  them  free  action,  and  pre- 
vent their  binding  on  the  nut  and  turning  it  off. 

Fig.  2180. 


Slat  Iron. 

Sleep'er.  Iron  Cross-tie.  This  tie  is  semi- 
elliptical  in  shape,  resting  simply  on  the  ballast. 
The  rail  is  fastened  to  the  cross-tie  by  a  jaw  bone 
chair  that  is  formed  in  two  portions  that  hook  into 
one  another  and  hold  the  rail  as  in  a  vise.  Half 
of  the  chair  is  fastened  to  the  cross-tie  by  a  bolt 
preferably  on  the  outside  of  the  track  while  the 
other  half  hooks  into  the  first  beneath  the  cross- 
tie  and  is  immovable.  An  ordinary  eye-headed  bolt 
entering  through  the  hole  of  the  tie  adapts  itself  to 
the  end  of  this  movable  arm,  and  by  its  successive 
tightening  compensates  for  any  downward  wear  of 
the  rail. 


Iron,  Rock * 

Railway  (of  glass). 

Siemens * 

Preserving 

Iron  Railway,  Hilf,  Ger. 

Macdonnell,  Br. 

Hohenegger,  Ger. 

Hensinger    von    Wai 
degg,  Ger.  .     . 

Schejfler,  Br.      . 

Livesey,  Br.  .     . 


"Mm.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  393. 

"Scientific  American,'''  xli.  201. 
'Engineering,"  xxx.  16. 
"Engineer,'-'  xlviii.  359. 
'Engineer,''  xlviii.  427. 
'Engineer,"  xlviii.  427. 

"Engineer,"  xlviii.  427. 
"Engineer,'1'  xlviii.  303. 
"Engineer,'"  xlviii.  195,  315. 


Maclellan,  Br.    . 

Vantkerin,  Ger. 

Pole/,  Belgium  . 

Brunon,  Fr.   .     . 

Acaster,  Br.    .     . 
And  permanent  way 

Kirsck,  Belgium 

Win.  Kler,  Ger. 
Sleeping  car,  Leighton 

Kellogg     .... 
Sleeping  car  berth,  Hills 

British 


"Engineer,"  xlviii  265. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  115. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  241. 
"Engineer,''  xlix.  241. 
"Engineer,"  xlix.  304. 

"Engineer,"  xlviii.  445. 
"Engineer,"1  xlviii.  446. 
"Railroad  Gazette,"  xxi.  181. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  23. 
"  Scientific  American, >;  xli.  307. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  Feb.  21,  p.  5. 


Sleeve.  A  short,  relatively  larger,  pipe  which 
receives  the  ends  of  two  smaller  ones  and  forms  a 
coupling  therefor.  It  may  have  bell  or  flanged 
ends.  See,  also,  HUB,  which  has  a  similar  purpose 
but  somewhat  different  shape. 

Sleeve  Nut.  A  double  nut  with  right  and  left 
hand  threads  for  attaching  the  joint  ends  of  rods 
or  tubes. 

Fig.  2281. 


Sleeve  Nut. 

Slick'er.  {Leather.)  Steel.  A  rectangular  piece 
of  steel  about  5"  long.  The  edge  is  also  a  rectan- 
gle, and  is  sharpened  upon  the  rub-stone  by  grind- 
ing it  perpendicularly,  and  then  upon  each  side, 
producing  thus  two  edges  (or  rather  right  angles) 
by  which  the  leather  is  scraped  instead  of  being 
cut.  It  is  used  to  remove  excess  of  water,  oil,  etc., 
from  leather.  Its  applications  are  various.  It  has 
a  handle  like  that  of  a  stock-stone. 

Glass  or  Ligmm-vitce.  These  are  similar  in  form 
and  dimensions  to  the  steel  slicker,  but  the  blades 
are  made  either  of  thick  plate-glass  or  lignum- 
vitse.  The  edges  are  rounded  instead  of  being 
rectangular.  They  are  chiefly  used  to  smooth  out 
and  polish  leather. 

Buffing.  This  slicker  has  a  narrower,  longer,  and 
very  much  thinner  blade  than  the  others.  Its  edge 
^^^^^^  has  an  acute  angular  longitudinal  groove 
BBBDB  running  along  it,  thus  forming  two  very 
^^^^_  keen  cutting  edges,  which  are  kept  in 
HBB^MI  proper  condition  by  the  finger-steel.  It 
9H9BI  's  used  by  placing  one  edge  and  the  stock 
flat  upon  the  leather,  the  latter  being 
B  ol  stretched  upon  the  table,  and  forcibly 
pushing  it  forward,  taking  off  thin  sha- 
vings from  the  grain  surface.  When  one  edge  is 
dulled  the  slicker  is  turned  over  and  the  other  side 
used  until  it  loses  its  edge,  when  the  finger-steel 
must  again  be  brought  into  requisition. 

Whitening.  This  instrument  has  almost  the 
same  form  and  dimensions  as  the  buffing  slicker, 
but  instead  of  a  reentrant  angle  along  the  edge,  it 
has  a  very  narrow  rectangular  one,  whose  angles 
are  kept  sharp  by  the  finger-steel. 

Slick'er-sides.  (Mining.)  Smooth,  polished 
surfaces  of  walls  caused  by  violent  trituration. 

Slick'ing.  (Leather.)  An  operation  consisting 
in  scraping  the  leather,  to  remove  superfluous  wa- 
ter or  grease,  and  eradicate  the  marks  left  by  the 
stock-stone. 

Slide.  (Lumbering.)  A  chute  for  logs  over 
rapids  or  shoals  where  such  obstructions  to  floating 
logs  exist  in  rivers.  The  slides  of  the  Ottawa  river 
extend  at  intervals  for  200  miles  above  the  city  of 
Ottawa. 

On  the  river  Saguenay  there  is  a  slide  5,840'  long,  with  a 
boom  1,314' ;  and  dams,  piers,  and  bulkhead.  The  works 
extend  over  a  distance  of  about  six  miles.  Slides  are  con- 
structed on  the  rivers  St.  Maurice,  Gatineau,  Madawaska, 
Petawawa,  and  Du  Moine.  On  the  rivers  mentioned  the 


SLIDE   CUT-OFF. 


823 


SLOT   DRILLING   MACHINE. 


works  iire  said  to  comprise  :  Slides,  12,835' :  booms,  G7.799' ; 
dams,  17,791' ;  bulkheads,  346^  ;  bridges,  '2,215'  ;  piers,  141. 

Slide  Cut'-off.  (Steam.)  An  independent 
sliding  plate  riding  on  the  back  of  the  main  valve, 
of  which  Meyer's  system  of  valve-gear  is  a  familiar 
instance. 

Slide  Rest.  This  rest  has  an  ordinary  cross- 
feed  screw,  but  by  a  movement  of  the  clutch,  the 
Fig.  2282. 


Universal  Slid 

screw   becomes    neutral    and    transfers     its    feed 
through  beveled  gears,  to  a  screw  working  at  an 
angle  to  the  first,  the  upper  slide  being  swiveled, 
for  adjusting  to  the  desired  angle,        Fj     ^gg 
by  means  of  a  degree  scale. 

The  upper  screw  is  also  con- 
trolled by  a  friction  feed  enabling 
the  tool  to  be  quickly  adjusted  by 
band  without  disengaging  the 
clutch  on  the  cross-feed  screw, 
See  Fig.  2282. 

Shaws  Co. ,  Engl. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  583. 
Slide  rest  lathe. 

*  ''Scientific  American,"  xl.  404. 

Slide  Valve.  This  sliding 
valve  is  constructed  so  as  to  form 
part  of  the  conducting  pipe,  in- 
stead of  projecting  from  it  :is 
usual,  so  that  the  outlet  to  which 
the  hose  is  attached  can  be  kept 
close  to  the  wall. 

The  sliding  valve  is  worked  by  a  rack 
and  pinion  arrangement ;  the  front  or 
cover  plate  is  of  gun  metal,  with  the  out- 
let screwed  to  receive  hose,  and  fitted 
with  gun  metal  cap  and  chain,  also 
hand-wheel  or  spanner  or  spindle  for 
opening  and  closing  the  valve. 

*  "Sc.  American  Sup.,"  803,  *  1527. 
Allen. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  101. 
Ancona. 

*  "Railroad  Gazette,-'  viii.  295. 

C/nirr/i.  Hr.  Slide.    Valve. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlii.  281. 

Erfrilt,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  27. 

Wilsnn *  "Railroad  Gazette,''  viii.  33. 

Aveling  (f  Porter,  Br.     *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  430. 
Balanced,  Wisner  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxiv.  374. 

Taylor-  Weather/iogg    .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  319. 

Weat/ierhosg      ...  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  168. 
Circular,  Webb  .     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  69. 
Diagrams,  appa.  for  draw.*  "Engineering,"1  xxi.  388. 
Expansion  riding  valve. 

Crohn,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  151. 

Indicator,  Cooper,  Br.    .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  393. 
Locomotive,     Volga      Sf 

Don  Ry *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  376. 

Oiler *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiii.  533. 

Setting  apparatus      .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  377. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  193. 

Seat,  WalJcey    ....  *"  Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  390. 
Friction  of ,  Rose  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  264. 
Shifting  for  winding  en- 
gines     *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  2i6. 

Sli'ding  Door.  One  running  on  hangers, 
sheaves,  rollers,  or  rail ;  as  distinguished  from  one 
swinging  on  hinges. 


Sli'ding-door  Lock.  A  lock  made  especially 
for  fastening  sliding  doors  of  cars,  for  instance. 
Such  locks  usually  have  a  hook  which  engages  in  a 
corresponding  catch  attached  to  the  door-post. 
The  hook  may  be  locked  by  a  bolt  operatable  by  a 
key. 

Slings.  (Boat.)  Ropes  with  hooks  and  thim- 
bles whereby  to  hook  the  tackles  to  the  ring  bolts 
of  the  boat  in  lowering  or  hoisting. 

(A  hoisting  device.)  A  pair  of  hooks  for  clasping 
a  can  or  cask  to  be  lifted. 

Sling  Wag'on.  A  military  wagon  for  carry- 
ing a  cannon  slung  beneath  the  hind  axle,  which 
has  a  large  pair  of  wheels.  Plate  XLVI.,  "Ord- 
nance Report,"  1877. 

Russian  gun  sling,  Fig.  27,  Appendix  L,  same 
report. 

Slip  Shave.  A  point  or  shave  made  to  slip 
over  the  nose  of  the  mold-board. 

Slip  Stop'per.  (Nautical.)  A  cable  stopper 
so  arranged  as  to  be  cast  loose  suddenly  when  re- 
quired. 

Slit'-bar  Sight.  (Rifle.)  A  form  of  sight 
having  a  plate  with  a  vertical  slit.  See  BAR  AND 
SLIT-SIGHT. 

Slit'ting  Mill.  An  English  term  for  a  gang 
of  thin  saws,  used  in  ripping  pine  balks,  known  as 
deals,  into  thin  boards.  A  resawing  operation. 
See  RESAWING. 

Slit'ting  Shear.  A  machine  for  slitting  sheet 
metal. 

In  Bliss's  machines,  Nos.  104  and  106  of  the  1881 
catalogue,  sheet  metal  up  to  18  gage  (Browne  & 
Sharpe)  is  received  in  a  roll,  fed  automatically,  and 
the  scrap  coiled. 

Sliv'er-ing  Knife.  (Fishing.)  For  slicing 
the  flesh  from  the  sides  of  fish,  to  be  used  as  bait. 

Sliv'er  Lap  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  designed 
to  unite  in  one  broad  sheet  or  lap  a  number  of 
slivers  or  ends  of  cotton  from  the  carding  engine. 

The~sliver,  when  stripped  from  the  doffer  of  the  carding 
engine,  passes  to  a  coiler,  by  which  it  is  deposited  with  me- 
chanical regularity  into  a  can.  A  certain  number  of  these 
cans  are  placed  behind  the  sliver  lap  machine,  and  the  sliver 
is  drawn  from  them  through  guides  to  a  pair  of  fluted  rollers 
which  press  the  fibers,  and  form  them  into  a  fleece.  They 
are  then  wound  on  a  bobbin  revolving  between  two  iron 
revolving  plates.  The  slivers  are  made  to  pass  over  a  num- 
ber of  spoons,  so  arranged  that  if  any  of  the  slivers  break 
the  machine  immediately  stops.  When  cotton  with  short 
staple  is  used,  two  calender  rollers  are  placed  on  each  side 
of  the  table  to  assist  the  sliver  in  its  passage  from  the  can 
to  the  guide  plate. 

Slot  Bor'er.  A  tool  used  for  opening  the  cut 
in  connection  with  slotting  machines. 

Slot-bor'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  intended 
to  supersede  reciprocating  mortising  machines  in 
which  the  wood  had  first  to  be  bored  so  as  to  give 
clearance  for  the  chisel ;  this  machine  combining 
the  two  operations  in  one. 

In  these  machines  the  workman  presses  the  borer  in  with 
his  right  hand,  and  moves  the  wood  with  the  other.-  The 
horizontal  machines  are  especially  adapted  to  usual  mortis- 
ing. See  ROTARY  MORTISING  MACHINE,  supra. 

Slot  Drilling  Ma-chine'.  Whitworth's  self- 
acting  slot-drilling  machine  has  a  sliding  head-stock 
carrying  the  crank  motion.  The  drill-spindle  re- 
volves in  conical  steel  bearings.  It  has  a  horizon- 
tal slide-bed  and  two  tables  adjustable  vertically 
and  longitudinally. 

Double,  self-acting. 

Daglish,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  298. 

Slotting  machine. 

Asqu    '    ~ 

Colli, 


SLOT   DRILLING   MACHINE. 


824 


SMOKE   CONSUMER. 


Reversible  tool  atta.  for 

Garvie,  Br.     .     .    .  *  "Engineering,"  Oct.  15,  1880. 

Sellers *  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Exp.  Rept.J1' 

ii.  218. 

Skarpe.  Steivart  If  Co., 
Br.         *  "Engineering,''  xxv.  488. 

Slub'bing  Frame.  A  machine  used  in  the 
process  of  cotton  spinning  next  to  the  draw-frame, 
to  reduce  the  thickness  of  the  sliver  and  impart  to 
it  a  little  twist  previous  to  its  passage  through  the 
intermediate  frame,  the  roving  frame  (and  where 
fine  counts  are  spun,  the  jack  frame)  which  delivers 
it  to  the  mule. 

The  slubbing  frame  exhibited  by  Dodson  and  Barlow,  at 
Philadelphia,  had  36  spindles,  10"  lift,  8"  space,  three  lines 
of  rollers,  and  single  boss  top  rollers. 

It  was  claimed  to  possess  the  following  advantages  :  — 

1.  The  differential  motion  is  completely  boxed  up,  so  that 
no  dirt  or  fly  can  get  among  the  wheels ;  there  is  only  one 
place  for  lubricating  this  motion,  and  the  oil  cannot  work 
itself  out  but  travels  to  each  bearing  which  requires  lubrica- 
ting. 

2.  The  swing  lever  which   carries  the  carrier  wheel  that 
drives  the  bottom  shaft,  is  firmly  hung  from  the  beam  and 
has  no  vibration  at  whatever  speed  the  spindles  may  revolve. 
In  the  swing  there  are  also  loose  brackets  or  slides,  which 
work  on  a  planed  surface,  and  when  the  wheel  becomes  so 
far  worn  as  to  be  slack  in  gear  with  the  bottom-shaft  wheel, 
these  slides  can  be  loosened,  and  the  wheels  can  be  nicely 
adjusted  by  a  few  turns  of  a  screw. 

3.  When  the  frame  is    doffing,  the  bottom  cone  drum  is 
worked  up  by  a  screw  either  from  back  or  front.     Both  ends 
of  the  bottom  cone  rising  simultaneously,  it  is  impossible  for 
the  cones  to  become  unparallel. 

4.  The  tapering  motion,  which  is  carried  on  a  rail  attached 
to  two  of  the  lifting  slides,  instead  of  by  a 

bracket  fixed  to  the  lifting  rail,  is  therefore 
much  more  rigid  and  not  likely  to  get  out 
of  order.  The  taper  is  worked  by  a  fine-cut 
square  rack,  which,  being  planed  on  all  sur- 
faces, causes  the 
rack  to  work  very  Fig.  2254. 

smoothly  and  con- 
sequently a  regular 
taper  on  the  bobbins 
is  obtained. 

Sluice.       A 

water  way  with 
valve  or  gate  for 
controlling  the 
flow  of  water. 
See  "  M  e  c  h. 
Diet.,"  p.  2217. 

A  water  way  with  trap,  stop-valve,  or  screen  for 
the  arrest  of  obstructive  substances. 

For  silver  tailings,  Nev.  *  "Engineering,"1  xxx.  395,  451. 

Ore,  Evans "Min.  If  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvii.  406. 

Valve,  Equilibrium. 

Eagshaw,  Br.     ...  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  148. 

Sluice  Fork.  A  many  tined  fork  for  clearing 
obstructive  substances  out  of  sluice  ways  and  water 
courses. 

Slui'ces.   (Mining.)   Boxes  joined  together,  set 

Fig.  2285. 


Sluice. 


Sluice  Valves. 


with  riffle  blocks,  through  which  is  washed  aurifer- 
ous earth. 

Sluice  Valve.  A  sliding  valve  made  so  as  to 
be  secured  to  the  bulk-head  by  three  bolts  instead 
of  by  screwed  shank  and  fly-nut.  For  vessels  built 
in  compartments,  with  gun-metal  frame  and  valve. 
It  passes  upward  through  a  brass  hinged  flap  on 
deck  above,  so  as  to  open  valve  without  going  be- 
low. Fig.  2285. 

Smashing  Press.     An  embossing  press. 

Smee  Bat'ter-y.  (Electricity.)  A  single  fluid 
battery  having  a  sheet  of  roughened  platinum  be- 
tween two  plates  of  zinc  in  sulphuric  acid.  See 
"Mech.  Diet."  p.  2220. 

Prescott's  "Electricity,"  *  74  ;  Gauot,  *  689. 
De  Moncel,  Paris,  186(5,  107. 
Nouii,  London,  1859,  *  274. 
Shaffner,  N.  ¥.,  1859,  *  93. 
Niaudel,  American  translation,  *  54. 
Poggenilorfs  improvement,  Niauilet,  59. 

Smelt'ing  Fur'iiace.  A  furnace  for  reducing 
ores.  See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2220,  et  seq. 

Boston  &  Col.  Smelting 

Works *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  247,  317. 

Kony,  India      ....  *  "Scientijic  American,''  xxvi.  151. 

Smoke'-burn-ing  Fur'nace.  M.  Ten-Brink's 
smoke-burning  furnace  has  the  heater  placed  below 
with  its  major  axis  at  right  angles  and  horizontal 
to  that  of  the  boiler.  One  or  two  furnaces  traverse 
the  heater,  making  with  the  horizon  an  angle  of 
48°.  In  these  furnaces  is  placed  the  grate,  formed 
of  a  table  and  bars,  the  latter  resting  on  the  table  at 
one  extremity  and  at  the  other  on  a  support  at  the 
end  of  the  furnace.  The  table  has  two  lateral  sides 
surmounted  by  a  .cover  so  that  a  close  four  sided 
box  is  formed  upon  the  door  and  grate  extremities. 
The  front  piece  to  which  this  box  is  attached  is  a 
plate  of  cast-iron  in  which  several  different  open- 
ings are  made.  A  flue  regulated  by  a  hinged  cover 
above  the  entrance  to  the  furnace  admits  air  in 
order  to  insure  the  complete  combustion  of  disen- 
gaged gases. 

See  also  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  962. 

Smoke  burning  furnace.  *  "Scientific.  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  232. 

Dumery *  Laboulaye's    "Diet.,1'    iv.,    " Fu- 

mee,"  Fig.  3538. 

Smoke  preventive      .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  962. 
Smoke  burning  furnaces, 

On,  Hill "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xxii.  62. 

Smoke-burning  furnace.      "Eng.  fy  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  422. 

Clark "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Nov.  21,  p.  20. 

Smoke  burning  grate. 

Jordan *  "Scientific  American,"  xxiv.  403. 

Smoke  consumer  .     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  18. 
Smoke-consuming  furnace  "Scientific  American,"  x\xix.  138. 

Hoyt *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1120. 

Smoke  Con-su'mer.  The  methods  proposed 
for  consuming  smoke  are  very  numerous. 

Papin  proposed  the  downward  draft,  making  the  smoke 
descend  through  the  fire,  as  in  Delasme's  base  burner,  1685 
(Fig.  5911,  p.  2410,  "Mec/i.  Diet.").  In  Papin's  the  draft  was 
obtained  by  means  of  a  blower ;  the  idea  has  never  fructified 
into  useful  form. 

Watt  had  a  wide  dead-plate  between  the  furnace  doors  and 
grate  bars  ;  on  this  the  coal  was  coked  before  beine  pushed 
back  and  burnt.  This  plan  is  excellent,  but  requires  careful 
attention.  The  smoke  and  gases  evolved  in  combustion  of 
the  fresh  coal  are  consumed  while  passing  over  the  incan- 
descent mass  of  fuel  at  the  back  of  the  furnace. 

A  given  quantity  of  air  has  been  introduced  above  the 
fire-bars,  to  insure  the  combustion  of  the  smoke  ;  this  is 
good  in  theory,  but  the  regulation  is  difficult  in  practice,  as, 
when  coal  is  freshly  introduced,  a  larger  quantity  of  air  is 
required  than  at  other  times. 

Henderson's  mechanical  stoker  has  hoppers  above  the  fur- 
nace doors,  and  the  coal  is  gradually  dropped  into  the  fur- 
naces by  automatic  devices  driven  by  the  engine.  See 
STOKER. 

Prideaux's  has  fire  doors,  in  which  the  air  enters  through  a 
number  of  Venetian  lattices,  and  is  warmed  by  contact  with 
metallic  plates  before  reaching  the  furnace. 


SMOKE   CONSUMER. 


825 


SMUT  MACHINE. 


Fig.  2286. 


Murphy^s  Smokeless  Furnace. 

Richardson,  C.  J.  "  The  Smoke  Nuisance,  and  Its  Remedy 
by  Means  of  Water."  With  Remarks  on  Liquid  Fuel.  Lon- 
don, 1869. 

Smoke  Con-sump'tion.  A  new  device  in 
smoke  consumption  on  trial  in  Chicago  has  special 
adaptability  to  all  kinds  of  boilers. 

A  jet  of  steam  is  introduced,  creating  a  vacuum  into  which 
the  outer  air  rushes,  and  the  commingled  steam  and  air  are 
delivered  into  the  fire  chamber.  In  this  the  proportions  are 
one  part  steam  to  two  hundred  parts  of  atmospheric  air. 

This  creates  an  intense  draft,  and,  it  is  claimed,  the  entire 
consumption  of  the  carbon  contained  in  the  soot. 

Smoke'less  Fur'nace.  Murphy's  smokeless 
furnace  (see  Figs.  2286,  2287)  obtains  its  complete 
combustion  by  a  natural  draft,  being  fed  automat- 
ically, and  having  a  steady,  uniform  feed  and  there- 
fore an  even  temperature.' 

The  fuel  is  put  into  magazines  and  pushed  very  slowly  on 
plates,  cooking  it  before  it  enters  upon  the  grates.  A  cur- 
rent of  air  by  natural  draft  passes  over  the  heated  arch  above 

Fig.  2287. 


and  down  at  the  sides,  supplying  the  mixture  of  air  necessary 

for  perfect  combustion. 

Smokeless  furnace, Beg-an*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1363. 

Erskine,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  79. 

Smoke     preventer   for 

strain  boilers      .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''  524. 
Smoke  stack.  Hewitt     .  *  "Railroad  Gazette,''1  xxiii.  459. 

\Vood-burning,  Finley  *  "Railroad  Gazette,'"'  xxiv.  281. 

Locomotive,  Turner    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  86. 

Penn.  Railway  .     .     .  *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  123. 

Smoothing  Fron.  Pott's  Cold 
Handle  Double-pointed  Smoothing  Iron 
has  a  semi-circular  handle  that  is  made 
of  a  non-conducting  material,  so  as  not 
to  convey  the  heat  from  the  iron  below, 
and  is  attachable  to  the  iron  by  a  spring 
catch  that  holds  it  in  position  while  in 
use,  and  is  readily  detached  through  the" 
pressure  by  the  finger  of  the  knob  above 
when  it  is  desired  to  transfer  it  to  another 
iron.  See  Fig.  2288. 

Enterprise  Co .  *  "Iron  Age.,^  xix.,  Jan.  4,  p.  1. 
Sad  iron,  Hasen- 

ritter  ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  26,  p.  5. 
Sad  iron  and  fluting  roller. 

Kramer  .     .    *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  102. 

The  gas-heating  toilet  smoothing  iron 
(see  Fig.  2289),  it  is  said,  can  be  heated  in 
three  minutes  on  any  ordinary  gas  burner. 
They  are  especially  adapted  "for  gentlemen  to  iron 

Fig.  2288. 


Murphy's  Smokeless  Furnace. 


Smoothing  Iron. 

their  silk  hats,  and  for  ladies  while  traveling ;  also 

for  dress-making  and 

other  general  F'*'  2m 

uses. 

Smooth 
Plane.  One  the 
bit  of  which  is 
set  at  a  relative- 
ly more  obtuse  i 
angle  than  that ' 
of  a  block  plane. 
The  former  is 
for  planing  with 
the  grain ;  the 
latter  across  it. 
See  Fig.  2290. 
See  BLOCK 
PLANE.  See 
also  SCRAPER 
PLANE. 

Smut  Ma- 
chine'. A  machine  for  cleaning  from  wheat 
the  smut,  and  also  dirt  and  the  beard,  the 
latter  on  the  end  opposite  to  the  germ.  By 
a  certain  vigor  in  the  process  the  bran  is 
also  partially  removed.  The  wheat  is  passed 
between  sharply  roughened  or  pointed  iron 


Gas-heating    Smoothing 
Iron. 


SMUT   MACHINE. 


826 


SNUGGER. 


Fig.  2290. 


"  Victor  "  Smooth  Plane. 

surfaces,  as  teeth  or  wire  brush,  or  beaten  upon 
the  surface  of  a  cylinder  or  conical  frustum,  re- 
volving at  high  speed  within  a  metallic  case  perfo- 
rated with  holes  or  slits,  serving  the  double  pur- 
pose of  permitting  the  dust  to  escape  and  presenting 
a  rough  surface. 

Howes,  Babcock  &  Co.'s  machine  lor  removing  smut,  point- 
ing, and  cleaning  grain  is  shown  in  Fig.  2291. 

The  wheat  enters  at  A,  passes  through  the  cylinder  B  B, 
comes  through  O  to  Z>,  where  it  encounters  the  current  of 
air  produced  hy  the  exhaust-fan,  which  conducts  the  light 

Fig.  2291. 


Wheat  Grading  and  Purifying  Machine. 

kernals  to  E,  the  bran  to  F,  and  the  fan-chamber  which 
leads  to  the  dust  and  bran  chamber.  The  air  moves  in  the 
direction  indicated  by  the  arrows.  The  particles  of  dust, 
hairs,  smut,  etc.,  that  pass  through  the  walls  of  the  cylin- 
der B  B,  are  carried  by  the  exhaust  to  F.  The  excellence  of 
the  work  of  this  machine  is  indorsed  by  Professor  Kick  in 
his  official  report  to  the  Austrian  government. 

The  Eureka  smut  and  separating  machine  has  a  separator 
attachment  above  the  shoe  in  such  manner  provided  that  the 
dust  from  the  entire  machine  is  all  absorbed  by  the  fan. 

The  capacity  of  No.  2  is  40  to  60  bushels  per  hour,  and  like 
the  Nos.  0  and  1  has  two  separators,  one  before  and  one  after 
the  scourer.  Motion,  625  revolutions  per  minute.  Stand- 
ard size,  pulley  10"  with  5J"  face. 

Snap  Ac'tion.  (Fire-arm.)  As  distinguished 
from  a  lever  gun;  one  which  as  the  hinged  barrel 
closes  is  fastened  by  a  spring  catch. 

Snap  Block.  (Nautical.)  A  block  with  an 
opening  in  the  side  at  which  the  rope  may  be  laid 
in  the  sheave  without  the  trouble  of  reeving  it  in. 
See  Fig.  2292. 

Snap   Ma-chine'.      A  machine  for  cutting  a 


Fig.  2292. 


Snap  Block. 

blanket  of  dough  into  snaps.  A  kind  of  biscuit ; 
ginger  snaps  for  instance.  See  CRACKER  MA- 
CHINE. 

Snarl'ing.  A  mode  of  producing  repousse  work 
upon  any  hollow  ware  of  sheet  gold,  silver,  etc.,  by 
blows  delivered  inside.  The  snarling  tool  is  placed 
in  a  vise  and  the  protruding  end  enters  the  object 
and  rests  against  the  inside.  A  blow  delivered  on 
the  shank  of  the  snarling  iron  is  transferred  to  the 
object,  and  makes  a  dent  which  appears  as  a  bulge 
on  the  exterior.  See  SNARLING  IRON,  p.  2229, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Snatch'ing  Rol'lers.  (Printing  Machine.)  A 
pair  of  rollers  driven  at  a  somewhat  higher  speed 
than  the  pair  of  holding  rollers  next  in  the  rear  of 
them,  in  order  to  snatch  or  break  the  paper  on  the 
lines  of  the  perforations  and  thus  make  them  into 
separate  sheets. 

Sneak  Box.  The  New  Jersey  sneak  box  is 
from  12'  to  14' in  length;  the  shelving  or  side- 
boards on  the  stern  of  the  boat  are  used  to  hold  the 
decoys  while  the  hunter  rows  to  and  from  the 
shooting  ground.  Used  by  gunners  on  Barncgat 
and  Little  Egg  Harbor  Bays,  New  Jersey.  The 
Maryland  ducking-sink  is  used  by  gunners"  on  the 
Potomac  River  and  Chesapeake  Bay. 

Snood.  (Fishing.)  The  short  line  which  car- 
ries the  hook  and  is  attached  to  the  fishing  line.  A 
snell,  leader,  or  trace. 

Made  of  catgut,  silk,  gimp,  wire,  flax,  silk- worm 
gut,  etc. 

Snow  Flan'ges.  (Railway.)  A  bar  of  iron  or 
steel  attached  to  a  car  or  engine  to  scrape  away 
snow  and  ice  on  the  sides  of  the  heads  of  the  rails 
so  as  to  make  room  for  the  flanges  of  the  wheels. 

See  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  372. 

Snow  Plow.  A  plow-shaped  apparatus 
mounted  on  wheels  and  propelled  by  locomotives, 
used  in  cutting  a  way  through  snow  drifts. 

Those  used  in  the  vast  drifts  on  the  Pacific  railroad  are  13' 
high,  107  wide,  and  30'  long.  They  are  mounted  on  two  trucks 
and  weigh  38,000  pounds  each.  The  body  of  the  plow  is  made 
of  the  best  lumber,  the  furrow  board  of  polished  ash,  run- 
ning back  at  an  angle  of  31°  and  up,  in  a  half  circle  of  19" 
radius.  The  apron  is  of  f"  boiler  iron  and  has  steel  shoes, 
clamped  on  the  rail  by  clamps  3'  long.  The  drifts  sometimes 
become  so  compacted  that  they  resi.-t  the  butting  action  of 
the  plow  for  a  long  time,  and  as  high  as  fifteen  locomotives 
have  united  their  combined  power  before  they  could  push 
the  plow  through  the  drifts. 

Snow  plow,  Little  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xxxvi.  226. 
Snow  plows,  railway  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  731. 

Snow  Scra'per.  1.  (Railway.)  A  plate  or 
bar  of  iron  attached  to  an  engine  or  car  to  scrape 
snow  and  ice  from  the  rail. 

2.  An  A-shaped  plow  made  of  two  scantlings  and 
a  cross-piece,  for  cleaning  snow  off  sidewalks.  The 
driver  stands  on  the  cross-piece ;  the  horse  is 
hitched  to  the  point  of  the  A. 

Siiug'ger.  A  device  to  impart  a  smooth  and 
dense  exterior  and  uniform  thickness  to  twine. 


SOAP. 


827 


SODA   ASH   RECLAIMER. 


Soap.  In  the  preparation  of  toilet  or  perfumed 
soaps,  the  blocks  of  rough  soap  are  first  cut  into 
thin  shavings  in  a  planing  machine,  and  the  sha- 
vings are  then  ground  with  coloring  matter,  essen- 
tial oils,  and  scents,  until  they  form  a  homogenous 
paste.  The  machine  for  grinding  contains  granite 
cylinders,  which  pass  the  paste  automatically  be- 
tween them,  and  finally  into  the  upper  portion  of 
the  hopper,  so  that  the  services  of  only  one  attend- 
ant are  required  for  several  machines.  After  the 
paste  has  been  ground,  it  passes  to  a  machine  called 
the  peloteuse,  or  mixing  mill,  which  stretches  and 
draws  it  out  and  prepares  it  for  being  molded  and 
stamped.  The  peloteuse  does  instantly  what  at  one 
time  required  several  weeks  of  scraping,  washing, 
and  drying.  It  is  a  mortar,  in  which  the  soap 
paste  is  packed  until  it  is  freed  of  air,  and  from 
which  it  is  then  forced  by  increase  of  pressure,  pass- 
ing through  draw  plates  of  any  required  cross  sec- 
tion. 

A  self-acting  cutter  divides  the  stream  of  soap, 
into  blocks  of  any  desired  size  or  weight. 

Phosphate  of  soda  is  being  used  in  a  composition 
with  the  common  soaps,  as  especially  adapted  for 
use  in  salt  water,  as  well  as  fresh  water. 

( Glass.)  Binoxide  of  manganese  used  to  correct 
the  greenish  tinge  in  glass,  due  to  the  presence  of 
iron  in  the  sand.  Glass  made  with  potash  is  freer 
from  this  coloration  but  is  expensive,  hard,  and 
difficult  to  work. 

Binoxide  of  manganese  in  excess  turns  the  glass 
to  rose  color,  purple,  and  even  black,  according  to 
the  quantity  used.  It  is  used  in  small  quantities  as 
a  corrective.  In  the  French  practice  the  propor- 
tion is  0.5  per  cent. 


Soap  machinery,  toilet  . 
Soap  making  machinery 
Slicing      
Grinding  ' 
Kneading  

"Man.  if 
"Scientifi 
"Enginee 
'•  "Enginee 
"  Enginee 
"Enginee 
"Scientifi 

Builder,"  ix.  16,  40. 
American  Sup.,"  4107. 
,"  1.  280. 
,"  1.  289. 
,••  1.  280. 
,"1.280. 
:  American,"  xli.  335. 

Soap  works,  Babbit    .    . 

Soap  Cut'ter.  An  apparatus  for  caking  or 
barring  soap  in  manufacture.  See  SOAP  BARRING 
AND  CUTTING  MACHINE,  p.  2232,  "Mech.  Diet.," 
and  SOAP  CUTTING  MACHINE,  p.  2233,  Ibid. 

Soap  Coil.  One  fitting  the  interior  of  a  soap 
boiling  kettle,  and  through  which  the  steam  circu- 
lates to  boil  the  ingredients. 

Sock'et.  A  tool  used  in  well  boring  to  recover 
and  lift  rods  out  of  the  well.  They  are  of  differ- 
ent shapes,  screwing  on  to  the  top  of  the  rod,  at- 
taching by  gripers,  hooks,  shoulders,  collars, 
spreaders,  etc. 

Sock'et  Gud'geon. 
One  in  which  the  gud- 
g  e  o  n  shoulder  s  u  r- 
rounds  the  wooden 
shaft,  instead  of  being 
let  into  the  shaft.  In 
the  illustration  (Fig. 
2293)  it  is  shown  as  at-  Socket 

tached  to  a  conveyor  or  bolt-reel  shaft. 

Sock'et  Pipe.    One  having  an  enlarged  end  to 


Fig.  2293. 


Fig.  2294. 


receive  the  end  of  another  pipe,  and 
contain  the  lead  or  other  cementing 
material  used  in  joining  the  pipes. 

Sock'et  Wash'er.  A  washer 
having  a  counter-sunk  face  into 
which  the  head  of  the  bolt  sinks. 
See  Fig.  2294. 

So'da  Ap'pa-ra'tus.     Soda  is  Socket  Waxher' 
manufactured  principally,  now,  from  common  salt. 

The  manufacture  of  soda  from  kelp  is  comparatively  un- 
important. 


The  manufacture  from  the  cryolite  of  Greenland,  is  lim- 
ited practically  to  that  country.  Extensive  deposits  of  nat- 
ural soda,  enough  to  supply  the  world's  demands  for  centu- 
ries, are  said  to  have  been  discovered  in  Wyoming  territory. 
Large  amounts  of  the  sulphate  of  sodium  are  obtained  in 
France  and  Germany  from  the  mother  liquors  remaining  af- 
ter the  extraction  of  chloride  of  potassium. 

Jones  &  Walsh's  furnace  consists  of  a  large  shallow  rrn, 
exposed  to  a  free  coke  fire  in  which  the  entire  reaction  takes 
place.  An  axle  above  the  pan  having  a  series  of  propelling 
iron  shovels  agitates  the  salt.  About  four  fifths  of  the  neces- 
sary amount  of  sulphuric  acid  is  admitted  by  leaden  pipes, 
and  the  machinery  is  set  in  motion.  The  evolution  of  hydro- 
chloric acid  is  very  regular.  At  the  end  of  fifteen  minutes  a 
small  quantity  is  taken  out  for  test,  and  the  rest  of  the  sul- 
phuric acid  added. 

Camack  and  Walker  admit  the  chloride  of  sodium  and  sul- 
phuric acid  at  one  end  of  a  long  horizontal  cylindrical  rota- 
ting furnace,  which  issues  at  the  outer  end  in  the  form  of 
soda. 

Hargreaves  and  Robinson  attempt  to  shorten  the  process, 
and  effect  the  formate  of  sulphate  by  bringing  the  gases  from 
the  pyrites  burners,  directly  into  contact  with  chloride  of  so- 
dium at  the  proper  temperature.  The  finely  powdered  salt 
is  pressed  into  small  cakes  about  1£"  inches  thick,  and  placed 
in  a  series  of  from  8  to  14  cylinders,  15'  in  diameter  and  12' 
high,  so  united  that  gas  entering  at  one  end  of  the  series 
must  pass  through  all.  The  cylinders  are  kept  at  a  dull  red 
heat  for  fourteen  to  twenty  days.  The  current  of  sulphu- 
rous anhydride,  air,  and  superheated  steam  entering  the  cyl- 
inder in  which  the  reaction  is  nearest  completion,  passes  on 
through  cylinders  containing  less  and  less  of  sulphate  until 
the  mixture  of  gases  and  vapor  is  deprived  of  all  or  nearly 
all  sulphurous  anhydride  when  it  reaches  the  last  cylinder  con- 
taining salt  scarcely  attacked,  and  issues  thence  laden  with, 
hydrochloric  acid  to  the  condensing  towers.  As  the  action 
in  one  cylinder  is  completed,  it  is  switched  off  and  emptied 
and  the  next  is  advanced  to  its  place. 

See  Prof.  Jenkins'  report  on  chemical  industries,  "Paris 
Exposition  (1878)  Reports,''  vol.  iv.,  page  32,  et  seq.  And 
Kuhlmamrs  report  on  The  Chemical  Acts.  Group  III.,  vol. 
iv.,  "Centennial  Exhibition  Reports,'-'  page  93. 

Sodaappa. ,  *  Lixiviating. 

Shank *  "Scientific  American,"1  xiii.  67. 

*  Revolving  furnace      *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  67. 
Soda  carbonate  apparatus 

McClosky      ....  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"1  xxxvi.  226. 
Soda  processes,  Fr.     .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  2325.- 
Soda  process,  Solvays    .      "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  403. 

So'da  Ash  Re-claim'er. 

Fig.  2295  shows  an  ash  furnace  for  reclaiming  soda-ash, 
liquor  after  it  has  been  employed  to  reduce  wood  to  a  pulp. 
The  liquor  is  first  placed  in  a  tank  of  iron  over  the  top  of 
the  furnace,  and  is  generally  from  7°  to  15°  in  strength. 
From  the  tank  it  descends  first  into  an  iron  tray  that  has  a 
slight  slant  to  allow  the  liquor  to  gradually  drop  on  to  the 
next  pan  or  tray.  The  second  tray  is  made  of  fire-brick 
plates,  42"  wide  ;  the  third  tray  is  made  the  same  way.  The 
liquor  is  gradually  pushed  down  over  these  trays  until  the 
incinerating  hearth  is  reached.  To  reclaim  liquid  soda  ash 
into  black  ash  requires  a  long  flame  and  high  heat,  as  not 
only  must  the  water  be  evaporated  out  of  the  liquor,  but 


SODA  ASH   RECLAIMER. 


828 


SOLAR  BOILER. 


the  p.'irticles  of  wood  must  be  burned.  This  requires  soft  or 
bituminous  coal,  waste  wood  or  saw-dust;  by  discharging 
hot  air  on  top  of  the  fire  the  gas  is  ignited,  and  the  flame  is 
extended  to  the  top  pan  or  tray. 

So'da-wa'ter  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  The  principle 
of  making  aerated  waters  by  the  American  system 
is  by  charging  a  cylinder  of  water  with  carbon  gas, 
under  pressure  evolved  by  the  mixing  of  sulphuric 
acid  and  whiting  or  marble  dust.  As  used  in  Eng- 
land and  her  colonies,  and  on  the  Continent,  the 
gas  is  made  in  a  leaden  generator,  and  by  its  own 
force  issues  into  a  gasometer,  where  it  remains 
until  it  is  pumped,  with  the  water  to  be  bottled, 
into  the  condenser,  and  is  here  mixed  together  by 
an  agitator. 

One  of  the  first  attempts  to  make  artificial  waters  was 
made  by  Thurniessen  in  1660,  and  from  then  to  the  present 
time  the  machinery  for  the  manufacture  has  gradually  been 
perfected.  The  system  at  present  in  use  in  the  United  King- 
dom and  on  the  Continent,  is  identical.  It  is  what  is  called 
the  "  continuous  direct  action  process."  The  principle  of  this 
is  as  follows :  The  carbonic  acid  gas  is  made  in  a  leaden  vessel , 
the  carbonate  being  placed  in,  generally  mixed  with  water, 
the  acid,  which  is  contained  in  a  continuous  vessel,  being 
poured  on  by  a  simple  arrangement  in  just  sufficient  quanti- 
ties to  generate  the  gas,  no  more  being  used  than  is  abso- 
lutely required  for  the  purpose,  the  waste  product  when 
exhausted  being  easily  drawn  off  and  a  fresh  charge  in- 
serted. 

Various  materials  are  employed  as  carbonates,  these  vary- 
ing, of  course,  with  circumstances,  depending  entirely  on 
their  handiness  and  cost ,  whiting,  marble  dust,  carbonates 
of  soda  and  magnesia,  and  very  many  other  substances  being 
used.  The  marble  is  supposed  to  effervesce  less  violently 
than  less  compact  forms  of  carbonate  of  lime. 

See  "Mecli.  Diet.,"  pp.  2236,  2237. 


Fig.  2296  shows  a 
Fig.  2296 


So'da-wa'ter  Fountain. 

seamless  fountain  with  glass 
reservoir  inside  a  copper  one, 
which  withstands  a  pressure 
of  500  Ibs.  There  is  no 
pressure  on  the  glass,  as  it  is 
balanced  by  the  gas  between 
the  two  shells. 

So'da-wa'ter  Foun'- 
tain  Cock.  The  coupling 
to  which  the  pipe  is  attached 
passes  into  a  square,  hollow 
box,  and  by  means  of  a 
thumb-screw  is  made  tight ; 
avoids  all  twisting  and  break- 
ing of  pipes,  and  requires  no 
wrench. 

Sod  Plow.  Avery's 
plow  turns  the  sod  either  to 
right  or  left,  and  lays  it  so  as 
to  put  ordinary  grass  out  of 
sight. 

So'fa  Bed.   A  sofa  whose 
seat  is  hinged  to  open  out, 
the  under  side  of  the  seat  and  the  exposed  part  of 
the  sofa,  when  unfolded,  forming  a  mattrass. 

S  o  f  t - board'ing.  (Leather.)  Boarding  or 
bruising  the  leather  on  the  flesh-side;  it  renders 
the  skin  very  pliant. 

Soft  Cen'ter  Steel.  A  composition  of  iron 
and  steel.  A  mold  is  divided  into  two  or  more 
sections  by  sheet  or  plate  iron  partitions.  The 
metals  are  poured  into  their  respective  chambers, 
and  the  partitions,  fused  by  the  heat,  weld  the  mass 
together.  Used  for  safes,  plows,  etc. 

The  character  of  the  center,  that  is,  whether  it  shall  be 
"hard"  or  "soft,"  of  steel  or  iron,  depends  largely  upon 
the  use  to  which  it  is  to  be  put.  U'here  the  use  demands 
hardness  on  the  outside  for  protection  against  wearing  or 
abrasion,  and  at  the  same  time  considerable  toughness  in  the 
center,  as  in  plows,  the  center  is  soft  or  of  iron.  For  ease  of 
•welding  and  toughness  with  rigidity,  hard  center  or  steel 
center  is  used.  —  Iron  Age. 


Seamless  Soda-water 
Fountain. 


Soft  Paste.  ( Ceramics.)  A  name  applied 
to  the  material  of  porcelain,  which  is  semi-hard 
only.  It  is  of  fine  clay,  with  proportions  of  silex 
and  other  substances.  A  name  applied  either  to 
the  Worcester  paste  of  England  or  to  the  vieux 
Sevres.  See  PORCELAIN. 

Soil  Branch.  A  sewer  pipe,  making  lateral 
connection  with  the  hopper  of  a  water-closet. 

Fig.  2297. 


Soil  Branches. 

a.   Single  soil  branch.  b.    Double  soil  branch. 

c.  Hospital  soil  branch. 

Soil    Pipe.     A  sewer  pipe   serving   a   water- 
closet. 
Soil-pipe  ventilator,  Boyle,  Br.,  *  "Engineering,''1  xxix.  127. 

Soil  Pul'ver-i-zer.  An  implement  for  tritura- 
ting the  earth  in  preparing  for  seeding. 

See  HARROW  ;  DISK  HARROW  ;  CLOD  CRUSHER  ; 
ROLLER,  etc. 

So'laire.  An  apparatus  for  using  directly  the 
heat  of  the  sun's  rays.  The  resolution  of  this  dif- 
ficult problem  has  been  attempted  from  the  time  of 
Hero  of  Alexandria,  u.  c.  100,  by  Baptista  Porta, 
Martini,  Kircher,  Bclidor,  Oliver  Evans,  Ericsson. 

The  question  is  considered  at  some  length  in 
Laboulaye's  "Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
tome  iii.,  article  "  Solaire,"  where  Mouchot's  appa- 
ratus is  described  and  represented. 

Solar  Boil'er.  An  apparatus  intended  to 
utilize  the  heat  of  the  sun's  rays. 

Fig.  2298  shows  Prof.  Mouchot's  solar  boiler.  A  is  a  glass 
bell ;  B  is  a  boiler  with  a  double  envelope ;  D  is  a  steam- 
pipe  ;  E  is  a  feed-pipe ;  F  is  a  conical  silvered  mirror  ;  O  O 
is  a  spindle  around  which  a  motion  is  given  to  the  machine 
from  east  to  west ;  H  is  the  gearing  regulating  the  inclina- 
tion of  the  apparatus  on  the  spindle  G  &,  according  to  the 
seasons  ;  /  is  a  safety-valve :  K  is  a  pressure-gage,  and  L  is  a 
water-gage.  The  mirror  has  the  form  of  a  truncated  cone, 
with  parallel  bases,  and  the  generating  line  makes  an  angle 
of  45°  with  the  axis  of  the  cone.  The  incident  rays  striking 
parallel  to  the  axis,  are  reflected  normally  to  this  axis,  and 
give  a  heat  area  of  maximum  intensity  for  a  given  opening 
of  mirror.  The  reflectors  are  formed  of  12  silvered  sectors. 
carried  by  an  iron  frame  in  the  grooves  of  which  they  slide. 
The  diameter  of  opening  is  112.3"  at  the  top  and  39.3//  at  the 
bottom,  giving  an  effective  mirror  area  of  about  45  square 
feet.  The  bottom  of  the  mirror  is  formed  of  a  cast-iron  disk 
to  add  weight  to  the  apparatus.  In  the  center  of  this  disk 
is  placed  the  boiler,  the  height  of  which  is  equal  to  that  of 
the  mirror.  It  is  of  copper  blackened  on  the  outside,  and  is 
formed  of  two  concentric  bell-shaped  envelopes  connected 
at  their  base  by  a  wrought-iron  ring.  The  larger  envelope 
is  31. 5"  high,  and  the  smaller,  19.68"  ;  their  respective  diame- 
ters are  11.02'"  and  8.66".  The  water  is  introduced  between 
these  two  envelopes,  so  that  it  forms  a  cylinder  1.18"  thick. 
The  amount  of  water  does  not  exceed  4.4  gallons,  and  about 
one  third  of  the  annular  space  is  left  as  a  steam-chamber. 
The  inner  envelope  remains  empty  ;  it  is  furnished  on  one 
side  with  a  copper  pipe  leading  from  the  steam-chamber, 


SOLAR  BOILER. 


829 


SOLAR  COOKING  APPARATUS. 


Fig.  2298. 


Fig.  2299. 


Solar  Boiler 


and  connected  with  the  motor  by  a  flexible  tube.  At  the 
foot  of  the  boiler  is  placed  the  feed-water  tube.  The  glass 
envelope  or  bell  is  15.75"  in  diameter,  and  33.46"  high,  the 
thickness  of  the  glass  being  .2"  thick.  A  space  of  nearly 
2"  is  thus  left  between  the  sides  of  the  glass  and  the  copper 
envelope. 

The  apparatus  is  mounted  on  an  inclined  axis,  the  angle 
of  which  can  be  made  to  change  to  correspond  with  the  mo- 
tion of  the  sun,  and  a  rotating  movement  of  15°  per  hour 
can  also  be  given  to  it.  To  effect  this  double  object,  the 
apparatus  is  carried  on  trunnions  resting  on  a  shaft  perpen- 
dicular to  their  axis,  and  this  shaft  forms,  from  north  to 
south  with  the  horizon,  an  angle  corresponding  to  the  lati- 
tude of  the  place.  Two  movements  result  from  this  ar- 
nni.iri'inent  which  permit  the  apparatus  to  follow  the  course 
of  the  sun,  since  by  a  half  revolution  it  turns  from  sunrise 
t"  sunset,  whilst  by  an  annual  rotation  of  46°  at  most  on 
the  trunnions,  it  is  brought  opposite  the  sun  in  all  posi- 
tions. This  double  movement  is  effected  by  means  of  worm 
gearing,  the  first  being  repeated  at  half-hour  intervals,  the 
second  every  eight  days. 

Experiments  made  with  this  apparatus  at  Tours  showed 
that  in  40  minutes  44  Ibs.  of  water  were  raised  from  a  tem- 
perature of  68°  to  252°,  and  thence  to  a  pressure  of  5  atmos- 
phoivs.  In  less  than  15  minutes,  33  Ibs.  of  water  of  212° 
were  raised  to  307°.  Finally,  in  favorable  weather,  11  Ibs.  of 
water  have  been  evaporated  per  hour.  The  steam  generated 
WHS  employed  for  driving  a  pump. 

The  inventor  of  this  apparatus  points  out  various  uses  for 
which  it  may  be  employed,  especially  in  warm  climates,  as, 
for  example,  for  the  distillation  of  water,  either  on  ship- 
board or  in  rainless  countries,  for  the  manufacture  of  ice, 
in  connection  with  the  Carre  apparatus  for  the  distillation 
of  alcohol,  etc.,  and  in  the  manufacture  of  sugar. 

So'lar  Ca-lorfic  En'gine.  Fig.  2299  repre- 
sents Captain  Ericsson's  new  engine  for  the  utili- 
zation of  solar  heat  in  the  production  of  motive 
power.  It  is  calculated  that  the  heat  radiated  by 
the  sun  during  nine  hours  per  day,  for  all  the  lati- 
tudes comprised  between  the  equator  and  the  45th 
parallel,  corresponds  per  minute  and  per  square 
foot  of  normal  surface  to  the  direction  of  the  rays 
to  3.5  thermo  units  of  772  foot  pounds.  Hence,  a 
surface  of  100  square  feet  would  give  a  power  of 
270,000  foot  pounds,  or  from  8  to  9  horse-power. 
The  engine  illustrated  is  on  the  caloric  system,  and 
has  run  at  420  revolutions  per  minute  with  the  sun 
near  the  zenith  and  during  fine  weather. 

Solar  caloric  engine. 

Ericsson *  "Scientific  American,'"  xli.  67. 

Solar  engine,  Ericsson  .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1104. 

Mouchot "Eng.  if  Min.  Jour.,"  xxx.  26. 

Solar  heat,  applications  of. 

Simonin "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Sept.  14,  p.  7  ; 

Sept.  21,  p.  5. 


Solar  Caloric  Engine. 

Appn.,  Hlttellfy  Dietzltr  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  18. 

Engine *  "Man.  §•  Builder'-  xii.  254. 

Sun  engine,  Mouchot.       *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  39. 
Paris     ......  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,':  2655. 

So'lar  Cook'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  device 
for  utilizing  the  heat  of  the  sun's  rays  for  culinary 
purposes. 

Fig.  2300  shows  Adams's  solar  cooking  apparatus  used  at 
Bombay.  It  consists  of  a  conicalkreflector,  A,  made  of  wood 
and  lined  with  common  silvered  sheet  glass.  Inside  there  is 
placed  a  copper  cylindrical  vessel,  B,  covered  by  a  glass 
cover,  C.  The  cooking  vessel  is  raised  about  4"  from  the 
bottom,  and  the  glass  cover  is  b"  longer  than  the  vessel,  and 

Fig.  2300. 


Solar  Cooking  Apparatus. 

2"  wider,  which  leaves  an  interval  of  4"  of  hot  air  under 
the  boiler  and  I"  all  round  and  at  the  top.  The  wedge 
under  the  apparatus  is  to  keep  it  inclined,  so  that  the  rays 
of  the  sun  may  fall  perpendicularly  on  the  boiler.  Glass 
being  diathermajious  to  the  direct  or  reflected  rays  of  the 
sun,  and  non-diahtermanous  to  obscure  heat,  the  rays  pene- 
trate the  glass,  and,  striking  on  the  vessel,  become  trans- 
formed into  obscure  heat,  when  they  are  retained  by  the 
glass.  The  glass  cover  over  the  boiler  is  made  octagonal, 
because,  in  that  form  common  window  glass  can  be  used. 
The  position  of  the  apparatus  requires  to  be  changed  about 
every  half  hour,  to  face  the  sun  in  its  apparent  course  from 
east  to  west.  The  rations  of  seven  soldiers,  consisting  of 
meat  and  vegetables,  are  thoroughly  cooked  by  it  in  two 
hours,  in  January,  the  coldest  month  of  the  year  in  Bombay, 
and  the  men  declare  the  food  to  be  cooked  much  better  than 
in  the  ordinary  manner.  Several  people  in  Bombay  and  in 
the  Deccan  have  tried  it,  and  always  with  success.  If  the 
steam  be  retained  the  dish  is  a  stew  or  a  boil ;  if  it  be  al- 
lowed to  escape  the  food  is  baked.  The  reflector  is  2'  4"  in 
diameter.  The  intensity  of  the  heat  is  increased  by  increas- 
ing the  diameter  of  the  reflector. 


SOLAR   LAMP. 


830 


SOLDERING  FRAME. 


So'lar  Lamp.  1.  Another  name  for  the  argaud 
lamp.  It  has  a  tubular  wick  and  central  duct  that 
admit  air  to  the  interior  of  the  name.  See  ARGAND 
LAMP,  p.  142,  "Meek.  Diet." 

2.  One  of  the  fourth  class  of  electrical  lights. 
In  all  electric  candles  the  carbons  are  placed  paral- 
lel to  one  another,  and  as  the  waste  of  the  two 
must  be  equal,  they  are  fed  by  alternate  currents. 
Some  of  them  have  an  automatic  arrangement  for 
lighting  and  relighting.  The  candles  without  col- 
umbin  are  to  be  referred  to  the  voltaic-arc  class; 
Jablochkoff's  caudles  possess  the  characters  both 
of  the  arc  and  of  incandescence. 

The  Clerc  and  Burean  lamps  are  allied  to  the  candle  by 
the  nearly  parallel  arrangement  of  their  two  carbons,  and 
to  the  incandescence  class  by  the  nature  of  their  light,  pro- 
duced as  it  is  by  a  piece  of  chalk  raised  to  a  vei-y  high  tem- 
perature, and  made  incandescent  by  the  passage  of  the  cur- 
rent across  the  voltaic  arc  established  between  the  two 
carbons,  and  which  grazes  its  surface.  In  the  case  of  the 
candles,  as  in  that  of  the  lampe-soleil,  a  certain  number  of 
Apparatus  can  be  placed  in  one  circuit ;  hence  we  might  re- 
gard them  as  a  fourth  class  of  electric  light  apparatus  by 
•division  (polyphote  regulators). 

So'lar  Fho-to-graph'ic  In'stru-ment.    An 

instrument  for  photographing  the  surface  of  the 
.sun. 

So'lar  Ra-di-a'tioii  Reg'is-ter.  An  appa- 
ratus to  automatically  register  the  period  the  sun 
shines. 

In  Fig.  2301  the  two  bulbs  of  the  thermometer  T  T'  are 
covered  with  lampblack.  The  bulb  T  to  the  left  is  alone 
exposed  to  the  open  air,  all  the  rest  being  inclosed  in  a  box. 
When  the  sun  shines  the  air  contained  in  the  bulb  T  dilates, 
and  the  mercury  in  the  differential  thermometer  is  driven 
into  the  tube,  thus  destroying  the  equilibrium  of  the  bal- 
ance. The  beam  then  inclines,  and  the  point  of  the  pencil, 
which  is  fixed  to  the  support  f,  rests  on  a  paper  circle  fas- 
tened to  a  copper  disk.  This  disk  keeps  constantly  revolving 
on  its  axis,  carrying  with  it  a  paper  dial.  When  the  sun  is 


Fig.  2301. 


A  few  solders,  the  metal  to  which  they  are  applied,  and 
their  appropriate  fluxes,  are  tabulated  below. 


Solar  Radiation  Register. 

no  longer  shining  the  balance  resumes  its  equilibrium,  the 
pencil  ceases  to  touch  the  paper,  and  the  tracings  made  by  it 
are  thus  broken. 

To  complete  the  description  of  this  ingenious  apparatus 
we  will  add  that  the  metallic  balls  A  B  are  provided  with 
screws,  and  serve  to  place  the  beam  in  equilibrium.  The 
rods  c  D  are  made  of  metal,  and  are  designed  to  prevent 
oscillation. 

Sol'der.  A  fusible  metal  used  to  join  two 
less  fusible  metallic  bodies. 

Jewelers  will  find  the  annexed  list  of  silver  spiders  of  con- 
siderable practical  value.  Hard  solder  :  Pure  silver  16  parts, 
copper 3J  parts,  spelter  J  part.  Medium  :  Fine  silver  15 parts, 
copper  4  parts,  spelter  1  part.  Easy  solder :  Fine  silver  14 
parts,  copper  4£  parts,  spelter  1J  parts.  Common  hard  sol- 
der: Fine  silver  12J  parts,  copper  6  parts,  spelter  1J  parts. 
Common  easy  solder:  Fine  silver  11J  parts,  copper  6J  parts, 
spelter  2  parts.  The  fusing  points  of  these  solders  are  as 
.follows :  No.  1, 1,866°  Fah. ;  No.  2, 1,843°  ;  No.  3,  1,818°  ; 
No.  4, 1,826° ;  and  No.  5,  1,802°. 

See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2239. 


Soft,  coarse     .... 

Fine 

Fusible 

Pewterer's  .... 
Spelter,  soft  .... 

Hard 

Silver,  fine  .... 

Common      .... 

For  brass  and  iron    . 

More  fusible    .     .     . 

Gold,  for  18  carat  gold 

More  fusible    .     .     . 
Platinum   .     .     . 


Composition. 


Tin,  1 ;  lead,  2. 

Tin,  2  ;  lead,  1. 

Tin,  2;  lead,  1;  bis.,  1. 
,Tin,  3;  lead,  4;  bis.,  2. 
I  Copper,  1 ;  zinc,  1. 
'  Copper,  2  ;  zinc,  1. 
;  Silver,  66.6 ;  copper,  23.4  ;  zinc,  10. 
j  Silver,  66.6;  copper,  30. ;  zinc,  3.4. 
i  Silver,  1 ;  brass,  1. 

Silver,  1  ;  brass,  1;  zinc,  1. 

Gold,    18  carats  fine,   66.6 ;  silver, 
16.7 ;  copper,  16.7. 

Same  as  above  with  a  trace  of  zinc. 

Fine  gold. 


Material  to  be 
soldered. 

Solder. 

Flux. 

Tin     

Soft,  coarse,  or  fine. 

Rosin  or  zinc,  chl. 

Lead  

Soft,  coarse,  or  fine. 

Rosin. 

Brass,  copper,  iron, 

and  zinc. 

Soft,  coarse,  or  fine. 

Zinc,  chl. 

Pewter    .... 

Pewterer's  or  fusible. 

Rosin  or  zinc,  chl. 

Brass       .... 

Spelter,  soft. 

Borax. 

Copper  and  iron  . 

Spelter,  soft  or  hard. 

Borax. 

Brass,  copper,  iron, 

steel    .... 

Any  silver. 

Borax. 

Gold  .          ... 

Gold. 

Borax. 

Platinum    .     .     . 

Fine  gold. 

Borax. 

To  solder  German  silver,  pour  out  some  spirits  of  salt  in 
an  earthenware  dish,  and  add  a  piece  of  zinc.  Then  scrape 
clean  the  edges  to  be  soldered,  and  paint  over  with  the  spirit 
of  salt.  Apply  a  piece  of  pewter  solder  to  the  point  and 
melt  with  the  blow-pipe. 

Comp "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  21,  p.  7. 

Sol'der  Cut'ter.  (Sheet-metal  ^Working.)  A 
machine  for  chipping  solder  into  pieces  convenient 
for  use  in  soldering. 

A  fly-wheel  operated  by  hand  carries  cutting 
blades.  The  operator  feeds  the  bars  of  solder 
down  an  incline,  and  they  are  sheared  between  a 
bead  on  the  frame  and  those  on  the  wheel. 

Sol'der-cut'ting  Dies.  Dies  used  in  cutting 
out  bars  of  solder  in  a  press,  eight  in  a  block. 

Sol'der-ing  Fur'nace.  A  new  form  is  adapted 
to  burning  coal  oil,  and  is  being  extensively  intro- 
duced as  a  heater  for  tinners'  coppers,  taking  the 
place  of  the  charcoal  furnace. 

Sol'der-ing   Block.    Used  in  soldering  cans. 

Fig.  2302  consists  of  an  inclined  frame,  A;  lever  and 
"  knife,"  C;  expanding  cylinder,  B;  chain, 


fulcrum,  F,  etc.  A  slot  in 
the  frame  allows  the  use 
of  different  cylinders,  from 
1  Ib.  to  1  gallon,  and  their 
adjustment  up  and  down, 
without  changing  the 
knife.  A  slot  in  the  lever 
allows  the  knife  to  be  set 
out  for  varying  lengths  of 
cylinders.  Adjustments  are 
also  provided  in  the  length 
of  the  chain,  leverage  of 
treadle,  position  of  cylin- 
der around  its  center,  and 
"  set  "  of  the  knife.  The 
latter  has  a  groove  to  pre- 
vent "  tinning. "  The  chain 
passes  through  the  bench 
and  hooks  in  at  Z).  The 
action  of  the  foot  then 
raises  the  knife  and  the 
spring  does  the  holding 
down. 


E;  treadle  and 
Fig.  2302. 


Soldering  Block. 
(Sheet-metal    Working.) 

A  clamp  for  holding  the  parts  of  a  can  in  apposi- 
tion while  soldering. 


Sol'der-ing  Frame. 


SOLDERING  IRON. 


831 


SOLUBLE   GLASS. 


Sol'der-ing  I'ron.  One  recently  invented  has 
a  platinum  receptacle  in  which  heat  is  instanta- 
neously generated  with  air  and  petroleum  vapor,  or 
air  and  coal  gas. 

The  Gem  soldering  iron  is  adapted  to  fit  on  an 
ordinary  gas  burner,  with  the  copper  up.  The 
handle  and  tool  are  hollow,  allowing  the  gas  to 
escape  through  the  point,  where  it  may  be  ignited 
and  the  copper  will  be  speedily  heated. 

Soldering  iron,  gas  heated  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  4106. 
SoMering  mach.,  Howe  *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  115. 
Soldering  tool,  Painter  .  *  "Scientific  American^  xlii.  178. 

Sol'der-ing  Ma-chine'.  (Sheet-metal  Work- 
ing.) Howe's  machine  is  for  soldering  the  tops 
and  bottoms  of  round  cans.  The  cans  roll  along 
in  an  inclined  trench,  the  edge  passing  along  a 
shallow  groove  in  which  is  melted  solder.  Page 
108  of  Bliss's  catalogue  (1881). 

For  soldering  tin  cans. 

Fig.  2303  shows  a  machine  especially  suited  for  soldering 
the  end  seams  of  cans.     A  represents  the  frame  of  the  ma- 
chine, to  which  is  attached  a  track,  B,  along  which  the  cans 
are   to    be  rolled.      The   track  is 
Fig.  2303.  flanged  along  its    side    edges    to 

—  keep  the  cans  c  in  place  upon  it, 

and  has  a  side  inclination  to  cause 
the  ends  of  said  cans  to  rest  upon 
the  lower  side  flange  b'  as  they  are 
rolled  along  said  track.  The  track 
B  is  slotted  in  the  lower  side  of  its 
middle  part,  along  the  flange  b'  to 
allow  the  end  seam  of  the  cans  to 
project  through  into  a  solder  bath 
D,  placed  beneath  it  in  the  frame, 
and  in  which  the  solder  is  kept 
.  melted  by  a  furnace.  The  bath  D 
is  of  such  a  length  that  the  cans 
Soldering  Mac/line.  may  make  at  least  one  entire  revo- 
lution with  their  end  seams  in  the 

solder.  The  track  s  is  made  with  an  upward  incline  at  one 
end,  down  which  the  cans  are  rolled  in  passing  from  the  ma- 
chine. The  cans  c  are  rolled  along  the  track  B  by  an  end- 
l<'ss  I  mid  E,  which  passes  around  the  pulleys  pivoted  to  the 
frame,  and  to  one  of  which  motion  may  be  given  by  hand  or 
other  convenient  power. 

Sol'der-ing  Pot.  For  making  joints  iii  line 
wire. 


When  the  upright  handle 
is  moved  back,  it  allows  a 
wire  to  be  slipped  down  the 
slots,  the  joint  being  inside 
of  the  pot,  which  is  partly 
filled  with  melted  solder. 
The  wire  is  pressed  down  on 
each  side  until  it  finds  a  se- 
cure lodgment  in  the  bot- 
tom of  the  slots.  The  clamp 
is  shoved  forward  so  as  to 
hold  the  wire  in  place,  the 
arms  of  the  clamp  at  the 
same  time  covering  the  slots 
and  preventing  the  solder 
from  running  out.  The  pot 
is  then  tipped  forward  so  as 
to  cover  the  joint  with  sol- 


Fig.  2304. 


Soldering  Pot. 


der,  thus  making  a  neat  and  well  protected  joint. 

Sol'der-ing  Tongs.  A  pair  of  flat  nosed 
tongs  used  in  brazing  the  joints  of  band  saws. 
The  saw  is  held  in  a  scarfing  frame,  a  film  of  sol- 
der placed  between  the  scarfed  edges  which  are 
lapped  together,  and  then  the  heated  tongs  clamped 
upon  them  to  melt  the  solder.  See  BAND-SAW 
HOLDER. 

Sol'der  Mold.  A  mold  for  running  solder 
into  any  shape  desired. 

Sole.  A  recent  inventor  proposes  to  make 
boots  with  stone  soles.  A  suitable  quantity  of 
clean  quartz  sand  is  mixed  with  a  water-proof  glue, 
and  spread  on  a  thin  leather  sole  which  is  employed 
as  a  foundation.  These  quartz  soles  are  said  to  be 
flexible  and  almost  indestructible,  while  they  en- 
able the  wearer  to  walk  safely  over  slippery  roads. 


Fig.  2305. 


Sole  Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  The  one  shown 
in  Fig.  2305  is  adapted  for  cutting  outsoles,  in- 
soles, heeling,  counters,  shanks, 
etc.,  and  can  be  used  with  dies 
having  handles  or  without.  It 
has  a  circular  revolving  block ; 
the  die  is  fastened  in  a  chuck 
over  the  block,  and  can  be  moved 
about  as  desired.  The  block  is 
worn  evenly  by  the  constant  re- 
volving motion  ;  the  wear  is 
taken  up  by  raising  the  screw 
under  the  machine. 

Sole  Form'ing  Ma- 
chine'. One  for  rounding  up 
shoe  soles.  A  rounding  up  ma- 
chine can  shape  100  pairs  of 
soles  per  hour. 

The  rounding  is  all  done  by  one 
revolution  of  the  knife,  which  at  the 
same  operation  gives  to  the  edge  of 
the  sole  any  desired  bevel,  and  will 
work  to  patterns  of  any  size  or  style,  Sole  Cutting  Machine. 
the  changes  being  handily  made. 

Sole  Leath'er  Rol'ler.  A  machine  for  press- 
ing leather  stock  into  firmness,  by  passing  between 
spring  rollers.  See  Fig.  5309,  p.  2244,  "  Mech. 
Diet." 

Sole  Leath'er  Strip'per.  Adjustable  blades 
or  skivers  for  stripping  the  rough  side  of  the 
leather. 

Sole  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  For  shaping  the 
cut  sole  to  the  shape  of  the  last. 

Sole  Riv'et-ing  Ma-chine'.  The  McKay 
riveting  machine  automatically  cuts  a  rivet  of  the 
proper  length,  drives  it,  and  clinches  the  point  on 
the  inside  of  the  shoe.  It  clinches  the  rivet  on  a 
rotating  horn,  and  thus  makes  the  clinching  cer- 
tain. With  the  clinching  rivet  and  the  perfect 
length  of  the  nail  a  thin  insole  can  be  used  with 
safety.  The  rivets  are  corrugated  so  that  they  do 
not  work  up  into  the  foot  in  wearing. 

Sole  Tile.  A  flat  or  bellying  tile,  according 
to  requirements,  for  the  bottom  of  sewers,  muffles, 
or  other  objects  in  which  the  whole  circumference 
is  not  in  one  piece. 

Sol'id  Plate  Saw.  A  circular  saw  made  of 
a  single  plate,  as  distinguished  from  a  segment 
saw. 

Sole-noid.  An  electro-dynamic  spiral,  having 
the  conjunctive  wire  returned  along  its  axis,  neu- 
tralizing that  component  of  the  effect  of  the  cur- 
rent that  is  due  to  the  length  of  the  spiral,  and 
reducing  the  whole  effect  to  that  of  a  series  of 
equal  and  parallel  circular  currents. 

Sol'u-ble  Glass.  An  alkaline  silicate  that  is 
soluble  in  water,  but  remains  unaffected  by  ordi- 
nary atmospheric  changes. 

The  silicates  of  soda  and  potash  differ  from  the  other  sili- 
cates grouped  under  the  general  name  of  glass  in  being  solu- 
ble in  water ;  hence  they  are  known  as  soluble  glass,  liquid 
quartz,  etc.  While  ordinary  glass  has  been  known  from 
very  ancient  times,  these  peculiar  compounds  are  quite  new 
to  us,  having  been  accidentally  discovered  by  the  late  Pro- 
fessor Fuchs,  of  Munich,  in  the  year  1818,  while  experi- 
menting with  a  view  to  the  preparation  of  pure  silica. 

When  soluble  glass  is  applied  to  surfaces  of  plaster  and 
limestone  a  chemical  reaction  takes  place,  resulting  in  the 
formation  of  silicate  of  lime.  A  vitreous  surface  is  thus 
produced  impervious  to  moisture  and  unaffected  by  at- 
mospheric agents.  Soluble  glass  is  also  used  as  a  vehicle 
for  mineral  colors  in  a  kind  of  fresco  painting,  known  as 
stereochromy.  The  famous  frescoes  by  Kaulbach,  in  the 
museum  at  Berlin,  were  done  in  this  way.  It  is  also  enter- 
ing into  the  preparation  of  paints  for  ordinary  use. 

One  method  of  making  artificial  stone  is  by  moistening  fine 
sand  with  a  solution  of  silicate  of  soda,  pressing  the  mixture 
into  molds,  drying  it  and  exposing  it  to  a  high  temperature. 
The  silicate  fuses  and  cements  the  grains  of  sand  together 


SOLUBLE   GLASS. 


832 


SOUNDING  APPARATUS. 


into  a  mass  resembling  sandstone.  Any  desired  color  is 
imparted  by  the  admixture  of  metallic  oxides  previous  to 
molding.  Thousands  of  tons  of  the  .silicate  are  consumed 
for  this  purpose  in  England.  Another  important  application 
of  soluble  glass  is  in  calico-printing,  where  it  is  now  exten- 
sively used  as  a  mordant.  It  is  even  more  in  demand  in 
soap-making,  for  which  it  has  advantages  over  resin  on  ac- 
count of  its  alkaline  character.  It  also  enters  into  the  com- 
position of  fire-proof  cements  for  stoves  and  iron-work,  and 
especially  for  putting  up  iron  fronts  for  buildings. 

Soluble  glass,  uses  of     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"1 1417. 

Son'do-graph.  A  recording  sounding  appa- 
ratus, which  see,  specifically ;  an  invention  of  Lieu- 
tenant Pinheiro,  of  the  Brazilian  navy,  to  give  a 
continuous  delineation  of  the  bottom  of  the  sea 
along  the  line  on  which  it  is  operated. 

See  "Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  426. 

Soude  a  Dart.  (Surgical.)  A  cannulated 
lithic  instrument,  having  a  flexible  sound  projected 
through  it  and  out  near  the  apex  to  collide  with 
the  stone.  See  Fig.  153,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's 
"Armamentarium." 

Sound.  Elliott's  sound,  modified  by  H.  Leon- 
ard, is  a  new  adaptation  of  a  long  surgical  instru- 
ment, usually  of  metal,  and  partaking  of  the  nature 
of  a  probe.  It  is  used  especially  in  making  explo- 
rations in  the  bladder  in  search  of  stone.  It  is 
inserted  through  the  urethra,  and  a  peculiar  click 
is  heard  when  it  comes  in  contact  with  a  stone. 

Simpson's  sound  (No.  8)  graduated,  and  his  (No.  9)  tele- 
scope, for  convenience  in  carrying,  are  also  new  modifications 
of  the  same  instrument.  To  which  may  be  added  Dr.  Hel- 
mutt's  instrument  for  supra  pubis  puncture.  Skene's  ute- 
rine sound,  sonde  de  anal,  sonde  de  belloc,  sonde  de  Brisee, 
sonde  a  conducteur,  sonde  de  saforest,  and  sonde  or  pinchers 
of  Hunter. 

Sound  Coii-cen'tra-tor   and  Pro-ject'or. 

Hopkins'  acoustic  apparatus  is  a  portable  and 
adjustable  whispering-gallery,  having  many  useful 
applications.  An  air-tight  drum  or  reflector,  one 
head  of  which  is  rigid  and  the  other  elastic,  is 
mounted  on  pivots  in  a  swiveled  support,  and  is 
provided  with  a  flexible  tube  having  a  mouth-piece 
and  stop-cock  at  its  free  end.  Two  wires  are 
stretched  across  the  face  of  the  reflector  at  right 
angles  to  each  other,  and  support  at  their  intersec- 
tion a  small  plane  mirror,  the  office  of  which  is  to 
determine  the  position  of  the  reflector  in  relation 
to  the  direction  of  the  sound. 

A  small  ear-  trumpet  is  used  in  connection  with  the  re- 
flector, to  increase  the  effect  by  gathering  a  portion  of  the 
sound  that  might  escape  the  unaided  ear.  The  reflector  is 
adjusted  by  looking  through  the  ear-trumpet  toward  the 
small  plane  mirror,  and  moving  the  sound-reflector  until 
the  source  of  sound  is  seen  in  the  mirror.  The  reflector  is 
then  focused  by  exhausting  the  air  from  behind  the  flexible 
head  until  the  required  degree  of  concavity  is  reached,  indi- 
cated by  the  ease  with  which  sounds  may  be  heard  in  the  ear- 
trumpet.  The  air  is  withdrawn  from  the  reflector  by  ap- 
plying the  mouth  to  the  mouth-piece. 

Sound'er.  Sir  William  Thomson's  apparatus 
for  deep-sea  sounding  while  the  ship  is  in  motion. 
See  SOUNDING  APPARATUS  ;  FLYING  SOUNDER. 

Sound'er.  (Electricity.)  An  alarm  or  call, 
made  by  closing  an  electric  circuit. 

The  system  of  telephoning  by  means  of  beat  of  drum,  long 
practiced  in  Africa,  and  called  by  the  Cameroons  elliembic, 
proceeds  upon  the  principle  of  signaling  by  varying  the  beats 
according  to  a  code.  It  perhaps  would  be  too  much  to  call 
it  an  alphabet  code,  and  travelers  who  have  noticed  it  do  not 
seem  to  have  been  curious  as  to  the  nature  of  the  system. 
The  sound  under  favorable  circumstances  may  be  heard  2  or 
3  miles. 

The  Mani-mani  wooden  portable  signal  drum  known  as 
the  clincufo  was  shown  at  the  Centennial  in  the  Egyptian 
section,  but  the  great  drum  manyunjee  is  a  hollowed  trunk 
of  wood  mounted  on  feet.  It  has  sides  of  uneven  thickness 
which  give  a  different  note  aiding  in  giving  variability  to  the 
signal.  A  similar  drum  from  the  Fijis  is  in  the  National 
Museum  at  Washington.  See :  — 


Schweinf urth's  "Africa,"1  *  ii.  24,  113. 
Wiltiams's"Fiji,"  *  129. 
"Atlantic  Monthly,''  *  xxxix.  649. 
Cameron's  "Across  Africa,''  *  231. 
Duncan's  "  Western  Africa,"  *  275. 
Livingston's  "Zambesi,"  *  98. 
"Scientific  American  Supplement,''  2737. 
Sounder,  India  wires      .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  408. 

Theiler *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  63. 

Simon  Sf  Son  (gas)  .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  205. 
Otto  (gas)  .  .  .  .  *  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  173. 
Deep-sea,  Thomson  .  "Min.  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  179. 

Sound'-house.  A  marine  alarm  station  from 
which  audible  alarms  or  signals  are  given  in  foggy 
weather.  The  apparatus  are  usually  fog  horns  or 
sirens. 

Sound'ing.  Devices  for  sounding  and  gaging 
in  surveys  of  the  upper  Mississippi ;  including  sta- 
dia, water-gages,  sounding  stakes  on  sand-bars  and 
trees,  etc.  See  "Report  of  Chief  of  Engineers,  U. 
S.  Army"  1880,  *  ii.  1518. 

See  BATHOMETER  in  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Sound'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  device  for 
bringing  up  specimens  of  sea  bottom. 

In  Admiral  Sands'  device  a  box  is  screwed  into  the  bottom 
of  the  sounding  lead  and  is  secured  theretoby  a  key.  It  has 
a  conical  point  and  is  surrounded  by  a  flanged  sleeve  pressed 
downward  by  a  weak  spiral  spring.  On  striking  bottom  the 
point  penetrates  the  ground  and  the  flange  on  the  collar 
forces  it  upward,  exposing  an  aperture  through  which  the 
mud,  sand,  or  other  material  enters.  When  the  lead  is 
drawn  up  the  spring  reacts,  closing  the  opening  so  as  to  pre- 
vent the  specimen  being  washed  out. 

Admiral  Sands  has  also  invented  an  improved  self-detach- 
ing sounding  apparatus  to  be  used  in  connection  with  the 

Fig.  2306. 


Self-detaching  Sounding  Apparatus. 

specimen  cup.  The  sinker  is  composed  of  two  semi-ellipsoi- 
dal pieces  a  a',  having  central  grooves  unitedly  forming  a 
tube  through  which  the  stem  b,  attached  to  the  sounding  line 
by  a  swivel,  passes.  A  rod,  c,  carrying  a  collar,  d,  having 
downwardly  projecting  prongs,  passes  through  the  stem  lon- 
gitudinally and  is  attached  to  the  sleeve  of  the  specimen  box 
e.  When  a  sounding  is  made  the  two  pieces  a  a1  are  fitted  on 
the  rod,  being  held  by  the  prongs  d'  d"  and  pens  e  e'  on  the 
cross  piece,/,  entering  the  grooves  g  g'.  When  bottom  is 
reached  the  upward  movement  of  the  sleeve  on  e  raises  the 
rod  c,  lifting  out  the  prongs  d'  d"  on  the  collar  d,  and  the 
pieces  a  a'  are  thrown  off  by  springs  h  h'  on  each  side  of  the 
stem  b. 

In  an  instrument  invented  by  Sir  William  Thomson  for 
taking  flying  soundings  while  a  ship  is  in  motion,  the  essen- 
tial idea  is  to  measure  the  depth  by  the  pressure  of  the  water 
at  that  depth,  which  is  effected  by  lowering  a  pressure  gage 
with  the  lead  line.  Of  the  two  forms  of  gage  the  first  and 
that  chiefly  in  use  consists  of  a  narrow  glass  tube  closed  at 
one  end  and  open  at  the  other.  When  it  is  lowered  into  the 


SOUNDING   APPARATUS. 


833 


SOUNDINGS   WATER   CUP. 


jtea,  the  water  entering  the  open  end  of  the  tube  compresses 
the  air  column,  diminishing  its  length  in  proportion  as  the 
water  pressure  increases,  according  to  Boyles'  well-known 
law.  The  height  to  which  the  water  rises  in  the  gage  tube 
marks  the  limit  to  which  the  air  has  been  compressed.  The 
indicating  mark  is  shown  in  various  ways,  —  generally  by 
lining  the  tube  with  a  colored  preparation  that  is  removed  as 
far  as  the  water  by  pressure  is  driven  up  in  the  tube.  The 
tube  is  of  so  narrow  a  bore  that  there  can  be  no  splashing  of 
the  liquid  in  it  during  the  sounding  process.  The  glass  tube 
is  guarded  from  shocks  by  a  perforated  metallic  covering. 
The  gage  is  provided  at  each  end  with  a  mounting  contain- 
ing a  valve  that  opens  inward  under  a  definite  amount  of 
force  As  the  tube  descends  into  the  sea,  the  lower  valve  is 
forced  open,  and  tin-  water  enters  the  tube.  When  the  haul- 
ing in  is  commenced,  the  lower  valve  shuts  and  holds  the 
water  that  has  entered  it.  On  the  other  hand  the  pressure  of 
the  sea  acting  upon  the  upper  valve  causes  it  to  open,  allow- 
ing the  air  within  the  tube  gradually  to  escape,  obviating  the 
danger  of  bursting  from  unequal  pressure. 

In  order  to  ascertain  the  depth  to  which  the  tube  has  been 


e  f>'ii-it>pns      ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  368. 

'loiitxiin *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  1632. 

s^octntre *  "Scientific  American  Sup  ,"  3305. 

Fo> *  "Scientific  Amer.,'-  xxxvi.  182. 

Housset *  "Scientific  American,1'  xliii.  310. 

tie  L'lii'a  e  Cunha      .     .  "Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  32. 

Sir  William  Thomson   .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  329. 
Sounding,  deep-sea    .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  728. 
Soundings  instrument. 

Sir  William  Thomson  "  Telegraphic  Journal,''1  v.  285. 

Souiid'ing  Board.  The  sounding-board  of 
pianos  is  made  of  spruce,  which,  with  its.  alternate 
soft  and  hard  grain,  is  recognized  and  used  as  th;: 
best  material  for  the  purpose.  The  beauty  and  vol- 
ume of  tone  in  an  instrument  depend  materially 
upon  the  sounding-board,  and  mainly  from  its  qual- 
ity to  react  against  the  molecular  vibration  of  its 
most  delicate  inner  fibers.  This  latter  process  puts 
the  air  column  surrounding  the  sounding-board  into 
that  vibration  that  to  the  ear  is  perceptible  as 
"  tone."  The  pressure  of  these  several  particles  of 
the  sounding  board  against  each  other,  more  or  less 
determine  not  only  the  power  of  tone,  but  its  sus- 
ceptibility, and  the  singing  quality  also  depends 
greatly  upon  it. 

Sound'ing  Lead.  The  sounding  lead  of  M 
Le.icentre,  has  a  helical  winged  screw  at  the  apex 
which  rotates  as  the  lead  descends.  On  the  axis 
of  the  helix  is  a  bevel- wheel  which  transmits  mo- 
tion to  a  system  of  gearing,  and  the  hands  of  two 
dials  registering  tenths  of  meters  and  meters  re- 
spectively. The  helix  ceases  to  move  when  the 
lead  touches  bottom,  and  is  loose  on  its  axis  as  it 
is  drawn  up. 

*  "Sc.  American  Supplement, •'  3805. 

Sound'ings  Ther-mom'e-ter.  The  electrical 
balance  thermometer,  invented  by  C.  W.  Siemens  of 
London,  is  intended  to  ascertain  the  temperature  of 
the  ocean  at  any  depth,  and  is  based  on  the  principle 
that,  as  the  electrical  resistance  of  any  metal  con- 
ductor depends  on  the  dimensions  and  temperature 
of  the  latter,  we  have  only  to  find  the  law  of  the 
increase  or  decrease  of  its  resistance  for  high  or 
low  temperatures  to  be  able  to  determine  the  re- 
sistance from  the  temperature,  or  the  temperature 
from  the  resistance.  The  deep-sea  thermometer, 
constructed  by  him  on  the  above  principle,  consists 
of  a  "  resistance-thermometer,''  to  which  the  sound- 
ing-line is  attached,  and  of  a  battery,  electrical 
bridge,  and  "balance-thermometer,"  to"  be  used  on 
hoard  the  vessel  for  determining  the  temperature 
indicated  by  the  resistance-thermometer  at  any 
point  of  its  "descent  or  upon  its  reaching  the  bottom. 
The  law  of  increase  and  decrease  being  known,  a 
table  is  made  tip,  by  means  of  which  to  correct  the 
deviations  of  the  galvanometer  into  parts  of  a  de- 
gree of  temperature. 

53 


Trowbridge's  deep-sea  thermometer,  "  Coast  Survey  Re- 
port," 1858. 

Six's  self-registering  thermometer,  modified  by  Miller* 
Casella,  is  made  in  London. 

Sound'ings  Wa'ter  Cup.  A  cup  to  bring 
water  from  the  depths  sounded. 

An  apparatus,  designed  to  bring  up  one  pint  of  water,  consists 
of  the  following  parts  :  A  stem  or  spindle  0.5"  in  diameter  and 
20"  in  length,  terminates  at  its  lower  end  in  a  ring  for  the  at- 
tachment of  the  sounding-lead,  and  at  its  upper  end,  in  a 
slotted  head,  in  which  is  pivoted  the  detaching  trigger.  This 
trigger  is  3.5"  in  length.  It  is  pivoted  at  one  end  in  the  slotted 
head,  and  terminates  at  the  other  in  a  hook,  curved  upward, 
in  which  is  placed  one  end  of  a  rubber  spring,  as  shown  in 
the  drawing.  Near  its  middle  the  trigger  carries  a  swivel  for 
the  attachment  of  the  sounding-line  ; 
two  curved  lugs  project  from  its  fig.  2307. 

lower  side,  and  work,  one  on  either 
side  of  the  head  of  the  spindle,  so  that         If  [I 
when  either  is  closed  against  it,  by         III! 
raising  or  depressing  the  free  end  of          ajv 
the  trigger,  the  other  will  be  open.  » 

For  convenience  of  reference,  the  lug 
farthest  from  the  free  end  of  the 
trigger  is  designated  the  rear  and  the 
other  the  front  lug.  Below  the  slot- 
ted head,  at  a  distance  of  3"  from, 
the  pivot  of  the  trigger,  the  spindle 
carries  an  arm  3"  in  length,  project- 
ing in  the  plane  of  the  trigger,  and 
on  the  same  sido*-of  the  spindle  with 
it.  This  also  ends  in  a  hook  curved 
downward,  over  which  passes  the 
lower  end  of  the  rubber  spring  be- 
fore mentioned.  This  arm  slides  on 
the  spindle  and  is  furnished  with  a 
set-screw,  so  that  its  distance  from 
the  trigger  may  be  increased  at  pleas- 
ure. At  a  distance  of  8.4"  below 
this  arm  the  spindle  carries  a  fixed 
disk  2.6"  in  diameter,  below  this  at 
a  distaiice  4.5",  another  disk  3"  in 
diameter.  Passing  freely  over  the 
former,  and  closing  water-tight  upon 
the  latter,  is  a  sliding  cylinder  5.4" 
in  length.  This  cylinder  is  open  at 
both  ends,  the  upper  end  being  fur- 
nished with  a  cross-bar  and  collar, 
working  smoothly  on  the  spindle,  to 
guide  the  cylinder  in  sliding  up  and  Soundings  Water  Cup. 
down.  Attached  to  this  cross-bar  is 

a  wire  sling,  ending  in  a  loop,  and  of  such  a  length  that 
when  this  loop  is  placed  over  either  of  the  lugs  of  the  trig- 
ger, the  lower  end  of  the  cylinder  will  come  flush  with  the 
lower  surface  of  the  upper  disk,  as  shown  in  the  left-hand 
figure. 

A  spiral  spring,  coiled  around  the  spindle  between  the 
projecting  arm  and  the  collar  of  the  cylinder,  tends  to  force 
the  latter  firmly  down  oil  the  lower  disk. 

See  "  Coast  Survey  Jieport,-'  by  Lieutenant  Collins,  Appen- 
dix, No.  14. 

The  method  of  securing  the  specimens  with  the  apparatus, 
shown  in  Fig.  2307,  is  as  follows  :  — 

A  lead  of  sufficient  weight  (10  to  50  Ibs.,  depending  upon 
the  depth  of  water  and  strength  of  current)  is  bent  on  close 
to  the  lower  ring  of  the  spindle,  and  a  line,  marked  to  fath- 
oms, to  the  swivel  on  the  trigger.  If,  now,  the  bottom* 
specimen  is  desired,  the  instrument  is  prepared  by  sliding 
up  the  cylinder  and  placing  the  loop  of  the  sling  "over  the 
rear  lug  of  the  trigger.  A  rubber  spring  is  then  stretched 
over  the  hooks  of  the  trigger  and  projecting  arm,  this  spring 
being  of  such  a  strength  as  to  yield  to  the  weight  of  the  lead 
when  the  apparatus  is  suspended  by  the  sounding-line,  thus 
allowing  the  rear  lug  to  close  against  the  head  of  the  spin- 
dle, preventing  the  cylinder  from  sliding  down  and  closing 
on  the  lower  disk. 

Thus  prepared,  the  apparatus  is  lowered  into  the  water. 
On  reaching  the  bottom,  the  weight  of  the  lead  being  taken 
off,  the  rubber  spring  draws  the  hooked  end  of  the  trigger 
downwards,  thus  allowing  the  wire  sling  to  disengage  itself 
from  the  rear  lug.  The  cylinder,  forced  down  by  tjie  spiral 
spring,  closes  over  the  disks,  and  thus  the  specimen  from 
the  stratum  in  which  it  rested  is  secured  and  drawn  to  the 
surface. 

For  the  intermediate  specimens  the  apparatus  is  prepared 
by  placing  the  loop  of  the  sling  over  the  front  lug  of  the 
trigger,  and  supplying  a  rubber  spring  of  sufficient  strength 
to  hold  the  free  end  of  the  trigger  down  when  tire  instru- 
ment is  suspended  by  the  sounding-line,  thus  keeping  the 
lug  closed.  The  line  is  then  made  fast  to  the  rail  of  the 
boat  or  vessel,  at  such  a  place  as  will  allow  the  mark  indi- 
cating the  number  of  fathoms  from  which  the  specimen  is 
desired  to  be  at  the  surface  when  the  line  has  run  out  taut. 


SOUNDINGS   WATEE   CUP. 


834      SPECIFIC   GRAVITY  APPARATUS. 


The  instrument  is  then  put  overboard  and  allowed  to 
descend  freely.  As  it  reaches  the  desired  depth  the  line  is 
tautened,  the  rubber  spring  yields  to  the  shock  of  the  ar- 
rested motion,  and  the  cylinder  closes  instantly,  as  before. 

Sour  Beer  Core.  This  term  is  applied  to 
a  dry-sand  core  in  which  sour  beer  or  ale  has  been 
used  for  the  purpose  of  increasing  the  adhesiveness 
and  strength  of  the  sand  when  dried. 

Sour  Kraut  Cut'ter.  A  machine  for  cutting 
cabbage  for  kraut.  A  stationary  hopper,  has  a 
sliding  board  with  a  double  edge  knife  which  runs 
with  alternate  action,  cutting  each  way.  Adjust- 
able screws  regulate  the  thickness  of  the  cut.  A 
follower  is  used  to  feed  the  vegetables  to  the 
knife,  and  is  also  useful  as  a  partition  in  cutting 
small  quantities.  The  cutter  is  worked  by  a  crank, 
with  its  accompanying  gearing. 

Spade.  A  variety  of  spades  are  used  by  whale- 
men. 

Boat  spade,  to  disable  the  whale  by  cutting  its  flukes. 

Cutting  spade,  to  peel  the  blubber  from  the  carcass  of  the 
dead  whale. 

Half-round,  spade,  to  cut  the  "  blanket  "  piece  to  allow  the 
blubber  hook  to  enter. 

Head  spade,  to  cut  off  the  head  of  the  whale. 

Mincing  spade,  to  cut  the  blubber  small  for  trying  out. 

Throat  spade,  to  cut  off  the  head  of  the  whale. 

Wide  spade,  to  cut  the  blubber  in  the  rough,  before  min- 
cing. 

Spade  Gun.  Invented  by  Buskett  of  St.  Louis. 
A  detachable  spade  may  be  fitted  to  a  socket  in  the 
butt-plate  and  form  an  efficient  implement  in  in- 
trenching. When  not  in  use  it  is  carried  in  a  re- 
cess in  the  stock. 

See  ....     "Scientific,  American  Supplement,''  1938. 

Spade  gun,  Buskett  .    "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1938. 

Spaii'drel.  An  inner  frame  or  border  for  a 
picture.  A  mat. 

Spal'ling  Ham'mer.  An  axe-shaped  or  chisel- 
edged  hammer  for  rough  dressing  stone. 

Span'ish  Fox.  (Nautical.)  A  seizing  made 
by  hand-twisting  several  yarns  together  and  rub- 
bing with  hard  tarred  canvas. 

Spank'er  Gaff.  (Nautical.)  The  gaff  of  the 
fore-and-aft  sail,  which  is  also  called  the  driver;  the 
aftermost  sail  of  a  ship  or  barque. 

The  spanker  boom  is  the  lower  spar  of  the  same 
sail. 

Span'ner.  A  hosemnn's  .wrench.  The  Skin- 
ner spanner  has  two  equal  arms,  of  which  the  rigid 
one  has  a  pushing  point  slightly  curved,  while  the 
pivoted  arm  has  a  drag  hook  on  its  end. 

Spare  An'chor.  (Nautical.)  An  additional 
anchor,  the  size  of  the  bower. 

Spar'ger.  A  three  nozzle  self-acting  revolving 
instrument  for  sprinkling  paper,  clothes,  etc. 

Spark  Ar-rest'er.  A  wire  or  perforated  screen 
to  arrest  the  sparks  that  ascend  smoke-stacks  of  lo- 
comotives, furnaces,  etc. 

Spark  arrester,  Smith    .  *" Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  70. 

Dat'is *  "Railroad  Gazette,"  xxiv.  97. 

Graham,  Br.      .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  1.  41. 

Stamp "Man.  Sf  Builder,"  viii.  9. 

Garrett,  Br *  "Engineering,''  xxx.  539. 

Spark  Net'ting.  A  wire  cloth  over  the  open- 
ing of  a  locomotive  smoke  stack,  to  arrest  sparks. 

Spawri'ing  Screen.  A  device  used  in  pisci- 
culture to  collect  the  spawn  of  fish.  For  list  of 
United  States  patents,  see  FISH  CULTURE. 

Speaking  E-lec'tric  Tel'e-graph.  See  TEL- 
EPHONE. 

Speak'ing  Tube  Whis'tle.  A  modification 
of  an  intonating  modulating  steam  whistle. 

Spears.  (Fishing.)  Fish  spears  are  barbed  for 
securing  the  fish  that  are  pierced  thereby.  They 
were  used  in  very  early  days.  Job  speaks  of  them, 


as  also  do  early  Greek  writers.  They  are  of  vari- 
ous makes  adapted  to  the  fish  intended  to  be 
caujrht. 

Spear  Head.  Spear  heads  are  multiform 
both  in  shape  and  in  the  material  of  which  they  are 
made.  They  were  generally  made  of  stone  or 
quartz  by  the  aborigines  of  this  country ;  although 
there  was  a  notable  exception  with  the  (at  least ) 
partially  civilized  people  who  once  resided  in  the 
neighborhood  of  the  ancient  copper  mines  of  Lakes 
Superior  and  Huron.  They  possessed  the  means 
of  tempering  copper,  that  was  lost  with  them,  and 
notwithstanding  all  the  researches  of  modern  times, 
has  never  yet  been  rediscovered. 

Spe-cif'ic  Grav'i-ty  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Fig. 
2308  shows  an  apparatus  for  taking  the  spec! tic- 
gravity  of  coal  and  other  gases  by  efHux  through  a 
fine  opening  in  a  thin  plate  of  metal  by  Bunsen's 
method. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  glass  jar,  z>  />,  having  a  perfo- 
rated top  with  a  collar  or  sleeve,  through  which  passes  ;i  glass 
tube,  E  E,  about  V  diameter,  open  at  the  bottom,  but 
closed  at  the  top  by  a  metallic  cap  having  the  connection 
and  cock  by  which 'the  gas  is  admitted  at  A  ;  a  thumb  M-IVW 
and  place  for  thermometer,  C,  with  the  pillar  cock  B,  on  top 

Fig.  2308. 


Specific  Gravity  Apparatus. 

of  which  is  the  exit  opening  through  the  thin  metal  plate. 
The  glass  jar  D  D  being  filled  with  water  to  the  proper  height, 
the  tube  E  can  be  filled  with  gas  or  air  at  pleasure,  thus 
forming  a  simple  instrument,  and  one  easily  operated.  An- 
other form,  equally  simple,  and  very  accurate,  is  Dr.  Lethe- 
by's  method;  the  apparatus  consists  of  a  glass  globe  about 
6"  diameter,  having  engraved  upon  it  its  exact  weight  when 
lull  of  air  at  mean  temperature  and  pressure  (a  counterpoise 
weight  being  provided  exactly  equal  to  the  weight  of  the 
globe  when  the  air  is  exhausted)  ;  this  globe  is  fitted  with 
two  cocks,  one  of  which  is  attached  to  a  gas  pillar;  to  the 
other  is  attached  a  glass  tube  i"  diameter  and  7"  long,  to 
which  is  suspended  a  thermometer,  the  end  of  the  glass  tube 
being  fitted  with  a  jet  for  burning  the  gas. 

Goodwin's  stop  watch  for  density  test  of  gas,  "American 
Gas-light  Journal,"  *  July  3,  1876,  p.  7. 
Goodwin's  minute  clock,  *  Ibid.,  p.  7. 
Let/ieby'.i  specific  gravity  apparatus  for  gas,  *  Ibid.,  p.  7- 


SPECIFIC  GRAVITY  APPARATUS.        835 


SPECTROSCOPE   EYEPIECE. 


Goodwin's  density  and  specific  gravity  apparatus,  *  Ibid., 
p.  6. 

Taylor      ....  *  " Scientific  American,"  xxxvii.  360. 

Spe-cif'ic  Grav'i-ty  Bal'ance.  The  instru- 
ment employed  in  the  office  of  the  Constructor  of 
Ordnance  (U.  8.  A.)  in  the  determination  of  the 
specific  gravity  of  metals  for  cannon,  is  simply  a 
form  of  the  hydrostatic  balance.  It  is  shown  in 
Plate  I.,  accompanying  Appendix  I.,  c,  to  the  "Re- 
/i»rf  nf  the  Cliii-f  of  Ordnance,  U.  S.  Army,"  1877, 
and  described  on  p.  394. 

The  Troemmer  instrument  for  obtaining  the  specific  grav- 
ities of  large  grained  powder  is  a  mercury  densimeter  and  is 
described  on  p.  ;JSJtj  of  above  volume,  and  accompanviu" 
Plate  II. 

Description  of  the  Du  Pont,  de  Xemorirs  &  Co.'s  machine, 
"Ordnance  Report,'1  1879,  Appendix  I.,  Plate  VII.,  and  pp. 
113-115. 

Mohr's  balance  is  for  taking  the  specific  gravity  of  liquids 
by  a  method  which  requires  no  calculation  and  "but  a  small 
quantity  of  the  liquid.  The  apparatus  is  shown  in  i'ig.  5352, 
p.  2257,  "Mer/i.  Diet."- 

Spe-cif'ic  Grav'i-ty  Bot'tle.  A  slight  blown 
glass  bottle  of  known  capacity  for  obtaining  the 
specific  gravity  of  liquids  by  weighing  measured 
quantities. 

Spe-cif'ic  Grav'i-ty  Ma-chine'.  A  new  den- 
simeter submitted  to  the  Academy  of  Sciences, 
Paris,  by  M.  Gosselin,  is  very  simple  in  construc- 
tion and  operation.  A  wooden  rule  is  suspended 
by  a  wire  attached  to  some  convenient  point  other 
than  the  central  point.  To  the  long  arm  a  weight 
is  attached  sufficient  to  balance  the  body  to  be  ex- 
amined hung  at  the  end  of  the  other.  The  latter  is 
immersed  in  water,  and  the  weight  on  the  longer 
arm  is  moved  until  the  rule  is  again  horizontal.  A 
scale  on  this  arm  shows  at  once  the  density  of  the 
body  at  the  point  occupied  by  the  weight. 

Spe-cif'ic  Grav'i-ty  Scales.  For  deter- 
mining the  specitie  gravity  of  metals  and  other 
substances. 

One  form  is  adjusted  to  accurate  balance  with  its  counter- 
poise and  loop  removed  from  the  beam,  but  with  double  bas- 
kets in  position , and  a  vessel  supplied  with  water.  In  determin- 
ing specific  gravities,  the  mineral  or  other  solid 'to  be  tested 
is  placed  in  the  basket  and  the  pan  holder  or  counterpoise  is 
adjusted  to  the  position,  established  at  a  convenient  distance 
from  the  fulcrum,  and  marking  the  extreme  working  length 
of  the  lever  arm.  One  or  more  of  the  pans  are  placed  upon 
the  holder  to  counterbalance  the  weight  of  the  mineral  and 
a  sufficient  quantity  of  the  granulated  copper  is  placed  in  the 
pan  to  cause  the  beam  to  assume  a  horizontal  position  or  to 
stand  in  perfect  equilibrium  The  mineral  is  then  removed 
from  the  upper  basket  and  placed  in  the  lower  basket  where 
it  is  submerged  in  the  water  contained  in  the  vessel.  The 
counterpoise  with  its  load  of  pans  and  granular  material  is 
then  moved  along  the  beam  toward  the  fulcrum  to  a  position 
when-  it  just  counterbalances  the  submerged  mineral.  This 
position  corresponds  with  the  specific  gravity  of  the  mineral, 
and  the  amount  being  indicated  by  the  graduated  scale,  can 
be  read  off  direct,  thus  giving  at  a  glance  the  correct  specific 
gravity  without  regard  to  the  weight  or  quantity  of  the  min- 
eral or  other  substance  under  test. 

Spec'ta-cles.  Protective  spectacles  are  made 
of  various  forms  and  material  to  protect  the  eyes  of 
engineers,  firemen,  furnace  tenders,  masons,  etc. 

The  use  of  such  protection  from  snow  has  long  since  been 
recognized  by  the  Esquimaux  and  other  uncivilized  and  semi- 
civilized  people. 

"  In  order  to  avoid  the  terrible  glare  of  the  Arctic  snow, 
we  find  the  Esquimaux  have  invented  snow  spectacles. 
These  consist  of  a  piece  of  wood  cut  out  in  the  shape  of  a 
spectacle ;  where  the  glass  should  be  in  ordinary  spectacles 
we  find  two  very  fine  slits.  This  apparatus  I  should  think 
would  be  admirably  adapted  to  drivers  of  railway  engines, 
who  have  to  encounter  snow,  wet,  and  hail,  as  the  engine 
rushes  through  storms  at  express  pace.  The  eye  itself  is  en- 
tirely protected,  while  it  gets  a  fair  lookout  through  the  slit 
in  the  wood.  The  ingenuity  displayed  by  these  hardy  Es- 
quimaux is  very  interesting  and  instructive."  —  Frank 
Buckland  in  "Land  and  Water.''1 

Spectacle  lens,  annular,  Rowell,  *  "Scientific  Amer.,  xl.  293. 


Spec-trol'o-gy.  The  science  of  chemical  anal- 
ysis, by  means  of  the  lines  of  spectra,  as  modified 
by  the  volatilization  of  different  elements. 

Spec-trom'e-ter.  For  measuring  the  inten- 
sity of  light. 

Prof.  J.  W.  Draper  describes  in  the  July,  1879  ,  issue  of  Silli- 
man'sJoicnuU  a  new  instrument,  which  he  calls  a  "  spectrom- 
eter," and  which  lie'  proposes  to  employ  to  determine  the  inten- 
sity of  a  light,  on  the  general  principle  that  a  light  becomes 
invisible  wueii  it  is  in  the  presence  of  another  light  about 
sixty-four  times  more  brilliant.  lie  brings  the  spectrum  of 
the  light  to  be  measured  into  the  presence  of  an  extraneous 
light  of  known  illuminating  power,  and  varies  its  distance 
from  the  instrument  until  its  light  is  just  sufficiently  pow- 
erful to  extinguish  the  spectrum.  The  suggestion  is  novel 
and  valuable,  and  our  readers  are  referred  to  the  original 
communication  for  details.  We  remark  incidentally  that, 
in  the  use  of  this  instrument,  Prof.  Draper  found  that  the 
generally-accepted  belief  that  the  yellow  is  the  brightest  of 
the  colored  spectrum  spaces  is  not  true  of  the  prismatic 
spectrum,  and  that  the  luminous  intensity  diminishes  from 
that  in  both  directions,  above  and  below  ;  that  the  "  extin- 
guishing flame  "  first  extinguished  the  violet,  then  the  other 
more  refrangible  colors  in  their  descending  order,  and  that 
the  red  was  the  last  to  persist.  The  red,  he  found,  was  in- 
variably perceptible  long  after  the  yellow  had  disappeared. 
On  diminishing  the  illumination,  the  red  region  of  the  spec- 
trum first  comes  into  view,  the  other  colors  following  in  the 
order  of  their  refrangibility.  He  believes  this  apparent 
contradiction  to  be  due  to  the  action  of  the  prism,  "  which. 
narrows,  and,  as  it  were,  condenses  the  colored  spaces  more 
and  more  as  we  pass  toward  the  red,  increasing  the  intensity 
of  the  light  as  it  does  that  of  the  heat." 

Spec'tro-scope.  Christie's  half  prism  spec- 
troscopes have  ordinary  prisms  that  have  been  cut 
in  half  by  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  base.  In 
summing  up  the  advantages  of  the  half  prisms: 
Suppose  two  slightly  divergent  rays  of  mono- 
chromatic light  to  pass  through  an  ordinary  prism, 
the  angle  of  separation  will  not  be  changed  so  that 
the  rays  emerge  at  the  same  angle  to  each  other 
which  they  had  at  entrance.  But  if  two  such 
rays  fall  perpendicularly  upon  a  face  of  the  half 
prism,  the  deviation  of  one  ray  in  traversing  the 
glass  will  be  much  greater  than  that  of  the  other, 
and  they  will  consequently  emerge  at  a  much 
wider  angle.  It  is  therefore  claimed  that  the  half 
prism  is  equivalent  to  a  magnifier  with  cylindrical 
lenses. 

Spectroscope,  Mouton,  Fr.    "  Scientific  American,'1''  xxxvii.  40. 

Rir.co *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  184. 

Thoilnn,  Fr "Scientific  American,"  xli.  25. 

Application  of    .     .     .      "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  16. 

Compound,  Thollon    .  *  "Manuf.  (f  Builder,"  xii.  12. 

In  solar  work     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,'1'1  xxxix.  242. 
Measuring  appa.  for. 

Reynolds    .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  1946. 

Uses  of "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  257. 

Spec'tro-scop-ic  Eye'piece.  (Optics.)  An 
adaptation  of  the  spec- 
troscope to  the  micro-  Fte-  2309. 
scope  for  the  examina- 
tion of  minute  sub- 
stances. It  consists  of 
a  compound  direct 
prism,  fitted  over  a 
Huyghemain  eye-piece, 
a  slit  and  a  supplement- 
ary stage  upon  which 
an  object  can  be  placed 
for  comparison  with  an- 
other which  is  laid  upon 
the  stage  of  the  micro- 
scope. 

This  piece  of  appa- 
ratus tits  into  the  draw- 
tube  of  the  microscope 
in  place  of  the  ordinary 
eye-piece,  and  by  it  ac- 
curate observations  are  made  on  the  positions  of 


Spectroscopic  Eyepiece. 


SPECTRUM. 


836 


SPEED   MEASURER. 


the  various  absorption  bands  in  the  spectra  of  va- 
rious fluids,  crystals,  minerals,  etc. 

Spec'trum.  The  several  colored  and  other 
rays  of  which  light  is  composed,  separated  by  the 
refraction  of  a  prism  or  otherwise,  and  exhibited, 
either  as  spread  out  on  a  screen  or  in  direct  vision. 

Spec'trum  Scale.  (O/>/ics.)  A  slice  of  a 
crystal  of  quartz  of  a  given  thickness,  cut  parallel 
to'its  axis,  placed  between  two  Nicol's  prisms,  and 
giving  a  series  of  black  bands.  It  is  used  as  a 
standard  for  recording  the  position  of  the  absorp- 
tion bands  in  objects  examined  under  the  micro- 
spectroscope. 

Spec'u-lum.  The  Storer  vaginal  speculum  is 
so  arranged  that  by  a  simple  spring  attachment  at 
the  side  of  the  cusco  bivalve,  the  blades  may  at 
once  be  disjointed,  swung  around  back  to  back, 
and  there  fixed  by  a  turn  of  the  nut  upon  the 
screw  traversing  the  handles,  with  the  effect  of 
giving  a  retractor  equal  in  working  facilities  to 
that  of  Sims. 

Neugebauer's  speculum  consists  of  four  blades,  with  short, 
flat  handles,  all  of  which  fit  into  each  other  compactly. 
Each  blade  resembles  in  shape  that  of  Sims,  differing  but 
slightly  in  the  curve  and  in  not  having  its  end  rounded  up. 
The  main  peculiarity  of  the  instrument  consists  in  the  dif- 
ferent blades  being  so  proportioned  to  each  other  that  any 
two  consecutive  sizes  may  be  combined  to  form  a  tube  ;  the 
lateral  edges  of  the  smaller  are  then  inclosed  within  those 
of  the  larger. 

The  larger  of  the  two  selected  is  introduced  posteriorly, 
as  Sims'  would  be  ;  the  other  enters  beneath  the  pubic 
arch.  The  point  of  the  latter,  which  at  the  outset  is  in  the 
hollow  of  the  opposite  blade,  gradually  emerges  as  the  blade 
is  pushed  forward. 

It  requires  a  little  practice  to  enable  one  to  perform  this 
manipulation  without  inflicting  some  pain  upon  the  patient. 
The  result  is  a  perfect  tube  through  which  the  cervix  may 
be  readily  inspected.  The  four  blades  form  three  complete 
specula  of  different  sizes. 

Amongst  other  specula  not  yet  noted  are  those  of  Dr.  E. 
B.  Turnipseed,  Sims'  solid  and  wire  instruments,  Dr.  E.  W. 
Jenks',  and  Nott's  instruments. 

Speculum  polisher,  Grubbs,  Br.,  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  160. 

Speed.  A  leg  or  beam  to  which  a  drilling  ap- 
paratus is  attached.  The  word  may  not,  in  this 
connection,  have  a  very  extensive  application,  but 
is  applied  to  the  beams  supporting  the  drilling 
tubes  in  submarine  rock-drilling,  as  at  the  Rapide 
aux  Galoups,  St.  Lawrence  River. 

The  comparative  speed  of  various  saws  and  other  machine 
tools  are  given  as  follows  :  — 

Velocity  of  circular  saws  at 

periphery  ......  6,000'  to  9,000'  per  minute. 

Rate  of  feed  for  circular  saws     15'  to  60'  per  minute. 

Velocity  of  band-saws  .     .     .     3,500'  per  minute. 

Velocity  of  gang-saws,  20" 
stroke 120  strokes  per  minute. 

Velocity  of  scroll-saws  .     .     .     600  to  800  strokes  per  minute. 

Velocity  of  planing  machine 
cutters  at  periphery  .  .  .  4,000' to  6,000' per  minute. 

Velocity  of  molding  machine 
cutters 3,503'  to  4,000'  per  minute. 

Velocity  of  squaring-up  ma- 
chine cutters 7,000'  to  8.000'  per  minute. 

Velocity  of  wood-carving  drills  5,OOU  revolutions  per  minute. 

Speed  In'di-ca'tor.  An  instrument  for  reg- 
i-tering  the  speed  at  which  an  engine  or  machine 
may  at  any  given  time  be  traveling.  Some  of 
them  are  purely  automatic  in  tjieir  construction, 
while  others  nre  in  conjunction  with  their  mechan- 
ical device  operated  by  hand. 

The  Harding  &  Willis  Indicator  is  designed  to  reveal  by  a 
glance  at  the'  needle,  and  without  counting  or  using  a  watch, 
the  speed  at  which  the  engine  or  machine  is  working.  The 
small  pulley  is  driven  by  a  quarter-inch  band  from  a  second 
pulley  placed  on  the  shaft  whose  speed  is  to  be  indicated. 
The  pulley  drives  a  small  shaft  on  which  is  fixed  inside  the 
casing  a  small  fan  with  radial  vanes.  Alongside  this  fan  is 
placed  another  one  very  delicately  mounted  on  a,  small  steel 
spindle  that  carries,  but  outside  the  fan -box,  the  indicating 
needle  which  works  on  the  dial  in  the  usual  way. 


The  spiral  spring  always  tends  to  bring  the  needle  to  the 
zero  of  the  instrument,  which  is,  of  course,  the  lowest  Speed 
it  is  intended  to  indicate.  When  the  fan  is  caused  to  revolve 
it  has  a  tendency,  on  account  of  the  air  inclosed  in  the  casing, 
to  carry  round  in  the  same  direction  the  other  fan,  to- 
gether with  the  index-needle,  and  that  against  the  resistance 
of  the  spiral  spring.  The  greater  the  rate  of  the  revolution 
to  the  greater  extent  is  it  possible  for  this  fan  to  overcome 
the  tension  of  the  spring,  so  that  the  farther  round  will  the 
needle  be  carried.  The  needle  and  fan  are  brought  to  rest 
as  soon  us  the  pressure  on  the  fan  vanes  is  balanced  by  the 
resistance  of  the  spiral  spring,  the  needle  then  indicating  the 
increased  velocity.  The  dial  is  indexed  for  each  revolution 
per  minute  from  25  to  50,  and  by  means  of  the  eye  the  di- 
visions may  be  subdivided  to  a  quarter  revolution. 

The  Union  Boston  Indicator  (see  Fig.  2310)  is  used  to  regis- 
ter the  speed  of  any  revolving  shaft,  pulley,  or  mandril. 

To  ascertain  the  number  of  revolutions  of  the  shaft  in  a 
given  time  the  point  of  the  indi- 
cator is  placed  in  the  center  of  the  pig.  2310« 
shaft,  and  for  each  hundred  revo- 
lutions  the    dial    revolves    once. 
Less   than   one   hundred   will    be 
indicated   by   the   pointer,    which 
requires   to   be   placed  at  the  100 
before  starting. 

By  a  device  on  the  face  of  the 
dial  a  person  may  feel  with  the 
end  of  the  thumb  how  often  it 
revolves  without  looking  at  it, 
thus  enabling  tho  operator  to  keep 
correct  time. 

The  Westinghouse  Railroad-speed 
Indicator  is  an  apparatus  for  as- 
certaining and  recording  the  speed 
of  a  train  at  any  given  instant, 
and  by  means  of  automatically 
constructed  diagrams  showing  the 
fluctuations  of  the  velocity  caused 
by  the  applications  of  the  brake. 

The  principle  of  construction 
consists  in  controlling  the  escape 
of  water  under  pressure  by  means 

of  a  small  valve  loaded  by  the  ac-          Speed  Indicator. 
tion  of  centrifugal  force,  the  ar- 
rangement being  such  that  the  higher  the  speed  at  which 
the  apparatus  is  driven,  the  greater  will  be  the  pressure  ex- 
erted by  certain  revolving  weights  upon   the  escape  valve, 
and  the  higher,  therefore,  the  pressure  maintained  within 
the  chamber  with  which  this  valve  communicates,  the  cham- 
ber receiving  a  constant  supply  of  water  from  the  pumps. 

A  pressure-gage  affixed  to  the  chamber  containing  the 
water  affords  information  as  to  the  speed  that  is  attained. 
The  registrations  are  made  on  a  paper  drum  similar  to  that 
used  at  meteorological  stations  to  record  the  velocit'  of  the 
wind.  The  heights  of  the  recording  lines  on  the  diagram  rep- 
resent pressures  on  the  accumulator  of  the  speed  indicator, 
and  these  pressures  are  proportioned  to  the  squares  of  the 
speed. 

There  is  a  differential  speed  indicator  adopted  by  all  the 
ironclads  of  the  French  channel  squadron. 

Speed  indica.,  Butler,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"'  xliii.  293. 

Portable *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  28. 

ffobson,  Br "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  12,  p.  1. 

Moss *  "•Scientific  American  Sup., "85. 

Wier *"  Scientific  American  Slip.,"  &. 

Train,  Westinghouse  .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  203. 
Ship's,     Nonnanville, 

Br *  "Engineer"  xlvi.  193. 

Speed  Meas'ure.  Brown's  measure  (Fig. 
231 1 ),  has  a  mercury  reservoir  and  a  radial  commu- 
nicating pipe.  As 'the  device  is  revolved  by  the 
machinery,  the  mercury,  obeying  the  centrifugal 
force,  passing  up  into  the  tube  descends  in  the  axial 
graduated  tube,  its  sinking  being  the  measure  of 
the  speed  of  rotation. 

Speed  Meas'ur-er.  The  speed  measurer  for 
trains,  used  at  the  brake  trials  at  Cnssel,  Gcnnsiny, 
in  1877,  consisted  mainly  of  (1 )  con  tact  instruments, 
(2)  reading  instruments,  and  (3)  readiug-off  instru- 
ments. 

The  contact  instruments  were  fixed  by  the  side  of  the  rails 
at  33J  meters  apart  along  each  trial  ground,  and  were  all  to 
electric  communication  with  the  reading  instrument,  which, 
with  the  readiug-off  instrument,  was  fixed  in  a  room  of  the 
Buntershausen  station. 

The  apparatus  is  described  in 

Speed  measurer  for  trains,  Ger.,  *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  235. 


SPEED   RECORDER. 


837 


SPHYGMOGRAPH. 


Fig.  2311. 


Speed  Measure. 

Speed  Re-cord'er.  Miller's  speed  recorder  is 
an  indicator  of  the  speed  of  trains,  their  stops  and 
delays  (necessary  and  unnecessary),  registering  the 
same  for  reference.  See  under  STEAM  GAOI  ,  infra 

See,  also,  "Scientific  American  Supplement, ''  1457. 

Theiler,  Br *  "Engineering."  xxiv.  155. 

Westing/iouse *  "Engineer,"'  xliii.  10. 

Speed  Reg'u-la'tor.  Hiibner's  governor  or 
speed  regulator  for  railway  horse  powers  is  intended 
for  regulating  such  powers  in  small  factories,  etc. 

The  rim  or  circle  is  fastened  on  the  power  behind  the  belt 
wheel,  leaving  the  shaft  in  the  center.  The  hub  has  arms 
attached,  with  weighted  balls,  friction  blocks,  and  a  stud 
with  a  small  coiled  brass  spring,  adjustable  with  a  thumb- 
screw at  the  end  to  regulate  the  amount  of  speed  needed.  As 
the  velocity  of  speed  throws  the  balls  out  the  friction  blocks 
are  pressed  against  the  rim,  and  act  as  a  brake,  but  as  soon 
•linery  is  applied  and  takes  the  power,  the  balls  drop 
back  and  relieve  the  breaking. 

See,  also,  "Scientific  American,''  xlii.  245. 

Speed  regulator  for  light  machinery,  *  "Engineer,'1  xlix.606. 

Speed'y-cut  Boot.     See  HORSE  BOOT. 

Spel'ter-Sol'der  Al-loy'.  A  good  solder  for 
copper  and  iron  is  composed  of  three  parts  zinc  and 
four  parts  copper. 

A  softer  solder  that  is  used  for  ordinary  brass 
work  is  composed  of  equal  parts  of  zinc  and  cop- 
per. 

A  very  hard  but  fusible  solder  is  composed  of  two 
parts  zinc  and  one  part  copper.  This  solder  is  so 
hard  and  brittle  that  it  can  be  easily  crumbled  in  a 
mortar  when  cold. 

The  two  first  solders  are  first  alloyed  and  cast  into 
ingots.  The  ingots  are  allowed  to  cool  in  the  mold, 
and  then  reheated  nearly  to  redness  upon  a  char- 
coal tire,  and  are  broken  up  on  the  anvil,- or  in  a 
mortar,  into  a  finely  granulated  state,  for  use. 

Spelter  furnace      .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  402. 


Spen'ce's  Mef  al.  A  metallic  compound  con- 
sisting of  a  metallic  sulphide  mixed  with  sulphur. 

Used  for  pipe-joints,  calking  metallic  joints,  etc. 
Announced  in  a  paper  read  by  Dr.  Cole  before  the  Society 
of  Arts.  Reported  in  "Engineering,"  1880,  and  repeated  in 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,'-''  xxii.  371. 

Sperge.  A  charge  of  distiller's  wash.  Mus- 
pratt. 

Sphe're-om'e-ter.  A  sphere-measurer,  adapted 
to  measure  the  radius  of  a  sphere,  invented  by  the 
French  optician  De  La  Roue,  to  measure  the  radii 
of  lenses. 

This  instrument  is  valuable  to  opticians,  for  if  they  know 
the  radii  of  the  spherical  surfaces  of  a  lens,  and  also  the  re- 
fracting power  of  the  glass  of  which  the  lens  is  composed, 
they  can  estimate  the  general  action  of  the  lens  on  rays  of 
light  that  fall  upon  it,  and  thus  arrive  at  a  knowledge  of  the 
focal  length  of  the  lens. 

Sphere  Turii'ing  Lathe.  A  lathe  for  turn- 
ing spheres;  mechanically  adapted  to  the  produc- 
tion of  a  perfect  lens. 

Its  principle  is  based  on  the  fact  that  the  section 
of  a  true  sphere  at  any  part  is  always  a  circle. 

Sphyg'mo-graph.  An  instrument  for  indica- 
ting the  movement  of  the  pulse. 

The  nature  of  the  circulatory  system  and  even  the  functions 
of  the  arteries  and  the  veins  and  the  nature  of  the  blood  were 
long  enigmas. 

Praxagoras  of  Cnidus(300  B.  c.)  wrote  on  the  pulse,  show- 
ing that  it  is  a  measurer  of  the  force  of  disease,  and  discussed 
the  difference  between  arteries  and  veins. 

Theophilusof  Alexandria  ("DeCorporis  Human/  Fabricu*') 
wrote  on  the  pulse  and  attributed  it  to  the  contraction  of  the 
heart. 

Erosistratus  of  Alexandria  described  the  action  of  the  heart, 
but  supposed  that  the  arteries  earned  air  and  the  veins 
blood.  He  noticed  the  lacteals,  but  did  not  understand  their 
function. 

Servetus  of  Geneva  (burned  1553),  observed  the  smaller 
circulation  of  the  blood,  that  from  the  head  through  the 
lungs  and  return. 

Rialdo  Colombo  ("De  Re  Anatomica,"  1559),  successor  of 
Vesalius,  at  Padua,  described  the  pulmonary  circulation. 

Fabmio  of  Padua  (Acyuaperdenti),  1562,  noticed  that  the 
venal  valves  all  opened  towards  the  heart.  Harvey  was  one 
of  his  pupils. 

Galileo  (fl.  1610)  invented  an  instrument  for  rendering  the 
arterial  pulsations  visible.  Placing  one  end  of  a  light  mirror 
upon  the  artery  leading  to  the  thumb  and  the  other  upon  a 
fixed  object,  he  caused  the  image  of  a  sunbeam  reflected  from 
the  mirror  upon  an  opposite  wall  to  vibrate  in  unison  with 
the  pulse.  A  remarkable  similarity  exists  between  this  and 
Sir  Win.  Thomson's  galvanometer.  No  apology  is  needed  for 
naming  them  together. 

The  idea  was  revived  by  Wenham  (Engl.)  ("English  Me- 
chanic," xxiv.  20)  who  proposed  to  use  a  small  mirror  laid  on 
the  pulse  and  reflecting  upon  a  wall  or  screen. 

Aselli  of  Milan  ("  De  Venus  Lacteis,-'  1627),  discovered  the 
function  of  the  lacteals  which  pour  the  chyle  into  the  blood. 

Santorio  of  Padua  ("  Commentarius  in  Primumfera  Primi 
Libris  Canonis  AvicenneB ; "  Venet,  folio,  1626),  invented  an 
instrument  for  measuring  the  force  of  the  pulse. 

Andrea  Caesalpin  ("Exeratatio  Anatomica  fie.  Cordis  et  San- 
guinis  Mot  it,"  1628)  seems  prior  to  his  published  work  to  have 
understood  the  greater  or  systematic  circulation.  A  monu- 
ment has  been  erected  to  him  in  Rome  as  "  the  discoverer  of 
the  circulation  of  the  blood,"  and  a  table  attributing  the  dis- 
covery to  him  has  been  attached  to  the  portals  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Pisa,  where  he  once  taught. 

Harvey,  in  1616,  made  the  discovery  of  the  nature  of  the 
arterial  and  venal  circulations  and  the  double  circulation. 
The  doctrine  was  first  publicly  discussed  and  combated  as 
Harvey's,  in  Europe  as  well  as  in  England.  Within  a  cen- 
tury of  the  death  of  Harvey,  the  father  of  modern  physiol- 
ogy, Haller,  revived  the  whole  controversy,  and  gave  a  ver- 
dict in  favor  of  the  English  physician.  Holding  that  the 
true  discoverer  of  any  truth  is  he  who  draws  it  from  its 
sources  "  at  his  own  risk  and  by  his  own  meditations,  and  es- 
tablishes it  by  arguments  so  forcible  that  thjy  convince 
those  who  are  longing  for  the  truth,"  Haller  decided  that 
"not  to  Oesalpinus,  on  account  of  a  few  utterances  of  ob- 
scure meaning,  but  to  Harvey,  the  laborious  author  of  nu- 
merous experiments  and  the  expounder  of  all  the  arguments 
which,  in  his  time,  could  be  advanced,  belongs  the  immortal 
glory  of  the  discovery  of  the  circulation  of  the  blood." 

An  apparatus  for  measuring  the  force  due  to  the  arterial 
circulation  in  a  living  animal,  was  made  by  an  English  phys- 
iologist, Stales,  during  the  past  century. 
He  was  followed  by  Ludvvig,  the  present  professor  of  physi- 


SPHYGMOGRAPH. 


838 


SPHYGMOGRAPH. 


Fig.  2312. 


ology   at  Leipsic,  who   contrived  a   registering  instrument, 

Fig.  2312,  to   record  the  variations  of  pressure  of  the  blood 

circulating  in  the  arteries. 

A  tube  was  applied  to  the  artery  of  the  animal  and  the  vary- 
ing force  of  the  blood, 
acting  upon  a  column 
of  mercury,  caused  a 
float  to  rise  and  fall  and 
a  pencil  attached  there- 
to traced  upon  a  turn- 
ing cylinder  each  oscil- 
lation of  the  manom- 
eter. 

This  is  said  to  be  the 
first  registering  instru- 
ment constructed  for 
the  uses  of  physiology. 
The  fp/iygmoscope 
proper  (o-^vy/uios,  the 
pulse,  fifrpov,  to  meas- 
ure) that  is,  the  instru- 
ment applied  to  the 
pulse,  was  invented  by 
Professor  Vierardt,  of 
Tubingen.  It  was  not 
a  sphygmometer,  o  r 
iphygmograph,  for  it 
neither  counted  nor  re- 
corded the  pulsations, 
but  its  indicator  oscil- 
lated in  the  fashion  of 
a  pendulum  and  afford- 
ed a  means  of  counting 
by  the  eye  instead  of  by 
Ludwig's  Register  of  Arterial  the  strokes  of  the  pulse 
Pulsations.  against  the  finger-ends. 

The       sphygmograph 

first  attained  definite  shape  in  the  invention  of  M.  Marey. 

A  view  of  the  apparatus   detached  is  shown  in  Fig.  5380,  p. 

2365,  "Meek.  Diet.,'1'  but  its  operation  will  be  more  readily 

understood  from  viewing  it  in  position,  Fig.  2313. 

Fig.  2313. 


form  of  the  pulse-spring,  which  is  made  to  partially  em- 
brace the  artery  instead  of  merely  resting  upon  it  ;  (2)  in 
conveying  a  to-and-fro  lateral  instead  of  a  vertical  motion 
to  the  tracing  pencil ;  (3)  and  in  a  watch-spring  device  for 
registering  the  pressure  upon  the  artery. 

See  also  Dr.  Sanderson's  "On  the  Spkygmograpk,"  an 
English  work. 

The  sphygmograph  of  Dr.  Keyt,  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  illus- 
trated and  described  in  the  "Jvito  York  Medical  Journal" 
(xxiii.  pp.  26  et  seq.,  plate  opp.  p.  30),  and  shown  in  Kig. 
2314,  has  points  of  resemblance  to  the  Marey  instrument, 
but  still  more  numerous  novel  features. 

The  base  or  receptacle  a  is  made  of  thin  brass,  semi-circu- 
lar above,  but  with  a  free,  oblong  edge  below,  over  which  is 
stretched  an  elastic  rubber  membrane  which,  when  in  use, 
lies  upon  the  pulse  and  partakes  of  its  movements.  In  the 
neck  of  the  chamber  a 
is  a  tube,  6,  which  has 
a  three-way  stop-cock 
and  two  lateral 
branches,  c  c,  leading 
to  the  two  extremities 
of  the  instrument. 
From  one  of  these  rises 
a  graduated  glass  tube 
in  which  the  liquid 
affected  by  the  beating 
of  the  pulse  against  the 
membrane  rises  and 
falls  in  a  degree  "pro- 
portioned to  the  force 
of  the  arterial  impulse 
and  at  a  rate,  of  course, 
coincident  therewith. 


Fig.  2314. 


Key  fa  Sp 


Marey's  Spkygmograpk. 

It  may  as  well  be  mentioned  here  that  instruments  which 
graphically  indicate  the  beating  of  the  heart  are  applied  to 
the  chest, 'and  entitled  CARDIOGRAPHS. 

Marey's  sphygmograph  employs  a  spring  pad  to  rest  upon 
the  pulse  and  the  degree  of  pressure  is  obtained  by  means  of 
a  regulating  screw.  This  spring  device  is  so  light  that  it  fol- 
lows faithfully  the  movements  which  are  communicated  to 
it  by  the  exierior  pulse,  due  to  the  swelling  and  collapsing 
blood  vessel  beneath  the  skin.  These  movements  are  so  slight 
that  it  becomes  necessary  to  amplify  them,  and  this  is  done 
by  translating  the  motion  of  the  spring  to  a  very  light  wooden 
lever  near  the  axis  of  its  movement.  The  outer  end  of  the 
lever  carries  a  scriber  which  records  on  a  moving  strip  of  pa- 
per, movements  many  times  greater  than  those  received  from 
the  artery.  Extreme  lightness  of  the  lever  and  the  union  of 
the  lever  with  the  spring,  the  movements  of  which  it  records 
in  much  greater  amplitude,  are  the  necessary  conditions  for 
a  good  trace. 

The  sphygmograph  reveals  many  delicate  shades  of  differ- 
ence in  the  pulse,  showing  the  suddenness  or  slowness  of  the 
impulse,  its  strength  or  weakness,  its  length  or  brevity.  The 
degree  of  abruptness  is  indicated  by  the  angle  of  the  line  of 
trace  departing  from  the  base  or  horizontal  line.  The  strength 
is  shown  by  the  amplitude  of  the  excursions  of  the  pencil  : 
the  duration,  which  is  tantamount  to  the  rate  of  repetition, 
is  shown  by  the  position  occupied  by  each  beat  upon  the 
length  of  the  trace. 

The  ribbon  is  moved  by  clock-work. 

The  same  rules  govern  as  in  the  instruments  for  graphi- 
cally representing  articulate  sounds,  as  mentioned  under 
PHONAUTOGRAPH,  p.  1678,  "Meek.  Diet.,''  and  illustrated 
under  TELEPHONE,  Logograp/iic  curves,  Fig.  6257,  pp.  2514, 
2515,  Ibirl 

The  sphygmograph  of  Marey  was  followed  by  several  de- 
vices for  the  same  purpose,  notably  by  that  of  Holden,  de- 
scribed in  his  work  "  On  the  S/ihygmograph,'1  Philadelphia, 
1874.  He  there  credits  Vierordt  with  the  suggestion  of  the 
instrument,  and  refers  to  Professor  Burdon  Sanderson's  im- 
provements on  Marey. 

llolden's  sphygmograph   differs   from   Marey;s   (1)  in   the 


At  the  end  of  the  other  tube,  f,  is  a  small  cup,  g-,  in  which 
is  a  disk  resting  on  the  fluid  in  the  tube,  and  from  the  disk 
rises  a  stein,_7,  supporting  a  lever,  k,  on  whose  free  end  is 
the  pencil  which   makes  the  trace  upon  the  smoke  . 
slide  which  is  traversed  by  clock-work. 

The  instrument  weighs  8  oz.  when  filled  with  the  liquid, 
and  is  12"  long,  4"  h;'gh.    The  graduated  tube  folds  down  to 
place  the  instrument  in  its  ease.     It  is  usually  held  by  the 
I  hand  of  the  observer,  as  in  the  illustration,  which  shows  it 
as  applied  to  the  radial  artery.    Much  fuller   details   of    con- 
struction are  given  in  the  "  New   York  Metliral  .'our- 
intl."  above  cited,  and  republished  in  *  "&.i<  iinjic 
American  Sup.,^  117,  118. 

Pond's  sphygmograph,  shown  in  Fig.  2315,  is  an 
improvement  upon  the  Sphygmoscopt ,  shown  in  Kig. 
5381,  "Meek.  Diet."1  The  instrument  is  capable  of 
adaptation  as  a  sphygmograph.  cardiograph,  myo- 
graph,  or  pneumograph,  but  in  the  figure  is  shown  as 

Fig.  2315 


Pond's  tsi>kygmograpk. 


SPHYGMOGRAPH. 


839 


SPIKE  EXTRACTOR. 


adapted  to  the  pulse  of  the  forearm,  which  should  lie  in  the 
cradle  below.  The  tube, with  an  elastic  membrane  at  its  lower 
end,  rests  upon  the  pulse,  and  the  pulsations,  acting  upon 
the  membrane,  are  transferred  to  the  liquid  contents  of  the 
tube  raising  the  piston ;  these  motions  are  transferred  to  the 
stylus,  which  makes  traces  upon  the  smoked  glass  plate, 
which  is  traversed  at  right  angles  to  the  line  of  motion  of 
the  style.  The  combination  of  the  two  motions  gives  the 
graphic  representation. 

By  the  sphygmograph  we  may  read  the  pulse  as  fol- 
lows :  — 

The  amplitude  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  height  of  the 
undulations. 

The  regularity  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  rhythmic  suc- 
cession and  equal  stages  and  development  of  the  undula- 
tions. 

Ihe  frequency  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  rapidity  of  suc- 
cession of  the  undulations. 

The  quickness  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  suddenness  of 
the  ascent  of  the  undulations. 

The  compressibiiity  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  degree  of 
elevation  at  which  is  displayed  the  maximum  amplitude  of 
the  undulations. 

The  tension  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  mark  of  com- 
pressibility in  connection  with  the  rate  and  manner  of  de- 
scent of  the  undulations. 

The  ijirrotous  of  the  pulse  is  shown  by  the  distinct  break 
in  the  line  of  fall,  or,  as  frequently  seen,  a  second  rise  from 
the  line  of  fall,  or  bottom  of  the  undulations. 

.Minor  sphygmographic  curves  are  at  times  shown  by  the 
lesser  interruptions  in  the  fall  of  the  undulations. 

It  is  suggested  that  an  enlarged  shadow  of  the  undula- 
tions might  be  projected  on  a  screen  in  a  clinical  theater  :  or 
photographed  upon  a  prepared  surf  ace  moved  as  in  the  THER- 
MOGRAPH or  BAROGRAPH,  Fig.  6350,  p.  2546  ;  Fig.  569,  p.  234, 
"Mec/i.  Diet.'' 

See  following  I'nited  States  patents  :  — 
2:>:!.548  A.  T.  Kei/t,  sphygmometer,  May  14,  1878. 
167,785  W.  K.  Pond,  sphygmoscope,  Sept.  14,  1875. 
161,821  W.  K.  Poii'l,  sphygmoscope,  April  6,  1875. 
•2a-,.H2  K.  A.  1'ond,  aphygmograph,  June  25, 1878. 
183,205  /.;.  A.  Pond,  sphygmograph,  October  10,1876. 
232,105  W.  11.  IT.  Barton,  sphygmophone,  Sept.  14,  1880. 

Sphyg-mom'e-ter.  An  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  force,  rate  and  other  characteristics  of 
the  pulse.  Tin;  subject  is  considered  under  SIMIYI;- 
MOGRAPH,  which  see.  See  also  PULSOMETER,  page 
]82~>,  "Mi-f/i.  Diet.,"  and  article  in  — 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder  '' xii.  208. 

Sphyg'mo-phone.  For  rendering  audible  the 
sounds  of  the  pulse  heats. 

In  Dr.  Richardson's  sphygmophone,  a  microphone  is  added 
to  a  I'oinl  splngmograpli.  A  thin  plate  of  platinum  is 
mounted  on  a  slip  of  talc  which  is  placed  in  the  sphygmo- 
graph  as  if  for  a  tracing  of  the  pulse.  One  terminal  from  a 
LeclanclH;  cell  is  connected  to  the  slip  of  platinum  on  the 
talc,  and  the  second  terminal  to  a  terminal  of  the  telephone. 
The  other  terminal  of  the  telephone  is  connected  to  the  me- 
tallic rod  of  the  Bphygmograph  which  supports  the  talc. 

The  instrument  is  placed  on  the  pulse  in  the  ordinary  way, 
and  the  needle  thrown  hack  till  a  good  pulsating  movement 
is  secured.  The  needle  is  then  thrown  over  to  touch  the 
platinum  strip,  which  ii  traverses  with  each  pulse  movement 
ami  completes  the  connection  of  the  telephone  with  the  bat- 
tery  ;  this  |>.ISMI,_  over  the  metallic  plate  causes  a  distinct  se- 
ries of  sounds  corresponding  with  the  movements  of  the  pulse. 
The  sounds  heard  are  three  in  number  :  one  long  sound  and 
two  short,  corresponding  to  the  systolic  push,  the  arterial  re- 
coil, and  the  valvular  check. 

The  sphygmophone  of  Dr.  Stein,  of  Frankfort,  consists  of 
a  piece  of  watch-spring,  five  centimeters  long,  which  is  sol- 
dered to  a.  small  brass  frame,  and  is  provided  at  its  free  end 
with  a  gutta-percha  knob  which  is  placed  against  the  pulse 
or  chest.  The  knob  carries  a  platinum  contact  plate,  oppo- 
site to  which  is  a  platinum  contact  point,  and  these  two  con- 
tacts are  connected  in  circuit  with  two  Bunsen  cells  and  a 
telephone.  The  movements  of  the  pulse  (for  instance)  es- 
tablish contact  between  the  pointand  plate,  and  so  make  and 
break  the  circuit.  The  result  is  that  the  natural  rythm  is 
heard  aloud  in  the  telephone. 

See  notices  in  — 


'Manufacture  and  Builder  ' 
'Eng.  mid  Mining  Journal' 
'•Telegraphic  Journal  '•  .  . 
'Iron  Age  '•'• 


xi.  96. 

xxviii.  128. 

vii.  120. 

xxiv.,  July  3,  p.  16. 


Sphyg'mo-scope.     An  instrument  for  render- 
ing visible  the  beats  of  the  pulse. 

Such  was  made  by  Galileo,  by  means  of  a  mirror 


and  beam  of  light ;  see  SPHYGMOGRAPH,  where 
also  is  mentioned  the  device  of  Prof.  Varardt,  of 
Tubingen. 

See  also  Pond's  Sphygmoscope,  Fig.  5381,  page 
22tt5,  "Meek.  Diet."  This  instrument  has  since  been 
made  a  recording  instrument,  and  is  further  illus- 
trated under  SPHYGMOGRAPH,  present  volume. 

Spic'u-lar.  A  dentist's  long  curved-nose  for- 
ceps, for  removing  small  fragments  of  bone,  etc. 

Spi'der  Hoop.  (Nautical.)  A  brass  hinged 
hoop  made  to  clasp  around  the  mast  of  a  vessel, 
with  attachments  for  the  fastening  of  the  futtock- 
shrouds. 

Spie'gel.  (Metallurgy.)  Spiegeleisen,  "  mirror- 
iron."  A  crystalline  variety  of  white  cast-iron  con- 
taining from  2  to  10  per  cent,  of  manganese,  and 
a  large  amount  of  combined  carbon.  It  is  exces- 
sively hard  and  lustrous,  and  is  used  chiefly  in  the 
Bessemer  and  Siemens-Martin  processes.  See  be- 
low. 

Spie'gel-ei-seii.    Manguniferous  cast-iron.  See 
FEHRO-MANGANESE,  SPIEGEL,  and  SPIEGEL  IRON. 
See  also  Coin/ites  Rendus,  April  5,  1874. 
Micro-structure  of     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2668, 
2738,2761. 

Spie'gel  I'ron.     Mirror  iron. 

In  German  "  Spiegeleisen,"  which  means  "mirror  iron," 
is  thus  called  because  its  fracture  shows  Hat  shining  sur- 
faces, reflecting  light  like  pieces  of  mirrors.  It  is  of  all 
iron  the  richest  in  carbon,  and  also  the  most  brittle  and 
hardest, — no  steel  tool  will  make  an  impression  on  it.  It 
is  very  fusible,  and  it  is  principally  used  at  present  in  the 
manufacture  of  Bessemer  steel.  In  this  process  most  of  the 
impurities  are  removed  from  the  melted  mass  by  forcibly 
blowing  air  through  it,  which  burns  them  out,  but  also  too 
much  of  the  carbon,  so  that  at  the  last  stage  of  the  process 
the  iron  is  reduced  to  a  condition  of  being  almost  equivalent 
to  wrought  iron,  and  cannot  he  poured,  the  temperature, 
high  as  it  is,  being  insufficient  to  keep  wrought  iron  in  the 
liquid  state.  Melted  Spiegel  iron  is  then  introduced,  which 
at  once  combines  with  the  mass  under  the  evolution  of  a 
large  flame ;  the  iron  becomes  then  at  once  as  liquid  as  wa-  • 
ter,  and  is  poured  in  the  molds  to  make  ingots.  Spiegel  iron 
is  also  used  to  make  safes  burglar-proof  ;  as  an  interior  fill- 
ing for  this  purpose  it  is  cast  between  sheet-iron  lining.  It 
also  possesses  the  curious  property  of  being  less  magnetic 
than  any  other  kinds  of  iron  ;  it  is  less  attracted  by  the  mag- 
net than  other  kind  of  iron,  and  strongly  resists  efforts  to 
magnetize  it,  which  is  contrary  to  the  property  possessed  by 
wrought  iron,  which  takes  magnetism  easily  but  also  loses 
it  easily  ;  while  steel  takes  it  with  some  resistance,  but  when 
once  it  is  magnetized  it  holds  it.  We  have  a  spiegel  iron  in 
this  country  ;  it  is  made  from  the  New  Jersey  Franklinite 
ore,  and  was  at  first  called  Franklinite  iron.  It  has  com- 
menced to  be  universally  used  in  place  of  the  spiegel  iron, 
thus  far  imported  from  Germany,  and  will  probably  super- 
sede it,  if  it  lias  not  already  done  so. 

Spike.  The  following  table  shows  the  amount 
of  spikes  to  a  mile  of  railroad  :  — 


s 

te 

E 

s 

a. 

51 

3 

Jj 

6» 

e 

"fi 

Ties  2'  between  centers,  4 

B 

§ 

Spikes  per  Tic,  ma 

kes 

\ 

E."S 

per  Mile  : 

•0 

P 

If 

N 

51  X  9-16 
5    x  9-16 

280 
300 

5,670  pounds  =  38 
5,170  pounds  =  35 

kegs 

kegs 

45  to  70 
40  to  56 

5X1 

340 

4,66f)  pounds  =  31 

kegs 

35  to  40 

4it  X  i 

400 

3,960  pounds  =  27 

kegs 

30  to  35 

4"  Xi 
41  X  7-16 
4    x  7-16 

450 
510 
640 

3,520  pounds  —  24 
3,110  pounds  —  21 
2,940  pounds  =r  20 

kegs 
kegs 

kegs 

28  to  35 
j  25  to  30 

3i  X  7-16 
4    X  | 

675 
760 

2,350  pounds  =  16 
2,090  pounds  =  14 

kegs 
kegs 

|  20  to  26 

8JXI 
3    Xf 

890 
930 

1,780  pounds  =  12 
1,710  pounds  =  Hi 

kegs 
kegs 

1  16  to  20 

Spike  Ex-tract'or.      An  iron 

lever   with   a 

SPIKE   EXTRACTOR. 


840   SPINNING,  TEXTILE  MACHINERY,  ETC- 


fulcrum  hook  beneath  to  clasp  the  rail  and  a  claw 

Damask. 

Ironing  machine. 

hook  at  its  lower  extremity  to  lift  the  spike  by  the 

Darner. 
Darning  machine. 

Jacquard  loom. 
Jean. 

head. 

Debaige. 

Jupon. 

Spike  extractor    *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  413. 

Degumming  machine. 

Jute. 

Delaine. 

Jute  machinery. 

Diagonal. 

Kalauieil. 

Spil'liard.     (Fishing.)     A  floating  trawl  line. 

Diaper. 
Dimity. 

Kerseymere. 
Knitting  machine. 

Spin'ner.      (Fishing.)      A  trawling  spoon-bait 

Dobby  machine. 

Knot. 

which  revolves  as  it  tows  abaft  the  boat. 

Doubling  winding  machine. 

Lap  doubling  machine. 

A  flanged  attachment  in  connection  with  a  fish- 
hook to  cause  a  lively  motion  of  the  hook  and  bait. 

Drag. 
Drap  d'Alma. 
Drap  d'Alpes. 

La))  machine. 
Leal  her  cloth. 
Linen  machinery. 

(  Wool  Manufacture.)     A  very  's  continuous   wool- 

Drap  de  Nationelle. 

Linsey-woolsey. 

spinner  resembles  the  original  Hargreave  spinning 
machine.     The  roving  is  fed  from  the  spool  by  a  re- 

Drap d'Ete. 
Drawing-frame  and  ribbon- 
lap  machine. 

Lint. 
Llanos. 
Loom. 

volving  drum  driven  from  the  pulley-shaft,  and  is 

Drugget. 

Loon;  stopper  alarm. 

delivered  to  peculiarly-constructed  wheels,    which 
seize  it  at  the  proper  moment  and  release  it  again 
as  the  spinning  occurs,  and  the  required  draught 

Drying  chamber. 
Drying  machine. 
Duck. 
Dunging  vat. 

Machine  twist. 
Luster. 
Mandarirting  machine. 
Manteau. 

is  thus  given.     Thedrum  and  the  cage-wheel  with 

Dyeing. 

Matelasse. 

which  it  acts  revolve  at  the  same  speed.     The  rov- 

Dye vat. 

Melange. 

ing,  as  delivered,  hangs  down  loosely  until  suffi- 
ciently twisted,  when  the  next  motion   delivers  a 

Embossing  machine. 
Embroidering  machine, 
^pingline. 

Merino. 
Merino  tulle. 
Mexican  cloth. 

new  supply  and  takes  up  that  already  twisted. 

EpingW. 

Mohair. 

Spin'ning.    (Fine  Art  Metal-workiny.)    A  mode 

Excelsior. 

Mohair  glac<5. 

of  forming  silver  and  other  ductile  metal  into  shapes. 

Fabric. 
Faller. 

Moire. 
Moulleton. 

A    disk  of  metal   is    placed  in  the  clamp   in    the 

Faller  machine. 

Mousseline. 

lathe,  and  while  revolving  is  pressed  by  a  burnisher 

Fancy  board  loom. 

Mousseline  de  bege. 

which  spreads  the  metal,  giving  the  disk  a  cup-like 

Feather  plush. 

Fni  f 

Mozambique. 
Mule 

form,  for  instance.     Other  pieces  are  worked  in  a 

eic. 
Felting  machine 

Muslin. 

similar  way,  and  form  parts  such  as  cover,  body, 

Felt  mat. 

Nankeen. 

foot,  of  a  pitcher  or  what  not.     Fig.  5412,  "Ulech. 

Finishing  press. 

Nosing  motion. 

Diet."  •  *  "  Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  290,  Fig.  9. 
Spin'ning,  Tex'tile  Ma-chin'er-y,  Fab'rics, 
Sew'ing,  Knit'ting,  etc.     See  under  the  follow- 

Fireproofing cloth. 
Flat-rib  knitting  machine. 
Flax  baking  machine. 
Flax  comb. 

Oiler. 
Opener. 
Opening  machine. 
Opener  lapper. 

ing  heads  :  — 

Flax  loom. 

Opus  consutum. 

Flax  machinery. 

Overpick  loom. 

Aino  cloth.                                    Carpet  loom. 

Flax  silk. 

Pal  a  in  pore. 

Algerine.                                        Carpet  machinery. 

Flax  spinner. 

Paramatta  cloth. 

Alpaca.                                           Carpet  matching  and  measur- 

Flock. 

Pattern  chain. 

Alpaga.                                                 ing  machine. 

Forming  machine. 

Plaiter. 

Alpine.                                           Carpet  winder. 

Foulard  drying  apparatus. 

Plaiting  machine. 

Anacostra                                      Cashmere. 

Foulard  machine. 

Pongee. 

Armure.                                         Cashmere  de  bege. 

Frieze. 

Porcupine. 

Arras.                                             Chain  loom. 

Fulling  mill. 

Positive  motion  loom. 

Australian  crape.                          Chain  tappet  loom. 

Fur  blowing  machine. 

Pouncing  machine. 

Baize.                                                Challis. 

Fur  hat  machinery. 

Presser  foot. 

Balling  machine.                          Chambery  gauze. 
Bandekin.                                       Chinchilla. 

Fustian. 
Gas  cloth. 

Printing. 
Print-washing  machine. 

Banding  machine.                        Chintz. 

Gauze. 

Ply. 

Banding  ring.                                Circassienne. 

Gingham. 

Pun  jam. 

Barege.                                           Circular  knitting  machine. 
Basket.                                           Circular  ribbing  machine. 

Gingham  loom. 
Girth  stretcher. 

Ramie. 
Ramie  fiber  machine. 

Batavia  weave.                              Cloth  cutting  machine. 

Glove  making. 

Rayne,  cloth  of. 

Beaming  machine.                        Cloth  dressing  machine. 

Glove  sewing  machine. 

Rep. 

Beetling  machine.                        Cloth  drjing  machine. 
Biaretz.                                           Cloth  finishing  machine. 

Grenadine. 
Grisaille. 

Retting. 
Rib-fabric  knitting  machine. 

Bleachery                                       Cloth  folding  machine. 

Hair  cloth. 

Rib-top  machine. 

Block.                                             Cloth  measuring  machine. 

Hand  loom. 

Ring    and    traveler  throstle* 

Blocker.                                          Cloth  press. 

Hank  dyeing  machine. 

frame. 

Blocking  machine.                        Cloth  pressing  machine. 

Hardening  machine. 

Rolling  machine. 

Bobbin  winder.                             Cloth  shear. 

Harness. 

Rope. 

Bolivar.                                          Cloth  shearing  machine. 

Hatchel. 

Roving  frame. 

Bombazine.                                    Cloth  stretching  machine. 

Hat. 

Roving  reel. 

Bourdalisandre.                            Cloth  teasling  machine. 

Hat  block. 

Ruffler. 

Braiding  machine.                        Cloth  winding  and  measuring 
Brilliantine.                                      machine. 

Hat  blocking  machine. 
Hat  finishing  lathe. 

Sail  Sewing  machine. 
Salampore. 

Brim  pouncing  machine.            Cocoon  winder. 

Hat  forming  machine. 

Sample  cutter. 

Brim  stretcher.                             Combing  machine. 

Hat  lining  sewing  machine. 

Sarsnet. 

Brocade.                                         Cone. 

Hat  machinery. 

Satin. 

Brushing  machine.                       Cop  reel. 

Hat  press. 

Satine. 

Buckram.                                       Cop  winding  machine. 

Hat  shaping  machinery. 

Satinet. 

Burlaps.                                         Cord  making  machine. 

Hat  stretcher. 

Satinet  loom. 

Burring  machine.                         Cordwain. 

Hat  sweat. 

Satin  weave. 

Button  making.                            Corset  loom. 

Ho.Mdstock. 

Scouring. 

Calender  rolls.                              Cotton. 

Heddle. 

Scutcher. 

Calico.                                            Cotton  cylinder. 

Ilemmer. 

Seaming  machine. 

Calico  printing.                             Cotton  machinery. 

Hemp. 

Selvage. 

Calico  rolls.                                     Cotton  opener. 

Hemp  softening  machine. 

Sendal. 

Cambric.                                           Cotton  process. 

Henrietta  cloth. 

Serge. 

Camel's  hair.                                   Cotton  spinning. 

Hernani. 

Serge  armure. 

Cam  loom.                                       Cramoisy. 

High  loom. 

Sewing  machine. 

Cannel.                                          Crape  of  Spain. 

Hosiery  seaming  machine. 

St'wins;    machine,    dress    pro- 

Card and  combing  machine.       Cretonne. 

Imperial  silk  serge. 

tector  for. 

Card  guider.                                  Crown  pouncing  machine. 

Indigo  mill. 

Sewing  machine  shuttle. 

Cardigan  jacket  machine.            Cuff  frame. 

Ingrain. 

Sewing  nr'chinc  treadle. 

Carding  machine.                         Cypresse- 

Intermediate  spinning  frame. 

Sewing  silk. 

SPINNING,  TEXTILE  MACHINERY,  ETC.  841 


SPIRAL   BATTERY. 


Take-up. 

Take-up  motion. 

Tamise. 

Tamise  rep. 

Tapestry  carpet. 

Tars,  cloth  of. 

Teasel. 

Teaseling  machine. 

Tentering  machine. 

Textile  fabrics. 

Thread  dressing  machine. 

Thread  waxing  machine. 

Throstle  frame. 

Tin-box  loom. 

Tip  stretcher. 

Tissue. 

Tissue  paper. 

Tissue  Silk. 

Toile-dc-Saxe. 

Tom-tom. 

Top. 

Tuck  creaser. 

Tuck  marker. 

Tulle. 

Turenne  cloth. 

Turning-oft'  machine. 

Turquoise. 

Twilled  armure. 

Tying-in  machine. 

Valencia. 

Velours. 

Velentine. 

Velvet. 

Vigogne. 

Vode. 

Warping  machine. 

Warp-tying  machine. 

Washing  roller. 

Waste  picker. 

Wax  thread  sewing  machine. 

Weaving. 

Weighting. 

Whipper. 

Whirling  apparatus. 

Wool  burring  machine. 

Wool  carding  machine. 

Wool  combing  machine. 

Wool  extract. 

Wool  hat  machine. 

Wool  oiler. 

Wool  scouring  machine. 

Wool  washing  machine. 

Worsted. 

Yarn  flocking  machine. 

Yarn  printing  machine. 

Yarn  reel. 

Yarn  tester. 

Yarn  washing  rollers. 

Yarn  winder. 


Shaping  machine. 

Shaving  machine. 

Shawl  loom. 

Shearing  machine. 

Shirt  frame. 

Shirt  knitting  machine. 

Shoddy  machine. 

Shuttle  race. 

Sicilienne. 

Siclatome. 

Silk. 

Silk  degumming  machine. 

Silk  dyeing  tnachiue. 

Silk  loom. 

Silk  machinery. 

Silk  rod. 

Silk  -oftcning  machine. 

Silk  spinner. 

Silk  spooling  machine. 

Silk  spooling  and  measuring 

machine. 

Silk  stretching  machine. 
Silk  thread. 
Silk-washing  machine. 
Silk  waste. 
Silk  winder. 
Silk-worm  nursery. 
Siinlon. 

Singeing  machine. 
Skein-torsion  machine. 
Sleeve  frame. 
Sleeve  machine. 
Sliver  guide. 
Sliver  lap  machine. 
Stubbing  frame. 
Stubbing  machine. 
Snugger. 
Spinner. 
Spinning. 
Spinning  head. 
Spinning  machine. 
Spinning  mule. 
Spinning  ring 
Spinning  roller. 
Spool  holder. 
Spooling  machine. 
Spool  printing  machine. 
Spool  winding  machine. 
Stamper. 
Ste:im  chamber. 
Stiffening  machine. 
Stop  motion. 
Straw  braid. 
Straw  hat. 

Sweat-lining  sewing  machine. 
Sweat  rolling  machine. 
Sweat  sewing  machine. 
Taffeta. 
Taffetas. 
Taffetas  armure. 

See  Band's  "American  Cotton  Spinner's  Guide." 
Leroux's    "Practical    Treatise    on    Worsteds   and    Carded 
Torn*." 

Spin'ning  Head.  A  twisting  and  drawing 
head,  resembling  in  some  respects  that  described  on 
]t.  1^7:5,  Fin.  .r)40S,  "  Mech.  Diet."  is  described  inLa- 
t/iin/(ii/e's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
vol.  iv..  article  "Broche  de  fa  Filature,"  edition  1877. 

For  twisting  and  drawing  heads  see  the  following  pat- 
ents :  — 

Ballan/,  62,921,  March  19,  1867. 
< 'happen,  115,435,  May  30,  1871. 
Clmhot,  89,290,  April  27, 1869. 
Croireii,  28,1<U,  May  8,  1860. 
(irriiiain,  69,205,  September  24, 1867. 
(initlrtinif,  32.059,  April  1C,  1861. 
Hoar,/,  ,-)S,lnl,  September  18, 1866. 
Houghlaling,  78,963,  June  16,  1868. 
//.'//»•,  99,674,  February  8,  1870. 
Jenks,  132,582,  October  29,  1872. 
h,,,iiff/i/  et  al.,  21 ,53S,  September  14,  1858. 
Latrrenct  et  al.,  1(IS,7(M,  October  25,  1870. 
MartiA,  177,801,  May  23,  1876. 
Matting,  128,418,  .Mine  25.  1872. 
Nuttinz,  125,686,  April  16,  1872. 
Parmelef,  56,25^,  July  10,  1866. 
Ptvmmtr.  31,031,  January  1,  1861. 
Potter,  IJ2.4SIS.  February  26,  1867. 
Roberts,  89,170,  April  20, 1869. 
Silver,  9,391,  November  9,  1852. 
Skinner,  135,015,  January  21,  1873. 
Spineux,  69,944,  October  15,  1867. 


Sargent,  11,812,  October  17,  1854. 
Sheffield,  137,033,  March  18,  1873. 
Victory,  11,106  (hemp),  January  13,  1854. 
Victory,  28,220,  May  8,  1860. 
WUcox,  3,075,  May  8, 1843. 
Wilson,  37,538,  January  27,  1863. 
Wright,  5,964,  December  12,  1848. 

Spin'ning  Ma.-chine'.  The  Eyewater  spin- 
ning machine  is  remarkable  as  a  continuous  spin- 
ner in  contradistinction  to  the  intermittent  work, 
of  the  mule. 

The  condenser  bobbin  containing  the  sliver,  as  in  the 
mule,  is  placed  upon  the  top  of  the  machine,  and  revolving, 
delivers  its  contents  to  and  upon  the  tops  of  a  number  of 
small  porcupines,  arranged  upon  a  slowly  revolving  shaft. 
The  porcupines,  on  receiving  the  roving,  comb  and  draw  the 
fibers  of  the  wool  into  parallel  lines,  delivering  it  in  an  at- 
tenuated form  to  another  part  of  the  machine,  composed  of 
two  very  small  rollers  fitted  in  a  disk. 

These  rollers,  one  of  which  is  fluted  and  the  other  covered 
with  rubber,  constitute  a  pair  of  draft  rollers,  as  in  the  or- 
dinary mule,  but  are  so  small  in  size  as  to  serve  only  for  the 
reception  of  cue  thread.  The  draft  motion  of  these  rollers 
is  obtained  by  the  action  of  a  pair  of  small  toothed  wheels, 
that  are  covered  from  sight  in  the  disk.  From  the  great 
amount  of  twist  imparted  to  the  thread  in  this  movement, 
and  in  which  the  proper  degree  of  attenuation  is  obtained,  a. 
much  shorter  fiber  can  be  spun  with  less  risk  of  breakages 
than  in  the  long  stretch  of  tne  mule. 

There  has  already  been  spun  on  this  machine  a  material, 
the  waste  of  silk  noils  (that  is,  the  noils  of  the  noils),  that 
has  hitherto  been  used  only  for  upholstery  purposes,  etc., 
and  which  in  the  mule  could  not  be  spun  into  thread  at  all. 
The  thread  on  its  delivery  from  the  rollers  carried  in  the 
disk,  is  passed  on  to  the  spindle,  and  wound  upon  tubes  in 
the  form  of  a  pin  or  cone,  having  received  its  complemental 
amount  of  twine. 

Any  quantity  of  twist  can  be  put  in  between  the  rollers 
and  the  spindle,  as  the  latter  can  be  driven  up  to  7,000  or 
8,000  revolutions  per  minute.  The  thread  is  wound  upon, 
the  spool  by  the  needle  flyer.  In  order  to  build  a  proper 
cop  from  the  yarn  the  traverse  race  differs  from  that  found 
in  roving  frames,  throstle  spinning  frames,  etc.,  in  having: 
an  additional  movement.  Besides  the  ordinary  ascending, 
and  descending  movements  of  the  traverse,  there  is  progres- 
sive ascent  made  every  journey,  equivalent  to  the  growth  of 
the  yarn  cone  from  the  deposit  upon  it  of  every  layer  of 
yarn. 

See  CARDING  MACHINE,  pp.  167,  168,  supra. 

Spin'ning  Ring.  In  Booth's  steel-top  spinning 
rings  with  steel  flanges  inserted  in  the  base,  the- 
traveler  draws  perpendicularly,  so  that  when  the 
lower  steel  flange  becomes  worn  the  flange  can  be 
reversed  and  become  a  perfect  ring  again. 

Fig.  2316. 


Potter  Spinning  Ring. 


The  Potter  ring  is  another  modification  of  the- 
spinning  ring.  Sec  Fig.  2316. 

Spin'ning  Rol'ler.  Leigh's  anti-friction  top 
roller  has  two  bosses,  which  are  covered  with  cloth 
and  leather,  and  made  from  a  solid  piece  of  iron. 
The  bosses  are  loose  running  on  a  dead  spindle. 
There  is,  therefore,  no  appreciable  wear  of  either 
hook-saddle,  cap-bar,  or  roller.  Each  boss  can  go 
its  own  speed,  independently  of  its  fellow  boss,  and 
therefore  delivers  out  faithfully  its  proper  length. 
The  leather  keeps  smooth,  saves  waste,  and  the 
bearings  being  internal,  the  roller  seldom  requires 
oiling.  It  saves  the  squares  of  the  under  roller 
to  the  extent  of  the  variation  of  the  bosses  in  diam- 
eter. 

Spi'ral  Au'ger.  The  American  form  of  au- 
ger-bit, raising  and  delivering  its  chips  on  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  Archimedean  screw.  A  modification  of 
the  spiral  anger  is  also  used  in  well-boring. 

Spi'ral  Bat'ter-y.   (Electricity.)    One  in  which, 


SPIRAL   BATTERY. 


842 


SPLITTING  MACHINE. 


A   forwarding   device 
Fig.  2317. 


Spiral  Conveyor. 


the  elements  consist  of  plates  laid  together  with 
something  to  maintain  their  distance  and  then 
rolled  together  spiral. 

Niaudet *  "Amer.  Trans.,''  p.  1 

Spi'ral    Con-vey'or. 

for  removing  grain 
to  higher  levels, 
when  used  within  a 
tube  or  trough  in 
which  it  works,  on 
the  principle  of  the 
Archimedean  screw. 

Spi'ral  El-lip'- 
tic  Seat'-spring. 
A  spring  made  of  a  thin  band  of  steel  and  wound 
on  a  spiral  coil,  the  transverse  section  of  which  is 
elliptical. 

Spi'ral  Grooved  Guide.  The  spiral  grooved 
guide  is  a  wrought-irou  tube,  from  8'  to  12'  long, 
the  size  of  the  hole  intended  to  be  bored,  set  with 
diamonds  at  intervals,  to  prevent  it  from  wearing, 
and  provided  its  full  length  with  spiral  grooves,  to 
allow  egress  for  the  water  and  sediment  on  the  way 
up  to  the  top  of  the  bore-hole. 

It  is  used  in  boring  long  holes,  and  is  of  especial 
value  in  boring  for  shafts  and  tunnels  ;  as,  by  its 
exactly  fitting  the  hole  bored,  it  prevents  the  drill 
from  diverging  from  the  direction  in  which  it 
started,  making  the  hole  perfectly  straight. 

Spi'ral  Pump.  A  pump  that  raises  its  water 
by  a  spiral  flange  or  screw,  on  the  principle  of  the 
Archimedean  screw. 

Spi'ral  Punch.  A  punch  so  formed  as  to  cut 
its  way  through  the  metal  with  a  shearing  action, 
which  it  is  alleged  does  not  tend  to  injure  the  metal 
like  the  ordinary  punch. 

Spi'ral  Seat'-spring.  A  light  spiral  spring 
made  of  wire  for  upholstering  car-seats 

Spi'ral  Spring.  A  spring  made  of  a  metal 
rod  or  bar  coiled  in  the  form  of  the  thread  of  a 
screw,  so  that  it  can  be  compressed  or  extended  in 
the  direction  of  the  axis  around  which  it  is  coiled. 

See  — 


Compound  spiral  spring. 
Cluster  spring. 
Dinsmore  spiral  spring. 
Double-coil  nest  spring. 
Edge-rolled  spiral  spring. 
Equal-bar  nest  Spring. 
Flat-bar  spiral  spring. 
Group  spring. 

Half-round-bar  spiral  spring. 
Hibbard  spring. 
Keg-shaped  spiral  spring. 


Nest  spring. 
Paragon  spiral  spring. 
Quadruple-coil  spiral  spring. 


Bound-bar  spiral  spring. 
Rubber-center  spiral  spring. 
Spiral  elliptic  seat-spring. 
Spiral  seat-spring. 
Spool-shaped  spiral  spring. 
Square-bar  spiral  swing. 
Triple-coil  nest  spring. 
Wool-packed  spiral  spring. 

Spi'ral  Tube  Boil'er.  One  havinsr  a  spirally 
convoluted  tube  passing  across  the  flame  space.  See 
Fig.  5636.  Plate  LXL,  opp.  p.  2326,  "  Mcch.  Diet." 

Spi'ro-phore.  A  breath-carrier.  An  appara- 
tus for  inflating  the  lungs  in  case  of  suspended  ani- 
mation. Woillez,  "Technologiste.".  xl.  179. 

An  apparatus  for  restoring  asphyxiated  persons, 
especially  such  as  have  been  in  clanger  of  drown- 
ing, and  new-born  infants. 

It  consists  of  a  conical  cylinder  of  sheet-iron  closed  at  one 
end.  and  open  at  the  other.  The  cnse  is  large  enough  to  re- 
ceive the  body  to  be  treated,  which  is  let  down  into  it  as  far 
as  the  head,  that  remaining 
outside.  A  tightly  fitting  dia- 
phragm closes  the  aperture 
about  the  neck.  A  strong  air 
pump  containing  more  than 
four  and  a  half  gallons  of  air, 
outside  the  case,  communicates 
with  it  by  a  thick  tube.  It  is 
worked  by  a  lever,  the  descent 
of  which  produces  aspiration 
of  the  air  confined  about  the 
body.  The  raising  of  the  lever 


Fig.  2318. 


Spiropkore. 


again   restores   the  abstracted 
air  to  the  case.    A  transparent 


piece  of  glass  on  the  upper  part  of  the  cylinder  enables  one 
to  see  the  chest  and  abdomen  of  the  patient,  and  a  movable 
rod  sliding  in  a  vertical  tube  is  made  to  rest  on  the  sternum. 

When  a  body  is  inclosed  as  described,  and  the  lever 
quickly  lowered,  a  vacuum  is  produced  around  the  body  and 
immediately  the  external  air  penetrates  into  the  chest,  the 
walls  of  which  are  seen  to  rise  as  in  normal  life.  The  ribs 
separate,  the  sternum  is  pushed  up  0.393"  at  least  (indicated 
by  the  movable  rod  that  rests  on  it).  Further,  the  epigas- 
trium, and  even  the  abdomen  below,  present  an  inspiratory 
projection,  which  shows  that  the  enlargement  of  the  chest  is 
effected  during  Ihc  artificial  inspiration,  not  only  by  the 
raising  of  the  ribs  and  the  sternum  but  also  by  the  descent  of 
the  diaphragm.  All  returns  to  the  former  "position  when 
the  lever  is  raised  again.  These  complete  respiratory  move- 
ments may  be  repeated  fifteen  to  eighteen  times  in  a  minute 
as  in  a  living  man. 

By  means  of  a  tube  fixed  into  the  windpipe  of  the  body 
and  communicating  with  a  graduated  reservoir  of  air.  over  a 
reml  of  water,  M.  Woillez  has  measured  the  quantity  of 
air  that  thus  penetrates  into  the  chest  at  each  pressure  of 
the  lever.  He  finds  that  this  is  on  an  average  If  pints; 
whereas  the  physiological  average  is  only  7-10  pints.  .More 
than  22  gallons  of  air  can  be  m.-.de  to  traverse  the  lun^s  of 
the  asphyxiated  person  in  ten  minutes. 

Splay.  (Architecture.)  The  beveled  expan- 
sion or  recess  in  the  wall  of  a  building,  as  in  the 
abutments  in  ancient  architecture  and  the  ap- 
proaches to  doors,  windows,  and  flre-places  necessa- 
rily beveled  in  the  heavy  walls  of  those  days. 

Splice.  (Nautical.)  The  joint  by  which  two 
ropes  are  united.  See  "  Mech.  Diet.'"" 

Rails  and  splices  on  Penn.  H.  R.  See  report  by  F.  Slata- 
per,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports"  *  vol.  vi.,  Group  X  V 1 1 1 . 
p.  66. 

Splice  Joint.  The  connecting  joints  between 
rails  on  railways.  The  number  of  splice  joints  per 
mile,  2  bars  and  4  bolts  and  nuts  to  each  joint,  is, 
rails  20'  long,  528  joints  ;  rails  24'  long,  440  joints  ; 
rails  26'  long,  406  joints  ;  rails  28'  long,  378  joints  ; 
rails  30'  long,  352  joints. 

Spli'cing  Clamp.  A  hinged  clamp  with  aper- 
tures of  various  diameters  to  correspond  with  size 
of  the  material  intended  attached. 

Splin'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Metal  Working.)  A 
machine  for  cutting  kev-seats  and  grooves. 

Splint. 

Wood's  hammock  splint.* 

Ahl's  adaptable  porous  splints. 

See  Dr.  J.  H  Thompson's  report  on  Group  XXIV.  in  vol. 
vii.,  page  58,  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Reports.'1' 

Guillery,  Hippolyte,  Brussels,  Belgium. 

Perforated  zinc  plates  adapted  in  shape  to  the  fractured 
limb. 

See  also  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  788. 
Cable,  Slillman     .     .     .  *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,'*  1597. 
Paraffin,  Macewen,  Engl.    "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2310. 
Fracture,  Croskery     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'-  873. 

Split  pulley *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  71. 

Plaster  of  Paris,  paper  by 

Croft    ......      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2121. 

Splint-cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
cutting  small  slats  or  splints. 

Kan  some,  of  Chelsea,  England,  has  a  recipro- 
cating cutting  machine  for  Iticifcr-match  splints,  etc. 

Split'ting.  (Leather.)  Reducing  the  sides  of 
leather  to  a  uniform  thickness,  by  passing  them 
through  the  splitting-machine.  The  latter  can  be 
adjusted  to  split  the  sides  to  any  required  thickness. 
It  is  mainly  employed  in  the  preparation  of  thin 
and  light  leathers. 

Split'ting  Chis'el.  (Stone-working.)  A  tool 
chiefly  used  on  the  softer  stratified  stones,  and 
sometimes  on  fine  architectural  carvings  in  gran- 
ite. 

Split'ting  For'ceps.  (Dental.)  For  the  di- 
vision of  teeth  which  require  to  be  split  before  ex- 
traction. 

Split'ting  Knife.  (Fishing.)  For  ripping 
and  halving  fish  before  salting. 

Split'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  re- 
sawing  thick  boards. 


SPLITTING   SAW. 


843 


SPOKE   TURNING   LATHE. 


Split/ting  Saw.  A  saw  table  with  elevating 
set  screw,  adjustable  clamps,  splitting  gage,  and 
self-oiling  saw  arbors. 

A  machine  for  splitting  round  logs  into  bolts  ;  as  a  sub- 
.stitute  for  riving  or  sawing  through  and  through  iu  parallel 

Fig.  2319. 


plain's.  The  center  sawing  m-ichiiie  is  used  in  getting  out 
stuff  for  axe  and  pick  handles,  heavy  spokes,  etc..  and  work 
in  which  the  run  of  the  grain  of  the  wood  is  of  considera- 
tion in  the  fashioning  of  tiie  article.  It  has  a  sliding  car- 
riage, furnished  with  cento'  head-blocks,  on  which  the  log 
is  placed,  and  is  provided  with  a  dial-plate  and  stop-!  by  u  Inch 
the  log  can  lie  spaced  into  stult'  of  the  derived  si/.e.  The  saw 
cuts  invariably  towards  the  center.  Also  called  a  center 

MM''. 

Split  Wheel.  A  split  gear  or  other  wheel  so 
contrived  that  flanges  on  the  one  side  of  the  one 
part  fit  upon  and  arc  bolted  to  the  side  of  the  oilier 
part,  to  allow  of  applying  to  and  removing  from 
the  shaft  such  wheels  in  less  space  than  is  required 
when  thev  are  fastened  bv  bolting  two  flanges  to- 
gether at  the  sides  of  the  wheel.  One  part  of  the 
wheel  may  also  be  dovetailed  into  the  other,  to  sus- 
tain the  expanding  action  of  the  key,  better  than 
in  the  other  way. 

Spoke.  (  \Vltfelirr!tjltt.)  One  of  the  radial 
Arms  that  connect  the  hub  with  rim  of  the  wheel. 

Spoke-in-sert'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  spokc- 
settinn'  machine,  for  inserting  the  spokes  by  me- 
chanical pressure  instead  of  driving. 

Spoke-fa'cing  and  True'ing  Ma-chine'. 
(Wneeliff righting.)  A  machine  designed  for  facing 
common  and  patent  spokes,  and  finishing  the  mi- 
ter joint  on  them. 

It  h;is  a  large  cast-iron  disk,  in  which  are  placed 
three  cutting  knives.  The  disk  is  revolved,  and  the 
spoke,  bcinu'  placed  in  position  on  the  table,  is 
brought  into  contact  with  the  cutters,  finishing  it 
to  the  desired  surface  or  angle.  The  table  is  light 
and  moved  on  parallel  ways,  placed  at  right  an- 
gles to  the  face  of  the  disk,  and  has  a  spring  that 
returns  it  from  tin-  disk  when  the  cut  is  completed. 
It  is  furnished  with  necessary  stops  and  guides. 

The  pulley  or  disk-shaft,  10  X  5,  should  make 
1440  revolutions. 

Spoke  Lathe.  A  machine  for  turning  spokes, 
gun-stocks,  lasts,  handles,  etc. 

Spoke  Point'er.  A  knife  held  in  a  cone  de- 
vised to  dress  ii])  the  tenons  of  the  spoke  ready  for 
hub  and  rim.  (See  Fig  2320  ) 

Spoke  Pol'ish-iiig  Ma-chine'.  Gleason's 
spoke  polishing  machine  takes  a  sand-belt  from 
G"  to  12"  wide.  Its  driving  pulleys,  tight  and 
loose,  are  7"  diameter,  with  5"  face.  It  makes 
900  to  1,000  turns  per  minute. 

Spoke  Set'ting  Ma-chine'.  Morgan's  spoke 
setting  machine  has  an  adjustable  frame  that  is 
supported  on  springs  so  as  to  he  moved  vertically 
AS  desired  by  the  bolts  and  crank-nuts.  The  hub 


is  placed  on  a  central  bolt,  and  is  rigidly  secured  by 
a  crank-nut. 

Above  the  main  frame  is  the  guide  or  set  ring 
on  which  the  posts  are  placed  while  being  set  and 
driven  into  the  hub. 


After  the  hub  is  fas- 
tened in  place,  the  ad- 
j  u  s  t  a  1 1 1  e  frame  i  s 
screwed  down  until 
the  center  line  of  the 
hub  is  on  a  level  with 
the  circle.  The  hub 
is  then  dotted  above 
the  leveling  straight- 
edge, and  the  boll.-  are 
screwed  down  until 
the  desired  dish  or  set 
of  the  bolts  is  obtained. 
This  is  necessary,  as 
all  hubs  are  made  with 
straight  front  and  slop- 
ing I 'aek  mortises, 
throwing  the  outer 
ends  of  the  spokes  for- 
ward at  the  same  in- 
clination. It  then  only 
remains  t  o  re  s  t  the 
spokes  upon  the  guide- 
ring  and  drive  them 
into  the  hub. 


Fig.  2320. 


Spoke  Pointer. 


Spoke  setting  machine,  Morgan  .  *  "<S'c.  Amer.,'-  xxxiv.  343. 

Spoke  Shave.  A  modification  of  the  plane 
with  a  handle  at  each  end.  The  French  make  a 
double  spoke-shave,  with  one  blade  concave,  the 
other  convex. 

Spoke  Ten'on-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
provided  with  a  hollow  anger,  that,  rotating  around 
the  ends  of  the  spokes,  forms  the  tenons. 

In  Dole  and  Deming's  spoke  tenoning  machine,  Fig.  2321, 
the  hub  is  held  in  a  self-centering  chuck  that  admits  of  ro- 
tating the  wheel  to  present  the  spokes  to  the  hollow  auger, 
the  spokes  when  in  position  being  firmly  held  on  the  spoke 
rest,  in  line  with  the  auger.  Each  and  every  tenon  is  cut 

Fig.  2321. 


Spoke  Tenoning  Auger. 

with  shoulders  uniform  in  width  and  in  the  same  plane. 
AVith  a  slight  transformation  it  is  changed  into  a  boring  ma- 
chine, for  boring  the  felloes  for  the  spokes  and  dowel  pins. 
The  No.  1  machine  is  provided  with  the  star  hollow  auger, 
capable  of  cutting  tenons  from  T-16/x  up  to  1".  The  No.  1 
machine  is  not  furnished  with  legs,  being  generally  clamped 
in  the  vise  or  on  the  bench. 

Spoke  Throat'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine 
intended  for  dressing  and  shaping  the  throat  (which 
is  reduced  a  short  distance  from  the  hub  to  add  to 
its  flexibility ). 

Spoke  Turn'iiig  Lathe.  Gleason's  spoke 
turning  lathe  is  a  modification  of  the  Blanchard. 
("Mfr.h.  Diet.,"  p.  2282.)  It  is  used  for  turning 
handles  as  well  as  spokes. 


SPOKE   TURNING   LATHE. 


844 


SPONGE  PROCESS. 


The  uprights  forming  part  of  the  rocking  frame  are  fas- 
tened to  the  rock  shaft  by  set  screws.  The  adjustable  upright 
is  movable  on  the  shaft  with  wrought  iron  cross  bars  above, 
to  take  in  any  desired  length  of  model.  The  center  for  hold- 
ing the  model  in  the  said  upright  and  the  center  for  holding 
the  spoke  admit  of  being  adjusted  to  any  position,  so  as  to 
turn  spokes  from  the  same  model  of  different  lengths. 

The  center  is  worked  by  an  eccentric  lever  and  is  capable 
of  holding  the  largest  spokes.  The  running  shaft  extends 
outside  to  the  left  of  the  machine,  and  pulleys  for  driving 
the  model  and  feed  run  loosely  thereon.  The  pulley  that 
drives  the  cutting  wheel  above  has  a  hollow  mandril,  run- 
ning in  bearings  one  on  each  side.  The  hollow  mandril  is 
fitted  with  two  feathers  which  fit  into  slots  that  run  the 
whole  length  of  the  main  shaft.  The  bearings  are  part  of 
the  carriage,  that  extends  down  on  the  opposite  side  to  re- 
ceive the  hollow  mandril  carrying  the  pulley  that  drives  the 
cutter  wheel. 

Spoke  Trim'mer.  A  tool  for  trimming  the 
ends  of  spokes,  chair  rounds,  etc.,  before  using  the 
hollow  auger. 

Spoke  Wheel.  A  metallic  light  flanged  track 
wheel  for  mine  cars  and  other  light  service. 

Sponge  Brush.  Sponge  brushes  are  of  vari- 
ous kii.ds,  in  which  the  sponge  tied  or  wired  to  a 
handle  is  a  substitute  for  bristles. 

Sponge  Di-la'tor.  (Suryical.)  A  dilator  in 
which  the  absorptive  power  of  sponge  is  made  the 
means  of  expansion.  Emmett's,  Fig.  110,  Part  V., 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium" 

Sponge  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An  instru- 
ment specially  adapted  to  hold  a  sponge,  and  place 
it  in  situ.  It  is  usually  a  long  staff  with  a  spring 
or  sliding  clasp  on  the  end.  Page  81,  Part  III., 
Tiemann's  "Armamentarium." 

Sponge,  Me-tallic.  M.  Laboulaye  treats  of 
the  "  industry  created  "  by  M.  Chenot,  which,  at 
the  time  of  writing,  had  not  "  arrived  at  a  com- 
plete success,  for  the  full  adoption  of  the  process 
would  completely  revolutionize  the  rnetallurgic  in- 
dustry ;  but  the  results  obtained  (1877J  were  ex- 
tremely important." 

For  the  study  of  the  process  he  selects  the  most  complex 
to  which  the  method  can  be  applied,  that  of  the  production 
of  cast  steel. 

The  treatment  comprises  four  principal  operations  :  — 

1.  The  reduction  of  the  mineral  into  the  state  of  sponge. 

2.  The  cementation  of  the  sponge. 

3.  The  compression. 

4.  The  fusion. 

1.  The  reduction  takes  place  on  wasted  and  broken  min- 
eral, in  a  prismatic  furnace  about  40'  high,  furnished  with 
exterior  belt   of   furnace   from   the   mouth   22'  downward. 
The  mineral  introduced  at  the  top  is  subjected  to  a  gradu- 
ally increasing  heat,  undergoing  a  reduction  similar  to  what 
takes  place  in  the  shaft  of  the  blast-furnace.     On  arrival 
at  the  bottom  of  the  belt  furnace  it  is  scarcely  cherry-red, 
the  iron  is  completely  reduced,  but  the  heat  is  insufficient 
to  melt  it,  or  even  to  make  it  pasty.     It  forms  a  porous  mass 
like  the  spongy  platinum  whence  it  takes  its  name. 

Continuing  its  descent,  the  sponge  cools  slowly,  and  at  its 
discharge  at  the  lower  end  of  the  furnace  is  near  the  ordi- 
nary temperature,  in  default  of  which  cooling  it  would  rap- 
idly reoxidize,  owing  to  its  eminently  pyrophone  tendency. 
The  discharge  from  the  furrftice  is  made  at  certain  intervals 
by  means  of  certain  devices  whose  function  is  to  prevent  a 
current  of  air  from  passing  through  the  furnace. 

2.  The  sponge,  passing  to  the  cementation  stage,  is  plunged 
in  a  bath  of  resin,  tar,  or  some  fatty  matter,  the  bath  being 
heated  if  necessary  to  maintain  its  contents  liquid,  in  order 
that  the  sponge  may  be  saturated.     It  is  calcined  at  a  heat 
only  sufficient  to  remove  excess  of  the  carbonaceous  mar.ter 
which  is  collected,  and  a  loup  of  metal  is  obtained  with  a 
certain  quantity  of  carbon  uniformly  diffused  through  it. 
A  second  cementation  may  be  necessary  to  arrive  at  exact 
results. 

3.  The  sponge  is  then  broken  and  afterwards  subjected  to 
heavy  pressure  in  order  to  make  it  more  compact  and  to  re- 
duce the  surface  exposed  to  the  action  of  the  oxygen  of  the 
air. 

4.  The  compacted  sponge  is  broken  up,  put  into  crucibles, 
and  treated  as  usual  for  cast  steel.     There  is,  however,  this 
difference,  that  in  pouring  the  metal  there  is  a  quantity  of 
scoriae  consisting  of  earthy  matter  which  the  previous  op- 
erations have  not  removed.     The  slag,  which  is  very  fluid, 
swims  on  the  meral.  is  coagulated  by  a  little  sand  and  clay, 
and  readily  removed  with  a  ladle 


Blair's  process  is  described  in, — 

"Scientific American  Snp.'> 1991,1992. 

"Scientific  American  ;' xxxix.  68. 

"Mining  ff  Scientific  Press  -' xxxvii.  2. 

"Engineer  '• xlv.  226,  308. 

The  United  States  and  European  patents  on  sponge  pro- 
cesses are  very  numerous. 

Sponge  Pro'cess.  (Metallurgy.)  A  process 
for  making  wrought  iron  and  steel  direct  from  the 
ore  without  the  use  of  the  blast  furnace. 

The  reduction  by  the  blomary  or  German  hearth  is  at  a 
greater  heat  than  that  of  the  sponge  process.  The  tempera- 
ture in  each  is  below  that  of  melting;  in  the  blomary  the 
iron  is  obtained  in  an  agglutinated  mass,  as  a  loup  ready  for 
the  shingler;  but  the  sponge  obtained  by  the  other  process 
contains  the  iron  in  a  metallic  state  besides  the  earthy  in- 
gredients of  the  ore.  The  >/«>;iir<  is  then  worked  to  a  lotip  in 
a  reverberatory ,  gas,  or  blomary  furnace,  to  consolidate  the 
metal  and  remove  the  earthy  matter,  and  then  is  hammered 
to  a  bloom. 

The  reduction  of  the  ore  in  the  sponge  process  takes  place. 
in  a  cylinder  or  cupola  furnace,  the  fuel  with  which  it  is 
mixed  being  preferably  charcoal.     The  iron  is  cooled  before 
removal  from  the  reducing  current,  to  prevent  oxidation, 
which  takes  place  rapidly  on  the  spongy  mass. 
The  sponge  is  then  puddled  in  a  reverberatory. 
Or  it  has  been  added  to  a  bath  of  pig-iron,  as  wrought 
iron  is  added  in   the  Martin  process  to  make  steel  by  rela- 
tively lowering  the  carbon  of  the  iron. 

Chenot,  Yates,  Benton,  (iurlt,  and  others  have  devised 
sponge  processes.  The  method  adopted  by  Blair,  of  Pitts- 
burg,  is  it  modification  of  the  Chenot. 

A  cylinder  40'  high  and  36"  diameter  has  at  6'  of  its  upper 
end  an  interior  cylinder  28"  diameter,  leaving  an  annular 
space  4"  wide.  The  upper  half  of  the  cylinder  is  kept  at  a 
red  heat  by  gas  burning  on  the  outside,  and  the  charcoal 
and  ore  in  small  pieces  are  charged  at  the,  upper  end  of  the 
annular  space.  The  carbonic  oxide  from  the  reduction  burns 
in  the  inside  cylinder,  and  the  charger  is  then  heated  to  red- 
ness between  the  two  fires.  As  the  charge  sinks  it  occupies 
the  whole  interior  capacity  of  the  large  cylinder,  the  lower 
half  of  which  is  cooled  by  a  water-jacket.  The  sponge  and 
remaining  portion  of  the  fuel  are  withdrawn  in  a  cool  condi- 
tion from  the  lower  point  of  the  cylinder. 

The  sponge  is  separated  from  the  charcoal,  compacted  into 
balls  by  hydraulic  pressure,  which  are  then  worked  into  a 
bath  of  metal  in  a  Siemens  or  other  furnace. 

Sponge  is  also  made  in  a  Banks  rotary  puddling  furnace  : 
the  ore  is  roasted,  added  with  fuel  to  the  furnace,  which  is 
rotated  while  a  reducing  flame  on  the  regenerative  principle 
is  applied. 

In  1876  Blair  discovered  during  some  experiments,  that  by 
the  addition  of  a  small  quantity  of  alkali  to  the  carbonaceous 
matter  mixed  with  the  ore,  the  action  of  reduction  was 
quickened  to  a  remarkable  extent,  and  ore  which  took  thirty 
hours  to  reduce  without  alkali  could  be  perfectly  done  in  six- 
hours  with  it  Subsequent  investigation  showed  that  lime 
in  a  fallen  state  answered  as  well  as  any  other  alkali,  and  on 
account  of  its  cheapness  was  most  suitable  for  the  purpose. 
The  quantity  of  lime  required  being  only  about  five  per  cent. 
the  extra  cost  was  quite  insignificant  when  placed  against 
the  great  saving  in  time.  AVhen,  however,  Mr.  Blair  <  nine 
to  work  the  existing  furnaces  under  the  new  condition 
of  quickened  reduction,  he  found  the  arrangement  could 
not  in  any  way  be  altered  to  suit  it.  Perhaps  a  brief  descrip- 
tion of  these  furnaces  will  make  the  matter  more  easily  un- 
derstood. 

Each  reducing  furnace  consisted  of  a  group  of  three  verti- 
cal retorts,  each  retort  being  3'  internal  diameter  and  about 
28'  high,  surrounded  by  an  outer  casing  of  brickwork,  leav- 
ing a  combustion  chamber  between  the  inside  of  the  brick- 
work nnd  the  outside  of  the  retorts.  The  retorts  and  outside 
brickwork  stood  upon  a  cast-iron  entablature,  supported  on 
columns  12' from  the  ground;  below  the  entablature,  and 
forming  a  continuation  of  each  retort,  were  wrought -iron 
cylinders,  each  surrounded  with  a  water  jacket  for  more 
quickly  cooling  the  iron  sponge,  and  having  at  the  lower  ex- 
tremity a  sliding  sleeve  for  discharging  it.  In  the  top  of 
each  retort  a  cast-iron  pipe  or  thimble,  2'  diameter  and  about 
6'  long,  was  inserted,  leaving  an  annulus  of  6"  between  it 
and  the  inside  of  the  retort. 

The  retorts  were  heated  externally  by  gas  jets,  the  air  for 
combustion  being  supplied  through  apertures  immediately  . 
above  each  jet.  \Vhen  the  retorts  were  thoroughly  heated  and 
all  in  working  order,  the  gas  generated  from  the  ore  under  re- 
duction ascended  up  the  inside  of  the  pipe  inserted  in  the  top 
of  the  retorj,  and,  on  meeting  with  the  air,  flamed  ami  so 
heated  the  pipe.  The  ore  and  carbonaceous  matter  were  fed 
into  the  retort  down  the  6"  annulus  between  the  retort  and 
pipe.  and.  forming  a  narrow  column  heated  oil  both  sides, 
were  thoroughly  heated  up  before  reaching  the  wide  retort 
below.  Thus  the  ore,  on  entering  the  wide  retort  or  redu- 
cing zone,  was  all  of  one  uniform  heat,  both  in  the  center  and 


SPONGE,  METALLIC. 


845 


SPOOLING  MACHINE 


•on  the  outside,  and  hence  uniform  reduction  was  the  result. 
This  initial  heating,  as  it  is  called,  must  be  done  if  the  ore  is 
to  be  thoroughly  and  uniformly  reduced.  It  was  this  part  of 
the  furnaces  which  would  not  suit  the  quickened  action  of 
reduction  taking  place  in  the  body  of  the  retort  below  ;  th 
ore  could  not  lie  heated  upas  quickly  as  the  reduction  too 


stream  ot  not  caruonic  oxiue  tnrougn  tne  mass  01  ore  ami 
carbonaceous  matter,  lie  ha.-'  since  made  some  improvements 
in  the  first-named  furn  ice,  where  the  initial  heating  of  the 
ore  is  performed  as  quickly  as  is  possible  to  be  done  by  trans- 
mitted heat,  and  which  is  much  quicker  than  the  inserted 
pipe  The  new  form  of  reducing  furnace  adopted  by  Mr. 
Blair  has  several  important  features.  The  following  is  a  de- 
scrip  ion  of  it  :  — 

A  vertical  retort  made  of  fire-bricks,  with  an  external 
wrought-iron  easing,  stands  upon  a  cast-iron  entablatur 
supported  on  columns.  The  retort  is  continued  below  th 


a.ii'1  \vaier  jacRei,  lour  small  ones  are  suspeimeu,  anu  uiu 
split  up  the  hot  sponge  into  small  columns,  by  this  means 
effecting  the  cooling  much  more  quickly.  At  the  lower  ex- 
tremity of  each  water  j  icket  is  a  conical  mouthpiece  anil 
vaUc.  so  that  the  iron  sponge  can  be  discharged  periodically 
into  any  rereptac'e  place  I  under. 

Tlic  lower  part  of  the  retort,  where  the  gas  is  admitted,  is 
larger  (ban  the  upper  portion.  This  is  done  so  as  to  form  an 
ovc.-liang  immediately  above  the  aperture  where  the  gas 
is  admitted,  thus  forming  a  chamber  round  the  mass  of  ore, 
etc.,  and  allowing  the  gas  to  permeate  it  uniformly.  At 
the  top  of  the  retort  is  an  outlet  for  the  escape  of  the  g.is 
alter  passing  through  the  ore,  which  is  connected  by  a  hori- 
zontal pipe  to  a  vertical  one  descending  to  the  ground,  and 
there  connected  to  the  chimney  Hue.  In  the  horizontal  pipe 
above  named  a  steam  jet  is  inserted,  so  as  to  form  a  vacuum 
in  the  top  part  of  the  retort,  to  induce  a  regular  current  or 
gas  through  the  ore,  etc.  The  retort  is  fed  by  an  ordinar 


section,  formed  of  wrought- iron  plates,  lined  internally  with 
fire-bricks,  and  standing  on  an  entablature,  which,  in  turn, 
is  supported  at  the  requisite  height  by  columns  of  brickwork. 
Below  the  entablature,  and  suspended  from  it,  is  a  wrought- 
iron  continuation,  tapering  to  a  conical  discharging  valve  for 
allowing  the  ashes  to  be  from  time  to  time  removed. 

Apertures  for  admitting  air  for  combustion  in  the  gas-pi 
dui-cr  are  placed  in  its  circumference,  fitted  with  slide  cov< 
i. ate  the  admission  of  air. 


, 
bling  brings  it  to  nature. 

The  molten  metal  can  be  made  almost  as  cheaply  as  pig 
iron  ;  in  fact,  there  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not  be  made 
as  cheaply. 

Sponge  Pla-ti'iium.  The  production  of  spongy 
platinum,  says  the  "  Metallarbeiter"  is  a  task  more 
easy  in  appearance  than  in  reality.  The  principal 
requirement  of  spongy  platinum  is  that  it  should 
bo  spongy,  but  this  obvious  requirement  is  very  fre- 
quently overlooked,  and  hard  and  useless  masses  of 
platinum  are  produced  through  overheating  the 
sponge  and  running  together  the  finer  particles. 
Into  a  concentrated  solution  of  muriate  of  ammonia 
drop  a  similar  solution  of  platinum  chloride  ;  a  yel- 
low precipitate  is  formed,  which  is  washed  three  or 
four  times  with  hot  water  to  free  it  from  the  sal 
ammoniac.  This  precipitate,  when  properly  cleaned, 
and  while  still  moist,  is  dropped  on  a  very  thin 
platinum  wire  stretched  several  times  across  a 
small  ring  of  copper,  and  is  then  allowed  to  dry 
thoroughly.  After  drying,  it  is  slightly  heated 
over  a  spirit  lamp,  contact  with  the  flame  of  which 
is  to  be  avoided.  As  above  remarked,  only  very 
careful  heating  over  the  spirit  lamp  will  give  sat- 
isfactory results. 

Sponge  process,  Blair   .      "Iron  Age.,''  xxi.,  April  11,  p.  16. 
American  Sup.,"  1991. 


Spool  Hold'er.  A  case  for  holding  spools  of 
different  numbers  of  thread  placed  on  the  thread- 
holder  of  a  sewing  machine.  The  spools  are  placed 
on  pivots  and  the  case  revolves  so  that  any  spool 
can  be  drawn  from  at  will. 

Spool'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  wind- 
ing silk  on  to  100,  200  yards,  or  one-ounce  spools, 
for  domestic  and  manufacturing  purposes.  See  also 
SILK  SPOOLING  MACHINE. 

Fig.  2322  gives  a  front  view  Of  a  spooling  machine  com- 
posed of  two  parts,  the  portion  on  the  left  consisting  of  eight 
little  duplicate  machines  arranged  in  a  row,  and  that  on  the 
right,  of  the  apparatus  which  operates  the  winding  machines. 
Each  of  these  little  machines  winds  a  spool  of  thread. 
Hack  of  these  is  a  trough,  containing  empty  spools,  and 
back  of  this  is  a  shelf  which  is  intended  to  hold  the  bob- 
bins of  thread.  From  these  bobbins  threads  are  passed 
through  a  tension  apparatus  above  them,  and  carried  each 
to  its  little  machine.  The  machines  are  held  rigidly  to- 
gether by  longitudinal  rod-",  and  tlfere  are  three  longitu- 
dinal shafts  or  rods  passing  through  the  whole  set  from  the 
machinery  at  the  right-hand  end  ;  the  upper  one,  which  we 
will  call  the  guide-rod,  moving  back  and  forth  and  giving 
side  motion  to  the  thread:  the  main  shaft  below  and  behind, 
with  cog-wheel  attachments  at  each  machine  for  revolving 
the  spools  ;  and  a  rod  in  front  which  carries  a  steel  finger  for 


SPOOLING   MACHINE. 


846 


SPRAYING   MACHINE. 


Fig.  2322. 


Spooling  Machine. 


moving  the  thread,  as  will  be  explained  presently.  The 
spools  are  held  horizontally  and  longitudinally  in  position 
just  buck  of  the  front  finger-rod  by  clamping-pins,  like  axles, 
which  pass  into  the  holes  at  the  ends  and  revolve  with  the 
spools  very  rapidly.  Just  back  of  each  spool  is  a  swinging 
curved  hopper,  its  upper  enil  reaching  almost  to  the  spool- 
trough  previously  mentioned,  and  its  lower  end  open  and 
curving  up  just  under  the  position  of  the  revolving  spool. 
All  that  the  attendant  has  to  do  is  to  keep  the  hoppers  filled 
•with  empty  spools,  remove  the  full  spools  from  the  lower 
troughs  as  they  accumulate,  and  see  that  the  thread  is  regu- 
larly supplied  by  the  bobbins  behind. 

A  thread-guide  is  fastened  on  the  upper  sliding  or  guide- 
rod  at  each  machine.  The  thread  passes  down  from  the 
tension  apparatus  over  this  guide  to  the  spool.  As  the  spool 
revolves,  the  longitudinal  motion  of  the  guide-rod  back  and 
forth  moves  the  thread  to  and  fro  over  the  spool,  which 
winds  it  up  layer  by  layer. 

A  measuring-gage  is  attached  to  the  machine,  and  just  as 
two  hundred  yards  are  wound,  the  spool  ceases  to  revolve  ; 
a  little  chisel  moves  up  and  nicks  its  edge  ;  the  sliding-rod 
in  front  with  its  steel  finger  moves  longitudinally  and  draws 
the  thread  over  ;  a  hook  passes  up  and  pulls  it  down  tightly 
into  the  nick ;  another  chisel  cuts  it  off,  and  the  spool  drop's 
down  into  the  receptacle  provided  for  it  in  front.  The  swing- 
ing hopper  then  flies  up  with  an  empty  spool  in  its  curved 
lower  end,  which  is  taken  up  by  the  axle-clamp  and  starts 
into  revolution.  At  the  same  time  the  thread,  the  cut  end 
of  which  has  been  held  down  by  the  apparatus  for  the  pur- 
pose, is  pulled  over  and  started  on  the  new  spool,  and  the 
operation  proceeds  as  before. 

The  part  of  a  spool  on  which  the  thread  is  wound  always 
has  a  variable  length,  increasing  as  the  winding  proceeds  out- 
ward from  the  center.  Provision  must  therefore  be  made  to 
give  this  variable  motion  to  the  guide-rod  carrying  the  thread- 
guides.  This  is  effected  in  its  feed  at  the  right  end  by  giving 
a  variable  motion  to  the  stops  changing  its  direction  There 
are  attached  to  this  guide-rod  two  segmental  nuts  which  are 
made  to  come  alternately  into  contact  with  a  revolving  shaft 
having  reverse  screws  contiguous  to  each  other,  one  screw 
working  in  each  half  nut,  causing  the  nuts  to  travel  first  in 
one  direction  and  then  in  the  other.  These  nuts  connect 
with  an  arm  with  a  forked  end,  which  works  on  a  fulcrum 
and  operates  over  a  pair  of  stops  or  jaws,  pressing  on  to  them 
and  moving  above  them  for  one  motion,  and  below  them  for 
the  other,  two  heavy  springs  operating  to  produce  the  pres- 
sure and  change  the  motion,  alternately  forcing  it  down  and 
up,  the  alternate  action  of  the  nuts  changing  each  time  in 
accordance  with  this  motion.  By  means  of  a  cam  and  an  ar- 
rangement of  toggle-joint  the  pair  of  jaws  opens  gradually 
as  the  thread  winds,  keeping  at  a  certain  distance  to  rorre-  . 
spond  to  each  particular  layer,  thereby  regulating  exactly 
the  sliding  movement  of  the  guide-rod.  When  the  winding 
is  finished  and  ready  lor  another  spool,  the  jaws  are  sud- 
denly closed  to  their  smallest  dimensions  and  the  operation 
is  repeated. 

Spool  cotton  works. 

Wiilimantic  ....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xli.  361. 
Spooling  machine,  cotton. 

Cobb *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  98. 


Spool  Print'ing  Ma-chine'. 

The  spools  are  agitated  by  reciprocating  rods,  and  guided' 
through  a  conduit  into  a  race,  from  which  the  forward  one 
is  discharged  by  a  flexibly-driven  plunger  into  one  of  dupli- 
cate receivers,  in  which  it  is  held  by  a  reciprocating  holder. 
During  this  movement  the  duplicate  printing-dies,  having- 
been  inked  while  at  rest,  move  forward,  are  tipped  into  hori- 
zontal position  by  cams,  and,  moving  against  the  spool,  print 
its  opposite  ends  in  different  colors,  and,  retreating,  are 
raised  into  vertical  position  to  be  inked,  while  the  rear  .-pool- 
holder,  rising,  liberates  its  spool,  and  the  receiver,  making  half 
a  revolution,  discharges  the  rear  spool  by  its  contact  with  a 
discharge  arm,  and  moves  into  position  to  receive  another 
spool,  when  the  former  operation  is  repeated,  and  the  printed 
spool  carried  to  the  rear  and  the  new  one  received  are  again 
printed,  the  former  receiving  a  new  impression  in  a  contrast- 
ing color. 

Spool'-shaped  Spi'ral  Spring.  One  nar- 
rower at  the  waist  than  at  the  ends.  The  opposite- 
of  fift /-shaped. 

Spoon.     (Surgical.)     See  CURETTE;  SCOOP. 

(Fishing.)  An  object  of  glass,  metal,  mother  of 
pearl,  bone,  or  what-not,  armed  with  a  hook  and 
towed  abaft  a  boat,  so  as  to  shine  while  in  motion 
and  resemble  a  small  fish.  Trawling  or  trolling. 

Spray  Con-den'ser.  (Steam.)  The  con- 
denser, Fig.  2323,  consists  of  two  chambers,  one 
over  the  other  ;  the  exhaust  steam  from  the  engine 
is  admitted  to  the  upper  chamber,  and  is  there 
condensed  by  contact  with  the  injection  water,. 
which  is  brought  in  at  the  top,  and  made  to  fall  on 
a  perforated  plate,  which  produces  a  rain-like 
spray.  The  condensed  steam  and  injection  water 
is  drained  away  by  alternately  creating  and  de- 
stroying a  vacuum  in  the  lower  chamber.  This  is 
accomplished  by  first  opening  a  valve,  and  admit- 
ting a  small  quantity  of  steam  at  a  very  low  pres- 
sure (1  or  2  Ibs.  per  square  inch),  and  then  opening 
a  valve  to  admit  cold  water;  these  two  valves  are 
actuated  by  tappets  geared  up  to  a  shaft  to  produce 
seven  strokes  per  minute.  A  steady  vacuum  of 
about  28"  is  obtained  with  about  half  the  water 
used  in  the  ordinary  jet  condenser,  and  the  con- 
denser will  draw  its  own  water  from  any  depth  up 
to  27'.  Salt,  muddy,  or  even  sandy  water  may  lie 
used,  if  pure  water  cannot  be  obtained. 

Spray'ing  Ma-chine'.    A  machine  invented 

by  Daughtry  to   irrigate  growing    cotton   plants- 

with  wet  poison  to  destroy  the  cotton  caterpillar. 

See  ComstocWs  "Report  upon  Cotton  Insects,"  1879,  p.  242, 


PLATB  XLV. 


SPRINGS. 


See  page  847. 


SPRAYING   MACHINE. 


847 


SPRING. 


Fig.  2323. 


Spray  Condenser. 

Willie's  atomizer,  Ibid.,  *p.  243. 
Johnson's  sprayer,  Ibid.,  *p.  245. 
See  also  SPRINKLER  ;  FOUNTAIN  PUMP. 

Spray  In'stru-ment.     The  set  of  atomizers 
represented  in  the  cut  are  arranged  for  spraying 

Fig.  2324. 


Sprayers. 


the  throat.  The  set  consists  of  three  straight  tubes 
of  strong  glass,  seven  inches  in  length,  tapering  at 
the  distal  end  to  a  point  with  only  a  small  perfora- 
tion. On  the  right  side  of  this  extremity  a  second 
little  funnel-like  tube  is  strongly  cemented.  This 
is  for  holding  the  few  drops  of  the  medicament  to 
be  used,  and  may  be  filled  from  the  bottle  or  with 
a  pipette. 

In  one  instrument  the  point  of  the  medicine-tube  is  ex- 
actly in  front  of  the  air-tube  ;  this  is  for  throwing  the  spray 
directly  into  the  throat.  In  the  other  two  a  variation  in  the 
direction  of  the  tube  gives  a  corresponding  direction  to  the 
spray,  so  that  it  may  be  thrown  upward  with  one  instrument 
and  downward  with  the  other. 

A  common  Davidson  syringe  or  rubber  air-bulb  may  be 
attached  to  the  proximal  end  of  the  long  tube  for  forcing  the 
air  through. 

Both  tubes,  for  an  inch  from  the  distal  end,  are  flattened 
on  their  under  surface,  and  roughened,  and  serve  the  pur- 
pose of  a  tongue-depressor. 

Spray  Noz'zle.  *For  spraying  a  stream  in- 
stead of  delivering  it  solid. 

The  nozzle  shown  in  Fig.  2325  enables  the  pipeman  to  ap- 
proach and  enter  a  burning  building  ;  and  with  it  the  ex- 


cessive use  of  water,  and  unnecessary  damage  to  goods,  may 

be  avoided.     It  consists  substantially  of  a  common  nozzle,  . 

having  a  number  of  small 

levers    pivoted    around    it  Fig.  2325. 

near  the  outer  end.     These 

levers  extend  about  2"  be- 

yond the  end  of  the  nozzle, 

and  are  inclosed  in  a  neat 

cup  or  guard,  A,  completely 

protecting  them   from    in- 

jury.     They   are  bent  in- 

wards at  a  slightly  acute 

angle,     resembling    the 

figure  7.     The  part  corre- 

sponding to   the  short   leg 

of  the  figure  is  wedge-shape, 

the  thin  edge  being  nearest 

the  aperture  of  the  nozzle. 

The  other  ends  of  these  lev- 

ers (below  which  they  are 

pivoted)  are  connected  with 

the  collar,    C,    in    such    a 

manner  that  when  the  col- 

lar is  revolved   one-eighth 

of  a  revolution  to  the  right, 

the  wedge-shaped  parts  of 

half  the  levers  are  project- 

ed into  the  stream,  dividing 

it  up  into  a  number  of  tri- 

angular streams.     By  turn 

ing  the  collar  c,  one-eighth 

of  a  revolution  further,  the 

remaining   four  levers  are 

projected  into  the  stream, 

dividing  it  up  into  double 

the    number    of    streams. 

These  streams1,  after  leaving 

the  nozzle  a  few  feet,  be- 

come a  dense  mass  of  flying 

spray,  covering  a  large  sur- 

face, and  extinguishing  the 

fire  with  wonderful  rapid- 

ity. 

The    illustration    shows  Spray  Xuzzle. 

very    clearly    the    solid 

stream,  half  spread,  and  full  spread.  Any  intermediate  de- 
gree of  spread  can  be  given  to  the  stream,  according  as  the 
pipeman  is  near  to  or  remote  from  the  fire. 

Spread'er.  An  attachment  to  the  end  of  a 
branch-pipe  to  make  it  discharge  a  sheet  instead  of 
a  jet  or  solid  stream. 

Spring.    Plate  XLV.  gives  a  variety  of  vehicle  - 

springs. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6. 

7. 

8. 

9. 
10. 
11. 
12. 
13. 
14. 
15. 
16. 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 


See  under  the  following  heads :  — 
Back-lash  spring.  C-spring. 

Back  spring. 
Bolster  spring. 
Bow  spring. 
Buggy  spring. 
Carriage  spring. 
Car-seat  spring. 
Car  spring. 
Combination  spring. 
Compound  spring. 
Cluster  spring. 


C  spring. 

Dray  spring. 

Half  scroll  spring,  button  head. 

Berlin  head  elliptic. 

Bolster  spring. 

True  sweep  side  spring. 

Platform  cross  spring. 

Scroll  head  side  spring,  hole  out  of  center 

Scroll  head  cross  spring,  hole  in  center. 

Spar  spring. 

Double  sweep  Concord  spring. 

Seat  spring. 

Straight-end  truck  spring. 

Coach  platform  spring. 

Cradle  spring. 

Full  elliptic  button  head. 

Coach  platform  spring. 

Half  scroll  spring,  button  head. 

Philadelphia  elliptic  button  head. 

Yankee-end  elliptic. 

Half  scroll  spring,  with  loops. 

Full  elliptic. 

Full  scroll  spring. 

French  elliptic  French  head. 

Coach  platform  cross  spring. 

Loop-end  truck  spring. 

Single  sweep  Concord  spring. 


Door  spring. 
Double-coil  spring. 
Draw  spring. 
Edge-rolled  spring. 
Elliptic  spring. 
Equal-bar  nest  spring. .. 
Flat  bar  spiral  spring. 
Graduated  spring. 
Group  spring. 
Gum  spring. 


SPRING. 


848 


SPRING   TESTING  MACHINE. 


Spool-shaped  spiral  spring. 

Spring  band. 

Spring  beam. 

Spring  block. 

Spring  cap. 

Spring  case. 

Spring  hanger. 

Spring  plank. 

Spring  saddle. 

Spring  seat. 

Spring  shelf. 

Spring  stud. 

Square-bar  spiral  spring. 

Thorough-brace  spring. 

Triple  coil  spring. 

Triplet. 

Triplet  spring. 

Vehicle  spring. 

Volute  spring. 

Wool-packed  spiral  spring. 


'  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xviii.  519. 
'Van    Nostrand's  Mag.,''  xviii. 

391,523. 

' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  723. 
' Scientific  American  Sup.,''  791. 

Maeslein. 

Howell. 

Lathrop. 


Scientific  American  Sup.,"1  2256. 
Scientific  American  Sup."  757. 


Half  elliptic  spring. 

Half-round-bar  spiral  spring, 

Half  spring. 

Ilibbard  spring. 

India-rubber  spring. 

Journal  spring. 

Keg-shaped  spiral  spring. 

Multicoil  spring. 

Nest  spring. 

Platform  spring. 

Quadruple  coil  spring. 

Quadruplet. 

Quintuplet. 

Kound-bar  spiral  spring. 

Rubber  center  spiral  spring. 

Rubber  center  spring 

Rubber  spring. 

Seat  spring. 

Shank  spring. 

Single-coil  spring. 

Spiral  spring. 

Spring  testing,  tie  Bonne- 

viUe *  ' 

Springs,  uses  and  Manuf.  *  ' 

de,  Eonnevitle 

Spring  motors  ....    * 
Spring  motor    .... 
Shoemaker. 
Frahm  et  al. 
Doubler. 
Bacon. f 
Spring  motors  for  sewing 

machines *  " 

Spring  motors  (2  )      .     .  *  " 

Schumacher.  •        Jones. 

Spring  Band.  (  Vehicles.)  An  iron  strap  which 
clasps  the  plates  of  an  elliptic  spring. 

Spring  Bar  Clip.  A  clip  for  fastening  the 
spring-bar  to  the  spring. 

Spring  Beam.  A  transverse  timber  which 
rests  on  top  of  the  body-springs  of  a  six-wheeled 
car-truck.  There  are  two  such  beams  to  each  truck, 
on  which  the  bolster-bridges  which  support  the 
bolster  rest.  —  Forney. 

Spring  Block.  1 .  A  seat  secured  to  the  axle 
to  give  a  larger  longitudinal  support  to  the  spring. 

2.  A  distance-piece  used  in  some  forms  of  springs. 

Spring  Buffer.  A  spring  device  to  receive 
the  shock  between  colliding  or  impinging  objects. 

Spring  Cap.  A  socket  against  which  the  top 
of  a  spring  works. 

Spring  Case.  A  box  inclosing  a  spring,  as  in 
some  forms  of  car-springs  shown  on  pp.  482,  483, 
"Mech.  Diet." 

Spring  Catch.  A  Y-shaped  spring-piece,  the 
bifurcated  parts  having  their  ends  turned  outward 
and  back,  used  in  raising  pipe  from  drive  wells. 

Spring  Com-pres'sor.  (Optics.)  A  means 
for  compressing  or  squeezing  an  object  whilst  un- 
der examination  with  the  microscope.  The  glasses 
under  which  it  is  placed  are  pushed  together  by  a 
spring  and  kept  apart  by  a  screw.  It  is  made  of 
convenient  size  for  lying  on  the  stage  of  a  micro- 
scope. 

Spring  Couplings.  The  shackle  joining  the 
transverse  and  lateral  springs  in  side-bar  and  plat- 
form springs  in  buggies. 

Spring  Hang'er.  A  loop  or  clevis  which  sus- 
tains a  spring  beneath  an  object. 

Spring  Hinge.  One  in  which  a  spring  auto- 
matically closes  the  door  when  opened. 

Spring  Hoe.  In  the  Farmer's  Friend  Drill, 
shown  in  Fig.  2326,  the  hoe  is  attached  to  the  drill  in 
the  usual  way,  but  is  arranged  so  that  the  fastening 
formsj  a  hinge,  and  when  the  hoe  strikes  any  fixed 
obstruction  it  flies  back  and  passes  over  it,  when 
the  expansion  of  a  rubber  spring  that  is  compressed 
in  the  operation  brings  it  back  to  its  proper  posi- 
tion. 

Spring  Hook.  (Fishintj.)  A  supplementary 
hook,  which,  when  a  rish  catches  the  barbed  hook, 
springing  down,  secures  the  fish  from  getting  free. 


Spring  Hoe. 

See  Fig.  2000,  p.  872,  "Mech.  Diet:' ;  and  for  list  of 
U.  S.  Patents,  see  p.  275,  "Report  U.S.  Fish  Com- 
mission," Part  I.,  1873. 

Spring  Net.  One  closed  by  trigger  and  spring. 
Used  in  catching  birds.  A  flap  net.  Another  kind 
is  used  in  catching  rabbits. 

Spring  Plank.  (Railway.)  A  transverse  tim- 
ber beneath  a  truck  bolster. 

Spring  Sad'dle.  A  clevis  which  holds  an  el- 
liptic spring,  as  in  some  car-trucks  where  a  spring 
rests  upon  the  journal  box. 

Spring  Seat.  The  support  for  the  lower  part 
of  a  spring,  shaped  according  to  circumstances. 

Spring  Shackle.  The  couplings  used  in  join- 
ing the  transverse  and  longitudinal  springs  in  the 
platform  spring  system  for  buggies. 

Spring  Sha'ping  Ma-chine'.  A  device  to 
supersede  the  method  of  pinching  heated  spring 
leaves  or  plates  into  form  by  means  of  tongs,  con- 
sists of  a  solid  and  flexible  former,  supported  on  a 
bed-plate,  and  a  system  of  cams,  drop  lever,  and 
screw  for  shaping. 

"  Scientific  American  " xxxvi.  374. 

Spring  Shelf.  A  ledge  or  bracket  to  afford  a 
seat  for  a  spring. 

Spring  Stud.  A  rod  passing  through  the  axis 
of  a  coil  spring  to  hold  the  latter  in  place. 

Spring  Testing  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  2327  shows 
Riehle  Bros,  machine  for  testing  the  elasticity  of 
springs  under  pressure. 

The  power  pump  is  operated  by  a  pulley  and  belt.  A  lug 
projects  from  the  corner  of  the  lower  table  or  compression 
surface  ;  this  lug  intercepts  a  pawl  that  is  connected  with  a 
valve  that  controls  the  flow  of  the  fluid,  and  when  the  lower 
table  moves  upwards  to  the  desired  height,  the  fluid  is  di- 
verted from  under  the  plunger  back  into  the  reservoir,  thus 
securing  a  uniform  test. 


Fig.  2327. 


Spring  Testing.  Machine. 

The  upper  table  bears  against  weighing  levers,  and  is  com- 
paratively motionless,  while  the  lower  table  move's  upwards 
and  communicates  the  pressure  through  the  spring  to  the 
upper  table,  and  thence  to  the  levers  and  weights  as  shown. 


SPRING   VALVE. 


849 


STADIOMETER. 


Spring  Valve.  (Steam.)  A  spring  balance 
is  attached  to  the  valve  graduated  to  any  number 
of  pounds  desired,  and  acts  as  a  check  on  the  valve 
till  the  indicated  pressure  is  reached. 

Spring  Wash'er.  A  flat  spiral  spring  is  cut 
into  sections  of  one  or  more  laps,  and  used  as 

Fig.  2328. 


Spring   Wasker. 

a  washer  ;  will  close  up  tightly  and  expand  to  take 
up  looseness  caused  by  shrinkage  of  woods  or  other 
cause. 

Sprink'ler.  A  machine  for  spraying  or  irri- 
gating plants  ;  notably  for  destroying  insects. 

See  SIMJAVIXG  MACHINE  ;   FOUNTAIN  PUMP. 

Robinson's  combined  sprinkler  and  duster  for 
destruction  of  the  cotton  worm  is  shown  in  Com- 
stoi-k's  "Report  upon  Cotton  Insects,"  1879,  *  p.  252. 

Sprinkler, automatic  fire,  Conant,  *  "Scientific  American,'' 
xxxiv.  114. 

Sprue  Hole.  (Founding.)  A  gate,  ingate,  or 
pouring-hole  in  a  mold. 

Spud.  (Surgical.)  (a.)  A  small  instrument  with 
an  enlargement  on  the  end,  used  in  withdrawing 
foreign  matters  from  the  eyeball  and  orbit.  It  is 
not  so  pronouncedly  hollow  as  the  curette  or  spoon. 

(/).)  A  dermal  instrument  of  the  same  shape  ;  used 
in  scarifying. 

Spuii  Glass.  (Glass.)  Drawn  by  a  workman 
from  a  hot  bulb,  or,  on  a  larger  scale  by  means  of 
a  wheel.  See  GLASS  SPINNING,  p.  983,  "  Meek. 
Diet." 

In  the  Austrian  section  at  the  Paris  Exposition  was  one  of 
the  attractions  of  the  day,  viz.,  the  manufacture  of  toilet 
articles  and  stuffs  for  ladies"  wear,  made  out  of  spun  glass, 
by  Madame  Jules  de  Bruufaut,  Vienna.  The  glass,  shown  on 
the  counters  in  large  bundles,  to  all  appearance  looks  like 
cotton,  and  is  of  a  remarkable  fineness.  This  glass  is  spun 
into  threads  like  ordinary  cotton,  and  is  woven  into  different 
colored  fabrics,  sometimes  entirely  of  glass  and  sometimes 
with  a  chain  of  silk  or  cotton. 

The  novelty  of  seeing  fancy  articles  made  of  spun  glass 
attracted  the  eye  of  the  visitor.  Ladies  were  particularly 
astonished  at  seeing  collars,  neckties,  cords  and  tassels, 
fringes,  pin-cushions,  little  caskets,  curled  feathers,  belts, 
etc.,  made  of  glass.  A  very  handsome  ladies'  buff-colored 
bonnet,  made  of  spun  glass,  with  the  orthodox  feather  and 
ribbons,  lined  with  silk,  was  the  center  of  attraction.  A 
bonnet  of  this  kind  can  run  the  risk  of  a  shower  without 
being  spoiled  ;  glass  will  only  look  brighter  for  being  washed. 

The  exhibit  included  a  very  handsome  cloak,  made  of 
knitted  wool  and  lined  with  glass  cloth,  the  threads  being 
woven  a  certain  distance  apart  and  laid  at  right  angles. 
This  made  a  very  pretty  and  bright  lining,  offering  a  pleas- 
ant contrast  with  the  colored  knitted  wool.  The  different 
articles  exhibited  were  made  in  various-colored  glasses. 
There  was  quite  a  variety  of  colored  and  white  laces  :  cloths 
embroidered  with  glass ;  very  thin  woven  glass  cloth,  in 
which  now  and  then  a  fine  thread  of  gold-colored  glass  ap- 
peared, making  a  very  handsome  fabric.  These  goods  are 
easily  washed  by  simply  dipping  in  a  bath  of  water  and 
soda,  and  brushed  with  an  ordinary  soft  brush. 

See  SLAG,  supra. 

Fr.,  colon  de  verre  ;  Get.,  glaswolle. 

Spur.  The  far-projecting  point  on  the  circum- 
ferential edge  of  an  auger.  It  makes  the  cut, 
while  the  lip  raises  the  chip. 

(Ceramics.)  A  small  piece  of  refractory  clay 
ware  having  one  or  more  points,  and  used  to  sup- 
54 


port  an  article  in  the  seggar  while  firing  in  the 
kiln.  Also  called  a  stilt.  Fr.,  colifichet. 

Sput.  A  thimble  or  annular  reenforce  to  a  hole 
in  a  boiler. 

Squab  Cush'ion.  A  cushion  consisting  of  a 
bag  filled  with  curled  hair,  feathers,  or  whatnot. 

Square  Tank  Coil.  A  condensing  coil  of 
rectangular  shape. 

Squar'ing-off  Saw.  A  circular  saw,  fitted  to 
a  bench  with  a  sliding  table,  to  square  the  ends  of 
work. 

.  Squar'ing  Plow.  For  squaring  paper  in  book- 
work.  The  paper  being  placed  on  a  table,  with  a 
board  of  required  size  on  top,  the  paper  is  held 
firmly  down  by  a  screw  having  a  bearing  above. 
The  board  is  provided  near  its  edge  with  a  groove 
or  track  for  the  plow  or  knife-carrier  to  travel  in. 
The  knife  overhangs  the  board,  and  cuts  the  paper 
to  size  of  the  same. 

Squar'ing  Shears.  (Sheet-metal  Working.) 
A  machine  for  squaring  up  tinned  plate.  It  has 
scales  of  inches  upon  the  adjustable  table,  and 
similar  scales  upon  the  arms  that  support  the  back 
gage,  which  latter  has  a  rack-and-piuion  adjust- 
ment. 

The  blade  and  treadle  are  balanced  by  an  adjustable  coun- 
ter-weight ;  the  treadle-springs  are  relieved  of  the  weight  of 
those  parts,  their  only  duty  being  to  quicken  the  return 
movement  of  the  blade.  Page  110,  "Bliss's  Catalogue,"  1881. 

Another  form  has  two  blades  set  at  right  angles  one  with 
the  other,  and  moving  in  unison,  so  that  a  sheet  of  tin  may 
with  one  motion  be  squared  on  two  sides,  or  the  whole  sheet 
squared  in  two  motions.  .  There  are  suitable  front  gages  as 
well  as  independent  back  gages,  one  for  each  blade. 

The  gage  on  one  blade  can  be  set  to  cut  a  different  width 
from  the  other,  so  that  part  of  a  sheet  of  metal  can  be  cut 
up  into  a  certain  width  for  one  article,  and  the  remainder 
into  a  different  width  for  another  article. 

Squaring  shears,  Stiles  4°  Parker,  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xl.  82. 

(Bookbinders.)  A  curved  hand-shear  for  squar- 
ing paper  and  cardboard  is  pivoted  at  one  side  of  a 
table,  and  is  held  up  by  a  balance-weight.  The 
operator  adjusts  the  material  to  be  cut,  and  bears 
down  on  the  haudle  of  the  shear.  A  foot  treadle 
presses  on  the  paper  alongside  of  the  shear  to  keep 
it  firm. 

Squeez'er.  In  sheet-metal  working,  a  machine 
for  squeezing  or  crimping,  on  the  tops  and  bottoms 
of  sheet-metal  cans.  See  illustrations,  p.  90  et  seq., 
"Bliss's  Catalogue,"  1881. 

A  series  of  compressing  walls,  to  consolidate  and 
clear  of  cinders  the  large  masses  of  crude  wrought- 
iron  often  produced  in  the  process  of  puddling. 

Menelaus "  Scientific  American  Sup.,'1'1  1284. 

Squeezer,  Head,  Br.      .  *" Engineer,''  xliii.  358. 

Iron,  Head    ....     "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  5,  p.  9. 
Squeezing,    puddlers' 

balls  mach.,  Suckors    *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1233. 

Sta-di-om'e-ter.  The  geographic  stadiometer 
devised  by  Captain  Bellomayee,  is  designed  to  show 
at  a  single  reading  the  measure  of  any  line,  right, 
curved,  or  broken,  on  maps  or  charts  executed  on 
any  scale.  The  toothed  wheel  shown  at  the  bot- 
tom is  moved  over  the  line  and  imparts  motion  to 
the  longitudinal  screw.  This,  in  rotating,  causes 
the  ascent  or  descent  of  the  carriage,  the  straight 
edge  of  which  serves  as  an  index. 

Eight  scales  are  used,  one  of  1-80000  for  Prussian,  French, 
and  Belgian  map?  :  one  of  1-100000  for  Prussian,  Italian,  and 
Swiss  maps  ;  one  of  1-86400  and  another  of  1-144000  for  Aus- 
trian maps  ,  two  respectively  of  1-21600  and  of  1-424000  for 
Russian  maps  ;  one  of  1-63360  for  English  maps,  and  finally  a 
graduation  corresponding  to  the  natural  metric  scale.  This 
last  marking  by  a  simple  reduction  allows  of  the  instrument 
being  used  for  maps  constructed  on  any  other  scale  than 
those  mentioned. 

The  device  is  held  in  the  hands  like  a  pencil,  aad  as  the 


STADIOMETER. 


850 


STALL. 


wheel  runs  over  the  line  it  is  only  nec- 
essary to  read  the  distance  traveled  on 
the  proper  scale  to  know  the  exact 
length  of  the  line.  When  the  index 
reaches  the  top  of  the  screw,  the  in- 
strument is  turned  around  and  pushed 
forward  as  before,  the  marking  being 
now  read  from  the  top  downward  in- 
stead of  in  the  reverse  direction.  It  is 
especially  useful  in  the  field  for  mil- 
itary operations,  as  it  does  not  require 
the  entire  map  to  be  spread  out  flat 
before  it  can  be  used.  It  of  course 
obviates  the  employment  of  dividers, 
and  the  usual  scale  of  distances  printed 
on  charts. 

Sta'di-um.  The  leveling  rod 
of  a  surveyor.  See  illustration, 
"Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xxi.  141, 
142. 

Stafford-shire  Ware. 
(Ceramics.)  Household  earth- 
enware made  in  Staffordshire,  in 
England,  where  pottery  had  been 
made  as  far  back  as  the  Iloman 
period. 

The  red  ware  of  the  brothers  Elers, 
from  the  Netherlands,  was  the  begin- 
ning of  the  new  era  for  the  district. 
Delft  was  copied  ;  then  came  Wedge- 
wood,  who  made  the  greatest  improve- 
ments due  to  one  man,  so  far  as  we 
know  the  history  of  the  art. 

He  improved  and  decorated  the  old 
wares  ;  in  1762  invented  the  cream  or 
queen's  ware  (not  the  modern  inven- 
tion), made  of  clay  and  silex  with  a 
clear  glass  glaze.  In  1766  he  made 
his  black  basalt  ware.  In  1778  he  in- 
vented the  fine  paste  for  cameos,  re- 
liefs, and  statuettes,  which  came  to  be 
known  as  jasper  ware. 

The  queen's  ware'  or  irpnstone  china 
is  perhaps  the  best  known  of  Staff ord- 
ghire  wares,  though  many  others  are 
made  in  that  country. 

See  STONEWARE. 


Fig.  2329. 


Stadia-meter. 


Fig.  2330. 


Stage  For'ceps.    Adjustable  clamps  for  fit- 
ting on  to  one  side  of  the  stage 
of  a  microscope  to  hold   an 
object  for  examination. 

Stage  Mi-crom'e-ter. 
(Optics.)  A  piece  of  glass 
upon  which  fine  lines  are  en- 
graved, usually  of  1-100  and 
1-1000  of  an  inch  or  parts  of 
a  millimeter.  It  is  placed  on 
the  stage  of  the  microscope 


r 


Stage  Forceps. 


and  used  for  the  measurement  of  objects. 

Stain'ing.     (Leather.)      Applying  with   a  hair 
brush  to  the  grain  side  of  leather 
a  solution  of  logwood,   sal-soda, 
and  soft  water.     It  gives  a  dark 
color  to  the  leather. 

Stain'ing  Met'als. 


the  deposited  sulphide  of  lead,  the  above  colors  are  produced. 
To  produce  an  even  coloring,  the  articles  must  be  evenly 
heated.  Iron  treated  with  this  solution  takes  a  steel-blue 
color ;  zinc,  a  brown  color ;  in  the  case  of  copper  objects, 
the  first  gold  color  does  not  appear ;  lead  and  zinc  are  en- 
tirely indifferent.  If,  instead  of  the  acetate  of  lead,  an  equal 
weight  of  sulphuric  acid  is  added  to  the  hyposulphite  of  soda, 
and  the  process  carried  on  as  before,  the  brass  is  covered  with 
a  very  beautiful  red,  which  is  followed  by  a  green  (which  is 
not  in  the  first  scale  of  colors),  and  changes  finally  to  a 
splendid  brown  with  green  and  red  iris  glitter.  This  last  is 
a  very  durable  coating,  and  may  find  special  attention  in  the 
manufactures,  especially  as  some  of  the  others  are  not  very 
permanent.  Very  beavitiful  marble  designs  can  be  produced 
by  using  a  lead  solution,  thickened  with  gum  tragacanth  on 
brass  which  has  been  heated  to  210°  Fah.,  and  is  afterwards 
treated  by  the  usual  solution  of  sulphide  of  lead.  The  so- 
lution may  be  used  several  times. 

Stain'ing  Wood.  Oak  may  be  dyed  black, 
and  made  to  resemble  ebony,  by  the  following 
means :  — 

Immerse  the  wood  for  48  hours  in  a  hot  saturated  solution 
of  alum,  and  then  brush  it  over  with  a  logwood  decoction, 
as  follows  :  Boil  one  part  of  the  best  logwood  with  10  parts 
of  water,  filter  through  linen,  and  evaporate  at  a  gentle  heat 
until  the  volume  is  reduced  one-half.  To  every  quart  of  this 
add  from  10  to  15  .drops  of  a  saturated  solution  of  indigo. 
After  applying  this  dye  to  the  wood  rub  the  latter  with  a 
saturated  and  filtered  solution  of  verdigris  in  hot  concen- 
trated acetic  acid,  and  repeat  the  operation  until  a  black  of 
the  desired  intensity  is  obtained. 

Stains  for  wood,  Slack  .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1994. 

Stake.  The  stanchion,  standard,  or  post  placed 
in  a  socket  on  the  edge  of  a  gondola  or  flat  car  to 
hold  sideboard  or  freight,  as  the  case  may  be. 

Stake  Hook.  The  clevis  or  iron  loop  on  the 
edge  of  a  platform  car  to  hold  the  stake  or  stan- 
chion . 

Stake  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  net  secured  by 
stakes. 

In  the  example,  it  is  hung  on  stakes  about  21'  apart  in  a 
line  at  right  angles  to  the  shore.  This  part  of  the  net  is 
known  as  the  bnr-ittit.  At  from  30'  to  40'  down  stream  an- 
other row  of  stakes  is  set,  each  opposite  a  stake  in  the  bar- 
net,  and  between  these  stakes  a  wing-uel  is  stretched,  having 
several  yards  of  netting  more  than  suffices  for  the  distance. 
This  end  is  carried  round  in  the  form  of  a  triangle  and  held 
in  position  by  poles  lashed  together  at  their  ends.  The  free 
end  of  one  pole  is  secured  to  the  stake,  and  of  the  other  to 
the  seaming  of  the  wing-net,  and  thus  secured  they  float  at 
the  surface  of  the  stream. 

The  triangular  portion  of  the  wing  is  arranged  so  as  to 
allow  an  opening  between  the  end  of  the  hook  and  the  wing 
through  which  the  salmon  enter  the  triangle. 

The  netting  is  made  of  strong  gilling-twine,  the  minimum 
mesh  allowed  being  5". 

The  salmon,  swimming  up  the  current,  come  in  contact 
with  the  bar-net,  and  turning  to  pass  around  it,  find  them- 
selves opposed  by  the  wing ;  they  turn  again  up-stream,  and 
are  pretty  certain  to  enter  the  hook,  the  netting  of  which 
hang-s  slack.  In  their  efforts  to  escape  they  become  gilled. 
I 

Fig.  2331. 


Metals  may  be  colored  quickly  and 
cheaply  by  forming  on  their  surface  a 
coating  of  a  thin  film  of  sulphide.  In 
five  minutes  brass  articles  may  be  coat- 
ed with  any  color,  varying  from  gold  to 
copper-red,  then  to  carmine,  dark-red,  and  from  light  aniline- 
blue  to  a  blue-white,  like  sulphide  of  lead,  and  at  last  a  red- 
dish-white, according  to  the  thickness  of  the  coat,  which  de- 
pends on  the  length  of  time  the  metal  remains  in  the  solution 
used.  The  colors  possess  a  very  good  luster,  and  if  the  arti- 
cles to  be  colored  have  been  previously  thoroughly  cleaned 
by  means  of  acids  and  alkalies,  they  adhere  so  firmly  that 
they  may  be  operated  upon  by  the  polishing  steel.  To  pre- 
pare the  solution,  dissolve  one-half  ounce  of  hyposulphite  of 
soda  in  one  pound  of  water,  and  add  one-half  ounce  of  ace- 
tate of  lead  dissolved  in  a  half  pound  of  water.  When  this 
clear  solution  is  heated  to  from  190°  to  200°  Fah.,  it  decom- 
poses slowly,  and  precipitates  sulphide  of  lead  in  brown 
flakes.  If  metal  be  now  present,  a  part  of  the  sulphide  of 
lead  is  deposited  thereon,  and,  according  to  the  thickness  of 


Staked  Gill-net  for  Salmon  on  the  St.  Lawrence. 

A  gill  net  set  in  a  channel  attached  to  stakes. 
Such  are  very  common  in  the  Potomac  and  other 
Atlantic  rivers. 

Stall.  Fig.  2336  shows  a  stall  for  transporting 
horses  or  cattle  on  ship  or  cars. 

Each  horse  has  his  OWD  separate  box  and  sling.  A  shaft 
runs  along  above  the  row  of  stalls,  and  on  this  are  loose 
clutch-pulleys,  to  which  the  ropes  of  the  several  slings  are 
attached.  These  pulleys  can  be  clutched  with  a  corre- 
sponding clutch  on  the  shaft,  and  any  one  or  all  the  horses- 


STAMP. 


851 


STAMP   MILL. 


swung  from  the  floor  at 
will.  The  sides  of  the 
stall  are  of  stout  canvas. 

Stamp.  ( Min- 
ing.) Machines  for 
crushing  ores. 

The  old  practice  of 
running  high  stamp- 
heads  at  a  low  speed 
and  high  drop  has  been 
changed  by  Western 
mill  men,  who  erect 
heavy  stamp-heads 
working  at  a  high 
speed  with  a  low  drop, 
claiming  that  they  get 
better  results.  The 
weight  of  a  heavy  head 
m  a  y  be  taken  at  700 
pounds,  medium  drop 
of  head  10",  number  of 
drops  per  minute  for 
high  speed,  90. 

*  "  Scientific  American 

Sup.,"  1512. 
Stamp.  Bait. 

*  "Min.  If  Sc.  Press," 

xxxiv.  337,  345. 
Canceler,  electr. ,  Dow. 

*  "Scientific  Arner." 

xi.  as. 


Tig.  2332. 


Stall. 


Canceling "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Jan.  25,  p.  19. 

Stamp'er.  A  machine  used  in  cleaning  or  filling 
textile  goods.  It  may  have  one  or  more  oak  tubs 
about  ,'i'  in  diameter,  with  fallers  or  stampers  of 
birch,  while  the  framing  is  of  pine  bolted  together. 
The  tub  is  fixed  on  an  iron  plate  which  revolves 
by  gearing,  while  the  stampers  are  lifted  by  cams 
and  are  released  so  as  to  fall  in  succession  on  the 
goods  being  operated  upon. 

Stamping  Ma-chine'.  For  stamping  the 
soles  of  boots  and  shoes  with  monogram  or  trade- 
mark. 

Stamping  Press.  A  press  for  stamping  or 
punching  sheet  metal. 

Fig.  2333. 


Stamping  Press. 

In  the  Stiles  &  Parker  press,  see  Fig.  2333,  the  bed  of  the 
press  is  hinged  to  the  A-frame  at  the  front  edge.  The  incli- 
nation is  secured  by  means  of  a  toothed  wheel  and  a  curved 
rack.  The  hinge  around  which  the  Joed  of  the  press  turns 
when  it  is  inclined  is  at  the  front  edge  of  the  bed,  so  that 
this  edge  does  not  change  its  level  nor  position  when  the 
press  is  inclined. 


The  adjustment  of  the  slides  in  the  guides  is  made  by  a 
very  neat  arrangement  of  a  V-shaped  liner,  put  into  the 
guide  in  such  a  way  that  it  takes  up  the  wear  upon  the  side 
where  the  wear  comes.  As  the  diagonal  pressure  in  these 
presses  is,  owing  to  the  length  of  the  connecting  rod,  or  pit- 
man, very  slight,  the  wear  is  merely  nominal. 

The  pressure  from  the  eccentric  is  transmitted  to  the  slide 
in  the  form  of  compressive  strains  entire!}',  the  end  of  the  pit- 
man bearing  in  a  cup-shaped  hollow,  the  pin  merely  serving 
to  lift  the  slide  by.  The  adjustment  of  the  press  is  secured 
by  a  couple  of  eccentrics,  one  of  which  is  movable  about 
the  other.  JBy  loosing  the  clamp  screws  shown  in  the  top  of 
the  pitman,  the  outer  eccentric  may  be  turned  so  as  to  obtain 
any  desired  throw,  after  which  the  screw  is  set  up  and  the 
press  is  ready  for  operation.  This  method  gives  exceeding 
delicacy  of  adjustment,  and  makes  the  press  capable  of  doing 
work  of  the  most  difficult  character. 

Presses  of  this  kind  are  capable  not  only  of  punching  plate 
iron,  but  of  decorating  silver-ware.  The  two  operations  are 
fair  examples  of  the  extremes  of  coarse  and  fine  work, 
though  both  require  about  the  same  amount  of  power  and 
equally  heavy  pressures. 

Stamping  press,  Gordon  *  "Iron  Age,"1  xxiii.,  Feb.  6,  p.  9. 
Stiles  Sf  Parker  ...  *  "Iron  Age,1'  xxiv.,  Sept.  4,  p.  1. 
Bliss  4"  Williams    .     .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  406. 
Stiles  if  Parker  .     .     .  "  Kr.ie.nt(fic  American,"  xxxix.  69. 
Foot,  Ferracute  Co.    .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  April  26,  p.  23. 
Foot  and  hand,  "  Peer- 
less •' *  "Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  28,  p.  1. 

Stamp  Mill.  A  mill  for  reducing  ores  to  a 
comminuted  state  preparatory  to  extracting  the 
precious  metals  by  amalgamation. 

This  ore  is  worked  by  the  Wet  amalgamation  process. 
The  ore  is  introduced  in  an  automatic  feeder,  and  is  fed  un- 
der the  stamps  as  required. 

It  is  stamped  fine  enough  to  discharge  through  a  screen 
containing  120  holes  to  the  square  inch.  Water  is  turned  in 
the  battery  at  the  same  time  the  ore  is  fed  in,  and  the  splash 
as  the  stamps  drop  causes  it  to  discharge,  and  the  water  car- 
ries the  crushed  ore  with  it  to  the  tanks,  where  it  settles. 

The  battery  consists  of  5  stamps  of  775  Ibs.  each  ;  they  are 
raised  by  cams  on  a  revolving  shaft,  and  drop  8",  at  the  rate 
of  95  drops  per  minute.  The  shoes  and  dies  are  of  cast  steel, 
and  weigh  120  Ibs.  each.  The  mortar  in  which  the  stamps 
work  is  made  of  cast  iron,  and  weighs  4,400  Ibs. 

The  crushed  ore  is  taken  from  the  tanks,  put  in  the  grind- 
ing and  amalgamating  pan,  heated  by  steam,  in  order  to 
soften  the  sand,  and  assist  amalgamation.  It  is  ground  here 
for  three  hours ;  the  grinding  muller  revolving  at  the  rate  of 
90  revolutions  per  minute.  The  mercury  introduced  and 
amalgamated  for  two  hours  more.  The  mass  is  then  drawn 
off  into  the  settler  below,  water  turned  in  to  cool  it,  and  is 
stirred  by  the  revolving  shoes  for  two  hours  and  a  half, 
bringing  all  the  particles  of  mercury  together  in  a  mass  at 
the  bottom.  With  the  bottom  is  connected  an  inverted  si- 
phon-pipe, that  conducts  the  mass  of  mercury  containing  the 
amalgam  into  an  iron  bowl ;  from  there  it  is  strained  through 
a  canvas  sack,  the  mercury  going  through,  and  the  amalgam 
containing  the  gold  and  silver  remaining  in  the  sack.  It  is 
then  in  a  condition  to  be  handled,  and  contains  about  four 
fifths  of  its  weight  in  mercury.  It  is  then  put  in  dishes  in 
an  iron  retort,  placed  in  the  furnace  with  the  pipe  at  the  end 
to  conduct  the  mercury  out.  Fire  is  made  in  the  furnace, 
and  the  heat  drives  off  all  the  mercury,  which  is  condensed 
and  used  over  again.  The  bullion  is  left  in  the  retort,  and 
when  taken  out  is  ready  to  go  to  the  mint  for  melting. 

Ball's  patent  steam  stamping  machinery  for  stamping  ores 
and  minerals  (see  Fig.  2334),  is  a  direct  acting  vertical  stamp 
mill  having  a  common  steam  cylinder  and  slide  valve  at  the 
top,  and  the  piston  rod  extended  into  the  stamp  stem  which 
works  in  a  cast-iron  mortar  supported  on  spring  timbers  rest- 
ing on  cast-iron  sills. 

The  lower  portion  of  the  mortar  is  circular  in  form,  the 
upper  portion  being  oblong,  with  a  flat  top  and  vertical  sides ; 
on  the  front  and  back  sides  are  inclined  openings  for  receiv- 
ing the  screens.  The  mortar  is  cast  in  one  piece,  and  is  lined 
throughout  with  hard  iron  linings.  There  are  two  feed-hop- 
pers bolted  to  the  top  of  the  mortar,  through  which  the  ore 
is  fed  to  the  mortar. 

There  is  also  a  water  urn  arranged  about  a  circular  open- 
ing in  the  center  of  the  top  of  the  mortar,  through  which  the 
water  is  conducted  to  the  mortar. 

The  stamp  shaft  or  stem  works  through  two  boxes  which 
are  attached  to  an  iron  frame  that  is  bolted  to  the  two  up- 
right posts  that  form  the  main  framework  of  the'machine. 

Between  the  boxes  and  about  the  stamp-shaft  is  a  revolv- 
ing clamp  and  pulley,  having  feathers  which  work  in  splines 
in  the  stamp-shaft ;  and,  by  means  of  a  belt  on  the  pulley,  a 
rotary  motion  is  given  to  the  stamp-shaft  during  its  upward 
and  downward  motion. 

The  piston  rod  passes  from  the  steam  cylinder  downward 
through  the  center  of  the  bunter  beam,  and  into  the  stamp- 


STAMP   MILL. 


852 


STAPLE   DRIVER. 


Fig.  2334. 


Stamp  Mill. 


shaft  bonnet  in  which  the  connection  to  the  stamp-shaft  is 
made.  The  bunter  beam  contains  a  cushion  against  which 
the  top  of  the  stamp-shaft  bonnet  would  strike,  should  the 
Stamp-shaft  lift  too  high. 

The  slide-valve  works  independent  of  the  stamp-shaft,  run- 
ning a  regular  number  of  strokes  per  minute,  and  is  driven 
by  an  eccentric  on  a  shaft,  which  receives  its  motion  from  a 
countershaft ;  the  two  shafts  being  geared  together  with  two 


Stamp  mill, "  Elephant ;>  * 

Kendall * 

For    silver    ores    (80- 

stamp),  Peru  ...  * 
Rotary,  Taylor  ...  * 

Stamp  mills,  Cal.  ...  * 

Cam  for  mill  stamps. 

Cochrane  .  .  .  •.  .  * 
Cam  for  stamp  mills. 

Moore  $  Dykes  ...  * 
Cams  for  stamp-mills  : 

consideration  of  single 

and  double  arms     .     .  * 


'Min.  4"  Sr.  Press,''  xxxvii.  81. 
'Min.  #  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  112. 

'Engineering,"  xxviii.  359. 
'Win.  ff  Sc.  Press,"1  xxxvi.  193. 
•'Engineering,'1''  xxx.  19,  85, 163, 
254,  338. 

'Min.  #  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  81. 
'Scientific  American,''  xlii.  169. 

'  Mining  Journal." 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,'-'  1512. 


Stamp  Mu'cil-age.  The  following  is  said  to 
he  the  formula  for  the  mucilage  used  on  the  United 
States  postage  stamps :  Dextrine,  2  oz. ;  acetic 
acid,  1  oz. ;  water,  f>  oz.  ;  alcohol,  1  oz.  Add  the 
alcohol  to  the  other  ingredients,  when  the  dextrine 
is  completely  dissolved. 

Stamping  mill.  Ball  .     .  *  "Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxii.  359. 
Rotating,  Fis/ier,  Br.     *  "•Engineering,"  xxx.- 371. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  4135. 

Stand.  1.  For  holding  materials  for  drawing 
or  painting.  The  Washburn  stand,  maunfactured 


at  Worcester,  Mass.,  can  be  fixed  at  any  required 
height,  so  that  one  can  use  it  either  sitting  or  stand- 
ing ;  and  by  turning  back  the  screw  at  the  right,  it 
is  allowed  to  rotate,  bringing  either  side  in  front. 
The  shelf  or  ledge  for  instruments  is  attached  to 
the  buck  side  of  the  table,  so  that  it  is  always  level, 
whatever  inclination  is  given  to  the  desk ;  conven- 
ient for  the  water-cups,  ink-stands,  etc.  Fig.  2335 

Fig.  2335. 


Wasliburn  Stand. 

shows  the  table  fixed  at  a  slight  inclination,  the 
dotted  lines  showing  it  horizontal  at  A  or  vertical 
at  B.  When  the  table  is  nearly  vertical  the  whole 
occupies  but  little  space,  and  forms  a  perfect  easel. 
When  used  for  this  purpose  an  attachment  is  fur- 
nished for  holding  the  picture,  and  the  adjustments 
are  so  simple  that  a  mere  touch  is  sufficient  to 
effect  an  entire  change  in  the  light  which  falls 
upon  the  work.  Under  the  instrument  shelf  are 
provided  two  drawers  for  working  materials.  The 
table  and  drawers  are  made  of  black  walnut  or 
other  appropriate  wood,  nicely  finished. 

2.  (Microscopy.)  The  framework  of  a  microscope, 
usually  implying  all  save  the  object  glasses  and  the 
accessory  apparatus. 

Stand'ard  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.')  One  to 
be  used  as  a  standard,  having  a  perfectly  constant 
electro-motive  force. 

Such  an  one  is  Latimer  Clark's  battery,  described  in  " Pkil. 
Trans.  Royal  Society,"1  June  19,  1875. 
JViaudet,  American  translation,  148. 

Stand'ard  Gage.  (Railroad.)  "  Standard 
gage  "  means  4'  8£"  between  centers  of  rails. 

Stand  Pipe.  "A  vertical  pipe  in  which  a  col- 
umn of  water  is  made  to  rise  to  give  sufficient  head 
for  forcing  the  water  to  elevated  portions  of  the 
circuit.  Ses  "  Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2308. 

Stand-pipe.    Blooming- 
ton,  111 *  "Scientific  American  Slip.,''  164. 

*  "'En  i:  in  n  r."  \\\.  51. 

Centennial     ....  *  ''Scientific  American  Sup.,"  233. 
Sandusky       ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1746. 

Stand  Pipe  Fire  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  port- 
able stand-pipe  for  obtaining  a  higher  head  of  wa- 
ter at  fires.  One  section  of  a  pipe  is  attached  per- 
manently to  trunnions ;  other  sections  are  carried 
in  a  side  rack  and  attached  at  the  fire.  The  pipe, 
50'  long  or  more,  is  raised  by  means  of  a  wheel 
after  coupling  the  hose.  The  lower  end  is  attached 
to  the  water  supply.  Less  power  is  required  at  the 
engine  to  raise  the  water. 

Staph'y-lor'a-phic  Ap-pli'ance.  Dr.  Gum- 
inlngs'  appliances  for  congenital  ^left  palate, 
*  Dr.  J.  H.  Thompson's  report  in  "Centennial  Ex- 
Jii/u'lion  Reports,"  vol.  vii.,  Group  XXIV.,  p.  28. 

Sta'ple  Dri'ver.  An  instrument  for  driving 
the  staples  in  window-blinds.  The  one  shown  in 
Fig.  2336  feeds  the  blind  the  proper  distance,  sup- 
plies the  staple,  and  drives  it  either  in  the  rod  or 
slat  as  desired. 


STAPLE   FASTENER. 


853 


STAVE   EQUALIZER. 


Fig.  2336. 


Staple  Driver. 

Sta'ple  Fas'ten-er.  A  spring  punch  for  driv- 
ing and  clinching  a  staple  against  an  anvil  block 
beneath. 

Star  Feed.  A  star-shaped  device  for  improvis- 
ing a  feed  motion  to  a  slide-rest  or  to  a  tool-hold- 
in  g  device  not  actuated  by  the  self-acting  feed  mo- 
tion of  a  lathe  or  machine.  Upon  the  outer  end  of 
the  feed  screw  of  the  slide-rest  a  star-shaped  plate 
is  fastened.  For  a  slide-rest  feed  a  pin  is  fastened  to 
the  lathe  face-plate  in  such  position  that  it  will 
strike  one  of  the  star  wings  at  each  revolution. 

For  a  revolving  boring  bar  the  pin  is  stationary 
and  the  star  revolves  with  the  feed  screw  of  the 
bar. 

Start'ing  Valve.  The  starting  valve,  shown 
in  Fig.  2337,  is  operated  by  a  lever  ;  its  stem  is  at- 
tached to  the  valve 

with  a  lost  motion,  Fife-  2! 

and  has  a  small 
valve  in  the  center 
of  a  larger  valve. 
Pressure  of  the 
boiler  is  on  top  of 
the  valves.  Rais- 
ing the  lever  and 
drawing  up  the 
valves,  the  small 
valve  will  leave  its 
seat  and  rise  until 
a  check  nut  has 
brought  up 
against  d.  This 


Starting  Valve. 


resistance  can  be  distinctly  felt,  and  indicates  when 
the  small  valve  only  is  open.  Through  this  small 
valve  enough  steam  will  pass  to  start  the  jet.  A 
further  motion  of  the  lever  then  raises  the  large 
valve,  and  the  pressure,  acting  on  the  steam,  forces 
it  wide  open  and  holds  it  in  this  position. 

Star  Tor-pe'do.  A  movable  chamber  or  mine 
charged  with  an  explosive  that  is  fired  by  contact 
or  by  fuse.  The  star  torpedo  has  a  single  plati- 
num fuse  and  battery  and  one  set  of  wires,  and  can 
be  fired  either  on  contact  or  at  will  as  desired. 
There  are  two  wires  leading  from  the  opposite  poles 
of  the  battery  to  a  contact  maker  on  the  nose  of  the 
torpedo,  by  which  contact  is  made  between  the 
wires  whenever  the  torpedo  is  touched  by  the  vessel 
attacked,  and  the  current  thus  being  free  to  pass 
through  the  fuse,  the  torpedo  is  thereby  exploded. 


Torpedo,  J\IcEi-oy,  Br. 


.  *"  Engineer,"  xliii.  340. 


Stath'mo-graph.  An  instrument  invented  by 
Dato,  of  Cassel,  for  recording  the  velocity  of  rail- 
way trains. 

" English  Mechanic''1 xxv.  229. 


Sta'tion-a-ry    Bed    Pla'ner.      The    bed   is 

stationary,  and  the  stuff  is  fed  by  feed-rollers. 
The  bed  has  sliding  rollers,  flush  or  a  little  above 
its  face. 

Sta'tion  Iii'di-ca'tor.  An  indicator  opera- 
ting in  connection  with  the  driving-wheels  to  ex- 
hibit automatically  the  name  of  the  station  or  street 
immediately  preparatory  to  arrival. 

Sta'tion  Me'ter.  (Gas.)  A  meter  of  the 
largest  class  for  measuring  the  flow  of  gas  at  the 
works;  made  from 30"  wide  and  SO"  long,  to  15'  X 
15',  of  a  capacity  from  15, 000  cubic  feet  to  2,000,000, 
per  24  hours.  The  smaller  are  in  one  cylinder  and 
the  larger  in  two  sections.  They  are  made  with 
water-line,  pressure,  and  overflow  gages,  and  register 
clock  and  tell-tale  attachments.  The  tell-tale  tells 
at  a  glance  any  irregularity  of  manufacture  during 
the  24  hours,  the  cards  being  attached  and  removed 
daily. 

Stave  Dress'ing  Ma-chine'.  This  machine 
has  a  rotary  cutter-head  and  revolving  bed  with 
continuous  motion. 

The  stave  is  placed  on  the  bed  and  carried  forward  in  a  di- 
rect line  to  the  rollers,  which  are  straight,  convexed,  or  con- 
caved, to  fit  the  shape  of  the  stave. 


Sta'tic  E'lec-tri'ci-ty. 
tricity  at  rest. 


(Electricity. )      Elec- 


Holmes's  Machine  for  Dressing  Sawed  Staves. 

The  rotary  head  cutters  are  so  made  as  to  smooth  and  fin- 
ish the  stave,  perfect  its  shape,  and  give  it  uniform  thickness. 

The  form  may  be  changed  at  pleasure  and  may  be  made  to 
operate  upon  one  or  both  sides  of  the  stave. 

Revolving  cutters  are  used  for  dressing  staves 
of  all  thicknesses  ;  dressing  both  sides  of  the  staves 
at  the  same  time  without  cutting  the  wood  across 
the  grain,  that  is,  leaving  the  staves  winding  and 
crooked  as  they  were  rived  from  the  block.  This  is 
accomplished  by  allowing  the  frame,  which  supports 
the  cutters,  to  "oscillate  or  rock  in  all  directions,  by 
which  the  cutters  adapt  themselves  to  the  crooks 
and  winds  of  the  stave,  the  stave  having  control 
of  the  cutter  frame.  It  dresses  rived  and  sawed 
staves  of  different  lengths  and  curves,  for  making 
kegs,  barrels,  and  hogsheads,  and  dresses  crooked 
and  winding  stock  to  a  uniform  thickness,  leaving 
it  concave  and  convex  as  required. 

Stave  dresser,  barrel. 

Holmes *  "Engineer,'"  xli.  431. 

Jointer,  Holmes "Engineer,"  xli.  431. 

Jointing  machine,  Br.  • 

Richards *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  139. 

Saw,  Ransome *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  452. 

Shaper  &  bender. 

Ashey,  Fr *  "Engineer,-  xlvii.  255. 

Stave  E'qual-i-zer.  In  Holmes's  equalizer, 
Fig.  2339,  the  feed  is  continuous,  the  staves  being 
simply  laid  upon  the  reel,  which  passes  them  be- 
tween the  saws  and  delivers  them  on  to  the  stave  con- 
veyer, which  carries  them  where  they  are  needed. 


STAVE    MACHINERY. 


854 


STEAM  BOILER. 


Fig.  23S9. 


Barrel  Stave  Equalizer  and  Conveyer. 

Stave  Ma-chin'e-ry.  See  list  under  BARREL 
MACHINERY. 

Stay  End.  The  end  of  a  back-stay  in  a  car- 
riage. Stay-ends  are  sold  separately  as  pieces  of 
carriage  hardware,  the  lengthening  rod  being  added 
by  the  blacksmith. 

The  ends  of  the  stay  are  bolted  or  clipped  to  the 
perch  and  hind  axle  respectively. 

Stay  End  Tie.  The  rod  which  connects  the 
stay-end  on  the  reach  with  the  one  on  the  axle. 

Stay  Rod.  A  rod  which  connects  two  objects 
to  prevent  displacement  of  one  or  both. 

Stead'y  Rest.  For  centering  a  cylindrical 
piece  in  a  lathe,  slotted  pieces  are  adjustable  length- 
wise to  accommodate  the  size  and  position  of  the" 
shaft. 

Fig.  2340. 


Steady  Rest. 
Steadying  tools,  lathe  work,  *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  100. 

Steam.     For  appliances,  machinery,  and  uses, 
see  the  following  references  :  — 

Steam  building  crane     . 

Florio,  Palermo  .    .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  369. 
Brake,  continuous. 

Kendal,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  272. 
Canoe.  Roper,  14'  X  17" 

X  12" "Scientific  American,"  xl.  261. 

Car,  Ransomes,  Engl.    *  "Scientific  American,"1  xli.  50. 
Clyde,  "  Lord  of  the 

Isles" *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"'  1525. 

On  common  roads  .     .      "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  96. 
Steam    crane,    Appleby, 

Engl *  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"iii.  335. 

Caillard,¥r.      .     .     .  *  ".Knaiin-friii-;,"  xxvii.  123. 
60-ton,  St.  Petersburg  *  "Engineering,'''  xxv.  64. 
Locomo. ,  Janson,  Br.    *  "Engineer,''  xlix.  160. 


Portable,  Brown  Bros., 

Eng * 

Brown,  Br * 

Burrow,  Engl.  4  .  •  * 
Steam  digging-engine. 

Darby,  Br .     .     .     .  * 
Escape,  quieter      .     . 
In  factories  ....'' 

Ferry,  "Iron,"  Eger- 

ton,  Eng.  Channel  . 

Ferry  steamer,  light 

draft.  l),niiy,  Ur.    .  * 
Fire-engine  boiler.  La 

I'runi'f * 

Fittings  factory      .     .  * 
Fitting,  piping  a  build- 
ing     * 

For     common     roads 

(Wisconsin  law). 
Generator,  Franks     .  * 

Ward * 

Goode * 

Herreshoff     ....  * 
Horse  for  street  R.  R.  * 
Steam     and     hydraulic 
press,  direct  acting. 
TweclcleU,  Br.      .     .  * 
Steaming  app.  for  print- 
ed textiles,  French  .  * 
Steam,  light  draft,  Yar- 
row If  Co..  Br.     .     .  * 
Steam  launch  gager  .     .  * 
Outtriilge      .     .     .     .  * 
Engine,  Se/fe,  Sydney  * 
Pressure  gage,  Edson  * 

Stewart,  Br * 

I)ewrance,Rr.  .  .  .  * 
Indicator,  Darke  .  .  * 
Regulator  for  portable 

engines,  Stannah,  Br.  * 
Road  wagon  .... 
Scoop-excavator. 

Fowler,  Br.     .     .     .  * 
Stop  valve. 

Cormack,  Br. .  .  .  * 
Towage,  Illinois  canal  * 
Water  in,  measurement 
of,  Guzzi  .  .  .  .  * 
Whistle  signaling  inst. 
Yacht "  Livadia,''  Rus.  * 


Stearing  gear. 
Lafargue,  Br. 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  932. 

"  Knxiii'-ir,"  xlii.  4i8. 

"*i-it  ntific  American  Sup.,''  3879. 

"Engineer,"  xlvi.  43. 

See  QUIETING  CHAMBER. 

"Iron  Age,''  xxv.,  Jan.  1,  p.  1  ; 

Jan.  8,  p.  1. 
'  Vim  Xostrand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  284  : 

xv.  92. 

"Engineering,"  xxviii.  377. 

"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  404. 
"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  367. 

"Scientific  American"  xli.  355. 

"Scientific  American,"1  xxxiv.64. 
"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  115. 
"Scientific  American,"  xli.  323. 

Am.  Man.,"  Feb.  28,  1879,  p.  6. 

Engineering,"  xxvii.  122. 

'Scientific  American,''  xxxiv.  51. 


'Engineering,"  xxv.  92. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2274. 

'Engineering,"  xxiii.  45. 
'Engineer,"  xlix.  121. 

'Engineer,"  xlix.  439. 
'Engineering,"  xxi.  129. 
'^wi.  B.  R.  Journal,"  li.  288. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii.  37. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii   100. 
'Engineering,"  xxix.  241 

•'Engineer,"  xlix.  421. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"'  xxxix.  208. 

'Engineer,"  xlvii.  475. 

'Engineering,"  xxv.  221. 
'Eng.  4"  Mm.  Jour.,"1  xxiii.  109. 

'  Scientific  American  Sup."  1807. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal  "  iv.  178. 
•  Si-i,  utific  American  Sup.,"  3866. 
•'Engineer,"  1.  24.  45,  48. 


*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  71,  83. 


Steam'boat.  For  sketch  of  the  progress  and 
history  of  .steamboat  building,  see  "Mech.  Diet.," 
pp.  2321-2326. 

Steamboat,    Symington 

Engine *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  "ill. 

Engines,  early  Amer.    *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  327. 

"  Clermont."  "  Chancellor  Livingston." 


Engine,  light  draft. 

Wilson  f'  Co.,  Engl.  * 
Early  history     .     .     . 
Fulton. 

"  Grand  Republic  "    . 
On  Mississippi,  first    . 
First  voyage  of  Fulton's 
For  shallow  water. 

"  Silva  Americano  "  * 
Towing,  Ohio  river 

"  J.  B.  Williams,"  .  * 
Speed,  Engl.       .     .     . 
Steamboats,     Fulton's 

letter      

Small,  Firth  .... 
Unsinkable. 

Thompson,  Engl.    .  * 


"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1220. 
"Iron  Age,"  xix.,  June  7,  p.  5. 
Bell. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1921. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  20,  68. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii  ,  July  4,  p.  3. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1486. 

"Engineer,"  xli.  416,  420,428,434. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  193. 

" Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  38S. 
"Scientific  Amer.  "  xxxix.  325. 

"  Scientific  American ,"   xxxix.  18 


Steam  Boiler.  A  vessel  in  which  water  is 
converted  into  steam,  to  be  used  as  a  power,  a  me- 
dium, and  for  other  purposes.  For  early  forms  of 
steam  generators  and  the  adaptation  of  steam  to 
mechanical  and  other  uses,  see  "  Mech.  Diet." 

Of  boilers  of  later  construction,  and  unnoticed  in  the  orig- 
inal volumes  of  the  l;  Mechanical  Dictionary,"  we  have  i he 
"  Corliss,''  an  upright  tubular  boiler,  with  a  cylindrical 
shell. 

The  "  Exeter  "  has  a  series  of  sections,  each  a  boiler  in  it- 


STEAM   BOILER. 


855 


STEAM   BOILER. 


self,  rectangular  in  form.   Each  section  has  twelve  openings, 
and  is  practically  a  series  of  connected  boxes. 

In  the  "  Kelly  "  (see  Fig.  2341)  sectional  safety  boiler,  the 
front  chamber  of  each  section  is  vertical,  and  the  tubes  are 
inclined  over  the  fire  at  an  angle  of  about  one  to  eight.  In 

Fig.  2341. 


ftffain   Boiler. 


«ach  tube  there  is  a  partition  with  diaphragm,  and  the  wa- 
ter-line of  the  boiler  is  above  all  the  water  tubes,  but  below 
a  horizontal  tube  for  the  superheating  of  the  steam.  The 


Fig.  2342. 


Rogers  if  Blade's  Boiler. 


theory  of  the  circulation  of  the  water  is  that  the  lower  por- 
tion of  the  tube  will  be  the  most  highly  heated,  and  so  gen- 
erate the  most  steam,  which,  being  intercepted  by  the  par- 
tition plate  and  prevented  from  rising  to  the  upper  part  of 
the  tube,  passes  along  the  lower  side  of  the  partition  to 
the  front  chamber  and  thence  to  the  dome. 

"  Lowe's  '"  tubular  boiler  has  a  cylindrical  shell  and  hori- 
zontal tubes,  like  those  of  a  locomotive  boiler,  through  which 
the  heated  air  and  gases  pass.  Thence  the  hot  air  is  carried 
round  and  under  the  boiler  in  front. 

The  "  Howard''  sectional  safety  boiler  has  tubes  inclined 
from  front  to  rear,  with  wrought  iron  steam  drum. 

"  Root's  "  sectional  boiler  has  an  automatic  feed  regulator 
regulating  the  supply  of  water  to  the  boiler  by  admitting 
steam  from  the  boiler  into  the  regulator  when  the  water 
falls  below  a  certain  level. 

The"Babcock&  Wilcox,"is  a  sectional  tubular  boiler  with 
horizontal  steam  and  water  drum.  The  tubes  are  staggered. 
The  end  connections  are  each  cast  in  one  piece  of  steel,  and 
connected  with  the  steam  and  mud  drums  by  short  tubes 
expanded  into  bored  holes,  doing  away  with  bolt  connec- 
tions. 

The  "  Firmenich,"  is  an  upright  tubular  boiler.  The  base 
is  two  large  mud  drums,  one  on  each  side,  but  two  feet  be- 
low the  fire  grate.  From  these  rise  obliquely  over  the  fire, 
stacks  of  wrought  iron  water  tubes  that  end  in  two  water 
and  steam  drums,  which  are  connected  with  a  steam  drum  in 
the  center,  forming  the  crown  of  this  pyramidal  structure. 

The  ''  Pierce  "  boiler  is  a  cylindrical,  tubular  boiler.  The 
outer  row  of  tubes  are  nearly  surrounded  by  buckets  that 
keep  them  submerged  in  water,  and  also  drench  the  inner 
surface  of  the  boiler  shell  above  the  water  line. 

The  "  Anderson  ''  ;  each  section  of  this  boiler  has  two 
front  manifolds,  and  a  rear  one  connected,  by  horizontal  sets 
of  tubes.  The  sections  are  united  to  each  other  by  nipples, 
and  the  sets  of  sections  by  a  central  column,  to  the  top  of 
which  is  attached  the  steam  dome. 

The  "Rogers  &  Black  "  (see  Fig.  2342),  is  a  cylindrical 
boiler  with  tubes  outside  for  heating  and  circulation. 

Fig.  2343. 


Heed's  Boiler, 


STEAM  BOILER. 


856 


STEAM   BOILER  CLEANER. 


The  "  Reed  "  (see  Fig.  2343)  is  a  corrugated  sectional  boiler. 
The  sections  are  of  cast  iron,  being  three  corrugated  pipes, 
joined  at  the  bottom,  top,  and  at  the  water-line. 

The  "Sectional  Ring  Boiler"  (see  Fig.  2344)  is  a  cylin- 
drical manifold  boiler  of  unique  arrangement. 

The  il  Lynde  ''  generates  its  steam  in  tubes  that  return 
ever  the  fire  seven  times,  and  has  a  large  steam  drum.  It 
has  an  eclipse  injector,  acme  governor,  and  stop-valve,  and 
Lynde's  low-water  alarm. 

Fig.  2344. 


Sectional  Ring  Boiler. 

The  "  Eclipse  "  is  adapted  to  either  heavy  or  light  service. 
The  castings  are  of  charcoal  iron  and  the  tubes  lap-welded. 
All  the  parts  being  iron  to  iron,  no  calking  or  packing  is  re- 
quired. A  large  steam  drum  is  attached  to  the  boiler. 

In  the  "  McLauthlin  "  the  two  heads  are  stayed  by  verti- 
cal braces,  and  the  smoke  bonnet  has  its  aperture  over  the 
center  of  the  boiler.  The  feed-pipe  extends  across  the 
boiler  inside  far  above  the  tube-sheet,  and  is  perforated  so 
as  to  secure  extended  distribution  of  the  feed- water  in  mi- 
nute jets  pofnting  upward. 

Steam  boiler  anil  super- 
heat, steamer  "  Ban- 

Righ,"  Br.  *  "•Engineering,''  xxii.  48. 

Steam  boiler.  *  "  Man.  if  Builder,-'  ix.  100  ;  xi.  78. 

Sabcock  (f'Wilcox  .     .  *  "Eng.  If  Min.  Jour."  xxv.  358. 
Belleville  BoilerCo.,fr.  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  341,  358. 

Connolly *  "Am.  Man.,'"  Jan.  16, 1879,  p.  13. 

Cooper,  Br *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1047. 

Comp.  Twis-Lille,  Fr.  *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  251. 
Haywood,      Tyler    If 

~  Co.,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  254. 

Daly *  "Scientific  American,''  xl.  342. 

Davies,  Br *  "Engineering,'''  xxi.  176. 

"Elephant,"'  Hall,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  135. 
"  Eclipse  "....*  "Am.  Man.,"1  May  9,  1879,  p.  13. 
Firmenich     .     .     .     .  *  "Am.  Man.,"1  May  2,  1879,  p.  16. 
Firmenich     .    .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  6,  p.  44. 
*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  398. 

Hind *  "Scientific  American,"  xl.  358. 

Lawson *  "Scientific  American,''  xliii.  4. 

Meunier,  Fr.       ...  *  "Engineering"  xxv.  493. 

Ogle  Sf  Burnett  ...  *  "  Scientific  American,'1'  xlii.  178. 

Root *  "Engineer,'"1  xli.  351. 

"Rover,  '  Br.    ...  *  "Engineering,1*  xxi.  245. 
Thomas- Lanrens,  Fr.    *  "Scientific,  American,"  xl.  66. 
Smeaton  (1765)       .     .  *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  459. 
Circula,.,  Chambers,  Br.  *  "Engineer,'-  xli.  226. 
Experi.,  Franklin  Inst.     "Manufact.  i;  Builder,"  xii.  274. 
Exp.,  Manchester,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"1  xxi.  236. 
Furnace,  "  Economy." 

Smith *  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  19,  p.  1. 

Lancashire,  Livet,  Br.  *  " Engineer, "  xlix.  387. 
Steam  boilers,  priming  of. 

Major *" Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  1299. 

Steam  boiler,  sectional, 

Tests,  Howard  .     .     .  *  "  Van  No  strand's  Mag.,"  xiv.  166. 
Kelly *  "Engineer,-'  xlii.  198-206. 

Anderson,  *  Firmenich,  * 

Babcock  $  Wilcox,  *         Harrison,  * 

"Exeter."*  Reed.* 


Tubular. 

Babcock  4"  Wilcox  .  *  ' 
With  Ten-  Brink's  grate. 

E^her,  Wyse  Sf   Co. 

Swit.i *  ' 

High  pro:  lire,  Hairks- 

ley,  Welch  if  Co.,Br.  *  ' 
Lancashire  .  .  .  .  ' 
Galloway  .  .  .  .  *  ' 
Exeter  machine  works  *  ' 
Expe.,  Manchester,  Br.  *  ' 
"  Elephant,"  Engl.  .  *  ' 
feed  water  heater. 

Iron  dad  Man.  Co.  * 


1  Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  483. 


Engineer,"1  xlvi.  5. 

Engineering,"  xxvi.  519. 
VanNostranc/'s  Mag."  xv.  210. 
Scientific  American  Sup.,''  449. 
Scientific  American  Sup.,"  738. 

'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2302. 
'Manufact.  If  Builder,"  ix.  265. 


Feeder,  Bergstrom 
House   of    Corliss  en- 
gine, Centennial 
Marine    vertical,     S.     S. 
"  Vera  Cruz  "... 
Reversible,   Vail  . 
Sectional,  Root    . 

Davies,  Br 

Staffordshire,  Br.     .     . 
Setting,  for  plantation 

sugar  houses,  Cort 
With     Ten-brink    fire- 
grate, Switz.     .     .     . 
Test,  Manchester,  Engl.  *' 
Vertical,  Barron,  Br.    .  * 

Allison,  Br * 

Allison * 


Scientific  American,"  xlii.  386. 
Scientific  American  Sup.,''  213. 

•'Engineer,"  xlii.  273,  276. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  57. 
'Engineering,"  xxx.  266. 
'Engineering,"  xxiv.  122,  127. 
'Engineer,  1.  327. 

'  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii   388. 

'Engineering,''  xxvii.  437 
'Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1170 
'Engineer,"  xlii.  321. 
'  fitigi iieerin0'  "  xxiv.  126. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  194. 


Steam  boiler.     See  VERTICAL  STEAM  BOILER. 

Steam  Boilers,  Mulhaise.  *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  1202. 
Philadelphia,  1800   .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  708. 
II  a  v  e  m  e  y  e  r     sugar- 
works       *"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  1215. 

Crown  Point,  N.  Y.       .  *  "Engineering,"  xxv.  217. 

At  Centennial.     .     .     .  *  "Scientific.  American  Sup.,"  703 

Philadelphia.  1876.  .     .      "Engineering,'"  xxii.  74. 


Black  4'  Rogers. 
Firmenich.  * 
Harrison.  * 


Li/nde. 

W.  D.  Andrews 

Wieganrl. 


Co. 


Tubulous,    Babcock- 

WiUox *  "Manufact.  If  Builder,"  xii.  127. 

Forced     circulation    (7 

Figs.) *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  219. 

Society    Alsaciennes 

Mulhouse   ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxi.  4,  21,  56. 
Centennial    ....  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  214. 
At  Centennial,  tests    .      " Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1409. 
For  water-works     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  Feb.  5,  p.  1. 
Lonsdale,  Br.     .     .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  481. 
Mechanical  firing,  which  see. 

Perkins *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1282. 

Philadelphia,  1876      .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  103. 


Babcock  If  Wilcox.  * 
Exeter  Machine   Works. 


Kelly. 


SS.  "  City  of  San  Fran- 
cisco," Roach      .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  268. 

Relation  of  grate  sur- 
face and  heating  sur- 
face   *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  224. 

And  engines,  high  pres- 
sure, on,  Perkins     .      "  Van  Nostr.  May.,"  xvii.  143. 

Report  of  judges  of  Group  XX.,   "Centennial   Exhibition, 
Reports,"1  vol.  vi.,  includes  the  following:  — 

Hoadley,  (portable) p.  155  * 

Wiegand p.  141,  *  159 

Harrison p.  141,  *  160 

Firmenich p.  141,  *  161 

Rogers  &•  Black p.  142,  *  162 

Andrews p.  142,  *  163 

Root p.  142,  *  164 

Kelly p.  143,  *  165 

"Exeter" p.  143,  *  166 

Lowe p.  143,  *  167 

Babcock  &•  Wilcox p.  144,  *  168 

Smith p.  144,  *  169 

Galloway p.  144,  *  170 

Anderson p.  144,  *  171 

Pierce p.  145,  *  172 


Steam  boiler,  horizontal, 

Galloivay,  Gt.  Br.  . 
Sect.,  Howard,  Gt.  Br. 
Adamson,  Gt.  Br.  .  . 
Vertical,  Davey-Pax- 

man,  Gt.  Br.  . 
Sectional,  Belleville,  Fr 
Two  upright  shells. 

Meyer,  Ger.  .  .  . 
Ehrharrtt,  Ger.  .  .  . 
Julius  Bergman,  Ger. 
Tubular,  Paucksch  If 

Freund,  Ger.  .  .  . 
Sigl.,  Austria  .  .  . 
Bolzano,  Tedesco  if 

Co.,  Austria  .    .     . 


*  Thurston's"  Vienna  Rept.,"ii.  110. 

*  Thurston's"  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  125. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rtpt.,"  ii.  127. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.."  ii.  127. 
.*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  131. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.130. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna.  Kept.,''  ii.  132. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,''  ii.  132. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  133. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  133. 

*  Thurston's  "  Vienna  Rept.,"  ii.  133. 


Steam  Boil'er  Clean'er.  The  Hotchkiss 
boiler  cleaner  is  composed  of  five  principal  parts  : 
the  reservoir,  funnel,  up-flow  pipe,  return  pipe,  and 
blow-off  pipe  ;  automatic  iu  its  action. 


STEAM  BOILER   CLEANER. 


857 


STEAM   ENGINE. 


The  funnel  is  partly  sub- 
merged in  such  position  that  its 
opening  intercepts  the  current 
of  hot  water  flowing  towards 
it.  By  the  action  of  gravity  in 
water  of  varying  tempera- 
tures aided  by  the  pressure  on 
the  surface,  the  hot  surface 
water  that  enters  the  funnel 
flows  into  the  reservoir  through 
the  up-flow  pipe,  displacing 
constantly  an  equal  quantity  of 
the  cooler  water  therein,  which 
flows  back  to  the  boiler. 

Purves'  automatic  boiler 
cleaner  draws  impurities  from 
the  surface  of  the  water 
through  an  automatic  skim- 
mer, from  which  they  are 
passed  on  into  the  top  cham- 
ber, which  is  constructed  with 
deflecting  plates,  causing  the 
impurities  to  fall  into  the  lower 
chamber,  while  the  pure  water 
passes  through  a  pipe  into  the 
lower  part  of  the  boiler. 

Steam  Boil'er  Feed'er.  Prntt's  boiler  feeder 
is  also  a  return  steam  trap  with  an  automatic  de- 
vice, that  drains  the  water  of  condensation  from 
heating  coils,  and  returns  the  same  to  the  hoiliTs, 
thus  doing  away  with  pumps  or  other  mechanical  de- 
vices for  such  purpose. 

Steam  Boil'er  Feed'-wa'ter  Heat'er. 
Strong's  feed-water  heater  and  filter  is  a  device 
that  in  connection  between  the  feed- water  and  the 
boiler  raises  the  temperature  of  the  water  and 
cleanses  it  of  imparities. 

Steam  Boil'er  Fur'nace.  The  heating  cham- 
ber that  is  generally  placed  beneath  or  inside  of  a 
steam  boiler.  There  are  various  plans  of  construc- 
tion in  accordance  with  the  description  of  fuel  to 
be  used,  the  consumption  of  the  gas  escaping  there- 
from, the  plan  of  the  boiler  with  which  it  is  con- 
nected, etc. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  fuel  of  the  future  will  in  a  great 
measure  be  gas,  generated  by  the  furnace  that  then  utilizes 
it  not  only  in  the  generation  of  steam,  but  also  in  the  pro- 
duction of  a  future  supply  of  gas  itself. 

The  great  advance  made  in  the  manufacture  of  sjeel  is  due 
in  a  great  measure  to  the  use  of  hot  air,  and  to-day  steel  is 
manufactured  cheaper  than  iron  in  the  Siemens'  gas  regen- 
erative furnace. 

In  the  old  style  iron  furnaces  only  a  small  per  cent,  of  the 
power  of  coal  was  realized.  The  giant  power  was  unbound,  let 
loose,  and  after  doing  but  a  small  percentage  of  the  work  it 
was  capable  of  performing,  escaped  for  parts  unknown. 

It  is  claimed  that  the  Siemens'  system  has  so  improved  the 
combustion  of  fuel  that  it  now  realizes  20  per  cent,  of  the 
units  of  heat  contained  in  coal,  a  saving  of  40  or  50  per  cent. 
in  fuel  over  the  old  way.  In  this  furnace  cojil  is  burned  in 
a  retort,  and  the  smoke  and  gases  (carbonic  oxide)  are  carried 
up  a  large  vertical  tube  from  12'  to  15',  after  which  it  pro- 
ceeds horizontally  any  required  distance,  and  then  descends 
to  the  heat  regenerator,  through  which  it  passes  before  enter- 
ing the  furnaces.  Two  generators  are  used  on  each  side,  the 
••ending  through  one,  while  pure  atmospheric  air  in- 
tensely heated  by  its  passage  through  the  regenerator,  as- 
ci-nd-i  through  the  neighboring  passage,  and  both  are  con- 
ducted through  passage  outlets,  at  one  end  of  the  furnace, 
wheiv  mingling  they  burn,  producing  the  heat  due  to  their 
chemical  action. 

Smith's  smoke-consuming  furnace  (see  "Me.c/i.  Diet.,"  p. 
2330)  has  a  further  improvement  in  its  adjustable  arrange- 
ment ;  the  grate  being  elevated  or  depressed,  so  as  to  increase 
or  diminish  the  distance  between  the  fire  and  the  bottom  of 
the  boiler  at  pleasure. 

The  grate  consists  of  a  series  of  bars,  supported  by  a  frame 
that  rests  upon  a  standard  which  slides  in  a  hollow  post, 
that  is  slotted  on  one  side  to  admit  the  end  of  a  lever  which 
sets  into  a  recess  in  the  standard,  and  elevates  or  depre.-ses 
the  same.  The  lever  is  pivoted  in  the  upper  end  of  another 
standard,  forming  a  fulcrum,  and  is  provided  with  a  handle 
by  means  of  which  it  is  operated.  The  lever  has  an  attach- 
ment by  which  it  can  be  fastened  to  hold  the  grate  in  any 
fixed  position.  There  are  columns  or  heaters  on  the  sides  of 
the  boiler  that  take  the  place  of  the  brick  walls,  and  being 
ahvnvs  filled  with  water  get  the  benefit  of  the  heat  that 
would  have  been  absorbed  by  the  brick  walls.  The  bridge 
wall  is  hollow  and  always  filled  with  water  and  is  connected 
with  the  main  boiler. 


Fig.  2345. 


Steam  Boiler  Furnace. 

The  Jarvis  furnace,  Fig.  2345,  has  a  unique  feature  in  its 
setting  whereby  air  is  admitted  by  small  flues  in  the  front, 
and  then  conducted  through  a  number  of  horizontal  expand- 
ing ducts,  in  which  it  traverses  forward  and  backward,  until 
finally  in  a  heated  state  it  enters  by  the  furnace  bridge  wall 
and  other  places,  uniting  with  the  products  of  combustion 
and  causing  consumption  of  the  gases.  By  the  arrangement 
of  this  furnace  it  is  claimed  that  all  kinds  of  cheap  fuel  can 
be  used  without  a  blower.  Seeing  that  it  is  generally  ad- 
mitted that  perfect  combustion  of  fuel  does  not  take  place 
till  the  gases  are  fully  generated,  it  follows  that  gas  fuel  is 
one  of  our  first  necessities.  To  get  this  it  requires  in  the 
fuel  about 40  per  cent,  of  moisture  to  generate  hydrogen,  and 
then  utilize  the  gas  with  hot  air  (oxygen),  thus  giving  a  hy- 
dro-oxygen or  compound  blow-pipe  flame. 

In  carrying  out  the  idea  of  the  necessity  of  hydrogen,  a  wet 
screening  mixture  is  used  in  the  Jarvis  furnace  to  produce  a 
gas  flame. 

Steam  Cap'stan.  (Nautical.)  A  capstan  in- 
tended for  use  on  steamboats,  operated  through  its 
connections  with  the  steam  power  on  board, 

Steam  Car'riage.  A  form  of  carriage  like  the 
ordinary  road  carnage,  but  having  steam  motive 
power. 


Steam  carriage,  Lauck 
Steam  carriages     .     . 


"Scientific  American,-'  xxxvi.  57. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  383. 


'Engineer,"  1.477. 
"Engineering,"  xxix.  63. 
"Engineer,''  xliii.  341. 
'Engineer,"  xliii.  182. 

xxviii.  129. 


tg 

'Engineerin 


Steam  Carv'ing  Ta'ble.  A  table  heated  by- 
steam  for  keeping  fowl,  fish,  or  meat  warm,  previ- 
ous to  and  during  the  process  of  carving. 

Steam  Crane. 

Steam  crane,  portable. 

Grieve * 

Russell,  Br * 

Radiating,  Coorle,  Br.    .     .  * 

Traveling,   Smith,  Br.  .     .  * 

With  self-acting  bucket. 

Priestman,  Br.      .     .     .  * ' 
Steam-cutter   engines    and 

boilers,   Washington  navy 

yard * 

Steam  cultivator,  Barfonl   .  * 

Sf  Perkins,  Br * 

Steam  cutter  engine,  U.  S. 

Loring * 

Steam  Dry'ing  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Drying 
rooms  and  houses  for  seasoning  timber,  drying  pur- 
poses in  laundries,  etc.,  through  the  radiating  heat 
engendered  by  coils  of  steam  pipes. 

Steam  En'gine.  The  first  steam  engine,  — 
the  ^olipile  of  Hero,  150  B.  c.,  —  is  described  in 
"Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2334,  and  the  subsequent  attempts 
to  utilize  this  powerful  agent. 

The  Westinghouse  engine  (see  Fig.  2346)  has  the  cylinders 
cast  in  one  piece  with  the  valve  chamber,  and  bolted  to  the 
top  of  the  bed-case.  The  cylinder  heads  cover  the  upper 
ends  of  the  cylinders  only,  the  lower  ends  being  uncovered 
and  opening  directly  into  the  chamber  of  the  bed  or  crank- 
case.  The  pistons  are  of  the  trunk  form,  double  walled  at 


" Engineering,"  xxi.  508. 
"Engineer,"  xlvi.  19. 
"Engineering,"  xxx.  77. 

'Engineering,"  xxii.  76. 


STEAM   ENGINE. 


858 


STEAM   ENGINE. 


uncovered  by  the  piston  just  before  the  completion  of  the  !  the  folio  wing  figures  :  — 


Year. 

No.  of  Locomotives. 

No.  of  Station- 
ary Engines. 

Horse  Power. 

Ocean  Steam- 
ers. 

Tonnage. 

United  States  .... 
Great  Britain  .... 

1873 
1872 
1871 
1873 
1873 
1869 
1869 
1872 
1872 
1872 
1870 
1868 
1870 
1872 
1865 
1871 

14,223 
10,933 
5,927 
2,684 
2,369 
506 
4,933 
1,323 
1,172 
331 
371 
225 
212 
185 
39 
34 

40,191 
40,000 

27,141 

1,215,711 
936.405 

325,507 

3.061 
403 
225 

2,624,431 

483,040 
171,039 

Austria  .... 

East  Indies     .... 
Italy       .     .          ... 

Holland      

Switzerland     .... 
Egypt     

Sweden  

Total    

45,467  =  10,000,000 
h.p. 

Report  of  Chas.  E.   Emery,  "  Centennial   Exhibition   Re- 
ports,"1 vol.  vi.,  Group  XX.,  p.  97,  et  seg.,  includes  — 

Corliss,  beam *  p.    97 

Wheelock,  horizontal    .     .     . *  p.  101 

"  Buckeye, "  horizontal *  p.  104 

Launch,  vertical *  p.  107 

Dudgeon,  rotary *  p.  108 

Thompson,  indicator *  p.  112 

Edson,  recording  gage *  p.  113 


Steam  engine,  Tyson      .  * 

Corliss * 

"  Corliss  "....* 

De  Cans 

Ericsson's  contribu.  to 
Harris-  Corliss    ...  * 
Head  "  Prime  mover  "  * 
"  Little  Giant,"  Snyder  * 
Maxim  .    .  * 


'Am.  Man.,''  Aug.  1, 1879,  p.  8. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv  351. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  561. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  208. 
' Scientific  American  Sup.,"  105. 
1  Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  95. 
'Engineer,"  xli.  210,  212. 
'Iron  Age.,"1  xx.,  Oct.  4,  p.  1. 
'Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  287. 

Fig.  2346. 


And 


Newcomen     ...        *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  403,  412,  430. 

Smeaton-Newcomen. 

Newcomen,  1712    (old 

print) *  "Engineer,"1  xlviii.  400. 

Niles *  "Min.  Sf  Sc.  Press,''  xxxviii.  65. 

Snyder *  "Min.  fy  Sc.  Press,"  xxxv.  321. 

Symington    .     .          .  *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  64. 
Symington  (1788)  .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  1. 
Trevethick  (1811)    .     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlvii.  448. 

Steam  Engine.     See  BELLOWS'  STEAM  ENGINE. 
Steam  engines,  Centen- 
nial stationary  .     .    .      "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Oct.  12,  p.  3. 
Ervien.  Snyder. 

Lovegrove.  Wells. 

Steam  engine,  compound  *  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  438. 
Experimental. 

Liege  School  of  Music  *  "Engineering,"'  xxx.  517. 
Frame,  Finney  ...  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  89. 
Headless  cyl.,  Smith    *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  198. 
Hist,  of  the  water  ele- 
vators,    \Vorcester, 

Savery,  Pulsometer      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1821. 
Indicator,  Prof.  Sweet  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  20,  p.  1. 
Horizontal,    Putnam 

Machine  Co.  .     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  351. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  772. 

*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  463. 

*  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  370. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  117. 


Portable,  Armitage 
Marine,  Cramp 
Horizontal,  Niles    . 
Indicator,  Sweet    . 

street     vacuum 

imp,  Gleason      .     *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,'  '488. 

11,  Tyson    ...     *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  279. 

:e-cyl.,  Brotherhood*  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,  ''538. 

eless 


Th 
Valv 
Vertical,  Niles 


ultural  steam  en- 
BS,  notes  on  early  . 
eaton,  1765  .  . 
vethick,  1811  .  . 
.  1844  .  .  .  . 
some,  1841 


Wtetinghoust  Steam  Engine. 


"Engineering,"  xxvii.  543. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  548. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  548. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  548. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  549. 
Turford,  1842. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  549. 
Cambridge,  1847. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  549. 
Willis,  1849      *  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  558. 
Clayton  if  Shuttleivorth,  1853". 

"Engineering,"  xxvii.  560,  572. 
Steam  engines,  early,  in  America. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxii.  383. 

Turnbull's  "A  Treatise  on  the  Compound  Engine." 
Bourne's  "  Catechism  of  the  Steam  Engine." 
Bourne's  "Handbook  on  the  Steam  Engine." 
Bourne's  "Treatise  on  the  Steam  Engine." 
Rankine's  "  The  Steam  Engine." 

King's  "Notes  on  Steam." 
Auchincloss'  "Link  and  Valre  Motions." 
Bacon's  "Steam  Engine  Indicator." 
Is/ienrood's  "  I'.iixiiirfrini:  Precedents." 
Mac  Cone,  "Slide  Valve  Eccentrics." 


STEAM   ENGINE. 


859 


STEAM   GAGE. 


f^tiihniin's  ''Stuun  Engine  Inilicator.r 

Oil  engine.                                      Steam  engine. 

Porter's  "Strain  Engine  Indicator." 

Oiler.                                              Steam  engine  governor. 

See   Burgh's  "Practical   Illustration  of  Land  and  Marine 

Oleojector.                                       Steamer. 

Eir^i  'ins." 

Oscillating  cylinder  engine.        Steam  fire  engine. 

/.V;-:,'/!  's  "  Practical  Rules  for  the  Perfecting  of  Modern  En- 

Oscillating  paddle  engine.          Steam  gap'. 

gims  mill  Boilers.'-' 

Oscillating  steam  engine.            Steam  greaser. 

linrgh's  "Slide  Valve." 

Over-pressure  valve.                     Steam  hammer. 

IJuryh's  "  Modern  Marine  Engineering.'''' 

Packing.                                           Steam  indicator. 

Muni  and  Brotvti's  "Marine  Stfam  Engines'1 

Packing  expander.                        Steam  machinery. 

('alburn's  "  The  Locomotive  Engine.'' 

Packing  gland.                               Steam  motor.  " 

Tniiji/f  ton's  "  The  Practical  Examinutor  on  Steamandthe      Packing  leather.                            Steam  packing. 

Steam  Engine."                                                                                      Petroleum  engine.                         Steam-pipe  covering. 

Forney's  "Catechism  of  the  Locomotive.'1'                                      Pile  driving  engine.                       Steam  piston. 

Mo/let's  "  Compound  Engines,"  from  the  French.                     Piston  packing.                            Steam  power. 

Piston  packing  expander.           Steam  pressure  recorder  and 
Steam,  Gas,  and  Air  Ell'gmes.      bee    under      piston-rod  packing.                           high  pressure  alarm. 

the  following  heads  :  —                                                                   Piston  spring.                                 Steam  pressure  regulator. 

i  Piston  valve.                                   Steam  stamc. 

Aero  steam  engine.                       Easing  valve. 

Plowing  engine.                             Steam  stoker. 

Agricultural  engine.                     Eccentric  valve. 

Portable  steam  engine.                 Steam  trap. 

Air  bridge.                                       Economizer. 

Relief  valve.                                   Steam  valve. 

Air  cock.                                          Egg-end  steam  boiler.- 

Reversible  steam  boiler.             Steam  wheel. 

Air  engine.                                      Electro-capillary  motor. 

Kever.-ing  and  expansion  gear.    Stoker. 

Air  motor  for  cars.                      Engine  regulator. 

Reversing  engine.                          Stoker,  mechanical 

Alarm  whistle.                               Equilibrium  cock. 
Ammoniacal  gas  engine.             Equilibrium  valve. 

Reversing  gear.                              Straw-burning  engine 
Revolving  boiler  steam  engine.   Suet  lubricator. 

Ammonia  engine.                          Exhaust  chamber. 

Road  locomotive.                         Surface  condenser. 

Angular  safety  valve.                  Exhaust  nozzle. 

Road  roller.                                   Tallow  cock. 

Annular  piston  engine.               Expansion  steam  engine. 

Road  steamer.                                 Tallow  cup. 

Anti-clinker  grate.                      Expansion  valve. 

Rotary  steam  engine.                   Tallow  lubricator. 

Anti-incrustator.                            Expansion  valve  gear. 

Rotary  tubular  boiler.                  Tank  engine. 

Arch  bar.                                         Farm  locomotive. 
Atmospheric  engine.                     Feed  pump  regulator. 

Rubber  packing  ring.                  Three  cylinder  steam  engine. 
Safety  cock.                                  Tire. 

Atmospherie-giis  engine.              Feed-water  apparatus. 
Automatic  cut-off  engine.            Feed-water  cleaner. 

Safety  cylinder  cock.                    Traction  engine. 
Safety  disk.                                   Tramway  engine. 

Automatic  steam  engine.             Feed-water  heater. 
Hack  cylinder  head.                      Feed-water  regulator. 

Safety  valve.                                   Trip  cut-off. 
Screw  engine.                               Triple  cylinder  steam  engine. 

liaffle  plate.                                     Ferrule. 

Screw-propeller  engine.              Triple     cylinder     compound 

Kalancc  engine.                              Fire  engine. 

Sectional  steam  boiler.                   steam  engine. 

Bar.                                                   Fire  regulator. 

Sectional  ring  boiler.                    Trunk  engine. 

Beam  engine.                                  Flue. 

Semi  -fixed.                                      Tube  cleaner. 

Bellows  steam  engine.                  Flue  boiler. 

Semi-multiflue  boiler.                  Tube  scraper. 

Boiler.                                           Front  cylinder  head. 

Semi-multitubular  boiler.          Tubulous  boiler. 

Boiler  covering.                             Fuel  economizer. 
Boiler  feeder.                                 Fuel  feeding  apparatus. 
Boiler  feed  regulator.                   Furnace  feeder. 
Boiler  ferrule.                                Furnace  regulator. 
Boiler  fittings.                                Fusible  plug. 

Semi-rotary  engine.                     Twin-cylinder  steam  engine. 
Semi-tubular  boiler.                    Two-piston  steam  engine. 
Siphon  condenser.                       Underground  running  engine. 
Six-cylinder  steam  engine.         Unit  area  safety  valve. 
Slide  cut-off.                                 Up-take. 

Boiler  II  ue.                                      Gas  and  steam  motor. 

Slide-lubricator.                            Valve  gear. 

Boiler  lining.                                  Gas  boiler. 

Slide  valve.                                   Valveless  engine. 

Boiler  tube.                                     Gas  engine. 

Slide-valve  oiler.                          Variable  cut-  off  steam  engine. 

Holler-tube  cleaner.                      Gas  machine. 
Boiler  washing  apparatus.          Gas,  steam,  and  air  engine. 

Smoke-burning  furnace.             Variable  exhaust  steam  en- 
Smoke  consumer.                            gine. 

Box  engine.                                     Globe  oil-cup. 
Calking.                                           Globe  safety-valve. 
Caloric  engine.                               (iovernor. 

Smoke  preventive.                       Variable  expansion  gear. 
Solar  boiler.                                  Variable  expansion  steam  en- 

Circular  slide  valve.                      Governor  valve. 
Circulating  boiler.                         Greaser. 
Circulating  drum.                          Hanging  leg  boiler. 
Circulating  generator.                  Hanging  tube  boiler. 
Circulating  steam  boiler.             Horizontal  steam  engine. 

Solar-caloric  engine.                        gine. 
Spiral  tube  boiler.                        Velometer. 
Speed  recorder.                             Vertical  steam  boiler. 
Spray  condenser.                          Vertical  multiflue  boiler. 
Sput.                                              Vertical  steam  engine. 
Steam  boiler.                                Vertical  tubular  boiler. 

Circulating  tube.                            Hot  air  engine. 
Mist-burning  grate.              Hot  air  pumping  engine. 
Coal  dust  funia.'e.                             H-piece. 
Coil  steam  boiler.                             Hydraulic  engine. 
(  ompound  beam  engine.             Hydro-carbon  engine. 
Compound  steam  boiler.                Ilydromotor. 

Steam  boiler  covering.                Wagon. 
Steam  boiler  feeder.                    Wall  steam  engine. 
Steam  boiler  furnace.                  Water  engine. 
Steam  carriage.                             Water  gage. 
Steam    En'gine    In'di-ca'tor.      An   instru- 

Compound steam  engine.             Inspirator. 

ment  for  recording  the  pressure  of  steam  at  any 

Compressed  air  engine.                Inverted  steam  engine. 
Compressed  hot-air  engine.        Lancashire  boiler. 
Compression  engine.                     Launch  e.igine. 

point  of  the  motion  of  the  piston. 
Steam  Flour  Core.     This  term  is  applied  to 

Condenser.                                       Launch  steam  engine. 

drv-sand  cores  in  which  the  flour  has  been  steamed 

Condensing  apparatus.                 Lever  and  cam  valve. 

before  it  is  mixed  with  the  sand.     What  is  meant 

Condensing-  engina.                      Lime  catcher. 
Controlling  valve.                          Lime  extractor. 
Corliss  engine.                               Lock-up  safety  valve. 

by  steamed  flour  is  flour  that  has  been  mixed  with 
water  into  paste  and  boiled  with  a   jet  of  steam 

Cornish  boiler.                               Low  water  alarm. 

turned  into  it  from  the  boiler. 

Coupled  steam  engine.                 Low  water  detector. 
Crank-pin  cup.                             Low  water  valve. 
Cross  head.                                     Lubricator. 
Cross-tube  boiler.                          Lubricator  alarm  signal. 

Steam  Gage.     An  attachment  to  the  boiler  to 
indicate  the  pressure  of  steam.     See  "Mech.  Diet.," 
p.  2344.     The  apparatus  shown  in  Figs.  2347  and 

Cut-off.                                       .  Lubricator  cup. 

Cylinder  cock.                                Marine  boiler. 

2348  represents  Edson's  recording  steam  gage  and 

Cylinder  lubricator.                      Marine  engine. 

speed  recorder. 

Damper.                                           Marine  tubular  boiler. 

The  mechanism  of  the  Instrument  is  first,  a  train  of  clock- 

Damper regulator.                         Marine  whistle. 

work  which  controls  the  motion  of  a  cylinder  covered  with 

Demi-fm'-.                                        Mechanical  stoker. 

a  strip  of  paper,  a  pencil-arm  with  a  pencil  bearing  on  the 

Diminishing  valve.                        Mercurial  safety  valve. 

paper,  and  a  steel  diaphragm  of  peculiar  construction  by 

Direct  acting  steam  engine.        Metallic  packing. 

which,  through  the  details   shown,  the   pencil  is  worked. 

Disk  engine.                                    Mining  engine. 

This  is  in  brief  the  construction  of  the  steam  gage.      The 

Double-lip  safety  valve.              Multicylinder  engine. 

speed-recording  apparatus  is  similar,  except  that  it  has  a  gov- 

Double piston  engine.                  Multiflue  steam  boiler. 

ernor  driven  by  a  belt  from  any  principal  part,  and  shows  the 

Double  safety-valve.                   Multitubular  boiler. 

fluctuations  from  a  regular  velocity  on  the  same  chart  as  the 

Draft  regulator.                           Needle  lubricator. 

steam   iraire.      This  through   the  pencil  attached  to  what    is 

Drop  cut-off.                                   Offset  glass. 

in  ordinary  governors  the  thrust  collar  communicating  with 

Dumping  grate.                              Oil  cup. 

the  throttle-valve.     So  soon  as  the  engine  or  train,  if  the  ma- 

STEAM   GAGE. 


860 


STEAM   HAMMER. 


Fig.  2347. 


Combined  Speed  and  Pressure  Recording  Gage  and  Alarm. 

chine  is  attached  to  a  locomotive,  is  started,  the  governor  is 
put  in  motion  and  the  pencil  connected  with  the  paper  cylin- 
der. If  the  speed  is  uniform  the  line  drawn  on  the  cylinder 
is  straight  or  nearly  s5,  but  any  diminution  in  speed,  any 
stoppage  from  any  cause,  is  detected  at  once  by  the  nature  of 
the  diagram.  If  the  speed  is  slower  than  schedule  time,  the 
instrument  shows  it  by  fluctuations,  or  speed-curves  in  the 
horizontal  line.  As  will  be  readily  seen,  any  stoppage  out- 
right is  shown  by  the  instrument  in  the  form  of  a  loop.  This, 
of  course,  from  the  reason  that  when  the  train  stops  the  in- 
strument stops,  but  the  paper  cylinder  goes  on  tracing  a  hori- 
zontal line,  the  length  of  the  base  of  which,  or  the  area  of 
the  loop,  indicates  the  time  lost  by  stopping.  The  place 
stopped  at  is  also  shown,  for  as  all  stations  can  be  marked 
on  the  paper  on  the  cylinder,  any  loop  occurring  between  sta- 
„„.„  tions  shows  a  stop  at 

Jng.  .M40.  once.     This   record,  in 

connection  with  the 
steam  card  from  the 
gage,  forms  a  very  com- 
plete diary  of  the  work- 
ing of  the  train  it  may 
be  applied  to,  and  is 
entirely  removed  from 
external  interference 
or  being  tampered  with 
by  interested  parties  by 
surrounding  it  with  a 
glass  dome,  fitted  with  a 
lock. 

Similarly  in  regard  to 
the  gage  recording  the 
s  t  c  ;i  m  pressure  —  its 
construction  and  opera- 
tion are  as  follows  :  the 
readings  are  obtained 
from  the  dial  by  an  in- 
dex  a  ad  pointer  as 
usual,  operated  by  a 
corrugated  steel  dia- 
phragm of  peculiar  con- 
struction in  some  re- 
spects. Instead  of  a 
small  disk,  such  as  is 
commonly  used  for  this 
purpose,  Mr.  Edson  em- 
Recor/iiiig  Hi  earn  Gage.  ploys  a  very  large  one. 


The  object  of  this  is  to  equalize  the  action  of  the  diaphragm 
and  render  it  more  sensitive  and  even.  With  the  construction 
of  diaphragm,  as  shown  by  the  dotted  lines  in  the  engraving, 
the  elasticity  is  greatly  increased,  anil  the  dial  indications,  as 
well  as  the  records  of  pressure,  are  peculiar  to  each  intrument. 

Besides  these  features  there  is  an  electric  bell  at  the  back 
of  the  instrument  which  by  a  simple  and  obvious  arrange- 
ment opens  and  closes  the  circuit  at  any  desired  pressure, 
giving  instantaneous  warning  of  high  or  low  pressures  as  re- 
quired. 

Ashcroft's  "bourdon  "  steam  gage,  Kig.  2349,  is  provided 
with  an  elastic  ring  that  prevents  moisture  caused  by  steam 
from  gage-cocks  entering  the  interior  of  the  gage  and  cor- 
roding the  movement. 


Fig.  2349. 


Fig.  2350. 


Steam  Gage. 


Steam  Gage  Tester. 


Steam  Gage  Test'er.  An  instrument  to  test 
the  accuracy  of  the  steam  gage.  See  Fig.  2350. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  a  brass  base,  provided  with  a 
pipe,  A,  to  be  connected  with  a  pump.  At  B  is  a  hardened 
steel  valve  and  seat,  the  latter  having  knife  edges  for  the 
valve  to  rest  upon,  and  being  made  exactly  one  square  inch 
in  area.  The  valve  is  guided  by  a  guide-stem  in  the  seat. 
The  water-pipe  A  opens  directly  under  the  valve,  as  shown 
by  the  dotted  lines.  The  valve,  when  in  place,  makes  a  tight 
joint  with  the  knife  edges,  and  the  pressure  beneath  is  con- 
fined until  it  exactly  balances  the  combined  weight  of  the 
valve  yoke  C  (which  rests  by  a  pointed  projection  on  the 
valve),  and  any  extra  weight  whicli  7iiay  !><•  suspended  from 
the  lower  hook  of  the  yoke.  With  this  the  accuracy  of  a 
gage,  at  any  specified  point  of  its  registry,  can  be  ascer- 
tained. 

Steam  Greas'er.  An  impermeator  to  deliver 
the  lubricant  into  the  current  of  the  steam,  which 
it  impermeates,  being  carried  into  the  interior  parts 
of  the  engine  in  minute  globules. 

Steam  Ham'mer.  One  operated  by  steam  ; 
technically  one  in  which  the  hammer  reciprocates 
in  guides,  the  shaft  being  usually  in  line  with  the 
engine  piston,  —  the  piston-rod,  in  fact,  forming 
the  hammer  rod. 

The  steam  hammer  is  usually  vertical. 

Plate  XLVI.  shows  the  immense  80-ton  steam  hammer  of 
Schneider  &  Co.,  Creusot,  France.  This  hammer  was  finished 
in  1877  and  represented  by  wooden  model  of  the  exact  pro- 
portions at  the  Paris  Exposition  of  1878.  This  hammer  is 
the  largest  in  the  world,  and  is  said  to  po.-.-css  more  than 
three  times  the  power  of  the  50-ton  Krupp  hammer  at  Essen. 
A  100-ton  forging  may  be  readily  turned  upon  its  anvil  by 
means  of  four  powerful  cranes. 

The  cost  was  $500,000,  including  its  accessories  and  the 
building  in  which  it  works. 

Machinery  is  now  required  to  deal  with  immense  masses. 
Witness  the  100-ton  Italian  cannon  forthe  "  Duilio  '•  and  sis- 
ter ship  :  the  Siemens-Martin  steel  ingot  of  120  metric  tons, 
cast  at  Creusot ;  a  rolled  armor  plate  13'  10"  X  8'  5",  2'  1" 
thick,  weighing  65  metric  tons,  and  exhibited  at  Paris,  18.8. 
One  plate  train  of  the  Terre  Noire  works  will  roll  an  armor 
plate  36.08'  long,  8.2'  wide,  and  3.9'  thick. 

The  hammer  made  by  Ramsbottom,  of  England,  is  an  in- 
novation upon  the  usual  method. 

Instead  of  a  vertical  hammer,  it  consists  of  two  immense 
masses  of  iron  forming  the  hammers,  which  are  mounted  01 
carriages  sustained  by  small,  strong,  friction-wheels,  and 
move  toward  or  separate  from  each  other  by  moving  horizon- 
tally on  rails.  Between  them  is  the  anvil,  which  merely  takes 
the  weight  of  the  piece  to  be  worked,  while  it  is  struck  simul- 


PLATE  XLVI.        EIGHTY-TON  STEAM  HAMMER.    (SCHNEIDER  &  Co.,  CEEUSOT,  FRANCE.)        See  page  860. 


STEAM   HEATER. 


861 


STEAM  PLOW. 


taneously  by  the  two  hammers  which  approach  it  from  either 
side.  The  hammers  are  driven  by  large  steam  pistons,  which 
are,  in  this  case,  set  below  the  floor  and  under  the  anvil.  This 
hammer  requires  no  such  foundation  as  is  needed  by  the 
usual  form  of  .-team  hammer,  and  it  possesses  the  apparent!}7 
generally  unrecognized,  but  nevertheless  important,  advan- 
tage, that  none  of  the  energy  of  the  blow  is  misapplied  to  the 
shaking  of  the  earth  and  the  injury  of  the  buildings  ;  it  is  all 
usefully  applied  to  the  shaping  of  the  work.  For  many  kinds 
of  work  this  hammer  has  such  decided  advantages  over  the 
standard  forms  that  it  seems  surprising  that  it  has  not  be- 
come more  widely  known  and  more  generally  introduced. 
Three  of  these  hammers  are  in  use  at  Crewe,  England. 

Steam  Heat'er.  Warner's  heater,  Fig.  2351, 
is  a  low  pressure  steam-heating  apparatus,  with  the 
hydrostatic  or  open  column  connected  with  the 
boiler  at  the  bottom,  standing  at  its  side  to  such  a 
height  as  to  allow  a  pressure  of  only  two  pounds  of 
steam  to  be  generated. 


Steam  Heater. 

In  Campbell  &  Pryor's  method  of  steam  heating  for  dwell- 
ings, the  steam  boiler  and  radiators  are  inclosed  in  a  heat- 
ing room  in  the  cellar,  doing  away  with  pipes  and  radiators 
in  the  living  rooms,  the  heat  ascending  through  ordinary 
registers,  while  the  cold  air  is  drawn  off  the  floors  down 
flues  leading  to  the  bottom  of  the  heating-room.  Fig.  2352 
shows  the  heating  room,  hot  and  cold  air  registers,  and  a 
hot-water  battery,  used  without  the  steam  boiler.  The  ar- 

Fig.  2352. 


Steam  Healer. 


rows  at  A  show  the  direction  of  the  current  of  warm  air  ;  B 
B,  currents  of  cold  air  passing  off  the  floor,  down  flues  D  to 
near  the  bottom  of  the  heating  room.  The  water  battery,  C, 
is  a  series  of  connected  pipes  holding  50  to  100  gallons  of 
water,  having  a  gas-pipe  attached  and  passed  around  the 
heating  bowl  of  the  stove.  When  the  fire  is  the  warmest 
this  water  becomes  heated  to  nearly  boiling,  giving  out  its 
heat  again  at  any  time  the  fire  should  slacken.  By  uncover- 
ing these  water  pipes  the  air  may  be  moistened  to  any  de- 
gree desired.  A  small  pipe  leads  from  the  bottom  of  the 
heating  room  into  the  smoke  flue  to  carry  off  the  foul  air 
that  may  accumulate.  The  furnace  is  fed  from  outside  of 
the  heating  room. 

This  method  is  the  invention  of  A.  K.  Campbell,  Newton, 
Iowa,  who  claims  that  by  establishing  -a  current  of  air 
through  the  house  and  heating  chamber  he  equalizes  the  tem- 
perature of  the  living  rooms  so  that  the  difference  between 
the  floor  and  ceiling  of  a  room  is  only  6°  tolO°,  while  with  the 
ordinary  method  the  thermometer  will  show  a  difference  of 
from  30°  to  50°  between  the  temperature  of  the  floor  and  ceil- 
ing. He  does  not  warm  the  large  current  of  outside  air  usu- 
ally necessary  to  force  the  hot  air  up  into  a  room  already  full 
of  air.  Fresh  air  in  plenty,  he  claims,  is  supplied  any  house 
through  the  crevices  of  the  doors  and  windows  ;  but  he  uses 
a  small  side  pipe,  if  requested. 

Steam  Heat'er  for  Steam  Fire  Eii'gines. 
A  device  for  attachment  to  steam  fire  engines  for 
heating  the  feed-water  before  its  passage  into  the 
boiler. 

Steam  Me-tal'lic  Fis'ton.  A  tight  elastic 
piston  with  equal  expansion,  and  a  revolving  ten- 
dency in  the  packing  rings. 

Steam  Mo'tor.  A  small  engine  for  household 
use,  attachable  by  bracket  to  the  wall,  for  running 
sewing  and  knitting  machines,  fans,  churns,  etc. 

Steam  motor,  small    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,'''  xliii.  390. 

Davis *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  278. 

Mayhew *  "Scientific  American,''  xliii.  66. 

Tyran *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  163. 

Steam  Nav'vy.     A  steam  excavator. 

Steam  Pack'ing.  Asbestos  steam  packing, 
intended  to  contend  with  high  temperature,  mois- 
ture, and  friction. 

Steam  Pipe  Cov-er'iiig.  The  peculiarity  of 
the  Chalmers  steam  pipe  covering  consists  in  leav- 
ing an  air  space,  or  dead-air  chamber,  of  1"  or  more, 
between  the  covering  and  surface  covered.  This 
is  obtained  by  taking  heavy  wire  cloth,  to  which 
is  fastened,  every  four  or  six  inches,  a  stud  one 
inch  or  more  in  length.  The  wire  cloth  is  then 
placed  over  the  surface  to  be  covered,  the  studs 
keeping  it  off  the  necessary  distance.  A  non-con- 
ducting composition  is  then  applied  from  one  half 
to  one  inch  in  thickness,  which  partly  penetrates 
the  meshes  of  the  wire  cloth  and  keys  itself.  The 
second  coat  gives  a  smooth  finish. 

Leroy's  composition :  Mix  thor- 
oughly 448  parts  of  a  paste  of  clay, 
80  parts  of  paper  pulp,  10  parts  zinc 
wool,  10  parts  of  hemp,  8  parts  of 
cocoa-nut  fiber,  55  parts  of  charcoal 
powder,  23  parts  of  sawdust,  8  parts 
of  flour,  and  22  parts  of  tar.  Heat 
the  mixture  until  it  is  uniformly 
pasty. 

See  also  STEAM  PIPE  COVERING, 
"Mech.  Diet.'- 

Steam  Plow. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  Class  76  at 
the  Paris  Exposition  contains  views 
and  descriptions  of  the  following  en- 
gines, apparatus,  and  modes  ot  in- 
stallation. See  "Paris  Exposition 
(1878)  Reports,-'  vol.  vi.  pp.  53-89. 

Double-engine  steam-plowing 
tackle,  Fowler,  England. 

Steam-plowing  engine,  Fowler, 
England. 

Kope-porter,  Fowler,  England. 

Locomotive  for  the  double-engine 
system,  Aveling  if  Porter,  England. 

Farmer's  engine  for  all  purposes, 
Howard,  England. 


STEAM   PLOW. 


862 


STEAM   STAMP. 


Single-engine  and  headland-anchor  plan  of  installation, 
Howard,  England. 

Engine  with  two  winding  drums,  Fowler,  England. 

Movable  headland  anchor,  Fowler,  England. 

Agricultural  locomotive,  Are.tiiuc  <-V  Porter,  England. 

Roundabout  plan  of  installation.  Fowler,  Kii.nl. .nil. 

Windlass  for  the  roundabout  s  .-rein.  l'mr:,i\  lingland. 

Anchor  for  the  roundabout  system.  Fowler,  lOn^iand. 

Portable  engine  and  rear  windlass  for  the  roundabout  sys- 
tem, Howard,  England. 

Koundabout  system,  with  detached  windlass,  Biirford  if 
Perkins,  England. 

Roundabout  system,  engine,  and  windlass  combined,  Bar- 
ford  if  Perkins.  England. 

Self-acting  and  self- moving  anchor,  Barfonl  §  Perkins, 
KnglazuL 

Howard's  roundabout  tackle,  Bodin.  France. 

Engine  and  windlass  for  roundabout  system,  Dtbains,  Fr. 

Installation  of  the  roundabout  system,  Debains,  France. 

Six-furrow  balance-plow,  Fowler,  England. 

Three-furrow  balance-plow,  Bar  ford  if  Perkins,  England. 

Plow  and  subsoiler,  Howard,  England. 

Steam  grubber,  Fowler,  England. 

Double-action  steam  cultivator,  Howard,  England. 

Turning  cultivator,  Fowler,  England. 

Turning  harrow,  Fowler,  England. 

Steam  harrow,  Fowler,  England. 

Combined  harrow  and  seeder,  Fowler,  England. 

Steam  roller,  Fowler,  England. 

Disking  machine,  Fowler,  England. 

Draining  plow,  Fowler,  England. 

Reclamation  plow,  Fowler,  England. 

Steam  Plow  Anchor. 

Fig.  2353  shows  Fowler's  headland  anchor,  or  rope  carrier, 
which  is  moved  along  the  headland  by  the  motion  of  the 
pulley  that  is  turned  by  the  rope  ;  the  sheave  is  connected 
by  a  gear  to  a  drum,  which  winds  up  a  rope  stretched  along 
the  headland  and  keeps  the  anchor  opposite  its  work. 

Fig.  2363. 


Steam  Plow  Anchor. 

Steam  Fres'sure  Re-cord'er  and  High 
Pres'sure  A'larm.  See  under  STEAM  GAGE, 
p.  859,  supra. 

Steam'-proof  Ce-meiit'.  "  Dinner's  Polytech- 
nic Journal"  gives  a  description  of  the  manuufac- 
ture  of  a  new  steam-proof  cement,  discovered  by 
Mr.  A.  C.  Fox,  which  it  is  claimed  is  not  affected 
by  hot  or  cold  water,  nor  by  acids  or  alkalies. 
First,  a  chromium  preparation  is  made  in  the  fol- 
lowing manner  :  2.5  parts,  by  weight,  of  chromic 
acid  are  dissolved  in  a  mixture  of  15  parts  of  wa- 
ter and  15  parts  of  ammonia.  To  this  solution 
about  10  drops  of  sulphuric  acid,  and,  finally,  30 
parts  of  sulphate  of  ammonia  and  4  parts  of  fine 
white  paper,  are  added.  When  about  to  be  used, 
gelatine  dissolved  in  dilute  acetic  acid  is  added. 

Steam  Pump. 

The  large  Blake  mining  pump  has  a  double  plunger, 
16"  in  diameter,  and  steam  cylinder  23"  in  diameter,  with  a 
stroke  of  24".  This  pump  discharges  1,000  gallons  per  min- 
ute when  running  at  the  regular  speed  of  23  strokes  per 
minute.  These  double  plunger  pumps  are  intended  for 
mines  and  for  pumping  gritty  water,  they  being  very  hard 
to  wear  out.  The  small  cylinder  surmounting  the  main 
cylinder  contains  an  ordinary  spring  ring  steam  piston, — 
not  a  valve,  —  which  is  the  motor  for  the  main  valve.  The 
cylinder  heads  of  both  cylinders  through  which  the  piston 
passes  are  cast  in  one  piece,  with  the  connection  between 
them,  as  in  many  other  steam  pumps  At  each  joint  of  the 
valve  gearing  there  is  a  steel  friction  roller  that  can  be  re-, 
newed  when  worn. 


In  II.  R.  Worthington's  duplex  steam  pump,  the  valve 
motion  is  the  prominent  and  important  peculiarity,  as  being 
that  to  which  the  pump  owes  its  exemption  from  noiM'  or 
concussive  action.  Two  steam  pumps  are  placed  side  by 
side,  and  so  combined  as  to  act  reciprocally  upon  the  steam 
valves  of  each  other.  The  one  piston  aces  to  give  steam 
to  the  other,  after  which  it  finishes  its  own  stroke,  and 
waits  for  its  valve  to  be  acted  upon  before  it  can  renew  its 
motion.  This  pause  allows  all  the  water  valves  to  seat  quiet- 
ly, and  removes  everything  like  harshness  of  motion.  As 
one  or  the  other  of  the  steam  valves  must  be  always  open, 
there  can  be  no  center  or  dead  point.  The  pump  is,  there- 
fore, always  ready  to  start  when  steam  is  admitted,  and  is 
managed  by  the  simple  opening  and  shutting  of  a  valve. 

The  "  Knowles  "  steam  pump  is  a  long,  connected  pump. 
In  the  steam  chest  there  arc  only  "two  pieces,"  the  valve 
(which  is  a  flat  slide  valve)  and  the  valve-driving  piston,  each 
being  made  all  in  one  piece,  thus  giving  only  two  moving 
pieces  in  the  steam  chest,  to  produce  the  entire  motion.  The 
steam  valve  of  the  pump,  being  an  ordinary  flat  slide  valve, 
does  not  have  a  rotary  motion,  but  simply  a  horizontal  mo- 
tion, the  same  as  any  slide  valve.  This  style  of  flat  valve 
embodies  the  most  favorable  possible  conditions  for  tight- 
ness, even  after  the  wear  consequent  upon  a  long  use. 
The  slight  rotary  motion  imparted  to  the  valve-driving  pis- 
ton, by  the  rocker  arm,  simply  puts  it  in  a  position  to  be 
driven  horizontally  by  the  steam,  in  which  motion  it  car- 
ries the  slide  valve  with  it,  the  two  being  directly  connected 
together.  It  has  no  springs,  screws,  yokes,  nuts,  follow- 
ers, rings,  plunger-cushion  springs,  movable  seats,  poppet 
valves,  or  studs,  inside  of  the  steam  chest.  The  driving  pis- 
ton is  entirely  independent  of  exhaust  steam  for  cushioning, 
thereby  working  with  the  same  certainty  and  exactness  when 
exhausting  into  vacuum  (working  condensing)  as  when  ex- 
hausting into  atmosphere.  It  will  also  work  equally  well 
in  a  vertical  as  in  a  horizontal  position. 

Steam  Ram'mer.  One  designed  to  supersede- 
hand-work  in  the  paving  of  the  streets  of  large 
cities,  where  extensive  surfaces  of  stone  blocks  and 
cobble-stones  are  constantly  requiring  to  be  laid  or 
repaired,  and  which  can  only  be  im- 
perfectly put  down  by  hand.  The 
apparatus  is  operated  on  the  princi- 
ple of  the  trip-hammer;  it  can  he 
speeded  to  strike  fast  or  slow,  and 
will  deliver  a  blow  of  from  1  Ib.  up  to 
1,500. 
Steam  Reap'er. 

Aveling  §  Porter,  *  Knight's  report  "Paris 
Exposition,"1  vol.  v.,  p.  158. 

Steam  Stamp.    One  for  stamp- 
ing out  articles  from  heavy  sheet  metal. 

Fig.  2354  shows   a  3-cwt.  steam  Fig.  2354 

stamp,  specially  designed  for  forg- 
ing articles  of  which  large  quanti- 
ties are  used,  by  means  of  dies  cut 
to  the  form  of  the  finished  article. 
The  stamp  is  not  self  acting,  but  is 
regulated  either  by  the  foot  or  by 
the  hand.  When  left  to  itself  with 
the  steam  turned  on,  it  rises  to  the 
top  of  its  stroke  and  remains  in 
that  position  until  the  valve  is 
brought  down  by  the  hand  or  foot 
of  the  attendant.  It  then  delivers 
a  single  "dead-blow,"  and  rises 
again,  as  before,  leaving  the  lower 
die  clear  for  the  removal  of  the  fin- 
ished article  and  the  introduction 
of  the  hot  iron  for  a  new  one.  The 
upper  die  is  fixed  rigidly  in  the  tup 
or  hammer-head,  the  lower  one  be- 
ing adjusted  by  strong  poppet- 
screws  until  it  exactly  coincides 
with  it.  The  tup  is  fitted  between 
slide-bars  which  guide  it  down 
upon  the  lower  die,  and,  with  a 
stamp  of  adequate  size,  the  forging 
can  be  finished  at  a  single  blow 
with  a  great  degree  of  accuracy. 
Special  arrangements  are  intro- 
duced for  facilitating  the  adjust- 
ment of  the  dies,  for  removing 
bolts  and  similar  articles  from  the 
dies,  for  preventing  the  piston  — 
from  striking  the  cylinder-cover,  Steam  Stamp. 

and  for  adjusting  the  slides  so  as 
to  compensate  for  the  wear  caused  by  friction. 


STEAM   STAMP. 


863 


STEEL. 


The  5  cwt.  stamp  will  make  a  bolt  1-J"  diameter,  with 
large  square  head  2f"  diameter  and  1"  thick,  and  with  very 
deep  square  neck,  at  a  single  blow. 

The  principal  sizes  of  these  stamps  weigh  from  J  to  10  cwt. 

Steam  Street  Car.  Fig.  2355  shows  the  op- 
erating part  of  the  Baldwin  steam  street  car. 

Two  6"  X  10"  cylinders  are  attached  to  an  inverted  cast- 
iron  bed-plate,  bolted  to  the  car-bottom  near  the  center-line 
and  in  front  of  the  rear  axle.  The  cranks  are  on  the  front 
axle,  which  has  both  inside  and  outside  bearings.  The  jaws 
for  the  inside  bearings  are  cast  on  this  bed-plate.  The  valve- 
•rear  is  the  usual  shifting  link.  The  exhaust  is  carried 


22"  high,  and  is  placed  on  the  front 
platform,  one-half  being  let  into  the 
car-front  ;  is  neatly  cased  so  as  not  to 
be  visible  from  inside.  It  is  covered 
with  1"  of  felt,  i"  of  pine,  and 
of  walnut.  The  car  is  of  the  usual 
pattern,  with  16'  body  ;  has  four  80" 


Steam  Street  Car. 

wheels,  only  one  pair  driven  by  the  engine.     Steam  brakes 
stop  it  in  half  its  length. 

Running  alone,  the  car  takes  8  Ibs.  of  anthracite  per  mile 
run.  Two  additional  cars  have  been  drawn  on  the  Atlantic 
Avenue  line,  and  an  additional  car  is  taken  on  certain  trips 
wlu-ii  the  greatest  number  of  passengers  offer. 

Steam  Trap.  A  trap  to  automatically  drain 
the  water  of  condensation  from  heating  coils,  and 
return  the  same  to  the  boiler,  whether  the  coils 
are  above  or  below  water  level  in  the  boiler,  thus 
doing  away  with  pumps  and  other  mechanical 
devices  for  such  purposes. 

Maxim's  patent  steam  trap,  Fig.  2356.  This  trap  is  fur- 
nished with  the  Maxim  gas  machine,  and  consists  of  an 
outer  shell  in  combination  with  a  metallic  expansion  vessel, 
which  acts  as  a  valve  and  seats  itself  on  the  end  of  the  inlet 
pipe.  This  vessel  is  filled  with  liquids  which  evaporate  be- 
low steam  heat ;  when  heat  is  applied  this  liquid  expands, 
and  closes  or  practically  closes  the  valve.  As  the  steam  con- 
denses in  the  pipe,  rhe  liquid  in  the  expansion  vessel  cools 

Fig.  2356. 


Maxim's  Steam  Trap. 

very  gently,  which  relaxes  the  pressure,  opens  the  valve, 
and  lets  the  water  out ;  steam  follows,  expanding  the  liquid, 
and  the  valve  closes  as  before.  The  water  can  be  let  out  at 
the  desired  temperature,  by  raising  or  lowering  the  expan- 
sion vessel  by  means  of  the  screw  spindle  and  hand  wheel ; 
raising  lets  off  the  water  at  a  lower,  and  lowering  at  a  higher 
temperature. 


Steam  Valve.  A  door-like  cover  or  device  to- 
regulate  the  passage  of  gases  or  fluids  through  a 
port.  See  list,  p.  2688,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Purvis's  steam  valve  is  actuated  directly  by  the  motion  of 
the  engine  piston  without  the  aid  of  valve  gear,  and  without 
the  assistance  of  an  auxiliary  valve.  The  whole  area  and 
length  of  the  cylinder  are  utilized.  The  valve  is  thrown 
through  its  entire  stroke  by  line  steam  upon  its  differential 
areas,  and  cushioned  by  the  same. 


High  pressure  valve. 

Dennis  if  Co.,  Br. 
Steam  valve,  House  , 

launders 

Steam  and  water  valve. 

House,  Br 


*  "Engineering,"1  xxii.lll. 

*  ^'•Scientific  American  Sup.,'''  1569. 

*  "'Scientific  American,'-'1  xxxix.  86. 

*  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  194. 


Steam  Wheel.  In  Thomas'  steam  wheel,  Fig. 
2357,  the  impulsive  power  is  communicated  only 
over  a  segment  of  the  periphery  instead  of  follow- 
ing the  piston  around  the  circle. 

See  ROTARY  STEAM  ENGINE,  supra,  and  "Meek. 
Diet." 

Fig.  2357. 


Steam  Wheel. 

Stear'ic  Ac'id  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  Devices  use* 
in  the  extraction  of  the  tallow  from  the  original 
fats.  The  fats  are  inclosed  in  hair  or  cloth  bags,, 
and  subjected  to  pressure  to  extract  the  fluid  fats,, 
or  the  fats  are  mixed  with  from  20  to  100  per  cent, 
of  water  and  1  or  2  per  cent,  of  lime,  and  kept  at  a. 
heat  of  200°  C.  for  several  hours. 

Steel.  1.  Steel  is  made  direct  from  the  ore  by 
deoxidation  followed  by  carburization. 

2.  It   is  made  from  pig-iron  by  decarburization. 
Oxidizing  agents,  solid  or  aeriform,  are  applied  to- 
il to  eliminate  the  carbon. 

3.  It  is  made  from  wrought  iron  by  carburiza- 
tion. 

Professor  Young  gives  the  following  outline  of 
the  two  latter  :  — 

Pig  iron  converted  into  steel  by  — 

Solid  oxidizing  agents,  iron  ore,  saltpeter,  etc.,  without 
fusion  :  Examples  —  Puddled  steel ;  Riepe  process  ;  Eller- 
hausen  process  ;  Ileaton  steel. 

Solid  oxidizing  agents,  such  as  spathose  iron  ore,  with  fu-- 
sion,  — Uchatius  steel. 

Oxidizing  agency  of  air,  with  fusion,  — Bessemer  steel. 

Oxidizing  and  reducing  gases,  —  Berard  steel. 

Wrought  iron  converted  into  steel  by  — 

Fusion  with  pig  iron,  — Martin  process. 

Fusion  with  charcoal,  —  \Vootz  process. 

Heating  in  charcoal  without  fusion,  —  Cement  steel. 

Heated  in  carbureted  hydrogen,  —  Mackintosh  process. 

As  steel  occupies  nearly  the  middle  place  between  cast  and 
wrought  iron  in  its  proportion  of  carbon,  it  may  be  prepared 
either  by  decarburizing  pig  iron ,  or,  on  the  contrary,  by  caus- 
ing wrought  iron  to  absorb  carbon.  The  processes  to  accom- 
plish these  ends  may  be  arranged  under  five  principal  heads  : 
A,  Fabrication  of  steel  by  decarburization  of  crude  or  pig, 
iron  ;  B,  by  carburization  of  wrought  iron  ;  C,  by  mixing  a 
wrought  iron  poor  in  carbon  with  a  pig  iron  rich  in  same  ; 

D,  by  mixing  pig  iron  with  ore  (the  pig  yields  carbon  which 
reduces  the  ore  and  transforms  the  reduced  iron  into  steel) ; 

E,  directly  by   means  of  ore ;    F,  cast   steel.    Subdividing, 


STEEL. 


864 


STEEL. 


these  systems,  we  have  the  following  methods  under  each 
heading :  — 

A.— METHODS    OF  DECARBURIZIKG   THE   CRUDE   IRON. 

1.  Steel  obtained  by  a  long  heating  of  the  crude  iron  in  an 
oxidizing  atmosphere,  the  metal  not  being  brought  to  fusion. 
(a)  Tunner's  method  in  sand,  where  the  deoxidation  is  pro- 
duced  by   means  of    the  oxygen   in  the  air.     (b)  Jullien's 
method,  in  forge  scales  or  spathic  ore.     This  produces  mal- 
leable iron,     (e )  Herzeeles'  method   in  steam,     (d)  Thomas' 
method  in  carbonic  acid.     The  last  two  processes  hare  not 
been  employed  to  any  great  extent. 

2.  Natural  steel :  In  this  method,  employed  since  the  ear- 
liest times,  the  crude  iron  is  melted  in  a  refining  furnace 
with  wood  charcoal,  and  decarburized  by  the  ferrous  oxide 
of  the  scoria.     The  product  is  purified  by  repeated  refining. 

3.  Puddling :  This  process  is   the  same  as  the  preceding, 
from  a  chemical  point  of  view,  but  is  practiced  in  a  reverber- 
atory  furnace  heated  with  coal.     It.  is  necessary  to  purify 
the  product  by  repeated  refining  or  by  transforming  it  into 
cast  steel. 

The  construction  of  puddling  furnaces  has  undergone 
many  changes.  We  may  distinguish  (a)  the  ordinary  pud- 
dling furnace  with  fixed  hearth  and  heated  by  coal,  (b)  the 
same  heated  by  lignite  or  peat,  (c)  the  puddling  furnaces  of 
Schafhautl  and  others,  with  mechanical  rabbles  designed  to 
diminish  the  labor  so  fatiguing  to  the  workman.  These, 
however,  have  been  entirely  superseded  by  new  systems, 
(rf)  The  Banks  furnace,  the  hearth  of  which  is  formed  of 
a  hollow  cylinder  placed  horizontally,  and  turning  on  its 
axis,  gives  a  product  of  excellent  quality,  and  is  econom- 
ical. The  interior  lining,  however,  is  difficult  to  maintain. 
{e)  The  Ehrenwerth  furnace  has  a  horizontal  circular  hearth 
turning  on  a  vertical  axis,  (f)  The  Pernot  furnace  also 
has  a  circular  sole,  which,  however,  is  not  horizontal,  but 
slightly  inclined,  so  that  during  its  rotation  the  iron  and 
scoriae  run  to  the  lowest  point  and  are  thus  in  a  state  of  con- 
tinual motion  ;  while  the  elevated  parts  of  the  hearth,  to- 
gether with  the  iron  and  scorise  thereto  adherent,  are  sub- 
mitted to  the  oxidizing  action  of  the  air.  This  furnace  re- 
alizes the  advantages  of  mechanical  puddling  without  needing 
any  special  lining. 

4.  The  Bessemer  process  :  A  current  of  air,  finely  divided, 
is  passed  through  the   liquid  crude  iron.     The  carbon,  sili- 
con, and  a  part  of  the  iron  burn,  and  the  temperature  is  so 
highly  elevated  that  the  iron,  decarburized  in  part  or  trans- 
formed  into   steel,  remains   molten.     It   is   then   run  into 
molds. 

5.  Be>ard's  modification  of  the  above :  Air  and  gases  are 
alternately  introduced  into  the  retort  with  different  advan- 
tages. 

6.  Peters'  process  :   The  liquefied  crude  iron  in  a  rever- 
beratory  furnace  falls  in  the  form  of  rain  in  a  vertical  cham- 
ber in  which  the  furnace  gases  also  pass,  and  in  which  air  is 
blown  so  as  to  decarburize  the  metal  to  the  desired  degree. 

B.  —  METHODS    BY    CARBURIZATION   OF   WROUGHT   IRON. 

1.  Indian  or  Wootz  steel :  Wrought  iron  of  extraordinary 
purity,  obtained  by  treating  a  very  pure  ore  in  small  cham- 
ber furnaces  by  the  direct  method,  is  hammered,  made  into 
bars,  cut  into  short  pieces,  and  placed  in  small  crucibles  with 
a  few  green  leaves.     The   crucibles  are  hermetically  sealed 
and  heated  for  a  long  time  at  a  high  temperature.     The  iron 

_  is  transformed  into  steel  by  uniting  with  it  the  carbon  con- 
'  tained  in  the  leaves,  and  the  steel   even   partially   melts. 

These  half  melted  masses  furnish  the  famous  sword  blades 

and  plateg  of  Persia  and  Damascus. 

2.  There  are  several  other  processes  resembling  the  Indian, 
which,  however,  are  not  carried  on  on  a  large  scale.     There 
are  (a)  the  Mushet  process,  in  which  wrought  iron  obtained 
by  the  ordinary  refining  method  is  melted  with  powdered 
wood  charcoal.     (6)  The  Vickers'  process,  analogous  to  the 
preceding,  with  the  addition  of  oxide  of  manganese,     (c) 
The    Stourbridge,   Brooman,  Thomas,  and  Binks  processes, 
based  on  identical  principles. 

3.  English  cemented  steel :  Wrought  iron  of  the  best  pos- 
sible quality  is,  in  the  shape  of  bars,  packed  in  clay  boxes, 
together  with  wood  charcoal  coarsely  pulverized.     The  heat- 
ing continues  for  two  or  three  weeks.    Without  melting,  the 

iron  is  changed  into  steel,  which  by  remelting  is  transformed 
into  cast  steel. 

4.  Parry's  cupola  steel :  Fragments  of  wrought  iron,  melted 
in  the  cupola  with  a  large  consumption  of  coke  or  wood- 
charcoal,  may  be  transformed  into  steel  or  even  into  cast  iron 
according  to  the  length  of  the  operation.     This  system  offers 
an  advantageous  method  of  utilizing  scrap,  and  requires  no 
special  apparatus. 

5.  Chenot's  process  :  In  this  the  ore  is  reduced  by  heating 
it  progressively  with  coal.     A  non-melted  iron  sponge  is  ob- 
tained, which  is  ground  and  separated   as  well  as  possible 
from    the  gangues   by  the  aid  of  a   magnet.     Lastly,  it   is 
mixed  with   carboniferous   substances,   and   melted    under 
pressure.     The  principal  disadvantage  of  this  process  is  the 
difficulty  of  separating  the  gangues  without  losing  the  steel. 


6.  Casehardening  has  for  its  object  the  transformation  of 
the  surfaces  of  wrought  iron  objects  into  steel.  "  ]  t  is  done 
in  two  ways,  (a)  The  pieces  are  placed  in  small  sheet  iron 
boxes  and  surrounded  with  chips  of  wood.  The  boxes  are 
hermetically  closed  and  heated  in  a  forge  fire,  for  15  or  30 
minutes,  to  an  intense  red  heat.  They  are  then  removed 
quickly,  opened,  and  their  contents  thrown  into  cold  water, 
whereby  the  exterior  steel  shell  is  rendered  as  hard  as  glass. 
(b)  The  pieces  are  heated  to  a  whitish  red  and  moistened 
with  ferrocyanide  of  potassium,  which  acts,  by  its  cyanogen, 
on  the  iron,  and  transforms  the  surface  into  steel. 

C. — METHODS    BY    FUSION   OF  A  MIXTURE  OF  CAST   AND  WROUGHT 
IRON. 

The  two  materials  may  be,  both  or  only  one  of  them,  used 
in  a  melted  state. 

1.  Bessemer  steel,  prepared  by  the  ordinary  method.     The 
crude  and  wrought  iron   here  are  both  liquid,  while,  as  we 
have  previously  said,  cast  iron  may  br  directly  transformed 
into  steel.      The   method   most   followed,  and  which   leads 
most  surely  to   the  end  in  view,  consists    in  completely  de- 
carburizing  the  crude  iron    in  the  converter,  and  in  adding 
to  the  melted  metallic  iron  a  rigorously  determined  quantity 
of  liquid  crude  iron.     The  carbon  of  the  latter  affects  the 
previously  decarburized  iron,  and  makes  a  steel  containing  a 
given  proportion  of  carbon. 

2.  Crucible  steel  is  obtained  by  melting  in    crucibles  a 
mixture  of  crude  and  wrought  iron.     The  former  liquefies 
first,  and  slowly  melts  the  latter. 

3.  Martin's  s^e'el  i?  similarly  made,  but  replaces  the  cruci- 
ble with  a  reverberatory  furnace.     The  crude  iron  is  lique- 
fied under  a  thin  layer  of  scoria  on  the  concave  hearth  of  a 
reverberatory  furnace,  heated  to  an  intense  red-white  heat 
by  a  Siemens  regenerator.     Scraps  of  steel  and  wrought  iron 
of  all   kinds   in  desired  quantity  are  added,  and  the  steel  is 
run  into  molds  of  cast  iron. 

D.  —  METHODS    BY    A   MIXTURE   OF   CAST   IRON    AND    ORE. 

Uchatius  steel :  The  cast  iron  is  granulated  by  running  it 
into  water  while  molten,  and  the  grains  are  melted  with 
spathic  ore,  peroxide  of  manganese,  and  wrought  iron  in 
crucibles.  Tne  ferrous  oxide  of  the  spathic  ore  is  reduced 
by  the  carbon  of  the  cast  iron,  and  the  surplus  of  carbon 
unites  with  the  wrought  iron  to  make  steel. 

E.  — METHODS    BY   PREPARATION   DIRECT    FROM    THE   ORE. 

The  Siemens  direct  process  :  The  ore  is  melted  alone,  with- 
out addition  of  reducing  material,  at  a  very  elevated  temper- 
ature ;  then  the  iron  is  reduced  and  transformed  into  wrought 
iron  or  into  steel  by  adding  coal. 

E.  —  CAST   STEEL. 

For  the  purification  of  steel  by  fusion,  cemented,  forged, 
and  puddled  steel  are  employed.  To  improve  the  qualities 
of  the  steel,  and  notably  to  augment  its  hardness,  diverse 
substances  are  added.  Thus  we  have:  1,  silver  steel;  2, 
nickel  steel ;  and  3,  wolfram  or  Mushet  special  steel. 

The  Japanese  method  of  making  steel  is  to  mix  a  certain 
quantity  of  iron  in  pigs  and  iron  in  bars,  cover  the  mixture 
with  borax,  and  melt  the  whole  for  a  week  in  a  small  fire- 
proof crucible.  The  borax  serves  to  dissolve  the  impurities 
in  the  dross.  When  the  metal  is  separated  from  the  dross 
(which  floats  on  the  surface)  and  cooled,  it  is  hammered  hard, 
and  alternately  plunged  into  water  or  oil,  after  which  it  is 
cemented  and  tempered.  The  mode  of  cementing  is  as  fol- 
lows :  The  steel,  on  coming  from  beneath  the  hammer,  is 
covered  with  a  mixture  composed  of  clay,  cinders,  marl,  and 
charcoal-powder.  When  this  plaster  is  dry,  the  whole  is 
subjected  to  a  red  heat,  and  the  steel  is  afterwards  cooled 
very  slowly  in  warm  water  which  is  allowed  to  become  tepid. 
Steel  thus  obtained  is  not  very  supple,  but  extremely  hard, 
because  it  is  not  properly  tempered  or  completely  freed  from 
its  impurities.  It  would  not  do  for  making  watch-springs, 
but  is  used  by  the  Japanese  for  swords  and  sabres  which 
are  tempered  as  many  as  eleven  times,  and  knives  which 
are  tempered  four  times. 

(Metallurgy.}  Greiner's  classification  of  iron 
products :  — 


Carbon,  per  cent. 

Iron  Series  (welded). 

Steel  Series  (melted). 

0.      to  0.15 
0.15  to  0.45 
0.45  to  0.55 

0.55  to  1.50 

Ordinary  iron. 
(iramilar  iron. 
Steely  iron  or  pud- 
dled steel. 
Cemented    iron   or 
steel. 

Extra  soft  steel. 
Soft  steel. 

Semi-  soft  steel. 
Hard  steel. 

STENCIL  PASTE. 


865 


STOCK  STONE. 


Fig.  2358. 


See  SPONGE  PROCESS,  supra. 

See  "Mech.  Diet.,-'  pp.  2363,  2364,  2365,  2366. 

Henderson  Steel      .     .      "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  Feb.  1,  p.  15. 

Sten/cil  Paste.  A  mixture  of  any  ordinary 
pigment  with  chalk  or  carbonate  of  magnesia,  to 
form  a  paste  of  the  required  consistence. 

Sten'cil  Pen.  A  pen  or  needle  reciprocated 
by  electric  or  pneu- 
matic force,  for  mul- 
tiplying tracings,  etc. 
Fig.  2358  shows  a 
simple  form  of  pneu- 
matic pen. 

Sten'o-chrome. 
A  print  showing  the 
colors,  shades,  and 
arrangement  of  a 
mosaic,  made  by 
forming  a  mosaic 
plate  of  colored  sec- 
tions similar  to  the 
one  to  be  copied. 

S  t  e ' n  o  Com- 
press'or,  (Dental.) 
A  spring  pad  for 
closing  the  saliva 
duct,  and  absorbing 
the  saliva  during 
operations. 

Step  Gage.    The  Stencil  Pen_ 

standard  double  cor- 
rective gage,  Fig.  2359,  is  for  testing  and  correct- 
ing fixed  caliper  gages,  and  also  as  a   reference 
to  prove  dimensions  within  its  range. 

Fig.  2359. 


Double  Corrective  Step  Gage,     • 

Step  Head'stock.  In  a  watchmaking  lathe 
the  step  head  stock,  as  its  name  indicates,  has  a 
step  or  conical  bearing  at  the  rear  of  the  spindle 
to  reduce  friction.  This  head  is  for  pivoting,  jewel 
polishing,  and  other  work  requiring  very  high 
speed. 

Step  Pad.  The  foot-rest  or  tread  of  a  carriage 
step. 

Ste-re-om'e-ter.  An  apparatus  for  illustra- 
ting various  mathematical  problems. 

It  has  two  frames,  the  upper  one  being  a  square,  the  sides 
of  which  are  three  feet  long  ;  and  the  longer  one  is  formed  by 
two  such  squares.  Both  frames  are  kept  in  position  by  four 
small  columns,  4'  in  height,  and  standing  on  four  legs,  by 
which  the  whole  is  supported  and  fastened  to  a  common  ta- 
ble. In  these  squares  graduated  cross-bars  (of  any  desired 
number)  are  fastened  by  screw-clamps.  They  move  hori- 
zontally in  two  directions,  parallel  to  the  sides  of  the  square, 
while  similar  bars,  4'  long,  are  perpendicular  to  the  frames 
and  parallel  to  the  columns.  The  cross-bars  and  framework 
are  made  in  two  pieces  of  £"  by  \" ,  leaving  between  them  an 
open  space  of  3-16",  in  which  again  a  simple  screw-clamp 
moves,  holding  a  needle  in  position,  perpendicular  to  the 
bars  and  frame.  These  needles  arc  pieces  of  strong  common 
wire,  flattened  a  little  on  one  end,  with  an  oblong  hole  in 
the  end.  By  this  arrangement  a  mechanical  way  is  found 
to  determine  the  position  of  any  point  in  space  within  the  ap- 
paratus. The  shifting  of  the  cross-bars  (say  north  or  south), 
the  moving  of  the  clamp  in  the  split  of  the  cross-bars  (east 
and  west),  and  the  moving  up  and  down  of  the  needle  in  the 
clamps,  are  true  representations  of  the  equations  of  a  point 
in  space.  The  position  of  an  unlimited  number  of  points  can 
be  determined,  and,  consequently,  any  solid  figure  can  be 
represented  in  contour  lines  by  drawing  wires  —  or,  better 
still,  elastic  silk  cords  —  through  the  corresponding  points. 


Stiffened    Chain    Sus-pen'sion    Bridge. 

The  first  bridge  of  this  kind  was  erected  at  Pitts- 
burg,  Pa,,  in  1876-1877.  The  bridge  is  stiffened 
by  means  of  rigid  cords  which  extend  (above  the 
chains),  at  an  undeviating  angle  from  the  towers 
to  the  center  of  the  middle  span  (800  feet  long), 
where  they  are  connected'  by  a  hinge  to  allow  for 
expansion  and  contraction. 

Stif'fen-iiig  Ma-chine'.  A  trough  and  pair 
of  squeezing  rollers  used  in  putting  the  stiffening 
into  felt  hat  bodies. 

The  stiffening  is  to  enable  the  hat  to  maintain  its  shape. 
a  thicker  stiffening  material  is  used  for  the  brim  than  for 


rs  moss  an  gue  or  e  rouger  artce.  Two  vats  are 
employed  and  contain  the  respective  stiffenings  ;  the  whole 
hat  is  submerged  in  the  thinner  stuff  and  the  superfluous 
matter  is  squeezed  out  of  it  by  passing  it  upward  between 
the  rollers.  The  brim  alone  is  dipped  in  the  other  vat. 

The  troughs  are  heated  by  steam  to  keep  the  stuff  liquid, 
and  the  hats  after  this  process  are  ready  to  be  blocked.  This 
is  the  shaping,  flattening  the  tip,  stretching  out  the  brim. 
etc.  See  HAT-BLOCKING  MACHINE. 

Stile  Bo'rer.  A  machine  for  boring  holes  in 
the  vertical  parts  of  a  window  or  shutter  frame. 

In  Fig.  2360,  the  two  vertical  bits  are  used  for  blinds  only, 
and  will  bore  without  any  previous  marking  or  laying  out, 

Fig.  2360. 


Colburn's  Blind  Stile  Borer. 

8,000  holes  per  hour.  The  stiles,  after  being  jointed,  are 
placed  upon  the  table,  with  a  ratchet  or  pattern  between 
them,  the  lower  ends  of  the  stiles  resting  against  two  blocks, 
which  are  securely  fastened  to  the  end  of  the  pattern,  and 
are  inoved  over  the  bits  by  means  of  a  pawl  working  in  the 
notches  of  the  pattern.  It  spaces  its  own  work  at  any  dis- 
tance apart,  from  I"  to  1|",  and  bores  the  entire  length  of 
the  stile  without  stopping.  The  mortises  are  marked  on  the 
edge  of  the  stile  while  the  machine  is  in  operation,  from 
corresponding  marks  on  the  edge  of  a  thin  strip  which  has 
been  previously  laid  off  and  tacked  to  the  side  of  the  pattern, 
and  which  can  be  replaced  with  any  length  required.  The 
boring  being  done  from  the  under  side  of  the  stile,  the  chips 
Irop  freely  from  the  bits,  and  leave  the  holes  of  a  uniform 
lepth,  so  that  the  pivot  of  the  slat  may  work  on  the  end  in- 
stead of  the  shoulder,  which  renders  them  less  liable  to  bind 
or  stick  fast  on  the  paint. 

Stock  Stone.     (Leather.)     A  flat  rectangular 
scouring-stone,  5"  or  6"  long  and  0.5"  thick,  fixed 


STOKER,  MECHANICAL. 


866 


STONE   CUTTING  MACHINE. 


in  a  stock  or  handle.  It  is  used  for  scouring, 
stretching,  and  removing  inequalities  iu  the  leather. 
Sto'ker,  Me-chan'i-cal.  Henderson's  me- 
chanical stoker  (English)  has  a  fuel  hopper  placed 
over  the  fire-door,  and  from  which  it  is  gradually 
fed  into  the  furnace  by  automatic  gear  driven  by 
the  engine.  See  Fig.  2361. 


Fig.  2861. 


Henderson's  Mechanical  Stoker. 

Stone,   Ar-ti-fi'cial.      Stones  formed   by   a 
process  of  treating  a  combination  of  lime  and  sand. 

Ternikoff  exposes  equal  parts  of  lime  and  sand  to  a  tem- 
perature of  150°  C.  for  several  hours  in  the  presence  of 
steam.  The  material  is  then  pressed  and  exposed  to  the  air. 

Glaser  mills  4  to  6  parts  fine  sand  to  1  of  slaked  lime  and 
exposes  for  three  days  to  a  high  temperature  under  a  pres- 
sure of  more  than  three  atmospheres  ;  it  is  then  pressed. 

Hosmer  subjects  limestone,  cut  to  shape  desired,  in  boiling 
water  to  5°  atmospheric  pressure,  and  then  places  them  in 
an  alum  or  colored  bath,  to  color  as  desired.  See  p.  2392, 
"Mec/i.  Diet.'' 

Hammered  artificial  stone,  "  Iron  Age.'"  xviii.,  September 
7,  p.  3. 

Stone  Clean'er.  For  cleaning  stones  or  clods 
from  wheat  or  other  grain. 

Fig.  2362. 


Stone  Cleaner. 


In  Fig.  2362  the  tray  has  a  rocking  motion  on  its  support- 
ing bars,  the  crank  making  115  turns  per  minute.  The 
grain  placed  in  the  hopper  discharges  at  the  lifted  gate, 
runs  over  the  slanting  board,  and  into  the  bed  of  the  tray. 
It  is  divided  to  each  side,  and,  as  the  tray  is  pushed  laterally 
back  and  forth  by  a  quick  motion,  the  contents  are  sorted 
according  to  gravity.  The  wheat  issues  at  the  rear  ports,  B, 
and  the  stones  at  the  front,  C,  the  lowest  part  of  the  tray. 
The  apparatus  is  adjustable  for  inclination,  the  front  end 
being  kept  the  lowest.  The  stones  being  heavier  than  the 
grains  and  of  angular  shape,  resist  the  backward  blow  of  the 
oblique  faces  of  the  central  block  and  pursue  their  way 
down  the  slope  to  the  front  while  the  grain  passes  out  at 
the  rear.  See  SEPARATORS. 

Stone  Cleav'ing  Ma-chine'. 

Stone  cleaving  for  dividing  granite  is  effected  by  means 
of  a  prismatic  steel  cutter  inserted  with  wedges  in  the  under 
side  of  the  hammer,  and  opposite  a  similar  one  below  on  the 
anvil  bed.  The  granite  block  to  be  cleft  is  pulled  on  rollers 
over  the  lower  cutter  (which  is  slightly  higher  than  the 
rollers),  and  into  the  proper  position.  Then  a  rapid  series  of 
blows  is  given  from  a  short  height,  followed  by  a  strong 
blow  from  a  great  height.  Thus  a  plate  is  cut  vertically 
with  accurately  even  surface.  The  block  is  next  pushed  on 
one  plate-thickness,  and  the  process  is  repeated.  The  plates 
obtained  are  afterward  divided  into  cubical  blocks  by  means 
of  a  steam  hammer,  arranged  quite  like  the  former  except  that 
the  plates,  instead  of  lying  on  rollers,  are  placed  on  small 
tables  resting  ou  spiral  springs.  By  the  weight  of  the  stones 
tlie  springs  are  compressed,  so  that  the  stones  come  to  lie  on 
the  lower  cutter. 

Stone  Cut'ting.  The  modes  of  dressing  stones 
for  masonry  come  under  several  heads.  Unsquared 
stones  or  rubble  are  perhaps  hardly  included  in  the 
definition,  but  may  be  included  for  completeness  of 
statement. 

See  under  the  following  heads :  — 

Bush  hammered.  Pitched-face  stone. 

Crandaled.  Quarry  faced. 

Cut  stone.  Rough  pointed. 

Diamond  paneled.  Rubbed. 

Drafted  stones.  Rubble. 

Fine  pointed.  Squared  stones. 

Peen  hammered.  Tooth-axed. 

All  stones  used  in  building  come  under  one  of  three 
classes,  namely  :  — 

I.  Rough   stones   that  are  used  as  they  come   from   the 
quarry. 

II.  Stones  roughly  squared  and  dressed. 

III.  Stones  accurately  squared  and  finely  dressed. 

In  practice,  the  line  of  separation  between  them  is  not 
very  distinctly  marked,  but  one  class  gradually  merges  into 
the  next. 

Stone  Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  The  Tilghman 
sand  blast  will  execute  in  ten  minutes  what  would 
take  a  skilled  stone-cutter  a  whole  day.  The  pat- 
tern to  be  worked  is  cut  in  and  through  a  flat 
iron  or  wooden  plate  which  is  fastened  on  to  the 
stone.  The  jet-pipe  traverses  the  pattern  and  the 
sand  cuts  away  the  parts  of  the  stone  not  protected 
by  the  plate.  Common  sand,  crushed  agate,  and 
small  granules  of  iron,  are  used  in  cutting  stone. 


Fig.  2363. 


Stone  Cutting  Machine. 


STONE   CUTTING  MACHINE. 


867       STONE-WORKING   EMERY   TOOLS. 


many  members,  some  of  them  deeply  cut,  more  than  one  of 
these  finishing-tools  is  sometimes  employed.  Mitred  work 
is  also  executed  by  the  machines  with  perfect  accuracy. 

Stone   Sep'a-ra-tor.     A  device  invented  by 


Atchison's  stone  cutter,  Fig.  2365,  has  two  tools  arranged 
in  a  strong  head  piece,  attached  to  a  moving  platen,  similar 
to  the  iron  plauing  machine. 

This  platen,  with  the  head-piece,  is  made  to  move  forward 

and  backward  over  the  stone,  and  the  tools,  having  a  per- „ ^   .u,^ul, 

pendicular,  reciprocal,   rotating  motion,  cut  the   surface  at   '•    Hio-iiprrp  for  rZmnv',T,ir<i~nna^~m^"^^*"f,'n,          .n"J 

the  rate  of  not  less  than  6,000  blows  pet-  minute.    The  tools  ,  y  8 " c       tor  removing  stones  and  clods  iiom  gram, 
are  semi-circular  in  shape  at  the  edge,  and  can  be  used  con-      "(-'e  OTONB    CLEANEK,  supra. 

stantly  for  at  least  forty-five  minutes  without  ciianum;: ;  Stone  Split'ting  Ma-chine'.  Brook's  split- 
cut  not  less  than  270,000  blows  ting  machine  has  a  row  of  upright  square-shaped 
liars  of  steel,  bevel-pointed,  on  which  the  stone  sits. 
The  steam  hammer  has  a  corresponding  set,  with  a 
tooth  immediately  over  each  lower  tooth.  The 
sudden  shock  disintegrates  the  stone. in  the  line  of 
the  teeth. 


without  re-sharpening. 

One  man  can  operate  three  machines,  and  sharpen  his  own 
tools,  which  sharpening  is  done  readily  bv  the  use  of  a 
"die.-' 

Among  the  advantages  claimed  for  this  machine  are  :  — 
The  slight  cutting  blows  produced  by  this   peculiar  mo- 
tion leave  the  surface  "  solid''  and  free  from  "stunning"  : 
all  "  wind  "  or  irregularity  of  surface  is  overcome,  without 


Stone'ware.      (Ceramics.)      Gres  cerame.     A 

the  process  of  "sighting  "or  measuring;  the  edges  of  the  !  class  of  ware  which  may  be  said  to  hold  a  middle 
stone  are   evenly   and  perfectly   cut   without   "chipping.--   :   ^lace    between     hard    nnrpplain    nnrl     fino     T?no 
mu;0  .,«;..„;„!„;. ,„„„]:„, i  »„ u: t *.  i    _  __D  ,1  i  iidiu   porcelain   and   nne    Jiinglisn 


This  principle  is  applied  to  machines  for  ornamental  as  well 
as  plain  work,  in  cutting  moldings,  cornices,  ornaments,  let- 
ters, etc.,  on  all  kinds  of  stones. 


Stone  Lift'er.  Shepherd's 
lifter,  Fig.  2.364,  has  a  pair  of 
eccentric  lever  griping  jaws,  piv- 
oted in  a  frame  formed  of  two 
parts.  These  parts  are  adjust- 
able along  each  other,  and  may 
be  secured  by  pins  so  as  to  shift 
the  jaws  nearer  together  or  fur- 
ther apart  in  order  to  adapt 
for  different  sized  stones.  The 
arms  of  the  jaws  are  connected 
by  chains  to  an  eye  plate,  and  to 
the  latter  the  hoisting  rope  is  at- 
tached. 

Stone  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'. 


Fig.  2364. 


Stone  Lifter. 
In  Hunter  & 


Fothergill's  stone-molding  machine    the  chief  fea- 
ture is  the  employment  of  cutting  plates  of  different 


faience. 

The  paste  is  composed  of  fat  clay  with  quartzose  sand,  and 
gives  a  very  solid  and  strong  ware,  varying  in  color  from  a 
pearl  gray  to  a  brown  red.  It  is  dense  and  impermeable,  and 
resists  corrosion  by  acids,  being  specially  adapted  for  table  use. 

Fine  varieties  consist  of  ornamented  objects  made  of  a  fine 
paste,  white  or  of  various  colors,  delicately  fashioned  and 
enriched  with  figures  in  relief,  often  in  paste  of  another 
color. 

Stone'ware  Force-pump.  One  for  pump- 
ing acids,  bleach,  alkalies,  vinegar,  or  other  liquids 
injurious  to  metals.  The  working  parts  are  com- 
posed entirely  of  stone-ware,  and  the  gland  packed 
with  asbestos. 

Stone'ware  Kiln.  (Ceramics.)  The  stone 
ware  is  a  reverberatory  on  the  same  principle  as  the 
common  faience  furnace.  See  FAIENCE. 

Stone'-work'ing  Em'e-ry  Tools.  In  the 
tools  shown  in  Fig.  2387  A  is  the  sanding  disk;  B 
the  "  B  Angle  Gear,"  for  emery  wheels  ;  c  the  "  C 


Fig.  2366. 


lengths,  all  lettered,  so  as  to  be  easilv  picked  out     Angle  Gear,"  for  buffing  wheels ;  D  fluting  roll ;  B 
and  set,  like  types,  to  mold.     These  being  built  on  ]  disk,  for  cutting  medallions, 
a  shaft,  revolve,  and  take  out  the  rough  or  waste, 
comparatively  near  the  mold,  when  a  tool  to  pro- 
file passes  several  times  over  and  finishes  the  work. 
The  stone  is  laid  on  a  cant-table  to  cant  to  the 
proper  angle. 

The  tools  in  the  planing  and  molding  machines  are  fas- 
tened to  holders  that  are  bolted  to  the  shafts.  There  is  a  pair 

of  tools  at  each  end  of  the  holder.     Although  the  holders, 

when  fixed  upon  the  shafts,  act  obliquely,  as  appears  upon 

the  stone  passing  under  the  cutters,  and  in  such  manner  as 

seems  incompatible  with  the  production  of  any  definite  form, 

they  are  nevertheless  so  arranged,  and  so  act  as  to  turn  out 

moldings  of  a  large  size,  with  many  members,  rough-cut,  with 

great  accuracy.     The  work  is  finished  by  being  passed  two  Emery  Tools. 

or  three  times  under  cutting  or  scraping  tools  of  the  precise          „        . 

form  of  the  molding  to  be  produced.  For  a  moldine  of  *  or  plane  surfaces,  the  process  is  to  attach  the  sanding  disk 

or  spelter  rings  to  end  of  the  flexible  shaft,  by  means  of  the 
1  B  Angle  Gear  "  ;  the  flexible  shaft  entering  the  hand  piece  F 
and  passing  the  disk  over  the  work  to  be  finished,  with  sand 
and  water  under  the  disk 
which  is  being  rapidly  re- 
volved. When  the  surface 
being  worked  has  been 
straightened,  the  sanding 
disk  is  removed,  and  the 
plate  carrying  emery  wheel 
is  used  in  its  place  ;  when 
the  work  has  attained  a  suf- 
ficient smoothness,  it  is  thor- 
oughly cleaned,  and  then 
"buffed1'  by  means  of  the 
disk  shown  in  "  Angle  Gear 
C.''  This  buffer  is  made  of 
heavy  felt,  or  similar  mate- 
rial covered  with  canvas ; 
it  is  revolved  much  more 
rapidly  than  either  of  the 
preceding  disks,  and  the  sur- 
face being  finished  is  coated 
with  "Tutty,"  during  the 
operation  ;  finally,  a  second 
buffing  disk  is  used  without 
the  tutty,  which  brings  the 
work  up  tv  completion.  This 


Hunter  fy  FothergilVs  Stone  Molding  Machine. 


process  is  varied  somewhat 
with    different   grades    of 


STONE-WORKING   EMERY   TOOLS.      868 


STRAW-BURNING   ENGINE. 


One   for  excava- 
Fig.  2367. 


stones,  but  is  in  the  main  the  plan  adopted.  The  roll  D 
is  used  for  fluting  work  —  as  columns,  edgings,  moldings, 
etc.,  etc.  A  rough  channel  is  cut  where  flute  is  desired,  the 
roller  placed  in  it,  and  rapidly  revolved  ;  sand  and  water 
is  also  used  as  with  the  sanding  disks,  and  the  roll  is  passed 
back  and  forth  in  the  channel  being  cut.  In  this  way  chan- 
nels of  12'  long  can  be  cut  and  finished  in  a  few  minutes. 
E  shows  a  corrugated  disk  for  cutting  medallions  or  rosettes 
in  stone.  They  are  attached  to  the  "Angle  Gear  n."  and 
held  up  to  the  work  to  be  done  ;  used  as  sanding  disks  they 
cut  rapidly  and  effectually,  doing  their  work  at  a  very  low 
price. 

Ston'ing.  (Leather.)  Driving  the  stock  stone 
over  the  leather  to  remove  inequalities,  stretch  it, 
and  render  the  grain  smooth. 

Ston'ing  Jack.  (Leather.)  A  machine  in 
which  the  jack  is  furnished  with  a  stock  stone  to 
work  the  leather. 

Stope.  (Mining.)  One  of  a  series  of  steps  or 
beds  into  which  the  upper  surface  of  an  excavation 
is  cut ;  to  excavate  in  the  form  of  steps  above  a 
drift. 

Sto'ping.  (Mining.)  The  act  of  stoping  or 
breaking  clown  the  surface  of  an  excavation  with  a 
pick. 

Sto'ping  Drill.  (Mining.) 
ting  drifts  or  horizontally  ly- 
ing beds  or  steps.  Fig.  2367 
represents  a  stoping  drill 
mounted  on  a  column,  with  a 
claw-foot  and  and  a  jack- 
screw  at  top  for  securing  the 
same  in  an  upright  position. 
Tliis  is  peculiarly  adapted  to 
small  tunnels,  adits,  and 
stopes,  from  4-J'  X  6'  to  6'  X 
6'  or  even  larger  drifts,  and  is 
a  simple,  cheap,  and  good 
arrangement  for  the  desired 
purpose. 

Stop  Plate.     A  metallic 
plate  in  the  inside  of  a  journal- 
box  which  forms  an  end-hear- 
ing for  the  axle  and  checks  its  Dritt  Mou^kfor  Shaft 
end-motion.      The    plate     is 

either  held  in  position  by  flanges  cast  in  the  box,  or 
is  attached  to  the  journal  bearing  or  its  key.  —  For- 
ney. 

Stop  Watch.  A  time-piece  registering  sec- 
onds and  minutes,  used  in  making  tests  for  density. 

Goodwin's  "American  Gas-light  Journal,"  *  July  3,  1876, 
p.  7. 

Minute  clock,  Ibid. 

A  time-piece  marking  fractions  of  a  second  which 
can  be  stopped  instantly  by  pressure  on  a  pin. 

Stor'age  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  secon- 
dary battery.  A  galvanic  battery  devised  to  act 
as  a  conservator  of  electric  force  to  be  withdrawn 
as  required.  See  Hinston  $•  Thomson's  battery, 
"Journal  Franklin  Insl.,"  1880,  noted  in  "Manufac- 
turer and  Builder,"  *  xii.  36. 

The  Faure  battery  is  thus  described  in  the  London 
"Times  ":  — 

A  Faure  battery  (improvement  on  Plante"sp?7e  secondaire] 
•was  charged  with  the  electric  fluid  direct  from  the  ordinary 
Grove  battery.  The  receptacle  consists  of  four  Faure  batte- 
ries each  about  5"  diameter  and  10"  high,  forming  a  cylin- 
drical leaden  vessel  and  containing  alternate  strips  of  metal- 
lic lead  and  minium  wrapped  in  felt  and  rolled  into  a  spiral 
wrHed  with  acidulated  water,  and  the  whole  placed  in  a 
square  wooden  box,  measuring  about  V  cubic  and  weighing 
10  pounds.  This  was  protected  by  a  loose  wooden  cover 
through  which  the  leaden  electrodes  protruded,  they  being 
flattened  do\yn  for  convenience  of  transport. 

This  box  of  "  electric  energy  "  was  sent  by  M.  Faure,  in 
Tans,  to  Sir  \Vm.  Thomson,  in  Glasgow,  where  the  "  box  of 
electricity,"  was  received  intact  and  potent,  holding  by  meas- 
urement within  that  small  space  of  1'  cubic  a  power  equiva- 
lent to  nearly  1,^)0,000  foot-pounds. 

Storm  Valve.     A  screw-down  valve  to  super- 


sede the  duty  of  a  gravitating  valve  in  a  ship's  side 
during  bad  weather. 

Stove  Truck.  A  truck  to  run  under  a  stove, 
having  a  platform  operated  by  a  lever  to  raise  the 
stove  off  its  feet.  The  lever  is  then  locked  and 
used  as  a  handle  to  guide  the  truck. 

Straight'en-iiig  Block.  The  anvil  on  which 
buckled  saws  are  straightened. 

Strain  Iii'di-ca'tor.  An  instrument  for  de- 
termining by  optical  means  the  extension  or  com- 
pression of  materials  under  strain. 

Stromeyer *  "Engineering,'1'  xxx.  337. 

Strain  Meas'ur-er.  An  apparatus  designed 
to  measure  directly  the  strains  to  which  the  differ- 
ent parts  of  any  structure  are  submitted.  It  will 
operate  in  any  position  whatever,  and  under  all 
possible  conditions,  multiplying  the  amount  of  flex- 
ure itself,  —  a  result  not  always  obtained  in  appa- 
ratus of  this  nature. 

A  metallic  wire,  f,  is  attached  at  one  end  to  a  winged  nut, 
V,  which  allows  of  the  instrument  being  adjusted  for  use 
This  wire  passes  over  a  pulley,  />,  and  carries  a  counterpoise. 
To  keep  it  from  slipping  it  is  held  by  a  small  clamp  placed 
in  the  channel  of  the  pulley.  The  latter  carries  an  index 
needle,  L,  which  multiplies  the  distance  traversed  by  its 
circumference  ten  times,  and  the  extremity  of  which  moves 
across  an  arc  graduated  in  millimeters.  The  index  needle 
also  moves  two  slides  which  show  the  maximum  of  elonga- 
tion or  compression. 

The  apparatus  and  the  Fig-  2368. 

screw  to  which  the 
wire  is  attached  are 
mounted  in  two  differ- 
ent ways,  one  designed 
to  fasten  the  whole  to 
a  truss  rod  or  to  the 
foot  of  a  T-iron,and 
the  other  to  attach  the 
apparatus  to  any  or- 
dinary surface.  The 
apparatus  having  been 
placed  in  position,  the 
index  having  been 
brought  to  zero,  and 
the  wire  being  kept  at 
a  uniform  tension  by 
the  weight,  it  will  be 
seen  that  if  the  object 
to  which  it  is  attached 
elongates  or  shortens, 
the  pulley  will  be  ac- 
tuated by  the  wire, 
and  the  lever  L  will 
multiply  the  actual 


Strain  Measurer. 


amount  of  the  strain  exerted.  To  study  maximum  strains 
the  two  sliders  are  moved  up  against  the  extremity  of  the 
needle.  The  apparatus  may  be  used  on  parts  of  a  structure 
inclined  at  any  angle  whatever.  The  sensitiveness  of  the 
apparatus  may  be  known  when  it  is  stated  that  a  lighted 
match  placed  under  the  wire  will  cause  the  needle  to  be 
immediately  deflected  one,  two,  and  three  millimeters.  See 
Fig.  2368. 

Strap.  (Nautical.)  Or  strop.  The  band  of 
iron  or  rope  which  goes  around  a  tackle-block. 

Strass.  (Glass.)  A  variety  of  lead  glass  made 
for  imitating  gems. 

Straw'-burn'ing  Eii'gine.  An  engine  to  en- 
able persons  residing  in  countries  where  coal  and 
wood  are  not  indigenous,  or  are  only  to  be  obtained 
at  a  great  cost,  to  generate  steam  from  the  vegetable 
products  on  their  estate.  In  Russia,  Hungary,  and 
on  the  borders  of  the  Danube,  this  engine  has  been 
found  to  economize  from  30  to  40  francs  per  day 
by  using  the  refuse  straw  instead  of  coal  and  wood. 
In  Egypt  it  is  used  for  working  the  irrigating  ma- 
chinery of  the  cotton  fields  with  the  refuse  cotton 
stalks,  and  actual  practice  has  shown  that  the  ref- 
use stalks  of  a  crop  of  cotton  are  sufficient  to  gen- 
erate steam  for  working  the  pumps  for  irrigating 
the  land,  consequently  the  laud  finds  its  own  fuel 
for  irrigation.  In  India  these  engines  are  used  in 
the  tea  plantations  for  driving  the  machinery,  and 


STRAW-BURNING   ENGINE. 


869 


STUCCO. 


Fig.  2S69. 


Straw  Burning  Engine. 

the  jungle  grass  which  grows  outside  the  tea-gar- 
dens is  used  as  fuel  instead  of  coal  and  wood.  In 
some  cases  it  is  used  for  burning  the  refuse  of  the 
sugar-cane  from  the  mills.  See  Fig.  2369. 

Stream  Fence.  One  across  a  water-gap. 
A  common  form  has  the  panels  pivoted  perma- 
nently to  the  part  at  one  side  of  the  stream,  while 
the  other  end  is  held  by  pins  that  will  either  break 
under  the  pressure  of  the  freshet,  or  allow  the  end 
to  rise  when  the  stream  reaches  the  board,  and 
allow  it  to  swing  loose  from  the  pins.  Barbed 
wires  are  stretched  in  same  manner  with  a  floating 
block  attached  to  the  loose  end. 

Street  Car.  See  STEAM  STREET  CAR,  su- 
pra. 

Street  Car  Mo'tors.  See  "Scientific  Amer- 
ican Supplement,"  p.  2125,  for  an  account  of  the 
earl\'  street-car  efforts  of  Latin  and  Todd ;  the 
Lamm  fireless  locomotive  at  New  Orleans  ;  Baxter's 
engine  with  compound  cylinders ;  Grantham's  en- 
gine (Eng.)  improved  by  Wood. 

Loftiis  Perkins.     Belgian  street-car  engine. 
Socictc  Mftallitrgiqite  tt  Charbonnicre,  of  Belgium. 

France,.  Bcdr  Sf  Co. 

Merryweather.  Hughes. 

Halt.  Ransonte. 
Baldwin,  et  al. 

See  Clark's  "  Tramways,  their  Con-  Fig.  2370. 

struction  ami  Working."  London. 

See  also  Mekarski  compressed  air 
streetcar  motor.* 

Lamm  Sf  Francq  fireless  locomo- 
tive.* 

"Paris  Exi'osilion  (1878)  Reports." 
*iv.62  86 

See  STEAM  STREET  CAB. 

Street  Lamp.  Fig.  2370 
shows  a  tank  or  reservoir,  ad- 
justed to  the  outside  of  a  street 
lantern.  Connected  with  the 
reservoir  is  a  pipe  and  valve, 
to  which  is  attached  the  solar 
gas  burner.  By  means  of  a 
chemical  process,  the  liquid,  on 
its  passage  through  this  burner, 
is  converted  into  gas,  which 
gives  a  bright,  steady  flame. 

The  material  used  in  making 
the  gas  is  re-distilled  naphtha        Street  ^ 
of  72°  to  74°  gravity. 

Strike.  The  piece  on  which  the  latch  of  a  door 
impinges  in  closing. 


Fig.  2371   has  a  roller  Fi     <r&-,\. 

for  the  bolt  or  latch  to 
strike  .  against,  reducing 
the  friction,  and  forcing 
the  bolt  back  without 
noise. 

(Mining.)  The  exten- 
sion of  a  lode  in  a  hori- 
zontal direction. 

Stri'ker.  The  regu- 
lator which  causes  the 
pens  of  a  ruling  machine, 

in  perpendicular  work,  to  strike  the  head-  or  cross- 
line  at  regular  intervals.     In  the  illustration,  Fig. 
2372,  are  the  cams  with  sloping. corners  for  opera- 
Fig.  2372. 


Sinker. 

ting  pen-beams  and  pens ;  the  cams  operating  short 
line,  the  lifting  arms  and  lifter ;  and  the  cam  oper- 
ating gate. 

Stri'ker  Plate.     The  nosing  of  a  lock-keeper. 

Strop.  (Nautical.)  Preferably  strap.  The  band 
around  a  tackle-block. 

Stub.     1.  A  blunt -pointed  pen. 

2.  Short  files  for  finishing  in  and  around  de- 
Fig.  2373. 


Stub. 

pressions ;    has   a  holder  fitting  in  top   for   parts 
where  the  fingers  cannot  get.     See  Fig.  2373. 

Stuc'co.  There  are  two  species  of  stucco  used 
in  France  :  one  with  chalk  and  the  other  with  gyp- 
sum. 

The  chalk  lime  is  slaked  and  mixed  with  other  matters  in 
powder,  generally 

white    marble     dust.  Fig.  2374. 

The  gypsum  stucco  is 
similarly  compound- 
ed, but  is  principally 
used  in  interiors.  To 
imitate  colored  mar- 
bles the  colors  are 
added  before  the  sur- 
face has  entirely  dried. 

In  Paris  elaborate 
cornices  and  architec- 
tural moldings  a  re 
made  by  forming  them 
in  situ  by  means  of 
pattern  gages  or  tem- 
plets, projecting  nails 
driven  into  the  wall 
serving  to  hold  the 
planter  in  relief. 

Polishing  is  done 
by  a  whetstone  of  fine 
grain,  one  hand  hold- 
ing a  sponge  with 
which  the  surface  is 
occasionally  wetted. 
The  last  polish  is  given 
by  a  piece  of  felt,  sat- 
urated with  oil.  Stuffing  M, 


STUFFING. 


870          SUBMARINE   ELECTRIC   LIGHT. 


Stuffing.  (Leather.)  A  mixture  of  tallow  and 
either  neat's  foot  oil  or  sperm  oil,  with  which  damp- 
ened leather  is  coated.  The  object  is  to  render  the 
leather  supple  and  impervious  to  water. 

Stuffing  Brush.  (Leather.)  A  stiff  brush 
used  in  stuffing  leather. 

Stuffing  Ma-chine'.  A  steam  chest  into 
which  the  oil  and  tallow  are  introduced  and  rubbed 
into  the  leather  by  the  action  of  rollers  and  beaters. 
See  Fig.  2374. 

Stull.  (Mining.)  A  framework  covered  with 
timber  or  planks' to  support  rubbish  in  working  a 
stope. 

Stump  Ex-tract'or.  In  Fig.  2375,  from  the 
center  of  a  tripod  is  suspended  a  ratchet  wheel, 
over  which  a  chain  is  loosely  thrown,  eac-h  link  fit- 
ting in  a  corresponding  groove.  To  this  wheel  a 
lever  is  attached,  and  so  arranged  that  twenty 
pounds'  power  will  raise,  it  is  said,  a  ton.  See 
Figs.  6011-6016,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Fia.  2375 


Stump  Puller. 

Stump  pullers  are  of  the  lever  and  claw  style,  or  the 
tackle,  toggle,  screw,  windlass,  or  capstan  order. 

Stump  Joint.  The  form  of  joint  used  in  the 
folding  carpenter's  rule.  The  ends  or  stumps  of 
the  parts  wht'ii  in  line,  abut  against  each  other, 
and  allow  movement  in  only  one  direction. 

Sty'lo-graph'ic  Pen.  A  reservoir  pen,  shaped 
like  :v  pencil,  in  which  the  flow  of  ink  is  regulated 
by  pressure  of  a  style  upon  the  paper. 

'  Sub'cu-ta'iieous  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.) 
See 

Shrady's  saw,  knife,  and  bone  rasp,  Fig.  87,  Supplement. 
Adams's  saw .     Figs .10, 11,  Supplement. 

Knife Fig.  9,  Supplement. 

Hypodermic  syringe Pages  70,  71,  Part  I. 

Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum'' 

Sub'cu-ta'ne-ous  Saw.  One  to  bare  and 
roughen  the  ends  of  fragments  in  bony  sections 
without  injuring  the  flesh. 

Fig.  2376  consists  of  a  trocar,  fenestrated  canula,  and  staff, 
with  handle  and  blunt  extremity.  A  portion  of  this  staff 

Fig.  2376. 


Subcutaneous  Saw. 

at  a  short  distance  from  tbe  extremity  is  flattened,  one  edge, 
B,  being  made  into  a  knife-blade,  and  the  other  edge,  C, 
being  provided  with  saw-teeth.  This  staff  is  intended  to  re- 


place the  trocar  in  the  canula  after  the  latter  is  introduced. 
When  in  position,  either  the  saw  (C)  or  the  knife  (B)  edge 
of  the  shaft,  according  to  the  way  tin-  latter  is  turned,  corre- 
sponds with  the  opening  in  the  canula. 

Sub'li-ma'tion.     (Min'my.)      The  theory  that 
the  vein  matter  was  introduced  in  si  gaseous  condi- 
011. 
Sub'ma-rine'  E-lec'tric  Light     Barnet  and 

Fig.  2377. 


Submarine  Elfctric  Light. 

Poster  compress  pure  oxygen  into  a  cylindrical  res- 
ervoir of  the  plate  iron,  under  a  pressure  ol'  thirty 
atmospheres.  This  oxygen  is  supplied  by  a  flexible 
tube  to  an  alcohol  lamp  provided  \\iih  means  for 
the  escape  of  the  gaseous  products  of  combustion. 
This  furnishes  a  brilliant  li^lit  for  :i  period  of  four 
hours.  Heinke  and  Davis  use  a  glass  cylinder 
upon  the  diver's  helmet,  which  contains  an  electric 
lamp  of  polished  copper.  The  carbons  are  arranged 
to  last  four  hours  without  being  renewed.  'I  he 
whole  apparatus  weighs  about  27  kilograms,  and  is 
capable  of  furnishing  a  light  equivalent  to  20000 
standard  candles.  See  Fig.  2377. 

Fig.  2378. 


Submarine   Grapple. 


SUBMARINE  GRAPPLE. 


871 


SUDDEN  GRIP   VISE. 


Sub'ma-rine'  Grap'ple.  For  recovering  arti- 
cles on  the  ocean  bed.  In  Fig.  2378  the  grappling 
finders  pivoted  in  the  head  of  the  block  are  kept 
<list ended  by  the  weight  in  the  center.  On  the  grap- 
pling of  an  article  by  one  or  more  of  the  claws  the 
weight  is  pulled  up  against  the  head,  and  the  re- 
mainder of  the  claws  close  around  the  article. 

Sub'ma-rine'  Gun.  Experiments  on  firing 
guns  under  water,  with  a  view  of  sinking  vessels 
h\  penetration  of  the  hull  below  the  water-line, 
extend  over  a  long  number  of  years.  St.  Cyr,  1797, 
suggested  suspending  a  mortar  between  two  boats. 
Fulton,  1814,  succeeded  in  penetrating  a  bulk  head 
by  a  cannon  fired  under  water.  Philips,  of  Indiana, 
1855,  Woodbury,  Boston,  1861 -1864,  arranged  ports 
permitting  guns  to  be  fired  from  below  the  water- 
line.  See  "Meek.  Diet."  p.  2439. 

Sub'ma-rine'  Lamp.  One  for  explorations 
in  the  ocean's  depths.  The  electric  light  has  taken 
the  place  of  the  oil  lights  formerly  used,  requiring 
no  tubes  or  pumping  to  supply  air  to  the  flame, 
and  giving  a  sure  and  brilliant  light.  See  Fig. 
2379. 

Suc'tiou  Fan.     One  for  withdrawing  the  chaff 
2379  and  dirt  from  grain, 

or  steam  and  hot  air 
from  meal  as  it 
comes  from  the 
burrs,  by  suction. 

Suc'tion  Pipe. 
(&yd.'Enp.)  The 
air-tight  pipe  under 
a  water-wheel,  tur- 
bine for  instance, 
which  intervenes 


The  pump  may  be  emptied  by  withdrawing  the  two  screws 
shown  near  the  top  of  the  suction-pipe. 

Sud'den  Grip 
Vise.  One  that 
can  be  opened  or 
closed  the  full 
play  of  the  jaws 
without  the  tedi- 
um of  turning  up. 
See  Fig.  2381. 

To  open  the  jaws, 

lift   the   handle  to  a 

horizontal  position  or 

as  high  as  it  will  go,  Suction  Primer. 

and     draw     towards 

you.     To  grasp  the  work,  push  in  the  sliding  jaw  until  it 

presses   against  the  work,  then  depress   the  handle,  which 

causes  the  jaws  to  securely   grasp  the  work  and  at  the  same 

time  locks  the  swivel. 


Sudden  Grip  Vise. 

Fig.  2382  is  a  complementary  vertical  section  of  a  bench 
vise  devised  by  Messrs.  G.  II.  and  W".  H.  Knight,  of  Cincin- 
nati. 

The  invention  is  an  improvement  on  those  bench  vises 
whose  movable  jaw  is  capable  of  being  quickly  opened  or 

Fig.  2382 


Submarine  Lamp. 

between  it  and  the  level  of  the  tail  race.  Believed 
to  be  the  invention  of  Z.  and  A.  Parker,  of  Ohio, 
now  common  in  Europe.  It  makes  the  wheel  to 
be  placed  not  exceeding  30'  above  the  tail  race  and 
yet  render  the  whole  fall  available. 

Suc'tion  Pri'mer.  A  device  to  charge  a 
steam  pump  ready  for  starting. 

At  the  extreme  right  in  Fig.  2380  is  a  small  force-pump, 
worked  by  hand,  used  in  charging  the  main  pump.  Before 
starting  the  large  pump,  the  pet-cock,  shown  on  the  top  of 
the  shell,  is  opened,  and  the  primer  is  worked  until  no  more 
air  is  driven  from  the  cock.  When  the  pump  is  evidently 
full,  the  pet-cock  is  closed,  and  the  main  pump  is  then  ready 
to  be  started. 


Improved  Sudden   Grip  Vise. 

closed  by  hand,  and,  after  closure,  of  being  clamped  with 
great  force  so  as  to  grip  the  work. 

A,  is  a  bench  top.  B,  a  portion  of  supporting  frame.  C, 
a  vise  frame  preferably  capable  of  being  swung  horizontally 
about  a  vertical  bolt  V.  D  represents  a  movable  jaw.  E  the 
customary  wooden  shaft  of  same.  F  is  a  metal  rack  fas- 
tened in  a  rebate  on  under  side  of  jaw-shaft.  H,  a  step  or 
bearing  in  breast-board  G,  for' fulcrum  1  of  bent  lever  J 
having  treadle  projector  j.  K,  a  pawl,  which  when  the 
lever  is  forced  back  by  the  operator,  engages  in  rack  F,  and 
operates  to  press  back  the  sliding  jaw  D  with  the  great  accu- 
mulating force  of  a  toggle.  L,  a  stud  to  hold  pawl  clear  of 
rack  when  lever  J  is  in  normal  or  inactive  position,  M,  a 
gravitating  catch  which,  until  released,  holds  lever  ./"to  its 
effective  or  gripping  condition. 


SUGAR 


872 


SUGAR. 


Sug'ar.     For  machines  and  processes,  see  pp.  2442-2452,  "Mech.  Diet."     J.  W.  Mallet's  report,  vol. 
iv.,  Group  III.,  Centennial  Exposition,  summarizes  the  sugar  making  process  as  follows  :  — 


CANE   SUGAR. 


Canes  cut,  and  stripped  of  leaves. 


Juice  expressed  from  canes. 

In  presses  with  intermittent    In  presses  with  continuous 
action  (reciprocal  motion).  action  (roller-mills). 


Canes  cut  into  thin  slices  or  chips  by  revolving  knives. 

Slices  treated  with  water  in  a  series  of 
diffusion  vessels. 


Juice. 


Bagasse.      Bagasse. 


Juice.     Saccharine  liquid  from 
diffusion  battery. 


Dried,  used  as     Keturned  to     Macerated  with  water, 
fuel,  and  the         field      as       or  treated  with  steam, 
ash    as    ma-         manure.        and  again  pressed. 
nure. 

Exhausted  bagasse.     Weak  saccharine 
liquid. 


Might  well  be  used  as  material  for  paper.      | 


Cleared  of  fiber  by  settling  in  tanks. 


-Exhausted  chips 
(bagasse). 


Dried  in  sun,  used        Spread  upon  land 
as  fuel,  and  then  and    plowed  in 

ash  as  manure.  as  manure. 


Simply  evaporated  to  dryness,  producing 
"concrete,"  to  be  afterwards  refined. 


Liquid  heated  in  clarifying-pans, 
with  addition  of  lime  (often  of 
sulphurous  acid,  or  calcium 
acid  sulphite). 


Skimmed. 


Skimmed,  and  run  through  coarse 
bag  filters. 


Clear  liquid,  boiled 
down  in  open 
pans. 


Scum. 


Clear  liquid,  filtered  through 

• , •  animal  charcoal  (either  now 

Used  to  make  rum  or  after  partial  evaporation). 

|  (often  thrown  away).  | 

Allowed  to  crystallize  in  coolers.  Boiled  down  (sulphurous  acid  sometimes  added). 


Transferred  to 
potting  casks, 
and  drained. 


Transferred  to  forms    In  open  pans.     Partly  in  open,     In  vacuum-pan, 
or  molds,  and  drained.  partly  in 

vacuum-pan. 


Molasses.     Re-  Soft  Molasses.    Re-  Soft  brown 

boiled    for   2d  cen-  boiled    for  2d  sugar  (often     Clayed 

products,  used  trif  ugal  products,  used  called  mus-          or 

as  food,  or  to  sugar.  as  food,  or  to  covado).          washed. 

make  rum.  make  rum.  « 


Allowed  to  crystallize. 

|  partially  in  pan, 

)  then 
in  coolers. 


Molasses  and  drainings.     Clayed        Transferred  to  forms      Drained  in  cen- 
Reboiled  for    2d   prod-     sugar.         or  molds,  and  drained,     trifugal  machine. 

ucts,  used   as    food  or  , , « , 

to  make  rum.  "  Sugar.  Washed  Green  Green  Sugar.  Washed 
with  a  little  wa-  syrup.  syrup.  with  a  little  wa- 
ter or  syrup.  • « ter  or  syrup. 

Used  as  food. ' , 

Drainings.  Drainings.        Centrifugal 

> •  sugar  cr\  .-tals 

Returned  to  battery,  to  be  reboiled.     (nearly  white). 


Form  sugar  (nearly  white). 


SUGAR   REFINING.    (CANE  OR  BEET.) 


Raw  sugar  sifted  free  from  lumps  and  trash. 
Melted  down  with  water  (adding  a  little  lime-water). 

Clarified  by  addition  of  bullock's  blood  and  fine  animal  charcoal,  and  heating  (sulphurous 
acid  now  often  used  to  save  blood,  and  this  step  very  often  omitted  altogether). 

Drawn  off,  and  filtered  through  bag  filter. 
Filtered  through  animal  charcoal. 

Boiled  down  in  vacuum-pan. 
(Filtration  repeated,  and  boiling  continued.) 


Crystallized  in  coolers  (ultramarine        Crystallized  par-        Boiled  down  dry  in  pan  (only  ajipli- 
added  if  necessary  for  color).  tially  in  pan.  cable  in  case  of  purest  syrups). 


Transferred  to  molds,  and  drained. 


Drained  in  centrifutriil  machine. 

Loaf-sugar.         Centrifugal  sugar  crystals.  Green  syrup. 

Beboiled,  yielding  at  length      I'sed  as  food.     Clayed,  or  washed.  Washed.  Used  ajTfood.     Reboiled7yielding 

molasses.  Removed  from  molds,  inverted,  and  dried. 

molasses. 
_  Sugar  loaves  trimmed  by  cutting-knives. 


SUGAR  HOUSE. 


873 


SULKY  PLOW. 


Su'gar  House.  Plate  XLVI.  represents  a 
complete  sugar  house  as  manufactured  by  the  Com- 
pagnie  de  Fives  Lille,  at  Abbeville.  France. 

This  company  has  built  apparatus  for  operating  on  sugar- 
cane, for  Java,  Reunion,  Brazil,  the  West  Indies,  and 
Egypt  In  the  latter  country  one  establishment,  on  account 
of  the  Khedive,  is  adapted  to  work  1,800  tonnes  (Fr.)  in  24 
hours. 

In  an  iron  building  11,100  square  meters  in  superficies  arc 
arranged  — 

4  cane  mills. 

2  vacuum  pan  apparatus,  a  triple  effet. 

4  vacuum  pans. 

60  centrifugal  filters. 

2  stills  anil  apparatus. 

3  rectifiers. 

And  various  accessories  for  the  crystallization  of  the  sugar, 
fermentation  of  the  molasses,  revivification  of  the  animal 
black,  gasworks  for  lighting. 

Repair  shops. 

A  battery  of  steam  boilers  of  collective  force  of  2,600  horse- 
power, to  furnish  the  moiive  force,  and  the  heat  for  the  ap- 
paratus, is  heated  by  the  bagasse. 

Railways  of  a  total  length  of  22  kilometers,  with  the  neces- 
sary locomotives  and  rolling  stock,  bring  250,000  kilos  of 
caiie  each  24  hours  to  the  mills.  The  mill  has  cylinders  of 
800  millimeters  diameter,  with  an  endless  apron  cane  con- 
ductor 30  meters  long,  and  a  bagasse  conductor  of  12  me- 
ters. 

The  vacuum  apparatus  a.  triple  effet,  similar  to  the  one 
shown  in  the  far-end  of  the  gallery  to  the  left,  in  the  plate, 
will  concentrate  to  a  density  of  29°  Beaume,  2,200  hectoliters 
of  juice  per  24  hours.  It  is  composed  of  three  puns  of  dif- 
ferent diameters,  with  tubular  heating  coils  presenting  a 
total  heating  surface  of  300  square  meters.  A  circumferential 
distribution  of  the  vapor  is  secured  by  means  of  an  envelope 
of  perforated  sheet  metal  interposed  between  the  cluster  of 
tubes  and  the  exterior  walls  of  the  vacuum  pan.  I.y  means 
of  a  centra]  vertical  tube  of  large  diameter  placed  in  the  pan 
the  juice  is  caused  to  circulate  rapidly,  and  great  activity 
given  to  the  evaporation  by  bringing  fresh  quantities  of 
juice  in  contact  with  the  heating  surface.  Systems  of  pipes 
and  cocks  form  communication  between  the  juice  and  the 
vapor  departments  of  each  pan,  so  that  the  work  proceeds  in 
continuous  order  in  the  series  of  pans  upon  the  juice  which 
flows  through  them  in  succession. 

An  economy  of  60  per  cent  is  claimed  to  be  realized  in  this 
apparatus  over  the  silicic  acting  pan.  An  aspirator,  feeding 
the  first  pan  of  the  series,  takes  the  place  of  the  monte-jiix  :  a 
vacuum  chamber  placed  behind  the  third  pan  serves  as  a  /v.s- 
i'rujtirution  to  a  pump  which  elevates  the  sirups  at  25° 
B.  into  the  filters  ;  a  tubular  condenser  has  a  double  action, 
in  condensing  a  portion  of  the  vapor  in  the  third  pan  it  heats 
the  incoming  juice  to  a  temperature  of  35°  to  40°  C.  ;  the 
other  portion  of  the  vapor  is  condensed  by  an  injection  con- 
denser;  the  apparatus  is  completed  by  a  double-acting  air 
pump,  r,n  aspirating  sirup  pump,  and  a  pump  for  the  water 
of  condensation. 

The  plate  shows  a  complete  installation  of  »paratus  for 
the  treatment  of  beet-root  juice  for  the  manufacture  of 
sugar,  as  manufactured  by  the  (.'tuniiuznie  lies  Fines  LiUc. 
The  establishments  where  the  beets  are  rasped  and  the  pulp 
pressed  are  situated  at  a  distance,  and  the  juice  is  conveyed 
t>y  subterranean  pipe-lines  to  the  centrally  situated  sugar 
factory  ;  the  system  of  Linard,  as  described  by  Maumeue  in 
his  "TraiU  '!>  In  I'ah' tuition  ilit  Sucre,"  page  207,  el  seq. 

The  cartage  of  beet-routs  is  very  heavy  and  injurious  to 
the  roads,  and  the  area  of  beet  culture  which  can  be  made 
tributary  to  a  single  sugar  factory  is  not  very  large,  and  had 
been  so  frequently  readied  that  it  became  necessary  to  de- 
vise other  means  of  transportation.  Hence  the  pipe-lines 
of  Linard.  Since  1867,  the  year  of  the  establishment  of  the 
first  pipe-line  at  Mont  Curiiet  (Aisne),  having  a  length  of  8 
kilometers,  beet  rasping  works  have  been  constructed  in  in- 
creasing numbers  and  at  greater  distances.  There  were  in 
existence  in  1875,  240  of  these  lines.  One  of  them  serves  a 
factory  32  kilometers  (20  miles)  distant. 

The  juice  should  be  limed  at  the  works,  as  it  cannot  with- 
out injury  be  poured  into  the  pipes  in  its  natural  condition. 
One  per  cent,  lime  is  employed,  which  is  immediately  dis- 
solved, and  prevents  all  alteration  of  the  juice  in  its  travel. 
By  the  process  adopted  by  Maumeng  the  juice  may  even  be 
kept  several  years  without  injury,  and  the  liming  to  the  ex- 
tent of  I  per  cent,  is  a  modified  application  of  the  process. 
Derosne.  about  1811,  was  the  first  to  suggest  quicklime  in  the 
purification  of  the  juice,  and  the  lime  kiln  or  furnace,  both 
for  the  milk  of  lyne  used  in  the  preliminary  treatment  and 
for  the  production  of  gas  for  the  subsequent  carbonation  of 
the  lime  in  a  subsequent  part  of  the  treatment,  is  a  constant 
feature  in  the  immense  .tiirreriix  which  dot  the  landscape  in 
the  northern  part  of  France  and  the  south  of  Belgium. 

After  lining,  the  juice  is  allowed  to  repose  for  24  hours 
and  then  the  limpid  liquid  is  pumped  into  the  pipe,  which  is 
buried  below  the  line  of  frost,  and  reaches  from  the  r&perie 


to  the  sucrerie.  The  pipe  may  vary  from  2.5"  to  5"  in  diam- 
eter, according  to  the  amount  of  juice  to  be  delivered,  gen- 
erally along  a  roadside,  where  the  cantonnier  can  observe 
any  leak,  which  always  shows  itself  at  the  surface  of  the 
ground.  The  highest  parts  of  the  conduit  are  provided  with 
air  traps  to  allow  air  to  escape  and  avoid  (coups  de  belier) 
concussion.  See  AIR  TRAP. 

The  condition  of  the  juice  is  verified  from  time  to  time, 
on  arriving  at  the  factory,  to  determine  the  proportions  of 
lime  added. 

The  advantages  of  the  pipe-line  system  consist  in  spread- 
ing the  work,  as  the  rasping  and  pressing  require  a  much, 
larger  number  of  men  than  the  subsequent  operations,  and 
they  are  left  in  their  villages  near  to  their  work  and  their 
fields  ;  the  saving  in  hauling  and  deterioration  of  the  roads  \ 
leaving  the  pulp  on  the  farms  for  cattle  and  sheep  feed  ;  the 
convenience  of  buy  ing  the  juice  by  the  saccharometer  degree 
instead  of  by  the  weight  of  the  beets  of  such  varying  quali- 
ties. 

The  conduit  is  used  about  4  months,  the  length  of  the 
beet -work  ing  season. 

The  apparatus  shown  in  the  plate  will  work  up  the  juice 
of  80,000,000  kilos  of  beets  in  a  season  of  three  months.  It 
employs  carbonating  boilers  of  300  hectoliters  capacity  ;  the 
vacuum  pan,  a  triple  effet,  will  concentrate  10,000  hectoliters 
of  juice  in  24  hours. 

Su'gar  Spile.  A  spile  or  spout  driven  into 
the  sugar-tree  to  conduct  the  sugar-water  or  sap  to 
the  bucket.  Commonly  made  of  alder,  although 
the  iron  spile  to  hang  the  bucket  on  is  extensively 
used. 

Su'gar  Test'er.  Apparatus  for  testing  grape 
sugar. 

In  using,  place  the  metallic  cup,  in  Fig.  2383,  on  the  scale, 
and  balance  it  with  weight  not  numbered.  Then  place  the 

Fig.  2383. 


Sugar  Tester. 

small  weight  I  on  the  scale,  and  in  the  cup  E,  put  enough  of 
the  sugar  you  wish  to  test  to  exactly  balance.  Now  place- 
the  large  weight,  2,  on  the  scale,  and  pour  into  the  cup  a  small 
quantity  of  warm  water  to  dissolve  the  sugar  ;  when  dis- 
solved add  cold  water  enough  to  balance.  Then  pour  off  the 
solution  into  the  glass  jar,  and  test  it  with  the  hydrometer 
and  thermometer.  The  hydrometer  indicates  the  percentage 
of  saccharine,  while  the  thermometer  shows  any  irregulari- 
ties or  discrepancies  of  the  hydrometer.  The  degrees  below 
zero  on  the  thermometer  (Centigrade)  are  to  be  subtracted, 
the  degrees  above  zero  are  to  be  added.  Each  degree  on  the 
thermometer  is  equal  to  1-10°  on  the  hydrometer.  For  exam- 
ple, the  hydrometer  indicates  85°,  the  thermometer  8°  above 
zero.  This  8  is  to  be  added  to  85,  making  85  and  8-10  per  cent. 
If  the  thermometer  should  indicate  8  below,  it  would  be 
necessary  to  deduct  .8  from  85,  which  would  make  it  84.2°. 

Sul'ky  Plow.  The  Deere  &  Co.'s  Gilpin 
Sulky  Plow,  Fig.  2384,  is  an  iron  and  steel  plow 
with  the  exception  of  the  tongue  and  eveners.  It 
is  usually  drawn  by  three  horses  abreast,  one  horse 
and  one  wheel  in  the  furrow. 


it  cannot  jump  out  on  encountering  clods  and  trash. 

The  sulky  plow  of  the  Sacket  Plow  and  Pulverizer  Co., 
of  New  York,  has  two  plows  so  arranged  and  run  that  one 
plow  skims  off  the  surface  sods,  stubble,  and  weeds,  and 
throws  them  into  the  bottom  of  the  previous  furrow,  where 
they  are  pressed  down  and  cut  by  an  iron  wheel  with  curved 
knives,  or  sharp-edged  cross-bars,  around  its  rim. 

Following  this  skim  plow  is  a  main  plow,  which  takes  up. 


SULKY  PLOW. 


874 


SURFACE   CONDENSER. 


Fig.  2384. 


Tkf  Deere  Sulky  Plow. 

the  cleared  soil  to  any  depth  desired,  and  throws  it  inside  of 
the  iron  pulverizing  wheel.  As  this  wheel  rolls  along,  the 
soil  is  lifted  and  thrown  against  its  cutting  bars  and  points, 
and  these  pare  and  break  it  finely,  dropping  it  out  loosely 
behind,  putting  not  an  ounce  of  pressure  upon  it,  but  leav- 
ing it  light  and  porous  and  aerated  (filled  with  air). 

Sul'phate  of  Lead  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.) 
The  invention  of  M.  Becquerel;  consisting  of  zinc 
in  sulphate  of  zinc,  and  lead  in  sulphate  of  lead. 
As  improved  by  Marie-Davy,  it  consists  of  a  verti- 
cal series  of  tinned  iron  pans  ;  each  pan  has  a  zinc 
disk  fastened  beneath  it,  and  is  coated  inside  with 
pulverized  sulphate  of  lead,  moistened  with  water. 
The  buttery  is  put  in  operation  by  pouring  water 
into  the  pans. 

Prescott'n  "Electricity  "     ...........     *  79. 

Niaudet,  American  translation       ........      150. 

Moseley's  modification,  "English  Mechanic"  .     .  *xxiv.  463. 

Sul'phate  of  Mer'cu-ry  Bat'te-ry.  (Elec- 
tricity.) A  battery  in  which  sulphate  of  mercury 
is  the  exciting  solution.  See  MEKCURT 
BATTERY;  MARIE-DAVY  BATTERY. 

Beau  fil'  s  sulphate  of  mercury  battery 
has  a  solid  depolarizer.  —  "Tektj.  Jour.," 
*vi.  397. 

Sul'phur  and  Am-mo'ni-a  Test. 
In  order  to  detect  ammonia  or  sulphuret- 
ted hydrogen  in  illuminating  gas  it  is 
only  necessary  to  allow  a  jet  of  the  gas 
to  blow  upon  a  piece  of  turmeric  or  red- 
dened litmus  paper  to  ascertain  the  pres- 
ence of  the  former,  or  upon  acetate  of 
lead  paper  for  the  latter. 

Dr.  Letheby's  sulphur  testing  apparatus  is  a 
meter  with  dial  arranged  to  show  any  consump- 
tion from  .01  to  1,000  cubic  feet,  a  double  dry 
governor  fitted  with  a  regulating  cock  to  main- 
tain mi  unvarying  rate  of  consumption  under  the 
usual  street  pressure,  connected  to  tube  passing 
through  the  stand,  and  leading  to  a  Leslie  burn- 
er, under  which  stands  a  glass  beaker  containing 
the  requisite  quantity  of  standard  liquid  ammo- 
nia. On  this  beaker  is  placed  a  glass  funnel  passing  up 


op,  were  t  passes  troug  te  nec  o  te  arge  gass  cy- 
inder, which  has  a.  bent  glass  tube  at  the  other  end  rising 
at  an  angle  of  about  45°,  the  rate  of  consumption  being  one 
cubic  foot  per  hour.  An  apparatus  for  ammonia  can  be 
supplied  with  the  above,  coiisisting  of  an  ammonia  tube, 
with  bulb,  etc..  at  a  small  additional  cost,  as  the  77ieter  and 
governor  can  be  used  —  proper  connections  being  made  —  to 
pass  the  gas  through  the  meter  "  after  "  the  ammonia  appara- 
tus. 

Sul'phur  Con'crete.  Mix  together  19  Ibs. 
sulphur  and  42  Ibs.  pulverized  stoneware  and  glass. 
This  mixture  is  exposed  to  gentle  heat  until  the 


sulphur  melts,  when  the  mass  is  stirred  until  it  has 
become  thoroughly  homogeneous  and  is  then  run 
into  molds  and  permitted  to  cool.  When  required 
for  use,  it  is  to  be  heated  to  248°  Fall.,  at  which 
temperature  it  melts,  and  may  be  employed  in  the 
usual  manner. 

At  230°  Fah.  it  becomes  as  hard  as  stone,  and, 
it  is  said,  preserves  its  solidity  in  boiling  water, 
unites  stone,  is  waterproof,  resists  acids. 

Sul'phu-rine.  A  new  metallic  compound. 
Sulphides  of  metals,  combined  with  molten  sulphur, 
form  a  liquid,  which  on  cooling  becomes  a  homo- 
geneous mass  of  dark  gray  color  and  possessing 
great  tenacity,  while  it  is  not  affected  by  the  atmos- 
phere, and  resists  acids  and  alkalies  well.  It  has 
a  comparatively  low  melting  point,  320°  Fah.,  and 
expands  in  cooling  so  that  it  nils  molds  very  accu- 
rately, so  well  indeed  that  the  marks  of  a  finger  on 
a  plate  of  glass  are  reproduced.  Experiments  are 
being  made  to  test  its  adaptability  for  printing 
and  stereotyping  purposes,  and  casts  from  gelatine 
molds  have  been  made  without  destroying  them. 

Sump.  (Mining.)  That  part  of  the  shaft  be- 
low the  platform  used  for  receiving  water. 

Sun  Burn'er.  A  burner  for  a  mineral-oil  lamp, 
provided  with  a  chimney  that  is  wide  at  its  base, 
and  held  in  place  by  a  thin  circular  metallic  plate, 
cut  with  indentations  around  its  outer  edge,  the 
metallic  points  acting  as  springs  to  hold  the  chim- 
ney in  place. 

Surf  Boat.  Fig.  2385  represents  a  novel  surf 
boat,  the  invention  of  Mr.  Richard  Tucker  of  Wis- 
casset.  It  is  a  circular  boat,  with  convex  upper 
and  lower  surfaces,  and  its  entire  interior  forms 
a  reservoir  for  holding  compressed  air  to  be  used  in 
the  propulsion  of  the  boat. 

The  propelling  device  consists  in  air  nozzles  projecting  to- 
wards the  stern,  one  being  placed  in  each  space  between  the 
keels,  of  which  there  are  several.  The  air  nozzles  have  valves 
that  are  operated  from  the  deck.  The  boat  is  steered  by 

Fig.  2385. 


Surf  Boat. 

closing  the  air  valves  on  one  side  or  the  other,  as  may  be  re- 
quired. 

Sur'face  Con-den'ser.  One  form  of  surface 
condenser  is  recommended  by  Appleby,  where  the 
supply  of  water  is  limited  or  costly,  a  good  vacuum 
being  stated  to  be  more  readily  attainable  by  it  than 
by  any  other  method  of  condensation.  As  it  is  a 
circulating  system  in  which  the  boiler  is  supplied 
from  the  hot  well,  the  loss  of  water  from  steam 
passing  info  the  atmosphere  is  but  small,  and  the 
saving  in  the  avoidance  of  scale  is  a  marked  advan- 
tage in  some  localities.  It  is  used  for  steam  en- 


SURFACE   CONDENSER. 


875 


SWEAT   ROLLING  MACHINE. 


gines,  vacuum  pans,  and  elsewhere,  when  a  vacuum 
is  desirable. 

Tlic  condenser  is  a  vertical  series  of  horizontal  copper  steam 
pipes,  with  cushion  boxes  at  each  end  connecting  with  ver- 
tical hollow  columns.  Above  is  a  copper  trough  with  serra- 
ted cilges,  from  which  water  trickles  down  over  the  pipes 
and  falls  eventually  into  the  hot  well  from  which  the  boiler 
is  supplied. 

The  idea  has  been  developed  for  some  time  in  various 
branches 

The  ordinary  tubular  condenser,  in  which  the  coil  is  sub- 
merged in  a  cistern  of  cold  water,  differs  in  substantial  re- 
spects  (Fig.  1415,  "Meek.  Diet.''),  and  the  condenser  for 
alcoholic  vapors  of  sugar  has  also  the  cistern  in  which  the 
coil  is  submerged. 

The  Derosne  condenser,  however  (Fig.  1421,  "  Meek. 
Diet."),  one  of  the  train  in  the  sugar  apparatus,  has  the 
same  appearance  as  the  Ap- 
plcb\  steam  condenser, 
but  their  purpose  and  ap- 
plication are  essentially 

different.     In  the  Werosne 

the   pipes   are    heated    by 

Steam,  and  the  sugar-cane 

juice   from   the    defecator 

trickles  over  them,  being 

heated  and  partially  evap- 
orated  on   its  way  to  the 

vacuum  pan. 

In  Appieby's  the  steam 

in  the  pipes  is  condensed 

to  form  a  partial  vacuum 

in  front  of  the  piston,  and 

the   water  heated   thereby 

supplies  the  boiler. 

For    other    systems    of 

pipes  in   somewhat  similar 

relation,  see  HI:EF.  COOLER, 
l-'u-.  i;;;i,  "Meek.    Diet."; 

LIQUID  COOLER,  Figs   2966- 

2968,     '•  Mn-.li.     Diet"  ; 

WORT  COOLER,  Figs.  7360-7372,  7364,  "Mec/t.  Diet.,"  ete. 

Sur'face  Griiid'iiig  Ma-chine'.  Thomson's 
surf  are  grinder,  V\£.  2386,  has,  depending  from 
overhead,  driving  arrangements,  constructed  to 


latter  is  moved  sideways  on  the  carriage,  which  traverses  on 
rails. 

Sur'face  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  Boult's 
carver  and  moulder  has  a  quick,  reverse  motion 
and  douhle-edge  cutters,  cutting  designs,  either  plain 
or  molded,  on  the  surface  of  the  lumber  in  the  solid 
wood.  It  molds  any  production  of  the  scroll  saw. 
It  routs  for  staii's  and  pew  ends,  grooves  and 
grounds  for  inlaying,  and  veins  and  traces  for 
carving. 

Sur'face  Pla'ner.  The  Farrar  surface  planer, 
Fig.  2387,  is  a  machine  of  a  large  size,  intended  for 

Fig.  2387. 


Thomson,    Sterne,   Sf    Co.'s   ( Glasgow,    Scotland),    Surface 
Grinding  Machine. 

grind  and  buff  the  surfaces  of  work  too  large  or 
heavy  to  he  taken  to  the  ordinary  grinding  ma- 
chines. 

The  illustration,  Fig.  2385,  shows  the  machine  in  position 
for  finishing  the  exterior  of  a  fire-proof  safe,  which  is  run 
beneath  it  upon  a  truck. 

The  machine  carries  a  consolidated  emery  wheel  14"  in 
diameter  by  2"  broad.  When  required  for  buffing,  the 
emery  wheel  is  removed  and  a  buff-wheel  with  spindle  and 
pulley  complete  put  in  its  place. 


Surface  Planer. 

planing-mills,  boat  builders,  etc.  It  has  a  station- 
ary cylinder,  convenient  to  have  the  countershaft 
cither  on  the  floor  or  overhead.  It  carries  three 
knives  with  steel-lip  chip  breakers  and  steel  jour- 
nals, with  pulley  for  two  driving  belts  running  in 
self-oiling  boxes,  with  a  wronght-irou  bonnet,  that 
can  be  swung  clear  of  the  cutters.  The  rollers 
have  folding  weighted  levers  that  are  self-adjust- 
ing to  the  thickness  of  lumber. 

Sus-peii'sion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  To 
support  a  wounded,  luxated,  or  fractured  limb. 
Generally  a  splint  with  means  of  suspension  from 
a  frame.  Illustrations  of  the  following  are  in 
Tlemanii's  "Armamentarium  Chirurgicum,"  Part 
IV.:  — 


fig.  2388. 


operator  has  easy  and  complete  control  in  moving  the  grinder 
or  buffer  backward  and  forward  over  the  work,  while  the 


Smith's  anterior  splint  for  the  leg,  Figs.  120,  154. 

Hogtlen's  suspending  apparatus,  Fig.  130. 

Salt's  cradle  or  swing, 
Fig.  156. 

Clark's  suspended  splint, 
Fig.  157. 

Buck's  suspension  appa- 
ratus, Fig.  174. 

Sayre's  suspension  appa- 
ratus, Figs.  193,  194. 

Swage  Block.   A 

large  perforated  and 
indented  iron  block  for 
swaging  iron  into  its 
desired  shape.  See 
Fig.  2388. 

Swa'ging   Mal'let. 


Swage  Block. 


A  tool  for  swaging  up 

artificial  plates.  Fig.  2388  represents  formers  used 
in  silversmith's  work. 

Swan'-neck  Nee'dle  For'ceps.  (Surgical.) 
An  instrument  for  use  through  curved  passages 
difficult  to  reach. 

Swash  Plate.  A  plate  set  obliquely  on  its 
axis  and  acting  as  a  cam  in  a  line  parallel  to  the 
shaft. 

Sweat  Rolling  Ma-chine'.     A  machine  for 


SWEAT   ROLLING  MACHINE. 


876 


SWITCH   TABLE. 


turning  the  edge  of  the  sweat-leather  lining  of  hats 
to  prevent  its  marking  or  hurting  the  forehead. 


Swaging  Mallets. 

The  machine  has  two  rollers  geared  together  and 
supported  in  a  frame,  the  upper  one  held  down  by 
a  rubber  spring  to  allow  it  to  yield  to  the  varying 
thickness  of  the  leather. 

Sweat  Sew'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
sewing  the  sweat  lining  in  hats.  See  Fig.  2390. 

Fig.  2390. 


Sweat  Sewing  Machine. 

Sweep.  (Agric.)  A  kind  of  plow  used  in  cul- 
tivating crops  planted  in  rows,  corn  or  cotton  for 
instance.  The  term  is  especially  applied  in  cotton 
cultivation,  the  share  or  snares  being  wide  and  cul- 
tivating a  wide  space  to  a  moderate  depth.  By  the 
inclination  of  the  shave  to  the  line  of  draft  the  soil 
is  cast  sideways  and  may  throw  it  either  away  from 
the  plants  while  small  or  towards  the  row  when 
they  are  more  advanced.  See  COTTOX  SWEEP. 

Sweep  Rake.  The  rake  that  clears  the  table 
of  a  self-rake  reaper. 

Fig.  2391. 


Swing  Churn. 


Swing  Churn.   A  box  churn  suspended  on  the 
ivoted  bed  irons  of  the  folding  frame  on  which  it 
See  Fig.  2391. 


PI 

swings 


Swing'ing  Valve.  A  swinging  straightaway 
check  valve.  The  clapper  swings  on  a  pin  loosely, 
and  the  disk  being  made  separately  can  be  ground 
in  the  same  as  other  valves. 

Swing  Mo'tioii  Gear.  (Railway.)  The  ar- 
rangement of  parts,  —  consisting  of  bolster,  spring- 
pknk,  swing-hangers,  pivots,  and  pins,  —  support- 
ing the  springs  and  truck-bolsters  by  which  a  car 
is  enabled  to  swing  laterally  on  the  truck. 

Swing  Saw.  The  swing  cut-off  saw  is  used 
for  cutting  up  stuff  for  packing  boxes,  etc.  It:  lias 
counter  shaft,  hangers,  and  pulleys. 

Switch.  For  descriptions  of  switches,  cross- 
ings, turn-outs,  and  frogs  on  Pennsylvania  Kail- 
road,  see  report  of  F.  Slataper.  "Centennial  Exhi- 
bition Reports,"  vol.  vi.,  Group  XVIII.,  p.  68. 

Switching  Eye.  (Railway.)  A  cast-iron 
socket  on  the  corner  of  a  freight  car  to  which  a 
chain  or  push  bar  may  be  applied  by  an  engine  on 
an  adjoining  track. 

Switch-ing-in'  Plug.  (Electricity.)  A  \  lug 
having  its  two  brass  sides  insu- 
lated from  each  other  by  a  strip 
of  hard  rubber  and  provided  with 
a  handle  of  the  same  material. 
The  sides  are  adapted  by  binding 
screws  to  be  connected  respec- 
tively with  the  terminals  of  a 
loop  or  relay  circuit  so  that  when 
thrust  into  a  plug-hole  the  two 
sides  of  which  are  similarly  in- 
sulated and  connected  with  the 
line  terminals,  the  said  loop  and 
line  will  be  in  one  circuit. 

Switch  Ta'ble.     The  Jones 
(Fig.    2393)  is   a    telephone    ex- 
change   switch    board    or    table 
through  which  all  the  subscribers    Switching-in  Plug. 
can   at    any   time    communicate 
with  each  other.     It  is  composed  of  the  following 
component  parts  :  — 


Fig.  2392. 


Telephone  lever  switch. 
Generator  of    electric   cur- 
rent. 


Plug  plates. 

Plug  connectors  with  flex- 
ible con  Is. 
Drop  or  electrical  indicator.     Treadle. 
Spring  jack.  Plug  sockets. 

Engine  or  generator  key.  Key  board. 

Telephone  key. 
See  TELEPHONE. 

From  the  instrument  of  every  subscriber  in  the  city  a  wire 
is  run  to  the  exchange.  When  a  subscriber  wants  to  talk  to 
any  other  subscriber,  he  calls  up  the  Exchange  by  ringing 
his  bell.  The  Exchange  answers,  finds  out  what  he  wants 
and  who  he  wants  to  talk  to,  calls  up  that  person,  and  con- 
nects or  "  switches  "  their  wires  together;  then  signals  to 
subscriber  No.  1  that  he  can  go  ahead  and  converse  with  No. 
2,  and  leaves  them  to  talk  together  as  long  as  they  please. 
When  they  are  through,  they  signal  to  the  Exchange,  and  he 
disconnects  them.  When  it  is  stated  that  the  average  num- 
ber of  "  switches  "  made  in  the  twenty-four  hours,  in  Cin- 
cinnati, is  6,000,  it  will  be  seen  to  what  an  extent  the  busi- 
ness has  grown. 

The  "  switch  "  tables,  of  which  there  are  twelve  in  the  Cin- 
cinnati Exchange,  are  in  form  of  a  common  writing  table, 
with  a  square  frame  standii.g  up  in  front  of  the  operator 
and  fastened  to  the  table.  To  this  frame  run  the  wires 
brought  into  the  office  through  the  cupola,  each  one  of 
which  is  ticketed  with  the  name  of  the  subscriber  to  whose 
instrument  it  is  attached. 

In  each  frame  are  from  forty  to  fifty  magnets  to  which 
these  wires  are  connected.  These  act  as  holders  for  the 
wires,  anil  are  numbered.  Thus  one  end  of  each  subscriber's 
wire  is  attached  to  the  instrument  in  his  office  or  home,  and 
the  other  is  fastened  to  this  frame  or  the  switch-board.  The 
operator  at  every  board  knows  the  number  of  each  subscri- 
ber. On  the  front  of  the  frame  facing  the  operator  are  a 
number  of  clamps,  one  to  each  magnet.  There  is  also  at- 
tached to  each  magnet  a  movable  piece  of  metal,  which 
works  automatically.  This  is  the  marker,  which  tells  the 
operator  which  line  calls  him,  as  it  drops  when  the  bell  at 
the  other  end  of  the  line  is  rung. 

Underneath  the  table  is  a  machine  worked  by  a  treadle, 
which  generates  the  electric  current  by  friction,  and  is  con- 


SWITCH   TABLE. 


877 


TALKING  MACHINE. 


Switch  Table. 

nected  by  a  wire  with  a  clamp  on  the  table  On  the  table  is 
a  key -board,  like  the  key-board  of  a  type- writer.  It  contains 
two  Ift-'je  keys  ami  a  number  of  small  onec  corresponding  to 
the  number  of  wires  on  the  frame.  One  of  the  large  keys  is 
connected  with  the  generator  and  the  other  with  the  tele- 
phone, which  is  fixed  on  an  upright  fastened  to  the  table 
within  reach  of  the  operator's  ear,  leaving  him  at  liberty  to 
u<e  Imth  hands.  Hanging  on  a  hook  within  reach  of  each  ta- 
ble are  a  number  of  loops  or  sections  of  flexible  covered  wire 
with  a  brass  point  at  each  end.  This,  with  a  microphone, 
also  on  the  table,  is  the  apparatus.  Now  as  to  how  it  is  used. 
We  will,  to  illustrate,  take  the  first  table,  on  which  the  con- 
necting wires  are  numbered  from  1  to  40.  Suppose  Mr.  A. 
has  the  telephone  No.  1  and  Mr.  B  the  telephone  No.  25,  and 
that  A  wants  to  talk  with  B.  He  goes  to  his  instrument  and 
rings  the  bell.  At  that  instant  the  little  marker  attached  to 
wire  No.  1  in  the  Exchange  rattles  and  falls,  attracting  the 
operator's  attention.  He  has  one  of  his  loops  attached  by  one 
point  to  the  clamp  on  his  table  connected  with  the  generator 
and  as  soon  as  he  gets  the  call  takes  the  other  point  and  in- 
serts it  in  the  clamp  attached  to  wire  No.  1,  thus  connecting 
the  latter  with  the  generator.  At  the  same  time  he  works 
the  treadle  and  generates  a  current  of  electricity,  which, 
by  pressing  on  one  of  the  large  keys,  he  directs" into  wire 
No.  1.  At  the  instant  he  presses  this  key  the  current  passes 
over  the  wire  and  rings  A's  bell.  The  operator  slips  his 
finger  to  the  other  large  key,  and  applying  his  ear  to  the 


telephone,  and  speaking  at  the  microphone,  says,  "  Hello!  " 
A,  when  he  hears  his  bell  ring,  takes  his  telephone  in 
hand,  and,  applying  it  to  his  ear.  hears  the  "hello,"  and 
calls  to  the  operator,  "Put  me  on  Mr.  B,"  or  "  Connect 
me  with  Mr.  B.''  The  operator  answers,  "  All  right,"  and 
proceeds  to  call  up  B  by  directing  a  current  of  electricity 
from  the  generator  through  a  loop,  the  point  of  which  he  has 
inserted  in  the  clamp  connecting  with  B's  wire.  This  cur- 
rent rings  B's  hell.  He  goes  to  his  instrument,  rings  back  an 
answer,  his  marker  rattles  and  drops,  and  the  operator,  con- 
necting his  telephone  with  B's,  as  he  did  with  A's,  calls  to 
him  that  A  wants  to  talk  with  him.  He  then  connects  the 
two  wires,  1  and  25,  together  by  means  of  a  loop,  the  opposite 
points  of  which  are  in  the  two  clamps  connected  with  their 
wires.  This  forms  a  continuous  wire  between  the  telephones 
of  A  and  B,  and  the  operator,  having  called  to  A  —  who  has 
held  his  telephone  to  his  ear  —  that  B  is  ready,  they  go  on 
with  their  conversation.  By  pressing  either  key  No.  1  or 
key  No.  2  on  the  key-board  and  keeping  his  ear  at  the  tele- 
phone the  operator  can  hear  their  conversation.  He  listens 
for  a  moment  to  satisfy  himself  that  their  communication  is 
uninterrupted  and  then  takes  his  finger  off  the  key.  When 
A  and  B  are  through  they  inform  the  operator  by  tap  of  the 
bell  and  he  takes  away  the  loop  connecting  their  wires,  dis- 
connecting them.  Though  the  operation  takes  some  time  in 
describing,  it  is  very  quickly  done,  not  occupying  more  than 
a  minute  if  the  owners  of  each  telephone  are  prompt  in  an- 
swering his  call.  The  only  delay  is  with  them.  The  opera- 
tor is  always  at  his  post,  and  can  switch  two  parties  together 
in  a  few  seconds  if  they  answer  as  soon  as  called. 

Swiv'el  Plow.  A  reversible  mold-board  of 
full  size  is  so  arranged  on  its  swivel  attachment 
that  in  connection  with  the  point  it  makes  also  a 
laiidside  plow.  Sec  Fig.  2394. 

Fig.  2394. 


Swivel  Plow. 

Swiv'el  Ta1>le  Clamp.  One  intended  for 
the  attachment  of  jeweler  or  amateur  vises,  without 
injury  to  the  article  to  which  they  are  attached. 
With  it  the  vise  can  be  clamped  firmly  to  any 
kind  of  table,  mantel,  or  projection. 

Sword  Mat.  (Nautical.)  A  mat  worked  with 
a  blade  like  a  sword  to  drive  home  the  roving 
threads.  It  is  made  with  shoulders  to  protect  the 
laniards  of  lower  rigging,  boats,  gripes,  etc. 

Sym-pal'mo-graph.  An  instrument  for  mak- 
ing Lissajou's  sound  curves.  —  "English  Mechanic," 
*xxv.  18. 

Syr'inge.     See  INJECTOR. 

Syr'inge  Gun.  A  tube  with  piston,  ejecting 
water  for  disabling  humming  birds  without  destroy- 
ing them. 


T. 


TaTale  Brush.  (Leather.)  A  soft  brush  used 
by  curriers  to  sweep  shavings  from  the  buffing  ta- 
ble. 

Taf'fe-tas  Ar'mure.  (  Weaving  )  One  of 
the  four  principal  characters  of  weaving.  See 
ARMURE. 

This  is  a  simple  form  of  weaving,  having  but  two  harnesses, 
simply  interlacing  the  threads  of  the  warp  and  weft. 

This  is  the  weave  of  broad-cloth,  cotton  shirtings  and 
sheetings  and  mousseline  de  laines. 

The  variations  in  the  goods  are  cited  under  FABRIC. 


Take  Up.  (Weaving.)  1.  The  web  roller  on 
which  the  cloth  is  wound. 

2.  The  device  on  a  sewing  machine  for  taking 
up  the  slack  of  the  thread  on  the  upward  stroke  of 
the  needle. 

Take'  Up  Mo'tion.  (  Weaving.)  A  device  for 
automatically  winding  the  tissue  on  to  the  cloth 
beam. 

See  English  form,  "Scientific  Amer.  Supplement,"  *4091. 

Talk'ing  Ma-chine'.      During   more  than  a 


TALKING   MACHINE. 


878 


TANNIN-TESTING  MACHINE. 


centurv  inventors  have  turned  their  ingenuity  to 
Constructing  machines  capable  of  imitating  the  hu- 
man voice/  though  what  practical  purpose  they 
might  serve,  if  ever  so  perfect,  it  is  difficult  to  dis- 
cover. One  of  the  latest  of  these  efforts  is  a  ma- 
chine made  by  M.  Faber. 

It  consists  essentially  of  three  parts,  —  the  wind-producing 
system,  the  sound  making  apparatus,  and  the  articulating 
arrangement.  As  for  the  first,  nothing  particular  need  be 
said  :  it  is  simply  a  species  of  bellows.  The  second,  the 
sound-producer,  the  larynx,  is  an  ivory  tube  so  constructed 
that  within  certain  limits  the  length  may  be  varied  so  as  to 
cause  a  difference  in  tone  produced.  Probably  it  would  have 
been  more  successful  had  some  more  elastic  material  been 
adopted.  The  articulating  apparatus  includes  a  part  for 
sounding  the  vowels,  and  another  for  pronouncing  the  con- 
sonants. The  former  are  due  to  the  passage  of  air  through 
openings  of  different  shapes,  made  in  diaphragms  placed  suc- 
cessively in  the  current  of  air  by  the  action  of  levers  moved 
by  the  fingers ;  in  addition,  a  special  cavity,  destined  to  pro- 
duce nasal  sounds,  can  be  put  in  communication  with  the 
former  at  pleasure  by  means  of  a  particular  lever.  The 
consonants  are  produced  by  pieces,  the  action  of  which  is 
analogous  to  that  of  the  lips,  the  teeth,  and  the  tongue,  and 
the  rolling  of  the  r  is  caused  by  a  wheel.  All  these  imitation 
organs  are  put  in  motion  by  14  keys  very  ingeniously  dis- 
posed in  a  way  to  produce  the  necessary  intensity  of  action 
and  variation  in  sequence  of  the  parts  destined  to  pronounce 
a  syllable.  The  number  of  14  keys  is  sufficient,  for  by  cer- 
tain variations  in  the  touch  the  intended  sound  can  be  reg- 
ulated as  strong  orweak  at  pleasure.  As  might  be  expected, 
the  language  of  the  machine  is  very  monotonous,  and  is  by 
no  means  perfect,  as  some  sounds  produce  a  much  better 
effect  than  others  :  however,  in  general,  the  words  pro- 
nounced are  easily  understood.  They  cannot  be  compared 
to  the  changes  in  the  human  voice,  and  whatever  improve- 
ments the  machine  may  receive,  the  question  still  remains, 
Of  what  use  is  it  ? 

Talking  Machine,  Faber  .  *  "Scientific  American,'"  xlii.  266. 

Ta'mise.     (Fabric.)    An  all-wool  French  goods. 

Ta'niise  Rep.  (Fabric.)  A  corded  all-wool 
French  goods. 

Tam'pon.  (Surgical.)  a.  A  plug  to  arrest 
nasal  hemorrhage.  See  EPISTAXIS. 
•  6.  An  inflatable  plug  inserted  in  the  trachea  to 
prevent  blood  from  entering  the  lungs  while  the 
surgeon  is  operating  on  the  throat  above  the  in- 
strument, the  lungs  being  supplied  with  air  through 
a  silver  tube. 

Trenflelenberg's,  Fig.  391,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamen- 
tarium Chirurgicum.'' 

Tam'pon  Screw.  (Surgical.)  An  instrument 
with  a  screw-end  to  engage  and  insert  or  withdraw 
a  tampon  or  compress  to  prevent  hemorrhage. 

Sims',  Fig.  468,  Part  III.,  Tiemann's  "  Armamentai  ium ." 

Tan'dem  Eii'gine.  A  steam  engine  in  which 
the  two  cylinders  are  placed  in  line,  one  in  front  of 
the  other,  tandem  fashion. 

See  COMPOUND  TANDEM  ENGINE. 

Escher  Wyss  et  Cie *  "Enicine.fr,"  xlvi.  23. 

Kingdon *  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,"  3848. 

Tan'gent  Garva-nom'e-ter. 

The  Western  Union  standard  tangent  galvanometer,  Fig. 
2395,  is  mounted  on  a  circular  hard  rubber  base  provided 
with  leveling  screws.  It  consists  of  a  magnetized  needle 
suspended  at  the  center  of  a  rubber  ring,  containing  the 
coils.  The  coils  are  five  in  number,  of  the  resistances,  0, 
1,  9,  40.  and  150  ohms  (=r200).  The  first  is  a  stout  copper 
band  of  inappreciable  resistance  ;  the  others  are  of  differ- 
ent sized  copper  wires,  carefully  insulated. 

The  five  terminals  have  plug-holes  marked  respectively 
0, 1,  10,  50,  and  200.  The  plugs  inserted  at  the  end  of  the 
terminal  marked  200,  puts  in  circuit  all  the  coils  :  at  the  ter- 
minal marked  50,  all  except  the  150  ohm  coil  ;  and  so  on  till 
at  the  zero  terminal  only  the  copper  band  is  in  circuit. 

An  aluminum  printer  is  fixed  to  the  needle  at  right  angles, 
extending  across  a  5"  dial.  On  one  side  the  dial  is  divided 
into  degrees,  on  the  other  it  is  graduated,  the  figures  of  the 
scale  corresponding  to  the  tangent  of  the  angles  of  deflec- 
tion. The  needle  is  suspended  by  a  jewel  and  points. 

In  the  base  of  the  instrument  are  three  resistance  coils,  of 
German  silver  wire,  of  10,  500,  and  5,000  ohms,  having  ter- 
minals and  plugs. 


Tangent  Galvanometer. 

A  tangent  galvanometer  has  been  recently  introduced  by 
Louis  Schwindler.  The  galvanometer  has  two  coils,  —  one  of 
thick  wire  and  few  convolutions,  offering  no  more  than  1 
ohm  resistance  ;  another  of  thin  copper  wire,  having  a  greater 
number  of  convolutions,  and  resistance  of  100  ohms.  Two  sets 
of  resistance  coils  for  use  with  the  above  coils,  respectively, 
one  of  20  and  200  ohms,  the  other  of  1,000  and  2,000  ohms.  A 
simple  reverser  allows  the  readings  of  the  galvanometer  to 
be  taken  from  either  side  of  zero,,  In  order  that  the  strength 
of  the  currents  passing  through  the  coils  may  be  as  nearly 
as  possible  proportional  to  the  tangents  of  the  deflections, 
the  magnet  has  a  length  of  less  than  one  fifth  of  the  diame- 
ter of  the  deflecting  coil.  The  small  magnetic  needle  carries 
a  thin  aluminum  pointer  fixed  in  the  right  angle  of  the  nee- 
dle. In  order  that  the  needle  after  each  deflection  may 
come  sooner  to  rest,  the  aluminum  point  carries  small  wind 
fans  of  the  same  metal.  When  closing  the  box  the  needle 
is  taken  off  its  pivot. 

Tank  Lo-co-mo'tive.  A  form  of  tank  loco- 
motive invented  by  M.  N.  Forney,  of  the  "  Railroad 
Gazette."  It  is  adapted  for  narrow  gage.  The  ten- 
der  end  of  the  frame  is  carried  on  a  4-whecl  truck  ; 
differing  in  this  respect  from  the  plantation  loco- 
motive, which  has  a  2-wheel  truck  in  its  larger 
forms,  and  is  destitute  of  a  truck  in  the  smaller 
engines,  which  are  supported  on  4  wheels  only. 

The  Forney  locomotive  resembles  the  usual  pas- 
senger and  freight  narrow-gage  locomotives  modi- 
fied by  connecting  the  engine  and  tender  in  one 
rigid  frame. 

Tan'nin-test'ing  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  2396 
represents  the  "  Muntz  "  apparatus  for  testing  the 
efficiency  of  any  tanning  solution  or  material. 
The  principle  involved  consists  in  forcing  a  solu- 
tion containing  tannin  through  a  piece  of  hide. 
The  density  of  the  solution  is  taken  before  and 
after  the  operation,  and  a  comparison  of  the  den- 
sities enables  the  value  of  the  solution  to  be  read- 
ily determined. 

The  figure  shows  the  internal  arrangement.  Having  taken 
a  small  piece  of  raw  hide,  and  placed  it  inside,  on  the  DM6  of 
the  apparatus,  the  india-rubber  cover  is  closed  down  over 
it,  and  secured  by  the  screws  in  the  claws.  The  liquid  to  be 
tested  is  then  poured  in  on  the  top  of  the  piece  of  hide  through 
the  small  opening,  which  is  fitted  with  a  screw  stopper,  B. 
This  done,  pressure  is  brought  to  bear  by  turning  the  per- 
pendicular main  screw  v  at  the  bottom  of  which  is  attached 
a  brass  disk,  which  gradually  compresses  the  india-rubber 
cover,  and  forces  the  liquid  to  filter  through  the  hide.  The 
screw  must  be  tightened  up  occasionally  so  as  to  maintain 
the  pressure.  A  glass  is  placed  beneath  the  machine  to  re- 
ceive the  liquid,  which  percolates  drop  by  drop.  When  suf- 
ficient has  been  obtained  to  fill  a  small  test  glass,  the  den- 
sity is  taken.  To  do  this  the  glass  should  be  filled  with  the 

\ 


TANNIN-TESTING  MACHINE. 


879 


TAWING. 


Tig.  2396. 


Tannin   Tester. 


first  liquid  kept  in  reserve,  and  the  tannometer  inserted.  In 
a  few  minutes  it  will  become  steady,  and  the  degree  is  then 
noted.  The  same  process  must 
be  repeated  with  the  filtered 
liquid.  The  difference  of  de- 
grees between  the  two  densi- 
ties shows  the  percentage  of 
tannin  in  the  analyzed  sub- 
stance. This  difference  is  mul- 
tiplied by  40  if  'ty  per  cent  of 
stuff  is  put  into  water  ;  by  21 1, 
if  5  per  cent ;  by  10,  if  10  per 
cent ;  and  by  5,  if  20  pur  cent. 
For  instance,  if  the  tannome- 
ter marks  for  the  first  liquid 
2.8,  and  for  the  second  1.3,  the 
difference,  1.5,  or  lj°,  must  be 
multiplied  by  40  if  we  have 
taken  2J  per  cent.,  which  gives 
60  per  cent,  of  tannin;  by  20 
if  we  have  taken  5  per  cent., 
which  gives  30  per  cent,  of  tan- 
nin ;  by  10  if  we  have  taken 
10  per  cent.,  which  gives  15  per 
cent,  of  tannin. 

The  tannometer  referred  to 
is  practically  a  hydrometer, 
which  is  supplied  with  the  in- 
strument, with  it  were  de- 
tected the  valuable  properties 
ofbalsamo  carpon,  which,  when 
gathered  ripe,  and  the  gum  ta- 
ken off  free  from  the  fiber  of 
the  pod,  contains  80  per  cent, 
of  feanuic  acid.  It  is  this  gum 
which  weights  the  leather. 
Gall  nuts  are  liked  by  the  tan- 
ners, but  it  is  now  found  that 
the  property  of  gallic  acid  is 
to  open  the  pores  and  allow  the  other  weighting  materials 
to  enter  the  hide.  With  this  small  machine,  tanners  and 
chemists  can  test  the  bark  from  different  trees,  some  of 
which  are  known  to  yield  tannic  acid,  and  are  employed 
for  the  manufacture  of  ink  and  dye,  but  have  never  been 
used  for  tanning  leather.  The  hide  takes  from  the  solution 
all  the  properties  it  requires  when  the  substance  is  filtered. 

Tannin  extract  factory  .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1603. 

Toting  appa.,  Muntz.  *  "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxiv.  355. 

Muntz,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xli.  171. 

Tannic    acid    extractor. 

Thomson *"  Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  144. 

Tar'get.  1.  A  signal  used  at  railroad  crossings 
and  switches.  See  SIGNALS. 

2.  A  shield  used  for  proof  of  heavy  guns. 

Shoeburyness,  Britain,  *  Report  of  Cols.  Barnard  and 
Wright,  U.  S.  Engineers,  Fabrication  of  iron  for  defensive 
purposes,  Supplement,  No.  21. 

Targets  of  100-ton  gun     *  "  Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvi.  150. 
Tangent  galvanometer. 

Obach,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  351. 

Tas'e-om'e-ter.  Invented  by  Steiuer,  of  Vi- 
enna, for  measuring  the  strains  of  structures. 

It  depends  upon  the  tone  given  out  by  a  wire  or  strip  when 
stretched.  The  wire  being  attached  the  variation  in  length 
of  the  bar  causes  a  change  in  the  tone.  "Telegraphic  Jour- 
nal,-' vi.  126. 

The  strain  measurer  of  M.  Clevenad,  of  Paris,  is  figured  in 
the  "  Annnlfs  ties  Ponts  et  C/iausxees,'"  and  is  designed  to 
measure  directly  the  strains  to  which  the  different  parts  of 
any  structure  are  submitted.  See  STRAIN  MEASURER. 

See  TESTING  MACHINE. 

Ta-sim'e-ter.  A  device  for  measuring  very 
minute  variations  of  temperature. 

It  is  founded  on  the  property,  discovered  by  Edison,  that 
lampblack,  when  pressed  in  the  form  of  a  button,  affects  the 
electric  currents  passing  through  the  same,  and  offers  a  re- 
sistance, which  diminishes  with  the  pressure,  and  so  sensi- 
tive is  it  that  when  this  pressure  varies  to  the  amount  of 
only  one  millionth  part  of  an  inch,  the  variation  in  the  elec- 
tric current  passing  through  it  will  cause  a  variation  in  the 
deflection  of  the  galvanometer  needle,  and  this  variation  will 
be  in  proportion  to  the  pressure.  Thus,  for  instance,  if  the 
carbon  button  is  pressed  by  a  strip  of  vulcanite,  and  the 
warm  hand  is  held  at  a  distance  of  4"  from  it,  the  expansion 
by  heat  of  this  strip,  and  the  consequent  increased  pressure, 
will  cause  an  increase  in  the  conductibility  of  the  carbon, 
and  the  electric  current  which  previously  passed  through  and 
made  the  galvanometer  deflect  a  certain  number  of  degrees, 
will  cause  a  greater  deflection.  The  same  will  take  place 


when  a  gas  flame  or  a  match  is  ignited  in  the  room,  even  at 
a  distance  of  4'.  ]f  a  strip  of  gelatine  is  used  to  press  the 
carbon  button,  its  expansion  by  moisture  will  be  indicated 
in  the  same  way,  when  a  piece  of  moistened  paper  or  a  wet 
finger  is  held  at  a  distance  of  4"  or  5"  ;  the  heat  of  a  lighted 
cigar,  drying  the  gelatine,  will  cause  it  to  contract  again,  di- 
minished pressure  is  the  result,  the  current  passing  through 
the  carbon  undergoes  greater  resistance,  and  the  deflection 
of  the  needle  will  be  in  the  opposite  direction. 

This  instrument  is  an  outgrowth  of  Edison's  experiments 
with  that  form  of  the  telephone  with  which  he  tried  to  vary 
the  intensity  of  electric  waves  by  means  of  the  voice.  It 
promises  to  be  a  most  importunt  addition  to  the  delicate  in- 
struments for  measuring  very  minute  variations  of  tempera- 
ture. 

Thus  far  the  most  delicate  instrument  known  to  science 
for  determining,  for  instance,  the  heat  iu  the  different  parts 
of  the  solar  spectrum,  has  been  the  thermopile.  This  instru- 
ment is  based  on  .Seebeclrs  discovery  that  when  metals  of 
different  kind?  are  jointed  together,  and  the  joint  is  heated, 
an  electric  current  is  produced,  passing  from  one  metal  to 
the  other.  By  multiplying  the  joints  and  connections  of 
the  metals,  after  the  principle  of  a  galvanic  battery  arranged 
for  very  great  intensity,  very  small  variations  of  temperature 
can  be  observed  by  the  electric  currents  generated,  and  their 
action  upon  the  magnetic  needle  of  the  galvanometer.  The 
great  superiority  of  the  tasinieter  over  the  thermopile  may 
be  illustrated  in  a  simple  manner.  If  a  few  inches  from  the 
former  a  hot  iron  is  placed,  it  will  deflect  the  needle  of  an 
ordinary  galvanometer  say  one  degree;  holding  the  warm 
finger  4"  from  the  tasimeter  with  the  same  galvanometer, 
will  swing  the  needle  round  some  six  degrees. 

The  applications,  actual  and  projected,  of  the  instrument 
are  numerous  :  — 

To  warn  vessels  of  the  approach  of  icebergs  by  exposure  to- 
the  air  or  to  the  water  cooled  by  their  vicinity. 

To  indicate  otherwise  inappreciable  weights,  as  such  laid 
on  the  apparatus  will  affect  it. 

To  record  pressures  of  air  in  motion  ;  affording  a  delicate 
and  useful  addition  to  the  anemometer. 

"Manufacturer  ff  Builder,"  x.  149;  Prescott's  "Speaking 
Telephone,"  etc.,  *  p. 

Fig.  2396  shows  in  perspective  the  latest  form  of  the  Edison, 
tasimeter.  See  also  MICROTASIMETER. 

Tasimeter   ....    "Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  143. 
Fig.  2397. 


Tasimeter. 

Tast'ing  Hole.  A  hole  in  a  cementing  furnace 
at  which  trial  bars  are  left  to  protrude  in  order  to 
permit  examination  of  the  condition  of  the  process. 

The  same  term  is  applied  to  holes  in  other  fur- 
naces left  for  examination  of  contents. 

Taw'ing.  Tanning  a  lamb-skin  with  the  wool 
on  it. 

Make  a  strong  soapsuds,  using  hot  water;  when  it  is  cold 
wash  the  skin  in  it,  carefully  squeezing  it  between  t/.o  hands 
to  get  the  dirt  out  of  the  wool ;  then  wash  the  so;ip  out  with 
clean,  cold  water;  next  dissolve  alum  and  salt,  of  each  half 
a  pound,  in  a  little  hot  water,  which  put  into  a  tub  of  cold 
water  sufficient  to  cover  the  skin,  and  let  it  soak  in  it  over- 


TAWING. 


880 


TELEGRAPH. 


night,  or  12  hours  ;  now  hang  the  skin  over  a  pole  to  drain  ; 
when  well  drained  spread  or  stretch  carefully  on  a  board  to 
dry.  It  need  not  be  tacked  down  if  drawn  out  several  times 
with  the  hand  while  drying.  When  yet  a  little  damp, 
sprinkle  pulverized  saltpeter  and  alum  (an  ounce  each  mixed 
tngeilier)  on  the  flesh  side,  rubbing  it  in  well.  It  is  now  to 
hang  in  the  shade  two  or  three  days,  the  flesh  side  in,  until 
perfectly  dry.  When  entirely  dry, 'scrape  the  flesh  side  with 
a  blunt  knife  to  remove  any  scraps  of  flesh.  Trim  off  all 
projecting  points,  and  rub  the  flesh  side  with  pumice  or  rot- 
ten stone,  and  with  the  hands.  Prepared  in  this  way  it  is 
white  and  beautiful,  suitable  for  a  door-mat,  and  also  nice 
for  the  feet  in  a  sleigh  or  wagon  in  cold  weather. 

Teem'ing.  Pouring ;  as  for  instance,  the 
weighing  of  steel  ingots  during  teeming,  that  is, 
while  running  into  the  mold. 

See  apparatus  of  Ferdinand  Moro,  Kladno  Iron  Works, 
Austin,  *  "Engineering,'-'  xxx.  270. 

Tel-au'to-graph.  An  electrical  device  for 
transmitting  autographs,  or  copying  designs. 

An  ingenious  application  of  the  same  general  principles  as 
Morse's  telegraphic  alphabet.  A  message  is  written  by  the 
sender  in  an  ink  which  does  not  conduct  the  electric  cur- 
rent, and  the  paper  is  placed  in  such  a  position  that  a  style, 
or  metallic  pencil,  drawn  by  machinery  across  the  sheet, 
covers  it  with  an  infinite  number  of  lines,  drawn  so  closely 
as  at  first  sight  to  produce  the  effect  of  almost  continuous 
coloring,  the  letters  remaining  uncolored.  Whatever  is  done 
at  one  end  of  a  telegraphic  wire  can  be  repeated  with  ease  at 
the  other,  and  a,  facsimile  of  the  original  is  inscribed  simul- 
taneously, and  by  the  same  means,  at  the  receiving  station. 
Thus,  an  autographic  message  with  recognizable  signature  — 
or  a  telegraphic  check  —  may  be  instantaneously  transmitted 
by  any  telegraph  fitted  with  the  proper  apparatus.  This  sys- 
tem is  actually  employed  on  at  least  one  Italian  line,  and  it 
seems  somewhat  strange  that,  considering  its  extreme  sim- 
plicity and  the  great  convenience  of  a  recognizable  autograph, 
the  use  of  such  a  process  has  not  become  more  general.  The 
possibility  of  deception  and  the  impossibility  of  automatic 
unquestionable  record,  such  as  the  copying-press  gives  to 
letters,  greatly  restrict  the  use  of  the  ordinary  telegraph  by 
men  of  business  ;  and  both  inconveniences  are  removed,  it 
is  said,  by  the  employment  of  telautography. 

Te-lec'tro-scope.  An  apparatus  for  repro- 
ducing by  telegraph  the  images  obtained  in  the 
camera  obscura.  This  apparatus  is  based  on  the 
property  possessed  by  selenium  of  offering  a  va- 
riable and  very  sensitive  electrical  resistance  ac- 
cording to  the  different  gradations  of  light. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  ordinary  camera  obscura, 
containing  at  the  focus  an  unpolished  glass,  and  any  system 
of  autographic-telegraphic  transmission  ;  the  tracing  point  of 
the  transmitter  intended  to  traverse  the  surface  of  the  unpol- 
ished glass,  will  be  formed  of  a  small  piece  of  selenium  held 
by  two  springs  acting  as  pincers,  insulated  and  connected, 
one  with  a  pile,  the  other  with  tlie  line.  The  point  of  the 
selenium  will  form  the  circuit.  In  gliding  over  the  surface, 
more  or  less  lightened  up,  of  the  unpolished  glass,  this  point 
will  communicate,  in  different  degrees,  and  with  great  sen- 
sitiveness, the  vibrations  of  the  light.  The  receiver  will 
also  be  a  tracing  point  of  blacklead  or  pencil  for  drawing  very 
finely,  connected  with  a  very  thin  plate  of  soft  iron,  held  al- 
most as  in  the  Bell  telephone,  and  vibrating  before  an  electro- 
magnet, governed  by  the  irregular  current  emitted  in  the  line. 
This  pencil,  supporting  a  sheet  of  paper  arranged  so  as  to 
receive  the  impression  of  the  image  produced  in  the  camera 
obscura,  will  translate  the  vibrations  of  the  metallic  plate 
by  a  more  or  less  pronounced  pressure  on  that  sheet  of 
paper. 

Tel'e-graph.  The  following  is  the  chronology 
of  the  telegraph. 

TELEGRAPHS   BY  ELECTRICITY. 

1774.  —  Georges  Louis  Lesage,  Geneva,  setup  the  first  tel- 
egraph line,  which  consisted  of  24  insulated  wires  for  the 
alphabet,  each  terminating  in  a  pith-ball  electroscope,  duly 
lettered,  for  indicating  by  its  excitation  the  succession  of 
letters  in  the  message,  the  transmitting  operator  using  a 
manual  conductor  from  an  electrical  machine. 

1787.  —  Mons.  Lomond,  Paris  employed  a  single  brass  wire 
in  connection  with  pith-ball  electroscopes,  making  use  of  an 
alphabet  of  motions. 

1794.  —  M.  Reiser,  Geneva,  used  36  insulated  wires  for  let- 
ters and  numerals,  in  connection  with  a  like  number  of  nar- 
row strips  of  tin  foil  pasted  on  glass  ;  the  letters  and  figures 
were  cut  in  the  foil  and  made  visible  by  the  passage  of  the 
electric  spark. 


1795.  —  Tiberius  Cavallo,  England,  sent  explosive  and  other 
electric  signals  through  fine  insulated  copper  wire,  using 
Leyden  jars,  and  sending  "  sparks  at  different  intervals  ac- 
cording to  a  settled  plan.'' 

1798.  —  D.  F.  Salva,  Spain,  worked  an  electric  telegraph 
through  the  unprecedented  distance  of  26  miles,  using  a  sin- 
gle wire,  and  the  sparks  of  a  Leyden  jar  for  signals. 

1816.  —  Francis  Ronalds,  England,  constructed  an  experi- 
mental telegraph  line,  of  a  single  insulated  wire  8  miles  long, 
operated  by  an  electrical  machine,  or  small  Leyden  jar.  His 
elementary  signal  was  the  divergence  of  the  pith-balls  of  a 
Cauton's  electrometer,  produced  by  the  communication  of  a 
statical  charge  to  the  wire.  Lettered  dials,  rotated  synchro- 
nously at  each  end  of  the  line,  served,  in  connection  with 
the  pith-balls,  to  indicate  the  letter  designated  by  the  sender. 
This  dial  system  was  the  precursor  of  Wheatsooiie's  dial  tel- 
egraph in  1839  ;  House's  letter  printing  telegraph  in  1846 ; 
and  Hughes's  printing  telegraph  in  1855. 

1828.  —  Harrison  Gray  Dyar,  America,  constructed  a  tele- 
graph on  Long  Island,  supporting  his  wires  by  glass  insula- 
tors fixed  on  trees  and  poles;  the  electric  signals  printed 
themselves  upon  litmus  paper,  the  spacing  of  the  marks  in- 
dicating the  letters  and  other  signs.  Just  as  Dyar  and  his 
partner  Brown  were  seeking  capital  to  set  up  a  line  between 
New  York  and  Philadelphia,  a  black-mailing  agent,  failing 
to  extort  the  concession  of  a  large  share  in  the  enterprise, 
obtained  a  writ  against  the  two  partners  on  a  charge  of  con- 
spiracy to  carry  a  secret  communication  between  tin;  cities '. 
The  case  was  never  brought  to  trial,  but  the  enterprise  was 
blocked. 

According  to  Steinheil,  these  various  experiments  put  it 
beyond  a  doubt  that  frictional  electricity  might  be  made  a 
successful  means  of  telegraphic  intercourse. 

TELEGRAPHS   BY    GALVANISM. 

1808.  —The  first  to  apply  to  telegraphy  the  galvanic  bat- 
tery introduced  by  Volta,  in  180i>,  was  Dr.  Samuel  Thomas 
Von  Soemmering,  of  Munich.  He  employed  the  energy  of  a 
powerful  voltaic  pile  to  bring  about  the  decomposition  of 
water  by  means  of  35  goldjins  immersed  in  an  oblong  glass 
trough.  Each  of  these  electrodes  was  in  connection  with  one 
of  the  35  wires  forming  the  line.  The  bubbles  evolved  at 
these  electrodes  were  received  in  lettered  and  figured  tubes, 
and  the  messages  were  thus  spelled  out.  In  1810  Soemmer- 
ing telegraphed  through  two  miles  of  wire. 

1816.  —  Dr.  John  Redman  Coxe,  of  Philadelphia,  suggested 
a  system  substantially  the  same  as  Soemmering's  (of  which 
he  appeared  to  be  ignorant).  He  also  proposed  to  accomplish 
the  same  result  by  decomposing  metallic  salts,  as  was  after- 
wards done. 

1843.  —  Mr.  Robert  Smith,  Scotland,  devised  a  galvano- 
chemical  telegraph  carrying  out  practically  the  suggestion 
of  Dr.  Coxe.  At  first  he  used  a  separate  wire  for  each  let- 
ter, the  message  being  printed  on  a  strip  of  paper  wet  with 
a  solution  of  ferrocyanide  of  potassium.  Subsequently  Mr. 
Smith  reduced  his  line  to  a  single  circuit  of  two  wires,  and 
worked  his  system  through  1,800  yards  of  fence  wire  (1846). 

1846.  —  Mr.  Alexander  Bain,  Scotland,  patented  in  Eng- 
land a  galvano-chemical  telegraph,  different  in  mechanical 
details,  but  similar  in  its  chemical  record  to  the  system  of 
Smith. 

1849.  — Prof.  Samuel  F.  B.  Morse,  New  York,  patented  in 
this  country  a  telegraph  similar  to  Smith's. 

TELEGRAPHS    BY   GALVANO-MAGNETISM. 

1820.  — Hans  Christian  Oersted,  Copenhagen,  rediscovered 
the  directive  influence  of  a  galvanic  conductor  on  a  magnetic 
needle  (Romagnosi's  observations  of  the  same  in  1802  having 
attracted  no  attention).  The  same  year  (1820)  Professor 
Schweigger,  of  Halle,  made  the  first  real  galvanometer;  and 
shortly  after  Ampere,  in  Paris,  proved  experimentally  the 
feasibility  of  an  electro-magnetic  telegraph,  in  which  the 
galvanometer  should  take  the  place  of  the  electrometer  em- 
ployed by  Lesage. 

1823. —Baron  Paul  L.  Schilling,  of  Cronstadt,  Russia, 
practically  applied  Ampere's  suggestion.  In  his  apparatus 
signals  were  produced  by  five  galvanometer  needles,  provided 
with  independent  circuits. 

1824.  —  Peter  Barlow,  England,  experimenting  with  con- 
siderable lengths  of  wire,  to  test  the  practicability  of  Am- 
pere's suggestion,  was  convinced  that  it  was  impracticable, 
owing  to  the  rapid  diminution  of  effect  (due  to  increased  re- 
sistance), by  lengthening  the  conducting  wire.  Other  in- 
conclusive experiments  in  the  same  direction  were  made  bv 
Fechter  in  1829,  and  Ritchie  in  1830. 

1833.  —  Prof.  Carl  Friedrich  Gauss  and  Wilhelm  Edward 
Weber  constructed  at  Gottingen  a  galvanometer  telegraph  of 
a  single  circuit  of  uninsulated  wire  a  mile  and  a  half  long. 
The  alphabet  of  signs  was  made  up  of  right  and  left  deflec- 
tions of  the  needle,  observed  by  reflections  from  a  small  mir- 
ror. Gauss  was  the  first  to  employ  magneto-electricity  in 
telegraphs.  Weber  added  to  the  signaling  device  a  delicate 
apparatus  for  setting  off  a  clock  alarm. 

1836.  —  Prof.  C.  A.  Steinheil,  of  Munich,  undertook,  at  the 


TELEGKAPH. 


881 


TELEGRAPH. 


request  of  Gauss,  the  development  of  the  arrangement  above 
described,  and  constructed  a  similar  galvanometer  telegraph 
line  two  miles  in  length,  introducing  considerable  improve- 
ments. The  next  year  Steinheil  discovered  that  the  ground 
might  be  made  a  part  of  the  circuit,  thus  dispensing  with  a 
second  wire  for  the  return  circuit. 

1S37.  —  Mr.  William  Fothergill  Cooke  and  Prof.  Charles 
Wheatstone  patented  in  England  a  galvanometer  or  needle 
telegraph  very  similar  to  the  earlier  one  of  Schilling,  em- 
ploying six  wires  and  five  indicating  needles.  An  experimen- 
tal Hue  a  mile  and  a  quarter  long  was  worlied  with  partial 
success  Julv  25  :  and  one  thirteen  miles  long  was  established 
in  1838. 

While  these  experiments  with  the  needle  were  going  on 
the  electro-magnet  was  being  developed  anil  applied. 

1820.  —  The  gerin  of  the  electro-magnet  was  discovered  by 
Arago,  who  observed  that  the  electric  current  would  develop 
magnetic  power  in  strips  of  iron  and  steel. 

lS'2t.  —  William  Sturgeon,  England,  produced  the  true 
electro-magnet  with  its  intermittent  control  of  an  armature. 

The  electro-magnet  of  Sturgeon  was  improved  by  Professor 
Henry  in  1828  ;  and  in  1829  he  exhibited  a  larger  magnet  of 
the  same  character,  tightly  wound  with  35'  of  silk  covered 
wire.  A  pair  of  small  galvanic  plates,  which  could  be  dipped 
into  a  tumbler  of  diluted  acid,  was  soldered  to  the  ends  of 
the  wire,  and  the  whole  mounted  on  a  stand.  This  was  the 
first  magnetic  spool  or  bobbin.  This  invention  was  further 
improved  the  same  year,  and  in  1830  Professor  Henry,  as- 
sisted by  Dr.  Philip  Ten  Eyck,  constructed  an  electro-mag- 
net which  lifted  750  pounds.  In  1831  he  njade  one  weigh- 
ing 82J  pounds,  which  sustained  over  a  ton.  In  the  mean- 
time Professor  Henry  practically  worked  out  the  differing 
functions  of  quantity  and  intensity  magnets,  and  experi- 
mentally established  the  conditions  required  for  magnetiz- 
ing iron  at  great  distances  through  long  conducting  wires. 
This  first  made  the  electro-magnet  available  for  telegraphic 
purposes. 

1831.  —  The  transmission  of  signals  through  a  mile  of  cop- 
per bell  wire  interposed  in  a  circuit  between  a  small  Cruik- 
shank's  battery  and  an  intensity  magnet  —  a  practical  tele- 
graph—  was  practiced  by  Professor  Henry. 

"  This  memorable  experimental  telegraphic  arrangement 
involved  three  very  significant  and  important  novelties.  In 
the  first  place,  it  was  the  first  electro-magnetic  telegraph  em- 
ploying an  '  intensity  ;  magnet  capable  of  being  excited  at 
very  great  distances  from  a  suitable  '  intensity  '  battery.  .  . 

"  In  the  second  place,  it  was  the  first  electro-magnetic  tel- 
egraph employing  the  armature  as  a  signaling  device,  or  em- 
ploying the  attractive  power  of  the  intermittent  magnet,  as 
distinguished  from  the  directive  action  of  the  galvanic  cir- 
cuit. That  is  to  say,  it  was,  strictly  speaking,  the  first  mag- 
netic telegraph. 

"  In  the  third  place,  it  was  the  first  acoustic  electro-mag- 
netic telegraph." 

Further  on  Mr.  Taylor  pertinently  remarks  that  it  is  sug- 
gestive to  consider  how  different  would  have  been  the  popu- 
lar estimate  of  Professor  Henry's  labors  if  he  had  been 
worldly-wise  enough  to  secure  an  early  patent  on  Dhese  three 
indisputably  original  and  most  pregnant  features  of  teleg- 
raphy. 

1837.— Prof.  Samuel  F.  B.  Morse  devised  a  magneto-electric 
telegraph  capable  of  transmitting  signals  through  a  circuit 
of  4'J',  but  failed  for  longer  distances  from  the  circumstance 
that  he  used  a  quantity  current.  His  friend,  Dr.  Gale,  made 
for  him  an  intensity  battery,  and  added  a  hundred  or  more 
turns  to  the  coil  of  wire  around  the  poles  of  the  maguet. 
With  these  necessary  (a;id  radical)  improvements  the  appara- 
tus was  made  to  work  through  ten  miles  of  wire.  In  apply- 
ing for  a  caveat  for  his  invention,  October  6,  1837,  Professor 
Morse  specified  six  distinct  parts,  not  one  of  which  enters 
into  the  established  "  Morse  "  telegraph  of  to-day.  Mr.  Tay- 
lor shows  that  Professor  Morse's  real  contribution  to  teleg- 
raphy consists  first  in  the  adaptation  of  the  armature  of  a 
Henry  electro-magnet  to  the  purpose  of  a  recording  instru- 
ment ;  and  second,  in  connection  therewith,  the  improve- 
ment on  the  Gauss  and  Steinheil  dual-sign  alphabets,  made 
by  employing  the  single  line  dot  and  dash  alphabet. 

In  his  general  summary  of  the  history  of  the  origin  and 
development  of  the  electro-magnetic  telegraph,  Mr.  Taylor 
sets  down  the  leading  preparatory  investigations  and  discov- 
eries as  these  five  : 

1.  The  discovery  of  galvanic  electricity  by  Galvani,  1786- 
1790. 

2.  The  galvanic  or  voltaic  battery  by  Volta,  1800. 

3.  The  directive  influence  of  the  galvanic  current  on  a 
magnetic  needle  by  Romagnosi,  1802,  and  by  Oersted,  1820. 

4.  The  galvanometer  by  Schweigger,  1820  (the  parent  of 
the  needle  system). 

6.  The  electro-magnet  by  Arago  and  Sturgeon,  1820-1825 
(the  parent  of  the  magnet  system). 

The  second  half  dozen  capital  steps  in  the  evolution  of 
telegraphy  were  :  — 

1.  Henry's  most  vital  discovery,  in  1829  and  1830,  of  the 
intensity  magnet  and  its  intimate  relation  to  the  intensity 
battery. 

56 


2.  Gauss's  improvement,  in  1833  (or  probably  Schilling's, 
considerably  earlier),  of  reducing  the  electric  conductors  to 
a  single  circuit  by  the  ingenious  application  of  a  dual  sign, 
so  combined  as  to  produce  a  true  alphabet.     (The  anticipa- 
tions of   this   idea  by  Lomond  in  1787,  Cavallo  in  1795,  and 
Dyar  in  1825,  are  not  regarded  as  practically  influential  in 
the  progress  of  telegraphy.) 

3.  Weber's  discovery,  in  1833,  that  the  conducting  wires  of 
an  electric  telegraph  could  be  carried  through  the  air  with- 
out insulation,  except  at  the  points  of  support. 

4.  As  a  valuable  adjunct  to  telegraphy,  Daniell's  invention 
of  a  constant  galvanic  battery  in  1836. 

5.  Steinheil's  discovery,  in  1837,  that  a  single  conducting 
wire  is  sufficient  for  telegraphic  purposes. 

6.  Morse's  adaptation  of  the  armature  of  a  Henry  electro- 
;  magnet  as  a  recording  instrument,  1837,  and  the  single  line 
!  dot  and  dash  alphabet  in  1838. 

The  earlier  needle  type  of  electro-magnetic  telegraph  has 
found  its  special  application  in  ocean  lines,  no  element  of 
the  Morse  system  entering  into  the  operation  of  submarine 
cables. 

The  more  recent  telegraphic  developments  do  not  fall  with- 
in the  scope  of  Mr.  Taylor's  review.     A  few  other  dates,  as 
given  by  Prescott,  may  appropriately  serve  to  complete  this 
i  chronology. 

1861.  —  Reiss  discovered  that  a  vibrating  diaphragm  could 
be  actuated  by  the  voice  so  as  to  cause  the  pitch  and  rhythm 
of  vocal  sounds  to  be  transmitted  to  a  distance  and  repro- 
duced by  electro-magnetism. 

1872.  —  Stearns  perfected  a  duplex  system,  whereby  two 
i  communications  could  be  simultaneously  transmitted  over 
one  wire. 

1874.  —  Edison's  quadruplex  system  was  invented. 

1874.  — Gray  invented  a  method  of  electrical  transmission, 
by  means  of  which  the  intensity  of  tones  as  well  as  their 
pitch  and  rhythm  could  be  reproduced  at  a  distance ;  and 
subsequently  conceived  the  idea  of  controlling  the  forma- 
tion of  electric  waves  by  means  of  the  vibrations  of  a  dia- 
phragm capable  of  responding  to  all  the  tones  of  the  human 
voice. 

•1876.  —  Telephone  invented.  —  Bell  invented  an  improve- 
ment in  the  apparatus  for  the  transmission  and  reproduction 
of  articulate  speech,  in  which  magneto-electric  currents  were 
superposed  upon  a  voltaic  circuit,  and  actuated  an  iron  dia- 
phragm attached  to  a  soft  iron  magnet.  During  the  same 
year  Dolbear  conceived  the  idea  of  using  permanent  magnets 
in  place  of  the  electro-magnets  and  battery  previously  em- 
ployed, and  of  using  the  same  instrument  for  both  sending 
and  receiving. 

1877.  —  Edison's  carbon  telephone  was  brought  out. 

To  these  may  be  added  Edison's  electro-motograph  or  elec- 
tro-chemical telephone,  1877. 

1878.  —  Duplexing  of  ocean  telegraph. 

1879.  —  Cowper's  writing  telegraph. 

1880.  —  Field's  successful    substitution  of  dynamo-elec- 
tricity for  galvanic  batteries  in  telegraphing. 

1800.  —  Volta,  Italian,  discovery  of  galvanism. 

Galvani,  Italian,  discovery  of  galvanism. 
1809.  —  Soemmering,  suggestion  of  application  of  galvan- 
ism to  telegraph. 

Oersted,  Dane,  galvanometer. 
Ampere,  French,  astatic  needle. 
1825.  —  Ohm,  German,  law  of  strength  of  current. 
1833.  — Gauss. 
Weber. 

Becquerel,  constant  battery. 
Daniell,  constant  battery. 
Steinheil,  discovery  of  earth  circuit. 

Commander  Cameron  of  the  British  navy  says  that  the 
Morse  system  of  telegraphy,  as  far  as  it  depends  on  the 
length  of  sounds,  has  long  been  in  use  in  Africa.  He  has 
found  tribes  that,  by  stationing  drummers  at  intervals,  carry 
intelligence  for  miles  with  great  rapidity,  the  beats  of  the 
drum  being  made  in  accordance  with  a.  previous  arrange- 
ment of  signals. 

A  message  of  69  words,  forwarded  by  the  governor  of  Vic- 
toria, announcing  the  opening  of  the  Melbourne  Exhibition, 
was  dispatched  from  Melbourne  at  1  p.  M.,  and  reached  Lon- 
don at  3.43  A.  M.,  on  the  same  day,  or  9  hours  17- minutes 
before  the  hour  of  its  dispatch.  Allowing,  however,  for  the 
difference  of  time  between  the  two  cities,  it  occupied  only 


Telegraph  Company,  the  lines  of  the  Indian  government,  the 
cables  of  the  Eastern  Telegraph  Company,  and  the  lines  of 
the  Egyptian  and  French  governments,  and  the  rapidity  of 
its  transmission  shows  the  harmony  with  which  these  va- 
rious administrations  work  together.  The  total  distance 
traversed  was  13,398  miles. 

The  annual  report  of  the  president  of  the  Western  Union 
Telegraph  Company  for  the  year  ending  June  30,  1880,  fur- 
nishes many  figures  of  interest  to  others  than  the  stockhold- 
ers of  the  company.  The  latter,  however,  appear  to  have 
no  reason  to  complain,  the  net  profits  of  the  company  for 


TELEGRAPH. 


882 


TELEMETER. 


the  year  footing  up  over  §5,000,000,  the  capital  stock  of  the 
company  being  about  $41,000,000.  The  net  profits  for  the 
fourteen  years  from  1866  to  1880  exceed  845,000,000.  The 
telegraph  business  of  the  year  is  represented  by  29,215,509 
messages,  $12,78^,894.63  receipts,  $6,948,956.74  expenses, 
and  $5,833,937.79  profits.  The  company  has  in  operation 
85,645  miles  of  line,  233,534  miles  of  wire,  and  occupies 
9,077  offices.  The  new  offices  established  and  equipped  dur- 
ing the  year  number  543.  The  number  of  messages  sent  was 
over  4,000,000  more  than  the  year  before.  The  increase  in 
mileage  of  wire  was  22,000  miles  ;  the  increase  in  miles  of 
pole  lines  was  2,658.  The  ratio  of  expenses  was  54.3  per 
cent,  of  the  receipts,  against  expenses  of  56.2  per  cent,  the 
previous  year,  and  of  63.9  per  cent,  the  year  preceding  that, 
and  the  cost  per  message  reduced  to  the  average  of  22.3 
cents,  against  23.1  cents  the  previous  year,  25  cents  the 
year  preceding  that,  and  29.8  cents  the  year  ending  in  1877. 

The  wires  of  long  circuits  in  continental  Europe  are 
5  mm.  diameter,  weighing  about  540  Ibs.  per  English 
mile. 

Smaller  lines  have  wire  of  4  mm.,  =  to  Am.  No.  9, 
about  320  Ibs.  per  mile. 

Branch  lines  have  wire  of  3  mm.,  —  200  Ibs.  per 
mile. 

In  England  large  and  important  lines  use  No.  4  gage, 
=  800  Ibs.  per  mile. 

The  majority  of  American  lines  has  No.  9  gage,  =  320 
Ibs.  per  mile.  A  portion  of  the  remainder  is  No.  8,  = 
380  Ibs.  per  mile.  8  per  cent,  is  No.  6,  =  540  Ibs.  :  and 
some  No.  10,  r=  270  Ibs. 

The  Cumming  periphery  -  contact  telegraph  key,  it  is 
claimed,  has  no  jar  or  sticking  points,  and  has  a  close  needle 
point  contact.  Two  disks  are  placed  at  right  angles  to  each 
other,  and  the  connection  between  the  two  is  only  a  needle- 
point of  surface.  The  adjustability  of  the  electrodes  is  such 
that  if  connection  should  be  arrested,  both  wheels  can  be 
changed  in  an  instant  by  turning  each  slightly  on  its  axis  to 
a  new  bright  surface.  The  electrodes  connect  firmly,  so 
that  the  trunnion  can  be  screwed  tight  without  affecting  the 
correct  working  of  the  key.  The  system  of  wheels  and 
axles  forms  an  elastic  bed,  that,  taken  in  connection  with 
the  dot  contact  and  close  adjustment,  makes  it  possible  to 
work  the  key  all  day  without  any  lost  motion  to  fatigue  the 
hand  or  try  the  nerves. 

Commander  Perrier  read  a  paper  at  the  last  meeting  of 
the  Geographical  Society  of  Paris,  on  the  determination  of 
the  longitude  of  Algiers  by  telegraphy.  The  exact  longitude 
is  2'  50.21"  east  from  Paris,  the  probable  error  being  only 
0.01".  The  time  required  for  the  transmission  of  the  elec- 
tricity from  Paris  to  Marseilles  was  found  to  be  only  2-100  of 
a  second  ;  the  distance  between  these  two  cities  being  863 
kilometers,  it  shows  that  the  velocity  of  the  electricity  was 
not  less  than  46,000  kilometers  per  second.  Similar  experi- 
ments tried  on  the  submarine  cable  between  Algiers  and 
Marseilles  proved  that  the  time  required  to  travel  was  23-100 
of  a  *econd ;  for  a  distance  of  926  kilometers  this  shows  a 
velocity  of  only  4,000  kilometers.  But  the  battery  used  for 
signaling  in  the  aerial  line  was  composed  of  100  elements, 
and  only  ten  elements  were  used  in  the  sub-Mediterranean 
cable. 

For  history  of  and  record  of  improvements,  see  — 

Telegraphy,  history  of 

Musical,  La  Cour  .     .  * 

Progress  of. 

C.  W.  Siemens    .     . 
Ocean  telegraphy,  paper 
on,  Field  .... 
Longitude  by  telegraph 
Multiplex  printing  tele- 
graph, Baudot,  Fr.      .  * 
Multiplex  telegraph. 

Meyer-Baudot    .     .     . 

Meyer * 

Telegraphing      without 

wires 

Telegraph,  underground 

System,  Meyers       .     .  * 

Writing,  Dolbear    .     .  * 

New  Zealand      .     .     . 

Apparatus,  ocean  .     . 

Pneumatic,  Guattari  .  * 

Cable,  appr.,  Tomassi  * 

Cables,  Atlantic, 
''Engineering  "  . 

Relative  durability     . 

Cable  ship  "  Faraday ;'  * 

Electro-harmonic,  Gray 

Key,  Byrns    .      .     .     .  * 

Double  current, 

Trimntfr    ...  * 

Instrument,  Bramiio    * 

Sound * 

Military,  Trouve     .    .  * 


Tel'e-graph  Wire.     In  one  fcim  of  under- 

f  round  telegraph  system  the  naked  copper  wires  are 
rawn  through  glass  tubes,  which  are  firmly  held 
in  position  in  the  iron  pipe  hy  pamffine  wax.  For 
lateral  connections,  as  well  as  convenience  in  lay- 
ing, traps  are  used,  into  which  the  pipes  are  screwed, 
the  wires  passing  over  non-conducting  bridges,  as 


2398. 


"Manufacturer  If  Builder.''  p.  62, 

1873  ;  x.  110. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  136. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1813. 

"Scientific  American,"  xl.  195. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  1366. 

"Engineering,''1  xxvi.  227. 

"Telegraphic  Journal,''  vi.  502. 
"Engineering,"  xxiv.  6. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  97. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  908. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  311. 
Lines'1  "Rspt.  Vienna  Exp.,"1S'i3. 
"Scientific  American,"  xl.  376. 
"Scientific  American  Sup."  3. 
"Scientific  American  Su/>.,"  145. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  555. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  47. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xxiii.  502. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  56. 
"Engineer,"  xli.  295. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  258. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  807. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1478. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  114. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv. 391 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  23. 


Trap  for  Underground  Telegraph  Wire.  . 

shown  in  Fig.  2398,  thus  allowing  any  wire  to  be 
taken  out  and  replaced  without  interfering  with 
the  working  of  the  others.  The  pipes  are  con- 
nected by  a  coupling,  which,  after  being  bolted  to- 
gether, is  completely  sealed ;  the  traps  being  closed 
and  sealed  in  like  manner. 

By  this  system  there  is  claimed  to  be  no  crossing 
of  wires,  no  difficulty  from  atmospheric  changes, 
no  cutting  of  wires  in  cases  of  riot,  no  imperiling 
of  life  and  property  by  the  breaking  down  of  poles 
and  wires  by  snow  storms  or  fires  (causing  inter- 
ruption of  telegraphic  communication) ;  but  a  per- 
fectly reliable  telegraphic  connection  under  all  cir- 
cumstances. 

Te-lem'a-chon.  A  name  applied  by  Wallace, 
of  Ansonia,  Conn.,  to  his  apparatus  for  transfer- 
ring power  from  the  Naugatuck  river  to  his  factory, 
a  quarter  of  a  mile  off.  A  dynamo-electric  ma- 
chine transforms  mechanical  power  into  electricity, 
and  an  electric  motor  reverses  the  operation  and 
turns  the  current  into  power.  Loss  stated  at  20 
per  cent. 

Te-lem'e-ter.  A  device  for  determining  rapidly 
and  accurately  distances  on  the  earth's  surface. 

Various  mechanical  devices  for  these  purposes  have  been 
invented,  but  none  hitherto  similar  to  that  illustrated,  de- 
vised by  Lieutenant  Gaumet,  French  army,  which  is  adapted 
for  carriage  in  the  pocket.  A  perspective  view  of  the  in- 
strument is  given  in  Fig.  2399.  Fig.  2400  shows  the  interior. 
Two  mirrors  are  disposed  on  a  metallic  plate  so  that  an  angle 
of  46°  is  made  between  them.  One  mirror  is  fixed  ;  the  other 
is  mounted  on  a  movable  alidade,  so  that  the  ahove  angle 
can  be  varied  from  41°  to  49°.  A  micrometric  screw  of  .04" 
travel  per  turn  has  a  disk  on  its  head,  which  is  divided  cir- 
cumferentially  into  100  parts.  This  screw  moves  in  double 
nuts  on  the  metallic  plate.  The  disk  travels  in  front  of  a 
divided  rule,  each  division  of  which  equals  .04".  A  spring 
causes  constant  contact  between  the  arm  of  the  alidade  and 
the  extremity  of  the  micrometric  screw. 

All  the  above  parts  are  contained  in  a  rectangular  box,  as 
shown  in  Fig.  2399,  having  at  its  rear  an  opening  for  the  eye, 
and  on  the  right  side  a  similar  aperture  through  which  the 

Fig.  2399. 


Telemeter. 


PLATE  XLVIII. 


TELEPHONES. 


See  page 


TELEMETER. 


883 


TELEPHONE. 


Fig.  2400. 


Fig.  2401. 


rays  pass  to  the  mirrors.  The  principle  on  which  the  device 
is  constructed  is  a  simple  application  of  that  of  double  reflec- 
tion. When  a  luminous  ray  is  reflected  successively  by  two 
mirrors  placed  in  a  plane  perpendicular  to  the  intersection 
of  the  mirrors,  the  angle  formed  by  the  incident  and  re- 
flected ray  is  double  the  angle  of  the  mirrors. 

In  order  to  measure  the  distance  by  the  instrument  three 
operations  are  necessary.  These  will  be  understood  from  Fig. 
2401,  and  are  as  follows  :  1,  to  determine  the  right  angle 

CAM;  2,  measure  a 
base  A  B ;  S,  meas- 
u  r  e  an  angle  at 
A  a  B.  A  c  being  the 
distance  to  be  deter- 
mined. The  observer 
posts  himself  at  A, 
the  point  C  being  on 
his  right.  The  re- 
flected image  of  this 
point  then  appears 
directly  above  the 
direct  image  of  the 
fixed  station  M, 
which  is  regarded  in 
direction  perpendicu- 
lar to  A  C.  (The  angle  C  A  M  is  right  whenever  the  two 
mirrors  make  an  angle  of  45°. )  The  observer  now,  by  means 
of  a  tape  provided  with  the  instrument,  measures  off  a  dis- 
tance along  the  line  A  Mot  A  3  =  60'.  He  then  proceeds  to 
a  and  regards  anew  the  signal  point  M,  between  which  and 
c  there  will  no  longer  be  a  coincidence,  the  latter  appearing 
to  the  right,  say  at  c".  To  reestablish  the  coincidence  the 
movable  mirror  is  turned  to  an  angle  equal  to  J  C"  B  M, 
which  equals  J  A  c  B.  The  angle  of  rotation  of  the  mirror 
is  in  the  instrument  measured  by  its  tangent  by  the  aid  of 
the  micrometric  screw.  This  gives  a  very  close  approxi- 
mation. When  the  coincidence  above  referred  to  is  ob- 
tained the  nurnb'er  of  turns  made 
by  the  screw  is  read  from  the 
scale,  and  this  equaU  the  meas- 
ure of  the  tangent  of  the  angle 
of  rotation  of  the  mirror.  This 
angle  of  rotation  is  half  the  an- 
gle A  a  B.  The  relation,  there- 
fore, between  the  distance  from 
the  pivot  of  the  movable  mirror 
to  the  axis  of  the  micrometric 
screw  and  double  the  number 
of  divisions  equals  the  ratio  be- 
tween the  unknown  distance  and 
the  base  measure.  Therefore,  D 
being  the  distance  to  measure  ; 
b,  the  base  taken,  -ay  60' ;  /,  the 
distance  of  the  pivot  as  above,  which  in  the  instrument  is 
2.2",  and  n  the  number  of  divisions,  we  have 

D         1  22 

—  = or  D  =n  b 

b       2.n  n 

Whence  we  obtain  for  each  instrument  a  constant  which, 
divided  by  the  number  on  the  scale,  at  once  gives  the  dis- 
tance sought.  On  every  instrument  a  table  prepared  from 
the  above  formula  is  fixed  so  that  the  observer  merely  has 
to  glance  thereat  to  determine  the  distance  without  calcula- 
tion. 

This  invention  is  in  principle  the  same  as  that  patented 
in  the  United  States,  March  16,  1875,  by  Mr.  William  F. 
Hausch,  of  Chicago,  111. 

Tel'e-phoiie.     An  acoustic  telegraph. 

A  modification  of  the  electric  telegraph,  whereby  sounds, 
and  especially  articulate  sounds  are  conveyed  to  a  dis- 
tance 

The  telephone  of  Prof.  Alex.  Graham  Bell,  Plate  XLVIII., 
Fig.  2402,  consists  of  an  insulated  permanent  magnet,  in  form 
of  a  cylindrical  rod,  which  is  enveloped  with  a  wire  coil  that 
communicates  at  one  extremity  with  the  ground  and  by  its 
other  extremity  with  a  similar  coil  around  a  like  magnet  at 
the  distant  station  whose  unattached  end  communicates  in 
like  manner  with  the  ground.  Opposite  the  outer  end  of 
each  magnet  is  stretched  a  thin  metallic  diaphragm  (usually 
ferrotype  sheets)  to  which  a  mouth-piece  is  attached.  Sounds 
projected  into  the  mouthpiece  vibrate  the  diaphragm,  and 
by  so  doing  increase  and  diminish  the  polarity  of  the  mag- 
net. This  acting  inductively  on  the  inclosing  coil  transmits 
electrical  impulses  through  the  connecting  wire  to  the  dis- 
tant coil,  which  in  turn  operates  to  magnetize  and  demag- 
netize its  inclosed  bar,  which  finally  sets  up  vibrations  on 
the  adjacent  diaphragm,  similar  to  that  in  the  sending  sta- 
tion, thus  converting  the  electrical  impulses  back  into 
sound. 

The  telephone  system  depends  for  its  efficiency  upon  three 
distinct  elements :  the  telephone,  the  microphone  transmit- 
ter, and  the  exchange  table  and  system. 

The  telephone  generally  used  consists  essentially  of  a  thin 


Plan  reflected  in  the 
Telemeter. 


metallic  diaphragm,  suitably  mounted  in  a  sound-receiving 
chamber  with  a  mouth-piece,  and  a  short  bar  of  magnetized 
iron  secured  adjustably  in  the  handle  of  the  instrument  at 
right  angles  to  the  diaphragm,  nearly,  but  not  quite  in  con- 
tact therewith.  A  coil  of  insulated  wire  surrounds  the  mag- 
netized bar  at  its  diaphragm  end,  and  is  connected  with  the 
line  wire  and  with  the  ground  respectively. 

Speech  or  other  sounds  projected  into  the  mouth-piece 
cause  vibrations  of  the  diaphragm  which  produce  fluctua- 
tions in  the  magnetism  of  the  bar.  Induced  currents  of 
electricity  are  thereby  brought  into  play  in  the  coil  sur- 
rounding the  magnet,  which,  being  transmitted  by  the  line 
wire  to  the  terminus,  cause  precisely  similar  vibrations  in 
the  diaphragm  of  the  receiving  instrument,  and  thus,  by 
an  exact  reverse  of  the  previous  process,  produce  sound 
waves. 

Thus  by  the  conversion,  so  to  speak,  of  sound  waves  into 
electrical  waves,  the  transmission  of  the  latter,  and  finally 
their  reconversion  into  sound  waves,  the  sounds  given  to  the 
receiving  instrument  are  reproduced  at  remote  distances  with 
astonishing  accuracy  ;  but  the  favorable  results  produced 
are  much  enhanced  by  the  use  of  a  microphone  known  as 
the  transmitter,  which  is  now  used  as  the  sending  instru- 
ment. 

The  transmitter  is  a  modification  of  the  principle  of  the 
telephone  proper,  in  which  a  diaphragm  mounted  in  an  in- 
sulating rubber  marginal  support  vibrates  against  a  spring- 
supported  platinum  point  interposed  between  the  diaphragm 
and  a  disk  of  compressed  carbon.  The  platinum  point  and 
the  carbon  disk  are  electrically  connected  through  an  insu- 
lated coil,  surrounded  by  a  secondary  coil  interposed  be- 
tween the  line  wire  and  the  ground  connection.  The  object 
of  this  invention  is  to  produce  secondary  pulsations  of  greater 
intensity,  which,  being  transmitted  by  the  line  wire,  prac- 
tically solve  the  question  of  distance  in  the  transmission  of 
sound. 

Telephone  exchange.  Each  subscriber  to  a  local  telephone 
system  is  connected  by  a  line  wire  to  a  central  office  or  ex- 
change, where,  for  convenience,  the  subscribers  are  grouped 
to  the  number,  say  of  fifty,  the  wires  of  each  group  concen- 
trating at  a  particular  desk  in  charge  of  an  operator  clerk, 
and  distinguished  by  a  particular  color.  At  the  exchange 
terminus  of  each  wire  is  a  magnet  mounted  on  a  frame, 
which,  when  the  line  is  out  of  use,  holds  a  bright  colored 
disk  in  sight.  These  magnets  being  arranged  on  shelves  in 
front  of  the  operator,  each  will  drop  its  disk  whenever  its 
patron  "  calls  '•  the  exchange,  thus  indicating  the  individual 
giving  the  signal. 

Each  desk  has  a  similar  group  of  magnets  and  signals  con- 
nected with  the  wires  belonging  to  its  group  of  patrons, 
and,  in  addition,  a  number  of  plug-sockets  with  wires  con- 
necting them  with  the  other  tables.  These  plug-sockets  are 
arranged  in  groups  of  ten,  and  each  group  has  its  distinguish- 
ing color,  and  is  connected  with  the  groups  of  the  same  color 
on  each  of  the  other  tables ;  thus  each  table  has  as  many 
groups  of  sockets  and  connecting  wires  as  there  are  tables  in 
the  exchange.  By  this  means  each  operator  may  connect 
either  of  the  wires  distinguished  by  his  appointed  color  with 
any  other  table,  and,  thus  intermediately  with  any  other 
line  wire  to  such  other  patron  as  the  original  caller  may 
indicate  telephonically  to  the  central  exchange. 

Fig.  2403,  Plate  XLVIII.,  represents  Edison's  new  telephone. 
The  chalk  cylinder  is  inclosed  in  a  vulcanite  box  at  the  end 
of  the  movable  arm.  The  cylinder,  when  once  moistened, 
remains  in  that  condition  an  indefinite  time,  as  the  box  is 
practically  air-tight.  The  small  shaft  that  runs  parallel  with 
the  iron  arm  extends  through  the  side  of  the  box  and  carries 
the  chalk  cylinder.  Upon  the  opposite  end  there  is  a  small 
pinion  moved  by  a  worm,  the  crank  of  which  is  turned  by 
the  finger.  The  diaphragm  of  the  receiving  instrument  is 
covered  by  the  front  of  the  box,  except  a  small  central  por- 
tion sufficient  for  the  exit  of  the  sound.  The  arm  that  sup- 
ports the  receiving  instrument  is  jointed  so  that  it  can  be 
raised  vertically  out  of  the  way  when  the  telephone  is  not 
in  use.  The  transmitter  is  contained  in  the  rectangular 
box  ;  its  mouth-piece  projecting  slightly,  and  the  diaphragm, 
which  is  of  mica,  is  supported  by  a  metallic  frame  and 
springs  inside  the  box  cover.  The  transmitter  is  so  con- 
structed that  a  vulcanite  arm  is  secured  to  the  center  of  the 
mica  diaphragm  by  a  small  bolt  that  is  connected  to  one  pole 
of  the  battery  by  a  piece  of  metallic  foil  or  very  thin  copper 
wire.  The  head  of  the  bolt  is  platinum  faced  and  deeply 
sunk  in  the  vulcanite  arm,  the  same  cavity  containing  also 
a  piece  of  carbon  pencil,  such  as  is  used  for  electric  candles. 
This  carbon  fits  the  cavity  loosely,  and  is  rounded  at  both 
ends.  'Its  outer  end  is  pressed  by  a  platinum-faced  spring, 
secured  to  the  outer  end  of  the  vulcanite  arm.  The  spring 
carries  at  its  free  end,  opposite  the  carbon,  a  brass  weight, 
and  its  pressure  upon  the  latter  is  regulated  by  the  small 
set  screw.  A  wire  or  piece  of  copper  foil,  connecting  with 
the  spring,  completes  the  circuit,  which  includes  the  primary 
of  an  induction  coil  contained  by  the  rectangular  box.  The 
secondary  wire  of  the  induction  coil  is  connected  with  the 
telephonic  line  and  a  tertiary  coil  that  envelopes  the  sec- 
ondary is  connected  with  the  rubber  and  chalk  cylinder. 


TELEPHONE. 


884 


TELEPHONE. 


Fig.  2404,  Plate  XLVIII. ,  represents  the  "  Edison  "  carbon 
telephone.  He  made  the  discovery  that  when  properly  pre- 
pared, carbon  possesses  the  remarkable  property  of  changing 
its  resistance  with  pressure,  and  that  the  ratios  of  these 
changes  correspond  exactly  with  the  pressure.  On  this 
principle  he  constructed  his  telephone.  The  carbon  disk  is 
represented  near  the  diaphragm,  which  is  placed  between 
platinum  plates  and  connected  with  the  battery  circuit.  A 
small  piece  of  rubber  tubing  is  attached  to  the  center  of  the 
metallic  diaphragm,  and  presses  lightly  against  an  ivory 
piece  that  is  placed  directly  over  one  of  the  platinum  plates. 
When,  therefore,  any  motion  is  given  to  the  diaphragm,  it 
is  immediately  followed  by  a  corresponding  pressure  on  the 
carbon,  and  by  a  change  of  resistance  in  the  latter. 

The  "  Regi '"'  instrument,  Fig.  2405,  Plate  XLVIII.,  has  the 
special  advantage  that  when  once  adjusted  it  continues  to 
operate  without  readjustment.  The  peculiarity  of  the  new 
instrument  is  in  transmitting  wave-sounds  through  a  dia- 
phragm that  rests  upon  a  conducting  substance  made  of  a 
mixture  of  silver,  reduced  to  an  impalpable  powder,  and  car- 
bon, also  very  finely  pulverized;  the  above  devices  being 
mounted  on  the  end  of  a  slender  spring. 

In  principle  the  Regi  telephone  is  similar  to  "  Edison's  " 
carbon  telephone,  and  also  to  the  ' '  Hughes,' '  which  was  based 
on  Edison's. 

Professor  Gray  received  a  patent  for  a.  combination  of  a 
telephone  with  the  ordinary  Morse  instrument,  so  that  the 
telegrapher  may  communicate  over  the  same  line  both  by 
the  Morse  signals  and  also  by  the  voice.  By  use  of  the 
quadruplex  instrument  on  such  a  line  four  messages  may 
be  transmitted  by  signals  in  the  usual  manner,  while  con- 
versation may  at  the  same  time  be  carried  on  over  the  same 
wire,  all  without  any  interference  of  the  different  signals  or 
systems. 

Gray  claims  to  have  first  invented  and  reduced  to  prac- 
tice— 

1.  The  transmission  of  composite  tones  of  varying  quality 
through  a  closed  circuit  by  the  superposition  of  one  set  of 
electric  waves  upon  another. 

2.  The  reproduction  of  such  vibrations  by  means  of  a  con- 
tinuously charged  receiving  magnet. 

3.  The  combination   of  a  magnet  with  a  diaphragm   of 
magnetic  metal  arranged  in   close  proximity  thereto,  and 
adapted  to  act  either  as  a  transmitter  or  receiver  of  articu- 
late or  any  other  sound. 

"  Dr.  Luedtge's  microphone,"  Fig.  2406,  Plate  XLVIII.,  pa- 
tented January  12,  1878,  some  time  before  the  microphone 
notes  of  Hughes  and  Edison  were  published,  has  been  im- 
proved so  that  the  disagreeable  sounds  that  are  heard  on 
some  other  microphones  have  been  avoided,  and  words  spoken 
into  the  transmitter  are  reproduced  so  clearly  and  so  loud 
that  it  can  be  heard  best  somewhat  removed  from  the  re- 
ceiver, which  is  an  ordinary  "  Bell ;>  telephone.  AVith  too 
near  an  approach  a  healthy  ear  might  be  injured. 

Words  have  been  plainly  transmitted  by  this  apparatus 
through  a  distance  of  186  miles. 

If  a  Bell  telephone  and  a  Luedtge  microphone  are  brought 
in  connection,  a  clear,  deep,  and  impressive  tone,  something 
like  the  tone  of  a  fog-horn  that  can  be  heard  for  quite  a 
distance,  is  perceived  at  the  transmitting  as  well  as  at  the  re- 
ceiving station. 

The  essential  part  of  the  instrument  is  the  connection  be- 
tween the  two  electric  conducting  bodies  (preferably  of  iron, 
platinum,  or  carbon ).  One  of  the  pieces  is  level  at  the  contact 
surface,  but  the  other  is  convex.  The  electric  current  passes 
through  this  contact,  and  the  variations  in  the  electrical 
resistance  at  this  point  while  speaking  cause  the  vibrations 
of  the  membrane  in  the  receiving  telephone.  A  peculiarity 
of  the  construction  is  that  both  of  the  contact  pieces  are 
united  to  a  support  fastened  to  the  middle  of  the  membrane, 
so  that  both  vibrate  with  the  membrane. 

Fig.  2497.  Plate  XL VIII.,  represents  Edison's  voltaic  pile  tel- 
ephone. A  piece  of  cork,  K,  is  fastened  to  the  diaphragm, 
and  presses  upon  a  strip  of  platinum  which  is  attached  to  a 
plate  of  copper.  The  latter  is  one  of  the  terminals  of  an 
ordinary  galvanic  pile.  The  other  terminal  plate  presses 
against  the  metallic  frame  of  the  instrument.  When  the  pile 
is  included  in  a  closed  telephone  circuit  it  furnishes  a  con- 
tinuous current.  The  strength  of  this  current  depends  upon 
the  internal  resistance  of  the  pile  and  its  polarization,  and 
these  are  varied  by  vibrating  the  diaphragm.  The  pile  is 
composed  of  alternate  plates  of  zinc  and  copper,  z  c,  and  a 
bibulous  medium,  6,  between  the  pairs  of  plates. 

In  the  Hubbard  telephone,  as  seen  in  Fig.  2408,  Plate 
XLVIII.,  the  inventor  has  made  use  of  the  Jamin  lamina- 
ted U-maguets  to  secure  great  magnetic  power  with  little 
weight.  The  ends  of  the  magnet  are  cut  off  diagonally,  and 
the  poles  are  each  surrounded  with  a  helix  of  fine  insulated 
copper  wire  connected  as  in  an  electro-magnet.  Two  of  these 
magnets  are  attached  to  an  elliptical  hoop,  which  surrounds 
the  head  and  supports  the  diaphragms  and  ear-pieces.  Each 
diaphragm  carries  a  light  triangular  armature,  which  fits 
the  poles  of  the  magnets  and  nearly  touches  them.  The  tel- 
ephones are  connected  with  each  other  and  with  the  line. 
The  operation  is  similar  to  the  Bell  telephone.  The  instru- 


ment shown  in  the  engraving  is  arranged  as  a  receiver  to  be 
used  with  any  of  the  ordinary  transmitters,  but  it  may  be 
arranged  as  a  transmitter. 

Fig.  2409,  Plate  XLVIII.,  represents  the  telephonic  instru- 
ments of  Dr.  Cornelius  Herz. 

The  apparatus  represented  in  the  figure  is  specially  de- 
signed for  lines  most  affected  by  induction,  which  renders 
communication  impossible  with  ordinary  telephones. 

This  plan  utilizes  two  principles  discovered  by  Dr.  Herz : 
the  alternation  of  the  current  in  the  Hue,  and  employing 
condensers  as  receivers.  The  instrument  constitutes  a  sta- 
tion, completely  inclosing,  under  a  compact  and  appropriate 
form,  all  the  parts  necessary  for  the  call  and  for  communi- 
cation. 

The  diaphragm  is  horizontal,  but  a  funnel  placed  in  front 
of  the  box  collects  the  sound  and  concentrates  it  upon  the 
diaphragm,  and  the  instrument  will  transmit  words  spoken 
fifty  centimeters  from  it. 

Four  pairs  of  microphonic  contacts  are  placed  upon  an 
oscillating  platform,  under  the  diaphragm  and  connected 
with  it  by  a  rigid  rod,  communicating  to  it  all  the  vibrations 
of  the  diaphragm.  These  contacts  are  of.  a  special  composi- 
tion, and  communicate  with  the  battery  and  with  the  line. 

In  this  apparatus  it  is  not  necessary  to  use  the  induction 
coil,  but  it  is  necessary  that  the  number  of  elements  of  the 
battery  in  the  line  be  proportioned  to  the  distance  of  the 
two  stations  ;  for  example,  between  Paris  and  Orleans  it  was 
necessary  to  use  thirty  elements  of  Daniell  at  each  station, 
in  order  to  obtain  the  maximum  intensity. 

In  a  modification  the  alternation  of  the  current  is  accom- 
plished in  a  different  manner,  and  the  induction  coil  is  used 
in  order  to  diminish  the  number  of  elements  necessary  in  a 
long  line. 

Originally  this  instrument  was  formed  of  a  vibrating  plate, 
having  at  each  side  a  contact  point  touching  the  diaphragm 
lightly,  and  the  vibrations  increased  or  diminished  the  pres- 
sure alternately  upon  each  one  of  these  contacts,  but  this 
form  being  inconvenient,  M.  Herz  preferred  that  which  is 
now  used,  which  gives  the  same  results. 

The  vibrating  plate  is  of  conducting  material.  Below,  and 
touching  it  lightly,  is  a  cylinder,  which  rests  upon  a  disk, 
the  two  being  made  of  the  same  material  as  the  plate.  The 
disk  rests,  in  its  turn,  upon  a  thin  metal  spring,  which  is 
made  adjustable  by  means  of  a  screw,  so  as  to  vary  the  con- 
tact between  the  three  pieces. 

The  plate  and  the  disk  are  connected  with  one  of  the  poles 
of  a  battery  of  four  elements,  which  is  grounded  at  the  cen- 
ter. Finally,  the  cylinder  is  connected  with  one  of  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  primary  wire  of  the  induction  coil,  the  other 
end  being  grounded.  The  secondary  wire  of  the  coil  passes 
out  from  one  side  to  the  line,  and  from  the  other  side  to  the 
ground. 

An  electro-thermic  telephone,  described  by  W.  H.  Preece 
in  a  paper  before  the  Royal  Society,  consists  of  a  telephone 
receiver  whose  action  is  due  to  the  linear  expansion  of  a  thin 
wire  under  tension  when  placed  in  a  microphonic  circuit. 

It  has  been  discovered  that  each  damaged  or  imperfect 
joint  in  a  telephonic  wire  becomes  a  microphone,  taking  up 
the  sounds  that  occur  in  its  vicinity  for  transmission  to  the 
receiver. 

The  microphone,  in  fact,  is  itself  two  or  more  conductors, 
connected  together,  electrically,  by  an  imperfect  joint. 

Mr.  Geo.  Hopkins,  of  Brooklyn,  N.  Y  ,  during  a  thunder 
storm,  connected  the  gas  and  water-pipes  of  his  dwelling 
with  an  ordinary  Bell  telephone,  and  discovered  that  the 
electric  discharges  were  plainly  indicated  by  either  a  sharp 
crack  or  by  a  succession  of  taps.  This  occurred  when  the 
discharge  was  so  distant  that  the  thunder  was  inaudible. 
There  was  a  marked  difference  in  the  discharges  ;  some  that 
appeared  single  to  the  eye  were  really  multiple.  Often  the 
discharges  would  consist  of  a  series,  beginning  and  ending 

with  discharges  larger  than  the  rest,  thus  : , 

sometimes  it  would  be  thus  :  ,  sometimes  the  re- 
verse, and  often  a  single  crack. 

Experiments  with  the  telephone  as  an  indicator  of  the 
approach  of  distant  thunder  storms  seem  to  prove  that  the 
telephonic  dispatch  was  simultaneous  with  the  raysof  light, 
as  exhibited  by  the  flash  of  the  lightning,  even  when  the 
storm  was  so  distant  that  the  sound  waves  were  not  appre- 
ciable to  the  ear  via  the  atmosphere.  A  significant  fact,  if 
sound  waves  with  a  conductor  with  a  minimum  friction  can 
keep  pace  with  rays  of  light. 

The  nearest  cable  station  from  Alexandria  during  its  bom- 
bardment, in  1882,  was  at  Malta,  distant  about  1,000  miles 
from  the  scene  of  the  battle.  A  press  dispatch  says  that  when 
a  telephone  was  attached  to  the  Malta  end  of  the  cable  the 
firing  of  the  guns  at  Alexandria  could  be  distinctly  heard, 
though  no  oral  communication  was  possible  over  that  length 
of  cable. 

See  "Meek.  Diet.,-'  2514. 

Telephone "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  765. 

*  "Engineer,"  xliy.  37,  239. 

"Scientific -American,^  xxxv.  16& 
Ader,  Fr *  "Engineering,''  xxvii.  387. 


TELEPHONE. 


885 


TELEPHONO  GRAPH. 


Ad/er 


Adler 

Alarm,  Chidley  . 
Applied  to  torpedoes  . 
Blake,  researches    .     . 
Dr.  Clarence  Blake      . 
Bell. 


Experiments  .     .     . 
Breguet      ....        * 

* 

Brown  Ayres      ...  * 
Call  signal,  Rusk   .     .  * 
Curious  facts,  Ckaening 
Dental  attachment  for, 

Fiske * 

Disk * 

"  Double  crown  "  .     .  * 
Edison * 


Edison's  carbon  .  .  * 
Edisun-P/ielps  .  .  .  * 
Electro-thermic. 

Exchange,  N.'  Y!  City.'  * 
Farrnr  (in  1851)  .  .  * 
Gower,  Br * 

* 

Gray * 


Haven 

Hickley 

Hopkins 

Hubbard 
Hughes 


In  collieries  .... 

In  mine  signaling  .     .  * 
Luedtge     .....  * 

Luedtge,  Ger.     .     .     . 

McDermott    .     .     .     .  * 

Microphone  and  Ther- 

mopile, Hughes,  Br.  * 
Milller  ...... 

Musical  transmission    * 
Octuple,  Cooke,  Br. 
Paper  by  Ferguson     .  * 
Paper  by  Scott  .     .    , 
Pollard      ..... 

Receiver,  Edison    .     .  * 
Reis      ......  * 

Researches     .... 

Reuss   ......  * 

Rig/ii    ...... 

Roman's  .....  * 

Savage,  experiments  . 
Schinrller,  string     . 
Thermal,  Preece      .     .  * 
Transmitter,  Blake      .  * 
Troitve       .....  * 

Type  setting  by      .     . 
Van  der  Weyde  ...  * 
Walker  ......  * 

Wheatstone's    violon- 
cello ...        .     . 

Without  diaphragm. 
an  Moncel  ....  * 

Telephones  and  acoustic 
researches  of  Edison. 
Prescott  .....  * 

Telephones,  on,  Cooke   .  * 

Telephones,  simple    .     .  * 

Telephonic  alarm. 

Cooke,  Br  .....  * 

Rontgen    .....  * 
Telephonic  telegraphy. 

Gray,  1874    .... 

La  Cour,  1874   .    .    . 

Varley,  1870  .... 
Telephonic   transmitter. 

Dumont    ..... 
Telephoning,  submarine. 

C,  W.  Raymond    ,     . 


"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  126. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  383. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  368. 
"Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vii.  247 
"  Srii'ntific  American  Sup.,"  235_2. 
''Engineering,"  xxii.  518;  xxvii. 

498. 

"Eng.  If  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  346. 
"Jour.    Soc.    Tel.    Eng."  v.  500, 

519,525;  vi.  385. 
"Manufact.  If  Builder,''  ix.  277. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxvi.  191 ; 

xxxvii.  207. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1864. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2004. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  158. 
"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2087. 
'^Engineer,''  xlvi.  185. 
••Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1720. 

"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  82. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  113. 
" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2481. 
"  Manufact.  if  Builder,"  xi.  252. 
"Engineering,"  xxv.  497. 
••  Sn'i  ntific  American,"  xli.  198. 
"Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  158. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2024. 
"Min.  4"  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  305. 

"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  37. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  15. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xl.  461. 
'Engineering,"  xxvii.  387. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  "5. 
"Jovr.  Soc.   Tel.  Eng."  vi.  506 ; 

vii.  463. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxvi.  245,  263. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  83. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  476. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxix.  313: 

xlii.  292. 

"  Scientific  American,"  xli.  410. 
"Engineering,"  xxv.  370. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2040. 
"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  235. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  374. 
"Eng.  Sf  Min.  Jour.,"  xxiii.  166. 
'' Scientific  American,"  xli.  4. 
•'Iron  Age,"  xxiv.,  Aug.  7,  p.  15. 
"Scientific  American,"  xliii.  342. 

'Engineer,"  xlv.  343. 
'Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  ix.  124. 
'•'Jour.  Soc.  Tel..  Eng.,"  v.  503. 
'Engineer,"  xlvi.  108. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1903. 
'Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  viii.  327. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2435 
"Engineer,"  xlvii.  213. 
•'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  57. 
•'Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vi.  385. 
;l  Telegraphic  Journal,"  iv.  148. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  145. 
'  Scientific  American,"  xl.  176, 186. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1864. 
'Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vii.  259. 
'Jour.  Soc.  Tel.  Eng.,"  vii.  331. 
'Scientific  American,"  xlii.  37. 
"Scientific  American,"  xli.  274. 
•'  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  228. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xliii.  57. 
"Manufact.  If  Builder,"  ix.  85. 
:l  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  228. 

'Scientific  American  Sup., "1815. 
'  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  109. 


"Engineer,"  xlvi.  396,  415,  425. 
"Engineer's,"  xxvii.  467,488,  506. 
"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  230. 

"Engineering,"  xxv.  451. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  4,  p.  19. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxviii.  89. 

"Engineering,"  xxiii.  355. 
"Engineering,"  xxiii.  299. 
"Engineering,"  xxiii.  299. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2469. 
"  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  369. 


Telegraphic  dial,  A.    D. 

1624 "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  881. 

Fac-simile  tape,  Young   "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  881. 
Pen,  Coivper      .     .     .  *"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vii.  76. 

Fig.  2410. 


.  2411. 


Telephone  Call. 

Tel'e-phone  Call. 

The  Lorenz  telephone  call,  Pig.  2410,  is  an  alarm  or  call- 
bell,  in  which  the  magnet  N  S  is  placed  coincident  with  a 
diameter  of  the  steel  gong 
T.  When  by  means  of  a 
hammer  M,  pushed  by  a 
spring,  the  gong  is  struck 
in  a  direction  across  that  of 
the  magnet  the  vibrations 
have  their  maximum  am- 
plitude in  front  of  the  poles, 
and  induction  currents  rel- 
atively strong  are  generated 
in  the  coils  placed  on  the 
poles  of  the  magnet.  These 
currents  are  sent  to  the 
corresponding  station,  and 
are  there  received  in  the 
Bell  telephone,  slightly 
modified,  the  bobbins  be- 
ing more  powerful  than  in 
ordinary  telephones,  and 
a  resonator  being  also  add- 
ed to  them.  The  latter  is  a 
long  cone  of  white  iron, 
truncated  at  its  top,  the 
small  end  being  inserted 
close  to  the  telephone  dia- 
phragm. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal," 
*vi.  439. 

Tel'e-phone  Ex'- 
change  Ap'pa-ra'- 
tus.  Fig.  2410  is  the 
Western  Telephone 
Exchange  switch  board. 
It  consists  of  fifty  an- 
nunciators for  subscrib- 
ers' wires  ;  fifty  spring- 
jack  switches  for  con- 
necting and  disconnect- 
i  n  g  line  wires  arid 
annunciators  ;  five  an- 
nunciators for  receiving 
the  clearing-out  signals. 
A  shelf  with  five  pairs 
of  cords  and  plugs,  and 
five  sets  of  keys. 

Tel'e-phone  Harp. 
An  instrument  for  mak- 
ing telephonic  musical 
effects  more  audible  for 
large  audiences. 

Gower,  Br.     .     .     "Jour.  Soc.  Teleg.  Engineers,"  vii.  269. 

Tel'e-phoii'o-graph.   An  invention  of  Edison, 
a  combination  of  the  telephone  and  phonograph,  for 


Telephone  Switch-board. 


TELEPHONOGRAPH. 


886 


TEMPERING   WHEEL. 


making  a  phonic  record  of  a  message   conveyed 
from  a  distance. 
"Engineer  " *  xlvi.  425,  Fig.  27. 

Tel'e-phote.  An  instrument  or  apparatus  for 
conveying  messages  or  images  by  transmission  of 
light. 

This  broad  definition  may  include  the  heliotrope,  but 
nothing  narrower,  it  appears,  will  include  the  various  ideas 
and  inventions  of  Bell,  Perry,  Ayrtou,  Edison,  Adams,  Day, 
Willoughby,  Smith,  Sabirie,  Kerr,  Middleton,  JJichin,  and 
others,  who  are  reported  to  be  working  at  the  problem. 

See  sketch  in  "Engineering,''  xxix.  361. 

Tel'e-scop'ic  El'e-va-tor.  Fig.  2412  shows 
a  telescopic  hydraulic  elevator  for  lifting  passengers 
or  freight  to  the  upper  floors  of  a  building. 

fig.  2412. 


Telescopic  Elevator. 

Tel'e-scop'ic  Tank  Car.  One  in  which  the 
circular  sections  of  the  tank  are  of  gradually  de- 
creasing diameter  toward  the  ends,  lapped  within 
each  other. 

In  contradistinction  to  the  straight  tank  car,  in 
which  the  sections  are  alternately  inside  and  out- 
side. 

Tel'e-scope  Sight.  (Fire-arms.)  A  telescope 
mounted  on  a  fire-arm.  It  is  generally  adjustable, 
in  altitude  for  distance ;  in  azimuth  for  wind  cor- 
rection. 

See  patents  of  J.  M.  Trowbridge,  March  8,  1864,  No. 
41,874  ;  C.  Slotserbek,  October  8,  1878,  No.  208,765. 

Tell'-tale.  ( Gas.)  An  attachment  to  a  station 
meter  to  indicate  any  irregularity  of  the  production 
of  gas  during  the  24  hours,  the  cards  being  re- 
newed daily. 

Tell'-tale   Com'pass.     A  tell-tale  mariner's 


compass,  recently  patented  in  England  by  Mr.  H. 
A.  Severn,  is  intended  to  serve  captains  of  vessels 
as  a  check  upon  the  man  at  the  wheel  during  their 
absence,  and  to  insure  greater  attention  on  the 
part  of  the  helmsman. 

It  consists  of  an  ordinary  compass  card,  to  the  center  of 
whose  upper  surface  is  attached  a  metallic  bar,  through  the 
agency  of  which  an  electric  circuit  is  closed,  and  a  bell  is 
sounded  as  soon  as  the  vessel  is  off  her  course  either  way 
beyond  a  given  amount  of  latitude.  To  effect  this  there  are 
two  index  bands,  which  may  be  set  at  will  at  any  distance 
on  either  side  of  the  metal  bar.  These  hands  carrv  at  their 
ends  thick  platinum  wires,  bent  downward,  so  that  they  are 
touched  by  the  metallic  bar  on  the  compass  card  as  soon  as 
the  vessel  is  out  of  her  course  beyond  the  given  limit.  These 
wires  are  connected  to  one  pole  of  aLeclanchg  battery,  while 
the  point  carrying  the  card  is  connected  with  the  other.  The 
compass  can  also  be  used  in  the  ordinary  manner. 

Tem'pered  Glass.  (Glass.)  A  process  in- 
vented by  M.  de  la  Bastie,  which  consists  in  heat- 
ing a  piece  or  object  of  glass  to  such  a  heat  as  to 
approach  malleability,  but  not  hot  enough  to  lose 
its  shape,  and  then  plunging  it  into  a  bath  of  fatty 
and  resinous  matter,  which  is  heated  to  liquidity 
and  maintained  at  a  heat  of  from  300°  to  600°  F., 
according  to  the  quality  of  the  glass. 

The  difference  of  temperature  between  the  malleable  state 
of  glass,  say  1400°  F. ,  and  that  of  the  bath  constitutes  the 
"  temper.'- 

The  glass  is  much  strengthened  against  injury  by  a  blow, 
but  becomes  fractured  by  being  cut  with  a  diamond.  Jt  re- 
sists great  changes  of  temperature.  It  is  much  more  elastic 
also. 

It  can  be  depolished  and  cut  by  the  wheel.     See  also  COM- 
PRESSED GLASS. 
Tempered  Glass,  Bauree       "  Technology  fte,"  xxxvii.  182-194. 

On,  Leger      ....      "  Tec/tnologiste,''  xl.  68. 

Tem'per-ing.  Chisels  for  dress-  Fig.  2413. 
ing  French  burr  stones  may  be  tem- 
pered by  heating  to  a  dark  cherry  red, 
and  quenching  in  the  following  solu- 
tion :  To  three  gallons  of  water  add 
three  ounces  each  of  spirit  of  niter, 
spirit  of  hartshorn,  white  vitriol,  sal 
ammoniac,  and  alum,  and  six  ounces 
of  common  salt,  with  a  double  hand- 
ful of  hoof  parings. 

Tem'per-iiig  Gas  Heat'er.  A 
gas  heater,  Fig.  2413,  with  directing 
and  concentrating  flanges  for  direct- 
ing the  heat. 

Tem'per-ing  Wheel.  Fig.  2414 
represents  Allen's  clay  tempering 
wheel.  It  is  used  in  the  preparation 
of  clay  for  making  bricks,  and  for 
mixing  mortar  in  large  quantities  ;  the 
substance  to  be  worked  being  placed 
in  a  circular  pit,  as  shown  in  the  en- 
graving, of  16'  to  30'  diameter. 

It   is   made  with  wrought  iron  or  Temperi,,g  Gas 
with   cast  iron  arms   or  spokes,  and       Heater. 
of  any  length  of  shaft  required. 

Fig.  2414. 


Tempering  Wheel. 


PlATE  XLIX. 


EMERY'S'  TESTING  MACHINE 


-See  page  887. 


TEMPERING  WHEEL. 


887 


TESTING  MACHINE. 


The  heaviest  piece  weighs  830  Ibs.  The  cubic 
measurement  of  the  whole  is  about  40'. 

Ten-ac'u-lum  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  An 
instrument  for  withdrawing  and  detaining  the 
parietes  of  an  artery  to  facilitate  tying. 

Ten-ac'u-lum  Nee'dle.  (Surgical.)  A  curved 
surgical  needle,  Fig.  2415,  the  invention  of  Dr.  C. 
J.  Cleborne. 

Fig.  2415. 


ft 


Tenaculum  Needle. 


Ten'der   For'ce-lain.      (Ceramics.) 
body  porcelain  made  in  Europe. 
a.  The  kaolin  body  porcelain  of  England  is  composed  of — 

Calcined  bone-dust 47 

Kaolin 34 

Feldspar 19 

"100 

The  phosphate  of  lime  gives  a  translucent  character,  but 
the  ware  is  tender  and  baked  at  a  low  heat. 

6.  P&le  tendre  is  a  vitreous  porcelain,  formerly  made  at 
Sevres,  before  the  36'ttger  recipe  for  hard  porcelain  was  in- 
troduced at  Sevres  in  1765.  Vieux  Sevres  was  abandoned  in 
1804. 

Ten'sion  Ap'pa-ra'tus.    Fig.  2416  represents 
Daltoii's  apparatus,  used  by  him,  for  the  determina- 
tion of  the  tension  of  the  vapor  of  ether,  and  is  in- 
teresting as  being  the  instrument  by  which  he  ar- 
rived at  one  of  his  most  important  experimental 
laws,  —  the  law  of  tensions.      Almost  all  the  ap- 
paratus of  Dalton  is  of  a  somewhat  rude  descrip- 
tion ;  this  gives  it  the  more  interest,  knowing  as  we 
do  the    immense   results  he    obtained     Fi_  2416. 
with  their  aid.     The  one  under  notice 
is  no  exception  to  this,  being  made  by       Hfjl 
him  of  wood,  the  central  figures  and 
lines  being  written  on  paper,  which  is 
pasted  on.     It  is  about  3'  long. 

Ten'sion  Rol'ler.  A  pulley,  drum, 
or  roller  resting  against  a  belt  to  cause 
it  to  adhere  to  the  driving  pulley.  A 
tightening  pullet/. 


Fig.  2417 


Dark  Tent. 


Tension  Appa- 
ratus. 


Tent.  Fig.  2417  shows  a  dark  tent  for  use  in 
developing  the  plates  in  outdoor  photography. 
The  box  carrying  the  tent  and  forming  part  of 
same  contains  a  reservoir  and  developing  tray,  and 
is  mounted  on  a  light  tripod.  One  of  the  many 
improvements  in  out-door  photography  by  the  Sco- 
vill  Manufacturing  Co.,  of  New  York. 


Test'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for  ascer- 
taining the  strength  of  an  object  for  trial. 

A  familiar  class  of  machines  of  this  character  are  dyna- 
mometers, which  are,  however,  principally  adapted  to  ascer- 
tain the  power  or  strength  exerted  ;  while  those  usually 
termed  tenting  machines  are  intended  to  ascertain  the  strength 
of  materials. 

There  is  no  absolutely  clear  line  to  be  drawn  between  these 
classes  of  machines.  It  is  a  question  of  adaptation  and  ap- 
plication. 

The  ordinary  form  of  testing  machine  for  ascertaining  the 
strength  of  metals  is  founded  upon  the  Roman  stalera,  the 
lever  balance,  with  special  arrangements  incident  to  its  new 
function.  Such  are  shown  on  pp.  2536-2539,  "  JlZec/i.  Diet." 

Ordiincc  Department  machine,  Fig.  6323. 

Prof.  Thurston's  machine,  Fig.  6324. 

Colt's  armory  machine,  Fig.  6325. 

Fairbanks'*  machine,  Figs.  6326,  6327. 

Kirkaldy's  (English)  machine,  Fig.  6328. 

A  number  of  machines,  usually  of  a  smaller  size  than 
these  which  deal  with  steel  rods  of  inch  square  section,  for 
instance,  are  made  for  various  other  tests,  and  these  may  be 
found  in  this  volume  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Belt-tension  apparatus. 

Cable  testing  machine. 

Cement  tester. 

Cloth  tester. 

Coal  testing  apparatus. 

Dynagraph. 

Dynamometer. 

Fiber  tester. 

Gas  testing  apparatus. 

Lubricant  tester. 

Milk  testing  tube. 


Oil  tester. 
Paper  tester. 
Petroleum  tester. 
Pipe  testing  machine. 
Spring  tester. 
Strain  measurer. 
Tannin  tester. 
Taseo  meter. 
Test  gage. 
\Vire  tester. 
Yarn  tester. 


It  should  be  added  that  a  large  number  of  instruments  are 
also  testers.  As,  for  instance  — 

The  photometer  is  the  tester  of  the  illuminating  quality  of 
gas,  candles,  etc. 

The  pidsometer  or  sphygmometer,  of  the  rate  and  force  of 
the  pulse. 

Without  adding  other  instances,  please  refer  to  specific 
index,  under  the  caption  MEASURING,  CALCULATING,  TESTING, 
AND  RECORDING  INSTRUMENTS. 

In  the  Emery  system  of  testing  machines,  scales,  gages, 
and  dynamometers,  power  is  transmitted  from  the  load  to 
the  indicating  device,  by  means  of  liquid  acting  on  dia- 
phragms, so  as  to  avoid  friction  and  give  the  result  with  the 
utmost  accuracy. 

Plate  XLIX.  represents  a  fifty-ton  testing  machine  made 
under  this  system.  It  is  constructed  with  a  bed,  1,  to  which 
are  firmly  fixed  stationary  straining  screws  2.  Adjustably 


medium  of  a  splined  shaft,  8,  move  the  straining  beam  3  up 
or  down  to  adjust  its  position  for  long  or  short  specimens 
and  to  give  light  strains  if  desired.  Heavy  strains,  and  usu- 
ally light  ones,  of  either  tension,  or  compression  or  trans- 
verse loads  are  given  to  the  specimen  by  the  hydraulic  press 
piston,  5.  The  strain  is  transmitted  directly  from  the  speci- 
men to  a  yoke  consisting  of  a  platform,  9,  a  beam,  10,  and 
connecting  plates,  11,  which  yoke  is  fixed  imposition  by  flexi- 
ble plates  and  transmits  pressure  in  the  axis  of  the  machine 
to  a  pair  of  coupled  load  beams,  12  and  13,  between  which 
rests  a  hydraulic  support,  14.  With  strains  of  tension,  13  is 
the  free  platform  and  12  the  bed  of  the  scale.  For  compres- 
sion or  transverse  loads,  13  is  the  bed  of  the  scale  and  12  the 
free  platform,  the  strain  being  transmitted  from  the  specimen 
to  the  support  14  in  either  direction  according  to  the  direction 
of  the  strain.  The  pressure  on  the  liquid  in  the  hydraulic 
support  14  is  conveyed  to  a  small  chamber,  15,  in  the  weigh 
case.  From  this  small  chamber  the  pressure  is  communi- 
cated through  a  fixed  fulcrum  plate  to  the  levers  16, 15,  and 
from  it  through  a  yoke,  17,  to  a  lever,  18,  to  which  are  at- 
tached a  series  of  poise-rods,  each  carrying  10  weights  which 
are  operated  by  levers  19,  18.  The  weights  have  values  of 
10,  100,  1,000,  and  10,000  each,  depending  on  which  poise-rod 
they  are  applied  to.  An  indicator,  20, 19,  shows  when  the 
scale  is  balanced.  The  ratio  of  movement  of  the  indicator  to 
the  platform  is  400,000  to  1  in  this  machine,  so  that  a  mil- 
lionth of  an  inch  movement  of  the  platform  gives  .40  of  an 
inch  at  the  indicator.  The  drawing  shows  the  transverse 
apparatus  in  position  with  a  specimen  ready  to  be  loaded. 

A  testing  machine  of  four  hundred  tons  capacity  built  by 
Mr.  Emery  for  the  United  States  government  has  been  in 
practical  use  for  seven  years  without  repairs  of  any  sort  and 
its  efficiency  and  delicacy  are  as  great  as  when  first  erected. 

In  regard  to  this  machine  the  late  eminent  engineer,  Alex- 
ander L.  Holley,  said :  — 

"  The  excellence  of  the  machine  in  every  respect  is  more 
than  satisfactory,  and  its  accuracy  is  at  first  sight  astonish- 
ing, although  an  investigation  of  its  principles  must  show 
that  if  the  weighing  apparatus  will  weigh  at  all,  it  must  do 


TESTING   MACHINE. 


888 


TESTING  MACHINE. 


so  with  perfect  accuracy,  because  all  its  movements  are  abso- 
lutely without  friction. 

;:  The  proof  experiments  were  numerous,  and  the  effects  of 
recoil  after  sudden  ruptures  at  maximum  loads,  were  watched 
with  great  care,  but  without  much,  anxiety,  because  the 
weighing  parts  affected  are  by  no  means  delicate  in  structure 
and  their  motion  is  almost  infinitely  small.  Among  the  tests 
were  the  following  :  — 

"  A  forged  link  of  hard  wrought  iron,  5"  in  diameter  between 
the  eyes,  was  slowly  strained  in  tension,  and  broke  off  with  a 
loud  report  at  722,800  pounds.  The  diameter  before  breaking 
at  the  point  of  fracture  was  5.04"  ;  alter  breaking  4.98". 

"  In  order  to  see  if  the  weighing  parts  had  been  disturbed 
by  the  recoil,  which  was  obviously  near  the  greatest  recoil 
the  machine  will  ever  suffer,  a  horse-hair  was  next  tested; 
it  was  7-1000ths  of  an  inch  in  diameter ;  it  stretched  80  per 
cent,  and  broke  at  1  pound.  Other  horse-hairs  varied  in  te- 
nacity between  1  and  2  pounds.  A  5"  round  bar,  turned 
down  to  3J"  in  diameter  along  the  center,  was  pulled  apart 
at  430,200  pounds  tension.  Then  some  more  horse-hairs  were 
tested  ;  also  copper  wires  19J-1000ths  of  an  inch  in  diame- 
ter, which  averaged  25  pounds  tenacity. 

"  Specimens  were  subjected  to  1,000,000  pounds  compres- 
sion although  the  contract  calls  for  but  800,000  pounds. 
After  these  proofs,  delicate  structures  such  as  eggs  and  nuts 
were  tested  in  compression,  and  violin  strings  in  tension.  It 
is  unnecessary  to  multiply  instances.  It  seems  safe  to  con- 
clude that  bars  and  structures  up  to  400  tons  can  now  be 
tested  with  perfect  accuracy,  and  that  there  is  no  reason  to 
fear  the  deterioration  of  the  weighing  apparatus. 

The  machine  consists  of  a  double-acting  straining  cylinder 
and  ram  on  a  carriage  at  one  end,  and  a  movable  weighing 
apparatus  at  the  other  end.  The  two  are  connected  by  a  pair 
of  8J"  screws,  48'  long.  Nuts  driven  by  shafting  move  the 
straining  cylinder  to  different  places  on  the  screws,  so  as  to 
test  long  and  short  specimens.  The  weighing  apparatus  has 
been  described  as  a  reversed  hydrostatic  press,  having  dia- 
phragms instead  of  pistons.  The  load  is  transferred  by  means 
of  a  liquid  (alcohol  or  glycerine)  by  a  series  of  large  dia- 
phragms to  a  series  of  small  ones,  and  finally  to  a  system  of 
scale-beams.  Thus  a  weight  of  800,000  pounds  acting  through 
an  inconceivably  small  space,  finally  moves  a  finely  gradu- 
ated indicator  at  the  rate  of  l-100th  of  an  inch  per  pound. 
It  is  allowed  to  move  through  a  space  of  2"  and  is  kept  bal- 
anced by  weights  mechanically  placed  quickly  on  or  off  the 
scale-beam.  One  pound,  in  moving  the  indicator  l-100th  of 
an  inch,  moves  the  platform  against  which  the  load  presses, 
l-42,000,OOQth  of  an  inch.  The  whole  arrangement  of  the 
scale-beams,  the  adding  and  removing  of  weights,  and  the 
fast  or  slow  but  always  steady  application  of  pressure  are  in- 
genious and  convenient  in  the  highest  degree.  By  means  of 
universal  joints,  the  pressure  pipes  are  always  connected  to 
the  straining  cylinder,  etc.,  whatever  the  position.  The 
steam  pump  and  the  accumulator  have  cylinders  and  weights 
respectively  for  high  and  low  pressures,  and  the  machine  re- 
ceives pressure  without  pulsation,  from  the  accumulator 
only,  when  testing 

"  The  finished  metal  in  the  machine  weighs  175,000  pounds 
and  includes  pieces  of  14,000  pounds  do\vn  to  those  of  which 
250,000  would  weigh  1  pound.  The  hydrostatic  weighing 
platform  of  the  machine  was  tested  to  1,500,000  pounds,  but 
so  perfectly  frictionless  is  it  that  a  horse-hair  under  a  break- 
ing strain  of  one  pound  had  to  move  24,000  pounds  of  metal. 
The  workmanship  is  also  remarkable.  The  85"  screws,  48' 
long,  were  fitted  to  gages  within  l-1000th  of  an  inch  in  di- 
ameter throughout  their  length,  and  similar  accuracy  was 
maintained  in  other  parts." 

The  boiler  plate  testing  machine  of  E.  &  J.  Fairbanks  & 


Co..  used  by  the  U..  S.  steamboat  inspectors,  has  a  capacity  of 
75,000  Ibs. 

The  weighing  apparatus  is  a  regular  platform  scale,  and 
may  be  tested  with  standard  weights  to  prove  its  accuracy. 
The  strain  is  applied  to  the  specimen  of  boiler  plate  by 
means  of  two  screws  and  worm  gears  worked  by  a  large  gear- 
wheel and  a  small  pinion.  The  main  beam  A  of  the  scale 
carries  a  poise  or  weight  S,  which  moves  on  rollers  and  may 
be  runout  to  75,000  Ibs.  The  light  beam  c  has  a  finer  grad- 
uation on  it,  running  up  to  6,000  Ibs.  The  poise  Z>,  on  this 
beam,  is  moved  automatically  by  an  arrangement  of  clock- 
work, E,  attached  to  the  end  of  the  beam. 

The  platform  of  the  scale  K  rests  on  four  knife-edges  in 
the  main  levers  F,  one  at  each  corner  of  the  scale.  These 
levers  connect  with  the  double  lever  e,  through  which  the 
strain  is  transmitted  to  the  lever  if,  and  then  through  the 
lever  J  to  the  steelyard  rod  of  the  scale  and  by  that  to  the 
beam  A. 

The  two  columns  L  L,  with  the  cross-head  and  upper 
clamp  M,  rest  on  the  platform  of  the  scale.  The  lower 


the  shaft  carrying  the  gear-wheel  T. 

To  make  a  test,  the  specimen  rof  iron  to  be  tested  is  se- 
cured in  the  clamps  M  W,  by  steel  wedges  w  w.  When  this 
is  done  the  specimen  is  the  only  connection  between  the 
screws  and  gearing  and  the  platform  of  the  scale. 

To  begin  the  test  the  pinion  u  is  shipped  out  of  gear,  and 
the  gearing  and  screws  are  turned  by  the  handle  Y  until  a 
slight  strain  is  applied  to  the  specimen,  when  the  pinion  If 
is  shipped  into  gear.  As  the  strain  on  the  specimen  increases 
the  beam  of  the  scale  rises,  causing  the  automatic  poise  D  to 
move  along  on  the  beam  until  it  reaches  the  point  equal  to 
the  strain  applied  to  the  specimen,  when  the  beam  drops  and 
the  poise  instantly  stops.  This  operation  is  continued  until 
the  specimen  is  broken,  when  the  point  at  which  the  poise 
stands  will  indicate  the  exact  number  of  pounds  which  were 
required  to  break  the  specimen. 

The  testing  machine  of  HI.  Thouiasset  (French),  Fig.  241 7i, 
avoids  the  blows  incident  to  the  piston  of  the  hydraulic 
pump  when  moved  by  a  lever,  and  has  a  piston  moved  by  a 
screw,  preventing  any  jar. 

The  pressure  in  the  pump  is  obtained  by  a  hand-wheel 
on  whose  shaft  is  a  worm  gearing  into  a  cog-wheel  on  the 
shaft  of  the  screw  whose  lower  end  carries  the  piston.  The 
pressure  in  the  pump  cylinder  is  transmitted  by  a  pipe  to  the 
horizontal  cylinder  in  which  is  the  piston  whose  rod  exerts 
the  tractive  force  upon  the  piece  under  experiment.  The 
other  end  of  the  test-piece  is  held  by  a  clasp  connected  with 
the  short  arm  of  a  heavy  lever,  the  horizontal  arm  of  which 
rests  at  its  end  upon  the  diaphragm  of  a  cylinder,  the  water 
in  which  transmits  the  pressure  to  a  column  of  mercury  in 
the  manometer  standing  alongside 

The  machine  requires  but  little  change  for  making  tests 
in  compression.  For  flexion  the  piece  is  supported  between 
two  edges,  and  a  third  one  at  the  end  of  the  ram  is  brought 
against  the  middle  of  the  piece. 

The  following  references  may  be  consulted  :  — 

"Engineering. " 

Metals,  Paris,  Lyons,  and  Medit.  Railway  *  xxxvi.  282. 

Watertown  Arsenal,  Emery xxvii.  267. 

C/iauvin  $  Marie-Darbel *  xxvi.  184. 

Greenwood  fy  Battey *  xxviii.  244. 

Mulhouse  (100  ton)' *  xxix.  494. 


Tiwmasset's  Testing  Machine. 


PLATE  L. 


FAIRBANKS'  TESTING  MACHINE. 


See  page  888. 


TESTING  MACHINE. 


889 


TEST   METER. 


Water  pipe *  xxviii.  178,  215. 

Lubricants,  Tkurston *  xxiii.  176. 

Ingram  $  Stapfel *  xxiii.  28,  33. 

Eastern  Ry.  of  France      ....  *  xxvii.  234. 

Paris,  Lyons  &  Medit.  Railroad     .  *  xxvii.  110. 

Cement,  Holste *  xxvi.  163. 

"Mining  and  Scientific  Press.'- 

Oar  wheels xxxv.  275. 

Metals xxxii.   355  ;    xxxv.   195  ;  xxxviii. 

259,  303 ;  xl.  19,  138,  259,  313, 
371. 

Ropes xl.  167. 

Lubricants xxxiii.  7  :  *  xxxv.  177. 

(Electric) xxxviii.  351. 

"Iron  Age." 


Metals,  Fairbanks 
Riehle    .     .     .     . 


Riehle  (hydraulic)  . 


Allison  (hydraulic) 


*  xxiv.,  Aug.  21,  p.  1. 

*  xviii.,   Dec.  14,  p.  1;  xix.,  May 

10,  p.  18. 

*  xx.,  July  19,  p.  9  ;  Aug.  30,  p. 

1 :  *  xxvi.,  July  29,  p.  9  ;  Dec. 
16,  p.  1. 

*  xx.,  Dec.  6,  p.  3. 


Chauvin  If  Marie  Darbel    *  xvii.,  July  18,  p.  1. 


Watertown,  Emery 

Specimens  and  grips  . 

Gill 

Grout,  Engl.      .     .     . 

Kennedy,  Eng.  .  .  . 
On  metal  testing  machine 
Chain  cable  .... 

"  Little  Giant  '•      .     . 
U.  S.  boiler  plate  tests    . 

Wire,  Riehle      .... 

Ritter 

Cloth,  Riehle     .... 
Lubricant,  Regray,  Fr.  . 


xxiii.,  Feb.  20,  p.  9  ;  Feb.  27,  p. 
17;  xxiv.,  Dec.  25,  p.  15. 

*  xxiii.,  April  3,  p.  9. 

*  xxiii,  May  22,  p.  1. 

*  xxiii.,  April  3,  p.  3. 

*  xxiv.,  Dec.  4,  p.  1. 
xxxv.,  June  24,  p.  3. 

xx.,  Aug.  16,  p.  14;  Sept.  20,  p. 
15. 

*  xxi.,  June  27,  pp.  9,  14  ;    XXT., 

June  17,  p.  9. 

xxvi.,  July  29,  p.  12  :  Aug.  26, 
p.  9. 

*  xxii.,  Nov.  21,  p.  1. 
xxii.,  Nov.  14,  p.  20. 

*  xxiii.,  June  12,  p.  5. 
xxiil,  Nov.  21,  p.  15. 


xxxix.  210. 

*  xxxvi.  342  ;  xxxviii.  130. 

*  xxxiv.  402. 
xxxix.  25. 
xlii.  323. 


" Scientific  American." 

Metals,  Emery,  Watertown      .  xl.  150. 

Olsen  (Riehle) *  xl.  179. 

Bailey *  xxxviii.  130. 

Fairbanks *  xlii.  262. 

Chai/1'in  §  Marie-Darbel 

Thiirstiin  ..... 
Kerosene,  Mead  \  .  . 
Oil  (burning)  .... 

Pease      

Milhpaugh *  xxxiv.  182. 

Lubricants,  Deprez  $  Napoli   .  *  xxxvi.  2l4. 

Thurston *  xxxvi.  89.  . 

Eastern  Ry.  of  France      .     .  *  xl.  306. 

Boilers,  mach.,  Howard      .     ,  *  xxxiv.  246. 

German  testing  apparatus    .     .  *  xliii.  10,  98. 

Coin *  xxxviii.  355. 

Wire xxxviii.  69. 

Paper xxxviii.  69. 

Yarn,  Brown  (f  Sharpe    ...  *  xxxv.  275. 

Tissues xxxviii.  74. 

Tannin,  Muntz *  xxxiv.  182. 

(ins.  New  York xxxvii.  163. 

Milk *  xxxiv.  209. 

"Scientific  American  Supplement.''' 

Boiler  plates,  U.  S.Gov.  Regu- 
lations      1794. 

Strain  measurer *  4014 ;  *  4088. 

Cloth *607. 

Yarn.  German *  2705. 

French 987. 

Twine,  Riehle *  498. 

Fibers,  tests  for 1430. 

Cement,  Mic/iaelis *  3748. 

Cement *  2335. 

Oils,  chrono-thermo,  for      .     .  *  181. 
Adulteration,  Ingram  Sf  Staffer  *  1073. 

Metal,  Rieidc '.  *  498. 

Flour,  French *  1471. 

Metals,     hyd.,   Paris, 

Lyons,  &  Med.  R.  R.     .     .  *  3199. 

Milk,  centrifugal,  Lefeldt    .     .  *  3491. 

"Engineering  and  Mining  Journal." 

Metals,  Emery,  Watertown    .     .  xxxvii.  124  :  xxix.  168. 

"Van  Nostrand's  Engineering  Mag.'' 

Metals,  Electro-mag.        ...  *  xx.  407. 

Metals,  etc.,  Marittier      .     .     .  *  xxiii.  303. 

Rails xxiii.  169. 

Cement xvii.  17. 


"  Franklin  Institute  Journal."1 
Boiler  plates,  Huston      .     .     .         December,  1878. 
Dumont January,  1879. 

"Manufacturer  and  Builder."1 

Metals,  Riehle *  x.  286  :  *  xi.  108. 

Fairbanks xii.  102. 

Cloth,  Fairbanks *  xi.  178. 

Cables,  E.  R.  Bridge  ....  xii.  13. 

Cement,  E.  R.  Bridge      ...  *  xi.  108. 

Fairbanks xii.  280. 

Lubricants,  Thurstoil      ...  *  ix.  59. 

For  acids xi.  240. 

"American  Railroad  Journal." 

Boiler  iron xlix.  193,  731 :  lii.  477,  1110. 

Railroad  materials     .     .  xlix.  896. 

Cement xlix.  667. 

Springs li.  1066. 

Lubricants li.  397. 

Packing lii.  1117. 

"Railroad  Gazette." 

Metals *  ix.  529,  539  ;  x.  550. 

Tkurston  ....  *  xii.  186. 

Car  springs,  Riehle     .     .  *  x.  64. 

Lubricants *  ix.  266,  492  ;  x.  23. 

Ashcroft *  x.  611. 

Electric xii.  242. 

"American  Manufacturer  and  Iron  World." 

Chain *  xxiv.,  Jan.  7,  p.  13. 

Metals,  Watertown,  Emery     xxiv.,  Feb.  28,  p.  13:  xxv..  Vfav 
16,  p.  12. 

Gill *  xxv.,  May  16,  p.  13. 

Wire xxv.,  July  18,  p.  13. 

Resistance  to  shocks, Kent  *  xxv.,  Aug.  22,  p.  11. 
Metals,  Olsen  ....  *  xxvi.,  July  2,  p.  13. 
Fabrics xxv.,  Sept.  26,  p.  11. 

"Leffiel's  Milling  and  Mechanical  News.'1' 

Chain *  ix.  99. 

"Engineer." 
Cement,  Bailey  ...      *  xlv.  30. 

Jacob *  xlviii.  397  :  *  xlix.  5,  28,  64,  377. 

Brown  (hyd.)  .  .  .  *  xlix.  100. 
Cloth,  Russian  .  .  .  xlii.  417. 
Metals *  xii.  264. 

Lever,  Landore  Works    *  xlii.  21. 

Daniel  Adams  Sf  Co.      *  xlviii.  412. 
Tannin,  Muntz    ...      *  xii.  171. 

See  also  DYNAMOMETER. 

Test  Me'ter.  Fig.  2418  shows  an  experimental 
or  test  meter  for  burners,  etc.  To  insure  ft  uniform 
and  steady  light  it  is  made  with  three  diaphragms, 
and  is  glazed  in  front  and  on  top  to  show  its 


Test  Meter  for  Gas  Burners. 


TEST  METER. 


890 


THERAPEUTIC  MACHINERY. 


various  internal  working  parts.  The  dial  is  so 
divided  as  to  show  hourly  rate  of  consumption  by 
observations  of  one  minute. 

The-od'o-lite.    A  distance  telescope  (theodolite), 
with  a  self-registering  scale  of  distances,  has  lately 
been  invented  in  Sweden  by  Mr.  Ljuugstrom.    The 
difference  between  this  instrument  and  others  of 
this  class,  is  principally  that  the  instrument  itself 
effects   all   the   calculations   which   otherwise    are 
necessary  in  consequence  of  the  inclined  angles, 
and  also  that  the  distances  sought  are  immediately 
marked  on  the  plane-table.     The  line  of  sight  upon 
a  leveling-staff  having  been  taken  by  the  telescope 
which  is  fixed  on  a  ruler  that  lies  on  the 
plane-table,  and  can  swing  round  on  a  fixed 
needle  to  a  piece  as  large  as  the  part  read 
off  on  the  leveling-staff,  is  marked  on  a 
movable   scale   on    the   instrument,    upon 
which   a   knob   being  touched,  the   point 
of  a  needle  marks  the  distance  on  the  paper. 
The  calculating  operations  are  effected  by 
the   inclined    movement  of   the  telescope, 
which,  by  means  of  a  curved  line,  places 
the  scale  at   such   angles   to   the  vertical 
plane  of  the  .line  of  sight  that  the  sine  for 
•  these  angles  constitute  the  square  cosine 
for  the  inclined  angle  of  the  telescope,  and 
this   sine   is  then   projected   towards  the 
movable  needle. 

Ther-a-peu'tic  Ma-chin'e-ry.  Fig. 
2419,  is  Dr.  Zanders'  instrument  for  treat- 
ing the  muscles  of  the  ankle. 

It  consists  of  a  sole-plate,  to  which  the  foot  is  se- 
cured by  means  of  two  sliding  stops  working  on  a 
screw,  and  adjusted  by  a  small  lever.  This  sole- 
plate  is  mounted  on  a  bent  axle,  the  lower  end  of 
which  is  pivoted  on  to  the  frame  of  the  machine, 
and  the  upper  end  is  connected  with  a  sliding-bar  ^ 
that  passes  through  the  spindle  of  a  fly-wheel  on  ^ 
the  top  of  the  frame.  When  this  wheel  is  caused 
to  revolve,  the  axle  and  sole-plate  revolve  with  it, 
with  an  angularity  of  movement  more  or  less 
marked  according  to  the  distance  of  the  upper  bearing  of  the 
axle  from  the  center  of  the  wheel  spindle.  The  person  oper- 
ated upon  sits  in  a  chair  in  front  of  the  instrument  with  his 
foot  secured  to  the  sole-plate  as  described. 

Fig.  2120  represents  Dr.  Zanders'  machine,  consisting  of 
a  saddle  mounted  on  a  shaft,  the  lower  end  of  the  shaft 
working  in  a  socket  on  a  sliding  bar  to  regulate  the  motion. 
The  patient,  sitting  astride  of  the  saddle,  is  subjected  to  the 
influence  of  a  more  or  less  pronounced  rolling  movement, 
which  brings  the  muscles 

of  the  trimk  iuto  action 

Fig.  2421  represents  Dr. 
Zanders'  compound  in  a  - 
chine  for  acting  on  the 
muscles  of  the  legs,  and  for 
friction  or  percussion  on 
any  part  of  the  body.  The 
former  consists  of  a  hori- 
zontal padded  cushion, 
hinged  at  one  extremity 
and  resting  on  cams  at  the 
other,  to  which  a  very  rap- 
id rotary  motion  is  impart- 
ed in  such  a  way  that  the 
cushion  is  thrown  into  a 
state  of  intense  vibration. 
The  restorative  action  of 
this  part  of  the  machine  is 
very  remarkable.  The  oth- 
er part  of  the  apparatus 
consists  of  a  vertical  spin- 
dle sliding  in  long  bearings, 
and  capable  of  being  locked 
at  any  height  by  the  set 
screws  shown .  A  very  rapid 
reciprocating  motion  is  im- 
parted to  this  spindle  by 
means  of  the  small  connect- 
ing rod  shown  on  the  left- 
hand  side  of  the  engraving. 
The  pad  at  the  top  of  the 
spindle  is  caused  to  move 
apparatus  for  Strengthening  the  to  and  fro  with  about  600 
Ankles.  strokes  per  minute.  This 


Fig.  2420. 


Apparatus  for  Developing  the  Muscles  of  the  Body. 

apparatus  is  especially  intended  for  application  to  the  back 
and  shoulder,  and  different  shaped  pads  are  employed  ac- 
cording to  circumstances. 

Fig.  2422  represents  Dr.  Zanders'  machine  designed  for 
strengthening  the  wrists.  With  the  fore  part  of  the  arm  laid 
flat  upon  the  table  of  the  machine  the  patient  grasps  the  two 

Fig.  2421, 


Apparatus  for  Developing  the  Muscles  of  the  Legs  and  Body. 


THERAPEUTIC   MACHINERY. 


891 


THERMO-DYNAMIC   ENGINE. 


Fig.  2422. 


Wrist  Strengthening  Appa.ra.tvs. 

handles,  and  slowly  raises  them,  repeating  the  operation  as 
long  as  necessary.  These  handles  are  not  connected  with 
each  other,  but  are  hinged  on  the  inner  side  to  the  table, 
and  on  the  outer  are  connected  to  a  shaft,  on  the  end  of 
which  is  a  short  crank,  a  pin  at  the  end  of  which  fits  into 
one  or  other  of  the  notches  shown  around  the  periphery  of 
the  disk,  to  which  are  coupled  two  rods  carrying  a  trans- 
verse weighted  bar.  The  effort  required  to  turn  this  bar 
upon  its  center  varies  with  the  position  of  the  balance 
weights. 

Ther'mal  A-larm'. 

Fig.  2423  is  an  engraving  of  a  very  useful  instrument  de- 
signed and  constructed  by  Mr.  Stephen  Alley,  of  Glasgow, 
Scotland,  for  giving  a  prompt  indication  of  a  hot  bearing. 

Fig.  2423. 


the  attention  of  the  engineer.  It  is,  moreover,  a  very  sim- 
ple apparatus,  and  there  is  nothing  about  it  likely  to  get  out 
of  order. 

Ther'mo-cau'te-ry  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgi- 
cal.) An  instrument  with  hollow  platinum  cau- 
tery, which,  having  been  heated  to  blackness  in  a 
spirit  lamp,  receives  a  blast  of  benzine  vapor  from 
a  spray  bellows  which  heats  the  cautery  to  redness, 
and  maintains  the  heat  by  an  occasional  pressure 
of  the  air-bulb. 

Paquelin'x  Fig.  432,  Part  I.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium 
Chirurgicum.'1'' 

Ther'mo-dy-nam'ic  En'giiie. 

Fig.  2424  represents  Gamgee's  engine,  the  "Zeromotor. " 
A  motor  engine  with  conditions  of  a  closed  circuit  with  a 
liquid  boiling  at  a  low  temperature  relatively  to  water  trans- 
formed into  vapor,  the  molecular  energy  of  which  is  con- 
verted into  the  mass  or  molar  motion  of  the  piston,  so  that 
its  initial  condition  is  restored.  In  this  way,  in  a  heat  en- 
gine, the  temperature  is  extended  within  which  the  heat  is 
utilized  downward  in  the  direction  of  the  absolute  zero  in- 
stead of  upward  above  the  temperature  of  surrounding  ob- 
jects. 

The  agent  intended  to  be  used  is  anhydrous  ammonia,  the 
boiling  point  of  which  at  atmospheric  pressure  approaches 
closely  to  34.4°  centigrade.  At  0°  centigrade  its  vapor  ten- 
sion is  3,183.34  millimeters,  or  about  four  atmospheres, 
while  at  10°  it  attains  to  4,574.03  millimeters  or  six  atmos- 
pheres. When  the  mean  temperature  attains  20°  centigrade 
no  less  a  pressure  is  exerted  than  6,387.78  millimeters,  or 
nine  atmospheres ;  and  at  30°  centigrade,  or  tropical  heat,  it 
reaches  over  8,000  millimeters,  or  over  10J  atmospheres  in 
tension.  Since  at  blood-heat  200  Ibs.  to  the  square  inch  is 
available,  it  is  evident  that  the  usual  temperature  of  ocean 
or  river  water  is  most  desirable  in  practice,  and  best,  it  is 
thought,  when  below  20°  centigrade.  The  latent  heat  of  am- 
monia (9009  as  against  960°  for  water)  is  used  in  developing 
energy,  so  as  to  reduce  the  amount  of  rejected  heat  toa  min- 
imum, and  obtain  a  maximum  rate  of  liquefaction. 

Fig.  2424. 


The  apparatus  consists  sim- 
ply of  a  brass  tube,  J,  which 
is  placed  in  a  hole  bored  in 
the  cap  of  the  bearing  to  re- 
ceive it,  the  bottom  of  the 
tube  touching  the  shaft.  At 
one  side,  near  the  bottom, 
Thermal  Alarm  for  Hot  Boxes,  the  tube  J  is  partly  cut  away 
so  as  to  admit  of  the  ready 

insertion  of  a  cylindrical  plug,  z,,  formed  of  a  hard  grease, 
or  of  a  composition  which  will  melt  at  the  temperature  at 
which  it  is  desired  that  the  alarm  should  be  given .  To  in- 
sert the  plug  i,  the  handle  A  is  pulled  so  as  to  draw  up  the 
spindle  B,  and  thus,  by  compressing  the  spring  K,  make 
room  between  the  bottom  of  the  spindle  and  the  bottom  of 
the  tube  for  the  plug  to  be  inserted.  If  the  bearing  be- 
comes heated,  the  plug  L  begins  to  melt,  and  escapes  drop  by 
drop  through  the  hole  M.  As  this  melting  takes  place,  the 
spring  JP  forces  down  the  spindle  B,  and  in  so  doing  gives 
motion  by  the  rack  D  to  the  pinion  G,  and  thence  by  the 
ratchet  o  to  the  striking  wheel  F.  This  wheel,  as  it  re- 
volves, operates  upon  the  pallet  H,  and  alternately  draws 
back  and  releases  the  hammer  c,  which,  when  released,  is 
made  to  strike  the  interior  of  the  bell  JV  by  the  action  of  the 
spring  F. 

The  instrument  gives  a  number  of  clear  and  distinct  sig- 
nals as  the  composition  melts,  and  can  scarcely  fail  to  call 


Thermo -dynamic.  Engine. 

The  engine  shown  in  the  figure  is  a  double-cylinder 
rotary  engine,  B  being  the  first  or  high-pressure  cylinder, 
and  B1  the  second  or  low-pressure  cylinder,  into  which  the 
first  cylinder  exhausts  through  pipe  d.  As  seen  in  section, 
the  gas  or  vapor  enters  the  cylinder  B  through  the  valve 
a  and  sliding  division-port  a',  which  runs  in  contact  with 
the  eccentric  rotary  piston  c  in  the  usual  way.  The  ad- 
mission-valve is  operated  from  the  rocking  valve-rod  a3  in 
the  usual  way,  said  rod  having  an  arm,  a2,  which  bears 
against  the  rotating  adjustable  cut-off  cam  b,  whose  shaft  b' 
is  rotated  through  the  medium  of  eccentrics  and  connecting- 
rods  from  the  main  shaft  D  in  the  ordinary  manner.  The 
exhaust-port  of  the  first  cylinder  is  shown  at  rf'  in  commu- 
nication with  the  exhaust-pipe  '/,  which  leads  to  the  gas  or 
vapor  admitting  valve  of  the  second  cylinder  B'.  The  latter, 
with  its  accessories,  is  similar,  except  in  size,  to  the  first 
cylinder  B,  the  shaft  D  being  common  to  both,  and  the  two 
cylinders  are  combined  together  for  operation  in  the  same 
way  as  the  two  cylinders  of  an  ordinary  compound  or  double- 
cylinder  rotary  engine. 

The  pipe  e  conducts  the  liquefiable  gas  or  vapor  to  the 
primary  cylinder  B  from  the  dome  x*  of  the  part  A,  which, 
for  convenience'  sake,  will  be  termed  the  "  boiler." 

The  exhaust-pipe  f  from  the   second  cylinder  B',  leads 


THERMO-DYNAMIC   ENGINE. 


892 


THERMOSCOPE. 


into  the  closed  exhaust-vessel  E.  This  vessel  receives, 
through  the  exhaust-pipe/,  the  liquefied  vapor  and  gas  from 
the  second  cylinder. 

From  the  upper  part  of  the  exhaust-vessel  leads  a  pipe,  g, 
to  the  larger  cylinder  F  of  a  compound  or  double  cylinder 
rotary  pump,  F  F',  driven  by  the  rotary  shaft  D.  The  smaller 
or  high-pressure  cylinder  F' ,  with  its  accessories,  is  the  coun- 
terpart of  the  other,  and  has  its  induction-port  in  commu- 
nication with  the  eduction-port  of  the  larger  cylinder  through 
the  intermediary  of  pipe  h.  The  eduction-port  of  the  smaller 
cylinder  F',  communicates  through  pipe  h',  with  the  space  in 
boiler  A,  which  receives  the  liquid  from  which  the  motor  gas 
or  vapor  is  to  be  generated. 

Ther-mom'e-ter.  Fig.  2425  is  a  representa- 
tion of  Redier"  new  registering  thermometer  which 
operates  through  the  dilatation  in  a  straight  line  of 
two  metals,  zinc  and  steel. 

If  a  multiplying  mechanism  be  mounted  on  a  steel  bar, 
39"  long,  and  connected  with  a  zinc  bar  of  the  same  length, 
the  difference  of  the  two  expansions  per  212°  Fah.  will  be 
about  .08".  This  difference  is  used  in  the  present  apparatus 
to  register  changes  in  temperature.  The  thermometer  proper 
consists  of  an  exterior  steel  tube,  A,  which  carries  a  toothed 
wheel,  D,  on  which  multiplying  mechanism  is  mounted. 

Fig.  2425. 


Registering  Thermometer. 

Within  the  tube  A  is  a  zinc  tube,z,  which  fits  closely.  These 
two  tubes  are  connected,  and  at  that  point  there  is  a  pivot. 
At  the  upper  portion  of  tube  z  is  a  plate,  I.,  on  which  is  fixed 
a  small  carriage,  which  carries  a  pointer  adjustable  by  the 
milled  head  B.  This  pointer  acts  on  a  pallet.  X,  which  is 
movable,  and  which  transmits  any  movement  of  elongation 
of  the  bar  z,  to  the  needle. 

On  the  extremity  of  the  latter  is  a  small  hook,  c.  The  fore- 
going part  of  the  apparatus  is  mounted  on  a  plate  in  face  of 
a  double  clockwork  movement,  and  so  disposed  that  it  turns 
from  right  to  left,  the  exterior  steel  tube  A  serving  as  a 
pivot. 

The  clock  train  has  two  springs  M  and  If.  M  terminates 
in  a  chronometer  escapement,  and  N  in  a  very  delicate  flier, 
which  turns  with  great  rapidity.  These  two  movements  are 
interconnected  by  the  differential  train  R  R  s.  The  satellite 
S  entrains  the  axis  A  which  on  one  side  carries  the  pulley  P 
on  which  is  wound  a  cord  which  moves  the  pencil,  and  on  the 
other  a  pinion,  E,  which  engages  with  the  wheel  D  of  the 
thermometer.  These  two  gears  are  so  constructed  that  the 
velocity  of  motor  M  being  1,  that  of  motor  N  will  be  2. 

We  may  now  trace  the  operation  under  a  constant  temper- 
ature. The  hook  c  of  the  needle  A  stops  the  small  fly-wheel. 
The  escapement  E  of  the  motor  M,  which  works  constantly, 
turns  the  large  wheel  D  from  right  to  left.  The  needle  A 
follows  the  movement  and  disengages  the  flier  v  and  spring 
N.  The  latter  now  being  freed,  and  its  velocity  being  .2, 
while  that  of  the  escapement  is  .1,  tends  to  turn  the  wheel 
D  from  right  to  left  until  the  needle  A  again  catches  by  its 
hook,  when  the  same  operation  is  repeated.  As  the  pulley 


the  least  change  of  position  of  the  needle.  If  the  temper- 
ature augments,  the  flier  v  remains  hooked  for  a  longer  or 
shorter  period,  proportional  to  the  change  of  temperature, 
and  as  the  increase,  while  turning  the  wheel  I)  from  left  to 
right  to  unhook  the  flier,  also  causes  the  turning  of  the  pul- 
ley P,  the  latter  will  rotate  over  an  angle  proportionate  to 
that  which  the  change  of  temperature  causes  the  needle 
to  pass  over.  The  inverse  effect  is  produced  when  the  tem- 
perature falls.  The  pencil  K.  Fig.  2425,  moves  on  a  cylinder. 
C,  on  which  the  paper  H  is  rolled.  The  chronometer  R  reg- 
ulates the  movement  of  this  cylinder  at  a  velocity  of  0.16" 
per  hour. 


Fig.  2426. 


Thermo-telephone. 

Ther'mo-phone.  (Electricity.)  An  instrument 
in  whicli  sonorous  vibrations  are  produced  by  the 
expansion  of  bodies  under  the  influence  of  heat. 
One  that  produces  sound  by  thermo-action  through 
conversion  of  forces,  or  in  other  words,  in  rapid 
expansion  and  contraction  of  its  circuit  by  sudden 
changes  of  temperature. 


Wiesendanger 
Hughes      .     . 


.  *  "  Teleg.  Journal,'1'  vi.  410. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  335. 
.  *  "Engineer?'  xlv.  344,  Fig. 


is  of  great  importance  as  regards  the  sensitiveness  of  the  in- 
strument, as  it  suppresses  the  effect  of  friction  at  starting 
and  renders  the  instrument  always  ready  to  show  instantly 


Ther'mo-scope.  When  chloride  of  cobalt  is 
dissolved  in  a  definite  quantity  of  strong  wine 
spirit,  or  alcohol  slightly  diluted  with  Avater,  a  so- 
lution is  obtained  the  color  of  which  varies  in  a 
curious  manner  with  the  temperature  of  the  sur- 
rounding air.  Exposed  to  cold  air  it  develops  a 
bright  pink  color,  which,  as  the  temperature  of  the 
air  increases,  passes  through  various  shades  of 
color,  until  at  last,  when  the  liquid  becomes  quite 
warm,  it  assumes  a  strong  blue  or  violet  blue  hue. 
These  color  changes  are  primarily  due  to  the  fact 
that  in  the  cold  alcoholic  solution  the  salt  appro- 
priates a  portion  of  the  water,  and  when  heated, 
it  parts  with  this  water  of  crystallization  or  hyd ra- 
tion. When  the  proportions  of  the  chloride  of 
cobalt,  alcohol,  and  water  are  properly  adjusted, 
and  the  liquid  is  sealed  in  a  narrow  glass  tube,  it 
becomes  quite  sensitive  to  change  of  temperature, 
and  the  varied  changes  of  tint  when  compared  with 
a  standardized  color  scale  may  serve,  within  certain 
limits,  as  a  rough  index  of  the  temperature  of  sur- 
rounding bodies,  thus  constituting  the  little  instru- 
ment a  thermoscope,  if  not  entitling  it  to  the  name 
chromothermometer,  which  has  been  given  it.  The 
statements  to  the  effect  that  changes  of  color  are 
due  to  the  action  of  light  and  electricity  or  atmos- 
pheric humidity,  etc.,  are  of  course  erroneous. 

To  prepare  the  solution,  dissolve  a  few  crystals  of  chloride 
of  cobalt  (pure)  in  two  or  three  drachms  of  warm  water,  and 
to  this  add  strong  alcohol  until,  when  exposed  to  a  tempera- 
ture of  about  70°  Fah.,  the  liquid  presents  a  slaty  color, — 
intermediate  between  the  pink  and  blue.  The  proportions 
will  then  stand  at  about  twenty  grains  of  the  salt  to  the  fluid 
ounce  of  alcohol.  If  too  blue,  more  alcohol  or  a  drop  of 
water  may  be  added  to  the  solution  :  if  it  inclines  too  strongly 
to  the  pink  a  few  more  grains  of  the  salt. 

The  solution  may  be  poured  into  a  long,  narrow  test  tube, 
leaving  the  upper  part  of  the  tube  unoccupied,  so  that  it  may 
be  subsequently  drawn  out,  and  sealed  hermetically  by 
means  of  the  blowpipe. 


THEEMOSCOPE. 


893 


THRASHING   MACHINE. 


The  remarkable  properties  possessed  by  some  of  the  solu- 
tions of  tliis  salt  certainly  suggest  the  possibility  of  applying 
it  to  something  of  greater  practical  utility  thau  the  curious 
toys  in  which  it  has  thus  far  been  chiefly  employed. 

Ther'mo-tel'e-phone. 
(Electric.)  Fig.  2426  is  a 
thermo-telephone. 

It  consists  of  a  thermopile  hav- 
ing placed  in  its  collecting  fun- 
nel a  hard  rubber  disk,  as  shown 
in  the  engraving.  A  sound  made 
in  front  of  this  disk  is  heard  in 
a  rci-civing  telephone  connected 
with  the  thermopile. 

The  rationale  of  this  is  at  once 
apparent   when    a  strip  of    hard 
rubber  is  placed  against  the  lips 
and  bent,  so  that  the  strip  will 
be  alternately  concave  and  con-  --zi§gjjjtE^ 
vex.   The  difference  in  tempera-    fZl3~~ 
ture  is  very  perceptible,  the  con- 
vex surface  being  cold  and    the 
concave  surface  warm,  and,   however  rapid   the 
which  render  the  surfaces  alternately  convex  an 
the  result  is  the  same. 

Thom'sou  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  modi- 
fication of  Menotti's  battery,  in  which 'a  copper  tray 

Fig.  2427. 


Fig.  2428. 


Separator. 

replaces  the  copper  plate,  and  contains  the  sulphate 
of  copper  crystals,  and  the  superstratum  of  wet 
sawdust  upon  which  rests  the  zinc  element. 

The  resistance  of  the  battery  is  very  low. 

Niaudet,  American  translation,  *130. 

Thrash'er.  The  Gaar  separator,  Fig.  2427,  is 
an  apron  machine  whose  cylinder  has  from  eight 
to  twelve  bars  as  may  be  desired,  and  is  full  curve 
spiked.  The  center  heads  are  placed  in  the  cylin- 
ders to  increase  their  strength  and  the  power  of 
their  momentum,  so  that  they  are  not  readily 
checked.  All  the  eight  and  ten-horse  machines,  both 
geared  and  belt,  have  outside  bearings  and  pivot 
boxes  on  the  cylinder  shafts.  A  concave  adjuster 
enables  the  operator  to  raise  or  lower  the  whole 
concave  any  required  distance  while  the  machine 
is  in  motion. 

The  grain  carrier  is  shaken  its  whole  length  by 
agitators,  facilitating  the  separation  of  the  grain 
from  the  straw.  Either  scijpw  or  drag  elevators, 
as  desired.  All  the  geared  machines  have  three 
hitch  gear.  The  tail  chain  or  straw  carrier  is 
shaken  its  entire  length  by  revolving  knockers. 
The  shoe  is  shaken  by  a  half  cross  belt,  dispensing 
with  the  fan  cog-wheels  and  shaker  shaft.  The 
cylinders  have  pivot  boxes  and  steel  set  screws  for 
adjusting  the  cylinder  endwise. 

In  the  Westinghouse  combined  clover  and  grain 
thrasher,  Fig.  2428,  the  process  of  separation  com- 
mences at  the  thrasher.  The  cylinder  delivers 
the  straw  to  the  vibrating  separator,  where  it  is 
first  agitated  and  loosened  by  a  revolving  picker, 
and  a  farther  division  of  the  seed  or  grain  ensues. 
After  passing  the  picker,  the  straw  is  moved  back 


Clover  Huller  and  Grain  Thrasher. 

and  over  a  series  of  shaking  forks,  which  loosen 
it  and  permit  the  grain  to  reach  the  open  plat- 
form, and  escape  to  the  grain  carrier  and  fan. 
The  picker,  in  addition  to  its  help  in  separating, 
prevents  the  straw,  with  its  accompa- 
nying seed  or  grain,  from  shooting 
back  from  the  cylinder.  The  shoe  has 
a  short  longitudinal  action  so  as  not  to 
cause  much  vibratory  motion  to  the  ma- 
chine. 

There  is  an  apparatus  for  elevating 
the  clean  grain  or  seed  as  it  is  discharged 
from  the  machine,  and  emptying  either 
into  the  measures  or  bags,  making  a 
register  of  each  measure  as  it  is  filled. 

Thrashing  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  2429 
represents  an  interior  view  of  the  Bo- 
nanza machine. 

It  is  a  vibrator,  with  large  riddle  surface,  and  strong 
frame,  with  few  wearing  points.  It  has  a  system  of  pickers 
that  are  useful,  especially  in  damp  grain.  The  front  wheels 


Fig.  2429. 


Interior  of  Separator. 


cut  under,  making  it  easy  to  handle.     It  has  many  points  of 
separation,  and  the  tables  are  low. 


THREAD-CUTTING  MACHINE. 


894 


TIME    GLOBE. 


Thread-cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  Fig.  2430  rep- 
resents a  self-centering  machine  for  cutting  threads 
in  bolts,  etc. 


Fig.  2 


Thread  Cutter. 

Three-cyl'in-der  En'gine.  Fig.  2431  rep- 
resents the  Brotherhood  engine. 

The  special  advantages  secured  by  the  invention  are  as 
follows :  The  engine  will  start  with  the  crank  in  any  posi- 
tion, there  being  no  "  deud  center,-'  and  a  perfectly  uniform 
motion  of  the  shaft  is  obtained  without  the  use  of  a  fly- 
wheel ;  the  connecting  rods  being  always  in  compression, 
there  is  no  blow  on  the  crank- pin  at  either  end  of  the  stroke, 
no  matter  how  loose  the  fit  may  be  or  at  what  speed  the  engine 
may  be  running.  The  working  parts  are  entirely  inclosed 
and  protected  from  injury  ;  the  lubrication  is  easily  effected ; 

Fig.  2431. 


Fig.  2432. 


Ellington's  patent  controlling  valve. 

The  high  speed  at  which  this  engine  may  be  worked,  be- 
sides developing  immense  power 
in  proportion  to  the  size  of  the 
engine,  permits  of  its  being 
coupled  directly  to  capstans,  ro- 
tary pumps,  fans,  circular  saws, 
screw  propellers,  centrifugal  ma- 
chines, etc 

The  pistons  are  very  deep  and 
guide  themselves  in  the  cylinders. 
The  connecting  rods  are  of  chilled 
cast  iron  in  the  hydraulic  engine 
and  of  wrought  iron  well  case- 
hardened  in  the  steam  engine, 
their  crank-pin  ends  working  on 
a  hard  gun-metal  sleeve  fitted  to 
the  crank-pin,  and  their  piston- 
ends  working  in  hard  gun-metal 
sockets  in  the  pistons.  The  crank 
shaft  is  of  steel,  and  the  crank, 
where  necessary,  is  counterbal- 
anced. The  slide  valve  is  rotary 
in  the  hydraulic  and  the  steam 
engine,  and  is  balanced,  special 
means  being  adopted  to  insure 
uniform  wear. 

Throt'tle     Damper.        Throttle  DamPer- 
Fig.   2432  is  a  throttle   damper,  with   arrow  and 


quadrant,  for  regulating  the  passage  of  the  flue  and 
registering  the  same. 

Throw'irig  Wheel.  (Ceramics.)  The  potter's 
lathe. 

The  accompanying  engraving  (Plate  LI.)  shows  the  interior 
of  one  of  the  workshops  at  Sevres.  On  the  right  are  shown 
the  throwing  wheels,  and  farther  along  are  men  at  work 
molding  small  objects.  On  the  left  is  an  artist  dressing 
(ifrattaye)  a  green  molded  object  with  a  scraper.  On  the 
throwing  wheels,  also,  are  dressed  the  green  objects  pre- 
viously molded  there,  the  operation  being  known  as  tour-r 
nassage.  See  PORCELAIN  MOLDING. 

Timber  Cart.  Fig.  2433  is  a  high  wheeled 
cart  for  drawing  timber.  The  timber,  after  the 
cart  is  driven  over  it,  is  raised  to  the  axle  by  crank- 
gearing  and  tackle. 

Fig.  2433. 


in  the  steam  engine  the  rotary  slide-valve  is  arranged  to  cut 


Timber  Cart. 

Time  Globe.     Fig.  2434  shows  the  time  globe. 

Mr.  L.  P.  Juvet,  of  Glen's  Falls,  N.  Y.,  exhibited  at  the 
Centennial  a  novelty  in  horological  manufacture,  which  was 
examined  by  all  scientists  with  interest,  and  honored  with 
unqualified  praise  from  all  skilled  in  horology.  The  time 
globe,  as  this  invention  is  happily  designated,  is  a  horologi- 
cal apparatus  by  which  the  hour  at  any  given  place  is  desig- 
nated and  also  the  corresponding  time  anywhere  and  every- 
where on  the  face  of  the  earth.  It  consists  of  a  terrestial 
globe,  encircled  at  the  equator  by  a  zone  dial,  inscribed  with 

Fig.  2434. 


Time  Globe. 


TIME  GLOBE. 


895 


TOBACCO   SPINNING  MACHINE. 


the  twenty-four  hours  of  the  day  and  the  fractions  thereof, 
while  an  ordinary  clock  dial  encircles  the  north  pole.  The 
zone  dial  is  stationary,  while  the  terrestial  globe  revolves  on 
its  axis  once  in  twenty-four  hours,  exactly  as  the  earth  does. 
To  set  the  apparatus  in  operation  for  any  locality  the  hands 
of  the  clock  dial  are  removed  and  replaced  in  position  so  as 
to  accord  with  the  time  indicated  by  the  longitude  of  that 
place  on  the  zone  dial  at  the  equator.  Care  must  be  taken  to 
set  the  globe  in  proper  sidereal  position  by  the  compass,  and 
also  that  the  proper  hour  of  day  or  night  as  designated  by 
the  zone  dial  indicates  the  actual  time  of  day  or  night,  as  the 
case  may  be.  This  is  easily  determined  by  letting  sunshine 
fall  on  the  globe,  and  seeing  which  part  is  in  light  and  which 
in  shallow.  Then  set  the  hands  of  the  clock  dial  to  the  ac- 
tual time  of  the  location,  and  the  terrestial  globe  revolves  on 
its  axis  so  that  the  longitude  of  the  location  is  opposite  the 
same  instant  ^a  the  zone  dial.  Now  the  time  globe  is  set, 
and  a  glance  at  the  zone  dial  shows  the  time  opposite  every 
meridian  of  longitude,  and  consequently  of  every  place  on 
the  surface  of  the  earth.  The  hands  of  the  clock  dial  re- 
volve to  the  right,  while  the  globe  revolves  to  the  left,  con- 
sequently the  relative  difference  in  designation  of  time  is 
maintained,  and  every  meridian  of  longitude  points  out  its 
mean  time  on  the  zone  dial  so  long  as  the  movement  is  regu- 
lated and  kept  in  proper  working  order.  The  movement, 
which  is  self-winding  in  the  terrestial  globe,  is  made  of  two 
plates,  in  the  center  of  which  stands  the  main-spring  and 
barrel,  with  its  arbor  extending  through  the  globe  at  the 
south  pole,  outside  of  the  meridian  ring,  where  its  end  is 
provided  with  a  knot  or  thumb-piece  by  means  of  which  the 
clock  is  wound  up.  The  shaft  of  the  first  wheel  extends 
through  the  plate  and  receives  a  triple  wheel  intended  to 
transfer  to  the  minute,  hour,  and  globe  wheels  their  proper 
motions.  The  axis  of  these  wheels  is  secured  to  the  upper 
plate  of  the  works  by  a  llange  with  pins  and  screws,  extends 
through  the  globe  at  the  north  pole  to  the  meridian  ring, 
where  it  is  firmly  secured  by  a  set  screw,  and  forms  with  the 
arbor  the  axis  upon  which  the  globe  revolves. 

Tire. 

Fig.  2435  represents  Adams's  spring  tires  for  locomotive 
wheels.  _  To  an  inner  tire  of  strong  spring  iron  are  riveted 


•Fig.  2435. 


Tire  for  Locomotive  Wheel. 

the  wrought-iron  spokes,  while  the  outer  iron  consists  of  a 
hoop  of  suitable  thickness,  stiffened  by  angle-iron  rings  run- 
ning around  its  edges,  and  faced  with  diagonal  plates  for 
giving  the  wheel  increased  adhesion,  as  well  as  for  carrying 
the  angle-iron  paddles  occasionally  made'  use  of  on  soft 
ground. 

Solid  blocks  of  india-rubber  between  the  tires  serve  the 
purpose  of  a  spring  to  the  engine  without  interference  with 
its  gearing.  The  outer  and  inner  tire  of  each  wheel  are 
coupled  by  a  drag  link  to  prevent  friction  on  the  rubber 
blocks. 

Tire  Set'ter. 

The  West  tire  setter,  Fig.  2436,  is  arranged  with  a  strap 
made  up  of  several  thicknesses  of  thin  steel,  and  capable  of 
being  "  set  up"  by  a  powerful  screw,  worked  by  a  belt.  A 


2436. 


Tire  Setter. 


Fig.  2437. 


Tire  Upsetler. 


wagon-wheel  placed  within  this  ring,  with  its  tire  perfectly 
loose,  is  clasped  by  it,  and  a  few  turns  of  the  screw  draws 
the  strap  so  tight  as  to  "  upset "  the  tire,  although  perfectly 
cold,  securing  it  as  though  shrunken  in  the  usual  way,  and 
producing  at  the  same  time  any  required  dish  of  the  wheel. 

Tire  Up-set'ter: 

Fig.  2437  represents  the  Vulcan  -machine ;  has  levers 
that  are  adjustable  by  means  of  a  joint.     They  allow  of 
grasping  and  holding  va- 
rious shapes  of  iron,  from 
£"  to  3i"  wide. 

To-bac'co  Spin'- 
ning  M  a  -  c  h  i  n  e'. 

Fig.  2438  shows  the 
Robinson  tobacco  spin- 
ning machine. 

A  machine  to  spin  small 
twist,  constructed  to  run 


TOBACCO   SPINNING  MACHINE.        896 


TONGUE  HOLDER,  ETC. 


Fig.  2438. 


Tobacco  Spinner. 

at  great   speed,  light,  and  without  strain,    making  a  fine 

eord.    The  rollers  pass  the  twist  between  them,  so  as  only  to 

require  winding  up  by  the  bobbin;  this  is  done  by  a  slight 

self-acting  friction  which  is  of  a  uniform  tension  and  under 

the  immediate  control  of  the  spinner.     The  machines  are 

e  to  suit  different    sizes  of    twist,   from    3-16"  to  |" 

for  any  sort  of  tobacco.    The  quantity  which  can  be 


Tog'gle    Iron.     A   harpoon,   Fig.   2439,   with 
latch  that  prevents  retraction. 

Fig.  2439. 


Toggle  Iron. 

Tog'gle  Press.    A  press  in  which  the  power  is 
obtained  by  the  action  of  one  or  more  toggle  joints. 
>.  2586,  "Mech.  Diet." 


Fig.  2440  represents  the  Boomer  & 
Boschert.  The  principle  by  which  its 
accumulative  power  is  acquired  is  the 
combination  of  four  levers  acting  upon 
toggle  joints,  either  to  approach  or  to 
diverge,  according  to  the  direction  of 
such  rotation,  with  uniform  motion. 
The  power  is  controlled  by  a  stand- 
ard fastened  to  the  follower  sliding 
through  the  head  block  between  the 
arms,  maintaining  the  follower  on  a 
level,  and  preventing  an  endwise 
movement  of  the  screw.  The  ^rosa 
loud  is  transmitted  through  the  toggle 
joints  to  the  top  frame  or  head  block 
connected  with  the  base  by  the 
wrought-iron  pillars.  The  power  ac- 
cumulates itt  each  revolution  of  the 
screw,  the  follower  decreasing  in  mo- 
tion in  precisely  the  same  ratio  as  the  power  increases,  so 
that  at  last  the  accunlulated  power  is  almost  irresistible. 
The  development  of  the  pressure  and  the  increase  of  the  re- 
sistance being  so  nearly  equal,  it  requires  but  little  motive 
power  to  work  it.  Thus  one  man  can  work  a  press  of  150 
tons,  and  for  the  press  up  to 
600  tons  it  requires  but  from 
one  to  two  horse-power. 

Toller.  (Crist  Mill.) 
The  Tom  Thumb  toller, 
Fig.  2441,  is' an  automatic 
divider  of  the  toll  from 
the  grist. 

Tom'ki  n  Post. 
(Grain  Mill.)  The  post 
supporting  the  pivot  end 
of  the  bridge-tree. 

Tom    Thumb  Bat'- 

te-ry.    (Electricity.)     A 

small  and  simple  battery 

made    of     a    couple     of 

plates  of  zinc  and  lead 
placed  in  a  tray  with  a  so- 
lution of  sulphate  of  cop- 
per, and  furnished  with 
binding  posts  for  connec- 
tions. 


Toggle  Press. 


Fig.  244,1. 


Toller. 


"  Scientific  Amer.  Sup."  2489. 

Tongue     Hold'er. 

(Dental.)     Fig.  2442  represents  Dr.  Flagg's  tongue 

Fig.  2442. 


Fig.  244a 


Tongue  Holder. 

holder  for  restraining  the  tongue  from  interference 
while  the  teeth  are  being  operated  upon  by  the 
dentist.  See  TONGUE  DEPRESSOR,  p.  2590,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Tongue  Hold'er 
and  Duct  Com- 
pres'sor.  Fig.  2443 
represents  Dr. 
Smith's  tongue  reg- 
ulator and  duct  re- 
strainer.  By  the  use 
of  this  instrument  the 
tongue  is  clamped 
dowu  and  held  in  po- 
sition as  desired. 

The  sublingual  and 
submaxillary  d  u  e  t.s 
are  closed  by  placing 
upon  them  pads  of 
bibulous  tissue  paper 
before  applying  the 
compress  ;  a  pad  of  Tongue  Holder  and  Duct  Com- 
paper  or  a  napkin  pressor. 


TONITE. 


897 


TORPEDO. 


should  be  placed  on  the  tongue  before  adjusting  the 
instrument  in  position  for  use. 

To'nite.  Dry  nitrated  gun 
cotton.  Density  1.50,  about  the 
same  as  dynamite,  and  occupies 
in  a  blast-hole  |  the  space  of  com- 
pressed gun  cotton.  Sold  as  a 
dense  dry  cartridge. 

"London  Mining  Journal,''  1878. 
See  also  "Engineer,"1  1878. 

As  made  at  Kcrnhum,  England,  it 
consists  of  finely  divided  or  macerated 
gun  cotton  compounded  with  about  the 
same  weight  of  nitrate  of  baryta.  The 
gun  cotton  itself  is  mainly  common  cot- 
ton waste  steeped  in  nitric  acid,  and  on 
the  excess  being  forced  out  bv  ,i  hv- 
draulic  press  or  otherwise,  it  is  left 
gome  time  for  digestion  in  vessels  of 
clay.  While  moist,  it  is  macerated  be- 
tween crushing  rollers  and  then  washed. 
The  rationale  of  the  latter  process  is  a 
secret. 

As  stated  above,  tonite  consists  of  this 
macerated  gun  cotton  intimately  mixed 
tip  between  edge-runners  with  about 
the  same  weight  of  nitrate  of  baryta. 
It  is  pressed  into  candle-shaped  car- 
tridges, with  a  receiver  m-  one  end  for 
the  reception  of  a  fulminate  of  mer- 
cury detonator. 

Tool  Grind'er.  A  machine 
for  sharpening  and  polishing 
tools. 

Fig.  2444  is  an  emery  grinder  for 
heavy  tools,  made  by  Thomson,  Sterne 
&  Co.,  of  Glasgow,  Scotland,  and  is 
shown  with  a  simple  rest  for  the  tools, 
but  is  also  supplied  with  special  slide-  --,-._ 

rests  for  grinding  tools  in  holders.    The 
water  is  thrown  upon  the  emery-wheel 

by  perforated  pipes,  which  are  shown  branching  to  each  side 
from  a  pipe  which  rises  alongside  of  the  bearing  from  a 
small  rotary  pump  driven  by  a  cord  from  the  wheel-shaft. 

Fig.  2444. 


To'po-phone.      An   instrument   invented    by 
Prof.  Alfred  M.  Mayer  to  determine  the  direction 
of  a  source    of    sound. 
By    traveling   along    a 
jase  and   repetition  of 


T/iomsfin,  Shrnt,  if  Co.'t  7W  Grinder. 

Tool  Mark'ing. 

To  inscribe  your  name  on  steel  tools  cover  the  part  to  be 
marked  with  a  thin  coating  of  taliow  or  beeswax.  Then 
with  a  sharp  instrument  write  the  name  in  the  tallow,  cut- 
ting clearly  into  it.  Then  fill  in  the  letters  with  nitric  acid. 
Let  it  remain  from  one  to  ten  minutes.  Then  dip  in  water 
and  rub  off,  and  you  will  have  the  mark  etched. 

Tooth  Clean'er.  A  machine  for  dressing  up 
the  teeth  of  cog  wheels. 

Fig.  2445  represents  Thomson's  wheel  tool-cleaning  ma- 
chine for  dressing  between  the  teeth  of  spur-wheels.  Two 
wheels  can  be  operated  on  at  once  by  two  emery  wheels  fixed 
on  each  end  of  the  spindle,  driven  by  the  counter-shaft. 

57 


Tooth  Cleaner. 

observation  it  may  also,  by  calculation,  be  an  indi- 
cator of  distance  of  the  source  of  sound. 

Described  by  the  inventor  in  the  "American  Journal  of 
Otology  "  for  October,  1879. 

The  instrument  has  been  made  in  two  forms :  the  station- 
ary and  portable. 

In  the  former  case,  when  used  on  board  a  vessel  to  ascer- 
tain the  direction  of  a  fog-horn  or  bell,  the  apparatus  has  a 
vertical  rod  passing  through  the  roof  of  the  deck-cabin,  on 
the  upper  end  of  which  is  attached  a  horizontal  bar  carrying 
two  adjustable  resonators.  Below  these  is  a  pointer,  set  at 
right  angles  with  the  horizontal  bar.  Rubber  tubes  pass 
through  the  roof  of  the  cabin  and  connect  the  resonator  with 
a  pair  of  ear-tubes.  A  handle  attached  to  the  vertical  rod 
serves  to  turn  it  either  way,  the  direction  being  indicated 
by  the  pointer.  The  resonators  are  by  this  means  adjusted 
so  that  they  are  brought  simultaneously  upon  the  wave  sur- 
face ;  that  is  to  say,  the  horizontal  bar  is  a  chord  in  the 
spherical  wave  surface,  of  which  the  fog-horn,  for  instance, 
is  the  center ;  the  pointer  then  represents  a  radius,  or,  in 
other  words,  coincides  in  alignment  with  a  line  drawn  from 
the  place  where  the  sound  is  produced  through  the  plane  of 
observation. 

By  sailing  the  ship  at  a  measured  distance  at  an  observed 
angle  from  the  radius  line  thus  found,  a  second  radius  line 
may  in  like  manner  be  found,  and  the  distance  between  the 
two  points  of  observation  is  the  base-line  of  a  triangle,  of 
which  the  two  convergent  radii  are  the  sides.  From  these 
data  the  distance  of  the  fog-horn  is  readily  computed. 

The  true  line  of  direction  is  evinced  by  the  clearness  of 
the  note  imparted,  any  lateral  deviation  from  the  line  giv- 
ing rise  to  opposition  and  consequent  neutralization  of  the 
respective  sounds.  The  connecting  tubes  being  of  the  same 
length,  when  the  resonators  receive  the  sound  at  the  same 
exact  instant,  the  sound  pulses,  acting  together,  are  ree'n- 
forced  to  the  ear. 

On  trial  it  was  found  that  the  direction  of  sound  could  be 
ascertained  within  one  point,  say  10°. 

The  description  of  the  action  of  the  stationary  form  ap- 
plies, mutates  mutandi,  to  the  portable  form. 

"Iron  Age  !: .  xxv.,  March  4,  p.  5. 

"Manufacturer  4"  Builder  '•'      ,    .  xii.  79  ;  *  253. 

Tor-pe'do.  Torpedoes  have  been  divided  into 
defensive  and  offensive,  and  the  former  into  electrical 
and  mechanical? 


TORPEDO. 


898 


TORPEDO. 


I.   DEFENSIVE  : 

1.  The  electrical  includes  those  fired  by  the  closing  of  a 
circuit,  either  by  a  party  on  the  look-out  or  by  contact  of 
the  vessel.  They  are  defined  as :  a.  "  Electro-contact  tor- 
pedoes •'  :  6.  "  Torpedoes  fired  by  observation." 

a.  The  electro-contact  torpedo  is  placed  so  that  a  vessel 
running  against  it  will  set  in  motion  the  electrical  appara- 
tus ;  but  it  can  be  rendered  harmless  as  against  a  friendly 
vessel  by  an  observer  on  shore,  and  as  instantly  restored  to 
activity  by  the  same  agency. 

A  torpedo  fired  by  contact  can  be  much  smaller  in  its  charge 
than  one  fired  by  observation,  as  the  proximity  of  the  latter 
to  the  enemy  can  only  be  approximately  determined,  and  it 
must  be  sufficiently  powerful  to  be  fatal  to  vessels  within  a 
considerable  area. 

b.  In  the  torpedo  fired  by  observation,  charges  of  powder 
from  500  to  2,000  Ibs.  are  used,  to  be  fired  when  the  vessel  is 
over  the  spot  where  such  is  sunken,  to  be  determined  by 
means  of  colliuiators  or  telescopic  observing  areas. 

The  electric  torpedo  is  not  itself  explosive,  and  a  blow  or 
a  fall  is  harmless,  except  as  it  may  injure  the  envelope  and 
cause  a  leak. 

It  is  preferably  lighted  by  the  platinum  wire  fuse,  which 
is  simple,  safe,  and  certain,  and  can  be  tested  electrically, 
both  before  and  after  it  is  placed  in  the  torpedo,  without 
the  fear  of  explosion. 

The  charge  may  be  gunpowder,  gun  cotton,  dynamite,  etc. 
The  British  prefer  gun  cotton  ;  America  and  Sweden  have 
experimented  largely  with  dynamite  ;  Prussia,  during  the 
war  with  France,  1870,  1871,  used  dualine,  another  nitro- 
glycerine preparation  ;  Austria  used  gun  cotton. 

2.  The  mechanical  includes  those  exploded  by  concussion. 

ANCHORED  TORPEDOES.  —  The  shell  torpedo  is  used  for  the 
defense  of  obstructions  in  rivers  and  harbors.  It  is  bolted 
in  an  inclined  position  to  a  frame' which  is  sunk  upon  the 
obstructions  and  loaded  with  stone. 

The  arm  torpedo  is  of  the  buoyant  anchored  class.  As 
the  bottom  or  side  of  a  ship  comes  in  contact  with  one  of 
the  three  arms  which  radiate  like  spokes  at  angles  of  120° 
with  each  other,  the  hammer  is  unshipped,  and  the  spring 
drives  it  upon  the  caps,  which  explode  the  charge. 

The  percussion  torpedo  has  a  loose  lid  which  is  displaced 
by  the  contact  of  the  bottom  or  side  of  a  vessel,  and,  falling 
off  the  torpedo  magazine,  pulls  upon  some  wires  which  spring 
the  hammers  and  explode  the  charge.  This  was  one  of  the 
earliest  in  use  during  the  late  war,  and  continued  to  be 
employed  to  the  last.  It  is  understood  to  have  done  more 
execution  than  any  other  during  the  war. 

The  submarine  torpedo  consists  of  a  water-tight  tank  of 
common  powder,  anchored  by  two  chains  below  the  surface 
of  the  water  and  exploded  by  electricity,  contact,  clock- 
work, or  what  not.  The  term  is  general  rather  than  de- 
scriptive, in  contradistinction  to  terrestrial  or  military  tor- 
pedoes, and  perhaps  to  those  exposed  on  the  ends  of  spars. 
See  SPAR  TORPEDO. 

Into  the  center  of  the  tank  pass  the  terminals  of  two  in- 
sulated copper  wires,  a  fine  platinum  wire  passing  through  a 
small  cartridge  of  fine  rifle  powder  in  the  middle  of  the  charge. 

Mechanical  torpedoes  of  various  forms  are  described  on 
pp.  2599,  2600,  "Meek.  Diet." 


a.  Drifting. 

b.  Anchored. 


r.  Boom  or  spar,  Figs.  6554-6556. 
d.  Maneuvered. 


II.  OFFENSIVE: 
These  may  be  divided  into  — 

1.  The  fish  torpedo,  of  which  Whitehead's  (see  Plate  LII.) 
is  the  principal  example. 

2.  Drifting  torpedoes. 

3.  The  sea  torpedo. 

4.  Torpedo  boats. 

1.  The  fish  torpedo  has  a  steel  or  iron  fish-like  case  ;   the 
front  fitted  with  a  percussion  fuse  communicating  with  the 
charge.    The  stern  of  the  Whitehead  torpedo  has  machinery 
for  working  a  screw  by  compressed  air,  which  is  in  a  reser- 
voir amidships.    It  is  launched  from  shore  or  from  a  ship 
and  pursues  its  course  under  water. 

The  Lay  torpedo  (see  Plate  LII.),  p.  2599,  "Meek  Diet  " 
uses  condensed  carbonic  acid  gas.  A  cable  containing  the 
electnc  wires  pays  out  as  the  torpedo  proceeds  ;  two  of  these 
are  for  governing  the  machinery  and  the  third  for  explod- 
ing the  charge. 

Col.  Lay's  torpedoes  are  still  extensively  used  in  Europe 
especially  in  Russia,  and  his  star  torpedoes  in  the  Russian 
navy ;  and  two  of  his  torpedo  boats  are  owned  by  the 
United  States  government.  This  boat,  as  recently  improved 
can  be  controlled  at  a  distance  of  more  than  a  mile  and  a 
half. 

The  Ericsson  torpedo  is  launched  from  a  vessel,  and  has 
an  india-rubber  tube  which  pays  out  and  conveys  compressed 
air,  which  furnishes  the  motive  power.  Fig.  6558,  "Mech 
JJict.,'  described  on  page  2599. 

2.  Drifting  torpedoes  have  cases  of  various  kinds,  and  are 
abandoned  to  drift  in  a  current  or  with  the  tide. 


3.  The  sea  torpedo  is  used  in  action,  and  is  a  case  maneu- 
vered by  lines  from  the  yards  of  the  vessel. 

4  Torpedo  boats  are  of  several  kinds  (see  p.  2601,  "Mech 
Diet.''),  and  either  carry  the  torpedo  on  a  spar  or  a'  projec- 
tion from  the  stem,  or  are  arranged  for  launching  fish  torpe- 
does. 

The  turtle  torpedo  is  so  named  from  its  resemblance  to 
that  animal,  and  is  placed  to  prevent  raking  or  grappling  for 
a  moored  boom  torpedo,  being  connected  with  the  latter  bv 
a  rope  130'  or  140'  long. 

The  Whitehead  fish  torpedo  is  a  spindle  of  revolution 
made  of  iron  and  steel,  about  14'  long,  and  having  a  diame- 
ter of  14",  and  carries  a  charge  of  20  Ibs.  of  dvnamite.  It 
is  driven  by  a  propeller  and  a  compressed-air  engine  the  air 
being  contained  in  a  reservoir.  A  rudder  regu  lates  the  depth 
and  the  direction,  being  adjustable  so  as  to  direct  it  alone 
any  curve  required.  The  after  half  has  projecting  longi- 
tudinal ribs,  which  are  extended  aft  to  the  ring  which  sur- 


maganiue.     The  extreme  point  forward  has  an  arrow-head 
to  stick  into  the  side  of  a  wooden  vessel. 

The  results  attained  have  been  speeds  of  from  lOi  to  7i  • 
knots  per  hour  for  distances  of  from  720'  to  4,500' :  but  more 
lately  one  has  been  made  to  run  600'  at  the  rate  of  1" 
knots,  or  a  mile  at  the  rate  of  10  knots.  This  trial  was  wit- 
nessed by  some  U.  S.  officers  at  Fiumc,  and  is  reported  in 
the  "Army  and  Navy  Journal  "  of  November  28,  1874.  It  is 
described  in  the  "Army  and  Navy  Journal  "•  as  cigar-shaped 
made  of  |"  inch  steel,  and  19'  long,  15"  in  diameter.  It  has 
a  six-bladed  screw  with  expandftig  pitch,  and  four  T-iron 
angle  pieces  running  three  fifths  of  its  length.  A  pistol  at 
the  bow  is  exploded  by  concussion,  and  in  addition  there  are 
three  triggers  projecting  from  the  bow,  which  may  explode 
the  charge  by  contact  with  a  vessel.  This  torpedo  had  no 
apparent  steering  apparatus,  traveling  only  in  the  direct  ion 
given  to  it  at  starting  by  the  adjustment  of  the  rudder. 
The  pressure  in  the  reservoir  is  1,000  pounds  per  square  fnot. 
The  action  of  current  is  taken  into  consideration  in  launch- 
ing, as  \vell  as  the  rate  of  motion  of  a  vessel  at  which  it  may 
be  launched.  It  can  be  launched  by  projection  from  a  tube 
by  compressed  air,  or  by  hand  by  simply  starting. 

Mr.  II.  F.  Hicks  has  designed  a  gun  that  is  used,  like  that 
of  Ericsson,  to  propel  torpedoes  under  water,  but  the  motive 
power  is  steam  instead  of  gunpowder.  The  gun  has  a  num- 
ber of  steam  chambers  connected  with  the  bore,  so  as  to 
use  steam  pressure  successively  and  act  on  the  principle  of 
accelerated  velocity,  on  the  plan  of  HaskePs  gun. 

Myron  Coloney,  of  St.  Louis,  has  a  system  of  floating  tor- 
pedoes, with  magnets  secured  to  them  (see  Plate  LII.).  The 
magnets  are  intended  to  securely  attach  the  torpedoes  to 
iron  vessels  before  exploding. 

The  torpedo  invented  by  Asa  Weeks  (see  Plate  LII.)  is  be- 
lieved to  be  the  most  powerful  and  destructive  rocket  torpedo 
yet  produced.  The  torpedo  proper  is  a  triangular  float,  ha  v- 
ing  two  side  wings  extending  astern,  where  they  are  provided 
with  keels  or  cut-waters.  The  wings  serve  to  maintain  the 
balance  of  the  torpedo,  as  it  grows  lighter  from  the  combus- 
tion of  the  rocket  composition,  and  the  cut-waters  serve  as 
guiding  rudders.  The  bursting  charge  of  dynamite  is  in  the 
front  compartment  of  the  torpedo,  and  is  exploded  by  a  per- 
cussion primer  on  contact  with  an  obstacle,  or  is  blown  up  ' 
by  fire  from  the  rocket  charge  after  the  expiration  of  a  suita- 
ble interval. 

The  torpedo  is  slung  at  the  davits  of  a  steam  launch  made 
expressly  for  the  purpose.  The  prow  of  the  torpedo  rises  a 
little  above  the  general  surface  line  to  prevent  the  tendency 
to  run  under  when  striking  a  wave.  The  rocket  is  carried 
in  cylindrical  chambers,  and  the  powder  is  cored  out  eccen- 
trically to  the  inclosing  casing.  This  arrangement  of  the 
powder  secures  a  nearly  uniform  combustion.  The  combus- 
tion chambers  are  surrounded  by  some  refractory  substance 
to  prevent  injury  to  the  float  and  danger  to  the  bursting 
charge.  The  rocket  charge  is  ignited  preferably  by  an  elec- 
tric igniter,  and  the  torpedo  detaches  itself  from  the  davits, 
being  hung  thereto  by  a  loop  and  pin.  The  rocket  runs  on 
the  surface  of  the  water,  and  can  be  made  to  travel  at  the 
rate  of  100'  per  second 'for  1,500/.  The  cost  of  a  rocket  carry- 
ing 50  Ibs.  of  dynamite  has  been  reduced  below  $500. 

This  torpedo  has  been  adopted  by  the  United  States  govern- 
ment after  full  investigation  of  its  merits. 

Mr.  Weeks  is  the  inventor  of  a  star  torpedo  operated  from 
the  deck  of  a  fast  steam  launch.  He  has  also  a  floating  or 
drifting  torpedo  that  is  detached  from  the  float  when  it  en- 
counters an  obstruction  and  explodes  after  sinking  a  few 
feet.  It  is  intended  to  be  set  adrift  in  rivers  and  tideways 
where  the  current  sets  in  the  direction  of  a  hostile  fleet. 

Col.  Mallory's  rocket  torpedo  has  an  ingenious  arrange- 
ment of  the  rocket  charge  to  secure  uniform  combustion. 
The  charge  of  slow  powder  is  made  up  into  a  large  number 
of  small  cartridges,  placed  in  holes  radiating  from  a  central 
chamber  in  a  cylinder  of  fire  clay.  The  cartridges  all  burn 
at  once,  and  as  only  the  end  of  each  cartridge  is  presented  to 
the  flame  the  extent  of  the  burning  surface  remains  the 


Weeks'   Rocket  Torpedo.     (Sectional  Longitudinal  View  of  Rocket 
an!  Explosive  Ckambers.) 


Weeks'  Rocket  Torpedo. 
(Sectional  Transverse  View.) 


Wliitehead   Torpedo. 


Week's  Device  for  Exploding  Torpedo  on  Contact  with. 
Netting. 


Coloney  Projectile  Torpedo. 


Lay   Torpedo. 


PLATE  LII. 


TORPEDOES. 


See  page  898. 


TOUGHENED  GLASS. 


900 


TRAM. 


In  the  Siemens'  glass  works  at  Dresden  there  is  now 
manufactured  a  product  which  has  the  same  properties  as 
La  Bat-tie's  tempered  glass,  the  strength  being  communi- 
cated by  the  pressure  of  metallic  rolls.  Plates  can  be  made  by 
this  method  of  much  larger  dimensions  than  by  La  Bastie's. 
They  have  a  beautiful  look,  and  can  be  ornamented  with 
the  most  complicated  designs,  at  a  less  cost  than  ordinary 
glass.  When  broken,  it  shows  a  fibrous  structure,  while  La 
Bastie's  is  crystalline.  For  equal  thickness  the  resistance  of 
a  plate  of  compressed  glass  is  from  seven  to  ten  times  as 
great  as  that  of  an  ordinary  plate. 

Tourists'  Pho-to-graph'ic  Cab'i-net.     An 

apparatus  is  made  which  works  without  a  silver 
bath,  the  silver  Ditrate  having  been  already  united 
to  the  haloid  salts  in  the  collodion,  and  a  washed 
emulsion  is  supplied  in  a  bottle. 

The  bottle  being  shaken  and  allowed  to  stand  10  minutes, 
the  emulsion  is  poured  on  the  glass  plate.  The  glass  is  pre- 
viously washed  by  tripoli  in  alcohol,  followed  by  French 
chalk.  In  2  minutes  the  film  is  set  and  may  be  exposed  in 
the  camera ;  or  if  kept  in  reserve,  dried  over  a  hot  tin  or 
spontaneously,  in  20  minutes.  Non-actinic  light,  of  course, 
is  used  in  these  operations,  a  portable  ruby  glass  lantern  be- 
ing furnished. 

After  exposure  the  film  is  washed  and  picture  developed 
by  a  mixture  of  pyrogallic  acid  and  ammonia,  restrained  in 
action  by  a  suitable  quantity  of  potassium  bromide.  It  is 
then  washed,  fixed,  and  washed  again. 

The  film  can  be  removed  to  a  piece  of  prepared  paper,  and 
when  dry  can  be  put  in  a  book,  and  reimposed  at  any  time 
for  printing.  A  set  of  6  glass  plates  is  furnishing  enough, 
and  a  blank  book  may  contain  the  films  of  a  prolonged  tour. 

Tour'ists'  Pock'et  Cam'e-ra.     Fig.  2447  is 
the  pocket  camera  of  the 
S  c  o  v  i  1 1  Manufacturing  FiS-  2447. 

Co.  of  New  York,  intend- 
ed for  tourists'  use.  It 
measures,  when  folded  up, 
but  5£"  X  §\"  X  1",  with 
no  projecting  parts. 

T  o  w '  e  r,  Re-volv'- 
ing.  Theodore  R.  Tim- 
by,  of  Worcester,  Mass., 
in  1841,  filed  a  model  and 
caveat  in  the  U.  S.  Patent 
office  for  a  revolving  tow- 
er or  fort,  to  be  revolved  by  engines  within  the 
same  ;  for  use  on  land  or  water.  He  was  granted 
a  patent  in  1862.  A  tank  having  been  formed  at 
the  desired  location,  with  the  addition  of  water 
supply  and  exit  pipes,  the  first  communicating  with 
a  supply  tank,  and  the  latter  with  a  drain,  the 
water  supply  is  regulated  as  desired  through  these 
pipes.  A  metallic  battery  is  floated  in  this  tank, 
revolving  round  a  central  pillar,  on  which  it  is 
lifted  or  lowered  by  the  adjustment  of  the  water 
supply  in  which  it  floats.  Openings  in  the  em- 
bankment that  surrounds  the  tank  and  tower  give 
the  necessary  opportunity  for  the  exercise  of  the 
guns  or  mortars. 

Tra'che-o-tome.  Hauk's  instrument,  Fig.  2448, 
is    to    obviate    the    danger 
from  blood  entering  the  tra- 
chea during  an  operation. 

It  consists  of  a  curved,  hollow, 
sharp-pointed  trocar,  with  handle 
(also  hollow)  attached,  —  the 
whole  about  3J"  in  length.  It  is 
made  to  exactly  fit  the  larger  of 
the  set  of  tracheotomy  tubes. 

Tra'cing  Cop'y-ing. 
A  photographic  process 
called  the  blue  process,  in 
which  a  tracing  is  used  to  Tracheotome. 

print  from   instead   of  the   glass   negative. 

For  the  sensitizing  solution  take  1J  oz.  citrate  of  iron  and 
ammonia,  and  8  oz.  clean  water;  and  also  U  oz.  red  prus- 
riato  of  potash,  and  8  oz.  clean  water  ;  dissolve  these  sepa- 
rately, and  mix  them,  keeping  the  solution  in  a  yellow  glass 
bottle  or  carefully  protected  from  the  light. 

The  paper  may  be  gone  over  once  with  the  sponge  quite 


Tourist's  Pocket  Camera. 


moist  with  the  solution,  aud  the  second  time  with  the  sponge 
squeezed  very  dry.  The  sheet  should  then  be  laid  away  to 
dry  in  a  dark  place,  as  in  a  drawer,  aud  must  be  shielded 
from  the  light  until  it  is  to  be  used.  When  dry  the  paper  is 
of  a  full  yellow  or  bronze  color  ;  after  the  exposure  to  the 
light  the  surface  becomes  a  darker  bronze,  and  the  lines  of 
the  tracing  appear  as  still  darker  on  the  surface.  Upon 
washing  the  paper  the  characteristic  blue  tint  appears,  with 
the  lines  of  the  tracing  in  vivid  contrast. 

Any  good,  hard  paper  may  be  employed  (from  a  leaf  from 
a  press  copy-book  up  to  Bristol  board)  which  will  bear  the 
necessary  wetting. 

Lay  the  paper,  sensitized  side  up,  on  a  smooth  blanket, 
and  place  the  tracing  on  this  with  a  plate  of  clear  glass  over 
all,  heavy  enough  to  press  the  tracing  close  down  to  the  pa- 
per. 

Expose  the  whole  to  a  clear  sunlight  for  six  to  ten  min- 
utes. If  a  clear  skylight  only  can  be  had,  the  exposure 
must  be  continued  for  thirty  or  forty-five  minutes,  and 
under  a  cloudy  sky.  sixty  to  ninety  minutes  may  be  needed. 

Remove  the  prepared  paper  and  drench  it  freely  for  one  or 
two  minutes  in  clean  water,  and  hang  it  to  dry. 

Track  In'di-ca'tor.  (Railway.)  An  instru- 
ment devised  to  ascertain  the  condition  of  the  track, 
indicating  irregularities,  low  joints,  etc.  One  used 
on  the  Pennsylvania  Railway  is  designed  by  R.  Pit- 
cairn,  locomotive  superintendent  of  the  Pittsburg 
Division. 

It  is  described  and  illustrated  in"  Engineering" 
*  xxv.  119, 122.  See  also  DYNAGRAPH. 

Track'-lay-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  construction 
machine  carrying  rails  and  ties,  with  devices  for 
delivering  them  off  the  front  of  the  train  to  the 
laying  force.  The  train  is  advanced  as  the  work 
progresses. 

It  consists  in  a  succession  of  rollers  set  in  movable  frames 
attached  at  will  to  the  sides  of  several  flat  cars  in  a  train, 
elevated  so  as  to  afford  an  inclined  plane  from  rear  to  front. 
Upon  these  the  ties  on  one  side  and  the  rails  on  the  other 
are  easily  rolled  or  laid  by  men  upon  the  cars,  when  they 
move  along  over  the  rollers  to  the  front,  and  are  delivered  to 
the  tie  and  track  layers  as  fast  as  they  can  use  them. 

Track  Lift'er.  For  lifting  railroad  tracks  in 
ballasting  and  leveling. 

A  truck  frame  with  four  ordinary  flanged  wheels  running  on 
the  rails,  has  a  strong  central  cross-bar,  bearing  a  spirit-level 


Fig.  2449. 


Track  Lifter. 

and  scale,  by, which  any  degree  of  inclination  is  indicated. 
Through  this  central  bar  two  powerful  screws  play  in  suit- 
able swiveled  nuts,  and  have  each  a  pivoted  base  plate  to 
thrust  against  the  ground,  and  a  suitable  lever  at  the  top. 

Trac'tion  En'gine.  A  form  of  locomotive  en- 
gine adapted  to  travel  on  ordinary  roads.  Used 
to  haul  threshing  machines,  and  other  heavy  ob- 
jects from  point  to  point,  and  in  threshing  and 
furnishing  power  for  different  purposes. 


Fig.  2451  represents  Owen, 
Lane,  &  Dyer's  engine,  geared 
and  speeded  for  2J  to  4  miles  an 
hour ;  will  draw  a  10-  or  12- 
horse  power  thrasher  with  ease  ; 
runs  in  either  direction  ;  carries 
fuel  and  water  for  4  hours'  run  ; 
will  pull 'up  or  down  a  grade 
of  1  in  12. 
See  "Mech.  Diet.,"  p.  2608. 

Tram.     A    device    for 
describing  an  ellipse. 


Fig.  2450. 


Tram. 


When  oval  moldings  are  required  two  pins  are  placed  in 
two  holes  of  the  handle  to  the  center-mold,  and  made  to 
move  in  the  rectangular  grooves  of  the  cross  represented  in 


TEAM. 


901 


TRANSMITTER. 


Traction  Engine. 


the  lower  central  figure,  which  illustrates  one  of  the  prac- 
tical ways  to  describe  an  ellipse,  and  the  best  way  in  which 
a  plasterer  can  make  an  oval  molding.  See  Fig.  2450. 

Tram'pot.  (Milling.)  The  seat  iu  which  the 
foot  of  the  spindle  is  stepped. 

Fig.  2452  shows  an  improved  adjustable  center- 
lift  trampot,  with  the  lever  arm  swiveled  to  turn 
in  any  direction  out  of  the  way  of  spouting  or 
other  objects. 

Fig.  2452. 


Trampot. 

Trans'fer  El'e-va-tor.  An  elevator  or  crane 
for  hoisting  from  one  vessel  into  another.  See  Fig. 
2453. 

Fig.  2453. 


Transfer  Elevator. 


Trans-la'tor.  1 .  ( Generally. )  An  instrument 
whereby  one  form  of  energy  is  converted  into 
another.  For  instance  :  the  power  of  a  prime  motor, 
say  a  steam  engine,  is  translated  by  means  of  a 
magneto-electric  engine  into  electricity. 

2.   (Specijically.)     A  British  term  for  a  repeater. 

Trans-mit'ter.  (Electricity.)  1.  In  former 
practice,  the  sending  forward  of  a  message  by  an 
operator  at  a  receiving  station  was  called  transmit- 
ting. 

This  function  is  now  performed  in  telegraphy  by 
a  repeater,  sometimes  called  in  Britain  a  trans- 
lator. 

2.  The  sending  instrument  in  telephonic  circuit. 

(a.)  In  Bell's  transmitter  (see  Fig.  2402,  Plate  XLVIII.) 
the  message  is  sent  by  the  variable  induced  currents  set  up 
in  a  coil  surrounding  a  permanent  magnet,  to  and  from 
which  the  diaphragm  plays. 

(i.)  In  the  Edison  carbon  transmitter  the  diaphragm  im- 
pinges upon  a  carbon  button  through  which  a  battery  cur- 
rent is  led  to  line.  The  vibrations  of  the  diaphragm  and 
the  consequent  varying  pressure  upon  the  carbon  affect  the 
conductivity  of  the  latter,  and  consequently  give  rise  to  un- 
dulations in  the  current,  corresponding  in  amplitude  and 
force  to  the  sound  vibrations  of  the  spoken  message. 

(c.)  In  the  Blake  transmitter,  Fig.  2454,  a  battery  current 
is  led  throxigh  the  primary  helix  of  an  induction  coil,  the 
secondary  coil  of  which  is  included  in  the  line  circuit. 

The  battery  wire  comes  to  the  binding  post  6.  The  circuit 
goes  to  primary  coil  /",  composed  of  a  few  layers  of  coarse 
wire,  thence  by  curl  p  to  hinge  g,  thence  by  wire  I  to  back 
frame  v,  thence  through  screw  o  and  adjusting  bar  t  to 
spring  r,  on  the  end  of  which  is  a  weighted  carbon  button, 
j,  thence  through  carbon  button  and  platinum  bead  to 
spring  ?',  which  is  insulated  at  k,  thence  by  wire  m  to  the 
hinge  h,  thence  by  curl  s  to  binding  post  a,  thence  to  bat- 
tery, thus  forming  a  short  local  circuit,  including  a  battery, 
a  primary  coil,  and  a  delicate  carbon  and  platinum  contact. 
The  insulated  diaphragm  n  bears  against  the  platinum  bead, 
and  any  movement  of  the  diaphragm,  by  the  voioe  or  other- 
wise, alters  the  degree  of  pressure  between  the  platinum 
bead  and  carbon  button*  Any  alteration  of  pressure  alters 
the  conductivity  at  this  point,  and  thus  varies  the  intensity 
of  the  current  which  the  battery  is  sending  through  the 
primary  coil  /.  Under  the  jarring  effect  of  the  voice  the 
contact  at  j  is  constantly  altering,  and  thus  giving  a  series 
of  impulses  to  the  current  passing  through  the  primary  coil. 


TRANSMITTER. 


902 


TREE-FELLING  ENGINE. 


Tig.  2454. 


Blake  Transmitter. 

This  battery  circle  is  entirely  local,  and  does  not  go  to 
line. 

The  line  wire  with  telephone  and  other  apparatus  in  cir- 
cuit, goes  to  binding  post  d,  thence  by  curl  to  secondary 
coil  e,  composed  of  many  layers  of  fine  wire  wound  outside 
of  the  primary  coil/,  thence  by  curl  to  binding  post  c,  thence 
to  ground  or  continued  line. 

The  telephone  or  line  circuit  contains,  as  far  as  the  trans- 
mitter is  concerned,  only  the  secondary  coil.  When  a  cur- 
rent passes  through  the  primary  coil  wire  it  induces  a  strong 
current  in  the  secondary  coil  wire,  and  thus  sends  the  im- 
pulse to  the  line. 

Telephonic,  Redmond  .  *  " Engineer, '•  xxvi.  184. 

*  "English  Mechanic,''  xxvii.  663. 

Blake *  "Scientific  American,"*  xli.  274. 

"  Scientific  American  Slip.,' '•  3989. 

Hopkins *  "Scientific  American,'"  xlii.  292. 

Duplex  and  quadruplex      "Iron  Age,"  xxv.,  March  4,  p.  19. 

Trans-par'en-cies.  Fig.  2455  is  Scovill's 
photo-micrographer  for  photographing  and  en- 
larging microscopic  objects  in  the  production  of 
transparent  slides  for  magic  lanterns. 


pensive  heliostat  to  produce  a  steady  illumination,  for  with 
any  less  powerful  light  the  exposure  would  necessarily  be 
so  prolonged  that  the  coating  of  the  plate  would  dry  and 
become  useless.  Now  all  this  is  changed,  for  with  the  mod- 
ern improvements  in  photography  which  are  the  result  of 
the  introduction  of  gelatine  dry  plates,  the  photographing 
of  microscopic  objects  becomes  easy  of  accomplishment. 

Trans-plaiit'ing  Wag'on.  Fig.  2456  shows 
a  three-wheeled  truck,  the  frame  of  which  uncouples 
and  surrounds  the  tree.  The  chains  are  crossed 
under  the  roots  and  the  tree  hoisted  out  of  its  hole 
by  means  of  levers  in  the  holes  in  the  rollers,  and 
transported  to  the  place  of  planting,  where  the 
truck  straddles  the  hole,  and  the  tree  is  let  down. 

Trap.  A  sink  or  depression  in  a  pipe  which 
allows  the  liquid  contents  to  fill  it  permanently  at 
one  point  and  prevent  passage  of  air. 


Fig.  2457. 


.  ,  on   n 

nection  with  sunlight,  involved  the  procurement  of  an 


Transplanting  Wagon. 


Traps. 

a.  P-trap.  /.  Same  with  hand-bole. 

b.  P-trap,  with  flange  for  hop-    g.  Conductor  trap. 

per.  h.  Bell  trap. 

<••   P-trap.  f.   Yard  trap. 

d.  Flanged  S-trap.  j.   Kound  bottom  drain  trap. 

e.  Running  or  belly  trap.  k.  Stable  trap. 

Trav'el-ing  Crane. 
A  derrick  on  an  eleva- 
ted track  for  shifting 
to  different  parts  of  the 
building.  In  Fig.  2458 
the  winch  is  operated 
by  bevel  gearing  from 
the  shafts  at  the  side 
of  the  building.  The 
transverse  shafts  have 
an  endwise  movement 
to  disengage  them  from 
the  gearing  on  the  shaft 
along  the  side  of  the 
room,  in  shifting  the 
carriage  lengthwise  of 
the  room. 

Trav'ers-ing  Saw'ing  En'gine.  Fig.  2459 
shows  the  Brotherhood  three  cylinder  traversing 
metal-sawing  engine.  The  whole  machine  trav- 
erses longitudinally  in  cutting  the  material  to  be 
operated  on.  The  power  is  obtained  from  a  hy- 
draulic cylinder,  and  the  speed  of  traverse  is  regu- 
lated by  a  slide  valve.  Steam  may  be  used. 

Trav'ers-ing  Saw'ing  Ma-chine'.  One  in 
which  the  saw  travels  instead  of  the  work  operated 
on. 

Saws  for  cutting  cold  steel  are  made  of  soft  iron, 
and  run  sometimes  with  a  periphery  speed  of  nearly 
five  miles  a  minute,  melting  the  steel  sparks,  but 
not  withdrawing  the  temper  from  the  piece. 

Tray  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in  which 
the  tray  forms  one  of  the  elements  of  the  combina- 
tion. 

See  THOMSON'S  BATTERY,  in  which  the  tray  is 
of  copper. 

Tree-fel'ling  En'gine.  An  application  of 
steam  for  felling  trees. 


TREE-FELLING  ENGINE. 


903 


TRIAL   SPECTACLE   FRAME. 


Fig.  2458. 


Trareling  Crane. 


The  illustration,  Fig.  2460,  shows  a  small  steam  cylinder, 
with  comparatively  long  stroke,  mounted  on  a  light  wrought- 
iron  frame,  pivoted  011  its  center  ;  a  movement  around  this 
pivot  is  controlled  by  a  worm-wheel  and  screw  gearing  into  a 


Fig.  2459 


its  passage  toward  the  cylinder,  which  enables  a  brace  be- 
tween the  cylinder-frame  and  the  tree  to  resist  in  compres- 
sion alone  the  force  of  the  cut.  The  steam  distribution  is 
effected  directly  from  the  cross-head,  and  so  arranged  as  to 
take  full  steam  for  the  in  or  cutting 
stroke  of  the  saw,  and  but  one  tenth 
the  amount  for  the  return  or  idle 
stroke. 

TremTaler.  (Electricity.)  A 
contact  breaker  for  induction 
coils. 

The  improvement  of  M.  Trouve  is 
designed  to  secure  various  rates  of  vi- 
bration of  the  trembler,  so  as  to  obtain 
intermittent  induction  currents  of  dif- 
ferent periods.  The  length  of  the  vi- 
brating stem  is  made  adjustable,  and 
its  range  limited  according  to  a  scale 
on  the  instrument. 


•'  Teleg.  Journal  " 


v.  280. 


Traversing  Sawing  Machine. 

circular  rack.  A  saw  is  rigidly  fixed  to  the  cross-head,  the 
teeth  of  the  saw  arranged  to  cut  only  during  its  in-stroke  ; 
that  is,  the  teeth  are  hooked  on  one  side  and  have  a  long 
bevel  on  the  opposite  one  ;  the  saw  makes  a  draw-cut  during 


Fig.  2460. 


Tree-felling  Machine. 


Trial  Sight.  (Optical.)  An 
oculist's  case  of  trial  lenses,  etc., 
for  testing  sight.  Nachet's  com- 
plete series  has  the  following :  — 

32  pairs  each  of  spherical  convex 
and  concave  lenses,  from  2"  to  72" 
focus. 

19  pairs  each  of  plain  cylindrical 
convex  and  concave  lenses,  from  6"  to 
60"  focus. 

9  prisms  of  angles,  from  2°  to  10°. 

4  plane  colored  glasses. 

1  white  glass  disk. 

1  half  ground  surface. 

2  metallic  disks  with  stenopaic  slit. 
1  metallic  disk  with  hole. 

1  metallic  disk,  solid. 

1  adjustable   spectacle-frame,  with  revolving  graduated 
fittings  for  holding  the  various  lenses. 
1  ditto,  not  graduated. 

Trial  Spec'ta-cle  Frame.     Fig.  2461  shows 
a   trial  spectacle   frame,  with   double   grooves  to 

Fig.  2461. 


Trial  Spectacle  Frame. 


TEIAL   SPECTACLE   FRAME.  904     TRIPLE  CYLINDER   STEAM  ENGINE. 


each  eye,  graduated  to  180°.  Any  desired  combi- 
nation of  spherical  and  cylindrical  lenses  can  be 
adjusted  in  a  moment  to  this  frame,  and  given  to 
the  patient  for  trial.  Used  for  rinding  the  axis  of 
imperfect  vision  in  astigmatism  or  cylindrical  cor- 
nea. 

Tri'cy-cle.  The  name  was  given  to  a  special- 
ized, three-wheeled  velocipede  in  France,  as  long 
ago  as  1828.  It  has  been  made  in  variously  modi- 
fied forms  ever  since  that  time,  but  lias  gone  into 
extensive  use  only  in  recent  years,  after  the  more 
successful  bicycle  had  led  the  way,  and  improved 
materials  and  means  and  modes  of  construction 
had  enabled  it  to  be  made  lighter  and  more  effec- 
tive and  elegant.  It  is  now  very  popular  in  Eng- 
land and  throughout  Europe,  where  it  is  ridden  by 
ladies  as  well  as  by  gentlemen,  not  only  for  occa- 
sional pleasure  riding  and  useful  conveyance,  but 
also  on  very  long  tours  through  the  various  coun- 
tries. It  is  rapidly  coming  into  use  in  America, 
and  the  latest  and  most  improved  form  is  the  Co- 
lumbia tricycle,  of  American  make,  shown  in  Fig. 
2462.  The  wheels  are  48"  in  diameter,  the  width 
over  all  is  38",  and  the  weight  92  pounds.  It  has 

Fig.  2462. 


The  Columbia  Tricycle. 

contractile  round  rubber  tires,  direct  spokes  in  the 
suspension  wheels,  adjustable  anti-friction  bearings 
to  every  shaft,  axle,  pin,  and  pedal,  and  adjustable 
seat  and  handles  to  sui.t  it  to  the  individual  rider. 
Ingenious  mechanism  is  shown  in  the  "balance 
gear,"  or  compensating  axle  gearing,  by  which  the 
power  is  distributed  to  both  driving  wheels,  which 
may  run  at  differing  speeds  on  curves  ;  and  also  in 
the  friction-disk  brake,  which  with  a  slight  pull  on 
the  handle  will  effectively  control  the  machine  on 
any  grade.  This  tricycle  contains  fifteen  or  more 
inventions  secured  by  United  States  patents.  There 
is  also  adapted  to  'it  a  device  by  which  different 
speeds  may  be  attained  with  the  same  power,  or 
power  economized  at  the  expense  of  speed  in  hill- 
climbing;  and  there  are  manv  useful  adjuncts 
called  "  accessories  "  for  the  convenience  of  riders. 
The  tricycle  is  brought  to  such  a  state  of  perfection 
and  specialized  detail  in  construction  and  finish  as 
to  be  only  comparable  with  the  bicycle. 

Trin-op'ti-con.  The  "  Maiden  "  trinopticon, 
Fig.^2463,  is  an  apparatus  for  the  exhibition  of  dis- 
solving views  and  dioramic  effects.  It  consists  of  a 
combination  of  three  achromatic  hmterns,  which 
can  be  used  in  its  complete  form ;  or  the  bottom 
portion,  that  is  similar  to  an  ordinary  two-tubed 


Trinopticon. 

apparatus,  can  be  used  separately,  and  the  upper  can 
then  be  employed  fur  phantasmagoric  effects. 

Trim'mer."  I  Bookbinding.)  The  Star  book 
trimmer,  Fig.  2464,  is  a  single,  or  double  clamp 
power  machine,  with  a  draw-slide  knife. 

Fig.  2464. 


Book  Trimmer. 

Trip  Cut  Off.  An  arrangement  to  disconnect 
one  portion  of  the  valve  motion  from  the  other,  so 
as  to  allow  the  cut-off  valve  to  close  with  great  ra- 
pidity, the  concussive  effect  arising  from  stopping 
the  rapidly  moving  parts  being  absorbed  or  taken 
up  by  acting  upon  a  confined  indestructible  fluid,  as 
water,  air,  etc. 

Triple  Cyl'in-der  Steam  En'gine. 

Alexander's  compound  balanced  piston  engine,  Fig.  2466, 
has  a  large  central  vacuum  or  exhaust  cylinder,  b,  at  each 
end  of  which  is  a  smaller  working  cylinder,  a  c  •  the  pistons  of 


is  conducted  into  the  corresponding  end  of  the  exhaust  cyl- 
inder b,  alternately  through  the  passages  g  g'  at  the  same 
moment  that  the  steam  is  admitted  to  the  opposite  end 
of  the  other  working  cylinder  :  the  pressure  of  the  exhaust 


TRIPLE  CYLINDER  STEAM  ENGINE.     905 


TRUSSING  MACHINE. 


Triple  Cylinder  Steam  Engine. 


steam  from  a  on  either  side  of  the  piston  b'  is  thus  caused  to 
help  work  the  pistons  a'  d .  The  steam  escaping  from  a  or  c 
is  worked  expansively  in  b,  being  reduced  to  a  pressure  equal 
to  that  of  the  atmosphere  by  the  time  b'  reaches  the  end  of 
its  stroke. 

The  remaining  portion  of  the  exhaust  is  conducted  through 
an  appropriate  post  to  the  end  of  either  working  cylinder  at 
which  the  piston  of  that  cylinder  has  arrived,  to  balance  the 
piston  so  that  it  may  offer  no  resistance  to  the  action  of  the 
large  piston  in  the  exhaust  cylinder,  and  to  that  of  the  other 
working  cylinder  to  which  the  live  steam  has  just  been  ad- 
mitted. 

Trip'le  Flu'id  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One 
in  which  the  respective  fluids  containing  the  ele- 
meuts^are  separated  by  a  cell  containing  another 
fluid  which  may  be  neutral  or  may  have  the  effect 
of  preventing  the  entry  of  the  positive  liquid  into 
the  negative  cell,  or  vice  versa.  For  instances,  see 
list  under  GALVANIC  BATTERY. 

Trip'le  Tel'e-phone.  One  having  two  receiv- 
ing ear-pieces,  and  a  transmitting  mouth-piece 
mounted  on  one  stem,  which  may  be  held  to  the 
head  by  a  spring. 


Pritchett 


*  "  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  471. 


Trip'o-li.  Infusorial  earth :  the  cast-off  shells 
of  microscopic  infusoria.  Used  in  the  manufacture 
of  nitroglycerine,  cements,  as  polishing  powders, 
and  food. 

Tro'car.  (Surgical.)  A  perforator,  stylet,  and 
canula  combined  ;  a  three-part  instrument. 

Trough  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  One  in 
which  the  elements  occupy  a  series  of  cells  in  a 
common  trough. 

The  earliest  of  these  was  Cruikshank's,  and  the 
second  Wollaston's,  which  see.  See  also  MUIRHEAD 
BATTERY. 

Trou-ve''  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  1.  A  bat- 
tery consisting  of  a  pile  of  zinc  and  copper  disks 
separated  by  paper  disks,  saturated  with  exciting 
and  depolarizing  liquids. 

See  MOIST  BATTERY. 

Niaudetj  American  translation     ...  *  112. 

"  Scientific  American " *  xxxvii.  323. 

2.  A  compound  Grenet  battery,  in  which  several 
pairs   of   removable   elements   are   mounted  on   a 
frame  which  can  be  lowered  into  the  liquid. 

Niaudet,  American  translation *  224. 

3.  Trouvd's  inversion  battery. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal'' *vi.  476. 

4.  Improvement  on  Daniells. 

"English  Mechanic  '•' *  xxvi.  326. 


Trunk  Engine. 


Trunk  Steam  En'gine.  One  in  which  the 
direct  connection  of  the  piston  with  the  crank  is 
secured  without  the  use  of  the  beam  or  oscillating 
the  cylinder.  Fig.  2466  shows  Virey's  French 
trunk  engine,  with  the  piston  rod,  crank  shaft,  and 
eccentric  in  the  steam  chest,  attached  to  the  steam 
cylinder,  the  revolving  shaft  working  through 
packings  in  the  steam  chest. 


Trus'sing  Ma-chine'.  One  for  tightening  the 
truss  hoops  on  barrels.  Holmes's  machine,  Fig. 
2467,  for  trussing  tight  and  slack  barrels,  will  drive 
all  the  truss  hoops  upon  a  slack  barrel  at  the  same 
time  at  the  rate  of  1,500  per  day.  When  used  for 
tight  barrels  the  quarter  hoop  drivers  are  removed, 
and  the  machine  is  in  condition  to  drive  the  truss 
hoops  upon  tight  barrels. 


TRUSSING  MACHINE. 


906 


TUBULAR   PILES. 


Fig.  2467. 


n,  ur. 

'Railroad  Gazette,''  xxiv.  205 
'Engineer,"  xlix.  235. 
'Engineer,"  xlii.  33. 
'Engineer,"  xliv.  149. 
'Engineering,"  xxix.  7. 


Trussing  Machine. 

Tube  Clean'ers.  For  cleaning  tubular  boiler 
tubes.  A  steam-pipe  having  perforations  to  corre- 
spond with  the  ends  of  the  tubes  is  fitted  to  each 
row  of  tubes  and  steam  blown  through  them. 

Tube  cleaner     .     .    , 

"National ':  .     .     , 

Boiler,  Cooke     .     . 
Tube-cleaning  rings.  Pauls. 

Tube  scraper,  Knott .     .  * 

Rastrick,  Br * 

Boiler,  E.  Ry.  of  France  * 

Tube  Draw'ing  Ma-chines'.  Metallic  tubes 
are  drawn  through  formers,  somewhat  after  the 
manner  of  wire. 

Tubes  for  particular  purposes  are  drawn  inside 
and  out,  giving  them  a  hard,  smooth  finish.  Ordi- 
nary brass  tubes  are  soldered  together  and  drawn 
through  holes  to  shape  the  outside,  leaving  the  in- 
side as  it  was. 
Fore *  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  July  11,  p.  1. 

Tube  Valve.  A  tube  forming  a  valve,  held  up 
against  its  seat  by  a  ball-weighted  lever. 

Tube,  Welcl'ed  I'ron.  Instead  of  heating 
the  whole  of  the  strip  or  skelp  of  iron,  Roden 
heats  only  the  edges  which  are  to  be  welded  to- 
gether and  the  parts  adjacent  thereto.  In  order 
to  effect  this,  he  constructs  a  furnace,  having  a 
long,  narrow  opening  at  its  top,  and  the  strip  of 
iron  from  which  the  tube  is  to  be  made  having 
been  bent  into  a  tubular  form,  with  its  edges  over- 
lapping, is  placed  upon  the  said  opening  in  the 
furnace,  the  said  overlapping  parts  being  alone 
exposed  to  the  strongest  heat  of  the  furnace,  while 
the  greater  part  of  the  tube,  being  external  to  the 
furnace,  is  but  slightly  heated.  Near  the  end  of 
the  furnace  a  bulb  mandril,  supported  on  a  rod,  is 
situated,  the  axis  of  the  said  bulb  mandril  being  in 
a  line  with  the  axis  of  the  partially  formed  tube  on 
on  the  furnace. 

The  end  of  the  mandril-rod  is  fixed  to  a  wagon, 
capable  of  traveling  on  a  draw  bench.  Underneath 
the  bulb  of  the  mandril  is  a  pressing-roller,  which 
is  pressed  upwards  or  against  the  bulb  of  the  man- 
dril by  a  spring  or  weight  or  otherwise.  A  pair  of 
tongs,  connected  to  the  wagon  of  the  draw  bench 
or  other  drawing  mechanism,  take  hold  of  the 
partially  formed  tube  at  its  upper  side,  and  motion 
being  communicated  to  the  said  chain,  draw  bench, 
or  other  drawing  mechanism,  the  partially  formed 
tube  is  drawn  off  from  the  furnace  on  to  and  over 
the  bulb  mandril,  its  overlapping  and  heated  edges 


being  pressed  between  the  bulb  of  the  mandril  and 
the  roller  underneath  and  thereby  welded  together. 
After  the  welding  of  the  skelp  has  been  effected, 
the  mandril  and  its  rod,  together  with  the  tongs 
and  welded  tube,  are  removed  to  a  sufficient  dis- 
tance from  the  furnace  to  allow  the  tube  to  be  re- 
moved from  the  mandril.  The  mandril  and  other 
parts  are  then  restored  to  their  original  positions 
near  the  furnace,  ready  to  act  upon  and  weld  a  sec- 
ond skelp.  By  means  of  this  invention,  welded 
iron  tubes  or  pipes  can  bo  readily  and  quickly 
made,  and  from  thinner  iron  than  can  be  conven- 
iently used  in  the  ordinary  method  of  manufac- 
ture. 

Weldless  metallic      .     .      "Iron  Age,-'  xvii.,  May  11,  p.  32. 
Welded  iron,  manuf.  of      "Scientific  American  Sup.,'11  1886. 

Tu'bu-lar  Boil'er.  One  in  which  the  water 
circulates  in  pipes.  See  STEAM  BOILERS,  supra, 
and  pp.  2325-2328  and  2649,  "  Mech.  Diet." 


Babcock  Sf  Wilcox 
Benoit,  Fr. 
Pregardieu,  Ger. 

*  "Engineer,"  1.228. 
Sinclair,  Belg. 

*  "Engineer,"  xl-vii. 

42. 
Steinmiiller,  Ger. 

*  "Engineer,"    xlix. 

428. 

,  Wigzett  £    Rams- 
deu. 

*  "Engineer,"'      xli. 

313. 

"  Montana  :>  "  Bir- 
kenhead." 

*  "Engineer,'1'1      xli. 

316. 
Mast, 

*"  Manuf.  S(   Build- 
er," viii.  246. 
Tubular  Hue  boiler. 
Sulzer,  Swiss. 

*  "Engineering," 

xxviii.  175. 
Farcot,  Fr. 

*  "Engineering,'-'1  xxvi.  372. 
Tubular  steam  boilers. 

Babcock  &  Wilcox. 

*  ''Scientific  Amer.,"    xlii. 

319. 

Tubular  vertical  boiler. 
Pope,  Br.     *  "Engineer," 
xliii.  251. 

Tu'bu-lar      Piles. 

Le  Grand's  t  u  b  u  1  a  r 
piles,  Fig.  2468,  are 
unique  in  their  con- 
struction and  mode  of 
propulsion,  being  driv- 
en internally  and  from 
the  bottom,  instead  of 
externajly  and  from  the 
top.  The  piles  are  made 
of  either  wrought  or 
cast-iron,  and  of  thick- 
ness to  suit  the  varying 
circumstances  of  con- 
struction. The  lower 
end  of  the  pile  is  made 
solid  and  pointed,  and 
generally  steel-tapped. 

The  piles  are  made 
in  sections,  which  are 
screwed  together  with 
joint  sockets.  The 
rammer  is  raised  by 
rods,  rope,  or  chain, 
and  on  beintr  released, 


*  "Iron  Age,"1  xix.,  May  31,  p.  1. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  354. 


Fig.  2468. 


Tubular  Piles. 


falling  with  its  own  gravity,  expends  its  driving 
force  on  the  point  just  where  it  is  wanted. 

This  principle  of  internal  pile-driving  has  been 


TUBULAR  PILES. 


907 


TURNING  BACK   CAMERA. 


applied  to  the  sinking  of  tube-wells,  and  for  driv- 
ing the  foundations  of  telegraph  posts,  etc.  When 
used  in  connection  with  tube  wells,  the  first  socket 
above  the  perforated  end  is  made  sufficiently  long 
to  allow  of  a  strong  iron  ring  being  placed  in  the 
center  of  it  in  such  a  way  that  the  two  lengths 
of  tube,  when  screwed  together,  butt  against  it. 
The  interior  of  this  ring  is  of  sufficient  size  to  al- 
low the  water  to  pass  freely,  but  it  has  a  screw 
thread  cut  throughout  its  whole  length.  During 
the  operation  of  driving  the  aperture  is  closed  by  a 
steel  square-headed  screw  plug,  the  head  resting 
firmly  on  the  ring.  After  driving,  the  plug  is  re- 
moved, allowing  the  water  free  passage. 

LeGrand  if  Sutcliffe  .    "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag.,"  xx.  521. 

Tu'la.  The  Russian  niello  silver.  See  NIELLO 
SILVER. 

Tu'la  Sil'ver.      The  composition  tula   silver, 
which  was  long  kept  a   secret,   has  been   discov- 
ered to  consist  of  9  parts  of 
silver,  1  of  lead,  and  1  of  bis-  F'g-  2469- 

muth.  The  metals,  in  the 
proportions  stated,  are  melted 
together.  The  addition  of 
sulphur  gives  the  beautiful 
steel-blue  tint  for  which  this 
composition  is  so  highly 
prized. 

T  u '  m  o  r  E-cra'seur. 
Fig.  2469  represents  an  in- 
strument used  in  operating 
on  uterine  tumors. 

Tung'sten  Bronze.  A 
bronze  produced  by  Majeon 
bv  adding  tungsten  to  a  com- 
position of  copper,  zinc,  lead, 
and  tin ;  a  bronze  of  small 
cost,  possessing,  according  to 
the  proportions  of  the  ele- 
ments, malleability,  ductility, 
sonorousness,  and  conductiv- 
ity of  electricity. 

Used  for  dies,  bells,  clock- 
work, ornaments,  type,  piano 
strings,  brass  for  rolling,  draw- 
ing, and  chasing- 

"Iron  Age,"  xx.  Sept.  6,  p.  20. 

Tung'sten  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  A  steel  con- 
taining tungsten,  which  is  added  in  the  form  of 
Wolframite  to  the  charge.  See  p.  2366,  "Mech. 
Diet:' 


Tungsten  -tcci 


"Scientific  American  Sup.,''  278. 


Tun'nel.  (Fishing.)  The  funnel-shaped  con- 
ductor leading  from  the  heart  to  the  pound  in  a 
pound-net,  which  see. 

(Engineering.)  An  underground  passageway  for 
aqueducts,  railways,  or  opening  up  mines,  etc.  See 
"Mfch.  Diet.,"  pp.  2653-2655. 

Tunneler,  Dowd  .     .    .      "  Scientific  American,"  xliii.  280. 
Tunneling,  accurate  .     .      "Scientific  American,"  yixxiy..  406. 
Tunneling  machine. 

Dowd *"  Manuf.  $  Builder,"  xii.  244. 

Tunneling,  history  of,  Drinker.  Wiley  &  Snow,  N.  Y. 
See  excerpts  in  '-Engineering  £  Mining  Journal,'-  xxv. 

Tu'pe-lo  Di-la'tor.  (Surgical.)  A  dilator 
for  the  cervix  uteri,  made  from  the  wood  of  the 
pepperidge  (sour  grass,  Gray),  a  tree  of  the  dog- 
wood family  and  genus  Nyssa  (Indian  name  tupelo.) 
—  Sussdorjf. 

Tur'bine.  A  water  wheel  with  curved  buckets. 
See  p.  2656,  "Mech.  Diet:' 


Turbine   water    wheels. 

Trials  of,  Phila.  1876  *" Scientific  American  Sup.,"  964. 
Turbine  wheels,  on. 

Gevelin "American  Miller,"  v.  11. 

Turbine,  Alcott      ...  *  "Iron  Age,'-  xx.,  Oct.  18,  p.  1. 

*  "Manuf.  and  Builder,"-  viii.  247. 

*  "American  Miller,"  vii.  166. 

*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  33. 


Biirnham  .... 

"Eclipse,"  Slilhvell 
Bierce  .... 
Dorseij  If  Kemper  . 
"  Delphos :'  .  .  . 
Leffel 


*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  33. 

*  "American  Miller,"  iv.  35. 

*  "American  Miller,'1'  iv.  35. 

*  "American  Miller,''  iv.  36. 

*  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  ii.  198,  225. 

*  "Engineer,"-  xliii.  59. 
Obenrhain      ....  *  "American  Miller,"  iv.  38. 

l.'arley  ......  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  101. 

Mullihin    .....  *  "American  Miller,"-  v.  101. 

Capron       .....  *  "American  Miller,''  iv.  2. 

Brooks  ......  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  83. 

Risdon      .....  *  "American  Miller,"  v.  121. 

*  "Manuf.  and  Builder,"  ix.  56. 
"  Little  Giant,  ?'  Jones  *  "American  Miller,"  vi.  152. 
Tomplcins      ....  *  "American  Man.,"  July  9,  1880, 

p.  13. 

On.  Trowbridge      .     .  *  "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,'-  xx.  244,  346. 
"  Victor,"   Stillwell  Sf 
Bierce    .....  *  "Eiig.  Sf  Min.  Jour.,"  xxviii.  145. 

*  'American  Miller,"  vii.  163. 
Wtiitmore  .....  *  'American  Miller,"  iii.  179. 

"  Victor,"  Holden  .     .  *  '  Scientific  American,"  xl.  166. 
"  Canadian  "      ...  *   'Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Dec.  12,  p.  5. 
Truax  ......  *  'American  Miller  "\in.  68. 

Ridgeway      ....  *  "American  Miller,  "viii.  32. 

Bellinger  .....  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  64. 

Todd     ......  *  "American  Miller,"  viii.  225. 

Walton      .....  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.374. 

Jouval.  Augsburg  Wa- 

ter Works  .... 
Test  of.  Phila.,  1876 
Centennial,  "  Allen- 

town,"  Thompson  . 
Centennial.  Boyden, 

Bellinger,   "  Nation- 

al," Hunt,  Houston      "Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  July  20,  p.  3. 
Leffel,     "  American," 

"Eclipse,"    "Eure- 

ka," Cope  .... 
Alcott.  Risdon,  Gaye- 

lins,  Jouval  . 
66".     Gunpowder  fac- 

tory, Watham,  Br.  .  *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  379. 
And  pumps,   Buxton, 

Br  .......  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  546. 

Tests,  Holy  oke  .     .     .      "Scientific  American,"  xli.  336. 

Tu-renne'  Cloth.  (Fabric.)  A  cotton  and 
wool  French  goods. 

Tur'mer-ic  Pa'per.  (Gas.)  Used  as  a  test 
for  the  presence  of  ammonia  in  illuminating  gas. 

Add  6  parts  by  weight  of  alcohol  to  1  of  turmeric  powder 
in  a  stoppered  bottle,  and  shake  occasionally  for  3  days. 
Soak  white  filtering  paper  in  the  solution,  dry,  cut  in  conve- 
nient pieces,  and  keep  in  a  stoppered  bottle. 

Turn'ing  Back  Cam'e-ra.  One  to  enable 
the  view  taker  to  secure  either  an  upright  or  a  hor- 
izontal picture  without  changing  the  plate  holder, 

Fig.  2470. 


"Engineering,"1  xxix.  244. 

"  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  927  '. 

"Iron  Age,"  xviii.  Aug.  31,  p.  7. 


"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  July  27,  p.  5. 
"Iron  Age,"  xviii.,  Aug.  3,  p.  3. 


Scovill's  Turning  Camera. 


TURNING  BACK  CAMERA. 


908 


TURRET. 


after  it  has  been  slid  into  the  carriage.  The  car- 
riage is  simply  turned  about  in  the  circle  and  auto- 
matically fastened.  By  this  latter  provision  the 
carriage  may  be  secured  at  either  quarter  of  the  cir- 
cle. The  ability  to  withdraw  the  slide  to  the  left 
enables  the  photographer  to  obtain  a  view  which  he 
could  not  get  with  the  usual  provision  in  a  camera. 
The  photographer  of  experience  is  well  aware  of 
the  difficulty,  when  taking  an  upright  picture  with 
a  large  camera,  of  reaching  up  to  draw  out  the 
slide  at  the  top,  and,  what  is  more  essential,  of  get- 
ting out  the  slide  without  changing  the  plate  in 
the  holder. 

Turn'ing  Mill.  See  BOEING  AND  TURNING 
MILL,  Fig.  389,  p.  122,  supra,  and  Fig.  6799,  p. 
2660.  "Mech.  Diet." 

Turn'iiig  Mold'-board  Plow.  One  which, 
has  a  capacity  by  an  optional  adjustment  of  the 
mold-board  and  share  for  turning  a  furrow  to  the 
right  or  to  the  left  respectively. 

In  this  country  it  is  usually  called  a  side-hill 
plow,  as  it  is  used  only  on  hill-sides  for  throwing  a 
furrow  constantly  down  hill  at  each  passage  of  the 
plow. 

Murray,  Br *  "  Engineering,^  xxx.  56. 

French  &  Amer.,  Paris     *  "  Scientific  American,'1'  xxxix.  163. 

Turn'ing-off  Ma-chine'.  (Knitting.)  A  ma- 
chine for  closing  hose  which  has  been  knit  flat- 
wise. See  SEWING  MACHINE. 

Tur'nip  Cut'ter.  The  "  Picksley  "  cutter  is  a 
double-action  machine,  with  a  pulper  disk,  adjust- 
able to  fine  and  coarse  cutting.  The  disk  has  two 
knives,  and  is  so  arranged  that  a  pair  of  stripping 
plates  are  attachable  for  cutting  finger-pieces. 

Turnip  cutters,  old  .     .  *  "Engineer,'"  xlvii.  474. 
Turnip  thinner,  Everitt, 
Adams  $  Co.,  Br.  .     .  *  "Engineering,-''  xxx.  80. 

Tur'nip  Seed  Drill.  A  drill  for  the  automatic 
deposit  of  small  seeds.  (See  Fig.  2471.) 

Fig.  2471. 


Turnip  Seed  Drill. 

Turn-ta'ble.  (Optics.)  An  instrument  for 
making  cells  of  gold  size  or  other  varnish.  It  is 
revolved  by  one  hand  while  the  other  holds  the 
brush  containing  the  liquid. 

These  instruments  are  supplied  with  various  ap- 

Fig.  2472. 


pliances  for  holding  the  slide  on  the  center  of  the 
revolving  part  of  the  table  :  either  springs  or  vo- 
lute movement,  beneath  which  actuates  the  clasps. 

Tur'pen-tine. 

Tar,    etc.,     distillation. 

Zacharias  ....  "  Scientific  American  Sup.,'"  1671 
Works  in  the  woods  .  .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xliii.  279. 

Tur'ret.  A  report  on  the  "Fabrication  of  Iron 
for  Defensive  Pitrposes  "  was  made  by  Colonels  Bar- 
nard and  Wright,  of  U.  S.  Engineers,  1871. 

Iron  cased  forts  of  Portsmouth,  Britain,  defenses.  Plate 
LI. 

Gruson  chilled  iron  casemate,  German.  Plates  XXVI.- 
XXX. 

Plate  LIII.  is  a  vertical  section  of  a  tower  for  harbor  or 
land  defense,  having  exterior  and  interior  walls,  with  dome- 
shaped  roof,  revolving  by  gearing  upon  friction  rollers.  The 
artillery  platforms  have  guns  mounted  upon  the  carriages, 
which  radiate  from  the  common  center.  The  central  turret 
revolves  independently  of  the  tower  upon  a  shaft  by  means 
of  a  rod  and  gearing.  On  the  left  of  the  shaft  is  seen  the  cir- 
cuit-closer, forming  the  connection  between  the  galvanic  bat- 
tery and  the  conducting  chains  passing  to  each  gun.  Holes 
in  the  top  act  as  ventilators,  while  at  the  sides  of  the  turret, 
near  the  bottom,  are  casemates  with  guns,  independent  01 
the  revolving  tower,  while  below  ai-e  walls  of  subterraneous 
foundation  for  the  tower,  forming  chambers  for  stores  and 
munitions. 

Fig.  2473  is  a  view  of  the  turret  and  glacis  of  the  "  Inflex- 
ible.-' 

Two  guns  will  be  mounted  side  by  side  in  each  turret. 
Each  gun  will  be  mounted  so  as  to  be  supported  on  three 
points.  The  trunnions  will  rest  on  blocks  sliding  on  fixed 
beams  bolted  down  to  the  floor  of  the  turret,  while  the  breech 
will  rest  on  a  third  block,  sliifing  like  the  others  between 
guides,  upon  a  beam  or  table.  Behind  each  of  the  trunnion- 
blocks,  in  the  line  of  recoil,  are  two  hydraulic  cylinders,  con- 
nected with  them  by  piston-rods.  The  cylinders  communi- 
cate by  a  pipe,  on  which  there  is  a  valve,  that,  on  the  recoil 
of  the  gun,  opens  and  allows  the  pistons  of  the  rams  to  run 
back  slowly,  checking  the  recoil.  By  reversing  the  appa- 
ratus, the  gun  can  be  run  out  again.  The  beam  on  which 
the  breech  rests  is  supported  by  a  third  hydraulic  ram,  fixed 
vertically  beneath  it  in  the  turret.  By  this  means  the  breech 
can  be  easily  raised  or  lowered,  thus  elevating  or  depressing 

Fig.  2473. 


Turntable. 


Turret. 

the  muzzle  of  the  gun,  which  pivots  on  its  trunnions 
with  a  large  preponderance  towards  the  breech.  In 
order  to  load,  the  muzzle  is  depressed  until  it  conies 
opposite  to  an  opening  made  in  the  upper  deck  before 
the  turret,  and  protected  by  a  sloping  armored  glacis. 
A  hydraulic  rammer  works  in  guides  through  this  hole, 
The  rammer-head  is  hollow,  and  is  so  constructed  that 
when  it  is  driven  into  the  recently -fired  gun,  and 
comes  in  contact  with  the  sides  of  the  powder-chamber,  a 
valve  opens,  and  it  discharges  through  a  number  of  holes 
small  jets  of  water,  thus  acting  as  a  sponge,  and  extinguish- 
ing any  remnants  of  the  charge  or  of  the  products  of  the 
explosion  which  may  have  remained  smoldering  in  the 
bore.  It  is  then  withdrawn,  and  a  hydraulic  shot-lift  raises 
up  to  the  muzzle  of  the  gun  the  charge,  the  projectile,  and 
a  retaining  wad,  and  then  a  single  stroke  of  the  rammer 
drives  them  into  the  gun  and  home  to  the  base  of  the  bore. 
Again  the  rammer  is  withdrawn,  the  hydraulic  ram  undei 
the  breech  of  the  gun  elevates  the  muzzle,  the  turret  swings 
round,  and  the  shot  is  fired.  A  9"  gun,  mounted  experi- 
mentally in  a  turret  at  Elswick,  and  loaded  on  this  system, 
was  brought  to  the  loading  position,  sponged,  loaded,  and 
brought  (jack  to  the  firing  point  in  twenty-three  seconds. 
Equally  rapid  loading  was  effected  with  the  38-ton  gun  dur- 
ing the  experimental  trial  of  the  hydraulic  gear  on  board 
the  Thunderer.  Thus  the  first  advantage  of  the  system  is 
rapidity  of  fire  ;  the  second  is  economy  of  labor.  One  man 
only  for  each  gun  is  stationed  in  the  turret,  another  works 
the  hydraulic  rammer  ou  the  main  deck,  six  or  eight  others 


TURRET. 


909 


TUYERE  COIL. 


are  employed  in  bringing  up  the  ammunition  to  the  shot- 
lift  by  means  of  a  small  tramway.  There  are  two  sets  of 
loading  gear  for  each  turret  ;  but  even  if  both  were  put  out 
of  order,  the  gun  could  still  be  loaded,  with  an  ordinary 
rammer  and  sponge,  by  a  number  of  men  stationed  on  the 
main  deck. 

The  adoption  of  the  system  enables  very  heavy  guns  to  be 
carried  in  comparatively  small  turrets.  Those  of  the  Inflex- 
ible are  very  little  larger  than  those  of  the  Devastation  .  so 
that  with  the  old  plan  of  having  a  numerous  crew  in  the 
turret,  and  running  in  the  gun  in  order  to  load  it  by  hand, 
only  the  38-ton  gun  could  be  carried.  As  it  is,  it  is  quite 
possible  that  the  Inflexible  will  be  armed  with  even  a  more 
tremendous  weapon  than  the  81-ton  gun.  This  has  been 
held  in  view  in  designing  the  ship  ;  and,  by  a  slight  modi- 
fication, it  will  be  possible  to  mount  in  each  of  hy  turrets  a 
pair  of  160-ton  guns,  with  a  bore  of  30'  and  a  caliber  of  20". 

A  minor  feature,  which  will  perhaps  be  introduced  in  con- 
nection with  guns  of  large  caliber,  is  a  steel  plug  contiiininu- 
within  it  a  detonating  apparatus  for  firing  a  charge  of  pow- 
der. This  is  intended  to  be  fixed  in  the  vent  of  a  heavy  gun, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  upward  escape  of  the  gas  tiiid  the 
consequent  gradual  erosion  of  the  vent.  The  erosion  very 
rapidly  widens  the  vent,  and  at  last  disables  the  gun,  and 
the  fire  has  to  be  suspended  until  it  is  revented.  Thus  this 
system,  of  firing,  which  has  been  invented  by  Captain  Noble, 
11.  A.,  would  greatly  increase  the  efficiency  of  the  gun. 

Some  idea  of  the  amount  of  ammunition  required  for  the 
81-ton  gun  will  be  given  by  the  following  calculation:  Let 
us  suppose  that  in  an  action  the  Inflexible  would  fire  only 
ten  shots  from  each  of  her  guns :  she  would  use  up  more 
than  stJ,500  worth  of  ammunition,  burn  upwards  of  100  bar- 
rels of  pebble-powder,  and  hurl  nearly  thirty  tons  of  iron 
at  the  enemy . 

"  Inflexible,"  Br.  .  .  *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  435. 
"  Thunderer,"  Br.  .  .  *  "Engineer,''  xlvii.  19. 
Clock,  Bombay  Univ., 

Smith,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  395. 

Lathe,  Harrington     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,-'  xix.,  June  28,  p.  1. 
Screw  machine,  Pratt  (f  *  "  Tkurston's     Vitnna    Kept.,"  ii. 

\mtnti/ 226. 

Ship,   "  Jliantonomah  "  *  "Engineer,''''  xlix.  278. 

Tur'ret  Gun.  (Ordnance.)  One  specially  ar- 
ranged to  be  used  in  a  revolving  turret.  The  pe- 
culiarity of  guns  of  this  class  consists  in  the  fact 
that  their  horizontal  traverse  is  effected  by  the 
motion  of  the  turret  itself,  the  position  of  the  car- 
riage, with  respect  to  the  turret,  being  invariable. 

Fig.  2474  illustrates  an  18-ton  gun  and  carriage.  The 
brackets  each  consist  of  an  inner  and  outer  plate  of  f" 
wrought  iron,  stiffened  by  cast  iron  frames.  The  trunnions 
fit  accurately  between  the  brackets,  having  a  play  of  but  1-32 
of  an  inch,  and  serve  to  brace  them  ;  1-32  of  an  inch  play 
is  also  allowed  between  the  carriage  and  platform,  making 
the  maximum  deviation  from  the  true  line  of  sight  but  1-16 
of  an  inch.  The  elevation  is  effected  on  what  is  known  as 
the  principle  of  compound  pivoting,  the  gun  being  raised 
or  lowered  by  means  of  a  hydraulic  jack.  The  trunnions 
rest  in  blocks  fixed  on  the  extremities  of  a  curved  piece  of 
wrought  iron  witli  steel  side-pieces,  termed  the  saddle,  un- 
derneath the  center  of  which  the  jack  is  placed  ;  they  may 
be  supported  at  three  different  elevations  on  supporting 

Fig.  2474. 


blocks  or  steps  of  suitable  height.  On  the  highest  step 
the  gun  may  be  laid  at  any  angle  between  6"  depression 
and  3j°  elevation  ;  on  the  intermediate  step  between  2°  de- 
pression and  7  -  elevation,  and  in  the  lowest  position  between 
7°  and  13^  of  elevation  :  it  is  shown  in  the  figure  in  its  high- 
est position.  The  elevating  apparatus  consists  of  a  straight 
vertical  rack  operated  by  a  hand-wheel  through  the  medium 
of  a  series  of  gears. 

A  second  hydraulic  jack  is  provided  for  the  purpose  of 
bringing  the  rollers  into  action  upon  which  the  gun  is  run 
out ;  in  case  of  accident  to  the  jack,  tackles  at  the  sides  of 
the  carriage  are  employed  for  this  object. 

Wedge-shaped  iron  plates  depending  from  the  brackets 
and  fitting  between  corresponding  plates  on  the  slide  act  as 
compressors  to  limit  the  recoil  of  the  carriage  ;  and  if  re- 
quired, additional  friction  may  be  obtained  by  means  of  a 
compressor  screw  and  handle. 

Tur'ret  Head.  The  revolving  head  of  a  bolt 
cutter. 

In  Fig.  2475  the  cylinder  may  be  revolved  at  will,  is  secured 
in  position  by  a  spring  bolt,  and  holds  on  its  periphery  seven 

Fig.  2475. 


Turret-head  Hand  Bolt  Cutler. 

dies,  either  one  of  which  may  be  presented  instantly  to  the 
bolt  to  be  cut,  and  carried  forward  by  a  crank,  pinion,  and) 
rack.  The  cylinder  holds  also  a  collet,  adapted  for  recessed 
plates,  to  receive  square  and  hexagonal  nuts  of  different  sizes 
for  tapping  purposes.  This  collet  is  secured  and  removed 
readily,  as  are  also  the  dies.  The  revolving  spindle  is  hol- 
low, to  receive  bolts  of  any  length,  and  by  removing  the  col- 
let opposite  the  one  that  is  at  work,  allowing  the  bolts  to 
pass  through  the  head,  the  thread  may  be  cut  to  any  distance 
required.  The  spindle  is  furnished  with  a  chuck  for  hold- 
ing the  bolt  or  the  tap,  and  it  is  driven  by  a  crank,  adjust- 
able in  length,  and  by  bevel  pinion  and  gear. 

Tuy-ere'.     A  tube  for  regulating  and  directing 
the  current  of  air  to  the  fire  in  a  forge  or  furnace. 

In  Bayliss's  vertical  hot  blast  and  water  tuyere  and  forge, 
instead  of  the  blast  passing  into  the  fire  cold,  as  in  the  ordi- 


Fig.  2476. 


Turret  Gun. 


Hot  Blaft  Tuyere. 

nary  tuyere,  it  passes  through  a  pipe,  a,  and  takes  a  circle  of 
the  air  chamber  6,  and  enters  the  fire  at  a  temperature  of 
300°  through  nozzle  r,  which  is  a  hollow  casting  filled  with 
water  from  an  iron  tank,/",  by  pipe  d.  The  steam  generated 
in  the  nozzle  is  conveyed  to  the  tank  by  pipe  e.  Air  is  ad- 
mitted to  the  air-chamber  c  through  pipe  g. 

Lloyd's  tuyere  is  an  open  spray  blast  for  a  furnace. 

Safety,  Lloyd   .     .     .     .  *  "Iron  Age,''  xvii. ,  June  27,  p.  5. 
*  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  88. 

Spray,  Plum  ....  "Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  15,  p.  15. 
On,  Taws  if  Hartman  .  "Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Aug.  22,  p.  7. 

Tuy-ere'  Coil.  A  convoluted  pipe  carrying 
water  through  a  tuyere  to  mitigate  the  heat  to 
which  the  tuyere  is  exposed  in  the  fire.  See  "Mrch. 
Diet."  Fig.  6827,  p.  2666. 


TWIN  CYLINDER   ENGINE. 


910 


TWILLED   ARMURE. 


Twin  Cyl'iii-der  Steam  En'gine.  In  Fig. 
2477,  Bernay's  twin  cylinder  engine,  the  general 
principle  consists  in  placing  the  crank-shaft  in  the 
center  line  between  the  two  cylinders,  and  making 
the  connection  between  the  crank  and  the  two  pis- 
Fig.  2477. 


Twin  Cylinder. 

tons  by  means  of  a  triangular  connecting-rod,  one 
side  of  which  (that  opposite  the  crank)  is  guided  in 
a  cross-head.  The  arrangement  for  correctly  dis- 
tributing the  steam  consists  in  directing  the  mo- 
tion of  the  slide-valves  of  both  cylinders  by  means 
of  one  eccentric  in  a  manner  analogous  to  that  bv 
which  the  motion  of  the  two  pistons  is  directed 
through  their  triangular  connection  with  one  crank. 
The  eccentric  ring  has  two  eyes  prepared  on  it, 
whose  up-and-down  motion  alone  is  made  use  of,  and 
to  which  the  valve  levers  or  rods  are  hung.  Straight 
lines  drawn  between  these  two  eyes  on  the  ring, 
and  from  the  eyes  to  the  center  of  the  eccentric] 
constitute  a  triangle  which  bears  the  same  relation  to 
the  eccentricity,  or  throw  of  the  eccentric,  as  the  tri- 
angle of  the  main  connecting-rod  bears  to  the  throw 
of  the  crank.  Any  kind  of  expansion  valves,  and 
also  link-motion,  can  be  used  with  this  engine. 
.  For  twin  engines,  boilers,  screws,  etc.,  see  — 

"Iron  Age,"  xx.,  July  5,  p.  15. 
"  Scientific  American,''  xlii.  150. 

'Engineering,"  xxv.  27. 
•'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2715. 
•'Engineer,'-  xlvii.  301. 
"Engineering,''  xxvii.  330. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1071. 

"Thurston's  Vienna  Kept.,"  ii.  59. 
"Engineering,'"  xxv.  406. 

" Engineering,''  xxiii.  91. 
"Scientific  American,''  xxxvii.  1. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  141. 

"Engineering,"  xxv.  72. 
"Engineering,'"  xxvii.  334. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  163. 

"  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xviii.  477. 
"Engineer,"  xlv.  197. 

"Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxviii.  247. 


Ball,  N.  Y * 

Boat,  Sailing  Proa, "  La- 

dronia "      .     .     .     .  * 
Boilers,  Smith  £  Alex- 
ander, Br * 

Screw * 

SS.  "Iris,"  Br.  navy  * 
* 
Engine     and     boiler, 

Wilson,  Engl.      .     .  ' 
Gunboat  engines,  Mo- 
tala  Works,  Sweden 
Launch,  Br.  Navy  .     .  : 
Launch   engine,    Wil- 
son, Br 

Propeller,  Hunt     .     . 
Propeller  engine. 

Whiting     .... 
Steamboat,        Stevens 

(Ib04)     

Ship  "Castalia  "... 

"  Express,'1  Calais   to 
Dover 

Trial  trip  of  (Dover  to 
Calais     .     . 


:  "Scientific  American  $up.."  2717. 


Bernays,  Br *  "Engineering,"'  xxv.  353. 

Watts, Kr *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  118. 

Wigzell  $  Halsey  .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1184. 

Twin  Fur'nace.     A  double  furnace. 

Twin  Lo-co-mo'tive.    Two  locomotives,  iden- 
tical in  their  parts,  attached  to  a  long  freight  plat- 
form. 
Twin  locomotive  .     .     . 

Villa  Real  Railway, 
Portugal    ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  511-515. 

Twin  Pow'er  Press.  One  in  which  the 
power  is  brought  to  bear  upon  two  objects  in  alter- 
nation. See  Fig.  916,  p.  291,  supra. 

Twist  Drill  Griiid'er.  This  machine,  Fig. 
2478,  is  designed  for  sharpening  twist  and  other 
drills  from  \"  to  \\"  in  diameter,  and  of  any 
length.  All  the  movements  are  self-regulating 
and  automatic. 

The  head-stock  of  the  emery-wheel  has  a  transverse  move- 
ment actuated  by  a  lever,  and  is  also  capable  of  being  set 
forward  relatively  to  compensate  for  wear. 

Fig.  2478. 


Twist  Drill  Grinder. 

The  shank  of  the  drill  is  held  in  a  hollow  arbor,  the  other 
extremity  being  supported  near  the  griiuling-wheel  by  a 
ring  in  which  the  drill  is  centralized  by  a  screw. 

The  cut  is  made  with  mathematical  precision,  and  the 
presentation  is  such  that  the  length  and  angle  of  cut  on  the 
respective  sides  of  the  drill  are  exactly  equal. 

The  eniery  wheel  is  kept  wet  by  a  trickling  stream  of  wa- 
ter, elevated  by  a  small  rotary  pump  on  the  wheel  arbor, 
and  conducted  by  pipes  from  a  reservoir  in  the  post  to  the 
hood  of  the  wheel ;  from  the  drip  mass  it  returns  by  a  pipe 
to  the  reservoir. 

The  pulley  has  two  speeds,  and  the  more  rapid  may  be 
used  when  the  emery  wheel  has  worn  to  a  smaller  diameter, 
so  as  to  preserve  proximately  the  same  speed  at  different 
periods  in  the  life  of  the  stone. 

The  drill-holding  portion  has  a  radial  adjustment  on  the 
point  of  contact  with  the  stone  as  a  center,  to  govern  the  an- 
gle of  presentation  of  the  drill.  A  series  of  41  rings,  adapted 
to  all  sizes  of  drills,  goes  with  the  machine. 

Thomson,     Sterne     If 

Go.,Br *  "Engineering,''  xxi.  23. 

Fay *  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  326. 

Twist  drills,  on     .     .  "Manuf.  and  Builder,"  xi.  163. 

Twilled  Ar'mure.  ( Weaving. )  A  style  of 
weaving  produced  by  the  four-leaved  harness,  mak- 
ing a  twill.  Also  called  Balavia  weave.  See  AR- 
MURE. 


TWISTING  FORCEPS. 


911      UNDERGROUND   HAULING  ENGINE. 


Twist'ing  For'ceps.  (Surgical.)  See  TOR- 
SION FORCEPS. 

Twist'ing  Ma-chine'. 

yarn *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1076. 

Ty'er  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  The  positive 
element  consists  of  fragments  of  zinc  in  a  bath  of 
mercury  at  the  bottom  of  the  cell.  The  negative 
element  (copper)  is  suspended  above  in  dilute  sul- 
phuric acid. 

Niaudet,  American  translation *  57. 

Baron  Ebner's  modification  consists  in  replacing 
the  copper  by  a  plate  of  platinized  lead. 

Jfiauc/et,  American  translation     ....          .    58. 
Fig.  2479. 


Paige's   Type-composing  Machine. 

• 

Tym'pa-num  Per'fo-ra-tor.  (Surgical.)  A 
fine,  piercing  instrument  for  perforating  the  tym- 
panum. Politzer. 

Forceps  made  specially  for  the  purpose  are  used 
to  introduce  an  eyelet  into  the  perforated  tympa- 
num. 

See  page  37,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  C/ii- 
rurgicitm.'' 


Type.     Nickel   is   now   used   in   electrotyping, 
giving  a  smooth,  hard  face  to  the  type. 
Type  Com-pos'ing  Ma-chine'. 

Paige's  type-composing  machine  has  keys  by  which  the 
different  sorts  are  dropped  in  the  required  order  from  the  re- 
ceptacle pockets  h  ( Fig.  2479),  which  contain  them.  The  keys 
are  shown  in  a  group,  a,  in  the  lower  part  of  the  illustration, 
the  right-hand  lower  one  of  the  set  being  shown  at  b.  The 
main  shaft  of  the  machine  is  kept  constantly  revolving,  and 
when  a  key  is  depressed,  the  mechanism  at  a  certain  portion 
of  the  revolution  causes  the  appropriate  type-forcer  to  push 
out  the  lowest  type  of  the  rank  into  the  race  m,  when  the 
type-driving  rod  <>  sweeps  it  out  of  the  race  and  into  the  line 
of  composition,  whenJJue  justifying  mechanism  c  comes  into 
play  to  form  the  matter  in  lines  for  the  galley  measure. 

The ''Felt''  machine,  patented  May  29,  I860,  and  June 
23, 1863,  was  the  first  machine  constructed  to  set,  justify,  and 
distribute.  It  attempted  too  much.  It  occupied  a  space 
5'  X  4'  and  8'  high,  and  had  8  type-cases,  consisting  of  36 
channels  each,  standing  perpendicularly,  side  by  side.  In 
front  was  a  key-board  of  40  keys,  like  that  of  an  organ,  7 
acting  as  "  stops,"  which  adjusted  the  keys  in  relation  with 
any  of  the  8  cases.  Thus  the  keys  acted  upon  the  lower- 
ease  letters,  the  capitals,  or  the  italics,  at  the  will  of  the 
operator.  When  the  machine  was  in  motion,  the  "  stick," 
in  form  and  action  suggesting  the  head  and  beak  of  a  bird, 
played  back  and  forth  against  the  tubes,  gathering  the 
types.  These  it  seized  with  its  pincers,  or  beak,  turned 
downward,  and  deposited  in  the  line.  When  the  line  was 
nearly  full,  a  bell  announced  it,  so  that  the  compositor  only 
completed  his  word  or  syllable.  By  touching  now  the  jus- 
tifying-key,  he  caused  the  spacer  to  draw 
the  line  into  another  part  of  the  machine 
to  be  justified,  and  so  resumed  his  setting. 
The  process  of  justifying  consisted  in  the 
removal  of  the  steel  spaces,  with  which  the 
matter  was  first  set,  and  which  were  fur- 
nished with  projecting  heads  for  the  pur- 
pose of  withdrawal,  and  substituting  oth- 
ers. This  process  was  performed  auto- 
matically, the  lead  added,  and  the  line 
deposited  on  the  galley.  In  distribution, 
the  necessity  of  nicks  in  the  type  was 
sought  to  be  avoided  by  means  of  a  regis- 
ter, made  in  the  process  of  composition. 
This  consisted  of  a  narrow  strip  of  card  or  paper,  in  which 
holes  were  punched  as  the  types  were  taken,  and  by  which 
they  were  redistributed. 

Type-casting  machine    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  8. 
Type  factory     .     .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  239. 
Type  printing  telegraph, 

Vander  Ploeg      .     .*  "Telegraphic  Journal,"1  vi.  417. 
Instruments,  Eugl.     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1173. 
Type  setting  machine, 

Heinemann    .     .     .      "Mining  $  Sc.  Press,''  xxxvi.  99. 
And  distributing  ma- 
chine, Burr    ...  *  "Manufact.  and  Builder,"  xii.  33. 


u. 


U  Bolt.  A  clevis  for  the  attachment  of  axles, 
rods,  etc.,  in  machinery  and  vehicles. 

U-cha'ti-us  Steel  (^tetallurgy.)  Iron,  gran- 
ulated by  running  it  into  cold  water,  is  put  into  a 
crucible  with  oxygen -yielding  material,  such  as 
spathose  iron  ore,  and  the  pig-iron  gives  up  its  im- 
purities to  the  oxygen. 

Uchatius  steel   .    .     .      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"  xv.  282,  474. 

Un-bran'ning  Ma-chine'.  (Milling.)  A  ma- 
chine for  removing  the  bran  or  cuticle  of  the  wheat 
grain.  The  Bentz  process. 

The  process  is  partially  accomplished  by  a  vigor- 
ous application  of  brushes  arranged  as  in  the  smut 
machine  ;  also  by  scalding,  which  makes  the  cuticle 
roll  off  when  rubbed.  See  SMUT  MACHINE. 

Un'der-grade.  A  term  as  applied  to  bridges  sy- 
nonymous with  deck  bridge,  in  which  the  track  is 
above  the  truss. 

Un'der-ground  Haul'ing  En'gine.  Ste- 
vens's  underground  engine,  Fig.  2480,  exhibited  at 
the  Leeds  Exhibition,  is  specially  designed  for 
underground  haulage,  and  the  object  has  been  to 


provide  an  engine,  with  drums  and  everything 
complete,  which  shall  do  the  work  of  four  or  five 
horses,  and  be  so  small  and  compact  that  it  will 
pass  underground  through  any  space  which  is  suf- 
ficient for  an  ordinary  coal  train.  The  engine  is 
completely  erected  between  two  frames  of  boiler- 
plate, and  the  one  exhibited,  which  will  indicate 
about  6  horse-power  with  20  Ibs.  pressure,  and  is 
fitted  with  2  drums  of  2'  diameter,  occupies  a 
space  of  6'  1"  by  4'  by  3'  5",  and  weighs  29  cwt. 
In  using  these  engines  no  foundation  is  required, 
all  that  is  necessary  being  to  spike  them  down  on 
timber.  The  drums  which  work  on  the  second 
motion  are  loose  on  the  shaft,  and  have  indepen- 
dent brakes  and  a  clutch  for  throwing  them  in  and 
out  of  gear. 

These  engines  are  designed  for  using  compressed 
air  or  steam ;  for  the  former  the  exhaust  passages 
are  made  very  large.  Most  of  the  new  collieries 
that  are  now  in  progress  of  laying  out  are  being 
arranged  to  use  mechanical  haulage. 

Fig.  2481  is  a  view  of  the  Uskside  underground 
engine. 


UNDERGROUND  HAULING  ENGINE.     912 


UNDERGROUND  WIRES. 


Fig.  2480. 


Stevens's  Underground  Hauling  Engine. 

Fowler,  Br *  "Engineering,''  xxvi.  5. 

Stevens,  Br *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  224. 

Underground  railways  .      "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  Jan.  10,  p.  15. 

Un'der-ground  Wires.  For  telegraph,  tele- 
phone, and  other  electric  uses. 

Underground  electric  ways  arose  with  the  electric  tele- 
graph. Messrs.  Cooke  and  Wheatstone,  in  their  earliest 
telegraph  patents,  No.  7390  of  1837,  and  No.  7614  of  1838, 
describe  means  for  inclosing  line  wires  in  conduits  to  be 
used  underground  or  placed  upon  posts  above  ground. 
Wooden  rails  were  channeled  or  grooved  upon  their  surface, 
and  the  wires  laid  in  a  resinous  cement  in  the  grooves. 
A  second  rail  was  then  placed  upon  the  first  and  bound  down 
with  iron  bands.  The  wires  were  covered  with  cotton  and 
varnished  before  being  laid.  They  also  used  various  shaped 
troughs  and  tubes,  into  which  carefully  insulated  wires  or 
cables  were  drawn.  Iron  tubes,  like  gas-piping  with  screwed 
joints,  were  laid  down,  and  wires  or  cables  drawn  into  them. 
A  long  coupling  sleeve  formed  a  junction-box  for  connect- 
ing up  the  wires.  They  also  employed  a  split-iron  tube,  in 
the  slot  of  which  wires  were  introduced.  The  insulating 
material  was  poured  in  upon  the  wires  and  the  edges  of  the 
slot  drawn  together. 

In  1845,  Patent  No.  10,799,  cotton-covered  wires  were  placed 
in  a  lead  pipe  and  pitch  poured  in,  the  lead  pipe  being  used 
for  the  return  circuit.  In  the  same  year,  Patent  No.  10,838, 
wires  were  laid  in  railway  fences  and  at  crossings,  were 
brought  underground  and  embedded  in  asphalt.  In  1847, 
patent  No.  11,974,  parallel  grooves  were  made  in  sleepers  of 
wood,  stone,  concrete,  or  earthen-ware,  the  wires  were  then 
laid  therein  and  supported  by  insulating  supports,  marine 
glue, gutta-percha,  asphalt,  or  Stockholm  tar  was  then  poured 

Fig.  2481. 


The  Uskside  Underground  Hauling  Engine. 


in  hot  and  an  iron  cover  screwed 
down  over  the  grooves.  In  some 
cases  each  wire  was  covered  with 
cotton  and  then  encased  in  lead. 
In  1850  Mr.  Siemens  used  a  plow, 
on  the  carriage  of  which  was  a 
reeled  cable.  The  cable  was  laid 
down  in  the  furrow  as  it  was  cut 
by  the  plow,  and  then  covered 
under,  vide  Patent  No.  13,062. 
In  patent  No.  2,710,  of  1854,  per- 
forated or  grooved  blocks  were 
made  of  artificial  stone  composed 
of  bitumen,  sand,  and  other  in- 
gredients. These  were  molded 
into  the  proper  shape,  and  laid 
in  line,  and  then  bare  or  insula- 
ted uires  threaded  through  the 
perforations.  The  wires  were 
stretched  tight  and  carefully 
joined.  At  the  testing  ami  junc- 
tion boxes  the  wires  were  brought 
out  and  laid  in  a  notched  frame, 
sn  aa  to  be  readily  accessible.  I'a- 
tent  2,089.  of  1855,  by  Dr.  Werner 
Siemens,  is  of  interest  as  being  the 
first  attempt  to  avoid  induction 
and  the  consequent  retardation. 
In  a  cable  for  underground  or 
submarine  use  two  parallel  wires 
are  laid  in  gutta-percha  insulation  and  one  used  as  the  return 
conductor  for  the  other.  As  the  current  in  the  two  is  in  op- 
posite directions,  each  neutralizes  the  inductive  effect  of  the 
other.  Other  wires  placed  in  the  same  cable  are  each  equi- 
distant from  the  first  two  wires  so  as  to  be  equally  and  oppo- 
sitely affected  by  them.  In  one  form  a  central  insulated 
copper  wire  is  surrounded  by  a  number  of  iron  wires  which 
form  the  return  part  of  the  circuit  of  which  th«  copper  wire 
is  the  direct. 

Patent  119  of  1859.  An  iron  trough  laid  beside  the  curb- 
stone contains  the  wires. 

Patent  2,759  of  1859.  Earthenware  troughs  are  provided 
with  hooks  or  notched  projections  or  frames  of  insulating 
material  on  which  the  wires  are  supported.  The  troughs 
are  covered  up  and  sealed  with  pitch. 

Patent  130  of  1868.  A  conduit  of  molded  blocks  of  earthen- 
ware, with  perforations  for  the  wires.  The  wires  are  drawn 
A  by  pneumatic  pressure  or  by  percussion. 

Patent  3,863  of  1873.  The  wires  are  supported  in  pipes 
by  means  of  perforated  disks.  Dry  air  is  forced  into  the 
pipes  to  absorb  moisture  and  maintain  the  insulation.  The 
air  is  dried  by  being  passed  over  quick-lime  or  sulphuric 
acid  and  pumice-stone.  The  pipes  are  of  glass,  cement,  com- 
position, or  earthenware. 

In  the  United  States  but  comparatively  little  has  yet  been 
done  in  underground  electric  ways,  and  most  of  the  devices 
are  small  modifications  of  those  described  above. 

In  the  Brooks  system,  Patent  No.  165,535,  July  13,  1875, 
wires  covered  with  jute  or  cotton  and  soaked  in  paraffin e  are 
placed  in  an  iron  tube  and  the  tube  then  filled  with  heavy 
paraffine  oil  or  liquid  paraffine  which  is  maintained  under 
pressure.  Horner,  Patent  No.  173,170,  February  6,  1876,  uses 
a  hollow  curb-stone  in  which  there  is  a  box  or  tube  contain- 
ing properly  insulated  wires.  Delany,  Patent  No.  240,236, 
April  19,  1881,  places  within  his  conduit  a  pipe  for  conduct- 
ing hot  air  or  steam  which  prevents  moisture  injuring  the 
insulation.  He  insulates  with  powdered  tale.  Edison,  Pa- 
tent No.  251,552,  December  27,  1881,  uses  semi-cylindrical 
rods  for  conductors  which  are  supported  in  iron  tubes  by 
manilla  washers ;  the  tubes  are  then  filled  with  melted  as- 
phaltum  under  heavy  pressure. 

Every  practical  underground  way  involves  complete  insu- 
lation of  the  wires,  protection  from  moisture,  accessibility 
of  the  wires  for  connections  and  testing,  and  means  for  add- 
ing new  conductors  as  the  needs  of  the  service 
increase.  Perhaps  the  greatest  desideratum, 
however,  is  the  prevention  of  induction  be- 
tween different  classes  of  wires.  The  device 
used  by  Siemens  has  been  mentioned.  A  de- 
vice, invented  by  Foucault,  Patent  No.  90,089, 
May  18,  1869,  is  to  surround  each  insulated 
wire  with  a  thin  metallic  layer,  which  is  con- 
nected to  the  ground  at  intervals.  This  metal- 
lic layer  is  supposed  to  take  up  the  inductive 
energy  of  the  wire,  and  prevent  its  disturbing 
action  on  the  neighboring  wires. 

The  first  practical  device,  however  is  of  re- 
cent American  invention,  having  been  patented 
to  the  inventors,  Messrs.  Bentley  &  Knight, 
May  1,  1883.  Electric  light,  telephone,  and 
telegraph  wires  are  all  laid  in  the  same  con- 
duit, In  one  form  the  light  wires  are  run  up 
one  side  of  the  conduit  and  return  down  the 
opposite  side.  Between  them  are  the  telephone 
wires,  which  cross  over  at  intervals  from,  one 


UNDERGROUND   WIRES. 


913       UNIVERSAL   GRINDING  MACHINE. 


side  to  the  other  of  the  conduit,  so  as  to  be  equally  and  op- 
positely influenced  by  the  two  branches  of  the  light-circuit. 
The  telegraph  lines  consist  of  cables  wherein  a  common  re- 
turn is  used  for  a  number  of  direct  lines  and  neutralizes 
their  inductive  effect.  In  a  second  form  the  light  wires  are 
crosM'd  at  intervals,  so  that  the  positive  and  negative  wires 
exchange  their  lineal  positions ;  the  telephone  wires  are 
straight,  while  the  telegraph  wires  are  cabled  as  in  the  first 
arrangement.  In  a  third  form  the  telephone  and  telegraph 
wires  are  both  single  and  are  each  equally  distant  from  the 
two  branches  of  the  light  circuit.  The  light  conductors 
are  made  in  strips  and  serve  as  inductive  shields  between 
the  telephone  and  telegraph  wires. 

The  underground  telegraph  wires  of  the  French  cities  are 
thus  arranged  :  The  conductor,  formed  of  a  wire-cord  of 
four  strands,  spirally  twisted,  is  covered  with  a  sheath  of 
gutta-percha  of  about  5  millimeters  in  diameter,  and  sur- 
rounded by  a,  covering  of  cotton  saturated  with  wood-tar, 
and  another  not  so  saturated.  These  envelopes  of  cotton 
are  dipped  in  sulphate  of  copper  solution.  The  cables  con- 
tain from  3  to  7  conducting  wires,  according  to  the  needs  of 
the  service.  They  are  laid  in  cast-iron  pipes  similar  to  those 
used  for  gas,  2J  meters  in  length,  and  of  a  size  proportioned 
to  the  number  of  cables.  The  lengths  of  a  pipe  are  united 
by  leaden  rings  ;  every  50  meters  there  is  a  joint  of  larger 
diameter,  which  slides  over  its  neighbors  like  a  sleeve.  At 
the  moment  of  laying  the  pipes  in  the  trench  dug  to  receive 
them,  a  thread  is  passed  through  the  pipe,  which,  at  the 
adjustment  of  each  length  of  200  meters,  introduces  a  larger 
cord ;  one  of  the  ends  of  this  cord  is  rolled  upon  a  winch, 
and  the  other  attached  to  a  small  iron  bar  mounted  with 
"gudgeons,"  which  hold  the  cables  to  be  inserted.  The 
cable  is  thus  drawn  through  the  pipe,  passing  first  over  a 
pulley  whose  horizontal  tangent  is  in  a  line  with  the  pipe. 
If  the  joints  are  well  made,  the  pipe  is  weather-proof,  and 
the  cable  is  sheltered  from  all  infiltrations  of  water  or  of 
gas.  The  use  of  the  larger  joints  of  pipe  above  mentioned 
makes  the  repair  of  the  cables  in  case  of  accident  an  easy 
matter. 

The  wires  are  run  underground  in  the  cities  of  Berlin, 
Dresden,  Breslau,  Dantzig,  Stettin,  Hamburg,  Bremen,  Co- 
logne, Frankfort-on-the-Main,  Mayence,  Carlsruhe,  and 
other  large  cities  and  towns  of  (Jcnminy.  and  in  Geneva, 
Lausanne,  Berne,  Neufchatel,  Zurich,  Winterthur,  Schaff- 
hausen,  Saint  Galle,  and  Lugano,  in  Switzerland.  In  nearly 
all  the  cities  of  Europe  neither  posts  nor  wires  are  visible, 
but  the  system  of  underground  cables  is  adopted  instead. 
These  cables  contain  from  5  to  7  conductors  each,  insulated 
with  gutta-percha,  and  the  whole  protected  with  an  armor 
of  iron  wires.  This  system  has  shown  itself  in  practice  to 
be  both  economical  and  reliable.  There  are  now  in  Paris 
working  lines  that  have  been  buried  for  twenty  years,  and 
which  have  been  the  cause  of  little  or  no  expense  except 
their  first  cost.  It  is  especially  worthy  of  note  in  this  par- 
ticular that  during  the  reign  of  the  commune,  when  almost 
every  institution  of  public  utility  was  destroyed,  not  an 
underground  wire  was  disturbed. 

London    ......      "Iron  Age.,'1'  xvii.,  March  16,  p.  3. 

"  Telegraphic  Journal,'1''  iv.  26,  97. 
England "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  278. 

U'ni-cy'cle.  A  one-wheeled  vehicle  for  pro- 
pulsion by  foot-power. 

A  Danish  inventor  has  invented  a  single  wheel  in  which  is 
arranged  a  seat  for  the  traveler  who  is  to  propel  it.  The 
wheel  has  one  central  rim,  and  to  this  are  fixed  the  arms, 
which  are,  say,  six  or  eight  in  number,  half  of  them  swelled, 
extended,  or  bellied  out  to  one  side,  and  half  of  them  simi- 
larly to  the  other  side,  each  set  of  arms  being  fixed  to  a 
nave  or  boss ;  these  arms  are  bent  out  so  far  and  the  naves  are 
go  far  apart  that  the  traveler,  when  in  the  sitting  posture, 
finds  room  in  the  wheel  between  them.  The  arms  are  by 
preference  not  arranged  opposite  to  one  another  on  the  two 
sides,  but  intermediately.  The  naves  carry  each  a  crank, 
and  these  cranks  are  by  connecting  rods  jointed  to  two  bell- 
crank  levers,  having  one  arm  placed  about  upright  in  a  po- 
sition convenient  to  the  traveler  to  take  hold  of  for  working 
them  backward  and  forward  alternately.  Each  bell-crank 
lever  has  its  fulcrum  in  the  seat  for  the  traveler,  which 
seat  is  hung  from  the  naves  or  axles  of  the  wheel.  The  seat 
is  by  preference  made  in  scroll  form,  of  light,  open-worked 
steel  plate  or  wire-work,  or  partly  so,  and  may  have  a  part 
extending  overhead  to  carry  an  "awning  to  protect  against 
dirt  thrown  up,  and  against  rain.  From  each  nave  there 
may  be  hung  a  leg  serving  to  steady  the  velocipede  while 
entering  the  same,  but  which  can  be  thrown  up  out  of 
the  way  when  traveling.  The  wheel,  arms,  and  the  rim 
may  be  fitted  with  stiffeners  or  diagonals  to  distribute  the 
weight  or  strain  over  the  rim  as  much  as  possible.  This 
tmicycle  is  eight  feet  and  upwards  in  diameter. 

U'nit.  A  basis  for  estimating  or  forming  com- 
parisons. 

"  One  pound  of  good  anthracite  coal  will  produce,  in  com- 
58 


bustion,  14,220  units  of  heat ;  while  1  Ib.  of  bituminous 
coal  will  produce  13,500  units.  Let  us  adopt  the  round 
number,  14.000  units  :  that  is  to  say,  the  proper  combustion 
of  1  Ib.  of  coal  should  heat  14,000  Ibs.  of  water  1°,  or  140 
Ibs.  100°,  or  14  Ibs.  1,000°  Falir.  But  heating  water  1,000° 
changes  it  into  steam  ;  and  experiments  have  proved  that  it 
takes  exactly  as  much  heat  to  change  14  Ibs.  of  water  into 
steam  as  to  heat  140  Ibs.  of  water  100°.  Therefore  the  14,000 
units  of  hear  developed  by  the  combustion  of  1  Ib.  of  coal 
will  change  14  Ibs.  of  water  into  steam ;  and  it  is  by  the 
intervention  of  this  steam  that  we  have  to  obtain  the  me- 
chanical equivalent  of  the  14,000  units  of  heat.  The  well- 
established  mechanical  equivalent  of  each  unit  is  772  foot 
pounds.  In  fact,  for  every  foot  that  we  cause  772  Ibs.  to 
descend,  we  may  actually  obtain  a  unit  of  heat;  and  there- 
fore we  are  entitled  to  expect  inversely  the  development  of 
a  force  of  772  foot  pounds  for  every  unit  of  heat  expended. 
The  14,000  units  of  heat,  obtained  by  the  combustion  of  1 
Ib.  of  coal,  should  give  us,  then,  14,000  X  772,  or  10,808,000 
foot  pounds.  If  the  coal  is  burned  in  1  hour,  we  ought  to 
obtain  this  force  per  hour  ;  and,  as  1  horse  power  is  equal  to 
a  force  of  33,000  foot  pounds  per  minute,  or  33,000  X  60  = 
1,980,000  foot  pounds  per  hour,  we  ought  to  have  10,808,000 
-T-  1,980,000,  or  5.4  horse  power  per  pound  of  coal  consumed 
per  hour.  The  best  engines,  therefore,  in  place  of  obtaining, 
as  heretofore,  only  one  tenth  or  one  twentieth  of  the  theo- 
retical equivalent  of  the  heat  consumed,  are  reported  to  have 
reached  nearly  one  fifth,  which  is  certainly  a  wonderful  ad- 
vance. Of  course,  the  full  theoretical  equivalent  can  never 
be  expected,  for  reasons  which  we  will  not  now  discuss. 
Most  engineers  are  agreed  on  the  main  features  of  the  most 
economical  steam  engines.  They  are :  Proportionally  large 
boilers,  with  large  heating  surfaces,  and  proper  grates  ;  heat- 
ing of  the  feed-water  in  the  condenser  ;  high  pressure  in 
connection  with  proper  cut-off  arrangements,  so  as  to  utilize 
the  expansion  :  careful  protection  from  loss  of  heat  by  ra- 
diation, and  intelligent  and  faithful  engineers  and  firemen." 
—  Technologist. 

Unit  of  light :  — 

England :  Spermaceti  candle  burning  8  grains  per  hour. 

France  :  A  carcel  lamp  burning  42  grams  colza  oil  per 
hour. 

Germany  :  A  spermaceti  candle  giving  1-9  the  light  of  the 
Fresnel  unit. 

U'nit  and  Safe'ty  Valve.  One  exposing  1 
square  inch  to  the  force  of  the  steam. 

TTni-ver'sal  Gal'va-nom'e-ter.  Edgerton's 
apparatus,  F  i  g. 
2482,  has  leveling 
screws  and  astatic 
needles,  suspended 
from  the  brass 
arm  by  a  fiber  of 
unspun  silk,  with 
arrangement  for 
adjusting  the  zero 
of  the  scale  to  the 
axle  of  the  coils. 

It  is  convertible 
by  adjustment 
from  an  ordinary 
quantity  galva- 
nometer into  one 
for  intensity  or 
into  a  differen- 
tial galvanometer 


Fig.  2482. 


Universal  Galvanometer. 


for  either  intensity 
or  quantity. 

U'ni-ver  'sal 
Grind'ing    Ma- 
chine'.    One  adapted  for  a  great  variety  of  work, 
with  solid  emery  or  corundum  wheels. 

The  movable  table  is  capable  of  adjustment  by  a  tangent 
screw  and  graduated  arc,  and  admits  of  straight  and  curved 
taper  grinding  with  the  centers  of  the  machine  always  in 
line.  It  is  specially  adapted  for  grinding  soft  or  hardened 
spindles,  arbors,  cutters,  either  straight  or  angular,  reamers 
and  standards  also  for  grinding  out  straight  and  taper  holes, 
standard  rings,  hardened  boxes,  jewelers'  rolls,  etc.  The 
work  can  be  revolved  upon  dead  centers  or  otherwise.  The 
grinding  wheel  can  be  moved  over  the  work  at  any  angle,  by 
which  means  any  taper  can  be  produced.  Emery  wheels 
from  \"  to  12"  in  diameter  can  be  used  either  with  or  with- 
out water.  The  feed- works  and  slides  of  the  machine  are 


UNIVERSAL   GRINDING   MACHINE.       914 


UP-ENDING  TONGS. 


Broifn  and  Sharif's  Universal  Grinder. 

covered  and  protected  from  grit  and  dust.  The  grinding  of 
taper  holes  and  angular  cutters  is  provided  for  with  grad- 
uated ares. 

U'ni-ver'sal  Head.  A  portion  of  a  watch- 
maker's lathe  with  face-plate  and  dogs  for  holding 
the  work.  See  WATCHMAKER'S  LATHE,  where  it 
is  shown  in  connection  with  a  jeweling  rest. 

U'ni-ver'sal  Joint.  For  diagrams,  illustra- 
tions, and  calculations ;  see  "Joint  Universel,"  in 
Laboulaye's  "  Dictionnaire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures," 
tome  ii.,  ed.  1877. 

U'ni-ver'sal  Lathe.  One  for  producing  va- 
rious forms,  either  circular  or  irregular. 

Koch  $  Miitter *  "Engineer,''  xli.  26. 

U'ni-ver'sal  Mill'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Metal 
Working.)  A  milling  machine  with  a  capacity  and 
variety  of  adjustments  of  the  tools  and  tables,  to 
enable  it  to  do  a  great  variety  of  work. 

Fig.  2484. 


Brown  and  Sharped  Wiling  Machine. 


In  addition  to  the  movements  of  a  plain  milling  machine, 
the  one  shown  in  Fig.  2484  has  the  following  :  The  carriage 
moves  and  is  fed  automatically,  not  only  at  right  angles  to 
flic;  spindle.  l>ut  at  any  angle,  and  can  be  stopped  at  any  re- 
quired point.  On  the  carriage  centers  are  arranged  in  which 
reamers,  drills,  and  mills  can  be  cut  either  straight  or  spiral. 
Spur  and  beveled  gears  can  also  be  cut.  The  head  which 
holds  one  center  can  be  raised  to  any  angle,  and  conical 
blanks  placed  on  an  arbor  in  it,  cut  straight  or  spirally. 
Either  right-  or  left-hand  spirals  can  be  cut. 

U'ni-ver'sal  Square.  A  combined  try-square, 
miter,  T-square,  rule,  and  center  square  fo'r  finding 
the  center  of  a  circle.  See  SyrAKi;. 


-24^5. 


Universal  Try  Square 

Marshall's  center  square,  Fig.  2485,  combines  in 
one  seven  different  tools :  the  try-square,  miter, 
T-square,  bevel,  center  square,  depth  gage,  and  the 
graduated  rule. 

U'ni-ver'sal  Wood  Work'er.  The  Fay 
wood-worker,  Fig.  2486,  is  a  machine  in  which 
both  sides  may  be  operated,  and  either  side  started 
or  stopped  without  interfering  with  the  other. 

As  a  planer,  it  is  adapted  for  ordinary  surfacing 
and  thicknessing,  planing  out  of  wind,  surfacing 
square,  beveling,  or  tapering  pieces,  facing  up  bev- 
els and  baluster,  etc.  As  a  molding  machine  it 
will  work  moldings,  either  simple  or  complex,  up 
to  8"  or  9"  in  width,  stick  sash  and  doors,  tongue 
and  groove ;  and  on  the  wood-worker  side  it  will 
produce  waved,  oval,  elliptical,  circular,  and  ser- 
pentine and  rope  or  twist  moldings.  Among  its 
other  uses  are  chamfering,  cornering,  rabbeting 
and  joining  window  blinds,  gaining,  panel-raising 
on  one  or  both  sides,  tenoning,  ripping,  cross-cut- 
ting, grooving,  hand-matching,  making  glue  and 
table  joints,  mitering,  nosing,  squaring  up,  and  a 
multiplicity  of  other  operations  limited  only  by 
the  skill  of  the  operator. 

The  molder  and  wood-worker  sides  are  securely 
connected  upon  one  solid  column  with  a  substantial 
base,  and  the  two  sides  of  the  machine  are  driven 
from  one  countershaft,  which  conveys  power  either 
separately  or  simultaneously. 

The  molding  side  is  so  arranged  as  to  form  a 
complete  four-side  molder.  The  side  spindles  are 
fixed  to  and  move  with  the  table,  which  has  a  ver- 
tical movement  of  16".  The  feeding  rolls  are  ar- 
ranged for  fast  or  slow  feed. 

The  wood-worker  side  is  constructed  on  the  same 
principle  and  embraces  the  same  general  features 
as  the  patent  variety  wood-worker  above  described, 

Un-load'er. 

Hay,  Kelly *  "Mm.  £  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  238. 

Winter.     ....     .  *  "Min.  $  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvi.  313. 

Up-end'ing  Tongs.  A  long  and  strong  sus- 
pended tongs  to  enable  the  shingles  to  tip  the  bloom 
on  end  on  the  anvil  that  the  hammer  may  strike 
it  endways  and  upset  it. 

Head t     *" Engineering,"  xxiii.  429. 


UPPER   DECK. 


915 


UKEOMETER. 


Fig.  2486. 


Universal  Wood  Worker. 


Up'per  Deck.     (Nautical.)     The  highest  con- 
tinuous deck. 

Up'right   Drill.      (Metal    Working.)     A   terra 

Fig.  24*7. 


applied  to  a  drill  whose  mandril  is  vertical,  as  in 
Fig.  2487.  See  also  DRILL;  BORING  MACHINE, 
etc. 


Ferris  §•  Miles  . 


'  "Iron  Age,"  xx.,  Nov.  15,  p.  1. 


Up'right  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  Blaisdell's 
upright  molder  has  an  adjustable  table,  operated 
by  turning  the  wheel  around  the  column.  The 
spindle  is  placed  in  boxes  inside  the  column,  and 
into  this  the  false  spindle  is  fitted  by  a  new  device. 
The  main  spindle  runs  in  self-oiling  brass  boxes. 

U're-om'e-ter.  In  Hiifner's  new  ureometer, 
Fig.  2488,  for  clinical  use,  the  exact  methods  for 
the  determination  of  urea  in  organic  liquids  are 
far  too  complex  and  tedious  to  be  of  more  than 
occasional  service  to  busy  medical  men,  whilst  the 


readier  methods  are  not  sufficiently  accurate  to  be 
of  more  than  approximate  value.  The  method  of 
estimating  urea  by  means  of  a  solution  of  sodium 
hypobromite,  given  by  Hiifner,  and  the  modifica- 
tion of  it  proposed  by  Russel  and  West,  are  very 

Fi?.  2488. 


Ureometer, 

convenient  for  cliuical  purposes,  but  even  these 
leave  something  to  be  desired  ou  the  score  of  ac- 
curacy. 


UREOMETER. 


916 


UTERINE  APPARATUS. 


In  a  recent  January  number  of  the  "Practitioner,''  Drs. 
Bussel  and  U'est. state  that  they  have  found  the  hypobromous 
solution  to  decompose  iu  hot  weather  more  quickly  than 
they  expected,  and  that  it  is  very  important  that  it  be  freshly 
prepared. 

They  draw  especial  attention  to  this,  and  suggest  that  the 
solution  be  prepared  in  the  following  manner :  — 

A  solution  of  caustic  soda  is  made  in  water,  in  the  propor- 
tion of  ](X>  grams  of  solid  caustic  soda  to  250  cc.  of  water. 
This  solution  may  be  made  in  large  quantities,  for  it  will 
keep  good  for  a  very  long  time.  To  part  of  this  solution 
bromine  is  added,  in  the  proportion  of  25  cc.  to  every  250  cc. 
of  caustic  soda  solution,  at  the  time  it  is  required  for  use. 

\Viththeviewof  simplifying  the  operation  of  ureometry 
to  the  utmost  extent  compatible  with  the  necessary  accuracy, 
M.  J.  G.  Blackley,  of  London,  devised  the  form  of  apparatus 
represented  in  the  cut.  It  consists  of  two  graduated  tubes, 
a  larger  one,  A,  of  about  75  cc.  capacity,  and  a  smaller  one, 
B,  of  about  15  cc.  capacity,  closed  by  perforated  india-rubber 
stoppers,  through  which  pass  the  tubes  C  and  D.  Cis  the 
wider  of  the  two,  and  is  provided  with  a  glass  stop-cock. 
Its  lower  extremity,  drawn  to  a  fine  point,  descends  about 
halfway  into  the  tube  B.  D  is  a,  narrower  tube,  and  as- 
cends about  halfway  inside  A.  E  is  a  short,  slightly  bent 
tube,  passing  through  the  india-rubber  stopper  into  the  tube 
A,  and  serving  as  an  egress  for  the  superfluous  contents  of 
A,  which  are  collected  iu  the  beaker  F,  the  whole  being  sup- 
ported by  the  wdoden  stand  G  G. 

The  method  of  using  the  apparatus  is  as  follows  :  — 

The  tube  A  is  filled  with  a  solution  of  sodium  hypobro- 
mite,  and  its  stopper  inserted.  Then  5  cc.  of  the  liquid  to 
be  examined  are  placed  in  the  tube  B,  and  its  stopper(which 
has  previously  been  adjusted  upon  the  ends  of  the  glass 
tubes  C  and  D)  is  inserted  to  the  level  of  a  scratch  on  the 
outside,  and  the  stop-cock  gradually  opened.  The  hypobro- 
mite  solution  flows  down  the  tube  C,  decomposition  takes 
place,  and  the  gases  evolved,  ascending  through  the  tube  D, 
are  collected  in  A.  The  superfluous  hypobroniite  solution 
flows  out  through  the  tube  E  into  the 
beaker  F.  To  complete  the  operation  the  '  FiS-  2489. 
apparatus  is  removed  from  the  stand,  after 
placing  the  finger  over  the  mouth  of  the 
tube  E,  and  agitated  for  a  few  moments. 
It  is  then  replaced,  and  after  allowing 
time  for  the  froth  to  subside,  the  quantity 
of  the  gas  collected  is  read  off.  After  sub- 
tracting the  small  constant  of  air  con- 
tained in  the  tube  B,  the  remainder  gives 
by  calculation  the  quantity  of  urea  present 
in  the  5  cc.  of  liquid  examined.  Under 
ordinary  circumstances  the  whole  opera- 
tion may  be  completed  in  five  or  six  min- 
utes. 

Instead  of  having  the  tube  A  graduated 
into  cubic  centimeters,  it  is  convenient  to 
have  the  graduation  indicate  at  once  the 
percentage  of  urea,  as  is  the  case  with  the 
tube  supplied  with  Russel  &  West's  ure- 
ometer.  —  Journal  C/iem.  Soc. 

U-re'thra  Di-vul'sor.     (Surgi- 
cal.)   See  DIVULSOR. 
U-re'thra   Iii'stru-ments. 

(Surgical.)  These  are  numerous  and 
included  under  the  following 
heads  :  — 

Applicator. 

Catheter. 

Dilator. 

Divulsor. 

Forceps. 

Lithotrity  instruments. 

Ointment  bougie. 

Porte-caustic. 

Searcher. 

Sound. 

Speculum. 

Staff. 

Stricture  cutter. 

Stricture  dilator. 

Syringe. 

Urethrameter. 

Urethra  tome. 

Otis's  Urethram- 

U're-thram'e-ter.      (Surgical.)  eler- 

An  instrument  for  measuring  the  diameter  of  the 
meatus  unnarius. 

<.a™ia0tiS'S  *pp^.ra^s'  Fi£-  2489.  consists  of  a  small,  straight 
anula,  terminating  ma  set  of  fine  steel  springs  hinged  upon 

£™£n1la>iand  ^S°  Up°.n  the  distal  «twm1ty  of   theTn" 
strument,  where  they  unite.    At  this  point  a  fine  rod,  run- 


ning through  the  canula,  is  inserted.  This  rod  (which  is 
worked  by  a  screw  at  the  handle  of  the  instrument),  when 
retracted,  expands  the  springs  (six  in  number)  into  a  bulb- 
ous shape,  from  ten  to  twelve  millimeters  in  circumference 
when  closed,  and  capable  of  expansion  up  to  forty-five  mil- 
limeters. 

That  of  Dr.  Gross  has  a  pair  of  expanding  arms  on  the 
end  of  a  staff,  and  an  index  on  the  handle  to  show  the  degree 
of  expansion  in  situ.  Fig.  71,  Supplement,  Tiemann's  "Ar- 
mamentarium Chirurgiciim.'' 

Dr.  Weir's  is  on  the  same  principle.     Fig.  68,  Ibid. 

Dr.  Otis's  has  expanding  jointed  toggle  arms.  Fig.  94. 
Part  III.,  Ibid. 

U're-thro-met'ric  Sound.  (Surgical.)  An 
olivary  sound  in  a  canula,  the  shaft  being-  grad- 
uated to  measure  the  length  of  insertion  or  of  pro- 
jection of  the  bulb  beyond  the  end  of  the  canula. 

Leonard,  Fig.  93,  Supplement,  Tiemami's  "Armamenta- 
rium C/lirurgicvm." 

U'ri-nal.  Figs.  2490  and  2491  show  forms  of 
portable  urinals  for  convenience  of  persons  afflicted 
with  incontinence  of  urine.  They  are  adapted  for 
constant  wear  on  the  person,  and  are  made  of  the 
best  rubber. 


Fig.  2490. 


Fig.  2491. 


Portable  Urinals. 

U'rine  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  The  plates 
are  immersed  in  a  trough  through  which  urine 
flows.  Ammonia  is  the  chief  excitant. 

U'ri-nom'e-ter.  (Surgical.)  Apparatus  for 
making  urinary  examinations,  including  — 


Platinum  spur  for  calculi. 

Retort  stand. 

Specific  gravity  bottle. 

Tost  tubes  and  stand. 

Wash  bottles. 

Water  bath. 

Water  oven. 


Balance  —  1-50  grain. 
Blow-pipe. 
Bunsen  burner. 
Burette,  etc. 
Filtration  apparatus. 
Graduated  glass. 
Hydrometer. 
Pipette. 

See  pp.  78-80,  Part  II.,  Tiemann's  "Armamentarium  Chi- 
rurgicum.'' 

U'su-du'ri-an.  A  material  for  packing,  made 
of  unvulcanized  rubber  and  other  substances.  It 
is  a  non-conductor,  and  when  subjected  to  the  ac- 
tion of  steam  it  is  vulcanized  and  enabled  to  re- 
sist influences  which  are  usually  very  destructive 
of  ordinary  rubber  packing.  By  the  application 
of  naphtha  to  their  surfaces,  two  pieces  of  the  usu- 
durian  may  be  united,  and  under  pressure  become 
practically  one,  which  is  a  convenience,  as  the  user 
is  thus  enabled  to  build  up  any  desired  thickness  of 
packing1. 

U'te-rine  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.)  This 
embraces  the  following  :  — 


Applicator. 

Cautery. 

Cervix  uteri  instruments. 

Dilator. 

Douche. 

Dressing  instruments. 

Ecrast'iir. 

Electrode. 

Elevator. 


Enibryotomy  instruments.         Scarifier. 
Excision  instrument.  Scissors. 


Forceps. 

Injector. 

Knife. 

Leech. 

Ovariotomy  instruments. 

Placenta  instruments. 

Probe. 

Redressor. 

Repositor. 


UTERINE  APPARATUS. 


Sector. 

Speculum. 

Supporter. 

Syringe. 

Tenaculum. 

See  under  the  respective  heads, 
p.  2685,  "Mech.  Diet.'' 


Tourniquet. 
Tumor  instruments 
Tupelo  dilator. 
Uterotonie. 


917 


VACUUM  PAN. 


See  also  Figs.  6881-6885, 


U'trecht  Vel'vet.  (Fabric.)  A  furniture 
plush  made  entirely  of  mohair,  or,  in  the  common 
qualities,  with  cotton  warp.  See  MOHAIR. 

U-vu'la-tome.  (Surgical.)  A  knife  for  oper- 
ating on  the  uvula.  See  TKACHEATOSIE. 


V. 


Vac'u-um  Brake.  (Railway.)  A 
system  of  continuous  brakes  which  is 
operated  by  exhausting  the  air  from 
some  appliance  under  each  car  by 
which  the  pressure  of  the  external  air 
is  transmitted  to  the  brake  levers  and 
shoes.  An  ejector  on  the  engine  is  or- 
dinarily used  for  exhausting  the  air, 
and  it  is  connected  with  the  rest  of 
the  train  by  pipes  and  flexible  hose  be- 
tween the  cars. 

The  vacuum  brake  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  the  air  brakes  of  the 
WHtinghouse  and  Loughridge  class 
in  which  the  brake-levers  are  operated 
by  compressed  air. 

The  Smith  and  Eames  brakes  are  of  the 
vacuum  order. 

The  former  has  flexible  cylinders  beneath 
each  car,  connected  by  pipes  and  hose  with  ;iu 
ejector  on  the  locomotive,  which  operates  to 
exhaust  the  air  from  the  cylinders.  The 
latter  are  collapsible,  and  the  movable  head  is 
connected  to  the  brake-levers.  See  Figs.  649, 
650,  Forney's  "Car-builder's  Dictionary." 

The  Eamea  brake  is  similar  in  mode  of  op- 
eration.    Ibid.,  Figs.  653,  654. 
Vacuum  brake,  Eames. 

*  "Iron  Age,'*  xx.,  Aug.  16,  p.  1. 
Hardy,  Austria. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlv.  346. 
Hardy,  Vienna. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlix.  297. 

Smith *  "Engineer,"  xlii.  451. 

Automatic,  AspinaU,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xlviii.  166. 

Automatic,  self-register- 
ing, Sanders,  Br.  .  .  *  "Engineer,''  xlviii.  216. 

Automatic,  Sanders,  Br.  *  "Engineering,"  xxiv.  113. 

Continuous,  Sanders,  Br.  *  "Engineer,"  xliv.  106. 

Continuous,  automatic, 

Eames,  Br.  .  .  .  .  *  "Engineer,''1  1.  28. 

Vac'u-um  Pan.    A  vessel  for  evaporating  sac- 
charine juices  in  vacuo. 

The  "  drum  "  pan,  so  called  from  its  shape., 
is  usually  upright,  and  heated  by  a  series  of 
vertical  tubes  near  the  bottom. 

In  the  "Gould''  pan,  Fig.  2492,  the  pipe 
that  conveys  the  vapor  to  the  condenser,  passes 
round  the  latter,  forming  an  annular  space  of 
semi-circular  cross-section,  joining  fche  body  of 
the  condenser,  and  being  continuous  with  it 
below  and  bolted  to  a  flange  upon  it  above. 

Water  falls  upon  the  perforated  reversible 
spray  plate,  that  has  its  pivotal  axis  passing 
through  a  stuffing  box,  and  attached  to  a  hand 
lever,  by  which  the  plate  is  turned  to  allow 
the  water  to  alternate  to  prevent  the  apertures 
from  becoming  clogged.  The  vacuum  pump 
is  connected  with  the  top  of  the  condenser. 

The  Colwell  vacuum  pan  is  elevated  on  great 
iron  columns  three  stories  high.  Inside  are 
four  copper  serpentines,  and  into  these  steam 
is  led.  The  circulating  pump  and  the  centrif- 
ugal machines  are  placed  on  the  first  floor. 
On  the  second  floor  is  a  large  receiver  which 
receives  the  contents  of  the  pan  after  concen- 
tration, in  the  shape  of  a  dense  mass  of  semi- 
fluid material,  a  magma.  This  goes  into  the 
centrifugal  machines,  which  separate  the  sugar 
from  the  molasses.  The  vacuum  pan  of 
Messrs.  Colwell  and  Brother,  of  New  York,  is 
&  in  diameter,  and,  in  a  single  operation  of 


Fte.  2492. 


The  Gould  Vacuum  Pan. 

three  hours  in  duration,  can  produce  fifteen  hogsheads  of 
sugar. 

The  Alvarado  pan,  Fig.  2493,  is  adapted  to  a  factory  work- 
ing up  fifty  tons  of  beets  per  day.  It  is  6J'  in  diameter  asd 
is  7'  high.  The  egress  valve  is  operated  by  a  lever  from  be- 
neath the  pan.  A  dome  on  the  top  is  connected  by  a  pipe 
to  the  safe,  which  has  a  glass  gage,  and  a  cock  for  drawing 
off  the  syrup  that  collects  in  it. 

Two  coils  of  pipe  inside  the  pan  heat  the  syrup  and  obtain 

Fig.  2493. 


Alvarado  Vacuum  Pan. 


VACUUM  PAN. 


918 


VACUUM  PUMP. 


their  supply  of  steam  by  the  pipe  connecting  with  the  gene- 
rator. 

Comp.  Fivesdelle,  Fr.     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  132. 
Deeley  4"  Co *  " ScientificAmerican,"  xliii.  335. 

Immense       .     .     . 


*"Manuf.  If  Builder,"  xii.  273. 
"Iron  .Ag-e,"  xxi.,  March  7,  p.  7- 


Fig.  2494. 


wheel,  which,  by  means  of  a  belt,  is  connected  with  a,  pul- 
ley on  top,  the  revolution  of  which  works  the  alternate  ad- 
mission of  the  steam  into  the  vacuum  cylinder.  This  cylin- 
der is  surrounded  with  large  valves  at  its  lower  end,  giving 
rapid  exit  to  water  and  closing  against  its  refintering,  while 
another  valve  at  the  top  of  the  suction-pipe  and  the  bot- 
tom of  the  vacuum  chamber  opens  when  the  vacuum  pro- 
duces suction  and  draws  the  water  up  through  the  suction- 
pipe,  and  closes  as  soon  as  the  water  leaves  the  vacuum  cyl- 
inder by  the  readmission  of  steam.  The  vacuum  cylinder 
is  surrounded  by  a  wider  vessel,  as  seen  in  the  engraving, 
the  outlet  of  which  is  just  low  enough  to  keep  the  valves 
around  the  vacuum  cylinder  always  immersed  under  water, 
so  as  to  secure  their  tightness. 

It  will  be  seen  that  the  water   leaves  the  pump  by  its 
own  gravity, —  as  it  were,  drops  out,  so  that  the  steam' does 

not  meet  with  any 
resistance  whatso- 
ever ;  on  the  con- 
trary, when  "it  en- 
ters it  is  rather 
drawn  in  and  acts  in 
this  way  on  the 
steam-engine  from 
which  it  is  obtained 
almost  like  a  con- 
denser. The  ar- 
rangement added  to 
a  high-pressure  en- 
gine changes  it  prac- 
tically into  some- 
thing even  better 
than  a  condensing 
engine :  in  t'a^|,  into 
something  similar 
to  a  compound  en- 
gine ;  the  steam  is 
first  utilized  by  its 
pressure  and  then  by 
its  condensation. 

In  order  to  change 
the  intermittent  ac- 
tion of  this  vacuum 

puuip  into  a  steady  one,  coiuuming  a  steady  stream  of  ex- 
Fig.  2496. 


Fig.  2495. 


Vacuum  Pump. 

Vac'u-um  Pump.  If  the  exhaust  steam  of  a 
pumping  or  other  steam  engine  is  allowed  to  enter 
a  closed  vessel,  and  is  there  submitted  to  condensa- 
tion by  cooling, 
a  vacuum  will 
be  formed. 
Such  a  vacuum 
may  be  utilized 
to  raise  water, 
if  only  the 
proper  secon- 
d  ary  applian- 
ces are  added  to 
make  this  con- 
densation of  the 
steam  the  sub- 
sequent raising 
of  water,  and 
its  discharge 
and  refilling 
with  steam,  al- 
ternate. 

An  inge  n  i  o  u  s 
way  to  effect  this 
alternate  action  is 
represented  in  Fig. 
2494,  and  is  the 
invention  of  Mr. 
Win.  Bur  don  , 
President  of  the 
New  York  Hy- 
draulic and  Drain- 
age GO.  Water 
escaping  from  the 
vacuum  cylinder 
is  caused  to  turn 
a  small  overshot 


Vacuum  Pump. 


The  Nye  Vacuum  Pump. 


VACUUM  PUMP. 


919 


VALVELESS   ENGINE. 


haust  steam,  producing  a  continuous  suction  and  rise  of 
water  ami  a  steady  stream  of  water,  two  suction  pumps  may 
be  combined,  tin-  steam  entering  alternately  the  one  and 
then  the  other,  while  this  admission  may  be  regulated  in  the 
game  way  as  represented  in  Fig.  2495,  or  by  means  of  other 
power,  when  the  pulley  is  driven  by  a  belt  from  shafting  above. 

Fig.  2497. 


Vacuum  Pump. 

The  revolution  of  this  pulley  opens  and  shuts  the  steam- 
valves  alternately,  so  that  the  steam  entering  by  the  main 
pipe  is  in  succo.-Mon  first  thrown  to  the  right  and  then  to 
the  left  vacuum  cylinder,  so  that  while  in  one  the  ateam  en- 
ters it  is  being  condensed  in  the  other. 

There  is  nothing  to  prevent  multiplying  these  pumps  and 
connecting  them  into  one  system,  so  as  to  be  able  to  use  all 
the  exhaust  steam  disposable,  when  a  steady,  large  stream 
of  water  may  be  obtained  raised  from  a  depth  equal  to  that 
from  which  any  suction  pump  may  raise  it  by  atmospheric 
pressure. 

The  "  Nye"  pump.  Fig.  24!«>.  is  said  to  discharge  800  gal- 
lons per  minute.  It  consists  of  two  cast-iron  cylinders  lined 
with  wood,  to  prevent  loss  of  .steam  by  coming  in  contact 
with  the  metal,  the  condenser  (a  plain 
chamber  back  of  the  cylinders),  a  sim- 
ple balanced  automatic  steam  valve  on 
top  of  cylinders,  and  four  valves  cover- 
inn;  suction  and  delivery  ports. 

The  aquameter  pump,  Fig.  249",  has 
two  chambers  alternately  occupied  by 
water  and  steam.  The  steam  being  ad- 
mitted by  a  balanced  piston -valve  forces 
iter  out,  and  then  condensing, 
forms  a  partial  vacuum,  into  which  the 
water  rushes  under  atmospheric  pres- 
sure. 

Blake,  *  "Manuf.  $  Biiililer."  x.  172. 

N.  Y.  DrainaK,  ,\  Hi,-/.  Co.,  *"Man. 
If  Builder,"'  viii.  29,  100. 

Vac  'u-uni  Shunt.  An  elec- 
tric vacuum  shunt  of  variable  re- 
sistance was  exhibited  by  Dr. 
Stone  at  the  meeting  of  the  Phys- 
ical Society,  on  June  26,  1880. 
The  variable  resistance  was 
formed  neither  by  a  set  of  coils, 
a  platin'um-iridium  wire,  or  a  tube 
of  water,  but  by  a  Torricellian 
vacuum  at  the  top  of  a  mercury 


column,  the  height  of  which  could  be  increased  or 
diminished  at  will. 

The  apparatus  consists  of  an  ordinary  barometer  tube 
of  glass  32"  long,  and  terminating  above  in  a  short  vac- 
uum chamber  arranged  transversely,  and  closed  at  either 
end  by  adjustable  india-rubber  stops,  through  which  plati- 
num terminals  are  passed.  The  tube  is  continued  beyond. 
tlii>  chamber  to  a  stop-cock,  by  which  small  quantities  of 
air  can  be  admitted  into  the  vacuum.  The  foot  of  the  tube 
is  connected  by  a  flexible  india-rubber  pipe  to  an  open  glass 
cistern,  like  that  of  a  Fraiikland  gas  apparatus.  This  cistern 
is  nearly  filled  with  mercury,  which,  on  the  barometric 
principle,  ascends  the  tube  till  the  height  of  the  column 
above  the  surface  level  in  the  cistern  just  balances  the  pres- 
sure of  the  atmosphere.  The  cistern  is  suspended  by  a  cord 
over  a  pulley,  and  counterweighted  so  that  it  can  be  raised 
or  lowered  through  the  whole  32''.  On  passing  an  induction 
spark  through  the  Torricellian  chamber  all  the  discharge  is 
diverted  through  this  shunt.  But  on  admitting  a  little  air 
by  the  stop-cock  to  render  the  vacuum  less  perfect,  and 
raising  or  lowering  the  cistern,  so  as  to  lengthen  or  shorten 
the  mercury  column,  the  resistance  of  the  vacuum  can  be 
increased  or  diminished  within  wide  limits.  In  this  way, 
according  to  Dr.  Stone,  a  point  can  be  found  at  which  the 
induction  spark  due  to  breaking  contact  is  shunted  through 
the  vacuum  tube,  while  the  weaker  discharge  due  to  making 
coutact  is  arrested.  The  induction  current  is  thus  obtained 
in  a  single  direction,  a  matter  of  some  importance  in  physi- 
ological experiments. 

Va-len'ci-a.  (Fabric.)  A  French  dress  goods 
woven  on  a  taffetas  loom.  It  has  a  silk  chappe  warp 
and  a  combed-wool  weft. 

Val'en-tine's  Knife.  A  two-bladed  knife  for 
making  a  thin  section  of  a  tissue  for  microscopic 
purposes  at  a  single  stroke. 

Val'gus,  Tal'i-pes  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  (Surgical.) 
See  CLDB-FOOT  APPARATUS. 

Valve.  A  device  for  regulating  the  passage  of 
a  fluid  through  a  pipe  or  aperture.  See  p.  2688, 
'M<ch.  Diet." 


For  water  mains,  Arm- 
strong, Austr.    .     .     .  * " 
1  Manufacture  of ,  Ludlow  *  " 


,t  planing  ma- 
chine, Sharps,  Stew- 
art Sf  Co.,  Br.  .  .  . 

Valve  Gear,  Cut'-off. 


f  "Engineering,"  xxvi.  322. 


able  table  or  drop-off  valve  ge 
Valve'less  En'gine.    The 


A  detachable  adjust- 
:ear. 

_  Wardwell "  valve- 

less  engine,  Fig.  2498,  is  horizontal,  with  one  end 
of  a  girder  frame  bolted  to    and   supporting  the 
cylinder,  and  the  other  the  pillow-block. 
The  cylinder  has  a  bore  8"  X  35"  ;  the  stroke  is  16".    The 


Fig.  2498- 


Valueless  Engine. 


VALVELESS   ENGINE. 


920 


VARNISH. 


pillow-block  brasses  have  side  adjustment  by  wedges,  oper- 
ated by  bolts  and  nuts,  from  the  top  capface.  The  cross- 
head  has  V-shaped  bearings,  aud  has  a  gudgeon  which  pro- 
vides journal-bearing  for  the  fork-end  of  the  connecting-rod. 
The  piston-rod  passes  through  the  cross-head,  in  which  it 
has  journal-bearing  for  its  semi-rotary  motion  ;  a  uut  and 
check-nut  preventing  longitudinal  motion  or"  end-play  '•  in 
this  bearing.  The  connecting-rod  has  a  strap  at  each  end 
that  is  secured  to  it  by  a  bolt  passing  through  the  ties,  the 
key  serving  merely  to  adjust  the  brasses.  Inside  the  outer 
fork  of  the  connecting-rod  is  bolted  a  section  of  a  bevel  -wheel, 
with  four  teeth,  and  which  gears  into  a  similar  but  five- 
toothed  section,  keyed  to  the  extreme  end  of  the  piston-rod. 
The  reciprocation  of  the  piston-rod  produces  an  oscillation 
of  the  connecting-rod  ;  but  the  two  rods  being  geared  to- 
gether, the  piston-rod  and  head  are  given  the  reciprocating 
semi-rotary  motion  desired. 

The  piston  head  is  solid,  having  spring  pack- 
ing rings  at  each  end,  and  a  longitudinal  spring- 
packing  piece  separating  the  steam  passages.  The 
steam  port  is  in  the  center  of  the  cylinder,  at  the 
top  ;  its  dimension  is  3"  X  3".  The  exhaust  port  is 
3"  X  1",  and  diametrically  opposite.  The  steam 
passages  in  the  piston  run  along  the  circumferential 
surface  of  the  piston  head  in  a  longitudinal  but 
curved  line  which  keeps  the  passage  open  to  the 
cylinder  port  up  to  that  part  of  the  stroke  and  ro- 
tation when  the  cut-off  is  desired.  Here  the  cut-off 
is  effected  by  turning  the  passage  sharply  at  right 
angles  and  in  the  direction  of  the  piston  rotation, 
giving  the  rest  of  the  stroke  under  expansive 
steam.  The  steam-passage,  after  the  abrupt  turn 
mentioned,  continues  longitudinally  to  the  end  of 
the  piston  head  ;  and  at  the  end  of  the  stroke  is  in 
communication  with  the  exhaust  port  of  the  cyl- 
inder, and  immediately  acts  as  the  exhaust  pas- 
sage, a  similar  or  complementary  passage  alternating  with  it 
for  steam  and  exhaust  successively. 

Van'ner.  A  separator  and  dresser  for  sifting 
minerals. 

The  Cornish  vanner  is  a  wide  traveling  belt  of  canvas 
and  india-rubber,  with  a  smooth  rubber  surface  and  deep 
flanges  on  eacji  side,  which  travels  slowly  upward,  and  on 
the  upper  end  of  which  the  stuff  to  be  dressed  is  carried 
by  a  launder  and  head.  This  belt,  in  addition  to  its  upward 
motion,  has  a  rapid  shaking  action  imparted  by  cranks 
driven  from  a  side-shaft,  and  the  result  is  that  while  the 
waste  is  washed  off  the  belt,  at  the  bottom  the  mineral  set- 
tles upon  and  adheres  to  it,  and  is  carried  over  the  upper 
cylinder  and  down  into  a  coffer  through  the  water  in  which 
the  belt  passes,  and  into  which  all  the  mineral  is  washed. 
The  object  throughout  is,  of  course,  to  imitate  the  vanning 
action  of  the  miner's  shovel,  the  most  efficient  separator  and 
dresser  known.  The  machine  at  West  Seton  is  larger  than 
that  put  up  at  New  Consols,  the  belt  being  4' in  breadth  and 
its  upper  surface  12'  in  length.  The  inclination  of  the  belt 
is  6"  in  1  foot,  and  the  traveling  speed  about  10'  a  minute, 
while  the  shakes  are  going  at  the  rate  of  about  180  in  the 
same  space  of  time.  But  the  speed,  of  course,  depends  upon 
the  character  and  quality  of  the  stuff.  At  West  Seton  the 
vanner  has  been  tried  on  the  tails  of  the  slimes,  and  has 
thoroughly  proved  its  efficiency  by  taking  out  all  the  mineral 
that  is  worth  anything,  that  which  passes  off  being  worth- 
less'and  utterly  incapable  of  being  treated  profitably. 

Va'ri-a-ble  Cut'-off.  One  arranged  to  cut 
off  at  different  parts  of  the  piston  stroke  according 
to  the  speed  of  the  engine. 

In  the  Wheelock  arrangement,  Figs.  2499,  2500,  the  two 
winged  induction  and  eduction  valves  a  b  have  inclined  con- 
ical faces,  and  are  fitted  rather  loosely  so  as  to  pack  by  steam 

Fig.  2499. 


pressure  as  they  wear.  They  are  vibrated,  through  proper 
connections,  by  the  rods  c  d,  the  latter  attached  to  the  eccen- 
tric. The  cut-oil'  valves  e  /'have  similar  faces,  and  are  also 
rather  loosely  fitted  to  insure  constant  light  packing.  They 
are  operated  by  the  dash-pot  weights  through  the  medium  of 
a  series  of  devices  adjustably  connected  with  the  governor, 
so  that  they  may  be  permitted  to  remain  altogether  inactive 
or  arranged  to  cut  off  at  varying  points  of  the  stroke  depend- 
ing on  the  speed  of  the  engine.  <f  is  the  steam  chest  and  h 
the  exhaust  chamber,  located  beneath  the  cylinder  to  allow 
water  of  condensation  to  flow  away . 


Engine,  Porter  Allen 
Fish.  .... 


.  *  "Engineering,''  xxvii.  107,  115. 
.  *  "<Sc.  American,'''  xxxvi.  166. 


i'ig.  2500. 


Variable  Cut-off  Engine, 


Sectional  View,  showing  Valves. 

Var'ley  Bat'te-ry.  (Kltrtricity.)  A  battery 
in  which  the  entrance  of  the  sulphate  of  copper  into 
the  positive  cell  is  prevented  hy  the  substitution  of 
oxide  of  zinc  for  the  paper  partition.  Any  sulphate 
of  copper  entering  the  mass  of  oxide  of  zinc  forms 
sulphate  of  zinc  and  deposits  black  oxide  of  cop- 
per. 

Niaudet,  American  translation,  110. 

Var'nish.  The  name  is  said  to  be  from  Bere- 
nice, a  port  on  the  Red  Sea,  200  miles  .south  of 
Cossier,  established  by  Ptolemy  Philadelphia  as 
the  port  for  landing  the  Oriental  gums,  etc.,  for  the 
overland  journey  to  Coptus  on  the  Nile,  20  miles 
below  Thebes. 

The  Orient  is  the  home  of  many  of  the  gums  ami  resins 
used  in  the  making  of  varnish,  and  some  of  the  names  have 
been  strangely  corrupted. 

The  jackass  copal  is  a  very  unpootical  rendering  of  the  Ara- 
bic shikasi  (fresh)  copal,  so  called  as  being  /nx/i  from  the 
tree,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  half-mineralized  copal  which 
is  dug  out  of  the  ground  on  the  site  of  extinct  copal  tree 
forests. 

A  perfume,  rose  malloes,  the  liquid  storax  of  Liquid-ambar 
Altfngia  is  from  the  Javanese  rasamala, 

Gum  Benjamin  is  from  the  name  luban  rjjaici,  given  to  it  by 
the  Arab  traders,  at  least  as  long  ago  as  the  fourteenth  cen- 
tury. 

Camphor  :  Sanscrit  karpttre  ;  Arabic,  kafur. 

Brazil-wood  of  the  East  Indias  ;  braise,  hot  coals,  from  its 
color.  Since  applied  to  a  dye-wood  of  Brazil,  also. 

POK   SILVER   WARE. 

Gum  elemi 30 

White  amber 45 

Charcoal 30 

Spirits  turpentine  .     .     .     375 

Used  in  a  heated  state,  the  metal 
being  also  heated. 

Mr.  F.  Thies,  of  Bissendorf,  Ger- 
many, claims  the  following  prepa- 
ration to  be  a  good  substitute  for 
varnish.  Heat  100  parts  of  colo- 
phonium  and  20  parts  of  crystalized 
soda  with  50  parts  of  water,  and 
then  add  250  parts  of  water  aud  25 
parts  of  ammonia.  The  mass  thus 
obtained  is  said  to  be  fit  for  paint- 
ers' use. 
Boiler,  Werner. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.  Sup.,''  2715. 


VARNISH. 


921 


VEHICLES   AND   MENAGE. 


For  foundry  patterns     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  2440. 

Making *  "Manufact.  if  Builder,"'  ix.  256. 

Removing "Scientific  American  Sup.,-'  1481. 

Varnishing,  Japanese     .      "Scientific  Amer.,''  xxxvii..297. 

Vas'e-line.  A  product  of  petroleum.  Petro- 
leum jelly.  The  heavy  residuum  of  distillation  is 
filtered  through  animal  charcoal,  which  deodorizes 
and  decolorizes  the  viscid  hydro-carbon,  and  gives 
the  familiar,  bland,  neutral  product  known  as  vase- 
line. This  forms  a  vehicle  for  medicaments  of  va- 
rious kinds ;  with  3  per  cent,  of  carbolic  acid  it  is 
a  valuable  antiseptic,  and  cerate  for  eczema. 

Vat.  (Leather.)  A  large  rectangular  pit  used 
in  tanning. 

Vat  Net.  Used  as  a  strainer  over  a  tub  or 
tank. 

Vault  Emp'ti-er.  A  combined  pump  with 
deodorizing  apparatus  for  emptying  vaults,  cess- 
pools, etc. 

The  deodorizing  can  in  front  of. the  tank  contains  a  chem- 
ical mixture  through  which  the  foul  air  displaced  from  the 
tank  must  pass  in  its  escape.  It  is  claimed  that  it  is  thor- 
oughly disinfected,  destroying  all  offensive  odor.  See  .Fig. 
2501. 

Fig.  2501= 


Vault  Emptier. 


Veg'e-ta-ble  Cut'ter.  A  device  for  slicing 
vegetables  for  cooking  or  table  use. 

Fig.  2502  has  a  two-edged  stationary  knife,  with  the 
bottom  of  the  laterally  sliding  box  in  two  sections,  each  end 
rising  alternately,  being  lifted  by  cams  beneath  according 

Fiz.  25(12. 


Vegetable  Cutter. 


as  it  is  working  towards  the  knife  or  away  from  it,  so  as  to 
present  the  material  to  the  cutting  surface  of  the  knife. 

Veg'e-ta-line.  A  substitute  for  ivory*  coral, 
leather,  caoutchouc,  etc.,  lately  patented  in  Eng- 
land under  the  name  of  Vetjetuliut,  is  prepared  as 
follows  :  Cellulose  (woxjdy  fiber.),  from  any  source 
whatever)  is  treated  with  sulphuric  acid  of  58°  B. 
(—  sp.  grav.  1.67G)  at  15°  C.  (=  59  Fah.),  then 
washed  with  water  to  remove  excess  of  acid,  dried 
and  converted  into  a  fine  powder.  This  is  mixed 
with  resin- soap,  in  a  mortar,  and  the  soda  of  the 
soap  is  removed  by  treatment  with  sulphate  of 
aluminium.  The  mass  is  now  collected,  dried 
again,  and  pressed  into  cakes  by  hydraulic  pres- 
sure. These  cakes  are  then  cut  into  thin  plates, 
which  are  shaped  by  again  subjecting  them  to 
pressure.  By  adding  castor  oil  or  glycerine  to 
the  mass  before  pressure,  the  product  may  be 
made  transparent.  Colors  may  be  imparted  by 
the  use  of  vegetable  coloring  agents.  Facts  re- 
specting tlie  strength  and  elasticity  of  this  product 
are  wanting. 

Ve'hi-cies.    See  under  the  following  heads  :  — 


Ambulance. 
Ambulance  stretcher. 
Army  wagon. 
Gun  barrow. 
Gun  carriage. 
Mortar  carnage. 
Mortar  truck. 
Shell  truck. 
Sling  wagon. 
Stretcher. 

Ve'hi-cles  and  M  e  - 
nage'.  See  under  the  fol- 
lowing heads,  (for  irons,  see 
HARDWARE)  :  — 


Ladder  truck. 

Liquid  manure  cart. 

Litter. 

Mail  coach. 

Mortar  barrow. 

Off-bearing  barrow. 

Omnibus. 

Ox  cart. 

Pedomotor. 

Pig-iron  barrow. 

Platform  truck. 

Pump  barrow. 

Pump  cart. 

Quadricycle. 

Railway  barrow. 

Roller  skates. 

Rubber  wheel. 

Runner. 

Sack  barrow. 

Sack  holder. 

Sack  truck. 

Saddle. 

Seal  spring. 

Sewer-shaft  wagon. 

Sprinkling  cart. 

Steam  trolly. 

Stone  barrow. 

Stone  cart. 

Stone  truck. 

Stove  truck. 

Street  sweeper. 

Sulky. 

Sweeping  machine. 

Tank  barrow. 

Timber  cart. 

Toboggin. 

Transplanting  wagon. 

Tricycle. 

Trolly. 

Truck. 

Tub  barrow. 

Two-wheel  barrow. 

Unicycle. 

Van. 

Velocipede 

Wagon. 

Wagon  lock 

Wagon  seat. 


Aparejo. 

Axle. 

Baggage  barrow. 

Baggage  truck. 

Bag-holding  truck. 

Barrow. 

Bicycle. 

Block  truck. 

Bloom  truck. 

Box  barrow. 

Box  truck. 

Buck-board. 

Cabresto. 

Carboy  barrow. 

Cart. 

Charging  barrow. 

Chock-block. 

Coach. 

Coal  barrow. 

Coal  car. 

Coke  barrow. 

Dirt  barrow. 

Dirt  cart. 

Dog  velocipede. 

Dry-goods  truck. 

Dumping  barrow. 

Equalizer. 

Equibus. 

Express  wagon. 

Food  car. 

Garden  barrow. 

Hand  cart. 

Hand  truck. 

Hook  and  ladder  truck, 

Hose  carriage. 

Hose  cart. 

Hose  reel. 

Hotel  coach. 

Hub. 

Iron  barrow. 


VEHICLES   AND   MENAGE. 


922 


VELOCIPEDE,    STEAM. 


Wan-house  truck. 
Water  barrel  truck. 
Water  cart. 
Watering  cart. 


Wharf  barrow. 
Wheel. 

Wheelbarrow. 
Wood  barrow. 


Vein.  (Mining.)  Aggregation  of  mineral  mat- 
ter in  fissures  of  rock. 

Ve-lo-cim'e-ter.  An  apparatus  for  measuring 
the  velocity  of  projectiles  in  guns. 

The  methods  that  have  been  tried  for  ascertaining  the  law 
of  motion  of  a  projectile  in  the  bore  of  a  gun  (with  a  view 
to  finding  the  law  of  pressures  developed)  give  only  a  small 
number  of  points  of  the  curve  of  spaces  traversed  in  given 
times,  and  they  involve  perforation  or  other  injury  to  the 
walls  of  the  gun,  so  that  they  are  applicable  only  to  large 
pieces. 

A  new  and  ingenious  method,  advantageous  in  these  re- 
spects, has  been  contrived  by  M.  Seibert.  In  the  axis  of 
a  cvlindrical  hollow  projectile  he  fixes  a  metallic  rod  of 
square  section,  which  serves  as  guide  to  a  movable  mass. 
This  mass,  or  runner,  carries  a  small  tuning-fork,  the  prongs 
of  which  terminate  in  two  small  metallic  feathers,  which 
make  undulatory  traces  on  one  of  the  faces  of  the  rod  (black- 
ened for  this  purpose  with  smoke)  as  the  runner  is  displaced 
along  the  rod.  The  runner,  it  will  be  understood,  is  situated 
at  first  in  the  front  part  of  the  projectile,  and  while  the  lat- 
ter is  driven  forward  remains  in  place,  the  rod  of  the  projec- 
tile moving  through  it.  The  escape  of  a  small  wedge  be- 
tween the  prongs  of  the  fork  at  the  moment  of  commencing 
motion  sets  the  fork  in  vibration.  It  can  be  easily  shown 
that,  owing  to  the  very  high  speed  imparted  to  the  projectile, 
the  displacement  in  space  of  the  inert  mass,  through  friction 
and  passive  resistances,  which  tend  to  carry  it  forward  with 
the  projectile,  is  such  as  may  be  quite  neglected.  So  that 
the  relative  motion  of  the  mass  recorded  by  the  tuning-fork 
may  be  considered  exactly  equal  and  opposite  to  the  motion 
of  the  projectile.  A  study  of  the  curves  produced  guide  to 
the  laws  of  the  motion  and  of  the  pressures  developed  by  the 
charge.  Evidently  the  motion  of  a  projectile,  as  it  buries 
itself  in  sand  or  other  resistant  medium,  may  be  similarly 
determined. 

Also  used  to  measure  the  recoil  of  guns  during  the  first 
instant  after  the  charge  is  fired.  See  TACHOMETER. 

For  ordnance,  Sebert     .      "  Van  Nostran&s  Mag.,"  xxi.  171. 
Potot's  tube  for  gaging  *  "  Van   Nostrand's  Mag. ,"   xviii. 
streams,  Robinson  .    .  255. 

Ve-loc'i-pede.  Velocipede  is  a  generic  name, 
of  French  origin,  applied  to  that  class  of  carriages 
propelled  by  the  feet  of  the  rider,  of  whatever  con- 
struction or  by  whatever  mechanical  means  the 
power  is  communicated,  so  as  to  drive  the  vehicle. 
Less  strictly,  it  has  been  applied  to  vehicles  pro- 
pelled by  the  hands  only,  and  guided  by  the  feet. 

The  term  velocipede  is  found  in  French  patents  early  in 
the  century,  and  the  class  of  carriages  to  which  it  was  ap- 
plied is  found  to  be  described  and  illustrated  in  the  books 
and  the  patent  records  for  more  than  a  hundred  years 
past. 

Velocipedes,  like  wagons,  have  been  constructed  with  one, 
two,  three,  or  four  wheels,  and  sometimes  with  greater 
^number.  One-wheeled  velocipedes,  or  monocycles,  have  been 
constructed  in  a  variety  of  ways ;  sometimes  so  that  the 
rider  should  be  seated  above  the  wheels,  but  more  often  that 
he  should  be  seated  inside  *he  wheel,  and  so  as  to  be  pro- 
pelled sometimes  by  the  hands,  and  sometimes  by  the  feet. 
They  have  never  in  any  form  been  made  a  practical  success, 
and  their  use  has  been  little  attempted  except  for  purposes 
of  exhibition. 

Scuri,  the  Italian  gymnast,  has  been  more  successful  with 
a  machine  patented  by  him,  consisting  of  one  wheel,  axled 
in  a  fork  or  perpendicular  frame,  and  foot-cranks  attached 
to  the  axle,  a  handle  rod  upon  the  upper  part  of  the  fork 
or  perpendicular  frame  some  distance  above  the  wheel,  and 
a  saddle  attached  to  a  projection  from  the  frame,  but  with 
no  other  supporting  or  steadying  part  of  the  machine  touch- 
ing the  floor  than  the  tire  on  the  one  wheel. 

Two-wheeled  velocipedes  were  made  as  early  as  1816,  the 
first  one  of  which  we  have  any  account  being  attributed  to 
the  Baron  Von  Drais,  of  Manheim,  which  had  its  two  wheels 
in  the  same  plane,  one  before  the  other,  and  was  patented 
in  France,  and  with  some  improvements  patented  in  England 
by  Denis  Johnson,  in  1818,  under  the  name  of  "  Pedestrian 
Curricle.1'  This  form  of  velocipede  was  patented  first  in 
France  by  Louis-Joseph  Dineur,  and  in  the  patent  it  was 
pimply  called  a  velocipede.  It  acquired  the  name,  however,- 
of  ccllcrifere  and  draisina,  and  draisiennc.  This  machine  was 
improved  from  time  to  time  in  Kngland,  where  it  obtained 
the  name  of  dandy  horse,  and  sometimes  of  hobby  horse. 
In  1821  it  was  modified  in  construction  by  Gompertz,  and  a 


rack  and  pinion  attachment,  for  aid  by  the  hands  in  propul- 
sion, applied  to  the  front  wheel. 

In  1819,  a  United  States  patent  was  granted  to  William  K. 
Clarkson  for  an  improvement  "  in  the  velocipede."  In  all 
these  two-wheeled  velocipedes,  however,  the  propulsion  was 
mainly  by  the  thrust  of  the  feet  alternately  upon  the  ground 
as  the  rider  sat  astride  the  horizontal  bar  or  perch  ;  and  it 
was  not  until  1862  or  1863  that  any  mechanical  means  of 
propulsion  was  applied  to  this  arrangement  of  two  wheels  in 
the  same  plane,  by  which  the  rider  was  enabled  to  take  his 
feet  off  the  ground,  and  still  propel  and  guide  his  vehicle. 
For  later  developments  see  I'.u'vcu:. 

Two-wheeled  velocipedes  have  also  been  constructed  with 
the  wheels  abreast,  and  considerable  success  has  been  at- 
tained in  the  use  of  this  by  foot  driving  mechanism,  partic- 
ularly in  the  form  known  as  the  '"Otto,"  in  Kngland.  The 
forms  constructed  and  patented  in  the  United  States  have 
differed  somewhat  in  details  of  construction  from  that  which 
has  achieved  some  success  in  England  :  but  nowhere  has 
this  form  yet  become  of  any  extended  use  or  comparative 
value. 

Three-wheeled  velocipedes  were  constructed  early  in  the 
century,  and  as  early  as  1828  were  given  the  more  speciSc 
name  of  tricycle.  This  variety  of  velocipede,  offering  as  it 
does  by  reason  of  its  three  points  of  support,  the  greatest 
steadiness  of  base  with  least  resistance  of  roadway,  and  the 
lightest  construction  consistent  with  stability  of  base,  has 
been  constructed  with  great  variety  of  detail,  and  become 
very  much  specialized,  and  widely  used.  See  TRICYCLE. 

Velocipedes  of  four  wheels  have  frequently  been  termed 
quacirocycles,  and'though  at  different  times  and  in  different 
countries  they  have  been  made  in  considerable  number,  they 
have  not  been  found  comparatively  practicable  as  yet,  the 
greater  weight,  friction,  road  obstruction,  and  air  resistance, 
making  them  less  desirable  than  the  bicycle  or  tricycle. 

Velocipedes  constructed  with  more  than  four  wheels  have 
been  interesting  chiefly  for  their  phenomenal  or  ingenious 
construction. 

The  term  velocipede,  and  the  names  marine  velocipede, 
water  velocipede,  etc.,  have  been  applied  to  •machines  for 
travel  by  foot  propulsion  on  the  water  as  well,  with  various 
details  of  construction  by  means  of  which  the  rider  was 
enabled  to  propel  himself;  sometimes  with  paddle  wheels, 
and  sometimes  with  screw  or  other  propellers  acting  upon 
the  water.  The  latest  and  most  successful  of  these  has  by 
misnomer  been  called  "  marine  bicycle."  ami  is  at  present 
in  considerable  use  in  the  United  States.  It  consists  of  two 
floats,  4'  or  5'  apart  and  20'  in  length,  connected  by  bars 
and  crank  axle,  with  pedals  for  the  feet  of  the  rider,  and 
connecting  mechanism  operating  a  screw  propeller,  and  a 
rudder  operated  by  steering  bar,  held  and  worked  after  the 
manner  of  the  steering  mechanism  of  a  bicycle. 

See  BICTCLE  and  WHEEL. 
Aquatic,  Jobert      .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,1'  128. 

Engl *"  Scientific  American  Siiji.,"1  731. 

Ice,  Arnao *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxv.  325. 

Grant *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'"  128. 

Propeller,  Zoebl    .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,'''1  2525. 

Sled,  Story *  '' Scientific  American  Sup.,"*  128. 

Tricycle,  Rugbies      .    .  *  "Scientific  American,''  xli.  338. 

Ve-loc'i-pede,  Steam.     At  the  recent  Indus- 
trial Exhibition  at  the  Champs  Elyse'es,  Paris,  M. 
Perreaux,  of  Orne,  exhibited  a  steam  velocipede,^ 
which  is  illustrated  herewith.    Fig.  2503. 

The  generator,  the  fireplace,  and  the  motor  are  arranged 
behind  the  saddle  of  the  velocipede,  after  the  manner  of  the 
portmanteau  of  a  horseman.  Chains  or  belts  transmit  mo- 
tion from  the  engine  to  the  wheels.  All  the  parts  are  small, 
well  put  together,  and  very  compact.  The  small  tubular 
boiler  is  cylindrical  and  has  a  capacity  of  about  three  quarts  ; 
and  at  the  sides  there  are  two  receptacles  containing  a  suffi- 
cient supply  of  water  to  last  during  a  journey  of  two  to 
three  hours.  The  piston  of  the  engine  is  about  1"  in  diam- 
eter and  has  a  3"  stroke.  The  whole  engine  is  a  mere  play- 
thing, and  yet,  with  a  pressure  of  3J  atmospheres,  it  has 
sufficient  power  to  drive  the  velocipede  at  a  speed  of  from 
15  to  18  miles  per  hour.  The  fireplace  which  heats  the 
boiler  is  an  ingenious  novelty,  and  consists  of  a  small  gas- 
ometer fed  by  wood  spirit.  The  vapor  of  the  alcohol  issues 
through  holes,  and  gives  a  flame  endowed  with  great  cal- 
orific power.  The  fire  is  lighted  at  will,  and  in  a  few  min- 
utes steam  is  up.  A  method  is  provided  for  regulating  the 
escape  of  the  alcohol  vapor,  and  consequently  the  intensity 
of  the  heat.  Externally  the  boiler  is  furnished  with  two 
tubes  rolled  in  the  form  of  a  spiral,  so  that  the  steam 
which  is  produced  circulates  through  these  continuously, 
and  is  exposed  directly  to  the  fire  before  entering  the  motor. 
The  steam  being  superheated,  no  water  is  carried  over  with 
it.  With  a  speed  of  18  miles  an  hour,  the  cost  of  alcohol 
consumed  is  from  40  to  60  cents  (this  calculation,  of  course, 
for  France).  This  is  certainly  not  very  economical,  but  it  is 
very  pleasant  to  have  a  horse  under  control  which  eats  only 
when  he  works. 


VELOMETER. 


923 


VENT. 


Fig.  2603. 


Steam  Velocipede. 


Ve-lom'e-ter.  A  name  given  by  the  inventor, 
Mr.  Durham,  of  Barnet,  England,  to  a  governor 
for  marine  propeller  engines,  to  prevent  racing  of 
the  screw. 

"Engineer" *  xlvi.  190. 

Ve-lon-tine'.  (Fabric.)  A  corded  French 
fabric,  with  fancy  wool  warp  and  merino  wool 
weft. 

Ve-lours'.  (Fabric.)  A  French  goods,  all 
wool. 

Vel'vet.  (Fabric.)  Old  English  m-lwutte,  from 
the  Italian  vellute,  fleecy,  nappy,  and  Latin  vellus, 
a  fleece. 

Ve-neer'.  A  thin  slip  of  wood,  ivory,  stone,  etc., 
cemented  to  the  face  of  some  other  material  to  form 
an  ornamental  finish  thereto. 

Celluloid  veneers  are  made  by  applying  a  coating 
of  the  celluloid,  colored,  to  imitate  any  desired 
wood  or  metal. 

Veneers  are  cut  in  two  ways,  by  sawing,  and  by  what  is 
termed  a  slicing-machine,  which  is  fitted  with  a  sliding 
knifc»block  and  a  thin  kuife  and  back  iron. 

Ve-neer'  Cut'ter.  The  cutter,  Fig.  2504,  is  a 
slicing  machine,  and  is  fitted  with  a  sliding  knife- 
block,  and  a  thin  knife,  and  back-iron,  and  is  used 
for  cutting  up  blocks  5',  1'  8",  and  10'  wide. 

The  cutter  is  placed  obliquely,  so  as  to  lessen  the  shock 
that  might  otherwise  displace  the  wood.  The  thin  knife 
with  back  iron  does  away  with  the  special  machine  for 
sharpening,  that  is  usually  necessary.  When  the  knife  rest 
is  unscrewed  from  the  saddle  care  should  be  taken  to  keep 
the  three  pieces,  the  knife-rest,  knife,  andF  back  iron  to- 
gether. 

In  machines  with  connecting-rod  motion  for  blocks  3'  3'' 
the  knife  is  square  across  the  machine  or  under  ;  so  that  the 
fiber  is  cut  along  its  whole  length  at  once,  which   is  very 
y  for  some  kinds  of  wood. 

Fig.  2504. 


In  the  larger  machines  the  cutter  is 
placed  obliquely  so  as  to  diminish  the 
shock,  which  might  displace  the  wood, 
but  in  these  machines  the  workman 
often  places  the  block  parallel  to  the 
cutter. 

The  thin  knife  with  back  iron  does 
away  with  the  special  machine  for 
sharpening,  which  is  usually  necessary. 
The  wood  should  first  be  steamed  and 
the  workman  should'  know  how  to  set 
it  according  to  the  grain,  to  sharpen 
hi£  knife  according  to  the  kind  of  wood 
to  be  cut,  and  should  also  watch  it  dry- 
ing very  closely. 

Veneer  machines  Cut  from  10  to  15 
veneers  per  minute  and  from  100  to 
150  to  the  inch,  whereas  the  sawing- 
machine  will  not  cut  more  than  from 
20  to  25. 

We  allow  that  for  very  perfect  ve- 
neers sawing  is  better,  but  for  work  of 
usual  quality  these  machines  answer 
admirably.  The  power  required  is 

about  4  horse-power  for  the  large  machine  ;  the  smaller  one 
can  lie  driven  by  hand-power. 

These  machines  tire  also  used  for  cutting  veneers  up  to  4 
or  f)  mm.,  and  work  very  well. 

Manufacturers  of  small  boxes,  etc.,  profit  immensely  by 
their  use.  In  a  day  of  10  hours,  and  with  horse-power,  such 
a  machine  will  turn-out  3,000  sheets,  4  mm.  thick,  16"  long, 
by  10J"  broad. 

These  veneers  are  cut  so  cleanly  that  for  common  work 
polishing  is  quite  unnecessary. 

The  brick  palaces  of  Assyria,  Kouyunjik,  for  instance, 
were  veneered  with  slabs  of  coarse  alabaster  or  gypsum  held 
in  place  by  cramps  and  plugs  of  metal  or  wood. 

Kach  slab  usually  bore  upon  its  back  an  inscription  re- 
cording the  name,  title,  and  descent  of  the  king  forming  the 
same. 

Fig.  2506  is  Arbey;s  horizontal  reciprocating  saw  with  a 
single  blade  for  cutting  veneers  and  thin  woods  of  valuable 
timber.     lias  a  rising  face  carriage  with  automatic  intermit- 
tent feed. 
See  VENEER  SAW,  p.  2702,  "Mecfi.  Diet." 

Cutter,  Read *  "Manuf.  $  Builder"  ix.  222. 

Seasoner,  Read *  "Manuf.  if  Builder,''''  ix.  223. 


V  e  - 11  e  e  r ' 
Scra'per.  Bai- 
ley's scraper  or 
plane,  Fig.  2505, 
is  an  adjustable 
tool  for  dressing 
veneer. 

Vent.  Love's 
liquid  vent,  Fig. 
2507,  is  a  com- 
bined gimlet, 
tubulated  vent, 
and  sample 
pump.  It  is  so 
operated  that  as 
the  gimlet  opens 
a  passage  through 


Fig.  2505. 


Veneer  Scraper. 


Veneer  Cutter. 


the   barrel   a   vent  is  opened  to  the  plunger  that 
works  in  the    hollow  stem  of  the   gimlet,  and    a 

sample  is  drawn 
from  the  barrel 
through  the  hol- 
low T  of  the  han- 
dle. 

A  spiral  spring 
within  gradually 
stays  the  piston  at 
the  termination  of  its 
plunge,  the  liquid  en- 
ters the  tube  above 
the  plunger  and  on 
the  removal  of  the 
thumb  the  spring  lifts 
the  plunger  and  dis- 
charges the  liquid 
through  the  tube. 

The  instrument  is 
transferable  into  a 
siphon  by  detaching 


VENT. 


924 


VENTILATOR. 


Fig.  2506. 


Veneer  Saw. 


the  upper  cross-tube  and  attaching  a  siphon  tube  for  the 
passage  of  the  liquid  from  one  barrel  to  the  other.  See  also 
VENT  FAUCET,  p.  2703,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Ven'ti-la'ting  Saw. 

One  with  the  web  perfo- 
rated in  numerous 
places,  to  allow  circula- 
tion of  air  to  keep  the 
saw  from  heating  and  to 
admit  saw-dust,  and  thus 
prevent  friction  of  the 
saw  in  the  kerf.  —  floe. 
Ven'ti-la'tion.  An 
elaborate  treatise,  with 
illustrations,  on  ventila- 
tion of  theaters,  hospi- 
tals, schools,  and  public 
buildings  is  in  Labou- 
laye's  "Diet,  des  Arts  et 
Manufactures,"  article 
"  I  'enti/ation,"  vol.  iii. 
ed.  1877. 

Butler'1  s  "  Ventilation  of 
Buildings.'-  Illustrated. 

Atkinson's  "Friction  of 
A/r  in  Mines." 

Rafter's  "Mechanics  of 
Ventilation.''' 

Schumann's  "Heating  and 

Ventilation.'- 

Armstrong's  "  Chimneys  for  Furnaces  ,"  etc. 

Tomlinson  s  "Warming  and  Ventilation." 

Walker  s  "  Useful  Hints  on  Ventilation."    Explanatory  of 

an,a  deslgned  to  facilitate^*  appli- 
buildings. 


Ventilating  blower. 


Love's  Liquid  Vent, 


cltion  tonllk 
cation  to  all  kin 


Root 

Chimney,  Hinckley     . 

Cowl.  Banner,  Br.  .     . 

Bo/In,  Br.     .     . 

Engine,  mine,  Soc.  de 

Couillet,  Fr.  .  .  . 
Fan,  Pelzer,  Ger.  .  . 
Fan  engine,  Sacre 

Madame      Colliery, 


*"  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  243. 

*  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  210. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  51. 

*  "Engineer,"  xli.  98. 

*  "Engineering"  xxviii.  354. 

*  "Engineer,'-  1.  153. 


Fr *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  372. 

Rooms,  Dodge   .     .     .      "Scientific  Amer.,'1'  xxxvii.  321. 
Soil  pipes,  Banner  .     .      "  Scientific  American  Sup.,"  884. 


Veutilation,      Hoosac 

Tunnel,  Doane.  .  .  *  "  Van  Nostrand'sMag.,"xv\.,  359. 
"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  970. 
"  Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  343. 


*  "Engineer,"  xliv.  332. 


Methods  of,  Pfeiffer 

Mine 

Apparatus,     on 

f>gs.)Br.      .     . 
Of     Madison     Square 
Theater,  New  York 

Hogg *  "Scientific  American  .Si//).," 3981. 

Coal  mines,  Andre  .      "  Van  Nostranrl's  Mag.,"  xix.  369. 
Schools,  Winsor  .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,''  1556. 

Ships "  Scientific  Ame rican, "  xxxiv.  149. 

Ship  board      ...  *  "Engineering,''  xxi.  327. 

" Scientific  American,"  xxv.  154. 
*  "Scientific  American,'1'  xlii.  86. 


Railway  tunnels 

System  of,  Green  .  . 
Ventilator,  mine  "Cham- 
pion "  .  .  .  . 

Chilton  Colliery,  Br.  . 

High  Blantyre  Col- 
liery, Stevenson 


*  "  Iron  Age"  xviii.,  Nov.  2,  p.  1. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  468. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxvii.  177. 
Tlnvaites    If    Carbutt, 

Br *  "Engineer,"  xliii.  412. 

And  engine,  Liege  .     .  *  "Engineering,"  xxii.  275. 

Veii'ti-la'tor.    Fig.  2508  represents  Gen.  Bil- 
liugs's  wing  fan  ventilator. 

The  ventilator  shaft  used  in  connection  with  this  device  is 
enlarged  as  it  exteu'ls  upward,  so  that  each  successive  story 


VENTILATOR. 


925    VERTICAL  BORING,  ETC.,  MACHINE. 


Fig.  2508. 


of  a  building  may  discharge  into  it  without  interfering  with 
the  proper  ventilation  of  the  lower  stories.  The  cowl  into 
which  the  ventilating  shaft  discharges  is  large  and  nicely 

pivoted,  so  that  it 
turns  easily  with 
the  wind.  Its  flar- 
ing mouth  gives  it 
peculiar  advantages 
over  the  ordinary 
form  of  cowl,  so 
that  this  of  itself  is 
a  very  efficient  ven- 
tilator ;  but  the 
chief  merit  of  this 
device  lies  in  the 
arrangement  of  the 
fan  and  its  propell- 
i  n  g  wind  wheel 
seen  at  the  top  of 
the  cowl. 

All  the  parts  are 
made  to  work  very 
freely  and  with  but 
little  friction.  The 
fans  are  arranged  so 
as  tn  swing  around 
the  inner  periphery 
of  the  casing,  leav- 
ing an  undisturbed 
central  core,  while 
the  enlarged  hood 
and  vertical  posi- 
tion of  the  fans  of- 
fer  no  resistance 
whatever  to  the  up- 
ward current  of  air 
in  case  the  fan  should  not  be  in  motion.  In  motion  they 
force  the  air  out  through  the  lateral  opening,  thus  producing 
a  vacuum,  aiding  the  natural  draught  or  creating  uiie  where 
then-  is  none. 

With  the  wing  fan  ventilator  it  is  found  after  many  tests 
that  when  the  wind  is  not  strong  enough  to  run  the  fan,  the 
peculiar  form  of  the  cowl,  its  enlarged  si/.e,  and  prompt  ac- 
tion in  shifting  itself  to  windward,  will  give  a  regular  cur- 
rent of  from  100'  to  200'  per  minute  ;  while  with  a  fair  to 
brisk  wind  to  run  the  fan  the  velocity  will  go  up  to  300'  and 
400',  while  with  a  strong  wind  it  often  records  over  500',  and 
has  in  several  oases  reached  over  600'  per  minute.  Six  tests 
made  November  20,  1879,  at  St.  Denis  Hotel,  where  there  is 
a  24"  shaft  capped  with  iTwing  ventilator,  showed  an  aver- 
age of  4oS  .  being  an  actual  exhaust  of  fully  100,000  cubic 
feet  of  foul  air  per  hour.  December  22, 1879,  in  public  school 
branch  of  JS'o.  15,  Brooklyn,  six  tests  showed  a  current  of  from 
225'  to  y>~'  per  minute,  with  8  12"  pipes  leading  into  two 
large  pipes  of  24"  each,  showing  an  exhaust  of  over  146,000 
cubic  feet  per  hour,  with  only  alight  wind  and 'no  fires.  Later 
in  the  same  day  the  one  in  Brooklyn  "Eagle  "  building 
showed  a  current  from  230'  to  270'  per  minute.  November  20, 
1879,  the  Irving  House,  where  there  are  two  of  these  venti- 
lator-, one  over  each  tier  of  water-closets,  gave  a  current  of 
525',  there  being  a  good  breeze. 

Ventilator,  Murphy    .     .  *  "En§  #  Min.  Jour.,"1  xxii.  219. 
Centrifugal     sere  w, 
Petry    $  Hecking, 

Ger.     ....  *  "Engineering,"  xxx.  123. 

Pelzer *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3932. 

For    chemical   works, 

Hail,Vr.      .    .     .*  "Engineer, "  xliv.  50. 
Rotary,  Brac/ier      .     .  *  "Iron  Age,'1  xxi.,  Jan.  24,  p.  3. 
Self-acting,  Gitmore  4" 

Cinrlcf,  I5r.  ...  *  "Engineering,"1  xxix.  264. 

*  "Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  274. 
•*  "Manuf.  4"  Builder,"  xii.  139. 


Window,  Mi//'  n 
Frame,   Sayers     . 
Wall    and    cowl,  on 
(16 figs.),  Trewman  *  "Engineer,"  xli.  365. 


Ven'ti-la'tor 
D  e-fl  e  c '  t  o  r. 
On  railway  cars ; 
a  window  so 
hung  as  to  draw 
the  air  to  or 
from  the  inside 
according  to  its 
angular  position 
relatively  to  the 
line  of  motion 
and  to  the  car. 
See  Fig.  2509. 

Ven'ti-la'tor 
Hood.  A  shield 


Fig.  2509. 


Ventilator  Deflector 


over  the  outside  of  a  ventilator  to  prevent  the  en- 
trance of  sparks,  cinders,  rain,  or  snow.  If  is  some- 
times intended  to  direct  the  current  of  air  either 
into  or  out  of  the  car. 

Ver'meil.    Silver-gilt. 

Ver-nier'  Scale  Sight.  (Rifle.)  A  hind 
sight  with  a  vernier  scale  for  accurate  adjustment. 
The  peep-sight  is  elevated  or  depressed  by  a  screw; 
the  scale  on  the  bar  of  the  sight  being  slotted. 

Ver'tic-al  Boil'er.  A'  convenient  form  of 
steam  boiler  occu- 
pying but  small  Fig.  2510. 
space  and  well 
adapted  for  those 
of  moderate  size. 
T  h  e  cylindrical 
shells  are  now 
rolled  without  lon- 
gitudinal joints, 
which  adds  to  the 
neatness  of  appear- 
ance, avoids  to  that 
extent  the  groov- 
ing and  corrosion 
which  always  be- 
gin at  the  joints, 
and  is  convenient 
for  fixing  the 
mountings. 

There  are  many 
forms :  Multiflue, 
multitube,  hanging 
tube,  cross  tube, 
spiral  tube,  etc. 

Fig.  2510  is  a  plain 
form  without  longitu- 
dinal rivet  joints  either 
on  the  shell  or  fire-box, 
the  boiler  space  being 
all  around  the  furnace 
and  flue.  The  flame 
space  is  crossed  by  two 
large  tubes  of  6"  or  8" 
diameter,  one  of  which 
is  shown  in  cross  and 
the  other  in  longitudi- 
nal section.  A  man-  Vertical  Boiler. 
hole  is  shown  in  front 

and  mud  hole  at  one  side  ;  on  the  other  side  is  a  cover  and 
bridge  for  the  hole  by  which  the  flue  is  reached  to  remove 
scale. 

Blake,  Br *  "  Engineering:, "  xxix.  147. 

*  "Engineer,"  xlix.  447. 
Cochran,  Br *  "Engineer,"  xlv.  288. 

*  "Engineering,'1'  xxvi.  303. 
Talbot,  Br 

Proctor  If  Wallis,  Br.  .  .  . 
Double-chambered. 

Smith,  Br 

Tubuloug  boiler,  Smith,  Br. 
Tubular  flue  boiler,  N. 

Y.  Safety  Steam  Power  Co. 


*  "Engineering,"  xxix.  108. 

*  "Engineer,"'  xlviii.  306. 

*  "Engineering,"  xxviii.  69. 

*  "Engineer,-'  xlviii.  24. 


"Engineer,"  xli.  209. 


Ver'tic-al  Bor'ing  and  Turn'ing  Ma- 
chine'. The  Beuvant  machine,  Fig.  2511,  swings 
12'  diameter  and  G'  high.  The  face  plate  is  driven 
by  spur  pinion  with  20  changes,  of  speed,  and  is  sup- 
ported upon  a  spindle,  with  step  to  sustain  the 
weight,  and  adjusted  vertically  and  laterally,  giving 
steadiness  to  large  work. 

The  tool  slide  has  BO"  vertical  or  angular  traverse,  rapid 
hand-motion,  and  counterbalance  carried  on  frame  of  the 
machine.  There  is  self-acting  feed  at  all  angles  and  in 
either  direction,  with  four  changes.  The  cross-head  is  raised 
and  lowered  by  power. 

The  French  vertical  boring  machines  have  their  special 
uses  with  different  kinds  of  borers  and  slides.  They  are 
used  for  routing  sabots  and  gun  stocks.  The  rounded  ends 
of  the  mortise  are  squared  out  by  a  double  chisel  worked  by 
a  lever.  The  French  use  a  simple  hollow  bit,  like  a  pod  bit, 
and  run  the  mandrel  2,000  revolutions  per  minute. 


VERTICAL  BURR  MILL. 


926        VERTICAL  MULTIFLUE   BOILER. 


fig.  2511. 


Vertical  Boring  and  Turning  Machine. 


Ver'tic-al  Burr  Mill, 

Silliman's  vertical  burr  stone  mill,  Fig.  2512,  has  large 
openings  for  receiving  and  discharging  the  grist.  It  is  never 
liable  to  choke  or  clog  ;  the  grain  drops  from  the  shoe  di- 
rectly into  the  radiating  centrifugal  feeder,  which  throws  it 
evenly  between  the  stones  on  all  sides  alike,  above  as  well  as 
below  ;  thus  for  the  first  time  obviating  a  vital  objection  to 
all  vertical  miHs.  In  taking  the  mill  apart  to  dress  the 
stones,  the  foundation  bolts  are  never  disturbed,  and  each 

Fig.  2512. 


form  of  boiler  with 
the  crown  plate  of 


work.  The  cone  has 
4  speeds  for  2"  belts, 
and  gives  a  wide 
range  in  speed  and 
power  ;  the  spindle  is 
driven  by  cut  bevel 
gear  (2  'to  1);  the 
arm  carrying  the  belt 
shifter  can  be  re- 
volved around  the 
driving  shaft  to  suit 
the  direction  of  the 
belt ;  the  table  arm 
has  a  lift  of  20",  and 
can  be  swung  eutirelv 
around  the  column. 
The  base  is  provided 
with  T  slots  for  secur- 
ing work,  and  the  ta- 
ble is  raised  and  low- 
ered by  a  worm  and 
oblique  rack,  enabling 
the  operator  to  ma- 
nipulate the  table 
when  it  is  loaded.  By 
an  arrangement  o"f 
sheaves  the  spindle 
and  lower  stock  is 
balanced  by  a  single 
weight ;  the  balance 
weight  plays  within 
the  hollow  column. 
See  UPKIGHT  DRILL. 
Woodward. 

*  "Scientific  American 
Sup.,"  836. 

Ver'tic-al  Mul'- 
ti-flue   Boil'er.     A 

flue  pipes  extending  between 
the  furnace  and  an  upper  flue 

Fig.  2513. 


.   Ver'tic-al  Drill.     The  "  Niles  "  vertical  drill 
is  calculated  for  drilling  from  U"  to  the  smallest 


Vertical  Steam  Engine. 


VERTICAL   STEAM   ENGINE. 


927 


VIGNETTER. 


plate,  being  surrounded  by  the  water  in  the  boiler. 
See  MULTIFLUE  BOILER. 

Ver'tic-al  Steam  En'gine.  Fig.  2513  repre- 
sents Maxim's  automatic  steam  engine. 

The  cylinder  is  2"  in  diameter  and  has  2|"  stroke  of  pis- 
ton. It  is  supplied  with  all  the  attachments  used  in  large 
engines,  the  governor  being  inside  the  belt  pulley,  and  oper- 
ating directly  on  the  point  of  cut-off,  enabling  a  small  amount 
of  steam  to  do  a  large  amount  of  work.  The  engine  is  ready 
to  work  in  ten  minutes  from  lighting  the  gas,  and  will  run 
all  day  without  any  attention  whatever.  With  a  supply  of 
gas  and  water  it  is  its  own  engineer  and  fireman.  It  is  ad- 
mirably adapted  to  the  use  of  dentists,  jewelers,  and  ama- 
teurs. 

Lovegrove's  portable  engine,  Fig.  2514,  occupies  a  floor 
space  of  only  20"  X .34".  The  boiler  is  18"  diameter  and  42" 
high.  It  is  made  of  charcoal  hammered  iron  and  contains  2(1 
2"  tubes,  30"  long,  and  is  tested  t<>  2i>0  His.  pressure,  though 
the  working  pressure  is  from  (JO  to  90  Ibs.  With  this  boiler 
and  a  cylinder  3"  diameter  and  4"  stroke,  is  obtained  a  two 
horse-power.  The  engine  is  fitted  with  all  the  necessary  ac- 


Fig.  2514. 


N.  Y.  Safety  Steam  Power 
Co * 


Vertical  Portable  Steam  Engine. 

companimcnts  of  pmn]».  valves,  etc.,  complete.  It  is  fur- 
nished with  the  Pickering  governor,  and  the  steam  and  ex- 
(iimections  are  quite  short,  avoiding  expense  in  long 
pipe  and  waste  of  steam.  The  pulley  which  drives, the  gov- 
ernor affords  connection  for  the  pump  at  the  same  time.  The 
vertical  guides  are  bolted  to  the  base  plate,  and  are  fitted  lip 
in  as  plain  and  substantial  a  manner  as  possible.  There  is  a 
complete  supply  of  lubricating  valves,  gages, blow-off  valve, 
etc.  The  fly-wheel  is  12"  diameter  and  3"  face,  and  insures 
steadiness  of  motion. 

In  the  "  Shapley  "  vertical  engine  and  boiler,  the  engine 
is  not  attached  to  the  boiler  but  rests  on  the  same  base,  per- 
mitting adjustment  of  the  parts,  if  necessary  while  steam  is 
on.  The  boiler  is  in  two  sections,  the  upper  part  of  which 
serves  as  a  steam  space.  The  fire-box  is  conical  and  from 
it  radial  tubes  communicate  with  an  annular  smoke  space 
having  down-cast  flues  passing  perpendicularly  through  the 
boiler,  and  conveying  the  products  of  combustion  after  pass- 
ing over  water  to  the  smokestack,  into  which  the  exhaust 
Steam,  is  also  discharged. 


Snyder * 


Whitman     ..,..* 
Double-acting,  T'iner   .  * 

Small 

Blake * 

Haskins * 

Head,  Br * 

Heald  Sf  Sisco   .     .     .    ^.  * 
Hampson,     (Vhitehill 

Co 

Lm-r.  grove     .... 


Shapley * 

Fitchburg  St.  Eng.  Co. .  * 


"Manuf.  If  Builder,"  ix.  73. 

Thurston's  "  Vienna  Exp.  Kept.,*' 
ii.  27. 

"Eng.  4"  Min.  Jour.,"  xxvi.  256. 

"Manufacturer    4"     Builder,"   ix. 
247  ;  x.  201. 

"Iron  Age,"  xvii.,  Jan.  27,  p.  1. 

"Scientific  American  SMf>.,"1764. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1839. 

"Scientific  American  Sup.,"  165. 

"  Imn  Age,"-  xix.,  June  14,  p.  1. 
'  ••Engineering,''  xxi.  270. 
'  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  xi.  245. 

•  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  viii.  103. 
'  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  41. 
:  "Manufacturer  4"  Builder,"  viii. 

52  ;  x.  81. 

"Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  34. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,   p.  41; 

xxii.,  Aug.  8,  p.  30. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  8,  p.  29. 
"Iron  Age,"  xxii.,  Aug.  8,  p.  29. 

Ver'tic-al  Ten'on-ing  Ma-chine'.  Fay's 
car  gaining  and  tenoning  machine  has  traversing 
cutters  and  automatic  feed.  The  table  is  low,  and 
the  cutter-heads  are  adjusted  independently  by  a 
screw  to  each,  so  that  they  can  cut  a  tenon  of  the 
desired  thickness,  with  any  proportion  of  shoulders 
within  the  capacity  of  the  machine. 

The  back  of  the  upright  stand  carries  a  head  for  gaining  a 
double  tenon  to  4"  in  length.  This  is  raised  by  a  screw,  and 
can  be  moved  out  of  the  range  of  single  tenoning.  The  side 
of  the  upright  stand  has  a  movable  piece,  which  when  taken 
out  makes  the  whole  length  of  the  tenon  12". 

The  belt  that  drives  the  heads  is  retained  at  its  proper  ten- 
sion by  a  sheave  and  weight  in  connection  with  a  binder 
pulley^  that  compensates  for  the  motion  of  the  heads.  The 
table  rests  upon  friction  rollers  that  run  upon  planed  ways, 
one  of  which  has  a  groove  in  which  is  fitted  a  corresponding 
tongue  on  the  table,  to  keep  it  at  a  constant  right  line  with 
the  line  of  the  heads. 

Ver'tic-al  Tube  Coil.  An  arrangement  for 
steam  heating  purposes. 

Ver'tic-al  Tu'bu-lar  Boil'er.  The  Safety 
Steam  Power  Co.'s  tubular  boiler  has  the  tubes 
pass,  at  about  the  water  level,  through  the  baffle 
plate.  A  large  tube  hangs  from  the  center  of  the 
plate,  nearly  to  the  crown  of  the  furnace,  and  an 
annular  space  is  left  around  the  outside  of  the  baffle 
and  between  it  and  the  outer  shell  sufficient  for  the 
easy  escape  of  the  steam  and  water. 

This  arrangement  is  intended  to  stop  the  current 
of  steam  and  water  tending  to  shoot  up  between  the 
tubes,  and  compel  it  to  flow  outward  and  escape  be- 
tween the  baffle  and  shell,  at  which  point  the  steam 
and  water  separate.  The  steam  is  taken  off  from 
the  center  of  the  boiler,  and  as  the  steam  is  deliv- 
ered at  the  outer  edge  of  the  baffle  it  must  flow  in- 
ward, between  and  around  the  tubes,  on  its  way  to 
the  engine,  becoming  dried  and  slightly  super- 
heated. 

Vi'bra-ting  Ap'pa-ra'tus. 

Affecting  chemical  phe- 
nomena, Berlnelol  .     .  *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  3829. 

Vi'bra-ting  Ar'ma-ture.  (Electricity.)  The 
moving  bar  at  the  end  of  the  helix  by  which  the 
circuit  is  opened  or  closed,  automatically  or  other- 
wise. 

Vick'ers  Steel.  (Metallurgy.)  A  steel  made 
by  combining  iron  scrap,  ground  charcoal,  and 
oxide  of  manganese. 

Vig-net'ter.  A  mode  of  making  vignetters  by 
means  of  gelatiue-chromate  is  :  — 


ready  at  hand,  the  negatives  can  be  taken  from  them  directly 


VIGNETTER. 


928 


VINEYARD   IMPLEMENTS. 


by  any  convenient  method  ;  either  a  collodion  emulsion  niay 
be  used,  or  chromated  gelatine,  as  described  below.  To  pre- 
pare the  latter  a  solution  is  made  of  five  parts  pure  white 
gelatine  in  sixty  parts  of  water,  to  which  two  parts  of  am- 
monium bichromate  are  added,  and,  when  the  film  is  after- 
ward to  be  drawn  off,  a  few  drops  of  glycerine  may  be  in- 
troduced to  uiiike  it  less  brittle. 

After  filtering  this  solution,  pour  it,  while  still  hot  and 
fluid,  on  a  well-cleaned  glass  plate;  rare  must  be  taken  to 
have  this  plate  placed  in  a  perfectly  horizontal  position, 
which  is  best  effected  by  resting  it  on  a  larger  plate  that  has 
already  been  carefully  leveled.  The  gelatine  solution  must 
not  be  allowed  to  run  over  the  sides  of  the  plate,  or  the  film 
may  turn  out  to  be,  too  thin  ;  to  prevent  this  give  the  plate  a 
raised  edging  of  wax.  When  the  chromated  gelatine  has 
set,  let  the  plate  dry  completely  in  a  dark  and  moderately 
•warm  room. 

Artificial  heat  should  not  be  used  in  drying,  especially 
when  the  film  is  afterward  to  be  drawn  off  ;  when  this  is  rhe 
case,  the  plate  should  first  be  rubbed  over  with  powdered 
talc  or  diluted  ox-gall,  and  then,  on  heating,  the  film  easily 
flies  off. 

On  plates  prepared  in  this  way  the  negatives  are  now 
copied,  and  that  as  intensely  as  possible  by  a  long  exposure. 
The  copies  cannot  be  too  intense,  provided  that  the  nega- 
tives are  quite  black  in 
the  center  of  the  aper- 
ture. When  they  have 
been  sufficiently  exposed, 
wash  them  several  times 
in  cold  water,  and,  finally, 
with  distilled  water  ;  then 
plunge  them,  while  still 
wet,  into  a  solution  of  one 
part  lunar  caustic  in  four- 
teen parts  water  acidu- 
lated with  one  part  acetic  acid.  It  will  now  be  seen 
that  the  film  is  coated  with  a  precipitate  of  silver 
chromate,  which  is  in  the  highest  degree  non  actin- 
ic, and  is  much  denser  toward  the  side  of  the  plate. 
Should  there  be  a  trace  of  chromium  salt  left,  as  is 
often  the  case,  it  is  of  no  importance  ;  on  the  con- 
trary, \vhen  really  intense  vignetters  are  required,  it  is  no 
necessary  to  thoroughly  wash  out  the  chromium  salt.  Ell 
in  order  to  obtain  the  requisite  transparency  in  the  center 
of  the  plate,  the  whole  of  the  silver  nitrate  must  first  be 
washed  out,  and  then  a  soft  and  strong  hair  brush  dipped 
in  dilute  nitric  acid.  This  is  passed  over  the  plate  with  a 
few  rapid  strokes  in  a  circular  direction  from  the  center 
outward  up  to  the  commencement  of  the  shading,  and  the 
plate  is  then  quickly  rinsed.  With  a  little  skill  a  great  va- 
riety of  effects  may  be  obtained  in  this  way,  and  any  re- 
quired degree  of  shading. 

After  drying,  the  film  is  coated  with  a  little  castor  oH  col- 
lodion, and  then,  if  it  be  desired  to  draw  it  off,  with  a  hot 
twenty  percent,  solution  of  gelatine  to  which  a  small  quan- 
tity of  glycerine  has  been  added.  The  plate  must  be  laid 
horizontal,  and  the  addition  of  a  little  alcohol  to  the  solu- 
tion facilitates  its  flowing.  When  the 
gelatine  is  set,  the  plate  is  placed  for  a 
couple  of  days  to  dry,  and  it  is  again 
coated  with  some  thin  collodion ;  the 
edges  are  then  cut  through,  and  the  film 
is  drawn  off. 

Vi-gogne'.  (Fabric.)  A  silk- 
and-wool,  or  an  all-wool  French 
dress  poods. 

Vig'o-rite.  A  nitre-glycerine 
explosive,  manufactured  at  Marquette. 


Fig.  2515. 


Vine  Puller. 


sents  a  cultivator  as  used  in  the  vineyards  on  the 
Continent  of  Europe. 


Vineyard  Cultivator. 

A  combined  horse-hoe  and  rake,  Fig.  2517,  m 
use  as  a  cultivator  in  French  vineyards. 

Cal.,  Ross "Min.  fy  Sc.  Press,"  xxxvii.  69. 

Vine'yard  Im'ple-ments.    Dr.  Knight's  re- 
Fig.  2517. 


sulphuric  acid.  25  to  50  parts  of  this  mixture,  called  nitro- 
line,  are  mixed  with  15  to  35  parts  of  nitrate  of  potash  and 
15  to  35  parts  of  cellulose. 

Vi-nasse'.  The  residuum  of  the  wash  in  the 
still  after  distillation. 

(Beet-root.)  The  residuum  of  the  distillation  of 
fermented  beet-root  molasses. 

Vine  Pull'er.  A  machine  for  extracting  vines, 
Fig  2515.  A  pair  of  double-grip  pinchers  haiiir  hy 
a  chain  fuom  a  double-pivoted  lever  that  surmounts 
a  truck-frame. 

Vine  Shear.     See  PRUNING  SHEARS. 

Vine'yard  Bisse.  A  French  double  vineyard 
plow. 

Vine'yard  Cul'ti-va'tor.     Fig.  2516  repre- 


Horse  Hoe  and  Rake. 

port  on  agricultural  implements  at  the  Paris  Expo- 
sition of  1878  (see  "Paris  Exposition  (1878)  Re- 
ports," vol.  v.,  pp.  216-223)  describes  and  illustrates 
the  following :  — 

Vineyard  plow,  Moreait^  Chaumier     ....  France. 

Dechausseuse,  Renault- Gottin FrancY-. 

Rechausseuse,  Renault-  Gouin France. 

Plow  for  hilly  ground,  Moreau- Chaumier  .     .  France. 

Vineyard  plow,  Renault- Gonin France. 

Double  mold-board  plow,  Morean- Chaumier  .  France. 
Gang  plow  for  vineyards.  Renault- Gouin  .  .  France. 
Vineyard  plow  of  Burgundy,  Renault-  Gouin  .  France. 
Vineyard  horse-hoe,  Souchu-Pinet  ....  France. 

Vineyard  harrow,  Souchu-Pinrt France. 

Scraper  and  rake,  Renault-  Gouin  ....  France. 
Machine  for  crushing  and  stalking  grapes, 

Chm-anette France. 

Grape  crusher,  Meixmoron  de  Dombasle  .  .  France. 
Grape  mill,  MabiUe  Freres  ,  -  .  France, 

See  also  PRESS. 


VINO-SALORIMETER. 


929 


VISE. 


Vi'no-sal-o-rim'e-ter.  The  vino-salorimeter 
is  a  modification  of  the  old  colorimeter  'of  Payen, 
but  its  dimensions  are  much  smaller,  and  the  addi- 
tion of  the  micrometer  screw  allows  the  depth  of  the 
layer  of  wine  to  be  measured  with  accuracy. 

Vi'o-lin.  For  history  of  the  violin  in  the 
United  States,  see  report  of  H.  K.  Oliver  on  Group 
XXV.,  in  vol.  vii.  of  "Centennial  Exhibition  lie- 
ports^'  p.  48. 

The  President  de  Brosse.s,  "  En  Italic " 
(1739),  mentions  a  virtuoso  in  Florence,  Tag- 
naui.  "  II  a  inventt'-  une  clef  aux  violons 
faites  comme  celles  des  flutes,  qui  s'abaisse 
sur  les  cordes  en  poussaut  le  meuton,  et  fait 
la  sourdine  ;  il  a  assez  ajout<5,  sous  le  cheva- 
let,  sept  petite  cordes  de  cuivre,  et  je  ne  sais 
combien  d'autres  mievrete's.''  1.  272,  ed. 
ls;>.  Didier,  Paris. 

The  invention  of  laying  the  strings  over 
ami  above  each  other  is  certainly  a  very  old 
one.  Even  before  the  invention  of  the  ham- 
mer-piano there  was  added  to  the  bass  strings 
of  the  old  clavichord  a  string  sounding  the 
higher  octave.  This  string  was  fastened  upon 
a  bridge  which  is  situated  In-low  the  lower 
strings  upon  the  sounding-board.  Various 
experiments  to  utilize  the  crossing  of  the 
strings  failed  uttrrh  .  so  that  even  authors 
of  repute  believed  that  strings  lying  above 
each  other  throw  their  respective  vibrations 
into  confusion.  This,  however,  is  not  the 
case,  as  is  sufficiently  proven  by  Helmholtz's 
analysis  of  the  system  of  sound-waves.  This  is  done  no 
more  when  lying  above  each  other  than  by  strings  lying  side 
by  side. 

The  vina  of  India  has  an  antiquity  of  2,500  years  at  least. 
The  bow  is  claimed  to  have  been  invented  in  India. 

Pocket    ....  *  ''•Manufacturer  #  Builder,"  viii.  187. 

Vis-co-sim'e-ter.  The  viscosimeter  is  the 
name  given  to  an  instrument  by  means  of  which 
the  viscosity  of  a  sample  of  beer  can  be  determined. 

It  consists  in  its  simplest  form  of  a  funnel-shaped  vessel, 
the  lower  extremity  of  which  is  drawn  out  to  a  fine  point,  so 
that  the  internal  diameter  is  us  fine  as  a  capillary  tube.  A 
certain  quantity  of  distilled  water  being  placed  in  the  funnel- 
shaped  reservoir,  a  determination  is  made  of  the  quantity 
which  will  run  through  in  a  given  time,  say  five  minutes  : 
for  example,  we  will  assume  this  to  be  21  cubic  centimeters; 
tin;  -aine  quantity  of  Hie  beer  to  be  tested  is  then  placed  in 
the  instrument,  and  an  observation  made  of  the  quantity 
running  through  in  the  same  time,  we  will  suppose  this  to 
have  been  15  cubic  centimeters.  This  viscosity  is  in  inverse 
proportion  to  the  quantity  of  fluid  flowing  through  the  tube 
in  a  given  time  ;  taking  the  viscosity  of  water  at  1,000,  we 
have  the  following  proportion  :  — 

15  :  21  :  :  1000  :  V. 
V  =  1400. 

Many  precautions  have,  of  course,  to  be  taken ;  all  deter- 
minations must  be  made  at  the  same  temperature,  and,  if 
possible,  at  the  same  barometric  pressure;  any  excess  of  car- 
bonic acid  gas  should  be  previously  removed  from  the  beer, 
by  shaking  a  portion  of  it  in  a  bottle  until  ho  more  gas  is 
given  off  ;  if  the  beer  is  at  all  thick  it  must  be  filtered,  other- 
wise some  of  the  suspended  particles  may  mechanically  close 
up  the  capillary  tube.  The  determination  of  the  viscosity 
of  beer  is  of  value  for  many  purposes,  for  any  great  excess  is 
an  unfavorable  sign.  Any  tendency  toward  "  ropiness  "  can 
be  detected  by  this  instrument.  It  would  also  probably  be 
of  considerable  value  to  the  practical  brewer  for  testing  his 
worts,  with  the  view  of  determining  the  dextrine  ratio.  A 
dextrinous  wort  will  run  through  much  slower  than  a  sac- 
charine wort,  and  we  think  some  very  useful  results  might 
be  obtained  by  the  aid  of  this  instrument.  Its  construction 
is  very  simple,  and  any  one  with  but  a  slight  experience  in 
chemical  manipulation  may  make  one  for  himself. 

Vise. 

Fig.  2518  represents  Hall's  sudden  grip  vise.  It  is  intended 
to  save  the  time  used  in  operating  a  screw  vise.  The  mova- 
ble jaw  and  sliding  bar  are  cast  in  one  piece,  with  a  hollow 
chamber  below,  to  contain  the  working  parts  of  the  vise. 
The  stationary  jaw  is  so  cast  that  the  sliding  bar  fits  into  it, 
and  with  a  base  to  fit  the  swivel  plate.  The  lever  has  two 
disk-like  portions  on  each  side  to  fit  into  recesses  in  the 
under  part  of  the  movable  jaw,  and  having  frictional  sur- 
faces around  the  peripheries.  A  band  retains  the  lever  in 
the  recess,  and  an  adjustable  screw  regulates  the  tension  of 
the  band. 

59 


Smith's  heavy  chilled  beam  vise  is  one  with  sufficient 
weight  of  metal  to  give  it  the  inertia  of  an  anvil.  The  jaws 
move  parallel  so  a.s  to  take  a  firm  hold. 

Stevens's  vertical  and  horizontal  vise,  Fig.  2519,  here  illus- 
trated, is  so  hung  upon  an  angular  swivel  that  a  half  revolu- 
tion upon  its  base  brings  the  jaws  from  a  vertical  position 
to  a  horizontal  position.  In  their  passage  from  one  position 
to  the  other,  the  jaws  occupy  every  angle  of  inclination,  and 
the  vise  may  be  fastened  to  its  base  in  any  position.  Our 
illustration  represents  a  jeweler's  portable  or  clamp  vise, 

Fig.  2519. 


Vertical  or  Horizontal  Vise.' 

arranged  to  fasten  to  any  table  without  marring  it.  The 
two  plates  of  the  swivel  are  faced  true,  and  held  together 
very  firmly  by  a  central  bolt,  which  may  be  made  fast  by  a 
tenpenny  nail  as  a  lever  to  turn  the  bolt.  The  larger  vises 
turn  upon  a  large  cylindrical  bearing  which  projects  into 
the  lower  plate,  the  plates  and  bearing  being  turned  true,  and 
the  binding  bolt,  or  nut,  is  turned  by  any  wrench  beneath 
the  bench.  It  may  be  changed  from  one  position  to  the 
other  in  a  few  seconds. 

The  Prentiss  vise,  Fig.  2520,  has  a  back  jaw  that  is  adjust- 
able and  in  use  instantaneously  conforms  by  automatic  ac- 


VISE. 


930 


VOLTAMETER. 


Fig.  2520. 


Angle  Vise. 

tion  to  any  angle,  adjusts  itself,  and  makes  firm  the  object 
held,  whether  it  be  straight,  beveled,  or  wedge-shaped.  Or, 
if  desired,  by  inserting  the  pin  A,  the  jaw  becomes  fixed  and 
immovable,  thus  making  a  perfect  parallel,  or  solid  jaw  vise. 

The  adjustable  jaw,  resting  and  working  as  it  does  upon 
and  Against  the  solid  body  of  the  vise,  is  thereby  rendered 
absolutely  as  strong  and  durable  as  the  old  permanent  jaw. 
By  means  of  the  new  patent  swivel  bottom  this  vise  may  be 
readily  adjusted  to  any  angle,  right  or  left,  at  will  of  opera- 
tor, by  simply  raising"  rachet-pin  B,  which,  on  being  freed, 
is  instantly  forced  home  by  a  spring,  rendering  the  vise  solid 
and  firm  as  if  stationary. 

See  also  under  SUDDEN-GRIP  VISE. 

The  following  are  the  names  of  vises  of  various  designs  :  — 

Parallel  bench  vise,  round  jaws. 

Swivel  bench  vise,  round  jaws,  with  cast-steel  anvil. 

Oval  slide  bench  vise. 

Round  slide,  double  swivel  bench  vise. 

Swivel  bench  vise,  swivel  jaw. 

New  model  swivel  bench  vise. 

Sudden-grip  bench  vise. 

Improved  swivel  bench  vise. 

Stationary  parallel  bench  vise. 

"  Rapid  Transit"  parallel  bench  vise. 

"  Rapid  Transit ''  swivel  bench  vise. 

"  Rapid  Transit ''  woodworkers'  bench  vise. 

Woodworkers'  parallel  bench  vises. 

Woodworkers'  swivel  bench  vise. 

Woodworkers'  swivel  bench  vise,  with  swivel  jaw. 


Newell 

Simpson 

Smith 

Starkey    * 

Zanetti * 

And  anvil  drill  .     .     .     .  * 
Bench,  Hall      .     .    .     .  * 

Parallel,  Fisher      # 

Norris * 

Parallel,  Simpson     .     .  * 

Penfielfl * 

Sinclair * 

Solomon * 

Stevens  .                    .  * 


"Engineer,"  xlii.  42. 
"Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  25. 
"Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  54. 
"Scientific  American,'' xxxix.  370. 
"Scientific  American,"1  xlii.  61. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  130. 
T/ntrston's  "  Vienna  Exp.  Rept.," 
iii.  257. 


Swivel-jaw,  Bonney  .     .  * 


Exp.  Kept.,' 
in.  zyo. 
"Iron  Age,-'  xxii.,  Nov.  14,  p.  5. 


Vise  Cap.  A  brass  cap  for  the  upper  section 
(the  contact  edge)  of  a  vise. 

Vise  Clamp.  A  device  with  serrated  jaws  for 
holding  pipes,  rods,  etc. 

Vise  Clamp.  A  clamp  for  temporarily  fasten- 
ing the  vise  to  the  bench  or  other  object  to  which  it 
is  attached. 

Vis-i-om'e-ter.  An  instrument  by  which  to 
determine  the  numbers  of  lenses. 

A  proposed  formula  of  procedure  is  in  multiply- 
ing the  distance  of  normal  vision  (12°)  by  the  di's- 
tance  of  distinct  vision,  and  dividing  the"  product 
by  the  difference  between  the  two. 

Vode.  (Fabric.)  An  all-wool  French  dress 
fabric  made  for  religieuses. 

Vol'ley    Gun.      (Ordnance.)      See  MITR\IL- 

LEUR. 

Volt.     (Electricity.)     The  practical  unit  of  elec- 


tro-motive force.  Equals  one  hundred  million  abso- 
lute units  of  potential.  1  volt  =  108  (C.  G.  S.).  — 
Gordon. 

Vol-ta'ic  Ar-ma-dil'lo.  (Surgical.)  A  bat- 
tery of  plates  in  a  belt  or  sole,  linked  together  so 
as  to  resemble,  in  a  degree,  the  cuirass  of  an  arma- 
dillo. 

Vol-ta'ic  Fen'cil.  There  is  at  the  present 
time  scarcely  a  single  branch  of  industry  to  which 
electricity  is  not  knding  its  aid.  Art,  however,  has 
thus  far  received  but  little  benefit  from  this  source, 
if  we  except  the  application  of  electricity  to  electro- 
metallurgy. 

An  important  discovery,  however,  has  just  been  made  in 
Paris,  by  M.  Bellet,  whose  invention  consists  of  a  voltaic 
pencil,  by  the  use  of  which  designers  and  draughtsmen  may 
be  enabled  to  dispense  entirely  with  the  aitl  of  the  engraver. 
The  editors  of  "Eltclricite"  state  that  they  have  examined 
beautiful  proofs  of  lithographs  and  etchings  obtained,  with- 
out the  use  of  the  engraver,  by  the  effect  of  a  voltaic  arc 
produced  at  the  point  of  an  ordinary  lead  pencil.  Encour- 
aged by  this  success  the  inventor  has  taken  out  patents  in 
various  countries,  and  a  company  has  been  formed  to  carry 
out  the  process,  which  will  soon  be  placed  before  the  public. 
At  present  there  are  being  prepared  models  of  a  series  of 
apparatus  which  will  allow  any  artist,  however  ignorant  of 
the  mysteries  of  electricity,  to  reproduce  immediately,  and 
without  the  aid  of  any  artisan,  the  most  delicate  and  com- 
plicated drawings  ;  and  this,  too,  by  a  very  simple  process 
and  at  a  very  moderate  price.  By  a  slight  modification  of  the 
system  there  may  be  produced :  1.  Stencils  analogous  to 
those  produced  by  the  Edison  pen  ;  2.  Lithographs  :  3.  Etch- 
ings ;  4.  Stereotypes  for  typographical  work.  The  initiators 
of  this  discovery  are  confident  that  an  entire  revolution  will 
take  place  in  the  process  of  illustrating  papers  by  means  of 
their  electrography.  Either  copper  or  zinc  plates  may  be 
used.  A  late  number  of  "Nature  ''  describes  the  modus  op- 
erandi  as  follows  :  A  thin  sheet  of  paper  is  attached  to  the 
plate.  One  of  the  poles  of  a  Rhumkorft  machine  is  connected 
to  the  plate,  and  the  other  pole  to  the  top  of  the  pen.  The 
electricity  then  runs  through,  making  a  spark  which  perfo- 
rates the  paper  in  whatever  direction  the  artist  directs  the 
pen.  As  soon  as  the  drawing  is  finished,  the  paper  is  rubbed 
over  with  greasy  ink.  laid  on  with  an  ordinary  roller.  The 
paper  is  removed,  and  the  plate  is  dipped  into  the  acid, 
which  cuts  away  those  portions  not  protected  by  the  ink. 
The  light  of  the  spark  is  said  to  be  sufficient  for  the  artist, 
even  when  he  works  in  a  dark  room  ;  and  the  pen  is  stated 
to  be  as  manageable  as  an  ordinary  pencil. 

Vol-ta'ic  Pile.  (Electricity.)  A  number  of 
disks  of  silver  or  copper,  wet  cloth  or  zinc,  in  the 
order  named.  Invented  by  Volta  in  1800.  See 
Fig.  6990,  p.  2714,  "Meek,  bict." 

Also  *  "Scientific  American  Supplement,"  2489. 

Niaudet,  American  translation.  2. 

Ayrton  $  Perry,  "English  Mechanic,''  xxvii.  185. 


Vol-tam'e- 
ter.  Fig.  2521 
represents  a  det- 
onating voltam- 
eter. 

The  following  ex- 
periment, due  to  SI. 
Berlin,  is  but  little 
known,  yet  is  ex- 
ceedingly interest- 
ing, inasmuch  as  it 
puts  on  evidence  cer- 
tain phenomena  con- 
nected with  the  po- 
larization of  elec- 
trodes which  always 
t-ike  place  under  dif- 
ferent  conditions. 
The  simple  appara- 
tus, represented  in 
the  engraving,  con- 
sists of  an  inverted 
bell  glass,  G,  closed 
with  a  cork,  through 
which  pass  two  pla- 
tinum wires  provided 
at  their  ends  with 
broad  plates,  H  O, 
of  the  same  metal. 
It  is  supported  by  a 


Fig.  2521. 


Voltameter. 


VOLTAMETER. 


931 


VULCANIZING. 


glass  tube,  T,  open  at  both  ends,  and  fixed  in  the  cork 
which  closes  the  mouth  of  a  test  glass  E.  Two  wires  from 
the  batteries  are  connected  with  the  platinum  wires  by 
means  of  ordinary  binding  screws.  The  bell  glass  G  is 
filled  with  water  acidulated  with  one  tenth  of  its  volume 
of  sulphuric  acid.  If  this  mixture  be  now  decomposed  by  a 
strong  current  from  a  Bunsen  battery  of  50  elements,  the 
water  will  be  seen  to  lower  very  rapidly  ;  and  when  the 
bell  glass  is  almost  full  of  gas,  the  mixture  will  detonate 
spontaneously,  and  be  seen  to  take  fire.  This  experiment  is 
not  attended  with  any  danger  whatever  ;  the  recomposition 
of  the  products  of  electrolysis  takes  place  immediately,  and 
during  the  passage  of  the  current.  It  is  necessary  that  this 
polarization  current  should  have  a  certain  tension  :  the  phe- 
nomenon does  not  take  place  with  a  battery  of  30  elements, 
but  is  at  once  spontaneously  produced  when  the  20  elements 
that  are  necessary  to  make  up  the  complement  are  added. 
With  30  elements",  instead  of  a  detonation,  there  will  be  ob- 
served a  phenomenon  of  a  different  nature,  but  none  the 
less  curious.  The  water,  which  at  first  lowers  very  rapidly 
to  some  millimeters  below  the  platinum  plates,  all  at  once 
stops,  in  spite  of  the  disengagement  of  gas  on  the  wires. 
The  plates  recompose  above  what  the  wives  decompose  below. 

By  using  pure  water  the  decomposition  takes  place  more 
slowly,  and  the  detouation  is  not  produced,  even  with  50° 
Bunsen  elements.  Still ,  a  curious  phenomenon  is  produced : 
the  water  lowers  to  the  base  of  the  plates,  and  then  does 
nothing  but  oscillate  between  the  base  and  top  of  these. 
The  water  is  decomposed  below  and  recomposed  above.  A 
weaker  current,  of  30  elements,  decomposes  the  whole. 

These  curious  phenomena  are  due  to  the  polarization  of 
the  electrodes  and  not  to  the  catalytic  force  of  the  platinum, 
for  they  may  be  obtained  with  electrodes  of  various  metals. 

Edison "Manuf.  $  Builder,''  x.  230. 

Detonating,  Berlin,  Fr. .  *  "Engineer"  xlvi.  123. 
Exploding,  Berlin      .     .  *"  Telegraphic  Journal,"  vi.  399. 

Vo-lute'  Spring.  A  spring  made  of  a  flat  bar 
of  steel  coiled  with  a  kind  of  scroll  resembling  the 
volutes  used  as  an  ornament  iu  the  capitals  of  an- 
cient Roman  and  Grecian  architecture.  The  coil 
is  made  in  a  conical  form  so  that  the  spring  can  be 
compressed  in  the  direction  of  the  axis  around 
which  it  is  coiled. 

Vul'can-ite.  Sulphide  of  caoutchouc ;  sul- 
phur and  india-rubber. 

India-rubber  in  its  crude  state  becomes  soft  when  subjected 
to  heat,  and  very  hard  and  rigid  when  exposed  to  severe  cold  ; 
but,  by  the  vulcanizing  process  invented  by  the  late  Mr. 
Charles  Goodyear,  —  which  consists  of  incorporating  with 
the  rubber  a  small  proportion  of  sulphur,  and  subjecting  it 
to  from  250D  to  300°  of  heat  for  several  hours,.— it  is  ren- 
dered uniformly  elastic  when  exposed  to  the  most  intense 
cold  or  to  any  reasonable  degree  of  heat.  Steam  "  heaters  '• 
for  vulcanizing  are  of  cylindrical  form,  5'  to  6'  in  diameter 
and  over  50'  long.  These  heaters  are  of  wrought  iron,  one 
end  opening  on  hinges,  and  through  this  open  end  the  goods 
to  be  vulcanized  are  run  iu  on  a  railway  carriage.  The  end  or 
door  is  then  closed,  and  the  steam  let  on  and  maintained  at  the 
proper  temperature,  ascertained  by  the  aid  of  thermometers 
placed  in  the  top  of  the  heater,  until  the  articles  in  it  are 
thoroughly  vulcanized.  Vulcanizing  under  the  pressure  of 
metallic  molds  or  sheets  imparts  to  the  articles  so  vulcanized 
a  solidity  and  quality  not  otherwise  obtainable.  In  the  man- 
ufacture of  rubber 'from  3  to  10  per  cent,  of  sulphur,  and 
various  metallic  oxides  —  chiefly  lead  and  zinc  —  are  com- 
bined with  it :  the  quantity  of  the  latter  depending  on  the 
degree  of  elasticity  and  other  properties  required  in  the  arti- 
cle to  be  manufactured  ;  and  to  judiciously  combine  these 
substances  with  the  rubber  in  suitable  proportions  to  pro- 
duce the  desired  end,  as  well  as  in  properly  vulcanizing  it 
afterwards,  requires  great  experience  and  skill.  A  certain 
degree  of  honesty  on  the  part  of  the  manufacturer  is  also  es- 
sential to  abstain  from  introducing  more  adulterating  sub- 
stances into  his  "  compounds."  and  thus  cheapen  the  prod- 
uct at  the  expense  of  its  quality  :  and  we  are  sorry  to  say 
that  this  latter  practice  is  carried 'to  excess  by  some  ignorant 
or  unscrupulous  manufacturers,  whose  aim  appears  to  be  to 
make  — what  always  proves  very  expensive  to  the  consumer 
—  a  low  priced  article  regardless  of  its  quality,  with  a  view 
of  underselling  more  reputable  and  skillful  manufacturers. 

It  is  a  common  error  with  persons  not  conversant  with  the 
subject,  to  suppose  that  rubber  in  being  manufactured  is 
treated  with  solvents,  and  can  therefore,  if  necessary,  be  run 
into  a  mold  like  molten  lead ;  but  this  is  entirely  a  mistake, 
as  since  Mr.  Goodyear's  invention  of  vulcanizing  rubber  no 
solvents  have  been  used  in  its  manufacture,  the  entire  mix- 
ing being  done  by  the  operations  of  machinery,  after  the 
manner  of  mixing  dough  for  bread ;  and  at  no  stage  of  the 
process  up  to  the  time  of  vulcanizing  is  the  rubber  softer 
than  stiff  dough,  and  consequently  it  has  to  be  pressed  and 
molded  into  the  various  forms  required. 


Vul'can-ized  Fi'ber.  Paper,  paper  pulp,  or 
other  vegetable  fibrous  substance  that  has  been  so 
prepared  by  saturation,  and  coating  with  chloride 
of  zinc,  or  chlorides  of  tin,  calcium,  magnesium,  or 
aluminum,  etc.,  as  to  give  it  iu  a  measure  metallic 
toughness  and  strength. 

Vul'caii-ized  Glass.  This  invention  consists 
in  the  sudden  cooling  of  all  kinds  of  glass  (in  pro- 
portion to  the  temperature  at  which  they  must  be 
worked),  at  a  temperature  relatively  high  in  rela- 
tion to  their  qualities,  by  plunging  them  into  baths 
composed,  when  the  glass  consists  chiefly  of  silicates 
of  potassa  and  of  lead,  of  the  following'substances  : 
cheap  oils  or  fats,  and  by  preference  paraffine 
heated  from  450°  to  550°  F. ;  glycerine,  among 
other  advantages,  is  not  so  liable  to  catch  fire,  and 
lias  more  favorable  properties  in  regard  to  the  tem- 
perature at  which  the  glass  has  to  be  worked ;  gly- 
cerine can  easily  be  maintained  at  a  temperature  of 
480°  F.,  which  is  its  boiling  point,  when  an  addition 
of  basic  salt  raises  its  boiling  point  to  a  constant 
temperature  of  530°  to  600°  F.  The  silicates  of 
potassa  and  lime,  and  the  silicates  of  carbonate  of 
soda  and  lime,  require  a  much  higher  temperature. 
Hydrated  sulphuric  acid  boiling  at  600°  to  640°  F. 
can  be  used  with  advantage.  The  silicate  of  soda 
and  of  lime,  which  melts  at  1,200°  to  2,300°  F.,  must 
be  cooled  in  melted  saltpeter,  or  in  an  alloy  of  met- 
als composed  of  antimony  and  tin,  which  melts  at 
460°  to  680°  F.,  while  for  the  silicates  of  borax  and 
baryta  the  cooling  has  to  be  done  by  an  amalgam 
of  lead  and  antimony,  the  melting  point  of  which  is 
750°  F. 

Vul'caii-iz-iiig.  In  vulcanizing  caoutchouc 
the  purified  and  masticated  gum  is  kneaded  on 
warm  rolls  with  the  proper  proportion  of  flowers  of 
sulphur.  Other  substances,  as  whiting,  white  lead, 
litharge,  zinc  oxide,  disintegrated  refuse  rubber 
(vulcanized),  etc.,  are  often  added  to  increase  the 
volume  of  the  product  and  economize  the  more 
costly  caoutchouc.  Lead  compounds  blacken  the 
goods  through  the  formation  of  lead  sulphide. 

The  heating  or  vulcanizing  is  conducted  in  strong  cast-iron 
cylinders,  one  end  of  which  is  movable  and  serves  as  a  door. 
The  goods  to  be  vulcanized  are  loaded  upon  a  car  and  run  in 
upon  a  railway  extending  along  the  bottom  of  the  chamber. 
Powdered  steatite  (soapstone)  is  freely  used  to  prevent  adhe- 
sion of  the  different  articles,  the  goods  often  being  packed 
in  boxes  filled  with  this  substance.  When  the  heater  is 
charged  and  the  door  made  fast,  high  pressure  steam  is  ad- 
mitted until  the  desired  temperature  is  attained.  This  varies 
somewhat  with  the  character  of  the  articles — according  to 
Ilr.  Chandler,  five  hours  at  240°  Fah.  is  said  to  be  the  temper- 
ature for  fire  hose.  In  factories  where  smaller  articles  are 
made,  the  goods  are  generally  exposed  in  the  heaters  for  four 
to  four  and  one  half  hours,  the  temperature,  at  first  about 
250°,  gradually  being  auguiented  to  275°  Fah.,  at  the  termi- 
nation of  the  operation.  A  temperature  exceeding  280°  Fah. 
injures  the  goods.  Hard  rubber,  vulcanite,  or  ebonite  differs 
from  ordinary  vulcanized  rubber  only  in  that  a  much  larger 
proportion  of  sulphur  enters  into  its  composition  and  the  vul- 
canizing process  is  conducted  at  a  more  elevated  temperature. 
Usually  the  caoutchouc  has  incorporated  with  it  half  its 
weight  of  sulphur  :  but,  as  in  the  preparation  of  soft  rub- 
ber, various  foreign  substances  —  metallic  sulphides  and  ox- 
ides, shellac,  asphaltuin,  etc.  — are  often  added.  Mixed  with 
a  litharge  it  becomes  very  black;  with  sulphide  of  mercury 
(vermilion),  bright  red  ;  and  composition  similar  to  the  red 
vulcanite  used  for  dental  purposes  is  prepared  with  six  parts 
of  sulphur,  sixteen  of  caoutchouc  and  eleven  or  twelve  of. 
vermilion. 

The  vulcanizing  operation  is  usually  conducted  at  tem- 
peratures increasing  from  275°  Fah.  to  305°  Fah.,  the  time 
required  being  about  six  hours.  The  articles  are  packed  in 
steatite  or  supported  in  water  trays  in  the  vulcanizer,  and, 
if  to  present  a  glossy  exterior,  are  sometimes  enveloped  in 
thick  tin  foil. 

Thin  sheets  of  rubber  or  small  articles  are  sometimes  vul- 
canized by  what  is  called  the  cold  process  (Parks's).  In  this 
the  caoutchouc  is  simply  immersed  in  a  mixture  of  forty 
parts  of  carbon  disulphide  or  benzolene  and  one  part  of  sul- 
phur chloride.  It  is  next  placed  in  a  room  heated  to  70° 
Fah..  and  when  all  the  carbon  sulphide  has  been  volatilized 


VULCANIZING. 


932 


WALL  PAPER. 


the  process  is  in  so  far  complete  that  it  is  only  requisite  to 
boil  the  material  in  one  pound  of  caustic  potash  in  about  2 
gallons  of  water,  the  vulcanized  caoutchouc  being  next 
washed  to  remove  excess  of  alkali.  The  results  of  this  treat- 
ment are  not  always  satisfactory,  owing  to  the  superficial  ac- 
tion of  the  vulcanizing  substances. 


Vul'can-iz-ing  Flask.  Hayes's  flask  and  clamp 
is  intended  for  vulcanizing  ovens,  boilers,  etc.  The 
lug  joint  of  the  clamp  is  so  constructed  that  all 
the  strain  comes  on  the  casting.  The  pin  only 
serves  to  keep  the  lug  in  place  when  not  in  use. 


w. 


WabTale  Saw.  One  set  at  an  angle  to  the 
arbor,  to  cut  a  wide  kerf  or  groove. 

Wag'on  Box  Rod  Plate.  The  washers  at- 
tached to  the  wagon  box  on  which  the  rod-nut 
turns. 

Wag'on  Seat.  Fig.  2522  shows  a  lap  seat 
spring  that  is  hinged  in  front  so  as  to  make  a  turn- 
over seat. 

Fig.  2522. 


Wagon  Seat. 

Walk'er  Bat'tery.  (Electricity.)  A  modifica- 
tion of  the  small  battery  in  which  the  negative 
plate  of  platinum  is  replaced  by  platinized  carbon 
of  the  gas  retort. 

Niaudet,  Am.  trans.,  p.  56. 

Walk'ing  Cul'ti-va'tor.  A  corn  cultivator  or 
plow  with  which  the  driver  walks,  in  contradistinc- 
tion to  a  sulky  cultivator,  in  which  he  rides. 

Wall  Crane.  One  affixed  to  a  wall  as  a  hand 
power  foundry  or  forge  wall  crane.  It  is  attached 
to  a  wall  or  column  so  as  to  command  a  sweep 
over  a  given  area,  an  overhead  traveler  reaching 
the  nearer  positions. 

Wall  En'gine.  One  attached  to  a  wall,  usually 
vertical  and  serving  either  to  drive  shafting,  or  sup- 
ply feed-water  to  a  boiler.  See  instances  in 
Aimer's. 

"Engineer" *  xlv.  393. 

Wall  Knot.  The  wall  knot,  either  single  or 
double,  forms  a  handsome  ending  to  a  rope.  To 
make  a  single  wall  untwist  the  ends  of  a  rope  —  in 
half-inch  rope  the  strands  must  be  untwisted  for  ten 
or  twelve  inches  —  and  make  a  bight  with  the  first 
strand  ;  pass  the  second  strand  over  the  end  of  the 
first,  and  the  third  strand  over  the  end  of  the  sec- 
ond and  through  the  bight  of  the  first,  then  haul 
tight. 

"Wall  and  Crown.  This  knot  should  be  fin- 
ished with  a  crown  :  Lay  the  first  strand  over  the 
walling,  the  second  strand  across  over  the  first, 
and  the  third  strand  across  over  the  second  and 
through  the  bight  of  the  first ;  then  haul  the  ends 
«g£t>  Pinching  the  knot  into  shape  as  you  haul. 
When  it  is  made  snug  and  tight,  cut  the  ends  of 
the  strands  off  close  to  the  crown. 


A  double  wall  knot  is  made  over  a  single  wall  by 
passing  the  ends,  singly,  close  underneath  the  first 
wall,  and  thrusting  them  up  through  the  middle, 
the  last  end  coming  up  under  two  bights,  then  finish 
witli  a  crown. 

"Wall  Pa'per.  Ornamented  paper  for  deco- 
rating the  walls  and  ceilings  of  rooms. 

Paper-hangings  are  necessarily  divided  into  two  chinos  — 
hand-printed  papers  and  those  made  by  machinery.  These 
papers  differ  materially  from  each  other  in  cost  of  manufac- 
ture and  durability  when  in  use  ;  a  nan '.-printed  paper  being 
worth,  at  least,  twice  as  much,  and  frequently  twenty  times 
as  much,  as  the  same  pattern  would  be  if  produced  "by  ma- 
chinery, and,  as  it  is  frequently  impossible  for  a  person  un- 
acquainted with- the  trade  to  detect  the  one  from  the  other, 
especially  if  the  two  modes  of  manufacture  are  mixed,  great 
care  ought  to  be  exercised  in  the  purchase  of  paper-hang- 
ings ;  the  fact  being  that  very  few  dealers  are  aware  of  the 
class  of  goods  of  which  their  stocks  are  composed,  and  hence 
arises  the  great  differences  in  the  estimates  supplied  by  com- 
peting paper-hangers.  The  public  will  do  well,  therefore, 
to  deal  only  with  practical  men.  The  cause  of  this  great 
difference  we  will  now  endeavor  to  find  out. 

There  are  various  kinds  of  paper-hangings  made  in  this 
country,  all  of  which  are  made  in  pieces  of  eight  yards  long, 
or  double  pieces,  sixteen  yards  long.  In  France  the  standard 
length  is  nine  yards,  and  in  England  twelve.  The  cheapest 
kinds  of  paper-hangings  are  those  manufactured  by  machin- 
ery, in  which  case  the  design  is  cutupon  a  cylinder,  or  rather 
a  series  of  cylinders,  for  each  color  requires  a  separate  cylin- 
der. The  cylinders,  when  set  in  motion,  are  filled  with  color 
much  after  the  manner  in  which  a  printing  machine  is  sup- 
plied with  ink.  The  papers  are  run  off  some  hundreds  of 
yards  long,  and  are  then  cut  to  the  required  length  of  a  piece. 
A  machine  will  print  some  thousands  of  pieces  in  a  day,  com- 
plete with  all  their  colors,  while  a  man  will  not  hand-print 
more  than  one  hundred,  and  that  in  one  color  only  ;  but  then 
the  machine-printer  must  use  his  colors  so  composed  that 
they  will  flow  into  the  machine  in  a  state  something  like 
printers'  ink,  and  must  only  use  such  binding  materials  for 
sizing  his  colors  as  will  not  he  impaired  by  being  subjected 
to  the  great  heat  to  which  the  paper  so  made  must  be  sub- 
jected in  the  drying  process.  Now  all  this  is  exceedingly  in- 
jurious to  colors,  and  very  much  affects  their  durability  and 
softness  of  tone ;  hence  the  extremely  fugitive  character  of 
all  paper  made  by  this  process.  The  hand-printer,  on  the 
other  hand,  can  use  his  colors  in  considerable  thickness,  and 
as  he  only  puts  in  one  color  at  a  time,  and  then  allows  his 
work  to  dry  in  the  ordinary  temperature  of  a  room,  before 
he  adds  the  next  color,  he  can  use  as  a  binding  medium  a 
well-made  spetch  size,  and  thus  produce  firmness  and  stabil- 
ity of  color  ;  and  as  he  only  lays  on  one  color  at  a  time,  he 
secures  clearness  and  delicacy  of  outline  utterly  unapproach- 
able in  machine-made  papers  ;  in  fact,  the  one  will  last  ten 
years  without  fading  where  the  other  would  not  be  fit  to  look 
at  in  three. 

Block-made  papers  are  composed  of  various  qualities  of 
cartridge-paper,  upon  which  a  solid  flat  ground  of  distemper 
is  laid,  and  the  design  stamped  upon  it  with  a  block  upon 
which  the  pattern  has  been  cut.  According  to  the  quality 
of  the  cartridge-paper  and  ground-work,  as  also  the  number 
of  times  it  must  go  through  the  stamping  process  to  produce 
the  various  tints  and  shading  of  the  pattern,  is  the  price  of 
this  kind  of  paper-hanging  regulated. 

The  next  class  of  papers  is  composed  of  those  that  have 
satin  grounds,  the  luster  of  which  is  produced  by  friction. 
These  grounds  are  often  embossed  with  patterns,  some  of 
which  represent  watered  silk,  and  others  a  flowered  or  striped 
pattern.  Upon  this  a  colored  pattern  is  printed  in  distem- 
per, in  the  same  way  as  upon  the  plain  grounds.  This  class 
of  paper-hangings  is  of  all  others  the  best,  as  it  is  the  most 
impervious  to  the  absorption  of  moisture  from  the  atmos- 
phere, the  most  easily  cleaned,  and  decidedly  the  most  du- 
rable. 

Another  class  of  papers  is  that  called  "  floured  "  or  "  vel- 
vet "  paper,  and  is  produced  by  the  pattern  being  stamped  on 
any  description  of  ground-work  with  Japan  gold-size,  and 
dyed  wool,  ground  into  a  powder,  shaken  over  it  while  the 
pattern  is  wet.  This  woolen  powder,  which  is  called  "  flour," 
then  adheres  to  the  Japan  gold-size,  which  forms  the  figure 


WALL  PAPER. 


933 


WALL  PAPER. 


of  the  pattern.  When  dry,  the  loose  "flour"  is  dusted  off 
and  the  pattern  is  generally  then  enriched  by  the  application 
of  additional  blocks,  with  color  or  dry  ;  in  the  latter  case 
the  "  flour  •'  receives  an  impression  which  considerably  en- 
hances its  effect.  It  is  this  class  of  "  flour-paper  ':  to  which 
Scott's  new  process  applies.  Several  coatings  of  "  flour  " 
are  added  one  upon  the  other,  until  a  considerable  amount 
of  relief  is  obtained.  The  whole  surface  is  then  sized  and 
painted,  and  a  very  handsome  and  durable  wall  surface  pro- 
duced. 

The  next  class  of  wall-papers  embraces  those  in  which  the 
pattern  is  either  wholly  or  partially  produced  by  metal.  The 
metal  is  either  applied  in  powder,  in  a  similar  manner  to 
"flour,"  orjn  leaves,  like  those  of  gold.  This  metallic 
powder  is  bisulphurate  of  tin,  and  the  leaf  metal  is  made  of 
line  copper,  or  a  mixture  of  copper  with  zinc,  till,  or  some 
other  metal  that  will  give  it  more  the  color  of  gold  than  when 
in  its  natural  state.  These  metals  are  often  added  to  colored 
and  floured  patterns.  Paper-hangings  upon  which  leaf  metal 
is  employed  are  much  more  expensive  than  those  done  with 
the  metallic  powder  only  ;  but  the  leaf  kind  has  much  greater 
brilliancy,  and  is  more  durable  than  the  other,  especially  — 
if  —  as  is  now  very  frequently  the  case  —  the  pattern  be 
stamped  into  the  gold  with  a  die.  Many  papers  so  produced 
are  exceedingly  beautiful,  and  are  known  as  "stamped 
golds/'  —  American  Builder. 

Paper  has  been  used  as  a  wall  covering  by  the  Chinese 
from  time  immemorial.  It  was  introduced  in  Europe,  as  a 
substitute  for  the  ancient  tapestry  hangings,  by  the  French, 
among  whom  its  manufacture  has  always  been  a  prominent 
industry.  Paris  contains  numerous  factories,  employing 
over  3,000  workmen,  and  several  large  establishments  exist 
in  the  southern  cities  of  France. 

In  New  York  City  three  factories  are  in  operation.  Phila- 
delphia has  six,  producing  annually  paper  hangings  to  the 
value  of  fSOO.OOO. 

Wall  paper  is  prepared  in  several  different  ways.  The 
cheap  varieties  are  rapidly  printed  by  ingenious  machinery, 
but  for  the  more  elegant  and  elaborate  patterns  hand-labor 
is  almost  invariably  used.  The  paper  is  procured  by  the 
manufacturer  in  large  endless  rolls,  weighing  some  80  to  85 
Ibs.  each.  In  this  condition,  if  of  fine  quality,  it  costs  about 
17  rents  per  pound;  if  ordinary  or  cheap,  the  price  fluctu- 
ates according  to  the  market. 

The  designs  to  )"•  printed  are  prepared  as  follows  :  Sketches 
of  the  different  patterns  are  made  in  this  country  by  artists 
employed  for  the  purpose.  These,  on  being  approved,  are 
forwarded  to  France,  where  elaborate  drawings  are  made 
from  them.  Earh  color  entering  into  the  design  must  be 
printed  separately  ,*o  that  there  must  necessarily  be  as  many 
blocks  or  types  prepared  to  make  the  impressions  as  there 
are  tints  in  the  pattern.  The  blocks  are  constructed  of  two 
layers  of  wood,  a  thin  piece  of  maple  fastened  to  a  thicker 
backing  of  pine  board.  Each  block  is  about  20"  wide.  '!' 
long  and  l.V'  to  2"  in  thickness.  On  the  maple,  all  of  the 
design  to  l.e  printed  in  a  single  color  is  drawn  and  after- 
wards cut  out  I >y  engravers,  or  rather  wood  carvers,  so  that 
the  lines  are  left  in  high  relief.  When  the  carving  is  com- 
pleted, the  work  is  brushed  over  with  boiled  oil,  and,  when 
dry,  sent  to  the  printer  for  use. 

The  paint  employed  for  coloring  the  paper  is  ground  color 
mixed  with  warm  size  and  passed  through  several  sieves  so 
that  it  is  rendered  perfectly  smooth  and  free  from  lumps. 

The  design  being  decided  upon,  the  block  carved,  and  the 
paint  mixed,  the  first  process  the  paper  has  to  undergo  is  its 
uniform  covering  with  a  ground  tint.  This  is  effected  by 
pa.-sing  the  paper  over  an  endless  rubber  belt  working  on 
rollers.  A  copper  cylinder  at  one  end  of  the  machine  used 
for  the  purpose  rotates  in  a  box  of  prepared  color.  From 
the  cylinder,  the  paint  is  distributed  to  revolving  brushes, 
by  which  it  is  applied  to  the  paper  passing  over  the  belt. 
As  the  paper  issues  from  the  machine  it  is  drawn  out  along 
the  loft  and  then  hung  up,  in  festoons  over  sticks  resting  on 
long  frames,  to  dry.  It  is  then  wound  on  a  large  reel  from 
which  it  is  cut  by  boys  into  pieces  of  eight  yards  in  length. 

In  case  a  pattern  resembling  oak  wood  is  to  be  applied  to 
the  paper,  another  machine  is  employed.  The  paper  is 
passed  around  a  large  cylinder,  receiving  an  impression  re- 
sembling the  grain  of  oak  from  ji  smaller  revolving  wooden 
cylinder,  which  is  suitably  engraved  and  covered  with  the 
proper  colored  paint. 

The  rolls  of  paper,  as  they  are  wound  by  the  boys  from 
the  large  reel,  are  sent  to  a  workshop  below,  where  they  are 
stamped  with  the  patterns.  This  process  is  done  by  hand. 
The  workman  stands  before  a  table  over  which  passes  the 
paper.  Hanging  above  the  table,  supported  by  an  india-rub- 
ber cord,  is  the  block  on  which  the  design  is  carved.  The 
upper  end  of  the  rubber  cord  is  attached  to  a  small  wheel 
traveling  on  an  iron  guide,  so  that  the  block  may  be  swung 
from  the  table  over  to  the  place  where  it  receives  its  cover- 
ing of  color. 

The  method  of  making  the  impression  is  very  simple. 
The  paint  is  obtained  from  what  is  termed  the  "  slush  box," 
which  consists  of  a  shallow  box,  the  bottom  of  which  is  cov- 
ered with  painted  ticking  made  water-tight.  This  box  floats 


on  water  contained  in  a  larger  box,  so  that  its  bottom  is  al- 
ways perfectly  level.  Inside  of  the  first  mentioned  box  is 
placed  a  piece  of  woolen  cloth  on  which  the  paint  is  uni- 
formly distributed.  The  workman  first  places  the  paper 
across  his  table,  then  swings  the  block  over  to  the  slush  box, 
and  brings  its  carved  side  down  on  the  paint.  Next  he  car- 
ries the  block  back  again,  and  places  it  on  the  paper,  of 
course  using  great  care  in  the  registering  so  that  the  im- 
pression may  fall  exactly  on  the  right  place.  A  vertical 
movable  arm  attached  to  a  frame  above  is  now  rested  upon 
the  back  of  the  block,  and  forced  down  by  means  of  a  lever 
worked  by  the  foot  of  the  operator,  thus  completing  the 
impression.  This  process  is  repeated  until  the  whole  piece 
is  covered  with  the  pattern,  when  it  is  hung  up  for  from 
five  to  ten  days  until  perfectly  dry. 

If  the  design  is  to  be  gilded,  the  parts  which  are  to  receive 
the  gold  leaf  are  printed  in  the  same  manner  as  above  de- 
scribed, only  glue  size  is  used  instead  of  paint  in  the  im- 
pression. Gold  leaf  is  afterwards  applied  by  girls  in  the 
ordinary  method. 

Satin  papers  are  sometimes  prepared  by  mixing  with  the 
coloring  matter  sulphate  of  alumina  and  finishing  off  with  a 
brush.  Velvet  or  flock  paper  resembling  velvet  plush  is 
made  after  printing  the  colors,  by  fixing  to  the  surface  some 
finely  ground  fibers  of  wool  of  the  proper  hue,  by  means  of 
glue  or  white  lead  and  oil. 

Paper  after  being  printed  is  also  often  embossed  by  being 
passed  between  steel  rollers  on  which  a  design  has  been  en- 
graved. 

The  great  care  which  is  exerted  in  printing  the  many  tints 
of  the  more  elaborate  decorations  has  rendered  hand  labor 
necessary  in  place  of  machine  power ;  but  the  expense  of 
producing  the  material  has  of  course  been  proportionally  in- 
creased: Large  quantities  of  the  finer  qualities  of  hangings 
are  imported  hither  from  France,  but  it  is  a  well-known  fact 
that  much  that  is  represented  as  of  French  manufacture  is 
in  reality  made  in  just  such  establishments  and  by  the  same 
processes  as  above  described. 

Of  late  paper  has  been  printed  in  patterns  which  have 
been  suitable  for  theatrical  scenery.  At  Booth's  theater, 
several  of  the  handsomest  scenes  are  thus  made,  while  in 
Wallack's  the  decoration  of  the  entire  auditorium  is  in 
paper. 

In  price  the  fine  grades  of  wall  paper  vary  according  to 
quality,  but  average  from  25  cents  to  $4.50  per  roll  of  8 
yards. 

Paper  is  extensively  used  in  Japanese  houses  as  a  substi- 
tute for  glass  in  the  windows  and  sliding  doors,  and  possesses 
not  only  the  advantage  of  an  immunity  from  breakage  by 
the  frequent  earthquakes,  but  also  occasions  only  a  small 
loss  when  the  house  burns  down,  which  happens  often 
enough.  Whatever  may  be  its  drawbacks,  the  use  of  paper 
for  the  above  purpose  is  intimately  connected  with  the  sys- 
tem of  house  building  in  Japan ;  and  it  will  be  long  be- 
fore it  is  entirely  abandoned. 

Wall  papers  are  used  in  all  the  houses,  and  are  manufac- 
tured, not  in  rolls,  but  in  small  sheets  ornamented  with  all 
kinds  of  designs  printed  from  wooden  blocks,  on  which  the 
pattern  has  been  cut  in  relief.  The  colors  having  been 
mixed  with  some  thickening  paste,  are  applied  to  the  block, 
either  by  means  of  a  brush  or  by  tamping  ;  after  which  the 
paper  sheet  is  laid  on  the  block  and  rubbed  with  a  flat  rub- 
ber lined  with  the  smooth  bud-scales  of  bamboo,  and  used 
like  a  printer's  ball.  Very  fine  white  mica  powder  is  ap- 
plied to  the  wall  paper,  and  produces  a  metallic  luster  re- 
sembling silver. 

The  crape-paper,  which  is  a  most  perfect  imitation  of  the 
real  crape,  is  made  by  a  very  ingenious  and  most  simple 
process.  In  the  first  place,  that  which  may  be  called  the 
matrix-paper  is  prepared  by  laying  a  moistened  sheet  of  strong 
paper  on  a  wooden  board  cut  with  fine  grooves,  running 
parallel  or  crossing  one  another  at  very  small  angles,  and  by 
beating  it  with  hard  brushes,  so  as  to  force  it  into  these 
grooves.  It  is  then  painted  over  with  the  frequently  men- 
tioned "  shibu,"  in  consequence  of  which  operation  the  pa- 
per becomes  so  elastic  that  when  let  go  after  having  been 
stretched  out,  it  refolds  itself.  For  the  production  of  crape, 
several  sheets  of  thin  moistened  paper  are  laid,  alternately 
with  sheets  of  the  above-mentioned  matrix-paper,  one  upon 
the  other.  The  package  is  then  wound  on  to  a  round  piece 
of  wood,  and  pressed  several  times  with  a  strong  lever,  as  if 
it  were  to  be  stripped  off  from  this  piece  of  wood.  By  means 
of  this  operation,  the  soft  and  moistened  paper  is  forced  into 
the  folds  of  the  matrix,  and  consequently  folded  in  a  similar 
manner.  By  repeating  this  manipulation  10  or  12  times, 
each  time  unrolling  it  in  order  to  change  the  position  of  the 
paper  between  the  sheets  of  matrix-paper,  and  by  winding 
it  again  on  the  piece  of  wood,  the  paper  becomes  gradually 
folded  in  all  directions,  the  intersecting  points  of  all  these 
folds  producing  the  craped  surface.  Naturally,  this  process 
causes  the  paper  to  shrink  considerably.  This  kind  of 
craping  is  done  with  printed  pictures,  and  also  with  colored 
papers,  which  are  used  for  coiffures. 

The  paper  imitations  of  leather  are  made  in  the  same  man- 
ner, but  of  stronger  paper.  After  it  has  been  craped,  it  is 


WALL  PAPER. 


934     WALL  PAPER  STICKING  MACHINE. 


beaten  with  hard  brushes  into  the  molds  which  produce  the 
relief  patterns  ;  and  these  designs  are  afterwards  painted  as 
required,  with  the  help  of  •'  shibu,"  or  the  "Ye-no-abura," 
and  lacquer. 

Paper  is  also  often  used  as  a  substitute  for  cloth,  for  um- 
brellas, rain-coats,  etc.,  and  even  for  dress  cloth.  "  Shibu," 
and  the  "Ye-no-abura,"  are  the  means  employed  for  render- 
ing the  paper  waterproof.  This  cloth  is  generally  made  of 
paper  alone,  by  beating  it  to  make  it  soft,  and  impregnating 
it  with  gummy  substances,  to  make  it  more  resistant  to  the 
action  of  water.  Another  kind  of  cloth,  called  "shifu," 
consists  of  silk  warp  and  paper  woof.  The  paper  is  cut  into 
fine  strips,  twisted  together  into  threads,  and  -spooled  for 
weaving.  Paper  strings,  of  great  regularity,  great  strength, 
and  prettily  colored,  are  made  in  a  similar  manner,  and  were 
formerly  used  in  large  quantities  for  tying  up  the  hair. 
They  are  now  only  used  for  tying  presents  and  other  small 
parcels. 

A  veneered  wall  paper  is  also  made.  The  wood  is  cut  to 
the  thickness  of  paper,  and  by  a  peculiar  process  stuck  on 
the  paper,  which  serves  as  a  protection  against  the  influence 
of  the  walls  on  the  graining  and  color  of  the  wood.  The 
delicacy  of  the  machinery  employed  in  cutting  so  thin  a  ve- 
neer may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that  200  leaves  are  cut 
out  of  an  inch  of  white  maple  wood,  and  125  out  of  wood 
with  very  open  grain,  such  as  oak  and  walnut. 

Wall  Pa'per  Ma-chine'. 

Wall  paper  machines,  printing  from  cylinders,  were  made 
successful  by  Zuber,  of  Keixheim,  near  Mulhouse,  about 
1832.  Rising  from  the  number  of  2  or  3  cylinders,  they  have 

Fig.  2523. 


Gadd's  Wall-paper  Printing  Machine  (English). 

attained  as  great  a  number  as  20,  printing  in  as  many  grounds, 
colors,  or  shades.  The  machine  of  Gadd,  of  Manchester, 
having  8  cylinders,  will,  however,  give  as  accurate  an  idea 
of  the  construction  as  one  possessing  a  lareer  number.  It 
is  shown  in  longitudinal  vertical  section  in  Fig.  2523,  and 
works  equally  well  as  a  calico  printer  or  wall-paper  printer. 

Great  difficulty  occurred  in  working  machines  in  which 
the  printing  cylinders  were  driven  by  gearing,  as  it  was  nec- 
essary to  preserve  scrupulous  exactness  in  the  sizes  of  the 
printing  rollers  in  order  to  secure  correct  registry  of  the 
parts  which  combined  to  form  the  pattern.  In  the  Gadd 
machine  this  difficulty  has  been  met  by  moving  the  printing 
rollers  by  surface  contact. 

The  central  driving  cylinder  R,  which  forms  the  platen  at 
the  back  of  the  continuous  paper  sheet,  whose  other  side  is 
exposed  to  the  printing  rollers  c,  is  mounted  upon  interior 
arms  or  spokes  whose  hub  has  a  bearing  upon  the  central 
axis  to  which  the  driving  power  is  applied.  The  printing 
rollers  c,  engraved  in  relief,  are  driven  by  contact  with  cyl- 
inder^, and  receive  their  color  from  an  endless  felt  cloth 
f,  which  is  distended  by  interior  wooden  rollers  z>  z>.  Eight 


groups  of  inking  and  printing  devices  are  arranged  about 
220°  of  the  perimeter  of  the  driving  platen  cylinder  B,  but  a 
description  of  one  answers  for  each  of  the  others,  as  the  action 
of  each  is  similar,  each  having  its  part  to  perform  in  adding 
its  quota  of  color  to  make  up  the  design  which  is  the  sum 
of  contributions  of  each  of  the  series. 

The  felt  cloth,  at  its  lowest  position,  is  pressed  by  a  roller 
against  the  color-feeding  roller  which  revolves  in  the  copper 
color-trough  0;  the  pressure  is  adjusted  by  small  hand- 
screws  above.  Two  tension  rollers,  D  D,  are  placed  near  the 
surface  of  the  large  cylinder  and  are  moved  between  slides 
by  means  of  a  screw,  H,  so  that  the  felt  cloth  is  pressed 
against  the  graven  printing  roller  with  the  required  force. 
In  leaving  the  inking  roller,  the  felt  passes  against  a  doctor 
which  removes  superfluous  color.  The  screw  K  regulates 
the  doctor. 

Printing  rollers  engraved  in  intaglio,  similar  to  those  used 
in  printing  tissues,  are  suitable  for  some  descriptions  of  wall 
paper,  but  little  charged  with  color,  for  delicate  designs  and 
for  spotted  cards. 

For  printing  striped  papers  a  machine  has  a  reservoir  com- 
posed of  as  many  compartments  as  bands  are  required  on 
the  endless  web  of  paper.  Each  compartment  is  pierced  with 
an  opening  at  bottom,  as  wide  as  the  width  of  band  required, 
the  whole  forming  a  series  of  stripes  upon  the  paper  travers- 
ing beneath,  much  as,  so  far  as  the  paper  is  concerned,  paper 
ruled  with  wide  striping  pens  on  the  paper-ruling  machines. 
Figs.  4499,  4500,  p.  2002,  "AfccA.  Z>;c«." 

The  drying  of  the  paper  was  formerly  done  by  suspending 
it  from  rods  in  a  frame,  the  piece  or  bolt  occupying  2  of 
these  rods.  The  wall  paper  sticking  machine  of  J.  &  E.  Wal- 
dron,  of  New  Brunswick,  N.  J.,  shown  at  the  Centennial,  is 
a  great  advance  upon  hand  methods.  It  places  the  fold  of 
the  paper  upon  the  rod  which  traverses  along  a  lengthy 
frame,  the  rods  being  au- 
tomatically supplied,  ad- 
justed,  and  the  paper 
hung  thereon  and  then 
traversed  along  the 
frame,  and  then  returns, 
doubling  the  length  of 
time  of  drying  exposure 
within  given  limits  to 
the  length  of  the  ma- 
chine. 

See  view  of  wall  paper 
printing  machine,  "  Sci- 
tntiftc  American,"  xxxvii. 
223'. 

Other  machines  in  the 
manufacture  of  wall 
paper  are  the  — 

(Grounding  machine,  for 
putting  on  the  body 
color. 

Sticking  machine,  for 
hanging  the  paper  in  fes- 
toons to  dry. 

Polishing  machine,  for 
giving  a  satin  finish  to 
the  ground  color  to  be 
overlaid  by  the  dead 
color  pattern. 

Trimmer,  for  trimming 
the  edge  of  the  paper, 
Eoust,  *  "  Scientific  Amer- 
ican,'' xxxiv.  230. 

Wall  Pa'per 
Pol'ish-ing     M  a  - 
chine.     A  machine 
for  giving  a  satin  finish  to  wall  paper. 

It  consists  of  a  central  rotating  brush  against 
which  the  paper  is  repeatedly  carried  by  rotating 
cylinders.  The  polish  is  upon  the  surface  of  alu- 
mina and  oil  which  is  known  as  the  grounding. 

The  printed  pattern  is  usually  laid  on  this  in 
dead  color. 

"Wall  Pa'per  Sticking  Ma-chine'.  A  ma- 
chine for  hanging  wall  p;iper  in  festoons  to  dry. 

The  paper  from  the  grounding  or  the  printing  machine  is 
conducted  between  endless  belts  across  which  sticks  are  laid 
automatically  and  over  which  sticks  the  paper  is  suspended 
in  festoons.  The  sticks  are  so  placed  that  a  length  of  paper 
measuring  just  four  yards  hangs  between  any  two.  The  belts 
are  kept  in  constant  motion,  and,  by  means  of  the  second 
belt,  the  paper  is  thus  conducted  along  the  loft,  which  meas- 
ures some  160'  in  length.  Steam  coils  are  placed  beneath  the 
belts,  and  a  temperature  of  120°  F.  maintained.  About  nine 
minutes  are  occupied  by  any  one  festoon  of  paper  in  making 
the  journey  from  the  grounding  machine  to  the  point  where 


WALL  PAPER   STICKING  MACHINE.     935 


WASHER  SCRUBBER. 


Fig.  2524. 


Wall  Pa/"r  Slicking  Mnchine. 

it  is  again  made  into  a  roll,  and  during  this  period  it  becomes 
thoroughly  dried. 

The  device  employed  for  placing  the  sticks  under  the  paper 
is  represented  in  Fig.  2524.  At  the  ends  of  the  roller  over 
which  the  endless  belt  a  passes,  are  two  cams,  one  of  which 
is  shown  at  b.  Above  the  cams  and  resting  on  their  periph- 
ery is  a  pile  of  sticks,  c.  The  cam  shoulder  equals  in  height 
the  thickness  of  one  stick.  Hence  at  each  revolution  of  the 
cam  a  stick  is  moved  from  the  bottom  of  the  pile  and  carried 
down  on  and  across  the  belts.  Between  the  latter  comes  flu- 
paper  '/.  which  thus  falls  in  folds  over  the  sticks  as  they  are 
5aid  in  place. 

"Walls.     (^ fining.)     The  sides  next  to  the  lode. 

Wall  S.cra'per.  A  broad  chisel-edged  tool 
with  a  socket  in  which  can  be  inserted  handles  of 
various  lengths  for  scraping  and  preparing  walls  for 
papering. 

Warp'iiig.  (Nautical.)  To  move  a  vessel  from 
one  place  to  another  by  warps,  which  are  attached 
to  buoys,  other  ships,  anchors,  bollards  on  shore, 
etc. 

Warp 'ing  Ma-chine'.  (Weaving.)  A  ma- 
chine for  laying  out  the  threads  of  the  warp  and 
winding  them  on  the  warp  roller.  The  spindles 
containing  the  threads  turn  in  bearings  in  the  np- 
righN  of  the  frame,  and  the  threads  are  carried 
through  a  separator  and  between  two  rollers,  by 
which  they  are  laid  out  flat  and  parallel,  and  are 
finally  wound  upon  a  roller  journaled  in  the  arms 
and  resting  upon  the  drum  by  which  it  is  turned. 

Warping,  scouring,  si/.ing,  drying,  and  beaming  machine. 
Leacli  if  Sons,  Engl.      *  "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1991. 

Wash'-ba-siii  Valve.  A  valve  for  wash  ba- 
sins, by  means  of  which  the  sewer  pipe  is  claimed 
to  be  as  effectually  closed  as  the  water  pipe  ordina- 
rily is,  and  that  consequently  no  sewer  gas  can  es- 
cape into  the  room.  The  valve  being  air  tight,  a 
partial  vacuum  is  produced  above  the  water  trap, 
which  prevents  the  rush  of  water  through  waste 
pipes  below,  siphoning  the  water  out  of  the  trap. 
The  construction  is  also  such  that  the  valve  cannot 
be  left  open  when  the  water  is  turned  off  or  left 
shut  when  the  latter  is  turned  on. 

The  valve  is  hinged  to  the  rim  of  the  basin,  is 
made  hollow,  and  of  such  a  weight  that  as  the  wa- 
ter rises  in  the  basin  it  is  raised,  and  the  holes  cov- 
ered are  so  opened  that  the  overflow  water  may 
freely  escape.  The  lower  surface  of  the  valve  is 
covered  with  leather,  rubber,  or  similar  material, 
to  cause  it  to  cover  the  overflow  holes  tightly. 

Wash'burn  Wheel.  A  cast-iron  car-wheel, 
designed  and  patented  by  Nathan  Washburn  in 
1850.  It  consists  of  two  plates,  which  extend  from 
the  hub  to  about  half  the  distance  between  it  and 
the  rim.  There  they  unite  into  one  plate  which 
extends  to  the  rim.  The  plates  are  all  curved 
so  as  to  contract  when  the  wheels  are  cooled  with- 
out danger  of  fracturing  the  wheel.  The  single 
plate  and  the  rim  are  united  together  and  strength- 
ened by  curved  ribs  cast  on  the  inside  of  the  whet.-l. 

Wash'er.     The  "Pharmaceut.  Centralhalle  "  says 


that,  for  the  purpose  of  packing  joints  which  are  to 
be  hermetically  sealed,  such  as  retort  connections, 
couplings,  etc.,  where  vulcanized  rubber  has  usually 
been  employed,  cellulose  appears  to  be  even  a  better 
material.  It  has  the  advantage  of  cheapness,  it 
readily  absorbs  water  at  first,  thereby  becoming 
pliable,  and  adapts  itself  more  accurately  to  the 
surfaces  which  it  is  intended  to  render  tight.  If  a 
joint  is  exposed  to  steam,  and  is  to  be  frequently 
opened,  the  cellulose  should  be  soaked  in  oil. 

Wash'er,  Clothes.  The  Keystone  washer, 
Fig.  2525,  has  its  frame  and  rollers  so  arranged 
that  the  machine  can  be  attached  to  "the  ordinary 
tub.  The  washing  is  done  by  the  united  pressure 


Fig.  2525. 


Keystone   Washer. 

and  friction  of  the  corrugated  and  ribbed  rollers 
between  which  the  clothes  have  to  pass.  A  lively 
pressure  is  insured  by  the  spiral  springs  above. 

Wash'er,  Smoke.  Two  of  the  latest  contri- 
butions to  the  abatement  of  the  smoke  nuisance  em- 
ploy water  to  wash  the  smoke  as  it  passes  through 
the  flue  of  the  chimney. 

The  more  simple  of  the  two  consists  of  a  spray  or  shower 
of  water  driven  upward  in  the  chimney  flue.  The  water 
cleans  the  smoke  of  much  of  its  impurities,  and  falling  back 
escapes  below.  The  blackened  water  is  afterward  collected, 
and  under  proper  treatment  yields  a  coloring  material  for  a 
fine  black  paint.  The  other  apparatus  is  more  complicated. 
It  consists  of  an  upright  cylinder  of  boiler  plates  14'  high 
and  5'  in  diameter.  Inside  are  a  number  of  sheet  iron  dia- 
phragms placed  one  over  another,  and  partly  filling  the  in- 
terior. Each  diaphragm  overlaps  the  other,  and  all  are  per- 
forated with  a  great  number  of  holes  0.2  of  an  inch  in  diam- 
eter. The  smoke  enters  below,  and  a  stream  of  water  flows 
in  at  the  top.  The  water  drips  in  a  shower  through  the  holes, 
and  by  the  aid  of  a  powerful  exhaust,  the  smoke  is  forced 
upward  through  the  apparatus.  On  its  passage,  owing  to  the 
obstructions  caused  by  the  diaphragms,  the  smoke  travels 
51'  and  is  perfectly  cleared  of  soot.  The  experiments  made 
with  this  apparatus  go  to  show  that  the  value  of  such  devices 
depends  chiefly  on  the  power  of  the  exhaust  or  draft,  the  dis- 
tance traveled  by  the  smoke  through  the  shower  of  water, 
and  the  perfect  subdivision  of  the  water.  The  amount  of 
water  employed  seems  to  be  of  less  consequence. 

Wash'er  Scrub'ber.  The  "  Standard," 
washer  scrubber  consists  of  a  series  of  cast-iron 
sections,  varying  in  number  with  the  capacity  of 
the  machine.  A  shaft  passes  horizontally  through 
the  center  of  these  chambers,  and  is  connected  at 
one  end  with  a  small  engine,  or  suitable  gearing, 
which  furnishes  motive  power.  Each  section,  with 
the  exception  of  the  two  at  the  ends,  contains  a 
number  of  circular  sheet-iron  disks  which  are  bolted 
together  and  securely  keyed  to  the  shaft ;  indenta- 
tions in  the  disks  serving  to  preserve  J"  distance 
between  them.  Water  at  the  rate  of  about  twelve 
(U.  S.  standard)  gallons  per  ton  of  coal  carbonized, 
is  admitted  at  one  end  of  the  machine,  and  after 
passing  through  the  intermediate  chambers,  and 
constantly  increasing  in  strength,  is  drawn  off  at 
the  other  end  of  the  washer.  The  central  shaft  is 
revolved  from  four  to  five  turns  per  minute,  and  the 
circular  sheet-iron  disks  rotate  with  it,  the  lower 
halves  being  constantly  immersed  in  the  water  while 


WASHER   SCRUBBER. 


936 


WASTE   PREVENTER. 


the  'upper  portions  always  present  a  thoroughly 
wetted  surface  for  the  absorption  of  the  ammonia 
as  the  gas  passes  through. 

Wash'iiig  Fur'iiace.  The  "  Pernot  "  is  a  re- 
generative gas  furnace,  and  has  a  revolving  hearth 
of  12'  X  3'.  The  four  regenerator  chambers  have 
780  cubic  feet  capacity.  The  lining  is  13"  thick  on 
the  sides  and  9"  on  the  bottom,  thus  giving  a  hearth 
9'  10"  X  2'  3"  deep.  The  lining  is  composed  of 
lumps  of  highly  refractory  ores,  roughly  fitted  to- 
gether, the  interstices  being  filled  with  fine  ores, 
and  the  whole  being  glazed  at  a  melting  tempera- 
ture. As  the  ore  melts  the  lining  is  refilled  until 
the  mass  becomes  monolithic.  The  hearth  is  then 
fettled. 

Wash'iiig  Rollers.  For  squeezing  goods  or 
yarn  after  being  scoured. 

Two  cast-iron  rollers  turned  perfectly  true  and 
smooth,  are  carried  on  two  cast-iron  standards;  the 
pressure  is  obtained  by  compound  levers  with  mov- 
able weights. 

The  hearings  are  of  gun  metal. 

Wash  Tub  Waste.  A  stop  valve  that  on  re- 
moval allows  the  waste  of  the  wash  tub  to  escape. 

Waste  Card.  A  machine  for  working  up  and 
carding  the  waste,  fluff,  and  broken  fiber,  that 
gathers  on  the  floor  of  the  factory. 

Waste  Coal  Burn'ing  Lo'co-mo'tive.  The 
Wootten  locomotive,  Plates  LIV.  and  L,  V.,  and  Fig. 
2526,  is  especially  adapted  to  the  consumption  of 
waste  coal,  being  unique  in  the  large  surf  ace  area  of 
its  grates.  It  is  especially  adapted  to  fast  passenger 
service,  by  its  free  steaming  qualities,  its  capacity 
being  equal  to  the  evaporation  of  55  gallons  of 
water  per  minute,  enabling  it  to  steadily  maintain 
its  speed. 

This  result  is  secured  by  the  peculiar  form  of  furnace  em- 
ployed, by  which  although  waste  anthracite  can  be  usflrt  as 
fuel  with  good  results  as  far  as  steaming  is  concerned,  yet  the 
rapidity  of  the  exhaust  emissions  is  such  as  to  lead  to  the  dis- 
charge from  the  stack  of  the  finer  particles  of  impurities, 
contained  in  the  waste  coal.  But  notwithstanding  its  capaci- 
ty, in  consequence  of  the  passenger  service  in  which  it  is 
employed,  the  smaller  sizes 
of  prepared  coal  are  used,  so 
it  would  be  a  misnomer  to 
class  it  as  a  dirt  burner. 

By  reason  of  the  moderate 
draft  of  these  furnaces,  and 
the  consequent  economy  of 
combustion  of  fuel,  they  are 
enabled  to  attain  an  evap- 
orative effect  equal  to  60 
per  cent,  of  the  theoretical 
evaporative  power  of  the 
fuel  used,  whether  it  be  an- 
thracite,  bituminous,  or 
lignite. 

Waste  Pick'er. 
See  RAG  PICKER. 

Waste  Pre-vent'- 
er.  Stone's  positive 
waste  preventer  for  cis- 
terns, Fig.  2527,  is  so 
constructed  that,  al- 
though only  possessing 
one  inlet  valve  and  one 
discharge  valve,  it  yet 
answers  the  purpose"  of 
a  double-chambered  cis- 
tern. When  the  water 
is  required  to  be  drawn 
off  from  the  cistern  the 
inlet  valve  leading  from 
the  source  of  supply  is 
closed  before  the  discharge  valve  can  be  opened. 

The  valve  is  attached  to  the  lower  end  of  a  socket  in  which 
the  valve  stem  which  is  connected  at  its  upper  end  to  the 
ball  stem,  ls  allowed  to  slide  up  and  down  a  certain  distance 


Waste   Coal  Burning  Locomotive. 

freely,  so  as  not  in  any  way  to  affect  the  valve  ;  but  as  soon 
as  the  required  distance  is  traversed,  the  valve  stem  acts 
upon  the  socket,  and  so  causes  the  valve  to  be  governed  by 

Fig.  2527. 


Waste  Preventer  for  Cisterns. 


WASTE   PREVENTER. 


937        WATER  ANALYSIS  APPARATUS. 


sliding  socket,  the  ball  stern  can  be  raised  sufficiently  high 
to  allow  the  discharge  valve  to  be  opened,  so  that  the 
water  can  run  out  only  after  the  ball  valve  is  perfectly 
closed. 

Or  when  the  lev-er  is  pulled  and  the  discharge  valve  opened, 
the  ball  stem  and  ball  are  raised  at  the  same  time,  which 
can  readily  be  doue  by  means  of  the  sliding  socket  without 
affecting  the  inlet  valve,  which  is  held  fast  on  its  seat  by 
the  pressure  of  water  from  the  source  of  supply,  as  already 
described.  As  soon  as  the  water  has  run  out  of  the  cistern, 
and  the  lever  or  pull  is  let  go,  the  discharge  valve  is  closed, 
and  the  ball  stem  and  ball  drop,  thus'  opening  the  inlet 
valve,  and  allowing  the  water  to  refill  the  cistern  ready  for 
use  again. 

Watch.  Sir  Edmund  Beckett,  a  scientific  ho- 
rologist,  who  is,  perhaps,  the  highest  English  au- 
thovitv  upon  the  subject,  in  his  work  upon  "  Watches, 
Clocks,  and  Bells,"  says  :  — 

"  The  liability  of  a  watch,  like  any  other  piece  of  mechan- 
ism, to  require  repair,  is  in  the  ratio  of  the  number  of  sepa- 
rate parts  which  make  up  its  unity.  The  English  watch, 
with  its  fusee  and  chain,  is  composed  of  638  more  pieces 
than  the  American  watch.  Dispense  with  these  688  addi- 
tional chances  of  breakage,  and  it  is  easy  to  infer  the  supe- 
riority of  American  watches,  in  this  one  respect  at  least. 
The  fusee  and  chain  are  rejected  in  the  Walthaui  watch, 
and  the  direct  action  of  the  mainspring  adopted,  because  the 
fusee  and  chain  add  greatly  to  the  cost  and  liability  to  in- 
jury of  a  watch,  and  are  of  no  practical  value  for  good  time- 
keeping. This  change  is  advocated  on  the  ground  that  there 
is  greater  simplicity  of  action,  less  friction  in  the  transmis- 
sion of  motive  power,  increased  facility  for  using  a  lighter 
and  more  uniform  spring,  and  more  room  for  play  in  the 
other  parts  of  the  movements." 

In  support  of  this  view,  Sir  Edmund  Beckett  speaks  very 
favorably  of  the  American  principle  of  omitting  the  chain. 
After  alluding  to  what  he  calls  the  mischievous  and  common 
accidents  of  chain-breaking,  and  noting  the  tendency  of  ad- 
vanced watch-making  to  do  without  fusee  and  chain,  he 
says  :  "  Accordingly,  both  in  Switzerland  and  America,  which 
are  gradually  stealing  away  our  common  watch  trade,  the 
fusee  and  the  chain  are  almost  universally  omitted.'' 

Dr.  Ilooke  raised  horology  from  a  mechanical  art  to  a 
science  by  propounding  its  laws  and  enriching  it  with  val- 
uable discoveries  and  inventions. 

The  discovery  and  application  of  the  laws  of  isochronism 
in  the  balance-spring  by  Dr.  Hooke  and  Arnold  in  England, 
Leroy  and  Berthond  in  France,  imparted  the  most  essential 
quality  for  keeping  a  regular  rate  of  time  to  the  chronom- 
eter. 

"Isochronism  is  an  inherent  property  of  the  balance- 
spring,  depending  entirely  upon  the  ratio  of  the  spring's 
tension,  following  the  proportion  of  the  are's  of  inflexion. 
A  balance-spring,  therefore,  of  any  force  whatever,  having 
the  progression  required  by  the  law  of  isochronism,  will 
preserve  this  qua.ity,  whether  it  be  applied  to  a  balance 
making  rapid  or  glow  vibrations. 

"  The  great  advantage  of  an  isochronal  spring  is  its  innate 
power  of  resisting  the  influences  which  cause  a  change  of 
rate,  such  as  change  of  position,  increased  friction  ti»  the 
works  become  dirty,  or  the  viscidity  of  the  oil  at  low  tem- 
peratures."' —  Carpenter. 

See  list  under  CLOCK  for  exhibits  of  all  horological  instru- 
ments, from  Prof.  Watson's  report  in  "  Centennial  Exhibition 
Reports,"  Group  XXV.,  vol.  vii. 

See  also  Dr.  Knight's  report,  vol.  iv.,  ('Paris  Exposition 
(1878)  Reports,''  p.  403,  et  SKJ. 

Dr.  Knight's  report  on  watch-making  machine  at  Waltham, 
is  in  "  Centennial  Exhibition  Rfports,"1  vol.  vii.,  Group  XXII., 
p.  46,  et  seq. 

The  "Journal  de  Gren&ve,"  of  August  26th,  has  the  follow- 
ing :  The  watch- making  population  of  the  several  Swiss  can- 
tons may  be  held  as  exactly  represented  by  the  subjoined 
table,  compiled  from  the  returns  of  the  census  for  the  year 
1870  :  - 


CANTONS. 

Men. 

Women. 

Total. 

Neufchatel     

11,081 
6,392 
2,439 
5,330 

5,383 
4,743 
1,313 

1,288 

16,464 
14,135 
3,752 
3,618 

Vaud      

Total  ....                   .     . 

25,242 

12,727 

37,969 

Berne  is  the  canton  in  which  there  has  been  the  greatest 
rise  in  the  manufacture  of  watches  of  late  years.     It  is  com- 
puted to  produce  600,000  watches  a  year  ;  and,  as  they  are 

almost  exclusively  of  ordinary  quality,  their  average  value 
may  be  set  down  at  40  francs,  which  would  bring  up  the 
total  of  Beruese  annual  production  to  20,000,000  francs 
($5,000,000). 

Geneva  does  not  supply  much  over  150,000  watches  yearly, 
but,  as  eleven  twelfths  of  these  are  gold,  and  in  part  richly 
ornamented,  their  value  does  not  probably  fall  short  of 
20,000,000  francs. 

The  canton  of  Vaud  also  turns  out  150,000  watches  per 
annum,  the  works  of  which  are  generally  highly  finished ; 
but  then  they  are  in  great  measure  exported  without  cases, 
as  mere  works,  the  average  price  being  about  35  francs, 
and  the  total  value  being  8,000,000  francs. 

Besides  these,  the  canton  of  Vaud  furnishes  80,000  musical 
boxes,  which  amount  to  8,000,000  francs. 

In  respect  to  value,  Neufeh?.tel  produces  nearly  half  of 
the  entire  Swiss  watch-making  (35  per  cent.);  the  cantons 
of  Geneva  and  Berne  come  in  for  23  per  cent,  each,  and  the 
canton  of  Vaud  for  9  per  cent. 

Break-circuit.   Davidson  *  "Min.  $>  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  361. 
Watches,  American, 

Watson "  Van  Nostrand's  Mag-.,"  xvii.  161. 

Watch-making,  American, 

on,  Grosjean,  Switz.  .  "Min.  Sf  Sc.  Press,"  xxxiv.  154. 
Watch,  demagnetizing  .  *  "  tfcifntific  American,"1  xli.  227. 
Watches,  demagnetizing  "Scientific  American,"  xxxiv.  23. 

Invention  and  history  "Sc.  Amer.,"1  xxxvii.  88,  101,121. 
Watchmaker's  lathe, 

Williams "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  194. 

Watch'ma-ker's  Slide  Rest.  A  slide-rest 
to  a  watchmaker's  lathe,  adjustable  by  its  set  screws, 
to  any  angle  or  position  that  the  work  requires. 

Watch  Tel'e-phoue.  (Electricity.)  An  in- 
strument which  takes  its  name  from  its  resemblance 
in  form  to  an  old-fashioned  watch.  Invented  by 
Alfred  Niaudet-Begnet,  of  Paris.  It  is  a  Bell 
telephone  in  which  the  magnet  is  bent  into  a  circu- 
lar form,  and  the  coil  is  seated  upon  one  of  its 
poles,  the  planer  of  the  magnet,  coil,  and  diaphragm 
being  all  parallel  to  each  other. 

Wa'ter  A'er-a-ting  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  A  de- 
vice for  aerating  the  water  supplied  to  an  aqua- 
rium. The  apparatus  is  an  application  of  the  prin- 
ciple of  the  "  Catalan  trumpet "  that  is  used  to 
operate  the  bellows  in  the  iron  furnaces  of  Spain. 
It  consists  of  a  number  of  glass  tubes,  into  which 
the  water  is  forced  by  hydraulic  pressure,  carrying 
with  it  bubbles  of  air,  the  presence  and  movement 
of  which  in  the  tubes  may  be  plainly  seen. 

Wa'ter  A-nal'y-sis  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  McLeod's 
water  analysis  apparatus,  used  to  determine  the 
purity  of  drinking  water,  is  an  improvement  of  the 
one  described  by  Dr.  Franklaud  and  Mr.  Ward, 
by  which  temperature  and  tensions  of  fixed  vol- 
umes of  water  and  gas  are  tested.  This  instrument 
is  very  much  in  use.  It  consists  of  a  measuring 
tube  900  mm.  in  length  and  about'20  mm.  in  diam- 
eter, which  is  marked  with  ten  divisions,  the  first 
at  25  mm.  from  the  top,  the  second  at  50  mm.,  the 
third  at  100  mm.,  and  the  remaining  ones  at  the  in- 
tervals of  100  mm. 

In  the  upper  part  of  the  tube,  platinum  wires  are  sealed, 
and  it  is  terminated  by  a  capillary  tube  and  fine  glass  stop- 
cock, the  capillary  tube  being  bent  at  right  angles  at  50  mm. 
above  the  junction.  At  the  bottom  of  the  tube  a  wide  glass 
stop-cock  is  sealed,  which  communicates,  by  means  of  a 
caoutchouc  joint  surrounded  with  tape  and  well  wired  to  the 
tubes,  with  a  branch  from  the  barometer-tube.  At  the  up- 
per extremity  a  glass  stop-cock  is  joined,  the  lower  end  being 
curved  and  connected  by  caoutchouc  with  a  stop-cock  and 
tube  descending  through  the  table  to  a  distance  of  900  mm. 
below  the  joint.  The  two  tubes  are  firmly  held  by  a  clamp, 
on  which  rests  a  wide  cylinder,  about  55  mm.  in  diameter, 
surrounding  the  tubes,  and  adapted  to  them  by  a  water-tight 
caoutchouc  cork.  The  cylinder  is  maintained  in  an  upright 
position  by  a  support  at  its  upper  end,  sliding  on  the  sam~ 
rod  as  the  clamp.  Around  the  upper  part  of  the  barometer- 
tube  a  syphon  is  fixed  by  means  of  a  perforated  cork,  through 
which  the  stop-cock  passes  A  small  bulb-tube,  containing 
some  mercury,  is  also  fitted  in  this  cork,  so  as  to  allow  of 
the  air  being  entirely  removed  from  the  syphon.  The  sy- 
phon descends  about  100  mm.  within  the  cylinder,  and  has  a 
branch  at  the  top  communicating  by  caoutchouc  with  a  bent 
tube  contained  in  a  wider  one  affixed  to  the  support.  A  con- 
stant current  of  water  is  supplied  to  the  cylinder  through  a 


WATER  ANALYSIS  APPARATUS.      938 


WATER  ENGINE. 


glass  tube,  which  passes  to  the  bottom,  and  escapes  through 
the  syphon  and  tubes  to  the  drain.  To  the  end  of  the  nar- 
row tube  is  fastened  a  long  piece  of  caoutchouc  tube,  covered 
with  tape,  by  which  a  communication  is  established  with 
the  mercurial  reservoir,  suspended  by  a  cord,  so  that  by 
means  of  the  winch  it  may  be  raised  above  the  level  of  the 
top  of  the  barometer-tube. 

Wa'ter  Bal'last.  A  mode  of  ballasting  ves- 
sels with  water,  iii  tight  compartments  in  the  bottom 
of  the  hull. 

Wa'ter  Bar'rel  Truck.  A  pivoted  water- 
barrel  mounted  on  wheels,  and  drawn  by  hand. 
The  barrel,  being  pivoted  by  its  spindles,  is  easily 
emptied. 

Water  ballast,  on, 

Martet  (20  Figs.)     .    .  *  "Engineer,''  xliv.  174. 
Construction      ...  *  "Engineering,''  xxiv.  186. 

Wa'ter  Bear'ing.  Shaw's  water  bearing  is 
designed  to  relieve  the  pressure  on  the  step  of  a 
vertical  shaft. 

It  consists  of  a  disk  secured  to  the  shaft,  and  pro- 
vided with  a  circular  piston.  The  water  entering 
from  a  pipe  under  a  sufficient  head,  passes  into  the 
chamber  of  the  piston  and  between  it  and  the  lower 
face  of  the  disk,  lifting  the  latter.  If  the  upward 
pressure  of  the  water  be  in  excess  of  that  necessary 
to  sustain  the  shaft  and  the  weight  it  may  have  to 
bear,  a  portion  escapes  beneath  the  lower  edge  of 
the  piston  and  the  shaft  settles  to  its  normal  posi- 
tion. 

Wa'ter  Box.  (Metallurgy.)  An  iron  box  to 
contain  water  forming  a  bottom  or  side  of  a  furnace 
in  order  to  prevent  it  from  burning  out.  Tuyere 
plates  are  so  protected. 

"Wa'ter  Breast.  An  improved  tuyere  for  water 
breasts  is  described  as  follows  :  — 

A  bronze  tuyere  is  inserted  into  the  end  of  a  water  breast, 
which  is  bored  out  conically  to  receive  it,  and  does  not,  there- 
fore, call  for  any  packing.  The  butt  end  of  the  tuyere  is 
turned  so  that  it  presents  a  part  of  a  sphere,  and  the  end  of 
the  belly  pipe  is  correspondingly  shaped  to  produce  a  perfect 
joint.  By  a  simple  arrangement,  which  allows  rapid  and  easy 
replacement  of  the  tuyere,  the  movable  parts  are  firmly  held 
together.  This  is  effected  by  a  knee  lever  under  the  elbow,  at 
the  longer  end  of  which  a  detachable  weight  is  hung.  The 
pressure  exerted  by  this  weight  firmly  connects  water  breast 
and  tuyere  on  the  one  hand  and  belly  pipe  and  tuyere  on  the 
other.  By  this  means  all  bolts  are  done  away  with,  and  the 
weight  need  only  to  be  removed  to  allow  the  different  parts 
to  drop  apart.  When  it  becomes  necessary  to  replace  a  tuy- 
ere a  hook  is  inserted,  and  it  is  readily  pulled  out.  By  ar- 
ranging proper  openings  at  the  butt  of  the  tuyere  any  air 
entering  in  the  water  is  trapped  and  carried  off  direct  by  the 
waste  pipe.  The  discharge  pipe  is  taken  off  at  the  top  of  the 
tuyere  and  air  prevented  from  collecting  in  it.  For  a  short 
distance  outside  of  it  the  discharge  pipe  is  elerated,  which 
carries  off  at  once  any  air  or  steam  bubbles,  to  a  higher 
point  outside  of  the  tuyere,  thus  avoiding  danger  to  it.  In 
order  to  prevent  any  water  from  entering  the  furnace  the 
water  is  drawn  through  the  tuyere  by  suction  at  the  same 
velocity  as  if  it  were  forced  through.  It  is  claimed  that,  as 
by  this  means  the  water  pressure  is  brought  down  below  the 
atmospheric  pressure,  which  is  generally  smaller  than  that  of 
the  blast  in  the  interior  of  the  furnace,  no  leakage  in  conse- 
quence of  cracks  can  take  place.  It  was  found  also  by  ex- 
periment that  drawing  the  water  through  the  tuyere  prevents 
any  accumulation  of  air  or  steam  bubbles,  the  steady  growth 
of  which  will  ultimately  lead  to  cracking.  Great  though  the 
advantages  of  suction  may  be,  however,  its  use  is  not  a  neces- 
sary element  in  the  application  of  the  tuyere,  which,  it  will 
be  readily  understood,  works  well  with  pressure  also.  The 
nozzle  in  the  tuyere,  as  it  fits  into  it  well,  is  cooled  by  the 
circulation  of  the  water  in  the  latter,  and  can  therefore  be 
carried  very  near  the  end  of  the  tuyere,  a  circumstance  which 
aids  the  penetrating  power  of  the  "blast.  The  nozzle  may  be 
easily  drawn  out  through  the  belly  pipe,  if  the  cap  on  the 
tuyere  pipe  elbow  is  removed.  When  fire-brick  stoves  are 
used  the  tuyere  pipes  are  made  double,  in  order  to  prevent 
the  serious  loss  of  heat  which  otherwise  takes  place. 

Wa'ter  Chan'nel  In'di-ca'tor.  Echebarn's 
indicator,  Fig.  2528,  for  water  channels  was  de- 
signed to  indicate  and  register  the  depths  of  water 
in  the  Rio  da  Praia,  which,  from  the  continual 
shifting  of  its  waters,  presents  great  difficulties  to 


Water  Channel  Indicator. 

navigation.  There  is  a  long  rod  turning  on  an 
axle  that  is  provided  with  a  toothed  "wheel,  and 
bears  an  index  pointer,  indicating  on  a  graduated 
arc  the  inclination  of  the  rod  from  the  horizontal. 

The  lower  end  of  the  rod  bears  a  roller  that  trav- 
els on  the  bottom  of  the  river,  or  the  body  to  be  in- 
dicated. A  toothed  wheel  drives  a  wheel  train 
bearing  a  paper  drum,  and  on  a  paper  band  a  pen- 
cil describes  in  miniature  the  condition  of  the  bot- 
tom in  the  line  traversed  by  the  vessel. 

Wa'ter  Charg'er.  A  device  for  retaining  a 
body  of  water  always  close  to  the  pump,  so  that  if 
the  lower  valve  of  the  pump  leaks,  and  the  water 
all  runs  out  of  the  suction  pipe,  or  if  it  has  been  let 
back  to  avoid  freezing,  this  charger  will  still  retain 
a  full  supply  to  be  readily  sucked  into  the  pump, 
wetting  the  valves  and  packing,  so  as  to  at  once 
bring  the  water,  and  cause  the  pump  to  work  freely. 
The  charger  should  be  connected  into  the  suction 
pipe  as  near  the  pump  as  it  can  be  conveniently, 
and  still  be  out  of  the  way  of  frost.  This  charger 
also  greatly  facilitates  the  working  of  a  pump,  par- 
ticularly where  the  suction  pipe  has  to  be  of  great 
length,  serving  as  an  air  chamber  in  same. 

Wa'ter  Col'umn  Air  Com-pres'sor.  One 
operating  by  the  force  of  a  descending  body  of  wa- 
ter,0as  in  some  mines  and  mountain  regions.  See 

AlE    COMPRESSOR. 

Wa'ter  El'e-va-tor.    See  PUMP. 


For  locomotives. 
Haggas,  Can. ...  *  "Engineering,'1''  xxviii.  296. 

Wa'ter  En'gine.  Wells'  water  engine  is  in- 
tended to  be  used  as  a  motor,  and  also  if  desired  as. 
a  pump.  The  cylinder  is  mounted  on  bearings  of 
the  case  on  trunnions.  It  has  a  circular  valve 
formed  on  the  lower  end,  with  one  port,  and  fitted 
to  the  correspondingly  shaped  valve  seat  in  which 
is  the  inlet  and  the  exhausts  for  the  waste  from  the 
interior  of  the  case.  Passages  are  cored  out  in  the 
cylinder,  from  the  upper  end  down  to  the  interior 
of  the  waste  water  case,  to  conduct  the  leakage  to 
the  discharge  through  the  exhaust. 

A  cap  screws  to  the  top  of  the  cylinder  for  a 
guide  to  the  piston  rod,  and  these  passages  enter 
the  cylinder  above  the  piston,  under  the  cover.  The 
oscillation  of  the  cylinder,  in  the  case,  alternately 
opens  the  supply  and  exhaust  passages. 
Water  engine,  Hastie  .  *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxix.  227. 

Three-cylinder. 

Hastie,  Br.     ...  *  "Engineer,"  xlvi.  146. 
Water  ejector. 

Vaughn,  Br        <     ,     .  *  "Engineer,"  xlix.  342. 


WATER  GAS. 


939 


WATER  MOTOR. 


Wa'ter  Gas.  Any  illuminating  gas  in  whose 
manufacture  the  decomposition  of  water  plays  a 
prominent  part,  as  distinguished  from  the  illumina- 
ting gas  produced  solely  by  the  decomposition  of 
bituminous  coal,  wood,  resin,  tar,  oil,  or  other  like 
material. 

Briefly,  the  Lowe  process  is  the  following  :  A  generator  of 
the  ordinary  type  is  filled  with  fuel  brought  to  a  high  tem- 
perature by  the  aid  of  blast.  The  combustible  gases  thus 
formed  are  carried  to  a  chamber  filled  with  loose  fire-brick, 
called  a  superheater  by  the  inventor,  although  it  should 
more  properly  be  termed  a  regenerator.  As  soon  as  by  the 
burning  of  the  generator  gases  the  regenerator  has  attained 
a  high  temperature,  the  blast  is  cut  off  and  superheated 
steam  is  admitted  a  little  above  the  grate,  and  simultaneously 
small  streams  of  crude  petroleum  or  naphtha  are  allowed  to 
drop  through  the  current  of  ascending  gases  upon  the  in- 
candescent fuel.  The  steam  is  decomposed  and  hydrogen 
and  carbonic  oxide  are  formed.  The  products  of  the  decom- 
position of  petroleum,  hydrocarbons,  pass  to  the  regenera- 
tors together  with  the  water  gas,  where  the  hydrocarbons 
are  gasified.  As  soon  as  the  temperature  of  the  generator 
falls  below  a  certain  limit  the  flow  of  steam  and  of  petro- 
leum is  stopped,  fresh  coal  is  charged,  and  the  blast  of  air 
turned  on  again. 

Dr.  W.  II.  \Vahl  gives  the  following  answer  to  the  query, 
"  What  is  water  gas  ?  '•'  "  Water  gas  may  be  defined  to  be 
the  gaseous  product  resulting  from  the  interaction  of  steam 
and  carbon  at  a  high  temperature.  Generally  speaking,  the 
mode  of  its  manufacture  is  to  pass  steam  through  a  thick 
layer  of  glowing  coal.  The  result  of  this  procedure  will  be 
very  easily  understood  by  reference  to  the  following  expla- 
nation :  The  glowing  coal  (carbon)  seizes  upon  the  oxygen 
of  the  steam,  uniting  with  it  to  form  carbonic  acid  and  lib- 
erating hydrogen.  The  carbonic  acid  thus  formed  is,  how- 
ever, obliged  to  pass  through  a  considerable  layer  of  glowing 
coal  (carbon)  before  it  can  escape,  and  this  carbon  has  so 
strong  an  affinity  for  oxygen  that  it  deprives  the  carbonic 
acid  of  one  equivalent  of  its  oxygen,  reducing  it  to  the  state 
of  a  lower  oxide  of  carbon.  The  product  which  results  from 
these  several  reactions  is  2  equivalents  of  hydrogen  and  2 
equivalents  of  carbon  oxide ;  or,  expressed  in  chemical 
terms,  2  II  -f  2  CO.  This  product  is  what  is  known  as  water 
gas.  It  is  incorrect  to  assert  that  any  positive  gain  in  heat- 
ing effect  is  obtained  by  this  process,  for  the  energy  expended 
in  the  process  of  decomposing  the  water  is  precisely  equal 
j  to  the  additional  heat  given  out  by  the  combustion  of  the 
'  water  gas  over  what  would  have  resulted  from  the  conibus- 
'  tion  of  the  carbon  alone.  On  theoretical  grounds,  therefore, 
there  can  be  no  economy  in  the  process ;  but  there  is  a  gain 
in  practice,  and  this  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  combustion 
of  a  gaseous  fuel  can  always  be  effected  with  greater  economy 
in  our  furnaces,  stoves,  etc.,  than  that  of  a  splid  fuel.  The 
gain,  therefore,  is  to  be  ascribed  to  the  physical  condition  of 
the  fuel,  and  not  to  any  advantage  resulting  from  the  chem- 
ical reaction  that  has  taken  place.  This  is  a  very  common 
error  and  is  entertained  even  by  otherwise  well-informed 
persons.  We  look  upon  the  future  of  water  gas  as  highly 
promising.  With  its  aid  it  is  made  possible  to  produce  illu- 
minating gas  more  cheaply  than  by  any  other  process,  by 
simply  enriching  it  with  the  vapors  of  petroleum  or  of  other 
substances  rich  in  illuminating  elements  But  the  grand 
field  of  water  gas  for  the  future  will  lie  in  filling  the  place 
of  a  fuel  for  industrial  and  domestic  uses  to  take  the  place 
of  coal.  We  think  the  time  is  not  very  remote  when  water- 
gas  will  be  distributed  to  our  houses  just  as  coal  gas  is  now 
distributed,  —  when  coal  and  wood  fires,  with  their  dirt  and 
ashes,  will  only  be  known  as  things  of  the  past." 

Water  Gas,  Strong    .     .      "  Van  Nostr.  Mag.,"1  xxiii.  376. 
On,  Prof.  Henry  Morton    "Plumber  4"  San.  Eng.,''1  ii.  347. 

Dicight "Scientific  American  Sup.,''1  948. 

Appa.,  Lowe  if  Strong*  "Engineering,'"  xxviii.  385. 

Lowe *  "Iron  Age,''  xxi.,  April  11,  p.  1. 

As  a  fuel,  Dwight  .     .      "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  836. 

Wa'ter  Lens.  The  first  microscope  in  exist- 
ence consisted  of  a  drop  of  water.  Water  lenses 
as  formerly  used  were  unstable  and  tremulous,  and 
almost  if  not  quite  worthless.  This  difficulty  may 
t  be  overcome,  and  the  drop  of  water  rendered"  avail- 
able as  a  microscope  lens  by  confining  it  in  a  cell 
consisting  of  a  short  tube  having  a  glass  bottom. 

The  simplest  and  cheapest  of  all  microscopes  consists  of  a 
thin  piece  of  glass,  having  attached  to  it  one  or  two  short 
paper  tubes,  which  are  coated  with  black  sealing-wax,  and 
cemented  to  the  glass  with  the  same  material. 

By  aid  of  a  small  stick  water  is  placed,  drop  by  drop,  in 
the  cells  until  the  lenses  acquire  the  desired  convexity.  Ob- 
jects held  below  the  glass  will  be  more  or  less  magnified,  ac- 
cording to  the  diameter  and  convexity  of  the  drop. 

An  easily  made  and  convenient  stand  for  the  water  lens  is 


made  of  wood.  The  sleeve  that  supports  the  table  slides 
freely  upon  the  vertical  standard.  A  wire  having  a  milled 
head,  by  which  it  may  be  turned,  passes  through  the  upper 
end  of  the  siandard,  and  has  wound  upon  it  a  strong  silk 
thread,  one  end  of  which  is  tied  to  a  pin  projecting  from  the 
table  supporting  sleeve.  An  elastic  rubber  band  is  attached 
to  the  lower  end  of  the  sleeve,  and  to  a  pin  projecting  from 
the  standard  near  the  base,  to  draw  the  table  downward. 
By  this  device  the  focus  may  be  nicely  adjusted. 

Two  standards  project  from  the  bed-piece  for  receiving  the 
corners  of  a  rectangular  piece  of  silvered  glass  which  forms 
the  reflector. 

The  best  form  of  water-cell  consists  of  a  brass  tube  about 
]}"  long  and  |"  to  3-16"  internal  diameter,  having  in  one 
side  a  screy  for  displacing  the  water  to  render  the  lens  more 
or  less  convex.  A  thin  piece  of  glass  is  cemented  to  the 
lower  end  of  the  tube,  and  the  inside  of  the  tube  is  black- 
ened. 

Several  bushings  may  be  fitted  to  the  upper  end  of  the 
tube  to  reduce  the  diameter  of  the  drop,  and  thus  increase 
the  magnifying  power  of  the  lens. 

Water  containing  animalcules  may  be  placed  on  the  under 
surface  of  the  glass,  and  the  lens  may  be  focused  by  turning 
the  adjusting  screw.  The  lens  may  also  be  adjusted  to  mag- 
nify objects  placed  on  the  movable  table. 

If  air-bubbles  form  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  glass  they 
may  be  readily  displaced  by  means  of  a  cambric  needle. 

Water  lens  microscope  *  "  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxviii.  268. 

Wa'ter-lev'el  Gage.  A  small  bell-shaped 
casting,  into  the  upper  part  of  which  a  narrow 
brass  tube,  open  at  the  lower  end,  enters.  When 
the  ball  is  submerged  the  increase  of  pressure  con- 
fined in  the  bell  and  the  tube  will  be  in  proportion 
to  the  depth  reached.  The  pressure  is  indicated 
on  a  graduated  gage.  It  will  be  easily  understood 
that  as  the  pipe  may  be  of  any  length  desired,  it  is 
possible  to  place  the  gage  at  quite  a  distance  from 
the  water  the  depth  of  which  is  to  be  measured. 

Wa'ter-lev'el  In'di-ca'tpr.    Lethuillier-Pinel 
(Fr.),  *  Laboulaye's  "  Dicfionnaire  des  Arts  et  Man- 
ufactures," tome  iv.,  ed.  1877. 
Water  level  indica.,  electric,  Hosier  *  "Teleg.  Jour.,''  vi.  93. 

Wa'ter  Mo'tor.  The  invention  herewith  il- 
lustrated applies  water  to  a  wheel  of  a  novel  con- 
struction, whereby  the  whole  centrifugal  force  of  a 
jet  of  water  is  concentrated  on  the  center  of  the 
buckets.  From  these  it  is  immediately  discharged, 
thus  avoiding  any  friction  or  dead  lift,"  and  impart- 
ing to  the  wheel 


not  only  a  great- 
er impetus,  but, 
it  is  claimed,  a 
very  high  de- 
gree of  power, 
considering  the 
pressure  and  the 
size  of  the 
stream  used. 
Although  adapt- 
ed to  all  pur- 
poses where  wa- 
ter is  used  as  a 
motive  power, 
this  invention 
is  more  particu- 
larly  designed 
for  use  where 
the  supply  of 
water  is  limited 
or  variable ;  and 
this  is  believed 
to  be  a  desidera- 
tum, as  streams 
of  water  are  lia- 
ble to  much  fluc- 
tuation at  differ- 
e  n  t  seasons  of 
the  year.  More 
especially  is  it 
designed  for  use 


Fig.  2529. 


Water  Motor. 


WATER   MOTOR. 


940 


WATERPROOF   PAPER. 


in  propelling  light  machinery,  such  as  printing 
presses,  sewiug  machines,  lathes,  etc.,  wherever  wa- 
ter can  be  taken  from  a  hydrant.  It  is  also  claimed 
to  be  well  adapted  for  heavy  work. 

The  disk  of  the  wheel  A  is  made  of  brass  of  various  sizes, 
and  together  with  the  buckets  B  B,  is  of  a  peculiar  con- 
struction and  of  a  capacity  to  correspond  with  the  size  of  the 
stream  and  the  power  required.  C  C  are  the  belt  pulleys  ;  D 
the  supply  pipe;  E  a  self-packing  faucet  or  stop-cock,  which 
is  the  subject  of  another  patent  obtained  by  the  same  in- 
ventor. This  faucet  is  capable  of  supplying  one,  two,  three, 
or  more  streams  of  water  of  different  dimensions  through  the 
pipes  F  which  are  firmly  held  in  position  at  the  point  of 
delivery  of  the  water  on  the  buckets  by  a  shoe,  O.  The  pipes 
are  provided  with  bushings  at  their  extremity,  which  can  be 
removed  at  pleasure,  and  others  of  a  different  capacity  in- 
serted. The  waste  pipe,  of  course,  can  be  arranged  as  re- 
quired, either  from  the  sides  or  bottom  of  the  casing.  The 
communication  between  supply  pipe  and  buckets  is  shown 
in  section  in  Fig.  2529. 

One  of  the  smallest  motors  capable  of  being  put  to  prac- 
tical use  is  the  Hayworth's  miniature  turbine  water  motor. 
It  consists  of  a  tube  3"  long  and  f  "  outside  diameter,  with 
an  oblique  inlet  by  which  it  can  be  screwed  to  the  hydrant 
or  faucet.  A  small  stem  with  a  double  pulley  at  the  end 
projects  from  the  upper  end  of  the  tube,  and  is  rapidly  re- 
volved when  the  water  is  turned  on.  A  rubber  hose  drawn 
over  the  lower  end  of  the  tube  conveys  the  water  off  after 
performing  its  duty.  By  an  endless  cord  the  motion  can  be 
transmitted  from  'the  pulleys  to  a  sewing  machine  or  any 
other  machine  requiring  only  light  power  for  driving.  The 
motor  is  constructed  on  the  principle  of  turbine  wheels,  and 
can  be  run  with  water  pressxire  of  10  to  15  Ibs.  to  the  square 
inch.  After  entering  the  tube  by  the  inlet,  the  water  first 
passes  a  stationary  wheel  having  a  series  of  radial  vanes  of 
such  a  shape  as  to  give  the  water  a  spiral  motion.  Issuing 
from  these  vanes,  the  water  strikes  against  similar  vanes  of 
a  wheel  that  is  fastened  to  the  above  mentioned  spindle,  and 
which,  by  the  impact  of  the  water,  is  made  to  rotate. 

Different  sizes  of  this  motor  are  manufactured.  The 
smallest  size,  of  the  dimensions  above  stated,  furnishes  suf- 
ficient power  to  drive  sewing  machines,  etc. 

Messrs.  W.  II.  Bailey  &  Co.,  of  Salford,  England,  have  re- 
cently designed  a  new  water  motor  which  works  under  the 
ordinary  pressure  of  the  water  sent  through  the  street  mains. 
In  appearance  it  is  somewhat  similar  to  an  ordinary  hori- 
zontal steam  engine.  It  has  an  oscillating  cylinder,  with- 
parts  so  arranged  that  the  motion  of  the  cylinder  cuts  off 
the  supply  of  water  at  the  end  of  the  stroke,  a  reciproca- 
ting action  being  thereby  obtained  and  imparted  to  the  fly- 
wheel by  the  ordinary  crank  arrangements.  There  are  no 
loose  valves  or  tappets  in  connection  with  the  motor,  and  all 
the  fixing  it  requires  may  be  done  by  a  plumber,  as  there  is 
nothing  more  to  do  than  to  connect  the  machine  with  a  pipe 
from  the  street  main.  One  of  the  motors  is  said  to  be  work- 
ing very  successfully  at  the  bottom  of  a  colliery  shaft  near 
Bolton,  the  power  being  supplied  by  the  water  pumped  up 
from  the  pit  by  the  steam  engine.  A  large  number  of  laden 
wagons  are  drawn  up  an  incline  with  great  ease  by  this 
means.  The  motion  has  also  been  utilized  for  sawing  tim- 
ber, printing  newspapers,  etc.  — Iron  Age. 

See  also  Patents  :  — 

Tate,  Oct.  31, 1871 No.  120,548. 

Backus,  Jan.  6,  1874 No.  146,120. 

Dobson,  Jan.  7,  1873      ......  No.  134,651. 

Schmid,  Feb.  27,  1872 No.  124,162. 

Welch,  Dec.  17,  1872 No.  134,115. 

See  HYDRAULIC  PRESSURE  ENGINE;  WATER  PRESSURE  EN- 
GINE. 
Water  motor.    .    .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  150. 

Wa'ter  Pres'sure   En'gine.     See  HYDRAU- 
LIC ENGINE. 
Wa'ter-proof  Ce-ment'. 

Glue 4. 

Resin 4. 

Red  ocher 3,  with  a  little  water. 

Wa'ter-proof-ing.  The  Ncptunite  water-re- 
pellent process,  owned  by  the  International  Chemi- 
cal Company  of  New  York  is  founded  upon  the 
several  patents  of  Mr.  D.  M.  Lamb.  It  is  applica- 
ble to  all  sorts  of  textile  fabrics :  paper,  leather, 
etc.,  in  fact  to  all  goods  which  it  is  desirable  to  pro- 
tect from  the  action  of  water  and  dampness,  and 
which  are  liable  to  mildew  and  decay. 

The  effect  of  the  treatment  by  this  process  is  to  render  the 
goods  non-absorbent,  or  water-repellent.  The  property  of 
capillary  attraction  possessed  by  all  fibrous  goods  is  destroyed. 


The  pores  of  each  fiber  are  filled  with  the  Nc-ptunite  material 
and  the  fiber  receives  a  coating  of  the  same.  By  the  action 
of  heat  this  is  thoroughly  incorporated  into  the  fibers,  giving 
them  the  remarkable  properties  mentioned. 

The  action  of  water  upon  the  fabrics  treated  is  very  pecul- 
iar. When  poured  upon  the  goods  the  water  runs  about  like 
quicksilver,  without  showing  any  disposition  to  be  absorbed 
or  to  penetrate.  In  the  case  of  open  goods  like  grenadine  or 
even  musquito-netting,  the  water  can  be  made  to  run  about 
like  quicksilver  without  passing  through  the  open  spaces. 

The  advantages  given  to  the  goods  are  by  no  means  con- 
fined to  the  water-repellent  quality.  The  fibers  are  made 
tougher  and  stronger,  and  do  not  crack  and  disintegrate  as 
before  treatment.  Goods  may  be  rendered  proof  against  moth 
and  vermin  ;  the  colors  are  imprisoned  and  fastened  ;  the 
threads  are  slightly  swelled,  giving  the  goods  a  firmer  and 
more  compact  texture.  This  is  peculiarly  valuable  in  the 
case  of  silks,  giving  them  a  hand  and  body  which  cannot  be 
secured  except  by  a  large  increase  of  the  stock  used. 

It  is  well  known  that  rubber  waterproof  garments  are  pro- 
nounced injurious  to  health  from  the  fact  that  they  confine 
the  perspiration  of  the  body.  In  the  case  of  the  Neptunite 
garments,  however,  the  insterstices  between  the  fibers  are  not 
closed,  and  a  free  circulation  of  air  is  permitted,  but  at  the 
same  time  a  perfect  protection  from  the  rain  is  insured.  La- 
dies' waterproofs  are  now  made  from  thin  mohair  goods  and 
these  light  garments  will  afford  the  same  protection  in  ordi- 
nary showers  as  the  unsightly  rubber  goods. 

The  process  is  of  almost  universal  application  and  is  of 
great  economic  importance.  It  is  at  the  present  time  exten- 
sively used,  and  must  soon  come  to  a  general  application 
throughout  the  country. 

The  solution  used  is  a  colorless  fluid  produced  by  the  action 
of  certain  gases  upon  hydrocarbons,  and  is  inexpensive. 
It  is  better  to  treat  the  goods  in  the  piece  before  being  made 
up,  but  ready-made  garments  can  be  treated,  though  they  are 
more  expensive  to  handle  in  quantities. 

Waterproof  soles,  which  are  either  inserted  into  ordinary 
leather  soles  or  laid  into  the  boot,  are  made  as  follows : 

;  A  mixture  is  prepared,  consisting  of  60  parts  of  resin,  80 

|  parts  of  tallow,  6  parts  of  wax,  and  5  parts  of  turpentine. 
In  this  mixture  linen  is  soaked,  and  is  thereby  rendered 
water-tight.  The  sheet  of  linen  is  then  united  to  a  sheet  of 
wool  by  being  passed  between  rollers.  On  the  linen  side  the 

'  sole  is  now  covered  with  a  solution  of  glue  to  prevent  the 
resinous  surface  from  sticking  to  the  stockings  and  shoes  in 

j  walking. 

To  waterproof  leather:  Melt  one  liter  of  boiled   linseed 

'  oil,  125  grams  of  suet,  46  grams  wax,  and  32  grams  resin 
together  over  a  slow  fire,  and  apply  it  to  the  leather  with 

!  a  brush  while  warm.  This  composition  keeps  the  leather 
very  soft.  The  English  fishermen  have  long  been  using  it. 
They  can  remain  in  the  water  for  hours  ere  it  penetrates 
through  the  leather. 

For  making  canvas  waterproof  :  It  is  very  easy 
to  make  canvas  waterproof,  without  altering  its  ap- 
pearance or  pliability,  by  saturating  it  with  a  boil- 
ing and  strong  solution  of  soap,  pressing  out  the 
excess  of  this,  and  then  submitting  it  for  a  short 
time  to  the  action  of  a  hot  bath  of  alum,  sulphate 
of  aluminum,  or  acetate  of  lead,  which  operation 
causes  the  formation  of  an  insoluble  alumina  or 
lead  soap,  which  will  permeate  all  the  pores  of  the 
texture  and  make  it  waterproof. 

To  render  fabrics  waterproof,  M.  Dujardin  proposes  the 
following  procedure :  335  grams  each  of  potash,  alum,  and 
sugar  of  lead,  are  to  be  triturated  in  a  mortar  until  the 
mass  becomes  syrupy,  to  which  is  then  to  be  added  400 
grams  of  a  mixture  of  equal  parts  of  finely  pulverized  bi- 
carbonate of  potassa  and  sulphate  of  soda.  To  this  mixture 
there  should  now  be  given  about  50  liters  (about  11  gal- 
lons) of  rain  water,  and  when  complete  solution  is  effected, 
the  same  is  poured  into  a  vessel  containing  an  oleine  soap 
in  solution  in  an  equal  quantity  of  water.  This  mixture  is 
to  be  stirred  for  about  20  minutes,  or  until  complete  mix- 
ture has  occurred.  To  waterproof  a  fabric  it  is  necessary 
only  to  immerse  it,  with  the  hand  or  by  mechanical  means, 
into  the  aforesaid  mixture,  and  to  retain  it  there  until  by 
pressure  or  otherwise  the  fluid  has  penetrated  to  every  por- 
tion of  it.  The  fabric  is  then  removed,  and  after  allowing 
i  the  surplus  fluid  it  retains  to  drop  off,  hung  up  to  dry.  Af- 
!  terwards  it  is  thoroughly  washed  in  cold  water,  and  again 
dried.  Goods  treated  in  "this  way,  it  is  affirmed,  are  water- 
!  proof,  but  still  permit  free  transmission  of  air.  The  colors 
i  of  the  goods  are  in  no  wise  affected.  —  "Journal  des  Fab- 

ricants  de  Papier." 

1 

Wa'ter-proof  Pa'per.     Waterproof  paper  of 

superior  quality,  transparent  and  impervious  to  fat, 

i  may  be  prepared  by  saturating  good  paper  with  a 


WATERPKOOF  PAPER. 


941 


WAX. 


liquid  prepared  by  dissolving  shellac  at  a  moderate 
heat  in  a  saturated  solution  of  borax.  Paper  thus 
prepared  resembles  parchment,  and  may  be  given 
any  color  by  the  use  of  aniline  dyes. 

When  a  sheet  of  paper  is  immersed  in  an  ammoniaeal  so- 
lution of  copper  and  then  dried,  it  is  said  to  become  quite 
impermeable  to  water,  and  does  not  lose  this  quality  even 
although  the  water  be  boiling.  Two  sheets  of  paper  thus 
prepared  and  passed  between  cylinders  adhere  to  each  other 
so  completely  as  to  be  quite  inseparable.  If  a  large  number 
of  sheets  so  prepared  be  thus  cylindered  together,  boards  of 
groat  thickness  are  obtained,  the  cohesion  and  resistance  of 
which  may  be  increased  by  interposing  fibrous  matters  or 
cloths.  The  substance  so  prepared  is  quite  as  hard  as  the 
closest-grained  wood  of  the  same  thickness.  The  ammonia- 
eal solution  of  copper  is  prepared  by  treating  plates  of  cop- 
per with  ammonia  of  the  density  of  0.880  in  contact  with 
the  atmosphere. 

Wa'ter  Sup-ply'  for  Lo'co-mo'tives.    The 

water  tanks  of  locomotive  tenders  are  usually  re- 
plenished from  elevated  tanks  at  the  side  of  the 
track,  either  filled  by  the  natural  flow  of  water 
from  a  more  elevated  source  or  by  means  of  a 
pumping  engine.  In  some  cases  the  locomotive 
itself  i.s  caused  by  suitable  connections  to  operate 
a  pump  and  draw  its  own  water  from  a  reservoir 
or  well. 

Either  of  these  methods  involves  a  stoppage  of  the  train, 
and  to  obviate  this  efforts  have  been  made  to  render  the 
engine  capable  of  supplying  itself  with  water  while  in  mo- 
tion. 

In  1854  Mr.  Angus  W.  McDonald,  of  New  Creek  Depot, 
Va.,  patented  an  invention  embracing  two  different  methods 
of  effecting  this  object. 

By  one  the  tank  of  the  tender  was  to  be  air-tight,  so  that 
after  being  filled  and  partially  exhausted  there  would  be  a 
partial  vacuum  within.  From  the  side  or  bottom  of  the 
tank  a  valved  pipe  or  hose  was  to  be  dropped  into  a  cistern 
of  water  on  or  under  the  road,  as  the  engine  passed  by,  when, 
the  valve  being  opened,  atmospheric  pressure  would  force 
the  water  into  the  tank.  The  other  method  was  to  employ 
an  inclined  trough  or  plane  at  a  suitable  angle  to  dip  into  the 
pool  of  water ;  the  velocity  of  the  train  causing  the  water  to 
ascend  into  the  tank. 

The  latter  plan  has  since  been  adopted  on  some  railways. 
A  water-trough  of  cast-iron  sections,  IS"  wide  at  top  by  6" 
deep,  is  laid  upon  the  sleepers  between  the  lines  of  rails  at 
surli  a  level  that  when  full  the  water  surface  is  2"  above  the 
level  of  the  rails.  A  scoop  of  brass,  having  a  mouth  10" 
wide  by  2"  high,  and  turning  on  a  hinge,  is,  when  in  nor- 
mal position,  kept  elevated  by  means  of  a  balance  weight, 
but  is,  when  used,  depressed,  and  is  kept  in  this  position 
while  the  tank  is  being  filled. 

The  upper  end  of  the  scoop  and  the  lower  end  of  the  deliv- 
ery pipe  are  of  corresponding  circular  arcs,  so  that  the  scoop 
forms  a  prolongation  of  the  pipe  when  in  position  for  raising 
water.  The  limit  to  which  the  scoop  may  be  depressed  is 
adjusted  by  set  screws,  and  is  varied  as  the  brasses  and  tires 
of  the  tender  become  worn,  lowering  the  level  of  its  body. 
The  trough  is  cast  in  lengths  of  about  6',  so  as  to  rest  on 
each  alternate  sleeper,  and  is  fixed  to  the  sleepers,  its  height 
1. 1  justed  by  means  of  wooden  packing.  The  ends  of 
each  length  are  formed  with  a  shallow  groove,  made  water- 
tight by  round  strips  of  vulcanized  rubber,  the  metal  not 
being  in  contact.  The  road  at  each  end  is  laid  with  an  in- 
cline of  1  in  100  for  a  distance  of  16  yards,  the  trough  taper- 
ing down  to  a  mere  plate  to  allow  the  scoop  to  pass  clear  in 
entering  and  leaving  it.  At  each  extremity  is  an  overflow 
pipe  to  limit  the  depth  of  water  to  5". 

The  orifice  of  the  scoop  is  just  covered  by  the  water,  and 
its  edges  are  beveled  off  sharp  to  diminish  splashing.  The 
top  edge  is  carried  forward  2"  or  3",  and  turned  up  with  the 
same  object.  The  water  rushes  into  the  scoop  and  up  the 
delivery  pipe,  which  is  caused  to  discharge  downwardly  in 
order  to  prevent  splashing.  • 

Wa'ter  Thief.  A  tube  for  drawing  water 
from  a  cask,  barrel,  etc.,  by  the  bung-hole.  A  bunq- 
liucket. 

"Wa'ter  Tow'er.  A  portable  stand-pipe  for 
use  at  fires.  This  invention  of  Mr.  Logan,  a  prac- 
tical machinist  of  Baltimore,  having  been  brought 
to  the  attention  of  the  New  York  Commissioners 
they  invited  an  exhibition  in  that  city,  and  Chief 
Bates  was  instructed  to  furnish  every  convenience 
for  a  thorough  test  of  the  apparatus.  The  test 
wa»  in  every  way  satisfactory,  and  ail  who  wit- 


nessed the  operation  of  the  machine,  says  the 
"  Fireman's  Journal,"  expressed  the  opinion  that 
it  was  a  practical  and  desirable  adjunct  to  fire  de- 
partments. 

The  water  tower  consists  of  three  sections  of  iron  pipe 
mounted  on  a  truck ;  these  sections  being  fitted  together 
horizontally  are  raised  to  a  perpendicular  position  by  turn- 
ing a  wheel,  an  operation  easily  performed  by  one  man ;  at 
the  upper  end  of  the  tower  is  a  flexible  play-pipe,  to  which 
was  attixed  a  1J"  nozzle :  at  the  base  of  the  tower  are  con- 
nections for  two  lines  of  hose.  Engine  No.  20  was  at  a  hy- 
drant at  Washington  Square,  and  connected  to  the  tower  by 
two  lines  of  hose.  When  water  was  first  put  through  the 
hose,  a  coupling  flew  off  and  had  to  be  sent  to  the  repair 
shop  to  be  readjusted.  Meantime  the  steamer  played  through 
oue  line  of  hose,  a  splendid  fire  stream  being  projected 
through  the  tower,  the  nozzle  of  which  was  51'  above  the 
ground.  One  man  on  the  truck  had  perfect  control  of  the 
stream,  and  by  means  of  a  simple  gearing  was  able  to  de- 
press or  elevate  the  stream,  or  turn  it  in  any  direction, .. 
sweeping  the  horizon  at  all  points  and  freely  sprinkling 
the  promiscuous  crowd  that  had  assembled.  At  a  height  of 
28'  a  branch-pipe  is  placed  and  two  streams  were  thrown  at 
the  same  time,  being  handled  with  equal  ease  and  facility 
by  one  man.  Subsequently  the  tower  was  lowered  and  a 
short,  section  substituted,  having  a  1J"  nozzle  and  a  height 
of  37'.  Two  lines  of  hose  were  connected,  and  two  streams 
thrown  from  the  tower  to  a  great  height  and  a  great  distance 
horizontally. 

The  ease  with  which  the  machine  was  handled  and  its  ef- 
fectiveness excited  the  admiration  of  all  beholders.  Firemen, 
especially,  were  enthusiastic  regarding  it,  but  wanted  to  see 
one  70'  instead  of  50'  high,  and  a  2"  nozzle  substituted  for 
the  smaller.  The  advantages  offered  by  this  machine  are 
the  getting  of  a  solid  stream  high  in  the  air  before  it  leaves 
the  nozzle  without  the  aid  of  ladders,  and  the  ease  with 
which  it  is  controlled  by  one  man.  Of  course  no  greater 
power  is  exerted  than  is  furnished  by  the  engines,  but  half 
a  dozen  streams  could  be  siamesed  into  it  if  necessary.  At 
the  test  the  highest  water-pressure  obtained  was  170  Ibs., 
while  the  owner  claims  that  the  tower  will  sustain  a  pres- 
sure of  300  Ibs.  at  the  nozzle.  As  Commissioner  King  re- 
marked, a  2jx/  stream  delivered  at  that  height  under  such 
pressure  would  be  bound  to  make  a  black  mark  on  any  fire 
against  which  it  was  projected.  It  would  also  be  of  great 
value  in  "  wetting  down  "  buildings  contiguous  to  a  fire,  as 
its  range  would  enable  it  to  sweep  both  sides  of  the  street 
and  keep  the  buildings  wet  from  curb  to  cornice. 

Wa'ter  Wheel.  A  wheel  turned  by  the  action 
of  water. 

Lafflneur's  "Treatise  on  the  Construction  of  Water-wheels." 

Lowell's  "Hydraulics." 

Glynn's  "Treatise  on  the  Power  of  Water  as  applied  to 
drive  Flour  Mills,  and  to  give  motion  to  Turbines  and  othfr 
Hydrostatic  Engines."  12mo.  New  York,  1869. 

Wa'ter  Works.  For  a  description  of  various 
works  for  furnishing  water  supply,  see  "Mecli. 
Diet.,"  p.  2746. 

See  also  Colburn  Sf  Maw's  "The  Water-works  of  "London.'' 

Jacob's  "  On  the  Designing  and  Construction  of  Storage 
Reservoirs."  16mo. 

Prof  Corfield'i  "Water  and  Water  Supply."  New  York, 
1875. 

MrMaster's  "High  Masonry  Dams." 

Kirkwood  "On  Filtration  of  River  Waters." 

Fanning's  "  Water  Supply  Engineering." 

McElroy's  ''•Papers  on  Hydraulic  Engineering." 

Hughes'  "Water-works  for  Cities  and  Towns."  (Weale's 
Series.)  New  edition. 

Humber's  "  Comprehensive  Treatise  on  the  Water  Supply  of 
Cities  and  Toirns."  Illustrated. 

Haslcoll's  "Water-works,  Sewage,  and  Irrigation."  Being 
vol.  ii.  of  "Engineering  Field  Work."  London,  1871. 

"Wave  Mold'ing  Ma-chine'.  The  Ransome 
wave  molder  has  carriage,  feed,  and  reciprocating 
scraping  cutters.  The  chisel  bar  or  its  connections 
are  elongated  to  give  the  stroke,  the  bar  and  chisel 
having  a  reciprocating  motion,  but  capable  of  being 
extended  to  the  depth  of  the  mortise,  and  yet  re- 
sisting in  its  joints  the  force  of  the  blow. 

Wax.  The  following  are  some  useful  recipes  for 
sealing  wax :  — 

Red  Sealing  Wax,  Fine.  —  Melt  cautiously  4  oz.  pale  shel- 
lac in  a  copper  vessel,  at  the  lowest  possible  temperature  ; 
add  1}  oz.  of  Venice  turpentine,  previously  warmed,  and  stir 
in  3  oz.  vermilion ;  pour  into  metallic  molds  and  allow  it 
to  cool. 


WAX. 


942 


WEEDING  HOE. 


Red  Sealing  Wax,  Common.  —  Resin,  4  Ibs.  ;  shellac,  2 
Ibs. ;  melt ;  mix  in  ij  Ibs.  Venice  turpentine  and  rod  lead. 

Black  Sealing  Wax,  Fine.  Shellac,  UU  parts  :  Venice  tur- 
pentine, 20  parts  ;  melt  shellac  carefully  :  add  Venice  turpen- 
tine ;  stir  in  30  parts  of  finely-powdered  ivory  black. 

Black  Sealing  Wax,  Common.  —  Resin,  6  Ibs.:  shellac,  2 
Ibs.  :  melt.  Add  2  Ibs.  Venice  turpentine,  and  lamp  black  to 
color. 

Gold  Sealing  Wax. — Melt  cautiously  4  oz.  pale  shellac 
in  a  copper  vessel,  at  the  lowest  possible  temperature ;  add 
1  j  oz.  of  Venice  turpentine,  previously  warmed  ;  and  stir  in 
3  oz.  mica  spangles  ;  pour  into  metallic  molds,  and  allow  it 
to  cool. 

Colored  Sealing  Wax. — 4  oz.  pale  shellac,  1|  oz.  white 
resin,  2  oz.  Venice  turpentine  ;  add  a  finely  powdered  pig- 
ment of  the  required  color. 

Bottle  Wax.  —  (1. )  Resin,  6J  parts  ;  beeswax,  J  part ;  Vene- 
tian red  or  red  lead,  1£  Ibs.  (2.)  Shellac,  3  parts  ;  Venice  tur- 
pentine, 1J  parts ;  vermilion,  2J  parts,  or  Venetian  or  red 
lead,  q.  a.  (3.)  Resin,  6  parts  ;  shellac  and  Venice  turpentine, 
.each,  2  parts  ;  coloring  matter  to  suit. 

Wax,  Graft'ing.  This  is  an  article  which 
should  be  kept  on  hand  ready  for  use  whenever 
needed,  for  it  is  valuable  for  various  other  purposes 
besides  that  of  grafting.  All  wounds  made  in 
pruning  trees  will  heal  over  much  sooner  if  coated 
with  this  wax  ;  and,  if  a  piece  of  bark  is  accident- 
ally stripped  from  a  tree,  the  place  should  be  cov- 
ered over  with  it,  and  the  wood  will  remain  sound 
underneath.  A  good  wax  may  be  made  as  follows : 

Melt  in  a  basin  1  Ib.  of  tallow,  2  Ibs.  of  beeswax,  and  4  Ibs. 
of  resin  ;  stir  well  together,  and  keep  in  a  cool  place  in  the 
dish  in  which  it  is  melted.  If  beeswax  is  a  very  costly  item, 
one-third  less  quantity  can  be  used. 

Wax'-thread  Sew'ing  Ma-chine'.  A  sew- 
ing machine  for  sewing  leather  with  waxed  thread. 
Such  machines  are  made  to  work  with  two  threads 
or  with  one. 

In  the  single  thread  machine  the  needle  carries 
down  the  thread,  which  is  caught  by  a  looper  work- 
ing in  the  pillar  beneath,  and  thereby  held  till  the 
leather  is  fed  forward  so  that  the  next  descent  of 
the  needle  will  be  through  the  former  loop.  Pro- 
vision is  made  for  keeping  the  waxed  thread  warm 
so  that  it  may  be  flexible.  The  warming  is  usually 
by  a  lamp  which  heats  a  current  of  air  in  the  duct 
through  which  the  thread  passes.  In  other  cases 
the  thread  passage  is  heated  by  hot  water.  The 
wax  is  heated  by  a  lamp  beneath  and  the  thread 
is  conducted  from  the  spool,  through  the  wax  and 
along  a  heated  passage  to  the  needle. 

"Way.  (Railway.)  With  one  exception,  the 
Paris  Exposition  did  not  furnish  any  valuable  sug- 
gestions of  new  uses  for  iron.  This  exception  re- 
lates to  the  introduction  of  various  systems  of  iron 
permanent  way  for  railroads,  in  place  of  the  wood- 
en cross-ties  and  stringers  which  are  now  generally 
in  use. 

One  of  these  systems,  Hilf's,  has  been  adopted 
on  nearly  1.000  miles  of  railway  in  Germany,  Aus- 
tria, Belgium,  and  other  countries.  Both  the 
stringers  and  the  cross-ties  are  of  wrought-iron. 
Other  systems,  at  least  one  of  which  substitutes 
steel  for  iron,  are  modifications  of  the  Hilf  system. 
It  seems  not  improbable  that  one  or  two  of  these 
systems  will  become  popular  and  even  necessary  in 
countries  which  do  not  possess  an  abundance  of 
timber,  but  at  present  many  objections  are  made  to 
their  adoption.  It  is  alleged  that  the  first  cost  of 
an  iron  permanent  way,  cheap  as  iron  has  become, 
is  much  greater  than  one  of  wood,  and  that  it  is 
liable  to  corrode,  and  is  more  rigid  than  wood. 

Iron,  however,  has  found  new  friends  in  those 
inventors  who  have  suggested  its  use  in  the  con- 
struction of  the  so-called  permanent  way  of  rail- 
roads, and  various  systems  of  this  new  permanent 
way  are  now  in  daily  use  on  the  Continent.  In 
Great  Britain  one  or  two  of  them  have  been  used 
experimentally,  and  a  commencement  has  been 


made  in  shipping  iron  for  the  construction  of  the 
permanent  way  of  an  Indian  railroad. 

Wear  I'ron.  The  projecting  piece  of  iron  fas- 
tened to  the  bottom  of  a  buggy  or  wagon  to  protect 
the  wheel  from  wearing  away  the  body  in  turning. 

Weath'er-board'ing  Saw.  A"  combination 
saw,  composed  of  saw,  square,  level,  plumb,  and 
rule,  allowing  the  carpenter  to  plumb,  space,  true, 
saw,  and  fit  on  weather-boarding  without  other  tools. 

Weav'ing.  The  manufacture  of  fine  blankets 
by  the  Navajo  women  is  thus  described  :  — 

The  wool  is  all  spun  with  the  fingers  and  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  wheel,  the  process  being  very  slow 
and  requiring  great  skill.  The  colors  are  all  vege- 
table. As  two  women  spin  the  warp  two  others 
stretch  the  yarn  upon  pegs  driven  into  the  ground, 
each  thread  being  as  long  as  the  blanket  is  to  be. 
When  the  warp  is  made  and  arranged,  the  woof  or 
filling  is  spun  in  the  same  way,  and  each  thread 
woven  in  by  hand  and  with  the  greatest  care.  In 
this  manner  four  women  make  four  fine  blankets 
in  about  three  months.  The  Navajos  have  not  lost 
the  art  of  weaving  blankets.  While  the  men  hunt 
and  herd  cattle  •  and  sheep,  the  women  spin  and 
weave  blankets  for  their  own  use  and  for  saje. 
Some  are  coarse  and  can  be  purchased  for  from  S3 
to  $6,  but  others  are  so  fine  and  tightly  woven  that 
they  will  hold  water  like  a  rubber  poncho,  and  sull 
for 'from  $25  to  $75  each. 

Diagrams  showing  the  principles  of  various  ar- 
mures  or  dispositions  of  the  harness  for  twills,  sat- 
ins, etc.,  may  be  found  in  Laboulaye's  "  Diction- 
naire  des  Arts  et  Manufactures,"  article  "Tissage," 
vol.  in.,  ed.  1877. 

WeHber.     (Electricity.)     The  practical  unit  of 
i  quantity  (I  weber  —  J^  (C.  G.  S.)). — Ampere. 

The  practical  unit  of  resistance  is  called  the  ohm 
or  B.  A.  unit  ( 1  ohm  —  one  billion  absolute  electro- 
1  magnetic  units).    (1  ohm  —  109  (C.  G.  S.).)  —  Gor- 
don. 

We'ber-me'ter.  Edison  has  lately  patented 
a  "  webermeter."  This  is  an  instrument  for  meas- 
uring the  amount  of  electric  current  flowing  through 
a  circuit,  or  in  other  words  a  meter  for  electric  cur- 
rents to  tell  the  number  of  webers  that  have  been 
supplied. 

Wedge.  (Nautical.)  One  of  the  supporting 
blocks  of  a  ship  on  the  ways. 

Wedge  Cut'ter.  A  dentist's  cutting  pliers  to 
excise  the  ends  of  separating  wedges,  inside  and 
outside  of  the  jaw. 

( Carpentry.)  A  combined  relisher  and  wedge 
cutter  for  relishing  the  rail  of  a  door  and  cutting 
the  wedges  at  one  operation.  The  first  arbor  is 
perpendicular,  the  second  upright  arbor  is  thrown 
forward  on  the  right  angle  to  give  the  bevel  to  the 
wedge,  and  can  be  adjusted  to  give  different  bevels 
to  accommodate  different  widths  of  tenons,  or  can 
be  moved  to  a  perpendicular.  The  two  horizontal 
arbors  are  adjusted  by  screws,  andean  be  moved  up 
and  down  to  cut  any  width  of  relish.  The  two 
small  saws  are  fastened  on  end  of  arbors  with 
screws,  the  heads  being  flush  with  face  of  saws. 
The  sliding  bed  moves  the  length  of  machine  on 
tracks.  The  rail  to  be  relished  is  placed  on  its 
worked  edge,  on  the  bed,  with  shoulder  against  the 
stop  (which  can  be  adjusted  to  any  depth  of  cut), 
and  run  through  machine,  thus  cutting  the  relish 
and  wedge  in  one  movement.  One  man  can  relish 
the  rails  and  make  the  wedges  for  1,000  to  1,200 
doors  in  ten  hours. 

Wedge  Valve.  A  wedge-shaped  valve  driven 
to  its  seat  by  a  screw.  Used  in  closing  mains,  etc. 

Weecl'iiig  Hoe.  One  style  is  made  with  three 
small  triangular  blades  or  s'hares  which  cut  the 


WEED   SCYTHE. 


943 


WELDING  TUBES. 


Fig.  2530. 


Weighing  Scoop. 


-weeds  off  at  the  surface  of  the  ground,  or  lower, 
.and  are  adjustable  laterally  to  cut  all  in  one  broad 
row,  or  spaced  apart  as  desired. 

Weed  Scythe.     See  BRAMBLE  SCYTHE. 

Weigh  Can.  A  can  con- 
taining a  liquid,  resting  on 
scales.  The  indicator  is  fixed 
at  the  present  weight  less  the 
amount  wanted ;  the  faucet 
is  opened,  and  when  the  beam 
rises  the  flow  is  cut  off. 

Weigh'ing  Ma-chine'. 
Figs.  1423-1425,  p.  486,  su- 
pra, show  a  convenient  form 
of  hydrostatic  scale  for 
•weighing  in  transitu. 

See  also  STEELYARD, 
TRACK  SCALE,  PLATFORM 
SCALE,  SUSPENDED  SCALE, 
etc. 

Weigh'ing  Scoop. 
Mery's  scoop  has  a  spring 
balance  located  in  the  scoop 
handle,  scale  and  pointers  on 
the  handle,  and  a  stop  so  ar- 
ranged as  to  save  the  spiral 
balance  spring  from  damage 
when  the  scoop  is  thrust  into 
any  hard,  unyielding  mate- 
rial. 

When  the  scoop  is  in  use  the 
handle  is  naturally  grasped  so 
that  the  thumb  is  directly  over  the 
stop  £,  and  a  slight  pressure  on 
it  when  the  scoop  is  thrust  into 
any  material  prevents  the  stem 
from  beiug  pushed  down  upon  the 
spring,  and  causing  auy  damage  to  it.  The  combination  of 
handle  and  stem  is  made  stiff  and  unyielding  by  reason  of 
the  stop,  thus  facilitating  the  scooping  up  of  any  hard  un- 
yielding material. 

When  the  material  to  be  weighed  is  raised  up  in, 
the  scoop,  the  stop  is  released  and  the  balance, 
being  free  to  act,  the  weight  of  the  material  will 
show  on  the  scale.  This  arrangement  of  scoop 
and  scale  gives  two  useful  articles  in  one,  and  is 
very  serviceable  where  a  large  amount  of  mate- 
rial has  to  be  divided  by  weight  into  small  quan- 
tities. 

Weight'ed  Car'riage  Lathe.     One 

in  which  the  carriage  rest  is  held  down  by 
a  weight. 

Weight'ed  Gage 
Cock.  One  in  which 
the  piston  or  valve  is 
held  to  its  seat  by  a 
weight.  See  Fig.  2531. 

Weighting.  Load- 
ing silks,  cotton,  and 
other  goods  with  foreign 
substances  in  dyeing,  to 
give  them  body  and 
•weight.  This  fraudu- 
lent practice  is  resorted 
to  in  many  cases,  the 
principal  weighting  ma- 
terial used  being  chlo- 
ride of  magnesium.  Sul- 
phate  of  magnesium 
(Epsom  salts),  oxy mu- 
riate of  tin,  sumac,  galls, 
gums,  sugars,  salts  of 
lead,  oxides  of  iron,  and 
other  articles  of  a  simi- 
lar kind  are  used  by  un- 
scrupulous dyers  to 
give  to  -silk  an  artificial 
weight,  regardless  of,the  Weighted  Gage  Cock. 


Fig.  2531. 


fact  that  the  goods  are  seriously  damaged  thereby, 
for  use. 

Weir.  A  dam  across  a  stream  to  raise  the  water 
to  a  higher  level,  either  for  milling,  fishing,  or  na\r- 
igating  purposes. 

The  rivers  SJeine  and  Yonne  have  been  made  navigable  for 
small  vessels,  between  Paris  and  Auxerre,  by  a  system  of 
weirs  which  give  a  minimum  depth  of  about  5'. 

This  has  been  accomplished  by  building  34  movable  dams, 
with  side  locks,  and  also  making  three  cut-offs  ;  every  cut-off 
has  a  guard-gate  at  its  head  to  keep  ovit  the  flood  water,  and 
a  movable  dam,  without  a  lock,  is  built  across  the  river  just 
below  each  gate.  See  BARRAGE,  p.  76,  supra,  and  Plate  IV. 

The  above  operations  have  served  to  convert  the  two  rivers 
into  a  series  of  navigable  pools.  'Rivers  so  converted  are  said 
to  be  canalized. 

Each  weir,  150'  wide,  is  composed  of  a  fixed  and  movable 
portion,  the  fixed  part  consisting  of  a  mass  of  beton,  faced 
with  masonry,  poured  between  two  lines  of  sheet  piles  with 
an  interval  of  25'  between  the  lines.  This  mass  rises  to  within 
3J'  of  the  upper  bay  level.  This  fixed  part  is.  surmounted 
by  33  movable  gates  5'  wide,  with  their  tops,  when  they 
are  up,  at  3j'  above  the  permanent  portion.  These  gates 
were  designed  by  M.  Desfontaine,  and  called  by  him  hausses 
a  tambour,  or  drum  gates. 

The  object  was  to  operate  the  dam  by  utilizing  the  power 
produced  by  the  fall  itself. 

The  moving  apparatus,  Fig.  2532,  consists  of  a  series  of 
gates,  independent  of  each  other,  and  turning  around  a  hori- 
zontal hinge,  a,  placed  in  the  middle.  The  upper  half,  a  b,  is 
the  hausse  or  gate,  properly  so-called ;  it  is  this  which  forms 
the  upper  bay.  The  lower  half  a  c  d,  called  the  counter  hausse, 
has  no  other  function  than  to  carry  along  the  hausse  in  the 
movement  impressed  upon  itself.  It  is  inclosed  in  a  quarter 
of  a  horizontal  masonry  cylinder  of  the  same  length,  whose 
axis  coincides  with  the  hinge,  and  in  which  it  can  conse- 
quently make  a  quarter  of  a  revolution.  The  horizontal  one 
is  slightly  raised  parallel  to  itself,  and  the  vertical  one  has 
been  similarly  moved  back,  so  as  to  leave  the  empty  spaces 
I  and  k  between  the  drum  and  the  extreme  positions  of  the 
counter  hausse. 

By  admitting  water  from  the  upper  bay  into  the  chamber 
I,  when  the  bay  is  full,  the  gates  are  revolved  on  their  axes, 
and  the  bay  emptied  as  far  as  desired.  The  admission  of  the 
water  into  k  raises  the  gate  again. 

The  simplest  form  of  s,Jisli  wair  consists  of  a  fence  of  brush 

Fig.  2532. 


driven  into  the  sand  or  mud  and  forming  a  curve  concave  to 
the  ebb  of  the  tide.  As  the  water  runs  off,  becoming  more 
shallow,  the  fish  in  the  inclosure  are  detained  and  are  cap- 
tured when  stranded. 

A  dry  weir  is  one  on  a  flat  left  dry  by  the  ebb  of  the  tide. 

Weirs  are  called  slat  weirs  or  brush  weirs  when  made  of 
boards  or  brush  respectively. 

Weirs  may  have  leaders  of  brush  or  slats  and  pounds  of 
net,  or  the  heart  and  net  may  be  of  brush  below  and  netting 
above. 

Weir  and  pound  are  almost  synonymous  terms. 

Weld'ing.  A  welding  block  mounted  on  the 
long  slide,  carries  a  welding  bar,  upon  which  sad- 
dles may  be  fitted  for  different  diameters.  The 
block  and  bar  carrying  the  flue  are  traversed  along 
the  bottom  slide,  and  as  much  length  as  can  be 
heated  may  be  welded  at  once.  See  Fig.  2533. 

Weld'ing  Tubes.  Herr  Knipp,  of  Essen,  Ger- 
many, has  recently  patented  in  Germany  a  method 
of  welding  tubes  and  tires.  He  draws  the  tube 
over  one  of  a  pair  of  ordinary  rolls,  and  then  heats 


WELDING  TUBES. 


944 


WHALING   EOCKET. 


Fig.  2633. 


the  whole  length  of  the  portions  to  be  welded  by 
a  special  contrivance,  which  is  a  portable  fire-box, 
into  which  air  is  so  blown  that  the  heat  is  directed 
against  the  weld.  After  the  necessary  heat  is  at- 
tained the  rolls  are  set  in  motion  and  the  place  to 
be  welded  is  repeatedly  drawn  through  them.  His 
heating  apparatus  could,  we  believe,  be  replaced  to 
advantage  by  some  gas  apparatus  similar  to  that 
used  for  heating  wagon  tires  in  this  country  and 
in  France. 

Well-bor'ing  Tools.  The  tools  used  in  well- 
boring  may  be  classed  under  five  heads. 

1.  Drills,  acting  by  percussion. 

2.  Augers,  for  boring  by  rotation. 
8.  Reamers,  for  enlarging  the  hole. 

4.  Sand  pumps,  for  extracting  detritus  or  soft  material. 

5.  Grabs,  for  recovering   fallen   or  broken   tools,  rods,  or 
tubing,  and  for  raising  or  lowering  rods  or  tubing. 

The  simplest  plan  for  operating  boring  tools  is  the  Chi- 
nese ;  the  tools  are  suspended  from  a  rope  which  is  worked 
vertically  and  imparts  by  its  torsion  a  circular  motion  to  the 
tool.  The  well  is  tubed  as  the  work  progresses.  This  plan, 
while  it  has  the  merit  of  simplicity,  is  liable  to  the  objection 
that  the  tool  is  apt  to  follow  fissures,  to  avoid  nodules  and 
hard  seams,  and  thus  become  deflected  from  the  true  course. 

The  usual  mode  of  boring  is  to  attach  the  boring  tool  to 
the  end  of  a  section  of  rod,  which,  as  the  work  progresses,  is 
lengthened  by  the  attachment  of  other  rods,  which  are  in 
lengths  of  from  10'  to  20'.  A  vertical  reciprocation  is  given 
to  the  drill  stock  by  attachment  to  a  walking  beam,  by  a 
lever  or  by  other  means,  and  a  certain  amount  of  rotation 
being  imparted  to  the  tool  at  each  stroke  causes  it  to  fall  in 
a  fresh  place  at  each  impact. 

The  tool  acting  upon  the  rock,  or  the  scoop  upon  the  sand, 
gravel,  etc.,  accumulates  a  quantity  of  debris  which  requires 
to  be  withdrawn  from  time  to  time,  the  rod  being  lifted  and 
unscrewed,  section  by  section,  and  the  debris  removed  by 
sand  pump  if  the  tool  itself  has  no  provision  for  withdraw- 
ing it.  The  sections  are  then  again  attached  and  the  tool 
lowered  to  its  work. 

The  loss  of  time  entailed  by  .this  plan,  in  the  raising  and 
unscrewing,  emptying,  reattaching,  and  letting  down  has 
given  rise  to  a  number  of  inventions  designed  to  withdraw 
the  debris  as  it  is  made,  i'or  this  purpose  was  suggested  a 
downcast  and  upcast  current  of  water  circulating  through 
two  tubes  or  on  each  side  of  a  partition  in  a  single  tube. 
Another  device,  patented  in  England  in  1844,  by  Beart,  was 
to  make  the  rods  hollow,  with  water-tight  joints,  and  then 
introduce  a  downcast  current  of  water  which  carried  the 
debris  up  the  space  between  the  rod  and  the  wall  of  the 
well. 

Pumps  of  various  kinds  have  been  contrived,  designed  to 
accomplish  the  same  purpose,  and  other  inventors  have  made 


hollow  drill-rods  with  a  succession  of  valves,  the  water  and 
debris  being  supposed  to  work  their  way  from  section  to  sec- 
tion upwardly  by  means  of  the  forcible  contact  of  the  tool 
with  the  yielding  strata. 

When  danger  is  apprehended  from  the  weight  of  the  drill- 
rod,  a  slide-joint  may  be  made  which  will  limit  the  percus- 
sive action  to  one  or  two  sections  at  the  lower  end  of  the 
rod  while  the  portion  above  the  joint  is  counterbalanced  so 
as  not  to  be  involved  in  the  blow. 

This  slide-joint  is  the  invention  of  (Euyenhausen. 

See  full-page  plate  of  well-boring  tools,  p.  2758,  "Mech. 
Diet." 

Well  Smack.  A  perforated  submerged  cage 
attached  to  the  bottom  of  fishing  smacks  for  trans- 
porting the  fish  to  market  alive. 

"Welt  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  to  cut  leather, 
cloth,  etc.,  into  a  series  of  parallel  strips  to  be  used 
as  welts  in  side  seaming.  The  material  is  passed 
into  the  machine  irrespective  of  its  width,  the  end 
knife  separating  the  portion  not  cut  into  strips  be- 
fore it  can  be  carried  against  the  standard. 

Well'-wheel  Block.  A  grooved  pulley  for 
the  cord  of  the  well-bucket  to  run  over.  It  has  a 
hook  for  suspension  and  anti-friction  rollers  for  the 
axis. 

Wet  and  Dry  Plates.  The  wet  plates  used 
in  photography  and  prepared  by  the  photographer 
at  time  of  taking  a  picture,  are  being  largely  super- 
seded by  the  dry  or  gelatine  plate,  which  can  be 
prepared  or  bought  in  advance,  and  carried  around 
for  taking  views,  or  other  pictures.  These  dry 
plates  are  practically  instantaneous.  See  work  by 
J.  Traill  Taylor,  published  by  the  Scovill  Manufac- 
turing Co.,  New  York. 

Wet  Broke.  (Paper.)  The  moist  and  imper- 
fectly felted  stock  or  pulp  as  it  leaves  the  wire  cyl- 
inder and  before  being  smoothed  out  on'  the  for- 
warding blanket. 

Whaling  Ap'pa-ra'tus.  For  list  of  U.  S. 
patents  on  whaling  apparatus,  harpoons,  bomb- 
lances,  rockets,  and  explosives  used  in  fishing  and 
whaling,  1838-1879,  see  HARPOON. 

Wha'ling  Gun.  Off  the  Norway  coast,  near 
Wadso,  whales  are  killed  by  the  use  of  a  gun  in- 
vented for  the  purpose. 

The  gun  has  a  chamber  about  four  feet  long,  is  mounted 
on  the  forecastle  of  the  vessel,  and,  being  balanced,  can  be 
easily  moved  to  allow  aim  to  be  taken.  The  projectile  in  use 
consists  of  a  long  iron  bolt,  having  at  its  extreme  end  four 
harpoons  bound  round  with  a  line  so  as  to  be  flat,  and  close  to 
the  harpoons  a  five  or  six  pounder  shell.  As  soon  as  the 
steamer  has  approached  sufficiently  near  to  the  fish,  the  bolt  is 
fired  off,  and,  if  well  directed,  penetrates  deeply  into  the  flesh 
and  blubber  of  the  animal.  The  whale  rushes  off  at  a  furious 
pace,  and  the  effect  of  his  rapid  movement  is  to  make  the  bolt 
slip  back  a  little,  thus  setting  free  the  four  harpoons  from 
the  lines,  and,  by  means  of  a  mechanical  arrangement,  caus- 
ing the  shell  to  explode.  This  generally  proves  the  coup  de 
grace. 

A  fire  arm  or  small  cannon  hurling  a  bomb,  harpoon,  or 
lance.  Patents  :  — 

Brand .    June  22, 1859. 

Pierce •    •      1865. 

See  also  HARPOON  GUN. 

Wha'ling  Rock'et.  A  projectile  carrying  har- 
poon, line,  and  explosive,  used  in  whaling. 

The  Roys  rocket  has  a  strong  brass  cylinder  containing 
the  projectile  charge.  In  the  front  of  this  is  secured  a  bomb 
containing  an  explosive  charge,  and  inside  of  it  is  a  harpoon 
attached  to  the  shell.  To  the  rear  end  of  the  rocket,  is  at- 
tached the  whale  line.  The  bomb  has  a  bearded  or  barbed 
point,  and  when  projected  into  the  whale  by  the  rocket  ex- 
plodes, inflicting  a  fatal  wound,  the  harpoon  takes  its  hold, 
and  the  boat  is  fastened  to  the  whale  by  the  line.  These 
shots  are  good  for  killing  and  fastening  to  a  whale  at  30 
fathoms  distance.  The  whole  apparatus  weighs  32  pounds, 
and  is  6'  6"  in  length. 

A  peculiar  rest  is  used  in  firing,  having  on  it  a  shield  to 
protect  the  operator  from  the  fire  which  issues  from  the  rear 
end  of  the  rocket.  The  rocket  is  set  in  the  rest,  the  rear  end 
of  which  is  placed  on  the  shoulder,  and  by  discharging  a 
pistol  charge  into  a  hole  provided  for  the  purpose,  the  pro- 
jectile is  discharged  and  the  rocket  powder  carries  the  rocket, 
bomb,  and  line  in  the  direction  required. 


WHALEMEN'S  TOOLS,  KNIVES,  ETC.     945 


WHEAT   SCOURER. 


Whale'men's  Tools,  Kuives,  etc.    Blubber 

Fork.     Used  for  tossing  blubber  into  the  try  kettle. 
Blubber  Hook,     Used  in  hauling  small  pieces  of 
blubber  on  deck. 

Blubber  Knife.  For  cutting  up  blubber  for  try- 
ing out. 

Boarding  Knife.  For  cutting  the  blanket-piece 
of  blubber  or  long  piece  which  is  flensed  or  peeled 
from  the  sides  of  the  whale. 

Boat  Spade.  Used  from  the  boat  to  disable  the 
whale  by  cutting  its  flukes. 

Boat  Hatchet.     Same  use  as  boat  knife,. 
Boat  Knife.     To  cut  the  harpoon  Hue  when  it 
becomes  tangled  in  paying  out.     Kept  iu  its  sheath 
on  the  bulkhead  of  the  whale-boat,  ready  for  use. 

Cutting  Spade.  Used  iu  peeling  the  blubber  from 
the  carcass  of  the  dead  whale.  Known  as  "  cut- 
ting in  the  blubber." 

Half-round  Spade,  For  cutting  the  "blanket" 
piece,  to  allow  blubber  hook  to  enter. 

Head  Knife.  For  cutting  off  the  head  of  the 
whale ;  opening  the  skull  to  obtain  the  spermaceti ; 
removing  the  baleen,  etc. 

Head  Spade.  For  cutting  off  the  head,  of  the 
whale. 

Junk  Hook.  Used  for  hauling  heavy  pieces  of 
blubber  on  deck. 

Lance.     To  give  the  whale  its  death  thrust. 
Line  Hook.     A  hook  for  catching  the  line. 
^  Lip  Hook.   A  grapnel  for  catching  in  the  whale's 
lip,  to  tow  it  to  the  vessel. 

Mincing  Knife.  For  cutting  the  blubber  into 
small  pieces. 

Mincing  Spade.  For  cutting  the  blubber  into 
small  pieces  before  trying  out. 

Throat  Spade.  Flat  with  a  round  shank.  Used 
in  cutting  off  the  head  of  the  whale. 

Whaling  Gun.  A  fire  arm  or  small  cannon  hurl- 
ing a  bomb,  harpoon,  or  lance. 

Wide  Spade.  Used  in  the  blubber  room  for 
cutting  blubber  in  the  rough,  before  mincing. 
Wheat  Brush.  A  device  for  scouring  grain. 
The  illustration,  Fig.  2534,  shows  two  bristle 
brushes,  with  the  bristles  inclined.  One  of  the 
brushes  revolves  while  the  other  is  stationary.  The 
wheat  enters  the  hopper  A  and  passes  to  the  center 
between  brushes  s1  and  ii-,  whence  it  is  carried  by 
centrifugal  force  to  the  periphery  of  the  brushes, 
when  it  falls  into  the  air-chamber  E,  whence  the 
dust  is  removed  by  the  suction  created  by  fan  D. 

Fig.  2534. 


Wheat  Cleaner. 


Wheat  Crack'er.  (Milling.)  A  mill  for 
making  grits.  See  GRITS  MILL". 

Wheat  Damp'en-ing  and  Dry'ing  Ma- 
chine'. Apparatus  for  washing  and  cleansing 
smut  and  dirt  from  grain,  and  drying  the  wheat 
when  washed.  See  GRAIN  WASHER. 

Wheat  Drill.     See  GRAIN  DRILL. 

Wheat  Gra'der.  A  machine  for  separating 
the  perfect  from  the  imperfect  grains,  and  for  sort- 
ing out  long  from  round  grains,  or  removing  dirt, 
stones,  etc.,  from  grain.  See  GRAIN  SEPARATOR, 
STONE  CLEANER,  WHEAT  SEPARATOR. 

Wheat  Heat'er.  (Milling.)  An  apparatus 
for  heating  grain  before  grinding  in  order  to  facili- 
tate the  loosening  of  the  bran  coat.  It  is  usually 
some  form  of  steam  heated  chamber,  and  in  Welch's 
wheat  heater,  it  has  a  perforated  steam  ring  for 
damping  the  grain  also,  if  desired. 

It  has  an  interior  iron  cone,  heated  by  one  steam- 
pipe,  and  a  frusto- conical  steam  coil  "a  short  dis- 
tance outside  of  the  cone.  The  live  steam  pipes  of 
each  are  above  and  the  waste  below.  The  wheat 
enters  the  machine  and  passes  clown  the  channel 
between  the  conical  coil  of  pipe  and  the  central 
iron  cone,  which  is  notched  on  the  outside,  spread- 
ing out  and  passing  through  a  series  of  openings  in 
the  bottom,  where  it  is  collected  by  the  hopper  at 
the  bottom  of  the  machine,  and  spouted  to  the 
burrs.  The  ring  just  below  the  wheat  induction 
opening  is  for  steaming  the  grain,  when  required  • 
the  pipe  having  its  own  valve.  The  space  outside 
the  steam  is  packed  with  asbestos  to  prevent  radia- 
tion of  heat.  The  length  of  the  apparatus  is  26. 5". 
Capacity,  15  bushels  per  hour. 

Several  forms  of  apj  aratus  may  be  found  under 
the  following;  references  :  — 


Provost,  "  Victor  "    .     .  * 

Gratiot * 

Price  "IXL.,".     .     .     .  * 
Fulton      ....'..* 

Osborne    * 

Deal * 

Welch * 

Palmer * 

Hunt  .  .  * 


'American  Miller,'"  vi.  148. 
'American  Miller,1'  v.  83. 
'American  Miller,"1  v.  83. 
'American  Miller,1"  vi.  277. 
'American  Miller,"  vi.  148. 
'American  Miller,"  viii.  237. 
'American  Miller,"  viii.  287. 
'American  Miller,"  viii.  461. 
'Lejfel's  Milling  If  Mech.  News," 

vii.  4. 
(Steamer).     ....  "Level's  Milling  If  Mech.  News" 

ix.  89. 
"Scientific  American,"  xlii.  152. 

Wheat  Mag'nets.    Fig.  2535  shows  forms  of 
magnets  for  inserting  in 


the  mill  spouts  to  gather 
the  pieces  of  wire  that 
may  have  gotten  in 
from  the  use  of  wire 
binders  or  other  sources. 

Wheat  Rid' die. 
See  SEPARATORS,  full 
page  of  plates,  p.  417, 
supra, 

Wheat  Scour  'er. 
(Milling.)  A  machine 
which  follows  the  smut- 
ter. 


Fig.  2535. 


Wheat  Magnets. 


60 


It  consists  of  a  stiff  brush, 
against  which  and  below,  a 
grooved  burr-stone  is  made  to  revolve,  the  wheat  passing 
between  the  brush  and  burr-stone.  It  serves  to  remove  still 
adhering  hairs  and  loosened  portions  of  the  outer  bran,  and 
presents,  after  passing  through  a  blower,  a  berry  of  rejnark- 
able  smoothness  and  look  of  purity.  By  this  process,  some 
varieties  of  wheat  lose,  beside  the  hair,  portions  of  the  outer 
layer  pf  true  bran,  traces  of  the  cigar-coat,  and  scales  from 
the  surface  of  the  embryo. 

To  effect  the  same  end  in  other  mills,  the  wheat  is  passed 
between  a  grooved  steel  cylinder  and  a  segment  of  a  stone 
shell  in  which  the  abrasion  of  the  surface  of  the  wheat  and 
the  partial  removal  of  the  outer  bran  coat  are  effected. 

Another  form  has  a  cylindrical  grater  operating  against  a 


7 


WHEAT   SCOURER. 


946 


WHEEL-MAKING   MACHINERY. 


surface  of  stone.  The  wheat  enters  the  machine  at  a  spout 
and  comes  in  contact  with  a  system  of  cast-iron  spiders.  Pass- 
ing through  in  a  spiral  form,  it  is  discharged.  The  screen- 
ings are  delivered  from  one  spout  and  the  dust  from  another. 
The  separation  can  be  adjusted  by  a  movable  valve. 

Wheat  Sep'a-ra-tor.  The  separation  of  mus- 
tard, cockle,  and  grass  seed  from  the  wheat  is  ef- 
fected by  passing  the  mixed  grains  over  inclined 
plates  perforated  with  holes  large  enough  for  the 
smaller  seeds  to  pass  through  but  not  large  enough 
for  the  wheat. 

The  oat-grain  is  separated  by  taking  advantage  of  its  elon- 


Fig.  2536. 


perforated  witn  rounu  noies,  ui  mtei  vair>  mccij  ueicimmcu 
by  experiment,  abundantly  large  for  the  ready  passage  oi 
both  the  wheat  and  oat  grains  if  presented  end  foremost  per- 


Wheel  Hoe.  One,  or  a  series  of  hoes,  mounted 
on  a  wheeled  frame,  and  adapted  to  be  pushed  by 
hand.  Revolving  disks  are  sometimes  interposed 
between  the  plants  and  the  hoes  to  prevent  the 
plants  being  smothered  with  earth. 

Wheel  Joint'er.  For  trimming  the  joints  of 
staves,  heading,  etc.  See  HEAD  JOINTER,  snjirn. 

Wheel-ma'king  Ma-chiii'e-ry.  Apparatus 
for  pressing  hub,  spokes,  and  felloes  into  a  solid 
wheel  at  one  operation. 

Fig.  2538  shows  Archibald's  wheel  machine,  which  occupies 
space  upon  two  consecutive  floors.  A  strong  circular  plate 
of  cast-iron,  about  7'  diameter,  having  its  upper  surface 
faced  oft'  true,  is  placed  horizontally  level  with  the 
~~"  second  floor.  Arranged  at  equal  distances  around 
its  outer  edge  are  a  number  of  levers,  B,  equal  to 
the  number  of  spokes  to  be  set  in  the  wheel,  having 
their  fulcrums  securely  bolted  to  the  plate.  The 
long  arms  of  the  levers  radiate  from  the  plate,  about 
3'  all  around  :  the  short  arms  are  formed  into  cams, 
or  rolling  inclines,  or  curved  wedges,  acting  upon 
sliding  pieces  of  cast-iron,  which  move  freely  iu  a 
radial  direction,  in  guides  formed  in  the  fulcrum 
blocks.  When  the  long  arms  of  the  levers  are  raised, 
the  sliding  pieces  are  pressed  outwards  by  springs 
until  they  bear  upon  the  cam-shaped  short  arms  of 
the  levers  at  the  point  nearest  the  fulcrum  or  center 
of  motion  of  the  lever.  When  the  long  arms  of 
the  levers  are  lowered,  their  sliding  pieces  are  forced 
inwards  by  the  cams,  and  unite  in  pressing  inward  the 
wheel.  The  levers  are  actuated  by  means  of  wrought-iron 
rods,  C,  extending  downwards  from  the  ends  of  the  levers, 
converging  to  a  vertical  column,  D,  under  the  center  of  the 
plate,  much  as  the  braces  of  an  umbrella  extend  downwards 
from  the  ribs  to  the  stick.  A  screw  is  cut  upon  the  central 
column,  and  a  nut,  E,  answering  to  the  slide  upon  an  um- 


a  hole.  An  individual  hole  is  oi  sucn  aiamei 
the  wheat-grain  sliding  forward  carries  its  center  of  gravity 
beyond  the  support  of  the  upper  edge  of  the  hole,  there  will 
be  room  for  the  prow,  that  is,  the  forward  end  of  the  grain, 
to  sweep  downward  through  the  hole  without  striking  its 
lower  margin,  and  thus  the  wheat-grain  be  separated.  The 
oat-grain,  however,  in  sliding  down  the  inclined  plane,  be- 
fore the  center  of  gravity  has  passed  bey(ond  the  support 

tho  iinnar  tnai-tfin  nf  t.hi>  hnlp    will    liv  rfiaSOn  of  itg  nrolon 


•t  of    SB 


Fig.  2537. 


Adjustable  Spoke. 


Wheel.  (Vehicle.)  A  circular  frame  supported 
on  an  axis,  distinguished  from  a  roller  by  the  axle 
bearing  the  stress. 

Fig.  2537  shows  the  Raddin  elastic  adjustable  iron  and 

wooden    spoke    for 
carriage  wheels. 

The  cut  shows  the 
manner  the  felloe  is 
expanded  to  set  the 
tire.  A  represents 
a  spoke  and  felloe, 
with  clasp  and  nut 
ready  to  be  expand- 
ed to  set  the  tire. 
/>  shows  a  spoke 
with  screw-thimble 
to  receive  the  nut  C  and  hasp  D.  By  turning  the  nut  on  each 
spoke  the  felloe  is  expanded,  the  tire  is  set,  and  the  wheel 
made  round,  which  cannot  be  done  by  the  ordinary  method. 

Smith's  wheel  has  a  metallic  hub  with  the  spokes  clamped 
between  collars.  The  outer  collar  is  held  on  by  a  jam  nut 
and  a  loose  spoke  can  be  replaced  without  removing  the  tire. 
The  spokes  in  the  Watson  wheel  pass  through  a  metallic 
collar  encircling  the  hub,  the  two  parts  of  which  are  joined 
by  connecting  pieces  which  form  wedges  to  spread  and  tight- 
en the  spokes  as  they  are  driven  in. 

Wheel  Cut'ting  Ma-chine'.  A  device  for 
dividing  a  circle  into  any  number  of  equal  divis- 
ions. 

Wheel  cutting  machine. 

Scott *  "Engineering,"  xxiii.  381. 

Wheel  cutter  bevel. 

Grube *  "Scientific  American  Sup."  450. 

Wheel  En-gra'ving.  (Glass.)  As  distin- 
guished from  sand-blast  engraving  or  acid  etching. 
See  GLASS  ENGRAVING. 


Wlieel  Machine. 


WHEEL  MAKING   MACHINEEY. 


947 


WHITE   BRICK. 


brella  stick,  raises  or  lowers  all  the  levers  at  once,  with  great 
facility,  and  with  any  required  power.  Motion  is  given  to 
the  nut  by  means  of  beveled  gears,  and  a  belt  with  fast  and 
loose  pulleys,  so  arranged  that  at  the  upward  and  downward 
limits  the  belt  i.s  thrown  automatically  upon  the  loose  pul- 
ley, and  the  motion  of  the  nut  and  levers  stopped.  Any 
required  motion,  either  up  or  down,  within  the  range  of  the 
screw,  can  be  obtained  with  great  delicacy  and  convenience 
by  a  shipper,  F,  actuated  by  a  shipping-rod,  0. 

"Wheel  Plow.  One  having  a  wheel  in  ad- 
justable standards  depending-  from  the  front  end  of 
the  plow-beam  to  regulate  the  depth  of  the  furrow. 


Wheel  plows. 

Ransume,  Br.      .     . 
Wheel  plow,  Howard,  Br. 


.  *  "Engineering,''  xxvii.  4c 
.  *  "•Engineering,"  xxx.  49. 


Wheel  Press.  A  hydraulic  press  for  forcing 
car-wheels  upon  their  axles. 

Wheel  Ribs.  Projections  on  the  inner  side 
of  plate  car-wheels  to  strengthen  them. 

Wheeled  Scra'per.  One  mounted  on  trucks 
to  scrape  and  level  newly-dumped  dirt  on  railroad 
tracks. 

Wheel  Seat.  The  part  of  an  axle  inclosed 
by  the  hub  of  a  wheel. 

"  Wheel'wright  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
doing  the  different  varieties  of  work  necessary  in 
the  forming  of  a  wagon  wheel. 

Some  forms  will  plane  wagon  or  buggy  rims 
when  on  the  wheel,  and  plane  the  periphery  of  a 
rim  made  of  sections  (i.  e.,  sawed  felloes),  so  that 
each  section  shall  have  a  true  circle  of  its  own, 
greater  than  the  circle  of  the  wheel,  forming  what 
is  known  in  the  trade  as  swelled  joints,  without 
which  such  wheel  would  be  deficient,  as  the  rim  is 
always  inclined  to  dent  in  at  the  joints  of  the  fel- 
The  amount  of  irregularity  can  be  varied, 
arid  is  quickly  changed  so  as  to  plane  a  bent  rim  to 
a  true  circle. 

The  rim  planer  will  also  plane  stuff  straight,  out 
of  wind,  square,  and  to  thickness  (and  8"  wide  with 
an  extra  cutter-head  of  this  width).  The  upper 
table  nuiy  be  taken  off  its  hinges  without  removing 
a  bolt,  and  a  saw  board  substituted,  making  an  ad- 
justable saw  table  for  rip-sawing  or  cuttiug-off,  the 
cutter-head  being  exchanged  for  a  saw.  . 

The  machine"  thus  fitted,  and  furnished  with 
back-top,  adjustable  fence  and  bevel  rest,  patent 
gaining  and  saw  frame,  is  a  complete  universal 
wood-worker,  without  interfering  with  the  rim 
planer. 

On  the  opposite  side,  when  desired,  is  attached  a 
spoke  saw  and  wheel  tenouer,  with  or  without  a  bor- 
ing table.  It  can  be  changed  to  a  boring  machine 
without  the  use  of  a  wrench. 

Two  men  may  operate  on  the  machine  at  the 
same  time,  one  on  the  front  side  and  the  other  on 
the  opposite  side. 

A  horizontal  shaper  may  be  made  of  the  rim 
planer,  which  will  shape,  round,  and  corner  all  or- 
dinary work. 

"Whelps.  1.  (Nautical.)  The  projecting  ribs 
of  :i  capstan,  around  which  the  rope  is  wound,  gen- 
erally of  the  form  of  a  frustum,  to  keep  the  rope 
from  becoming  jammed  against  the  pawl. 

2.  The  teeth  or  projections  of  a  sprocket  wheel. 

Whet'stone.  A  report  on  this  subject  by 
J.  M.  Safford  is  given  in  that  of  Group  I.,  "Centen- 
nial Exhibition  Reports,"  vol.  iii.,  p.  172,  et  seq. 

Whin.  (Mining.)  A  machine  for  raising  ores 
and  refuse. 

Whip  Crane.  That  form  of  crane  in  which 
the  winding  rope  passes  over  the  periphery  of  a 
larger  wheel,  on  whose  barrel  axis  the  lifting  rope 
«oils  itself.  Such  cranes  are  independent  on  rooted 
posts  or  are  supported  above  according  to  the  exi- 
gencies or  facilities  of  the  case ;  the  latter  swings 


completely  round,  is  fitted  with  three  purchases  or 
speeds  of  lifting,  and  with  break  apparatus  for 
lowering.  Weights  up  to  600  Ibs.  are  lifted  quickly 
by  pulling  directly  upon  the  rope  ;  for  weights  up 
to  one  ton  the  handle  is  put  on  the  rope-barrel  shaft  ; 
for  heavier  loads  the  handle  is  put  on  the  pinion 
shaft. 

The  upright  and  jib  are  of  pitch  pine  timber, 
with  cast-iron  shoes,  top  and  bottom,  wrought-iron 
pivots,  and  square  cast-iron  plates  for  fixing  to  floor 
and  beam.  The  jib  is  fitted  with  cast-iron  bracket 
and  jib-head  and  wrought-iron  tie-rods  to  the  top 
pivot  casting. 

Whip  Grin.  A  simple  tackle-block,  over  which 
a  hoisting-rope  runs.  Also  called  gin  block  and 
monkey  wheel. 

Whip    on    Run'ner.     (Nautical.)      A   tackle 

with  two  single  blocks,  one  a  standing  and  the  other 

;  a  running  block.     The  fall  of  the  standing-block  is 

spliced  round  the  block  of   the  lower  whip.      A 

ivh!p-on-whip.     b  Fig.  6159,  p.  2480,  "Mech.  Diet." 

Whip'ping.  (Nautical.)  Tying  or  binding 
with  twine  the  end  of  a  rope  to  prevent  its  untwist- 
ing. For  list  of  whipping,  lashing,  seizing,  etc.,  see 
SEIZING. 


A  Spanish  whipping  occupies  an  intermediate  position  be- 
tween a  knot  and  a  splice,  and  gives  a  very  neat  finish  to  a 
' 


to  receive  the  ends  of  the  strands. 


Whip  Ma'king.  For  method  of  covering 
whips,  see  BRAIDING  MACHINE,  p.  355,  "Mech. 
Diet.,"  and  for  history,  etc.,  see  WHIP,  p.  2769, 
Ibid. 

The  main  items  of  expense  in  whip  making  material  are 
rattan  and  whalebone.  The  rattan  is  imported  from  Batavia 
and  China.  The  qualities  which  are  too  soft,  or  otherwise 
unfit  for  use  in  whips,  are  sorted  out  and  sold  to  the  basket- 
makers.  The  fine  strips  which  make  up  the  stock  of  a  whip 
are  split  out  first  by  hand,  and  afterwards  worked  down  by 
drawing  them  througli  a  shave,  which  can  be  gaged.  The 
whalebone  is  already  split  when  imported. 

The  main  part  of  most  whips  is  composed  of  nine  pieces. 
The  whalebone  is  ill  the  center,  surrounded  by  the  thin 
strips  of  rattan,  and  secured  in  place  by  glue.  This  com- 
pound stock  is  dipped  in  glue  so  that  every  part  is  permeated 
by  it,  and  then  run  through  a  machine,  which  winds  it  with 
a  strong  thread  from  end  to  end.  It  is  again  wound  with 
rope,  so  that  it  cannot  warp  out  of  shape,  and  left  to  dry. 
A  peculiar  turning  lathe  gives  a  smooth  finish  and  even 
taper  from  butt  to  tip. 

The  thread  covers  are  plaited  on  to  the  stocks  by  machines, 
which  are  wonders  of  ingenuity  ;  some  carrying  as  many  as 
24  spools.  Some  of  the  better  grades  of  whips  have  this  cover 
made  of  fine  gut,  prepared  from  sheep  entrails.  Sometimes 
a  portion  is  worked  on  by  hand,  and  fancy  designs  in  colors, 
or  the  owner's  name  is  introduced.  A  great  variety  of  sticks 
is  used  for  the  stiff  portion  of  the  stock,  many  of  them  being 
very  handsome,  and  include  the  holly  and  other  ornamental 
woods.  The  Malacca  cane,  which  grows  in  the  Dutch  East 
Indies,  and  is  imported,  is  also  used  largely. 

Fine  lashes  for  stage  drivers,  teamsters,  or  tandem  whips 
are  plaited  out  of  the  best  California  deer  skin.  They  con- 
tain from  4  to  24  strands,  and  are  from  4'  to  16'  long.  Horse- 
hide  answers  for  the  cheaper  grades  used  by  cartmen  and 
others. 

Plaiting  lashes  well  can  be  done  only  by  careful  and  ex- 
perienced hands  and  is  all  piece-work.  Much  of  it  is  given 
out  to  be  done  at  the  homes  of  the  operatives. 

Whis'ker  Gaff.  (Nautical.)  One  of  the  spars 
rigged  out  from  the  bow  to  spread  the  guys  of  the 
jib-boom.  Also  called  a  sprit-sail  gaff. 

"White  Brick.  A  process  for  the  manufacture 
of  white  pressed  brick  from  common  red  clays,  con- 
sists in  mixing  or  grinding  into  the  common  clay  a 
cheap  material,  chiefly  magnesian  limestone,  which 
has  been  reduced  to  an  impalpable  and  harmless 
powder  by  being  burned  and  slaked. 


WHITE   BRICK. 


948 


WINE  HEATER. 


This  compound  is  passed  through  a  series  of  mix- 
ing aud  grinding  mills,  and  so  completely  ground 
that  it  leaves  the  last  mill  reduced  to  a  fine  pow- 
der ;  in  this  state  it  falls  through  the  feeder  into 
the  molds  of  a  powerful  steam -pressing  machine,  is 
subjected  to  a  heavy  pressure,  and  is  delivered  at 
the  delivery  table  a  complete  and  almost  dry  pressed 
brick,  which,  when  burnt  in  the  kiln,  produces  a 
white  brick  of  good  quality.  The  ingredients  added 
to  the  clay  at  once  absorb  about  40  per  cent,  of  the 
moisture  found  in  the  natural  clay,  and  the  grind- 
ing is  so  close  aud  complete  that  the  mixture  is 
thoroughly  and  evenly  amalgamated.  The  change 
effected  in  the  color  of  the  red  clay  on  being  burnt 
is  due  to  the  presence  of  the  mixture. 

White  Bronze.  A  name  given  to  either  of  sev- 
eral light-colored  bronzes.  See  NICKEL  BRONZE  ; 
MANGANESE  BRONZE.  See  list  under  BRONZE. 

White  Cloud  Il-lu'min-a-tor.  A  round 
piece  of  plaster  of  Paris  fitted  on  the  microscope, 
reflecting  a  white  beam  of  light,  often  used  instead 
of  the  ordinary  mirror. 

White  Glass.  ( Glass. )  A  term  used  in  Eng- 
land to  distinguish  certain  brilliant  uncolored  glass 
f rom  flint  glass,  which  has  lead  in  its  composkion. 
See  FLINT  GLASS,  CRYSTAL. 

Whi'ten-ing.  (Leather.)  The  leather  is  laid 
over  the  beam,  and  with  an  extremely  fine-edged 
knife  a  thin  shaving  is  taken  from  the  flesh  side. 

Whi'ten-ing  Ma-chine'.  A  buffing  machine, 
operated  by  power,  to  buff,  whiten,  or  flesh  leather 
in  finishing. 

Whit'worth  Steel. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  of  the  British  steel  exhibits  at 
the  Paris  Exhibition,  1878,  was  that  which  embraced  various 
samples  of  the  "  Whitworth  metal,"  to  which  much  impor- 
tance has  been  attached  in  Great  Britain  in  connection  with 
the  manufacture  of  ordnauce  and  other  articles  by  the  Sie- 
mens and  Siemens-Martin  processes.  The  exhibit  was  large, 
and  of  a  character  to  favorably  impress  the  visitor.  The 
metal  is  made  of  more  than  ordinary  solidity  and  tenacity 
by  being  cast  under  hydraulic  pressure.  Cannon  and  shells 
of  this  metal  are  said  to  withstand  the  severest  tests,  a  claim 
that  received  confirmation  from  some  of  the  samples  sub- 
mitted. A  propeller  shaft  was  exhibited,  forged  hollow, 
which  it  was  claimed  was  much  stronger  than  a  solid 
wrought-iron  shaft  of  the  same  size  and  weighing  one-half 
more.  This  shaft,  forged  from  a  hoop  of  compressed  steel, 
was  33'  7"  long,  the  outside  diameter  17^",  and  the  diameter 
of  the  bore  11$".  A  hydraulic  cylinder  of  this  metal  was 
shown  which  was  represented  to  stand  a  pressure  of  four 
tons  to  the  square  inch.  For  machine  tools,  in  which 
strength  combined  with  lightness  is  desirable,  the  com- 
pressed steel  is  claimed  to  have  no  equal.  Sir  Joseph  Whit- 
worth's  aim  has  been  to  produce  a  steel  that  would  be  free 
from  blow-holes,  and  this  result  he  has  accomplished  by 
mechanical  means.  A  similar  result  has  been  claimed  by 
the  Terre  Noire  Company,  in  France,  through  chemical  com- 
binations. 

White'wash.  A  good  durable  whitewash  is 
made  as  follows  :  — 

Take  half  a  bushel  of  freshly  burnt  lime,  slake  it  with  boil- 
ing water  ;  cover  it  during  the  process  to  keep  in  the  steam. 
Strain  the  liquid  through  a  fine  sieve,  and  add  to  it  7  Ibs.  of 
salt  previously  well  dissolved  in  warm  water ;  3  Ibs.  of  ground 
rice  boiled  to  a  thin  paste  and  stirred  in  boiling  hot ;  £  Ib.  of 
powdered  Spanish  whiting ;  1  Ib.  of  clean  glue,  which  has 
been  previously  dissolved  by  soaking  it  well,  and  then  hang- 
ing it  over  a  slow  fire  in  a  small  kettle,  within  a  large  one 
filled  with  water.  Add  5  gallons  of  hot  water  to  the  mixture, 
stir  it  well,  and  let  it  stand  a  few  days  covered  from  dirt.  It 
must  be  put  on  quite  hot.  For  this  purpose  it  can  be  kept 
in  a  kettle  on  a  portable  furnace.  About  a  pint  of  this  mix- 
ture will  cover  a  square  yard. 

A  recipe  almost  identical  is  recommended  by  the  Treasury 
Department  to  all  lighthouse  keepers.  It  answers  for  wood, 
brick,  or  stone. 

Wide  Spade.  (Whaling.}  Used  to  cut  the 
blubber  in  the  rough,  before  mincing. 

Willow  Cur'tain.  (Hydraulic  Engineering.) 
A  device  to  curb  the  rapidity  of  streams  and  induce 
deposit  of  sediment.  Its  action  is  similar  to  the 


FLOATING    BRUSH    DIKE,   which    see.     See  also 
FLOATING  WIRE  DIKE. 

The  willow  curtain  is  made  of  willows  V  to  2"  diameter, 
and  fastened  parallel  to  each  other  and  6"  to  8"  apart,  by 
means  of  wire.  It  is  made  of  any  desired  width  and  length 
and  anchored  in  position  in  the  stream  by  weights  attached 
at  intervals  along  the  lower  edge,  and  sustained  by  buoys 
made  fast  to  the  upper  edge.  —  "Report  of  U.  S.  Engineers,'' 
1880,  pp.  1452,  1459. 

The  tools  and  methods  are  well  shown  in  the  "  Chief  of 
Engineer's  Report,''  1879,  *ii.  1074,  et  seq.,  Plate  IV. 

Winch.  A  hoisting  machine  operated  by  hand, 
crank  with  gearing,  and  tackle,  which  should  al- 
ways have  a  follower  or  dog,  as  a  safety-brake. 

Wind  Fur'nace.  (Metallurgy.)  One  depend- 
ing upon  the  draft  of  a  chimney,  as  distinguished 
from  a  blast  furnace. 

Wind  Gage.  A  gage  attached  to  a  gun  to  in- 
dicate the  strength  of  the  wind  and  enable  the  per- 
son using  the  gun  to  make  allowance  for  the  de- 
flection of  the  ball  in  its  flight  to  the  target. 

Wind'lass.  A  drum  revolving  on  a  horizontal 
axis  for  raising  heavy  bodies.  A  capstan  has  a  ver- 
tical axis. 

Win'dow  Bar.  A  bar  intended  as  a  security 
against  children  falling  through  an  open  window 
or  door.  It  is  so  constructed  by  reversible  screws 
at  each  end  that  it  can  be  extended  or  contracted 
to  fit  the  doorway  or  window. 

Window  Glass.  Common  window  glass  is 
made  by  the  blowing  and  whirling  process.  Plate 
glass  is  run  into  molds,  ground,  and  polished. 

The  irregular  thickness  of  the   Pompeiian  window  glass 
shows  that  it  could  not  have  been  blown,  and  M.  Bontemps 
is  of  the  opinion  that  it  was  cast  in  bronze  frames. 
The  analysis  shows  the  following  composition  :  — 

Silica       ... 69.43 

Lime 7.24 

Soda .  17.31 

Alumina 5.55 

Oxide  of  iron 1.15 

Oxide  of  manganese 0.39 

Oxide  of  copper trace 

Window  glass  in  wooden  frames  in  France  under  Louis 
XIV. 

Window  glass  in  use  in  England,  Xllth  century. 
Window  glass  in  royal  palace  in  Edinburgh,  1661. 
Painting  on  glass  in  Abbey  St.  Denis,  Xllth  century  (Le 
Vieil). 

Painting  on  glass  in  Abbey  Leroux,  Anjou,  1121. 
Painting  on  glass  in  Abbey  Tergernsere,  Bavaria,  Xth  Cen- 
tury. 
See  CROWN  GLASS,  CYLINDER  GLASS. 

Win'dow  Mir'ror.  A  mirror  mounted  out- 
side the  window,  and  capable  of  being  adapted  at 
any  angle  to  reflect  the  passing  objects  in  the  street, 
to  the  view  of  persons  inside  the  house. 

Win'dow  Op'en-er.  A  lever  or  rod  by  which 
a  window,  ventilator,  sash,  or  panel  in  a  clear-story 
is  held  in  any  desired  position. 

Win'dow  Sec'tor.  A  bar  or  plate  of  metal 
of  the  form  of  part  of  a  circle,  and  which  is  used 
as  a  guide  or  stop  to  control  the  movement  of  a 
clear-story  window. 

Win'dow  Tube.  A  glass  or  hard  rubber  tube 
forming  a  passage-way  for  an  electric  wire  into  a 
building. 

Wine  Heat'er.  A  machine  to  preserve  wine 
after  it  has  acquired  its  best  condition  from  its  nat- 
ural fermentation,  against  secondary  fermentation, 
and  all  diseases  which  arise  from  the  development 
within  the  wine  of  animo-vegetal  parasites,  such  as 
bacteria,  vibria,  mycodermi  aceti,  etc.  It  is  sim- 
ply the  mechanical  application  of  the  well-known 
and  well-established  theory  of  M.  Pasteur,  the  emi- 
nent French  chemist,  that  subjection  of  any  fer- 
mented liquor  to  an  instantaneous  heat  of  45°  tto 
55°  centigrade  (112°  to  131°  Fahr.),  or  to  a  slowly 
acquired  temperature  of  65°  to  75°  centigrade  (149° 


WINE   HEATER. 


949 


WIRE. 


to  167°  Fahr.)  will  destroy  or  reuder  inert  all  germs 
of  fermentation  or  of  animo-vegetal  life  existing 
therein. 

Wine  Press.  In  the  common  form  used  in 
France  the  main  characteristics  are  the  exact  ar- 
rangement of  the  gearing  on  the  nut.  The  inven- 
tions of  Mabille  freres,  Marmonier,  Primal,  and 
others  differ. 

The  crate  is  made  of  a  cylindrical  series  of  slats,  hooped 
and  latched.  Rising  from  the  bed  of  the  machine  is  the 
screw,  upon  which  is  the  follower,  which  is  forced  down  by 
the  nut.  The  latter  is  rotated  by  the  lever,  the  laborer  at 
the  first  merely  walking  round  the  press.  When  he  can  no 
longer  operate  thus,  he  commences  a  reciprocating  movement, 
drawing  the  lever  back  and  forth,  which  he  is  enabled  to  do 
by  a  species  of  gravitating  ratchet  movement  in  the  appara- 
tus upon  the  nut. 

The  cotter-keys  are  gravitating  ;  each  motion  of  the  lever 
turns  the  mortise-wheel  in  a  constant  direction,  the  action  of 
the  cotters  being  alternate.  While  one  cotter  is  effective  the 
other  slips  up  out  of  its  seat,  slides  over  the  intervening 
space,  and  drops  into  the  next  mortise.  The  stroke  of  the 
lever  is  0.8  meter. 

Wine  making,  Hammonds- 


port 


*  ".Scientific  American,''  xliii.  79. 


Wing.  (Fishing.)  The  portion  of  a  hand-seine 
on  each  side  of  that  central  part  which  is  known 
as  the  bag. 

Wing  Net.  (Fishing.)  A  net  running  down 
stream  from  one  of  the  stakes  of  the  stake  net,  to 
the  stake  at  the  mouth  of  the  hook  net,  to  guide  fish 
intercepted  by  the  main  or  bar  net.  See  STAKE 
NKT,  p.  850,  supm. 

Wing  Stop'per.  (Nautical.)  A  rope  clenched 
to  a  ship's  beam  and  at  the  other  end  to  a  cable. 

Winze.  {Mining.)  A  shaft  sunk  from  one 
level  to  another. 

"Wiped  Joint.  (Plumbing.)  One  made  by 
placing  the  parts  in  the  required  juxtaposition  and 
covering  the  joint  with  a  mass  of  solder. 


The  wiping  action  of  the  woolen  pad  used  origi- 
nated the  name. 

Wire.  The  following  table,  showing  breaking 
strain  of  ropes  of  133  wires,  is  from  a  pamphlet  by 
Messrs.  J.  A.  Roebling's  Sons  :  — 


Diameter. 
Inches. 

Strength. 
Tons. 

No. 
No. 
No. 
No 

1 

9 

i| 

if 
r 

9-16 

74.00 
65.00 
54.00 
43.60 
35.00 
27.20 
20.20 
16.00 
11.40 
8.64 
5.13 
4.27 

9 

3 

4 

No 

5      .    .    .    . 

No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No. 
No.] 
No.  ] 

6      ... 

8      . 

9      .     .    .     . 

0      .    .    .    . 

Oi         .    .    . 

01    .    .     .    . 

The  following  shows  the  weight  and  resistance  per  mile  of 
galvanized  iron  wires  :  — 

1 
S 

& 

6 

7 
8 
9 

io 

Resistance. 

1 
Weight.          |         Resistance. 

Weight. 

10     ohms 
12.1  ohms 
14.1  ohms 
16.4  ohms 
20     ohms 

550  Ibs.       11      25     ohms 
455  Ibs.        12       32.7  ohms 
385  Ibs.       14      52.8  ohms 
330  Ibs.        16       91.6  ohms 
275  Ibs. 

220  Ibs. 
168  Ibs. 
104  Ibs. 
60  Ibs. 

Wire 
bid 
Wire 
bri 
Wire 

for  Brooklyn  bridge, 

'  xix.,  Jan.  25,  p.  14. 

Amer.,"  xxxvi.  127. 
American,"  xl.  319. 

for     East, 
dge,  making  . 
manufacture 

River 

.     .  *  "Scientific 
.     .  *  "Scientific 

TABLE   OF   WIRE   RESISTANCE    AND  WEIGHT. 

The  following  electric  resistances  are  calculated  for  pure  copper  wire.     The  number  of  feet  to  the 
pound  is  only  approximate  for  insulated  wire. 


FEET  PER  POCSD. 

RESISTANCE,  NAKED  COPPER. 

Number. 

Diameter. 

Cotton 
Covered. 

Silk 
Covered. 

Naked. 

Ohms  per  1,000 
Feet. 

Ohms  per 
Mile. 

Feet  per 
Ohm. 

Ohms  per 
Pound. 

8 

.12849 

_ 

20 

.6259 

3.3 

1,600. 

.0126 

9 

.11443 

'    - 

- 

25 

.7892 

4.1 

1,272. 

.0197 

10 

.10189 

— 

_ 

32 

.8441 

4.4 

1,185. 

.0270 

11 

.09074 

_ 

_ 

40 

1.254 

6.4 

798. 

.0501 

12 

.08081 

42 

46 

60 

1.580 

8.3 

633. 

.079 

13 

.07196 

55 

60 

64 

1.995 

10.4 

504. 

.127 

14 

.06408 

68 

75 

80 

2.504 

13.2 

400. 

.200 

15 

.05707 

87 

95 

101 

3.172 

16.7 

316. 

.320 

16 

.06082 

110 

120 

128 

4.001 

23. 

230. 

.612 

17 

.04525 

140 

150 

161 

5.04 

26. 

198. 

.811 

18 

.0403 

175 

190 

203 

6.36 

33. 

157. 

1.29 

19 

.03539 

220 

240 

256 

8.25 

43. 

121. 

2.11 

20 

.03196 

280 

305 

324 

10.12 

53. 

99. 

3.27 

21 

.02846 

360 

390 

408 

12.76 

68. 

76.5 

6.20 

22 

.02535 

450 

490 

514 

16.25 

85. 

61.8 

8.35 

23 

.02257 

560 

615 

649 

20.30 

108. 

48.9 

13.3 

24 

.0201 

715 

775 

818 

25.60 

135. 

39.0 

20.9 

25 

.0179 

910 

990 

1,030 

32.2 

170. 

31.0- 

33.2 

26 

.01594 

1,165 

1,265 

1,300 

40.7 

214. 

24.6 

52.9 

27 

.01419 

1,445 

1,570 

1,640 

61.3 

270. 

19.5 

74.2 

28 

.01264 

1,810 

1,970 

2,070 

64.8 

343. 

15.4 

134. 

29 
30 

.01126 
.01002 

2,280 
2,805 

2,480 
3,050 

2,617 

3,287 

81.6 
103. 

432. 
538. 

12.2 
9.8 

213. 

ass. 

31 

.00893 

3,605 

3,920 

4,144 

130. 

685. 

7.7 

639. 

32 

.00795 

4,535 

4,930 

5,227 

164. 

865. 

6.1 

856. 

33 

.00708 

— 

6,200 

6,590 

206. 

1,033. 

4.9 

1,357. 

34 
35 

36 

.0063 
.00561 
.005 

- 

7,830 
9,830 
12,420 

8,330 
10,460 
13,210 

260. 
328. 
414. 

1,389. 
1,820. 
2,200. 

3.8 
2.9 
2.4 

2,166. 
3,521. 
5,469. 

WIRE   BELT. 


950 


WIRE   GAGE. 


Wire  Belt.  Machine  straps  of  wire,  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  leather,  are  beiug  made. 

The  belts  are  made  of  the  best  crucible  steel  wire,  in  trans- 
verse network  of  1  to  10  wires,  iu  any  desirable  length  or 
width.  The  two  ends  of  the  strap  are  joined  like  the  middle, 
so  that  there  is  no  beginning  and  no  ending,  the  belt  form- 
ing an  endless  band.  All  the  wires  run  parallel  only  across 
the  width,  in  such  a  manner  that  one  wire  catches  into  the 
other  like  a  spiral,  a  continuous,  densely  woven  chain  being 
thus  produced,  the  movability  of  which  is  so  great  as  to  ena- 
ble it  to  go  round  the  smallest  pulley.  The  straps  are  also 
made  with  leather  or  elastic  lining,  or  bordered  with  leather, 
elastic,  hemp,  hair-tape,  or  any  other  material,  also  its  inter- 
>tires  tilled  with  gutta-percha,  to  supply  elastic  bands  with 
cotton  web,  and  to  prevent  their  stretching.  The  tighten- 
ing of  the  strap  —  shortening  of  the  chain  —  which  is  only 
necessary  once,  namely,  when  put  on  by  means  of  a  strap 
key,  may  be  effected  very  easily  and  very  quickly  by  taking 
out  any  desirable  number  of  wires,  and  again  joining  the  two 
ends  in  the  same  manner  by  twisting  in  the  required  num- 
ber of  wires. 

Wire  Book'-sew-ing.  In  this  system  of  book 
sewing  the  book  is  "  sewed  flexible  "  upon  tapes  or 
wide  bands  (sawing  the  signatures  being  entirely 
dispensed  with),  and  the  work  is  equally  well  done 
upon  all  classes  of  books. 

Every  signature  is  sewed  "  all  along "  by  independent 
tinned-wire  staples,  uniting  them  firmly  to  the  tapes  or  web- 
bing, thus  securing  the  utmost  strength  and  durability  in 
addition  to  the  valuable  feature  of  thorough  flexibility. 

This  system  is  equally  adapted  to  all  grades  of  edition  and 
school  book  binding,  from  the  cheapest  to  the  most  costly 
full  bound  books.  Also  for  all  classes  of  blank  books, 
music  books,  and  pamphlets  of  one  or  more  signatures. 

Wire  Cut'ting  Scis'sors.  A  double  pivoted 
projecting  slide  shears  for  use  where  there  is  not 
play  for  the  common  single  pivot  shears. 

Wire-feed'ing  Chuck.  A  screw  machine, 
Fig.  2539.  It  has  an  adjustable  chuck  and  wire- 
feeding  apparatus.  It  is  used  for  making  the 
smallest  screws  of  sewing  machines,  guns,  etc., 
making  from  1,000  to  3,000  screws  per  day.  The 
chuck  is  operated  while  in  motion,  and  the  wire  is 
fed  through  it  automatically  when  loosened,  with- 
out stopping  for  each  screw.  It  is  adjustable  to 
any  sized  wire  from  £"  to  7-16"  diameter. 

It  has  a  hollow  cylinder  with  an  outer  sleeve  sliding  upon 
it.  The  cylinder  contains  three  jaws  fitted  to  slide  in  slots 
which  converge  to  the  center ;  the  inner  sides  of  the  jaws 
are  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  chuck,  the  outer  sides  of 

Fig.  2539. 


Wire-feeding   Chuck. 


the  jaws  are  slightly  inclined  toward  the  axis,  making  each 
jaw  a  wedge.  The  chuck  is  attached  to  the  machine  by- 
screwing  the  cylinder  upon  the  tubular  spindle.  The  sleeve 
contains  three  shoes,  fitted  into  deep  cavities  which  corre- 


spond in  position  to  the  slots  in  the  cylinder.  In  the  cir- 
cumference of  the  sleeve  are  adjusting  screws,  so  placed  that 
when  screwed  in  their  points  bear  against  the  outer  sides 
of  the  shoes  until  they  conform,  each  to  the  inclination  of 
its  respective  jaw  in  the  cylinder.  Each  shoe  has  a  pair  nf 
these  adjusting  screws,  which  maybe  fastened,  after  being 
adjusted  to  the  wire,  by  a  pair  of  set  nuts  which  are  tightened 
by  a  cone-shaped  screw.  When  the  sleeve  is  moved  upon 
the  cylinder  toward  the  spindle,  the  shoes,  acting  on  the  in- 
clined sides  of  their  respective  jaws,  force  them  straight 
toward  the  center  until  they  grasp  the  wire.  The  sleeve  is 
operated  by  a  fork-lever  by  pins  projecting  into  a  suitable 
groove  in  its  circumference. 

Wire  Fence.  Wires  or  strips  of  metal  armed 
with  barbs  and  stretched  on  posts. 

It  is  nearly  fifty  years  since  experiments  with  wire  fencing 
began  to  be  made,  and  twenty-five  years  since  it  began  to  be 
much  used.  The  method  promised  great  economy,  both  in 
first  cost  and  in  the  saving  of  ground  space.  Besides,  the 
wire  fence  was  less  liable  to  be  blown  down,  and  it  would 
not  occasion  snowdrifts.  On  the  other  hand,  it  was  sunn 
found  that  it  was  rapidly  corroded  by  the  weather,  an. I  lie- 
ing  inconspicuous  was  liable  to  be  run  down  by  cattle  and 
horses.  When  "galvanized,"'  the  wire  was  more  durable 
and  more  easily  seen  ;  and  in  spite  of  its  inability  to  stop 
unruly  cattle,  wire  fencing  became  widely  adopted,  partic- 
ularly in  the  West,  where  it  is  estimated,  as  many  as  150,000 
miles  of  plain  wire  fencing  have  been  set  up  since  1850.  To 
make  wire  fencing  stock-proof  several  devices  have  been  in- 
vented and  patented  during  the  past  ten  years,  to  provide 
for  arming  the  fence  with  cattle-repelling  spines  or  barbs  of 
metal. 

The  "Holyoke.  Manufacturer'-'  states  that  during  the  four 
years  the  first  barbed  wire  was  put  upon  the  market  the 
sales  amounted  to  between  fourteen  and  fifteen  thousand 
tons,  and  the  demand  has  rapidly  increased  both  at  home 
and  abroad.  There  are  several  manufactories,  and  in  one 
instance  the  works  cover  three  acres  and  give  employment  to 
1,200  men.  The  wire  is  made  from  Bessemer  steel,  and  is 
drawn  in  the  usual  way.  The  "  galvanizing,"  or  zinc  coat- 
ing, is  done  by  heating  the  wire  in  suitable  furnaces  and 
drawing  it  from  them,  first  through  tanks  of  acid,  and  then 
through  tanks  of  boiling  zinc.  A  thin  and  even  coating 
of  zinc  adheres  to  the  wire,  giving  it  both  a  handsome  fin- 
ish and  a  perfect  protection  from  the  chemical  action  of 
the  atmosphere.  The  barbing  is  done  by  automatic  ma- 
chinery. These  machines,  as  described  by  the  ''Manufac- 
turer," are  good  specimens  of  American  mechanism,  and 
do  their  work  with  lightning-like  rapidity,  yet  with  mathe- 
matical accuracy.  One  of  the  main  wires  passes  through 
the  machine  longitudinally.  A  second  wire  is  fed  into  the 
machine  at  right  angles  to  the  first.  At  each  revolution  of 
a  certain  disk  or  wheel,  the  sharp  end  of  wire  number  2  is 
twisted  firmly  around  number  1,  and  cut  off  so  as  to  leave 
a  sharp  point  on  the  incoming  wire  as  before,  while  the  bit 
of  pointed  wire  cut  off  remains  as  a  steel  thorn  attached 
firmly  to  wire  number  1.  This  wire,  thus  armed  with  barbs 
at  regular  intervals,  passes  on  to  a  revolving  reel,  where  it  is 
met  by  wire  number  3,  —  a  plain  wire  without  barbs,  —  and 
by  means  of  the  reel  motion  is  loosely  twisted  with  it.  The 
completed  fence  wire  is  thus  really  a  two-strand  steel  rope, 
armed  with  barbs  projecting  in  every  direction.  The  great 
advantage,  besides  additional  strength,  that  is  secured  by  the 
second  strand  and  twist,  is  an  automatic  adjustment  to 
changes  of  temperature.  When  heat  expands  the  metal  the 
twist  simply  loosens,  and  when  cold  contracts  it  the  twist 
tightens  —  all  without  altering  the  relative  length  of  the 
combined  wires.  The  reels  upon  which  the  finished  prod- 
uct is  woven  are  light,  strong,  wooden  ones,  suitable  for 
shipping,  and  provided  with  cross-pieces  at  the  ends,  on 
which  they  can  stand,  and  the  barbed  wire  be  protected  from 
injury.  Each  of  these  barbing  machines  turns  off  1,200 
Ibs.  of  barbed  wire  a  day. 

At  present  wooden  posts  are  usually  used  as  supports  for 
the  wire  in  putting  up  the  fence.  But  it  is  believed  that 
iron  posts  will  sooner  or  later  supplant  the  wood.  For  study, 
with  a  view  to  new  and  useful  improvements  the  subject  of 
metallic  fences  is  a  promising  one  for  inventors.  The  de- 
mand increases  not  only  with  the  decay  of  the  old  wooden 
fences,  but  also  with  every  acre  of  new  land  that  is  opened 
up  to  cultivation. 

Wire  Find'er.  (Electricity.)  An  instrument 
for  testing  insulation  of  wires.  It  has  a  short  ear 
tube,  with  ferrotype  diaphragm,  which  is  placed  in 
proximity  to  a  magnet  which  holds  the  wire  be- 
tween its  poles.  —  Gott. 

"Journal  Soc.  Teleg.  Engineers"  .     .     *  vi.  522;  *  vii.  77. 

Wire  Gage.    An  adjustable  gage  for  measur- 
ing the  diameter  of  wire,  iron,  etc. 
Wire  gage,  on  a  standard    *  "Scientific  American,'1  xlii.  233. 


WIRE-HANDLE   MACHINE. 


951 


WIRE   TESTING   MACHINE. 


Wire-han'dle  Ma-chine'.  (Sheet  Metal 
Workimj.)  A  machine  for  straightening  wire, 
forming  it  into  oval  or  oblong  handles,  from  2"  to 
3"  long,  such  as  are  used  on  petroleum  cans,  drip- 
ping pans,  etc.  No.  148  of  "Bliss's  Catalogue," 
1881. 

Wire  In'stru-ments.  (Surgical.)  Instru- 
ments for  manipulating  wire  in  surgical  practice. 
The  list  includes  — 

Wire  adjuster. 
NeKUes. 

Shot  compressor. 

Wire  Lath.  A  wire  screen  or  netting  that  is 
applied  in  the  place  of  wooden  lath  for  holding 
plaster.  It  is  claimed  to  be  more  secure  against 
fire. 

Wire  Meas'ur-ing,  Fprm'ing,  and  Cut'- 
ting.  (Shet't  Metal  Working.)  A  machine  for 
preparing  wire  for  use  in  making  up  sheet-metal 


Suture  wires. 
Wire  twister. 


I'.liss's  automatic  machine  is  adapted  to  straighten  wire 
from  the  coil,  cut  it  off  in  lengths  not  exceeding  72".  or  form 
it  into  rings  of  from  4"  to  20"  diameter,  suitable  for  pans, 
kettles,  pails,  brackets,  etc.,  or  into  half-circles  for  pail-han- 
dles, etc. 

It  is  driven  by  power,  quite  automatic,  and  works  wire  up 
to  \"  diameter. 

"Wire  Nail.    A  round  nail  made  of  wire,  and 

used  for  attaching  molding,  metallic  roofing,  etc. 
Wire  nails,  American    .      "Iron  Age,"  xix.,  March  15,  p.  24. 

Wire  Pan.  A  cake-pan  with  wire  screen  bot- 
tom. 

Wire  Pla'ting.  Immerse  in  sulphuric  acid  in 
which  a  piece  of  zinc  is  suspended.  Then  place  in 
contact  with  a  plate  of  zinc  in  a  solution  of  water 
(100),  tartaric  acid  (2),  chloride  of  tin  (3),  soda  (3). 
Let  it  remain  2  hours,  and  polish  by  passing  through 
a  draw-plate.  —  Dr.  Heeren. 

Wire  Rope.  Commodore  Shufeldt  has  re- 
cently ordered  the  proper  authorities  of  the  Boston 
navy  yard  to  make  several  1"  steel  wire  hawsers. 
These  will  probably  be  the  largest  wire  ropes  ever 
made.  The  navy  department  has  use  for  immense 
hawsers  to  tow  monitors  and  vessels  in  distress. 
They  are  put  on  board  the  men-of  war  for  use  when 
required.  The  usual  appliance  is  a  12"  hemp  rope, 
but  it  swells  wheu  wet,  and  gets  very  heavy  by  ab- 
sorption of  water.  The  steel  wire  hawsers  will  be 
5"  less  in  diameter,  much  lighter,  non-absorbent, 
more  pliable  and  durable,  aud  in  every  respect  bet- 
ter. This  is  a  curious,  and,  in  fact,  wonderful  ad- 
vance in  the  application  of  steel  and  iron  to  com- 
mercial uses.  A  hemp  hawser  \-l"  thick  is  a  won- 
derful thing  in  itself,  but  a  steel  wire  hawser  7"  in 
thickness,  better  answering  the  same  purpose,  is 
something  fruitful  of  thought  to  the  student  in 
ship  building  aud  rigging. 

StaU's  "  Transmission  of  Power  by  Wire  Ropes.'1'' 
Hildenbrand's   "  Cable  -making  of  Suspension   Bridges,  as 
exemplified  in  the  East  River  Bridge."1 


Wire  Ropes,  paper  on,  by 
G.  L.  Abegg  .... 

Wire  rope,  wear  of  .  . 
Steel,  tests,  Engl.  .  . 
Transmission  .  .  .  * 

Transportation,  Read- 
ing Iron  Works  .     . 
System,  stationary     .  * 
Wire  ropes  vs.  chain  ca- 
bles  

Wire  rope  vs.  chain  cable 
Ships  cable  apparatus. 
Bullivant,  Br.      .     .  * 


'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  2094. 
'Scientific  American  Sup.,''  86. 
'Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvii.  88. 
'Van  Tfostrand's  Mag.,"  xvi.  68, 
166.  225. 

'Scientific  American,''  xli.  40. 
'Manujact.  and  Builder,''  xii.59. 

'Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  6,  p.  18. 
'Iron  Age,''  xxii.,  Oct.  24,  p.  11. 

'Engineering,"  xxix.  264. 


Wire  Rope  Con-vey'ance.  A  system  of 
aerial  transit  on  suspended  wire  ropes  has  been  es- 
tablished to  connect  the  gasworks  at  Hanover  with 


"the  neighboring  coal  station  on  the  Hanover  AJten- 
beck  Railway,  for  the  supply  of  coal  to  the  works. 
The  line  crosses  the  Limmerstrasse  and  the  river 
Ihrne,  and  is  about  625  yards  in  length. 

There  are  2  iron  wire  ropes  placed  5'  10"  apart,  and  em- 
ployed respectively  for  the  carriage  of  loaded  and  of  empty 
wagons.  They  cross  the  Limmersti-asse  at  a  height  of  23£', 
and  the  river  at  about  30'.  The  cables  are  respectively  1.12" 
and  1"  in  diameter,  and  are  constructed  of  wire  of  4  milli- 
meters, about  1-6".  in  diameter.  They  are  supported  on 
pulleys  at  intervals  of  24  yards,  except  in  crossing  the  river, 
on  a  span  of  57  yards.  Resting  on  pulleys,  they  are  free  to 
expand  or  contract.  They  are  kept  taut  by  weights  of  5  tons 
and  4  tons  respectively. 

The  wagons  are  drawn  by  means  of  a  9-16"  endless  wire 
rope,  supported  on  rollers  at  intervals  of  60  yards,  and  driven, 
by  a  6-horse  steam  engine  at  a  speed  of  3  miles  per  hour. 
The  wagons  are  constructed  of  sheet-iron,  and  are  capable 
of  holding  3  hectoliters,  or  106  cubic  feet  of  coal ;  they  are 
suspended  from  the  carrying  ropes  on  2  grooved  wheels,  one 
in  advance  of  the  other,  between  which  the  attachment  of 
the  Milfoil  is  made.  The  bodies  of  the  wagons  are  swiveled. 
so  that  they  may  be  easily  emptied.  They  follow  each  other 
at  intervals  of  about  60  yards.  Allowing  for  delays,  the 
quantity  of  coal  carried  at  no  time  exceeds  180  tons  per  day 
of  ten  hours,  and  is  frequently  less,  the  average  delivery  be- 
ing only  135  tons. 

Wire  Rope  Thim'bles.    A  curved  metallic 
eyelet  for  protection  of  the  rope  from  wear. 
Wire  Rope  Tow'age. 

The  ferry-boat,  Waag,  is  a  vessel  of  120'  in  length.  23/ 
beam,  and  6^'  depth  of  hold,  and  draught  is  of  2£',  is  pro- 
pelled by  "  overhauling  '•  a  chain  which  lies  along  the  bed 
of  the  river  between  Vienna  and  Pressburg.  The  same 
method  is  adopted  on  the  Elbe  and  on  other  rivers  of  Europe 
for  towage.  The  chain  is  laid  on  the  river-bed,  from  end  to 
end  of  the  route.  The  steamer  is  provided  with  a  winding- 
drum  instead  of  paddle-wheels,  and  is  thus  fitted  to  haul  in 
the  chain  at  one  end  of  the  vessel  and  to  pass  it  off  at  the 
other  end. 

This  method  of  propulsion,  where  practicable,  is  claimed 
to  be  more  economical  of  power  than  the  ordinary  methods, 
especially  where,  as  in  towing,  the  losses  by  slip  and  by  ob- 
lique action  of  the  paddle-floats  become  very  serious. 

Wire  Rope  Trans-mis'sion.  The  use  of  a 
round,  endless  wire  rope  running  at  a  great  veloci- 
ty in  a  grooved  sheave,  in  place  of  a  flat  belt  run- 
ning on  a  flat-faced  pulley,  constitutes  the  "  trans- 
mission of  power  by  wire-ropes." 

Remarks  on  same  by 

Roehling    ....  *  Cooper's  "Belting,"  253. 

Ac/iard *  Cooper's  "Belting,"  260. 

Telodynamic  system, 

Him "Prac.Mech.  Jour.,''  March,  1867, 

358. 

Professor  Barnard  .  .  "Report  Paris  Exposition,"  1867. 
Wire  rope  driving  .  .  "Manuf.  Sf  Builder,"  Feb.,  1869, 

38. 
Rope  gearing    ....      "Newton's  Journal,"1  xxi.  46. 

Durie "Iron,'' London,  Oct.  28,  1876. 

Wire  ropes  as  connect- 
ing rods      ...»  *  Cooper's  "Belting,"  285. 

Wire  Spring  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
making  spiral  wire  springs. 

The  wire  is  first  seized  by  a  pair  of  rollers,  one  of  which 
has  a  groove  and  the  other  a  corresponding  milled  projection. 
It  is  passed  under  a  guide  roll,  the  position  of  which  may  be 
adjusted  according  to  circumstances,  and  is  then  carried  be- 
tween a  second  roller  and  a  guiding  sheet  which  throws  it 
forward.  The  position  of  the  guide  roll  determines  the  di- 
ameter of  the  spiral  spring,  while  the  deviation  of  the  sec- 
ond roller  and  guiding  sheet  from  a  position  parallel  to  the 
first  pair  causes  the  spring  to  become  spiral.  This  deviation 
is  automatically  regulated,  and  the  machine  is  so  constructed 
that  when  a  dpuble  spiral  has  been  finished  the  wire  is  cut 
at  the  proper  time. 

Wire  Test'ing  Ma-chine'. 

The  wire  to  be  tested  is  held  by  two  clamps,  which  are 
drawn  apart  by  a  screw  and  hand  wheel  attached  to  one. 
The  other  acts  upon  a  long  lever,  to  the  longer  arm  of  which 
a  fine  chain  is  attached,  which  is  so  connected  with  a  weight 
that  its  tension  increases  in  proportion  to  the  movement  of 
the  lever.  A  rod  which  carries  a  pencil  is  attached  to  the 
lever,  and  by  a  spring  the  pencil  is  made  to  travel  along  a 
straight  guide-piece.  The  paper  upon  which  the  line  is 
drawn  is  moved  perpendicularly  to  the  direction  of  the  wire 
through  the  agency  of  cog-wheels  and  a  toothed  rod.  The 


WIRE   TESTING  MACHINE. 


.952 


WOODBURYTYPE. 


ratio  of  the  two  movements  is  so  chosen  that  a  curve  is  he 
result,  the  abeissas  of  which,  if  multiplied  by  ten,  yield  the 
elongation  of  the  wire,  while  the  ordinates  register  the  ten- 
sile strain. 

See  also  "Scientific  American, 

"Iron  Age  "... 
Wire  testing  machine,  Richie,    . 


.    .  xxxix.  211. 

xxii.,  Nov.  21,  p.  1. 
"Iron  Age,''  xx.,  July  19, 
p.  9. 


Wir'ing  Press.  A  press  for  wiring  pieced  tin- 
ware. —  No.  33  of  "Bliss's  Catalof/ite,"  1881. 

Withe.  The  metal  rings  that  embrace  the 
mast,  boom,  or  gaff,  and  which  have  eyelets  through 
which  to  reeve  the  ropes. 

Wol'las-toii  Bat'te-ry.  (Electricity.)  A  trough 
battery  ;  an  improvement  on  Cruikshank's  in  which 
the  cells  are  of  glass  and  the  plates  are  attached 
above  to  a  wooden  bar.  The  first  plunging  bat- 
tery. 


Niaudet,  American  translation 


.  p.  15. 


Wood  Bend'ing.  The  bending  of  hard  wood, 
especially  beech,  is  effected  at  present  by  means  of 
hot  water  or  steam,  a  process  somewhat  costly  as 
regards  fuel,  and  taking  a  long  time.  For  over- 
coming these  difficulties  the  following  method  has 
been  proposed,  chiefly  for  sieve  hoops  :  — 

Two  rollers  are  used,  one  above  the  other,  the  upper  one 
having  less  velocity,  so  that  it  acts  by  holding  back,  while 
the  lower  extends  the  wood  fibers.  When  the  board,  thus 
bent,  leaves  the  rollers,  it  is  fastened  in  the  mouth  of  the 
sieve.  The  upper  roller  is  fluted,  the  under  one  smooth.  If 
two  smooth  rollers  were  used  a  very  much  greater  pressure 
would  be  necessary. 

Wood  Bend'ing  Ma-chine'. 

Fig.  2541  represents  one  modification  of  the  machinery  for 
bending  timber,  which  has  been  brought  by  a  number  of 
years'  practice  to  a  high  state  of  utility.  It  consists  of  a 
jointed  mold  made  up  of  cast-iron  sections  which  have  two 
horizontal  projecting  arms  on  the  flush  side,  the  one  above 
the  other,  forming  a  groove  between  them  for  the  timbers. 
The  end  of  each  of  these  sections  is  circular,  and  is  secured 
like  hinges,  interlocking  in  its  adjoining  section,  and  held 
together  by  a  vertical  wrought-iron  pin.  The  sections  thus 
united  form  a  series  of  joints  adjustable  to  any  form,  and 
may  be  extended  to  any  length.  This  mold  rests  upon  a 

Fig.  2541. 


Wood  Bending  Machine. 


circular  table  with  a  circular  frame  beneath,  22'  in  diame- 
ter. This  table,  being  3j"  thick  anil  pierced  with  slotted 
holes  Systematically  arranged  to  receive  the  fastening  of  the 
mold,  etc.,  is  mounted  upon  a  hollow  shaft  of  cast-iron,  30" 
in  diameter,  and  has  a  screw-thread  cut  in  its  outer  surface 
at  the  lower  end,  by  means  of  which  the  table  may  be  raised 
or  lowered  and  made  to  bear  a  part  or  the  whole  of  its  weight 
on  the  shaft-bearing.  On  the  lower  edge  of  the  table  are  cir- 
cular cogs  into  which  a  pinion-wheel  meshes,  and  the  power 
applied  to  the  pinion  revolves  the  table.  The  table  has  an 
attachment  fastened  on  the  top  at  its  edge,  called  the  head- 
block,  which  receives  the  small  end  of  timbers  and  plate- 
strap  covering  the  outside  of  timbers.  The  larger  end  of 
timbers  is  confined  in  a  massive  cast-iron  clamp,  which  also 
receives  one  end  of  plate-iron  strap.  This  clamp  is  mounted 
upon  casters,  and  having  a  vertical  roller  on  its  back  at  the 
larger  end,  is  drawn  along  by  means  of  the  plate-strap  as 
the  table  revolves,  the  roller  in  end  of  clamp  bearing  against 
a  vertical  bulkhead  raised  from  the  floor  of  the  building 
while  the  timber  is  being  bent  into  the  groove  of  joint-mold. 
The  clamp,  and  also  the  head-block,  have  screws  passing 
through  their  ends,  by  the  use  of  which  pressure  on  the  two 
ends  of  the  timber  is  communicated.  This  end-pressure  ap- 
plied to  the  timber  draws  the  strap  straight  and  to  its  full 
tensile  dimensions,  and  when  thu£  brought  up  against  the 
outside  of  the  timber,  the  process  of  bending  commences  by 
revolving  the  table.  A  mold  for  bending  knees  is  arranged 
upon  the  same  table,  and  is  complete  in  all  its  parts,  details 
of  which  it  seems  unnecessary  to  describe.  The  whole  ma- 
chinery is  massive  and  ingenious,  although  easily  operated. 

Wood'bu-ry-type. 

Where  the  subject  is  in  line  a  positive  photograph  of  it  (?'. 
expositive  by  transmitted  light)  is  made,  and  from  this  is 
obtained  a  relief  in  gelatine  by  the  ordinary  method,  the  re- 
sult being  that  the  hollows  of  the  relief  will  all  be  of  one 
uniform  depth,  this  characteristic  producing  a  level  or  uni- 
form surface  in  the  resulting  mold,  which  is  made  by  impress- 
ing this  relief  into  metal  by  hydraulic  or  other  pressure,  or 
by  the  method  stated  in  the  second  part  of  this  invention. 
Where  the  subject  is  in  half-tone,  as  in  a  photograph  from 
nature,  the  process  is  as  follows  :  In  printing  011  the  gelatine 
film  there  is  interposed  between  it  and  the  negative  a  photo- 
graph on  mica  or  transparent  collodion  of  what  is  known  as 
mosquito  netting,  or  Brussels  net,  which  breaks  up  the  re- 
sulting relief  into  a  multitude  of  fine  square  or  hexagonal 
lines.  To  obtain  from  this  a  printing  block  the  means  al- 
ready described  are  employed,  the  resulting  block  in  soft 
metal  being  capable  of  giving  from  100  to  200  impressions  ; 
but  where  large  numbers  are  wanted  this  block  is  electroty  ped 
in  the  ordinary  way.  Diffused  light  is  used  to  produce  the 
block  from  half-tone  negatives,  as  in  that  case  the  light  in 
the  parts  that  represent  the  whites  creeps  around  the  lines, 
thus  obliterating  them  in  that  part,  and  leaving  them  strong- 
est only  in  the  parts  printing  dark.  Another  method  is 
sometimes  adopted :  A  negative  of  the  network  is  taken  by 
transmitted  light,  and  copied  together  with  the  negative, 
thus  producing  a  positive  with  the  lines  already  thereon, 
from  which  a  relief  is  made  as  stated. 

The  second  part  of  this  invention  may  be  accomplished  as 
follows  :  In  place  of  using  a  thin  film  of  collodion  (as  is  gen- 
erally used  in  the  process  called  "  Woodburytype  '')  to  hold 
the  gelatine  of  the  relief,  a  sheet  of  plate  glass  is  first  rubbed 
over  with  French  chalk  or  ox-gall,  and  then  coated  with  the 
bichromatized  gelatine  solution  as  now  used.  When  this  is 
dried  and  ready  for  use  >the  side  that  was  next  to  the  glass 
is  exposed  for  a  few  seconds  to  daylight  before  exposing  it 
under  the  negative.  This  has  the  effect  of  causing  a  thin 
film  of  gelatine  to  become  insoluble,  which  after  subsequent 
exposure  under  the  negative  will  not  wash  away,  but  form  a 
support  for  the  photographic  image  afterwards  impressed, 
thus  doing  away  with  the  expense  and  trouble  of  the  double 
coatings  as  now  practiced.  When  the  gelatine  relief  is  dried, 
in  the  ordinary  way,  a  thin  sheet  of  tinfoil  (same  size  as  the 
gelatine  relief)  is  attached  by  gum  or  other  adhesive  sub- 
stance around  the  edges  to  the  gelatine  relief.  A  stout  sheet 
of  plate  paper  is  laid  on  the  back  of  this  and  the  whole 
passed  through  an  ordinary  rolling  press.  The  tinfoil  is  by 
this  means  impressed  into  all  the  details  of  the  relief  ;  but 
in^this  state  it  would  be  useless  to  print  from.  Therefore  a 
shallow  metal  box  is  filled  with  a  composition  of  shellac  and 
asphalt,  which  on  warming  becomes  soft,  but  hardens  on 
cooling.  This  box  is  placed  on  a  hot  plate  until  the  compo- 
sition softens  ;  it  is  then  placed  on  the  lower  plate  of  the  or- 
dinary Woodbury  printing  press,  the  foil  and  relief  laid  on 
it,  the  press  closed,  and  the  pressure  applied  by  the  under 
screw.  When  the  composition  has  hardened  the  tinfoil  ad- 
heres to  it.  The  gelatine  relief  is  removed  from  the  foil,  and 
the  foil-backed  mold  used  to  print  from.  In  place  of  fixing 
the  proofs  by  alum  or  other  substance  of  a  like  nature,  they 
are  varnished  with  an  ordinary  varnish  composed  of  shellac 
and  alcohol,  giving  the  print  an  effect  of  a  photograph  on 
albuminized  paper,  at  the  same  time  protecting  the  surface 
from  moisture.  .Sometimes  the  composition  is  melted  in 
boxes  and  used  with  out  the  foil  as  a  printing  mold  direct ; 


WOODBURYTYPE. 


953 


WOOD  OIL. 


when  sufficient  numbers  have  been  printed  the  box  holding 
the  composition  is  again  heated  and  can  be  used  over  and 
over  again. 

The  third  part  of  this  invention  consists  in  an  improved 
method  of  printing"  Woodbury type  ''  by  machinery.  This 
is  accomplished  as  follows  :  Out  of  a  solid  block  of  iron  a 
cylindrical  hole  is  turned,  in  which  is  made  to  fit  very  loosely 
a  cylinder  of  soft  metal  having  a  taper  or  conical  hole 
through  it  lengthwise.  Between  the  interior  of  the  steel 
block  and  the  soft  metal  cylinder  the  gelatine  reliefs  are  in- 
sertcd  :  then,  by  means  of  a  taper  or  wedge-shaped  spindle 
(roughened),  by  hammering  or  by  pressure  the  soft  metal  is 
driven  against  the  iron  cylinder,  thus  impressing  the  relief 
on  the  outside  of  the  metal  cylinder,  the  taper  spindle  at  the 
same  time  forming  a  shaft  for  the  cylinder  to  be  used  in  the 
process  of  printing.  This  roller,  bearing  the  relief,  is  then 
mounted  in  vertical  slots  in  a  frame  having  a  bed  of  plate 
glass  on  which  the  paper  rests,  the  roller  resting  on  the  glass 
its  own  weight  and  being  dragged  round  by  the  paper  itself  ; 
or  in  place  of  the  glass  plate  the  soft  metal  cylinder  is  al- 
lowed to  lie  on  another  fixed  or  movable  roller  of  metal  or 
glass.  The  latter  may  be  hollow  so  as  to  reduce  its  temper- 
ature in  hot  weather  by  a  stream  of  cold  water  running 
through  it. 

Wood'chop-pers'  Maul.  A  large  wooden 
sledge  with  heavy  iron-bound  head  for  driving 
wedges  used  in  splitting  wood. 

Wood'en  Floor  Mat.  A  sort  of  grating  made 
of  strips  of  wood,  used  as  a  door-mat. 

Wood'eii  Pave'ments. 

A  rigid  foundation  of  bituminous  or  cement  concrete  is 
universal.  This  costs  more  than  sand,  but  it  is  permanent, 
and  will  prevent  the  blocks  from  sinking  under  the  wheels. 
English  engineers,  in  discussing  pavements,  call  the  founda- 
tion the  true  pavement,  the  blocks  being  the  wearing  sur- 
face only.  The  "  llcnson  "  pavement,  with  some  modifica- 
tions, is  the  best  for  this  country.  Instead  of  a  layer  of 
tarred  paper  on  the  concrete,  use  a  thin  layer  of  pitch,  with 
oil  enough  in  it  to  make  it  permanently  slightly  plastic,  set- 
ting the  blocks  upon  it  while  hot  and" soft,  using  the  strips 
of  tarred  felt  between  the  rows,  and  driving  the  blocks  to- 
gether. The  tarred  felt  would  make  a  very  close  joint. 
Then  poor  melted  pitch  over  the  whole  surface,  taking  care 
to  fill  every  crevice,  and  upon  this  spread  fine  sharp  gravel, 
which  will  work  into  the  ends  of  the  blocks  and  form  a  sur- 
face resembling  macadam,  and  afford  a  far  better  footing 
than  wide  spaces  between  the  rows,  which  serve  as  recep- 
tacles for  mud  and  dust.  It  is  easy  to  keep  this  pavement 
clean.  No  water  can  penetrate  it,  so  that  it  will  not  be  in- 
jured by  frost.  The  blocks  themselves,  if  creosoted,  will 
not  absorb  water,  and  if  laid  without  spaces  between  the 
blocks,  the  drainage  will  be  surface  drainage  solely,  which 
is  of  the  first  importance. 

But  the  pavement  would  be  short-lived  if  green  and  wet 
blocks  are  used.  It  is  not  practicable  to  use,  as  Mr.  North 
the  case  in  London,  "  wood  better  seasoned  than  the 
pine  generally  used  by  house  carpenters  in  this  country.'1 
.Seasoned  wood  cannot  be  obtained  in  sufficient  quantities 
here.  But,  what  is  far  better,  it  can  be  preserved  from  de- 
cay. 

No  faith  can  be  placed  in  any  method  of  wood  preserva- 
tion for  paving  blocks  which  does  not  exclude  water.  The 
blocks  are  so  short  that  any  soluble  preparation  is  quickly 
washed  out  of  them,  and,  if  not  made  waterproof,  they  are 
certain  to  absorb  the  seeds  of  destruction  from  the  filth  in 
the  streets.  The  blocks  should  be  well  saturated  with  creo- 
sote oil,  whose  chemical  constituents  act  preservatively  upon 
the  fibers  of  the  wood  by  coagulating  the  albumen  of  the 
sap,  while  the  fatty  matters  act  mechanically  in  obstructing 
the  pores  of  the  wood  and  keep  the  water  out.  At  the  same 
time,  as  oil  cannot  be  injected  into  wood  full  of  moisture, 
the  thorough  artificial  seasoning  which  forms  a  part  of  the 
pn.M-os  of  creosoting  as  carried  on  in  this  country,  is  as  use- 
ful to  the  timber  as  any  of  the  metallic  salt  processes. 

By  thoroughly  ereosoting  the  blocks,  expansion  and  con- 
sequent throwing  out  of  the  blocks  is  prevented.  They  will 
not  shrink  or  expand.  The  wood  is  also  rendered  homo- 
geneous ;  the  sap  wood  becoming  as  durable  as  heart  wood. 
Looking  to  sanitary  considerations,  the  creosoted  wooden 
pavement  is  perfect.  The  carbolic  acid  contained  in  the  oil 
is  a  powerful  disinfectant,  and  as  the  pavement  described 
will  not  absorb  any  deleterious  substance  from  the  surface, 
it  has  only  to  be  kept  clean  to  maintain  the  best  sanitary 
condition. 

Wooden  pavement,  Lond.    "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  115. 
On,  (many  figures)      .  *  "Engineer,'*  xlv.  171,  314. 

Wood'en  Rail.  For  wooden  rails  the  best 
wood  is  maple,  laid  with  the  heart  up ;  hard  pine 
is  used  in  the  South. 


The  simplest  form  of  wooden  rail  is  a  stringer  cut  in  16'  to 
20'  lengths,  and  of  such  cross-section  as  the  kind  of  wood  or 
weight  of  engine  requires.  6"  square  is  usually  the  best 
size  for  stringer,  although  5"  face  by  7"  depth"  is  some- 
times as  good.  4"  face  by  6"  depth,  or  5"  square,  will 
answer  for  small  engines,  if  the  wood  is  good ;  still  smaller 
sizes  may  be  used  by  placing  the  cross-ties  close  together, 
say  2'  or  2i'  between  centers  ;  for  large  stringers,  4'  between 
centers  will  answer.  When  worn  out  on  top  the  stringer 
may  be  reversed,  and  when  again  worn  out  may  be  used  for 
ties. 

The  ties  are  more  easily  fitted  and  laid  if  made  uniform, 
and  of  about  the  same  size  lumber  as  the  rails  ;  6"  square 
is  heavy  enough.  Any  cheap  lumber  not  specially  liable  to 
decay  will  do.  Ordinary  hewn  ties  may  be  used,  but  not  being 
uniform  are  less  convenient  for  cutting  out  recesses  for  rails. 
They  should  be  at  least  3'  longer  than  the  width  of  the  track 
between  rails.  The  ties  must  be  cut  out  accurately  and 
uniformly  to  receive  the  rails.  The  recesses  should  be'about 
3"  deep,  and  be  at  the  top  face  of  the  tie  1",  and  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  recess  1J"  wider  than  the  rail.  The  inner  faces 
of  the  recesses  are  perpendicular,  and  the  distance  between 
them  is  the  gage  of  the  track.  The  bottom  of  the  recess 
should  be  level,  and  ties  laid  well  to  afford  proper  bearing 
for  the  stringer. 

Wedges  made  of  any  cheap  wood,  or  better,  of  ends  of  stuff 
left  from  rails,  are  driven  on  the  outsides  of  rails.  They 
are  made  of  right  shape  to  fit  the  space  left ;  the  reason  for 
making  this  space  wider  at  the  bottom  than  at  the  top,  is  to 
keep  the  wedges  from  working  up,  so  that  the  rail  may  be 
held  securely  in  place. 

The  stringers  must  be  arranged  to  break  joint  on  the  ties. 
Both  stringers  should  not  break  joint  on  the  same  tie. 
The  stringers  are  sometimes  sawed  off  diagonally  instead  of 
perpendicularly,  so  as  to  lap  and  be  spiked  altogether.  The 
cost  of  lumber  for  a  hard  pine  wooden  road  will  be  about 
$450  per  mile. 

With  another  style  of  wooden  road  the  stringer  is  made  of 
hemlock  or  any  cheap  lumber,  and  a  maple  strip  4"  to  5"  wide 
and  2J"  to  3"  thick  is  spiked  on  to  the  stringer.  By  this  plan, 
such  a  part  of  the  rail  as  is  worn  out  may  be  removed  with- 
out taking  up  the  stringer.  The  maple  strip  may  be  re- 
placed by  a  T-irou  rail  considerably  lighter  than  would  be 
required  if  laid  directly  on  cross-ties ;  this  is  preferable  to 
strap  iron. 

A  wooden  rail  is  very  slippery  when  wet,  and  hard  to  keep 
clear  of  snow  and  ice  in  freezing  weather.  On  very  bad 
curves  and  steep  grades  a  wooden  rail  is  impracticable,  and 
iron  must  be  used. 

A  locomotive  has  but  one  half  or  two  thirds  the  power  on 
wood  that  it  has  on  iron  ;  the  friction  useful  for  traction  is 
less,  and  the  flange  friction  is  greater.  Locomotives  for 
wooden  rails  should  be  built  very  strongly  and  evenly  bal- 
anced ;  the  weight  should  be  less,  and  the  drivers  larger 
than  for  the  same  size  of  cylinders  on  iron  rail.  A  locomo- 
tive with  six  wheels  connected,  or  with  four  drivers  and  a 
two  wheel  truck,  is  preferable  to  a  four-wheel  engine  for 
wooden  rail. 

Wood'en  Wall  Cov'er-ing.  A  veneer  sur- 
face for  wall  paper. 

The  wood  is  cut  to  the  thickness  of  paper,  and  by  a  pecul- 
iar process  stuck  on  the  paper,  which  serves  as  a  protection 
against  the  influence  of  the  walls  on  the  graining  and  color 
of  the  wood.  The  delicacy  of  the  machinery  employed  in 
cutting  so  thin  a  veneer  may  be  gathered  from  the  fact  that 
200  leaves  are  cut  out  of  an  inch  of  white  maple  wood,  and 
125  out  of  wood  with  very  open  grain,  such  as  oak  and  wal- 
nut. 

Wood  Fa'cing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  used 
in  the  manufacture  of  furniture,  sash,  doors,  pat- 
terns, agricultural  implements,  etc. 

It  is  adapted  for  planing  out  of  wind,  making  bevel  or 
square  glue  joints,  facing  and  edging,  surfacing  straight, 
squaring,  beveling,  etc.  The  work,  as  it  passes  over  the 
tables,  needs  no  dogging  or  exertion  to  hold  it. 

The  tables  are  drawn  back  or  pushed  forward,  to  regulate 
the  cut,  by  a  screw,  while  the  machine  is  running.  The 
motion  of  the  tables  on  the  wedges,  while  regulating  the  cut, 
secures  at  the  same  time  a  uniform  distance  from  the  knives. 

Wood  Oil. 

The  curious  product  of  India,  called  by  the  English  wood 
oil  or  Gurjun  balsam,  forms  the  subject  of  two  papers  pub- 
lished in  the  "Pharmaceutical  Journal,"  by  Messrs.  Charles 
Lowe  and  Daniel  Hanbury.  Mr.  0.  Lowe,  who  only  knew 
that  this  resinous  liquid  is  extracted  in  India,  by  incisions 
made  in  the  tree,  considers  it  as  a  Copaiva  balsam  rendered 
turbid  by  a  greenish  resin  held  in  suspension.  The  filtered 
balsam  forms  a  brown  and  transparent  liquid,  from  which 
we  withdraw  by  distillation  — 


WOOD  OIL. 


954 


WOOD  SCREW. 


Volatile  oil  .  .  .  . 
Hard  resin  .... 
Water  and  acetic  acid  . 


According  to  Mr.  Lowe  the  volatile  oil  possesses  all  the 
characters  of  that  of  copaiva,  and  the  hard  resin,  which  he 
wards  as  pure  copaivic  acid,  free  from  the  soft  resin,  which, 
according  to  him,  exists  in  the  most  part  of  commercial  co- 
pa  ivas,  seemed  to  him  to  indicate  a  superior  quality  as  a 
medicine. 

"Wood  Pre-serv'ing. 

The  various  processes  for  preserving  wood  have  for  their 
object  the  prevention  or  anest  of  fungoid  growth.  This  is 
sought  to  be  accomplished  by  two  main  systems  ;  one  of 
which  consists  in  impregnating  the  wood  with  a  solution  of 
a  metallic  salt,  such  as  corrosive  sublimate,  chloride  of  zinc, 
or  sulphate  of  copper,  and  the  other  includes  the  several 
creosote  processes.  The  action  of  the  salts  named  is  purely 
chemical,  and  as  they  are  introduced  in  watery  solution,  it 
is  evident  that  subsequent  exposure  to  moisture  tends  to  re- 
dissolve  them  and  leave  the  wood  unprotected.  Creosotiug,  j 
while  producing  the  same  result  chemically,  also  secures 
dr.yness,  which  alone  is  sufficient  to  prevent  decay,  provided 
that  it  can  be  maintained. 

In  creosoting,  it  is  essential  that  the  wood  should  be  thor- 
oughly dried,  in  order  to  secure  complete  impregnation,  and 
hence  timber  is  usually  seasoned  for  months  before  treat- 
ment. This  is  a  serious  objection,  which  inventors  have  at- 
tempted to  remedy  by  adding  a  preliminary  dessicating  oper- 
ation. At  extensive  works  at  South  Boston,  Mass.,  a  process 
known  as  the  Hayford  is  in  use,  which  consists  in  drying  the 
timber  in  vacua,  and  then  impregnating  it  with  creosote  oil 
under  pressure.  Green  timber  is  fed  by  a  rail  track  into  an 
air-tight  cylinder  of  boiler  iron,  100'  long  and  6'  in  diameter. 
This  cylinder  has  been  tested  by  hydrostatic  pressure  of  200 
Ibs.  to  the  square  inch,  and  is  capable  of  being  hermetically 
closed.  When  the  charge  is  in,  steam  is  introduced,  raising 
the  temperature  gradually ,  so  as  not  to  harden  the  outside 
of  the  wood  and  prevent  the  escape  of  moisture  from  the  in- 
terior. Atmospheric  air  is  also  forced  in  at  a  pressure  of  from 
30  to  40  Ibs.,  to  restrain  the  tendency  of  the  wood  to  crack. 
A  temperature  of  250°  to  270°  is  found  sufficient  to  evaporate 
the  sap,  and  the  whole  steaming  process  occupies  from  4 
hours  for  boards  to  10  or  12  hours  for  heavy  timber.  When 
it  is  certain  that  the  sap  and  vapor  have  been  turned  into 
steam,  the  direct  steam  is  shut  off,  and  air  pumps  set  to 
work  to  free  the  cylinder  from  the  steam,  vaporized  sap,  and 
result  of  condensation.  This  stage  is  reached  in  about  an 
hour.  The  cylinder  bein.g  made  tight  again,  and  still  heated 
by  the  coil,  a  vacuum  pump  is  put  in  action.  Then  the  cre- 
osote oil,  previously  heated  to  near  the  boiling  point  to  ren- 
der it  limpid  and  penetrating,  is  introduced  under  a  pres- 
sure of  60  Ibs.,  which,  added  to  the  drawing  power  of  the 
vacuum,  makes  a  total  pressure  of  over  70  Ibs.  to  the  square 
inch.  The  hot  oil  soon  impregnates  the  wood.  If  the  tim- 
ber is  of  very  close  fiber,  the  pressure  is  raised  to  a  higher 
point.  The  process  completed,  the  charge  is  withdrawn  and 
another  takes  its  place. 

The  process  known  as  "  Beerizing  timber,"  takes  its  name 
from  Sigismund  Beer,  a  chemist  of  New  York  City,  who  dis- 
covered that  by  the  use  of  borax  as  a  solvent  the  coagulation 
of  sap  is  prevented,  and  this  without  injury  to  the  wood  tis- 
sues. The  obnoxious  ingredients  being  thus  removed,  the 
wood  is  rendered  closer  in  grain  and  thereby  improved  in  ap- 
pearance, becomes  impervious  to  decay,  and  remains  unaf- 
fected by  atmospheric  changes. 

A  recent  number  of  the  "Annales  des  Fonts  et  Chaussies  " 
gives  the  following  information,  furnished  by  the  officers  of 
the  railway  from  Hanover  and  Cologne  to  Minden.  The  pro- 
portion of  pine  ties,  injected  with  zinc,  renewed  after  21 
years,  was  21  per  cent.  ;  beech  ties,  injected  with  creosote, 
renewed  after  22  years,  46  per  cent.  ;  oak  ties,  not  injected 
after  17  years,  49  per  cent. ;  oak  ties  injected  with  chloride 
of  zinc,  after  17  years,  20.7  per  cent.  The  ties  which  were 
not  renewed  appeared  perfectly  sound.  Since  1870  the  Em- 
peror-Ferdinand Northern  Railway  has  used  only  oak  ties, 
injected  with  either  creosote  or  with  chloride  of  lime. 

Hatzfeld  recommends,  in  "Eisenba/m,"  for  this  purpose 
the  injection  of  tannin  in  form  of  decoctions  of  substances 
containing  it,  as  for  instance,  chestnut  and  oak  bark.  The 
wood  is  treated  with  these  decoctions  in  closed  vessels  at  high 
pressure,  and  afterwards  treated  with  a  solution  of  the  py- 
roacetate  of  the  sesquioxide  of  iron.  The  latter  is  trans- 
formed into  a  tannate  and  finally  converted  into  a  salt  of  the 
oxide  by  oxidation.  This  process  has  now  been  generally 
introduced  by  the  larger  railroad  and  telegraph  companies 
in  France. 

Mr.  Lostal,  a  French  railroad  engineer,  recommends  lime 
as  a  preservative  for  wood.  He  puts  the  wood  to  be  prepared 
in  large  excavations  in  the  ground,  and  covers  them  with 
freshly  calcined  lime,  which  is  gradually  slaked  by  the  addi- 
tion of  water.  Wood  to  be  used  for  mining  structures  must 
remain  in  the  lime  about  8  days  before  becoming  fully  im- 


pregnated. The  wood  becomes  exceedingly  hard  and  never 
rots.  Beechwood  prepared  in  this  way  has  been  used  as  ma- 
terial for  hammers  and  other  tools  in  several  factories,  and 
is  said  to  have  become  as  hard  as  iron,  without  losing  its 
peculiar  elasticity.  At  Strasbourg,  lime  slacked  in  a  solution 
of  chloride  of  calcium  is  used  as  a  fire  and  weather  proof 
pigment  for  woodwork. 

Wood,  preservation  of.       "Scientific  American  Sup.,"  1890. 

Paper  by  Jefferson  .     .      "Man.  $  Builder,''''  xii.  181,  190. 

*  "Scientific  American,''  xxxv.  360. 
Wood  preserving  process 

Palmer *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxiv.  259. 

Wood    preserving    and 

fireproofing,  Folbacci  .      "  Scientific  American,'"  xl.  67. 

Wood  Pulp  Pa'per. 

In  wood  paper  manufacture  the  split  4'  timber  is  fed  into 
a  circular  fan-like  hopper  provided  with  swiftly  revolving 
steel  knives,  which  cut  the  timber  into  small  chips  in  very 
short  order,  when  a  fan  drives  them  up  into  the  loft,  where 
they  are  shoveled  into  two  steel  digesters  holding  from  four 
to  six  tons  each.  Soda  ash,  and  other  chemicals,  are  intro- 
duced, a  heavy  head  of  steam  is  turned  on,  varying  in  differ- 
ent mills  from  100  Ibs.  to  200  Ibs.  pressure  to  the  square  inch, 
and  the  chips  are  thoroughly  separated.  Then  the  pulpy 
mass  is  washed  out  into  vats  to  drain  off  the  chemicals,  and 
after  it  has  become  solid  it  is  again  washed  out  and  pumped 
up  into  the  engines  and  beaten,  and  the  usual  process  of 
paper-making  ia  then  gone  through  with. 

Some  makers  think  evergreen  woods  far  preferable,  as 
having  a  larger  and  more  hardy  fiber. 

The  year  1846  — when  the  German  engineer,  II.  Volter, 
began  his  experiments  of  using,  instead  of  vegetable  fiber 
from  flax  and  cotton,  wood  fiber,  which  he  prepared  by  quite 
a  simple  expedient  —  was  the  beginning  of  a  branch  of 
industry  which  is  already  of  great  importance  to  Sweden, 
since  that  country  possesses  just  what  is  chiefly  required  for 
it:  abundant  supplies  of  fir- forests  and  large  waterfalls. 
The  first  factory  established  on  this  Volter's  system  was  at 
Trollhattan,  in  1857,  and  for  ten  years  was  the  only  one  of 
its  kind,  until  here  and  there  in  the  country  they  began  to 
establish  others,  so  that  m  1870  there  were  six  ;  but  from 
this  time  their  erection  was  very  rapid  till  1873,  when  there 
were  twenty-seven  wood-pulp  factories  already  completed  or 
nearly  so;  but  since  that  time  none  have  been  erected. 

The  observations  and  inventions  made  in  this  branch  of 
industry  have  not  been  unnoticed,  and  therefore  the  manu- 
factories are  calculated  to  be  worked,  partly  on  the  chemical 
and  partly  on  the  mechanical  method.  The  chemical  method 
is  as  yet  so  new,  that  it  is  difficult  to  say  what  development 
it  will  enjoy.  It  is  certainly  true  that  in  this  way  a  better 
and  more  fibrous  pulp  is  obtained,  but  in  proportion  to  the 
ground  pulp,  it  is  also  dearer,  especially  since  caustic  soda, 
which  is  needed  for  the  manufacture,  has  considerably  risen 
in  price.  The  grindstones  that  have  hitherto  been  employed 
in  the  mechanical  method  have  as  yet  been  generally  ob- 
tained from  Germany,  the  cause  of  which  cannot  be  that  the 
material  required  for  it  is  wanting  in  Sweden,  but  rather  at 
the  new-established  works  they  have  wished  to  avoid  experi- 
ments at  first,  and  hence  the  stones  have  been  brought  from 
such  places,  where  they  have  already  been  practically  tried. 
All  the  machinery,  on  the  other  haud,  is  now  made  in  the 
country. 

The  Swedish  wood-pulp  manufactories  extant  at  the  c 
ginning  of  1873,  may  be  divided  as  follows  :  — 

I.  Mechanical,  new  works  where  100  horse-power  is  calcu- 
lated for  each  grindstone : 

a .  Eleven  Volter's  manufactories  with  vertical  gnndstones, 
and  the  supplying  of  the  pieces  of  wood  by  a  screw-mecha- 
nism.    Of  these  the  oldest  (Trollhattan)  has  twenty  stones, 
of  which  the  greater  number  are  small ;  but  besides,  there 
are  several  large  establishments  with  from  five  to  six  grind- 
stones of  from  5  to  5£'  in  diameter. 

b.  Two  Hartmann's,  with  small  vertical  grindstones,  and 
supplied  by  weights. 

c.  Four  Siebrecht's,   with  large  horizontal  grindstones, 
and  supplied  by  hydraulic  pressure. 

II.  Chemical,  generally  provided  with  two  boilers  : 
Ten  manufactories  constructed  on  different  methods  I 

clair's,  Lee's,  Fry's,  etc.).      The  boiling  is  generally  done 
with  caustic  soda,  in  weight  about  25  per  cent,  of  the  wood, 
besides,  the  so-called  half-chemical  method  is  applied,  co: 
sisting  in  boiling  or  steaming  blocks  of  wood,  and  then  grii 
ing  them  in  the  usual  manner.     Some  of  the  more  recent  pi 
per  manufactories  in  the  country    manufacture  from  sucn 
pulp  a  kind  of  paper  very  good  for  wrappers  and  sheath- 
ings. 

Wood  Screw.  A  square-headed  screw  with 
a  coarse  thread  for  fastening  together  wooden 
frames. 


Wood  screws. 


"Scientific  Amer.,"  xL  24. 


WOOD   STAINING. 


955 


WOOL  WASHER. 


Wood  Stain'ing. 

In  most  cases  the  staining  of  wood  may  be  effected  so  as 
to  produce  very  bright  colors  without  any  previous  prepara- 
tion, as,  generally  speaking,  the  UK >n hints  employed  have  a 
bleaching  action  on  the  wood.     But  in  many  case-,  in  conse- 
quence of  the  quality  of  the  wood  under  treatment,  it  must 
be  freed  from  its  natural  colors 
by    a    preliminary   bleaching. 
To  this  end  it  is  saturated  as 
completely  as   possible  with  a 
clear  solution  of   17j  oz.  chlo- 
ride of  lime  and  2  oz.  soda  crys- 
tals, in  10J  pints  of  water.     In 
this  liquid  the  wood  is  steeped 
for  half  an  hour,  if  it  does 
not   appear  to   injure   its   tex- 
ture.    After  this   bleaching   it 
is   immersed   in  a    solution   of 
sulphurous   acid,   anil    then 
washed     in  pure   water.      The 
Sulphurous    acid    which    may 
cling  to  the  wood   in  spite  of 
washing    does    not    appear  to 
injure    it  or  alter    the  colors 
which  are  applied. 

Jii-il.  —  The  wood  is  plunged 
first  in  a  solution  of  1  <>/..  of 
curd  soap  in  35  fluid  oz.  of  wa- 
ter, or  else  is  rubbed  with  the 
solution  :  then  magenta  is  ap- 
plied in  a  state  of  sufficient 
dilution  to  bring  out  the  time 
required.  All  the  aniline  col- 
ors behave  very  well  on  wood. 

Vnilf  t.  —  The  wood  is  treated 
in  a  bath  made  up  with  4',  o/. 
olive  oil,  the  same  weight  of 
soda  ash,  and  2j  pints  of  boil- 
ing water,  and  it  is  then  dyed 
with  magenta,  to  which  a  cor- 
responding quality  of  tin  crystals  have  been  added. 

Blue.  —  Prepare  as  for  violet  and  dye  with  aniline  blue. 

Green.  —  Mordant  the  wood  with  red  liquor  at  1°  B.  This 
is  prepared  by  dissolving  separately  in  water  1  part  sugar  of 
lead  and  -i  parts  of  alum  free  from  iron  ;  mix  the  solutions 
and  then  add  one  thirty-second  of  a  part  of  soda  crystals, 
and  let  settle  over  night.  The  clear  liquor  is  decanted  off 
from  the  sediment  of  sulphate  of  lead  and  is  then  diluted 
with  water  till  it  marks  1J  B.  The  wood  when  mordanted 
is  dyed  green  with  berry  liquor  and  extract  of  indigo,  the 
relative  proportions  of  which  determine  the  tone  of  the 
green. 

The  wood,  mordanted,  as  above  directed,  can  also  be  dyed 
a  fine  blue  with  extract  of  indigo. 

Yellow.  —  Mordant  with  red  liquor  and  dye  with  bark 
liquor  and  with  turmeric. 

Besides  the  aniline  colors  cochineal  gives  a  very  good 
scarlet  red  upon  wood.  Boil  2  o/,.  of  cochineal,  previously 
reduced  to  a  flue  powder,  in  35.oz.  of  water  for  three  hours, 
and  apply  it  to  the  wood.  When  dry,  give  a  coating  of  di- 
lute chloride  of  tin,  to  which  is  added  a  little  tartaric  acid, 
1  o/,.  of  chloride  of  tin,  and  J  oz.  of  tartaric  acid  in  35  fluid 
oz.  of  water.  If  instead  of  water  the  cochineal  is  boiled  in 
a  decoction  of  bark  (2  oz.  bark  to  35  oz.  of  water),  and  the 
chloride  of  tin  is  use. I  as  above,  an  intense  scarlet,  and  all 
shades  of  orange,  may  be  produced  according  to  the  propor- 
tions. 

Brown.  —  Various  tones  maybe  produced  by  mordanting 
with  chrouiate  of  potash,  and  applying  then  a  decoction  of 
fustic,  of  logwood,  or  of  peachwood. 

Gray.  —  ( } rays  may  be  produced  by  boiling  17  oz.  orchil 
paste  for  half  an  hour  in  7  pints  of  water.  The  wood  is  first 
treated  with  this  solution,  and  then,  before  it  is  dry,  steeped 
in  a  beck  of  nitrate  of  iron  at  1°  B.  An  excess  of  iron  gives 
a  yellowish  tone  ;  otherwise  a  blue-gray  is  produced  which 
may  be  completely  converted  into  blue  by  means  of  a  little 

Black. —  Boil  8;J  oz.  of  logwood  in  70  oz.  of  water,  add  1 
oz.  blue  stone,  and  steep  the  wood  for  twenty-four  hours. 
Take  out,  expose  to  the  air  for  a  long  time,  and  then  steep 
for  twelve  hours  in  a  beck  of  nitrate  of  iron  at  4°  B.  If  the 
black  is  not  fine,  steep  again  in  logwood  liquor. 

Wood'work-ing  Ma-chine/  The  Green- 
.wich  Combined  Woodworking-  Machine,  Fig.  2542, 
is  a  machine  for  circular  and  scroll  sawing,  sur- 
face molding,  planing,  mitering,  and  boring. 

The  scroll  saw  has  a  positive  motion,  and  there  is  a  steel 
bearing  at  the  back  of  the  saw  that  steadies  and  keeps  it 
firmly  in  its  place  when  running,  so  as  to  enable  those  inex- 
perienced in  the  use  of  the  scroll  saw  to  do  true  work.  Any 


Fig.  2542. 


Woodworking  Machine. 

desired  rake  can  be  given  to  the  saw,  by  turning  the  hand- 
screw  behind  it. 

The  cutting  edges  on  planing  and  molding  machines  should 
move  at  a  velocity  of  6,000'  per  minute.  Where  hard  wood 
exclusively  is  worked  the  feed  should  be  one  fourth  less. 

Teeth  of  circular  saws  should  travel  about  9,000'  per  min- 
ute. 

Teeth  of  band-saws  should  travel  about  4,000  per  minute, 
to  obtain  the  best  results. 

See  English  patents  of  Sir  Samuel  Bentham,  1791  and 
1793. 

Joseph  Bramale,  1802. 

Hatton,  1776. 

Samuel  Miller,  1777. 

Molesworth's  pamphlet  on  "  The  Conversion  of  Wood  by 
Machinery,"  Proceedings  Inst.  of  C.  E. ,  London,  1857. 

Prof.  Kankin  on  machine  tools. 

Prof.  Willis's  lecture  before  the  Society  of  Arts,  1852. 

Woodworker,  variety. 

Fay  If  Co *  "Engineer,"  xli.  463. 

Fay *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  114. 

Woodworker,  Universal. 

Fay  .     .     .     ...     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  118. 

Bentel,      Mayedant 

(f  Co *  "Engineer,"  xxi.  409. 

Fay *  "Scientific  American,"  xxxv.  147. 

*  "Engineer,''  xlv.  439. 

Fay  4"  Co *  "Man.  $  Builder,"  viii.  270. 

Wood  working  machines, 

Power,  Barnes,  Fr.      .  *  "Manufact.  Sf  Builder,'11  x.  55. 
Wood  working  machin- 
ery, Woods      ...  *  "Manufact.  $  Builder,"  ix.  136. 

Works,  Rogers   .     .     .  *  "Scientific  American,"  xlii.  31. 
Wood  working  machines. 

French *  "Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxvi.  210. 

Wool  "  Ex'tract."  Wool  recovered  from  worn 
mixed  fabrics  where  the  cotton  has  been  destroyed 
by  a  chemical  process.  In  the  year  1865  the 
amount  of  extract  used  was  5,000,000  Ibs. 

Wool  Hat  Ma-chiii'e-ry.  See  HAT  MA- 
CHINERY ;  also  the  various  special  machines  under 
the  caption  HAT,  as  HAT  FULLING  MILL  ;  HAT 
BLOCKING  MACHINE,  etc.,  etc. 

Wool  Wash'er. 

Plate  LVT.  represents  "Smith's"  wool  washer.  The 
ducker  is  attached  to  the  rake,  next  to  the  feed  apron,  and 
serves  to  duck  or  push  down  the  stock  into  the  liquor.  The 
stock  is  forced  under  by  the  curved  lines,  as  it  drops  from 


WOOL  WASHER. 


956 


WRECKING  PUMP. 


Worm  Ueantig. 

the  feed  apron,  and  it  is  carried  at  once  to  the  bottom  of  the 
bowl.  A  valve  outlet  is  so  arranged  that  the  stock  cannot 
wind  about  the  valve  levers. 

Steam  has -access  to  the  water  through  numerous  small 
holes  pierced  through  a  pipe  extending  lengthwise  of  the 
machine,  under  the  false  bottom,  thus  distributing  the  heat. 
The  water  is  supplied  through  a  chamber  in  tho  side  of  the 
bowl,  obviating  any  splash  in  filling  it.  A  double-acting 
carrier  takes  the  stock  up  and  delivers  it  to  the  press  rolls. 
The  carrier  has  teeth,  the  rear  rank  of  which  are  nearly  as 
long  as  those  of  the  stirrer  fork.  On  its  forward  movement 
the  carrier  engages  with  the  stock  and  takes  it  up  over  the 
face  of  the  chute. 

The  cone  pulley  on  the  main  driving  mechanism  is  driven 
from  a  like  cone  pulley  on  the  counter  shaft. 

Wootz.  The  genuine  Wbotz  steel  comes  from 
India  in  three  forms,  namely,  in  bullet-shaped  pieces 
of  a  certain  weight  as  they  cool  in  the  pots,  and 
which  comes  from  Calcutta;  in  cakes  of  2^  Ibs. 
from  Bombay;  and  in  cylindrical  rods  of  about  the 
same  weight  from  Golconda.  See  "Mech.  Diet.," 
pp.  2364,  2818. 

Work'er.  (Leather.}  A  two-handled  blunt 
knife  curved  to  suit  the  inclined  face  of  the  beam, 
and  used  to  scrape  the  hides. 

Work'ing  Glove. 

Ordinary  gloves  used  in  husking  corn  and  doing  other  sim- 
ilar kinds  of  work,  wear  out  first  upon  the  tips  of  the  fingers 
and  thumb,  and  upon  the  ball  of  the  thumb. 
To  obviate  the  unequal  wear,  and  to  render 
the  glove  more  serviceable,  a  glove  has  been 
devised  the  body  of  which  is  of  the  ordinary 
form  and  materials,  and  to  its  inner  or  palm 
side  are  attached  pieces  of  cloth  upon  which, 
in  places  subjected  to  the  greatest  wear,  there! 
are  surfaces  that  are  covered  with  a  protecting 
coating  of  sand  and  rubber.  Instead  of  apply- 
ing the  protective  coating  to  the  cloth  in  this 
manner,  it  may  be  applied  directly  to  the  face 
of  the  glove. 

The  rubber  coating  protects  the  glove  and 
renders  it  waterproof  at  the  points  to  which 
it  is  applied,  and  the  sand  assists  materially 
in  removing  the  husks  from  corn  ;  it  also 
renders  the  glove  more  effective  in  grasping 
objects  of  any  description. 

Worm  Gear'ing.  Hawkin's  gear- 
ing,  Fig.  2543,  is  a  new  modification 
of  worm  gearing.  :== 

It  has  an  arrangement  for  transmitting  cir- 
cular motion  in  either  direction.  It  is  a  plan 
in  which  the  spiral  worm  is  made  of  such  a  length  that  the 
edge  of  one  roller  does  not  cease  contact  until  the  edge  of  the 
next  comes  into  contact ;  a  wheel  carries  four  rollers  which 
turn  on  studs,  the  latter  being  secured  by  cottars  ;  the  axis 


of  the  worm  is  at  right  angles  with  that  of  the  wheel.  The 
edges  of  the  rollers  come  near  together,  leaving  sufficient 
space  for  the  thread  of  the  worm  to  fit  between  any  two 
contiguous  rollers.  The  pitch  line  of  the  screw  thread  forms 
an  arc  of  a  circle,  whose  center  coincides  with  that  of  the 
wheel,  therefore  the  thread  will  always  bear  fairly  against 
the  rollers  ami  maintain  rolling  contact  therewith  during 
the  whole  of  the  time  each  roller  is  in  gear,  and  by  turning 
the  screw  in  either  direction  the  wheel  will  rotate. 

Worm'ing.  (Nautical.)  Laying  of  yarn  in 
the  cant  of  a  rope  to  bring  it  to  a  rounder  surface 
before  parceling  or  serving,  which  see. 

Worm'-thread  Tool'-gage.  A  gage  that 
furnishes  a  correct  guide  of  form  for  tools  used 
in  turning  the  threads  of  worms,  when  the  worm 
wheels  have  been  cut  to  correspond.  The  figures 
on  the  gage  represent  the  number  of  threads  per 
inch  of  the  worm.  The  slots  in  the  gage  are  also 
of  the  proper  depth  for  their  respective  threads. 

Wor'sted.  (Fabric.)  From  Worsted,  in  Nor- 
folk, England.  The  wool-workers  of  that  place 
adopted  a  comb  in  carding  and  a  harder  twist  in 
spinning,  which  gave  the  name  to  its  products. 

Wound  Ex-plor'er.  (Surgical.)  An  electric 
sound  used  in  searching  for  bullets. 

The  electric  wound  explorer  of  M.  Trouve",  of 
Paris,  was  presented  to  the  Academy  of  France  in 
1867. 

Wo'ven  Wire  Belt'ing.  Woven  steel  wire 
belting  is  claimed  to  transmit  power  v;ell,  to  oper- 
ate without  lengthening,  and  to  run  smoothly  be- 
cause there  is  no  overlapping  at  any  place.  The 
spirals  of  wire  are  woven  across  the  belting,  so  that 
three,  four,  or  more  spirnls  form  one  link.  The 
space  between  two  links  is,  besides,  filled  up  with  a 
cross-piece,  so  that  the  closely  woven  netting  of 
spiral  \virc  forms  a  baud  of  great  strength  and  flex- 
ibility. It  is  faced  and  lined  with  rubber  or  leather. 

Wreck'ing  Pump. 

The  "  Heald  "  steam  pump,  Fig.  2544,  is  for  use  in  pump- 
ing out  wrecked  vessels.  It  is  actuated  by  an  oscillating 
engine  of  short  stroke.  The  rolling  valve  within  the  valve- 
chamber  on  the  cylinder  is  worked  by  au  eccentric  from  the 
engine-shaft.  The  guides  for  relieving  the  strain  mi  the 
piston-rod  project  from  the  head  of  the  cylinder,  and  im- 
partially concealed  by  the  counter  balance-wheels.  There  is 
a  force-pump  used  for  priming  the  main  pump  through  the 
pipes. 

Itls  operated  by  friction-wheels,  connected  nr  disconnected 
by  a  lever.  There  are  swiveled  elbows  i'nv  suction  and  dis- 
charge, turning  in  any  direction  and  detachable.  There  is  a 


Fig.  2644. 


Wrecking  Pump. 

device  in  the  cross-head  of  the   guides  for  taking  up   the 
slack  occasioned  by  wear  of  the  parts.     There  is  also  a  bale, 


WRENCH. 


957 


XYLOPHONE. 


with  tubular  trunnions,  in  conjunction  therewith  for  secur- 
ing a  better  connection  of  the  steam-pipes  with  the  engine. 

Wrench.  A  lever  having  jaws  at  one  end 
adapted  to  catch  around  the  head  of  a  bolt,  or 
around  a  nut  to  loosen  or  tighten  the  nut  on  the 
bolt. 

One  jaw  is  often  made  adjustable.  The  "  Alligator  "  has 
ratchet  teeth  cut  diagonally  across  one  jaw,  thus  enabling 
it  to  bite  with  three  teeth  at  once.  A  single  wrench  will 
hold  many  sizes  of  nuts  or  bolts. 

Robinson's  crank-wrench  and  bit-brace  is  a  combination  of 
the  wrench,  crank,  and  brace.  It  is  intended  in  its  crank 
movement  to  provide  a  wrench  that  will  not  require  to  be 
readjusted  at  each  half-turn;  a  rotary  wrench  that  turns 
without  removal  till  the  nut  is  advanced  to  its  place. 

A>  ;i  brace  it  is  clamped  to  the  bit  by  the  set-screw  that 
drives  the  movable  jaw  a.nd  holds  the  same.  As  a  vise  it  is 
inverted  and  secured  to  the  bench  by  a  clamp. 

The  "Baxter"  wrench  has  adjustable  sliding  jaws  that 
are  connected  by  a  set  screw  that  contracts  them  to  their 
embrace. 

The  "Rogers"  wrench  is  an  elongated  ring  bar  device, 
diverging  to  a  larger  capacity  at  one  end  so  as  to  hold  nuts  of 
all  sizes.  A  bevel  rigidifying  sleeve  that  clamps  to  the 
square  of  the  nut,  holds  it  while  Vicing  operated  on. 

Wrench,  Squire     .     .     .  *  " Scientific  Ain/rlrnii,"  xxxv.  51. 

Port *"  Scientific  Amer.,"  xxxiv.  131. 

Bedell *  "Scimt'ific  Amer.,">  xxxiv.  182« 

Bemis  If  Call     ...  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  June  27,  p.  11. 

Rouse *  " Iron  Age,"  xxiii.,  June  26.  p.  9. 

Phi/tips *  "Scientific  Amer."  xxxix.  8. 

Automatic,  Birch    .     .  *  "Scientific  American,''1  xli.  278. 
Monkey,  Johnson  if  Co.  *  "Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  March  28,  p.  11. 
Screw,  Coex  .     .     .     .  *  "  Iron  Age,"  xxi.,  May  2,  p.  25. 

Wrench  Han'dle.  A  double-arm  wrench  for 
use  with  dies  for  cutting  threads,  and  other  pur- 
poses. 

Wri'ting.  For  restoring  faded  writing.  Brush 
it  over  with  a  solution  of  ammonium  sulphide. 

M.  Von  Hibra,  in  the  '•''Journal  de  C/iimie,"  describes  a 
method  of  restoring  the  writing  of  old  manuscripts  and  the 
colors  of  oil  paintings  which  have  tailed  or  become  discol- 
ored by  age.  For  the  manuscripts,  the  writing  is  treated  with 
recently  prepared  ammonium  sulphide,  and  in  the  course  of 
a  few  moments  tile  characters  become  distinctly  visible.  Any 
excess  of  the  reagent  must  be  removed  by  washing  in  cold 
water,  and  the  manuscript  is  then  dried,  either  by  gentle 
heat  or  by  means  of  blotting-paper.  Should  the  characters 
fade  again  after  this  treatment,  they  should  be  submitted 
to  the  action  of  a  solution  of  tannin.  As  it  is  only  in  far 


distant  times  that  carbon  writing  fluids  were  used,  and  as 
nearly  all  the  more  recent  manuscripts  have  been  written  in 
gallate  ink,  it  may  be  said  that  M.  Von  Libra's  method  can 
be  empkned  with  any  writings.  For  the  oil  paintings,  after 
having  dusted  them  with  a  wash  leather,  they  are  washed 
with  a  sponge  ami  fresh  water  ;  they  are  then  covered  with 
a  solution  of  soap  (the  author  recommends  shaving-soap, 
probably  that  which  is  known  in  France  as  crcme  de  savon), 
which  is  wiped  off  with  a  brush  after  the  lapse  of  from 
eight  to  ten  minutes,  and  when  the  soap  has  been  com- 
pletely removed  the  painting  is  allowed  to  dry.  It  is  then 
rubbed  with  a  soft  linen  cloth  soaked  in  nitro-benziue,  which 
restores  the  luster.  Lastly,  a  little  olive  oil  is  passed  over 
it,  and  it  is  varnished  with  a  white  varnish. 

Wri'ting  Tel'e-graph.  Cowper's  writing  tel- 
egraph, unlike  previous  autographic  systems,  does 
nor  depend  upon  electro-chemical  decomposition. 
A  pencil  is  moved  at  the  sending  station,  and  at 
the  receiving  station  a  pen  charged  with  ink  de- 
scribes the  same  movements. 

The  sending  apparatus  consists  of  a  pencil  under  which  a 
continuous  band  of  paper  is  drawn  by  clockwork.  Attached 
to  the  pencil  are  two  light  rods  placed  at  right  angles  to  one 
another.  When  the  pencil  is  moved,  the  curves  made  in 
forming  the  various  letters  cause  the  ends  of  these  rods  to 
make  a  series  of  lateral  and  longitudinal  movements.  These 
ends  of  the  rod  pass  over  the  ends  of  a  bundle  of  brass 
plates,  connected  each  with  a  resistance  coil,  so  that  their 
movements  over  them  transmit  to  the  distant  station  cur- 
rents of  varying  intensity.  These  are  utilized  at  the  receiv- 
ing station  in  the  following  manner:  There  are  two  strongly 
magnetized  needles  ou  delicate  bearings,  forming  movable 
cores  in  coils,  which  are  placed  between  the  poles  of  four 
permanent  magnets.  These  magnetized  needles  are  also 
placed  at  right  angles  to  one  another.  Fastened  to  the  point 
of  each  is  a  thread,  and  these  two  threads  cross  one  another 
and  are  knotted  together  at  the  point  of  intersection.  At 
this  central  point  th«y  carry  a  tiny  pen,  consisting  of  a  glass 
hair-like  tube  of  syphon  form,  its  upper  end  dipping  into  a 
little  cistern  of  limpid  analine  ink.  A  traveling  slip  of 
paper  passes  slowly  beneath  this  pen,  and  as  it  moves  a 
straight  line  of  ink  is  drawn  upon  it.  But  directly  the 
operator  at  the  sending  station  begins  to  write  with  his  pen- 
cil, the  varying  currents  thus  caused,  in  the  manner  indica- 
ted, impart  varying  degrees  of  strength  to  the  magnets  sur- 
rounding the  needles.  The  needles  are  consequently  en- 
dowed with  movements  of  greater  or  less  amplitude.  The 
crossed  threads  are  pulled  by  the  moving  needles,  and  the 
curves  of  the  written  letters  are  reproduced  by  their  com- 
bined action.  By  this  machine  the  question  of  sending  au- 
tographic messages,  so  important  in  many  government  and 
commercial  affairs,  has  been  solved  in  a  simple  and  ingen- 
ious manner. 


X. 


Xan'the-ine.  (Chemical.)  A  yellow  substance 
soluble  in  water,  which  forms  the  coloring  matter 
of  some  yellow  flowers. 

Xan'thi-an.  A  kind  of  marble  found  near 
Xanthus  in  Asia  Minor. 

Xan'thid.  (Chemical.)  A  supposed  compound 
of  xanthogen  with  some  basifiable  or  aciditiable 
element. 

Xan'thite.  A  mineral  occurring  in  rounded 
grains  and  foliated  masses,  of  a  yellow  color,  and 
translucent,  consisting  chiefly  of  silica,  alumina, 
lime,  oxide  of  iron,  oxide  of  manganese,  and  mag- 
nesia. 

Xan'tho-core.  A  mineral  of  a  dull  red  or 
bro\vni>h  color,  consisting  chiefly  <5f  sulphur,  ar- 
senic, and  silver. 

Xan'tho-rite.  A  variety  of  allanite,  of  a  yel- 
lowish color,  and  containing  much  water. 

Xe'bec.  (Xniitirnl.)  A  small  three  masted 
vessel  used  in  the  Mediteranean  Sea.  With  a  fair 
wind  in  good  weather)  it  carries  two  large  square 
sails  ;  when  close  hauled  it  carries  large  lateen 
sails. 

Xy-lan'thrax.  Wood-coal,  or  charcoal.  So 
called  in  contradistinction  from  mineral  coal. 


Xylite.  (Mineral.)  A  mineral  resembling 
xylotilc,  of  a  brown  color  and  asbestiform  structure, 
and  consisting  chiefly  of  silica,  sesquioxide  of  iron, 
lime,  magnesia,  and  water. 

Xy'lo-phone.  An  instrument  to  determine 
the  vibrative  properties  of  woods  and  metals. 

M.  Decharme  experimented  a  short  time  ago  on  the  musi- 
cal sounds  given  by  metallic  bars  of  different  metals  having 
the  same  dimensions.  He  has  made  similar  experiments  on 
different  kinds  of  wood.  Notwithstanding  the  diversity  of 
the  kinds  of  wood  examined  (38  species  and  14  varieties)  they 
were  all  found  to  give  sounds  comprised  in  the  interval  of 
an  octave.  The  most  grave  sound  is  mit,  given  by  box  ;  the 
highest  mis.  given  by  Northern  fir.  M.  Decharme  gives  a 
list  of  the  sounds  emitted  by  different  woods  between  the 
two  extremes.  The  range  of  sounds  from  the  metals  ex- 
tended from  690  vibrations  for  lead  to  2,762  vibrations  for 
aluminum.  Sounds  from  wood  are  comprised  between  those 
for  brass,  1,303.62,  and  aluminum,  2,762.  This  is  no  doubt 
partly  accounted  for  by  the  much  less  range  of  densities  in 
woods  than  in  metals.  Still  there  are  anomalies.  Thus,  the 
willow,  which,  after  the  poplar  and  certain  firs,  was  the 
lightest  of  the  woods  experimented  on,  gives  the  same  note 
( so/4 )  as  ebony,  which  is  the  heaviest  after  the  tea  and  the 
palisander.  It  was  difficult  to  appreciate  the  intensity  and 
the  duration  of  the  sounds,  but  palisander,  logwood,  walnut, 
and  acacia  were  in  the  front  rank  in  this  respect.  (The  dura- 
tions of  the  sounds  did  not  exceed  the  fraction  of  a  second 
0.5  to  0.7,  for  the  most  sonorous  palisander.)  Northern  fir 
and  poplar  had  the  clearest  timber. 


Y. 


958 


YARN   WINDER. 


Y. 


Y.  Or  fork,  for  holding  boring  bars  by  the 
square.  See  also  CLAMP. 

A  branching  pipe  having  a  bifurcation  like  the 
letter  Y.  See  BRANCH. 

One  of  the  forked  pieces  that  support  the  pivots 
of  a  transit  instrument,  of  the  telescope,  or  the  the- 
odolite, etc. 

Yarn  As-sort'er.  Fig.  2545  represents  an  ap- 
paratus for  the  assortment  and  graduation  of  yarns. 

Fig.  2645. 


Yarn  Assorter. 

A  skein  is  placed  in  the  cup  suspended  from  the 
rear  arm  of  the  pointer,  when  the  number  is  imme- 
diately indicated  on  the  graduated  scale. 

Yarn  Flpck'ing  Ma-chine'.  Le  Jacquard 
gives  a  description  of  an  apparatus  which,  though 
crude,  is  intended  to  produce  a  new  effect  in  the 
appearance  of  certain  yarns  for  fancy  goods. 

The  yarn  to  be  manipulated,  according  to  this  plan,  is 
passed  through  the  apparatus  before  being  doubled.  One 
thread  passes  direct  from  a  cop  or  bobbin,  and  the  other 
through  a  trough  containing  water  or  a  thin  solution  of  size. 
The  latter  is  then  carried  through  a  box,  provided  at  its 
upper  end  with  a  hopper  filled  with  particles  of  colored  wool 
broken  fiber  from  rag-ends,  feathers,  or  any  desirable  sub- 
stances, which  are  allowed  to  fall  through  an  opening  at  the 
bottom  of  the  hopper,  and  upon  a  revolving  fan-wheel  which 
pulls  it  out  and  disperses  it,  throwing  it  upon  the  thread 
passing  through  the  lower  part  of  the  box. 

In  a  modification  of  this  arrangement  a  traveling  apron 

Fig.  2546. 


Yarn  Printing  Ma-chine'.  A  machine  for 
printing  warps  for  tapestry  carpets.  Short's  pa- 
tent, No.  168,932,  Oct.  19,  1875.  See  TAPESTRY 
CARPET ;  CARPET  LOOM. 

Yarn  Test'er.  An  instrument  for  testing  the 
strength  of  yarn.  See  Fig.  2547. 


Fig.  2547. 


Fasten  the  foot  a  to  the  floor,  and  the  legs 
d  b  to  the  wall,  thus  holding  the  machine 
firmly  in  a  perpendicular  position.  Then 
with  a  yarn  rest,  wind  from  cop  or  bobbin 
one  knot  (or  one  seventh  of  a  hank  or  skein) 
which  equals  l'2»  yards.  Carefully  remove 
the  knot  from  the  reel  and  place"  it  upon 
the  pins  opposite,  j*  and  h  :  then  turn  the 
crank  i  to  the  right  until  the  yarn  breaks. 
The  index  point  d  will  then  show  the 
amount  of  stretch  in  inches  and  eighths, 
and  the  upper  index  c  will  also  give  the  ex- 
act breaking  weight  in  pounds  avoirdupois. 

The  machine,  shown  in  Fig.  2548, 
has  for  its  object  the  exposure  of  all 
unevenness  in  yarn. 

It  consists  of  a  black  board  turned  by 
a  strap  and  pulley  from  a  handle,  which 
latter  also  revolves  a  screw,  upon  which 
slides  a  prong-shaped  guide  for  directing  the 
yarn  as  it  comes  from  the  cop,  bobbin,  or 
hank.  By  the  revolution  of  this  screw  the 
yarn  is  wound  properly  spaced  upon  the 
black  board,  and  any  unevenness  may  thus 
be  readily  detected,  as  well  as  all  impurities 
in  the  same. 

The  principle  of  testing  the  evenness  of 
the  yarn  against  black  boards  is  not  unknown 
to  yarn  agents  and  shippers,  but  this  little 
apparatus  seems  to  be  very  handy,  and  to 
have  the  advantage  that  these  boards,  with 
the  yarn,  may  be  put  aside  for  ready  reference  when  "re« 
quired. 

Fig.  2548. 


Yarn  Tester. 


Yarn  Flocking  Machine. 


runs  under  the  threads,  and  carries  any  superfluous  flocks 


Yarn  Wash'ing  Rol'lers.      A  machine   with 
two  cast-iron    rollers    turned    perfectly   true   and 
smooth,  working  on  wrong ht-iron  spindles,  carried 
on  two  cast-iron   standards.     The  pressure  is  ob- 
tained by  compound   levers  and  with  movable 
weights,  so*  as  to  vary  the  pressure  as  desired. 
All  the  bearings  are  of  gun  metal  and  bored. 

These  machines  are  also  fitted  up  for  steam 
power,  with  stopping  and  starting  gear.  . 

Yarn  Wind'er.     Fig.  2549  is  Campbell  & 
Clutes'  yarn  winder  for  spinning  machines. 

The  yarn  is  condensed  as  it  is  wound  on  the  cone  of  each 
bobbin  by  a  glass  faced  cop-former  which  leaves  the  yarn 
smooth  and  perfect. 

Each  sliding  bobbin  spindle  is  supported  by  a  sliding 
journal-box  which  is  at  all  times  close  or  adjacent  to  the 


YARN   WINDER. 


959 


ZINC  COATING. 


Fig.  2549. 


Yarn  Winder. 


base  of  u  bobbin  on  the  spindle  so  as  to  prevent  the  bobbin 
from  shaking  and  beating  upon  the  cop-former. 

Each  sliding  journal  box,  with  the  bobbin  spindle  and 
bobbin  thereon,  is  pressed  toward  the  cop- former  with  an  ad- 
justable yielding  force,  by  means  of  a  weighted  lever  having 
the  weight  adjustable,  so  that  any  desired  degree  of  conden- 
sation and  solidity  can  be  given  to  the  yarn  wound  on  the 
bobbin  by  simply  setting  the  weight  to  a  given  point  on  the 
Jever. 

Y  Branch.     A  branch  with  a  divergent  stem. 

Y  Cross.     A  pipe  with  two  divergent  stems. 

Yoke.  Twin  hot  and  cold  water  .pipes  that 
unite  in  their  discharge,  and  which  have  stop  cocks 
that  regulate  the  temperature  of  the  supply. 

(Wheelwright.)  The  over-lap  tire  bolt  washer, 
used  at  the  joints  of  the  felloes. 

The  arch  on  which  the  bell  hangs  and  on  whose 
pivots  it  swings. 


Yt'tri-a.  ( Chemical. )  A  fine  white  powder  or 
earth  without  taste  or  smell,  insoluble  in  water, 
and  having  no  effect  on  vegetable  blues.  It  is  sup- 
posed to  consist  of  the  protoxide  of  yttrium. 

It  was  discovered  by  Professor  Gadolin  in  1794. 

Yt'tri-um.  A  very  rare  metal  discovered  in 
1828  by  Woehler.  Its  texture  is  scaly,  its  color 
grayish  black,  and  its  luster  perfectly  metallic. 

Yt'tro-ce'rite.  (Min.)  A  mineral  of  a  violet 
blue  color  inclined  to  gray  and  white,  occurring 
very  sparingly  at  Finbo  and  Brodbo,  near  Fahlun, 
embedded  in  quartz.  It  consists  of  lime,  sexqui- 
oxide  of  cerium,  yttria,  and  hydrofluoric  acid. 

Yt'tro-tan'ta-lite.  (Min.)  Columbium  and 
yttrium,  found  in  Sweden.  It  is  found  of  yellow, 
brown,  and  black  colors. 


z. 


Zaf'fer.  (Glass.)  Fr.  zqfi-e, zaffer,  saffre ;  Sp. 
zufore ;  It.  zaffera  ;  Ger.  zaffer.  Impure  oxide  of 
cobalt ;  residuum  of  treatment  of  cobalt  after  im- 
purities are  driven  off  by  calcination.  Used  as 
blue  color  in  glass-making. 

Z  Crank.  A  form  of  crank  especially  adapted 
to  use  where  the  minimum  of  space  is  one  of 'the 
most  important  items  of  consideration. 

The  result  is  a  very  compact  engine  of  long  stroke,  *.he 
height  of  the  engine  being  little  more  than  the  diameter  of 
the  cylinders.  In  small  launches  the  engine  is  placed  under 
the  smoke-box  end  of  the  boiler  (locomotive),  so  that  only 
the  space  necessary  for  the  latter  is  required,  the  engine 
being  in  otherwise  unused  space,  and  its  weight  brought  to 
the  lowest  position  possible. 

Zinc  Dec'o-ra-ting.  A  chemical  process  for 
covering  zinc  with  colored  coatings  has  lately  been 
described  by  Dr.  L.  Stille. 

The  articles  of  zinc  are  first  brightened  by  scouring  with 
quartz  sand,  moistened  with  dilute  muriatic  acid,  putting 


them  quickly  in  water  and  then  carefully  wiping  them  dry 
with  white  blotting  paper.  To  insure  success,  however,  it  is 
necessary  to  employ  zinc  as  free  as  possible  from  lead,  and 
to  have  it  as  bright  as  a  mirror.  When  these  conditions  are 
fulfilled  the  metal  may  be  coated  with  a  variety  of  beautiful 
colors  by  immersion  in  a  solution  of  alkaline  tartrate  of  cop- 
per for  a  shorter  or  longer  interval  of  time,  depending  on  the 
color  that  is  desired. 

Zin'cite.  A  brittle  translucent  mineral  of  a 
deep  red  color,  sometimes  inclining  to  yellowish, 
consisting  chiefly  of  oxide  of  zinc,,  but  containing 
also  a  small  quantity  of  oxide  of  manganese. 

Called  also  red  zinc  ore  and  red  oxide  of  zinc. 

Zinc  Coat'ing.     On  brass  or  copper. 

The  following  simple  process  is  recommended  by  Bottger  : 
Boil  a  large  excess  of  so-called  zinc  dust  some  time,  with  a 
concentrated  solution  of  caustic  soda,  or  potash,  and  place 
the  copper  or  brass  articles  to  be  coated  in  the  boiling  liquid. 
By  continuing  the  heating,  after  a  few  minutes  a  beautiful, 
mirror-like  film  of  zinc  will  form  upon  them  by  the  decom- 
position of  the  alkaline  solution,  in  consequence  of  their 
electro-negative  character  in  combination  with  the  zinc.  It 


ZINC  COATING. 


960 


ZOOGYROSCOPE. 


is  suggested  that  the  process  is  applicable  to  the  preparation 
of  disks  tor  dry-piles,  and  also  for  forming  a  layer  of  tom- 
bac, by  heating  a  copper  article  thus  coated,  carefully,  to 
about  248°  to  284°  (best  under  olive  oil),  when  the  zinc  will 
unite  with  the  copper  support  to  form  a  gold-tinted  tombac, 
and  the  article  need  only  be  quickly  cooled  in  water,  or 
some  other  suitable  liquid,  us  soon  as  the  desired  color  is 
apparent. 

Zinc  Me'thyl.  A  volatile  liquid  consisting  of 
two  equivalents  of  carbon,  three  of  hydrogen,  and 
one  of  zinc.  It  takes  fire  spontaneously  on  expo- 
sure to  the  atmosphere.  Its  vapors  are  very  poi- 
sonous. 

Zin'co-graph'ic  Cop'y-ing  Fro'cess.  In 
the  Belgian  "Bulletin  du  Miise't,"  M.  Hunnot  de- 
scribes the  following  new  autographic  process  :  — 

The  writing  or  drawing  is  made  upon  any  kind  of  paper, 
which  should,  however,  not  be  very  thick.  A  special  ink  is 
used,  composed  of  gum  :trabic  or  gelatine  f  oz.,  water  satu- 
rated with  bichromate  of  potash,  1  quart,  and  sufficient  In- 
dia ink  to  color  the  whole.  The  gum  is  first  dissolved  in 
the  solution  and  the  ink  afterwards  added.  The  preparation 
niu.-t  be  kept  sheltered  from  the  light,  and  when  used  a  por- 
tion should  be  poured  out  in  an  inkstand  of  black  glass. 
When  the  drawing  is  finished  it  is  exposed  to  light,  whereby 
the  lines  are  rendered  insoluble. 

A  plate  of  zinc  or  a  stone  is  then  prepared  and  polished 
with  emery,  and  the  drawing  is  placed  upon  it  face  down- 
ward. Above  the  latter  is  laid  a  sheet  of  paper  covered  with 
gum  arabic,  and  above  this  two  or  three  sheets  of  dampened 
blotting  paper.  The  whole  is  then  pressed.  The  moisture 
in  the  blotting  paper  reaches  the  gummed  paper,  and  the 
gum,  dissolved,  traverses  the  autographic  paper  and  affects 
the  zinc  or  stone  everywhere  except  where  the  insoluble 
lines  of  the  design  have  prevented  its  passage.  A  roller  of 
greasy  ink  may  then  be  passed  over  the  plate,  and  the  grease 
will  adhere  only  to  the  lines  which  are  not  covered  with 
moisture.  Printing  is  then  done  in  the  usual  way. 

Zin-cog'ra-phy.  Engraving  on  zinc  in  the 
style  of  wood-cuts,  as  also  in  the  use  of  the  litho- 
grpphic  stone,  and  taking  impressions  therefrom. 

In  a  paper  lately  read  before  the  London  Society  of  Art!-,  by 
Mr.  Thos.  Bolas,  F.  0.  S.,  the  following  simple  process  in 
zincography  is  described  :  Zincography,  he  said,  is  similar 
to  lithography,  except,  that  a  zinc  plate  is  employed  in  the 
place  of  the  lithographic  stone.  The  so-called  transfer  paper 
is  merely  a  moderately  fine  paper  which  has  been  brushed 
over,  on  one  side,  with  a  mucilaginous  mixture,  prepared  03' 
boiling  together  the  following:  Water,  1,0 '0  parts;  starch, 
100  parts  ;  gamboge,  6  parts  ;  glue,  1  part.  This  part  is  writ- 
ten upon  with  the  ordinary  commercial  lithographic  writing 
ink,  which  has  been  rubbed  up  with  water  like  an  artist's 
water-color.  The  writing  being  dry,  it  is  necessary  to  moisten 
somewhat  the  back  of  the  transfer  by  means"  of  a  damp 
sponge ;  after  which  it  is  laid  face  downward  on  a  sheet  of 
ordinary  roofing  zinc,  which  has  been  previously  cleaned  by 
means  of  emery  cloth.  Both  being  now  passed  together 
under  the  roller  of  a  small  press,  the  transfer  adheres  to  the 
metal  plate  ;  but  on  damping  the  back  of  the  paper  it  be- 
comes easily  removable,  leaving  the  writing  on  the  zinc. 
The  face  of  the  zinc  plate  is  now  gently  rubbed  over  with 
mucilage  of  gum  arable,  which  is  all  the  better  for  being 
slightly  sour,  and  the  excess  of  gum  having  been  sponged 
off,  an  india-rubber  inking  roller,  charged  with  ordinary 
printer's  ink,  is  passed  over  the  still  damp  zinc  plate  a  few 
times.  The  ink  takes  only  on  the  lines  of  the  transferred 


j  writing,  and  it  is  now  merely  necessary  to  lay  a  sheet  of 
|  white  paper  on  the  plate  and  to  pass  both  through  the  press 
to  obtain   an   impression,  —  an   exact   reproduction   of  the 
original  writing. 

Any  number  of  copies  can  be  printed  by  repeating  the 
operations  of  damping  and  inking.  The  zincographic  pro- 
cess, thus  simplified,  is  rapid,  economical,  and  within  the 
reach  of  every  one. 

Maiepeyre  .  "  Technologiste,"  xxxviii.  26. 

Zinc  Col'or-iug. 

The  "  Technologists  "  gives  the  following  process  for  per- 
manently coloring  zinc.  The  metal  must  be  quite  pure,  as 
must  also  the  materials  of  which  the  following  bath  is  com- 
posed :  Tartrate  de  cuivre,  30  grains;  potasse  caustique,  40 
grains  ;  eau  distille'e,  400  grains.  After  being  submitted  for 
two  minutes  to  the  action  of  this  bath,  the  zinc  takes  a 
violet  tint ;  after  three  minutes'  immersion  it  becomes  a 
deep  blue  ;  in  four  and  a  half  minutes,  green ;  in  six  and  a 
half  minutes,  purple. 

The  "Aleta/tarbeiter  "  gives  the  following  recipe  for  giving 
bright  colors  to  zinc  :  The  objects  to  be  colored  are  first  thor- 
oughly brightened  by  rubbing  with  sand  and  moistening 
with  hydrochloric  acid,  which  is  rapidly  washed  off  with 
water.  In  order  to  be  successful  it  is  necessary  to  use  zinc 
free  from  lead.  The  colors  are  produced  according  to  neces- 
sity by  dipping  the  object  for  a  certain  varying  length  of 
time  in  a  solution  of  tartrate  of  copper  and  alkali. 

Zinc  Pla'ting. 

As  nickelizing  is  replacing  silvering  in  some  cases,  so  there 
are  some  where  nickelizing  may  be  itself  replaced  for  many 
articles  of  small  value,  such  as  pins,  particularly  if  they 
contain  copper.  The  manipulation  is  very  simple.  Coarse 
rasped  or  granulated  zinc  is  boiled  for  some  time  in  a  mix- 
ture of  three  parts  by  weight  of  sal-ammoniac  and  ten  of 
water  ;  the  objects  are  immersed  and  stirred  with  a  zinc  rod. 
The  deposit  is  silvery  bright,  and  resists  mechanical  action 
as  well  as  a  coating  of  nickel.  The  process  can  be  recom- 
mended for  goods  which  are  meant  for  a  second  coating  of 
some  other  metal,  since  any  other  is  easily  deposited  upon 
zinc. 

Zinc  Pow'der. 

A  powder  which  is  now  considerably  used  in  the  arts,  is 
said  to  be  composed  of  zinc,  40  parts  ;  lead,  2.5  ;  cadmium, 
4  ;  zinc  oxide,  50 ;  zinc  carbonate,  2.5,  with  some  traces  of 
non-metallic  dust.  As  a  part  of  the  cargo  of  vessels  it  is 
extremely  dangerous  and  ought  never  to  be  stowed  where  it 
cannot  be  readily  removed.  When  it  is  slightly  moistened 
with  water  it  becomes  spontaneously  inflammable. 

Zo'o-gy'ro-scope.  A  modification  and  am- 
plification of  the  zootrope,  in  which  a  series  of  suc- 
ceeding instantaneous  photographs  of  an  animal  (a 
horse,  for  instance)  in  motion  are  placed  on  a  cir- 
cular rotating  glass,  the  photographs  being  alter- 
nately illuminated  by  an  oxyhydrogen  lantern  as 
the  glass  turns,  throwing  a  single  continuous,  yet 
ever  changing,  picture  upon  the  screen. 

While  the  separate  photographs  had  shown  the 
successive  positions  of  a  trotting  or  running  horse, 
in  making  a  single  stride,  the  zoogyroscope  appar- 
ently throws  upon  the  screen  the  living,  moving 
animal. 


RETURN     CIRCULATION  DEPARTMENT 

TO—  ^     202  Main  Library 

LOAN  PERIOD  1 
HOME  USE 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

1  -month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling  642-3405 

6-month  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books  to  Circulation  Desk 

Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days  prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


rec'd  circ.  MAR  4     ' 

983 

Tl^rTHTusEW^ 

P 

i-i  i  o  iQHO 

SEP  ^     wyu 

rti~itLi  r»rt 

T 

ClRCULAlt     j_u^ 

-                   "" 

^*"^ 

MODISCOCTOr 

JU 

cpKjfT  OM  II  1 

r*  r*  rt     ft    ^     Oflflrt 

FEB  2  5  2000 

U.  C.  BERK£LtY         UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA,  BERKELEY 
FORM  NO.  DD6,  60m,  12/80        BERKELEY,  CA  94720 


U.C.  BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


